X 
 
This Stipplemeiit is printed so as to admit of it being hound up icith the 
 original Work. The portion applicable to each of the two Volumes is paged 
 so as to follow in a proper sequence; and the Abstract of the Census has in 
 like manner been divided so that each Volume may have the portion specially 
 referring to it. 
 
SUPPLEMENT 
 
 TO THE 
 
 IMPERIAL GAZETTEER 
 
 jfifite^' 
 
 m 
 
i 
 
SUPPLEMENT 
 
 TO THE 
 
 •IMPEPJAL GAZETTEEE;- 
 
 A GENERAL 
 
 DICTIONARY OF GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 PHYSICAL, POLITICAL, STATISTICAL, AND DESCRIPTIVE. 
 
 W. G. BLACKIE, Ph.D., F.K.G.S., 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 KDITOR OF THE "IMPERIAL ATLAS." 
 
 ILLUSTRATED WITH VIEWS AND PLANS OF THE MORE REMARKABLE CITIES, 
 
 PORTS, AND HARBOURS. 
 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 BLACKIE AND SON, PATERNOSTER ROW; 
 
 GLASGOW AND EDINBURGH. 
 
 MDCCGLXVIII. 
 
0-^ 
 
 ^^l. 
 
 \ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 .t^ 
 
 .=16^'^ 
 
 I 
 
 OLASOOW ; 
 
 W. G. BLACKIE AND CO., PRINTEHS, 
 
 VILLAFIELD. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Since the time that the publication of tlie Imperial Gazetteer was completed, 
 very extensive additions have been made to our knowledge of various parts of the 
 world. Africa — Southern, Central, and Eastern — has been opened up greatly by 
 Livingstone, Barth, Richardson, Overweg, Vogel, Baikie, Andersson, Burton, Speke, 
 Grant, Baker, and other travellers. The journeys of the Gregories, Macdouall Stuart, 
 Landsborough, the unfortunate Burke and Wills, M'Kinlay, and others, have changed 
 our ideas regarding the interior of Australia, hitherto supposed to be covered with salt 
 scrub, hard-baked mud, or burning sands, and have shown that immense tracts are 
 suited for tlie abode of the hardy settler, and capable of grazing countless flocks of 
 sheep and herds of cattle. In Eastern Asia the Russians have augmented our 
 knowledge of the lands bordering the mighty river Amoor ; the British and French 
 expeditions to China, and the researches of intrepid travellers, have increased our 
 information regarding the features, the products, and the people of the Middle 
 Kingdom; while in the Arctic regions, new islands, straits, and seas have been 
 added to our maps by the numerous daring explorers who endeavoured to track the 
 course and solve the fate of the lamented Franklin. Much has been done likewise 
 to increase our knowledge of the less known parts of North and South America; and 
 short but sanguinary continental wars have brought about extensive changes in the 
 political geography of Central and Southern Europe. 
 
 In compiling the Supplement, thus rendered necessary by the progress of discovery, 
 all the valuable works of travel, home and foreign^ that have appeared in recent years, 
 have been consulted, and also the more important geogi-aphical and other periodicals 
 published in this country, and in France, Germany, and America; and considerable 
 additions of noteworthy facts have been obtained through the kindness of private 
 correspondents. 
 
 Besides articles on places made known to us for the first time through recent 
 discoveries, or which have risen into importance through war or commerce, additions 
 have in many cases been made to those on places already noticed in the body of the 
 Work, and sometimes new ones have been substituted in their stead, where the 
 amount and value of recently acquired information seemed to demand such a course ; 
 and many places formerly omitted — whether accidentally or by design — have been 
 
 ~~ 220524 
 
iv PREFACE. 
 
 carefully inserted. At the end is given a full abstract of the Census of the United 
 Kingdom of 18G1, presenting the latest returns of the population of all its counties, 
 towns, villages, parishes, and islands. 
 
 The plan adopted in the Supplement is identical with that of the Gazetteer. 
 The descriptions and accounts have been taken almost solely from original authorities, 
 and confined as far as possible to statements of fact; opinions and suppositions, as 
 such, being studiously and uniformly excluded. Indeed, geographical conjectures are 
 so frequently found in experience to require subsequent modification, that it would be 
 conti-ary to the design of such a work as the Imperial Gazetteer to record matters 
 which a few months or years after may prove to be really non-existent. The object 
 has been simply to collect ascertained and tested facts, and to aiTange them in such 
 a manner as to give the substance of all that is known respecting the places treated of 
 And in compassing this object, no labour, or time, or expense has been spared. 
 
 Extensive and rapid as have been the additions made to our knowledge of the 
 earth's surface in recent years, it is believed that the Imperial Gazetteer as now 
 completed may fairly claim to exhibit a satisfactory view of the present state of 
 geographical information. 
 
 The Editor desires to express his deep obligations to several gentlenien who have 
 rendered valuable assistance in the compilation of the Supplement — more especially 
 to the Rev. W. B. Findlay, M.A., Rector of Etherley, who, besides writing many 
 articles, scrutinized the MS. with the eye of an accomplished geographer, and greatly 
 facilitated the work of revision — to the late Henry Beveridge, Esq., Author of the 
 " Comprehensive History of India," who supplied a large immber of important articles 
 —to Samuel Mossman, Esq., late editor of the " China Mail," and author of " China," 
 " Our Australian Colonies," &c., who contributed most of the articles on Chinese and 
 Japanese localities— to W1LLLA.M Hughes, Esq., F.R.G.S., for contributions on African 
 and Australian geography — and to friends at home and abroad who have sent in- 
 formation respecting the localities in which they reside, or with which they are 
 intimately acquainted. 
 
 Glasgow, March 12, 1868. 
 
"' — ■";> 2 ' "* — T" 
 
 SUPPLEMENT 
 
 TO 
 
 THE IMPERIAL GAZETTEER. 
 
 ABA 
 
 ABLITAS 
 
 ABA, a tn. Central Africa, kingdom of Boriiou; a place 
 of some importance, surrounded by a wall in good repair, 
 and entered by three gates. The interior is adorned by large 
 trees; and the huts, remarkable for their high conical roof, 
 have a very cheerful appearance. The military spirit being 
 strong among the inhabitants, industry and agriculture seemed 
 to be much neglected. 
 
 ABA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 11m. S. 
 Stuhlweissenburg, in an excellent agricultural district, with 
 3164 inhabitants, most of whom are Protestants, and engaged 
 in weaving. 
 
 ABBEOKUTA, Abbekuta, or Abeokuta ('Under- 
 stone'), [add.], atn. W. Africa, Yoruba, cap. Egba land, 1. bank 
 Ogun river, 81 m. (by river) N.N. W. Lagos; lat. 7° 8' N.; 
 Ion. 3° 20' E. The town was founded by a remnant of the 
 Egbas on the rock Olunio — whence its name — about 1826, 
 under their chief Shosheke, who in 1838 invited Europeans 
 to settle in it. Between 1842-6 Christian missionaries 
 established themselves there; and in 1861 there were repre- 
 sentatives of the Church of England, the Wesleyans, and 
 two sections of American Baptists. The situation of the 
 town is both striking and beautiful. ' There is a gorgeous 
 growth around. Hill, water, forest, and homestead — the 
 constituents of beauty in a landscape — all are present.' 
 ' The principal peculiarity is the fantastic breaking of the 
 undulating plain by masses of gray granite, between twenty 
 and thirty in number, sometimes rising 250 to 300 ft. above 
 the lower levels, towering above the patches of dark trees 
 and large brown villages, or rather towns, composing Abbeo- 
 kuta, which separate them. There is a long 'dorsum' nearly 
 bisecting the town from N. to S., lying like a turtle's back 
 between the scattered lines of habitations, which in some 
 places are as close packed as cells in a honey-conib, in other.s 
 are broken by bush. A line of denser and more regular 
 trees marks the course of the river; and the rolling ground, 
 broken by dwarf cones, in the distance subsides into a mys- 
 teriously hazed horizon.' — (Burton.) The defences — a mud 
 wall 5 or 6 ft. high, without embrasures, and a ditch a few 
 feet broad, choked with bushes — have a circumference of 
 17 or 18 m., and extend over the r. bank of the Ogun; to the 
 northward there are three lines. The town itself is about 
 4 m. by 2 m. Besides the smaller gateways through the wall, 
 leading to farms, there are five larger ones, at which octroi 
 duties are collected — three to the N., and two to the S., each 
 provided with a hollow bastion for the warders. The prin- 
 cipal quarter, or village, is Ake, and contains the king's 
 palace, the church and dwellings of the Church Missionary 
 Society, and a printing-office, which issues a weekly news- 
 paper, edited by the missionaries partly in Egba and partly 
 in English, and printed by natives. Adjacent is the district 
 occupied by the Christian natives. Of the town generally the 
 streets are narrow and irregular, the wider ones being occupied 
 as markets; the houses, built of tamped mud, and covered 
 with tall thatched roofs, are in form a hollow square, with 
 courts within courts, the rooms numbering from ten to twenty, 
 for the various subdivisions of the polygamous families. 
 
 Abbeokuta has been several times invaded by the invete- 
 rate enemy of its people, the king of Dahomey. In 1861 
 the king Gelele marched upon it; but small-pox broke out 
 Sopp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 in his army, and carried off, it is said, 8000 of them. In 
 1864 he again attacked the town, but was repulsed and dis- 
 astrously routed by the Egbas. The Abbeokutans have 
 likewise had a long struggle with Ibadan, a Yoruban town 
 about 50 m. N.E. of them. 
 
 The inhabitants are generally industrious, and apply them- 
 selves to various occupations; the chief trades, besides agri- 
 culture, being those of the blacksmith, the carpenter, the 
 weaver, the dyer, and the potter. The presence of the 
 missionaries and Christian converts has exerted a manifest 
 influence upon the habits and character of the general popu- 
 lation, who are better clothed and better conducted by far 
 than the Dahomans and other Yoruban tribes, though they 
 are still far from a state of civilization. By a treaty of 
 1852, renewed with additional stringency in 1861, the king 
 and chiefs pledged themselves to a suppression of the slave 
 trade and of human sacrifices. Pop. 100,000 to 150,000. 
 — [Burton, &c.) 
 
 ABD-EL KURI.orABD-AL-CuuiA [add.] ,anisl. E.Africa, 
 belonging to the Sokotra group, in the Indian Ocean, 50 m. 
 N.E. Cape Gardafui. It is about 20 m. long from W. to E., 
 and from 3 to 4 m. broad, and consists, on its S. side, of a 
 limestone plateau, upwards of 1200 ft. high, from which 
 several peaks rise and attain the still greater height of 1500 ft. 
 above the sea. The N. coast forms an almost unbroken 
 line, but the S. coast is indented by bays and creeks, some 
 of which give good anchorage. The soil is generally of a 
 .sandy, sterile character, scarcely affording sufficient fodder 
 for a few herds of goats. The inhabitants, not above 100, 
 subsist chiefly on fish, which abound on the coast. About 
 13 m. N. of Abd-el-Kuri are two other small islands, which 
 are visited by the Somali and Arabs of the mainland for the 
 guano found upon them. 
 
 ABENGIBRE, a vil. Spain, prov. and 17 m. from Alba- 
 cete, on a height. It is poorly built in a few irregular, un- 
 paved, and dirty streets. It is famous for its onions and 
 potatoes, and has manufactures of alpargata shoes, and a mill- 
 stone quarry. Pop. 892. 
 
 ABERTURA, a vil. Spain, prov. and about 28 m. E. 
 Caceres, on the slope of a hill commanding a pleasing view. 
 It consists of 200 houses, irregularly grouped, and mostly of 
 a single story, and has an ancient and somewhat decayed 
 parish church, a townhouse, a primary school, and an insecure 
 and unhealthy prison. Pop. 1096. 
 
 ABILA, or Bila, a mountain, W. Africa, dist. of Air or 
 Asben, belonging to the Baghzin range, which attains a height 
 of nearly 5000 feet. It is one of the most picturesque objects 
 in the country. 
 
 ABITSCHE, a vil. Africa, dist. Kororofa, 1. bank 
 Chadda or Benuwe: lat. 7° 50' N.; Ion. 8^ 50' E ; near two 
 large islands, one of which is named Clarendon, and the other 
 Washington. It is a large place, inhabited chiefly by 
 Kororofa and Igbira people, and has a considerable trade. — 
 (Jour. Bop. Geo. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 115.) 
 
 ABLITAS, a tn. Spain, prov. Navarre, cap. co. of same 
 name, on a plain at the foot of a height washed by the 
 Queiles, about 50 m. S. Pampeluna. It is an ancient place, 
 which, under the name of Oblitas, possessed a strong castle, 
 and made some figure in the early Spanish wars. Pop. 1226. 
 

 ACAGUAPA 
 
 ABOMEY, or Aqbomey ('town within the precincts'), 
 [add.], a in. W. Africa, cap. kingdom Dahomey, 6-3 m. N. 
 Whydah. It is approached from Kanah by a wide and good 
 road, tlirough a beautiful and fertile district, lined with villages 
 and groups of ' fetish' buildings. The town is without walls, 
 but surrounded with a moat, grown over with the thorny 
 acacia and other dense bushes, which form a good defence. 
 Around the northern part, the inclosure, from E. to W., is 
 double, with an interval of a mile, which is filled with bush 
 and grass. The outer circuit is about 5 m., and the number 
 of gates is eight. The ' Agbo ' is a mud screen of 5 steps or 
 courses, 15 to 18 ft. high, and 100 yds. long, pierced with 
 two wedge-shaped gaps as entrances, one for the king, the 
 other for the public, and closed with hurdle-gates. Within 
 this entrance are the ruins of a fort, with a number of useless 
 guns. Abomey is the residence of the king, who has his 
 principal palace here, the other being at Kanah, 7 m. S. 
 The town is made up of several groups of houses, thickest in 
 the W. and S.W., the palaces and houses of the chiefs being 
 inclosed in 'compounds,' overgrown with trees and bush. 
 On the W. side is a suburb, which is much superior to the 
 rest of the town in cleanliness and pleasantness. There are 
 four large and several smaller markets. The place suffers 
 from scarcity of water. At Abomey are held the ' customs ' 
 or annual sacrifices of human beings, the object of which is 
 to furnish the last deceased king with a continual supply of 
 officials and attendants in the realm of the dead. Upon the 
 death of a king, his successor celebrates the 'grand customs,' 
 when the victims are estimated to amount to 500 ; at the 
 annual sacrifices the number is said to be about 80, chiefly 
 criminals and prisoners of war, reserved for the purpose. 
 But frequent executions take place throughout the year; and 
 thus the loss of life is estimated at not less than 500 annually, 
 and 1000 in the year of the grand customs. The victims are 
 executed in various ways — shooting, beheading, beating with 
 clubs, and are often mutilated, the bodies being attached in 
 various postures to scaffolds erected for the purpose. — 
 {Burton's Dahomey, &c.) 
 
 ABONA, a vil. Canary Islands, isl. Tenerife, in a valley 
 at the foot of a mountain called Meseta de Escalona, in the 
 dist. of Orotava. It is built chiefly of uncemcnted stone, and 
 has a parish church and a fertile soil, which suffers, however, 
 from want of water. The chief products are wheat, barley, 
 barilla, figs, and cochineal. At its small harbour a good deal 
 of paving tile and hewn stone is shipped. Pop. 1516. 
 
 ABOO, a mountain, India, Eajpootana, in the territory 
 and to the S. of the town of Serohee. It is connected with 
 
 ABOO, VlMIiA SAH, JAIN TEMPLE.— Fergusson'B Hindoo Archltectarc. 
 
 the Aravulli range, and, rising from a base about 45 m. in 
 circuit, terminates in numerous peaks, the loftiest of which, 
 Guru Sikra, is nearly 5000 feet above the sea. It is much 
 
 visited on pilgrimage, especially by the Jains, who have at ^„..„„ ..^.o ... 
 
 Dilwara, about the middle of the ascent, a group of four course of about 30 m. 
 
 temples, forming one magnificent edifice in the form of a 
 cross, and declared by Tod to be, beyond controversy, ' the 
 most superb of all the temples of India.' They are all of 
 white marble, which, as it does not exist in the locality, must 
 have been brought from a considerable distance; and one 
 of them, the Vimla Sah, is said to have occupied fourteen 
 years in its construction, and to have cost eighteen millions 
 sterling. Externally it is perfectly plain, but within nothing 
 can exceed the magnificence and richness of the decoration. 
 The mountain appears to be composed chiefly of granite. 
 Part of it is now used as a sanitarium, for which it is well 
 adapted by its pure air, moderate temperature, and beautiful 
 scenery. 
 
 ABRA, a prov. and river, Philippine Isles: — 1, The 
 prov. Abra or Centro del Abra, near the centre of the isl. 
 of Luzon, lies between lat. 16° 6' and 17° 50' N., and is 
 bounded N. by Ilocos-norte, E. Cagayan and Nueva Vizcaya, 
 S. Pangasinan, and "W. Ilocos-sur. It is rugged and moun- 
 tainous throughout, and covered for the most part with dense 
 forests, which yield strong and durable timber. Some of its 
 valleys are fertile, and metallic ores, gypsum, and coal are 
 said to exist among its mountains. The principal wild 
 animals are the buffalo, hog, deer, and common fowl. The 
 total pop. subject to Spanish rule is about 29,000, but many 
 wild tribes occupy the mountain recesses. Abra, which 
 previously formed part of Ilocos-sur, was erected into a 
 separate prov. in 1846. — 2. Abra, the river which gives its 
 name to the prov., has its source in the highest part of the 
 Cordillera of Caraballos, and after dividing into several 
 branches in Ilocos-sur, reaches the W. coast. It is navigated 
 by the light boats of the natives, and is much used for irriga- 
 tion. — (Crawford's Bescrip. Dictionary of Indian Islands.) 
 
 ABRAHAM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 40 m. 
 S.E. Madura, below the bank of a lake of same name. \i 
 consists of two long and well-formed but narrow streets, 
 with mean houses, occupied chiefly by Mussulmans and a 
 caste of Hindoo merchants called Chetties, whose trade in 
 grain, cotton, and cloths is considerable. In consequence of 
 the ample supply of water obtained from the lake the fields 
 in the neighbourhood yield two crops annually. About the 
 lake itself the only thing remarkable is its embankment, 
 which is formed of stones so large that antiquarians are 
 puzzled to understand by what means they were originally 
 placed, and is so strong that no breach has ever been made 
 in it nor even any repairs required. 
 
 ABRENDABAD, a vil. Persia, prov. and 17 m. 
 W.N.W. Yezd. It has a small square fort, inclosed by a 
 double wall. 
 
 ABRUAD, the cap. of Nejd in Arabia. 
 See EiADH. 
 
 ABRUCENA, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, 
 prov. and about 25 m. N. Almeria, and 
 160 m. E.N.E. Gibraltar; picturesquely 
 situated on the summit of a hill. It has a 
 magnificent parish church, rebuilt in 1828, 
 the former one having been burned down; 
 several mills; and a pop. of 1268, chiefly 
 engaged in agriculture and grazing. 
 
 ABUERA, a river, Russian empire, 
 Manchooria, which, rising in a mountain 
 range, flows W. and joins the Usuri on its 
 right bank; lat. 47' N.; Ion. 135° E. Though 
 it has a course of several hundred miles it 
 is so shallow at its mouth that it can be 
 forded. 
 
 ABU GHER, a tn. Central Africa, 
 Baghirmi, 20 m. N.N. W. Masena. It con- 
 sists of two groups of huts, separated by a 
 hollow, in which a very important weekly 
 market is held for the sale of sheep and 
 cattle, sorghum, cotton, tobes, cowries, and 
 hoes for field labour. The Fulbe or Fel- 
 latah having founded the place, still form 
 a large part of the inhabitants. 
 ACAGUAPA, a river, Central America; tributary of the 
 Lempa, and the last of any consequence which joins that 
 river before it falls into the Pacific on the S. coast of San 
 Salvador. It rises in the volcano of San Vicente, and has a 
 
 ■»Si>fa\'N ^".^ 
 
ACAPIALA 
 
 ADJYGHUE 
 
 ACAPIALA, a plain, Central America, San Salvador, 
 extending from its volcanic region toward the Pacific, and 
 comprehending the territory along the course of the Sonsa- 
 cate. 
 
 ACAYUCAN, a tn. Mexico, in the territory of Tehuan- 
 tepec, 115 m. S.E. Vera Cruz. It contains 3000 inhabitants, 
 half of vt^hom are Creoles. 
 
 ACELHUATE, a river. Central America, which rises in 
 the vicinity of Old San Salvador, and joins the Lempa after 
 a course of about 45 m. 
 
 ACHAS, a tn. Spain, Galicia, prov. and 16 m. from 
 Pontevedra, in a hilly and well-wooded district, with a trade 
 in maize, rye, flax, chestnuts, and wine. Pop. 1488. 
 
 ACHENTHAL, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle 
 and 24 m. N.E. Innsbruck, in a beautiful valley, and near a 
 lake of same name, not far from the frontiers of Bavaria. It 
 contains 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 ACHIOLI, a small seaport, European Turkey, on the 
 Black Sea, 45 m. S. Varna. Its roadstead is well sheltered. 
 
 ACHIRAS, a tn. S. America, La Plata, on the borders of 
 the Pampas, about 300 m. N. W. Buenos Ayres. It is a small 
 place, but has mines of copper and silver in its vicinity. 
 
 ACKLIN, an isl. West Indies, Bahamas, the largest of 
 the Crooked Island group, is of very irregular shape, 
 stretching 45 m. from N.E. to S.W. with a varying breadth 
 of 1 to 5 m. It has a very dangerous coast skirted in vari- 
 ous places by reefs. The surface is generally low, but about 
 6 m. from its S. extremity there is a remarkable headland. 
 The inhabitants are 370. 
 
 AC-MASTCHET, a fort, Eussian empire, Khirghis 
 Steppe, Turkestan, r. bank Syr Daria; 250 m. E.S.E. Sea 
 of Aral. It is a large and strong place, w^hich gives the 
 complete command of the Syr Daria and the surrounding 
 regions. Steamers can pass up the river beyond the fort 
 within 20 m. of the tn. of Turkestan, and within 30 m. of 
 Tashkend, and it is expected that they will yet be able to 
 reach Khojend and pass on nearly to Kokhan. 
 
 ACQUIA, or Aquia, Creek, United States, E. part 
 Virginia, flows through Stafford co. into the Potomac 
 river, and is navigable for small vessels several miles from 
 its mouth. The Confederates threw up batteries upon its 
 banks in the early part of the civil war, which were bom- 
 barded by the Federals in June, 1861. It formed afterwards 
 a position of considerable importance as a base of supplies to 
 the Federal armies operating in Virginia, &c. 
 
 ACSA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 14 m. 
 N.E. Stuhlweissenburg, with 17,00 inhabitants, mostly wea- 
 vers, tile-workers, and distillers of brandy. 
 
 ACTOPAN, a tn. Mexico, state and about 40 m. N. 
 Mexico, in a valley which opens into the great plateau of 
 Mexico, and is inhabited by Otonii Indians, who raise large 
 quantities of maize, wheat, barley, vegetables, and fruit. It 
 was founded in 1540, contains a large population, and has an 
 Augustine monastery. 
 
 ADAMAUA, or Fumbina, a kingdom, Central Africa, 
 between lat. 6° and 11° N.; and Ion. 11° and 17° E. Much 
 of the surface is mountainous, and though none of the summits 
 appear to reach the snow-limit, that of Atlautika, near the 
 centre, is from 9000 ft. to 10,000 ft. The principal rivers 
 are the Benuwe or Benuel, and its tributary the Faro. Neither 
 has been properly explored, but the former, said to rise in 
 the S.E. of the kingdom, traverses it centrally, first in a N. 
 and then in a W. direction; and the latter, said to rise in the 
 S., in Mount Labal, flows N.N.E., skirting the E. slope of 
 Mount Atlantika, and joins the Benuwe about 20 m. N.E. Yola. 
 Where crossed by Dr. Barth, the Benuwe had a width of about 
 J m., and a depth of about 10 ft.; the Faro a width of about 
 700 yards, and a depth of 3 ft. Both rivers have a strong 
 current, inundate extensive tracts during the rainy season, 
 and are full of crocodiles. The Benuwe is supposed to carry 
 gold. From Uba, the most N. town of Adamaua, southward, 
 the whole country is covered with splendid herbage, and en- 
 livened with numerous herds of cattle belonging to the 
 Fellatahs. The population appears to be considerable, as 
 large towns are met with every three or four hours, with in- 
 tervening villages, occupied exclusively by slaves, who do all 
 the work, and are very numerous, every Fellatah, even the 
 poorest, possessing at least from two to four, while those of 
 the chiefs seem to be almost countless. In fact, in addition 
 
 to cattle, slaves are considered the chief source of wealth, 
 and there is no country in the world where slavery and slave- 
 trade exist to such a degree. Next to this abominable traflSc 
 the chief article of trade is ivory, which is extremely cheap 
 on account of the great number of elephants. The principal 
 imports are turlcedies, robes, glass, pearls, and salt. Instead 
 of cowries, which have here no value, the current medium of 
 barter is narrow stripes of coarse cotton, called gebhega. 
 After Yola, the capital, the most important towns are Saraw 
 and Fatauel or Patawel, the latter being the great ivory- 
 market of this part of Central Africa. — [Richardson, Barth, 
 <&c., Exped. to Central Africa.) 
 
 ADAMS (Port), China, on E. coast Gulf of Liautung 
 or Leao-tong. It is formed at the head of a deep indenta- 
 tion called Society Bay, and has its entrance in lat. 39° 16' N.; 
 Ion. 121° 32' E. It is accessible at high tide over a passage 
 with 23 ft. water, and affords secure shelter for a large 
 number of vessels. This fine harbour was first discovered 
 and surveyed in the end of 1860. 
 
 ADAN, N. Asia, a valley of one of the upper tributaries 
 of the Amoor, in the N.E. of Manchooria, where sables of 
 the finest quality are obtained. 
 
 ADEJE, a tn. Canary Islands, in a beautiful valley in the 
 S.E. Tenerife isl., with a well-placed parish church of good 
 construction, an ancient castle crowning a height, a primary 
 school, and a fine old mansion, in which the former lords of 
 the place resided. While Tenerife was one native sover- 
 eignty the ruler is said to have held his court here. Pop. 
 1058. 
 
 ADERAll, a territory, Africa, beyond the E. frontiers ot 
 Timbuctoo, and stretching on the W. to the banks of the 
 Arrinda or Gurma. It is a, fine hilly country, excellent for 
 breeding both camels and cattle, and is inhabited by the 
 powerful tribe of the Awelimmiden. It was once much 
 more populous than it is at present. 
 
 ADEKEK, an elevated district, N.W. Africa, on the W. 
 borders of the Sahara; composed of sandhills grouped round 
 a considerable range of hills, and encircled towards the N. 
 by a zone of immense sandhills called Maghter, and towards 
 the S. by a similar but less sterile zone called Waran; these 
 zones, joining eastward at a point called El Gedam, form its 
 E. boundary, while on the W. the desert again interposes 
 between it and the Atlantic. Between Aderer and El Hodh, 
 and partly separated from it by a range of hills to the N. of 
 Taganet, is a very extensive valley called Khat-e-dem, 
 stretching from E. to W. along the northern foot of the 
 ridge of Aderer. This valley possesses abundance of wells, 
 and even a couple of ksur or perpetually inhabited villages. 
 
 ADIRONDAC, a mountain range, N. America, U.S., 
 which stretches from the N.E. corner of New York in a 
 S.S.W. direction towards the middle of the state, and is pro- 
 longed to the S. of the Mohawk river by the Catskills. It 
 attains its largest development and greatest height in the W. 
 of CO. Essex, where Mount Marcy, the culminating point, is 
 5337 ft. above the sea. It rises, like the other mountains of 
 the range, from an elevated plateau averaging 200 ft. of 
 absolute height. The rocks being granitic often assume a 
 conical form or rise abruptly into fantastical peaks, and 
 produce much wild and romantic scenery. The forests con- 
 sist of birch, beech, maple, and ash on the higher slopes, 
 and of hemlock, spruce, white pine, and cedar on the lower. 
 A considerable part of the drainage is carried to Lake Cham- 
 plain by the Saranac and Ausable. Large seams of magnetic 
 iron-ore exist within the range, and have been worked to 
 some Extent. 
 
 ADJUNTA, a decayed tn. India, Hyderabad, 222 m. 
 N.E. Bombay; lat. 20° 32' N.; Ion. 75° 49' E. It stands on 
 S. side of the mountains forming the boundary of Candeish. 
 On the N. side, in the face of a cliff 300 ft. high, is a 
 remarkable group of Buddhist cave-temples, hewn in the 
 solid rock, and decorated in the interior with a profusion of 
 brilliant frescoes, in which female figures are depicted as fair 
 as Europeans. The openings into them extend along the 
 face of the cliff for a distance of 500 yards. 
 
 ADJYGHUR [add.]— 1. Tn. and fort. Central India, 
 Buudelcund, 130 m. S.W. Allahabad; lat. 24° 52' N.; Ion. 
 80° 20' E. The fort crowns a hill 800 ft. above the town at 
 its base, the summit being covered with fragments of carvings 
 and images finely wrought in stone of extreme durability. 
 
ADONCHOLON 
 
 AFRICA 
 
 On the N. side of the hill is a natural chasm filled with 
 water said to be several hundred feet deep. The ascent to the 
 fort is by difficult footpaths, and then by steps cut in the 
 rock, which are further protected by a succession of strong 
 
 FOKT OF ADJYGHUB.— Pogson's History of the Bundelas. 
 
 gateways. The tn. is neat and regularly built, but subject 
 to malaria; it contains about 5000 inhabitants. ^2. A terri- 
 tory, of which the foregoing is the cap., with an area of 340 
 sq. m., and containing upwards of 600 villages and about 
 45,000 people. 
 
 ADONCHOLON, a mountain range of the Trans- 
 Baikal, Siberia, stretching in a N.E. direction between the 
 rivers Shilka and Argun. Though the southern slopes are 
 bare, the summits are partially, and the northern slopes 
 densely, clad with birch. 
 
 ADRIAN, a tn. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. Lenawee, 
 on a tributary of the Raisin, and on the Erie and Kalamazoo 
 railway, 70 m. S.S.W. Detroit. It possesses several fine 
 public edifices, and abundance of water-power. Pop. 4000. 
 
 ADSANETA DE ALBAYDA, a tn. Spain, Old Castile, 
 prov. and 32 m. S.S.W. Valencia, about 90 m. N.W. Madrid, 
 in an elevated valley; with a large and substantial parish 
 church, a boys' and a girls' school, both well endowed, and 
 municipal buildings. It is said to have been founded by the 
 Saracens. Pop. 1204. 
 
 ADSANETA DEL MAESTRE, a tn. Spain, Valencia, 
 prov. and 30 m. N.W. Castellon de la Plana, and about 185 
 m. E.S.E. Madrid, r. bank Monleon. It is well built in 
 regular streets and a spacious square, and has manufactures 
 of linen, bombazine, and shoes, and several oil-mills. Pop. 
 1224. 
 
 AEMGrUN, a river, Asiatic Russia, Amoorland, which, 
 formed by several streams from the Kingan mountains in 
 Manchooria, flows eastward, and joins 1. bank Amoor, not 
 far from its mouth. Near its banks live the Samagires, a 
 Tungus tribe, together with the Nagidal or Nishdal, and four 
 other tribes; in its valley good sables are obtained. 
 
 AENG: — 1, A river, Arracan, British India, rising in 
 centre of Yoomadoung mountains; lat. 20° 2' N.; Ion. 94° 15' 
 E., and flowing S. 60 m. into Combermere Bay. — 2. A vil. 
 Arracan, 1. bank river, and 45 m. from its mouth. Formerly 
 a place of considerable size and trade; latterly, with not more 
 tlian 150 houses, it derives its present importance from being 
 the starting-point of the great route over the Yoomadoung 
 mountains to Ava. At spring-tides the river is navigable 
 up to the village. 
 
 AFADE, a tn. Central Africa, prov. Kokoto, near E. 
 frontiers of Bornou, and 30 m. from S. shore of Lake Chad. 
 It is a walled town of considerable extent, but in a very 
 ruinous condition. 
 
 AFFREVILLE, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 60 m. S.W. Algiers, at the foot of Mount Zakkar, in the 
 valley and near the banks of the Shelif. It is proved by 
 inscriptions to have been the site of a Roman town. Its 
 present inhabitanU, amounting to 1276, are almost all Arabs. 
 
 The surrounding district, though fertile, is marshy and un- 
 healthy. 
 
 AFKA, a vil. Palestine, about lat. 34° 10' N.; Ion. 35° 
 50' E., situated on the W. Lebanon range, in a large and 
 verdant amphitheatre in the S.E. branch 
 of the basin of the Akura, where the Nahr 
 Ibrahim (anc. Adonis) has its sources. 
 In its vicinity a fine fountain bursts forth 
 in cascades from a cavern, and directly 
 in front of these are the shapeless ruins 
 of a large temple of Venus. 
 
 AFRICA, [add.] Great additions 
 have been made within a recent date (and 
 especially within the last fifteen or twenty 
 years) to our knowledge of the African 
 continent. Our information respecting 
 that vast region is still, indeed, for the 
 most part, devoid alike of the fulness and 
 precision which belong to the geography 
 of other lands, and will probably long 
 remain so — at least in so far as the greatly 
 larger portion of its surface is concerned. 
 The conditions of its physical geography, 
 equally with the social position of its 
 native races, account for this undesirable 
 distinction. The mysterious interior of 
 the African continent has, however, been 
 penetrated at numerous points, and the 
 comparison of any good recent map of 
 this portion of the world with one of older date renders 
 obvious at a glance the results accomplished by explorers 
 of the present generation. It shows, at the same time, how 
 much, notwithstanding the achievements of modern travel, 
 yet remains open to the labours of future explorers. 
 
 It is difiicult, within the limits of a brief sketch, to con- 
 vey a clear idea of the widely divergent aims and directions 
 of modern African travel, still more of its geographical and 
 other results. Perhaps the purpose of the general reader 
 will be best served by concentrating attention upon those 
 features in the physical geography of Africa which recent 
 explorations have tended most to illustrate, and the inquiries 
 undertaken in connection with which have proved the means 
 of bringing under notice a vast body of facts concerning the 
 general structure of that continent. The great rivers of 
 Africa, by means of which the interior is chiefly accessible 
 to European enterprise, supply the connecting links between 
 the efforts of individual explorers; and three amongst them 
 have served, in especial measure, to guide the course of 
 modem discovery. These three are — the Nile, the Niger, 
 and the Zambesi, to the regions respectively watered by 
 which, or in immediate contact with their areas of drainage, 
 the footsteps of the most distinguished among African tra- 
 vellers of the present generation have been directed. 
 
 1. The Nile, first amongst African rivers, has constituted a 
 problem in African geography, and one of which the solution 
 is even yet far from accomplished. Bruce, the Abyssinian 
 traveller of the last century, had visited (1770) the sources 
 of the Blue Nile, or Bahr el-Azrek, an achievement in which, 
 however, he had been anticipated a century and a half pre- 
 viously by a Portuguese traveller. The source of the White 
 Nile, or Bahr el-Abiad — unquestionably the greatly longer, 
 though in other regards the less important, arm of the 
 river — remained an object of inquiry. Amongst the many 
 efforts directed to the attainment of that mysterious spot, 
 those undertaken at the instance of the pasha of Egypt, in 
 1839, and again in 1841, take a foremost place. In the 
 former of those years, the Egyptian expedition ascended the 
 river to a point stated as within 3° 35' of the equator. This 
 was subsequently removed by M. d'Arnaud, who accompanied, 
 as surveyor, the expedition of 1841, to lat. 6° 35' N., while 
 d'Arnaud himself claimed to have advanced no farther than 
 within 4° 22' of the equator. Some doubt, however, at- 
 taches to the verity of the observations made upon both 
 these occasions. Meanwhile, missionary labours and com- 
 mercial enterprise combined to extend the range of inquiry in 
 this region. The Roman Catholic missionaries established at 
 Gondokoro (lat. 4° 50'), in 1853-9, claimed to have examined 
 the river up to lat. 3° N.; and some of the merchants of 
 various European countries, engaged in the ivory trade, had 
 
AFRICA 
 
 AFRICA 
 
 established depots lying as far, or nearly as far, to the south- 
 ward. Beyond the third parallel of N. lat., however, the 
 maps exhibited a blank. 
 
 Dr. Beke, whose travels in Abyssinia, along the course of 
 the Blue Nile, had procured for him, in 1844, the gold medal 
 of the Royal Geographical Society of London, was among 
 the first to suggest the eastern coast of Africa, within a few 
 degrees of the equator, as the locality whence exploration 
 might be most advantageously directed towards the adjacent 
 unknown interior, with a view to the determination of the 
 limit of the Nile basin, and of ultimately reaching the 
 sources of the Nile itself. Several causes combined to direct 
 attention towards that region. The Church Missionary 
 Society established, in 1844, a mission in the neighbour- 
 hood of Mombas (lat. 4° S.) The missionaries were brought 
 into contact with the numerous Arab traders frequent- 
 ing Mombas and other ports on that line of coast, and 
 received from them accounts of a great lake situated at 
 some distance in the interior. In the course of various 
 journeys made in 1847 and the two succeeding years, Mr. 
 Eebmann and Dr. Krapf, the missionaries, obtained acquaint- 
 ance with an extensive tract of country lying between the 
 parallels of 3° and 5° S., and extending inland to a direct 
 distance of perhaps two hundred miles from the Indian 
 Ocean. They saw for the first time the mountain Kilimand- 
 jaro, the summit of which appeared to be covered with snow, 
 whence its altitude was estimated at not less than 20,000 feet 
 above the sea. Other, and perhaps loftier mountains, were 
 recognized as occurring within the same region, particularly 
 one to which the nameof Kenia is given, lying to the north- 
 ward of Kilimandjaro, though its precise bearing thence has 
 been very variously stated. The asserted existence of snow- 
 clad mountains in such near proximity to the equator awa- 
 kened much interest, and was warmly questioned by critical 
 geographers. It has, however, been confirmed by the testi- 
 mony of subsequent observers, and particularly by that of 
 the Baron von Decken (1860-1), a native of Hanover, who, 
 starting from Mombas, and proceeding thence southward 
 along the coast to Wanga, struck from the last-named place 
 into the interior, and crossing the Ugono and Aruseha ranges 
 (the latter 4000 feet high), reached the loftier region to 
 which Kilimandjaro belongs. The baron made two ascents 
 of Kilimandjaro, and upon one of these occasions reached the 
 height of 13,900 feet. At the height of 11,000 feet, snow, 
 mixed with rain, appears to have fallen during the night, but 
 disappeared with the morning sun, excepting above an eleva- 
 tion estimated at about 17,000 feet. The triangulations of 
 Baron von Decken give for the main peak of Kilimandjaro 
 an altitude of 20,065 feet. 
 
 The intelligence gained by the missionaries respecting a 
 great lake, or lakes, in the interior of E. Africa, awakened 
 keen interest among the cultivators of geographical science 
 and confirmed the conclusions already, as early as 1835, drawn 
 by Mr. Cooley, from Portuguese and Mahometan sources. 
 Captain Burton, an officer of the Indian army, and already 
 familiar with African travel from the experience of a journey 
 in 1854-5 to the kingdom of Harar, lying inland from the 
 upper extremity of the Gulf of Aden, submitted to the Royal 
 Geographical Society a project for opening up the lake 
 regions of interior Africa to the S. of the equator. The 
 project happily met with the approval of that learned body, 
 and, with the sanction of the British government, who made 
 a pecuniary grant for its purpose, the proposed journey was 
 undertaken; Captain Burton being accompanied in it by Cap- 
 tain Speke, a fellow-officer of the Indian army, and his com- 
 panion at Berbera, on the coast of the Somauli country, in 
 1854. 
 
 Zanzibar, ofi" the coast of E. Africa, was the point of de- 
 parture for the expedition of Burton and Speke, who started 
 from Kaole. on the coast opposite to Zanzibar, at the end of 
 June, 1857. Captain Burton determined to penetrate, by a 
 direct W. route, through the country of Unyamwezi. The 
 first 200 m. of the journey lay through successive plains and 
 valleys, fertile, and for the most part under cultivation. 
 Various mountain ridges were then crossed, the more west- 
 wardly of which, the mountains of Usagara, reach 5700 feet 
 in elevation. These mountains formed the highest ground 
 seen by the expedition. To these succeeded high plains, arid 
 and comparatively sterile, but improving in character as the 
 
 plateau region of Unyamwezi was reached, by a course bear- 
 ing to the N.W. From Kazeh, the capital of Unyamwezi, a 
 farther "W. route led to Ujiji, on the shore of the large lake 
 of Tanganyika, the waters of which were first seen in Feb- 
 ruary, 1868. Respecting the linear extent of the lake, how- 
 ever, nothing was precisely determined, its S. portion being 
 wholly unvisited. At Unyanyembe (within the highlands of 
 Unyamwezi , and the tract within which Kazeh is situated) 
 Captain Burton, in the course of the return journey to the 
 coast, was disabled by sickness. During the enforced deten- 
 tion at that point of the leader of the expedition, Captain 
 Speke made a detached journey to the northward, and, after 
 travelling about 200 miles, made the discovery of another, 
 supposed, great lake, called by the natives Nyanza — a generic 
 name for water, whether lake, river, or pond, in this part of 
 Africa. Speke reached the S. extremity of this lake. The 
 expedition again reached the coast, on their return, early in 
 the year 1859, after nearly twenty months passed in the in- 
 terior. 
 
 The journey of Burton and Speke in 1857-9 led to the 
 later expedition of Speke and Grant in 1861-2. Imme- 
 diately on his discovery of the Nyanza lake, a body of sweet 
 water, found within a few degrees S. of the equator, and at 
 an elevation of between 3000 and 4000 feet above the sea. 
 Captain Speke formed the conclusion that it would prove 
 the head-water of the Nile. With the countenance of the 
 Geographical Society of' London, Speke had no difficulty in 
 the equipment of a new expedition for the purpose of solving 
 a problem in which all geographers were warmly interested. 
 In this second journey his companion was Captain Grant, 
 another officer of the Bengal army. Speke and Grant left 
 England in 1860, and proceeding byway of the Cape of Good 
 Hope, reached Zanzibar in the later half of that year. Thence 
 (Octoijer, 1860) they started for the interior, pursuing the 
 route taken by the prior expedition as far as Unyanyembe. 
 Many untoward occurrences delayed the expedition during 
 the earlier stages of its progress. From Kazeh (in Unyan- 
 yembe), which the travellers were unable to leave until Sep- 
 tember, 1861, a new route was taken to the N.W., which, 
 passing through the districts of Usinsa and Karagw^, the 
 latter a highland region, and crossing the Kitangule river, 
 led to Mashond^ (lat. 50' S.) in the upper portion of the 
 Uganda country. It was from this place that the first view 
 of the Nyanza was obtained on this journey. Upwards of a 
 hundred and sixty miles (direct measure) intervene between 
 Mashonde and the point where Captain Speke had reached 
 the Nyanza on the preceding journey — a distance, however, 
 which may be regarded as trifling in respect of a body of 
 water to which its discoverer (chiefly upon hearsay informa- 
 tion) assigns proportions considerably exceeding those of 
 Lake Superior. The further course thence was round the 
 N.W. and part of the N. coast of the Nyanza (or Victoria 
 Nyanza, as Captain Speke prefers to call it), through a 
 country composed of low sandstone hills, streaked by small 
 streams— the eff'ect of almost constant rains — and grown 
 over with gigantic grass, excepting where the latter is 
 supplanted by cultivation. The same aspect, but with in- 
 creased beauty, continxied N. of the equator, to a short dis- 
 tance above which Speke carries the coast-line of the lake on 
 that side. Two rivers, the Mweranga and the Luajerri, of 
 moderate dimensions, and both flowing to the N., were 
 crossed, and farther to the E. the Nile itself, described 
 as issuing from the lake by a passage over rocks of igneous 
 character, with a descent of 12 feet immediately below, 
 forming what the explorer designates the ' Ripon Falls.' 
 At this point, the coast-line of the lake was abandoned, 
 and the stream of the river followed downward to the 
 Karuma Falls (lat. 2° 20' N.), its course lying at first 
 through sandstone hills, amongst which it rushes with torrent- 
 like force, and afterwards passing over long flats, where it 
 has rather the aspect of a lake than a river. Owing to native 
 wars, which forbade the continuance of the track along the 
 course of the stream immediately below the Karuma Falls, 
 the river was here abandoned for a time; Speke, con- 
 tinuing his route to the N.W., again came upon it in the 
 Madi country (lat. 3° 40' N.), where 'it still bore the un- 
 mistakable character of the Nile— long flats, long rapids.' 
 From the point now reached, the Nile (increased within the 
 part left untraced by the junction of what Speke calls, from 
 
AFRICA 
 
 6 
 
 AFRICA 
 
 native report, the little Luta 'Nzig^ lake) flows N., receiving 
 a little below a considerable affluent, the Asua river, on its 
 right bank, continuing, though with numerous windings, the 
 same general course. At Gondokoro (lat. 4° SO* N.), where 
 the expedition met Mr. Baker, an Englishman, the travellers 
 were upon known ground, and their farther course thence, by 
 Khartoom, through Nubia and Egypt to the Mediterranean, 
 presented no novelty. They had reached Gondokoro in 
 February, 1863, above twenty-eight months after the date of 
 their setting out from the coast opposite to Zanzibar. 
 
 Captain Speke was detained five months at Uganda, while 
 waiting for his companion, who had been left behind from 
 illness at Karagw^. Mr. Petherick, who had been de- 
 spatched from England with well-appointed means to ascend 
 the Nile valley, in order to aid in the accomplishment of the 
 main purpose of the expedition, did not arrive at Gondokoro 
 until after Speke and Grant had also reached that point upon 
 their downward course, and accomplished nothing in the way 
 of geographical discovery. A partial examination of the 
 Bahr el-Ghazal, a W. affluent of the Nile, joining the main 
 river about lat. 9° K/ N., is due to the enterprise of that 
 gentleman on a previous occasion. Results of some interest 
 in reference to the same locality have ensued from the enter- 
 prise of a party of Dutch ladies — Madame Tinn^ and her 
 daughter — who, accompanied by Dr. Heuglin, a German 
 savant, undertook the examination of the Bahr el-Ghazal 
 basin, without, however, accomplishing their ultimate inten- 
 tion of reaching the mountainous region in which its waters 
 appear to originate. 
 
 The results of Captain Speke 's expedition, though of high 
 value to geography, cannot be regarded as final in their 
 nature, even in so far as the outlet of the Nile, from its alleged 
 reservoir the Victoria Nyanza, is concerned; while they 
 admittedly leave to the solution of future explorers many 
 questions connected with the real source of the Nile, the 
 extent and character of the Upper Nile basin, the limits of 
 the Nyanza lake, and the nature of the ground by which it is 
 bordered to the E. Indeed, the existence of the Nyanza 
 as a single lake is not absolutely determined. Speke touched 
 it at only three points in his two journeys, and those at long 
 intervals; and there is nothing to identify the waters seen at 
 these several times as forming one expanse; on the contrary, 
 the natives informed him of a road to the coast, which must 
 have crossed the very centre of the alleged Nyanza. Again, 
 between the point at which Captain Speke left the river 
 which he traced downward below its issue from the lake, 
 and that at which he rejoined its waters, there intervenes 
 a distance of above 100 miles in a direct line, and of nearly 
 double that measure by the winding course which his map 
 gives to the supposititious channel of the river itself. 
 Anything less satisfactory than Captain Speke's geogra- 
 phical details, when critically examined, it would be difficult 
 to conceive. The whole E., and most of the W. and N. 
 sides, of the Nyanza basin remain, moreover, wholly un- 
 explored. Even allowing the claim of that body of water 
 to be regarded as the reservoir or head- water of the Nile, the 
 most distant source of supply to the Egyptian river has yet 
 to be determined, by examination of such affluents as may be 
 found to contribute to the Nyanza basin. Whether any of 
 these derive their supply from the high lands to which 
 Kilimandjaro, Kenia, and others of the snow-capped summits 
 above referred to, belong (and which Dr. Beke and others 
 seek to identify with Ptolemy's ' Mountains of the Moon'), 
 constitutes one of the points to be settled by future travellers.* 
 
 The picture of social life which Captain Speke's pen places 
 before the reader is in the last degree unattractive. The 
 native kingdoms which adjoin the Nyanza on its W. and 
 N.W. side exhibit a population sunk in a condition of almost 
 hopeless barbarism, and present an aspect of things which 
 appears altogether to negative the idea of any advantage, 
 commercial or otherwise, to be realized from intercourse 
 with these lands. 
 
 2. Farther to the southward, the course of recent African 
 discovery has been chiefly in connection with the valley of 
 the river Zambesi and the affluents to its extensive basin. 
 
 • Mr. Cooley, in hja learned and critical essay, Clavdiut Ptolemy 
 and the Nile, endeavours to show that the 'Mountains of the Moon' 
 do not belong to the genuine text of Ptolemy, but are an Arab in- 
 terpolation. 
 
 The results realized in this direction are mainly due to the 
 energy of Dr. Livingstone, whose functions as a missionary 
 led him to intercourse with the Bechuana and other natives 
 dwelling to the northward of the Cape Colony, and beyond 
 the banks of the Orange river. Dr. Livingstone's journeys 
 in the more distant interior wei'e preceded by his visit in 
 1849, in company with Messrs. Oswell and Murray, to the 
 banks of the lake of 'Ngami, previously known only by 
 report, and to reach which the Kalahari desert had to 
 be traversed. Two years later the enterprising missionary 
 arrived, several degrees farther north (lat. 17° 30' S.), on 
 the banks of a considerable river flowing to the eastward, 
 and which he at once concluded to be identical with the 
 Zambesi. From Sesheke, on the Leeambye (as the river is 
 there called), Livingstone performed a most arduous journey 
 in the general direction of N. W., by way of the Leeba valley, 
 and across the elevated region which divides the waters of 
 the E. and W. seas, to the Portuguese settlement of Loanda, 
 on the Atlantic coast, which he reached early in 1854. After 
 a brief stay in that city, he retraced his steps to the east- 
 ward, and in the course of that and the succeeding year 
 accomplished the still more arduous feat of crossing the 
 entire breadth of S. Africa, arriving early in 1856 at the 
 Portuguese settlement of Tet^, on the Lower Zambesi, whence 
 he reached Quillimane, on the shore of the Indian Ocean. 
 In the course of this prolonged exploration, Livingstone 
 visited the magnificent falls of the Leeambye, to which he 
 gave the appellation of the Victoria Falls (lat. 18° S.; Ion. 
 25° 50' E.) 
 
 The discoveries of Livingstone excited the warmest interest 
 on the part of his countrymen, and, indeed, throughout tlie 
 civilized world. The fact (first demonstrated by him) of the 
 existence of a net-work of waters in the interior plains of 
 S. Africa, which find a way to the oceans on either side 
 through openings in the bordering high grounds, gave a solu- 
 tion to the previously unsettled problem presented by the 
 formation of that continent; while the conditions of climate 
 and native produce throughout great part of the regions 
 which he traversed were such as to encourage sanguine hopes 
 of future commercial intercourse with those distant regions, 
 with attendant advantage to its native races. Here, as else- 
 where in that unhappy continent, the slave-trade is the chief 
 agent of debasement, and extends its influences from the 
 coast regions far into the interior. Wherever Livingstone 
 penetrated beyond the authority of the Portuguese, to whom 
 the seaboard on either side of the continent belongs, and 
 beyond the influences of the slave-trade, he found a docile 
 and well-intentioned native population, obviously capable of 
 improvement. But the ardent temperament of the courageous 
 missionary had led him, as his own later experiences have 
 too painfully shown, to draw too highly-coloured a picture of 
 interior S. Africa; and the promise of a navigable river 
 affording easy access to the heart of the continent is alto- 
 gether belied in the case of the Zambesi and its affluent 
 streams. 
 
 Dr. Livingstone visited England in 1856, after sixteen 
 years passed in S. Africa. In the spring of 1858 he returned 
 to the scene of his labours, provided with means for the 
 ascent of the Zambesi, with a view to the adoption of mea- 
 sures calculated for the suppression of the slave-trade, and 
 the substitution for it, on the part of the native populations, 
 of cotton-culture and other legitimate branches of industry; 
 fortified by the sanction of the British government, by which he 
 was invested with a consular mission to the Portuguese settle- 
 ments on the coast of E. Africa. Its most sanguine promoters 
 allow this Zambesi expedition to have proved a failure, in so 
 far as its higher aims are concerned; and Dr. Livingstone, 
 after six years of brave, though hopeless, struggle against 
 the difficulties by which he has been surrounded, has since 
 revisited England. Most of his companions had already 
 abandoned the promised field of enterprise, and directed their 
 labours to other channels. The steamer with which Living- 
 stone had been furnished proved altogether unsuited for 
 stemming the powerful current of the Zambesi, which (like 
 all the other streams of the African continent) exhibits striking 
 changes with opposite seasons of the year, the periodical rise 
 of water being in one part as much as 80 ft. Results of con- 
 siderable geographical importance have, however, been 
 accomplished. The Zambesi was ascended to 60 m. above 
 
AFEICA 
 
 AFRICA 
 
 Tet^, at which point the Kabrabesa rapids offer a formidable 
 impediment to further progress; above ihe rapids its course 
 was traced, with few intervals, up to the Victoria Falls, and 
 the identity of the Zambesi with the Leeambye river placed 
 beyond doubt. Di\ Livingstone's own labours, however, 
 were principally directed to the valley of the river Shire — a 
 considerable affluent of the Lower Zambesi, on the N. bank 
 of the latter. The Shire was found navigable from the point 
 of junction with the Zambesi up to the cataract of Mamvera 
 — a distance of about 150 m. — at which point commence a 
 series of falls extending through 33 miles. Above these cata- 
 racts the river again becomes navigable to its outlet from 
 the fresh- water lake of Nyassa, or Nyinyesi, in lat. ] 4° 25' S. 
 A narrow isthmus, in one part only 6 m. across, divides the 
 Shire valley and the S. extremity of the Nyassa lake from 
 another lake of large dimensions called Shirwa, which latter 
 has no outlet, and the waters of which are bitter, though 
 drinkable. The valley of the Shire was found to be bounded 
 by well-defined terraces on either side, Mount Zomba rising 
 above the level of the E. plateau to 4000 ft., or double 
 that altitude above the sea. Livingstone launched on the 
 waters of the Nyassa lake a boat carried above the cataracts 
 for the purpose, and explored its W, coast-line to a distance 
 of 200 m. Nothing was ascertained respecting the limits of 
 the lake to the northward. 
 
 The discovery of the two large lakes above-mentioned, 
 with the examination of the Shire valley, constitute the chief 
 gains to geography due to the Zambesi expedition. The 
 lower course of the Eovuma river, which enters the sea 
 beside Cape Delgado (lat. 10° 25' S.), was also . examined in 
 person by Livingstone, and enough ascertained to negative 
 its supposed connection with the Nyassa lake. 
 
 3. The countries watered by the river Niger have during 
 nearly three-quarters of a century offered an inviting field 
 for African travel and exploration, in spite of the attendant 
 difficulties and dangers, due to unhealthiness of climate and 
 barbarous conditions of social life. The African Association, 
 formed in London in 1778, directed its earlier efforts to these 
 regions. In the case of the river Niger, the problem which 
 long presented itself was the reverse of that offered by the 
 Nile; the great object to be attained consisting in the tracing 
 the stream to its final outlet. To this object, during a 
 long series of years, the travels of Mungo Park, Clapperton, 
 the Landers, and others, were perseveringly devoted. 
 
 At length, however, the problem of the outlet of the great 
 river was solved by Eichard Lander and his brother John; 
 who, jointly leaving the coast of Guinea in the early part of 
 1 830, and reaching Boussa, traced the course of the Niger 
 thence downward to the sea, following the channel known as 
 the Nun river, the principal one amongst the many branches 
 belonging to its extensive delta. 
 
 The successful enterprise of the Landers prepared the 
 way for later attempts at developing the commercial re- 
 sources of W. Africa. Laird and Oldfield, in 1833, ascended 
 the river with a view to this object, accompanied by Captain 
 William Allen, who executed a survey of it from the sea up 
 to some distance above the point where it is joined on the E. 
 bank by the great stream then known as the Chadda, but 
 since more correctly called the Benuwe, and examining also 
 the latter for some miles above the junction. In subsequent 
 years repeated ascents of the Lower Niger have been made 
 by Becroft and others; and the stream known as the Old 
 Calabar, which enters the sea to the E. of the Niger delta, 
 has been similarly explored by means of steam-navigation, 
 which alone enables the unhealthy belt of mangrove swamp 
 immediately adjoining the coast-line to be traversed with 
 the speed requisite to insure safety. The Niger expe- 
 dition of 1841, fitted out by the British government for 
 philanthropic purposes, with a view to the suppression of the 
 slave-trade on its banks, proved an utter failure, and was 
 attended by terrible sacrifice of life. But the feasibility 
 of navigating the Lower Niger and Benuwe rivers, with- 
 out serious danger to life, has been fully demonstrated 
 by Dr. Baikie, who in 1854 took the steamer Fleiad up 
 the main stream to the point of junction with the Benuwe, 
 and ascended the latter river to a distance of more than 
 300 m. above the point of junction, or 250 m. above the 
 farthest point reached by Allen and Oldfield in 1833; return- 
 ing to the sea without the loss of a single life. Dr. Baikie's 
 
 successful conduct of this enterprise induced the British 
 government to equip a renewed expedition, directed with a 
 view to the forming a station, alike for commercial purposes 
 and as a centre of missionary operations, at some point within 
 the basins of the Lower Niger and Benuwe. In command of 
 this expedition Dr. Baikie left England in 1857, and was 
 engaged during the seven succeeding years in various inve.s- 
 tigations within the region adverted to, some of his later 
 journeys in the interior having been extended to the king- 
 dom of Kano and the high grounds dividing the basin of the 
 Niger from that of Lake Chad. The geographical results of 
 this expedition, which have hitherto been but partially given 
 to the public, are its only important fruits, and have been 
 purchased (like so many of the discoveries made in the 
 African continent) with the life of its conductor, who died on 
 his return to England, in 1864. 
 
 The voyage of the Fleiad was in some measure supple- 
 mentary to the purposes of an important expedition for the 
 exploration of Central Africa by overland journey through 
 the desert, conducted at the expense of the British govern- 
 ment. This was the undertaking originated by Mr. Eichardson, 
 an English traveller, with whom were associated Drs. Barth 
 and Overweg. At the close of 1849, the three started to- 
 gether from Tripoli to proceed southward through the desert. 
 Want of harmony, however, soon led to their separation on 
 different routes, though it was arranged that the town of 
 Kouka, the capital of Bornou, should form a point of com- 
 mon rendezvous. Eichardson died shortly after from fever. 
 Barth and Overweg rejoined one another at Kouka, whence 
 the latter devoted some time to an examination of the Chad 
 basin, including a hurried and imperfect navigation of the 
 lake itself, in a boat which had been carried across the desert 
 for the purpose. Overweg, like so many other African 
 explorers, paid with life the penalty of his enterprise, dying 
 in the following year (1852). The sole conduct of the enter- 
 prise, during its remaining portion, devolved on Dr. Barth. 
 After some time spent in Agades, engaged in the study of 
 the mixed nations that dwell on the borders of the desert, he 
 again repaired to Bornou, and thence accompanied a native 
 embassy southward to Adamaua — a tract of country hitherto 
 unvisited by Europeans, and lying within little more than 
 eight degrees of the equator. On his way Barth crossed the 
 Benuwe river, immediately below its junction with the Faro 
 — another considerable stream, flowing (like the Benuwe 
 itself) from the southward. The confluence of the Faro 
 and Benuwe is ascertained to be within 50 m. or 60 ra. 
 of the farthest point reached by the officers of the Pleiad, in 
 the ascent of the so-called Chadda (properly Benuwe) river; 
 and the identity of the Benuwe with the great eastern 
 affluent of the Niger is fully established. The Benuwe is 
 said to be navigable a long way farther up, and to lead into 
 populous regions as yet unvisited. By excursions into the 
 countries southward of Lake Chad, in the course of which he 
 crossed the two branches of the Shary river, Barth defined 
 the limits of the Benuwe basin to the eastward, and estab- 
 lished its complete separation (and consequently that of the 
 Niger) from the waters of that inland lake. 
 
 Barth subsequently directed his footsteps to the westward. 
 Beaching Soccatoo, he advanced thence to the banks of the 
 Niger; and crossing that river, proceeded in a north-westerly 
 route, until he again came upon the stream above Timbuctoo, 
 in which city (hitherto unvisited on the part of Europeans, 
 except by Major Laing in 1826, and, two years later, by 
 Ren^ Caill^, a Frenchman), he made a stay of seven months. 
 Our prior knowledge of Timbuctoo had been vague and 
 imperfect in the extreme. Laing had been murdered in the 
 desert shortly after leaving that place, and Caille's account 
 of it was altogether wanting in precision. During his 
 prolonged residence there Dr. Barth obtained a large amount 
 of valuable information bearing on the geography and history 
 of Central Africa, and strikingly confirmatory of the views 
 which had been enunciated by Mr. Cooley, several years 
 before, in the volume entitled The Negroland of the Arabs 
 (London, 1843). After tracing the river downward from 
 Timbuctoo to the point at which he had previously crossed 
 it on his upward journey, and thence regaining Bornou, 
 Barth subsequently returned to Europe, bringing with him 
 the valuable fruits of six years of adventure, often pursued 
 under circumstances of privation, hard.ship, and perU. 
 
AJFRICA 
 
 While Dr, Barth was engaged on his journey to Timbuctoo, 
 the expedition, of which he had now become the sole con- 
 ductor, received a reinforcement in the person of his country- 
 man Dr. Edward Vogel, who in the summer of 1853 set out 
 from Tripoli, on his way to Kouka, the starting-point for his 
 future operations. From Kouka, Vogel made in the course 
 of 1854 and the following year several extensive journeys 
 to the S., S.W., and W. — visiting, in company with a 
 slave-hunting expedition of the sheikh of Bornou, the Mus- 
 gow country, to the S. of lake Chad, and the mountainous 
 tract of Mandara, in the same general direction. To the 
 S. W. he penetrated to Jakoba (lat. 10° N.), and thence reached 
 the banks of the Benuwe, at the point where the English 
 expedition under Baikie had terminated the navigation of 
 that stream. Keturning to Kouka at the end of 1855, Vogel's 
 great remaining object was to penetrate eastward through the 
 unvisited country of Waday, to the lands falling within the 
 basin of the Nile. He proceeded on this adventurous enter- 
 prise by way of the S. shore of the Chad and the basin of 
 Lake Fittre, and succeeded in reaching Wara, the capital of 
 Waday. At that place, in February, 1856, he was bar- 
 barously put to death by order of its sultan. The subse- 
 quent murder of his sole European attendant involved the 
 loss of his papers, with the detailed record of his later pro- 
 ceedings and observation — a matter of more than ordinary 
 regret, since Vogel was known as an accomplished astronomer 
 and botanist. 
 
 The space intervening on the map between the E. shore 
 of the Chad and the W. . borders of the Upper Nile basin, 
 comprehending the barbarous Waday and its adjacent lands, 
 indicates the present great desideratum in the geography of 
 the N. half of the African continent. Southward of the 
 Niger and Chad basins, a still larger area remains open to 
 the efforts of future explorers. The basin of the great river 
 Congo, which enters the Atlantic in lat. 5° 10' S., is almost 
 entirely a terra incognita, and the native kingdoms which 
 intervene between the Portuguese possessions on the W. 
 coast, to the S. of the equator, and the Tanganyika of Burton 
 and Speke, are only known from the reports of Arab traders. 
 The expedition commanded by Captain Tuckey in 1816, was 
 directed to the mouth of the Congo, under the impression 
 that it might prove to be the outlet of the Niger, then un- 
 explored. Tuckey carried his ships only a short way up the 
 river, but explor,jd it to a farther distance (280 miles on the 
 whole) by means of boats, and partly by land-marches. All 
 the leading members of this unfortunate expedition, including 
 the commander, fell victims to the terrible 
 fever of the African coast. Notwithstanding 
 this fatal experience, however, Captain Beding- 
 field proposes (1864) a fresh expedition to the 
 Congo, with a view to exploration of the high 
 lands adjoining its upper course. No diflSculty 
 appears to attend the navigation of the river 
 for 100 miles upwards. Formidable rapids in 
 its course, through which the stream is nar- 
 rowed between high rocks on either side, form 
 an impediment to farther progress, except by 
 boats ; above the rapids, the Congo again ex- 
 pands into a noble stream. 
 
 The researches pursued by M. du Chaillu 
 during a period of four years (1856-9), within 
 the tract of country extending two degrees on 
 either side of the equator, and adjoining the 
 mouth of the Gaboon river, upon the W. side 
 of the African continent, excited deep interest 
 in Europe, in connection chiefly with the great 
 anthropoid ape, the gorilla, of the habits and 
 characteristics of which that traveller professed 
 to give the first authentic account. The field 
 of M. du Chaillu's adventures includes the lower channels 
 of several considerable rivers, of which the Ogowai appears 
 to be the most important. M. du Chaillu claims to have 
 penetrated in the course of his various journeys to a 
 distance of above 200 miles inland; but his geographical 
 details are confessedly imperfect. He has since (1863) left 
 England for the scene of his former labours, with a view 
 of following the line of the equator until he meets some of 
 the rivers falling into the Nile, which he supposes to 
 exist W. of the country visited by Burton and Speke. On 
 
 8 AGADES 
 
 the same side of Africa, a few degrees farther northward, 
 Captain Burton has (1861-62) increased his many prior 
 claims to the gratitude of all who take an interest in 
 African geography, by a careful examination of some of the 
 smaller rivers that enter the Bight of Benin, and also by 
 an ascent of the lofty Camaroons Mountain, a volcano not 
 yet wholly extinct, which he identifies with the ' Theou 
 Ochema ' of Hanno's Periplus. The highest point of the 
 mountain, according to Captain Burton, reaches upwards of 
 13,000 feet above the sea. The elevated regions of the Cama- 
 roons exhibit every morning, even during the hot season, a 
 covering of hoarfrost, and are well suited for the purposes 
 of a sanitarium. 
 
 It is perhaps in reference to the physical conformation of 
 the southern half of Africa that the gain due to modern travel 
 is most conspicuous. Instead of the high plateau-lauds which 
 it was long supposed to constitute, the interior appears to 
 exhibit a series of watered plains, but moderately elevated 
 above the sea, and bordered on either hand by ranges of 
 higher ground, through openings between which the waters 
 of the interior reach the ocean upon either side. The 
 numerous lake-basins already ascertained to exist within the 
 eastern interior, to the S. of tlie equator, constitute indeed 
 one of the most strikingly important features of modern 
 geography, and one that stands most in contrast with the 
 popular conceptions of a region generally associated with 
 the intensest conditions of heat and aridity. Much, however, 
 is yet wanting to give anything approaching completeness to 
 our knowledge of the African continent, and to warrant any- 
 thing beyond a merely general view of its structure, such as 
 is here expressed. 
 
 AGA, one of two mountain chains, Arabia, which stretch 
 N.E. and are separated from each other by the valley of 
 Jebel Shammar. Both are composed of granite, have an 
 estimated height of 1000 ft. above the adjoining plain, and em- 
 brace a circuit ' probably not exceeding three days' journey.' 
 They are covered with brushwood, and intersected by flat 
 valleys and plains. The less and more eastern range is called 
 Selma. The Aga, which is much more extensive, commences 
 in the vicinity of Medina, and continues to stretch N.E. till 
 it becomes linked with the chain of Alhagaz, so as to form 
 the natural boundary of Nejd on the N. W. side. 
 
 AGADES [add.], a tn. W. Africa, cap. kingdom of Air or 
 Asben, 340 m. N. by W. Kano; lat. 17° N.; Ion. 8° E. It stands 
 upon the edge of a table-land, at an absolute height of about 
 2500 ft., and is inclosed within a circuit of about 3| m. The 
 
 A0ADES.— Barth's Travels in Africa. 
 
 most conspicuous public building is the chief mosque, sur- 
 mounted by a mesallaga or tower, of singular construction, 
 rising from the platform or terrace formed by the roof to the 
 height of about 95 ft. The hollow interior is lighted by seven 
 openings on each side. Being built entirely of clay, it has 
 been strengthened by binding the walls together with thirteen 
 layers of boards of the doum-palm, which form as many 
 separate stories. The other mosques, said to have been once 
 seventy, and still ten in number, are undeserving of special 
 notice. There are also six schools scattered over the place, 
 
AGANGUEO 
 
 AHMEDABAD 
 
 in which a little reading and writing is taught to about 
 300 boys. The former trade of Agades has been diverted 
 into other channels, and speculation in grain is now the prin- 
 cipal business — grain itself forming the chief medium of ex- 
 change. It is in an advanced state of dilapidation and decay, 
 and the pop. cannot be estimated at more than 7000. — ( Barth.) 
 
 AGANGUEO, a tn. Mexico, state Mechoacan, about 
 20 m. W.N.W. Morellia. It stands in a mountainous and 
 well-wooded district, at the height of 8000 ft. above the sea, 
 and was once famous for its mines. Pop. 2000. 
 
 AGBOM, a tn Yariba, W. Africa, about 20 m. E. Iba- 
 dan, about lat. 7° 35' N.; Ion. 4° 2' E. It is surrounded by 
 a wall, which incloses, in addition to the houses, a large ex- 
 tent of uncleared ground. 
 
 AGBOMEY. See Abomey. 
 
 AGBORO, a tn. Nufi, Central Africa, about 20 m. S. of 
 the Kwara; lat. 8° 30' N.; Ion. 5° 45' E. The houses occupy 
 a considerable height, and look at a distance like large stones 
 on the top of a bare hill. 
 
 AGHDA, a tn, Persia, subject to the governor of Nain, 
 about 100 m. E.S.E. Ispahan. It lies about 2 m. N. of the 
 mountains which bound the plain of Nain on the S., and 
 though now a very ruinous and mean-looking place, with 
 about 300 poor families, indicates, by the adjacent ruins, that 
 it was once of more importance. Its prosperity has been 
 destroyed by the frequent incursions of Beloochee and Bakh- 
 tiari plunderers. The productions of the district are wheat, 
 barley, cotton, excellent pomegranates, figs, grapes, &c. 
 
 AGNO-GKANDE, a river, Philippine Isles, Luzon. It 
 rises in the loftiest valley of the Cordillera of Caraballos, in 
 prov. Agra, pursues a tortuous course through a mountainous 
 country, and falls into the deep gulf of Lingayen, on the W. 
 coast. Its banks are clothed with useful timber, bamboos, 
 and ratans, which are conveyed directly to the Spanish dock- 
 yards. Many of the natives find employment during several 
 months of the year in washing its alluvium for gold, with the 
 aid of the soapy juice of a tree called the gogo, which acts as 
 a precipitate. — (Crawford's Descrip. Diet.) 
 
 AGOST, a vil. Spain, Valencia, prov. and about 12 m. 
 W. Alicante, and about 210 m. S.E. Madrid, partly on a 
 plain and partly on a hill crowned by an ancient strong castle. 
 It consists of several streets and two squares, one of them 
 adorned with a fountain. The trade is chiefly in carob-beans 
 and almonds. It is of Arab origin. Pop. 1969. 
 
 AGRA [add.], a city, India, cap. prov. same name, r. bank 
 Jumna and E. Indian railway, 905 m. (by rail) N.W. Calcutta, 
 and 276 m. (by rail) N.W. Allahabad; about 650 ft. above 
 sea-level. There are a printing-office, bank, handsome 
 church, two places of worship for llomanists and one for 
 Baptists, and an orphan institution. Being the seat of the 
 subordinate government of the North- West Provincejs, Agra 
 has the necessary revenue and judicial establishments similar 
 to those at Calcutta. Adjacent to the city on the W. is the 
 official residence of the lieut. -governor, and the government 
 offices are on the N.W. The climate is considered healthy 
 fi-om November to March; but the three succeeding hot 
 months, and the rainy season, from the end of June to Sep- 
 tember, are very prejudicial to liealth. The markets are well 
 supplied with whatever is required by Europeans. Cotton 
 is sent down the Jumna in boats from Agra, being the pro- 
 duce of the surrounding districts. Salt, also, is an important 
 article of commerce, passing through from Ilajpootana. The 
 fort stands on the bank of the Jumna in a confined and un- 
 healthy position. During the great mutiny the Europeans 
 retreated to it, and defended themselves with great gallantry 
 till they were relieved. Pop. 75,000. — (Thornton.) 
 
 AGUES, a tn. Spain, Valencia, prov. and 22 m. N. Ali- 
 cante, and about 185 m. S.E. Madrid, on a mountain slope in 
 a valley of same name. It has an uneven site, which makes 
 the streets irregular; manufactures linens and articles in 
 esparto, and in winter carries on a trade in snow, which is 
 conveyed for sale to San Felipe and other places. Pop. 1644. 
 
 AGUA AZUL, a remarkable tributary of Lake Yojoa 
 or Taulebe, Honduras, Central America. It is near the centre 
 of its eastern shore, and is described as ' an immense spring 
 of clear blue water, 70 ft. across, from which a stream flows 
 into the lake equal in size to any of its outlets.' In the 
 month of April, however, Agua Azul, as well as all the other 
 sources, become dry. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 AGUANO, a vil. S. America, Ecuador, 1. bank Napo, 
 with gold washings in its vicinity. It has some trade in 
 rock-salt, brought from the banks of the Amazon. 
 
 AGUAKICO, a river, S. America, Ecuador, which rises 
 in the coi-dillera of Pimampiro, not far from the frontiers of 
 Granada, flows circuitously S.E. for about 240 m., and join* 
 the Napo on its 1. bank. In its course it forms a number of 
 lakes. It traverses the country of the Encabellada Indians, 
 and is much frequented by other Indian tribes. Gold is said 
 to abound near its sources. 
 
 AGUARON, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 25 m. from 
 Saragossa, on a mountain of same name. It is irregularly and 
 poorly built. The trade is in wine. Pop. 1125. 
 
 AGUAS, the initial name of numerous places in Spain, 
 especially: — 1, Aguas-Dulces, a vil. Andalusia, prov. and 
 54 m. E.S.E. Seville, in a plain on the Gilena, with nume- 
 rous flour-mills, driven by water, the copiousness and ex- 
 cellence of which has given the place its name. Pop. 888. 
 — 2, Aguas, or Aigues de Busot, a vil. Valencia, prov. and 
 about 6 m. from Alicante, at the foot of a lofty mountain. 
 Its chief attraction is derived from the mineral springs of 
 Busot in the vicinity. The inhabitants, 1250, are chiefly 
 employed in weaving linen and digging ochre from some 
 valuable mines of that substance. — 3, Aguas-Sanfas, a vil. 
 and par. Galicia, prov. and about 6 m. from Orense, on a 
 lofty hill, with a large and beautiful church, which once 
 belonged to the Templars. Pop. 692. 
 
 AGUAS CALIENTES, a state, Mexico, formed out of 
 portions of Zacatecas, is bounded N. by Zacatecas and San 
 Luis de Potosi, E. Zacatecas and Guanajuato, and S. and W. 
 Jalisco; area about 2560 geo. sq. m.; pop. (1856) 85,839. 
 The surface is partly level, consisting of a plateau of 5000 ft., 
 of mean height, and partly mountainous, being traversed, 
 particularly in the N., by branches of the Sierra Madre. The 
 climate is in general mild and healthy, and the soil is through- 
 out very fertile, producing corn and pulse of excellent quality. 
 In the W., where the heat is greatest, many tropical fruits 
 thrive well. The mineral wealth is unimportant, though 
 some mines of silver and other metals are worked in several 
 localities. 
 
 AGUDO, a tn. Spain, New Castile, prov. and 50 m. 
 W.S.W. Ciudad-Real, and about 145 m. S.S.W. Madrid, in 
 a large and beautiful valley at the foot of a mountain range. 
 The houses, though only of one story, are built in regular 
 streets and two squares. Pop. 1240. 
 
 AGUILA, a volcano, San Salvador, Central America, 
 one of a group which 'forms almost an entire hilly volcanic 
 territory, from which arise the elevated peaks of the different 
 fiery craters ' overlooking the shores of the Pacific. 
 
 AGULLANA, a vil. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 20 m. 
 N. Gerona, on the S. slope of the Pyrenees. It is well built, 
 and has a massive and very old parish church. Cork is the 
 principal article of trade. Pop. 1034. 
 
 AGULLENT, a tn. Spain, Valencia, prov. and about 
 33 m. Valencia, at the foot of the mountain range of same 
 name. It is of pleasing appearance, and well built in regular 
 streets. Pop. 1107. 
 
 AGUR, or AuGGUR, a tn, India, in an isolated portion 
 of Scindia's Dominions (Gwalior), on an open and elevated 
 plain in the vicinity of a large and beautiful tank; lat. 23° 41' 
 N.; Ion. 76° 2' E. It stands at the height of 1598 ft. above 
 the sea, is surrounded by a stone rampart, aT\d is further de- 
 fended by a well-built fort. Pop. about 20,000. 
 
 AGUTAYA, a small isl. of the Philippines, belonging 
 to the Cuyos group, in the sea of Mindoro. Though only 
 6 m. long by 3 m. broad, and so rocky as to admit only of 
 patches of cultivation, it contains above 2000 inhabitants, 
 who subsist chiefly by fishing trepang for the Chinese market, 
 and rearing cattle, which they exchange in Manilla and the 
 fertile isle of Panay for rice and other necessaries. 
 
 AIIIGAL, a tn. Spain, Estremadura, prov. and about 
 45 m. Caceres, and about 140 m. W.S.W. Madrid, on a wide 
 plain, r. bank Alagon. It consists of houses grouped in irre- 
 gular but tolerably spacious streets, and its chief trade is in 
 corn, wool, and fruit. Pop. 1370. 
 
 AHMEDABAD, a collectoral dist. India, presid. Bombay, 
 extending 148 m. N. to S., and 62 m. broad, bounded by the 
 Guicowar's Dominions, dist. Kaira, terr. and Gulf Cambay 
 and Kattywar, with an area of 4356 sq. m. and pop. of 
 
AHMED ABAD 
 
 10 
 
 AINA 
 
 650,233. It is traversed by the i-iver Saubermutty, and is 
 very low and level, and consequently much affected by the 
 rains; the climate, too, is very hot and sultry. The inha- 
 bitants are generally more prosperous than those in other 
 parts of the Deccan, and are much benefited by the passage 
 of the Bombay and Baroda railway through the district, and 
 by a smaller line between the town and port of DhoUera for 
 the conveyance of cotton, the growth of which has been in- 
 troduced and carried on extensively in this and the neigh- 
 bouring districts. Good roads are much wanted; but the 
 loose and sandy nature of the soil, and the absence of suitable 
 material, make the construction of them very difficult. 
 
 AHMEDABAD [add.], a tn. India, presid. Bombay, cap. 
 dist. same name, 1. bank Saubermutty, 270 m. N. Bombay. 
 It was founded in 1412 by Ahmed Shah, on the site of 
 Yessuvul, and was converted by him into a great capital, 
 adorned with splendid edifices, among which is the great 
 mo.sque, which stands in the middle of the city. It has two 
 lofty, well-proportioned minarets, highly decorated, and 
 
 AHMEDABAD. THE SHAKING MINAKET8.— Grindlay's ViewB in Western India. 
 
 having flights of steps and a gallery at the top. The domes 
 rest on equidistant columns, and the cupolas are embellished 
 with elegant mosaic fretwork, and the portico has a beautiful 
 marble pavement. Under the Moguls it lost none of its 
 splendour, and is described by Ferislita, in the beginning of 
 the seventeenth century, as having streets ' sufficiently wide 
 to admit of ten carriages abreast,' and as ' on the whole the 
 handsomest city in Hindostan, and perhaps in the world.' 
 In its present decayed state it is a large and populous place, 
 with 130,000 inhabitants, and inclosed by a strong and lofty 
 wall, flanked with numerous towers, and entered by a dozen 
 gates. On a thorough repair of this wall, government, in 
 1834, expended a sum of £25,000, and other means of restor- 
 ing its importance have been employed. The manufactures 
 for which it was long celebrated consisted chiefly of fine silk 
 and cotton fabrics, cloths of gold and silver, various other 
 articles of the precious metals, and of steel, enamel, mother- 
 of-pearl, &c. Three government schools, one for English, 
 and two for the vernacular, have been established here, and 
 a new church was erected in 1848. 
 
 AHMEUI, a tn. and dist. Persia, about 200 m. S. Ker- 
 inan, defended with a small mud-built fort. The dist., which 
 extends to some distance on all sides of the fort, has a^op. 
 of about 1000 families, and yields a great quantity of dates, 
 figs, oranges, and other fruits. 
 
 AHMEDNUGGUR, a dist. presid. Bombay, India, be- 
 tween lat. 18° 16' to 20° 30' N.; Ion. 73° 29' to 75° 37' E., 
 179 m. N.W. to S.E., and 100 m. broad, and containing 9931 
 sq. m , with a pop. of about 1,000,000. It is intersected by 
 the Great Indian Peninsula railway, and the Bombay and 
 Agra and other roads. The manufactures are principally of 
 
 coarse cloth and silk, the latter chiefly wrought in the town 
 of Yeola. 
 
 AHMEDNUGGUR [add.], three places, India:— 1, A tn. 
 presid. and 122 m. E. Bombay, cap. (list, or collectorate of 
 same name, near the source of the Seena, a tributary of the 
 Beemah, surrounded with a wall of no great height, but pos- 
 sessing the additional defence of an immense and impene- 
 trable prickly-pear hedge. Within the town are a Protestant 
 church, four government schools, one of them English, and 
 the others vernacular, and a commodious durmsalah, or 
 travellers' lodge, capable of accommodating 250 persons. 
 Ahmednuggur was founded by Ahmed Nizam Shah in 1494, 
 and, after passing through various hands, was treacherously 
 sold to the Peishwa in 1759 by the Delhi officer then com- 
 manding. In 1803, the Duke of Wellington, then Geneial 
 Wellesley, compelled its surrender, after a siege of only two 
 days. Having returned to the Peishwa, it passed with his 
 other possessions under British rule in 1817, and is said to 
 be gradually recovering its prosperity. Pop. about 20,000. 
 • — 2, A tn. North- West Provinces, dist. and 
 40 m. S.E. Allyghur, containing 6740 in- 
 habitants. — 3, A tn. Gujerat, cap. dist. of 
 same name, 90 m. N.N.W. Baroda. It 
 stands on an extensive plain, watered by 
 the Haut Muttee, is partly inclosed by 
 the remains of a fine old stone wall, pos- 
 sesses a fort in a very ruinous condition, 
 and contains 9000 inhabitants. 
 
 AHUACHAPAM, a town, Central 
 America, state and 45 m. W.N.W. San 
 Salvador, dep. Sonsonate, beautifully situ- 
 ated in the centre of the magnificent valley 
 or mountain slope and near a lake of same 
 name; lat. 14° N.; Ion. 89° 40' W. Though 
 once a flourishing place, it has no building 
 deserving of notice. The pop., about 8000, 
 one-half Indians, are chiefly employed in 
 the cultivation of coffee, the cochineal- 
 cactus, and the sugar-cane, from the latter 
 of which about 250 tons of brown sugar 
 are annually produced. In the environs, 
 about 3 m. to the E., are numerous hot 
 sulphur springs, rising from the spurs of 
 the volcanoes Lajunita and Apaneca. 
 
 AIDINSCHIK, a tn. Turkey in Asia, 
 Anatolia, near isthmus connecting pen- 
 insula of Cyzicus with mainland, 72 m. 
 S.W. Constantinople. It stands 600 ft. 
 above the sea, consists of about 600 houses, ranged in narrow 
 dirty streets, and, though not very ancient, contains many 
 columns and beautiful Corinthian pillars, which appear to 
 have been brought to it from Cyzicus. It figures much in 
 the early history of the Osmanlis, as the point from which 
 they started to make their conquests in Europe. 
 
 AIGUNT, or Sagalin Oola, a naval arsenal of the 
 Chinese, Manchooria, situated r. bank Amoor, 20 m. below 
 the junction of the Zeya, in a district abounding with vil- 
 lages and cultivated fields. It was once a place of import- 
 ance, and though now consisting only of a citadel and a few 
 mud cottages, symmetrically arranged, still ' serves the whole 
 Chinese Amoor fleet as a harbour and head-quarters.' Its 
 supplies of timber are floated down in rafts from the well- 
 wooded country through which the Kamara flows. 
 
 AILLONES, a tn. Spain, Estremadura, pro v. and 53 m. 
 S.E. Badajos. It consists of houses of two stories, of which 
 only a few are commodious and well built, and has a beau- 
 tiful fountain. The chief trade is in corn and wool. P. 1 798. 
 AILUTAKI, or Whylostacke, an i.sl. S. Pacific, Hervey 
 group; lat. 18° 32' S.; Ion. 159° 24' W. It is about 9 m. 
 long, and rising to the height of 360 ft. has a hilly but fertile 
 surface. Around it is a barrier reef, which on the S. side 
 extends nearly 7 m. from tlie beach, but has an opening form- 
 ing a good and practicable entrance for small vessels. The 
 inhabitants, about 2000, profess Christianity. — [Report on 
 Central Polynesia, Sydney, 1857.) 
 
 AINA, a tn. Spain, Murcia, prov. and 24 m. S.W. Alba- 
 cete, and about 140 -m. S.S.E. Ikladrid, on the Mundo, be- 
 tween two almost inaccessible heights. The houses are 
 arranged in a long and narrow street and a spacious square. 
 
AINTAS 11 
 
 The chief products are grain, &c.; and many goats, sheep, 
 and cattle are reared. Pop. 1190. 
 
 AINTAS, a river, S. Africa, wliicli drains the Kalahari 
 desert, and, flowing S., joins r. bank Orange river about lat. 
 28° S.; Ion. 20° 20' E. Its course is estimated at 400 m., 
 and its basin 140,000 sq. m.; and yet, when visited by Mr. 
 Moffat, in Sept. 1858, it had a width at its mouth of only 80 
 or 90 ft., with a deep sand-bed fringed with the usual river 
 trees. 
 
 AIR, Ahir, or A^ben, a kingdom, Africa, Sahara, be- 
 tween lat. 16° 15' and 20° 15' N. and Ion. 6° 15' and 9° 30' 
 E.; area about 37,000 geo. sq. m. It consists of a succession 
 of mountain groups and valleys, with a general W. slope, and 
 attains in its culminating point, Mount Dogem, situated near 
 the centre, a height of 5000 ft. In the S. a hamada or table- 
 land forms the boundary and watei--shed between the Sahara 
 and Soodan. The prevailing rocks are granite and sandstone, 
 but in the S. basaltic cones and trachyte pierce the horizontal 
 sandstone strata. The valleys, though separated by complete 
 deserts, are very fertile, and often of picturesque appearance, 
 winding along steep precipices, and presenting tlireads of 
 green, in which the iholuhh and several species of mimosa 
 and acacia, with the suak and other trees, flourish in immense 
 growth, sometimes garlanded and festooned by parasitical 
 plants. Various wild animals, including the giraffe, hyena, 
 wolf, jackal, wild boar, wild ox, &c., range at will in unfre- 
 quented places. The climate partakes partly of that of the 
 Sahara and partly of that of Soodan, more agreeable than the 
 former, less dangerous than the latter, and on the whole 
 healthy and not unsuitable for Europeans. The tropical 
 rains fall regularly, the rainy season lasting from the middle 
 of August to the beginning of October. During the winter 
 months, the temperature sometimes falls to the freezing-point, 
 and ice is occasionally found in the S. hamada. The soil is 
 cultivated mostly by slaves, and gardens and corn-fields, 
 irrigated during the dry months, are common near the towns 
 and villages. The principal vegetable products are glmssuh 
 (millet), wine, dates, various kinds of vegetables, senna, and 
 indigo. The most important mineral is salt, which is ex- 
 changed for the productions of Soodan, on which the inhabi- 
 tants, consisting chiefly of two great tribes called the Kelowis 
 and Kilgris, depend more than they ought, trusting too little 
 to their own resources. The government is described as a 
 monarchy, with a curious mixture of the patriarchal charac 
 ter, and even a dash of democracy. The chief town is Agadez 
 Pop. about 64,000, said to furnish 14,000 able-bodied war- 
 riors. — [Richardson, Barth, &c., Exped. to Central Africa.) 
 
 AITONA, or Aytona, a tn. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 
 about 11m. Lerida, and about 80 m. W.N.W. Barcelona, 
 r. bank Segre, on a wide plain, at the foot of a lofty and 
 rugged hill. It consists of 450 well-built houses, and the 
 trade is in silk, fruit, and especially live-stock of all kinds. 
 Pop. 1427. 
 
 AJI, or Hadjee, a river, India, Bengal, which rises in 
 dist. Eamgurh, about lat. 24° 32' N.; Ion. 86° 10' E., flows 
 successively S.E. through Eamgurh and Mongheer, S. through 
 Beerbhoom, and E. along the S. boundary of this district, 
 separating it from Burdwan, and, after a course of about 
 180 m., joins the Bhagruttee on its 1. bank at Cutwah, in lat. 
 23° 39'; Ion. 88° 9'. It flows through a valuable coal-field, 
 which is worked to some extent; and, being navigable for 
 about ten weeks during the rains, is then used for sending down 
 coal and iron to Calcutta. 
 
 AJOFRIN, a tn. Spain, New Castile, prov. and 8 m. from 
 Toledo. It consists of above 400 houses, many of them in a 
 dilapidated state. The manufactures are woollens, bomba- 
 zines, corduroys, and articles in esparto. Pop. 2883. 
 
 A JKOOD, or Kalat Ajkod, Egypt, the first station of 
 the Egyptian pilgrims on their way to Mecca, 8 m. N.W. 
 Suez. Its cattle is large and in fair order. 
 
 AKAllAMBAY, or the ' iron gates ' of the Niger, Central 
 Africa, is so called because the stream, previously of con- 
 siderable width, suddenly contracits, and rushes between two 
 large masses of rock not more than 40 ft. asunder. 
 
 AKHLI, a tn. European Turkey, near shores of Black 
 Sea, 40 m. S. Varna. It stands at a considerable elevation 
 amid fine scenery, and is supposed to be the locality where a 
 great battle was fought, in the beginning of the fourteenth 
 century, between the Catalonians and the Massagetse. 
 
 ALAMO 
 
 AKIKE, a tn, Africa, on isl. of same name, belonging to 
 a small group in the Red Sea, off the coast of Nubia, in lat. 
 18° 30' N. It is almost destitute of vegetation; but is im- 
 portant because of the market which is held at it, and is much 
 frequented by the Bedouins. Many of the inhabitants are 
 engaged in the pearl-fisheries. 
 
 AKNUK, or Akhnoor, a tn. N.W. India, Gholab Singh's 
 Dominions, 95 m. N. by E. Lahore, on the Chenab, which is 
 here a large navigable stream. It stands at the base of the 
 lowest Himalaya range, and at a distance presents a very 
 picturesque appearance, tlie remains of its old palace contrast- 
 ing in a striking manner with the buildings of its new fort. 
 When entered it is found to be mostly in ruins. There is 
 here a ferry over the river. Mount Triketa, in the vicinity, 
 is much resorted to by pilgrims visiting the temple situated 
 on its N. side. 
 
 AKOWLAH, or Akola, a tn. India, Hyderabad, on an 
 affluent of the Poorna, 290 m. N.E. Bombay. Its lofty 
 and well-constructed walls, and the numerous ruins contigu- 
 ous to it, indicate a former magnitude and importance which 
 do not now exist; but it is still a large and populous place. 
 
 AKPOKO, a tn. Central Africa, cap. dist. of same name, 
 r. bank Chadda or Benuwe; lat. 7° 55' 34" N.; Ion. 8° 5' 22" E. 
 It is prettily situated at the foot of the Doma hills, a small 
 range seemingly of unstratified rock, which rises to the height 
 of about 600 ft. Its inhabitants are hospitably and commer- 
 cially disposed. 
 
 AKRABEH, a large and flourishing tn. Palestine, which 
 of old gave its name to the toparchy of Acrahattene, at some 
 distance from r. bank Jordan, about lat. 32° 10' N and Ion. 
 35° 25' E. It is finely situated on the base of a high ridge, 
 which here forms a watershed, and sends the waters of the 
 adjoining open valley or plain in opposite directions, E. and W. 
 
 AKRON, a tn. N. America, U. States, cap. co. Summit, 
 Ohio, on the Ohio and Erie canal and on the Cleveland and 
 Zanesviile railway, 100 m. N.E. Columbus. It occupies an 
 elevated site about 400 ft. above the level of Lake Erie; and 
 being furnished with ample water-power by the Little Cuya- 
 hoga, possesses a number of large flour-mills, as w^ell as two 
 woollen factories, and manufactures of cards, stoves, and 
 steam-engines. In the vicinity extensive beds of mineral 
 paint are extensively worked. There is also a blast-furnace. 
 Pop. above 5000. 
 
 ALABAMA, a river, N. America, formed near Montgo- 
 mery, in the state of Alabama, by the junction of the Coosa 
 and the Tallapoosa; flows W. and then S. to its junction with 
 the Tombigbee, about 50m. above Mobile Bay, when it assumes 
 the name of the Mobile, and falls into the bay of Mobile on 
 the gulf of Mexico. Steamboats ascend to Montgomery, 
 320 m.; but the navigation is interrupted during the season 
 of low water. Some of the largest cotton plantations of 
 America are situated on its banks. 
 
 ALACUAS, a tn. Spain, Valencia, prov. and 11m. from 
 Valencia, on a plain in a healthy district. It is regularly 
 built, and the manufactures consist chiefly of various articles 
 of earthenware, made of a fine red clay and displaying con- 
 siderable taste. Pop. 1773, of whom a considerable number 
 are muleteers. 
 
 ALAJAR, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and about 44 m. 
 N. Huelva, and 240 m. S.W. Madrid. It stands in a central 
 space, surrounded by four lofty and rocky heights, and is, on 
 the whole, indifferently built. Many of the inhabitants are 
 muleteers. Pop. 1995. 
 
 ALA-KOOL, a lake, Asiatic Russia, in the S.E. of 
 gov. Tobolsk, on the frontiers of Chinese Tartary. It is 
 about 40 m. long by 17 m. broad, and has, near its N. shore, 
 a small rocky island rising about 1 00 ft. out of the water. 
 It receives eight streams, but has no outlet. Humboldt 
 states that a volcano exists on an island in the lake; but 
 according to Atkinson [Oriental and Western Siberia) 'no 
 volcano has ever been in action in this region.' 
 
 A LAM AY, a tn. Central Africa, Bornou, not far from 
 Bundi. It is surrounded with a wall and a ditch, and a dense 
 thorny fence about 10 ft. thick. 
 
 ALAMO, a fort, U. States, Texas, 1. bank river same 
 name, on N.E. side of San Antonio. It was the scene of a 
 deadly struggle in 1836 between a strong body of Mexican 
 troops and a handful of Texans, who shut themselves up in 
 it and perished to a man. 
 
ALANIS 
 
 J 2 
 
 ALCOCER 
 
 ALANIS, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and about 38 m. 
 N. Seville and 205 m. S.S.W. Madrid, in a hollow between 
 two liiils at the end of the Sierra Morena. It consists of 
 305 houses, arranged in commodious, clean, and well-paved 
 streets, and a spacious square. Pop. 1683, generally employed 
 in cultivating the ground and rearing cattle. 
 
 ALANTIKA, a lofty and isolated mountain, Central 
 Africa, near the W. frontiers of Adamaua, 30 m. S.E. Yola. 
 Its height is from 9000 to 10,000 ft., and its circumference 
 at the base about 50 m. 
 
 ALASUA, a vil. Spain, Navarre, in the valley of Bu- 
 runda, and within 2 m. of Rurmendi. It is regularly built, 
 and has manufactures of linen. Pop. 1116, many of them 
 employed in felling timber. 
 
 ALATOZ, a vil. Spain, Murcia, prov. and about 20 m. 
 E.N.E. Albacete, and 145 m. S.E. Madrid, between some 
 heights on the side of the Sierra Chinchilla, near the Jucar. 
 It consists of poor houses in irregular streets, and its trade 
 is chiefly in agricultural produce, considerable numbers of 
 sheep, and some goats, &c. Pop. 1366. 
 
 ALAYOU-AMBA, a tn. Abyssinia, Shoa, on a conical 
 mountain of same name, about lat. 10° 12' N.; Ion. 40° 50' E. 
 It is an important place of 3000 inhabitants, who carry on 
 an extensive trade with the interior, sending thither glass, 
 cotton goods, and silks from India, and receiving in return 
 coffee, cotton, tobacco, and slaves. Salt, in pieces of fixed 
 dimensions, is said to be the usual medium of exchange. 
 
 ALBALADEJO, a tn. Spain, New Castile, prov. and 
 50 m. N.W. Ciudad Real, and about 85 m. S.S.W. Madrid, 
 on an uneven and somewhat elevated site. The inhabitants, 
 1695, are chiefly employed in agriculture and the rearing of 
 cattle, and in exporting pine timber from the sierras of Se- 
 gura and Alcaraz. 
 
 ALBALADEJO DEL CUENDE, a tn. Spain, New 
 Castile, prov. and 14 m. Cuenca, on an irregular slope. Agri- 
 culture is the chief employment. Pop. 1383. 
 
 ALBALAT DE SEGART, or Albuixech, a vil. 
 Spain, Valencia, prov. and 10 m. N.N.E. Valencia, pictu- 
 resquely situated on a mountain side, and a station on the 
 Valencia and Castellon railway. It has mean houses and 
 indifferent streets, with a small square. The trade is chiefly 
 in flour, fruit, oil, and brandy. Pop. 846. 
 
 ALBANY (Poet and Island), Australia, Queensland, a 
 short distance S.E. of Cape York, the N.E. extremity of the 
 continent; lat. 10° 40' S.; Ion. 142° 35' E. The island is 
 separated from the mainland by a deep channel, not more 
 than ^ m. in breadth, and is upwards of 3 m. long and 1 m. 
 in its greatest breadth, with an irregular outline produced 
 by a number of bays with small rocky headlands. It is 
 well wooded, and has open tracts of excellent grass-land; and 
 the soil, which mostly consists of red sandy loam 6 to 15 in. 
 deep, mixed with nodules of ironstone, is well adapted for 
 the growth of useful vegetable productions. The rocks of 
 ironstone in irregular masses, and of coarse sandstone, furnish 
 an abundance of good material for building; and on the E. 
 side of the island are beds of coral of the best description for 
 making lime. Near the N.E. point is a rill of pure water, 
 fringed with flowering shrubs and grasses, and running into a 
 
 small natural reservoir. Pout Albany, on the mainland, 
 
 opposite the island, affords good and secure anchorage, and 
 is convenient for large steamers, while whole fleets of ships 
 might ride in safety in the adjacent Evans and Newcastle 
 Bays. The general nature of the soil in the neighbourhood 
 is a rich black sandy loam about 24 in. deep, and is well 
 supplied with fresh-water streams flowing through valleys, in 
 wliich are trees growing in great luxuriance, and fine clear 
 flats with open forest ground. The timber on the mainland 
 is of greater variety, and better adapted for building pur- 
 poses, than that on the island. The climate is exceedingly 
 temperate and healthy, being free from the excessive heat 
 usual in tropical situations. The port and island have been 
 selected for a new settlement (1865), to which the name of 
 Somerset has been given, and wliich is likely to become one 
 of much resort and importance as an intermediate station for 
 steam communication between the more southerly colonies 
 and the Eastern Archipelago, &c. 
 
 ALBARES, Spain: — 1, A tn. New Castile, prov. and 16 
 m. Guadalajara, has straight and spacious streets, but indif- 
 lerent bouses. The principal crops are wheat, barley, oats, 
 
 and hemp. Pop. 1031.— 2, Albares de la liilera, a tn. Leon, 
 prov. and about 32 m. W. Leon, in a valley. The trade is 
 in cattle and timber. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 ALBARRACIN, an episcopal tn. Spain, Aragon, prov, 
 and 28 m. W.S. W. Teruel, and about 105 m. E. Madrid, 
 cap. dist. same name, on S. side of a mountain belonging to 
 the chain of Iduveda. It is surrounded by much-dilapidated 
 walls, and entered by three gates; is built of houses, gener- 
 ally of three stories, in narrow and very steep streets, many 
 of them unpaved ; is the seat of courts of primary and of 
 appellate jurisdiction, and has among its edifices and institu- 
 tions a large cathedral of the Composite order, of little archi- 
 tectural merit, but containing some good sculptures and 
 paintings; two other churches, and a college in which about 
 180 pupils are gratuitously educated. Neither trade nor 
 manufactures are of any importance. Pop. 1580. 
 
 ALBAZCHA, or Emuki, a tributary of the Amoor, which 
 joins its 1. bank a little above Albassin. On a low island 
 before its mouth are still traces of the batteries erected by 
 the Tartars when Albassin was besieged. Albazclia abounds 
 with fish. 
 
 ALBEMARLE, an isl. S. America, Ecuador, in the 
 Pacific, the largest, and, with Narborough, the westernmost 
 of the Galapagos group, is 60 m. long by about 15 m. broad, 
 and forms a singular mass of volcanic ejections, consisting of 
 six huge craters, united at their base by the lava which has 
 flowed from them. The loftiest rises to the height of 4700 ft. 
 above the sea. The S.W. side, which lies open to the trade- 
 wind, and is usually covered by the clouds brought by it, is 
 green and thickly wooded. Immediately N. of S.W. Cape is 
 the loftiest of the craters, and at its foot Iguana Cove, so 
 called from the numbers of iguanas frequenting it. These 
 reptiles, though of repulsive appearance, are good eating. 
 Two of the craters were seen in action in 1812, and a terrific 
 eruption took place in 1825. 
 
 ALBERCA, a vil. Spain, Leon, prov. and 37 m. S. Sala- 
 manca, and about 110 m. W.N.W. Madrid; on the Sierra de 
 Francia, consists of 490 ill-arranged houses. In a very deep 
 valley, about 4 m. distant, stands the celebrated monastery 
 of Batuecas. Pop. 1701, chiefly labourers and muleteers. 
 
 ALBERTI, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 27 
 m. S.E. Pesth, on the railway, with 2358 inhabitants, who 
 are mostly Protestants. It has a brewery and a poorhouse. 
 
 ALBOLOTE, a vil. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and about 
 3 m. Granada, and about 220 m. S. Madrid, on a plain at the 
 foot of Sierra Elvira, with houses of one story, and a square, 
 with the remains of an Arab fort adjoining it. Pop. 1526, 
 almost all engaged in agriculture. 
 
 ALBONDON, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and 38 m. 
 S. Granada, and about 215 m. S. Madrid, on an elevated 
 plain commanding fine views, with 496 ill-arranged houses in 
 unpaved streets, and a parish church of the Doric order divided 
 into three naves. The principal product is wine. A copper 
 mine was once worked in the vicinity. Pop. 3392. 
 
 ALBOREA, a vil. Spain, Murcia, prov. and about 22 m. 
 N.N.W. Albacete, and about 110 m. S.E. Madrid, between 
 the Gabriel and Jucar. A good deal of linen for home use 
 is woven, and there is some trade in wine. Pop. 1721. 
 
 ALBUDEITE, a tn. Spain, Murcia, prov. and 14 m. 
 Murcia, on a hill, with picturesque views. Pop. 1398, chiefly 
 employed in manufacturing esparto. 
 
 ALBUQUERQUE, a vil. S. America, Brazil, prov. 
 Matto Grosso, beautifully situated in a grove of tropical trees 
 about 8 m. W. of r. bank Paraguay; lat. 19° 26' 53" S.; 
 Ion. 57° 28' 51" W. 
 
 ALBURKAH, an isl., or rather group of swampy isls., 
 Oru, W. coast of Africa, near the mouths of the Kwara, in 
 the Bight of Benin 
 
 ALCALA DEL VALLE, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, prov. 
 and 45 m. E. Cadiz, in a mountain valley, with a distillery, 
 oil and flour mills, and a trade in corn, wine, and oil. P. 1764. 
 
 ALCANADRE, a tn. Spain, Old Castile, prov. and 14 m. 
 N. Logroiio, on a plain r. bank Ebro, with the supposed 
 remains of a Roman aqueduct, and a trade in agricultural 
 and garden produce, sheep, and mules. Pop. 1260. 
 
 ALCOCER, a tn. Spain, New Castile, prov. and 25 m. 
 Guadalajara, on a plain at the foot of a hill, with two schools, 
 a parish church, a Franciscan nunnery, manufactures of bom- 
 bazine, and some trade in farm produce. Pop. 1352. 
 
ALCSUTH 
 
 13 
 
 ALEXIEVSKAIA 
 
 ALCSUTH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 18 m. N.E. Stuhlweissenburg, with 1200 inhabitants, and a 
 fine archiepiscopal palace. 
 
 AIjDEIKE, or Aldeyre, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, prov. 
 Granada, about 210 m. S. Madrid, at the foot of the Sierra 
 Nevada, 8 m. from Guadix. It is poorly built in winding 
 streets. Pop. 1547, employed partly in agriculture, partly 
 in making alpergata shoes, and partly in the mines of zinc, 
 lead, and antimony in the vicinity. 
 
 ALDERSHOTT, or Aldersholt [add.] An extensive 
 tract of moorland in the parish was purchased, and a per- 
 manent camp for training the British army, with extensive 
 barracks, was established upon it, by the government in 
 1854. Pop. in 1861 (including military), 16,720. 
 
 ALEGRETTE, a tn. 8. America, Brazil, prov. Kio 
 Grande do Sul, on an affluent of the Ibicui, 280 m. W. Alegre. 
 It is an agreeably situated place, consisting of substantial 
 houses, and possesses a church with three light spires, which 
 form conspicuous objects at a great distance. Pop. 1412. 
 
 ALEISAR, a tn. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 52 m. Tarra- 
 gona, on a mountain slope, with well-built houses and regular 
 well-paved streets, a parish church with a magnificent chapel, 
 and several distilleries, oil and flour mills. 
 
 ALELLA, a vil. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 6 m. Bar- 
 celona, on a hill near the sea, with well-built houses, manu- 
 factures of cotton and mixed goods, and several distilleries. 
 In the environs, which are beautiful and picturesque, there 
 are many fine villas. Pop. 1794, a large proportion of them 
 fishermen. 
 
 ALEPE, or AuLAroLAr [add.], a tn. and port, India, pres. 
 Madras, dist. Travancore, on the Malabar coast, 32 m. S. by 
 E.-Cochin, 366 m. S.W. Madras; lat. 9° 30' N.; Ion. 76°25' E. 
 It lies scattered between the beach and an extensive tract of 
 rice-grounds, bordering the backwater, which here stretches 
 eastward, and forms an extensive lake; it is also traversed by 
 a canal, which passes through its centre, from the backwater 
 to the timber-yard on the coast, and is crossed by six wooden 
 bridges. The S. portion is divided into compounds, containing 
 the dwelling-houses of the wealthier classes of the inhabi- 
 tants. In the N. portion the Church Missionary Society have 
 a church and mission-house. Alepe was comparatively in- 
 significant half a century ago, but from the encouragement 
 given to merchants and settlers of all classes it has gradually 
 increased its population, and become a place of great trade. 
 It is now the chief entrepot for the produce of the interior, 
 consisting chiefly of teak timber, pepper, and cardamom."?. 
 
 ALEXANDRA LAND, the name recently given (1865), 
 without any precise definition of its limits, to the territory 
 of N. Australia, or to that part of it which extends from the 
 parallel of Central Mount Stuart (lat. 22° S.) northwards to 
 the mouth of the Adelaide river (lat. 12° 15' S.)., thus in- 
 cluding a portion of what has hitherto been known as 
 Arnliem Land. The country S. of Central Mount Stuart, 
 and intervening between it and the northern limit (lat. 26° S.) 
 of the colony of S. Australia, has been named Stuart Land, 
 after the indefatigable traveller J. M'Douall Stuart, who 
 was the first to cross (in 1862) the middle of the Australian 
 continent from S. to N., and who has given the designation 
 of Alexandra Land to the new country which he traversed. 
 Probably this latter title will supersede or comprehend all 
 previous ones, so that Alexandra Land will be used and 
 understood of the whole of the territory of ' N. Australia,' 
 comprising alike Stuart Land in the S. and Arnhem Land in 
 the N. In this event, Alexandra Land may be described as 
 conterminous with N. Australia, and therefore as lying 
 between lat. 11° 30' and 26° S., and Ion. 129° and 138° E., 
 and bounded on the E. by Queensland and the Gulf of Car- 
 pentaria, W. by Western Australia, S. by South Australia, 
 and N. by the Arafura Sea. The interior of the country 
 has been as yet only partially explored, but although mostly 
 intratropical it is found to be of a highly fertile and salu- 
 brious character. Several rivers intersect it in various 
 directions, flowing through ranges of hills and lofty table- 
 lands, the elevation of which renders the climate unusually 
 temperate and healthy. The principal of these rivers are 
 the Roper, which appears to rise in the table-land from 500 
 to 800 ft. above the sea in about lat. 15° S. and Ion. 133° E., 
 and flowing generally eastward, and receiving many tribu- 
 taries, enters the Gulf of Carpentaria about lat. 14° 55' S.; 
 
 Ion. 135° 40' E.; the Alligator river, which, rising in the 
 table-land of an elevation of 3000 to 4000 ft., in about 
 lat 13° 20' S.; Ion. 132° 40' E., flows N. into Van Diemen 
 Gulf; the Victoria, in the N.W., running through a hilly and 
 fertile district in a N.W. direction to the sea; and the 
 Adelaide, a fine stream, rising in the same range of high land 
 as the Alligator, and flowing N.N.W. into Adam's Bay 
 opposite Melville Isl. The Victoria is one of the largest 
 tidal rivers in Australia, the tide being said to rise 30 to 40 
 ft.; and the gulf into which it flows is capacious enough and 
 suitable for vast fleets of ships. The entrance to the Ade- 
 laide likewise affords an excellent harbour for vessels, with 
 shelter from eveiy wind. The river Adelaide has a depth 
 of from 4 to 7 fathoms at its mouth, and at 120 m. up it is 
 still about 7 fathoms deep and 100 yards wide, with a clear 
 passage all the way; it abounds with fish and water-fowl. 
 The country around it is excellent, and abundantly supplied 
 with fresh-water streams, and the herbage most luxuriant. 
 The timber is chiefly composed of stringy-bark, gum, pine, 
 and other varieties of large trees, with quantities of bamboo 
 of great size. The soil about the Adelaide is generally 
 black and alluvial, and capable of producing everything that 
 is necessary. This is for the most part the character of all 
 the country N. of about lat. 17° S., the soil being generally 
 formed of fine lacustrine deposit;' tropical vegetation appears 
 in the valleys of the Roper, and thence to the Adelaide 
 and the sea-coast. Notwithstanding its tropical situation, 
 the country is considered admirably adapted for sheep- 
 farming, which is already largely carried on in the adjacent 
 colony of Queensland as far N. as lat. 19° S., and is being 
 rapidly extended northwards. There is also a vast tract of 
 marsh land contiguous to the Adelaide, highly suitable for 
 the cultivation of cotton. The formation of the high land 
 in which the Adelaide rises is fine granite and quartz, with 
 occasional appearances of ironstone; further S. are found 
 sandstone and ironstone, and ranges of sand-hills of great 
 extent and elevation, the whole interspersed with extensive 
 and luxuriant grassy plains; the more southerly districts 
 towards the centre of the continent are less prolific and 
 adapted for habitation, being subject to long droughts and 
 consequent scarcity of water. The whole territory is 
 sparsely inhabited by small tribes of natives, generally fine 
 grown and athletic people, but timid and inoff"ensive. Upon 
 the whole, the new country, especially in the vicinity of the 
 Adelaide river, is calculated to become very attractive to 
 colonists, for it presents all the features desirable in new set- 
 tlements. The introduction of labourers from among the 
 Malays and people of the Eastern Archipelago would mate- 
 rially assist European settlers in the successful cultivation of 
 the land. The home government is already preparing to 
 organize an administration for its proper legislative manage- 
 ment. 
 
 ALEXANDRIA [add.], a tn. N. America, U. States, 
 cap. CO. of same name, Virginia, finely situated r. bank Poto- 
 mac, about 7 m. S. Washington. It is generally well paved 
 and well lighted with gas, and possesses 1 2 churches, several 
 good schools, and three banks. The port, now connected by 
 a branch with the Central railway of Virginia, and provided 
 with a good haven, carries on a considerable trade, exporting 
 corn, tobacco, and coal. Shipbuilding is also carried on to 
 a considerable extent, and several large cotton-factories have 
 been erected. The whole country of Alexandria once formed 
 part of the district of Columbia, but was retroceded to Vir- 
 ginia by an act of Congress in 1844. The adjacent heights 
 have been noted as a fortified position during the civil war, 
 on the outbreak of which they were held by the Confederates, 
 but were taken possession of by Union troops in May, 1861. 
 Pop. 8752. 
 
 ALEXANDRIA (Fort), British Columbia, Western N. 
 America, 1. bank Eraser river; lat. 52° 33' N.; Ion. 122° 38' 
 W. It is the head-quarters of the Hudson Bay Company 
 for the district, and the nearest and best -known port for 
 the Quesnelle and Caribou gold diggings, being the point to 
 which various routes, existing and proposed, from the coast 
 converge. 
 
 ALEXIEVSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 cap. dist. Chopersk, on an affluent of the Choper, 215 m. 
 N.N.E. Novo-Tcherkask. It contains 2691 inhabitants, and 
 has several public offices and an annual market. 
 
ALEXINATZ 
 
 14 
 
 ALLENDE 
 
 ALEXINATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the S.E. of 
 Servia, cap. circle of same name, on the Bulgarian Morava, 
 102 m. S.E. Belgrade. It is the seat of a court of justice 
 and other public offices, and has a quarantine establishment, 
 a church, and a school. Top. 2704. 
 
 ALFACAli, a vil. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and 3 m. from 
 Granada, 216 m. S. Madrid, on a mountain slope, a ramifica- 
 tion of the Sierra Jarana. It has four squares, a public 
 granary, a well-built prison, an endowed school, and a large 
 and handsome parish church. It is an ancient place, and has 
 many houses nearly as the Arabs left them. 
 
 ALGABA, a tn. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and within 3 m. 
 of Seville, on a plain between the Guadalquiver and the 
 Huelva, which often overflows its banks. It is poorly built, 
 and has the remains of an ancient Koman tower. Pop. 1813. 
 
 ALG AWF, a tn. N. Arabia; lat. 30° 35' N.; Ion. 40° 20' 
 E. It is beautifully situated in the centre of a valley of 
 same name, which has nearly the form of a regular circle, 
 surrounded on all sides by the chain of Gal Algawf, which 
 rises with a uniform ascent about 500 ft. above the bottom, 
 On the N.W. side the chain opens in a defile, through which 
 the road towards Syria passes. The town itself, built for the 
 most part of sun-baked bricks, and having every one of its 
 twelve separate sooks or quarters surrounded by a wall of 
 the same material, is nearly semicircular in form; opposite to 
 it, on a limestone precipice, stands the old castle of Almarid, 
 overlooking the town and the whole valley, the diameter of 
 which is about 3 m. Besides the date-palm, which appears 
 to be indigenous, almost every fruit common to the climate 
 is cultivated, though only to a limited extent, in the gardens 
 and orchards. 
 
 ALGEKSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 12 m. N.N.E. Leitmeritz, with a parish church, cotton, 
 woollen, and flour-mills. Lignite is worked in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 1400. 
 
 ALGETE, a tn. Spain, prov. and 13 m. Madrid, on the 
 side of a hill overlooked by others of greater height. Pop. 
 1500, of whom many are muleteers. 
 
 ALGHAZALE, a large vil. N, Arabia, in the valley of 
 Jebel Shammar, between the two chains of Aga and Selma, 
 about lat. 26° N., and Ion. 42° E. It is surrounded by a wall 
 of sun-baked bricks, and has a pop. of about 200 Shammar 
 families. 
 
 ALGIERS, N. Africa, the central province of the three 
 into which Algeria is divided, extends along the shores of 
 the Mediterranean, from Cape Corbelin westward to Cape 
 Magrono, and is bounded E. by prov. Constantine, S. the 
 Sahara, and "W. prov. Oran. Area about 44,000 sq. m. The 
 surface is composed of mountains and valleys, the former 
 lying generally between W.S.W. and E.N.E., and the latter 
 occupying the intervals between them. The mountains, 
 which belong to the system of the Atlas, slope partly toward 
 the Mediterranean, and partly toward the desert. The divi- 
 sion between the two slopes is formed by an elevated plateau. 
 The two most important rivers are the Shelif and the Jeddi, 
 which both have their sources in the lofty range of Jebel 
 Amoor. The Shelif," after a circuitous course northwards 
 into the heart of the province, turns W., and after forming 
 part of the boundary between Algier and Oran, falls into the 
 Mediterranean, near Mostaganem. The Jeddi flows east- 
 ward, across the Algerian Sahara, and is lost in Lake Melrir. 
 The other more important streams, are the Nessa, which re- 
 ceives all the waters which descend from the N. slope of 
 Mount Jurjura, the Isser, which, after forcing its way through 
 mountain gorges, fells into the Mediterranean near Dellis, 
 and the Mazafran. Between the Sahel and the Atlas, on the 
 S., lies the beautiful and fertile plain of Metidja, which has 
 a length of about 60 m., and a mean breadth of about 40 m., 
 and is by far the finest tract in Algeria. For administrative 
 purposes the province of Algiers is divided into two districts, 
 a military and a civil. The former has six subdivisions; the 
 latter forms the two arrondissemcnts of Algiers and Blidah. 
 The European pop. of Algiers, exclusive of the army, is esti- 
 mated at 74,467 ; the native pop., exclusive of the tribes of 
 the Sahara, at 583,472, 
 
 ALG y OG Y, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 21 m. S.W. Karlsburg, cap. dist. of same name, on a small 
 stream, near its confluence with the Maros. It has thermal 
 springs, with baths, and a large trade in fruit. Pop. 1180. 
 
 ALHABIA, a vil. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and 11m. 
 from Almeria, 1. bank Alboloduy, near its confluence with 
 the Andarax. It is well built, and has manufactures of 
 linen, a distillery, and some trade in wheat, barley, and maize. 
 Pop. 1492. 
 
 ALHAMA, a tn. Spain, Murcia, prov. and 18 ni from 
 Murcia, at the foot of a hill crowned by an ancient castle. It 
 is well built in spacious streets, and a public square. The 
 baths, erected over the mineral springs, are ascribed to the 
 Romans. The manufactures are linens, woollen covers, and 
 saltpetre; the trade is in grain, charcoal, snow, and timber. 
 Pop. 6935. 
 
 ALHAMA, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 80 m. (by 
 rail) S.W. Saragossa, and 133 m. (by rail) N.E. Madrid. It 
 is a station on the Madi'id and Saragossa railway, 
 
 ALHAMA-LA-SECA, a vil. Spain, Andalusia, prov. 
 and 11m. from Almeria, 250 m. S.S.E. Madrid, on the side 
 of the Sierra de Gador, with very indifferent houses ; manu- 
 factures of linen, distilleries, saltpetre refineries, and oil and 
 flour-mills. Pop. 2384. 
 
 ALHUCEMAS, a tn. Marocco, on a small rocky island 
 of same name off its N. coast, 97 m. S.E. Ceuta. It rises 
 irregularly upon a slope, and is a place of some strength, 
 being surrounded by a wall with two gates, and defended 
 by a castle flanked with towers. It belongs to the Spaniards, 
 who use it as a penal settlement, and garrison it with 
 200 men. 
 
 ALIAGA, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 30 m. N.E. 
 Teruel, 155 m. E. Madrid, on a beautiful plain at the foot of 
 a mountain, 1. bank Guadaloupe. In the vicinity there is an 
 old castle in good preservation. The manufactures consist 
 of sacking, corduroys, and linens. Pop. 1122. 
 
 ALIBUNAR, a tn. Austrian empire, Servian Banat, 
 military frontier, 29 m. N.E. Belgrade, on the N. side of the 
 sandy waste of Bieloberdo. It contains 4400 inhabitants, 
 and has three Greek churches, a school, and a potash refinery. 
 
 ALT BUNDER, a small tn. India, Scinde, on the Gonnee, 
 one of the ofisets of the Indus to the E. The ameer Futteh 
 Ali, in 1799, in order to impound the water for irrigation, 
 and exclude the tidal salt-water, constructed a dam near the 
 town, which has had the efiect of allowing the channel below 
 to become almost obliterated, and of rendering the Gonnee, 
 between the town and Hyderabad, navigable by boats only 
 during the rainy season, through the vast deposits of alluvial 
 matter brought down the river being prevented from passing 
 the artificial obstruction. Thus the largest estuary of the 
 Indus has been nearly blocked up, and the adjacent country, 
 formerly very fertile, reduced to the utmost sterility. 
 
 ALI PORE, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 4 m. S.E. Fort 
 William or Calcutta. It has a dry and healthy site, which 
 has induced several Europeans to make it their residence, 
 and contains a large jail. 
 
 ALISCH (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 36 m. N.E. Hermannstadt. Here, in 1661, Prince 
 John Kemeny was defeated and slain by Michael Apafli, 
 who, in alliance with the Turks, was contending for the prin- 
 cipality. Pop. 1140. 
 
 ALISEDA (La), a vil. Spain, Estremadura, prov. and 
 13 m. from Caceres, on a slope of the Sierra-del-Algibe, in 
 a rugged and mountainous district. It is regularly built in 
 level streets. The trade is in bricks, tiles, and charcoal. 
 Pop. 1764. 
 
 ALLAHABAD [add.], a city, Hindoostan, at confluence 
 of Ganges and Jumna, 630 m. (by rail) N.W. Calcutta. It 
 is an important station on the East Indian railway, which 
 here crosses the Jumna. In the great mutiny the town suf- 
 fered much from the violence of the rebels ; and the Euro- 
 pean residents, with a detachment of faithful Sikhs, were 
 besieged by them in the fort, until relieved. Pop. in 1853, 
 72,093. 
 
 ALLEE MOHUN, or Eajpoor Ali, dist. and tn. India, 
 Malwa, with an area of 708 sq. m., and pop. about 70,000. 
 By an arrangement with the Dliar state, to which it was sub- 
 ject, Allee Mohun became tributary to the British govern- 
 ment in 1821. The rajah, who is a Hindoo, resides at 
 Rajpoor. 
 
 ALLENDE (San Miguel), a to. Mexico, state and 
 50 m. E.S.E. Guanajuato, on the Rio-de-la Laxa, near the 
 frontiers of Queretaro. It has a parish church, a Franciscan 
 
ALLEN TOWN 
 
 35 
 
 ALWUE 
 
 monastery, and a superior school. The inhabitants manu- 
 facture arms and articles in leather, and also rear great 
 numbers of cattle. Pop. estimated at 12,000. 
 
 ALLENTOWN, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. 
 Lehigh, on the river of this name, 18 m above its junction 
 with the Delaware, and on a railway which connects it on 
 one hand with the anthracite coal-field of the Lehigh, and 
 on the other with Pliiladelphia and New York. Its pop., 
 mostly of German descent, is about 8000, and the chief trade 
 is in coal and iron. For smelting the latter several large 
 blast furnaces are in operation. Allentown is said to contain 
 the first Lutheran church that was built in America. 
 
 ALLISONIA, a vil. U. States, Tennessee, on the Elk, 
 and the railway from Nashville to Chattanooga, being nearly 
 equidistant from both these places. It possesses the finest 
 water-power in the state, and employs it partly in driving 
 a very large cotton factory. 
 
 ALLIYAR-KA-TANDA, a tn. India, Scinde, dist. and 
 24 m. E.N.E. Hyderabad. It has some manufactures, chiefly 
 of cotton, plain and dyed, and a good bazaar. Its position 
 at the intersection of two great routes, the one from Hyder- 
 abad towards the E., and the otiier from Cutcli to Upper 
 Scinde and the Punjab, gives it great advantages for trade. 
 Pop. 5000. 
 
 ALMA, a river, Eussia, in the S. of the Crimea, formed 
 by several streams from Mounts Chatir-dagh and Babugan ; 
 flows W.N.W., and falls into the S. part of Kalamita Bay, 
 about 18 m. N. Sevastopol. It is a rapid but insignificant 
 stream, which has acquired celebrity from a battle which now 
 bears its name, and was fought September 20, 1854, when 
 the Russians, though advantageously posted, with a most for- 
 midable artillery, on the heights which line its 1. bank, were 
 driven from their position at the point of the bayonet by the 
 Anglo- French army, and forced to a precipitate retreat. 
 
 ALMAS (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 25 m. N.W. Klausenburg, with 1610 inhabitants, 
 and the ruins of a castle which figured in the wars of the 
 sixteenth century. There is a remarkable cavern in the 
 vicinity. 
 
 ALMENARA, a tn. Spain, Valencia, prov. and 17 m. 
 S.S.W. Castellon-de-la- Plana, on the side of a lofty hill 
 crowned with a strong castle. It is surrounded by a strong 
 and high wall, flanked with towers at the salient angles, and 
 has substantial houses, straight, wide, and clean streets ; and 
 two good squares, a massive and beautiful parish church, faced 
 with blue marble. It is near the railway from Castellon to 
 Valencia. Pop. 1270. 
 
 ALMENDKAL, a tn. Spain, Estremadura, prov. and 
 17 m. Badajos, on three hills which are spurs from others of 
 greater elevation. It consists of houses, or rather huts, for 
 a labouring population. One of its two churches is a splendid 
 edifice, of three naves, richly adorned both externally and in- 
 ternally. Pop. 1670. 
 
 ALMONACID DE ZORITA, a tn. Spain, New Castile, 
 prov. and 22 m. Guadalajara, on the side of the Sierra de 
 Buendia. It has two fine mansions belonging to the Counts 
 of San Rafael and Saceda, and a suppressed Jesuit college, 
 whose buildings are still entire, and constitute one of the 
 chief ornaments of the place, its church being still used for 
 worship. Pop. 1265. 
 
 ALMUDEVAR, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 7 m. 
 from Huesca, 24 m. by rail N.E. Saragossa, on an extensive 
 plain, with commodious and paved streets. It is a station on 
 the Barcelona and Saragossa railway. The remains of an 
 ancient strong castle crown a height in the vicinity. Pop. 
 (agricultural) 1998. 
 
 ALTAFULLA, a tn. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 7 m. 
 E.N.E. Tarragona, on the slope of a hill near the sea-shore. 
 It consists of very indifferent streets and houses; in the 
 vicinity is an ancient castle of massive structure in tolerable 
 preservation. Pop. 1119. 
 
 ALTAMAHA, a river, U. States, which, formed by the 
 Oconee and Ogeechee in the S.E. of Georgia, flows S.E. 
 through sandy plains and pine barrens, and after a course of 
 140 m. falls into the Atlantic, 12 m. below Darien. It is 
 navigable through its whole course for vessels of 50 tons. 
 
 ALTANGAN, plateau, Russian Trans-Baikal territory. 
 It is traversed from W. to E. by the Urulungui, a tributary 
 of the Argun, attains in its culminating point, the mountain 
 
 pass of Soktui, a height of about 3200 ft., and is well wooded, 
 except towards its S. frontier, where itbecomes almost sterile, 
 and may be considered as forming the N.E. extremity of the 
 Gobi desert. On each side of it, to the W. and E., are 
 several salt lakes, of which the Torei-nor is the largest in the 
 former direction, and the Ubuduk, Tsagan-nor, and Ilara-nor 
 in the latter. 
 
 ALT ATA, a seaport, Mexico, prov. Sinaloa, Gulf of 
 California, at mouth of river, and 28 m. below Culiacan; lat. 
 25° 3' N.; Ion. 108° 10' W. It has a considerable trade in 
 Lima or Nicaragua wood, which grows all along tlie moun- 
 tains of the Sierra, from San Bias up to Sonora. 
 
 ALTGEBIRG, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 and 8 m. N. Neusohl, 120 m. N. Pesth, with 2184 inhabi- 
 tants, and valuable mines of argentiferous copper. 
 
 ALTHUTTEN, a In. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 25 m. S.S.W. Prague, with a machine factory, tin and 
 iron works; and blast furnaces supplied with iron ore from 
 mines in the vicinity. Pop. 1000. 
 
 ALTIN-KOOL, a lake, Russian empire, W. Siberia, 
 gov. and 450 m. S. by E. Tomsk, among the Altai moun- 
 tains. It is a long and narrow expanse, stretching about 
 70 m. from N. to S., with a breadth of not more than 8 m., 
 and lies in an enormous chasm surrounded by lofty moun- 
 tains, some of them presenting nearly perpendicular precipices 
 2000 ft. high. On the W. and S. sides of the lake some of 
 the mountain peaks exceed 10,500 ft. in height, and penetrate 
 far above the line of vegetation into the region of perpetual 
 snow. The depth of water is said to have been found in one 
 spot 2000 ft.; in others still deeper there are no soundings. 
 The surrounding rocks are composed chiefly of slate and 
 granite, and many plants and flowers grow out of their 
 crevices with almost tropical luxuriance. The lake is navi- 
 gated by the Kalmucks, in canoes hollowed out of trunks of 
 trees. 
 
 ALTON, a city and river poi-t, U. States, Illinois, 1. bank 
 Mississippi river, 21 m. above St. Louis, and 3 m. above 
 mouth of the Missouri. It is well and spaciously built, and 
 has large quarries of fine limestone, and abundant coal and 
 timber in its vicinity. It is the central point of several lines 
 of railway diverging from it in every direction. Pop. 4000. 
 
 ALTOONA, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, on the Cen- 
 tral railway, 244 W.N.W. Philadelphia. Pop. 3000, the 
 greater part of whom are employed in the extensive engine 
 houses and machine factories belonging to the railway 
 company. 
 
 ALTSTADT, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and within a mile of Hradisch, with 1800 inhabitants, and a 
 church. Between it and Hradisch stand the remains of 
 Willebrad, which was once the capital of an independent 
 kingdom, and was the cradle of Christianity in Moravia. 
 
 ALTSTADT, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and 36 m. 
 N.W. Olmiitz, cap. dist. of same name, on the Graupa, near 
 the foot of the Spieglitz Schneeberg, with 1500 inhabitants; 
 an ancient parish church, a paper mill; manufactures of linen 
 and leather, and four yearly markets. 
 
 ALUKNUNDA. See Alaknasda in Gazetteer. 
 
 ALWUR, or Ulwar, or Machery, a state, India, in the 
 N.E. of Rajpootana, situated between lat. 27° 4' and 28° 13' 
 N.; Ion. 76° 7' and 77° 14' E.,and bounded N. by the British 
 dist. Goorgaon, and the native state Kot Quasin, E. Goor- 
 gaon and Bhurtpore, S. Jeypoor, and W. Jeypoor and Jhu- 
 jhur; length N. to S. about 80 m., and breath about 65 m.; 
 area, 3573 sq. m. The surface is generally elevated and 
 rugged, one or more of the summits rising to a height of 
 2000 ft. above the sea. The general level, however, is at 
 least 1000 ft. lower, and the far greater part of the drainage 
 is carried into a valley watered by the Saubie Nullah, which 
 flows N.N.E and joins the Jumna. Though much of the 
 territory is of an arid description, water is generally found 
 on the plains by digging a little beneath the surface, and the 
 means of irrigation being thus provided, the soil, though 
 sandy, is highly productive. The inhabitants, known by the 
 name of Mewatties, have long borne a bad name, but the 
 influence of British rule, and the dread of punishment, are 
 said to have had considerable efiect in taming their predatory 
 and turbulent disposition. Estimated pop. 280,000. 
 
 ALWUR, or Ulwar, cap. of above state, stands at the 
 base of a rocky range of quartz and slate, 80 m. S.S.W. 
 
AMAPALA 16 
 
 Delhi. It is a place of no great size, surrounded by a mud 
 wall, of which the gates only are flanked by bastions, and it 
 is very poorly built. The only edifices worth notice are the 
 rajah's palace, which is of a cubical form, and has its wall 
 pierced with numerous small windows, and decorated with 
 rude and glaring paintings ; a pavilion of white marble, built 
 by the late Kao Rajah, near a very deep tank wliich he had 
 executed, and displaying no small degree of taste ; and several 
 Hindoo temples, in a style imitated from Mahometan struc- 
 tures. A fort, crowning the lofty mountain which overhangs 
 the town, is highly ornamented, and serves the rajah both as 
 a summer palace and as an asylum in times of danger. 
 
 AMAPALA, or Amalapa, a seaport, Central America, 
 Honduras, on the E. side of Tiger Island, in the Gulf of 
 Fonseea. It is beautifully and advantageously situated on 
 the mountain slope of the island, but very indifferently built. 
 Its port, the best in that part of the Pacific, completely shel- 
 tered, and with ample depth of water, has made it the most 
 important staple place of Honduras on the W. coast, and given 
 it commercial relations with foreign places. Pop. not more 
 than 1000. 
 
 AMARAKANTAK. a famous Hindoo shrine, dist. Ram- 
 ghur, territory Saugor and Nerbudda, 120 m. S.E. Jubbul- 
 pore, on a mountain estimated at 3500 ft. above the sea. It 
 is situated in a wild and almost pathless jungle, and though 
 visited by large numbers of pilgrims, has never been 
 thoroughly explored. The temple is said to be 40 ft. in 
 height, and to contain a great number of images of Bhavani, 
 or Parbati, the consort of Siva, who is worshipped here with 
 great fervour. The rivers Nerbudda and Soane are said to 
 rise in its vicinity. 
 
 AMAKANTE, a vil. and par. Spain, Galicia, prov. and 
 7 m. from Orense. The church is ancient, but not otherwise 
 remarkable, and the two schools are endowed. Pop. 1660, 
 many of them muleteers. 
 
 AMAZOC, a tn. Mexico, state and about 12 m. S.S.E. 
 Puebla, at a point where two important roads meet. It stands 
 in a fertile district, and is a large and well-built place, with 
 two fine churches, and manufactures of spurs and horse-bits, 
 which are of excellent quality, and in general use throughout 
 the country. 
 
 AMBA SAHALIAN, a vil. Chinese Tartary, Man- 
 chooria, r. bank Amoor, above the junction of the Zeya. It 
 consists of a number of scattered houses, badly built of wood, 
 rushes, and clay, but each provided with a garden with clus- 
 ters of trees, among which are birches, elms, maples, acacias, 
 and the pynts spectabilis. The fields are sown with varieties 
 of millet and Indian corn. 
 
 AMBACA,atn. W. Africa, Portuguese settlements, prov. 
 Angola, cap. dist. of same name, 140 m. E. by S. Loanda, 
 about lat. 9° S., 15° 30' E. It is beautifully situated on an 
 eminence in a plain surrounded on all sides by lofty moun- 
 tains, and was once a place of importance, though it is now 
 insignificant. The district, which has a pop. of upwards of 
 40,000, has a finely diversified surface, is wonderfully fertile, 
 and rears great numbers of cattle, and all kinds of agricul- 
 tural produce, at a cheap rate. About 12 m. to the N. of 
 Ambaca, the Jesuits had a missionary station called Cabenda. 
 They are still spoken of with veneration, and seem to deserve 
 it, since the fruit of their labours is still apparent in the great 
 number of persons within the district who can both read and 
 write. Few of them can have been taught directly by the 
 missionaries, and the account given is, that ever since their 
 expulsion, the natives have continued to teach each other. 
 
 AMBALAPULLY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Travancore, situated between the Malabar coast and an ex- 
 tensive tract of cultivated ground, 37 m. S. by E. Cochin. 
 Its chief attraction is its temple, a small, but neat and costly 
 edifice, crowning an earthen mound, and having its inner 
 apartment covered with plates of copper, and surmounted by 
 three gilt spiral ornaments. Near it is another inclosure, con- 
 taining numerous apartments for the Brahmins. Its annual 
 festival draws great numbers of devotees from the surround- 
 ing country. 
 
 AMBALEMA, a tn. S. America, New Granada, 1. bank 
 Magdalena, in a romantic district, 60 m. W.N.W. Santa Fe 
 de Bogota. Tobacco of the finest quality is cultivated to a 
 great extent in its vicinity, and forms the chief source of its 
 prosperity. 
 
 AMEE 
 
 AMBAS, or Amboises [add.], bay, W. Africa, Gulf of 
 Guinea, at foot of Camaroons mountains, which abut abruptly 
 on it. It is a well sheltered harbour, open to the sea breeze, 
 and capable of receiving the largest vessels, and of being 
 made a most complete naval station. The land rises from 
 the almost perpendicular cliffs which form the landward side, 
 and attains an elevation of 5000 ft. within 5 m. of the shore. 
 The E. and innermost recess, named Morton Cove, is com- 
 pletely landlocked towards the weather, and at the head of 
 it is Victoria, the missionary station, on a broken uneven 
 ledge, formed by alluvium from the mountains, and extending 
 1 or 2 m. in breadth. Opposite the mission-house are some 
 scattered rocks, forming a natural breakwater, and easily 
 convertible into a pier. Several small streams of pure water 
 flow into and near Morton Cove, and the heights are covered 
 with noble timber; stone and coralline in abundance furnish 
 ample materials for building. It is the only point on the 
 W. coast of Africa, N. of Cape Colony, where a European 
 settlement could be established above the fever level, which 
 is presumed to be 4000 ft. above the sea. The advantages 
 its position offers are, besides its qualifications as a harbour, 
 the rapid ascent to a temperate climate free from fever, a 
 small and peaceable native population, a central position for 
 all the trading ports on this coast, and a much needed sanita- 
 rium. The European could transact his business at the port 
 during the day, and retire to the pure air of the high land at 
 night. For these reasons it is said to be well adapted for 
 colonization, and peculiarly so for a convict establishment, 
 and to be likely to become the Singapore of W. Africa. In 
 1837, Billeh, chief of Bimbia, who claimed Ambas Bay and 
 Island, is said to have conceded the best part of the country 
 to Colonel Nicholls, for the British government, and in 1844 
 slavery was abolished by a treaty made with the king and his 
 chiefs for a consideration. Victoria was settled in 1858 by 
 missionaries and converts from Fernando Po, when Spain 
 resumed its right to that island, and refused toleration to 
 those not of the R. Catholic faith; the site, a coast length of 
 12 m. being purchased from the native chiefs for £2000. 
 
 AMBATO, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. cant, same 
 name, 1. bank the Ambata, on a sandy arid plain, about 80 
 m. S. by W. Quito. It has straight and well-paved streets, 
 good houses, substantially built, some of them of two stories, 
 with gardens attached, and contains a parish church and 
 several convents. Its manufactures of leather and leathern 
 articles are in high repute, and form a considerable article of 
 trade. Pop. 10,000. 
 
 AMBOOR, a tn. India, presid. and 120 m. W.S.W. 
 Madras, dist. N. Arcot, near the E. hills of the Barramahal. 
 It was once defended by a strong fort, crowning an adjoining 
 height, and is a neat, well-built, stirring place, inhabited 
 chiefly by active, enterprising Lubbay traders, who purchase 
 the produce of the surrounding country, both above and below 
 the Ghauts, and transport it to Madras. The staple articles 
 of trade are castor-oil, which is largely manufactured within 
 the town, ghee, tobacco, and indigo. 
 
 AMBROGIO, San, a tn. Austrian empire, Italy, prov. 
 and 10 m. N.W. Verona, with 3155 inhabitants, a new church, 
 with a beautiful tower, and excellent quarries of red and 
 white marble. 
 
 AMBUIM, or Ombe, a territory, "W, Africa, Benguela, 
 between lat. 10° 40' and 11° 30' S., and Ion. 14° and 15° E.; 
 bounded N. by Quisama and Libolo, E. Kibala, S. Selles, 
 and W. Sumbe; area about 3000 sq. m. It is divided into 
 three distinct parts, each of them under a separate and inde- 
 pendent chief. The surface is to some extent covered by 
 the Hama mountains, but has several broad and fertile val- 
 leys, and is watered by three considerable streams — the 
 Longa in the N., the Cuvo in the centre, and the Sumbe in 
 the S. The principal agricultural products are manioc, 
 maize, beans, gourds, and potatoes, and the trade is in ivory, 
 wax, gum copal, and orchel. The inhabitants are charged 
 with cannibalism. Pop. about 75,000. 
 
 AMEE, a river India, rising in dist. Goruekpore, lat. 27° 
 8' N.; Ion. 82° 38' E., and flowing S.E. with a slow stream, 
 and joined by the Burar or Budh, till about 70 m. from its 
 source it expands into a lake. From this lake a branch 
 stream flows round, and rejoins it, forming a triangular island, 
 on which stands the town of Maguhar, near which the Amee 
 is crossed by the road from Goruekpore to Lucknow. Con- 
 
AMERICAN 
 
 17 
 
 AMREELI 
 
 tinuing a S.E. course, it flows into the Kapti a few miles 
 below Goruckpore, receiving throughout numerous small 
 streams in this level alluvial district. 
 
 AMERICAN, a river, U. States, California, formed in 
 the N. central part of the state by the junction of two forks — 
 North Fork, rising at the foot of the Sierra Nevada, and flow- 
 ing in a general W. S. W. direction for 100 m.; and South Fork, 
 issuing from Bonpland Lake, El Dorado co., and flowing 
 between that co. and Sacramento, W.S.W. and W. to its 
 confluence with North Fork. These streams pass through 
 the principal gold-mining districts, and the main river runs 
 with a S.W. course into Sacramento river near the city of 
 that name. 
 
 AMES, a vil. and par. Spain, Galicia, prov. and about 40 
 m. S.W. CoruRa, with a modern church, a primary school, 
 and several mills. Pop. 4604. 
 
 AMESBUKY, a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, 40 m. N. 
 Boston. It lies along the N. bank of the Merrimac, and 
 contains 3585 inhabitants, the greater part of whom are 
 employed in the manufacture of leather and leathern articles, 
 carriages, flannel, and satinet. The American poet, J. G. 
 Whittier, was born here. 
 
 AMEZQUETA, a tn. Spain, Basque provinces, prov. 
 Guipuzcoa, 1. bank Oria, at the foot of Mount Aralar, 32 m. 
 N.N.W. Pampeluna, about 200 m. N.N.E. Madrid, The 
 copper mines, which once employed a great number of per- 
 sons, are no longer worked. Pop. 1480. 
 
 AMHERST, an isl. British America, the largest of the 
 Magdalen islands in tJie gulf of St. Lawrence, forms tlie S.W. 
 extremity of the group, and is connected with Grindstone 
 island, situated to the N., by a double line of sandbars, inclos- 
 ing an extensive lagoon 5 or 6 m. long, and 1 to 3 m. wide. 
 The hills of the interior rise to the height of 550 ft. Towards 
 the S.E. a remarkable conical hill, called the Demoiselle, 
 and composed of trap of a dark red colour, has a height of 
 280 ft. Amherst harbour, situated about 1 m. S.E. of this 
 hill, and formed by a peninsula in the S.W. comer of Plea- 
 sant bay, besides having the advantage of an excellent road- 
 stead outside, is the easiest of access and egress in the Mag- 
 dalen islands. The depth over its bar, however, is only 7 ft. 
 at low, and from 9 to 1 ft. at high water. 
 
 AMITE, a river, IT. States, Mississippi and Louisiana, 
 rises in the S.W. of the former, and flows through Amite co, 
 into the latter with a S. course, and then E. into Lake Mau- 
 repas. Small steamboats navigate it for 60 m. 
 
 AMJERAH [add.], a petty rajpoot state and tn. India, 
 Malwa, between lat. 22° 16' and 22° 47' N., Ion. 74° 40' and 
 75° 15' E., and bounded N.E., E., and S.E. by Dhar, S. 
 Dharanddist. Baug, S.W. Allee, Rajpoor, and N.W. Jabooah; 
 length N.E. to S.W. about 42 m.; breadth S.E. to N.W. 
 about 33 m.; area 584 sq. m.; estimated pop. 57,232. It 
 forms five talooks or small districts. The principal crop is 
 opium, which is very extensively cultivated; the other staple 
 crops are Indian corn, cotton, grain, sugar cane, jowary [Holcus 
 
 sorghum), and bajra [Holcus spicatus). The town, cap. of 
 
 above state, 60 ni. S.W. Oojein, stands in an extensive val- 
 ley, open toward the N., but inclosed on all other sides by 
 low hills, and is nearly 1 900 ft. above the sea. It possesses 
 good bazaars, which are fully supplied, and a fine tank, which 
 furnishes abundance of water when the small stream which 
 passes the town becomes dry. Number of houses, 500. 
 
 AMMONOOSUCK, two rivers, U. States, New Hamp- 
 shire. The one, Ammonoosuck, Lower, rising near Mount 
 Washington, in co. Coos, traverses a course of 110 m. and 
 joins the Connecticut ; the other, Ammonoosuck, Upper, also 
 rises in co. Coos, and joins the Connecticut after a course of 
 about 75 m. 
 
 AMOSKEAG, a vil. U, States, New Hampshire, at the 
 falls of the Merrimac, close to Manchester, with which it is 
 incorporated. It possesses several large cotton factories, in 
 which above 4000 hands are employed. 
 
 AMOY [add.] This is the most accessible of all the 
 ports in China open to foreign trade, for ships of large burden, 
 either entering or departing. So easy is the navigation, ac- 
 cording to the charts of the Royal Hydrographic department, 
 that no pilot is necessary, so that it is optional for a shipmaster 
 to eniploy native boatmen for that purpose. Perhaps it was 
 from this facility of access that Amoy became the first Chicese 
 port to trade with foreigners, who are stated in the records 
 Supp. Imp. Qaz. 
 
 of the country to have visited its harbour before the eighth 
 century. In 1730 English and Portuguese ships frequented 
 this emporium of the province of Fokien, or Foo-keen, as it 
 is pronounced by the inhabitants. According to an estimate 
 made in 1860, the island of Amoy is 40 m. in circuit, having 
 numerous fisher's hamlets scattered over it, containing an 
 aggregate population of 115,000; while that of the city and 
 suburbs was upwards of 210,000. The foreign residents are 
 not more than 120, few of whom reside in the city, as the 
 islet of Koolangsoo, less than 3 m. in circumference, and 700 
 yards wide, is more pleasantly and healthily situated, and has 
 residences erected on the hill and along the shore; with docks 
 300 ft. long. 
 
 Since the formal opening of the port in 1 844, and the estab- 
 lishment of British and other foreign consulates, the trade of 
 Amoy gradually increased to 1860, with a considerable ex- 
 port of Ankoi, Oolung, and other black teas, chiefly in foreign 
 vessels, and sugar, alum, rice, tobacco, and iron-ware; the 
 imports comprising the usual descriptions of cotton manufac- 
 tures and opium. A branch of the Foreign Inspectorate of 
 Customs was established at this port under the regulations of 
 the Treaty of Tientsin, ratified in 1860, from which correct 
 returns of legitimate trade are obtained; but there is a good 
 deal of contraband trafllc carried on in native junks. Accord- 
 ing to the returns furnished in that year, the British trade 
 was as follows: — Shipping inwards, 83,463 tons; value of 
 imports, £1,153,705; exports, £795,956. Since that year 
 the returns have shown a considerable decrease except in the 
 aggregate tonnage — shipping inwards in 1862, 83,819 tons; 
 imports, £713,143, and exports, £420,000. Besides this, 
 the foreign trade in American and other vessels fell during 
 the same period from 77,765 tons to 70,598, with a corre- 
 sponding decrease of value in imports and exports, which 
 cannot be exactly ascertained, on account of a large portion 
 of this tonnage not being engaged specially in the ti-ade of 
 Amoy. In the year 1862 the whole number of arrivals com- 
 prised 484 square-rigged vessels, measuring 154,417 tons. 
 Of the exports to Great Britain, tea forms almost the sole 
 item, and for the season ended May 31, 1863, the quantity 
 cleared at the customs was 2,136,000 lbs. — [Custom Eetums; 
 Chinese Commercial Guide.) 
 
 After the suppression of the Taiping rebellion in the 
 northern provinces, by the capture of Nanking, the suicide 
 of Hung Sin Isiuen, and the decapitation of the Chung Wang, 
 a number of the rebels escaped to the province of Fokien, 
 under the leadership of a chief calling himself the Sszo-Wang. 
 Here they settled down within some 50 miles of Amoy about 
 the close of 1854, and, by the judicious proclamations of 
 regard for private property on the part of their chief, main- 
 tained a strong position in the surrounding country, with a 
 view to the capture of Amoy, as an excellent seaport for sup- 
 plies of munitions of war. The British consul visited this 
 chief, who stated to him that the rights of all foreign residents 
 would be respected; and in April, 1865, this remnant of the 
 formidable Taiping armies was located near Amoy, with no 
 prospect of being dislodged by foreign troops. The efiiect of 
 this was to paralyze legitimate foreign trade; while there 
 was a contraband traffic in arms and ammunition, chiefly 
 from Shanghai, against which the governor of Hong-kong 
 issued a proclamation. 
 
 AMPATA, or GjirTA, a tn. Bengal, dist. Iloogly, on 
 river Damooda, 22 m. W. Calcutta. Large vessels ascend 
 to it, and as it is the principal depot for the coal brought 
 down in boats from Burdwan and Bancoora, it is a place of 
 importance. 
 
 AMPUERO, a tn. Spain, Old Castile, prov. and 20 m. 
 S.E. Santander, 200 m. N. Madrid, on a mountain slope. It 
 consists of houses built of stone, and covered with tiles, and 
 has two churches, one of them a large structure of striking 
 appearance, with rich internal decorations. Pop. 1301. 
 
 AMRAWUTTY, or Amaeavutty, a river, India, 
 presid. Madras, which rises among the Annamullay or Delly 
 mountains, near the S.W. frontiers of Coimbatoor, flows cir- 
 cuitously N.E., and after a course of about 140 m joins the 
 Cauvery on its r. bank, a little below Caroor. 
 
 AMREELI, or Umreyle, a tn. India, Guicowar, penin- 
 sula Kattywar, on the Thobee, a tributary of the Setroonjee, 
 which has its mouth on the W. shore of the gulf of Cambay, 
 130 m. S.W. Ahmedabad. It has a rather striking appear- 
 
AMSCHELBERG 
 
 18 
 
 ANDULO 
 
 ance when approached, being surrounded by a strong wall, 
 with large round towers, and consists of about 2000 houses, 
 among which is the residence of the provincial governor. It 
 appears prosperous, and is said to have greatly improved 
 since the general protection of the British government was 
 extended to the tributary vassals of the peninsula. 
 
 AMSCHELBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle Tabor, 28 m. S. by E. Prague. It contains 3718 inha- 
 bitants,^ and has manufactures of alcohol and leather, a brew- 
 ery, an oil-pre.ss, and two mills. 
 
 AMURNATH, Cashmere, a natural cave in a rock of 
 gypsum, in the Himalayan mountains, N.E. Cashmere. It 
 is regarded by the Hindoos as the residence of their god Siva, 
 and is therefore much frequented. Its dimensions are said 
 to be 100 yards in width, 30 in height, and 500 in depth. 
 Vast numbers of doves inhabit it, and are regarded with much 
 superstition. 
 
 AMUSCO, a tn. Spain, Old Castile, prov. and 13 m. (by 
 rail) N. Palencia, on a beautiful plain. It is a station on the 
 Alar del Key and Venta de Banos portion of the railway from 
 Madrid to Santander. The houses are only of one story, and 
 the streets, though wide, are ill- paved and dirty. The chief 
 buildings are a very large church, with a lofty tower, a court- 
 house, and hospital. The manufacture of horse-cloths is 
 important. Pop. 1743. 
 
 AM WAS [anc. Emmaus], a vil. Palestine, between Yalo 
 and the road leading to Jerusalem from the W. It stands on 
 a declivity looking westward over the great plain sloping 
 to the Mediterranean, and though a poor place, gives proof of 
 its former importance in a fountain and the ruins of an ancient 
 church, a fine structure of large hewn stones. 
 
 AN AA, or Chain Island, an isl. S. Pacific, Feejee group, 
 lat. 17° 14' S.; Ion. 145° 23' W. It is 12 m. long, by 7^ 
 m. broad, and contains about 5000 inhabitants, who are very 
 dark, inclining to the Papuan type, and were once noto- 
 rious cannibals, but have been professed Christians for the 
 last twenty years. The island was first discovered by Cap- 
 tain Cook on 8th April, 1769. — ( Official Rep. on Cent. Poly- 
 nesia.) 
 
 ANANDPOOR, a tn. India, in the hill state Kuhloor, 
 on the tongue of land formed by a remarkable bend of the 
 Sutlej, about 130 m. E. by S. Lahore. It stands at the base 
 of the peak of Nina Devi, which rises about 3000 ft. above it, 
 and more than 4000 ft. above tlie sea, and has a somewhat 
 imposing, though rather sombre aspect; it contains several 
 large brick buildings, with flat roofs and windowless walls. 
 
 ANANIEV, a tn. Russia, gov. Kherson, cap. circle of 
 same name, with 4977 inhabitants, and two churches. 
 
 ANCHIALO, a tn. Turkey in Europe, W. shore Black 
 Sea, in the S.E. of Bulgaria, with a harbour, which is much 
 frequented by coasters, and carries on a considerable trade 
 in wine and fish, chiefly mackerel. Pop. 4000. 
 
 ANCONA [add.], city and port, Italy, on Adriatic, 132 m. 
 N.E. Rome, has increased in trade and vitality since the con- 
 solidation of the kingdom. Shops and houses of a higher 
 class have replaced old ones, and building has gone on in 
 every quarter. Railway communication is completed or in 
 progress with Rome, Pescara, Foggia, &c. The growth of 
 cotton, to which the soil and climate are well adapted, has 
 been attempted in the neighbourhood, but with no great 
 energy or success. The harbour has been materially improved 
 by dredging and by the construction of a quay for the use of 
 large vessels, and a line of steamers runs between this port 
 and Alexandria. The imports in 1863 were: — British, value 
 £196,520, and tonn. 83,650; foreign, value £317,119, and 
 tonn. 112,326: total vahie £513,639, tonn. 195,976. Ex- 
 ports in 1863:— British, value £26,489, and tonn. 14,862; 
 foreign, value £92,245, and tonn. 107,948: total value 
 £118,734. tonn. 122,810.— (CowsMZar Report, Jan. 1864.) 
 
 AN CUD, or San Caulos, a seaport tn. Chili, on a 
 creek or gulf of same name N. side isl. Chiloe, of which it 
 is the cap.; lat. 41° 52' S.; Ion. 73° 55' W. It occupies two 
 heights and an intervening valley, and consists of houses 
 generally of wood, small and with little appearance of comfort. 
 The plaza, or public square, situated on a flat at the summit 
 of the S. height, and commanding an extensive view, contains 
 the best buildings, public and private. Among the former 
 are the cathedral, the residence of the intendente, and the 
 pablic offices. The harbour, though completely secure when 
 
 once entered, is rendered somewhat difficult of access by 
 shoals and other obstacles. Ancud is a bishojj's see. P. 3865. 
 
 ANDACOLLO, a tn. Chili, prov. and 30 m. S.S.E. Co- 
 quimbo, in a wild mountain district about 2500 ft. above sea- 
 level. It is the seat of an important mining industry, and 
 derives considerable advantage from the number of pilgrims 
 who annually resort to it on account of an image of the Virgin 
 which has the reputation of working miracles. Pop. 1583. 
 
 ANDAHUAYLAS, a city, Peru, cap. prov. same name, 
 dep. Ayacucho; lat. 13° 44' S.; Ion. 73° 40' W. It takes its 
 name from a cordillera belonging to the mountain knot of 
 Cuzco, the most considerable in the Andes, and has a pop. 
 estimated at 19,184. To the prov. 31 vils. belong. 
 
 ANDALA, a tn. W. Africa, Benguela, territory Ga- 
 langue, about lat. 13° 35' S.; Ion. 17° 40' E. The inhabi- 
 tants, estimated at 2500, have numerous herds of fine cattle, 
 obtained chiefly by plunder in the lands of the south. 
 
 ANDORRA, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 50 m. Teruel, 
 on the side of a hill, with commodious houses, generally of 
 two stories, spacious paved and clean streets, two squares, 
 and two fine fountains. The trade is in corn, wine, silk, wool, 
 honey, and wax. Pop. 1600. 
 
 ANDRA (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carinthia, 
 on the Lavant, 27 m. N.E. Klagenfurt, with a beautiful 
 cathedral and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 ANDRES (San), a tn. Bolivia, prov. and 70 m. N.W. 
 Oruro, with a large church surmounted by a dome. Imme- 
 diately adjoining is an extensive building, which occupies 
 three sides of a square, and serves alike for townhouse and 
 hotel. 
 
 ANDRICHAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Wadowice, cap. dist. of same name, m a beautiful district, 
 30 m. S.W. Cracow, with 2677 inhabitants, a fine baronial 
 castle, manufact^es of woollen and linen cloth, a walk-mill, 
 and important weekly markets. 
 
 ANDROS [add.], an isl. West Indies, one of the largest 
 of the Bahamas, situated not far from the E. entrance of the 
 gulf of Florida, and forming the W. side of what is called 
 the Tongue of the Ocean. It is 90 m. long from N.N.W. to 
 S.S E., and varies in breadth from 40 m. near its centre to 
 20 m. in the S. and only 10 m. at its N. extremity. On the 
 E. it is skirted by a narrow ridge from 70 to 100 ft. high, 
 but is generally low and swampy, especially on the W. 
 shore, which is composed of a slimy mud like pipe- clay, and 
 so little above sea-level that in N.W. gales it is overflowed 
 to a considerable distance inland. It is well wooded, but 
 little cultivated; its few inhabitants, who have their chief 
 settlement at Red Bay, near its N.W. end, employing them- 
 selves in collecting sponge, which is found in large quanti- 
 ties, and in shipping the wood which is floated down from 
 the lagoons in the interior. 
 
 ANDROSCOGGIN, a river, U. States, which, issuing 
 from Lake Umbagog, in co. Coos, New Hampshire, flows first 
 E. then S. into Maine, and joins the Kennebec about 18 m. 
 above its mouth in the Atlantic, after a course of about 
 150 m. The tide ascends about 35 m. above the point of 
 junction. 
 
 ANDUJERD, a vil. Persia, prov. and 40 m. E. Ker- 
 nian, about lat. 29° 47' N.; Ion. 57° E. It is defended by a 
 castle, situated at some distance from it on a lofty hill, and 
 was a flourishing place till the extortions of the governor 
 reduced the inhabitants to poverty. It has groves of palm, 
 orange, and lemon trees, and the finest henna of Persia is 
 grown in its vicinity. — [Jour. Roy. Oeog. Soc. vol. xxv. 
 p. 36.) 
 
 ANDULO, a territory, W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 between lat. 9° 40' and 11° 10' S.; Ion. 16° 50' and 17°40'E.; 
 bounded N. by Malemba, a dependency of Bailundo; E. Mas- 
 songho or Kissendi; S. Bih^; and W. Bailundo. Area 
 about 2400 sq. m.; pop. 40,000. In physical features it 
 strongly resembles Massongho, which bounds it on the E., 
 consisting of gently undulating plains alternating with dense 
 forests and grassy prairies. Its chief river is the Bale, which, 
 descending from the Bulum Bulu steppe, flows N. to the 
 Kulatu, a principal afifluent of the Coanza. The inhabitants, 
 who are peaceable and industrious, cultivate the soil and 
 carry on a considerable trade, chiefly in wax, and, to a less 
 extent, in ivory. The prince, though nominally absolute as 
 to his internal administration, is tributary to Bailundo. 
 
ANGEY KYOUNG 
 
 li 
 
 ANTICOSTI 
 
 ANGEY KYOUiNG, a long narrow isl. Hunter's Bay, 
 Arracan, lat. 20° N.; Ion. 93° 10' E. It is about 20 m. long, 
 3 m. broad, rugged, and uninhabited. 
 
 ANGIAMA, a tu. W. Africa, dist. Oru, 1. bank Kwara, 
 about 30 m. above its mouth. It is the largest place belong- 
 ing to the VVaree tribe, and has a melancholy interest attached 
 to it as the place where the traveller Lauder was mortally 
 wounded. It is much frequented by the Benin palm-oil 
 traders. 
 
 ANGOSTA, or Angoxa [add.], a tn. and territory, 
 E. Africa, Mozambique. The town, 12 m. above the mouUi 
 of a river of same name, lat. 16° S., Ion. 39° 45' E., consists 
 of a number of small houses, partly of wood and partly of 
 stone, and thatched with palm leaves. The inhabitants, 
 about 1000, mostly Arabs, carry on a considerable trade 
 with Zanzibar, Melinda, and Mombas. The principal articles 
 are oil of sesame, much used as a substitute for olive-oil, 
 ivory, ebony, gum copal, coir and ground nuts, cocoa-nut oil, 
 
 and orchil. The teuritoky, governed by an independent 
 
 prince, has a sea-board of 90 m. between the mouth of the 
 Antonio on the N. and that of the Quizans, or Mome, on the 
 S. coast, and extends a considerable distance inland, chiefly 
 along the banks of the river Angoxa, which is said to have 
 its source in a large lake, and to be navigable for 180 m. 
 
 ANGUIANO, a tn. Spain, Old Castile, prov. and 20 m. 
 S. W. Logroiio, 132 m. N.N.E. Madrid, at the foot of a moun- 
 tain called Cameros Altos, and crowned by the ruins of an 
 old monastery. It is traversed by the Nayerilla, is indiffer- 
 ently built, and has a copious and beautiful fountain. The 
 trade is in wool and grain. Pop. 1020. 
 
 AN HIM, a tn. Siam, on the E. shore of the N.W. arm of 
 the gulf of Siam; lat. 13° 21' N.; Ion. 100° 55' E. Its 
 salubrity has made it famous as a watering-place and sana- 
 torium for Europeans and Americans suffering from the pre- 
 valent diseases of Bangkok. The first king of Siam and his 
 court spend some time here every year, and houses have been 
 built for their accommodation. Many of the inhabitants 
 are employed in catching and curing fish for the market at 
 Bangkok. Between Anhim and Bangpasoi there are exten- 
 sive rice-fields. 
 
 ANINON, a vil. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 48 m. Sara- 
 gossa, at the extremity of a small mountain. It consists 
 generally of mud houses plastered over and placed in various 
 squares and narrow unpaved streets, and has several fountains, 
 manufactures of linen, and distilleries. Pop. 1700. 
 
 ANJENGO, a tn. India, presid. Madras, Travaneore, on 
 a narrow strip of land between the Malabar coast and an ex- 
 tensive lagoon or backwater, 92 m. S. by W. Cochin, 390 m. 
 S.W. Madras. It consists of a town, composed chiefly of 
 two parallel rows of houses, and of an old fort, situated at its 
 S.E. extremity. At the opposite extremity there is a R. Ca- 
 tholic church; most of the inhabitants, descendants of the 
 Portuguese or native converts, professing that form of Chris- 
 tianity. They are generally poor, and live by fishing or 
 manufacturing cordage of coir or cocoa nut fibre. There is 
 no proper harbour, and ships visiting the place must anchor 
 two miles off in an exposed roadstead. The E, India Com- 
 pany had long a factory here. 
 
 ANNABEKG, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, on a considerable eminence, 50 m. 
 S.W. Vienna. It contains 1480 inhabitants, and has a church 
 to which pilgrimages are iTiade, ironworks, quarries of gypsum, 
 and mines of coal and antimony. 
 
 ANNAMULLAY, a mountain-range, India, presid. 
 Madras, in the S. and S.W. of dist. Coimbatoor. The moun- 
 tains attain their greatest height toward the E., where they 
 are said to be nearly as high as the Neilgherries, or about 
 6000 ft. above sea-level. They are covered with magnificent 
 teak forests, which are systematically worked, on account 
 of government, for the purpose of supplying the Bombay 
 dockyard and the gun-carriage manufactories in Bombay and 
 Madras. The timber is first conveyed in carts to the brow 
 of the Ghauts, about 7 m. distant, and then let down by a 
 slide. What is intended for Bombay is carted for 40 m. farther 
 to Mungara, near Palghaut, on the Madras railway, and 
 afterwards floated down the Ponany to the W. coast; what 
 is intended for Madras is carted to Vangul, near Caroor, and 
 floated to the E. coast by the Cauvery. 
 
 ANN AllBOR, a city, U. States, Michigan, cap. Wash- 
 
 ternaw co., on Huron river and Jlichigan Central railroad, 
 40 m. W. Detroit. It is well-built in a pleasant and healthy 
 situation, and has a flourishing university. The district is 
 agricultural, and has an active trade. Pop. (1850) 4868. 
 
 ANOOPSHUHUK, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. 
 Boolundooshur, 70 m. E.S.E. Delhi, r. bank Ganges, the 
 channel of which is here 1 m. wide, though not more than a 
 fifth of this space is filled in the dry season. The town is 
 both surrounded by a mud wall 20 to 30 ft. thick and defended 
 by a large brick fort; and at the N. end is the large antique 
 palace of the zemindar. The houses, either of mud or ill- 
 cemented brick, are poorly built. Pop. 8947. 
 
 ANOVER DE TAJO, a tn. Sj)ain, New Castile, prov. 
 and lira, from Toledo, on a considerable eminence, with 
 houses of regular construction, a parish church with a very 
 ancient tower, and manufactures of earthenware, saltpetre, 
 and fine plaster. 
 
 ANSO, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 59 m. from Huesca, 
 1. bank Yeral, on a plain surrounded by mountains. It is 
 tolerably built and excellently paved, and has manufactures 
 of linens and woollen stuffs and a trade in wool. Pop. 141 6. 
 
 ANTAL (Szent), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Honth, 6 m. S.E. Schemnitz, with 1300 li. Catholic inhabi- 
 tants, an imposing castle situated on an eminence, and a trade 
 in wood, obtained from the large oak and pine forests of the 
 district. 
 
 ANTANANARIVO. See Tananarivo. 
 
 ANTHONY (St.), a tn. U. States, Minnesota, 1. bank 
 Mississippi, near the celebrated falls of same name, 8 m. 
 N.N. W. St. Paul. It stands at the head of navigation of the 
 river, contains 3258 inhabitants, and has a state college and 
 a number of saw-mills and manufacturing establishments. 
 St. Anthony city, which is a mere village, adjoins it on the 
 S.; and Minneapolis, which in 1860 had a pop. of 2564, is 
 immediately opposite to it on the r. bank of the river. 
 
 ANTICOSTI [add.], an isl. British America, in the N.E. 
 entrance of the St. Lawrence; has a length from W.N.W. to 
 E.S.E. of 122 m., a breadth of 30 m., and a circuit of about 
 270 m. Its shores are everywhere bordered with rocks of 
 secondary limestone, and do not furnish a single good har- 
 bour. This want of anchorage, coupled with the frequency 
 of fogs, makes the navigation dangerous. On and near the 
 coasts the limestone is covered with a thick and often impene- 
 trable forest of dwarf spruce firs, which sometimes, in exposed 
 situations, are only a few ft. high, and so twisted and matted 
 that it would be possible to walk some distance on their tops. 
 The surface of the island is nowhere higher than 700 ft. above 
 the sea. The S. coast is generally low and shelving, with 
 limestone reefs which dry at low water; the N. coast, for 
 about 80 m. from its E. extremity, is bold and precipitous, 
 presenting picturesque headlands and cliffs which have 
 upwards of 400 ft. of perpendicular height. The rest of the 
 N. coast is low, like the S. The interior of the island is little 
 known, but is probably less sterile than the coasts, as white 
 .spruce large enough for the mast of a schooner of 60 tons, 
 and a species of larch called juniper, of sufBcient size to form 
 a schooner's keel, have been seen upon it. Land birds are 
 very scarce, and the quadrupeds are confined to four or five 
 species — the black bear, fox, otter, marten, and a few mice. 
 The climate being insular, seems not to be more severe in 
 winter than that of Quebec; but the summer is cold, foggy, 
 rainy, and stormy. Of its agricultural capabilities little is 
 known, the only attempts at cultivation being at Gamache 
 bay, South-west point, and Heath point, the latter being 
 exposed places. Potatoes, pease, barley, and oats have been 
 grown successfully; and at South-west point cattle have been 
 kept in good condition. 
 
 Gamache or Ellis bay, about 8J m. from W. end of light- 
 house on the S. side, and Fox bay, 15 m. from Heath point 
 lighthouse on the N. side, are the only harbours that are 
 comparatively safe. They might be connected by a road, 
 120 m. long, over a regular and tolerably level surface, thus 
 opening the whole interior of the island. Along the low 
 lands of the S. coast is a continuous peat plain, extending 
 upwards of 80 m., and 2 m. broad, with a thickness of peat 
 from 3 to 10 ft.; and along this coast lies an immense quan- 
 tity of timber, drifted from the rivers of the mainland. 
 
 From the water alone is it possible to obtain any profitable 
 return for industry. The streams, which are numerous 
 
ANTIETAM 
 
 20 
 
 A£KECA 
 
 thoagh too nnall to admit boaU, generally' abound with 
 trout, and are periodically viuited by great numbera of 
 •almon, which are Uken by the two or three rcHideiit familieo 
 and taltcd for the Quebec market. Heals frequent the lime- 
 •tone reeb, and cod are taken (M:ca«ionally off several part* of 
 the coMt in Hmall scluKmera, the crews of which often join 
 th« occupation of wreckers to tJiat of fishermen. They w>me 
 from the Magdalen islands and other jjarts of the gulf. Three 
 ligbthooaea hare been erecte^l on Antico«ti — one on Heath 
 point, at ita E. extremity, another on the 8. W,, and the third 
 on the W. point. The first two are built of a beautiful encri- 
 nital limestone, quarried on the spot, and the other of stone 
 faeed with fire-brick. They are all visible at the distance of 
 16 m. The only resident intiabitants of the island are the 
 people who have charge of the lightliouses and provision 
 poata. 
 
 ANTIKTAM, a creek, U. Htates, rises in 8. part of 
 Pennsylvania, and, flowing 8. into Maryland, falls into the 
 Potomac about 50 m. N. W, Washington. On Sept. 17, 1862, 
 a great battle was fouglit u\>tin it, near Sharpsbarg, between 
 the CfHifederate army under General Lee and the Federals 
 under General M 'Clellan, each army numbering about 1 00,000 
 men. The engagement lasted with great determination and 
 fury from daylight till dark without any decisive result; but 
 daring the night the Confederates withdrew, and recrossed 
 the I'otomac. The losses were about 14,000 on each side. 
 
 ANTIGUA (La), a tn. Fuertcventura, one of the Canary 
 Isles, on A spacious plain near its centre, consists of about 
 470 houses, and has linen and woollen manufactures. Ilie 
 chief products are wheat, barley, millet, barilla, cochineal, 
 potatoes, and cotton. Pop. 1780. 
 
 A NTI P(JDE8 [add.], a group of wis. to the S.E. of New 
 Zealand, near the boundary between the H. Pacific and the 
 8. Polar or Antarctic Oceans. The name was formerly given 
 to a single isl., which was supposed tr> be the land in the 
 8. hemisphere which, in respect of latitude and longitude, 
 correspon(le<l most exactly with those of Greenwich in the 
 N. hemisphere, and was believed to be situated in lat. 49° 40' 
 8., Ion. ITJ" 42' E.; in other words, differed from the true 
 antipodes only by a deficiency of 1" 48' 6" in latitude, and of 
 0° 18' in longitude. The locality was visited in 1846 by 
 Captain I^arley, and in 1859 by Captain Htcvenson, who In^th 
 found, not a single island, but a group. According to Captain 
 Darley, the group consists of a principal island about 15 m. 
 in circuit, surrounded by six or seven minor islands. Of 
 the principal island, which he proposed to call Penantipodes, 
 he made the lat. 40° 40' 8., and the Ion. 178° 40' E., thus 
 leaving the latitude exactly as before, but increasing the defi- 
 ciency of longitude; making it, not 0" 18' as was formerly 
 supposed, but 1° 20'. Captain Stevenson entirely agrees with 
 him in regard to this increase of longitude, but counts only 
 four islands in the group, which, according to him, lies nearly 
 due N. and 8., and extends over an area of 4J sq. m. The 
 islands seem to have a maximum height of about 600 ft., and 
 are of a w>mewhat forbidding aspect. 
 
 ANTOLIN, two places, Spain, Asturias:— 1, Aniolin 
 [San], a vil. and par. prov. and W. from Oviedo, on the 
 Ibias, which is here crossed by a wooden bridge. Its monthly 
 market for com and farm-prcnluce is important. Pop. 3600. — 
 2, Antolin de VUlanetnia (San), a vil. and par. prov, and 40 m. 
 W.N.W. Oviedo, sUnds on an open plain on the Navia, near 
 iU mouth in the Bay of Biscay. Pop. 2500, many of them 
 fishermen. 
 
 ANTCJN (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, on the Jcsnitz, 55 m. S. W. Vienna. 
 It contains 1622 inhabitants, and has manufactures of nails 
 and cast-iron pipes, an oil-press, several saw-mills, and a seam 
 of lignite, which is worked to a considerable extent. 
 
 ANTONIO (San), a tn. Spain, isi. of Ivi9a, on a bay on 
 the W. coast which forms a large but imperfectly sheltered 
 liarbour. It is defended by a strong tower, and has a large 
 and substantial church of regular architecture, and some trade 
 in farm-produce and charcoal. Pop. 3539. 
 
 ANTONIO (Sam), a tn. Central America, Honduras, 
 lat. 14° 26' N.; Ion. 87" 20' W.; curiously built on a steep 
 mountain-ridge of same name, which terminates the magnifi- 
 cent valley of the Yeguare, on the road from Comayagua to 
 Tegucigalpa. It has a handsome church, and in its imme- 
 diate vicinity are silver mines, which are the oldest, and were 
 
 at one time considered to bdi6 richest, in the country. -Pop. 
 about 1200. 
 
 ANTKEE, a tn. India^cindia's Dominions, at the 8. 
 entrance of a rocky ravine.S m. S.E. Gwalior. It appears 
 to have been once a handsoe place, defended by a fort with 
 four strong towers, but is iw very much decayed. Salt is 
 manufactured here by washtf the saline earth in tli« vicinity. 
 
 ANTWERP [add.], tliiprlncipal port of Belgium. It 
 has in recent times luadiconsiderable advances both in 
 general trade and in popution. The steady increase in 
 the number and tonnage ofhe vessels entering the port, as 
 shown in the subjoined tilt!, is a satisfactory evidence of 
 the progress of trade: — 
 
 Ko. Entered. Tonnajte. Arer. Toim. 
 
 1833 1104 12f»,W7 117 
 
 1843, JSOl . 161 
 
 18S8, 1811 • 185 
 
 18M, 1»20 . , . , . 2j» 
 
 The more recent state ofim vesaela entered and cleared, 
 and the exports and imporfis as follows: — 
 
 Entered. ToDosfe. Cleaned Toiu>a«e. :,u. 
 
 18«1,.. ..2517.. ..612,002.. ..2521... 619,160.. ..£i;, _;, ,.-,iio 
 
 i8e2 21*Z8....657,0»0....2143,..6«1,I>60... . 12,^74,440 6,021,840 
 
 1803,... ,5387..,. 576,837,. ..2403...685,52i» 11,4»6,200 6,104,680 
 
 Fully a third part of tl vessels that enter the port of 
 Antwerp are under the flaof Great Britain. 
 
 The chief imports are ixffee, cotton, and wool, in all of 
 which there has been a conderable increase in r<;f»;rit years; 
 and besides the<ie, coals, diseeds, hides, sugar, tobacco, and 
 wines figure for large amuits. The principal exports are 
 coals, iron wrought and at, glass manufactures, grain, and 
 firearms. 
 
 Antwerp is one of the nst important entrepdts for hides 
 and wool from the river Idte. It has extensive refineries 
 of colonial sugar, and nnufactures of cigars, silk, and 
 candles, and in addition sacral shipbuilding-yards, including 
 one for iron- vessels, l^tpop. bad increased in 1862 to 
 117,324. 
 
 ANUN6-H0Y, an ii'lChina, in the entrance to Canton 
 river, near the lioca Tejrrj It has a peak which rises to 
 the height of 150(J ft , i ' ' in front of which the prin- 
 cipal fortifications for ■■ strait are erected. 
 
 ANYISHI, a vil j, dist. Kororofa, 1. bank 
 
 Benuwe, picturesquely Boated at the top of a cliff; lat. 
 7° 48' N.; Ion. 9° 5' E. \mong the huts are manypapaw 
 trees and croton bushes; iid immediately around, numerous 
 cultivated patches of mai^uid Dawa com. Anyishi, recently 
 founded by a tribe driveilVom their former seat, Sundub^, 
 is subject to Wukari. 
 
 ANZUOLA, a tn. Spn, Basque Provinces, prov. Gui- 
 pnzcoa, on the high-road t>ra Madrid to France, 20 m. Tolosa. 
 It stands on a flat surrouled by mountains, and consists of 
 four streets and two squxs. It has two churches, one of 
 which, of very ancient da^ belonged to the Templars. The 
 industrial establishmentai-e tanneries and flour-mills, and a 
 number of looms are eployed in weaving a kind of cloth 
 which is made of flax ai goat's hair, and in large demand 
 in the neighbouring distrts. Pop, 1800. 
 
 AOM, a river, Sibei, Manchooria, which rises in the 
 Khotski mountains, flow W,, and joins the Usuri on its r. 
 bank, after a course of li?in., in lat. 47° 30' N,; Ion, 135° E. 
 
 A PAN EGA, volcanond Indian vil. Central America, 
 San Salvador. The vil which is situated 40 m. W. San 
 Salvador, at the N. foot ithe extinct volcano, possesses little 
 interest. But the volcai of Apaneca, which rises 5530 ft. 
 above the sea, presents sue remarkable features. Its crater, 
 which is nearly three qnters of a mile in diameter and com- 
 paratively shallow, is p*ly occupied by a lake frequented 
 by large numbers of diks and other wild fowl, and partly 
 covered with green pasties, on which herds of cattle are fed. 
 The Indians, to whom lese belong, have fixed their huts 
 within the same localityuid thus converted what is usually 
 a solitude into a beautiftiandscape. The lake of the crater 
 is, from its appearance called the Laguna verde, and is 
 nowhere above 12 ft. idopth; but there is a second crater, 
 which partakes more of iia form which craters usually exhibit 
 — displaying much wilil- features, and inclosing within its 
 precipitous sides a lakfcalied Lagunita, which is in some 
 parts so deep that no bcom has been found. 
 
APARRI 
 
 21 
 
 ARCALLANA 
 
 APAKP^ a tn. Philippine isles, Luzon, prov. Cagayan, 
 1. bank rive of same name, at its mouth on the N. coast, 
 lat 18° 23' j" N.; Ion. 121° 13' E. It contains about 5000 
 inhabitants, ho live in houses composed of frail materials. 
 Some of the)ablic buildings, however, are substantial; and 
 the harbouriiy, the only one on the N. shore of the island, 
 is not devoi of importance. 
 
 APAThLVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Bekes-Csani, in a fertile dist. on the Mnros, 16 m. E.S.E. 
 Szegedin, 14 m. S.E. Pesth. It contains 4079 inhabitants, 
 who trade iiall kinds of agricultural produce and a good 
 wine. 
 
 APATRLVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Borsod, 20 u W.S.W. Miskolcz, with 1300 inhabitants, a 
 flour and a aper-mill, lime-kilns, and a stone-quarry. On 
 the rocky hi of Belaberg, in the vicinity, there is a cavern, 
 from which i autumn issues a vapour that takes fire when a 
 light is appld to it. At the foot of the same hill are thermal 
 spring;^. 
 
 A PATH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Tolna, 
 about 7 m. '.S.W. Szegsard, with 1190 inhabitants; glass- 
 works and sflie-quarries. 
 
 APE tlLL, or Taukau, Chinese empire, on the S.W. 
 coast of the 1. of Formosa, lat. 22° 88' 8" N.; Ion. 120° 16' 
 30" E., appa's, on a N. and S. bearing, like a truncated cone 
 sloping tow:d the land, and looks at a distance like an island. 
 It rises to tl height of 1 1 1 ft., and though of a shape which 
 indicates a ilcanic origin, is one vast block of coral, with 
 no traces witever of igneous agency. As the coast is here 
 very low, M Hill, from standing out prominently, and be- 
 ing often dimctly visible when everything else is shrouded 
 in mist, fuitshes a most useful landmark. A huge level 
 block, whicljuts out about 300 yards from its S. side, and is 
 separated tim it by a deep chasm 50 fathoms wide, forms 
 the little porof Ta-kau-kon. 
 
 APPLUTON, or Grande Chute, a vil. U. States, Wis- 
 consin, cap. 1. Outagamie, on the Neenah or Fox, 30 m. 
 above its mcch in Green bay, and 4 m. from the point where 
 it issues froiiLake Winnebago. The rapids of Grande Chute, 
 in its vicinit^ making a descent of about 30 ft. in a mile and 
 a half, furnh immense water-power, while, by means of 
 dams and cails on the Fox and the Wisconsin, a continuous 
 navigable oiimunication has been established along the 
 course betwm Lake Michigan and the Mississippi. Apple- 
 ton, availinaiself of these advantages, ha.s risen in import- 
 ance, and hti in 1855 a pop. of 4474. 
 
 APPOM.TOX, a river, N. America, U. States, Vir- 
 ginia, whicttises in a mountainous district near the centre of 
 the state, fi/;s circuitously E.S.E.; joins the James at City 
 Point. Floing in a narrow deep channel, it is navigable by 
 vessels of !«) tons to Petersburg, 20 m. above its mouth ; 
 and by meai of a canal which avoids the fiUls at the latter 
 place, may i navigated by boats carrying 4 or 5 tons for 
 80 m. furth'. It was the scene of many of the military 
 operations ithe civil war, especially during the siege of 
 Petersburg id Richmond, in 1864-05. 
 
 ARABA', or Tonka, an isthmus or tongue of land, 
 Russia, off ti E. of the Crimea, washed on its W. side by 
 the Sivachoir Putrid Sea, and its E. by the Sea of Azof. 
 It is separatl from the mainland on the N. by the Genitchi 
 or Tonkoi Suit, and stretches continuously for about 70 m. 
 between N.^W. and S.S.E., to the town of Arabat It 
 consists of :low bank, with an average width of not more 
 than 1 m., tiugh it widens out towards the N. at two places, 
 the more S. fwhich contains the fresh-water lake of Presnoe, 
 and the moriN. the salt-water lake of Genitchi. The shore 
 of its E. sides nearly an unbroken line of sand, but that of 
 its W. side.which is irregularly shaped, and very much 
 serrated, is nefly composed of vegetable earth. The depth 
 of water on la E. side, about 1 m. off the shore, is from 1 4 ft. 
 to 22 ft., wii a bottom of sand and shells. A road has been 
 carried alonjhe whole line of the isthmus. 
 
 AKAKKDVA, a tn. Greece, nomarch Phthiotis and 
 Phokis, nearthe W. frontiers of Attika and Bceotia, 70 m. 
 N.W. Atheij It stands in a mountainous district, at the 
 height of 3(K') ft. above the sea, and has in its vicinity, at 
 me foot of Count Liakhura, a remarkable cavern, 830 ft. 
 long by 20i))road, full of beautiful stalactites and stalag- 
 mites and owble of containing 3000 persons. 
 
 ARANAZ, a tn. Spain, prov. Navarre, dist. and 23 m. 
 from Pampeluna, on a height surrounded by lofty mountains; 
 with a parish church, primary school, townhouse and prison; 
 manufactures of linen, several flour-mills, and a trade in 
 charcoal and timber. Pop. 1349. 
 
 ARANDA, a tn. Spain, Aragon, prov. and 40m. W.S.W. 
 Saragossa, 137 m. N.E. Madrid, on a height above a river of 
 same name. It consists of two distinct portions, one crown- 
 ing the height, and evidently of Moorish origin, and the other 
 on the slope below, of comparatively modem date. The 
 manufactures are confined to some ordinary linens; the trade, 
 consisting of hardware, clothing, and foreign articles, is 
 chiefly carried on at the large annual fair. Pop. 1 360. 
 
 ARANGA, a vil. and par. Spain, Galicia, prov. and 
 20 m. S.E. Coruna, on a height above the Mandeo, with 
 1 500 inhabitants, mostly engaged in agriculture or in making 
 charcoal. 
 
 ARAN YOS (Medgtes), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Szathmar, 16 m. E. Szathmar Nemethi, with 2229 in- 
 habitants, and an old castle. 
 
 ARAUCO, a tn. S. America, Chili, prov. and cap. dep. 
 of same name, on the S. shore of Arauco bay, 35 m. S.S. W. 
 Concepcion. It was once a place of importance, and figured 
 much in the early history of S. America, but is now only 
 a small square fort, or rather inclosure of earth, about 300 
 yards square, within which the white population find a refuge 
 when attacked by the Indians. The bay, in the entrance of 
 which lies the island of Santa Maria, is of large extent, having 
 a breadth of 15 and a depth of 18 m. On its E. shore good 
 steaming but quick-consuming coal is worked, and shipped 
 to some extent at Lota, immediately N. of Colcura. 
 
 ARAWAN, a tn. Western Africa, cap. dist. Azawad, 
 115 m. N.N.W. Timbuetoo. It has a pop. not exceeding 
 1500, but is of great commercial importance, being a principal 
 entrepot for the gold-dust which is brought from the interior 
 of the continent. Hence much of its general business is 
 transacted by means of this precious metal, and the incon- 
 veniences of barter are avoided. 
 
 ARAYAT, a tn. Philippine Isles, Luzon, prov. and on 
 both sides of river Pampanga. It occupies a beautiful and 
 healthy site on the S. slope of a volcanic mountain of same 
 name, from the summit of which a fine view is obtained of 
 the town and shipping of Manilla. The spacious lake of 
 Buracan, in the vicinity, abounds with fish. Pop. 7765. 
 
 ARBA, a tn. Algeria, prov. and 10 m. S. by E. Algiers, 
 near the foot of Little Atlas. It was founded by the French 
 in 1849, and has made great progress. Iron and copperas 
 exist in the district. The Arab weekly market is important. 
 
 ARBE [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Dalmatia, circle 
 Zara, on the isl. of same name, in the strait of Quarnero, and 
 off the W. coast of Croatia. It stands on a height at the out- 
 let of a valley, is surrounded with walls with two gates; 
 consists partly of very ancient houses; was, under the Vene- 
 tians, a bishop's see, and has still an ancient cathedral, a 
 Benedictine and a Franciscan monastery, and a tolerable 
 harbour. Large quantities of salt are made in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 1000. 
 
 ARBECA, a tn. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 14 m. from 
 Lerida, on the side of a hill crowned by a feudal castle, with 
 walls and towers in good condition, having been restored. It 
 is regularly built, and has flour and oil mills, and a large 
 trade, chiefly in oil and corn. Pop. 1900. 
 
 ARBO, a vil. and par. Spain, Galicia, prov. and 22 m. 
 from Pontevedra, on a plain sloping gently to the Minho; 
 with several flour-mills, manufactures of linen, and a con- 
 siderable trade in wine. Pop. 3422. 
 
 ARBOS, a tn, Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 20 m. E.N.E 
 Tarragona, on a height above r. bank Foix, commanding a 
 view of the Mediterranean. It consists of regular houses on 
 a somewhat uneven site, and has a magnificent parish church. 
 The manufactures consist of linen, blond lace, and brandy, 
 and there are two important annual fairs. This place was 
 wantonly burned by the French in 1808. 
 
 ARCADIA, or Kyparissia, a tn. Greece, Morea, no- 
 march Messenia, on a steep slope of the mountains which 
 border the gulf of Arcadia on the S. It has a Hellenist and 
 a parish school, a justice of peace court, and a custom-house, 
 and contains 2400 inhabitants. 
 
 ARCALLANA, a vil. and par. Spain. Asturias, prov. 
 
ARCHIBALD 
 
 22 
 
 ARO 
 
 and 25 m. N.W. Oviedo, in a mountainous district, not far 
 from the bay of Biscay. It has manufactures of woollens, 
 and fulling and other mills. Pop. 1496. 
 
 ARCHIBALD, a vil. U. States, Pennsylvania, Luzerne 
 CO., on Lackawanna river, and Delaware and Hudson rail- 
 way. Kich coal-mines exist in the vicinity, and the iron 
 trade is carried on extensively. Pop. 1500. 
 
 AKDATO V, a tn. Kussia, gov. and 78 m. S.S.W. Nijnei- 
 Novgorod, cap. circle of same name, on the Leraet. It con- 
 tains 5751 inhabitants, and has three churches. Within the 
 circle, castings, chemicals, and woollens are extensively made, 
 and beet-root for sugar is cultivated. 
 
 ARDEBAL, a dist. Persia, prov. and about 150 m. S. W. 
 Kerman. It is situated to the S. of Kum, to the govern- 
 ment of which it is at present attached, and contains seven 
 villages, as well as a great many mezraeh or detached culti- 
 vated lands. It yields a revenue of 20,000 tomans (£10,000), 
 partly in money and partly in kind. The principal produc- 
 tions are barley and wheat, rice, cotton, sesame, palma 
 Christi, inferior tobacco, a little good opium, and various 
 fruits, particularly melons of superior quality. 
 
 ARDRAH, or Allada [add.], a tn. W. Africa, Dahomey, 
 22 m. N. Whydah, anciently cap. of kingdom of same name; 
 became subject to Dahomey by conquest, by Agaja the king, 
 in 1724. The town, then said to be 9 m. round, is now no 
 more than a large village and market. Pop. 4000, or per- 
 haps much less. 
 
 ARENAL (El), a tn. Spain, Old Castile, prov. and 25 m. 
 from Avila, on a plain watered by a river of same name. It 
 consists of good houses in very irregular and ill- paved streets, 
 and has oil and flour mills, and a trade in fruit and vegetables. 
 Pop. 1343. 
 
 ARENAS, Spain: — 1. Arenas del Bey, or de AUiama, a 
 vil. Andalusia, prov. and 15 m. S.S.W. Granada, on a slope 
 at the foot of a mountain. There is a thermal spring here, 
 but the water is of bad quality. Pop. 1280. — 2. Arenas de 
 San Juan, a tn. New Castile, prov. and 20 m. E.N.E. Ciudad 
 Real. It is regularly built, and has a very ancient church, 
 said to have once belonged to the Templars. Pop. 770. — 3. 
 Atn. Old Castile, prov. and 35 m. S.E. Avila, picturesquely 
 situated in a hollow surrounded by lofty hills. It is built in 
 regular well- paved streets. It has a very ancient church 
 with a tower, and the manufactures are crockery, hats, copper- 
 ware, paint, and linens. Pop. 1548. — 4. Arenas de Velez, a 
 tn. Andalusia, prov. and 15 m. N.E, Malaga, surrounded on 
 all sides by lofty heights. It is poorly built in winding un- 
 paved streets, and has an oil -mill and two distilleries, and 
 some trade in fruit. Pop. 1390. 
 
 ARENYS DE MUNT, atn. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 
 22 m. (by rail) N.E. Barcelona, within a short distance of the 
 sea, with well-built houses, spacious, well-paved, and clean 
 streets, a large church with a tower and richly decorated 
 altars, several fountains of excellent water; manufactures 
 of casks and wooden ware, and a trade in wine of good 
 quality. It is a principal station on the Barcelona and 
 Gerona railway. Pop. 1233. 
 
 ARGANZA, a tn. Spain, Leon, prov. and 45 m. W. 
 Leon, 200 m. N.W. Madrid, in a somewhat unhealthy valley, 
 with a ruined palace, and linen and woollen manufactures. 
 Pop. 1750. 
 
 ARGAUM, a vil. India, Nizam's dominions, near the 
 N. frontier, 40 m. W.S.W. Ellichpoor, memorable for the 
 victory gained in its vicinity on the 28th November, 1803, 
 by the Duke of Wellington, then General Wellesley, over 
 the combined Mahratta force. 
 
 ARGENTONA, a vil. Spain, prov. and 24 m. from Bar- 
 celona, in a pleasant valley, on a stream of same name, within 
 2 m. of the sea. It consists of houses of a single story, and 
 has a massive Gothic church with a lofty tower, and manufac- 
 tures of cotton and blond lace, three spinning and five flour- 
 mills. Pop. 1630. 
 
 ARISPE [add.], a tn. Mexico, prov. Sonora, in a fertile 
 valley on the Sonora river, at the foot of the Sierra Madre, 
 60 ni. N.N.E. Ures; lat. 30° 30' N.; Ion. 109° 50' W. It 
 was once the cap. of the prov., and had a pop. bordering on 
 7000, but, in consequence of political changes, lost all its 
 importance, and does not now contain above 1500 inhabitants. 
 It is still, however, po.sses.sed of a church, which has not only 
 a handsome exterior, but many rich internal decorations. Its 
 
 altar is said to be covered with massive plates of embossed 
 silver. 
 
 ARIZONA, a territory, U. States, formed from that part 
 of the old territory of New Mexico lying W. of lat. 109° W., 
 and bounded S. by Mexico, W. by Colorado river and Cali- 
 fornia, and N. by Utah and Nevada. Area estimated at 
 130,800 sq. m. The surface is generally mountainous, but 
 many fertile and well-watered valleys lie between the ridges. 
 The existence of gold-bearing districts has long been known; 
 but in 1863 the great mineral wealth of the territory began 
 to attract attention, and subsequent explorations have con- 
 firmed the belief of its vast richness in deposits of the precious 
 metals, equal to any in the mining regions of the great plateau 
 between the Rocky Mountains and the Sierra Nevada. ' The 
 rich silver-mines of Nevada on the N., of Sonora on the S., 
 which latter have been traced into and successfully worked 
 in the S. part of the territory, recent discoveries in the valleys 
 of the Upper Coloi-ado and its tributaries, and in western 
 New Mexico and eastern Arizona, all point to this territory 
 as the grand centre of the immense mineral deposits of this 
 region.' — (U. S. Commission.) The gold-fields are generally 
 described as well supplied with timber, water, and grass. 
 The capital is Tucson. The territory was organized, with the 
 usual government administration, in February, 1863. White 
 population roughly estimated at 20,000; Indian, 50,000. 
 
 ARIZCUN, a vil. Spain, prov. Navarre, on an eminence 
 open to all winds, 23 m. Pampeluna. It is well built, and 
 has a parish church, with a beautiful facade and very large 
 porch, and the ancient palace of Ursua, of which many 
 strange and terrible legends are current. Pop. 1253. 
 
 AliJISH, a tn. European Turkey, Walachia, circle and 
 on river same name. It is the see of a bishop, and has an 
 ecclesiastical seminary, and the most remarkable church and 
 the finest monastery in Walachia. Pop. 2700. 
 
 ARKANSAS POST, a vil. U. States, Arkansas, cap. co. 
 same name, 1. bank Arkansas river, 50 m. from its junction 
 with the Mississippi. It was founded by the French in 1685, 
 and has several stores, and a landing for steamers. It was 
 captured from the Confederates in December, 1862, by Gen. 
 Grant, with tlie assistance of gunboats, and a large number of 
 prisoners and quantities of military stores were taken at the 
 same time. 
 
 ARLESEGA, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 9 m. 
 W.N. W. Padua, on the railway to Milan, with a parish church 
 and a Conturine villa. 
 
 ARMEGON, a vil. India, presid. Madras, on the coast, 
 66 m. N. Madras. A factory was established here in 1628, 
 being one of the earliest settlements of the E. I. Company in 
 the Carnatic. 
 
 ARMILLA, a vil. Spain, Andalusia, prov. and 2 m. 
 Granada, on a plain 1. bank Genii, with illbuilt earthen 
 houses, forming a single street along the highroad fi-om 
 Granada; manufactures of linen, hemp, and flax.^Pop. 1332. 
 
 ARNI, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, on the isl. of 
 Andro, with seven churches, and a pop. of 970. 
 
 ARNOYA: — 1. {San Salvador de), a vil. and par. Spain, 
 Galicia, prov. and 12 ra. from Orense, on the Minho. The only 
 remarkable edifice is a suppressed Benedictine priory. The 
 houses are generally ill built, in narrow winding streets. The 
 principal products are good red and white wine, maize, flax, 
 &c.; the industrial establishments are a tannery and several 
 flour-mills. Pop. 1860. — 2. Small river, flowing into 1. bank 
 Minho, about 20 m. below Orense, after a westerly course 
 of about 30 m. 
 
 ARNSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 23 m. N.N.E. Leitmeritz, with 1200 inhabitants; 
 manufactures of linen and hosiery, dyeworks, two mills, and 
 a trade in glass. 
 
 ARN UERO, a vil. Spain, Old Castile, prov.and 10 m. from 
 Santander, on a plain. Pop. 1 930, many of whom find employ- 
 ment in other provinces as bell-hangers, gilders, and painters. 
 
 A RO, or Ano, a tn. Western Africa, nearly equidistant 
 from the Kwara on the W., the Old Calabar river on the E., 
 and the shore of the Bight of Biafra on the S. It is described 
 as being nearly thrice the size of Aboh, and extremely popul- 
 ous. The inhabitants are skilful artizans, and manufacture 
 swords, spears, and metallic ornaments. It owes much of 
 its celebrity to the sttrine of Tshuku, to which pilgrimages 
 are made from all the surrounding districts. 
 
ARO 
 
 23 
 
 ASSAM 
 
 ARO, vil. and par. Spain, Galicia, prov. and about 35 m. 
 S.W. Cornna, cap. dist. of same name, in a mountainous but 
 healthy district watered by the Tambre. It has some trade 
 in corn, cattle, and dairy produce. Pop. 3410. 
 
 AKRAH, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Shahabad, in 
 a fertile and well-cultivated district, 25 m. W. Dinapore, and 
 433 m. (by rail) N.W. Calcutta. It is a station on the 
 East Indian railway, and contains about 2775 houses and 
 
 FORTIFIED HOUSE AT AERAH.— From a Sketch by Major Eyre. 
 
 a government school. It acquired some celebrity during the 
 Sepoy mutiny in 1857, by the gallant defence made by a 
 small body of European civilians against an overwhelming 
 force of rebels. They retired to, and hurriedly fortified, the 
 bungalow represented in our illustration, and were under a 
 heavy fire of musketry and ordnance from 27th July to 1st 
 August, at which latter date they were relieved, under circum- 
 stances of the greatest difficulty, by Major Vincent Eyre. 
 
 ARRONIZ, a tn. Spain, Navarre, on the S. slope of 
 Monte-Jurra, 23 m. S.W. Pampeluna. It consists of three 
 distinct portions, arranged in the form of a triangle; and has 
 a parish church with a remarkable tower, four oil-mills, and 
 some export of oil, corn, and wine. Pop. 1 430. 
 
 ART A, a tn. Austrian empire, Venetia, prov. and 21m. 
 N. Udine, 1. bank liut, an affluent of the Tagliamento, with 
 2103 inhabitants, and two mineral springs; the one sulphur- 
 ous, and the other chalybeate. 
 
 ARTENARA, a vil. Spanish dominions, Canary isles, 
 island and prov. of Gran Canaria, near the centre, on the 
 declivity of a hill. The parish church, a hermitage, and two 
 houses are the only stone buildings. All the rest are mere 
 caves or cellars, in which the natives live in a state of poverty 
 and wretchedness. The vegetable products include grain, 
 lentils, honey, figs, and other fruits, and a good deal of goat- 
 milk cheese is made. The only manufactures are a few 
 articles of thread and wool. Pop. 1074. 
 
 ARTES, a tn. Spain, Catalonia, prov. and 18 m. from 
 Barcelona, on a height washed by several streams. It con- 
 tains an ancient palace or castle of the former feudal lords 
 of the place, which has been converted into a prison ; and has 
 manufactures of cotton and woollen cloth, a distillery, three 
 flour-mills, and a very limited trade. Pop. 1279. 
 
 ARUL, a navigable river, India, Scinde, running from 
 the Manchar Lake, which is formed by an expansion of the 
 river Narra, into the Indus on the western side. During the 
 rainy season the navigation by the Narra, the lake, and the 
 Arul is preferred to that of the Indus, the current being more 
 moderate. The junction with the Indus is in lat. 26° 24' N. 
 and Ion. 67° 65' E. 
 
 A RUN, a river, Nepaul, rises in Tibet, about lat. 
 28° 45' N.; Ion. 87° 30' E., and flows through it for 200 m. 
 to the Himalayas, between which it passes, receiving the 
 waters from the northern face of the Snowy mountains, and 
 then, with a further course of 110 m. through Nepaul, enters 
 the Coosy, of which it is the principal tributary, in lat. 
 2o° 58'; Ion. 86° 57'. 
 
 ARURE, a vil. Spanish dominions, island of Gomera, 
 
 one of the Canaries, in a pleasant and fertile valley at the 
 foot of lofty mountains. It consists of 190 straggling houses, 
 has a church, and raises tolerable crops of grain, vegetables, 
 potatoes, silk, flax, &c. Pop. 905. 
 
 AS ABA, a tn. Western Africa, dist. and about 40 m. 
 above Aboh, r. bank Kwara, is finely situated on a rising 
 ground about 1 00 ft. above the river, is surrounded with walls 
 and palisades of tall trees, and consists of numerous huts 
 wide apart, well constructed, and often white- washed 
 or coloured. The inhabitants, though friendly, are 
 wild, rude-looking, and much tatooed. Yams and 
 other agricultural produce, as well as fowls, cattle, 
 and shepp, ai"e abundant. 
 
 ASAHAN, a native state and river on the N.E. 
 side of the island of Sumatra, in the Indian Archi- 
 pelago. — The STATE consists chiefly of an extensive 
 alluvial tract, which stretches along the coast, and is 
 for the most part covered by a tangled and almost 
 impenetrable forest. The cultivated crops are rice 
 and pulse, and the principal exports are pulse, a red 
 dyewood called lakka, bees'-wax, horses, and slaves. 
 The inhabitants are Malays, who form the dominant 
 class, and Batakas. The fish, with which both the 
 sea and the rivers abound, forms their principal food. 
 
 The RIVER, which rises in a mountain range and 
 
 plateau called Tubala; flows E., and falls into the 
 straits of Malacca in lat. 3° 1' 30" N.; Ion. 99° 52' E. 
 It is about 1000 yards wide at its mouth, but in the 
 course of 7 m. contracts to a third of this width. 
 The depth of its channel nowhere exceeds two fathoms. 
 ASHENUMMA, a tn. Central Africa, cap. Tebu 
 country, situated on a flat, at the foot of steep clifi's, 
 about 380 m. S. by W. Murzouk; lat. 19° 8' N.; Ion. 13° 15' E. 
 It consists of about 120 cottages, built with rough stones, 
 very low, and covered with the stems and leaves of the palm- 
 tree. The inhabitants sufier much from depredation. Dried 
 fish is their chief medium of commerce. 
 
 ASHKEZER, a vil. Persia, prov. and 12 m. W. Yezd, 
 175 m. E.S.E. Ispahan. It is a large place, with extensive 
 walled gardens; but owing to its site among sandhills, the 
 desert has gradually encroached so as almost to exclude 
 field cultivation. 
 
 ASHLAND, a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. same name, 
 85 miles N.N.E. Columbus, in a fine farming country, and 
 connected by a branch line with the Cleveland and Columbus 
 railway. There are manufactures of wool. Pop. 1500. 
 
 ASHTA, two places, India. — 1. A tn. Malwa territory, 
 and 50 m. S.W. Bhopal, r. bank Parbutty, which is here 
 fordable. It contains about 500 houses, and possesses a fort 
 and a large tank. — 2. Aslitee or Ashta, avil. presid. Bombay, 
 dist. Sholapore, 112 m, E.S.E. Poonah. Here, in Feb. 
 1818, the Peishwa, Bajee Row, pursuing a hopeless flight 
 from the British forces, was overtaken by General Smith, 
 and in consequence compelled to sign a treaty which finally 
 extinguished the Mahrattan empire. 
 
 ASHWANIPI, or Hamilton River. [See Hamilton 
 River in 8upp.) 
 
 ASHWANIPI (Lake), British N. America, Labrador; 
 lat. 52° 30' N.; long. 65° W. It forms the head-water of 
 the Ashwanipi river, and is sometimes frozen till the month 
 of June. 
 
 ASPANG, two nearly contiguous places, Austrian em- 
 pire. Lower Austria, 46 m. S. by W. Vienna. One of them, 
 cap. circle of same name, has an old castle, a town-house, a 
 wire factory, and oil, iron, and saw mills, with a pop. of 
 690. The other, with a pop. of 1530, has also numerous 
 saw-mills and a very ancient parish church. 
 
 ASPINWALL, a seaport tn. New Granada, isthmus 
 of Panama, on the island of Manzanilla, in Lemon or Navy 
 bay, opposite Chagres, and near the Atlantic terminus of the 
 Panama railway. It was founded in 1850 by the engineers 
 and other officials and the workmen who arrived to commence 
 the railway, and has gradually grown into a place of some 
 importance; consisting of about 200 houses, and containing 
 about 1000 permanent inhabitants. 
 
 ASSAM, the name proposed for a mountain chain, which, 
 rising suddenly from the plains of E. Bengal, about 220 m.. 
 N.E. Calcutta, stretches E. in a broadening chaos of woody 
 spurs and ridges, taking the successive names of the Garoos, 
 
ASSIENTOS 
 
 24 
 
 ATLANTA 
 
 Kasias, Nagas.and other tribes, who inhabit it. In the vici- 
 nity of Munipoor it changes its direction to N.E., and after 
 assuming the name of the Patkoi range, becomes linked with 
 some outliers of the E. Himalaya. Still further E. it be- 
 comes known as the Langtang range, and sends down from 
 the snows of its southern face the head-waters of the Irawadi. 
 From its W. commencement it gradually increases in height, 
 from 3000 and 4000 ft. among the Garoos, to 6000 ft. among 
 the Kasias, and 8000 to 9000 to the N. of Munipoor. 
 Abreast of Brahmakund it reaches 12,000 to 14,000 ft., and 
 beyond rises far above the limit of perpetual snow. 
 
 ASSIENTOS, or Assif.ntos de Ibarra, a tn. Mexico, 
 state and 55 m. S.E. Zacatecas, on the N.E. side of an almost 
 isolated mountain group, at the height of 7000 ft. above the 
 sea. It is a tolerably large mining town, but shows by the 
 number of large and decaying houses within it, that its pro- 
 sperity belongs to the past rather than the present. Its 
 famous mines of silver, copper, and lead are in a great mea- 
 sure abandoned. The only minerals now wrought to much 
 advantage, are copper and silver, for which new mines have 
 been opened. 
 
 ASSINIBOIA, British America, better known by the 
 name of the Hed Biver or Lord Selhirlc's Settlement, extends 
 southwards from Lake Winnipeg up both banks of the lied 
 river, and thereafter westwards along those of the Assiniboine. 
 Fort Garry, situated at the confluence of these two rivers, 
 and the head-quarters of the British American fur trade, ranks 
 as its capital. The settlement, generally fertile, and well 
 adapted for agricultural purposes, has been erected into what 
 is called the diocese of Rupert's Land, and has been provided 
 with a tolerably complete ecclesiastical organization, in the 
 shape of churches and schools. In St. John's parish, where 
 the bishop resides, a college has been erected, and the church, 
 which is in a somewhat tottering condition, is about to be 
 supplanted by a substantial and commodious cathedral. 
 Several of tlie other parish churches have elegant spires, 
 which form prominent objects in the landscape. The 
 R. Catholics, forming a considerable proportion of the popu- 
 lation, have also an imposing cathedral in St. Boniface, and 
 a spacious nunnery with schools attached; and in 1856 the 
 Presbyterians obtained the erection of a church. The popu- 
 lation, arranged under the heads of the above three denomina- 
 tions, is as follows: — Church of England, 3050; R. Catholic, 
 2500; Presbyterian, 400; total, 5950. The greatest difficulty 
 with which the settlers have to contend is the want of a 
 proper outlet for their produce. 
 
 ASSINIBOINE [add.], a river, British America, which 
 rises in lat. 51° 40' N.; Ion. 103° 20' W., flows first S.S.E. for 
 about 260 m., to the confluence of the Qu'appelle, then E.S.E. 
 for about 240 m., and after a total course of about 500 m. 
 parallel to the basins of the Great Lakes on the E. of the 
 Riding and Duck mountains, joins or is joined by the Red 
 river of the North, at Port Garry, in lat. 49° 50', and Ion. 97°. 
 At Lane's Port, 22 m. above Fort Garry, it is 120 ft. broad, 
 with a mean sectional depth of 6 ft., and a current of 1-4 m. 
 per hour; near Praorie Portage, 67 m. above Fort Garry, its 
 current is 2 m. per hour; at the confluence of the Little 
 Souris, 140 m. above Fort Garry, it is 230 ft. broad, with a 
 mean sectional depth of 8*6 ft., and a current of 1| m. It 
 thus appears that the river is larger when 140 m., than when 
 only 22 m. from its mouth. Still higher up tlie same thing 
 is observed, for at Fort EUice, 240 m. from its mouth, its 
 breadth is 135 ft., and its mean sectional depth 8 ft. This 
 singular fact of a decrease instead of an increase of water in 
 the course of the river, is brought out still more distinctly by 
 another calculation, which shows that while the quantity of 
 water hourly discharged at Fort Ellice is 9,979,200, and at 
 the confluence of the Little Souris is 12,899,040 cubic ft., 
 at Lane's Port, which is 2 18 m. below the former, and 118 m. 
 below the latter, the hourly discharge is only 5,702,000. 
 Evaporation is the only cause yet assigned for this extraor- 
 dinary diminution of volume. The principal afiluents of the 
 Assiniboine are, on its 1. bank, the Two creeks. Pine creek, 
 Shell river, Birdstail river, and Rapid river, or Little 
 Saskatchewan, and on its r. bank, the White Sand river, the 
 Qu'appelle or Calling river, Beaver creek, and the Little 
 Souris or Mouse river. The only impediment to its con- 
 tinuous navigation for many miles is a rapid of no very for- 
 midable character, as it is only in summer when the water is 
 
 lowest that it becomes impracticable. The valley of the 
 Assiniboine is so fertile and well adapted for cultivation, par- 
 ticularly on the 1. bank of its lower course, that several pro- 
 mising settlements have already been made upon it, and form 
 the nucleus of a new territory. 
 
 ASSI-YNSGIIAD, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, 28 m. 
 E.S.E. Angora. It occupies a picturesque site in a moun- 
 tainous district, and contains 250 houses, all occupied by 
 Turks, whose chief employment is agriculture. 
 
 ASSOURI, a river, British N. America, which rises 
 about lat. 49° N.; Ion. 105° W., flows E. and joins the 
 Assiniboine, formed by it and the Little Saskatchewan. The 
 prairie, through which it has cut a deep channel, is covered 
 in extraordinary profusion with boulders of granite, gneiss, 
 limestone, &c., and in the strata exposed along its banks occur 
 some thin beds of coal, not well defined, and graduating into 
 shales. 
 
 ASSUMPTION, or Asuscion [add.], S. America, cap. 
 Paraguay. Its streets are wide and traced at right angles ; the 
 houses, of brick and one stoi'y high, are generally spacious 
 and well constructed. It po.ssesses several fine buildings, 
 among others the cathedral, and the churches of San Roque 
 and the Incarnation, the government house, the barracks, the 
 railway station, and a large market-place in the middle of 
 the town. The port is convenient and safe, with a spacious 
 quay, and is defended by several batteries. Pop. (in 1857), 
 48,000. — (Du Graty's Paraguay.) 
 
 ASSUNGE, a tn. W. Africa, Benguela, on a steep 
 height near r. bank Sumbe, 98 m. N.E. Benguela. It stands 
 in the midst of beautiful scenery; is the residence of an inde- 
 pendent chief, and contains 3000 inhabitants, who cultivate 
 the ground, and trade in wax and gum copal. 
 
 ASU, a tn. \V. Africa, prov. Logon, tributary to 
 Bornou, r. bank Shari or Ba, a tributary of Lake Chad. It 
 was formerly walled, but the walls are ruinous, and the 
 whole place exhibits signs of the decay common throughout 
 the province. A considerable revenue is derived from the 
 ferry, which is mucli frequented. 
 
 ASUA, AsciA or Usua, a river, E. Africa, supposed to 
 rise from the Bahari-Ngo lake, about lat. 2° N.; Ion. 35° E., 
 and uniting with the White Nile in lat. 3° 34' N. 
 
 ASUDI, a tn. N. Africa, dist. Ai'r, situated not far from 
 the foot of Mount Chereka, lat. 18° 24' N.; Ion. 8° 34' E., 
 was once a place of great importance, which is indicated by 
 the extent of its ruins. It had at one time seven mosques 
 and a population of 8000 to 10,000; but now possesses about 
 1000 ruinous houses, of wliich only 80 are inhabited. The 
 market, however, is well supplied with provisions, and even 
 ordinary merchandise. 
 
 ATACAMA (San Pedro de), a tn. S. America, Bolivia, 
 cap. prov. same name, 7000 ft. above sea-level, on the Rio 
 de Atacama, which about 5 m. below is lost in the sand. It 
 is an extremely dirty place, with only a few buildings which 
 deserve the name of houses, and a church in a dilapidated 
 state. Almost all the inhabitants are employed as carriers. 
 
 ATAD (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Somoghy, on the Ringa, 23 m. S.W. Kaposvar, with 2081 
 inhabitants, a district court, Franciscan monastery, brewery; 
 a trade in corn, and important annual markets. 
 
 ATA JO, one of a continuous chain of low islands, 
 S. America, which skirt the 1. bank of the Parana, immedi- 
 ately after the confluence of the Paraguay. The island is 
 claimed by La Plata, but Paraguay has possession, and 
 secures it by a military post. 
 
 ATAKI, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, circle and near 
 Khotin, with two churches, and a pop. of 6614. 
 
 ATHENS, a tn. U. States, Georgia, r. bank Oconee river, 
 92 m. W.N.W. Augusta, and 71 m. N. Milledgeville. The 
 situation and climate are healthy, and the branch of the 
 Charleston and Decatur railway, of which it is the terminus, 
 has caused the town to increase rapidly, and before the civil 
 war it was the market for an extensive cotton-growing dis- 
 trict. It has five churches, a cotton factory, and several 
 others in the vicinity, and a college. 
 
 ATKAHSK, atn. Russia, gov. and 50 m. N.W. Saratov, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Atkara. It has two 
 churches, a circle school, and a charitable institute. Pop. 5779. 
 
 ATLANTA, a city, N. America, U. States, Georgia, co. 
 De Kalb, at the junction of several lines of railway, 101 m. 
 
ATROWLEE 
 
 25 
 
 AUCKLAND 
 
 N.VV. Macon, 290 m. W. Charleston. It occupies a healtliy 
 and elevated position, and has grown rapidly from its com- 
 mencement in 1845 into a place of considerable size and im- 
 portance, the railways rendering it the centre of a large trade 
 in cotton and grain, and connecting it with many principal 
 ports and inland towns. In 1864, however, after being held 
 by a Confederate army for some time, it was abandoned to 
 the Federals, who expelled great numbers of the inhabitants, 
 and subsequently evacuated it, leaving a great part of the 
 town in ruins by fire. Previously it contained several 
 churches and other public buildings. Gold, iron, and other 
 minerals, are found in the surrounding country. 
 
 ATROWLEE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 20 m. E.N.E. Allyghur, in the Doab. It stands in a higlily 
 cultivated neighbourhood, abounding in fine mango groves, 
 and is a large open place, with a well-supplied bazaar. Pop. 
 12,722. 
 
 ATSAISKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, r. 
 bank Aksai, at its mouth in the Don. It is the chief ferry 
 across this river on the road to the Caucasus, and has an im- 
 portant trade in corn, wood, and iron. Pop. 4342. 
 
 AT'l'ANUGAK, a tn. India, Oude, dist. Salon, 65 m. 
 S.S.E. Lucknow. The inhabitants, two-thirds of whom are 
 Mahometans, as well as those of the district generally, are 
 of a warlike temperament, and used to furnish a large num- 
 ber of sepoy recruits. Pop. 6000. 
 
 ATTLEBOROUGH,a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, Bris- 
 tol CO., 31 m. S.S.E. Boston, on the river Mill. It has a bank, 
 and extensive manufactures of cotton and other goods and 
 is connected by a branch with the Providence and Worcester 
 railway. Pop. 4200. 
 
 ATYCHAN, a mountain ridge, Kussian Trans-Baikal 
 territory, which stretches from S.E. to N.W., not far from 
 I. bank Amoor, and becomes linked with the low hills of the 
 Yablonoi chain. It is composed partly of masses of granite. 
 In the valleys and terraces at the base of the ridge bushes 
 and isolated trees occur, but its summits, consisting of a 
 number of pyramidal peaks, are perfectly bare. 
 
 AUBURN [add.], atn. U. States, New York, cap Cayuga 
 CO., on the Albany and Buffalo railway, 174 m. W. of Albany. 
 It is 2 J m. N. by W. from Owasco Lake, the outlet of which 
 runs through, the town, and furnishes water-power for manu- 
 factories of cotton, wool, carpets, iron, and paper, and various 
 
 S.W., about 380 m.; greatest breadth, measured on the paral- 
 lel of 38°, 200 m.; area, 26,562 sq. m., or 17,000,000 acres. 
 The coast is of very irregular shape, and so deeply indented 
 that it measures, when its windings are followed, about 900 m. 
 The continuity of the coast is least broken on the W., where 
 the only important openings form the harbours of Manukau 
 and Kaipara; the E., on the contrary, presents a succession 
 of large and deep bays, with numerous creeks opening from 
 them, and penetrating far into the interior. Proceeding 
 from the N., the most extensive of these bays are Doubtless 
 Bay, the Bay of Islands, Hauraki Gulf, and the Bay of 
 Plenty. The interior is covered by wooded mountain ranges 
 of moderate elevation, with many intervening valleys of 
 great fertility, well watered by numerous streams. Most of 
 these are mere mountain torrents, running a short and rapid 
 course before they reach the sea. The largest are the Wai- 
 kato, which has its mouth on the W. coast; the Piako and 
 the Thames, which both fall into the Firth of Thames, a S. 
 arm of Hauraki Gulf; and the Wirinaka and Whakatane, 
 which fall into the Bay of Plenty. Among the lakes are the 
 Eotorua and the Taupo, the latter by far the largest which 
 New Zealand possesses. The climate, owing to its N. posi- 
 tion, is the warmest in the country, and brings to perfection 
 some fruits wliich cannot be grown successfully in any other 
 part of it. Among the most important productions are the 
 kauri, the forests of which, situated chiefly on the W. coast, 
 furnish the materials of an important spar and lumber trade, 
 flax of superior quality, corn, fruit, gum, honey, oil, and 
 wool. For administrative purposes the province is divided 
 into five districts, of which Auckland is the capital. Pop. 
 about 79,000. 
 
 The following table illustrates the condition of the pro- 
 
 Year. 
 
 European Population. 
 
 Natives 
 (esti- 
 mated). 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 No. of 
 Public 
 Schools. 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 1 Total. 
 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 13,494 
 15,155 
 
 10,926 
 12,489 
 
 24,420 
 
 27,644 
 
 60,000 
 
 £97,69-2 
 110,934 
 
 55 
 
 AUCKLAND [add.], cap. of the above prov. and of New 
 Zealand, is advantageously situated on the N. side of an 
 
 , £n^rat?ed 6tf rtpirv-y^aijieriw 
 
 Other mills. A railway has also been constructed from it to 
 Ithaca, 40 m. southward. Pop. 10,500. 
 
 AUCKLAND, the most northerly of the eight provinces 
 into which New Zealand has been divided, lies between 
 lat. 34° 20' and 39° S. ; Ion. 172° 30' and 178° 40' E., and 
 consisting mainly of the peninsula which forms the N. part of 
 the island of Eaheinomawe or New Ulster, is washed by the 
 ocean on the W. N. and E., and bounded on the S. by provs. 
 Taranaki, Wellington, and Hawke; greatest length, N.W. to 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 isthmus between two seas, the one washing the E. and the 
 other the W. coast, and each furnishing an excellent harbour; 
 lat. 36° 51' 30" S.; Ion. 175° 45' E. Being situated on rug- 
 ged ground much broken by hills, it has scarcely a level 
 street, but is nevertheless well built, and contains a number 
 of houses and shops which would not disgrace any European 
 town. The principal buildings are the government-house, 
 newly erected near the site of an older edifice, which was 
 burned down; the courts of justice, the ofScial residences, the 
 
AUCKLAND BAY 
 
 26 
 
 AUSSIG 
 
 Episcopal church, situated at the top of a crescent, and neatly 
 built of white stone in the early English style; the Scotch, 
 Wesleyan, and R. Catholic churches, the last a handsome 
 stone edifice, with a large floreated cross; the Wesleyan col- 
 lege, and various other schools belonging to the different 
 religious denominations; the custom-house, the barracks, 
 jail, &c. A line of wharves and jetties, and two or three 
 streets of substantial shops and warehouses, some of wood, 
 
 GENERAL VIEW OF AUCKLAND.— Hochstetter's Nen-Seeland. 
 
 but more of brick or stone, afford ample facilities for trade, 
 and furnish proof of its great extent and increasing import- 
 ance. The botanical gardens, and the little suburban bays 
 sparkling with the white villas of wealthy merchants, afford 
 many beautiful walks. The great drawback, however, is the 
 total absence of trees, except such as the settlers themselves 
 have planted. Auckland, though founded only in 1840, has 
 an estimated pop. of 1 0,000. 
 
 The following statistics present a view of the progress of 
 the port : — 
 
 
 Immi- 
 grants. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 2954 
 1569 
 4036 
 
 No. Tons. 
 82 36,508 
 103 38,974 
 107 37,013 
 
 No. Tons. 
 
 83 34,219 
 103 38,792 
 106 34,435 
 
 & 
 454,311 
 591,468 
 815,205 
 
 £ 
 78,164 
 57,673 
 72,354 
 
 AUCKLAND BAY, E. side of Bay of Bengal, in Ten- 
 asserim provinces. The rocks and islands of the Mergui 
 Archipelago encircle the entrance. 
 
 AUERSPEllG, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carniola, 
 12 m. S.S.E. Laibach. It is supposed to occupy the site of 
 the Roman Jrupium, is the cradle of the Auersperg family, 
 and has a castle with a beautiful hall, a riding-school, and 
 many antiquities. Pop. 1000. 
 
 AUGUSTA [add.] : — 1 A city, U. States, cap. Maine, at the 
 head of the sloop navigation of Kennebec river, and on the 
 Portland and Bangor railway, 60 m. N.N.E. Portland. It 
 is handsomely built, chiefly on r. bank of the river, which is 
 crossed by a bridge, and upon rising ground, which gives it 
 a commanding position. It contains a spacious park, an 
 arsenal, and an hospital for the insane, besides several schools 
 and manufactories. About half a mile above the city a dam 
 has been constructed across the river to improve the naviga- 
 tion above it, and at the same time to provide water-power 
 for manufacturing purposes. Steamboats ply above the dam 
 between Water vi He and Augusta. Pop. 9500. — 2. A city, U. 
 States, Georgia, cap. Richmond co., on the Savannah, 231 m. 
 from its mouth, and on the S. Carolina and Georgia railways, 
 of the latter of which it is the E. terminus. Originally it 
 depended very much on the waggon trade, which was de- 
 stroyed by the construction of the railway, and the place 
 
 became very much depressed; but the upper country of 
 Georgia becoming more densely settled, and the formation of 
 the Augusta canal, 9 m. in length, bringing the waters of the 
 Savannah to furnish water-power, the prosperity of Augusta 
 has revived, and factories, machine-shops, and similar works 
 have been established and successfully worked. The streets 
 are wide, straight, and lighted with gas, and among the pub- 
 lic buildings are the city-hall, a masonic hall, a medical col- 
 lege, 14 churches, an hospital, 
 arsenal, 6 banks, and 4 or 5 
 " _ " newspaper offices. A line of 
 
 steamboats runs to Savannah; 
 and a bridge connects the city 
 with Hamburgh in S. Carolina. 
 Pop. 12,000. 
 
 AUMALE,atn. N. Africa, 
 Algeria, prov. and 55 m. S.E. 
 Algiers, founded anew by the 
 French in 1846, on the ruins 
 of an Arab town of the name 
 of Sur Ghozlan, and of the 
 much more ancient Roman 
 Auzia. It occupies an impor- 
 tant military position, which 
 makes it the key to the country 
 of the Kabyles, and keeps open 
 the communication between 
 Algiers and Setif and the valleys 
 of the Tell, with the salt-lakes 
 of the Sahara. The possession 
 of this spot by Abd-el-Kader 
 is said to have assisted him ma- 
 terially in keeping the French 
 so long at bay. Since its new 
 foundation it has made con- 
 siderable progress, and the inhabitants have breweries and 
 lime-kilns, but are chiefly employed in the cultivation of the 
 surrounding district, which is said to be fertile. Govern- 
 ment has here a breeding stud. There is a weekly Arab 
 market. Pop. 1516. 
 
 AUPA (Great and Little), two nearly- contiguous 
 places, Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and about 20m. N.E. 
 Gitschin: — Great or Gross-Aujja, situated in a valley of same 
 name ; has a parish church, four mills, and a limestone quarry; 
 the inhabitants are chiefly employed in the forests or in 
 spinning. In the mountains near it are mines of copper 
 and arsenic. Pop. 2611. — Little or Klein-Aupa, situated on 
 a small stream at the foot of the Black Koppe; has a church 
 and a mill, and contains 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 AURAG, or Oijaye, a river, India, which rises on the 
 S.W. frontier of Bengal, in lat. 21° 20' N.; Ion. 82° 43' E.; 
 flows E. for about 100 m., and joins the Tell Nuddee on its 
 left bank, 17 m. above the junction of the latter with the 
 Mahanuddy. 
 
 AURONZO, atn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 26m. N.N.E. 
 Belluno. It is the seat of a court of justice; and has in its 
 vicinity mines of lead and calamine, and the great forest of 
 St. Marco, which furnishes the best timber for the navy. 
 Pop. 3475. 
 
 AURUNGABAD, the name of several places in India: 
 — 1. A tn. Nizam's Dominions {see Gazetteer). — 2. A tn. N.W. 
 Provinces, dist. and 4 m. S.W. Muttra. — 3. A tn. presid. 
 Bengal, dist. Moorshedabad, 31 m. S.E. Rajhmahal.— 4. A 
 tn. Dude, 34 m. E. Shajehanpoor. It obtained an unhappy 
 celebrity during the sepoy mutiny, from its proximity to the 
 scene of one of the horrible massacres perpetrated on defence- 
 less Europeans. 
 
 AUSCHA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 9 m. N.E. Leitmeritz, cap. dist. of same name; with a parish 
 church, an hospital, and manufactures of cloth, "liqueurs, and 
 "chemicals. Excellent hops are grown in the district. 
 Pop. 1600. 
 
 AUSSIG [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 10 m. N. by W. Prague, at the confluence of the Bila 
 with the Elbe, and on the Bohemian- Saxon railway, 321 m. 
 (by rail) N.W. Vienna. It consists of the town proper and 
 three suburbs; is the seat of several important public oflSces, 
 and has a deanery church, a high school, a townhouse, exten- 
 sive manufactures of linen and cotton goods; and a consider- 
 
AUSTRALIA 
 
 AUSTRALIA 
 
 able trade in cotton goods, wine, which bears a high name, 
 corn, fish, fruit, and wood. Both lignite and common coal 
 are worked in the vicinity. Pop. 6956. 
 
 AUSTRALIA. In no part of the world has geographical 
 exploration made more rapid advance, within the last twenty 
 years, than in the great island- continent of the southern hemi- 
 sphere. Nor has discovery been anywhere more fruitful of 
 consequences. The rapid progress of settlement, and increase 
 of population in Australian lands, are among the most note- 
 worthy conditions in the social and commercial records of the 
 present century. Discovery has, in this case, been not 
 merely the solution of a geographical problem, but the im- 
 mediate precursor of civilized existence and colonial industry. 
 Tiie explorer has heralded the way for the squatter, and the 
 dwelling-places of man have sprung into existence along the 
 tracks which he has marked out in the bush. A vast portion 
 of the terra incognita of a prior (and yet but recent) date, 
 as shown upon our maps of Australia, is now crossed by the 
 lines which indicate the rapid advance of such enterprise. 
 
 The first settlement of the white man upon the Australian 
 shores dates hardly more than three-quarters of a century 
 since. Five and twenty years elapsed after the foundation of 
 Sydney (1788), before the colonists had succeeded in cross- 
 ing the range of the Blue Mountains, by which their western 
 horizon was limited. Bathurst, on the Upper Macquarie, 
 within the fine plains that lie beyond the mountain-chain, was 
 at once founded (1813), and interior discovery thenceforward 
 continued to advance, though for a time by slow and gradual 
 stages. The great rivers flowing inland, in a westwardly di- 
 rection, early rewarded the persevering efibrts made by the 
 colonists of New South Wales to extend their knowledge of 
 the Australian interior. Portions of the rivers Lachlan, 
 Macquarie, Murrumbidgee, and Upper Murray (or Hume), 
 were successively traced, between the years 1817 and 1824, 
 by Oxley, Cunningham, Hovell, Hume, and others. Sturt, 
 in 1829, first reached the stream of the Darling. All of 
 these rivers, with others of less considerable extent, were 
 subsequently ascertained to belong to the extensive basin of 
 the Murray, the main channel of which was ultimately (1830) 
 traced, by the last-named explorer, to its outlet in Encounter 
 Bay, on the coast-line of the Southern Ocean. Major (after- 
 wards Sir Thomas) Mitchell, in succeeding years, 1831-6, 
 visited the Karaula and other northern affluents of the 
 Murray basin, followed the stream of the united Lachlan and 
 Murrumbidgee to its junction with the Murray, and traced 
 the Darling upward to the point to which its stream had 
 been already pursued downward. A vast range of country, 
 extending through more than ten degrees of latitude, thus be- 
 came opened to the enterprise of the settlers of New South 
 Wales. The portion lying south of the Murray, explored 
 and partially surveyed by Mitchell, received thei name of 
 Australia Felix — an epithet justified by its abundant and well- 
 watered pastures. 
 
 The foundation of Melbourne (1837), on the banks of the 
 river Yarra, a short distance above its outlet into Port 
 Phillip, and the occupation of the adjacent plains by the 
 colonists of Tasmania and New South Wales, rapidly ensued. 
 The Port Phillip district, however, remained until the gold 
 discoveries of 1851 a pastoral region, and its population up 
 to that date was only 77,000. It was in that year first con- 
 stituted a distinct colony, under the name of Victoria. 
 
 The year 1836 had witnessed the establishment of a settle- 
 ment, entirely distinct from the older colony, on the shores 
 of St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs, the nucleus of the now 
 flourishing colony of S. Australia. Already, seven years 
 previously (1829), the banks of the Swan river had become 
 the home of British settlers, and the name of W. Australia 
 replaced that of New Holland, by which the western half of 
 Terra Australia had, since the early days of Dutch discovery, 
 been chiefly known. Queensland, hitherto the Moreton Bay 
 district of New South Wales, was first made a distinct pro- 
 vince in 1859. 
 
 The gold discoveries of 1851 exercised a vast influence 
 over the growing prosperity of Australia, and the develop- 
 ment of its resources. Up to that date the total number 
 of the colonial populations, including Tasmania, fell short of 
 400,000, of whom the colonists of New South Wales, with 
 the Port Phillip district, included above a quarter of a million. 
 The population of New South Wales had, however, doubled 
 
 itself within the preceding ten years, and the industrial re- 
 sources of the province were already making rapid advance. 
 S. Australia had at the same date 67,000 inhabitants; the 
 Swan Eiver settlement fewer than 10,000. Within five 
 years of that period the Australian colonies jointly numbered 
 more than 800,000 inhabitants; in 1861 their united popula- 
 tion exceeded 1,100,000, Victoria alone having upwards of 
 500,000 inhabitants, and its capital, Melbourne, having grown 
 from a provincial town, of hardly more than 20,000 people, 
 into a stately metropolis, with upwards of 100,000 inhabi- 
 tants. The population of Victoria, indeed, became more 
 than quadrupled within the five years immediately ensuing 
 on the gold discoveries. 
 
 Before the era of development above adverted to, the 
 settlers on the eastern seaboard of Australia were comparatively 
 isolated from the colonists on its southern and western shores. 
 Such intercolonial intercourse as existed was maintained 
 chiefly by sea; in the case of Western Australia, exclusively 
 so. Vast tracts of impassable desert were believed to separate 
 S. Australia from the province of New South Wales on the 
 one hand, and the Swan River settlement on the other. 
 Overland communication, even between Adelaide and Mel- 
 bourne — the two most nearly adjacent of the provincial 
 capitals — was not established until the period when the at- 
 tractions of the gold-fields of Victoria began to draw thither, 
 wi(;h irresistible influence, the unsettled population of neigh- 
 bouring lands. As early as 1837-8, however, Mr. Eyre, 
 whose name has subsequently become identified, in an emi- 
 nent degree, with Australian discovery, had driven a nu- 
 merous herd of cattle overland from Sydney to Adelaide, 
 a period of eight months being occupied on the route, 
 although the direct distance between those cities is less than 
 800 miles. Mr. Eyre repeated this exploit, with some de- 
 viation from his prior route, in the succeeding year, accom- 
 plishing the distance in less than three months; overland 
 communication between the colonies of New South Wales 
 and S. Australia, for the purposes of the squatter, was thence- 
 forward definitely established. Subsequent efibrts of Mr. 
 Eyre were directed towards the accomplishment of a similar 
 communication with the settlement of W. Australia, and the 
 exploration of the unknown interior lying to the northward 
 of Adelaide. The years 1839-41 were chiefly devoted to 
 these objects. In 1840, while engaged in examining the 
 country lying at the head of Spencer Gulf, Mr. Eyre dis- 
 covered the southern arm of Lake Torrens. In the fol- 
 lowing year, leaving Adelaide under the auspices of the 
 colonial government, he advanced nearly 400 m. along the 
 shores of the lake, to which, however (owing in part, it 
 appears probable, to the effects of mirage, and iu some mea- 
 sure to the extraordinary seasonal changes which belong 
 to the interior waters of Australia), he assigned proportions 
 since proved to be vastly in excess of the reality. The enor- 
 mous horse-shoe shaped Lake Torrens, which for many years 
 after the date of Mr. Eyre's journey continued to figure 
 upon our maps, has only recently given place to numerous 
 detached basins, ascertained to occupy its supposed place. 
 Mr. Eyre's most remarkable exploit, however, was the 
 making (1841) an overland journey from Port Lincoln, on 
 the western shore of Spencer Gulf, along the shore-line of 
 the great Australian Bight, to King George Sound, a dis- 
 tance of more than 1000 miles. This journey, through a 
 sterile tract of country, almost destitute of water, was accom- 
 plished under circumstances of peculiar difficulty, the only 
 white companion of the explorer being murdered by the 
 native attendants during its progress, and the last 600 m. 
 being traversed with the companionship only of a single 
 native boy! The account of the country passed through 
 on this occasion was such as to deter others from repeating 
 the attempt at opening inland communication between S. 
 and W. Australia. Recently, however, the attention of 
 the Swan Eiver colonists has been turned in the same direc- 
 tion; there appear to be some reasons for regarding a portion 
 of the hardships which Mr. Eyre underwent as incident only 
 to the progress of a first explorer, and it has even been pro- 
 posed to found a settlement in the neighbourhood of Cape 
 Pasley and Point Malcolm, midway between King George 
 Sound and the head of the great Australian Bight. 
 
 The wide range already covered by the explorations of 
 Sir Thomas Mitchell within the territory of New South 
 
AUSTRALIA 
 
 28 
 
 AUSTRALIA 
 
 Wales was yet farther extended in 1846, by a journey un- 
 dertaken with the view of opening overland communica- 
 tion with the Gulf of Carpentaria. Starting from the banks 
 of the Upper Darling, Mitchell surveyed the more north- 
 wardly affluents of its extensive basin: he thence followed 
 a general northwardly course, through a broken and difficult 
 country, as far as the parallel of 21° 30' S., and afterwards 
 turning westward, and crossing a dividing range of moun- 
 tains, struck the channel of a river flowing to the N. N.W. 
 Mitchell followed the course of this river (to which lie gave 
 the name of 'Victoria') for ten successive days, through a 
 watered region of the most promising description, finally 
 leaving it in lat. 24° 14' S., Ion. 144° 34' E. The course of 
 tills stream led its discoverer to the sanguine conviction that 
 its outlet would prove to be in the Gulf of Carpentaria, and 
 Mr. Kennedy was despatched from Sydney in the following 
 year, with the view of tracing the newly-found channel to its 
 expected outlet. Shortly after reaching the furthest point 
 attained by his predecessor, however, the course of the river 
 was found to turn S.VV., and afterwards almost due S., 
 while its waters, divided among several channels, became 
 almost lost in the arid plains to which it conducted. Ken- 
 nedy ultimately found it necessary to abandon the stream in 
 lat. 26° 13' S., Ion. 142° 20' E., returning to Sydney by a 
 more southwardly route. The direction of the latter portion 
 of its channel pointed to the inference, since verified, that 
 the 'Victoria' of Murray and Kennedy would be found conti- 
 nuous with the 'Cooper Creek' of Sturt's Central Australian 
 expedition, and the name of Cooper River has since been sub- 
 stituted for the designation first conferred upon it. Kennedy's 
 ultimate fate was disastrous; in the following year (1848) he 
 took the charge of an expedition fitted out for the purpose of 
 exploring the Cape York peninsula and the adjoining shore 
 of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and perished in its course, at the 
 hands of the natives. 
 
 Meanwhile, an overland journey between Moreton Bay and 
 Port Essington, at that time the site of a settlement main- 
 tained by the imperial government, had been successfully made 
 by Dr. Leichhardt, a German resident in New South Wales, 
 a man who combined high scientific attainments with a rare 
 amount of courage and enterprise. Moreton Bay was then 
 the most northwardly point of settlement on the sea-boai'd of 
 E. Australia, and it was from Jimba, the farthest inland sta- 
 tion of Darling Downs (60 m. W. of Brisbane), that Leichhardt 
 finally started on his perilous undertaking, in October, 1 844. 
 After a journey of fourteen months, in the course of which 
 he traversed a vast extent of watered and fertile country — 
 much of it admirably adapted for the purposes of the settler 
 — Leichhardt finally reached Port Essington in December, 
 1845, and thence returned by water to Sydney, to the 
 mingled surprise and delight of the residents in that city, by 
 whom he had been given up as lost. In the course of this 
 marvellous, and at the time unexampled journey, conducted 
 solely by the aid of private resources, Leichhardt had passed 
 over more than 2000 m. of entirely new country, much of 
 it since occupied by the flocks and herds of the Queensland 
 squatters. 
 
 The same enterprising explorer formed, in 1847, the plan 
 of a still more extensive journey, in Avhich he proposed to 
 cross the entire breadth of the Australian continent, from 
 east to west. Leichhardt's first essay towards the achievement 
 of this gigantic enterprise was thwarted by untoward circum- 
 stances, and, after penetrating a short way to the N.W. of 
 Sydney, he was compelled to return. He started again in 
 the beginning of 1848, and never returned; his subsequent 
 fate remaining involved in mystery. Traces of his direc- 
 tion were found by Mr. A. C. Gregory, who, in the course 
 of a journey undertaken expressly for that purpose, in 1858, 
 discovered a tree marked with the initials of the ill-fated 
 explorer, together with other indications of Leichhardt's 
 having encamped at the spot. This was about lat. 24° 35' S., 
 Ion. 146° 6' E., within the valley of Mitchell's ' Victoria ' 
 river. 
 
 While Leichhardt was engaged in extending knowledge of 
 the Australian interior from the side of New South Wales, 
 the colonists of S. Australia were anxiously awaiting the 
 result of an enterprise directed towards the central regions 
 of the continent, of which their metropolis formed the 
 Starting-point. This was the Central Australian expedition 
 
 of Captain Start. In 1843, Captain Sturt had submitted to 
 the home authorities the plan of an extensive exploration of 
 the Australian interior, and arrangements for the conduct of 
 the expedition were finally made with the provincial govern- 
 ment of S. Australia. The expedition, which was upon a 
 somewhat extensive scale, consisting in all of twenty persons 
 (John Macdouall Stuart, whose name subsequently fills so 
 distinguished a place in the records of Australian discovery, 
 was amongst the number, being attached to the party in 
 the capacity of draughtsman), left Adelaide in August, 
 1844, and, proceeding in the first instance to Moorundi, 
 on the lower Murray, ascended that river to the junction of 
 the Darling. Up to this point they were accompanied by 
 Mr. Eyre. The channel of the Darling was then followed up 
 to Williorara or Laidley Ponds (Menindie), in lat. 32° 26' S., 
 whence the party finally struck into the interior, through a 
 hitherto untraversed region, following a general direction to 
 the W. of N. They found themselves on the summit of 
 a plateau, traversed by numerous rocky ridges, of mode- 
 rate elevation, with a general N. and S. direction, beyond 
 which, to the westward, extended vast and dreary plains, 
 covered with forest and scrub. After some months passed 
 amongst country of this description, the ranges were found 
 to terminate a short way to the northward of the 29th paral- 
 lel, and the immense level of the interior lay spread before 
 the explorers. The heat was intense, the thermometer rang- 
 ing from 108° to 118° in the shade during the afternoon, and 
 on one occasion (January 21) standing in the bush at 132° 
 ill the shade, and 155° in the sun! The hot blasts of 
 wind from the N.E. were felt like the scorching blaze of a 
 large fire, and the whole surface of the country was rendered 
 lifeless by the intense heat. Yet the nights were cold, and 
 the men, besides the shelter of their greatcoats, were glad to 
 creep close to their fires. Birds of prey, with parrots and 
 pigeons, meanwhile migrated to the N.W., while pelicans, 
 cormorants, and wild-fowl, were observed to come from that 
 quarter. 
 
 Captain Sturt's depot during this period was situated 
 amongst the ranges, in lat. 29° 40' S. Thence, after a lapse 
 of more than six months without a drop of rain having fallen, 
 he determined, in July, to divide the party, detaching a 
 third of its number for the purpose of returning to Adelaide, 
 while he himself made a further attempt to penetrate the 
 dreary wilderness to the west and northward. The thermo- 
 meter, which had reached 157° in February, fell in July to 
 24°. A second depot was established, between 50 and 60 
 miles N.W. of the former, in lat. 29° 6'. The alternate 
 sand-ridges and flats which stretched to the westward were 
 found to be terminated (at a distance of about 80 miles) by 
 the sandy bed of an extensive lake — part of the Torrens basin 
 of Eyre's map. This consisted chiefly of sand and salt, with 
 patches of clay and gypsum, and, though for the most part 
 dry, contained detached sheets of dark-blue salt water, with 
 samphire bushes around. Farther progress in this direction 
 was impracticable, and a return to the depot was necessary. 
 Thence, attended by four companions only, taking a light 
 cart and two pack-horses, with fifteen weeks' provisions, Capt. 
 Sturt struck a N.N.W. course into the interior — leaving the 
 depot on August 14, and continuing to advance until Sep- 
 tember 9th, at which time he had reached a point in lat. 25° 
 4' S., Ion. 138° 15' E. The ground passed over was in many 
 parts of the most forbidding description — high and broken 
 ridges of sand, of fiery-red colour, succeeding one another 
 like waves of the sea. The sand-hills only terminated in a 
 vast stony plain, within which the horses left no track, and 
 in which no object was visible on the horizon. A polygonum 
 flat of two miles in breadth bounded this stony desert on the 
 west, and arid plains, destitute alike of stones and of herbage, 
 succeeded. At intervals, however, water was met with, and 
 in its vicinity grassy and wooded tracts of country, the resort 
 of numerous parrots, cockatoos, and other birds. Native 
 habitations were also seen. The bed of Eyre Creek, coming 
 direct from the N.N.W., was found full of grass, but sand- 
 ridges closed it in -upon either side, and the last fresh-water 
 pond at the head of the creek limited the advance of the party. 
 They pushed, indeed, a few miles farther northward, but in 
 every direction the country was alike impracticable, and the 
 drought was extreme. They reached the dep6t again upon 
 October 3. One further attempt was made to penetrate the 
 
AUSTEALIA 
 
 29 
 
 AUSTRALIA 
 
 interior (on a bearing to the E. of the former course), and 
 the discovery of Cooper Creek, with extensive permanent 
 slieets of water, rewarded their arduous labours. Beyond 
 this, to the northward, the sand-liills, and after them the 
 stony desert, were again met with, and the same unbroken 
 wilderness stretched around. The return to the depot was 
 attended by extreme suffering, the party being only saved 
 from perishing by the timely discovery of a solitary water- 
 hole. Cooper Creek, however, was found to contain abun- 
 dance of grass and water,- and was the abode of numerous 
 natives, by whom Sturt and his companions were received 
 with the greatest kindness. Tiie depot again reached, the 
 farther and final task of bringing back the party in safety to 
 the Darling involved considerable diflSculty, the country 
 being in a fearful state of drought, and the heat intensely 
 painful. By the 20tli December, 1845, the Darling was 
 reached, and the ensuing 19th January witnessed the return 
 of Sturt and his companions to Adelaide, after an absence 
 of sixteen months. 
 
 The results of this expedition were unfavourable to the 
 prospects of settlement within the Australian interior, and, 
 combined with tlie prior experience of Eyre, tended to 
 discourage the sanguine hopes whicli liad been directed to 
 that quarter. A hasty generalization, based upon imperfect 
 and utterly insufficient materials, led to inferences which 
 have since been found altogether fallacious. Because Sturt, 
 in a season of unusual drought, had struck a track which 
 proved to lead to an arid wilderness, it was assumed that 
 the whole vast interior of Australia must be equally barren, 
 and a million square miles of country were condemned, in the 
 minds of speculative geographers, to irreclaimable sterility. 
 Happily the enterprise of S. Australian colonists was daily 
 taking a direction which involved practical disproof of these 
 theories, and has ultimately led to their relinquishment. 
 The increasing flocks and herds of the settlers involved 
 the continual necessity of farther advance from Adelaide 
 in every direction, and cattle-stations were gradually pushed 
 forward into the tracts of country lying beyond the head 
 of Spencer Gulf, both to the eastward and northward. In 
 1856-7, examination of the country inclosed within the 
 supposed vast circuit of the Torrens basin, by Babbage, 
 Goyder, and others, showed the existence of permanent 
 waters near localities where Eyre had found nothing but 
 an arid wilderness, and even in near proximity to the 
 'Mount Hopeless 'of that traveller. Within the same and 
 immediately succeeding years, the labours of Babbage, War- 
 burton, Macdouall Stuart, and other explorers, were directed 
 to the country lying west from Spencer Gulf towards Streaky 
 Bay, on the southern coast-line, and stretching northward 
 from the gulf past the western side of Lake Torrens, towards 
 the more distant interior. The ideal Lake Torrens of earlier 
 Australian geography has been found to include a chain of 
 lakes, distinct from one another, to which the names of 
 Eyre, Gregory, Frome, and others, have been subsequently 
 attached. Lake Gregory, formerly regarded as the eastern 
 arm of the Torrens basin, receives a portion of the drainage of 
 Cooper Creek, and with it of a large area of the more distant 
 interior. Lake Torrens (which, even in the more restricted 
 limits now ascertained to belong to it, extends upwards of 
 150 miles in the direction of N. and S.) has its drainage into 
 the head of Spencer Gulf, though divided from it during 
 the season of drought by an intervening isthmus. Lake 
 Eyre, like Lake Gregory, represents a basin of interior drain- 
 age, and has permanent sheets of salt water, fed by the 
 Neale and numerous smaller streams. Its basin, the surface 
 of which is only 70 ft. above the sea, probably represents 
 the most depressed portion of the interior yet known. The 
 western limits of the Eyre basin, however, are marked by 
 well-defined ranges of high ground, some points in which 
 are probably from 1500 to 2000 feet above the sea. 
 
 Of these results, the most important are due to the enter- 
 prise of Macdouall Stuart, whose subsequent labours have 
 placed him in the foremost rank of Australian explorers. The 
 more energetic among the settlers of S. Australia had long 
 cherished the idea of opening communication with the 
 northern coast of the continent, by a direct route across the 
 intervening interior, with the ultimate view of establishing 
 commercial relations with India and the islands of the Eastern 
 Archipelago. Macdouall Stuart's exploratory journeys in 
 
 1858-59, joined to his previous experiences under the leader- 
 ship of Captain Sturt, marked him out as the fit man to carry 
 the bold project into execution, and the necessary means were 
 supplied chiefly through the instrumentality of two public- 
 spirited colonists, Messrs. Chambers and Finke. In March, 
 
 1860, Stuart started from Chambers Creek (on the S.W. angle 
 of Lake Eyre), with the hope of reaching either the Victoria 
 river of the N.W. coast, or of making the sea-shore at some 
 point between that river and the Gulf of Carpentaria. His 
 general course was a little to the W. of N. Alternate hills, 
 plains, grassy flats, and intervening creeks were traversed, 
 water being sometimes scarce, but the proportion of good 
 land, on the whole, far exceeding that of an opposite descrip- 
 tion. In seven weeks from the time of starting he had 
 reached the centre of the continent, and fixed the place of a 
 conspicuous eminence of red sandstone, the ' Central Mount 
 Stuart ' of subsequent maps. His advance thence to the 
 north-westward, in the direction of the Victoria, was prose- 
 cuted for 150 miles, but the absence of water compelled a 
 return to Mount Stuart, and the resumption of a northwardly 
 course. In this, however, after advancing to the lat. of 18° 
 45' S., he was finally baffled, less by the difficulties and hard- 
 ships attendant upon long-continued drought, than by hostile 
 encounter with large bodies of natives. Chambers Creek was 
 again reached on September 3, six months only having been 
 consumed in an enterprise which went farther towards prov- 
 ing the feasibility of crossing the Australian continent than 
 anything that had previously been accomplished. A second 
 and a third journey were, however, necessary before final suc- 
 cess was realized. 
 
 Macdouall Stuart's second journey occupied part of the year 
 
 1861. Passing over his track of the previous year, he suc- 
 ceeded in reaching nearly to the parallel of 17° S., where lie 
 found the plains covered with a dense scrub, which put a 
 barrier to farther progress, either in the direction of the Vic- 
 toria or the Gulf of Carpentaria. The bed of Newcastle 
 Water, however, in lat. 17° 36' S., presented large permanent 
 sheets of water, with well-grassed and wooded banks, adja- 
 cent alluvial soil, and evidences of a numerous native popu- 
 lation. The limited means at the disposal of the party again 
 necessitated return, and Adelaide was reached by the middle 
 of September. Public attention, both in the colony and at 
 home, was thoroughly aroused to the importance of the enter- 
 prise, yet incomplete, and only a few weeks elapsed before 
 Stuart again started (Dec. 1861) on his third and finally suc- 
 cessful journey, which involved a period of a few days more 
 than a year. By the month of April, 1862, Newcastle Water 
 -was again reached ; beyond, were well-grassed plains, with a 
 country dipping to the eastward. A northerly track was now 
 pursued, until the party struck the banks of the Koper river, 
 well known in connection with Leichhardt's and Gregory's 
 explorations, and along the valley of wliich the former had 
 travelled in 1845, on his journey to Port Essington. Stuart's 
 farther course lay in the direction of N.W., about 60 m. to 
 the W. of (and nearly parallel to) Leichhardt's track. The 
 Mary river, an affluent of the Adelaide, which debouches into 
 Van Dicmen Gulf, was reached in the middle of July; the 
 Adelaide itself soon followed, and at length (July 24), the 
 sight of the sea rewarded the enterprise of Stuart and the 
 delighted companions of his toils I The point reached lay a 
 short way E. of the mouth of the Adelaide river, in Van 
 Diemen Gulf. The return journey was one of much hard- 
 ship and personal sufi'ering to the leader of the expedition. 
 
 5lacdouall Stuart's successful enterprise was the immediate 
 precursor of a scheme of settlement on the N. coast of Aus- 
 tralia, at the hands of the S. Australian colonists. The vast 
 tract of country which extends northward from the 26th 
 parallel (the prior northerly limit of S. Australia) to the 
 Indian Ocean, between the meridians of 129° and 138° E. (and 
 upon which the name of ' Alexandra Land ' has been bestowed 
 by its explorer), has been provisionally placed under the 
 charge of the colonial government. Stuart's journeys seem 
 to give assurance that this country may be .safely traversed 
 by the flocks of the settlers. It remains to demonstrate the 
 successful occupation, for pastoral purposes, of a tract of 
 country lying altogether within the torrid zone, and approach- 
 ing within twelve degrees of the equator. 
 
 While Macdouall Stuart was seeking to carry out the de- 
 signs of the colonists of S. Australia, the people of the adjoin- 
 
AUSTRALIA 
 
 30 
 
 AUSTRALIA 
 
 ing province of Victoria had directed their regards to a similar 
 result, and the waters of the Gulf of Carpentaria had been 
 actually reached (February, 1861) by the members of an 
 expedition fitted out at Melbourne during the preceding year. 
 This was the ill-fated enterprise under the charge of Robert 
 O'Hara Burke, which, though undertaken with a more than 
 ordinary amount of prior organization, and abundantly pro- 
 vided with means of success — camels being for the first time 
 employed upon this endeavour to penetrate the Australian 
 interior — was ill-managed from the outset, and cost the lives 
 of its leaders. The * Burke and Wills ' expedition, as it is 
 called, left Melbourne in August, 1860. Menindie, on the 
 lower Darling, was made its first dep6t, and an advanced 
 party, headed by Burke, reached Cooper Creek by the 
 lltli November. On the 16th of the following month, 
 Burke, accompanied by three Europeans — Wills, King, 
 and Gray — and taking with him six camels, a horse, and 
 three months' provisions, started for the Gulf of Carpen- 
 taria. The depot at Cooper Creek was left in the charge of 
 Mr. Brahe, with instructions to await the return of the leader 
 of the expedition. Its remaining members, who, with the 
 chief bulk of the stores, had been left behind at Menindie, 
 were to advance to Cooper Creek by more gradual stages. 
 Burke and his companions, in a rapid journey of two months, 
 succeeded in reaching the tide-water of the Gulf of Carpen- 
 taria, near the mouth of the Flinders river — their track lying 
 for the most part along the line of the 140th meridian. 
 Although the sea was not actually visible, its immediate 
 proximity was indicated by the saltness of the water in the 
 channels of the intervening marshes, upon which wild 
 geese, plover, and pelicans were enjoying themselves. A 
 like period was consumed in the return journey to Cooper 
 Creek, in the course of which one of the party. Gray, died. 
 Burke, with his two surviving companions. Wills and King, 
 regained the depot at Cooper Creek on the evening of April 
 21, and found it deserted — a note left by Brah6 conveying 
 the information that the party under his charge had started 
 upon the morning of that very day, upon their return to the 
 Darling! A supply of provisions had, indeed, been left be- 
 hind. The exhausted condition of Burke and his companions 
 forbade any attempt at overtaking Brali6's party, and seemed 
 to render equally hopeless the chance of their reaching Men- 
 indie (from which they were 400 m. distant) by any exer- 
 tions of their own. After attempting in vain to reach the 
 out-settlements of S. Australia, and prolonging for several 
 weeks a wretched existence — almost their sole resource during 
 the chief part of the time being the seeds of a plant called 
 nardoo, the use of which they learned from the natives o? 
 Cooper Creek — Burke and Wills, their strength utterly ex- 
 hausted, and hopeless of relief, lay down to die. King, the 
 sole survivor, was preserved from utter starvation by the 
 kindly aid of the natives, and was found living amongst them 
 in the ensuing September, when a party of inquiry, despatched 
 from Melbourne under the charge of Mr. Howitt, reached the 
 creek. Thus fatally for its leaders terminated the expedition 
 in which the Australian continent was first directly crossed, 
 from sea to sea. The diaries kept by Wills convey informa- 
 tion of the existence of much good country along the line of 
 route taken by the explorers, and scarcely a day appears to 
 have passed, either on the outward or the return course be- 
 tween Cooper Creek and Carpentaria, without a creek or 
 other watercourse having been traversed. A considerable 
 portion of the country between the tropic and the gulf was 
 found to be well-watered and richly grassed. 
 
 The finding a practicable route from Victoria to the Gulf 
 of Carpentaria was not the sole, nor even the most important 
 fruit of the unfortunate 'Burke and Wills' expedition. 
 While the fate of its leaders was still in suspense, the keen 
 interest awakened on their behalf led to the fitting out of ex- 
 peditions for their relief, on the part not merely of the people 
 of Victoria, but also of the colonists of S. Australia and of 
 Queensland. The services of M'Kinlay, Landsborough, and 
 Walker were directed to this purpose — the first-named at 
 the instance of the 8. Australian settlers, the two latter on 
 the part of the Queensland population. These expeditions, 
 although failing in the primary purpose of carrying aid to 
 Burke and his companions (whose fate was, indeed, already 
 decided), achieved results of high importance to the cause of 
 interior discovery. M'Kinlay, leaving the most distant out- 
 
 station of S. Australia (in the vicinity of Eyre's 'Mount 
 Hopeless') in September, 1861, advanced northward across 
 the Torrens basin — once supposed to constitute an impassable 
 barrier in that direction. A watered region, with numerous 
 lakes, succeeded. Part of the ' stony desert ' of Sturt was 
 then traversed, and, crossing the track which had been 
 pursued by Burke and Wills, a general northwardly course 
 — through a partially flooded country, succeeded by vast 
 grassy plains, with volcanic hills as their boundary — brought 
 the party to the southern shore-line of the Gulf of Carpen- 
 taria, at the point where the river Leichhardt enters the sea. 
 This was in May, 1862. Thence M'Kinlay, turning his step* 
 eastward, pursued an overland route to Port Denison, in 
 Queensland, reaching the out stations of that colony early in 
 the month of August. 
 
 Landsborough, whose experience as a practical bushman 
 rendered his journey a remarkable instance of great results 
 successfully accomplished with limited means, had the mouth 
 of the Albert river as his starting-point, being conveyed 
 thither from Moreton Bay by sea. He first sought to pene- 
 trate inland in a S.W. direction from the Gulf of Carpentaria, 
 but after an advance of 200 m., without meeting any traces of 
 Burke and his companions, returned to his depot on the 
 Albert. This was in January, 1862. Starting again, in the 
 following month, he traversed the whole central interior of 
 the Queensland province, from the Gulf of Carpentaria to the 
 banks of the Warrego river, and thence, by the Warrego val- 
 ley and the Darling, reached Menindie, on the last-named 
 river. The country crossed on this occasion consisted, in 
 the neighbourhood of the gulf, of thinly-wooded and well- 
 grassed plains, bearing the marks, so common in Australia, 
 of alternate drought and flood; basaltic ridges, leading to fine 
 pastoral uplands, were afterwards found. 
 
 Walker, meanwhile, starting from Rockliampton, on the 
 Fitzroy river, in September, 1861, had made his way over- 
 land to the Gulf of Carpentaria by a distinct route — first 
 proceeding westward to the upper portion of Mitchell and 
 Kennedy's 'Victoria' river, and thence striking north-west- 
 wardly to the mouth of the Albert, finding on the way, u])on 
 the banks of the Flinders, the tracks of Burke and his com- 
 panions. Much of the country passed through by Walker's 
 party was found of the most serviceable description for the 
 purposes of the squatter. 
 
 The routes of Burke, M'Kinlny, Landsborough, and 
 Walker, joined to those of Gregory, Leichhardt, and other 
 explorers, intersect in numerous directions the vast N.E. in- 
 terior of the Australian continent, as Macdouall Stuart's do 
 its more central regions. The map alone can show with pre- 
 cision the immense field over which these explorations range, 
 and their bearings relatively to one another. The practical 
 enterprise of the Queensland settlers is rapidly filling up the 
 gaps between them, in so far, especially, as the north and 
 eastwardly divisions of that province are concerned. The 
 cattle stations of the settlers are now found as far north 
 as the parallels of 18° and 19°, above 1000 m. distant from 
 Brisbane; and the course of similar enterprise has well-nigh 
 extended to the Gulf of Carpentaria, if, indeed, its shores bo 
 not ere this already reached. 
 
 One highly important series of expeditions remains to be 
 noticed — those, namely, which had W. and N. Australia for 
 their field of operation, and with which the names of Augus- 
 tus C. Gregory and his brother are intimately associated. 
 The exploring labours of the Messrs. Gregoiy range over a 
 lengthened period — from the year 1 846 downward — the most 
 important amongst them being those connected with the N. 
 Australian expedition of 1855-56, under the charge of Augus- 
 tus C. Gregory. In 1846, in the course of an exploring 
 journey through the country lying N.and N E. of Swan river, 
 the brothers Gregory discovered coal on the banks of the 
 Arrowsmith river. Two years later, Augustus Gregory was 
 intrusted with the command of ' the settlers' expedition,' the 
 object of which was to find available tracts of land to the 
 northward of the hitherto settled districts of W. Australia, 
 and, if possible,' to reach the Gascoyne river, which flows 
 into Shark Bay. At the same date Mr. Roe, then surveyor- 
 general of the colony, explored successfully a large area of 
 the country lying S.E. of Perth, and connected his observa- 
 tions in the tract extending eastward from King George Sound 
 with the discoveries made by Eyre in 1841. Austin, in 1854, 
 
AUSTRALIA 
 
 31 
 
 AUSTEALIA 
 
 extended the limit of Gregory's observations in the interior 
 to the northward of Perth, passing over country compara- 
 tively worthless for the ordinary purposes of the settler, though 
 containing evidences of mineral wealth. The abundance of 
 a poisonous plant, which affects horses fatally, within large 
 areas of the interior in this direction, forms a noteworthy and 
 unsatisfactory characteristic. The same plant was found by 
 Gregory in parts of tlie more northern interior. 
 
 The 'North Australian expedition' of 1855-56 was a 
 more important undertaking. Its main purpose was to 
 ascertain the suitability of the N.W. coast for the pur- 
 poses of permanent settlement. Hardly anything was then 
 known of those portions of the mainland beyond the line of 
 the coast surveys, the expedition of Grey and Lushington, 
 in 1 837, having penetrated but an insignificant distance inland, 
 in the neighbourhood of Hanover Bay and Prince Regent river. 
 The Victoria river, which enters the eastern arm of Cam- 
 bridge Gulf, explored and ascended to some distance by 
 Wickham and Stokes in 1839, seemed to offer a promising 
 field of search; and it was thither tliat the N. Australian ex- 
 pedition (organized and finally equipped at Sydney in 1855) 
 was directed, the party being conveyed to the mouth of the 
 Victoria by sea. Mr. Gregory's first labours on this occasion 
 were devoted to a careful examination of the lower Victoria, 
 a depot camp being established about 80 m. above the mouth 
 of the river. Thence, with a few companions, the leader of 
 the party sought to penetrate, in a S.W. direction, the unknown 
 wilderness of the interior. Ascending the Victoria to its 
 source, and crossing (at a height of about 1600 ft.) the divid- 
 ing ground which separates the coast-drainage from the 
 waters of the interior, he struck the course of Sturt Creek, 
 flowing S.S.W., which he followed for nearly 300 m. to its 
 termination in the dry bed of a salt lake (lat. 19° 10' S.; Ion. 
 127° 30' E.) The aspect of the country was here of the most 
 forbidding description — a boundless waste of sand-ridges 
 and low rocky hillocks, in which the surface waters became 
 rapidly absorbed. Return to the depot was determined on, 
 and thence the exploring party started (June, 1856) in the 
 direction of the Gulf of Carpentaria and Moreton Bay. The 
 general course followed in this prolonged journey of more 
 than 2000 m. lay in the reverse direction of Leichhardt's 
 track in 1845 — in many parts nearly parallel to it, though 
 at a somewhat farther distance inland. The dividing ground 
 between the rivers of the north- west coast and those flowing 
 into the Gulf of Carpentaria was found of very moderate ele- 
 vation, nowhere exceeding 800 ft. The valley of the Roper 
 was next crossed. Thence the party skirted the edge of the 
 extensive table-land of N. Australia, crossing the various 
 rivers which Leichhardt had found flowing into the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria, at points about 50 m. nearer their sources than 
 in the case of the earlier traveller. Gregory remarks upon 
 the great scarcity of animal life in the level plains lying E. of 
 the Flinders river, which, as usual, showed marks of exten- 
 sive inundation. The valley of the Gilbert was next ascended 
 to its head, and the Carpentaria basin left behind, as the 
 party crossed the basaltic ranges which divide its waters from 
 those of the Burdekin valley. The Burdekin was descended 
 to its point of junction with the Suttor, or Cape River of 
 Leichhardt, and the route of that traveller connected with 
 the explorations of Mitchell on the Belyando. Thence, 
 crossing the Mackenzie and Comet rivers, the out-stations of 
 the colonists were reached, and the party ultimately arrived 
 at Brisbane before the end of 1856. 
 
 In 1858, Mr. F. T. Gregory, at the instance of the settlers 
 of W. Australia, conducted a highly successful examination 
 of the tract of country watered by the Murchison and Gas- 
 coyne rivers — the former flowing into Gantheaume Bay, the 
 latter into Shark Bay; large tracts of available land being 
 found within the valleys of the upper Gascoyne and its 
 northerly affluent, the Lyons. Mount Augustus, a detached 
 hill near the S. bank of the Lyons, 3480 ft. in height, afforded 
 a view over a wide range of country, terminated to the east- 
 ward by bold ranges of trap and granite. The general aspect 
 of the country explored on this occasion was indeed superior 
 to that of W. Australia in general, and presented — especially 
 towards the upper portion of the rivers — a more varied and 
 hilly character. Three years later (1861), under the same 
 leader, an expedition, equipped on a more extensive scale, 
 was despatched from the mouth of Swan River to the 
 
 N.W. coast, which was reached at Nickol Bay (lat. 20° 40' S.), 
 the starting-point of its labours in the N.W. interior. Mr. 
 F. Gregory's labours upon this occasion included the dis- 
 covery of the Fortescue, Hardey, and Ashburton rivers, 
 flowing towards the W. coast, from the last-named of which 
 he connected his observations with those made on his previous 
 visit to the valley of the Lyons. The country in which these 
 rivers have their origin was found to be the most elevated in 
 W. Australia; Mount Samson (lat. 22° 38' S.), which was 
 ascended by our traveller, having an elevation of 1000 ft. 
 above the valley of the Hardey, while Mount Bruce 
 and the mountain-ranges to the eastward were assumed to 
 reach not less than 4000 ft. above the sea. A large amount 
 of fine pasture country was found adjoining the S. and E. base 
 of the Hamersley Range, as the hilly tract on the S. border 
 of the Fortescue valley was called. Making a second start 
 from the shoi-es of Nickol Bay — this time on an eastwardly 
 course — the travellers crossed in succession the valleys of 
 the Sherlock, Yule, Strelley, Shaw, De Grey, and Oakover 
 rivers, all flowing northward, and reached their extreme 
 limit in extensive plains of drift-sand, lying E. of the last- 
 named stream (between the parallels of 21° and 22° S. and the 
 meridians of 121° and 122° E.) The country had gradually 
 declined in elevation as this arid tract was approached, and 
 it was necessary to fall back upon the watered districts. In 
 the course of the return journey to Nickol Bay, the De Grey 
 river was followed down to its outlet in the sea, which it 
 enters through an extensive delta. Fresh water is here 
 abundant, and there are large areas of well-grassed land, 
 composed of alluvial deposit. 
 
 The two last-described journeys of Mr. F. Gregory go far 
 towards completing the examination of the seaward division 
 of W. Australia, from the S. coast-line of the continent 
 northward to the mouth of the De Grey river. The remainder 
 of the N.W. coast, between the De Grey river and the mouth 
 of the Victoria (at which latter point the labours of Augustus 
 Gregory commenced), is the only portion of the Australian 
 seaboard which remains untraversed, in so far as inland ex- 
 ploration is concerned: a very limited portion only of the 
 wide intervening area having been examined by Grey and 
 Lushington, in the unsuccessful expedition of 1837. 
 
 In glancing, however briefly, at the course of Australian 
 exploration within recent years, it is impossible not to be 
 struck with the vast accessions made to our knowledge of 
 the Australian interior, and with the eminently satisfactory 
 nature of the results that have been obtained. In nearly 
 every direction in which the continent has been traversed, 
 watered and grassy plains have been found to occupy at fre- 
 quent intervals — sometimes, indeed, over continuous areas 
 of large extent — the space hitherto supposed to be an arid 
 wilderness, and the general capability of the Australian 
 interior for the purposes of pastoral settlement is placed 
 beyond doubt. Exceptional cases no doubt occur — among 
 the most noteworthy those marking the termination of Sturt's 
 journey in 1845, and of Augustus Gregory's inland tract 
 (within the north-western interior) in 1856. But Macdouall 
 Stuart's routes lie midway between those points, and the sup- 
 posed barren waste of which they were once held to consti- 
 tute the external limits can have no real existence. 
 That interior Australia has peculiar characteristics, dis- 
 tinguishing it in a striking degree from any other conti- 
 nent, is undoubtedly true — one of the most noteworthy being 
 the great flatness of large areas of its surface, and the 
 moderate elevation of even its highest ranges. The absence 
 of large rivers, and the frequent decrease in the volume of its 
 interior waters as they flow onward, until finally absorbed in 
 the light and porous surface-soil, is a consequence of the 
 above condition. It is only in the south-eastern division of 
 tlie continent that the streams belonging to the basin of the 
 Murray make any pretension to rival the rivers of otlier 
 lands; and it is in the Cordilleras of the eastern coast — the 
 most continuous and the most elevated of the Australian moun- 
 tain-chains, that their sources are to be found. Nowhere but 
 in the south-eastern corner does snow lie for any lengthened 
 period upon the summits of the Australian mountains; and 
 the moderate elevations of the vastly greater portion of 
 the interior, taken in conjunction with the parallels be- 
 tween which it is comprised, render temperatures below 
 the freezing-point of rare occurrence. Terrace-lands of 
 
AUSTRALIA 
 
 32 
 
 AUSTRIA 
 
 moderate height, exhibiting suflBcient relief to diversify 
 not only the surface, but also the climate, and to mitigate the 
 otherwise intense heats of the southern tropic, are however, 
 as we have seen, met with in many and widely-distant por- 
 tions of the northern interior, both towards the eastern and 
 the north-western coasts; and the basaltic ranges which are 
 of frequent occurrence in those directions are uniformly 
 accompanied by conditions of fertility. 
 
 Another result, and one of high interest to the physi- 
 cal geographer, as well as to the settler, consists in the 
 large additions made by recent travel to the prior list of 
 native produce — vegetable and animal, as well as mineral — 
 proper to Australia. If the indigenous flora and fauna of 
 that continent bear no comparison with those of other lands 
 in respect of utility to man, they are at any rate much less 
 restricted than has hitherto been supposed. Even of food- 
 plants, Australia is far from being entirely destitute — thougii, 
 with few exceptions, they have remained unimproved and 
 even unutilized by its hopelessly degraded native race. 
 Sturt found native wheat and oats, with ryegrass, in the dis- 
 tant interior (Cereal Creek), and, elsewhere, rice-grass. The 
 same plants were seen by Stuart in his journeys across tlie 
 centre of the continent. Leiclihardt, in a widely-distant 
 locality, noticed various eatable fruits — the pandanus 
 and cycas amongst them — growing on tracts well stocked 
 with game, where tlie air was fragrant with wild thyme and 
 marjoram, and where honey 'sweet as that of Hymettus' 
 abounded. Within the northern interior, again, Gregory 
 found three varieties of indigenous fig, all well-flavoured, 
 with a native grape, besides several other fruits used as food 
 by the natives — particularly that of the Adansonia or gouty- 
 stem tree. Wild yams were also found, and, on the banks 
 of the Victoria, a plant of the potatoe kind, affording an 
 edible tuber. The variety of the native woods is also much 
 greater than had been supposed. 
 
 The formation of a settlement upon the northern shores 
 of Australia, now (1865) in progress at the hands of the South 
 Australian colonists, and as the immediate consequence of 
 Macdouall Stuart's discoveries, cannot fail to exert an influ- 
 ence upon the future course of exploration in this great region 
 of the southern hemisphere — full of promise to the future 
 prospects of mankind. A vast portion of the Australian 
 continent, however, is even yet unvisited by civilized man. 
 The rapid extension of population on the side of Queensland 
 and the eastern colonies in general is likely, at no distant 
 period, to fill up the gaps that occur between the various 
 routes of the explorer; but large spaces of the western inte- 
 rior are probably destined to remain long a blank upon the 
 map. 
 
 AUSTRALIA (South), [add.] Population.— At the end 
 of 1862 the province contained 135,329 persons (colonists), 
 69,608 males and 65,721 females, being an increase of 4702 
 over the previous year. By the census of 1861 the number 
 of aborigines was found to be 5046 in the occupied districts; 
 they are rapidly decreasing. 
 
 Agriculture.— From 1835 to 1862 inclusive, 2,510,315 
 acres of crown lands were sold for £3,150,216; of which 
 147,355 acres were disposed of in 1861 for £189,015, and 
 129,910 acres in 1862 for £152,659; 2,105,877 acres were 
 inclosed; and the area under cultivation in 1862 was 494,511 
 acres, the crops being wheat, barley, oats, maize, and hay. 
 The value of exports of breadstuffs, grain, &c., was £712,789 
 in 1861, and £633,241 in 1862; the quantities exported in the 
 latter year being larger, but the value less. At the close of 
 1862 the colony possessed 56,251 horses, 258,342 horned 
 cattle, and 3,431,000 sheep; the wool exported in the year 
 having been 13,229,009 lbs. of the value of £635,270. 
 The 'stations' or farming settlements now extend between 
 400 and 600 miles from Adelaide. 
 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 Import*. 
 
 & 
 
 1,976,018 
 1,820,656 
 
 ExporU. 
 
 & 
 1,8.38,639 
 1,920,487 
 
 & 
 658,586 
 548,709 
 
 Kxpenditure. 
 
 £ 
 482,051 
 679,382 
 
 Public Debt. 
 
 & 
 
 853,300» 
 
 * Bemg the amount of loans for public works. 
 
 The following table shows the rapid increase in the export 
 Tolae of the three staple prodactions of the colony: — 
 
 In 1853, . . . . 
 
 „ 1857 
 
 „ 1862, . . . . 
 
 In 5 yrs., 1853-57, 
 ,, 1858-62, 
 
 Average of 5 years., 
 
 1853-57, . 
 
 ,, 1858-62, . 
 
 Bread- 
 stuffs, 
 Grain, &c. 
 
 & 
 267,114 
 755,840 
 633,241 
 
 2,121,972 
 2,924,795 
 
 424,394 
 580,959 
 
 £ 
 236,020 
 504,520 
 635,270 
 
 1,618,601 
 2,737,455 
 
 323,720 
 547,401 
 
 Copper 
 and other 
 Minerals. 
 
 £ 
 
 176,744 
 458,839 
 547,619 
 
 1,294,01.^ 
 2,230,628 
 
 258,402 
 446,125 
 
 £ 
 
 61,687 
 
 24,985 
 
 104,357 
 
 Total. 
 
 £ 
 731,595 
 
 1,744,184 
 1,920,487 
 
 220,935 5,255,521 
 299,780 8,192,658 
 
 44,1871,051,104 
 59,9561,638,131 
 
 Manufactures, &c. — In 1 862 the towns of the colony con- 
 tained 70 brick manufactories, and 42 manufactories of agri- 
 cultural implements. In Adelaide there is an establishment 
 for the artificial formation of ice, of which about three tons 
 are produced daily, and supplied at a moderate rate to the 
 public. 
 
 It is believed that gold exists in the mountains within sight 
 of the capital, and explorations have been set on foot for its 
 discovery. 
 
 In 1862 the colony possessed 582 places of worship, with 
 accommodation for 78,616 persons, and 359 Sunday-schools, 
 with 2840 teachers and 20,705 scholars; and .there were 
 57 miles of railway open, and 1026 J m. of telegraph line. 
 
 AUSTRALIA (Western), [add.] — The progress of this 
 colony has not been so great or so rapid as that of the others 
 in the continent, owing no doubt to the comparative scarcity 
 of rich land, and to its having been to a great extent de- 
 pendent on the labour of convicts. Under the strong remon- 
 strances of the colonists, the home government has decided 
 on using it no longer as a convict settlement ; so that it may 
 become hereafter more attractive to capital and energy. 
 
 The following table will exhibit the general position of the 
 colony : — 
 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 Population. 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 Expendi 
 ture. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Males. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Total. 
 
 £ 
 69,863 
 67,261 
 67,337 
 
 £ 
 61,745 
 81,007 
 72,267 
 
 £ 
 169,075 
 147,913 
 172,000 
 
 9,852 
 
 5,839 
 
 15,691 
 17,000 
 
 Exports. 
 
 £ 
 
 89,247 
 95,789 
 
 AUSTRIA [add.] In 1859 a rupture took place be- 
 tween Austria and Sardinia, and war ensued. The cause of 
 Sardinia being espoused by the emperor of the French, 
 Austria was compelled, after a brief but fierce campaign, 
 and suffering a series of defeats, to submit to the surrender 
 of the principal part of Lombardy, of which she retained only 
 a very small part of the S.E. extremity. This surrender, 
 involving the cession of nearly 8000 sq. m. of territory, and 
 2| millions of inhabitants, was ratified by the treaty of Villa- 
 franca, July 1 1, 1859, and of Zurich, Nov. 10 of the same year, 
 and received its final confirmation in the formal recognition of 
 the kingdom of Italy by the Austrian government in 1865. 
 Upon the conclusion of the Austro-Italian war, Austria applied 
 herself to the work of internal reform ; her finances were dis- 
 organized, and the imperial constitution too despotic. By a 
 diploma dated October 20, 1860, and a patent of February 26, 
 1861, the present constitution, based upon the representa- 
 tive system, was established. Each of the provinces has a 
 Diet, composed of the archbishop, bishops, and chancellors 
 of the universities, ex officio, and certain elective members; 
 the office of the Diet is to regulate the county and local ad- 
 ministration. Every man above the age of 24 years, and pay- 
 ing 15s. a year direct taxes, has a vote in the election of mem- 
 bers, who must be citizens at least 30 years old, and of 'irre- 
 proachable character.' Hungary, Croatia, and Transylvania 
 have separate constitutions, allowing greater liberty of self- 
 government. The Reichsrath, or Council of the Empire, con- 
 sists of an upper and lower house; the former composed oi 
 the princes of the imperial family, nobles, archbishops and 
 bishops, and life members nominated by the emperor. The 
 lower house contaihs 343 members, elected by the provincial 
 Diets from their own number, in the following proportion: — 
 Hungary 85; Bohemia 54; Lombardy- Venice 20; Dal- 
 matia 5; Croatia and Sclavonia 9; Galicia 38; Upper Austria 
 10; Lower Austria 18; Salzburg 3; Styrial3; Carinthia 5 ; 
 Carniola6; Bukowina 6; Moravia 22; Silesia 6; Tyrol and 
 
AUSTRIA 
 
 33 
 
 AUSTRIA 
 
 Vorarlberg 12; Transylvania 26; and Istria and Trieste 6. 
 The duties of the Reichsrath are consent, co-operation, and 
 examination, in the military, financial, and legislative business 
 of tiie empire. The members of either house may propose 
 new laws on matters within their competence; and the con- 
 sent of both houses is required to give validity to any enact- 
 ment. Another council, the Enger Reichsrath. or Partial 
 
 Council of the Empire, is formed by the combined houses, 
 excluding the representatives of Hungary and Croatia; laws 
 passed by this council have no force in the latter provinces, 
 in order to allow them a greater share of self-government 
 than the remaining provinces of the empire. 
 
 The latest census of Austria is that of 1857, of whi:;h the 
 following are the chief facts : — 
 
 Population and Religious Professions of Austrian Empire in 1857. 
 
 Pkovinoes. 
 
 Population, 
 31st Oct. 1857. 
 
 Roman 
 Catholic. 
 
 Greeks. 
 
 Armeni- 
 ans. 
 
 Non-nnited 
 Greeks and 
 Armenians. 
 
 Protestants. 
 
 Unitari- 
 ans. 
 
 Jews. 
 
 Other 
 Sects. 
 
 * Lower Austria, 
 
 1,681,697 
 
 1,350,684 
 
 78 
 
 85 
 
 1,636 
 
 10,140 
 
 20 
 
 6,999 
 
 57 
 
 * Upper Austria, . 
 
 707,450 
 
 673,404 
 
 1 
 
 — 
 
 
 14,882 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 • Salzburg, 
 
 146,769 
 
 140,132 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 65 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 • Styria, 
 
 1,056,773 
 
 1,004,919 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 32 
 
 5.112 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 » Carinthia, 
 
 332,456 
 
 307,642 
 
 3 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 16,679 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 * Camiola 
 
 451,941 
 
 466,768 
 
 278 
 
 — ■ 
 
 294 
 
 100 
 
 — 
 
 — . 
 
 1 
 
 Goertz, * Gradisca, * Istria, and ) 
 •Trieste, ... f 
 
 520,978 
 
 502,729 
 
 118 
 
 33 
 
 878 
 
 458 
 
 1 
 
 3,713 
 
 1 
 
 » Tyrol and Vorarlberg, . 
 
 851,016 
 
 864,889 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 115 
 
 1 
 
 548 
 
 
 
 • Bohemia 
 
 4,705,525 
 
 4,601,335 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 37 
 
 90,936 
 
 22 
 
 86,339 
 
 6 
 
 * Moravia 
 
 4,867,094 
 
 1,784,593 
 
 23 
 
 — 
 
 10 
 
 51,865 
 
 9 
 
 41,529 
 
 — 
 
 ♦Silesia, 
 
 443,912 
 
 396,843 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 61,917 
 
 1 
 
 3,280 
 
 1 
 
 • Gallcia, .... 
 
 4,597,470 
 
 2,072,633 
 
 2.077,112 
 
 2,309 
 
 251 
 
 31,100 
 
 95 
 
 448,973 
 
 393 
 
 Bukowina, .... 
 
 456,920 
 
 42,726 
 
 9,118 
 
 989 
 
 353,403 
 
 8,733 
 
 — 
 
 29,187 
 
 2,989 
 
 Dalmatia, .... 
 
 404,499 
 
 337,800 
 
 341 
 
 — 
 
 77,144 
 
 25 
 
 — 
 
 318 
 
 — 
 
 ♦ Italian Provinces, 
 
 2,446,056 
 
 2,446,973 
 
 80 
 
 1 
 
 98 
 
 136 
 
 13 
 
 6,423 
 
 11 
 
 Hungary, .... 
 
 9,900,785 
 
 5,138,013 
 
 827,211 
 
 491 
 
 1,106,588 
 
 2,349,298 
 
 964 
 
 393,106 
 
 97 
 
 Croatia and Sclavonia, 
 
 876,009 
 
 720,893 
 
 1,8-27 
 
 17 
 
 129,737 
 
 5,310 
 
 31 
 
 5,041 
 
 — 
 
 Tiansylvania, 
 
 1,926,727 
 
 228,095 
 
 546,513 
 
 5,481 
 
 623,055 
 
 461,837 
 
 48,040 
 
 14,152 
 
 
 
 Milifcvry Frontiers, . 
 
 1,064,922 
 
 448,703 
 
 5,533 
 
 2 
 
 587,288 
 
 20,138 
 
 4 
 
 404 
 
 — 
 
 Army 
 
 679,989 
 
 438,912 
 
 68,695 
 
 324 
 
 41,180 
 
 53,770 
 
 1,667 
 
 9,860 
 
 447 
 
 Total 
 
 35,018,988 
 
 23,968,686 
 
 3,526,952 
 
 9,739 
 
 2,921,6:;9 
 
 3,182,616 
 
 60,870 
 
 1,049,871 
 
 3,955 
 
 • The provinces thus marked (but of Galicia only the duchies of Auschwitz and Zator, pop. 196,339) form part of the Germanic Con- 
 federation, t The Lombard provinces ceded to Italy in 1859 are deducted. 
 
 More than two-thirds of the population of the empire are 
 occupied in husbandry; but in Silesia, Lower Austria, and 
 Moravia about one-half are employed in manufactures. 
 
 In 1857 the following cities and towns had the population 
 annexed to them : — 
 
 Maria ThSr^sienstadt, 53,499 
 Pressburg, . . . 43,863 
 Cracow, . . . 41,086 
 Keczkemet, . . . 39,434 
 Debreczin, . . . 36,283 
 Vicenza, .... 33,306 
 Mantua, . . . 29,884 
 
 Linz 27,628 
 
 Arad, .... 26,959 
 Kronstadt, . . . 26,826 
 Cliioggia, . . . 26,667 
 Czernowitz, . . . 26,345 
 Udine, . . . 25,201 
 
 At the end of 1864, Vienna had about 660,000 inhabitants. 
 Army and Navy. — The army, on the peace footing, num- 
 bered, at the end of October, 1863, 269,103 mep, with 
 42,201 horses; on the war footing, the number is 570,027 
 
 Vienna, 
 
 . 476,222 
 
 Prague, . 
 
 . 142,588 
 
 Pesth, 
 
 . 131,705 
 
 Venice, 
 
 . 118,172 
 
 Trieste, 
 
 65,874 
 
 Lemberg, 
 
 . 70,384 
 
 Gratz, 
 
 63,176 
 
 Szegedin, 
 
 . 62,700 
 
 Verona, 
 
 59,169 
 
 Brnnn, . 
 
 . 58,809 
 
 Buda, . 
 
 55,240 
 
 Padua, . 
 
 . 53,584 
 
 men. The navy, in August, 1864, consisted of 39 steamers, 
 with 639 guns, and 11,730 horse-power, and 20 sailing ves- 
 sels, with 145 guns. 
 
 Trade and Commerce. — In mining and smelting operations 
 there were engaged, in 1860, 107,834 work-people, consisting 
 of 98,556 men, 4009 women, and 5269 children. The value 
 of the principal products obtained in 1860 and 1861 v/as as 
 follows : — 
 
 1860. 1861. 
 
 Gold, £215,370 £214,292 
 
 Silver, 306,820 303,334 
 
 Copper 323,680 329,287 
 
 Lead 183,489) 
 
 Litharge 31,175 >• 253,445 
 
 Zinc 25,745) 
 
 Coal, 600,000 735,289 
 
 Brown Coal, .... 360,000 394,206 
 
 Iron 1,983,000 1,945,728 
 
 The quantity of ordinary coal raised in 1860 was about 
 1,700,000 tons, and of iron 278,000 tons. 
 
 Trade of Austrian Empire fob Years 1861-62. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Colonial Wares and Southern Fruits, . 
 
 Tobacco, 
 
 Fruits and Cereals, .... 
 
 Animals, 
 
 Animal Products 
 
 Fats and Oils 
 
 Ijquors and Edibles, .... 
 Materials for Fuel and Timber, 
 Medicines, Perfumes, Dyes, and Chemi- \ 
 
 cal Stuffs ) 
 
 Precious Metals, .... 
 Weaving and Loom Materials, 
 
 Yams, 
 
 Woven and Loom Goods, 
 Paper and Stationery, 
 Leather and Leather Articles, 
 Wood, Glass, and Clay Wares, . 
 
 Metal Goods, 
 
 Land Vehicles, 
 
 Machines and Fancy Goods, . 
 Chemical Products, Colours, and Fats, 
 Printed Books and Objects of Art, . 
 
 Total 
 
 Amount of Duties levied on Imports, 
 
 1861. 
 
 £ 
 1,572,182 
 
 272,874 
 1,290,701 
 1,741,574 
 
 762,232 
 1,339,140 
 
 223,712 
 
 571,710 
 
 1,760,783 
 
 3,536,864 
 
 4,761,083 
 
 2,116,587 
 
 1,011,164 
 
 125,016 
 
 539,359 
 
 324,699 
 
 266,614 
 
 32,400 
 
 631,578 
 
 192,388 
 
 522,039 
 
 23,584,699 
 
 1862. 
 
 £ 
 1,644,431 
 
 474,628 
 1,338,340 
 1,613,130 
 
 601,496 
 1,460,122 
 
 217,971 
 
 606,996 
 
 1,461,271 
 
 3,187.934 
 
 2,975,026* 
 
 1,590,372* 
 
 1,187,811 
 
 165,981 
 
 633,180 
 
 381,227 
 
 334,302 
 
 54,960 
 
 759,654 
 
 216,4.39 
 
 696,670 
 
 21,491,841 
 
 1,256,402 1,347,283 
 
 Colonial Wares 
 
 Tobacco, 
 
 Fruits and Cereals, .... 
 
 Animals 
 
 Animal Products 
 
 Fats and Oils 
 
 Liquors, ....... 
 
 Materials for Fuel and Timber, 
 Medicines, Perfumes, Dyes, and Chemi- > 
 
 cal Stuffs, I 
 
 Preciotis Metals, .... 
 Weaving and Loom Materials, 
 
 Yarns, , 
 
 Woven and Loom Goods, 
 
 Stationery, Straw, Bast, <fe Paper Goods, 
 
 Leather and Leather Goods, 
 
 Wood, Glass, and Clay Wares, 
 
 Metal Goods 
 
 Land and Water Vehicles, 
 Instruments, Machines, &, Fancy Goods, 
 Chemical Products, Colours, &c.. 
 Printed Books and Works of Art, 
 Rags, (fee, 
 
 Total, .... 
 
 Amount of Duties levied on Exjwrts, 
 
 40,421 
 
 £ 
 
 Jtf, 
 
 6,478 
 
 — 
 
 58,880 
 
 63,157 
 
 4,607,861 
 
 4,469,261 
 
 939,618 
 
 842,777 
 
 461,973 
 
 391,496 
 
 379,518 
 
 233,965 
 
 393,405 
 
 312,374 
 
 2,479,522 
 
 3,639,826 
 
 436,697 
 
 496,100 
 
 3,232,733 
 
 3,560,844 
 
 3,587,639 
 
 5,665,836 
 
 259,198 
 
 360,879 
 
 4,894,019 
 
 4,464,676 
 
 487,228 
 
 546,338 
 
 1,411,160 
 
 1,109,208 
 
 2,281,977 
 
 2,262,256 
 
 1,602,380 
 
 1,139,908 
 
 393,572 
 
 539,116 
 
 2,263,089 
 
 2,441,361 
 
 454,914 
 
 512,508 
 
 125,120 
 
 266,052 
 
 11,026 
 
 13,355 
 
 30,768,007 
 
 33,231,293 
 
 40,944 
 
 8opp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. I. 
 
 ' The decrease was occasioned by the effects of the American civil war. 
 
AUTANCURRAY 
 
 34 
 
 AYUTHIA 
 
 Domestic and Foreign Shipping in Austrian Ports in 1861. 
 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 Shipping. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Austrian..{rS::;; 
 
 Foreign.... {S.«:::: 
 
 61,654 
 
 4,108 
 
 4,458 
 
 77 
 
 1,372,410 
 968,441 
 362,051 
 44,700 
 
 61,990 
 
 4,091 
 
 4,400 
 
 77 
 
 1,381,680 
 960,203 
 357,378 
 44,578 
 
 TotaL...{l?S:::: 
 
 66,112 
 4,185 
 
 1,734,461 
 1,013,141 
 
 66,390 
 4,168 
 
 1,739,058 
 1,004,781 
 
 Total, 
 
 70,297 
 
 2,747,602 
 
 70,558 
 
 2,743,839 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 In June, 1862, the commercial marine of Austria consisted 
 of 9703 vessels, of 349,157 tons, and manned by 34,664 
 sailors. Only 6U6 of these were for the foreign trade, the rest 
 being small coasters. 
 
 There were 3450 miles of railway in Austria in June, 
 1864, constructed at a cost of £74,862,703, on rather more 
 than half of which the government guarantees an interest 
 of 5 2 per cent, per annum. 
 
 Finances. — Tlie following table will show the national 
 revenue and expenditure in the four years 1 860-3 : — 
 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 1863 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 £ 
 
 28,650,998 
 32,523,222 
 30,587,110 
 33,221,497 
 
 Expenditure. 
 
 £ 
 
 32,732,660 
 36,005,926 
 35,459,246 
 88,442,715 
 
 Deficiency. 
 
 £ 
 4,081,662 
 3,482,704 
 4,872,136 
 5,221,208 
 
 Since 1789 the revenue has annually been less than the 
 expenditure. At the end of 1860 the national debt amounted 
 to £225,000,000. In addition to this is the debt of £6,000,000 
 of the Lombardo- Venetian kingdom, which, with subsequent 
 loans and other liabilities, raises the total debt to upwards of 
 £290,000,000. 
 
 AUTANCURRAY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Madura, at the mouth of the Vigay, in Palk's strait, 11 in. 
 N.E. Eamnad. It has a spacious and well-built chuttrum, 
 or travellers' bungalow, surrounded by a strong wall; and 
 is inhabited chiefly by fishermen, who keep the market of 
 Kamnad well supplied with white fish and excellent oysters. 
 The tobacco grown at Ullagimcolum, about 2 m. N.W., is 
 reckoned superior to any grown elsewhere in the provinces 
 S. of Madras. 
 
 AUTHA LUNA, or Split Island, a small island or 
 rock, S. Pacific, about 10 m. S. by W. of the usual anchorage 
 in Kotuma Island; about lat. 12° 20' S.; Ion. 177° 9' W. It 
 is a wall of rock from 400 to 600 ft. high, shaped like a 
 horse-shoe, and having on its S.W. side a narrow passage 
 from the open sea into its seething interior. It is accessible 
 only in very calm weather, when the adventurous natives of 
 the small adjacent island of Wea shoot their canoes through 
 the passage, and afterwards climb to the top of the precipice. 
 
 AUTIjAN, or AuTLAN de la Geana, a tn. Mexico, 
 Jalisco, 102 m. S.W. Guadalaxara. Its inhabitants are 
 chiefly employed in the culture of sugar, and in carrying on 
 a trade in the salt made on the coast. A good deal of cochi- 
 neal is produced. Pop. 3000. 
 
 AVATCHA, a bay, Asiatic Russia, on the S.E. coast 
 of Kamtschatka. It consists of an extensive outer bay, 
 which ia formed by (Japes Povorotnoi or Gavarea and Clii- 
 pounski, and of an inner bay. which lies at the bottom of the 
 former, and is entered by a channel 4 m. long and 1 m. wide. 
 This inner bay is the principal port of the peninsula, and is 
 80 capacious and excellent that it would afford secure shelter 
 for all the fleets in the world. On its E. side is the small, 
 deep, and well-sheltered harbour of Petropaulovski, so called 
 from the town of same name standing at its head. In the S.W. 
 is the harbour of Tareinski, and S. of Petropaulovski that of 
 Rakovya. On the E. and W. sides of the entrance there are 
 lighthouses, and a third a little S. of the entrance to Rakovya, 
 of the respective heights of 449, 294, and .378 ft. above the 
 level of the sea. 
 
 AVE, a tn. Persia, 75 m. S.W. Teheran. It stands on 
 the site of an ancient town of same name, of which only some 
 slight traces remain, and has a mound on which once stood 
 a Guebre castle. 
 
 AVILA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, prov. Oriente, on a 
 sandy plain watered by the Suno, 100 m. E.S.E. Quito. 
 Like other places in the same country, it has lost everything 
 which entitled it to the name of a city, and is now only a 
 mean village, with 170 families of Indians for its inhabitants. 
 AVON, or Opawaha, a river, New Zealand, Minister or 
 Middle Island, which takes its rise in a swamp in Canter- 
 bury Plains, and flowing E.N.E., has its mouth at the S. ex- 
 treme of the sandy beach of Pegasus Bay, on the N.W. .shore 
 of Banks' Peninsula. From not being connected with the 
 mountain ranges, it is less liable to sudden changes from 
 swollen torrents, and flows on in a current which never 
 exceeds 5 to 6 knots. In moderate weather its bar can be 
 safely crossed by vessels drawing from 8 to 10 ft. The en- 
 trance is somewhat narrow, and sailing vessels occasionally 
 find egress difficult. 
 
 AVZAPERT, a vil. Turkey in Asia, Koordistan, 67 m. 
 S.S.W. Erzeroum, on the western edge of a plateau much 
 broken by hills, and traversed from E. to W by the Jerini-su. 
 Pop. 300. 
 
 AWARUA, the native name of the bluff promontoiy, 
 Otago, New Zealand, on which Campbell Town now stands, 
 in lat. 46° 35' S. It stretches boldly out to sea from the 
 New river, and ends in a steep eminence facing the S. The 
 rocks which compose it are partly plutonic, partly aqueous, 
 ' ranging from granite and gneiss to indurated and soft shales.' 
 The harbour beneath is one of the best in New Zealand, the 
 promontory protecting it to the W., while to the eastward 
 a low tongue of shingle assists to nearly landlock the 
 anchorage. 
 
 AWTON, a tn. W. Afi ica, Yoruba, lat. 8° N.; Ion. 5° 10' E. 
 It is entered by an excellent avenue-like approach, is sur- 
 rounded by a very deep ditch, and pays tribute to Ibadan. 
 
 AXAMS, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and 6 m. 
 W. Inn.sbruck. The inhabitants are chiefly employed in 
 weaving and cultivating flax. Pop. 1200. 
 
 AYAGUS, a tn. Russian empire, Khirghis Steppe, 
 630 m. S.S. W. Tomsk, on a river of same name, which sends 
 its water to Lake Tenghis or Balkash. It is the remotest 
 Cossack settlement in this region, and consists chiefly of the 
 government buildings on the S. side of the town, and the 
 small wooden dwellings of the Cossacks, who are stationed 
 here to the number of 900, most of them with families. 
 Much of the country near Ayagus is of a sterile character. 
 
 AYLMER, a tn. British America, Canada E., cap. co. 
 and 8 m. above Ottawa, on the Chaudiere lake. It was 
 founded in 1830, and has since become a thriving place, with 
 large lumber establishments. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 AYNTERAD, a small seaport, E. Africa, about 40 m. 
 E.N.E. Berberah. Though consisting only of about 50 huts, 
 built upon a bank of sand overlying limestone, it is a favourite 
 roadstead, principally on account of its water, which is of 
 excellent quality. It is supported chiefly by the slave-trade, 
 the Arabs preferring to ship their purchases at some distance 
 from the great emporium. The harbour is defended with a 
 fort. 
 
 AYORU, or Airu, a vil. W. Africa, Tawarek country, 
 on a rocky island in the Niger, 80 m. S. Timbuctoo. It 
 stands in a fertile district, and exhibits a good deal of culti- 
 vation, its fields extending for two miles along the river. In 
 its vicinity the navigation is rendered difficult by numerous 
 creeks, and small, but rocky wooded islands, on which tama- 
 rind and fig trees are conspicuous. 
 
 AYR, a vil. British America, Canada W., co. Waterloo, 
 at the confluence of Smith and Cedar creeks, about 55 m. 
 W S.W. Toronto. It has a considerable trade in flour and 
 lumber, and an important corn-market. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 AYUTHIA, JuDDA, Jutra, or Yuthia, [add.] (native, 
 Si-Aijo-Thaya), a tn., formerly cap. Siam, r. bank of the 
 E. branch of the Menam, about 45 m. above Bangkok; lat. 
 14° 19' N.; Ion. 100° 37' E. The ancient city was about 
 10 m. in circumference. The spires of the pagodas and pyra- 
 mids, blackened by age, tower above the magnificent trees. 
 Amid the ruins of palaces and temples are colos.sal statues 50 
 to 60 ft. high, composed of brick, and covered with brass two 
 inches thick ; in founding one of them it is said that 20,000 lbs. 
 of copper, 2000 lbs. of silver, and 400 lbs. of gold were 
 used. About 3 m. from the city is a majestic edifice, erected 
 in 1387; it is a pyramid 400 ft. high, with galleries reached 
 
AYUTHIA 35 
 
 BABOCSA 
 
 by staircases; upon the galleries rises a dome to the height 
 of 150 ft. terminating in a gilded spire. The new city sur- 
 rounds the site of the ancient one, and is now the second place 
 of the kingdom ; it is situated on a creek or canal, connecting 
 the main river with its great branch, and is inhabited by a 
 mixed population of Siamese and Chinese, with a few Burmese 
 and natives of Laos, who are principally employed in shop- 
 keeping, agriculture, and fishing, and live generally in float- 
 ing houses on the river and canal. The city is ruled by a 
 governor and deputy-governor, and is annually visited by 
 the king, who has a palace near the river side; most of the 
 principal merchants of Bangkok likewise have houses in the 
 town, as shops or summer residences. The soil is extremely 
 
 RUINS AT AYUTHIA.— Mouhot'B Travels in Siam. 
 
 fertile, producing rice, oil, and sugar, and abundance of indi- 
 genous fruits. Ayutliia was founded in 1350, on the site of a 
 still older town, by the king Phra Rama-thi-bodi, and became 
 populous by the accession of immigrants from surrounding 
 countries, and continued long to be the residence of the kings. 
 In 1556 it was captured, after a brief siege, by the king of 
 Pegu, but soon became again independent. In 1759 the 
 Burmese besieged the city with an immense force, and at the 
 end of two years, when the waters were shallow by reason 
 of a drought, crossed the river, battered the walls, broke 
 down the gates, and entered witliout resistance; the city and 
 public buildings were fired, and the king killed. The coun- 
 try for some months was given up to plunder, and then the j 
 
 invaders withdrew, leaving a Peguan officer as ruler over 
 Siam. The succeeding king, of Chinese origin, for security 
 settled upon Bangkok (the Burmese governor of which he 
 surprised and slew) as the future capital, it having been 
 fortified in an earlier age. Pop. 20,000 to 30,000. — {Sir J. 
 Bowring and Mouhoi.) 
 
 AZANGARO, a tn. and prov. Peru, dep. Puno. The 
 pro v., divided into 16 districts, contains 18 villages. The 
 tn. stands 35 m. N. of N.W. point of Titicaca lake, and has 
 a pop. of 54,333. 
 
 AZAWAD, a dist. N.W. Africa, comprising an extensive 
 tract to the N. of Timbuctoo, and stretching N.W. to El Juf, 
 I the great receptacle or ' belly ' of the desert. Though appa- 
 rently a most sterile tract of country, it is a 
 kind of paradise to the wandering Moorish Arab, 
 who counts it his home. In its more favoured 
 localities he finds plenty of food for his camels, 
 and even a few cattle; while the salt with which 
 it abounds, carried to Arawau and Timbuctoo, 
 is easily sold or exchanged for corn or any other 
 required commodity. 
 
 AZEEMABAD, a tn. India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, Sirhind, on a low plain which is inun- 
 dated during the rainy season, 9 m. N.W. 
 Kurnal. It is surrounded by a high brick wall, 
 which is loopholed for musketry and flanked by 
 bastions surmounted witli towers; and possesses 
 a large caravanserai, encircled with a deep 
 ditch and lofty embattled wall. 
 
 AZIMGHUK, a dist. and tn. India, presid. 
 Bengal: — The district is bounded N. by 
 Goruckpore, N.E. Sarun, S.E.Ghazeepore, S. W. 
 Jounpore, and N.W. Oude; area, 2520 sq. m. 
 It is a low and remarkably level tract, sloping 
 almost imperceptibly from N.W. to S.E., and 
 is drained chiefly by the Gogra, which forms 
 its N.E. boundary for 74 m., and the Tons, 
 which, entering the dist. from Oude, and tra- 
 versing it for 100 m., divides it into two nearly 
 equal parts. The soil is generally fertile, and produces abun- 
 dant crops, among which are sugar, opium, and indigo of fine 
 quality. A few tracts, however, are rendered irreclaimably 
 barren by the large quantity of saline matters with which the 
 soil is impregnated. The manufactures, chiefly of cotton and 
 silk, notwithstanding the formidable competition of the 
 
 United Kingdom, are still important. Pop. 1,313,950. 
 
 The TOWN, cap, of the above dist., 109 m. N.E. Allahabad, 
 stands on the Tons, which is here navigable, and is crossed 
 by a bridge of boats. Though a place of some importance, 
 it attracted little notice till it became, and continued for some 
 time to be, the head-quarters of a large body of insurgents 
 during the mutiny of 1857. 
 
 B. 
 
 BAAN, name of two tns. Austrian empire, Hungary: — 
 1, Co. Baranya, about 35 m. S.E. Fiinfkirchen, with an old 
 Gothic castle and 2039 inhabitants. — 2, Co. Lower Neutra, 
 on a height above a stream of same name, about 70 m. N.E. 
 Pressburg, with a fine castle, and a trade in wool, corn, and 
 iron. Pop. 2525. 
 
 BAASSEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 26 m. N.N.E. Hermannstadt, with a sulphur spring 
 and a much-frequented bathing establishment. Pop. 1220. 
 
 BABAHAN, a tn. Persia, Khuzistan, near the sources 
 of the Jerrahi, 45 m. E. Bussorah. It is a modern place, 
 with about 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BABAHOYO, or Bodegas, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, 
 prov. and about 40 m. N.W. Guayaquil, N. bank of a river of 
 same name, at its confluence with the Caracol and Seco. The 
 site is low, so that the inundations of the rivers in the rainy 
 season lay a large part of the place under water. As a secu- 
 rity, the houses, which are all built of wood, are raised on 
 
 piles, or made so high as to afford a place of retreat to the 
 inmates, who, while thus cooped up, amuse themselves, or 
 help to eke out a subsistence, by fishing. The only buildings 
 which stand so high as to he beyond the reach of the floods 
 are the parish church and the custom-house, or salt-office. 
 Singularly enough, Babahoyo, while thus endangered by 
 water, has suffered much more severely from fire, which has 
 repeatedly reduced the greater part of it to ashes. Among 
 the articles of export are cacao, coffee, rice, timber, and mules, 
 which last in excellence rival those of Andalusia in Spain. 
 
 BABALTYA, a tn. W. Africa, E. of Lake Chad, on the 
 road from Gawi to Mawo, from the former of which it is 
 distant a long day's journey. It was once the capital of an 
 independent territory; but, having been captured and nearly 
 destroyed, has never recovered. At present it is nearly 
 deserted. 
 
 BABOCSA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. So- 
 moghy, r. bank Kinya, 42 m. W. Fiinfkirchen, with the 
 
BABOLNA PUSZLA 
 
 36 
 
 BAGDAD 
 
 ruins of a castle which figured much in the Turkish wars, 
 aud a trade in corn and wine. Pop. 1450. 
 
 BABOLNA PUSZLA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and 30 m. W.S.W. Gran, with a military stud, a fine 
 castle with an English garden, breweries, distilleries, vinegar 
 works, and a trade in honey and wood. Pop. 2016. 
 
 BABlilAWAK, a dist. W. India, peninsula Kattywar, 
 prov. Guzerat, bounded by the dists. of Kattywar, Gohilwar, 
 and Soratli, and the Arabian Sea. It contains 7 1 small towns 
 and villages, the chief of which is Jafferabad. The pop. is 
 estimated at about 18,500. 
 
 BACKMUTH, a tn. Russia, gov. and 130 m. E. by N. 
 Ekaterinoslav, on the Baekmutka. It has five churches, 
 large tallow- smelting and other factories, an important 
 yearly market, and a large trade in cattle, salt beef, and 
 wheat. There are extensive collieries and alabaster quarries 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 7156. 
 
 BADAMUNI, or Gadabuni, a tn. W. Africa, on the 
 N.W. frontiers of Bornou, in an undulating and agreeably 
 diversified country. The whole place forms a kind of shallow 
 vale, surrounded on the W. N. and S. by hills from 100 to 
 200 ft. high, but terminating toward the E. in Mount Shedika, 
 which rises 600 ft. above the level of the surrounding coun- 
 try. In the centre is a large and luxuriant plantation, on 
 which cotton, pepper, millet, &e., are cultivated. The 
 population, belonging to the Hansa race, reside chiefly in 
 two villages — the larger on its N.W. and the smaller on its 
 S.W. side. Many of them are employed in weaving. In 
 the vicinity are productive natron lakes. 
 
 BADAMJO, a vil. W. Africa, Adamaua, 60 m. N.E. 
 Yola, picturesquely situated in a beautiful valley, so inclosed 
 by hills that tlie interior of the village is seen from them. 
 The environs are extremely fertile and well cultivated, 
 yielding millet, sweet potatoes, yams, manioc, gunna, and 
 calabash. The inhabitants belong chiefly to the Fall or Fari 
 tribe, whicii has here its northernmost seat. The rugged 
 nature of tiie country gives importance to Badanijo in a 
 strategical point of view. Pop. 3000. 
 
 BADARAWA, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, Zanfara. 
 Like most of the towns of this country, it is surrounded on 
 all sides by a dense belt of timber, and is also inclosed by a 
 wall. It has narrow streets, and when Dr. Barth visited it 
 a market was held, attended by about 10,000 persons. It 
 was well supplied with fresh butter, onions, which are exten- 
 sively cultivated throughout the district, and beef; but millet 
 and cotton, particularly the latter, seemed to be the staple 
 commodities. 
 
 BADAUKA, tn. Central India, in Oude, 4 m. E. 1. bank 
 of Ganges, and 42 m S.W. Lucknow. Pop. about 8000, of 
 whom only 50 are Mussulmans. 
 
 BADDA-BADDA, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, prov. 
 Kebbi, in the vicinity of Mount Bobye. It is walled, and 
 stands in a fertile district, almost entirely devoted to the 
 culture of rice, for which it is well adapted. On a higher 
 level negro corn is largely grown, and the pastures are full 
 of cattle. 
 
 BADEN (Grand Duchy of), [add.] From a recently 
 compiled statistical account, it appears that the duchy has an 
 area of about 3,820,000 acres, distributed as follows: — 
 
 Acres. 
 
 Water, 395,000 
 
 Arable land 1,370,000 
 
 Vineyards, 54,000 
 
 Gardeus 34,000 
 
 Acres. 
 
 Meadows, 396,000 
 
 Pasture, 270,000 
 
 Forests 1,280,000 
 
 Barren land, .... 261,000 
 
 Manufactures. — The cotton trade has risen rapidly in 
 importance and extent; and, notwitiistanding the derange- 
 ment caused by the civil war in America, new mills with 
 new machinery have been erected. The number of people 
 employed, which in 1849 was 17,105, had risen in 1861 to 
 64,862, working in 408 spinning and weaving establishments 
 and in other factories. The manufacture of iron, however, 
 from lying under local disadvantages and consequent dear- 
 ness of the ore and coal, has not progressed, though the iron 
 produced is of very superior quality. In 1861 106 iron- 
 mines were in work, giving employment to 479 men; and 
 there were 42 iron-foundries, &e., with 753 workmen. In 
 coal-mines, only three in number, 1 30 persons were employed. 
 One lead-mine employed 200 hands, and two of zinc had 
 123 hands; salt-works also occupied 153 workmen. 
 
 Population. — By the census of 3 1st December, 1861, the 
 population, compared with that of 1858, was found to be as 
 follows : — 
 
 Circles. 
 
 1S58. 
 
 18C1. 
 
 
 195,249 
 336,465 
 457,327 
 346,911 
 
 198.160 
 345,913 
 469,782 
 355,436 
 
 Upper Rhine, 
 
 Middle do 
 
 
 Total, 
 
 1,335,952 1,369,291 
 
 The pop. of 1861 consisted of 896,683 Roman Catholics; 
 445,539 Protestants; 2970 Mennonites, &c.; and 24,099 Jews. 
 Of the principal towns, Carlsruhe had 27,103 inhabitants; 
 Mannheim, 27,172; Freiburg, 16,883; Heidelberg, 16,289; 
 Pforzheim, 13,854; and Bruchsal, 8,270. In the 10 years 
 1852-62, 65,690 persons emigrated, of whom 34,265 were 
 agriculturists, 15,649 artizans, and 15,776 other classes and 
 professions; including government aid, they took with them 
 about £1,200,000. Of the 273,180 families in the duchy, 
 42 per cent, are employed in agriculture and the forests, 
 37 in manufactures and mining, 7 in day labour, and 14 in 
 other occupations. 
 
 BADKERT, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Pesth- 
 Solt, about 28 m. S.S.E. Kecskemet. The inhabitants are 
 mostly Protestants, and rear great numbers of horses and 
 sheep of excellent breeds. Pop. 3656. 
 
 BADRINATH, tn India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Gur- 
 whal, r. bank Bishengunga, in a valley of tlie Himalayas, 
 4 m. long, and 1 broad ; lat. 30° 44' N.; Ion. 79° 32' E. 
 The town stands on a sloping bank, and in the highest part 
 of it is tlie Brahmin temple of Badrinath, about 45 ft. high, 
 and of conical form. It is of great antiquity as a religious 
 establishment, but the present temple appears modern. 
 The rajahs of Gurwhal made over to it, as security for loans 
 at various times, 226 villages, which are still tributary. 
 The temple is visited by large numbers of pilgrims in the 
 summer, but is closed during the inclemency of winter. It 
 stands 10,294 ft. above the sea. 
 
 BADRINATH PEAKS, Himalaya mts., about 12 m. 
 W. of Badrinath. This remarkable group of peaks have the 
 elevation respectively of 23,441, 23,236, 22,934, 22,754, 
 22,556, and 21,895 ft.; and 6 m. S.W. is another summit 
 21,385 ft. above the level of the sea. 
 
 BADSHAPOOR. tn. Central India, cap. pergunnah same 
 name, 30 m. N.E. Allahabad; lat. 25° 40' N.; Ion. 82° 10' E. 
 It has a large bazaar, and is well supplied with water. 
 
 BADULLA [add.], a tn. Ceylon, cap. principality of 
 Ouva, on an affluent of the Mahavell^ Ganga, 40 m. S.E. 
 Kandy. It stands in a beautiful valley, on one side of which 
 rises Namoone-koole, whose summit has a height of nearly 
 7000 ft. The valley has been so often desolated by war, 
 that nothing remains of the ancient city except its gloomy 
 temples and vestiges of a ruined dagoba. The ancient resid- 
 ence of the prince of Ouva has been converted into a fort 
 strengthened by earthworks, and the modern town gives 
 evidence of growing prosperity in the activity of its bazaars 
 and the apparent comfort of its dwellings, generally surrounded 
 by gardens of cocoa-nuts, coffee, and tobacco. In the imme- 
 diate vicinity there is a hot spring, venerated alike by 
 Buddhists, Hindoos, and Mahometans. — ( Ceylon, by Sir 
 J. E. Tennent.) 
 
 BAFK, a tn. Persia, prov. and 62 m. E.S.E. Yezd, on 
 the eastern side of a great plain, and in every sense an oasis 
 in a salt and sandy desert. It is surrounded by extensive 
 date-groves, is supplied by twenty four canals with water 
 slightly salt, but palatable; and has a climate which is mild 
 in winter, and warm but salubrious in summer. It consists 
 of about 700 houses. 
 
 BAGAMOYO, a tn. E. coast of Africa, opposite to and 
 nearly due W. of the island and town of Zanzibar, at the 
 mouth of the Kingane. It is garrisoned by a small body of 
 Belooches, and is one of the great points of departure for the 
 caravan trading to Unyamwezi. Notwithstanding its garri- 
 son it suffers much from the depredations of the Wazaramo 
 tribe. The copal-tree occurs occasionally in the district. 
 
 BAGDAD [add.], pash. Turkey in Asia. The country 
 is described as a ' howling wilderness ;' and yet its teeming 
 
BAGELE 
 
 37 
 
 BAILUNDO 
 
 soil, tropical climate, and illimitable supply of water, would 
 render its resources almost unbounded. It is calculated 
 that with a small outlay the old canals, which reticulate the 
 country between the Tigris and Euphrates, and which, in 
 some cnses 200 ft. wide, require only their channels cleared 
 and mouths reopened, would afford a perfect system of 
 irrigation, and render the whole province enormously pro- 
 ductive in cotton (for which it is peculiarly suitable), silk, 
 sugar, indigo, opium, and coffee, and provide a vast increase 
 in the annual revenue. The Arabs are prepared to rapidly 
 exchange their nomad life for agriculture and fixed abodes; 
 and British merchants have treated, in conjunction with 
 native speculators, with the pasha for the cultivation of tracts 
 of land at a fixed rental, but without success or encourage- 
 ment. 
 
 BAGELE, a mountain district, W. Africa, Adamaua. 
 It extends several miles from S.S.E. to N.N.W., and has 
 a very rugged surface, strewn with great irregular blocks, 
 chiefly of granite, from between which trees shoot up. There 
 are, however, a good many spots of arable land, the produce 
 of which, together with that of the pastures, suflBces to sup- 
 port a considerable body of mountaineers; who, after long 
 defying the whole power of Adamaua, were in 1853 reduced 
 to slavery. They belong to the Batta tribe. 
 
 BAGESUK, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Kumaon, 
 at the confluence of tlie Surjoo and Goamah, 210 m. N.E. 
 Delhi. It is a small place, inhabited according to local 
 tradition by descendants of the Moguls left in Kumaon by 
 Tamerlane's orders. Its bazaar contains 42 shops, and has 
 two large annual fairs, at which a great amount of business 
 is done with dealers from Tibet. 
 
 BAGHENA, a dist. N.W. Africa, which belonged to 
 the now extinct kingdom of Ghanata, and comprised part of 
 the territory in which its capital was situated. At present it 
 is difficult exactly to define its character. From position 
 and physical features it naturally forms part of the oasis of 
 El-Hodh; but its population, consisting of Aswanek Arabs 
 and Fellatahs, is so heterogeneous that it cannot be said to 
 have any political existence. The Aswanek, Sebe, or 
 Wakore are the original inhabitants; and, while the kingdom 
 of Ghanata subsisted, formed the great bulk of its popula- 
 tion. When the Songtray empire was broken up, mainly by 
 the united eflforts of the Arabs and the Bainbara, one of the 
 chiefs of the former, who had greatly distinguished himself, 
 was rewarded with the lordship of Jiaghena, which was thus 
 to some extent settled by his countrymen. The Fellatah, 
 who had previously been in possession, and indeed claimed to 
 be the lawful masters of the country, endeavoured to oust 
 them; but not having succeeded, the whole district was and 
 continues to be held by a kind of joint, though by no means 
 friendly, occupancy. Baghena thus remains in a very un- 
 settled position; but were this obstacle to its improvement 
 removed, there cannot be a doubt that, as it is adapted alike 
 for fixed settlements and nomadic wandering, it might soon 
 attain a high degree of prosperity. 
 
 BAGHIN, or Baghun, river, Central India, territory 
 Bundelcund, rising in the Pannu range, and flowing generally 
 N.E. about 90 m. into the Jumna; lat. 25° 33' N.; Ion. 
 81° 5' E. About 20 m. from its source it falls over a ridge 
 in a cascade of 300 ft. 
 
 BAGIKMI, a territory, Central Africa, bounded N.W. 
 by the Shari and Lake Chad, N.E. and E. Waday, S. inde- 
 pendent pagan tribes, and W. Adamaua, the Musga country, 
 and Bornou. Bagirmi proper is almost a continuous flat, 
 with a general elevation of about 950 ft., inclining very 
 gently toward the N., and then rising so as to form a water- 
 shed between Lakes Chad and Fittre. In the outlying pro- 
 vinces beyond the limits of Bagirmi, and particularly towards 
 the S.E., the surface becomes rugged, and even mountainous; 
 and the cold is so severe during the cold months that a fall 
 of hail or snow is not uncommon. Much farther south there 
 are said to be mountains of still greater height, in which the 
 Benuwe, the Shari, and its tributary Logon, have their 
 sources. The two last mentioned traverse the country in a 
 N.W. direction, and are its only important rivers. The soil 
 consists partly of lime and partly of sand ; and according as 
 the one or the other of these two predominates, it produces 
 in abundance negro millet or sorghum — the most common 
 article of food, not only in Bagirmi, but over the most of 
 
 Negroland. In addition to these principal crops, sesamum 
 and beans are grown to a considerable extent. Rice, though 
 not cultivated, grows spontaneously, and after the rains is 
 collected in great quantities from the swamps and temporary 
 pools. Water-melons are abundant, and in the vicinity of 
 Masena, the capital, great quantities of onions are raised. 
 The only crops for industrial purposes are cotton and indigo; 
 both of them under the superintendence, not of the natives, 
 but of immigrants from Bornou. The most useful trees are 
 the tamarind, the date-palm, the doum-palm, and the monkey- 
 bread tree, the leaves of which are used for vegetables. The 
 inhabitants are a fine race of people, distinct from the 
 Kanuri, and intimately related to the Kuka. Their con- 
 version to Islamism is recent, and presumed to be more 
 nominal than real. The government is an absolute monarchy, 
 but the king is said not to rule oppressively. The tribute 
 paid him consists partly in cattle, but principally in slaves, 
 of whom great numbers are annually delivered to him by 
 the chiefs of tributary provinces. The inhabitants are con- 
 stantly engaged in predatory incursions upon their neigh- 
 bours, and harassed by the retributive aggressions of the 
 powerful states of Adamaua, Bornou, and Waday. Pop. 
 estimated at 1,500,000. 
 
 BAGMA, a tn. Western Africa, Adamaua, in a moun- 
 tainous district. It occupies both banks of a stream, 
 meandering through the plain, and consists chiefly of huts of 
 unusual dimensions, some of them being from 40 to 60 ft. 
 long, 15 ft. broad, and from 10 to 12 feet high, narrowing 
 to a ridge at the top, and thatched all over without distinc- 
 tion of roof and wall. One reason for making the huts so 
 spacious is to employ part of them in inclement weather in 
 sheltering cattle, which form the chief wealth of the inhabi- 
 tants, who are all Mahometans. 
 
 BAGMUTTEE, or Vagwati, a river, India, which 
 rises in Nepaul, on the N. declivity of Sliipuri, in the 
 Himalayas, about 18 m. N.E. Khatmandoo, flows S.W. 
 past this capital; and then nearly due S., crossing the 
 Nepaulese frontier, and entering the British dist. Sarun. 
 After traversing this district, it turns S.E., and maintains 
 this direction to its confluence with the Ganges, opposite to 
 Mongheer. Its total length is about 285 m. 
 
 BAHAWULPOOR, or Bhawulpook [add.],atn. India, 
 cap. state of same name, on a branch of the Ghara, about 2 m. 
 from the main stream, and 50 m. above the point where by its 
 junction witli the Chenab it forms the Pi'njnud, It is sur- 
 rounded by a ruinous mud wall, which is about 4 m. in circuit, 
 and incloses an area which, not being wholly required for habi- 
 tation, is partly planted. The houses — some of burned and 
 some of sun-dried bricks — are very indifferent. The khan's 
 palace is of the same character, and in a very plain style of 
 architecture. The place has long been famous for its 
 loongees, scarfs, and turbans. It also manufactures chintzes 
 and other cottons. Its position at the junction of three 
 routes from the S. W., S.E., and S., gives it great advantages 
 for trade, which is carried on to a great extent, as the mer- 
 chants are very enterprising, and send their wares into 
 Central Asia, and even it is said as far as Astracan. The 
 neighbouring country is very fertile, and raises in abundance 
 grain, sugar, indigo, and other agricultural produce. Fruit, 
 particularly mangoes, oranges, and apples, is abundant, and 
 of excellent quality. Pop. about 20,000. 
 
 BAHR-el-Ghazal. See Ghazal (Bahr-el). 
 
 BAHUERACIC, a tn. Mexico, prov. Sonora, in a moun- 
 tainous dist. celebrated for its mines of copper and silver. 
 The inhabitants are mostly miners, who appear to be in great 
 poverty. Those who work in the mines are almost exclu- 
 sively Mexicans, but most of the outdoor work, such as 
 cutting wood, making roads, bringing charcoal to the furnace, 
 &c., is done by Indians, Pop. 500 to 700. 
 
 BAICULL, tn. and fort, India, presid. Madras, 480 m. 
 S.E. Bombay, lat. 12" 24' N.; Ion. 75° 6' E. The town is 
 small and irregular, and stands N. of the fort, which is built 
 on a lofty cliff projecting into the sea. 
 
 BAILUNDO, a territory, western part of S. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, between lat. 9° and 12° S., and Ion. 16° and 
 17° E.; bounded N. by the Coanza, separating it from the 
 Portuguese settlements, N.W, Hako, W. Kibala, S.W. 
 Kiakka, S. Hambo and Sambos, and E. Bihe, Ambulo, and 
 Malemba; area about 30,000 sq. m. In the south it is tra- 
 
BAITOOL 
 
 38 
 
 BAKU 
 
 versed by two mountain chains, which are about 100 m. 
 distant from each other, and nearly parallel, stretching in a 
 N.W. direction, the Lingi-Lingi on the W., and the Djamba 
 on the E. Along the ridges of these two ranges are two 
 plateaux, of which that on the W. has an elevation of 4000, 
 and that of the E. of 6000 ft. The former has a temperate 
 and healthy climate; the latter is cold, the thermometer often 
 sinking in the winter nights nearly to the freezing-point, and 
 the ground becoming covered with dense hoar-frost. The 
 western portion is mountainous and stony, and extensively 
 covered with forest; the eastern portion consists of finely 
 undulating plains, on which forests of tali trees and grassy 
 prairies alternate. The principal rivers are the Kupo, the 
 Longa, and the Kutatu or Mungoya. The upper course only 
 of the first two is within the territory, but the last waters the 
 whole of its E. frontier, flowing almost due north to its con- 
 fluence with the Coanza. Besides being thus fertilized by 
 streams, it is copiously supplied with water by the periodical 
 rains, and yields excellent crops of maize, manioc, tobacco, 
 &c. The trade is chiefly in wax and slaves. Bailundo is 
 the leading state in the Kimbunda country. Its inhabitants 
 surpass all the other races in S. Africa in personal appearance 
 and in prowess, and have made their name " Munano " 
 dreaded far and wide. At one time their forays were often 
 directed against the Portuguese settlements; but the Humbe 
 and Kobale lands, situated to the S., now furnish more tempt- 
 ing objects of plunder in the number and excellence of their 
 horned cattle. In the W. cannibalism is said to be common; 
 in the E. it is practised on the celebration of festivities. At 
 the head of the government is a chief, who nominally rules 
 with absolute power, but there is also a kind of supreme 
 council, called impunga, which may not only impugn his 
 conduct, but compel him to abdicate in favour of the next 
 lawful heir. Pop. about 450,000. 
 
 BAITOOL, or Beitool, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 Saugor and Nerbudda territory, cap. dist. of same name, in a 
 pleasant valley watered by the Machna, at the S. foot of the 
 Satpoora range, 112 m. N.W. Nagpore. It is defended by a 
 fort, and has in its neighbourhood some seams of coal of in- 
 different quality. Pop. of the dist. or pergunnah, 93,441. 
 
 BAJA [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, circle and 
 27 m. N.N.W, Zombor, on the Danube and the frontiers of 
 Himgary, cap. dist. of same name; has several churches, 
 handsome buildings for the circle, barracks, an asylum for 
 children ; various manufactures, vinegar works, calendering 
 and oil mills; and much- frequented yearly markets. Pop. 
 18,621. 
 
 BAJNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 10 m. 
 S.W. Gran, with a beautiful castle and several brandy dis- 
 tilleries. Pop. 2100. 
 
 BAKAA, a mountain range, S. Africa, stretching from 
 S.S.W. to N.N.E., between lat. 22° and 23° S., and Ion. 26° 
 and 27° E. The principal part of the range, called the 
 Bamangwato hills, rises about 700 or 800 ft. above the 
 plains, and is composed of great masses of black basalt. At 
 the E. end the hills have curious cup-shaped hollows, of a size 
 suggesting the idea of craters. Within these are masses of 
 rock in the columnar form. The tops of the columns are 
 quite distinct and hexagonal, like the bottom of the cells of 
 a honey-comb, but they are not parted from each other as in 
 Fingal's Cave. In many parts the lava-stream may be recog- 
 nized, for then the rock is rent and split in every direction. 
 The mass of basalt, which is about 6 m. long, has tilted up the 
 rocks both E. and W., and shown that they consist of ancient 
 Silurian schists. Several large masses loosened by the action 
 of the elements have slipped down, and becoming jammed 
 against each other have formed large cavities, in which the 
 Bakaa, the tribe which gives its name to the range, used to 
 find an asylum from their enemies. This resource, however, 
 is no longer wanted, as they have abandoned their mountain 
 home, and taken up their abode among the Bakwains at 
 Kolobeng. The only tribes now inhabiting the range belong 
 to the Bamangwato and Makalaka. In the vicinity there is 
 a hot spring called Serinane. 
 
 BAKADA, a vil. W. Africa, Bagirmi, in a fertile dist. 
 20 m. W. Masena. It consists of four distinct hamlets, 
 the inhabitants of which are almost all employed in agri- 
 culture, raising heavy crops of millet, and especially of 
 sorghum, in which they carry on a considerable trade. The 
 
 market, which is held every Sunday, is trifling, but is occa- 
 sionally visited by caravans and merchants trafiicking be- 
 tween Kano and Masena. 
 
 BAKALAHARl, a tribe, S. Africa, inhabiting the 
 Kalahari desert, N. of Cape Colony. According to tradition 
 they are the oldest of the Beehuana tribes, and possessed 
 numerous herds of large horned cattle, till they were despoiled 
 of them and driven into the desert, by a fresh migration of 
 their own nation. Though they have ever since lived on the 
 same plains, and under the same influences of climate as the 
 Bushmen, they bear no resemblance to them, and possess as 
 strongly as ever the Beehuana love for agriculture and 
 domestic animals. " They hoe their gardens annually," says 
 Livingstone, "though often all they can hope for is a supply 
 of melons and pumpkins. And they carefully rear their 
 small herds of goats, though I have seen them lift water for 
 them out of small wells with a bit of ostrich egg-shell, or by 
 spoonfuls." They are a timid race, with thin legs and arms, 
 and large protruding abdomens. Their chief employment is 
 in hunting, and selling the skins of the animals they kill, 
 chiefly small carnivora of the feline species, in exchange for 
 spears, knives, tobacco, and dogs. The skins made up by the 
 Bakwains into a mantle, called harass, form no small article 
 of trade. During Livingstone's residence in the Beehuana 
 country between 20,000 and 30,000 skins were made up into 
 karosses, some of which found their way to China. — {Living- 
 stone. ) 
 
 BAKAU, a tn. Danubian Provinces, Moldavia, cap. circle 
 of same name, near the confluence of the Bistritza with the 
 Sereth, 42 m. S.W. Jassy. It is the seat of a civil and 
 criminal court, has a normal school, and carries on an exten- 
 sive trade with Galatz in cattle, salt, and corn. Pop. 2000. 
 
 BAKER'S ISLAND:—!, An isl. Pacific Ocean, one of. 
 the American Polynesia; lat. 0° 15' N. and Ion. 176° 21' W. 
 It is covered with a deposit of guano several feet in thick- 
 ness. — 2, An islet off Salem harbour, Massachusetts, U.S., 
 5 m. E.N.E. Salem. — 3, One of the Georgian islands, in the 
 Arctic ocean; lat. 74° 55' N.; Ion. 97° 30' W. — 4, BaJcer's Dozen 
 Islands, a group in Hudson bay, in about lat. 67° 30' N.; 
 Ion. 81° W. 
 
 BAKHIRA, or Bagnuggur, a tn. India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, dist. and 19 m. N.W. Goruckpoor, on the W. shore 
 of Lake Bunra. It is surrounded by a ditch, rampart, and 
 bamboo hedge, and contains about 250 houses. It has a 
 market. The lake, called also the Bakhira Jeel, is said to 
 be one of the finest pieces of fresh water in India. The plan- 
 tations on its banks are numerous and beautiful, and its sur- 
 face is constantly enlivened by fishing canoes and vast flocks 
 of water-fowl. In the dry season, however, when its dimen- 
 sions are much reduced, and it is only about 7 m. long by 
 3 m. broad, the water becomes dirty and rather offensive. 
 
 BAKONYBEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 15 m. N.W. Veszprim, in the Bakony forest; with an old 
 Benedictine abbe}', suppressed by the emperor Joseph II., 
 glassworks, and a potash refinery. Pop. 1050. 
 
 BAKOW, atn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle Bunzlau, 
 1. bank Iser, with two churches, and a trade in fruit. Pop. 
 1100. 
 
 BAKU, or Badku [add.], a seaport tn. Eussia, Caucasia, 
 cap. khanate of Shirvan, S. shore of the peninsula of Apsheron, 
 W. coast Caspian Sea, of which it is one of the most fre- 
 quented ports; lat. 40° 21' 20" N.; Ion. 49° 51' 6" E. Baku 
 is the city of the Guebres, or fire-worshippers, who regard it 
 with as much veneration as the Mahometans do the sacred 
 Mecca. It is surrounded by flaming wells of naphtha, and the 
 entire soil on which the city stands is so saturated with this 
 liquid bitumen, that if a stick be thrust a sufBcient depth 
 into the ground, and a light applied to the orifice so made, a 
 jet of gas will immediately blaze forth. The neighbouring 
 sea partakes, it is said, of the inflammable properties of the 
 earth, and if a light be applied to the bituminous surface it 
 bursts into a vast sheet of flame that spreads for a consider- 
 able distance, and produces a strange and imposing spectacle. 
 In the surrounding country vegetation is shrivelled and 
 parched for want of water. At a short distance from the city 
 is situated a Parsee or Guebre temple, the famous Atesh- 
 Gah, where is said to burn the eternal fire. It is attended by 
 three priests only, who are brought from Delhi. The temple 
 stands in a vast plain; fires escape from openings placed at 
 
 1 
 
BAKWAIN 
 
 39 
 
 BALKASH 
 
 irregular distances ; in the centre rises a crenelated edifice, 
 from each of whose turrets or pinnacles springs a volume of 
 flame, while a larger volume, composed of five separate fires, 
 crowns the loftiest cupola. The scene in the interior is 
 
 THE FIKE-TEMPLE OF ATESH-GAH, NEAR BAKU 
 From a View by M. Moynet. 
 
 equally imposing. The ground is full of jets of flame, and 
 under this central cupola stands the altar, seemingly alive 
 with fire. 
 
 BAKWAIN, or Bakuena, a country, S. Africa, which 
 takes its name from its inhabitants belonging to the Bechuana 
 tribe. It lies between the country of the Bakatli on the S. and 
 that of the Bamangwato on the N., with the Transvaal republic 
 on the E., and the Kalahari desert on the W.; and has a surface 
 diversified by plains and hills and valleys. The vegetation has 
 a vigour seldom seen towards the S. of the African continent. 
 The hills are clothed with trees to their top, and the valleys 
 are often of the most lovely green. The country, however, 
 often sufi'ers severely from drought, continued without inter- 
 ruption for several successive years. The Bakwaihs have a 
 remarkably accurate knowledge of cattle, sheep, and goats, 
 and of the kind of pasturage proper for each; and show great 
 judgment in selecting the soils best adapted for the different 
 varieties of grain. They are also particularly successful in 
 ensnaring wild animals, by means of an ingeniously con- 
 structed trap fence, called a Iwpo. In some of these traps, 
 placed near some fountains at Kolobeng, it was not uncommon 
 to take 70 head of large game in a single week. Dr. Living- 
 stone took up his residence among the Bakwains, and having 
 purchased a piece of ground formed a missionary station at 
 Kolobeng. The chief Sechele publicly embraced Christianity, 
 and many of the tribe have followed his example; but the 
 hostile interference of the Boers with the education of the 
 natives, the unhealthiness of the locality, and the long 
 droughts rendered it necessary to break up the establishment 
 at Kolobeng. 
 
 BALAKLAVA [add.], during the siege of Sebastopol, 
 from which it is about 8 m. distant, Balaklava was occupied 
 by the British army as a base for their operations, and a port 
 of entry for troops and stores. At a late period of the siege 
 a railway was constructed between it and the camp before 
 Sebastopol, by which munitions of war and supplies were 
 conveyed from the harbour to the besieging army. On 25th 
 October, 1854, an attack was made by the Russians on the 
 British lines near Balaklava, but was gallantly and success- 
 fully repulsed; and on the same day the famous, but disastrous, 
 Light Cavalry charge was made against the enemy's artillery. 
 
 BALANGUINI, an isl. Indian archipelago, belonging 
 to the Sooloo group, but claimed by Spain as a dependency 
 of the Philippine isl. Mindanao. It lies in lat. 6° 57' 30" N.; 
 Ion. 121° 39' E.; and though only 3 m. long by less than 
 I m. broad, has acquired notoriety from having long been the 
 resort and stronghold of the most daring pirates of the archi- 
 pelago. It was attacked by the Spaniards in 1848, who took 
 124 cannon, burned 150 praus, slew 450 of the pirates, and 
 released 200 captives. They afterwards completely demo- 
 lished the houses and forts, and took effectual means of ren- 
 dering the island uninhabitable. 
 
 BALASHEV, a tn. Russia in Europe, gov. Saratov, 
 cap. circle of same name, 1. bank Khoper. It contains two 
 churches, a circle school, and a charitable institute. Two 
 important yearly markets are held within the circle. Pop. 
 4814. 
 
 BALASINORE, a petty state and tn. India, pres. Bom- 
 bay, Gujerat. The state, bounded N. by the Myee Caunta, 
 S.E. by the Rewa Caunta, and S.W. and W. by dist. Kaira, 
 has an area of about 258 sq. m., and a pop. of about 19,000. 
 
 The T0V7N, cap. of above state, situated 48 m. N. Baroda, 
 
 is surrounded by a wall, and appears a thriving place. 
 
 BALASZEK, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Tolna, 
 10 m. S. Szegsard, 90 m. S. Pesth, on the Sarvis, in a district 
 remarkable for its fertility. It has extensive vineyards, from 
 which excellent wine, both white and red, is obtained. 
 Pop. 5778. 
 
 BALE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Bal^; lat. 11° S.; Ion. 17° 10' E. It stands on the stream of 
 same name, inclosed by a palisade and a ditch, and has a pop, 
 of about 2000. 
 
 BALI (PuLo), or Hog Islands, a group, Indian archi- 
 pelago, off the N.W. coast of Sumatra. It consists of one 
 large and a number of small islands. The large island, lat. 
 (N. end) 2° 50' N.; Ion. 95° 32' E., is nearly in the form of 
 a parallelogram, 60 m. long N.W. to S.E., by 10 to 15 m. 
 broad, and has an area of 480 sq. m. Cocoa-nuts and buf- 
 faloes furnish the subsistence, and constitute the wealth of 
 the inhabitants, who are Mahometans, and speak a peculiar 
 
 BALTCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 7 m. 
 W.N.W. Cracow, with a remarkable old castle, and 1000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 BALJIK, or Baltschik, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bul- 
 garia, eyalet Silistria, on a bay of same name on the Black Sea, 
 20 m. N.E. Varna. Its harbour is capacious and deep enough 
 to accommodate a fleet; and though open to the S.E. and S. 
 is practically completely sheltered, as the wind never blows 
 violently from these quarters. It has a custom-house, a 
 quarantine, and extensive warehouses, for its large and 
 rapidly increasing trade. Its annual horse, cattle, and sheep 
 market is very important. A great quantity of excellent 
 honey is obtained in the district by the rearing of bees, and 
 sent chiefly to Constantinople. 
 
 BALKANY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Sza- 
 bolcs, 20 m. N.N.E. Debreczin, with a trade in wheat, 
 tobacco, cattle, and honey and wax; and 3379 inhabitants, 
 mostly belonging to the Reformed church. 
 
 BALKASH Tengis, Ak-Dengis [White Sea], or Ala- 
 Dengis [Coloured Sea\, a large lake, Central Asia, on the 
 boundary of the W. Siberian prov. of Semipolatinsk and the 
 Siberian Kirghis steppe of the Great Horde, and, after the 
 Caspian Sea and Lakes Aral and Baikal, the largest lake in 
 Asia. It extends between lat. 45° and 47° N., and Ion. 
 73° 4Q,' and 79° 50' E., first in the direction of S. to N., and 
 then from W. to E., and has a length of about 300 m. and a 
 breadth of 10 to 60 m., and an area of 6400 geo. sq. m. It 
 appears to lie about 500 ft. ^bove sea-level, to be deeper on 
 the N. than on the S. side, but nowhere to exceed 66 ft. in 
 depth. The N. and W. banks, with their sharply-defined 
 contour, are terrace-formed and precipitous; the plateau above 
 them, covered with desert sand, is without streams, or has 
 only such as lose themselves in the sand. The character of 
 the S. side is quite different. Here the shore has no sharp 
 outline, but, on the contrary, presents a number of sinuosities 
 and peninsular promontories, and passes gradually into a 
 great low steppe, which, stretching away for 70 m. to the 
 spurs of the Alatau range, is crossed by sand-hills and covered 
 with a scanty vegetation, and forms a large portion of the 
 
BALLSTON SPA 
 
 40 
 
 BALTIMORE 
 
 circle of Alatau, also named The Land of Seven Streams, after 
 the seven steppe-rivers, as the Great Hi, the Karatal or 
 Kartal, Lepsa, Aksu, &c., which partly join the lake with 
 extensive deltas, and partly do not reach it at all or cannot 
 be ascended direct from it. The country to the E. of the 
 lake has the same steppe character. Here lie the remains 
 of a former continuation of the lake — the Sassyk-kul and 
 the Ala-kul or Ara-kul; the latter with the small island 
 Aral-Tube, formerly but erroneously supposed to be volcanic. 
 The numerous bays of Lake Balkash are grown over with 
 reeds often 20 ft. high. Among its numerous islands, which 
 are all far from the shore, the largest is Uz-Aral, about 10 m. 
 long, which has a good harbour on its N.W. side. The 
 water of the lake is clear; but, especially near the shore and 
 in the bays, brackish and undrinkable. From the end of 
 November till April it is covered with ice. Only the smaller 
 kinds of fish are found in it. By command of the governor- 
 general, the navigation was opened in 1852, first from the 
 N. shore to the mouths of the Karatal and Lepsa; in 1 853 to 
 the mouth of the Hi. In 1855 a Russian vessel went about 
 •300 m. up the Hi; but this voyage has not had any practical 
 result. 
 
 BALLSTON SPA, a vil. U. States, New York, cap. co 
 and 7 m. S.W. Saratoga, on the Saratoga and Schenectady 
 railway. It possesses a courthouse and several churches, 
 and was celebrated for its mineral springs, which, however, 
 in consequence of the superior attractions of Saratoga as a 
 watering-place, are not now much frequented. Pop, 2285. 
 
 BALMEEK, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 116 m. 
 S.W. Joodpoor. It consists of about 600 houses, built chiefly 
 of stone, and stands at the foot of a conical hill, which is 
 300 ft. high, and crowned by a fort. Government had for 
 some time a military station and a cattle establishment here. 
 
 BALOMBA, a river, S.W. Africa, which rises on the 
 heights of the Lingi-Lingi chain, flows nearly due W., receiv- 
 ing several streams and rivulets, traverses the mountainous 
 district of Selles, and pours its water into the Atlantic, in 
 lat. ir S. 
 
 BALOTRA, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 55 m. 
 S.W. Joodpoor, r. bank Loonee. Standing on the highroad 
 to the pilgrim shrine of Dwarka, near the W. extremity of 
 Kattewar, it is an important thoroughfare, and carries on a 
 profitable trade in supplying the wants of the pilgrims. It 
 has also considerable manufactures of plain and printed 
 calicoes, velvet shoes, and turnery in wood and ivory. The 
 salt made at the neighbouring lake of Puchbudra is said to 
 employ nearly 2000 persons in conveying it to market. Pop. 
 7275. 
 
 BALTIMORE [add.], U. States, Maryland, the third 
 town in the states in respect of size and population, stands on 
 an arm of the Patapsco, 12 m. above its mouth in Chesapeake 
 Bay, 33 m. N.N.E. Washington; lat. 39° 17' N.; Ion. 76° 37' W. 
 From almost every point of view its appearance is striking 
 and picturesque, and its general plan, though regular, is suffi- 
 ciently diversified to avoid tameness and monotony. The 
 streets, though sometimes uneven from following the original 
 inequalities of the site, are of good width, well paved, and pro- 
 vided with excellent sewerage; the larger mansions generally 
 in good taste, and with a good deal of open ground about 
 them, suggest ideas of health and comfort, and the smaller 
 dwellings occupied by the working-classes have this advantage 
 that each is complete in itself, and accommodates only a 
 single family. Every respectable tradesman owns his separ- 
 ate tenement, or is able to engage one at a reasonable rent, 
 and hence long rows of modest but pretty cottages, occupying 
 some of the highest and best localities of the town, form one 
 of its distinguishing features. All the houses are substan- 
 tially built of red brick. The principal public buildings and 
 institutions are 50 churches, many of which are elegant struc- 
 tures, though perhaps the most imposing is the R. Catholic 
 cathedral, built in the form of a cross, and surmounted by a 
 dome and two towers; the exchange, a very extensive range, 
 containing the custom-house, post-ofiice, reading-rooms, a 
 vast rotunda for public sales, &c.; a large and commodious 
 court-bouse, and near it the record-office built of solid granite 
 and fire-proof throughout; the athenaeum, built in the Italian 
 style, and containing the rooms of the Historical Society; 
 Loyola College, under the exclusive charge of Jesuits, and 
 intended as a substitute for St. Mary's College, which was 
 
 suppressed in 1851 by a mandate from Rome; a scientific 
 institute accommodated in the buildings of the Maryland 
 University, which, never flourishing, was finally abandoned 
 in 1854; a medical school, which has always maintained a 
 high name, and is the only portion of the so-called Wash- 
 ington University which has ever been organized; a large 
 mechanics' institute; a college for women, which in its course 
 of study and power of conferring degrees is similar to 
 colleges for male students; a R. Catholic seminary; 2 nun- 
 neries with large schools attached to them; a penitentiary, a 
 poorhouse, an infirmary, several hospitals, and a lunatic 
 asylum. Several beautiful cemeteries have been formed in 
 the outskirts of the town. Baltimore is one of the few places 
 within the U. States where monuments deserving of notice 
 have been erected. One of these, in honour of Washington, 
 is a Doric column of white marble, which, including its base 
 and the colos.sal statue of the hero at its top, is 175 ft. high; 
 another, called the Battle monument, and erected to the 
 memory of the citizens who fell in defence of the town in 
 1814, is also a column of white marble, with a sculptured 
 griffin at each of the four corners of its pedestal, and a 
 crowning figure intended to represent the genius of Baltimore. 
 
 The manufactures are not so important as might have been 
 expected from the industrious and stirring character of the 
 place, but there is at least one branch in which it still retains 
 pre-eminence. The shipwrights are among the very first in 
 the U. States, and from the dockyards here the famous Balti- 
 more clippers have been launched. The staple articles of 
 trade are coal, grain and flour, and tobacco. The assessed 
 value of real and personal property in the city in 1863 
 amounted to 128,596,819 dollars; on which a levy was made 
 of 321,492 dollars for the same year. The following table 
 will give some particulars as to the trade and commerce of 
 the port previous to the outbreak of the civil war: — 
 
 1858 
 1859 
 1860 
 
 Imports. 
 
 dollars. 
 
 7,954,422 
 10,408,993 
 10,271,818 
 
 Exports. 
 
 dollars. 
 10,235,890 
 
 8,724,261 
 10,968,599 
 
 ^'^f^^: Flonr.&c. 
 
 of Grain 
 
 bushels. 
 7,995,048 
 7,786,000 
 
 brls. 
 1,019,747 
 939,978 
 
 7',085,.559il,029.206 
 
 Imp. of 
 Gnano. 
 
 hhds. 
 66,534 
 55,974 
 67,142 
 
 tons. 
 28,143 
 63,206 
 71,614 
 
 188,019 
 230,984 
 181,292 
 
 The number of vessels arrived at the port in the three years 
 1858, -9, -60, were 2387, 2373, and 2426, of which 204, 203, 
 and 182 respectively were foreign. The two smelting estab- 
 lishments produced upwards of 10,000,000 lbs. of ingot cop- 
 per in I860, of which 547,500 lbs. were exported, chiefly to 
 Bremen and Holland. Of bituminous coal from Cumberland, 
 351,821 tons were received in 1859, and 397,684 tons in 
 1860, via the Baltimore and Ohio railroad; and of anthracite, 
 268,189 tons and 325,129 tons were received by railway and 
 canal in 1859 and 1860 respectively. The oyster trade is 
 
BALUMBRA 
 
 41 
 
 BANDAH 
 
 also very extensive, employing 3500 people and several 
 hundred vessels, the number of bushels packed in the season 
 of 1860 being 3,000,000, of the total value of $1,800,000. 
 After the outbreak of the war between the Northern and 
 Southern states the trade and commerce of Baltimore greatly 
 declined. Its inhabitants displayed strong secessionist pro- 
 clivities, and the town was long occupied by a Federal gar- 
 rison, and ruled by military law. On the trade in the item 
 of tobacco the prosperity of the town mainly depends, and the 
 vast warehouses which the state has provided for its reception 
 are not the least interesting of its sights. In carrying on the 
 various branches of its trade, Baltimore possesses ample 
 means of transport. The harbour, formed by the arm of the 
 Patapsco, which has a length of 3 m., with an average 
 breadth of more than 1 m., is capacious enough to admit 
 2000 vessels. Its depth, however, is not in proportion to its 
 capacity. Its upper part, forming what is called the inner 
 bay or basin, has a depth of only 12 ft., and is used only by 
 small vessels. The outer bay, extending between Fell's 
 Point and Canton on the N. and E., and Whetstone Point on 
 the S., is capable of floating the largest merchant ships. 
 Even it, however, has been gradually silting up, and has 
 shallowed so much in certain parts, that Congress voted a 
 sum for the purpose of deepening it, so as to admit ships of 
 the line and war-steamers of the largest class. The communi- 
 cation by railway is very complete, including the Baltimore 
 and Ohio, the Baltimore and Susquehanna, and the Philadel- 
 phia, Wilmington, and Baltimore railways. By the census of 
 1860 the pop. was 212,418. 
 
 BALUMBRA, a tn. Western India, peninsula Kattywar, 
 prov. Guzerat, 139 m. W. Ahmedabad. It stands about 8 m. 
 from the shore of the Gulf of Cutch. 
 
 BALZOKAH, or Balchorah, a tn. India, Oude, near its 
 N. frontier, on a low swampy island, formed by a river from 
 Nepaul, 120 m. N. Lucknow. It consists chiefly of a fort, 
 and is an important trading station, a mart being held every 
 summerfortwo months, during which the mountaineers and the 
 dealers from the plains meet and exchange their commodities. 
 
 BAMBA, or Kasbah, a tn. Western Africa, Tawarek 
 country, 120 m. E. Timbuctoo, 1. bank Niger, where it is 
 contracted to about 700 yards, and shut in between steep 
 banks; lat. 17° 46' N.; Ion. 1° 10' W. It was anciently so 
 important as to be repeatedly mentioned in history; but now, 
 besides a mosque and two or three clay magazines, contains 
 only 200 oval-shaped huts. 
 
 BAMBARA, a tn. Western Africa, forming the most S. 
 of the fixed settlements of the Songhay among the creeks 
 and back-waters in this part of the country, 115 m. S.S.W. 
 Timbuctoo. It stands in front of a chain of hills, and con- 
 sists partly of huts, which alone are inhabited as dwellings, 
 and partly of low, oblong, flat-roofed, clay buildings; used as 
 store-rooms or magazines. The inhabitants, almost all 
 Fellatah of indifferent reputation, possess numerous cattle, 
 and also cultivate a large extent of ground, the produce of 
 which finds a ready market in Timbuctoo, to which the inland 
 navigation, formed by the many back-waters and branches of 
 the Niger, aflfords a cheap and easy means of transport. 
 
 BAMOURI, or Bumbooree, a tn. India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, 42 m. S. Bareilly, r. bank of the Goula, which here 
 passes through an extensive ravine; lat. 29° 13' N.; Ion. 79° 
 35' E. It is a police and trading station, on the road from 
 Bareilly to Almora. The town stands upwards of 1700 ft. 
 above sea-level. 
 
 BAMUN WAy, a tn. Central India, Rajpoot state Jeypoor, 
 102 m. S.W. Agra; lat. 26° 34' N.; Ion. 76° 87' E. It is a 
 place of considerable size. 
 
 BANAJOA, a tribe, S. Africa, inhabiting the banks of 
 the Malabe and Tamunakle, north of Lake Ngami, and a large 
 tract of country to the eastward. They cultivate the millet 
 [Holcus sorghum), but depend partly for subsistence, particu- 
 larly when the crop of corn fails, on a root called tsiila, a 
 species of aroidea, which contains a very large proportion 
 of sweet-tasted starch, and when dried, pounded into meal, 
 and allowed to ferment, is not unpalatable. Their huts are 
 built on poles, and a fire is made beneath at night that the 
 smoke may drive away the mosquitoes. A still worse plague 
 is the tsetse, a fly whose sting is fatal to cattle. The Banajoa 
 women shave all the hair off their heads, and seem darker 
 than the Bechuanas. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. I. 
 
 BANAS, a river, India, Rajpootana, which rises on the 
 W. frontier of Oodeypoor or Mewar, amidst a cluster of sum- 
 mits of the Aravulli range, in lat. 21° 47' N.; Ion. 73° 28' E.; 
 flows N.E. to Tonk, where it changes its direction, proceeding 
 first E. and then S.S.E., to its junction with the Chumbul, 
 in lat. 25° 54'; Ion. 76° 50'. Its whole length is about 320 m. 
 At Tonk, 85 m. above its mouth, its bed, consisting of heavy 
 sand, is a mile wide, but even here in the dry season it is a 
 narrow shallow stream. 
 
 BANASA, a vil. Upper India, Gurhwal, in the valley 
 and near the source of the Jumna; lat. 30° 56' N.; Ion. 
 78° 27' E. Its situation is very grand, on one of a series of 
 rocky ledges on the mountain side. A great part of the 
 village was overwhelmed by the fall of a precipice in 1816. 
 There are hot springs in the neighbourhood. 
 
 BANAWAKAM, a tn. Southern India, pres. Madras, ter- 
 ritory Mysore, 280 m. W. Madras, stands in a fine open 
 country, on the edge of a large tank, and formerly contained 
 2000 houses; most of the inhabitants, however, were removed 
 by Hyder Ali to Nagapuri, but were afterwards allowed to 
 return. 
 
 BANAY, a tn. W. Africa, on a tributary of the Niger, 
 60 m. S.. Timbuctoo; lat. 16° 50' N.; Ion. 3° 10' W. The 
 chief part of the town stretches along a bay in the river, 
 which is bordered by a rich belt of vegetation ; but there is 
 also a suburb of detached huts. The former is inhabited by 
 Tawarek, the latter by Fellatah, who possess numerous flocks 
 and herds. 
 
 BANCALIS, an isl. Indian Archipelago, near the S.E. 
 extremity of the Straits of Malacca; lat. 1° 25' N.; Ion. 102° 
 15' E. It is one of a group of four low islands of consider- 
 able size, which are separated by narrow channels from each 
 other, and from the N.E. coast of Sumatra. It is about 35 m. 
 long by 10 m. broad, belongs to the Malay state of Siak in 
 Sumatra, is thinly peopled, and is covered for the most part 
 with dense forests. 
 
 BANCOORAH, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal:— 1, 
 The DISTRICT, called also sometimes W. Burdwan,lies between 
 lat. 22° 53' and 23° 46' N., and Ion. 87° and 87° 39' E.; and 
 is bounded N. by Beerbhoom, E. Burdwan, S. Midnapore, and 
 W. Pooralia and Pachete; length, N. to S., 60 m.; breadth, 
 40 m.; area, 1476 sq. m. The surface is generally level, but 
 undulates gently, and slopes gradually to the S.E. The only 
 locality at all elevated is Chatna on the W. frontier, where 
 an insulated group of granite hills descends N. towards the 
 valley of Damoodah. The principal streams are the Hadjee 
 and Damoodah, both of which flow through a mineral field, 
 which is rich both in coal and iron, and is wrought to some 
 extent, particularly at Raneegunje within this district. As 
 often happens where minerals are found, the soil is of indif- 
 ferent fertility. In the S.and S.W. it consists of a coarse earth, 
 formed by disintegrated granite overlying a slaty gneiss, 
 which seldom appears above the surface. In the more im- 
 mediate neighbourhood of the coal-field the country is jungly 
 and neglected. Where cultivation prevails the principal crops 
 are rice, wheat, barley, grain, and some other sorts of pulse, 
 
 oil-seeds, sugar-cane, indigo, and cotton. Pop. 480,000. 
 
 2, The TOWN, cap. of the above dist., 1. bank Dalkisore, 98 m. 
 N.W. Calcutta, contains barracks, a government English 
 school, accommodated in a large airy building, and attended 
 by about 100 pupils; an hospital, a jail, a bazaar, and a spaci- 
 ous public bungalow for the accommodation of travellers. 
 
 BAND (Mezo), atn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 7 m. N. Maros Vasarhely; with an evangelical, a 
 Greek R. Catholic and a Greek non-united church. Pop. 
 2224. 
 
 BANDAH [add.], a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Provs. Bun- 
 delcund: — 1, The dist. lies between lat. 24° 53' and 25° 54' N.; 
 Ion. 80° 3' and 81° 35' E.; and is bounded N. by Futtehpoor, 
 N.E. Futtehpoor and Allahabad, S.E. Rewah, S. and S.W. 
 some petty Bondela states, and W. and N.W. Humeerpoor; 
 area, 2878 sq. m. The principal rivers are the Jumna, which 
 forms the N. and N E. boundary for 130 m., and its affluents 
 the Cane or Keyn, the Runge or Baghin, and the Pysunnee. 
 The surface W. and S.W. of the Jumna is an extensive allu- 
 vial plain, rising gradually towards the S.W. and S., and ter- 
 minating in the Bindachal range, some of whose summits have 
 a height of 2000 ft. The soil of the plain is a black friable 
 earth, composed mainly of disintegrated basalt with a large 
 
 6 
 
BANCO 
 
 42 
 
 BANG-PA-KONG 
 
 mixture of decayed vegetable matter. It is of course highly 
 fertile, and produces in abundance wheat, barley, maize, millet, 
 and pulse. Sugar-cane and indigo are also cultivated, but of 
 commercial crops by far the most important is cotton, which 
 bears ahigh name, and is mostly exported up the Jumna, by way 
 
 of Calpee. Pop. 552,526. 2, The town, cap. of the above 
 
 dist., on the r. bank of the Cane, 95 m. W. by N. Allahabad, 
 occupies a striking site at the foot of a pyramidal hill of red 
 granite, whichrises nearly 400 ft. above the plain. Itis alarge, 
 but straggling, ill-built place, with houses of mud, though build- 
 ing stone abounds in the vicinity. The only edifice worthy 
 of notice is the palace of the nawab or titular prince, a modern 
 structure, spacious and solidly built, but deficient in taste, 
 Indian and European styles being strangely commingled. The 
 trade is chiefly in cotton, for which Bandali is a great and 
 celebrated mart. Government has a cantonment here, usually 
 occupied by about 440 native troops. It stands on the E. or 
 r. bank of the Cane, on what seems to be a favourable site. 
 Experience, however, proves the contrary, for fever is so pre- 
 valent that few escape it. In 1857 the nawab rebelled, but 
 was defeated by Sir H. Rose, who took possession of the place. 
 Pop. 33,464. 
 
 BANDO, a river, S. America, New Granada, prov. Choco, 
 which rises in a cordillera of same name belonging to the W. 
 Andes, flows W. past the vil. of Bando, and falls into the 
 Pacific, in lat. 5° S.; Ion. 77° 35' W., after a course of 
 46 leagues, of which 23 are navigable for the ordinary barks 
 of the country. 
 
 BANFFI-HUNYAD, a tn. Austrian empire, Transyl- 
 vania, circle and 29 m. W.N.W. Klausenburg, cap. dist. of 
 same name, near the source of the Eapid Korbs. It was once 
 a flourisliing place, but was almost destroyed in 1600 by the 
 Walachian woiwod Michael, during the Transylvanian war. 
 It has a castle, marble-quarries, and large annixal markets. 
 Pop. 2160. 
 
 BANGKOK, or Bankok [add.], a city, cap. of the king- 
 dom of Siam, extending for 3 or 4 m. on both sides of the 
 Menam, 15 m. above its embouchure in the Gulf of Siam, and 
 45 m. S. Ayuthia or Siam, the former capital ; lat. 13° 58' N.; 
 Ion. 1 00° 34' E. The city, properly so called, occupies an island 
 7 or 8 m. in circuit, and is surrounded with crenellated walls, 
 flanked by towers or bastions at certain distances. Situated 
 in the midst of immense gardens, adorned with luxuriant and 
 perpetual verdure, it presents a very picturesque appearance. 
 Its shores are lined with ships and glittering junks; above its 
 walls arise a crowd of gilded spires, and domes, and pyramids ; 
 the many-storied pagodas, enriched with gilding and covered 
 with polished tiles, reflecting the rays of the sun ; the winding 
 river is gay with floating shops and a thousand barks; the bar- 
 baric magnificence of the royal palace dazzles the eyes of the 
 spectator. There is not a single carriage or vehicle in the city, 
 all trade and intercourse being carried on by water. Canals 
 traverse every quarter, and it is only in the recesses of the 
 interior, and at the bazaars and public markets, that any paved 
 streets can be discovered. The principal objects of interest 
 at Bangkok — which its inhabitants call Krung-thepha-maJia- 
 nahhon-sl-ajuiha-mdha-dilohraxathani, &c., that is, the great 
 royal city of the angels, beautiful and impregnable — are the 
 palace and the royal pagodas. The palace stands on an 
 island from 2 to 3 m. in length, but very narrow, and is sur- 
 rounded by lofty walls. The whole area within these is paved 
 with slabs of beautiful marble or granite; military posts and 
 batteries of cannon are placed at various points, and on every 
 side glitters a multitude of elegant little edifices adorned with 
 gold and colours. In the centre of the great court majesti- 
 cally rises the Mahaprasat, with its four sides covered with 
 polished tiles, decorated with superb sculptures, and crowned 
 by a lofty gilded spire. It is here that the king receives am- 
 bassadors, and that the remains of deceased kings are placed in 
 golden urns, for the twelvemonth previous to their cremation; 
 here also the priests discourse in the presence of the queen 
 and the concubines, who are concealed by lattice- work. The 
 great hall, or audience chamber, is next arrived at; gigantic 
 statues of granite, brought from China, keep guard at its gates; 
 the walls and columns of the chamber are gay with paintings 
 and magnificent gildings ; the throne, fashioned like an altar, 
 is placed upon a platform of seven stories. Adjoining are the 
 king's apartments, and beyond the queen's palace, the houses 
 of the concubines and maids of honour, and a vast garden of 
 
 extraordinary magnificence. A tribunal, a theatre, the royal 
 library, immense arsenals, stables, and stalls for the white 
 elephants; a superb pagoda, and a new pavilion of marble in 
 the Italian style, are also included within the precincts of the 
 palace. The royal pagodas are indescribably splendid. Eleven 
 are within the city walls, and twenty without. The principal 
 is that of Wat-Chan, built in the form of a pyramid, and sur- 
 mounted by a spire 200 ft. high, which is the first indication 
 to the voyager of his approaching the capital of Siam. It 
 stands on the r. bank of the Menam, facing the king's palace. 
 Two other pagodas of great magnificence are named Xetuphon 
 and Bovoranivet. Each accommodates four or five hundred 
 talapoins, or priests, with a thousand children to wait upon 
 them. The houses of Bangkok are of three kinds : the best 
 are of brick, and very elegant; others are built of timber, and 
 those of the poor of bamboos. Fires are consequently very 
 frequent and disastrous, and a conflagration will often destroy 
 as many as 500 houses. But in seven or eight days all are 
 again rebuilt, thanks to the generous help of the friends and 
 relatives of the sufferers. 
 
 In the year 1864 there entered the port of Bangkok 457 
 vessels (aggregate tonnage, 158,849) ; of which 147 vessels 
 (tonnage, 54,645) were British, and 134 vessels (tonnage, 
 51,849) Siamese; — there cleared in the same year 422 vessels 
 (aggregate tonnage, 171,335), of which 148 vessels (tonnage, 
 54,771) were British, and 101 vessels (tonn. 62,348) Siamese. 
 The value of the imports in the same year amounted to 
 £1,167,697, and of the exports to £1,317,922. The quantity 
 of rice exported during the year was 125*507 tons, the demand 
 being principally for China. The trade in teak timber is 
 likely to be much increased, in consequence of all obstructions 
 in the way of it having been removed by the Siamese govern- 
 ment; so that foreigners are now allowed to visit and work 
 the jungles in the interior. The production of sugar in Siam 
 has decreased, owing to the heavy taxation to which it is 
 subjected at every stage, dues being levied even on the 
 boats in which it is conveyed to Bangkok. The cultivation 
 of cotton has been carried on, though to no great extent; 
 about 20,000 piculs were brought down to Bangkok in 1864. 
 Though the city is not more than a century old, it has a 
 pop. of 400,000 to 500,000, of whom (in 1865) 200 were 
 Europeans and Americans. — [Description du Royaiime Thai 
 ou Siam, Pallegoix ; and Mouhot's Travels in Siam, Cambodia, 
 and Laos.) 
 
 BANGO, a tn. S.W. Africa, Portuguese settlements, prov. 
 Angola, 95 m. E. by S. Loanda. It stands in a magnificent 
 valley, containing 4000 'hearths,' and was once famous for 
 its convent of St. Hilarion, which, though deserted, is as 
 entire externally as on the day when it ceased to be occupied. 
 The garden, the church, and the dormitories are still kept in 
 good repair. The furniture, couches, and large chests for 
 holding provisions remain, but all the books and sacred vessels 
 have been removed to Loanda. The sova or native chief of 
 Bango resides here, and exercises authority under the Portu- 
 guese. As a sova or chief he has his councillor, and main- 
 tains the same state as when the country was independent. 
 The male natives, trusting to their wives to supply them with 
 food, spend most of their time in drinking palm-toddy. This 
 liquor, which when tapped yields a sweet clear liquid, which 
 may be drunk with safety, becomes highly intoxicating if left 
 to stand for a few hours. It thus becomes tlie source of 
 many crimes, and is the bane of the country. Pop. 20,000. 
 
 BANG-PA-KOIS'G [add.], a river, Siam, which rises in 
 the mountains to the N.E. of Moang-Kabin, flows circuitously 
 W.S.W., and falls into the Gulf of Siam about 40 m. S.E. 
 Bangkok. About 20 m. above its mouth it is joined by a 
 canal from Bangkok, which is 55 m. long, and passes through 
 a flat alluvial country entirely devoted to the culture of rice. 
 A short way from the sea the river becomes narrow and 
 winding, and cultivation is restricted to occasional strips of 
 land on either bank. The inhabitants are few and poor, and 
 nothing like a village is met with before reaching Pachim, 
 which, in 1857, was nearly destroyed by a fire from the 
 prairie. At Pachim the river is about 40 yards wide, and 
 during the rainy season, from July to November, runs at the 
 rate of 5 m. an hour. During the rest of the year there is 
 here a regular rise and fall of the tide. Above Pachim the 
 navigation is rendered tedious during the wet season by the 
 strength of the current, and at other times is impracticable 
 
BANG-PA-SOE 
 
 43 
 
 BARA 
 
 from the narrowness of the channel and numerous obstruc- 
 tions. The country along the river is generally level and 
 densely wooded. 
 
 BANG-PA-SOE [add,], a tn. Siam, in the E. bight of the 
 Gulf of Siam, about 6 m. S. of the mouth of the Bangpakong, 
 where there is a tolerable harbour for vessels of moderate 
 draught. It is the residence of the governor of the district, 
 and is an entrepot for the produce of the large and fertile dis- 
 trict along the banks of the Bangpakong. Many of the in- 
 habitants are employed in catching and curing the fish which 
 abound in the gulf, and find a ready market at Bangkok. Pop. 
 3500, of whom 2000 are Chinese. 
 
 BANGUNGA, two rivers, India: — 1, The one rising in 
 the Himalayas, on the N. frontier of Nepaul, flows S. into 
 dist. Goruckpoor, and joins, or is joined by, the Boree Eaptee, 
 whose volume it more than doubles. Immediately below the 
 confluence the united stream has a width of 100 yards, and is 
 scarcely fordable even in the dry season; above the confluence 
 the Bangunga is navigable, and a considerable quantity of 
 wood is floated down by it. — 2, The other Bangunga rises in 
 Rajpootana, near the N.W. frontier of Jeypoor, about lat. 
 27° 30' N.; Ion. 76° 10' E. It flows first S., then circuitously 
 E., and joins the Gumbea, an afiluent of the Jumna. Its 
 whole course is about 140 m., but, except during the wet sea- 
 son, it carries very little water. At Maunpoor, 80 m. from 
 its source, it was found in August, after the rainy season had 
 commenced, with a channel 600 yards wide and nearly dry, 
 and a few days later, after heavy rains, it was fordable for 
 camels at a point 40 m. lower down. 
 
 BANJA, or Ilidshe, a vil. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, on 
 the road from Mostar to Sarayevo, about 6 m. from the latter. 
 It is finely situated, has a pleasing appearance, and possesses 
 sulphur springs, which are said to be very efficacious in cases 
 of rheumatism. A wooden but tolerably well -arranged 
 bathing-house has been erected by order of Omar Pasha, and 
 several khans furnisli good accommodation for visitors. 
 
 BANKS, an island, Australia, Torres Strait, lat. (Mount 
 Augustus), 10° 10' S.; Ion. 142° 19' 15" E. It is about 26 m. 
 in circuit, and appears to be divided by the natives into 
 two distinct portions — an E. called Mooa, which is hilly, and 
 a W. called Eet, which is low, and near tlie shore is covered 
 with mangroves. In the N.E., where the island is loftiest, 
 two of the summits, Augustus and Banks' Peaks, attain the 
 respective heights of 1310 ft. and 1246 ft. Between these 
 ridges are two deep valleys, moderately wooded, and covered 
 with a green vegetation, betokening great natural fertility of 
 soil. Narrow coral-reefs extend along the shores. 
 
 BANKS' PENINSULA, New Zealand, a remarkable 
 projection on the E. side of the Middle Island, about 30 m. 
 long from W.N.W. to E.S.E., and 20 m. broad, and attached 
 to the mainland by a narrow isthmus; the S.E. point is in 
 lat. 43° 52' 15" S.; Ion. 173° E. It forms a part of the pro- 
 vince of Canterbury, and consists almost entirely of steep 
 rugged hills covered with wood. Several harbours indent it 
 on all sides, and near the N, side of the isthmus is the town 
 of Lyttelton, the principal port of the province. 
 
 BANKS' STRAIT, a strait, Arctic regions, on the N. of 
 Baring Island, and separating it from Prince Patrick and 
 Melville Islands; lat. (Cape Crozier), 74° 30' N.; Ion. 120° 
 30' W. It was navigated by Captain Sir R. M'Clure, of 
 H.M.S. Investigator, in 1851, who thereby established the 
 existence of a second N.W. passage, in addition to that dis- 
 covered by him a short time previously through Prince of 
 Wales' Strait, — (Armstrong's Narrative of Discovery of N. W. 
 Passage.) 
 
 BANLOK, a tn. Austrian empire, Temesv'ar Banat, circle 
 Gross Beskerek, 12 m. S.E. Modes, on the Berzava, with a 
 castle. Pop. 2351. 
 
 BANGS, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, in a break or open- 
 ing in the chain of the Andes, nearly equidistant from 
 Ambato and Rio Bamba, on an affluent of the Pasta9a, one of 
 the largest tributaries of the Amazon. Steamers drawing 
 from 4 to 6 ft. of water ascend to within 50 m. of Bancs, 
 after a river navigation of about 3000 miles. 
 
 BANOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 10 m, 
 from Hradisch; with a trade in dry fruit and nuts, and 
 1200 inhabitants, 
 
 BANSDA, or Badnsda, a petty native state, India, 
 bounded W, and N, by the British collectorate Surat, E, the 
 
 Daung, and S. the native state Durrumpore; area, 325 sq. m. 
 The revenue amounts to £4700, under deduction of £780 
 payable as tribute to the British government. The state is 
 under the political superintendence of the Bombay presi- 
 dency, and is managed by the governor's agent at Surat, from 
 which Bansda, the capital, is distant 45 m. S.E. P. 24,050. 
 
 BANSEE, or Bangsi, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. 
 and 64 m. N.W. Goruckpoor, r. bank Raptee, which is here 
 200 yds. wide. It consists of about 600 houses, for the most 
 part very poorly built. The only edifice of any pretensions 
 is the palace of the rajah, to whom the pergunnah of Bansee 
 belongs; but even it is little better than a collection of mud- 
 walled quadrangular towers, connected by huts of one story, 
 with windows towards the interior, — There is another Bansee, 
 of still less importance, dist, and 23 m, S, Allahabad, 
 
 BANSWARRA, a native state and tn, India, Raj- 
 pootana, between lat. 23° 10' and 23° 48' N.; Ion, 74° 2' 
 and 74° 41' E.; bounded N. by Dongerpoor and Oodeypoor 
 or Mewar; N.E. and E. Pertaubgurh; S, by an isolated por- 
 tion of Holkar's Dominions and Jabooa; and W, the Rewa 
 Caunta; length, N. to S,, 45 m.; breadth, 33 m.; area, 1440 
 sq, m. The annual revenue is about £30,000, under deduc- 
 tion of about £3000 payable as tribute to the British govern- 
 ment. Pop. about 144,000. The town, cap. of the above 
 
 state, situated 110 m. N.E. Baroda, is surrounded by a ram- 
 part inclosing a large area, of which a considerable portion 
 is laid out in gardens. The principal buildings are the 
 palace of the chief, a large battlemented and turreted struc- 
 ture seated on a rising ground overlooking the town; several 
 handsome Hindoo temples; and an extensive bazaar. Near 
 the palace there is a beautiful tank, overhung with trees, and 
 edged with a fine ghaut, or flight of steps, leading down to 
 the water, 
 
 BANYA (Little), a tn, Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 14 m. S.S.W. Klausenburg, with gold and 
 silver mines. Pop, 1300, 
 
 BANYALUKA, a tn, Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, on the 
 Verbas, 72 m. N.W. Bosnia Serai. It is one of the largest 
 towns in Bosnia, is the seat of the kaimakan, and extends 
 for a considerable distance along the banks of the river, which 
 divides it into two unequal parts. It is defended by a citadel, 
 contains a large number of mosques, and has mineral springs. 
 A number of Roman antiquities exist within it. Pop. 
 about 15,000. 
 
 BAP, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 98 m, N.E, 
 Jessulmeer, Owing to the arid desert around it, it derives 
 much importance from the possession of a fine tank close to 
 the town, and of several wells of fresh water nearly half a 
 mile to the S, On the W. side of the tank is a small shrine, 
 which is visited under the idea that the presiding god is able 
 to cure barrenness, 
 
 BAPUGENI, or Pugeni, a native vil, S, Africa, Trans- 
 vaal Republic, among the Magliesberg mountains. It is the 
 chief place of the tribe of the Bapugeni, and consists of about 
 300 huts, a number of which lie along the foot of a mountain 
 spur, while others are situated at some distance. Each 
 liut — of a circular shape, built of stone plastered over with 
 clay, and in the better class polished insiae and out with bees' 
 wax — is 20 or 30 ft, high, has a conical roof thatched with 
 straw or reeds, is surrounded by a broad eave or verandah, 
 and divided from the other houses by a fence or wall. In 
 the formation of the streets there is no appearance of any 
 regular plan, but additions seem to have been made as occa- 
 sion required, the shape assumed being that of a series of 
 circles surrounding the cattle-kraals. One of these kraals, 
 inclosed by a wall of dry stones 4 ft. in thickness and the 
 same in height, and as well built as any European mason could 
 have done, forms an oval measuring 93 ft, on its longest axis. 
 The general cleanness of the native kraals ought to shame 
 the Dutch boers. 
 
 BARA, a vil. E. Africa, Kordofan, about 200 m. from 
 Khartoom, in the heart of a beautiful oasis embosomed among 
 tall and graceful date-palms. It stands on the slope of a 
 hill, and consists of a number of mud houses and straw huts, 
 mean and paltry in themselves, but rendered attractive by 
 their well-stocked gardens, which contrast strikingly with 
 the sterile sand-hills of the surrounding country. During 
 the possession of this part of Kordofan by Darfur, Bara 
 became the favourite residence of its melek or sovereign, 
 
BARAHAUT 
 
 44 
 
 BARKFELD 
 
 who did much to adorn it. During the invasion of the 
 Turks it suflfered severely, and since their conquest of the 
 country it has little importance beyond that which it derives 
 from being a military station. 
 
 BARAHAUT, or Bakaiiat, a vil. India, Gurhwal, 
 r. bank Bhagerettee or Ganges; lat. 30° 43' N.; Ion. 78° 29' E. 
 The houses are built of large stones, and are covered with 
 slabs, or coarse slates, laid on strong timbers. In 1803 an 
 earthquake laid great part of it in ruins, and killed 200 or 300 
 of the inhabitants, besides great numbers of cattle. This 
 disaster was a serious blow to its prosperity; but it has in a 
 great measure recovered, in consequence of the advantages 
 which it derives from its position at the junction of the prin- 
 cipal pilgrim routes leading to the sources of the Ganges. 
 Pilgrims proceeding to Gangotri, which is about seven days' 
 journey to the N., must here lay in their supplies. Near the 
 village there is a remarkable trident set up, doubtless in 
 honour of Siva, whose emblem it is. The base, made of 
 copper and 3 ft. in circuit, supports a brass shaft 12 ft. high, 
 terminating in three prongs 6 ft. in length. The Brahmins 
 maintain that the trident is miraculously upheld on its narrow 
 base; but it is really fixed into the ground by an iron bar. A 
 temple which once stood over it was thrown down during 
 the earthquake. 
 
 BAKAM, a river, Borneo, which has its mouth on the 
 N.W. coast, 80 m. S. Labuan, in lat. 4° 30' N.; Ion. 113° 50' E. 
 Its entrance, which is about half a mile wide, is encumbered 
 by a bar, on which there is only 9 ft. water; but witliin, the 
 depth is increased to 4, 5, and even 10 fathoms, and continues 
 so for about 100 m. In 1851 the iron war-steamer Pluto 
 ascended it for 140 m. Coal and iron are found on its banks 
 in the upper part of its course. 
 
 BAKANOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 60 m. N.E. Tarnow, close to the Polish frontier. It con- 
 tains an ancient, beautiful, and strong castle, with a valuable 
 library and a picture gallery. This place was once an im- 
 portant entrepot for the corn sent down the Vistula to Dan- 
 zig. It was also the residence of many of the Polish literati, 
 and the birth-place of the poet Baranowski. The Swedes 
 were defeated here in 1656. Pop. 1500. 
 
 BARANQUILLA, a tn. S. America, New Granada, at 
 the mouth of the Magdalena, prov. and about 5 m. from 
 Sabanilla. It is separated from the river by a narrow belt 
 of land, which during the rainy season becomes flooded, and 
 thereby forms stagnant pools and swamps, which make it 
 very unhealthy. Its chief importance is derived from its 
 harbour, which makes it the common entrepot for the traffic 
 of the Magdalena. It is the only place on the Magdalena 
 which has a dockyard for building and repairing vessels. 
 
 BARASET, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal :—l , The 
 DISTRICT lies between lat. 22° 16' and 22° 59' N.; Ion. 88° 55' 
 and 89° 22' E.; and is bounded N. by Nuddea; E. Jessore; 
 S. the Sunderbunds; S.W. the Twenty-four Pergunnahs; 
 and W. the Hooghly; length, S.E. to N.W., about 63 m.; 
 breadth, 31 m.; area, 1424 sq. m. It is a flat alluvial tract 
 intersected by numerous water- courses, offsets of the Ganges; 
 and having thus a superabundance of moisture, with a tropical 
 climate, is so insalubrious that its natural resources have 
 
 never been developed. Pop. 522,000. 2, The town, cap. 
 
 of the above dist, situated 15 m. N.E. Calcutta, on the road 
 to Dacca, is an insignificant place; it has, however, a civil 
 establishment, consisting of a magistrate and collector, and 
 other European and native officials. 
 
 BARATH (Nagy), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 and about 6 m S.W. liaab, and 72 m. S.E. Vienna, with a 
 trade in corn, wine, and fruit, particularly excellent cherries. 
 Pop. 1140. 
 
 BARBARANO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 12 m. 
 S. Vicenza, cap. dist. of same name, with a court of justice, 
 several churches, a Franciscan monastery, and a mineral 
 spring. Pop. 2186. 
 
 BAKCA (La), a tn. Mexico, Jalisco, at the entrance of 
 the liio Grande or Santiago into Lake Chapula, 60 m. S.E. 
 Guadalajara. It is a stirring place, with about 3000 inha- 
 bitants, whose chief employments are fishing, weaving, and 
 the feeding of swine. 
 
 liAREE, several places, India: — 1, A vil. Gurhwal, 
 1. bank Jumna; lat. 30° 55' N.; Ion. 78° 26' E. It possesses 
 a few patches of fertile soil, in which grain and potatoes are 
 
 grown, and has some manufactures of woollen cloth, in which 
 the whole process, from the clipping of the wool to the 
 spinning and weaving, is performed exclusively by the male 
 inhabitants. — 2, A tn. in the native sfate Dholpoor, N.E. 
 corner of Rajpootana, 44 m. S.W. Agra. It stands in a hilly 
 district, and is little known to Europeans. According to an 
 old account, its streets are narrow; but many of its houses, 
 built of red stone and two stories high, have a comfortable 
 appearance. — 3, A tn., territory and 44 m. S.E. Bhopal, in 
 a mountainous country on the N. or 1. bank of the Jamneer. 
 It is the cap. of a pergunnah of same name, containing 220 
 villages, and is said to be a large and populous place. — 4, A 
 tn. N.W. Provinces, dist. and 18 m. E. Ghazeepoor, r. bank 
 Ganges, at the confluence of the Karamnasa. — 5, A tn. Oude, 
 29 m. N. Lucknow. 
 
 BAREILY [add.], a tn. India, cap. dist. of same name. 
 On 31st May, 1857, the sepoys stationed here broke into 
 open mutiny, murdering their officers and other Europeans, 
 and setting fire to the British quarters. They soon succeeded 
 in gaining complete possession of the place, and afterwards 
 formed part of the reinforcements which joined the rebels in 
 Delhi. The town was recovered from the mutineers in 1858, 
 after a sharp struggle, by the British under Lord Clyde. 
 Pop. in 1853, 111,332. 
 
 BARING ISLAND or Land, an isl. Arctic Ocean, 
 N. coast of America, lat. 71° 5' to 74° 37' N.; Ion. 114° 20' 
 to 125° 30' W.; is separated on the N. by Banks' Strait from 
 Prince Patrick and Melville islands, and on the E. by Prince 
 of Wales strait from Prince Albert Land. It terminates on 
 the S. in the lofty promontory of Nelson's Head; and from 
 this point to Point Kellett, on its W. shore, the coast is bold 
 and precipitous; but the surface affords good pasturage to 
 various arctic animals, such as reindeer, foxes, and geese. 
 Proceeding northwards, the coast subsides in elevation, but 
 again rises at the N.W. extremity of the island, where it 
 presents a scene of universal ruggedness and desolation. 
 Baring Land was circumnavigated for the greater part by 
 H.M.S. Investigator, which, in the search for the expedition 
 under Sir John Franklin, passed the winter of 1851-2 in 
 Mercy Bay, on its N.E. coast,- — (Armstrong's Narrative of 
 Discovery of N. W. Passage.) 
 
 BARITO, or Banjak, a river, Borneo, which rising in a 
 mountainous district, about lat. 1° 6' N.; Ion. 114°E.,not 
 far from the sources of the Murong, unites with it in lat. 0° 16' 
 N.; Ion. 113° 58' E. The united stream, sometimes called 
 the Murong, sometimes the Barito, or Dusson, pursues a tor- 
 tuous course southward, hemmed in for the most part by 
 lofty mountains. In lat. 2° 40' S. the river again separates 
 into two branches, the W. of which, under the name of Kalor 
 Murong, falls into the sea in lat. 3° 26' S.; Ion. 114° 13' E., 
 while the E., the Barito proper, has its mouth in lat. 3° 35' S ; 
 Ion. 114° 33' E., the two arms forming a delta of 38 geo. 
 sq. m. Tlie Barito at its mouth is nearly J m. broad. The 
 whole length of the river, both when united with the Murong 
 and separated from it, is estimated at 670 m. Of these, 412 
 are navigable for large vessels. Nearly the whole kingdom 
 of Banjarmassin is included in the basin of the Barito. — [Zeit- 
 scliriftfiir Allgemeine Erdkundcy v. ii. 1857.) 
 
 BARKET (El), a tn. N. Africa, Sahara, occupied by a 
 tribe of Berber origin, but subjected to the Hagar or Azkar 
 Tawareks, 5 m. S. Ghat; lat. 25° 0' N.; Ion. 10° 30' E. It 
 stands on a piece of open ground at the foot of a sandy emi- 
 nence, and forms nearly a regular quadrangle, inclosed by a 
 clay wall with four gates, and provided with square towers. 
 The houses, about 200 in number, are well built of nicely 
 polished clay, and are all of two or three stories. The only 
 public building of much pretension is the mosque, which is 
 of considerable size for so small a place, neatly whitewashed, 
 and surmounted by a lofty minaret. The inhabitants carry 
 on no trade, and have their chief wealth in their date planta- 
 tions and gardens. 
 
 BARKFELD, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Saros, 
 on the Topla, 20 m. N. by E. Eperies. It was once a royal 
 free town, and consists of an inner town surrounded by walls, 
 and of three suburbs, has clean and well-paved streets, a 
 R. Catholic church, and a townhouse — both of them hand- 
 some structures — a Franciscan convent, a high-school, good 
 potteries, and a large trade in lace, linen, wine, hemp, and 
 flax. The baths in the neighbourhood, situated on the S. 
 
BAEMEN 
 
 45 
 
 BAEEEN 
 
 slope of the Carpathians, have been known for three centuries, 
 and are much frequented by visitors from Hungary, Poland, 
 and Eussia. Pop. 4222. 
 
 BARMEN, a missionary station, S. Africa, Damaras 
 Land, about f m. from r. bank Swakop; lat. 22° 8' S.; Ion. 
 17° E. It has a rather dreary aspect when first beheld, but 
 presents spots not devoid of interest and beauty. Immedi- 
 ately in front, towards the E., lies the river, whose course is 
 conspicuously marked by the handsome black- stemmed 
 mimosa; while behind, toward the W., rise irregular masses 
 of low broken rocks, ending abruptly on one side in a bluff 
 about 1000 ft. high, the whole covered with a profusion of 
 shrubs and thorn-trees of the genus acacia, which, during the 
 great part of the year, assume every shade of green. Bound- 
 ing the horizon beyond the river is a noble range of pictur- 
 esque mountains, rising nearly 7000 ft. above sea-level, and 
 forming a prolongation of the chains which commence not 
 far from Cape Town. Water is both abundant and good, and 
 there is a warm spring with a temperature of 157°, which is 
 used with success for irrigation, domestic purposes, and the 
 seasoning of timber. 
 
 BARN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 16 m. 
 N.N.E. Olmiitz; with two churches, extensive manufactures 
 of linen, and establishments for preparing flax, which is very 
 extensively grown in the district. Pop. 3185. 
 
 BAliOACH, or Broach [add.], a dist. and tn. India, 
 presid. Bombay. The district lies between lat. 21° 22' and 
 22° ir N.; Ion. 72° 30' and 73° 10' E.; and is bounded N. and 
 E. by Guicowar; S. the Keem, separating it from Surat; and 
 
 W. the Gulf of Cambay; length, N. to S., about 57 m.; breadth, 
 41 m.; area, 1319 sq. m. The surface, belonging almost 
 entirely to the deltas of the Nerbudda and Taptee, is gene- 
 rally flat, and covered by two classes of soil — a light brown 
 and a black. The former, which is of very limited extent, 
 is of superior fertility, but somewhat difficult and expensive 
 to cultivate. Its chief crops are bagree and other kinds of 
 grain. The black soil, forming at least 88 per cent, of the 
 whole, is a rich mould, admirably adapted for jowaree {Hoi- 
 cus sorghum), the principal food of the inhabitants, and 
 cotton, which now forms the great staple of the district, and 
 furnishes a large proportion of what is known in the British 
 cotton market by the name of Surat. Wheat and rice are 
 grown to some extent, but the quality of both is said to be 
 inferior. The manufactures, of which cotton cloth forms 
 
 the staple, are unimportant. Pop. 290,984. The town, 
 
 cap. of the above dist., r. bank Nerbudda, 30 m. above 
 its mouth, is a station on the Bombay, Baroda, and Cen- 
 tral India railway, 200 m. N. (by rail) Bombay. It stands 
 on an artificial mound, 80 ft. above the river, which is here 
 2 m. broad, but so shallow as to be navigable only by boats 
 of 50 tons, and is crossed by a long viaduct of the rail- 
 way. The principal buildings are an English church, con- 
 secrated in 1856, a Parsee hospital for animals, government 
 school, the Silver Mosque, with a handsome fretted ceiling, 
 the bazaar and cotton warehouses outside the wall. The 
 wall which surrounds the town is very much dilapidated ex- 
 cept on the river face, which has been repaired. Baroach was 
 formerly a flourishing place for trade, and the manufacture 
 
 BAROACH, FROM THE MELON ISLAND IN THE CENTRE OF THE RIVER.— From Forbes' Oriental Memoirs. 
 
 of cloth checks, which were very skilfully woven, mostly by 
 Parsees. About 17 or 18 m. distant are the carnelian mines 
 of Ratanpur, large quantities of .carnelian beads being ex- 
 ported from Baroach. The cotton trade has recently become 
 the most important, Baroach being the shipping port for the 
 cotton grown in Gujerat. The town contains about 3341 
 houses within the walls, occupied by 12,971 persons; the 
 inhabitants of the suburbs are estimated at 18,361. 
 
 BAROTSE, a dist. Central Africa, between lat. 15° 20' 
 and 16° 30' S.; and Ion. 23° and 24° E. It is bounded on 
 the W. by a range of hills, from which it descends gradually 
 to r. bank Zambesi or Leeambye, crossing the rjver to another 
 range of hills forming the E. boundary. The intervening 
 tract, forming Barotse proper, is about 100 m. long, and 20 to 
 30 wide. As it is annually inundated by the river, like 
 Egypt by the Nile, the villages and towns, of which Nariele, 
 containing scarcely 1000 inhabitants, is the chief, are built on 
 mounds, many of them constructed artificially. The plains 
 are covered with coarse succulent grasses, on which large 
 herds of cattle are grazed. Maize and Caffre corn are raised in 
 abundance, and of excellent quality, on the inundated grounds; 
 and on the ridges above are fruitful gardens, where sugar-cane, 
 sweet potato, two kinds of manioc, two kinds of yam, bananas, 
 millet, &c., are cultivated. These productions, with ample 
 supplies of milk from the cattle, and fish from the river, justify 
 the inhabitants in talking of their country as the land of 
 
 plenty. It has, however, one serious drawback. Fever, often 
 of a fatal description, is prevalent. Dr. Livingstone during 
 his visit had eight attacks of it, the last of tliem very severe. 
 
 BAERACKPOOR [add.], a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 
 10 m. N.N.E. Calcutta. Previous to the mutiny in 1857 
 six regiments of sepoys were quartered here, but upon its 
 outbreak they became disaffected, and were on the point of 
 marching upon Calcutta when they were disarmed and closely 
 guarded by European troops. Subsequently extensive bar- 
 racks for the permanent occupation of British troops were 
 erected, and are now occupied by them. The government 
 also has works here for the manufacture of gunpowder. 
 
 BARRACOOTA, Haji, or Port Imperial, a harbour, 
 Russian empire, Manchooria, on the W. shore of the Gulf of 
 Tartary; lat. (Tullo Island), 49° 1' 50" N.; Ion. 140° 19' E. 
 It is formed by Freeman Point on the N., and Tullo Island 
 on the S., which are f m. apart; has depths varying from 5 
 to 15 fathoms, and contains several inlets, with shelter for all 
 classes of vessels. It receives the river Haji or IJi, which 
 forms some small alluvial islands. Its shores are covered 
 with dense forests of pine, yew, and alder. The Eussians 
 founded the settlement Konstantinovsk here in 1853. It 
 consists of a few log-houses, supplied with water from a well, 
 and is defended by two batteries mounting eighteen guns. 
 
 BARREN [add.], an island, S. Pacific, off the N.E. coast of 
 Tasmania, near the E. entrance of Banks' Strait. It belongs 
 
BARREN 
 
 46 
 
 BATOKA 
 
 to the Furneaux group, is about 24 in. long from E. to W., 
 by about 18 m. wide, and has a high, rocky, and irregular 
 surface, with a remarkable peak on its S.E. end, and on its 
 N.W. side some round wooded hills. 
 
 BARREN [add.], an isl. in the S.E. of the Bay of Ben- 
 gal, belonging to the Andaman group, 36 m. E. of the Middle 
 Island of the Great Andaman; lat. 12" 17' N.; Ion. 93° 54' E. 
 It consists of a volcanic cone which rises to the height of 980 ft. 
 above the sea, is about a mile and three quarters long, by 
 less than half a mile broad, and is a link in the chain of vol- 
 canoes which extends in a curve from Java to the N.E. and N. 
 Many violent eruptions must have taken place at a very early 
 period. In 1795 the crater threw out red-hot stones of 
 several tons weight, and immense volumes of vapour; and in 
 1803 a black pillar of smoke continued to rise from it at 
 intervals of 10 minutes, while at night, on the E. side of the 
 crater, a burning fire was distinctly visible. Since then the 
 volcanic activity has gradually diminished. 
 
 BARKH, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. and 33 m. E. 
 Patna, r. bank Ganges, 363 m. (by rail) N.W. Calcutta, is 
 a station on the East Indian railway. It occupies a large 
 area, and carries on a considerable trade. Pop. 25,000. 
 
 BARRIE, a tn. British America, Canada West, cap. co. 
 Simcoe, at the head of Kempenfeldt Bay, on Lake Simcoe, 
 and on the Ontario, Simcoe, and Huron railway, 50 m. N. 
 by W. Toronto. It has two bank agencies and a weekly 
 newspaper, but its trade is chiefly local. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 BARU WA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, near the N.W. 
 shore of Lake Chad, about 60 m. N. Kukawa. It is inclosed 
 by clay walls, which can scarcely be distinguished, owing to 
 high mounds of rubbish embedding them on all sides; and 
 consists of closely packed huts, generally without a courtyard. 
 The inhabitants are mostly of the Kanemba tribe. Fish, 
 caught in great quantities in the lake, are at once the principal 
 food and tlie only article of commerce. 
 
 BARWALD, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Wadowice, in a mountainous district, 18 m. S.W. Cracow. 
 It consists of the three distinct villages of Lower, Middle, 
 and Upper Barwald, and has a fine mansion, and beautiful 
 forest timber. Pop. 2000. 
 
 BARZDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and about 33 m. N.E. Koniggratz; with a church, three mills, 
 and 1700 inhabitants, employed in weaving and spinning. 
 
 BASARDJIK, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 120 m. W.N. W. 
 Adrianople, on the Maritza. The Christians have three 
 churches, and possessed several flourishing schools, which 
 Turkish fanaticism has suppressed, substituting for them only 
 one Bulgarian school. The trade is important. It contains 
 about 25,000 inhabitants, of whom three-fifths are Turks, 
 and the remainder Christians. 
 
 BASARTSHIK, or Basaetik, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Bulgaria, eyalet Silistria, 24 m. N. Varna. It has in April 
 an important annual fair, and contains 5000 inhabitants, 
 almost all Mahometans. 
 
 BATCH AR-MAADEN, a tn. Turkey in Asia, prov. Kars, 
 45 m. N.N.W. Erzeroom, on the S. slopes of a mountain 
 range near the 1. bank of the Tchoru-su. It is celebrated 
 for its copper mines. 
 
 BATCULL, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. N. Canara, 
 on a small stream, about 2 m. from its mouth on the W. coast, 
 80 m, N. Mangalore. It stands in a beautiful valley, highly 
 cultivated by means of irrigation, and inclosed by hills on all 
 sides; and contains two mosques, though the majority of the 
 inhabitants, about 3000, are Hindoos. 
 
 BATESVILLE, a tn. U. States, Arkansas, cap. co. In- 
 dependence, 82 m. N.E. Little Rock, on the White River, 
 which is navigated by steamboats at nearly all seasons. It 
 occupies a healthy site in a dist. well wooded and amply pro- 
 vided with water-power, which enables it to carry on a con- 
 siderable trade. Pop. about 1700. 
 
 BATH, or Berkley, a vil. U. States, Virginia, cap. co. 
 Morgan, on the Baltimore and Ohio railway, about 3 m. from 
 the Potomac. It is much visited by invalids for its mineral 
 springs, which have a temperature of 74°, and are considered 
 efficacious in neuralgia, dyspepsia, and rheumatism. 
 
 BATH [add.], a tn. U. States, Maine, cap. co. Tagada- 
 hock, r. bank Kennebec, 4 m. below its junction with the 
 Androscoggin, and on the Kennebec and Portland railway, 
 35 m. S. Augusta. It stretches 2| m. along the river, and 
 
 about a mile back from it, and is very irregularly built, 
 though most of the dwelling-houses display neatness and 
 taste, and some of the few public buildings, including several 
 of the ten churches, are costly and elegant. The custom- 
 house is a granite structure of some pretensions. The public 
 schools, consisting of primary, grammar, and high schools, 
 are in great repute; and the literary character of the place is 
 moreover maintained by a lyceum, an academy, and a public 
 library. The principal business is shipbuilding, in which 
 Bath is surpassed only by Boston and New York. The 
 number of vessels built here in 1856 was 67, measuring in 
 the aggregate 50,182 tons. A large proportion of these are 
 owned by the inhabitants, who in 1854 possessed in all 164,000 
 tons, employed partly in foreign trade, and partly in coasting, 
 and in cod and mackerel fishing. Pop. about 12,000. 
 
 BATH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Honth, 
 10 m. S.W. Schemnitz, cap. dist. of same name; with a court 
 of justice and several public offices, a trade in excellent wine, 
 and much -frequented yearly markets. Pop. 1280. 
 
 BATICALO [add.], a tn. Ceylon, on an island off' its E. 
 coast, in a singular estuary, where the confluence of several 
 streams has formed a lake nearly 40 m. long, and not more than 
 lor 2 m. broad; lat. 7° 42' 30" N.; Ion. 81° 42' E. It consists 
 of a town and a fort, both situated on an islet within the lake, 
 and is called by the natives Poeliantivoe, or the 'Island of 
 Tamarinds.' The fort is a grim little quadrangular strong- 
 hold, with a battery at each angle, connected by a loopholed 
 wall, and surrounded by a ditch swarming with crocodiles. 
 The square within is surrounded by soldiers' quarters, and 
 incloses a house for the commandant, a bomb-proof magazine, 
 and a church. On the esplanade in front are the remains of 
 a Dutch garden, with a reservoir abounding with tortoises 
 and small fish, and frequented by great numbers of king- 
 fishers. The approach to the town is extremely picturesque, 
 thick groves of cocoa-nut palms forming an impervious shade 
 above its white houses, each of which is surrounded by a 
 garden of fruit-trees and flowering shrubs. The line of the 
 coast, N. and S. of Batiealo, is for nearly 30 m. a belt of sand 
 about IJ m. wide, separating the lake or lagoon from the sea. 
 This natural embankment is covered from end to end with 
 cocoa-nut palms of remarkable luxuriance, and producing fruit 
 of unusual weight and richness. The lake and other waters 
 of the district are remarkable for the numbers and prodigious 
 size of the crocodiles that infest them. Their teeth are some- 
 times so large, tliat the natives mount them with silver lids, 
 and use them as boxes to carry the powdered chunam which 
 they chew with betel-nut. The port is flourishing, having 
 doubled its tonnage within a few years. 
 
 BATINA,a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Baranya, 
 about 32 m. S.E. Fiinfkirchen, on the Danube, over which 
 there is here a ferry; it has a ruined castle, a sturgeon 
 fishery, and a trade in corn and wine. Pop. 1524. 
 
 BATNA, a town, Algeria, prov. and 56 m. S.S.W. Con- 
 stantino, on a plateau along which the route from Con- 
 stantine to Biskara passes; lat. 35° 36' N.; Ion. 6° 14' E. 
 It consists of an Arab and a European town. The former is 
 of mean appearance, but carries on an active trade with the 
 tribes of the Sahara; the latter, founded in 1848, has already 
 made considerable progress. The Arab weekly market is 
 important. In the vicinity are numerous Roman remains, 
 the most important of which belong to the ancient Lambessa. 
 Among them are a temple of Victory, and a temple of Escu- 
 lapius, both in good preservation; a circus, an amphitheatre, 
 baths, aqueducts, &c. Government has here established a 
 penitentiary for political prisoners. Pop. 1883. 
 
 BATOKA, a tribe, S. Africa, inhabiting large islands in 
 the Leeambye or Zambesi, and a considerable tract of hilly 
 country on its N. bank, in lat. 17° S.; Ion. 27° E. The soil, 
 though unequal and incapable of being advantageously culti- 
 vated from a want of perennial streams, is in some quarters 
 so rich and so free from obstructions of any kind, that the 
 whole surface might be converted into one great garden. The 
 cattle of the Batoka are exceedingly small but very beautiful. 
 One of the products of the country is iron, which is smelted 
 to some extent, and employed chiefly in the manufacture of 
 hoes. This manufacture is carried on chiefly by the Batoka and 
 Banyeti, and to such an extent that most of the hoes in use at 
 Linyanti, the capital of Makololo, are the tribute paid by the 
 smiths of those tribes. All the Batoka tribes follow the sin- 
 
BATON ROUGE 
 
 47 
 
 BAWEAN 
 
 gular custom of knocking out the upper front teeth, which is 
 done to both sexes at the age of puberty, and produces an 
 uncouth appearance. Those on the islands are very dark and 
 negro-like, while those on the high lands are frequently of 
 the colour of coffee and milk. They are both treacherous 
 and cruel, and before they were subdued by Sebituane, the 
 celebrated Makololo chief, used to be guilty of the most bar- 
 barous excesses, the different chiefs vieing with each other 
 who should mount the greatest number of skulls in his vil- 
 lages. Sebituane, when his fortunes were at a comparatively 
 low ebb, undertook to subdue them, and near the great falls 
 gained a complete victory, capturing so many cattle that his 
 people were unable to count the number of the sheep and 
 goats. He after\vards overran all the high lands towards the 
 Kafue, and extended the limits of Makololo eastward, so as 
 to include a fine pastoral country of gently undulating plains, 
 covered with short grass and little forest. The Batoka in- 
 habitants, having thus lost their independence, have been tri- 
 butary to successive conquerors, and their country, which was 
 once densely peopled, is now in many parts almost deserted. 
 
 BATON ROUGE [add.], a city, U. States, cap. Louis- 
 iana, 1. bank Mississippi, 129 m. N.W. New Orleans. Stand- 
 ing on the first high bluff up the river, it is considered one of 
 the healthiest places in the south part of the Mississippi val- 
 ley, and possesses a fine view of the majestic river and the 
 highly cultivated district adjacent to it. Among its buildings 
 are a handsome state-house, a college, several churches, an 
 arsenal, barracks, and penitentiary; it has also two newspaper 
 oflSces. Since it was made the seat of the state government 
 it has become an active place, and the value of property has 
 much increased. In 18t52 the possession of it was contested 
 between the Confederate and Federal forces, and on Aug. 5 
 of that year the Confederates under General Breckenridge 
 suffered a severe defeat before it. Pop. 4500. 
 
 BATONYA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Bekes- 
 Csanad, cap. dist. of same name, 12 m. N. Arad; with 8485 
 inhabitants, and a trade in cattle. 
 
 BATOPILAS (San Pedro de), a tn. Mexico, prov. and 
 120 m. W.S.W. Chihuahua, on a river of same name, in a 
 mountain gorge at the foot of the W. ranges of the Cordil- 
 lera. It has many good houses and shops, and has long been 
 celebrated for its silver mines, which, though mostly aban- 
 doned, are supposed only to want proper skill and sufficient 
 capital to be still successfully worked. 
 
 BATORKESKI, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Komorn, 4 m. S.W. Kis-Ujfala; with many handsome build- 
 ings, a fine baronial castle, and 2165 inhabitants, of mixed 
 denominations, R. Catholic, Protestant, and Jewish. 
 
 BATTA, the most numerous among the native tribes of 
 Adamaua, in Central Africa. Not only all the country on 
 the middle course of the Benuwe, and along the Faro for 
 some distance beyond Mount Alantoka, but also the whole 
 region north of these rivers, as far as the S. boundaries of 
 Bornou, is inhabited by them. They are divided into several 
 great families, speaking dialects which in some cases differ 
 very widely from each other, and are closely related to the 
 Marghi. Previous to the conquest of the Fellatah their chief 
 was the most powerful in the country, and several of them 
 still maintain their independence. It is their language that 
 has furnished the name of Benuwe or 'Mother of Waters,' by 
 which the E. branch of the Kwara or Niger is now generally 
 designated. 
 
 B ATT AM BONG, a prov. tn. and river of Cambodia, 
 in the kingdom of Siam. Numerous memorials of antiquity 
 are scattered throughout the prov., rUins of an unknown 
 epoch, of an empire which long ago passed away, and a civi- 
 lization that has wholly disappeared. At Bassette, Banone, 
 and Wat-ek are remains of vast and splendid Buddhist 
 temples, with lofty columns, richly sculptured ornaments, 
 and massive towers. The prov. has been tributary to Siam 
 for more than a century, spite of several determined efforts 
 to shake off its thraldom. The majority of its population 
 are Cambodians, who have preserved their ancient customs 
 and usages, and, being exempted from the heavy taxation 
 incumbent upon other parts of Siam, enjoy an extraordi- 
 nary amount of prosperity. Their pursuits are wholly agri- 
 cultural, and each cultivator has in the rear of his hut his 
 little patch of rice-ground. They are strongly addicted to 
 horse-racing and buffalo-hunting, pursuing the latter pastime 
 
 on ponies of great strength and remarkable speed. The 
 
 TOWN of Battambong, on a river of the same name, which docs 
 not exceed 50 ft. in breadth, and whose mud-banks are haunted 
 by alligators, is a long straggling place, of little commercial 
 importance; lat. 12° 50' N.; Ion. 104° 30' E. It is com- 
 manded by a small fort, pompously called the citadel, but 
 built only of baked clay. The bamboo and timber huts have 
 each their plot of garden ground, adorned with superb plan- 
 tations of the banana, and the deep-green foliage of the mango. 
 — (Mouhot, Travels in Camhodia, Siam, and Laos.) 
 
 BATTANITZA, a tn. Austrian empire, Peterwardein 
 Military Frontier, about 30 m. S.S.E. Peterwardein; with 
 a large trade in silk, and 1760 inhabitants. 
 
 BATTELAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Iglau, on the Iglawa, near the frontier of Bohemia; with a 
 beautiful parish church, a large castle, manufactures of cloth, 
 and an iron-mill. Pop. 2314. 
 
 BATTLE, a harbour, British America, on the N.E. coast 
 of Labrador, near the N.E. entrance of the Strait of Belle Isle. 
 It is formed by an island-group of same name, of which the S.E. 
 island is in lat. (N.E. point) 52° 15' 36" N.; Ion. 55° 32' 20" W., 
 and by the Great Caribou, which, having a circuit of about 
 9 m., is the largest island on this part of the coast. It is fit 
 only for small vessels, being only 60 yards wide at the en- 
 trance, and 150 yards wide within, and is usually crowded 
 with the boats of the fishermen, while the shores are covered 
 with their houses and stages. It is secure during the summer 
 months, but in the fall of the year is subject to a heavy 
 ground-swell, called by the fishermen the undertow, which 
 rolls in between the islands, and damages the vessels and fish- 
 stages. This swell, which at times rolls in from the E. into 
 St. Lewis Sound, round the River Islands, and up the bays 
 of the main to the W, of them, is thus described in the 
 St. Lawrence Pilot (vol. i. p. 117, ed. 1860): 'Perhaps there 
 is not anything more grand and wildly beautiful tlian the 
 tremendous swell which often comes in without wind, rolling 
 slowly but irresistibly in from the sea, as if moved by some 
 unseen power; rearing itself up like a wall of water as it ap- 
 proaches the craggy sides of the islands; moving on faster 
 and faster as it nears the shores, until at last it bursts with 
 fury over islets 30 ft. high, or sends up sheets of foam and 
 spray, sparkling in the sunbeams, 50 ft. up the sides of the 
 precipices. The roar of the surf in a calm night can be com- 
 pared to nothing less than the Falls of Niagara.' 
 
 BATTLE CREEK, a vil. U. States, Michigan, on a 
 stream of same name, at its junction with the Kalamazoo, 
 60 m. E. Lake Michigan. It possesses several churches, an 
 academy, machine .shops, several woollen factories, and a 
 number of saw and flour mills. There are quarries of excel- 
 lent sandstone in the vicinity. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 BAU, OR Ambau [add.], an isl. S. Pacific, Feejee group, 
 on the E. of Viti or Naviti Levu, with which it is connected 
 by a long coral flat, in some places bare at low water; lat. 
 17° 34' S.; Ion. 178° 24' E. It is only about 2 m. in circuit, 
 but contains a town of same name, and is the residence of a 
 chief, who at one time assumed the title of King of Feejee, 
 and is still the most influential Feejee chief. Bau continued 
 to be one of the strongholds of heathenism till April, 1854, 
 when its chief, Thakombau, and his subjects embraced Chris- 
 tianity. Pop. 1500. 
 
 BAUGLEE, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 54 m, 
 S.E. Oojein. It is situated on the Kalee Sind, has a well- 
 built fort, and contains about 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 BAUSKE, a tn. Russia in Europe, gov. Courland, on 
 the Memel, 25 m. S.E. Mittau. It contains a Lutheran church, 
 a R. Catholic chapel, a synagogue, two schools, two charitable 
 endowments, and the ruins of an ancient castle. In the vici- 
 nity there is a R. Catholic monastery, and also mineral 
 springs, pleasantly situated in a valley. Pop. 3752. 
 
 BAUTZEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 N.E. Bunzlau; with a parish church, a townhouse, and a corn- 
 mill. Pop. 2091. 
 
 BAWEAN, an isl. Indian Archipelago, about 50 m. off 
 the N. coast of Java; lat. (centre) 5° 49' N.; Ion. 112° 44' E. 
 It has an area of about 350 geo. sq. m., and is surrounded by 
 reefs and rocks affording scarcely any safe anchorage. It 
 seems to be of volcanic origin, and has a rugged surface, with 
 peaks rising to the height of 2000 ft. above the sea. Hot 
 springs, .some of them with a temperature of 125°, are found 
 
BAYA 
 
 48 
 
 BEDNORE 
 
 throughout the island. The principal cultivated product is 
 rice, raised by means of irrigation; but the quantity grown 
 falling short of the consumption, is supplemented by an 
 annual import of about 1500 tons from Java and Bali. The 
 inhabitants prefer fishing to agriculture; and at times 800 small 
 canoes, each carrying only a single fisherman, may be seen 
 oflf the coast. Their principal exports, which they exchange 
 for iron and clothing, are mats made of pandanus leaves, 
 horses, and trepang. Pop. 30,000. 
 
 BAYA, a tn. W. Africa, cap. dist. of same name, 210 m. 
 S.S.E. Yola; lat. 6° 50' N.; Ion. 13° 42' E. It lies between 
 a forest on the one side and mountains on the other, and con- 
 sists entirely of huts. The inhabitants go with no covering 
 but a leaf, tattoo their bodies, and make a small hole in the 
 left nostril. They have neither horses nor neat-cattle, but 
 abundance of asses, sheep, and poultry. Parrots and elephants 
 are numerous. The latter they catch in pits, and feed on 
 their flesh. 
 
 BAY VERTE, British America, lying between New 
 Brunswick on the N. and Nova Scotia on the S.; opens into 
 Northumberland Strait. It is 9 m. wide at its entrance, and 
 penetrates between the two provinces from E. to W. for 11 in. 
 At its head — where the isthmus, 20 miles broad, which con- 
 nects the provinces begins, dividing Northumberland Strait 
 from Cumberland Basin, in the Bay of Fundy — it receives the 
 Tignish, which is of some commercial importance, as about 
 100,000 deals are annually floated down it, and thereafter 
 conveyed in rafts or small schooners to Pugwash, on the 
 N.W. coast of Nova Scotia, for shipment to the British 
 market. There are thriving settlements on either side of 
 Bay Verte, and especially at its head, where extensive tracts 
 of meadow land have been gained by warping and diking. 
 
 BEAGLE VALLEY, N. Australia, Alexandra Land, 
 about lat. 15° 30' S.; Ion. 130° 30' E., near the banks of the 
 Victoria Eiver. It has a fertile soil, and produces abundance 
 of high grass, but is thinly wooded; the few trees consisting 
 of bauliiuia, acacia, and small eucalypti. With the adjoining 
 valley, it has an estimated area of 1 60,000 acres, well watered, 
 and suited for pasture. 
 
 BEAR RIVER, U. States:— 1, A river, Utah, which, 
 rising in a spur of the Rocky Mountains about 75 m. E. of 
 the Great Salt Lake, flows first N.W., then S.E., and falls 
 into the Great Salt Lake after a course of about 400 m. Its 
 valley is about 6000 ft. above the sea. On its banks are 
 several remarkable hot springs, some of which throw up 
 vapour like the geysers. — 2, A river, which rises on the W. 
 slope of the Sierra Nevada, in California, flows successively 
 W. and S., and joins the Feather River below Marysville. 
 
 BEAUFORT [add.], a port, U. States, N. Carolina, cap. 
 CO. Carteret, 1. side of mouth of Newport River, a few miles 
 from the sea, 168 m. E.S.E. Raleigh, the railway from which 
 runs to Fort Macon, on the opposite side of the river. The 
 harbour is the best in the state, and is accessible by steam- 
 boats from Albemarle Sound; and the trade is considerable 
 in turpentine, resin, &c. A lighthouse stands on Cape Look- 
 out, and Macon Fort defends the entrance to the harbour. 
 
 BEAUHARNOTS, a tn. Canada E., cap. co. of same 
 name, r. bank St. Lawrence, here called Lake St. Louis, 20 m. 
 S.W. Montreal, with which it communicates by steam. It 
 has a church in connection with the Church of Scotland, a 
 manufactory of reaping and thrashing machines, a tannery, 
 and a pottery. The trade is chiefly local. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 BEAULIEU, a liberty, England, in the union of the New 
 Forest, co. Southampton, 6 J m. N.E. Lymington; is situ- 
 ated on a river of the same name, which rises in the New 
 Forest and flows into the Solent a short distance below the 
 town. On the eastern side are the ruins of Beaulieu Abbey, 
 founded in 1204 by king John for thirty Benedictine monks. 
 The abbey-refectory, a plain buttressed building of stone, 
 enlarged in 1840, now forms the parochial chapel. About 
 2 m. distant is Park Farm, a grange formerly belonging to 
 the abbey, and still presenting some indications of its ancient 
 splendour. Beaulieu has long been noted for its sacking 
 manufacture, and shipbuilding is also carried on to some 
 extent. Its abbey aff"orded sanctuary to Margaret of Anjou, 
 wife of Henry VI., after the battle of Barnet, and to Perkin 
 Warbeck, in the reign of Henry VII. Pop. (1861), 1176. 
 
 BEAUMONT, a tn. U. States, Texas, cap. co. Jefferson, 
 r. bank Neches River, 20 m. from its month in Sabine Lake. 
 
 It is a junction on the railway between New Orleans and 
 Galveston, &c., there being a branch from it to Sabine city. 
 Small vessels ply regularly to and from Galveston. The 
 chief business of the inhabitants is the rearing of cattle on 
 the vast prairies, over which immense herds find pasture. 
 
 BEAVER, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. same 
 name, r. bank Ohio River, 28 ni. N.W. Pittsburg, on the 
 railway from Pittsburg to Cleveland. It is pleasantly situated 
 in a plain, and has several factories driven with water-power. 
 
 BECAL, a tn. Mexico, Yucatan, 45 m. S.E. Merida. It 
 is a decayed place; with a parish church, and 1446 Indian 
 inhabitants. 
 
 BE^JANCOUR, a vil. British America, Canada E., co. 
 Nicolet, r. bank St. Lawrence, 85 m. N.E. Montreal; with a 
 R. Catholic chapel, manufactures of mill-wheels and carriages, 
 a tannery, and a trade in lumber. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 BECHI, or Betshi, a tn. W. Africa, Ilausa States, lat. 
 12° 15' N.; Ion. 8° 2' E.; 20 m. N.W. Kano. It lies em- 
 bosomed in a luxuriant mass of vegetation, from which on 
 approaching it the high clay walls seem suddenly to start 
 forth. It has but one gate. Though belonging to the 
 Hausa States, it is possessed in part by the Tawarek tribe of 
 Itisan, whose bngage, or serfs, live within the town, and 
 cultivate the adjoining fields for their masters. Beyond the 
 town the country becomes less cultivated, and is mostly 
 covered with the wild gonda-bush, which bears a most deli- 
 cious fruit. 
 
 BECSE, two places, Austrian empire, Banat : — 1, New 
 or Turkish JBecse, circle and 16 m. N.W. Gross Becskerek, 
 on the Theiss, cap. dist. of same name; is the seat of several 
 public offices, carries on a very extensive trade in corn, and 
 contains 6472 inhabitants. — 2, Old or Serbian Decse, circle 
 and 24 m. N.E. Neusatz, cap. dist. of same name, on the 
 Thei.ss. Three battles have been fought here — one in 1551, 
 and the other two during the Hungarian insurrection in 1848 
 and 1849. It contains 11,222 inhabitants, a large propor- 
 tion of whom live by fishing. 
 
 BECZKO, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 10 m. 
 S.S.W. Trencsin, on the Waag. It is surrounded by walls 
 and otherwise defended; has a Franciscan monastery, a 
 mountain castle, and a castellated mansion; and contains 
 2250 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in mechanical 
 operations. 
 
 BEDFORD: — 1, A tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. 
 of same name, on a branch of the Juniata and of the Harris- 
 burg and Pittsburg railway; 80 m. S.E. Pittsburg. It is 
 celebrated for its mineral springs, which, together with 
 scenerv around it, have made it a favourite watering-place. 
 Pop. 1203. — 2, A vil. Indiana, near E. bank of White River, 
 75 m. W.S. W. Indianopolis, on the railway from New Albany 
 to Chicago. It is pleasantly situated on high ground, and is 
 a thriving place. 
 
 BEDNORE, Bednore-Nugguu, or Hyder-Nuggur 
 [add.], a tn. India, presid, Madras, Mysore, cap. dist. of same 
 name, beautifully situated in the hollow of a rugged table-land 
 of the W. Ghauts, at the height of 4000 ft. above the sea, 130 m. 
 N.N.W. Seringapatam. Originally a village, it became in 
 1 645 the capital of an independent prince, who assumed the 
 title of rajah of Bednore. In consequence of this event it 
 advanced with rapid strides, and ranked as one of the 
 wealthiest and most splendid cities in the Deccan. Its pros- 
 perity had lasted for a century, when it was suddenly arrested 
 in 1763 by Hyder Ali, who took and pillaged it, obtaining a 
 booty estimated at the incredible amount of £12,000,000 
 sterling. In 1783 a large British force, under Gen. Mathews, 
 was obliged to surrender to vastly superior numbers under 
 Tippoo, and all the principal officers were put to death, the 
 rest of the force being cruelly treated. The town does not 
 seem to have been ever regularly fortified, its principal 
 defences consisting of a line of posts erected on the summits 
 of the surrounding hills. It had, however, a citadel, which 
 stood on a bold eminence and contained the rajah's palace. 
 The latter is now in ruins, but the former is still tolerably 
 entire. All other signs of grandeur have disappeared, and 
 the place has dwindled down to a mere village. Bednore is 
 remarkable for the humidity of its climate. According to 
 Wilks, nine months' rain are expected every year; and the 
 country becomes so completely flooded that the inhabitants 
 lay in a store of six months' provision. The excessive 
 
BEEL 
 
 49 
 
 BELGIUM 
 
 moisture and Leat produce a very luxuriant vegetation, and 
 the surrounding district is covered with magnificent forests, 
 with a dense and tangled undergrowth, which makes them 
 almost impenetrable. 
 
 BEEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, about 35 m. 
 S. Grosswardein; with tlie ruins of an old castle and glass- 
 works. Pop. 1430. 
 
 BEEMA, a river, S. India, which rises in the table-land 
 of the W. Ghauts, 3090 ft. above tlie sea, about 50 m. E. 
 Bombay, flows circuitously S.E., receiving the Neera on its 
 r. and the Seena on its 1. bank; and after a course of about 
 500 m., joins the Kistna in lat. 16° 24'; Ion. 77° 20'. 
 
 BEESULNUGGAR, or Bisnagak, a tn. India, Gujerat, 
 120 m. N.N.W. Baroda. It has manufactures of cotton 
 cloths, and a considerable transit trade in forwarding iron 
 and other heavy goods to Marwar. Pop. 18,000. 
 
 BEESULPOOR, two places, India.— 1, A tn. Rajpoot- 
 ana, state and 18 m. E. Joodpoor. It is supplied with water 
 from seventy wells, possesses a bazaar of 100 shops, and has a 
 pop. of about 4000. — 2, A tn. N.W. Provinces, Rohilcund, 
 (list, and 25 m. S. W. Bareilly, in an open, fertile, and well- 
 cultivated country. It possesses a good bazaar. Pop. 7245. 
 
 BEISHE, or BiSH, a tn. Arabia, Yemen, in a large 
 valley, well watered by streams and wells, and abounding 
 with gardens, 180 m. N.W. Sana. It is regarded as the key 
 of Yemen, and is a place of some strength, surrounded by 
 lofty walls and a ditch, and defended by a strong castle. Its 
 houses are well built. The environs are covered with groves 
 of date-trees. 
 
 BEIT SAKARIEH, a vil. Palestine, about 10 m. S.W. 
 Jerusalem, on a high and almost isolated promontory over- 
 looking the western region of lower hills. It appears to have 
 been once a strong and impregnable fortress, and is believed 
 both from its name and position to be the Beth-Zacharia of 
 Josephus and the Maccabees. 
 
 BELA, two tns. Austrian empire, Hungary: — 1, Co. Zips, 
 6 m. N. Kesmark. It is one of the Zips royal towns; and has 
 important manufactures of linen, a trade in flax, a sulphur 
 spring, gin distilleries, and five yearly markets. Pop. 2167, 
 mostly Lutherans. — 2, Co. Abauj-Torna, 7 m. N.N.W. 
 Kaschau; with 1000 inhabitants, employed in mining iron, 
 silver, and copper ore. 
 
 BELAT, a vil. Palestine, near the S.E. extremity of 
 Lebanon, on the edge of a precipitous bank 800 ft. above the 
 Litany, which has its course in the chasm below. In its 
 vicinity are the columns and architrave of an ancient temple. 
 
 BELBEK, or Kabarta, a river, Russia, in the S. of the 
 Crimea, rises in a slope of the Yaila Mountains; flows first 
 N.W., then turns gradually W.S. W., and falls into the Black 
 Sea, 3 m. N. Sevastopol. In its upper course it forms small 
 cascades among densely-wooded valleys, and is usually called 
 the Kabarta. At Albat, where the Belbek proper commences, 
 it rushes between a continuous chain of wild ravines and cal- 
 careous heights of fantastic shape. Near its mouth these 
 heights terminate in abrupt capes. 
 
 BELCHERTOWN, a vil. U. States, Massachusetts, in 
 the E. part of co. Hampshire, 70 m. W. by S. Boston. It 
 possesses a classical school, and has a car- 
 riage factory of some celebrity. P. 2698. 
 
 BELEL K()LE,atn. Central Africa, 
 near the S.E. frontier of Bagirmi. Native 
 information describes it as a place of 
 extraordinary natural strength. It stands 
 in a kind of circle inclosed by rocky 
 ridges, abutting on each other in such a 
 way as to leave only a single approach. 
 The inhabitants, belonging to the So- 
 korro, dwell between the rocky ridges, 
 and their prince on an eminence near 
 the centre of this remarkable basin, 
 which is well supplied with water. 
 
 BELGAUM [add.], a town India, 
 presid. Bombay, 250 m. S.S.E. Bombay, 
 47 m. N.W. Darwar, 2500 ft. above the 
 sea. Great improvements in the roads 
 of the town and neighbourhood were 
 undertaken by the inhabitants, aided by 
 the government, in 1848, and others 
 have been progressing under sanction 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. L 
 
 of the authorities. A church for the camp, additions to the 
 European hospital, and a dispen.sary are among them. A 
 college for the sons of the upper and middle classes of the 
 natives was founded by government in 1850, and has advanced 
 favourably in both numbers and efficiency, the pupils being 96 
 in 1860, against 63 in the previous year. The fort, which is 
 of an oval shape, is about 1000 yds. long and 700 yds. broad, 
 and contains an arsenal, and the various military quarters and 
 stores, in which improvements have been made; one of the old 
 barracks has been converted into a library and school-room. 
 
 BELGIUM [add.] Population. — The population of 
 Belgium has increased very steadily since the establishment 
 of the kingdom in 1830; the tendency, apparent in mo.st 
 European countries, to an aggregation of people in large 
 towns, being very visible in Belgium. The following statis- 
 tics exhibit this: — 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Population. 
 
 1856. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Antwerp 
 
 Brabant 
 
 W. Flanders 
 
 E. Flanders 
 
 Hainault 
 
 Li^ge 
 
 Linibourg 
 
 Luxembourg ... 
 Namur 
 
 Total... 
 
 434,415 
 748,840 
 624,912 
 776,960 
 769,065 
 502,662 
 191,708 
 193,753 
 286,175 
 
 465,003 
 825,124 
 647,371 
 810,583 
 835,822 
 545,882 
 197,916 
 204,597 
 304,268 
 
 4,529,660 
 
 4,836,566* 
 
 • On January 1, 1864, the population was estimated at 4,894,071; 
 so that, the area being 11,359 sq. m., the density of the population, 
 440 per sq. m., is greater than that of any other country in the 
 world. 
 
 Amongst the population there were, according to the census 
 of 1856:— 
 
 French 31,400 British 4,092 
 
 Dutch. 49,223 Other nations... 4,823 
 
 Germans 15,242 
 
 About 2,500,000 are Flemish. 
 According to a semi-official statement in 1857, there were 
 908,000 families in Belgium, of which 89,630 were in good 
 circumstances, 373,000 in straitened (peniMe) condition, and 
 446,000 in poverty; the ' known beggars ' were said to amount 
 to 88,019, of whom 48,041 were males. 
 
 The following towns had the population annexed in 1863: — 
 
 Brussels* 181,799 Toumay 31,115 Lokeren 17,.327 
 
 Verviers. 29,284 
 
 Mons 26,943 
 
 Namur 25,883 
 
 St. Nicholas.. 23,881 
 
 Courtrai 23,382 
 
 Alost 19,383 
 
 * With its adjacent communes Brussels had 289,961 inhabitants. 
 
 Trade and Commerce. — The merchant service of the king- 
 dom numbered, on 31st December, 1862, 138 sailing vessels, 
 of 39,279 tons, and seven steam vessels, of 5771 tons. In 
 1863 it fell lower still, viz. to 103 vessels, measuring 27,247 
 tons. The following tables will show the condition of com- 
 merce in the years 1859-61: — 
 
 Ghent 121,255 
 
 Antwerp 117,324 
 
 Liege ... 99,905 
 
 Bruges 50,647 
 
 Malines 84,455 
 
 Louvain 32,371 
 
 Ypres 17,190 
 
 Ostend 17,159 
 
 Lien-e 14,791 
 
 Charleroi 13,084 
 
 Tumhout 13,002 
 
 Roulet 12,433 
 
 Imports (including Transit): — 
 
 1859. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 
 11,195,716 
 24,358,626 
 
 £ 
 13,454,444 
 23,498,366 
 
 By land and river... 
 
 Total 
 
 Exports (including Transit): — 
 
 
 36,564,341 
 
 36,952,810 
 
 
 11,042,658 
 23,094,898 
 
 11,811,959 
 23,370,392 
 
 By land and river... 
 Total 
 
 Vessels entered at Belgian ports: — 
 
 Belgian 
 
 Foreign 
 
 Total 
 
 Vessels cleared from Belgian ports: — 
 
 
 34,137,666 
 
 36,182,351 
 
 No. 
 
 470 
 
 2,939 
 
 Tons. 
 
 74,396 
 
 502,141 
 
 No. 
 
 462 
 
 3,318 
 
 Tons. 
 
 73,796 
 593,491 
 
 No. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 3,409 
 
 676,637 
 
 3,780 
 
 667,287 
 
 
 
 474 
 2,844 
 
 74,633 
 491,351 
 
 487 
 3,472 
 
 81,521 
 612,704 
 
 z 
 
 ... 
 
 Foreign 
 
 Total 
 
 3,318 
 
 565,884 
 
 3,959 
 
 694,225 
 
 - 
 
 
BELLARY 
 
 50 
 
 BELLOT 
 
 The general commerce of the year 1863, i.e. the imports 
 of all kinds, whether for home consumption, transit, or en- 
 trepdt, in conjunction with the exports of all kinds, whether 
 of Belgian or foreign produce, amounted to an aggregate 
 value of £82,400,000, exceeding by 14 per cent, that of 18(51. 
 The imports and exports show a constant progression, the 
 former being uniformly in excess of the latter. The com- 
 merce of 1864 is known to have surpassed that of any former 
 year. In that year the quantity of salt imported from 
 England was 22,368 tons; from France, 16,480 tons; and 
 from other countries, 1375 tons; total, 43,223 tons. The 
 produce of sugar from beet-root has rapidly increased, the 
 quantity manufactured in 1863 being upwards of 420,000 
 cwts., of which 96,490 cwts. was exported to England. 
 In 1862 and 1863 respectively, the number of vessels enter- 
 ing Belgian ports was 3629 and 3893, about one-half of which 
 were British and from English ports; the tonnage in each of 
 the two years being 694,800 and 712,373. Two new lines 
 of steam packets, from Newcastle and Hartlepool, were opened 
 to Antwerp in 1863. 
 
 The commerce of the kingdom was greatly relieved by 
 the redemption of the Scheldt toll by the treaty of July 16, 
 1863. The maritime nations combined to relieve the Belgian 
 treasury of an annual charge of about £76,000 by a contri- 
 bution raised among themselves — England's quota being 
 £349,000. At the same time tlie tonnage duty was abolished, 
 and the pilot dues were reduced, rendering Antwerp one of 
 tlie least expensive ports for shippers. In the same year 
 commercial treaties were concluded with all the most impor- 
 tant foreign nations; and on April 12, 1864, a law was pro- 
 mulgated admitting the free importation of foreign-built ves- 
 sels, and remitting all duties on timber used in shipbuilding; 
 and on Nov. 8, 1864, a convention was framed between Bel- 
 gium, France, Great Britain, and the Netherlands, revising 
 tlie system of duties on refined and unrefined sugars, with a 
 view to the relief and expansion of the sugar trade. 
 
 Finance. — The budgets of 1863 and 1864 estimated the 
 total revenue at 156,946,790 francs, and 157,782,790 francs 
 respectively, and the total expenditure at 151,120,344 francs, 
 and 151,778.575 francs respectively. The state is the pro- 
 prietor of 467 miles of railway, being nearly one-half of the 
 whole length in the kingdom; the other half is in the hands 
 of companies whose rights will lapse to the state after speci- 
 fied terms of years. The net revenues of the state lines are 
 devoted to the gradual redemption of the debt incurred in 
 their construction, which, with the current rate of profit, is 
 estimated to be effected in about twenty years from this time 
 (1865). 
 
 BELLAK Y [add.], a tn. British India, presid. and 272 m. 
 N.W. Madras, cap. dist. of same name. It consists of two 
 forts, a cantonment, and a pettah or native town. The upper 
 fort crowns a bare granite hill, of an oblong or rather semi- 
 elliptical form, which rises abruptly from the plain to the 
 height of 450 ft., and is about 2 m. in circuit. It is sur- 
 rounded by a stone rampart, but has no accommodations for a 
 garrison. The other fort, seated lower down, near the base of 
 the same ro'ck, between its S.W. and N.E. angle, has a dry 
 ditch and covered way in front, and is inclosed by a wall 
 surmounted at intervals by low turrets. It is of a quadran- 
 gular shape, about half a mile in diameter, and contains tlie 
 arsenal and commissariat stores, barracks, a Protestant 
 church, and a number of bungalows intended for ofiicers, but 
 seldom used by them. The cantonment occupies the plain 
 around the rock. The bungalows of the officers are neat 
 white buildings, with tiled roofs, and the bazaar is orna- 
 mented with rows of trees. The courthouse, jail, and hos- 
 pital are situated in one large compound, about half a mile E. 
 of the fort. In the same locality, on the S.E., is the native 
 town, which is spacious, and possesses a good bazaar. It is 
 mostly of recent origin, and had no proper existence till 1816, 
 when the native population previously inhabiting the forts 
 were removed to it at tlie expense of government. Pop., ex- 
 clusive of military, about 31,000. 
 
 BELLA VISTA, a tn. S. America, La Plata, prov. and 
 70 m. S. Corrientes, 1 bank Parana, on an elevated flat over- 
 looking the river; lat. 28° 30' S.; Ion. 58° 55' W. It is the 
 cap. of a dist., and possesses a church and a plaza. Oranges 
 and peaches of excellent quality abound. Immediately above 
 and below Bella Vista the navigation of the Parana is ob- 
 
 structed by numerous islands. Pop. 1000, chiefly engaged in 
 agricultural pursuits. 
 
 BELLEFONTAINE, a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. 
 Logan, 116 m. N.N.E. Cincinnati, and a junction on the Cin- 
 cinnati and Sandusky railway. It is an increasing place, 
 containing steam-mills, foundries, and has a considerable trade 
 in the produce of the surrounding district. The name is 
 taken from some fine springs of water in the vicinity. 
 
 BELl:iEFONTE, atn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. 
 Centre, 86 m. N.W. Harrisburg, on Spring Creek. Situated 
 at the foot of Bald Eagle Mountain, it is surrounded with 
 hills, and takes its name from a large spring from which 
 water is supplied to all parts of the town. The creek also 
 affords abundant water-power, which is applied to various 
 manufactures. A canal carries iron and grain to the Susque- 
 hanna River, and iron is wrought in foundries and other works. 
 
 BELLE ISLE [add.], an isl. and strait, British America: 
 — The ISLAND, situated in the N.E. entrance of the strait, 2 m. 
 E. of the coast of Labrador, and 3 m. N. of that of Newfound- 
 land, is about 9J m. long in an E.N.E. direction, and 3 m, 
 wide. It is composed of a range of hills, which are bare of 
 trees, and rise to the height of 700 ft. These hills are 
 chiefly of granite, alternating with clay and slate, and have 
 steep sides which dip into the sea at every part, except the 
 N.E. end, where the convergence of two low points forms 
 Blackjoke Cove, which shelters small fishing vessels during 
 the finest months of summer. On the S. side there is hardly 
 acreekwhereaboat might be saved. On this side the bottom 
 is always rock, but on the N. side it is sometimes sand. On 
 the S.W. point of the isl. there is a circular stone lighthouse 
 faced with white fire-brick, and 62 ft. high. This height 
 added to that of its site makes the total elevation 470 ft. above 
 the sea, and renders the light — a fixed white — visible in clear 
 weather at the distance of 28 m. The great height of the 
 light has been complained of as a serious defect, on the ground 
 that it is often obscured by land-fog when lower down the 
 horizon is clear. In foggy weather a gun is fired from the 
 
 lighthouse. The strait, separating the coast of Labrador 
 
 from that of Newfoundland, and connecting the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence with the ocean, is, at its N.E. entrance, between 
 York Point and Cape Bauld, 26 m., and at its S.W. entrance, 
 between Greenly Island and Ferolle Point, nearly 21m. wide. 
 At Amour Point, in Forteau Bay, where it is narrowest, its 
 width is only 9J m. Its total length is 65 m. On the New- 
 foundland side the strait is a low coast of limestone, partially 
 wooded with spruce trees, and with no good anchorage for 
 large ships except in St. Margaret's Bay. The Labrador 
 side has steep granite shores as far W. as Cape Diable, where 
 sandstone commences, and continuing to Grand Point, at the 
 W. entrance, occasionally forms magnificent cliffs several 
 hundred feet in height. On this side too the water is deepest, 
 varying from between 60 and 70 to 20 fathoms, and there are 
 several good roadsteads. The strait is much encumbered 
 with ice, which is carried into it by an irregular current, and 
 which often reduces the water in summer to the freezing- 
 point. The current and icebergs render the navigation very 
 difficult and dangerous. 
 
 BELLEVILLE, a tn.U. States, Illinois, cap. co. St. Clair, 
 16 m. S.E. St. Louis, with which it is connected by a branch 
 railway. The district is very fertile, and there are beds of 
 stone-coal, said to be 30 ft. in thickness, in the vicinity. The 
 town is active in trade and manufactures, and is rising in 
 population and importance. 
 
 BELLEVILLE, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 cap. CO. Hastings, on both sides of the Moira, near its mouth 
 in the Bay of Quinte, and on the Grand Trunk railway, 100 m. 
 E.N.E, Toronto. It has three churches — Episcopal, Metho- 
 dist, and R. Catholic ; a grammar school, a literary associa- 
 tion, a mechanics' institute, three bank agencies, and two 
 weekly newspapers. The principal industrial establishments 
 are saw- mills, an iron-foundry and machine-works, tanneries, 
 and soap and candle factories; and there is a considerable 
 trade, both import.and export, the staple articles of the latter 
 being lumber, flour, and other agricultural produce. Marble 
 quarries have been opened in the vicinity. Pop. about 7000. 
 
 BELLOT, a strait, Arctic regions, situated about lat- 
 72° N.; Ion. 95° W.; is 12 m. long, and is named in honour 
 of Lieutenant Bellot, a French naval officer, who had gener- 
 ously volunteered to assist in the search for Sir John Franklin, 
 
BELLOWS FALLS 
 
 51 
 
 BENGAL 
 
 and unfortunately perished, hj falling between two hummocks 
 of ice, while engaged in performing au important and arduous 
 service. The strait possesses a further interest, from the two 
 facts — first, that, separating Boothia Felix on the S. from N. 
 Somerset on the N., it forms the extreme N. boundary of the 
 American continent; and that, connecting Prince Regent Inlet 
 with the sea to the W., it forms part of the channel by which 
 the north-west passage, now ascertained to exist, must be 
 actually navigated. The possibility of navigating it was 
 proved by Sir F. L. M'Clintock, in 1857, though the task is 
 doubtless of a very formidable description, in consequence 
 partly of the high granite rocks which line its shores, and the 
 strong tides which sweep through it. 
 
 BELLOWS FALLS, a village, U. States, Vermont, 
 CO. Windham, 80 miles S. by W. Montpelier, right bank 
 Connecticut River, in which, opposite the village, are several 
 falls, having a total descent 44 ft. in half a mile. Around 
 the falls a canal has been cut in the rock, and a bridge spans 
 the river. The village, situated at the intersection of the 
 railway from Boston to Montreal, has beautiful scenery, and 
 a medicinal spring. 
 
 BELLYK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Baranya, 
 40 m. S.E. Fiinfkirchen, near the frontiers of Sclavonia and 
 the Banat; with a castle built by Prince Eugene, a trade in 
 corn and cattle, and a sturgeon fishery. 
 
 BELOIT, a vil. U. States, Wisconsin, on a beautiful 
 plain, ascending gradually from 1. bank Rock River, 40 m. S. 
 Madison. It is well built, containing several handsome 
 streets, and possesses several fine churches, a college, and 
 several other schools; manufactures of woollen goods, reaping, 
 
 winnowing, and other machines; tanneries, saw and flour mills, 
 and a considerable trade. By means of railways it communi- 
 cates both with the Mississippi and Lake Michigan. Pop 
 4247. 
 
 BELZI, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, cap. circle Jassy, 
 on the Reub, an affluent of the Dniester, 60 m. N.N.W. 
 Kichinev. It has two churches, a circle and a Lancasterian 
 school, several manufactures, and a yearly market. Pop 
 5331. 
 
 BENEDETTO (Sak), a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 
 10 m. S.E. Mantua, near r. bank Po, in a marshy district. It 
 is the seat of a court of justice, and has several churches. 
 Pop. 8000. 
 
 BENESCHAU, two vils. Bohemia: — 1, Circle Budweis, 
 with woollen spinning. Pop. 2074. — 2, Circle Tabor, seat 
 of the district courts; with a Piarist college, and manufactures 
 of excellent paper and leather. Pop. 3169. 
 
 BEN EST, a vil. France, dep. Charente, near Confolens, 
 surrounded by chestnut woods. Here Charlemagne gained 
 an important victory over the Saracens. Pop. 1410. 
 
 BENGAL [add.], presidency, India. Commerce and 
 Trade. — The extinction of the rule of the East India Company, 
 and the assumption of the supreme power by the British 
 government in 1858, consequent on the rebellion of 1857-8, 
 introduced great changes in the policy of the administration. 
 Many important alterations in the commercial relations were 
 introduced, and extensive works for the development of the 
 resources of the country were instituted. The statistics 
 which follow are therefore of more than ordinary interest, 
 as showing the progress of this change : — 
 
 Imports by Sea into the Pbesidency of Bencsal. 
 
 Cotton Manufactures 
 
 Total Imports. 
 
 From United Kingdom. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 £ 
 7,162,187 
 5,784,932 
 7,770,479 
 
 £ 
 6,606,373 
 5,414,261 
 3,529,643 
 
 £ 
 
 5,594,239 
 4,636,155 
 4,076,964 
 
 £ 
 7,039,019 
 4,614,057 
 4,827,629 
 
 £ 
 6,544,182 
 4,249,068 
 986,739 
 
 £ 
 
 6,508,923 
 
 3,531,449 
 
 695,379 
 
 Treasure 
 
 Total... 
 
 20,717,598 
 
 15,550,277 
 
 14,307,358 
 
 16,480,705 
 
 11,779,989 
 
 9,735,761 
 
 Exports of Merchandise and Treasure from the Presidency of Bengal during the Tear* ended 
 30tA Apnl, 1860, 1861, 1862. 
 
 Principal Articles. 
 
 Coffee, 
 
 Cotton, Baw, 
 
 Cotton Goods, Yam, &c., . 
 Drugs, 
 
 "^^' ) Other kinds, . . . 
 
 ( Bice, 
 
 Grain, J. Wheat 
 
 ( Other kinds, . . . 
 
 Gums, 
 
 Gunnies and Gunny Bags, . 
 Hides and Skins, . . . . 
 
 Ivory, 
 
 Jewelry and Precious Stones, 
 
 Jute, &c., 
 
 Lac, 
 
 Oils 
 
 Opium, 
 
 Saltpetre, 
 
 Seeds 
 
 Shawls, Cashmere . . . . 
 
 SUk, Raw 
 
 „ Goods, 
 
 Spices 
 
 Sugar 
 
 Tea, 
 
 Timber, 
 
 Tobacco, 
 
 Wool, 
 
 Total of Principal and | 
 
 other Articles, . . . f 
 
 Treasure, 
 
 Tot-al Merchand. & Treasure, 
 
 Total Exports. 
 
 1860. 
 
 £ 
 
 9,183 
 66,275 
 26,286 
 20,374 
 
 1 1,625,370 1 
 
 V 1,950,369 .j 
 
 729 
 
 333,317 
 
 309,805 
 
 886 
 
 28,448 
 
 290,018 
 
 77,822 
 
 71,249 
 
 4,321,074 
 
 430,587 
 
 702,709 
 
 36,772 
 
 799,252 
 
 162,795 
 
 7552 
 
 680,616 
 
 101,511 
 
 209,652 
 
 24,410 
 
 12,508,490 
 396,280 
 
 12,903,770 
 
 1861. 
 
 £ 
 
 11,303 
 
 76,636 
 
 27,462 
 
 15,740 
 
 1,562,669 
 
 151,407 
 
 2,319,280 
 
 90,666 
 
 48,126 
 
 392 
 
 359,192 
 
 510,912 
 
 1483 
 
 26,699 
 
 409,372 
 
 172,560 
 
 64,297 
 
 3,576,114 
 
 693,467 
 
 763,677 
 
 39,433 
 
 961,281 
 
 101,752 
 
 4179 
 
 719,936 
 
 107,038 
 
 160,706 
 
 11,060 
 
 44 
 
 £ 
 
 646 
 
 122,891 
 
 20,410 
 
 17,863 
 
 1,097,884 
 
 86,695 
 
 2,272,276 
 
 83,334 
 
 114,691 
 
 420 
 
 184,824 
 
 652,419 
 
 811 
 
 17,809 
 
 537,610 
 
 262,055 
 
 36,943 
 
 4,413,003 
 
 779,995 
 
 632,564 
 
 38,906 
 
 626,736 
 
 138,970 
 
 1817 
 
 611,290 
 
 149,463 
 
 2115 
 
 18,582 
 
 253 
 
 13,198,759 
 457,747 
 
 13,656,506 
 
 13,110,859 
 
 To United Kingdom. 
 
 1860. 
 
 £ 
 
 19 
 
 2444 
 
 1410 
 
 15,523 
 
 1 1,166,353 1 
 V 523,976 i 
 
 5415 
 199,067 
 341 
 ' 8001 
 260,644 
 54,287 
 42,464 
 
 281,456 
 457,495 
 
 18,534 
 
 702,392 
 
 146,212 
 
 1347 
 
 534,256 
 
 99,618 
 179,436 
 
 4,787,426 
 
 4,787,426 
 
 1861. 
 
 293,582 
 608,507 
 
 23,520 
 842.603 
 
 96,493 
 
 492 
 
 571,336 
 
 105,894 
 
 141,208 
 
 44 
 
 5,801,245 
 13 
 
 6,801,258 
 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 
 72 
 
 38 
 
 612 
 
 37,629 
 
 293 
 
 640 
 
 9075 
 
 9949 
 
 1,136,652 
 
 785,779 
 
 114,332 
 
 70,063 
 
 956,501 
 
 832,868 
 
 8203 
 
 7786 
 
 721 
 
 2606 
 
 — 
 
 111 
 
 5135 
 
 660 
 
 309,154 
 
 481,592 
 
 729 
 
 141 
 
 8760 
 
 8346 
 
 346,364 
 
 489,761 
 
 126,362 
 
 203,910 
 
 40,073 
 
 18,332 
 
 470,265 
 356,916 
 27,893 
 490,170 
 129,828 
 
 315 
 386,838 
 148,231 
 
 668 
 1620 
 
 5,064,395 
 120 
 
 6,064,715 
 
BENGAL 
 
 52 
 
 BENI-FEREAH 
 
 Nationautt, Nukber, and Toknaob 0/ Vessei-s Entered and Cleared in the Ports oftJie Bengai, Presidency in the Teart 
 
 ended April 30, 1860, 1861, 1862. 
 
 
 Entered. j 
 
 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 672,401 
 
 138,702 
 
 4920 
 
 386 
 6140 
 
 393 
 71,053 
 11,056 
 
 300 
 
 British 
 
 American 
 
 Arabian 
 
 Australian 
 
 Belgian 
 
 Danish 
 
 Dutch 
 
 1065 
 118 
 
 12 
 1 
 2 
 
 11 
 6 
 
 53 
 
 28 
 2 
 7 
 
 643,386 
 
 107,448 
 
 6746 
 
 703 
 
 947 
 
 6032 
 
 2043 
 
 25,118 
 
 14,208 
 
 834 
 
 2998 
 
 1057 
 145 
 13 
 
 6 
 6 
 
 14 
 113 
 
 33 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 
 628,190 
 
 130,512 
 
 6123 
 
 3607 
 
 3766 
 
 6892 
 
 51,613 
 
 17,101 
 
 1775 
 
 887 
 
 1496 
 
 944 
 
 212 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 147 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 559,568 
 
 150,793 
 
 9796 
 
 962 
 3599 
 
 265 
 70,034 
 15,766 
 
 965 
 
 1051 
 
 128 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 89 
 
 43 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 649,618 
 
 115,949 
 
 2759 
 
 793 
 
 947 
 
 3979 
 
 4661 
 
 40,409 
 
 24,183 
 
 834 
 
 4747 
 
 140 
 
 1031 
 
 146 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 8 
 9 
 102 
 30 
 4 
 5 
 1 
 
 593,053 
 
 130,115 
 
 843 
 
 2916 
 
 6458 
 
 4151 
 
 44,779 
 
 14,824 
 
 2123 
 
 1741 
 
 485 
 
 1174 
 
 162 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 147 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 French 
 
 German 
 
 Hanoverian 
 
 Norwegian 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Prussian 
 
 Roman 
 
 Russian 
 
 Sardinian 
 
 Spanish 
 
 Swedish 
 
 Turkish 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 6621 
 1076 
 7096 
 
 228 
 6460 
 564 
 
 12 
 10 
 
 20 
 1 
 
 7047 
 5829 
 
 9666 
 544 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 18 
 1 
 
 1968 
 1680 
 
 8201 
 
 377 
 
 13 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 13 
 
 6964 
 1076 
 3620 
 
 456 
 5781 
 
 9 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 5718 
 5199 
 
 10,258 
 544 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 2709 
 
 2144 
 294 
 
 6489 
 754 
 
 Total 
 
 Native 
 
 1345 
 421 
 
 831,398 
 45,304 
 
 1439 
 306 
 
 1746 
 
 874,938 
 35,641 
 
 910,479 
 
 1378 
 95 
 
 823,973 
 12,443 
 
 836,416 
 
 1387 
 487 
 
 1874 
 
 866,916 
 52,743 
 
 919,659 
 
 1380 
 343 
 
 821,707 
 39,757 
 
 1548 
 105 
 
 816,738 
 13,056 
 
 Total 
 
 1766 
 
 876,702 
 
 1473 
 
 1723 
 
 861,464 
 
 1653 
 
 829,794 
 
 Finarice. — Revenue and expenditure. 
 Revenue. 
 
 Principal Branches. 
 
 1860. 1 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Land, Excise, &c 
 
 £ 
 
 3,820,080 
 288,884 
 
 2,003,009 
 935,690 
 
 3,636,453 
 
 534,093 
 
 £ 
 3,900,398 
 438,765 
 2,200,212 
 1,544,898 
 3,316,613 
 
 164,026 
 641,501 
 
 £ 
 
 4,342,109 
 637,789 
 
 Customs 
 
 Salt 
 
 Opium 
 
 Income, Trade, and As- ) 
 
 sessed Taxes j" 
 
 Tribute, &c 
 
 Post office, &.C 
 
 1,277,966 
 1,603,705 
 2,471,347 
 
 576,368 
 
 SO 
 465,104 
 
 Total Net 
 
 11,218,209 
 
 12,206,413 
 
 11,374,418 
 
 
 Gross Revenue 
 
 12,803,214 
 
 14,098,104 
 
 13,766,007 
 
 Expenditure. 
 
 Principal Branches. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Civil and Political Estab- ) 
 lishments ) 
 
 597,930 
 
 666,732 
 
 10,332,461 
 
 326,035 
 
 13,609 
 
 £ 
 
 434,059 
 
 809,640 
 
 8,452,457 
 
 271,619 
 
 £ 
 
 55,441 
 
 744,052 
 
 7,367,906 
 
 7,733 
 
 
 
 Military* 
 
 Marine 
 
 Interest of Debt 
 
 
 
 Totalt 
 
 11,936,767 
 
 9,967,775 
 
 8,175,134 
 
 • Including N.W. Provinces and territories under the government 
 of India. 
 
 t Exclusive of 'other charges' (cost of collection of revenue, &c.), 
 and ' home charges,' which comprise payments in England and value 
 of stores sent from England to India. 
 
 Population, dc. — The area of the presidency is 261,380 
 sq. m., and the population, according to the latest estimates, 
 40,466,690. 
 
 On April 30, 1862, the army in Bengal was composed 
 thus: — 
 
 Branches of the 
 Service. 
 
 Europeans. 
 
 Native 
 
 Officers 
 
 and Men. 
 
 
 Commiss. 
 Officers. 
 
 Non-Com. 
 
 Office re 
 and Men. 
 
 Total 
 Strength. 
 
 Staff and Staff Cor]».. 
 
 Engineers, &c 
 
 Artillery 
 
 Cavalry 
 
 Infantry 
 
 Invalids, &c 
 
 66 
 
 16 
 
 307 
 
 321 
 
 1,431 
 
 43 
 
 73 
 
 171 
 
 6,480 
 
 4,064 
 
 34,796 
 
 144 
 
 "690 
 
 88 
 
 9,382 
 
 29,050 
 
 139 
 
 877 
 
 6,875 
 
 13,767 
 
 65,277 
 
 187 
 
 
 2,184 
 
 46,728 
 
 39,210 
 
 87,122 
 
 Hallways. — On 31st December, 1863, there were 1151 m. 
 of railway completed, and 565 m. more in course of con- 
 struction, in Bengal and the N.W. Provinces. Upon the 
 903 m. open for traffic in the year ending 30th June, 1863, 
 3,473,650 passengers were conveyed, and the receipts for 
 passengers were £337,510, and for goods traffic, £496,790; 
 together, £834,300. The working expenses, £434,870, leav- 
 ing a surplus revenue of £399,430. "The cost of construction 
 up to the end of 1863 was £23,204,710. 
 
 BENGUELA [add.], a tn. S,W. Africa, Portuguese set- 
 tlement, cap. dist. of same name, in a large plain on a bay of 
 the Atlantic; lat. 12° 36' S.; Ion. 13° 22' E. It consists of 
 well-built houses, for the most part of a single story, and 
 roofed with tiles. The streets, unpaved, but clean, are wide 
 and regular, generally intersecting each other at right angles, 
 and lined on both sides with fine trees, which afford an agree- 
 able shade, and give the place a pleasing appearance. The 
 principal public buildings are the church, with two towers, 
 the governor's palace, the townhouse, and custom-house. 
 Trade is very limited, and only shows some activity from time 
 to time when the caravans arrive, bringing ivory, wax, gum 
 copal, and urzelia, a dye-weed, which form the principal ex- 
 ports. The climate is very unhealthy. The pop., which has 
 greatly diminished since tlie abolition of the slave trade, is 
 estimated at 3000, all natives, except a few mulattoes, and 
 still fewer whites. 
 
 BENICIA [add.], a tn. U. States, California, cap. co. of 
 same name, on the Strait of Karquenas, between the Pablo 
 and the Suisun Bays. It once ranked as the capital of Cali- 
 fornia, and was then provided with several large hotels and 
 some important public buildings. Among the latter, the 
 Capitol, a brick building faced with stone, and situated on a 
 slope, still makes a conspicuous appearance. Tlie other 
 buildings, all of wood, have a neat appearance. The works 
 of the Pacific Mail Steam Company, a navy station, and an 
 arsenal, are within the town, or in its vicinity. The harbour 
 admits vessels of the largest size. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 BENI-FERRAH, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, picturesquely 
 situated near the summit of a steep rock, prov. Oran. It 
 is built in the form of an amphitheatre, but very irregularly, 
 and consists of about 500 houses, constructed partly of earth 
 and partly of stone, with flat roofs formed of scantling, with a 
 coating of gypsum. It is entered by three gates, one at the 
 foot of the precipice, and the other two opening respectively 
 on the E. and W. slopes. The streets are extremely narrow, 
 having often a breadth of not more than 4 ft. To make 
 matters worse, the roofs project so far as nearly to meet, and 
 thus leave beneath a mere lane which neither air nor light 
 can enter. The inhabitants, about 2000, confine themselves 
 almost exclusively to agriculture and the rearing of bees 
 
BENIOLTD 
 
 53 
 
 BEEIZTNA 
 
 BE Nl OLID, a valley, N. Africa, gov. Tripoli, near the 
 commencement of the desert. It is about 14 m. long from W. 
 to E., and has both its slopes covered with villages, while the 
 bottom is covered with forests of palm and olive trees. The 
 eastern outlet is defended by a castle. Its inhabitants, about 
 5000 Arabs of the Urfilla tribe, possess 12,000 head of 
 camels. 
 
 BENISCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist of 
 same name, 12 m. N.W. Troppau; with manufactures of 
 cotton and linen goods, a trade in linen and yarn, and four 
 yearly markets. There are mines of lead and silver in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 3319. 
 
 BENSEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 16 m. N.N.E. Leitmeritz, r. bank Pulsnitz; with a parish 
 church, two castles, two hospitals, a brewery, and a cotton 
 and a paper mill. Pop. 1500. 
 
 BENTON, a vil. U. States, Wisconsin, co. Lafayette, 
 13 m. N. Galena. It is a flourishing place, which owes its 
 prosperity to the lead mines which are extensively worked in 
 the surrounding districts. Pop. 2218. 
 
 BENUWE, or BendiS, a river, W. Africa, forming the 
 E. branch of the Kwara or Niger. It for some time bore 
 the name of the Chadda, apparently for no better reason than 
 that it had been erroneously represented as an outlet of Lake 
 Chad; but now that the error has been discovered, the name 
 of Chadda will doubtless be abandoned, and only that of 
 Benuwe or Benu^, used by the natives, and meaning the 
 ' Mother of Waters,' be retained. The source of the Benuwe 
 is yet unknown; but Dr. Barth, who came upon it in 1851, 
 while travelling in Adamaua, near the confluence of the 
 Faro, which joins it on its 1. bank about lat. 12° 30' E., was 
 told that it comes from the S.E. a distance of nine days' 
 journey. In consequence of this discovery, an expedition 
 was fitted out by the British government for the purpose of 
 exploring the Kwara from its mouth upwards, and thereafter 
 tracing the course of the Chadda, then only conjectured, but 
 not actually known, to be identical with the Benuwe. Cap- 
 tain Beecroft, already known as an African traveller, was 
 appointed to the command of this expedition; but, in conse- 
 quence of his death, the command devolved on Dr. William 
 Balfour Baikie, whose previous appointment was that of 
 medical officer and naturalist. The exploration was made in 
 a small steamer called the Pleiad. After reaching the point 
 of confluence of the Benuwe with the Niger, about lat. 
 7° 40' N., Dr. Baikie followed the former eastward for a 
 direct distance of about 370 m. The point thus reached was 
 about lat. 9° 25' N.; Ion. 11° 30' E., and 50 m. below the 
 junction of the Faro. He had been obliged to leave the 
 steamer, and perform a few of the last miles in the gig; but 
 there was sufficient depth of water, thougii the river was only 
 rising, to allow a still further exploration. The natives, 
 however, had begun to display their hostility in such a 
 manner as made it necessary to return. The result has been 
 to prove that a large, fertile, and populous tract of a region 
 of Africa, hitherto in a great measure unknown, is accessible 
 by means of a navigable river. 
 
 BEKAK [add.], a large prov. Hindoostan,in the Deccan, 
 was incorporated into the British dominions in the year 1854, 
 on the death of the rajah Bajee Rao Booshlah. 
 
 BERBER A, Berber, or El-Makrif, a tn. N. Africa, 
 Nubia, cap. prov. of same name, r. bank Nile; lat. 17° 58' N.; 
 Ion. 34° E. It stands on a slope, on a spot which is gravelly 
 and sterile, with the exception of a narrow strip close to the 
 river. This is laid out in gardens, well-stocked with the 
 date-palm and various other fruit trees — the orange, lemon, 
 lime, fig, pomegranate, vine, and banana. The houses, gene- 
 rally built of sun-dried bricks, and plastered over with a com- 
 position of manure and sand, to protect them against the rain 
 of the wet season, consist for the most part of one large lofty 
 room, with a wooden column in the centre, on which the 
 large transverse beam carrying the roof rests, and of one or 
 two small rooms on either side of it, used for stores. The 
 windows are merely small apertures high up in the walls. 
 Even these are often wanting, and then the door is the only 
 opening for access, light, and air. Among the more substantial 
 classes, the kitchen is in a separate hut. The only public 
 buildings worthy of notice are the divan or government 
 house, a spacious building of red brick, flat-roofed like the 
 other houses, and containing a number of apartments all on 
 
 one floor, which is raised about three feet above the level of 
 the ground; and the bazaar, consisting of a long row of small 
 uncovered shops on each side of the principal street, and 
 abundantly supplied with every necessary. The usual food 
 of the natives is assida, consisting of maize or millet flour 
 boiled into thick porridge, and turned out into a wooden 
 bowl, heaped up into a cone, and surrounded with a sauce 
 made of a powdered gelatinous vegetable called the baymeh, 
 and pounded dry beef, highly seasoned with salt, peppers, 
 spices, and aromatic herbs. This compound is served first 
 to the male part of the family, and not till they have finished 
 to the female. In eating it they sit on the ground in a circle, 
 and use only the fingers, each morsel of the porridge being 
 dipped in the sauce. Pop. variously estimated from 10,000 
 to 20,000.— (Pe^Amcii;.) 
 
 BERCHSEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Neograd, N. Balassa-Gyarmath, in a fertile district; with 
 1500 inhabitants, who are mostly employed in the culture of 
 the vine. 
 
 BE REE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 22 m. 
 S.S.W. Rohtuk, and 45 m. W. Delhi. It was made over by 
 the Mahrattas to the adventurer George Thomas, who took 
 forcible possession of it, and exterminated the Rajpoot garri- 
 son. The roads are good, and there is an ample supply of 
 water. Pop. 9397. 
 
 BEREMEND, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Baranya, about 18 m. S. by W. Fiinfkirchen; with lime-kilns, 
 and a trade in corn, wine, swine, and horned cattle. Pop. 
 1270, Hungarians, Germans, and Serbs. 
 
 BERENY (Csak), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungarj', co. 
 and 3 m. N.N.W. Stuhlweissenburg; with 1700 inhabitants, 
 who are mostly Protestants, and engaged in weaving, or in 
 cultivating the vine. 
 
 BERGHOLTZ, or New Berghoi.tz, a vil. U. States, 
 New York, about 15 m. N. Buffalo. It was settled in 1843 
 by Lutheran emigrants from the town of same name in 
 Prussia. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 BERGSTADT, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 20 m. N. Olmiitz; with cattle and other yearly markets, 
 linen weaving, and iron mining. Gold and silver were once 
 worked here. Pop. 1500. 
 
 BERHAMPORE, a tn. India, presid. Madras, di.st. and 
 23 m. W.S.W. Ganjam; lat. 19° 20' N.; Ion. 84° 50' E. 
 It stands on a rocky ledge, surrounded by an extensive 
 cultivated plain, and consists of a cantonment and a native 
 town. The former occupies a dry and gravelly soil, pierced 
 in all directions by rocks of granite; but the only buildings 
 of importance are the officers' houses, which, though built of 
 mud, plastered over wattles, and thatched, are comfortable 
 dwellings, and particularly cool; the bomb-proof magazine, 
 and the hospital. The native town consists of narrow dirty 
 streets, and houses built occasionally of brick, but for the 
 most part only of mud. Its bazaars are well supplied with 
 all sorts of grain, meat, fish, &c.; and its manufactures, which 
 are extensive, consist chiefly of silk and cotton tissues, 
 sugar, and sugar-candy. An excellent macadamized road 
 has been made from it to Russellcoonda, a distance of about 
 45 m., at a cost of £15,000. The climate is generally 
 healthy, but in April and May fevers and rheumatism pre- 
 vail. Pop. of native town 20,000. 
 
 BERHOMETH, a tn. Austrian empire, Bukowina, dist. 
 and about 28 m. W.S.W. Czernowitz, on the Sereth; with rich 
 seams of iron-ore. In the vicinity there is an establishment 
 for the cold-water and the milk cure. Pop. 2108. 
 
 BERI, the name of two places Central Africa, prov, 
 Kanem, on the N. shore of Lake Chad; lat. 14° 40' N.; Ion. 
 13° 40' E. The one place, from being the more important of the 
 two, is called Beri-kura, or the Great Beri; and the other, which 
 has been greatly reduced, is called Beri-futd, or Western Beri, 
 from its position relatively to the other. The greater part of 
 the inhabitants are Kanemba, of the Sugnrti clan. The 
 situation of Beri gives it importance as a military station, as 
 troops proceeding from Bornou into Kanem generally make 
 a long stay at it to regain strength for the ensuing march, 
 and lay in a stock of fresh provisions. 
 
 BERIZINA, a tn. N. Africa, Algerian Sahara, on the S. 
 slope of the Ueled Sidi Sheikh Sheraga, 190 m. S. Orleans- 
 ville; lat. 33° 24' N.; Ion. 1° 15' E. It is the largest place 
 in the district, containing 150 houses, is surrounded by a 
 
BERLAT 
 
 54 
 
 BHEEM GHORA 
 
 crenellated wall, and has a public square, on which a market 
 is held. Agriculture is the chief employment; but some of 
 the inhabitants manufacture gunpowder. 
 
 BERLAT, or Byulat, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Mol- 
 davia, cap. circle Tutova, on a stream of same name, 62 m. S. 
 Jassy. It is the seat of a civil and criminal court, has a 
 normal school and an hospital, and is an important entrepot 
 for the corn trade with Galatz. Pop. 4000. 
 
 BERLOG, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Ottochatz, 42 m. S.S.W. Karlstadt; with a 
 Greek non-united church, a trivial school, and a castle; and 
 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 BERNAIJDO (San), a tn. Chili, prov. and 12 m. S.S.W. 
 Santiago; lat. 33° 35' S.; Ion. 70° 40' W. It is built with 
 considerable regularity along the sides of the public road, 
 with considerable intervals between the houses for flower- 
 gardens, and has its public square, municipal buildings, and 
 alameda. The only industrial establishments are some small 
 flour-mills driven by water. Pop. 2500. 
 
 BERNAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 20 m. N.N.E. Eger, on the Erzgebirge, with 1550 inhabitants, 
 the greater part of them employed in lace-making. 
 
 BERNSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Gitschin, on a stream of same name; with a parish church 
 and three mills. Pop. 1000. 
 
 BERNSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, 20 m. N.W. Steinamanger; with an old castle 
 seated on a rocky height, and once a place of strength, alum 
 and vitriol works, manufactures of cinnabar, and a mine of 
 copper. Pop. 1159. 
 
 BERRY, a group of islands, West Indies, Bahamas. It 
 consists of a number of small narrow wooded cays, which lie 
 to the N. of Andros and New Providence, and sweeping 
 round to the eastward form nearly a semicircle 23 m. in 
 diameter. Great Harbour Cay, the largest of the group, is 
 6 m. long by 1 m. broad, and has a few inhabitants. 
 
 BERSETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, circle Istria, on the 
 Bay of Quarnero. It is seated on a lofty height, and has an 
 endowment for the poor, and a harbour with some trade. 
 Pop. 1100. 
 
 BERSIMIS, a river, British America, Canada East, 
 which, issuing from a lake in lat. 50^ N., Ion. 70' W., flows 
 S.S.E., and falls into the estuary of the St. Lawrence on its 
 N. shore. It is nearly a mile wide at its mouth, but so shallow 
 that this wide mouth is closed by sands, which dry at low 
 water, and leave only a very narrow channel. There is also 
 a bar of sand, which shifts frequently, but over which, pro- 
 vided the proper channel is kept, a depth of 6 ft. can be 
 carried at low water, and from 13 to 18 ft. at high water, 
 according as it may be neap or spring-tides. Within the 
 entrance the width of the river varies from 200 to 600 yds., 
 and the depth from two to five fathoms. The navigation is 
 practicable for 30 m. of direct, and nearly 40 m. of indirect 
 distance, and is then stopped by falls, which have a descent 
 of 30 to 40 ft. over rocks of granite. The Bersimis discharges 
 a large volume of water, especially in spring. 
 
 BERTHIER, two vils. British America, Canada East: — 
 1. Berthieren-Haut, co. of same name, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 
 45 m. N.N.E. Montreal; with an English Episcopal and a 
 R. Catholic church, a foundry, a tannery, and an active trade 
 in grain, flour, and hay. Pop. about 1800. — 2. Berthier-en- 
 Bas, CO. Montmagny, r. bank St. Lawrence, 25 m. E.N.E. 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic chapel, and a trade in flour and 
 lumber. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 BERZENCZE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Somoghy, 32 m. S.W. Kaposvar, near 1. bank Mur; with a 
 beautiful church, a fine modern mansion; the ruins of an old 
 castle, and a large fish-pond. Pop. 2213. 
 
 BERZEVICZE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Saros, on the Tarcza, N.W. Eperies; with four chateaux, and 
 several flour and saw mills; and 1460 inhabitants. 
 
 BESHENNKF, a tn. Syria, Hauran, in the ancient land 
 of Bashan, beautifully situated on the border of a wide glen 
 leading into the great plain below, near the mountain chain 
 of Jebel-ed-Druz. Its ancient importance is indicated by its 
 elaborately ornamented house-doors, a beautiful temple, and 
 numerous deeply cut Greek inscriptions; but it had long been 
 uninhabited, till a body of Druses recently arrived and entered 
 into possession. On this occasion it was shown by an inter- 
 
 esting example how perfectly ready the old houses of Bashan 
 are to receive new tenants. 'AH that the Druses had to do,' 
 says Mr. Graham, 'was to throw down a piece of matting, or, 
 those who could afford it, a piece of carpet, and to bring with 
 them the few cooking utensils of which they had need. This 
 formed the entire furniture of the houses; they then shut 
 their stone doors, and were secure against any sudden attacks 
 of the Arabs.' 
 
 BESIKA BAY, Asiatic Turkey, coast of Asia Minor, 
 immediately N. of isl. Tenedos, and S. of the Dardanelles. 
 It is neither very commodious nor well sheltered, but was 
 for some time the station of the allied British and French 
 fleets, before their entrance into the Black Sea, at the com- 
 mencement of the Russian war. 
 
 BESSARABIA [add.] By the treaty of Paris, of 1856, 
 a rectification of the frontiers of Bessarabia took place, by 
 which, with the view of excluding Russia from the future con- 
 trol of the navigation of the Danube, a cession was obtained 
 of the southern portion of its territory to Turkey. The new 
 frontier between Russia and Turkey extends from the Black 
 Sea, at the E. entrance of Lake Bourna Sola, northwards to 
 the Akerman road, follows the latter to the Wail of Trajan, 
 passes to the north of the town of Bolgrad, ascends the river 
 lalpuch to Saratsika, and terminates at Katamori, on the 
 Pruth. By this arrangement the mouths of the Danube are 
 wholly within the Turkish territory, and that river now forms 
 the boundary between Moldavia and Bulgaria. 
 
 BESTENA (Nuova), a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 
 N.E. Verona; with a fine waterfall on the Alpon, and coal- 
 mines. Pop. 2561. 
 
 BETHEL, a tn. U. States, Missouri, on the N. fork of 
 North River, 98 m. N.N.E. Jefferson. It contains 1000 
 inhabitants, almost all Germans, who have erected a hand- 
 some church, and possess a glove-factory, and several mills. 
 
 BETLER, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Gomor, 
 about 6 m. N.N.W. Rosenau; with a beautiful castle and park 
 belonging to Count Andrassy; ironworks, and mines of iron 
 and antimony. Pop. 1000, mostly Lutherans. 
 
 BETTIAH, or Bettiyah, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 
 dist. Sarun, 95 m. N.W. Patna. It is a considerable place, 
 and possesses a large stone fort with ditches and towers. 
 
 BETWA, or Betwanti, a river, India, Malwa, which 
 rises a little to the S. of Bhopal, flows N.E. into Scindia's 
 Dominions, enters Bundelcnnd, and proceeding through it in 
 a very tortuous course, joins the Jumna on its r. bank at 
 Humeerpoor. Its total length is about 360 m., but its channel 
 is so obstructed by loose rocks and stones that it is 
 nowhere navigable. During the rainy season it is from a 
 mile to two miles wide, and runs with a velocity varying 
 from 6 to 9 miles an hour. Even during the dry season it 
 is half a mile wide at its junction with the Jumna, but so 
 shallow as to be generally fordable. 
 
 BEYPOOR, a seaport tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Malabar, r. bank estuary of the Sharapoya, 405 m. (by rail) 
 S.W. Madras. It is the terminal station of the Madras rail- 
 way. The situation of the town is very beautiful, and en- 
 deavours have been made to give it importance as a port, but 
 a bar at the entrance of the river, over which vessels drawing 
 more than 12 or 13 feet of water have to be floated, is a great 
 impediment. The chief exportation is that of the timber 
 brought down the river from the teak forests in the ghauts 
 of the interior; iron ore has also been found in the neighbour- 
 hood, and smelted in furnaces that have been erected for the 
 purpose, producing iron of good quality. The railway has 
 added greatly to its activity and importance. 
 
 BEZAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Vorarlberg, circle and 
 18 m. S.E. Bregenz, in a valley; with a Capuchin monastery 
 founded in 1656, an infirmary, a poor-house, an orphan asy- 
 lum, and manufactures of cotton cloth. Pop. 1000. 
 
 BHANPOORA, a tn. India, Holkar's Dominions, 38 m. 
 E. Neemuch, on the Rewa, at the foot of a ridge of hills. It 
 is surrounded by a wall, and has a stone fort, with a palace 
 inside, but both unfinished. In the palace there is a fine 
 marble statue of Jeswunt Rao Holkar, by whom both the 
 palace and the fort were commenced. Pop. about 20,000. 
 
 BHEEM GHORA, India, presid. Bengal, prov. and 
 106 m. N.E. Delhi, and 1 m. N.E. Hurdwar {which see). 
 It is a place famous for the religious ceremony of bathing in 
 the Ganges, a pool being supplied with water from a small 
 
BHILSA 
 
 55 
 
 BIELEF 
 
 branch of that river, in a small recess of the mountain bound- 
 ing the Dehra Doon on the S. An indenture in the rock, 
 about 5 ft. sq., occupied by a fakeer, is said to have been 
 formed miraculously by a kick of the horse on which Bheema 
 was mounted when placed here to prevent the Ganges taking 
 another course. 
 
 BHILSA, or Bilsa [add.], a tn. India, Scindia's Domin- 
 ions, on a trap rock, r. bank Betwa, 280 m. S.W. Allahabad. 
 It consists of a town, a fort inclosed by a ditch and by a 
 stone wall surmounted by square towers, and a suburb which 
 has some spacious streets lined with good houses. One of 
 the curiosities of the place is a gun of the finest brass, measur- 
 ing 19J ft. in length, with a bore of 10 inches; elegantly pro- 
 portioned, highly ornamented, and said to have been made by 
 order of the Moghul emperor Jehangir. The finest tobacco 
 in India is produced in the vicinity of Bhilsa. On an isolated 
 hill 4J m. to the S.E. are some very large and remarkable 
 ancient monuments. One of the principal is a hemisphere 
 70 or 80 ft. in perpendicular height, constructed of thin layers 
 of freestone uncemented; but it stands upon a circular base 
 554 ft. in circumference, and 12 ft. high, overlaid with a coat 
 of mortar. Its summit, a flat horizontal space 35 ft. in dia- 
 meter, is surmounted with the ruined fragments of a cupola. 
 It is surrounded with four gateways, opposite each of which 
 is a colossal statue of Buddha. On many parts of the build- 
 ing are inscriptions in the Pali character. 
 
 BHIND, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 49 m. N.E. 
 Gwalior. Though now decayed, it was once an important 
 and populous place, with a fort inclosed by a double rampart, 
 the inner of masonry, and the outer of mud, and flanked with 
 towers. In a pleasure-ground near the town are three fine 
 buildings, supported on columns and arches of stone. 
 
 BHOJPOOR, two places, India:—!. A tn. N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, dist. and 9 m. N. Moradabad. It was once a flour- 
 ishing place, but was ruined during the Rohilla war. It 
 possesses a mosque and a bazaar, and still manufactures 
 cottons, plain and dyed, to a considerable extent. Sugar-cane 
 is extensively grown in the vicinity. — 2. A town presid. 
 Bengal, district Shahabad, 69 m. W. Dinapore. It is the 
 capital of a pergunnah of same name, and contains about 1 000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 BIIOPAL [add.], a state and tn. India. The state, presid. 
 Bengal, under the political superintendence of the governor- 
 general, lies between lat. 22° 32' and 23° 46' N., Ion. 76° 25' 
 and 78° 50' E.; length, E. to W., 157 m.; breadth, 76 m.; 
 area, 6764 sq. m. 'The Vindhya range, which traverses the 
 state from N.E. to S.W., divides it into two unequal portions. 
 The latter and more southerly portion belongs to the valley 
 of the Nerbudda. The far larger portion, situated on the 
 other side of the range, is a table-land sloping northward, and 
 is drained chiefly by the Betwa and its tributary Deesa, the 
 Parbutti, and the Newuj. The prevailing geological forma- 
 tion is trap, overlying sandstone, and containing some 
 indifferent iron ore; but, so far as known, no other minerals 
 of any importance, except rock-salt, which is met with in the 
 vicinity of the town of Bhopal, and coal found in the S. The 
 soil, formed chiefly of disintegrated trap, is very fertile. 
 
 Pop. 662,872. The town, capital of the above state, 
 
 situated 100 m E.N.E. Oojein, is surrounded by a stone 
 wall about 2 m. in circuit, inclosing a fort also of stone, but 
 in a dilapidated state. Outside the town, on a large mass of 
 rock, is another fort, with square towers, containing the 
 nabob's palace. The commercial quarter of the town has 
 wide streets, but presents few indications of activity, and tells 
 rather of a past than of a present prosperity. During the 
 mutiny in 1857-9 the rebel sepoys several times attempted 
 to occupy the town, but were successfully repelled by the 
 inhabitants. 
 
 BHORE GHAUT, a mountain pass, 6 m, long, India, 
 presid. Bombay, dist. N. Concan, about 40 m. S.E. Bombay, 
 being midway on the direct route from Bombay to Poonah. 
 It was formerly considered the key of the Deccan, and a pro- 
 posal was made to fortify the pass: but an excellent road has 
 since been made to traverse it, affording great facilities to 
 both travellers and commerce, which are again greatly en- 
 hanced by the Ghaut being upon the line of railway which is 
 opened from Bombay to Poonah and Solapoor, the former a 
 distance (by rail) of 112 m., and the latter 276 m., with a 
 probability of further extension. 
 
 BHUNEEAN A, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 22 m. 
 S. Joodpoor, in a depression traversed by a nullah, which 
 is dry in summer, but becomes a large torrent in the rainy 
 season. It possesses a fort of sun-burnt brick, with four 
 bastions. Pop. 2000. 
 
 BIALYKAMIEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and about 12 m. N.N.E. Zloczow; with manufactures of beet- 
 root sugar, chocolate, and chicory. Pop. 2743. 
 
 BIARMI, or Bearma, a river, India, whicli rises among 
 the Vindhya Mountains, in the Saugor and Nerbudda terri- 
 tory, at the height of 1700 ft. above the sea, flows N.E. for 
 about 110 m., and joins the Sonar on its r. bank, about 10 m. 
 above the junction of the latter with the Cane. Its total 
 descent during its course is 700 ft. 
 
 BIC, or St. Cecile de Bic, a tn. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Rimousky, r. bank St. Lawrence, 160 m. N.E. 
 Quebec. It is a well-built place, with a R. Catholic chapel, 
 and a commodious harbour, at which a great deal of lumber 
 is shipped. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 BIC, an island, British America, about 2| m. off Cape 
 Arignole, on the r. bank of the St. Lawrence, 165 m. N.E. 
 Quebec. It is only about 3 m. long and 1 m. broad, nowhere 
 rises higher than 150 ft. above the sea; is composed of slaty 
 rocks, of which sections are seen on its shores, and is densely 
 wooded, but not inhabited. Lying nearly in the fair way of 
 the navigation of the St. Lawrence, it attracts attention, in 
 consequence partly of the many dangers which surround it, 
 and partly of the excellent anchorage which it affords under 
 either extremity, and also between it and the mainland, 
 according to the wind. About f- m. to the N. is another 
 island called Bicquette, or Little Bic, about ^ m. long by | 
 broad. Sunken reefs and rocks above water contract the 
 intervening channel. A lighthouse has been erected on the 
 W. point of Bicquette, showing a white light, which is visible 
 at the distance of 17 m. in clear weather. During fogs and 
 snow-storms a gun is fired every hour. 
 
 BICSE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 32 m. 
 N.N.E. Trencsin, at the confluence of the Kollarovska with 
 the Waag. It has a district court, a castle, numerous pot- 
 teries, and an important trade in wood. Pop. 2483. 
 
 BIDDEFORD, a tn. U. States, Maine, on the Saco, 
 close to the falls, and about 6 m. above its mouth, on the 
 Portland, Saco, and Portsmouth railway, 12 m. S.W. Port- 
 land. It possesses several churches, an academy, and other 
 excellent schools, a large iron foundry, numerous cotton, 
 flour, and saw mills, and carries on an extensive trade, parti- 
 cularly in lumber. The falls, though furnishing valuable 
 water-power, seriously obstruct the navigation of the river, 
 and thus limit the foreign trade. So rapid, however, has been 
 the progress of the place, that it nearly doubled its popula- 
 tion in seven years, from 1850 to 1857. In the former year 
 it was 6095; in the latter 12,000. As Saco lies immediately 
 opposite on the river, the two towns may be considered as one. 
 
 BIDJAN, a river, Chinese empire, Manchooria, which 
 rises in the Hingan or Kingan Mountains, and flows S. to the 
 Amoor, which it joins on its 1. bank, above the confluence of 
 the Songari. On the banks of the Djujur, one of its prin- 
 cipal affluents, lamellae of silver are found. 
 
 BIECS, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 11 m. 
 W. by S. Jaslo, cap. dist. of same name, on the Eopa; with a 
 parish church in the old German style, with fine monuments; 
 a large and ancient townhouse, a castle, a Franciscan monas- 
 tery, a richly endowed institute for the poor, and a tolerably 
 active trade in corn, flax, and linen. It was once surrounded 
 with strong walls, of which portions still remain; and under 
 the Polish kings enjoyed many privileges, which procured 
 for it the name of Parva Cracovia. Pop. 2300. 
 
 BIELEBEI, a tn. Russia, gov. Orenburg, cap. circle of 
 same name, on the Bielebeika, 85 m. S.W. Ufa. It has a 
 church, a charitable in.stitute, and an important annual market, 
 which lasts six days. Pop. 1393. 
 
 BIELEF [add.], atn. Russi.i, gov. and 65 m. S.W. Tula, 
 cap. circle of same name, on a height above 1. bank Oka. It 
 has nineteen churches, two monasteries, a circle and a parish 
 school, four benevolent institutes, several manufactures, and 
 an active trade. The empress Elizabeth died here on her 
 return from Taganrog. The house where she died has been 
 converted into a widows' home, and a monument has been 
 erected to her. Pop. 7843. 
 
BIELITZ 
 
 56 
 
 BING-BONG 
 
 BIELITZ [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, cap. 
 dist. same name, at the foot of the Carpathians, on the Biala, 
 opposite to the town of that name in Galieia, 22 1 ra. (by rail) 
 N.E. Vienna. It consists of the town proper and two suburbs, 
 is the seat of several important public offices, and has Pro- 
 testant and R. Catholic churches and schools, a beautiful 
 castle, with a park, belonging to Prince Sulkowsky, an hos- 
 pital, an infirmary, an orphan asylum, manufactures of woollen 
 and linen cloth, machines, and liqueurs, dyeworks, spinning 
 mills, a trade in wool, cloth, and Hungarian wine, and several 
 important yearly markets. It is the principal entrepdt of the 
 rock-salt of Galieia for the supply of Moravia and Galieia, 
 and has recently acquired great additional facilities of trans- 
 port by the construction of a branch communicating with the 
 Oderberg and Cracow railway. Pop. 8699.— Old Bielitz, in 
 the vicinity, has a castle, and 3206 inhabitants. 
 
 BIGA DE LA PAZ, a tn. S. America, La Plata, prov. 
 and 80 m. S.E. Mendoza, near 1. bank Tunuyan, an affluent 
 of the Desaguadero, 1630 ft. above the sea; lat. 33° 30' S.; 
 Ion. 67° 60' W. It is a considerable place, with spacious 
 streets and many good houses. The most conspicuous build- 
 ing is the barracks, with a tower at one of its angles, appar- 
 ently intended for defence, but evidently in such a state that 
 a cannon-ball striking it would lay it in ruins. 
 
 BIG BLACK RIVER, U. States, Mississippi, rises in 
 CO. Chocktaw, near the centre of the state, flows S.S.W. for 
 about 200 m., and enters the Mississippi on its 1. bank by two 
 mouths, near Grand Gulf. 
 
 BIG BONE LICK, a salt spring, U. States, co. Boone, 
 in the S.E. of Kentucky, is famous for the number of fossil 
 bones of the mastodon and other mammalia found in its vici- 
 nity, in a dark-coloured bed, generally overlaid with gravel, 
 and resting on blue clay. 
 
 BIHE, a territory, S.W. Africa, Benguela, between lat. 
 tl^and 1 3° S., and Ion. 1 6° and 18° E.; area about 1 1,000 sq. m. 
 The surface is generally undulating, and exhibits an alterna- 
 tion of forests and grassy plains. The most elevated por- 
 tions are towards the N. and W. In the former direction the 
 Kenye Mountains attain the height of nearly 7000 ft., and in 
 the latter is the remarkable plateau or steppe of Bulumbulu. 
 The principal rivers are the Coanza, on the E. frontier, with 
 its tributary Kokema, which flows northward, dividing the 
 territory into two unequal portions, and the Cutato on the 
 "W. frontier. In the E. portion are several extensive pools 
 or lakes, formed by the inundations of the Coanza. Most of 
 these become nearly dry in the hot season, but one, called 
 Lake Oviva, inclosed by the Demba and Kenye Mountains, 
 has a considerable depth of water during the whole year, and 
 abounds with crocodiles. The climate is healthy, and on the 
 whole temperate, rather cold than hot; but subject to sudden 
 changes, which are trying to feeble constitutions. The in- 
 habitants have few manufactures, the only ones deserving 
 of notice being coarse cottons, neat parti-coloured mats, and 
 smith work. In the last they excel, and among other articles 
 make muskets, which are well finished in everything but the 
 bore. Trading is the favourite occupation, and is carried on 
 to an extent, and with a skill and enterprise, not surpassed by 
 any other people of S. Africa. The Bih^ traders penetrate 
 into the remotest parts of the interior, carrying with them 
 European products, which they exchange for ivory, wax, and 
 slaves. These, at least the two former, as the last are now 
 interdicted, they dispose of in the markets of Loanda or Ben- 
 guela. The religion is a gross fetichism, in which the good 
 and evil principles are represented and worshipped under the 
 form of lions, panthers, hyaenas, serpents, crocodiles, &c. 
 The government is an absolute despotism, the sovereign dis- 
 posing at pleasure of the lives and property of his subjects, 
 though there are some old customs or laws which it would be 
 dangerous for him to violate. Not his own, but his sister's 
 son, is heir-apparent. Pop. about 120,000. 
 
 BUN OUR, a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Provinces, Rohil- 
 cund. The district lies between lat. 28° 54' and 29° 58' N.; 
 Ion. 78° r and 78° 53' E.; and is bounded N. by Gurwhal, E. 
 and S. Moradabad, and W. Meerut, Mozuffurnugur, and 
 Saharnnpore; area, 1 904 sq. m. The surface is generally level; 
 in the N., where it rises gradually towards the Himalaya, its 
 greatest height does not exceed 1400 ft. above the sea. The 
 Boil is for the most part light and sandy, but along the E. 
 bank of the Ganges, and in the N,, where it forms part of the 
 
 Terai, there is much rich marsh land. The principal crops 
 are maize, millet, pulse, wheat, cotton, and sugar-cane. Pop. 
 620,546. The town, cap. of the above dist., and the resi- 
 dence of the British authorities, is situated near 1. bank 
 Ganges, 70 m. N.E. Delhi, and has an estimated pop. of 9280. 
 — There is another Bijnour in Oude, 14 m. S. by W. Lucknow, 
 with a large bazaar. 
 
 BIKHOV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 35 m. S. Mogilev, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Dnieper, in lat. 53° 20' N.; Ion. 
 30° 25' E.; with six churches, a Lancaster school, a chari- 
 table endowment, several manufactures, and a pop. of 6810. 
 
 BIKIN, a river, Russian empire, Manchooria, Avhich flows 
 W. in an undivided stream through a valley about 2 m. wide, 
 and joins the Usuri on its r. bank, 180 m. above the junction 
 of that river with the Amoor. It^ whole course is about 
 165 m. It appears to be navigable. Its valley is bounded 
 on both sides by picturesque mountains, and on its banks are 
 six villages inhabited by a people called Orochi. 
 
 BIKUMPOOR, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 92 m. 
 N.E. Jessulmeer; lat. 27° 43' N.; Ion. 72° 16' E. It con- 
 sists of about 220 houses, inhabited chiefly by Brahmins, who 
 carry on an active trade between Scinde on the one hand, and 
 Jessulmeer and Bekaneer on the other, and have 250 camels 
 employed in conveying goods. The principal buildings are 
 two temples, of very great antiquity. Nearly contiguous to 
 the town, on the N.W., is a fort seated on an eminence. It 
 is about 100 yards square, and is inclosed by a wall of rubble 
 stone 25 ft. high, with very small bastions. At the N.E. 
 angle a round tower of considerable height overlooks the sur- 
 rounding hills. Though of imposing appearance, the fort is 
 of little real strength, as a range of sand-hills at a short dis- 
 tance completely commands it. It is, however, mounted with 
 four guns, and garrisoned by 100 men. 
 
 BILCZE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galieia, circle and about 
 16 m. S. by E. Czorikow, with an ancient castle. In tlie 
 neighbouring mountains are several remarkable caverns with 
 walls of pure alabaster. In some of them human bones, as 
 well as those of wild animals, and Roman coins of the time 
 of Hadrian, have been found. In the vicinity there is an in- 
 stitute of the Sisters of Mercy, and an old castle, which was 
 once the residence of a Russian prince. Pop. 2S10. 
 
 BILEDJIK, a tn. Asiatic Turkey, Anatolia, 100 m. S.E. 
 Constantinople. It is finely situated on the side of a deep 
 valley, and contains about 800 houses, most of them of three 
 stories, but by no means substantially built. The culture 
 and preparation of silk is carried on to a great extent, and is 
 exclusively in the hands of the Armenians, who form the main 
 bulk of the population. There is also an extensive trade in 
 meerschaum, the material for which is obtained from pits 
 situated at some distance, in the direction of Ssewri Hissar. 
 The 10 per cent, ad valorem duty, levied by government, 
 yields a considerable revenue. 
 
 BILHOUR, or Bilouk, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 dist. and 30 m. N.N.W. Cawnpore. It is the cap. of a per- 
 gunnah of same name, and contains 5045 inhabitants. 
 
 BILKE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Ugocs or 
 Beregh-Ugocsa; with iron mines and limestone quarries, and 
 2031 inhabitants. 
 
 BILNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 14 m. N.E. Hradisch; with glass-works. The so-called 
 Wlarer Pass in the Carpathians, through which most of the 
 irruptions of the Turks and Hungarians were made in the 
 seventeenth century, is situated in the vicinity. Pop. 1500. 
 
 BIMLIPATAM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 16 m. N.E. Vizagapatam, near the mouth of a small stream 
 in the Bay of Bengal; lat. 17° 53' N,; Ion. 83° 30' E. It 
 was once a Dutch settlement, the existence of which is still 
 attested by an old cemetery, with well-engraved tombstones, 
 bearing the date 1623, and was long celebrated for its cotton 
 piece goods, which were largely exported by the E. India 
 Company. Its trade, now limited, is chiefly in the hands of 
 native merchants. In the vicinity are three indigo factories, 
 and at Chittawalsa, about 3 m. distant, extensive sugar-works, 
 with the most improved machinery. 
 
 BING-BONG, or Ping-wang, a tn. China, prov. Kiang- 
 soo, on the Soochou branch of the Yang-tze-kiang, W. of 
 Shanghai. It occupies a central position on the shores of one 
 of a chain of lakes, and has fine navigable canals leading from 
 it to all the important towns of the large and fertile plain 
 
BTNGHAMPTON 
 
 57 
 
 BLANSKO 
 
 where it is situated. It is, however, a small place, though 
 exhibiting many signs of commercial activity. 
 
 BINGHAMPTON, a tn. U. States, New York, cap. co. 
 Boone, at the junction of the Chenango and Susquehanna, 
 and on the New York and Erie railway, 140 m. N.W. New 
 York. It is a well-built stirring place, containing eighteen 
 churches, and superior and ordinary schools, and carrying on 
 an extensive trade in flour and lumber. Pop. 8818. 
 
 BINTENNE, a tn. Ceylon, cap. dist. of same name, on 
 a wide level plain, in an angle formed by the Mahawelle 
 Ganga, where it turns suddenly N. in the direction of Trin- 
 comalee,30m. E. by N. Kandy; lat. 7° 21' N.; Ion. 81° 4' E. 
 It is among the most ancient places of Ceylon, and began to 
 flourish under the name of Mahayanagana at least three cen- 
 turies before the Christian era. At present it is a mere vil- 
 lage, consisting of about thirty miserable houses. The only 
 ruin of any consequence which remains to attest its former 
 greatness is that of a very ancient dagoba, in the form of a 
 huge semicircular mound of brickwork, 360 ft. in circuit, and 
 still 100 ft. high, but so much decayed at the top that its 
 original outline is no longer ascertainable. It has still priests 
 attached to it, who occupy a large dwelling or pansela, in 
 which visitors are sometimes lodged. 
 
 BIRKADEM, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 8 m. 
 E. Algiers, beautifully situated in a valley inclosed by hills. 
 The vine and mulberry thrive well in the vicinity. P. 1 1 07. 
 
 BIllMANDKEIS, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 6 m. S. Algiers, in a pleasing valley at the extremity of a 
 ravine. The inhabitants cultivate aromatic plants with 
 success. Pop. 929. 
 
 BIKMENAWA, atn. W. Africa, on the N.W. frontiers 
 of Bornou, 60 m. N.E. Kano. It is a small place, but strongly 
 fortified with an earthen wall and two deep ditches, one within 
 it and the otlier without. Its only gate is on the W. side. 
 The interior is tolerably well inhabited by natives of the 
 Hausa and Kanuri races, and there is a good deal of cultiva- 
 tion in the environs. 
 
 BIRMINGHAM, two places, U. States:—!, A vil. Con- 
 necticut, on a commanding height at the junction of the 
 Housatonic and the Naugatuck, opposite to Derby, witli 
 which it is connected by a bridge, 10 m. N.W. New Haven. 
 It consists of well-formed streets, and a handsome square, 
 which is occupied chiefly by churches and schools; and pos- 
 sesses numerous industrial establishments, including manu- 
 factures of pins, carriage springs and axles, bolts, augers, &c., 
 rolling-mills for copper, iron, and steel, flour and saw mills, 
 and a large trade in coal and lumber. The value of the 
 manufactures is estimated at £300,000. Pop. 2500. — 2, A 
 tn. or bor. Pennsylvania, on the Monongahela, opposite to 
 Pittsburg, of which it may properly be considered a suburb, 
 being connected with it by both a suspension bridge and a 
 steam-ferry. It contains several churches, and possesses 
 manufactures of iron railing, screws, and machines, glass- 
 works, a pottery, a planing -mill, and several breweries. 
 Pop. 3742. 
 
 BIKSILPOOR, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 118 m. 
 N.E. Jessulmeer. It consists of a town and a fort. The 
 town contains 400 houses, many shops, and eleven wells, 60 ft. 
 deep, which yield very brackish water. The fort, seated 
 on an eminence on the N.W. side of the town, is about 
 90 yds. square, and is inclosed by a wall 30 ft. high, with 
 four or five bastions on each face. It is solidly constructed 
 of a calcareous stone, common in the country, but a sandhill 
 about 1 m. distant completely commands it. Its interior is 
 crowded with buildings. 
 
 BISKOWICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 2 m. N.W. Sambor; with a beautiful monastery, and 2000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 BISZTRA: — 1. A tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 30 m. N.W. Carlsburg, in a romantic moun- 
 tain district; with 3168 inhabitants, many of whom are em- 
 ployed in the neighbouring gold mines. — 2. Bistritz-on-the- 
 Waag, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 22 m. N.N.E. 
 Trencsin; with an old castle on an almost inaccessible height, 
 and numerous potteries. Pop. 2400. 
 
 BITESCH (Great), atn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Iglau, 20 m. N.W. Briinn. It has an ancient and strongly 
 built parish church, soap-works, potteries, and six annual 
 fairs. Pop. 3038. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. I. 
 
 BITHOOR, atn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 12 m. 
 N.W. Cawnpore, r. bank Ganges. It contains several Hin- 
 doo temples, and luis an annual fair, at which Brahma is espe- 
 cially venerated. There are also numerous flights of steps, 
 or ghauts, leading to the river, for the purpose of the Brahmins 
 performing their religious ablutions. The pin of Brahma's 
 slipper, dropped after the sacrifice of a horse upon the con- 
 clusion of his work of creation, is professed to be shown in 
 one of the steps. But the place has acquired a more signal 
 and infamous reputation as the residence of Dhuna Paut, or 
 ' Nana Sahib,' the adopted heir of the Maharajah Bajce Row, 
 whose instigation of the atrocities perpetrated at Cawnpore 
 on the outbreak of the Sepoy mutiny in 1857, has won for 
 his name a perpetuity of execration. General Havelock 
 gained a brilliant victory over the rebels in the vicinity, and 
 subsequently quantities of treasure belonging to the Nana 
 were discovered by the troops in a well close to the palace. 
 
 BlTISCHKA-EiCHOKN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 8 m. N.W. Briinn; with an old castle and large 
 foundries, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 BIYU, atn. W. Africa, about 160 m. N.E. Yakoba, cap. 
 of the Babir tribe, who bound with the Marghi on the E., 
 and have to a certain extent preserved their independence in 
 the face of a very unequal struggle with their Mahometan 
 assailants. Scarcely anything is known of Biyu, but it is 
 reported to be of large size, and to be the only town of im- 
 portance which the Babir possess, the rest of the tribe occu- 
 pying small hamlets scattered over a mountainous district, 
 where the prevailing mineral is ba.salt. 
 
 BLACK HILLS, a mountain range, U. States, which, 
 branching off from the Rocky Mountains on the W. frontiers 
 of Nebraska, about lat. 42° N.; Ion. 110° W., stretches N.N.E. 
 to lat. 47°. Laramie Peak, its culminating point, is 8000 ft. 
 above the sea. The drainage of its W. slope is carried to 
 the Yellow Stone, that of the E. slope to the Missouri. 
 
 BLACK RIVER, or Bia Black River, U. States, 
 rises in the S.E. of Missouri, flows circuitously S. to its fron- 
 tier, enters Arkansas, changes its direction to S.S.W., and 
 after a course of about 400 m., joins the White River on its 
 1. bank, 40 m. below Batesville. It is closed for three 
 winter months, but during the remainder of the year is navi- 
 gable for 100 m. above its mouth. 
 
 BLAGOVESCHENSK, a tn. Russian empire, Man- 
 chooria, 1. bank Amoor, at the mouth of the Zeya. It was 
 founded by the Russians, and, though still a small place sur- 
 rounded with palisades, and consisting of a citadel with a few 
 mud cottages, may be expected to assume importance, as an 
 ordinance of the emperor has made it the seat of government. 
 
 BLAIRSVILLE, two places, U. States: — 1, A post bor. 
 Pennsylvania, on the Conemangh, here crossed by a hand- 
 some bridge, and on the Pennsylvania canal, 70 m. from 
 Pittsburg. It is substantially built, possesses about half a 
 dozen churches, and carries on an active trade in grain, pork, 
 lumber, and coal. Pop. 1135. — 2, A tn. Georgia, cap. co. 
 Union, in the midst of the magnificent scenery of the Blue 
 Ridge. It possesses a court-house and a school, valuable 
 quarries of marble and iion, and some traces of gold. 
 
 BLAKELY, a vil. U. States, Alabama, cap. co. Baldwin, 
 on the Tensaw, just above its mouth in Mobile Bay. It con- 
 tains some handsome buildings and numerous stores; and pos- 
 sessing a harbour at once deeper and more accessible than 
 that of Mobile, was expected to become a formidable rival to 
 it. This expectation has not been realized. 
 
 BLANCO, commonly called South Cape Blanco, to dis- 
 tinguish it from another cape of same name, considerably to 
 the N., on the W. coast of Africa; lat. 20° 46' 30" N.; Ion. 
 17° 4' W. It is a white cliff, which competent judges have 
 estimated variously at 150, and at only 80 ft., above sea-level, 
 and terminates a sandy promontory about 23 m. long. It is 
 composed of a calcareous grit, and rises vertically with a 
 white and barren surface from a sloping beach. With its E. 
 side it forms the large Bay of Levrier, 25 m. long by 20 wide. 
 With its W. side it forms West Bay, which is much resorted 
 to by Canary fishermen. 
 
 BLANSKG, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 12 m. N. Briinn, on the Zwittawa, and on the Vienna and 
 Prague railway. It has a castle belonging to the prince of 
 Salm, blast furnaces, and other ironworks, at which machinery, 
 locks and various articles of hardware are manufactured on 
 
 8 
 
BLAS 
 
 58 
 
 BOGOOEAH 
 
 a large scale. At a short distance, on a steep height, stand 
 the picturesque ruins of the old castle of Blansko. Pop. 2304. 
 
 BLAS (San) [add.], a tn. Mexico, possessing the most im- 
 portant harbour of state Jalisco, on a bay of the Pacific, near 
 the mouth of the Rio Grande or Santiago, 130 m. N.W. 
 Guadalaxara. It has a deep, spacious, and well-sheltered 
 harbour, at which, during the Spanish rule, an extensive trade 
 was carried on with the Philippine Isles and other parts of 
 Asia. Since 1821, when the Spanish cortes declared it an 
 open port, its trade has rapidly increased. Some ships have 
 been built, and a good deal of salt is made in the vicinity. 
 The great obstacle to its prosperity is the unhealthiness of the 
 climate, which, during the rainy season, from June to the end 
 of November, becomes so pestilential, that all its inhabitants 
 who are able to leave it take refuge chiefly in Tepic. During 
 the dry season, which is healthy, though swarms of fleas and 
 niusquitoes make life anything but comfortable, the pop. 
 amounts to about 3000. 
 
 BLATTA, a tn. Austrian empire, Dalmatia, in the N.W. 
 portion of the island, and about 18 m. W. of the town of Cur- 
 zola. It contains 3600 inhabitants, who are mostly employed 
 in cultivating the ground and in fishing. 
 
 BLATTNITZ (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 10 m. S. Hradisch. On the summit of a neighbouring 
 mountain, commanding a beautiful and extensive view, there 
 is a pilgrimage chapel. Pop. 1500, chiefly employed in the 
 culture of the vine. 
 
 BLAUDA, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 30 m. N.W. Olmiitz; with a parish church, and two castles, 
 one in ruins, and the other with fine gardens. Pop. 2409. 
 
 BLEISTADT, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 13 m. N.N.E. Eger, r. bank Zwoda; with a parish church, 
 a brewery, several mills, and establishments connected with 
 tlie lead mines in the vicinity. Pop. 1100. 
 
 BLIND BAY, an extensive opening, New Zealand, in 
 the N. of Munster or Middle Island, has a width of 36 m. 
 between D'Urville Island, on the E., and Separation Point, 
 forming its N.W. extreme, and a depth within these limits of 
 25 m. The depth of water in the outer parts varies from 25 
 to 28 fathoms, and shoals gradually to 12, 9, and 5 fathoms, 
 within 2 m. of its head. It is entirely free from danger, 
 and so well sheltered toward its head, that at Nelson Haven, 
 which lies there, it is frequently fine and calm weather when 
 a strong N.W. gale is blowing in Cook's Strait. On its E. 
 shore is Croiselles harbour, which is of easy access, and gives 
 good shelter in all weathers; and on the W. shore are several 
 good anchorages, partly in roadsteads, and partly in the mouths 
 of the rivers Motueka, Motuere, and Waimea. The land 
 towards the head of the bay presents some remarkable white 
 cliffs, but is generally low; on the E. and W. shores, on the 
 contrary, it is mountainous, rising to heights which vary from 
 3000 to 4000 ft. 
 
 BLOOMBURG, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. 
 Columbia, 1 m. from N. branch of the Susquehanna, and 
 78 m. N.N.E. Harrisburg. Iron-ore and limestone abound 
 in the vicinity, and the N. Branch canal aids the activity of 
 the trade of the place. Pop. 3600. 
 
 BLOOMINGTON, a tn. U. States, Indiana, cap, co. 
 Monroe, on a ridge between the E. and W. forks of White 
 River, and on the railway from New Albany to Michigan, 40 m. 
 S.W. Indianopolis. It consists of houses partly of brick 
 partly of wood, is the seat of the state university, which is 
 attended by about 175 students, and possesses several 
 churches, a female academy, and other schools. Pop. 3000. 
 I BLOSSBURG, a vil. U. States, Pennsylvania, on the 
 Tioga, and on the Corning and Blossburg railway, 20 m. N. 
 Williamsport. It stands in the centre of a very important 
 mining district, which is rich both in coal and iron. A blast- 
 furnace is in operation in its vicinity. Pop. 850. 
 
 BLOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 12 m. S.E. Pilsen, cap. dist, of same name; with a parish 
 church, a townhouse, a benevolent institute, a brewery, and 
 three mills. Pop. 1200. 
 
 BLOXWICH, a chapelry dist. England, in par. and union 
 of Walsall, CO. Stafford, 2 m. N.N.W. of Walsall, in whose 
 manufactures and trade it participates to a considerable ex- 
 tent. The surrounding country is level, and the soil gravelly 
 and sandy. Extensive coal-mines are in operation, and 
 bridle-bits and awl- blades are manufactured in large quanti- 
 
 ties. The church is a neat edifice with a square tower, en- 
 larged in 1833. There are also places of worship for Roman 
 Catholics, Wesleyans, and other denominations. 
 
 BLUDOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist, 
 Teschen, 33 m. E.S.E. Troppau; with a parish church of the 
 Augsburg Confession, and 3318 inhabitants. 
 
 BLUE LICK SPRINGS, U. States, Kentucky, 70 m. 
 N.E. Frankfort, is celebrated for the mineral waters from 
 which its name is derived, and which form an article of traffic 
 in various parts of the country. 
 
 BLUFF, or Awaroa, a harbour, New Zealand, in 
 Foveaux Strait, on the S. shore of Munster or Middle Island. 
 At full tide it i.s an extensive sheet of water stretching in two 
 arms, one to the N. for 4 m. and the other E. for 5 m. The 
 space for anchorage is, however, narrow and confined, the 
 whole of the expanse, from a mile beyond the entrance, being 
 flat and shallow, and mostly uncovered at low water. The 
 tides also run very strong. Bluff harbour was formerly a 
 large whaling station. 
 
 BLUNDA BAY, N. Australia, Alexandra Land, at the 
 mouth of the Victoria River; lat. 20° 15' S.; Ion. 129° 40' E. 
 It is not considered safe for vessels entering the Victoria River 
 and Queen's Channel to proceed farther up than Blunda Bay. 
 
 BOBRO, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva- 
 Thurocz, 50 m. N.E. Neusohl. It contains 1600 inhabitants, 
 who are partly employed in working a coal-mine in the vici- 
 nity, and have a considerable trade in lace and linen. 
 
 BODA JK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 13 m. 
 N.N.W. Stuhlweissenburg; with a church to which pilgrim- 
 ages are made, tileworks, and a mineral spring. Pop. 3900. 
 
 BODHANETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Chrudim, 6 m. W.N.W. Pardubitz; with a parish cliurch, a 
 townhouse, an ho.spital, manufactures of alcohol, and three 
 mills. Pop. 1400. 
 
 BODONY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Heves, 
 near the Matra Hills; with copper and silver mines, and 1300 
 inhabitants. 
 
 BOGAT, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Szabolcs, 
 27 m. N.E. Debreczin; with a distillery and an oil-mill. 
 Pop. 2097, mostly belonging to the Reformed church. 
 
 BOGDOI, a mineral spring, Siberia, Trans-Baikal pro- 
 vince, near the source of the Gorbitza, an affluent of the 
 Shilka, on the 1. bank. It has acquired some celebrity by its 
 fair, which is attended by Russian and Cossack merchants, 
 who ascend the Amoor from Aigoon in large boats, bringing 
 printed cottons, silk, tobacco, and brandy, which they barter 
 with the Manchoos for glassware, soap, and the horns of the 
 maral, a species of large stag. 
 
 BOGHAZ, or Boghazdere, a vil. European Turkey, at 
 the foot of the Haemus or Balkan, 12 m. S.W. Varna. It 
 stands near the entrance of a wild mountain gorge, and its 
 vicinity is supposed to have been the scene of the battle 
 which Alexander the Great fought with the Thracians before 
 he crossed the Hsemus, on his march from Amphipolis to 
 the Danube. 
 
 BOGHAZ-KOEI [the anc. Pteria], a tn. Turkey in Asia, 
 near the E. frontiers of Anatolia, 300 m. E.S.E. Constantin- 
 ople. It lies at the N.W. foot and on the first slopes of a 
 rugged limestone ridge, and is a very straggling place, con- 
 taining about 150 houses. The rocks are full of caverns, 
 which are partly used by the inhabitants as magazines. In 
 the vicinity is a remarkable ruin, as to which aichaeologists 
 are divided in opinion, some regarding it as a temple and 
 others as a palace. The only existing public building of any 
 consequence is a mosque. Close to Boghaz-Koei is another 
 place called Yakbas. Regarding them as one town, we may 
 estimate their united pop. at 1800. 
 
 BOGOORAH, or Bograh, a dist. and tn. India, presid. 
 Bengal, between lat. 24° 36' and 25° 19' N.; Ion. 88° 45' and 
 89° 48' E.; and bounded N. by Dinapore and Rungpore, E. 
 the Konaie, a branch of the Brahmapootra, separating it from 
 Mymensing, S. Mymensing and Pubna, S.W. Rajeshaye, and 
 W. Dinapore; area, 2160 sq.m. The surface, a level alluvial 
 tract, has a very gradual slope southwards, as indicated by 
 the course of its rivers. These are very numerous; but by 
 far the most important is the Konaie. Among the others are 
 the Goggot, the Kurateea, the Jamuna, and the Attree. The 
 principal crop is rice. Sugar-cane is extensively grown, as 
 is also indigo and cotton. The mulberry, to rear silkworms, 
 
BOGOROSLAN 
 
 59 
 
 BOMBAY 
 
 forms large plantations. Hemp is cultivated only for its 
 
 narcotic properties. Pop. 900,000. The town, cap of 
 
 the ahove dist., situated on the Kurateea, 165 m. N.N.E. 
 Calcutta, possesses a well-supplied bazaar, but has no other 
 importance than that which it derives from being the seat of 
 the British civil establishment. 
 
 BOGOKOSLAN.atn. Kussiain Europe, gov. and 100 m. 
 E.N.E. Samara, on botli sides of the Tarchanka, at its 
 confluence with the Kinel; lat. 53° 36' N.; Ion. 52° 20' E. 
 It. has two churches, a circle school, a charitable institute, 
 several manufactures, a much-frequented annual market, 
 which lasts from the 1st to the 8th of September; and a trade 
 in cotton, woollen, and silk goods. Pop. 5903. 
 
 BOGOS, a territory, E. Africa, Abyssinia, situated be- 
 tween lat. 15° 35' and 16° N.; Ion. 38° 20' and 38° 35' E.; 
 and bounded, N. by Habab, E. Mensa, S. Hamasen, and W. 
 Barea. It is mountainous, particularly in the S., where some 
 of the summits attain a great elevation, but towards the N. 
 descends gradually to a fertile plain, watered by the Ain- 
 Saba. It is rich in metals, and also raises large quantities 
 of grain, particularly the liolcus sorghum, which is cele- 
 brated for its quality. 
 
 BOGSAN (Deutsch), a tn. Austrian empire, Temesvar 
 Banat, circle and 23 m. S. Lugos, cap. dist. same name, on 
 the Berzava; with iron- works, including two blast-furnaces, 
 naileries, a brewery, and tileworks. Pop. 2390. 
 
 BOGUTCHAR, a tn. Russia, gov. and 135 m. S.S.E. 
 Voronej, on a river of same name; with two churches and two 
 charitable institutes. Near the castle of Slobodka, within 
 the circle, there is an important yearly market. Pop. 1976. 
 BOHEIMKIRCHEN, or Bohmkikchen, a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Lower Austria, on an affluent of the Danube, 26 m. 
 W. by S. Vienna; has two saw-mills and a trade in wood. 
 The vine is extensively cultivated in the vicinity. Pop. 
 20-10. 
 
 BOHMISCHKRUT, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower 
 Austria, circle Lower Manhartaberg, on the Poibach, 30 m. 
 N. by E. Vienna. It contains 2510 inhabitants, chiefly 
 employed in agriculture, for which the district is well adapted. 
 BOHUSLAWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 12 m. N.N.W. Koniggratz; with 1300 inhabitants, 
 and a Protestant and a R. Catholic church. 
 
 BOIKOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Hradisch, on the Ossawa, 7 m. E. Hungarian Brod. It has 
 a beautiful castle, and contains 2000 inhabitants, who are 
 chiefly employed in weaving. 
 
 BOLARUM, a military cantonment, India, Nizam's 
 Dominions, dist. and 11 m. N.N.E. Hyderabad; lat. 17° 30' 
 N.; Ion. 78° 35' E. It stands on a granite ridge 1890 ft. 
 above the sea, has lines for two battalions of infantry, a 
 risallah of irregular horse, and 250 artillery; and possesses a 
 handsome little church, of Gothic architecture, with coloured 
 glass windows, a well- constructed hospital, and productive 
 gardens, in which European vegetables, as well as the ordi- 
 
 nary Indian fruits, are grown. The station is so healthy 
 that invalids often derive benefit from resorting to it. 
 
 BOLCSKE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Tolna, 
 29 m. N.E. Szegsard, r. bank Danube; with some handsome 
 buildings and a trade in corn and wine. There are many 
 Roman remains in the vicinity. Pop. 4217. 
 
 ]iOLGRAD, a tn. Turkey, Moldavia, on the Yalpookh, 
 32 m. N. by W. Ismail. It is built almost entirely of stone, 
 and was included in those parts of Bessarabia wliich the 
 Russians, by the treaty of Paris, ceded to Turkey, in order 
 to place the Daimbe entirely beyond their control. Pop. 8300. 
 
 BOLON, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 22 m. S.S.E. Udvarhely; with an Evangelical, anon-united 
 Greek, and a Unitarian church. Pop. 2211. 
 
 BOLSZOWCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 20 m. S.S.W. Brzezan, in a fertile district, on an affluent 
 of the Dniester, with 1 700 inhabitants. At the village of 
 Poplawniki, in the vicinity, the Tartars sustained a complete 
 overthrow from the Poles in 1624. 
 
 BOMBAY [add.], presid. India. — Statistics: — The area 
 of the presidency is 142,043 sq. m., and the pop., according 
 to the latest estimates, 12,802,544. 
 Finances: — 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 Principal Branches. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Land Tax, Excise, &o. . . . 
 
 Stamps 
 
 Customs 
 
 Salt 
 
 Opium 
 
 Income, Assessed, and other ) 
 
 Taxes j 
 
 Tribute, <Si;c 
 
 Post Office, &c 
 
 £ 
 
 2,872,746 
 
 92,527 
 
 1,060,261 
 
 317,723 
 
 1,533,325 
 
 99,429 
 620,307 
 
 £ 
 2,970,861 
 
 240,534 
 1,034,701 
 
 275,329 
 2,441,679 
 
 166,759 
 
 74.767 
 553,393 
 
 £ 
 
 3,082,913 
 281,517 
 920,732 
 340,802 
 
 2,438,458 
 
 407,286 
 
 101,390 
 
 480,781 
 
 Total Net . . . 
 
 6,596,318 
 
 7,758,026 
 
 8,053,870 
 
 Gross Revenue 
 
 7,277,664 
 
 8,407,167 
 
 8,512,633 
 
 Expenditure. 
 
 Principal Branches. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Civil and Political Estab- 1 
 
 lishments | 
 
 Judicial and Police .... 
 
 Military 
 
 Marine 
 
 Interest of Debt 
 
 £ 
 
 387,051 
 
 630,787 
 
 5,399,581 
 
 343,446 
 
 122,737 
 
 £ 
 
 416,083 
 
 597,824 
 
 3,313,624 
 
 390,825 
 
 104,894 
 
 £ 
 
 83,266 
 
 589,531 
 
 2,372,431 
 
 345,980 
 
 86,275 
 
 Total* .... 
 
 6,883,602 
 
 4,823,250 
 
 3,477,483 
 
 Gross Expenditure 
 
 9,509,611 
 
 7,712,041 
 
 6,306,542 
 
 * Not including 'other cliarges' (cost of collection of revenue, &c.), 
 and 'home charges,' which comprise payments in England, and value 
 of stores sent from England to India, and are stated collectively only 
 for all the presidencies. 
 
 Shipping Entered and Cleared at Ports in the Presidency of Bombay in the Years 1860, 1861, 1862. 
 
 Nationality of Vessels. 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 1 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 , 537 
 
 47 
 9 
 2 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 55 
 8 
 
 2 
 6 
 1 
 1 
 4 
 3 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 British 
 
 American 
 
 Arabian 
 
 Austrian 
 
 Belgian 
 
 Danish 
 
 Dutch 
 
 French 
 
 German 
 
 ItaUan 
 
 Norwegian 
 
 Portuguese 
 
 Prussian 
 
 Roman 
 
 Russian 
 
 Swedish 
 
 Turkish 
 
 515 
 40 
 4 
 1 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 48 
 9 
 3 
 2 
 6 
 2 
 
 2 
 5 
 
 370,577 
 
 38,626 
 
 2,254 
 
 919 
 
 526 
 
 966 
 
 1,534 
 
 20,154 
 
 4,531 
 
 1,373 
 
 791 
 
 627 
 
 861 
 
 1,135 
 2,708 
 
 562 
 
 42 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 . 2 
 
 3 
 
 36 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 4 
 4 
 
 432,202 
 
 38,520 
 
 2,369 
 
 763 
 
 2,701 
 
 2,004 
 
 2,683 
 
 16,459 
 
 8,272 
 
 572 
 
 412 
 
 906 
 
 4,211 
 1,759 
 2,237 
 
 535 
 49 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 31 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 1 
 
 2 
 4 
 1 
 
 413,106 
 
 45,114 
 
 2,230 
 
 435 
 
 14,169 
 
 2,462 
 
 392 
 666 
 
 1,319 
 
 1,732 
 
 877 
 
 384,709 
 
 47,331 
 
 3,851 
 
 1,586 
 
 966 
 
 1,835 
 
 24,098 
 
 4,393 
 
 862 
 
 748 
 
 633 
 
 363 
 
 1,076 
 
 2,225 
 
 1,378 
 
 539 
 
 41 
 
 5 
 
 3 
 
 43 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 S 
 1 
 
 6 
 3 
 3 
 
 420,799 
 
 37,774 
 
 2,326 
 
 1,904' 
 
 19,000 
 6,706 
 1,028 
 
 688 
 647 
 
 3,568 
 1,899 
 1,308 
 
 521 
 
 41 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 23 
 6 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 4 
 2 
 
 390,466 
 
 37,672 
 
 2,901 
 
 763 
 
 516 
 
 1,649 
 10,613 
 
 2,641 
 282 
 
 37 
 
 1,160 
 1,824 
 1,208 
 
 Total 
 
 Native 
 
 643 
 11,971 
 
 447,482 
 376,291 
 
 697 
 12,872 
 
 516,070 
 401,726 
 
 642 
 11,487 
 
 12,129 
 
 482,002 
 418,852 
 
 900,854 
 
 682 
 10,280 
 
 475,954 
 348,887 
 
 C66 
 11,016 
 
 498,207 
 382,764 
 
 611 
 10,222 
 
 451,732 
 373,294 
 
 Total 
 
 12,614 
 
 823,773 
 
 13,569 
 
 917,796 
 
 10,962 
 
 824,841 
 
 11,682 880,971 
 
 10,833 j 825,026 1 
 
BOMBAY 
 
 60 
 
 BOORANPOOR 
 
 Value 0/ Imports into the Presidency 0/ Bombay by tea, in the yean ended 
 SOth Apnl, 1860, 1861, 1862. 
 
 Articles. 
 
 Total Imports. 
 
 From United Kingdom. | 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Cotton maniifactures.. 
 
 £ 
 3,935,239 
 5,444,100 
 7,524,320 
 
 £ 
 3,738,881 
 5,709,3-29 
 5,967,209 
 
 £ 
 3,814,139 
 5,654,826 
 9,487,785 
 
 £ 
 
 3,906,300 
 
 3,576,819 
 
 296,601 
 
 £ 
 
 3,704,950 
 
 3,632,484 
 
 256,080 
 
 £ 1 
 
 3,787,873 1 
 
 3,593,006 1 
 
 266,006 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 Total 
 
 16,903,659 1.^ 41.5.419 
 
 18,966,750 
 
 7,779,220 
 
 7,593,514 
 
 7,646,885 
 
 
 
 
 Value of Merchaudisb and Treasure Exported from the Presidency of Bombay in the years 
 ended SOth April, 1860, 1861, 1862. 
 
 Principal Articles. 
 
 Coffee 
 
 Cotton, Raw .... 
 Cotton Goods .... 
 Drugs 
 
 "^^ tOtlier kinds . . 
 
 I Rice 
 
 Grain -] Wheat .... 
 
 ( Other kinds . . 
 
 Gums 
 
 Gunnies and Gunny Bags 
 Hides and Skins ... 
 
 Ivory 
 
 Jeweliy 
 
 Lac and Lacquered Ware 
 
 Oils 
 
 Opium 
 
 Saltpetre 
 
 Seeds 
 
 Shawls, Cashmere . . . 
 
 Silk, Raw 
 
 Silk Goods 
 
 Spices 
 
 Sugar 
 
 Tea 
 
 Timber 
 
 Tobacco 
 
 Wool 
 
 Total of Principal and ) 
 
 other Articles . . j 
 
 Treasure 
 
 Total . . 
 
 Total Exports. 
 
 1860. 
 
 £ 
 
 50,690 
 
 5,258,912 
 
 625,553 
 
 17,522 
 
 I 50,256 I 
 
 |- 87,749 -j 
 
 16,226 
 
 291 
 
 31,361 
 
 95,657 
 
 114,137 
 
 360 
 
 53,233 
 
 4,733,320 
 
 46,983 
 
 744,678 
 
 215,513 
 
 18,601 
 
 36,253 
 
 64,108 
 
 103,236 
 
 26,120 
 
 12,870 
 
 1,074 
 
 436,672 
 
 13,138,978 
 354,306 
 
 13,493,284 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 75,651 
 6,972,726 
 
 635,246 
 17,367 
 49,960 
 48,980 
 60,890 
 30,705 
 60,430 
 20,290 
 85 
 27,482 
 31,043 
 
 132,701 
 
 214 
 
 37,176 
 
 6,609,599 
 
 65,265 
 
 901,021 
 
 311,441 
 75,447 
 31,390 
 36,197 
 55,956 
 44,518 
 5,763 
 13,284 
 
 478,134 
 
 17,150,543 
 414,338 
 
 17,564,881 
 
 £ 
 
 69,386 
 
 9,803,512 
 
 579,597 
 
 15,178 
 
 65,430 
 
 23,445 
 
 48,748 
 
 49,743 
 
 19,370 
 
 22,276 
 
 1,308 
 
 24,678 
 
 118,353 
 
 73,483 
 
 238 
 
 28,127 
 
 6,140,909 
 
 38,800 
 
 454,431 
 
 420,290 
 
 59,611 
 
 29,201 
 
 83,568 
 
 99,425 
 
 42,649 
 
 9,400 
 
 115,240 
 
 399,644 
 
 18,622,462 
 427,571 
 
 19,050,033 
 
 To United Kingdom. 
 
 9,792 
 
 3,650,395 
 
 310 
 
 10,537 
 
 I 15,738 I 
 
 \ H 
 
 10,065 
 
 29,091 
 
 85,098 
 
 157 
 
 52 
 
 28,132 
 
 45,962 
 
 580,952 
 
 182,038 
 
 16,001 
 
 120 
 
 39,243 
 
 2,228 
 
 11,478 
 
 1,042 
 
 417,151 
 
 5,220,532 
 
 6,220,532 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 £ 
 
 28,427 
 
 5,360,477 
 
 17 
 
 9,779 
 
 435 
 
 22,678 
 
 3,476 
 
 3,564 
 
 25 
 
 16,307 
 
 20,320 
 
 25,734 
 
 288 
 
 52 
 
 25,661 
 
 64,152 
 
 688,085 
 
 266,944 
 
 72,195 
 
 237 
 
 17,676 
 
 964 
 
 20,494 
 
 771 
 
 470,824 
 
 7,218,747 
 
 £ 
 
 31,435 
 
 ,804,032 
 
 435 
 
 8,450 
 
 82,924 
 
 19,140 
 
 1,176 
 
 9 
 
 19,908 
 
 21,926 
 
 107,757 
 
 132 
 
 68 
 
 11,647 
 
 37,241 
 
 349,875 
 
 383,301 
 
 52,617 
 
 195 
 
 29,682 
 
 300 
 
 4,828 
 
 3,091 
 
 1,622 
 
 387,492 
 
 10,390,234 
 
 7,218,747 10,390,234 
 
 At the end of December, 1863, 738 miles of railway were 
 completed in the presidency, and 839 miles more remained for 
 completion. In the year ending SOth June, 1863, over the 
 652 miles then open 3,756,121 passengers had been con- 
 veyed, and the receipts from them were £211,786; the 
 receipts from goods traffic were £278,759; together, £490,545. 
 The working expenses were £285,176, leaving net receipts, 
 £205,369. The amount expended upon the lines up to 
 31st December, 1863, was £15,226,644. 
 
 The troops in the presidency, on 30th April, 1862, con- 
 sisted of 13,841 Europeans and 31,016 natives; total, 44,857; 
 being composed of staff and staff corps, 711 ; engineers, &c., 
 751; artillery, .3443; cavalry, 5988; infantry, 33,964. 
 
 BOMBAY [add.], a city and port, India. In 1859 a 
 university was opened for students, who are matriculated 
 after an examination, and in due course are admitted to de- 
 grees in arts, for which periodical examinations are held. 
 The number of students has progressed very favourably, and 
 several schools and colleges have been affiliated to the univer- 
 sity, the principal of which are the Elphinstone, Poona, and 
 Grant Medical Colleges, and the Free General Assembly's 
 Institution of Bombay. 
 
 The commercial activity of the port has materially in- 
 creased, owing very much to the rapid growth of the cotton 
 exports, which have passed largely through Bombay. The 
 completion of the Bombay, Baroda, and Central India rail- 
 way will afford additional facilities for this important branch 
 of trade. At present (18G5) the line is open only to Grant 
 Road, a distance of 3^ m. from the port ; but it is expected 
 that the completion of the line to the harbour at Colaba will 
 not be long delayed. The length now open, from Bombay to 
 
 Ahmedabad, is 306 m. The 
 value of the imports and ex- 
 ports is shown in the following 
 figures : — 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1860... .£16,534,671. ...£13,381,961 
 1861.... 14,988,009.... 17,323,431 
 1862.... 18,471,435.... 18,774,371 
 
 BOMOREE, or Bhamo- 
 REK, a tn. India, in the N.W. 
 of Bundelcund, raj Oorcha or 
 Tehree,'172 m. S.S.E. Agra. 
 It stands on a rising ground, 
 consists of wide and clean 
 streets, and possesses a fine 
 jeel or lake, about 4 m. long 
 by 2 m. wide, deep aud clear, 
 and abounding with fish. This 
 lake, formed by a vast artificial 
 mound constructed across the 
 mouth of a valley, is exten- 
 sively used for irrigation. On 
 a rocky ridge overlooking it 
 is the ruined palace of the 
 rajah who made the embank- 
 ment. 
 
 BONCZHIDA, a town 
 Austrian empire, Transyl- 
 vania, circle and about 10 m. 
 N.N.W. Klausenburg, cap. 
 dist. same name; with a re- 
 markable castle, with fine gar- 
 dens, belonging to Count 
 Banffi. Pop. 1820. 
 
 BONYHAD, a tn. Aus- 
 trian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Tolna, 8 m. S.W. Szegsard; 
 with a district court and seve- 
 ral public offices, some fine 
 castellated mansions ; manu- 
 factures of tobacco-pipes, a 
 steam -mill, a trade in corn, 
 wine, and tobacco; and a mixed 
 population of Lutherans, R. 
 Catholics, and Jews, amount- 
 ing to 6903. 
 
 BOODHANUH, a town, 
 India, N.W. Provinces, dist. 
 
 Muzuffurnugur, 45 m. N.N.E. Delhi, is a considerable place, 
 with a well-supplied bazaar. Pop. 5559. 
 
 BOOLUNDSHUHUR, a dist. and tn. India, N.W. 
 Provinces, Doab, between lat. 28° 3' and 28° 43' N.; Ion. 
 77° 28' and 78° 32' E., and bounded N. by Meerut, E. Mora- 
 dabad and Budaon, S. Allygurh, and S.W. and W. Goorgaon 
 and Delhi; length, S.E. to N.W., 80 m.; breadth, 57 m. The 
 surface, generally level, has a gradual slope S.E. at the 
 average rate of only a foot and a half per mile. The principal 
 streams are the Ganges, the Jumna, the Hindon, and the 
 E. Kalee Nuddee. The district, situated near the centre 
 of tiie Doab, has a full share of the fertility for which this 
 tract is celebrated, and produces in abundance millet, wheat, 
 barley, various kinds of pulse, sugar-cane, tobacco, and indigo. 
 By far the most important commercial crop however is cotton, 
 for which the soil is admirably adapted. There are no mine- 
 rals of any consequence. Pop. 699,393. The town, cap. 
 
 of the above dist., and known also by the name of Burrun, 
 situated r. bank Kalee Nuddee, 40 m. S.E. Delhi, has a well- 
 supplied bazaar. It was one of the centres of revolt during 
 the Sepoy mutiny. Pop. 12,049. 
 
 BOORANPOOR, Burhampook, or Bdehampore, a tn. 
 Hindoostan, presid. and prov. Bengal, dist. and 5 m. S. by W. 
 Moorshedabad, l.bank Bagerathy, a large offset of the Ganges, 
 on a rich alluvial flat, covered with luxuriant and almost 
 tropical vegetation, and, though once extremely unhealthy, 
 said to have been so much improved by sanitary measures^ 
 as to be second to no locality in Bengal for salubrity. It is 
 the seat of a civil establishment, consisting of the usual 
 European and native functionaries; and, beside many stately 
 houses in its vicinity, giving it an air of grandeur and im- 
 
BOOEEAH 
 
 61 
 
 BOSING 
 
 portance, has splendid military cantonments, in which the 
 quarters of the European oflBcers, composed of long ranges 
 of edifices, built of brick and stuccoed, and the grand square, 
 inclosing an excfclleiit parade-ground, have a striking appear- 
 ance. — (Thornton's Oaz. of Iiidia.) 
 
 BOOKEAH, a tn. India, Sirliind, cap. of a protected 
 Sikh state of same name, on the canal of Feroz Shah, 116 m. 
 N. Delhi, is now a small place, thougli there are indications 
 of its having been large and populous. It possesses a bazaar, 
 and derives some commercial importance from its proximity 
 to a ferry across the Jumna, in tlie line of road leading from 
 Umballa to Saharunpoor. Besides a fort within the tn. there 
 
 are five others in the neighbourhood. —The district is 
 
 fertile and well cultivated, and is botli adorned and enriched 
 by luxuriant and productive mango groves. 
 
 BOOKEE DEHING, ariver, India, wliich, thrown off by 
 the Brahmapootra on the E. frontiers of Assam, flows W. for 
 121 m., and again joins the parent stream in lat. 27° 15'; 
 Ion. 94° 41'. 
 
 BOOS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 18 m. 
 S.W. Pressburg, on the Estlitz arm of the Danube, is an 
 ancient place, with a castle flanked by towers and otherwise 
 defended. The Hungarian insurgents were defeated here on 
 June 16, 1849. Pop. 2029. 
 
 BOOTAN [add.], an independent state, India. Between 
 the hills which traverse the state from E. to W. and the 
 British frontier are several districts or provinces, taking their 
 names from the Doars, or mountain passes, eleven of which 
 are on the Bengal frontier, and seven on that of Assam. The 
 central government at the capital, Tassisudon, exercises a 
 generally effective control over the subordinate provincial 
 governments, but from the contentions which occur among 
 the latter its influence is sometimes powerless. 
 
 The aspect of the Bengal Dears is that of a low marshy 
 expanse of sandy land, closed abruptly on the N. by the 
 ranges of the Bootan mountains, for tlie most part unculti- 
 vated and covered with coarse vegetation, with occasional 
 thick woods, and a belt of dense forest along the foot of the 
 hills. This tract is intersected with countless streams, 
 which are ever changing their channels; and, water lying 
 everywhere within a few feet of the surface, suggests the 
 idea of one vast river-bed, choked rather tiian clothed with 
 the most luxuriant vegetation, engendering a deadly atmo- 
 sphere. The outlying lands of the Assam Doars are of a 
 higher level, and are more consolidated with a gravelly soil 
 and plains of short grass, apparently pleasant and salubrious, 
 but really deadly in the extreme with miasmatic exhalations. 
 The passes through the mountains are very rugged and diffi- 
 cult of access. 
 
 The Booteas paid tribute for the Assam Doars, which they 
 held in a kind of joint tenure with the Assam government. 
 After the annexation of Assam, this tribute, amounting to about 
 £305 aimually, was paid to the British government, the 
 system of joint occupation being still maintained. In 1828 
 there began a series of aggressive outrages upon the British 
 frontiers from the Assam Doars, which resulted in the 
 annexation of three of them to the British territory in 1841, 
 with the condition of a payment of £1000 per annum to the 
 Booteas, as part of the net revenue of the districts. In 1855 
 a demand was made by the Booteas for an increase in this 
 amount, which was refused; and subsequently fresh outrages 
 were committed, and the Dewangiri rajah was reported to 
 be building forts and preparing roads for a continuance of 
 the aggressions on the British frontiers. Sikkim and Cooch 
 Behar likewise became subject to incursions; and the Indian 
 government, finding remonstrances vain, at length made 
 preparations for enforcing them, which were interrupted by 
 the outbreak of the mutiny in 1857. In 1 860-3 negotiations 
 with the Booteas were resumed, and in the latter year a mission 
 with much difficulty reached the Bootan court, after dis- 
 covering that a revolution had just taken place. Tlie mission 
 was entirely unsuccessful, was treated with insult and injury, 
 and was only allowed to depart after signing articles of 
 humiliating submission to the Booteas' demands. 
 
 In 1864 active measures were adopted ; bodies of British 
 troops entered the Doars, and occupied some of the passes 
 most important in a strategical point of view. From one of 
 them, Dewangiri, however, they were disastrously dislodged 
 by the Booteas, but it was subsequently reoccupied; the 
 
 Doars were permanently held and annexed to the British 
 territory, and measures taken (1 865) for organizing a proper 
 governmental administration. The extreme unliealthiness 
 of the districts makes their acquisition one of doubtful value, 
 except as a means of checking the Booteas' aggressive pro- 
 pensities. 
 
 BOOTH BAY, a tn. U. States, Maine, on the Atlantic, 
 where its harbour is one of the best on the coast, 40 m. S.S.E. 
 Augusta. It possesses a Congregational church, several 
 large saw and grist mills, building yards, and a considerable 
 coasting trade. Many of the inhabitants — who are estimated 
 at 3000 — are employed in the fisheries. 
 
 BOKGO-BESTEKCZE, a tn. Austrian empire, Tran- 
 sylvania, circle and about 15 m. N.E. Bistritz, not far from 
 the mountain pass of same name leading into Moldavia. It 
 has a Greek non-united parish church. Pop. 1450. 
 
 BORISLAV, or Bekislayl, a tn. Eussia, gov. and 40 m. 
 E.N.E. Kherson, r. bank Dnieper, has three churches and a 
 parish school. A number of Swedish and German colonies 
 have been settled in the district. Pop. 5532. 
 
 BORJA (Santa), a tn. Brazil, prov. SSo Pedro-do-Sul, 
 on a height in a bleak and rugged dist., at a short distance 
 from 1. bank Uruguay, 310 m. W.N.W. Porto Alegre; lat. 
 28° 40' S.; Ion. 56° 10' W. It consists of regular streets, 
 but gives no signs of industrial activity, and has on the whole 
 a dull and melancholy appearance, partly owing to the num- 
 ber of ruinous buildings within it, and the manner in which 
 the more ancient materials have been employed in the erec- 
 tion of modern houses. The Jesuits had here one of their 
 principal missions, and many memorials of their presence 
 still remain. In the centre of a large public square stand the 
 remains of their fine church. Pop. above 2000. — (Lallemant's 
 Beise.) 
 
 BORODINOS, the name of two isls. of the N. Pacific, 
 situated about 5 m. apart, and lying between N.N.E. and 
 S.S.W.;lat. (S. extremity of S.isl.) 25° 47'N.; Ion. 131° 19' E. 
 They seem to be of coral formation, rise to the height of about 
 40 ft. above the sea, and are crowned by trees, the size of 
 which indicates that the islands themselves cannot be very 
 recent. 
 
 BOROVITCHI, a tn. Russia, gov. and 95 m. E. by S. 
 Novgorod, cap. circle of same name, r. bank Msta, which here 
 forms numerous rapids. It has nine churches, secular and 
 religious schools for the circle and the parish, three charitable 
 institutes, and various industrial establishments. Coal is 
 found in the vicinity. Pop. 5892. 
 
 BOROVO, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, co. and 17 m. S.E. Eszeg, on the Danube; 
 with 1850 inhabitants, chiefly employed in fishing. 
 
 BORSNA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 29 m. E.N.E. Tcherni- 
 gov, cap. circle of same name. It has four churches, a 
 circle school, and a charitable endowment. Excellent to- 
 bacco is the staple product of the circle. Pop. 4927. 
 
 BORSZCZOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and S.W. Czortkow, cap. dist. of same name; with a ruined 
 castle, and 3436 inhabitants. 
 
 BORZARI, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, prov. Manga, 
 190 m. E.N.E. Kano, is a place of considerable size, sur- 
 rounded by a crenellated wall and a ditch, and is well built. 
 The market is very indifferent, and there is no appearance of 
 industry. Water is supplied from wells 10 fathoms deep. 
 Estimated pop. 7000 to 8000. 
 
 BORZ BORSZEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 45 m. N.N.E. Udvarhely; with mineral 
 springs, which are famous for their cures, and the water of 
 which is largely exported. 
 
 BORZSONY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Honth, 10 m. S. Ipoly Sagh, with 1490 inhabitants, half 
 Lutherans, half R. Catholics, who cultivate the ground and 
 feed swine in their extensive oak forests. 
 
 BOSANCZE, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Bukowina, 
 47 m. S. by W. Czernowitz; with a large trade in excellent 
 fruit. Pop 3528. 
 
 BOSING, a royal free tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and 10 m. N.E. Pressburg, on the Tyrnau tramway. It 
 has a magistracy, a Protestant and a E. Catholic church, a 
 synagogue, a Capuchin monastery, a castle belonging to 
 Prince Palffy, an institute for the poor, and an asylum for 
 children. The Bosing white table-wine is famous. In the 
 
BOSOVICZ 
 
 62 
 
 BEANTFORD 
 
 vicinity sulphur-stone is mined, and there are works for 
 making sulphur and muriatic acid. Pop. 4275. 
 
 BOSOVICZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat Military 
 Frontiers, on the Monis, at its confluence with the Nera, 
 70 m. S.S.E. Temesvar. It has a R. Catholic and a Greek 
 church, a trivial school, and a copper mine. Pop. 2470. 
 
 BOTUSHANI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Sikna, 48 m. N.W. Jassy. It 
 is irregularly built, is the seat of a court of primary juris- 
 diction, contains one Armenian and fourteen Greek churches, 
 several synagogues, a normal and an Armenian school, and 
 carries on an important trade, particularly in horned cattle 
 sent from Moldavia and Bukowina into various parts of 
 Austria. Pop. nearly 20,000. 
 
 BOUCHTARM A, a tn. Russian empire, W, Siberia, on a 
 river of same name, on the S.E. frontiers of Tobolsk, 450 m. 
 S. Tomsk. It was formerly a place of much more import- 
 ance than at present, and contains several large buildings, 
 which give it a rather imposing appearance. In some ancient 
 tumuli in the vicinity gold and warlike implements have 
 been found. The surrounding steppe or valley is of con- 
 siderable extent, and pastures large herds of horses and 
 cattle. The river, which falls into the Irtish about 2 m. below 
 the town, is a considerable stream. 
 
 BOUFARIK, a tn N, Africa, Algeria, prov. and 20 m. 
 S.W. Algiers, in a fertile and well-cultivated district. It 
 contains a church and a caravanserai, and has an important 
 Arab market every Monday. Pop. 3838. 
 
 BOULARDRIE, an isl. Britisli America, on the E. 
 coast of Cape Breton, where it forms by its opposite sides 
 the two channels of the Great and Little Bras d'Or, leading 
 to the Bras d'Or Lake. Its length from N.E, to S.W. is 22 m., 
 and its extreme breadth 5 m. Sandstone, containing in 
 some parts coal shale, limestone, and gypsum, is found on 
 its shores. Its interior, which rises to the height of 400 ft., 
 is thickly wooded. 
 
 BOURBON ISLAND [add.], Indian Ocean, 400 m. E. 
 Madagascar, belonging to France. In consequence of exor- 
 bitant dues exacted from shipping, and the failure of crops 
 and commercial depression, the trade of the island has greatly 
 declined. In the year 1864, 265 French vessels entered, and 
 258 cleared from the various roadsteads, while only 40 British 
 sliips arrived at, and 41 departed from the island. The 
 sugar crop had been very small, and only 32,213 tons were 
 exported in the same year, chiefly to France. The other 
 exports in 1864 were of coffee, 33 tons; cocoa, ^ ton; cloves, 
 42§ tons ; mace, ^ ton ; nutmegs, 2 J tons ; vanilla, 1 2 J tons ; 
 cotton, 8J tons; rum, 18,572 gallons; the cotton crop having 
 proved an almost total failure. The prosperity of the island 
 is hindered very much by the want of a safe harbour, 
 and it is proposed to raise a loan for the formation of 
 one at St. Pierre, in the S.W. part of it. Pop. (1863), 
 183,471. 
 
 BOURBON- V EN DfiE [add.] Since the accession of 
 Louis Napoleon to the empire, the name of this town has 
 been again changed to Napoleon-Vendee. 
 
 BO VAN I, or Bowany, a tn. and river, India, presid. 
 Madras. The town, dist. and 36 m. N.E. Coimbatoor, at the 
 confluence of the Bovani and Cauvery, both of which are 
 here crossed by bridges— the one of 9 and the other of 26 
 arches. It is a neatly built and populous place, much visited 
 by Hindoos on account of the sacredness which they attach 
 
 to the locality.- The river rises among the S. spurs of 
 
 the Koondah range, belonging to the Neilgherries, flows E. 
 across the district of Coimbatoor, and joins the Cauvery on 
 its r. bank, at the town of Bovani, or Bhovanikudal, after a 
 course of about 120 m. 
 
 BOVOLENTA, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 10 m. 
 S.S.W. Padua, 1. bank Bacchiglione; with a parish church, 
 an academy Dei Concordi, divided into two sections, one for 
 science and the other for the fine arts; beautiful gardens, 
 and good wine. Pop. 2922. 
 
 BOVOLONE, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and about 13 m. 
 S.E. Verona, on the Menago; with several churches, a palace 
 built by Christofoli, and a fine country seat of the Bishop of 
 Verona. Pop. 3510. 
 
 BOWDOINHAM, a tn. U. States, Maine, on the Ken- 
 nebec, at the junction of the Cathans, and on the Kennebec 
 and Portland railway, 35 m. N.N.E, Portland. It possesses 
 
 three churches and important building-yards, being accessible 
 by vessels of 1000 tons. Pop. 2382. 
 
 BOWEN, an isl. Australia, New South Wales, off the 
 E. coast, where it forms the S. entrance of Jervis Bay. Its 
 sea-face is formed of high vertical rocks, in many places 
 deeply rent. From these it slopes gradually towards the 
 bay, where its shore, though intermixed with rocks, is low 
 and sandy. On the W. side it is separated from the main- 
 land by a breach not more than 200 yards across, which 
 appears as if .some sudden and violent wrench had torn the 
 cliff to pieces, and left here and there a straggling rock to 
 indicate its former condition. Bowen is moderately wooded, 
 has much clear ground covered only with long grass, and 
 displays beautiful scenery. 
 
 BOWLING GREEN, a tn. U. States, Kentucky, cap. 
 CO. Warren, at the head of navigation of the Barren, which 
 has been made accessible at all seasons by steamers of 
 200 tons, and on the Nashville and Louisville railway, 100 m. 
 S.S.W. Louisville. It contains four churches, a college, a 
 female academy, and other schools, a court-house, a woollen 
 and a candle factory, an iron foundry, and several mills. 
 The trade is chiefly in pork and tobacco. Pop. 2500. 
 
 BO WMAN VILLE, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Durham, on the N. shore of Lake Ontario, and the Grand 
 Trunk railway, 36 m. E.N.E. Toronto. Its advantageous 
 position, with a great command of water, an excellent haven, 
 and a district remarkable for fertility, has led to its very rapid 
 increase. It is well laid out, possesses six churches — Church 
 of Scotland, English Episcopal, Free, Congregationalist, and 
 Primitive and Wesleyan Methodist, a grammar-school, a 
 mechanics' institute, and a weekly newspaper; aiul lias large 
 flour-mills, a pottery, tanneries and other industrial establish- 
 ments, and considerable trade. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 BOW RIVER, British America, which contributes with 
 Belly River to form the S. branch of the Saskatchewan, rises in 
 the Rocky Mountains, in lat 51° 40' N.: Ion. 1 1 7° W., and flows 
 circuitously S.E. As it is much larger and more important 
 than the Belly, it is sometimes regarded as not an afiluent, 
 but a prolongation, of the Saskatchewan, and takes its name. 
 
 BOYDTOWN, a tn. U. States, Virginia, cap. co. Meck- 
 lenburg, 70 m. S.W. Richmond. It is the seat of Randolp 
 Macon College, which belongs to the Methodists, and is 
 attended by about 80 students. 
 
 BRAD, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 25 m. N.W. Broos, near the sources of the White Kiiriis; 
 with an active trade in corn. In the vicinity are mines of 
 gold and silver. Pop. 1740. 
 
 BRAMPTON, a tn. British America, Canada W., co. 
 Peel, on the Grand Trunk railway, 20 m. W. by N. Toronto. 
 It possesses five churches — Church of Scotland, English 
 Episcopal and Episcopal, Wesleyan, and Primitive Methodist; 
 a grammar school, two weekly new.spapers, a large retail 
 country trade, and an important corn market, at which wheat 
 is extensively purchased for the mills in the vicinity, and also 
 for export. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 BRAND, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 18 m. S.S.E. Eger, in the Bohmerwald, on the frontiers of 
 Bavaria; with a church, two mills, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 BRANFORD, a port, U. States, Connecticut, co. New 
 Haven, about 8 m. E. by S. New Haven, on the railway 
 from it to New London. It has a well-sheltered harbour, 
 adapted for vessels of 300 tons, and a substantial wharf. At 
 one time it rivalled New Haven as the centre of a consider- 
 able foreign trade. 
 
 BRANNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 22 m. N.E. Gitschin, on the slopes of the Eiesengebirge. It 
 is the seat of the finest linen manufacture in the N.E. of 
 Bohemia, and has a parish church, a castle, an hospital for 
 the poor, and a brewery. Pop. 2262. 
 
 BRANTFORD, atn. British America, Canada W., cap. 
 CO. Brant, on the Grand River, where it ceases to be naviga- 
 ble, and on the Buffalo and Lake Huron railway, 55 m. S.W. 
 Toronto. It has five churches — Church of England, Free, 
 Congregationalist, and Primitive and Wesleyan Methodist; 
 several schools, four newspapers, three bank agencies, tan- 
 neries, potteries, factories for steam engines and agricultural 
 implements, and other industrial establishments; and a large 
 trade in flour, facilitated by a canal which communicates 
 directly with Lake Ontario. Pop. about 8000. 
 
BRAS D'OR 
 
 63 
 
 BRIGHTON 
 
 BRAS D'OR, a lake, British America, forming a large 
 expanse of very irregular shape, in the southern portion of 
 Cape Breton. It consists of two distinct parts, which open 
 into each other, the one on the N. side called the Little, and 
 tlie other on the S. the Great Bras d'Or. The former is of 
 comparatively limited dimensions, hut the latter is 37 m. long 
 and 12 m. wide. Its depth varies exceedingly, in some parts 
 amounting to 50 fathoms, and In others, from the prevalence 
 of shoals, not exceeding a foot. The entrance to both lakes 
 from the sea is by two channels, one on the N.W. and the 
 other on the S.E. side of Boulardrie Island. The settlers in 
 the vicinity are chiefly of Highland descent, and, though 
 much isolated from old country associations, retain the best 
 qualities of the Highland character. 
 
 BRATTLEBOKOUGH.atn. U. States, Vermont, Wind- 
 ham CO., r. bank Connecticut River, on the Connecticut River 
 railway, 100 m. S. Montpelier. It consists of an E. and a 
 W. village; and contains six churches, an academy, a lunatic 
 asylum, a paper-mill, and an extensive printing establishment. 
 A covered bridge across the Connecticut connects it with 
 Hensdale, in New Hampshire. Fop. 3816. 
 
 BRAUNSBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Neutitschein, on the frontiers of Silesia; with an ancient parish 
 church, extensive cloth manufactures, and 2933 inhabitants. 
 
 BRAZIL [add.], empire, S. America. 
 Finance. — Since the year 1857-58, when the revenue 
 reached the highest point ever attained, and the treasury held 
 a considerable balance in its coffers, the receipts have dimi- 
 nished, while the expenditure has increased, to meet which 
 loans and debts of various kinds have been contracted, and as 
 a natural consequence, the finances of tlie country have fallen 
 into a state of embarrassment. The balance of revenue and 
 expenditure in the four years 1859-63 shows an aggregate 
 deficiency of 14,405,243 milreis. The budget for 1864-65 
 estimates the total receipts at 52,000,000, and the total ex- 
 penditure at 56,588,818 milreis, showing a probable deficiency 
 of 4,588,818 milreis. The foreign debt amounted on Decem- 
 ber 31, 1861, to £7,432,100, of which £2,736,200 was for 
 loans for the construction of railways; the internal funded 
 debt was £7,588,192; and other internal liabilities amounted 
 to £7,680,524 more. 
 
 In 1862, a new state department, under the title of Ministry 
 of Agriculture, Commerce, and Public Works, was established, 
 with the view of giving special attention to the development 
 of agricultural industry, by the construction of roads, canals, 
 and public works of various kinds. 
 Commerce and Navigation, (kc. — 
 
 Countries. 
 
 Imports, 1860-61. Exports,1860-61. 
 
 Great Britain and Possessions 
 France ,, 
 Spain ,, 
 Portugal ,, 
 Sweden and Norway .... 
 
 Denmark 
 
 Hansa Towns 
 
 Russia 
 
 Belgium 
 
 Netherlands and Colonies . . 
 
 Italy 
 
 Austria 
 
 Turkey 
 
 United States 
 
 La Plata 
 
 ChiU 
 
 Africa 
 
 Mediterranean 
 
 Ports not specified .... 
 Peru 
 
 Milreis. 
 
 59,206,106 
 
 20,533,829 
 
 1,913,469 
 
 6,759,309 
 
 304,551 
 
 84,907 
 
 5,586,672 
 
 18,777 
 
 2,075,602 
 
 56,728 
 
 502,993 
 
 866,825 
 
 11,539,278 
 
 7,230,398 
 
 126,926 
 
 132,066 
 
 1,719,828 
 23,815 
 644,222 
 
 Milreis. 
 
 47,332,340 
 
 13,851,039 
 
 757,560 
 
 5,855,416 
 
 2,692,669 
 
 1,547,523 
 
 4,621,628 
 
 640,219 
 
 1,903,044 
 
 106,416 
 
 704,392 
 
 761,144 
 
 800,277 
 
 39,993,691 
 
 3,934,627 
 
 629,074 
 
 460,279 
 902,461 
 
 Brazilian Ports 
 
 - 
 
 Total, 1860-61 . 
 „ 1859-60 . 
 
 119,326,301 
 111,622,686 
 
 127,293,599 
 112,950,010 
 
 Increase . . . 
 
 7,703,615 
 
 14,343,689 
 
 The principal exports were coffee, 81 millions of milreis; 
 sugar, 11 millions; hides, 9| millions; and cotton, 4^ millions. 
 The chief imports were cotton manufactures, 33 J millions; 
 woollen and other textures, 12 J millions; flour, 7 millions; 
 and iron, 6^ millions. [The Brazilian milreis = 2s. Zd.] 
 
 In the year 1862-3, the imports were of the value of 
 99,072,7 1 3 milreis (£1 1 ,145,680), and the exports 122,479,996 
 milreis (£13,778,999). 
 
 Shlppujo, 1862-63. 
 
 Class. 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 BraziUaii 
 
 Foreign 
 
 386 
 2,647 
 
 41,064 
 902,685 
 
 167 
 2,530 
 
 39,682 
 1,064,810 
 
 Total . . . 
 Coasting (Brazilian) . . 
 
 3,033 
 3,447 
 
 943,649 
 726,180 
 
 2,697 
 3,384 
 
 1,094,492 
 720,937 
 
 In 1859 the army consisted of 22,546 men of all arms. 
 For the year 1863-64, the effective land forces were fixed at 
 14,000 men, or for emergencies, 25,000; marines at 3000 and 
 5000 respectively. The navy was composed of 16 sailing 
 and 22 steam ships, besides 7 unarmed vessels. 
 
 Population, &c. — 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 British 
 sq. miles. 
 
 Population 
 
 1866. 
 
 Chief Places. 
 
 Para 
 
 Maranham . . . 
 Piauhy .... 
 
 Ceara 
 
 RioGrande do Norte 
 Parahyba . . . 
 Pernambuco . . 
 Alagoas .... 
 Sergipe .... 
 
 Bahia 
 
 Espirito Santo 
 Rio de Janeiro 
 S. Paulo .... 
 S. Catharina . . 
 S. Pedro do Sul . 
 Minas Gei-aes . . 
 Matto Grosso . . 
 
 Goyaz 
 
 Amazon as* . . . 
 Parana* .... 
 
 1,158,273 
 143,628 
 97,686 
 36,868 
 17,042 
 24,182 
 61,795 
 11,262 
 11,220 
 129,434 
 13,664 
 18,275 
 171,062 
 14,747 
 86,254 
 242,526 
 610,215 
 288,872 
 
 207,400 
 360,000 
 160,400 
 385,300 
 190,000 
 20'J,300 
 950,000 
 204,200 
 183,600 
 
 1,100,000 
 61,300 
 
 1,200,000 
 500,000 
 105,000 
 201,300 
 
 1,300,000 
 
 86,000 
 
 180,000 
 
 42,600 
 
 72,400 
 
 Para. 
 
 Maranham. 
 
 Thereziua. 
 
 Fortaleza. 
 
 Natal. 
 
 Parahyba. 
 
 Pernambuco. 
 
 Alagoas. 
 
 Sevgipe. 
 
 San Salvador. 
 
 Vittoria. 
 
 Rio de Janeiro.! 
 
 San Paulo. 
 
 DestiiTO. 
 
 Porto Alegre. 
 
 Oui'O Preto 
 
 Cuyaba. 
 
 Goyaz. 
 
 Manaos. 
 
 Coritiba. 
 
 Total . . . 
 
 3,137,005 7,677,800 
 
 
 * The new province of Amazonas is formed of some parts of Fata, 
 and that of Parana of some parts of S. Paulo, 
 t Rio de Janeiro had 296,136 Inhabitants in 1855. 
 
 BREGANZE, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 10 m. N. by 
 E. Vicenza, on the side of a hill. It is famous for the sweet 
 white wine grown in its district, and contains 3432 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 BRENNT-PORITSCHEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bo- 
 hemia, circle and 10 m. S.E. Pilsen, on a small stream; with 
 a deanery church, .'v castle, an hospital, a brewery, and two 
 mills. Pop. 1400. 
 
 BRENTINO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and about 20 m. 
 N.N.W. Verona, r. bank Adige; with a famous pilgrimage 
 church, situated on a precipice of Mount Baldo, to which the 
 ascent is made by 790 steps. 
 
 BREZA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva- 
 Thurocz, at the confluence of the Mulinka with the Arva. It 
 contains 1100 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in the 
 adjoining forests in felling and sawing timber. 
 
 BRIBIE, an isl. Australia, Queensland, forming the W. 
 side of the N. entrance of Moreton Bay. It is 15 m. long, by 
 3 to 4 m. broad, of moderate elevation, and separated from 
 the mainland by Pumice-stone Strait, which being only a mile 
 wide at its entrance, and nearly filled with mangrove islets 
 and muddy flats, was mistaken by Captain Flinders, its first 
 discoverer, for a river. 
 
 BRIDGETON, a tn. and port of entry, U. States, New 
 Jersey, cap. co. Cumberland, on Cohansey Creek, over which 
 there is a drawbridge connecting the two parts of the town, 
 40 m. S. Philadelphia. It is a well-built place, and pos- 
 sesses an active trade, employing 15,000 tons of small vessels; 
 it has also an iron-foundry and several factories of hardware. 
 Pop. 2446. 
 
 BRIGHTON, a tn. British America, Canada W., co. 
 Northumberland, on Presquille Bay, on the N. of Lake 
 Ontario, and on the Grand Trunk railway, 82 m. E.N.E. 
 Toronto. It possesses two Wesleyan churches and two 
 weekly newspapers; and, being a port of entry, carries on a 
 considerable trade. Pop. about 1500. 
 
ERISA U 
 
 64 
 
 BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 BRISAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 28 in. N. Briinn, near the Boliemian frontiers, on the Zittawa, 
 and on the Vienna and Prague railway. It has two churches; 
 manufactures of cloth and paper, and five annual horse and 
 wool markets. Pop. 1200. 
 
 BRISBANE, a tn. Australia, cap. Queensland, pictur- 
 esquely situated on the banks of a river of same name, which 
 falls into Moreton Bay 17 m. below; lat. 27° 30' S.; Ion. 
 153" 2' E. It is surrounded by hills, many of them adorned 
 ■with handsome villas, and is a well-planned, flourishing town, 
 containing many substantial private dwellings, shops, and 
 warehouses, several elegant churches, an hospital, barracks, 
 mechanics' institute, club-houses, and other public buildings, 
 where literary, philosophical, agricultural, horticultural, ac- 
 climatization, and other societies meet. The river, -which is 
 about a quarter of a mile broad, is encumbered at its mouth 
 by a bar, which vessels drawing more than 9 or 1 ft. cannot 
 
 BRISB/kNE 
 MORETON BAY 
 
 pass ; but measures are in contemplation for removing the 
 bar and deepening the channel, so as to "allow large vessels 
 to come up to the town. A regular steam communication 
 is established between Brisbane and Sydney, which has re- 
 cently been extended to the more northern ports of Mary- 
 borough, Gladstone, and Rockhampton. There is also tele- 
 graphic communication with all the southern cities and towns 
 of Australia. A railway is in progress of construction from 
 Brisbane to Toowoomba, a distance of 80 miles, on the Dar- 
 ling Downs, to connect this outport with the wool-growing 
 districts of the interior. Brisbane was established as a penal 
 settlement in 1825, as a subsidiary place of punishment for 
 incorrigible oflfenders at Sydney and Parramatta. In 1842 
 the convict establishments were closed, and the settlement 
 thrown open to free colonists. On the separation of the More- 
 ton Bay district from New South Wales, and the foundation 
 of the colony of Queensland in June, 1859, this town became 
 the capital and seat of government. Here are the governor's 
 residence, with the offices of the executive, and two houses 
 of legislature forming the local parliament. Although the 
 latitude of Brisbane is four degrees S. of the tropic of Capri- 
 corn, yet its climate is tropical, and subject to the humidity 
 of the S.E. trade-winds. Hence there is no true winter, 
 while the heat and humidity of summer is unsuitable to Euro- 
 pean labourers in the fields. In the botanic-garden may be 
 seen growing the bamboo, banana, pine-apple, and other tro- 
 pical plants, in the open air; while the grape, pear, plum, 
 apple, and other temperate fruits and cereals, fail to produce 
 edible crops from the excessive heat and damp. Hence it is 
 not so healthy for the British emigrant as the towns of 
 Sydney and Melbourne, situated in the drier localities of the 
 
 temperate regions of Australia. The population is fluctuat- 
 ing, according to the arrival of emigrants, and their departure 
 for the interior. In 1861 the census returns gave a total of 
 5225; which has been more than doubled in subsequent years, 
 and may be calculated approximately in 1865 at 12,500. — 
 (J/. L. Nalis; Colonial Blue-Books, &c.) 
 
 BRISTOL, atn. U. States, Pennsylvania, r. bank Dela- 
 ware, about 19 m. N.E. Philadelphia, and on the Phila- 
 delphia and New York railway. It is a well-built, cheerful- 
 looking place, with four churches, a flour-mill, and a mineral 
 spring. Pop. 2570. 
 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA. -S'ee Columbia (BiiiTiSH) in ^m;;. 
 
 BRITISH EMPIRE [add.]. The prosperity of the 
 British Empire has advanced of late years with unprecedented 
 rapidity. Its commerce has been developed to an immense 
 extent, and has received fresh impulse not only from the 
 increase of home resources and requirements, but also from 
 the expansion and growing importance of its colonial posses- 
 sions. The Australian colonies. New Zealand, and the newly 
 formed province of British Columbia in the W. of N. 
 America, have furnished vast fields for the exertion of energy 
 and labour, which have been speedily occupied by a con- 
 tinuous influx of emigrants from the mother country, and 
 present vast openings for commercial enterprise. The mo- 
 mentous events of the war with Russia in 1854-5, the Indian 
 mutiny in 1857-8, and the American civil war of 1861-5, 
 calculated as they were to affect and seriously impede the 
 pursuits of commerce, and the internal and external resources 
 of the empire, seem to have had no permanent influence upon 
 them, but, on the contrary, appear to have given additional 
 impetus to the activity which had begun previously to mani- 
 fest itself. The statistics of the series of years from 1850 or 
 1854, to 1864, exhibit a course of unvarying progress in 
 almost every particular, and most unmistakably so in all 
 that concerns the substantial interests and resources of the 
 empire. This will be best perceived from the statistical 
 accounts which are subjoined, and are for the most part so 
 arranged that they may exhibit a ready means of comparison. 
 Population, &c. — The details of the population of the 
 British isles will be found in the tables prepared to accom- 
 pany this supplement; so that here only the totals will be given 
 of the census of 1861, the summary of the colonial possessions 
 being taken from official returns and estimates in 1862. 
 
 United Kingdom. 
 
 Population, 1861. 
 
 England and Wales, .... 
 
 Scotland, 
 
 Ireland 
 
 Islands in the British Seas, . . 
 
 Total, 
 
 20,228,497 
 
 8,096,808 
 
 5,850,309 
 
 145,674 
 
 29,321,288 
 
 Population, Births, Marriages, and Deaths in Great Britain* 
 in the four years 1861-64. 
 
 
 Estimated 
 Population.t 
 
 Births. 
 
 Deaths. 
 
 Marriages. 
 
 England fJ861;; 
 
 ^''i- Use':: 
 
 ("1861 . . 
 Scotland jj862.. 
 
 (1864. . 
 
 20,119,496 
 20,336,467 
 20,554,137 
 20,772,308 
 
 3,066,633 
 3,083,989 
 8,101,345 
 3,118,701 
 
 696,406 
 71-2,684 
 727,417 
 739,763 
 
 107,036 
 107,138 
 109,325 
 112,445 
 
 435,114 
 436,573 
 473,837 
 495,520 
 
 62,287 
 67,159 
 71,421 
 74,303 
 
 163,706 
 163,830 
 178,510 
 179,194 
 
 20,828 
 20,544 
 22,087 
 22,675 
 
 ' No returns of births, deaths, and marriages for Ireland, 
 t Estimated for the middle of the year. 
 
 Number of Emigrants from the United Kingdom in the ten, years 
 1855-1864. 
 
 
 To North 
 
 
 To AustraUa 
 
 
 
 Years. 
 
 American 
 
 To U. States. 
 
 and New 
 
 
 Total 
 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 
 Zealand. 
 
 
 
 1855 
 
 17,966 
 
 103,414 
 
 52,309 
 
 3,118 
 
 176,807 
 
 1856 
 
 16,378 
 
 111,837 
 
 44,584 
 
 3,755 
 
 176,554 
 
 1857 
 
 21,001 
 
 - 126,905 
 
 61,248 
 
 3,721 
 
 212,875 
 
 1858 
 
 9,704 
 
 59,716 
 
 89,295 
 
 5,257 
 
 113,972 
 
 1859 
 
 6,689 
 
 70,303 
 
 31,013 
 
 12,427 
 
 120,432 
 
 1860 
 
 9,786 
 
 87,500 
 
 24,302 
 
 6,881 
 
 128,469 
 
 1861 
 
 12,707 
 
 49,764 
 
 23,738 
 
 5,661 
 
 91,770 
 
 1862 
 
 15,522 
 
 58,706 
 
 41,843 
 
 5,143 
 
 121,214 
 
 1863 
 
 18,083 
 
 146,813 
 
 63,054 
 
 5,808 
 
 223,758 
 
 1864 
 
 12,721 
 
 147,042 
 
 40,942 
 
 8,195 
 
 208,900 
 
BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 65 
 
 BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 Gross Revenue and Expenditure of the United Kingdom /or the financial years 1852-53, 1856-57, 1860-61, and 1864-65. 
 
 Years. 
 
 Revenue from 
 
 1 
 Gross Total. 
 
 Customs. 
 
 Excise. 
 
 Stamps. 
 
 Taxes. 
 
 Property and 
 Income Tax.' 
 
 Post-office. 
 
 Crown Lands. 
 
 Miscellaneous. 
 
 1853 . . . 
 1857 . . . 
 1861 . . . 
 1865 . . . 
 
 £ 
 22,137,045 
 23,531,746 
 23,805,777 
 22,572,000 
 
 £ 
 
 15,740,055 
 18,165,000 
 19,435,000 
 19,558,000 
 
 £ 
 
 6,907,757 
 7,372,209 
 8,348,412 
 9,530,000 
 
 £ 
 
 3,382,351 
 3,116,046 
 3,127,000 
 3,292,000 
 
 £ 
 
 5,509,637 
 16,089,933 
 10,923,816 
 
 7,958,000 
 
 £ 
 2,373,907 
 2,921,992 
 3,400,000 
 4,100,000 
 
 £ 
 200,000 
 284,857 
 290,568 
 310,000 
 
 £ 
 
 887,919 
 1,098,175 
 1,4.53,101 
 2,993,436 
 
 £ 
 57,535,215 
 72,787,965 
 70,283,674 
 70,313,436 
 
 Tear. 
 
 Expenditure upon 
 
 Gross Total. 
 
 Interest and Management of National Debt.t 
 
 Civil List and 
 Civil Charges. 
 
 Army. 
 
 Navy. 
 
 Collection of 
 Eevenue. 
 
 Funded. 
 
 Unfunded. 
 
 Total of 
 Funded and 
 Unfunded. 
 
 Permanent. 
 
 Terminable 
 Annuities. 
 
 1853 . . . 
 1857 . . . 
 1861 . . . 
 1865 . . . 
 
 £ 
 23,708,026 
 23,686,575 
 23,884,299 
 23,619,524 
 
 £ 
 
 3,822,856 
 3,985,932 
 1,946,633 
 2,340,522 
 
 £ 
 
 • 403,652 
 
 1,008,670 
 
 400,087 
 
 409,352 
 
 £ 
 27,934,5:!4 
 28,681,177 
 26,231,019 
 26,369,398 
 
 £ 
 
 6,604,.546 
 8,420,101 
 10,728,028 
 10,205,413 
 
 £ 
 9,879,962 
 20,811,242 
 18,013,896 
 14,382,672 
 
 £ 
 6,625,944 
 13,459,013 
 13,,331,66S 
 10,898,253 
 
 £ 
 4,072,6''0 
 4,671,037 
 4,487,448 
 4,606,471 
 
 £ 
 55,117,656 
 76,042,570 
 72,792,059 
 66,462,207 
 
 • In 1853-53 the tax uiKin incomea exceeding £150 was . . . Vd. 
 
 Do. do. between £100 and £150 was 5d. 
 
 1856-57 do. exceeding £150 was . . . 16rf. 
 
 Do. do. between £100 and £150 was 11 W. 
 
 1860-61 do. exceeding £150 was . . . Wd. 
 
 Do. do. between £100 and £150 was Id. 
 
 1864-65 do. exceeding £100 was . . . dd. 
 
 with an abatement of £60 on incomes under £200. 
 
 t In 1853 the national debt amounted to £761,622,704 
 18.57 do. do. 780,119,722 
 
 1861 do. do. 785,119,609 
 
 1865 do. do. 775,768,295 
 
 The number and tonnage of vessels registered as belonging 
 to the United Kingdom in 1864 was 26.142 sailing vessels, 
 of 4,930,210 tons, and 2,490 steam vessels, of 697,281 tons; 
 being a total of 28,632 vessels, and 5,627,500 tons. The 
 total tonnage of British and foreign sailing and steam vessels 
 entered at ports in the United Kingdom during the year 1864 
 was 9,028,100 tons British, and 4,486,911 tons foreign- 
 total, 13,515,011 tons; and of vessels cleared, 9,173,575 tons 
 British, and 4,515,923 tons foreign— total, 13,689,498 tons. 
 The following table shows the British shipping (exclusive 
 of river steamers) and men employed in the home and foreign 
 trade in the same year : — 
 
 Employed. 
 
 Saii-ino Vessels. 
 
 Steam Vessels. 
 
 Total. 1 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Men. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Men. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Men. 
 
 In the Home Trade .... 
 
 Partly in Home and partly in ) 
 
 Foreign Trade . . . . f 
 
 In Foreign Trade 
 
 Total .... 
 
 11,003 
 1,624 
 7,557 
 
 789,108 
 
 268,125 
 
 3,532,242 
 
 37,748 
 
 10,039 
 
 110,489 
 
 .510 
 92 
 
 727 
 
 125,808 
 
 36,944 
 
 456,241 
 
 7,858 
 1,787 
 27,835 
 
 11,513 
 1,716 
 8,284 
 
 914,916 
 
 305,069 
 
 3,998,483 
 
 45,606 
 11,826 
 138,324 
 
 20,184 
 
 4,589,475 
 
 158,276 
 
 1,329 
 
 618,993 
 
 37,480 
 
 21,513 
 
 5,208,468 
 
 195,756 
 
 Real Value of Imports and Exports of Merchandise. 
 
 
 1854. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Imports 
 
 £ 
 152,389,053 
 
 £ 
 225,716,976 
 
 £ 
 248,919,020 
 
 £ 
 274,863,924 
 
 /British Produce 
 1 Foreign & Colonial 
 Exports K 
 
 i Total . 
 
 97,184,726 
 18,636,366 
 
 123,992,264 
 42,175,870 
 
 146,602,342 
 50,300,067 
 
 160,436,.302 
 52,220,240 
 
 115,821,092 
 
 166,168,134 
 
 196,902,409 
 
 212,656,542 
 
 Total of Imports and Exports 
 
 268,210,145 
 
 391,885,110 
 
 445,821,429 
 
 487,520,466 
 
 Imports and Exports of Raw Cotton into and frcm tlie United Kingdom in the years 1S60-64. 
 
 
 Imports from 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1864. 
 
 United States 
 
 Baliamas and Bermudas 
 
 Mexico 
 
 West India Islands and British Guiana 
 
 New Granada and Venezuela .... 
 
 Brazil 
 
 The Mediterranean 
 
 Egypt 
 
 East Indies 
 
 China 
 
 Japan 
 
 Other Countries ....... 
 
 Total Imports 
 
 Total Exports 
 
 Excess of Imiwrts .... 
 
 lbs. 
 1,115,890,608 
 585,984 
 
 464,800 
 
 225,120 
 
 17,286,864 
 
 82,544 
 
 43,954,064 
 
 204,141,168 
 
 3,920 
 
 8,303,680 
 
 lbs. 
 
 819,500,528 
 10,864 
 
 485,520 
 154,896 
 
 17,290,336 
 587,104 
 
 40,892,096 
 369,040,448 
 
 9,022,944 
 
 lbs. 
 
 13,524,224 
 
 5,403,328 
 
 3,131,520 
 
 722,736 
 
 1,170,736 
 
 23,339,008 
 
 6,225,856 
 
 .59,012,464 
 
 392,654,528 
 
 1,766,016 
 
 224 
 
 17,022,656 
 
 lbs. 
 
 6,394,080 
 
 29,771,-392 
 
 19,278,112 
 
 2,556,848 
 
 2,623,600 
 
 22,603,168 
 
 13,806,578 
 
 93,552,368 
 
 434,420,784 
 
 30,856,336 
 
 711,424 
 
 13,008,576 
 
 lbs. 
 
 14,148,064 
 
 42,117,264 
 
 25,539,024 
 
 1,223,264 
 
 6,500,368 
 
 38,017,504 
 
 21,595,840 
 
 125,493,648 
 
 506,527,392 
 
 86,157,008 
 
 9,404,304 
 
 16,581,040 
 
 1,390,938,752 
 250,339,040 
 
 1,256,984,736 
 298,287,920 
 
 623,973,296 
 214,714,528 
 
 669,583,264 
 241,352,496 
 
 893,.304,720 
 244,702,304 
 
 1,140,599,712. 
 
 958,696,816 
 
 309,258,768 
 
 428,230,768 
 
 648,602,416 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Voi„ I. 
 
BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 66 
 
 BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 Keal Value of Total Imports from, and Exports to, Foreign Countries and British Possessioxs. 
 
 Russia — N. Torts 
 
 S. Ports 
 
 Swetlen and Norway 
 
 Denmark and Iceland 
 
 Danish W. Indies 
 
 Prussia • ■ • 
 
 Hanover ......... 
 
 Hanse Towns 
 
 HoUand 
 
 ,, Java and Sumatra 
 
 Belgium 
 
 Prance 
 
 ,, Algeria 
 
 ,, Senegambia 
 
 ,, India 
 
 Portugal 
 
 „ Azores and Madeira .... 
 Spain and Balearic Islands 
 
 ,, Canary Islands 
 
 „ Fernando Po 
 
 „ Cuba and Porto Rico 
 
 ,, Philippine Islands 
 
 Italy — Sardinia , . 
 
 „ Tuscany 
 
 „ Two Sicilies 
 
 ,, Ancona and the Romagna, and Papal Ports 
 
 Austria 
 
 Greece 
 
 Turkey 
 
 „ Wallachia and Moldavia .... 
 
 „ Syria and Palestine 
 
 Egypt 
 
 Morocco 
 
 United States and California .... 
 
 Mexico 
 
 Central America 
 
 Haiti and San Domingo 
 
 New Granada 
 
 Venezuela 
 
 Ecuador 
 
 Brazil 
 
 Uruguay (Monte Video) 
 
 Argentine Confederation 
 
 Chili 
 
 Peru 
 
 Cliina (including Hong Kong) .... 
 
 West Coast of Africa 
 
 Other Countries 
 
 Total of Foreign Countries 
 
 British Possessions — 
 
 Channel Islands 
 
 Gibraltar 
 
 Malta 
 
 Ionian Islands, ceded to Greece, June 2, 1864 
 
 N. American Colonies 
 
 Belize 
 
 W. I. Islands and Guiana 
 
 Australia 
 
 British India 
 
 Singapore 
 
 Ceylon 
 
 Mauritius ........ 
 
 Cape of Gootl Hope and Natal .... 
 
 Gold Coast 
 
 River Gambia 
 
 SieiTa Leone . 
 
 Other possessions 
 
 Total of British Posse.ssions .... 
 
 Total of Foreign Countries and British ) 
 Possessions ) 
 
 Imports. 
 
 1,299,547 
 
 2,952,741 
 
 3,878,979 
 
 2,706,186 
 
 101,552 
 
 9,055,503 
 
 399,117 
 
 6,221,524 
 
 6,731,141 
 
 214,384 
 
 3,631,161 
 
 10,447,774 
 
 68,864 
 
 401 
 
 56,982 
 
 2,101,126 
 
 373,707 
 
 3,594,501 
 
 83,339 
 
 125,801 
 
 3,369,444 
 
 652,133 
 
 139,449 
 
 751,595 
 
 1,411,457 
 
 67,818 
 
 846,202 
 
 95,607 
 
 2,219,293 
 
 446,913 
 
 108,971 
 
 3,355,928 
 
 231,593 
 
 29,795,302 
 
 220,605 
 
 141,279 
 
 117,316 
 
 376,065 
 
 41,966 
 
 28,907 
 
 2,083,589 
 
 386,996 
 
 1,285,186 
 
 1,380,563 
 
 3,138,527 
 
 9,125,040 
 
 1,528,896 
 
 848,549 
 
 118,239,654 
 
 330,121 
 
 65,961 
 
 303,278 
 
 164,913 
 
 7,192,134 
 
 667,234 
 
 5,613,538 
 
 4,301,868 
 
 10,672,862 
 
 794,105 
 
 1,506,646 
 
 1,677,533 
 
 691, .352 
 
 71,253 
 
 28,002 
 
 153,559 
 
 15,140 
 
 34,149,499 
 
 152,389,053 
 
 Exports. 
 
 £ 
 
 14,487 
 
 59,552 
 
 1,092,844 
 
 989,728 
 
 606,906 
 
 2,515,719 
 
 371,273 
 
 10,133,989 
 
 6,893,911 
 
 641,912 
 
 3,355,672 
 
 6,391,465 
 
 12,367 
 
 9,141 
 
 1,519,600 
 
 128,858 
 
 1,436,106 
 
 88,920 
 
 67,045 
 
 1,078,588 
 
 354,972 
 
 1,225,008 
 
 637,736 
 
 672,291 
 
 156,631 
 
 864,493 
 
 94,373 
 
 3,076,081 
 
 16,615 
 
 383,253 
 
 1,367,248 
 
 92,556 
 
 22,333,403 
 
 463,884 
 
 185,166 
 
 198,099 
 
 282,853 
 
 307,033 
 
 13,611 
 
 3,011,822 
 
 471,240 
 
 1,299)690 
 
 1,465,444 
 
 971,525 
 
 1,027,110 
 
 820,941 
 
 234,899 
 
 79,446,217 
 
 618,318 
 830,579 
 472,318 
 146,850 
 
 6,281,303 
 143,976 
 
 2,069,143 
 13,405,986 
 
 9,620,710 
 540,*18 
 413,504 
 401,146 
 985,266 
 134,885 
 75,307 
 130,814 
 74,521 
 
 36,345,044 
 
 115,791,261 
 
 Imports. 
 
 £, 
 
 9,202,004 
 
 3,127,259 
 
 4,463,162 
 
 2,425,959 
 
 160,352 
 
 6,231,503 
 
 189,643 
 
 6,946,235 
 
 8,0til,119 
 
 22,417 
 
 5,174,221 
 
 24,025,717 
 
 104,204 
 
 6 
 
 117,036 
 
 2,333,809 
 
 338,923 
 
 4,844,324 
 
 147,404 
 
 22,325 
 
 4,276,049 
 
 1,392,198 
 
 281,191 
 
 558,471 
 
 1,448,218 
 
 70,328 
 
 879,457 
 
 980,435 
 
 .5,301,920 
 
 634,738 
 
 121,873 
 
 16,405,582 
 
 427,834 
 
 19,572,010 
 
 2,294,337 
 
 48.5,918 
 
 276,610 
 
 774,311 
 
 23,767 
 
 68,608 
 
 4,491,000 
 
 1,220,629 
 
 1,239,651 
 
 2,288,862 
 
 3,565,328 
 
 14,186,310 
 
 1,389,953 
 
 2,150,970 
 
 165,524,180 
 
 048,508 
 
 69,130 
 
 158,563 
 
 192,879 
 
 8,165,613 
 
 297,873 
 
 8,603,238 
 
 7.160,666 
 
 48,434,740 
 
 1,830,522 
 
 3,699,425 
 
 1,986,270 
 
 1,919,843 
 
 89,288 
 
 37,252 
 
 64,666 
 
 36,364 
 
 83,394,840 
 
 248,919,020 
 
 Exports. 
 
 £ 
 
 4,838,033 
 
 448,649 
 
 1,846,231 
 
 1,218,159 
 
 731,653 
 
 4,219,004 
 
 1,538,008 
 
 17,133,407 
 
 12,064,018 
 
 655,170 
 
 5,059,722 
 
 23,294,666 
 
 13,767 
 
 5,031 
 
 2,658.268 
 
 169,467 
 4,481,047 
 
 141,333 
 
 32,314 
 
 2,225,383 
 
 576,080 
 3,018,052 
 1,234,468 
 2,641,879 
 
 444,823 
 1,509,670 
 
 388,891 
 6,007,444 
 
 182,803 
 1,054,910 
 4,511,383 
 
 235,2;i6 
 
 19,696,785 
 
 1,748,782 
 
 146,447 
 
 645,192 
 1,615,636 
 
 411,940 
 
 10,060 
 
 4,082,641 
 
 549,042 
 1,348,122 
 1,474,040 
 1,055,065 
 4,098,785 
 
 813,109 
 
 715,036 
 
 143,490,651 
 
 1,012,872 
 
 1,471,451 
 726,179 
 458,031 
 
 5,526,932 
 175,451 
 
 4,215,,363 
 13,644,204 
 20,817,409 
 
 1,516,426 
 
 1,140,183 
 549,329 
 
 1,626,345 
 101,503 
 101,870 
 220,904 
 107,306 
 
 53,411,758 
 196,902,409 
 
 1864. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 £ 
 
 11,480,769 
 
 3,230,433 
 
 6,099,372 
 
 2,542,300 
 
 121,139 
 
 5,862,915 
 
 196,294 
 
 7,922,853 
 
 11,669,539 
 
 16,749 
 
 6,410,959 
 
 25,640,551 
 
 137,467 
 
 117,987 
 
 2,202,500 
 
 359,313 
 
 5,879,638 
 
 127,437 
 
 26,248 
 
 0,305,735 
 
 854,435 
 
 227,512 
 
 .388,722 
 
 1,522,463 
 
 42,410 
 
 881,308 
 
 910,924 
 
 5,663,139 
 
 381,607 
 
 261,669 
 
 19,602,235 
 
 272,243 
 
 17,023,577 
 
 3,129,334 
 
 427.394 
 
 251,210 
 
 1,684,508 
 
 180,954 
 
 26,965 
 
 7,019,992 
 
 1,099,271 
 
 1,183,181 
 
 3,088,601 
 
 2,656,431 
 
 15,673,930 
 
 1,037,925 
 
 2,278,043 
 
 184,019,087 
 
 836,455 
 
 117,059 
 
 128,013 
 
 18,870 
 
 0,850,744 
 
 372,223 
 
 11,076,260 
 
 10,039,329 
 
 52,287,869 
 
 2,056,817 
 
 3,173,820 
 
 1,589,769 
 
 1,975,773 
 
 198,806 
 
 41,720 
 
 64,860 
 
 26,450 
 
 90,844,837 
 
 274,863,924 
 
 Exports.' 
 
 £ 
 
 2,583,736 
 
 271,162 
 
 1,503,708 
 
 1,290,609 
 
 747,261 
 
 1,136,416 
 
 689,904 
 
 13,373,131 
 
 6,895,463 
 
 796,582 
 
 2,305,521 
 
 8,200,760 
 
 12,207 
 
 7,234 
 
 2,084,073 
 
 178,987 
 3,088,123 
 
 144,960 
 
 15,611 
 
 2,997,720 
 
 765,764 
 1,908,295 
 
 953,243 
 2,468,100 
 
 353,896 
 
 931,786 
 
 744,975 
 5,968,619 
 
 159,452 
 1,365,945 
 6,070,221 
 
 162,331 
 
 16,704,080 
 
 1,808,743 
 
 251,387 
 
 450,700 
 2,029,.344 
 
 486,330 
 
 2,361 
 
 6,258,906 
 
 993,259 
 1,758,085 
 1,691,410 
 1,334,875 
 4,704,822 
 
 498,627 
 1,225,101 
 
 108,752,872 
 
 1,016,171 
 
 1,206,206 
 
 746,386 
 
 110,238 
 
 5,611,276 
 
 205,015 
 
 4,120,058 
 
 11,858,679 
 
 19,895,145 
 
 1,185,680 
 
 828,368 
 
 658,258 
 
 2,272,377 
 
 82,186 
 
 28,200 
 
 158,787 
 
 89,444 
 
 51,683,430* 
 
 160,436,302 
 
 • The figures given in this column are the declared value of British and IrUh Produce only, to the exclusion of Foreign and Colonial 
 produce exported, the computed real value of which was £52,220,240, but its destination not defined in the returns. The gross total of 
 exports in 1804 thus amounted to £212,656,542. 
 
 Statement of Railways Open in the United Kingdom in the year 1863. 
 
 England and Wales 
 
 Scotland 
 
 Ireland 
 
 Total 
 
 Miles 
 Open. 
 
 Capital 
 Paid up. 
 
 No. ol 
 Passengers. 
 
 Traffic 
 Eeceipta. 
 
 ■Working 
 Expenses. 
 
 Net 
 Receipts. 
 
 8,568 
 2,013 
 1,741 
 
 £ 
 
 333,514,818 
 
 45,959,232 
 
 24,741,752 
 
 173,648,476 
 19,579,936 
 11,471,054 
 
 £ 
 
 26,212,822 
 
 3,424,921 
 
 1,518,654 
 
 £ 
 12,659,618 
 1,617,204 
 750,412 
 
 £ 
 13,563,204 
 1,807,717 
 768,242 
 
 12,322 
 
 404,215,802 
 
 204,699,466 
 
 31,156,397 1 16,027,234 | 16,129,163 
 
BllITISH EMPIRE 
 
 67 
 
 BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 QoANTiTiES and Computed Value of the Principal and Other Articles Imported into the United Kingdom in tlie year 1864. 
 
 Animals — 
 Horned Cattle 
 Siieep and Lambs 
 Bacon and Uams 
 
 Bones 
 
 Brimstone . 
 
 Bristles 
 
 Butter 
 
 Caoutchouc 
 
 Cheese 
 
 Clocks and Watclics 
 
 Cocliiucal . 
 
 Cocoa 
 
 Coffee, from British possessions 
 Coffee, from Foreign countries 
 
 . No. 
 cwt. 
 
 Total of Coffee 
 
 Copjier Ore 
 Copper 
 
 Wheat 
 Barley 
 Oats . 
 Maize 
 
 Other kinds 
 Wheat Flour 
 Other kinds 
 
 Total of Corn 
 
 Raw Cotton 
 
 Dying or Tanning Stuffs 
 Cutch and Gambler . 
 Indigo 
 Madder 
 Madder Root 
 Shumao 
 Valonia 
 
 Eggs .... 
 Fish .... 
 Flax .... 
 Currants 
 Riiisins * . 
 Oranges and Lemons 
 Glass .... 
 Guano 
 
 Gutta Perclia 
 Goats' Ilair or Wool . 
 
 Do. Manufactures 
 
 Hemp 
 Do. Jute 
 Hides 
 Hojjs 
 
 Bar Iron 
 Lard . 
 Lead . 
 Gloves 
 Fisli Oil 
 Palm Oil 
 Cocoa-nut Oil 
 Olive Oil 
 Seed Oil 
 Turpentine 
 Oilcake 
 Pork . 
 Potatoes 
 
 tons 
 
 cwts 
 
 lbs. 
 
 cwts. 
 
 cwts. 
 lbs. 
 
 tons 
 cwts. 
 
 tons 
 cwt«. 
 
 No 
 cwts 
 
 bush, 
 cwt«. 
 tons 
 cwts. 
 lbs. 
 
 cwts. 
 
 tons 
 cwts. 
 tons 
 pairs 
 tmis 
 cwts. 
 
 tuiis 
 
 cwts, 
 tons 
 cwts. 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 231,734 
 
 496,243 
 1,069,490 
 
 346,821 
 68,869 
 
 795,702 
 
 2,346,135 
 
 1,054,617 
 
 71,027 
 
 834,844 
 
 24,232 
 7,920,712 
 
 90,108,367 
 19,261,846 
 
 100,370,213 
 
 93,304 
 498,780 
 
 23,196,714 
 4,921,362 
 5,662,959 
 6,285,938 
 
 4,512,391 
 
 7,975,935 
 
 14,406 
 
 76,214 
 
 94,295 
 
 201,871 
 
 12,292 
 
 22,673 
 
 335,298,240 
 
 416,894 
 
 1,842,947 
 
 764,492 
 
 307,462 
 
 1,276,643 
 
 327,135 
 
 131,358 
 
 35,636 
 
 4,737,330 
 
 953,086 
 
 2,024,537 
 
 1,012,311 
 
 98,656 
 
 63,918 
 
 217,276 
 
 30,616 
 
 10,099,266 
 
 14,701 
 
 666,582 
 
 376,208 
 
 16,705 
 
 11,769 
 
 104,359 
 
 105,570 
 
 228,015 
 
 742,384 
 
 Value. 
 
 £ 
 
 3,208,861 
 873,905 
 
 2,292,739 
 520,032 
 408,205 
 296,654 
 303,041 
 
 5,652,704 
 502,645 
 
 2,176,248 
 507,513 
 416,021 
 219,855 
 
 3,024,186 
 681,966 
 
 3,606,152 
 
 2,054,674 
 2,2U6,525 
 
 10,674,654 
 1,624,291 
 1,827,990 
 1,077,955 
 941,130 
 2,832,200 
 2,941 
 
 19,881,161 
 
 78,203,729 
 
 359,873 
 
 2,248,112 
 
 197,436 
 
 406,745 
 
 168,592 
 
 328,570 
 
 836,028 
 
 396,394 
 
 5,323,053 
 
 719,680 
 
 477,812 
 
 683,652 
 
 547,499 
 
 1,467,088 
 
 276,000 
 
 660,191 
 
 244,283 
 
 1,609,820 
 
 2,192,498 
 
 3,162,547 
 
 649,863 
 
 626,283 
 
 490,425 
 
 611,273 
 
 1,094,032 
 
 863,991 
 
 1,121,370 
 
 716,175 
 
 958,397 
 
 502,548 
 
 362,645 
 
 829,969 
 
 528,935 
 
 142,986 
 
 tons 
 
 cwts. 
 
 qrs. 
 
 cwts. 
 
 qrs. 
 
 lbs. 
 
 pieces 
 tons 
 
 Rags, &c. . 
 
 Rice, 
 
 Do. in husk 
 
 Resin 
 
 Saltpetre . 
 
 Do. cubic nitre 
 Clover Seeds . 
 Flax and Linseed 
 Rape 
 Raw Silk 
 Thrown SUk . 
 
 Silk Manufactures — 
 Of Euroije, Broad Stuffs 
 
 Ribbons 
 Of India . 
 Silver Ore 
 
 Skins — 
 Sheep, undi-essed 
 
 Do. dressed . 
 Lamb, undressed 
 
 Do. dressed . 
 Seal .... 
 Goat, undres.sed 
 Do. dressed . 
 
 Spices - 
 Cassia Lignea . 
 Cinnamon 
 Cloves 
 Nutmegs . 
 Pepper 
 
 Spirits — 
 Rum 
 Brandy 
 Other Spirits . 
 
 Raw Sugar, from Brit, possessions, cwts. 
 Do. from Foreign countries ,, 
 
 Total of Raw Sugar 
 
 Refined Sugar . 
 Molasses . 
 Tallow 
 
 Teeth (Elephants', &c.) 
 
 galls. 
 
 lbs. 
 cwts. 
 
 Timber, not sawn or split- 
 Of Foreign countries 
 Of British possessions 
 
 Total .... 
 
 Timber, sawn or split— 
 Of Foreign countries 
 Of British possessions 
 
 Total 
 
 Staves 
 
 Mahogany 
 
 Tin .... 
 
 Tobacco, manufactured 
 
 Do. unmanufiictured 
 Wine 
 Wool 
 
 Woollen Rags . 
 Woollen Manufactures 
 Yeast 
 All other Articles 
 
 tons 
 
 cwts. 
 
 lbs. 
 
 galls, 
 lbs. 
 
 67,817 
 
 3,189,691 
 
 6,640 
 
 363,824 
 
 843,682 
 
 670,448 
 
 226,278 
 
 1,434,973 
 
 235,678 
 
 6,666,401 
 
 73,160 
 
 1,812,588 
 
 798,132 
 
 86,890 
 
 6,482 
 
 2,436,287 
 
 1,503,338 
 
 1,383,669 
 
 66,369 
 
 342,833 
 
 607,195 
 
 1,854,251 
 
 885,936 
 
 645,514 
 
 1,328,446 
 
 809,095 
 
 18,287,547 
 
 5,499,894 
 4,907,770 
 1,328,766 
 
 5,187,997 
 6,579,541 
 
 10,767,538 
 
 946,663 
 
 679,613 
 
 1,014,566 
 
 124,359,243 
 
 11,497 
 
 62,804 
 
 41,013 
 
 98,098 
 
 6,522,408 
 
 60,092,768 
 
 15,451,622 
 
 206,473,045 
 
 10,037 
 
 115,304 
 
 Value. 
 
 £ 
 693,393 
 
 1,810,022 
 3,491 
 659,810 
 554,212 
 509,966 
 615,910 
 
 3,947,221 
 636,221 
 
 6,336,903 
 123,281 
 
 4,493,507 
 
 1,839,809 
 
 69,332 
 
 251,568 
 
 184,061 
 71,169 
 61,959 
 4,417 
 56,570 
 71,645 
 
 163,990 
 
 34,096 
 62,108 
 
 22,972 
 48,864 
 257,779 
 
 489,172 
 
 1,505,382 
 
 230,495 
 
 7,073,681 
 7,330,569 
 
 14,404,150 
 
 1,668,768 
 
 380,085 
 
 2,077,726 
 
 9,438,760 
 
 361,384 
 
 786,027 
 694,371 
 
 2,560,585 
 2,380,350 
 
 1,480,398 
 
 4,949,935 
 
 1,206,046 
 781,035 
 
 8,695,742 
 2,014,699 
 
 1,986,080 
 
 6,710,341 
 
 588,076 
 
 386,164 
 
 497,328 
 
 798,285 
 
 2,650,009 
 
 5,002,884 
 
 16,503,483 
 
 494,611 
 
 1,669,347 
 
 231,748 
 
 27,001,207 
 
 Amounts received, paid, and Jield hy Ordinary and Post Office Savings-Banks in tfie years 1862-64. 
 
 ( Received . . . . 
 
 J 1862 .^ Paid 
 
 a (Capital 
 
 m (Received 
 
 i, 1863 ■{ Paid 
 
 1 (Capital 
 
 "5 ( Received 
 
 .^ 1864 ■{ Paid 
 
 (Cai)ital 
 
 55 ( Received 
 
 (Si. 1863 J. Paid 
 
 O =1 ( Capital 
 
 <i "? § ( Received 
 
 o^a 1864 J Paid 
 
 ^ (CajMtal ..... 
 
 England. 
 
 Wales. 
 
 Scotland. 
 
 Ireland. 
 
 United Kingdom. 
 
 £ 
 6,591.275 
 8,532,642 
 
 34,808,335 
 6,621,651 
 7,327,086 
 
 34,989,617 
 6,680,322 
 8,837,626 
 
 33,648,714 
 
 £ 
 158,945 
 222,021 
 988,632 
 172,167 
 175,538 
 1,013,335 
 177,369 
 233,228 
 984,285 
 
 £ 
 886,568 
 821,231 
 
 2,677,209 
 957,146 
 836,319 
 
 2,877,332 
 953,138 
 
 1,093,803 
 
 2,813,293 
 
 86,649 
 35,899 
 99,359 
 89,219 
 64,831 
 123,747 
 
 £ 
 499,842 
 619,735 
 
 2,088,180 
 497,748 
 567,699 
 
 2,071,321 
 463,850 
 617,172 
 
 1,971,703 
 
 117,663 
 61,357 
 
 146,934 
 
 121,044 
 85,494 
 
 181,484 
 
 £ 
 
 8,138,630 
 10,195,629 
 40,562,256 
 
 8,248,702 
 
 8,906,642 
 40,951,605 
 
 8,174,679 
 10,781,829* 
 39,417,995 
 
 2,704,733 
 1,026,207 
 3,376,828 
 3,452,351 
 1,83«,055 
 4,993,124 
 
 2,500,421 
 938,951 
 3,131,535 
 3,242,088 
 1,685,730 
 4,687,893 
 
 Including £754,368 transferred to Post Office Savings-Banks. 
 
BRITISH EMPIRE 
 
 BROOKLYN 
 
 Quantities and Declabed Beal Value of the Principal Articles of British and Irish Produce Exported from the United 
 
 Kingdom in tlie year 18G4. 
 
 Articles. 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 Value. 
 
 AltTICLES. 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 Value. 
 
 Alkali-Soda . 
 
 cwts. 
 
 2,195,578 
 
 £ 
 917,262 
 
 Copper — Ingots, &c. . . cwts. 
 
 120,042 
 
 £ 
 
 588,355 
 
 Fire arms (small) . 
 
 .No. 
 
 260,986 
 
 844,476 
 
 Do. Bai-s, Rods, <fec. . ,, 
 
 406,185 
 
 2,119,434 
 
 Do. of other kinds 
 
 
 — 
 
 221,103 
 
 Do. Mixed (or YeUow Metal) „ 
 
 185,746 
 
 801,168 
 
 Gunpowder 
 
 lbs. 
 
 15,466,844 
 
 462,208 
 
 Do. other sorts . . ,, 
 
 27,651 
 
 109,280 
 
 Bacou and Hams . 
 
 cwts. 
 
 67,512 
 
 250,681 
 
 Brass ,, 
 
 42,228 
 
 232,864 
 
 Bags .... 
 
 doz. 
 
 943,950 
 
 749,454 
 
 Lead ..... tons 
 
 34,792 
 
 761,673 
 
 Beef and Pork 
 
 cwts. 
 
 27,476 
 
 68,213 
 
 Do. Ore, Red and White, and 
 
 ]• 6,504 
 
 165,623 
 
 Beer and Ale . 
 
 brls. 
 
 490,486 
 
 1,823,162 
 
 Litharge . . . ,, 
 
 Books .... 
 
 cwts. 
 
 33,917 
 
 465,752 
 
 Tin cwts. 
 
 90,050 
 
 483,098 
 
 Butter .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 67,537 
 
 327,536 
 
 Do. Plates . . . . „ 
 
 1,003,569 
 
 1,264,100 
 
 Candles, Steariiie . 
 
 lbs. 
 
 3,775,1^7 
 
 142,399 
 
 Zinc ,, 
 
 103,691 
 
 111,976 
 
 Carriages 
 
 No. 
 
 4,805 
 
 500,890 
 
 Seed Oil ... . galls. 
 
 8,396,696 
 
 1,266,961 
 
 Cement .... 
 
 cwts. 
 
 2,396,987 
 
 296,701 
 
 Pajjer cwts 
 
 167,805 
 
 660,092 
 
 Cheese .... 
 
 „ 
 
 36,518 
 
 147,676 
 
 Pickles and Sauces 
 
 — 
 
 372,376 
 
 Coal, &c. ... 
 
 tons 
 
 8,800,420 
 
 4,161,338 
 
 Salt tons 
 
 596,036 
 
 281,443 
 
 Cordage and Twine 
 
 cwts. 
 
 163,246 
 
 432,768 
 
 Silk, Thrown . . . lbs. 
 
 468,591 
 
 658,419 
 
 Wheat .... 
 
 
 55,397 
 
 29,530 
 
 Do. Twist and Yarn . ,, 
 
 522,953 
 
 296,971 
 
 Flour .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 16,185 
 
 13,013 
 
 Do. Piece Goods ... „ 
 
 2,796,124 
 
 538,650 
 
 Com of other kinds 
 
 
 — 
 
 244,673 
 
 Do. Handkerchiefs and Shawls , , 
 
 215,376 
 
 313,703 
 
 Cotton Yarn . 
 
 .lbs. 
 
 75,738,845 
 
 9,096,209 
 
 Do. Ribbons . . . ,, 
 
 101,033 
 
 120,153 
 
 Calico, Plain . 
 
 yds. 
 
 1,101,087,051 
 
 26,823,536 
 
 Do. of other kinds 
 
 — 
 
 487,508 
 
 Do. Printed 
 
 ,, 
 
 467,840,548 
 
 17,062,651 
 
 Soap cwts. 
 
 182,399 
 
 231,314 
 
 Do. of other kinds . 
 
 
 — 
 
 1,873,893 
 
 Spirits (British) . . . galls. 
 
 4,199,304 
 
 503,367 
 
 Stockings 
 
 doz. prs. 
 
 611,628 
 
 — 
 
 Sugar (refined) . . . cwts 
 
 119,534 
 
 201,377 
 
 Sewing Cottou 
 
 lbs. 
 
 4,509,689 
 
 — 
 
 Wool lbs. 
 
 7,850,516 
 
 695,302 
 
 Herrings 
 
 brls. 
 
 396,963 
 
 501,954 
 
 Do. Yam .... „ 
 
 31,926,865 
 
 6,422,162 
 
 Ghiss— Flint . 
 
 cwts. 
 
 108,159 
 
 331,285 
 
 Do. Cloths .... yds. 
 
 29,786,888 
 
 4,546,054 
 
 Do. Window 
 
 ,, 
 
 60,473 
 
 74,653 
 
 Do. Flannels, Sic . . „ 
 
 18,142,717 
 
 1,504,652 
 
 Do. Bottles 
 
 ,J 
 
 571,912 
 
 287,163 
 
 Do. Woi-sted Stuffs . 
 
 187,666,716 
 
 10,801,854 
 
 Do. Plate . 
 
 
 — 
 
 64,426 
 
 Do. Carpets, &c. . . ,, 
 
 5,988,633 
 
 872,598 
 
 Hats .... 
 
 dozs. 
 
 254,477 
 
 461,790 
 
 Do. of other sorts 
 
 — 
 
 841,020 
 
 Horses .... 
 
 No. 
 
 4,657 
 
 230,821 
 
 Agricultural Implements 
 
 — 
 
 179,947 
 
 Leather 
 
 cwts. 
 
 37,647 
 
 377,534 
 
 Apparel . ' . 
 
 — 
 
 2,583,653 
 
 Do. Boots and Shoes 
 
 ,, 
 
 4,844,659 
 
 1,482,631 
 
 Cement ..... 
 
 — 
 
 296,701 
 
 Do. other sorts 
 
 ,, 
 
 1,060,279 
 
 198,975 
 
 Drugs and Chemicals . 
 
 — 
 
 904,193 
 
 Do. Saddlery and Harues 
 
 3 
 
 — 
 
 345,419 
 
 Earthenware .... 
 
 — 
 
 1,422,130 
 
 Linen Yam . 
 
 lbs. 
 
 40,510,967 
 
 3,010,109 
 
 Fish (except Herrings) 
 
 — . 
 
 249,285 
 
 Do. Cloth (white) 
 
 yds. 
 
 190,229,070 
 
 6,700,348 
 
 Furniture, &c 
 
 — 
 
 268,927 
 
 Do. do. (printed, &c.) 
 
 ,, 
 
 12,790,652 
 
 603,861 
 
 Haberdashery and Millinery 
 
 — 
 
 4,786,899 
 
 Do. Sailcloth 
 
 „ 
 
 6,839,992 
 
 387,326 
 
 Hardware and Cutlery 
 
 — 
 
 4,169,107 
 
 Do. Tiiread 
 
 lbs. 
 
 4,030,365 
 
 667,010 
 
 Machinery 
 
 — 
 
 3,227,848 
 
 Iron — Pig 
 
 tons 
 
 405,951 
 
 1,411,613 
 
 Steam Engines .... 
 
 — 
 
 1,626,342 
 
 Do. Bar, &c. 
 
 ,, 
 
 277,672 
 
 2,659,009 
 
 Painters' Coloura .... 
 
 — ■ 
 
 496,395 
 
 Do. Eailroad 
 
 ,, 
 
 432,331 
 
 3,260,781 
 
 Plate, Jewellery, and Watches . 
 
 — 
 
 426,498 
 
 Do. Wire .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 18,296 
 
 396,757 
 
 Provisions 
 
 — 
 
 - 877,639 
 
 Do. Cast .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 66,895 
 
 656,085 
 
 Stationery 
 
 — 
 
 354,664 
 
 Do. Hoops, Sheets, & Boiler 1 
 
 'lates „ 
 
 123,132 
 
 1,780,355 
 
 Telegraphic Wire .... 
 
 — 
 
 218,325 
 
 Do. Wrought 
 
 ,, 
 
 107,222 
 
 2,237,038 
 
 Other articles .... 
 
 — 
 
 6,917,400 
 
 Do. Old ... . 
 
 ,, 
 
 6,699 
 
 31,253 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Do. Steel .... 
 
 1 
 
 " 
 
 26,532 
 
 881,503 
 
 Total 
 
 — 
 
 160,436,302 
 
 QuANTixiES aiid Value of Coal and Metaui produced in the 
 United Kingdom in 1863. 
 
 
 tons 
 
 Quantity. 
 
 Value. 
 
 Coal .... 
 
 80,29.2,215 
 
 £21,573,053 
 
 Pig Iron 
 
 I) 
 
 4,510,040 
 
 11,275,100 
 
 Fine Copper 
 
 „ 
 
 14,247 
 
 1,409,608 
 
 Lead .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 68,220 
 
 1,418,985 
 
 Tin ... . 
 
 >i 
 
 10,006 
 
 1,170,702 
 
 Ziuc .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 3,835 
 
 90,889 
 
 Silver, from Lead 
 
 oz. 
 
 634,004 
 
 174,361 
 
 Gold .... 
 
 )» 
 
 552 
 
 1,747 
 
 Other Metals 
 
 
 — 
 
 250,000 
 
 Total 
 
 
 £37,364,435 
 
 It was estimated that in the year 1863 there were the 
 following number of mines at work, and of persons employed 
 in them: — 
 
 Coal Mines 
 Iron do. 
 Copi^er do. 
 Tin do. 
 Lead do. 
 Zinc and others 
 
 Total . 
 
 3000 
 ? 
 
 167 
 148 
 390 
 
 Persons 
 Employed. 
 
 260,000 
 27,000 
 22,000 
 14,500 
 21,500 
 1,000 
 
 336,000 
 
 BKITSHANY, a tn. Kussia, gov. Bessarabia, circle 
 Khotin, 30 m. S.S.E. Kamenetz; with two churches, and a 
 pop. of 4417. 
 
 BROAD RIVER, U. States, rising at the foot of the 
 Blue Kidge, in the W. of N. Carolina, enters S. Carolina, and 
 flowing S. through a fertile country, covered with fields of 
 maize and cotton, unites with the Saluda in formhig the Con- 
 garee at Colombia. 
 
 BROCKPORT, a vil. U. States, New York, Monroe co., 
 on the Erie canal, and on the Rochester and Lockport rail- 
 way, 20 m. W. Rochester. It contains several churches, an 
 academy, and several mills and factories. Pop. 2143. 
 
 BRONNITZY [add.], a tn. Russia, gov. and 22 m. 
 S.S.E. Moscow, cap. circle of same name, on the Moskva and 
 the Lake of Bieloija. It has three churches, a school for the 
 circle, two benevolent endowments, cotton-mills, soap-works, 
 and manufactures of cloth and candles. Within the circle 
 lies the village of Gshelsk, where articles of ordinary earthen- 
 ware are made to the number of several millions of pieces 
 annually. Pop. 2357. 
 
 BROOKLINE, a township, U. States, Massachusetts, 
 5 m. S.W. Boston, which contains six churches and a number 
 of schools. It may be considered a suburb of Boston, as it 
 is mainly occupied by the country seats of many of its 
 wealthier citizens. Pop. 3472. 
 
 BROOKLYN [add.], a tn. U. States, New York, near 
 the W. extremity of Long Island, opposite to New York, 
 from which it is separated by the East River, and at the ter- 
 minus of the Long Island railway. Its extreme length from 
 N. to S. is 7| m., and its extreme breadth 5 m.; but, owing 
 to the irregularity of its outline, the average breadth does not 
 exceed 3^ in. Except a comparatively small portion, it 
 stands at a considerable height above the water, and presents 
 great advantages as a residence, being open on all sides to the 
 sea and land breezes ; and is laid out in wide regular streets, 
 well shaded with trees, but nowhere so crowded with them 
 as to obstruct a free, circulation of air. At the W. extremity 
 in particular, facing the river, where the ground is so high as 
 to have received the name of the Heights, magnificent views 
 of New York and its shipping are obtained. Proximity and 
 its many other advantages have made Brooklyn the favourite 
 residence of the merchants of New York, who are rapidly 
 
BROUGHTON BAY 
 
 69 
 
 BUCIN 
 
 conveyed to and fro by a iiuraber of steamers constantly 
 plying. The number of churches, now amounting to about 
 130, gives to the place one of its most striking features, 
 while several of the edifices rank among its greatest archi- 
 tectural ornaments. Among otiiers may be mentioned the 
 church of the Pilgrims, a beautiful structure of gray stone, 
 with a tall tower and spire forming a landmark to mariners; 
 and Grace church, the church of the Kestoration, the church 
 of the Holy Trinity, and the Unitarian church, all built of 
 brown stone in the Gothic style. The other principal build- 
 ings and institutions are the city hall, an edifice of white 
 marble, with a portico of Ionic columns, and a dome the 
 apex of which is 153 ft. higii; the lyceum, a fine granite 
 j building, with a spacious lecture-room; the athenaeum, the 
 collegiate and polytechnic institute for boys, the Packer 
 collegiate institute for girls; the city, college, and marine 
 hospitals, the city and R. Catholic orphan asylums, the eye 
 and ear infirmary, and many other benevolent institutions. 
 The other leading objects of interest are the Atlantic dock, 
 constructed by a chartered company with a capital of 
 .£200,000, and having a basin of rather more than 40 acres; 
 the navy yard, inclosing an area of 45 ac. by a high brick 
 wall, and containing a naval lyceum, with a large collection 
 of curiosities and valuable geological and mineralogical 
 cabinets; two immense ship houses, and the largest dry dock 
 ill the country, and several beautifully laid out cemeteries. 
 The manufactures are very important; among the leading 
 articles are beer, spirits, and liqueurs, iron, copper, brass 
 and bronze castings, gold and silver refineries, silver and 
 plated ware, tin and sheet iron, dressed flax, paper, ropes 
 and cordage, clocks, plate and common glass, refined sugar 
 and syrup, leather, camphine, chemicals, oil-cloth, linseed 
 and otlier oil, steam-engines, cabinet ware, cut stone, porce- 
 lain, tobacco, and cigars. Ship building and repairing are 
 also carried on to a considerable extent. The total value of 
 real and personal property amounted, according to the city 
 comptroller's report, in 1857, to £19,795,205. Pop. in 
 1810, 4402; in 1820, 7175; 1830, 15,396; 1840, 36,233; 
 1850, 96,838; 1860 (including the towns of Williamsburg 
 and Bushwick incorporated with it), 266,661. 
 
 BKOUGHTON BAY, or Corea Gulf, Chinese empire. 
 Sea of Japan, on the E. coast of the peninsula of Corea, is 
 93 m. wide between Capes Duroc on the S. and Petit Thouars 
 on the N., and extends westward for 55 m. Its shores are 
 winding and mostly low, and are generally well wooded, with 
 occasional waste places and rocky cliffs. Inland ranges of 
 lofty mountains rise both on the N. and S. In the latter 
 direction, about 15 m. off, the Belavenz Mountains attain the 
 heights of 6092 and 5884 ft.; and in the former. Mount Hien- 
 fung, situated about 24 ra. in the interior, is seen towering 
 to the height of 8113 feet. Within the bay are a number of 
 small islands, and at its head the two harbours of Yang-hing 
 and Port Lazaref. The latter, in particular, which is formed 
 on the W. side of Nakkinof or Bosquet Peninsula, which 
 shelters it from the E., affords excellent anchorage, having a 
 mud bottom with a depth of 7 to 10 fathoms. It is 2 m. 
 wide at its entrance, and trends N. for about 6 m. On the left 
 bank of a river, which falls into it on the N.W., there is a 
 large village, apparently the port of a considerable town in 
 the interior. 
 
 BROWNSVILLE, three places, U. States:— 1. A tn. 
 Tennessee, cap. co. Haywood, 55 m. N.E. Memphis, on the 
 Memphis and Trenton railway. It stands in the midst of 
 maize and cotton plantations, possesses a superior female 
 academy, and carries on an active trade. Pop. 1000. — 
 2. A tn. formerly called Fort Brown, .Texas, cap. co. 
 Cameron, 1. bank Ilio Grande, opposite to Matamoras, and 
 about 40 m. above the mouth of the river in the Gulf of 
 Mexico. It contains three churches and a custom-house, and 
 has rapidly risen to be one of the largest and most important 
 towns in the state, carrying on a very extensive trade. It 
 made some figure in the war between Mexico and the U. 
 States, and has since been the starting-point of several fili- 
 bustering expeditions into the Mexican territory. Pop. 5000. 
 — 3. A tn. Pennsylvania, Fayette co., r. bank Monanga- 
 hela, 40 m. S. Pittsburg. Steamboats ply from Pittsburg 
 up the river, over which is a handsome bridge. An abun- 
 dance of bituminous coal in the vicinity has given rise to 
 manufactures of iron, glass, cotton, and paper. Pop. 4500. 
 
 BRUCK (St.) [add.],atn. Austrian empire, duchy Styria, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the South railway, at the confluence 
 of the Murz with the Mur, 25 m. N.N. W. Griitz. It consists 
 of the town proper, surrounded by walls, and of three suburbs, 
 and has two churches, one of them with the tomb of the Iron- 
 duke Ernest, a superior and a common school, a townhouse, 
 town hospital, theatre, and barracks. Above the town stand 
 the ruins of the feudal castle of Landskron. Pop. 3000. 
 
 BRUGINE, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 8 m. S. by 
 E. Padua, with a palace built by Palladro, and possessing 
 paintings by Paul Veronese, an old English garden, and 
 manufactures of cotton. Pop. 2922. 
 
 BRUMER, a group of islets. Coral Sea, off the S.E. coast 
 of Papua or New Guinea; lat. 10° 35' S.; Ion. 150° 30' E. 
 It consists of six small islands of basaltic formation. The 
 westernmost and largest is only 2J m. long, by | to | m. 
 broad, and rises to a steep ridge, terminating in a peak 
 665 ft. high. Though thus precipitous, it is covered with 
 vtgetation — the effect not only of natural fertility, but of 
 careful cultivation, as extensive plots of ground are seen 
 along the slopes of the hills. The chief products of the 
 island are yams, bananas, cocoa-nuts, and breadfruit, which 
 are bartered-for iron hoop, &c. The inhabitants have cata- 
 marans and canoes, the latter fitted with single outriders and 
 mat sails; and seem to reside chiefly in two populous villages, 
 the houses of which have sharp gables, and are built upon 
 piles. Notwithstanding their progress in civilization, the 
 natives are inclined to treachery. 
 
 BRUMOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 16 m. N.E. Hradisch, in a pleasing valley; with a parish 
 church, a castle, and glass-works. On a hill in the imme- 
 diate vicinity are the ruins of the old castle of Brumow, which 
 is said to have been built as early as a.d. 830. Pop. 1600, 
 many of whom are employed in rearing cattle. 
 
 BRUNDEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Ogulin, in a valley of same name, 38 m. S.S. W. 
 Karlstadt. It has an elegant parish church, a castle com- 
 manding a magnificent view, a school, and a large magazine. 
 Pop. 2480. 
 
 BRUNT [add.], an island off the S.E coast of Tasmania, 
 between Storm Bay on the E. and Entrecasteaux Channel 
 on the W., and immediately S. of the estuary of the Derwent. 
 It is about 27 m. long, and of singularly irregular shape, 
 being cut up by numerous indentations, and divided into two 
 distinct portions — a N. and a S. — only connected by a very 
 narrow isthmus. The surface is unequally elevated, the 
 higher parts presenting remarkable geological features. 
 Fluted Cape in particular, and the part of the coast joined to 
 it southward, has the appearance of an abrupt cut, composed 
 of immense basaltic columns. The vigorous vegetation 
 everywhere visible proves the fertility of the soil. On Cape 
 Bruni, the S.W. extremity of the island, is a lighthouse with 
 a revolving light 340 ft. above the level of high water, and 
 visible in clear weather at the distance of upwards of 21 m. 
 
 BRUNSWICK, two places, U. States:— 1. A vil. Maine, 
 r. bank Androscoggin, at the head of tide- water, and on the 
 Kennebec and Portland railway, 30 m. N. Portland. It 
 possesses six churches, Bowdoin college, and a number of 
 excellent schools, a cotton factory, a machine-shop, numerous 
 saw-mills, and important building- yards. Much of the wealth 
 of the place is invested in shipping. Pop. about 4500. — 
 2. A tn. and port of entry, Georgia, cap. co. Glynn, pleasantly 
 situated on a height above Turtle River, 80 m. S.S.W. 
 Savannah. It is the terminus of a branch railway from 
 Waresboro; and its harbour, at once spacious and secure, with 
 13 ft. of water on the bar at low tide, furnishes Considerable 
 facilities for trade. 
 
 BRZYSKA, atn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Ezeszow, 
 9 m. from Lezaisk. In the vicinity are seven earthen 
 mounds, which, according to tradition, contain the bones of 
 an army of Tartars who perished here. Pop. 1550. 
 
 BUCHA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 32 m. E.N.E. Eger, cap. dist. of same name; with a parish 
 church, a town hospital, a ruined castle, three mills, and a 
 mineral spring. Pop. 1400. 
 
 BUCIN, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia and 
 Sclavonia, co. and 17 m. N.W. Poshega, cap. dist. of same 
 name, in a romantic valley. It has a baronial castle with 
 large gardens, and a mineral spring. Pop. 1270. 
 
BUCKEA 
 
 70 
 
 BUFFALO 
 
 BUCKEA, a river, India, which rises in Nepaul, on one 
 of the lower ranges of the Himalayas, in lat. 27° 6' N.; 
 Ion. 85° 40' E.; flows first S. into the British territory, after 
 forming part of the boundary between the two states, then 
 S.E. through dist. Tirhoot, and joins the Bhagmuttee on its 
 r. bank, in lat. 2G°, Ion. 85° 56', after a course of about 105 m. 
 
 BUC8UM, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 23 m. N.W. Karlsburg, in a mountainous district, 
 with 3796 inliabitants, mostly miners. 
 
 BUCYRUS, a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. Crawford co., on 
 Sandusky Kiver, and Indiana and Ohio railway, 62 m. N. 
 Columbus. The adjacent country is level and fertile, and 
 contains several mineral springs. A fine specimen of the 
 mastodon was found in 1838 embedded in a marsh near the 
 town. There are several mills in the place. Pop. 2500. 
 
 BUDAKESZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 4 m. E. Pesth. The inhabitants live by raising wheat, 
 fruit, and wine, and rearing cattle. In the vicinity, in a higli 
 valley inclosed by forests, are the ruins of an ancient monas- 
 tery. Pop. 2783. 
 
 BUDAON, a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Provinces, Kohil- 
 cund. The district, between lat. 27° 38' and 28° 29' N.; 
 Ion. 78° 21' and 79° 35' E., is bounded N. by Moradabad; 
 N.E. Bareily; S.E. Shahjehanpore; S. Furruckabad and Myn- 
 poorie; and \V. AUyghur and Boolundshuhur ; area, 2368 sq. m. 
 The surface, low, flat, and generally fertile, is watered in the 
 S.W. throughout its whole length by the Ganges, in the E. 
 by the Ramgunga, and in the intervening space by the 
 Yarwuffadar, or Sote, and the Muhawa. Part of the district 
 is still wild and uncultivated, and wolves are very numerous. 
 
 Pop. 825,712. The town, cap. of the above dist., on an 
 
 affluent of the Ganges, 30 m. S.S.W. Bareily, became the 
 head-quarters of a body of mutineers during the sepoy 
 mutiny, and was in consequence wrested from them on the 
 19th of April, 1858, after a defeat which cost them four guns 
 and five hundred men. On the 30th of same month, a second 
 defeat was inflicted on them in the same locality. Pop. 21,369. 
 
 BUDA-OliS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 4 m. S.E. Pesth. The inhabitants are almost all employed in 
 cultivating the vine. On a hill in the vicinity numerous rocky 
 caverns have been converted into wine-cellars. Pop. 2855. 
 
 BUDFALVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Mar- 
 maros, about 17 m. S. Szigeth, in the midst of extensive 
 forests; with 1600 inhabitants, who are employed in felling 
 and sawing timber and in making charcoal. 
 
 BUDIN, atn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 10 m. 
 S. Leitmeritz, on the Eger; with a deanery church, a town- 
 house, a castle, an hospital, and a brewery. Pop. 1200. 
 
 BUDUA, a tn. Austrian empire, Dalmatia, circle and 10 m. 
 S. by E. Cattaro. Though a small place it is surrounded by 
 walls, and defended by a castle, and has a R. Catholic and a 
 non-united Greek church. Pop. 900. 
 
 BUDZANOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galieia, circle 
 and 10 m. N. Czortkow, cap. dist. of same name, on the Sereth; 
 with a fine castle, an institute of the Sisters of Mercy, an in- 
 firmary, an orphan asylum, and an extensive trade in corn. 
 Pop. 4189. 
 
 BUENO, a river, Chili, prov. Valdivia, which, issuing 
 from Lake Itanco, flows W. in a very serpentine course for 
 about 30 m.; is then augmented first by the Pilmayquen 
 coming W.N.W. from Lake Puychue, and next by the Rahue 
 from Lake Llanquihue, and still continuing to flow nearly due 
 VV. falls into the Pacific. It is navigable at all seasons from 
 the junction of tlio Rahue. a distance of about 20 m. 
 
 BUENOS AYKES [add.] The disturbed state of the 
 Argentine republic, caused by the internal dissensions and 
 conflicts of tlie members of it, has greatly obstructed its pro- 
 sperity. Buenos Ayres has suff"ured especially, having recently 
 more than once been subjected to invasion and siege. The 
 exports from the port of Buenos Ayres in 1860 were: — 
 
 The militia and national guard of the province number 
 19,867 men, besides the quota of the federal army. The 
 public debt of the province upon British loans is £2,285,000. 
 The estimated population of the city and province is as 
 follows : — 
 
 454,303 salted ox hides, valued at 25s. eacli, 
 
 £567,878 
 
 ,217,771 dry 
 
 20s. „ 
 
 . 1,217,771 
 
 285,099 salted liorse hides, 
 
 8s. „ 
 
 114,059 
 
 60,048 diy 
 
 6s. ,, 
 
 15,012 
 
 11,593 pipes of tallow, ,, 
 
 £25 per pipe, 
 £16 per box, . 
 
 231,860 
 
 8,757 boxes ,, ,, 
 
 140,012 
 
 48,706 bales of wool, „ 
 
 £25 per bale, . 
 
 . 1,219,150 
 
 3,046 „ hoi-sehair, „ 
 
 £50 „ 
 
 152,300 
 
 8,951 ,, sheepskins, ,, 
 
 £30 „ 
 
 268,530 
 
 499,788 quintals of jerked beef , , 
 
 10s. per quintal. 
 
 249,894 
 £4,176,466 
 
 Nationalities. 
 
 City. 
 
 Province. 
 
 Argentines .... 
 Spaniards .... 
 English and Irish . 
 
 Frencli 
 
 Italians 
 
 Americans .... 
 Germans .... 
 Portuguese .... 
 Montevideaus and otlieis 
 Indians 
 
 Total 
 
 75,000 
 
 10,000 
 
 5,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 20,000 
 
 2,000 
 
 2,500 
 
 1,500 
 
 9,000 
 
 130,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 20,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 10,000 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,000 
 
 7,000 
 
 20,000 
 
 140,000 
 
 220,000 
 
 Since 1856 from 6000 to 8000 immigrants have annually 
 entered the province; about 12,000 Irish have acquired 
 settlements. 
 
 BUENVENTURA, a river and tn. S. America, New 
 Granada. The iuvkk, rising in the W. slope of the W. 
 Andes, flows N.N.W. and falls into the Bay of Choco, in lat. 
 (Basan Point) 3° 49' 27" N.; Ion. 77° 10' 50" W. It is_ a 
 broad deep stream, and is navigable for 10 m. above its 
 
 mouth by vessels drawing 24 ft. The town, situated on 
 
 the 1. bank of the river, at the point where, as already stated, 
 it is navigable for vessels of large burden, possesses great 
 natural advantages as a port, and promises to become an im- 
 portant emporium for the state of New Granada, as all the 
 W. foreign traffic of Bogota, the capital, must pass through 
 it, there being no other practicable communication with the 
 Pacific. The great drawback is the want of good roads, and 
 hence the town is as yet a comparatively poor place, consist- 
 ing of mean houses inhabited chiefly by negroes and mulat- 
 toes. It is however the residence of a governor, is defended 
 by a battery; possesses a custom-house, and carries on a 
 considerable trade, exporting rum, sugar, and tobacco, and 
 importing salt, garlic, straw hats, and hammocks. The 
 climate is considered unhealthy. Pop. 1000. 
 
 liUFFALO [add.], a tn. U. States, New York, cap. 
 CO. Erie, at the E. extremity of Lake Erie, where the Niagara 
 issues from it, and on the New York Central, and various 
 other lines of railway; lat 42° 53' N.; Ion. 78° 55' W. It 
 consists principally of wide and straight streets, which cross 
 at right angles, but partly also of others, which meet the 
 main street obliquely, and prevent monotony of aspect. The 
 whole site is a plain, with a gentle descent towards the lake, 
 and well covered with houses, except in a few localities, where 
 open spaces or squares have been left for ornament and 
 ventilation. The climate is said to be more equable than 
 that of any other place within the States of the same latitude, 
 and this, combined with an admirable .system of sewerage, has 
 proved so conducive to health that the yearly mortality is 
 only 2 per cent. The principal public buildings are a large 
 and handsome edifice, erected by the general government, 
 and containing a courthouse, custom-house, and post-office; 
 4 excellent market-houses, and 57 churches, among which 
 particular notice is due to the Episcopal churches of St. John 
 and St. Paul, the former built in a kind of transition style 
 from the early English to the Gothic, the latter remarkable 
 for its picturesque appearance and the variety of its outlines, 
 and to the R. Catholic cathedral, an imposing structure of 
 decorated Gothic, flanked on its E. front with two towers, 
 and adorned with a window of stained glass from Munich. 
 The other buildings and institutions of note are Bufi"alo uni- 
 versity, occupying a fine building, but as yet confined en- 
 tirely to the medical department; a liberally endowed and 
 flourishing female academy, a young men's literary associa- 
 tion, with a library of above 9000 vols.; an orphan asylum; 
 a general hospital, and a fine cemetery, situated in the 
 suburbs, and covering about 76 acres. Manufactures are 
 numerous, and produce annually to an amount exceeding 
 £2,000,000; but the only one of much importance is ship- 
 building. For it there are seven yards, from which, in 1857, 
 there were launched 18,256 tons of shipping. The trade, 
 greatly favoured by the harbour, which, by means of break- 
 waters, has been rendered safe and capacious, and by the 
 
BUGAS-BOCSARD 
 
 71 
 
 BUNAEE 
 
 Yarioirs railways, is largely developed. The chief articles 
 are flour and grain. Pop. (1860), 81,129. 
 
 The imports by lake in the year 1861, were of wheat, 
 26,585,723 bush.; corn, 20,872,860 bush.; flour, 1,909,557 
 barrels; oats, 1,703,188 bush.; lumber, 49,075,393 ft; and 
 of staves the number was 23,707,120, besides considerable 
 quantities of articles of minor importance. Adding to the 
 foregoing the amount received by railway, it was estimated 
 that the total, reducing the flour to bushels, was about 
 62,000,000 bush. The storage capacity of the port was 
 estimated at 3,500,000 bush, in 1861; and new stores were 
 erected in 1362, furnishing still greater accommodation. 
 
 The lake shipping at the port in 180 1 is stated to have 
 been as follows: — 
 
 Entered. Cle.irecl. 
 
 Vessels. Tons. Vessels. Tons. 
 
 American 1134 1,107,327 1123 1,100,637 
 
 Foreign 631 53,140 602 49,952 
 
 Coasting 5201 1,826,253 5175 1,825,935 
 
 C9G6 2,986,720 0900 2,976,524 
 
 BUGAS-BOCSARD, a tn. Austrian empire, Transyl- 
 vania, circle and about 17 m. N.E. Karlsburg; with a fine 
 castle, a salt spring, and a trade in wine and fruit. P. 1530. 
 
 BUGHAZ, a defile, N. Arabia, Hejaz, about 50 m. S. W. 
 Medina, where the Egyptians under Tussum Bey were totally 
 defeated by the Ilarbi Bedouin and the Wahabees in 1811. 
 
 BUG(3MAN, a tn. Central Africa,. nominally belonging 
 to Bagirmi, but virtually independent; 60 m. W. Masena, 
 1. bank Shari, which is here about 500 yards wide, and has 
 a low sandy bank, which it overflows during the rains so as 
 to inundate a large extent of country. Though rather in a 
 state of decay, the town, on approaching it, has a pleasing 
 appearance, produced by the variety of trees by which it is 
 adorned. Its market presents a busy scene, to which addi- 
 tional interest is given by the number of boats crossing the 
 ferry. When the sultan of Bagirmi stopped Dr. Barth on 
 liis journey to Masena, he ordered him to wait at Bugoman; 
 but when the doctor sent a messenger to the governor to inti- 
 mate his approach, that functionary showed how little he 
 valued the sultan's authority by peremptorily refusing to 
 admit him. 
 
 BUI, a tn. Russia, gov. and 50 m. N. by E. Kostroma, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Kostroma, where it receives 
 the Weksa. It has four churches, a circle and a parish 
 school, and three benevolent institutions. Pop. 2073. 
 
 BUJAK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Neogi'ad, 
 19 m. N.W. Balassa Gyarmath; with the ruins of an old 
 castle seated on a wooded hill, and a trade in excellent wine. 
 Pop. 1850. 
 
 BUKOWINxV, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 New Sandec, about 40 m. S. by W. Cracow, in an alpine 
 district, at the height of 3600 ft. above tlie sea. To the S. 
 of it is a wild and romantic district, containing one valley 
 with seven lakes, another with five lakes, and a waterfall 
 which plunges over a precipice between perpendicular walls 
 of granite, and a tliird containing the great Fish Lake, the 
 largest of all and the source of the Bialka. From the borders 
 of this lake rises the Kriwan, the loftiest summit of Mount 
 Tatra. Pop. 1050. 
 
 BUKTERIMA, a river, Siberia, one of the affluents of 
 the Irtish. It is the W. commencement of a line of demar- 
 cation, by which, in accordance witli a treaty concluded be- 
 tween Russia and China in 1728, the frontiers of the two 
 countries were defined. This line, which had its E. termi- 
 nation in the Sea of Okhotsk, was 3000 m. long. 
 
 BULKUN, ariver, Amoor-land, an affluent of the Amoor, 
 which it joins on its 1. bank above the confluence of the 
 Kumara. Its course is upon the whole S.E. On arriving 
 at the Bulkun from the W., the country watered by tlie 
 Amoor assumes a more pleasing character. Tlie plains 
 become wider, the meadows are covered with a nourishing 
 grass, and trees of poplar, ash, and wild apple occur, with 
 shrub of red-berried elder, sand-willows, &e. 
 
 BULLER, or Kakwatiri, a river, one of the largest in 
 New Zealand; has its sources in Lakes Rotuaro and Kotuiti, 
 in the N. of Middle Island, or Munster, 40 m. S.W. Nelson; 
 flows W.S.W. through an extensive gap in the mountains 
 which bound it on either side, and, augmented by several 
 smaller streams, reaches the ocean on the W. coast 7^ m. E. 
 
 of Cape Foulwind. It varies in width from a quarter to a 
 third of a mile; but, being subject to very heavy freshes 
 from the mountain torrents, and rising with great rapidity, 
 frequently between rocky gorges and cliffs so perpendicular 
 as to be in places inaccessible, and having, moreover, a shallow 
 bar at its entrance, it is not likely ever to possess importance 
 as a navigable stream. 
 
 BULL RUN, a stream, U. States, Virginia, crossed by 
 the railway from Alexandria to Manassas, and flowing through 
 a range of hills and ravines, between high and wooded banks, 
 into the Occoquan Rivei", 14 m. from its mouth. It is memor- 
 able as the scene of the first great encounter of the civil war, 
 on July 21, 1861, between the Federal and Confederate 
 armies, in which the former, after maintaining their ground 
 for some time, were seized with a sudden panic, which im- 
 pelled them to retreat in the most disorderly and precipitate 
 manner towards Washington. 
 
 BULRAMPOOK, a tn. India, Oude, near the frontiers 
 of Nepaul, 89 m. N.E. Lucknow. It stands on a beautiful 
 plain on the Raptee, and is a place of considerable size, con- 
 sisting of mud houses covered with thatch. Being situated 
 on one of the most frequented routes from Lucknow to 
 Nepaul, it is visited in spring and summer by great numbers 
 of traders from the mountains and the low country, who meet 
 here to exchange their products. 
 
 BULSAR [add.], a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist. Surat, 
 at the mouth of a small stream of same name in the Gulf of 
 Cambay, and on the Bombay and Baroda railway, 169 m. N. 
 Bombay. Though ill-situated on rugged ground close to in- 
 salubrious swamps, and possessed only of a harbour across 
 the mouth of which there is a rocky bank witii not more than 
 6 ft. at low water, it is a thriving place, with manufactures 
 of cloths, and a considerable trade in salt, grain, and sugar. 
 Pop. 7000. 
 
 BULUBGURH, Ballamgakrh, or Furueedabad, a 
 tn. India, N.W. Provinces, cap. jaghire of same name, 
 
 29 m. S. by E. Delhi, in a pleasing and well- cultivated dis- 
 trict. Though small, and crowded into narrow streets, it is 
 not ill built, is inclosed by a deep ditch and a high brick 
 wall with mud bastions, and contains many good houses and 
 several temples. The rajah's palace is a neat edifice, arranged 
 around a small court, with a marble fountain in its centre 
 and an open arched hall. The jaghire, of which this town is 
 the capita], extends 26 m. along the r. bank of the Jumna, 
 and has an estimated pop. of 57,000. The rajah revolted in 
 the mutiny of 1857, but was speedily captured, and the in- 
 surrectionary movement suppressed. 
 
 BULUM-BULU, a plateau or steppe, S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bandi country, territory Bihd, consisting of a long and com- 
 paratively narrow tract bounding or forming an outlying 
 portion of B\h6 on the S. and W., and stretching for a long 
 distance N., near the r. bank and almost parallel to the course 
 of the Kutalu. Its whole length is estimated at 160 m., and 
 its height above sea-level not less than 6000 ft. Several 
 rivers, great and small, have their sources upon it. It is 
 covered with long grass, but over the whole not a single tree 
 or prominent object of any kind meets the eye. The surface, 
 however, being undulating, has a number of small depressions, 
 in which springs of water are found, and it appears not wholly 
 destitute of human habitations. Storms of hail, in stones as 
 large as a hazel-niit, sometimes occur. Ladislans Magyar 
 encountered one of them, which in a few minutes covered the 
 whole steppe as far as the eye could reach with a mantle of 
 white. 
 
 BUMM, or Bam, a tn. Persia, prov. and 100 m. S.E. 
 Kerman, on the Tehrud; lat. 29° 8' N.; Ion. 58" 15' E. It 
 is an ancient place, and said to have been once as large as 
 Kerman. It now consists of a small square fort, crowning a 
 lofty mound and rock, and a number of houses clustering 
 round its foot. The fort appears to have been built with 
 care, and has a small garrison with a few guns. The town 
 is little better than a ruin, and the inhabitants, estimated at 
 about 400 families, live almost entirely outside the walls, in 
 houses scattered among gardens and groves of palm, pome- 
 granate, and other trees. Though the trade is trifling, the 
 products of the British loom were observed among the articles 
 exposed for sale in the shops. 
 
 BUNAEE, or Bhinav, a tn. and fort, India, dist. and 
 
 30 m. S.S.E. Ajmere, cap. pergunnah of same name; lat. 
 
BUNARHISSAR 
 
 72 
 
 BURICA 
 
 26° 8' N.; Ion. 74° 47' E. The town stands at the foot 
 of an isolated steep craggy hill, covered with cactus, and 
 is a good-sized place, with two very elegant little temples. 
 The FORT crowns the summit of the hill, and is the resi- 
 dence of the rajah, who belongs to the Rahtore tribe of 
 Eajpoots. The pergunnah contains 93 villages and 27,340 
 inhabitants. 
 
 BUNARHISSAR, a tn. European Turkey, 85 m. W.N.W. 
 Constantinople, on a stream of same name, supposed to be 
 the ancient Tearus; contains 120 Turkish, 120 Greek, and 
 130 Bulgarian houses. Its ancient importance is still indi- 
 cated by scattered fragments of ancient walls, three ruined 
 towers, and the remains of a Byzantine castle, which was 
 taken and destroyed by sultan Murad I. in 1371. 
 
 BUNASS, two rivers, India: — 1, E. ^wnass, which rises 
 on the S.E. frontier of Bundelcund, flows N.W., and after a 
 course of 70 m. joins the Sone in lat. 24° 14' N.; Ion. 
 81° 33' E., near Rampoor. — 2, W. Bunass, which rises in 
 the AravuUi Mountains, in Eajpootana, on the confines of 
 Joodpoor and Mewar, flows S.W. into Gujerat, and after a 
 course of 180 m., dividing into several small and intricate 
 channels, is lost in the Runn of Cutch. 
 
 BUNDER DELIM, a small seaport on the Persian 
 Gulf, 85 m. N.N.W. Bushire. Thougii now only a miser- 
 able fishing village, it was once the site of a Dutch factory, 
 which is still pointed out, and a place of considerable trade. 
 
 BUNDER KHIL, a tn. Persia, Khuzistan, 38 m. N.E. 
 Bosrah. It is walled, but derives its chief importance from 
 its admirable military position, at the junction of the Karun 
 and Abzul, or Dizful, commanding both rivers. 
 
 BUNDER REIG, a small seaport in the Persian Gulf, 
 at the mouth of Khisht, 30 m. N.N.W. Bushire. It was 
 once the stronghold of the celebrated pirate Meer Mahura, 
 who was the terror of the gulf. When the place was taken 
 he retired to Karaki, from which he was driven out by the 
 British fleet. The fortifications of Bunder Reig being razed, 
 it lost most of its importance, though it continues to be the 
 residence of the principal Arab chief on the coast. 
 
 BUNDI, a tn. W. Africa, Bornou, cap. prov. of same 
 name, 115 m. W. Bimi. It is a place of tolerable size, sur- 
 rounded not only with an earthen wall and ditch, but with a 
 dense thorny fence. The town, as well as the whole pro- 
 vince, exhibits many symptoms of decay, produced mainly 
 by misgovernment. There is no market of any importance, 
 though the inhabitants, who belong to the Manga nation, the 
 chief element of the Kanuri, amount to about 8000. 
 
 BUNE, the name of two nearly contiguous towns, "W. 
 Africa, Bornou, prov. Muniyo, 135 m. W.N.W. Birni : — 
 1, Old Bune, which is built in a recess among the rocky 
 cliffs of a mountain at a height of about 1130 ft. It had 
 been nearly destroyed by a conflagration, but some progress 
 had been made in rebuilding it at the time of Dr. Barth's 
 visit. Its prosperity has been seriously afi"ected by the foun- 
 dation of — 2, Neio Bune, which has in a great measure eclipsed 
 its predecessor, and carried off its trade. 
 
 BUNGANAPILLY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 and 64 m. N.W. Cuddapah, and about 200 m. N. W. Madras. 
 It stands on a plain, near the entrance of a broad defile, and is 
 intersected by different branches of a small stream called the 
 Zurairo. It is defended by a fort, surrounded by a loopholed 
 wall flanked with round bastions, but presents an antiquated 
 and ruinous appearance. The only edifice of any consequence 
 is the palace of the nabob, who holds Bunganapilly in jagliire. 
 The diamond-mines, which have given it celebrity, are situ- 
 ated about half a mile from the town, near a low range of 
 hills. 
 
 BUNIC, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers,' 
 Croatia, dist. Ottochatz, 58 m. S. Karlstadt; with a Greek 
 non-united parish church, and the ruins of a strong castle, 
 built by the Turks in 1555. There is a remarkable cavern 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 1720. 
 
 BUNKA, a tn. W. Africa, Ilausa states, prov. and about 
 45 m. W. Katsena, is suiTounded by a half-natural, half- 
 artificial stockade of dense forest, and a clay wall 12 ft. in 
 height. It consists of the town proper and a suburb ; and 
 the inhabitants are industrious and sociable. Gray monkeys 
 abound in the neighbourhood. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 BUNTAWAL, atn. India, presid. Madras, dist. S. Can- 
 ara, r. bank Nettrawutti, which descends from the W. Ghauts, 
 
 and falls into the sea at Mangalore, 17 m. below the town. 
 It consists of about 1000 scattered houses, and is an active 
 entrepot for the trade between Canara and Mysore. One of 
 its staples is coffee. The town was nearly destroyed by. 
 Tippoo Sultan during the ]\Iysore wars in the eighteenth 
 century. 
 
 BUKAZJUN, a tn. Persia, 25 m, N.E. Bushire. It is 
 a large place, the cap. of a dist., and has a fort with walls and 
 towers of mud. In the vicinity date-palms are very nume- 
 rous. 
 
 BURDEKIN [add.], a river, N.E. Australia, Queensland, 
 which, rising about lat. 18° S.;lon. 144° W., flows S. S.E. along 
 the W. slope of a lofty range, running nearly parallel to the 
 coast, and on reaching Mount M'Connell near the point where 
 it receives the Sutton and the Beylundo, forces its way through 
 the granite of the range, and turning N.E., pours its waters 
 into the bays of Upstart, Bowling Green, and Cleveland, 
 about lat. 19° 30' S., forming a delta which extends over 
 60 m. With its affluents it waters a large extent of coun- 
 try, much of which is well adapted for settlement, and it was 
 hoped that it might prove navigable from the coast, and thus 
 afford ample facility for reaching the interior. It was ascer- 
 tained, however, by careful exploration in 1860, that of the 
 numerous branches into which the Burdekin divides in form- 
 ing its delta, there is not one fit for navigation. 
 
 BURDWAN [add.], a dist. and tn. India, presid. Ben- 
 gal. The DISTRICT, between lat. 22° 52' and 23° 40' N.; 
 Ion. 87° 21' and 88° 23' E., is bounded N. by Beerbhoom; 
 N.E. and E. Nuddea; S. Hoogly and Midnapore; and W. 
 Bancoorah; length, N.E. to S. W., about 70 m.; breadth, GO m.; 
 area, 2224 sq. m. The surface, with the exception of some 
 slight jungly eminences in the W., is flat, little elevated 
 above the sea, and watered by numerous streams, of which 
 the most important are the Bhagrutee, the Hoogly, formed 
 by it and the Jellinghee, the Hadjee, and the Damoodah. 
 All these streams are navigable, but the district is provided 
 with additional means of conveyance by the East Indian 
 railway. Burdwan owes much of its importance to its 
 mineral field, which is rich in both coal and iron, and has for 
 some time been worked to a considerable extent. The whole 
 district, except a few spots, is well cultivated, and raises 
 good crops of rice, sugar, potatoes, indigo, oilseeds, tobacco, 
 
 and cotton. Pop. 1,854,152. The town, cap. of the 
 
 above dist., situated 67 m. (by rail) N.N.W. Calcutta, on 
 tlie 1. bank of the Damoodah, and on the Ea.st Indian railway, 
 consists of a town and suburbs, both composed for the most 
 part of mud huts, covered with thatch, and intermingled with 
 a number of good houses. The only building of any preten- 
 sions is the residence of the titular rajah, placed in the midst 
 of extensive gardens, but presenting the appearance, not so 
 much of one regular and symmetrical structure, as of a con- 
 glomeration of buildings of various sizes and colours. One 
 of the greatest ornaments of the place is an artificial lake 
 covering about thirty acres, surrounded by a causeway formed 
 of the earth thrown out in digging it, and giving access 
 through an ornamented porch to the numerous bathers who 
 descend into its waters. Tiiere are here two English schools, 
 one established by government, and the other belonging to 
 the Church Missionary Society. Pop. about 54,000. 
 
 BUREJA, or Buriya, or Niuman-bira, a river, Siberia, 
 Manchooria, which, rising about lat. 52° N.; Ion. 134° E., in a 
 mountain range which furnishes the sources of several rivers, 
 flows tortuously S. W., and joins 1. bank Amoor, considerably 
 below the Zeyor, about lat. 49° 30' N.; Ion. 129° 40'_ E. The 
 tract between these rivers is said to resemble the middle zone 
 of European Russia, and to be capable of sustaining a large 
 population. The valley of the Bureja is very picturesque, 
 and in its upper part is much frequented by hunters for its 
 excellent sables. 
 
 BURGBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 19 m. N.E. Hermannstadt; with a Protestant, a R. Ca- 
 tholic, and a non-united Greek church. Pop. 1900. 
 
 BURICA. a territory. Isthmus of Panama, prov. Chiriqui, 
 between lat. 8° and 9° N., and Ion. 82° 50' and 83° 10' W. 
 It extends from the coasts of the Pacific to the summit of the 
 N. Cordillera, and has an estimated area of 800,000 acres. 
 It has three ports on the Guanavano coast, an extensive 
 region of cocoa-nut trees, 21 to 25 m. long, and an unusual 
 abundance of other vegetable products, including dyewoods. 
 
liURKE CHANNEL 
 
 BURMAH 
 
 It is understood also to l)e rich ia auriferous and other mine- 
 rals, though this is rather conjectured than ascertained. The 
 railway across the isthmus has necessarily made a most im- 
 portant addition to its facilities for trade. 
 
 BURKE CHANNEL, inlet, British Columbia, 80 m. N. 
 Vancouver Island. It runs inland for 50 m. and then divides 
 into three arms, Dean's Canal, which trends nearly N. for 
 25 m., and North and South Bentinck Arms, from which a 
 good available route is projected over a generally level coun- 
 try to the Caribou gold-fields. 
 
 BURLINGTON [add.], three places, U. States.— 1, A 
 tn. and port of entry, Vermont, cap. co. Chittenden, on a bay 
 in Lake Champlain. It stands amidst beautiful scenery, 
 occupying a slope which rises gradually from the lake, and 
 commands one of the finest views in New England; is the 
 largest place in the state, contains many spacious streets and 
 avenues, planted with trees, and lined by elegant mansions; 
 and possesses eight churches, a university with seven pro- 
 fessors and ninety-eight students, numerous other schools, 
 a courthouse and jail, a custom-house, and a marine hospital. 
 The harbour, the best on the lake, is protected by a break- 
 water 900 ft. long, and additional means of transport in all 
 directions are furnishid by the Vermont, Central, and Canada, 
 and by the Kutland and Burlington railways. Most of the 
 shipping on Lake Champlain is owned by the inhabitants, who 
 amount to about 8000.— 2, A tn. and port of entry. New 
 Jersey, on the Delaware, at the junction of the Assicunk 
 Creek, 20 m. N.E. Philadelphia. It is one of the few places 
 in the United States which has retrograded rather than ad- 
 vanced. Its decline may be traced to the rise of Philadelphia, 
 which has carried off the greater part of its trade. The prin- 
 cipal public buildings are Jiine churches, of which those 
 belonging to the Episcopalians are well endowed, a college 
 and a hall, both Episcopal, and attended by a large number 
 of students, an ancient library, possessed of many rare and 
 valuable works, and a large number of schools, partly sup- 
 ported by the liberality of an early settler. Pop. about 5000. 
 — 3, A tn. Iowa, cap. co. Des Moines, r. bank Mississippi, 
 and on the Chicago and Burlington, the Peoria and Burling- 
 ton, and the Burlington and Missouri River railways. It 
 possesses eleven churches, a university occupying a con- 
 spicuous site, and said to be flourishing, and various other 
 schools, several of them of a superior description. The ex- 
 tensive coal-fields in the vicinity afford great facilities for 
 nianufiictures, which accordingly are numerous and important, 
 including starch and soap factories, iron-foundries, breweries, 
 pork-packing houses, and oil, flour, and saw mills. Pop. 
 (1858), 16,000. 
 
 BURMAH, BiuTiSH, a prov. British India, lying along 
 the E. shore of Bay of Bengal, from the mouth of the Naf 
 estuary, in about lat. 20° 50' N., to the Pak-chan River, in 
 about 10° 50'. It possesses a direct line of sea-coast of not 
 less than 900 m.; area, 90,000 sq. m. It is formed of three 
 divisions, each of which possesses one principal seaport. 
 Tenasserim has Moulmein; Pegu, Rangoon; and Arracan, 
 Akyab ; the first and last of which have risen entirely under 
 British rule. Arracan, the N. division of the province, is 
 separated to the E. from Pegu and Upper Burmah by a range 
 of mountains, whose greatest elevation is about 7000 ft., and 
 running nearly parallel with the coast, gradually lowering 
 towards the S. The N. part of the country has a large area 
 of alluvial soil in the lower course of the river Koladyn and 
 
 its numerous affluents. The breadth of the land there, from 
 the sea-shore to the mountains, is from 80 to 90 m., and is 
 generally hilly, covered with forest, and difficult of access. 
 Between the range separating Arracan from Pegu and the 
 sea, for a length of nearly 200 m., as far as Cape Negrais, the 
 country is a mere narrow strip of land. Pegu and Martaban 
 lie in the valleys of the Irawaddy and Sittang Rivers; these 
 valleys, bounded E. and W. by mountain ranges, are narrow 
 in the upper portion, but expand at the delta of the Irawaddy 
 into a magnificent alluvial region, penetrated by a vast 
 number of tidal creeks, and extending over 10,000 sq. m. 
 N. Tenasserim is bounded on the W. by the last 1 00 m. of 
 the course of the great river Salween, and here the broadth 
 of land, from the seashore to the central mountain range, 
 which divides the province on the E. from Siam, is about 
 80 m. This space is gradually narrowed to 40 m. at the S. 
 extremity, in lat. 11° N. There is no river of any import- 
 ance S. of the Salween. The interior is a wilderness of hills, 
 densely wooded, with long narrow valleys. The country is 
 generally peopled by various branches of the Indo-Chinese 
 family. The Biumese are the most advanced race; and the 
 Arracanese are of the .same race, and speak the same language, 
 though geograjdiically isolated. The occupation is chiefly 
 agriculture, which is rude in kind, but the fertility of the soil 
 is very great ; there is only one grain crop in the year and 
 one cereal: rice is cultivated almost exclusively. On the 
 hills the people clear a fresh patch of forest by burning the 
 timber on the ground, and change their villages as the soil 
 becomes exhausted. Usually they have plenty of food and 
 clothes, and occupy houses of bamboo raised on platforms 
 above the ground. The remote hill tribes are in a savage 
 state, except in the district of Toungoo, in which education and 
 Christianity have wrought an entire change. At the princi- 
 pal seaports Europeans and foreign Asiatics have settled in 
 considerable numbers, and opened a trade for the timber, rice, 
 petroleum, and other products of the country. The people 
 generally, since the British occupation, have acquired a good 
 deal of personal property; the small landed proprietors are 
 independent and prosperous, and the labourers obtain wages 
 sufficient for their comfortable subsistence. 
 
 In 1852, a war broke out between Great Britain and the 
 Burmese empire, occasioned by the refusal of the government 
 of the latter to give satisfaction for various insults and oppres- 
 sions exercised against the British merchants at Rangoon. 
 General Godwin having been thereupon sent with an army 
 to the mouth of the Irawaddy, commenced hostilities by the 
 siege and capture of the town of Martaban, on 5th April, 
 and although our troops sustained afterwards a repulse at 
 Rangoon, the expeditions against Prome and Pegu were more 
 successful, resulting in the capture of both these places, and 
 the consequent annexation of the province of Pegu to British 
 India. The king of Ava shortly afterwards agreed to make 
 the concessions demanded, and in June, 1853, the war was 
 formally terminated by a proclamation of the Indian governor- 
 general. 
 
 The maritime provinces, comprising the ancient kingdoms 
 of Pegu and Arracan, with the long line of seacoast known 
 as Tenasserim, were united under one local administration 
 under British rule, and called British Burmah, on January 31, 
 1862. Arracan and Tenasserim were acquired by treaty 
 after the war of 1825-6. The following table gives the lead- 
 ing statistics of the province for the year 1861-2: — ■ 
 
 Dn'isioxs. 
 
 Area, 
 Bq. m. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Acres 
 cultivated. 
 
 Land 
 Eevenue. 
 
 Capitation 
 Tax. 
 
 Customs, &c. 
 
 Fisheries, 
 
 Opium, and 
 
 Miscel. 
 
 Total 
 Eevenue. 
 
 Pegu .... 
 
 Tenasserim 
 
 Arracan 
 
 Total 
 
 34,290 
 38,000 
 17,780 
 
 i,i,')0,:s9 
 
 371,402 
 376,306 
 
 907,561 
 301,415 
 399,132 
 
 £139,835 
 52,536 
 73,299 
 
 £119,204 
 22,050 
 32,048 
 
 £156,875 
 13,637 
 35,996 
 
 £171,107 
 
 108,168 
 
 38,003 
 
 £587,021 
 196,391 
 179,346 
 
 90,070 1 1,897,897 
 
 1,608,108 
 
 £265,670 
 
 £173,302 
 
 £206,.50S 
 
 £317,278 
 
 £962,758 
 
 In the same year (1861-2) 771 vessels, of which 539 were 
 British and 108 American, entered the ports of British 
 Burmah, and 735 vessels (508 British and 113 American) 
 cleared from them ; the respective tonnage being 401,499 and 
 387,617; in addition to which 608 native craft entered and 
 628 cleared, the tonnage being 36,684 and 38,830 respectively. 
 The imports, still of the same year, amounted to £500 145 in 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. I. 
 
 merchandise, and £33,645 in treasure; of the former £388,957 
 was from the United Kingdom ; the exports were of the value 
 of £1,422,275 in merchandise, of which £1,178,637 went to 
 the United Kingdom ; the principal articles of export being 
 cotton, £12,093; drugs, £22,083; rice, £908,782; oils, 
 £22,130; and timber and woods, £417,610. 
 
 The ports of British Burmah had the following amount of 
 
 10 
 
BURN AH 
 
 74 
 
 BUTUAN 
 
 foreign commerce in the year 1862: — Moulmein, imports, 
 £54,626; exports, £437,908; Rangoon, imports, £464,643; 
 exports, £533,723; Akyab, imports, £3212; exports, £347,722. 
 
 BURN AH, a river, India, which rising about 13 m. E. 
 Allahabad, iiows first N.E. for about 25 m., then S.E., form- 
 ing for 50 m. the boundary between districts Mirzapore and 
 Jounpore, and continuing the same direction for other 25 m., 
 tiirough dist. Benares, joins the Ganges on its 1. bank in 
 lat. 25° 18' N.; Ion. 83° 7' E During the rains it is navi- 
 gable by large boats. 
 
 BUKOONDA, a vil. India, Rajpootana, state and 59 m. 
 N.E. Joodpoor. It is situated in an open grassy plain, form- 
 ing a pleasing contrast to the general aridity of the surround- 
 ing country, and is supplied with good water from a tank and 
 four wells. Pop. 1645. 
 
 BUKHAMPOOlt, or Berhampore, a tn. Hindoostan, 
 presid. Madras, dist. Ganjam, 335 m. S.S.W. Calcutta. It 
 consists of a town and a military cantonment. The town has 
 narrow dirty streets, mean houses, mostly of mud, with a few 
 of brick; bazaars well supplied both with necessaries and 
 luxuries, and manufactures of silk and cotton goods, and of 
 large quantities of sugar and sugar-candy. The cantonment 
 is situated on a rocky ledge, in the midst of a large cultivated 
 plain studded with numerous tanks, but not watered by any 
 perennial stream. Pop. of tn., exclusive of cantonment, 
 about 20,000. 
 
 BUKKAUD, inlet, British Columbia, Western N. Ame- 
 rica, 14 m. N. entrance Eraser River. Coal has been found 
 on its shores ; and in the winter, when the Eraser is some- 
 times frozen up, the only access to the interior of Columbia 
 is by this inlet and Port Moody, to which steamers have to 
 bring their passengers, mails, and cargoes, which are then 
 transported by a good road to the cap., New Westminster, 
 distant 5 m. 
 
 BUR-SIN, a kingdom, W. Africa, lying to the N. of the 
 river Gambia; lat. 14° 5' N ; Ion. 16° 40' W. The chief 
 town is Joal, 26 m. 8. Goree. The men are tall, muscular, 
 warlike in appearance and manner; the women above the 
 ordinary stature, full, well-made, with small high features, 
 and sparkling eyes. The exports are gum, corn, rice, lime, 
 cattle, hides, and ivory. 
 
 BUKWA SAGOK, a tn. India, Bundelcund, 83 m. S.E. 
 Gwalior. It lies at the base of a lofty rocky ridge, over- 
 looked by a picturesque old fort, which crowns one of the 
 summits, and possesses a bazaar. To the E. of it is a fine 
 sheet of water, abounding with excellent fish, and formed by 
 damming up the lower gorge of a valley with a masonry 
 embankment, 1 m. long and 60 ft. broad. 
 
 BU-SAADA, Bou-Sada, or B0U9ADA [add.], a tn. N. 
 Africa, Algeria, Constantine, on the central plateau in the 
 basin of the Hodna, at the height of about 2000 ft. above the 
 sea, 160 m. S. W. Constantine; lat. 35° 10' N.; Ion. 4° 14' E. 
 It was taken by the French in November, 1849, and im- 
 mediately converted by them into an important military 
 station. Before the capture it was the centre of a consider- 
 able trade, and the principal entrepot for the products of the 
 surrounding district. It has been somewhat improved by the 
 settlement of a number of European merchants, and by the 
 houses which they have erected for their residence. The town 
 however presents almost as much of the Arab type as ever. 
 It is surrounded by beautiful and productive gardens, and 
 divided into eight quarters, consisting of houses built mostly 
 of earth. The principal buildings are five mosques, one of 
 which is a very handsome structure. The inhabitants, about 
 3600, are very industrious, and employ themselves partly in 
 manufactures, as armourers, dyers, and weavers, or in trade, 
 in which the principal articles are the products of the Tell 
 and of Soudan, including wool and silk. The importance of 
 the latter article may be inferred from the fact that the town 
 contains forty silk factories. 
 
 BUSCO, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. circle 
 and on a river of same name, 60 m. N.E. Bucharest, on the 
 road leading from it to Jassy. It is the seat of a court of 
 primary jurisdiction and the see of a bishop, and has an eccle- 
 siastical seminary, a normal school, and important weekly 
 markets. Pop. 8200. 
 
 BU-SEMGHRUN, a tn. N. Africa, Algerian Sahara, on 
 a rivulet of same name, 190 m. S. by E. Oran. Though 
 only a small place containing about a hundred houses, it is 
 
 surrounded by a wall with three gates. The springs in the 
 neighboui'hood furnishing the means of irrigation, the sur- 
 rounding district is remarkable for its fertility, and gives full 
 employment to the greater part of the inhabitants, the re- 
 mainder working at the ordinary handicrafts. In the large 
 gardens of the environs from 3000 to 4U00 date-palms are 
 growing. 
 
 BUSSAHIR [add.], a hill state, N. India, between lat. 
 30° 56' and 32° 8'; Ion. 77° 34' and 78° 52'; is bounded, N. 
 by the British dist. Spiti; E. Chinese Tartary; S. Gurwhal; 
 and S.W. and W. several adjacent hill states; length, N.E. 
 to S.W., about 95 m.; breadth, 55 m.; area, 3000 sq. m. It 
 is one of the loftiest and most mountainous tracts in the 
 world, being nearly in tlie line of the principal axis of the 
 Himalaya. Its lowest elevations, as determined by the points 
 at which the Sutlej and Pabar quit it in their descent, are 
 respectively 3087 and 4932 ft. above the sea, and its highest 
 summits rise from 19,000 ft. upwards to the culminating point 
 of 21,178. At least five peaks exceed 19,000 ft. Nearly 
 the whole drainage is received by the Sutlej and the Pabar, 
 part of it directly, and part by numerous aflluents and moun- 
 tain torrents. Copper is found near Repay, in the Darbung 
 valley. The vegetable productions vary, from the inter- 
 tropical character which they present on the banks of the 
 Sutlej, in the lowest part of its course within the state, where 
 bamboos and some tropical fruits thrive, to that of expiring 
 vegetation on the borders of perpetual snow. The deodar, 
 which is one of the most magnificent of the Himalayan pines, 
 and promises to become acclimatized in our own country, is 
 found at elevations varying from 6400 to 12,000 ft. The 
 vine (of which 6000 acres were under cultivation in 1860) 
 ripens its fruit as high as 8000 ft. Where it fails the currant 
 and raspberry commence. Apricots thrive and yield abun- 
 dance of fruit at 11,000 ft., wheat and barley are cultivated 
 at 13,000, and vegetation is not entirely extinct at 17,000. 
 In the less elevated regions upland rice is the standard crop. 
 Potatoes, first introduced by Gerard, are now so extensively 
 grown as to form an important article of export to the lower 
 country. Of some articles two crops are matured in a single 
 year, and the interval between them is so short that the reaper 
 and the sower are often seen at work together in the same 
 field. The inhabitants, according to one account, bear a bad 
 name, and are said to be vindictive, treacherous, and addicted 
 to all the worst vices. According to 01' ors, they aie a fine 
 athletic race, hospitable, trustworthy, honest, and truthful, 
 the higher classes being of Caucasian descent. In several 
 districts, manufactures, including woollen textile fabrics, are 
 carried to considerable perfection, and traders traverse the 
 country with their goods, and do extensive business at the 
 public fairs. The state is governed by a rajah of Rajpoot 
 extraction, as a tributary of the British government. His 
 annual revenue, paid principally in kind, and consisting of 
 agricultural produce, metals, blankets, and other coarse 
 manufactures, is estimated at £150,000. The amount of 
 tribute is only £1500. Estimated pop. 150,000. 
 
 BUSTEE, a tn. India, W. Provinces, dist. and 43 m. W. 
 Goruckpore, is inclosed by a ditch and a bamboo hedge, and 
 has a mud fort and a well-supplied bazaar. It is however a 
 poor place, about half a mile square, consisting of about 500 
 huts huddled together in narrow lanes. 
 
 BUTE, an inlet, British Columbia, E. side Gulf of Georgia. 
 It is long and narrow, stretching to the N.E., and from the 
 head of it a company have undertaken to construct a route of 
 241 m., of which 83 m. are by lake and river, to Alexandria, 
 ou the upper Eraser River, for the Caribou gold-fields. 
 
 BUTSCHKOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and about 15 m. W. Prague ; has a castle, finely situated on 
 a commanding height, a chapel, a brewery, and a distillery. 
 Pop. 2600. 
 
 BUTTYEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Plungary, co. and 
 34 m. N.E. Arad, cap. dist. of same name; with an infirmary, 
 a court of justice, and a mill. Pop. 3149. 
 
 BUTUAN, a tn. Pliilippine Isles, cap. dist. and near a 
 bay of same name, on the N. coast of the isl. of Mindanao, 
 about lat. 8° 45' N.; Ion. 125° 12' E, It stands about 4 m. 
 above the mouth of a branch of the river which proceeds from 
 Lake Sapongan, and is here navigable for vessels of 100 tons 
 burden. The only important product of the vicinity is the 
 sago-palm. It contains, with its dist., a pop. of 9804. 
 
BUYUK ALADIN 
 
 CAI.AMA 
 
 liUYUK ALADIN, a vil. European Turkey, Bulgaria, 
 6 m. W. Varna. The battle between Alexander and the 
 Triballians was fonirht in its vicinity. 
 
 BYAN-KEN( ), a vil. llussian empire, Trans-Baikal 
 prov., on the Shilka, below Nertchinsk. It is a large place, 
 containing two churches, the one of wood, and the other of 
 brick, and is inhabited partly by Cossacks and partly by 
 convicts. 
 
 BYETUKNEE, a river, India, which risi'S near Lohad- 
 Hgga, in Orissa, in lat. 23° 29' N.; Ion. 84° 55' E., flows very 
 circuitously, first S.S. W., and then y.S.E., tlirough Cuttack, 
 and falls into the Bay of Bengal, after a course of about 
 275 m., during the last ten of which it takes the name of the 
 Dhumra. It is held in great veneration by the Hindoos, 
 especially at its source. 
 
 BYGHOOL, or Bhagul, a river, India, which rises in 
 dist. Pilleebheet, in Rohileund, flows S. for about 130 m., 
 and joins the W. Eamgunga on its 1. bank. It is much used 
 for irrigation. 
 
 BYRON, an isl. British America, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 
 about 10 m. from the N. cape of the Magdalen group. It is 
 rather more than 4 m. long and 1 m. broad, and is formed of 
 alternating and nearly horizontal strata of red sandstone, red 
 ochreous clay, and shelly gray sandstone. These rocks foi'm 
 perpendicular or overhanging cliffs all round tiie shores, and 
 being soft and friable, are broken in holes and caverns, and 
 fast giving way to tiie .iction of the waves. A large upland 
 tract is covered with good native grass, but a great part of 
 the surface is wooded with dwarf spruce. The isl. is unin- 
 habited. 
 
 c. 
 
 CABANGO, a tn. S.W. Africa, on the W. frontiers of 
 the country of Londa or Balonda; lat. 9° 31' S.; Ion. 20° 31' E. 
 It is situated on the Ciiibombo, is the residence of a native 
 chief subordinate to Matiamvo, and consists of about 200 
 huts and a dozen square houses, constructed of poles inter- 
 woven with grass. The latter are occupied by half-caste 
 Portuguese, agents of the Cassange traders. Provisions are 
 here very abundant and cheap. 
 
 CAgAPAVA. a tn. Brazil, prov. Rio-Grande-do- Sul, 
 beautifully situatea on a mountain about 2500 ft. above the 
 sea, 130 m. W.S.VV. Alegre; lat. 30° 30' S.; Ion. 53" 30' AV. 
 It consists of several well-formed streets, with some substan- 
 tial and even elegant houses; but derives its chief claim to 
 notice from having been at one time selected as an important 
 military station and the site of a cit.adel. This selection was 
 afterwards abandoned, but in the meantime the works had 
 been commenced, and the consequence is that the greater 
 part of the place is occupied by unfinished buildings, evi- 
 dently intended to be of a magnificent description, on which, 
 from the progress made in their erection, a very large sum 
 must have been expended. Among these unfinislicd build- 
 ings, which have very much the appearance of ruins, the 
 most conspicuous are tlie church, the barracks, the house of 
 correction, and large portions of an octagonal citadel. P. 700. 
 
 CACAKANA, a river. La Plata, which, rising in the 
 prov. and the Sierra of Cordova, at first pursues an E. course, 
 under the name of Tercero. On receiving the Quarto, which 
 doubles its volume, and entering the prov. of Entre-Rios, it 
 becomes the Caracana, which thereafter has -a circuitous 
 course for 120 m., and joins r. bank Parana. Its fall, at the 
 rate of 2h ft. to the mile, is too great to admit of its success- 
 ful navigation, eitiier in its natural state or by the appliance 
 of artificial means. 
 
 CACOUNGA, a tn. British America, Canada E., co. 
 Temiscouata, beautifully situated on a height above r. bank 
 St. Lawrence, 100 m. N. E. Quebec. It possesses a R. Catholic 
 chapel, and having a fine beach for bathing has become a very 
 fashionable Avatering-plaee; steamers ply regularly in sum- 
 mer between it and Montreal and Quebec. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 CADERE YTA-XIMENES,twotn.s. Mexico:— l.Nuevo- 
 Leon, in a fertile district, 33 m. E. Monterey; kt. 25° 44' N.; 
 Ion. 99° 48' W. It is a well-built handsome town, with 
 about 2000 inhabitants, most of whom are engaged in agri- 
 culture. — 2, A tn. state and 22 m. E. Queretaro, in the valley 
 of San Juan, and at the foot of the Sierra Gorda. It is a 
 well-built place, which long owed its prosperity to the richness 
 of its mines, but now depends on agriculture and grazing. 
 I'op. 4000. 
 
 CADING, a tn. China, prov. Kiangsoo, on the Soochow 
 branch of the Y'ang-tze-kiang, about ,35 m. from Shanghai. 
 It is an ancient city, surrounded by walls, and situated in the 
 midst of an undulating and very fertile plain, on which 
 indigo is grown to a very large extent. Among the manu- 
 factures is paper, made from the bamboo, by saturating it 
 with lime and water, and then converting it into pulp. So 
 
 abundant and cheap is this paper, that a coarse description 
 is made for the sole purpose of being mixed with the mortar 
 used by bricklayers. 
 
 CAHAWBA, a uiver, U. States, which rises in co. 
 Jefferson, Alabama, flows through a valuable coal-field, and 
 joins the Alabama at the village of its own name. It is 
 
 navigable for about 100 m. A village, Alabama, at the 
 
 confluence of the Cahawba with Alabama River. It contains 
 several churches, and is the shipping point for the cotton 
 produced in the district. 
 
 CATCOS [add.], a group of isls. West Indies, situ.Hted 
 among the eastern portion of the Bahamas, on a large shallow 
 sand-bank of same name, which stretches 58 m. from E. to 
 W., and nearly the same distance from N. to S. The prin- 
 cipal islands, proceeding from E. to W. in an irregular curve, 
 are East Caicos, Grand Caicos, North Caicos, Providenciales, 
 and West Caicos. They are wooded and tolerably fertile, 
 and at one time produced cotton, but at present the inhabi- 
 tants, who are few in number, and mostly fishermen and 
 wreckers, employ the land merely for the rearing of stock 
 and the cultivation of vegetable produce. 
 
 CAIRO, a tn. U. States, Illinois, Alexander co., on a 
 low point at the junction of the Ohio with the Mississippi, 
 170 m. S. by E. Springfield. The site, though commercially 
 advantageous, was so injudiciously chosen, that it became 
 necessary to protect it from inundation by means of an em- 
 bankment 50 ft. wide and 10 ft. high. Even this proved in- 
 sufficient, and during a remarkable flood in the summer of 
 1858 nearly the whole town was swept away. Previous to 
 this catastrophe Cairo consisted of about 470 houses, and 
 possessed five churches, two bank agencies, eight hotels, an 
 iron-foundry, two railway depots, and three mills. 
 
 CAISx\, a small tn. S. America, Bolivia, prov. and 30 m. 
 S.S.E. Potosi, in a mountain recess. It consists of mud 
 houses, and has a public square, a church, and a superior 
 post-house. 
 
 CALAIS [add.], a tn. U. States, Maine, on the St. 
 Croix, at the E. extremity of the state, opposite to St. Stephen, 
 in British America, the river here forming part of the boun- 
 dary between the two countries. It contains eight churches, 
 an academy, a high-school, and sixteen school-houses; and 
 besides possessing an iron-foundry, a dry dock, a building- 
 yard, and a large establishment for calcining and grinding 
 plastor-of- Paris, is largely engaged in the lumber trade, 
 which employs no fewer than sixty-three mills and forty lath 
 and shingle machines. In 1857 the export of sawed lumber 
 amounted to 65,000,000 ft., of which about 30,000,000 went 
 to foreign ports, chiefly Great Britain and the West Indies, 
 while the remainder was carried coastwise as far S. as the 
 Potomac. The other exports of that year were 08,000,000 
 laths, 17,000,000 shingles, 2,000,000 pickets, 90,000 clap- 
 boards, 8000 sugar boxes, 4000 hackmatack ship-knees, and 
 1400 cords of wood and bark. Pop. 6119. 
 
 CALAMA, a tn. S. America, Bolivia, prov. Atacama, 
 45 m. E. Cobija, on a stream of same name, at the height of 
 
CALAMARCA 
 
 76 
 
 CALDERA 
 
 7800 ft. above the sea. It possesses a number of good 
 houses and a handsome church, and is the entrepot for the 
 goods sent from Cobija to the mining districts of Potosi. The 
 inhabitants, about 600, are mostly merchants and carriers. 
 
 CALAMAKCA, a tn. S. America, Bolivia, prov. and 
 30 m. S. La Paz. It consists chiefly of mud hovels, which, 
 clustering round the church, strikingly contrast with its im- 
 posing dimensions and white-washed facade. The post is a 
 large building forming three sides of a square. 
 
 GALA VINO, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and about 
 8 m. S.W. Trent; with a beautiful i)arish church built of red 
 sandstone, and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 CALBUCO, a tn. S. America, Chili, dist. Araucania, on 
 the N.W. shore of the Gulf of Ancud, and at the base of the 
 volcano Purarrague, 140 m. S.S.E. of Valdavia; lat. 41° 50' S.; 
 Ion. 73° 18' W. It contains a mixed population of Spaniards, 
 Creoles, and Indians, and possesses two convents and a parish 
 church. 
 
 CALCUTTA [add.], a city, India. The sanitary con- 
 dition of Calcutta, especially of the northern districts occupied 
 exclusively by the natives, has long been very unsatisfactory, 
 and a subject of much anxiety. Some idea of it may be 
 formed from the facts, that the streets are all bordered with 
 large open drains or ditches, in which almost all the filth and 
 nightsoil of the city stagnates and putrefies, and that more 
 than 5000 human corpses have annually been thrown from 
 Calcutta into the river, 1500 corpses having been so cast into 
 it from the government hospitals alone. The latter practice 
 was summarily suppressed by the government in the begin- 
 ning of 1864; and by a new act, in 1863, for reforming the 
 municipal administration of the city, the corporation are 
 empowered to deal effectively with the whole sanitary ques- 
 tion, by the removal of the excessive pollutions, the construc- 
 tion of an efficient system of drainage and sewerage, and the 
 provision of an adequate supply of water for the use of the 
 inhabitants. The dead level of the site of the city presents 
 great difficulties in the way of effectual drainage, which, 
 however, are surmountable by the means of pumping stations 
 and high-level works which have been for some time in pro- 
 gress of construction. 
 
 In the year 1861-2 (ending April 30), before the passing 
 of the new municipal act, the total income of the municipal 
 department was £67,602, out of which £18,000 were devoted 
 to the construction of new drainage, and £3000 to water 
 supply. In 1864, the first year of the new system, this out- 
 lay was increased 50 per cent. 
 
 Many improvements have been carried out in other ways; 
 a square has been made between the theatre and Circular 
 Roads, and thrown open to the public; the botanic gardens 
 also have been better arranged, and the extensive library 
 connected with it increased. 
 
 The commerce of the port has largely increased, the ton- 
 nage of vessels in 1861-2 being nearly double of that in 
 1850-1, as the following table shows: — 
 
 Shipping in the Port of Calcutta. 
 
 
 
 Arrivals. 
 
 
 Departures. 
 
 1850-1. 
 
 1861-2. 
 
 . 1860-1. 
 
 1861-2. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 British .... 
 
 5S7 
 
 258,224 
 
 406 
 
 398,691 
 
 578 
 
 255,129 
 
 522 
 
 404,412 
 
 American . . . 
 
 48 
 
 2.3,210 
 
 145 
 
 127,293 
 
 47 
 
 23,872 
 
 137 
 
 115,860 
 
 Arabian .... 
 
 25 
 
 11,436 
 
 18 
 
 9,795 
 
 23 
 
 10,600 
 
 10 
 
 4,920 
 
 Belgian .... 
 
 — 
 
 ■ — 
 
 1 
 
 356 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 386 
 
 Bremen .... 
 
 — 
 
 • — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 621 
 
 Danish .... 
 
 3 
 
 1,158 
 
 1 
 
 272 
 
 3 
 
 1,001 
 
 2 
 
 457 
 
 Dutch .... 
 
 .S 
 
 1313 
 
 1 
 
 265 
 
 4 
 
 1,4!18 
 
 
 
 
 
 French .... 
 
 50 
 
 20,230 
 
 125 
 
 58,569 
 
 63 
 
 24,825 
 
 120 
 
 C0,648 
 
 Hamburgian . . 
 
 3 
 
 1,170 
 
 2 
 
 611 
 
 1 
 
 388 
 
 4 
 
 1,188 
 
 Hanoverian . . 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 146 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 148 
 
 Norwegian . . . 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Prussian . . . 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 894 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 1,885 
 
 Russian .... 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 2 
 
 1,680 
 
 1 
 
 356 
 
 2 
 
 1,494 
 
 Sardinian . . . 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 £94 
 
 Spanish .... 
 
 1 
 
 405 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 800 
 
 
 
 Swedish .... 
 
 5 
 
 1,028 
 
 3 
 
 1,053 
 
 5 
 
 1,682 
 
 2 
 
 921 
 
 Turkish .... 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 877 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 754 
 
 Steamer .... 
 
 S3 
 
 23,118 
 
 8!) 
 
 76,357 
 
 38 
 
 22,794 
 
 88 
 
 65.839 
 
 Native .... 
 Total . 
 
 266 
 
 15,210 
 
 93 
 
 12,089 
 
 266 
 
 15,210 
 
 97 
 
 12,225 
 
 1033 
 
 356,502 
 
 979 
 
 688,448 
 
 1030 
 
 358,155 
 
 998 
 
 672,049 
 
 In October, 1864, dreadful devastation of shipping on tho 
 river, and of lives and property on shore, was caused by an 
 almost unprecedented hurricane. Nearly 200 vessels, with 
 their crews, were destroyed, and the shore along the city was 
 everywhere strewn with wrecks and debris of every kind. 
 
 The value of the commerce, in respect of the imports, 
 suffered a diminution in the year 1861-2, owing to the 
 derangement of the cotton trade by the American civil war, 
 and consequent falling off in the export of cotton manufac- 
 tures from England to Calcutta, the chief emporium of India 
 for those goods. The imports and exports for the three 
 years 1860-2, ending respectively on April 30, were as 
 follows: — 
 
 1860. 1861. 1862. 
 
 Imports £20,240,943 £15,024,075 £14,294,987 
 
 Exports 12,125,807 12,577,760 12,704,931 
 
 The net revenue derived from customs in the year 1861-2 
 amounted to £2,697,237. In April, 1862, the duties on 
 cotton manufactures, tobacco, and malt liquors were largely 
 reduced. The extension of railway communication between 
 Calcutta and the interior of the country has had great influ- 
 ence upon its commercial activity and iniportaiice, which, 
 however, is likely to be somewhat affected by the construc- 
 tion of a short line of 28 m. from it S.E. to the river Mut- 
 lah; on which a new port has been lately established, with 
 the name of Port Canning. The new port, situated at the 
 junction of the three rivers which united form the Mutlah, 
 about 50 m. distant from the sea, and easy of approach, the 
 channels being clear and permanent, and not obstructed by 
 shifting sands as those of the Hoogly, is anticipated to absorb 
 the bulk of the produce of the eastern district and the Sunder- 
 bunds, and to become the entrepot of the Mauritius, Bour- 
 bon, Colombo, and other grain trades, as well probably as 
 the trade in salt. The cost of shipping is calculated to be 
 less than at Calcutta, with which the railway will supply 
 cheap and rapid communication. 
 
 The population of the city is estimated to reach nearly 
 500,000, covering an area of about 8 sq. m. Emigration 
 has gone on to some extent, the numbers in 1862 amounting 
 to 22,600, who sailed from Calcutta in 60 ships. Of them, 
 6936 went to the Mauritius, 5333 to Reunion Island, 4366 
 to British Guiana, the remainder to Jamaica and other islands 
 of the W. Indies. 
 
 CALDERA, a tn. and port. Chili, prov. Atacama, 50 m. 
 (by rail) N W. Copiapo; lat. 27° 2' S.; Ion. 70° 52' W. It 
 stands upon a tolerably well-sheltered bay, the bottom of 
 which is low and sandy, but hills rise a little inland, and the 
 ranges become higher as they recede from the coast. The 
 town is of very recent formation, the only inhabitants in 
 1850 being "the myriads of fleas that lived in the sand, and 
 the flies which infested the air."' Without a blade of vege- 
 tation, without water, a desert of sand through which here 
 and there black rocks protrude, the site was unpromising 
 enough; but the necessity for an outlet for the ores and 
 minerals in the neighbourhood of Copiapo, 
 and the energy of one or two persons, led 
 to the establishment of the port, the con- 
 struction of a line of railway to Copiapo, 
 with an extension to Sabellon and Chan- 
 arcillo, and a proposed branch to Tre.s- 
 Puntas N.E. of Copiapo, and to the or- 
 ganization of a line of steamers. The 
 treasures of copper thus brought within 
 reach, and the unexpected richness of the 
 mines of Tres-Puntas, have caused Caldera 
 to rise and flouri.sh with most extraordin- 
 ary rapidity. The town is well laid out, 
 and has some large and handsome houses 
 and buildings, though of course others are 
 not of this character. A fine mole has 
 been run out fi-om some rocks at the S.E. 
 angle of the bay into deep water, and the 
 rail is continued to the pier-head. The 
 privation of water is the great drawback, 
 and has to be provided for by distillation, 
 which is even used to supply the loco- 
 motives and other engines; but this may be 
 remedied, as it is proposed to convey water 
 from the upper country through pipes. 
 
CALDIERO 
 
 77 
 
 CALIFORNIA 
 
 The number of vessels entering the port in 1859 was 248, 
 of 96,846 tons; in 1860, 379, of 150,365 tons; in 1861, 391, 
 of 185,175 tans; and in 1862, 399, of 
 1 43,655 tons. Of vessels cleared from the 
 port the number was in 1859, 223, of 
 84,737 tons; in 1860, 377, of 151,941 tons; 
 in 1861, 395. of 192,012 tons; and in 1862, 
 402, of 144,138 tons. 
 
 CALDIERO, a tn. Austrian Italy, 
 prov. and 8 m. E. Verona, on the railway 
 ro Venice. It occupies the S. slope of 
 a mountain ridge; and has two parish 
 churches, and thermal springs, which were 
 known to tlie Romans. The environs were the scenes of 
 bloody conflicts between the French and Austrians, on the 
 12th November, 1796, and the 29th, 30tli, and 31st October, 
 1805. 
 
 CALDWELL, a vil. U. States, New York, in a beautiful 
 district at the S. end of Lake George, 58 m. N. Albany. It 
 is much visited by tourists for its picturesque scenery, and 
 contains the ruins of Forts William and Henry, which 
 figure much in the French and revolutionary wars. P. 1064. 
 
 CALEDONIA, 1, A tn. British America, Canada W., co. 
 Ilaldimand, on the Great River and the Buffalo and Lake 
 Huron railway, 47 m. S.W. Toronto. It possesses three 
 churches — a Church of England, a Free, and a United Pres- 
 byterian; and carries on a large trade in flour and lumber. 
 Pop. about 1300.— 2, A tn. U. States, New York, on the 
 Genessee; with iron mines, and saline and sulphureous springs. 
 Pop. 2013. — 3, A lake and river, N.W. America, on the 
 British and U. States frontier. From the lake in a S.W. 
 direction flows the river of same name. It ultimately forms 
 two brandies, one of which falls into Admiralty Inlet, and 
 the other into the Gulf of Georgia. 
 
 CALICUT [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 330 m. S.W. 
 Madras, dist. Malabar, on a flat of the Malabar coast, little 
 raised above the sea. It consists of a principal street, about 
 three-fourths of a mile long, and several small cross streets 
 leading from it. The houses are built chiefly of laterite, 
 and are partly covered with tiles, partly thatched with cocoa- 
 nut leaves. Of the four quarters into which the town is 
 divided, that to the S. is densely peopled by Moplas, and 
 contains numerous mosques; and that to the N.W. or Portu- 
 guese part contains a R. Catholic church, and a large jail 
 capable of receiving 600 prisoners. The principal Eu7-opean 
 residents dwell in houses facing the sea; the custom-house is 
 in the same locality. The other principal buildings are two 
 hospitals, the cutcherry, and the Talli Devassam, a celebrated 
 Hindoo temple. Calicut has no proper harbour, and very 
 little trade; but possesses historical interest as the first spot 
 in India on which Vasco de Gama landed in 1498, and sub- 
 sequently as the scene of many struggles between the Por- 
 tuguese and the natives. Pop. about 15,000. 
 
 CALIFORNLV [add.], one of the U. States. The re- 
 sources of this rich and productive country continue to be 
 developed at a rapid rate, and appear still to be far from 
 reaching their limits. The g(dd mines naturally hold the 
 first place in importance, and the quantity of the precious 
 metal shows generally an annual increase. The application 
 of machinery, and improved methods of mining, enable those 
 engaged in the work to turn to good account vast deposits 
 which would otherwise have remained unproductive. Thus 
 in Nevada, Amador, Mariposa counties, and elsewhere, mills 
 have been erected which crush the quartz rock at a trifling 
 expense— 12s. or 14s. per ton; so that rock yielding not 
 more than 28s. to 40s. or 60s. of gold per tori can be worked 
 to advantage, which in former years was considered almost 
 valueless. The consequence is, that an almost inexhaustible 
 .source of profit is opened to industry. In other places, where 
 gold was found near the surface of the soil, and after a time 
 appeared to be exhausted, new veins of ore have been dis- 
 covered at a greater depth, and thus by successive sinkings 
 fresh supplies have been obtained. The shafts are now in 
 many instances of considerable depth, in one case 1000 ft. 
 The quantity of gold and silver received at San Francisco 
 from the interior of the state, and from Nevada state, during 
 the year 1864, amounted to £9,092,100; and in the same 
 period arrived £1,260,475, the produce of Oregon state and 
 the territories of Washington and Idalio, and £350,000 from 
 
 British Columbia. The exports of treasure during the five 
 years, 1860-64, were as follows: — 
 
 Destination. 
 
 1S60. 
 
 1801. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1803. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Fngland .... 
 New York . . . 
 
 China 
 
 Panama .... 
 Other Countries . 
 
 Total . . 
 
 & 
 
 534,600 
 7,1.3-2,300 
 
 674,900 
 60,100 
 57,600 
 
 & 
 
 812,350 
 6,525,000 
 
 708,200 
 70.000 
 19,2v0 
 
 £ 
 
 2,590,030 
 
 5,238,805 
 
 532,150 
 
 80,900 
 
 64,460 
 
 £ 
 
 5,693,450 
 
 2,077,805 
 
 841,275 
 
 500,660 
 
 115,535 
 
 £ 
 
 6,887,300 
 
 2,463,225 
 
 1,577,775 
 
 75,750 
 
 137,400 
 
 8,459,500 
 
 8,135,350 
 
 8,512,345 
 
 9,228,785 
 
 11,141,450 
 
 Copper mining also has been carried on in various parts 
 of the state; the ore is found in deposits, and about 15,000 
 tons of it were shipped in 1864, containing from 15 to 20 per 
 cent, of copper. Within tlie last three or four years several 
 quicksilver mines have been discovered, but the 'New 
 Almaden ' is the only one as yet producing any great quantity 
 of metal; from that mine over 40,000 flasks (75 lbs. each) 
 were extracted in 1864, of which 36,927 flasks were ex- 
 ported, one-half of them to China. Coal mining has also 
 been put in active operation at Mount Diable. There are 
 indications of petroleum springs in several parts of the state; 
 but it has yet to be ascertained if the oil can be obtained in 
 suflScient quantity to be remunerative. 
 
 A new branch of profitable industry has been discovered 
 in the suitableness of the soil and climate of the state to the 
 cultivation of the grape vine. The growth of the vine was 
 formerly confined to the county of Los Angeles, 350 m. S. of 
 San Francisco, but is now carried on all over the state. By 
 a perhaps too sanguine estimate, it is calculated that the 
 state contains twice as much land adapted to the culture of 
 the vine as there is in France, and that the produce will 
 exceed that of the latter in both quality and relative quantity. 
 In 1862 official returns report that there were 10,592,688 
 vines growing in vineyards, and that the number was in- 
 creasing annually and very largely. It is said that there 
 were made in 1864 between 3,000,000 and 4,000,000 gallons 
 of wine, and from 150,000 to 200,000 gallons of brandy; but 
 probably this is beyond the reality. The produce is all 
 absorbed by local consumption. 
 
 Agriculture generally is receiving more attention in both 
 the mining and other districts, and in some of them farming 
 and stock-raising are already equal in importance to the 
 mining interest. This attention to the cultivation of the soil; 
 the vast improvement everywhere in the style of building in 
 the towns and villages throughout the mining districts, and 
 the ameliorated condition of the miners and their families 
 generally, show how much of the capital raised in the state, 
 that used to be sent for the support of relatives in distant 
 countries, is now retained and invested on the spot. The 
 value of the cereal productions exported in 1864 was not large, 
 the produce of the land being mostly required for home use; 
 but it comprised, of wheat, £156,700; barley, £1 1,700; beans, 
 £13,900; oats, £9450; and flour, £106,050. The .season, 
 however, had been very unfavourable to the crops. Of wool 
 about 8,000,000 lbs were grown in 1864, being about 400,000 
 lbs. more than in 1863; but the drought of the previous 
 winter had destroyed vast numbers of sheep as well as of 
 cattle. 
 
 In the year 1864 the following ships arrived from various 
 countries: — 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Atlantic Ports of the Union . 
 
 116 
 
 120,064 
 
 Pacific Ports of the Union 
 
 1523 
 
 283,389 
 
 Great Britain 
 
 44 
 
 36,505 
 
 Australia .... 
 
 35 
 
 17,769 
 
 Calcutt<i .... 
 
 2 
 
 900 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 1 
 
 659 
 
 Vancouver Island . 
 
 61 
 
 54,746 
 
 Falkland Islands . 
 
 2 
 
 1,309 
 
 China 
 
 36 
 
 23,110 
 
 France . . 
 
 18 
 
 7,453 
 
 Hamburgh .... 
 
 9 
 
 4,104 
 
 Japan . . . • ■ 
 
 7 
 
 2,098 
 
 Manilla . . ■ • 
 
 12 
 
 6,558 
 
 Java 
 
 1 
 
 3.n0 
 
 Siani 
 
 1 
 
 294 
 
 Spain 
 
 2 
 
 677 
 
 Brazil 
 
 10 
 
 3,582 
 
CALIFORNIA 
 
 78 
 
 CALTAGIRONE 
 
 Ships arrived from various countries in 1864 — Continued. 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Cliili 
 
 Peru . . ■ . 
 Ecuador .... 
 
 Mexico 
 
 Cuba 
 
 Sandwich Islands . 
 Georgian Islands . 
 Central Americ;x . 
 Russian America . 
 Russian AsLi 
 
 Whaling .... 
 New Granada 
 
 10 
 
 
 1 
 
 45 
 2 
 37 
 15 
 12 
 10 
 3 
 32 
 43 
 
 4,943 
 
 1,529 
 
 131 
 
 24,301 
 1,011 
 
 12,912 
 
 2,694 
 
 7,023 
 
 4,486 
 
 618 
 
 10,680 
 
 15,329 
 
 In the same year the departures were as follows:- 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Atlantic Ports of the Union . 
 
 19 
 
 21,967 
 
 Piicific Ports of the Union 
 
 lC2r. 
 
 382,046 
 
 Great Britain 
 
 16 
 
 15,102 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 8 
 
 3,145 
 
 Australia .... 
 
 19 
 
 6,950 
 
 East Indies .... 
 
 4 
 
 3,856 
 
 Vancouver Island . 
 
 99 
 
 71,583 
 
 New Granada 
 
 42 
 
 16,189 
 
 Hamburgh .... 
 
 2 
 
 1,206 
 
 China 
 
 69 
 
 44,806 
 
 Jaj)an ..... 
 
 3 
 
 647 
 
 Manilla 
 
 9 
 
 6,780 
 
 Java 
 
 1 
 
 350 
 
 Chili 
 
 27 
 
 12,328 
 
 Peru 
 
 58 
 
 58,195 
 
 Mexico 
 
 56 
 
 31,155 
 
 Sandwich Islands . 
 
 48 
 
 18,495 
 
 Georgian Islands . 
 
 U 
 
 1,940 
 
 Central America . 
 
 10 
 
 10,145 
 
 Russian America . 
 
 8 
 
 3,998 
 
 Russian Asia .... 
 
 2 
 
 407 
 
 Whaling .... 
 
 30 
 
 9,578 
 
 A large part of the imports are received tliroiigli the eastern 
 jjorts of the Union, and consequently a correct statement of 
 them cannot be arrived at. Of manufactured goods of linen, 
 svool, cotton, &c., very small quantities have been received 
 since the introduction of the Morrill tariff in 1861, which 
 amounted almost to a prohibition of them; the demand for 
 such goods is now met to a great extent by home productions. 
 The import of lumber is very considerable. It amounted at 
 San Francisco in 1864 to 117,915,000 ft. of boards; of laths, 
 15,379,400 ft.; sliingles, 12,343,450 ft; piles, 515,196 lineal 
 ft.; maple, 300 tons; and cedar log.f, 245 tons. Of coffee, 
 9,626,176 lb«., and 1,477,723 lbs. of tea from China and 
 Japan, were imported in the same year, as well as 5909 tons 
 of rice, 12,240 tons of sugar, and about 2,000,000 lbs. of 
 tobacco. 
 
 The value and destination of the exports, exclusive of 
 treasure previously specified, was in the same year as fol- 
 lows: — 
 
 To Eastern Ports of the Union . . . £1,033,250 
 
 Great Britain 191,170 
 
 Australia 125,950 
 
 Vancouver Island and British Colnnil)ia . 302,150 
 
 Mexico 443,125 
 
 Peni 29,500 
 
 China 274,820 
 
 Sandwich Islands 131,900 
 
 Japan 9,900 
 
 Other Countries 102,500 
 
 Total . . . £2,644,265 
 The length of railway existing in California is as yet not 
 great. A few short lines have been, and are being con- 
 structed, chiefly in the Sacramento district; but new lines, 
 and extensions of present ones, arc in contemplation, and 
 when effected, will aid greatly in developing the resources of 
 the country. Telegraphic communication also is rapidly 
 being opened in various directions; one line, already partially 
 constructed, being continued to Vancouver Island and British 
 Columbia, under an arrangement between the governments. 
 The population of the state of California, according to the 
 census of 1800, was 379,994, being an increase of 310 per 
 cent, upon that in lB50; comprised in it were 34,919 Chinese, 
 and 17,562 Indians. It has since continued to increase, the 
 net accession of emigrants alone amounting in 1864 to about 
 10,000. 
 
 CALINGAPATAM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 and 94 m. S.W. Ganjam, S. bank Vomshudara. Under 
 Mahometan rule it was a place of great size and importance, 
 and possessed many mosques, of which the remain are still 
 seen. After a long decline it is again rising into importance 
 in consequence of its harbour, which, with the exception of 
 Coringa, affords the best anchorage on the coast during the 
 S.E. monsoon. Its principal ex])orts are rice, gingely seeds, 
 wheat, grain, hides, timber, and bees'-wax. 
 
 CALLAO [add.], a tn. and port, Peru. A railway lias 
 been opened between Callao and Lima tlie capital, a distance 
 of 7 m., much to the benefit and convenience of both places. 
 The commerce of the port has steadily increased, the number 
 of vessels and their tonnage entered and cleared in the three 
 years 1861-3 having been as follows: — 
 
 Entered. 
 Cleared., 
 
 1861. 
 
 vcssola. 
 1006 
 1002 
 
 tons. 
 469,165 
 462,202 
 
 1862. 
 
 vessels. 
 1231 
 1188 
 
 tons. 
 701,880 
 678,350 
 
 vessels. 
 1164 
 1321 
 
 tons 
 782,291 
 762,940 
 
 The value of the imports in the year 1862 amounted to 
 £3,600,000, and of the exports to £4,560,000. 
 
 CALPEE, Cai.pi, or Kalpy [add.], a tn. India, N.W. 
 Provinces, cap. pergunnah of same name, r. bank Jumna, 
 which has here a width of a mile and a half in the rainy, and 
 only half a mile in the dry season, 140 m. W.N.W. Allaha- 
 bad. It is situated among rugged ravines, and is meanly 
 built, consisting for the most part of mud- houses, with a few 
 of a better description, constructed of kunkur or calcareous 
 conglomerate. It is defended by a fort situated on an iso- 
 lated height between the town and the river, but so imper- 
 fectly constructed as to be incapable of resisting a serious 
 
 GHAT AT CALPEE.— From Bacon's First Impressions of India. 
 
 attack. It has manufactures of paper and refined sugar, the 
 latter said to be the finest in the world, but too high-priced 
 to be in general demand. During the sepoy mutiny Calpec 
 became a principal rendezvous of the revolted Gwalior con- 
 tingent, which, however, was signally defeated, first by Sir 
 Colin Campbell in the vicinity of Cawnpore, on which it bad 
 previously made an unsuccessful attack, and afterwards at 
 Calpee itself by Sir Hugh Hose, on the 26th May, 1858. 
 Pop. 21,182. 
 
 CALTAGIRONE, a tn. Sicily, in a mountainous dist. 
 in the S.W. of prov. Catania, 86 m. S.W. Messina. It is the 
 
CALTURA 
 
 79 
 
 CAMEROON S 
 
 most important town in the interior of the island, but stands, 
 in a manner, completely isolated, as there is no good road by 
 which it can communicate with any town on the coast. 
 Several roads in tolerable condition lead from its gates, but 
 after a short distance become lost in swamps, or rise so 
 steeply, that pack-mules only can be used upon them. The 
 only manufacture for which the place has acquired any cele- 
 brity is terra cotta, which is moulded with much taste into 
 articles of antique form, similar to those found in Pompeii. 
 These articles, made chiefly here and in Catania, command an 
 extensive sale. Pop. 28,000. 
 
 CALTUllA [add.], a tn. on the S.W. coast of Ceylon, a 
 little above the mouth of the Kalu-ganga, which is navigable 
 by boats up to llatnapoora, 24 m. S.S. VV. Colombo. A fort 
 built on a green eminence once defended the entrance to the 
 river, but it has been dismantled, and now forms the resid- 
 ence of one of the civil officers. The only other buildings 
 deserving of notice are a handsome Wesleyan church and 
 seliool. The extensive cocoa-nut groves around the town 
 make it one of the principal places for the distillation of 
 arrack. From the climate and quality of the soil it was at 
 one time expo'.'ted that the sugar-cane might be successfully 
 cultivated as a remunerative crop. The attempt has accord- 
 ingly been made, but without the anticipated result. The 
 Lake of Bolgodde, only a few miles inland, is frequented by 
 prodigious numbers of wild-fowl, which roost and breed in 
 the luxuriant forests by which its banks are encircled. 
 
 CALVADOS, a long group of liigh islands belonging to 
 the Louisiade Aichipelago, to the S.E. of New Guinea. It 
 extends about 45 m. from Real E. to Flat Island, the cen- 
 tral hill of which is in lat. 11° 9' 30" S.; Ion. 153° 5' E. 
 All the islands are well wooded, and of beautiful appearance, 
 large groves of cocoa-nut trees occupying the low lands about 
 the bays, while the hills above are covered with rich vege- 
 tation. The inhabitants are numerous, and appear to be 
 careful cultivators, raising large quantities of yam and cocoa- 
 nuts, together witli Indian corn, ginger, and sugar-cane. 
 Some of their canoes are of largo size. 
 
 CAMBAY [add.], a dist. and tn. India, Gujerat:— The 
 DISTRICT, bounded N. by Kaira, W. by the Saburmuttee, S. 
 by the Gulf of Cambay, and E. by the Mhye, has an area of 
 
 500 sq. m., and a revenue of about £30,000. The town, 
 
 on the N. shore of the estuary of the Mhye, occupies an un- 
 even site on an eminence of inconsiderable elevation, and is 
 surrounded by a brick wall, loopholed for musketry, and 
 flanked by fifty-two irregular towers in bad repair. The 
 whole place tells, by the number of uninhabited houses, and 
 mouldering mosques and palaces, of a greatness which once 
 existed, but has now passed away. The principal buildings are 
 the nabob's palace, a large but tasteless structure ; the princi- 
 pal mosque, a handsome building, which, oi-iginally a Hindoo 
 temple, was converted to its present use when the Mahometans 
 conquered Giiii-rat; a Jain temple, with a curious crypt, and a 
 number of large and often beautiful mausoleums in the form 
 of circular or octagonal temples. One of these tells of a 
 frightful dearth, during which an eminent INIogul, whose re- 
 mains it incloses, perished from starvation, after he had in 
 vain offered a measure of pearls for one of grain. Cambay 
 was long celebrated for its manufactures of chintz, silk, and 
 gold stuffs, and had so large a trade that Tieffenthaler, in 1751 , 
 counted seventy vessels at anchor in front of it. Its subse- 
 quent decay is attributed partly to the oppressive exactions 
 of its rulers, and partly to increased difficulty of access to its 
 harbour. Tlie only species of manufacture which now gives 
 it any' celebrity is the working of carnelians, agates, and 
 onyxes into a variety of ornaments. The. stones are found 
 about 80 m. to the S.E. among the Eajpeepla Hills, on the 
 banks of tiie Nerbudd.T. Pop. 37,000 
 
 CAMBODIA [add.], cap. of the ancient kingdom of same 
 name, now mostly incorporated with Siam, stood near the 
 N. extremity of King's Lake or Tale Sab, about lat. 13° 45' 
 N.; Ion. 1 04° 20' E. The only trace of it now remaining is 
 the Nokoa temple, which was spared when tlie city was taken 
 by the Cochin Chinese about a.d. 200, and is still too perfect 
 to be called a ruin. It stands solitary in the midst of jungle, 
 and is entered across a magnificent stone causeway a third of 
 a mile long, leading through an ornamental entrance. The 
 building is composed of three quadrangles, the outer one 
 inclosing the others, which rise successively above it. The 
 
 outer and lowest quadrangle is 200 yards square, and has a 
 broad verandah, with a double row of square ornamented 
 pillars running all round, with large and elaborately orna- 
 mented entrances at the corners and centres. The whole is 
 built of a hard gray sandstone, without wood, cement, or 
 iron, and is covered within and without with carefully exe- 
 cuted bas-reliefs of Buddhist idols. It is still visited as a 
 shrine by the Cambodians, and several priests reside outside 
 the walls. 
 
 CAMDEN [add.], four places, U. States:—] A tn. Now 
 Jersey, cap. co. same name, on a plain, 1. bank Delaware, oppo- 
 site to Philadelphia, and on several lines of railway. It is laid 
 out in regular streets, which cross each other at right angles, 
 and possesses many fine buildings, ten churches, two literary 
 associations, a courthouse, and jail. The chief industrial estab- 
 lishments are iron-foundries, glass-works, chemical works, 
 several mills and building-yards. The communication with 
 Philadelphia is kept up by means of five ferries. Pop. (1860) 
 13,580. — 2, A tn. S. Carolina, cap. dist. Kershaw, in a fertile 
 district on the Wateree, which is here crossed by a bridge, 
 110 m. N.N.W. Charleston. Having ample means of com- 
 munication both by railway and by the river, which is navi- 
 gable by steam-boats, it carries on a large trade, of which the 
 principal exports are cotton and turpentine. Pop. 1021. — 
 3, A vil. Alabama, cap. co. Wilcox, on a healthy and some- 
 what elevated site overlooking the Alabama River, 100 m. 
 N.E. Mobile. It is a flourishing place, with an academy, 
 two female seminaries, and an active trade. Pop. 800. — 4, 
 A tn. Arkansas, cap. co. Washita, on the slope of a range of 
 hills above r. bank Washita, and at the head of navigation for 
 large steamers, 90 m. S.S.E. Little Rock. It is a hand.some 
 place, in the planning and building of which considerable taste 
 has been displayed. Pop. 2219. 
 
 CAMEKOONS, or Camakoons [Portug. Camaraos, 
 shrimps], [add.], mountain, Western Africa, Bight of Biafra. 
 The base of the mountain occupies an estimated area of 380 
 sq. m., about one-third larger than Madeira or the Isle of 
 Man. It is bounded on the N. by the Rumbi Mountains, on 
 the S. by the Atlantic, on the E. by a creek flowing into the 
 Bimbia River, and on the W. by a branch of the Rio del Re 
 or Rumbi River. It thus forms a parallelogram within 
 lat 4° 20' and 8° 57' N.; and Ion. 9° 1' and 9° 25' E. The 
 mountain is of volcanic formation, and the upper region of it 
 presents numerous extinct craters, often rising into elevated 
 peaks. The summit — about 13 m. N. from Victoria, the 
 settlement on Ambas Bay- — is a cone crowned with two dis- 
 tinct peaks, the higher, named Albert Mountain, rising to the 
 height of 13,129 ft. above sea-level, and the other, the Vic- 
 toria Mountain, ^ m. due S., is about 435 ft. lower. The 
 Albert Crater is a "bowl "about 1000 ft. in circumference, 
 and 150 ft. in greatest depth ; its form is that of an inverted 
 cone, with a slope varying to 45°; the colours are red, white, 
 and yellow, where stone occupies the surface, a deep blue 
 shows the slides of scoriae, and the bottom is black. Its out- 
 let is to the south. It appears to be a more modern forma- 
 tion than Victoria Crater, which, though exposed to the 
 furious N.E. wind, has an abundant growth of cryptogams, 
 while the Albert is almost bare. The other principal eleva- 
 tions, mostly with craters at their summits, are Mounts Isabel 
 and Helen, lying 4 to 5 m. S.W. of the great peak, the 
 latter reaching the height of 9223 ft.; and several lofty peaks 
 on the W. side, which have not hitherto been examined. 
 Little Cameroons, upon the S.S. W. part of the mountain, and 
 within 5 m. of the sea, is another of considerable magnitude, 
 standing alone, and rising to a point. The volcanic character 
 of the mountain is everywhere apparent; in some places the 
 surface is studded with small craters, as many as 31 having 
 been counted within a radius of 2 m., at a spot 6 m. S.W. of 
 the summit, at the height of about 7000 ft. The craters are 
 of two distinct formations. Those under the elevation of 
 6000 or 7000 ft. are monticules, covered with dense forest; 
 those above that altitude are smooth, grassy, regular, and 
 uniform. As may be supposed, the surface is everywhere 
 largely covered with streams and beds of lava and scoriaceous 
 deposits. Some of the craters have the appearance of having 
 been eruptive at no distant epoch, while others must have 
 been long extinct. According to native accounts, about the 
 year 1838 'fire came out of the ground;' but the only exist- 
 ing indication of volcanic activity observed by Captain Burton 
 
CAMLAPOOR 
 
 80 
 
 CANARAC 
 
 ill January, 1862, was on the northern counter-slope of the 
 Albert Crater, where the 'surface is a convexity striated 
 with alternate bands of bright green moss, white lime, and 
 sulphurous marl, red and yellow. It was soft and yielding to 
 tiie tread, and regular lines of smoke-jets and putfs rose in 
 rings and curls from the stripes, smelling strongly of sulphur, 
 and by the genial warmth attracting many small birds ' to the 
 vicinity. 
 
 Up to the altitude of 7000 or 8000 ft. the surface of the 
 mountain is clothed with forest. In its lower part the vege- 
 tation consists of palms, cocoa, bamboo, and a variety of other 
 trees of tropical growth. The soil stretching from the shore 
 to 1500 ft. above sea-level is a rich yellow loam, admirably 
 fitted for growing sugar-cane, tobacco, and cacao. At the 
 height of 4500 feet the blackberry is seen, and the salvia, 
 heath, and various flowering shrubs. There are also large 
 tracts of fern, succeeded by forest growth to the level, as has 
 been said, of 7000 or 8000 ft.; vegetation then becomes scanty. 
 The mountain is sparsely occupied by natives, who have a 
 few villages on its southern slope, the highest beifig that of 
 Mapanya, 2650 ft. above the sea, and nearly 8 m. by the road 
 N.N. \V. from Victoria, the settlement on Ambas Bay. The 
 climate naturally varies according to elevation from the tro- 
 pical heat and fever-haunts at its base, to the temperate and 
 healthful region of its middle altitude, and the cold and per- 
 haps perpetual frost of its summit. Upon Albert Mountain 
 the highest temperature registered in January, 1862, was 55°, 
 and the lowest 27°; at 7500 ft. the temperature varied from 
 45° or 50°, to 70° or 75° at the same period, and was sensibly 
 affected by the apparently constant N.E. wind, often blowing 
 with great violence. The temperate regions of the mountain, 
 above the range of fever, appear well ad^ipted as a sanatorium, 
 and a resort for Europeans from the unhealthy stations on 
 the west coast of Africa; such a retreat in the malarious and 
 hot seasons has long been felt to be a great desideratum. 
 
 CAMLAPOOK, a vil. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 32 m. N.W. Bellary. It is defended by a fort with a ditch 
 and glacis; but the greater number of the houses, which in all 
 amount to about 2000, are outside its walls. The ancient 
 but ruined town of Beejanuggur is in the immediate vicinity, 
 and the descendants of the rajahs used to live at Camlapoor 
 till 1820, when they removed to the other side of the Toom- 
 budra. Some iron is brought from the neighbouring hills 
 and smelted here. 
 
 CANADA [add ] The subject of the union of the North 
 American provinces under one general government, which 
 had been under consideration for some years, was brought 
 more prominently forward in 1864, and in October of that 
 year a meeting of delegates from Canada, Nova Scotia, New 
 Brunswick, Newfoundland, and Prince Edward Island, was 
 held, at which a scheme was drawn up and subsequently sub- 
 mitted to the English government, whose approval it condi- 
 tionally received. Great advantages are anticipated from the 
 consolidation of the provinces, in regard both to their internal 
 economy and to their external interests. The resolutions 
 adopted at the conference of delegates proposed that there 
 should be a federal union under the crown of Great Britain, 
 based upon the model of the British constitution; that the 
 general government should be exercised by the sovereign or 
 a duly authorized representative of the sovereign, and a par- 
 liament composed of a legislative council and a house of 
 commons. The members of the legislative council are to 
 be nominated for life, under certain restrictions, by the 
 crown, the numbers being fixed and in proportionate repre- 
 sentation of the .several provinces. Tlie house of commons 
 is to consist of members elected upon the basis of population, 
 as determined by every decennial census ; the number, until 
 after the census of 1871, to be 194, in the following distri- 
 bution : — 
 
 Upper Canada, 82 
 
 Lower Canada, 65 
 
 Nova Scotia, . . . » 19 
 
 New Brunswick, 15 
 
 Newfouudiaiid, 8 
 
 Prince Edward Island, 5 
 
 The house of commons is to be elected for not more than 
 five years, and the parliament is to hold a session once a 
 year at the least. The two houses conjointly are to enact, 
 amend, or repeal laws, 'for the peace, welfare, and good gov- 
 ernment of the federated provinces, saving the sovereignty 
 
 of England.' Subordinate to the supreme government, each 
 province is to have a lieutenant-governor and local legislature, 
 constructed in such manner as the present legislature of the 
 province shall provide; the provincial government to have 
 authority in the regulation of certain local branches of admin- 
 istration, and within defined limits. Provision is made for 
 the admission into the union, upon equitable terms, of the 
 North West Territory, British Columbia, and Vancouver 
 Island. This scheme of confederation has commended itself 
 very generally to the approbation of statesmen, and repre- 
 sentatives of the provinces came to England m the spring of 
 1865 to confer with the queen's government upon the sub- 
 ject, and it appears to be anticipated that it will be put into 
 execution with no greater delay than is necessary for care- 
 fully maturing it. 
 
 Of late yeais the Canadas have progressed rapidly in mate- 
 rial prosperity and importance, as the following statistics 
 prove. The area and population in 1852 and 1861 respec- 
 tively were:— 
 
 Area in sq. m. Pop. in 1852. Pop. in ISGl. 
 Upper Canada, . . . 141,000 952,004 1,396,091 
 
 Lower Canada, . . . 205,860 890,261 1,111,560 
 
 Total, . . . 846,860 1,842,265 2,507,657 
 Tlie estimated population at the beginning of 1864 was 
 2,783,079. 
 
 The sections of the population in respect of religion were 
 in 1861 as follows: — 
 
 Denominations. 
 
 Upper Canada. \ Lower Canada. 
 
 Church of England, .... 
 
 ,, ,, Rome, 
 
 Presbyterians, 
 
 Methodists, 
 
 Baptists, 
 
 Lutherans, 
 
 Independents, 
 
 Quakers, 
 
 Unitarians 
 
 311,565 
 
 258,141 
 
 303,384 
 
 341,572 
 
 61,559 
 
 24,299 
 
 9,357 
 
 7,383 
 
 634 
 
 614 
 
 17,373 
 
 00,210 
 
 63,487 
 
 943,253 
 
 43,735 
 
 30,600 
 
 7,751 
 
 857 
 
 4,927 
 
 121 
 
 652 
 
 672 
 
 ' No religion,' 
 
 Minor Sects and 'Other ^ 
 Creeds not classed,' ) ' " 
 
 i,477 
 14,074 
 
 Total, 
 
 1,396,091 
 
 1,111,566 
 
 In 1859 the number of schools in Upper and Lower Canada 
 respectively was 4,047 and 3,199; total, 7,246; and of scho- 
 lars 307,346 and 168,148; total, 475,494. 
 
 The net revenue of the province amounted in 18G2 to 
 £2,235,841, and the expenditure to £2,389,185; the public 
 debt in 1860, incurred chiefly for public works, being 
 £12,144,264, bearing an annual interest of £656,608. 
 
 The trade of Canada has been increasing with great rapidity. 
 In 1848 the total exports of home produce amounted to 
 rather above £2,250,000. The following figures show the 
 value of the exports of domestic produce in recent years, and 
 of the goods entered for home consumption: — 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1860 £6,926,378 £0,888,324 
 
 1801 7,322,839 8,609,304 
 
 1802 6,719,225 9,720,126 
 
 1863 8,300,300 9,192,898 
 
 In the last-named year timber of various kinds figures for 
 £2,280,297; wool for £200,208, and agricultural produce 
 for £2,685,630. 
 
 CANAJOHARIE, a vil. U. States, New York, on the 
 Mohawk River and the Erie canal, 55 m. W.N.W. Albany. 
 It contains a number of churches, a bank, and an academy. 
 Stone-quarries are worked in the vicinity. Pop. 4134. 
 
 CANAR, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, dist. A.ssuay, on an 
 elevated and healthy site, 50 m. S.E. Guayaquil. It consists 
 of well-formed sh-eets, with many handsome houses, and 
 carries on a considerable trade in wheat and other agricultural 
 produce of the surrounding district. In the vicinity are some 
 interesting ruins of the times of the Incas. 
 
 CANARAC, a tn. presid. Bengal, territory and 45 m. 
 S.S.E. Cuttack, on the N.W. shore of the Bay of Bengal. 
 About 5 in. to the S. W. are the remains of a celebrated temple 
 of the sun, called by the natives Chunder Suraj Birinji Nara- 
 yan, and by the British the Black Pagoda. Part of the great 
 tower, still standing, is 120 ft. high, and the walls, which are 
 in some parts 20 ft. thick, are covered over with mythological 
 sculptures. 
 
CANE 
 
 81 
 
 CANTON 
 
 CANE, a river, India, which rises in the iS.W. of liundel- 
 cund, near the frontiers of the Saugor and Nerbudda district, 
 at the lieight of 1700 ft. above the sea, flows circuitously 
 N.N.E., partly along the base of the Bundair range, receiv- 
 ing the Putna, Sonar, Meerhauser, and several other affluents, 
 and joins r. bank Jumna about 50 m. W. of Allahabad. 
 Though it has a course of 230 in., it is so much encumbered 
 by rocks and broken by cataracts, some of which are said to 
 liave a fall of 300 ft., that it is nowhere navigable. It abounds 
 in tine fish; and beautiful pebbles, in great request for orna- 
 ments, are found in its bed. 
 
 CANFIELD, a vil. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. Mahoning, 
 65 m. S.E. Cleveland. It is neatly built among trees, and in 
 a rich undulating country, which abounds in coal and iron-ore. 
 Pop. 1091. 
 
 CANGOZIMA [add.], tn. and seaport, Japan. [See 
 Kagosima.) 
 
 CANNAH, Kana, or Calmina [add.], a tn. W. Africa, 
 Dahomey, 53 m. N. Whydah, on the N. edge of a valley, in 
 a picturesque and cultivated district. It was of old a settle- 
 ment of the Oyos, to whom the Dahomans were for a long 
 time tributary. But in the early i>art of this century the 
 Dahoman king, Gezo, expelled the Oyos, and Cannah became 
 a sort of country residence of his court. The town, which 
 covers about 3 m. of ground, is a straggling place of huts and 
 thatch dwellings, inclosed in 'compounds' of mud-wall or 
 palm-leaf, and detached. It stands 271 ft. above the sea. 
 The climate is hot, humid, and unwholesome; the sea-breeze 
 relieves the temperature in the day, but the nights are ex- 
 (I'emely oppressive, and during the rains fevers are rife. In 
 the S.SV. is an old palace of the Dahoman kings, in poor and 
 patched condition. A sacrifice of human beings was estab- 
 lished here by the late king Gezo, which precedes the 'cus- 
 toms,' or similar sacrifices, at Aboniey the capital. That held 
 in May, 1863, is thus described: ' Near the palace wall were 
 eleven platforms on poles 40 ft. high. On each of these was 
 the dead body of a man in an erect position, clothed in the 
 native style, and having in his hand a calabash or similar 
 vessel, filled with oil, grain, or some other produce. One 
 was represented leading a sheep, also dead.' ' The victims are 
 made to personate in dress and avocation Oyos, a pastoral 
 and agricultural people,' to whom the Dahomans were formerly 
 tributary. Pop. 4000. — (Burton's Mission to Dahomey.) 
 
 CANNELTON, a tn. U. States, Indiana, Perry co., on 
 the Ohio, 70 m. (by river) E. Evansville. Cannel coal, 4 or 
 5 ft. thick, is worked in its vicinity, and forms one of the 
 main sources of its prosperity. It possesses a large cotton 
 factoty, which can produce 40,000 yards of sheeting weekly. 
 Many of its private buildings are elegant, and its public 
 edifices include several churches. Pop. 2155. 
 
 CANNING, PoKT. See Calcutta in Snppl. 
 
 CANSO, or Wir.MOT, a vil. British America, near the E. 
 extremity of Nova Scotia, on a fine harbour formed by Pis- 
 catiqui, and St. George isls. on the E., and the mainland and 
 Durell Isl. on the W.; lat. 45° 23' N.; Ion. 61° W. It is a 
 long, straggling place, consisting of an ancient and a modern 
 portion, the former standing on hills of red sand, clay, and 
 large boulders, and containing the church, which, seated on a 
 ridge 100 ft. high, is a most conspicuous object at sea; and 
 the latter, which contains two chapels, built farther westward 
 along a narrow channel called the Tickle. The harbour was 
 much visited by the French fishermen and fur- traders as early 
 as the sixteenth century, and was the scene of frequent con- 
 tests between the French and British, till the supremacy of 
 the latter was established. The position of the harbour at 
 the S. entrance of the Bay of Chedabuckto, through which 
 numbers of vessels are continually passing to or from the 
 Gulf of St. Lawrence, gives it an importance which it would 
 not otherwise possess. Pop. about 600. 
 
 CANTERBURY [add.], a settlement. New Zealand, 
 Middle Island or New Munster, E. coast. Port Cooper dist. 
 Banks' Peninsula, is a level dist. from the coast to the base 
 of the mountain ridge, whose highest peaks are usually 
 crowned with snow, and reach an elevation of 6000 to 8000 ft. 
 Mount Cook, the loftiest, is 13,200 ft. above the sea-level. 
 It is watered by numerous rivers, which have been named 
 after the distinguished individuals who interested themselves 
 in the formation of the colony — Farquhar, Ashby, Eyre, 
 Courtenay, Hawkins, Selwyn, Cholniondeley, Wynne, and 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. L 
 
 Ashburton. A large lagoon or lake, W. of Banks' Penin- 
 sula, called Waihora by the natives, has been named Lake 
 Ellesmere. The most commodious harbour is Port Cooper, 
 A charter having been granted by the crown, the colony has 
 been settled under a regular government. The chief places 
 in the prov. are Christchurch, the capital, and seat of a 
 bishopric, on the river Avon; and Lyttleton, the post town, 
 on Port Victoria, 8 m. from Christchurch. The breadth of the 
 prov., from E. to W., is about 180 m.; and its length, from 
 N.E. to S.W., about 250 m.; area, 2 1 ,875 sq. m., or 14,000,000 
 ac. The soil is well adapted for agricultural pursuits, and 
 the climate is exceedingly healthy. 
 
 The revenue of the prov. of Canterbury, as of that of New 
 Zealand in general, is principally ' territorial,' being derived 
 from the sale of crown-lands, pasture licenses, and assess- 
 ments. The ordinary revenue, in 1862, from customs, &c., 
 amounted to £71,058, and the territorial to £223,514; total, 
 £294,572. In 1861, the pop. was 16,010,of whom 8939 were 
 males and 7101 females; the natives numbering, in 1858, 
 349 males and 289 females. For 1864 the census gives the 
 pop. of the prov. at 32,253 souls, of whom 18,932 were males 
 and 13,321 females; so that it has more than doubled in three 
 years. The number of immigrants arriving in the prov. in 
 each of the years 1860-2, was 1889, 996, and 2973 respec- 
 tively; in the .same years respectively 289, 226, and 205 per- 
 sons left it. The total number of acres of land fenced in 1864 
 was 342,416, of which there were in wheat 13,328 ac; in 
 oats, 14.672 ac; in barley, 2432 ac; in maize, 107 ac; in pota- 
 toes, 1572 ac; in gardens and orchards, 220 ac; in artificial 
 grasses, 31,670 ac; and other crops, 2564 ac. The stock 
 returns of the prov. give 10,868 horses, 62 mules and asses, 
 45,263 cattle, 1,567,320 sheep, 769 goats, 10,228 pigs, and 
 73,745 poultry. 
 
 CANTON [add.] [name derived from the Portuguese 
 manner of spelling the prov. Quangtung, Kantad, or Can- 
 tong']. From various drawbacks, the result of war, famine, 
 rebellion, and tempest, to which this city has been subjected 
 during the last twenty years, the population and commerce 
 have not increased as in other cities in China open to foreign 
 trade. In 1863, when afi'airs were in a state of comparative 
 quietude, the population was estimated at 1,172,000, divided 
 as follows: — 
 
 Boat population, resident .... 278,000 
 
 Within the old city wall 296,000 
 
 Within and without the new city wall . . 234,000 
 
 Western suburb 185,000 
 
 Eastern suburb 67,000 
 
 Southern suburb (Honam) .... 112,000 
 
 1,172,000 
 Though there are no bridges across the Choo-Kiang, yet 
 there are numerous ferries, with crpwds of san-pans plying 
 continually day and night, that serve the purpose for traflBc. 
 In August, 1862, the boat population, as well as others, suf- 
 fered severely from an unusually terrific hurricane or typhoon, 
 when it was calculated by the Chinese authorities that not 
 less than 60,000 people were drowned or killed by falling 
 houses, during its continuance of fourteen hours. The actual 
 known loss was ascertained to be 52,350, as a dollar was 
 paid for every body found and buried. During the period 
 that Commissioner Yeh held supreme power at Canton 
 ( 1855-56), upwards of 70,000 real and suspected rebels were 
 decapitated, about one-third of them being Cantonese. These 
 calamities, together with the famine that succeeded the war 
 with the British and French allied forces (1856-57), and the 
 considerable reduction in foreign trade after that event, have 
 seriously checked the increase of population during the past 
 ten years. 
 
 Amongst this large native community there has been at 
 no period any great number of foreign residents; but these 
 are greatly diminished since the formation of the colony of 
 Hopg-Kong, and the opening of new ports in the northern 
 provinces, whither commerce has induced them to remove. In 
 1864, according to the Hong list, including Whampoa, the 
 foreigners of all nations and occupations numbered only 1 35:— 
 Consuls and Assistants . . . • }^ 
 Merchants and Assistants . . . .35 
 
 Customs Officials 44 
 
 Dock Employes 19 
 
 Missionaries and others . . . .23 
 
 135 
 
 u 
 
CANTON 
 
 82 
 
 CANTON 
 
 Of this number 72 were British, 36 American, and other 
 nationalities, 27. In 1846 there were 357 foreign residents, 
 exclusive of the families belonging to several of them. Up 
 to 1856 this foreign population resided at the factories chiefly 
 built by the East India Company, which at the bombard- 
 ment and capture of Canton, at tlie close of that year, were 
 burned and razed to the ground by the Chinese; and after 
 peace was proclaimed, the merchants had to rent native 
 tenements on tlie Honam side, while the consular and other 
 officials were scattered over Canton city and western suburbs. 
 Tills was exceedingly inconvenient and detrimental to trade, 
 and therefore Lord Elgin obtained a concession from the 
 Chinese authorities of the Sha-meen forts, which had been 
 destroyed, and which were situated at a salubrious point of 
 the west suburb, on the river's bank, where the water almost 
 insulated the site. The area allowed for the foreign settle- 
 ment has been filled up and levelled, giving an extent of 
 24 acres. On the river boundary it is protected by a granite 
 wall, and there is sufficient depth of water for a vessel of 
 1000 tons to lie alongside; on the landward side it is sepa- 
 rated from the Chinese dwellings by a canal having stone 
 embankments, across which are three substantial bridges of 
 hewn stone. Good roads are constructed along the margin 
 of the concession, and that part facing the river is planted 
 with trees and shrubs, forming a delightful promenade. 
 Streets have been laid out, and the land parcelled into build- 
 ing lots, which realized £46,500 by auction in August, 1861; 
 since when building has progressed but slowly. The British, 
 American, and French consulates, however, and the chief 
 mercantile firms in China, have erected spacious hongs and 
 dwellings; and the residents have formed themselves into a 
 committee for municipal purposes. Connected with this 
 change of site and destruction of property at the old factories, 
 there was a claim made against the Chinese government for 
 the loss each resident sustained, which was to be paid out of 
 the indemnity money. On the part of the British it amounted 
 to £700,000, while the American and French claims were 
 about a third of that sum. 
 
 Foreign vessels bound for the port of Canton generally 
 bring up at Macao Roads, or Victoria harbour, Hong-Kong; 
 there being an authorized body of Chinese pilots at hand to 
 take them to eitlier anchorage. From the strong eddies and 
 intricate navigation in the estuary and inner waters of the 
 Canton River (which is only one of several outlets of the 
 Great West River and its affluents), it is necessary to take a 
 second pilot as far as the Bocca Tigris, which is considered 
 the limits of the port, and distant 45 m. from the city; thence 
 a tliird pilot assists to the anchorage at Whampoa, which is 
 the actual foreign port of Canton, although 12 m. distant 
 from the Sha-meen settlement. By the treaty of Tientsin 
 (1858) there are local consular regulations for the shipping, 
 enforced by a resident British vice-consul and an American 
 consular agent. From the rise of the tide, and nature of the 
 ground here, it has been found most advantageous to construct 
 docks for repairing sliips, of which there were ten in January, 
 1864— two of stone, one wood, and seven earthwork — from 
 145 ft. to 550 ft. long; two being pumped dry by steam- 
 engines. From these facilities of dock accommodation, a 
 number of ships entered inwards and outwards have no traffic 
 at this port, so that the shipping returns are in excess of the 
 commercial tonnage. 
 
 began to surpass it. In 1842 the northern ports were opened; 
 in 1851 Chinese emigration to Australia and California was 
 removed to Hong-Kong; in 1854 a serious insurrection, 
 which destroyed the manufactories of Fatshan, happened; in 
 1856 the foreign factories were burned, and the river block- 
 aded; and in 1857 the city was captured by the British and 
 French: 'these misfortunes, joined to the previous drawbacks, 
 completed the commercial decadence of the port.' Since then 
 the opening of other ports for foreign trade has diminished 
 the relative importance of Canton, and will continue to inter- 
 fere with its prosperity. According to the latest consular 
 returns, the following is the estimated value of the export 
 and import trade: — 
 
 1862. 1863. 1864. 
 
 Total Exports . . . £4,060,746 £3,862,039 £2,361,424 
 
 Total Imports . . . 2,412,615 2,281,364 2,053,539 
 
 The import trade of Canton has suffered from the levy of 
 additional imposts to meet the immense expenses caused to 
 the Chinese government by the Taeping rebellion, as well as 
 from a mercantile revolution that is taking place. The 
 Chinese merchants, appreciating by degrees the value of 
 foreign trade, are getting it more and more into their own 
 hands, and now go to Hong-Kong to purchase what they re- 
 quire, importing the mercliandise in native vessels to the 
 various places on the coast. The consequence is, that the 
 trade of Canton shows a great falling off' in both cotton and 
 woollen manufactures, and also in ojjiuin, the value of which 
 in dollars (4s. d^d.) in 1864 was 1,322,866, against 2,290,234 
 in 1863 — a decrease of 967,368 dollars. In the export trade 
 of Canton there has likewise been a falling off, affecting 
 almost all the articles of export, as the following table shows: — 
 
 Tea 5,662,268 doJs. 
 
 Silk 2,766,667 ,, 
 
 Cotton 26,339 „ 
 
 Chinese produce . 7,628,888 „ 
 
 1864. 
 
 3,344,678 dols. 
 
 1,671,670 „ 
 
 22,088 „ 
 
 4,876,275 „ 
 
 The decrease in tea is attributed to its having been for- 
 warded during the year 1864 to the Portuguese port of 
 Macao, where it can be shipped duty free, and to the ports of 
 Foo-chow and Hankow absorbing all that used to come down 
 before they were opened. 
 
 From the spirit of commercial enterprise which is spread- 
 ing among the native merchants, and possessing as they do 
 considerable advantages over foreigners in buying and selling, 
 it is probable they will gradually absorb both the import 
 and export trade, as well as the extensive coast-carrying 
 traffic. 
 
 Formerly the whole of the foreign trade was carried on in 
 sailing ships, which received and discharged their cargoes 
 through native junks at Whampoa. Since the establishment 
 of the colony of Hong-Kong, there has sprung up quite a 
 flotilla of river steamers, chiefly of American build, which 
 ply daily between Canton, Hong-Kong, and Macao, and con- 
 vey the greater part of the produce and merchandise, for 
 native and foreign consumption. The traveller now visiting 
 the far East can find in these steamers speed and accommoda- 
 tion equal, if not superior, to the best river boats in Europe. 
 From Canton to Hong-Kong the distance is 96 m., which is 
 ordinarily performed in 6J hours. A large native passenger 
 traffic is done, frequently carrying 500 to 600 at a trip. 
 
 Events of vital importance to the prosperity of this ancient 
 
 city, as well as to British 
 Shipping in the Port of Canton in the years 1863-64. and foreign relations with 
 
 the empire at large, have 
 occurred in the annals of 
 Canton within the period of 
 the last ten years. On the 
 8th October, 1856, a small 
 vessel named the Arroto, 
 having a Chinese crew, but 
 owned by an English firm at 
 Hong-Kong, and commanded 
 by an Englishman, was 
 seized upon some pretext by 
 the native authorities; twelve 
 of the crew were bound 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 British 
 
 River Steamers and Lorchas 
 
 American 
 
 River Steamers .... 
 Sundry Nations . . , . 
 
 Total .... 
 
 96 
 167 
 
 27 
 480 
 
 97 
 
 67,425 
 22,262 
 19,575 
 172,268 
 29,000 
 
 95 
 167 
 
 28 
 480 
 
 97 
 
 66,885 
 22,262 
 19,968 
 172,268 
 28,735 
 
 99 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 617 
 
 110 
 
 50,762 
 
 8,352 
 
 7,783 
 
 250,954 
 
 34,898 
 
 100 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 617 
 
 117 . 
 
 49,979 
 
 8,352 
 
 7,783 
 
 250,954 
 
 37,130 
 
 867 
 
 300,520 
 
 867 
 
 300,118 
 
 847 
 
 352,749 
 
 855 
 
 364,198 
 
 The trade of Canton has been known for three centuries 
 throughout the civilized world, and the city continued the 
 chief foreign emporium in China until 1850, when Shanghai 
 
 and carried away, and the British flag was hauled down. 
 Rear-admiral Sir Michael Seymour demanded satisfaction for 
 the outrage and insult, but was refused by the notorious anti- 
 
CANTON 
 
 83 
 
 CAPE OF GOOD HOPE 
 
 foreign mandarin Yeh, then at Canton as a special commis- 
 sioner from tlie court of Peking. Tliis was deemed a casus 
 belli, and hostilities commenced on tlie 24th, by the capture 
 of the river forts at Canton, and the entrance of a large force 
 into the city, by blowing one of the gates to pieces. On the 
 12th November the fleet reduced the Bogue forts, 200 guns, 
 and the Annuiighoy forts, 210 guns, having complete com- 
 mand of the river. The expedition was then reinforced by 
 two brigades of infantry and artillery, and a large contingent 
 of French sailors and marines, beside their fleet under Kear- 
 admiral de Genouilly. The combined forces made a grand 
 attack on the 28th and 29th December, bombarding the city 
 and carrying it by storm, while the stubborn Commissioner 
 Yeh was taken prisoner, and afterwards deported to Calcutta, 
 where he died. Meanwhile the allies held military possession 
 of the city, without interfering with the peaceable inhabitants, 
 who became excessively friendly towards their conquerors. 
 
 The 
 CirOTT - KIAXG 
 
 a\NTON RIVEIt 
 
 fviik ike at^accnit islaiuls . 
 Srate of Shff. 3fi!ejt. 
 J 20 IS 'iO 
 
 Sotauliiujs i/t faijunns. 
 
 The place was occupied as a material guarantee for the pay- 
 ment of an indemnity of £666,000, in equal proportions to 
 the British and French. For nearly four years the allies 
 held supreme jurisdiction over the city, which at length was 
 evacuated by them on the 21st October, 1861, and possession 
 handed over to the viceroy of Quang-tung. — [Par. Blue-books; 
 Williams' Chinese Commercial Guide; MS. Notes.) 
 
 CANTON, a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. Stark, beau- 
 tifully situated on the Nimishillen Creek, and on the Ohio 
 and Pennsylvania railway, 75 m. N.W. Pittsburg. It stands 
 in the finest wheat district of the state, and possesses an aca- 
 demy, gun-barrel factories, woollen factories, and iron-foun- 
 dries. Bituminous coal and limestone are found in the vici- 
 nity. Pop. 4041. 
 
 CAORLE, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 30 m. N.E. 
 Venice, at the mouth of the Livenza in the Adriatic. It has 
 a small fort and a fishery, and was once the seat of the 
 patriarchate of Venice. Pop. 2152. 
 
 CAPE FEAR, a river, U. States, which is formed by 
 the union of the Haw and Deep at Ilawood, co. Chatham, 
 N. Carolina, flows tortuously S.E., and enters the Atlantic 
 by two channels — one on each side of Smith's Island. Its 
 whole length, including one of its head branches, is about 
 
 300 m., of which about 120 are navigable by steam-boats. 
 It is the only river which has its course wholly within tho 
 state, and carries its waters directly to the ocean. 
 
 CAPE GIRARDEAU, a vil. U. States, Missouri, r. 
 bank Mississippi, in a well-timbered and fertile county of 
 same name, about 100 m. S.S.E. St. Louis. It is the seat 
 of St. Vincent's college, and has a good landing on the river. 
 CAPE ISLAND, a vil. U. States, New Jersey, on the 
 small island of same name, at the S. extremity of the state, 
 95 m. S. Trenton. It is one of the most fashionable watering- 
 places in the States; and in summer, having daily steam com- 
 munication with Philadelphia, is crowded with its citizens, 
 for whose accommodation several hotels have been erected. 
 Pop. 600. 
 
 CAPE NORTH, British America, forming the N.E. 
 extremity of Cape Breton Island, is a bold and rocky head- 
 land, which rises abruptly from the sea to the height of 1100 
 ft., and is composed of slate in nearly vertical 
 strata. Frequent and heavy squalls prevail in 
 its vicinity. About 8 m. E. of it, the N.W. ex- 
 tremity of the island is formed by Cape St. 
 Lawrence, composed also of slate rock, and so 
 steep that except on its W. side there is no 
 landing even for boats. About a mile S.E. 
 a remarkable sugar-loaf peak, called Bear Hill, 
 rises from the shore to the height of 750 ft. Still 
 further E. towards North Cape is St. Lawrence 
 Bay, which is 4^ m. wide and 1| m. deep, and 
 within half a mile of the shore affords an an- 
 chorage of 9 or 10 fathoms, with a bad bottom 
 of rock or loose sand. 
 
 CAPE OF GOOD HOPE [add.], a British 
 colony, S. Africa. In consequence of the ano- 
 malous position of the territory of British 
 Kafi"raria, which is administered by a lieutenant- 
 governor subject to the direction of the gover- 
 nor of the Cape Colony, the inhabitants of it 
 have agitated a demand for separate legislative 
 powers of their own. It has, therefore, been 
 proposed, and is contemplated by the home 
 government, to annex the territory to that of the 
 Cape of Good Hope, and give the inhabitants 
 a share of representation in the Cape parliament. 
 The Cape Colony will thus be increased by the 
 accession of a population of 81,353, consisting 
 of 6705 Europeans and 74,648 natives, amongst 
 whom are 34 18 native and European landholders, 
 occupying 739,8 1 9 acres, of which 3 1 4,806 acres 
 had been surveyed in 1861. The total revenue 
 for the public service of British Kaflfraria in 
 1861 amounted to £24,718, and the expenditure 
 to £37,491; the deficiency having to be sup- 
 plied by grants from the imperial treasury. 
 
 Finance. — Unfortunately the financial position 
 of the Cape Colony itself appears to be some- 
 what similar, the revenue falling short of the 
 expenditure, and requiring to be supplemented by loans; by 
 which means a public debt has been created, first appearing 
 at £80,000 in 1859, and then at £715,050 in 1863. The 
 year 1862, however, had been a disastrous one for the 
 colony, excessive drought and the ravages of insects having 
 wrought serious damages to crops, cattle, vines, and almost 
 every branch of colonial industry. 
 
 The state of the public revenue and expenditure in the 
 years 1860-1862, is apparent from the following figures:-— 
 1860. 1861. 1862. 
 
 Revenue, £742,771 £748,866 £716,489 
 
 Expenditure, . . . 729,690 763,237 683,792 
 
 The apparent excess of revenue over expenditure in 1862 is 
 accounted for by the fact that certain loans are reckoned 
 under the head of revenue; the net amount being in reality 
 £67,000 less than in 1851. 
 
 Commerce — The condition of the foreign trade of the colony 
 will be understood from the following table of shipping 
 entered and cleared in 1860-62: — 
 
 Entered. Cleared. 
 
 Vessels. Tons. Vessels. Tons. 
 
 1860 . 1014 . . . 329,934 . . . 1042 . . . 335,358 
 
 1861 ' ' ' . 976 .. . 322,057 ... 951 .. . 306,451 
 
 1862 ... 1044 . . . 363,537 . . . 1053 . . . 369,183 
 
CAPE VINCENT 
 
 84 
 
 CARROLLTON 
 
 or this shipping in 1862, 786 vessels [entered], measuring 
 237,277 tons, and 802 vessels [cleared], of 247,227 tons, were 
 British. In the three years 1860-2, six vessels, of 460 tons 
 in the aggregate, were built in the colony. 
 
 The value of the imports and exports in each of the years 
 1861, 1862, and 1863, was as follows:— 
 
 1861. 1S62. 1863. 
 
 Imports . . . £2,606,305 £2,785,853 £2,275,833 
 
 Exports, . . . 1,972,700 1,957,680 2,224,446 
 
 The principal articles imported and exported, and the 
 value of them, are exhibited in these tables: — 
 
 Principal Articles of Import. 
 
 Apparel, 
 
 Beer 
 
 Cabinet and Uphol. Wares, 
 
 Coal 
 
 Coffee 
 
 Cotton Manufactures, . . 
 Haberdashery, &c., . . . 
 Hardware, Cutlery, &c., . 
 Iron, ........ 
 
 Leather, Manufactured, . 
 Linen Manufactures, . . 
 Oilmen's Stores, .... 
 
 Rice, 
 
 Saddlery and Harness, . . 
 
 Raw Sugar, 
 
 Tea 
 
 Tobacco, Manufactured, . 
 
 Deals, . 
 
 Woollen Manufactures, . . 
 
 Principal Articles of Export, 
 
 Copper Ore, . . 
 Ostrich Feathers, 
 Hides, . . . , 
 Ivory, . . . , 
 Goat Skins, . , 
 Sheep Skins, . 
 Wine, . . . 
 Wool, ... 
 
 1861. 
 
 £ 
 
 134,280 
 
 48,575 
 
 34,484 
 
 16,570 
 
 161,632 
 
 303,713 
 
 238,467 
 
 168,020 
 
 24,807 
 
 79,277 
 
 24,484 
 
 52,825 
 
 44,064 
 
 36,033 
 
 131,458 
 
 15,518 
 
 S,C92 
 
 75,038 
 
 113,901 
 
 1861. 
 
 £ 
 61,442 
 24,142 
 13,135 
 14,731 
 32,477 
 51,407 
 39,991 
 1,400,784 
 
 1862. 
 
 £ 
 
 138,740 
 
 57,634 
 
 39,467 
 
 25,383 
 
 145,087 
 
 263,393 
 
 252,297 
 
 149,622 
 
 17,435 
 
 93,139 
 
 18,652 
 
 51,814 
 
 54,901 
 
 30,739 
 
 139,654 
 
 42,928 
 
 6,405 
 
 86,368 
 
 108,674 
 
 1862. 
 
 £ 
 93,565 
 42,488 
 17,622 
 24,813 
 45,925 
 65,929 
 31,453 
 1,283,136 
 
 1863. 
 
 £ 
 
 103,214 
 72,834 
 17,367 
 10,773 
 53,677 
 69,495 
 46,054 
 
 ,504,661 
 
 Population. — According to the last return, in the year 
 1856, the population and area of the colony stood thus: — 
 Population. 
 
 White. 
 102,156 
 
 Coloured. Aliens. 
 
 Various Area 
 
 (Malays, &c.) sq. ni. 
 
 129,167 10,584 25,189 104,931 
 
 Making a total xwpulation of 267,096. 
 
 CAPE VINCENT, a vil. and port of entry, U. States, 
 New York, on the St. Lawrence, ami on the Rome and 
 "Watertown railway, 160 m. N.W. Albany. It possesses a 
 steam-boat landing, and a ship-yard. Pop. 3585. 
 
 CAPO DI PONTE, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 
 4 m. N.E. Belluno, r. bank Piave. It possesses a splendid 
 bridge, which is thrown across the river at a point where its 
 stream is confined between rocky precipices. Pop. 3350. 
 
 CAP ST, IGNACE, a tn. Canada East, co. Montmagny, 
 r. bank St. Lawrence, 42 m. N.E. Quebec, on the railway to 
 Trois-Pistoles. It po,ssesse3 ship-building yards, and has an 
 extensive trade in lumber. Pop. about 2800. 
 
 CAKAHALLOS (The Cordillera of), a mountain 
 range, Philippine Isles, wliich stretches from N. to S. over 
 the Island of Luzon, over 6° of lat., with a breadth whicli 
 where greatest is about 45 m. Its culminating point, of 
 which, however, the height is not stated, is in lat. 16° 7' N.; 
 Ion. 120° 50' E. From this point, as a common nucleus, it 
 proceeds in three branches — two of them N., terminating 
 respectively in Capes Engano and Patoj and the other S., 
 terminating in the volcano of Bulu.san. 
 
 CA RACOLLO, a tn. S. America, Bolivia, prov. and 30 m. 
 N.N.W. Oruro, near an afflucntof the Desaguadero. It covers 
 a large space, is of pleasing appearance, consists of houses of 
 one story, but commodious, and has a spacious phiza or 
 square, with a number of shops and a church. 
 
 CARAGA, a prov. Philippine Isles, forming the large 
 projection in the N.E. of the island of Mindanao. Inland it 
 is bounded by prov. Misamis, and the territory of the native 
 sultan of Mindanao. On all other sides it is washed by the 
 sea. Area about 7000 geo. sq. m. On its coast are several 
 bays and indentations, affording tolerable anchorage, Tiie 
 
 interior, comparatively unknown, is covered with mountains, 
 apparently volcanic. Dense forests, containing much fine 
 teak timber, clothe their sides and summit, but, owing to 
 the impossibility of tran.sport, po.ssess no commercial value. 
 Cultivation is confined to mere patches, and most of the rice 
 consumed is obtained from Luzon and Zebu. Tlie favourite 
 employment is gold-washing, which is said to be more pro- 
 ductive here than in any other part of the Philippines. Tiie 
 bulk of the population is Bisaya; but there are several wild 
 tribes of unknown origin. Pop., exclusive of wild tribes, 
 31,963. 
 
 CARBONDALE, a tn. U. States, Penn.sylvania, in a 
 valley near the head of the Lackawanna, and on a railway 
 which connects it with Honesdale, 140 m. N.E. Harris- 
 burg. Its prosperity, which has grown very rapidly, is 
 owing to its coal-field, the beds of which are said to be ex- 
 tremely rich, and to be 20 ft. thick. Pop. 5575. 
 
 CARDENAS, a tn. and bay on the N. coast of Cuba, 
 43 m, E. Matanzas; lat. 23° 12' N.; Ion. 81° 5' W. It 
 has a small .shallow harbour, where the American filibus- 
 ter. General Lopez, landed on the 17th May, 1850, and 
 compelled the garrison of the fort to surrender; but was soon 
 checked in his advance into the interior, and with difficulty 
 accomplished his escape from the islfind. Pop. about 1200. 
 
 CARLETON, a vil. and township, British America, 
 Canada East, co. Bonaventura, on the N. sliore of a shallow 
 lagoon in Chaleur Bay, It possesses a church, a school, 
 and an excellent and capacious roadstead, safe in all winds. 
 Immediately in rear of the village. Mount Carleton rises to 
 the height of 1800 ft. Pop. of township, 1000. 
 
 CARLISLE, or New Carlisle, a tn. British America, 
 Canada East, cap. co. Bonaventura, dist. Gasp^, on the N. 
 shore of Chaleur Bay. It contains two churches, a court- 
 house, and jail, and is actively engaged in the fisheries; 
 possessing in Paspebiac Bay, situated to the E. of it, an 
 excellent roadstead, and the principal fishing establi.sliment 
 in Chaleur Bay. Pop. 500. 
 
 CARLOPAGO, a tn. Austrian empire. Military Frontiers, 
 cap. dist. of same name, on the Strait of Morlacca, in the 
 Adriatic, 65 m. S.S.E. Fiume; with a fine old parish church, 
 a Capuchin monastery, a German trivial school, a free haven, 
 and a large trade. I'op. 660. 
 
 CARLOS, (San), or Ancud, a tn. and port. Chili. [Sec 
 Ancud in Siipp.) 
 
 CARLOS (Sak), a tn. Chili, prov. Nuble, cap. dep. of 
 same name, on the Nabotava Creek, 200 m. S. by W. 
 Valparaiso; lat 36° S.; Ion. 72° 1' W. It contains about 300 
 houses, regularly arranged in a plaza, and in longitudinal and 
 transversal streets, and has a church, a public and two private 
 schools, and an alameda. The dep. was once celebrated for 
 its gold-mines. Pop. 4250. 
 
 CARMEN, or Puebla Carmen, a tn. S. America, r. 
 bank Parana, on the S. frontiers of Paraguay; lat. 27° 12' 30" 
 S.; Ion. 56° 14' 21" W. It is a new place, built after govern- 
 ment had thought proper to abandon the old and important 
 settlement of Ytapua or Encarnacion, situated 12 m. farther 
 up the river. The inhabitants, about 1000, carry on a con- 
 siderable trade with the neighbouring districts. 
 
 CARRIACOU, an isl. West Indies, Windward Islands, 
 the largest of the Grenadine group, 16 m. N.E. Grenada, is 
 of irregular form, about 21m. in circuit. Its S. and W. 
 sides are so encumbered with shoals and small islets that none 
 but small vessels can approach them with safety; but on the 
 N. shore are two commodious anchorages. The i.sland is in- 
 habited. 
 
 CARRIZAL, a tn. Mexico, state and 126 m. N. Chi- 
 huahua, near the Carmen; lat. 30° 28' N.; Ion. 106° 42' _W. 
 Being originally established as a presidio or military station, 
 it is still surrounded by a wall, and provided with a small 
 garrison. These however have failed to protect it from the 
 incursions of the Indians, from whom it has repeatedly suf- 
 fered severely. Though still well peopled, it possesses little 
 importance, and is remarkable chiefly for the beauty of its 
 site. A little to the S. W. of Carrizal are found the extensive 
 ruins of an old Indian town, to which the name of Casas 
 Grandes. or Casas do los Aztekas, has been given. 
 
 CARROLLTON, two vils. U. States:— 1. A vil. Louisi- 
 ana, 1. bank Mississippi, 7 m. above New Orle-ins, with which 
 it is connected by a railroad. It is the residence of many 
 
CASA BLANCA 
 
 85 
 
 CATAMAECA 
 
 persons who are engaged in business in New Orleans, and 
 has pleasure-gardens wliich are much frequented by visitors. 
 Pop. 1756. — 2. A vil. Illinois, cap. Greene co., on the rail- 
 way from Alton to Springfield, 70 m. S.W. the latter. In a 
 fertile and populous district, and with coal and timber in its 
 vicinity, it has several manufactories; and possesses four or 
 five churches, and a free school. Pop. 2752. 
 
 CASA BLANCA, a tn. Chili, prov. and 20 m, S.E. 
 Valparaiso, cap. dep. of same name, in the midst of a narrow 
 valley, 790 feet above sea-level. It is built chiefly along 
 both sides of the highroad to Santiago; has a considerable 
 number of shops, supplied chiefly with such articles as are 
 required by the constant stream of cartmen and muleteers 
 moving to and from the port, and contains 2000 inhabitants, 
 who find profitable employment in raising fruits and vegeta- 
 bles, and rearing poultry for Valparaiso. 
 
 CASALEONE, a tn. Austrian It:ily, prov. and 22 m. 
 K.S.E. Verona, on an unhealtliy site; with a good church and 
 numerous villas. Pop. 2400. 
 
 CASCADE COVE, New Zealand, on the S. side of 
 Dusky IJay, near the S.W. extremity of Middle Island or 
 Munster, has at its entrance a width of about J m. with a 
 depth of 26 fathoms; and stretches IJ m. in a S.S.W. direc- 
 tion. Within the entrance a sandy point projecting from the 
 S. shore narrows the navigable space, but farther up the 
 width increases, and gives good anchorage in 12 to 15 fathoms. 
 A considerable stream at the head of the Cove forms the 
 cascade from which it has derived its name. 
 
 CASCAPEDIAC, a river and bay, Canada East, dist. 
 Gaspd: — The river, issuing from a lake in a mountainous 
 district, flows circuitously S.E. for above 60 m., and faUs into 
 the bay of its name on the N. shore, not far from the head of 
 Chaleur Hay. Though a considerable stream it can only be 
 entered by boats in consequence of extensive shoals of sand 
 
 and mud. The bay, which lies between Black Point and 
 
 Tracadigash Point on the W., is 13 m. wide, and 5 or 6 m. 
 deep, and is much visited by timber ships. Immediately to the 
 E. is the village of Richmond, rendered conspicuous by its 
 church; while its W. shores are well settled, mostly by French 
 Canadians and Acadians. Black Point, its E. extremity, is a 
 bold and rocky promontory, rising 400 ft. above the sea. 
 
 CASSANCE, a tn. S.W. Africa, interesting as the 
 farthest inland station of the Portuguese; lat. 9° 37' 30" S.; 
 Ion. 17° 49' E. It stands in a deep valley, about 40 m. W. 
 of the Quango or Coango, and 310 m. nearly E.S.E. Loanda. 
 It consists of about 40 or 50 houses belonging to Portuguese 
 traders, all built of wattle and daub, and surrounded by plan- 
 tations of maize, manioc, &c. Behind are kitchen gardens, 
 in which grow the common European vegetables, potatoes, 
 pease, cabbages, onions, &c. All the traders are officers in 
 the militia, and many of them have become rich by sending 
 out pombcii-os, or native traders, with large quantities of 
 goods to trade with on their account. The Portuguese 
 government, fearing that cases of collision might thus occur 
 and compel them to interfere, have prohibited their subjects 
 from crossing the frontier; but the prohibition is little more 
 than a dead letter, and the traders seem inclined to spread 
 along the banks of the Quango. In addition to the traders 
 there is a considerable coloured population in Cassange. 
 
 CASSEKGODE, or Kassergode, a vil. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. S. Canara, 100 m. N.N.W. Calicut. It is 
 scattered over a large area in the rear of a backwater, and 
 contains an industrious and thriving population of Hindoos 
 and Mahometans, who carry on an extensive trade in cocoa- 
 nuts and rice, wliich constitute their principal produce. 
 
 CASTELMUSCHIO, a tn. Austrian empire, circle 
 Istria, on the N. extremity of the island of Veglia, in the Bay 
 of Quarnero; with an old castle, a charitable endowment, and 
 a good harbour. Pop. 1400. 
 
 CASTLETON, a vil. U. States, Vermont, on a river 
 of same name, and at the intersection of the Kutland and 
 Washington, and the Saratoga and Castleton railways. It 
 possesses a medical college in connection with that of Mid- 
 dlebnrgh. Pop. 2852. 
 
 CASTRIES, a bay, Russian empire, on the W. coast of 
 the Gulf of Tartary, to the S. of Mamia Strait; lat. 51° 28' N.; 
 ion. 141° 49' E. The entrance, in the middle of which lies 
 Danger Rock, is between Castries Point on the N., and Quoin 
 Point or Klostercamp on the S. Although the greater part 
 
 of it is open to easterly winds, which throw in a heavy sea, 
 there is good shelter behind some islands within it, particularly 
 Olservatory Island, where the depth is 3 fathoms. On 
 Quoin Point stands a lighthouse, 250 ft. above the sea, show- 
 ing a fixed light visible 18 m. The isthmus separating Cas- 
 tries Bay from the Amoor is only 40 m. across, and the dis- 
 tance between it and Lake Kyzi is not more than 15 m. It 
 has hence been proposed to make this bay the great maritime 
 outlet for the produce of the Russian territories on the Amoor. 
 With this view the town of Sofyevok has been founded on 
 the river, and a good road made to connect it with the bay. 
 A railway also has been projected, and several magnificent 
 works, which time may probably mature. The great draw- 
 back to Castries Bay as a port is its being frozen from the 
 middle of November to April. The shores of the bay are 
 surrounded by hills, which terminate in bold cliffs of trachyte 
 and basalt. The loftiest of the hills. Mount Arbod, has an 
 elevation of 1100 ft., and forms a good landmark. At the 
 mouth of the Nally, a rivulet which enters the bay, the 
 Russians have erected the port of Alexandrovski, defended by 
 several batteries; and about 1^ m. farther inland have estab- 
 lished the military colony of Castries, consisting of a church, 
 an hospital, and about 60 log-houses, inhabited by about 150 
 soldiers and their families. 
 
 CASTRO, a seaport tn. Chili, on the eastern shore of 
 the island of Chiloe; lat. 42° 28' S.; Ion. 73° 50' W. It 
 stands on a steep hill, near the bottom of an island-locked 
 bay, and consists of about 250 wooden houses, forming two 
 or three streets. Of the two churches, one, built by the 
 Jesuits, is becoming ruinous; the other, in the middle of the 
 plaza, has a picturesque and venerable appearance. A model 
 and two primary schools are supported by government. 
 Under the Spaniards, the annual ships from Peru landed their 
 treasures at Castro. 
 
 CATACAMAS, an Indian tn. Central America, Hon- 
 duras, on a stream of same name, near its confluence with 
 the Guayape, 10 m. W. Jutijalpa. It is regularly governed 
 as a municipality, with an Indian at its head; consists of 
 dwellings, most of them roofed with tiles, and many of them 
 substantially built; possesses a handsome church, and con- 
 tains about 2000 orderly and industrious inhabitants, all pro- 
 fessedly Christian. 
 
 CATAMARCA [add.], a prov. La Plata, bounded N. by 
 Salta, E. Tucuman and Santiago, S. Cordova and La Rioja, 
 and W. La Rioja and Chili; area about 60,000 sq. m. The 
 surface is very mountainous in all directions except the S., 
 where it stretches out into a large plain of very indifferent 
 fertility. The loftiest and best-known of the mountains is 
 the Sierra de Aconquija, which stretches from S. to N. to- 
 wards the frontiers of Salta, and attains in its culminating 
 point near its S. extremity a height of more than 16,000 ft. 
 Here Aconquija becomes linked with two other ranges — the 
 Sierra del Alto, which stretches S.S.E., and is prolonged by 
 the Sierra de Ancaste, and the Sierra de Ambato, which 
 stretches S.S.W. into prov. Rioja, and is connected by other 
 chains with the Cordillera of the Andes. The Santa Maria, 
 flowing N. to its junction with the Huachipas, is the only 
 river of the least consequence, but every valley having its 
 stream or mountain torrent, the whole province is well 
 watered. The only lake is the Laguna Blanca, which lies 
 at the foot of Cerro Azul, in the bottom of one of four large 
 valleys formed by the Sierra de Aconquija. It is very shallow, 
 and though covering a large area during the rains, becomes 
 almost dry in the hot season. The soil is tolerably fertile, 
 producing large crops of maize and wheat, and rearing lai-ge 
 numbers of live-stock, especially goats. The vine is also 
 cultivated, and yields wine and spirits which bear a high 
 name in the surrounding countries. The principal exports 
 are beasts of burden, sent into Bolivia and Peru; horned 
 cattle, which find a ready market at Copiapo in Chili; and 
 hides and goat-skins, raw or tanned, sent in great numbers 
 to Buenos Ayres. Other articles are wheat, capsicums, 
 anise-seed, tobacco, wine, spirits, and dried figs. The principal 
 mineral is iron, but gold, silver, and lead are also found. 
 The political division of the prov. is in.o eight departments 
 — El Rectoral, or dep. of Catamarca, the capital, pop. about 
 20,000; Piedra Blanca, pop. 10,000; Ancaste, pop. 16,000; 
 Alto, pop. about 12,000; Fuerte de Andalgala, pop. 140,000; 
 Santa Maria, pop. 8000; Belen, pop. 7600; and Tinogasta, 
 
CATAMAPtCA 
 
 86 
 
 CAWNPORE 
 
 pop. 8900. Pop. of province about 80,000, chiefly of Indian 
 extraction, with a considerable mixture of Spaniards. 
 
 CATAMARCA [add.], a tn. La Plata, cap. of above prov., 
 on tlie W. side of Valle Viejo, at the foot of the mountains 
 of Ambato, 170 m. W.N.W. Santiago; lat. 27° 40' S.; Ion. 
 67° \V. It extends over a large space, and consists of wide 
 regular streets, with commodious whitewashed houses, pre- 
 senting a pleasing contrast to the dark green of the orange 
 gardens with which they are surrounded. The principal 
 industrial establishments are flour mills. There is also a 
 considerable manufacture of woollen and silk hats. A little 
 E. of the town excellent clay is found, and employed to 
 some extent in making roofing tiles. The surrounding dis- 
 trict, though both sandy and stony, is well cultivated, and in 
 addition to ordinary crops of maize, wheat, and beans, yields 
 excellent cotton to such an extent as to furnish a consider- 
 able export to Cordoba. Fruit also, particularly apples and 
 water-melons, abound. Pop. 5150. 
 
 CATHARINES (St.), a tn. Canada West, situated on 
 the Welland canal, in the township of Grantham and co. of 
 Lincoln, 12 m. from Niagara Falls, is beautifully situated 
 on a plateau above the valley watered by the canal, and in 
 the heart of a fertile and agreeable country. Its medicinal 
 waters are held in high esteem, and during the summer 
 months it becomes a favourite resort of travellers in search 
 of health or pleasure. The manufacture of machinery and 
 agricultural implements is carried on to a considerable ex- 
 tent. Pop. in 1858, about 6500. 
 
 CATORCE [add.], a tn. Mexico, state and 120 m. N. by 
 W. San Luis Potosi, on a steep mountain, at the height of 
 above 8500 ft. above the sea. It is very irregularly built, 
 the streets, following the original inequalities of the ground, 
 are in many places totally unfit for carriages, while the 
 houses are so unevenly placed, as to be 
 sometimes of three stories on one side 
 and of only a single story on the other. 
 The buildings for smelting silver ore 
 and other purposes are at some distance 
 S. of the town, and the mines lie scat- 
 tered over the neighbouring mountains. 
 Large fortunes were made up to the 
 time of the revolution, but immedi- 
 ately thereafter, in consequence of the 
 withdrawal of capital and the con- 
 tinued unsettled state of the country, 
 the returns were soon reduced to a 
 fourth of what they had previously 
 been. 
 
 CAUGHNAWAGA, or Sault 
 St. Louis, a town, British America, 
 Canada East, co. Laprairie, r. bank 
 St. Lawrence, 9 m. S. W. Montreal. 
 It is entirely occupied by Indians of 
 the Iroquois tribe, and governed by a 
 council of seven Indian chiefs. Pop. 
 about 1200. 
 
 CAUQUENNES, a tn. Chili, cap. 
 prov. Maule, on a slope between a river 
 
 of same name and Tutuben Creek, 200 m. S. Valparaiso. 
 It consists of seven streets running N. and S., and six others 
 intersecting them at right angles ; and has a plaza, a public 
 promenade, two churches, and seven schools. Pop. 3500. 
 
 CAVACO, Kavako, or Marimbomba, a river, S.W. 
 Africa, which forms the limit of the town of Benguela on the 
 N., rises in the mountains of Ganda, flows N.N.W. through 
 the scorching tract of Makango, and having entered the 
 plain and formed a number of small lakes called Bimba, is 
 lost in the sand. During the greater part of the year it exists 
 merely as a sand-river, which becomes visible only when the 
 sand covering it is dug through. There are many rivers of 
 the same kind in Africa; but tliere is this peculiarity in the 
 Cavaco, that its water is perfectly sweet, while the water 
 obtained by digging into others has usually a mineral saline 
 taste. 
 
 CAVAZZO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 26 m. N. 
 Udine, r. bank Tagliamento; with a parish church and a sul- 
 phur spring. Pop. 2077. 
 
 CAWNPORE [add], a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 I)oab, between lat. 25° 55' and 27° N.; Ion. 79° 34' and 
 
 80° 37' E.; is bounded N.W. by Etawah and Furruckabad ; 
 S.W. the Jumna; S.E. Futtehpore; and N.E. the Ganges^; 
 length, N. to S., 75 m.; breadth, 65 m.; area, 2337 sq. m. 
 It is traversed by the Grand Trunk road and the portion of 
 the East Indian railway between Allahabad and Agra. Lying 
 between the Jumna and the Ganges, it forms a vast alluvial 
 tract, raised from 60 to 120 ft. above these streams in the dry 
 season, remarkably fertile, and for the most part cultivated 
 like a garden, but with a surface so little diversified as to be 
 monotonous in the extreme. The principal alimentary crops 
 are wheat, barley, pulse, oil-seeds, potatoes, sugar-cane, and 
 maize. The two last are particularly luxuriant, growing to 
 the height of 8 or 10 ft., and so closely as to exclude the light 
 of the sun. The principal commercial crops are tobacco, 
 opium, safilower, indigo, and cotton. Almost the only excep- 
 tion to the general fertility of the district occurs in the vicinity 
 of the cantonment of Cawnpore, where the soil is sandy, and 
 during the season, when stifling hot winds blow, is carried 
 aloft in clouds of dust, sometimes producing an almost mid- 
 night darkness. The means of education, though still very 
 deficient, are more ample than those possessed by most dis- 
 tricts of India. In 1848 the number of schools clas.sed 
 under the heads of Persian, Arabic, Hindee, Sanscrit, and 
 English, was 540, with an attendance of 4700 pupils. Pop. 
 1,174,156. 
 
 CAWNPORE [add.], a tn. cap. of above dist., 120 m. 
 N.W. Allahabad, on the E. Indian railway. The town, on the 
 r. bank of the (ianges, was fatally distinguished in the Indian 
 mutiny of 1857. In June the native regiments stationed 
 here mutinied, and placed themselves under the Rajah of 
 Bithoor, the notorious Nana Sahib. General Wheeler, with a 
 small body of English troops, hastily intrenched himself, but 
 was compelled by famine and loss of men to surrender, stipu- 
 
 THE ' SLAUGHTER HOUSE," CAWNPOKE, in which the Massacre took place.— From Green's 
 Sketches in India duiing the Mutiny. 
 
 lating that he and his party should be allowed to leave the 
 place uninjured. But after the troops, with the women and 
 children, had been embarked in boats on the Ganges, they 
 were treacherously fired upon; many were killed, and the 
 remainder conveyed back to the city, where the men were 
 massacred, and the women and children placed in confine- 
 ment. On the approach of General Havelock the Nana 
 ordered these helpless prisoners to be slaughtered, and their 
 bodies to be thrown into a well (July 15th). On the follow- 
 ing day the victorious progress of Havelock forced the rajah 
 to retreat, and the British soldiery inflicted a terrible retribu- 
 tion on the sanguinary sepoys. For some time after these 
 events Cawnpore was little better than a heap of ruins, but 
 having been partly rebuilt it is beginning to resume its 
 previous appearance.- A church perpetuates the record of 
 the Cawnpore massacre, and memorial gardens inclose the 
 cemetery, the well, and other sites of the melancholy cata- 
 strophe. The approach to the gardens is exceedingly barren 
 and uncultivated, but on entering the gates everything looks 
 fertile and green. The gardens are beautifully laid out, and 
 are irrigated by miniature canals conveying water to them 
 
CAYENNE 
 
 87 
 
 CEYLON 
 
 a distance of 15 m., so that their verdure is kept up even 
 during the dry season. Close by the site of the bungalow or 
 liouse in which the women and cliiUlren were murdered is the 
 well, over which an octagon building of beautiful architee- 
 tui'e has been erected, entered by steps and a bronze gateway. 
 In the interior is a kind of tomb, also octagonal, of carved 
 stone, with an inscription round the base, and surmounted by 
 a figure of Mercy in white marble. There is no roof to the 
 building, the idea of a well being preserved as much as 
 possible. 
 
 CAYENNE [add.], an isl., river, and tn. S. America, 
 French Guiana: — The island, formed by the rivers Oyac 
 and Cayenne, and a branch which unites them, so as to separ- 
 ate it entirely from the mainland, is situated on the N.E. 
 coast of Guiana, and consists of an alluvial tract slightly 
 raised above the level of the sea, and even somewhat de- 
 pressed toward the centre, where it becomes swampy and 
 very unhealthy; the N. parts, however, are mountainous, and 
 the N.E. shore is formed of sandy bays, separated by bold 
 rocky heights, which decline towards the S. and W. It is 
 of an irregularly square form, and has a circuit of about 35 m. 
 The soil is generally fertile, and produces in abundance maize, 
 manioc, vanilla, sugar, rice, tobacco, indigo, pepper, cloves, 
 
 cacao, and cotton. Tlie kivek, rising in a mountainous dis- 
 
 tiict, flows N,E., and after contributing to form the island, 
 by passing along its N. side, falLs into the Atlantic. Its whole 
 
 course is about 40 m. The toavn, which ranks as the capital 
 
 of French Guiana, stands at the mouth of tiie river, on the 
 N.W. extremity of the island. It consists of about 500 houses, 
 constructed mostly of wood, and whitewashed or painted, so 
 as to have rather a cheerful appearance. The older portion 
 is very irregular in its form, but the more modern portion 
 has spacious straight streets, generally well paved and clean, 
 and lined with houses, of which a few are handsome. Be- 
 tween the two portions is the Place d'Armes, a large open 
 space, planted with orange trees. The harbour, which is de- 
 fended by a fort, is shallow, but otherwise commodious, and 
 the roadstead immediately beyond it is the best on the coast. 
 In 1826 the value of the imports was £56,000, and of exports 
 £164,000. Cayenne, which had long been used as a penal 
 settlement, has recently acquired additional notoriety from 
 the number of political persons who have been banished to 
 it, on the summary charge of disaffection to the existing 
 French government. In 1857 the different penal colonies 
 on the island contained 4000 persons who had been trans- 
 ported. Exclusive of them, the pop. of the town of Cayenne 
 is about 6000. 
 
 CAYMAN [add.], the name of three islands, W. Indies, 
 nearly equidistant from Jamaica on the S.E., and Cuba on 
 the N.: — 1, Grand Cayman is 17 m. long from E. to W., 
 and varies in breadth from 4 m. at its E. to 7 m. at its W. 
 extremity. It is low and sandy in the S.W., but both its 
 N.W. and S.E. ends form rounded bluff cliffs, about 40 ft. 
 high. It is almost everywhere thickly wooded. Owing to 
 a reef, which skirts it on all sides but the W., great caution 
 must be used in approaching it. In several places, however, 
 on the S. side there are openings in the reef, in which the 
 small vessels of the island find shelter. The only anchorage 
 for large vessels is under the W. extremity. The inhabitants 
 amounted in 1855 to 1978, partly occupying a village along 
 the shore of a shallow lagoon on the N. shore, but settled 
 chiefly at Bodden Town on the S. Turtle abounds on the 
 island, and forms its principal article of trade. — 2, Little 
 Cayman is 9 m. long, by about 1 m. broad, and from 45 to 
 55 ft. high. Its S. coast, which is sandy, is skirted by a reef. 
 — 3, Cayman Brae is 10 m. long from E.N.E. to W.S. W., by 
 1 m. broad, well wooded, and, though low and sandy at its 
 W. end, rises in the E. in a bold rocky cliff 100 ft. high. Its 
 inhabitants, amounting only to two or three families, are 
 chiefly employed in catching turtle. 
 
 CAYUGA, a lake, 11. States, in the W. of the central 
 portion of New York, is a long and narrow expanse, with a 
 length of about 38 m., and an average width of not more 
 than 2 m. It is shallow towards the N., but deepens towards 
 the S., and is said to be in some places unfathomable. Its 
 surplus water passes by an outlet into Seneca River. The 
 shallow part only becomes frozen. 
 
 CAZENGO, a dist. S. W. Africa, Portuguese settlements, 
 prov. Angola, on the Lucalla, 100 m. E.S.E. Loanda, famous 
 
 for the abundance and excellence of its coffee. On the sides 
 of the several lofty mountains which cover the larger part of 
 the district, coffee plantations exist. As these were not 
 formed by the present Portuguese settlers, and there is no 
 record of their original formation, some have maintained that 
 the coffee plant is here indigenous. The fact, however, seems 
 to be that the missionaries, to whom the country is much 
 indebted, brought some of the fine old Mocha seed to Angola, 
 and that to the plants thus propagated the excellence of its 
 coffee is due. 
 
 CAZENOVIA, a vil. U. States, New York, on a small 
 lake of same name, 120 m. E. Albany. It is the seat of an 
 educational institute, called the Oneida Conference Seminary, 
 which is attended by 300 to 500 pupils. Pop. 4495. 
 
 CEDAR LAKE, British America, lying with Lake 
 Winnipeg on the E., and Lake Winnipegoos on the S., is 
 properly only an expansion of the Saskatchewan, which 
 enters it on the N.W., and i.ssues from it on the N.E. It is 
 nearly 30 m. long, and, where widest, 25 m. broad, and with 
 its coast-line embraces an area of about 312 sq. m. Its height 
 above Lake Winnipeg is upwards of 68 ft., and above the sea 
 upwards of 688 ft. Its only feeder besides the Saskatche- 
 wan is a branch from Moose Lake, which enters it from the 
 N. Its depth of water is sufficient for the largest craft, ex- 
 cept on the N.W., where the quantity of alluvium brought 
 down by the Saskatchewan is rapidly filling it up. Its N. 
 coast is deeply indented, and forms the edge of a low flat, 
 which extends far back into the country. At some points, 
 and on many of the islands which dot its surface, horizontal 
 beds of limestone are seen. Both the mainland and the 
 islands are well wooded with balsam spruce, birch, poplar, 
 tamarack, Banksian pine, and cedar, the last growing on its 
 shores, particularly the N.W., and from its being somewhat 
 rare in other parts of the country, giving it its name. The 
 Saskatchewan, on issuing from the lake, is divided by an 
 island into two branches. At the commencement of the S., 
 and far narrower branch, the Indians have a fishing station, 
 where white fish and sturgeon are caught in abundance. 
 Cedar Lake is separated from Winnipegoos by a low isthmus, 
 about 4 m. long, which, as the Hudson's Bay Company at 
 one time sent their supplies to the Swan River district across 
 it, bears the name of the Mossy Portage. 
 
 CENTREVILLE, a vil. U. States, Virginia, Fairfax 
 CO., 27 m. W. Washington, contains one church and a few 
 stores, but is memorable for the series of battles fought in its 
 vicinity on the last days of August, 1862, in which the 
 Federal army, under General Pope, suffered heavy loss and 
 a severe repulse. 
 
 CEREKWE (New, Lower, and Uppek), three places, 
 Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle Tabor: — 1 , New Cerekwe, 
 63 m. S.E. Prague; with a parish church, two mills, and 
 1100 inhabitants. — 2, Loioer Cerekwe, 26 m. E.S.E. Tabor; 
 with a parish church, two mills, and 1100 inhabitants.— 3, 
 Upper Cerekwe, 22 m. E.N.E. Tabor, on the Iglau; with a 
 parish church, a castle, a townhouse, a brewery, and saw and 
 other mills. Pop. 1800. 
 
 CERHOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and about 24 m. S.W. Prague; has a parish church, a town- 
 house, and a brewery, and contains 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 CERVIGNANO, a tn. Austrian empire, dist. Gorz, on 
 the frontiers of Venetia; with several public oflSces, and some 
 trade. Pop. 1700. 
 
 CESIO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. Belluno, 6 m. N.N.E. 
 Feltre; with a valuable mine of quicksilver. Pop. about 
 3400. 
 
 CEWKOW, a tn Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Zol- 
 kiew, about 52 m. N.W. Lemberg; with manufactures of 
 turpentine and pitch. Pop. 1830. 
 
 CEYLON [add.] The commercial activity of the island 
 has advanced to a considerable extent of late years, but from 
 the nature of the climate, which, though not generally un- 
 healthy, is not suitable for Europeans, the commerce must 
 necessarily be dependent in a great degree upon native energy. 
 Coffee has become of rapidly increasing importance as an 
 article of foreign trade, and the aggregate of exports has 
 gradually, but not uniformly, risen in amount. The value 
 of the imports, however, exhibits a steady annual growth for 
 many years. The pearl-fi.shery on the Aripo banks was 
 revived, after a long interval of suspension, in 1855, but 
 
CEYLON I 
 
 appears since to have declined, the total value of 'precious 
 stones' exported in 1862 having been only £1427. 
 
 The general condition of the island may be gathered from 
 the following statistical statements. The total value of the 
 imports and exports, including specie and bullion, in each of 
 the years 1861-63 was: — 
 
 1861. 1862. 1853. 
 
 Imports £3,663,749 £4,243,140 £5,443,807 
 
 Exiwrts 2,706,207 2,494,120 3,587,234 
 
 The principal articles of import and export, and the value 
 of them, in the same three years, were as follows : — 
 
 Principal Articles Imported. 
 
 Coal and Coke .... 
 Cotton Manufactures . 
 Cutlery and Hardware . 
 Curry Stiifls .... 
 
 Fiah 
 
 Paddy 
 
 Rice 
 
 Haberdashery, &c. . . 
 Specie and Bullion . . 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 £63,092 
 
 590,899 
 
 19,723 
 
 37,065 
 
 61,383 
 
 65,871 
 
 836,219 
 
 30,101 
 
 1,371,290 
 
 £89,490 
 
 551,939 
 
 17,385 
 
 37,924 
 
 61,042 
 
 90,378 
 
 1,265,581 
 
 40,303 
 
 1,510,418 
 
 £127,729 
 
 851,102 
 
 66,547 
 
 59,617 
 
 60,905 
 
 119,742 
 
 1,324,746 
 
 66,263 
 
 1,842,974 
 
 Principal Articles Kxported. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 Areoa-nuts 
 
 Cinnamon 
 
 Coffee (Plantation) . . . 
 
 Do. (Native) .... 
 Cotton Manufactures . . 
 
 Do. Wool 
 
 Cocoa-nut Oil 
 
 Specie and Bullion . . . 
 
 Arrack 
 
 Tobacco 
 
 £52,168 
 
 42,261 
 
 1,397,248 
 
 265,626 
 
 161,281 
 
 25,587 
 
 104,042 
 
 421,921 
 
 26,786 
 
 23,908 
 
 £41,529 
 
 43,776 
 
 1,292,312 
 
 254,149 
 
 167,854 
 
 36,100 
 
 143,216 
 
 288,153 
 
 8,801 
 
 19,189 
 
 £51,304 
 
 36,702 
 
 1,809,186 
 
 317,034 
 
 399,368 
 
 89,963 
 
 189,232 
 
 408,050 
 
 7,499 
 
 22,144 
 
 The portion of the above imports which went from the 
 United Kingdom in the year 1862 was:— Of coal, £87,864; 
 cotton manufactures, £471,257; cutlery, &c., £26,494; and 
 haberdashery, £29,328 ; and among other articles so im- 
 ported were-malt liquors, £21,206; oilmen's stores, £10,311; 
 spirits, £24,713; sugar, £11,514; and wine (French and 
 Spanish), £22,752. Of the exports from Ceylon there came 
 to the United Kingdom in 1862: — Cinnamon, £42,100; coffee 
 (plantation), £1,237,447; coffee (native), £205,846; cotton 
 wool, £35,690; cocoa-nut oil, £128,762; specie and bullion, 
 £286.153; tobacco, £14,366; and among other articles ex- 
 ported to the United Kingdom were — coir (rope and yarn), 
 £20,049; gunnies and twine, £16,140; and plumbago, 
 £110,83. 
 
 The amount of shipping frequenting the ports of the island 
 has likewise increased, the tonnage entered in 1860 being 
 382,550; in 1861, 419,413; and in 1862, 447,481; the ton- 
 nage cleared vr&s 407,699, 417,808, and 441,511 in the same 
 years respectively. The number of vessels and their tonnage 
 in the several ports in the year 1862 are given thus: — 
 
 Colombo . . 
 
 Negombo . . 
 Calpentyn 
 
 Pantura . . 
 
 Caltura . . 
 
 Barbery n . . 
 
 Galle . . . 
 
 Ballepitty. . 
 
 Dodandowe . 
 
 Belligam . . 
 
 Gaadurah . . 
 Hambantotte 
 
 Jaffna . . . 
 
 Point Pedro . 
 Kangesantore 
 
 Manaar . . 
 Tullernanaar 
 
 Trincomalee . 
 Batticoloa 
 
 Pasale . . . 
 
 Vangalle . . 
 
 Total 
 
 1,124 
 
 52 
 
 40 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 31 
 
 322 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 347 
 
 216 
 
 249 
 59 
 46 
 17 
 
 210 
 28 
 
 2,788 
 
 164,132 
 
 2,345 
 
 1,069 
 
 464 
 
 714 
 
 1,567 
 
 196,160 
 
 634 
 
 294 
 
 145 
 
 411 
 
 51 
 
 14,581 
 
 13,671 
 
 19,989 
 2,134 
 6,534 
 1,450 
 
 17,344 
 3,792 
 
 447,481 
 
 1,113 
 
 56 
 
 32 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 310 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 349 
 
 199 
 
 70 
 
 275 
 
 60 
 
 26 
 
 195 
 
 27 
 
 2,791 
 
 Tons. 
 
 161,666 
 
 2,310 
 
 951 
 
 272 
 
 1,077 
 
 1,394 
 
 192,768 
 
 296 
 
 320 
 
 436 
 
 523 
 
 63 
 
 15,126 
 
 11,731 
 
 2,391 
 
 21,374 
 
 6,626 
 
 1,429 
 
 17,131 
 
 3,627 
 
 441,511 
 
 Of the vessels entered 304, of 233,392 tons, were British, 
 and 2407, of 180,379 tons, were colonial. Of those cleared, 
 299, of 228,903 tons, were British, and 2423, of 181,187 tons, 
 were colonial. 
 
 ? CEYLON 
 
 Agriculture. — The ensuing table exhibits the extent of 
 agriculture in the various provinces of the island, together 
 with the nature of the crops cultivated, and the produce of 
 them, in the year 1862: — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■* 
 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 w-t CI 
 
 =•.0 
 
 
 
 
 Ci f— 1 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 3 
 
 
 il§f 
 
 Jill 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^S! 
 
 
 j^ (N I- « n< 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 •SoO Ml 
 
 CO 
 
 00 t- 00 
 
 
 
 hi 
 
 
 
 1 «• „ 1 
 
 £ - 
 
 1 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 H 
 'A 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 lO to 
 
 
 
 in ^ to 1--5 l-H r-l 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■< 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t~t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C^ (M 
 
 
 (M <N to to C-) 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 III ■* 1 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 « 
 
 2 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <0 5D 
 
 
 
 1 1 1 1 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t-S^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .COCO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 •§-*<» 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «■* 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 ■i 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 a = 
 
 
 
 
 di Ci 
 
 
 1>- CO to -^ Oi "^O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 1- 10 1 
 
 11"=°. 
 
 CO 
 
 
 < 
 
 Ol nH 
 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 
 <M 
 
 
 ■* 
 
 
 
 uO 
 
 XJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o t- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 •s^^ 
 
 
 la 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 a 
 « 
 
 
 1 1 »j 1 ^- 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 OQ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t^ t^ 
 
 in 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CT •* 
 
 to 
 
 1 I ■*!'=' 
 
 1 C-l 00 05 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 >o 
 
 
 
 1~ 00 
 
 
 Ot^OOOO-l-^CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o> 
 
 >H CJ CO CO CO to 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 WTto" 
 
 
 r-." -l-'rH-Oi r^ 
 
 INI 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r-' 
 
 . CO 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 s ~ 
 
 
 
 
 (M O 
 
 <M 
 
 
 -* 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T)( r-l 
 
 ■"" 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 50 05 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 •^ l~ 
 
 
 t- C-l to ^ ■* rH 
 
 to^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a> CO 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • • --s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ fl 
 
 
 " '= ' ' 15 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 •g 
 
 
 ||.S.It58>|i§ 
 
 ' ai '.& 
 
 
 
 ^"^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■§.s 
 
 
 The island pos.sessed, in 1862, 5296 horses, 672,318 
 horned cattle, 51,517 goats, and 44,391 sheep, the great ma- 
 jority of the sheep and goats being kept in the northern pro- 
 vince. 
 
CHAK-CHAK 
 
 89 
 
 CHAMP AN EER 
 
 Finance. — The customs produced in 1862 an income of 
 £236,874, being nearly one-third of the whole revenue. The 
 total amount of the revenue and expenditure in that and the 
 two previous years was as follows: — 
 
 1860. 1861. 1862. 
 
 Revenue £7C7,101 £761,997 £759,136 
 
 Expenditure 705,440 635,230 626,654 
 
 Foindation, &c. — The following table shows the area and 
 population of the several provinces, according to the lai-t 
 return in the year 1862. It reveals the curious fact that 
 the n:ales are con.siderably in excess of the females — a state 
 of matters the reverse of what is usually the case in old 
 countries: — 
 
 Pkovinces. 
 
 Area 
 Sq. m. 
 
 Population. 
 
 White. 
 
 Coloured. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Aliens 
 
 and 
 
 Strangers 
 
 Total. 
 
 Pfr 
 Sq. m. 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 Western 
 
 North-Westeru 
 
 Southern ..... 
 
 Eastern 
 
 Northern 
 
 Central 
 
 Total 
 
 Military 
 
 Total, including military . 
 
 3,820 
 3,362 
 2,147 
 4,753 
 5,427 
 5,191 
 
 4,180 
 222 
 697 
 395 
 437 
 
 1,174 
 
 4,680 
 181 
 714 
 403 
 405 
 530 
 
 398,953 
 105,466 
 171,161 
 42,182 
 202,114 
 150,929 
 
 312,929 
 99,055 
 
 158,951 
 40,424 
 
 215,476 
 
 127,846 
 
 403,133 
 105,688 
 171,858 
 42,577 
 202,551 
 152,103 
 
 317,609 
 99,236 
 
 159,665 
 40,827 
 
 215,881 
 
 128,376 
 
 6,070 
 
 3,236 
 
 334 
 
 630 
 
 26,460 
 
 725,812 
 204,924 
 334,759 
 83,738 
 419,062 
 306,939 
 
 2,075,234 
 4,647 
 
 190-00 
 60-95 
 
 155 -91 
 1761 
 77-21 
 69-12 
 
 24,700 
 
 7,105 
 1,024 
 
 6,913 
 189 
 
 1,070,305 
 2,114 
 
 954,681 
 1,320 
 
 1,077,910 
 3,138 
 
 961,594 
 1,509 
 
 £5,730 
 
 84 01 
 •18 
 
 24,700 
 
 8,129 
 
 7,102 
 
 1,072,919 
 
 956.001 
 
 1,081,048 
 
 963,103 
 
 35,730 
 
 2,079,881 
 
 84 20 
 
 CHAKCHAK, the chief port, fort, and town of the 
 island of Pemba, whicli lies off the E. coast of Africa, N.N.E. 
 of Zanzibar. It is situated on the W. side, where the island 
 is narrowest. The houses, generally containing only two 
 rooms, are square wattle dabhuts, raised on platforms of 
 tamped clay, generally with a deep verandah in front, where 
 poultry, fruit, and fish are exposed for sale; the principal 
 street, lined with huts of the above description, is merely a 
 long narrow lane. By far the most prominent and attractive 
 object is the fort, whose white walls and tall towers rise on 
 a wooded eminence, and stand boldly out from its dark gi-een 
 back-ground, commanding the harbour and the creek leading to 
 it. Its structure, consisting in front of a loopholed curtain of 
 masonry, flanked with turrets, was probably suggested by the 
 Portuguese, who long made Pemba, the 'green island' of the 
 Arabs, one of their principal slave-depots, and traded regu- 
 larly to Chak-Chak as late as 1822. 
 
 CHALEUR BAY [add.], British America, on the W. 
 shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence; has at its entrance a width 
 of about 25 m.; a length from E. to W. of 75 m.; and a circuit, 
 from Cape Despair round to the N. extremity of Miscou 
 Island, of 185 m. It forms the boundary between the district 
 of Gaspe in Canada East and New Brunswick. This mag- 
 nificent bay, without rock, reef, or shoal, so swarms with fish 
 during the summer months that it has among the natives the 
 name of 'the sea of fish.' The scenery on its coast is very 
 fine, the grand wave-worn cliffs near its entrance, and among 
 them the Perc^ Rock, 280 feet high, through which a boat 
 can pass, being noted and remarkable objects. Mont Perco, in 
 the back-ground, rises to the height of 1230 ft., and forms a 
 conspicuous landmark. The N, or Canadian shore is of 
 moderate height, but a few miles behind it is an irregular 
 range of hills of considerable elevation. The predominating 
 features are red cliffs of sandstone and shale, with intervening 
 shingle and sand beaches. The S. or New Brunswick shore 
 is mostly composed of similar rocks, but is much lower, ex- 
 cepting between Bathurst and Caraquette, where the red 
 sandstone cliffs rise to the height of 200 ft. The .sandstone 
 belongs apparently to the coal-measures, and thin veins of 
 bituminous coal are seen in many places. The chief rivers 
 of the bay are the llistigouche, which enters at its head with 
 a broad estuary, forming the fine harbour of Dalhousie; 
 and the Nipisighit, which, flowing E.N.E. through the N.E. 
 of New Brunswick, falls into the large bay of its name at 
 Bathurst. The navigation is by no means difficult, the fogs 
 which prevail with S. winds on the banks of Miscou Island 
 (on which there is a lighthouse) being of rare occurrence, and 
 the weather within the bay being in general warmer and 
 much finer than in the gulf outside. The bay, 110 m. from 
 Riviere de Loup, where the Grand Trunk railway of Canada 
 terminates, offers every advantage as a principal station for 
 steam communication between England and Canada, the mag- 
 nificent harbour at its head and at the mouth of the Risti- 
 gouche being open and accessible for at least ten months of 
 the year. All around its shores are increasing settlements, 
 with harbours, roadsteads, and rivers, which are much fre- 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. I. 
 
 quented by vessels engaged in the lumber trade and tiie 
 fisheries. 
 
 CHAMBA, a tn. Western Africa, Adamaua, finely situ- 
 ated on the Faro, near the S. foot of Mount Alantika, 50 m. 
 S.S.E. Tola. It is a large place, and the residence of a power- 
 ful and warlike chief. The inhabitants are almost exclu- 
 sively Fellatah. 
 
 CHAMBA, or Jumbo, a tn. N. India, near the S. fron- 
 tier of Gholab Singh's Dominions, 130 m. N.E. Lahore. It 
 occupies a beautiful and picturesque site on the Ravee, at 
 the base of a snowy peak of the Himalaya, and consists of 
 about 1000 houses, constructed of wood, and ranged along 
 the sides of an open rectangular space. 
 
 CHAMBLY, a tn. Canada East, cap. co. of same name, 
 on the Richelieu, 14 m. E. Montreal. Though it ranks as a 
 single town, it consists of three distinct municipalities, called 
 respectively the Basin, the Canton, and the Parish. Near 
 the second of these, situated near the Rapids, the remains of 
 a fort, erected by the French in 1711, may still be traced. 
 Chambly possesses an English Episcopal, a Wesleyan, and a 
 R. Catholic church, a R. Catholic college, a Protestant 
 academy, a Canadian and a mechanics' institute, a deaf and 
 dumb asylum, and a nunnery. Numerous flour and saw 
 mills take advantage of its large supply of water-power, and 
 an important market is held twice a week. Pop. about 1300. 
 
 CHAMPAGOKE, a tn. W. Africa, Hau,sa States, 
 prov. Gurma, 160 m. W. Sokoto; lat. 13° 13' N.; Ion. 2° E. 
 It is bounded on the N. by a wooded dell; and towards the S. 
 by a small chain of hills, at the foot of which are the wells, 
 7 fathoms deep. The corn magazines or granaries of the in- 
 habitants are peculiar, consisting of towers or quadrangular 
 buildings, raised first 3 ft. clear of the ground, as a protection 
 from the ants, and then continued with a gradual slope to the 
 height of 15 ft., with an average diameter of about 6 ft., the 
 only opening being a window-like aperture near the top, 
 through which the corn is taken in and out. Every court- 
 yard has one or more of these magazines, which consequently 
 form more prominent objects than the low huts, of which 
 the great part of the dwellings are composed. The only 
 building of any pretensions is the residence of the governor, 
 whose jurisdiction extends over a large district. 
 
 CHAMPANEEK, two places, India:— The one is situ- 
 ated on the S. frontiers of the dist. and 30 m. S.S.E. Ajmeer, 
 and possesses little importance. The other, in Gujerat, about 
 50 m. N. Baroda, consists of a tn. and fort; the former of 
 which, once an important city, as indicated by the remains of 
 fine houses, tanks, temples, and mosques, is now a poor 
 straggling place in the midst of dense jungle infested by 
 tigers and other wild animals. The fort, or rather two forts, 
 an upper and a lower, are situated on an isolated rock of great 
 height, and surrounded by walls inclosing an area about three- 
 quarters of a mile long, and 660 yards broad. The upper, 
 deemed by the natives impregnable, contains a famous Hindoo 
 temple. The lower, which is also very difficult of access, 
 and of great natural strength, contains some curious and very 
 ancient Hindoo monuments. Pop. 2000. 
 
 12 
 
CHAMPLAIN 
 
 90 
 
 CHARLESTON 
 
 CHAMPLAIN, a tn. Canada East, cap. co. of same 
 name, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 70 m. N.E. Quebec. It pos- 
 sesses a It. Catholic chapel and several tanneries, together 
 with a large trade in flour and lumber. A lighthouse erected 
 on a height near the bank of the river gives important aid to 
 those navigating it. Fop. about 2000. 
 
 CHAMPOTON, or Jampoton, a tn. Mexico, state 
 Yucatan, on the 1. bank of a stream of same name, 12 m. 
 N.N.E. Campeachj. It suffered much during the war with 
 Mexico in 1840, and has lost much of the trade which it once 
 carried on with the interior. Pop. 1600. 
 
 CHAMULA, a tn. Mexico, state Chiapas, about 6 m. 
 N.W, S. Chri.stoval; with 10,131 inhabitants. 
 
 CHANCELLOKSVILLE, a vil. U. States, Virginia, 
 Spottsylvania co., 60 m. N. by W. Richmond, and 10 m. W. 
 Fredericksburg. It is memorable for the great battle which 
 bears its name, and which was fought in its vicinity between 
 the Federal and Confederate armies witli great fury and per- 
 tinacity during tlie three days of May 2, 3, 4, 1863. The 
 battle had no decisive result for either side, but during the 
 night of ilay 4 the Federal army under General Hooker 
 retired across the Rappahannock. An enormous loss in 
 killed and wounded was suffered on both sides, the most 
 serious casualty on the part of the Confederates being the death 
 of tlieir illustrious general, T. J. ('Stonewall') Jackson. 
 
 CHANDHAIREE, or Chendarek, a tn. India, Scindia's 
 Dominions, in a hilly and jungly tract, 103 m. S. Gwalior. 
 According to the Ayeen Akberry it contained '14,000 stone 
 houses, 384 markets, 360 caravanserais, and 12,000 mosques,' 
 and there are still ruins enough to attest its former extent 
 and splendour, but Mahratta oppression and British competi- 
 tion have combined in destroying its prosperity. It was 
 long famous for a fabric called muhmoodie, which was highly 
 prized by wealthy natives for its lightness, pliability, and 
 softness. The cotton yarn of which it was woven was so 
 fine that single threads were almost invisible, and it was sold 
 for three times its weight in silver. It seems still to be 
 made, but costing ten times the price of the finest British 
 nmslin has a very limited sale. The fort, which figures 
 much in the wars of the Mogul dynasty, is seated on a lofty 
 hill, and is inclosed by a strong stone rampart, flanked with 
 circular towers. 
 
 CHANDPOOR, several places, India:— 1, A tn. N.W. 
 Provinces, dist. Bijnour, 45 m. N.E. Delhi, stands in an 
 open and partially cultivated country, and is a place of some 
 importance, with an estimated pop. of 11,491. — 2, A tn. 
 Malwa territory, and 43 m. E. Bhopal. — 3, A tn. Berar or 
 Nagpore, 51 m. N.E. Nagpore. — 4, A tn. N.W. Provinces, 
 dist. Saugor and Nerbudda, 20 m. S.S.E. Sanger, at the 
 height of 1575 ft. above the sea. — 5. A tn. Scindia's Domin- 
 ions, on the road from Gwalior to Saugor, 38 m. S.E. Gwalior, 
 1. bank Sindh, which is here about 200 yards wide. 
 
 CHANDRA (The), the second in importance of the five 
 great rivers of the Punjab, British India, rises in the Bara 
 Lacha Pass, lat. 32° 50' N.; Ion. 77° 40' E., and flows in a 
 south-westerly direction towards Koksar, where it attains a 
 considerable size. At Tanda, about 25 m. below Koksar, it 
 receives the waters of the Bhaga River, which also has its 
 source in the Pass of Bara Lacha, From this point the 
 united stream is called the Chandra- Bagha, or Chenab, and 
 falls into the Indus at Ismail Khan, lat, 31° 10' N.; Ion. 72° 
 15' E. 
 
 CHANG-CHOW [add.], a city, China, prov. Kiang-soo, 
 near the east bank of the Imperial canal, 76 m. S.E. Nanking, 
 and about 100 m. N.W. Shanghai. It was formerly an im- 
 portant commercial city, being situated between Soochow 
 and the Yang-tsze River, with numerous small canals leading 
 from it into the Tai-ho, or Great Lake, It is adorned with 
 several triumphal arches, and the sides of the canal leading 
 to it are lined with hewn stone, A moat surrounds the walls, 
 which are 25 ft. high, and pierced for guns. This city has 
 recently become famous in the annals of the Taiping rebellion 
 as one of the strongholds held by the insurgents for four years, 
 and garrisoned by picked men, who gave a desperate resist- 
 ance to tiie force of Anglo- Chinese, under the command of 
 Major Gordon. After two assaults, which were repulsed 
 with serious loss of officers and disciplined troops, the place 
 was invested by 70,000 imperial soldiers; regular engineering 
 operations were carried on up to the walls, where a breach 
 
 was made by the artillery as in European warfare, and after 
 a sanguinary hand-to-hand conflict the city was captured on 
 the 11th May, 1864. In it were 20,000 pressed inhabitants 
 of the province, who were saved by wearing white turbans, 
 while the Cantonese soldiery, 2000 strong, were put to the 
 sword, among whom were four rebel chiefs, — [North China 
 Herald; Du Halde.) 
 
 CH AO-CHOW, a departmental city, China, prov. Quang- 
 tung, 195 m. N.E. of Hongkong. It is the centre of an 
 important maritime division of the province, on the frontiers 
 of Foo-kien, up the river Hjin, near its embouchure, the 
 tide flowing up to the walls. The channel leading to it is 
 very shallow, in consequence of the waters of the river 
 separating into several subsidiary streams before reaching 
 the sea; so that foreign ships of large burden can sail up only 
 at high water. There has been a large native trade carried 
 on at this port for centuries, being the centre of a populous 
 department, well watered and fertile, and there are nearly 
 4,300,000 inhabitants within a circuit of 50 miles; so that a 
 considerable emigration of the surplus population takes place 
 throughout the year to the Indian Archipelago, Cochin- 
 China, Siam, and Singapore, where they constitute the most 
 thriving portion of the Chinese populations, and are expert 
 sailors. This city— locally called Tie-chiu — was included 
 in the treaty of Tientsin (1858) as a port open to foreign 
 trade, although no foreign ships had proceeded up the river. 
 However, unlike the people of the other twelve open ports, 
 the inhabitants of Chaochow refuse to have any direct inter- 
 course with foreign traders, and have shown, up to the pre- 
 sent time (1864), a decided repugnance to foreigners residing 
 amongst them, or even entering the gates of the city. Con- 
 sequently the British consul and others, together with the 
 foreign residents, have refrained from taking up their abode 
 there, and few visit the city. Hence the trade of this treaty 
 port is now carried on at Swatow, where the foreigners 
 are located, and all the foreign commerce is transacted. 
 
 The people of this city and department are noted for their 
 independent and turbulent spirit, as well as their enterprise 
 and industry. They rank among those who are sparing in 
 their allegiance to the court of Peking, and seldom yield up 
 the quota of revenue justly due to the emperor. — (Gutzlaff's 
 Journal; Williams' Coyn. Guide; MS. Notes.) 
 
 CHAO-HING, prov. Che-kiang, China. See Shao-shinq 
 in Snpp. 
 
 CHARCAS (Santa Maria de las), a tn. Mexico, state 
 and 80 m. N. San Luis Potosi. It was once an important 
 mining town, and is still a handsome place, though the 
 working of the mines has in a great measure ceased. The 
 inhabitants now give their attention particularly to the rear- 
 ing of cattle, for which the district is well adapted. P. 5000. 
 
 CHARITON, or Grand Chariton, a river, U. States, 
 which, rising on the S. frontiers of Iowa, enters Missouri, 
 flows nearly due S. towards the centre of this state, and joins 
 the river Missouri on its 1. bank, after a course of about 
 250 m., of which 50 are navigable. Its principal affluents 
 are the East Chariton and the Middle Fork, the former joining 
 it on the left, and the latter on the right bank. 
 
 CHARLES, an isl. Pacific Ocean, Galapagos group, about 
 600 m. W. of South America, Ecuador; lat. 1° 20' S ; Ion. 
 90° 30' W. It is 24 m. in circuit, and presents a singular 
 appearance from the number of round-topped hills of similar 
 shape, but different sizes, with which it is crowned. One of 
 these hills is about 1500 ft., and another, the largest and 
 loftiest, 1780 ft. high. Floriana, the largest settlement in 
 the Galapagos group, is situated among the high hills of this 
 island, and has extensive plantations, on which every kind 
 of tropical product is raised in abundance. In 1849, how- 
 ever, the number of settlers only amounted to 25, though 
 the land uncleared appears to be as fertile as that which has 
 already proved so productive. 
 
 CHARLESBOURG, a tn. Canada East, co. and 4 m. 
 N.N.W. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, and an extensive 
 general business and trade in lumber. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 CHARLESTON [add.], a tn. U, States, S. Carolina, 
 cap. CO, or dist. of same name, on an estuary or bay of the 
 Atlantic, formed by the confluence of the rivers Cooper and 
 Ashley, and at the common terminus of a number of lines of 
 railway; lat. 32° 46' 33" N.; Ion. 79° 55' 38" W. It occupies 
 the S. extremity of a tongue of land formed by the two rivers, 
 
CHARLESTON 
 
 91 
 
 CHARLOTTETOWN 
 
 and so low and flat, that the town when approached from 
 the sea seems to rise out of the water. The surrounding 
 country is equally flat, and some want consequently is felt of 
 a back-ground to set off a scene which is otherwise striking 
 and beautiful; but the area occupied is far larger than the 
 population would, under ordinary circumstances, require. 
 This is owing to the manner in which the place is built. A 
 large proportion of the houses belong to the planters of the 
 adjoining districts, who are wealthy enough to have both town 
 and country residences. Most of the houses occupied by 
 these residents stand among open grounds, laid out in orna- 
 mental shrubberies or gardens, and are provided witii ample 
 piazzas and verandahs. The streets, where more closely built 
 and densely peopled, are tolerably regular, and, with few ex- 
 ceptions, cross at right angles. One of them, Meeting-street, 
 a fine avenue of 60 ft. breadth, stretches nearly across the 
 city fi-om N. to S., contains most of the public buildings, and 
 is the chief centre of the wholesale trade. King-street, which 
 runs nearly parallel to Meeting-street, but is much more 
 limited in widtli, is the fashionable shopping locality. Several 
 of the cross-streets are so narrow as to be unhealthy. The 
 principal materials used in building are wood and brick. 
 
 CHAR LESTON 
 
 ITS HARBOUR 
 AND APPROACHES. 
 
 En^jlish Miles . 
 
 According to a regulation rendered necessary by the fre- 
 quency of destructive fires, no new buildings are to be of 
 wood, but this regulation is understood to apply only to the 
 old town, and hence beyond its limits wood is still generally 
 used. The principal public buildings are 36 churches (among 
 which particular notice is due to the Episcopal churches of 
 St. Philip and St. Michael, tiie Baptist church in Citadel- 
 square, and the R. Catholic cathedral), two Jewish syna- 
 gogues, the college, high-school, and other edqeational estab- 
 lishments, the S. Carolina institute for the enconragment of 
 the arts, the citadel, the courthouse, the old and new custom- 
 house, the orphan asylum, and Roper hospital. Immediately 
 outside the town there is a large and beautiful cemetery, with 
 a number of fine monuments. The harbour of Charleston, 
 formed by the estuary already mentioned, is of ample dimen- 
 sions, and is landlocked on all sides except the E., where the 
 sea pours in, and a troublesome bar has been formed, which 
 is all the more dangerous that the sand-banks composing it 
 are shifting, and leave only a few navigable channels of 
 varying depth and width. The entrance to it is well de- 
 fended. On the right is Fort Moultrie, on Sullivan's Island, 
 and on the left, raised upon a mole in the harbour, and di- 
 rectly covering the channel, is Fort Sumter, said, before the 
 
 civil war, to be one of the best-built forts in the U. States. 
 A third fort called Castle Pinckney, stands about a mile in 
 front of the city, covering the crest of a mud-shoal, and facing 
 the entrance. In respect of trade Charleston is the greatest 
 mart of the Southern States, and has large exports of cotton, 
 rice, tobacco, indigo, grain, bacon, tar, pitch, turpentine, and 
 lumber. In its immediate vicinity are grown the famous Sea 
 Island cotton, and the largest rice crops within the limits of 
 the U. States. In cotton and rice alone the exports previous 
 to the outbreak of the war were as follows : cotton (Sea Island), 
 25,633 bales; do. (Upland), 391,705 bales; clean rice, 128,340 
 tierces. The tonnage of the port exceeded 43,000 tons. 
 Some ship-building is carried on, and there are two dry docks 
 for repairs, but the manufactures as a whole are insignificant. 
 
 Independently, however, of its commercial importance, 
 Charleston has been made ever-memorable by the events of 
 the civil war of 1861-5. On the 12th of April, 1861, the 
 first shot of the war was fired by the Confederates upon the 
 small Northern garrison which occupied Fort Sumter, within 
 the harbour, and which surrendered on the 14th. Subse- 
 quently Charleston became a chief receptacle of the stores, 
 civil and military, conveyed by vessels running the blockade 
 which the Federals established. In 1863 the Federals made 
 vigorous preparations to capture the place, but their naval 
 attacks were repulsed, and Fort Sumter, though reduced to 
 ruins, held out against a persistent and furious bombardment. 
 The siege was protracted, with more or less energy, throughout 
 the remainder of 1863, and into the year 1864. Then the 
 issue of the war turned against the Confederates, and on the 
 night of February 17, 1865, Charleston was evacuated by 
 its defenders, when threatened by the advance of General 
 Sherman from Savannah, and was immediately occupied by 
 the Federals on the 18th. Previous to the evacuation the 
 upper part of the city was set on fire, and in the conflagration 
 6000 bales of cotton were burned. Then followed the rapid 
 collapse of the Confederate cause, and on April 14, exactly 
 four years after it had been hauled down, and on the day of 
 the assassination of President Lincoln, the U. States flag was 
 formally and solemnly replaced on Fort Sumter. Pop. 
 (1860), 40,194. 
 
 CHAKLESTOWN, a tn. U. States, Virginia, cap. co. 
 Jefferson, on the Winchester and Potomac railway, 60 m. 
 N.W. Washington. It stands in what is called the valley of 
 Virginia, in the centre of a beautiful and fertile district, and 
 is built on land which once belonged to Washington's brother. 
 Pop. about 1500. 
 
 (mARLOTTE, a tn. U. States, N. Carolina, cap. co. 
 Mecklenburg, on Sugar Creek, and on the N. Carolina Central 
 railway, 125 m. S. W. Raleigh. It stands on a range, on which 
 from time to time considerable quantities of gold have been 
 found, and is indebted for any prosperity which it possesses 
 to the gold-mines and washings in its vicinity. In 1838 a 
 branch mint for coining the produce was established here. 
 Pop. about 2500. 
 
 CHARLOTTESVILLE, a tn. U. States, Virginia, cap. 
 CO. Albemarle, on Moore's Creek, 2 m. above its junction 
 with the Rivanna, and upon the railway from Washington 
 to Lynchburgh, 65 m. N.W. Richmond. Its only claim to 
 notice is its being the seat of the university of Virginia, 
 which was planned by Jefferson, and the buildings of which 
 were erected at an expense of above £50,000. Pop. 2600. 
 
 CHARL6TTET()WN,or Charlotte [add.], atn. British 
 America, cap. Prince Edward Island, advantageously situated 
 on the N. shore of a long creek or bay, which has received 
 the name of Hillsborough River. It is well laid out in a 
 large square, and in wide streets which cross at right angles; 
 but the plan contemplated is as yet very imperfectly filled 
 up, and the population, though rapidly increasing, will not 
 soon be able to occupy the space allotted to them. The only 
 stone edifice in the place is the new provincial building occu- 
 pying the centre of the principal square; about ten others are 
 of brick; but, with these exceptions, all the other buildings, 
 public as well as private, are of wood. The most conspicuous 
 erections are the Scotch church, with a square white tower, 
 and the Government house, distinguished by its colonnade. 
 Prince of Wales College, supported from the public revenue, 
 was established in 1860; there are also a private college, named 
 St. Dunstan's, and a normal school for training teachers. 
 There are also two banks in the town. The harbour is some- 
 
CHAROAMA 
 
 92 
 
 CHERCHIL 
 
 what difiScult of access from the narrowness of its entrance, 
 which shoals so much on either side as not to leave a navi- 
 gable width of above a quarter of a mile; but beyond the 
 entrance the channel expands into one of the finest natural 
 harbours in the world, having depth and space sufficient for 
 any number and description of vessels. Though entered 
 from the S. coast, the distance from its head to Savage har- 
 bour on the N. coast is less than a mile. In 1862 the en- 
 trances were 624 vessels (49,611 tons), and the clearances 
 570 vessels (51,505 tons). Pop. (1861), 6706. 
 
 CHAKOAMA, a vil. Arracan, dist. Kala, on a branch 
 of the Koladyn, about lat. 21° N. It is composed chiefly of 
 huts and charas, or serais, for the accommodation of the 
 numerous pilgrims to the temple of Mahamsonnee. This 
 temple, situated about | m. E. on a mound, consists of a 
 heavy solid dome, with a short turret or minaret at each 
 corner. The worshippers are Buddhists. 
 
 CH ATALCH A, or Tchataldge, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 on the Attyras, 20 m. W.N.W. Constantinople, in a well- 
 watered wooded valley of the E. slopes of the Little Balkan. 
 The modern town, which possesses three mosques, consists 
 of 120 Turkish and 180 Christian houses of comfortable 
 appearance. The remains of fortifications prove the ancient 
 town to have been a place of some importance. 
 
 CHATAUQUE, a hike, U. States. New York, in the 
 centre of the co. of same name, about 18 m. long by 1 to 
 
 3 m. wide. It is said to be the highest navigable water on 
 the N. American continent, being 730 ft. above Lake Erie, 
 and 1290 ft above the Atlantic. It is frequently covered by 
 mists. 
 
 CHATEAU, a bay, British America, on the N.E. coast 
 of Labrador, at the entrance of the Strait of Belle Isle, about 
 lat. 52° N.; Ion. 55° 50' W. It contains within it three 
 harbours — Henley, Antelope, and Pitt's; the first fit only for 
 small vessels, and frequented by the fishermen who liave 
 their huts and stages on its shores; the last two suitable for 
 the largest ships, and quite secure, the depth varying from 
 
 4 to 18 fathoms over a mud bottom, while islands shelter 
 them completely on the S.E. and W. The scenery of the 
 bay is magnificent. Pitt's Hill, on the W. side of Pitt's 
 Harbour, is 586 ft. above the sea; Beacon Hill, to the N. of 
 it, is 725 ft.; and the High Beacon, to the N.W. of York 
 Point, 959 ft. Castle and Henley Islands are capped at the 
 height of 200 ft. by basaltic columns. 
 
 CHATEAU-KICHET, a tn. Canada East, co. Mont- 
 morency, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 16 m. N.E. Quebec; with a 
 It. Catholic church, and a large trade in flour and lumber. 
 Pop. about 1300. 
 
 CHATHAM, a tn. British America, New Brunswick, 
 CO. Northumberland, r. bank Miramichi, about 7 m. above 
 its mouth. It is a straggling ])lace, extending about 1 J m. 
 along the S. bank of the river, but is rapidly increasing; 
 possesses some good houses, three churches, and two other 
 small places of worship, a large flour and saw mill, and 
 wharves with deep water close to them. All the buildings 
 are of wood, neatly painted and finished. In 1862, 119 
 vessels (21,336 tons) entered, and 105 vessels (21,951 tons) 
 cleared. Pop. 1500. 
 
 CHATHAM, two tns. British America: — 1, Chatham, 
 Canada East, co. Argenteuil, on the Ottawa, in a thickly 
 settled district, 42 m. W.N.W. Montreal; with two churches 
 — the one Baptist, and the other in connection with the 
 Church of Scotland— and a number of flour, saw, and carding 
 mills. Pop. about 3500.— 2, Chatham, Canada West, cap. co. 
 Kent, on r. bank Thames, about 18 m. above its mouth in 
 Lake St. Clair, and on the Great Western railway, 43 m. 
 W. Detroit. It is a large and well-built town, with a num- 
 ber of churches and schools, and other fine public buildings; 
 a harbour accessible by vessels of the largest class; and 
 building-yards, in which some of the finest sailing craft on the 
 inland water of N. America vfe.rQ built; and a very extensive 
 trade in wheat and other agricultural produce, oak and 
 walnut timber, and W. India and pipe staves. Two steamers 
 ply regularly between Chatham and Detroit. Pop. abt. 6000. 
 
 CHATHAM, an isl. in the Pacific, the easternmost of the 
 Galapagos group, about 600 m. W. from the continent of 
 S. America, Ecuador. It is 19 m. long by 8 m. broad, and 
 has peaks at its S.W end which rise to the height of 1650 ft. 
 It has a fertile soil, several good anchorages, and abundance 
 
 of water, and seems better adapted for settlement than any 
 other island of the group. Freshwater Bay, so called from 
 a fine stream which falls into it from a lava cliff about 30 ft. 
 high, affords secure anchorage in 20 fathoms. On two 
 plantations, situated about 4 m. inland, most tropical pro- 
 ductions are raised with ease. 
 
 CHAT'J'ANOOGA, a vil. U. States, Tennessee, on the 
 Tennessee River, navigableby steam-boats eight months in the 
 year, and at the terminus of the Nashville and Chattanooga, and 
 of the Western and Atlantic railways. It is advantageously 
 situated for trade, is the shipping place for the surplus produce 
 of E. and Central Tennessee, and possesses a number of mills 
 and factories. Wood, coal, and iron abound in the surround- 
 ing country. In 1863 the town was occupied and fortified 
 by a Confederate army, but in August was abandoned to the 
 Federals. In September the Federals, being defeated in the 
 battle of Chickamauga, retired to it, and were followed up 
 by the Confederates. A memorable battle was fought in the 
 vicinity of the town between the two armies, on November 
 23-25, in which the famous assault of Lookout Mountain 
 was made by the Federals, and the Confederate forces were 
 driven from their positions and routed. Pop. 3500. 
 
 CHAVALUNSK, a tn. Russia, gov. Saratov, cap. circle 
 of same name, r. bank Volga. It stands amidst fruit-gardens, 
 contains four churches, circle and parish schools, a charitable 
 endowment, numerous manufactures, and has an extensive 
 traffic on the river. Pop. 9200. 
 
 CHE-CHOW, or Tcni ciioo, a tn. China, prov. Ngan- 
 hwui, on a branch of the Yang-tsze River, 153 m. S.S.W. 
 Nanking. It is a large and important city, situated among 
 hills, surrounded by a wall, and containing many handsome 
 buildings — one of them a seven-storied pagoda, which forms 
 a conspicuous object at a considerable distance. It had the 
 misfortune, however, to fall into the hands of the rebels, 
 who made it one of their strongly fortified positions. 
 
 CHE-FOO, or Che-fow, a harbour, China, prov. Shan- 
 tung, on the N. side of the promontory of Shantung, in the 
 prefecture of Tang-chow. This is one of several anchorages 
 on the southern shores of the promontory frequented by 
 native craft during adverse monsoons, where good shelter is 
 found; and the favourite resort of the British and French 
 ships of war for recruiting the health of the men. It is also 
 a place of call for steamers plying between Shanghai and 
 Tientsin. Its name has been adopted to designate the treaty- 
 port of Tang-chow, opened to foreign trade by the treaty of 
 Tientsin (1858), although it is 30 m. E. of that city. From 
 some cause it was found more convenient for shipping than 
 the harbour of Tang-chow; and the comparatively small town 
 of Yen-tai on the shores of the bay was taken by the allies 
 as the actual trading port. This arrangement emanated from 
 the French, who have nominally considered the adjacent 
 territory as held by them, as a material guarantee for the 
 payment of the indemnity from the Chinese government, due 
 on the capture of Peking. {See Tano-chow and Yen-tai in 
 Supp. — North China Herald; MS. Notes.) 
 
 CHELSEA, a tn. U. States, Massachusetts. It is in 
 the immediate vicinity of Boston, and under the name of 
 Wennisimet actually formed part of this city till 1738, when 
 it received a separate charter of incorporation, and assumed 
 the name of Chelsea. Though thus legally dissevered from 
 Boston, it is still to all intents one of its suburbs, being little 
 more than a mile distant, and in communication with it by 
 ferry and omnibus. Pop. 12,400. 
 
 CHEIiALLA, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 about 35 m S. Guntoor, not far from the sea-coast, is in- 
 habited chiefly by weavers, who manufacture coloured hand- 
 kerchiefs and cloths to such an extent that after supplying 
 the local demand, they send large quantities to Madras and 
 other parts of the country. 
 
 CHEKCHIL [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 4'5 m. E.S.E. Algiers, advantageously situated on the coast 
 of the Mediterranean. It is the Julia Caesarea of the Romans, 
 who, justly appreciating the importance of its position, made 
 it the capital of Casarea Mauritania. It in consequence 
 became a large and populous city, with a circuit of nearly 
 5 m., and many splendid structures. It was destroyed by the 
 Vandals, but rebuilt by the Greeks. By another vicissitude 
 it became an asylum for the Moors expelled from Granada 
 In 1531 it was nearly laid in ashes by Andrew Doria, when 
 
CHESTER 
 
 93 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 he destroyed the fleet of Barbarossa. Under the Eomans 
 the harbour was of great extent, and provided with jetties 
 and a basin; but it had been nearly destroyed by an eartli- 
 quake, and had ahnost ceased to be used as a liarbour when 
 the French obtained possession of the country. Since then 
 much has been done both for it and for the town; whicli is 
 assuming a liandsome appearance, and contains, among other 
 new edifices, a church, an hospital, and 
 barracks. The trade, chiefly in grain, is 
 important. Iron, copper, and gypsum are 
 found in the vicinity. Pop. 3056. 
 
 CHESTER, a tn. U. States, Pennsyl- 
 vania, on the Delaware, and on the Phila- 
 delphia and Wilmington railway, 15 m. 
 S.AV. Philadelphia. It possesses some 
 interest as the oldest place in the state, 
 having been founded in 1 643 by Swedes, 
 who gave it the name of Uhland. Pop. 
 1667. 
 
 CHEYAIR, or Chey Aur, a river, 
 India, presid. Madras, which, formed by 
 the union of the Punchee and Bauhoo from 
 tlie S. of dist. Cuddapah, flows very cir- 
 cuitously, first N., then E., then N.N.W., 
 and joins the Pennaar on its 1. bank, 10 
 m. of direct distance above its mouth. 
 Near Nundeloor, the Cheyair expands, 
 so as to have a breadth of 1200 yards. 
 
 CHIAMPO, a tn. Austrian Italy, 
 prov. and 14 m. W. Vicenza; with coal- 
 mines worked on the banks of the Chiam- 
 po. Pop. 3212. 
 
 CHIAPAS and Soconusco, forming 
 by their union a single dep. Mexico, 
 are bounded N. by Tabasco, W. Vera 
 Cruz and Oaxaca, S. the Pacific, and E. Guatemala and 
 Yucatan. This united dep. lies between lat. 15° and 17° N.; 
 Ion. 91° and 94° W.; and has an area of about 45,000 sq. m., 
 with four cities, seven market villages {villas), 96 villages or 
 hamlets [puchlos), and 591 domains or rural tenements [fincas 
 rusticas). The surface is intersected from E. to W. by three 
 mountain chains, of which that in the centre may be con- 
 sidered as the prolongation of the sierra. One of the loftiest 
 summits is Huertepec, E from San Cristoval, which has an 
 absolute height of 8500 ft. Tliese ranges inclose valleys 
 which, from their fertility and the excellence of their climate, 
 have been denominated the paradise of Mexico. The drain- 
 age of the dep. belongs partly to the Pacific and partly to the 
 Atlantic, but chiefly to the latter, all its larger streams fall- 
 ing into the Gulf of Mexico. Among these are tlie Chiapa, 
 which, rising in the mountains of Chichumatanes, in Central 
 America, traverses the dep. first in a W. and then in a N. 
 direction, and quits it to enter Tabasco, where it takes the 
 name of Tabasco or Grijalva; the Usumasinta, which, formed 
 by streams from the mountains of I'eten and Lake Punajachel, 
 divides into three branches, which take different directions; 
 and the Tulija, whicli ultimately joins the Tabasco. The 
 lakes are also numerous, but small. The vegetable kingdom 
 comprises almost all the productions botii of the temperate 
 zone and the tropics. Among them m-ay be mentioned 
 maize, rice, wheat, and barley, indigo, olives, dye-woods, 
 mahogany and other timber for cabinet-work, wine, tobacco, 
 cotton, cacao of the best quality, sugar, coffee, gum elastic or 
 uU, vanilla, and sarsaparilla. The animal kingdom is almost 
 equally well supplied, and includes, besides the ordinary 
 domestic animals of Europe, many singular denizens of the 
 air, land, and water. The mineral kingdom furnishes rock- 
 salt, soda, and sulphur; the precious metals occur only in 
 too limited quantities to he of economical value; precious 
 stones and valuable pebbles are not uncommon. The indus- 
 try of Ciiiapas is still in its infancy, furnishing scarcely a 
 single article worthy of notice; and trade, though not un- 
 important, is unable to develop itself in consequence of the 
 want of any adequate means of transport. The cap. of the 
 dep. is San Cristoval. Pop. 160,083, of whom about one- 
 half are Indians, and the rest whites and mestzos, with a 
 sprinkling of negroes. 
 
 CHICAGO [add.], a tn. U. States, Illinois, cap. co. 
 Cook, on the S.\V. shore of Lake Michigan, at the mouth 
 
 of Chicago River, and on various lines of railway, which, in 
 the aggregate, start 100 trains from it every day. It occu- 
 pies a flat, which to the eye seems to be a dead level, though 
 it rises gradually from 3 to 24 ft. above the lake. As a 
 security from inundation, the principal streets have been 
 raised from 2 to 8 ft. above the original surface, and are in 
 general spacious, and either paved or macadamized. The 
 
 STREET IN CHICAGO.— From a photograph. 
 
 sudden rise of the place has made the public buildings more 
 numerous than elegant. Among others are 70 churches, and 
 two Jewish synagogues; a large and magnificent building for 
 an exchange and chamber of commerce, opened in August, 
 1865; a medical college, a Methodist college and biblical 
 institute, a mechanics' institute, a historical society, a higli- 
 school, various grammar and numerous primary schools. The 
 manufactures, though still imperfectly developed, include 
 steam-engines and other machinery, agricultural implements, 
 stoves, brass and tin ware, carriages and waggons, soap, 
 candles, and lard, furniture, barrels and wooden ware, leather, 
 boots and .shoes, bricks, beer, &c. The trade — chiefly in 
 grain, provisions, and lumber — has increased with amazing 
 rapidity. Up to 1830, in which year it had but 70 ir.habi- 
 tants, Chicago was merely a trading post and Indian agency, 
 and the country W. and N.W. of it was almost a wilderness. 
 It was not for ten years after that it began to assume any 
 commercial importance.the means of transport being extremely 
 limited. The first wheat exported from the place was in 
 1838, and then only to the extent of 78 bushels; in 1847 the 
 aggregate quantity of corn was 67,135 bushels. Of pro- 
 visions, 3000 barrels of pork were packed in 1835, and, three 
 years later, 600 barrels of beef. The subsequent enormous 
 increase in these branches of trade will appear from the 
 following table: — 
 
 Quantity of. Wheat, Flour, Indian Corn, and Oats {in hwheU), 
 unt forward to Eastebn Markets from Chicago, in each of the 
 following years. 
 
 Tears. 
 
 Wheat & Flour. 
 
 Indian Corn. 
 
 Oats. 
 
 
 bushels. 
 
 bushels. 
 
 bushels. 
 
 1S56 .... 
 
 9,446,365 
 
 11,129,668 
 
 1,014,63" 
 
 1857 .... 
 
 11,144,292 
 
 6,814,615 
 
 606,778 
 
 1S.58 .... 
 
 11,202,267 
 
 7,725,264 
 
 1,549,069 
 
 1859 .... 
 
 10,596,853 
 
 4,340,360 
 
 1,185,707 
 
 1860 .... 
 
 15,892,857 
 
 13,700,118 
 
 1,091,698 
 
 1861 .... 
 
 23,855,553 
 
 24,372,725 
 
 1,6.33,237 
 
 186-2 .... 
 
 2-2,508,143 
 
 29,452,610 
 
 3,112,366 
 
 1863 .... 
 
 18,298,532 
 
 24,996,934 
 
 9,909,175 
 
 1864-65 . . 
 
 16,687,655 
 
 14,182,664 
 
 16 470,929 
 
 In 1864, of live-stock, 586,437 hogs and 262,446 cattle 
 were sent off"; besides which there were packed 760,514 hogs 
 and 92,459 cattle — the number of hogs, owing to the defi- 
 ciency of the harvest, being 464,000 less than were packed 
 and shipped in the preceding year. 
 
CHICHEROULY 
 
 94 
 
 CHILI 
 
 An idea of the number and capacity of the grain ware- 
 houses in Chicago maybe gathered from the fact that, in 1861, 
 they afforded room for the storage of 6,815,000 bushels. As 
 a mart for lumber, Chicago is one of the most important 
 places in the world, if in that article, as in grain, it does not 
 indeed stand first. The following figures show the receipts 
 and shipments during the last few years: — 
 
 Years. 
 
 Receipts. 
 
 Shipments. 
 
 Lumber. 
 
 Shingles. 
 
 Lath. 
 
 Lumber. 
 
 Shingles. 
 
 Latli. 
 
 1859 . . . 
 
 1860 . . . 
 
 1861 . . . 
 
 1862 . . . 
 
 1863 . . . 
 1864-65. . 
 
 ft. 
 302,845,207 
 262,494,626 
 249,308,705 
 365,674,045 
 413,301,818 
 501,592,406 
 
 No. 
 165,927,000 
 127,894,000 
 79,356,000 
 131,225,000 
 172,361,878 
 190,169,750 
 
 No. 
 49,102,000 
 36,691,000 
 32,037,000 
 ' 23,830,000 
 41,768,000 
 65,953,900 
 
 ft. 
 226,120,389 
 225,372,340 
 189,379,445 
 189,277,079 
 221,799,330 
 269,496,579 
 
 No. 
 195,117,700 
 168,302,525 
 94,421,186 
 55,761,630 
 102,634,447 
 138,497,256 
 
 No. 
 28,2:i6,535 
 32,170,420 
 33,282,725 
 16,966,600 
 33,293,547 
 36,242,010 
 
 The population, which in 1830 was only 70, had risen to 
 4470 in 1840, and was estimated in 1861 at 160,000, with 
 an annual increase of 20,000. 
 
 CHICHKROULY, a tn. India, Sirhind, cap. of a small 
 protected Sikh state of same name, 27 m. N.W. Saharunpore, 
 on the route from tills town to Subathoo. It stands in an 
 open, level, and well-cultivated country; is surrounded by a 
 mud-wall, and possesses a well-supplied bazaar. — The state 
 has an area of 63 sq. m., and a pop. of 9387. 
 
 CHICKAHOMINY, a river, U. States, S.E. part of 
 Virginia, rises in Hanover co., and falls into York River 
 about 8 m. above Jamestown, furnishing extensive water- 
 power in its course. It was the scene of many of the mili- 
 tary operations of the civil war, and is especially memorable 
 for the battle or battles bearing its name, which occurred on 
 May 31 and June 1, 1862, between the Federal and Confede- 
 rate armies, and which, with the subsequent series of engage- 
 ments, forced the Federals under General M'Clellan to with- 
 draw from their attempt to reach Richmond, and to abandon 
 the campaign. 
 
 CHICKAMAUGA, a creek or small stream, U. States; 
 rises in Walker co., Georgia, and, flowing N.E., enters the 
 Tennessee near Chattanooga. It has been made famous by 
 being the scene of a prolonged and fiercely contested battle 
 between the Federal and Confederate armies, on Sept. 19 
 and 20, 1863, which resulted in the line of the Federals being 
 broken, and their consequent retreat to Chattanooga. 
 
 CHICOUTIMI, a river, Canada E., which rises in an 
 elevated district, not far from the N. frontiers of co. Mont- 
 morency; flows circuitously N.N.E., and joins r. bank Sa- 
 guenay, of which it is the largest tributary, at the town or 
 trading-post of Chicoutimi. Though sufficiently wide and 
 deep for navigation, an insuperable barrier is interposed, at a 
 short distance above the point of confluence, by a series of 
 rapids, through which the water rushes in a narrow, rugged, 
 and rocky channel, with a descent which amounts in the 
 aggregate to nearly 50 ft. In its course the Chicoutimi 
 expands into a long and narrow lake, called Kiguagomi. 
 
 CHICOUTIMI, a tn. Canada E., cap. co. of same name, 
 r. bank Saguenay, about 75 m. above its mouth, and 100 m. 
 N. by E. Quebec. It has a R. Catholic chapel and several 
 schools, and ships large quantities of lumber. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 CHICOVA, a dist. S. Africa, in the Banyai country, on 
 tlie S. or r. bank of the Zambesi. It has attracted some 
 attention in consequence of a tradition that silver-mines 
 were once worked in it. If it was so, the natives have 
 lost all knowledge of it, and there is nothing in the strata to 
 indicate the presence of any precious metal. Dr. Living- 
 stone, however, found a thin seam of coal or lignite under- 
 lying strata which consisted in descending series of coarse 
 sandstone, .sandstone flag, and shale. But the strata are so 
 much intersected and tilted up by dykes of basalt as to make 
 the working of the coal all but impossible. 
 
 CHIESCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle Eger, 
 on the Strzela; with a pari.sh church, a castle, a townhouse, 
 two breweries, vinegar works, manufactures of chicory, a 
 paper and two other mills. Pop. 1900. 
 
 CHIFOWA, a tn, W. Africa, Bornou, dist. Gummel, 
 75 m. N.E. Kano. It is a considerable place, surrounded by 
 a low earthen wall. 
 
 CHILAW, a tn. on the W. coast of Ceylon, near the 
 mouth of the Dederoo-oya, 45 m. N. by W. Colombo. Its 
 proximity to the pearl fishery gave it an interest which it did 
 not otherwise possess, and made it repeatedly the object of a 
 keen contest. The Tamils wrested it from the Singhalese 
 in the 14lh century, and it afterwards passed successively 
 to the Moors, the Portuguese, and the Dutc J. From the last 
 it was taken by the British in 1796. 
 In tlie forest to the E. of Chilaw, 
 within a radius of 20 or 30 m., are 
 contained the ruiii.s of a number of 
 ancient cities. The road leading 
 from Chilaw southward to Negombo 
 passes through almost continuous nut 
 plantations. 
 
 CHILI [add.] The construction 
 of railways has given a great impetus 
 to the productive industry of several 
 parts of the country. A new line, 
 connecting the mining districts of Copiapo and the adjacent 
 country with the new port of Caldera, in the province of 
 Atacama; another, 40 m. in length, connecting Coquinibo and 
 Serena with Las Cardas and the mines in the interior, with 
 an extension of 13 m. to Panulcillo; and another, proposed 
 to be constructed from the port Talcahuano to Chilian, a dis- 
 tance of 108 m., running past Concepcion and the N. side of 
 the river Bio-Bio, have opened, and promise to open, most 
 important fields of mining and commercial enterprise. The 
 total length of railway open in 1862 was about 338 m., viz. 
 from Valparaiso to Santiago, 115 m.; Santiago to San F'er- 
 nando, 83 m.; Caldera to Pabellon, 74 m.; Pabellon to Clian- 
 arcillo, 26 m.; and from Coquinibo to Las Cardas, 40 m. The 
 total cost of these lines was £427,215, and the receipts for 
 passengers £123,015, and for goods traffic £222,271. 
 
 Copper mines are worked in the Cordillera of San Carlos, 
 N. of Chilian, by a Briti.sh subject; and coal mining is carried 
 on very successfully at the ports of Lota and Coronel, at whicli 
 also the smelting of copper is done on a considerable scale. 
 The coal mines at Lota, the property of a Chilian, are worked 
 by English miners. 
 
 The foreign trade of the country has expanded greatly 
 within the last twenty years; for, whereas the imports from 
 Great Britain in 1847 are stated to have been only £89,440, 
 and the exports to it £91,640, in 1863 the imports had risen 
 to £1,474,040, and the exports to £2,288,862; the latter, in 
 1864, advancing further to £3,088,601. In the year 1862 
 the total value of the exports from Chili was £5,233,830, and 
 of the imports into it £3,695,064. The values of some of 
 the principal articles exported were as follow: — copper, 
 £2,045,173; copper ore, £439,174; silver, £436,172; silver 
 ore, £205,230; wheat, £249,238; and flour, £168,799. 
 Among the chief imports were cotton goods, £630,757; other 
 manufactured goods (silk, linen, wool, &c.), £2,096,161; and 
 sugar, £425,318. 
 
 The number of vessels and their tonnage entered and 
 cleared at the ports of Chili, in the same year, 1862, are shown 
 thus: — 
 
 Chili possessed in 1862, 269 merchant vessels, of 59,739 
 tons. The total revenue in 1860 amounted to £1,498,950, 
 of which £964,960 was derived from customs, and £215,222 
 from government monopolies; the total expenditure was 
 £1,501,405. The public debt was, in 1861, £3,050,320, 
 £1,041 ,800 of it being due upon foreign loans, and £1,540,600 
 for loans for railways in 1858. 
 
 The population at the end of 1862 numbered 837,049 
 males and 839,194 females; total, 1,676,243. And in that 
 
CHILICOTHE 
 
 05 
 
 CHINESE EMPIEE 
 
 year there were 499 government schools, 80 municipal, 
 19 monastic, and 335 private; altogether 933 schools, with 
 an aggregate number of 35,975 scholars. 
 
 CHILICOTHE [add.], a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. 
 Ross, 85 m, E. Cincinnati, with which it is connected by rail- 
 way, and upon the Ohio canal, and the Scioto, which winds 
 picturesquely through a valley inclosed by cultivated hills, 
 rising to the height of 500 ft. It is regularly built, with 
 wide streets lighted with gas, and containing many good 
 buildings. The valley is one of the finest farming districts 
 in the States, and its contiguity to the railway, river, and 
 canal, gives it ready access to the coal and iron mines of 
 southern Ohio, and consequently great advantages as a manu- 
 facturing place. It was founded in 179G, and in 1800 became 
 the seat of tlie state government, which was subsequently 
 removed to Lanesville. The old stone state-house is now 
 the court-house. Pop. (1860), 7626. 
 
 CHILKEHA, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Morada- 
 bad, about 140 m. E.N.E. Delhi, at the height of 1076 ft. 
 above the sea; lat. 29° 21' N.; Ion. 79° 10' E. It stands in 
 the gorge or pass of Dikkalee, down which the Kosila rushes 
 toward the plain, and consists of a wretched assemblage of 
 cottages half buried in high grass. In summer the air is so 
 pestilential that the inhabitants abandon it, but in spring it 
 becomes a busy mart for the trade between Chinese Tartary 
 and Kumaon on the N. and the low lands on the S. 
 
 CHILEAN, a tn. Chili, cap. prov. Nubl^, in an angle 
 between the Chilian and Nubl^, 180 m. S. by W. Santiago. 
 It consists of an ancient and a modern portion, the former 
 built by the Spanish conquerors, who made it a place of some 
 strength, in which the early settlers often found an asylum 
 when hard pressed by the Araucanians. Pop. 10,282. On 
 the E. limits of the province, whose fertile soil produces 
 much grain and wine, and rears numerous herds of cattle, is 
 the great volcano of Chilian. 
 
 • CHILLATAKA, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 22 m. N.W. I3anda, r. bank Jumna, over which there is here 
 a ferry. Though a small place it has a considerable trade, 
 particularly in cotton, which is here shipped in large quantities 
 for the lower provinces. 
 
 CHIMARA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, S. Albania, eyalet 
 and 61 m. N W. Yanina, on the Adriatic. It is the chief 
 j)lace of the Chimariots,and contains about 2000 inhabitants, 
 who live partly by trade, and partly, it is said, by plunder. 
 
 CHINANUEGA, a tn. Central America, Nicaragua, dep. 
 Occidental, on a fertile plain terminated by the mountain 
 slopes of El Viejo, 15 m. N.W.Leon. It is a well-built flour- 
 ishing place, with paved streets, which cross each other at right 
 angles, and a handsome square, in which the principal church 
 stands. The other churches, four in number, are built of 
 adobe plastered and whitewashed. Some of them are sur- 
 mounted with the peculiar rounded dome of Moorish archi- 
 tecture. There is nothing in their exterior entitled to notice, 
 and their interior, deprived by successive revolutions of all 
 costly decorations, no longer possesses any object of interest 
 Chinandega is famous for its white pine-apples and oranges. 
 Pop. about 12,000. 
 
 CHINCH A, or Guano Islands [add.], a group of three 
 islands off the coast of Peru, about 100 m. S. of Lima; lat. 
 13° 44' S.; Ion. 76° 13' W.; celebrated for deposits of guano, 
 which are so extensive and so much in demand as a manure, 
 that the government of Peru derives a larger revenue from the 
 sale of it than from all other sources. The group consists 
 principally of three rocky islets, which lie about 12 m. from 
 the coast, and are composed of a beautiful bright red granite, 
 of which the components are darkish flesh-red feldspar, white 
 quartz, and a little mica. This granite forms tolerably steep 
 walls, which rise abruptly from the water to the height of 
 25 to 30 ft., and form a gradual ascent inwards, where they 
 at length assume a rounded form. The surface, totally 
 devoid of vegetation, is covered with the dung of sea-lions 
 (seals) or guano, to a depth which, on the principal island, 
 exceeds 100 ft. In consequence of this valuable deposit, the 
 islands, which would otherwise be unvisited, and totally un- 
 inhabited, present a very busy scene, a number of ships 
 loading or waiting to be loaded, by ths labourers employed 
 for that purpose, who are composed of convicts from the 
 mainland, Chinese apprentices, and free labourers. In this 
 way a kind of temporary settlement has been formed, and 
 
 numerous tents or booths are either occupied as dwelling- 
 houses or furnished as shops. The houses of these people 
 are almost all made of tattora, i.e. bulrush matting, stretched 
 on bamboo supports, and in this dry climate afford sufficient 
 covering. The quantity of guano annually exported exceeds 
 65,000 tons. The deposit of guano is sometimes represented 
 as so great as to be almost inexhaustible, but this estimate 
 must be too sanguine, since it appears that already a good 
 half of what the largest island originally contained has been 
 carried oS". 
 
 CHINCHIPE, a river, S. America, formed by two 
 streams which rise in the S.W. of Ecuador, the one, the 
 Loyala, from the cordillera of Zamora, and the other, the 
 Savanilla, from the mountain mass of this name, flows S.S.E., 
 and enters the Maranon after a course of about 90 m. Gold 
 is washed from its sands. Owing to the hostility of the 
 Iwaros Indians inhabiting its banks it remains in a great 
 measure unexplored. 
 
 CHINDWAKA, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, territory 
 and 167 m. N. Nagpore, on an elevated table-land 2100 ft. 
 above the sea, in the mountainous tract called Deogur above 
 the Ghauts. Its climate is one of the most agreeable and 
 salubrious in India, and it has hence many visitors in search 
 of health or recreation. It was at one time a station for a 
 detachment of the Nagpore auxiliary contingent, which c.eased 
 to exist in 1830; there are still a bazaar and some straggling 
 bungalows. 
 
 CHINESE EMPIRE [add.] Since the opening of this 
 vast empire to foreign intercourse in 1858, by the Elgin 
 treaty of Tientsin, much valuable information has been 
 obtained by European residents and travellers, regarding the 
 geography of the country, the polity of the government and 
 people, and the nature of their institutions, in addition to what 
 was previously known or erroneously entertained. As re- 
 gards that province of the empire between Pechelee and the 
 Corea, named Shing-king or Lean tung, formerly a Tartar 
 province, and classed under the head of 'dependencies' in all 
 maps and gazetteers, there is now sufficient reason for con- 
 cluding that it is geographically and politically an integral 
 portion of China proper. According to the above-named 
 treaty the city of Niu-chwang was opened to foreign com- 
 merce, on the same terms as those relating to all the ports 
 in the eighteen provinces privileged to trade with western 
 nations; and reports from the Biitish consul resident at 
 Ying-tsze state that the mode of government, class of 
 officials, and the bulk of the inhabitants, are as much Chinese 
 as in the chief province. These facts go far to prove that the 
 Manchoo Tartar element, which invaded China 220 j-ears ago, 
 has not only become absorbed into the multitudinous race 
 they have conquered, but that this extraordinary people, 
 from their natural fecundity, agricultural industry, and com- 
 mercial enterprise, is slowly but surely obliterating the 
 tribes of Manchooria. 
 
 Another, and a more important, change has taken place in 
 the map of this empire among the Tartar dependencies, which 
 has severed a large and fertile region from the sway of the 
 emperor of China, and transferred it to the czar of Russia. 
 This country is now known as the Amoor territory, from 
 inclosing within its bounds the river of that name for a course 
 of 1200 m., but is equally distinguished by having a sea- 
 board in the Gulf of Tartary and Sea of Japan, measuring 
 not less than 700 m. While tributary to China this territory 
 was called Keching, and bordered on the Russian province 
 Yakutsk, bounded by the Yablonoi-Krebet chain of moun- 
 tains. The new boundary line extends to the left bank of 
 the Amoor or Sagalien River, along its upper part, and 
 diverges southwards up the Usuri River, a tributary, to Vic- 
 toria Bay; including a territory with an approximate area of 
 320,000 sq. m., nearly seven times the extent of Shing-king, 
 and about three times the area of Great Britain. This land 
 was ceded to Russia in 1858, at the same time that the 
 British and French allies negotiated the treaty of Tientsin; 
 but the Russians, while they benefited by that convention, 
 obtained this magnificent concession by a separate treaty. 
 
 China, Pjjopek [add.] 
 
 Physical features. — Several expeditions have been under- 
 taken into the interior of China by British officers and 
 merchants, under the auspices of the treaties, which provide 
 that no let or hindrance be given to travellers, the subjects 
 
CHINESE EMPIRE 
 
 96 
 
 CHINESE EMPIRE 
 
 of treaty powers, peacefully journeying through the country, 
 and much additional information has been thus obtained. Of 
 these expeditions the most extensive and interesting was one 
 formed to cross E. to \V. up the Yang-tsze River, passing 
 through Tibet into India. Circumstances prevented the 
 latter pi-oject being successful, but the party ascended a dis- 
 tance of 1800 m. by the river; and Captain Blakiston has 
 left an able record of its geographical, geological, and 
 botanical features, as represented on the banks of that great 
 stream. It is evident that its upper waters pass through a 
 rich mineral region, where gold, silver, and other metals, 
 together with coal, and every species of building stone, occur 
 in abundance. Similar data have been afforded by an expe- 
 dition which crossed from Canton, through the mountain pass 
 that divides the southern from the inner shed of waters, down 
 which they travelled until they cauie to Ilankow, where the 
 Lower Yang-tsze begins, 700 m. above Shanghai. Further 
 north other parties have travelled through the inland parts of 
 Shantung, Pechelee, and Shingking, to Mookden, and the 
 coal-measures of Sin-nim. Everywhere these travellers 
 observed that the mineral wealth of the country was quite 
 undeveloped, and that there was sufficient evidence to con- 
 clude that China has resources of this kind equal in extent to 
 those of Europe. With the introduction of machinery and 
 scientific appliances, under the superintendence of skilled 
 foreigners, these riches may be developed. Already the im- 
 portation of foreign coal is being superseded by the native 
 article, and iron is no longer a staple import. 
 
 Agriculture. — In like manner the opening of China to 
 foreign intercourse has given a new impetus to the cultivation 
 of its exportable products. Amongst these cotton now 
 appears as a considerable item on the export list, whereas 
 formerly it figured as an import. This, no doubt, has been 
 caused by the high prices obtained in Europe, through the 
 dearth caused by the American war. Nevertheless, the 
 increased production exists; and it is observable that the 
 farmers are beginning to use better seed, so as to grow 
 qualities most suitable to foreign looms, and to adopt a better 
 system of culture. Foreign ploughs and other agricultural 
 implements are in request; and there is every probability that 
 ere long the northern provinces, in which the cotton is chiefly 
 grown, will cease to import common calicoes. 
 
 Trade and Commerce. — By the treaty of Nanking (1842), 
 Canton, Amoy, Foochow, Ningpo, and Shanghai were opened 
 to foreign trade, and Hongkong was ceded to Great Britain. 
 The clauses of that treaty were far from satisfactory, and in 
 a great measure gave rise to subsequent misunderstandings 
 with the native authorities, which led to two costly wars 
 against the Chinese government by the English and French 
 allied, in the south and north provinces of the empire; from 
 the capture and occupation of Canton, in December, 1856, to 
 the triumphal entry into Peking, October, I860. The result 
 of these necessary hostilities was the ratification of a treaty, 
 signed at Tientsin, June 26, 1858, placing the commerce of the 
 United Kingdom with China on a most satisfactory basis, 
 which was equally shared in by France, Russia, Prussia, 
 Portugal, and the United States; and, in addition to the five 
 ports previously open, permission was granted to the subjects 
 of England and France to trade at Niu-chwang (Yingtsze), 
 Tangchow (Chefoo), Tai-wan (Formosa), Chanchow (Swatow), 
 Kien-chow (Hainan), and the river Yang-tsze was opened to 
 foreign navigation, with power to traffic at the ports of 
 Chin-kiang, Kew-kiang, and Han-kow. A convention was 
 also entered into at Peking on the exchange of ratifications, 
 October 24, 1860, by which the port of Tientsin was opened 
 to trade, and the Cowloon shore on the mainland, opposite 
 the island of Hongkong, ceded to Britain. Further, a sup- 
 plementary convention adds the port of Tamsui, in Formosa, 
 as an open port. The effect of the treaty upon the increase 
 of foreign trade and shipping is unexampled in the commer- 
 cial annals of the East. To give the details of that trade 
 with every western nation would occupy more space than is 
 at our disposal. However, the following analysis of the 
 portion of it which belongs to Great Britain will suffice to 
 show its rapid development, especially in the staple product, 
 tea: — The total export of that commodity in each season, 
 which commences in June and ends in May, according to 
 the foreign customs returns, published every six months, 
 was as under — 
 
 Season. Lbs. 
 
 1858-59 65,789,792 
 
 1859-60 85,560,452 
 
 1860-61 90,066,160 
 
 1861-62 109,854,000 
 
 1862-63 1-21,273,580 
 
 1863-64 119,689,238 
 
 1864-65 121,236,870 
 
 It must be remarked, however, that the immense increase 
 during the three last-named seasons was caused by the teas 
 for the American market being largely shipped in English 
 vessels, and a part of them also was transhipped to Russia, in 
 consequence of the reduction of the duty on teas at the ports 
 of that country. 
 
 The export of raw silk during the same period does not 
 show similar results, as the production of that article was 
 checked by the Taiping occupation of the silk-growing dis- 
 tricts, now happily relieved from the desolating presence of 
 the rebels. 
 
 Srason. Bales. 
 
 1858-59 83,136 
 
 1859-60 64,163 
 
 1860-61 79,644 
 
 1862-63 83,264 
 
 1S63-C4 42,159 
 
 1864-65 32,317 
 
 A new export has arisen in consequence of the war in 
 America, by the remunerative price of cotton. In the year 
 1863 the exports to Britain were 30,856,336 lbs.; and in 
 1864, 85,157,008 lbs. 
 
 The import trade in British manufactures is far from being 
 equivalent to the value of the produce exported, the balance 
 of trade being maintained by shipments of specie from Eng- 
 land and opium from India. Among the important changes 
 effected by the treaty of Tientsin, is that of legalizing the 
 trade in opium, hitherto carried on as contraband traffic, 
 although winked at by Chinese officials, which rendered it 
 demoralizing alike to native and foreign traders. Not ojily 
 has this measure augmented considerably the customs revenue, 
 by a duty of £10 on every chest weighing 133 lbs., but its 
 legitimate sale and consumption has lessened the evils pro- 
 duced by its excessive indulgence. All the shops where it 
 is smoked are licensed, and under the supervision of the 
 police. Those who have recently visited these establishments 
 in the chief cities and open ports, have failed to observe the 
 prevalence of the horrible excesses resulting from the use of 
 the drug, which travellers depicted formerly. The value of 
 this commodity imported from India, was as follows: — 
 
 1859 £10,660,651 
 
 1860 8,336,835 
 
 1861 9,428,887 
 
 The following figures show the total value of the exports 
 and imports passing between Great Britain and China in the 
 four years stated : — 
 
 Total Exrorts. Total Imports. 
 
 1861 £9,070,445 £6,212,490 
 
 1862 .... 12,137,095 5,835,777 
 
 1863 14,186,310 6,514,778 
 
 1864 .... 15,673,930 
 
 Including the import of opium from India and a few other 
 articles, as part of British commerce with China, and also 
 the specie shipments to pay for tea and silk, our trade witli 
 that empire, in exports and imports, during 1863 was over 
 £30,000,000 sterling. As the details of the whole external 
 trade are given under each open port, it will suffice to state 
 here that the commerce with other nations, carried on urder 
 foreign flags, far exceeds that with Britain and her Indian 
 possessions, so that the total value of the foreign trade in 
 1863 is estimated at £1 04,248,804, against £8,303,378 in 1847. 
 The total amount of duty paid on foreign vessels and cargoes, 
 at the treaty-ports in the same year, 1863, reached the hand- 
 some sum of £2,802,995. 
 
 History. — In 1850 an insurrection broke out in the pro- 
 vinces adjoining Canton, with the object of expelling the 
 Tartar dynasty from the throne. For a long period the in- 
 surgents succeeded in maintaining their ground against the 
 imperial forces, and it was not till after the lapse of several 
 years that the latter were enabled in some degree to quell the 
 rebellion. The insolence of the Chinese towards the British 
 and other foreigners had long been the sul ject of complaint; 
 and, in 1856, a manifestation of this arrogant spirit led to a 
 second war with Great Britain. In October of this year a 
 small vessel, or lorcha carrying British colours, while at 
 
CHINESE EMPIRE 
 
 97 
 
 CHING-KIANG 
 
 anchor at Canton, was boarded by a Chinese officer and party 
 of soldiers, and twelve of the crew were carried off. All 
 reparation or apology for this outrage being refused, Admiral 
 Sir Michael Seymour, commander of the Uritish fleet for the 
 China station, found himself under the necessity of proceeding 
 to active hostilities, which led to the destruction of the 
 Chinese fleet at Fatslian, in the Canton River, in June, 1857, 
 and the capture of ("anton itself after a brief siege, in Decem- 
 ber of tiie same year. The Chinese government now made 
 overtures of accommodation, and a treaty was concluded by 
 Lord Elgin, on behalf of the British government, with the 
 Imperial commissioners, at Tientsin, on 26th June, 185S. 
 The terms obtained were sufficiently satisfactory, but were 
 rendered futile by the treacherous attack shortly afterwards 
 on the British and French ambassadors at the Taku forts, 
 while on their way to Peking to obtain a ratification of the 
 treaty. A renewal of hostilities was thus necessitated ; an 
 allied army of British and French troops marched upon the 
 capital, which, after a fresh instance of treachery on the part 
 of the Chinese with respect to Messrs. Loch and Parkes, and 
 the barbarous murder of Captain Anderson and others, was 
 entered in triumph by the attacking force. On 24th October, 
 18G0, a fresh treaty was concluded by Lord Elgin, in which 
 the conditions already stipulated in the treaty of Tientsin 
 were repeated with additional clauses; and satisfaction was 
 exacted from the Chinese, in the shape of a large sum of 
 money, to be paid by them towards the expense of the war, 
 and as compensation to the survivors and surviving relatives 
 of those who had been the victims of the act of treachery above 
 referred to. Between the signing of the first treaty of Tientsin 
 and the ratification at Peking, it will be seen that an interval of 
 two years and four months elapsed. During that period this 
 ancient empire sutFered so much from foreign and internecine 
 war, that it was apparently in the throes of dismemberment, 
 if not dissolution. In her central, riverine, and maritime 
 provinces the Taiping rebellion was at its height, and the 
 leaders of that movement were for the time de facto rulers of a 
 country containing upwards of 65,000,000 inhabitants. In the 
 south Canton was in the military occupation of the British 
 and French forces, while in the north the victorious allied 
 army had captured Peking, and reduced the emperor's palaces 
 at Yuen-ming-yuen to ruins. The financial resources of the 
 empire were at a low ebb, and the government had to comply 
 with the fresh demands of their conquerors, and pay an 
 indemnity of £4,000,000, besides an unsettled demand of 
 £2,000,000 more. To pay this indemnity without time given 
 was quite out of the power of the imperial treasury, and to en 
 force immediate payment would have been a harsh and suicidal 
 act on the part of the allies. Accordingly it was arranged 
 that the customs at the treaty ports should be placed under 
 the control of foreign collectors, and the first charge upon 
 the revenues be instalments of the indemnity money. No 
 measure could have been better calculated than this to de- 
 velop the foreign commerce of these ports, and purge the 
 corrupt system of the native customs. Even then, with all 
 these seemingly amicable concessions to foreigners, the party 
 who wielded the reins of government were determined to 
 renew warlike operations against them when another oppor- 
 tunity offered. Meanwhile the emperor Hienfoong, who 
 had fled to his palace of Zehol, in the fastnesses of the Tar- 
 tarian Alps, died, and the warlike party assumed the regency 
 of his youthful son, who succeeded to the throne, excluding 
 from their counsels Prince Kung and others favourable to 
 foreign policy. The latter party, resolving to gain the ascen- 
 dancy, secretly conspired together, seized the leaders of the 
 opposite faction and executed them, declaring a new reign of 
 Tung-chee, signifying one of 'law and order.' These events 
 happened about the close of 1861, since which the most 
 satisfactory relations have existed between the ministers of 
 the treaty powers resident at Peking. Not only has the 
 entente cordiale been unbroken, but the British and French 
 forces have aided materially in suppressing the Taiping 
 rebellion. Under the instruction of the military upwards of 
 20,000 Chinese have been drilled and armed after the Euro- 
 pean manner, and have conducted themselves with prowess 
 in the field. Further eff'orts were made to form an Anglo- 
 Chinese navy for the suppression of piracy on the coast, and 
 to aid in crushing the rebellion. The project was so matured, 
 that the fleet arrived in China from England, but from some 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vou I. 
 
 misunderstanding about the control of this formidable power 
 it was abandoned, and the fleet paid off. Nevertheless, the 
 new era which has dawned upon this exclusive nation, pro- 
 mises to be one of great fulfilment in the cause of universal 
 humanity, religion, politics, and commerce. 
 
 Population — Since the official census of 1812, which gave 
 the population of the 18 provinces at 361,693,879, no other, 
 as far as can be ascertained, has been published by the 
 Chinese government. It is known that a census was taken in 
 1849, but the particulars have not yet been made public. In 
 the absence of statistical returns, various computations have 
 appeared from time to time. Of these, the latest, and in every 
 respect the nearest to an official census, is that furnished by 
 M. Sacharoff, in the works of the Imperial Russian Embassy 
 at Peking. This computation is for the year 1842, giving a 
 total of 414,686,994, including the population of Shing-king, 
 and dividing the provinces as follows: — 
 
 Pe che-lee, . .... 30,879,838 
 
 Shan-tung, 39,529,877 
 
 Shau-see, 17,056,925 
 
 Shen-see 10,309,769 
 
 Ho-nan, 29,069,771 
 
 Kiang-soo, 39,646,924 
 
 Kiang-see, 26,513,889 
 
 Ngan-hwi, 36,596,988 
 
 Fookien, 25,799,566 
 
 Che-kiang, 30,437,974 
 
 Hoo-pee 28,584,564 
 
 Hoo-naii 20,048,969 
 
 Kan-soo, 19,512,716 
 
 Sze-chuen, 22,253,964 
 
 Quangtnng, 21,152,603 
 
 Qnangsee, 8,121,327 
 
 Yun-nan, 5,823,670 
 
 Kwi-chow 5,679,128 
 
 Shiug-king, 1,665,542 
 
 Total, . . . 414,086,994 
 — [NorlJi China Herald; Customs Returns; MS. Notes.) 
 
 CHING-KIANG [add.], a city, China, the first of import- 
 ance on ascending the great Yang-tsze River, 150J nautical 
 miles from Shanghai. From its position at the junction of 
 the Imperial canal with that stream, which gave it the de- 
 signation of " Guard of the River," it was included in the 
 treaty of Tientsin (1858) as one of the open ports. In 
 ancient times it was the chief emporium of trade on the Lower 
 Yang-tsze, and continued as such up to 1842, when it was 
 captured by the British. But, although restored the same 
 year, it failed to recover its former prosperity; and circum- 
 stances since then have doomed it to misfortune, notwith- 
 standing its eligible site for military as well as commercial 
 purposes. In 1853 the Taipings captured it, and continued 
 in occupation for four years. During that period the indus- 
 trious population were robbed and ruined by their ruthless 
 conquerors within, and their habitations destroyed by the 
 Imperialists from without, who, after long bombardment, 
 recaptured it in 1857, but found only a mass of ruins. In 
 addition to these desolating effects, the chances of its recover- 
 ing traffic from the north were stopped by the filling up of 
 the Imperial canal, near Whaingan, so that communication 
 with the country south of Tientsin ceased. In 1860, after 
 the ratification of the treaty, several merchants from Shanghai 
 established branches of their houses at this port; but as it was 
 not safe to remain on shore, their agents lived on board hulks 
 and ships laden with merchandise. Here a small precarious 
 trade has been carried on under the surveillance of foreign 
 customs officers, forming one-third of the small community 
 of 25 residents. For three years the British vice-consul of 
 the port fixed his residence on Silver Island, a picturesque 
 rock in the middle of the river, a few miles below the city, 
 where the stream is greatly narrowed, and runs with a velo- 
 city dangerous to small vessels and boats. As all British ships 
 bound up the river were obliged to obtain a pass from the 
 consul, many accidents happened from this cause, so that the 
 consulate was removed in 1863 up to the concession adjacent 
 to the ruined city. The Taiping rebels having been com- 
 pletely driven away in 1864, confidence is slowly returning 
 to the few inhabitants who have survived the rebellion; and 
 the foreign residents are gradually moving on shore, where 
 they are building stores for the reception of their goods. In 
 1863 the imports were of the value of £1,522,003, and the 
 exports £230,276. The Imperialists are slowly restoring 
 
 13 
 
CHTNGLEPTJT 
 
 98 
 
 CHOLM 
 
 the principal edifices, and there are prospects of a revival of 
 trade, now that the Imperial canal is open for traffic to 
 Sooeliow; but it must be many years before it can recover 
 the prosperity it enjoyed before 1842, when it had a busy 
 population of 60,000. — [Chinese Repository ; Williams' Chinese 
 Commercial Guide; IIS. Notes.) 
 
 CHINGLEPUT [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 3G m. 
 S.S.W. Madras, cap. dist. of same name. It consists of a 
 town and a fort, was formerly a jjlace of some strength, and 
 is still inclosed by a ditch, and a rampart 2 m. in circuit. 
 Its E. and the greater part of tiie N. face have the additional 
 defence of an artificial lake, which is 2 m. long by 1 broad, 
 and, besides supplying the ditcli, irrigates the adjoining rice- 
 fields, the water being retained for this purpose by an em- 
 bankment 1000 yards long, upon the top of which the road 
 to Madras is carried Tlie town consists chiefly of one long 
 street, and of a neighbouring village, called Nullam, which 
 may be considered as its suburb. The inhabitants are mostly 
 engaged in agriculture; but have manufactures to a limited 
 extent of silks, coarse cloth, and pottery. The fort, situated 
 about half a mile N. W., is 400 yards long by 280 broad, and 
 is divided into two distinct parts by a rampart and a ditch; 
 the E. and more elevated forming what is called the Inner 
 Fort. It contains all the public buildings, the principal of 
 wiiicli are the court-house, place of arms, hospital, and jail. 
 The troops stationed here, usually two companies of native 
 infantry, live in huts on high ground a quarter of a mile S. 
 
 CHINNAPATAM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Mysore, 34 m. E.N.E. Seringapatam. It consists of a fort 
 and a town; the former faced with stone, and apparently 
 built with some care. Witliin it are a handsome and re- 
 markable temple dedicated to Vishnu, and a large palace 
 belonging to a relative of the rajah of Mysore. The town is 
 famous for its manufactures of sugar, steel, steel wire, and 
 lacquered toys. 
 
 CHIKGONG, or Chukgaon, a tn. and dist. India, Bun- 
 delcund, on the road from Caipee to Goonali, 81 m. S.W. 
 Goonah. The district has an area of 25 sq. m., containing 
 10 villages and 3800 people, and previous to the mutiny in 
 
 1857 paid tribute to Jhansi. The tovtn, defended by a 
 
 fort of some strength, was stormed by British troops in 1841, 
 in consequence of the depredations of the inhabitants and the 
 rebellious conduct of the rajah. 
 
 CHIRIQUI, or West Veragua, a prov. New Granada, 
 lying between lat. 8° 2' and 9° 42' N., and Ion. 81° 37' and 
 83° 5' W. ; bounded N. by Caribbean Sea, E. Veragua, 
 S. Pacific Ocean, and W. Costa Rica. The resources of this 
 province are very imperfectly developed; but it is not sur- 
 passed by any part of the globe in variety of surface, fertility 
 of soil, and luxuriance of vegetation, and many districts of 
 it are comparatively healthy. It has commodious natural 
 harbours both on the Caribbean Sea and on the Pacific, and 
 contains extensive beds of excellent coal, and abundance of 
 land fit for pasture or tillage. The shortest distance from 
 sea to sea is 46 m. 
 
 CHIUKAREK, a tn. India, Bundelcund, cap. of a small 
 native state of same name, picturesquely situated at the foot 
 of a lofty rocky hill crowned by a fort, 42 m. W. Bandah. 
 Below the town is a fine lake swarming with fish. The fort 
 is accessible only by a flight of steps cut in the rock, but is 
 commanded by two heights at no great distance. The state 
 lias an area of 880 sq. m., contains 81,000 inhabitants, and 
 has a revenue of £46,083. 
 
 CHIRIIA POONJEK, a tn. India, Cosya Hills, 28 m. 
 N.N.W. Silhet. Its height of 4200 ft. above the sea led to 
 its adoption by the government as a sanatarium; but the 
 results not proving satisfactory, it was abandoned in 1834. 
 Coal in abundance and of superior quality, and iron ore, are 
 said to exist among the hills; but little has yet been done 
 to turn them to account. 
 
 CHISZNE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva 
 Thurocz, in a mountainous district near the frontier, on tlie 
 gi-eat road leading into Galicia. It contains 1400 inhabi- 
 tants, who are chiefly employed in weaving linen, growing 
 flax, and mining. 
 
 CHITRAKOTE, or Chatarkot, a tn. India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, 50 m. S.E. Banda, on the Paisuni. It is crowded 
 with temples and shrines, and was formerly resorted to by 
 great numbers of pilgrims. The river, which here expands 
 
 into a lake, is approached by numerous flights of steps, to 
 enable votaries to perform religious ablution in its waters. 
 
 CHITTENANGO. a vil. U. States, New York, co. 
 Madison, on a creek of the same name and the Utica and 
 Syracuse railroad, 14 m. E. Syracuse; it is also connected 
 with the Erie canal. It possesses three or four churches, a 
 bank, and has manufactures of water-lime. Pop. 1200. 
 
 CHITTUNG, a river, India, wliich, branching off from 
 the Sursooly, in Sirhind, flows S.W., is joined by the cele- 
 brated canal of Ferozcsliah, whose water it conveys W. to 
 Hissar, and then, winding along the sand-hills on the 
 N. boundary of the sandy desert of Bikaneer, is lost in the 
 plains of Bliuttiana, after a course of about 120 m. It is 
 totally unfit for navigation; but, taken in connection with the 
 canal of Ferozeshah, is of great agricultural importance. 
 
 CHOBE, or Tschobe, or Zabesi, a river, S. Africa, 
 which, formed by several streams, of which the Kubango, 
 from the Bulum Bulu Steppe, near the S. frontiers of the 
 Kimbunda country, assumes its own name about lat. 16° S., 
 and flows circuitously S.E. to Linyanti, the capital of tlie 
 Makololo. Here, making a sudden turn, it assumes the 
 name of Zabesi, flows E.N.E. in a broad stream, occasionally 
 interrupted by islands, and rendered difficult of access from 
 the land by a wall of reeds about 7 ft. high, and growing 
 together so closely that they are almost impenetrable, and 
 joins the Leambye, or Zambesi, on its r. bank, about lat. 
 17° 30' S. The exact point of junction is ill defined, because 
 both rivers, before becoming imited, separate into a number 
 of branches. The banks of the Chobe are composed of soft 
 calcareous tufa, through which the river has cut out a deep 
 bed with perpendicular sides. The banks, where high, are 
 covered with magnificent trees, infested by the venomous 
 tsetzc, and affording a retreat for various antelopes, wild liogs, 
 zebras, buffaloes, and elephants. The depth of the channel 
 between Linyanti and the confluence is from 13 to 15 ft., 
 and wide enough for a steamer to ply upon it. The wind- 
 ings, however, are so numerous and abrupt as to preclude 
 such a mode of navig.ation. At present it is a work of no 
 small difficulty to paddle it with canoes. 
 
 CIIOCEMIRZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. N. by E. Kolomea; with a baronial castle with fine 
 gardens. In 1624 the Tartars sustained a signal defeat here 
 from the Poles. There is a sulphur sprnig in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 2084. 
 
 CHOIS, a tn. Mexico, prov. and 70 m. N. Sinaloa, at the 
 foot of the Cordilleras, near r. bank El-Fuerte. It consists 
 chiefly of a tolerably large street of low flat-roofed houses, 
 covered with earth as a protection against the excessive heat; 
 and has a cathedral of no great pretensions in the centre of 
 the public square. The inhabitants used to find employment 
 in the mines; but since these ceased working, have wisely 
 turned their attention to agriculture, and raise good crops of 
 maize and sugar-cane. About two leagues N. of Chois, the 
 El-Fuerte, receiving two important affluents, becomes navig- 
 able during the greater part of the year for small boats carry- 
 ing logwood, provisions, <tc. Pop. about 900. 
 
 CHO-LEN, a tn. Cochin-China, in tlie French territory, 
 8 m. W.S.W. Saigon, on the Ben-luc, which forms part 
 of the great commercial channel communicating between 
 the Saigon and the Vaicos and the Cambodia rivers. The 
 country between the two towns is pleasant, and adapted for 
 the erection of European villas; the suburbs already have a 
 wealthy and superior appearance. Cho-len has something 
 of the style of a Chinese town, with straight streets and long 
 lines of shops; it is also inhabited by large numbers of 
 Chinese, many of whom are very wealthy. But they are 
 said to be a turbulent class, and addicted to opium and 
 gambling. As a commercial town it is of great importance, 
 as all the rice from the western districts is brought hither 
 for .sale; and it is also the emporium for three- fourths of all 
 the exports of the country. The inhabitants are made up of 
 many races — Cambodians, Siamese, Parsees, Indian coolies, 
 Malays, and Chinese. They each have their own organiza- 
 tion under their respective chief men, subject, of course, to 
 the supremacy of the French rule. The pop. is estimated 
 at 15.000 to 20,000. 
 
 CHOLM, or Kolm, a tn. Russia, gov. and 110 m. S.E. 
 Pskov, cap. circle of same name, on the Lovat. It contains 
 five churches, a school for the circle, a charitable endow- 
 
CHOLUI 
 
 99 
 
 CHUMBUL 
 
 meiit, various manufactures, an active trade in corn, flax, 
 wood for fuel, and timber, and a very important yearly 
 market. Pop. 3678 
 
 CHOLUI, or KoLUi, a tn. liussia, gov. Vladimir, circle 
 and not far from Viasniki; contains a church, and has markets, 
 vyhich are held four times a year, and are very numerously 
 attended. Many of the inhabitants live by painting pictures 
 of the saints on the wood of the lime-tree. To such an extent 
 is this carried that Cholui alone is said to produce nearly half 
 a million of pictures annually. Pop. 1888. 
 
 CHOiNOS ARCHIPELAGO, S. America, off the coast 
 of Chili, between lat. 44° and 46° S. It consists of a large 
 number of barren, rugged, and lofty islands, with summits 
 varying from 2000 to 4000 ft. above the sea. The inner 
 sounds behind the islands have not been surveyed, but are 
 supposed to contain numerous harbours. The interior coasts, 
 like the outer, are rugged and barren, and have summits 
 ranging about 3000 ft. A wide inlet, named Darwin Channel, 
 after the celebrated naturalist, leads E. into tlie iimer sounds 
 of the archipelago, and to the W. coast of Chili. 
 
 CHOOKOO, a tn. India, Eajpootana, state and 100 m. 
 E. by N. Bikaneer, in a desolate tract on the E. border of a 
 sandy desert. Elphinstone, who visited it in 1808, describes 
 it as nearly a mile and a half in circuit, exclusive of its large 
 but mean suburbs, and of very handsome appearance, and 
 consisting of houses built, like the wall, of a limestone so purely 
 white as to give an air of great neatness to everything com- 
 posed of it. Boileau, on visiting Chooroo in 1825, found 
 that its fortifications had fallen to ruin, that its commerce 
 was lost, and that its bazaars had become desolate. The 
 explanation is, that hostile armies had been repeatedly con- 
 tending for the possession of it. 
 
 CHOPTANK, a river, U. States, which, rising in Dela- 
 ware, flows S. VV. into Maryland, and falls, by a long and 
 wide estuary, into Chesapeake Bay, after a course of about 
 100 m., of which 50 m. are navigable for sloops. 
 
 (JHOKAL, a tn. Ilussia, gov. Poltava, cap. circle and on 
 a river of same name; with six churches, a circle and a parish 
 scliool, and a benevolent endowment. Tobacco is largely 
 cultivated in the circle. Pop. 4909. 
 
 CHOSAN, or Tsau-liang-hai, a harbour, Chinese 
 empire, on the S.E. coast of the Peninsula of Corea, in the 
 Sea of Japan; lat. 35° 6' N.; hm 129° 1' 49" E. It is formed 
 by Capes Young and Vashou, which are about 3 m. apart, 
 and trends N.W. for 4^ m., with a width of 1 to 1^ m. 
 With the exception of some rocks, wliich lie 3 m. within the 
 entrance, and are always above water, it is free of danger, 
 and has a depth of 12 fathoms, gradually decreasing to 
 3 fathoms at its head. From being the entrepot of trade 
 between the peninsula and Japan, it is one of the most im- 
 portant harbours on the Corean coast; the anchorage being 
 safe, and numerous streams falling into the sea affording 
 easy watering-places. The land around its shores is well 
 cultivated, and dotted with villages, the population of which 
 varies according to the season of the year. In the summer, 
 when only the regular inhabitants are met with, from 6000 
 to 8000 occupy the four villages at the head of the harbour; 
 but in the fishing season thousands from the interior flock to 
 the shore, and impromptu villages, composed of bamboos 
 and mats, spring up in vast numbers along the coast. The 
 natives are very uncouth and filthy, and are withal very 
 dexterous thieves. The Japanese garrison or settlement of 
 250 or 300 men have but little intercourse with them. The 
 supplies obtainable are cattle, pigs, fish, poultry, vegetables, 
 and wood. 
 
 CHOTA NAGPOKE, or Little Nagpoke, a dist. India, 
 presid. Bengal, between 22° 28' and 23° 40' N.; Ion. 83° 54' 
 and 85° 56' E.; is bounded N. by Palamou and Eamgurh, 
 E. Pachete and Singhboom, S. Singhboom and the native 
 states of Bonei, Gangpoor, and Jushpoor, and W. by the 
 native states Odeipoor and Sirgooja; area, 5308 sq. m. It 
 consists for the most part of an undulating plateau about 
 3000 ft. above the sea. and rising occasionally into ridges of 
 hills which stretch from E. to W. The drainage is received 
 chiefly by numerous tributaries of the Soobun Keeka in the 
 N.E., and by the Coel and other tributaries of the Byturnee 
 in the S. and W. Much of the surface is overrun with 
 jungle, or covered with forests containing teak and other 
 kinds of valuable timber. The soil in the plains consists of 
 
 a red loam, and where under cultivation produces excellent 
 crops of wheat, barley, rice, pulse, cotton, and sugar cane. 
 Coal occurs in various localities; but the seams, so far as 
 known, are too thin to be profitably worked. The trade,- 
 hampered by imperfect means of conveyance to leading marts, 
 is limited, and is nearly confined to lac, coarse silk, and 
 catechu, for which salt is the principal return. Pop. 482,900. 
 
 CHOTIESCHAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 7 m. S.W. Pilsen; with a parish cliurch, a castle, 
 an hospital, a brewery, and a coal-mine. Pop. 1100. 
 
 CHOUR, a lofty peak, India. Sirmore; lat. 30° 52' N.; 
 Ion. 77° 32' E. It is the most elevated sunnnit S. of the 
 Himalayas, with which it is connected by a ridge running N. 
 and S. for 50 m. It overlooks the plains of Sirhind, and 
 attains the height of 12,149 ft. 
 
 CHOWKA, a river, India, which rises in dist. Bareily, 
 about lat. 28° 6' N.; Ion. 80° 4' E.; flows S.E. through this 
 dist. and that of Shajehanpore, enters Oude, and, continuing 
 the same direction, joins the Gogra on its r. bank, in lat. 
 27° 9' N.; Ion. 81° 30' E. It has a total length of about 180 m., 
 and is navigable throughout the year. At 40 m. below its 
 source it has a communication with the Gogra; but there- 
 after, till its final junction with this river, continues to form 
 an. independent stream. 
 
 CHRISTCHURCH, a tn. New Zealand, S. Island or 
 New Munster, cap. of prov. Canterbury, about 8 m. N. by 
 W. Lyttleton, with which it is connected by railway, is plea- 
 santly situated on the Avon, in a district dotted with corn- 
 fields, pastures, orchards, and dairy farms; but destitute of 
 trees, there being a few only about the town. One great 
 obstacle to its progress is the want of a proper harbour, the 
 Avon not being navigable except for small steamers, and that 
 only to a point 2 m. below the town. Christchurch is the 
 seat of a bishopric. Pop. 5000. 
 
 CHRISTIANSBORG, a tn. W. Africa, Gold Coast; 
 lat. 5° 30' N.; Ion. 0° 16' W. It consists partly of a native 
 town, occupying an unhealthy site near a stagnant pool, and 
 by no means attractive in its appearance, and of a castle, 
 which was built by the Portuguese, and, after a repeated 
 change of masters, was confirmed to the Danish crown 
 in 1694. It consists mainly of a square inclosure flanked 
 with bastions, and containing within an imposing but irregular 
 pile of buildings, among which are spacious and airy quarters 
 for the governor and officers, a chapel, hospital, and store- 
 houses. Fort James and Christiansborg, both now British 
 possessions, though still sometimes designated by the respec- 
 tive names of British and Danish Acra, are only 2 m. asunder, 
 and communicate by a handsome road lined on each side 
 with trees. 
 
 CUULLUMBRUM, or Chei.i.umbrum, a tn. India, 
 presid. and 122 m. S. by W. Madras, dist. S. Arcot, on the 
 lower road between Madras and Trichinopoly, near the mouth 
 of the Coleroon. It possesses a great pagoda, which is held 
 in the highest veneration throughout S. India, and even 
 attracts devotees from Ceylon. In one part of the pagoda 
 there is a roof supported by 930 columns of solid granite, and 
 the lights of the gopyras or 'gate pyramids,' 122 ft. high, 
 are seen 10 m. W. at sea. Pop. 11,000 inhabitants, a large 
 proportion of whom are weavers. 
 
 CHUMBUL [add], a river, India, which rises in Malwa, 
 9 m. S.E. Mhow, among the Vindhya Mountains, near the 
 line of watershed separating the basin of the Nerbudda 
 from that of the Jumna and Ganges, flows circuitously N. 
 through Holkar's and Scindia's Dominions, then changing its 
 direction to N.E., crosses the state of Boondee, and forms the 
 boundary, for a considerable distance, between Scindia's 
 Dominions and Kajpootana. On approaching the Jumna it 
 bends round to the S.E., and continues the same direction in 
 a course nearly parallel to that river, till it finally joins it on 
 its r. bank, about 40 m. above Calpee, after a direct course 
 of 340, and an indirect course of 570 m. Its principal afflu- 
 ents are on the left, the Chambela or Chumbla, and the Banas; 
 and on the right, the Seepra, the Kallee Sind, and the Par- 
 bati. On entering the plateau of Mokundara it becomes con- 
 fined between steep rocky banks, and about 40 m. below, 
 when near the middle of its course, it expands into a lake, 
 on issuing from which, it plunges down a deep bed, which it 
 has excavated in the rock, and forms a series of magnificent 
 falls, descending about 200 ft. in a single mile. It does not 
 
CHUNDLAH 
 
 100 
 
 CINCINNATI 
 
 carry a large body of water, at least in the dry season, though 
 it has been known by its junction to raise the level of the 
 Jumna 7 or 8 ft. in 12 hours. The lieight of its source above 
 the sea is 2019 ft., and the declivity of its bed averages 2^ ft. 
 per mile. It does not seem to be at all used for navigation. 
 
 CHUNDLAH, a tn. India, Bundelcnnd, at the foot of a 
 granitic rock, described as jet black, about 77 m. S. Calpee. 
 It is a thriving place of about 3000 inhabitants, but the heat 
 radiated from the rock is said to be almost intolerable. 
 
 CHUNDOWSEE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. 
 Moradabad, 45 m. W. Bareily, on the route from it to Delhi. 
 It is a considerable place, surrounded by a low mud wall, 
 and possesses a well-supplied bazaar. Pop. 20,921. 
 
 CHUNGANAUCHERliY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, 
 dist. Travancore, 38 m. N. Quilon. It is built on a rising 
 ground on the E. border of a large delta, known by the name 
 of Kootanaad, and being well situated for trade is both popu- 
 lous and flourishing. The inhabitants are composed of a 
 mixture of Syrian Christians, Brahmins, Nairs, &c., each 
 having their own streets and places of worship. The fair 
 held twice a week is so well attended, that the canal is often 
 blocked up with the canoes and boats of crowds coming from 
 the west. 
 
 CHUPAT, a river, S. America, which, rising not far from 
 tlie frontiers of Chili, flows E. across Patagonia, and falls 
 into the Atlantic near half way between Port San Antonio 
 and the Gulf of St. George. Nothing is known of the upper 
 part of its course, but in the lower part it flows in a very 
 winding course through a fertile country, along banks which 
 are well wooded with sauce-trees, a species of willow. On 
 the bar at ebb there is scarcely a foot of water, but at flow 
 there are from 7 to 12 ft., according to the state of the tide. 
 
 CHUPRAH [add],atn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Sarun, 
 on a channel of the Ganges, 25 m. N.W. Dinapore. It occupies 
 a low site, raised only a few feet above the level of the river, 
 along which it extends nearly a mile. Many of the houses 
 belonging to the wealthy tradesmen are large and handsome, 
 but a far larger number are mud huts. It contains also 
 several British factories. There is only one street along 
 which wheeled vehicles can pass ; the others are so narrow as 
 to be unfit for the conveyance even of palkees or litters. 
 The civil station, situated outside the town, and N. of it, is 
 said to be salubrious. Pop. 30,000. 
 
 CHUTTERPOUE, or Chatteupoor [add.], a tn. India, 
 Bundelcund, cap. territory of same name, 146 m. W.S.W. 
 Allahabad. It occupies a picturesque site among lofty hills 
 to the west of a large and deep jeel or lake, and consists for 
 the most part of narrow streets, and very indifferent houses, 
 though a few of the latter, belonging to the more wealthy 
 inhabitants, are not only spacious, but costly and elaborate 
 in their style of architecture. The principal objects of in- 
 terest are a large and handsome serai, recently built by the 
 rajah for the accommodation of travellers; and the ruined 
 palace and mausoleum of Chuttur, who founded the short- 
 lived independence of Bundelcund, and gives the place its 
 name. The mausoleum is a large, massive, and elaborate 
 structure, surmounted by five domes. Chutterpore has 
 manufactures of paper and of coarse cutlery. The latter is 
 made from an iron ore obtained from mines in the vicinity. 
 The transit trade, once considerable, is now very limited. 
 
 The TERUITOUY has an area of 1240 sq. m., contains 
 
 120,000 inhabitants, and yields a revenue of £30,000. 
 
 CHYNEPORE, or Chayanpoor, a tn. India, presid. 
 Bengal, dist. Shahabad, beautifully situated in a fertile and 
 healthy district, 39 m. S.E. Benares. It consists of a town 
 and a fort. It is to the latter only that any interest attaches. 
 It is in tlie form of a quadrangle 390 ft. long, by 369 broad, 
 inclosed by a ditch and a battlemented stone rampart, with a 
 round bastion at each of the four angles. Within the fort, 
 among other buildings, is a suitable residence of the chief. 
 His family, once Hindoo, embraced Mahommedanism in order 
 to save the property from confiscation. 
 
 CTCACOLE [add.], a tn. India, presid. Sladras, district 
 of, and 110 m. S.S. W. Ganjam, r. bank Naugauloo, near 
 its mouth in the Bay of Bengal. It consists of a town, a 
 fort, and a cantonment. The town is a straggling place, 
 with narrow crooked streets and houses built of mud. 
 The manufactures consist chiefly of ordinary cotton goods, 
 and of muslins which in fineness rival those of Dacca in 
 
 Bengal. The fort, which is so completely dismantled that 
 the walls and the ditch cannot easily be traced, is situated to 
 the N., and contains the cutchery, the treasury, the post- 
 office, the commandant's house, the barracks, hospital, and 
 magazine stores. The regimental lines are about 100 yards 
 S.E. of the fort. At a corner of the parade-ground stands 
 a neat little church; and near the river, about \ m. from the 
 cantonment, the court-house and jail. The civil hospital and 
 di.spens.iry is accommodated in what was formerly one of the 
 best private residences in the place; the military hospital is 
 in the same locality. The London Missionary Society has a 
 school within the town, where English is taught, and there 
 are also several native schools. Pop. 12,800, of whom about 
 142 are native Christians. 
 
 CIEMIERZYNCE, atn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 9 m. N.W. Brzezen, was in very remote times the scene 
 of a great battle between the Slaves and the Peczenegs. 
 Pop. 1500. 
 
 CINALOA, or Sinaloa [add.], atn. Mexico, dep. Cinaloa, 
 r. bank river of same name, about 45 m. above its mouth in 
 the Gulf of California. It stands on hilly ground, and was 
 once a flourishing town of 9500 inhabitants, with a fine cathe- 
 dral, which possessed among its riches an altar-piece of solid 
 silver. The cathedral and its wealth have entirely disap- 
 peared, and another large church which stood in the public 
 square has nothing left but the tower, the nave and choir 
 having been swept away by a tremendous flood from the 
 mountains. The whole place now looks desolate, and can 
 scarcely muster 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 CINCINNATI, [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. of Ohio, 
 on the Ohio, and at the focus of nine lines of railway; lat. 
 39°6'N.; lon.84°27'W. Its site is a natural plateau, about 
 12 m. in circuit, divided by the river into two nearly equal 
 parts, and surrounded by hills about 300 ft. high, and grouped 
 so as to form a beautiful amphitheatre. It was first laid out 
 in 1788, and up to 1800 was a small straggling village in the 
 midst of a wilderness. Shortly afterwards it began to ex- 
 pand; schools, churches, banks, and factories arose; business, 
 with its accompanying warehouses, occupied the lower part 
 of the plain; and the inhabitants who had settled there were 
 obliged to retire, and either gradually climb the hill sides, or 
 fill the little valleys on the E. and W. From the manner in 
 which the town has been formed great regularity of plan was 
 impossible, and many changes and transformations will be 
 nece.ssary in order to make Cincinnati the magnificent city 
 which it is doubtless destined to become. Still, however, the 
 work of improvement goes rapidly forward, and every year, 
 while it adds greatly to the population, sees new structures 
 rising in every quarter. Churches to the number of 100, 
 several of them elegant and imposing structures, have already 
 been built, while provision has been made for education by a 
 system both of elementary and superior schools. Among the 
 latter are two male and three female colleges, schools for 
 theology, medicine, and law, several commercial academies, 
 two high-schools, and numerous seminaries, male and female. 
 Libraries also are numerous and extensive, one belonging to 
 the Mercantile Library Association having 20,000 vols., 
 another helonging to the public schools, 12,000, and a third 
 belonging to the Lane Seminary, 10,000. As yet the build- 
 ings properly called public have hardly received the attention 
 due to them, and mention can be made only of a city-hall. 
 Manufactures and trade, which is in a great measure founded 
 upon them, are both very important. The most conspicuous 
 among these establishments are iron-works, pork-packing 
 factories, and distilleries. The average annual products of 
 the iron manufacture in all its branches are estimated at 
 £1,200,000. The quantity of work done by the distilleries 
 may he estimated from the fact that 530,000 barrels of 
 whisky were sold in Cincinnati in one year, and that the ag- 
 gregate sale of all kinds of liquor amounted to £1,800,000. 
 Next in importance to these three great staples are furniture 
 and clothing. The total arrivals of steamers at the port in 
 1863-4 (ending Sept. 1) were 2936, against 2206 the previous 
 year; and the number of steamers and barges plying between 
 Cincinnati and other ports during the year was 435, against 
 349 in the year before. The tonnage of the barges was 
 11,133, and of the steamers 81,609, making together 92,742 
 tons, against 71,725 tons in the previous year. There were 
 built during the same twelve months 62 steamers and barges 
 
CIKCASSIA 
 
 101 
 
 COBIJA 
 
 of a burden of 20,117 tons. The river commerce for the 
 period in question was larger than in any former year. 
 
 The unusually high price of nearly all commodities, owing 
 to the civil war, and the inflation of the paper currency, gives 
 an enormous increase in the value of the imports and exports, 
 as is seen in these figures :^ 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1860-1 £18,791.278 £13,963,151 
 
 1861-2 21,519,352 15,927,054 
 
 1862-3 30,039,419 21,332,744 
 
 1863-4 81,206,361 49,808,296 
 
 Among the principal imports in the year 1863-4 were barley, 
 379,432 bush.;corn, 1,817,046 bush.;flour,541,983barl.s.;oats, 
 1,423,813 bush.; wheat, 1,650,759 bush.; lumber, 39,000,000 
 ft.; coal, 16,000,000 bush.; pork and bacon, 20,169,052 lbs.; 
 coffee, 124,752 sacks; and butter, 59,880 tubs. The number 
 of hogs packed was in 1863, 608,457, and in 1864 (8 months) 
 370,623. The exports comprised — candles, 217,412 boxes; 
 coffee, 107,733 sacks; cattle, 14,903 head; flour, 393,268 
 barls.; hides, 188,424; lard, 95,864 barls. and kegs; oil, 
 83,740 barls.; pork and bacon, 237,856 barls., &c., and 
 1,810,875 lbs.; oats, 851,392 bashels; wheat, 943,737 bush.; 
 whisky, 210,410 barls.; and tobacco, 152,584 hlids. &c. Pop. 
 (1860), 161,044. 
 
 CIKCASSIA [add.] The protracted resistance maintained 
 by the gallant Circassians against Kussian aggression, has at 
 length terminated in the triumph of the more powerful of the 
 two foes, and the Circassians, having surrendered to Russia, 
 have been removed to the Turkish provinces, where they are 
 endeavouring to form a colony, under the protection and 
 with the assistance of Turkey (1864). 
 
 CITTADELLA, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 17 m. 
 N. by \V. Padua. It is inclosed by a wet ditch and walls 
 flanked with towers; is the seat of a court of justice, and has 
 a fine high church, with an altar-piece by Bassano; an hos- 
 pital, a theatre, manufactures of cotton and linen cloth, and 
 numerous silk-mills. Pop. 7213. 
 
 CITY POINT [add.], a vil. and port, U. States, Vir- 
 ginia, on the James liiver, at the mouth of the Appomatox, 
 23 m. S.E. Richmond, and 10 m. E.N.E. Petersburgh, with 
 which it is connected by railway. It has good landing, and 
 is accessible by large ve.ssel.s. It derived great importance 
 during the protracted sieges of Petersburgh and Richmond 
 in the civil war, from being made the base of supplies for the 
 Federal armies. 
 
 CLAllENCE ISLAND [add.], S. America, situated 
 toward a W. outlet of the Strait of Magalhaen, is separated 
 from Chili on the N. by Froward Reach, from Dawson 
 Island on the E. by Jlagdalen Sound, from S;inta Inez Island 
 on the W. by Barbara Channel, and from Terra del Fuego 
 on the S. by Cockburn Channel; lat. 54° S.; Ion. 72° W.; 
 length, N.W. to S.W., 55 m.; breadth, about 25 m. Its 
 coast is generally bold, and its surface mountainous. On 
 the E. shore there is a steep mountain called Vernal, or 
 ' Summer-House,' from a remarkable lump of rock on its 
 summit, and at its foot a little port called Hope Harbour, 
 much frequented by the Indians. Southwards Mount Bou- 
 queron rises precipitously to the height of 3000 ft., and ter- 
 minates at an extremity called Squally Point, from the furious 
 squalls that are continually blowing down its sides. The S. 
 shore is skirted by a numerous group, which bears the name 
 of Prowse Islands, and behind which some good anchorages 
 are found. Throughout its whole coast Clarence Island is 
 penetrated by numerous inlets, the largest of which, San 
 Pedro Sound, extends in a southerly direction for nearly 
 13 miles. 
 
 CLARKE [add.], an island off the N.E. of Tasmania, 
 forming the southernmost of the Furneaux group, and the 
 N. side of Banks' Strait. Its greatest length is 8 m. and its 
 breadth 5 J m. On its S. end, which is rocky, there is a dan- 
 gerous shoal called the Moriarty Bank, extending nearly 
 5 m. in an E. direction. All its W. sliore is rocky, and 
 fronted by breakers for about a quarter of a mile. On the 
 N. it is separated from Barren Island by Armstrong Channel, 
 which is 10 m. long, between E.N.E. and W.S.W., and from 
 f to 4 m. wide. At H.amilton Road, within this channel, 
 shelter may be found from all winds except those between 
 S. and S.S.E., which do not throw in much sea. 
 
 CLARKSHLRG, a vil. U. States, Virginia, cap. co. 
 Harrison, on the W. fork of the Monongahela, and the rail- 
 
 way to Parkersburg, 210 m. N.W. Richmond. It stands 
 high, and is surrounded by hills. Stove-coal abounds in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 1200. 
 
 CLAYTON, two vils. U. States:— 1, New York, on the 
 St. Lawrence, where it has a landing-place, and at the ter- 
 minus of the Utica and Black River railway, 100 m. N.N.W. 
 Utica. It is a port of entry in the collection district of Cape 
 Vincent, and has pop. 4696. — 2, Iowa, co. same name, on the 
 Mississippi, 50 m. above Dubuque. Being the most ac- 
 cessible river port, much of the produce of the district is 
 shipped at it in steamers; lead mines also have been opened 
 on tlie bank of the river. Pop. 723. 
 
 CLEVELAND, or Cleaveland [add.], a tn. U. States, 
 Ohio, cap. CO. Cuyahoga, at the mouth of the river of this 
 name, on the S. shore of Lake Erie, and on the Ohio canal, 
 and several lines of railway, which give it almost unlimited 
 means of communication. It occupies a high and commanding 
 bluff immediately above the lake, is laid out in broad well- 
 paved streets and open squares, generally well planted with 
 trees, is well built, and presents a very attractive appearance. 
 Among its public buildings are 35 churches, many of them 
 provided with handsome spires; numerous schools, main- 
 tained at the public expense, and under excellent manage- 
 ment; a medical college, and a marine hospital. The harbour, 
 furnished with fine piers, is everyway complete, and the trade 
 is very extensive, a large portion of it with Canada. The 
 increase of trade has been accompanied with an extraordinary 
 increase of population. The inhabitants of Cleveland 
 amounted in 1830 to 1100, in 1840 to 6071, in 1850 to 
 17,034, and in 1860 to 43,417. 
 
 CLIFTON, a tn, British America, Canada West, co. 
 Welland, about 35 m. (by lake) S.S.E. Toronto. It is the 
 eastern terminus of the Great Western railway, and is situ- 
 ated at the suspension- bridge which crosses the Niagara 
 about a mile above its celebrated falls, and connects the i-ail- 
 way system of Canada with that of the state of New York, 
 and all other parts of the States. The Erie and Ontario 
 railway, connecting with the Ontario steamers, also passes 
 through the town. The uncommon facilities for trade which 
 Clifton possesses yet remain to be developed. 
 
 CLINTON, four places, U. States:— 1, A vil. Massa-' 
 cliusetts, on the Nashua, 35 m. W. by N. Boston. It is a 
 thriving place, with some handsome churches, a number of 
 good schools, large gingham factories, in which about 800 
 operatives are employed, an extensive carpet factory, several 
 machine-shops, and numerous mills. Pop. 3859. — 2, A vil. 
 New York, on both sides of Oriskany Creek, and on the 
 Chenango canal, 9 m. S. W. Utica. It contains several 
 churches, and is the seat of Hamilton college. Pop. 1174. 
 — 3, A vil. New Jersey, on the S. branch of the Raritan 
 River, and on the New Jersey Central railroad, 10 m. N. 
 Flemington. It possesses several mills and factories, and 
 stands in a fertile and highly cultivated district. Pop. 2949. 
 — 4, A vil. Louisiana, on a railway which connects it with 
 Port Hudson on the Mississippi, 32 ra. N. Baton Rouge. It 
 is inhabited chiefly by wealthy planters, and contains a fine 
 courthouse and two churches. Pop. 1252. 
 
 CLINTON, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Huron, on the Buffalo and Lake Huron railway, 10 m. E. 
 Lake Huron; with a Wesleyananda New Connection Metho- 
 dist Chapel, tanneries, and flour and saw mills. Pop. about 
 1000. 
 
 CLUTHA, or Matau, a river. New Zealand, which has 
 its mouth in Molyneux Bay, in the S.E. of Middle Island or 
 Munster, 4J m. N. Nugget Point. It is a considerable stream, 
 with deep water, and broad within the entrance. The en- 
 trance itself, however, is narrow, and a constant fresh run- 
 ning out of it at the rate of 3 to 5 knots, makes it unfit to 
 be navigated by anything but boats, though small steamers 
 might navigate it with advantage. 
 
 COALCOMAN, or Santiago Coai.coman, a tn. Mexico, 
 in a fertile valley in the S.W. of state Miclioacan, about 
 50 m. from the shores of the Pacific. It is of recent origin, 
 and has made rapid progress, chiefly in consequence of the 
 rich mines of iron in its vicinity. Pop. 2000. 
 
 COBIJA [add.], or, as the oflScial documents style it. La 
 Mar, after the name of the first president of Bolivia, is the only 
 port of Bolivia, and cap. dep. of same name, lies on the shore 
 of the Pacific; lat. 22° 34' S.; Ion. 70° 17' 5" W. It stands 
 
COBURG 
 
 102 
 
 COCHIN-CHINA 
 
 upon the beach at the foot of a lofty range of hills; the en- 
 virons are very uninviting, and but for its position as a port 
 few persons would choose it for a residence. The only good 
 houses are in a long and spacious street, stretching from N. 
 to S. along the shore; the landing-place is bad owing to the 
 heavy surf, but the harbour affords tolerably good anchorage. 
 The prosperity of Cobija depends entirely on the mining dis- 
 tricts, but the products of the mines are shipped principally 
 from Catica, 6 m., and Algodon, 28 m. to the N. They are 
 chiefly owned by English companies, who impoi't almost 
 every necessary. In 1858 the quantity of raw copper shipped 
 at Cobija amounted to about 20,000 tons. Till 1827 it was 
 merely a fishing village occupied by Changas Indians. In 
 that year it was declared a free port, and in 1839 it became 
 the capital of the department. In consequence of these 
 privileges it began to flourish, and had in 1855 a population 
 of 600 souls. Then was only a commencement of its pros- 
 perity, for in 1858, besides a permanent population of 2380, 
 it had a floating population of persons going to and from the 
 mines, estimated at about 2000, and consequently giving an 
 aggregate of more than 4000. 
 
 C(JBUKG, a tn. British America, Canada West, cap. co. 
 Northumberland, pleasantly situated on the N. shore of Lake 
 Ontario, and on the Grand Trunk as well as the Goburg and 
 Peterborough railway, 40 m. S.S.E. Toronto. It possesses 
 8 or 10 churches, an educational establishment which bears 
 the name of Victoria college, a great number of flour and 
 saw mills, with an unlimited supply of water-power, tanneries, 
 and other industrial establishments. The inland communica- 
 tions of Coburg, and its proximity to Eochester and other ports 
 of the American shore, have made it in the course of fifty 
 years a first-rate place of business. From its harbour, which 
 is at once commodious and safe, there were exported in 1857 
 7000 barrels flour, 200,000 bushels wheat, 500 kegs butter, 
 and 14,000,000 ft. of sawn lumber. Pop. about 7000. 
 
 COCA, a river, S. America, Ecuador, formed by the 
 San Francisco, Quijos, and Cozanga, from the E. slopes of 
 the W. Andes, flows between the Cordilleras of Guacamagos 
 and Galeras, in a deep channel between lofty and precipitous 
 banks, and joins the Napo, more than doubling its volume. 
 In its course it forms a magnificent cascade of nearly 150 ft. 
 
 COCANADA, or Kakeknada, a tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. and 37 m E. by S. Rajahmundry, on the shore 
 of the Bay of Bengal. It is a rising place, the residence of 
 several European merchants, and is annually increasing its 
 exports. By means of a commodious canal-boat for passen- 
 gers and light goods it communicates daily with Eajahmun- 
 dry, and it is expected that when the Godavery navigation is 
 opened towards Nagpore, it will become the port of shipment 
 for all the cotton which is now conveyed by tedious land 
 journey from Berar to Bombay. 
 
 COCHIN [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 355 m. S.W. 
 Madras, cap. dist. of same name, on a low sandy flat of the 
 Malabar coast. The present town stands on the shore, at the 
 S. entrance of a back-water, which, extending S. to N. 40 m., 
 forms a spacious harbour, but is encumbered by a bar, which, 
 even at spring tides, does not admit vessels exceeding 400 
 tons. Most of the streets are formed with considerable 
 regularity, crossing each other at right angles, and the houses 
 are generally of two stories with pent-tiled roofs, and spaci- 
 ous; though, from the number of courts and walls which sur- 
 round them, deficient in ventilation, and ill adapted to the 
 climate. Shipbuilding, once among the most important 
 occupations of the place, is still carried on to some extent. 
 The chief exports are cocoa-nuts, coir, cordage, cocoa-nut 
 oil, cassia, fish-maws, and timber. Cochin, besides the town 
 proper, includes the suburbs of Culvaty and Muttuncherry, 
 which form long straggling streets for half a mile to the S.E., 
 along the edge of the back-water. At the latter suburb is 
 an unsightly cotarum or palace belonging to the Cochin 
 rajah, and immediately adjoining it is the synagogue of the 
 Jerusalem or White Jews. The Black Jews, of whom there 
 are many in the interior of the district, have also a synagogue, 
 the floor of which is paved with china very neatly inlaid. In 
 1503 the Portuguese obtained permission to erect their first 
 Indian fortress here. This became the nucleus of a large 
 town with a fine cathedral. After the expulsion of the Por- 
 tuguese Cochin became the capital of the Dutch settlements 
 in India, the cathedral was turned into a warehouse, merchants 
 
 crowded to it from all quarters, and the trafiic by way of the 
 Eed Sea became so extensive, that Venetian sequins formed 
 a large part of the common currency. The British came into 
 possession in 1795, and in 1814 demolished the strong forti- 
 fications and levelled the ramparts. Pop. 20,000. 
 
 COCHIN-CHINA (French), a French settlement, occu- 
 pying three of the six provinces of the Anamite country of 
 Lower Cochin-China, namely, Dong-nai or Bien-hoa, Saigon 
 or Gia-dinh, and Mi-tho or Dinh-tuong. The settlement is 
 bounded N. by the kingdom of Cambodia and the territory of 
 Vinh-xuong, S. by Vinh-luong and the China Sea, E. by 
 Binlithuan, in Middle Cochin-China, and W. by the prov. of 
 Chau-doc. Bien-hoa, the easternmost prov., is the most healthy 
 and pleasant, especially in its higher part; its chief town, of 
 the same name, is fortified, and stands on the 1. bank of the 
 Dong-naT. It is divided into two departments, and has a soil 
 admirably adapted to the growth of sugar-cane, and of 
 tobacco and indigo. Vast forests of useful trees, and the 
 lofty mountains of Baria and Cape Tiwaun, add to its pictur- 
 esqueness. Iron is found at Bengo. Gia-dinh, the central 
 prov., forms three arrondissements, and its soil in the N. is 
 similar to that of Bien-hoa; in the S. rice is extensively 
 grown. Saigon is the cap., and stands on the r. bank of the 
 wide and deep river of the same name; it is divided into a 
 military and commercial port, the latter being S. of the 
 former, and separated from it by the Chinese canal. The 
 third prov., Dinh-tuong, or Mi-tho, is the richest and most 
 extensively cultivated, but the least healthy, of all the French 
 possessions, choleraand marsh-fever being permanent scourges. 
 The lowlands, where the waters stagnate, are covered with 
 a rank vegetation from 3 to 10 ft. high; contiguous to the 
 flowing streams are extensive rice-grounds. Where the soil 
 is somewhat raised above the water-level it is very fertile, 
 and in some places ranges of low hills follow the line of the 
 rivers. In the more elevated districts are grown tobacco, 
 sugar-cane, maize, indigo, and betel. Among the other 
 products, are tea, gums, cocoa-nut oil, silk, spices, and various 
 farinaceous and aromatic articles. The Anamites raise also 
 great numbers of buffaloes, cattle, hogs, and birds ; the first 
 being employed in agriculture, and, as well as oxen, for 
 draught purposes; but since the French conquest oxen are 
 reserved more strictly for food. The elephant, rhinoceros, 
 and crocodile are not indigenous; but tigers, deer, apes, and 
 serpents, and many kinds of birds, are counnon. Fishing, in 
 a country so abounding with streams, is naturally a great 
 source of livelihood to the inhabitants, who prepare consider- 
 able quantities of the fish they catch for exportation, and for 
 the Saigon market, where they can command a good price. 
 The mineral productions are few. Only one kind of stone, 
 yellowish, and apparently an agglomerate of chalk or shells, 
 is found fit for building purposes. Alum and salt are ob- 
 tained on the coast of Bien-hoa; and iron exists, but not in 
 quantities sufficient for profitable working. Copper and iron 
 are imported from China, and manufactured by the people, 
 but to no great extent. Industrial arts are as yet limited 
 among the natives. They are skilful in all kinds of basket- 
 work, in which they use the reeds and other similar materials 
 which abound in the low lands; silk and cotton are also 
 wrought. But they excel in the use of wood, of which their 
 temples, pagodas, and tombs are built, and ornamented with 
 elaborate carving. They live in villages — numbering nearly 
 1000 altogether — adjacent to the rivers, which, in the un- 
 suitableness of the country for land traffic, form almost the 
 only means of communication. Their houses are either tiled 
 or thatched with straw, the roofs being supported with 
 wooden pillars; the better class are in two sections, the inner 
 apartments, and the outer verandah, which serves for use in 
 the daytime; they are often well furnished, and not devoid of 
 comfort. The only roads at present existing are those con- 
 necting Saigon, the capital, with the principal towns. Tele- 
 graphic communication between many of the principal places 
 has been already opened, and is being extended. The peojjle 
 are more warlike tlran the Chinese, and have learned from 
 their long conflict with Europeans the use of strategy and 
 fortification. Slavery has been abolished since the French 
 occupation ; polygamy is permitted, but not generally prac- 
 tised. The climate of Cochin-China, lying between lat. 10° 
 and 12° N., is not liable to great variation. In the dry 
 season, from October to April, the N.E. monsoon brings a 
 
cocos 
 
 103 
 
 COLGONG 
 
 refreshing mitigation of the heat, whicli is greatest in Feb- 
 ruary and March; the season of the rains and the S. W. mon- 
 soon is humid and exhausting; but upon the wliole the climate 
 is said to be much less oppressive and unhealthy tlian that of 
 Senegal or Guiana. Cholera, dysentery, ague, and cutaneous 
 affections are the prevalent diseases. 
 
 A persecution of the French K. Catholic missionaries in 
 Anam furnished the imperial government with an occasion 
 for regaining along-desired footing in the East. An expedi- 
 tion against Cochin China was decided on in 1857, and Saigon 
 was occupied. The Austro- Italian war deferred further 
 operations till 1861, when the conquest of Mi-tho gave the 
 French possession of the most fertile district of lower Cochin- 
 Cliina, and enabled them to extend their frontier to the 
 borders of Cambodia. At the end of the same year Bien-hoa, 
 and in the early part of 1862, Viuli-xuong, fell into their hands, 
 and a treaty of submission was exacted from the king of 
 Anam. 15ut insurrectionary movements delayed the final 
 and peaceful settlement of affairs until April, 1863, when, by 
 a new treaty, the king of Anam ceded the three provinces 
 which now form the French territory, together with the free 
 navigation of the several arms of the Cambodia Kiver, and 
 the opening of the ports of Balat, Tourane, and Quang-an ; 
 besides assuring protection to the French missionaries in 
 Anam, and stipulating to pay an indemnity of £820,000. 
 'J'he province is now organized in prefectures, sub-prefectures, 
 and cantons. The population is estimated at 900,000. — [De 
 Grammont, Dinetau, dc.) 
 
 COCOS, an isl. of the N. Pacific, about 400 m. W, of the 
 coast of New Granada, in S. America, in lat. (Chatham Bay) 
 5° 32' 57" N.; Ion. 86° 58' 22" W. It is about 30 m. in cir- 
 cuit, has an elevated surface, becoming visible at sea at the 
 distance of 60 m., and is abundantly supplied with excellent 
 water. At one time it was almost covered with cocoa-nut trees, 
 but most of them have been barbarously cut down for fuel. 
 Wild pigs are numerous, and the sea around the shores teems 
 with fish. In Chatham Bay, on the N.E. side of the island, 
 there is good anchorage in 14 fathoms. Cocos was a favourite 
 rendezvous of the buccaneers, and is still visited by whalers. 
 
 COD, Cape [add.], a sandy peninsula, U. States, forming 
 the S.E. extremity of Massachusetts, and stretching first E. 
 for 35 m., with an average breadth of about 8 m., and then 
 nearly due N. for 30 m. more, with an average breadth of 
 less tlian 4 m. Where it faces the S. and E. its coast line is 
 convex, but its N. and W. faces are concave, and inclose 
 between it and the mainland a considerable expanse of water 
 called Cape Cod Bay. As the navigation is dangerous 
 several lights have been erected upon it. One of these, at 
 Kace Point, its N. extremity, is a revolving light 155 ft. 
 above the sea. The lower portion of the cape is a waste of 
 barren sand-hills, with occasional patches of beach grass and 
 a long stretch of salt-marshes. Where the ground rises 
 pitch-pine, with a sprinkling of several varieties of oak, forms 
 considerable forests, in which wild deer are still found. 
 Numerous boulders lie scattered on the surface, but no rock 
 ill situ is seen, nor in the sinking of wells has any been dis- 
 covered. But, notwithstanding the prevalence of sand, the 
 peninsula is by no means destitute of inhabitants. In many 
 of its sheltered nooks are thriving villages, occupied mostly 
 by industrious and enterprising fishermen, and furnishing 
 excellent marine nurseries, from which the masters of many 
 of the best ships in the American merchant service have been 
 obtained. Cape Cod was first discovered in 1602, by an 
 English sailor of the name of Gosnold, who had sailed from 
 Dartmouth in the bark Concord on a voyage of discovery, 
 fitted out mainly by the Earl of Southampton. The number 
 of cod fish caught in its vicinity induced him to give it the 
 name which it still bears. The most memorable occasion on 
 which it was subsequently visited, was on the 9th of Novem- 
 ber, 1620, when the Mayflower arrived with the Pilgrim 
 Fathers, and anchored next day in the fine land-locked 
 harbour of Provincetown. 
 
 COEL, or KoYLE, a river, India, which rises in a moun- 
 tainous tract on the S. frontier of Chota Nagpore, flows Tff, 
 and joins the Sone on its right bank, in lat. 24° 31' N.; Ion. 
 83° 54' E. Its whole length is about 140 m. Seams of 
 coal have been discovered on its banks. 
 
 COHAHUILA, or Coahuila [add.], a state, Mexico, 
 bounded N. by Texas, from which it is separated by the 
 
 Kio Grande, E. Texas and Nnevo Leon, S. Zaeatecas, and 
 W. Chihuahua and Durango; area, 93,600 sq. m. It is tra- 
 versed from N. W. to S.E. by two nearly parallel mountain 
 ranges, and so intersected by detached ranges in other quarters 
 that its only plain of considerable extent occurs in the N., 
 and from the manner in which it is inclosed, having an en- 
 trance without any proper outlet, has received the name of 
 the Bolson or ' Sack ' of INIapimi. This Bolson is almost 
 entirely in the possession of the Comanche and Lipan Indians, 
 who have thus not only appropriated the best part of the terri- 
 tory, but are so determined and barbarous plunderers, that 
 neither agriculture nor any other branch of industry can be 
 carried on within reach of them; large farms, and even whole 
 villages, have already been abandoned, as the only effectual 
 means of escaping from their depredations. The quantity of 
 tillable land is very limited, but, where quietly possessed, is 
 well cultivated, partly in fields of wheat, maize, and barley, 
 and partly in vineyards, from the produce of which wine and 
 brandy of high repute are made. Sallillo, or Leone Vicario, 
 situated in the S.E. corner of the state, near the frontiers of 
 Nuevo Leon, is the capital. Pop. 66,228. 
 
 COH ASSET, a vil. U. States, Massachusetts, co. Nor- 
 folk, on the coast, at the terminus of the South Shore railway, 
 12 m. S.E. Boston. The inhabitants are extensively engaged 
 in the mackerel fishery, which here employs about 44 vessels 
 and 560 persons. Pop. 1775. 
 
 COIMBRA, or Fort Coimbra, a tn. Brazil, prov. 
 Matto Grosso, r. bank Paraguay; lat. 19° 55' 43" S.; Ion. 
 57° 52' 32" W. It is the most southerly Brazilian settlement 
 on the Paraguay, and stands on a height 40 ft. above it. The 
 fort, a solid stone structure mounted with six gun.s, com- 
 pletely commands the channel of the river, which is only one- 
 third of a mile wide. 
 
 COLBOURNE, a tn. British America, Canada W., on 
 the Grand Trunk railway, and about 2 m. from the harbour 
 of its name, called also Port Cramahe, on Lake Ontario. It 
 possesses an Ejjiscopal Methodist and a Wesleyan church, a 
 superior grammar school, several foundries, a tannery, a 
 pottery, and saw and flour mills. The harbour of Colbourne 
 is a port of entry, from which a considerable amount of 
 lumber is annually exported. The fishery in the lake, which 
 abounds with white fish and salmon trout, and the curing of 
 them for inland or foreign markets, has recently sprung into 
 notice, and promises to become important. Pop., including 
 that of town and harbour, about HOO. 
 
 COLD SPRING, a vil. U. States, New York, co. Put- 
 nam, 45 m. N. New York, on the Hudson Kiver railroad. It 
 is situated in the Highlands, contains five churches, and has an 
 iron and brass foundry and machine shops. Pop. 1200. 
 
 COLD WATER, a vil. U. States, Michigan, on E. 
 branch of Cold Water Kiver, and on the Michigan Southern 
 lailroad, 115 m. W. by S. Detroit. It stands alone in a 
 prairie of its own name, surrounded by a fertile country, and 
 being furnished with water-power from the river, possesses 
 several mills, &c.; and has a large retail trade. Pop. 1800. 
 
 COLD WATER RIVKR, British America, peninsula 
 Labrador, an affluent of the Moisie, rises in Trout Lake, in 
 the table-land of Labrador, at the height of 1548 ft. above 
 the sea, in lat. 51° 35' N ; Ion. 66° 5' W. It forces its way 
 through gorges, flanked by noble mountains rising 2000 ft., 
 bare, rugged, and wild. In the course of 20 m. it falls 
 1430 ft., in one place it falls 506 ft. in about 2| m., over a 
 series of cascades broken by masses of rock and boulders, and 
 lower down, between two of the lakes through which it flows, 
 there is a descent of 270 ft. in a distance not exceeding 
 1200 yards. In its lower part it is in some places 60 ft. 
 broad, but at its mouth, on the 1. bank of the Moisie, about 
 35 m. above the debouchure of the latter in the Gulf of 
 St. Lawrence, it is not more than 30 ft. in breadth. Its 
 course has a length of about 80 m., and its general character 
 is that of a torrent, navigable only occasionally by canoes for 
 short distances between the rapids. 
 
 COLGONG [add.], a tn. India, Bengal, dist. Bhagulpore, 
 r. bank Ganges, and a station on the East Indian railway, 
 245 m. N.W. Calcutta. The fort, which stands close to the 
 river, is now a heap of ruins; in the river near it are three 
 masses of rock 60 ft. higli, with their fissures filled with 
 stunted trees. Steam- packets ply from it to places up and 
 down tiie river. 
 
COLLA.LTO 
 
 104 
 
 COLUMBIA 
 
 COLLALTO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and about 12 m. 
 N. Treviso; with an old castle of tlie middle ages, the cradle 
 of tlie counts, now princes, of Collalto, descendants of the 
 house of Hohenzollern. 
 
 C0L1J<:GE, two places, U. States:— 1, College Hill, a. 
 vil. Ohio, 6 in. N. Cincinnati, containing two prosperous educa- 
 tional institutes. Farmer's college, attended by about 200, and 
 Ohio female college, by about 150 students. Pop. 500. — 
 2, College of St. James, a post vil. Maryland, co. Washington, 
 containing a Protestant Episcopal college and preparatory 
 school. 
 
 COLLINGWOOD, a tn. British America, Canada W., 
 CO. Simcoe, on the Georgian Bay, an eastern branch of Lake 
 Huron, and at the terminus of the Ontario, Simcoe, and 
 Huron railway, 75 m. N.N.W. Toronto. Though a few 
 years ago it was little better than a wilderness, it now pos- 
 sesses two churches, a weekly newspaper, steam saw-mills, 
 and building-yards, from which ships of 150, 350, and 450 tons 
 each have been launched. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 COLOGNA, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 22 m. S.E. 
 Verona, on a picturesque site on the Gua. It is surrounded 
 by ancient walls, is the seat of a court of justice and several 
 public offices, and has a new cathedral with a Corinthian 
 portico, several other churches, with good paintings, a fine 
 courthouse, an hospital; and trade in wine and hemp, which 
 are here grown to a large extent. Pop. 6496. 
 
 COLOGNOLA, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 10 m. 
 E. Verona, at the entrance of the lUasi valley. It has many 
 fine villas, and a parish church, with paintings by Farinati 
 and II Gobino. Pop. 3074. 
 
 COLORADO, a territory, U. States, formed in 1861 out 
 of portions of Kansas, Nebraska, New Mexico, and Utah, is 
 bounded by the parallels of 37° and 41° N., and the meridians 
 of 102° and 109° \V.; and has an area of about 106,000 sq. m. 
 It is traversed from N. to S. by the Rocky Mountains, which 
 divide it into two parts, and send down numerous streams, 
 those of the W. slopes carrying their water to the Colorado, 
 from which the territory takes its name, and those of the E. 
 slopes carrying it to the basin of the Mississippi, through the 
 Arkansas and the S. arm of the Platte. The territory is rich 
 in mineral wealth, containing gold, silver, copper, iron, coal, 
 salt, alabaster, limestone, and gypsum. None but gold mines 
 have as yet been worked to any extent, but these are produc- 
 tive both in the quartz rock, for crushing which many hun- 
 dred mills are in operation, and in the beds of the streams. 
 On the W. slope of the Snowy Mountains silver mines have 
 likewise been discovered. Ironstone is found in all parts of 
 the territory, and a smelting furnace has been erected at 
 Boulder for the manufacture of i)ig-iron. Deposits of lead 
 and quicksilver also exist, and coal has been found at the base 
 of the mountains near Denver City. The territory is scantily 
 timbered, but there are large tracts of good agricultural land, 
 and farms are being cultivated in all parts, producing grain 
 of all kinds and vegetables in abundance. In many districts, 
 however, irrigation is requisite, so that agriculture is at pre- 
 sent confined principally to the valleys of streams and a few 
 otiier favoured localities. The extension of the Pacific rail- 
 road westward, passing probably a little above Denver, will 
 be felt advantageously by every branch of industry, and with 
 the facilities it will afford the population and products of the 
 territory will be largely and rapidly increased. The mines 
 yielded about £2,400,000 in 1868. Golden City is the 
 capital. Estimated pop. (1863), 70,000, of whom 15,000 are 
 Indians. 
 
 COLOTLAN (San Antonio de), a tn. Mexico, state 
 Jalisco, about 85 m. N.W. Guadalaxara, 1. bank Xeres, in a 
 fruitful valley at tlie height of 5000 ft. above the sea. It 
 carries on an important transport trade by means of mules, 
 and contains about 2500 inhabitants. 
 
 COLUMBIA, two places, U. States:— 1, A tn. Tennessee, 
 cap. CO. Maury, on the 1. bank of Duck liiver, and on the 
 Tennessee and Alabama railway, 45 m. S.S.W. Nashville. 
 It contains two churches, a college, a female academy, in a 
 handsome edifice, with beautiful and extensive grounds, and 
 several other excellent schools; and carries on an active 
 trade. — 2, A vil. Missouri, cap. co. Boone, 16 m. N.N.W. 
 Jefferson City, It derives its chief claim to notice from 
 being the seat of the state univer.sity, the buildings of which, 
 including the ground, cost £25,000. 
 
 COLUMBIA (British), a colony formed on the Pacific 
 side of British North America in 1858, of territory resumed 
 from the Hudson's Bay Company, comprising the districts 
 formerly known by the names of New Caledonia, New 
 Georgia, New Norfolk, and New Cornwall. It is bounded 
 N. by the Simpson and Finlay Kivers, E. by the Ivocky ISIoun- 
 tains, S. by the parallel of 49°, wliich here defines the boundary 
 between liritish America and the U. States, and on the W. by 
 the Gulf of Georgia, Charlotte Sound, and the Pacific Ocean, 
 the former separating it from Vancouver Island, with which 
 however it is combined for governmental purposes. Its ex- 
 tremities lie between lat. 49° and 57° 25' N., and Ion. 114" 
 and 131° W.; its length N. to S. being about 420 m., and its 
 mean breadth about 300 m.; area, 200,000 sq. m. The coast 
 line is deeply indented with sounds and bays, which furnish 
 a number of excellent harbours, but the pre- existence of the 
 port of Victoria, in Vancouver Island, and its proximity to 
 the entrance of the Frazer, has hitlierto precluded any neces- 
 sity for occupying them. The interior of the country is 
 much diversified in character and surface, the eastern side 
 being entirely mountainous, from the line of the Bocky 
 Mountains with its snowy peaks rising to the height of 
 15,000 or 18.000 ft., and the subordinate ranges which spread 
 westwards almost to the centre of the land. The surface of 
 the Avestern parts — after passing a range of hills fringing the 
 coast, and shooting up in irregular peaks, varying from 1000 
 to 10,000 ft. in height, and intersected at intervals by the 
 long inlets which indent the coast — is irregular, with occa- 
 sional Iiigli land, as far as the Frazer Iliver, between which 
 and its tributary, the Thompson, is a large tract of level 
 forest. The rivers are numerous and large, and form an 
 important feature of the country; but their value as means 
 of transit and of access to the interior is destroyed by the 
 many rapids and falls which occur along them, owing to the 
 precipitous and mountainous nature of the country through 
 which they flow for the most part. The most navigable, and 
 on this account important, is the Columbia, which rises in 
 the vicinity of the liocky Mountains, between the Brisco and 
 Selkirk ranges, in about lat. 50° 30' N., Ion. 116° W., and 
 flowing N.W. to lat. 52° 10', makes a sudden bend to the 
 S.W. and S., pursuing this course till it passes the U. States 
 boundary into Anjou state, through which it turns westward 
 to the Pacific. 'This river is navigable, with but a few 
 breaks, by steamers as far as, or even perhaps beyond, the 
 head of Upper Arrow Lake in British Columbia, but it has 
 the disadvantage of passing in the first instance through a 
 foreign territory, and as yet that jiart of Columbia in which 
 it lies has but few settlers, thougli probably the recent dis- 
 covery in it of gold diggings of the richest kind will soon 
 attract a large accession. The Frazer, wliieh is wholly 
 within the Columbian limits, is the best known, and practi- 
 cally most important. It takes its rise in the western slope 
 of the Eocky Mountains, about lat. 53° N.; lun. 119° W., 
 and after flowing N.W. to about 54° 30', like the Columbia, 
 makes a bend to the S., in which direction it flows, with a 
 slight inclination to the E., receiving during its course, and 
 on its left bank, in about 50° 1 3' , the waters of its principal 
 tributary, the Thompson; soon after which it makes a sharp 
 turn westward, flowing in a broad and navigable stream into 
 the Gulf of Georgia, a few miles below New Westminster, 
 the newly founded capital of the colony, upon its right bank. 
 Steamers are able to ascend it as far as Yale, about 90 m., 
 though the current is often extremely rapid ; but beyond that 
 point it rushes through mountain gorges in a narrow torrent, 
 with a velocity of 15 to 20 m. an hour. This is also the 
 characteristic of its affluent the Thompson, which rising in 
 the ranges to the S.W. of the source of the Frazer, flows, 
 with the name of North Thompson, through lofty and preci- 
 pitous hills, densely covered with almost impervious forest, 
 in a southerly direction to Kamloops Lake, through which 
 it turns W., and then S.W., into the 1. bank of the Frazer. 
 The Pease Eiver, rising on the northern side of the hill range 
 which deflects the Frazer from its northerly to its southerly 
 ^urse, and flowing N. into the Finlay, also has importance 
 from being likely to prove prolific in gold. The character- 
 istics of vast torrents dashing through mountain gorges 
 usually enveloped with a dense growth of timber, sufficiently 
 describe the principal rivers of British Columbia, which are 
 unavailable for purposes of navigation, with rare exceptions 
 
COLUMBIA 
 
 105 
 
 COLUMBIA 
 
 of occasional short distances. The expanse of primeval 
 forest, for the most part as yet pathless and unexplored, is a 
 remarkable feature of the eastern mountain districts. Some 
 idea of it may be gathered from the graphic description by 
 the intrepid travellers, Lord Milton and Dr. Cheadle, of 
 what they witnessed upon the Thompson : ' The steepness of 
 the path was not the greatest difficulty; it was the collection 
 of timber, and the impenetrable character of such a region. 
 There were pines and thujas of every size, the patriarch of 
 300 ft., in height standing alone, or thickly clustering groups 
 of young ones struggling for the vacant place of some pros- 
 trate giant. The fallen trees lay piled around, forming 
 barriers often 6 or 8 ft. high on every side; trunks of huge 
 cedars, moss-grown and decayed, lay half- buried in the 
 ground, on which others as mighty had recently fallen; trees 
 still green and living, recently blown down, blocking the 
 view with the walls of earth held in their matted roots; living 
 trunks, dead trunks, rotten trunks; dry, barkless trunks, 
 and trunks moist and green with moss; bare trunks, and 
 trunks with branches, prostrate, reclining, horizontal, propped 
 up at different angles; timber of every sizo, in every stage of 
 growth and decay, in every possible position, entangled in 
 every possible combination.' 
 
 The difficulty of transit in such a country would be con- 
 sidered insuperable, were it not for the absolute necessity of 
 overcoming it in order to reach the sites of its incalculable 
 wealth, the gold-fields. These have been discovered to exist in 
 all directions upon and eastward of the Frazer River. The 
 most extensive, at least those hitherto most extensively 
 worked, are the fields in the Cariboo district, which lies in the 
 N. bend of the Frazer, about lat. 53° 20'. (Cariboo is 'a sea of 
 mountains and pine-clad hills, the former ri*iing to a height 
 of 7000 or 8000 ft., and surrounded by a confused congeries 
 of the latter, the surface everywhere having been disturbed, 
 the sti'ata tilted on end, and beds of streams heaved up to 
 the top of hills.' Gold is also found in tlie Thompson, and 
 many of the small streams tributary to it, and upon the Nicho- 
 las, Similkamecn, and Okanagan, lying between it and the 
 Columbia Lakes and River, as well as in the Kootanie district, 
 already mentioned; indeed the whole of the eastern division 
 of the territory abounds more or less richly in auriferous de- 
 posits, both in the beds of the streams, and in the quartz of 
 the hills. The first discovery of gold in this region was 
 made in 1858, by an Indian, it is said, who, stooping to drink 
 of the Nicaomen, a small affluent of the Thompson, near its 
 junction with the Frazer, saw a nugget glittering in the 
 water. The news soon spread, and a rush of gold-seekers 
 took place. The Cariboo district became the centre of at- 
 traction from its exceeding richness in the precious metal, 
 which is there not confined to the rivers, but is found in the 
 gulches and table land 300 or 400 yards from them, and 
 much beyond their highest levels; in some spots about a foot 
 of gravel overlies the bed rock of light-coloured shale, which 
 is very soft, and in the rents of which the gold is deposited; 
 in others it is worked at the depth of many feet. The rich- 
 ness of the deposits may be gathered from the fact that parties 
 of three or four miners have collected quantities varying 
 from 3 or 4 to 70 or 80 oz. of gold per diem. The quartz 
 rock is also considered to be of unusual richness. Coal also 
 has been found on the W. coast. 
 
 The quality of the land for agricultural purposes is a sub- 
 ject of differing opinion. The country on either side of the 
 Lower Thompson is exceedingly beautiful and picturesque, 
 being a succession of green rolling hills and valleys, lakes 
 and rivers, and apparently of great value as a grazing dis- 
 trict; but hitherto very few settlers have attempted farming 
 operations, though between the Thompson and Frazer they 
 have been begun, with a good chance of success, with the 
 aid of artificial irrigation. Similar expectations were enter- 
 tained of the Lilloet flats, W. of the Frazer, wliich were at 
 first celebrated as excellent feeding grounds, but are described 
 by Milton and Cheadle as having become in 1863 merely 
 bare, dusty plains, the 'bunch grass' which formerly covered 
 them, and which constitutes the principal herbage throughout, 
 having been destroyed by continued grazing; it grows in 
 distinct tufts, and requires, after being eaten down, three 
 years to recover itself. Upon the lower part of the Frazer, 
 in its straight W. course from Hope to itd mouth, are fertile 
 lands, but they are covered almost entirely with dense forest, 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. I. 
 
 and exposed to summer floods. It seems likely then, that 
 until the country becomes more thickly and permanently 
 populated — and then only after a lapse of time, until the 
 vast expanse of forest can be partially cleared, and its place 
 occupied by cultivators of the soil — the population must be 
 dependent upon foreign sources for most of the commonest 
 necessaries of life. But the nature of the country makes the 
 importation of them a work of extreme difficulty and expense, 
 and imposes a high cost upon all articles of consumption. 
 Hence the devising of methods oi ti-ansit is a matter of j)rim- 
 ary importance, and is engaging the attention of the govern- 
 ment and all others interested in it. The only available 
 approaches to the interior at present existing are those pro- 
 ceeding from New Westminster, the capital, up the Frazer, 
 until one diverges up the Harrison River and Lake, and then 
 the Lilloet and other lakes, by what is known as the Harri- 
 son-Lilloet route, rejoining the Frazer at Lilloet, and thence 
 proceeding by 'trail ' to the Cariboo or other districts in that 
 direction ; the other route continues up the Frazer as far as 
 Yale, after wliich it lies along the ' trail,' passing over the 
 mountains which tower above the 1. bank of the river, pre- 
 senting difficulties and dangers which, though they have been 
 lessened by ingenious engineering efforts, are still not a little 
 formidable. Other routes have been proposed, leading more 
 directly from the coast to the Upper Frazer, some of which 
 have been traversed more than once. One of these lies 
 through Burke Channel, the entrance of which is about 80 m. 
 N. of Vancouver Island, and which runs inland for 50 m., 
 and is then continued by three arms for 25 m. further; the 
 central one of these arms, called Bellhoula Bay, Mr. Colin 
 M'Kenzie reached from Alexandria on the Fra/.er, a distance 
 of 160 m., in 13 days, the rise in the watershed of the coast 
 range being so gradual, that he only knew he had passed the 
 summit by finding that the streams flowed W. instead of E. 
 Another, and perhaps even more eligible route, is suggested 
 from Dean's Canal, the uppermost of the three arms, to the 
 Nachuten, an affluent of the Stuart, and along the latter to 
 Fort George, upon the Frazer, immediately adjacent to the 
 Cariboo gold-fields. All these routes have their entry from 
 the Pacific side; but the great desideratum is that the country 
 should be accessible from the eastward, overland, and through 
 British territory. The Rocky Mountains form the great bar- 
 rier; several passes through them have been traversed with 
 more or less difficulty, the chief of them, from the S. 
 northwards, being the boundary, Kootanie, Kananaski, Ver- 
 m.ilion. Kicking Horse, Athabasca, and the Tete Jaune, or 
 Yellow Head, or Leather. All, except the latter, presenting 
 various degrees of difficulty upon the E. side, are met on the 
 W. by a country completely blocked by mountain and forest. 
 The last named, the Tete Jaune or Yellow Head" Pass, is said 
 to be the most feasible, as it traverses a wide break in the 
 range, only 3760 ft. above the sea, offering a natural road- 
 way, of very gradual ascent, and obstructed by timber only. 
 The head of the pass is within 90 m. of Cariboo, but the in- 
 terval is mountainous and densely wooded, though said not 
 to present any insuperable obstacles. If this route were 
 opened it would have the additional advantage of effecting a 
 communication with the fertile country of the Saskatchewan, 
 on the E. of the Rocky Mountains, which is admirably suited 
 for agricultural settlement, and only needs such a market as 
 Columbia would furnish as an outlet for its produce. Mutual 
 benefit would thus be conferred on two most valuable districts 
 of our colonial territory. It is by this pass that the Hudson's 
 Bay Company propose to carry the line of telegraph which 
 they are about to lay across the continent. Railway com- 
 munication with this region through British territory is yet 
 distant, the connection between the Atlantic and Pacific 
 being likely to be first made through the U. States to Cali- 
 fornia. The Pacific railway now in progress will, on the 
 western side, this year (1866) be extended to the summit of 
 the Sierra Nevada Mountains, 104 m. from the city of Sacra- 
 mento, which is itself 2700 ft. above tide-water. Four 
 thousand men, chiefly Chinese, are now engaged on that rail- 
 way, and the state of California has voted $2,100,000 for its 
 prosecution. To meet this railroad the railway on the eastern 
 side of America now extends from New York to 200 m. be- 
 yond St. Louis, the border city between Illinois and Missouri. 
 Government, dc. — The colony, as yet in its youth, has not 
 been organized with a representative system of government, 
 
 14 
 
COLUMBUS 
 
 106 
 
 CONDAVEED 
 
 the administrative and legislative power being invested in 
 the governor of Vancouver Island, who is also governor of 
 IJritish Columbia. This supreme authority has been so judi- 
 ciously exercised, that even upon the first rush of gold-seeking 
 immigrants law and order were rigidly preserved and enforced, 
 and life and property are protected in almost perfect security. 
 For judicial purposes a supreme court exists, which 'goes on 
 circuit,' and there are local magistracies, &c., for the settle- 
 ment of matters within their cognizance. The establishment 
 of a bishopric and a staff of clergy was early effected, and 
 missions have been placed not only among the European 
 population, but also among the aboriginal Indians and the 
 Chinese immigrants. 
 
 Commerce and Population, dc. — As yet no formal statistics 
 have been published of the foreign and internal trade of the 
 colony. The state revenue and expenditure of the colony in 
 1862 are set down at about £90,000 respectively. It was 
 estimated in 1864 that the united population of Vancouver 
 Island and British Columbia was about 100,000, Vancouver 
 Island having about 25,000 of that number. 
 
 COLUMBUS [add.], three places, U. States:—!, A tn. 
 Georgia, cap. co. Muscogee, 1. bank Chattachoochee, whicli is 
 navigable for eight months in the year, and at the junction of 
 three railways, on the E frontier of Alabama. It ranks as 
 the third town of the state in population, commerce, and im- 
 portance, is regularly laid out in streets, from 99 to 165 ft. 
 wide, and contains many handsome private dwellings finely 
 shaded by trees, which give the whole place an attractive 
 appearance. The principal public buildings are a very hand- 
 some courthouse, five churches, a female college, an academy, 
 a seminary, an orphan asylum, a market house, and jail. 
 The industrial establishments consist of a paper mill, five 
 flour and five large cotton mills, foundries, machine shops, 
 cotton presses, a woollen and an agricultural implement 
 factory. Before the civil war nearly 80,000 bales of cotton 
 were annually shipped here. The village of Gerard, opposite 
 to Columbus, is connected with it by a handsome bridge. 
 Pop. (I860), 9621, of whom 3317 were slaves.— 2, A tn. the 
 cap. of Ohio, in the Ohio valley, near the centre of the state, 
 on the E. bank of the Scioto, on the Ohio canal, and at the 
 junction of five railways; lut. 39° 57' N.; Ion. 83° 3' \V. 
 Standing on an alluvial flat it presents nothing attractive in 
 its site. Its most strikino; feature is the number and extent 
 of its public buildings and institutions. The capitol is second 
 in size only to that of Washington, and though not very 
 striking, from being built of grey limestone in the simple 
 Doric style, is truly a handsome structure. Its interior is 
 elegantly finished. The other principal buildings and insti- 
 tutions are seventeen churches, a German Lutheran theological 
 seminary, a medical college, lunatic, blind, and deaf and 
 dumb asylums, and a penitentiary, containing 350 cells for 
 prisoners. The ample means of communication, both by 
 water and rail, give Columbus a very extensive trade, and 
 make it the central entrepot for the produce of the surround- 
 ing country. Pop. (1860), 18,554.-3, A tn. Mississippi, 
 cap. CO. Lowndes, 1. bank Tombigbee, which is here navig- 
 able at all seasons, in a fertile district occupied chiefly by 
 plantations, 145 m. N.E. Jackson. It contains six churches, a 
 female seminary, an academy, a courthouse, and jail; carries 
 on an active trade, and is a shipping place for cotton. P. 8308. 
 
 COMBAKBALLA, a tn. Chili, pro v. Coquimbo, cap. 
 dep. of same name, 100 m. S.E. Coquimbo, on a rugged site 
 surrounded by barren mountains; with a parish church, a post 
 office, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 COMISA, a tn. Austrian empire, Dalmatia, circle Spalato, 
 on a large bay on the W. side of the island of Lissa. It has 
 a harbour defended by a tower, and a valuable sardine 
 fishery. Pop. 2400. 
 
 COMITAN, or Comitlan [add.], a tn. Mexico, state 
 Chiapas, on the Grijalva, 40 m. S.E. San Christoval. Its in- 
 habitants are mostly in prosperous circumstances, occupying 
 good houses in the town, and living on the incomes of their 
 haciendas or farms, which they cultivate by the labour of 
 Indians, and only occasionally visit. Pop. 10,000. 
 
 CONCEPCION [add.], a tn. and port, Chili. [See Chili 
 (Talcahuano) in Supp.] 
 
 CONCEPCION, a tn. La Plata, r. bank Uruguay, prov. 
 Entre Rios, 150 m. N. Buenos Ayres. It is a pretty place, 
 and boasts of a college, where youths are educated, without 
 
 partiality or distinction of rich and poor, at the expense of 
 the province. This institution, the buildings of which are 
 handsome and commodious, has in a great measure supplanted 
 that of Cordova, which was long celebrated, but has now 
 dwindled to a provincial school. Pop. 4000. 
 
 CONCEPCION, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, in the in- 
 terior of the country to the E. of the cordillera of Galeras, on 
 the banks of the river Guataraco. It is inhabited by about 
 150 families of Indians, who cultivate a little tobacco and 
 some other crops, and are sometimes employed as porters in 
 carrying burdens across the country to San Jose. 
 
 CONCEPCION, or Villa Kkal de Con{;epcion [add.], 
 a tn. Paraguay, r. bank river of this name; lat. 23° 23' 5li" S.; 
 Ion. 57° 30' 39" W. It stands on a plain about 20 ft. above 
 the ordinary level of the river; was once a flourishing place, 
 and should now be a principal port for the export of yerha, or 
 Paraguay tea, and caoutchouc, but the policy of the govern- 
 ment in monopolizing all trade and centralizing it at Asun- 
 cion, has destroyed its prosperity, and left it with a pop. of 
 not more than 2000. 
 
 CONCEPCION (Villa de la), a tn. Mexico, state and 
 65 m. W. Chihuahua, on a beautiful mountain stream of same 
 name, an affluent of the Yagui. It stands in an elevated 
 valley forming the most fertile district in the state, and 
 famous particularly for its apples, which are raised chiefly by 
 the Indians. The famous mines of Jesus Maria, situated on 
 the E. frontiers of Sonora, have been the main sources of its 
 prosperity. 
 
 CONCORD [add.], two tns. U. States:—!, Massachu- 
 setts, cap, CO. Middlesex, on the river of its name, and at the 
 junction of several lines of railway, 22 m. N.W. Boston. It 
 possesses two .churches, an academy, and various other 
 schools; and a courthouse and a townhouse, both handsome 
 structures. Its manufactures and trade are unimportant. 
 Concord figures both in the early wars with France and 
 Spain and in the war of indei)endence. Pop. 2244. — 2, cap. 
 of New Hampshire, on the Merrimac, and at the junction of 
 five railways, 63 m. N.N.W. Boston. It consists of two dis- 
 tinct portions, formed by the Merrimac, which traverses it 
 from N. to S. The main village, situated on the W. or right 
 bank of the river, contains a number of handsome buildings. 
 Among these are conspicuous the state-house, which is built 
 of granite, and stands in a finely wooded park; the city-hall, 
 several elegant churches, the Methodist biblical institute, and 
 the state lunatic asylum. One of the staple manufactures is 
 carriages, for which Concord has long been famous. The 
 other principal articles are woollens, cottons, cabinet-work, 
 tin-ware, iron castings, and musical instruments. In tlie 
 vicinity are extensive quarries of a beautiful white fine- 
 grained granite, which is largely exported. Pop. 10,896. 
 
 CONCORDIA, a tn. La Plata, cap. dep. of same name, 
 r. bank Uruguay, about 60 m. above Concepcion. Its in- 
 habitants carry on a considerable transit and foreign trade. 
 The principal exports are hides, tallow, and yerba or tea. 
 Concordia boasts of a flourishing free-school. About 20 m. 
 higher up the river the navigation is obstructed by the Salto 
 Grande, where for about a third of a mile the channel is 
 covered with verdant islets and innumerable rocks of a 
 reddish sandstone, over and through which the foaming waters 
 dash with the greatest fury. Owing to this obstruction Con- 
 cordia is the last town in Entre Rios from which there is an 
 uninterrupted communication with the towns of the Parana 
 and La Plata. Pop. 2500. 
 
 CONDAPILLY [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 and 52 m. N.W. Masulipatam. It stands at the foot of a 
 range of hills, one of which is crowned by a picturesque fort, 
 and was once the capital of a circar of same name. Since it 
 fell into decay the walls, which still surround it, inclose an 
 area far larger than the inhabitants require for dwellings, and 
 a considerable portion of it is therefore under cultivation. 
 The houses actually occupied cover only a small space at the 
 foot of the hill. The only object of interest is the fort already 
 mentioned, which has an elevation of !700 ft. above the sea, 
 and exhibits in its remains a degree of architectural magni- 
 ficence. 
 
 CONDAVEED, a ruined fort, India, presid. Madras, 
 dist. and about 12 m. W. Guntoor. It stands on a granite 
 range of same name, at the height of 1000 ft. above the sea, 
 and shows by the remains of fortifications, granaries, and 
 
CONNEAUT 
 
 107 
 
 COOMPTAH 
 
 dwelling-houses, that it was of large extent, of great strength, 
 and of sufficient importance to justify its selection as the 
 capital of a circar. During the hot season it recommends 
 itself to the notice of European residents at Guntoor, by the 
 grateful relief which it affords from the burning heat of the 
 plains. When the hot winds blow the difference of tempera- 
 ture above and below is from 10° to 12°, at other times the 
 difference is 5° or 6°. 
 
 CONNEAUT, a tn. U. States, Ohio, on a creek 2 m. 
 from Lake Erie, at the junction of the railways from Cleve- 
 land and Pittsburg to Buffalo. It contains a number of 
 churches and schools, possesses a good harbour, with a light- 
 house at the mouth of the creek; and carries on an active 
 trade, being the entrepot for the produce not only of the adja- 
 cent parts of Ohio, but also of a considerable portion of 
 Pennsylvania. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 CONNECTICUT [add.], one of the U. States. The 
 state contained on Jan. 1, 1864, 770 m. of railway, of which 
 616 were completed, the total cost of construction and 
 equipment being £4,616,380. The value of the property in 
 the state was estimated in the census of 1860 at £92,557,107. 
 The revenue for the year ending April 1, 1863 (including 
 temporary loans) , was £540, 1 30, and the expenditure £518,011; 
 and the state debt amounted to £635,416. With regard to 
 agriculture, there were in 1860, 1,830,808 acres of improved 
 land in farms, and 673,457 acres of land unimproved. The 
 numberof horses was 33,276; sheep, 117,107; milch cows, 
 98,877; working oxen, 47,939; other cattle, 95,173; swine, 
 75,120. Of agricultural produce the state furnished, accord- 
 ing to the returns of 1860: — • 
 
 Bushels. 
 Wheat 52,-101 Potatoes. 
 
 Uye 618,702 
 
 Indian Corn 2,059,835 
 Oats 1,522,218 
 
 Bushels. Lbs. 
 
 ..1,833,148 I Tobacco..6,000,133 
 
 Pease and Beans 25,864 I Wool 335,986 
 
 Buckwheat 309,107 Butter. ..7,620,912 
 
 Clover Seed 13,671 | Cheese ...3,898,411 
 
 Barley 20,813 | Other Seeds 13,024 | Hay(ton8) 562,425 
 
 The population of Connecticut by counties in 1860, is stated 
 as follows: — 
 
 Faii-aeld . . 
 Hartford . . 
 Litchfield 
 Middlesex . 
 New Haven . 
 New London 
 Tolland . . 
 Wiiidhaiu 
 
 Total . . 
 
 Males. 
 
 36,614 
 43,766 
 23,001 
 14,771 
 46,881 
 29,989 
 10,105 
 16,781 
 
 221,858 
 
 Females. 
 
 39,186 
 44,877 
 23,206 
 15,751 
 48,351 
 30,398 
 10,348 
 17,545 
 
 229,662 
 
 75,800 
 88,643 
 46,207 
 30,522 
 95,232 
 60,387 
 20,453 
 34,276 
 
 451,520 
 
 1676 
 1319 
 1111 
 337 
 2113 
 1344 
 256 
 471 
 
 8627 
 
 77,476 
 89,962 
 47,318 
 30,859 
 97,345 
 61,731 
 20,709 
 34,747 
 
 460,147 
 
 CONNERSVILLE, a vil. U. States, Indiana, cap. co. 
 Fayette, on W. bank Whitewater Kiver and the Hamilton 
 and Rushville railway, 56 m. E.S.E. Indianopolis. Among 
 its public buildings is tlie courthouse, one of the finest in the 
 state, several churches, and two banks. The Whitewater 
 Valley canal furnishes water-power and facilitates trade. 
 Pop. 2119. 
 
 CONSTANTINE [add.], a prov. N. Africa, the most 
 easterly of the three into which Algeria is divided, is bounded 
 N. by the Mediterranean, E. Tunis, and W. tlie prov. of 
 Algiers; its S. limits are scarcely defined; area, 68,360 sq. m., 
 of which, however, considerably more than a half belongs to 
 the Sahara. The province is naturally divided by its physical 
 features into three distinct parts, the N. slope, which sends 
 its waters to the Mediterranean, the plateaux forming the 
 connecting link between the mountain chains, and the slope 
 southwards towards the desert. The principal streams, each 
 watering and fertilizing a valley of greater or less dimensions, 
 are the Bedjaia, which falls into the Gulf of Bougiah, the 
 Seybou.sa, which is lost in the Lake of Bona, the Roumel, and 
 the Medjerda, which flows E. into Tunis. The soil, in which, 
 from the general prevalence of limestone, calcareous matter 
 forms a principal ingredient, is fertile, and well adapted for 
 the cultivation of grain, the vine, the olive, and the date, and 
 numerous other fruits. Cotton also grows well. The most 
 valuable minerals are iron, lead, copper, antimony, and many 
 beautiful varieties of marble. The only mines in working 
 order, however, are the iron mine of Karezas, from which 
 
 £7400 worth of ore was raised in 1862, and the lead mine of 
 Kefum Tebul, from which £11,000 worth of metal was ex- 
 tracted. Mineral springs, some of them thermal and of con- 
 siderable celebrity, occur in different localities. On the 
 coast the coral fishery is carried on with some success, yield- 
 ing an annual return of about £70,000. Railways are con- 
 templated, connecting Setif, Bougiah, Philippeville, Constan- 
 tine, and Bona, but the portion between Philippeville and 
 Constantine is likely to be the first constructed. The pro- 
 posed lines are portions of a system designed to run parallel 
 with the coast, 30 or 40 m. inland, from the frontier of 
 Morocco to that of Tunis, with branches to the principal places 
 on the sea-board. The administrative division, like that of 
 the other provinces of Algeria, is into military and civil, 
 the former consisting of four subdivisions, and the latter form- 
 ing three arrondissements, of which Constantine, Bona, and 
 Philippeville are the respective capitals. European pop., 
 exclusive of the army, 27,382; native pop. about 1,101,421. 
 
 CONSTANTINOVSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cos- 
 sacks, r. bank Don. It is the seat of the civil authorities of 
 the first district of the gov., and has three yearly markets. 
 The vine is extensively cultivated in the vicinity. P. 4232. 
 
 CONSTITUCION [add.], a .seaport tn. Chili, cap. prov. 
 and at the mouth of the river Maule, 160 m. S. by W. Val- 
 paraiso. It stands on the 1. bank of the river, at the bottom 
 of an amphitheatral basin, and owing to its advantageous site 
 has more than doubled its population within twenty years. 
 It has at length assumed the appearance of a compact and 
 well-ordered town, and contains a number of handsome 
 residences, though the majority of the houses continue as 
 before of one story, and have a rather mean appearance. The 
 streets, however, though not paved, are spacious, and either 
 parallel or at right angles to one another. On the plaza, 
 situated very centrally, are the church, barracks, and prison, 
 all of them of too humble a character to deserve special 
 notice. Abundance of timber along the banks of the Maule, 
 a good harbour at its mouth, and a sloping beach for launch- 
 ing-ways offer inducements to shipbuilding. Of these advan- 
 tage has been taken, and shipbuilding is carried on to a con- 
 siderable extent; but the chief trade is sawing and preparing 
 the timber, which is floated or otherwise brought down from 
 the interior. The coasting trade is considerable, but the 
 foreign trade is very insignificant. The principal articles 
 sent coastwise, or to other ports, are flour, beans, timber, 
 barley, wine, tallow, and charqui. Pop. upwards of 4000. 
 
 CONTRECCEUR, a tn. British America, Canada E., 
 CO. Vercheres, r. bank St. Lawrence, 16 m. N.E. Varennes. 
 It possesses a R. Catholic chapel and several schools, but 
 cannot boast either of its manufactures or its trade. Pop. 
 about 2000. 
 
 COOK'S ISLANDS [add.], a group, S. Pacific Ocean, 
 between the Friendly and Society Archipelagos, consisting 
 of nine or ten islands; includes Rarotonga, one of the prin- 
 cipal stations of the London Missionary Society, pop. 3500; 
 Mangaia, pop. 5000; Aitulaki, 1400; Atue, 1000; Mitiero, 
 250; Mauki, 350. The islands are much frequented by 
 whale ships for fresh provisions. They receive their name 
 from their great discoverer. 
 
 COOK'S LAND [add.] This dist. is now included in 
 the colony of Queensland (which see in this Supp.) 
 
 COOMBLA, or Coombta, a tn. India, Madras, dist. 
 S. Canara, 19 m. S. Mangalore. It stands on an elevated 
 peninsula, which runs into a salt-water lake, formed by a 
 sand-spit dividing it from the sea. Two rivers discharge 
 themselves into the lake, and in the rainy season their waters 
 make the lake fresh. Formerly a bridge over the narrow 
 inlet which connects the lake with the sea united Coombla 
 with the opposite town of Kanyapoora. The fort, occupy- 
 ing a lofty spot, has a fine situation; but the town is now 
 much decayed. 
 
 COOMPTAH, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. N. Ca- 
 nara, 100 m. N.N.W. Mangalore. It stands about a mile 
 E. of a creek on the coast which forms its harbour, and was 
 a place of consequence till it was pillaged and burned by the 
 troops of Hyder All. After a long period of decline it has 
 begun to revive, chiefly in consequence of the rapid exten- 
 sion of cotton cultivation in the district. Handsome dwell- 
 ings and warehouses have been built in it by native mer- 
 chants from Bombay; and its port, which was formerly dull, 
 
COONDAPOOR 
 
 108 
 
 COQUIMBO 
 
 is now in the shipping season the scene of great-commercial 
 activity. The export of cotton, which is brought down 
 from Bellary and the Mahratta country for shipment, has 
 become a large and important trade. Pop. 6885. 
 
 COONDAPOOR, a in. India, Madras, dist. N. Canara, 
 205 m. N.W. Bangalore. It stands on the S. side of the 
 estuary of five rivers which flow down from the Ghats ; the 
 estuary, however, is very shallow, and navigable only by 
 small vessels and canoes, which ascend the Cheekra Kiver 
 10 m. to Wundsy. The country around is very beautiful, 
 and an old fort with outworks stands in a fine position a little 
 inland. Salt is manufactured by evaporation of sea-water. 
 
 COOPER, or VicroiuA [native, TewJiaha], a port, New 
 Zealand, Middle Island or Munster, on the N.W. side of 
 Banks' Peninsula. It is formed by Godky or Cachalot 
 Head on the N., and Toloa Head on the S., and has at its 
 entrance a width of 1 m., which it maintains as far up as the 
 town of Lyttelton, situated on the N. shore of a small bay 
 4 m. within the Heads At the anchorage off Lyttelton the 
 depth is only 3J fathoms. Port Cooper is easy of access in 
 most weathers, except S.W. gales, which blow down it with 
 great violence. There is also a considerable swell in N. winds. 
 COOSSY, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which rises in 
 dist. Ramghur, about lat. 23° 35' N.; Ion. 85° 58' E.; flows 
 circuitously S.E. to Midnapore, then nearly due E., then 
 again S.E., and joins the Hooghly on its r. bank, where it 
 begins to widen out into a broad estuary. Its whole course 
 is 240 m. During the dry season it is generally fordable. 
 
 COOSY, a river, India, which rises among the snowy 
 peaks of Mount Gonsainthan, which reaches the height of 
 24,700 ft., near the N. frontiers of Nepaul, flows circuitously 
 S.S.E. to the British frontier, and, crossing it, continues 
 nearly due S across the alluvial district of Purnea to its 
 junction with the Ganges. Its principal affluents are the 
 Arun and the Tambar, both of which it receives on its left 
 in Nepaul, and the Gogaree, which joins it on its right only 
 10 m. above its mouth. In descending from the mountains, 
 it forms three cataracts, or rather violent rapids. In Bengal 
 it throws off numerous branches, but still continues a large 
 stream, with a channel fi'om 1^ to 2^ m. wide. 
 
 COPACAVANA, a tn. La Plata, on the W. frontiers of 
 prov. Catamarca and the eastern slopes of the Cordillera; 
 lat. 28° S.; Ion. 68° 30' W. It occupies a long stretch of 
 ground, and is a well-built flourishing place, of cheerful 
 appearance, with numerous fine gardens and vineyards, and 
 an extensive trade in cattle, chiefly with Chili, being the 
 chief and natural entrepot for the traffic across this part of 
 the Cordillera. 
 
 COPIAPO, or San Fkancisco de la Selva [add.], a 
 tn. Chili, prov. Coquimbo, about half-way between the W. 
 Andes and the Pacific; lat. 27° 20' S.; Ion. 72° W. It con- 
 sists of the town proper and two suburbs, one at the E. and 
 the other at the W. extremity. The E. suburb is a wretched 
 place, consisting of mean huts occupied by the poorest 
 classes: the W. suburb is composed of elegant houses and 
 villas, with fine gardens attached to them. The town proper 
 is in the form of a rectangle, extending a considerable dis- 
 tance from E. to VV., with a comparatively narrow breadth, 
 and consists of a spacious plaza and four long streets, crossed 
 at right angles by about twenty avenues or lanes. Owing 
 to the frequency of earthquakes, the houses are of slight 
 construction, being composed of wood fastened with cane and 
 covered over with two successive coatings, one of mud and 
 another of lime. Slight as the construction is, it answers 
 well in a climate where little rain falls, and has therefore 
 been employed in several public buildings; among others, 
 the principal church, which, in consequence, has all the 
 appearance of a mere temporary erection. In the plaza near 
 to the church is a bronze statue, erected in 1851 in honour 
 of Juan Godoy, for his discovery of the silver mines of 
 Chanarcillo in 1832. The only solid structure of any im- 
 portance is an old church, whose low and massive walls have 
 hitherto enabled it to withstand the most violent shocks of 
 earthquakes. Copiapo counts among its industrial establish- 
 ments iron-foundries, and factories for crushing- mills and 
 other machinery employed in working the mines, and is 
 enabled to carry on a considerable trade by means of its port 
 of Caldera, situated about 30 m. W. on the Pacific, and now 
 connected with it by railway. Pop. about 15,000. 
 
 COQUIMBO [add.], a prov. and seaport In. Chili.— The 
 PROVINCE contains, besides Coquimbo, the ports of Guayacan, 
 Tongay, and Totoralillo; but vessels bound to them must 
 first touch at Coquimbo or some other chief port of the 
 republic. The copper ores of it are very abundant, but not 
 sutScient for the requirements of the smelters, and conse- 
 quently large quantities are imported from the north of Chili 
 and from Bolivia, and coal is likewise brought from Coronel 
 and Lota. The chief branch of industry in the province is 
 the mining and smelting of copper; in several smelting estab- 
 lishments wood is used for the fires, but coal is burned in 
 all the large works. The productions of the mines and 
 smelting-works is shown in the following returns for the 
 year 1864:— 
 
 Name of Mine. 
 
 No. of Men 
 employed. 
 
 Quantity of 
 Ore raised. 
 
 Value of 
 Ore. 
 
 Pique 
 
 San JostS 
 
 Brillador . . . . . . 
 
 Panulcillo 
 
 600 
 600 
 250 
 650 
 
 Tons. 
 
 9,090 
 11,400 
 
 7,400 
 30,900 
 
 £ 
 
 130,000 
 
 135,000 
 
 31,000 
 
 120,000 
 
 ToUl 
 
 2000 
 
 5S,790 
 
 416,000 
 
 Name of Works. 
 
 No. of 
 Furn'ces 
 
 Ores 
 smelted. 
 
 Copper 
 produced. 
 
 Value of 
 Copper. 
 
 Guayacan . . . 
 Coquimbo . . . 
 Compafiia . . . 
 Panulcillo . . . 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 7 
 9 
 
 Tons. 
 44,000 
 23,5-28 
 16,840 
 26,550 
 
 Tons. 
 
 10,000 
 
 3,000 
 
 1,575 
 
 [ 5,000 ) 
 
 I of 35 p. c.) 
 
 £ 
 800,000 
 244,000 
 106,000 
 130,000 
 
 Total . . . 
 
 62 
 
 110,918 
 
 19,575 
 
 1,280,000 
 
 A railway was opened in 1862 40 m. in length, connecting 
 Coquimbo and Serena with Las Cardas and the mines in the 
 interior, the plant, employes, &c., being all English. An 
 extension of the line from Las Cardas to Panulcillo, 13 m., 
 is being made, and cart-roads are under construction from 
 Serena to Higuera and from Tamaya to Panulcillo, which 
 altogether will give considerable impulse to the mineral 
 
 trade. Pop. (1854), 110,589. The town is to be supplied 
 
 with water by the railway company, who have contracted to 
 build a reservoir with filtering appliances, and furnish water 
 gratuitously to the inhabitants. An English contractor is 
 also engaged in the erection of gasworks for Serena. The 
 nature of the country and climate is unfavourable to agricul- 
 ture; but some fine farms and gardens in the neighbourhopd 
 of Coquimbo are made productive by irrigation, by means of 
 a canal communicating with the Coquimbo River. 
 
 The subjoined table gives the statistics of British and 
 foreign shipping in the port of Coquimbo, in the years 1863 
 and 1864, showing a large increase in the latter: — 
 French, Ham- 
 British, burgh, 
 
 and American. 
 Vsls. Tons. Vsls. Tons. 
 
 1863 . . 42 16,856 11 6,322 
 
 1864 . . 60 27,456 14 7,077 
 The Pacific Steam Navigation Company's vessels touch at 
 
 the port eight times a month, but are not reckoned in the 
 foregoing statement. 
 
 The cargoes entered at the port consist chiefly of coal and 
 materials for mining and smelting purposes; the cargoes out- 
 ward comprise copper in ingots, bars, regulus, and ores, 
 small quantities of silver and cobalt ores, hides, &c. The 
 following table exhibits the value of the imports and exports 
 in the years 1363 and 1864: — 
 
 Chilian. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Vsla. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vsls. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 410 
 
 62,802 
 
 463 
 
 85,040 
 
 511 
 
 77,404 
 
 685 
 
 111,937 
 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 
 1863. 
 
 1864. 
 
 1S63. 
 
 1864. 
 
 England ...... 
 
 France 
 
 Hamburgh .... 
 United States . . . 
 
 Bolivia 
 
 Peru 
 
 £ 
 
 51,060 
 
 1,534 
 
 7,125 
 
 3,028 
 
 923 
 
 £ 
 87,154 
 239 
 
 10,877 
 
 36,514 
 
 827 
 
 £ 
 
 460,610 
 
 106,487 
 
 54,029 
 
 17,999 
 
 155 
 
 1,272 
 
 £ 
 
 815,718 
 
 123,040 
 
 33,804 
 
 160 
 
 943 
 
 6,108 
 
 Total 
 
 63,670 
 
 135,611 
 
 640,652 
 
 979,773 
 
CORDOVA 
 
 109 
 
 COSALA 
 
 COEDOVA [add.], a tn. La Plata, cap. prov. of same 
 name, on the S. side and about | m. from the banks of the 
 Piimero, which here bends round from N.W. to S.E., and 
 half encircles the town; lat. 31° 20' 15" S.; Ion. 68° 46' 21" W. 
 Cordova is the largest and most important place in the inte- 
 rior of La Plata, and is built, according to the old Spanish 
 fashion, in regular streets crossing each other at right angles, 
 and usually terminating in a large central square. The prin- 
 cipal buildings are the cathedral, an ancient and venerable 
 structure situated on the W. side of the plaza, built by an 
 Italian in the Renaissance style, with a richly decorated 
 front, two towers, and a dome, and generally regarded as the 
 finest church which La Plata possesses; the church of Santa 
 Catalina, attached to a large and wealthy nunnery of same 
 name, which is occupied by about 40 nuns, belonging for the 
 most part to wealthy families; the nunnery of Santa Theresa, 
 with 25 nuns; the three monasteries of St. Francis, La Mer- 
 ced, and St. Dominique; the first with a fine new church 
 attached; the second old and in a somewhat dilapidated state, 
 but remarkable for the solidity of its structure; and the third 
 conspicuous by its two towers; the university, occupying the 
 extensive buildings of the old Jesuit college, and provided 
 with a rector and six ordinary professors; the Cabildo, the 
 orpiian hospital, and the infirmary. Cordova, which long 
 figured as the ecclesiastical metropolis of S. America, still 
 retains much of its original character. All the buildings of 
 note, and all the endowments, are more or less clerical, and 
 the clergy or their connections and dependants form by far 
 the most influential, and by no means a small numerical por- 
 tion of the whole community. The trade, though only 
 transit, is very important, as all the traffic of the W. and 
 N. W. provinces must pass here on the way to Santa Fe and 
 liosario. At present the only mode of conveyance is by ox- 
 waggons or mules; but it has been proposed to connect Cor- 
 dova with Rosario by a railway. Could this be done, there 
 cannot be a doubt that a vast increase of traffic would ensue. 
 The province, which exported in 1856 about 304,000 lbs. of 
 wool, in 1863 exported 912,600 lbs. The pop. of Cordova 
 is so uncertain that it is estimated variously from 15,000 to 
 40,000. 
 
 COKMANTYN [add.], a tn. and ruined fort, W. Africa, 
 on the Gold Coast, in the Gulf of Guinea, about 12 m. E.N.E. 
 Cape Coast Castle. The fort is in the form of a square, about 
 100 ft. on the side, with bastions at the angles, and an out- 
 work which seems to have been a parade-ground, or the place 
 where, during the slave-trade, the slaves were given air and 
 exercise. On the S.W. side there is a tower 146 ft. high, 
 and a series of apartments in a state of ruin. The inside of 
 the fort is filled with weeds and shrubs. The fort, though 
 said to have been the first built by the British on the Gold 
 Coast, fell into the hands of the Dutch, who gave it the name 
 of New Amsterdam, and continued in possession of it till 
 1807, when it was plundered by the Ashantees. The native 
 town, which stands at the corner of a range of high ground, 
 is a large and populous place, with nothing remarkable 
 except the great size of some of its trees. 
 
 COIINING, a tn. U. States, New York, on the Chemung 
 River, and on the New York and Erie, the Corning and Bloss- 
 burg, and the Buffalo, Corning, and New York railways, 
 200 m. N.W. New York. It is pleasantly situated at the 
 foot of a hill, contains six churches, a distillery, a tannery, 
 two furnaces, and several mills, and carries on an active 
 trade in coal and lumber. Pop. 3626. 
 
 CORNWALL, a vil. U. States, Connecticut, about 2 m. 
 E. of the Hausatonic railway, 40 m. W. by N. Hartford. It 
 owes its chief claim to notice to its foreign mission-school, 
 which was founded in 1818, for the purpose of training native 
 converts from paganism, and making them fit to become 
 missionaries to their countrymen. In one year 19 of the 
 students were American Indians, and 10 natives of the islands 
 in the Pacific. Pop. 2041. 
 
 CORNWALL, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 cap. of the united counties of Stormont, Dundas, and Glen- 
 garry, 1. bank St. Lawrence, contiguous to a station of the 
 (Jrand Trunk railway, 70 m. S.W. Montreal. It possesses 
 six churches — Church of England, Church of Scotland, Free, 
 We.sleyan, Congregationalist, and R. Catholic — a grammar- 
 school, a weekly newspaper, tanneries, foundries, and flour, 
 fulling, and saw mills, and, being a port of entry, commands 
 
 a considerable trade, particularly in flour, the boats of the 
 through and American lines between Montreal and Hamilton, 
 and those of the Montreal and Kingston line calling daily. 
 The Longue Sault Rapids, immediately above the port, are 
 avoided by a canal, 12 m. in length. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 COROMANDEL [add.], a settlement, New Zealand, 
 New Ulster or North Island, on the E. shore of the Firth of 
 Thames, 30 m. E. by N. Auckland. It possesses a tolerable 
 harbour for small vessels, and is the centre of a large and 
 flourishing timber trade, the kauri pine, and other valuable 
 trees, being here fine and abundant. Gold has been dis- 
 covered in the neighbourhood. 
 
 CORSICA [add.], an isl. and dep. France. The natunil 
 products of Corsica are beautiful and various; the summits 
 and sides of the mountains are covered with extensive forests 
 of Corsican pines, evergreen oaks, cork trees, beeches, and 
 chestnuts. In other parts the hillsides are overgrown with 
 dense thickets of cistus, myrtles, arbutus, and other shrubs. 
 The state holds about 103,000 acres of forest; the communes, 
 129,200 acres; and private proprietors, 40,500; altogether 
 about 272,700 acres. About two-thirds of these forests 
 consist of resin-yielding trees, many of the lariccio pines 
 measuring 13, 16, and 19 ft. in circumference, and from 140 
 to 160 ft. in height. The felling of timber commenced only 
 about 1853; but has already become a valuable business, as 
 has also the extraction of resin. 
 
 Agriculture by no means keeps pace with modern improve- 
 ments, and the island scarcely produces corn and grain 
 sufficient for six months' supply of its population. The 
 construction of roads, the draining of marsh lands and stag- 
 nant waters, especially on the east coast, the greater facilities 
 of communication with other countries, and the steady though 
 slow increase of the population, are tending to a better state 
 of things. As yet, however, large tracts of fertile land 
 remain uncultivated, and implements are of the rudest form. 
 The land is greatly subdivided, almost every peasant posses- 
 sing a small holding; a tract is farmed out for a certain 
 period; the peasant provides the labour, the proprietor the 
 seed, and the produce is divided between them. 
 
 The chief towns in the island are now connected by good 
 roads. 568 m. of good road were open to traffic at the 
 beginning of 1863, and 134 m. more were under construction; 
 the total expenditure -upon them having been £636,280. 
 
 The formation of the new port of Bastia was authorized in 
 1863. It will extend before the new quarter of the town to 
 the north of the old port, having an area of 41 1 acres, and a 
 protecting mole 763 yards in length. Improvements are also 
 being made at other ports. 
 
 The number of vessels entering the ports of Corsica from 
 foreign places more than doubled during the ten years from 
 1851 to 1861. In the former year, 719 vessels, of 68,500 
 tons, entered; and in 1861, 2006 vessels, of 146,796 tons. 
 The few British vessels that frequent the Corsican ports 
 generally bring coal to them for steam purposes. 
 
 The value of the imports and exports has gradually in- 
 creased, as appears thus: — 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 From France. Other countries. To France. Other countries. 
 
 18o8 
 1S59 
 1860 
 ISOl 
 1862 
 
 £5.^5,541 £93.727 
 
 . 681,193 90,018 
 
 . 635,633 150,108 
 
 . 709,579 169,621 
 
 . 722,410 187,039 
 
 £267,678 
 257,296 
 236,891 
 381,551 
 316,151 
 
 £65,435 
 
 83,441 
 
 59,808 
 
 118,309 
 
 143,819 
 
 The total value of the imports in 1863 was £1,082,154, 
 and of the exports £435,400. The trade at the port of 
 Bastia alone in 1863 amounted to £644,400 in imports, and 
 to £166,696 in exports. 
 
 The climate of Ajaccio, the capital of the island, and con- 
 taining about 14,000 inhabitants, is exceedingly equable 
 and salubrious, and is highly recommended for suff'erers 
 from pulmonary disease; but the total want of proper accom- 
 modation unfits it at present for a residence for strangers. 
 
 The population of the Lsland at the last census (1861) was 
 252,889. 
 
 COSALA [add.], a tn. Mexico, state Cinaloa, at the foot 
 of the Sierra Madre, 80 m. N. by W. Mazatlan. It depends 
 partly on its mines, which are still extensively worked, and 
 jiartly on trade. Pop. 4000. A little to the S. is another 
 mining town called Copala, with a pop. of 1200. 
 
COTAGAITfi 
 
 110 
 
 CRAB 
 
 COTAGAITE, or Santiago de Cotagaiti;. atn. Bolivia, 
 prov. and 75 m. S.S.E. Potosi, picturesquely situated in a 
 beautiful champaign district. It contains several broad 
 streets lined with superior houses, an imposing cathedral 
 adjoining a capacious square, and one of the largest and best 
 post-houses in Bolivia. It is subject, however, to sudden 
 inundations. In the vicinity is a large extent of well-culti- 
 vated ground. 
 
 CUTAYAM, or Kotium, atn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Travancore, 30 m. S.S.E. Cochin. It is built along the 
 bunks of the Meenachel, which falls into the lake or back- 
 water of Vcmbaraad a few miles below, is defended by a 
 small fort situated at its N. extremity, and has in the same 
 locality a small square of bazaars, where a weekly market is 
 held and some trade carried on. The Syrian Christians 
 (composing the main body of the inhabitants) consider Cotayam 
 as the principal seat of their religion, and have several large 
 churches in the neighbourhood. The Church Missionary 
 Society has long had a station here; and with the view of 
 aiding in the instruction of the Syrian population generally, 
 a college was erected and liberally endowed by the late 
 ranee. Her successor is unfortunately of a different spirit, 
 and discountenances every species of improvement or reform. 
 The scenery of the surrounding country is very picturesque. 
 
 COTE A U, the name of three places, British America, 
 Canada East: — 1, Coteau dzi Lac, a vil. co. Soulanges, 
 1. bank St. Lawrence, within a short di^^tance of a station on 
 the Grand Trunk railway, 33 m. S.W. Montreal, with a 
 Protestant and a K. Catholic church. Pop. about 600. 
 — 2, Coteau Landing, also co. Soulanges, about 3 m. from 
 the former, and with nearly the same pop., 600. — 3, Coteau 
 St. Louis, situated near the E. end of Mount Koyal, on the 
 island and 3 m. from the city of Montreal. Many of the 
 inliabitants find employment in the extensive quarries of 
 building stone in the vicinity. Pop. about 2000 
 
 COTTIAK, Kottiar, or Koetjak, a tn. Ceylon, a little 
 E. of the mouth of the Maliawall^ Ganga, on the S. side of 
 the bay and 13 m. S. of the town of Trincomalee. It was 
 a place of importance in the 16th and 17th centuries, when it 
 carried on an active trade with India. In 1612 the Dutch, 
 by permission of the emperor of Kandy, erected a fort here; 
 and in 1675 theyliad from 80 to 100 ships employed in bring- 
 ing cloths and other wares from the Coromandel coast, to 
 ex.^hange them for areca nuts, palmyra sugar, and timber. 
 The surrounding district was full of villages, and rich in 
 arable and pasture land, and carried on a large trade both 
 export and import. Within less than a century all this pro- 
 sperity ceased. Cottiar declined as Trincomalee rose, and its 
 population so much decreased that it was seriously proposed to 
 colonize it from Java or China. At present its chief inhabi- 
 tants are fishermen. One thing for which it is still remark- 
 able is the size of its oysters. One of these, measured by 
 Sir J. E. Tennent, was 11 inches long by half as many broad. 
 
 COUDRES [add.], an isl. British America, Canada East, 
 in the St. Lawrence, and (with the exception of Orleans) the 
 largest in that river below Quebec, from which it is distant 
 54 m. N.N.E. It is 6 m. long by 2J wide, is lined on its S. 
 side by rocky shoals, which stretch out fully a mile from the 
 shore; but on the N. side presents a bold coast for 2 m. to 
 the eastward of Prairie Bay, though the elevation neither 
 there nor in any part of the interior exceeds 250 ft. above 
 the sea. The rocks are composed of grauwacke and slate, 
 the soil is tolerably fertile and well cultivated; and the whole 
 island, forming a distinct parish, contains as many inhabitants 
 as it is able to support. Prairie Bay on its N. shore is com- 
 pletely sheltered from easterly winds, and has deep and 
 spacious anchorage. 
 
 COUNTRY HARBOUR, British America, is the finest 
 which Nova Scotia possesses to the E. of Halifax. On the 
 E side of the channel leading to it is a bold and precipitous 
 lieadland of clay-slate in nearly vertical strata 160 ft. high. 
 It.", entrance is GOO yards wide and 11 fathoms deep. Beyond, 
 it varies in width from a third to a half of a mile, and in 
 depth from 10 to 5^ fathoms. Its whole length is about 
 5 m. The shores on either side are steep, and increase in 
 altitude towards the interior, till they attain the height of 
 470 ft. near the harbour head. The population, thinly scat- 
 tered along the shores, have employed themselves in lum- 
 bering and the fisheries, to the neglect of agriculture. 
 
 CIJURTALLQM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 31m. N.W. Tinnevelly, a few miles S. of the Aringow and 
 Alchorovil Passes, in the mountains which separate Tinne- 
 velly from Travancore. Its site at the height of 700 ft. 
 above the sea, and in the direction of the current of air 
 which, flowing through the mountain passes, maintains a 
 delightful coolness, points out this as a locality admirably 
 adapted for invalids. Its scenery also is of the most pic- 
 turesque description, presenting, along with the most luxuri- 
 ant vegetation, a series of magnificent cascades, the lowest of 
 which descends 175 ft. by two successive leaps of nearly 
 equal height. In the vicinity there is a beautiful pagoda, 
 much visited by Hindoos, who ascribe a peculiar sacredness 
 to the whole place, and have hence given it the name of Ten- 
 casi, or Sotithern Benares. 
 
 COURTNEY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 10 m. W. by N. Bellary. It is a place of considerable anti- 
 quity, surrounded by a wall of mud and stone, with stone 
 gateways. A large part of the space inclosed is covered 
 with ruins; the present inhabitants occupying not more than 
 200 houses, and employing themselves chiefly in agriculture, 
 but partly also in the manufacture of saltpetre. The Kinging 
 Stones, for which the vicinity of Courtney is famous, are 
 angular and globular masses of a large greenstone dyke, 
 which from their peculiar positions and the nature of the 
 rock give a sharp ringing sound when struck. 
 
 COVINGTON [add.], two places, U. States.— 1, A tn. 
 Kentucky, co. Kenton, on the Ohio River, opposite to Cin- 
 cinnati, of which it may be considered a suburb, and upon 
 railways connecting it with Lexington and Louisville. It 
 stands in an extensive plain, and is regularly laid out after 
 the plan of Cincinnati. It contains 10 churches, two banks, a 
 city-hall, and well-endowed Bajjtist college; and has manufac- 
 tories of cotton, hemp, silk, and tobacco, an iron-rolling mill, 
 and an establishment for packing beef and pork. It is also 
 the residence of many persons whose business is in Cincin- 
 nati. Pop. (1860), 16,471.-2, A vil. Indiana, cap. co. 
 Fountain, 1. bank Wabash River, and on the Wabash and 
 Erie canal, 73 m. W.N.W. Indianopolis. A bridge is built 
 across the river. Large quantities of grain are shipped here 
 by the canal, and in the vicinity coal and iron ore abound. 
 Pop. 1366. 
 
 COWITCHEN, a barb. val. and river in the S.E. of 
 Vancouver Isl., 4 m. W. of the S. port of Admiral Isl. The 
 harbour, which lies about 25 m. northwards from the capital, 
 Victoria, is not of great importance, except as giving access 
 to the fertile valley of the same name, which runs back from 
 it in a W. direction. This valley is very extensive, and 
 calculated to contain 40,000 or 45,000 acres of excellent 
 agricultural land, the soil being a rich loam 2 or 3 ft. deep. 
 The climate also is equable and temperate, and many varieties 
 of fruits and plants grow wild. Through the valley runs the 
 Cowitchen River, issuing from a lake of the same name, 24 m. 
 inland, and emptying itself into the head of the harbour; for 
 some miles it is navigable by canoes. The valley is peopled 
 by a tribe of Indians bearing the same appellation, who, 
 however, are indisposed to the settlement of strangers in it, 
 and are a somewhat unmanageable community. 
 
 COWLOON, or Kowloon, a dist. China, forming a 
 peninsula at the mouth of the Canton River, province of 
 Quangtong, directly opposite to the island of Hongkong, of 
 the harbour of which it also forms the northern shore. It 
 was ceded to Great Britain by the convention of Peking, con- 
 cluded on 24th October, 1860, between Lord Elgin and 
 Prince Hung, and was formally taken possession of, on behalf 
 of Her Majesty, on 18th January following. Its acquisition 
 had been rendered a desirable object in consequence of its 
 being the favourite resort of pirates and other desperadoes, 
 who it is to be hoped may now be rooted out and suppressed 
 by the vigilance and energy of the British authorities. 
 
 CRAB, BiEQUE, or Vieque Island [add.], West Indies, 
 one of the Passage group of the Virgin Islands; is 18 m. 
 long from E. to W.,'and from 2 to 4 m. broad. A ridge of 
 small hills runs nearly its whole length along the middle of 
 the island, rising to a moderate height at its S.W. end. The 
 E. end is low. The S. side has several small bays, of which 
 Danes and Sound or Settlement Bays attbrd tolerable anchor- 
 age with sandy bottom. On the N., Port Mula is formed by 
 an abrupt bend of the shore from E. to N.; it is a small bay, 
 
CRACOW 
 
 111 
 
 CUCULLI 
 
 and at the mouth of a small stream on its S. side is the vil- 
 lage of Isabella II. The island is a Spanish possession 
 attached to Porto Eico, and has several estates upon it pro- 
 ducing sugar, of which about 5000 tons are said to be shipped 
 annual 1}'. 
 
 CliACOW [add.],a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, cap. gov. 
 and circle of same name, on a plain surrounded by gently rising 
 hills, 1. bank Vistula, here crossed by a newly erected bridge, 
 and on tlie railway to Breslan, 200 m. N.E. Vienria. It con- 
 sists of the town proper and of seven suburbs, is the seat of 
 important government oiBces and courts of justice, of a gene- 
 ral Protestant consistory, and of a R. Catholic bishopric. 
 Among its 40 churches notice is particularly due to the 
 cathedral, which was founded in 1359 by Casimir the Great, 
 and occupies a beautiful site on Mount Wawel. It has 26 
 beautiful marble altars, the silver tomb of Stanislaus, bishop 
 of Cracow, who suffered martyrdom in 1076; and fine monu- 
 ments of the Polish kings who reigned between 1163 and 
 1733, of several bishops, and of the three greatest Polish 
 generals- Sobieski, Poniatowski, and Kosciusko. The most 
 remarkable of the other churches are — St. Mary's, built in 
 1 226, and adorned with fine glass paintings and wood carving 
 of the 15th century; the church of St. Anna, with the tomb 
 of St. John of Kenty, and a monument to Copernicus; St. 
 Peter's and St. Paul's church, with the tombs of tlie Branicki 
 family; and the Franciscan church, which was built in 1237, 
 and possesses fine paintings. The other principal buildings 
 and establishments are the royal palace, immediately adjoining 
 the cathedral on the large Eingplatz, built by Casimir in the 
 14th century, and converted in 1848 into a strong castle, 
 with barracks and military hospital; the university, with a 
 library of 42,000 vols, and 2200 MSS.; the government house 
 and oflSces, the observatory and botanic gardens, the technical 
 institute, the painting and music schools, the upper gym- 
 nasium, the ecclesiastical seminary, the industrial, com- 
 mercial, Jewish, and infant schools, 9 monasteries and 9 
 nunneries, a house of correction, and 4 hospitals. The 
 manufactures consist chiefly of agricultural implements, 
 woollen and linen cloth, leather, &e.; and an active trade is 
 carried on in wood, corn, wine, salt, linen, and fat cattle. 
 On an artificial hill near the town, which has a height of 
 300 ft., and used to bear the name of Kosciusko, a strong 
 fort has been erected. Cracow has repeatedly been laid in 
 ashes, both by casual conflagrations and by enemies — by the 
 latter particularly in 1202, when attacked by the Bohemians, 
 in 1241 by the Mongols, in 1655 and 1657 by the Swedes 
 under Gustavus, in 1657 by the Siekenburger under Rakoczy, 
 and in 1702 by the Swedes again under Charles XII. A 
 congress of princes held here produced the abdication of 
 Casimir the Great in 1363. Pop. 41,086, exclusive of mili- 
 tary. 
 
 CRAIGLEITH, a vil. British America, Canada West, 
 near the S. extremity of the Georgian Bay, an eastern branch 
 of Lake Huron. It stands about 6 m. from Colliiigwood, at 
 the foot of Blue Mountain, the highest ground in Canada 
 West, rising 1500 ft. above the sea, and commanding a mag- 
 nificent view. The inhabitants are employed either in fishing, 
 or in the excellent stone-quarries for which the Craigleith of 
 Canada, like the Craigleith of Edinburgh, is celebrated. 
 
 CKANE, an isl. British America, Canada East, lying in 
 the St. Lawrence, between the Middle and the South Tra- 
 verse, 34 m. below Quebec. Being joined by low meadow 
 land to Goose Island, about 2 J m. below, it is properly only 
 one island with it; and thus the two, with the connecting 
 meadows, form a long and narrow belt of land 10 m. long, 
 and parallel to the right or S.E. bank of the river. Taken 
 by itself Crane Island is 3^ m. long, is densely wooded on its 
 S.W. side; and on the N, side, where there is a village and a 
 cliurch, it is in a good state of cultivation, and rises into a 
 ridge of grauwacke and slate. The meadows connecting it 
 with (Joose Island feed great numbers of cattle. [See Goose 
 Island.) 
 
 CKESPADORO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 17 m. 
 W.N.W. Vicenza, on the Chiampo; with a parish church and 
 large stone-quarries, and 2248 inhabitants. 
 
 CRETE [add.], an isl. Mediterranean. The staple pro- 
 duce of the island is olive-oil. Cotton, from American, but 
 chiefly from indigenous seed, has been grown of late years, 
 the quantity produced in 1863 being about 1170 cwt., 
 
 and in 1864 2000 cwt. A number of coffee-trees was im- 
 ported by the pasha from Mocha in 1864 as an experiment; 
 and an attempt is also being made to introduce oysters, which 
 did not previously exist on the coasts, by laying down some 
 beds of them in Suda Bay, and elsewhere. 
 
 The foreign trade of the island amounted in 1863 to 
 £399,391 in imports, and £401,417 in exports; and in 1864 
 to £344,407 imports, and £446,760 exports. The principal 
 articles imported and exported in 1864 were as follows: — 
 
 Im]X)rts. 
 
 Butter £17,221 
 
 Maintfaotured Goods, . . 290,560 
 
 Natron, 10,780 
 
 Tobacco 20,784 
 
 Wheat, (fcc 30,000 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Ollve-oil . . £113,000 
 
 Soap 170,986 
 
 Silk, 19,965 
 
 Carobs, 13,724 
 
 Cotton, 4,527 
 
 Of the shipping frequenting the various ports of the island 
 in 1864, there entered the port of Canea 614 vessels, of 
 30,931 tons; Candia, 474 vessels, of 31,323 tons; and Retimo, 
 213 vessels, of 17,472 tons. These figures are likely to be 
 increased in the course of 1865 by a renewed line of steamers 
 between the island and Greece, and a project to open steam 
 communication vcith Egypt. The port of Retimo has been 
 deepened and improved by dredging, and the same operation 
 is being performed at Candia. 
 
 CROSS LAKE, British America, between Cedar Lake 
 on the W., and Lake Winnipeg on the E., is, like the former, 
 merely an expansion of the Saskatchewan, the waters of 
 which become, as it were, filtered in it before their final dis- 
 charge. It is an oblong sheet of water, about 8 m. long from 
 N. to S., by 3 broad, and lies with its greatest length nearly 
 at right angles to the course of the river, which, just before 
 entering it. is obstructed by a band of limestone lying across 
 its bed, and forms what is called the Cross Lake Rapid. This 
 obstruction, the first, of any magnitude, which interferes 
 with the placid flow of the river, produces a descent of 5^ ft. 
 in a short distance. The Hudson's Bay Company's boats, 
 carrying about five tons, are only enabled to ascend it by 
 dividing the load, and taking it up at two successive times. 
 Loaded boats descending run the rapid without difficulty. 
 The case is different with another rapid of a more formidable 
 character, called the Grand Rapid, which occurs after the 
 river issues from Cross Lake, and is about to pour its waters 
 into Lake Winnipeg (which see). 
 
 OS ABA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 9 m. 
 E. Pesth, on the wooded outlines of the Pilis Mountains; it 
 has an archducal palace with gardens. There appears to have 
 been a Roman station here. Pop. 1200. 
 
 CSAPRING, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Oeden- 
 burg, cap. dist. of same name, on the Repcze; with a court of 
 justice, two churches, a castellated mansion, and a trade in 
 wine and wood. Pop. 2419. 
 
 CSENGER, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Szatli- 
 mar, on the Samos, 2 m. N.W. Szathmar Nemethi; witli a 
 castle and a distillery, and 2637 inhabitants, mostly belonging 
 to the Reformed church. 
 
 CSEREPFALU, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Borsod, about 10 m. S.E. Miskolcz. The inhabitants belong 
 mostly to the Reformed church, and have quarries of marble 
 and limestone. In a romantic valley in the vicinity are the 
 ruins of the old castle of Odor. Pop. 2450. 
 
 CSESZXEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Vesz- 
 prim, on the road to Raab. It has a trade in excellent fruit 
 and tobacco. In the vicinity are the ruins of a castle built 
 in 1314 by Sigismund Gara. Pop. 1120. 
 
 CSOKOLY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Somo- 
 ghy, not far from Atad; with a trade in flax, and well-attended 
 markets, and 2020 inhabitants. 
 
 CSONOPLJA, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, circle and 
 19 m. S. by E. Zombor; with a trade in corn and cattle, and 
 5115 inhabitants. 
 
 CUCULLI, a tn. South America, La Plata, prov. of 
 Salta. Approached across a flat and uninteresting country, 
 it stands out in bold relief against the blue horizon, having 
 from a distance, in consequence of the regularity of its shape 
 and the uniformity of its buildings, some resemblance to 
 a fort. The streets crossing at right angles form regular 
 blocks of the houses, which are for the most part solidly 
 built of brick, while the grand plaza is occupied by an im- 
 posing cathedral, and several other large buildings of some 
 architectural pretension. In other parts of the town are 
 
CUDDAPAH 
 
 112 
 
 CURIA-MURIA 
 
 churelies with pointed spires, the Tambo, a large hotel not 
 unlilce a monastery, and shops well supplied with almost 
 every species of goods. The market held in the plaza is, on 
 market-days, crowded with huge waggons from the country, 
 some of them filled with butchers meat, and others with 
 pumpkins, water melons, and various other kinds of fruit and 
 vegetables. 
 
 CUDDAPAH. or KunrA [add], a dist. and its capital, 
 India, presid. Madras. The niSTKiCT lies between lat. 
 13° 5' and 16° 20' N.; Ion. 77° 48' and 79° 50' E.; is 
 bounded N. by Kurnool and Guntoor, E. Nellore and N. 
 Arcot, S. North Arcot and Mysore, and W. Bellary and 
 Kurnool; area, 12,970 sq. m. The mountains form an un- 
 interrupted chain of great extent, rising abruptly from the 
 plains, and traversing the district throughout its whole length 
 in continuous and parallel ridges. About 30 m. E. of Cud- 
 dapah these mountains become linked with the Eastern 
 Ghauts. The E. and W. ranges consist chii'fly of gneiss, 
 overlaid with .sandstone and sienite, and contorted and inter- 
 sected by veins of greenstone. They form long ridges, some 
 of them hog-backed, and ribbed with sides deeply excavated 
 by mountain torrents, and bases presenting an unbroken abut- 
 ment of perpendicular precipices from 50 to 60 ft. high, and 
 having all the appearance of gigantic artificial walls. The 
 S. ranges consist of granite, vvith gneiss and mica slate, all 
 more or less in a state of decomposition. They are usually 
 of a conical form, are often isolated, and are either abruptly 
 truncated or terminate in precipitous peaks, some of them 
 3500 ft. high. In other quarters sandstone prevails, with a 
 structure varying from quartz rock to conglomerate and 
 loose grit, and sometimes finely variegated. It usually rests 
 on limestone of a deep blue colour, which cuts easily, and is 
 often employed as a coarse marble. The sandstone conglo- 
 merate is the matrix of the diamonds which are found about 
 7 m. N.E. of the town of Cuddapah. The mines are still 
 worked, but have latterly proved by no means profitable. 
 On the surface of the limestone in the plain around Cuddapah 
 large accumulations of haematite and fusiform iron ore are 
 found. Soda, saltpetre, and common salt are found in great 
 abundance in a soft red ferruginous clay. The district is 
 drained almost entirely by the Pennaar and its tributaries, 
 of which the most important are the Suggleair, the Cheyair, 
 and the Papugny. The soil of the plains in the W. and N. 
 is the rich black loam celebrated for the production of cotton. 
 On the same soil wheat and indigo are largely cultivated. 
 The other principal crops are rice and dry grains, such as 
 cliolum, raggi, &c. In gardens, particularly those around 
 the town of Cuddapah, sugar-cane, tobacco, turmeric, and 
 betel are grown. As there are few forests, wild animals 
 are not numerous. The characteristics of the climate are 
 intense heat by day and a stifling stagnation of air at night. 
 Against these European constitutions are ill fitted to contend. 
 
 Pop. 1,451,921. The town, also called Kurpa, lies 140 m. 
 
 N. W. Madras, on the Boga. Though a place of great conse- 
 quence in the time of the Hindoo rajahs of Beejanuggur, most 
 of its public buildings are in ruins or appropriated to new 
 purposes, and the houses still occupied as a native town are 
 in the majority of cases merely mud huts of a wretched de- 
 scription. The fort, inclosed by a dilapidated mud wall, with 
 round brick and stone towers, contains the palace and out- 
 buildings of the Patau rulers of Cuddapah. Its mosque is in 
 good repair, but the other parts, or rather the site on which 
 they stood, is now occupied by the civil cutcherry, treasury, 
 jail, and post-ofiice. The palace of the nabob, situated close 
 to the pettah, now exists only as a mud fort. The import- 
 ance attaching to Cuddapah at present is almost entirely de- 
 rived from the cantonment, which is about 3 m. to the E., and 
 separated from it by the river. Its barracks and hospital 
 are substantially built of brick and chunam, and covered 
 with tiles. The principal products are cotton, wheat, and 
 indigo; besides sugar-cane, tobacco, turmeric, and betel, which 
 are grown in the gardens. 
 
 CULTACAN [add.], a tn. Mexico, cap. state Cinaloa, 
 1. bank river of same name, which falls into the Pacific at 
 Altata, about 26 m. below. It occupies the site of the old 
 city of Hueicolliuacan, which is famous in Mexican history, 
 consists of regular streets, which run in parallel lines or 
 transversely from the public square, which is surrounded by 
 a fine colonuade, and contains among its edifices a cathedral 
 
 of large dimensions, decorated within with fine paintings, but 
 wearing an old and dilapidated appearance; a mint, a modern 
 erection, which cost about £70,000, and a magnificent club- 
 house, where billiard gambling forms a favourite pastime. 
 Most of the inhabitants are interested in the working of the 
 gold and silver mines in the vicinity, which still continue to 
 be worked to some extent, and with considerable success. 
 Lima or Nicaragua wood, which grows all along the ranges 
 of the Sierra Madre, and is exported at the little seaport of 
 Altata, is the principal article of trade. Pop. 9600. 
 
 CULLOMA, or Columa, a tn. U. States, California, on 
 the S. fork of American Eiver, and on the road from Sacra- 
 mento to Nevada, 35 m. E.N.E. Sacramento. In the vicinity 
 is a number of saw-inills, one of which, called Sutter's mill, is 
 remarkable as the spot where gold was first discovered in 
 California. 
 
 CUMBERLAND, a tn. U. Stales, Maryland, cap. co. 
 Alleghany, 1. bank Potomac, and on the Baltimore and Ohio 
 railway, 120 m. W.N.W. Baltimore. It contains several 
 churches, a courthouse, and other county buildings; and 
 carries on an active trade, particularly in coal and iron, which 
 are extensively worked in the vicinity. Next to Baltimore 
 Cumberland is the largest town in Maryland. Pop. 6073. 
 
 CUMBERLAND, a territory, British America, on the 
 northern shores of Lake Winnipeg, extending between lat. 
 52° and 55° N., and Ion. 100° and 105° W.; and watered by 
 the Sa.skatchewan and Red Deer Rivers. Its appearance is 
 partly that of a rich prairie country, interspersed with forests 
 of oak and elm trees, and partly of a succession of hill and 
 dale beautifully adorned with lakes, grass, and woodland. 
 It presents many obvious advantages to settlers. 
 
 CUM BUM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 80 m. 
 N.N.E. Cuddapah. It consists of a fort, which is strongly 
 placed, but in a very dilapidated condition; and a town, which, 
 though decayed, is of some size and importance. An artificial 
 lake, about 5 in. long by 4 broad, surrounded by picturesque 
 hills, and forming one of the most beautiful sheets of water 
 in this part of India, irrigates and fertilizes the grounds 
 around the town. 
 
 CUM-SING-MUN, a harbour, China, on the E. side of 
 the island, and about 20 m. N. of the town of Macao. It is 
 said to be more safe and commodious, as well as more healthy, 
 than any of the other harbours or anchorages near the mouth 
 of the Canton River, and would be a desirable haven for 
 vessels of large draught to run for from the anchorage off 
 Lintin on the approach of a typhoon, were it not for an ex- 
 tensive shoal, with a depth of only two to three fathoms at 
 2 m. outside the entrance, which is about ^ m. wide. Cum- 
 sing-mun used to be the great rendezvous of the vessels en- 
 gaged in smuggling opium into Canton. 
 
 CUNENE, KuNKNE, or Noukse [add.], a river, S.W. 
 Africa, which rises in the marshy plateau of Sambos, in the 
 Kimbunda country, about lat 12° 40' S.; Ion. 17° 30' E.; 
 descends rapidly southwards, augmented by numerous affluents j 
 so as soon to become navigable, traverses the lands of Molondo, 
 Kamba, Humbe, and Hinga, belonging to the kingdom of 
 Kanyama, united with the Oval, and at some distance below 
 with the Kakulabale coming from the W., changes its direc- 
 tion to S.W., skirts the Mucimba lands (Ambeba), and then 
 turning W. falls into the Atlantic, in lat. 17° 15' S. It was 
 at one time supposed to lose itself in the sands without reach- 
 ing the ocean, but an expedition, fitted out by the Portuguese 
 government in 1854, having landed on the 14th November on 
 the Tiger Peninsula, proceeded southwards till it struck the 
 river, and then travelled along the bank to its mouth; there- 
 after it proceeded up the stream for about 25 m. Owing to 
 the bar at its mouth and a succession of cataracts it is not 
 navigable. It is said to swarm with crocodiles and hippo- 
 potami. The banks are clothed with a rich vegetation, and 
 in the adjoining forests elephants are so numerous that the 
 Cunene was known and marked on maps as Elephant River. 
 
 CURIA-MURIA, or Kooria-Mooria [add.], a group 
 of isls. situated in a bay of the Indian Ocean, off the S.E. 
 coast of Arabia. They are five in number, and lie between 
 lat. 17° and 18° N.; Ion. 56° and 57° E., occupying an ellip- 
 tical patch of sea, 20 m. long by 8 m. broad. 'Ihough almost 
 barren, it was rumoured that they were rich in guano, and 
 under this impression the British government obtained a 
 1 cession of the group from the Imam of Muscat, vessels 
 
CURICO 
 
 113 
 
 DAGGS SOUND 
 
 hastened to possess themselves of the fancied treasure in such 
 numbers that, in the beginning of 1858, 50 vessels, witli an 
 aggregate burden of 45,000 tons, were seen at anchor off the 
 islands; and it was sanguinely calculated that, though the 
 manure was found on only two of the smallest of the group, 
 the quantity was not less than 200,000 tons. 45,000 tons 
 are stated to have been loaded up to the end of 1858, and the 
 export was briskly continued up to 18G0. The error was as 
 to the quality. Large quantities of earthy gypsum, formed 
 by the dashing of tlie salt spray on the limestone rocks of 
 which the islands are partly composed, and the dung of fowls, 
 with its most valuable ingredients washed out of it by the 
 heavy rains of the S. W. monsoon, are the only guano of the 
 Curia-Muria group. The essential difference between Curia- 
 Muria and Peruvian guano becoming well understood, the 
 demand for the former has in great measure, if not entirely, 
 ceased. 
 
 CURICO [add.], a tn Chili, prov. Colchagua, cap. dep. of 
 same name, 110 m. S.S.E. Valparaiso. It is by far the 
 neatest and apparently the most thriving town in the pro- 
 vince, is regularly and compactly built on tlio fork between 
 the Lontue and the Teno; has several well-paved streets, a 
 plaza, a very pretty alameda, three churches, one of them 
 particularly handsome and conspicuous from its white tower, 
 and two schools, in one of which French and Latin are taught. 
 It is said that there are rich copper mines in the vicinity of 
 Curico, which might still be worked to advantage. Pop. 
 about 7000, 
 
 CURITIBA [add.], a tn. Brazil, cap. prov. Parana, near 
 the source of the river of same name, 230 m. S. W. Sao Paulo. 
 Previous to its erection into a capital it was a comparatively 
 insignificant place, and some time must elapse before it can 
 assume an appearance suitable to its altered position. Much 
 of the old town remains, with its narrow, angular, unpaved 
 streets and squares, and its old houses, many of them verging 
 on ruin; but the work of regeneration has begun, and the 
 necessary public buildings, though certainly not on a scale of 
 much magnificence, are in course of erection. The president 
 has now a modest structure which serves for liis palace. A 
 State-house also has been erected, together with a treasury, a 
 general guard-house, a prison, a lyceum, &c. Pop. about 
 5000. — [Lallemant.) 
 
 CURliENT RIVER, U. States, rises in Missouri, co. 
 Texas, enters Arkansas, and after a S.W. course of about 
 250 m., joins the Black River. It is navigable by flat boats, 
 and abounds in excellent fish. Its chief affluent is Jack's 
 Fork. 
 
 CURTIS, an isl. Australia, Queensland, off the E. coast, 
 from which it is separated by Keppel Bay, which forms the 
 estuary of five considerable creeks or arms of the sea. It is 
 25 m. long, and 13 m. broad near its N.W. end. The surface, 
 generally low, and in some parts swamjjy, rises towards the 
 S.E., and becomes well diversified by hill and valley. On 
 
 the N.W. the channel which separates it from the mainland 
 is not only narrow, but so shallow, that it dries at low water 
 about 6 m. from the entrance. 
 
 CUYOS [add.], a group of isls., about 36 in number, 
 lying between the islands of Panay and Palawan in the Philip- 
 pine Archipelago, and forming part of prov. Calamianes. Gran 
 Cuyo, the largest, between lat. 10° 46' and 10° 53' N.; Ion. 
 121° 1' and 121° 7' E., has a medium length and a medium 
 breadth of about 3 m. The soil is of indifferent fertility, and 
 the cultivation is chiefly confined to mountain rice. The 
 population is however considerable, the men finding full em- 
 ployment in the fisheries, chiefly of trepang, and in gathering 
 edible nests, and the women in weaving fabrics of abaca and 
 cotton. The cocoa-palm is abundant, and its sap forms the 
 chief article of export. On the W. side of Gran Cuyo there 
 is a town of same name, containing 7540 inhabitants. It 
 consists almost entirely of native huts, but is defended by a 
 fine stone fort with four bastions, mounting heavy cannon. 
 It is said to have been built as a protection against the pirates 
 of Sooloo and Mindanao. 
 
 CZAKATHURN, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of 
 Croatia and Sclavonia, circle and 9 m. N.E. Warasdin, on the 
 railway to Ofen. It has an hospital, and an old castle, once 
 the residence of the heroic Niklas Zrinyi. Pop. 2618. 
 
 CZANIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, 34 m. S.W. Cracow, in the midst of extensive forests; 
 with a fine baronial castle, and 1900 inhabitants, who are 
 chiefly employed in weaving drills. 
 
 CZARNY-DUNAJEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle New Sandee, cap. dist. of same name, I. bank Black 
 Dunajec, 48 m. S. by \V. Cracow. It has rich seams of iron 
 ore. The marsli of Bory in the vicinity is remarkable from 
 standing so close upon the watershed between the Mediter- 
 ranean and the Baltic, that of the two streams which issue 
 from it, one carries its waters N. to the Vistula, and the other 
 S. to the Danube. Pop. 1750. 
 
 CZCIIOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Bochnia, 
 about 30 m. S.E. Cracow, on the Dunajec. It is pleasantly 
 situated in a valley, and was once fortified and the seat of a 
 Polish starost. In the vicinity is an old massive tower, once 
 used as a state prison. Pop. 1300. 
 
 CZELADNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Neutitshein, contains 1800 inhabitants, who are chiefly em- 
 ployed in working the iron mines of the neighbouring moun- 
 tainous district. 
 
 CZERNELICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and about 20 m. N.E. Kolomea; with an ancient castle, in 
 which for a long time the Polish king Jolm Sobieski resided. 
 Pop. 2824. 
 
 CZNERNIEJOU, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 8 m. S. Stanislau, was in the fourteenth century a 
 jtlace of strength, and the residence of a Russian prince. 
 Pop. 1500. 
 
 D. 
 
 DAHLING, a vil. India, 1. bank of the Sutlej, 4 m. from 
 the confluence of the Ilopchoo, 9400 ft. above the sea. It 
 stands in a fertile spot, amid groves of poplars and orchards, 
 the chief fruit of which is the apricot. The opposite bank of 
 the Sutlej presents a perpendicular section of 6000 or 7000 ft 
 of pure rock. About 1 m. E. is another village named 
 Doobling, with which it is usually associated. The inhabi- 
 tants are of the Chinese-Tartar type. 
 
 DAGBO, a tn. W. Africa, territory Doma, r. bank 
 Benuwe, 90 m. above its confluence with the Kwara; lat. 
 8° 2' N.; Ion. 7° 53' E. Between Dagbo and Eruko, situated 
 a few miles below, the river is studded with large wooded 
 islands, some of them inhabited. They add to the beauty 
 of the scenery, but greatly increase the difficulty of naviga- 
 tion. A little to the E. the Doma Hills, prettily rounded 
 and well wooded, with a central peak about 700 ft. high, form 
 conspicuous objects. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol.. 1. 
 
 DAGGS SOUND, New Zealand, on the S.W. coast of 
 Middle Island or Munster; lat. 45° 23' 7" S.; Ion. 1 66° 52' 30" E. 
 The width of the entrance is 1 m., but soon narrows within 
 to 800 yards. After a general trend E. by S. for 5 m. the 
 sound branches off into two arms, a N. by W. and a S.E., 
 each running for 2 m. Within the heads for IJ m. the dei)th 
 is from 20 to 60 fathoms, but after the narrowing of the 
 channel it increases to 70 and 90 fathoms. The best anchor- 
 age is at the head of the N. arm, in 12 to 18 fathoms, within 
 800 yards of a stony beach, with .several streams of fresli 
 water running through it. A remarkable scene which occurred 
 while II. M.S. Acheron was anchored here in 1851 is thus 
 described in the Remark-book of Commander G. H. Richards: 
 ' Our anchorage was at the head of the northern arm, a cable's 
 length from the shore, in 12 fathoms; the change of the moon 
 brought a N.W. gale, with heavy rain, and in the course of a 
 few hours no fewer than fourteen magnificent cascafles were 
 
 15 
 
DAGO-N-DAJI 
 
 114 
 
 DALKISSORE 
 
 pouring down the steep sides of the mountains (upwards of 
 3000 ft. high) hy wliich we were surrounded, bringing with them 
 trees of considerable size, and all other obstructions met with 
 in their passage. There was as if a heavy surf were breaking 
 round the vessel; the mist, floating as low as our mast-heads, 
 occasionally obscured everything but the summit of tlie 
 mountains and the foam below, and produced altogether a 
 scene as grand as it is possible to conceive, which lasted, 
 without abating in any degree, for two days, when the water 
 alongside, which had been as salt as the ocean, was for a 
 considerable depth below the surface perfectly fresh.' 
 
 DAGO-N-DAJI, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, 
 prov. Kebbi, 50 m. S. by W. Sokoto. It has a dilapidated 
 clay wall, but notwithstanding the symptoms of decay has a 
 pleasing appearance, in consequence of the number of gonda 
 and date trees inclosed within its area. Its market is im- 
 portant, and has for its staples, cattle, sheep, salt, and beads. 
 
 DAHIKAH, a prov. Arabia, Oman, on the E. side, 
 bounded N. by the prov. of Sharjah, and touching the Persian 
 Gulf with its N.W. corner; E. by Datinah; S. Djebel Akh-dah; 
 and W. the Great Sandy Desert; between lat. 23° 20' and 
 24° 25' N.; and Ion. 54° 20' and 5G° E It is a tract abound- 
 ing in pasture more than in arable land, and bears a kind of 
 sheep rivalling the Nejdean breed; the dromedaries of the 
 district too are fleet and enduring. The inhabitants are 
 Somiees and Bedouins. Bereymah is the principal town, and 
 stands in a strong position amid the passes of Djebel Okdah, 
 surrounded by several villages. The Djebel Okdah is a lofty 
 mountain range, the soil about which is light, and the vege- 
 tation not luxuriant. 
 
 DAHOMEY [add.], kingdom, W. Africa. The present 
 extent of the kingdom is estimated by Captain Burton to be 
 much less than was formerly supposed. He states that the 
 northern frontier is the river Tevi, about 100 m. from the 
 coast; on the N.E. are the tribes of Yariba or Yoruba, 
 on the N.W. the Aja and other tribes, all of which, though 
 liable to the assaults and ravages of the Dahomans, are prac- 
 tically independent. The extreme breadth of Dahomey thus 
 does not exceed 50 m., and it narrows towards the S., where 
 it is not more than 25 or 30 m.; the area being about 4000 
 sq. m., instead of 36,000, according to earlier computations. 
 The population is likewise set down at the smaller total of 
 150,000, of whom Captain Burton estimates that four-fifths 
 are women and children; and adds, ' The annual withdrawal 
 of both sexes from industry to slave-hunting and the customs 
 at the capital, the waste of reproduction in Amazons (the 
 female soldiers, who are compelled to celibacy), and the losses 
 by disease and defeat, have made the country in parts a 
 desert,' 'the population not being a third of what the land 
 could support.' The soil is red and exceedingly fertile, but 
 agriculture is despised, slaves being employed in it; the 
 women, however, are the chief labourers, and cultivate their 
 land with some degree of skill. The oil-palm might be a 
 much greater source of wealth than it is, and the roads to the 
 coast are generally good enough for wheeled carriages. 
 
 The cap. is Abomey, or Agbomey, at which the king prin- 
 cipally resides, having a second palace at the village or town 
 of Cannah, about 7 m. S. of it; the situation is higher, drier, 
 and less unhealthy than Whydah, which is the seaport. 
 
 The people are of a warlike and aggressive character, en- 
 gendered no doubt by their implication in the slave-trade. 
 Incursions are frequently made by them upon neighbouring 
 tribes, and the captives seized in these marauding expeditions 
 are either sold to the traders, or are reserved, with condemned 
 criminals, for the king's annual ' customs,' or human sacri- 
 fices, which are held by the present king, Gelele, in the last 
 days of December and first ones of January, and are alleged 
 by Captain Burton to have a quasi pious object, namely the 
 furnishing the spirits of his deceased father and other ances- 
 tors with the requisite attendants in the sliades below. Tlie 
 nunnbers of human beings alleged to have been slain on these 
 occasions by the present king have no doubt been exag- 
 gerated; but when to the lowest reckoning is added the fact 
 tiiat whenever any event occurs, important or trifling, which 
 the king wishes his father to be made acquainted with, a 
 'messenger' is decapitated to convey the news, and that this 
 involves the death of one or more almost every day, the 
 annual destruction of life is evidently very great. See 
 AuoMF.y. — (Burton's Mission to Dahomey-) 
 
 In December, 1863, a special mission was despatched by 
 the British government to Agbomey, to make representations 
 to the king with a view of inducing him to repress the traffic 
 in slaves, and to modify, if not discontinue, the larbarities 
 of the customs, and also to represent to him tlie advantages 
 he would derive from establishing a legitimate trade with 
 foreigners at Whydah. It is feared that little good was prac- 
 tically tfi't'Cted by the mission. The king was contemplating 
 at the time an attack upon the neighbouring Egbas in their 
 city, Abbeokuta, and at the end of February he marched 
 thither at the head of an army of 10,000 or 12,000 men and 
 Amazons, with three small brass guns. After a three weeks' 
 march they assaulted the town, the inhabitants of which had 
 received warning of the intended attack, and had prepared 
 themselves for it; after a few hours' fighting the Dahomans 
 were forced to a retreat, and then completely routed by the 
 pursuing Egbas; their loss being reckoned at nearly 7000, 
 while that of the Egbas was about 40 killed and 100 wounded. 
 The result is considered a heavy blow upon the stability, 
 and perhaps the existence, of the throne and kingdom of 
 Dahomey, many signs of its decadence having previously 
 been noted. 
 
 DAILLEBOUT, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Joliette, 48 m. N.E. Montreal; with a K. Catholic church, 
 boys and girls' schools, and a considerable trade in lumber. 
 Pop. about 1800. 
 
 DAKOTA, a territory, U. States, between lat. 42° 30' 
 and 49° N.; Ion. 96° 30' and 103° W.; bounded N. by British 
 America, E. Minnesota and Iowa, S. and W. Nebraska; length, 
 from N. to S., 450 m.; average breadth about 200 m.; area, 
 152,000 sq. m. The surface though not mountainous is ele- 
 vated, one plateau, called the Coteau des Prairies, about 1 450 ft. 
 above the sea, stretching for 200 m. near its E. frontier, 
 while another of less altitude occupies a considerable portion 
 of its N. and centre. In the N.E. and S.W. are open grassy 
 plains and high rolling prairies. More than half of the 
 boundary lines are formed by large rivers — the Missouri 
 separating it from Nebraska, and its affluent the Big Sioux 
 from Iowa, while the Bois des Sioux and the Red River of the 
 north separate it from part of Minnesota. Lakes are very 
 numerous, and for the most part fresh, but one in the N., 
 called Minni Wakan or Devil Lake, about 40 m. long by 
 12 broad, and with no known outlet, is salt. The climate in 
 the S. is mild and temperate, and in the N. very severe, the 
 cold there being sometimes so intense as to freeze quicksilver, 
 and sink the thermometer 48° below zero. The soil in the 
 S. and S.E. is excellent, and several of the valleys, particu- 
 larly those of the Missouri and Red River, produce good crops 
 of Indian corn, oats, wheat, and tobacco. In the unsettled 
 and unexplored districts, occupied chiefly by the Indians as 
 hunting-grounds, are vast herds of buffaloes, deers, and ante- 
 lopes; the black bear and welfare also common, and the fur- 
 bearing animals are so abundant that the American fur trade 
 derives its chief supplies from this quarter. Dakota, formerly 
 included in Minnesota, having been separated from it in 
 May, 1858, the inhabitants elected a legislative assembly, 
 which met in October following at Sioux Falls, adopted a 
 code of laws, divided the country into counties, and applied 
 to congress for a formal organization, which was completed in 
 1861. Pop. (1860), whites 2576, Indians 2261 ; total, 4837. 
 
 DALAMOW, a tn. India, Oude, dist. Banswara, 1. bank 
 Ganges, 58 m. S. Lucknow. It possesses a brick-built fort, 
 and two large ancient Hindoo temples, which, seated on the 
 banks of the river, with flights of steps down to tl^e water, 
 present a striking appearance Avhen approached by it. Pop. 
 about 10,000. 
 
 DALHOUSIE, a tn. British America, New Brunswick, 
 beautifully situated on the side of a hill S.W. of the island of 
 same name, at the E. extremity of the Ristigouche estuary in 
 Chaleur Bay. It contains a church, and possesses an excel- 
 lent harbour, which is secure in all winds, and much visited 
 by timber ships, which here load with lumber. The place, 
 at present small, is rapidly increasing. 
 
 DALJA, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia and 
 Sclavonia,co. and 12 m. E.S.E. Eszeg, on the Danube, here 
 crossed by a ferry. It contains 4450 inhabitants, chiefly 
 employed in agriculture, the rearing of cattle, and fishing. 
 
 DALKISSOKE, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which 
 rising in dist. Pachete, about lat. 23° 30' N., Ion. 86° 34' E., 
 
DALLA 
 
 115 
 
 DARNLEY 
 
 pursues a S.E. course of about 170 m., nearly parallel to 
 tliat of the Coosy, and joins the Hooghly on its r. bank at 
 Diamond Harbour. 
 
 DALLA, a tn. Western Africa, cap, prov. of same name, 
 170 m. S. by E. Timbuctoo. It is a place of considerable 
 size, situated to the W. of the mountains of Hombori, and is 
 inliabited mostly by Tombo, only a small part of the popula- 
 tion being Songhay. Its governor being in subjection to the 
 fanatical chief of Masina, who would never allow a Christian 
 to visit his territory. Dr. Barth on arriving here felt obliged 
 to assume the character of an Arab. 
 
 DAMAGHAN, a tn. Persia, Taberistan, 190 m. E.N.E. 
 Teheran. It was once a flourishing place under the ancient 
 name of llecatompylos, but is now without importance, though 
 surrounded by a wall flanked with towers; and has only 1200 
 to 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 DAMAUN, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist. N. Concan, 
 at the mouth of the river of same name, and near the Bombay 
 and Baroda railway, 104 m. N. Bombay. The town is forti- 
 fied with a rampart having ten bastions and two gateways, 
 and contains nine Christian churches, and a castle named 
 St. Hieronymus. The surrounding district is low, but fer- 
 tile and pleasant, and well stocked with timber suitable for 
 shipbuilding. The river has a bar at its entrance, outside of 
 which there is a good roadstead where vessels may anchor; 
 and within the bar, which has about 3 fathoms at high-water, 
 there is a depth of 18 to 20 ft. Ships of 500 to 600 tons 
 have been built in the rivei'. The town formerly belonged 
 to the Portuguese. 
 
 DAMBROWA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 10 m. N. Tarnow, cap. dist. of same name, has a large castle 
 with beautiful gardens, and famous horse-markets. It was 
 ravaged in 1653 by the plague, and two years later by the 
 Swedes. Pop. 1900. 
 
 DAMERGHU, a dist. Western Africa, between the S. 
 frontiers of the Imoshagh or Tawarek country, immediately 
 N. of Zinder and Tasawa, and the S. frontiers of Air or Asben, 
 to which it belongs; lat. 14° 30' N.; Ion. 8° 50' E.; length 
 about 60, breadth about 40 m. It has an undulating surface, 
 and a soil so fertile as to be capable of maintaining a very 
 dense population. Though devastated by the bloody wars 
 carried on between the king of Boriiou on the one side, and 
 the sultan of Agades and the Tawarek on the other, it is still 
 proverbially spoken of as the granary of the kingdom. One 
 proof of its great productiveness is seen in the little stacks of 
 corn (millet) scattered among the huts, and really consisting 
 only of enormous reed-baskets, placed on a wooden scaffold 
 about 2 ft. high, as a protection against the mouse and the 
 ant, and thatched over like the huts. The district appears to 
 have been originally peopled by the Kanari race, who are 
 still its chief occupants, though many of them have been 
 reduced to the condition of serfs or praedial slaves. The 
 surface of Damerghu, though usually undulating, sometimes 
 assumes a mountainous character, and rises into peaks, of 
 which one of the most consjjicuous is the cone of Zosawa. 
 
 DAMMOODA, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which rises 
 in dist. Ramghur, about lat. 23° 55' N.; Ion. 84° 53' E., and 
 flows first E. to Pachete, and then S. past Raneegunje, and 
 nearly parallel to the railway between this town and Burdwan. 
 Here it turns almost due S., and continues this direction to 
 its junction with the Hooghly, on its r. bank near Diamond 
 Harbour, and a little above the junction of the Dalkissore. 
 Its total length is 350 m. Coal and iron abound in its valley. 
 
 DANE, or Danes, an isl. China, in the Canton River, 
 close to Whampoa. It is not above 5 m. in circuit, but has 
 a very picturesque appearance, being broken into hill and 
 dale and fertile glens, occupied by a peaceable rural popula- 
 tion. On its N. shore there is a stone dock, 550 ft. long, 
 with a gate 80 ft. wide. Vessels drawing not more tlian 
 17 ft. can be taken into it at very high tides. On other 
 parts of the island are numerous mud docks for vessels of 
 smaller draught. 
 
 DANGER ISLANDS, in the American Polynesia of the 
 S. Pacific Ocean; lat. 10° 54' S.; Ion. 165° 54' W. They 
 are three in number, surrounded by rocks and breakers, and 
 have a dangerous reef 27 m. E S.E. 
 
 DAN SAliUA, a tn. Western Africa, on the road from 
 Katsena to Kano, and near the boundary line of these two 
 provinces. It is a considerable place, defended only by a 
 
 stockade, and exhibiting so few signs of industry among the 
 inhabitants that it has a deserted look. 
 
 DANUBE [add.] In consequence of the rectification 
 of the frontier of Bes.sarabia, as provided in the treaty of 
 Paris in 1856, the whole of the lower course of the Danube, 
 from Orsova to the Black Sea, lies within the Turkish terri- 
 tory. The portion of Bessarabia which formed the north 
 bank of the river is now included within the principality of 
 Moldavia. 
 
 DANVILLE [add.], two places, U. States:—!. A tn. 
 Pennsylvania, cap. co. Montour, on tlie N. branch of the 
 Susquehanna, 48 m. N.N.E. Harrisburg, and on the railway 
 from Philadelphia to Elmira. It contains five churches and 
 an academy, and, being situated in the heart of a coal and 
 iron district, is actively engaged in the iron manufacture. 
 Among its industrial establishments are two foundries, five 
 blast-furnaces, and one of the largest establishments in the 
 States for making iron rails and chairs. Pop. 6385. — 2, A 
 tn. Kentucky, cap. co. Boyle, on a branch of Dick's River, 
 and on a railway connecting it with Lexington, 40 m. S. 
 Frankfort. It is the seat of a Presbyterian theological 
 seminary, with 4 professors and 36 students; of a college, 
 with 5 professors, 180 students, and a library of 5600 vols.; 
 and of the state asylum for the deaf and dumb. Pop. 4962. 
 
 DAOODNUGUR, or Daoudnagur [add.], a tn. India, 
 presid. Bengal, dist. Behar, 89 m. E. Benares, r. bank Sone, 
 which is here navigable. It consists of about 2000 houses 
 ranged in streets, of which some are straight and wide, but 
 the most part are wretched lanes. It contains two large 
 se7-ae, or public lodging-houses, both of them suiTounded by 
 walls, and one loopholed, so as to be capable of defence; and 
 has manufactures of blankets, coarse cotton carpets, and other 
 cotton fabrics ; and a considerable trade. 
 
 DAPOOREE, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist. and 
 4 m. N. Poonah, on the Mootah, a feeder of the Beema. It 
 contains a residence for the use of the governor of Bombay, 
 and in its vicinity are the botanical gardens maintained by 
 government. 
 
 DARAGUNJ, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 opposite to Allahabad, with which it communicates by a ferry, 
 1. bank Ganges. It is a place of some importance, with a 
 pop. of 9103. 
 
 DARIEN, a vil. U. States, Georgia, cap. co. M'Intosh, 
 I. bank Altamaka, 60 m. S.S.W. Savannah. It contains five 
 churches and an academy, is a port of entry, and exports pine 
 lumber. Its former trade and importance have been diverted 
 from it by the Central railroad. Pop. 600. 
 
 DARIEN HARBOUR, S. America, New Granada, 
 within the Gulf of San Miguel, an E. arm of the Bay of 
 Panama, is a magnificent sheet of water, which is formed by 
 the junction of the Tayra and Savannah Rivers, and stretches 
 S.E. for 11 or 12 m. as far as the village of Chupigana. It 
 affords excellent anchorage in 7 to 10 fathoms, and in the 
 hands of an energetic people would soon become valuable. 
 Several rivers discharge their waters into it, its shores are 
 almost without exception one continuous line of mangrove, 
 with densely wooded hills, 100 to 300 ft. high, at a short dis- 
 tance inland; the mahogany, palm, and india-rubber trees 
 can be had in abundance; and maize, rice, sugar, colFee, 
 cocoa, yams, and plantains grow almost wild. The climate 
 has a bad name, but with common care health may be pre- 
 served during the worst season, and during the other six 
 months the weather is fine. 
 
 DARNLEY, or Erroob, an isl. Australia, which forms 
 the principal guiding mark for the great north-east channel 
 into Torres Strait from the eastward; lat. (peak) 9° 35' 15" N.; 
 Ion. 143° 45' E. It is about 5 m. in circuit, of volcanic for- 
 mation, and attains, in a peak rising from its W. portion, the 
 height of 610 ft. It is skirted on the E. and S. by a coral 
 reef, but on the N. and W. is bold, and free from dangers. 
 On the N. shore there is good anchorage in 14 or 15 fatlioms 
 in Treacherous Bay, so named in consequence of the barbar- 
 ous murder of a Captain Hill and four seamen by the natives. 
 The surface is well diversified by hills and plains, and the 
 richness of the soil is proved by the luxuriance of vegetation. 
 The natives, though far more intelligent and industrious than 
 those of Australia, have given many proofs of cunning and 
 ferocity. In their fields, which are numerous, and inclosed 
 by neat fences of bamboo, they raise yams, sweet potatoes, 
 
DARRORO 
 
 116 
 
 DECHTITZ 
 
 plantains, and sugar-canes. Cocoa-nut trees are also very 
 abundant, particularly in the neighbourhood of their dwellings, 
 wliich consist of huts resembling haycocks, 12 ft. high, and 
 are arranged in groups of ten or twelve, each group with its 
 bamboo fence. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 DAKKORO, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, prov. 
 Zegzeg, 140 m. S. Kano. It stands in a mountainous dis- 
 trict, and occupies a position so strong by nature, that a wall 
 on the N. side only is all the defence which it requires for its 
 security. At some distance N.E. there is a cascade on the 
 Gurara. 
 
 DASCHGESAN, a vil. Persia, prov. Azerbijan, within 
 a mile of the E. shore of Lake Urumiyah. It is a miserable 
 place, with houses composed of a kind of patchwork of tufa- 
 stone and bits of marble stuck together with mud; but deserves 
 notice from having in its immediate vicinity the celebrated 
 marble quarries out of which some of the most splendid 
 buildings of Persia and W. Asia were constructed. The 
 marble is of various colours, among wliicli the most highly 
 valued are the milk white, the lemon-coloured, and the pink. 
 It is also more or less transparent, the greater degree of 
 transparency enliancing the price. 
 
 DAULE, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, prov, and 30 m 
 N.W. Guayaquil, cap. cant, and near 1. bank river of same 
 name. It was a handsome place in 1839, when it was nearly 
 destroyed by fire. Before it liad been completely rebuilt the 
 calamity was re])eated in 1854, and the greater part of it is 
 still in ruins. Its annual festival attracts multitudes from all 
 parts of the country. 
 
 DAUPHIN, a lake, British America, situated between 
 Hiding Mountain on the S. and Winnipigoos on the N. It 
 is 700 ft. above sea-level, or 72 ft. above that of Lake Win- 
 nipeg, and has a length from W. to E. of 21 m., a greatest 
 breadth of 12 m., and an area of 170 sq. m. It is very 
 shallow. Its feeders are numerous, but unimportant ; its 
 outlet is the Moss River, by which it discharges itself into 
 Winnipigoos. It abounds with large pike, and at its S. ex- 
 tremity the hop grows in great luxuriance and abundance. 
 
 DAUKA, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 75 m. N. by E. Kano. It is a large place, 
 surrounded with a strong clay wall in good repair, but is only 
 thinly inhabited. Its weekly market is unimportant. Daura 
 state is one of the oldest of the original seven Hausa states, 
 and boasts of having had an apostle of its own, Mohammed 
 AH el Baghdadi, who took the lead in introducing Islamism 
 into the country. 
 
 DAVENPORT [add.], a tn. IT. States, Iowa, cap. co, 
 Scott, r. bank Mississippi, on the Mississippi and Missouri, 
 and opposite to Kock Island, the terminus of the Chicago and 
 Hock Island railways, 47 m. E. Iowa. It stands at the foot 
 of a bluff which rises gradually from the river, and is inclosed 
 on the land side by an amphitheatre of hills. The streets 
 are regularly laid out, and many of the houses are large, 
 commodious, and handsome. The principal public edifices, 
 are 17 churches, a college attended by 100 students, of whom 
 about a fifth are of the female sex, another college exclusively 
 for females, a commercial college, and other schools, a court- 
 house, and other municipal offices. A magnificent bridge 
 across the Mississippi connects Davenport and Rock Island. 
 The industrial establishments include foundries and otlier 
 ironworks, brick- yards, marble works, breweries, and planing, 
 saw, and flour mills. There are also manufactures of soap 
 and candles, agricultural implements, waggons, carriages, and 
 pianofortes. The trade of 1857 amounted to the aggregate 
 value of nearly three millions sterling, consisting of 53,099 tons 
 of imports and 34,157 tons of exports, the latter composed 
 principally of wheat, barley, flour, and lumber. Pop. (1860), 
 11,267. 
 
 DAWSON ISLAND, S. America, situated in the Strait 
 of Magalhaens, olF the W. coast of Terra del Fuego, opposite 
 to the deep inlet of Admiralty Sound and to Useless Bay, is 
 46 m. long, and about 20 m. broad. It terminates in the N. 
 in Cape Valentine, which is low, though Mount Graves in its 
 vicinity rises to the lieight of 1498 ft. On the W. side, the 
 only places where vessels can anchor, are Lomas Bay and 
 Port San Antonio. The E. coast is intersected by several 
 deep inlets, one of which, Brenton Sound, penetrates so far 
 across as to be only 4 m. from Lomas Bay. The S. coast is 
 separated from Terra del Fuego by Gabriel Channel, which is 
 
 25 m. long, and from ^ m. to 1 J m. wide, extending in the 
 direction of the strata in a remarkably straight line, with 
 almost parallel shores. This channel appears to be merely a 
 ravine of slate formation, into which the water has found its 
 way, and thereby isolated Dawson Island from the mainland. 
 The N. shore of Gabriel Cliannel is a ridge of slate rising 
 abruptly to a sharp edge, and then as abruptly descending on 
 the opposite side, where it forms a valley. The S. shore is 
 of a different character, being formed by a mass of mouirtains. 
 Among these the most conspicuous are Mounts Buckland and 
 Sarmiento. The former of these, which has an estimated 
 height of 4000 ft., is a pyramidal block of slate terminating 
 in a sharp-pointed peak. The latter, rising from a broad base 
 to the lieight of 6800 ft., and terminating in two peaked sum- 
 mits, is the most remarkable mountain in the Strait of Magal- 
 haens. From the humidity of the climate, and its being 
 clothed with perpetual snow, it is usually enveloped in thick 
 vapour. Sometimes, however, during a low temperature, 
 witli a N.E. or S.E. wind, when the sky is often cloudless, it 
 becomes exposed to view, and presents a magnificent spec- 
 tacle. The summit of tlie range between these two mountains 
 is occupied by a large glacier, which, as it melts, feeds innu- 
 merable cascades. These, leaping down from height to 
 heiglit, on their way to Gabriel Channel, add a singular and 
 beautiful feature to the surrounding scenery. 
 
 DAYTON [add.], two places, U. States:—!. A tn. Ohio, 
 cap. CO. Montgomery, on the Mad and Great Miami Rivers, 
 and at tlie terminus or junction of several railways, connect- 
 ing it with all parts of the country, 66 m. W.S. W. Columbus. 
 It is built with great regularity, in spacious streets 100 ft. 
 wide, and crossing each other at right angles, and exhibits in 
 many of its private mansions an elegance, and in public 
 buildings a magnificence, not often witnessed in a provincial 
 town. The most conspicuous edifices are seventeen churches, 
 many of them with spires, a liigh-school, a large female 
 academy, two other similar academies conducted by nuns, a 
 county courthouse, planned after the model of the Parthenon, 
 and built of a coarse but compact white marble, an orphan 
 asylum, a lyceum, and two large market-houses, one of which 
 contains on its second story a city-hall and council-chamber. 
 The principal industrial establishments are two paper, two 
 flour, four saw, and five oil mills, driven by water, which is 
 conveyed from the Mad River by a hydraulic canal, two 
 woollen and three cotton factories, five machine shops, three 
 iron foundries, six large breweries, and various manufactories 
 of agricultural implements, railroad cars, gun barrels, pegs 
 and lasts, hollow ware, &c. The quantity of superfine flour 
 manufactured annually is about 125,000 barrels, and the value 
 of the assessed property exceeds a million sterling. Pop. 
 (I860), 20,081.-2. A vil. Alabama, pleasantly situated, 76 m. 
 S.W. Tuscaloosa, in a healthy district covered with cotton 
 plantations. It is inhabited chiefly by wealthy planters, and 
 has neither manufactures nor trade of any consequence. 
 
 DEANS CANAL, an inlet, British Columbia, at the 
 head of Burke Channel, on the W. coast. The entrance to 
 Burke Channel is about 80 m. from the N. end of Vancouver 
 Island; it runs inland about 50 m., and then divides into three 
 arms. Deans Canal being one of them, and running nearly N. 
 for 25 m.; the other two are North and South Bentinck arms, 
 pursuing respectively N.E. and S.E. directions. From these 
 inlets an available route can be opened to the inland districts 
 of the Eraser. 
 
 DEBJUCHIN,atn. Russia, gov. Perm, circle Solikamsk, 
 in a mountainous district, is celebrated for its salt mines. 
 
 DEBK-ESKI, a tn. Abyssinia, Tigr^, prov. Simen; lat. 
 12° 50' N.; Ion. 33° 40' E. It occupies the summit of a 
 mountain of same name, which is at least 3000 ft. above the 
 adjoining valley. Till recently it contained only a few huts 
 and one or two churches, but having become tlie favourite 
 residence of Prince Ubi, and an asylum for political refugees, 
 it has rapidly increased in size and importance. Its isolated 
 position almost excludes it from trade, for which, indeed, its 
 inhabitants have no inclination, most of them being Ubi's 
 soldiers and dependants. 
 
 DEBRO (Fel), a fn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Heves, about 11 m. S.S.W. Erlau, on the Tarna; with a trade 
 in excellent tobacco. Pop. 1500. 
 
 DECHTITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Upper 
 Neutra, on the Blava, which divides it into two parts. It lia.s 
 
DECSE 
 
 117 
 
 DEMAVEND 
 
 extensive potteries, and a paper and other mills; the environs 
 are covered with vineyards. Pop. 1300. 
 
 DECSE, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 about 22 m. N.N.E. Karlsburg; with an active trade in fruit 
 and mustard. At Miriszlo, in the vicinity, a great battle 
 was fought in 1600, when the Walachian woiwod Michael 
 was defeated by the Imperialist general Basta. 
 
 UEDEROO-OYA, a river, (Jeylon, which rises among 
 tlie mountains to the N. W. of Kandy, near the S.E. frontiers 
 of the N.W. Provinces, flows first N.N.W., then W.S.W., and 
 falls into the sea near the town of Chilaw. Its length is 
 70 m., and the ai-ea of its basin 738 gq. m. 
 
 DEDHAM, a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, cap. co. Nor- 
 folk, on the Charles River and a branch of the Boston and 
 Providence railway, 14 m. S.W. Boston. Its principal 
 buildings and institutions are a handsome courthouse, built 
 of granite, with a Doric portico on each front; ten churches, 
 a library, a high-school, and several grammar-schools. The 
 manufactures consist chiefly of ironware, machines, leather, 
 refined sugar, cards, soap, and candles; and there are several 
 cotton and woollen mills. Pop. G330. 
 
 DEEG, or Dig, a tn. India, Kajpootana, territory Bhurt- 
 poor, 57 m. N.W. Agra, amid numerous jheels and marshes, 
 and during a great part of the year surrounded by water. It 
 is a place of great antiquity, and was regarded by the natives 
 as almost impregnable, till Lord Lake stormed it on the 
 23d December, 1804. It was held at this time by a 
 usurper, and was shortly afterwards restored to the legitimate 
 Jat ruler, but not till its fortifications had been dismantled. 
 In consequence of this proceeding Deeg ceased to be a place 
 of strength, but still possesses some interesting public build- 
 ings. Among them is the rajah's palace, forming the four 
 sides of a fine garden, 475 ft. long and 350 ft. wide. The 
 buildings, constructed of a fine grained sandstone, are said to 
 yield only to the Taj Mahal in respect of elegance of design 
 and beauty of workmanship. 
 
 DEEP RIVER, U. States, N. Carolina, rises in co. 
 Guildford, flows first S.E., then nearly due E., and after a 
 course of about 100 m. unites with the Haw in forming the 
 Cape Fear River. Mines of anthracite and bituminous coal 
 are worked on its banks in co. Chatham, up to which it has 
 been made navigable. 
 
 DEESAKNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and S.W. Dees, with mines of rock-salt and 2020 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 DEESAUN, a river, India, which rises near Seermow, 
 in the N.E. of Bhopal, at the height of 2000 ft. above the 
 sea, flows N. across the territory of Saugor and Nerbudda 
 into Bundelcund, and joins the Betwa on its r. bank, after a 
 course of 150 m. It abounds in fish, but is not navigable. 
 
 DKHRA DOON, a beautiful and fertile valley, India, 
 N.W. Provinces, at the S.W. base of the lowest and outer- 
 most ridge of the Himalaya, between lat. 30° and 30° 32' N.; 
 Ion. 77° 43' and 78° 24' E. It is bounded on the N. by the 
 Jumna, N.E. by the mountains of Gurwhal, from 7000 to 
 8000 ft. high, S.E. by the Ganges, S.W. by the Sewalik 
 range, 3000 to 3500 ft. high. Its length from S.E. to N.W. 
 is about 45 m.; breadth from 15 to 20 m. A transverse 
 range divides it into two basins — that on the N.W. belong- 
 ing to the Jumna, which drains it bytheAxun; and that 
 on the S.E. to the Ganges, which drains it by the Sooswa. 
 The valley contains 234 towns, the chief of which is Dehra, 
 standing on the dividing ridge overlooking the two basins 
 at the height of 2369 feet. The valley is remarkable for 
 the beauty of its scenery. In its general appearance it is 
 sloping and picturesque, with finely cultivated fields separ- 
 ated with hedges, and intersected with streams and tracts of 
 woodland, and thus closely resembles the .scenery of England. 
 It has nmch soil of a deep rich mould, well adapted for the 
 growth of rice, maize, gram, cotton, sugar, opium, hemp, and 
 indigo. It abounds with dense forests, in which are found 
 elephants, tigers, leopards, and other wild animals. The 
 climate is temperate and healthy for Europeans, except from 
 July to September, when the monsoon prevails and fever is 
 rife. A great number of persons were induced to settle in it 
 in 1837, and saw their labours about to be rewarded by 
 abundant crops of the finest quality, when at the setting in of 
 the rains the jungle fever began to rage like a pestilence. 
 Many fell victims, and many who survived fled terrified, and 
 
 have never returned. The new settlement has in conse- 
 quence made little progress, though the ponulation — mostly 
 Hindoo — is still considerable, amounting to 32,083. 
 
 DEHRAH, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, chief place in 
 the above valley, 72 m. S.E. Simla. It stands at the height 
 of 2369 ft. on the crest of a ridge which crosses the valley; 
 contains a large number of houses, partly belonging to Euro- 
 peans; and possesses a small but handsome temple, built of 
 stone, with stucco embellishments. Its position at the inter- 
 section of two great thoroughfares is advantageous for trade. 
 
 DELATYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 25 m. S. by W. Stanislau, in a mountain basin, at the conflu- 
 ence of the Budisna with the Pruth; has salt springs, salt 
 refineries, and baths, with a milk- cure establisliment, and 
 contains 3259 inhabitants. 
 
 DELAWARE, or Delawake Couuthouse, a tn. 
 U, States, Ohio, cap. co. Delaware, [deasantly situated near 
 the Columbus and Cleveland railway, 1. bank Olentangy, 
 here crossed by a bridge, 30 m. N. Columbus. It is a hand- 
 some well-built place, containing six churches, and the Ohio 
 Wesleyan university. A sulphur spring in the vicinity is 
 much resorted to. Pop. 3889. 
 
 DELHI [add.] On the breaking out of the Indian 
 mutiny, in May, 1857, Delhi became the centre of the opera- 
 tions of the rebels, who flocked to it from all quarters. The 
 nominal representative of the Great Mogul, who held the 
 sovereignty of the place under British protection, joined 
 cause with the rebels; and in addition to assuming the char- 
 acter of an independent potentate, gave his sanction to the 
 massacres and atrocities perpetrated on the European resid- 
 ents. By the middle of June a British army under generals 
 Wilson and Nicholson was assembled in front of the city, and 
 a siege commenced, which, from thesmallness of the besieging 
 force, was necessarily slow and protracted. It was brought 
 to a successful termination on 20th September, when Delhi 
 was entered by the British troops, and the nominal sover- 
 eignty heretofore possessed by the king was declared extin- 
 guished; and he himself, after being tried for the murders 
 committed under his authority, was found guilty, and sen- 
 tenced as a convict to transportation for life. A great part 
 of the place was reduced to ruins in the nmtiny and siege, 
 but it has since recovered much of its former appearance, and 
 has also been much improved in its sanitary condition. 
 
 DELLYS, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 43 m. E. 
 by N. Algiers, on a small bay of the Mediterranean, and on 
 the site of the ancient Roman town of Busuccumm. It 
 stands in a beautiful and healthy district, and consists of a 
 native and a European town. Among its buildings is a 
 handsome mosque. Its markets (held twice a week) are 
 important; and though its harbour is indifferent, large quan- 
 tities of produce (chiefly oil and grain) are shipped at it. 
 Pop. 2750. 
 
 DEMAVEND [add.], a mountain, Persia, belonging to 
 the Elbruz chain, and situated 45 m. S. of the Caspian Sea, 
 and very nearly the same distance N.E. of Teheran. It is 
 the culminating point of a lofty mountain chain, but there 
 has been great diversity in the estimates of its height. 
 According to an early calculation, founded on a partial ascent, 
 it was no more than 14,695 ft. Humboldt, founding on 
 similar data, made the height 1 9,609 ft. In ] 858 Mr. R. F. 
 Thomson and Lord Schomberg Kerr reached the summit, 
 and with a hypsometrical apparatus made the height 21,520 ft. 
 A previous trigonometrical measurement by Lieut.-colonel 
 Lemm had made it 20,120 ft. In 1860 Capt. Ivastschinzov, 
 at the head of the Russian-Caspian expedition, by trigono- 
 metrical measurements found it to be 18,549 ft. The 
 difference between the trigonometrical calculation of the 
 Russians and that of Colonel Lemm is so great that the 
 question cannot be considered to be yet set at rest. In the 
 lower half of the mountain the rocks and precipices consist 
 principally of limestone. Long high ridges, commencing at 
 the foot of the cone, run out for some distance, and end 
 abruptly, leaving between them deep valleys and ravines, 
 covered for the most part with loose stones, gravel, and earth. 
 Here and there huge volcanic rocks pierce through the outer 
 covering. In ascending the upper part of the mountain the 
 first thing necessary is to climb a narrow and very steep 
 ravine covered with loose stones, which, yielding under the 
 foot, make walking difficult and painful. Beyond this, and 
 
DEM 13 A 
 
 118 
 
 DENMARK 
 
 nearly at right angles to it, is another steep ravine filled witli 
 snow. After it is crossed the ground, though still very steep, 
 becomes more practicable; consisting of a firm reddish soil, on 
 which grow numerous and various plants, including among 
 others the forget-me not, wild thyme, lavender, ferns, and a 
 beautiful variety of the everlasting flower of the most delicate 
 form and colour. Near the foot of tiie cone, at a heiglit of 
 nearly 13,000 ft., vegetation ceases. At a distance the cone 
 appears to be nearly smooth, and to slope evenly from top to 
 bottom at an angle of 45°; but is found, when approached, to 
 consist of a number of ridges which run from the summit to 
 the base, and are separated by deep ravines full of snow and 
 ice and large accumulations of debris. The ascent is now 
 made over rocks of lava and basalt, broken up into a thousand 
 shapeless masses piled in confusion. At length a long ridge 
 is reached, evidently formed by a stream of lava, which has 
 run over the surface and left it so smooth and steep that it is 
 difficult to maintain a footing. The best part of the ascent 
 is up a steep slope, among i-ocks of a light yellow colour 
 formed of limestone and sulphur. The cone terminates in a 
 crater about 85 yards in diameter, and nearly surrounded by 
 jagged rocks composed partly of basalt and partly of sulphur 
 and limestone. The basin within is almost entirely filled 
 with snow. From two caves near the summit and many 
 small holes in the rock a stream strongly impregnated with 
 sulphur issues. 
 
 DEMBA, a tn. S.W. Africa, cap. dist. Lower Kissama, 
 Kimbunda Country, about 20 m. E. of the Atlantic, and 
 100 m. S. Loanda, stajids on a bleak height. The inhabi- 
 tants, whose cliief employment is the manufacture of salt, 
 suffer much from drought; and, as some protection against it, 
 have converted the baobab trees into water-cisterns, by hol- 
 lowing them out with considerable skill from top to bottom. 
 The trees still left standing in this condition continue to grow 
 vigorously. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 DEMBICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. E. Tarnow, on the Wysloka, and on the railway from 
 Cracow, in a fertile district, with a baronial castle in the 
 Gothic style. It was devastated by the Hungarians in 1474, 
 Pop. 2528. 
 
 DEMBOVVIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 4 m. S. Jaslo; with 1 900 inhabitants, chiefly employed in 
 weaving linen and bleaching yarn. 
 
 DEMIANSK, a tn, Russia, gov. and 80 m. S.S.E. Nov- 
 gorod, cap. circle of same name, on tlie Yarona; with two 
 churches and 1209 inhabitants. Within the circle lies 
 Skaraia Russia, the capital of the N. military colonies. It is 
 situated on two small stieams, has 17 churches, an imperial 
 palace, a monastery, three schools, and salt springs, and con- 
 tains 8168 inhabitants, 
 
 DEMITKOVSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 40 m. S.W. 
 Orel, cap, circle of same name, on the Obstshirilza; with four 
 churches, a school for the circle, a charitable institute, and 
 several industrial establishments. Pop. 4014, 
 
 DEM N I A, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 26 m, N.W. Stry; with large iron-works, at wliich both cast 
 and malleable iron is made. Pop. 1380. 
 
 DEMREE, a river, which rises in Tliibet in lat. 28° 45' 
 N.; Ion, 92° 11' E., flows S. for 60 ni. to a gorge of the 
 Himalaya, after passing which it turns S.W., and joins the 
 Monas, an affluent of the Brahmapootra, after a course of 
 about 180 m. 
 
 DEMSUS, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 25 m. S.W, Broos; witli a Greek non- united 
 church, built out of the ruins of an ancient heathen temple. 
 There are iron-works in the vicinity. Pop. 1260. 
 
 DENDI, a tn. Western Africa, about 15 m. S.S.W. 
 Sokoto, It is a large and comfortable-looking place, witli a 
 profusion of trees, ajnong which the dirowa or parkia, the 
 doum-palm, and the delet-palm are conspicuous. On its east 
 side is a depression full of fresh Jierbage. 
 
 DENEK-MADEN, or Gumischan, a tn. Turkey in 
 Asia, Anatolia, 45 m. S.E. Angora. It is a mining village, 
 with 150 Greek and 15 Turkisii dwellings, and presents a 
 very indifferent appearance. The mines, wliich consist of 
 argentiferous lead, are worked to some extent, and tolerably 
 jiroductive. Tlie silver only is sent to Constantinople, and 
 the lead (probably the more valuable of the two) belongs as 
 a perquisite to the superintendent. 
 
 DENHAM WATERS, a large bay on the W. coast of 
 Africa, in the kingdom of Dahomey, running in from the 
 Bight of Benin a distance of more tiian 65 m., and expand- 
 ing to a breadth of 45 m.; lat. 7° N.; Ion. 2° 20' E. The 
 native name is Ahuanga Si. 
 
 DENMARK [add.] Tlie character of the geological 
 structure and geographical situation of Deninark show that 
 the country is designed by nature to derive wealtli from 
 agriculture and commerce rather than from manufactures. 
 The soil is well irrigated, and unbroken by great elevations 
 which hinder tillage; it is under tlie influences of a climate 
 equally free from continuous drought and excessive moisture; 
 and it is capable of a greater variety of culture than would 
 seem compatible with so high a latitude. On the other hand, 
 it is almost entirely destitute of mineral wealth, and affords 
 but a very small extent of water power; two important ob- 
 stacles to manufactures on an extensive scale. At the end of 
 1863 the kingdom possessed five factories of cloth, of a coarse 
 kind, one of which was in the hands of tlie government, and 
 supplied the army and navy. There were also eighteen 
 paper-mills, only six of which were of any importance; 
 twenty-one oil-mills, producing oil of the annual value of 
 about £240,000; six sugar-refineries, yielding about £700,000 
 worth of sugar annually; distilleries of brandy from corn and 
 potatoes, the annual production of which was estimated at 
 8,000,000 to 9,000,000 gallons; six large iron-works, and 
 various small foundries; twenty -nine yards for ship-building, 
 and manufactures of soda from the n"6w mineral cryoleth, A 
 new tariff, reducing some of the high protective duties, was 
 inducing a slight increase in some branches. 
 
 At the commencement of 1864 the Danish territory was 
 politically distributed into four parts, viz.: Deninark Proper 
 (consisting of the Danish islands and North Jutland), witli 
 an area of 14,730 sq. m., and a population (in 1860) of 
 1,600,651, purely Danish; the duchy of Schleswig or South 
 Jutland, area 3530 sq. m., pop. 409,907, more than one half 
 Danish, the remainder Frisian and German; the duchy of 
 Holstein, area 3280 sq. m., pop. 544,419, purely German; 
 and the duchy of Lauenburg, area 402 sq. m., pop. 50,147, 
 also German. Thus the total area was 21,942 sq. m., and 
 the population 2,605,024. The policy of the Danish gov- 
 ernment in respect to the German part of the inhabitants of 
 the Duchies, chiefly in the alleged coercing them into a forced 
 assimilation to the Danes, and especially in compelling the 
 use of the Danish language in the state schools, had long 
 given umbrage to the German powers. Certain measures of 
 the Danish government, and the strong remonstrances offered 
 to them by the German Confederation — ev»n menacing the 
 validity of the treaty of London of 1852, by which the prin- 
 cipal European powers recognized tlie sovereignty of the 
 king of Denmark over the Duchies — brought matters to a 
 crisis in 1863. On the last day of that year, in consequence 
 of the Confederation resolving on federal interference in the 
 Duchies, the Danish troops evacuated Rendsburg on the 
 Eider, which separates Holstein from Schleswig, and 5000 
 Saxon troops immediately entered the town, and were enthu- 
 siastically welcomed by the inhabitants. In January, 1864, 
 a misunderstanding arose between the federal diet and 
 Austria and Prussia, whereupon the two latter powers deter- 
 mined upon independent action, and Holstein was occupied 
 by them with detachments of troops. The popular feeling in 
 the duchy was almost unanimously in favour of Germany, 
 and an address was presented to the federal diet by a depu- 
 tation from it, offering homage to the Duke of Augustenburg, 
 the heir of the Schleswig-Holstein crown, as their lawful 
 sovereign. On Feb. 1, the Prussian forces marched from 
 Kiel under Marshal Wrangel across the Schleswig frontier, 
 and occupied Gottorp, the Danes retiring at their approach. 
 The first conflict occurred near Missunde on the Schlei; after 
 which the Prussian troops crossed the Schlei by night in 
 boats, to turn the left flank of the Danish army, and another 
 body crossed by a pontoon-bridge, in order to unite with the 
 former, and take tha Dannewerke in the rear, while the 
 Austriaiis pressed it in front; but during the night the Danes 
 evacuated their position, abandoned all their artillery in the 
 forts, and retired northwards, concentrating their forces about 
 Fredericia, Duppel, and on the island of Alsen. The Prus- 
 sians addressed themselves to the siege of Duppel. the tete- 
 du-pont of the island of Alsen, till the 18th of April, when 
 
DENNIS 
 
 119 
 
 DESTERRO 
 
 they became finally masters of the place; and then they 
 entered Jutland, where their conduct became very arbitrary 
 and oppressive. Tlie British government endeavoured to 
 put a stop to the further progress of the war by proposing a 
 conference of the great powers upon the basis of maintaining 
 the integrity of the Danish monarchy, under the provisions 
 of the treaty of 1852 ; but Prussia, for her part, now declined 
 to be longer bound by that treaty. The conference, however, 
 assembled at London on April 25, and an armistice was 
 agreed upon till June 12, and afterwards prolonged to 
 June 26. On June 22 the labours of the conference, directed 
 to the arrangement of some compromise which should secure 
 proper consideration for Denmark, came to an abortive result, 
 and at the end of the month active hostilities were resumed. 
 Alsen, which had remained in the occupation of the Danes, 
 was captured by the Prussians, who crossed in considerable 
 force at midniglit of the 29th. The loss of Alsen, and neces- 
 sary abandonment of Fredericia, decided the struggle, and 
 Denmark was compelled to yield and accept terms of peace. 
 Negotiations took place at Vienna, and on Aug. 1 prelimi- 
 naries were signed by the respective powers, to the effect 
 that ' the king of Denmark renounced his rights to the 
 duchies of Schleswig, Holstein, and Lauenburg; and more- 
 over ceded tliose parts of Jutland situated to the south of the 
 district of Kibe laid down upon the maps, and sundry small 
 islands adjacent, an equivalent portion of Schleswig, com- 
 prising, exclusive of the island of Arroe, the territories con- 
 necting the district of Ilibe with the rest of Jutland, being 
 transferred to Denmark, for the purpose of rectifying the 
 frontier line; the debts of the kingdom of Denmark being 
 apportioned between the Duchies and the kingdom proper.' 
 A treaty of peace, in accordance with tlicse preliminary 
 terms, was subsequently signed at Vienna, on Oct. 1, 1864. 
 The ultimate destiny of the Duchies remains as yet (1866) 
 undecided; but it is probable they will be appended to the 
 dominions of Prussia. 
 
 DENNIS, a vil. U. States, Massachusetts, on the penin- 
 sula of Cape Cod, 60 m. S.E. Boston. It possesses six 
 churches and some building -yards. Tiie inhabitants are 
 chiefly engaged in coasting and in the mackerel fisheries. 
 Pop. 3662. 
 
 DEOBUND, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Saharun- 
 poor, 75 m. N.E. Delhi, in an open and cultivated country, 
 between the Ilindun and Kalli Nuddee Rivers, over the 
 former of which there is a bridge. Pop. 11,634. 
 
 DEPALPOOR, or Deypulpoor, a tn. India, Holkar's 
 Dominions, 25 m. N.W. Indore. It stands on the W. side 
 of a large tank or lake, on the road from Mhow to Neemuch, 
 and contains about 4000 inhabitants. 
 
 DERA ISMAEL KHAN [add.],atn.India,Derajat,at 
 a short distance from the W. or r. bank of the Indus; lat. 
 31° 50' N.; Ion. 70° 58' E. Having been built to replace a 
 former town which stood nearer the river, and was entirely 
 swept away by it, it has been laid out with considerable 
 regularity. The houses, however, composed of unburned 
 brick, are mean and unsubstantial, and the whole place has 
 an air of desolation at all times except in spring, when it 
 becomes crowded by Afghans, who purchase great quantities 
 of goods for transport by their caravans to Central Asia. 
 The most important article of this commerce is white cotton 
 cloth, of which there are manufactures in the place; but the 
 greatest part is imported. Tliere is also a considerable tx-ade 
 southward by the Indus in grain and salt. A native regiment 
 mutinied here in 1858, but were speedily disarmed. 
 
 DEKBEND, or Deubest [add.], an anc. and decayed city, 
 Russia, Daghestan, \V. shore of the Caspian Sea. It is situ- 
 ated on the side of an acclivity which rises boldly from tiie 
 seasliore, and is surrounded by a massive crenellated wall, 
 built of large square stones, with gates flanked by enormous 
 towers. A hut, inliabited by Peter the Great in 1722, stands 
 on the sliore, and is carefully preserved. In 1848 it was 
 encircled .and adorned with pilasters and chains, and defended 
 by a couple of cannon. Upon the gate is an inscription sig- 
 nifying ' Tiie first resting-place of the great Peter.' Derbend 
 has quite an oriental aspect, and the Persian costume is the 
 one most commonly seen in its streets. Its bazaar is large 
 and well attended, and, though fallen from its ancient import- 
 ance, it is still a place of considerable trade. The Russians 
 regard it as the key of the Caucasus, and a strong fort occu- 
 
 pies the summit of the hill on which the town is built. In 
 the neighbourhood lies the village of Dach-Kessine, at the 
 foot of the precipitous mountain of Kogre-Kafe. Here is the 
 remarkable cavern of the Dives, traditionally famous as the 
 
 DERBEND.— From a view by M. Moynot. 
 
 supposed dwelling-place of the giants of Scripture, and also 
 known as the Vizier's Tomb, from a vizier who perished in 
 one of the Persian invasions having been interred in tiiis 
 gloomy and pestiferous recess. It is p.aved with the bones 
 of wild beasts and brigands who have sought shelter in it. 
 
 DERITA, a tn. Abyssinia, Amhara, 10 m. E. Lake Tsana 
 or Dembea. It stands on a mountain-side, and consists of 
 houses which are better built and more spacious than is usual 
 in Abyssinia. The chief manufactures are prepared .skins 
 and cotton tissues. The inhabitants, a mixed race of Arabs 
 and Gallus slaves, are all Mahometans. 
 
 DERREYEH [add.], a ruined tn. Arabia, Ncjd. The 
 ruins of this large town, which was formerly the cap. of 
 Nejd, as Riadh now is, occupy the whole breadth of the valley 
 in which it stood. The palace walls, of unbaked bricks, rise 
 close under the N. ridge, unroofed and tenantless; a little 
 lower down are the fragments of an immense mosque, and 
 near this the market-place. A tower on an isolated height 
 appears to mark the original dwelling-place of the Saood 
 family. The outer fortifications remain uninjured for much 
 of their extent, with their turrets and bastions; in other 
 parts they lie as they were levelled by the Egyptian artillery 
 in 1819. Many of the houses are still standing within tlie 
 town, and tlie lines of the streets from gate to gate are quite 
 distinct. From its extent, nearly half a mile square, and 
 the close packing of the houses, it is calculated that it for- 
 merly contained 40,000 people; it is now entirely uninhabited. 
 The gardens outside form a green ring, in full beauty and 
 luxuriance, around the gray ruins; the rich plantations and 
 well watered fields belonging to this, the old ca])ital, being 
 cultivated by a small colony of gardeners, who live in 
 scattered huts and village dwellings close under the walls. 
 
 DESCHAMBAULT, a vil. Canada E., co. Portneuf, 
 1. bank St. Lawrence, 24 m. W. by S. Quebec; with a R. 
 Catholic church, building-yards, and an exteaisive trade in 
 flour and lumber. Pop. about 1800. 
 
 DESCHNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 16 m. S.E. Tabor; with a parish church, a townhouse, a 
 brewery, and mineral springs. Pop. 1 900. 
 
 DESTERRO [add.], a tn, Brazil, cap. prov. and on the 
 W. shore of the island of Santa Catharina. It contains 
 
DETROIT 
 
 120 
 
 DHALAC 
 
 many well-built houses, but seems a dull spiritless place, 
 without any sign of commercial activity. None of the streets 
 can properly be called a thoroughfare, while most of them 
 are laid out as if the object had been to obtain, not business, 
 but seclusion. Almost every public building has an anti- 
 quated appearance. Tiie president's palace, the churches — 
 mostly ungainly structures — the post-house, and the house 
 of correction, are all of this description. The only edifice 
 which may be considered as an exception to tlie general rule 
 is the Misericordia, or house of the Sisters of Ciiarity, which 
 is so far new that it still remains unfinished. The harbour, 
 formed between the island and the mainland, is, next to that 
 of Rio de Janeiro, the best on the Brazilian coast, combining 
 all tlie requisites of sufficient depth, capacity, and shelter. 
 In one respect, however, the position of Desterro is unfortu- 
 nate. Being situated on an island, it can only communicate 
 with the mainland by a ferry. The consequence is, that it 
 cannot be made the common entrepot for the foreign and 
 inland trade without rendering a double shipment necessary. 
 Pop. 6000 to 7000.— (Lallemant, Beise:) 
 
 DETROIT [add.], a tn. U. States, the cap. of Michigan, 
 on the strait or river of same name, which here forms the 
 boundary between the U. States and British America, at the 
 outlet of Lake St. Clair, and 20 m. N, of Lake Erie. The 
 town is built principally on a slope, which rises gradually 
 from the strait; and, though laid out on the whole in streets 
 which cross at right angles, presents numerous irregularities. 
 Some of the streets and avenues have a width of 200 ft, but 
 a greater number do not measure above 60, and some are 
 barely 50 ft. Some of the dwelling-houses are large and 
 elegant, and several of the hotels are on a very extensive 
 scale. The public buildings include a court-house, custom- 
 house, and post-office; about 30 churches, of which several 
 are large and splendid structures; and the public schools. 
 The Freemen's hall and the Oddfellows' hall are also fine 
 buildings. The means of communication by both water and 
 rail being very ample, trade and manuftxctures have been 
 largely developed, Detroit being the central entrepot for tlie 
 produce and general traffic of the whole state, and nearly all 
 the merchants in the upper lake region, as well as in the 
 interior, making most of their purchases here. To meet the 
 requirements of this commeice, numerous large warehouses 
 have been erected along the banks of the river; and the whole 
 place is full of stores of various descriptions. Among the in- 
 dustrial establishments are nine large steam saw-mills, wliicli 
 annually prepare about 40,000,000 ft. of pine lumber for 
 export; five flour-mills, large building-yards for ships and 
 boats, and numerous foundries, tanneries, and breweries. 
 Extensive establishments also manufacture locomotive and 
 other engines, machinery, agricultural implements, &c. 
 Considerable trade is carried on with the Canadians, and the 
 aggregate value of exports and imports is said now (1865) to 
 amount to several millions of dollars annually. The harbour 
 is one of the finest in the U. States, and has a depth of water 
 sufficient for the largest vessels. Its shipping amounts to 
 upwards of 100,000 tons, chiefly in large schooners, brigs, 
 and steamers. In September, 1864, a large vessel, named 
 the Etowah, made tlie voyage from Liverpool to Detroit, 
 traversing the whole route by the lakes and canals, and 
 returning with a cargo of copper from the Michigan mines. 
 
 The following is a list of the principal imports and exports 
 in the year I860:— 
 
 Flour barrels 
 
 Wheat busliels 
 
 Corn ,, 
 
 Rye 
 
 Barley ... . „ 
 
 Oats „ 
 
 Wool lbs. 
 
 Live Hogs .... No. 
 
 Cattle „ 
 
 Pork barrels 
 
 Beef , 
 
 , tierces 
 
 Whisky, &c., . , barrels 
 
 Staves No. 
 
 Ltimber ft. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 825,175 
 
 1,694,951 
 
 565,,34.3 
 
 19,128 
 
 110,199 
 
 ir9,.598 
 
 4,545,505 
 
 61,289 
 
 61,810 
 
 51,421 
 
 18,993 
 
 3,272 
 
 22,315 
 
 3,674,928 
 
 13,256,752 
 
 Exports. 
 
 808,513 
 
 1,607,757 
 
 592,044 
 
 10,699 
 
 2,726 
 
 309,205 
 
 4,468,711 
 
 48,2,59 
 
 3,372 
 
 49.400 
 
 22,931 
 
 3,361 
 
 18,336 
 
 4,182,100 
 
 44,584,000 
 
 The value of property as.sessed for taxation in 1858 was 
 
 about £3,500,000 sterling. The progress of the pop. has 
 been very rapid. In 1850 it was 21,019; in 1860, 45,619. 
 
 DEUTSCH-HANSE, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 13 m. N. Olmiifz; with four markets yearly. The 
 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in growing flax and 
 weaving linen, number 1900. 
 
 DEUTSCHNOFEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle 
 Brixen, 8 m S.E. Botzen; with an important trade in corn, 
 cattle, and wood. In the vicinity is the famous pilgrim 
 resort of Weissenstein, with a Servite monastery. Pop. 1400. 
 
 DEVIL'S BRIDGE, a celebrated bridge over the Reuss, 
 in the canton of Uri, Switzerland, on the road to Italy by the 
 St. Gothard Pass. It crosses a fearful abyss, with vertical 
 walls of rocks on each side, and is situated in the very midst 
 of the spray of the cataract, down which the Reuss dashes 
 with a tremendous uproar. It consists of an old and a new 
 bridge — the former an aerial structure of one arch, barely 
 allowing two persons to pass, and originally thrown across 
 the gorge by Abbot Gerald, of Einsiedeln, in 1118. The 
 new bridge stands immediately above the old, and forms a 
 safe and massive erection of two arches. The Devil's Bridge 
 was obstinately contested on two occasions, in 1799, between 
 the French and Imperial armies, the victory remaining ulti- 
 mately with the latter, who compelled their opponents to 
 retreat down the valley of the Reuss to Altdorf. The grand 
 and terrific character of the surrounding scenery renders this 
 locality one of the most remarkable in Switzerland. 
 
 DEVIPATNAM ['nine stones'], a tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. and 60 m. S.E. Madura, on the W. shore of 
 Palk's Strait. It takes its name from a natural bath formed 
 by nine rocks in its vicinity, and owes its existence to one 
 of the many legends interwoven with the history of Rama, 
 who is said to have here planted nine stones on the sea-shore, 
 and worshipped them as representatives of the nine planets. 
 Tiie belief founded on this legend is that every one who 
 bathes in the sea in this locality washes away all his sins, 
 and is sure of succeeding in all his enterprises. Accordingly, 
 crowds of pilgrims annually resort hither to perform the 
 necessary ablutions, and Devipatnam has become a place of no 
 small importance, not only possessing a temple which draws 
 crowds to its annual festival, but carrying on a considerable 
 trade, particularly in rice, which is here stored up in large 
 granaries, and reserved for sale in times of scarcity. 
 
 DHALA(^, or Dahalak [add.], an archipelago of the 
 Red Sea, off the coast of Abyssinia, between lat. 15° 25' and 
 16° 36' N.; Ion. 39° 25' and 41° E.; and forming a mid- 
 station between Massowa on the one side and Loheia and 
 Jeddah on the other. It consists of nearly 100 rocks and 
 islets, mostly uninhabited, clustering round the island of 
 Dhalac el Kebir, which is about 35 m. long by 30 broad, and 
 has a very irregular shape, being deeply cut into numerous 
 bays and creeks. All the islands are little raised above the 
 level of the sea, and conei.st, at least in their upper portion, 
 of very porous and crumbling coralline rocks, which are 
 covered with a very thin coating of soil. The two large 
 Islands, Dhalac and Nora, possess a scanty vegetation of 
 thorn-bushes and a few doum-palms. The inhabitants, whose 
 language indicates an Abyssinian origin, are ricli in goats, 
 camels, and a.sses, all of which roam at large in a half-wild 
 state; on DJihel Island cows also are reared. In winter 
 savoury cheese is made from goats' milk. Upon the large 
 island, hereditary chiefs, dependent on the Pacha of Ma.ssowa, 
 to whom they pay a yearly tribute of 1000 dollars in boats 
 and slaves, exercise authority in certain localities; but in 
 other respects the government is native. The principal vil- 
 lages were formerly very rich, but have been impoverished 
 by the rapacity of the Turks. For this reason, and in fear 
 of further exciting the cupidity of their masters, the inhabi- 
 tants never cultivate their land, though the soil is favourable, 
 but devote themselves to fishing as their princijial occupation, 
 the women and children attending to their cattle and house- 
 holds. The pearl is the chief fishery, for which the sea of 
 Dhiilac is specially suitable; but the quality of the pearls is 
 considered to be inferior. The market for them is Dbmollo, 
 on the large island. Tortoise-shell also, and mother-of-pearl, 
 are collected on a large scale, and form an important part of 
 the native trade; the former finds a market at Jeddah, and 
 the latter is sent to India, as well as to Europe and Syria. 
 Excessive fisliing, however, has much injured the pearl-oyster 
 
DHAMOEA 
 
 121 
 
 DIADIN 
 
 beds. Sponges also are collected. Agriculture would be 
 profitable, in consequence of the winter rains; water is plen- 
 tiful, the climate pleasant, and not too hot in summer. The 
 people are plentifully .supplied with butter, durra, rice, dates, 
 and other fruits, by the numerous vessels frequenting the 
 islands from the ports on the mainland. 
 
 DHAMOUA, a river, India, which rises in one of the 
 lower ranges of the Himalaya, flows S.E. for about 50 m. 
 through the Terai of Nepaul, enters the British territory, and, 
 proceeding S. through dists. Tirhoot and Bhagulpore, joins 
 tlie Gogaiee in lat. 25° 31' N.; Ion. 86° 48' E., after a course 
 of about 120 m. 
 
 DHAP, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. and 6 m. N.W. 
 Rnngpoor. It consists of about 300 houses, and has a 
 pleasing aspect when approached, from a number of European 
 villas situated in its vicinity, and embosomed among trees. 
 
 DIIAR [add], a small native state and tn. India, Malwa. 
 The STATE, situated to the W. of Holkar's Dominions, about 
 lat. 22°N ; Ion. 75° E., has an area of about 1070 sq. m., and a 
 revenue of £47,500. Much of its soil is fertile, and yields good 
 crops of rice, wheat, maize, millet, pulse, oil plants, opium, 
 tobacco, sugar-cane, hemp, and turmeric. The rajah is a Puar 
 or Pramar Kajpoot of ancient descent; but his sovereignty is 
 of comparatively modern date, the territory having been con- 
 ferred upon his family by the peishwa about a century ago. 
 For a long time it suffered greatly from the devastations of 
 the Mahrattas and Pindarees, and must have lost its inde- 
 pendence had it not been saved by British interference. Pop. 
 
 104,860. The town, cap. of the above state, 35 m. 
 
 W.S. W. Indore, is surrounded by a mud wall inclosing an 
 area 3 J m. long and ^ m. broad, and contains, among other 
 striking buildings, two large mosques, built of red brick, but 
 falling to decay. It is said to have once contained from 
 12,000 to 20,000 houses; but the number of inhabited houses 
 is now comparatively small. Outside the town, on an emi- 
 nence 43 ft. above the plain, is a large fort, built of red stone, 
 with a rampart from 30 to 35 ft. high, surmounted by two 
 square and twenty-four round towers, besides octagonal towers 
 which defend the gateway situated on the W. face. The 
 rajah's palace is within the fort. During the sepoy mutiny 
 a body of mutineers who made Dhar their head-quarters were 
 openly countenanced by the native authorities; but as the 
 rajah was a minor, and was not properly responsible for the 
 misdeeds of his guardians, his territory, after a nominal con- 
 fiscation, has been restored. Pop. 5000. 
 
 DHARWAK, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bombay. 
 The district, between 14° 1 6' and 15° 20' N.; Ion. 74° 50' and 
 76° E., is bounded N. by Belgaum, E. the Nizam's Domin- 
 ions and Bellary, S. Mysore, and W. the Madras dists 
 Canara and Belgaum; greatest length, N. to S., 105 m.; 
 greatest breadth, 77 m.; area, 3837 sq. m. The surface is 
 composed in a great measure of extensive plains. One small 
 portion has an inclination to the S.W., and sends its drainage 
 through a gorge in the Ghauts to the W. coast; but the general 
 declivity, as indicated by the course of the Toombudra, its 
 principal stream, is towards the N.E. Tlie soil is in many 
 parts fertile, and, from its dry gravelly nature and breezy 
 undulating surface, is particularly adapted to the cotton plant; 
 the climate also being congenial to its growth, a large quan- 
 tity of ground is annually sown with it. There are some 
 cotton fields near the town, but the greater part of the district 
 lies some miles to the E., the intervening land being chiefly 
 sown with grain. About 270,000 acres are planted with 
 cotton, being nearly or quite the whole available extent. The 
 cotton, yielding about 250 lbs. (uncleaned) to t)ie acre, is not 
 pressed in bales, but packed in loose bags, and sent to port 
 on the backs of bullocks; but a better system is being intro- 
 duced. The cultivation is carried on chiefly by the ryots, 
 who occupy holdings averaging about 24 acres. A good deal 
 has been done lately in the construction of new and repair of 
 old roads, and in providing and renovating tanks. Pop. 
 
 754,385 The town, cap. of the above dist., presid. and 
 
 275 m. S.S.E. Bombay, consists of a pettah, or native town, 
 inclosed by a ditch and a low mud wall of no strength, and 
 of a fort which, situated in a plain N. of the town, is sur- 
 rounded both by a wall and an outer and an inner ditch, from 
 25 to 30 ft. wide, and nearly as deep. The works, though 
 constructed principally of mud, and somewhat dilapidated, 
 present at least a formidable appearance. Three government 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. I, 
 
 schools — English, Mahratta, and Canarese — have been estab- 
 lished here. 
 
 DHOLKA, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist. and 28 m. 
 S.S.W. Ahmedabad. It is surrounded by a mud wall 4 m. 
 in circuit; and, though still a considerable place, shows that 
 it 'was once of much more importance, by standing in the 
 midst of ruined palaces, mosques, mausoleums, and fine tanks 
 embanked and lined with masonry. Pop. 2500. 
 
 DHOLPOIJE, a small native state and tn. India, Kaj- 
 pootana. The state, between lat. 26° 30' and 26° 57' N. ; 
 Ion. 77° 32' and 78° 20' E., is bounded N. and N.E. by Agra, 
 S.E. the Chumbul, separating it from Scindia's Dominions; 
 and S.W. and W. Kerowly; length, N.E. to S.W., about 
 54 m.; breadth, 23 m.; area, 1626 sq. m.; revenue, £70,000. 
 The surface is in the E. level and sandy, and in the S.W. 
 hilly, being traversed by low ranges of sandstone. The soil, 
 as may be supposed under such circumstances, possesses little 
 natural fertility; but, being greatly improved by careful 
 culture and liberal irrigation, yields fine crops. The chief, 
 who is styled rana, and the majority of the inhabitants, are 
 
 Jats. Estimated pop. 550,000. The town, cap. of the 
 
 above state, stands 1 m. from 1. bank Chumbul, and 35 m. 
 S. by W. Agra. It is an ancient place, and indicates its 
 antiquity by numerous old mosques and mausoleums. Almost 
 all the structures are composed of the fine freestone of the 
 district, and exhibit, among other specimens of skilful and 
 elaborate workmanship, some stone screens, the trellis-work 
 of which is as beautiful as wlien first made. The fort, situ- 
 ated on the high and steep bank overhanging the river, has 
 a striking appearance. The only modern building in Dhol- 
 pore deserving notice is a large public bungalow for travel- 
 lers. It was held by the Indore rebels for a time during the 
 mutiny. 
 
 DHOOLTA, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist. C'andeish, 
 181 m. N.E. Bombay. It is a place of considerable size and 
 importance, upon the great road from Bombay to Agra, and 
 at the intersection of several others; but its situation in a 
 hollow surrounded by hills is a very unhealthy one. S. of 
 the town extensive tanks have been constructed. — There is 
 another place of the same name upon the Bombay, Baroda, 
 and Central India railway, about 52 m. S. of Ahmedabad, 
 near which is the Mhye viaduct, the loftiest on the line, being 
 83 ft. above the river, and constructed of 27 spans of 60 ft. 
 each, upon the iron screw principle. 
 
 DHUBBOOHEE, or Duuhoee, a tn. India, Gujerat, 15 m. 
 S.E. Baroda. It is a very ancient but decayed place, of nearly 
 quadrangular shape, inclosed by a rampart 2 m. in circuit, built 
 externally of large hewn stones, and furnished within with a 
 beautiful colonnade. At each angle of the rampart is a large 
 tower, and at intervals along it are 52 other towers of minor 
 dimensions. On each face is a double gate, and in the inter- 
 val a spacious area surrounded by a corridor and guard-rooms. 
 The E. gate, in particular, and a temple adjoining it, are 
 noble specimens of Hindoo architecture. Within the ram- 
 part there is a large tank of strong masonry, giving access to 
 the water by a magnificent ghaut, and bordered by numerous 
 pagodas. These and all the other buildings are covered with 
 elaborate sculptures of warriors on foot and on horseback, 
 elephants, lions, camels, birds, snakes, and various other 
 animals. Seen from a distance, nothing can be more impos- 
 ing than the appearance of the town; but within, the ravages 
 of time and of war are everywhere visible. Though the 
 number of inhabitants is still considerable, they attract less 
 notice than the swarms of monkeys, which have made the 
 ruins of Dhubboohee their favourite residence, and are allowed 
 by general consent to play their pranks without molestation. 
 
 DHUNSEEUEE, a river, India, which rises in lat. 
 25° 20' N.; Ion. 93° 33' E.; on the S. frontier of the Toola 
 Ram Senaputtee country; flows N.N.E. into Assam, then 
 N.W., and joins the Brahmapootra on its 1. bank, after a 
 course of about 140 m. 
 
 DIADIN, a vil. Asiatic Turkey, in Armenia, 125 m. 
 E.S.E. Erzeroum, is said by Wagner to be ' one of the dreariest 
 Khoordish nests ' he visited, but is a place of much import- 
 ance to the caravans in winter, as it furnishes them with 
 provisions, and an escort if required. It is said to occupy 
 the site of an ancient and important Armenian city called 
 Zahrawan, and has a castle, which some have attributed to 
 the Genoese. Within view of it, to the S. W., rise the greeu 
 
 16 
 
DIAMANTE 
 
 122 
 
 DJOUK 
 
 slopes of Mount Ala-Dagh, in which the Murad-tcbai, or 
 Eastern Euphrates, takes its rise. 
 
 DIAMANTE, or Punta Gouda, a tn. South America, 
 La Plata, prov. Entre-liios, 1. hank Parana, 30 m. below 
 iS.mta Fe, prettily situated on a height. Though compara- 
 tively insignificant as a town, it would be important for 
 steamers ascending the river, as here, for the first time, they 
 would obtain suitable fuel, that of the lowlands and islands 
 being too soft for the purpose, whereas on the firm lands of 
 Entre-Eios, commencing with Diamante, both the algaroba 
 and espanella attain great size, and from their remarkable 
 solidity aflford the best fuel for steamers, one cord being fully 
 equal to a ton of coal. Pop. 1000. 
 
 DIEGO (San), [add.], atn. U. States, California, near its 
 S. frontier, on a bay of same name; lat. 32° 45' N.; Ion. 
 ] 17° 10' W. It stands in a district remarkable for its steri- 
 lity, but said to be rich in minerals, including gold, copper, 
 quicksilver, and coal; and consists of the usual square plaza, 
 and some streets containing low and wretched-looking houses 
 built of sun-dried bricks. The county buildings, which are 
 small and in bad taste, and a few churches, are the only public 
 edifices. The harbour, though not protected from the E. wind, 
 is considered the best on the W. coast of America between 
 Acapulco and the Strait of Juan de Fuca. The inhabitants 
 live chiefly by fishing and making salt. Pop. 731. — [Peter. 
 Mitth. 133, 1861.) 
 
 DIGNUGGUR, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. and 
 18 m. N.W. Burdwan, about 5 m. from the railway from 
 Burdwan to Kaneegunje. It is a large place, inhabited by a 
 considerable number of wealthy natives, and has a consider- 
 able trade in sugar, the produce of the surrounding district. 
 
 DIKOWA, a large tn. W. Africa, Bornou, in the 
 Gamerghu, 60 m. S. by E. Kutawa. It is surrounded by 
 walls, which, overtovvered by the regularly shaped crowns of 
 magnificent fig-trees, give it a very imposing appearance, and 
 at the same time afford a most effective defence, being about 
 30 ft. high, terraced on the inside, and in good repair. The 
 huts, lofty and of a round shape, want the characteristic top, 
 and are each provided with a courtyard, but towards the inte- 
 rior the streets are formed not of huts, but of clay-built houses. 
 The favourable impression produced by the general appear- 
 ance of the place is much aided by the number of large, 
 beautiful, wide-spreading fig-trees, elastic gum-trees, and an 
 occasional isolated papaw-tree. The inhabitants cultivate 
 cotton to a large extent, but their fields, overgrown with 
 rank grass, and even bushes, prove them very slovenly cul- 
 tivators. At some distance, S. of the town, flows a stream 
 called the Yalowe, which sends its waters to Lake Chad. 
 Pop. roughly estimated at 25,000, 
 
 DILOLO, a lake, S. Africa, country of the Balonda, on 
 a plateau or elevated prairie 4740 ft. above sea-level; lat. 
 11° 32' 1" S.; Ion. about 22° 25' E. It is a fine sheet of 
 water, somewhat of a triangular shape, 6 or 7 m. long by 
 1 or 2 broad. The most interesting circumstance connected 
 with it is, that it probably forms part of the watershed be- 
 tween the Atlantic and the Indian Ocean, furnishing, notwith- 
 standing its limited dimensions, the sources of two rivers, 
 the N. and the S. Lotembwa, the one of which sends its 
 waters through the Kasai to the former ocean, and the other 
 through the Zambesi to the latter. 
 
 DINDIGUL [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 30 m. N.N.W. Madura, in the middle of a wide plain, sur- 
 rounded by hills, and 720 ft. above sea-level. The town, 
 which stands on a gentle slope, has wide streets, well-built 
 houses, and plentifully supplied bazaars. The fort, which is 
 on the W. side of the town, and made some figure in the wars 
 of the Carnatic, is merely a fortified rock, which ri^es ab- 
 ruptly from the plain to the height of 280 ft., and consists of 
 a singular wedge-shaped mass of gneiss, veined with felspar, 
 and, with the exception of a few patches, perfectly bare of 
 vegetation. The military lines, situated at the N.W. corner 
 of the town, on the highest part of the slope, are well drained, 
 and always dry and clean. The manufactures consist of ex- 
 cellent black and white fabrics of Carumba wool, some silks, 
 muslins, and cotton goods, paper, implements of husbandry, 
 and domestic utensils. Pop. about 6500, exclusive of the 
 detachment of troops. 
 
 DINKA, a negro tribe, Central Africa, inhabiting a ter- 
 ritory which lies between Sennaar and the Sobat on the N. 
 
 and S., and between the White Nile and the Blue Nile on 
 the W. and E. Part of this territory is well adapted for 
 grain, but the far greater part of it is covered with a coarse 
 herbage, on which the Dinka rear immense herds of cattle. 
 These, however, tempt the cupidity of their neiglibours, par- 
 ticularly the Shillooks, living on the opposite bank of the 
 river, who are ever on the alert to cross over in their canoes 
 and conmiit depredations. The Dinka, who are a harmless 
 lieaceful race, are thus deterred from availing themselves of 
 the rich pastures close to the r. bank, and usually reside in 
 the interior, bej'ond the reach of their persecutors. 
 
 DIKAWUL, or Dilawur, a fortress, India, Bhawulpoor, 
 in the desert, 40 m. E. of the Punjnud. It is strongly forti- 
 fied, but probably its greatest security lies in its position, 
 which is approachable only through a parched desert entirely 
 devoid of water. The nawab Bliawl Khan used it as a 
 treasury, as well as for quietude or for safety. Gunpowder 
 for artillery purposes, but of inferior quality, is manufactured 
 in it. 
 
 DISANG, a river, India, which rises in the country of the 
 Naga tribes, flows first N., then N.W. through the British 
 dist. Seebpoor in Assam, and after a course of about 90 m. 
 joins the Brahmapootra on its left bank, lat. 27° 4' N.; Ion. 
 94° 30' E. 
 
 DISNA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 120 m. N.E. Wilna, cap. 
 circle and on a stream of same name, at its confluence with 
 the Duna. It has four churches and a parish-school, and 
 contains 5208 inhabitants. 
 
 DITKO, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 48 m. N. by E. Udvarhely; with a mineral spring, and 4404 
 inhabitants. 
 
 DJEBEL SHOMER. See Shomer (Djebel) in Supp. 
 
 DJEBEL TOWEYK. See Toweyk (Djebel) in Supp. 
 
 DJELAJIL, a tn. Central Arabia, kingdom of Nejd, 
 133 m. N.N.W. Riadh. It is remarkable for its remote anti- 
 quity, being mentioned by Arab writers before the Maho- 
 metan era. It is a considerable town, with an unusual extent 
 of palm groves and plantations, irrigated by a rivulet which 
 springs from a fountain 12 or 15 m. from the town, and flow- 
 ing between grassy banks in a considerable stream, loses 
 itself in the plantations of the suburbs. Running water of 
 tliis kind is a very rare phenomenon in Central Arabia. The 
 buildings of the town and its castle are noticeable for tlieir 
 pretty situation among the trees in the locality. It is named 
 from the " bells" attached to the necks of mules and sheep. 
 
 DJIBBA, a tribe. Central Africa, dwelling on the N. bank 
 of the Sobat, an atfluent of the WMiite Nile, about lat. 7° N. 
 and Ion. 37° E. They are a fine tall race, of a dark brown 
 colour, and a warlike temper. To their ordinary weapons 
 of spears and clubs — the former from the scarcity of iron 
 often pointed with antelopes' horns, straightened and finely 
 sharpened — they add a peculiar kind of iron-bracelet, which 
 tapers out to a sharp edge, and is used in close contest with 
 an antagonist. Another singular practice of these warriors 
 is to interweave the hair of fallen enemies with their own at 
 the back of the head, and thus form a tail of about 4 inches 
 wide, which is decorated with cowries, and so long that it 
 reaches nearly to the ground. Elephants and lions are nume- 
 rous in the Djibba country. 
 
 DJIM HINDI. See Kimbandi in Supp. 
 
 DJOUR, a tribe. Central Africa, situated some distance 
 to the S. of a large lake, which seems to be an expansion of 
 the White Nile, near lat. 5° N. and Ion. 27° E. Though 
 not allied to tlie Dinka, they are like them pastoral in their 
 habits, possessing large herds of cattle and numerous flocks 
 of sheep and goats. Agriculture is practised, but being looked 
 upon as an inferior species of employment, is left entirely to 
 the females. The chief articles of food are milk and grain, 
 the latter not of native growth, but obtained by barter with 
 neighbouring tribes. Dress is confined to the married females 
 only, and consists of an apron of scanty dimensions, all others, 
 like their congeners the Shillooks, who live considerably to 
 the N., going naked. Notwithstanding the low state of civi- 
 lization thus indicated, the Djour have made some progre.ss 
 in one of the most important branches of industry, not only 
 smelting iron-ore, but rendering the metal malleable, and 
 manufacturing it into hoes, hatchets, lances, &c., with a skill 
 which, considering the rudeness of their implements, is as- 
 tonishing. 
 
DJOWF 
 
 123 
 
 DONARI 
 
 DJOWF, The ['the belly '], a valley and province of the 
 kingdom of Djebel Sliomer, forming an oasis in the N.W. of 
 Arabia, lat. (of centre) 29° 30' N.; Ion. 40° E. It is a large 
 oval depression, lying generally E. and W., 60 or 70 m. long 
 and 10 or 12 m. broad, between the desert which separates it 
 N. from Syria, and the sandy waste intervening S. between it 
 and the mountains of the Djebel Shomer, the nearest of the 
 central Arabian plateau. Approached from the W. it has 
 the appearance of a deep broad valley descending ledge after 
 ledge till its innermost depths are hidden by far-reaching 
 shelves of reddish rock, below everywhere studded with 
 palm groves and clusters of fruit-trees in daik green patches, 
 down to the farthest end of its windings. It contains, besides 
 its capital of the same name, and the populous town of 
 Sekakali, about 12 m. N.E. of it, several villages and ham- 
 lets, clustering round water-springs, and containing from 
 20 to 50 or 60 houses in each. Attached to them, as in the 
 principal towns, are extensive gardens, which are much cele- 
 brated for their productiveness. The date-palm, apricot, 
 peach, fig-tree, and vine are largely cultivated, and their fruit 
 is very superior in both flavour and abundance. Corn, legu- 
 minous plants, gourds, melons, and many other vegetables, 
 are grown extensively; the land being carefully and copiously 
 irrigated by running streams of pure water. The inhabitants 
 are tall, well proportioned, of rather fair complexion, with 
 long curling black hair, and features for the most part regular 
 and intelligent; they are thus good specimens of the pure 
 northern or Ismaelitish Arab type. Their longevity too is 
 noteworthy; it being no uncommon thing to see a man of 
 seventy set out fully armed with a band of youths. The 
 climate is good and dry; during the months of June, July, 
 and August, the temperature is said to average about 90° or 
 95° Fahr. in the shade at noon; at night the air is compara- 
 tively cool. The inhabitants are stated to have once been 
 Christians before their forcible conversion to Islamism, and 
 to be descended from the ancient Arab clan of Tai Towards 
 the end of the last century the Djowf was subjected to the 
 Wahhabee monarchy, but after the overthrow of the Nejdean 
 empire in 1817-8, recovered partial independence; but it 
 became long distracted and exhausted with intestine civil 
 contentions, till the surrounding Bedouins were able to force 
 the inhabitants into a tributary position. Upon the rise of 
 the new kingdom of Djebel Shomer, a little to the S., the 
 Djowf was soon marked out for subjugation, which, though 
 incomplete for a time, was effected in 1855 by Telal the 
 reigning prince, who stormed the capital and destroyed the 
 dwellings, and exiled the chiefs of the faction opposed to 
 his rule. A governor of the town and province was appointed, 
 and under a wise system of government the district has re- 
 covered much of its former strength and prosperity, while 
 the inhabitants, once degraded by licence and social quarrels 
 almost to the level of Bedouins, have advanced rapidly in 
 civilization as well as in wealth, numbers, and commercial 
 activity. The population of the valley or province is esti- 
 mated at 42,000. — {Palgravc's Central and Eastern Arabia.) 
 
 DJOWF, a tn. Arabia, chief place of the above district, 
 850 m. N. Medinah. It is composed of eight villages, which, 
 though now merged into one town, still retain the distinction 
 of 'quarters.' The principal is that of Haboob, which con- 
 tains a castle and about 400 houses. The other quarters of 
 various sizes stretch up and down the valley, but are con- 
 nected by their extensive gardens. The entire length of the 
 town thus formed is about 4 m., but its breadth nowhere 
 exceeds half a mile. Every family has a separate dwelling. 
 The better kind of houses have an outer court for unloading 
 camels, &c., an inner court, a large reception-room, and 
 several smaller private apartments occupied by the family. 
 Very many of the houses have a round tower 30 or 40 ft. 
 high, and 12 ft. or more in diameter, with a narrow entrance, 
 and loopholed above, sometimes contiguous to the building, 
 and sometimes placed in the adjacent garden; the use of the 
 towers appears to be as places of refuge and defence in the 
 marauding feuds of rival chiefs. They are built of unbaked 
 brick, of great thickness and solidity. At the present time 
 tliey are generally in a dismantled and half- ruined state. 
 While the houses of the upper class are thus usually detached, 
 those of the lower orders are clustered together, with no 
 regard for order. The Djowf being in this way a mixed 
 collection of houses and gardens is naturally unwalled. The 
 
 gardens are inclosed with high walls of unbaked brick, and 
 are intersected by a labyrinth of little watercourses, passing 
 from tree to tree, and from furrow to furrow. The popula- 
 tion is estimated at about 17,000. 
 
 DOBCZYCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. S.W. Bochnia, cap. dist. of same name; with the ruins 
 of a strong castle, seated on a height overhanging the llaba. 
 Pop. 2200. 
 
 DOBIilCZA, atn. Austrian empire, Serbian Banat, Mili- 
 tary Frontier, 52 m. E.S.E. Peterwardein; with a parish 
 church and a school, and 2430 inhabitants. 
 
 DOBRUDSIIA (The), a territory in the north-east of 
 Bulgaria, European Turkey, is included between the Danube, 
 which forms its boundary on the W. and N., the Black Sea 
 on the E., and Trajan's Wall on the S., which extends from 
 Kustendji on the Black Sea to Chernavoda on the Danube. 
 In its centre it is traversed from N. to S. by a range of upland 
 downs, which forms a sort of watershed between the Danube 
 and the sea; in the E. it is marshy and contains several lakes. 
 There is a great scarcity of good water for drinking. It 
 contains, however, many fertile spots, but in the summer, 
 like the countries adjoining it, resembles a desert, while in 
 the spring, from the melting of the snows, the soil takes the 
 appearance of a vast muddy slough. The inhabitants suj)- 
 port themselves by rearing .sheep and buffaloes. The fauna 
 is large and diversified, comprising eagles, bustards, cranes, 
 wild geese, partridges, kites, ducks, wild swans, and wild 
 dogs. The principal town is Babadagh, situated in the N.E., 
 about 4 m. to the W. of Lake Eassein. The Dobrudsha is 
 noted in the history of the Russian war, by the entrance into 
 it, in 1854, of the Russian army, compelling the Turks to 
 fall back to the fortress of Silistria. 
 
 DOBRZITSCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 23 m. S.S.W. Prague, cap. dist. of same name. It has 
 a parish church, a castle with large gardens, chemical works, 
 a potash refinery, a brewery, a di.stillery, a steam and two 
 other saw-mills. Pop. 2000. 
 
 DOLMATOW, or Dolmatov [add.], a tn. Russia, gov. 
 and 300 m. E.S.E. Perm, 1. bank Isset. The town, once of 
 considerable importance, has fallen into decay, and is now 
 only a village. It contains a large and splendid monastery, 
 dedicated to St. Dolomete, standing on an eminence on the 
 1. bank of the Isset, near its junction with the river Tetcha. 
 The walls surrounding it give it the effect of a kremlin, which 
 indeed it much resembles in its architectural features. The 
 surrounding country is well wooded; the soil fertile, produc- 
 ing good crops of rye and wheat. There are no fences to the 
 fields here; every village has a ring-fence of posts and rails, 
 inclosing a considerable area, with g^tes on the road, and a 
 watchman to shut and open them, and within this inclosure 
 all the cattle and poultry of the village are turned out to feed. 
 — (Atkinson's Siberia, 161-3.) 
 
 DOMBE-AN-KISANDA, a dist. S.W. Africa, prov. 
 and about 40 m. S. Benguela. It is inclosed by bare volcanic 
 mountains, and, contrasted with the parched and sterile tract by 
 which it is approached, looks like a green oasis. Its fertile 
 soil, irrigated by the Kuparol, makes it the granary not only 
 of Benguela, but of several districts situated farther to the S. 
 Its inhabitants, belonging to the Mundombe tribe, are excel- 
 lent cultivators, and, in addition to their agricultural crops, 
 prepare large quantities of mandioc, which is disposed of to 
 the European factories along the coast. They also possess 
 numerous herds of cattle, for which the grassy banks of the 
 Kuparol afi"ord a rich pasture. In the mountains surrounding 
 the district copper, sulphur, and saltpetre are said to be found, 
 but no attempt has been made to work them. The Portu- 
 guese have here only a nominal authority, of which the prin- 
 cipal sign is a small fort with a garrison of 20 men. Pop. 
 10,000. 
 
 DOMOKOS (Szent), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 30 m. N.E. Udvarhely. The inhabitants are 
 chiefly employed in mining and smelting copper. Pop. 2430. 
 
 DONARI, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, country of the 
 Manga, about 90 m. W. by N. Birni. It was formerly a con- 
 siderable place, and is still surrounded by an earthen ram- 
 part, inclosing a large area, of which, however, only a small 
 portion is actually occupied. The majestic monkey-bread 
 trees are the chief ornament of the place. Cattle seem to 
 form the wealth of the inhabitants. 
 
DONDE 
 
 124 
 
 DRUSES 
 
 DONDE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Bailundo, on the Kulatu, near its source, and on the W. 
 edge of the IJulum-Bulu desert. It stands on a lofty plain 
 under the shade of Incendera trees. The inhabitants, taking 
 advantage of the Bili^ caravans which pass through it, devote 
 themselves chiefly to trade. Pop. 2000. 
 
 DONGUliPOOR, or Doongukpoor, a native state and 
 tn. India, Rnjpootana. The state, between lat. 23*^ 35' and 
 24° 3' N.; Ion. 73° 40' and 74° 18' E.,is bounded N. and E. 
 by Mewar or Oodeypoor, S.E. Banswarra, and S. and S.W. 
 the Myhee Caunta, (list, of Gujerat; length, E. to W., 40 m.; 
 breadth, 35 m.; area, about 1000 sq. m. Revenue, £10,900, 
 from which the British government is entitled to draw not 
 
 more than three-eighths as tribute. Pop. 100,000. The 
 
 TOWN, cap. of the above state, situated 110 m. N.N.E. Baroda, 
 is of considerable size and fortified, and contains the palace 
 of the rawal, who resides in it. 
 
 DOODHOO, a tn. India, Rnjpootana, state Jeypoor, 
 186 m. E. Agra. It is of considerable size, containing 
 700 houses and more than 100 shops, is inclosed by a ditch 
 and ramparts nearly a mile in circuit, and is, moreover, de- 
 fended by a small fort, built of masonry and faced with earth. 
 
 DOODNA, a river, India, which, rising in the N.W. of 
 the Nizam's Dominions, lat. 20°2' N.; lon.77°5'E.,flows S.E., 
 and joins the Poorna, an affluent of the Godavery, after a 
 course of about 120 ra. 
 
 DOR, a tribe. Central Africa, inhabiting a territory 
 whose S. frontier is said to be in lat. 3° N. and in Ion. 27° E., 
 and to extend above 300 m. from S. to N. The surface 
 generally is well adapted for agriculture, and is carefully cul- 
 tivated by the inhabitants, who display much skill and industry, 
 both in raising the crops and in harvesting them. Their 
 dwellings are constructed of a beautiful basket-work of cane, 
 with perpendicular walls 6 ft. high, crowned with a pretty 
 cupola-shaped roof. Their food consists principally of a 
 thick porridge of maize flour, flavoured with a sauce of herbs 
 and red pepper; but animal food, whenever it can be obtained, 
 is so much relished, that even rats, mice, and snakes are 
 greedily consumed. In regard to dress the Dor display 
 feelings of decency and propriety unknown to the neighbour- 
 ing tribe of Djour. 
 
 DORE, or LiBTAKO, a tn. Western Africa, cap. prov. 
 Liblako, 320 m. W. Sokoto; lat. 14° 1 1' N.; Ion. 0°. Though 
 once of importance, it is now in a state of miserable neglect 
 and decay, the wall which surrounded it having been allowed 
 to become a mere heap of rubbish. It has, however, an im- 
 portant market, being a great place of resort for the Arabs of 
 Azawad, a district to the north of Timbuctoo, who bring to 
 it great quantities of the salt of Tasdenni, for the Wangarawa 
 or Eastern Mandingoes, who bring white kola-nuts, and also 
 shells, evidently imported from Sierra Leone or the river 
 Nunez; and for the people of Mosi, who bring cheap cottons 
 and fine donkeys, the latter in great demand. Dore is said 
 to abound in thieves. 
 
 DOREH, DoKEr, or Doky, a harbour, Indian Archi- 
 pelago, on the N.E. shore of the N. peninsula of Papua or 
 New Guinea, near the N. entrance of Great Geelvink Bay; 
 lat. 0° 51' S.; Ion. 134° E. The inhabitants occupy four 
 villages on the borders of the sea, two on the N. side of the 
 Iiarbour, and the two others on the islands Mana-Souari and 
 Masmapi. Many of the houses are within water-mark, 
 raised on posts, and reached by a rough and tottering cause- 
 way. They are very low and long, witli roofs shaped like 
 the convex bottom of a boat, and are rudely put together 
 with any materials that chanced to be most easily obtained, 
 such as old mats, cocoa-nut leaves, bits of board, broken boats, 
 &c., being in fact most wretojied abodes. The people recog- 
 nize the sovereignty of the sultan of Tidore. Tlie harbour is 
 formed by a long low promontory curving round towards the 
 Arfak range, which rises abruptly from the opposite shore to 
 the height of 9500 ft. This promontory is a raised coral reef, 
 apparently of recent formation. A narrow channel about 3 m. 
 long leads into the harbour, which is of very limited extent, 
 but well sheltered, and with sufficient depth, over a bottom 
 of sand and shells, for vessels of any size. A fine river 
 discharges its water into the harbour at its N. extremity. 
 On its S. side is a fort built by the Dutch in 1828, for the 
 protection of a colony which they had just established. 
 The locality is very unliealthy. 
 
 DORFEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle Bunz- 
 lau, about 5 m. from Bohmish-Aiclia; with 2175 inhabitants, 
 who are chiefly employed in weaving and spinning yarn. 
 
 DORNA WATRA, a tn. Austrian empire, ducliy Buko- 
 wina, 42 m. S.W. Suczawa, on the highroad to Siebenburg, 
 and not far from the Bistritza and the frontier of Moldavia; 
 witli a sulphur spring and a bathing establishment attached 
 to it. Pop. 2418. 
 
 DOROIiOI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, circle of 
 same name, on the Shiska, an affluent of the Pruth, 80 m. 
 N.W. Jassy, is an entrepot for the manufactures sent into 
 Moldavia from Austria, France, Prussia, and Saxony, and has 
 important annual fairs. 
 
 DOUERA, or Dueka, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. 
 and 17 m. S.W. Algiers, on a bare and I'upged site, about 
 560 ft. above the sea. It is an important military post, and 
 consists of clean and regular streets. Serving as an entrepot 
 for the produce of the surrounding districts, it carries on a 
 considerable trade in corn and cattle. Tlie whole neighbour- 
 hood is covered with vineyards, and mulberry, cotton, and 
 tobacco plantations. Pop. 1500. 
 
 DOUGLAS, a tn. Canada East, co. and on tlie S.W. shore 
 of the Bay of Gas]>e, at the point where tlie latter receives 
 the St. John. As yet it is little more than a village of fisher- 
 men and farmers, but its excellent and extensive roadstead, 
 in any part of which vessels may anchor in 11 to 6 fathoms 
 over sand and clay bottom, promise to give it maritime im- 
 portance. The shore leading to it from Peter Point, a dis- 
 tance of 12 m., presents a succession of precipitous headlands, 
 the cliffs of bituminous shale and sandstone rising to the 
 height of 200 ft. above the sea. 
 
 DOVER, a vil. U. States, Ohio, r. bank Tuscarawas, 
 near the mouth of Sugar Creek, and on the Ohio canal, about 
 60 m. S. Cleveland. It is regularly built, possesses six 
 churches, a woollen factory, several tanneries and mills, and 
 is the shipping point for large quantities of wheat and flour, 
 the former to the annual amount of about 500,000 bushels, 
 and the latter of above 40,000 barrels. Pop. 1423. 
 
 DOWSA, or Deosuk, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state 
 Jeypoor, 110 m. W. Agra. It consists of a town and a fort. 
 The TOWN, which is of considerable size, is surrounded by a 
 stone wall in a Yety dilapidated state, and contains some 
 large and richly-carved houses, several Hindoo temples, one 
 of them a fine old structure, a mosque, and many handsome 
 
 tombs, all of these, however, verging to decay. The fort 
 
 is built on one side of a rocky hill, with a flat summit nearly 
 4 m. in circuit, and, besides being naturally difficult of access, 
 is inclosed by a loopholed wall flanked at the bottom by two 
 large bastions. It is used by the rajah of Jeypoor as a state 
 prison. 
 
 DRACUT, a vil. U. States, Massachusetts, on the Mer- 
 rimac, opposite to Lowell, with which it is connected by two 
 bridges, 25 m. N.W. Boston. It contains four churches, and 
 possesses a woollen, a cotton, and two paper mills. Pop. 1881. 
 
 DRAUA, or Wadt-Darah. a river, N.W. Africa, 
 Marocco, which rises in the S. slope of the Great Atlas, about 
 lat. 32° 10' N.; Ion. 5° 20' W.,and proceeding southwards in 
 a course remarkable for the number and extent of its windings, 
 is lost in the sands. Its length is supposed to exceed 300 m. 
 
 DREW POINT, a low flat promontory on the N. coast 
 of Russian America, Arctic Ocean; lat. 70° 54' N.; Ion. 
 153° 40' W. 
 
 DRISSA, a tn. Rus.sia, gov. and 100 m. N.W. Vitepsk, 
 cap. circle and on a river of same name, at its confluence with 
 the Duna. It has two churches, a parish school, and a 
 charitable endowment. At the village of Kliaslitzu, in the 
 circle, a battle was fought between the French and the 
 Russians in 1812. Pop. 2832. 
 
 DROORAJAPATAM, or Doorgarauzpctnum, a tn. 
 India, presid. Madras, on the Coromandel coast, W. side of 
 the entrance into Pulicat Lake, 60 m. N. Madras. The town 
 is connected with Madras by means of the lake and a cutting, 
 called Cochrane's canal, about 14 m. long, and starting from 
 the back- water near the town of Pulicat. A little S.E. of 
 Droorajapatam is the only place on the Coromandel coast 
 which offers the least protection to shipping during an 
 easterly gale. 
 
 DRUSES [add.] The region of Lebanon is shared 
 between the Druses and the Maronites, a sect of Christians, 
 
DRZEWOHOSTITZ 
 
 125 
 
 DUNKIRK 
 
 DUNEDIN 
 
 and 
 
 PORT OTACO 
 
 who, up to 1840, lived with them in peace and harmony. 
 The chansre of dynasty, however, which subsequently took 
 place, by the substitution of the Turkish sway for tliat of 
 Mehemet AH, seems to have engendered a feeling of bitter 
 animosity and deadly strife between the two peoples, in which 
 the Druses were greatly excited and supported by the Turks, 
 and more especially by the fanatical rabble of Damascus; con- 
 siderable provocation also was given by the Maronites. The 
 hostile spirit continued to increase in intensity till it broke 
 out with fearful violence in the summer and autumn of 1860. 
 Tiie most atrocious massacres and barbarities were perpetrated 
 by the Druses upon the unhappy Maronites, which the 
 Turkish government appeared unable to arrest, till an ex- 
 pedition from France, under the sanction of the principal 
 European powers, sailed to the Syrian coast. Through its 
 agency, and the diplomatic intervention of the European 
 states with the Sublime Porte, a species of tranquillity was re- 
 stored, and a guarantee given for the prevention in future of 
 such scenes of horror, and also for the punishment of those 
 who had committed or encouraged the barbarities. Large 
 subscriptions were collected in Britain 
 and other countries for the relief of the 
 unfortunate Christians of Syria, multi- 
 tudes of whom, though they had escaped 
 the massacres in which thousands of 
 their nation perished, were reduced to 
 beggary and exile. 
 
 'DRZEWOHOSTITZ, a tn. Aus- 
 trian empire, Moravia, circle and about 
 14m. S.W. Neutitschin,on the Bistritza; 
 with a parish church, a castle, an ancient 
 townhouse; and wool, cattle, and other 
 yearly markets. Pop. 1500. 
 
 DSCHAKOWA, or Dyakova, a tn. 
 Turkeyin Europe, in the N.E. of Albania 
 eyalet Rum -Hi, on the Grenik, 63 m. 
 E.N.E. Scutari. It contains six mosques, 
 a R. Catholic and a Greek church, and 
 above 8000 inhabitants. 
 
 DUBKA, a river, India, which rises 
 in Mount Gagur or Gutgarh, in the dist. 
 ofKumaon,lat.29°27'N.;lon.79°26'E.; 
 flows first S.W. to the village of Burooa, 
 where it descends from the mountains 
 into the plains, then nearly due S., and 
 joins the West Ramgunga, about lat. 
 28° 24' N. ; Ion. 79° 1 7' E. Below Burooa 
 it often bears the name of Googha, and 
 still lower down that of Nahul. Its 
 whole course is about 90 m. 
 
 DUBUQUE, a tn. U. States, Iowa, 
 r. bank Mississippi, about 50 m. below 
 the confluence of the Wisconsin, upon the Illinois Central 
 railway, and at the point where the three states of Iowa, 
 Wisconsin, and Illinois touch each other. It stands on a 
 broad plateau, at the foot of liills, with terraced vineyards, 
 not unlike those of the Rhine, extending several miles 
 along the river, here nearly a mile wide, is regularly laid out, 
 and contains several handsome buildings. It is the central 
 depot for the mining region of Iowa, the lead from the mines 
 in the vicinity being conveyed down the river in steamboats. 
 Steam coal and limestone are abundant, and a quarry of 
 variegated brown marble is said to have been found on the 
 opposite side of the river. Its prosperity is owing partly to 
 the extent of immigration to the far west, and partly to the 
 rich lead mines. The town contains a R. Catholic cathedral, 
 several Protestant churches, and two banks. Pop. 13,000. 
 
 DUCIIT, a tn W. Africa, Hausa States, prov. Zanfara, 
 140 m. N.W. Kano. Its name, meaning 'rocks,' indicates the 
 peculiar nature of the place, a labyrinth of rocky eminences 
 intersected by a ravine giving it a very wild and romantic 
 appearance. The houses, scattered about in several groups 
 among the rocks, are scarcely visible. The surrounding 
 district having only a slight covering of fertile soil is well 
 adapted for millet. In some parts cotton of good quality 
 seems to be grown. 
 
 DUKEL-ARBA, a tn. Abyssinia, cap. prov. Dagossa, 
 about 1 2 m. W. Lake Tana or Dembea. It is a large place, 
 with a church on a lofty height, but possesses no other object 
 
 of interest, as it is only recovering from the disasters brought 
 upon it by civil war. 
 
 DUMAllAN, an isl. Indian Archipelago, belonging to 
 the Calamiane prov. of the Philippine Isles, and situated 
 about 10 m. N.E. Palawan, about lat. 10° 31' N,; Ion. 11 9° 22' E. 
 It has a computed area of 151 geo. sq. m., and on its E. coast 
 a small town of 1750 inhabitants, with a R. Catholic mission. 
 The coast is steep, with no anchorage for large ships, and 
 little shelter even for boats; the interior is covered with 
 forest, containing the wild buffalo, the wild hog, and deer. 
 The people are employed chiefly in fishing trepang, shell tor- 
 toise, and pearls, and in gathering esculent swallows' nests. 
 
 DUNAJOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 N.W. Brzezan; with a copper mill, and 1600 inhabitants. 
 
 DUNEDIN, a tn. New Zealand, S. Island or New Mun- 
 ster, cap. prov. Otago, is situated on the E. coast, at the head 
 of a fine bay or creek, which may be said to form an outer 
 and an inner harbour, the former extending to Port Chalmers, 
 beyond which large vessels do not go, and the latter to 
 Dunedin itself, which is accessible only to light craft and 
 
 small steamers. The town, which was founded in 1848 by a 
 body of Scotch settlers in connection with the Free church, 
 possesses a church, manse, and school. Agricultural opera- 
 tions, which were for some time confined to the vicinity of 
 the town, are gradually extending to other quarters, and it is 
 confidently expected that the colonists will become large ex- 
 porters both of corn and wool. The area occupied by the 
 town and fenced around it is 629 acres, of which 329 were 
 under cultivation in 1861. The number of vessels entering 
 the port in the same year was 256, of 84,394 tons, being 
 nearly quadruple that of the previous year; the number 
 leaving the port was 213, of 89,724 tons, showing a similar 
 increase. Pop. (1861) 5956. 
 
 DUNKIRK [add.], a tn. and port, France. In conse- 
 quence of the increase of thepopulation, and the limited area 
 within the ramparts, much cfliBculty has been experienced in 
 procuring sufficient accommodation for the inhabitants. The 
 Basse Ville in particular is very unhealthy, owing to its 
 crowded state and the ditches inclosing it on all sides. The 
 local authorities, however, have prevailed upon the govern- 
 ment to level a part of the ramparts and fill up the ditches, 
 hitherto productive of fever and ague, so that building may 
 be freely carried on to the W. of the town. A new and 
 handsome building, the palais de justice, was finished in 
 1864, the erection of which cost £20,000, besides the fitting 
 up of the interior. A church is also to be built for the French 
 Reformed congregation. 
 
BUNNVILLE 
 
 126 
 
 DUTTEEAH 
 
 Agriculture is making rapid progress in the district of 
 the town, botli in cultivation and draining, the latter being 
 essential to the land, about 13,000 acres of which have been 
 subjected to it. 
 
 Tlie Iceland-cod fishery, though less productive than in 
 1861, produced in 1862 a gross amount in weight of 
 117,079 cwt.,of the value of £107,681. About 122 vessels, 
 of 12,262 tons, belonging to the port, were employed in the 
 fishery in 1863. Five oyster-beds, pares d'huitres, have been 
 established, and well organized, and provided with the means 
 necessary to render them prolific and profitable. 
 
 The principal imports in the year 1863 were tallow, grain, 
 cod-liver oil, rape-seed, hemp, timber, iron, and machinery; 
 the exports were chiefly raw sugar, wine, oilcake, flour, 
 wheat, fruit, and vegetables. A brisk trade in pig iron is 
 carried on with Scotland, and large quantities of machinery are 
 imported; and iron rails, tyres, cast steel, &c., from Sheffield, 
 via Hull. British vessels, to the number of 771, and of a 
 tonnage of 96,479, entered the port in 1863, bringing, 
 amongst others, 259 cargoes of pig and manufactured iron. 
 A considerable trade is also carried on with Spain, railway 
 materials to the value of £02,131 having been exported 
 thither in the same year. Timber from Norway also passes 
 through Dunkirk to the interior in large quantities. P. 32,000. 
 DUNNVILLE, a tn. Canada West, co. Haldemand, 
 50 ra S. by W. Toronto, on the Grand River, and on the 
 Buflulo and Lake Huron railway. It possesses five churches, 
 several flour and saw mills, amply supplied with water-power,- 
 a tannery, and a foundry. The chief exports are wheat and 
 sawn pine timber. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 DUKANGO [add.], a tn. Mexico, cap. state of same 
 name, on the elevated plateau of Anahuae, at the height of 
 6500 ft. above the sea, in lat. 24° 25' N.; Ion 104° 30' W. 
 Originally established as a military post in 1559, to check 
 the incursions of the Chichimeks, it long remained without 
 any importance, and dates its prosperity from the discovery 
 of the rich mines of Guarisamey, situated at some distance to 
 the W. Its leading streets, its principal square, and most of 
 its public buildings owe their existence to the proprietors of 
 these mines. It has a cathedral, and several other churches 
 and chapels, four monasteries, an old Jesuit college, a mint, 
 an hospital, a large tobacco factory, and various other indus- 
 trial establishments. In its environs are two celebrated 
 places of pilgrimage, and out of the plateau in its vicinity 
 rises a hill called the Cerro del Mercado, which is entirely 
 composed of magnetic iron. A still more remarkable object 
 to be seen in the same locality is a meteoric stone of the ex- 
 traordinary weight of 41,800 lbs. Pop. 1 4,000. 
 
 D'UKBAN, a tn. S.E. Africa, about 1 m. east of the an- 
 chorage in the large and finely-sheltered circular basin which 
 forms Port Natal. It is well laid out in wide streets, lined 
 with beautiful trees, which give it a healthy and pleasing 
 appearance, and consists of about 400 houses, chiefly of wood, 
 but gradually giving place to stone houses. The inhabi- 
 tants, mostly English, have an Episcopalian church and a 
 Wesleyan Methodist chapel. A railway, connecting D'Urban 
 with the pier, about 2 m. distant, is meant to be extended 
 along the fertile valleys, producing indigo, coffee, and sugar, 
 to the timber districts of Natal. Pop. 1200. 
 
 DUUGUTLI [anc. (Egara], a tn. Turkey in Asia, Ana- 
 tolia, 30 m. E. Smyrna. It stands among mountains in the 
 vicinity of a large marsh, and contains a pop. estimated at 
 nearly 30,000, who are largely engaged both in manufactures 
 
 DUKKAUNGDIIA [add.], a tn. India, Gujerat, penin- 
 sula Kattywar, near the Kunn or Salt March, 75 m. W. 
 Ahmedabad. Though greatly decayed it is still a place of 
 importance, surrounded by a comparatively modern wall, and 
 containing about 2000 substantial houses. Its manufactures 
 are chiefly coarse cloth and carpets. 
 
 D'UKVILLE, an isl. New Zealand, ofi" the N. coast of 
 Middle Island or Munster. It forms a prominent feature in 
 Cook Strait, projecting into it as a bold and salient point from 
 the E. shores of Blind Bay, is 17 m. long from N. to S., by 
 about 6 m. wide, and is only separated from the mainland by 
 a very narrow channel. Its harbours are on the N. Port 
 Hardy, and on the W. Greville or Brooke Harbour. It has 
 also on the E. a roadstead, called Eangetoto, formed by three 
 islands of the same name. The surface of D'Urville is 
 
 wooded and mountainous, attaining in its highest point an 
 elevation of 2180 ft. Stephen's Island, 2 m. N.E. of D'Ur- 
 ville, though only 1 m. in extent, is a scarcely less prominent 
 object, as it rises abruptly from the sea to the height of 
 nearly 1000 ft. Coasters sometimes paSs between these 
 islands, but never without risk. 
 
 DUSKY, a sound or bay. New Zealand, in the S. W. ex- 
 tremity of Munster or Middle Island; lat. {Five Fingers' 
 Point) 45° 44' 15" S.; Ion. 166° 27' 45" E. It is formed 
 between Five Fingers' Point, the S.W. extremity of Resolu- 
 tion Island, on the N., and South Point on the S., having 
 between them a width of 4 m., stretches in an E.N.E. direc- 
 tion for 22 m., and is studded with numerous islands and rock. 
 The principal anciiorages are Pickersgill Harbour and Cascade 
 Cove on the S., and Facile Harbour and Duck Cove on the N.; 
 temporary anchorages may be found in other places, but the 
 depth of water is in general too great. Among the islands 
 of the sound, are Anchor Island, which lies immediately 
 within its entrance, is 3J m. long, and rises to the height of 
 1360 ft., and the three islands, Indian, Long, and Cooper, 
 respectively 1^, 7, and 3J m. long, forming a chain which 
 extends nearly to the head of the sound, and leaves a navig- 
 able channel both N. and S. of it. Dusky Sound was so 
 named by Captain Cook, who discovered it on his first, and 
 explored it in his second voyage. 
 
 DUTHUMI, a settlement, S.E. Africa, territory Khutu, 
 belonging to the basin of the Kingani, about lat. 7° 20' S.; 
 Ion. 37° 30' E. It is one of the largest and most fertile 
 localities in the territory, consisting chiefly of a plain of black 
 earth and sand choked with vegetation where not corrected 
 by the axe. It is watered by a perennial stream of same 
 name, which, joining the Mgazi, an affluent of the Mgeta, 
 belongs to the basin of the Kingani. The means of irrigation 
 thus furnished are carefully employed. To the N. of the 
 plain rise the craggy hills of Duthumi, stretching N.N.W., 
 and ultimately, it is said, becoming linked with the Usugara 
 chain considerably to the N.W. It is also not improbable 
 that they become linked in a similar way with the Ngura 
 Mountains in the E. Their estimated absolute height is from 
 3000 to 4000 ft. They appear to rise abruptly, but throw 
 out branches, which slope gradually toward, and seem finally 
 to merge into it; their jagged crests and peaks indicate a 
 primitive formation. The Kingani is .said to issue from a cave 
 or fissure in the E. slope of these hills, and to receive so 
 many feeders as to swell immediately into a large perennial 
 stream; its affluent, the Mgeta, rises in the W. slope, and flows 
 along the S. base, Owing to the prevalence of rain and the 
 great humidity of the atmosphere, the Duthumi Hills are 
 generally cloud-capped, and never expose their outlines except 
 in the clearest weather. Notwithstanding the allegation that 
 water freezes upon the heights, the ordinary crops of the low- 
 land districts, holcus and sesamum, manioc and sweet pota- 
 toes, are grown, and cucumbers, beans, plantains, and sugar- 
 cane abound. The jungle at the base of the hills gives shelter 
 to the elephant, the rhinoceros, the gnu, &c. The great curse 
 of Duthumi is the slave-trade. Arab traders often reside 
 there for months, for the purpose of purchasing slaves cheaply. 
 Perpetual feuds among the chiefs are the natural result, and 
 scarcely a month passes without fields being laid waste, 
 villages burned down, and the unhappy cultivators carried 
 off for sale. 
 
 DUTTEEAH, a state and tn. India, Bundelcund. The 
 STATE, between lat. 25° 32' and 26° 18' N.; Ion. 78° 15' and 
 78° 54' E., has an estimated area of 850 sq. m., contains 380 
 villages,and producesarevenueof about£100,000. Therajah 
 pays no tribute, but maintains a military force of 1000 cavalry, 
 5000 infantry, and 80 artillerymen. He faithfully supported 
 the British in the mutiny of 1857, besieging the ranee of 
 
 Jhansi, who had revolted. Pop. 120,000.- The town, 
 
 cap. of the above state, lies on the route from Agra to Saugor, 
 between parallel low and rocky hills, 110 m. S. by E. Agra, 
 and is surrounded by a stone wall about 30 ft. high, but with- 
 out ditch or glacis. It consists of narrow winding streets, in 
 which, however, many of the houses are large and substan- 
 tial. The rajah's palace, situated within a well laid out 
 pleasure-ground of about 10 acres, inclosed by a lofty wall, 
 with embattled towers at each of its four corners. Within 
 the inclosure is a reservoir, with a fine fountain in the form 
 of an octagon, surrounded by columned cloisters, with a 
 
DWALAGIRI 
 
 127 
 
 ECUADOR 
 
 sculptured elephant at each corner spouting water from its 
 uplifted proboscis. There are two other palaces, one within 
 the town, and the other outside, but both untenanted. Pop. 
 about 40,000. 
 
 DWALAGIRI [add.], a peak of the Himalayas, in 
 Nepaul. This mountain, which was formerly believed to be 
 28,000 ft. in height, is now ascertained to be only 26,826. 
 The highest point of the Himalayan range is Mount Everest. 
 {See Everest.) 
 
 DYALOUNG, a river, India, which rises in lat. 26° 4' 
 N.; Ion. 93° 42' E.; on the boundary between the Tooloo 
 liam Senaputtee country and the British dist. Nowgong, 
 
 Lower Assam, flows W. for 95 m., and joins the Kullung, an 
 affluent of the Brahmapootra. 
 
 DYIKUMA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Selles, between the Kikombo and the Balomba, 
 75 m. N.E. Benguela, is tlie residence of an independent 
 native chief. The inhabitants employ themselves in agricul- 
 ture, the making of Dongo laces, and trade. The Tapach, 
 flowing from E. to W. tlirougli the district, adds greatly to 
 its fertility. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 DZVVINOGROD, a tn. Austrian empire, Ualicia, circle 
 and about 32 m. N.W. Brzezan. It was once fortitied, and 
 stood several sieges. Pop. 1400. 
 
 E. 
 
 EASTON [add.], a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. 
 CO. Northampton, r. bank Delaware, and on railways con- 
 necting it with the Lehigh coalfield, Philadelphia, and New 
 Y(U'k, 54 m. N. Philadelphia^ Though the site is rather 
 uneven, the streets are regularly formed at right angles and 
 spacious, and there is also a public square. The principal 
 public buildings and institutions are eleven churches and two 
 Jewish synagogues, Lafayette college, with 6 professors, 100 
 students, and a library of 4500 volumes; a superior high- 
 school, an academy, and a farmers' and mechanics' institute. 
 In the vicinity a cemetery of about 40 acres has been formed 
 on picturesque ground overhanging Bushkiln Creek. The 
 industrial establishments include tanneries, foundries, blast 
 furnaces, cotton factories, rifle factories, and numerous dis- 
 tilleries, and oil, saw, and flour mills. The trade is in the 
 above articles, and more especially in flour and whisky. Of 
 the last 14,000 barrels v\ere exported in a single year. 
 The surrounding country is .said to contain inexhaustible 
 seams of excellent iron ore. Zinc also has been discovered, 
 and is workedto some extent. Pop. 8944. 
 
 EASTPORT [add.], a vil. U. States, Maine, near the 
 boundary between the IJ. States and British America. It 
 stands on the S.E. shore of Moose Island, communicating 
 with the mainland by a covered bridge 1200 ft. long; is 
 compactly built, and contains seven churches, six schools, 
 and a public library. In its spacious harbour, which is 
 never blocked by ice, the tides rise 25 ft. Shipbuilding 
 employs many of the inhabitants, and an active trade is 
 carried on, partly with the British provinces and partly in 
 the export of lumber. There is also an extensive fishery, 
 and at times 200 to 300 boats engaged in it may be counted 
 within sight of the town. At the termination of the war in 
 1815 Great Britain claimed Moose Island, on which Eastport 
 is built, and other islands in Passamaquody Bay; but, in 1818, 
 a commission appointed to decide the question adjudged them 
 to the U. States. Pop. 3850. 
 
 EAST RIVER, U. States, is the name given to a strait 
 situated between New York and Brooklyn, and connecting 
 New York Bay with Long Island Sound. It is about 18 m. 
 long by I m. wide, and has a rapid current caused by the 
 tide of the Atlantic, which, rushing through it, reaches New 
 York three quarters of an hour earlier than the tide from the 
 bay, and thereafter runs up the Hudson many miles in advance 
 of the latter tide. East River is navigable Jby the largest 
 vessels, but has a pass, called Hellgate, which is dangerous, 
 though several of the more formidable obstructions have been 
 removed by blasting. 
 
 EATON, a vil. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. Preble, on the 
 Seven Mile Creek and the Eaton and Hamilton railway, 
 50 m. N. by W. Cincinnati. It stands in the centre of a 
 rich agricultural country, and has some trade in its produce. 
 Pop. 1600. 
 
 EBED, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 20 m. E. 
 Komorn, on the Danube. The inhabitants are partly em- 
 ployed in the culture of the vine, but more especially in the 
 sturgeon fi.shery, which is here important. Pop. 1120. 
 
 EHOULEMCUS, a vil. Canada East, co. Charlevoix, 
 1. bank St, Lawrence, 65 m. N.E. Quebec. It has a R. 
 
 Catholic church; but as most of the inhabitants appear to 
 prefer official employment to private enterprise, neither trade 
 nor manufactures exhibit any signs of activity. Pop. esti- 
 mated at 2500. 
 
 E-CHING, a city and dist. in China, department of 
 Yang-chow, on the 1. bank of the Yangtsze River, 20 m. 
 above Chin-kiang, and 204 m. from Shanghai. It is situated 
 at the junction of two small creeks, one of which communi- 
 cates with the Imperial canal, forming a trading port of 
 importance to native traffic. The town is pleasantly situated 
 on rising ground about 2 m. N. of the river bank, and pre- 
 sents a thriving aspect compared with some . larger cities. 
 In the eastern suburb there is a fine temple surrounded by 
 lofty trees, and a seven-storied pagoda in excellent preserva- 
 tion marks the centre of the town. At all times along the 
 creek leading to the great river a forest of masts may be 
 seen, with ensigns of every shape and colour, giving it a 
 lively aspect. The port is not open to foreign commerce; 
 but as there is no prohibitory clause in the treaty of Tientsin 
 to prevent foreign steamers towing native junks on the river 
 from port to port, there is a considerable traffic of this kind 
 carried on from E-ching to Ta-tung, a small entrepot near tlie 
 city of Tungliu, 252 m. higher up the Yangtsze, on the 
 r. bank of the river. These junks are chiefly laden with 
 salt from the Yellow Sea, conveyed up the small streams on 
 the coast leading into the Great canal. There is a high duty 
 on this commodity, as it reaches the central provinces of 
 China, where it is not found in a natural state. Formerly 
 the junks had to pay the duty at the intermediate custom- 
 houses on the river, which led to much smuggling and 
 exaction. Since the foreign steamers have commenced to 
 tow them, an arrangement has been made between the 
 mandarins of E-ching and Ta-tung, who collect the duty for 
 all the customs, and allow the junks to pass under foreign 
 flags from port to port without further levy. It is in this 
 way that several ports on the Yangtsze, ostensibly closed to 
 foreign trade, are open to merchants who have no hesitation 
 in stretching the terms of treaties; and Avhile they carry on 
 the towing traffic between the ports at the rate of one tael 
 (6s. 8d ) per ton, they make a handsome profit on opium and 
 merchandise, for which there is a Large demand at these 
 towns for the interior markets. These innovations, it is 
 expected, may lead to E-ching and other riverine ports 
 being ere long added to the number of treaty ports. — [MS. 
 Notes. ) 
 
 ECUADOR [add.], a state, S. America. In consequence 
 of hostilities with Peru and New Granada, the prosperity of 
 the state has been obstructed of late years. Commerce and 
 industrial pursuits have been paralyzed ; labourers and 
 artisans have been thinned and demoralized by being drafted 
 into the army, agriculture necessarily neglected, and trade 
 generally reduced to stagnation. The cultivation of cotton, 
 which is produced with great facility, has been suddenly and 
 greatly extended; the quantity grown in 1863 having been 
 about 600,000 lbs., and in 1864, 2,000,000. Unfortunately 
 the thinness of population, but above all the unsettled state 
 of the country, hinders the success of ardent commercial 
 enterprise, which otherwise exists. The following figures 
 
EDGARTOWN 
 
 128 
 
 EIESKOWICE 
 
 show the state of foreign trade during the years succeeding 
 
 that of its most flourishing condition, 1858:— 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1858 £506,456 £174,524 
 
 1859 286,918 462,403 
 
 3860 428,877 913,428 
 
 1861 1,003,123 552,203 
 
 1SG2 361,791 458,332 
 
 1863 328,016 630,151 
 
 The number of vessels entering in 1861 was 273, of 64,360 
 tons; and of those outward bound, 265, of 57,616 tons. Pop. 
 (1858) 1,040,371, of wliom about 600,000 were whites. 
 
 EDGARTOWN, a vil. U. States, Massachusetts, cap. 
 CO. Dukes, on the N.E. side of the island of Martha's Vine- 
 yard, 75 m. S.S.E. Boston. It contains three churches, and 
 has manufactures of oil, candles, and salt, boat-bailding yards, 
 and a well-sheltered harbour, with a pier 1000 ft. long, a 
 ligiithouse, and fi-om four to five fathoms' depth of water. 
 Pop. 2118. 
 
 EDMONTON (Fort), a station of the Hudson Bay Com- 
 pany, British America, 1. bank of the N. Saskatchewan, 40 m. 
 above its junction with Sturgeon liiver; lat. 53° 33' N.; Ion. 
 113° 18' W. It is the most important establishment in the 
 Saskatchewan district, and is inhabited by about thirty families 
 living in the fort, who find employment in the making and 
 repairs of the carts, boats, sleighs, &c., required for the Com- 
 pany's traffic. It has a wind-mill, forge, and carpenter's 
 sliop. Wheat grows luxuriantly, and potatoes and other 
 roots flourisii as wonderfully here as everywhere else on the 
 Saskatchewan. At Lake St. Albans, 9 m. N., is a colony of 
 half-breeds, who have left the service of the Company, and 
 formed a small settlement presided over by a R. Catholic 
 priest. The older colony of Lake St. Ann's, of similar 
 character, but with more numerous inhabitants, lies 40 m. 
 beyond to the W. 
 
 EDKOBOL, or Etkopol, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Turkish Servia, on the frontiers of Bulgaria, eyalet and 
 95 m. E.S.E. Nissa. It is beautifully situated on the banks 
 of the Little Isker. There is a walk-mill, and iron was at 
 one time smelted and cast in the vicinity. Pop. about 2000, 
 partly Bulgarians. 
 
 EDUR, Eder, or Ekdur, a state and tn. India, Gujerat, 
 Mhyee Caunta. The state, which is tributary to the Gui- 
 cowar, but under the political superintendence of the Bombay 
 government, is ruled by a descendant of the celebrated Ajil 
 Sing, rajah of Joodpoor, and yields a revenue of £23,434, 
 
 under the deduction of £3295 as the Guicowar's tribute. 
 
 The TOWN, cap. of the above state, 103 m. N. by W. Baroda, 
 is encircled by hills on three sides, and on the fourth de- 
 fended by a wall. On a hill completely commanding it are 
 the remains of a ruined fort, in which the rajahs used to find 
 an asylum in times of danger. The ascent to it is by a steep 
 zigzag path protected by four gateways. An adjoining hill 
 contains several Jain temples and the remains of a palace. 
 Pop. about 6000. 
 
 EEKAIREE, or Akheri, a ruined tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, ter. Mysore, 20 m. N. Bednore, and 162 m. N.W. 
 Seringapatam. It is now in a decayed condition, but was 
 once the capital of a powerful state. Inclosed by three 
 concentric walls of great extent, it contains a citadel, a large 
 temple of Siva, and an ancient palace of the Sedasiva dynasty, 
 famous in Hindoo story. All the buildings, except the 
 temple, are desolate, and the town is without inhabitants; the 
 government having been removed to Bednore and the place 
 deserted in the middle of the seventeenth century. 
 
 EESA, a country, E. Africa, inhabited by the tribe 
 which gives it its name, and is probably the most powerful 
 branch of the Somali nation. It extends N. to the Waj'ma 
 family of the Dankali, S. to the Gudabusi, and midway 
 between Zaylah and Berberah, E. to the Indian Ocean, and 
 W. to the Gallus around Harar. The tribe, said to number 
 100,000 shields, is divided into numerous clans, which again 
 are subdivided into minor septs. An uf/az, or chief, who 
 resides in the Hadagali Hills, and is generally called Roblay, 
 is nominally recognized as the head of the whole tribe ; but 
 every kraal or temporary village has its own oddai (sheikh 
 or headman), from whom the settlement takes its name. His 
 direct authority is very limited, and depends in a great 
 measure on his individual power and influence. The Eesa 
 are docile, good-humoured, and warmhearted, but at the 
 
 same time fickle and irascible, and (worse than all) proverbi- 
 ally cruel and treacherous. ' These Bedouins,' say the 
 people at Zaylah, 'offer a bowl of milk with the left hand, 
 and stab with the right. ' They are blacker and uglier than 
 the other Somali. Their wealth consists in flocks and herds. 
 
 EGBAS, a name applied to the inhabitants of the walled 
 town of Abbeokuta, W. Africa, and the outlying districts. 
 The Egbas are well made and muscular, and evince a greater 
 facility in receiving the influences of European civilization 
 than almost any other negro tribe. [See Abbeokuta in Suj^j'') 
 
 EGE, a valley. Western Africa, Kanem, 175 m. N.E. 
 Lake Chad. It is a very celebrated locality with the nomadic 
 inhabitants of the adjacent regions, and is temporarily fre- 
 quented by a variety of tribes, who visit it to water their 
 camels at its famous wells, which have the reputed virtue of 
 promoting the camel's growth; and to collect the fruit of the 
 siwah [Capjiaris), which grows here in great abundance. 
 Ege, thus largely resorted to, is also a marked point for 
 predatory expeditions. 
 
 EGGENBUIIG, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Manhartsberg, at the W. foot of tlie mountain of 
 this name, 49 m. N.W. Vienna. It is surrounded by walls, 
 is the seat of several public offices, and has an old parish 
 church, a mission-house belonging to the Redemptorist con- 
 gregation, a madder mill, and numerous looms. Pop. 1350. 
 
 EGMONT [add.], a mountain, New Zealand, occupying 
 the outer portion of a peninsula on the S.W. coast of North 
 Island or Ulster; lat. (summit) 39° 18' S.; Ion. 174° 4' 45" E. 
 Though not the highest, it is the most strikingly remarkable 
 mountain in New Zealand, and in clear weather may be dis- 
 tinctly seen from a ship's deck at sea at the distance of more 
 than 100 m. It rises in a perfect cone from a base of 30 m. 
 in diameter to the height of 8270 ft. Its summit, an extinct 
 crater, is flattened and covered with perpetual snow for nearly 
 a fourth of its height. A saddle-shaped eminence, forming 
 a kind of ofiset on the N.W., has an altitude of 4600 ft. 
 Numerous torrents descend from the mountain. The coast 
 line of the peninsula on which the mountain stands is so 
 nearly circular, ' that supposing a pair of compasses were 
 planted on the summit of Mount Egmont, with a radius of 
 15 m., and a semicircle were then described, it would be an 
 almost accurate delineation of the coast for a distance of 
 45 m., or from the Karpokonui streams to New Plymouth.' 
 — [Neio Zealatul Pilot.) 
 
 EGKI PALANKA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N. 
 of Macedonia, eyalet and 43 m. N. E. Uskub. It has several 
 squares, adorned with fountains, and lined with houses, along 
 which vines are planted. The shops are full of arms manu- 
 factured within the town, and of iron, the produce of iron- 
 works in the vicinity. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 EGYDI (St.) Am Newalde, a tn. Austrian empire. 
 Lower Austria, circle Upper Wienerwald, near the source 
 of an affluent of the Danube, 43 m. S.W. Vienna; witli manu- 
 factures of files and various articles in steel and iron, and 
 saw-mills.' Pop. 1630. 
 
 EGYHAZA (Nyir), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Szabolcs, 29 m. N.N.W. Debreczin, cap. dist. of same 
 name; with a Lutheran college, an hospital, an asylum for 
 children, baths, manufactures of soda and matches, a dis- 
 tillery, three oil-mills, and important yearly markets. Pop. 
 14,787, mostly Lutherans. 
 
 EHDEN, a vil. Syria, prov. and 15 m. S.E. Tripoli, in 
 a beautiful and well-cultivated tract on the W. slopes of 
 Lebanon. About 10 m. S.E. is the famous group of cedars 
 of Lebanon, not less remarkable for their position than for 
 their size and beauty. 'They are situated,' says Dr. 
 Robinson, 'at the head of a vast amphitheatre looking W., 
 surrounded by the loftiest ridges of Lebanon, which rise 
 from 2000 to 3000 ft. above them, partly covered with snow. 
 In the midst of this vast temple of nature the cedars stand as 
 the lonely tenants, with not a tree, and scarcely a green 
 thing, besides.' 
 
 EH RE NEE KG (Old and New) [add.], two contiguous 
 places, Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 35 m. N.E. 
 Leitmeritz; with a parish church, two mills, and large manu- 
 factures of Manchester goods. Pop. of Old Ehrenberg, 
 4603; of New Ehrenberg, 1300. 
 
 EIESKOWICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 4 m. N.E, New Sandec, cap. dist. of the same name. 
 
EIKHAMS 
 
 129 
 
 EL-HUSN 
 
 near the Biala; with an important trade in linen, and 1950 
 inhabitants. 
 
 EIKHAMS, formerly a missionary station, but now the 
 residence of an independent chief, S. Africa, Damaraland, is 
 prettily situated on tlie slope of a hill, which, though bare on 
 its summit, has its base finely clothed with larg'i groups of 
 mimosas, and watered by a tributaiy of the Swakop. The 
 springs in the vicinity, one of tliem with a tenijierature of 
 190°, are sufficiently copious and elevated to afford ample 
 means of irrigation, and tlie soil thus treated is very fertile. 
 'Taking it as a whole,' exclaims Mr. Anderson, ' Eikhanis 
 is the prettiest place I ever saw, either in Damara-land or in 
 Namaqua-land.' Unfortunately all this beauty could not 
 secure permanency to the missionary station, and hence both 
 the excellent dwelling-house and most substantial churcli 
 whicli had been erected are falling rapidly to decay. 
 
 EINSIEDL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, 
 on the Gollnitz, about 18 ni. N.W. Leutschau; with mines of 
 silver and copper. Pop. 2400, mostly Lutherans. 
 
 EIPEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 27 m. 
 E.N.E. Gitschin; with a town-house, a parish church, a 
 brewery, flax-spinning and other mills. Pop. 1 300. 
 
 EISENBACH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Bars, 
 about 6 m. N. Schemnitz; with picturesquely situated and 
 uiucli -frequented thermal baths, and mines of gold and silver. 
 Pop. 900. 
 
 EISENBKOI), a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Bunzlau, on the Pardubitz and Reichenberg railway; witli 
 several public offices, a parish church, a town-house, yarn- 
 spinning factories, and three mills. Pop. 2084. 
 
 E18IEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wadowice, 
 about 34 m. S.W. Cracow. In the vicinity are the extensive 
 blast-furnaces and other iron-works of WegierkaGorda. 
 Pop. 1300. 
 
 EL-AKSABI, atn. N.W. Africa, near the W, borders 
 of the Sahara, on the caravan route from Shinghot to Nun. 
 It consists of a number of huts inclosed within a mud fort, 
 and some houses of a better description situated outside. 
 Altogether it is a poor place, and dirty in the extreme, as 
 the horses, camels, and other domestic animals, are regularly 
 shut up within the courts at niglit to prevent their being 
 carried off by a robber tribe whicli prowls in the vicinity. 
 
 ELAMBAZAH, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Beer- 
 bhoom, 90 m. N.W. Calcutta, 1. bank Hadjee, which is here 
 navigable. It is a great mart for rice, which is extensively 
 grown in the vicinity. Pop. 2950. 
 
 EL-BASSAN, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Albania, eyalet 
 llum-Ili, on the Skumbi, 62 m. S.S.E. Scutari. It is the see 
 of a Greek bishop, contains a Greek church and three mosques, 
 and has a much-frequented market. In the vicinity is a 
 monastery, founded about the beginning of the 11th century, 
 and about 10 m. S.W. are ten hot sulphur-springs. Though 
 consisting of about 2000 houses, it does not contain above 
 4000 inhabitants. 
 
 ELBEKOS'J'ELETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and about IG m. N.N. E. Prague, on the 1. bank, and on 
 an island of the Elbe; with a parish church, town-house, hos- 
 pital, and cavalry barracks. Pop. 1500. 
 
 ELBETEINITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 12 m. N.W Czaslau, on the Elbe, a little above Kolin, 
 and on the Vienna and Prague railway; with a parish church, 
 a town-house, a brewery, and two mills. Pop. 24G9. 
 
 EL-BI()D-SHERGUI,atn. N. Africa, Algerian Sahara, 
 in a plain on the S.E. side of the Sidi Sheikh range, 180 m. 
 S.S.E. Oian. It is surrounded by a crenellated wall, 10 ft. 
 high, and flanked by four small towers, is defended by a 
 castle, and contains a mo.sque with a minaret. The inhabi- 
 tants, occupying about 180 houses, are chiefly employed in 
 agriculture and the weavingof woollen stuff's. El-Biod-Shergui 
 is only one of a cluster of six villages which bear the com- 
 mon name of El Ahiod Sidi Sheikh, and are under the rule 
 of the chief Marabut of the Uled Sidi Sheikh tribe. As 
 might be expected under such circumstances, the villages 
 contain no fewer than seven Marabut establishments. All of 
 them are well endowed by gifts and the offerings of pilgrims, 
 and one in particular, occupying a central position in the 
 group, is a handsome structure, rendered conspicuous by its 
 white dome, and richly decorated within, the pavement being 
 covered with carpets, and the walls hung with ostrich feathers, 
 Sui'P. Imp, Gaz. — Vol. I. 
 
 ostrich eggs, flags, and mirrors. The villages are surrounded 
 by productive and well-watered gardens, stocked with date- 
 palms and other fruit-trees. 
 
 EL-FUEKTE, a river, Mexico, which, rising among the 
 mountains of Chihuahua, near the watershed between the 
 Pacific and the Atlantic, flows first S.W. past the town of 
 Urique, whose name it often bears in the upper part of its 
 course, and then, on receiving the Rio Verde on its 1. bank, 
 changes its course to E., flows past the town of its name, 
 forming the boundary between Sonora and Sinaloa, and after 
 a course of 400 m. falls into the Gulf of California, in lat. 
 27° N.; Ion. 110° W. Though broad and deep, particularly 
 during the rainy season, for a considerable i)art of its course, 
 it is so shallow at its nmuth that it cannot be considered 
 navigable except for the smallest craft. 
 
 EL-FUERTE, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 70 m. N. by 
 W. Sinaloa, 1. bank river of same name; lat. 2G°56' N.; Ion. 
 108° 59' W. Before the Spanish yoke was thrown off it was 
 a paltry village, composed chiefly of Indian huts, but Sonora 
 having, after the declaration of independence, made it the 
 seat of government, it soon became a flourishing town of 
 5000 inhabitants. This prospei'ity was not destined to last. 
 Another political change made Alamos the seat of govern- 
 ment, and El~Fuerte sunk as rapidly as it had risen. It has 
 now scarcely 3000 inhabitants, and possesses nothing worthy 
 of notice except its fine cathedral. Mining and agriculture 
 constitute the chief employments. 
 
 ELGIN, a tn. United States, Illinois, on both sides of 
 the Fox River, and at the junction of the Fox River Valley 
 and the Galena and Chicago Union railway, 34 m. N.W. 
 from Chicago. It is a prosperous trading place, with seve- 
 ral academies and schools, manufactures of agricultural im- 
 plements and carriages, a distillery, and a flour-mill. Pop. 
 {I860) 2797. 
 
 EL-GOLEA, El-Guelea, or El-Menia, a tn. N. 
 Africa, Algerian Sahara; lat. 31° 58' N.; Ion. 0° 12' W. It 
 consists of a high town, crowning the summit of a rock, and 
 surrounded by lofty walls, and a low town, occupying a hollow 
 between the high town and the spur on which are still seen 
 the ruins of the ancient Quasba. Around both towns, but 
 without any attempt at regular arrangement, are a number 
 of date plantations. The houses, comjjosed of four earthen 
 walls, with a roof of palm -branches, are divided into two or 
 three apartments, each with a court attached, but they have 
 no terrace, and are invariably of a single story. El-Golea is 
 of Berber origin, but the Arabs, who gained possession of it, 
 have so completely extinguished the former nationality that 
 the Berbers, still forming the bulk of its population, have 
 forgotten their own idiom and speak Arabic. 1 
 
 EL-IIAMRA, a vil. W. Arabia, Hejaz, 70 m. S.S.W. [ 
 Medina. It is built upon a narrow shelf between a high steep ' 
 hill and a sandy watercourse about ^ m. broad, and con- | 
 sists of a collection of huts of unbaked brick and mud, roofed 
 over with date-leaves. It possesses a fort, and contains a 
 bazaar consisting of a few shops disposed in a long lane. 
 Dates, grown in its palm-orchards, grain, ready-made bread, 
 horse-plantains, rice, butter, and similar edibles, are plentiful 
 and cheap. Like all settlements in El Hejaz it is half in 
 ruins, but thickly peopled wherever the walls are standing. 
 
 EL-HODH ['the basin'], an extensive district, W. 
 Africa, lat. l7°20' N.; Ion. 8° W., to which its Arab inhabi- 
 tants have given its name from its being surrounded by a 
 range of rocky hills called El-Kliodia. At the one extremity 
 of the range stands Walata, and at the other Tishit, both 
 belonging to Elllodh, and so far fixing its limits. 'J'he N.E. 
 part of this district, called Arik, from its being inclosed on 
 the W. and E. by light sand-hills, is rich in wells, and some 
 centuries ago was densely covered with small towns and 
 villages. Several other districts of El-Hodh, from the want 
 of water, are not habitable. Baghena, though sometimes 
 viewed as di.stinct, naturally belongs to the districtof El Hodh, 
 and is one of the most favoured portions of it, being no less 
 fit for fixed settlements than for nomadic wandering. 
 
 EL-HUSN, or Kalat-ei.-Husn, a vil. Syria, prov. and 
 38 m. N.E. Tripoli. It is the site of an ancient fortress, oc- 
 cupying a height, from which there is a view of the waters 
 flowing E. to Lake Hums and W. to the Mediterranean, and 
 commands a pass which must always have been of much im- 
 portance. 
 
 17 
 
ELIZABETH 
 
 130 
 
 EL-RUWAYRKIYA 
 
 ELIZAliETH, or Elizaiieth City, two places, United 
 States: — 1, Atn. New Jersey, cap. co. Union, on Elizabethtown 
 Creek, 2J m. from its entrance into Staten Island Sound, and 
 on the New Jersey Central and the New York and Phila- 
 delphia railways, 8 m. S.S.W. Jersey city. It is built on an 
 emiurtice in regular and straight streets, shaded with trees, 
 contains twelve churches and a number of excellent schools, 
 and has several large manufactories. Its port, situated in the 
 sound, is accessible by vessels of 300 tons, and the town 
 itself by vessels of 50 tons. Pop. 11,567.-2, Elizabeth 
 City, N. Carolina, cap. co. Pasquotank, on the river of that 
 name, 20 m. above its mouth, 110 m. N.E. Goldsborough. 
 It is one of the principal towns in the N.E. part of the state, 
 and communicating with Norfolk, Virginia, by the Pasquo- 
 tank and the Dismal Swamp canal, exports lumber, and the 
 various products of the pitch-pine. Pop. 1798. 
 
 ELIZAHETH, a cape, Kussian empire, forming the N. 
 extremity of the island of Saghalin; lat. 54° 24' 30" N.; Ion. 
 142° 4G' 30" E. It is a mass of rock, terminating an un- 
 interrupted mountain chain, and presents a number of pointed 
 summits, on which no vegetation of any kind appears. 
 
 ELIZABETHGRAD, a tn Kussia, gov. and 126 m. N. 
 Kherson, cap. circle of saine name, on a beautiful plain watered 
 by the Ingul; lat. 48° 30' N.; Ion. 32° 30' E. It is a thriv- 
 ing place, defended by a citadel, and has a church, an arsenal, 
 a large hospital, and secular and religious schools for the 
 circle and parish. Pop. 13,300. 
 
 ELIZABETHSTADT, a tn. Austrian empire, Tran- 
 sylvania, circle and 36 m. N.N.E. Hermannstadt, cap. dist. 
 of same name, on the Great Kokel. It is a royal free town, 
 and has two fine R. Catholic churches, a Mechitarist monas- 
 tery, with a valuable library; extensive culture of silk, and 
 an active trade. Pop. 2241, many of whom are Armenians. 
 EL-KANTAKA, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, on a rivulet 
 of same name, at the outlet of a pass in the Jebel Aures, 
 82 m. S. W. Constantine. Though called by a single name, it 
 is more properly a group of three nearly-adjacent villages, 
 each of which is inhabited by a distinct sub- tribe of Arabs. 
 It possesses seven mosques and two Marabut endowments. 
 The inhabitants weave woollens only to supply their own wan ts, 
 and devote their chief attention to the cultivation of their 
 gardens, orchards, and vineyards, and the rearing of bees. 
 Tlie environs are rich in Koman remains. Taken as a whole 
 El-Kantara has a pop. of about 2000. 
 
 EL-KASK, or Medinet-el-Kesr, two places, Egypt, 
 Libyan Desert: — 1, A tn. Wah El Dahkel (Western Oasis), 
 235 m. W. Thebes; lat. 25° 42' N.; Ion. 29° E. It is tole- 
 rably well built, consists of streets with gates, which are kept 
 shut at night, and contains a number of houses of two stories. 
 Near its centre is a sulphurous thermal spring, and in its en- 
 virons is a number of ancient remains, including an Egyptian 
 temple, a small pyramid, and a Koman castle. Pop. 2000. — 
 2, A vil. Oasis of Wah-el-Baharieh (Lesser Oasis), 175 m. 
 S.W. Cairo; lat. 28° 27' N.; Ion. 29° 5' E. It is inclosed in 
 part by walls about 6 ft. high, and constructed of materials 
 obtained from ancient ruins. In its vicinity there is a Roman 
 triumphal arch. Pop. about 800. — At a short distance east- 
 ward are two other villages — the one El-Baoueyt, with 600 
 inhabitants; and the other, Zabou, surrounded by a wall, and 
 pos.sessed of a copious spring. 
 
 ELKHART, a vil. U. States, Indiana, at the confluence 
 of the Elkhart and St. Joseph, 150 m. N. Indianopolis, and 
 on the S. Michigan and N. Indiana railway. It carries on 
 an active trade, being the principal entrepot for the exports 
 of the county. Pop. 1035. 
 
 ELKHOKN, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, cap. co. Wel- 
 worth, 45 m. S.E. Madison, at the junction of the Racine and 
 Mississippi and Wisconsin Central railways. It possesses 
 four churches, a large and well-finished courthouse, county 
 offices, and numerous stores. Pop. 1081. 
 
 ELLA, a mountain pass, Ceylon, Central Province, on 
 the road leading from Badulla southward to the lowlands. In 
 approaching it the view is obstructed by densely wooded hills, 
 and at one time nothing is seen but an apparently impassable 
 glen. But a sudden turn discloses a ravine, through which 
 a torrent has forced its way, and over which for more than 
 60 m. the prospect extends unbroken by a single eminence, 
 and terminates at last in the waters of the Indian Ocean. 
 ' Perhaps,' says Sir J. E. Tennent, ' there is not a scene in 
 
 the world which combines sublimity and beauty in a more 
 extraordinary degree than that which is presented at the Pass 
 of Ella.' 
 
 ELLTCHPOOR [add.], a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, 
 cap. jaghire of same name, on the Purna, an affluent of the Tap- 
 tee, 112 m. W. by N. Nagpore. It is slenderly fortified, being 
 only in part surrounded by a battlemented stone wall, 60 ft. 
 high, but not more than 4 ft. thick. A gateway, which forms 
 the only entrance, is highly ornamented. Some of the houses 
 and bazaars, built of brick, are handsome; but the whole place, 
 though large, is very indifferently built. Even the palace of 
 the nabob, the most conspicuous of its edifices, possesses little 
 merit. Ellichpoor made some figure in the Mahratta war, in 
 which the Duke of Wellington gained his first laurels. It is 
 included in what are called the Nizam's sequestrated or ceded 
 districts. 
 
 ELLICOTT'S MILLS, a vil. U. States, Maryland, on 
 the Patapsco River, and on the Baltimore and Ohio railway, 
 10 m. N.N. W. Baltimore. It possesses a college, and a large 
 amount of water-power, which is turned to account in cotton 
 and other factories. Pop. 1444. 
 
 ELLORA, a vil. Canada West, co. Wellington, 50 m. 
 W, Toronto, on the Grand River; with four churches, a gram- 
 mar-school, saw and flour mills, a brewery and distillery, 
 several foundries, and a large local trade. Pop. about 1200. 
 
 ELLORE [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 35 m. N. Masulipatam, in a flat and open country. It is a 
 large and populous place, intersected by the Tammelaii-, 
 which divides it into two distinct portions, but is dry the 
 greater part of the year, and at all times fordable. The 
 houses of the town are tolerably well built, in streets which 
 are, for the most part, finely shaded by trees. On the right 
 bank of the stream are the remains of an old fort, and also 
 the bazaar, which is constructed with considerable regularity, 
 the shops having wooden fronts, like those in the W. of India. 
 The barracks and hospital, belonging to the detachment of 
 native troops stationed here, are also on this side. The 
 ofiicers' houses are on the left bank. A little to the E. of the 
 town is the Lake of Colair, which, during the rains, covers 
 upwards of 100 sq. m. 
 
 ELLSWORTH, a tn. and port of entry, U. States, Maine, 
 cap. CO. Hancock, 67 m. E. by N. Augusta, on both sides of 
 the Union, which is here navigable and crossed by four 
 bridges. It is one of the most flourishing places in the state, 
 and possesses two churches, a high-school, county buildings, 
 a tannery, a machine shop, a pottery, building-yards, two 
 grist and nine saw mills. The trade is chiefly in lumber, of 
 which about fifty millions of feet are annually exported. The 
 registered tonnage of the district is 6733, the enrolled and 
 licensed tonnage 27,632 tons. Pop. 4658. 
 
 ELMIRA, a tn. U. States, New York, cap. co. Chemung, 
 on the Chemung, near the mouth of Newton Creek, and on 
 the New York and Erie, the Williamsburg and Elmira, and 
 the Elmira, Canandaigua, and Niagara Falls railways, 170 m. 
 W.S.W. Albany. It is a well laid out and rapidly-increas- 
 ing place, containing nine churches, a female college, capable 
 of accommodating 300 pupils, numerous other academies and 
 schools, county buildnigs, breweries, tanneries, furnaces, 
 machine shops, woollen, soap and candle, edge-tool, and car- 
 riage factories, planing, flour, and saw mills. Pop. 8682. 
 
 EL-PARRAL, a tn. Mexico, prov. and 120 m. S. by E. 
 Chihuahua, on a tributary of the Rio Conchos, was the centre 
 of an important mining district. The country around is 
 fertile. Pop. about 7000. 
 
 ELSINEUR [add.] The payment of Sound dues was 
 abolished in virtue of a treaty concluded in 1857 between 
 Denmark, Great Britain, France, Russia, Sweden, and other 
 powers, and a subsequent treaty with the United States, by 
 which, in consideration of the sum of 35,000,000 rixdollars 
 (£3,935,000), paid as compensation, and apportioned among 
 the contracting powers, Denmark agreed to renounce all 
 claim to any dues on vessels passing the Sound, or the Great 
 and Little Belts, the navigation of which for the future was 
 declared to be free and unrestricted. 
 
 EL-SUWAYRKIYA, a tn. Arabia, on the S. frontiers 
 of the pachalic and 90 m. S. by E. from the town of Medina. 
 It is a small place, consisting only of about 100 houses, built 
 upon the side and at the base of a mass of basalt. The lower 
 part is protected by a mud wall, with the usual semicircular 
 
EMAMGHUR 
 
 1.31 
 
 ERD 
 
 towers, and the summit has been converted into a fortalice 
 by a rough bulwark of stone piled up so as to make a parapet. 
 The narrow streets and mud houses are essentially Arabian, 
 but the bazaar is well supplied with meat, dates, wheat, and 
 barley. Tlie inhabitants, Beni Husayn Sayyids, claim allegi- 
 ance from all the Bedouin tribes around, and yield it only in 
 name to the governor of Mecca. 
 
 KMAMGHUR, a fort, India, Scinde, in the Thur or 
 Great Desert, lying between it and Jessulmeer, 100 m. N.N.E. 
 Hyderabad. The expedition of Sir Charles Napier against 
 this place at the head of a camel corps of 250 European in- 
 fantry, with two 24 lb. howitzers, and 50 cavalry, is one of 
 the most remarkable of his exploits. T])e Ameers, who had 
 deemed it impregnable, on account both of tlie difficulty and 
 the great strength of its works, were so intimidated when 
 they saw it about to be attacked, that no defence was made. 
 The British commander left it a heap of ruins. It was in the 
 form of a square, inclosed by an outer and an inner wall, the 
 former only 15 ft. high, the latter 40 ft. high, and surmounted 
 by eight round towers. Some of the chambers were bomb- 
 proof. 
 
 EMBOMMA, a tn. S. Africa, r. bank Zaire or Congo, 
 about 100 m. above its mouth. It stands on a height, pos- 
 sesses a large weekly market, and, being well adapted for 
 trade, contains several Portuguese factories. It was long, 
 and, it is to be feared, still continues to be, a central dejiot 
 for slaves. While the French were intent on their emigra- 
 tion scheme, they established large factories here, with the 
 view of employing a small steamer to ply between Embomma 
 and Tend Point, for the purpose of bringing down the so-called 
 emigrants. The country around Embomma, producing corn, 
 beans, and almost every European vegetable in abundance, 
 is the granary for the slave factories in the interior and along 
 the coast to the N. of the river. 
 
 EMILIAN PROVINCES, a name sometimes given to 
 tliose territories of Central Italy, situated on the Emilian 
 Way, or Via .Emilia, a celebrated highway of ancient times, 
 constructed by the consul .35milius Lepidus, between Pla- 
 eentia (Piacenza) on the Po, and Ariminum (Rimini) on the 
 Adriatic. It includes the duchies of Parma and Modena, and 
 the former Papal delegations of Bologna, Ravenna, and Forli, 
 all now part of the kingdom of Italy. 
 
 EMMITSBURG, a vil. U. States, Maryland, in the 
 midst of a fertile and populous district, 45 m. N.W. Balti- 
 more. It contains several churches, a R. Catholic college 
 and theological seminary, an academy, a female orphan 
 asylum, and an institute for girls, under the care of the 
 sisters of charity. Pop. 812. 
 
 EMOl), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Borsod, 
 12 m. S. Miskolcz; with a line castle and gardens, and 2139 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ENUERBURY ISLAND, a coral isl. of the American 
 Polynesia, Pacific Ocean; lat. 3° 8' S.; Ion. 171° 14' W. It 
 is 3 m. long and 2J m. broad, with a dry lagoon, and en- 
 circled by a coral reef of from 30 to 150 ft. in breadth, and 
 18 at its greatest altitude. 
 
 ENDERBY, an isl. S. Pacific, the N.E. isl. of the Auck- 
 land group, S. of New Zealand, in lat. 50° 32' S.; Ion. 1G6° 
 12' E. It is 2 or 3 m. long, covered with a peaty mould, 
 and capable of sustaining a large number of cattle; it also 
 grows potatoes and most European vegetables, and is every- 
 where covered with trees, from 15 to 70 ft. high. It was 
 occupied by a colony of about 70 New Zealanders from 
 Chatham Island, who settled in the group, and was granted 
 by the English government to the Messrs. Enderby, as a 
 station for tlie Southern Whale fishery Company, in 1850, 
 which, however, was a failure The group was discovered 
 in 1800. 
 
 ENDERliY LAND, the name given to a considerable 
 extent of coast in the Antarctic Ocean, S. of Madagascar; lat. 
 67° 25' S.; Ion. 50° E. Discovered by Captain Biscoe in 
 1831. 
 
 ENDERES, a tn. Turkey in Asia, prov. Sivas, beauti- 
 fully situated in a romantic but well -cultivated district, 
 100 m. S.W. Trebizond. It consists of about 120 houses, 
 all built of stone, and flat-roofed, and is divided into two 
 quarters, occupied respectively by Turks and Armenians. 
 The latter have two churches, one of them ancient, the other 
 quite modern. Considerable care and .skill are shown in 
 
 irrigating the fields, which, in consequence, raise good crops 
 of wheat, barley, and flax. Almost all the persons employed 
 in Constantinople in cutting and manipulating tobacco are 
 natives of Enderes. 
 
 ENGANO [add.], an isl. Indian Archipelago, about 60 m. 
 off the S.W. coast of Sumatra; lat. (W. point) 5° 21' S.; Ion. 
 (E. point) 102° 7' 15" E. Its area, including some islets 
 near it, is computed at 400 geo. sq. m. It is girdled by a 
 coral reef, on which the surf breaks heavily. The surface, 
 though sufficiently elevated to be visible at the distance of 
 about 20 m., seems not to be mountainous. The soil is a 
 red clay, occupied for the most part by dense forest. The 
 inhabitants, of genuine Malay extraction, are in a very rude 
 state. Their only clothing is a shred of prepared bark or 
 dried banana leaf at the waist. Having no knowledge of 
 iron, their weapon is a spear tipped with fish-bone. 
 
 ENNS [add.], a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 circle Traun, on the river Enns and the W. railway, 85 m. 
 W. Vienna. It is a very old but well-built place, consisting 
 of a town proper and five suburbs. The town, surrounded 
 by turreted walls, which were built with the ransom shame- 
 fully exacted from Richard Coeur de Lion, contains 390 
 houses, arranged partly in streets, and partly in a large public 
 square, and in many cases of handsome appearance. The 
 principal building within the walls is the castle of Ensegg, 
 belonging to Prince Auersperg, and containing a collection 
 of Roman antiquities. Among the benevolent institutions 
 .ire an asylum for children, a town-hospital, a lazaretto, and 
 a poorhouse. The trade of the place is tolerably active, 
 particularly in iron and steel ware. Lorch, a vil. in the 
 vicinity, is partly on the site of the Roman Lauraceum, and 
 deserves notice both for a fine old church and several Roman 
 antiquities. It was also the scene of the martyrdom of St. 
 Florian, in the reiirn of Diocletian. Pop. 4000. 
 
 ENTRECASTEAUX, or North Port, a port, Tas- 
 mania, near the S.W. entrance of the channel of same name, 
 on the S.E. shore of the island. It is about 600 j'ds. wide 
 at its entrance, but immediately within increases in width to 
 1200 yds., and extends northward for nearly 1| m., with 
 depth of 5, 4, and 3 fathoms at a short distance from the 
 shore. The ground, rising with a gentle acclivity, is covered 
 with thick wood, and the water is so sheltered that it is 
 scarcely agitated by the most violent winds. 
 
 EPIPHANIE, a vil. Canada East, co. L'Assomption, 
 27 m. N.E. Montreal, near the Achagan. It has a consider- 
 able trade in flour and lumber, and a pop. of about 1500. 
 
 EPPAN (St. AIichael). a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, 
 circle Brixen, not far from Botzen. It is a large straggling 
 place, and has a Capuchin monastery, founded in 1638, and 
 an educational institute. Much wine of good quality is grown 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 1600. 
 
 ERAOOR, a vil. Ceylon, East Province, near the N. 
 shore of the lagoon, and 8 m. N.W. of the town of Batticaloa. 
 It is a large place, inhabited by Moors, who are chiefly en- 
 gaged in agriculture, though some of them weave cotton 
 cloth; some are also drivers of taldvams, or bullock caravans, 
 into the interior, carrying cocoa-nuts, salt, and brassware 
 from the coast, and bringing back in return areca-nuts, deer's 
 horns, and wax. The Moors of Eraoor were celebrated for 
 their courage and address in the capture of wild elephants, 
 while they were in demand for the courts of Indian princes; 
 but of late years this demand has almost ceased. The rx)ad 
 from the coast to this village passes through a rich country, 
 lined the whole way on the right by cocoa-nut plantations, 
 and on the left by carefully cultivated and plentifully irri- 
 gated rice-fields. 
 
 ERAR, a small river, E. Africa, which, rising among the 
 hills to the N.E. of Harar, flows past that city in a S. direc- 
 tion, towards the Webbe of Ogadyn, sometimes called the 
 Webbe Shebayli, or Haines River. Where Burton crossed 
 it it had a bed about 100 yds. wide, and filled the greater 
 l)art of it with a thin sheet of clear, cool, and sweet water. 
 What gives interest to the Erar is the fact that it is the only 
 perennial stream which exists between Harar and the coast. 
 
 ERD, or Hamsabeg, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and about 23 m. N.E. Stuhlweissenburg, near the Danube; 
 with a castle, the ruins of a Turkish tower, a Roman road, 
 distilleries, tileworks, and a trade in corn and wine. Charles 
 of Lorraine defeated the Turks here on 23d July, 1684; and, 
 
ERDBERG 
 
 132 
 
 ESQUIMAUX 
 
 according to Hungarian chronicles, a great slaughter of the 
 Huns took place in the same locality. Pop. 3552. 
 
 ERDBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Jloravia, circle and 
 9 m. E. Znaim; with a deanery church and 2252 inhabitants. 
 
 ERDEK [anc. Ariace], a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, 
 on the W. side of the peninsula of Cyzicus, which projects N. 
 into the Sea of Marmora. It was entirely burned down in 
 1854, but has risen from its ashes, and now contains about 
 1000 Greek and 200 Turkish houses. A tongue of land, 
 which terminates in a hill presenting three steep faces towards 
 the sea, is defended on tlie land side by a wall which was once 
 thought to be Pelasgian, but is now understood to be not 
 older than the middle ages. 
 
 ERDO-HENYE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Zemplin, 30 m. S. by E. Kaschau; with a trade in excellent 
 wine and fruit, and numerous mineral springs, with a bathing 
 establishment. Pop. 2050 — half of them belonging to the 
 Reformed church, and many of them Jews. 
 
 ERDOSZABA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 25 m. S.E. Szathmar, on the N. frontiers of Transylvania. 
 It has a castle belonging to Count Hunyady, and contains 
 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 ERIE [add.], a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. of 
 same name, beautifully situated on Presque Isle Bay, on the 
 S. shore of Lake Erie. Its site is an elevated bluff, com- 
 manding a fine view; its streets are broad, and regularly laid 
 out at right angles, and it has a central park of great extent 
 and beauty. The principal public buildings and institutions are 
 the custom house and post office, occupying a handsome marble 
 structure, twelve churches, a public library, an academy, 
 and a number of public schools. Among the industrial estab- 
 lishments are two exten.sive foundries, machine .shops, several 
 large flour-mills, and a variety of factories. Possessing one 
 of the best harbours on the lakes, and also ample means of 
 communication with the interior, by the Sunbury and Erie 
 railway, and the Erie extension of the Pennsylvania canal, 
 Erie possesses an extensive and rapidly increasing trade. It 
 has also a valuable fishery a few miles N. of the harbour, 
 where large numbers of white fi.sh and trout are caught. Pop. 
 9419. 
 
 ERKELET, a tn. Asia Minor, prov. Karamania, S. of 
 the river Kizil Irmak (the ancient Halys), in lat. 38° 50' N.; 
 Ion. 35° 13' E. The name is a corruption of the ancient 
 Heraclea. It is a thriving and healthy town, with neatly 
 built houses and beautiful gardens. The surrounding country 
 is eminently fertile. Pop. about 6000 souls, of whom the 
 majority are Mohammedans. 
 
 ERUKO, a tn. Western Africa, prov. Bassa, r. bank 
 Benuwe, 80 m. above its confluence with the Kwara. It is 
 surrounded by a double palisade of tall trees, and stands near 
 the ruins of a town of same name, which appears to have been 
 much more important. In the modern Eruko there are no 
 buildings of any pretensions; but in the earlier town, which 
 was pillaged and burned down by the Fellatah many years 
 ago, not only were the walls more substantial, and the plans 
 more regular, but some attempts at architectural ornament 
 had been made. The huts had been coloured both within 
 and without, not in rude daubs, but with red, white, and a 
 bluish-black, laid on evenly, and equally tinted all over. The 
 inhabitants are industrious, and are much employed in the 
 manufacture of palm-oil, Eruko being the farthest place up 
 the Benuwe where it is made, though the oil-palms grow abun- 
 dantly for many miles higher. 
 
 ERZEROOM [add.], a tn. Turkish Armenia, cap. pach. 
 of same name, 166 m. N.N.E. Diarbekir; lat. 40° 9' N.; Ion. 
 41° 6' E. It was totally destroyed by an e.arthquake on the 
 2d of June, 1859, compelling its inhabitants to migrate to 
 the neighbouring towns. 
 
 ESACHTILZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Upper Neutra, 23 m. N.N.E. Tyrnau, on the Dudvagh; with 
 the ruins of a castle, once occupied by the notorious Elizabeth 
 Bathory; and a trade in corn and wine. Pop. 2050. 
 
 ESKI-DSHUMNA, or Eski-Juma, a tn. Turkey in 
 Europe, Bulgaria, eyalet and 64 m. S.S.E. Silistria, on the 
 N. slope of a lofty ridge. It has an important annual fair; 
 and by means of extensive mulberry plantations raises a 
 large quantity of silk. 
 
 ESKI-SHEHR [add.], [anc. Dorylaeum], a tn. Turkey 
 in Asia, Anatolia, 35 m. S.E. Constantinople. It consists of 
 
 two parts — the town proper and the bazaar, connected with 
 each other by a stone dike of considerable length. The 
 mosques, with their eight minarets, give the place an impos- 
 ing appearance, but the interior is still and lifeless. The 
 celebrated baths are in the bazaar quarter; and there are 
 some interesting Roman sculptures and inscriptions in the 
 vicinity. Eski-Shehr figures in the wars of the Crusaders 
 
 ESMERALDAS [add.], a river and tn. S. America, 
 Ecuador. The river is understood to be formed by several 
 streams from the AV. Andes, not far from Cotopaxi, flows 
 N.N.W., receiving several aflBuents, of which the Guailla- 
 bamba is the most important, and falls into the Pacific, about 
 12 m. below the town of same name. In the upper part of 
 its course its channel is obstructed by rapids, and in the lower 
 there is a bar with a bottom so uneven that 7 fathoms are 
 found alongside 84. Such, too, i.s the velocity of tlie current, 
 that the water continues fresh for 2 m. from the river's mouth. 
 
 The TOWN, on the 1. bank, 6 m. above the mouth of the 
 
 river, and capital of the prov. of same name, 100 m. N.W. 
 Quito, is of recent origin, having been substituted for an 
 older town, which stood on the banks of the river at some 
 distance, and is a very paltry place, consisting of wooden 
 houses, with a pop. of not more than 600, of whom the 
 majority are muleteers. There are mines of emeralds in the 
 vicinity, formerly worked by the Jesuits; but since the 
 expulsion of the order, this branch of iiulustry has been 
 neglected. 
 
 ESQUIMALT, a tn. and port. Vancouver Island, at the 
 S. extremity, 3 m. S. Victoria, the capital of the island. The 
 town is well situated, and the harbour offers safe and con- 
 venient anchorage; it is also well adapted for an almost im- 
 pregnable fortified position, as well as for a naval station and 
 docks. The harbour of Victoria being unsuitable for ship- 
 ping, Esquimau has become the port for the island, and is 
 likewise the entrepot for much of the commercial traffic with 
 British Columbia. In 1858 Victoria contained only a fort of 
 the Hudson Bay Company, and one or two houses attached to 
 it; and at the same period Esquimau was entirely unoccupied. 
 The discovery of gold in British Columbia produced a sudden 
 influx of settlers: the town of Victoria spiang up with great 
 rapidity, and the necessities of trade have produced tlie equally 
 rapid rise of the port of Esquimau. The town is already of 
 considerable extent, and among its earliest buildings were a 
 naval hospital, and the residence of the chief justice of the 
 island; it is connected with Victoria by an excellent road. 
 The following figures will show the commercial position the 
 port has already attained, for though they represent the trade 
 and traffic of the whole of Vancouver Island, they are yet 
 almost entirely applicable to Esquimalt alone, which engrosses 
 nearly all the exports and imports, and the great majority of 
 the shipping in tlie latter years. 
 
 Tonnage of Vessels 1 
 Entered & Cleared J 
 
 Value of Imports . 
 ,, Exports. 
 
 1869. 
 
 tons. 
 135,395* 
 
 1860. 1861. 1862. 1863. 
 
 tons. 
 254,123 
 
 tons. 
 172,365 
 
 416,611 
 
 tons. 
 282,895 
 
 744,377 
 
 tons. 
 341,984 
 
 £ 
 797,296 
 39,679 
 
 • From June 14 to Dec. 81. 
 
 The small amount of exports is accounted for by the fact 
 that the gold, which is the only exported produce of British 
 Columbia, is usually taken to California by the producers, 
 and there disposed of: the want of an adequate coined cur- 
 rency preventing its being exchanged within the colony or in 
 Vancouver Island. Thus, though for the most part it passes 
 through Victoria and Esquimalt, yet, being in private hands, 
 it does not appear under the head of exports. 
 
 ESQUIMAUX, a group of islands, British America, on 
 the E. coast of Labrador, near the S.W. entrance of the Strait 
 of Belle Isle. They form part of a chain which commences 
 at Salmon Bay. and stretches W. along the coast for 14 m. 
 under the different names of Esquimaux, Old Fort, and Dog 
 Islands. They are of all shapes, sizes, and heights, never 
 however rising higher than 200 ft., and are, with the excep- 
 tion of some near the mainland, bare of trees. Whale Island, 
 the southernmost of the chain, is only f m. long, and J m. 
 broad. Near it lie tlie steep, bare, granitic islands which 
 
ESQUIMAUX 
 
 133 
 
 EXMOUTH 
 
 form the harbour of Bonne Esjj^rance. Tlie island Esqui- 
 maux, wliich gives name to tlie group, is of hirger dimensions, 
 being from 8 to 9 m. in circuit. It lies in the moutli of 
 Esquimaux Bay, so near the mainland that only small 
 scliooners can pass through the narrow channel. 
 
 ESQUIMAUX (Point), liritish America, Labrador, on 
 the shore of the St Lawrence, N. of Anticosti Island, and 
 500 m. N.E. Quebec. A village has been founded on it by 
 Canadian settlers, wiio have built some good two-storied 
 houses, and cleared and fenced a considerable extent of land, 
 which they cultivate. The situation of the new settlement 
 is pleasant, and the lowlands of the back country, at the foot 
 of the hills, which rise in rugged masses a few miles from 
 the shore, are well adapted for the rearing of cattle. About 
 50 families had arrived here in 1862. Similar colonies are 
 springing up at other spots along the coast, Natashquan, a 
 short distance eastward, being one of them. 
 
 ESTEliO-REAL, a river. Central America, rises in the 
 AV. Cordillera of the Andes, flows circuitously W., forming 
 the boundary between Nicaragua and Honduras, and falls 
 into the head of the Gulf of Fonseca, near its S.E. extremity. 
 It lias a good" depth of water, and was navigated by Sir E. 
 Belcher, in the Starling, for 30 m. from its mouth. But for 
 the prevailing strong winds, which made the passage toilsome, 
 he might easily have gone farther. According to native 
 accounts there is 10 ft. of water in the channel for 30 m. more. 
 
 ESUllDA, or Esunda, a tn. India, Kajpootana, state and 
 60 m. S. Jeypoor, near 1. bank Bunas. It is a well-built 
 town, of pleasing appeaj'ance, inclosed by a ditch and a strong 
 wall, and defended by a citadel near its centre. 
 
 ETA W AH [add.], a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Provinces. 
 The DISTRICT, between lat. 26° 21' and 27° 9' N.; Ion. 
 78° 46' and 79° 49' E., is bounded N. by Mynpoorie and Fur- 
 ruckabad, E. Cawnpore, S. Bundelcund, S.W. Scindia's Do- 
 minions, and "W. Agra; area, 1674 sq. m. The whole dist. lies 
 within the Doab, except a small strip which lies along the 
 r. bank of the Jumna. The soil in the E. and N.E. is gene- 
 rally fertile, but becomes indifferent towards the Jumna, and 
 still more so beyond it, where the surface is rugged, wild, 
 and in some parts almost barren. The principal spring crops 
 are wheat, barley, gram, and other kinds of pulse; the autum- 
 nal crops, opium, sugar-cane, cotton, indigo, rice, jowar, and 
 bajra. The fruits include apples, mangoes, plantains, guavas, 
 oranges, citrons, limes, lemons, and remarkably fine melons. 
 Among the wild quadrupeds are jackals, hyaenas, wolves, wild 
 hogs, antelopes, and porcupines. Birds, including falcons, 
 l)eacocks, and the small species in almost endless variety, 
 are said literally to crowd the trees; guinea-fowl and the 
 common gallinaceous poultry run wild in the jungle. The 
 climate is very trying to European constitutions; in no other 
 part of India are the hot winds more frequent 
 
 and scorching. Pop. 481,224. The town, 
 
 cap. of the above dist., situated about 1 m. E. of 
 the Jumna, on the E. Indian railway, 206 m. (by 
 rail) N.W. Allahabad, and 63 m. S.E. Agra, has ^^. -i 
 
 a striking appearance, many of the houses occu- ^>^ * 
 pying small isolated summits, separated by deep, '- 
 narrow, precipitous ravines. The interior, how- 
 ever, is very indifferent, and exhibits many 
 symptoms of decay, and much appearance of 
 poverty and wretchedness. The fort, situated 
 on a high sandhill overlooking the Jumna, is '-.t'.?"'' 
 of limited dimensions; the jail is one of the 
 largest in the N.W. Provinces. The British _ 
 cantonment, wliich lies on a wide sandy plain, _^ 
 1 m. N.W. of the town, has never been a favour- 
 ite station, and for some time before the late >" 
 mutiny was occupied only by a wing of native 
 infantry. The sepoys then belonging to it 
 mutinied in the latter end of May, 1857. Pop. 
 17,783. 
 
 ETIMADPOOR, or Atamadpoor, a tn. India, N.W. 
 Provinces, dist. and about 20 m. E.N.E. Agra. It is an in- 
 considerable place, situated in a district much cut up by deep 
 precipitous ravines; is surrounded by a mud wall of no great 
 strength, and possesses a well-supplied bazaar. Within the 
 town is a large tank, embanked by strong walls of masonry, 
 and having in its centre a polygonal building of two stories, 
 crowned by a dome. 
 
 ETZATLAN, a tn. Mexico, state Jalisco, 42 m. W. 
 Guadalaxara; with 2834 inhabitants, employed in agriculture 
 and mining. 
 
 EUFALA, a tn. U. States, Alabama, 70 m. S.E. Mont- 
 gomery, beautifully situated r. bank Chattachoochee, which 
 is here navigable from November to June. It occupies a 
 height about 200 ft. above the water, contains several churches, 
 and, in addition to some general trade, used to export annually 
 about 20,000 bales of cotton, the produce of the surrounding 
 plantations. Pop. 3000. 
 
 EUGENIE, an archipelago, nearly in the centre of Vic- 
 toria Bay, on the S.W. coast of Manchooria, in the Sea of 
 Japan. The islands, about twenty in number, vary much in 
 size, the largest having an area of about 20 sq. m., and are 
 hilly and covered with Verdure. The trees, mostly oaks, of 
 superior quality, and hazel, are thinly scattered. Some of the 
 islands aflbrd good anchorages for ships of the largest burden. 
 They are inhabited apparently by Chinese and Koreans. 
 
 EUPATORIA [add.], a tn. Russia, the Crimea, 50 m. 
 N. Sebastopol. It is noted as the place of debarkation of 
 the allied armies of England and France, in September, 1854, 
 when they effected their first landing in the Crimea, and a 
 few days afterwards encountered the Russians in the battle of 
 the Alma. 
 
 EVANSVILLE, a tn. U. States, Indiana, cap. co. Van- 
 derburg, on a height above the Ohio, at the terminus of the 
 Erie and Wabash canal, and on the Evansville and Crawfords- 
 ville railway, 140 m. S.W. Indianopolis. Owing to a re- 
 markable bend which the Ohio makes here Evansville has 
 sometimes been designated the 'crescent city.' It contains 
 twenty-two churches, including almost all denominations, 
 various public schools, three public libraries, and a national 
 marine hospital erected by the general government. Coal 
 and iron abounding in the neighbourhood give great facilities 
 to manufactures, and accordingly numerous factories, machine 
 shops, and mills have been erected. Pop. (1860), about 1 1,484. 
 
 EVEREST, a mountain, Asia, in the N. of Ncpaul; lat. 
 27° 59' ]7"N.; Ion. 85° 58' 6" E. Itis the loftiest summit of the 
 Himalaya, having a height of 29,002 ft., while Kinchinjunga, 
 which used to claim that honour, and is situated to the E. of 
 it, in lat. 27° 42' 9" N.; Ion. 88° 11'26' E., is only 28,156 ft., 
 and Dwalagiri, to the W. of it, in lat. 28° 41' 48" N.; Ion. 
 83° 32' 9" E., is only 26,826. Colonel Waugh, who first 
 measured it in conducting the trigonometrical survey of 
 India, has given it the name of Mount Everest, in honour of 
 Colonel Everest, his distinguished predecessor. 
 
 EXMOUTH, an isl. British America, Arctic regions, in 
 the W. entrance of Belcher Channel; lat. 77° 15' N.; Ion. 
 95° 50' W. When seen from a distance it attracts attention 
 by the redness of its colour, produced by the strata of red 
 
 EXMOUTH ISLAND.— From Belcher's Last of the Arctic Voyages. 
 
 sandstone, of which the greater part of it is composed. On 
 the summit, which has a height of 567 ft., this sandstone 
 is capped by a fossiliferous limestone. Vegetation is more 
 luxuriant than usual in the same region, and game also 
 appears to be abundant, not only geese, ducks, ptarmigan, and 
 hares frequenting it in great numbers, but deer also. Not- 
 withstanding this abundance it is not inhabited, and does not 
 seem even to be visited by natives. 
 
EXUMA 
 
 134 
 
 FARO 
 
 EXUMA [add.], two islands, W. Indies, Raliamas, partly 
 intersected by the tropic of Cancer: — 1, Great Eximia, about 
 25 m. long, between N.W. by W. and S.E. by E., with a 
 varying breadth of 1 to 5 in., is low and swampy, and skirted 
 by sandbanks and small cays on the S., but becoming more 
 firm and elevated on the N., attains the height of 50 to 100 ft. 
 Its inhabitants are chiefly employed in raising stock and 
 provisions, which they dispose of to small coasters, who carry 
 them to Nassau in New Providence. Along the N. shore are 
 several secure harbours, for vessels drawing 14 or 15 ft. 
 Pop. about 2000. — 2, lAttle Exuma, separated from the 
 former by a small shallow channel almost fordable at low 
 water, is about 8 m. long from E.S.E. to W.N.W., but is 
 narrow and low, and contains only about 160 inhabitants, who 
 find their chief employment in a valuable salt-pond. 
 
 EYN-NEJM [' fountain of the star'], a vil. E. Arabia, 
 kingdom Nejd, 200 m. E. Riad. at one time famous for a hot 
 sulphureous spring, covered with an open cupola, and largely 
 frequented for the cure of cutaneous diseases and paralysis. 
 But the government a few years ago destroyed both well and 
 cupola, 'lest the people should put their trust in the waters 
 rather than in God.' 
 
 EYRE, Lake, a large sheet of water, almost worthy of 
 being denominated a sea, in S. Australia, lying between lat. 
 28° 20' and 29° 30' S., and Ion. 135° and 140° E. The rivers 
 Frome and Clayton empty themselves into this lake, whose 
 northern boundaries are not as yet defined with any degree of 
 accuracy. The country on the W. side is sandy and barren, 
 but occasionally relieved by hills that attain a considerable 
 elevation. To the S. there are numerous creeks, which pro- 
 mote a rank but prolific vegetation. The districts border- 
 ing on Luke Eyre and Lake Torrens were tlioroughly explored 
 by M'Douall Stuart in 1859-60, who, again examining apart 
 of its shore in 1861, found it edged with a layer of salt, 3 
 inches thick, upon clay. 
 
 EYTAH, or Eta, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. 
 Mynpoorie, 50 m. N.E. Agra, occupies a low site almost 
 completely flooded in the rainy season, is surrounded by a mud 
 wall, and has a well-supplied bazaar. 
 
 EYWANOWrrZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 20 m. N.E. Briinn, on the Hanna. It has an ancient 
 castle, surrounded by a ditch and flanked with bastions; a 
 Jewish infirmary, and three annual fairs; and contains 2000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 F. 
 
 FACING TST>AND, Australia, on the coast of Queens- 
 land, off Port Curtis, and just below the tropic of Capricorn; 
 lat. 23° 45' S.; Ion. 151° 25' E.; is 8 J m. long, and 2| m. at 
 its greatest width ; and is generally low, the most elevated 
 part, Signal Hill, situated at its S. end, reaching only to an 
 altitude of 275 ft. Its shores are muddy and covered with 
 mangroves, wliich fringe the creeks or cluster upon extensive 
 swamps, while the interior presents no richer vegetation than 
 coarse sedgy grass and small bushes, with the usual monoton- 
 ous gum-trees. A seiies of low sand-hills extends along the 
 coast. A kind of rock-oyster is found here, and the island 
 also furnishes quails, the blue mountain-parrots, curlews, 
 godwits, and bustards. 
 
 FAIRFIELD, two places, U. States:—!, A tn. Connecti- 
 cut, on Long Island Sound, and on the New York and New- 
 haven railway, 60 m. S. W. Hartford. It consists principally 
 of one broad street, with spacious hotels in its vicinity for the 
 accommodation of summer visitors. The business of the 
 town is carried on chiefly at the harbour of Southport, situated 
 about 2 m. to the W., at the mouth of Mile Kiver; but owing 
 to the rivalsliip of Bridgeport, at the terminus of the Nau- 
 gatuck and Hausatonic railways, seems not to be increasing. 
 Pop. 4379. — 2, A vil. Iowa, cap. co. Jefferson, on Big Cedar 
 Creek, 52 m. S.S.W. Iowa city. It possesses a branch of 
 the state university and a female seminary, and carries on a 
 considerable trade. Pop. 1692. 
 
 FAIRHAVEN, or Fair Haven, two places, U. States: 
 — 1, A vil. Connecticut, on both sides of the Quinepiack, 
 which here expands into a bay, extending to Newliaven har- 
 bour, and is crossed by two wooden bridges — one for the rail- 
 way and the other for ordinary traffic. It is a cheerful, well- 
 built place, with many fine villas, possesses five churches, 
 four building-yards, and a number of vessels, engaged partly 
 in the Mediterranean and partly in the W. India trade; and 
 is famous for its oysters, of which about 750,000 bushels are 
 annually taken. Pop. about 4000. — 2, A vil. Massachusetts, 
 on the Acushnet, at its mouth in Buzzard's Bay, and on a 
 branch of the Cape Cod, and on the Bedford branch of the 
 Boston and Providence railways, 50 m. S.E. Boston. It 
 contains eleven churches, a high-school, and a savings-bank; 
 paper and cotton mills, a brass foundry, and soap, candle, and 
 oil factories. An expansion of tlie river forms a fine harbour, 
 and a good deal of .shipping belonging to the place is engaged 
 in the whale fisliery. Pop. 3118. 
 
 FALKENAU, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and about 
 24 m. N.N.E. Leitmeritz; with manufactures of cotton goods, 
 dyeworks, bleaclieries, glass refineries, two mills, and 1800 
 inhabitants. 
 
 FATjTSHT, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, circle of 
 same name, r. bank Pruth, 53 m. S.S.E. Jas.sy. The camp 
 in which Peter the Great allowed himself to be completely 
 surrounded, in 1714, and was in consequence compelled to 
 sign the treaty of Hush, was in the vicinity. 
 
 FAMAKA, or Famoka, a vil. Africa, Sennar, r. bank 
 Blue Nile, opposite Fazoklo. 
 
 FANNING, an isl. N. Pacific, belonging to what has 
 been called American Polynesia, in lat. 3° 59' N.; Ion. 
 159° 20' VV. It is about 5 m. in diameter, nearly circular, 
 and almost covered with cocoa palms. It possesses a good 
 harbour, is abundantly supplied with excellent fresh water, 
 and promises to become of some importance, having been 
 formally taken possession of by the British crown, on the 8tli 
 of February, 1861. 
 
 FAOU (I^e), a small maritime tn. France, dep. Finistere, 
 17 m. E.S.E. Brest, in a smiling valley on the Faou, where 
 it joins the Brest Roads. It has some saAV mills, and trade in 
 cattle, wine, brandy, and grain; and its harbour, though 
 small, is well frequented. Pop. 1115. 
 
 FARAH, a tn. India, N W. Provinces, dist. and 22 m. 
 N.W. Agra, about a mile from r. bank Jumna, in an open 
 and well-cultivated country. It is built chiefly within an 
 inclosure of what appears to liave been at one time a very 
 large serai, is defended by a square mud fort, with a bastion 
 on each flank, and has a small but well-supplied bazaar. 
 
 FAKALLON INGLES, a small but lofty i.sl. S. America, 
 in the Bay of Pan.ama, at the edge of the shoal off the river 
 Buenventura, 5 m. N.W. Brava Point, in lat. 8° 20' 36" N.; 
 Ion. 78° 24' 30" W. It is memorable as the spot where 
 Dampier and his party, in 1681, on being prevented by the 
 Spaniards from going by the Santa Maria or Chepo Rivers, 
 sank their ship, and commenced their journey to the Atlantic. 
 They travelled 110 m., occasionally crossing high mountains, 
 but generally proceeding along valleys among deep and dan- 
 gerous rivers, and in twenty-three days reached the Atlantic, 
 near the Concepcion Cays, 60 m. W. of Golden Island in Cale- 
 donia Bay, in the Caribbean Sea, near the W. entrance of 
 tlie Gulf of Darien. 
 
 FARMINGTON, a tn. U. States, Maine, cap. co. 
 Franklin, on the Sandy River, and the terminus of a branch 
 railway, 31 m. N.W. Augusta. It contains six chuiches, an 
 academy, and numerous other schools; and being well supplied 
 with water-power, possesses a large number of manufactories. 
 Not a few of the inhabitants are employed in grazing, for 
 which the district is well adapted. Pop. 3106. 
 
 FARO, a river, Western Africa, the source of which, not 
 exactly known, is supposed to be near Mount Labul, about 
 
FARSHA 
 
 135 
 
 FAZOKLO 
 
 lat. 6° 20' N.; Ion. 10° 40' E. It flows N.N.li. through 
 Adamawa, and joins 1. bank Benuwe, 35 m. E. Yola. Near 
 the point of junction, when Dr. Barth crossed it, it had a 
 breadth of about 600 yards, and was running with a rapid 
 current, though its average depth was not more than 2 ft. 
 In the rainy season this depth 
 is much increased, and a sandy 
 headland at the junction is laid ,r^" 
 
 ahnost entirely under water. 
 
 FAKSHA, a vil. N.Africa, 
 near the E. frontier of Kordo- ^-^ _ 
 
 fan, cap. Dar Hamar, or the Red 
 Country; lat. about 13° N.; Ion. 
 28° 30' E. It consists of seve- 
 ral hundred huts erected on the 
 side of a gentle slope, and is the 
 residence of the chief of the 
 Hamar tribe, who, though no- 
 minally subject to Turkey since 
 the conquest of Kordofan, is 
 virtually independent. The 
 district of Dar Hamar, over 
 which his authority extends, 
 consists of extensive plains, 
 such as the Arabs delight to 
 roam over, in many parts so 
 destitute of water as to be com- 
 pletely parched and sterile dur- 
 ing the hot season, but springing 
 into comparative luxuriance 
 during the rains ; and in other 
 parts possessed of such a depth 
 of soil, and so far favoured by 
 
 springs, that the characteristics of the desert disappear, and 
 gigantic baobab-trees are seen. The Hamar, who have their 
 capital in Faislia, are said to be able to muster 2000 men, most 
 of them in mail shirts and he]mets.—{Pefherick.) 
 
 FAT AW EL, a tn. Western Africa, Adamawa, to the E. 
 of the Wandala range, 140 m. N.E Yola, is particularly de- 
 serving of notice as tlie principal mart for ivory in this part 
 of Africa. 
 
 FATSAN, or Fat-Siian, a tn. China, prov. and 7 m. 
 S.W. Quangtong or Canton, on an arm of the Canton River. 
 It is said that towards the end of the 17th century it did 
 not yield to Canton in wealth or population. Its decline is 
 probably owing in part to a change in tlie river, which has left 
 it with a channel only 4 ft. deep. It has still considerable 
 manufactures of silks, cottons, mats, paper, and articles 
 which are sent to Canton for export. 
 
 FAVOURITE'S ISLAND, a coral isl. of American 
 Tolynesia, in the N. Pacific; lat. 2° 50' N.; Ion. 176° 40' W. 
 
 FAYETTEVILLE [add.], a tn. U. States, N. Carolina, 
 at the head of navigation of Cape Fear River, 53 m. S. 
 Raleigh. It is one of the largest and most stirring places in 
 the state, contains several turpentine distilleries, cotton fac- 
 tories, and flour-mills; and carries on an active trade, parti- 
 cularly in lumber, tar, and turpentine, the materials of which 
 are furnished by the pine forests covering a large part of the 
 adjoining country. Pop. 4790. 
 
 FAZOKLO, or Fazoglo, a vil. Africa, the most S. of 
 Sennar, 1. bank Blue Nile, at the foot of the mountain of same 
 name; lat. 11° 45' N.; Ion. 34° 40' E. The huts which form 
 the village are shaded by baobabs. It is remarkable as 
 being the most S. point of the possessions of the viceroy of 
 Egypt upon the Blue Nile, though his sovereignty here is 
 merely nominal. Jluhemet Ali built here two edifices, which 
 he dignified with the name of palaces, and to which he said 
 he would retreat in case of need. They are both in a ruinous 
 condition. The mountain Fazoklo is the first of any import- 
 ance met with when ascending the Blue Nile, and gives its 
 name to the province around it. It stretches to the S., and 
 then to the S.S. W., its S. boundary not admitting any pre- 
 cise definition. 
 
 FAZOKLO, or Fazoglo, a prov. Africa, E. Soodan, to 
 the S. of Sennar, 1. bank Blue Nile, between lat. 11° and 12° 
 N., named from the mountain chain which forms its N. boun- 
 dary; is very undulating, bristling with abrupt heights, and 
 intersected by deep gorges. Its principal stream is the Tou- 
 mate, which comes from the S., and after winding through the 
 
 province, falls into the Blue Nile below the village of Fazoklo. 
 A great number of torrents, di-y part of the year, furrow tlie 
 province in all directions. Gneiss, granite, eurite, mica 
 schist, and sieuite are the prevailing rocks, accompanied with 
 feldspath, on which reposes auriferous alluvium. Gold is 
 
 BIOUNT FAZOKLO, with Pasha's Palace and Village of Famaka. — From Tremaux. Voyage au Soudan Orient-nl. 
 
 found in the sands everywhere, and has a purity of about 
 95. Vegetation is very vigorous; extensive and almost im- 
 penetrable forests cover the country; in dry places the mimosas 
 prevail, and in moist places may be seen the great Adansonia 
 digitata, the tamarind, ebony. Cassia fistula, three species of 
 palms, euphorbias, and the bamboo, which forms thickets. 
 The soil likewise produces many liliaceous, cucurbitaceous, 
 and gramineous plants, but no wheat, and legumes, more 
 especially haricots. Tlie negroes cultivate only a little to- 
 bacco and maize. The fauna includes the elephant, rhinoceros, 
 hippopotamos, lion, panther, and a kind of very ferocious 
 hyaena, but few horned animals. The sheep have a short 
 kind of wool, resembling hair, disposed over the body in 
 patches of various shades of colour. Birds are numerous, 
 and include the stork, the tailless eagle, the sacred ibis, the 
 black ibis, and many grain-eating birds with rich plumage. 
 The chief insect is the white ant, which destroys whatever is 
 left within its reach. 
 
 There are three seasons in Fazoklo. Summer begins in 
 February, when the heat attains to about 112° Fah. May 
 comes in with violent storms, and during it there is rain twice 
 or thrice each week, and during the three following months 
 the rains are incessant; they diminish in September. Winter 
 commences in October, and ends in January, during wliich time 
 the morning is cold, and the afternoon warm. In the twenty- 
 four hours the thermometer varies from 50° to 104° Fah. 
 
 The inhabitants are negroes and pagans, and go com- 
 pletely naked-. They are called Berta, and their country is 
 sometimes named Dar-Derta. The tribes are divided by the 
 mountains or groups of mountains they inhabit; and they con- 
 struct their dwellings — round bamboo-huts, covered with 
 straw — in the most inaccessible localities, as a protection 
 against their enemies the Gallas on the south, and the sol- 
 diers of the viceroy of Egypt on the north. The chief centres 
 of population are those of the mountains of Cassan, Beni- 
 changourou, Sing^, Fakaro, and Kamamille. Thewie^or king 
 dwells in Cassan. The Bertas are quiet, abstemious, and 
 live chiefly on fruits. They make a kind of beer of meal, 
 which is both nutritive and intoxicating. They are occupied 
 chiefly in gold- washing, but have also some tanneries for the 
 preparation of hides. The merchants who come to purchase 
 their gold, bring them in exchange salt, millet, cloth, and 
 glass- beads. The Bertas are courageous. They are armed 
 with skin-shields, large daggers, and lances, which they throw 
 with great address; and on the appearance of an enemy they 
 give the alarm by lighting fires on the tops of the hills. 
 
FEGYVERNEK 
 
 136 
 
 FIORIO 
 
 Fazoklo was once an independent state, governed by an 
 elected king, whose conduct was judged each year by a 
 council of notables. During this examination the king re- 
 mained seated on an ottoman, surrounded by armed men, ready 
 to kill him should he be condemned. This custom was pre- 
 served till the reign of Yassin, who was massacred in 1838 
 by order of his judges. Fazoklo now pays tribute to the 
 viceroy of Egypt, who has the right of appointing and depos- 
 ing the chiefs of the country. 
 
 FEGYVERNEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Szolnok. It was once a place of some importance, but lost 
 it in consequence of the inroads of the Turks. Tobacco is 
 largely grown in the vicinity. Pop. 3618. 
 
 FEID, a vil. N. Arabia, on the S.E. side of the Selnia 
 chain, at the junction of the Syrian and a Pei'sian pilgrim 
 route to Mecca. It is the oldest village in the province, and 
 is inhabited by about 150 families, who subsist by gathfring 
 fodder, and laying it up in store against the arrival of the 
 pilgrims, to whom they then sell or exchange it. 
 
 FEISTRITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carniola, on 
 a stream of same name in the Wochein Valley, 30 m. N.W. 
 Laybach. Its inhabitants are engaged partly in agriculture 
 and partly in mining coal and iron, and both smelting and 
 manufacturing the latter. Pop. 5000. 
 
 FELVINCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 25 m. S.S.E. Klausenburg, on the Maros. The in- 
 habitants are chiefly employed in agriculture and the rearing 
 of cattle. Pop. 1150. 
 
 FERGUS, a vil. British America, Canada W^est, co. 
 Wellington, on the Grand River, 48 m. W. by N. Toronto; 
 with a Free and a VVesleyan church, two weekly newspapers, 
 and a large trade in flour and lumber. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 FERNANDO (San), a tn. Chili, prov. Colchagua, cap. 
 dep. of same name, nearly equidistant from the W. base of the 
 Cordilleras and the banks of the Tinguirien, 110 m. S.E. 
 Valparaiso. It occupies a site so injudiciously chosen, as to 
 be exposed to the winter floods; and consists of houses which, 
 though compactly built, have, as well as the streets, a very 
 poor appearance; the former being low and incommodious, 
 and the latter ill paved and tortuous. The two churches are 
 equally wretched, and the three schools are poorly attended. 
 Though exposed to inundation San Fernando is 1410 ft. 
 above sea-level. Pop., including the suburbs, about 12,000. 
 
 FERNANDO (San), a tn. Mexico, state Coahuila, in a 
 fertile district, near the Rio Grande, 206 m. N. Saltillo. It 
 stands on the Upper Salado, and was once an important mili- 
 tary post, but suffered much during the war between Mexico 
 and the U. States, and has never recovered its former pros- 
 perity. It still contains about 3000 inhabitants, whose chief 
 employment is agriculture. 
 
 FERNEZELY (Also, Kis-Banya, and Fei.so), three 
 nearly contiguous places, Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Szathmar, 42 m. E.S.E. Szathmar-Nemethi, near the N. 
 frontiers of Transylvania. They have mineral springs, and 
 mines of silver, copper, and lead, with smelting furnaces and 
 other mining establishments; and an aggregate pop. of 3000. 
 
 FEROZABAD [add.], a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 dist. and 24 m. E. Agra. It is of considerable size, sur- 
 rounded by a wall, and indicates, both from the beautiful 
 remains of splendour within it, and the numerous mounds 
 and shapeless ruins outside, that it must once have been a 
 place of great importance. The present inhabitants live 
 chiefly in cottages thatched with straw. The bnzaar is well 
 supplied. Pop. 11,792. 
 
 FEROZEPORE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. 
 Goorgaon, cap. i)ergunnah of same name, 74 m. S. Delhi. 
 It is surrounded by a tolerably strong wall flanked with 
 towers, and defended by a mud fort, which is mounted with 
 cannon. Within the fort is the nabob's palace, which, though 
 not large, is handsomely built and furnished in the English 
 style. Pop. 7989. 
 
 FEROZPOOR [add.], a dist. and tn. India. The dist., 
 situal;ed in Sirhind, is of very irregular shape, of somewhat 
 indefinite limits, in consequence of several changes which 
 took place after the termination of the Sikh war. Its centre 
 seems to be nearly intersected by the parallel of 31° and the 
 meridian of 75°. Neither its area nor its population can be 
 stated. A great part of the surface is barren or covered 
 with jungle, and not more than one-thirtieth is alleged to be 
 
 under cultivation. Evidences of its having once been in a 
 more prosperous state are furni.shed by several ruined villages 
 and towns, and fine wells now choked with rubbish. The 
 great thing wanted is irrigation, and this might be furnished 
 at comparatively little expense, by cutting a canal of only a 
 mile long, which would convey water from the Sutlej to the 
 Sukri, a dry watercourse or mullah which winds through the 
 
 district. The town, cap. of the above di.st., situated 
 
 about 3 m. from 1. bank Sutlej, and 50 m. S. by E. Lahore, 
 consists of the town proper and a fort. The town, sur- 
 rounded by a ditch and a mud wall, had fallen into a state of 
 great decay and general wretchedness, when its occupation 
 by the British completely changed its appearance. For its 
 narrow lanes, in the filthiest state imaginable, and its mean 
 houses huddled together in the most disorderly manner, have 
 been substituted wide and handsome streets, with colonnaded 
 rows of shops and long lines of warehouses. The fort, an 
 irregular structure filled with earth to half the height of the 
 walls, and crowded with mean brick and mud hovels, has 
 also been remodelled and converted into an important British 
 arsenal. On the breaking out of the mutiny some companies 
 of the 45th N.I. nearly succeeded in seizing it, and when 
 frustrated did not decamp till they were permitted, by some 
 mismanagement, to commit much havoc in the town. Pop. 
 about 60U0. 
 
 FERTILE BELT, The, a strip of country, British North 
 America, on the N. boundary of the U. States, or between lat. 
 49° and 51° N. and Ion. 95° and 98° W. The country on either 
 side of this singular district is bleak, barren, and unsuitable for 
 the settler; but the Fertile Belt itself is described as a partially 
 wooded region, abounding in lakes and rich pastures. The 
 soil is a rich, deep, vegetable mould, occasionally spreading 
 out into open blooming prairies. But, as the winter endures 
 for upwards of seven months, during which period the rivers 
 and lakes are ice-bound, and the whole countjy clothed with 
 snow, and as the heat of the summer is equally intense, it may 
 be doubted whether the Fertile Belt will ever attract a steady 
 immigration of European settlers. An attempt was made, 
 however, as early as 181 1, by the Earl of Selkirk to colonize 
 a portion of it, and with many vicissitudes the lied River 
 settlement has struggled on, until now its population, includ- 
 ing Indian "half breeds," numbers about 6000 souls. 
 
 FIERSO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 12 m. S.W. 
 Rovigo; with several churches, and 3238 inhabitants. 
 
 FIFENESS, the extreme E. point of Fifeshire, Scotland, 
 about 2 m. E. by N. Crail. Its elevation above the sea is 
 very slight, and it presents no features of grandeur or sub- 
 limity like other headlands. A reef, called the Carr Rocks, 
 projects from it into the German Ocean, and has been the 
 occasion of numerous shipwrecks. 
 
 FILIYO, a tn. Western Africa, Songhay country, 24Q m. 
 S.E. Timbuctoo, in a beautiful and fertile district. It con- 
 sists of several detached groups of houses, built of clay, with 
 elevated tower-like entrances, which give the whole place a 
 castellated appearance. The vicinity has a rich embellish- 
 ment of trees, and the surrounding fields bear heavy crops of 
 corn. The inhabitants, almost all Songhay, are nominally 
 subject to the Pullo chief of Jilgodi, but have an independent 
 demeanour, and evidently detest the Fellatah yoke. 
 
 FILLMORE, a tn. U. States, Utah, of which it is the 
 capital, about 150 m. almost due S. from the Great Slave 
 Lake. It is inhabited by Mormons, and consists of houses 
 made either of adobe or of fire- burned bricks. The only 
 building of any pretension is the capitol, which is built of 
 rough-hewn red sandstone in the form of a Greek cross, with 
 a cupola of 60 ft. in diameter in its centre. The beautiful 
 and commanding site of Fillmore, at the height of 5000 ft. 
 above the sea, and at the foot of the main Wahsatch range, 
 not seeming to compensate for its distance from the north and 
 more populous district of the territory, the Mormon legisla- 
 ture in 1856 passed an act, removing the seat of government 
 from it to Salt Lake City. In this they exceeded their 
 powers, and Fillmore is still the recognized capital, though as 
 yet it is a very paltry one, its pop. in I860 being only 715. 
 
 FIORIO, a tn. Italy, on the W. shore of the island of 
 Ischia, at the N.W. entrance of the Bay of Naples. It is the 
 largest town on the island, and, though consisting of narrow 
 streets, is clean and well built, with many handsome houses 
 of two stories. On a rocky promontory jutting into the 
 
FISHKILL 
 
 137 
 
 FONTANA FEEDDA 
 
 sea a cliurch and monastery occupy tlie site of an old castle, 
 of which tlie crenellated walls still remain. The inhabitants 
 of Ischia are bold and skilful sailors, often venturing in their 
 small boats to Genoa and the coast of Africa. Pop. 6000. 
 
 FISH KILL, two places, U. States: — 1, A vil. and town- 
 ship, New York, opposite Newburg, on the Hudson River and 
 the Hudson railway. The vil., situated on Fishkill Creek, 
 contains four or five churches and an academy. Pop. of 
 township, 954(5. — 2, Fishkill Landing, a vil. at the mouth of 
 the above-named creek, with several churches, an iron 
 foundry, a machine-shop, some factories, and a number of 
 stores. There is a feiry between it and Newburg. P. 2544. 
 
 FITZROY [add.], an isl. near the N.E. coast of Aus- 
 tralia, 5 m. N.E. Cape Grafton, is about 5 m. in circuit; its 
 surface is generally high and well wooded, with two peaks, 
 one of which is 861 ft. in height. The rock when exposed 
 is granitic. The prickly calamus palm, pomegranate, and a 
 kind of yam abound upon it. 
 
 FLATTERY, a cape, U. States, territory Washington, 
 on the Pacific, the N.W. extremity of the land at the entrance 
 of Juan de Fuca Strait; lat. 48° 24' N.; Ion. 124° 43' W. 
 About 12 m. S. of it are the Flattery rocks, which extend 
 some distance outwards, and have a considerable elevation. 
 Upon Tatoosh, off the cape, is a lighthouse. 
 
 FLEISSEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 12 m. N.N.W. Eger, on tlie frontiers of Saxony; with a Pro- 
 testant church, manufactures of hosiery and calico, paper, 
 cotton, and other mills; and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 FLINDERS, the name of two isls.:— 1, An isl., the 
 largest of the Furneaux group, situated in the E. entrance 
 of Bass Strait, between the N.E. of Tasmania and the S.E. 
 of Australia. It is about 36 m. long by 21 m. broad, and is 
 traversed by several ridges, one of which, high, barren, and 
 mountainous, presents a bold and abrupt front to the W., but 
 slopes gradually on the E. down to a low sandy beach. The 
 Strzelecki Peaks, forming the culminating points of this 
 ridge, are 2550 ft. above the sea. On the W. the island is 
 fronted by several small islands, under the lee of which 
 shelter from westerly winds may be obtained. On the E. the 
 shore forms nearly a straight line of sandy beach for about 
 19 m., and then becomes diversified by three remarkable 
 peaks, called the Patriarchs, which rise from the low sandy 
 shore, aiid are detached by a similar sandy plain from the 
 liigh barren mountains on the W. Off the E. extremity of 
 the island, and in the vicinity of the loftiest of these peaks, 
 lie the Babel Isles, so named by Captain Flinders, from the 
 discordant and various notes of the innumerable birds fre- 
 quenting them. — 2, An isl. off the coast of S. Australia, about 
 lat. 34° S.; Ion. 134° E. It is the largest and most central 
 of the Investigator group, and is nearly in the form of a 
 square, each side measuring from 3 to 5 m., with rocks pro- 
 jecting from the intermediate points. When Flinders visited 
 it it was frequented by hairy seals, sooty petrels, and small 
 kangaroos. The only good anchorage is on the N. 
 
 FLINT, a tn. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. Genesee, 
 48 m. N.W. Detroit, on the line of railway from Port Huron 
 to Grand Haven. It stands in a fertile district, is the seat of 
 the Michigan asylum for the deaf, dumb, and blind; possesses 
 abundance of water-power, and carries on an active trade. 
 Pop. 2950. 
 
 FLINT, a river, U. States, rises in the W. part of 
 Georgia, near Fayetteville, flows S., and at the S. W. extremity 
 of the state unites with the Challohoochee in forming the 
 Appalachicola. Its whole course is about 300 m., of which 
 a large portion is navigable. 
 
 FLINT, an island in the Pacific Ocean, "S.W. of the 
 Marquesas Islands; lat. 11° 26' S.; Ion. 151° 48' W.; is a. 
 narrow strip of coral about Ij m. long, surrounded with 
 breakers, which render it almost impossible for a boat to 
 land. It was discovered in 1801. 
 
 FLORES, Endeh, or Mangeeai [add.], an isl. Indian 
 Archipelago, forming one of the volcanic group stretching 
 eastward from Java; bounded N. by the Java Sea, S. the 
 Indian Ocean, E. the Strait of Flores, vyhich separates it 
 from the islands of Adcnara and Solor, and W. by the Strait 
 of Mangerai or Mangerye, which separates it from the island 
 of Komodo; lat. 8° 3' to 9° 59' S.; Ion. 1 19° 40' to 123° 1' E.; 
 240 m. long, by 20 m. to 40 m. broad ; area about 4035 geo. 
 sq. m. The N.E. point is named Cape Flores, On the E. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol, I. 
 
 and W. coast there are good harbours for large vessels. On 
 the S. coast are volcanoes; and on the E. side of the island is 
 the peak of Lobetabi, 7117 ft. high, in the vicinity of which 
 dwells a tribe very inimical to Europeans. There are like- 
 wise other lofty mountains, as Romba or Goonong Keo, also 
 a volcano, 9159 ft. high; Goonong Rokka, 6555 ft.; and the 
 peak of Larantooka, 5091 ft. high; and others. Tiie interior 
 of the island is not well known. It is mountainous, well 
 wooded, and not unfruitful, and has warm springs. Among the 
 products are buffaloes, oxen, goats, swine, dogs, fowls, tor- 
 toises, and birds'-nests; sapan and sandal wood, maize, rice, 
 wild cinnamon, and a small quantity of the best cotton in the 
 archipelago; sulphur, pumice-stone, copper, some gold and 
 iron, and on the coast amber. The inhabitants, estimated to 
 number 250,000, arc of Malay extraction, but, unlike other 
 Malaj's, build their houses on the ground, in place of elevat- 
 ing them upon posts. From Celebes vessels arrive annually 
 iu February and March, laden with gold, ivory, common 
 earthenware, native cloths, <fec., and take back in August and 
 September birds'-nests, cordage, and oil. In former times 
 slaves were exported from Mangerai, and were much sought 
 after. The principal places of trade are Mangerai in the N., 
 and Endeh in the S. coast. Since August 6, 1851, inconse- 
 quence of a treaty then concluded, the whole island belongs 
 to the Dutch, though the Portuguese claim some portions of 
 it, and possess a fort on the E. coast at Larantooka, where 
 some of the natives are Christians. 
 
 FLUSHING, a vil. U. States, New York, at the head of 
 a bay opening into Long Island Sound. It contains ten 
 churches, and several schools and seminaries, and is sur- 
 rounded by extensive nurseries and gardens, which attract 
 numerous visitors from New York, the distance being only 
 
 8 m., and the communication constant by steamer or rail. 
 
 FOG HA, a valley. Western Africa, prov. Kebbi, about 
 125 m. S.W. Sokoto. It is bordered on the E. by a hilly 
 chain, separating it from another valley in Mauri, is partly 
 occupied by a backwater of the Niger, so devoid of current 
 that it seems almost stagnant, and where widest has a breadth 
 of about 1000 yards. The sloping banks of the valley are 
 adorned with a profusion of doum-palm, and the flat below is 
 clothed with rank grass. The ground is so strongly impreg- 
 nated with saline particles, that a good deal of salt is manu- 
 factured by the simple process of putting the earth into 
 funnels made of straw and reeds, pouring water over it, boil- 
 ing the liquid thus obtained, and forming the sediment into 
 the shape of a small loaf. The inhabitants, who are of the 
 Fulbe or Fellatah race, suffer much from the incessant war- 
 fare waged against them by the Dendi. 
 
 FOKSHANI, or Fokschani [add.], a tn. Turkey in 
 Europe, 45 m. W.N.W. Galatz, on the Milkov, an affluent of 
 the Sereth, which divides it into two parts, one of which is 
 in Moldavia and the other in Walacliia. The part in Mol- 
 davia is the seat of a civil and a criminal court, possesses a 
 normal school, carries on an active trade with Galatz, par- 
 ticularly in corn, and has a pop. of 20,000, while that of the 
 Walaehian portion does not exceed 3000. 
 
 FOKTU, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Pesth-Solt, 
 
 9 m. W. Kalocsa; with a beautiful arch i episcopal summer 
 residence, and 3064 inhabitants, who are nearly equally divided 
 between Protestants and R. Catholics. 
 
 FOLTITCHENT, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, 
 cap. circle Suczawa, on the Samosch, near the frontiers of 
 Bukowina, 68 m. W.N.W. Jassy. It is the seat of a civil 
 and criminal court, possesses a normal school, has an impor- 
 tant annual fair, and carries on an active trade, particularly 
 in cattle. Pop. 3000. 
 
 FOND DU LAC, a tn. IT. States, Wisconsin, cap. co. of 
 same name, at the S. end of Lake Winnebago, and on the 
 Chicago, St. Paul, and Fond du Lac, and on the Milwaukee 
 and Fond du Lac railways, 60 m. N.E. Madison. It is plea- 
 santly situated on a wooded slope descending towards the 
 lake, and possesses eight churches, a steam woollen factory, 
 several large stores, and a great number of flour and saw- 
 mills. Pop. 5450. 
 
 FONTANA FREDDA, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. 
 Udine, on the railway, 4 m. W. Pordenone. It is memorable 
 for the victory gained in its neighbourhood, on 16th April, 
 1809, by the Archduke John over the viceroy Eugene Beau- 
 harnois. Pop. 3026. 
 
 18 
 
FOOCHOW 
 
 13S 
 
 FOO-KEE-HIEN 
 
 FOO-CHOW [add]. For ten years after this port was 
 open to foreign commerce in 1843, the trade was insignificant 
 compared with what it lias hecome after the second decade of 
 years. At first tlie native merchants were exceedingly jealous 
 of foreigners, and placed every obstacle in their way to the 
 inland trade. On the occupation of Shanghai by the Taiping 
 rebels in 1853, the teamen stopped the supply of tea from 
 the Bohea country to that port, where it was shipped, and 
 directed their stocks to be carried down the river Min to 
 Foo-chow, where the foreign ships followed and took in their 
 cargoes. Not only did this traffic continue during the time 
 Shanghai was held by the rebels, a period of eighteen months, 
 but the route was found to be shorter, and hence the trade 
 more profitable, so that it never returned to Shanghai ; con- 
 sequently Foo-chow has become the great outport for the 
 black tea district. Before that period scarcely a chest of tea 
 appeared on the export list, and now it is the second largest 
 port for the shipment of tea in China. In 1853 the exports 
 did not exceed £43,000, and the imports £46,000. As com- 
 pared with 1863 there was a very perceptible falling off in 
 
 1864 in the tonnage of British vessels in the port, as is thus 
 shown: — • Ai-rived. Departed. 
 
 vessels. tonn. vessels. tonn. 
 
 1S03 .... 332 141t,726 327 147,f,63 
 
 1864 .... 325 131,123 325 131,041 
 
 The decrease is accounted for by a falling off in the paper 
 and tea trade to Tien-tsin, and by the disturbed state of the 
 neighbouring provinces. But both the imports and exports 
 have increased in value. 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1863 £2,071,107 £3,503,751 
 
 1804 -2,207,774 3,890,889 
 
 The rebel disturbances, however, have so much interfered 
 with trade, and induced the levying of so exorbitant taxes, 
 that commerce is thrown into confusion, and the provisions 
 of the treaty of Tien-tsii> have become almost a dead letter in 
 the port. The returns of opium show a decrease, the value 
 of it in 1863 being £1,221,373, and in 1864 £1,086,834. 
 And less tea was exported to Great Britain and Europe in 
 1864 than previously, but there were increasing demands for 
 it for Australia, which is supplied almost entirely from 
 
 Foo chow. The total export of tea in 1864 was valued at 
 £3,711,003, and amounted to 64,967,800 lbs.; in 1863 the 
 totals were £3,230,485, and 61,000,180 lbs. 
 
 At this port the weights used are the same as the English 
 pound weight, the picul being lOOlbs. The tea is bought chiefly 
 with Mexican dollars, or orders from native bankers upon 
 correspondents in the tea districts; and paper currency is used 
 in the city, representing metallic value equivalent to two, 
 three, four, and five shillings. From the animosity shown, 
 at the opening of the port, by the inhabitants of Foo-chow to 
 the foreigners admitted to trade with them under the sanction 
 of their own government, and the danger of exasperating them 
 by their presence, which in several cases led to outrages, 
 none of the foreign traders have taken up their abode within 
 the walls of the city. The only foreigner resident there is 
 the British consul, who deemed it a matter of policy to main- 
 tain the prestige of his country at all hazards. All the other 
 foreign residents live in the suburbs. The total foreign 
 population in 1864 was 129, of whom 89 were British. There 
 were 30 mercantile houses, 13 sundries, 3 missionary estab- 
 lishments, 8 consulates and consular agents, 7 pilots, 27 in- 
 surance agencies, and a branch of the imperial maritime 
 customs, with 16 British, 3 French, and 2 German officials. 
 The Taoutai, or head mandarin of the city, is the superinten- 
 dent of trade. — (Williams' Chinese Commercial Guide; China 
 Directory, 1864; Chinese Customs Returns.) 
 
 F00-CH(30, or Fu-chu, a bay and tn. China, in the Gulf 
 of Leao-tong, on the W. coast of the peninsula of the Regent's 
 Sword; lat. (of town), 39° 40' N.; Ion. 121° 50' E. The bay, 
 which is the next inlet N. of Hulu Shan, is formed on the S. W. 
 
 by a promontory, which terminates in a projecting reef. This 
 avoided, excellent anchorage is found to the N.E. in 5 fathoms 
 water, with an isl. in front, which, from its appearance, has 
 received the name of Flat Top. The land on the N. side of 
 the bay is of singular formation, bearing so strong a resem- 
 blance to extensive fortifications, that it is difficult at first 
 
 sight to believe it to be natural. The town, situated on 
 
 a river a little above its mouth in the bay, is said to command 
 no trade except in coal, which is worked in its vicinity, and 
 exported both in its natural state and in the form of manu- 
 factured fuel. 
 
 FOO-KEE-HIEN, a tn. China, 1. bank Yang-tze-kiang, 
 near the N.E. frontiers of pro v. Sechuen. It is a town of the 
 third rank, and possesses considerable literary fame, contain- 
 ing immense numbers of students and lettered men of every 
 grade. Among the most i-emarkable of its buildings is the 
 Wen-tchang-koun, or temple of literary composition, where 
 the assemblies of the literary corporation are held, and the 
 examinations for degrees take place. Adjoining it is a mag- 
 nificent garden, in the middle of which rises an octagonal 
 tower of four stories, affording from its summit a fine view 
 of the various quarters of the town, with its embattled walls, 
 the windings of the Yang-tze kiang, and the surrounding 
 country dotted with villages and farm-houses, and covered 
 with rich and varied vegetation. On one side of the garden 
 a pretty Confucian pagoda stands among large and lofty trees; 
 and on the other side is a range of little cells, in which, 
 during the examinations, the students are shut up with 
 nothing but pens, ink, and paper, to answer ihe questions put 
 to them. 
 
FORDHAM 
 
 139 
 
 FRANCE 
 
 FOUDHAM, a vil. U. States, New York, on the New 
 York and Haerlem railway, 12 m. N.N.E. New York city. 
 It is the seat of St. John's college and St. Joseph's theological 
 seminary, two prominent It. Catholic institutions. The build- 
 ings of the college consist mainly of an old country mansion 
 and outhouses, to which from time to time additions have 
 been made. In 1859 it had eighteen professors and tutors, 
 all Jesuits, except three, and was attended by 125 students. 
 The seminary, which has a church attached to it with a tall 
 spire, is an imposing edifice of gray stone. The village con- 
 tains two or three other churches, and is a favourite summer 
 residence. 
 
 FORNO DI ZOLDO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 
 14 m. N. Belluno. In the vicinity a seam of coal and a mine 
 of argentiferous lead are wrought. Pop. 3252. 
 
 FORT DES MOINES, a tn. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. 
 Polk, 100 m. W. Iowa city, at the junction of tlie Des Moines 
 and Kacoon, the former of which is being made navigable for 
 steamboats up to the town. It is a flourishing place, having 
 ample water-power, which drives several saw and flour mills, 
 abundance of timber, and a valuable coal-field. Pop. 39G5. 
 
 FOKTEAU, a bay, British America, in the Strait of 
 Belle Isle, on the E. coast of Labrador. It is 4 m. wide at 
 its entrance, between Points Amour and Forteau, and runs 
 N. for 2 1 m. between high and green table-lands of sandstone. 
 At its head is a considerable and rapid river of the same 
 name, abounding with salmon, and on the W. side a fine 
 cascade. There is a church, parsonage, and resident clergy- 
 man of the Church of England at the settlement. The bay is 
 the best roadstead in the strait, and vessels may anchor any- 
 where towards its head in 10 to 13 fathoms over sandy 
 bottom. The Jersey merchants have large fishing establish- 
 ments on its shores. On Amour Point there is a lighthouse 
 in the form of a circular stone tower, faced with brick. It 
 is 109 ft. high, and 155 ft. above the sea, and is visible in 
 clear weatlier at the distance of 18 m. During fogs signals 
 are made with a fog-whistle. 
 
 FORT ELLICE, Biitish America, one of the stations of 
 the Hudson's Bay Company, beautifully situated r. bank 
 Assiniboine, 280 m. above its junction with the Red Eiver of 
 the North; lat. 50° 24' 32" N.; Ion. 101° 48' W. It was once 
 a post of considerable importance, being the depSt of supplies 
 to the Swan River district. In tiiis respect, however. Fort 
 Pelly has been substituted for it, and it has in consequence 
 become only a seccmdary station. The buildings are con- 
 structed of wood, and surrounded by a high picket inclosure. 
 The trade, carried on with the Plain Crees and the Ojibways, 
 consists chiefly in pemmican and dried meat, obtained from 
 them in exchange for European articles. 
 
 FORT GARRY, Brit. N. Amer. See Gaury m Supp. 
 
 FORT LEAVENWORTH, a military post, U. States, 
 Kansas, r. bank Missouri, 30 m. above the junction of the 
 Kansas River. It was established in 1827 as a general ren- 
 dezvous for troops proceeding westward, and as a depot for all 
 the forts on the Santa F^ and Oregon routes. For these pur- 
 poses it is well adapted, as nearly all the great military roads 
 of the territories intersect it. It contains barracks and an 
 hospital for the troops, warehouses, and stabling for 8000 
 horses and 15,000 mules. Several large farms are cultivated 
 in connection with the fort. The town of Leavenworth is 
 only about 2 m. distant. 
 
 FORT MADISON, a tn. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. Lee, 
 on the Mississippi, 12 m. above the lower rapids. It occupies 
 the site of a frontier fort, which was erected in 1808 for 
 defence against the Indians, and was burned down in 1813 
 when the garrison was obliged to evacuate it." The present 
 town is well built, with a good proportion of brick houses, 
 and possesses a substantial courthouse, half a dozen churches, 
 and a state penitentiary. Its manufactures are rapidly in- 
 creasing in importance, and its favourable position as a 
 shipping point for the lumber, grain, and pork of the sur- 
 rounding districts, has already given it an extensive trade. 
 Pop. 2886. 
 
 FORT RILEY, a military post, U. States, Kansas, at 
 the junction of the Republican and Smoky Hill forks of 
 Kansas River. It is situated on the great emigrant route to 
 New Mexico and California, about 140 m. from Fort Leaven- 
 worth, with which it is connected by an excellent military 
 road. Its stone barracks are sufficient for eight companies of 
 
 infantry, and large accommodation has also been provided for 
 cavalry. 
 
 FORT WAYNE, a tn. U. States. Indiana, cap, co. Allen, 
 at the confluence of the St. Mary and St. Joseph, which here 
 form the Maumee, on the Wabash and Erie canal, 105 m. 
 N.N.E. Indianopolis. It stands in a beautiful and well-cul- 
 tivated district, possesses fifteen churches, one of them a R. 
 Catholic cathedral, and a German female school under the 
 chai-ge of nuns; and carries on an active trade. It occupies 
 the site of Twiglitwel, an old village of the Miami Indians, 
 wiio were removed W. of the Mississippi in 1841, and, though 
 thus of comparatively recent origin, it contained in 1860 
 10,388 inhabitants. 
 
 FORT WILLIAM, British America, a station or settle- 
 ment of the Hudson's Bay Company, on the N. or left bank 
 of the Kaministiquia, at its mouth, on the W. shore of Lake 
 Superior. It consists of a small fort sufficiently strong to 
 resist any Indian attack, and a garden, formed of soil brought 
 from some distance, and having an area of about an acre and 
 three-quarters. Opposite to the fort is a large island formed 
 by the middle channel of the Kaministiquia. This island, 
 once almost covered with wood, chiefly tamarack, was gradu- 
 ally cleared to a great extent for fuel ; and, where not again 
 covered by a second growth, is partly occupied as the site of 
 an Ojibway village, and partly as pasture ground, grazed by a 
 herd of cows belonging to the company, which swim across the 
 river, a distance of 400 ft., twice every day, when passing to 
 and fro between the island and the farmyard in the vicinity 
 of the fort. — [Hind.) 
 
 FOTH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 12 m. 
 N.N.E. Pesth, not far from the railway; with a handsome 
 R. Catholic church, and a beautiful castle with a fine park; 
 and 2000 inhabitants, mostly Protestants. 
 
 FOTSHA, a tn Turkey in Europe, Herzegovina, at the 
 confluence of the Shiotma with the Drin, 22 m. S.E. Bosna 
 Serai. It is beautifully situated, contains twelve mosques, 
 and is celebrated for its knives and sword cutlery, which in 
 excellence vie with those of Constantinople. Pop. from 
 10,000 to 12.000. 
 
 FOVEA UX, a strait. New Zealand, separating the 
 Middle or Munster Island from the South or Stewart Island. 
 It extends for 30 m. in a W.N.W. and E.S.E. direction, from 
 the N.W. end of Stewart Island to the island of Ruapuki, 
 which lies in its E. entrance, is generally about 15 m. wide, 
 and has a depth of 15 to 28 fathoms over a sandy bottom. 
 The approach from the eastward is rendered somewhat for- 
 midable, both by the position of Ruapuki, and the islets, 
 reefs, and tide ripplings which surround it in almost every 
 direction. The danger, however, from the island is less than 
 it seems, as there is a clear channel, on each side of it with 
 not less than 12 fathoms water. After the island is passed 
 the N. shore presents new dangers, as it is studded with islets 
 and reefs, some of them extending 8 m. from the coast, and 
 not always visible. Even here, too, the dangers are more 
 apparent than real, as there always remaii\s a clear navigating 
 width of not less than 10 m. The greatest difficulty in 
 navigating Foveaux Strait is the boisterous weather which is 
 almost invariably met with. S. W. but more frequently N.W. 
 gales blow with more or less violence, and without regard to 
 seasons, throughout the whole year, frequently continuing 
 without intermission for many days, and then lulling for a few 
 hours only to return with renewed violence. Hence vessels 
 passing westward through the strait are sometimes weeks in 
 getting round the S.W. extremity of the Middle Island. 
 Even when there it may only be to encounter a new difficulty 
 arising from a strong current, which, should the wind fail or 
 prove unfavourable, may have the effect of driving them back 
 again within the strait. For these reasons the passage of the 
 strait from the E. is not to be recommended to any but steam 
 vessels ; it is otherwise with the passage from the W., as a 
 slant wind, S.W. or N.W., may always be calculated upon. 
 
 FRAMPTON, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Dorchester, 33 m. S. by E. Quebec; with a Protestant and a 
 R. Catholic church, several schools, and an extensive trade 
 in pork, butter, and cattle. Pop. 1000. 
 
 FRANCE [add.] The material prosperity and progress 
 of the empire have been greatly augmented by wise legisla- 
 tion and by the commercial enterprise which has been aroused 
 within the last few years. Among the domestic economical 
 
FRANCE 
 
 140 
 
 FRANCE 
 
 reforms in practice or contemplation, the facilitating the for- 
 mation of companies upon the ' limited liability ' system, and 
 of co-operative societies among the working- classes, will give 
 a great impulse to trading enterprise. Measures of various 
 kinds, affording liberty and encouragement to local as well 
 as general effort, are also promoting the same movement. 
 The good results of the policy of the emperor and the govern- 
 ment are shown in the great extent to which commerce has 
 already been increased and developed. For example, the 
 imports rose to £99,200,000 in 1864, exhibiting an increase 
 of £2,160,000 over 18C3, of £11,280,000 over 1862; and, 
 allowing for the extraordinary quantity of corn introduced in 
 1861, in consequence of the bad harvest, an increase of 
 £15,960,000 over 1861. The principal article imported in 
 1864 was cotton, which amounted to £12,600,000 — the value 
 of that imported in 1863 being £10,480,000, and in 1862 
 £5,040,000; the greatest part of this cotton is purchased 
 direct from Egypt and India. The exports, in like manner, 
 have risen greatly in amount, and prove the influence of the 
 new commercial system. French produce exported in 1861 
 
 wasof the value of £77,050,400; in 18C2, £89,707,240; in 
 1863, £105,702,360; and in 1864, £116,017,560; showing 
 an increase in the four years of neai-ly 50 per cent. The 
 augmentation has been chiefly in tissues of various kinds, the 
 following figures contrasting them in the two years 1861 and 
 1864— 
 
 Tissues. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Silk 
 
 Wool 
 
 Cotton 
 
 Flax or Homp 
 
 £ 
 
 13,315,640 
 
 7,519,900 
 
 2,253,880 
 
 694,880 
 
 £ 
 
 15,380,840 
 
 14,197,900 
 
 3,202,520 
 
 907,680 
 
 The commercial relations between France and Britain 
 show a decrease in the imports into France from Britain, 
 in 1864, of £2,200,000, while the exports to Great Britain 
 rose £3,240,000 above the previous year. The ' special 
 commerce' between the two countries in the years 1863 and 
 1864 is shown in these tables — 
 
 Imports into Frakcb from Great Britain. 
 
 Exports from France to Great Britain. 
 
 Description. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1804. 
 
 Description. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Raw Hides .... 
 
 Woollens 
 
 Silk and W;iste .... 
 Com and Flour 
 
 Coal 
 
 Cotton 
 
 Cast Iron 
 
 Bar Iron and Rails 
 
 Iron in Plates and Sheets . 
 
 ,, other sorts .... 
 Steel in Bar .... 
 „ in Sheet .... 
 ,, other kinds 
 Copper ore . . - . 
 Copper (Rolled, &c,) . 
 
 Tin 
 
 Cotton Yarns .... 
 Woollen Yarns .... 
 Goats'-hair Yarns 
 Tissues of Cotton 
 
 Wool .... 
 Silk .... 
 
 „ Flax, Hemp, and Jute 
 
 „ Alpaca 
 
 ,, Cashmere . 
 
 M.tchinery 
 
 Vessels 
 
 Total 
 
 £ 
 
 357,960 
 
 2,396,720 
 
 4,747,680 
 
 178,000 
 
 877,400 
 
 6,058,700 
 
 680,520 
 
 19,840 
 
 73,200 
 
 15,400 
 
 31,440 
 
 18,240 
 
 19,640 
 
 68,040 
 
 1,051,040 
 
 240,120 
 
 195,680 
 
 351,160 
 
 173,920 
 
 257,840 
 
 921,240 
 
 88,900 
 
 120,840 
 
 45,400 
 
 237,880 
 
 382,400 
 
 265,280 
 
 £ 
 
 309,680 
 
 2,492,000 
 
 3,493,880 
 
 18,520 
 
 903,920 
 
 4,677,720 
 
 112,320 
 
 1,920 
 
 39,920 
 
 7,360 
 
 10,100 
 
 9,720 
 
 20,440 
 
 72,920 
 
 810,000 
 
 293,720 
 
 188,520 
 
 329,200 
 
 204,240 
 
 286,480 
 
 935,400 
 
 148,300 
 
 132;320 
 
 80,400 
 
 200,720 
 
 393,120 
 
 395,500 
 
 Cattle 
 
 Eggs .... 
 
 Butter 
 
 Woollens . 
 
 Hair .... 
 
 Plumes 
 
 Silk and Waste . 
 
 Com .... 
 
 Dried Vegetables 
 
 Preserved Fruits 
 
 Seeds .... 
 
 Sugar, Raw 
 
 „ Refined . 
 Resins 
 Garance 
 
 Drills . . . 
 Chemical Products . 
 Garanciue . 
 Wines 
 Spirits 
 
 Tissues of Wool . 
 Silk . 
 
 ,, Cotton 
 
 ,, Flax and Hemp 
 Prepared Skins . 
 Mercery, &c. 
 Millinery, &c. . 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 208,200 
 
 918,100 
 
 817,520 
 
 278,880 
 
 425,000 
 
 193,720 
 
 1,063,000 
 
 840,960 
 
 878,320 
 
 693,920 
 
 296,480 
 
 230,560 
 
 264,880 
 
 791,120 
 
 134,520 
 
 258,400 
 
 411,920 
 
 142,120 
 
 1,322,920 
 
 1,546,300 
 
 3,452,440 
 
 7,232,080 
 
 589,320 
 
 157,040 
 
 2,238,160 
 
 1,634,840 
 
 225,440 
 
 475,280 
 
 £ 
 
 .343.000 
 
 1,104,720 
 
 1,141,720 
 
 416,160 
 
 629,880 
 
 185,640 
 
 816,500 
 
 854,000 
 
 348,560 
 
 616,300 
 
 474,080 
 
 140,720 
 
 400,720 
 
 822,840 
 
 168,400 
 
 230,000 
 
 699,840 
 
 163,720 
 
 1,505,520 
 
 2,198,960 
 
 3,801,000 
 
 7,590,800 
 
 426,240 
 
 99,520 
 
 2,544,240 
 
 2,096,040 
 
 319,320 
 
 601,320 
 
 18,770.200 
 
 16,581,120 
 
 
 Total 
 
 
 
 27,228,100 
 
 30,490,480 
 
 The succeeding table displays the progress of the foreign 
 trade of France, by a comparison of each terra of five years 
 during the fifteen from 1846 to I860:— 
 
 Foreign Trade of France. 
 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Total. 
 
 
 Francs. 
 
 Francs. 
 
 Francs. 
 
 T3 fl846. . 
 
 1,257,000,000 
 
 1,180,000,000 
 
 2,437,000,000 
 
 .2 1847 . . 
 
 1,343,000,000 
 
 1,271,000,000 
 
 2,014,000,000 
 
 3 \ 1848 . . 
 ^ 1849 . . 
 
 802,000,000 
 
 1,153,000,000 
 
 2,015,000,000 
 
 1,143,000,000 
 
 1,423,000,000 
 
 2,565,000,000 
 
 ,^ U850-. . 
 
 1,174,000,000 
 
 1,531,000,000 
 
 2,785,000,000 
 
 73 r 1851 . . 
 
 1,158,000,000 
 
 1,629,000,000 
 
 2,787,000,000 
 
 •g 1 1862 . . 
 
 1,438,000,000 
 
 1,632,000,000 
 
 3,120,000,000 
 
 » \ 1853 . . 
 f^ 11854. . 
 
 1,032,000,000 
 
 1,861,000,000 
 
 3,493,000,000 
 
 1,709,000,000 
 
 1,788,000,000 
 
 3,497,000,000 
 
 S 11855. . 
 
 1,952,000,000 
 
 2,027,000,000 
 
 3,979,000,000 
 
 TJ f 1856 . . 
 
 2,268,000,000 
 
 2,320,000,000 
 
 4,588,000,000 
 
 .2 1857 . . 
 
 2,236,000,000 
 
 2,357,000,000 
 
 4,593,000,000 
 
 « \ 1858 . . 
 •=^11859. . 
 
 2,035,000,000 
 
 2,442,000,000 
 
 4,477,000,000 
 
 2,148,000,000 
 
 2,750,000,000 
 
 4,904,000,000 
 
 S 11860. . 
 
 2,393,000,000 
 
 2,949,000,000 
 
 5,342,000,000 
 
 Augmentation— Second i)eriod over first 
 ,, Third period over first . 
 
 ,, Third period over second 
 
 37 per cent. 
 94 „ 
 42 
 
 The mercantile marine of France, which is still under 
 heavy restrictions, has not advanced equally with its com- 
 merce; in the shipping at the ports the French flag has a far 
 less share than foreign flags. This is proved by the follow- 
 
 ing return of the entrances to, and the clearances from, French 
 ports, and the proportion of French vessels therein, during 
 the three years 1862, 1863, and 1864:— 
 
 Vessels Entered French Ports. 
 
 Year. No. of Ve.3sels. Tonnage. 
 
 French Vessels. 
 
 Tonnage. 
 
 1862 . 
 
 1863 . 
 1804. 
 
 28,822 
 28,821 
 28,400 
 
 4,666,673 
 4,500,795 
 4,662,791 
 
 12,374 
 12,038 
 11,880 
 
 1,907,897 
 1,919,301 
 1,952,093 
 
 Vessels Cleared from French Ports. 
 
 Year. 
 
 No. of Vessels. Tonnage. 
 
 French Vessels.- Tonnage. 
 
 1862. 
 1S63. 
 1S64. 
 
 19,205 
 20,407 
 20,261 
 
 3,005,969 
 3,171,678 
 3,230,088 
 
 8,201 
 8,771 
 8,717 
 
 1,445,872 
 1,327,205 
 1,500,495 
 
 Jievemie and Exiiendittire, ^c. — In 1860 the total revenue 
 of the empire amounted to £78,487,944, and the expenditure 
 to £83,363,654. The estimated revenue for 1865 was 
 £85,521,763, and the expenditure, £85,336,353; and for 
 1866, £83,391,684, and £83,245,504 respectively. The 
 budgets now distinguish the income under three heads — ordi- 
 nary, extraordinary, and special, and similarly with the ex- 
 penditure; and as they are rated at different times, it is diffi- 
 cult to arrive at the actual condition of French finance. The 
 cost of recent wars and warlike operations has been semi- 
 officially set down thus: — Crimean war, £53,920,000; Italian, 
 
FRANCE 
 
 141 
 
 FRANCISCO 
 
 £13,800,000; Chinese, £6,640,000; occupation of Home, 
 £2,000,000; occupation of Syria, £1,120.000; Mexican ex- 
 pedition, £10,800,000; supplementary expenses, £3,560,000; 
 making a total of i£91,840,000. The nominal amount of the 
 public debt of France was, in 1851, £213,825,494; in 1861, 
 £421,154,658; in 1862, £450,963,134; in 1863, £524,109,378; 
 and in 1866, £608,343,196. Tiie annual interest payable on 
 the debt was £26,134,407 in 1865. 
 
 Population, etc. — The following figures show the number 
 of tlie population of France, according to the census of 1861, 
 and the five which preceded it: — 
 
 Year of Census. 
 
 Population. 
 
 Increase in Five 
 Years. 
 
 Annual In- 
 crease per cent. 
 
 1836 . . . 
 1841 . . . 
 1846 . . . 
 1851 . . . 
 1850 . . . 
 1861 . . . 
 
 33,540,910 
 34,230,178 
 35,400,486 
 35,783,170 
 36,139,364 
 36,717, 2J4 
 
 689!269 
 1,170,308 
 382,684 
 356,194 
 577,890 
 
 o'-ii 
 
 0-68 
 0-22 
 0-20 
 0-32 
 
 But to arrive at tiie exact amount of the population in 1861, 
 must be added that of the three departments annexed to the 
 empire after the Italian war. These tiiree new departments 
 contained, according to the census of 1861 — Alpes Maritimes, 
 194,578; Savoie, 275,039; and Haute Savoie, 267,496; total, 
 737,113; from which must be deducted 68,054 for the district 
 of Grasse, detached from the department of Var, and incor- 
 porated with Nice, to form tlie new department of Alpes 
 Maritimes. With this net addition, the total population of 
 France was 37,386,313 in the eighty-nine departments. In 
 twenty-one departments the population was numerically less 
 in 1861 than twenty-five years previously; in twenty-three it 
 had gradually increased; and in the remaining forty-two it 
 had fluctuated, sometimes rising and sometimes falling; but 
 finally, in 1861, being higher tlian in 1836. The continuous 
 increase took place in tiiose departments which contain the 
 largest or principal manufacturing cities — the rural popula- 
 tion being progressively absorbed by the towns; the urban 
 population of places of above 2000 inhabitants having increased 
 23 per cent., while the rural has diminished 0-60 per cent, 
 between the years 1846-1861. The 37,510 communes into 
 which the departments are subdivided, contained, in 1861, 
 7,632,938 houses, classed as follows: — 
 
 Houses having only a Ground Floor 4,573 424 
 
 ,, a Ground Floor and One Story . . . 2,'299|267 
 
 I. ,, Two Stories , . 560,682 
 
 n „ Three Stories . . 138,436 
 
 .1 ,1 Four Stories . . 34,931 
 
 I. „ more than Four Stories 26,198 
 
 Of these houses, 19-45 per cent, were roofed with thatch 
 or shingles; but there was some improvement in this respect, 
 the proportion of thatched dwellings in 1856 having been 
 above 20 per cent. In 1861, 497,061 foreigners were 
 domiciled in France, viz.: — 
 
 Swiss 37,749 
 
 English .... 25,711 
 
 Poles 7,357 
 
 Americans . . . 5,020 
 
 the remainder being made up of a number of other nation- 
 alities. Of the whole French population there were only 
 3,883,579 persons not living in the departments in which 
 they were born ; and the total number of French subjects 
 .settled abroad amounted to no more than 316,582. These 
 figures exclude Algeria and other French colonies. 
 
 Tiie classification of the people according to their profes- 
 sions and social position is .shown in the following table, 
 which embraces the heads of families, with their wives, chil- 
 dren, and dependants: — 
 
 Belgians . . 
 
 . . 204,1.39 
 
 Germans . . 
 
 . . 84,9.i8 
 
 Italians . . 
 
 . . 76,539 
 
 Spaniards 
 
 . . 35,028 
 
 Class or Employment. 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Agriculture .... 
 Manufactures .... 
 
 Commerce 
 
 Professions in connection witli \ 
 the above three . . . ) 
 Other Employments . 
 Liberal Professions . 
 
 Clergy 
 
 Professions not siecified . 
 
 9,918,838 
 
 5,524,880 
 
 745,219 
 
 78,433 
 
 77,957 
 
 900,601 
 
 79,584 
 
 1,259,764 
 
 9,954,655 
 
 5,475,147 
 
 792,657 
 
 69,733 
 
 95,404 
 
 589,398 
 
 124.893 
 
 1,639,150 
 
 19,873,493 
 11,000,027 
 1,537,876 
 
 148,166 
 
 173,361 
 1,549,999 
 
 204,477 
 2,898,914 
 
 Total .... 
 
 18,645,276 
 
 18,741,037 
 
 37,380,313 
 
 As notliing contributes more effectually to a true apprecia- 
 tion of the condition of a country than a knowledge of the 
 elements of which its population is composed, particulars are 
 subjoined of the various classes supported by agriculture and 
 manufactures. From them it will be seen that France is an 
 eminently agricultural country, more than one-half of its 
 inhabitants deriving subsistence from agricultural pursuits, 
 wliile in England the proportion does not exceed one-fourth, 
 and on the Continent fluctuates between 30 and 40 per cent. 
 Of tliose living by agriculture, it Avill be remarked that more 
 than one-half are proprietors, cultivating their own estates; 
 and about 900,000 of those given above as of 'profession not 
 specified' should be added to this class, as they live upon the 
 produce of tiieir own lands, which are farmed out. 
 
 AgncuUural Population. 
 
 Proprietors living upon and cul-\ 
 tivating their own Estates ) 
 
 Proprietors whose Estates are^ 
 managed by Agents . . . . ) 
 
 Farmers paying Yearly Rent 
 
 Tenants paying part of Produce 
 
 Day and other Labourers . . 
 
 Wood-cutters & Charcoal-burners 
 
 Farriers and Blacksmiths . . 
 
 Market Gardeners 
 
 Flower Gardeners 
 
 Land Surveyors 
 
 Other Agricultural Employments 
 
 Total 
 
 Manufacturing Population. 
 
 Employed in - 
 Textile Manufactures .... 
 Mining and Quarrying . . . 
 
 Working in Metals 
 
 Working in Metal Wares . . . 
 Leather Manufactures . . . 
 
 Wood 
 
 Pottery 
 
 Chemical Products 
 
 Building 
 
 Lighting 
 
 Furnishing 
 
 Clothing 
 
 Ministering to Food .... 
 Carriage or Transports . . . 
 
 Works of Art, &c 
 
 Manufacture of Fancy and Orna- 1^ 
 
 mental Articles ( 
 
 Manufacture of Munitions of War 
 Miscellaneous 
 
 Total 5,5--:4,880 5,475,147 
 
 Males. Females. 
 
 4,530,478 
 
 118,373 
 
 1,568,260 
 747,550 
 2,609,802 
 151,367 
 63,844 
 20,397 
 14,188 
 8,168 
 96,411 
 
 9,918,838 
 
 874, .518 
 203,281 
 
 74,914 
 257,984 
 
 56,488 
 146,394 
 112,366 
 
 32,572 
 1,199,066 
 
 26,325 
 
 68,249 
 757,770 
 856,676 
 661,126 
 
 62,812 
 
 74,527 
 
 29,397 
 30,415 
 
 4,557,534 
 
 104,027 
 
 1,495 520 
 
 732,343 
 
 2,743,497 
 
 139,369 
 
 60,840 
 
 17,497 
 
 11,787 
 
 7,094 
 
 95,147 
 
 9,954,655 
 
 1,072,162 
 165,985 
 
 61,980 
 199,515 
 
 46,494 
 117,414 
 
 91,207 
 
 26,777 
 921,303 
 
 22,072 
 
 57,748 
 
 1,172,863 
 
 807,570 
 
 536,222 
 
 56,905 
 
 65,770 
 
 25,256 
 27,904 
 
 9,088,012 
 
 222,400 
 
 3,063,780 
 
 1,479,893 
 
 5,353,299 
 
 290,736 
 
 104,684 
 
 37,894 
 
 25,975 
 
 15,262 
 
 191,558 
 
 19,873,493 
 
 1,946,680 
 
 369,266 
 
 136,894 
 
 457,499 
 
 102,982 
 
 263,808 
 
 203.573 
 
 59,349 
 
 2,120,369 
 
 48,397 
 
 125,997 
 
 1,930,633 
 
 1,664,246 
 
 1,197,348 
 
 119,717 
 
 140,297 
 
 54,653 
 58,319 
 
 11,000,027 
 
 FRANCISCO (San), [add.], a tn. U. States, California, 
 cap. CO. of same name, on the N.E. corner of a peninsula, 
 wliich lies between the bay of same name and the Pacific 
 Ocean, in lat. 37° 46' N.; Ion. 122° 23' W. It .stands on the 
 E. slope of some high hills facing the bay, on a bleak tract, 
 witli no trees, and little fertile ground within a distance of 
 20 m., and is built chiefly in an amphitheatre, formed by 
 Telegraph Hill (294 ft. high) on the N.E., Rencon Hill (120 
 ft.) on tlie S.E., and Russian Hill (360 ft.) on the W. The 
 streets are straight, and, intersecting each other at right angles, 
 divide the town into a number of nearly equal .square blocks. 
 In addition, to the streets are twelve squares reserved for 
 public use, but only one of them, called the Plaza, or Ports- 
 mouth Square, can yet be considered ornamental. The 
 busiest streets have a pavement of what are called cobble- 
 stones, but the others, both in the carriage way aiul on the 
 side paths, are only flanked witli fir deals, from 2 to 3 inches 
 thick. The town is lighted with gas made from imported 
 coal ; water is brought by two aqueducts, one from the dis- 
 tance of five, and the other from the distance of twenty miles. 
 Of the houses, which in 1860 numbered 10,123, 8603 were 
 of wood, 1461 of brick, 47 of iron, 6 of adobe, and 6 of stone. 
 One of the last was built of granite, quarried and cut in China. 
 The principal public buildings are the custom-house, erected 
 at an expense of £160,000; the cityhall, originally built as 
 a theatre, and purchased by the municipality for £50,000; 
 the mint, the marine hospital, three theatres, one of them 
 among the largest and handsomest edifices of the kind in the 
 IJ. States; 23 churches, of which the R. Catholic are the 
 
FRANKENFELS 
 
 142 
 
 FRAYLE MUERTO 
 
 most numerous, and apparently the most flourishing, as the 
 total number of Protestant communicants is only about 1000; 
 2 Jewish synagogues, about 26 schools, a convent, 2 orphan 
 asylums, and several hospitals. There is a remarkable pre- 
 ponderance in the number of grog shops, which amount to 
 800, while the groceries are only 373. Horse railroads have 
 been constructed through most of the streets, which have 
 extensive traffic. The city contains (1865) 13 foundries and 
 machine shops, employing more than 2000 hands; glass- 
 works, 2 sugar refineries, 9 flour and 4 saw mills, 2 woollen- 
 mills, 2 mills for cleaning rice, chemical works for the produc- 
 tion of nitric and sulphuric acid, a rope- walk, 4 savings-banks, 
 7 fire insurance offices, besides agencies for foreign companies, 
 and agencies for foreign life offices. Real property has im- 
 proved greatly, and rents have risen in proportion, dwelling- 
 houses of six to ten rooms letting for £200 to £400 per annum. 
 The U. States branch mint coined in 1864, $15,917,640 in 
 gold, and $365,300 in silver. The export of treasure in 1864 
 was as follows: — 
 
 To New York £2,463,225 
 
 „ England 6,887,300 
 
 „ China, 1,577,775 
 
 „ Panama, 75,750 
 
 „ Other Countries, 137,400 
 
 Total, . . £11,141,450 
 
 The exports, other than treasure, amounted in the same year 
 to £2,644,265. The value of the imports, which consist of a 
 great variety of articles of consumption — butter, candles, 
 soap, boots and shoes, coal, nails, timber, &c. — cannot be 
 stated. The number of vessels that arrived in the port in 
 1864 was 2096, of 739,124 tons; and of those that departed, 
 2166 of 810,859 tons. Of those arrived 81 were British 
 ships, of 49,702 tons. Six ocean steamers, most of them 
 measuring 2000 tons or more, sail regularly between San 
 Francisco and Panama, leaving each port thrice a month. 
 Other steamers maintain communication with Portland, Vic- 
 toria, Olympia, Mazatlan, and Sao Pedro. San Francisco, 
 previously known as Yerba Buena, assumed its present name 
 on 30th Jan. 1847. A month later, wlien a census was 
 taken, the population was only 459. In the spring of 1 848 
 gold was discovered, and a rush took place, which had raised 
 the pop. in 1852 to 34,870. The fires which have occurred 
 in the town have been so frequent and so destructive that 
 between Dec. 24, 1849, and June 22, 1851. five are counted, 
 which occasioned an aggregate loss of £3,200,000. The 
 preponderance of wooden houses in the town accounts in part 
 for these conflagrations, but it would seem that they are also 
 attributable in part to mismanagement on the part of the 
 municipal authorities; unfortunately not confined to police 
 regulations, but extending to all the branches of administra- 
 tion, and productive of so much insecurity to life and pro- 
 perty, that in 1851 and 1856 the citizens took the law into 
 their own hands, and appointed vigilance committees, which 
 proceeded to exercise all the powers of government, appre- 
 hending alleged criminals, bringing them to trial, and in some 
 cases not only passing sentence of death, but carrying it into 
 execution. The census of 1860 gave a pop. of 56,805, but 
 the actual number is estimated at 70,000, of whom about 
 40,000 are Americans, 12,000 Irish, 5000 Germans, 4000 
 British, 3000 French, and 2000 Chinese. Many of the last 
 are professedly R. Catholics, and have a native priest of their 
 own, who was educated at Rome. One remarkable feature 
 in the population is the preponderance of males, there being 
 about three adult men to ope adult woman. 
 
 FRANKENFELS, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, 50 m. S.W. Vienna. It is an 
 ancient place, supposed to have been founded by Charle- 
 magne; and has ironworks and four saw-mills. 
 
 FRANKLIN, two places, U. States. — 1, A tn. and port 
 of entry, Louisiana, on the r. bank of the Bayou Teche, 95 m. 
 W. by S. New Orleans. Being accessible by large steam- 
 boats, it has been the shipping point for large quantities of 
 cotton, sugar, and maize. Pop. 1400. — 2, A vil. Indiana, 
 cap. CO. Johnson, on Young's Creek, 20 m. S.S.E. Indiano- 
 polis, and on the Madison and Indianopolis, and the Martins- 
 ville railways. It contains county buildings, five or six 
 churches, a Baptist college under the name of the Baptist 
 Manual Labour Institute, and a large seminary. Pop. 2367. 
 
 ERASER, or Tacoutche Tesse [add.], a river, British 
 North America, rising in the Rocky Mountains, in lat. 52° 
 42' N.; Ion. 119° W. It thence descends through an im- 
 mense valley in a N.W. direction for about 160 m. as far as 
 a spur of the Rocky Mountains, which turns it abruptly to 
 the S. in about lat. 54° 30', inclosing in this sweep or bend 
 the now celebrated gold-fields of Cariboo. The whole area 
 thus inclosed is plentifully intersected by streams, creeks, 
 and rivulets, rising in the gorges of the mountains, and ulti- 
 mately swelling into considerable tributaries of the Eraser. 
 From Fort St. George the river is navigable by light steamers 
 for 150 m. to Fort Alexandria, in lat. 52° 35' N. Here, the 
 surrounding country is beautifully diversified by hill and 
 dale, grove and plain ; the soil is prolific, and yields good 
 crops of grain and vegetables. As the Eraser continues its 
 S.W. course it receives some important affluents, the Loon, 
 the Chilcolin, and the Quesnelle, and, in lat. 50° 10' N., 
 effects a junction with a considerable stream named the 
 Thompson. It now approaches the table-land of British 
 Columbia, marked by wide and open valleys alternating with 
 low fertile hills, and soon arrives at the Cascade range of 
 mountains, through which the mighty river hurls its waters 
 in a series of magnificent falls and rapids, or canons. From 
 Alexandria to Yale, a distance of more than 300 m., the river 
 runs through a remarkable district, the land being formed in 
 terraces, or 'benches,' as they are called, perfectly level and 
 parallel. The lowest, where the valley expands, presents a 
 perfectly flat surface, many miles in extent, and 40 or 50 ft. 
 above the river's bank. The second. 60 or 70 ft. above the 
 lower one, is generally cut out of the mountain side; and the 
 third, 400 or 500 ft. above the last, runs along the inaccessible 
 face of the bluffs overhanging the river. Similar formations 
 are found on the Thompson and other rivers, and on both 
 sides of the streams. In the course of ages a succession of 
 granite rocks have been hollowed out to the depth of 2000 or 
 3000 ft.; and it is through the chasm thus laboriously formed 
 that the Eraser pours itself — its impetus already excited by 
 a descent of 400 or 500 m. from its mountain source. Fort 
 Yale is next reached, and 16 m. lower, Fort Hope, from 
 which point the river is known as the Lower Eraser, and 
 presents a broad channel to its mouth, where it empties itself 
 into the Gulf of Georgia, just above the boundary line of the 
 United States territory. Its course westward from Fort 
 Hope lies through a pleasant and fertile country. It is navi- 
 gable 75 m., as far as Fort Hope, and by light steamers 15 m. 
 more, as far as Yale. Above Yale, for a distance of 50 or 
 60 m., the river passes through mountain gorges in a narrow 
 rushing stream, attaining a velocity of 15 to 20 m. an hour; 
 so that, the river being impassable, the only route for travel- 
 lers is along the perilous 'trail,' which crosses the precipitous 
 mountains of trap and granite, 2000 to 3000 ft. high, over- 
 hanging the river almost perpendicularly. Between June 
 and August the melting of the snow causes the river to rise 
 so rapidly, that it requires a very powerful steamer to stem 
 the current; and at the same time numbers of large uprooted 
 trees are brought down, and, becoming embedded in the shal- 
 lower places, form dangerous obstructions to the navigation. 
 The stream has a rate of 4 to 7 knots between Hope and 
 Langley, the latter being about 30 m. from the river's mouth, 
 and thence it becomes broad, deep, and placid, the influence 
 of the tide being felt, except during the months of the freshets, 
 when it is not perceptible much beyond New Westminster, 
 the cap. of Columbia. The rise of the river at these times 
 is from 14 to 25 ft., and the banks for 70 m. from its moutli 
 being low in many places, are liable to be flooded in the 
 spring and summer, but the land is nevertheless very fertile, 
 and produces abinidance of fine hay grass. At New West- 
 minster the r. bank rises and forms an admirable position for 
 the town. The land adjacent to the river is clothed with 
 masses of foliage, with lofty fir and pine, while the wild apple- 
 tree, the white and black thorn, the vine and soft maple, and 
 deciduous bushes of every variety, form the massive under- 
 growth. The total leiigth of the river is about 580 miles. 
 
 FRASERVILLE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Temiscouata, r. bank St. Lawrence, 100 m. N.E. Quebec; 
 with a Protestant and a R. Catholic church, several schools, 
 and a large trade in lumber. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 FRAYLE MUERTO, a tn. La Plata, Pampas, on the 
 Carcaranal, 150 m. S.E. Cordova. It is the largest and best 
 
FRECK 
 
 143 
 
 FURRUCKAE.AD 
 
 place on the whole line of road between Cordova and Rosario, 
 consists of houses which, though only of mud, have an air of 
 elegance about them, and are built with great regularity; it 
 possesses also a market-place, a church, and an excellent 
 post-house. 
 
 FKECK, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 10 m. E.S.E. Hermanstadt, on a height not far from the 
 Aluta; with several fine buildings, a large and beautiful 
 garden, and a paper-mill. Pop. 2610. 
 
 FKEDERICHSTAED, a tn. West Indies, on a bay on 
 the W. side of the is), of Santa Cruz or St. Croix, belong- 
 ing to tlie group of the Virgin Islands. It is defended by a 
 fort, and has good anchorage in front of it in 5 to 6 fathoms, 
 the bay on which it stands forming a capacious basin of about 
 5 m. in extent. Pop. 2886. 
 
 FKEDERICKSBUKG [add.], a tn. U. States, Virginia, 
 cap. CO. Spottsylvain'a, on the r. bank of the Eappahannock 
 liiver, at the head of the tidewater, 55 m. by rail and 65 by 
 road N. liiclunond. The town is pleasantly situated in a 
 fertile valley, and has advantages for commerce and manu- 
 factures. The railroad from Washington, via Acquia Creek, 
 passes through it, and as the through trains generally stopped 
 at Fredericksburg station for about an hour on each trip, a 
 not inconsiderable chance trade was caused thereby in the 
 inunediate locality of the depot. A good canal lias been 
 constructed from the town to a point on the Rappahannock 
 River, about 40 m. above, by which large quantities of wheat, 
 flour, and tobacco were formerly received for exportation. 
 The river affords extensive water-power, which, however, 
 has not been much used. The hills in the neighbourhood, 
 varying in height from 40 ft. to 100 ft., abound in fine granite 
 and freestone. About thirty years since the prospect of 
 Fredericksburg being a rapidly rising town was very great, 
 but it suddenly stopped in its prosperity, and after standing 
 still for about twenty years it gradually retrograded in its 
 importance. Before the civil war it contained five churches, 
 an orphan asylum, two seminaries, four newspaper offices, 
 and two banks. During the contest it was the scene of fierce 
 contentions, and on Dec. 13, 1862, there was fought here one 
 of the great battles of the war, in which the Federals were 
 defeated. The result was the reduction of Fredericksburg 
 to ruins and desolation. In 1840 its population numbered 
 nearly 4000 souls, and in 1850, ten years after, it had only 
 increased 88 persons; in I860 it had risen to 5023. 
 
 FKEDERIKSHAAB, a Danish port, W. coast Green- 
 land, lat. 62° N.; Ion. 50° W.; founded in 1742. Its district, 
 bounded S. by that of Julianeshaab, and N. by that of Fis- 
 kernajs, is 106 m. long, and contains much talc. The port is 
 roomy and secure, has two entrances, and 8 to 10 fathoms water. 
 
 FltEIBEltG, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 6 m. N.E. Neutitschein, cap. dist. of same name, on the 
 liUbina. It has a Gothic deanery church with a lofty tower, 
 a Piarist college, a gymnasium, a high-school, an asylum for 
 orphan children, extensive manufactures of cloth, two woollen 
 and four yearly markets. Pop. 4414. 
 
 FKEISTADT, two tns. Austrian empire: — 1, Moravia, 
 circle and 20 m. N.E. Hradisch, on a plain bounded by wooded 
 hills. Its inhabitants are chiefly employed in weaving and 
 carrying on a trade in linen. Pop. 1100. — 2, Silesia, cap. 
 dist. of same name, on the Oelsa, about 32 m. E. Troppau; with 
 several public offices, a town hospital, a beautiful castle be- 
 longing to Count Larisch, manufactures of linen and leather, 
 and three yearly markets. Pop. 1200. 
 
 FltEiSTADTL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Lower Neutra, cap. dist. of same name, 1. bank Waag, Iiero 
 crossed by a long wooden bridge, 39 m. N.E. Pressburg. 
 It is tlie seat of a district court, and has a Franciscan convent 
 with a Gothic church, a fine seat belonging to Count Erdiidy, 
 with a collection of coins and natural curiosities; an hospital, 
 a trade in wood and wooden articles, and much-frequented 
 cattle markets. Pop. 6098. 
 
 FRIEDEBEHG, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, prov. 
 and 35 m. N.W. Troppau; with a very old castle, some flax- 
 spinning, and granite quarries. Flax is extensively grown 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 1200. 
 
 FRYSZTAK, or Fi{kistadt, a tn. Austrian empire, 
 Galicia, cap. dist. of same name, circle and 6 m. N.N.E. Jaslo. 
 It was founded by Casimir the Great, and contains 1650 in- 
 habitants, mostly the descendants of German emigrants. 
 
 FU-CHU. See Foo-Cnoo. 
 
 FUER'I'E DE ANDALGALA, a tn. La Plata, prov. 
 and 75 m. N.W. Catamarca, cap. dep. of same name, on a 
 slope near the S.W. extremity of the Sierra de Aconquija. 
 The inhabitants are chiefly employed in the culture of the 
 vine, and the conversion of its produce into wine, brandy, 
 and other liquors, which have a high name, and are in great 
 demand, not only in the province, but in the surrounding 
 countries. The trade is carried on chiefly with Tucuman, 
 from which the returns are rice, woollen and leather articles, 
 maize, and beasts of burden. Copper mines, which promise 
 to be productive, have been opened within the department. 
 
 FOGA, a tn. E. Africa, cap. of Usumbarra, near 1. bank 
 Pangani, and 37 m. N.W. of the tn. of this name. It stands 
 nearly 4500 ft. above sea-level. It is without walls, and con- 
 tains about 500 circular huts, of the form common to Africa, 
 from Karar to Timbuctoo. The inhabitants have a strong 
 mixture of Arab blood, and are estimated at 3000. 
 
 FIJETON, two places, U. States. — 1, A vil. Ohio, on the 
 Ohio River, immediately above Cincinnati, of which it is 
 properly a suburb. It possesses several churches, a rolling- 
 mill, a dry-dock, saw-mills, lumber-yards, &c. The chief 
 business is the building of steamboats. Pop. 3224. — 2, A vil, 
 Missouri, cap. co. Callaway, 20 m. N.E. Jefferson. It pos- 
 sesses several churches and academies, a state lunatic a.sylnm, 
 and an asylum for the deaf and dumb, and is extensively 
 engaged in the manufacture of earthenware. Pop. 500. 
 
 FUMBINA. See Adamawa in Siqip. 
 
 FURED (Tisza), a tn. Au.strian empire, Hungary, co. 
 and 46 m. N.E. Szolnok, cap. dist. of same name, near the 
 Tlieiss; with a court of justice and several public offices, an 
 infirmary, manufactures of excellent Hungarian saddles, and 
 a trade in corn and wine. Pop. 5951. 
 
 FUREEDABAI), a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, cap, 
 jaghire of .same name, called also Bulabgurh, 24 m. S. Delhi, 
 on the route to Muttra. It stands amid groves of tamarind 
 and other trees, forming a pleasing contrast to the barrenness 
 of the surrounding country; is surrounded by a wall, and 
 po.sse.sses a bazaar and a large tank. About half a century 
 ago it was famous for the manufacture of bows and ari-ows. 
 
 FUREEDPOOR, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal. 
 The DiSTKiCT, between lat. 23° 3' and 24° 5' N.; Ion. 89° 30' 
 and 90° 15' E., is bounded N. by Mymensing, E. Dacca, S. 
 Backergunge, and W. Jessore and Pubna; area, 2052 sq. m. 
 The whole district is an alluvial tract, low and swampy in 
 the S. and N.K., but rather more elevated in the N. and 
 N.W. It is watered to overflowing by the Ganges and its 
 tributaries, of which the more important are the Podda, the 
 Konaie or Jabuna, the Dulasseree, and the Barashee or 
 Chundnah. The soil is in general very rich, producing rice 
 in the swampy grounds, and in those not subject to inunda- 
 tion abundant crops of cereals and pulse, sugar (grown to such 
 an extent as to be probably the most important commercial 
 crop), cotton, indigo, and oil-seeds. The manufactures con- 
 sist chiefly of coarse cottons for home use; and the trade, 
 export, transit, and import, is considerable, a number of 
 wealthy merchants taking an active share in it. Pop. 855,000. 
 
 The TOWN, cap. of the above dist., situated r. bank 
 
 Ganges, which is here known by the name of the Podda, 
 112 m. N.E. Calcutta, can hardly be said to have the com- 
 pactness of a town, and rather consists of a large number of 
 huts scattered thinly over a large extent of garden, orchard, 
 and rice ground. The only buildings of note are those in 
 which the different branches of the civil department are 
 accommodated. Fureedpoor was once a noted resort of river 
 pirates. 
 
 FUREEDPOOR, a tn. India, Rohilcund, dist. and 12 m. 
 S. S.E. Bareilly. It stands close to a grove of fine mango- 
 trees, in a flat, fertile, and well-cultivated country, in which 
 much cotton is grown ; and has a well-supplied bazaar. 
 
 FURRUCKABAD [add.], a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces. The DISTRICT, between lat. 26° 40' and 27° 43' N.; Ion. 
 78° 57' and 80° 2' E., is bounded N. by Budaon and Shajohan- 
 pore, E. Oude, S. Etawah and Cawnpore, and W. Etawah and 
 Mynpoorie; area, 1909 sq. m. It consists generally of a large 
 alluvial flat with a gentle slope S.E., as indicated by its chief 
 streams, the Ganges, Esun, and Rind. The only exception 
 to the general flatness is in the S. W., where part of the ridge 
 or crest occurs which extends along the Doab, and forms part 
 
FUESTEN STEIN 
 
 144 
 
 GABOON 
 
 of the watershed between the Jumna and Ganges. The soil 
 varies much in quality, that along the banks of the Ganges 
 consisting of hadir, or marsh land saturated with moisture, 
 but not in such excess as to interfere with its regular culti- 
 vation. On land of this description the principal crop is 
 indigo. In other parts of the district the soil is sandy, and 
 so little retentive of moisture that in the dry season nothing 
 but constant irrigation can save the crops from withering 
 away. Where this remedy against drought is not or cannot 
 be applied the country looks dismal. Where neither exces- 
 sive moisture nor sand prevails tlie soil is well adapted for 
 general cropping, and produces fine wheat, barley, pulse, 
 maize, sugar cane, tobacco, and cotton, the last grown only 
 
 for home consumption. Pop. 854,799. The town, cap. 
 
 of the above district, situated nearly 3 m. W, of the Ganges, 
 and 93 m. E.N.E. Agra, is on the whole a handsome town, 
 surrounded by a wall, and containing many good streets and 
 squares, many of them shaded with trees, and clean to a 
 degree seldom witnessed in India. Within the town, on a 
 commanding eminence, is a large mud fort, where the nabob 
 used to reside. The trade is considerable, and many of the 
 wealthiest of the inhabitants have large banking establish- 
 ments. Such, indeed, was the commercial importance of the 
 place at one period, that it had its own mint, which furnished 
 a large proportion of the coin circulated in the surrounding 
 country. This continued to be issued till 1824. The 
 British cantonment of Futtyghur is situated about 3 m. E. of 
 the town, on the W. bank of the Ganges. Pop, of Furrucka- 
 bad, 5(5,300. 
 
 FtJKSTENSTEIN, a vil. Prussia, prov, Silesia, gov. 
 and about 32 m. S.W, Breslau, near Freiburg, with a pic- 
 turesquely situated castle belonging to the counts of Hoch- 
 berg, containing a collection of paintings and engravings, and 
 a library of 40,000 volumes. The castle was founded in 
 1148 by Bolcslaw IV. of Poland, and belonged to the dukes 
 of Silesia, In 1428-29 it was in the hands of the Hussites, 
 was subsequently several times besieged ; and after being in 
 tlie possession of various proprietors, it fell (1509) into the 
 hands of its present proprietor. Pop. of vil. 300. 
 
 FUSI, or Fuzi-YAMA, a mountain, Japan, in tlie S.E. 
 of the island of Niplion, about lat. 35° 37' N.; Ion. 1 38° 48' E. 
 It is in tlie form of a lofty cone, and has a height estimated 
 at about 12,450 ft. Seen from the entrance to the Bay of 
 Jeddo it presents a very striking appearance, and forms an 
 excellent landmark, 
 
 FUTAL (Alt), a tn. Austrian empire, Temesvar Banat, 
 circle and 4 m, S.W. Neusatz, on the Danube; with a beauti- 
 ful castle and a brewery. Pop. 4642. 
 
 FUTEHGUNGE, two places, India, Rohilcund, dist. 
 Bareilly; — 1, W. Futehgunge, a tn. 12 m. N.W. Bareilly, on 
 the route to Moradabad. It stands in an open, level, and 
 well-cultivated country, and is a thriving populous place, 
 with a well-supplied bazaar. It takes its name, meaning 
 " Victory market," from a victory gained here in 1796, by a 
 British force under Sir llobert Abererombie over an army 
 of Rohillas, An obelisk, raised in honour of the victors, 
 marks the spot where the battle was fought, and within a 
 stone's throw of it is another monument, in the form of a 
 carved and raineretted tomb, erected by the vanquished over 
 the remains of two of their chiefs who fell in the action. — 2, 
 E. Futehgunge, situated about 23 m, E. of the former, on the 
 route to Shahjehanpore, near r, bank Bliagul. It stands 
 close to a noble grove of mango-trees, covering from 20 to 
 
 30 acres, is surrounded by a ruinous mud wall with two 
 handsome brick gateways, and possesses a well -supplied 
 bazaar; but is on the whole a poor and insignificant place. 
 It owes its existence to Shujah-u-Dowlah, nabob of Oude, 
 who erected it to commemorate a victory which was gained 
 in 1774 by the British over the Rohillas, and made him 
 master of nearly the whole of the Rohilla teiritory, in conse- 
 quence of a shameful compact which he had previously con- 
 cluded with Warren Hastings. 
 
 FUTTEHPOOK,adist.and tn. British India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces. The DISTRICT, between lat. 25° 25' and 26° 13' N.; 
 Ion. 80° 12' and 81° 23' E., is bounded N.E. by tlie Ganges, 
 separating it from Oude, E. Allahabad, S.W. the Jumna, and 
 N.W. Cawnpore; area, 1583 sq. m. It lies wholly within 
 the Doab, between the Ganges and Jumna, which receive the 
 whole of the drainage directly or by their tributaries. The 
 surface consists generally of an alluvial flat little raised 
 above the channel of these rivers, and sloping almost im- 
 perceptibly towards the S.E. It is cultivated like a garden, 
 and is ricli in rural scenery of the most pleasing description. 
 The principal crops are the usual cereals — pulse, sugar-cane, 
 indigo, cotton, and poppy. The chief difficulty with which 
 the cultivator has to contend is frequent and long-continued 
 drought. The great trunk road, and the railway, following 
 nearly the same line of road, from Calcutta to Delhi pass 
 
 through the district. Pop. 511,132. The town, cap. of 
 
 the above dist., situated 48 m. S.S.E. Cawnpore, on the great 
 trunk road and the railway from Calcutta, is a large and thriv- 
 ing place. It contains some good houses, a small but very 
 elegant mosque, a well-supplied bazaar, a courthouse, and 
 other buildings connected with the civil establishment; and a 
 spacious serai, or traveller's lodge, consisting of a large in- 
 closure, with two gateways, surmounted by towers not unlike 
 those of a college, and with a cloister or verandah all round. 
 During the sepoy mutiny the rebels gained possession of the 
 town, and kept it till driven out by Havelock, who, on the 
 12th June, 1857, here achieved the first of his series of famous 
 victories. The railway from Calcutta was opened to this 
 point on 25th March, 1858. Pop. 20,864. 
 
 FYZABAD, or BANGLA,atn. India, Oude, r. bank Gogra, 
 which is here a large and navigable stream, G5 m. E, by S. 
 Lucknow. It stands in the immediate vicinity of ancient 
 Ayodha or Oude, the ruins of which extend for several miles 
 along the bank of the river, and was substituted for it by the 
 first nabob vizier of Oude, Sadut Ali Khan, who in 1730 
 built a palace here and made it the seat of government. It 
 was embellished and extended by his successors, particularly 
 Sliujah-u-Dowlah, who inclosed the fort with a ditch, and 
 strengthened it with a new wall with round towers, and added 
 so many new buildings that the town assumed the appearance 
 of a great capital. Subsequently, however, when his un- 
 principled compact with Warren Hastings had given him 
 nearly the whole of Rohilcund, he removed the seat of govern- 
 ment to Lucknow. This event, which took place in 1775, 
 was a fatal blow to Fyzabad, which began immediately to 
 decline. Its wealthy merchants and bankers quitted it at 
 once to follow the court, and its present population, though 
 still estimated at little short of 100,000, consists almost ex- 
 clusively of the more indigent classes. The only manufac 
 tures of any consequence are cloth, metal ware, and arms. 
 The native troops stationed here, consisting of two regiments 
 of N. I,, a troop of cavalry, and a detachment of artillery, 
 mutinied on 8th June, 1857. 
 
 G. 
 
 GABOON, The [add.], a river, Africa, W. coast, called 
 by the natives M'|)ongo, flowing into the Gulf of Guinea; lat, 
 31° 30' N.; Ion. 9° 20' 30" E. The territory of the Gaboon 
 (native name Empungwa) extends along the river about 
 40 m., and along the coast about 30 m. Its inhabitants are 
 fine race of negroes, who carry on an active trade with 
 
 reptitiously, in slaves. The climate Is unhealthy. Near the 
 river spread vast and unwholesome swamps, but inland rise 
 some considerable hills, and these are clothed with dense 
 jungle-like woods, the abode of the gorilla. This region has 
 been made better known by the travels of M. du Chaillu, and 
 Mr. Winwood Reade's account of his interesting explorations. 
 
 Europeans in ivory, copal, ebony, and dye-woods, and, sur- | A French settlement was established here in 1842, and in the 
 
GABRIEL 
 
 145 
 
 GALLO 
 
 following year an American mission was founded at Baraka, 
 8 m. up the river, which still continues in operation. 
 
 GABKIEL (Sao), a tn. Brazil, prov. Kio Grande do Sul, 
 on a commanding height, 190 m. W.S.W. Porto Alegre. It 
 is a modern place of pleasing appearance, consisting of white 
 houses roofed with red tile; and has two small chapels, large 
 barracks for the accommodation of the park of artillery sta- 
 tioned here, an hospital, a house of correction, and a little 
 theatre. The shops are numerous and well supplied, the 
 trade is extensive, and the whole place has a lively prosper- 
 ous appearance. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 GABKIEL CHANNEL, S. America. See Dawson Isl. 
 in Supp. 
 
 GABROVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the S. of Bul- 
 garia, eyalet and 140 m. S.E. Widin; with three churches, a 
 school, and a pop. of 4000. 
 
 GADIATSCH, a tn. Kussia, gov. and 70 m. S.W. 
 Poltava, cap. circle of same name, at the confluence of the 
 Psla and Grunja with the Dnieper. It has five churches, a 
 circle and a parish school, two charitable institutes; and a 
 trade in tobacco, which is largely cultivated in the circle. 
 Pop. 4909. 
 
 GAF.SA, or Capsa [add.], a tn. N. Africa, regency and 
 176 m. S.S. W. Tunis, on a height surrounded on all sides by 
 lofty mountains. It occupies the site of the ancient bulwark 
 of Jugurtha, and consists of wide and clean streets, and 
 houses substantially built of stone. The chief object of in- 
 terest is the citadel, a remarkable structure, but now in ruins. 
 Two copious thermal springs, which discharge into a basin, 
 furnish the inhabitants with the means of fertilizing the sur- 
 rounding district. The people also manufacture articles in 
 esparto, white burnouses, and covers famous for the fineness 
 of their texture ; and carry on an extensive trade in dates, 
 oil, and wool famous for its whiteness. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 GAINESVILLE, a vil. U. States, Alabama, r. bank 
 Tombigbee, 40 m. W.S.W. Tuscaloosa. It is an active place 
 of business, contains several churches, and is the principal 
 point for river shipping in the county. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 GALABAT, a prov. Abyssinia, bounded N. by outliers 
 of the Elephanta range, E. the Tacazze, and E. and W. the 
 Sliimfa; area about 1200 sq. m. It is far more populous 
 than the neighbouring provinces, and has a soil of remarkable 
 fertility, yielding in abundance, wherever irrigation is applied, 
 the products not only of the temperate but also of the 
 tropical zone. The inhabitants, partly Tagruri and partly 
 Arabs and Fungi, employ themselves in agriculture, manu- 
 factures, and trade. The agricultural products include, 
 beside grain, cotton, which is grown so largely as to be an 
 important article of export. The manufactures are limited 
 to cotton stufl^s and the turning of a great variety of articles in 
 ivory, as small cups, bracelets, finger rings, &c. The trade 
 while Galabat existed as an independent state, long before 
 the Turkish invasion of Soudan, was very important, as it 
 had then almost a monopoly of the trafiic with the interior of 
 this part of the African continent. Since then commerce has 
 found new channels, and the trade of Galabat, which in con- 
 sequence has greatly declined, has little prospect of any ex- 
 tensive revival. Government is administered by a sheikh, a 
 Tagruri, from Darfur. He calls himself independent, but 
 has in fact two masters, the Turks and the Kasa of Tigre, to 
 whom he pays an annual tribute of £800. 
 
 GALAMBFALVA (Gkeat), a tn. Austrian empire, 
 Transylvania, circle and 1 1 m. S. W. Udvarhely, 55 m. E. N.E. 
 Ilermanstadt ; with a Protestant and a Greek non-united 
 church, and 1260 inhabitants. 
 
 GALANGUE,aterritory, W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 between lat. 13° 40' and 14° 30' S.; and Ion. 17° and 18° 30' E.; 
 bounded N. by Sambos, E. the Kubango, S. the land of the 
 Nyemba-Ganguella, and W. Kaconda; area about 15,000 
 sq. m. It forms one of the loftiest plateaux of S. Africa, 
 having an average height of 6000 ft. Its climate is temperate 
 and healthy. The principal rivers are the Kubango, which 
 borders it from N.W. to S.E., forming its boundary in tliat 
 direction, and the Kunene, which, flowing from N. to S., 
 separates Galangue from Kaconda. The government is in 
 the hands of a prince, who is practically as well as theoretically 
 absolute. Owing to the predatory habits of the people, who 
 frequently take part in the Munano forays, there is not much 
 agriculture; but from the same cause cattle are numerous, 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. I. 
 
 inasmuch as in addition to those reared within the territory 
 large numbers are introduced into it by plunder. The prin- 
 cipal articles of trade are cattle and bees'- wax, which find a 
 market at Benguela; some ivory also is obtained from the S. 
 in exchange for slaves. Pop. about 250,000. 
 
 GALAN JE, a tn. S. Africa, kingdom Moluwa, at a short 
 distance N. of its capital Kabebe, about lat. 7° 30' S.; Ion. 
 27° E. It is a considerable town, but derives most of its 
 importance from being the burying-place of the Muati-janwo, 
 or kings of Moluwa. Instead of one common mausoleum, 
 each deceased monarch is buried in a separate grave of great 
 depth and large dimensions. Over it a building with a lofty 
 straw roof is erected, and the walls of the interior are hung 
 with party-coloured mats. Two slaves are left to watch the 
 body and take care of the grave. This is continued during 
 the whole lifetime of his successor, but the moment he dies 
 his predecessor's grave is closed, and a new one having been 
 prepared the process of watching is resumed. Pop. about 
 6000. 
 
 GALAXIDI, a tn. Greece, nomarch Phthiotes and 
 Phokis, on the W. shore of the Gulf of Salona, or N. arm of 
 the Gulf of Corinth or Lepanto. It has its site on a low 
 peninsula which forms three harbours, and was one of the 
 most important commercial places in Greece previous to the 
 war of independence, during which it was, in 1821, laid in 
 ruins by the Turks. At present it has a civil court, a 
 lazaretto, a custom-house, and a parish school ; and contains 
 4000 inhabitants, engaged in shipping and trade. 
 
 GALENA [add.], a tn. U. States, Illinois, cap. co. 
 Jo Daviess, on both sides of the Galena, 3 m. above its 
 junction with the Mississippi, and on the Illinois Central 
 railway, 150 m. W.N.W. Chicago. It occupies a high and 
 healthy site, encircled by cliffs of mountain limestone, which 
 give it a very irregular and picturesque appearance; and is 
 for the most part substantially built of brick, many both of 
 the private dwellings and public edifices being in a good style 
 of architecture. Among the latter are twelve churches, ten 
 public schools attended by 1500 scholars, a seminary, a 
 U. States marine hospital, and a custom-house and post-office, 
 built of stone at an expense of £14,000. The chief indus- 
 trial establishments are large flour and saw mills driven by 
 steam, two lead furnaces, two iron foundries, a pottery, several 
 breweries, lumber yards, large leather furnishing houses, 
 soap and candle works, and various factories of ploughs, 
 waggons, carriages, and furniture. The great staple of 
 Galena, however, is lead, which is extensively worked both 
 in its vicinity and the surrounding districts. The quantity 
 shipped from 1821 to 1858 was 820,622,839 lbs., or 366,304 
 tons, and had an estimated value of about six millions and a 
 half sterling. Besides lead Galena annually exports horses, 
 cattle, grain, flour, potatoes, pork, and bacon, to the value of 
 about 160,000. Pop. 8196. 
 
 GALESBURG, a tn. U. States, Illinois, at the junction 
 of the Chicago and Burlington, the Northern Cross, and the 
 Peoria and Oquawka railways, 105 m. W.S.W. Chicago. It 
 is well built in wide regular streets, contains a university and 
 two colleges, one of them for females, and possesses a number 
 of hotels, a large foundry and machine shop, and planing, 
 saw, and flour mills. Pop. (1860), 4953. 
 
 GALLATIN, a vil. U. States, Tennessee, cap. co. 
 Sumner, on the railway to Bowling-Green, 18 m. N.E. Nash- 
 ville; contaiivs several churches and schools, and has a pop. of 
 about 1500. 
 
 GALLIO, a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. and 24 m. N. Vicenza; 
 with manufactures of straw hats and two tanneries. Tobacco 
 is largely grown in the district. Pop. 2320. 
 
 GALLO, an isl. S. America, at the N. entrance of a bay 
 on the S.W. coast of New Granada; lat. 1° 59' N.; Ion. 
 78° 38' 44" W. It is memorable as the spot where Pizarro, 
 when the great body of his followers refused to proceed 
 further, drew a line on the sand, and called upon those pre- 
 pared to follow him to intimate their determination by 
 stepping across it. Only thirteen did so, and with these he 
 remained while Almagro returned to Panama for reinforce- 
 ments. Ultimately, however, before these arrived he removed 
 to the island of Gorgona as a more secure and equally eligible 
 position. Immediately N. of Gallo is Cascajal Point, a bold 
 red clitf, forming a striking contrast to the general flatness of 
 the coast. 
 
 19 
 
GALVESTON 
 
 146 
 
 GANGPORE 
 
 GAI^VESTON [add.], a tn. and port of entry, U, States, 
 Texas, cap. co. of same name, at the mouth of a bay at the 
 N.E. extremity of Galveston Island, and on the Galveston, 
 Houston, and Henderson railway. It contains ten churches, 
 two of which, the Episcopal and the li. Catholic, are handsome 
 Gothic structures; a 11. Catholic university, an Ursuline con- 
 vent, an academy, a female seminary, many elegant private 
 liouses, and large and commodious stores. The harbour, the 
 best in the state, has 12 feet of water in the bar at low tide, 
 and is well provided with wharves, repairing-docks, building- 
 yards, &e. Previous to the civil war its shipping trade was 
 of considerable extent. The number of vessels entered and 
 cleared for foreign ports in 1858 was 61 , carrying 26,373 tons; 
 the coasting trade was still more important. The principal 
 export was cotton, of which above 300,000 bales were shipped 
 in 1859. In December, 1862, it was occupied by a small 
 Federal force, wliich, however, was surprised and captured 
 on January 1, 1863, by the Confederates. Pop. (1860), 7307, 
 of whom 1178 were slaves. 
 
 GAMA, a river, E. Africa, which rising in the Nguru 
 hills, at a distance of about ten days' march from the coast, 
 flows E., draining the countries between the Pangani and the 
 Kingani rivers, and falls into the Indian Ocean ricar Saadani, 
 opposite to the island of Zanzibar. Its bed is never dry, but 
 a bifurcation a little above its mouth, forming a small delta, 
 subdivides its volume, and thus renders it less fit than it 
 might otherwise have been for navigation. 
 
 GAMBIA (The) [add.], a British colony, W. co. Africa. 
 In 1853 the native territory S. of the isl. of St. Mary, known 
 as British Combo, was annexed to the colony, and has been 
 settled by military pensioners and captured Africans. The 
 tribes in the immediate neighbourhood of the colony are 
 chiefly Mandingos, and are divided into two cla.sses — Mara- 
 bouts, or strict observers of the law of JIahomet, and Son- 
 ninkees, who are only nominal Moslems; between the two are 
 constant religious feuds. The export of slaves has been un- 
 known on tlie Gambia for many years, the prisoners of war 
 being usually retained in slavery by their captors or sold 
 into other parts of the country. In point of unhealthiness 
 the Gambia varies little from the other settlements. Tiiere 
 is considerable sickness during and after the rains, but many 
 of the merchants are in the habit of passing the worst months 
 of the year in England. The position of Bathurst, the seat 
 of government, is rendered more unhealthy by the vicinity 
 of an ofiensive and pestilent swamp, which however might 
 easily be drained. About 150 m. up the river the island of 
 M'Carthy is occupied as an advanced post for the protection 
 of trade in its neighbourhood; but the climate of it is very 
 unfavourable for Europeans. The trade of the colony con- 
 sists principally of ground-nuts, hides, and wax, groundnuts 
 . being six-sevenths of the whole export; in 1858 the nuts^ 
 which are mostly taken to France, and tliere converted into 
 an oil which is sold as olive-oil — reached the valueof £188,000, 
 but in 1864 the value had fallen to £78,000. Cotton is cul- 
 tivated to some extent recently. Cotton goods, rice, and 
 tobacco are the principal articles received into the colony. 
 In 1863 the imports amounted to £175,965, and the exports 
 to £141,673; and in 1864 the imports were £135,777, and the 
 exports £148,157. The colonial revenue in 1863 amounted 
 to £17,254, derived principally from customs and parliamen- 
 tary grant; the expenditure was £19,325, chiefly upon civil 
 establishments; and the liabilities of the colony amounted to 
 £5630 on January 1, 1865. 
 
 GAMBIER, a vil. U. States, Ohio, beautifully situated 
 on a high ridge nearly surrounded by the Vernon. It is the 
 seat of an Episcopal college, and a theological seminary con- 
 nected witli it. The former consists chiefly of an imposing 
 edifice, built of stone, in the Gothic style, and has five pro- 
 fcs.sors, fifty students, and a library of 8720 vols. Pop. 575. 
 
 GAMING, a tn. Austrian empire, circle Upper Wiener- 
 wald, cap. dist. of same name, 00 m. S. W. Vienna. It has 
 a castle, a ruined church which belonged to a Carthusian 
 monastery, maimfuctures of leather and waggon-axles, and 
 numerous saw and other mills. There is a petroleum spring 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 2020. 
 
 GAMLA KAIJliEHY, a seaport tn. in Russian Finland, 
 E. coast of Gulf of Bothnia; lat. 63° 43' N ; Ion. 23° 15' E. 
 Gamla Karleby is equivalent to Old Charlestown. Pop. in 
 1856, 2627. 
 
 GANANOQUE, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Leeds, 1. bank St. Lawrence, in a district diversified by 
 mountains and lakes, 160 m. E.N.E. Toronto. It possesses 
 four churches — Church of England, Free, Wesleyan, and 
 11. Catholic; a grammar and other schools; and being a port 
 of entry carries on a considerable trade. It lias also a largo 
 extent of water-power, which has been made available for 
 mills and manufactures. The view obtained here of the 
 Tliousand Isles of the St. Lawrence is very fine. Pop. about 
 1600. 
 
 GANDA, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kimbuiida country, 
 about lat. 12° 40' to 13° 25' S.; and Ion. 14° 40' to 15° 30' E.; 
 bounded N. by Kissandshi, E. and S. by extensive uninhab- 
 ited forests, and W. by the Makango desert; area about 2100 
 sq. m. The surface consists mostly of lofty precipitous moun- 
 tains, inclosing deep valleys, which are watered only by 
 mountain streams, of which the only one of sufficient import- 
 ance is the Ommate, which, rising in the wilds on tlie E. fron- 
 tiers, traverses the teiTitory, and joins the Katumbela. The 
 inhabitants, too predatory in their habits to settle down to any 
 regular employment, can scarcely be said to have any agri- 
 culture. Grazing is almost equally neglected, because it is 
 found far easier to steal cattle than to rear them; and hence, 
 when a supply is wanted, the means resorted to is a foray to 
 tlie far south, where cattle are numerous, and their owners 
 seldom have sufficient courage to defend them. The only 
 live stock which, from being reared on the spot, can be said 
 to have been honestly come by, are swine and poultry. Iron, 
 the only mineral yet known to exist among the mountains, is 
 partially worked. Pop. 30,000, who are under the rule of 
 an absolute prince. 
 
 GANDIKO, a tn. AVestern Africa, prov. Kororofa, 1. bank 
 Benuwe, 200 m. above its confluence with the Kwara. It is 
 a Pulo or Fellatah settlement, which is said to have been 
 founded by a Pulo force, chiefly composed of slaves, who 
 were sent to attack Wukari, and failed. Instead of returning, 
 they preferred to remain in the country, intermarried with 
 the Djuku, and founded several towns. Among these, and 
 nearly adjacent to Gandiko, are Gandera and Ibi. The three 
 together may have an aggregate pop. approaching to 2000. 
 The huts of Gandiko are indifferent, and too much huddled 
 together. Those of Gandera and Ibi are less crowded, and 
 have small plots of garden ground attached to them ; on their 
 sides and roofs also pumpkins, gourds, and other cucurbitaceas 
 are trained. 
 
 GANDO, a tn. Western Africa, once cap. of an empire 
 of same name, and still the residence of a powerful Pulo prmce, 
 50 m. S.S.W. Sokoto. It stands in a lioUow, commanded 
 from all sides by chains of hills, but has a pleasant and ani- 
 mated interior, adorned with various trees, among which the 
 banana is prominent. It is intersected from N. to S. by the 
 broad and shallow bed of a torrent, affording rich pasturage; 
 but it is, on the whole, a very dull place, and owing to the 
 troubled state of the country is harassed by perpetual alarms. 
 The principal manufacture is cotton cloth, particularly cotton 
 strips, of first-rate quality, and, though co.irsely dyed, in great 
 demand in adjoining countries. The trade, almost entirely 
 transit, is, in a great measure, confined to a coarse kind of 
 coloured silk, imported from the north, and much used by the 
 natives for adorning their leather-work. Some of the vege- 
 table products are fiimous, among other the baiiana, which is 
 grown in considerable quantity, and the onion, which sur- 
 l)asses that of the adjoining districts both in size and quality. 
 
 GANDUTAN, a vil. Western Africa, r. bank Kwara, 
 280 m. W.N.W. Sokoto. It is a slave village, the property 
 of a Tarki chief, and consists of about 200 huts of matting, 
 with two leather tents in the centre. The district is much 
 infested by lions. 
 
 GANESPOOR, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 38 m. W. Goruckpore, on the Koyane. It consists of about 
 200 liouses, partly inclosed by an earthen rampart. 
 
 GANG, a mining town, Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 6 m. N.E. Czaslau; with a parish church, and mines ot 
 silver and arsenic; and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 GANGES, an isl. Pacific Ocean, in what is called Ameri- 
 can Polynesia; lat. 10° 59' S.; Ion. 160° 55' W. 
 
 GANGPORE, a petty state, India, between lat. 21° 50' 
 and 22° 37' N.; Ion. 83° 31' and 84° 57' E.; and bounded N. by 
 CUiota Nagpore, E. native state Bonei, S. native state Samba 
 
GARAKOTA 
 
 147 
 
 GEBY 
 
 and British dist. Sumbulpore, and W. native states Eyghur 
 and Juslipoor; length, E. to W., 90 ui.; breadtli, 35 m.; area, 
 2493 sq. m.; revenue about £10,000. Tlie soil is naturally- 
 rich, but tliere is little cultivation, and the greater part of 
 the surface is covered with jungle. The ca])ital, which is of 
 same name, is 250 m. W. by S. Calcutta. Top. 112,000. 
 
 GAUAKOTA, a tn. India, territory Saugor and Ner- 
 budda, in the fork formed by the junction of the Sonar and 
 Guddari, 25 m. E. Saugor. It consists of the town proper, 
 which extends from bank to bank between the two rivers, 
 and of a fort, which, situated in the apex of tlie fork, is washed 
 on two sides, and is inclosed by a deep ditch and two walls, 
 an outer wliieh is 20, and an inner which is 30 ft. high. 
 
 GAKANY, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zemplen, 
 12 m. N.E. Salorallya-Ujhely; has a strong castle, provided 
 with bulwarks and two towers; and contains 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 GAUASPOOK, a tn, India, Scindia's Dominions, 49 m. 
 S.W. Saugor. It is defended by a small fort, and contains 
 some ancient structures, built of the fine sandstone in the 
 vicinity, and elaborately sculptured. 
 
 GAKDINEK [add.], a tn. U. States, Maine, on both 
 sides of the Cobbessecontee, at its junction with the Kennebec, 
 12 m. below Augusta, and on the Kennebec and Portland 
 railway. It possesses ten churches, a high-school, an alms- 
 house, and a mechanics' institute, and is very largely engaged 
 in manufactures, for which the falls on the Cobbessecontee fur- 
 nish great advantages. Among the industrial establishments 
 are a pottery, a foundry, a woollen factory, two machine- 
 shops, tliree tanneries, and two paper, two flour, and six saw- 
 mills. The shipping owned in Gardiner is about 6000 tons, 
 of which a half is employed in the southern and foreign trade. 
 Pop. 4487. 
 
 GAUNAVILLE, a vil. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. Clayton, 
 ] 05 m. N. by E. Iowa, on the route from Dubuque to Prairie 
 du Chien. It stands on an elevated, rolling prairie, and 
 there are veins of lead in its vicinity. Pop. 1335. 
 
 GAKIIY, a fort or station, British N. America, Eed River 
 Settlement, belonging to the Hudson's Bay Company, is 
 situated a little above the junction of the Assiniboine and Red 
 
 \ 
 
 FORT GAERY, RED EIVER SETTLEMENT.— From Hind's Canadian Exploring Expeditions. 
 
 rivers, on the N. bank of the former. The fort, the name of 
 which is frequently used for the settlement generally, consists 
 of a square inclosure of high stone walls flanked at each 
 angle by round towers. Within this are several substantial 
 wooden buildings ; the governor's residence, the jail, and the 
 storehouses for the Company's furs and goods. It was estab- 
 lished in 1811. 
 
 GARSEPPA, GuRSUPPA, or Gairsoppa, an ancient but 
 deserted town, India, presid. Madras, dist. N. Canara, 16 m. 
 E.S.E, Honawar, is now deserving of notice only on account 
 of the magnificpnt falls which bear its name, and are formed 
 in its vicinity by the Sherravutty, The river immediately 
 above, dividing into several branches, forms four distinct 
 falls, which have received the respective names of the Grand 
 Fall, the Roarer, the l{ocket Fall, and the Dame Blanche. 
 The Grand Fall is a perpendicular plunge of 880 feet, over a 
 Jedge of rock cavernous underneath. The Roarer rushes 
 
 down an inclined plane into the cavern behind the Grand 
 Fall. The Rocket Fall is so called, because the water, forced 
 through a series of rocky channels, assumes the form of 
 rockets in its descent. The Dame Blanche sends down it.s 
 water in snowy flakes of a peculiarly graceful appearance. 
 
 GARU, a tn. Western Africa, on an island of same name, 
 in the Kwara, 210 m. W.N.W. Sokoto. The whole bed of 
 the river, which is here from 6 to 8 m. broad, is studded 
 with islands, many of which are large, very fertile, and well 
 peopled. It is a large and important place, with a population 
 roughly estimated at 7000 or 8000. 
 
 GARU-N-GIIABBES, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, 
 195 m. W. Kukawa. It is a middle-sized walled town, with 
 a well-cultivated district, and is of some historical interest 
 from being identical with Biram-ta-gabbes, the oldest place 
 of the seven original settlements of the Ilausa nation. 
 
 GASPE, a bay, British America, Canada East, on the W, 
 shore of the gulf, near the entrance of the river of St. Law- 
 rence. It is formed on the S. by Peter Point, consisting of 
 low sandstone, covered with the white houses of fishermen; and 
 on the N. by Cape Gaspe, a remarkable headland of limestone, 
 having on its N.E. side a magnificent range of cliffs, which rise 
 to the height of 692 feet. The entrance measured between 
 these two points is about 9 m., and the bay itself, stretching 
 W.N.W. for rather more than 16 m., gradually narrows to 
 the point at its head where it receives the Dartmouth. The 
 only other rivers of any importance which enter it are the 
 York and the St. John, both on the S.W. shore. Gasp6 
 Bay possesses advantages which may hereafter render it one 
 of the most important maritime stations on the E. coast of 
 British America. It contains an excellent outer roadstead 
 off Douglas Town, a harbour at its head capable of holding a 
 numerous fleet in perfect safety, and a basin where the largest 
 ships may be hove down and refitted. The N.E. side of the 
 hay for 5 miles within the cape is covered with fishing estab- 
 lishments, belonging to Jersey merchants, and with the houses 
 of the fishermen; on the opposite shore scenery not deficient 
 in grandeur is presented by a succession of precipitous cliffs 
 of shale and sandstone, rising to the height of 200 feet, while 
 the view inland terminates in a mountain range. 
 t *:? GASTON, a vil. U. States, N, Carolina, 1. bank 
 
 '"" Roanoke, 65 m. N.N.E. Raleigh. It is the ter- 
 
 minus of two railways connecting it witli Raleigh 
 and Richmond, and is a depot for tobacco and 
 wheat. 
 
 GASTORF, a tn, Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 10 m. from Leitmeritz, on the Obertka; 
 with a parish church, an hospital, a townhouse, a 
 paper-mill, and a trade in corn; and 1100 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 GATTENDORF, a town, Au.strian empire, 
 Hungary, co, Wieselburg, about 5 m. S. Press- 
 burg; with a fine mansion in an English park, and 
 a trade in corn and sheep. Pop. 1270. 
 
 GAUKTON, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, 
 on the N.W. shore of the island, and 11m, 
 W.N.W, the town of Andro. It possesses a large 
 and excellent harbour, sheltered from all winds 
 except the west. Pop. 950. 
 
 GAYRING, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and 20 m. N.N.W. Pre.ssburg; with 3603 in- 
 habitants, who trade in fish, wood, and cattle. 
 GAZAWA, a tn. Western Africa, 90 m. N. by W. Kano, 
 cap. of a territory dependent on Maradi. It is inclosed by a 
 strong stockade and a deep ditch, and is nearly in the form 
 of a regular quadrangle, with a gate on each side. These 
 defences are rendered necessary by its position on the frontier, 
 where Islamism ends and paganism begins. The fanatical 
 Mahometans are constantly attacking it. Owing to this cau.'^e 
 manufactures and cultivation are much neglected, and the 
 breeding of sheep and cattle constitutes the chief employment. 
 GDOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Bochnia, 
 on the Raba, 12 m. S.E. Cracow; with a parish church, with 
 an ancient altar-piece. The Cracow in.surgents were defeated 
 here by the Austrians in 1846. Pop. 1200. 
 
 GEBY [add.], an isl. Indian Archipelago, situated in the 
 Gilolo passage, on the equator, between the Molucca island 
 Gilolo and the Papuan island Waigu. It is long and nar- 
 row, stretching about 20 m. from S.E. to N.W, Its surface 
 
GEMUSH-KHANEH 
 
 14S 
 
 GETTYSBURG 
 
 is generally hilly, but not elevated, the highest point nut ex- 
 ceeding 500 feet. The cultivated products are rice, cocoa 
 and sago palms, yams, and bananas. The natives, mostly 
 Papuans, but subject to Molucca settlers, who form the domi- 
 nant class, are chiefly emi)loyed in the fishing of trepang and 
 pearl oysters. Between Geby and the islet Fow, at its S.W. 
 extremity, there is a harbour sheltered from all winds, with 
 sufficient depth and good anchorage for a ship of the line. 
 
 GEMUSH-KHANEH, a tn. Turkey in Asia, prov. 
 and 30 m. N.N.W. Erzeroum. It owes its name, which 
 means the 'house of silver,' to a mine of argentiferous lead 
 which has long been worked in its vicinity. Pop. estimated 
 at 8000. 
 
 GENESEE, a river, U. States, New York. It rises in 
 Pennsylvania, near the frontiers of New York, flows N.W. 
 and N.E., and enters Lake Ontario about 7 m. N. llochester, 
 after a course of nearly 150 m. In the earlier part of its 
 course there are three falls of 60, 90, and 110 ft. high 
 respectively, and for above 2 m. it passes' between perpendi- 
 cular rocks nearly 400 ft. high. At llochester, and also near 
 its mouth, there are other falls of about 100 ft. high. 
 
 GENESEE FALLS, formerly Poktagevii.le, a vil. 
 U. States, New York, 50 m. E.S.E. Buffiilo, on the Genesee 
 Uiver, which is here crossed by the New York City railroad, 
 on a bridge 234 ft. high, and by the Genesee Valley canal. 
 It has several churches, and is much visited for its scenery, 
 the river here being bordered by precipitous heights, and 
 having several picturesque falls. Pop. 1020. 
 
 GENESEO, a vil. U. States, ^[ew York, 25 m. S.S.W. 
 Kochester, on the Genesee River; with several churches, 
 schools, and banks, and a large academy. Pop. 1600. 
 
 GENEVA [add.], a vil. U. States, New York, at the 
 N.W. extremity of Lake Seneca, and on the Auburn and 
 Canandaigua railway, 200 m. W. Albany. It commands a 
 fine view of the lake and the surrounding country, is well 
 built, the principal street stretching along a height above 
 the lake, and containing many handsome residences, with fine 
 gardens sloping down towards the shore. The principal 
 buildings are eight churches, one of which, the Episcopal, is 
 a fine Gothic stone structure; Hobart Free College, with six 
 professors and ninety-six students, and a medical college. 
 The manufactures are not important. Pop. 5057. 
 
 GEORGE, a river, British N. America, Labrador, run- 
 ning into the S.E. side of Ungava Bay. For 200 m. up it is 
 a considerable stream, flowing with a rapid current between 
 rocky banks, and, though full of rapids, the water is deep 
 enough for barges. At some distance from its mouth the 
 country is wooded, and about 200 m. up the stream there is 
 ii lake abounding in fish. The general course of the river is 
 northwards, running parallel to the coast of Labrador, about 
 100 m., or less, distant from it. It was discovered by the 
 Moravian missionaries in 1811. 
 
 GEORGE, a sound, New Zealand, on the S.W. shore of 
 the Middle Island or Munster, lat. (Anchorage Cove, N. shore) 
 44° 55' 20" S.; Ion. 167° 26' 50" E. It is nearly a mile wide 
 at its entrance, and preserves this width as far up as the 
 anchorage, a distance of 6 m., during which it stretches 
 S.S.E. This is its first reach, near the head of whicli there 
 is good anchorage, in 15 fathoms, in a cove of the N. shore, 
 with a sandy beach, where a rapid stream, with 2 ft. on its 
 bar at low water, discharges itself. About a mile above, a 
 second reach wends E.S.E. for 3 m., and then sends off' two 
 arms, at the head of one of which, but 200 ft. above its level, 
 is an extensive lake, with an outlet sending its surplus waters 
 down the mountain side. George Sound is surrounded by 
 rugged and precipitous mountains. One of these rises over 
 its W. side to the height of 4775 ft.; another near its head to 
 the height of 5000 ft. 
 
 GEORGEN (St.), a royal free tn. Austrian empire, 
 Hungary, co. and 9 m. N.E. Pressburg, on the Pressburg and 
 Tyrnau tramway, at the foot of a hill covered with vineyards. 
 It has a magistracy, two R. Catholic churches, one Protestant, 
 a synagogue, a Piarist college, an inferior school, an endow- 
 ment for the poor, and a cold sulphur bath. The wine pro- 
 duced in the vicinity bears a high name, and is largely ex- 
 ported. Pop. 2904. 
 
 GEORGEN (St.), a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 circle Hausruck, 45 m. S.W. Linz; with a beautiful parish 
 church, and 1600 inhabitants. 
 
 GEOKGEN (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, 5 m. S.W. Steinamanger; with an old and richly 
 endowed abbey, with a Gothic church; and 1500 inhabitants, 
 mostly R. Catholics. 
 
 GEORGEN (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Warasdin and 
 St. Georgen Military Frontiers, on the Semovacha, in a wide 
 l)lain, which stretches to the Drave, 58 m. E.N.E. Agram. 
 It has a common school, and contains 4630 inhabitants. 
 
 GEORGETOWN [add.], three places, U. States:—!, A 
 tn. and port of entry, dist. Columbia, 1. bank Potomac, 2 m. 
 W. Washington, and on the Rock Creek, which is crossed by 
 two bridges connecting it with Washington. It is overlooked 
 by heights, crowned with villas, and commanding a magnifi- 
 cent view, and is a quiet retired place of somewhat antiquated 
 appearance. Its principal buildings and institutions are eight 
 churches, a Jesuit college, a nunnery, with a school attached, 
 attended by about 100 pupils, several private boarding and 
 day schools of high repute, a market-house, and a finely laid 
 out cemetery. Being the only port of Columbia district, 
 Georgetown has an important foreign and coasting trade. 
 Pop. 8733 — 2, A tn. and port of entry, S. Carolina, on the 
 W. shore of Winyaw Bay, near the confluence of the Great 
 Pedee, Black ;ind Waccamaw Rivers, 100 m S.E. Columbia. 
 It possesses county buildings, six churches, an academy, and 
 several turpentine distilleries and saw-mills. Its reputed 
 unhealthiness has checked its prosperity. Pop. 1720. — 3, A 
 tn. Kentucky, cap. co. Scott, on a height above the N. Elk- 
 horn River, in a fertile district, 17 m. E. Frankfort. It is 
 the seat of a Baptist college, with eight professors, 132 stu- 
 dents, and a library of 7500 volumes; of a female collegiate 
 institute, attended by about 100 pupils; and of a military in- 
 stitute, which unites civil education with military discipline; 
 and possesses several woollen, bag, and rope factories. Pop. 
 1684. 
 
 GEORGETOWN, a tn. Canada West, co. Hatton, on 
 the Grand Trunk railway, 27 m. W. Toronto; with five 
 churches, considerable local trade, and extensive manufac- 
 tories of paper and cloth. Pop. about 1200. 
 
 GEORGETOWN, a tn. British America, E. coast Prince 
 Edward Island, cap. King's co., situated on the N. shore 
 of a harbour of same name. It is laid out in regular and 
 spacious streets, which, as the pop. is only 500, are very 
 scantily supplied with houses. The principal buildings, all of 
 wood, are the courthouse, and two churches, one with a cupola 
 and the other with a steeple. Its harbour, the entrance to 
 which is indicated by a wooden octagon lighthouse, painted 
 white, and visible at a distance of 14 m., is the best in the 
 S. of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, with the exception of that of 
 Charlottetown, over which, however, it has this advantage, 
 that the ice is later in forming, and earlier in breaking up. 
 
 GERCZE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Eisen- 
 burg, 16 m. E. Steinamanger; -with extensive vineyards, a 
 trade in fruit, particularly excellent cherries, and 1090 inhabi- 
 tants, half of them Lutherans, half R Catholics. 
 
 GERKI, a tn. Western Africa, on the Ilausa and Bornou 
 frontier, 60 m. N.E. Kano. It is a large place, and is sur- 
 rounded by a wall with turrets or pinnacles, and in very 
 good repair. There is very little trade, as the inhabitants 
 have little inclination for industry, and are notorious for 
 their thievish propensities. Pop. estimated at 15,000. 
 
 GESHIYA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, 00 m. W. by 
 S. Birni, once a strong place, and surrounded by a clay wall, 
 but now, though still well peopled, in a state of decay. It 
 consists of conical huts, separated by fences of matting into 
 several quarters. 
 
 GESMA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, 185 m. N.E, 
 Kano. Besides a swamp, which forms a natural defence on 
 its S. and E. sides, it is surrounded by a kind of pinnacled 
 wall, which, however, except on the W. side, is much dilapi- 
 dated. Close to this place grows the rimi, or silk cotton 
 tree, which is entirely wanting in Bornou proper. 
 
 GETTYSBURG [add.], a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, 
 cap. CO. Adams, on the Wrightsville, York, and Gettysburg 
 railway, 112 m. W.S.W. Philadelphia. It occupies an ele- 
 vated site in a fertile and well-cultivated district, is on the 
 whole well built, possesses seven churches, a college, with 
 seven professors, sixty students, and a library of 7000 vols.; a 
 Lutheran theological seminary, with two professors, about 
 twenty students, and a library of 7000 vols.; an academy 
 
GEWE 
 
 149 
 
 GHILAN 
 
 and other scliools, a courthouse and jail; and has an extensive 
 manufacture of carriages. Copper mines have heen opened 
 in the vicinity. On the first three days of July, 1863, a des- 
 jierate battle was fought here between the Federals under 
 (Jeneral Meade, and the Confederates under General Lee. 
 It was attended with no decisive result, but the Confederate 
 army subsequently retired, and recrossed the Potomac. The 
 loss of the Federals was returned at 24,000. Pop. 2390. 
 
 GEWH, a tn. Western Africa, Adamawa, r. bank IJenuwe, 
 85 m. E. Yola. It is a large Fellatah settlement, governed 
 by a chief, who commands 100 horse. A little to the E. 
 there is a large mountain called Banawa, which towers above 
 the IJenuwe, and is inhabited by pagan natives of the Fall 
 tribe, who, before the Fellatah conquest, had their chief seat 
 at Bazuma, about 20 ni. N.E. Gewe. 
 
 Gil ADAMIS, a dist. N. Africa, situated on the N. fron- 
 tier of the Sahara, and forming the S.VV. frontier of the 
 regency of Tripoli. It comprises three oases — Ghadamis 
 ])roper, Derge, and Seenawan, each of which has a capital of 
 its own name, while the whole three form a nearly isosceles 
 triangle, of which the line stretching between Ghadamis in 
 the S.VV. and Seenawan in the N.E., a distance of about 
 95 m., is the base, and Derge is the apex. The area of the 
 whole district is estimated at 1200 .sq. m. Beyond its limits 
 the whole of the surrounding region is purely desert, con- 
 sisting of ridges and sandhills, with waterless intervening 
 valleys, and in geological structure of horizontal strata of 
 sandstone and limestone. The former rock, blackened on its 
 outer surface by the presence of a little iron, which the air 
 has oxydized, was at one time mistaken for basalt. The 
 inhabitants are divided into four classes — Harar, or pure 
 blood; Homran, the offspring of pure blood by female slaves; 
 Attara, the offspring of manumitted male slaves and slaves 
 still in bondage. The government is vested in a Moudir Bey, 
 subordinate to the governor of the Jebel Mountains, and 
 assisted in his administration by a kadi or judge, his mufti, 
 a sheikh or deputy-governor, and a municipal council. Gha- 
 damis proper, owing to the precarious fall of rain, draws its 
 supplies of grain from Derge and Seenawan, which are better 
 situated for raising corn; and devotes itself chiefly to trade, 
 which is carried on extensively with Tripoli on the one hand, 
 and Ghat, Kano, Timbuctoo, Tuat, and other parts of the 
 interior, on the other. From the interior are brought ivory, 
 bees'-wax, hides, goat skins, dyed red and yellow, ostrich- 
 feathers, gold in lumps and dust, guru or kolu nuts, cottons, 
 &c.; from Tripoli, cotton and long cloths, and tangibs, all of 
 British manufacture; red-dyed raw silk and beads from Venice; 
 woollen cloths and red caps from Tunis; paper, zinc, cop- 
 ])er, sword-blades, mirrors, and small needles from Germany. 
 The current medium of exchange is the Tunis piastre, equal 
 to sixpence sterling. The aggregate population of the dis- 
 trict is computed at 6500, of whom Ghadamis proper contains 
 4000, Derge 2000, and Seenawan 500, all Mahometans. 
 
 GHAT, two vils. Central Arabia: — 1, A vil. prov. Lower 
 Kaseem, 15 m. N.W. Bereydah, situated in an undulating 
 district, thick with vegetation, and consisting of a straggling 
 series of houses, gardens, and fields, irrigated by numerous 
 wells, the adjoining hillocks being crowned with watch- 
 towers. — 2, A vil. Nejed, prov. Sedeyr, 165 m. N.W. Riad. 
 It stands upon the side of a gorge or valley, surrounded with 
 trees. The houses and gardens are prettily placed in shelving 
 rows, one above the other against the mountain side; and in 
 the rainy season the wells overflowing fill a large reservoir, 
 from which, on all sides, run rivulets overshadowed by fig- 
 trees, pomegranates, and palm-trees. 
 
 GHAT [add.], a tn. N. Africa, in the Sahara, 125 m. 
 W.S.W. Murzuk. It stands in a valley well planted with 
 date-trees, near the W. slope of the Akakas range, at the foot 
 of a rocky eminence, is walled, and consists of about 250 
 houses, among which a spacious and noble-looking mansion, 
 the residence of the governor, is conspicuous. The place 
 from its position is of more commercial importance than 
 might be inferred from its population. The chief thing 
 wanting to a great increase of its prosperity is the opening of 
 a direct route to Timbuctoo, but this the jealousy of chiefs, 
 whose interests might be affected by it, prevents. 
 
 GHAUTS, and Sub-Ghauts, the name of two mountain 
 ranges of E. Africa, in the Somauli country. The Sub- 
 Ghauts, or maritime range, beginning at Tajurrah, near the 
 
 Straits of Babelmandeb, extend S.E. to Karam, in Ion. 46° E., 
 and then break into detached groups. Their distance from 
 the coast varies from 6 to 15 m., and their height from 2000 
 to 3000 ft. The surface, denuded of soil by rain, is bare 
 rock, and of course ban-en. The Ghauts, which are from 
 8 to 40 m. distant from the sea, have an average height of 
 4000 to 6000 ft., are thickly covered with gum-arabic and 
 frankincense trees, the wild fig, and the Somauli pine, and 
 form the seaward abutment of the great table land of the 
 interior. Their northern or maritime face is precipitous; 
 their southern face slopes gently from their tabular summit. 
 The Sub-Ghauts and lower ranges consist of sandstone capped 
 with limestone; the higher portion of the Ghauts and their 
 plateau consist of primitive rocks of granite, syenite, mica 
 schist, quartz, micaceous grit, &c.. mixed with sandstone. 
 
 GHAZAL, BAHll EL:—], A stream, Africa, an affluent 
 of the Bahr el Abiad, or White Nile, which it joins in hit. 
 8° 58' N.; Ion. 30° 18' E.; flowing from the W., and entering 
 in the form of a broad expanse called Lake No. There is a 
 considerable negro population along its banks, who rear cattle 
 and hunt for ivory. Petherick, on April 25, 1863, estimates 
 its volume as equal to about a third that of the White Nile. 
 Speke, who passed the mouth of it in the month of February 
 in the same year, says, 'Instead of finding a huge lake as de- 
 scribed in our maps at an elbow of the Nile, we found only a 
 small piece of water resembling a duck-pond buried in a sea 
 of rushes.' In the same-month of February, 1863, Steudner 
 ascended the stream in a boat for above 100 m. to the mouth 
 of the Djour or Jur, from which apparently it obtains its 
 principal supply of water. He describes it as a reedy marsh, 
 with a water-way sometimes difficult to trace, but generally 
 with a width varying from 80 to 400 paces, and having in 
 many places a depth of 12 to 20 feet. It is fed by several 
 streams besides the Jur. — 2, A dry river-bed, Africa, stretch- 
 ing N.N. E. from the E. end of Lake Tsad. 
 
 GHAZEEP()RE,adist. India, N.W. Provinces, between 
 lat. 25° 17' and 26° N.; Ion. 83° 8' and 84° 40' E.; is bounded 
 N.W. and N. by Azimgurh, N.E. the Ghagra, or Gogra, 
 separating it from Sarun, S.E. Shahabad, S Shahabad and 
 Benares, and W. Benares and Jaunpore; length, E. to W., 
 96 m.; breadth, 40 m.; area, 2187 sq. m. Its general char- 
 acter is that of an extensive flat, nowhere more than 350 ft. 
 above the sea, and little raised above the bed of the Ganges, 
 which traverses it in a tortuous course from W. to E., and 
 drains it directly, or by its tributaries, chiefly the Ghora, 
 Karamiiassa, and Tous or Sarju. The soil, for the most part 
 remarkably fertile, yields annually two crops, the earlier or 
 hlmrreef, consisting mostly of maize, rice, pulse, indigo, and 
 oil seeds; and the later or riihbee, of wheat, barley, gram, 
 safflower, opium, cotton, tobacco, and sugar. The sugar, 
 cotton, opium, and indigo are largely exported. Pop. 
 1,059,287. 
 
 GHERGO, a tn. Western Africa, Tawarek country, in a 
 swampy district, behind a backwater of the Niger, which has 
 here the various names of Mayo Balleo, Isa, and Eghorren. 
 It is 90 m. E. Timbuctoo. It is an ancient place; but has 
 changed its site, having been originally erected on a height 
 above the banks of the river, and afterwards removed for 
 greater protection to its present semi-insular position. The 
 inhabitants, occupying about 400 huts, grow a good deal of 
 rice and tobacco. 
 
 GHILAN [add.], a prov. Persia, S.W. shore of Caspian 
 Sea; bounded N.E. by the latter, E. and S.E. by prov. Maz- 
 anderan, S. by Irak-Ajemi, N. by Russia, and W. by prov. 
 Azerbijan; length, 144 m.; breadth, 50 m. A lofty range 
 of mountains, measuring from 6000 to 9000 ft. above the 
 sea's level, forms its inland boundary. The whole province, 
 except where cleared for cultivation, and on the mountain 
 summits, is covered with woods, and the excessive rain and 
 dense vegetation render the whole of the level country a 
 morass. The climate is consequently unhealthy, and in the 
 hot months fatal to Europeans. The language of Ghilan 
 proper is the Ghilaik, a dialect of the Persian. The inliabi- 
 tants are represented as rude and brutal, much addicted to 
 plunder and murder, but hardy, muscular, and active. Resht 
 is the capital; a clean town, with extensive bazaars, lis 
 houses are generally built of burned brick, and tiled. Lahijan 
 is the next in importance. The food of the Ghilaiks is very 
 simple and light, consisting chiefly of rice and fish; Lut there 
 
GHIR 
 
 150 
 
 GLASGOW 
 
 is an abundance of fine poultry, and wild fruit grows pro- 
 fusely everywhere. The vines climb up the forest trees, as 
 in Turkey; the juice of the grape aflbrds a delicious kind of 
 treacle, called dowshatch, which is eaten with dry boiled rice; 
 wheat and barley are very sparely cultivated. The oak and 
 birch flourish in the province, but the former does not attain 
 to any noticeable dimensions. In the woods lurk the tiger 
 and panther, the wild boar and the jackal; birds are very 
 numerous; and the reedy marshes and islands are tenanted by 
 myriads of wildfowl. Enzilli is the only seaport of Ghilan, 
 and its harbour is deep enough to admit vessels of 250 tons 
 burden, but the passage is much obstructed by sandbanks. 
 Pop. of Ghilan about 120,000. 
 
 GlilK, or Ras Aferni, a cape, Africa, on the S.W. 
 coast of Marocco ; lat. 30° 38' N.; Ion. 9° 50' W. It projects 
 boldly into the sea, and has a height of about 1200 feet. 
 Immediately behind is a back-ground of more than double 
 that height, clothed with scattered woods, and dotted over 
 with numerous villages. 
 
 GHOONGI'jE, a riv. India, which rises in Nepaul, on the 
 British frontier, lat. 27° 50' N.; Ion. 83° 20' E., flows S., 
 receiving many small streams on the i-ight and left ; and throw- 
 ing off branches which irrigate and fertilize a great extent of 
 country, and joins the Itaptee on its left bank, after a course 
 of about 100 m. 
 
 GHUKIAN, a fort and dist. N. Africa, regency and 
 56 m. S. Tripoli, in a mountainous country, of which the 
 culminating point, Mount Tekut, has a height of 2800 ft. 
 It is approaclied by a very steep ascent, and stands on the 
 spur of a kind of plateau, surrounded by olive gardens. Its 
 natural strength is increased by a castle, with a garrison of 
 about 200 men ; who, in consequence of the disaffection 
 known to prevail in the surrounding country, guard it so 
 strictly that Dr. Bartli and his party were allowed to enter 
 it only man by man, after each had been searched for his 
 
 arms. Tlie district, which is very rugged throughout, 
 
 contains a number of villages — some above ground, and some 
 subterranean. The former are generally in a wretched con- 
 dition, and half deserted; the latter are thought by Dr. 
 Barth to have originated principally with the Jews, who at a 
 very early period became intimately connected with the 
 Berbers, several of whose tribes embraced Judaism. Among 
 the vegetable products of the district is saffron, which is 
 grown in regular plantations. 
 
 GIEBAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 9 m. N.N.E. Olmiitz, among the Sudeten-Gebirge; with 1700 
 inhabitants, whose chief employment is in weaving and 
 spinning flax. 
 
 GILBERT, or Avakkum, a river, Russian empire, 
 Manchooria, which has its mouth in the N.W. angle of Olga 
 or Seymour Bay, in the Sea of Japan. It flows through a 
 deep valley, consisting mostly of marshy and turfy land, and 
 inclosed by high mountains. Its mouth is broad and shal- 
 low, with only 3 ft. water on the bar, but within the depth 
 varies from 14 to 20 ft. within a distance of 5 m. The 
 channel, which previously contained several flat islands, then 
 divides into numerous creeks. The Chinese settled on its 
 banks cultivate barley, wheat, hemp, potatoes, and vegetables. 
 
 GILUI, a river, Russian empire, Manchooria, which is 
 formed by several streams from Mount Atychan, flows rapidly 
 through a valley between mountain slopes, which are for the 
 most part covered with moss, and joins the Zeya, an affluent 
 of the Amoor, on its right bank. For some distance above 
 its mouth, it has a width of about 100 yards. 
 
 GLNDUHA, a river in the S. of Ceylon, which, rising 
 near Mount Hiniduwa, within the S. frontier of West Pro- 
 vince, flows S.S.W. through S. Province, and falls into the 
 sea about 4 m. N.N.W. of the Point de Galle. It has a 
 course of 59 m., and drains an area of 389 sq. m. 
 
 GIRAFFE, a navigable river, Africa, or more properly 
 an arm which the White Nile throws off in the Bohr country, 
 about lat. 7° N., and again receives on its right bank about lat. 
 9° N. Opposite its mouth there is a large island, covered with 
 thick bush, and a favourite resort of elephants, rhinoceroses, 
 giraffes, buffaloes, and various species of antelopes, 
 
 GIRAJSIR, a tn, India, Rajpootana, state and about 
 120 m. N.E. Jessulmeer. It consists of about 300 houses, 
 is defended by a small fort, and is supplied with somewhat 
 brackish water from two deep wells. 
 
 GIRHI, or 'Giraffes,' a tribe of the Somauli country, 
 E. Africa, inhabiting the hills which bound the Marar 
 Prairie on the W., interposing between it and the district of 
 Harar. Despite the unmerciful persecutions of the Gallas, 
 they gradually migrated westward from Makhar, their 
 original seat, number 5000 shields, possess about 180 vil- 
 lages, and are accounted the paramount power in this part of 
 the country. Though friendly with the Habr Awal, they 
 seldom descend into the plains, unless compelled by want of 
 pasture. 
 
 GIRUEE, a river, India, whicli rises in the hill state of 
 Kothkaee, at the height of 7400 ft. above the sea, in lat. 
 31° 4' N.; Ion. 77° 42' E , flows successively S.W. and S.E., 
 and joins the Jumna after a course of about 90 m. At the 
 point of confluence, its discharge of water averages 100 
 cubic ft. per second. 
 
 GLACIER LAKE, British America, Rocky Mountains, 
 lat. 51° 53' N.; Ion. 117° 30' W., is about 8 m. long, by 4 
 wide, and possesses much more interest than its dimensions 
 indicate, from being situated on the watershed between the 
 Pacific and the Atlantic Oceans — sending part of its waters 
 to the former through the Columbia, and part to the latter 
 through one of the affluents of the N. branch of the Sas- 
 katchewan. It is formed by the damming up of a narrow 
 valley between Mount Forbes and Mount Lyell. The upper 
 part of this valley is occupied by glaciers communicating 
 with immense fields of ice, which cover the mountains all 
 round, and obliterates all their valleys. The foot of the 
 glacier is only 4320 ft. above the sea; but Mount Murchison, 
 a few miles to the E, of it, rises to the height of 15,789 ft., 
 and is considered by the Indians the highest of all the Rocky 
 Mountains. Still nearer Glacier Lake on the S. stands 
 Mount Forbes, with an altitude of 13,400 ft. The great 
 mass of these mountains, and the absence of striking peaks, 
 make it difficult for a mere spectator to appreciate their alti- 
 tude. — [Palisser.) 
 
 GLASERHAT, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Arva-Thurocz, about 20 m. N. Schemnitz. The inhabitants 
 are chiefly engaged in growing oats, for which the soil of the 
 district is best adapted, and in rearing cattle. Pop. 1500. 
 
 GLASGOW, [add.] Since the time to which the text 
 refers, this city has continued to thrive and grow in a remark- 
 able manner. Judged of by every available test, the increase 
 of its prosperity has been not only singularly rapid, but solid 
 as well. For its unusual good fortune it is, beyond all 
 doubt, indebted to the great variety of important industrial 
 pursuits that are carried on within its boundaries, or in its 
 immediate vicinity. The bulk of its population are not de- 
 pendent on any one leading industry. It stands out as com- 
 bining in itself the characteristics of the Manchester, the 
 Liverpool, the Birmingham, and the Wolverhampton of 
 Scotland. Thus it has escaped the full effect of many of 
 those fluctuations and reverses in trade which have told dis- 
 astrously upon towns where the mass of the people are en- 
 grossed with one leading pursuit. 
 
 According to the census of 1861, the population of the city 
 proper was then 403,142. Adding to this number that of 
 the inhabitants of its surrounding and closely contiguous 
 suburbs, the total is raised to 446,395. The increase thus 
 revealed as having taken place during the decennial period 
 1851-61, is no less than"S6,257— an addition larger than that 
 made within the same period to the population of any city in 
 the kingdom, with the single exception of London. There 
 are valid reasons for believing that the process of augmenta- 
 tion continues to go forward at an equal, if not at an enhanced, 
 ratio. An estimate, formed upon trustworthy data, has been 
 made, that at midsummer, 1865, the population of the same 
 area was in excess of 490,000. In principle the estimate 
 errs rather on the side of defect than of exaggeration. The 
 statement may therefore be hazarded that Glasgow now (1866) 
 contains half a million souls. 
 
 Striking as this progress is, it has been accompanied by 
 commensurate improvements. The appearance of the city 
 has been bettered in many of its aspects. In the W. and 
 N.W, quarters especially, numerous handsome streets and 
 crescents have sprung into existence. Very soon all the 
 available building ground within the municipal boundaries 
 on these sides will be fully occupied. Dwellings of a supe- 
 rior kind for the accommodation of the working-classes have 
 
GLASGOW 
 
 151 
 
 GLASGOW 
 
 also been largely multiplied; and there exists every prospect, 
 in connection with a projected scheme of city improvements, 
 that speedily many obscure streets in the central districts 
 (such as the alleys leading off the High Street, and those 
 closes and wynds which lie between Trongate, Bridgegate, 
 and the Saltmarket — nurseries of disease, crowded with the 
 homes of a motley population, who dwell in all the squalor of 
 promiscuous wretchedness) will be cleared away, though not 
 without simultaneous provision being made for their inhabi- 
 tants in tenements more condacive alike to their moral and 
 physical well-being. As it is, through the gradual operation 
 of commercial exigencies, the heart of the city is more and 
 more being given up to jjurely business purposes. Some of 
 the warehouses and offices recently erected are remarkably 
 handsome buildings, and take rank among the architectural 
 ornaments of the city. Of these there may be particularized 
 the warehouse of Messrs. J. and W. Campbell & Co. in 
 Ingram Street, that of Messrs. Stewart & Macdonald in 
 Buchanan Street, and a fine pile in West Eegent Street, built 
 by Mr. A. Orr Ewing. In this connection there may be 
 noticed the large number of handsome churches erected 
 within the last dozen years. In that space of time upwards 
 of thirty new places of worship have been reared. The 
 whole immber in the city (excluding its suburbs) is now 173, 
 affording accommodation to upwards of 150,000 persons, or 
 considerably more than one-third of the entire population. 
 Thirty-eight of them belong to the Established Church, forty- 
 five to the Free Church, and forty to the United Presbyterian 
 body; while there are six Episcopalian, and ten Roman 
 Catholic. It is held within the mark to compute that half-a- 
 million of money has been expended in church-building 
 within the past twenty-five years. Many of the new build- 
 ings are exceedingly meritorious alike in their architectural 
 features and in their internal decorations. Among them may 
 be specified Park and Sandyford churches, belonging to the 
 Establishment; the College, Kelvinside, and St. George's, in 
 connection with the Free Church ; Landsdowne U. P. church, 
 and Trinity Congregationalist. The venerable cathedral has 
 undergone a process of restoration and embellishment, which, 
 while bringing out all the beauty of its original design, ren- 
 ders it, in one respect at least, one of the most richly-decorated 
 temples in Europe. The windows have been filled with 
 stained glass according to a coimected and liarmonious plan. 
 Those in the nave illustrate Old Testament subjects, taken 
 in the order of the biblical chronology; those in the choir 
 are similarly devoted to subjects taken from the teaching of 
 the Saviour. The work was executed at Munich, at the cost 
 of donors who presented, or who joined in presenting, separate 
 windows, by way of family memorial. The ancient college 
 in the High Street is likely to be soon removed from the site 
 it has so long occupied, which is to be surrendered to the 
 l)urpo3es of a railway station. It is proposed to transplant 
 the University buildings to the grounds of Gilmorehill — a 
 commanding and eligible situation in the W. end of the city, 
 lying between the West-end Park and the suburb of Partick. 
 Plans for the proposed buildings have been obtained from 
 Mr. G. G. Scott; and munificent subscriptions have been 
 made iilike by the noblemen and landed proprietors of the 
 neighbourhood, and by the leading merchants of the city, in 
 order to defray the expense of transference. 
 
 The whole extent of thoroughfares within the city, exclud- 
 ing mere lanes, alleys, &c., is now within a fraction of one 
 hundred and twenty miles. The sum annually expended on 
 their maintenance exceeds £30,000. Since the Paving Act 
 of 1856 came into operation, about £150,000 has been spent 
 in laying down granite pavements. This, however, forms but 
 a small item in the action of the municipal corporation for 
 the behoof of the community. Chief among their achieve- 
 ments in this respect, there stands undoubtedly the accom- 
 plishment of the grand scheme by which Glasgow is now 
 supplied with water from Loch Katrine — a Highland lake 
 some 30 m. distant. This immense undertaking, begun in 
 1856, under the superintendence of Mr. Bateman, the engi- 
 neer, was completed in 1859, and the supply of water to the 
 city is now under the administration of the town council. 
 The engineering difficulties in the construction of the works 
 were very considerable. The aqueduct from the lake to the 
 Mugdock reservoir is 26 m. long — 13 of these are tunnelled, 
 4 consist of iron pipings carried across valleys, and for the 
 
 remainder there are open cuttings and bridges. The cost of 
 the aqueduct proper was, on an average, £18,000 per mile. 
 Tiie total cost exceeded a million and a half, as thus — - 
 
 Loch Katrine Water-works, .... £930,668 16 10 
 
 Gorbals Water-works 196,019 7 5 
 
 Purchase and Extension of the Old Works Cthe ) 
 
 property ofa Joint-Stock Co.), whichsuppliod r 402,133 16 8 
 
 the city by jiumping from the river, 
 
 "A 
 
 £1,588,822 11 
 
 Large as this expenditure is, it has proved a very good 
 investment. Twenty-five years ago two water companies 
 existed, the joint revenues of which were £25,000. The 
 income of the water commission is now well-nigh £100,000. 
 The Gorbals works above mentioned are those which for- 
 merly supplied the south side of the city. They still continue 
 to send in from the Fereneze Hills, about 6 m. to the south- 
 ward, some 3,500,000 gallons per day. The quantity derived 
 from Loch Katrine approaches 25,000,000 gallons daily. The 
 works are so constructed that, with a slight expenditure, they 
 could be rendered capable of furnishing double that quantity; 
 in truth, they give access to a permanent and inexhaustible 
 source of supply; and nothing to vie with them, either in 
 magnitude or success, exists in the kingdom. The advantages 
 that have flowed from the carrying out of this great enterprise 
 cannot be more forcibly illustrated than by the inci'eased 
 degree to which water is now used by the population. In 
 1838 the supply per head per diem was 26 gallons, which 
 was then deemed a very liberal amount. In 1845 it was 30 
 gallons. In 1852 it had risen to 35 gallons on the north, and 
 38 on the Gorbals side. The latter was thought quite an 
 adequate supply; and in the early calculations concerning the 
 Loch Katrine scheme, a maximum of 40 gallons per head was 
 adopted. Yet already the quantity delivered is 45 gallons. 
 That, however, includes 3J gallons sold by meter for trade 
 purposes. 
 
 Another instance of wise and large liberality on the part of 
 the municipal governors consists in the provision of public 
 parks. Besides the Green (referred to in the text), two other 
 large and beautifully laid-out parks now exist. The one on 
 the west comprises the lands of Kelvingrove, consisting of 
 62 acres, whereof 17 acres have been set apart for feuing— 
 the rest being available for park purposes. It was laid out 
 by Sir Joseph Paxton, according to a very tasteful plan, in 
 which the difficulties presented by the ground were most 
 skilfully overcome, being, in fact, converted into means of 
 additional ornament. The total cost has been about £89,000. 
 The Queen's, or South-side Park, as its name indicates, 
 adjoins a different quarter of the city. Trenching upon the 
 parish of Cathcart on the S., it is situated between the village 
 of Strathbungo on the W. and the rising suburb of Crossbill 
 on the E., and has cost about £60,000. It extends to 142 
 acres; but a very considerable portion is destined to be dis- 
 posed of, no doubt very profitably, for feuing. Sloping up- 
 wards to a considerable height, there is commanded from the 
 summit one of the finest views of the city, which is spread 
 out like a panorama beneath, while, turning to the other 
 side, one overlooks the scene of the battle of Langside, which 
 was fought, with such disastrous results to her, in the presence 
 of Mary Stuart. The knoll whence the unhappy queen sur- 
 veyed the battle, and from which, when all was lost, she 
 was hurriedly led away, lies just outside the park, and will 
 probably be, by and by, included within it. This historic 
 circumstance was in view when it received the name of the 
 Queen's Park. 
 
 As illustrative of the onerous and varied duties that devolve 
 upon the municipal authorities, it may be mentioned that the 
 corporation administer solely, or in part, no fewer than twenty 
 distinct trusts, the united annual revenues of which is in 
 excess of £400,000, while the debts affecting them stand 
 at about £3,250,000. Besides these public objects, there are 
 numerous charities, bequests, bursaries, schools, and other 
 beneficent institutions, the financial affairs of which are under 
 the control of the corporation as a whole, or certain members 
 thereof. 
 
 Any record of the progress of Glasgow must needs assigii 
 a prominent place to its great artery, the Clyde. The sub- 
 joined figures, supplemental to those already given, speak for 
 themselves. 
 
GLASGOW 
 
 152 
 
 GLASGOW 
 
 Clyde Navigation. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Length of 
 Quays. 
 
 Area of 
 Harbour. 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 Proportion 
 per Yard. 
 
 
 Yards. 
 
 Acres. 
 
 £ 8. d. 
 
 £ 8. d. 
 
 1854 . . . 
 
 3496 
 
 52 
 
 86,580 5 11 
 
 24 15 3 
 
 1855 . . . 
 
 3536 
 
 52 
 
 73,943 9 1 
 
 20 18 
 
 1856 . . . 
 
 3li80 
 
 52 
 
 74,095 7 9 
 
 20 7 8 
 
 1857 . . . 
 
 3680 
 
 52 
 
 82,797 10 7 
 
 22 9 10 
 
 1858 . . . 
 
 3860 
 
 57 
 
 78,783 17 6 
 
 20 8 2 
 
 1859 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 90,816 17 7 
 
 21 7 6 
 
 1860 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 97,983 18 1 
 
 23 1 4 
 
 1861 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 105,768 U 
 
 24 17 11 
 
 1862 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 111,493 10 2 
 
 26 4 11 
 
 1863 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 118,083 7 10 
 
 27 15 11 
 
 1864 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 121,380 13 9 
 
 28 11 5 
 
 1865 . . . 
 
 4248 
 
 70 
 
 121,587 11 11 
 
 28 12 C 
 
 Of the harbour dues thus levied, the trustees for the year 
 ending as at 30th June, 1865, expended upon ordinary opera- 
 tions a sum of £41,565, 4s. lid., while the expenditure on 
 new works and improvements amounted to the sum of 
 £108,058, 4s. 8d. It is to be regretted that they have not 
 as yet been able to construct any sufficient dock accommoda- 
 tion ; various obstacles have interposed to defer the accom- 
 plishment of this clierished design ; but well-contrived arrange- 
 ments to that end are in progress, and there exists a reasonable 
 prospect that this defect will be speedily supplied. 
 
 The subjoined table, applicable to the year ending at the 
 date last specified, shows the number and the scale of tonnage 
 of the vessels arriving in the harbour : — 
 
 
 Number of 
 
 
 Number of 
 
 Vessels' Tonnage. 
 
 Sailing and 
 
 Vessels' Tonnage. 
 
 Sailing and 
 
 
 Steam Vessels. 
 
 
 Steam Vessels. 
 
 
 
 Brought over 
 
 15,232 
 
 Under 40 . . . 
 
 4,962 
 
 350 to 400. . 
 
 244 
 
 40 to 60 . . . 
 
 2,383 
 
 400 to 450 . . 
 
 313 
 
 60 to 80 . . . 
 
 3,804 
 
 450 to 500 . . 
 
 244 
 
 80 to 100 . . . 
 
 1,646 
 
 600 to COO . . 
 
 127 
 
 100 to 150 . . . 
 
 767 
 
 600 to 700. . 
 
 45 
 
 150 to 200 . . . 
 
 634 
 
 700 to 800. . 
 
 27 
 
 200 to 250 . . . 
 
 339 
 
 800 to 900 . . 
 
 15 
 
 250 to 300 . . . 
 
 427 
 
 900 to 1000 . . 
 
 20 
 
 300 to 350 . . . 
 
 371 
 
 1000 & upwards 
 Total . . . 
 
 88 
 
 Over . . . 
 
 15,232 
 
 16,355 
 
 Of these 16,355 vessels, 611 were from foreign ports, while 
 15,744 were engaged in the coasting trade — 425 of those 
 from abroad were sailing vessels, and only 186 steamers. 
 These proportions were exactly reversed in the trade coast- 
 wise: in it 11,670 of the arrivals were those of steamers, 
 while only 4074 were those of sailing vessels. The tendency 
 is towards a decrease in the number of sailing vessels, but it 
 is accompanied by an equally marked tendency to an augmen- 
 tation in size and capacity. The gross tonnage of the 16,355 
 vessels, the arrival of which is recorded, was 1,719.058. 
 The figures for the years undermentioned were — 
 
 No. Tonnage. 
 
 1851 17,274 1,446,606 
 
 1861 16,085 1,504,220 
 
 1862 15,864 1,530,642 
 
 1863 15,175 1,527,779 
 
 1864 14,631 1,528,239 
 
 It occurs here to mention that a large number of the arrivals 
 thus noted are those of steamers specially constructed for 
 pa.ssenger traffic on the river. No city in the world can 
 boast the possession of so large and effective a service in this 
 respect — even as no city possesses the like means and temp- 
 tations for its employment. The fleet of strictly nver steamers 
 — the trips of which do not extend beyond the various water- 
 ing-places that dot the shores of the estuary and of the many 
 beautiful lochs that communicate with it — is wholly unrivalled 
 alike for swiftness and accommodation; and the patronage 
 they receive during the summer season is enormous. Most 
 of the wealthier residents in the city have coast-houses, which 
 they occupy in summer time; and the family is poor indeed, 
 the members of which have not their ainiual trip ' down the 
 water.' 
 
 As further illustrating, in a manner at once striking and 
 succinct, the advance in the shipping trade of the port, the 
 following comparative statement of the number and tonnage 
 of steamers employed in particular trades during the years 
 1857 and 1865 may be taken: — 
 
 
 1857. 
 
 1865. 
 
 Transatlantic Trade 
 
 France, Spain, and Mediterranean 
 
 Transient Steamers wliich loaded ) 
 
 (Foreign) ... . (" 
 Transient Steamers which loaded > 
 
 (Coastwise) . . . . f 
 Regular Traders — English, Irish, ] 
 
 and Si'otcli Ports . . . / 
 Steamers Engined 
 
 Yes. 
 
 4 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 33 
 25 
 
 Tonn. 
 
 4,436 
 2,000 
 
 7,038 
 
 6,596 
 
 7,136 
 9,570 
 
 Yes. 
 
 8 
 21 
 
 46 
 
 41 
 
 45 
 73 
 
 Tonn. 
 
 8,946 
 7,080 
 
 14,447 
 
 19,072 
 
 10,278 
 39,789 
 
 Total .... 
 
 112 
 
 36,782 
 
 234 
 
 99,612 
 
 This list, it will be noticed, does not include the steam ves- 
 sels which came to the harbour to be repaired, of which 
 there were a considerable number; nor the river steamers, 
 tugs, screw lighters, and luggage boats; nor the rams that 
 have been built and engined here. 
 
 No department of industrial enterprise has of late years 
 been prosecuted with more zeal and success than that of ship- 
 building. When iron began to be used in the construction 
 of ships, Glasgow was not slow to turn to account the facilities 
 which she possesses for this branch of employment. The 
 energy and skill evinced in the trade have been such that the 
 fame of Clyde-built vessels has become world-wide. Speci- 
 mens of them navigate every sea; and whether the object be 
 pleasure, commerce, or war, they continue to be eagerly 
 sought after. The shipbuilding yards begin at the termina- 
 tion of the wharves and quays, and are continued at intervals 
 all down the river. During the year 1865 there were turned 
 out in all 257 vessels, of every size and character, giving a 
 tonnage of 151,292, and a horse-power of 23,857. The num- 
 bers for the two previous years were — 
 
 No. Tonnage. 
 
 1863 170 124,000 
 
 1864 242 178,505 
 
 The immense increase of tonnage in 1864 — the amount of 
 which, it will be noted, outvies even that for the succeeding 
 year — was due to exceptional causes connected with the 
 American war; but that there is little reason to fear the con- 
 tinuance of a sound and profitable business, is evidenced by 
 the fact that at the 1st January, 1866, there were in the 
 builders' hands orders for 178 vessels, with a tonnage of 
 291,270 tons, and a horse-power of 42,607. Of this number 
 the sailing vessels stood to steamers in the proportion of about 
 a third. The great majority were of iron, though a consider- 
 able number were built upon what is called the ' composite 
 principle,' which is now coming into favour — that is to say, 
 with iron ribs and framework, covered with a skin of wood. 
 
 As connected with this increase in shipbuilding, and in 
 ships that have a Glasgow ownership, something may here be 
 noted as to the trade of the port. The subjoined table gives 
 the quantities of goods brought from abroad in 1865: — 
 
 Articles. 
 Sugar 
 Melacto . 
 Molasses 
 Coffee . 
 Pimento 
 Tea 
 
 Pepper . 
 Jute 
 Cotton . 
 
 . tons 
 casks 
 . tons 
 
 . lbs. 
 bags 
 bales 
 
 H- {K. 
 
 Logwood tons 
 
 Fustic ,, 
 
 Mahogany . . . logs and pieces 
 
 Unmanufactured Tobacco 
 Ashes .... 
 
 Flour .... 
 Oil (Whale, Cod, Seal, &c.) 
 Olive Oil . . . 
 
 lbs. 
 barrels 
 ( „ 
 1 bags 
 casks 
 ( ,. 
 1 cases 
 casks 
 bags 
 . No. 
 
 Tallow 
 
 Sumac ..... 
 
 Hides 
 
 Guano tons 
 
 Nitrate of Soda ,, 
 
 Brimstone , 
 
 Tar barrels 
 
 Madder Root bales 
 
 144,009 
 
 206 
 
 4,721 
 
 357 
 
 10 
 
 6,429,135 
 
 2,055 
 
 12,865 
 
 5,639 
 
 1,112 
 
 169 
 
 2,707 
 
 567 
 
 1,463 
 
 3,135,700 
 
 10,0.33 
 
 C9,219 
 
 50,319 
 
 2,609 
 
 6,896 
 
 3,948 
 
 1,492 
 
 29,122 
 
 56,344 
 
 8,600 
 
 6,805 
 
 17,717 
 
 15,536 
 
 254 
 
 To show more forcibly how trade has grown, three of the 
 chief articles enumerated above may be selected for a com- 
 
GLASGOW 
 
 153 
 
 GLASGOW 
 
 parison with previous years. The amount of tea, sugar, and 
 tobacco taken out of bond during each of the last five years 
 has been: — 
 
 
 Tea. 
 
 Sugar. 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 
 lbs. 
 
 tons. 
 
 lbs. 
 
 1S61 . . . 
 
 4,077,774 
 
 88,694 
 
 1,668,959 
 
 1862 . . . 
 
 4,177,502 
 
 106,748 
 
 1,775,173 
 
 1863 . . . 
 
 4,634,370 
 
 121,044 
 
 1,867,524 
 
 1864 . . . 
 
 4,696,268 
 
 126,061 
 
 1,956,682 
 
 1865 . . . 
 
 5,504,351 
 
 130,540 
 
 2,017,998 
 
 It is almost needless to remark that these figures do more 
 than illustrate the growth of trade. They attest, with an 
 emphasis which is unmistakable, the existence of a growing 
 improvement in the condition of the people. 
 
 Another striking instance of growth is afforded in the his- 
 tory of the grain trade. Here is a statement of the imports, 
 foreign and British, received by river, rail, and canal, for the 
 two years 1864-65: — 
 
 
 . qrs. 
 
 1864. 
 
 1865. 
 
 Wheat . 
 
 600,667 
 
 531,105 
 
 Flour . 
 
 280 lbs. 
 
 358,215 
 
 253,484 
 
 Wheat and Flour 
 
 qi-3. 
 
 869,328 
 
 721,218 
 
 Oatmeal 
 
 2S0 lbs. 
 
 85,819 
 
 64,004 
 
 Oats . 
 
 qrs. 
 
 100,671 
 
 64,561 
 
 Barley . 
 
 ,, 
 
 208,352 
 
 201,347 
 
 Beans . 
 
 i> 
 
 67,922 
 
 61, .363 
 
 Pease . 
 
 ,, 
 
 23,403 
 
 20,237 
 
 Maize . 
 
 • 
 
 73,675 
 
 101,635 
 
 Let these figures be compared with those given in the text, and 
 it will be seen that all the main items are greatly more than 
 doubled, while some of them are quadrupled. In explanation 
 of the falling off discernible for the last year, it may be re- 
 marked that, while the imports for 1864 were unusually high, 
 those for the succeeding year were unusually low, the stock 
 on hand at the beginning of the season being greater than was 
 ever known. The principal sources of foreign supply are 
 America and the south of Europe. From America 6.3,0.52 
 quarters of wlieat and 69,148 barrels of flour were received 
 in 1865, against 275,326 quarters and 272,483 barrels, in 
 the preceding year; while from the Black Sea there came 
 245,339 quarters of wheat, against only 61,442 quarters in 
 the previous season. 
 
 Allusion has already been made to the advantages which 
 the city derives from its proximity to the great iron-fields of 
 the north. At the close of last year there were 136 iron 
 furnaces in blast throughout Scotland, producing upwards of 
 3000 tons of pig-iron daily. The Glasgow Exchange is the 
 mart for the sale of this enormous manufacture, and the ship- 
 ments of it take place almost exclusively at Clyde ports. 
 The table next given shows the amount of production and 
 of shipments for tiie last twenty years: — 
 
 
 Production 
 
 Shipments 
 
 
 Production 
 
 Shipments 
 
 
 in Tons. 
 
 in Tons. 
 
 
 in Tons. 
 
 in Tons. 
 
 1845 . 
 
 475,000 
 
 194,000 
 
 1856 . 
 
 820,000 
 
 500,000 
 
 1846 . 
 
 580,000 
 
 376,000 
 
 1857 . 
 
 900,000 
 
 532,000 
 
 1847 . 
 
 540,000 
 
 370,000 
 
 1858 . 
 
 950,000 
 
 560,000 
 
 1848 . 
 
 600,000 
 
 394,677 
 
 1859 . 
 
 980,000 
 
 576,000 
 
 1849 . 
 
 692,000 
 
 374,431 
 
 1860 . 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 576,000 
 
 1850 . 
 
 630,000 
 
 324,658 
 
 1861 . 
 
 i;o40,ooo 
 
 590,000 
 
 1851 . 
 
 775,000 
 
 450,000 
 
 1862 . 
 
 1,080,000 
 
 565,000 
 
 18.52 . 
 
 780,000 
 
 424,000 
 
 1863 . 
 
 1,150,000 
 
 620,000 
 
 18.53 . 
 
 720,000 
 
 620,000 
 
 1864 . 
 
 1,160,000 
 
 676,000 
 
 1854 . 
 
 780,000 
 
 590,000 
 
 1865 . 
 
 1,164,000 
 
 740,500 
 
 1855 . 
 
 820,000 
 
 542,000 
 
 
 
 
 At the average of last year's prices (65s. Sd. per ton) the 
 value of tliat year's production exceeded three millions and a 
 half. The price, however, varies greatly. During the period 
 indicated above it has been as low as an average of 37s. 6d., 
 and as high as 80s. The difference between the amount pro- 
 duced and the amount shipped, allowance being made for the 
 stock on hand, represents the export to England by rail, and 
 the quantity either converted from the crude to the malleable 
 state, or used in the foundries of the city. Enough has 
 been said to indicate that in this manufacture we have one of 
 the chief sources of wealth and wages in this part of the 
 kingdom. 
 
 One peculiar branch of trade to which a special reference 
 is made in the text is that of sewed muslin. It was first 
 
 Supp Imp. Gaz. — Vol. I. 
 
 introduced upon an extensive scale in Glasgow towards the 
 end of last century by the founder of the existing firm of 
 Muir & Co., Glasgow and London. For many years the pro- 
 duction was confined to the villages and rural cottages of 
 Ayrshire; and even yet this class of goods is known in the 
 London market as 'Ayrshire needlework.' The founders of 
 the new industry soon had many competitors. Early in the 
 present century the high price paid for embroidering muslins 
 enabled thousands of young women to earn a comfortable 
 living in their own homes, and caused the knitting needles 
 and the spinning-wheel to be laid aside far beyond the bounds 
 of Ayrshire. But till about the year 1816-17 Glasgow had 
 no rival in the trade. About that date a Scotchman, the 
 owner of a retail shop in Dublin, began to get work done at 
 Donaghadee, in the north of Ireland. At first he did little 
 more than supply his own shop. In 1824-25 the successor 
 of this gentleman was joined by his nephews, and the firm of 
 Cochrane & Browns was established at Donaghadee. Female 
 labour was there plentiful and cheap. The Irish girls were 
 willing to learn, and anxious to be taught. Schools were 
 established; the best Scottish workers were taken over to act 
 as teachers; and such an impetus was given to tlie trade that 
 by 1850 there was not a town of any importance from Belfast 
 to Waterford on the one side, or from Deny to Galway on 
 the other, that did not contain one or more agents employed 
 in the distribution and collection of this kind of work. For 
 fifteen years before the last-named date what was done in 
 Ireland equalled in quality, and more than doubled in quan- 
 tity, what was produced in Scotland. Still Glasgow retained, 
 as it still retains, the chief place as the seat and mart of the 
 manufacture. Various causes helped to this effect. Not the 
 lea.st is the superior finish which the Glasgow bleachers give 
 to the good.s — a superiority so marked that the Belfast manu- 
 facturers send their goods to be bleached here. Till about 
 1830 designs were transferred to the muslin by hand from 
 wooden blocks. This process was slow, clumsy, and expen- 
 sive. A great improvement was carried out by an adaptation 
 of lithography, which the firm last-mentioned, though nottlie 
 first to adopt, were the first to work out successfully. An 
 increased demand continued to keep pace with the increased 
 power of production till 1857, wlien it was computed that tht 
 sales reached an annual value of £1,500,000. In that year 
 several large firms failed — one of them it is supposed for a 
 larger sum than had hitherto been involved in any trade 
 failure in Glasgow. Their stocks were suddenly thrown upon 
 the market at ruinously low prices. A sudden contraction 
 of the trade to about a fourth of its former dimensions ensued; 
 and for three years it was difficult for the regular trader to 
 make a profit. But this condition of affairs has passed; for 
 years a gradual improvement has been going on; and at pre- 
 sent the value of the annual sales stands at from £700,000 
 to £800,000. 
 
 Allusion has been already made to the important position 
 which Glasgow holds in connection with that great branch of 
 national industry which may be classed under the designation 
 of ' applied chemistry.' The St. Eollox works of Messrs. C. 
 Tennent & Co., starting from a comparatively small com- 
 mencement during the latter half of the last century, have 
 become the seat of the greatest chemical manufacture of its 
 kind in the world. The foundation of the establishment was 
 laid by the late Charles Tennent, Esq., in the preparation of 
 a bleaching agent called chlorine water [aqua chlorinata), 
 known also as ' oxy-muriatic acid.' The manufacture rested 
 upon the fact that chlorine gas, a powerful bleaching agent, 
 could be made more available for use when dissolved in water. 
 This method of storing up the gas has, however, given place 
 to the plan of associating it with hydrated or slaked lime, 
 thus forming the well-known bleaching-powder. Besides this 
 powder, the manufactures carried on at St. Rollox now include 
 sulphuric acid, soda-ash, soda (crystallized), and soap — to 
 which list may be added a chemically-prepared manganese by 
 a process peculiar to the firm. The materials used in these 
 manufactures are derived from six different countries, and the 
 average annual consumption is — 
 
 Coal (chiefly from C. T. &, Co.'s pits) . . 120,000 tons. 
 Limestone, from the North of Ireland . 30,000 ,, 
 
 Salt, from Cheshire 20,000 „ 
 
 Manganese, from Spain .... 3,000 ,, 
 Pyrites, from Portugal .... 10,000 ,, 
 
 Brimstone, from Sicily .... 2,000 ,, 
 
 20 
 
GLASGOW 
 
 154 
 
 GMUND 
 
 The average annual production is — 
 
 Bleaching Powder 8,000 tons. 
 
 Sulphuric Acid 20,000 *, 
 
 Soda Ash 10,000 ,, 
 
 Soda Crystals S,000 ,, 
 
 This large amount of produce is dispersed over the whole of 
 the United Kingdom and of the European continent, extending 
 also to many parts of America, Australia, and New Zealand. 
 The works cover an area of 25 acres. Tlie workmen number 
 about 1000. Upwards of 300 casks are made and used within 
 the premises daily. 
 
 It would be tedious, if not impossible, to attempt to go over 
 with any minuteness of detail the various industries that 
 are here pursued on a large scale, else something might have 
 been said as to calico printing and dyeing — for which many 
 firms have gained distinction at repeated international exhi- 
 bitions; as to the pottery manufacture — -which is well known 
 for its elegance, substantiality, and cheapness, and includes 
 all descriptions of ceramic utensil, from the enamelled ware 
 of Dives to the unornamented porringer of Lazarus; as to 
 iron-founding — in which, though of a massive character gene- 
 rally, new ideas have been successfully wrought out in its 
 bearing upon domestic requirements; as to glass-making — 
 which is carried on upon a more extensive scale than any- 
 where else in Scotland; or as to brewing — of the performances 
 in which the Wellpark brewery of the Messrs. Tennant might 
 be taken as a specimen, with its 75 foreign agencies, its con- 
 sumpt of 40,000 qrs. of barley every year, and its use of 1000 
 casks and 400 gross of bottles every day. It must suffice to 
 say that these immensely varied pursuits are mutually helpful 
 to each other. AVitliout wearing the appearance of a mutu- 
 ally dependent system, these industries do possess much of 
 that relation. It would be interesting to know the number of 
 workers employed in connection with them, and the amount 
 of wages which the employers di.sburse. It is needless to 
 say that on such a point accurate statistics are unattainable. 
 
 But though it is impossible to form any adequate estimate 
 of the numbers that are included in the wage-receiving class, 
 or of the sum that they get, there are some accessible sources 
 of information as to how that sum is employed. Most grati- 
 fying is it to think that, amid much folly and debaucliery, 
 entailing a prodigious waste of wealth, deprivation of happi- 
 ness, and destruction of life, there are counteracting elements 
 in some respects worthy of a prudent, intelligent, and reli- 
 gious people. Notable among these is the disposition to ac- 
 cumulate. The subjoined figures, illustrative of the progress 
 made by the National Security Savings-Bank during the 
 thirty years of its existence, carry a remarkable illustration 
 of thrift, tlioughtfulness, and self-control: — 
 
 
 
 Deposits. 
 
 
 
 
 Teaks. 
 
 
 
 Interest Credited 
 Depositors. 
 
 Number of 
 Depositors. 
 
 Balance Due 
 Depositors. 
 
 Number. 
 
 Amount. 
 
 1836-65 . 
 
 987,107 
 
 £3,399,192 11 6 
 
 £193,826 11 10 
 
 32,733 
 
 £656,998 17 4 
 
 1856 . . 
 
 89,640 
 
 285,228 17 7 
 
 19,415 5 
 
 33,287 
 
 680,485 1 10 
 
 1857 . . 
 
 81,842 
 
 265,283 1 8 
 
 19,450 8 1 
 
 31,044 
 
 632,231 7 7 
 
 1858 . . 
 
 92,743 
 
 340,424 1 7 
 
 19,800 5 7 
 
 35,838 
 
 724,280 15 1 
 
 1859 . . 
 
 103,590 
 
 331,918 10 
 
 22,479 8 8 
 
 38,993 
 
 804,679 6 8 
 
 1860 . . 
 
 108,730 
 
 350,496 6 3 
 
 24,622 10 6 
 
 41,259 
 
 876,356 15 4 
 
 1861 . . 
 
 100,581 
 
 347,724 
 
 26,350 18 10 
 
 42,122 
 
 927,427 16 3 
 
 1SG2 . . 
 
 108,323 
 
 356,044 3 6 
 
 27,756 9 9 
 
 42,957 
 
 971,972 14 6 
 
 1863 . . 
 
 119,828 
 
 404,061 1 5 
 
 29,702 9 10 
 
 46,078 
 
 1,062,902 8 6 
 
 1864 . . 
 
 132,548 
 
 417,745 17 1 
 
 30,901 12 11 
 
 49,037 
 
 1,071,459 10 6 
 
 1865 . . 
 Total 
 
 136,503 
 
 443,027 2 
 
 31,239 14 7 
 
 50,893 
 
 1,121,278 16 7 
 
 2,067,435 
 
 £6,941,745 1 7 
 
 £445,545 11 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 lOrf. ; of each repayment, 
 
 In the year 1864 the average amount of each deposit was £; 
 
 £5, 14«. 'id.; and of each depositor's balance, £21, 7s. 7d. 
 In tlie year 1S65 the average amount of each deposit was £3, 2«. 8d.; of each repayment, 
 
 £5, 68. 6d.; and of each deiwsitor's balance, £21, 10s. 3d. 
 
 The balance of over a million thus shown to remain at the 
 credit of the depositors in the bank forms a very fair break- 
 water against poverty and want; and its continued increase 
 during recent years is rendered all the more remarkable by 
 the strenuous competition which has lately been set up to this 
 mode of investment. 
 
 The charitable institutions of Glasgow are exceedingly 
 numerous and varied. Provision, in one form or another, 
 exists for the relief of the sick, the homeless, and the desti- 
 tute of all classes. The amount of money expended in the 
 
 maintenance of these institutions is very large, and still more 
 remarkable is the amount of time and care bestowed upon 
 their management by many of the leading business men in 
 the city. Besides those that are of a cosmopolitan kind, 
 there are others that contemplate local objects, and are sup- 
 ported by the strength of local feeling. Natives of every 
 county in Scotland have found a home in Glasgow, and there 
 is scarcely a county that docs not give its name to a society 
 composed of such persons, who have united for the twofold 
 purpose of cherishing home memories and attachments, and 
 of succouring those from the same district who may have 
 fallen into distress. By means of pensions to old and de- 
 cayed people, and of help given towards the education of the 
 young, a vast amount of substantial good is thus effected in a 
 very quiet way. 
 
 Turning to those philanthropic efforts that are not of a 
 purely eleemosynary character, the self-supporting power of 
 which has been attested by ample experience, it may be 
 noticed that Glasgow has led the way in respect of several 
 very successful and beneficial experiments. Prominent 
 among these, and well deserving of mention, is the establish- 
 ment of cheap diuinglialls for the working-classes. Started 
 in 1860, in the Sailors' Home Buildings at the harbour, with 
 the view of placing a cheap and wholesome meal within reach 
 of the men who are always lounging about there, the distin- 
 guishing principle of the scheme primarily was that every 
 article sold should be charged a ])enny — be it an egg, a cup 
 of tea or coffee, a basin of "broth," a roll, or slice of bread. 
 The beginning thus made was rapidly and widely followed up. 
 There are now a central depot, where all the cooking is done, 
 and twenty -six branili establishments distributed all over 
 the city. The total amount drawn in the course of the 
 year was £40,234, 13s. lO^d., representing the enormous 
 number of ten millions of ordinary penny rations. In various 
 towns attempts have been made to imitate the example which 
 has thus been afforded ; but we are not aware that in any 
 instance have they been attended with anything like the 
 same signal success. 
 
 GLASGOW, a vil. U. States, l^Iissouri, 1. bank Missouri, 
 55 m. N.W. Jefferson city. It is a place of considerable 
 trade, and much of the produce of the adjacent districts is 
 shipped at it. Pop. 1025. 
 
 GLEiCHENBEKG, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Styria, 
 on the slope of a mountain of same name, in a romantic dis- 
 trict, 24 m. S.E. Gratz. It has a beautiful church, built in 
 the Byzantine style ; a strong castle, with massive towers 
 and bastions; a Franciscan hospitium; and celebrated mineral 
 springs, with elegant baths, and ample accommodation for 
 visitors. The springs were known to the Romans ; larf^e 
 quantities of the water are annually 
 exported. 
 
 GLOGON, a tn. Austrian em- 
 pire, Banat Military Frontiers, 8 
 m. N.W. Pancsova; with a R. Ca- 
 tholic parish church, a German 
 common school, and 2450 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 GLOGOW, a town Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, circle and 7 m. 
 N. by W. Rzeszow, cap. dist. of 
 same name ; with a fine baronial 
 castle, and 2148 inhabitants. 
 
 GLOUCESTER, a vil. U. 
 
 States,Massachusetts,formingpart 
 
 of the town.ship of its name, very 
 
 beautifully situated on the coast, 
 
 about 25 m. N.N. E. Boston. It is 
 
 handsomely and compactly built, 
 
 and has one of the best ports on 
 
 the coast, capacious, safe, of easy access, and deep enough to 
 
 admit the largest vessels. Gloucester ranks as the third port 
 
 of Ma.s.sachusetts in respect of foreign trade, and as the first 
 
 fishing town in the U. States. The fish are chiefly mackerel 
 
 and cod. Pop. 10,904. 
 
 GMUND, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, circle 
 IJpi)er Manhartsberg, at the confluence of the Bi-aunerbach 
 witii the Lainsitz, 72 m. N.W. Vienna. It has three saw- 
 mills and numerous looms. There are two mineral springs 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 1570. 
 
GNILOVSKAIA 
 
 1£5 
 
 GOLOGURY 
 
 GNILOVSKAIA, a tn. liussia, gov. Don Cossacks, r. 
 bank Don. It is tlie great mart for all the fish and caviar 
 brought to market by the Cossacks of the Don and the Black 
 Sea, and contains 2902 inhabitants. 
 
 GOALPAKA. a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 
 25° 40' and 26° 31' N.; Ion. 89° 42' and 91° 8' E.; is bounded 
 N. by Bhotan, E. Camroop in Lower Assam, S. the Garrow 
 tribes and Myinensing, and W. Eungpore and the native 
 state CooshBehar; length, N.W. to S.E., 100 m.; breadth, 
 70 m.; area, 3506 sq. m. The principal crops are cotton, 
 tobacco, sugar, and mustard. The capital of same name, 
 situated near 1. bank Brahmapootra, was nearly destroyed by 
 fire in 1838. Pop. of dist. 400,000. 
 
 GOOSE NY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Tolna, 
 not far from the Danube, 6 m. S.E. Szegsard ; with a fishery, 
 a trade in corn and wine, and 2112 inhabitants belonging to 
 the Kcformed churcli. 
 
 GODING [add], a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 24 m. S.W. Hradisch, on the river March, and on the 
 Vienna and Overberg railway, near the frontiers of Hungary. 
 It is the seat of several public offices, has a deanery church, 
 an imposing castle, a large tobacco factory, a potash refinery, 
 important horse, cattle, and wool markets, and a mine of 
 lignite. Pop. 3793. 
 
 GODIYAN, a salt marsh between the Dead Sea and Red 
 Sea, about 35 m. from Akabah, and 113 ft. above the level 
 of the Red Sea, is the watershed of the entire district of the 
 Wady Akabah. 
 
 GOGO, Gawo, or Ghago, a tn. Western Africa, once 
 capital of the Songhay empire, 1. bank Niger, 220 m. E.S.E. 
 Timbuctoo. It has been completely shorn of all its former 
 greatness, and now consists of ^bout 300 huts, grouped in 
 clusters, and surrounded by heaps of rubbish, apparently the 
 debris of the former city. Tlie great mosque, now a ruin, 
 was originally flanked by two towers, one of which is in 
 tolerable preservation. It rises in seven terraces, gradually 
 decreasing in diameter from a base measuring 40 or 50 ft. 
 on each side, to a summit not measuring more than 16. In 
 its most flourishing state Gogo appears to have had a circuit 
 of about 6 m., but there is nothing in the ruins to indicate a 
 superior style of architecture in the original structures. 
 
 GOGURP^E, a river, India, which rises in the Sub- 
 Himalayan Mountains, Nepaul, lat. 27° 30' N.; Ion. 85° 40' 
 E.; flows first S.E. for about 70 m. across the Terai ; then 
 entering the British territory, flows successively S.S.W. and 
 S.E., and joins the Coosy on its r. bank, about 10 m. above 
 its confluence with the Ganges. Its total length is about 
 235 m. 
 
 GOH ANUH, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, cap. pergunnah 
 of same name, 50 m. N.W. Delhi. It stands on the Rohtuk 
 branch of the Delhi canal, and became the scene of a singular 
 disaster, produced by an engineering blunder. When the 
 water was first let into the canal, it refused to proceed any 
 further. Due allowance had not been made for a rise of 
 level, and the consequence was that the embankment, unable 
 to resist the accumulated pressure, gave way, and the great 
 body of water rushed down, completely destroying Lalpoor, 
 a considerable town, the remains of which are still seen. 
 Pop. 6668. 
 
 GOHUD, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 28 m. N.E. 
 Gwalior. It is surrounded by three walls — an outer one, 
 which is constructed of mud, faced with stone, and incloses a 
 large area; and two others, which intervene at a considerable 
 distance between it and" the citadel, a lofty structure with 
 massive towers and many spacious and commodious apart- 
 ments. Outside the outer wall is a ditch, which can be filled 
 wuh water from the Besulee. The town, once the capital of 
 a territory of same name, belonging to a Jat rana, suffered 
 much by war before it passed finally into Scindia's possession 
 by a compromise which exchanged it for the territory of 
 Dholpore, still enjoyed by the rana's descendants. It is now 
 comparatively insignificant, possessing only a few good modern 
 houses. 
 
 GOISERN, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, circle 
 Hausruck, in a romantic and finely diversified district, on the 
 Traun, about 45 m. S. W. Steyer. It has two churches, one 
 an old K. Catholic, and the other a handsome Protestant 
 church, a modern and an old feudal castle, and contains 1000 
 inliabitants. 
 
 GOLD COAST [add.], a British possession, W. coast 
 Africa. The territory recognized as British consists of a 
 large number of forts and posts, many of them abandoned or 
 in ruins, which have fallen into British hands by settlement, 
 capture, or purchase, together with the line of sea-coast adja- 
 cent to them. The Dutch also possess many forts and posts 
 on the same line of coast, and whatever portion is not Dutch 
 is recognized by the natives as British territory. That actu- 
 ally occupied consists at present, in addition to the coast, of 
 the Fort of Dixcove in the Ahanta country, of Cape Coast 
 Castle and Annamaboe Fort in the Fantee; Winnebah in the 
 Agoonah country, and of Accra in the dist. of same name. 
 Qiiittah Fort, on the river Volta, has not been occupied since 
 1856. Immediately in rear of the 300 m. of coast along 
 which these posts are situated, and extending to the distance 
 of about 80 m. inland, is a country inhabited by a number of 
 native tribes, the principal of whom are the Wassaws, Den- 
 keras, Akims, Assins, and Fantees, the whole of whom, 
 except a small number contiguous to some of the Dutch posts, 
 are included in what is called the ' Protectorate.' Eastward 
 is the kingdom of Dahomey; northward that of Ashantee. 
 In 1844 the Gold Coast settlements were placed under the 
 jurisdiction of Sierra Leone; but in 1850 they were formed 
 into a separate government, with executive and legislative 
 councils. There is also a judicial establishment, with a chief 
 justice and necessary officers, besides ecclesiastical, educa- 
 tional, medical, and military establishments. The slave-trade 
 has been everywhere suppressed, but domestic slavery of a 
 mild character exists in the districts of the Protectorate. The 
 climate is unhealthy: dysentery, but not fever, being extremely 
 common in a very fatal form. Cowries and gold-dust form 
 the chief currency. The principal articles exported in 1862 
 and 1863, with their value, were as follows: — 
 
 Gold Dust 
 Gum 
 Ivory 
 
 Monkey Skins 
 Palm Oil . 
 Miscellaneous 
 
 1862. 
 
 £7,758 
 2,699 
 1,330 
 2,200 
 
 85,910 
 2,189 
 
 £102,086 
 
 1803. 
 
 £27,009 
 
 850 
 
 1,547 
 
 1,060 
 
 22,569 
 
 629 
 
 £53,664 
 
 The imports and their value in the 
 
 same years are 
 
 thus stated: — 
 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 Cotton and Silk Goods . 
 
 Guns 
 
 Gunpowder .... 
 Hardware .... 
 
 Tobacco 
 
 Wines and Spirits . . 
 Miscellaneous .... 
 
 £68,000 
 3,200 
 5,400 
 , 11,800 
 7,500 
 40,000 
 9,200 
 
 £26,000 
 2,139 
 2,049 
 
 14,840 
 6,314 
 
 18,773 
 6,840 
 
 
 £145,100 
 
 £76,955 
 
 The revenue, which is principally derived from a parlia- 
 mentary grant of £4000 a year, and a duty of 2 per cent, on 
 imports, amounted in 1863 to £8547, and the expenditure, 
 chiefly upon the civil establishments, amounted to £9409. 
 The protection afforded to the adjacent native tribes has 
 involved their defence against the inroads of their hostile 
 neighbours the Ashantees; this has burdened the settlements 
 with considerable expense, 
 
 GOLDEN CITY, U. States, cap. terr. Colorado, at the 
 base of the Rocky Mountains, 15 m. from Denver. It is the 
 seat of government, and contains the government land-office, 
 one or two churches, and a flour-mill. Pop. (1863), 1000. 
 
 GOLDSBOROUGH, a tn. U. States, N. Carolina, cap. 
 CO. Wayne, on the Neuse, which is crossed here by the Wil- 
 mington and Weldon railroad, 60 m. S.E. Raleigh. It has 
 been a rising and flourishing place, with good public build- 
 ings, and is accessible by steamboats. Pop. 885. 
 
 GOLIAD, a tn. U. States, Texas, cap. co. of same name, 
 on the San Antonio River, 155 m. W.S.W. Galveston. It 
 possesses a Presbyterian college and a female institute. The 
 raising of stock is the chief employment. Pop. 1212. 
 
 GOLOGURY, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 9 m. S.W. Zloczow; with the ruins of a strong castle, and 
 2234 inhabitants. 
 
GOLUBATZ 
 
 156 
 
 GONYE 
 
 GOLUBATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, circle 
 Posharevetz, on the Danube, 59 m. E.S.E. Belgrade. It 
 contains a church and a school. Its fortifications, which 
 were strong, have been dismantled. 
 
 GOLUNGO (Alto), a vil. and dist. S.W. Africa, Portu- 
 guese Settlements, pro v. Angola, 120 m. E. Loanda; lat. 
 9° 8' 30" S.; Ion. 15° 2' E. It stands among green hills, 
 many of them cultivated to their tops with manioc, coffee, 
 cotton, ground-nuts, bananas, pine-apples, guavas, papaws, 
 custard-apples, pitangas, and jambas, fruits brought from 
 America in former days by the missionaries. Were water 
 present, the scenery, with its amphitheatre of high hills and 
 its towering palms, would be no unfit representative in minia- 
 ture of that of the Bay of llio de Janeiro. The whole district 
 is equally fertile and beautiful. The chief articles of trade 
 are ivory and bees'-wax. According to a recent census it 
 contains 26,000 hearths, or a pop. of at least 105,000. 
 
 GOMP( )IjA [anc. Ganga-sri-i)oora\, the last of the native 
 capitals of Ceylon, stood in its central province on the Maha- 
 walli Ganga. It was built in the fourteenth century, and 
 was shortly afterwards visited by the celebrated traveller 
 Ibn Batuta, who describes its palace as situated near a bend of 
 the river called the ' estuary of rubies.' Nothing now remains 
 to mark the site of the ancient city; but the locality has in 
 modern times acquired high interest from being one of the 
 first in Ceylon where the systematic culture of coffee was first 
 attempted. Its soil and situation have proved unfavourable, 
 but there is hardly one of the magnificent hills seen from it 
 which has not been talv£n possession of by European settlers 
 within a recent period. The locality still continues to be one 
 of the most important in the district, because it is the point 
 of convergence of the great roads which connect the rich dis- 
 tricts of Pusilawa, Demboola, Kotmale, and Ambogamma 
 with Kandy and Colombo. Its rest-house is consequently 
 one of the most frequented in Ceylon; and to facilitate the 
 traffic which passes through it, a suspension bridge across the 
 river has been substituted for the old, inconvenient, and often 
 dangerous ferry. 
 
 GONCZ, a tn Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Abauj- 
 Torna, 15 m. S. Kascliau; with an ancient castle in ruins, a 
 mineral spring with baths, an active trade in wine and fruit, 
 and 3683 inhabitants, mostly belonging to the Reformed 
 church. 
 
 GONDAR, the cap. city of Abyssinia, 21 m. N.E. Lake 
 Zana or Denibea; lat. 12° 51' N.; Ion. 37° 32' E. It is built 
 on a lofty volcanic ridge, at an altitude of 7422 ft. above the 
 sea, between two rivers which unite in the deep valley below 
 the town. On the E. side flows the Angerab, on the W. the 
 (laha; and the two, after effecting a junction 2 m. S. of 
 Gondar, empty themselves into Lake Dembea. The city has 
 fallen sadly from its pristine magnificence, and no longer pre- 
 sents to the traveller a regular and connected whole, but a 
 number of scattered groups of houses and ruined edifices, 
 separated by wide and dreary wastes, and occupying an area 
 of little less than 11 m. in circumference. The streets in the 
 inhabited portions are exceedingly narrow, crooked, and im- 
 passable; the only scavengers being the hyenas, which, accom- 
 panied by leopards, prowl about at night in search of food. 
 The houses are usually well built, of rough-hewn volcanic 
 stone, and thatched with straw, which rises in the shape of a 
 cone or cylinder. They are, however, small, and seldom 
 exceed one story in height. The meaner houses are con- 
 structed of hardened clay. Attached are sheds for the do- 
 mestic cattle, and the whole is surrounded by a wall or fence 
 to protect them against the nocturnal depredations of beasts 
 of prey. The principal quarter lies S.W. of the ruined palace 
 of the Abyssinian kings, and is named Debra Birhan, the 
 'church, or hill of light.' It occupies the highest ground, 
 but the church itself is built on the hill-slope. W. of the 
 lofty castle, and close to its walls, begins the quarter Oimb- 
 scha Beit, that is, the castle-quarter, inhabited by the nobles 
 or magnates of the land, and regarded as a sort of sanctuary 
 or political asylum, though offering little protection against 
 the tyranny of the sovereign. Islam-Beit, at the base of the 
 hill, is the name of the district appropriated to the Mahometan 
 inhabitants. The ruins of ancient Gondar furnish material 
 for the most ardent antiquarian. Among the most interesting 
 relics are the extensive remains of the old palace, built for 
 the Abyssinian kings by the Portuguese. Gondar was then 
 
 a royal residence, but it is now entirely in the hands of the 
 Gallas, and from the licentious and brutal character of its 
 inhabitants, there seems no prospect of its recovering its 
 former splendour. The surrounding country is blessed with 
 a salubrious climate and a prolific soil, which would well 
 repay the properly directed labours of the agriculturist. 
 Upwards of one hundred different kinds of fruit may be noted 
 in the gardens; the myrtle, the pomegranate, and the citron 
 bloom with rare luxuriance. But the people of Gondar turn 
 these advantages to no account. They chiefly occupy them- 
 selves with commercial pursuits, and traffic in coffee, musk, 
 civet, raw hides, butter, and rhinoceros horns. The import 
 of powder and shot is forbidden; but spices, antimony for 
 smearing the eyelids, razors, sewing needles, Surat tobacco, 
 rice, sugar, and cotton are eagerly dealt in. The principal 
 market, held on Saturday, is well supplied with provisions. 
 The people are well provided with churches, of which there 
 are no less than forty-four, built in a circular form, and sur- 
 rounded by pillars which support a dome-shajied roof of 
 straw. It is said there are not less than twelve hundred 
 priests or clergy. The prevailing religions are Christianity, 
 Mahometanism, and Judaism. The Christians are largely in 
 the majority. They are Monophysites, acknowledging for 
 their head a Coptic archbishop or primate, but owing to the 
 extreme ignorance of the clergy, have but an imperfect idea 
 of scriptural religion. They practise circumcision, celebrate 
 the Sabbath on Saturday, and baptize boys when forty days, 
 and girls when eighty days old. The purest morality is 
 found among the Jews. 
 
 The people have a great desire of performing a pilgrimage 
 to Jerusalem, and the favourite idea of king Theodore is to 
 reconquer the whole of OlcJ Ethiopia, drive all unbelievers 
 out of Egypt, make a conquest of Jerusalem, and seat himself 
 there on the throne of David, from whom he thinks himself 
 descended through the Queen of Sheba by Solomon. The 
 Abyssinians believe that they possess the genuine tables of 
 the law, and besides the books of the Bible, the book of 
 Enoch, and a sixth of Moses, which latter seems to be a kind 
 of extension of, and commentary on. Genesis and Exodus. 
 After the clergy the scribes form a strong body in Gondar; 
 they have schools for music and poetry. 
 
 The estimates formed by travellers of the population of 
 the city vary greatly. Bruce puts it at 10,000 families; M. 
 d'Abbadie, in 1838, at from 25,000 to 30,000 souls; but Ilerr 
 Steudner, in 1862, asserts that it does not exceed 7000. 
 
 GONDOKORO, a vil. Africa, on the Bahr el Abiad or 
 White Nile, lat. 4° 55' N.; Ion. 32° 12' 24" E., about 1265 ft. 
 above sea-level; the seat of an Austrian R. Catholic mission, 
 which was abandoned in 1863. It is a station of the ivory 
 traders, who occupy it for about two months in the year, 
 after which time it is deserted, when the annual boats return 
 to Khartoum, and the remaining expeditions depart for the 
 interior. Gangs of slave-hunters also make this a place of 
 resort. Being beyond the reach of the Egyptian government 
 the greatest lawlessness prevails. A few miserable huts are 
 all that dignify the spot with a name. The country around 
 is a desert, and produces no grain. The climate is unhealthy 
 and hot, the thermometer at nocm in the shade marking 90° 
 to 95°. In February, 1863, Speke and Grant reached this 
 place on their way homeward, and were there met by Baker, 
 who subsequently discovered the Albert Nyanza. 
 
 GONKOR, a river, India, which, formed in Nepaul by 
 the junction of the Ponna and the Mui, flows S. through the 
 Terai into the British territory, aiid falls into the Ganges 
 near the town of Deatpore. Its whole length is about 135 m. 
 
 GONEN [anc. roemanenuni], a tn. Turkey in Asia, Ana- 
 tolia, on a flat at some distance from the banks of the ^sepus, 
 105 m. S.W. Constantinople. It consists of about 800 
 houses, contains four mosques, baths, and a khan, and pos- 
 sesses thermal springs, of which little use seems to be made, 
 though they are said to be very efficacious in cutaneous affec- 
 tions. Over one of them a tannery has been erected, and 
 several others are used by the Turkish women for washing 
 their clothes. 
 
 GONYE, a vil. S. Africa, Makololo country, celebrated 
 for its falls on the Leambye or Zambesi, about 100 m. below 
 Nariele; lat. 16° 12' 9" S.; Ion. 23° 55' E. These falls have 
 not been made by wearing back, like those of Niagara, but 
 are of a fissure form. For many miles below the river is 
 
GONZALES 
 
 157 
 
 GORLICE 
 
 confined in a narrow space, not more than 100 yds wide, and 
 the water goes boiling along as if in masses jostling and 
 tumbling over one another. Thus interrupted, the river, 
 when in flood, rises from 50 to 60 ft., and inundating the 
 valley to a considerable distance above, has already been fatal 
 to more than one important town built at too low a level. 
 Viewed from the mass of rock which overhangs the falls, the 
 scenery is surpassingly beautiful. The villagers of Gonye 
 are bound to convey travellers across the river in canoes. 
 This they do both dexterously and cheerfully. 
 
 G0NZAL1'2S, an isl. S. America, belonging to the Pearl 
 group, in the S. of the Bay of Panama. It is about 12 m. 
 in circuit, and is separated from the Isla del Rey on the E. 
 by a deep and broad channel, in which numerous islets are 
 interspersed. On its N. side are two bays, protected from 
 the N. by the islands of Senora and Senorita. These bays 
 have been proposed as depots for steamers; one being re- 
 examined with this view in 1858. Only one of them was 
 found to be tolerably well fitted for such a purpose. 
 
 GOODERICH, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 cap. CO. Huron, beautifully situated at the mouth of the 
 Maitland, on the E. shore of Lake Huron, and at the W. ter- 
 minus of the Buffalo and Lake Huron railway, 115m. W.N.W. 
 Toronto. It has four churches — Church of England, Church 
 of Scotland, United Presbyterian, and Wesleyan; tanneries 
 and machine works, various other manufactures, important 
 fisheries, and a convenient harbour, at which large quantities 
 of wheat, the produce of the adjoining district, are exported. 
 Pop. about 40U0. 
 
 GOOLBUllGAH, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, dist. 
 and 110 m. W. by S. Hyderabad, founded in the 14th cen- 
 tury, was the capital of the first Mahometan kingdom in the 
 Deccan, and figures much in its early history. Nothing now 
 remains to attest its former importance, except a strong stone 
 fort containing a large unfinished mosque and a number of 
 tombs. One of these, the shrine of a celebrated saint, has 
 done more than anything else to preserve it from falling into 
 complete insignificance. The anniversary of the saint's 
 death attracts large numbers of devotees. The surrounding 
 country is a bare undulating plain terminating in low hills. 
 
 GOOMA, a river, India, which rises in the peninsula of 
 Kattywar in Gujerat, flows successively E. and S.E., and 
 falls into the Gulf of Cambay, after a course of about 90 m. 
 
 GOOMSOOK, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 43 m. N. W. Ganjam, cap. of a hilly tract, held by a zemindar 
 under the British government till he forfeited it by rebellion. 
 Any importance which it formerly possessed has disappeared. 
 The Khoonds, its inhabitants, were once addicted to human 
 sacrifices, but the practice has been suppressed. 
 
 GOOR, a river, India, which, rising on the E. slope of 
 the W. Ghauts, in lat. 19'' 8' N.; Ion. 73° 36' E., flows S.E. 
 for 50 m. through dist, Poona, and then for other 50 m. 
 through that of Ahmednuggur, and joins the Beema, in lat. 
 18° 30' N.; Ion. 70° 36' E., after a rapid course of 100 m. 
 
 GOOKGAON, a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Provinces. 
 The DiSTKiCT, between lat. 27° 40' and 28° 30' N.; Ion. 
 76° 21' and 77° 35' E., is bounded N. by the jaghire of Jujhur 
 and dist. Delhi; E. jaghire Bullubgurh, and the Jumna sepa- 
 rating it from dists. Boolundshuhur and Allygurh; S. Muttra, 
 Tijarra, and the territory of Bhurtpore, and W. Tijarra and 
 Jujhur; area, 1942 sq. m. The surface, generally flat, but 
 occasionally broken by hills, has an average heigiit of about 
 840 ft. above the sea. Along the right bank of the Jumna 
 the soil is rather fertile, though the neglect of cultivation has 
 allowed large tracts to become covered with jungle. About 
 8 m. W. of the Jumna the country rises into a kind of rocky 
 table-land, on which the prevailing formation is quartzose. 
 In a few places gneiss and mica crop out. The only minerals 
 of any consequence are iron, which is mined and smelted in 
 the vicinity of Ferozepore, and salt, which is obtained from 
 deep wells in the form of brine, and rendered solid by evapora- 
 tion. Pop. 460,326. The town, cap. of the above dist., 
 
 18 m. S.\V. Delhi, is situated near the W. base of a range of 
 quartzose hills. It formerly belonged to the so-called Begum 
 Sunivoo, who makes some figure in Indian history; it lapsed 
 to the British government on her death in 1836. The mili- 
 t;iry cantonment formerly existing here has been abandoned, 
 and its principal buildings now afford accommodation to the 
 civil establishment. 
 
 GOOSE, an isl. British America, Canada East, in the 
 St. Lawrence, between the Middle and South Traverse, and 
 43 m. below Quebec. It is 4^ m. long, and is composed 
 partly of flat meadow and partly of rocky hilly ground. The 
 latter, forming its E. half, is from 150 to 200 ft. high. On 
 the W., where it is flat, a belt of meadows extends from it 
 for 2^ m. to Crane Island, the whole thus forming one con- 
 tinuous stretch of 10 m. The Goose and Crane Islands, with 
 the intervening meadows grazed by large herds of cattle, 
 taken in connection with the mountains of the N. shore, fur- 
 nish one of the finest views of the St. Lawrence. 
 
 GOOTY [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 50 m. 
 E. Bellary. It consists of a fort and native town, inclosed by 
 a cluster of fortified hills, the loftiest of which is 2171 ft. 
 above sea-level, and 989 ft. above the adjoining plain, and 
 of a cantonment and other native town situated at some dis- 
 tance outside. The hills are connected with each other by a 
 rampart, and the only entrance to the town within is through 
 two fortified gateway!^. One of the hills situated to the N., 
 and consisting of an immense smooth rock, is covered with a 
 series of works which render it a separate citadel, which is 
 sometimes used as a state prison. The cantonment being no 
 longer required, as the troops now stationed here consist 
 only of two companies of N.I., is in ruins; the pettah adjoin- 
 ing it consists of one principal street with some good houses. 
 Sir Thomas Monro, the celebrated Indian statesman, died at 
 Putticonda in the vicinity, and was at first interred at Gooty, 
 though his remains were afterwards removed to Madras. A 
 choultry and tank have been constructed here to his memory. 
 Estimated pop. 3000, of whom about a fifth are Mahometans. 
 
 GOPUT, a river, India, which rises in the native state of 
 Korea on the S.W. frontier of Bengal, flows circuitously, 
 first N.W. for 70 m., then N.E. for 55 m., and joins the Sone 
 on its right bank at the small town of Burdhee. 
 
 GOKAGOT, or Ghoraghat, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 
 dist. Bograh, on the Kurateea, an offset of the Teesta, 48 m. 
 S.E. Dinagepore. When in its most flourishing state it was 
 about 8 m. long and 2 m. broad, but appears to have been 
 even then a very straggling place. The rampart of its 
 ruined fort extends about a mile along the bank of the river 
 and half a mile behind, but the only remains of any import- 
 ance are several small mosques. The present inhabitants 
 have some trade, but such is the general desolation that tigers 
 prowl nightly in the streets. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 GOHGON A, an isl. W. coast S. America, about 30 m. off 
 the coast of New Granada; lat. (Watering Bay) 2° 58' 10" N.; 
 Ion. 78° 10' 20" W. It is about 5 m. long by 1| m. broad, 
 has three remarkable peaks, of which the loftiest, situated in 
 the centre, is 1296 ft. high, presents a beautiful and finely 
 diversified surface, forming a pleasing contrast to the low dense 
 wood of the mainland, is well watered, and wherever cultivated 
 has proved productive. This island figures much in the 
 adventures of Pizarro, the buccaneers, and the early voyagers 
 to this part of the coast. It was to this island Pizarro and 
 his followers retreated after leaving Gallo Island, and here 
 they remained for five months before they took their final 
 departure for the coast of Peru. 
 
 GOllI, a tn. Trans-Caucasian Russia, Georgia, 1. bank 
 Kur, where the river is augmented by the confluence of two 
 large affluents, 26 m. N.W. Tiflis. The country around it, 
 though less picturesque, is more fertile and healthy than that 
 of Tiflis, and hence it has sometimes been regretted that the 
 Russians in selecting the capital did not give it the preference 
 over the latter city. In the neighbourhood of Gori is the 
 troglodyte city of Uplotichos, on the summit of a sandstone 
 rock out of which it has been excavated. Many of the ex- 
 cavations present vaulted roofs and rows of pillars on the 
 sides; in some of these chambers the walls and ceilings are 
 beautifully decorated. The only building not excavated is a 
 church occupying the highest summit of the mountain, and 
 probably much more recent than tlie city. Pop. estimated at 
 3400, of whom the majority are Armenians. 
 
 GORLICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 64 m. S.E. Cracow, on the Ropa, on a steep height. It is a 
 place of some importance, with several public offices; and its 
 inhabitants, chiefly German immigrants, are engaged in 
 weaving linen and woollen cloth, and in carrying on a con- 
 siderable trade in corn. It had once a strong castle, where 
 the Arians were protected, and had an opportunity of propa- 
 
GOKONZAGO 
 
 158 
 
 GRAND RAPID 
 
 gating their heresy. There is a seam of asphalt in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 3666. 
 
 GORONZAGO, a mountain range, S.E. Africa, in the 
 Macombe country, about 120 m. S. of tlie Zambesi, and nearly 
 the same distance W. of the Indian Ocean; lat. 18" 20' S.; 
 Ion. 34° E. It has an estimated height of 4000 ft., is famed 
 for its clear cold waters and healthiness, and was once a Jesuit 
 station. 
 
 GORUCKPORE [add.], a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 cap. dist. of same name, 430 m. N.W. Calcutta. It stands in 
 a marshy district on the left bank of the Kaptee, which is here 
 a fine navigable stream, with a channel about 200 yards wide, 
 and contains, with some good houses of brick covered with 
 tile, a far greater number of wretched hovels. Even the 
 better houses have a very unsightly appearance, caused 
 mainly by the herds of monkeys, which, by the partiality of 
 the inhabitants, are allowed to infest the place, and one of 
 whose favourite pastimes is to displace the tiles from the 
 roofs and scatter them about. The fort, situated close to the 
 river, is a regular square with twelve bastions — one at each 
 corner and two on each face ; but part of it was demolished in 
 1802 when the British took possession. The principal build- 
 ings of the town are two mosques, the one ruinous, and the 
 other, thougli in tolerable preservation, a heavy, tasteless 
 structure; and the Imambarra, a palace built by Shujah-u- 
 Dowlah, spacious and handsome, and capable of producing a 
 fine effect were it not disfigured by the chaos of filth and 
 misery which surrounds it. The military cantonment, situ- 
 ated on the E. of the town on the highest ground that could 
 be found, contains the usual buildings, though the houses of 
 the Europeans are said to be poorer in appearance, and more 
 devoid of ornamental ground, than usual. The celebrated 
 temple of Gorackhnath is in the vicinity. During the sepoy 
 mutiny Goruekpore was wrested from the rebels, on 6th Jan. 
 1858, by the Nepaulese auxiliary force. Pop. 45,265. 
 
 GOSAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, circle 
 Hausruck, on a stream which waters the beautiful valley of 
 the same name, about 42 m. S.W. Steyer. It has two 
 churches, a Protestant and a R. Catholic. In its vicinity are 
 the two lakes of Gosau, remarkable for their wild romantic 
 scenery, and an aqueduct which conveys the salt brine of the 
 mines from one mountain to another across a deep valley. 
 Pop. 1600. 
 
 GOSHEN [add.],a tn. U. States, New York, on the Erie 
 railway, 70 m. N.W. New York city, containing county 
 buildings, four churches, an academy, a female seminary, 
 tanneries, and fulling, flour, and saw mills. It is celebrated 
 for excellent butter, made chiefly for the New York market. 
 Pop. .3213. 
 
 GOSSLING, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, on the Ips; with manufactures of 
 iron, gypsum kilns, various saw-mills and coal-mines, which 
 are worked to some extent. Pop. 2080. 
 
 GOTTHAIiD (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, on the Raab, opposite to the mouth of the Laf- 
 nitz, 23 m. S.W. Steinamaiiger; with a famous Cistertian 
 abbey, founded by Belu III. in 1183, and a considerable 
 trade. The Turks were defeated here in 1664. Pop. 815. 
 
 GOVASDI A, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 20 m. S.W. Broos; with one of the most celebrated 
 ironworks in the country. 
 
 GOVERDHUN, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, diat. and 
 15 m. W. Muttra. It stands on a narrow sandstone ridge, 
 possesses a well-supplied bazaar, and is inhabited mostly by 
 Brahmins, who subsist chiefly on the endowments attached to 
 the tombs of the Jat rajahs of Bhurtpore and Deeg, who are 
 buried here. One of these tombs, that of Suraj Mul, situated 
 on the N.E. extremity of the ridge, about 2 m. from the town, 
 is a handsome structure, tastefully designed and elaborately 
 executed in fine white sandstone, little inferior to marble. 
 Many fantastic Hindoo legends are connected with this place. 
 
 Gowk, a tn. Persia, prov. and 50 m. S.E. Kerman, in 
 a valley. It is a large straggling place, extending with its 
 gardens and houses for nearly 3 m., possesses two mud forts, 
 one at each extremity, and contains about 1500 families. 
 There is little field cultivation, but great quantities of grapes 
 are grown in the gardens and partly dried for exportation. 
 
 (tOYA, a tn. La Plata, prov. and 100 m. S. Corrientes, 
 1. bank Parana, on a low flat site of indifferent fertility. It 
 
 carries on a considerable trade in liides and tallow. Pop. 
 about 7000. 
 
 GOZENAKO, a tn. Western Africa, territory and a few 
 miles E. Tasawa. It stands in a fertile district, pastured by 
 numerous herds of fine cattle, and is of considerable size, con- 
 sisting of a town inclosed by a Iceffi, or close stockade of thick 
 stems of trees, and an open suburb. The houses, all conical, 
 are made entirely of stalks and reeds. The fields to the W. 
 of the place are well cultivated, and have many tall fan-palms 
 and other trees interspersed with them. 
 
 GRABOWKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 a little N. of Tarnow; with 2459 inhabitants, who weave fine 
 goods and have several tanneries of red leather. 
 
 GRACIAS, or Gracias a Digs, a tn. Central America, 
 Honduras, cap. N.W. dep. of the state, on a plateau at the 
 foot of a steep escarpment of the mountains of Salaque. It 
 was founded in 1536, and owing to the richness of its mines 
 soon rose to importance both political and commercial. At 
 one time all the trade with Guatemala from Puerto Caballos 
 passed through it. In its churches it still presents indications 
 of its former splendour. Immediately in front of the town a 
 mountain stream plunges by two successive leaps to a depth 
 of 1200 ft. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 GRADISHTEH, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, circle 
 Posharevetz, at the confluence of the Pek with the Danube, 
 41 m. E. Belgrade. It is the seat of a civil and criminal 
 court, and has a church and a school, and in the vicinity the 
 remains of a Roman bridge. Pop. 1800. 
 
 GRAFENDORP (Upper), a tn. Austrian empire, Lower 
 Austria, on the Pielach, 36 m. W.S. W. Vienna; with a paper- 
 mill and five saw-mills. Friedau, almost immediately ad- 
 joining, has ironworks and a cotton-mill. Pop. 2080. 
 
 GRAHAM'S TOWN [add.], a tn. S. Africa, cap. dist. 
 Albany, in the E. prov. of Cape 'Colony, 25 m. N. from the 
 coast; lat. 32° 40' S.; Ion. 26° 22' E. It is pleasingly 
 situated on an eminence surrounded by otliers of greater 
 elevation, and consists of wide and airy streets, and houses 
 provided for the most part with well-watered gardens abun- 
 dantly stocked with fruit-trees. Among the public buildings 
 are various handsome churches, two of them Episcopalian, 
 one R. Catholic, and others of dift'erent denominations; a 
 grammar-school, a libi-ary, and large barracks. The shops 
 are decidedly better than in any other part of the colony, and 
 the market is large, well supplied, and much frequented. In 
 addition to the more ordinary articles exposed for sale are 
 ivory, ostrich feathers, wild beasts' skins, antelopes' horns, 
 and other products of the interior. The town has its muni- 
 cipal council, and two banks assist in developing the resources 
 of the district. It is also a bishop's see. Pop. about 5000, 
 of whom 1000 are coloured. 
 
 GRAN CHACO, or Huanchaco, a small tn. on the 
 coast of Peru, about 8 m. N.W. Truxillo, of which it may 
 be considered as the port; lat. 8° 20' S.; Ion. 78° 40' W. It 
 stands on an extensive sandy flat, presenting an appearance 
 by no means attractive; but possesses a handsome church, 
 with a conspicuous tower, and is indebted to Truxillo for 
 some trade. The shore however is so very flat that no vessel 
 of any size can approach it. In the vicinity, on the road to 
 Truxillo, are ruins extending over an immense area, and sup- 
 posed to be those of an ancient Peruvian town. 
 
 GRAND BAY, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Chicoutime, at the head of the bay of same name, in the Sa- 
 guenay, about 60 m. above its mouth, 114 m. N.by E Quebec. 
 The bay, which is about a mile wide, and 100 fathoms deep, 
 forms an excellent harbour, at which large quantities of lumber 
 are shipped. Pop. about 750. 
 
 GRAND HAVEN, a tn. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. 
 Ottawa, near the mouth of Grand River, in Lake Michigan, 
 and at the terminus of the Detroit and Milwaukee railway. 
 It possesses three churches, a tannery, a planing-mill, and 
 several saw-mills; and carries on an extensive trade, in which 
 the principal articles of export are timber, staves, shingles, 
 fish, leather, gypsum, -stucco, lime, and flour. The value of 
 the exports has in some years exceeded £200,000. Pop. 8000. 
 
 GRAND RAPID, British America, the name given to 
 a rapid of the Saskatchewan, which occurs shortly after it 
 Lssues from the W. side of Cross Lake, and is about to pour 
 its waters into Lake Winnipeg. After some minor interrup- 
 tions the banks of the river, previously low and flat, but 
 
GRAND RAPIDS 
 
 159 
 
 GREECE 
 
 thickly timbered, begin to rise, and have only attained the 
 height of 20 ft. when the W. extremity of the Grand liapid 
 is reached. It is said to be unsurpassed as a rapid in mag- 
 nificence and extent, as well as in volume of water. Its total 
 length is 2f m. and its total descent 43rV ft.; its breadth at its 
 upper extremity where it commences is 480 yds., but at its 
 lower extremity where it terminates is only about 240 yds.; 
 the depth of water, as no soundings have been taken, can 
 hardly be conjectured. Throughout almost its entire length 
 the Grand Rapid is confined between perpendicular escarp- 
 ments of rock, composed of brittle buff" coloured limestone, in 
 horizontal strata. Above the limestone is a bed of light- 
 coloured clay, 23 feet in thickness, with pebbles and boulders 
 embedded in it, and above all about 8 inches of vegetable 
 mould, clothed by a forest of balsam spruce, tamarack, and 
 poplar. The ascent of the Grand Eapid is a task of no 
 ordinary labour and diflSculty, but in point of danger cannot 
 be compared with the descent, which is thus described by Mr. 
 Hind: 'In attempting, according to his directions (those of 
 Jolm Spence, an old experienced voyageur), to cross from the 
 north to the south side of the rapid, in order to get into what 
 was reported to be the best channel for a small canoe, such 
 was the fierceness of the current and the turbulence of the 
 great surges and breakers in the middle, that we were nearly 
 engulfed; and although every nerve was strained, we were 
 swept down with impetuous velocity, and did not get near the 
 other side till we were about f m. below our starting-point. 
 We were then impelled with astonishing swiftness along 
 the south side of the torrent, often in dangerous proximity 
 to the rugged wall of rocks bounding the channel, and now 
 and then whizzing past — almost grazing — sharp rocky points 
 jutting out into the river, against which the thundering 
 waters seethed and foamed in their fury. During the de- 
 scent the voyageurs exerted themselves to the utmost of 
 their strength, and evinced an admirable degree of coolness 
 and dexterity.' 
 
 GRAND RAPIDS, a tn. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. 
 Kent, on the rapids of Grand River, and on the Detroit and 
 Milwaukee railway, 62 m. W.N.W. Lansing. It stands 
 on both sides of the river, which is here about 300 yards 
 wide, possesses county buildings, several churches, an Epis- 
 copal college, and in respect both of manufactures and trade 
 is one of the most thriving places in the state. Salt, gypsum, 
 limestone, and pine timber abound in the vicinity. Pop. 
 (1860), 8085. 
 
 GRAND RIVER, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Gasp^, near the mouth of the river of same name, on the 
 W. shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It contains about 
 1450 inhabitants, chiefly employed in fishing, in which a large 
 business is done. 
 
 GRATZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. and 4 m. 
 S. Troppau; with a parish church, a castle belonging to the 
 Prince of Lichnowsky, situated in a fine park, and contain- 
 ing a picture gallery; an hospital, a paper-mill, a trade in 
 wood, three yearly markets, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 GRAVE CHEEK, a vil. U. States, Virginia, cap. co. 
 Marshall, 1. bank Ohio, between the Big and the Little Grave 
 Creeks. It derives its chief claim to notice from a remark- 
 able ancient mound in its vicinity, 820 feet in circuit at its 
 base, 190 feet in circuit at its summit, and 70 feet high. By 
 means of a shaft sunk from its apex, several interesting an- 
 tiquities, including two sepulchral chambers, several skeletons, 
 and a small stone with a sculptured alphabetical inscription, 
 have been found. Pop. 1200. 
 
 GREAT BARRIER, or Otea [add.], an isl. New Zealand, 
 on the N.E. side of Ulster or Middle Island, arid on the E. side 
 of the Ilauraki Gulf, to which it affords great protection from 
 seaward. It is 21 m. long from N.N.W. to S.S.E., and 10 m. 
 across where it is widest, near its centre. Its E. shore, on 
 which tliere is generally a heavy swell, has no safe anchorage, 
 but on its W. shore are several bays and harbours, which, 
 though open for the most part to W. and S.W., give excellent 
 shelter from east winds. The interior is traversed through- 
 out its whole length by a mountain range, the culminating 
 point of which rises to the height of 2130 feet, and is clothed 
 with trees to its summit. Other parts are thickly wooded. 
 Among the trees the hauri once flourished in great abundance, 
 but all of those within convenient reach have been cut down, 
 and either exported or used for ship- building purposes on the 
 
 island itself, particularly at Port Abercrombie, where small 
 vessels are built and repaired, and where in 1848 one of 400 
 tons was built, equipped, and loaded with a cargo of copper 
 ore, which was then worked near the north end of the island. 
 The valleys and slopes of the hills afford good pasturage, and 
 on the east side of the mountains are some plains of consider- 
 able extent. 
 
 GREAT BARRINGTON, atn. U. States, Massachusetts, 
 on the Housatonic River and railway, 118 m. W. Boston. It 
 is beautifully situated among surrounding hills, and possesses 
 six churches, an academy, a large woollen factory turning out 
 annually 500,000 yards of cassimere, an almost equally large 
 cotton-mill, a tannery, a distillery, a rope-walk, two flour- 
 mills, and a manufactory of india-rubber goods. There are 
 beds of iron ore, and quarries of variegated marble in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 3871. 
 
 GREAT DOG LAKE, British America, situated about 
 22 m. N.W. of Thunder Bay, on the W. side of Lake Su- 
 perior. It is of very irregular shape, with a maximum length 
 of 20 m., a breadth of 7 m., a depth found at two difi'erent 
 soundings to be 12 and 15 fathoms, and an estimated ai-ea of 
 200 sq. m. It is bounded by bold primary rocks, and studded 
 by innumerable islands, and is 710 feet above the level of 
 Lake Superior. Its principal feeder is the Great Dog River, 
 which enters it from the W., its outlet Little Dog River, 
 which, issuing from its S.W. extremity, and thereafter ex- 
 panding into Little Dog Lake, is propeily only a prolongation 
 of the Kaministiquia. The country around Great Dog 
 Lake is hilly, and covered with forests, chiefly of white spruce, 
 interspersed with groves of aspens, and occasionally dotted 
 with Weymouth and Banksian pines; white and yellow birch, 
 some of them of large dimensions, also abound- — [Hind.) 
 
 GREAT SALT LAKE, U. States, in the N.E. of Utah, 
 about lat. 41° N.; Ion. 113° W. It lies in a valley or basin 
 of the Rocky Mountains, and is of very irregular shape, pre- 
 senting in its coast line numerous indentations and projec- 
 tions, and stretches about 75 m. from N.W. to S.E., with an 
 average breadth of about 30 m. Its height above the sea is 
 4200 ft. As its name implies, the water, though clear and 
 transparent, is excessively salt, 22 per cent., or rather more 
 than one-fifth of its whole volume, consisting of chloride of 
 sodium, with a slight mixture of other salts. Owing to the 
 great specific gravity thus produced, the water is so buoyant 
 that a man may assume a sitting posture in it, with his head 
 and shoulders raised above the surface. Swimming however 
 is difficult, from the tendency of the limbs to rise at each 
 stroke out of the water, and there is, moreover, the additional 
 danger of having the eyes stung by particles of brine, and 
 the throat and stomach scorched by accidentally swallowing 
 any part of it. Of its several feeders the most important 
 issues from Lake Utah, which is situated 35 m. to the S., and 
 not only contains fresh water, but abounds in fish. The 
 Great Salt Lake, on the contrary, maintains no living thing, 
 though its shores and islands are frequented by immense 
 flocks of gulls, wild ducks, geese, and swans. It has no outlet, 
 and therefore all the surplus water which it receives must 
 be discharged by evaporation. Appearances indicate that it 
 once was of much larger extent, and formed an inland sea. 
 
 GREECPi [add.] The area of the kingdom is estimated 
 at 46,429,000 stremmata, or 18,571,600 acres. No com- 
 plete survey of the country has yet been made, only the 
 vineyards, olive-grounds, currant plantations, &c., having 
 been measured and valued to some extent. About one-third 
 of the surface consists of mountains and rocks ; one-fifth is 
 covered with forests ; and perhaps one-half is available for 
 cultivation, but of this barely half has been turned to account. 
 It is difficult to ascertain the amount of the produce of the 
 soil, or its capabilities for maintaining the population. But 
 the following figures represent the productions of the years 
 1857 and 1858; 8^ kilos being equivalent to a Winchester 
 quarter, and the oke to 45 oz. avoirdupois : — 
 
 1 1857 
 
 1858 
 
 Sesame 
 
 Aniseed 
 
 Flax .... 
 
 Rice .... 
 
 Okes. 
 65,990 
 18,350 
 4,260 
 41,000 
 
 Okes. 
 44,144 
 19,646 
 710 
 38,000 
 
 Total . 
 
 129,000 
 
 102,500 
 
GB.EECE 
 
 160 
 
 GREECE 
 
 
 1857. 
 
 1858. 
 
 
 KUos. 
 
 Kilos. 
 
 Corn .... 
 
 4,713,585 
 
 2,649,550 
 
 Barley .... 
 
 2,733,020 
 
 1,484,748 
 
 Mesliit .... 
 
 1,582,340 
 
 977,129 
 
 Rye ... , 
 
 85,136 
 
 33,994 
 
 Oats .... 
 
 301,274 
 
 145,215 
 
 Indian Com 
 
 3,770,288 
 
 2,837,861 
 
 Buckwheat . 
 
 398,788 
 
 188,797 
 
 Pulse .... 
 
 195,546 
 
 100,961 
 
 Vetches 
 
 4,540 
 
 1,823 
 
 Total . 
 
 13,784,517 
 
 8,420,078 
 
 The year 1858 was one of great dearth, but 1857 was an 
 average one. Notwithstanding the excessive dryness of tlie 
 climate and the torrid heat of summer, the soil, when pro- 
 perly turned up, is generally found to be most fertile; and 
 even beneath the desolate stony wastes of Attica it is asserted 
 that there lies a virgin soil of rich brown loam, which is 
 never reached by the rude plough of the time of Hesoid, 
 which is the chief implement of agriculture. The cultiva- 
 tion of the currant plant is said to be rapidly increasing in 
 theJEorea: in 1858 the plantations covered 153,058 strem- 
 mata; in 1863, about 200,000. The crop amounted in 1858 
 to 32,408 tons; and in 1861, to 32,660 tons. Of the crop of 
 1862, 35,903 tons were exported— 30,906 of them to Great 
 Britain. The duty raised upon currants in 1863 was about 
 1,000,000 drachmas. Cotton also has become an important 
 crop, upwards of 30,000 acres being sown in 1864; and 
 tobacco is much grown, the best qunlities being produced in 
 the plains of Livadia, Calamata, and Argos. Valonea, the 
 cups of the acorn of the Levantine or Valonea oak, is one of 
 the chief and most valuable productions, and is exported for 
 tanning purposes. 
 
 The value of the imports and exports in the year 1862 
 was 49,109,666 drachmas (£1,753,917), and 32,323,726 
 drachmas (£1,154,419) respectively; the principal articles 
 weie as follows: — • 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Tissues (chiefly Cot- » 
 ton and Wool) ( 
 Skius and Hides 
 
 Cei-eals 
 
 Flour 
 
 Sugar 
 
 Wood 
 
 Animals .... 
 
 Iron 
 
 Coffee 
 
 Salted Provisions . 
 
 Drachmas. 
 
 9,337,551 
 
 5,904,390 
 3.822,191 
 139,536 
 3,034,326 
 2,168,933 
 2,093,116 
 1,338,890 
 1,008,813 
 1,246,028 
 
 Currants 
 Hides . 
 Figs . . 
 Oil . . 
 Valouea . 
 Cereals . 
 Spirits . 
 Silk . . 
 Live Stock 
 Tobacco . 
 
 Total . . 
 
 Drachmas. 
 
 13,235,870 
 
 2,604,609 
 
 1,648,629 
 
 1,503,807 
 
 1,381,696 
 
 1,061,574 
 
 1,022,0.39 
 
 771,789 
 
 665,907 
 
 464,782 
 
 24,260,702 
 
 Total . . . 
 
 30,093,779 
 
 The number of vessels entering Greek ports from foreign 
 countries in 1862 was 10,464, of 1,078,507 tons, and of those 
 departing for foreign destinations 11,209, of 1,062,111 tons. 
 The coast navigation of the same year represented a tonnage 
 of 1,204,293 entered, and 1,189.814 cleared. The mercantile 
 marine of the country consisted of 4335 vessels, of 257,318 
 tons. The Ionian Islands are not included in the foregoing 
 statistics. 
 
 The average revenue of the kingdom in the five years 
 1860 to 1864 was slightly superior to the expenditure: — 
 
 Average of Revenue, £834,900 
 
 „ Expenditure, 832,103 
 
 The revenue, according to the budget of 1864, was esti- 
 mated thus : — 
 
 Direct Taxes. Drachmas. 
 
 Land Tax and Usufruct . 7,632,000 
 
 Tax on Bees 60,000 
 
 „ Pasturage . . . 150,000 
 „ Cattle .... 1,350,000 
 „ Licenses .... 400,000 
 „ Houses .... 900,000 
 
 10,492,000 
 
 Indirect Tctxeg. 
 
 Customs 5,000,000 
 
 Stamps 2,100,000 
 
 Sundries 310,000 
 
 7,410,000 
 
 Total 17,902,000 = £639,3,57 
 
 being £219,457 less than tlie actual revenue of 1860. 
 
 The land tax is a tax upon the produce of the soil of 5 per 
 cent, upon cereals and special rates upon other kinds. The 
 effect of the tax is very detrimental to agriculture. The 
 usufruct is a tax or rent of 15 per cent, upon the produce 
 of national lands rented by private persons. The expenditure 
 according to the budget of the same year, 1864, was as fol- 
 lows : — 
 
 Debt. 
 
 Foreign £37,696 
 
 Internal . .... 32,388 
 
 Pensions 64,434 
 
 Public Service. 
 Ministry for Foreign Affana 
 
 ,, of Justice 
 
 ,, Interior 
 
 ,, Religion and Education 
 
 „ War .... 
 
 „ Marine, 
 
 ,, Finance 
 
 Administrative Exi)enses . , 
 
 £134,518 
 
 £20,543 
 
 56,054 
 138,282 
 
 43,850 
 191,951 
 
 48, -^14 
 
 34,099 
 
 59,973 
 
 -£592,966 
 
 Total 
 
 £727,484 
 
 Besides this amount there are the kmg's civil list, the salaries 
 of the members of the legislature, and other expenses. But 
 it is difficult to ascertain the actual amount of the expenditure. 
 The public debt at the end of 1862 was estimated to be 
 £14.324,000. 
 
 The whole of Greece is divided into ten nomarchies or 
 prefectures. These ten nomarchies represent thirty -five 
 eparchies or sub-prefectures; and these eparchies are made 
 up of demarchies or communes, to one of which every mem- 
 ber of the state must belong for himself and family. These 
 communes are distributed into three classes : — - 
 
 Class I. containing a jxipulation of 10,000 and upwards 
 II. „ „ 2,000 to 10,000 
 
 III. „ ,, less than 2000 
 
 Every town or village numbering 300 or more inhabitants 
 can claim to be constituted a distinct commune or demos. 
 Towns or villages with less than this number belong to the 
 commune nearest to them. The number of demoi is, of the 
 first class, 7; of the second, 217; and of the third, 56 : alto- 
 gether 280. Each demos of the first class has a communal 
 council of 18 members; of the second, 12 members; and of 
 the third, 6 members. Every demos is presided over by a 
 demarch or mayor ; and, if of the first class, has 6 aldermen 
 (TrapiSpoi) ; if of the second, 4 aldermen; and if of the third, 
 1 alderman. The duties of the communes are to support 
 elementary schools, defray the expenses of elections, the 
 repairs and maintenance of public buildings, roads, bridges, 
 &c., and to levy local taxes. But the demarchs are respon- 
 sible to the ministry of the interior, and the consequence 
 is that local interests are sacrificed to political influences, 
 and what appears to be an efficient municipal system becomes 
 the mere instrument of the dominant party. As one result 
 it is stated that there are not a dozen roads in Greece, the 
 total mileage being 180 to 200 miles at the most. Although 
 the country abounds in splendid forests of excellent timber, 
 the want of roads renders it practically useless, and large 
 quantities have to be imported ; and it is a common custom 
 for the shepherds to burn down vast tracts in order to pro- 
 vide more pasture for their flocks. 
 
 In the provinces of the kingdom brigandage has revived, 
 and is .said to be increasing, many members of the better 
 classes betaking themselves to it from vindictive or lawless 
 opposition to the exactions of the ruling powers. It is 
 asserted that there are few of the leading bandits who have 
 not a friend, or relative, or political patron in high quarters, 
 and that hence many cultivated Greeks regard brigandage 
 with an otherwise unaccountable toleration. Little effort is 
 seriously made to suppress it. Education, however, has 
 been making progress. When the monarchy was established 
 there was no educational institution in existence, except an 
 orphan asylum at Egina. In 1864 there were — 
 
 Professors 
 
 or Masters. Pupils. 
 
 The University of Athens ... with ... 65 ... and ... 1,080 
 
 8 Gvmnasia, or Royal Colleges .. ... 50... ... 1,124 
 
 80 Hellenic Schools ...142 5,342 
 
 1 Normal School ... 8 145 
 
 Commercial Schools ...530 42,353 
 
 Private Communal .. 42 2,880 
 
 300 Elementary ... ... 10,000 
 
GREEN 
 
 161 
 
 GRZYMALOW 
 
 The nationality of the inhahitauts is mixed. The Al- 
 banian race occupies the whole of Attica and Megares 
 (except the capitals Athens and Megara), Bceotia, parts of 
 Locris, Eubaea, Andros, and Egina, the whole of Salamis, 
 and, in Peloponnesus, Corintliia, Argolis, parts of Arcadia 
 and Achaia, Laconia, &c. The Albanians are prominent in 
 activity, and furnish the greater number of the cultivators of 
 the soil and the most enterprising of the maritime popu- 
 lation. The Hellenic race is not less energetic, and under 
 favourable circumstances displays much intellectual and 
 commercial talent. But the insecurity of property and labour 
 prevents any material prosperity or progress. By the census 
 of 1861 the population was found to number 1,096,810. 
 
 GREEN, an isl. British America, Canada East, in the 
 St. Lawrence, about a mile from its r. bank, in co. Temis- 
 couata, and nearly opposite to the mouth of the Saguenay on 
 its 1. bank. It forms a narrow belt 5 m. long from N.N.E. 
 to S.S.W., is wooded, and is mostly composed of grauwacke 
 and slate rocks, the loftiest of which is 250 ft. above the sea. 
 From its S.W. point, which is low and bare, a dangerous reef 
 extends westward, and then curves out northward beyond its 
 general line; on its N. point there is a lighthouse in the 
 form of a square stone tower, visible in clear weather at the 
 distance of 12 m. 
 
 GREEN BAY, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, at the head 
 of the bay which gives it its name, and which branches oif in 
 a south-westerly direction from the N.W. of Lake Michigan, 
 112 m. N.E. Madison. It lies at the mouth of Fox River, 
 which having been connected by a canal with the Wisconsin, 
 gives a communication with the Mississippi, and carries on 
 a large trade, particularly in fish and lumber. Within the 
 town are 6 and in the vicinity 24 saw-mills, driven mostly 
 by steam. Pop. 2275, * 
 
 GREENCASTLE, a vil. U. States, Indiana, cap. co. 
 Putnam, on high table-land at the intersection of the Terre 
 Haute and Richmond with the New Albany and Salem rail- 
 way, 41 m. W. Indianopolis. It is situated in a rich agri- 
 cultural district, and contains two churches, a Methodist 
 university, two academies, and a courthouse and jail. Pop. 
 2096. 
 
 GREENFIELD [add.], a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, 
 cap. CO. Franklin, r. bank Connecticut, at the junction of the 
 Vermont and Massachusetts with the Connecticut River rail- 
 way, 85 m. W.N.W. Boston. It contains 6 churches, and is 
 largely engaged in tlie manufacture of cutlery and mechanics' 
 tools, cassimere, castings, carriages, leather, harness, furni- 
 ture, and tin-ware. The first manufactory of table cutlery 
 in the U. States was established here in 1834. Some remark- 
 able fossil footprints have been discovered in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 3108. 
 
 GREENPORT, a vil. U. States, New York, on the S. 
 side of the N.E. point of Long Island, 95 m. E.N.E. New 
 York city. It possesses six churches, and an excellent har- 
 bour which admits the largest vessels, and is seldom ob- 
 structed by ice. Many vessels are fitted out in its building- 
 yards, and not a few of the inhabitants are interested in the 
 whaling trade. 
 
 GREENSBOROUGH,a vil. U. State.s, Alabama, on the 
 Georgia railway, 50 m. W. Columbus. It possesses three 
 churches, a female college, several academies and schools, a 
 courthouse and jail, and standing in the midst of large cotton 
 plantations has a flourishing trade. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 GREENVILLE, a tn. U. States, S. Carolina, cap. dist. 
 of same name, on the frontiers of N. Carolina, and at the 
 terminus of the Greenville and Columbia railway, 83 m. 
 N. W. Columbia. It contains several churches and academies, 
 and has become a favourite summer resort in consequence of 
 its beautiful and romantic scenery. Pop. 1518. 
 
 GREENWICH, a tn. U. States, Connecticut, on Long 
 Island Sound, and on the New York and New Haven railway, 
 30 m. N.E. New York. It contains three churches, an iron 
 foundry, a tool and a wire factory, and since the completion 
 of the railway has become a favourite place of residence for 
 New York merchants. Pop. 6522. 
 
 GREIFENDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 37 m. N. Brunn, in the valley of the Zwittawa, and on 
 the Vienna and Prague railway; with 2199 inhabitants. 
 
 GREY, or Mawheka, a river, New Zealand, in the N.W. 
 of Middle Island or Munster. It is formed by two branches, 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 one of which, rising near the centre of the island, flows circuit- 
 ously S.S.W., while the other, issuing from Lake Brunner, 
 flows N.W. From the point of junction the united stream 
 flows nearly due W. through an extensive valley for about 
 12 m., and falls into the sea on the W. coast, in lat. 42° 28' 
 30" S.; Ion. 171° IT 15" E. 
 
 GRIES, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle Brixen, to 
 the W. of Botzen; with a Benedictine priory, a beautiful 
 cliurch adorned with some of the finest paintings of Martin 
 Knoller, and 1700 inhabitants. 
 
 GRIFFIN, a tii. U. States, Georgia, cap. co. Spalding, 
 on the Macon and Western railway, 62 m. N.E. Columbus. 
 It is a healthy and prosperous place, built chiefly of brick, and 
 containing three churches, three colleges, one of them homoeo- 
 pathic, and two female and various other schools. Nearly 
 50,000 bales of cotton used to be annually sent off from the 
 railway station here. Pop. 2320. 
 
 GRIMSBY, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Lincoln, on the Great Western railway, 34 m. S. by W. 
 Toronto. It has Church of England and Wesleyan churches, 
 a tannery, a foundry, a distillery, and some general trade. 
 Pop. about 1000. 
 
 GRINNELL LAND, Arctic Regions, the name given 
 by Dr. Kane, while commanding an American expedition in 
 search of Sir John Franklin, to an extensive tract, separated 
 from the W. or opposite coast of Greenland partly by an 
 immense glacier and partly by an open sea, the entrance to 
 which is by Sir Thomas Smith's Sound, a N. arm of Bafiin's 
 Bay. It extends, in continuation of Ellesmere Land and the 
 Victoria and Albert Mountains, from lat. 80° 17' to 82° 30' 
 N., this being the highest point seen though not visited by a 
 party engaged in the expedition. The name of Mount Sir 
 Edward Perry was given to this point. Much of the tract is 
 very lofty, the culminating peaks sometimes rising to the 
 height of 2500 ft. In this region, where the thermometer 
 seldom reaches so high as 55°, and where the ground is al- 
 most always frozen and covered with snow, Dr. Hayes found 
 fifty-two different species of phanerogamous and sixty-eight 
 species of cryptogamous plants. 
 
 GRONDINES, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Portneuf, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 43 m. W.S.W. Quebec; with 
 a R. Catholic chapel, a trade in lumber, and boat-building 
 yards. Pop. about 1400. 
 
 GRONINGEN, or Groningue, an isl. in the American 
 Polynesia, about 35 m. E. of Penrhyn Island; lat. 10° S.; 
 Ion. ] 56° 44' W. 
 
 GROSSE ISLE, British America, Canada East, one of 
 the islands of the St. Lawrence, 30 m. N.E. Quebec. It is 
 about 2J m. long by 1 m. wide, and is exclusively devoted 
 to quarantine purposes. The establishment is very complete, 
 and all emigrant ships arriving in Canada are obliged to call 
 at it and stop till a clear bill of health has been obtained. No 
 persons but those belonging to the establishment are allowed 
 to reside on the i.sl., or even to visit it without a pass from 
 the emigrant agent at Quebec. 
 
 GROTSKA, or Krotska, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, 
 circle and 16 m. S.E. Belgrade, r. bank Danube. It is the 
 seat of a court of justice, and has a church and a school. 
 The Imperialists were signally defeated here by the Turks 
 in 1739. Pop. 1000. 
 
 GRUMBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 36 m. N..N.W. Olmiitz; with manufactures of hosiery, 
 leather, and wooden ware, and 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 GRtJNAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, circle 
 Hausruck, on the Alben, a tributary of the Traun, 25 m. 
 S.W. Steyer, in a very mountainous district. It has a parish 
 church, an hospital, manufactures of scythes and various other 
 industrial establishments, and contains 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 GRUNBERG, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 circle Traun, 1. bank Steyer, and 90 m. W.S.W. Vienna. 
 It has a benevolent female institute, extensive manufactures 
 of scythes, and other industrial establishments. About 2 m. 
 above Griinberg, on the same side of the Steyer, is the village 
 of Leonstein, with an old mountain fastness. Pop. 2000. 
 
 GRUNWALD, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Bunzlau, near Gablonz; with numerous looms, a cotton-mill, 
 glass-works, and 2313 inhabitants. 
 
 GRZYMALOW, a tu. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 24 m. S.E. Tarnopol, cap. dist. of same name; with a 
 
 21 
 
GUADALCAZAR 
 
 162 
 
 GUAYTECAS 
 
 baronial castle, a beet- root sugar factory, and 3887 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 GUADALCAZAR, a tn. Mexico, state and 35 m. N.N.E. 
 San Luis Potosi, in a valley at the height of 6000 ft. above 
 the sea. Its mines, which were very productive, and raised 
 it to a high degree of prosperity, are in a great measure 
 abandoned, but tin is still wrought to some extent, and there 
 is a mine of quicksilver, which is considered the most valu- 
 able within the limits of the Confederation. 
 
 GUADALUPE HIDALGO, a tn. Mexican Confedera- 
 tion, state and 3 m. N. of Mexico, which communicates with it 
 by two parallel streets planted with rows of silver poplars. It 
 contains a large and beautiful church in connection with a 
 nunnery which stands at the foot of Mount Tepeyac, was 
 founded in 1709, and is one of the richest in the country. 
 Among its treasures is an image of the Holy Virgin of Guada- 
 lupe, whose wonder-working powers are in such repute that 
 immense numbers of pilgrims visit it. The town itself is an 
 unimportant place, and only remarkable for the treaty of 
 peace concluded at it between Mexico and the U. States in 
 1848, after the troops of the former, headed by Santa Anna, 
 had been signally defeated. 
 
 GUAJINQUILLA, or HuAjiNQUiLiiA,atn. Mexico, state 
 and 125 m. S.E. Chihuahua, on the Florido, in a well-culti- 
 vated district. It is a busy and apparently prosperous place, 
 containing from 6000 to 7000 inhabitants, who are chiefly 
 employed in raising cotton. 
 
 GUALAGUAYCHU, a tn. La Plata, prov. Entre Eios, 
 situated on a river of same name, about 9 m. above its junc- 
 tion with r. bank Uruguay. Its prosperity it owes to its 
 position in the centre of a rich grazing state, and its being 
 the entrepot for a very important inland and foreign trade. 
 Its exports consist of hides, tallow, jerked beef, and bone 
 manure, brought down in large sail-boats and small-decked 
 craft to Frey Bentos, the anchorage at the mouth of the river. 
 Signs of prosperity are everywhere visible in the handsome 
 and substantial buildings, public and private, and the forma- 
 tion of new streets and squares. It nearly doubled its pop. 
 in seven years. In 1849 it had 7000 inhabitants, and in 1856 
 14,000. 
 
 GUALEGUAY, a river. La Plata, which, rising in the 
 interior of Entre Rios, flows S. along the foot of a mountain 
 range past a town of same name, and, uniting with the Pabon, 
 joins 1. bank Parana. It is said to be navigable by vessels 
 of 6 ft. draught to the port of Gualeguay, 35 m. above its 
 mouth. 
 
 GUALEGUAY, a tn. La Plata, prov. Entre Rios, 1. 
 bank river of same name, 120 m. N.W. Buenos Ayres. It 
 carries on an active trade in hides, wool, timber, and firewood, 
 and has an estimated pop. of 6000. 
 
 GUAM, or GuAjAN [add.], the southernmost and largest 
 of the Mariana or Ladrone group in the N. Pacific, is 29 m. 
 long between N.E. by N. and S.W. by S., and near its centre, 
 where it is narrowest, only 3 m. broad. It is bordered nearly 
 throughout by a chain of reefs, which are at times uncovered. 
 At a distance it appears flat and even, but, on a nearer ap- 
 proach, to have its E. side lined with steep cliffs, on which 
 the sea dashes with great violence, and in which there is no 
 opening fit for anchorage. The W. coast is rather low, and 
 full of small sandy bays separated from each other by rocky 
 points. On this side are Umata Bay, which is 1 m. deep, 
 and at its entrance § m. wide, and is well sheltered, except 
 from W. winds, which prevail from June to September, and 
 send in a very heavy swell; and Port San Luis d'Apra, a deep 
 indentation, which is nearly in the form of the letter V, with 
 its mouth nearly closed by a long narrow island, and which, 
 though much encumbered with banks, rocks, and islets, forms 
 a safe and extensive harbour. The principal produce is 
 cocoa-nuts, the trees of which grow on the W. side in large 
 groves 3 or 4 m. long and 1 or 2 m. broad. The other pro- 
 duce consists chiefly of rice, pine-apples, water-melons, 
 oranges, limes, and bread-fruit. The island is inhabited, and 
 in 1 858 contained a population of about 4000, congregated 
 chiefly in Ynarahan on the S. side, Apra on the W., and 
 Umata, which stands on the N. shore of the bay of same 
 name, at the foot of hills which rise behind it in an amphi- 
 theatre, and contains a church. 
 
 GUANAY, a tn. S. America, Bolivia, prov, and about 
 80 m. N. La Paz, on a stream which a little below unites 
 
 with the Tipuani and La Paz, and along with them augments 
 the Mapire. Most of the inhabitants are Indians, whose chief 
 occupation is in navigating the rivers in bolzas or rafts, con- 
 structed of an exceedingly buoyant sort of cork-wood. On 
 these large quantities of produce are brought to Guanay from 
 Mojos and Reyes. 
 
 GUANO, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. cant, of same 
 name, about 80 m. S. Quito. It contains a number of good 
 houses, including a large and handsome church; and has manu- 
 factures of woollen goods, blankets, carpets, furs, and sul- 
 phuric acid. Pop. about 9000. 
 
 GUAKANDA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. cant, of 
 same name, on a plain in a bleak and barren district, 
 near the slopes of Chimborazo, 90 m. S. by W. Quito. It 
 consists of winding streets and adobe houses with tiled roofs, 
 and contains a parish church, occupying one side of the public 
 square. Many of the inhabitants are muleteers. Pop. 8000. 
 
 GUAKDIA, or Guardia de la Esquina, a tn. La Plata, 
 Pampas, 40 m. S.W. Rosario, to the W. of r. bank Tercero. 
 It lies in a deep basin in front of the plateau, is of considerable 
 size, and regularly built in the form of a square, with houses 
 which have well-stocked gardens attached to them, and with 
 a market-place and a church. As a central point, where the 
 roads from Rosario and Buenos Ayres to Cordova and Men- 
 doza meet, it is a place of some importance. 
 
 GUAYAQUIL [add.], a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. 
 dist. Guayas, on the W. or r. bank of the river of same name, 
 105 m. S.S.W. Quito; lat. 2° 12' S.; Ion. 79° 50' W. It occu- 
 pies a low site, little raised above the level of the sea, and 
 consists of two parts, an ancient and a modern, the former on 
 the S. and the latter on the N. The streets are for the most 
 part irregularly formed; but some of them, more especially 
 the Molecon, which faces the river, and stretches along its 
 banks from S. to N. for the whole length of the new town, 
 forming the principal thoroughfare, are straight and spacious. 
 The houses, almost all constructed of wood, and roofed with 
 tile, are usually provided with porticoes, which, carried round 
 so as to embrace the small gardens attached to them, form in 
 some of the streets long lines of slmdy piazzas. The principal 
 buildings are the churches, which, however, are all of wood, 
 with the exception of that of St. Dominic, which is the most 
 ancient, and is built of stone; the governor's house and govern- 
 ment oflSces, the appeal court, the treasury, the custom-house, 
 the barracks, two colleges and several primary schools, two 
 hospitals, and two markets. The growth and general pro- 
 sperity of the town have been greatly impeded by destructive 
 fires, which from time to time have laid great part of it in 
 ashes. Another serious drawback is the prevalence of yellow 
 fever, which has repeatedly raged like a pestilence, and com- 
 mitted dreadful ravages. The only defence of the town is a 
 fort situated near its N. extremity on the banks of the river. 
 There is no proper harbour, but a fine quay, built of stone, 
 and about 60 ft. broad, lines the bank in front of the town, 
 and affords good accommodation for vessels. In 1863, 218 
 vessels, of 58,343 tons, entered the port, bringing cargoes 
 valued at £328,016; and 226 vessels, of 57,910 tons, left it, 
 with cargoes valued at £630,151. Pop. about 22,000. 
 
 GUAYAQUIL, a river, S. America, Ecuador, which, 
 formed by a number of small streams which descend from the 
 W. slopes of the Andes, flows S.S.W. , and falls into the gulf 
 of same name on the Pacific, in lat. 2° 27' S. In the upper 
 part of its course it takes the successive names of Caracol and 
 Babahoyo. It is navigable for about 110 m., but is encum- 
 bered by a bar and shifting banks of sand. 
 
 GUAYM AS, [add.] a seaport tn. Mexico, dep. Sonora, on 
 a bay in the Gulf of California, near the mouth of the Yaqui, 
 lat. 27° 54' N.; Ion. 110° 52' W. It lies in a hollow, inclosed 
 by bare hills, which, excluding ventilation, make the summer 
 heat almost stifling. The houses are mostly built of sun-dried 
 bricks, and having no windows receive their whole light by 
 the doors. There is only one spacious and regular street — 
 all the others are mere narrow lanes. None of the public 
 buildings are deserving of notice. The harbour, being large 
 and well-sheltered, is much frequented, particularly by ships 
 engaged in the guano trade. The chief exports are flour, 
 wheat, and hides. The fishery in the bay, carried on chiefly 
 by Indians, is very productive. Pop. about 4500. 
 
 GUAYTECAS, a group of islands, S. America, off the 
 coast of Chili, between the island of Chiloe on the N. and 
 
GUBBE 
 
 163 
 
 GUMMEL 
 
 the Chonos Archipelago on the S. Guayteca Grande, one of 
 the largest of the islands, has a peak 1 1 00 ft. high, and on its 
 S. side an excellent harbour. Port Low, on its N. side, is 
 much frequented by otter-hunting and sealing parties from 
 Chiloe. 
 
 GUBBE, a tn. N. Arabia, in the sandy desert of Nufood, 
 lat. 28° 10' N.; Ion. 41° 50' E. It stands on an extensive 
 open plain of hard stony soil, between the two peaks of Mus- 
 liman and Alghauta, which are about 10 m. asunder. It con- 
 sists of five soohs or divisions, four of them extending in a 
 row from E. to W., while the fifth lies southwards. The 
 houses, built of sun burned bricks, are tolerably large and 
 comfortable. The better class have a front somewhat re- 
 sembling the propylaea of the old Egyptian temples, and all 
 of them have orchards attached to them. These are well 
 laid out, and carefully irrigated with water raised from wells. 
 The inhabitants are of the Armal tribe, which ranks as one 
 of the greatest of the Shammar race, and possess large herds 
 of camels. 
 
 GUDABIRSI, or Gudabursi, a Bedouin tribe, E. Africa, 
 bounding on tlie N. with the Eesa, with whom they claim 
 affinity, though the other Somaul refuse to acknowledge the 
 relationship, and unhesitatingly stigmatize them as a bastard 
 and ignoble race. They own the rough and rolling ground, 
 diversified with thorny hill and grassy vale, which lies above 
 the maritime range of the Sub-Ghauts, and have by conquest 
 extended their territory in the direction of Harar, so that 
 they are now bounded by the Marar Prairie. In their features 
 tliey are decidedly superior to the Eesa, and they are not so 
 bloodthirsty, but they are equally turbulent, and, if possible, 
 more regardless of truth. Their wealth consists in flocks 
 and herds, peltries, hides, gums, and ghee. The hides and 
 peltries are usually sent to Harar, and conveyed thence to 
 Aden. The principal articles imported into the country are 
 coarse cotton cloth, Surat tobacco, beads, and indigo-dyed 
 stuff's for women's coifs. 
 
 GUDDADA.a river, India, which rises in Bhotan, on the 
 S. slope of the snowy range of the Himalaya, in lat. 27° 52' N.; 
 Ion. 89° 8' E., flows S. into the British dist. Goalpara, and 
 joins the Brahmapootra on its r. bank, after a course of 160 m. 
 
 GUELEA, or Ei. Guelea, a tn. N. Africa, Sahara, lat. 
 31° 58' N.; Ion. 0° 20' W. It stands on a rocky mountain 
 of a conical shape, is surrounded by a lofty and thick wall 
 solidly built of large stones and crenellated, is entered from 
 the W. by a single gate, which seems to have belonged to an 
 ancient city; and consists of about 200 houses, occupied by 
 individuals of the tribe of Chambet-el-Mahdi, wliile many of 
 the same tribe live outside in tents. They are rich in sheep, 
 goats, and camels; but the chiefs alone have horses. A large 
 well of great depth within the town supplies the inhabitants 
 with abundance of water, and outside the walls, at the foot of 
 the mountain, there is a perennial spring so copious that it 
 fills an extensive basin, in which twenty camels can drink 
 abreast. The environs are covered with gardens, orchards, 
 and date plantations. Standing on the caravan route to the 
 S.W. and N.E , Guelea shares largely in the intermediate 
 transit trade. — {Dumas, Le Grand Desert.) 
 
 GUELMA, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 54 m. 
 E.N.E. Constantine, on the site of the ancient Calama, part 
 of whose walls are still standing. It is a stirring place, with 
 two important weekly markets, at which the principal articles 
 sold are cattle, wool, oil, grain, and leeches. The olive, the 
 mulberry, and the tobacco and cotton plants thrive well in 
 the vicinity. There is a government nursery here. P. 3592. 
 
 GUERNAVACA, a tn. Mexican Confederation, state and 
 30 m. S. Mexico, in a beautiful and fertile Valley of same 
 name, where almost all the fruits both of the temperate and 
 the torrid zones attain perfection. It occupies the site of the 
 ancient Gnauhnahuac, and has two churches, one of them 
 built by Cortes, and the other surrounded by gardens in the 
 old Mauro-Spanish style. Its principal industrial establish- 
 ments are distilleries. In the vicinity is the native village 
 of Acapanzingo, inhabited by descendants of the Azteks, who, 
 though professing Christianity, retain their old customs and 
 use an Aztek dialect. 
 
 GUERRERO, a state, Mexican Confederation, formed 
 in 1849 out of states Puebla and Mexico, and named after 
 Guerrero, a former president of the Confederation, is bounded 
 N. by Mexico, N.E. Puebla, E. Oajaca, S. and S.W. the 
 
 Pacific Ocean, and N.W. Miehoacan; area, 18,240 geo. sq. m. 
 It belongs to the lower and gradually descending portion of 
 the great Mexican plateau, and has a surface finely diversified 
 by mountain and valley, and partly covered by native forests. 
 The N. portion is covered by outliers of the Sierra Madre, 
 and though elevated has a temperate and healthy climate. 
 The most important rivers are the Rio de las Balsas, which 
 in the lower part of its course forms the boundary between 
 Guerrero and Miehoacan, and the Rio de Papagallo or Tlas- 
 cala, which, though usually a small stream, becomes so 
 swollen by the rains as to inundate a large tract of country, 
 and interrupt the communication between the capital and 
 Acapulco. The productions of the state are many and valu- 
 able, but agriculture is in a very imperfect condition, and 
 the only tract which can be considered densely peopled is 
 that which lies along the road leading from Acapulco to 
 Mexico. The mines, particularly of gold, were long famous, 
 but now yield poor returns. The trade also is unimportant. 
 Pop. 270,000, mostly Indians. 
 
 GUGGUR, a river, India, which rises in the native state 
 Puteeala, beyond the N.E. frontier of Sirhind, about lat. 
 30° 52' N.; Ion. 77° 7' E., enters Sirhind after forming part 
 of its boundary, flows S.W., receives the Markunda and 
 Sursooty, traverses the districts Hurreana and Butteana, 
 crosses the frontier of Hikaneer, and shortly afterwards, 
 having lost the greater part of its water by evaporation, 
 absorption, and offsets for irrigation, disappears in the sands, 
 about lat. 29°, Ion. 74°. Tradition and the remains of villages 
 scattered over a tract now desolate concur in proving that it 
 must once have flowed to some distance beyond its present 
 termination. 
 
 GUILFORD, a vil. U. States, Connecticut, on the New 
 Haven and New London railway, near Long Island Sound, 
 8 m. S.E. Newhaven. It is an antiquated place with a public 
 square in its centre, and contains four churches and a public 
 school. The manufactures are unimportant, the inhabitants 
 being chiefly engaged in agriculture and maritime pursuits. 
 Point, about a mile S. of the village, is a favourite watering- 
 place. Pop. 2624. 
 
 GUIMARAS, an isl. Indian Archipelago, belonging to 
 the Philippines, and lying in the channel between Panay and 
 Negoos. It has a computed area of 210 geo. sq. m., a moun- 
 tainous surface covered with forests of fine timber, and inter- 
 sected by fertile and well- watered valleys. On the \V. there 
 is a town consisting of about 994 Indian huts, the inhabitants 
 of which manufacture coarse and fine cloth, and also engage 
 in both agriculture and fishing. The total pop. is 5964. 
 
 GULUMBE, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, prov. 
 Kebbi, 65 m. S.S.W. Sokoto. It is situated close to the S. 
 side of a fertile valley, where yams and cotton are extensively 
 cultivated, has a fine grove of banana-trees approaching close 
 to the walls on one side, and is both large and densely 
 peopled. The state of the country, however, keeping the 
 inhabitants in perpetual alarm, is unfavourable to the pro- 
 secution of any branch of industry. Tlie greatest pests of 
 Gulumb^ are the mosquitoes, which are so numerous and 
 tormenting that a kind of raised hut accessible only by ladder, 
 and so constructed as to exclude the mosquitoes, is regarded 
 as the most essential part of even the poorest dwelling in the 
 province of Kebbi. 
 
 GUMMEL, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, cap. dist. of 
 same name, 60 m. N.E. Kano. It is a place of considerable 
 importance, and at the time of Dr. Barth's first visit was a 
 flourishing and populous place, with an intricate labyrinth of 
 narrow streets. Among the public buildings was a palace 
 with some pretensions to splendour, and then the residence of 
 a celebrated governor of the name of Dan-Tanoma. When 
 Dr. Barth returned Dan-Tanoma had been for some time 
 dead, and a competition for the governorship had given rise 
 to a civil war, during which Gummel had been rendered 
 almost desolate. The palace had been pillaged and burned, 
 and the successful competitor for the governorship was re- 
 siding in the midst of its towering ruins, and the whole place 
 presented an appearance of wretchedness. The market of 
 Gummel is held outside the walls, and in its more prosperous 
 days was remarkable for its size and activity. The extensive 
 trade in natron, carried on between Kukawa and Muniyo on 
 the one side, and Nup6 or Nyffi on the other, has its centre 
 here. 
 
GUNDAM 
 
 164 
 
 GUT OF CANSO 
 
 GUN DAM, a tn. Westeni Africa, cap. prov. Aussa, 
 40 m. S.W. Timbuktoo. It is a place of considerable size, 
 and consists partly of a walled town, inhabited by Songhay, 
 Kuma, and Fulbe, and two suburbs, one inhabited by Toki 
 and the other by Erbebi. It communicates with the Kwara 
 by means of a large branch coming from Dire. 
 
 GUNDICOTA, a tn. and fort, India, presid. Madras, 
 dist. and a few m. S.E. Bellary. It stands on the edge of a 
 precipice, forming the S. wall of a fissure, which pierces a 
 range of sandstone hills from top to bottom, and makes way 
 for the passage of the Pennar into the plains of Cuddapah. 
 The town, though once important, is now insignificant, and 
 contains only 1500 inhabitants. Considerable interest still 
 attaches to the fort, which contains a handsome minaret and 
 mosque, and the remains of a temple, which, according to 
 Ferishta, was annually visited by 100,000 Hindoos, and en- 
 riched by their offerings. The principal parts still existing 
 are a handsome gateway tower of carved sandstone, and 
 some inner buildings, containing among other sculptm-es a 
 curious bas-relief, which is so placed as to show only one-half 
 of the sculpture at a time, and exhibits the figure of a cow or 
 of an elephant according to the position of the spectator. 
 
 GUNDLACAMA, or Goondlacama, two rivers, India, 
 the one rising in the Nizam's Dominions, about 16 m. N. 
 of Aurungabad, flows E., and joins the Doodna, an affluent of 
 the Godavery. In the rainy season it flows with a strong 
 current in a deep channel about 100 yards broad, but in 
 summer becomes a very paltry stream. The other river 
 rises in the Eastern Ghauts, near the N.W. frontier of dist. 
 Cuddapah, flows very circuitously, first E. and then S.E., 
 and after a course of about 150 m. falls into the Bay of 
 Bengal, 8 m. N.E. Ongole. 
 
 GUNGAWATA, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, on the 
 S.E. flank of the granite range of Annagundi, 6 m. N. of the 
 Toombudra, and about 36 m. N.W. Bellary. It consists of a 
 mud fort and a town surrounded by a wall, and is the residence 
 of a deputy of the nizam, intrusted with the charge of the 
 whole of that part of the frontier which is contiguous to the 
 ceded districts. 
 
 GUNONG APPI, one of the Banda isls. (which see). 
 
 GUNOUR, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, 36 m. N. Delhi. 
 It presents a picturesque appearance when approached, is 
 surrounded by a ruined wall, and possesses a large and hand- 
 some caravanserai, the embattled wall and towers of which, 
 reflected on the surface of a beautifully clear tank, have a fine 
 
 GUNTOOR [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 220 m. N. by 
 E. Madras, cap. dist. of same name, in a country which lies 
 open and flat towards the Bay of Bengal, from which it is 
 about 40 m. distant. It is a place of considerable size, well 
 shaded with trees, and having been much extended and im- 
 proved of late years is divided into an old and a new town. 
 The most conspicuous edifice is the jail, which stands on an 
 open, dry, and slightly rising ground, consists of several 
 buildings in separate areas so as to admit a proper classifica- 
 tion, and is large enough to receive 500 prisoners. The soil 
 of the vicinity is black or red, and produces luxuriant crops 
 of gram or chenna, cholam, and cotton. 
 
 GUNZA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Sumbe, on the N. or r. bank of the Sumbe, near its mouth in 
 the Atlantic, 60 m. N. Benguela. It is fortified by a strong 
 palisade, is finely shaded by incendera trees, and watered by 
 the windings of the Sumbe; is the residence of an independent 
 chief, and has an estimated pop. of 2000. 
 
 GURAGALBINA, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, circle 
 and not far from Bender, with a parish church and 2035 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 GURAM, a tn. Western Africa, on an arm of the Niger, 
 near the S.E. shore of Lake Debu, 200 m. S.W. Timbuktoo. 
 It is a considerable place, seated on a large rocky eminence, 
 which, rising from an alluvial flat, is a veiy conspicuous 
 object, and is visible at Yowaru, 20 m. distant. The town 
 consists of three distinct groups, occupied respectively by 
 Fellatah, Songhay, and Tawarek. Across the river, opposite 
 to Guram, stands Sorroba on another rocky eminence. 
 
 GURfi, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, on the Tuarek 
 frontier, 140 m. N.W. Birni. It occupies the lower slope 
 and southern foot of a rocky eminence overlooking an exten- 
 sive plain, and is separated by the irregularities of the ground 
 
 into several detached portions, and is inclosed by a stockade. 
 At one time it was much more populous than it is now, but 
 the original area which it covered has been contracted for 
 greater security, part of it having been included within a 
 labyrinth of fences, and converted into cotton ground and 
 kitchen gardens. In the event of a hostile attack, against 
 which Gur^ is still insufficiently protected, the inhabitants if 
 driven to extremity have a refuge in the rocky cone which 
 rises over their heads, and from which with ordinary courage 
 a few defenders could easily repel any number of assailants. 
 Pop. estimated at 8000. 
 
 GURGASOVATZ, a tn, Turkey in Europe, in the S.E. 
 of Servia, cap. circle of same name, in a fertile valley on the 
 Timok, 110 m. S.E. Belgrade. It is the seat of a court of 
 justice and other public offices, and has a church, a school, 
 and a much-frequented yearly market. Pop. 2700. 
 
 GURI, a tn. W. Africa, cap. Jafuna, on the route from 
 Kasambara to the French settlement of Bakel or Bu-Jedur; 
 lat. 15° 40' N.; Ion. 10° W. It is a large place, built of clay 
 houses, and containing, according to an exaggerated state- 
 ment of native informants, no less than sixty places of 
 worship. The inhiibitants are Aswanek of a particular 
 stock. 
 
 GURMA, a hilly country, Western Africa, forming the 
 N.E. portion of a large triangle interposed between the 
 Niger on the N. and the Eastern Mandingoes or Wangarawa 
 on the S. It is of indifferent fertility, and under the govern- 
 ment of a chief of Masina or Melle, who, after being driven 
 by civil war from his native country, situated at some dis- 
 tance to the N.W., obtained it by grant from the chief of 
 Gurma, and formed a new colony composed of his partisans. 
 These colonists have faithfully preserved their native manners 
 and institutions, and thus form a community bearing no re- 
 semblance to the people around them, consisting partly of 
 Songhay, partly of Fellatah, and partly of a native race 
 claiming to be the original possessors of the country, and still 
 headed by chiefs who maintain a rude independence. 
 
 GURMUKTESAR, or Gurmukteswak, a tn. India, 
 dist. and 31 m. S.E. Meerut, r. bank Ganges. It may be 
 regarded as the port of Meerut and the adjoining part of the 
 Doab, as there is a much-frequented ferry above the town, 
 on which 15 boats are kept constantly plying, and there is 
 an important inland navigation from the sea up to this ferry, 
 and in a less degree to Sukurthal, 50 m. higher up. Even in 
 the dry season, when the larger craft cannot ascend beyond 
 Furruckabad, Gurmuktesar, 150 m. above it, can be reached 
 by boats of nearly 20 tons burden. 
 
 GUROWA, a tn. Western Africa, prov. Hamaruwa, 
 r. bank Benuwe, 300 m. above its confluence with the 
 Kwara. It is a small place, surrounded by dense bush and 
 forest, so thick as to be impenetrable, and leave no means of 
 access to the place except by water; and consists of neat, well- 
 kept circular huts, each with a small garden attached, in 
 which ochro and pumpkins are grown. There is not much 
 trade. 
 
 GURRAH, or Deoha, a river, India, which rises in 
 Kumaon, at the N. base of the Sub-Himalaya, lat. 29° 9' N.; 
 Ion. 79° 49' E., flows S. past the towns of Pillibheet and 
 Shajehanpoor into Oude, and there joins the W. Kamgunga 
 on its left bank, after a course of 240 m. It is for the most 
 part shallow, and is sometimes forded within 40 m. of its 
 mouth. 
 
 GURSCHDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. 
 Weidenau, about 28 m. N.W. Troppau; with granite quarries, 
 and 201 1 inhabitants. 
 
 GUTENSTEIN [add.], a tn. Austrian empire. Lower 
 Austria, cap. circle of same name, in the upper valley of the 
 Piesting, 33 m. S.W. Vienna. It contains a modern ducal 
 palace in the midst of a fine park; an old castle, where several 
 of the Hapsburg family resided, and Frederick the Fair died 
 in 1330; a Servite monastery, a chapel to which numerous 
 pilgrimages are made; copper, iron, and numerous saw mills; 
 and a large trade in fuel and timber. 
 
 GUT OF CANSO [add.], a strait, British America, 
 separating Cape Breton from Nova Scotia, and forming the 
 S. entrance of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is a most important 
 navigable thoroughfare, thousands of vessels annually passing 
 through it. Its length from the lighthouse on its N. to that 
 on its S. entrance is 14^ m., its least breadth is 900 yards, 
 
GUTTA 
 
 165 
 
 HAKODADI 
 
 and its depth, seldom less than 15 fathoms, amounts where 
 deepest to 32 fathoms. The shore is generally high on both 
 sides, the land rising from it more or less abruptly to a consi- 
 derable elevation. Cape Porcupine on the W. shore is a 
 precipitous headland 640 ft. above the sea, and has in its 
 vicinity much beautiful scenery. The rocks, belonging to 
 the lower members of the coal formation, consist of slates. 
 
 conglomerates, sandstones, gypsum, gypsiferous marls, and 
 occasionally carboniferous limestone. 
 
 GUTTA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 10 m. 
 N.W. Komorn, opposite to the mouth of the "Waag in the 
 Danube, with the ruins of an old castle. The inhabitants are 
 partly employed in agriculture, for which the soil is well 
 adapted, and partly in fisiiing. Pop. 4704. 
 
 H. 
 
 HABENDORF (Alt), a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle Bunzlau; with a church, manufactures of woollen cloth 
 and cassimere, a yarn spinning-mill, a linen bleachfield, and 
 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 IIACZOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 10 m. S.W. 8anok; with 2358 inhabitants, the descen- 
 dants of Swedish prisoners who settled here in the 17th 
 century. 
 
 HADAD, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 14 m. N. Szilagy-Somlyo; with an old castle be- 
 longing to the Vesselenyi family, a salt spring, and 1160 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 IIADJIKOEI, a tn. Turkey in Asia, prov. Sivas, 30 m. 
 N.W. Amasia. It stands in a beautiful valley, surrounded by 
 well-cultivated fields, and consists of about 220 houses, of 
 comfortable appearance, occupied almost entirely by Turks, 
 the number of Armenian families not exceeding 30. The 
 principal public building is a mosque. 
 
 HAIL, or Hayel, a tn. Arabia, Nejed, cap. prov. Jebel 
 Shomer, situated in a low flat valley at the foot of Mount 
 Samra Hail, belonging to the Aja chain; lat. 42° 40' N.; Ion. 
 27° 25' E. Though one of the latest founded places in the 
 land it is thriving and populous. The town is surrounded 
 with fortifications about 20 ft, high, with round and square 
 towers, and large folding gates at intervals. The area in- 
 closed is sufficient for a population of 300,000 or more, but 
 the many large gardens, open spaces, and plantations within 
 the outer walls, together with the palace and its pleasure 
 grounds, occupying at least one-tenth of the city, materially 
 reduce the space available for buildings. The plain all around 
 tlie town is studded with isolated houses and gardens, the 
 property of wealthy citizens. The palace in the N.W. part 
 of the city is constructed of earth walls enormously thick, 
 and about 30 ft. in height, pierced near the top with loopholes 
 for windows, and running 450 to 500 ft. in length. The 
 principal gate of it is placed in a receding angle of the wall, 
 and flanked with high square towers, and semicircular bas- 
 tions project all along the front. Immediately under tlie 
 wall runs a long bench of beaten earth and stone, and about 
 the centre of it is a throne or raised seat, occupied by the 
 monarch when giving public audience. On the opposite side 
 of the open area stands a long range of warehouses and 
 apartments, in which is stowed the government merchandise 
 and strangers are lodged. Near it are a large mosque and 
 houses of some of the chief officials. A turning leads into 
 the market square, which is well supplied; and a lofty gate at 
 the S. end of the area opens at right angles into the principal 
 street, which traverses the whole extent of the town from E. 
 to W., and is intersected by others in various directions 
 Most of the houses, built of sun-dried bricks and flat-roofed, 
 consist of two stories, with large rooms, wliich might be called 
 commodious and comfortable, were it not that light is admitted 
 only through the door and some small openings in the walls 
 immediately below the ceiling. No house is thought com- 
 plete without a coffee-room, which stands apart from the 
 other buildings, facing the orchard or in the centre of it. 
 The streets though unpaved are broad, and in one of them is 
 a kind of bazaar kept chiefly by wandering tradesmen. The 
 town has received many improvements at the hands of Telal, 
 the present ruler of Jebel Shomer, who has opened streets, 
 dug wells, laid out extensive gardens, besides strengthening 
 the old fortifications and adding new ones. He also built the 
 market and mosque before named. The palace was begun by 
 
 his father Abd-Allah-ebn-Eashud, who had been appointed 
 governor of the province by Feysul king of Nejed, and who 
 to consolidate his authority added a new quarter to the town, 
 and laid the foundations of the palace about 1 848. His son 
 Telal succeeded him about 1845, and his first cares were to 
 adorn and civilize the capital, and the palace was soon com- 
 pleted. His politic rule has greatly raised the importance of 
 the city; and among the measures for enhancing its wealth, he 
 has been partially successful in drawing the annual current of 
 pilgrims from Persia to Mecca through his territory and the 
 capital. Tfie pop., which is increasing, is estimated at 
 20,000.— {Palgrave, &c.) 
 
 HAIMUN, a walled tn. China, prov. Chekiang, r. bank 
 Taichau, near its mouth in the N. Pacific. The bar across 
 the bay to the entrance of the river has only 8 ft. at low 
 water, but within the depth is 4J and 5 fathoms. About 4 m. 
 above Haimun the Taichau separates into two branches, one 
 of which takes a N.W. and the other a S.W. direction. 
 There is another Haimun on the E. of prov. Quangton, on the 
 1. bank of a river of same name, which has 10 ft. on its bar 
 at low water. Immediately to the N. of it is Hope Bay, 
 formed by Haimun Point on tlie S. and the Cape of Good 
 Hope on the N. This bay afiT)rds secure anchorage in the 
 N.E. monsoon. 
 
 HAINFELD, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, cap. circle of same name, 30 m. 
 S.W. Vienna. It has a church, so built as to be capable of 
 defence against an enemy; manufactures of steel and iron 
 ware, numerous saw-mills, various other industrial establish- 
 ments, and a field of coal, which is worked to a considerable 
 extent. Pop. 2520. 
 
 HAI-TAN, an isl. China, off the E. coa.st of prov. Fokien, 
 between lat. 25° 24' and 25° 40' N. It is of irregular shape 
 and diversified appearance, elevated in the N., where a peak 
 of the Kiangshan Hills rises to the height of 1420 ft., and low 
 and deeply indented by sandy bays on the E. and W., while 
 the S. extremity consists of a rugged sandy headland inter- 
 spersed with large boulders. The strait of same name sepa- 
 rating it from the mainland is encumbered by numerous 
 islands and rocks, but though thus rendered very intricate is 
 invariably used by the Chinese junks. The largest bay, 
 situated on the E. shore between Hai Head and Tan Point, is 
 7 m. across. 
 
 HA JOS, a tn Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Pesth-Solt, 
 about 42 m. S.W. Kecskemet. The only building of any 
 note is a beautiful archiepiscopal summer residence, with a 
 stud and a park. Pop. 3244. 
 
 HAKO, or Oako, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda 
 country, between lat. 9° and 10° 25' S., and Ion. 15° and 
 16° 20' E.; bounded N. by the Coanza, separating it from the 
 Portuguese settlements, W. Libollo, S. the Longa, and E. 
 Bailundo ; area, about 3000 sq. m. It is ruled by a prince, 
 whose power, though nominally absolute, is much restricted 
 by minor chiefs. The surface, though generally mountainous, 
 occasionally spreads out into extensive plains. The climate 
 is moderate and healthy. One of the most important pro- 
 ducts is wax, which is abundant and of the best quality, 
 and forms the staple of an active trade with Pungo Andungo, 
 on the N. bank of the Coanza. Pop. about 30,000. 
 
 HAKODADI, a tn. Japan, on the W. shore of a small 
 peninsula on the S.W. coast of the island of Yeso; lat. 
 41° 49' 22" N.; Ion. 140° 47' 45" E. The appearance on 
 entering the harbour is striking and picturesque. The town 
 
HAKODADI 
 
 166 
 
 HALL 
 
 stretches for 3 m. along the base of a lofty promontory, with 
 three principal peaks rising to the height of 600 to 1000 ft. 
 These peaks are either hare or covered with snow, but the 
 lower slopes are covered with a rich profusion of verdure, 
 embosoming and partly concealing the buildings which nestle 
 below. Tlie houses, about 1000 in number, and mostly of 
 one story, with attics of varying heights, are arranged in one 
 
 main street which runs along the sea-side, and in two or three 
 parallel streets hanging along the slope in its rear. These 
 streets are regularly formed, and have a width of 30 to 40 f t , 
 with open gutters on each side to carry off the drainage into 
 well-constructed sewers, which convey it to the sea. Wooden 
 picket fences with gates cross the streets at nitervals, and 
 though kept open during the day are closed at night, convert- 
 ing each street for the time into a separate community, super- 
 intended by a special officer called ottona, who 
 is held responsible for the conduct of all its 
 residents. The houses consist of a framework 
 of timber, to which a double row of pine boards 
 is fastened lengthwise. A few of the better 
 sort are neatly roofed with brown earthen tiles, 
 but the great majority are covered with thatch, 
 which, often sending forth a new growth from 
 the number of seeds lodged within it, presents a 
 very untidy appearance. The principal public 
 buildings are four Buddhist temples. One of 
 these, called the Zhiogen-zhi, or ' the Country's 
 Protector,' built about 30 years ago, and in ex- 
 cellent repair, is a good specimen of Japanese 
 architecture; and having a tiled roof which 
 overtops all the other houses, is one of the most 
 conspicuous objects seen on entering the har- 
 bour. Another temple, called the Kono-zhi, 
 or ' High Dragon,' from having a large figure 
 of that fabulous animal carved on its front'en- 
 tablature, stands within an inclosure beauti- 
 fully shaded with gigantic willows and firs, and 
 though somewhat dilapidated must have been 
 a more splendid and costly .structure than the 
 Zliiogen-zhi, which seems to have been substituted for it. 
 The shops generally contain only such goods as meet the 
 wants of a poor population. The principal articles are coarse 
 cottons and silks, common earthen and China ware, lacquered 
 bowls, cups, stands, and chopsticks, cheap cutlery, and ready- 
 made clothing. The provision shops are well supplied with 
 rice, wheat, barley, flour, pulse, salt, sugar, sweet potatoes, 
 charcoal, &c. The general quiet of the streets, and the ab- 
 sence of many of the ordinary signs of busy activity, impress 
 a stranger at first sight with an idea that the trade and general 
 business must be of very limited extent. This impression, 
 however, is soon removed, by the occasional droves of laden 
 packhorses which are seen entering the town, or pacing 
 slowly along its streets, and still more by the hundreds of 
 
 junks lying at anchor in its harbour, which, if the whole bay 
 is included, and not merely the S.E. arm to which the name of 
 harbour more properly belongs, is for accessibility and safety 
 one of the finest in the world. It is also of ample capacity, 
 being 4 m. long and 5 m. deep. Hakodadi is one of the five 
 ports thrown open to British commerce, by the treaty con- 
 cluded with the Japanese, 26th Aug. 1858. Formerly it was 
 a fishing-village of small importance, belonging 
 to a Japanese daimio, who sold it to the tycoon 
 in 1854, for the purpose of making it a port 
 of refuge for foreign vessels to water, provi- 
 sion, and refit. The Russians freely availed 
 themselves of the port, where tlieir men-of-war 
 found good anchorage ; and occasionally British 
 and French squadrons visited the place. On 
 the 9th October, 1855, a convention was rati- 
 fied between the British and Japanese granting 
 certain privileges; the convention was extended 
 into a treaty by Lord Elgin in 1858, and a con- 
 sulate established in the following year. Here 
 also are Russian, French, and American con- 
 sulates, and a few foreign traders, numbering 
 in all about 40 individuals, with a native po- 
 pulation and Chinese of 45,000 approximate. 
 Beyond the refitting and provisioning of ves- 
 sels there is but little trade among foreigners; 
 the external commerce being chiefly in the 
 hands of the Chinese, who ship the produce 
 to China. The export trade, amounting to 
 414,846 dollars in 1864, consists principally of 
 bulky articles of small value, such as comboo or 
 sea-weed, timber of various kinds, dried fish, 
 deer skins and horns, potatoes, and charcoal. 
 The other articles are fish oil, tobacco, and a little silk. Re- 
 cently a trade in salt has sprung up, which is exported to 
 Northern Russia in government transports. The imports in 
 the year 1864 amounted in value to 90,797 dollars. The 
 chief drawbacks to foreign trade at this port are the want 
 of accommodation in the inner harbour, the laxity and in- 
 dolence of the native officials, the inadequate administra- 
 tion of justice, the high duties, and the exorbitant exchange 
 
 STREET IN HAKODADI.- From Perry's Japan. 
 
 demanded for native metallic currency. — {Consular Reports; 
 Siebold's Mariner^s Guide to Japan.) 
 
 HALASEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Wiese- 
 burg, on the Little Danube, 4 m. E. Altenburg. The inhabi- 
 tants are chiefly employed in fishing, and have several floating- 
 mills on the river. Pop. 1240. 
 
 HALIFAX COUliTHOUSE, or Banister, a vil. 
 U. States, Virginia, on the Richmond and Danville railway, 
 and r. bank Banister River, 100 m. S.W. Richmond. It is 
 high and pleasantly situated, and a place of active trade. The 
 river is navigable for 10 m. above it, and there is a rich mine 
 of plumbago 6 m. distant. Pop. 1600. 
 
 HALL, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, circle 
 Traun, on a height above the Salzbach, 98 m. W. by S. 
 
HALLIWELL 
 
 167 
 
 HANG-CHOW 
 
 Vienna. It contains a palace belonging to Prince Traut- 
 mannsdorf, a townhouse, an hospital for children, a poorhouse, 
 and a celebrated mineral spring. In the vicinity are a ruined 
 and a fine modern castle. Pop. 1000. 
 
 HALLIWELL, a township, England, co. Lancaster, 
 2 m. N.W. Bolton; contains two extensive bleaching works, 
 and several considerable cotton-mills. There are two churches 
 — St. Peter's, built in 1840, and St. Paul's in 1848— with 
 large schools attached. The Dissenters have two chapels. 
 Pop. in 1861, 5953. 
 
 HAMAKKUWA, a tn. W. Africa, cap. prov. of same 
 name, on the S.E. frontier of the Hausa States, to which 
 it belongs, 18 ra. N. of the Benuwe, and 100 m. W.S.W. 
 Yola. It stands on a ridge about 800 feet high, which is 
 continued along the base of the Muri Mountains, and over- 
 looks a marsliy plain, which stretches southward to the banks 
 of the Benuwe. The area occupied by it is fully 2 m. long, 
 and IJ m. broad. Immediately outside the town are fine 
 corn fields, and beyond them on the mountain slopes rich 
 pasturage, on which goats and cattle are grazed. Ivory is 
 the chief article of trade. The population is estimated at not 
 less than 8000, almost all FelJatah. 
 
 HAMBO, a territory, S.W. Africa, Benguda, between 
 lat. 12° and 13° S., and Ion. 16° and 17° E, Its boundaries 
 are on the N. and E. Bailundo, S. Kakonda and Kingulo, and 
 W. Kiakka. The S. part of the surface is very mountainous, 
 but the N. stretches out into extensive marshy plains. The 
 only river of any consequence is the Keve. "The inhabitants 
 belong to the Kimbunda family, resembling it both in 
 their language and customs, but to their disgrace differing 
 from it in one important respect. The Kimbunda abhor, the 
 Hambo practise, cannibalism. The Hambo are in person 
 tall and handsome, but are of a cruel and rapacious disposition, 
 following war and plunder as the great business of their lives, 
 and sometimes extending their forays for hundreds of miles 
 to the S., to prey upon their unoffending and more peaceful 
 neighbours. Hambo is believed to contain gold, though no 
 positive evidence of its existence has yet been given. Pop. 
 about 120,000. 
 
 HAMILTON, two places, U. States:— 1. A post town- 
 ship. New York, on the Chenango, 25 m. S.W. Utica. It 
 contains 10 churches, the Baptist University of Madison, 
 with 9 professors, 145 students, and a library of 7500 vols.; 
 a theological seminary connected with the university, and a 
 grammar-school. The manufactures consist chiefly of leather 
 chairs, coaches, and waggons, and tin and sheet iron. Pop. 
 2295. — 2. A tn. Ohio, cap. co. Butler, on both sides of the 
 Miami, on the Ohio canal, and on the Cincinnati,- Hamilton, 
 and Dayton, and the Cincinnati, Eaton, and Eichmond rail- 
 ways, 22 m. N. Cincinnati. It possesses 10 churches, a 
 planing-mill, 2 paper, 4 flour, and several saw mills, 2 cotton 
 and 2 woollen factories, all supplied with water power by 
 means of a hydraulic canal, which gives a fall of 28 feet. 
 Pop. 7223. 
 
 HAMILTON, or Ashwanipi, a river, Labrador, running 
 into Esquimaux Bay, or Hamilton Inlet, on the E. side of the 
 peninsula. It is about 1^ m, wide at its entrance, and 
 gradually decreases in breadth for about 25 m. , when it 
 becomes from 250 to 500 yards wide, and from this it never 
 varies very much as far up as it has been followed. Two 
 hundred miles from its mouth it forces itself through a range 
 of mountains that seem to border the table-land of the interior 
 in a succession of tremendous falls and rapids for nearly 20 m. 
 Above these falls the river flows with a very smooth and 
 even current; it has been followed for 100 m. further, where 
 a post called Fort Nascapee has been established. Between 
 the falls and the post it passes through a succession of very 
 large lakes, communicating with each other by very short 
 straits. These lakes appear to cover a very considerable 
 part of the table-land, but they have not yet been explored, 
 and consequently their dimensions are not known. The 
 Indians report that the river above Fort Nascapee comes 
 from a long distance to the westward, and runs with a deep 
 and gentle current, unobstructed by falls or rapids. From 
 Fort Nascapee the course of the river is to the southward of 
 E. to the place where it forces itself through the mountains; 
 it then turns to the E. and finally to the N.E., till it falls into 
 Esquimaux Bay. 
 
 HAMILTON, or Esquimaux, an inlet, Labrador, on the 
 
 E. side of the peninsula. The face of the country near it, 
 towards the N. and W., is extremely rugged and hilly; it is 
 composed of round- backed hills, traversing the country in all 
 directions, the intervals being filled with lakes and marshes. 
 The greater part of this district was once wooded, but fires 
 have laid bare the rock, and burned away the mossy soil. 
 To the S. of Hamilton Inlet the country is more level, and 
 more clothed with trees. The head of the inlet is said to 
 be the garden of the Atlantic coast of Labrador. Several 
 rivers run into it, the principal being the Kenamou from the 
 S., and the Hamilton or Ashwanipi from the W. 
 
 HAMILTON [add.], a tn. British America, Canada 
 West, cap. CO. Wentworth, beautifully situated on the S.W. 
 extremity of Burlington Bay, at the head of Lake Ontario, 
 and on the Great Western railway, 26 m. S.W. Toronto. 
 It stands in the very centre of one of the finest corn countries 
 in America, and possesses so many other advantages that it 
 has nearly trebled its population within ten years. The 
 streets are laid out with great regularity, part running back 
 from the bay nearly from N. to S., and part intersecting these 
 at right angles. The buildings, chiefly of stone and brick, 
 include many imposing structures — churches, government 
 and municipal buildings, banks, hotels, &c. In the environs, 
 on a height called the Mountain, are many elegant villas, 
 with ornamented grounds and productive gardens. Among 
 the churches, 27 in number, are 6 Church of England, 
 5 Wesleyan, 2 Episcopal Methodist, 3 Baptist (one of them 
 coloured), 2 Methodist Episcopal (one coloured), 2 Presby- 
 terian, a Church of Scotland, a Free, a United Presbyterian, 
 a Congregational, a New Connection Methodist, a Primitive 
 Methodist, and a E. Catholic. The educational, literary, and 
 benevolent institutions include classical, grammar, and other 
 schools, a mechanics' institute, a mercantile library associa- 
 tion, a typographical society, a deposit and savings'-bank, a 
 city hospital, and an orphan asylum. Magnificent water- 
 works bring an ample supply of water from the lake. Hamil- 
 ton has some of the most extensive manufacturing establish- 
 ments in the province — foundries, machine works, locomotive 
 works, &c. — and carries on an important trade. It sends a 
 member to the legislative assembly. In 1841 it contained 
 3446 inhabitants, and in 1850, 10,312. At present the esti- 
 mated number is 29,000. 
 
 HAMMADA, an extensive stony and almost sterile pla- 
 teau, N. Africa, in the Sahara, on the route from Tripoli to 
 Murzuk, between lat. 28° 30' and 30° 30' N. Near El 
 Homrah, the name given to its most desolate tract, it obtains 
 an absolute height of 1568 ft. Notwithstanding the general 
 character of this fearful ' burning plain,' as it is called, it has 
 one or two small green patches of herbage which give great 
 relief to the camel. On the S. descent, where the geological 
 formation of the Hammada is fully displayed, the lowest rock 
 seen is sandstone, so blackened on the outer surface both of 
 the cliffs and the immense blocks detached from them, that 
 it might easily be mistaken for basalt. Above this is a 
 layer of marble. The upper crust is composed of limestone 
 and flints. 
 
 HAMOR (Also and Felso), two contiguous places, Aus- 
 trian empire, Hungary, co. Borsod, about 5 m. W. Miskolcz; 
 with a blast-furnace and other important ironworks, and a 
 colliery. Pop. 1100. 
 
 HANDLOVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Lower Neutra,- about 20 m. N.W. Schemnitz. It is a long 
 straggling place, containing 2675 E. Catholic inhabitants, the 
 most of whom make frames for saddles and articles of wooden 
 ware. 
 
 HANG- CHOW [add.] This populous and wealtliy city 
 was captured by the Taiping rebels in 1861, and deserted 
 by all its rich or respectable inhabitants. For three years 
 during the rebels' occupation the place was impoverished, so 
 that very little produce or merchandise of any value was left 
 in it; while the unfortunate people who remained were plun- 
 dered and made to work as slaves for their task-masters, 
 unless they took arms in their cause. On the suppression of 
 that rebellion a disciplined force of Chinese, under the com- 
 mand of French officers, united with the Imperialist troops, 
 recaptured the city on the 31st March, 1864. Since then 
 the place has partly recovered itself, and the inhabitants are 
 returning; but it will be long before it again assumes its 
 former prosperity. 
 
HANKOW 
 
 168 
 
 HANSl 
 
 HANKOW [Mouth of the Han], a tn. and river port, 
 China, prov. Houpeli, at the junction of the Han with the 
 Yang-tse Kiang, 604 m. (688 m. by the stream) above the 
 mouth of the hitter, and 384 m. above Nanking; lat. 30° 32' 
 52" N.; Ion. 114° 20' E. It is situated at the junction of the 
 rivers nearly at right angles, and extends about 2J miles 
 along the left bank of the Yang-tse (here Ij m. wide), and 
 1^ m. along the left bank of the Han. The native town is 
 long and narrow, down to the river bank on one side, and 
 hemmed in by marsh land on the other, which is flooded 
 during the autumn, when the Yang-tse rises to its highest 
 level, being 35 to 40 ft. above its lowest in the spring. For 
 a Chinese town of inferior grade the main streets are 
 unusually wide; and the shops display as valuable assort- 
 ments of merchandise as may be seen in provincial cities ; 
 such as that of Woochang. It has neither walls nor any other 
 semblance of fortification, and consists mainly of two prin- 
 cipal parallel streets crossed by a number of curved streets 
 nearly equidistant from each other. The streets themselves 
 are described by Mr. Oliphant as superior to any he had 
 seen in any other city of the empire. ' They were well 
 paved and roofed over with mats as they are in Persian or 
 Egyptian cities, but still broad enough to be bright and 
 cheerful. The shops were well stocked, and upon a much 
 grander and handsomer scale than those at Canton, or any 
 other of the open ports.' In addition to that within the 
 town, there is a large floating population, the Han being as 
 densely crowded with j unks as it was possible to pack them 
 for about half a mile above its mouth, while in the Yang-tse 
 very few are permanently moored. The most anxious care 
 is now required to select a fitting anchorage, which in the 
 summer months is no easy matter; the strength of the cur- 
 rent and the chow-chow water render a safe berth, where 
 cargo may be landed and shipped, very difficult to find. The 
 anchorage opposite Hanyang appears to be the best ; there 
 the bank is more gradual and the water more shallow. Han- 
 yang is on the right bank of the Han river, a narrow stream 
 of about 120 yds. in width, and is preferred by some of the 
 residents as being more healthy than Hankow; the land is 
 higher, the air purer, not having to pass over a dense Chinese 
 town during the summer months; and, above all, the anchor- 
 age is safer. In 1857 it fell into the hands of the rebels, 
 who so completely demolished the shops and houses, after 
 rifling them of their contents, that they scarcely left one 
 brick standing upon another. Indeed, full evidence of the 
 wholesale destruction inflicted by them is still seen in the 
 walled city of Hanyang, which these fearful depredators 
 found a compact, handsome town about 5 m. in circuit, and 
 left a heap of ruins. Woochang, the capital of the prov., 
 situated on the opposite bank of the Yang-tse, did not escape 
 notwithstanding the strength of its fortifications. Imme- 
 diately upon its being vacated by the rebels, Hankow was 
 begun to be rebuilt, and soon recovered some of its former 
 appearance and activity. The native trade of Hankow 
 is very considerable, as the crowds which throng the shops 
 comprise a great number of small traders from towns 
 and villages further inland who frequent this market. Not 
 only is it a trading emporium, but it is famous for its 
 manufactures in metal; and may be considered the Birming- 
 ham of central China. In certain quarters the hammering is 
 incessant all day long, where braziers are at work making 
 cooking utensils, and the large brass pipes so much prized 
 by the Cliinese. There are also iron-foundries, where from 
 time immemorial they have cast boilers and sauce-pans, 
 which have not been equalled for lightness and strength by 
 the best imitations imported from Britain . Among the manu- 
 factures are cottons similar to those of Manchester, dyed blue 
 with indigo which is largely grown, and green by two kinds of 
 bark obtained in the neighbourhood ; a species of native cotton 
 velvet, and candles partly composed of an insect wax called 
 pehlah. Among the articles of trade are cloths and other 
 tissues of British manufacture, furs obtained partly from the 
 frontiers of Thibet, coal, charcoal, oil, hemp, beans, rice, and 
 grain, procured from Honan in exchange for cotton, which 
 appears to be the great staple of Houpeh; tea of fine quality, 
 also the product of this province; and tin, lead, copper,and iron, 
 chiefly from the mineral districts of Sechuen. The interior 
 trade in these and similar manufactures is entirely in the 
 hands of the natives, as foreigners cannot compete with them. 
 
 In the river Han the number of junks loading and discharging 
 cargo at all times is very considerable, indicating a thriving 
 condition in the commerce of the place that makes a great 
 impression on a stranger. Still it is not of that gigantic 
 kind that M. Hue described, when Hankow and the adjacent 
 cities of Hanyang and Woochang were little known, and 
 which he would have had us believe collectively contained 
 6,000,000 inhabitants, whereas at a fair estimate they do not 
 contain 1,600,000. Of the whole population but a very small 
 proportion are foreigners, as business is chiefly conducted 
 through native agents and employes. There are 53 firms or 
 branches of Shanghai houses, chiefly British, and 3 consulates 
 — British, French, and American. Here is a branch of the 
 Chinese maritime customs, under foreign superintendence, 
 conducted by 1 Russian and 15 British subjects. There are 
 2 missionary establishments, 3 doctors, and 1 bank. Alto- 
 gether the resident foreign population does not exceed 140. 
 
 The port was opened to foreign trade by the treaty of 
 Tientsin, ratified in 1860; and of all the ports added at that 
 date it has realized the best expectations of traders. Ac- 
 cording to the Chinese system of geography it ranks no 
 higher than a town of the fifth order, and was considered a 
 suburb only of the walled city of Hanyang. Now it has 
 become the chief emporium of trade for the green tea dis- 
 tricts in the central provinces, which formerly sent their pro- 
 duce for export to Canton. On the opening of the port tlie 
 wealthy native merchants left that city and located them- 
 selves at Hankow, together with crowds of traders of all 
 kinds who have flocked to this inland foreign entrepot. 
 
 At first the British residents built warehouses, and rented 
 Chinese residences in the native town, but as Lord Elgin had 
 negotiated for a concession of land apart from Chinese juris- 
 diction, they have moved to a spot below it, which has been 
 laid out in streets like an English town. Foreigners of other 
 nationalities, however, have their residences and places of 
 business in Hankow. The British concession at Hankow 
 covers an area of about 90 ac. The allotments have the 
 advantage of being held by titles direct from the British 
 government. A large piece of land has been presented by 
 the British government for a church. Although not more 
 than four years have elapsed since the opening of the port, 
 the foreign trade has become one of the most important 
 in China. The aggregate of exports and imports for 1863 
 was £7,513,627, of which £3.348,423 were the former. 
 Tea figures on the list for £2,526,784; tobacco, £328,560 ; 
 oil, £274,345; safflower, £112,103; and rice, £67,343. 
 Of the imports, shirtings figure for £391,676; long ells 
 and Spanish stripes, £221,032 and £136,547 respectively; 
 and opium, £243,675. But these commodities and others 
 are not sufficient to pay for one-third of the produce 
 purchased, so the remainder is met in treasure and native 
 copper coin, the latter amounting to £834,257, which is 
 absorbed in the tea districts along with Spanish and Mexi- 
 can dollars, which are preferred to syeee silver. The whole 
 of this trade passed through Shanghai, excepting one ship- 
 load of tea, which sailed for London direct; and with 
 the exception of about 30,000 tons of junks and lorchas 
 employed, the aggregate of 405,230 tons, inwards and 
 outwards, was American river steamers, several of them 
 2500 tons burden, and necessarily of great power to stem 
 the strong current. The British concession and its resi- 
 dents are formed into a municipality, with a council em- 
 powered to tax land, houses, and merchandise discharged or 
 loaded at the wharves, for the construction of public works. 
 With this fund a quay has been built along the river front, 
 and the streets laid out, so that in time it will have the aspect 
 of an English town. Pop. (ashore and afloat) about 450,000. 
 — (Oliphant's China and Japan; Captain Bowers; Mossnlan, 
 MS. Notes; Chinese and Foreign Customs Returns.) 
 
 HANNIBAL, a tn. U. States, Missouri, r. bank Mis- 
 sissippi, at the terminus of the Hannibal and St. Joseph 
 railway, 85 m. N.N.E. Jefferson. It contains 11 churches, 
 a city-hall, and a market-house; and has several large tobacco 
 factories, hemp presses, machine shops, foundries, pork- 
 packing establishments, and saw and flour mills. Pop. (1860) 
 6505. 
 
 HANSI, atn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Hurreeana, on 
 a branch of the Delhi canal, 89 m. N.W. Delhi. It is an 
 ancient place which had risen to importance as early as 1036, 
 
HANSOUTEE 
 
 1G9 
 
 HARPER'S FERRY 
 
 when, though deemed impregnable by the Hindoos, it was 
 taken by a son of the renowned Mahmood of Ghuznee, who 
 found in it immense treasure. After experiencing various 
 vicissitudes and becoming almost deserted, the adventurer 
 George Thomas, in 1798, rebuilt its walls, repaired its forti- 
 fications, and made it his capital. 'At first,' he says, 'I 
 found difficulty in pi-ocuring inhabitants ; but, by degrees and 
 gentle treatment, 1 selected between five and six thousand 
 persons, to whom I allowed every lawful indulgence. I 
 established a mint and coined my own rupees, which I made 
 current in my army and country; cast my own artillery, 
 commenced making muskets, matchlocks, and powder.' 
 Thomas, attacked in 1801 by an overpowering Mahratta 
 force, was obliged to take refuge within the British terri- 
 tories. Some sepoy atrocities were perpetrated here in 1857. 
 The present pop. of Hansi is about 9112. 
 
 HANSOUTEE, a river, India, which rises in the native 
 state of Jhujhur, a few miles S. Narnol, in lat. 27° 58' N., Ion. 
 76° 7' E.; flows N.E. and falls into the Delhi canal, a few 
 miles N. Delhi, after a course of about 92 m. 
 
 HANYANG, a tn. and river-port, China, prov. Houpeh, 
 at the junction of the river Han with the Yang-tse Kiang, 
 605 m. (689 m. by the stream) above the mouth of the latter, 
 and 385 m. above Nanking; lat. 30° 33' N.; Ion. 114° 19' E. 
 It is situated in the fork formed by the junction of the rivers 
 nearly at right angles, and extends about a mile along tlie 
 left bank of the Yang-tse (here 1 J m. wide), and 2 J m. along 
 the right bank of the Han. It is a walled city of the third 
 order (a hien), the walls coming to a point at the tongue of land 
 between the rivers, and thus giving the whole place a tri- 
 angular form. Within the walls is a rocky mount about 400 
 ft. high, surmounted by a fort and crenellated wall, which 
 were partially destroyed by the Taiping rebels in 1857. At 
 the same time they demolished the greater part of the walls 
 facing the Yang-tse, with the adjacent houses, leaving most 
 of the streets a heap of deserted ruins, which the inhabitants 
 have not yet restored. From Hanyang Hill a most exten- 
 sive prospect is obtained of the surrounding country, with the 
 great commercial port of Hankow, to the eastward on the 
 left bank of the Han, here about 120 yds. wide, and Woo- 
 chang, the capital of tiie province to the south, seen across 
 the wide bosom of the Yangtse, a picturesque and imposing 
 fortified city. Hanyang is not a place of any commercial 
 repute, but there are large shipbuilding-yards along the 
 Yang-tse river bank, which furnish employment for its in- 
 dustrious population. Here resides the tao-tai, or chief 
 magistrate of the district, who has jurisdiction over the 
 more populous town of Hankow. Outside the east wall, on 
 the right bank of the Han, a trading suburb has grown up 
 recently, in connection with the shipping in that river, which 
 forms the anchorage for native craft in preference to the 
 Yang-tse. A suspension-bridge to connect the two towns 
 has been proposed, but not yet begun. Population in city 
 and suburbs about 50,000. — (Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 HARAR. See Hukrur. 
 
 HARD, a tn, Austrian empire, Vorarlberg, circle Bri- 
 genz, on the Bodensee or Lake of Constance. It contains 
 1300 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in spinning yarn, 
 and in weaving and dyeing cloth. 
 
 HARO, an archipelago. Western N. America, lying 
 between Vancouver Island and the mainland, and between 
 the Rosario Channel on the E. and the Haro Channel on the 
 W. The group, which covers a space of about 20 m. in 
 each direction, consists of the three large islands, Orcas, San 
 Juan, and Lopez, and about 30 smaller ones. Orcas, the 
 northern and largest, contains the finest harbours ; it is 
 mountainous, thickly wooded, with much land in the valleys 
 available for farming; and deer abound in it. Mount Con- 
 stitution, on the E. side, rises nearly 5000 ft., and is con- 
 spicuous over the Gulf of Georgia. San Juan in the S.W., 
 the best-known and most important of the group, is the 
 second in size, and has abundance of pasture and farming 
 land, occupied by the Hudson Bay Company. Lopez Island 
 is lower and more swampy than the others, 9 m. long by 3 m. 
 in breadth, and fornxs the S.E. end of the group. The rest 
 are mere islets, or masses of rock covered with pines. The 
 archipelago has received importance as a possession in dis- 
 pute between the English and U. States governments, the 
 latter alleging that under the indefinite terms of the treaty 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 of 1844 the boundary line passed through the Haro Channel, 
 thus giving the group of islands, and therewith the command 
 of both the channels and the approaches to the British island 
 of Vancouver, to the Americans; the English government, on 
 the other hand, claimed the group upon the ground that the 
 boundary line passed along the Rosario Channel, the only one 
 known at the time of the treaty, which was sufficiently wide 
 not to be commanded by any part of the islands, and there- 
 fore not endangered for the Americans, whereas the Haro 
 Channel was so narrow as to be easily covered from San 
 
 THE 
 
 HARO ARCHIPELAGO 
 
 Juan, and therefore liable to be closed against the English. 
 The dispute was at one time seriously complicated by Gen. 
 Harvey with some American troops taking armed possession 
 of San Juan Island during the negotiations in 1859. The 
 solution appears to be the defining the boundary to pass 
 through the Middle and Douglas Channels, between the 
 islands of San Juan and Waldron on the W., and the rest of 
 the islands on the E., giving the latter to the Americans and 
 the former to the English ; San Juan Island being useful to the 
 latter only for defensive purposes, and to the former only for 
 offensive. This boundary line would then unite with the 
 continental one of lat. 49°, dividing the British and Ameri- 
 can territories. 
 
 HARPER'S FERRY, a tn. U. States, Virginia, on the 
 Potomac, where, on its junction with the Shenandoah, it 
 forces its passage through the Blue Eidge, and on the Balti- 
 more and Ohio, and the Winchester and Potomac railways, 
 50 m. N.W. Washington. It is picturesquely built at the 
 base of a hill, with a fine bridge in front which connects it 
 with the opposite bank of the river, and contains four churches, 
 an academy, two masonic halls, a United States arsenal, and 
 an armoury. On the night of the 16lh October, 1859, Har- 
 per's Ferry was suddenly seized by a band of men headed by 
 a person of the name of John Brown, who had distinguished 
 himself as an abolitionist leader during the civil war which 
 raged in Kansas. Something like a regular conspiracy for 
 the purpose of obtaining an ascendancy for abolitionist views 
 by violent means had been formed; but the arrangements 
 were futile, and the conspirators were easily put down. 
 Brown was afterwards tried and executed. Still more re- 
 cently Harper's Ferry became the scene of many important 
 
 2« 
 
HARPONHULLY 
 
 iro 
 
 HAWLEY 
 
 military operations in the civil war between the northern 
 and southern states. Pop. (1860) 1339. 
 
 HARPONHULLY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 66 m. S.W. Bellary. It was once the capital of a large 
 talook, and still contains about 2000 houses, inhabited chiefly 
 by Hindoos, with a considerable mixture of Mahometans and 
 a few Jains, native painters and sculptors. 
 
 HARRISON, a river and lake, British Columbia, Western 
 North America, running into r. bank Fraser River about 
 65 m. from its mouth. The Harrison flows through a series of 
 lakes in a generally S.E. direction, and is used with the lakes 
 as the best route to the gold fields in the interior, avoiding 
 the dangerous passage along the Fraser above Yale. The 
 Harrison River and Lake are traversed in steamers, a distance 
 of 45 m. to Douglas, whence a broad waggon road or ' port- 
 age' has been cut for 32 m. to Port Lilloett at the S. end of 
 Lilloett Lake along the connecting river, which is also used 
 in conveying material from one water to the other. The 
 route then lies up the Lilloett Lake as far as Pemberton, 
 from which another ' portage' of 22 m. brings to the S.W. 
 end of Lake Anderson, which is closely connected with Lake 
 Seton; from the upper end of the latter to Cayoosh or Lilloett 
 on the Fraser is an easy passage of only 3 or 4 m. The 
 lakes and portages are surrounded by lofty hills from 1000 to 
 5000 ft. high, generally very steep, with intersecting valleys, 
 and vegetation covering the level spots. The scenery on the 
 Harrison Lake is much finer than that on the upper ones, and 
 the lake is larger, being 45 m. long, and 4 or 5 m. broad. 
 There are several islands in it, and long and apparently fertile 
 valleys running down to it, in some of which .silver has been 
 found. 
 
 HARTFORD [add.], a tn. U. States, Connecticut, and 
 alternately with Newhaven the seat of government of this 
 state, on the Connecticut River, which is here crossed by a 
 bridge 1000 ft. long, while within the town the Little River, 
 which traverses it, is crossed by 6 other bridges, 88 m. S.W. 
 Boston; lat. 41° 45' 59" N and Ion. 72° 40' 45" W. Besides 
 the communication by the river, which is kept up chiefly by 
 three lines of daily steamboats and three lines of steam- 
 packets, two lines of railway — the Hartford, Newhaven, and 
 Springfield, and the Providence, Hartford, and Fishkill — 
 give every means of access, tiie one to the N. and S., and 
 the other to the E. and W. Tlie town extends about 2 m. 
 N. and S. along the bank of the river, and more than a 
 mile westward from it. It consists of 1 63 streets and avenues, 
 for the most part regularly formed, and crossing in the direc- 
 tion of the cardinal points. The main street, which is broad 
 and nearly straight, is the great thoroughfare and seat of the 
 principal retail trade, and throughout its whole length, which 
 is more than a mile from N. to S., presents an almost unbroken 
 range of brick and stone edifices, many of them elegant. 
 The buildings and institutions most worthy of notice are the 
 state-house, a handsome Doric structure; the city-hall in the 
 Grecian, and the Wadsworth Athenaeum in the Gothic style; 
 22 churches, many of them of imposing appearance with lofty 
 spires; Trinity college, belonging to the Protestant Episcopal 
 church, with 16 professors, 60 students, and a library of 13,500 
 volumes; a high-school, a grammar scliool, two large female 
 seminaries, a R. Catholic school, with 600 pupils; an arsenal, 
 lunatic, and deaf and dumb asylums, an orphan asylum, an 
 hospital, and a convent. The manufactures are very ex- 
 tensive, and include silk goods, carpets, linen cloth and 
 thread, malleable iron and castings, silver-plated ware, rifles, 
 revolvers, and other arms. The estimated value of manufac- 
 tures in 1859 was above a million sterling. The banking 
 business is large and profitable, and the revenue derived from 
 life insurance is greater in proportion than in any other place 
 of the United States. The publishing or reprinting trade is 
 also carried on to a considerable extent. Hartford possesses 
 a central park of 46 ac. ; it also possesses a public library, a 
 benevolent individual having bequeathed £20,000 for its 
 establishment. Estimated pop. (1860) 29,152. 
 
 HASHAABA, a vil. N. Africa, on the E. frontiers of 
 Kordofan, about 150 m. N.E. Obeid. It is a large stragi^ling 
 place, consisting entirely of round conical huts called tukkel, 
 made of a slender framework of poles tied together with strips 
 of bark covered with reeds. In front of most of them is a 
 flat- roofed shed about 12 ft. square, which in the dry season 
 is the usual sitting-room, and at night is the sleeping apart- 
 
 ment of the elder children. Each group of huts, forming the 
 domicile of a family, is surrounded by a strong fence of dry 
 thorns inclosing a convenient space. In the centre of the 
 village is a school, which boys only are permitted to attend, 
 and where nothing but the Koran is taught. Pop. about 1000. 
 — {Peiherick.) 
 
 HATRAS, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Allygurh, 
 33 m. N. Agra, forms a square of about 500 yards inclosed by 
 a mud wall and a very deep dry ditch. The old fort, which 
 stands half a mile E. of the town, and was once deemed for- 
 midable, is now in ruins. War and Mahratta oppression had 
 nearly destroyed the prosperity of Hatras ; but since it came 
 into British possession in 1817, there has been a considerable 
 revival, the surrounding districts having again made it the 
 chief entrepot for their cotton. Pop. 22,903. 
 
 HAUPUR,atn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 20 m. S. 
 Muttra. It is a place of considerable size, with a pop. of 
 13,908. The stud which government has established here 
 has obtained some celebrity. Pop. 13,908. 
 
 HAURAN, a tract of country, Syria, to the E of the 
 river Jordan, extending from the neighbourhood of Damascus 
 southward as far as the Jabbok, is now, and from ancient 
 times has been, divided into three provinces — En-Nukrah, 
 the Plain; El-Lejah, a rocky plain lying N.W. of the Hauran 
 proper; and El-Jebel, a mountainous district between En- 
 Nukrah and the eastern district. The Plain is very rich and 
 fertile, sometimes slightly undulating, but mostly level, save 
 where relieved by low rounded hills, which form admirable 
 landmarks. It is covered in every direction with Roman 
 towns, built of black basalt, some of them mere heaps of 
 rubbish, others still almost perfect, tlie Arab villagers dwell- 
 ing under the same stone roofs as the old Romans. Almost 
 every village has its tank and bridge, both of stone, and both 
 possessing the characteristic durability of Roman handiwork. 
 But other towns are discovered, which exhibit a far more 
 ancient style of architecture, not dissimilar to that which is 
 found in the ruins of Palmyra. Such are Um er-Ruradn, 
 Ed-Deir, and Um-elJem^l. The province of El-Lejah is 
 inhabited by a wild and lawless class of Bedouin, who con- 
 tinually issue from their rocky fastnesses to ravage the sur- 
 rounding country. Hence most of the towns and villages 
 have been deserted by the terrified Arabs. The third pro- 
 vince, El-Jebel, the Mountain, has recently engaged the 
 attention of travellers, who describe it as rocky and barren, 
 but with fertile spots interspersed, and landscapes of the most 
 picturesque character and romantic beauty, presenting, how- 
 ever, the general features of the volcanic formation. Among 
 the principal mountain-peaks may be named — Abu Turnes, 
 the highest point; Gurara, El-Gurvebl, and El-Klet. The 
 Druses are the only inhabitants of the Hauran mountain- 
 range. The Hauran is usually considered to be identical 
 with the Land of Bashan of the Old Testament. 
 
 HAVERHILL, a vil. U. States, Massachusetts, at the 
 head of navigation of the Merrimac, and on the Boston and 
 Maine railway, 30 m. N. Boston. The village, situated on 
 an acclivity, with a background of hills, and finely shaded 
 with trees, presents a very attractive appearance. The prin- 
 cipal buildings within the town are 16 churches, a high-school, 
 and a savings-bank. The manufactures consist chiefly of 
 boots and shoes, annually made to the value of about half a 
 million sterling; silver ware, soap and candles, hats and caps, 
 common and patent and enamelled leather, woollens, tin- 
 ware, and castings. Pop. 9995. 
 
 HAWKE'S BAY, a prov. New Zealand, New Ulster, 
 bounded N. by Auckland, W. and S. Wellington, and E. the 
 ocean; is about 100 m. long, by 60 m. broad, and has an area 
 of 3,000,000 ac. It is of a compact form, and has in general 
 a soil of great natural fertility, well suited for agricultural 
 and pastoral purposes. Its climate is free from the extremes 
 both of heat and of cold. Its capital. Port Napier, situated 
 on its N.E. shore, contains about 500 inhabitants, and pos- 
 sesses a harbour which admits steamers and coasters. The 
 war with the natives has somewhat impeded its progress. 
 Pop. about 6100, of whom 3600 are natives. 
 
 HAWKESBURY, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Prescott, r. bank Ottawa, about 50 m. W.N.W. Montreal. 
 It has three churches, manufactures of woollens and leather, 
 and some trade in flour and lumber. 
 
 HAWLEY, a vil. U. States, Pennsylvania, on the rail- 
 
HAZAREEBAGH 
 
 171 
 
 HINDOOB 
 
 way of the Pennsylvania Coal Company, which here unites 
 with the Delaware and Hudson canal. It has grown up very 
 rapidly, and owes all its prosperity to its position on the 
 route by which coal is transported. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 IIAZAREEBAGIT, a tn. India, cap. dist. of same name, 
 called also Ramgurh, 189 m. S.E. Benares. It consists of 
 houses which, though built of mud, are not unfrequently two 
 stories high; and possesses a regularly-constructed baazar, a 
 church, which was built when tlie idea, now abandoned, was 
 entertained of establishing a permanent military cantonment 
 in the vicinity; and a jail for civil and criminal prisoners. 
 The site is on an extensive and elevated plateau, now op- 
 pressed with forest and jungle, but having in many places the 
 remains of mango groves, and other regular plantations, in- 
 dicating that the country was once much better peopled and 
 cultivated. 
 
 HEIUENREICHSTETN,a tn. Austrian empire. Lower 
 Austria, circle Tipper Manhartsberg, 70 m. N.W. Vienna; 
 with a palace belonging to Prince PalfFy, a cloth and five saw 
 mills, and a pop. of 1330. 
 
 HEILIGENKREUZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower 
 Austria, on the Sattelbach, has one of the oldest Cistercian 
 abbeys in Austria, with a fine Gothic church, beautifnl 
 painted glass, altar-pictures, numerous monuments, and a 
 library of 20,000 vols. Pop. 820. 
 
 HEINERSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 40 m. N.N.E. Bunzlau, on the Prussian frontiers; 
 with a parish church, 2 mills, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 HELANIYAH, an island, Indian Ocean, in a bay, about 
 25 m. off the E. coast of Arabia. It is the largest of the 
 Kuria Muria group, having a length of 7f , a breadth of 4J, 
 and a circuit of about 22 m. It is remarkable for the rug- 
 gedness of its outline and its sterility. Though the only one 
 of the group which is inhabited, its whole pop. does not 
 much exceed a score of souls. In the centre of the island a 
 number of sharp peaks rise up, one of them to the height 
 of 1510 ft.; from these peaks spurs and ridges branch off in 
 all directions, lesser hills filling up the interval. On the E. 
 extremity the contour of the hills suddenly alters, and a bold 
 and precipitous headland, 1 645 ft. high, projects into the sea. 
 This headland is composed of a tertiary limestone abounding 
 in fossils, and thus differs remarkably in geological structure 
 from the rest of the island, which consists of granite, horn- 
 blende rock, and porphyry. The flora is restricted to stunted 
 bushes of camel-thorn, some saliferous shrubs, and a few 
 mangroves within tide mark and tlie more sheltered little 
 coves. The only animals in profusion are rats, said to have 
 come from a wreck, and centipedes. A few straggling goats, 
 probably once domesticated but now wild, are found among 
 the hills. The inhabitants subsist chiefly on fish. 
 
 HELPA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Gomor, on 
 the Gran, in the midst of extensive forests; with 1600 in- 
 habitants, who rear sheep and horned cattle, but are chiefly 
 employed in felling and sawing timber. 
 
 HELSDORF, atn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 12 m. S.W. Kronstadt; with a Protestant church, 
 an old strong castle, and 2042 inhabitants. 
 
 HENGSTERERBEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and about 28 m. N.E. Eger; with mines of tin and 
 silver, and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 HENNAVUTTY, .n river, India, which, rising on the E. 
 declivity of the W. Ghauts near the W. frontier of Mysore, 
 flows successively S.E., tortuously E., and again S.E., and 
 joins the Cauvery on its left bank, near Kistnaarajpoor, after 
 a course of 120 m. 
 
 HERAT [add.] The town and district of Herat, being 
 claimed by Persia as falling under her dominion, has more 
 than once been the occasion of serious hostilities. The 
 last of these was in 1856, when, in violation of the compact 
 entered into in 1853 between the Persian and British govern- 
 ments, the shah sent an army to besiege Herat, and actually 
 obtained possession of the place in October of that year. 
 This was followed on 1st November by a declaration of 
 war by the Indian governor-general against Persia, result- 
 ing in a British expedition to the Persian Gulf and sub- 
 sequent hostilities there. By the treaty of Paris of 4th 
 March, 1857, which terminated the war, Persia agreed, 
 among other stipulations, to withdraw all her troops from 
 the city and territory of Herat and relinquish all claims 
 
 to its sovereignty. After having been thus alternately sub- 
 ject for a long period to Persia and Afghanistan, Herat now 
 enjoys the rank of an independent state. 
 
 HERMOSILLO, a tn. Mexico, dep. Sonora, on a river 
 of that name, not far from the place where it is lost in the 
 sand, in the Gulf of California, opposite to the island of 
 Tiburon. Up to 1800 it was merely a military station, but, 
 in consequence of the discovery of gold mines in the north 
 of the state and the number of miners who flocked to them, 
 it became the centre of an important trade. The revolu- 
 tions which have since taken place have greatly affected its 
 prosperity, but it is still the largest town in the department. 
 Its chief attractions are the fine gardens of the environs, and 
 a beautiful park or alameda. The only public buildings of 
 note are two churches, and the mint with its assay office. 
 The trade is chiefly in wheat, which is grown extensively in 
 the surrounding districts, and in flour, in grinding of which 
 a number of mills are constantly employed. Pop. 14,000. 
 
 HERRLITZ (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, 
 dist. Beniscb, about 11 m. N.W. Troppau; with a castle 
 situated in a park, and 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 HERRNDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Prague; with a parish church, and an ancient structure 
 situated between two ponds, and accessible only by two stone 
 bridges. Coal is worked, and hops are extensively grown 
 in the vicinity. Pop. 1000. 
 
 HPjTENY, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 4 m. 
 N.E. Komorn. A battle was fought here between the Aus- 
 trians and the Hungarians on 30th July, 1849. It has 1200 
 inhabitants, belonging to the Reformed church. 
 
 HEVIZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 N.N. W. Kronstadt; with copious warm springs, and a bathing 
 establishment. Pop. 1900. 
 
 HIDGELEE, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal. The 
 msT. lies between lat. 21° 36' and 22° 22' N.; Ion. 87° 22' 
 and 88° 12' E., and is bounded N.E. by the Hooghly, S.E. 
 by the Hooghly and the Bay of Bengal, and W. by the 
 Balasore division of Cuttack and dist. Midnapore; area, 1014 
 sq. m. It has a considerable extent of coast, being washed 
 by the Bay of Bengal for 20 m., and stretching for many 
 miles along the estuary of the Hooghly. The interior is in 
 general low and flat, covered with swamps, and intersected 
 by numerous streams, whicli during the periodical rains 
 become the haunts of alligators. Many parts are covered 
 with a coarse reedy grass, or overgrown with jungle, which 
 harbours tigers, leopards, wild buffaloes, and other animals. 
 The most important manufacture is salt. The fisheries on 
 the coast are remarkably productive, and yield iu particular 
 large quantites of turtle, oysters, and crabs. The most im- 
 portant crop is rice, which has a very large grain, but is 
 considered inferior in quality. The climate is very unhealthy 
 even to the natives, who suffer much from elephantiasis, 
 
 dysentery, ague, and fever. Pop. 133,265. The town, 
 
 which forms the nominal capital of the dist., is situated on the 
 W. shore of one of the entrances of the Hooghly, called the 
 Inner Channel, where a small stream falls into it. It does 
 not seem to possess a single attraction, and has recently been 
 deprived of the only thing which gave it any importance by 
 the removal of the civil establishment to Contai. 
 
 HIGUERITAS, a tn. S. America, Banda Oriental del 
 Uruguay, near 1. bank, a little above the mouth of the Uru- 
 guay, 50 m. N. Buenos Ayres. It stands about ^ m. Inland, 
 on a ridge sloping toward the river, and has a port completely 
 sheltered. In the vicinity are granite quarries, with inex- 
 haustible supplies of fine building stone. 
 
 HINDI A, or Hindiya, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 
 1. bank Nerbudda, here 1000 yards wide, 96 m. S.E. Oojein. 
 It is a considerable place, defended by a fort which com- 
 mands the passes on the river, and possessed of a large and 
 well- supplied bazaar. 
 
 H IN DON, a river, India, which rises at the base of the 
 Sewalik Hills, lat. 30° 1.5' N.; Ion. 77° 53' E., flows S., only 
 separated from the Jumna by a slight elevation, along which 
 the Doab extends, and joins that river on the 1. after a course 
 of about 160 m. At a bridge over the river, on the route 
 from Meerut to Delhi, the Delhi mutineers sustained their 
 first defeat. 
 
 HINDOOR, or Nai.agurh, a liill state, India, on the 
 S.W. declivity of the Himalaya, having its centre nearly 
 
HINDOWN 
 
 172 
 
 HOKOTIKA 
 
 intersecteil by the parallel of 31° N. and the meridian of 77° 
 E., and bounded N. hy Kuhloor, E. Bhagul and Muhlog, and 
 S. and W. Sirhind; area, 233 sq. m.; revenue, £8000. It is 
 traversed by a steep range, which, rising over the 1. bank of 
 the Sutlej, and attaining in Chumbagarh the height of 4400 
 ft., becomes linked with the Sub-Himalaya near Subathoo. 
 It is drained by the Sutlej and some small tributaries, and 
 has on the low grounds along their banks some tracts of fertile 
 soil, on which the usual cereals, and cotton, opium, ginger, 
 turmeric, oil seeds, and tobacco, are grown. The scenery 
 throughout is very picturesque. Pop. 20,000. 
 
 HINDOWN, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state Jeypoor, 71 
 ra. S.W. Agra. It was a large and important place till its 
 prosperity was destroyed by Mahratta devastation. Its ram- 
 part and many of its buildings are in ruins, but it still con- 
 tains a considerable population, and possesses a good bazaar. 
 
 HINGLAJGUKH, or Hingi^aisguuh, a hill fort, India, 
 Holkar's Dominions, 130 m. N. Indore. It stands on an 
 isolated rock which rises precipitously from a ravine 250 ft. 
 wide and 200 ft. deep, and is accessible only by three cause- 
 ways constructed across the ravine, each closed by a gate. 
 The natives deemed it impregnable till a British detachment 
 under Major Sinclair stormed it in 1804. 
 
 HIOGO, or FiOGO, a tn. Japan, Niphon, in the N.W. of 
 the bay, and 10 m. from the town of Ohosaka, is said to be 
 as large as Nagasaki, and is one of the ports which by Lord 
 Elgin's treaty with the Japanese were thrown open to com- 
 merce in Jan. 1863. Its anchorage, which was once exposed 
 and dangerous, has been rendered safe by the erection of a 
 breakwater, which cost not only immense sums of money, 
 but the lives of great numbers of workmen. Thus improved, 
 Hiogo has become the port both of Oho.saka and Meiaco. 
 When Kaemper visited it there were 300 junks in the harbour. 
 
 HIRLAU, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, circle 
 Rolushani, on an affluent of the Pruth, 41 m. N.W. Jassy. 
 It was formerly the residence of the princes of Moldavia. 
 
 HIRKIHAL, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 11 m. 
 S. by W. Bellary, in a plain at the termination of a small 
 pass. It is inclosed by a wall with a dry ditch and glacis, 
 and consists of about 1200 houses, occupied chiefly by Hin- 
 doos of the Lingayet sect. 
 
 HIRSCHENSTAND, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 26 m. N. Eger, in a bleak and unfertile district 
 among the Erzgebirge; with 12.50 inhabitants, of whom more 
 than a half are employed in making lace. 
 
 HIRSOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, eyalet 
 and 52 m. N.E. Silistria, at the mouth of a ravine opening 
 on r. bank Danube, It is defended by a castle, and contains 
 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 HISSAR, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Hurreeana, 
 on a branch of the Delhi canal, 100 m. W.N.W. Delhi. It 
 was once defended by two forts, neither of which now exists; 
 but it still possesses a well-supplied bazaar. Some atrocities 
 were perpetrated here during the sepoy mutiny. The arid 
 dist. around, covered with jungle infested by lions, tigers, 
 and other wild animals, was a favourite hunting-ground of 
 the emperor Feroz Shah. 
 
 HLUBOCZEK (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle and about 8 m. N.AV. Tarnopol; with manufactures of 
 rosoglio and chicory, and 1340 inhabitants. 
 
 IILUF, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle Hradisch, 
 near Ostrau; with an old castle, a mineral spring, and 2100 
 inhabitants. 
 
 HUHOKEN, a tn. U. States, New Jersey, on the Hudson, 
 opposite to New York city, with which it is in constant com- 
 munication by steamboats. It contains several churches, 
 possesses extensive building-yards, and is much resorted to 
 for pleasure or residence by New York citizens. Its pleasure- 
 gardens, situated in the N. of the town, and an eminence 
 called Castle Point, command tine views of the river and 
 harbour. Pop. 9662. 
 
 HOCHSTAD']', a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and N.E. Gitschin; with a parish church, a townhouse, a 
 ruined castle, a spiiming and several other mills, and a trade 
 in yarn. Pop. 1700. 
 
 HOCnWIESEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Bars, 7 m. W.N.W, Zsarnovicz; with a mine of argentiferous 
 lead, and 2269 inhabitants. 
 
 HOFHOOP, a tn. E. Arabia, prov. Ilasa, 200 m. E.N.E. 
 
 Riad. It is divided into three quarters or districts: the Kot, 
 or fortress, in which the Wahhabee governor resides with his 
 retinue and adherents; the Ilifeyeeyah, inliabited by the older 
 and nobler families; and the Naathar, the largest in extent, 
 and containing a mixed body of townsmen, rich and poor, 
 merchants and artisans. The general form of the town is 
 that of a large oval. The public square, an oblong space 
 300 yds. long by 75 in breadth, occupies the meeting-place of 
 the three quarters, the Kot lying N.E., the Rifeyeeyah N.W. 
 and W., and the Naathar on the E. and S. The Kot is a vast 
 citadel, surrounded by a deep trench, with walls and towers of 
 unusual height and thickness, built of earth and an occasional 
 intermixture of stone, the work of the old Carmathian rulers; 
 it is nearly square, being about ^- m. in length, and J m. 
 in breadth; on the N. side of it is a small but strong square 
 fortress, forming a sort of keep. Within dwells the Nejdean 
 governor, and a population numbering between two and three 
 thousand. This quarter is divided by streets, cutting each 
 other at right angles, and running from gate to gate, and 
 from side to side. The Rifeyeeyah, or noble quarter, covers 
 a considerable extent, and is chiefly composed of tolerable, 
 in some places of handsome, dwellings. The comparative 
 superiority of the architecture of Hofhoof is due to the use 
 of the arch; and the walls, whether of earth or stone, or of 
 both mixed, are very generally covered with white plaster, 
 and the door-ways and ogee windows are sometimes orna- 
 mented. The streets are wide and very clean, and the 
 quarter, standing on slightly rising ground, is very healthy. 
 The Naathar quarter forms a moiety of the town, and con- 
 tains every description of dwelling from a palace to a hovel. 
 In the part of it near the Kot is built the great mosque, with 
 arches, porticoes, plaster, and mat-spread floor. Small in- 
 closed gardens are attached to many of the houses, and here 
 and there fig and citron trees overhang the streets. The 
 fortifications of the town were once high and strong, but are 
 now little better than a heap of ruins and broken towers. 
 Outside the walls lie the gardens and plantations, stretching 
 as far as the eye can reach on the N. and E.; on the S. and 
 W. they form a narrower ring. A short distance from the 
 S. gate stands a small isolated fort of recent construction, but 
 now neglected. The population of Hofhoof numbered in the 
 last generation 30.000, but has since decreased to 23,000 or 
 2i,000.— (PaIgrave.) 
 
 HOHENBERG, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, in a deep valley not far from the 
 Styrian frontiers, 39 m. S.W. Vienna. It has an old castle 
 in ruins, a manor-house with fine wood carvings, ironworks, 
 a gypsum and a number of saw mills. Pop. 1220. 
 
 HOHENZOLLERN [add.] By a compact concluded on 
 7th December, 1849, the reigning princes of Hohenzollern- 
 Hechingenand Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen ceded in perpetuity 
 all their rights of sovereignty over these two principalities to 
 Frederick William IV. of Prussia and his successors. The 
 principalities are now accordingly included in the kingdom of 
 Prussia. By the same treaty a yearly pension of 10,000 
 crowns was guaranteed to the first of these princes, and in the 
 event of his having offspring by a marriage corresponding to 
 his rank, an annuity of 5000 crowns was further secured to 
 his heir; whilst to the prince of Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen 
 Prussia agreed to make an annual payment of 25,000 crowns. 
 All the principality lands lying within the ceded territories, 
 with the seigneurial rights and customs, produce of mines and 
 forests, and other revenues, were to remain in the free and 
 undisputed possession of the two princely houses, which were 
 also to enjoy under the Prussian sovereignty the same rank 
 and precedence to which they had hitherto been entitled. 
 
 HOKIANGA, a river. New Zealand, which rises in the 
 N.W. peninsula, forming the extreme end of North Island 
 or Ulster, flows S.W. for 20 m. between the wooded ranges 
 of Waimaand Punghuru, which send down numerous affluents, 
 and falls into the sea on the N.W. coast, in lat. 35° 32' 5" S.; 
 Ion. 173° 22' 55" E. It has a depth in its channel varying 
 from 4 to 26 fathoms, and, presenting few obstructions, is 
 navigable for 15 m. from the head. The water is salt to its 
 source. 
 
 HOKOTIKA, or Okotika, a tn. New Zealand, Middle 
 Island, west coast prov. Canterbury, at the mouth of the 
 river of same name. It stretches about IJ m. along the 
 beach, and is composed chiefly of weather-boarded houses 
 
HOLLABRUN 
 
 173 
 
 HONG-KONG 
 
 with galvanized iron roofs. In its principal street, Revell 
 Street, are stores or shops of every kind. The town was 
 established in 1864, and is the chief place in the gold-mining 
 district, wliich stretclies along the coast from some distance 
 north of Grey River, the boundary between the provinces of 
 Nelson and Canterbury, to the south of the Hokotika River, 
 and as far inland as has been examined. For the most part 
 the diggings are not carried on more than 10 m. from tlie 
 shore, while in some localities the beach itself is worked with 
 a remunerative result. The river, which is snow-fed, comes 
 down in summer with a current of 8 or 10 m. an hour, scouring 
 a channel for itself out to sea; but in winter it is small, and 
 not being sufficiently strong to keep its channel clear, the 
 sandspits extend and form at its entrance bars which are fre- 
 quently impassable. 
 
 HOLLABKUN (Upper), a tn. Austrian empire, Lower 
 Austria, circle Lower Manhartsberg, cap. dist. of same name, 
 27 m. N.N.W. Vienna. It is the seat of several public 
 offices, and has a savings-bank, a poorhouse, numerous manu- 
 factures, and a trade in wine and fruit. Pop. 3150. 
 
 HOLLENSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, circle Upper 
 Wienerwald, in a mountainous district on the Ips, near the 
 N. frontiers of Styria, 78 m. S.W. Vienna. It is an industrial 
 place, containing numerous saw, steel, and other mills. Coal 
 is extensively worked in the vicinity. Pop. 2140. 
 
 HOLLIDAYSBURG [add.], a post borough, U. States, 
 near the centre of Pennsylvania, cap. co. Blair, on Beaver 
 Dam Creek, at the terminus of the main line of the Pennsyl- 
 vania canal, and of the Alleghany Portage railway, which 
 here crosses the mountains, 180 m. W.N.W. Philadelphia. 
 It lies at the mountain foot, contains 9 churches, a number of 
 schools, and several foundries, machine shops, and flour-mills, 
 and is the centre of a large trade by rail and canal, most of 
 tlie produce of a rich agricultural and mineral country pass- 
 ing through it. Pop. 2469. 
 
 HOLONDONDO, atn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Selles, nearly equidistant from the Kikombo and 
 the Balomba, about 55 m. N.E. Benguela. It stands in a 
 fertile district, which is at once well watered and well culti- 
 vated; is the residence of a chief who claims to be entirely 
 independent; and contains about 1500 inhabitants, who, in 
 addition to agriculture and the gathering of copal, make 
 such numbers of Dongo thongs or laces, as to form no un- 
 important article of trade. 
 
 HOMBOKI (The), a range of mountains in Western 
 Africa, about 180 m. S.E. of Timbuktu; lat. 15° 20' N.; Iod. 
 
 M0UNTAU\6 OF HOMBORI, -From Earth's Travels In Africa. 
 
 1" 40' E ; are remarkable for the picturesque character of 
 their cones, which start up at various points like the towers 
 of a feudal castle, often presenting an almost perfect illusion of 
 the square and massive Norman keep. Dr. Barth describes one 
 of these castellated peaks as rising on a sloping ground of 
 boulders and rubbish, a wall of steep cliffs, like an artificial 
 fortification, forming, as it seemed, a spacious terrace on the 
 
 top, inhabited by a spirited race of natives, who, in their 
 rocky fastness, defy the assaults of the neighbouring tribes. 
 Another mound he describes as rising from the plain like an 
 isolated cone, and with its steep, narrow, and rugged crest, 
 resembling the ruin of a stronghold of the middle ages. 
 This castellated range extends from N.W. to N.E. for several 
 miles, seldom reaching a greater altitude than 800 ft., broken 
 up by numerous pleasant valleys, and sheltering at their base, 
 among the dense brushwood, the native villages. 
 
 HOMEL, or Gomel, a tn. Russia, gov. Mogilev; with 
 a church, and a circle and parish school. At the village 
 of Pfingsten, in the vicinity, there is an important yearly 
 market. Pop. 3884. 
 
 HOMOROD-ALMAS, a tn. Austrian empire, Transyl- 
 vania, circle and S.E. Udvarhely; with a remarkable cavern, 
 near which the Bargyas passes right through a liill. Pop. 
 1700. 
 
 HONESDALE [add.], a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, 
 cap. CO. Wayne, in the N.E. of the state, at the confluence of 
 the Lackawaxen and Dyberry, on the Delaware and Hudson 
 canal, and on a railway which connects it with Carbondale 
 and Scranton, 115 m. N.E. Harrisburg. It is neatly built, 
 contains 9 churches, an academy, a foundry, tanneries, glass- 
 works, and several flour-mills, and is the centre of a valuable 
 coal-field which is extensively worked. Pop. (I860) 2544. 
 
 HONG-KONG [add.] The progress of this British 
 colony in China is satisfactory; and its jurisdiction increased 
 from the island to the mainland, by a further cession of terri- 
 tory to the queen of England by the emperor of China, under 
 the treaty of Tien-tsin, at Kowloon, on the northern shore of 
 Victoria Harbour. This tract of land is about 5 sq. m. in 
 extent, and was for several years temporarily occupied by 
 British troops as a sanitarium. In September, 1864, a portion 
 of the ground was sold in marine and inland lots at a premium 
 on the charge of a fixed annual rental, and purchased by the 
 colonists for villa residences to be built thereon. In like 
 manner numerous villas have been erected on picturesque 
 sites round the western coast of Hong-Kong, where the S.W. 
 monsoon tempers the extreme heat felt in Victoria town, from 
 being situated iinder the Peak, and facing the N.E. The 
 general salubrity of the island, however, is now acknowledged, 
 and will compare favourably with any of the treaty ports for 
 the residence of Europeans. This arises from the abundant 
 supply of spring water that flows at all seasons from the 
 mountain streams; and the natural drainage caused by the 
 precipitous rocky shore, where the storm waters rush along 
 impetuously, and sweep away the sewage, 
 which is the chief cause of malaria and disease 
 /" in Chinese cities, and which renders the country 
 
 one of the most unhealthy in the world, especi- 
 ally for foreign residents. Notwithstanding 
 this comparative salubrity, the records of Hong- 
 Kong show that it is not free from deadly ma- 
 laria, especially in its effects upon the English 
 troops sent to garrison the colony. During the 
 summer of 1865, a regiment arrived from the 
 Cape in perfect health, and in three months it 
 was decimated by the mortality among the 
 troops, women and children. This malaria is 
 accounted for by Montgomery Martin as arising 
 from the decomposed rocks being baked by a 
 powerful sun during the day, and evolving de- 
 leterious gases at night. Be that as it may, 
 the Government intend garrisoning the settle- 
 ment with Indian troops, who are less suscep- 
 tible than Europeans to the dangers of a tropi- 
 cal climate. 
 
 According to the census taken by the govern- 
 ment in 1863, the entire population of the colony 
 was 124,850 on land, with a boat population 
 amounting to 30,507, making a total of ] 55,387, 
 exclusive of the military and navy on the station. 
 The nationalities of the inhabitants are divided as follows: — 
 Europeans, chiefly English, 1644; Portuguese, Indians, and 
 mixed blood, 1336; aliens, or temporary residents, 100; 
 Chinese, 152,307, of which the settled boat population on 
 board 4019 boats number 16,233 men, 6529 women, 4901 
 male children, and 2884 female children. The great disparity 
 between the foreign inhabitants as 1 in 50 of all, or 1 in 100 
 
HONG-KONG 
 
 174 
 
 HOPE 
 
 of Europeans against the natives, will show that the pro- 
 sperity of the colony is chiefly owing to the Chinese who 
 resort to this port for the purposes of trade, and only a few of 
 whom become permanently British subjects, although all are 
 amenable to British laws. The criminal returns for 1863 
 show a considerable nuuiber of offences having been com- 
 mitted in that year, of which 211 were cases in higher courts, 
 chiefly burglary, robbery, and piracy; and 5015 police cases, 
 principally unlawful possession of property, breach of the 
 )ieace, theft, assaults, &c. It will be observed that the 
 Portuguese are not classed with Europeans, which they 
 would be if they were natives of Portugal. These people 
 are natives of Macao, the oldest foreign settlement in China, 
 where the Portuguese blood has a large admixture of Chinese, 
 the result being a physique which in many cases is scarcely 
 distinguishable from that of the Mongol race. Generally 
 they are of sluggish intellect, but patient scholars, so that 
 nearly all the Macaoese in Hong-Kong read, write, and 
 speak English well, fill subordinate posts under government 
 and in merchants' ofiices with credit, and are good com- 
 positors in printing-offices. Next to these are the Parsees, 
 forming the class designated Indians. These people are 
 chiefly engaged in the opium trade, and form a wealthy por- 
 tion of the community, but without much influence or 
 position, although they claim to be loyal British subjects. 
 Under the head ' Europeans,' there are a number of Ameri- 
 can citizens, some of whom are the representatives of large 
 mercantile firms; but as far as the commerce of Hong-Kong 
 is concerned, and its relations with the treaty ports of China, 
 the English merchants far exceed all others in the gigantic 
 nature of their business. But this colony does not exhibit 
 any trade returns, neither does it contain any of the natural 
 resources for export commerce. The island is a granite rock 
 with scarcely suflBcient soil to grow vegetables for its inhabi- 
 tants; and not an article for export is produced on it. Con- 
 sequently the port and harbour of Victoria is only a depot for 
 the trade of the adjacent ports, and the head-quarters of the 
 British military and naval forces in China and Japan, There 
 are no port charges or dues levied on goods or ships entering 
 the harbour, so that vessels may discharge, load, or tranship 
 without any customs' officer. There is only a harbourmaster, 
 who takes account of arrivals and departures, any aggregate 
 of which would give an erroneous impression of the limited 
 trade of the colony. The revenue for the maintenance of 
 the government is derived from the land rents, licenses to 
 sell opium, spirits, &c., taxes, postage, fines, fees of office, 
 &c., which amounted in 1863 to £1 14,368. The expenditure 
 for the government establishments and public works in the 
 same year was £93,473, showing a surplus of £20,895. 
 Besides this local expenditure there are large disbursements 
 on account of the military and naval departments, with docks, 
 hospitals, barracks, &c. There are consulates for America, 
 France, Spain, Prussia, Netherlands, Denmark, Oldenburg, 
 Hanover, Austria, Portugal, Kussia, and Belgium. There 
 are also ten banking establishments, one French, one local, 
 and the others English. The press is represented by a 
 weekly Government Gazette; 2 daily journals; 1 twice a- 
 week; 2 fortnightly — all English; 1 Portuguese weekly, and 
 1 in Chinese every second day. The city of Victoria has an 
 eflicient system of water-works for the supply of dwellings 
 and the shipping; and the streets are now lighted with gas. 
 A vigilant police of Indian sepoys guard the streets at night. 
 These are thronged with the native population from sunrise 
 until eight at night, when they are not allowed to go abroad 
 without a pass; but the English and foreign community are 
 free to move about at all hours. Altogether Hong-Kong is now 
 one of the best regulated British colonies in the East, with a 
 loyal volunteer corps formed of various European subjects. 
 Sir Richard Macdonald succeeded Sir Hercules Robinson as 
 governor in 1865, and found that there was room for im- 
 provement in the various Government departments, espe- 
 cially those connected with revenue and expenditure. Under 
 his stringent rule defects have been remedied, and the 
 revenues carefully economized. In June, 1866, a mint was 
 established, and issued a dollar, having Chinese characters on 
 its obverse side determining its value and place of coinage, 
 with Queen Victoria's head on the reverse. — [Hong-Kong 
 Oov. Oaz.; Montgomery Martin's China; Samuel Mossman, 
 MS. Notes.) 
 
 HON GO, a vil. Japan, on the peninsula of Idzu, in the 
 
 S.E. of the island of Niphon. It stands on the banks of the 
 Inodzu-gama, which is here navigable for flat-bottomed boats, 
 and falls into Simoda harbour a few miles below. The in- 
 habitants, about 900 in number, have succeeded, by damming 
 up the river, in obtaining water-power for five undershot mills 
 employed in cleaning rice, and carry on a considerable trade 
 in charcoal, grain, stone, and other products. The country 
 around is finely diversified and highly cultivated, every hill 
 being only a succession of terraces which rise one above 
 another from the base to the summit, and produce rich crops 
 of rice, barley, wheat, and other grain. 
 
 HONIGBEKG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 7 m. N.N.E. Kronstadt; has near its centre 
 the remains of a castle with a wet ditch, a double wall, and 
 seven towers. Pop. 2048. 
 
 HOOGHLY [add. |, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal. 
 The DIST., between lat. 22° 13' and 23° 13' N., Ion. 87° 34' and 
 88° 30' E., is bounded N. by Burdwan, E. the Hooghly, S. the 
 Roopnarain, and W. Midnapore and Burdwan; length, E. to 
 \V., 72 m.; breadth, 52; area, 2080 sq. m. The surface is low 
 and level in the E., but somewhat hilly towards the W. and 
 N.W. The principal streams are the Hooghly, with its 
 tributaries, Roopnarain, Dammooda, and Dalkisore. The 
 low grounds are naturally fertile, and, being easily irrigated, 
 produce large crops of rice; but in the S. the soil is in some 
 places much impregnated with common salt. Next to rice, 
 the most important crops are sugar-cane, indigo, hemp, 
 cotton, and the mulberry for rearing silk-worms. A con- 
 siderable quantity of spirits is distilled from molasses, and 
 from the sap of the date and palmyra palms. The weaving 
 of cotton, once the most important branch of industry, has 
 been almost entirely destroyed by British competition, and 
 the only manufacture of any importance now existing is 
 hemp, made into ropes, sacking, and coarse canvas. Within 
 the limits of this district are the settlements of Chandernagore, 
 Chinsurah, and Serampore, the first still belonging to the 
 French, and the other two formerly Dutch and Danish, but 
 
 now British possessions. Pop. 1,520,840. The town, cap. 
 
 of the above dist., r. bank river of same name, an offset of the 
 Ganges, 22 m. N. by W. Calcutta, is said to have been 
 founded by the Portuguese in 1537, and was wrested from 
 them by the Moguls in 1632, with the loss of 1000 men slain 
 and 4400 made prisoners, and the destruction of 64 large 
 and 254 smaller vessels. The British factory was established 
 in 1676, and sustained no serious disaster till 1756, when it 
 was captured by Suraj-u Dowlah during the raid in which 
 the atrocity of the Black Hole of Calcutta was perpetrated. 
 It long continued to be an important place, but gradually 
 declined with the rise of Calcutta. The principal buildings 
 are a fine church, built by the Jesuits during the Portuguese 
 ascendency, and still apparently in as good condition as if 
 recently erected; a college, supported chiefly by the endow- 
 ment of a wealthy Mahometan, and having in connection with 
 it several branch schools; and the courts and other offices of 
 the civil establishment, accommodated in a range of buildings 
 of pretentious exterior in the Grecian style, but very flimsy 
 and unsubstantial, being merely overlaid with chunam or 
 stucco. It now contains only 12,000 inhabitants. 
 
 HOONSOOR, a station, India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Mysore, about 100 m. S.W. Bangalore, on the Letchman 
 Teert, which is here crossed by a handsome bridge. It con- 
 tains a very large and complete government establishment, 
 including extensive workshops for the manufacture of brass 
 and iron fittings, a training place for bullocks, a depot for 
 camels and elephants, and the tannery from which the army 
 is supplied with boots, shoes, and leather accoutrements of 
 all sorts. 
 
 HOPE, a tn. British Columbia, 1. bank Eraser River, 
 60 m. E.N.E. New Westminster. Its position is a pleasant 
 one; behind it Ogilvie Peak rises to a height of 5000 ft ; to 
 the right stretches the valley of the Que-que-alla, through 
 which lies the road to the gold districts of the Similkameen; 
 while in front flows the river, its channel divided by a pretty 
 small green island, and the hills upon the opposite bank 
 rising to a considerable height, and forming a good back- 
 ground to the prospect. Altogether its site is said to be the 
 most beautiful in British Columbia: a wooded level shut in 
 by an amphitheatre of lofty mountains. Before the discovery 
 
HOPKINSVILLE 
 
 175 
 
 HUIZO 
 
 of the Caribou mines, it was a place of considerable im- 
 portance, but since that it has greatly declined, 
 
 HOFKINSVILLE, a tn. U. States, Kentucky, cap. co. 
 Christian, on Little River, and on the Edgefield and Kentucky 
 railway, 165 m. S.W. Frankfort. It is a regularly formed and 
 well-built place, with eight churches, an academy, three female 
 seminaries, a large state lunatic asylum capable of receiving 
 300 patients, and a botanic garden. The manufactures con- 
 sist chiefly of tobacco and carriages. Pop. 2289. 
 
 HOKCASITAS (San Miguel), a tn. Mexico, state 
 Sonora, on a height in the fertile and well-cultivated valley, 
 and near the left bank of the river of San Ignacio, about 70 m. 
 N.N.W. Ures. It contains about 2500 inhabitants, who are 
 engaged partly in mining, but chiefly in cultivating wheat, 
 vegetables, and fruit. 
 
 HORNSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 12 m. N.N.W. Oedenburg; with a castle, a trade in wine and 
 wood, and 1800 inhabitants. 
 
 HORRA-BORA, a tank or lake, Ceylon, Central Pro- 
 vince, dist. Bintenne, about 35 m. E. Kandy. A stream, 
 flowing between two hills about 3 or 4 m. apart, has been 
 intercepted by an embankment drawn across the valley where, 
 from the approximation of the hills, it is narrowest. The 
 water thus confined forms a lake 8 to 10 m. long by 3 to 4 m. 
 wide, exclusive of narrow branches running behind spurs of 
 the hills. The embankment has a width at the base of about 
 200 ft., and is 70 ft. high. In forming it, advantage has 
 been taken of two vast masses of rock, which, standing in or 
 near its line, have been included in it. In this way not only 
 has great additional strength been given to the whole, but 
 two spill-waters on which neither time nor the grinding action 
 of the flood can make much impression, have been obtained, 
 though by a most difiicult and laborious process. This con- 
 sisted in cutting two passages, one in each mass of rock, 60 ft. 
 deep, and widening gradually from 4 ft. in the bottom to 15 
 or 20 ft. at the top, and furnishing them with sluices for 
 regulating the quantity of water allowed to escape. The 
 tank is now comparatively neglected, and the embankment 
 has only been preserved from entire destruction by the above 
 precaution used in constructing it. The water in the tank 
 swarms with crocodiles. 
 
 HOSSZUFALU, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 8 m. E.S.E. Kronstadt, cap. dist. of same name, on 
 the Diirrbach, in a mountainous district near the Altshanz 
 Pass; with 7746 inhabitants, who rear cattle and trade largely 
 with Walachia. 
 
 HOSUNGABAD, a dist. and tn. India, N. W. Provinces, 
 Saugor and Nerbudda territory. The dist. has an area of 
 1916 sq. m., and is in general so fertile and well cultivated 
 that it is familiarly spoken of as the garden of Central India. 
 Coal of excellent quality has been discovered within its limits, 
 but hitherto the great distance from the coast and imperfect 
 means of transport have been insurmountable obstacles to 
 
 the working of it. Pop. 242,641. The town, cap. of 
 
 the above dist., stands on the left bank of the Nerbudda, 
 here 900 yards wide, 103 m. S.W. Saugor, is built in a very 
 irregular and straggling manner, and is defended by a quad- 
 rangular fort with lofty walls. 
 
 HOTZENDORF, atn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and a little S. of Neutitschein; with a Protestant and R. 
 Catholic church, and 1100 inhabitants, mostly Protestant. 
 
 HOUSATONIC, a river, U. States, which rises in co. 
 Berkshire, Massachusetts, flows S. into Connecticut, and, 
 after a winding course of about 150 m., falls into Long 
 Island Sound. Its banks present much picturesque scenery, 
 and its stream furnishes water-power for a number of large 
 mills. 
 
 HOUSTON, a tn. U. States, Texas, cap. co. Harris, at 
 the head of steamboat navigation on Buffalo bayou, and on 
 the Houston and Texas Central railway, 48 m. N.W. Gal- 
 veston. It stands in an excellent grazing district, and con- 
 tains six churches, a number of schools, iron-foundries, cotton- 
 presses, machine-shops, and other industrial establishments. 
 Its easy communication with Galveston by steam makes it 
 the shipping point for several adjoining counties. Pop. 
 (1860), 4845. 
 
 HOW-CHOW-FOO, a tn. China, in the N.W. of prov. 
 Chekiang, and cap. of the Chinese silk country, 120 m. 
 W. S. W. Shanghai. It is surrounded by a wall apparently 
 
 not more than 4 m. in circuit, but declared by the Chinese 
 to be 6 m., and to contain about 100,000 families. There is 
 besides a large dense suburb, with a canal leading through it 
 in the direction of the Tai-hu Lake. Another canal, having 
 all the appearance of a fine broad stream, crosses the place 
 from S. to N., and forms the chief highway for the boat 
 trafiic. It is crowded with boats of all sizes— some dis- 
 charging goods and passengers at the jetties on its banks, 
 and others hurrying onward deeply laden. Near the S. gate 
 the town, consisting of houses nearly all of the. same height, 
 only overtopped occasionally by a pagoda or watch- tower, 
 has a rather poor appearance, but towards the centre, and 
 particularly towards the N., it becomes rich and densely 
 peopled. Many of the shops are crowded with articles of 
 great value and beauty; among others manufactured crapes 
 and silks, and gorgeous fans. The other principal articles 
 are embroidered shoes, hats, umbrellas, tobacco-pipes made 
 of bamboo and nicely painted, porcelain of all kinds, and in- 
 deed everything in common demand. The staple trade is raw 
 silk, which, sorted and made up into parcels, is sent for sale 
 to Shanghai. It has been estimated that four-fifths of the 
 silk produced in the district is exported to Europe and 
 America. — (Fortune's Residence among tlie Chinese, 1853 — 
 1856.) 
 
 HOWIESKI, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Neutitschein; with a castle, a Reformed and R. Catholic 
 church, and 3173 inhabitants. 
 
 ROWLAND, an isl. Pacific Ocean, lat. 0° 61' N.; Ion. 
 176° 32' W.; 40 m. N.N.W. Baker's Island. It is 1^ m. 
 long by ^ m. wide, has an area of 400 ac. above the crown 
 of the beach, and contains deposits of ' American guano,' but 
 no fresh water. 
 
 HOWRA, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Twenty-four 
 Pergunnahs, r. bank Hooghly, opposite to Calcutta, of 
 which it may be considered a suburb. It is a considerable 
 place, inhabited chiefly by ship-builders, and containing a 
 number of handsome villas. New importance has been given 
 to it by its selection as the terminus of the Grand Trunk 
 railway to the north-west. 
 
 HKABIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. and near 
 Troppau; with a pilgrim church, a castle of the prince of 
 Liechtenstein, and 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 HRADEK (New), atn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 15 m. N.N.E. Koniggratz; with a parish church, a ruined 
 castle, three mills, and 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 HUAGNAPAN, a tn. Mexico, state and 60 m. N.W. 
 Oajaca, cap. dep. of same name. It is a considerable place, 
 regularly built, and containing many handsome houses. 
 
 HUAHUACHTE, an old Indian tn. Mexico, dep. and 
 87 m. S.W, Chihuahua, in a mountainous district near the 
 source of the Fuerte. It is situated in the centre of a valley, 
 and by its appearance indicates at once the industry and 
 comfort of its inhabitants. Cattle and poultry abound; the 
 gardens are well stocked with peach and apple trees, and every 
 available part of the valley is under cultivation. Pop. 400. 
 
 HUATULCO (Santa Cruz de), a tn. Mexico, state and 
 90 m, S.S.E. Oajaca, near the mouth of n. small stream in 
 the Pacific. It was substituted for another town of same 
 name which stood farther up the stream, was opened to trade 
 in 1852, and promises to become important. 
 
 HUATUSCO, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 55 m. W.S.W. 
 Vera Cruz, at the height of about 4000 ft. above the sea. It 
 consists of a number of houses substantially built of stone, 
 and possesses two churches, a well-supplied market, and a 
 considerable trade. The cultivation of maize and tobacco, 
 and trade, form the chief occupations of the inhabitants, who 
 amount to about 5000. 
 
 HUGRY, a river India, presid. Madras, which rises in 
 Mysore, flows successively N.E. and N., passing into dist. 
 Bellary, and joins the Toongabudra on its right bank, after a 
 course of about 220 m. 
 
 HUISTAN, a tn. Mexico, state Chiapas, about 18 m. 
 E.S. Christoval; with 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 HUIZO, or Guagolotitlan, a tn. Mexico, state and 27 m. 
 N.W. Oajaca, on the Atoyac, at the foot of a mountain chain. 
 It has the remains of a Dominican monastery which was once 
 richly endowed, and the church of which is now that of the 
 parish. Its garden, now a mere waste, was famous for its 
 European fruits. Pop. 3000. 
 
HULHULLY 
 
 176 
 
 HURRUR 
 
 HULHULLY, a vil. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 about 30 m. N.W. Bellary, on the post road from Madras to 
 Bombay, and on the r. bank of the Toombudra, over which 
 there is here a much-frequented harbour. It is inclosed by 
 walls, and contains two pagodas. The inhabitants are engaged 
 in agriculture. 
 
 HULIKADDRA, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, about 
 50 m. N.W. Bellary. It is inclosed by a wall, with a dry 
 ditch and glacis, and contains about 200 houses. 
 
 HULLEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 12 m. N. Hradisch, on the Russawa, and on the Vienna and 
 Oderberg railway; with four yearly markets, and 2217 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 HULLUF, or Ui.luf, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, 
 prov. Kotoko, about 75 ra. S. from Lake Tchad. It is in- 
 closed by a high clay wall, and almost hidden by wide-spread- 
 ing fig-trees. The inhabitants are said to practise witchcraft 
 and sorcery, and have thereby given themselves so bad a 
 name that natives in travelling along the road are unwilling 
 to make it their place of encampment even during the heat 
 of the day. 
 
 HUMAGUACA, a tn. La Plata, prov. and 110 m. N. 
 by E. Salta, beautifully situated in the midst of luxuriant 
 gardens and cultivated fields. It is a clean rural place, with 
 neatly whitewashed houses, and a conspicuous church with a 
 steeple. The water-melon and a kind of peach grow in 
 abundance. To the E. and S. of the town are plains of 
 prairie grass so tall that a man on horseback might be con- 
 cealed in it. 
 
 HUMEERPOOR, a dist. and tn. India, N.W. Provinces. 
 —The DIST. lies between lat. 25° 7' and 26° 26' N.; Ion. 79° 
 20' and 80° 25' E., and is bounded N.E. by the Jumna, E. and 
 S.E. Banda, S. the native states Churkaree and Chutturpore, 
 and W. Jhansi and Jaloun; area, 2240 sq. m. It consists 
 generally of a plain, rising gently southward as it recedes 
 from the Jumna, till it reaches the Bendahal and Punna 
 ranges. It is drained by the Jumna and its tributaries, 
 chiefly the Betwa and Cane. The soil is for the most part a 
 rich friable mould formed of disintegrated volcanic rocks and 
 alluvial deposits. It is, of course, remarkably rich, and 
 yields heavy crops of cereals and pulse, together with sugar- 
 cane, cotton, and indigo. The chief exception to the general 
 fertility is in these localities where kunkar or calcareous 
 tufa prevails, and forms a soil which yields little more than 
 a scanty herbage and stunted shrubs. The cotton, which is 
 usually an abundant crop of excellent quality, is largely ex- 
 ported, being first conveyed to Calpee and other places on the 
 Jumna, and thence transmitted to the lower provinces. The 
 climate is trying to European constitutions, as intermitting 
 
 fevers are very prevalent. Pop. 452,091. The town, 
 
 cap. of the dist., stands in the fork formed by the confluence 
 of the Betwa with the Jumna, 39 m, S. by W. Cawnpore. 
 
 HUMPHREY, an island. Pacific Ocean, in the American 
 Polynesia; lat. 10° 30' S.; Ion. 161° 2' W. It was dis- 
 covered by Captain Patrickson in 1822. 
 
 HUN-CHUN, or Hwan-chun-ching, a tn. Chinese em- 
 pire, Manchooria, on a river of same name, at its junction 
 with the Tumeu, which here forms part of the boundary 
 between Russia and China; lat. 42° 45' N.; Ion. 130° 20' E. 
 Tliough the only recognized place of trade between Korea 
 and China, its permanent residents consist only of about 100 
 Tartar families, with a mandarin of the second class and 
 about 300 soldiers to maintain order. The main cause of 
 this insignificance is the absurd arrangement of the Chinese 
 government, which permits some mandarins by special privi- 
 lege to trade annually for not more than five days, and re- 
 stricts all other traders to half a day, and that only every 
 second year. On this occasion, the Chinese, who repair 
 hither from Ningput by a slow and laborious journey in 
 clumsy waggons, supply the Koreans with dogs, cats, pipes, 
 leather, stag-horn, copper, horses, mules, and asses, and re- 
 ceive in return ginseng, baskets, kitchen utensils, rice, corn, 
 swine, paper, mats, oxen, furs, and ponies. 
 
 HUN8D0RF (Hukfalu), a tn. Austrian empire, Hun- 
 gary, CO. Zips, on the Poprad; with several fine mansions, 
 manufactures of linen, and a trade in flax. Roman and 
 Hunnish antiquities are found in the vicinity. Pop. 1800, 
 mostly Lutherans. 
 
 HUNTER, a group of islands, Tasmania, off the N.W. 
 
 coast, at the W. entrance of Bass Strait. It consists of three 
 principal and of several smaller islands, all rendered con- 
 spicuous by their elevated surface. — Albatross, the northern- 
 most, in lat. 40° 22' S.; Ion. 144° 40' E., is 125 ft. high, and 
 presents a coast-line of precipitous cliffs, rocky and strag- 
 gling, with a skirt of breakers. — Steep island, another of the 
 group, 11m. from Albatross, is 250 ft. higher, and justifies 
 its name by the steepness of its cliffy margin. — Hunter, 
 which, as the largest, gives name to the whole group, and is 
 6 m. nearly due E. of Albatross, is about 16m long from 
 N. to S., and not more than 4 m. broad. In the N. it ex- 
 hibits a striking picture of sterility and desolation ; but its 
 8. coast is formed by hills of moderate elevation, and well 
 wooded. — Three Hummock island, in some re.'ipects the most 
 remarkable of the Hunter group, is 2 m. E. from Hunter 
 island, from which it is separated by Peron Channel. It is 
 about 6 m. in length, and nearly the same in breadth, and 
 derives its name from three hills on its S.E. side, which rise 
 gradually, till the northernmost is 590 ft. above the sea, and 
 becomes visible in clear weather at the distance of 27 m. 
 The southernmost of the three hummocks, named by Flinders, 
 from its conical shape, Sugar Loaf Hill, attains the still 
 greater height of 790 ft., and is visible at the distance of 
 30 m. The best anchorage afforded by the group is in 
 Peron Channel, sheltered by Hunter Island on the W. and 
 Three Hummock Island on the E. 
 
 HUNTSVILLE, two places, U. States:— 1, A tn. Ala- 
 bama, cap. CO. Madison, on the Memphis and Charleston 
 railway, 120 m. N.N.E. Tuscaloosa. It is a well-built place, 
 with a handsome court-house, 7 churches, a female seminary, 
 and a market-house. Pop. (1860), 3634.-2, A tn. in the E. 
 part of Texas, cap. co. Walker, 110 m. N.N.W. Galveston. 
 It is pleasantly situated on high ground, is well built, and 
 contains a Presbyterian college, a Methodist female institute, 
 and a large state penitentiary. The surrounding country is 
 covered with cotton plantations. Pop. (1860), 939. 
 
 HURREEAN AH, a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, between 
 lat. 28° 33' and 29° 49' N.; Ion. 75° 20' and 76° 22' E.; is 
 bounded N.W., N., and N.E. by Sirhind, E. Rohtuk and 
 Dadree, S. Dadree and Loharoo, and W. state Bikaneer 
 and dist. Bhutteana; area, 3300 sq. m. The soil is formed 
 for the most part of alluvial matter carried down from the 
 lower ranges of the Himalaya by the Ghagur, Chitang, and 
 other streams, and is admirably adapted both for agriculture 
 and grazing, yielding large crops of rice, wheat, barley, 
 millet, pulse, &c., and rich luxuriant grass, not sui'passed as 
 pasturage in any part of India. The great drawback is long- 
 continued drought, during which vegetation withers and dies. 
 The jungles of Hurreeanah were favourite hunting-grounds of 
 the emperor Feroz Shah, and still harbour some lions, and 
 a great number of tigers and other wild animals. Pop. 
 225,086. 
 
 HURRUR, Harae, or Horrur [add.], a city, E. Africa, 
 the ancient capital of Hadiyah; lat. 9° 20' N.; Ion. 42° 17' E. 
 It stands on a gently declining slope about the height of 5500 
 ft. above the sea, having on its E. side cultivated fields, on 
 the W. a terraced ridge laid out in orchards ; on the N. a 
 detached eminence covered with tombs, and on the S. a low 
 valley traversed by a mountain torrent. Its area, inclosed 
 by an irregular wall pierced with five large gates, and flanked 
 by oval towers, is about a mile long and half a mile broad. 
 The buildings of every kind are composed of rough stones 
 cemented, like the ancient Galla cities, with clay, and the 
 streets, which follow the irregularity of the ground, are 
 narrow winding lanes nearly choked up in many places with 
 heaps of rubbish. Most of the dwelling-houses are of two 
 stories with flat roofs and holes high up in their sides for 
 windows, on which occasionally some wretched decorations 
 of wood-work have been attempted, and stand at the end of 
 large courtyards to which access is given through gates of 
 holcus stalks. In addition to these houses, there are numer- 
 ous gamhisa, or bell-shaped thatched cottages for the poorest 
 classes. The principal buildings are mosques. With these 
 the city abounds, but hot one of them is deserving of a passing 
 notice except the jami or cathedral. Even it, though built 
 by Turkish architects from Mocha and Hadaydah, is devoid 
 of merit, and with its broken-down gates, and two mina- 
 rets shaped like- truncated cones, has a poverty-stricken ap- 
 pearance. The inhabitants are a distinct race, and speak a 
 
HURUNUI 
 
 177 
 
 HYDEEABAD 
 
 dialect which is heard nowhere except within its walls. 
 Their exterior is very unprepossessing. ' Among the men,' 
 says Burton, 'I did not see a handsome face; their features 
 are coarse and debauched ; many of them squint, others have 
 lost an eye by smallpox, and they are disfigured by scrofula 
 jind other diseases; the bad expression of their countenances 
 justifies the expression, " Hard as the heart of Ilarar." ' He 
 gives a more flattering account of the women, and says that 
 they ' appear beautiful by contrast with their lords.' ' High 
 and low indulge freely in intoxicating drinks.' Harar is 
 governed as an independent sovereignty by an emir, who 
 rules despotically, and seeks to hide his Galla or pagan ex- 
 traction by claiming descent from Caliph Abubekr. The 
 trade of the place is extensive. As of old it is still the great 
 ' half-way house ' for slaves from Zangaro, Gurague and the 
 Galla tribes, Alo and others. The principal exports are 
 slaves, ivory, coffee, tobacco, wars (saf- 
 flower or bastard saffron), tobes and woven 
 cottons, mules, holcus, wheat, karanji (a 
 kind of bread used by travellers), ghee, 
 honey, gums (chiefly mastic and myrrh), 
 and tallows of all sorts; the imports, 
 American sheeting and other cottons 
 white and dyed, mu.slins, red shawls, silks, 
 brass, sheet copper, cutlery, Birmingham 
 trinkets, beads and corals, dates, rice, loaf- 
 sugar, gunpowder, and paper. Among the 
 above exports, special notice is due to the 
 tobe as a branch of native industry for 
 which Harar is celebrated. ' The hand- 
 woven tobes and sashes of Harar,' says 
 Burton, * are considered equal to the cele- 
 brated cloths of Shoa. On the windward 
 coast one of these garments is considered 
 a handsome present for a chief. The 
 Harari tobe consists of a double length of 
 eleven cubits by two in breadth, with a 
 border of bright scarlet, and the average 
 value of a good article even in the city is 
 eight dollars. They are made of the fine 
 long-stapled cotton which grows plenti- 
 fully upon the hills, and are soft as silk, 
 while their warmth adapts them for winter 
 wear. The thread is spun by women with two wooden pins ; 
 the loom is worked by both sexes.' Three caravans leave 
 Harar every year for Berberah. The principal one, convey- 
 ing slaves, mules, &c., numbers about 3000 souls, and is 
 commanded by one of tlie emir's principal officers. Pop. 
 estimated at 8000. 
 
 HURUNUI, a river, New Zealand, which rises in the 
 Tekoa Mountains, in the N. of Middle Island or Munster, 
 in the province of Nelson, flows rapidly E. for about 30 m., 
 and falls into the sea about 50 m. N. of Banks Peninsula. 
 It is navigable only by boats. 
 
 HUSH, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, cap. circle 
 Faltshi, near r. bank Pruth, 42 m. S.E. Jassy. It is the 
 seat of a civil and a criminal court, has a normal school, and 
 carries on a considerable trade in tobacco, which is considered 
 the best in Moldavia. In 1714 Peter the Great was shut up 
 in the vicinity with his army, which must have surrendered 
 at discretion had not the dexterity of the empress Catherine 
 and the stupidity of the Turkish generals enabled him to 
 escape. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 HUSSEIN-DEY, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 about 4 m. from Algiers, beautifully situated at the foot of 
 the slopes of the Sahel. The palace of the dey, from whom 
 it takes its name, is still standing, and it also contains a 
 number of handsome villas. The inhabitants are chiefly 
 employed in rearing cattle, for which the district is well 
 adapted, and number 1342. 
 
 HUSSIATYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 19 m. E. by N. Czortkow, on the Podorce and the Rus- 
 sian frontier; with a beautiful baronial castle, an infirmarj', 
 and 2644 inhabitants. 
 
 1IUST0PET8CH, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and about 7 m. W.S.W. Neutitschein, in a beautiful valley, 
 not far from Betschwa; with a castle, a walk-mill, and 1000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 HIJT800, a river, India, which rises in the petty native 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 state of Korea, on the S. W. frontier of Bengal, flows S. into 
 Nagpore, and, after a course of about 130 m., joins the 
 Mahanuddy in lat. 21° 50' N.; Ion. 82° 46' E. 
 
 II UTT, a river, New Zealand, which rises in the Kemutaka 
 Mountains on the S. of North Island or Ulster, flows S.S. W. 
 through the beautiful and fertile valley of its name, and falls 
 into the head of Port Nicholson in Cook's Strait. It is 
 navigable for nearly 2 m. by large cargo-boats. 
 
 HYDERABAD [add.], a n. India, cap. Nizam's Domi- 
 nions, stands upon the r. or S. bank of the Mussi, at an ele- 
 vation of 1072 ft. above the sea, in the midst of a highly 
 picturesque country, overspread with granite hills and isol- 
 ated rocks of various forms. Its palaces and mosques, seen 
 in combination with the buildings of the British residency, 
 give it an appearance of much grandeur, but it contains a 
 mixture of stately houses with low and dirty hovels in narrow 
 
 STREET IIT THE KtTRWEN, HYDERABAD.— From Taylor's Sketches in the Deccan. 
 
 irregular streets, some of which are paved. It is surrounded 
 by a weak stone wall, forming an irregular quadrangle, about 
 2| m. long upon the river, and 2 m. broad. A handsome 
 bridge, erected in 1831 by Major Oliphant, connects the city 
 with a crowded suburb on the 1. bank of the river, in which 
 stands the residency. The bridge is built of granite on eight 
 elliptical arches, each 56 feet span, besides a land arch of 
 75 ft. span. Its total length is about 600 ft., and breadth 
 24 ft. The river when full is between 400 and 500 ft. wide. 
 The residency is walled and approached through two gate- 
 ways. It is a handsome building, on the plan of the govern- 
 ment house at Calcutta, with wings resting on an arched 
 basement, to which there is an ascent by a noble flight of 
 twenty-two .steps. Its principal front, which turns away 
 from the city, has a richly ornamented Corinthian portico, 
 much too large for the house. The columns are of polished 
 chunam, and are flanked by two colossal sphinxes, all resting 
 on a pavement of black and white marble. The palace of 
 the nizam is of great extent, but in the usual style of native 
 buildings. The Chaur Manar or Four Minarets, the most 
 conspicuous monument of antiquity in Hyderabad, was built 
 by the founder of the city about 1590. It stands at the 
 junction of the four principal streets of the town, which 
 pass through the great arches on which the building is sup- 
 ported, and has a very striking appearance. It was erected 
 for a Mussulman seminary or college, but is now used for 
 warehouses. There are many fine gardens and pavilions 
 belonging to rich natives in the environs of the city, the 
 country seat of the nizam's prime minister, inclosed within 
 high walls, and containing galleries, terraces, fountains, &c., 
 and otherwise richly adorned, being amongst the most beauti- 
 ful. In 1861 a treaty was concluded with the nizam, pro- 
 viding, in reward of his loyalty during the mutiny, for the 
 restoration of certain territory, and cancelling a debt of 
 £500,000 due to the British government. Pop. about 
 200,000, chiefly Mussulmans. 
 
 23 
 
HWANG-CHOW 
 
 178 
 
 ILOCOS 
 
 HWANG-CHOW, a tn. China, prov. Houp^, 1. bank 
 Yang-tze-kiang, 20 m. S.E. Woo-chang. It was a large and 
 flourishing city till it fell into the hands of the rebels, 
 who, on being obliged to evacuate it, completed the work of 
 destruction. Its pagoda, however, which boasts to be the 
 finest on the river, escaped, and is in excellent preservation. 
 The navigation of the river near this town becomes ex- 
 tremely intricate and even dangerous. 
 
 H WANG-SHI-KANG, a tn. China, prov. IIoup^, on the 
 Yang-tze-kiang, 25 m. S.E. Woo-chang. A handsome river 
 wall of sandstone, surmounted by a balustrade, gives the place. 
 
 when approached by water, a most imposing appearance. 
 Its streets are remarkable for their cleanliness; the shops are 
 generally superior to those seen in other Chinese towns far- 
 ther down the river; and the number of junks at anchor 
 indicates a high degree of commercial activity, while the 
 whole town has an air of prosperity and opulence. Much of 
 this is doubtless owing to the immunity which it has en- 
 joyed from rebel violence. A considerable trade is carried 
 on in grain, and large quantities of cotton and indigo are 
 grown; but neither tea nor silk appears to be produced. Coal 
 is worked about 5 m. distant. 
 
 I. 
 
 IBARRA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. prov. Im- 
 babura, in a beautiful plain to the N. of Quito. It consists 
 of straight and spacious streets, and houses built of adobe and 
 covered with tile, some of them of two stories; and contains 
 a parish church, occupying one side of the public square; a 
 college in which Latin, Spanish, and philosophy are taught; 
 several convents appropriated for the use of the public schools, 
 a governor's house, an hospital, and a beautiful pantheon. 
 The manufactures are hats, brandy and liqueurs, confections, 
 cotton goods, and salt. Pop. about 13,000. 
 
 ICHANG, a tn. China, prov. Houpe, 1. bank Yang-tze- 
 kiang, 1100 m. (by river) W. Shanghai, in lat. 30° 41' 5" N.; 
 Ion. 111° 3' E. Most of the trading junks from Sechuen 
 prefer stopping here, though some proceed to Shahoz, and a 
 few even as far as Hankow. Ichang is an important haven 
 for the trade of W. China, and a great number of boats lie 
 at anchor before it. Opposite to the town, and a mile below 
 it, the breadth of the river is in May and June about 950 
 yards, and the depth of the channel is in March nowhere less 
 than 3J fathoms. Abundance of coal is found in the vicinity; 
 but the quality is apparently indifferent. 
 
 ICHTIMAN, a tn. European Turkey, Turkish Servia, 
 on the Wid, 22 m. S.E. Sophia. It has several mosques, and 
 contains 5000 inhabitants, partly Bulgarians, partly Turks. 
 
 ICOLLO-I-BENGO, a tn. S.W. Africa, Portuguese 
 settlements, prov. Angola, r. bank Bengo, 35 m. E. Loanda. 
 It takes its name from having once been the residence of a 
 native king, and is a place of some importance. One of its 
 industrial establishments is a large sugar manufactory, the 
 flat alluvial banks of the Bengo being well adapted for sugar- 
 cane. It contains a pop. of 6580 blacks, 172 mulattoes, and 
 1 1 whites. 
 
 IDAHO, a territory, U. States, organized in 1863; area, 
 326,373 sq. m. It is formed of the eastern halves of 
 old Washington and Oregon territories, the western half of 
 Nebraska, and a small section of northern Utah. It lies 
 immediately N. of Utah and Colorado, and extends in a 
 northerly direction to the British possessions. The territory 
 owes its rise and importance to the rich gold fields of the 
 Salmon river, previous to the discovery of which a few years 
 ago it was inhabited only by Indians. The scenery along 
 the Salmon river in the vicinity of the gold mines is very 
 grand, the stream in some places flowing between perpendi- 
 cular walls of rock from 500 to 2000 ft. high. Coal, copper, 
 iron, and salt are also found in many localities. Platina has 
 been gathered in small quantities in the streams by the 
 Indians, and it is thought that extensive deposits of this 
 valuable metal exist. The higher mountain ranges of the 
 territory are bleak and barren, but the lower hills are gene- 
 rally well wooded, and the soil of the valleys is productive. 
 
 IGALIKO, Greenland. /S'ee Jumanshaab in Supp. 
 
 IGBEGBE, atn. Western Africa, advantageously situated 
 nearly opposite the site of the once famous market town of 
 Odokodo, at the confluence of the Benuwe and Kwara, 240 m. 
 above their mouth in the Gulf of Guinea. It stands on a slope 
 at the base of a range of hills, with large fields of maize in the 
 back-ground, and a great number of baobab-trees, the trunks 
 and thick foliage of which are very striking. The market is 
 well supplied. Among the articles exposed for sale are 
 
 palm-oil, shea-butter, cotton and cotton cloths, mats, bags, 
 calabashes, corn, pepper, yams, tomatoes, papaws, plantains, 
 and bananas. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 IGBIRA, a dist. Western Africa, which lies in the fork 
 formed by the confluence of the Benuwe with the Kwara, 
 and stretches E. for about 50 m. along the r. bank of the 
 former. The inhabitants are highly civilized, friendly, civil, 
 and most industrious, and are the medium of an important 
 trade with Europeans. The inhabitants, with few exceptions, 
 are pagans, but have comparatively few barbarous rites. 
 
 IGBO, a territory. Western Africa, extending E. and W. 
 from the Old Kalabar river to the Kwara, and also to a small 
 extent across and beyond it so as to bound with Abo; on the 
 S. it comprehends part of the Kwara delta. The inhabitants, 
 belonging to diflferent races, have a mixture of dialects, but 
 are all pagans, and practise numerous superstitious rites and 
 ceremonies, including sacrifices of fowls, sheep, goats, and 
 bullocks. Their most celebrated shrine is at Aro or Ano, 
 where their deity, called Tshuku, though regarded as omni- 
 potent and omnipresent, is believed to have his special resi- 
 dence. 
 
 ILA, a tn. Western Africa, Yoruba, cap. dist. Igbomna, 
 about 120 m. W. of the Kwara; lat. 8° N.; Ion. 4° 55' E. 
 It is a large but poorly built place, the only house within it 
 deserving of notice being that of the chief, which is large, 
 well kept, and substantial, with a portico in front. Cotton 
 is extensively grown in the district, and promises to become 
 an important article of trade. 
 
 ILANCA, a tn. Austrian empire, Serbian Banat, Mili- 
 tary Frontier, 30 m. N.E. Belgrade; with two Greek churches 
 and 2340 inhabitants. 
 
 ILARIONE (San Giovanni), a tn. Austrian Italy, prov. 
 and 17 m. W. by S. Vicenza; with coal-mines, and 3290 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 iLESHA, a tn. Western Africa, prov. Yoruba, cap. 
 dist. Ijesha. It is a large and important place, surrounded 
 by walls and entered by several gates. The streets scarcely 
 deserve the name, being mere paths bounded by grass 10 
 or 12 feet high; but the houses are remarkable both for 
 their size and the intricacy of their construction. That 
 of the chief occupies nearly a half mile square, and is in- 
 closed by a wall upwards of 20 feet high. Imposing both 
 by its height and size, and regularly built, it ' really looks,' 
 as Mr. May expresses it, ' a palace in Africa.' The people 
 have a wilder aspect than is common to the Yorubans. This 
 is probably owing to an increased amount of negro beard, 
 and the practice of wearing calabashes for head- coverings. 
 The women wear a saucer-shaped button with its shank in- 
 serted in a hole in the left nostril. 
 
 ILLAPEL, a tn. Chili, prov. Coquimbo, cap. dep. of 
 same name, on the river Illapel, about 11m. above its con- 
 fluence with the Choapo. It possesses three churches, two 
 higher and four primary schools, and has a pop. of 3430. 
 
 ILLAVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 10 
 m. N.N.E, Trencsin, on the Waag; with a district court, a 
 castle, a brewery, and a very large central house of correc- 
 tion for Hungary, Siebenburgen, the Temesvar Banat, 
 Croatia, and Sclavonia. Pop. 1000. 
 
 ILOCOS [add.], two provinces in the i.sland of Luzon, 
 
IMMA 
 
 179 
 
 INDIA 
 
 Philippine Isles, Indian Archipelago: — 1. Flocos-Norte, or 
 Northern IIocos, bounded N. and W. by the ocean, E. prov. 
 Cagayan, and S. Ilocos-Sur; area, 1388 geo. sq. m. Its 
 surface is generally rugged and mountainous, two chains of 
 considerable elevation passing through it. The mountains 
 are covered with dense forests, in which sapan and other 
 dye-woods abound, and there is much valuable timber. The 
 principal agricultural products are rice, wheat, sesame, sugar- 
 cane, coffee, cacao, and cotton. Horses are reared in great 
 numbers. The climate is moist and cloudy, and in winter 
 colder than might be expected from the latitude. Hail- 
 storms are not unfrequent. The prov. lias however the 
 advantage of being sheltered from the N.E. monsoon by the 
 Cordillera of Caraballos. Pop. 157,558. — 2. Ilocos-Sur, 
 bounded N. by Ilocos-Norte, E. by the Caraballos range, 
 separating it from Abra, and W. by the ocean; area, 676 geo. 
 sq. m. On its coast are several harbours, of which the best 
 and safest are Salomaque and Currimao, both of them with 
 suflBcient depth for large vessels. The interior, though much 
 broken by spurs from the Caraballos and covered to a great 
 extent with dense forests, contains so much fertile soil that 
 the province justly ranks as one of the most fertile and best 
 peopled in the Philippines. Its climate is temperate, less 
 moist that of Ilocos-Norte, and has like it the advantage of 
 being sheltered from the N.E. monsoon. A considerable 
 quantity of gold is washed from the sands of its rivers. Pop. 
 192,272. 
 
 IMMA, a river, Russian empire, Manchooria, said to be 
 formed in a mountainous district by two streams, flows 
 W.S.W., and joins the Usuri, of which it is the principal 
 tributary on the right. It is navigated only by the small 
 canoes of the Orochi, Goldi, and Chinese, but is probably 
 navigable by larger boats. Opposite to its mouth, on the 
 Chinese side of the Usuri, is the Manchoo village of Imma, 
 perched on a prominent point of some hills composed of red 
 marl. Ginseng is cultivated in the vicinity. 
 
 INAGUA, two isls. West Indies, belonging to the 
 Bahamas, and nearly equidistant from Cuba on the S.W. and 
 San Domingo on the S.E.: — 1. Great Inagua is of very 
 irregular shape, stretching about 45 m. between its N.E. 
 and S.W. points, but diminishing in breadth from 18 m. near 
 its centre to a narrow strip of land which for 10 m. in the 
 direction of its N. extremity is not more than 4 m. wide. 
 Its loftiest summit does not exceed 132 ft. above the sea, 
 while the average height does not exceed 30 ft. On its E. side 
 it is skirted by a dangerous reef. Its best anchorage is in 
 Matthew Road, 3 m. N. of its S.W. point, where Matthew 
 Town is situated in front of extensive salt-ponds, and is de- 
 fended by a fort. — 2. Little Inagua, somewhat of a quadran- 
 gular shape, is 8 m. long from E. to W. by about 5 m. broad, 
 presents a bold and rocky shore on its N.E. and S.W. sides, 
 and on the 8.E. is skirted by a dangerous reef on which the 
 sea breaks heavily. It is not inhabited, but there are said 
 to be wild hogs upon it and water. 
 
 INCARIANC) (San PiETRo),atn. Austrian empire, Italy, 
 prov. and 8 m. N.W. Verona; with a court of justice, a parish 
 church, and a palace built by Palladio. Pop. 2105. 
 
 INDEPENDENCE, a tn. U. States, Missouri, cap. co. 
 Jackson, near the W. frontier of the state, and about 5 m. S. 
 of the Missouri. It possesses several churches and hotels, 
 and carries on an active trade, its position making it an 
 entrepot between New Mexico and Utah and the eastern 
 states. The Mormons, who settled here in 1837, were 
 violently expelled by the inhabitants. Pop. 3164. 
 
 INDIA [add.] In 1858 the government of British India 
 M'as transferred by the English legislature from tlie East India 
 Company to the Queen. By the terms of the act of par- 
 liament, all the powers of the company are exercised by her 
 majesty, and all revenues and tributes are received and dis- 
 posed of in her name for the purposes of the government of 
 India alone. The executive is invested in a secretary of 
 state for India, and a council of state consisting of 15 members, 
 seven of whom are elected by the directors of the East India 
 Company from their own body, and eight are nominated by 
 the crown, vacancies among the nominated members being 
 filled up by the queen, and other vacancies by election by the 
 rest of the council. But the major part of the council must 
 be of persons who have redded ten years in India, and have 
 not left it more than ten years previous to the date of their 
 
 appointment. Each member has a salary of £1200 a year, 
 payable, as well as that of the secretary of state, out of the 
 revenues of India. In India the government is administered 
 by the governor-general and a supreme council of 11 to 15 
 members at Calcutta, subject to the direction of the secretary 
 of state for India. The sovereign of Great Britain is em- 
 powered to appoint from time to time an auditor of the 
 accounts, with power to inspect all books and examine all 
 officers, and his report is to be laid before parliament. The 
 account of Indian revenue and expenditure must also be laid 
 before parliament annually. Under the new form of govern- 
 ment the affairs of the country have prospered in every way; 
 education has been promoted among the natives; railways 
 have been constructed; electric telegraph lines opened; roads 
 improved, and new ones made; and trade and commerce 
 generally increased. 
 
 In 1863 there were 10,566 miles of government telegraph 
 line in the country, worked by 2978 persons employed. 
 
 In 1865 there were in India ten railway companies guar- 
 anteed by government, and one not guaranteed. The latter, 
 designed to connect Calcutta with Oude and Rohilcund, had 
 a line open between Lucknow and Cawnpore. Of the guar- 
 anteed lines the first in importance is the East India, open 
 from the mouth of the Hooghly to the N.W. Provinces, 
 affording direct communication between Calcutta and Delhi, 
 a distance of 1126 m.; at Allahabad a vast iron bridge over 
 the Jumna, with 15 spans of 200 ft. each, or 3000 ft. in all, 
 has been opened, and by it Calcutta will be connected with 
 Central India and eventually with Bombay. The branch 
 from Allahabad to Jubbulpore will join the Great Indian 
 Peninsula railway that has its terminus at Bombay; this 
 line had about 600 m. open in 1865. A section of it only 
 10 m. long, but of vast importance, has been finished; it takes 
 the line over the Thull Ghat, and in the short distance rises 
 1000 ft., pierces 13 tunnels, and crosses viaducts, one of them 
 200 ft. in height and 250 yards long. The 10 miles cost 
 about half a million sterling. The Bombay and Baroda line 
 had, in 1865, 306 m. open for traffic. The Madras railway, 
 with its 'branches, crossing the Peninsula and connecting 
 Madras with Beypore on the western coast, had 571 m. in 
 work. The Madras line affords railway communication with 
 Bangalore and the healthy country of Mysore, and will 
 eventually pass through the cotton fields of the Nizam. In 
 the N.W. of India are three lines : the Scinde railway runs 
 from the port of Kurrachee to Kotni on the Indus, where the 
 service is continued by the Indus flotilla; the Punjab rail- 
 way is open from Moultan to Umritsur, passing Lahore, and 
 has still to be connected with Delhi and Meerut by the Delhi 
 railway; when this line, which is in active progress, is com- 
 pleted, there will be railway communication from the 
 Hooghly to the Indus. There still remains the line through 
 the valley of the Indus. In addition to all these lines others 
 are designed, and especially one from Bombay through 
 several native states to the N.W. Provinces. The estimated 
 cost of the lines under construction is £77,500,000, of which 
 £57,500,000 had been expended up to May, 1865; the total 
 length being something under 5000 m. 
 
 The material progress of the country will be gathered from 
 the subjoined statistics, which display the rapid rise in the 
 revenue, without any corresponding increase of expenditure 
 since the empire came under the control of the queen's gov- 
 ernment. Instead of a vast excess in the expenditure over 
 the revenue, the financial measures of the executive have 
 produced a revenue exceeding the expenditure. The re- 
 sources and expenses from 1858 to 1864 appear thus: — 
 
 
 In India. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Home 
 
 ending April SO. 
 
 Eevenue. 
 
 Expenditure. 
 
 Cliartjes. 
 
 
 £ 
 
 * 
 
 £ 
 
 1858 .... 
 
 31,706,776 
 
 85,078,528 
 
 6,162,043 
 
 1859 .... 
 
 36,060,788 
 
 43,590,794 
 
 7,460,136 
 
 1860 .... 
 
 39,705,822 
 
 44,622,269 
 
 7,239,451 
 
 1861 .... 
 
 42,903,234 
 
 41,529,973 
 
 6,394,646 
 
 1862 .... 
 
 43,829,472 
 
 37,245,756 
 
 6,634,344 
 
 1863 .... 
 
 45,143,752 
 
 36,800,806 
 
 6,515,601 
 
 1864 .... 
 
 44,613,032 
 
 38,087,772 
 
 6,446,913 
 
 Adding together the expenditure in India and the home 
 charges, the finances of the year 1863-4 stood thus: — 
 
INDIA 
 
 180 
 
 INDIA 
 
 Total Revenue, £44,613,032 
 
 „ Expenditvire, 44.534,685 
 
 Surplus, 
 
 £78,347 
 
 The gross revenue for 1865-6 was £47,041,000, and the 
 gross expenditure £17,020,000; of the latter sum the army- 
 took £13,468,000, and public works £5,352,000. The 
 sources of revenue and branches of expenditure are shown 
 in the following tables, which give the items of 1863-4. 
 
 Sources of Revenue. Amount. 
 
 Land, £20,303,423 
 
 Forest, 304,443 
 
 Abkaree (Duties on spirits), . . . 2,060,270 
 
 Assessed taxes, 1,483,622 
 
 Customs, 2,384,061 
 
 Salt, 5,035,696 
 
 Opium, 6,831,999 
 
 Stamps, 1,735,216 
 
 Mint 869,759 
 
 Post office, 459,882 
 
 Electric telegraph, 91,762 
 
 Law, j\istice, and police, .... 631,798 
 
 Marine, 307,715 
 
 Public works 461,785 
 
 Tributes, &c. 715,990 
 
 Miscellaneous, civil, .... 615,903 
 
 military 747,431 
 
 Interest, 72,277 
 
 Total, . . £44,613,032 
 
 Branches of Expenditure. Amount. 
 
 Allowances, refunds, and drawbacks, . £333,565 
 
 Land revenue, forest, and abkaree, . . 2,384,412 
 
 Assessed taxes, 45,116 
 
 Customs, 177,491 
 
 Salt, 305,065 
 
 Opium, 2,306,493 
 
 Stamps, 103,393 
 
 Mint, 162,182 
 
 Post-office 502,671 
 
 Electric telegraph 321,856 
 
 Allowances, &c., under treaties, . . 1,721,335 
 
 Allowances to local offices, . . . 585,089 
 
 Miscellaneous, 27,466 
 
 Army, 12,697,069 
 
 Marine charges, 567,555 
 
 PubUc works, &c., 5,375,523 
 
 Salaries, &o., of public departments, . 1,157,451 
 
 Law and justice, . . ' . . . 2,120,636 
 
 Police 2,300,482 
 
 Education, science, and art, . . . 441,856 
 
 Political agencies, &c., .... 214,148 
 Superannuation and retired allowances, and 
 
 gratuities, 692,218 
 
 Miscellaneous 451,450 
 
 Interest 3,093,250 
 
 Expenditure in India, .... £38,087,772 
 
 Net expenditure in England, . . . 4,777,630 
 
 Net guaranteed interest on railway capital, 1,669,283 
 
 Total expenditm-e, . . . £44,534,685 
 
 Surplus, . . . £78,347 
 
 The public debt of India, witli the interest payable upon it, is shown in the following figures: — 
 
 Years. 
 
 Debt in India. 
 
 Interest on 
 Debt in 
 India. 
 
 Debt in 
 England. 
 
 Interest on 
 Debt in 
 England. 
 
 Total Debt. 
 
 Total 
 Interest. 
 
 1860 . . 
 
 1861 . . 
 
 1862 . . 
 
 £ 
 71,969,460 
 71,901,081 
 72,418,859 
 
 £ 
 3,123,327 
 3,232,104 
 3,134,897 
 
 £ 
 26,138,000 
 29,976,000 
 35,095,300 
 
 £ 
 
 766,864 
 
 1,061,233 
 
 1,426,008 
 
 £ 
 98,107,460 
 101,877,081 
 107,514,159 
 
 £ 
 3,890,191 
 4,293,-337 
 4,560,905 
 
 The proportions of the principal sources of public rev- | the returns of the year 1862, are shown in the following 
 enue (net) from the several divisions of India, according to | table: — 
 
 Land, excise, <fec., 
 
 Stamps, 
 
 Customs, 
 
 Salt 
 
 Opium 
 
 Income and iissessed taxes. 
 
 Tributes, &c., 
 
 Post-office, mint, &c., . . . 
 
 Bengal. 
 
 Total net revenue, . . . 3,933,211 11,374,418 6,161,995 6,347,343 8,053,879 
 
 £ 
 
 4,511,681 
 
 248,950 
 
 7,470 
 
 596,678 
 
 326,443 
 
 470,767 
 
 £ 
 
 4,001,472 
 
 298,991 
 
 214,464 
 
 759,478 
 
 272,790 
 344,643 
 455,505 
 
 £ 
 
 3,082,913 
 281,517 
 920,732 
 340,802 
 
 2,438,458 
 407,286 
 101,390 
 480,781 
 
 Punjab. 
 
 2,825,807 
 
 * Formerly included in the Bengal presidency. 
 In like manner the proportionate amounts of expenditure in each division of the empire in the year 1862 are thus stated: — 
 
 Branches of Expenditure. 
 
 Territories, 
 &c., under 
 
 gov. of 
 
 India. 
 
 Bengal. 
 
 N.W. 
 Provinces. 
 
 Madras. 
 
 Bombay. 
 
 Punjab. 
 
 Civil and political establishments, 
 Judicial and police charges 
 
 & 
 283,262 
 515,920 
 
 & 
 65,441 
 
 744,052 
 
 £ 
 122,632 
 676,856 
 
 £ 
 
 42,912 
 631,906 
 
 3,941,563 
 21,529 
 61,443 
 
 £ 
 
 83,266 
 589,531 
 
 3,372,431 
 
 845,980 
 
 86 275 
 
 £ 
 
 89,781 
 
 444,603 
 
 42,373 
 
 7,367,906 
 112,856 1 7,733 
 2,953,674 | 2' 
 
 4,027 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 15 "fin sr.n 
 
 
 Total in India, 
 
 Home charges: — 
 
 Payments in England, 
 
 Value of stores sent fi-om England, 
 
 Total 
 
 
 
 37,2 
 
 6,6 
 9 
 
 44,8 
 
 45,756 
 
 34,344 
 )0,132 
 
 70,232 
 
 
 
 Excess receipt. 
 
 Imports and Exports. — The following tables exhibit the I exported from the several presidencies of British India in the 
 value of the principal articles of merchandise imported and | year 1862: — 
 
INDIA 
 
 181 
 
 INDIA 
 
 IMPORTS. 
 
 Principal Articles. 
 
 Medicines and medical stores, 
 
 Apparel 
 
 Anns and ammunition, . . 
 
 Beads, 
 
 Books and stationery, . . 
 
 CaiTiages, 
 
 Coal and coke 
 
 Cotton-twist and yarn, . . 
 
 „ goods, 
 
 Dnigs, 
 
 Dyes, 
 
 Fruits and nuts, .... 
 
 Glassware, 
 
 Gums, 
 
 Horses, 
 
 Ice, 
 
 Jewelry, &c., 
 
 Machinery, 
 
 Malt liquors 
 
 Metal manufactures, . . . 
 
 Metals — Copper 
 
 (Raw) Iron, 
 
 — Lead 
 
 — Spelter, .... 
 
 — Steel, 
 
 — Tin, 
 
 — Other sorts, . . _ . 
 Military stores, . . . . ' . 
 
 Naval ,, 
 
 Oilman's „ 
 
 Paints, &c., 
 
 Perfumery, 
 
 Porcelain and earthenware, 
 
 Provisions, 
 
 Railway materials, . . . 
 
 Salt, 
 
 Saddlery 
 
 Silk, raw, 
 
 Silk goods, 
 
 Spices, 
 
 Sjjirits, 
 
 Sugar, 
 
 Tea, . 
 
 Telegraph stores, .... 
 
 Timber, 
 
 Tobacco, 
 
 Umbrellas 
 
 Wines 
 
 Woollen goods, 
 
 Total merchandise, . . . 
 Treasure, 
 
 Total 
 
 £ 
 
 25,188 
 
 220,888 
 
 21,304 
 
 36,365 
 
 138,067 
 
 1,525 
 
 70,449 
 
 801,981 
 
 4,792,258 
 
 13,427 
 
 6,400 
 
 54,293 
 
 52,716 
 
 7,256 
 
 10,647 
 
 6,604 
 
 96,613 
 
 324,612 
 
 149,848 
 
 202,197 
 
 484,577 
 
 237,950 
 
 8,833 
 
 58,026 
 
 18,689 
 
 68,352 
 
 85,664 
 
 57,376 
 
 108,338 
 
 29,940 
 
 39,873 
 
 13,721 
 
 21,022 
 
 56,664 
 
 716,378 
 
 286,684 
 
 21,398 
 
 374 
 
 66,364 
 
 83,687 
 
 111,315 
 
 46 
 
 12,354 
 
 2,694 
 
 26,661 
 
 28,029 
 
 27,683 
 
 162,564 
 
 124,356 
 
 10,230,394 
 4,076,964 
 
 14,307,358 
 
 From U. 
 Kingdom. 
 
 £ 
 
 22,269 
 
 186,324 
 
 18,883 
 
 35,385 
 
 116,255 
 
 1,447 
 
 61,416 
 
 709,348 
 
 4,739,676 
 
 1,979 
 
 2,507 
 
 34 
 
 46,736 
 
 126 
 
 4,517 
 
 49,245 
 
 324,011 
 
 149,598 
 
 175,750 
 
 199,416 
 
 234,862 
 
 8,304 
 
 56,244 
 
 17,389 
 
 85 
 
 57,820 
 
 66,421 
 
 87,727 
 
 27,146 
 
 24,057 
 
 11,959 
 
 19,488 
 
 40,859 
 
 716,360 
 
 246,697 
 
 20,620 
 
 181 
 
 46,756 
 
 34,866 
 
 159 
 
 2,694 
 
 2,253 
 
 602 
 
 27,493 
 
 125,532 
 
 117,213 
 
 1,040,372 
 695,379 
 
 9,736,751 
 
 £ 
 
 4,825 
 
 92,407 
 
 4,874 
 
 304 
 
 40,762 
 
 579 
 
 23,942 
 
 295,135 
 
 298,966 
 
 7,020 
 
 1,514 
 
 72,272 
 
 11,170 
 
 7,981 
 
 853 
 
 16,410 
 
 19,079 
 
 18,823 
 
 89,889 
 
 23,623 
 
 34,760 
 
 82,972 
 
 740 
 
 3,738 
 
 2,362 
 
 14,015 
 
 23,176 
 
 360,589 
 
 8,188 
 
 17,051 
 
 3,767 
 
 3,383 
 
 6,938 
 
 8,941 
 
 276,736 
 
 1 
 
 5,840 
 
 1,960 
 11,638 
 57,412 
 
 1,945 
 13,392 
 
 2,664 
 
 24,989 
 
 544 
 
 1,573 
 42,154 
 20,211 
 
 2,120,928 
 1,353,591 
 
 3,474,619 
 
 From TT. 
 Kingdom. 
 
 3,908 
 
 90,950 
 
 4,811 
 
 172 
 
 29,569 
 
 536 
 
 23,609 
 
 2.54,045 
 
 222,898 
 
 2,271 
 
 225 
 
 32 
 
 10,772 
 
 702 
 
 17,973 
 
 17,041 
 
 88,968 
 
 21,218 
 
 26,210 
 
 79,630 
 
 582 
 
 3,707 
 
 2,123 
 
 1,896 
 
 17,816 
 
 360,528 
 
 3,761 
 
 15,463 
 
 3,031 
 
 2,676 
 
 5,789 
 
 4,539 
 
 272,054 
 
 5,692 
 
 600 
 
 13,671 
 
 16 
 
 2,664 
 
 279 
 
 319 
 
 1,212 
 
 37,113 
 
 19,826 
 
 1,703,849 
 608,371 
 
 2,312,220 
 
 £ 
 
 9,316 
 
 87,797 
 
 19,245 
 
 47,841 
 
 93,311 
 
 23,781 
 
 223,248 
 
 300,800 
 
 3,513,339 
 
 39,220 
 
 75,311 
 
 104,792 
 
 54,314 
 
 49,073 
 
 32,050 
 
 6,682 
 
 165,683 
 
 199,223 
 
 165,086 
 
 153,511 
 
 471,149 
 
 272,479 
 
 19,773 
 
 48,264 
 
 75,043 
 
 34,987 
 
 96,110 
 
 654,441 
 
 66,625 
 
 47,165 
 
 28,645 
 
 12,218 
 
 22,609 
 
 27,469 
 
 516,466 
 
 7 
 
 9,061 
 
 412,773 
 
 89,670 
 
 107,351 
 
 74,464 
 
 228,362 
 
 68,667 
 
 109 
 
 20,362 
 
 4,056 
 
 30,954 
 
 89,740 
 
 89,112 
 
 9,468,965 
 
 9,487,785 
 
 18,956,760 
 
 From TT. 
 Kingdom. 
 
 £ 
 
 7,306 
 
 53,672 
 
 15,444 
 
 46,069 
 
 66,940 
 
 22,919 
 
 212,161 
 
 300,007 
 
 3,487,806 
 
 3,623 
 
 38,124 
 
 212 
 
 33,597 
 
 37 
 
 17,225 
 
 195,702 
 
 164,229 
 
 114,485 
 
 437,937 
 
 257,489 
 
 10,928 
 
 47,335 
 
 66,958 
 
 10,894 
 
 88,625 
 
 654,345 
 
 60,300 
 
 41,809 
 
 24,138 
 
 6,749 
 
 20,648 
 
 14,100 
 
 515,431 
 
 6 
 
 7,618 
 
 801 
 
 3,356 
 
 36,852 
 
 31 
 109 
 4,105 
 255 
 15,516 
 71,727 
 85,434 
 
 7,380,879 
 266,006 
 
 7,646,885 
 
 EXPORTS. 
 
 Principal Articles. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Coffee 
 
 Cotton, raw, ... 
 Cotton goods, . . . 
 
 Drugs, 
 
 Indigo, 
 
 Other dyes, .... 
 
 Rice, 
 
 Wheat 
 
 Other grain, . . . . , 
 
 Gtims, , 
 
 Gunnies and gunny bags, 
 Hides and skins, . . , 
 
 Ivory, , 
 
 Jewelry, , 
 
 Jute, 
 
 Lac and lacquered ware, 
 
 Oils, 
 
 Opium, 
 
 Salti)etre 
 
 SeetU, 
 
 Shawls, 
 
 Silk, raw, .... 
 
 Silk goods 
 
 Spices 
 
 Sugar, 
 
 Tea 
 
 Timber, 
 
 Tobacco, , 
 
 Wool, raw, . . . . . 
 
 Total merchandise, 
 Treasure, ... 
 
 Total, ... 
 
 £ 
 
 645 
 
 122,891 
 
 20,410 
 
 17,863 
 
 1,097,384 
 
 86,095 
 
 2,272,276 
 
 83,334 
 
 114,691 
 
 420 
 
 184,824 
 
 652,419 
 
 811 
 
 17,809 
 
 537,610 
 
 252,055 
 
 ■ 36,943 
 
 4,413,003 
 
 779,996 
 
 532,564 
 
 38,906 
 
 625,735 
 
 138,370 
 
 1,817 
 
 511,290 
 
 149,453 
 
 2,115 
 
 18,582 
 
 253 
 
 12,955,001 
 156,858 
 
 13,110,859 
 
 To U. 
 Kingdom. 
 
 £ 
 
 38 
 
 37,529 
 
 640 
 
 9,949 
 
 785,779 
 
 70,063 
 
 832,868 
 
 7,786 
 
 2,605 
 
 111 
 
 660 
 
 481,592 
 
 141 
 
 8,346 
 
 489,761 
 
 203,910 
 
 18,832 
 
 470,265 
 3.55,916 
 27,893 
 490,170 
 129,828 
 
 316 
 386,838 
 148,231 
 
 658 
 1,520 
 
 5,064,595 
 120 
 
 5,064,715 
 
 Total. 
 
 £ 
 
 407,893 
 
 764,974 
 
 145,796 
 
 6,.302 
 
 484,677 
 
 981 
 
 405,269 
 
 14,116 
 
 114,275 
 
 64 
 
 116 
 
 110,27? 
 
 359 
 
 4,040 
 
 122,302 
 
 9,829 
 
 219,336 
 
 246 
 
 1,235 
 
 76,428 
 
 216,105 
 
 137 
 
 21,189 
 
 7,998 
 
 445 
 
 3,317,304 
 96,330 
 
 3,413,634 
 
 To U. 
 Kingdom. 
 
 & 
 
 211,170 
 
 712,958 
 
 52,070 
 
 2,732 
 
 380,365 
 
 6 
 
 23,679 
 
 43 
 39 
 
 101,954 
 
 359 
 
 2,614 
 
 99,414 
 
 7,600 
 
 28,856 
 
 147 
 
 81 
 
 23,814 
 
 213,846 
 
 21 
 
 11,967 
 
 29 
 
 445 
 
 1,933,317 
 
 1,933,317 
 
 59,386 
 9,303,512 
 
 679,597 
 15,178 
 65,430 
 23,445 
 48,748 
 49,743 
 19,370 
 22,276 
 1,308 
 24,678 
 
 118,353 
 73,483 
 
 238 
 
 28,127 
 
 6,140,909 
 
 38,800 
 
 454,431 
 
 420,290 
 
 59,611 
 
 29,201 
 
 83,568 
 
 99,425 
 
 42,649 
 
 9,400 
 
 115,240 
 
 399,644 
 
 18,622,462 
 427,571 
 
 19,050,033 
 
 Toll. 
 Kingdom. 
 
 £ 
 
 31,435 
 
 5,804,032 
 
 435 
 
 8,450 
 
 32,924 
 
 19,140 
 
 1,176 
 
 9 
 
 19,908 
 
 21,026 
 
 107,757 
 
 132 
 
 68 
 11,647 
 
 37,241 
 
 349,875 
 
 383,301 
 
 52,617 
 
 195 
 
 29,682 
 
 300 
 
 4,828 
 
 3,091 
 
 1,622 
 
 387,492 
 
 10,390,234 
 
 10,390,234 
 
INDIA 
 
 182 
 
 INDIA 
 
 The total value of the imports and exports (including trea- 
 sure) of the several provinces of British India, and of the 
 
 whole empire, in each of the years ending 30th April, 1860 
 1861, 1862, is thus stated:— 
 
 Year. 
 
 Benqii,. 
 
 MiLDRAB. 
 
 Bombay. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Imports' 
 
 Exports 
 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 £ 
 20,717,598 
 15,550,277 
 14,307,358 
 
 £ 
 12,903,770 
 13,656,506 
 13,110,859 
 
 & 
 
 3,000,846 
 3,205,097 
 3,474,519 
 
 £ 
 
 2,492,156 
 2,868,767 
 3,413,634 
 
 £ 
 16,903,659 
 15,415,419 
 18,956,750 
 
 £ 
 13,493,284 
 17,564,881 
 19,050,033 
 
 £ 
 
 40,622,103 
 34,170,793 
 37,272,417* 
 
 £ 
 28,889,210 
 34,090,154 
 37,000,397* 
 
 In these totals are included £533,790 of imports, and £1,425,871 of exiiorts, of British Burmah, which had previously 
 
 been comprised imder Bengal. 
 
 The exports from India to the United Kingdom in the 
 years 1863 and 1864 are stated to have been £48,434,640 
 and £52,287,869 respectively; and the imports of Home 
 Produce from the United Kingdom £20,002,241 and 
 £19,895,145 in the same years respectively. 
 
 The number and tonnage of European and other vessels 
 
 not native, and of native vessels, entered and cleared at the 
 ports of British India in the years 1860, 1861, and 1862 are 
 shown in the following table. Of the former class it may be 
 stated that in the respective years the British vessels num- 
 bered 6424, of 2,918,001 tons; 6610, of 2,866,123 tons; and 
 7700, of 3,291,978 tons. 
 
 Years ended 
 AprUSO. 
 
 EUBOPEAN AND OTHERS NOT NATIVE. ' 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 Total. 
 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 vessels. 
 3,606 
 3,891 
 4,540 
 
 tons. 
 1,742,542 
 1,846,063 
 2,204,892 
 
 vessels. 
 4,022 
 4,173 
 5,001 
 
 tons. 
 1,893,023 
 1,854,800 
 2,237,446 
 
 vessels. 
 7,628 
 8,064 
 9,541 
 
 tons. 
 3,635,565 
 3,700,863 
 4,442,338 
 
 
 Native.* 
 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 
 17,584 
 19,040 
 17,494 
 
 632,427 
 700,955 
 727,165 
 
 16,436 
 17,528 
 16,959 
 
 630,960 
 700,156 
 
 717,848 
 
 34,020 
 36,568 
 34,453 
 
 1,263,387 
 1,401,111 
 1,445,013 
 
 Exclusive of those engaged in the coasting trade of the British states. 
 
 The area and population of British India, including British 
 Burmah (which see in Supp.), according to the latest returns. 
 
 are stated as follows ; but the numbers of the population are 
 only estimated, no actual enumeration having been ever made: 
 
 Area. 
 Pop. 
 
 Under Gov. 
 General. 
 
 Bengal. 
 
 Onde. 
 
 Central 
 Provinces. 
 
 British 
 Burmab. 
 
 sq. m. 
 90,070 
 
 N.W. 
 Provinces. 
 
 Madras. 
 
 Bombay. 
 
 Punjab. 
 
 TotaL 
 
 Native 
 States. 
 
 Foreign 
 States. 
 
 sq. m. 
 46,870 
 
 sq. m. 
 261,380 
 
 sq. m. 
 27,890 
 
 sq. m. 
 108,660 
 
 sq. m. 
 86,380 
 
 sq. m. 
 140,917 
 
 sq. m. 
 142,043 
 
 sq. m. 
 100,406 
 
 sq. m. 
 1,004,616 
 
 sq. m. 
 601,050 
 
 sq. m. 
 1,254 
 
 5,392,128 
 
 40,466,690 
 
 8,071,075 
 
 7,041,480 
 
 1,897,897 
 
 29,624,462 
 
 23,180,323 
 
 12,802,544 
 
 14,794,611 
 
 143,271,210 
 
 47,849,199 
 
 617,149 
 
 The actual strength of her majesty's forces in India on 
 April 30, 1862, is thus given:— 
 
 Presidencies. 
 
 Europeans. 
 
 Natives. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Bengal (including N.W. > 
 Provinces and Punjab), j" 
 Madras, 
 Bombay, 
 
 Total, . 
 
 47,912 
 
 16.421 
 13,841 
 
 39,210 
 
 55,687 
 31,016 
 
 87,122 
 
 72,108 
 44,857 
 
 78,174 
 
 125,913 I 204,087 1 
 
 History. — By the act of 1833 the East India Company 
 held, under the superintendence of the Board of Control, the 
 government of British India until April 30, 1854. Their 
 charter was then temporarily renewed, the number of the 
 directors being reduced from 24 to 18, and the crown nomin- 
 ating 6 of them. In the latter part of 1856 disaffection be- 
 came apparent among the native soldiery, the issue of greased 
 cartridges to them by the government being made the pretext 
 for mutinous proceedings in the early part of 1857. Chu- 
 paties, or small cakes, were distributed by the natives 
 throughout the country, as a signal, it is supposed, for re- 
 bellion, and the first outbreak occurred in February, in the 
 open mutiny of the 19th native infantry. The rebellion 
 rapidly spread throughout the Bengal presidency. In Oude, 
 at Delhi, Lucknow, Jhansi, Cawnpore, and other places, the 
 mutineers rose upon the Europeans and perpetrated the most 
 horrible atrocities, murdering all whom they overpowered 
 under circumstances of the utmost cruelty and ferocity. The 
 tragedy of Cawnpore, on June 27, was perhaps the most melan- 
 choly episode; but the massacres at Jhansi, Delhi, and else 
 where, were scarcely behind that at Cawnpore in blood- 
 thirstiness. Immediate and heroic efforts were made to 
 
 check and suppress the mutiny. Unfortunately the Euro- 
 pean force in the country was small compared with the 
 numbers of the rebellious troops, but indomitable energy and 
 valour made up for deficiency of numbers. The small force 
 under Sir H. Lawrence defended themselves in Lucknow 
 with invincible heroism until Sir H. Havelock, with a mere 
 handful of men, captured Cawnpore, and fought his way to 
 their relief, which he effected in conjunction with Sir James 
 Outram, though the siege was not raised. Sir Colin Campbell, 
 afterwards Lord Clyde, being appointed commander-in-chief, 
 arrived at Cawnpore, and in November advanced against 
 Lucknow, stormed and captured the approaches, and opened 
 a communication with Sir James Outram ; the besieged and 
 exhausted garrison, with many women and children, were 
 then liberated and removed to Cawnpore ; but the good and 
 gallant Sir H. Havelock died on the 25th of the same month, 
 November. Delhi was stormed and captured in September, 
 and the king, being taken prisoner, was tried for treason, and 
 banished to Rangoon for life. Sir Colin Campbell then 
 matured his plans for effectually overpowering and suppress- 
 ing the rest of the rebellious forces, and early in the following 
 year, 1858, by a series of successful operations captured, dis- 
 persed, and reduced to submission the whole of the rebels in 
 the disturbed districts, the rout of the Gwalior mutineers, 
 the final recapture of Lucknow, and the storming of the fort 
 of Gwalior and restoration of the Maharajah, who had re- 
 mained faithful to the British power, being among the most 
 prominent operations. The disadvantages of divided autho- 
 rity being now apparent, in 1858 the English parliament 
 abrogated the rule of the East India Company altogether, 
 and the supreme sovereignty of India became vested in the 
 queen, the executive being placed in the hands of a secretary 
 of state and council in London, and a governor-general and 
 
INDIANOPOLIS 
 
 183 
 
 IPEK 
 
 council in Calcutta, as before stated. The general adminis- 
 tration of the country has bee.n revised and improved, and its 
 material progress and prosperity enhanced by the change. 
 After long negotiations active measures were taken against 
 the Bhooteas in 1865, to repress .and punish their marauding 
 propensities. Asa consequence a part of Bhootan has been 
 annexed to British territory, and the rulers reduced to sub- 
 mission. 
 
 INDIANOPOLIS [add.], a tn.U. States, cap. of Indiana, 
 situated in the centre of the state, on the W. fork of White 
 River, and at the terminus of no fewer than 8 railways, 103 m. 
 N.W. Cincinnati, It stands in a fertile plain, and consists 
 partly of streets which are parallel or cross at right angles, 
 and partly of four long avenues, which traverse the place 
 diagonally. These avenues radiate from a central square, in 
 the middle of which there is a mound surrounded by a cir- 
 cular street, and planted with shady trees. Among the 
 public buildings are 26 churches, a handsome State-house 
 with a colonnade and a dome, a governor's residence, a court- 
 house and county- jail, a Christian university accommodated 
 in a handsome Gothic building, and open to both sexes; 
 two female colleges, an hospital, an orphan asylum, and state- 
 asylums for the deaf and dumb, the blind and the insane. 
 The principal industrial establishments are brass and iron 
 foundries, machine-sliops, candle-works, woollen factories, 
 factories for boilers, iron-railing, and ploughs, and a number 
 of planing, flour, and saw mills. The river, which is navi- 
 gable up to the town at high-water, is here crossed by a 
 handsome bridge. Pop. (1860), 18,611. 
 
 INDUSTRY VILLAGE, a tn. British America, Canada 
 East, cap. co. Joliette, on the L'Assomption, and on the In- 
 dustry and Rawdon railway, 37 m. N.E. Montreal; with a 
 R. Catholic church and college, a convent, unlimited water- 
 power, and a large trade in flour and timber. Pop. about 
 3000. 
 
 INGAL, a tn. Western Africa, 85 m. S.S.W. Agades; 
 lat. 15° 59' N.; Ion. 7° 18' E. The inhabitants belong to the 
 tribe of the Ighdalen, who speak a dialect of the Songhay, 
 and possess much cattle, with which they supply the market 
 of Agades. Some salt of good quality is obtained in the 
 vicinity. — [Barth.) 
 
 INGEUSOLL, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Oxford, on the Thames and on the Great Western railway, 
 80 m. S.W. Toronto. It possesses eight churches — two 
 Wesleyan, two Baptist, a Church of England, a Free and a 
 United Presbyterian, and a R. Catholic — a grammar and 
 other schools, foundries and machine-works, and a large 
 trade in wheat, flour, and sawn lumber. Pop. about 2800. 
 
 IN KAN, or Inkansk, a vil. Russian empire, Manchooria, 
 on the Silimji, an afiluent of the Zeyer; lat. 53° N.; Ion. 
 132° E. Its fame as a place of trade is spread far and wide 
 among the Tunguzians and even Daurians, the mountain 
 tribes descending at certain seasons to barter their furs or 
 other produce for necessaries supplied by Yakut traders, who 
 come either direct from Yakutsk or by way of Udsk. 
 
 INNACONDAH, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 50 m. W.S.W. Guntoor. Its inhabitants carry on a con- 
 siderable export trade in saltpetre, tobacco, ghee, cloths, and 
 chillies. Earthquakes have been felt in the vicinity. Pop, 
 4261. 
 
 INSALAH, or Am Sai.ah, a tn. N, Africa, Sahara, oasis 
 of Tuat, cap. dist, Tidicult; lat, 28° 42' N.; Ion, 0° 43' E. It 
 consists of 500 or 600 houses, and, though not surrounded 
 by a wall, is defended by a castle. Within the town there 
 is a copious spring, and towards the S, the sloping heights 
 which overlook it are covered with orchards and date plan- 
 tations; but on all other sides its existence is threatened by 
 the sand, which, carried by the wind, is gathering in heaps 
 up to the very walls of the houses. Almost all the houses 
 belong to the Arab tribe of Onled Moktar, most of whom, 
 however, prefer living outside in tents. A considerable 
 trade is carried on by the inhabitants, particularly at the 
 times when the pilgrims to or from Mecca pass through the 
 place. 
 
 INVERCARGILL, a tn. and port, New Zealand, Middle 
 Isl., cap. prov. Southland, 1. bank of mouth of New River, 
 upon a level site, 8 m. above the entrance. The port is cap- 
 able of receiving steamers and vessels of moderate size, larger 
 ships frequenting the great harbour of the Bluff, with which 
 
 it has railway communication, about 10 m. distant. The 
 entrance of New River is somewhat difficult of passage, 
 owing to the exposed and shifting nature of the bar and the 
 channel within, as well as the rapid tides; so that vessels 
 require a pilot. But the adjacent country is fertile, and 
 
 hence the colony is a progressing one. Sixty-seven vessels, 
 of 25,263 tons, entered the port in 1862, the imports being 
 valued at £239,371, and the exports at £20,097. Two or 
 three houses marked the commencement of Invercargill in 
 1857, and in 1864 it was said to contain, with its suburbs, 
 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 INWALD, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, 27 m. S.W. Cracow; with 1300 inhabitants, who weave 
 excellent drills. 
 
 IOWA [add,], a tn. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. Johnson, 
 1, bank Iowa River, 80 m. above its mouth, and on the 
 Chicago and Rock Island railway, 190 m. W. Chicago. It 
 is pleasingly built on a succession of terraces rising from the 
 banks of the river. The first terrace is laid out as a pro- 
 menade; the third is crowned by a Doric edifice built of a 
 finely variegated stone called ' bird's-eye marble.' This 
 edifice was originally intended to be the capitol of the state; 
 but, on the seat of government being transferred to Des 
 Moines, it was appropriated to the state university founded 
 in 1855. The other principal buildings are the court-house, 
 the county oflSces, eight churches, a female collegiate institute, 
 and asylums for the blind, and for the deaf and dumb. The 
 principal industrial establishments are flour-mills. Pop, 52 1 4. 
 
 IOWA, a riv. U, States, which rises in the state of its 
 name, towards the S. frontiers of Minnesota, flows circuit- 
 ously S.E., receiving numerous unimportant afiluents, and, 
 after a course of about 300 m., joins the Mississippi on its 
 right bank, 30 m. above Burlington, It is navigable by 
 small steamers to the town of Iowa, 80 m, from its mouth. 
 
 IPEK, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N. of Albania, 
 eyalet Rum-Ili, on the Bistritza or White Driu, 60 m. N.E. 
 Scutari. It was formerly the residence of the Greek patri- 
 arch, and has a very pleasing appearance, most of the houses 
 
IRAPUATO 
 
 184 
 
 ITALY 
 
 having in front of them orchards and plantations of mulberry. 
 Pop. 8000. 
 
 lliAPUATO, a tn. Mexico, state and 15 ni. S. Guana- 
 juato. It contains amongst its public buildings a handsome 
 nunnery and a Franciscan monastery. Attached to the 
 latter is fi richly-endowed Latin school. The inhabitants 
 had once important manufactures, but now confine them- 
 selves almost entirely to agriculture. Pop. 13,000. 
 
 IliMIQUILPAN, or Itzmiquilpan, a tn. Mexico, state 
 and 72 m. N. by W. Mexico, r. bank Tula, in a beautiful 
 but fertile mountain district at the height of 5400 ft. above 
 the sea. Its inhabitants are chiefly employed in raising 
 grain, vegetables, and fruit, the climate bringing to per- 
 fection almost all the products of the temperate zone. Pop. 
 nearly 10,000. 
 
 IROQUOIS, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Dundas, at the mouth of the Iroquois canal in the St. Law- 
 rence, 90 m. S.W. Montreal; witli a Wesleyan and an Epis- 
 copal Methodist church, and a grammar-school. It is a port 
 of entry, is visited daily by steamers plying between Mon- 
 treal, Kingston, and Hamilton, and carries on a considerable 
 trade in flour. Pop. about 800. 
 
 ISAYE, or Is£, a tn. Western Africa, prov. Dalla, 170 m. 
 S.S.E. Timbuktoo. It is a place of some importance, and 
 consists, like most of the places in the district, of a nucleus 
 of clay houses provided with a kind of square towers for 
 granaries, and a suburb of cottages of thatchwork of great 
 variety of shapes. The inhabitants are partly Songhay, 
 partly Pellatah. The former are in poor circumstances; the 
 latter, the dominant race, possess large herds of cattle and 
 immerous flocks. The castellated mountains of Ilombori 
 form a prominent object in the landscape of Isaye. 
 
 ISCHIA [add.], a tn. Italy, on the N.E. shore of the 
 island of same name, near the N.W. entrance of the Gulf of 
 Naples. It is an ancient place without walls, but defended 
 by a castle, which is entered across a narrow causeway and a 
 bridge, and consists chiefly of a long street, with a handsome 
 market-place in its centre. It is the see of a bishop, whose 
 l)a1ace is the only building within it of any note. It has a 
 small harbour, which is tolerably well sheltered, and is visited 
 by steamers of light draught. The castle has acquired 
 notoriety, as the prison in whose dungeons the ex-king of 
 Naples used to confine his victims, and subject them to the 
 barbarous treatment which was effectually exposed a few 
 years ago. 
 
 ISGE, or IssEfiE, a vil. Western Africa, country of the 
 Marghi, at the W. foot of the Wandala Mountains, not far 
 from the S. frontier of Bornou, to which it is nominally sub- 
 ject, 150 m. S.E. Birni. It consists of two large clusters of 
 huts. The E. cluster spreads to some extent over the plain, 
 which yields much corn and rich pasturage; the W. quarter, 
 where the Bornou deputy resides, has in its vicinity a sacred 
 grove of considerable circuit formed by magnificent trees, 
 mostly of the ficus tribe, and surrounded with an earthen 
 wall. It is much visited by the Marghi for the performance 
 of pagan rites. 
 
 ISLA DEL REY, an isl. S. America, the largest of the 
 Pearl group, situated on the E. side of the Bay of Panama, is 
 about 15 m. long by 7 m. broad, and, though not very lofty, 
 rises into several peaks, one of which is 600 ft. high. On its 
 N. side stands San Miguel, the principal town of the Pearl 
 group. It is badly situated, having no proper landing-place, 
 but possesses a conspicuous church. The S. end of the island 
 consists of a remarkable promontory which juts out into the 
 sea, and is about 4 m. long by 1 m. wide. Immediately to 
 the E. of the promontory, and sheltered by it, is the bay of 
 St. Elmo, with convenient anchorage in all parts, and a fine 
 stream of water falling into it. 
 
 ISLAMGURH, or Nohur, a fort, India, on the S. frontier 
 of Bhawulpoor, 65 m. N. Jessulmeer. It is a very ancient 
 structure of small bricks, with ramparts varying in height 
 from 30 to 50 ft., and inclosing an area of about 80 yards 
 square. It is flanked by numerous bastions on its N. and E. 
 faces, and has at its N.E, angle a high gateway covered by 
 an outwork. Several sandhills, only a quarter of a mile dis- 
 tant, completely command it. 
 
 ISLAMNUGUR, Islamgarh, or Islamad, a tn. India, 
 territory and 5 m. N. Bhopal. It is situated in the fork 
 formed by the confluence of the Bes and the Patra, which 
 
 supply water to a ditch built across the fork from the one 
 bank to the other. Tiie town and a stone- fort within it are 
 thus surrounded by water, and completely insulated. 
 
 ISLE VERTE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Temiscouata, r. bank St. Lawrence, 105 m. N.E. Quebec; 
 with a R. Catholic church, a model school, and a large trade 
 in flour and lumber. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 ISMAIL [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, on the N. arm 
 of the Danube, 35 m. E. Galatz. Before it was stormed and 
 laid in ruins by Suwarow in 1789, it contained 30,000 in- 
 habitants, and was one of the handsomest towns on the 
 Danube. After it was ceded to Russia by the peace of 
 Bucharest in 1812, it began gradually to rise from its ruins, 
 and had acquired importance as a fortress, a naval station, 
 and a centre of trade, when it returned to Turkey by the 
 peace of Paris in 1856, being included in that portion of 
 Bessarabia which, to the extent of 3280 sq. m., with a pop. 
 of about 180,000, was withdrawn from Russia, and given 
 back to Moldavia, it has important manufactures of leather, 
 and carries on a very extensive trade in corn, wool, tallow, 
 and hides. Along with the newly-erected town or suburb of 
 Tutchkono, immediately to the E. of it, it contains 26,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ISNIK [add.], better known as NiciEA or Nice, where 
 the celebrated council of that name was held, a tn. Asiatic 
 Turkey, Anatolia, 60 m. S.E. Constantinople. It lies in a 
 marshy plain surrounded by mulberry plantations, and a fine 
 old wall, flanked by towers in a variety of styles, sometimes 
 round, sometimes square or angular, according to the taste of 
 the different Byzantine emperors who erected them. Em- 
 bedded in the walls are numerous marble-blocks and other 
 ancient fragments, some of them with interesting inscriptions. 
 The inhabitants of the town and surrounding district find a 
 ready market for their produce in Constantinople; but there 
 is little appearance of activity within the place, except at the 
 post station, which is situated in a .small square adorned with 
 a fountain, and constantly crowded with waggons and other 
 conveyances preparing to pass along the great thoroughfare 
 to or from the capital, 
 
 ISTLAN, or Ixtlan, a tn. Mexico, state and 40 m. N. 
 Oajaca, in a mountainous district; with a considerable popu- 
 lation of Creoles, a spacious market-place, and a number of 
 excellent private and public buildings. Among the latter 
 is a handsome church. 
 
 ITALY [add.] Through the Austro-Italian war of 1859, 
 and the revolutionary actions in the minor Italian states, a 
 United Kingdom of Italy was formed, with the king of 
 Sardinia at its head, comprising the Sardinian States, Austrian 
 Lombardy excepting a small part in the S.E. contiguous to 
 the r. bank of the Po, the kingdom of Naples, the greatest 
 part of the States of the Church, and all the Duchies; Nice, 
 and Savoy, however, being severed and ceded to France. 
 Until 1865 Turin was the capital of the kingdom, but in that 
 year the seat of government was transferred to Florence, 
 which thus obtained an accession of 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The fifty-nine provinces or departments into which the 
 kingdom is divided are enumerated in the annexed table, 
 together with the superficies and population. It will be seen 
 that the population, amounting to 21,703,710 inhabitants, is 
 very unequally distributed : — 
 
 Provinces and Prefectures. 
 
 Superficies in 
 square chilos. 
 
 Population. 
 
 Population per 
 square cliilo. 
 
 1. Alessandria .... 
 
 2. Ancona 
 
 3. Aquila 
 
 4. Arezzo 
 
 5. Ascoli 
 
 6. Avellino 
 
 7. Bari 
 
 8. Benevento .... 
 
 9. Bergamo 
 
 10. Bologna 
 
 11. Brescia 
 
 12. Cagliari 
 
 13. Caltasinetta . . . 
 
 14. Campobasso. . . . 
 
 15. Catania 
 
 16. Casei-ta 
 
 17. Catanzaro .... 
 
 IS. Chieti 
 
 19. Como 
 
 5,052-95 
 1,140-16 
 6,544-44 
 3,309-20 
 2,095-79 
 3,040-54 
 3,978-49 
 1,158-38 
 2,587-88 
 3,474-64 
 4,867-22 
 13,529 -92 
 3,885-45 
 4,946 06 
 4,325-64 
 6,719-37 
 3,951-36 
 3,731-84 
 2,467-07 
 
 637,629 
 267,122 
 339,555 
 222,654 
 202, .398 
 383,936 
 674,660 
 238,260 
 346,550 
 395,970 
 475,945 
 363,212 
 184,592 
 366,905 
 408,637 
 643,830 
 401,016 
 337,364 
 4.54,651 
 
 126'10 
 
 224-73 
 
 51-87 
 
 67-28 
 
 96-57 
 
 127-71 
 
 96-10 
 
 205-68 
 
 1.33-91 
 
 113-96 
 
 97-76 
 
 26-84 
 
 47-50 
 
 74-18 
 
 94-44 
 
 95-81 
 
 101-48 
 
 90-40 
 
 184-32 
 
ITALY 
 
 185 
 
 ITALY 
 
 Provinces and Prefectures. 
 
 20. Cozenza . . . 
 
 21. Cremona . . . 
 
 22. Cuneo . . . . 
 
 23. Ferrara . . . 
 
 24. Pirenze . . . 
 
 25. Foggia . . , 
 
 26. Forli . . . . 
 
 27. Genova . . . 
 
 28. Girgenti . . . 
 
 29. Grosseto . , . 
 
 30. Lecce . . . . 
 
 31. Livorno . . . 
 
 32. Lucca . . . 
 
 33. Macerata . . 
 
 34. Massa . . . . 
 
 35. Messina . . . 
 
 36. Milano . . . 
 
 37. Modena . . . 
 
 38. Napoli . . . 
 
 39. Noto . . . . 
 
 40. No vara . . . 
 
 41. Palermo . . . 
 
 42. Parma . . . 
 
 43. Pavia . . . . 
 
 44. Perugia . . . 
 
 45. Pesaro . . . 
 
 46. Piacenza . . . 
 
 47. Pisa . . . . 
 
 48. Porto Maurizio 
 
 49. Potenza . . . 
 
 50. Ravenna . . . 
 
 51. Reggio (Cal.) . 
 
 52. Reggio (Em.) . 
 
 53. Salerno . . . 
 
 54. Sassari . . . 
 
 65. Sienna . . . 
 
 66. Sondrio . . . 
 
 67. Teramo . . . 
 58. Torino . . . 
 69. Trapani . . . 
 
 Total . . . 
 
 Superficies In 
 
 Population. 
 
 Population per 
 
 square chllos. 
 
 square chilo. 
 
 7,398 51 
 
 475,759 
 
 64-30 
 
 2,046-99 
 
 334,145 
 
 163-23 
 
 7,135-65 
 
 606,933 
 
 85-05 
 
 2,266-34 
 
 194,161 
 
 85-67 
 
 5,818-35 
 
 701,702 
 
 120-60 
 
 8,091-37 
 
 302,393 
 
 37-37 
 
 1,771-48 
 
 218,433 
 
 123-30 
 
 4,112-81 
 
 643,380 
 
 166-43 
 
 3,290-46 
 
 252,763 
 
 76-81 
 
 4,396-97 
 
 82,540 
 
 18-77 
 
 8,588-72 
 
 448,465 
 
 49-88 
 
 315-39 
 
 113,309 
 
 327-55 
 
 1,450-34 
 
 242,642 
 
 167-23 
 
 3,136-28 
 
 239,411 
 
 76-33 
 
 1,177-68 
 
 147,838 
 
 125-26 
 
 4,158-08 
 
 378,003 
 
 90-90 
 
 2,944-67 
 
 899,174 
 
 305-35 
 
 3,03210 
 
 265,803 
 
 87-66 
 
 1,250-50 
 
 877,120 
 
 730-62 
 
 3,720-84 
 
 253,664 
 
 68-17 
 
 6,498-08 
 
 673,392 
 
 88-24 
 
 4,202-67 
 
 538,519 
 
 128-13 
 
 3,244 58 
 
 258,502 
 
 79-67 
 
 3,326-86 
 
 410,146 
 
 123-28 
 
 9,239-39 
 
 492,829 
 
 63-33 
 
 3,650-91 
 
 204,039 
 
 65 -88 
 
 2,602-32 
 
 210,134 
 
 83-97 
 
 3,052-37 
 
 235,613 
 
 75-54 
 
 1,197-19 
 
 121,0-20 
 
 101-08 
 
 11,524-80 
 
 320,789 
 
 45-18 
 
 1,864-23 
 
 206,018 
 
 110-51 
 
 6,026-51 
 
 332,942 
 
 53-58 
 
 2,215-84 
 
 230,246 
 
 103-90 
 
 5,865-30 
 
 577,589 
 
 98-47 
 
 10,720-26 
 
 209,903 
 
 19-68 
 
 3,728-66 
 
 193,883 
 
 51-99 
 
 3,160-57 
 
 105,922 
 
 33-31 
 
 3,347-68 
 
 240,035 
 
 71-70 
 
 8,789-69 
 
 924,209 
 
 105-14 
 
 2,699-45 
 
 205,556 
 
 79 07 
 
 255,617-29 
 
 21,703,710 
 
 84-90 
 
 The Lombard provinces contain the largest percentage, 
 and those of the island of Sardinia the smallest. 
 
 The whole superficies of the 59 departments contains 
 25,561,729 hectares, of which 3,969,279 are composed of 
 mountains, rivers, roads, and cities. 
 
 The 21,592,450 hectares are divided as follows: — 
 
 Romagna .... 963,135 
 
 Marches .... 924,575 
 
 Naples 6,255,320 
 
 Umbria 945,075 
 
 Sicily 2,402,098 
 
 And the number of proprietors is 4,153,645. About 6 
 hectares of land, therefore, may be apportioned to each. 
 
 The distribution of the proprietors and the population 
 over the kingdom is as follows: — 
 
 Old Provinces 
 
 . 5,333,845 
 
 Lomlmrdy . . 
 
 . 1,680,948 
 
 Modena . . . 
 
 488,176 
 
 Parma .... 
 
 525,320 
 
 Tuscany .... 
 
 . 2,073,958 
 
 Region. 
 
 Population. 
 
 Proprietors. 
 
 Old Provinces .... 
 Lombardy .... 
 
 Modena 
 
 Parma 
 
 Tuscany 
 
 Romagna 
 
 Marches 
 
 Umbria 
 
 Naples 
 
 Sicily 
 
 4,079,678 
 
 3,027,018 
 
 643,887 
 
 468,636 
 
 1,792,243 
 
 1,014,582 
 
 902,970 
 
 492,829 
 
 7,001,962 
 
 2,221,744 
 
 1,000,000 
 521,900 
 
 95,000 
 
 80,000 
 133,850 
 
 87,137 
 151,868 
 
 83,900 
 
 1,400,000 
 
 600,000 
 
 It appears, therefore, that the number of proprietors in 
 Piedmont and Sicily is a little less than a fourth of the popu- 
 lation; in Lombardy, Umbria, Parma, and Modena about a 
 .sixth part; in Tuscany and the Eomagna three-tenths; in the 
 Marches a ninth; and in Naples between a fourth and a fifth. 
 Property, therefore, is most broken up in Piedmont, Sicily, 
 and Naples; not so much so in Lombardy, the Emilia, and 
 Umbria, and is very much concentrated in Tuscany and the 
 Komagna. 
 
 The net income derived from the 21,572,450 hectares is 
 calculated at L008, 000,000 francs, which gives an average 
 value of 51 francs 31 centimes per hectare. 
 
 The following is the value of land in the different parts of 
 the kingdom : — • 
 
 Supr. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 Net Beveuue, per hectare. I 
 
 Fr. c. 
 
 Old Provinces . . 36 65 
 
 Lombardy ... 89 53 
 
 Modena .... 62 47 
 
 Parma 50 44 
 
 Tuscany .... 40 98 
 
 Net Kevenue, per hectare. 
 
 Fr. c. 
 
 Romagna .... 67 10 
 
 Marches .... 43 26 
 
 Umbria .... 26 45 
 
 Naples 47 95 
 
 Sicily 41 03 
 
 Landed property pays taxes and imposts to the amount of 
 170,716,878 francs. Each hectare is therefore burdened 
 with a tax of 7 francs 90 centimes. This sum is, however, 
 an average; property in the different provinces paying accord- 
 ing to the following rates : — 
 
 Piedmont .... 6 
 
 Lombardy .... 21 
 
 Modena 11 
 
 Parma 10 
 
 Tuscany 7 
 
 Per hectare. 
 Fr. c. 
 6 19 
 61 
 4 
 94 
 
 
 Romagna .... 14 
 Marches ... 
 Umbria . . . 
 Naples .... 
 Sicily .... 
 
 er hectare 
 
 Fr. 
 
 c. 
 
 14 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 47 
 
 6 
 
 65 
 
 4 
 
 95 
 
 The misgovernment and degradation of many parts of the 
 country previous to the revolution render the amelioration 
 of the social .state of the people a work necessarily slow and 
 laborious. Education has been promoted, and is extensively 
 increasing. At the end of the year 1862 there were in the 
 Old Provinces, Lombardy, the Emilia, Umbria, and the 
 Marches, 15,213 elementary schools — 9531 for boys, and 
 5682 for girls, besides 1002 evening schools and 319 asylums. 
 Some provinces, as for instance Sicily, have doubled the 
 number of their schools; others, as the Romagna, have 
 tripled them. Yet 209 communes remain without boys' 
 schools, and 1444 without schools for girls. The total number 
 of scholars in 1864 exceeded 1,000,000, there having been an 
 increase of 300,000 in one year. But still much remains to 
 be done for public education. According to the census of 
 1864 there were 2,623,605 men and 1,260,640 women who 
 could read and write; 893,588 men and women who could 
 read only; and 7,889,238 men and 9,1 10,463 women, together 
 16,999,701, who could neither read nor write. Piedmont and 
 the Basilicata occupied respectively the first and last places 
 in education. The greatest eagerness is said to be manifested 
 for instruction among the lower orders, and especially among 
 the adult part of the population who are uneducated. 
 
 In 1861 there was extended to the whole of the kingdom 
 the law which had, in the Sardinian states, since 1850 sup- 
 pressed ecclesiastical jurisdiction and the privileges of the 
 clergy, and under which a royal decree had in 1855 confis- 
 cated 2099 clerical establishments, with 7871 monks, nuns, 
 and clergy, and an annual income of £145,640. In 1865 
 there were still in the kingdom 2382 religious houses, of 
 which 1506 were for men and 876 for women. The number 
 of 'religious' persons was 14,807 men and 14,184 women; 
 together 28,991. Of these the Mendicant order numbered 
 8229. A project of law for the suppression of all religious 
 houses throughout the kingdom was rejected by the chamber 
 of deputies in 1865. A great part of the property previously 
 confiscated from the monastic establishments has been devoted 
 to the cause of public education, for which an additional sum 
 of £600,000 annually is voted by the parliament. 
 
 In order to meet the large annual deficits in the public 
 revenue the Italian government has had recourse to loans of 
 con.siderable amount. With the same object the state railways 
 were sold in 1864 foe £8,000,000. The sale of other state 
 property, including what were formerly ecclesiastical do- 
 mains, valued at £16,920,000, is also proceeding gradually. 
 
 The material progress of the kingdom is manifested in the 
 extension of the railway system. When the war of 1859 
 broke out there were only 1472 kilometres of railroad work- 
 ing; viz. in Piedmont, 807 kil.; Lombardy, 200 kil.; Emilia, 
 33 kil.; Tuscany, 308 kil.; and Naples, 124 kil. During the 
 years 1860 and 1861, 753 kils. were opened, and at the 
 beginning of 1864 about 3200 kils. were at work, and addi- 
 tional lines under construction. The position and configur- 
 ation of the kingdom give advantages to the principal trunk 
 lines for traffic from the east, and these lines will conduce 
 greatly to the development of the internal resources of the 
 country at the same time. Carriage roads also, in connection 
 with the main lines of railway, have been constructed either 
 at the expense of government or by the formation of com- 
 panies for the purpose. 
 
 Commerce, &c. — The imports of the years 1861 and 1862 
 are specified in the following table : — 
 
 24 
 
ITALY 
 
 ITALY 
 
 Articles. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Wine Litres 
 
 16,341,855 
 
 30,222,988 
 
 Bnmcly and Spirits 
 
 . Kilogrammes 
 
 10,971,081 
 
 12,161,749 
 
 Oils— Olive . 
 
 .. 
 
 1,059,532 
 
 1,634,870 
 
 — Other . 
 
 
 4,663,048 
 
 5,540,644 
 
 Cocoa . 
 
 
 556,434 
 
 732,859 
 
 Coffee . 
 
 
 9,700,895 
 
 10,334,419 
 
 Pepper 
 
 
 874,204 
 
 1,007,856 
 
 Sugars 
 
 
 52,603,032 
 
 54,634,828 
 
 Chemical products 
 
 
 7,737,925 
 
 7,151,027 
 
 Colours 
 
 
 1,036,753 
 
 1,014,372 
 
 Dyes . 
 
 
 8,186,792 
 
 8,040,031 
 
 Wax . 
 
 
 729,158 
 
 837,333 
 
 Soap . 
 
 
 697,271 
 
 912,491 
 
 Oleaginous Seeds 
 
 
 3,915,907 
 
 2,994,326 
 
 Cheese . 
 
 
 4,141,818 
 
 3,925,776 
 
 Pish— Stockfish . 
 
 
 8,611,753 
 
 2,150,206 
 
 — Other Dried Fish 
 
 14,304,160 
 
 11,553,748 
 
 Cattle — Horses and Mules . Number 
 
 9,745 
 
 6,175 
 
 — Oxen ... „ 
 
 71,215 
 
 26,923 
 
 — Sheep 
 
 ,, 
 
 27,885 
 
 3,205 
 
 Purs . 
 
 . Kilogrammes 
 
 64,880 
 
 71,881 
 
 Hides — Raw 
 
 
 5,432,790 
 
 8,273,252 
 
 — Tanned . 
 
 
 728,260 
 
 1,074,598 
 
 — Other Hides 
 
 
 249,2-i6 
 
 272,198 
 
 — Worked ditto 
 
 
 63,269 
 
 ■ 81,997 
 
 Hemp and Flax . 
 
 
 1,135,751 
 
 624,461 
 
 Hempen and Flaxen Yarns ,, 
 
 1,793,913 
 
 1,927,456 
 
 Cloths of Hemp and Flax . „ 
 
 810,716 
 
 924,084 
 
 Other Hemp and Flax Manu- 
 
 
 
 factured Articles . . ,, 
 
 369, 2W 
 
 165,967 
 
 Cotton in Wool ... ,, 
 
 4,044,202 
 
 12,611,273 
 
 Cotton Yarns ... ,, 
 
 5,482,117 
 
 11,397,525 
 
 Mixed Tissues of Cotton . ,, 
 
 7,520,633 
 
 13,205,081 
 
 Otlier Cotton Manufactured 
 
 
 
 Articles .... ,, 
 
 492,653 
 
 291,959 
 
 Wool 
 
 3,960,230 
 
 8,319,792 
 
 Woollen Yarns ... ,, 
 
 215,050 
 
 164,833 
 
 Mixed Tissues of Wool . ,, 
 
 2,903,578 
 
 3,674,047 
 
 Other Woollen Manufactured 
 
 
 
 Articles .... ,, 
 
 441,536 
 
 432,382 
 
 Silks— Raw .... ,, 
 
 1,872,373 
 
 2,347,146 
 
 — Worked ... „ 
 
 9,842 
 
 1,353 
 
 Mixed Tissues of Silk . . 
 
 187,613 
 
 201,883 
 
 Silk Manufactures . . „ 
 
 48,961 
 
 37,406 
 
 Grain (Corn and Wheat) Litres 
 
 321,955,456 
 
 228,825,417 
 
 Other Grain ... 
 
 78,032,351 
 
 66,903,001 
 
 Flour Kilogrammes 
 
 7,967,165 
 
 6,493,830 
 
 Pastes ,, 
 
 119,740 
 
 133,668 
 
 Coal . . . • . 
 
 10,956,220 
 
 12,881,034 
 
 Wood for Fuel ... „ 
 
 28,516,566 
 
 31,985,736 
 
 Wood (Cabinet-making) . ,, 
 
 873,318 
 
 491,699 
 
 Wood for Furniture . . ,, 
 
 143,011 
 
 90,429 
 
 Working Utensils . . ,, 
 
 230,654 
 
 449,628 
 
 Paper — Different kinds of . „ 
 
 1,310,259 
 
 1,214,603 
 
 — Papering purposes ,, 
 
 180,479 
 
 194,200 
 
 Bound and Unbound Books ,, 
 
 427,807 
 
 313,751 
 
 Hardware .... ,, 
 
 1,719,743 
 
 1,488,636 
 
 Works of Fashion . . „ 
 
 9,092 
 
 11,029 
 
 Machines .... Value 
 
 6,791,736 
 
 4,962,252 
 
 Cast Iron — Wrought . . Kilogrammes 
 
 22,730,028 
 
 36,824,283 
 
 — Unwrought . ,, 
 
 5,881,587 
 
 6,011,455 
 
 — Rail Cushions . „ 
 
 2,616,610 
 
 8,102,639 
 
 Iron, Minerals of . . ,, 
 
 18,934,142 
 
 21,838,744 
 
 Iron — Pig .... ,, 
 
 37,711,036 
 
 30,503,162 
 
 — Rails. ... 
 
 11,380,938 
 
 18,654,559 
 
 — Wrought ... 
 
 8,745,233 
 
 8,457,573 
 
 Copper (& Brass — Unwrought 
 
 1,038,027 
 
 1,538,200 
 
 — Wrought . 
 
 667,459 
 
 403,855 
 
 Lead — Unwrought . . ,, 
 
 2,313,459 
 
 7,384,099 
 
 — Wrought ... „ 
 
 129,354 
 
 120,960 
 
 Sulphur .... 
 
 1,349,156 
 
 1,271,322 
 
 Coal 
 
 347,424,499 
 
 260,781,824 
 
 Earthenware — Clay . . ,, 
 
 1,874,653 
 
 1,823,168 
 
 — Porcelain . ,, 
 
 • 423,072 
 
 375,091 
 
 Glass and Crystals . . ,, 
 
 5,950,854 
 
 6,284,980 
 
 Rags of all sorts ... „ 
 
 1,.337,047 
 
 3,300,811 
 
 Articles of Glass ... ,, 
 
 57,482 
 
 197,895 
 
 Quantities of tJie Principal Articles Exported from the 
 Kingdom of Italy in each of the Years 1861, 1862, and 4863. 
 
 Principal Artlolea. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 Wine . . Litres 
 
 21,734,750 
 
 25,867,251 
 
 24,894,131 
 
 Oil— Olive . Kllogr. 
 
 38,314,337 
 
 53,626,632 
 
 35,111,905 
 
 — Other Kinds . 
 
 105,970 
 
 271,622 
 
 337,651 
 
 Confectionery . . ., 
 
 2,785 
 
 121,402 
 
 114,017 
 
 Manna 
 
 214,622 
 
 264,764 
 
 359,973 
 
 Liquorice 
 
 658,221 
 
 458,195 
 
 184,136 
 
 Lemon Peel . . ,, 
 
 20,279 
 
 126,951 
 
 30,809 
 
 Chemical Productions ,, 
 
 986,728 
 
 1,649,324 
 
 3,959,713 
 
 Salt — Marine . . ,, 
 
 61,681,996 
 
 64,268,184 
 
 116,769,706 
 
 — Mineral, &c. . ,, 
 
 3,616,408 
 
 2,700,800 
 
 3,394,288 
 
 Dyeing Stuffs— 
 
 
 
 
 Unground . . ,, 
 
 4,217,582 
 
 3,814,741 
 
 5,065,443 
 
 Ground . . ,, 
 
 20,674,498 
 
 18,669,398 
 
 21,005,929 
 
 Soap . . . . ,, 
 
 120,676 
 
 335,070 
 
 238,334 
 
 Soda. . . . ,, 
 
 2,421,169 
 
 620,598 
 
 1,045,044 
 
 Fniit 
 
 62,651,549 
 
 44,989,403 
 
 75,033,710 
 
 Almonds — in Shell . „ 
 
 784,129 
 
 402,830 
 
 449,527 
 
 — Kernel . 
 
 2,246,575 
 
 1,505,186 
 
 3,625,344 
 
 Oleaginous Seeds . „ 
 
 9,434,502 
 
 11,445,743 
 
 10,060,169 
 
 Cheese . . . ,, 
 
 2,242,145 
 
 1,266,334 
 
 2,308,264 
 
 Fish 
 
 936,463 
 
 1,383,200 
 
 1,333,546 
 
 Horses . . .No. 
 
 1,116 
 
 1,375 
 
 1,709 
 
 Cattle . . . „ 
 
 46,865 
 
 48,161 
 
 64,986 
 
 Sheep . . ,, 
 
 91,262 
 
 68,645 
 
 33,400 
 
 Skins— Raw . . Kilogr. 
 
 993,293 
 
 978,744 
 
 1,335,446 
 
 — Tanned . ,, 
 
 269,123 
 
 151,902 
 
 161,224 
 
 Hempen Cords . , , 
 
 698,482 
 
 1,067,700 
 
 1,135,538 
 
 — Cloths 
 
 539,135 
 
 613,264 
 
 706,217 
 
 Cotton — Yam . ,, 
 
 38,401 
 
 67,668 
 
 131,270 
 
 — Stuffs. 
 
 297,665 
 
 168,026 
 
 123,822 
 
 Silk— Raw 
 
 1,789,085 
 
 2,047,899 
 
 2,540,489 
 
 — Thrown . . ,, 
 
 765,838 
 
 617,680 
 
 — 
 
 — Moresk . . ,, 
 
 959,160 
 
 1,072,968 
 
 1,462,498 
 
 — Tissues of . ,, 
 
 75,856 
 
 43,817 
 
 42,036 
 
 Wheat . . . Litres 
 
 50,261,544 
 
 20,625,887 
 
 21,091,875 
 
 Grain . . . ,, 
 
 28,659,607 
 
 33,726,126 
 
 57,285,830 
 
 Rice .... Kilogr. 
 
 15,214,779 
 
 34,704,633 
 
 48,017,737 
 
 Pastes . . . ,, 
 
 1,672,665 
 
 1,645,438 
 
 3,355,581 
 
 Charcoal . . . ,, 
 
 32,676,771 
 
 .34,647,800 
 
 38,242,232 
 
 Firewood . . • ,, 
 
 41,304,450 
 
 13,894,749 
 
 14,050,727 
 
 Sugar . . . ,, 
 
 1,161,971 
 
 602,914 
 
 646,573 
 
 Paper . . . „ 
 
 2,321,516 
 
 2,558,016 
 
 3,468,355 
 
 Books 
 
 90,660 
 
 449,212 
 
 108,416 
 
 Rags, of all Kinds . 
 
 5,228,531 
 
 8,312,431 
 
 10,432,144 
 
 Bones . . . ,, 
 
 2,392,060 
 
 4,894,450 
 
 6,804,739 
 
 Brass 
 
 3,263,137 
 
 2,133,378 
 
 4,838,269 
 
 Lead 
 
 14,304,976 
 
 9,752,182 
 
 6,991,334 
 
 Sulphur 
 
 169,881,349 
 
 151,567,036 
 
 173,971,445 
 
 Common Pottery . „ 
 
 1,237,658 
 
 2,281,420 
 
 1,107,273 
 
 The exports from Italy to the United Kingdom in the 
 years 1861-1864 were as follows: — 
 
 1861 £5,781,069 
 
 1862 5,103,320 
 
 1863 5,927,980 
 
 1804 5,673,534 
 
 In 1 863 the special commerce amounted to — 
 
 Imports 
 Exports 
 Transit 
 
 Total 
 
 £31,086,320 
 17,367,840 
 2,773,720 
 
 £51,227,880 
 
 being an increase of £2,958,400 over the previous year, 1862. 
 The shipping trade has greatly increased, as the following 
 statistics of the number and tonnage of sailing and steam 
 vessels entered and cleared at ports in Italy, from and to 
 various countries (including Italian ports), in each of the 
 years 1861, 1862, and 1863, will show :— 
 
 Vessei^ Entered. 
 
 
 Italian. 
 
 FOKEION. 
 
 Total. 
 
 
 Vessels. Tons. 
 
 Vessels. Tons. 
 
 Vessels. Tons. 
 
 (1861 
 
 Sailing Vessels . . . . ^ 1862 
 
 (1863 
 
 ■ (1861 
 
 Steam Vessels ■ ■ ■ i 1862 
 
 (1863 
 
 10,486 
 
 9,363 
 
 738 
 1,U1 
 
 (Not stated 
 812,845 6,126 
 755,708 7,614 
 
 (Not stated 
 143,062 2,838 
 208,144 3,395 
 
 separately.) 
 
 819,272 
 
 1,197,252 
 
 separately.) 
 1,067,278 
 1,350,021 
 
 16,612 
 16,977 
 
 3,576 
 4,506 
 
 1,632,117 
 1,952,960 
 
 1,210,340 
 1,668,165 
 
 (1861 
 
 Total -^1862 
 
 (1863 
 
 9,699 
 11,224 
 10,474 
 
 817,777 7,743 
 955,907 8,964 
 963,852 11,009 
 
 1,698,587 
 1,886,550 
 2,647,273 
 
 17,442 
 20,188 
 21,483 
 
 2,516,364 
 2,842,457 
 3,511,125 
 
ITALY 
 
 187 
 
 ITALY 
 
 Vessels Cleabed. 
 
 
 ITAIJAN. 
 
 FOKEIGK. 
 
 Total 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tous. 
 
 Vessels. 1 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Sailing Vessels . . 
 
 Steam Vessels . . 
 
 Total 
 
 (1861 
 
 . . 4 1862 
 
 (1863 
 
 (1861 
 
 . . J. 1862 
 
 (1863 
 
 (1861 
 
 . . ^1862 
 
 (1863 
 
 10,289 
 9,515 
 
 716 
 1,102 
 
 869,964 
 831,684 
 
 132,251 
 205,160 
 
 (Not stated separately.) 
 6,805 1,011,019 
 7,320 1,065,411 
 
 (Not stated separately.) 
 2,702 946,15^ 
 3,086 1,173,001 
 
 17,086 
 16,865 
 
 3,418 
 4,188 
 
 1,880,983 
 1,897,095 
 
 1,078,403 
 1,378,161 
 
 9,332 
 10,997 
 10,647 
 
 880,061 
 1,002,215 
 1,036,844 
 
 7,934 
 
 9,507 
 
 10,406 
 
 1,688,956 
 1,957,171 
 2,238,412 
 
 17,266 
 20,504 
 21,053 
 
 2,669,017 
 2,959,386 
 3,275,256 
 
 The number of merchant vessels belonging to the king- 
 dom at the beginning of 1864 was 10,264, of 660,622 tons. 
 
 The national debt of the kingdom, which has been con- 
 solidated by the unification of the public debts of the different 
 Italian states, amounts to £152,699,000, bearing interest to 
 the annual amount of £7,896,690. The items of the budgets 
 of 1864 and 1865 are given thus : — 
 
 Reduced to pounds sterling the two budgets stand thus — 
 
 1864. 
 Estimated Revemie . . . £25,844,749 
 — Exiieuditure . 35,214,417 
 
 Deficit £9,; 
 
 1865. 
 
 £25,020,101 
 
 34,152,761 
 
 £9,132,666 
 
 The actual revenue and expenditure for the two years 1862 
 and 1863 was as follows : — 
 
 1862. 1863. 
 
 Revenue £23,628,076 . . . £23,436,566 
 
 Expenditure 39,023,703 . . . 38,519,788 
 
 Deficit £15,395,627 . . . £15,083,222 
 
 Army and Navy. — By a new organization of the army in 
 1865 it was to be composed of 189,541 men, and 19,027 
 horses, on a peace footing; and of 335,870 men, and 37,562 
 horses, on a war footing. The navy of the kingdom com- 
 prised in 1865, 98 steamers, of 20,760 horse-power, and 2160 
 guns; and 17 sailing vessels, with 279 guns; altogether 115 
 men-of-war, with 2439 guns. Among them were 5 iron- 
 clad frigates; and 8 more ironclad vessels were under con- 
 struction. The navy was manned in 1865 by 10,927 sailors 
 and 5880 marines. 
 
 Government and History. — The present constitution of 
 Italy is an expansion of that of the former kingdom of Sar- 
 dinia, which was promulgated in 1848, and is founded upon 
 the model of England. According to the charter the execu- 
 tive power is exercised by the sovereign through responsible 
 ministers. The legislative authority is vested in the king 
 and parliament conjointly, the latter consisting of two cham- 
 bers, an upper one — the Senate — composed of the princes of 
 the royal house who are of age, and an unlimited number of 
 members above the age of 40 years, nominated by the 
 king; and a lower one — the Chamber of Deputies — the mem- 
 bers of which must be 30 years of age, and are elected by the 
 citizens who are upwards of 21 years old, and pay 40 lire, 
 £1, 12s., in taxes annually. The duration of the parliament 
 is five years, but the king has the power to dissolve it any time, 
 but is bound to order a fresh election and convoke the new 
 parliament within four months. The ministers have the right 
 to attend the debates of both houses, but have no vote unless 
 they are members. The sittings of both chambers are public, 
 and no sitting is valid unless an absolute majority of the 
 members is present. The Chamber of Deputies had 443 
 members in 1862. 
 
 Austrian oppression in Lombardo-Venetia, the tyranny of 
 the kings of Naples, and the misgovernment of the Papal 
 States and of the Duchies, abetted by Austria, led to the 
 eruption of 1859, when France, siding with Sardinia, drove 
 the Austrians out of Lombardy, and the people of the Duchies 
 rising against their tyrants expelled them, and by popular 
 vote annexed themselves to Sardinia. The peace of Villa- 
 franca on July 11, 1859, after the battle of Solferino, besides 
 the ce.ssion of Lombardy, stipulated for the restoration of the 
 ducal governments and the establishment of an Italian con- 
 federation, of which the Pope was to be the head. But the 
 people willed it otherwise. The victorious career of Gari- 
 baldi dethroned the king of Naples, detached a large part of 
 the States of the Church, and Sardinia in 1860 intervening 
 to complete the revolution, the whole of Italy and Sicily, 
 except the city of Rome and its vicinity, was combined in 
 a united realm, which in 1861 was proclaimed as the king- 
 dom of Italy, with Victor Emmanuel as its sovereign; the 
 temporal power of the Pope being secured by French troops 
 stationed in Rome. In the war which broke out in the spring 
 of 1866 between Prussia and Italy combined and Austria, 
 the Italian invasion of Venetia was repulsed in the battle of 
 Custozza, but the Austrians suffering heavy reverses from 
 the Prussians, Venetia was ceded to the emperor of France, 
 by whom its destiny was put to the vote of its inhabitants. 
 That vote was enthusiastically in favour of union with 
 
ITAQUI 
 
 188 
 
 IZZABAD 
 
 Italy, with which the province has accordingly been incor- 
 porated. 
 
 ITAQUI, a tn. Brazil, prov. Rio Grande do Sul, on the 
 Uruguay. It is a stirring little place, and carries on an 
 active retail and general trade. The shops number about 
 50, and are well suppligd, particularly with costly articles of 
 feniale attire imported from Europe. At the little harbour 
 in the Uruguay the principal article of export is mate, or 
 Paraguay tea. Pop. 2000. 
 
 ITASCA [add.], a lake, U. States, Minnesota, lat. 47° 
 10' N.; Ion. 95° 54' W. it is a small but beautiful sheet of 
 water, surrounded by hills and bordered by pines, and lies at 
 the height of 1575 ft. above the sea, near the watershed be- 
 tween the Red River of the North and the streams which 
 belong to the basin of the Mississippi. It was at one time 
 supposed to be the true source of this mighty river; but re 
 cent explorations prove that it shares this honour with a 
 number of other lakes situated in the same locality, and 
 nearly on the same level. The principal feeder of the Itasca, 
 and in some sense the remotest source of the Mississippi, is a 
 small rivulet which rises among some hills a little to the 
 
 south; its outlet is a stream, which, as it quits it at its N. 
 extremity, is about 10 ft. wide, and 12 to 18 inches deep. 
 
 ITUKBIDE, a tn ^lexico, state Yucatan, 80 m. S. 
 Merida. It is the southernmost of the civilized settlements 
 in the country, and consists for the most part of houses built 
 out of the remains of old Indian structures, many of which 
 are still found in the district. Inhabitants chiefly Indians. 
 
 IVANOVO, a tn. Russia, gov. and 60 in. N.N.E. 
 Vladimir, circle Shuya. It is a well-built place, with 
 straight and spacious streets; has seven churches, of which six 
 are of stone; an industrial and two other schools, a cotton-mill, 
 numerous cotton printfields, chemical works, and a machine- 
 factory; and contains 8000 regular inhabitants, besides a large 
 floating population. 
 
 IZZABAD, a vil. Persia, prov. and 15 in. N.W. Yezd. 
 Like other places in the same plain, it is threatened with 
 destruction from sand-drifts. On its S. side the gardens and 
 houses have been buried for a space of 100 yards in breadth, 
 and to the height of 15 to 20 ft. Houses having their roofs 
 covered on one side with sand, are still occupied on the 
 other side; but their doom is evidently sealed. 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF THE CENSUS 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT 
 
 BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND 
 
 
 
 In 1851 AND 
 
 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 c. city. tn. town. tns. township. 
 
 V. village, vs. vUlages. p. parish. 
 
 v.-p. village and parish, tn.-p. town and parish 
 
 . isl. i. 
 
 land. 
 
 
 M. municip. hor. p. pari. bor. m. p. municip. and pari. bor. Market Days: — dy. daily; m. t. w. th. f. t 
 
 . days ol week. 
 
 
 
 The names of parliamentary boroughs are printed in small capitals ; thus. Paisley. 
 
 A-I 
 
 
 
 
 
 Place. 
 
 Coiuity. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Connty. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 
 Abbas, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 486 
 
 487 
 
 Abererch, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,782 
 
 1,652 
 
 Addington, p. 
 
 Sui-rey 
 
 615 
 
 639 
 
 Abberley, p. 
 
 Wore. 
 
 695 
 
 692 
 
 Aberfeldy, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 823 
 
 1,145 
 
 Addington, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 71 
 
 111 
 
 
 Abberton, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 279 
 
 269 
 
 Aberffraw, tn. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 1,338 
 
 1,238 
 
 Addington (Great),p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 270 
 
 307 
 
 
 Abbei^ton, p. 
 
 Wore. 
 
 80 
 
 82 
 
 Aberfoil, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 514 
 
 565 
 
 Addington (Little),p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 299 
 
 337 
 
 
 Abbey, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 •28,549 
 
 29,687 
 
 Aberford, tn.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 996 
 
 1,009 
 
 Addle, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,050 
 
 1,145 
 
 
 Abbey, v. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 926 
 
 306 
 
 Abergavenny, tn. | 
 p. t. g. f 
 
 Monm. 
 
 5,506 
 
 6 086 
 
 Addlestrop, ji. 
 
 Glouc, 
 
 196 
 
 184 
 
 
 Abbey, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,002 
 
 887 
 
 
 Addlethori)e, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 288 
 
 302 
 
 
 Abbeyovvmhir, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 568 
 
 537 
 
 Abergele, tn.-p. f. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 3,.307 
 
 3,308 
 
 Aderrig, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 100 
 
 134 
 
 
 Abbey Dore, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 588 
 
 551 
 
 Abergwilly, v. p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 2,325 
 
 •2,197 
 
 Adisham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 401 
 
 492 
 
 
 Abbeyfeale, !>. 
 
 Liraer. 
 
 4,364 
 
 4,709 
 
 Aberhafesp, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 559 
 
 486 
 
 Adlingfleet, p. 
 
 York 
 
 487 
 
 480 
 
 
 Abbeyfeale, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 717 
 
 844 
 
 Aberlady, p -\-. 
 
 Had. 
 
 1,099 
 
 1,019 
 
 Adlington, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,090 
 
 1,975 
 
 
 Abboygreen, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 494 
 
 Aberlemno, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,116 
 
 1,054 
 
 Adpar, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 
 1,473 
 
 
 Abbey gormagan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,047 
 
 1,593 
 
 Aberllunvey, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 
 132 
 
 Adstock, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 "393 
 
 386 
 
 
 Abbey Holme, tn. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 972 
 
 932 
 
 Aberlour, p.-v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,'447 
 
 1,660 
 
 Advent, p. 
 
 C0111W. 
 
 252 
 
 208 
 
 
 Abbey Hulton, v. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 616 
 
 726 
 
 Abeniant, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 869 
 
 793 
 
 Adwell, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 75 
 
 68 
 
 
 Abbey Knockmoy p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,547 
 
 2,549 
 
 Aberuethy, v. p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,026 
 
 1,960 
 
 Adwick-leStreet, p. 
 
 York 
 
 480 
 
 440 
 
 
 Abbeylara, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 1,861 
 
 1,622 
 
 Abernethy, p. 
 
 Elg.-In. 
 
 1,871 
 
 1,928 
 
 Adwick - upon - ) 
 Deame, p. ) 
 
 Y -k 
 
 
 226 
 
 
 Abbey-Leix, tn.-p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 5,646 
 
 4,321 
 
 Aber-Porth, p. 
 
 Card. 
 
 514 
 
 454 
 
 
 
 
 Abbey-Leix, tn. s. 
 
 Quean's 
 
 1,341 
 
 1,352 
 
 Aberuthven, v 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 513 
 
 Affane, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,537 
 
 1,300 
 
 
 Abbeymahon, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,915 
 
 1,737 
 
 Aber wheeler, tns. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 "503 
 
 430 
 
 Aff Puddle, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 488 
 
 455 
 
 
 Abbeyshrule, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 890 
 
 747 
 
 Aberynte, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 275 
 
 310 
 
 Afton Bridgend, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 301 
 
 
 AbbeySt.Bathans i> 
 
 Berw. 
 
 155 
 
 179 
 
 Aberyscir, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 121 
 
 125 
 
 Agha, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,'526 
 
 1,202 
 
 
 Abbeystrowry, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 6,900 
 
 4,380 
 
 Aberystruth, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 
 16,055 
 
 Aghaboe, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 4,510 
 
 3,502 
 
 
 Abbots-Anne, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 590 
 
 640 
 
 Aberystwith, h. 
 
 Card. 
 
 5,'i89 
 
 5,561 
 
 Aghabc^, J). 
 
 Monag. 
 
 4,874 
 
 4,339 
 
 
 Abbots - Bicking- ^ 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 80 
 
 71 
 
 Aberystwith, m. ) 
 & p. r,i. s. i 
 
 Card. 
 
 5,231 
 
 5,641 
 
 Aghabologue, p. 
 Aghacrew, p. 
 
 Cork 
 Tip. 
 
 3,567 
 323 
 
 2,823 
 
 282 
 
 
 Abbots Bromley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,563 
 
 1,538 
 
 Abingdon, m. & p. i 
 
 Berks 
 
 5,954 
 
 5,680 
 
 Aghacross, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 75 
 
 67 
 
 
 Abbotsbury, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,077 
 
 1,089 
 
 Aghada, p. 
 
 Coik 
 
 2,484 
 
 2,205 
 
 
 Abbotshall, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 5,030 
 
 5,193 
 
 Abinger, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 870 
 
 906 
 
 Aghade, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 430 
 
 343 
 
 
 Abbotaham, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 361 
 
 365 
 
 Abinghall. p. 
 
 Glouces. 
 
 242 
 
 228 
 
 Aghaderg, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,242 
 
 6,366 
 
 
 Abbot8ide(H igh \ tns 
 
 York 
 
 588 
 
 552 
 
 Abington, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 164 
 
 164 
 
 Agbadoe, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,861 
 
 2,763 
 
 
 Abbots Kerswell, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 460 
 
 437 
 
 Abington, p. 
 
 Li. -Tip. 
 
 6,146 
 
 5,216 
 
 Aghadown, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,328 
 
 2,779 
 
 
 Abbots-Langley , p. - v 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,384 
 
 2,400 
 
 Abington (Great), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 331 
 
 ii30 
 
 Aghadowy, p. 
 
 Lond. 
 
 6,315 
 
 5,914 
 
 
 Abbots- Leigh, [). 
 
 Somer. 
 
 348 
 
 366 
 
 Abington (Little), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 307 
 
 316 
 
 Aghagallon, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,214 
 
 3,348 
 
 
 Abbotsley, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 453 
 
 486 
 
 Abington - in - the- 1 
 Clay, p. 1" 
 
 Camb. 
 
 238 
 
 228 
 
 Aghagower, i). 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,511 
 
 5,068 
 
 
 Abbots-Morton, p. 
 
 Wore. 
 
 235 
 
 245 
 
 Aghalee, p.-v. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,280 
 
 1,381 
 
 
 Abbotston, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 348 
 
 295 
 
 Ab-Kettleby, p. -tns. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 374 
 
 371 
 
 Aghaloo, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 6,722 
 
 6,011 
 
 
 Abdaston, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 591 
 
 593 1 
 
 Aboyne, p. 
 
 Aberd 
 
 1,108 
 
 1,160 
 
 Aghalurcher, p. 
 
 Tr.-Fer 
 
 13,322 
 
 11,464 
 
 
 Abdie, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,486 
 
 1,381 
 
 Abthorpe, p. v. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 500 
 
 641 
 
 Aghamore, ]>. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,097 
 
 6,782 
 
 
 Abdon, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 179 
 
 170 
 
 Aby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 394 
 
 407 
 
 Aghanagh, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,880 
 
 1,755 
 
 
 Aber, p.-v. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 543 
 
 582 
 
 Acaster-Malbis, p. 
 
 York 
 
 231 
 
 359 
 
 Aghancon, \i. 
 
 King's 
 
 858 
 
 651 
 
 
 Aberaerou, tn. .'. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,543 
 
 1,846 
 
 Acorington, tn. 
 
 Lane. 
 
 8,108 
 
 13,872 
 
 Aghanloo, p. 
 
 Lord. 
 
 1,514 
 
 1,295 
 
 
 Aberavon, tn.-p. M. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 •2,380 
 
 2,916 
 
 Achill, isl.-p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 4,950 
 
 5,776 
 
 Aghanunsuin, i>. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 1,158 
 
 991 
 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 6,567 
 
 7,754 
 
 Achonry, p li. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 13,345 
 
 14,604 
 
 Agharra, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 529 
 
 417 
 
 
 Aberchirder, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,066 
 
 1,273 ; 
 
 Acklam (East;, p. 
 
 York 
 
 781 
 
 774 
 
 Aghavallan, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 5,100 
 
 4,680 
 
 
 Abercorn, p. 
 
 Liulitli. 
 
 977 
 
 965 
 
 Acklara (West >, p. 
 
 York 
 
 110 
 
 108 
 
 Aghavea, p. 
 
 Fermh. 
 
 4,838 
 
 4,185 
 
 
 Aberdalgie, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 843 
 
 295 
 
 Ackworth, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,835 
 
 1,813 
 
 Aghavillar, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 1,170 
 
 856 
 
 
 Aljerdare, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 14,999 
 
 32,299 
 
 Acle, p. 
 
 Nor.-olk 
 
 
 926 
 
 Agher, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 347 
 
 269 
 
 
 Aberdaron, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,239 
 
 1,266 
 
 Acol, or Wood, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 260 
 
 Aghem, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 919 
 
 712 
 
 
 Aberdeen, m. /'. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 53,808 
 
 54,376 
 
 Acomb, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "979 
 
 ,1,034 
 
 Aghiart, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 780 
 
 568 
 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 71,973 
 
 73,805 
 
 Acomb(E. (fe W.),tus 
 
 North. 
 
 688 
 
 862 
 
 Aghinagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,133 
 
 1,627 
 
 
 •Aberdeen — 
 
 
 
 
 Aconbury, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 141 
 
 183 
 
 Aghmacart, \\ 
 
 Queen's 
 
 2,483 
 
 1,956 
 
 
 Old Machai-, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 30,503 
 
 31,938 
 
 Acrise, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 198 
 
 173 
 
 Aghnanieadle, ]>. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,194 
 
 1,909 
 
 
 East, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 5,403 
 
 5,182 
 
 Acton, v.-p. 
 
 Middle. 
 
 •2,582 
 
 3,161 
 
 Aghnamullin, p. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 12,336 
 
 11,498 
 
 
 Greyfriars, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 6,654 
 
 7,143 
 
 Acton, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 3,165 
 
 3,125 
 
 Aghoura, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 1,721 
 
 1,404 
 
 
 North, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 6,167 
 
 6,273 
 
 Acton, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 424 
 
 297 
 
 Aghowle, p. 
 
 Wick. 
 
 1,753 
 
 1,'289 
 
 
 St. Clement's, p 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 7,466 
 
 7,623 
 
 Acton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 539 
 
 568 
 
 Agivey, p. 
 
 Lond. 
 
 794 
 
 708 
 
 
 South, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 4,548 
 
 4,291 
 
 Acton-Beaucliamp,p 
 
 Woroes. 
 
 206 
 
 205 
 
 Aglish, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 9,135 
 
 6,995 
 
 
 West, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 11,227 
 
 11,450 
 
 Acton-Burnell. v.-ji. 
 
 Salop 
 
 416 
 
 361 
 
 Aglish, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,717 
 
 1,432 
 
 
 Aberdour, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,857 
 
 1,997 
 
 Acton-Round, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 168 
 
 173 
 
 Aglish, p. 
 
 KeiTy 
 
 1,349 
 
 1,220 
 
 
 Aberdour, \<. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,945 
 
 1,874 
 
 Acton Scott, ]) 
 
 Salop 
 
 215 
 
 207 
 
 Aglish, V. p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,769 
 
 2,205 
 
 
 Aberdour (New), v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 543 
 
 Acton-Turville p. 
 
 GIouc. 
 
 
 310 
 
 Aglish-Cloghane, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,218 
 
 788 
 
 
 Aberedw, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 '320 
 
 281 
 
 Adamstown, p. 
 
 Wexf. 
 
 1,846 
 
 1,488 
 
 Aglish-Cormick, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 429 
 
 416 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Adare, tn. «. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 816 
 
 Aglish-Drinagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 590 
 
 544 
 
 
 
 
 Adare, p. 
 
 Liraer. 
 
 3,671 
 
 2,944 
 
 Aglish-Martin, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 468 
 
 381 
 
 
 * In Aberdeen, Edinburgh, G 
 
 asgow, 
 
 Adbaston, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 593 
 
 Agnes (St.), tn.-p. th 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 6,674 
 
 6,550 
 
 
 Greenock, Paisley, and Perth, are ir 
 
 icluded 
 
 Adderbury, ]1. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 2,310 
 
 2,146 
 
 Ahamlish, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 6,499 
 
 6,127 
 
 
 parishes which extend landward. 
 
 In the 
 
 Addergoole, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,757 
 
 2,769 
 
 Aharney, p. 
 
 Qu.-Kil. 
 
 1,812 
 
 1,302 
 
 
 alphabetical order of their respective 
 
 names 
 
 Addergoole, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 5,085 
 
 4,644 
 
 Ahascragh, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,644 
 
 2,931 
 
 
 will be found the entire population 
 
 jf such 
 
 Adderley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 5,353 
 
 428 
 
 Ahoghill. tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 508 
 
 728 
 
 
 parishes; while under the burghs 8< 
 
 ) much 
 
 Addingham, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 728 
 
 754 
 
 Ahoghill, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 8,599 
 
 9,133 
 
 
 only of the iwpulation is given as 
 
 IS com- 
 
 Addingham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,623 
 
 1,938 
 
 Aighton, h. 
 
 Lane. 
 
 1,166 
 
 1,109 
 
 
 prised within the bounds. 
 
 
 Addington, p.-tns. 
 
 Kent 
 
 220 
 
 262 
 
 Aikton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 856 
 
 806 
 
 
 
 1 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 190 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 
 
 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Plaob. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Placb. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Ainderby-Steeple, p. 
 
 York 
 
 845 
 
 848 
 
 Allington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 88 
 
 93 
 
 Andi-ew (St.), p. 
 
 Down 
 
 2,543 
 
 2,184 
 
 
 Ainstable, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 524 
 
 542 
 
 Allington (East), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 640 
 
 521 
 
 Andrew (St.), cm. 
 
 Fife 
 
 4,730 
 
 6,141 
 
 
 
 Airdrie, tn. p. th. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 14,435 
 
 12,922 
 
 Allington (West), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,008 
 
 925 
 
 „ P. 
 
 Fife 
 
 6,107 
 
 5,176 
 
 
 
 Airlie, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 856 
 
 845 
 
 Allington (Ecist), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 280 
 
 |- 410 
 
 Andrew (St.), p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 6,740 
 
 7,092 
 
 
 
 Airth, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,319 
 
 1,194 
 
 Allington, (West), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 136 
 
 Andrew (St.), p. 
 
 Guem. 
 
 1..204 
 
 1,049 
 
 
 
 Airth, V. 
 Aiskew, tns. 
 
 Stirling 
 York 
 
 720 
 
 466 
 759 
 
 AUithwait* (Up. ) 
 and Lower), tns. ) 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,634 
 
 1,662 
 
 Andrew (St.), 11-) 
 ketshall, i). ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 565 
 
 515 
 
 
 
 Aismuiiderby, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 607 
 
 620 
 
 Alloa, p. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 9,493 
 
 8,867 
 
 Andrew(S. Minor), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 Aisthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 95 
 
 100 
 
 Alloa, tn. k: s. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 6,676 
 
 6,425 
 
 Andrew's (St.), }>. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 1,712 
 
 1,681 
 
 
 
 Aithsting & Sand- \ 
 sting, p. j 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,603 
 
 2,670 
 
 All Saints, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,251 
 
 1,350 
 
 Andrew's (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 6,906 
 
 
 
 
 All Saints, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3,422 
 
 2,956 
 
 Andrew's (St.), ) 
 Lhanbryde, p. ) 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,263 
 
 1,402 
 
 
 
 Aitkenhead, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 427 
 
 AUstonefleld, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 4,623 
 
 4,117 
 
 
 
 Akely, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 "378 
 
 366 
 
 Alltmawr, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 43 
 
 45 
 
 Angersleigh, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 41 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 Akenham, p. 
 
 Suflfolk 
 
 131 
 
 94 
 
 Almely, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 638 
 
 637 
 
 Angei-ton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 Albans (St.), tn.M.«. 
 
 Herts 
 
 7,000 
 
 7,675 
 
 Aimer, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 185 
 
 155 
 
 Angle, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 "437 
 
 512 
 
 
 
 Alberbiu-y, p. 
 
 Mo.-Sa. 
 
 1,743 
 
 1,918 
 
 Almondbank, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 386 
 
 Angmering, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,012 
 
 963 
 
 
 
 Albourne, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 337 
 
 341 
 
 Almondbury, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 4l','804 
 
 42,889 
 
 Anhid, j). 
 
 Limer. 
 
 260 
 
 205 
 
 
 
 Albrighton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,141 
 
 1,156 
 
 Almondsbui-y, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,680 
 
 1,864 
 
 Anmer, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 167 
 
 142 
 
 
 
 Alburgh, p. 
 
 Norf. 
 
 675 
 
 587 
 
 Almoritia, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 527 
 
 386 
 
 Ann's (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 8,238 
 
 
 
 Albury, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 234 
 
 183 
 
 Almsford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 296 
 
 306 
 
 Annacloan, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 2,568 
 
 2,439 
 
 
 
 Albury, p. 
 
 Sui-rey 
 
 976 
 
 1,041 
 
 Alne, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,659 
 
 1,592 
 
 Annaduff, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 3,167 
 
 3,092 
 
 
 
 Albury, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 
 700 
 
 Alne (Great), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 391 
 
 347 
 
 Annageliffe, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,051 
 
 2,717 
 
 
 
 Alby, p. 
 
 Norf. 
 
 "272 
 
 231 
 
 Alness, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,178 
 
 Annagh, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 3,172 
 
 2,372 
 
 
 
 Alcester, tn.-p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 2,378 
 
 2,128 
 
 Alnham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 291 
 
 295 
 
 Annagh, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 9,102 
 
 8,297 
 
 
 
 Aloiston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 257 
 
 220 
 
 Alnwick, tn.-p. x. 
 
 North. 
 
 7,319 
 
 7,350 
 
 Annagh, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,105 
 
 6,139 
 
 
 
 Alconbury, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 967 
 
 909 
 
 Alnwick Lodge, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 399 
 
 Annaghclone, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 2,558 
 
 2,4.39 
 
 
 
 Alconbury-with- ) 
 Weston, p. j 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 516 
 
 661 
 
 Alphamstone, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 ■324 
 
 317 
 
 Annaghdown, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 4,041 
 
 3,884 
 
 
 
 
 Alpheton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 370 
 
 •298 
 
 Annahilt, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 3,210 
 
 3,037 
 
 
 
 Aldate, St., p. 
 
 Ber.-Ox. 
 
 
 1,810 
 
 Alphington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,293 
 
 1,250 
 
 Annan, tn. m. th. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 4,670 
 
 4,620 
 
 
 
 Aldborough.tn.p iv.s 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,027 
 
 1,721 
 
 Alpington, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 204 
 
 208 
 
 P- 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 3,426 
 
 3,473 
 
 
 
 Aldborough, tn.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,438 
 
 2,279 
 
 Alresford (New) ) 
 p.-tn. 111. ( 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,618 
 
 1,546 
 
 Annan, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 5,848 
 
 5,761 
 
 
 
 Aldborough, p. 
 
 Norf. 
 
 380 
 
 305 
 
 Anne's(St.),Shan-) 
 don, p. 1 
 
 Cork 
 
 26,522 
 
 27,174 
 
 
 
 Aldbourne, i). 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,622 
 
 1,539 
 
 Alresford (Old), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 523 
 
 626 
 
 
 
 Aldbrough, xi. 
 
 York 
 
 1,115 
 
 1,095 
 
 Alresford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 458 
 
 248 
 
 Annesley, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 383 
 
 288 
 
 
 
 Aldbury, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 820 
 
 848 
 
 Alrewas, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,649 
 
 1,633 
 
 Ansley, jx 
 
 Warw. 
 
 700 
 
 685 
 
 
 
 Aldeby, p. 
 
 Norf. 
 
 554 
 
 557 
 
 Altcar, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 601 
 
 540 
 
 Anstey, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 465 
 
 473 
 
 
 
 Aldenham, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,656 
 
 1,769 
 
 Alternon, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,382 
 
 1,389 
 
 Anstey, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 208 
 
 171 
 
 
 
 Alderbury, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,4.S8 
 
 1,334 
 
 Altliome, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 430 
 
 386 
 
 Anstey, p. 
 Anstey (East), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 367 
 
 298 
 
 
 
 Alderford, p. 
 
 Norf. 
 
 41 
 
 29 
 
 Althorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,347 
 
 1,316 
 
 Devon 
 
 225 
 
 227 
 
 
 
 Alderley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 145 
 
 98 
 
 Altofts, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 603 
 
 1,210 
 
 Anstey (West), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 302 
 
 299 
 
 
 
 Alderley, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 
 1,418 
 
 Alton, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Hants 
 
 3,538 
 
 3,769 
 
 Anston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,216 
 
 1,290 
 
 
 
 Aldermaston, ji. 
 
 Berks 
 
 "783 
 
 585 
 
 Alton, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 2,260 
 
 Anstruther (Eas- )_ 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,161 
 
 1,155 
 
 
 
 Alderminster. p. 
 
 Woroes. 
 
 522 
 
 520 
 
 Alton-Barnes, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 175 
 
 177 
 
 ter),tn.-p.M.i&p. )" 
 
 
 
 Aldershott, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 875 
 
 16,720 
 
 Alton-Pancras, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 282 
 
 270 
 
 Anstruther (Wes- \ 
 ter),tn.-p.M.i&p. f 
 
 Fife 
 
 443 
 
 4o8 
 
 
 
 Alderton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 182 
 
 192 
 
 Altringham, tn. 1. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,488 
 
 6,628 
 
 
 
 Alderton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 139 
 
 131 
 
 Alva, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 3,204 
 
 3,283 
 
 Anthony (St.), in \ 
 Meneage. f 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 
 252 
 
 
 
 Alderton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 486 
 
 487 
 
 Alva, tn. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 3,147 
 
 
 
 
 Alderton, p. 
 
 Suflfolk 
 
 630 
 
 634 
 
 Alvah, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,402 
 
 1,467 
 
 Anthony (St.), ini 
 Roseland, p. j 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 171 
 
 169 
 
 
 
 Aldford, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 835 
 
 731 
 
 Alvechurch, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,600 
 
 1,713 
 
 
 
 Aldhain, p. 
 
 Suflfolk 
 
 307 
 
 267 
 
 Alveley, p.-tns. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,041 
 
 1,018 
 
 Antingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 261 
 
 227 
 
 
 
 Aldham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 
 406 
 
 Alverdiscott, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 340 
 
 336 
 
 Antony, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,201 
 
 3,887 
 
 
 
 Aldingboum, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 "744 
 
 772 
 
 Alverstoke with ) 
 Gosport, p. j 
 
 Hants 
 
 16,908 
 
 22,653 
 
 Antrim, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 5,074 
 
 4,659 
 
 
 
 Aldingham(Upper \ 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 968 
 
 1,011 
 
 Antrim, tn. t. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,722 
 
 2,138 
 
 
 
 and Lower), p. j 
 
 
 Alverthorpe with )_ 
 
 York 
 
 6,068 
 
 6,645 
 
 Anwick, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 307 
 
 277 
 
 
 
 Aldington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 741 
 
 658 
 
 Thomes, tns. )" 
 
 Anwoth, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 900 
 
 899 
 
 
 
 Aldridge, p. 
 
 Staflford 
 
 2,174 
 
 2,254 
 
 Alves, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 919 
 
 1010 
 
 Apethoi-pe, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 281 
 
 248 
 
 
 
 Aldringham, p. 
 
 Suflfolk 
 
 467 
 
 471 
 
 Alvescott, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 375 
 
 407 
 
 Apley, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 192 
 
 221 
 
 
 
 Aldrington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 Alvesdiston, p. 
 
 WUts 
 
 
 267 
 
 Appeiiey, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 Aldstone, p. *■. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 6,816 
 
 6,404 
 
 Alveston, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 847 
 
 841 
 
 Appleby, tn.-p. ,«. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 l",256 
 
 1,266 
 
 
 
 Aldsworth, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 379 
 
 430 
 
 Alveston, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 769 
 
 844 
 
 Appleby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 481 
 
 679 
 
 
 
 Aldwinkle (All ) 
 Saints), p. f 
 
 Northa. 
 
 308 
 
 364 
 
 Alveton, or Alton, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,326 
 
 2,250 
 
 Appleby, p. 
 
 De.-Lei. 
 
 1,181 
 
 1,070 
 
 
 
 
 Alvie, p. 
 
 Invem. 
 
 914 
 
 833 
 
 Appleby St. Law- \ 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,453 
 
 1,569 
 
 
 
 Aldwinkle (St. \ 
 
 Northa. 
 
 232 
 
 222 
 
 Alvingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 317 
 
 350 
 
 rence, p, j 
 
 
 
 Peter's), p. j 
 
 
 
 Alvington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 370 
 
 369 
 
 Applecross, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 2,709 
 
 2,544 
 
 
 
 Aldworth, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 317 
 
 275 
 
 Alwalton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 332 
 
 342 
 
 Appledore, tn. p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 621 
 
 640 
 
 
 
 Alexandria, tn. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 3,781 
 
 4,242 
 
 Alwington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 374 
 
 359 
 
 Appledram, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 150 
 
 129 
 
 
 
 Alexton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 67 
 
 Alwinton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 899 
 
 Applegarth, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 918 
 
 935 
 
 
 
 Alfold, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 "439 
 
 535 
 
 Alyth, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Pe.-For. 
 
 3,152 
 
 3,422 
 
 Appleshaw, p. v. 
 
 Hants 
 
 318 
 
 284 
 
 
 
 Alford, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,143 
 
 1,264 
 
 Amberley, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 671 
 
 650 
 
 Applethorpe, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 103 
 
 142 
 
 
 
 Alford, p. -tns. tli. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,262 
 
 2,658 
 
 Ambleside, tns. ic. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,692 
 
 1,603 
 
 Appleton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 540 
 
 549 
 
 
 
 Alford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 94 
 
 109 
 
 Ambleston, p. 
 
 Perab. 
 
 598 
 
 524 
 
 Appleton-le Street, p 
 
 York 
 
 942 
 
 987 
 
 
 
 Alfreton, tn.-p, m.f. 
 
 Derby 
 
 8,326 
 
 11,549 
 
 Ambrosden, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 937 
 
 871 
 
 Appleton - upon - > 
 Wiske, p. ]" 
 
 York 
 
 506 
 
 466 
 
 
 
 Alfriston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 576 
 
 622 
 
 Ambrosetown, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 676 
 
 619 
 
 
 
 Algarkirk, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 843 
 
 772 
 
 Amersham, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 3,662 
 
 3,550 
 
 Arbirlot, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 990 
 
 960 
 
 
 
 Alkborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 468 
 
 497 
 
 Amesbury, tn.-p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,172 
 
 1,138 
 
 Arboe, p. 
 
 Lon.-Ty 
 
 6,773 
 
 6,263 
 
 
 
 Alkerton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 190 
 
 194 
 
 Amlwch, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 3,207 
 
 Arborfield, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 316 
 
 286 
 
 
 
 Alkham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 494 
 
 620 
 
 Amlwch, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 5,813 
 
 5,949 
 
 Arbroath, tn. m. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 8,302 
 
 8,143 
 
 
 
 Alkmund (St.), p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 13,682 
 
 Ampleforth, p. 
 
 York 
 
 434 
 
 460 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 16,986 
 
 17,593 
 
 
 
 Allcannings, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 l,'i09 
 
 1,013 
 
 Ampney-Crucis, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 662 
 
 648 
 
 Arbroath, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 10,030 
 
 9,847 
 
 
 
 AUen (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 790 
 
 687 
 
 Ampney-Down, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 443 
 
 429 
 
 Arbuthnot, p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 1,002 
 
 932 
 
 
 
 Allendale, tn.-p. 
 
 North. 
 
 6,383 
 
 6,401 
 
 Ampney St. Mary,p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 125 
 
 125 
 
 Ardagh, v.-p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 2,694 
 
 2,549 
 
 
 
 AUensmore, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 617 
 
 612 
 
 Ampney St. Peter, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 206 
 
 188 
 
 Aitiagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,616 
 
 1,227 
 
 
 
 Allen ton, p. -tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 853 
 
 812 
 
 Amport, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 745 
 
 706 
 
 Ardagh, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,751 
 
 1,778 
 
 
 
 AUer, v.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 552 
 
 518 
 
 Ampthill, tn.-p. Ih. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1.961 
 
 2,144 
 
 Ardagh, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,497 
 
 1,283 
 
 
 
 Allerstone, p. 
 
 York 
 
 450 
 
 413 
 
 Ampton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 
 131 
 
 Ardagh, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,371 
 
 1,152 
 
 
 
 AUerthorpe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 209 
 
 206 
 
 Amroth, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 "836 
 
 889 
 
 Ardagh, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 396 
 
 
 
 Allerton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 2,041 
 
 2,014 
 
 Amwell (Great), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 
 1,660 
 
 Ardamine, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 l','357 
 
 1,176 
 
 
 
 Allei-ton Chapel, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 294 
 
 292 
 
 Anahilt, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 3,210 
 
 3,037 
 
 Ardara, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 651 
 
 754 
 
 
 
 AUerton Maule- ) 
 verer, ji. j 
 
 York 
 
 344 
 
 283 
 
 Ancaster, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 589 
 
 682 
 
 Ardbraccan, v.-p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 2,788 
 
 2,031 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ancroft, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 2,113 
 
 Ardcandriks. p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 276 
 
 189 
 
 
 
 Allesley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 916 
 
 974 
 
 Ancrum, p. -v. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 l','554 
 
 1,511 ' 
 
 -Ardcanny, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 698 
 
 529 
 
 
 
 AUestree, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 557 
 
 529 
 
 Ancrum, v. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 
 538' 
 
 Ardcarn, p, 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 5,168 
 
 5,3,S4 
 
 
 
 AUexton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 78 
 
 67 
 
 Anderby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "28O 
 
 276 
 
 Ardcath, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,111 
 
 870 
 
 
 
 AUhallows, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 255 
 
 266 
 
 Anderson, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 69 
 
 62 
 
 Ardcavan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 917 
 
 804 
 
 
 
 Allhallows(Hoo ,p 
 
 Kent 
 
 261 
 
 236 
 
 Andover, m. s. 
 
 Hants 
 
 5,187 
 
 5,221 
 
 Ardchattan, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,525 
 
 1,381 
 
 
 
 AUhallowg, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 
 139 
 
 1, r. 
 
 Hants 
 
 5,395 
 
 5,430 
 
 Ardclach, p. 
 
 Nairn 
 
 1,278 
 
 1,330 
 
 
 
 Allington, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,748 
 
 1,015 
 
 Andover, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 5,187 
 
 5,221 
 
 Ardclare, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,471 
 
 
 
 
 Allington, tns. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 863 
 
 889 
 
 Andreas, p. 
 
 Isl. Man 
 
 2,165 
 
 1,955 
 
 Ardclinis, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,678 
 
 1,669 
 
 
 
 Allington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 51 
 
 66 
 
 Andrew (St.), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 488 
 
 570 
 
 Aidcolom, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 884 
 
 680 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 191 
 
 PI.ACE. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 York 
 
 Pop. 
 I80I. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Ardcroney, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,028 
 
 922 
 
 Ashampstead, j). 
 
 Berks 
 
 439 
 
 385 
 
 Askham (Richard), p 
 
 229 
 
 235 
 
 Ardea, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 4,994 
 
 3,203 
 
 Ash borne, tn.-j). .s. 
 
 Derby 
 
 5,087 
 
 5,078 
 
 Askrigg, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 633 
 
 
 
 Ardee, tn. t. 
 
 Louth 
 
 2,752 
 
 2,-580 
 
 Ashbrittle, p. 
 
 Somen 
 
 552 
 
 525 
 
 Aslackby, j). 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 492 
 
 534 
 
 
 Ardee, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 5,944 
 
 4,273 
 
 Ashburnham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 865 
 
 844 
 
 Aslacton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 412 
 
 356 
 
 
 Arderra, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 259 
 
 237 
 
 AsHBURTON,tn-p.P.< 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,432 
 
 3,062 
 
 Aspall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 143 
 
 156 
 
 
 Ardersier, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 1,3.87 
 
 1,239 
 
 Ashbury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 70 
 
 80 
 
 Aspatria, p. -tns. ih. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,246 
 
 2,305 
 
 
 Ardfert, tn.-p. Ih. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 .3,191 
 
 3,234 
 
 Ashbury, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 786 
 
 742 
 
 Aspeden, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 508 
 
 577 
 
 
 Avdfield, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,386 
 
 1,229 
 
 Ashby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 249 
 
 257 
 
 Aspley-Guise, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,303 
 
 1,437 
 
 
 Avdfinnau, tn. p- 
 
 Tip. 
 
 777 
 
 600 
 
 Ashby-with-Oby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 98 
 
 96 
 
 Assey, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 106 
 
 136 
 
 
 Ardglass, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,298 
 
 1,065 
 
 Ashby, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 50 
 
 70 
 
 Assington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 776 
 
 747 
 
 
 Ardglass, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 974 
 
 774 
 
 Ashby (Canons), j). 
 
 Northa. 
 
 220 
 
 220 
 
 Assynt, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 2,989 
 
 3,178 
 
 
 Ardingley, j). 
 
 Sussex 
 
 666 
 
 626 
 
 Ashby (Castle), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 219 
 
 183 
 
 Astbary, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 16,501 
 
 19,351 
 
 
 Ardington, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 375 
 
 354 
 
 Ashby (Cold), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 467 
 
 446 
 
 Aster by, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 313 
 
 304 
 
 
 Ardkeen, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,921 
 
 1,712 
 
 Ashby- with-Fenby p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 244 
 
 274 
 
 Asthall, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 383 
 
 424 
 
 
 Ardkill, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 822 
 
 646 
 
 Ashlty-Folville, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 495 
 
 450 
 
 Astley, p. 
 
 WaiTv. 
 
 341 
 
 332 
 
 
 Ardleigh, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,737 
 
 1,582 
 
 Ashby - de - la- ^ 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 170 
 
 176 
 
 Astley, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 882 
 
 864 
 
 
 Ardley, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 152 
 
 169 
 
 Launde, p. j 
 
 Astley (Abbots), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 634 
 
 668 
 
 
 Ardmayle, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,207 
 
 916 
 
 Ashby-Magna, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 323 
 
 315 
 
 Aston, tn.-p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 61,281 
 
 94,995 
 
 
 Ardmore, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 5,677 
 
 4,390 
 
 Ashby-Meai'S, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 489 
 
 525 
 
 Aston, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 47 
 
 34 
 
 
 Ardmore, tn. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 
 729 
 
 Ashby, by Partiiey,p 
 
 Lincohi 
 
 162 
 
 148 
 
 Aston, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 626 
 
 639 
 
 
 Ardmulolian, ]). 
 
 Meath 
 
 "818 
 
 643 
 
 Ashby-Parva, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 173 
 
 160 
 
 Aston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 901 
 
 1,032 
 
 
 Arduageehy, j). 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,217 
 
 2,223 
 
 Ashby -Puerorum, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1.37 
 
 149 
 
 Aston (Abbots), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 343 
 
 311 
 
 
 Ardnamurclian, p. 
 
 Inv.&Ar 
 
 5,446 
 
 4,700 
 
 Ashby (St. Leger), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 264 
 
 800 
 
 Aston (Blank), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 310 
 
 325 
 
 
 Arduiu-cher, p. 
 
 Ki. We. 
 
 2,504 
 
 1,740 
 
 Ashby (West), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 515 
 
 526 
 
 Aston (Botterell), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 180 
 
 171 
 
 
 Ardoch, p. 
 Ardoyne, p. 
 
 Perth 
 WickL 
 
 I'.'ssi 
 
 1,418 
 1,080 
 
 Ashby - de - la - (^ 
 Zouch, tn.-p. s. ) 
 
 Leices. 
 
 6,230 
 
 6,958 
 
 Aston (Cantlow), p. 
 Aston (Clinton), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 Bucks 
 
 1,111 
 1,096 
 
 1,055 
 1,297 
 
 
 Ardpatrick, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 67 
 
 69 
 
 Ashchurch, p. 
 
 Glonc. 
 
 539 
 
 771 
 
 Aston-sub-Edge, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 132 
 
 128 
 
 
 Ardqiiin, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 918 
 
 742 
 
 Ashcombe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 242 
 
 212 
 
 Aston (FlamvUle), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 2,028 
 
 1,946 
 
 
 Ardrahan, v. p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,887 
 
 2,360 
 
 Ashcott, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 859 
 
 817 
 
 Aston Ingham, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 636 
 
 568 
 
 
 Ardree, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 194 
 
 175 
 
 Ashdon, i>. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,238 
 
 1,235 
 
 Aston (North), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 308 
 
 296 
 
 
 Ardrishaig, v. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 902 
 
 Ashe, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 173 
 
 145 
 
 Aston Rowant, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 901 
 
 884 
 
 
 Ardriataii, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 424 
 
 .352 
 
 Asholdam, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 190 
 
 212 
 
 Aston (Sandford), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 88 
 
 69 
 
 
 Ardrossan, tn. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,071 
 
 2,896 
 
 Ashen, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 340 
 
 .344 
 
 Aston (SomerviUe), p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 89 
 
 105 
 
 
 Ardrossan, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 5,581 
 
 6,770 
 
 Ashendon, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 290 
 
 325 
 
 Aston (Steeple), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 702 
 
 736 
 
 
 Ardsallagh, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 304 
 
 300 
 
 Ashfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 327 
 
 306 
 
 Aston (Tirrold), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 363 
 
 395 
 
 
 Ardskeagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 154 
 
 145 
 
 Ashfield (Great), !>. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 455 
 
 408 
 
 ! Aston-upon-Trent, p 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,814 
 
 561 
 
 
 Ardsley, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,528 
 
 1,772 
 
 Ashford, tn.-p. 1. 
 
 Kent 
 
 5,007 
 
 6,950 
 
 Aston-Ie- Walls, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 254 
 
 221 
 
 
 Ardsley (East), )>. 
 
 York 
 
 838 
 
 1,069 
 
 Ashford, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 829 
 
 Aston -White -La-) 
 dies, p. j 
 
 Worces. 
 
 
 
 
 Avdsley (West), \>. 
 
 York 
 
 1,429 
 
 1,646 
 
 Ashford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 191 
 
 167 
 
 356 
 
 353 
 
 
 Ardstraw, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 15,199 
 
 13,629 
 
 Ashford, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 497 
 
 784 
 
 Astwick, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 81 
 
 64 
 
 
 Ardwiek, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 15,777 
 
 21,7.57 
 
 A8hford(Bowdler),p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 102 
 
 106 
 
 Astwood, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 268 
 
 247 
 
 
 Areley (King's), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 467 
 
 564 
 
 Ashford(Carboneli)p 
 
 Salop 
 
 290 
 
 282 
 
 Aswarby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 107 
 
 128 
 
 
 Argam, p. 
 
 York 
 
 40 
 
 27 
 
 Ashford by, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 527 
 
 485 
 
 Aswardby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 67 
 
 68 
 
 
 Argoed, tns. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 839 
 
 882 
 
 Ashill, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 696 
 
 696 
 
 Atcham, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 462 
 
 406 
 
 
 Arkengarth-Dale, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,283 
 
 1,147 
 
 Ashill, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 464 
 
 445 
 
 Athan (St.), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 376 
 
 367 
 
 
 Arkesden, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 542 
 
 506 
 
 Ashingdon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 99 
 
 99 
 
 Athassel, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 4,419 
 
 2,647 
 
 
 Arklovv, p. 
 
 Wiekl. 
 
 3,300 
 
 4,760 
 
 Ashington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 80 
 
 67 
 
 Athboy, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 4,117 
 
 3,223 
 
 
 Arklow, tn. th. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 6,122 
 
 6,257 
 
 Ashingfcon, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 
 234 
 
 Athboy, tn. 111. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,204 
 
 982 
 
 
 Arksey, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,105 
 
 1,099 
 
 Ashkirk, p. 
 
 Rox.Sel, 
 
 578 
 
 578 
 
 Athelhamptone, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 
 96 
 
 
 Arlecdou, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 643 
 
 1,550 
 
 Ashleworth, i>. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 690 
 
 547 
 
 Athelington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "117 
 
 115 
 
 
 Arley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 273 
 
 230 
 
 Ashley, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 348 
 
 348 
 
 Athelstanefonl, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 971 
 
 902 
 
 
 Arley (Upper), ]>. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 678 
 
 886 
 
 Ashley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 896 
 
 870 
 
 Athenry, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 4,505 
 
 3,881 
 
 
 Arlingham, p. 
 
 Glouo. 
 
 737 
 
 693 
 
 Ashley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 98 
 
 104 
 
 Athenry, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,487 
 
 1,283 
 
 
 Arlington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 209 
 
 219 
 
 Ashley, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 84 
 
 90 
 
 Atherington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 5!)9 
 
 598 
 
 
 Arlington, j). 
 
 Sussex 
 
 614 
 
 623 
 
 Ashley, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 524 
 
 509 
 
 Atherstone, tns. t. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 3,819 
 
 3,877 
 
 
 Arlsey, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,095 
 
 1,401 
 
 Ashmanhaugh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 159 
 
 136 
 
 Atherstone-upou- \ 
 
 Warw. 
 
 107 
 
 90 
 
 
 Armadale, tii. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 
 2,504 
 
 Ashmansworth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 239 
 
 201 
 
 Stour, p. ) 
 
 
 ARiMAOH, M. a-, a. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 8,849 
 
 8,801 
 
 Ashmore, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 237 
 
 254 
 
 Atherton, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 2,692 
 
 
 Armagh, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 11,525 
 
 10,975 
 
 Asholt, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 199 
 
 181 
 
 Athlacca, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,068 
 
 9.54 
 
 
 Armiughall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 86 
 
 75 
 
 Ashover, tn.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 3,311 
 
 3,286 
 
 Atlileague, p.-tn. 
 
 Gal.Ro. 
 
 3,134 
 
 2,708 
 
 
 Armitage, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,014 
 
 937 
 
 Ashow, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 156 
 
 149 
 
 Athlone, p. i. «. 
 
 Wes.Ro. 
 
 6,218 
 
 6,227 
 
 
 Armley, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 6,190 
 
 6,734 
 
 Ashperton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 617 
 
 534 
 
 Athlumney, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 888 
 
 953 
 
 
 Annoy, v. -p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,994 
 
 1,946 
 
 Ashpringtou, )i. 
 
 Devon 
 
 609 
 
 537 
 
 Athneasey, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 977 
 
 800 
 
 
 Armthorpe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 431 
 
 424 
 
 Ash-Prioi-s, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 237 
 
 207 
 
 Athnid, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 142 
 
 91 
 
 
 Arncliffe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 326 
 
 Ashreigney, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 989 
 
 842 
 
 Athnowen, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,576 
 
 1,287 
 
 
 Arncliffe (West), p. 
 
 York 
 
 "717 
 
 740 
 
 Ashtead, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 684 
 
 729 
 
 Athy, tn.-iJ. t. s. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,180 
 
 4,124 
 
 
 Arne, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 138 
 
 139 
 
 Ashton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 360 
 
 347 
 
 Attanagh, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 719 
 
 553 
 
 
 Arnesby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 567 
 
 573 
 
 Ashton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 383 
 
 374 
 
 Attenborough, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,030 
 
 " 1,110 
 
 
 Amgask, p. 
 
 Pe.-Pife 
 
 689 
 
 705 
 
 Ashton (Cold), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 479 
 
 503 
 
 Attercliffe - cum - )^ 
 Damalla, v. ) 
 
 York 
 
 4,873 
 
 
 
 Arnold, v. -p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 4,704 
 
 4,642 
 
 Ashton (Keynes), i*. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,365 
 
 1,.382 
 
 7,464 
 
 
 Arran, isl. 
 Arreton, p. 
 
 Bute 
 Hants 
 
 5,947 
 1.902 
 
 5,53S 
 1,880 
 
 Ashton (Long), v. -p. 
 
 Ashton - under - ) 
 
 Hill, p. i" 
 
 Somer. 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,921 
 
 2,000 
 411 
 
 Attleborough, tn. )^ 
 p. th. \ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,324 
 
 2,221 
 
 
 Arrington, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 311 
 
 302 
 
 
 Attlebridge, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 100 
 
 93 
 
 
 Arrochar, p. 
 An-ow, p. -tns. 
 
 Dumb. 
 Warw. 
 
 .562 
 641 
 
 629 
 590 
 
 Ashton - under - \ 
 Lyne, p. j" 
 
 Ijancas. 
 
 56,959 
 
 66,801 
 
 Attymass, j). 
 Atwick, p. -tns. 
 
 Mayo 
 York 
 
 2,431 
 324 
 
 2,816 
 319 
 
 
 Artaine, j). 
 
 Dublin 
 
 354 
 
 310 
 
 Ashton - under - |^ 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 30,676 
 
 34,886 
 
 Aubourne, p. -tns. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 365 
 
 376 
 
 
 Arthingwortli, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 207 
 
 275 
 
 Lyne, m. ) 
 
 Auchencairn, v. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 
 390 
 
 
 Arthuret, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 3,088 
 
 3,714 
 
 ,, p. w. f. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 29,791 
 
 33,917 
 
 Auchinblae, v. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 
 570 
 
 
 Arthurlie (West), v. 
 Artillery Ground^ 
 
 Renf. 
 Micldlss. 
 
 
 474 
 
 2,168 
 
 515 
 
 Ashton - in- Mac j^ 
 kerfield, p. ) 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 5,679 
 
 10,181 
 
 Auchindoir and ) 
 Kearn, p. j 
 
 Aber. 
 
 1,369 
 
 1,593 
 
 
 (Old), p. ) 
 Artraraon, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 737 
 
 Ashton-upon-Mer- [ 
 sey, p. i 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,894 
 
 4,507 
 
 Auchineam(Ne w) , v. 
 Auchinheath, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 Lanark 
 
 
 744 
 716 
 
 
 Artrea, p. 
 
 Ty. Lo. 
 
 10,2.38 
 
 10,258 
 
 Ashton (Steeple), ) 
 p. -tns. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,857 
 
 1,767 
 
 Auchinleck, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,697 
 
 4,213 
 
 
 ARUNDEL,tn-p M P.t 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,748 
 
 2,498 
 
 Auchinleck, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 1,053 
 
 
 Arvagh, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 
 664 
 
 Ashurst, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 241 
 
 247 
 
 Auchmithie, v. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 
 400 
 
 
 Arvans (St.), p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 "432 
 
 379 
 
 Ashurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 441 
 
 374 
 
 Auchterarder, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 4,160 
 
 4,208 
 
 
 Asaph (St.), c p. n. 
 
 Flint 
 
 2,041 
 
 2,063 
 
 Ashwater, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 929 
 
 803 
 
 Auchterarder, tn. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,520 
 
 2,844 
 
 
 Asaph (St.), p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 3,576 
 
 3,592 1 
 
 Ashwell, p.-v. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,425 
 
 1,507 j Auchterderran, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,210 
 
 3,457 
 
 
 Asby, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 412 
 
 440 
 
 Ashwell, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 267 
 
 200 ' Auchtergaven, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,232 
 
 2,562 
 
 
 Ascott - under -\ 
 
 Oxford 
 
 456 
 
 458 
 
 Ashwell (Thorjie), y> 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 467 
 
 409 
 
 Auchterhouse, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 686 
 
 706 
 
 
 Wy oh wood, ]>. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Ashwick, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 848 
 
 778 
 
 Auchterless, p. 
 
 Aber. 
 
 1,837 
 
 2,010 
 
 
 Asgarby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 91 
 
 80 
 
 Ashwicken, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 99 
 
 108 
 
 Auchtermuchty, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,704 
 
 3,285 
 
 
 Asgarby (nr. Slea ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 97 
 
 83 
 
 Askeaton, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 3,990 
 
 2,736 
 
 Auchtermuchty, M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,673 
 
 1,215 
 
 
 ford), p. i 
 
 
 
 
 Askeaton, tn. t. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,957 
 
 ' 1,637 
 
 Auchtertool, yi. 
 
 Fife 
 
 617 
 
 609 
 
 
 Ash (near Sand- \ 
 wich), p. ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,096 
 
 2,039 1 
 
 Askerswell, p. 
 Askham, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 Westml. 
 
 224 
 616 
 
 223 
 503 
 
 Auckland (St. An- > 
 drew), p. j 
 
 Durham 
 
 22,638 
 
 32,111 
 
 
 Ash (next Ridley), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 702 
 
 587 
 
 Askham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 401 
 
 287 
 
 Auckland(West),tns 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,303 
 
 2,581 
 
 
 Ash, p. 
 
 Ash (13ocking\ p. 
 
 Surrey 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,6.30 
 314 i 
 
 4,164 
 
 324 
 
 Askham (Bryan), \ 
 p. -tns. ) 
 
 York 
 
 350 
 
 362 
 
 Audlem, p. 
 Audley, p. 
 
 Chester 
 Stafford 1 
 
 2,870 
 5,180 i 
 
 2,287 
 6,494 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 192 
 
 
 
 ABSTKACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 PI.ACS. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Coimty. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Audoen's (St.), P- 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 4,297 
 
 Bainton (St. An-> 
 drew), p. f 
 
 York 
 
 469 
 
 465 
 
 Ballyboggau, \\ 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,010 
 
 820 
 
 
 Augher, tii. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 614 
 
 494 
 
 Ballyboghill, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 463 
 
 364 
 
 
 
 Aughnacloy, tii tr. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 i,ro3 
 
 1,532 
 
 Bainton (St. Maiy) p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 202 
 
 217 
 
 Ballybought, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 155 
 
 120 
 
 
 
 Aughnish, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,011 
 
 3,513 
 
 Bakewell, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 9,897 
 
 11,2.54 
 
 Ballyboy, p.-tn. 
 
 King's 
 
 3,367 
 
 2,087 
 
 
 
 Aughrim, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,436 
 
 2,064 
 
 Bakewell, tn. /. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,217 
 
 2,704 
 
 Ballyboys, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 647 
 
 531 
 
 
 
 Aughrim, tii. 
 
 Galway 
 
 430 
 
 383 
 
 Bala, tn. «. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 1,255 
 
 
 Bally brackan, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 
 1,075 
 
 
 
 Aughrim, p 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 1,072 
 
 Balallan, v. 
 
 Ross Crc 
 
 
 "413 
 
 Ballybracken, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 "926 
 
 556 
 
 
 
 Aughton. p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 633 
 
 Balbriggan, tii. m. s. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,310 
 
 2,258 
 
 Ballybrazil, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 494 
 
 247 
 
 
 
 Aughton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,'655 
 
 1,870 
 
 Balconibe, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 851 
 
 880 
 
 Ballybreunan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 215 
 
 209 
 
 
 
 Auldearn, p.-v. 
 
 Nairn 
 
 1,480 
 
 1,328 
 
 Baldernock, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 801 
 
 718 
 
 Ballybrood, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 697 
 
 711 
 
 
 
 Ault-Hucknall, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 690 
 
 686 
 
 Balderton, p. . 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,048 
 
 987 
 
 Ballybur, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 135 
 
 92 
 
 
 
 Aunsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 133 
 
 140 
 
 Baldock, p.-tn. th. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,920 
 
 1,974 
 
 Ballyburley, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,209 
 
 1,015 
 
 
 
 Austell (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 10,750 
 
 11,893 
 
 Baldon-Marsh, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 351 
 
 342 
 
 Ballyciihane, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 711 
 
 578 
 
 
 
 Austell (St), til./. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 3,565 
 
 3,825 
 
 Baldon-Toot, !>. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 290 
 
 260 
 
 Ballycahill, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,196 
 
 859 
 
 
 
 Austrey, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 555 
 
 557 
 
 Baldongan, p 
 
 Dublin 
 
 93 
 
 67 
 
 Ballycallan, j). 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 1,318 
 
 1,007 
 
 
 
 Authorpe, )). 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 134 
 
 Baldoyle, v.-p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,131 
 
 974 
 
 BaUycanew, v. p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,036 
 
 873 
 
 
 
 Avebury, v. -p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 '768 
 
 725 
 
 Bale, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 234 
 
 227 
 
 Ballycamey, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,548 
 
 1,253 
 
 
 
 Aveley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 811 
 
 930 
 
 Balemo, v. 
 
 Edin. 
 
 
 610 
 
 Ballycastle, tn. f. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,669 
 
 1,626 
 
 
 
 Avenbury, ]) 
 
 Heref. 
 
 354 
 
 371 
 
 Balfeaghan, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 122 
 
 95 
 
 Ballycastle, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 372 
 
 412 
 
 
 
 Aveniiig, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 267 
 
 237 
 
 BaJfron, tn.-p. 
 
 Stirluig 
 
 1,900 
 
 1,517 
 
 Ballyclare, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 940 
 
 906 
 
 
 
 Averham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 
 2,070 
 
 Balgi-iffin, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 523 
 
 405 
 
 Bally clerahaii , tn . - p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 600 
 
 493 
 
 
 
 Avetou-Gitfoid, j). 
 
 Devon 
 
 "976 
 
 839 
 
 Balla, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,272 
 
 1,165 
 
 Ballyclog, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 1,937 
 
 1,765 
 
 
 
 Aviiigton, p 
 
 Berks 
 
 97 
 
 104 
 
 Balla, tn. t. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 407 
 
 Ballyclogh, p.-tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,440 
 
 2,051 
 
 
 
 Avington, ]>. 
 
 Hants 
 
 176 
 
 162 
 
 Ballaghaderreen , t n . 
 
 Mayo 
 
 l,"i97 
 
 1,583 
 
 Ballyclug, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 .3,912 
 
 4,591 
 
 
 
 Avoch, v.-p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 2,029 
 
 1,788 
 
 Ballaghmoon, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 238 
 
 219 
 
 Ballycommon, p 
 
 King's 
 
 844 
 
 656 
 
 
 
 Avondale, p 
 
 Lanark 
 
 6,451 
 
 6,125 
 
 Ballantrae, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,801 
 
 1,483 
 
 Ballyconnell, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 
 374 
 
 
 
 Avon-Dassett, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 307 
 
 280 
 
 Ballantrae, v. 
 
 Avr 
 
 
 557 
 
 Ballyconnick, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 465 
 
 369 
 
 
 
 Awlisoombe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 
 579 
 
 Ballater, v. 
 
 Aber. 
 
 
 362 
 
 Bally conry, p. 
 
 Keny 
 
 371 
 
 299 
 
 
 
 Awre, p.-v. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 l",'512 
 
 1,526 
 
 Ballaugh, p.-v. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 1,'392 
 
 1,228 
 
 Ballycor, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,202 
 
 1,953 
 
 
 
 Axbridge, tn. ]>. .«. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 939 
 
 799 
 
 Bailee, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,613 
 
 1,473 
 
 Bally cotton, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 364 
 
 
 
 Axmiiister, tii ]>. s. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,769 
 
 2,918 
 
 Balleen, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 535 
 
 419 
 
 Ballycrogue, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 "33 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 Axmouth, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 680 
 
 662' 
 
 Ballina, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,569 
 
 5,419 
 
 Ballyculter, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,831 
 
 ^.5^1 
 
 
 
 Aycliffe (Great), p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,366 
 
 1,458 1 
 
 Ballina, tn. 
 
 Tip.-Cl. 
 
 
 1,677 
 
 BallycuiTany, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 773 
 
 •590 
 
 
 
 Aylesbear, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 953 
 
 1,079 1 
 
 Ballinaboy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,858 
 
 1,390 
 
 Ballydehob, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 648 
 
 
 
 Aylesbury, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 6,081 
 
 6,168 
 
 Ballinacarrig, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 824 
 
 507 
 
 Ballydeloher, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 "851 
 
 626 
 
 
 
 Aylesbury, p. s. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 26,794 
 
 27,090 
 
 Ballinaclougli, ji. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 774 
 
 568 
 
 Ballydeloughy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 635 
 
 548 
 
 
 
 Aylesby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 172 
 
 130 
 
 BaUinaclough, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 496 
 
 389 
 
 Ballyduff, tn.-j). 
 
 Kerry 
 
 702 
 
 337 
 
 
 
 Aylesford, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,487 
 
 2,057 
 
 Ballinacor, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,175 
 
 772 
 
 Ballyellin, tn. p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,355 
 
 1,121 
 
 
 
 Aylestone, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 668 
 
 575 
 
 Ballinacourty, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,035 
 
 1,702 
 
 Ballyfaman, tn. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 
 3.'i8 
 
 
 
 Aylmerton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 290 
 
 250 
 
 Ballinadee, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,698 
 
 1,427 
 
 Ballyfeard, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 '743 
 
 578 
 
 1 
 
 
 Aylsham, tii.-]). t 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,741 
 
 2,623 
 
 Ballinadrimna, ]). 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,174 
 
 843 
 
 Ballyfennot, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 340 
 
 231 
 
 
 
 Aylton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 93 
 
 89 
 
 Ballinafagli, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 789 
 
 745 
 
 Bally foyle, p 
 
 Cork 
 
 790 
 
 791 
 
 
 
 Aymestrey, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 835 
 
 855 
 
 Ballinahaglish, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,393 
 
 3,572 
 
 Ballygarth, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 87 
 
 78 
 
 
 
 Aynho, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 611 
 
 595 
 
 Ballinakill, tn s. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,109 
 
 914 
 
 Ballygawley, tn. ./'. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 768 
 
 680 
 
 
 
 Ayott (St. Law 1^ 
 
 Herts 
 
 147 
 
 122 
 
 Ballinakill, p. 
 
 Ga.-Bos. 
 
 3,685 
 
 3,065 
 
 Ballygibbon, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 793 
 
 681 
 
 
 
 rence), p. | 
 
 
 
 Ballinakill, p. 
 
 Ga.-Kos. 
 
 9,201 
 
 7,753 
 
 Ballygriffin, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 759 
 
 549 
 
 
 
 Ayott (St. Peter), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 282 
 
 234 
 
 Ballinakill, p. 
 
 Ga.-Ros. 
 
 4,808 
 
 4,587 
 
 Ballygunner, ]i. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 656 
 
 647 
 
 
 
 Ayr, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 9,115 
 
 9,308 
 
 Ballinakill, p 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,232 
 
 1,231 
 
 Ballygurrim, ]>. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 548 
 
 386 
 
 
 
 Ayr, m. t.f. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 9,110 
 
 8,222' 
 
 Ballinakilty, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 780 
 
 568 
 
 Ballyhalbert, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 478 
 
 462 
 
 
 
 )• P- 
 
 Ayr 
 
 17,624 
 
 18,573 
 
 Ballinamara, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 657 
 
 526 
 
 Ballyhale, tn. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 
 277 
 
 
 
 Ayr (Newton uj)on). 
 
 Ayr 
 
 4,814 
 
 5,124 
 
 Ballinamore, tn. /. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 704 
 
 624 
 
 Ballyhaunis, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 608 
 
 
 
 Aysgarth, p.-tns. 
 
 York 
 
 5,635 
 
 5,649 
 
 Ballinard, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 543 
 
 403 
 
 Ballybay, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 "915 
 
 703 
 
 
 
 Ayston, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 118 
 
 97 
 
 Ballinasloe, tn. .?. 
 
 Ga.-Ro8. 
 
 0,550 
 
 3,911 
 
 Ballyhean, )). 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,987 
 
 1,913 
 
 
 
 Ayton (Great), p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,304 
 
 1,688 
 
 Ballinchalla, p. 
 
 MayoGa 
 
 1,819 
 
 1,839 
 
 Ballyheige, tn.-j). 
 
 Kerry 
 
 3,352 
 
 2,839 
 
 
 
 Ay ton, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,959 
 
 2,014 
 
 *Ballincollig(Nor. ) 
 & South), tn. 1 
 
 Cork 
 
 789 
 
 917 
 
 Ballylioge, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 832 
 
 771 
 
 
 
 Ayton, V. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 ... ' 
 
 875 
 
 Ballyhooly, v.-j). 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,520 
 
 1,129 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ballincuslane, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 3,621 
 
 3,878 
 
 Ballyhuskard, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,323 
 
 1,906 
 
 
 
 Babcary, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 425 
 
 426 
 
 Ballinderry, j). 
 
 Antrim 
 
 4,579 
 
 4,547 
 
 Ballyjamesduff, tn.t. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 875 
 
 786 
 
 
 
 Babingley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 88 
 
 67 
 
 Ballinderry, \x 
 
 Ty.-Lon 
 
 2,739 
 
 2,790 
 
 Ballykean, j). 
 
 King's 
 
 1,915 
 
 1,640 
 
 
 
 Babiiigton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 117 
 
 129 
 
 BalUndine, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 318 
 
 Ballykine, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,049 
 
 1,783 
 
 
 
 Babrahain, p 
 
 Camb. 
 
 296 
 
 304 
 
 Ballindoou, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 4,435 
 
 4,262 
 
 Ballykinler, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 566 
 
 600 
 
 
 
 Babworth, p. 
 
 Notta 
 
 608 
 
 701 
 
 Ballingaddy, )). 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,193 
 
 1,594 
 
 Ballylandei-s, tn. p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2.699 
 
 2,556 
 
 
 
 Back, V. 
 
 RossCro 
 
 
 403 
 
 Ballingarry, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 6,327 
 
 4,157 
 
 Bally laneen, v. p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 3,465 
 
 3,179 
 
 
 
 Backford, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 "447 
 
 525 
 
 Ballingarry, j) tn./. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,451 
 
 1,032 
 
 Ballylannan, j). 
 
 Wexford 
 
 666 
 
 609 
 
 
 
 Backwell, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,074 
 
 926 
 
 Ballingarry, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,107 
 
 734 
 
 Ballylarkin, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 201 
 
 157 
 
 
 
 Baoonsthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 333 
 
 328 
 
 Ballingarry, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 5,134 
 
 4,025 
 
 Ballylinch, p 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 229 
 
 149 
 
 
 
 Bacton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 159 
 
 154' 
 
 Ballingarry, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 366 
 
 Ballylinny, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,963 
 
 2,154 
 
 
 
 Bacton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 345 
 
 490' 
 
 Ballingarry, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,757 
 
 1,772 
 
 Ballylongford, tn. 
 
 Ken-y 
 
 1,113 
 
 990 
 
 
 
 Bacton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 901 
 
 733; 
 
 Ballingdon - cum - ) 
 Brunden, p. | 
 
 Essex 
 
 818 
 
 861 
 
 Ballyloughloe, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 3,330 
 
 2,356 
 
 
 
 Bacup, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 10,935 : 
 
 Ballylynan, tn. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 
 455 
 
 
 
 Badby, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 "596 
 
 618 
 
 Ballingham, j). 
 
 Heref. 
 
 165 
 
 168 
 
 Ballymacarret, p.-tn 
 
 Down 
 
 8,782 
 
 4,444 
 
 
 
 Baddesley Clin- > 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 125 
 
 143 
 
 Ballingly, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 212 
 
 165 
 
 Ballymacart, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 730 
 
 588 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ballingray, ]>. 
 
 Fife 
 
 568 
 
 736 
 
 BallymaceUigott, p. 
 
 Kerrj 
 
 2,658 
 
 2,726 
 
 
 
 Baddesley Ensor, ^ 
 
 Warw. 
 
 742 
 
 872 
 
 Ballinlougli, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 734 
 
 603 
 
 Ballymachugh, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 2,151 
 
 1,745 
 
 
 
 p.-ch. ) 
 
 
 
 Ballinrobe, p. 
 
 G.-Mayo 
 
 10,166 
 
 7,164 
 
 Ballymaokey, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,947 
 
 1,4:11; 
 
 
 
 Baddesley >'Nortli^,p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 305 
 
 258 
 
 Ballinrobe, tn. m. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,161 
 
 2,506 
 
 Ballymacormick. p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 2,278 
 
 l,(iS7 
 
 
 
 Baddiley, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 281 
 
 272 
 
 Ballintemple, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 838 
 
 810 
 
 Ballymacward, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,145 
 
 2 Oli'.i 
 
 
 
 Baddow (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,122 
 
 2,061 
 
 Ballintemple, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 406 
 
 442 
 
 Ballymacwilliam, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 906 
 
 721 
 
 
 
 Baddow (Little^ p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 622 
 
 605 
 
 Ballintemple, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,086 
 
 933 
 
 Ballymadun, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 414 
 
 361 
 
 
 
 Badger, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 171 
 
 178 
 
 Ballintemple, \t. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,116 
 
 3,855 
 
 Ballymagarvey, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 51 
 
 62 
 
 
 
 Ba<igewortli, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 874 
 
 1,048 
 
 Ballintobber, j). 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,226 
 
 1,205 
 
 Ballymaglassan, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 411 
 
 326 
 
 
 
 Badgeworth, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 343 
 
 279 
 
 Ballintobber, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,438 
 
 3,101 
 
 Ballymahon, tn. ih. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 1,025 
 
 1,130 
 
 
 
 Badgington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 183 
 
 175 
 
 Ballintore, v. 
 
 Ross Cro 
 
 
 306 
 
 Ballymakenny, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 391 
 
 355 
 
 
 
 Badingham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 794 
 
 7491 
 
 Ballintoy, p.-v. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,721 
 
 3,612 
 
 Ballyniany, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 186 
 
 151 
 
 
 
 Badlesmere, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 133 
 
 133 
 
 Ballintra, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 464 
 
 Ballymartin, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 628 
 
 602 
 
 
 
 Ba^lley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 74 
 
 70 
 
 Ballinvoher, ]). 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,014 
 
 1,819 
 
 Ballymartle, ]). 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,238 
 
 930 
 
 
 
 Badnunton(G reat),p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 521 
 
 524 
 
 Ballitore, tn. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 
 421 
 
 Ballyniascanlan, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 5,546 
 
 4,653 
 
 
 
 Badsey, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 527 
 
 546 
 
 Ballon, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,278 
 
 1,086 
 
 Ballymena, tn. n. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 6,493 
 
 6,774 
 
 
 
 Badsworth, p. 
 
 York 
 
 792 
 
 744 
 
 Ballsbridge, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 525 
 
 Ballymitty, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 378 
 
 310 
 
 
 
 Badwell-Ash, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 478 
 
 527 
 
 Ballyadanis, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,379 
 
 1,061 
 
 Ballymodan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 8,151 
 
 5,808 
 
 j 
 
 
 Bagborongh(West)p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 450 
 
 495 
 
 Ballyaghran, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 2.024 
 
 1,745 
 
 Ballymoney. p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,199 
 
 1 ,983 
 
 
 
 Bagenalstown, tn. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 2,256 
 
 2,047 
 
 Ballyaune, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,090 
 
 929 
 
 Ballymoney, p. 
 
 An.-Lon 
 
 10,741 
 
 10,423 1 
 
 
 
 Baggotrath(We8t)tn 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 587 
 
 Ballybacon, \). 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,348 
 
 1,896 
 
 Ballymoney. tn. th. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,578 
 
 2,600 ' 
 
 
 
 Baginton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 208 
 
 213 
 
 Ballybarrack, j). 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,282 
 
 582 
 
 Ballymore, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 586 
 
 437 
 
 
 
 Baglan, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 558 
 
 715 
 
 Ballybay, p. 
 
 Monagh 
 
 4,658 
 
 4,420 
 
 Ballyraore, p.-tn. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 2,150 
 
 1,764 
 
 
 
 Bagthorjie, p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 79 
 
 69 
 
 Ballybay, tn. k. 
 
 Monagh 
 
 1,617 
 
 1,658 
 
 Ballymore, p. 
 
 Annagh 
 
 9,267 
 
 7,758 
 
 
 
 BailieVwrougli, ]>. 
 Bailieborough , tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 Cavan 
 
 5,827 
 1,100 
 
 4,691 
 1,139 
 
 Ballybofey, tn. th. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 985 
 
 928 
 
 Ballymore Eu.s- )^ 
 tace, tn.-p. ?r. ) 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1 675 
 
 1,627 
 
 
 
 Baillieston, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,832 
 
 * Liclud 
 
 ng milit,i 
 
 ry. 
 
 
 , Ballymorin, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 527 
 
 386 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _J 
 

 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 193 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Flack. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pi:.ACB. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Bally mote, tn./. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 965 
 
 1,268 
 
 \ Banningham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 330 
 
 302 
 
 Barragh, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 2,488 
 
 2,096 
 
 Ballyraurreen, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 707 
 
 556 
 
 1 Bannockbum, tn. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 2,627 
 
 2,2.58 
 
 Bai'rettsgrange, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 308 
 
 218 
 
 
 Ballymyre, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 2,494 
 
 2,2.56 
 
 Bannow, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,179 
 
 1,761 
 
 Barrhead, tn. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 6,069 
 
 6,018 
 
 
 Ballynacarra, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 662 
 
 1 Bansha, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 420 
 
 Barrie, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 2,175 
 
 2,466 
 
 
 Ballynacarrigy, tn. 
 
 Westni 
 
 
 512 
 
 Banstead, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,270 
 
 1,461 
 
 Baningtou, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 596 
 
 863 
 
 
 Ballyijaclogli, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 "496 
 
 389 
 
 Bantry, tn. ,«. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,395 
 
 2,438 
 
 Barrington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 511 
 
 501 
 
 
 Ballynaclogh, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 774 
 
 558 
 
 Banwell, v. p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,878 
 
 1,853 
 
 Banington((jreat),p 
 
 Ber.-Glo 
 
 545 
 
 496 
 
 
 Ballyiiacourty, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,179 
 
 1,004 
 
 Bapchild, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 355 
 
 389 
 
 Bamngton(Little) p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 128 
 
 151 
 
 
 Ballyiiadrumuy, j). 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1.174 
 
 843 
 
 ' Baptist Grange, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 493 
 
 380 
 
 Barronstown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 727 
 
 644 
 
 
 Ballyiiafagh, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 789 
 
 745 
 
 Barby, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 635 
 
 645 
 
 Barrow, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,120 
 
 1,030 
 
 
 Ballynagaul, tn. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 427 
 
 491 
 
 Bai'cheston, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 209 
 
 190 
 
 Barrow, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 659 
 
 023 
 
 
 Ballynahaglisli, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,279 
 
 1,321 
 
 Barcomb, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,075 
 
 1,090 
 
 Barrow, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 
 365 
 
 
 Ballynahiuch, tn. th 
 
 Down 
 
 1,006 
 
 1,066 
 
 Bardfield (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,010 
 
 1,065 
 
 Bai-row-Gurney, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 "'405 
 
 321 
 
 
 Ballyuakill, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 753 
 
 619 
 
 Bardfield (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 396 
 
 429 
 
 Barrow - uix)n - |^ 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,283 
 
 2,443 
 
 
 Ballynakill, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 524 
 
 408 
 
 Bardfield-Saliiig, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 360 
 
 356 
 
 Humber, p. ) 
 
 
 Ballyuakill, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 9,201 
 
 7,753 
 
 Bardney, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,329 
 
 1,425 
 
 Barrow (North),p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 115 
 
 114 
 
 
 Ballynakill, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 780 
 
 568 
 
 Bardon, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 63 
 
 Barrow (South), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 126 
 
 140 
 
 
 Ballynamona, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 289 
 
 350 
 
 Bardsey, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "398 
 
 318 
 
 Barrow-on-Trent, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 679 
 
 626 
 
 
 Ballynascreen, p. 
 
 Loudon. 
 
 7,266 
 
 7,476 
 
 Bardwell, )). 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 893 
 
 882 
 
 Barrow upon So;ir, p 
 
 Leices. 
 
 6,728 
 
 6,621 
 
 
 Ballynaslaiiey, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 843 
 
 6441 
 
 Barford, j). 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 430 
 
 419 
 
 Barrow by, \>. . 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 801 
 
 862 
 
 
 Ballyneen, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 3511 
 
 Barford, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 872 
 
 754 
 
 Barrowden, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 718 
 
 663 
 
 
 Ballynoe, p.-tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 l','828 
 
 1,442 
 
 Barford (Great), p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 805 
 
 907 
 
 Barry, v.-p. 
 
 Glamor 
 
 74 
 
 87 
 
 
 Ballynure, p. tn. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,084 
 
 875 
 
 Barford (St Mi- \ 
 chael), p. 1 
 
 Oxford 
 
 392 
 
 332 
 
 Barshani, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 207 
 
 239 
 
 
 Ballymii-e, v. p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,073 
 
 2,922 
 
 Baraham (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 219 
 
 221 
 
 
 Ballyouglitera, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,200 
 
 945 
 
 Barford (Little), p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 112 
 
 91 
 
 Barsham (North), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 77 
 
 57 
 
 
 Ballyovey, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,073 
 
 2,837 
 
 Barford (St. Mar ^ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 639 
 
 519 
 
 Barsham (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 96 
 
 92 
 
 
 Ballypliilip, p 
 
 Down 
 
 2,833 
 
 2,685 
 
 tin), p. ) 
 
 
 
 Barstou, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 383 
 
 336 
 
 
 Ballyporeen, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 586 
 
 594 
 
 Barfreston, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 133 
 
 144 
 
 Bartholomew (St. ) 
 
 Hants 
 
 795 
 
 963 
 
 
 Ballyragget, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 2,016 
 
 1,684 
 
 Barham, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 108 
 
 116 
 
 Hyde), p. )" 
 
 
 Ballyragget, tn. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 1,170 
 
 985 
 
 Barham, \^. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,105 
 
 1,090 
 
 Barthomley, p. 
 
 Ch.-Sta. 
 
 2,740 
 
 3,002 
 
 
 Ballyrashane, j). 
 
 A.-Lond 
 
 2,096 
 
 1,857 
 
 Barham, j). 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 776 
 
 668 
 
 Bartlow, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 94 
 
 120 
 
 
 '^allyroan, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 2,482 
 
 1,908 
 
 Barholm, j). 
 
 JLiincoln 
 
 
 192 
 
 Barton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 308 
 
 324 
 
 
 Bailyroan, tn. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 
 400 
 
 Barkby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 "857 
 
 791 
 
 Barton-Ben di sh , p. -v 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 495 
 
 484 
 
 
 Ballysadare, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 3,066 
 
 5,276 
 
 Barkham, p 
 
 Berks 
 
 274 
 
 280 
 
 Barton-Blount, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 69 
 
 73 
 
 
 Ballysadare, tn. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 670 
 
 635 
 
 Barking, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Essex 
 
 9,888 
 
 10,996 
 
 Barton - in - the - ) 
 Clay, p. ; 
 
 Bedford 
 
 915 
 
 956 
 
 
 Ballysakeery, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,951 
 
 2,323 
 
 Barking, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,856 
 
 1,850 
 
 
 
 Ballysax, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 882 
 
 6,935 
 
 Barkston, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 448 
 
 411 
 
 Barton - by - Dar ^ 
 
 York 
 
 
 684 
 
 
 Ballyscaddan, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 471 
 
 292! 
 
 Barkstone, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 551 
 
 640 
 
 lington, p. j 
 
 
 
 
 Ballyscullion, p. 
 
 A.-Lond 
 
 5,816 
 
 5,760 
 
 Barkway, p.-tn. s. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,288 
 
 1,221 
 
 Barton (Earrs>, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,277 
 
 1,667 
 
 
 BallyscuUion \ 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,042 
 
 3,100 
 
 Barkwith ( East), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 321 
 
 387 
 
 Barton in -Fabis, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 339 
 
 296 
 
 
 Grange, p. > 
 
 Barkwith (West), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 143 
 
 150 
 
 Barton (Great), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 855 
 
 848 
 
 
 Ballyseedy, p 
 
 Kerry 
 
 889 
 
 885 
 
 Barlaston, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 617 
 
 637 
 
 Barton - Harts - ^ 
 
 B -k 
 
 137 
 
 126 
 
 
 Bally shannon, \i. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 327 
 
 328 
 
 Barlavington, )), 
 
 Sussex 
 
 128 
 
 136 
 
 home, p. ) 
 
 
 
 Ballyshannon,tn ^.« 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3,697 
 
 3,197 
 
 Barlboiough, \i.-\-. 
 
 Derby 
 
 933 
 
 1,170 
 
 Barton-uion - the- \ 
 
 Wtirw. 
 
 202 
 
 184 
 
 
 Ballysheehan, p 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,682 
 
 1,476 
 
 Barley, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 870 
 
 809 
 
 Heath, p. t 
 
 
 
 Ballyspillane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 416 
 
 271 
 
 Barling, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 327 
 
 354 
 
 Barton (High), p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,860 
 
 1,808 
 
 
 Ballysnmaghan, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,225 
 
 1,074 
 
 Barlings, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 433 
 
 475 
 
 Barton - upon - ) 
 Humber, tn.H). (" 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,866 
 
 3,797 
 
 
 Ballytarsney, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 214 
 
 199 
 
 Barmbrough, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 462 
 
 
 
 Ballytobin, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 546 
 
 432 
 
 Barmby, p. 
 
 Vork 
 
 '"486 
 
 537 
 
 Barton - upon - Ir- ) 
 well, tns. 7c. ]■ 
 
 TjOTjcoa 
 
 12,687 
 
 14,216 
 
 
 Bally trustan, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 628 
 
 568 
 
 Barmer, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 65 
 
 62 
 
 
 
 Ballyvaghan, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 403 
 
 Banning (East), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 583 
 
 689 
 
 Barton (Mills), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 642 
 
 631 
 
 
 Ballyvaldou, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,359 
 
 1,047 
 
 Barmston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 249 
 
 206 
 
 Barton - under - ) 
 Needwood, tns. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,661 
 
 1,589 
 
 
 Ballyvalloo, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 704 
 
 526 
 
 Bama, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 353 
 
 
 Ballyvouniey, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,006 
 
 3,002 
 
 Barnack, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 "998 
 
 948 
 
 Barton-Segrave, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 207 
 
 199 
 
 
 Ballywalter, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,820 
 
 1,680 
 
 Barnahely, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,165 
 
 911 
 
 Barton(St David's, , p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 442 
 
 404 
 
 
 Ballywalter, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 820 
 
 777 
 
 Bamanely, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 485 
 
 306 
 
 Barton (St. Mary), p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 2,126 
 
 
 Ballywillin, p. 
 
 A.-Lond 
 
 2,277 
 
 2,447 
 
 Barnard Castle, ) 
 tn.-p. i 
 
 Durham 
 
 4,608 
 
 4,477 
 
 Barton (St. Peter), p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 1,672 
 
 
 Balmaclellan p. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 1,145 
 
 1,086 
 
 Barton-Stacey, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 "553 
 
 516 
 
 
 Balmagliie, p. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 1,217 
 
 1,225 
 
 Barnardiston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 251 
 
 280 
 
 Barton-Steeple, i>. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 767 
 
 869 
 
 
 Balmerino, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 945 
 
 815 
 
 Bamby, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 294 
 
 270 
 
 Barton - in - the - ) 
 Street, p. j" 
 
 York 
 
 432 
 
 464 
 
 
 Balqnhidder, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 874 
 
 746 
 
 Barn by-upon Don, p 
 
 York 
 
 
 644 
 
 
 Balraheen, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 412 
 
 350 
 
 Barnby - in - the- f 
 Willows, p. / 
 
 Notts 
 
 294 
 
 302 
 
 Barton-Turtf, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 429 
 
 379 
 
 
 Balrathboyne, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 704 
 
 537 
 
 Barton- Westcott, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 279 
 
 302 
 
 
 Balrothery, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 3,864 
 
 3,608 
 
 Barnes, p.-v. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,879 
 
 2,359 
 
 Barvas, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 4,189 
 
 4,609 
 
 
 Balscaddan, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 892 
 
 778 
 
 Barnesley, tn. w. s. 
 
 York 
 
 14,913 
 
 17,890 
 
 Barwell, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,613 
 
 1,613 
 
 
 Balsliam, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,352 
 
 1,162 
 
 Barnesley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 322 
 
 327 
 
 Barwick - in - the - ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 36 
 
 ~ 26 
 
 
 Balsoon, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 336 
 
 307 
 
 Barnet(Chipping), > 
 tn.-p. i" 
 
 Herts. 
 
 2,380 
 
 2 989 
 
 Brakes, p. ) 
 
 
 Balteagh, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 2,713 
 
 2,029 
 
 
 
 Barwick - in - El - ( 
 mett, p. j 
 
 York 
 
 2,449 
 
 2,374 
 
 
 Baltinglass, p. 
 
 WicCar 
 
 4,164 
 
 2,649 
 
 Barnet (East), p. 
 
 Herts. 
 
 663 
 
 851 
 
 
 Baltinglass, tn. /. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,572 
 
 1,304 
 
 Barnet (Friam), p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 974 
 
 3,344 
 
 Barwick - with - ( 
 
 Somer. 
 
 461 
 
 458 
 
 
 Baltonsborougli, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 760 
 
 763 
 
 Barnet - by - the - ) 
 Wold, p. i 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 845 
 
 828 
 
 Stafford, p. ) 
 
 
 Baltray, tn. 
 
 Louth 
 
 
 372 
 
 Baschurch, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,491 
 
 1,569 
 
 
 Balvaird, v. 
 
 Ross Cro 
 
 ... I 
 
 345 
 
 Barnet-by-le-Beck,p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 269 
 
 242 
 
 Basford, p 
 
 Notts 
 
 10,093 
 
 12,185 
 
 
 Bambi-ougli, v. p. 
 
 North. 
 
 4,545 
 
 4,105 
 
 Barney, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 313 
 
 2831 
 
 Basilden, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 798 
 
 712 
 
 
 Bampton, tn.-p iv.>. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2.102 
 
 1,971 
 
 Barnham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 445 
 
 476 
 
 Basing, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,330 
 
 1,193 
 
 
 Bampton, tn.-p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 2,780 
 
 2,863 
 
 Biirnham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 149 
 
 125 
 
 Basingstoke, tn p \ 
 
 Hants 
 
 4,263 
 
 4,654 
 
 
 Bampton, p 
 
 Westml. 
 
 533 
 
 541 
 
 Barnham-Broom, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 511 
 
 ' 481 
 
 M W. ) 
 
 
 Banagher, tn. /. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,846 
 
 1,426 
 
 Barningham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 499 
 
 489 
 
 Basingthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 487 
 
 154 
 
 
 Banagher, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 6,036 
 
 3,013 
 
 Barningham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 573 
 
 526 
 
 Baslick, p. 
 
 Roscom, 
 
 2,140 
 
 1,892 
 
 
 Banbridge, tn. m. 
 
 Down 
 
 3,301 
 
 4,033 
 
 Barningham (Lit- \ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 264 
 
 273 
 
 Baslow, tn. 
 
 Derby 
 
 834 
 
 785 
 
 
 Banbcry, m. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 4,026 
 
 4,059 
 
 tie), p. t 
 
 Bassaleg, p. 
 
 Monni . 
 
 2,159 
 
 2,169 
 
 
 p. t. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 8,715 
 
 10,216 
 
 Baruingham-Nor- ) 
 wood, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 34 
 
 30 
 
 Bassenthwaite, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 567 
 
 570 
 
 
 Banbury, p. 
 
 Oxfoni 
 
 8,206 
 
 9,140 
 
 Bassingbourne, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,148 
 
 2,213 
 
 
 Banchory - Deven- ^ 
 ick, p. ) 
 
 Ab.-Ki. 
 
 3,078 
 
 2,919 
 
 Barningham-Win- 1 
 ter, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 108 
 
 125 
 
 Bassingham, p. 
 Baston, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Lincoln 
 
 829 
 863 
 
 928 
 
 787 
 
 
 Banchory-Teman, p 
 
 Kincard 
 
 2,462 
 
 2,947 
 
 Bamoldwick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,828 
 
 3,478 
 
 Baswick, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,623 
 
 1,555 
 
 
 Banchory, v. 
 
 Kincard 
 
 
 681 
 
 Bamsley, tn. w. s. 
 
 York 
 
 14,913 
 
 17,890 
 
 Batcombe, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 227 
 
 184 
 
 
 Bandon, p. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 7,'943 
 
 6,243 
 
 Barnstaple, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 8,667 
 
 8,127 
 
 Batcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 750 
 
 713 
 
 
 Banff, .m. /. 
 
 Banff 
 
 3,557 
 
 3,724 
 
 Barnstaple, m. & ) 
 P./. f 
 
 Devon 
 
 11,371 
 
 10,743 
 
 Bath, m. and p. tc.s. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 64,240 
 
 62,528 
 
 
 >• P- 
 
 Banff 
 
 6,000 
 
 6,781 
 
 Bathampton, \i. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 356 
 
 382 
 
 
 Banff, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 4,426 
 
 4,673 
 
 Bamston, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 195 
 
 192 
 
 Bathealton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 118 
 
 135 
 
 
 Bangor, c. -p. /. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 9,564 
 
 10,662 
 
 Barnwell (AH ) 
 Saints), p. ) 
 
 Northa. 
 
 147 
 
 115 
 
 Bath-Easton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1.795 
 
 1,698 
 
 
 Bangor, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 198 
 
 204 
 
 Bathford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 906 
 
 892 
 
 
 Bangor- Monacho- | 
 rum, p .) 
 
 PI. -Den. 
 
 1,264 
 
 1,240 
 
 Barnwell (St. An- ^ 
 drews), p. j 
 
 Northa. 
 
 295 
 
 210 
 
 Bathgate, i<. 
 Bathgate, tn. w. 
 
 Linlith. 
 Linlith. 
 
 4,533 
 3,341 
 
 10,134 
 4,827 
 
 
 Bangor, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 2,531 
 
 Bamwood, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 358 
 
 507 
 
 Bath wick, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 5,162 
 
 5,266 
 
 
 Bangor, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 9,225 
 
 8,022 
 
 Barony, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 77,499 
 
 101,632 
 
 Batley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 17,358 
 
 25,278 
 
 
 Banham. p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,195 
 
 1,163 
 
 Barr, v. p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 907 
 
 910 
 
 Batley, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 9,308 
 
 7,206 
 
 
 Bankfoot, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 748 
 
 Barra, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 1,873 
 
 1,853 
 
 Batsford, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 107 
 
 130 
 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
— — — _____ — - ■ ■ 1 
 
 194 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 
 
 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 P.p. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18fil. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Plack. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Batteraea, p. -v. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 11,729 
 
 24,615 
 
 Beelsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 176 
 
 181 
 
 Bergholt (East), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,467 
 
 1,397 
 
 Battisford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 496 
 
 504 
 
 Beenham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 517 
 
 605 
 
 Bergholt (West), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 852 
 
 906 
 
 Battle, p.-v. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 151 
 
 118 
 
 Beer-Crocombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 158 
 
 175 
 
 Berkeley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 4,344 
 
 4,316 
 
 Battle, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 3,849 
 
 3,29:S 
 
 Beerferris, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,401 
 
 2,847 
 
 Berkeley, tn. w. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 946 
 
 1,011 
 
 Battlefield, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 46 
 
 81 
 
 Beer-Hacket, p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 107 
 
 96 
 
 Berkeswell, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,600 
 
 1,624 
 
 Battlesden, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 160 
 
 143 
 
 Beer-Regis, p.-tn. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,814 
 
 1.624 
 
 Borkhampstead, tn. 
 
 Herts 
 
 
 3631 
 
 Baughurst, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 568 
 
 553 
 
 Bees (St.), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 23,486 
 
 23,901 
 
 Berkhampstead ) 
 (Great), p. ) 
 
 Herts 
 
 3,395 
 
 3,685 
 
 Baumber, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 407 
 
 393 
 
 Beesby'- in - the- \ 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 168 
 
 174 
 
 Baunton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 134 
 
 122 
 
 Marsh, p. ) 
 
 Berkhampstead ) 
 
 (Little), p.-v. «. j 
 
 Berkhampstead \ 
 
 Herts 
 
 XT A^ 
 
 556 
 1,383 
 
 460 
 1,638 
 
 Baveratock, p. 
 Bawbiirgh, p 
 
 Wilts 
 Norfolk 
 
 160 
 460 
 
 168 
 433 
 
 Beeston, with Lit- ) 
 tie Bitteriiig, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 680 
 
 645 
 
 Bawdeswell, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 594 
 
 515 
 
 Beeston, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 3,016 
 
 3,195 
 
 (St. Mary), p. f ,""""' 
 
 Bawdrip, p. 
 
 Sonier. 
 
 458 
 
 472 
 
 Beeston, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,973 
 
 2,547 
 
 Berkley, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 495 
 
 886 
 
 Bawdsey, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 478 
 
 426 
 
 Beeston-Regis, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 236 
 
 196 
 
 Bermondsey, tn.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 48,128 
 
 58,355 
 
 Bawsey, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 26 
 
 32 
 
 Beeston (St. An-^ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 40 
 
 37 
 
 Berrick-Salome, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 152 
 
 141 
 
 Bawtry, tn. th. 
 
 York 
 
 1,170 
 
 1,011 
 
 drew), p. ) 
 
 Berriew, p. 
 
 Mont. 
 
 2,177 
 
 2,155 
 
 Baxterley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 216 
 
 273 
 
 Beeston (St. Law- \ 
 
 ■Mnrfnlk 
 
 44 
 
 50 
 
 Berrington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 766 
 
 772 
 
 Bayble (Lower), v. 
 
 RossCro 
 
 ... 
 
 350 
 
 rence), p. ) 
 
 J.1 Ul lUlA. 
 
 
 Berrow, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 534 
 
 489 
 
 Bayble (Upjier), v. 
 
 Ross Cro 
 
 
 316 
 
 Beetham, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,655 
 
 1,510 
 
 Berrow, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 491 
 
 453 
 
 Baydon, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 "370 
 
 380 
 
 Beetley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 422 
 
 363 
 
 Berry-Pomeroy, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,038 
 
 1,065 
 
 Bayford, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 ■ 353 
 
 297 
 
 Begbrooke, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 98 
 
 104 
 
 Berryn- Arbor, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 854 
 
 775 
 
 Baylehara, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 310 
 
 327 
 
 Begelly, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,330 
 
 1,311 
 
 Bersted, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,964 
 
 3,128 
 
 Bayton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 443 
 
 447 
 
 Beggarsbush, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 1,406 
 
 Bervie, p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 1,469 
 
 1,561 
 
 Bayvill, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 124 
 
 118 
 
 Beightou, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 l,"i23 
 
 1,284 
 
 Bervif,, m. &p. ic. 
 
 Kinciir. 
 
 934 
 
 952 
 
 Beaohampton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 
 272 
 
 Beighton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 342 
 
 365 
 
 Berwick, p. ] Sussex 
 
 175 
 
 169 
 
 Beaconsfield.tn . -p. th 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,684 
 
 1,662 
 
 Beith, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 6,425 
 
 5,775 
 
 Berwick-Basset, p. Wilts 
 
 203 
 
 171 
 
 Beaford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 666 
 
 639 
 
 Beith, tn. /. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 4,012 
 
 3,4-20 
 
 Berwick (N.), tn.-p. Had. 
 
 1,643 
 
 2,071 
 
 Beagh, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 5,062 
 
 3,194 
 
 Bekan, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 4,724 
 
 5,005 
 
 Berwick(St. James) p Wilts 
 
 294 
 
 252 
 
 BeakesboTirne, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 362 
 
 475 
 
 Belan, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 220 
 
 193 
 
 Berwick(St. John), pi Wilts 
 
 482 
 
 499 
 
 Bealiiigs (Great', p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 377 
 
 338 
 
 Belaugh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 172 
 
 154 
 
 !^r^S:r'^"'}™ 
 
 36 
 
 40 
 
 Bealings (Little), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 315 
 
 278 
 
 Belbroughton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,839 
 
 1,995 
 
 Beaminster, tu -p.t/i 
 
 Dorset 
 
 2,832 
 
 2,614 
 
 Belchalwell, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 222 
 
 158 
 
 '''^:iz:r' ] ^-*- 
 
 10,067 
 
 8,613 
 
 Bearley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 254 
 
 238 
 
 Belchamp Otton, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 397 
 
 375 
 
 Bearsteacl, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 620 
 
 638 
 
 Belchamp (St. > 
 Paul), p. f 
 
 F' 
 
 735 
 
 832 
 
 „ ,, M. &P. s.jNorth. 
 
 15,094 
 
 13,265 
 
 Beath, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,252 
 
 2,390 
 
 
 Bess Brook, tn. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 
 637 
 
 Beauchief Abbey, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 122 
 
 Belchamp (Wal- ; 
 
 Essex 
 
 678 
 
 70S 
 
 Besselsleigh, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 '"93 
 
 92 
 
 Beaudesert, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 "213 
 
 172 
 
 tera), p. J 
 
 
 Bessingby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 92 
 
 70 
 
 Beaulie\i, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 513 
 
 381 
 
 Belchford, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 638 
 
 1 Bessingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 141 
 
 153 
 
 Beaulieu, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,177 
 
 1,176 
 
 Bel Clare, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,'793 
 
 1,519 
 
 j Bestlioi'pe, p. i Norfolk 
 
 614 
 
 564 
 
 Beauly, v. 1 
 
 Invern. 
 
 560 
 
 917 
 
 BtXFAST, M. f. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 100,067 
 
 1121,602 
 
 Beswick, p. Lancas. 
 
 
 881 
 
 Beaumaris, p. w. s) 
 
 •^ M. & p.! 
 
 Angles. 
 
 2,465 
 
 2,210 
 
 Belford, tn. p. th. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,857 
 
 1,724 
 
 Betch worth, p. Surrey 
 
 l','294 
 
 1,389 
 
 Angles. 
 
 2,599 
 
 2,558 
 
 Belgrave, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 2,870 
 
 2,808 
 
 Bethei-sden, p. • Kent 
 
 1,126 
 
 1,124 
 
 Beaumaris, Dist. ) ! 
 of Boroughs. j 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 13,275 
 
 Belhelvie, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,692 
 
 1,807 
 
 Bethnal Green, p. Middles. 
 
 90,193 
 
 106,101 
 
 ... 
 
 Bellaghy, tn. 
 
 Lond. 
 
 ... 
 
 634 
 
 Betley, p. 1 Stafford 
 
 882 
 
 860 
 
 Beaumont, p. i 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 294 
 
 287 
 
 Bellanamallard, tn. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 
 319 
 
 Bettesliauger, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 27 
 
 43 
 
 Beaumoiit-witli- ) 
 Moze, p. j 
 
 F se 
 
 605 
 
 490 
 
 Bellananagh, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 681 
 
 607 
 
 Bettisconibe, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 73 
 
 76 
 
 
 
 
 Belleau, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 217 
 
 214 
 
 Bettws, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 485 
 
 520 
 
 Boauworth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 167 
 
 127 
 
 Belleek, p.-v. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 2,446 
 
 2,338 
 
 Bettws, p. 
 
 Cannar. 
 
 1,579 
 
 1,547 
 
 Beaworthy, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 357 
 
 298 
 
 Bellie, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 2,347 
 
 2,292 
 
 Bettws, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 421 
 
 371 
 
 Bebingtou, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 10,016 
 
 15,105 
 
 Bellingham, tn.-p.s. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,594 
 
 1,062 
 
 Bettws, p. 
 
 Mont. 
 
 235 
 
 730 
 
 Beccles, tn.-p. m. s. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 4,398 
 
 4,266 
 
 Bellshill, tn. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 2,945 
 
 Bettws, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 
 84 
 
 Beckljury, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 309 
 
 297 
 
 BelmuUet, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 "935 
 
 907 
 
 Bettws-BIeddrws, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 "235 
 
 222 
 
 Beckeuham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,688 
 
 2,124 
 
 Belper, tn. .<i. 
 
 Derby 
 
 10,082 
 
 9,509 
 
 Bettws-Clyro, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 883 
 
 888 
 
 Beckermet (St. ) 
 Bridget's), p. ) 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 664 
 
 657 
 
 Belstead, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 308 
 
 292 
 
 Bettw.s-Disei-th, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 140 
 
 130 
 
 Belstpne, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 181 
 
 181 
 
 Bettws-Garmon, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 97 
 
 94 
 
 Beckermet (St ) 
 John's), p. f 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 541 
 
 492 
 
 Belton, p. 
 Belton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 Lincoln 
 
 751 
 1,738 
 
 781 
 1,871 
 
 Bettws - Gwerfyl - ) 
 Goch, p. 1 
 
 Merion. 
 
 404 
 
 258 
 
 Beokford, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 450 
 
 473 
 
 Belton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 408 
 
 441 
 
 Bettws-jevan, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,020 
 
 419 
 
 Beckham (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 58 
 
 73 
 
 Belton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 489 
 
 616 
 
 Bettws-Leiki, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 
 349 
 
 Beckham (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 171 
 
 329 
 
 Belton near Gran- '(^ 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 182 
 
 142 
 
 Bettws Newydd, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 "141 
 
 129 
 
 Beckingham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 456 
 
 450 
 
 tham, p. j 
 
 Bettws-y-coed, p. 
 
 Carnar 
 
 478 
 
 609 
 
 Beckingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 450 
 
 431 
 
 Belturbet, tn. th. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 2,054 
 
 1,789 
 
 Bettws yn-rhos, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 895 
 
 838 
 
 Beckington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,173 
 
 1,036 
 
 Belvoir, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 171 
 
 Bevercoates, p. 
 
 NoMs 
 
 61 
 
 48 
 
 Beckley, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 778 
 
 749 
 
 Bempton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 ■342 
 
 346 
 
 Beverley, m. w. ». 
 
 York 
 
 8,915 
 
 9,654 
 
 Beckley, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 
 1,252 
 
 Benacre, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 223 
 
 212 
 
 ,. P- 
 
 York 
 
 10,058 
 
 10,868 
 
 Bective, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 "502 
 
 441 
 
 Bendochy, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 773 
 
 709 
 
 Beverley(St. John), p 
 
 York 
 
 
 1,315 
 
 Bedale, p 
 
 York 
 
 2,892 
 
 2,860 
 
 Benefield, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 539 
 
 627 
 
 Beverley (St. Mar- ) 
 tin), p. f 
 
 York 
 
 
 4,413 
 
 Bedale, tu. t. 
 
 York 
 
 1,200 
 
 1,157 
 
 Benenden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,608 
 
 1,662 
 
 
 Beddgelert, v. -p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 1,253 
 
 1,375 
 
 Benfleet (North"*, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 329 
 
 285 
 
 Beverley (St. Mary) p 
 
 York 
 
 
 3,831 
 
 Beddingham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 321 
 
 334 
 
 Benfleet (South), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 570 
 
 573 
 
 Beverley (St. Ni- ) ! v„... 
 
 
 1,410 
 
 Beddington, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,403 
 
 1,556 
 
 Bengeo, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,520 
 
 1,791 
 
 cholas), p. j" 
 
 
 
 Be<lfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 372 
 
 •415 
 
 Bengeworth (St. ) 
 Peter), p. | 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,174 
 
 1,259 
 
 Beverstone, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 199 
 
 170 
 
 Bedfont (East), p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 1,035 
 
 1,150 
 
 Bewcastle, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,226 
 
 1,091 
 
 Bedford, m. &p. m.s 
 
 Bedford 
 
 11,693 
 
 13,413 
 
 Benhall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 713 
 
 678 
 
 Bewdley, M. .■!. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 3,124 
 
 2,905 
 
 Bedhampton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 686 
 
 576 
 
 Benholme, p. 
 
 Kin car. 
 
 1,641 
 
 1,674 
 
 ,, P. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 7,318 
 
 7,084 
 
 Bedingfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 312 
 
 321 
 
 Bennington, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 676 
 
 637 
 
 Bewerley, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,265 
 
 1,297 
 
 Bedingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 335 
 
 288 
 
 Bennington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 603 
 
 588 
 
 Bexhill, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,148 
 
 2,084 
 
 Bedlington, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 5,101 
 
 8,328 
 
 Bennington(Long),p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,109 
 
 1,066 
 
 Bexley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 4,450 
 
 4,944 
 
 Bedminster, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 19,424 
 
 22,.346 
 
 Benniworth, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 466 
 
 431 
 
 Bexwell, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 87 
 
 94 
 
 Bedrule, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 240 
 
 222 
 
 Benson, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,231 
 
 1,169 
 
 Beyton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 626 
 
 360 
 
 Bedstone, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 141 
 
 164 
 
 Benthall, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 530 
 
 499 
 
 Bibury, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,116 
 
 1,080 
 
 Bedwardine (St. ) 
 John>, p. 1 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,760 
 
 2,974 
 
 Bentham, p. 
 Bentley, p. 
 
 York 
 Hants 
 
 3,534 
 752 
 
 3,689 
 721 
 
 Bicester, tn.-p./. 
 Bickenhall, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 Somer. 
 
 3,054 
 216 
 
 3,049 
 229 
 
 Bedwardine (St. ) 
 Michael), p. ) 
 
 Worces 
 
 
 670 
 
 Bentley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 434 
 
 453 
 
 Bickenhill(Church)i) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 763 
 
 744 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 Bentley - with - \ 
 
 York 
 
 1,105 
 
 1,099 
 
 Bicker, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 829 
 
 832 
 
 Bedwas, p. 
 
 GL-Mo. 
 
 924 
 
 1,081 
 
 Askey, p. ) 
 
 Bickerstaffe, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,667 
 
 1,637 
 
 Bedwelty, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 27,183 
 
 31,510 
 
 Bentley (Fenny), p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 290 
 
 305 
 
 Bickington, p. 1 Devon 
 
 369 
 
 294 
 
 Bedwin (Great), \ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 2,193 
 
 2 263 
 
 Bentley (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,025 
 
 1,033 
 
 Bickington(High),p Devon 
 
 851 
 
 738 
 
 tu-p. «. ) 
 
 
 
 Bentley (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 428 
 
 468 
 
 Bickleigh near \ 
 Plymouth, p. j 
 
 Devon 
 
 403 
 
 402 
 
 Bedwin (Little), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 591 
 
 496 
 
 Benton (Long), p. 
 
 North. 
 
 9,205 
 
 13,304 
 
 Bedworth, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 6,059 
 
 5,656 
 
 Bentworth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 610 
 
 647 r Bickleigh near ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 280 
 
 254 
 
 Beeby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 139 
 
 119 
 
 Benwell, tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,272 
 
 1,771 
 
 Tiverton, p. ) 
 
 Beechamwell, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 310 
 
 356 
 
 Benwick, h. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 850 
 
 773 
 
 Bicknoller, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 351 
 
 345 
 
 Beeching-Stoke, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 188 
 
 180 
 
 Beoley, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 654 
 
 682 
 
 Bicknor (Chiirch),p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 40 
 
 63 
 
 Beeding (Lower), ) 
 p.-ch. I 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,081 
 
 1,149 
 
 Bepton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 211 
 
 211 
 
 Bicknor (English), p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 684 
 
 592 
 
 Beragh, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 660 
 
 732 
 
 Bicknor (Welsh) p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 89 
 
 80 
 
 Beeding (Upper), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 583 
 
 553 
 
 Berdon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 418 
 
 414 
 
 Bicton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 203 
 
 166 
 
 Beedon, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 332 
 
 317 !! Berechnrch, p. 
 1,006" Bere-R«gi», p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 120 
 
 112 
 
 Bidborough, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 269 
 
 210 
 
 Beeford, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,000 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1814 
 
 l,624ll Biddenden, p. iKent 1 
 
 1,457 
 
 1,412 
 
 1 ■ 1 
 
. ^ — 1 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 195 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 1 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Biddenham, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 374 
 
 350 
 
 Bishop - Middle - ) 
 liam, p. 1 
 
 Durham 
 
 
 2 o-o Blessington, p. 
 '" i Blessington, tn. s. 
 
 WicklT 
 
 1,738 
 
 1,787 
 
 Biddesham, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 131 
 
 147 
 
 
 Wick I. 
 
 
 460 
 
 Biddestone, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 447 
 
 407 
 
 Bishopsbounie, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 348 
 
 4161 Bletchingly, tn.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,'553 
 
 1,691 
 
 Biddlesdon, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 144 
 
 169 
 
 Bishop'sCastle,tu.p/ Salop 
 
 1,699 
 
 2,083 : Bletchley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,444 
 
 1 058 
 
 Biddulph, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,683 
 
 3,468 
 
 Bishops-Cannings, p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 4,062: Bletherston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 320 
 
 255 
 
 Bideford, tn.-p.M. t.s 
 
 Devon 
 
 5,775 
 
 5,742 
 
 Bishop'sStortfoi-d, ) 
 tn.-p. th. j 
 
 Herts 
 
 6,280 
 
 5,390 
 
 Bletsoe, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 407 
 
 412 
 
 Bidford, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,537 
 
 1,565 
 
 
 Blewberry, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,140 
 
 1,114 
 
 Bidstone, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,533 
 
 2,154 
 
 Bishop's Sutton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 522 
 
 537 
 
 Blickliug, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 352 
 
 392 
 
 Bierley (North), tns 
 
 York 
 
 11,710 
 
 12,500 
 
 Bishopsteignton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,119 
 
 974 
 
 Blidworth, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,376 
 
 1,166 
 
 Bierton - with - } 
 Broughton, p.) 
 
 Bucks 
 
 688 
 
 691 
 
 Bishopsthorpe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 406 
 
 452 
 
 Blisland, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 606 
 
 653 
 
 Bishopstone, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 280 
 
 288 
 
 Blisworth, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 951 
 
 1,022 
 
 Bigbury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 583 
 
 497 
 
 Bishojistone, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 328 
 
 322 
 
 Blithfield, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 382 
 
 338 
 
 Bigby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 270 
 
 249 
 
 Bishopstone, p. 
 
 WUts 
 
 755 
 
 716 
 
 Blockley, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,587 
 
 2,596 
 
 Biggar, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 2,049 
 
 1,999 
 
 Bishopstone, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 513 
 
 41S 
 
 Blofield, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,173 
 
 1,155 
 
 Biggar, tn. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 1,530 
 
 1,448 
 
 Bishopstone near \ 
 
 WUts 
 
 606 
 
 685 
 
 Blo-Norton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 416 
 
 370 
 
 Biggleswade, tn.-p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 4,460 
 
 4,631 
 
 Salisbury, p. ) 
 
 Bloomsbury (St. ) 
 George), p. | 
 
 Middles. 
 
 16,807 
 
 17,392 
 
 Bightoii, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 285 
 
 . 299 
 
 Bishopstrow, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 296 
 
 268 
 
 
 Bignor, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 203 
 
 167 
 
 Bishop'sWaltham, ) 
 
 tn.-p./. ; 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,265 
 
 2,267 
 
 Blore, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 299 
 
 320 
 
 Bilborough, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 255 
 
 232 
 
 Bloxham, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,677 
 
 1,607 
 
 Bilbrough, p. 
 
 York 
 
 252 
 
 216 
 
 Bishopton, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 484 
 
 448 
 
 Bloxholme, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 104 
 
 115 
 
 BUdestone, tn.-p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 818 
 
 788 j 
 
 Bishopton, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 341 
 
 Bloxworth, I). 
 
 Dorset 
 
 283 
 
 264 
 
 BUlericay (W.), h. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,533 
 
 1,390 
 
 Bishop - Wear - ) 
 mouth, p. ) 
 
 Durham 
 
 
 50,541 
 
 Blundeston, j). 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 663 
 
 664 
 
 Billesdon, tn.-p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 948 
 
 1,085 
 
 
 Bhmham, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,122 
 
 1,150 
 
 Billesley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 41 
 
 35 
 
 Bishton, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 218 
 
 188 
 
 Blunsdon (St. An- ) 
 drews), p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 81 
 
 84 
 
 Billing (Great), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 459 
 
 425 
 
 Bisley, v.-p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 4,809 
 
 4,692 
 
 Billing (Little), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 93 
 
 76 
 
 Bisley, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 340 
 
 313 
 
 Bluntisham, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,550 
 
 1,351 
 
 Billingborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,048 
 
 1,149 
 
 Bispham, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,857 
 
 4,344 
 
 Bly borough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 199 
 
 209 
 
 Billinge (Higher ) 
 End), tns. j 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 900 
 
 1,051 
 
 Bitchfield, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 209 
 
 159 
 
 Blymhill, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 622 
 
 591 
 
 Bittadon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 67 
 
 65 
 
 Blyth, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 3,982 
 
 3,486 
 
 Billiugford near ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 371 
 
 354 
 
 Bittering (Little), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 16 
 
 30 
 
 Blyth (South), tn. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,060 
 
 1,963 
 
 Reepham, p. )" 
 
 
 Bitterley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,070 
 
 972 
 
 Blythburgh, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,118 
 
 832 
 
 BOlingham, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,811 
 
 2,166 ; 
 
 Bitteswell, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 474 
 
 438 
 
 Blythibrd, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 194 
 
 193 
 
 Billinghay, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,375 
 
 2,247 , 
 
 Bitton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 9,452 
 
 9,630 
 
 Blyton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 716 
 
 746 
 
 Billingsford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 221 
 
 199 
 
 Bix, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 367 
 
 392 
 
 Boarhunt, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 283 
 
 267 
 
 Billingshurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,458 
 
 1,495 
 
 Bixley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 128 
 
 161 
 
 Boarstall, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 243 
 
 255 
 
 Billingsley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 148 
 
 144, 
 
 Blaby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,952 
 
 1,998 
 
 Bobbing, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 411 
 
 449 
 
 Billockby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 65 
 
 41)' 
 
 Blackauton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,360 
 
 1,229 
 
 Bobbington, p. 
 
 Sal.-Sta. 
 
 420 
 
 431 
 
 Billy, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 6,080 
 
 5,897 
 
 Blackborough, j). 
 
 Devon 
 
 113 
 
 76 
 
 Bobbiiigworth, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 341 
 
 334 
 
 Bilney (East"^, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 187 
 
 198' 
 
 Blackbourton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 278 
 
 200 
 
 Booking, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 3,846 
 
 3,555 
 
 Bilney (West;, i.. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 304 
 
 253 
 
 Blackbraes, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 507 
 
 Bockleton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 383 
 
 346 
 
 Bilsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 611 
 
 572 
 
 Blackburn, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 84,'919 
 
 110,349 
 
 , Boconnoc, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 343 
 
 323 
 
 Bilsington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 389 
 
 360 
 
 BLACKBaKN, M. & ) 
 
 p. w. s. 1 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 46,536 
 
 63,126 
 
 : Boddam, v. 
 
 Aber. 
 
 
 550 
 
 Bilsthorpe, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 217 
 
 197 
 
 j Boddington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 "443 
 
 392 
 
 Bilstoii, tn. m. s. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 23,527 
 
 24,.'?64 
 
 Blackburn, v. 
 
 LinUth. 
 
 
 768 
 
 1 Boddington (Low- 1 
 er and Upp«r),p. f 
 
 Northa. 
 
 726 
 
 724 
 
 Bilton, p.-v. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 631 
 
 1,096 
 
 Blackford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 175 
 
 164 
 
 Bilton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 848 
 
 926 
 
 Blackford, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,012 
 
 2,041 
 
 Bodedeni, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 1,153 
 
 1,084 
 
 Binbrooke, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,310 
 
 1,334 
 
 Blackford, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 881 
 
 1 Bodenham, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,113 
 
 1,096 
 
 Bincombe, p. 
 Binderton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 Sussex 
 
 231 
 96 
 
 194 
 109 
 
 Blackland, p. 
 Blackmanstone, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 Sussex 
 
 '""72 
 14 
 
 54 
 8 
 
 j Bodenham - and - "J 
 1 Nun ton, p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 276 
 
 282 
 
 Binegar, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 358 
 
 302 
 
 Blackmore, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 704 
 
 644 
 
 , Bodenstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 393 
 
 396 
 
 Binfield, p.-v. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,280 
 
 1,371 
 
 Blackjwol, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,180 
 
 3,506 
 
 1 Bodewryd, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 28 
 
 26 
 
 Bingham, tn.-i). th. 
 
 Notts 
 
 2,0.54 
 
 1,918 
 
 Blackrath, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 373 
 
 311 
 
 ; Bodfary, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 389 
 
 813 
 
 Bingley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 15,339 
 
 15,367 
 
 Blackrock, tn. 
 
 ]:)ublin 
 
 2,342 
 
 2,923 
 
 Bodferin, \\ 
 
 Camar. 
 
 57 
 
 60 
 
 Bingley, tn. t. 
 
 York 
 
 13,437 
 
 13, -254 
 
 Blackrock, tn. 
 
 Louth 
 
 
 416 
 
 Bodfuan, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 418 
 
 382 
 
 Binham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 511 
 
 512 
 
 Blackrock, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 « 6-29 
 
 Bodham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 296 
 
 316 
 
 Binley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 205 
 
 196 
 
 Blacktoft, p. 
 
 York 
 
 522 
 
 634 
 
 ' Bodiham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 306 
 
 303 
 
 Binsey, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 77 
 
 67 
 
 Blackwater, tn. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 302 
 
 344 
 
 Bodmin, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 4,705 
 
 4,809 
 
 Binstejid, p. 
 
 L Wight 
 
 317 
 
 480 
 
 Blackwell, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 467 
 
 517 
 
 Bodmin, m. s. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 4,327 
 
 4,466 
 
 Binsted, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 124 
 
 110 
 
 Bliwlon, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 720 
 
 666 
 
 .. P- 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 6,337 
 
 6,381 
 
 Binsted, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,153 
 
 1,195 
 
 Blaen-Porth, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 719 
 
 732 
 
 Bodney, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 103 
 
 117 
 
 Binton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 219 
 
 230 
 
 Blagdon, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,128 
 
 1,083 
 
 Bodoney (Lower), p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 7,412 
 
 7,000 
 
 Bintree, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 410 
 
 406 
 
 Blair- Athole, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,084 
 
 1,659 
 
 Bodoney (Upper), p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 5,319 
 
 6,242 
 
 Birch (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 962 
 
 940 
 
 Blairgowrie, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 4,297 
 
 4,657 
 
 Bodwrog, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 360 
 
 319 
 
 Bii-ch (Little), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 402 
 
 336 
 
 Blairgowrie, tn. cc. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,914 
 
 3,344 
 
 Bognor, tn. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 
 2,523 . 
 
 Birch (Much), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 497 
 
 496 
 
 Blaisdon, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 299 
 
 282 
 
 Boharm, p. 
 
 Elg &Ba 
 
 1,368 
 
 1,412 
 
 Birchani (Great), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 503 
 
 489 
 
 Blakemere, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 183 
 
 176 
 
 Bohillane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 443 
 
 297 
 
 Bircham (Newton), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 114 
 
 118 
 
 Blakeney, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,108 
 
 961 
 
 Bohoe, p. 
 
 Ferman 
 
 1,933 
 
 1,789 
 
 Bircham (Tofts), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 157 
 
 109 
 
 Blakenham(Great) p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 244 
 
 291 
 
 Bohola, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,907 
 
 3,183 
 
 Birchanger, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 371 
 
 358 
 
 Blakenham(Little) p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 139 
 
 146 
 
 Bolam, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 634 
 
 685 
 
 Bircliington, p.-tn. 
 
 Kent 
 
 885 
 
 813 
 
 Blakesley, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 798 
 
 777 
 
 Bolas (Magna and > 
 Meeson), p. j 
 
 Salop 
 
 279 
 
 278 
 
 t 
 
 Bircholt, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 35 
 
 30 
 
 Blanchvilleskill, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 ... 
 
 72 
 
 Birdbrook, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 610 
 
 643 
 
 Blandford, tn. s. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 3,913 
 
 3,857 
 
 Boldon, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,008 
 
 1,024 
 
 Birdham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 531 
 
 436 
 
 ,, M. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 2,504 
 
 1,521 
 
 ! Boldre, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,874 
 
 2,842 
 
 Birdiiigbury, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 206 
 
 184 
 
 Blandford Fonini , p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 3,948 
 
 3,900 
 
 Bole, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 220 
 
 238 
 
 Birdsall, p. 
 Birkby, p. 
 
 York 
 York 
 
 282 
 24S 
 
 355 
 
 298 
 
 Blandford (St. ^ 
 Mary), p. i 
 
 Dorset 
 
 367 
 
 ' 409 
 
 Boleskin - and - ) 
 Abertarff, p. f 
 
 Inveni. 
 
 2,066 
 
 1,743 
 
 Birkenhead, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 
 36,212 
 
 Blankney, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 600 
 
 560 
 
 Bolingbroke, tn.-p.t 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 980 
 
 1 1,018 
 
 Birkenhead, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 24,285 
 
 51,649 
 
 Blantyre, v.-p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 2,848 
 
 3,092 
 
 Bollington, tn. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,656 
 
 3,845 
 
 Birkin, p. 
 
 York 
 
 877 
 
 821 
 
 Blaris, p. 
 
 A. Down 
 
 
 15,428 
 
 Bolney, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 789 
 
 t 789 
 
 Birley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 172 
 
 190 
 
 BlastQn (St. Mi- i 
 chael), p. ) 
 
 Leices. 
 
 88 
 
 93 
 
 Boln hurst, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 378 
 
 ! 348 
 
 Birling, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 620 
 
 662 
 
 Bolsover, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 1 1,629 
 
 Birlingham, p. 
 Birmingliam, p. t.th. 
 
 Worces. 
 Warw. 
 
 370 
 173,951 
 
 353 
 212,621 
 
 Blatchington ) 
 (East), p. i 
 
 Sussex 
 
 138 
 
 128 
 
 Bolton, p. 
 Bolton, m. & p. m. s. 
 
 Lancas. 
 Lancas. 
 
 87,'280 
 61,171 
 
 97,215 
 j 70,395 
 
 Birmingham, M.<fe p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 232,841 
 
 296,076 
 
 Blatchington ) 
 
 Sussex 
 
 53 
 
 59 
 
 Bolton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,131 
 
 1,048 
 
 Biriiie, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 427 
 
 411 
 
 (West), p. f 
 
 Bolton, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 S73 
 
 332 
 
 Birr, tn. 
 
 King's 
 
 5,481 
 
 5,401 
 
 Blatchinworth, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,895 
 
 4,860 
 
 Bolton - upon - ) 
 Dearne, p. j 
 
 York 
 
 604 
 
 1 
 
 479 
 
 Birr, p.-tn. 
 
 king's 
 
 10,060 
 
 9,292 
 
 Blatherwycke, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 243 
 
 189 
 
 Birsa, p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 2,499 
 
 2,593 
 
 Blaxhall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 577 
 
 589 
 
 Bolton-Percy, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,134 
 
 1,118 
 
 Birse, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,533 
 
 1,'284 
 
 Blazey (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,570 
 
 4,224 
 
 Bolton-le-Sands, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,802 
 
 1,713 
 
 Birstall, p.-v. 
 
 York 
 
 36,-222 
 
 43,505 
 
 Bleadon, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 587 
 
 623 
 
 1 Bolton (West), p. 
 
 York 
 
 874 
 
 937 
 
 Birtley, jx-ch. 
 
 North. 
 
 428 
 
 404 
 
 Blean, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 660 
 
 626 
 
 Bolton by Bowland,p 
 
 York 
 
 
 739 
 
 Birts-Morton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 318 
 
 289 
 
 Bleasby, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 358 
 
 332 
 
 Boly, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 "246 
 
 218 
 
 Bisbrooke, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 254 
 
 266 
 
 Blechingdon, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 673 
 
 659 
 
 Bonby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 454 
 
 471 
 
 Biscathorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 69 
 
 90 
 
 Bledd-fa, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 234 
 
 250 
 
 Bonchurch, p.-v. 
 
 Hants 
 
 523 
 
 564 
 
 Bisham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 743 
 
 665 
 
 Bledington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 394 
 
 396 
 
 Bondleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 294 
 
 279 
 
 Bishampton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 451 
 
 469 
 
 Bledlow, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,202 
 
 1,189 
 
 Bonhill, p. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 7,643 
 
 8,866 
 
 Bishop-Auckland, \ 
 
 Durham 
 
 5 112 
 
 6,480 
 
 Blendworth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 236 
 
 219 
 
 Bonhill, tn. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 2,327 
 
 2,765 
 
 tn. th. ( 
 
 
 
 Blenheim, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 118 
 
 Boningale, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 195 
 
 187 
 
 Bishopbriggs, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 658 
 
 Blenneville, tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 ... 
 
 340 
 
 Bonnington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 165 
 
 187 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 196 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 PI.ACK. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1831. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 387 
 
 Bonnyrigg, v. 
 
 Ediu. 
 
 
 898 
 
 Bovey-Tracey, \.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,086 
 
 2,080 
 
 Bradwell, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 341 
 
 
 Bounyton, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 630 
 
 Bovingdou, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 
 1,155 
 
 Bradwell - next - \ 
 Coggeshall, p. j 
 
 Essex 
 
 313 
 
 273 
 
 
 
 Bonsall, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,449 
 
 1,290 
 
 Bow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 "994 
 
 904 
 
 
 
 Bonvilston, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 294 
 
 291 
 
 Bow, v.-p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 6,989 
 
 11,590 
 
 Bradworthy, p 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,071 
 
 981 
 
 
 
 Bookham (Great), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,0(31 
 
 1,106 
 
 Bowden, p. 
 
 Roxb 
 
 981 
 
 864 
 
 Braemar <feCrathie, p 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,788 
 
 1,574 
 
 
 
 Bookham (Little), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 187 
 
 219 
 
 Bowden (Great), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 3,624 
 
 3,697 
 
 Brafferton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 883 
 
 904 
 
 
 
 Booterstown, p. v. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 3,421 
 
 3,219 
 
 Bowden (Little), i). 
 
 Northa. 
 
 
 486 
 
 Braffleld, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 497 
 
 494 
 
 
 
 Bootliby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 208 
 
 218 
 
 Bowdon, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 ll',228 
 
 14,822 
 
 Brailes, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,308 
 
 1,347 
 
 
 
 Boothby-Pagnell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 120 
 
 112 
 
 Bower, p. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 1,658 
 
 1,746 
 
 Brailsford, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 708 
 
 773 
 
 
 
 Booths(Higher),tus. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,827 
 
 5,131 
 
 Bower-Chalk, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 509 
 
 496 
 
 Braintfield, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 210 
 
 191 
 
 
 
 Booths (Lower), tus. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,778 
 
 4,655 
 
 Bowers-Gifford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 509 
 
 259 
 
 Braintree, tn. p. w. 
 
 Essex 
 
 4,340 
 
 4,620 
 
 
 
 Bootle, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 811 
 
 901 
 
 Bowes, p. 
 
 York 
 
 725 
 
 849 
 
 Braiseworth, i). 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 171 
 
 164 
 
 
 
 Bootle - cum - Lin- ^ 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,106 
 
 6,414 
 
 Bowmore, v. 
 
 Ai^le 
 
 
 985 
 
 Braithwell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 879 
 
 757 
 
 
 
 acre, tns. ) 
 
 Bowness, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,385 
 
 1,321 
 
 Bramber, v.-p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 130 
 
 119 
 
 
 
 Booton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 244 
 
 246 
 
 Bowood, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 106 
 
 Bramcote, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 722 
 
 691 
 
 
 
 Borden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 990 
 
 1,023 
 
 Bowthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 '"31 
 
 21 
 
 Bramdean, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 223 
 
 282 
 
 
 
 Bordwell, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 671 
 
 471 
 
 Box, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,987 
 
 2,051 
 
 Bramerton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 227 
 
 300 
 
 
 
 Boreham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,040 
 
 989 
 
 Boxford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,102 
 
 986 
 
 Bi-amfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 740 
 
 649 
 
 
 
 Boreland, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 313 
 
 Boxfoi-d, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 
 636 
 
 Bramford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 997 
 
 1,019 
 
 
 
 Boreston, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 632 
 
 Boxford - cum - ^ 
 
 Berks 
 
 582 
 
 636 
 
 Bramhall, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,508 
 
 1,615 
 
 
 
 Borgue, p. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 1,043 
 
 1,162 
 
 Westbrook, p. ) 
 
 Bramham, tn.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 3,152 
 
 3,484 
 
 
 
 Borley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 181 
 
 190 
 
 Boxgrove, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 755 
 
 666 
 
 Bramley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 495 
 
 467 
 
 
 
 Borough Fen, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 
 202 
 
 Boxley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,508 
 
 1,470 
 
 Bramley, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1.111 
 
 1,129 
 
 
 
 Boroughbridge, tn.s. 
 
 York 
 
 1,095 
 
 909 
 
 Boxted, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 909 
 
 935 
 
 Bramley, (W.), tns. 
 
 York 
 
 8,949 
 
 8,690 
 
 
 
 Borris, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 
 4,102 
 
 Boxted, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 201 
 
 192 
 
 Brampford-Speke.p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 432 
 
 494 
 
 
 
 Borris-Idrone, v. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 '720 
 
 879 
 
 Boxwell, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 285 
 
 255 
 
 Brampton, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 3,825 
 
 3,585 
 
 
 
 Borris-iu-Ossoiy, tn. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 804 
 
 731 
 
 Box worth, p 
 
 Camb. 
 
 358 
 
 347 
 
 Brampton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,281 
 
 1,270 
 
 
 
 Borrisnafarney, p. 
 
 Ki. Tip. 
 
 
 455 
 
 Boyle, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 10,265 
 
 8,844 
 
 Brampton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 205 
 
 195 
 
 
 
 Borris-o'-Kane, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,461 
 
 2,067 
 
 Boyle, tn. s. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 3,463 
 
 3,098 
 
 Brampton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 101 
 
 107 
 
 
 
 Borris-o'-Kane, tn. «. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 1,034 
 
 Boylston, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 302 
 
 268 
 
 Brampton, )>. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 281 
 
 310 
 
 
 
 Borris-o'-Leigh, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,128 
 
 907 
 
 Boyndie, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,564 
 
 1,711 
 
 Brampton, ]). 
 
 Derby 
 
 4,409 
 
 4,927 
 
 
 
 Borrismore, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 164 
 
 130 
 
 Boynton, \t. 
 
 York 
 
 113 
 
 128 
 
 Brampton (Ab- ) 
 bot's), p. j" 
 
 Heref. 
 
 202 
 
 257 
 
 
 
 Borrowstoiiiiness, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 5,192 
 
 5,698 
 
 Boyounagli, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,917 
 
 3,890 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Borrowstounnes.s, tn 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 2,615 
 
 3,814 
 
 Boystown, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 3,200 
 
 2,790 
 
 Brampton- Bryan, p. 
 
 R. Heref 
 
 426 
 
 430 
 
 
 
 Borthwick, p. 
 
 Edin. 
 
 1,614 
 
 1,742 
 
 Boyton, p. 
 
 De.-Cor. 
 
 529 
 
 476 
 
 Brampton-Chapel, p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 195 
 
 170 
 
 
 
 Bosall, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,173 
 
 1,075 
 
 Boyton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 320 
 
 254 
 
 Brampton-Church,p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 174 
 
 158 
 
 
 
 Boabury, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,133 
 
 1,090 
 
 Boyton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 393 
 
 410 
 
 Bramshall, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 205 
 
 199 
 
 
 
 Boscastle, tn. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 807 
 
 
 Boytonrath, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 187 
 
 173 
 
 Bramshaw, p. 
 
 W.Hant 
 
 760 
 
 746 
 
 
 
 Boscombe, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 159 
 
 "143 
 
 Bozeat, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 921 
 
 955 
 
 Bramshot, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,325 
 
 1,367 
 
 
 
 Bosham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,126 
 
 1,158 
 
 Brabourne, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 816 
 
 743 
 
 Bramwith (Kirk), p. 
 
 York 
 
 231 
 
 226 
 
 
 
 Bosherston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 246 
 
 200 
 
 Bracadale, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 1,597 
 
 1,335 
 
 Brancaster, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,079 
 
 1,002 
 
 
 
 Bossington, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 35 
 
 45 
 
 Braceborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 210 
 
 220 
 
 15rancepeth, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 6,441 
 
 15,712 
 
 
 
 Boston, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 15,132 
 
 15,078 
 
 Bracebridge, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 340 
 
 836 
 
 Brandeston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 155 
 
 181 
 
 
 
 Boston, m. w. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 14,733 
 
 14,712 
 
 Braceby, p. 
 
 Lincobi 
 
 151 
 
 168 
 
 Brandeston, p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 508 
 
 469 
 
 
 
 >. P- 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 17,518 
 
 17,893 
 
 Brace -Meole, p 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,174 
 
 1,215 
 
 Brandon, tn.-j). //(. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,215 
 
 2,218 
 
 
 
 Boswell's(St.), p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 884 
 
 865 
 
 Bracewell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 157 
 
 140 
 
 Brandon (Little), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 212 
 
 208 
 
 
 
 Bosworth (Huti-) 
 bands), p. j 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,002 
 
 934 
 
 Brackenborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 59 
 
 Brandsbui-ton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 779 
 
 811 
 
 
 
 Brackley, tn. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 
 2,239 
 
 Brannoxtown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 138 
 
 94 
 
 
 
 Bosworth (Mar- ) 
 ket\ tn.-p. 10. / 
 
 Leioes. 
 
 2,449 
 
 2,376 
 
 Brackley (St. ) 
 James), p. f 
 
 Northa. 
 
 735 
 
 768 
 
 Bransby, p. 
 Branscombe, p. 
 
 York 
 Devon 
 
 310 
 1,017 
 
 284 
 936 
 
 
 
 Botesdale, h. 
 Bothall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Northa. 
 
 626 
 946 
 
 580 
 1,233 
 
 Brackley (St. [ 
 Peter), p. ) 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,542 
 
 1,615 
 
 Branston, ]i. 
 Branston, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 Lincoln 
 
 317 
 1,325 
 
 297 
 1,469 
 
 
 
 Bothamsall, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 319 
 
 296 
 
 Braco, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 337 
 
 Brantham, j). 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 413 
 
 445 
 
 
 
 Bothenhampton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 548 
 
 546 
 
 Braeon-Ash, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 161 
 
 271 
 
 Brantingham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 547 
 
 672 
 
 
 
 Bothkennar, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,179 
 
 1,722 
 
 Bradb^ne, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,230 
 
 1,187 
 
 Branxton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 284 
 
 255 
 
 
 
 Bothwell, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 15,283 
 
 17,903 
 
 Bradden, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 172 
 
 140 
 
 Brassington, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 729 
 
 718 
 
 
 
 Bothwell, V. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,057 
 
 Bradenliam, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 138 
 
 185 
 
 Brafited, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,137 
 
 1,182 
 
 
 
 Botley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 7,981 
 
 860 
 
 Bradenham (East),p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 422 
 
 399 
 
 Bratoft, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 266 
 
 280 
 
 
 
 Botolph(St),with ) 
 out Aldgate, p ( 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 4,000 
 
 Bradenliam (West, p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 422 
 
 387 
 
 Brattlelay, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 169 
 
 153 
 
 
 
 ... 
 
 Bradeston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 160 
 
 133 
 
 Bratton-Clovelly, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 696 
 
 706 
 
 
 
 Botriphnie, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 713 
 
 867 
 
 Bradfield, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,216 
 
 1,167 
 
 Bratton-Pleming, i). 
 
 Devon 
 
 700 
 
 686 
 
 
 
 Bottesford, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,507 
 
 1,616 
 
 Bradfield, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 994 
 
 914 
 
 Bratton-Seymour, p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 106 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 Bottesford - witii - ) 
 Normanton, p. / 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,374 
 
 
 Bradfield, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 234 
 
 226 
 
 Braughin, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,246 
 
 1,180 
 
 
 
 1,415 
 
 Bradfield - Com- ) 
 bust, p. ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 203 
 
 173 
 
 Brauncewell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 131 
 
 112 
 
 
 
 Bottisham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,549 
 
 1,508 
 
 Braunston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,253 
 
 1,228 
 
 
 
 Bottwnog, p. 
 Botusfleming. p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 Cornw. 
 
 163 
 
 247 
 
 138 
 237 
 
 Bradfield (St. \ 
 \ Clair), p. ; 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 214 
 
 233 
 
 Braunston, p. 
 Braunton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 Devon 
 
 411 
 2,364 
 
 398 
 2,168 
 
 
 
 Boughrood, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 314 
 
 292 
 
 Bradfield (St. ) 
 George), p. ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 4S6 
 
 427 
 
 Brawdy, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 753 
 
 644 
 
 
 
 Boughton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 210 
 
 238 
 
 Braxted (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 402 
 
 384 
 
 
 
 Boughton, J). 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 369 
 
 372 
 
 Bradford, p. 
 
 York 
 
 149,543 
 
 156,053 
 
 Braxted (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 130 
 
 111 
 
 
 
 Boughton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 398 
 
 390 
 
 Bradford, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 52,493 
 
 48,646 
 
 Bray, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 3,156 
 
 4,182 
 
 
 
 Boughton-Altipli, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 538 
 
 475 
 
 1 Bradford, m. & r. tl< 
 
 York 
 
 103,778 
 
 106,218 
 
 Bray, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 
 3,668 
 
 
 
 Boughton-uuder- f 
 Blean, p. ( 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,469 
 
 1,624 
 
 Bradford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 490 
 
 444 
 
 Bray, v.-p. t. s. 
 
 Berks 
 
 3,952 
 
 4,801 
 
 
 
 Bradford, ]). 
 
 Somer. 
 
 569 
 
 552 
 
 Braybrooke, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 410 
 
 458 
 
 
 
 Boughton (Great), ) 
 tns. f 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,164 
 
 1,387 
 
 Bradford-Abbas, p. 
 
 Bradford (Great),) 
 
 tn.-p. .«, f 
 
 Dorset 
 Wilts 
 
 621 
 
 8.959 
 
 585 
 8,032 
 
 Brayfield (Cold;, p. 
 Brayton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 York 
 
 80 
 1,806 
 
 99 
 1,794 
 
 
 
 Boughton - Mai- ) 
 herbe, p. j 
 
 Kent 
 
 462 
 
 408 
 
 Breadsall, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 621 
 
 592 
 
 
 
 Bradford-Peverell, p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 395 
 
 361 
 
 Breage (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 4,543 
 
 5,173 
 
 
 
 Boughton - Mou - > 
 Chelsea, p. j 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,086 
 
 1,190 
 
 Brading, tn.-p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 3,,04(; 
 
 3,709 
 
 Breaghwy, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,136 
 
 1,079 
 
 
 
 j Bradley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 248 
 
 253 
 
 Breamore, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 646 
 
 565 
 
 
 
 Boulge, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 39 
 
 39 
 
 1 Bradley, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 97 
 
 108 
 
 Breane, p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 132 
 
 145 
 
 
 
 Boulston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 224 
 
 254 
 
 Bradley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 122 
 
 106 
 
 Brech-fia, i>. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 107 
 
 122 
 
 
 
 Boulstone, i». 
 
 Heref. 
 
 52 
 
 61 
 
 Bradley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 628 
 
 597 
 
 Brechin, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 8,210 
 
 8,810 
 
 
 
 Boultham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 74 
 
 .95 
 
 Bradley (Great), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 549 
 
 460 
 
 Brechin, p. t. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 6,637 
 
 7,179 
 
 
 
 Boundary, i>. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 52 
 
 Bradley (Little), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 35 
 
 28 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 4,515 
 
 4,720 
 
 
 
 Bourn, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 945 
 
 883 
 
 Bi-adley - in - the - ) 
 Moors, p. f 
 
 Stafford 
 
 64 
 
 43 
 
 Breckles, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 136 
 
 130 
 
 
 
 Bourne, tn -p. x. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,717 
 
 3,730 
 
 Brbcknock, m. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 5,673 
 
 5,235 
 
 
 
 Bourne (St. Mary),p 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,188 
 
 Bradley (North), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 2,298 
 
 2,196 
 
 ,, p. W. g. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 6,070 
 
 5,639 
 
 
 
 Bourne (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,178 
 
 2,165 
 
 Bradley (West), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 131 
 
 1.36 
 
 Bredbury, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,991 
 
 3,408 
 
 
 
 Bourney, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,110 
 
 2,2.30 
 
 Bradmore, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 401 
 
 296 
 
 Brede, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,059 
 
 1,083 
 
 
 
 Bourtie, j). 
 
 Abcrd. 
 
 529 
 
 547 
 
 . Bradninoli, tn.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,834 
 
 1,796 
 
 Bredenbury, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 55 
 
 52 
 
 
 
 Bourton - upon - ) 
 Dunsmore, p. f 
 
 Warw. 
 
 
 382 
 
 Bradon, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 42 
 
 38 
 
 Bredfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 462 
 
 454 
 
 
 
 
 Bradpole, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,391 
 
 1,449 
 
 Bredgar, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 594 
 
 547 
 
 
 
 Bourton-ou-the - ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 506 
 
 Bradshaw, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 853 
 
 792 
 
 Bredhurst, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 113 
 
 117 
 
 
 
 Hill, p. 1 
 
 
 1 Bi-adshaw(Edge),tn8 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,891 
 
 2,,'J18 
 
 Bredicot, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 65 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 Bourton on the - ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 1,011 
 
 Bradstone, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 167 
 
 142 
 
 Bredon, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,661 
 
 1,5.55 
 
 
 
 Water, p. f 
 
 
 Bradwell, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,334 
 
 1,304 
 
 Bredwardine, p 
 
 Heref. 
 
 422 
 
 420 
 
 
 
 Bovevagh, p. 
 
 Derry 
 
 4,064 
 
 3,934 
 
 Bradwell, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 381 
 
 1,658 
 
 Bredy (Little), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 226 
 
 199 
 
 
 
 Bovey (North), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 600 
 
 1 513 
 
 Bradwell, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,143 
 
 1,094 
 
 Bredy (Long), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 375 
 
 250 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 197 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 185L 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1881. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Breedon, p. 
 
 Leicea. 
 
 2,553 
 
 2,417 
 
 Brimpsfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 392 
 
 Broomhill, p. 
 
 Ke.-Sus. 
 
 134 
 
 102 
 
 Bregoge, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 277 
 
 179 
 
 Brimpton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 "531 
 
 462 
 
 Broomsgrove, tn.p.i. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 10,308 
 
 10,822 
 
 
 Breinton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 366 
 
 398 
 
 Brimptou, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 111 
 
 135 
 
 Brora, v. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 
 482 
 
 
 Brelade(St.) inc. | 
 St. Aubin, p. ) 
 
 Jersey 
 
 2,468 
 
 2,354 
 
 Brindle, p. 
 Bringhurst, \>. 
 
 Lancas. 
 Leices. 
 
 1,310 
 934 
 
 1,501 
 826 
 
 Broseley, tn.-p. w. 
 Brosna, v. -p. 
 
 Salop 
 KeiTy 
 
 4,739 
 2,364 
 
 4,724 
 2,343 
 
 
 BremhDl, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,421 
 
 1,357 
 
 Brington, p. 
 
 Hiuit. 
 
 172 
 
 191 
 
 Brotherton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,661 
 
 1,449 
 
 
 Bremilham, p. 
 
 WUts 
 
 46 
 
 29 
 
 Brington (Great}, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 766 
 
 806 
 
 Brotton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 618 
 
 509 
 
 
 Brenchley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 433 
 
 2,844 
 
 Briningham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 227 
 
 206 
 
 Brough, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,633 
 
 1,728 
 
 
 Breiidon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 265 
 
 291 
 
 Brinkbm-n, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 225 
 
 220 
 
 Brough, tn. th. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 773 
 
 840 
 
 
 Brent (East), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 780 
 
 797 
 
 Brinkhill, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 171 
 
 175 
 
 Brougham, p 
 
 Westml. 
 
 179 
 
 239 
 
 
 Brent Eleigh, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 260 
 
 228 
 
 Brinkley, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 375 
 
 317 
 
 Broughshane, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 974 
 
 866 
 
 
 Brent (South), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,208 
 
 1,205 
 
 Brinklow, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 782 
 
 736 
 
 Brougliton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 182 
 
 155 
 
 
 Brent (South), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 937 
 
 905 
 
 Brinkworth, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,339 
 
 1,273 
 
 Brough ton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 416 
 
 376 
 
 
 Brent Tor, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 161 
 
 128 
 
 Brinny, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,333 
 
 1,067 
 
 Broughton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 685 
 
 709 
 
 
 Brentford, tn t. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 8,870 
 
 9,521 
 
 Brinsop, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 155 
 
 145 
 
 Brougliton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 7,126 
 
 9,885 
 
 
 Brentford (New), p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 1,995 
 
 Brinton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 190 
 
 177 
 
 Broughton, tns. 
 
 Denbigli 
 
 2,002 
 
 3,165 
 
 
 Brentwood, tu. th. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,205 
 
 2,811 
 
 Brisley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 364 
 
 362 
 
 Broughton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,280 
 
 
 Brenzett, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 231 
 
 270 
 
 Brislington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,260 
 
 1,489 
 
 Broughton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 691 
 
 738 
 
 
 Breock(St.\ p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,774 
 
 1,866 
 
 Bristol, m. & p. t.f. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 137,328 
 
 154,093 
 
 Broughton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 616 
 
 641 
 
 
 Brereton, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 649 
 
 592 
 
 Briston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 996 
 
 931 
 
 Brougliton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 181 
 
 223 
 
 
 Bressay, p. 
 
 Shet. I. 
 
 1,812 
 
 1,805 
 
 Britford, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 938 
 
 872 
 
 Broughton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,010 
 
 1,001 
 
 
 Bressiiigham, \>. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 674 
 
 596 
 
 Briton-Ferry, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,737 
 
 3,781 
 
 Broughton - in - ) 
 Aredale, p. j 
 
 York 
 
 335 
 
 274 
 
 
 Bretforton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 575 
 
 565 
 
 \ Britway, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 738 
 
 616 
 
 
 Bretherton, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 818 
 
 775 
 
 Britwell-Salome, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 248 
 
 217 
 
 Broughton-Astley, p 
 
 Leices. 
 
 746 
 
 785 
 
 
 Brettenham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 77 
 
 72 
 
 Brixham, tn.-p. t. s. 
 
 Devon 
 
 5,936 
 
 5,984 
 
 Broughton Bi-ant, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 749 
 
 756 
 
 
 Brettenham, ii. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 401 
 
 426 
 
 Brixton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 777 
 
 691 
 
 Broughton Church, p 
 
 Derby 
 
 661 
 
 651 
 
 
 Breward(St.), p. 
 
 Coruw. 
 
 627 
 
 705 
 
 Brixton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 695 
 
 630 
 
 Broughton - in - ^ 
 Fumess, tn. /. ) 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,297 
 
 1,183 
 
 
 Brewham (North), p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 369 
 
 321 
 
 Brixton-Deverill, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 201 
 
 225 
 
 
 Brewham (South), p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 540 
 
 519 
 
 , Brixton (St. Mat- ) 
 
 Surrey 
 
 14,610 
 
 20,067 
 
 Broughton-Gifford,p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 692 
 
 621 
 
 
 Brewood, p. 
 
 Sfcifford 
 
 3,565 
 
 3,399 
 
 thew), p. ) 
 
 Broughton - Glen - i 
 holm, &c. p. 1 
 
 Peebles 
 
 881 
 
 723 
 
 
 Briavels (St.); p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,194 
 
 1,261 
 
 ; Brixworth, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,258 
 
 1,253 
 
 
 Bricett (Great), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 236 
 
 207 
 
 Broad-Chalk, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 821 
 
 796 
 
 Broughton - Hac - \ 
 kett, p. f 
 
 Worces. 
 
 133 
 
 164 
 
 
 Brickendowu, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 225 
 
 168 
 
 Broad-Clist, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,450 
 
 2,318 
 
 
 Brickhill (Bow), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 591 
 
 546 
 
 Broadfield, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 8 
 
 19 
 
 Broughton (Se- \ 
 
 Leices. 
 
 423 
 
 519 
 
 
 Brickhill (Great), i). 
 
 Bucks 
 
 730 
 
 590 
 
 BroadhemWry, \\ 
 
 Devon 
 
 884 
 
 817 
 
 ther), p. ) 
 
 
 BrickhiU (Little), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 483 
 
 423 
 
 Broadhempston, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 754 
 
 661 
 
 Broughton-Poggs, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 127 
 
 135 
 
 
 Bride, p. 
 
 Isl. Man 
 
 1053 
 
 919 
 
 Broadhinton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 486 
 
 657 
 
 Brough ton-Sulney , p 
 
 Notts 
 
 394 
 
 406 
 
 
 Bride (St.) Major, p 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 807 
 
 826 
 
 Broadmayne, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 486 
 
 606 
 
 Broughty-Ferry, v. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 2,772 
 
 3,613 
 
 
 Bride (St.) Minor, p 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 679 
 
 879 
 
 Broadoak, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 
 274 
 
 Brownstown. p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 204 
 
 190 
 
 
 Bridechurch, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 328 
 
 287 
 
 Broadsea. v. 
 
 Abertl. 
 
 
 371 
 
 Broxburn, p 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,571 
 
 2,663 
 
 
 Bridekirk, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,333 
 
 2,876 
 
 Broadwas, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 "3I8 
 
 311 
 
 Broxburn, v. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 
 660 
 
 
 Bridell, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 335 
 
 326 
 
 Broadwater, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 5,970 
 
 6,466 
 
 Broxholme, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 il3 
 
 125 
 
 
 Bride's (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 
 151 
 
 Broadway, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 610 
 
 614 
 
 Broxted, ]>. 
 
 Essex 
 
 753 
 
 782 
 
 
 Bride's (St.), Ne) 
 therwent, p. f 
 
 Monm. 
 
 192 
 
 171 
 
 ■ 
 
 Broadway, p. 
 
 Somer, 
 
 490 
 
 431 
 
 Bruern, \t. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 61 
 
 
 Broadway, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,629 
 
 1,566 
 
 Bruff, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,106 
 
 2,175 
 
 
 Bride's(St.)sapor- ) 
 Kly, p. (■ 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 115 
 
 122 
 
 Broad well, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 388 
 
 398 
 
 Bruff, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 1,430 
 
 
 Broadwell, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,107 
 
 1,103 
 
 Bruis, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 "919 
 
 831 
 
 
 Bride's (St.) Went4 
 1 lloog, p. f 
 
 Monm. 
 
 267 
 
 241 
 
 Broad- Windsor, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,516 
 
 1,538 
 
 Bruisyard, )i. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 258 
 
 222 
 
 
 Broadwood-Kelly, p 
 
 Devon 
 
 890 
 
 .342 
 
 Brumstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 92 
 
 99 
 
 
 ] Bridestowe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,049 
 
 8:J2 
 
 Broadwoodwidger, p 
 
 Devon 
 
 890 
 
 845 
 
 Bmndall, ji. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 80 
 
 104 
 
 
 1 Bridford. p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 609 
 
 676 
 
 Brobury, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 60 
 
 76 
 
 Brandish, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 510 
 
 451 
 
 
 1 Bridge, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 864 
 
 893 
 
 Brockdish, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 123 
 
 544 
 
 Bruntingthoj 1 e, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 392 
 
 413 
 
 
 1 Bridgeford (E;ist), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,155 
 
 1,078 
 
 Brockenhurst, ji. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,034 
 
 1,083 
 
 Bruree, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,918 
 
 2,411 
 
 
 i Bridgeford(We3t),p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 382 
 
 390 
 
 Brockhall, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 57 
 
 54 
 
 Bruree, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 695 
 
 
 j Bridgeham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 339 
 
 328 
 
 Brockhampton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 145 
 
 140 
 
 Brushford, p 
 
 Devon 
 
 132 
 
 138 
 
 
 ; Bridgend, tn. s. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,779 
 
 2,174 
 
 Brocklesby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 269 
 
 232 
 
 Brushford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 335 
 
 328 
 
 
 j Bridgend, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 518 
 
 Brockley, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 128 
 
 93 
 
 Broton, tn. J), s. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,109 
 
 2,232 
 
 
 Bridgend of Alness, v 
 
 RossCro 
 
 
 756 
 
 Brockley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 378 
 
 340 
 
 Bryanston, p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 167 
 
 206 
 
 
 Beidoenorth, m. s. 
 
 Shrop. 
 
 6,172 
 
 6,240 
 
 Brockthrop, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 191 
 
 180 
 
 Brydekirk, v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 
 360 
 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Shrop. 
 
 7,610 
 
 7,699 
 
 Brockworth, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 425 
 
 375 
 
 Bryn-Croes, ]). 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 "923 
 
 889 
 
 
 Bridgenile, p. 
 
 De. Cor. 
 
 428 
 
 410 
 
 Bi-odsworth, \t. 
 
 York 
 
 448 
 
 412 
 
 Bryn-Eglwys, p. 
 
 Denbigli 
 
 484 
 
 444 
 
 
 Bridge SoUers, ]>. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 65 
 
 62 
 
 Brokenborough, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 443 
 
 603 
 
 Bryn-Gwyn, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 290 
 
 334 
 
 
 Bridget's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 215 
 
 Bromborough p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 638 
 
 1,279 
 
 Bryn-Gwyn, i>. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 313 
 
 313 
 
 
 Bridget's (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 10,808 
 
 Bromeswell, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 226 
 
 210 
 
 Bryn-Llys, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 330 
 
 306 
 
 
 Bridgetown, j). 
 
 Cork 
 
 638 
 
 614 
 
 Bromfield, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,297 
 
 2,269 
 
 Bubbenhall, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 288 
 
 346 
 
 
 Bridge of Allan, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 1,803 
 
 Bromfield, p. 
 
 Siilop 
 
 682 
 
 762 
 
 Bubwith, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,361 
 
 1,453 
 
 
 Bridge of Earn, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 381 
 
 Bromham, i). 
 
 Bedford 
 
 343 
 
 361 
 
 Buchanan, j). 
 
 Stirling 
 
 632 
 
 706 
 
 
 Bridge of Weir, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 1,443 jj Bromliam, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,619 
 
 1,402 
 
 Buckby (Long , p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 2,341 
 
 2.500 
 
 
 j Bridgwater, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 
 12,120 
 
 Bromley, tn.-|). th. 
 
 Kent 
 
 4,127 
 
 5,606 
 
 Buckden, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,172 
 
 1,099 
 
 
 Bridgwater, m ) 
 & p. th. \ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 10,317 
 
 11,320 
 
 Bromley (Ablx)tts),p 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,563 
 
 1,638 
 
 Buckenham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 54 
 
 49 
 
 
 Bromley-by-Bow, p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 11,789 
 
 24,077 
 
 Buckenham near |^ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 ■ 
 66 
 
 60 
 
 
 Bridlington, tn.-p. s. 
 
 York 
 
 6,848 
 
 6,833 
 
 Bromley (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 797 
 
 758 
 
 Tofts, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bridport, p. w. s. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 4,653 
 
 4,645 
 
 Bromley (King's), p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 704 
 
 638 
 
 Buckenham (New) \ 
 tn.-p. s. j 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 766 
 
 656 
 
 
 „ M. & p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 7,566 
 
 7,719 
 
 Bromley (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 405 
 
 371 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bridstow, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 704 
 
 717 
 
 Brompton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,572 
 
 1,484 
 
 Buckenham (Old), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 
 1,214 
 
 
 Briery Cottages, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 
 62 
 
 Brompton-Patrick,p 
 
 York 
 
 1,159 
 
 1,216 
 
 Buckerell, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 "343 
 
 318 
 
 
 Brigg, tn. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 3,138 
 
 Brompton-Ralph, j). 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,803 
 
 ' 436 
 
 Biickfastleigh , tn. p./ 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,613 
 
 2,544 
 
 
 Brigham, p. 
 
 Cumb 
 
 s'.ui 
 
 7,874 
 
 Brompton-Regis, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,803 
 
 929 
 
 Buckhaven, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 1,965 
 
 
 Brighouae, v. 
 
 York 
 
 6,091 
 
 7,340 
 
 BromsbeiTOw, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 260 
 
 305 
 
 Buckholt (East ) 
 and West), p. f 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 118 
 
 
 Bright, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,492 
 
 1,365 li Bromwich (West), p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 34,591 
 
 47,196 
 
 
 
 
 Brightling, p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 812 
 
 661 !i Bromwich (West"*, tn 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 17,024 
 
 Buckhom-Weston, p 
 
 l^orset 
 
 484 
 
 609 
 
 
 Brightlingsea, ]). 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,852 
 
 2,585!; Brom;^ard, tn.-p. ui. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 3,093 
 
 2,995 
 
 Buckie, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 2,789 
 
 2,798 
 
 
 Briohton, m. p. Ih. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 65,569 
 
 77,693 ; BroDgwyn, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 337 
 
 339 
 
 Buckingham, m. p.«. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 4,020 
 
 3,849 
 
 
 Brighton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 69,673 
 
 87,317 j Bronington, tns. 
 
 Flint 
 
 666 
 
 675 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 8,069 
 
 7,626 
 
 
 Brightside - Bier- ) 
 low, tns. r 
 
 York 
 
 12,042 
 
 29 818 Brook, p. 
 ^>'>^^ Brook, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Hants 
 
 120 
 157 
 
 120 
 156 
 
 Buckland, p. 
 Buckland, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 Herts 
 
 662 
 386 
 
 732 
 385 
 
 
 Bright-Waltham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 465 
 
 450 ! Brook, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 802 
 
 746 
 
 Buckland, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 357 
 
 369 
 
 
 Brightwell, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 678 
 
 703 Brook, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 102 
 
 112 
 
 Buckland, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 987 
 
 912 
 
 
 Brightwell, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 73 
 
 81 : Brookebury, tu. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 
 411 
 
 Buckland, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 368 
 
 355 
 
 
 Brightwell-Bald- I 
 
 Oxford 
 
 294 
 
 „»-[ Brookesby, p. 
 ^"\\ Brookland, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 ""20 
 
 44 
 
 Buckland-Brewer,p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 977 
 
 922 
 
 
 win, p. J 
 
 Kent 
 
 448 
 
 459 
 
 Buckland Denhani p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 531 
 
 459 
 
 
 Brignall, p. 
 
 York 
 
 173 
 
 193 : Brookthorije, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 180 
 
 Buckland (East), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 149 
 
 151 
 
 
 Brigown, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 7,749 
 
 5,986 1 1 Broomage v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 381 
 
 Buckland-Filleigh.p! 
 
 Devon 
 
 267 
 
 258 
 
 
 Brigsley, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 137 
 
 152 j Broome, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 '143 
 
 118 
 
 Buckland near ( 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,895 
 
 2,162 
 
 
 Brigstock, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 
 1,159 ' Broome, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 652 
 
 505 
 
 Dover, p. ) 
 
 
 
 Brill, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,311 
 
 1,432: Broome, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 314 
 
 291 
 
 Buckland near ) 
 Faversham, p. f 
 
 Kent 
 
 21 
 
 18 
 
 
 Brilley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 552 
 
 517 I Broomfield, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 851 
 
 849 
 
 
 
 Brimfield, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 443 
 
 665 Broomfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 147 
 
 150 
 
 Buckland Mona- ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,548 1 
 
 1,489 
 
 
 Brimingtou, c. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,103 
 
 1,8«8 ' Broomfield, i). 
 
 Somer. 
 
 472 
 
 525 i Chorum, p. / 1 
 
 
 
 1 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 198 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 Pop. 
 1801. 
 
 i 
 
 PI.ACB. Connty. 
 
 POTl. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Moor, p. j" ^®^°" 
 Buckland-Newton.p; Dorset 
 
 141 
 
 113 
 
 BurJey, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 230 
 
 237 
 
 Busby, V. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 902 
 
 1,778 
 
 
 990 
 
 972 
 
 Burley-in-Wharf-) 
 dale, tns. j 
 
 York 
 
 1,894 
 
 2,136 
 
 Buscot, p. 
 Bushbury, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Stafford 
 
 428 
 1,632 
 
 467 
 2,051 
 
 
 
 Buckland-Kipers, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 111 
 
 11:^ 
 
 Burley Ville, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 515 
 
 Bushey, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,750 
 
 3,159 
 
 
 
 Biicklaiid (St. ^ 
 Mary), p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 758 
 
 715 
 
 Biirlingham (_St. ) 
 Andrew), p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 202 
 
 186 
 
 Bushley, p. 
 Bushmills, tn. 
 
 Worces. 
 Antrim 
 
 339 
 
 987 
 
 282 
 1,049 
 
 
 
 Buckland-Tout- ^ 
 
 Devon 
 
 48 
 
 31 
 
 Burliiigham (St. ) 
 Edmund), p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 99 
 
 85 
 
 Buslingthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 51 
 
 55 
 
 
 
 Saints, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Butcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 269 
 
 223 
 
 
 
 Buckland (West), p. [ Devon 
 
 279 
 
 321 
 
 Burlingliam (St. ) 
 Peter), p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 100 
 
 80 
 
 Bute (Nortli), p. 
 
 Bute 
 
 1,025 
 
 1,140 
 
 
 
 Buckbind (West), p. i Somer. 
 
 1,001 
 
 901 
 
 
 Butleigh, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,035 
 
 1,0.38 
 
 
 
 Biicklebiiry, p. Berks 
 
 1,219 
 
 1,178 
 
 Burmar.sh, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 133 
 
 170 
 
 Butlers Marston, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 294 
 
 277 
 
 
 
 Bucklesham, p. {Suffolk 
 
 318 
 
 362 
 
 Bumiington, p. 
 
 Warw, 
 
 209 
 
 212 
 
 Butley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 375 
 
 385 
 
 
 
 Bucklyvie, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 339 
 
 Burn by, p. 
 
 York 
 
 129 
 
 126 
 
 Butterleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 160 
 
 153 
 
 
 
 Buckminster, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 "685 
 
 655 
 
 Bumchurch, p. 
 
 Kilkny. 
 
 748 
 
 557 ] Buttermere, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 124 
 
 128 
 
 
 
 Buckuall, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 339 
 
 406 
 
 Bumeston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,635 
 
 1,554 1 Butterwick. v. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 025 
 
 605 
 
 
 
 Bucknell, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 343 
 
 326 
 
 Burnett, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 95 
 
 98 
 
 Butterwick (W.),tns. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 893 
 
 907 
 
 
 
 Bucknell, p. 
 
 H. Salop 
 
 e07 
 
 790 
 
 Bumham, v.-p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 2,301 
 
 2,2,33 
 
 Butterworth, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 5,786 
 
 6,704 
 
 
 
 Buckworth, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 191 
 
 201 
 
 Bumham, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,869 
 
 1,870 
 
 Buttevant, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,885 
 
 4,323 
 
 
 
 Budbrooke, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 495 
 
 492 
 
 Bumham, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,701 
 
 2,252 
 
 Buttevant, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,531 
 
 2,372 
 
 
 
 Budeaux (St.), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,096 
 
 1,376 
 
 Bumham - Deep - ) 
 dale, v.-p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 112 
 
 81 
 
 Buttington, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 816 
 
 935 
 
 
 
 Budleigh (East', p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,447 
 
 2,496 
 
 Buttolph, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 Budock, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,994 
 
 2,251 
 
 Bumham-Norton, \ 
 v.-p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 185 
 
 172 
 
 Buttsbury, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 506 
 
 531 
 
 
 
 Budworth (Great),p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 17,900 
 
 18,852 
 
 Buxhall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 560 
 
 636 
 
 
 
 Budw orth (Little), p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 578 
 
 582 
 
 Bumham - Overy, } 
 tn.-p. ]■ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 674 
 
 650 
 
 Buxted, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,694 
 
 1,624 
 
 
 
 Bugbrook, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 860 
 
 935 
 
 Buxton, tn. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,235 
 
 1,877 
 
 
 
 Buglawton, tiis. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,052 
 
 2,014 
 
 Bumham-Thorpe, ) 
 v.-p. (■ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 424 
 
 427 
 
 Buxton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 599 
 
 640 
 
 
 
 Biigthorpe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 266 
 
 245 
 
 Byfield, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,021 
 
 901 
 
 
 
 Biiildwas, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 290 
 
 276 
 
 Bumham - Ulph - ) 
 aud-Sutton, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 429 
 
 380 
 
 Byfleet, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 687 
 
 770 
 
 
 
 Builth, tn.-p. );i. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 1,158 
 
 1,110 
 
 Byford, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 197 
 
 201 
 
 
 
 Buittle, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 1,041 
 
 1,165 
 
 Bumham - West - i 
 gate, tn.-p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,241 
 
 1,094 
 
 Bygrave, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 221 
 
 195 
 
 
 
 Bulford, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 408 
 
 383 
 
 Byker, tns. 
 
 North 
 
 7,040 
 
 7,663 
 
 
 
 Bulkington, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 2,005 
 
 1,858 
 
 Burnley, tn. m. m. s. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 20,828 
 
 28,700 
 
 Byland (Old), p. 
 
 York 
 
 150 
 
 157 
 
 
 
 Bulkworthy, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 179 
 
 128 
 
 Burnsall, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,279 
 
 1,275 
 
 Bylaugh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 111 
 
 82 
 
 
 
 BuUaun, p. 
 
 Gal way 
 
 274 
 
 227 
 
 Burntisland, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,158 
 
 3,670 
 
 Byth (New), v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 454 
 
 
 
 BiiUey, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 241 
 
 226 
 
 ,, M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,329 
 
 2,595 
 
 Bytham (Castle), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,250 
 
 1,024 
 
 
 
 BuUingham (Low- ) 
 
 H^oi-of 
 
 310 
 
 255 
 
 „ P- 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,724 
 
 3,143 
 
 Bjtham (Little), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 673 
 
 362 
 
 
 
 er), tns. ) , ""'^'■ 
 Bullingliam (Up-). „^^^f 
 
 Burpham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 267 
 
 256 
 
 By thorn, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 294 
 
 292 
 
 
 
 103 
 
 83 
 
 Burreltown, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 459 
 
 Byton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 176 
 
 214 
 
 
 
 per), p. / 
 
 
 Burringham, tns. 
 
 Lincohi 
 
 ■ "551 
 
 632 
 
 Bywell (St. An ) 
 drew's), p. f 
 
 North. 
 
 480 
 
 508 
 
 
 
 Bullingtoii, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 181 
 
 171 
 
 Burrington, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 238 
 
 231 
 
 
 
 
 Bullock, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,087 
 
 1,753 
 
 Burrington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 488 
 
 477 
 
 Bywell (St. Pe- i 
 ter's), p. J 
 
 North. 
 
 1,674 
 
 1,574 
 
 
 
 Buhner, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 807 
 
 758 
 
 Burrington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,001 
 
 939 
 
 
 
 Biilmer, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,022 
 
 1,077 
 
 Burriscarra, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 913 
 
 892 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bulphan, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 261 
 
 268 
 
 Burrishoole, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 7,528 
 
 6,318 
 
 Caboum, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 165 
 
 171 
 
 
 
 Biilwell, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 3,786 
 
 3,660 
 
 Burrisnefarney, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 .628 
 
 455 
 
 Cabrach, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 750 
 
 794 
 
 
 
 Buhvick, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 451 
 
 393 
 
 Burrough, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 135 
 
 138 
 
 Cadamstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 993 
 
 700 
 
 
 
 Bumliii, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,855 
 
 2,067 
 
 Burroughgreen, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 529 
 
 427 
 
 Cadbury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 264 
 
 241 
 
 
 
 Bumpstead Helion,p 
 
 Essex 
 
 951 
 
 887 
 
 Burry, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 £73 
 
 447 
 
 Cadbury (North), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,052 
 
 997 
 
 
 
 Bumi)steadSteeple,p Essex 
 
 1,295 
 
 1,158 
 
 Burscougli, tns. 
 
 Jjancas. 
 
 2,480 
 
 2,461 
 
 Cadbury (South), ) 
 p.-v. ]■ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 266 
 
 287 
 
 
 
 Bunbury, p. i Chester 
 
 4,753 
 
 4,727 
 
 Bursledon, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 499 
 
 659 
 
 
 
 Bundoran, tn. | Donegal 
 
 384 
 
 714 
 
 Burslem, tn.-p. m. s. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 19,275 
 
 22,327 
 
 Cadder, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 5,014 
 
 5,948 
 
 
 
 Bunerara, tn. [ Donegal 
 
 794 
 
 685 
 
 Burstall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 243 
 
 222 
 
 Caddiiigton, p. 
 
 Bed. He. 
 
 1,866 
 
 1,851 
 
 
 
 Bungay, tn. tk. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 3,841 
 
 3,805 
 
 Burstead , Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,255 
 
 2,095 
 
 Cadeby, p. 
 
 I^eices. 
 
 406 
 
 422 
 
 
 
 Bungay (Holy Tri-) 
 nity), p. 1 
 
 Snffnllr 
 
 1,861 
 
 1,809 
 
 Burstead (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 179 
 
 186 
 
 Cadeleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 410 
 
 358 
 
 
 
 OUllUXtt. 
 
 Bui-stock, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 234 
 
 220 
 
 Cadney, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 571 
 
 570 
 
 
 
 Bungay (St. Mary), p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,980 
 
 1,996 
 
 Burston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 482 
 
 419 1 
 
 Cadoxton, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 7,314 
 
 8,209 
 
 
 
 Bunlile & Preston, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 715 
 
 756 
 
 Burstow, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 903 
 
 927 
 
 Cadoxton (Juxta I 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 272 
 
 279 
 
 
 
 Bunmahon, tn. j Waterf. 
 
 
 914 
 
 Burstwick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 745 
 
 728 
 
 BaiTy), p. > 
 
 
 
 Bunny, p. ; Notts 
 
 "336 
 
 273 
 
 Burt, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3,138 
 
 2,723 
 
 Caenby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 140 
 
 125 
 
 
 
 Bunratty, p. Clare 
 
 ... 
 
 662 
 
 Bm-ton, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 467 
 
 425! 
 
 Caerfallwch, tns. 
 
 Flint 
 
 954 
 
 925 
 
 
 
 Bunsiin, p. Westm. 
 
 
 827 
 
 Burton, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 979 
 
 1,029 ; 
 
 Caergwyle, p. 
 
 FUnt 
 
 
 844 
 
 
 
 Bunwell, p. Norfolk 
 
 "979 
 
 907 
 
 Burton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 28 
 
 '45 
 
 Caerhun, p. 
 
 Caemar. 
 
 l','253 
 
 1,.314 
 
 
 
 Buohck, p. Tip. 
 
 2,203 
 
 1,859 
 
 Burton-Agnes, p. 
 
 York 
 
 650 
 
 723 
 
 Caerlaverock, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,481 
 
 1,248 
 
 
 
 Burbage, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,492 
 
 1,603 
 
 Burton-Bishop, p. 
 
 York 
 
 566 
 
 499 1 
 
 Caerleon, tn. th. 
 
 Moum. 
 
 1,281 
 
 1,268 
 
 
 
 Buruombe (South),p, 
 
 Wilts 
 
 420 
 
 374 
 
 Burton -Bradstock, p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,181 
 
 1,010 
 
 Caermarthen Dist. ) 
 of Boroughs ) 
 
 Caerm. 
 
 19,234 
 
 21,439 
 
 
 
 Bures (St. Mary), p. 
 
 Suff.-Es. 
 
 1,806 
 
 1,659 
 
 Burton-Chen-y, p. 
 
 York 
 
 496 
 
 502 
 
 
 
 Bures, h. 
 Burford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 Oxford 
 
 662 
 1,819 
 
 623 
 1,649 
 
 Burton-Coggles, p. 
 Burton Dasset, p. 
 
 Ijincoln 
 Warw. 
 
 456 
 703 
 
 288 
 655 
 
 Caermarthen, m. ) 
 & p. *. j 
 
 Caerm. 
 
 10,624 
 
 9,993 
 
 
 
 Burford, tn. s. 
 Burford, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 Salop 
 
 1,593 
 1,057 
 
 1,435 
 1,121 
 
 Bui-ton-Fleming, p. 
 Burton (Gate), p. 
 
 York 
 Lincoln 
 
 574 
 104 
 
 5251 
 115! 
 
 Caernarvon Dist. 1 
 of Boroughs ) 
 
 Caemar 
 
 22,210 
 
 22,907 
 
 
 
 Burgage, p. 
 Burgate, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 Suffolk 
 
 290 
 350 
 
 217 
 359 
 
 Burton-Hastings, p. 
 Burton-Joyce, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 Notts 
 
 245 
 773 
 
 199 i 
 834, 
 
 Caernarvon, m. \ 
 & p. S. ) 
 
 Caernar 
 
 8,674 
 
 8,512 
 
 
 
 Burgesbeg, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,369 
 
 1,187 
 
 Burton-in-Kendal 7 
 
 Westml. 
 
 2,559 
 
 2,118' 
 
 Caerphilly, tn. th. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 634 
 
 
 
 
 Burgh, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 296 
 
 271 
 
 tn.-p. t. C 
 
 Caerwent, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 420 
 
 445 
 
 
 
 Burgh-Apton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 604 
 
 544 
 
 Burton-Latimer, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,007 
 
 1,158' 
 
 Caerwys, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 947 
 
 853 
 
 
 
 Burgh next Ayles-) 
 ham, p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 266 
 
 227 
 
 Burton-Lazars, c. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 239 
 
 2.33: 
 
 Caerwys, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 
 637 
 
 
 
 Burton Leonard, p. 
 
 York 
 
 457 
 
 507; 
 
 Caher, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 6,559 
 
 4,687 
 
 
 
 Biorgh-upon Bain,p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 177 
 
 203 
 
 Burton-by-Lincoln p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 204 
 
 171 
 
 Caher, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 7,203 
 
 6,830 
 
 
 
 Burgli-Castle, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 344 
 
 458 
 
 Burton-Overy, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 484 
 
 465: 
 
 Caller, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,694 
 
 2,977 
 
 
 
 Burghclere, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 809 
 
 819 
 
 Burton - Pedwar- ) 
 dine, p. | 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 136 
 
 135 
 
 Caheragh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 5,113 
 
 4,406 
 
 
 
 Burghead, v. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 
 1,099 
 
 Caheravally, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 986 
 
 859 
 
 
 
 Burghfield, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,193 
 
 1,139 
 
 Burton-Pidsey, p. 
 
 York 
 
 394 
 
 408 
 
 Caherconlish, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,709 
 
 2,324 
 
 
 
 Burgh with Gri3by,pl Lincoln 
 
 225 
 
 
 Burton-upon-Sta- )^ 
 
 Lincobi 
 
 899 
 
 983 ■ 
 
 Cahercomy, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 374 
 
 368 
 
 
 
 Burghill, p. 1 Heref 
 
 946 
 
 "931 
 
 ther, p. ) 
 
 Caherduggan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,109 
 
 966 
 
 
 
 Burgh - in - the - ) ' t ;„„„i„ 
 Marsh, V. -p. j-|l-iicoln 
 
 1,215 
 
 1,223 
 
 Burton - upon - \ 
 Trent, tn.-p. th. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 9,769 
 
 16,824 1 
 
 Caherelly, p. 
 Caherlag, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 Cork . 
 
 926 
 1,611 
 
 555 
 1,486 
 
 
 
 Burgh-Mattishall,p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 225 
 
 191 
 
 Burton (West), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 28 
 
 67' 
 
 Cahemarry, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 890 
 
 G91 
 
 
 
 Burgh (St. Marl 
 garet) p. > 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 582 
 
 554 
 
 Burwarton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 115j 
 
 156 
 
 Cahersiveen, tn. s. 
 
 Kerrv 
 
 1,862 
 
 1,802 
 
 
 
 Burwash, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,2271 
 
 2,143 
 
 Cahir, tn. /. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,694 
 
 2,977 
 
 
 
 Burgh - ux)on - the - > 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,083 
 
 986 
 
 Burwell, v.-p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,187! 
 
 1,987 
 
 Cainham, p. 
 
 Salop. 
 
 883 
 
 755 
 
 
 
 Sands, p. ( 
 
 Burwell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 153 1 
 
 159 
 
 Caira, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 87 
 
 131 
 
 
 
 Burgh (South), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 360 
 
 317 
 
 Bury, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 70,143 
 
 80,558 
 
 Caimbulg, v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 427 
 
 
 
 Burgh (St. Peter), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 349 
 
 298 
 
 Bury, p. «. 
 
 Lanca«. 
 
 31,262 
 
 37,563 
 
 Caimeyhill, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 415 
 
 
 
 Burgh-Wallis, p. iYork 
 
 239 
 
 237 
 
 Bury, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 414 
 
 362 
 
 Caimie, p. 
 
 Aberd. ; 
 
 1,'565 
 
 1,490 
 
 
 
 Burham, p. j Kent 
 
 518 
 
 775 
 
 Bury, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 599 
 
 600 
 
 Caistor, tn.-p. ,'. 
 
 Lincoln ! 
 
 2,407 
 
 2,348 
 
 
 
 Buriton, p. i Hants 
 Burland, tns. I Chester 
 
 1,041 
 
 627 
 
 1,050 
 672 
 
 BuRv - St. - Ed - ) 
 MUND'a,M.&.p.?(j. )■ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 13,900 : 
 
 13,318 
 
 Caistor (St. Ed-) 
 munds), p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 154 
 
 162 
 
 
 
 Burlescombe, p. [Devon 
 Burlestoue, p. 1 Dorset 
 
 911 
 71 
 
 856 
 45 
 
 Buryan (St.), p. 
 Burythorpe, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 York 
 
 1,658 1 
 2891 
 
 1,428 
 205 
 
 Caistor-next-Yar- i 
 mouth, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 1 
 
 1,043 
 
 1,203 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 199 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Conntj-. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Calary, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,402 
 
 1,651 
 
 Capel-le-Feme, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 183 
 
 193 
 
 Carrick, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,012 
 
 1,286 
 
 Calbourne, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 781 
 
 728 
 
 Capel(St. Andre w),p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 202 
 
 231 
 
 Carrick, p; 
 
 London. 
 
 1,747 
 
 1,682 
 
 
 Caloeby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 74 
 
 66 
 
 Capel (St. Mary), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 649 
 
 669 
 
 Carricklsaggot, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 278 
 
 158 
 
 
 Calcethori)e, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 87 
 
 84 
 
 Cappagh, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 408 
 
 318 
 
 Carrickbeg, tn. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,108 
 
 1,477 
 
 
 Caldbeck, i>. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,607 
 
 1,560 
 
 Cappagh, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 11,261 
 
 9,871 
 
 Carrickfergus, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 8,520 
 
 9,417 
 
 
 Caldecot, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 47 
 
 39 
 
 Cappaghwhite, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 711 
 
 674 
 
 Carriokfergus, tn. «. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 8,520 
 
 9,417 
 
 
 CaUlecote, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 144 
 
 93 
 
 Cappamore, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 869 
 
 Carrickmacross, |^ 
 
 Monagh 
 
 2,529 
 
 2,063 
 
 
 Caldecote, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 52 
 
 70 
 
 Cappoge, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 "399 
 
 347 
 
 tn.-p. w. s. ) 
 
 
 Caldecote, p. 
 Caldecott, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 Herts 
 
 107 
 49 
 
 130 
 44 
 
 CapixMjuin, tn. w. s. 
 Caputh, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 Perth 
 
 2,319 
 2,037 
 
 1,774 
 2,373 
 
 Carrick-on-Shan- ) 
 non, tn. j 
 
 Leit.Ros 
 
 1,796 
 
 1,587 
 
 
 Caldecott, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 329 
 
 346 
 
 Carbrooke, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 796 
 
 751 
 
 Carrick-on-Suir,tn. s 
 
 Tip. 
 
 6,214 
 
 6,059 
 
 
 Calder, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,232 
 
 Carbury, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 543 
 
 483 
 
 Carriden, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 1,724 
 
 1,821 
 
 
 Calderbank, tn. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 2,461 
 
 Car-Colston, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 319 
 
 299 
 
 Carrigaholt, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 689 
 
 
 Calder (East), v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 362 
 
 Cardeston, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 315 
 
 294 
 
 Carrigaline, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 5,715 
 
 4,587 
 
 
 Calder (Mid), p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 l',474 
 
 1,389 
 
 Cardiff District of) 
 Boroughs j 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 20,424 
 
 35,541 
 
 Carrigaline, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 648 
 
 
 Calder (Mid), v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 525 
 
 Carrigallen, v.-p. in. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 5,'940 
 
 6,522 
 
 
 Calder (West), p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,120 
 
 1,927 
 
 Cardiff, m. & v.\ 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 18,351 
 
 32,954 
 
 Carrigdownane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 156 
 
 148 
 
 
 Calder (West), v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 476 
 
 w. g. ) 
 
 Carrigleamleary, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 707 
 
 640 
 
 
 Caldicot, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 "661 
 
 579 
 
 Cardigan Dist. of[ 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 11,760 
 
 11,646 
 
 Carrigimrson, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 370 
 
 371 
 
 
 Caledon, tn. s. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 999 
 
 825 
 
 Boroughs ) 
 
 Carrigrohane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,603 
 
 2,318 
 
 
 Calke, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 79 
 
 78 
 
 Cardigan, m. <fe p. s. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 3,876 
 
 3,543 
 
 Carrigrohanebeg, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 428 
 
 322 
 
 
 Callan, p. 
 
 Kilknv 
 
 6,365 
 
 3,986 
 
 Cardington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 747 
 
 798 
 
 Carrigtohill, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,443 
 
 2,802 
 
 
 Callau, tn. m. t. s. 
 
 Kilkn"y 
 
 2,368 
 
 2,331 
 
 Cardington, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,455 
 
 1,419 
 
 ] Carrigtohill, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 826 
 
 
 Callander, p. -v. th. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,716 
 
 1,676 
 
 Cardiuham, j). 
 
 Comw. 
 
 , 782 
 
 717 
 
 j Carrington, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 "710 
 
 681 
 
 
 CaIlington,tn.-p.M) s 
 
 Comw. 
 
 2,146 
 
 2,202 
 
 Cardross, p. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 4,257 
 
 6,325 
 
 1 Carrington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 197 
 
 
 Callow, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 129 
 
 137 
 
 Careby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 108 
 
 107 
 
 j Carron (West), v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 763 
 
 
 Calne, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 5,117 
 
 5,098 
 
 Careston, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 207 
 
 225 
 
 I Carronshore, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 1035 
 
 
 Calne, m. t. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 2,544 
 
 2,494 
 
 Carew, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 991 
 
 993 
 
 j Carrowdore, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 529 
 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 6,195 
 
 5,179 
 
 Carfln, v. . 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,342 
 
 Carshalton, p. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 2,411 
 
 2,538 
 
 
 Calry, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 7,180 
 
 5,177 
 
 Cargill, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 l','629 
 
 1,647 
 
 ! Carsington, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 235 
 
 269 
 
 
 Calstock, p.-tn. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 4,536 
 
 7,090 
 
 Cargin, p. 
 
 Gal way 
 
 1,042 
 
 793 
 
 1 Carsphaim, p. 
 
 Kircud. 
 
 855 
 
 553 
 
 
 Calstone - Weding- ) 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 36 
 
 36 
 
 Carham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,362 
 
 1,274 
 
 ! Carstairs, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 1,066 
 
 1,345 
 
 
 Carhampton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 672 
 
 706 
 
 { Carstairs, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 460 
 
 
 Calthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 194 
 
 187 
 
 Carisbrooke, p.-v. 
 
 Hants 
 
 6,712 
 
 7,502 
 
 Cartmel, v.-p. t. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 6,'213 
 
 5,108 
 
 
 Calverleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 95 
 
 86 
 
 Carlatton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 
 71 
 
 ' Cartworth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 2,530 
 
 2,603 
 
 
 Calverley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 24,487 
 
 28,563 
 
 Carlaverock, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,'418 
 
 1,248 
 
 Cascob, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 155 
 
 153 
 
 
 Calverley - with - ) 
 Forsley, tns. / 
 Calverton, p. 
 
 York 
 Bucks 
 
 4,892 
 505 
 
 5,559 
 595 
 
 Carlby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 349 
 
 183 
 
 Cashel, c. w. s. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 8,247 
 
 4,374 
 
 
 Carleton - Fore - ^ 
 Hoe, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 137 
 
 124 
 
 Cashel and Is - ) 
 lands, p. f 
 
 Longf. 
 
 3,632 
 
 3,128 
 
 
 Calverton, p.-v. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,427 
 
 1,372 
 
 Carleton-Rode, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 925 
 
 905 
 
 Cassington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 454 
 
 433 
 
 
 Cam, p.-v. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,640 
 
 1,500 
 
 Carleton(St . Peter), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 82 
 
 79 
 
 t Casterton (Great), p 
 
 Rutland 
 
 369 
 
 323 
 
 
 Cam, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,316 
 
 2,041 
 
 Carlingford, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 9,437 
 
 8,032 
 
 [ Casterton (Little), p 
 
 Rutland 
 
 119 
 
 118 
 
 
 Camberwell (St. I 
 Giles), v.-p. j 
 Camborne, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 Comw. 
 
 54,667 
 
 12,887 
 
 71,488 
 14,506 
 
 Carlingford, tn. s. 
 Carlisle, cm. & ) 
 p. w. g. 1 
 
 Louth 
 Cumb. 
 
 26,310 
 
 777 
 29,417 
 
 1 Castle- Acre, v.-p. 
 Castlebar or Ag- \ 
 lish, p. j 
 
 Norfolk 
 Mayo 
 
 1,567 
 9,135 
 
 1,405 
 5,995 
 
 
 Camborne, tn. 
 
 Comw, 
 
 6,547 
 
 7,208 i 
 
 Carlow, p. m. th. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 9,121 
 
 8,973 
 
 Castlebar, tn. s. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 4,027 
 
 3,022 
 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, M. <fe Prfy 
 
 Camb. 
 
 27,815 
 
 26,361 
 
 Carlton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 432 
 
 470 
 
 Castle - Belling- ) 
 ham, tn. j 
 
 Louth 
 
 538 
 
 539 
 
 
 Cambusbarroii, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 535 i 
 
 Carlton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 128 
 
 116 
 
 
 Cambuslang, v.-p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 3,306 
 
 3,6471 
 
 Carlton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,333 
 
 1,506 
 
 Castle- Blaney,tn. w. 
 
 Monagh 
 
 2,077 
 
 1,822 
 
 
 Cambu,suetlian, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 8,621 
 
 14,601 i 
 
 Carlton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 469 
 
 402 
 
 Castleboy, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 722 
 
 693 
 
 
 Cambusnethan, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,279 } 
 
 Carltou-Castle, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 55 
 
 45 
 
 Castlebrack, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,367 
 
 1,133 
 
 
 Camel (Queen), p. 
 
 Soraer. 
 
 "772 
 
 734 i 
 
 Carlton-Colville, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 845 
 
 946 
 
 Castlebridge, tn. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 356 
 
 
 Camel (West), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 376 
 
 338! 
 
 Carlton-Curlieu, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 235 
 
 308 
 
 Castle-Bythe, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 "266 
 
 227 
 
 
 Cameley, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 594 
 
 5261 
 
 Carlton (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 284 
 
 244 
 
 Castle-Caeremion , p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 725 
 
 682 
 
 
 Camelford, tu. /. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 705 
 
 i 
 
 Carlton (East), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 64 
 
 70 
 
 1 Castle-Camps, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 949 
 
 901 
 
 
 Camelou, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,340 
 
 1,3081 
 
 Carlton (Great), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 342 
 
 338 
 
 Castle (Carrock), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 346 
 
 337 
 
 
 Cameron, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,207 
 
 1,362 
 
 Carlton-in-Lind- ) 
 rick, p. ) 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,054 
 
 1,035 
 
 Castle-Cary, p. t. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,860 
 
 2,060 
 
 
 Camerton, p.-v. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,543 
 
 1,368 j 
 
 Castle (Church), p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,315 
 
 3,362 
 
 
 Camlin, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,819 
 
 1,769 
 
 Carlton (Little), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 155 
 
 181 
 
 Castle (Combe), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 557 
 
 534 
 
 
 Cammeringham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 141 
 
 1371 
 
 Carlton-le-Moor- ) 
 land, p. j 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 409 
 
 384 
 
 Castlecomer, tn.-p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 8,766 
 
 7,915 
 
 
 Cammerton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,026 
 
 1,326 
 
 Castlecomer, tn. .«. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,695 
 
 1,435 
 
 
 Camolin, tn. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 713 
 
 510 
 
 Carlton rNorth), p. 
 Carlton (North), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 147 
 
 163 
 
 Castle Connel, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 565 
 
 604 
 
 
 Campbelton, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 9,381 
 
 8,149 
 
 York 
 
 S24 
 
 243 
 
 : Castle-Conor, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,928 
 
 2,763 
 
 
 C AMPBELTON, M&P. th 
 
 Argyle 
 
 6,880 
 
 6,033' 
 
 Carlton-Scroop, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 271 
 
 266 
 
 1 Csistle-Dawson, tn. 
 
 London. 
 
 663 
 
 636 
 
 
 Campbelton, v. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 716 
 
 842 
 
 Carlton (South), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 183 
 
 181 
 
 Castlederge, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 
 637 
 
 
 Campden - Cliip - ) 
 ping, tn.-p. 1 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,351 
 
 1,975 
 
 Carluke, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 6,283 
 
 6,176 
 
 Castledermot, p.-tn. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2',297 
 
 2,006 
 
 
 Carluke, tn. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 3,111 
 
 Castledillon, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 140 
 
 95 
 
 
 Carapsall, p.-v. 
 
 York 
 
 2,113 
 
 1,948 
 
 Camiichael, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 "805 
 
 836 
 
 Castle-Douglas.tn.wi 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 1,847 
 
 2,261 
 
 
 Campsey-Ash, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 371 
 
 379 
 
 Carmunnock, p.-v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 710 
 
 734 
 
 1 Castle (Eaton), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 338 
 
 286 
 
 
 Campsie, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 6,91s 
 
 6,483 
 
 Carmyle, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 606 
 
 1 Castle (Eden), p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 491 
 
 635 
 
 
 Campton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,600 
 
 1,644 
 
 Carmylie, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,286 
 
 Castle-Ellis, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,568 
 
 1,316 
 
 
 Camrose, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,241 
 
 1,126 
 
 Cam, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 742 
 
 667 
 
 Castle-Finn, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 637 
 
 505 
 
 
 Camus, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 5,679 
 
 5,134 
 
 Cam, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 662 
 
 662 
 
 Castleford, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,581 
 
 4,365 
 
 
 Candlesby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 245 
 
 240 
 
 Carnaby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 161 
 
 162 
 
 Castle (Promei, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 165 
 
 160 
 
 
 Candover (Brown), p 
 
 Hants 
 
 272 
 
 322 
 
 Carnagh, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 313 
 
 265 
 
 Castle Gregory, tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 816 
 
 365 
 
 
 Candover(Cliilton).p 
 
 Hants 
 
 127 
 
 142 
 
 Carnalway, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 918 
 
 875 
 
 Castlehaveu, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,762 
 
 3,284 
 
 
 Candover (Preston)p 
 
 Hants 
 
 524 
 
 476 
 
 Carnbee, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,129 
 
 1,157 
 
 Ciistleinch, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 353 
 
 311 
 
 
 Canewdon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 702 
 
 664 
 
 Carnbroe (New), v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 904 
 
 Castle-Island, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 6,570 
 
 6,097 
 
 
 Canfield (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 470 
 
 468 
 
 Camcastle, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 l','651 
 
 1,508 jl Castle-Island, tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 
 1,702 
 
 
 Canfield (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 314 
 
 314 
 
 Camdonagh, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 70S 
 
 645 ii Castlejordan, p. 
 
 Me.-Ki. 
 
 3,189 
 
 2,661 
 
 
 Canford (Magna), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 4,065 
 
 4,877 
 
 Camew, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 5,908 
 
 4,337 
 
 Castleknock, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 3,955 
 
 4,028 
 
 
 Canice (St.), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 7,686 
 
 6,029 
 
 Camew, tn. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 
 918 
 
 Castlelost, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,573 
 
 1,275 
 
 
 Canisbay, p. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 2,437 
 
 2,730 
 
 Camgiwch, p. 
 
 Caernar. 
 
 "ll4 
 
 130 
 
 Castlelyons, p. th. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,234 
 
 2,701 
 
 
 Cannaway, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,241 
 
 1,145 
 
 Camlough, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 482 
 
 Castlemacadam, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 4,558 
 
 4,162 
 
 
 Cannington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,548 
 
 1,419 
 
 Carnmoney, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 6,657 
 
 6,624 
 
 Castlemagner, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,098 
 
 1,668 
 
 
 Cannock, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 3,081 
 
 3,964 
 
 Carno, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 908 
 
 969 
 
 Castle-Martin, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 404 
 
 422 
 
 
 Canon, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 
 547 
 
 [ Carnock, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,191 
 
 2,925 
 
 Castle-Martyr, tn. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 800 
 
 711 
 
 
 Canon (Frome"^, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 '"95 
 
 115 
 
 Carnoustie, v. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 
 1,488 \ Castlemore.'p. 
 
 Ros. Ma. 
 
 3,301 
 
 3,178 
 
 
 Canon (Pion), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 714 
 
 768 
 
 Camteel, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 5,954 
 
 6,455 j Castle (Morton), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 852 
 
 818 
 
 
 Canon bie, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 3,163 
 
 3,219 
 
 Camwath, v.-p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 3,551 
 
 3,584 1 Castlepollard, tn. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,052 
 
 1,013 
 
 
 Canongate, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 11,298 
 
 11,653 
 
 1 Caron, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 2,693 
 
 2,608 
 
 Castlerahan, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 5,133 
 
 4,260 
 
 
 Canterbury, cm. ^ 
 
 Kent 
 
 18,398 
 
 21,324 
 
 ] Caron - Uwch - ) 
 
 
 
 
 Castlereagh, tn. w. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,211 
 
 1,446 
 
 
 (fc p. dy. J 
 
 
 
 1 Clawdd or Strata > 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 860 
 
 868 
 
 Castlerickard, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 529 
 
 466 
 
 
 Cantley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 277 
 
 235 
 
 Florida, tns. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Castle (Rising), p. 
 Castle (Sowerby), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 392 
 
 377 
 
 
 Cantley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 722 
 
 663 
 
 Carragh, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 733 
 
 681 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,015 
 
 906 
 
 
 Cantreff, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 237 
 
 221 
 
 1 Carran, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 737 
 
 630 
 
 Castleterra, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,655 
 
 4,138 
 
 
 Canwick, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 213 
 
 228 
 
 j Carrick, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 394 
 
 298 
 
 Castle (Thorpe\ p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 346 
 
 338 
 
 
 Capel, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,102 
 
 1,074 
 
 1 Carrick, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 350 
 
 300 
 
 Castleton, p.-v. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,333 
 
 1,157 
 
 
 Capel, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 578 
 
 611 
 
 1 Carrick, p. s. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 8,202 
 
 6,464 i Castleton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 157 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 1 
 
— — — -I 
 
 200 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Placi. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 f>LACE. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Castletoim Bear- ) 
 haven, tn. f 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 1,070 
 
 Ghailey, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,263 
 
 1,344 
 
 Chatton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,765 
 
 1,651 
 
 
 Chalbury, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 166 
 
 194 
 
 Chawleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 833 
 
 801 
 
 Castletown, tn. s. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 2,631 
 
 2,373 
 
 Chalcombe, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 506 
 
 468 
 
 Chawton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 476 
 
 464 
 
 Castletown, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 2,130 
 
 3,688 
 
 Ghaldon, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 166 
 
 169 
 
 Cheadle, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 4,681 
 
 4,803 
 
 Ciistletown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,038 
 
 726 
 
 Chaldon(Hen'ing), p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 328 
 
 341 
 
 Cheadle, tn. /. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,728 
 
 3,191 
 
 Castletown, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 357 
 
 318 
 
 Ghale, p. 
 
 Southa. 
 
 629 
 
 684 
 
 Cheadle, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 10,479 
 
 10,862 
 
 Castletown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 755 
 
 576 
 
 Ghalfield (Great), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 25 
 
 12 
 
 Cheam, p. 
 
 SiuTey 
 
 1,137 
 
 1,156 
 
 Castletown, v. 
 
 Caithn. 
 
 
 758 
 
 Chalfont(St.Giles),p 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,169 
 
 1,217 
 
 Clieapaides, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 36 
 
 Castletownarra, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,'907 
 
 2,100 
 
 Chalfont (St. Pe- { 
 ter), p. ]■ 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,482 
 
 1,344 
 
 Choarsley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 "292 
 
 287 
 
 Caatletowndelviu, \ 
 
 Meath 
 
 3,514 
 
 3,268 
 
 Chebsey, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 466 
 
 514 
 
 p. tn. ( 
 
 Ghalgrave, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 952 
 
 961 
 
 Checkendon, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 410 
 
 367 
 
 Castletownely, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 283 
 
 212 
 
 Chalgrove, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 616 
 
 649 
 
 Checkley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,271 
 
 2,428 
 
 Castletown-Kin- ^ 
 dalen, v. -p. i 
 
 Westm. 
 
 3,660 
 
 2,767 
 
 Chalk, p. 
 Challacombe p. 
 
 Kent 
 Devon 
 
 291 
 
 289 
 
 382 
 282 
 
 Chedburgh, p. 
 Cheddar, p.-v. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Somer. 
 
 343 
 2,186 
 
 326 
 2,032 
 
 Castletown-Roche, p 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,322 
 
 1,968 
 
 Ghallok, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 427 
 
 373 
 
 Cheddington. p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 508 
 
 628 
 
 CastletownRoche, f 
 tn. f 
 
 Cork 
 
 933 
 
 871 
 
 Ghalton, p. 
 
 Southa. 
 
 706 
 
 619 
 
 Cheddington, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 189 
 
 176 
 
 Chalvington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 170 
 
 149 
 
 Cheddletou, p. v. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,877 
 
 2,050 
 
 Castletown Send, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 476 
 
 Channelkirk, p. 
 
 Berw. 
 
 728 
 
 671 
 
 CheddonFitzj.aine p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 337 
 
 338 
 
 Castleventry, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 l',102 
 
 1,068 
 
 Chapel, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,015 
 
 811 
 
 Chedgrave, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 379 
 
 387 
 
 Castle-Welian tn. m 
 
 Down 
 
 849 
 
 746 
 
 Chapel, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 452 
 
 370 
 
 Chediston. p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 434 
 
 418 
 
 Gaston, \>. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 545 
 
 510 
 
 Chapel -Colman, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 137 
 
 157 
 
 Chedworth, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 963 
 
 954 
 
 Castor, ]). 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,396 
 
 1,323 
 
 Chapel en-leFritli I 
 
 Derby 
 
 3,214 
 
 4,264 
 
 Chedzoy, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 509 
 
 442 
 
 Castor, V. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 772 
 
 746 
 
 tn.-p. th. ) 
 
 Cheetham, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 11,175 
 
 17,446 
 
 Catel, p. 
 
 Guems. 
 
 2,182 
 
 2,071 
 
 Chapel-of Garioch , p 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,102 
 
 2,023 
 
 Chelborough ) 
 (East), p. (• 
 
 Dorset 
 
 100 
 
 93 
 
 Caterliam, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 487 
 
 815 
 
 Ghapelhall, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 1,431 
 
 1,990 
 
 
 Catesby, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 92 
 
 107 
 
 Chapel-Hill, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 545 
 
 497 
 
 Chelborough ) 
 
 (West), p. ; 
 
 Dorset 
 
 64 
 
 73 
 
 Catfield, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 739 
 
 660 
 
 Chapel-Izod, p. tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,565 
 
 1,960 
 
 Cathcart, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 2,916 
 
 3,782 
 
 Chapel- Russell, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 829 
 
 695 
 
 Cheldon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 78 
 
 97 
 
 Cathcart (New , v. 
 
 Renfrew- 
 
 
 749 
 
 Chapelton, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 ... 
 
 634 
 
 Chell (Great & Lit- 1 
 tie), tns. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 953 
 
 1,219 
 
 Cathediue, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 "204 
 
 191 
 
 Chard, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 5,297 
 
 5,316 
 
 Catherine (St.), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,922 
 
 2,478 
 
 Chard, tn. m. in. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,291 
 
 2,276 
 
 CheUaston, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 499 
 
 484 
 
 Catherine (St.), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 135 
 
 84 
 
 Chardstock, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,387 
 
 1,461 
 
 Chellesworth, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 255 
 
 273 
 
 Catherine's St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 21,678 
 
 19,065 
 
 Charfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 615 
 
 629 
 
 Chellington, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1.38 
 
 136 
 
 Catherington, p. 
 
 Southa. 
 
 1,094 
 
 1,151 
 
 Charford (No^th^, p 
 
 Hants 
 
 68 
 
 70 
 
 Chelmarsh, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 509 
 
 564 
 
 Catherston-Lews- ) 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Dorset 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 Charford (South , p 
 
 Hants 
 
 71 
 
 70 
 
 Chelmondiston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 796 
 
 949 
 
 
 
 
 Charlbury, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 .3,179 
 
 3,074 
 
 Chelmsford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 7,796 
 
 8,407 
 
 Catmore, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 123 
 
 121 
 
 Charlcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 91 
 
 378 
 
 Chelmsford, tn /. 
 
 Essex 
 
 6,033 
 
 6,513 
 
 Catrine, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,700 
 
 2,484 
 
 Charlcote, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 286 
 
 245 
 
 Chelsea, tn.-p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 56,538 
 
 63,439 
 
 Catsfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 650 
 
 584 
 
 Gharlemont, tn. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 530 
 
 480 
 
 Chelsfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 878 
 
 784 
 
 Catterick, v. p. 
 
 York 
 
 3 014 
 
 2,914 
 
 Charles, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 344 
 
 366 
 
 Chelsham, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 365 
 
 401 
 
 Catthorpe, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 132 
 
 146 
 
 Charles-the-Mar ) 
 
 Devon 
 Banff 
 
 19,548 
 
 24,270 
 545 
 
 Chelsworth, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 255 
 
 273 
 
 Cattistock, p. 
 Catton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 Norfolk 
 
 694 
 618 
 
 510 
 646 
 
 tyr p. / 
 Charlestown, v. 
 
 Cheltenham, tn.- ) 
 p. p. th. «. i 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 35,051 
 
 39,693 
 
 Catton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,075 
 
 1,189 
 
 Charlestown, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 "772 
 
 701 
 
 Chelveston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 402 
 
 454 
 
 Catwick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 206 
 
 248 
 
 Charlestown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 843 
 
 572 
 
 Chelvey, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 Catworth (Great), p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 6.34 
 
 640 
 
 Charlestown or J 
 
 
 
 
 Chelwood, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 238 
 
 180 
 
 Cauldon, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 350 
 
 400 
 
 Newton-Dillon, >• 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 462 
 
 Chenies, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 565 
 
 468 
 
 Caundle (Bishop), p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 397 
 
 371 
 
 tn. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Chepstow, tn. p. ?ff.». 
 
 Monm. 
 
 4,332 
 
 3,455 
 
 Caundle (Marsh), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 71 
 
 84 
 
 Charles worth' 8, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,714 
 
 1,565 
 
 Cherhill, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 396 
 
 364 
 
 Caundle (Purse), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 177 
 
 185 
 
 Charleton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 652 
 
 668 
 
 Cherington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 220 
 
 232 
 
 Caundle (Stour - ) 
 ton) p. 1 
 
 Dorset 
 
 450 
 
 395 
 
 Charleton (Queen),p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 177 
 
 141 
 
 Cherington. p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 343 
 
 311 
 
 Charleville, tn.-p. «. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,660 
 
 2,468 
 
 Cheriton, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 312 
 
 230 
 
 Caunton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 611 
 
 596 
 
 Charlinch, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 236 
 
 241 
 
 Cheriton, ]i. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,658 
 
 7,534 
 
 Cavan, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 3,037 
 
 3,118 
 
 Charlotte (Port), v. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 562 
 
 Cheriton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 668 
 
 621 
 
 Cave (North\ tn.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,138 
 
 1,281 
 
 Charlton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 "690 
 
 621 
 
 Cheriton (Bishop), p 
 
 Devon 
 
 806 
 
 696 
 
 Gave South),tn.-p.»t 
 
 York 
 
 1,421 
 
 1,377 
 
 Charlton-Abbots, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 112 
 
 109 
 
 Cheriton Fitzpaine,p 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,207 
 
 1,111 
 
 Cavendish, p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,394 
 
 1,301 
 
 Charlton-Adams, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 550 
 
 630 
 
 Cheriton (North), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 296 
 
 302 
 
 Cavenham, p. 
 Cavers, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Roxb. 
 
 283 
 1,495 
 
 229 
 1,824 
 
 Charlton - near - ) 
 Dover, p. ( 
 
 Kent 
 
 3,126 
 
 4,093 
 
 Cherry-Burton, p. 
 Cheny-Hinton, p. 
 
 York 
 Camb. 
 
 496 
 684 
 
 602 
 734 
 
 Caversfleld, p. 
 Caversham, p 
 
 Oxford 
 Oxford 
 
 132 
 1,752 
 
 183 
 1,783 
 
 Charlton - Hore - ) 
 thorne, p. |" 
 
 Somer. 
 
 644 
 
 506 
 
 Cherry -Willing- ) 
 ham, p 1 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 148 
 
 173 
 
 Caverswall, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,581 
 
 3,046 
 
 Charlton-King's,p.-v 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 3,174 
 
 3,443 
 
 Chertsey, p. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 6,026 
 
 6,689 
 
 Cawdor, p. 
 
 Na. Inv. 
 
 1,202 
 
 1,203 
 
 Charlton-Macker- ) 
 
 ell, p. r 
 
 Somer. 
 
 381 
 
 3S7 
 
 .Chertsey, tn. w. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,743 
 
 2,910 
 
 Gawkwell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 40 
 
 36 
 
 Chesham, tn. p. 7p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 6,098 
 
 6,985 
 
 Cawood, p.-v. 
 
 York 
 
 1,195 
 
 1,243 
 
 Charlton-Marshall.p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 463 
 
 553 
 
 Chesham-Boia, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 185 
 
 218 
 
 Cawston, p. 
 Cawthorne, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 York 
 
 1,184 
 1,254 
 
 1,019 
 1,283 
 
 Charlton - Mus - \ 
 grave, p. » 
 
 Somer. 
 
 428 
 
 418 
 
 Cheshunt, v.-j). 
 Cliesilbome, p. 
 
 Herts 
 Dorset 
 
 5,579 
 408 
 
 6,592 
 432 
 
 Cawthorpe( Little),p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 233 
 
 223 
 
 Charlton - »ipon - ) 
 Otmoor, p. f 
 
 Oxfonl 
 
 657 
 
 087 
 
 Cheslyn Hay, j). 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 1,177 
 
 Caxton, p. t. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 630 
 
 545 
 
 Chessington, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 "229 
 
 219 
 
 Caythorpe, p. 
 Cayton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 York 
 
 889 
 651 
 
 822 
 5.34 
 
 Charlton-near-Sa- ) 
 lisbury, p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 219 
 
 222 
 
 Chester, c. m. &p. \ 
 
 W. S. ) 
 
 Chester 
 
 27,766 
 
 31,110 
 
 Ceffnllys, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 386 
 
 395 
 
 Charlton - next - \ 
 
 Kent 
 
 4,818 
 
 8,472 
 
 Chesterfield, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 13,421 
 
 18,970 
 
 Geidio, p. 
 
 Caernar 
 
 160 
 
 163 
 
 Woolwich, p. ) 
 
 Chesterfield, tn. m. s. 
 
 Derby 
 
 7,101 
 
 9,836 
 
 Geirchiog, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 174 
 
 Charlwood, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,320 
 
 1,.'-j42 
 
 Chesterford ) 
 (Great), v.-p. 1 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,024 
 
 1,027 
 
 Celbridge, tn. n. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 l','674 
 
 1,692 
 
 Charminster, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 905 
 
 1,020 
 
 Gellan, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 500 
 
 532 
 
 Chamiouth, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 664 
 
 678 
 
 Chesterford(Little) p 
 
 Essex 
 
 272 
 
 276 
 
 Cemmes, p.-v. 
 Ceres, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 Fife 
 
 891 
 2,838 
 
 872 
 2,723 
 
 Chamock(Heath"', |^ 
 tus. 1 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 799 
 
 772 
 
 Chester-le-Street, { 
 tn.-p. ) 
 
 Durham 
 
 18,119 
 
 23,070 
 
 Ceres, v. 
 Geme-Abbas, tn. \ 
 
 Fife 
 Dorset 
 
 1,343 
 
 698 
 1,185 
 
 Charnock (Ri - ) 
 chard), tns. f 
 
 Lancas 
 
 872 
 
 899 
 
 Chesterton, j). 
 Chesterton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 Hunt. 
 
 2,816 
 114 
 
 2,986 
 129 
 
 p. w. ) 
 
 Charring, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,321 
 
 1,285 
 
 Chesterton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 435 
 
 384 
 
 Cerne-Netlier, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 103 
 
 95 
 
 Charsfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 511 
 
 484 
 
 Chesterton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 232 
 
 217 
 
 Cerne-Upper, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 94 
 
 75 
 
 Chart (Great), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 754 
 
 806 
 
 Cheswardine, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,119 
 
 1,169 
 
 Cemey (North), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 689 
 
 692 
 
 Chart (Little), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 296 
 
 304 
 
 Chettle, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 149 
 
 177 
 
 Cerney (South), p. 
 CeiTig Ceinwen, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 Angles. 
 
 1,103 
 532 
 
 1,006 
 465 
 
 Chart - next - Sut- ) 
 ton- Valence, p. | 
 
 Kent 
 
 669 
 
 693 
 
 Chetton, p. 
 Chetwode, p. 
 
 Salop 
 Bucks 
 
 613 
 217 
 
 690 
 177 
 
 Cerrig y-Druidion, p 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,118 
 
 1,243 
 
 Charter House, ii. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 255 
 
 Chetwynd, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 709 
 
 719 
 
 Ghaceley, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 348 
 
 307 
 
 Charter House ) 
 Hinton, p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 719 
 
 615 
 
 Cheveley, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 612 
 
 607 
 
 Chad (Lichfield^, p 
 
 Stafford 
 
 809 
 
 2,145 
 
 Chevening, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 983 
 
 932 
 
 Chad (St.), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 7,924 
 
 7,188 
 
 Charter House on \ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 
 82 
 
 Cheverell (Great), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 526 
 
 666 
 
 Chaddesden, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 433 
 
 465 
 
 Mendip, p ) 
 
 
 Cheverell (Little, , p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 255 
 
 234 
 
 Ghaddesley-Cor > 
 bett, p. f 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,420 
 
 1,457 
 
 Chartham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,138 
 
 1,094- 
 
 Chevington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 600 
 
 621 
 
 Charwelton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 231 
 
 214 
 
 Chew-Magna. v.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,141 
 
 1,866 
 
 Chad<Ueworth, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 513 
 
 539 
 
 Chastleton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 236 
 
 218 
 
 Chew-Stoke, j). 
 
 Somer. 
 
 189 
 
 758 
 
 Chadshunt, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 32 
 
 37 
 
 Chatham, p. h. 
 
 Kent 
 
 28,424 
 
 36,177 
 
 Chewton-Mendip, ) 
 v.-p. i" 
 
 Chichester, c. m. ) 
 & p. w. S. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 Sussex 
 
 1,139 
 8,662 
 
 976 
 8,0.''.9 
 
 Chadwell (St. Ma- ) 
 »7). P- ) 
 
 Essex 
 
 282 
 
 457 
 
 Chatham, ji. 
 Chathisham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Suffolk 
 
 22,399 
 234 
 
 25,183 
 192 
 
 Chaffconibe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 265 
 
 246 
 
 Chats worth, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 63 
 
 Ghagford, p. .h. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,567 
 
 1,379 
 
 Chatteris, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 5,138 
 
 4,731 
 
 Chickerell-West, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 677 
 
 660 
 
1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 201 
 
 Place, 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1881. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Chicklade, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 lii 
 
 143 
 
 Cliristleton, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 971 
 
 1,006 
 
 Clay Cross, tn. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 3,501 
 
 Chickley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 271 
 
 265 
 
 Christon, p. 
 
 Somer, 
 
 86 
 
 81 
 
 Claydon, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 640 
 
 501 
 
 
 Chickney, p. 
 
 Es.sex 
 
 68 
 
 76 
 
 Christow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 863 
 
 941 
 
 Claydon (East), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 361 
 
 385 
 
 
 Chicksands Priory, p 
 
 Bedfoi-d 
 
 
 77 
 
 Chryston, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 682 
 
 CJaydon (Middle;, p 
 
 Bucks 
 
 165 
 
 146 
 
 
 Chiddingfold, p. 
 
 Suriey 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,167 
 
 Chudleigh, tn.-p. a. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,401 
 
 2,108 
 
 Clayhanger, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 289 
 
 274 
 
 
 Chiddingly, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,085 
 
 992 
 
 Chulmleigh, tn.-p. /' 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,711 
 
 1,705 
 
 Clayhidon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 798 
 
 705 
 
 
 Chiddingstone, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,260 
 
 1,200 
 
 Church, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,287 
 
 3,000 
 
 Claypole, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 853 
 
 774 
 
 
 Chideok, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 884 
 
 794 
 
 Churcham, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,025 
 
 1,002 
 
 Clayton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 645 
 
 863 
 
 
 Chidhatn, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 308 
 
 310 
 
 Church-Down, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,043 
 
 1,119 
 
 Clayton - with - ) 
 Frickley, p. ) 
 
 York 
 
 331 
 
 312 
 
 
 Chievely, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 2,029 
 
 1,923 
 
 Church-Eaton, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 654 
 
 643 
 
 
 Chignal (Smealy), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 69 
 
 70 
 
 Church-Gresley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 3,300 
 
 4,416 
 
 Clayton (West), v. 
 
 York 
 
 1,566 
 
 1,532 
 
 
 Chignal'St.James),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 263 
 
 258 
 
 Church - Honey - ) 
 bourne, &c. p. | 
 
 Worces 
 
 112 
 
 144 
 
 Clayworth, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 601 
 
 538 
 
 
 Chigwell, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,965 
 
 2,676 
 
 Clear-Island, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 819 
 
 756 
 
 
 Chilbolton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 394 
 
 398 
 
 Churchill, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 645 
 
 642 
 
 Clear's (St.), p.-tn. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,129 
 
 
 Chilcombe, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 29 
 
 24 
 
 Churchill, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 870 
 
 810 
 
 Cleasby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 197 
 
 189 
 
 
 Cldlcombe, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 291 
 
 278 
 
 Churchill, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 193 
 
 181 
 
 Cleator, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,779 
 
 3,995 
 
 
 Chiloompton, v.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 694 
 
 730 
 
 Churchill nr. Wor- \ 
 
 Worces 
 
 94 
 
 78 
 
 Cleckheatou, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 5,173 
 
 4,721 
 
 
 ChildercUtcli, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 209 
 
 239 
 
 cester, p. j 
 
 Glee, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,034 
 
 1,.555 
 
 
 Ohilderley, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 46 
 
 50 
 
 Church-Knowle, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 480 
 
 511 
 
 Clee (St. Margaret),p 
 
 Salop 
 
 303 
 
 281 
 
 
 Child-Okeford, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 773 
 
 783 
 
 Clmrch-Langton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 847 
 
 842 
 
 Cieenish, p. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 8,068 
 
 7,505 
 
 
 Childrey, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 553 
 
 504 
 
 Church -La wford, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 327 
 
 311 
 
 Cleer (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 2,343 
 
 3,931 
 
 
 Childs-Wiokhara, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 466 
 
 440 
 
 Church-Lawton, ]), 
 
 Chester 
 
 693 
 
 724 
 
 Cleeve (Bishop's), ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,117 
 
 1,970 
 
 
 Childwall, p. 
 
 Lancas, 
 
 14,409 
 
 17,917 
 
 Church-Lench, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 
 422 
 
 p. -v. j 
 
 
 Chilfroom, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 119 
 
 120 
 
 Church-Over, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 "sis 
 
 357 
 
 Cleeve (Old), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,550 
 
 1,529 
 
 
 Chilham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,247 
 
 1,319 
 
 Church-Stan ton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,067 
 
 961 
 
 Cleeve-Prior, v -p. 
 
 Worces, 
 
 329 
 
 340 
 
 
 Ohillenden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 140 
 
 127 
 
 Church-Stoke, v,-p. 
 
 Mont. 
 
 1,464 
 
 1,545 
 
 Clehouger, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 408 
 
 451 
 
 
 Chillesford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 203 
 
 214 
 
 Church-Stow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 559 
 
 376 
 
 Cleish, -p. 
 
 Kinross 
 
 659 
 
 649 
 
 
 Chillingham, p. 
 Chillington, p. 
 
 North. 
 Somer, 
 
 380 
 320 
 
 328 
 298 
 
 Church - Stretton, ) 
 tn.-p. f 
 
 Saloj) 
 
 1,676 
 
 1,695 
 
 Clement (St.), p. 
 Clement (St.), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 971 
 
 4,166 
 
 907 
 4,073 
 
 
 Chilmark, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 619 
 
 642 
 
 Churchtown, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,897 
 
 1,515 
 
 Clement (St.), p 
 
 Middles. 
 
 233 
 
 198 
 
 
 Chilthoi-iie Domer,p 
 
 Somer, 
 
 269 
 
 242 
 
 Churchtown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 3,009 
 
 2,176 
 
 Clement (St.), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 7,025 
 
 7,061 
 
 
 Chiltingtou(West),p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 686 
 
 668 
 
 Churchtown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 384 
 
 293 
 
 Clement (St.), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 3,229 
 
 3,961 
 
 
 Chilton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 282 
 
 315 
 
 Churchtown, j). 
 
 Westm 
 
 720 
 
 559 
 
 Clement (St.), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,174 
 
 2,434 
 
 
 Chilton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 398 
 
 364 
 
 Churston-Ferres, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 786 
 
 766 
 
 Clement (St,), p 
 
 Kent 
 
 875 
 
 889 
 
 
 Chilton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 151 
 
 149 
 
 Chui-ton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 467 
 
 382 
 
 Clement (St,), p 
 
 Jersey 
 
 1,553 
 
 1,448 
 
 
 Chilton (Ciintilo), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 115 
 
 112 
 
 Churwell, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,103 
 
 1,564 
 
 ClementfStDanes\p 
 
 Middles. 
 
 15,662 
 
 15,592 
 
 
 Chilton (Foliatt), p. 
 
 Be.&Wi 
 
 748 
 
 691 
 
 Chute, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 571 
 
 538 
 
 Clement's (St.) p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,465 
 
 3,731 
 
 
 Chilton (Trinity), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 52 
 
 53 
 
 Chute Forest, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 170 
 
 Clement's (St,), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 2,139 
 
 2,286 
 
 
 Chilvers-Coton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 2,613 
 
 2,264 
 
 Cilcen, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 1,163 
 
 1,028 
 
 Clench wharton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 789 
 
 699 
 
 
 ChilweU and At- \ 
 
 Notts 
 
 769 
 
 910 
 
 Cilcennin, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 640 
 
 603 
 
 Clenor, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 793 
 
 774 
 
 
 tenborough, v. ) 
 
 Cilie-Aeron, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 .302 
 
 301 
 
 Clent, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 937 
 
 966 
 
 
 Chilworth, p. 
 
 Hant^ 
 
 153 
 
 176 
 
 Cilycwm, p. 
 
 Carmar, 
 
 1,487 
 
 1,380 
 
 Cleobury (North), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 192 
 
 168 
 
 
 Chingford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 963 
 
 1,174 
 
 Cilymaenllwyd, p. 
 
 Carmar, 
 
 588 
 
 640 
 
 Cleobmy - Morti - 1 
 mor, tn,-p. w. ) 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,738 
 
 1,019 
 
 
 Chinuock (East), p. 
 
 Somer, 
 
 685 
 
 652 
 
 Cirencester, tn.- ( 
 
 Glouc. 
 Clack, 
 
 6,096 
 6,802 
 
 6,336 
 4,425 
 
 
 Chinnock (West), p. 
 Chinnock (M iddle; , p 
 
 Somer. 
 Somer. 
 
 694 
 230 
 
 553 
 
 238 
 
 p. P, VI. f. ) 
 
 Clackmannan, p. 
 
 ClerkenweU (St. \ 
 James), p. j 
 
 Middles. 
 
 64,778 
 
 65,681 
 
 
 Chinnor, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,257 
 
 1,296 
 
 Clackmannan, tn. 
 
 Clack, 
 
 1,535 
 
 1,159 
 
 Clether (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 280 
 
 229 
 
 
 Chippenham, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 4,999 
 
 5,396 
 
 Clacton (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,281 
 
 1,280 
 
 Clevedon, v, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,905 
 
 2,941 
 
 
 Chippenham, m. s. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,707 
 
 1.603 
 
 Clacton(Little),p, -V, 
 
 Essex 
 
 615 
 
 584 
 
 Clewer, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 3,997 
 
 6,418 
 
 
 „ P- 
 
 Wilts 
 
 6,285 
 
 7,075 
 
 Claife, tns. 
 
 Lancas, 
 
 540 
 
 540 
 
 Cley, p. s. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 995 
 
 791 
 
 
 Chippenham, p. 
 
 Camb, 
 
 811 
 
 796 
 
 Claines, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 6,819 
 
 8,106 
 
 Cliburn, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 259 
 
 367 
 
 
 Chipping, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,625 
 
 1,483 
 
 Clanaborough, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 62 
 
 61 
 
 Cliddesden. p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 314 
 
 320 
 
 
 Chipping-Norton, \ 
 
 Oxford 
 
 3,368 
 
 3,510 
 
 Clandon (East), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 261 
 
 283 
 
 Clifden, tn. w. f. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,602 
 
 1,434 
 
 
 tn,-p. M. ^o. ) 
 
 
 Clandon (West), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 345 
 
 329 
 
 Cliffe (East), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 271 
 
 
 Chipping-Sodbury \ 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,195 
 
 1,112 
 
 Clane, tn.-p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,842 
 
 1,533 
 
 Cliffe at-Hoo, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "877 
 
 980 
 
 
 tn.-p. th. ) 
 
 
 Clanfield, v,-p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 263 
 
 265 
 
 Cliffe (Pyford), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 890 
 
 910 
 
 
 Chipping( Warden), p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 521 
 
 489 
 
 Clanfield, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 691 
 
 547 
 
 Cliffe (West), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 129 
 
 122 
 
 
 Chipping- Wy-) 
 combe, p. ) 
 
 Bucks 
 
 7 179 
 
 8,373 
 
 Clapham, v.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 16,290 
 
 20,894 
 
 CUfford, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 889 
 
 896 
 
 
 
 
 Clapliam, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 445 
 
 502 
 
 Clifford-Cham bers,p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 305 
 
 344 
 
 
 Chipstable, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 395 
 
 361 
 
 Clapham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 252 
 
 249 
 
 Clifford-cum-Bos- ( 
 
 York 
 
 1,834 
 
 2,153 
 
 
 Chipatead, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 505 
 
 541 
 
 Clapham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,944 
 
 1,708 
 
 ton, tns. ) 
 
 
 Chirbury, v,-p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,533 
 
 1,538 
 
 Clapton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 136 
 
 153; 
 
 Clifton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,053 
 
 1,478 
 
 
 Chirk, v.-p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,590 
 
 1,630 
 
 Clapton, p. 
 
 Somer, 
 
 162 
 
 173 
 
 Clifton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 17,634 
 
 21,375 
 
 
 Chimside, v,-p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,384 
 
 1,502 
 
 Clapton, p. 
 
 Glouc, 
 
 112 
 
 123 
 
 Clifton, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 289 
 
 342 
 
 
 Chirton, v.-p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 476 
 
 382 
 
 Clara, tn. w. 
 
 King's 
 
 996 
 
 915 
 
 Clifton, h. 
 
 York 
 
 1,899 
 
 1,873 
 
 
 Chirton, tn. 
 
 North. 
 
 3,960 
 
 5,544 
 
 Clara, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 511 
 
 450 
 
 Clifton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,647 
 
 2,140 
 
 
 Chiselborough, p. 
 Chiselhampton, j). 
 
 Somer. 
 Oxford 
 
 480 
 152 
 
 419 
 133 
 
 Clarbeston, p, 
 Clare, tn. 
 
 Pemb, 
 Clare 
 
 178 
 892 
 
 191 
 495 
 
 Clifton - Camp - ) 
 ville, v.-p. f 
 
 De.-Sta. 
 
 944 
 
 881 
 
 
 Chiselhui-st, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,088 
 
 2,237 
 
 Clare, tn.-p. p, m. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,769 
 
 1,657 
 
 Clifton-and-Conip- ]^ 
 ton, tns. ) 
 
 Derby 
 
 887 
 
 894 
 
 
 Chishall (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 532 
 
 473 
 
 Clareabbey, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,472 
 
 1,935 
 
 
 Chishall (Little), p. 
 
 E.ssex 
 
 105 
 
 110 
 
 Clareborough, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 2,504 
 
 2,412 
 
 Clifton - upon - \ 
 
 Warw. 
 
 758 
 
 732 
 
 
 Chialedon, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,137 
 
 1,206 
 
 Claregalway, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,763 
 
 2,701 
 
 Dunsmore, p ) 
 
 
 Chislett, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,139 
 
 1,072 
 
 Clare-Morris, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,562 
 
 1,323 
 
 Clifton - with - | 
 Glapton, v.-p. f 
 
 Notts 
 
 401 
 
 382 
 
 
 Chiswick, v,-p. 
 
 Middles, 
 
 6,303 
 
 6,505 
 
 Clarendon Park, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 181 
 
 
 Chithurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 223 
 
 215 
 
 Clarkston, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 925 
 
 Clifton-Hampden, p 
 
 Oxford 
 
 369 
 
 355 
 
 
 Chitteme (All ) 
 Saints', p. j 
 
 Wilts 
 
 452 
 
 509 
 
 Clashacrow, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 "•203 
 
 . 187 
 
 Clifton-Maybank, p 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 72 
 
 73 
 
 
 
 
 
 Clashmore, v.p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,934 
 
 2,175 
 
 Clifton-North, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,148 
 
 1,110 
 
 
 Chitteme (St. ) 
 Mary), p. f 
 
 Wilts 
 
 239 
 
 201 
 
 Clatford (Good-) 
 worth), p. r 
 
 Hants 
 
 442 
 
 427 
 
 Clifton-Ueynes, p. 
 Clifton - ujion - \ 
 
 Bucks 
 Worces. 
 
 217 
 547 
 
 212 
 542 
 
 
 Chittlehampton, v.j) 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,886 
 
 l,66u 
 
 Clatford (Upper), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 595 
 
 703 
 
 Tane, v.-p. j 
 
 
 Chivelstone, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 571 
 
 523 
 
 Clatt, .p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 543 
 
 611 
 
 Climping, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 273 
 
 331 
 
 
 Chobham, v.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,069 
 
 2,098 
 
 Clatworthy, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 323 
 
 313 
 
 Clippesby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 120 
 
 97 
 
 
 Cholderton(West), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 183 
 
 191 
 
 Clanghton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 106 
 
 94 
 
 Clipsham, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 264 
 
 213 
 
 
 ChoUertou, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,151 
 
 1,156 
 
 Claughton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 641 
 
 608 
 
 Clipston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 865 
 
 877 
 
 
 Cliolsey, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,224 
 
 1,127 
 
 Glaverdon, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 710 
 
 755 
 
 Clist-Broad, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,450 
 
 2,318 
 
 
 Chorley, tn -p, t. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 12,684 
 
 15,013 
 
 Clavering, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,220 
 
 1,047 
 
 Clist-Honiton, v.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 422 
 
 416 
 
 
 Chorlton - cum - ) 
 Hardy, tns. (" 
 
 Lancas 
 
 761 
 
 739 
 
 Claverley, v.-]). 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,613 
 
 1,667 
 
 Clist-Hydon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 342 
 
 329 
 
 
 
 
 Claverton, v. p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 155 
 
 213 
 
 Clist (St. George), p 
 
 Devon 
 
 370 
 
 300 
 
 
 Chorlton-o:i-Meil- | 
 lock, tn. j 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 35,558 
 
 44,795 
 
 Clawrplwyf, h. 
 Clawson, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 Leices. 
 
 2,096 
 869 
 
 2,409 
 820 
 
 Clist (St. Law - ) ! 
 rence), p. ( i 
 
 Devon 
 
 184 
 
 154 
 
 
 Choulesbury, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 113 
 
 105 
 
 Clawton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 573 
 
 549 
 
 Clist (St. Mary), p. ; 
 
 Devon 
 
 197 
 
 176 
 
 
 Chriahall, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 652 
 
 643 
 
 Claxby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 126 
 
 103 
 
 Clitheroe, m. t. i 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 7,244 
 
 7,000 
 
 
 Christchurch, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 7,475 
 
 9,368 
 
 Claxby near Mar- ) 
 ket Rasen, \\ f 
 
 Line ,lu 
 
 262 
 
 237 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,480 
 
 10,864 
 
 
 Cliristchuroh, p, m. 
 
 Hants 
 
 6,256 
 
 7,042 
 
 Cliviger, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,441 
 
 1,770 
 
 
 Christchurch, p. 
 
 Monm, ' 
 
 1,646 
 
 3,004 
 
 Claxby (Pluck- 1^ 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 28 
 
 39 
 
 Clocaenog, v. p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 421 
 
 439 
 
 
 Christchurch, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 16,022 
 
 17.069 
 
 acre), p. ) 
 
 Clodock, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,711 
 
 1,794 
 
 
 Cliristchurch, p. 
 
 Glouc, 
 
 1,079 
 
 1,073 
 
 Claxton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 186 
 
 202 
 
 Cloford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 242 
 
 218 
 
 
 Christian - Mai- ) 
 ford, V. p. f ■ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 941 
 
 898 
 
 Claybrooke, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,389 
 
 1,274 
 
 Clogh, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 388 
 
 
 Claycotton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 99 
 
 112 1 Cloghan, v. 1 
 
 King's 
 
 "563 i 
 
 315 
 
 
 Sipp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 
 
 202 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851, 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 IfiCL 
 
 Cloghane, v. -p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,809 
 
 1,782 
 
 Cloonclare, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 9,303 
 
 8,759 
 
 Colebrooke, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 871 
 
 802 
 
 Clogheen, tn. s. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1.562 
 
 1,347 
 
 Clooncrafr, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,601 
 
 1,272 
 
 Coleby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 423 
 
 458 
 
 Clogher, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,700 
 
 1,285 
 
 Cloone, v,-p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 12,812 
 
 12,829 
 
 Coleford, tn. /. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,310 
 
 2,000 
 
 Clogher, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,331 
 
 1,200 
 
 Clooney, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,150 
 
 1,943 
 
 Coleham, tns. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,239 
 
 
 Clogher, tn. 
 
 Louth 
 
 
 836 
 
 Clooney, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,304 
 
 1,993 
 
 Colemore, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 149 
 
 "151 
 
 Clogher, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 14,182 
 
 12,008 
 
 Cloonfinlough, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,881 
 
 2,710 
 
 Cole-Orton, v.-p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 649 
 
 626 
 
 Cloglier, tn. s. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 558 
 
 389 
 
 Cloonlogher, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 910 
 
 942 
 
 Coleraine, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 6,165 
 
 6,002 
 
 Clogherbrien, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 911 
 
 872 
 
 Cloonoghil, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,662 
 
 ijm 
 
 COLERAINE, M. lit. 
 
 London. 
 
 5,920 
 
 6,631 
 
 Clogherney, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 6,079 
 
 6,033 
 
 Cloontuskert, p.-tn. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,750 
 
 1,687 
 
 Coleridge, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 607 
 
 613 
 
 Cloglyordon, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,053 
 
 781 
 
 Cloonygormiclwn, p 
 
 Roscom . 
 
 1,471 
 
 1,388 
 
 Coleme, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,086 
 
 1,040 
 
 Cloghprior, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 ,693 
 
 476 
 
 Clophill, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,186 
 
 1,109 
 
 Colesbome, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 269 
 
 261 
 
 Cloghran, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 462 
 
 366 
 
 Clopton, p. 
 
 Suflblk 
 
 390 
 
 407 
 
 Coleshill, tn.-p. ?r. 
 
 Wai"w. 
 
 1,980 
 
 2,0.53 
 
 Cloghran-Hidai-t, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 101 
 
 102 
 
 Closeburn, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,732 
 
 1,651 
 
 Coleshill, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 391 
 
 464 
 
 Cloniantagh, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 856 
 
 613 
 
 Closworth, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 169 
 
 184 
 
 Colinsburgh, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 438 
 
 Clonagam, p. 
 
 Watei-f, 
 
 5,035 
 
 4,373 
 
 Clothall, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 535 
 
 492 
 
 Colinton, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,676 
 
 2,656 
 
 Clonagh, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 420 
 
 364 
 
 Clough, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,032 
 
 4,237 
 
 Colkirk, ji. 
 
 Noifolk 
 
 464 
 
 473 
 
 Clonaghlis, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 108 
 
 113 
 
 Clough, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 341 
 
 Coll, V. 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 
 419 
 
 Clonakilty, tn. /. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,297 
 
 3,108 
 
 Clovelly, v.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 "937 
 
 825 
 
 CoU and Tyree, p. 
 
 Argylu 
 
 4,818 
 
 3,998 
 
 Clonallan, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,791 
 
 4,776 
 
 Clown, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 660 
 
 704 
 
 Collace, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 581 
 
 534 
 
 Clonalvy, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 572 
 
 439 
 
 Cloydagli, i>. 
 
 Carl.Qu, 
 
 1,044 
 
 9.54 
 
 1 CoUesie, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,520 
 
 1,530 
 
 Clonameiy, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 610 
 
 561 
 
 Cloyne, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 5,148 
 
 3,897 
 
 [ Colley-Weston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 469 
 
 473 
 
 Clonard, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 3,947 
 
 2,787 
 
 Cloyne, tn. th. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,713 
 
 1,4.34 
 
 Collierley, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 576 
 
 1,322 
 
 Clonarney, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 605 
 
 469 
 
 Clun, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,121 
 
 2,338 
 
 Colligan, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 727 
 
 547 
 
 Clonaslee, tn. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 
 435 
 
 Clunbury, p.-v. 
 
 Salop 
 
 982 
 
 1,029 
 
 Collin, V. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 
 318 
 
 Cloning, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3"293 
 
 2,638 
 
 Clungunford, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 601 
 
 647 
 
 Collingboume.Du- ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 536 
 
 564 
 
 Clonbern, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,729 
 
 1,842 
 
 Cluny, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,254 
 
 cis, p.-v. )' 
 
 Clonbroney, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 3,517 
 
 3,144 
 
 Cluny, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 723 
 
 699 
 
 Collingbourne- '(^ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 922 
 
 903 
 
 Clonbullogne, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,097 
 
 709 
 
 Glutton, v.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,480 
 
 1,149 
 
 Kingston, p. j 
 
 Clonca, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 6,049 
 
 5,929 
 
 Clydey, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,200 
 
 1,074 
 
 Collingham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 310 
 
 309 
 
 Cloncagh, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 872 
 
 788 
 
 Clj ne, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 1,933 
 
 1,886 
 
 Collingham(North)p 
 
 Notts 
 
 935 
 
 1,010 
 
 Cloncrew, p. 
 
 Linjer. 
 
 223 
 
 244 
 
 Clynnog, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 1,650 
 
 1,671 
 
 Collinghani(Soutir, p 
 
 Notts 
 
 834 
 
 863 
 
 Cloncuny, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,183 
 
 940 
 
 Clyro, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 883 
 
 888 
 
 Collington, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 105 
 
 160 
 
 Cloncurry, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 479 
 
 349 
 
 Coagh, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 385 
 
 403 
 
 CoUingtree, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 234 
 
 237 
 
 Ciondagad, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,521 
 
 2,946 
 
 Coal Island, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 627 
 
 661 
 
 Collistoj), V. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 410 
 
 Clondahorky, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 5,081 
 
 5,350 
 
 Coaley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 788 
 
 777 
 
 Collon, p. 
 
 Mea.Lo. 
 
 2,547 
 
 2,009 
 
 Clondalkin, v. -p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,435 
 
 2,411 
 
 Coalsnaughton, v. 
 
 Clackm. 
 
 
 795 
 
 Collon, tn. 
 
 Louth 
 
 
 714 
 
 Clondavaddog, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 8,244 
 
 7,436 
 
 Coatbridge, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 8,.''J64 
 
 10,501 
 
 CoUooney, tn. fh. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 "668 
 
 465 
 
 Clonderraot, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 9,925 
 
 9,964 
 
 Coatdyke, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 842 
 
 Colman, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 529 
 
 435 
 
 Clondrohid, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,591 
 
 3,976 
 
 Coatee, p. 
 
 Glouo. 
 
 "400 
 
 417 
 
 Colmanswell, p. 
 
 Ijiiiier. 
 
 478 
 
 444 
 
 Clonduff, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,138 
 
 6,504 
 
 Coates, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 46 
 
 64 
 
 Colmonell, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,934 
 
 2,588 
 
 Clondulane, v. -p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,160 
 
 990 
 
 Coates, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 6i 
 
 78 
 
 Colmonell, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 362 
 
 Clone, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,326 
 
 1,062 
 
 Coates (Great\ p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 236 
 
 206 
 
 Colmworth, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 "543 
 
 527 
 
 Clonea, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 606 
 
 492 
 
 Coates (Little), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 42 
 
 69 
 
 Coin (Rogers), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 156 
 
 116 
 
 Cloneen, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,205 
 
 1,244 
 
 Coates (North), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 239 
 
 290 
 
 Coln(St.Aldwin's),p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 492 
 
 616 
 
 Clonegall, tn. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 
 312 
 
 Cobham, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 718 
 
 864 
 
 Coin (St. Denis), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 229 
 
 206 
 
 Clonelty, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,324 
 
 835 
 
 Cobham, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,691 
 
 1,998 
 
 Colne, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 4.39 
 
 385 
 
 Cionenagh and \ 
 
 Queen's 
 
 12,971 
 
 11,352 
 
 Cockayne-Hatley, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 112 
 
 126 
 
 Colne, tn, 10. n. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 6,644 
 
 6,315 
 
 Clonagheen, p. ) 
 
 Cockburnspath, i). 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,194 
 
 Colne (Earl's, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,518 
 
 1,640 
 
 Clones, p. 
 
 F.-Mon 
 
 16,548 
 
 15,904 
 
 Cockenzie, v. 
 
 Had. 
 
 
 619 
 
 Colne (Engain), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 670 
 
 627 
 
 Clones, tn. th. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 2,326 
 
 2,390 
 
 Cockerham, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,520 
 
 2,922 
 
 Colne (Wakes), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 499 
 
 635 
 
 Clonfad, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,121 
 
 866 
 
 Cockerington ) 
 (North), p. j 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 261 
 
 205 
 
 Colne (Whyte), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 459 
 
 400 
 
 Clonfeacle, p. 
 
 Ar.-Tyr. 
 
 13,810 
 
 12,929 
 
 Colney, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 88 
 
 84 
 
 Clonfert, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 15,605 
 
 11,055 
 
 Cockerington ( 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 305 
 
 300 
 
 Colonsay&Oronsay, p 
 
 Argyle 
 
 837 
 
 598 
 
 Clonfert, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,884 
 
 3,177 
 
 (South), p. t 
 
 Colp, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,824 
 
 1,605 
 
 Clongeen, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,563 
 
 1,053 
 
 COCKKRMOUTH, p. »». 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 7,275 
 
 7,057 
 
 Colsterworth, v.-p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,345 
 
 1,163 
 
 Clongesh, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 4,386 
 
 3,909 
 
 Cockfiold, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 887 
 
 1,256 
 
 Colston -Basset, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 337 
 
 297 
 
 Clongill, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 208 
 
 166 
 
 Cockfleld, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 988 
 
 992 
 
 Coltishall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 907 
 
 978 
 
 Clonkeelian, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 218 
 
 160 
 
 Cocking, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 482 
 
 430 
 
 Coltness, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,576 
 
 Clonkeen, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,406 
 
 1,088 
 
 Cockington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 171 
 
 210 
 
 Colton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,008 
 
 1,794 
 
 Clonkeen, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 377 
 
 250 
 
 Cockley-Cley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 263 
 
 263 
 
 Colton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 241 
 
 228 
 
 Clonkeen, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,441 
 
 1,076 
 
 Cock pen, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 8,228 
 
 2,902 
 
 Colton, 15. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 652 
 
 629 
 
 Clonlea, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,531 
 
 2,021 
 
 Cockthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 42 
 
 42 
 
 Columba, St. (Ma- 1 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 2,930 
 
 2,879 
 
 Clonleigh, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 610 
 
 481 
 
 Coddenham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,457 
 
 903 
 
 jor), p.-v. th. S 
 
 Clonleigh, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,518 
 
 3,931 
 
 Coddington, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 256 
 
 325 
 
 Columba (Minor), ) 
 p.-v. {" 
 
 Comw. 
 
 2,253 
 
 2,067 
 
 Clonloghan, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 553 
 
 471 
 
 Coddington, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 158 
 
 168 
 
 Clonmacduff, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 627 
 
 522 
 
 Coddington, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 577 
 
 510 
 
 Columbkille, p 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 920 
 
 791 
 
 Clonmacnoise, p 
 
 King's 
 
 3,481 
 
 3,013 
 
 Codford(St.Mary),p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 390 
 
 404 
 
 Columbkille, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 6,597 
 
 6,435 
 
 Clonmany, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 5,180 
 
 5,668 
 
 Codford (St. Pe- [ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 401 
 
 359 
 
 Colva, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 
 185 
 
 Clonmeeii, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,040 
 
 3,487 
 
 ter), p. ) 
 
 Colvend & South- \ 
 
 Kirkcu, 
 
 1,398 
 
 1,366 
 
 Clonmel, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,878 
 
 2,250 
 
 Codicote, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,039 
 
 1,227 
 
 wick, p. ) 
 
 Clonmel, tn. t. s. 
 
 VVaterf. 
 
 15,204 
 
 11,774 
 
 Codsall, v.-p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,195 
 
 1,204 
 
 Colveston, p. 
 
 Noi-folk 
 
 30 
 
 69 
 
 Clonmellon, tn. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 626 
 
 550 
 
 Coedana, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 275 
 
 Colwall, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,095 
 
 1,628 
 
 Clonmelsh, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 626 
 
 425 
 
 Coedcanlass, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 "l67 
 
 155 
 
 Colwich, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,072 
 
 1,828 
 
 Clonmethan, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 478 
 
 445 
 
 Coed-Frank, h. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,728 
 
 2,151 
 
 Colwick, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 120 
 
 110 
 
 Clonmlnea, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 318 
 
 247 
 
 Coedkernew, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 161 
 
 163 
 
 Cohvinstone, p.-tn. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 270 
 
 274 
 
 Clonmore, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,461 
 
 1,390 
 
 CoflSnswell, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 214 
 
 194 
 
 Colyton, p.-tn. th. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,504 
 
 2,446 
 
 Clonmore, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 694 
 
 622 
 
 Cogan, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 33 
 
 283 
 
 Combe, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 228 
 
 225 
 
 Clonmore, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 589 
 
 459 
 
 Cogenhoe, v.-p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 374 
 
 360 
 
 Combe- Fields, p. 
 
 Wasrw. 
 
 232 
 
 177 
 
 Clonmore, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,459 
 
 1,153 
 
 Coggeshal, tn.-p. th 
 
 Essex 
 
 3,580 
 
 8,679 
 
 Combe (Florey), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 380 
 
 383 
 
 Clonmult, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 835 
 
 621 
 
 Coggeshall (Little),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 430 
 
 429 
 
 Combe (Long), i>. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 655 
 
 627 
 
 Clonoe, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 5,394 
 
 5,125 
 
 Coggs, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 814 
 
 714 
 
 Combe (St. Nicho- ) 
 las), p. f 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,312 
 
 1,228 
 
 Clonoulty, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,517 
 
 2,139 
 
 Coghlanstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 226 
 
 209 
 
 Clonpet, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 665 
 
 572 
 
 Coker (Ea.st), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,340 
 
 1,186 
 
 Combeinteignhead.p 
 
 Devon 
 
 435 
 
 417 
 
 Clonpriest, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2, .584 
 
 2,005 
 
 Coker (West), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,052 
 
 1,012 
 
 Comber, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,811 
 
 7,593 
 
 Clonroche, v. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 420 
 
 355 
 
 Golan, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 254 
 
 255 
 
 Comber, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 1,713 
 
 Clonrusli, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,874 
 
 1,500 
 
 Colaton-RawleigU, p 
 
 Devon 
 
 851 
 
 830 
 
 Comberton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 "548 
 
 562 
 
 Clonsast, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 2,839 
 
 2,312 
 
 Colby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 336 
 
 269 
 
 Comberton (Great ),p 
 
 Worces. 
 
 239 
 
 247 
 
 Clonshanbo, p. 
 Clonshire, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 Limer. 
 
 338 
 
 277 
 
 283 
 259 
 
 CotXJHESTER, M. &; \ 
 P. W. S. ) 
 
 Essex 
 
 19,443 
 
 23,809 
 
 Comberton(Li ttle),p 
 Comb-Hay, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 Somer. 
 
 216 
 
 272 
 
 257 
 245 
 
 Clonsilla, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 871 
 
 901 
 
 Cold (Ashton), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 479 
 
 503 
 
 Comb-Martin, p.-tn. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,441 
 
 1,484 
 
 Clonskeagh, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 356 
 
 Cold (Higham\ p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 406 
 
 349 
 
 Combpyne, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 138 
 
 118 
 
 Clontarf, v. -p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,682 
 
 2,470 
 
 Cold (Norton), p 
 
 Essex 
 
 213 
 
 207 
 
 Combrawleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 289 
 
 299 
 
 Clontarf Sheds, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 850 
 
 Cold (Overton), ji. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 106 
 
 97 
 
 Combs, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,148 
 
 1,243 
 
 Clontead, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 "865 
 
 686 
 
 Cold (Waltham), p. 
 
 Stxssex 
 
 441 
 
 447 
 
 Combs (St.), V. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 462 
 
 Clontibret, p. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 12,227 
 
 11,382 
 
 Cold (Weston), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 28 
 
 36 
 
 Compton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 "275 
 
 279 
 
 Clontnrk, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,630 
 
 2,720 
 
 Coldingham, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 3,188 
 
 3,241 
 
 Comi)ton, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 502 
 
 502 
 
 Clontuskert, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,591 
 
 2,228 
 
 Coldingham, v. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 
 655 
 
 Compton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 285 
 
 260 
 
 Clonygoose, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 2,128 
 
 2,045 
 
 Coldi-ed, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 182 
 
 134 
 
 Compton (Abbas'*, \ 
 
 DorsQt 
 
 100 
 
 117 
 
 Clonyhnrk.p. 
 
 King's 
 
 2,525 
 
 2,240 
 
 Cold8tieam,tn.p. </t 
 
 Berwick 
 
 3,245 
 
 2,8231 
 
 Mr. Dorchester,p ) 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 203 
 
 Compton (Abbas), \ 
 nr. Shaftesbury.p ) 
 Compton (Abdale), p 
 Compton (Basset), p. n ihh 
 Compton ■ (Beau- ) g^^.^^ 
 
 champ), |>. } 
 
 Compton (Bishop , p Somer. 
 Comnton (Cham- i ! i,,-,!^ 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Glouc. 
 Wilts 
 
 Compton (Cham 
 
 berlayne), p. i 
 Compton (Dando), p 
 Compton (Dun- ) 
 
 don), p. ) 
 
 Compton (Fenny), p. 
 Compton (Green- 1 
 
 field), p. ( 
 
 Compton (Little), p. 
 Compton (Long), p. 
 Compton (Mar- |^ 
 
 tin), p. ) — ""• 
 
 Compton (Nether), pi Dorset 
 Compton (Over), p, Dorset 
 Compton (Parva\ p. Berks 
 Compton (Paunce- ) 
 
 foot), p. ( 
 
 Compton (Val- > 
 
 lence), p. f 
 
 Compton (Verney) p. 
 Compton (Wyui- { 
 
 ates), p. ) 
 
 Comrie, p. 
 Comrie, v. 
 Conchai), p. 
 Condicote, p. 
 Condorrat, v. 
 Condover, \>. 
 Confey, p. 
 Cong, p. 
 Cong, tn. 
 Congerston, \). 
 Congham, p 
 Congleton, M. .«. 
 Congresbury, p. -v. 
 Coningsby, p. 
 Conington, p. 
 Conington, p. 
 Conisbrough, p. -v. 
 Coniscliffe, p. v. 
 Conisholme, p. 
 Connor, p. 
 Connor, in. 
 Conon, V. 
 Conry, p. 
 Constantine, p. -v. 
 Contin, p. 
 Convoy, p. -v. 
 Conwal, p. 
 Conway, p. 
 COKWAY, tn. p. /. 
 Conwil-Cayo, p 
 Cookbury, p. 
 Cookham, p. 
 Cook ley, p. 
 Cookstown, tn. t 
 Cookstown, p. 
 Coolaghmore, p. 
 Coolbanagher, p. 
 Coolcashin, p. 
 Coolcraheeii, p. 
 Coole, p. 
 Cooleagh, p. 
 Cooliney, p. 
 Cooling, p. 
 Coolkerry, p. 
 Coolmundi-y, p. 
 Coolock, p.-tn. 
 Coolstuff, p. 
 Coombe (Bisset), p. 
 Coombe (Keynes), p, 
 Coombs, p. 
 Cootehill, tn. /. 
 CojMlock, p. 
 Copford, p. 
 Copgrove, p. 
 Cople, p. 
 Coppenhall, p. 
 Coppingford, p. 
 Corbally, p. 
 Corbally, p. 
 Corbally, p. 
 Corbridge, p. -v. 
 Corby, p. 
 Corby, p. -v. 
 Corcomohide, p. 
 Cordangan, p. 
 Coreley, p. 
 Corfe, p. 
 
 Corfe-Castle, p.-tn. 
 Corfe-MuUen, p. 
 Corhamptou, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Warw. 
 Warw. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Doreet 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Perth 
 Perth 
 
 t Is. Man 
 
 . Glouc. 
 
 [ Dumb. 
 
 I Salop 
 Kildare 
 
 ! Gahvay 
 Mayo 
 
 1 Leices. 
 
 [ Norfolk 
 
 I Chester 
 
 I Somer. 
 
 • Lincoln 
 
 I Camb. 
 
 I Hunt. 
 
 lYork 
 
 1 Durham 
 
 i Lincoln 
 Antrim 
 Antrim 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 Westm 
 Cornw. 
 Ross 
 Donegal 
 Donegal 
 Carnar. 
 Caniar. 
 Cannar. 
 Devon 
 Berks 
 Suffolk 
 Tyrone 
 Heath 
 Kilkny 
 Queen's 
 Kilkny 
 Kilknv 
 Cork " 
 Tip. 
 Cork 
 Kent 
 
 j Queen's 
 Tip. 
 Dublin 
 Wexford 
 Wilts 
 Doraet 
 Sussex 
 Cavan 
 Suifolk 
 
 4651 
 
 256' 
 436 
 
 138 
 
 795 
 
 352 
 
 384 
 
 725 
 
 S02 
 
 64 
 
 378 
 
 845 
 
 454 
 158 
 569 
 
 .York 
 
 1 Bedford 
 Chester 
 Hunt. 
 Ki.-Tlp. 
 Cork 
 Waterf. 
 North. 
 Lincoln 
 Nortlia. 
 Lim -Co 
 Tip. 
 Salop 
 Somer. 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Hants 
 
 48 
 e,463 
 
 13,(J21 
 174 
 
 1,723 
 163 
 
 6,425 
 
 519 
 
 298 
 
 321 
 
 10,520 
 
 1,258 
 
 2,225 
 235 
 319 
 
 1,551 
 451 
 153 
 
 7,843 
 242 
 
 "495 
 
 2,017 
 
 1,562 
 
 4,.341 
 
 10,858 
 
 1,528 
 
 2,105 
 
 2,198 
 
 280 
 
 3,914 
 
 275 
 
 2,993 
 
 127 
 
 1,06S 
 
 1,874 
 
 298 
 
 400 
 
 189 
 
 642 
 
 173 
 
 128 
 
 328 
 
 318 
 
 943 
 
 523 
 
 415 
 
 154 
 
 72 
 
 2,105 
 
 349 
 
 767 
 
 85 
 
 552 
 
 5,066 
 
 65 
 
 3,626 
 
 108 
 
 256 
 
 2,163 
 
 958 
 
 860 
 
 4,023 
 
 4,395 
 
 554 
 
 396 
 
 1,966 
 
 763 
 
 225 
 
 258 
 369 
 
 128 
 
 663 
 
 348 
 
 347 
 
 602 
 
 639 
 
 52 
 
 398 
 703 
 
 376 
 150 
 590 
 
 . 253 
 
 136 
 
 94 
 
 37 
 
 2,226 
 
 789 
 
 14,195 
 
 182 
 
 559 
 
 1,871 
 
 76 
 
 5,753 
 
 469 
 
 250 
 
 315 
 
 12,344 
 
 1,190 
 
 1,938 
 
 233 
 
 301 
 
 1,655 
 
 434 
 
 167 
 
 7,928 
 
 287 
 
 501 
 
 433 
 
 2,014 
 
 1,509 
 
 3,884 
 
 9,850 
 
 1,855 
 
 2,623 
 
 2,251 
 
 249 
 
 4,468 
 
 252 
 
 3,257 
 
 98 
 
 854 
 
 1,535 
 
 242 
 
 337 
 
 164 
 
 394 
 
 152 
 
 121 
 
 260 
 
 222 
 
 814 
 
 455 
 
 337 
 
 163 
 
 77 
 
 1,994 
 
 341 
 
 775 
 
 68 
 
 565 
 
 8,981 
 
 62 
 
 2,152 
 
 146 
 
 198 
 
 2,170 
 
 818 
 
 794 
 
 2,674 
 
 2,641 
 
 515 
 
 381 
 
 1,900 
 
 724 
 
 189 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. f^5; 
 
 CoBK, c. M. m. th. I 
 Corkbeg, p. I 
 
 Corley, p. i 
 
 Comard (Great), p. | 
 Cornard (Little), p. ; 
 Cornelly, p. i 
 
 Corney, p. -v. | 
 
 Cornhill, v. 
 Cornwell, p. j 
 
 Cornwood, p. 1 
 
 Cornwoithy. p. 1 
 
 Corofin, tn. 
 Corpusty, p. 
 Corringhani, p. ! 
 
 Corringham, p. j 
 
 Corroge, p. | 
 
 Corscombe, p. 
 Corse, p. 
 Corsenside, p. 
 Corsham - Regis, p . tn 
 Corsley, p. -v. 
 Corston, p. 
 Corstoiphine, p. 
 Corstorphine, v. 
 Cortachy & Clova, p 
 Corton, p. 
 Corton-Denham, p. 
 Corwen, tn. p. t. f. 
 Coryton, p. 
 Cosby, p. 
 Cosgrove, p. 
 Cosheston, p. 
 Coasal, p. 
 Cossington, p. 
 Cossington, p. 
 Costessey, p 
 Costock, p. 
 Coston, p. 
 Coston, p. 
 
 Coston (Hackett\ p. \ 
 Cotgrave, p. 
 Gotham, p. 
 Cothel stone, p. 
 Cotheridge, p. 
 Cotleigh, p. 
 Coton, p. 
 Cottenham, p v. 
 Cottered, p. 
 Cotterstock, p. 
 Cottesbach, p. 
 Cottesbrook, p. 
 Cottesford, p. 
 Cottesmore, p. 
 Cottingham, p. 
 Cottiiigham, ii.-tn. 
 Cotton, p. 
 Coughton, p. 
 Coull, p. 
 Coulsdon, p. 
 Coulston (East), p. 
 Cound, p. 
 Cou:itisbury, p. 
 Courteenhall, p, 
 Courtmacsherry, tn. 
 Cove 'North), p. 
 Cove (South), p. 
 Covehithe, p. 
 Coveney, p. 
 Covenham(St.Bar- \ 
 
 tholomew), p. ) 
 Covenham (St. > 
 
 Mary), p. f 
 
 Covent Garden, p. 
 Coventry, c. m. /. 
 
 >. P- 
 
 Coverham, p. 
 Covington, p. 
 Covington and > 
 
 Thankerton, p. f 
 Cowarne (Little), p. 
 Cowajne (Much), p. 
 Cowbit, p. 
 Cowbridge, tn.-p. t.s. 
 Cowden, p. 
 Cowdenheath, v. 
 Cowes (West), tn. 
 Cowfold, p.-v. 
 Cow-Honeybourne,p 
 Cowick, tns. 
 Cowick (St. )_ 
 
 Thomas), p. )' 
 Cowlam, p. 
 Cowley, p. 
 Cowley, p. 
 Cowley, p. 
 Cowling, tns. 
 Cowlinge, p. 
 Cowsby, p. 
 Cowthorp, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 York 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Fife 
 
 Southa. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 York 
 
 Devon 
 
 85,745 
 
 1,521 
 
 325 
 
 857 
 
 380 
 
 102 
 
 278 
 
 973 
 
 110 
 
 1,034 
 
 567 
 
 994 
 
 492 
 
 261 
 
 684 
 
 416 
 
 772 
 
 586 
 
 579 
 
 3,172 
 
 1,473 
 
 531 
 
 1,499 
 
 York 
 
 35 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 317 
 
 Middles. 
 
 344 
 
 Oxford 
 
 775 
 
 York 
 
 1,272 
 
 Suifolk 
 
 879 
 
 York 
 
 97 
 
 York 
 
 139 
 
 36,208 
 36,812 
 
 171 
 542 
 686 
 1,066 
 712 
 
 4,577 
 
 80,121 
 
 1,111 
 327 
 904 
 404 
 99 
 256 
 863 
 97 
 
 1,087 
 479 
 741 
 425 
 229 
 717 
 298 
 753 
 552 
 505 
 
 3,196 
 
 1,235 
 472 
 
 1,579 
 688 
 653 
 630 
 413 
 
 2,042 
 238 
 974 
 776 
 602 
 256 
 408 
 252 
 
 1,047 
 440 
 179 
 68 
 173 
 878 
 95 
 107 
 233 
 188 
 311 
 
 2,415 
 470 
 211 
 125 
 201 
 269 
 627 
 
 1,139 
 
 3,131 
 542 
 883 
 792 
 993 
 119 
 908 
 176 
 162 
 461 
 200 
 187 
 192 
 
 1,756 
 
 298 
 
 196 
 
 5,154 
 
 40,936 
 
 41,647 
 
 .1,191 
 
 188 
 
 532 
 
 186 
 
 563 
 
 649 
 
 1,094 
 
 772 
 
 1,148 
 
 5,482 
 
 946 
 
 360 
 
 849 
 
 4,533 
 
 69 
 311 
 371 
 1,404 
 1,815 
 842 
 105 
 141 
 
 County. 
 
 Cowton (East), p. 
 Coxwell (Great , p. 
 Coxwold, p.-v. 
 Coychurch, p. 
 Coylton, p, 
 Coyty, p. 
 Cradley, p. 
 Cradley, tns. 
 Craig, p. 
 
 Craighall (Old), v. 
 Craigie, p. 
 Craigmark, v. 
 Craigneuk, v. 
 Craignish, ]). 
 Craigs, p. 
 Craike, p. 
 Crail, p. 
 Crail, m. & P. 
 Crailing, p. 
 Crakeliall, tns. 
 Crambe, p. 
 Cramond, p. 
 Cranbome, tn -p. th. 
 Cranbrook, p. 
 Cranfield, p. 
 Cranfield, p. 
 Cranford, p. 
 Cranford (St. An-) 
 
 drew, &c.), p. j 
 Cranham, p. 
 Cranham, p. 
 Cranley, p. 
 Cranmore (East), p. 
 Cranmore (West), p. 
 Cranoe, p. 
 Cransford, p. 
 Cranshaws, p. 
 Cransley, p. 
 Cranston, p. 
 Crantock, p. 
 Cranwell, p. 
 Cranwick, p. 
 Cranworth, p. 
 Cratfield, p 
 Crathie and Brae- ( ^bg^d 
 
 mar, p. ) 
 
 Crathorne, p. 
 Crawford, p. 
 Crawfordjohn, p. 
 Crawley, p. 
 Crawley, p. 
 Crawley (North), 
 Cray (Foot's), p. 
 Cray (North), p. 
 Cray (St. Mary's), p Kent 
 Cray (St. Paul's), p. Kent 
 Cray ford, p. tn. Kent 
 
 Creacombe, p. Devon 
 
 Creagh, p. Cork 
 
 Creagh, p. Roscom, 
 
 Crejike (North\ p. Norfolk 
 Creake (South), p. Norfolk 
 Creaton (Great), ) 
 
 p.-v. I 
 
 Crecora, p. 
 Crecrin, p. 
 Creflenhill, p. 
 Crediton, p. 
 Crediton, tn. s. 
 Creech (St. Mi- \ 
 
 chael), p.-v. j 
 Creed, p. 
 Creeksea, p. 
 Greeting (All- ) 
 
 Saints), p. T 
 Greeting (St. Mary),p 
 Greeting (St 01ave),p Suffolk 
 Creeting(St.Peter;,p! Suffolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Ca.-Wic. 
 
 Heref 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Suffolk 
 Suffolk 
 
 Creeton, p. 
 Creetown, tn. 
 Creeve, p. 
 Creggan, p. 
 Cregrina, p. 
 Crehelp, p. 
 Creick, p. 
 Crendon (Long), p. 
 Creslow, p. 
 Crossing, p. 
 Cressingham ) 
 
 (Great), p. ) 
 Cressingham \ 
 
 (Little), p. ) 
 Cretingliam, p. 
 Crewe, tn. 
 Crewkerne, p. 
 Crewkenie, tn. «. 
 Criccieth, p. 
 Cric'OIeth, tn. p. 
 Crich, p.-v. 
 
 Ijincohi 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 Roscom 
 
 Ar.-Lo. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 Fife 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Essex 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 Chester 
 Somer. 
 Somer. 
 Carnar. 
 Carnar. 
 Derby 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 461 
 365 
 1,086 
 1,256 
 1,542 
 2,304 
 1,641 
 3,383 
 1,934 
 
 "793 
 
 756 
 
 608 
 
 1,903 
 
 1,247 
 
 734 
 
 590 
 
 017 
 
 2,547 
 
 2,737 
 
 4,020 
 
 356 
 
 1,616 
 
 437 
 
 556 
 
 354 
 331 
 
 1,474 
 68 
 306 
 128 
 309 
 127 
 309 
 
 1,235 
 451 
 240 
 96 
 310 
 673 
 
 1,788 
 
 243 
 
 1,670 
 
 1,111 
 
 507 
 
 447 
 
 914 
 
 369 
 
 570 
 
 1,410 
 
 664 
 
 2,935 
 
 35 
 
 4,442 
 
 2,748 
 
 776 
 
 1,041 
 
 549 
 
 707 
 
 484 
 
 220 
 
 6,000 
 
 3,934 
 
 1,219 
 
 766 
 167 
 
 301^ 
 
 224 1 
 
 60' 
 
 255 
 
 103 
 
 1,3031 
 
 1,244 1 
 
 12,774 
 
 109 
 
 426 
 
 386 
 
 1,656 
 
 10 
 
 599 
 
 583 
 
 252 
 
 423 
 4,491 
 4,497 
 3,303 
 797 
 630 
 3,670 
 
 472 
 
 371 
 
 1,205 
 
 1,431 
 
 1,604 
 
 2,685 
 
 1,830 
 
 4,076 
 
 2,177 
 
 318 
 
 730 
 
 643 
 
 716 
 
 618 
 
 7,642 
 
 685 
 
 1,931 
 
 1,211 
 
 673 
 
 583 
 
 591 
 
 2,748 
 
 2 656 
 
 4,128 
 
 354 
 
 1,691 
 
 530 
 
 563 
 
 424 
 
 385 
 
 1,393 
 
 70 
 292 
 107 
 284 
 l:i4 
 350 
 1,035 
 381 
 233 
 
 88 
 264 
 604 
 
 1,574 
 
 256 
 
 1,690 
 
 980 
 
 602 
 
 473 
 
 981 
 
 286 
 
 678 
 
 1,464 
 
 632 
 
 3,103 
 
 63 
 
 3.866 
 
 2,224 
 
 708 
 
 1,068 
 
 510 
 
 633 
 
 372 
 
 199 
 
 6,731 
 
 4,048 
 
 1,121 
 
 743 
 175 
 
 333 
 
 202 
 
 41 
 
 248 
 
 79 
 
 969 
 
 1,069 
 
 11,416 
 
 124 
 
 339 
 
 377 
 
 1,570 
 
 9 
 
 582 
 
 530 
 
 243 
 
 343 
 8,159 
 4,705 
 3,666 
 769 
 498 
 3,970 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 204 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Fl^ce. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 ISSl. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 Croiteth Park, p. 
 
 County. 
 Lancas. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Crichton, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 1,387 
 
 1,304 
 
 
 46 
 
 Cuthbert 'St.), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,612 
 
 1,607 
 
 
 Crick, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 994 
 
 999 
 
 Croxton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 "236 
 
 267 
 
 Cuthbert (St.), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 7,055 
 
 7,120 
 
 
 
 Crickadani, p. -v. 
 
 Breck. 
 
 414 
 
 448 
 
 Croxton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 96 
 
 122 
 
 Cuxham, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 172 
 
 177 
 
 
 
 Cricket (Malher- ) 
 bie), p. f 
 
 Somer. 
 
 38 
 
 21 
 
 Croxton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 387 
 
 4L8 
 
 Cuxton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 374 
 
 441 
 
 
 
 Croxton-Keyriiil, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 621 
 
 594 
 
 Cuxwold, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 68 
 
 83 
 
 
 
 Cricket (^St.Tliom- ) 
 as), p. ( 
 
 Somer. 
 
 69 
 
 66 
 
 Croxton (South , p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 324 
 
 311 
 
 Cwm, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 558 
 
 495 
 
 
 
 Croy, p. 
 
 In. Nai. 
 
 1,777 
 
 1,873 
 
 Cwm-Toyddwr, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 835 
 
 798 
 
 
 
 Crickliowell, p.tu. I 
 
 Breck. 
 
 1,403 
 
 1,516 
 
 Croydon, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 508 
 
 508 
 
 Cwmcai'van, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 334 
 
 332 
 
 
 
 th. s. ) 
 
 Croydon, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 20,031 
 
 30, 240 ( 
 
 Cwmdu, h. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 3,350 
 
 4,154 
 
 
 
 Cricklade, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,906 
 
 1,800 
 
 Croydon, tn. s. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 10,260 
 
 20,325 
 
 Cwmyoy, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 759 
 
 649 
 
 
 
 Cricklade, til. p. s. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 35,503 
 
 36,893 
 
 Cruagh, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 781 
 
 695 
 
 Cyffic, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 620 
 
 468 
 
 
 
 Crickstown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 130 
 
 101 
 
 Cruden, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,479 
 
 2,743 
 
 Cyrus (St.), p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 1,579 
 
 1,552 
 
 
 
 Criecli, p. 
 
 Snther. 
 
 2,714 
 
 2,521 
 
 Crudwell, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 781 
 
 799 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Crieff, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Perth 
 
 4,504 
 
 4,490 
 
 Cruicetown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 354 
 
 249 
 
 Dacre, p.-v. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 964 
 
 967 
 
 
 
 Crimond, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 893 
 
 892 
 
 Crumliu, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 923 
 
 819 
 
 Dagenham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,404 
 
 2,708 
 
 
 
 Crimplesham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 329 
 
 328 
 
 Crumlin, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 459 
 
 Daglinwortli, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 320 
 
 355 
 
 
 
 Cringleford, j). 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 189 
 
 205 
 
 Cmndale, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "263 
 
 279 
 
 Dailly, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,413 
 
 2,050 
 
 
 
 Crinkill, tu. 
 
 King's 
 
 
 826 
 
 Crunwear, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 289 
 
 261 
 
 Dailly, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 650 
 
 
 
 Crinow, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 ""69 
 
 70 
 
 Cruwys Morchard, p 
 
 Devon 
 
 732 
 
 685 
 
 Daii-sie, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 "708 
 
 638 
 
 
 
 Critchill (Loiig\ p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 144 
 
 145 
 
 Crux-Easton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 105 
 
 76 
 
 Dalbeatie, v. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 1,430 
 
 1,736 
 
 
 
 Critchill (Moore), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 374 
 
 342 
 
 Cubberley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 243 
 
 343 
 
 Dalbuiy, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 237 
 
 263 
 
 
 
 Croagh, p.-v. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,936 
 
 1,629 
 
 Cubbington, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 885 
 
 964 
 
 Dalby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 115 
 
 115 
 
 
 
 Croft, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 148 
 
 155 
 
 Cubert, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 436 
 
 420 
 
 Dalby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 142 
 
 149 
 
 
 
 Croft, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 338 
 
 319 
 
 Cubley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 387 
 
 383 
 
 Dalby (Little), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 199 
 
 183 
 
 
 
 Croft, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 776 
 
 784 
 
 Cublingtou, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 287 
 
 288 
 
 Dalby (Magna), ]>. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 512 
 
 484 
 
 
 
 Croft, p. 
 
 Ci-oft-with-South- ) 
 worth, p. j 
 
 York 
 Lancas. 
 
 750 
 
 761 
 1,094 
 
 Cuby, p. 
 
 Cuckfield, p.-tn./. 
 CuckUngton, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 Sussex 
 Somer. 
 
 146 
 
 3,196 
 
 356 
 
 139 
 
 3,539 
 
 280 
 
 Dalby - on - the - ) 
 Wolds, p. f 
 Dalderby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 Lincoln 
 
 3'iri 
 33 
 
 369 
 40 
 
 
 
 Crofthead, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 375 
 
 Cuddesden, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,542 
 
 1,591 
 
 Dale, J). 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 406 
 
 463 
 
 
 
 Crofthead, v. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 
 1,112 
 
 Cuddington, ]). 
 
 Bucks 
 
 623 
 
 590 
 
 Dale Abbey, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 366 
 
 
 
 Crofton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "363 
 
 402 
 
 Cuddington, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 180 
 
 148 
 
 Dalgety, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,'513 
 
 1,569 
 
 
 
 Croghan, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 727 
 
 642 
 
 Cudham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 897 
 
 988 
 
 Dalham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 683 
 
 539 
 
 ; 
 
 
 Croglin, p. 
 
 Cumb 
 
 304 
 
 25 1 
 
 Cudworth, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 181 
 
 151 
 
 Dalkeith,tn.-p. m.th 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 6,521 
 
 7,114 
 
 
 
 Crohane, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,464 
 
 1,037 
 
 Culbone, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 Dalkey, v. -p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,232 
 
 2,190 
 
 
 
 Cromarty, p. 
 
 Crom. 
 
 2,727 
 
 2,300 
 
 Culdaff, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 6,186 
 
 4,895 
 
 Dallas, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,226 
 
 1,102 
 
 
 
 Cromarty, p. t. 
 
 Crom. 
 
 1,988 
 
 1,491 
 
 Culdaff, V. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 136 
 
 100 
 
 Dallinghoo, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 385 
 
 370 
 
 1 
 
 
 Cromdale, p. 
 
 Inver. 
 
 3,990 
 
 3,943 
 
 Culfeightrin, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,528 
 
 3,111 
 
 Dallington, p. 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 565 
 
 686 
 
 
 
 Cromer, p.-tii. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,366 
 
 1,367 
 
 Culford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 348 
 
 346 
 
 1 DaUington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 664 
 
 591 
 
 
 
 Cromford, tu. s. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,190 
 
 1,140 
 
 Culham, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 417 
 
 474 
 
 Dalmellington, p.-v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,910 
 
 4,194 
 
 
 
 Cromhall- Abbots, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 766 
 
 681 
 
 CuUen, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,853 
 
 1,975 
 
 Dalmeny, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 1,243 
 
 1,274 
 
 
 
 Cromwell, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 190 
 
 162 
 
 CULLEN, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,697 
 
 1,818 
 
 Dairy, p. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 1,238 
 
 1,149 
 
 
 
 Crondall, p. 
 
 Southa. 
 
 2,431 
 
 2,764 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Banff 
 
 
 3,543 
 
 Dairy, v. 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 
 639 
 
 
 
 Crooke, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 093 
 
 451 
 
 Cullen, p.-tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 "904 
 
 856 
 
 Dairy, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 8,865 
 
 11,156 
 
 
 
 Crookedhdm, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 620 
 
 CuUen, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 981 
 
 619 
 
 Daily, tn. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 4,232 
 
 
 
 Crookhaveii, tu. 
 
 Cork 
 
 ... 
 
 405 
 
 Cullen, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,238 
 
 3,096 
 
 Dalrymple, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,096 
 
 1,325 
 
 
 
 Croom, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 5,118 
 
 4,271 
 
 Culleuswood, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 850 
 
 Dalserf, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 3,583 
 
 4,876 
 
 
 
 Croom, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,352 
 
 1,182 
 
 CuUenwaine, i>. 
 
 Ki.-Tip. 
 
 1,'661 
 
 1,263 
 
 Dalston, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,844 
 
 2,568 
 
 
 
 Croome d'Abitot, j). 
 
 Worces. 
 
 140 
 
 163 
 
 CuUompton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,655 
 
 3,185 
 
 Dalton, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 761 
 
 679 
 
 
 
 Croome (Earls), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 199 
 
 189 
 
 Cullompton, tn. s. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,765 
 
 2,205 
 
 Dalton (North), p. 
 
 York 
 
 499 
 
 486 
 
 
 
 Croome (Hill), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 193 
 
 198 
 
 Culmington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 498 
 
 517 
 
 Dalton (South), p. 
 
 York 
 
 299 
 
 338 
 
 
 
 Cropredy, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 2,740 
 
 2,478 
 
 Culmstock, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,224 
 
 1,102 
 
 Dalton le Dale, p.-v 
 
 Durham 
 
 5,125 
 
 8,432 
 
 
 
 Cropthorn, p. 
 Cropwell-Bishop, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Notts 
 
 760 
 640 
 
 839 
 638 
 
 CulniuUin, p. 
 Culpho, p. 
 
 Meath 
 Suffolk 
 
 753 
 63 
 
 568 
 66 
 
 Dalton -in- Fur- > 
 ness, p. s. ) 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,683 
 
 9,152 
 
 
 
 Cropwell-Butler.tiis 
 
 Notts 
 
 695 
 
 604 
 
 Culross, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,487 
 
 1,423 
 
 Dalwood, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 
 492 
 
 
 
 Crosby - upon - ) 
 Eden, p. f 
 
 Climb. 
 
 415 
 
 426 
 
 CULEOSS, p. <fc M. 
 
 Perth 
 
 605 
 
 517 
 
 Dalzell, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 2,262 
 
 6,438 
 
 
 
 Culsalmond, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,042 
 
 1,165 
 
 Damerham(8outh ), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 759 
 
 697 
 
 
 
 Crosby (Garret), p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 277 
 
 306 
 
 Culter, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 472 
 
 484 
 
 Damian-in-the- » 
 
 Kent 
 
 660 
 
 626 
 
 
 
 Crosby-Ravens- 1 
 
 Westml. 
 
 974 
 
 927 
 
 Cults, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 915 
 
 800 
 
 Blean, p. f 
 
 
 
 worth, p. ) 
 
 Cul worth, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 685 
 
 652 
 
 Danbury, i>. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,221 
 
 1,113 
 
 
 
 Croscombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 673 
 
 729 
 
 Cumber (Lower), p. 
 
 London. 
 
 3,850 
 
 3,381 
 
 Danby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,299 
 
 2,711 
 
 
 
 Crossboyne, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,702 
 
 4,206 
 
 Cumber (Upper), p. 
 
 Loudon. 
 
 5,994 
 
 3,979 
 
 Danby-Wiske, p.-v. 
 
 York 
 
 554 
 
 557 
 
 
 
 Cross and Burness. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 1,626 
 
 1,555 
 
 Cumbernauld, p. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 3,778 
 
 3,513 
 
 Danesfort, p. 
 
 Kilkiiy 
 
 1,036 
 
 827 
 
 
 
 Cross Canonby, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 6,182 
 
 6,900 
 
 Cumbernauld, tn. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 2,227 
 
 1,561 
 
 Dauestown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 253 
 
 203 
 
 
 
 Crosserlough, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 7,237 
 
 6,436 
 
 Cumberworth, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 235 
 
 266 
 
 Dangandargan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 192 
 
 149 
 
 
 
 Crossford, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 379 
 
 Cumbray (Great & | 
 Little), p. ) 
 
 Bute 
 
 1,275 
 
 1,256 
 
 Daiigandonovan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 602 
 
 461 
 
 
 
 Crossford, y. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 530 
 
 Dareuth, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 654 
 
 626 
 
 
 
 Crossgar, tn. - - 
 
 Down 
 
 
 817 
 
 Cumineston, v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 459 
 
 Darfield, p.-v. 
 
 York 
 
 8,644 
 
 12,231 
 
 
 
 Crossgates, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 1,115 
 
 Cimimer, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,419 
 
 1,263 
 
 Darkley, tn. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 
 508 
 
 
 
 Crossbill, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,103 
 
 1,107 
 
 Cummertrees, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,386 
 
 1,230 
 
 Darlastou, tn.-p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 10,590 
 
 12,884 
 
 
 
 Crosshouse, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 468 
 
 Cumner, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,048 
 
 1,021 
 
 Darley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,932 
 
 2,156 
 
 
 
 Crosslee, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 383 
 
 Cumnock (New), p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,759 
 
 2,891 
 
 Darlington, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 12,453 
 
 16,762 
 
 
 
 Crossmaglen, v. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 "561 
 
 635 
 
 Cumnock (Old), p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,777 
 
 3,721 
 
 Darlington, tn. 
 
 Durham 
 
 11,228 
 
 15,781 
 
 
 
 Crossmichael, p. 
 
 Kirkciid 
 
 1,366 
 
 1,536 
 
 Cumnock, tn. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 2 316 
 
 Dailton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 185 
 
 163 
 
 
 
 Crossmichael, v 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 
 326 
 
 Cumrew, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 166 
 
 136 1 
 
 Darngaber, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 505 
 
 
 
 Crossmolina, i).-tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 •7,'236 
 
 6,547 
 
 Cumwhitton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 674 
 
 529 Darowen, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 l,'il9 
 
 1,227 
 
 
 
 Crossmolina, tu. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,225 
 
 1,110 
 
 Cundall, p. 
 
 York 
 
 389 
 
 392 Darragh, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,427 
 
 1,176 
 
 
 
 Crossmyloof, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 939 
 
 Cupar, p. th. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 6,029 Darrington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 617 
 
 744 
 
 
 
 Crosspatrick, p, 
 
 We.-Wi. 
 
 "871 
 
 741 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 4,980 Darsham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 462 
 
 409 
 
 
 
 Crossthwait ■, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 5,224 
 
 5,070 
 
 Cupar-Angus, p. 
 
 P.-Forf. 
 
 2,972 
 
 2,929 Dartford, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 6,224 
 
 6.697 
 
 
 
 Croston, p.-v. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,031 
 
 4,242 
 
 Cupar- Angus, tn. th. 
 
 P.-Forf. 
 
 1,661 
 
 1 ,943 J Dartford, tn. s. 
 
 Kent 
 
 6,763 
 
 5,314 
 
 
 
 Crostwich, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 138 
 
 144 
 
 Cupar-Fife, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 7,427 
 
 6,750 Dartington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 660 
 
 626 
 
 
 
 Crostwight, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 77 
 
 73 
 
 Curdworth, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 715 
 
 649 
 
 Dartmouth, m.&p./. 
 
 Devon 
 
 4,508 
 
 4,444 
 
 
 
 Croughton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 682 
 
 680 
 
 Curland, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 267 
 
 247 
 
 Darton, v. -p. 
 
 York 
 
 3,565 
 
 4,592 
 
 
 
 Crowan, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 3,982 
 
 4,131 
 
 Curraclone, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 672 
 
 492 
 
 Darvel, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 1,544 
 
 
 
 Crowcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 614 
 
 573 
 
 Currans, p. 
 
 Ken-y 
 
 1,057 
 
 1,104 
 
 Darver, p. 
 
 Loutli 
 
 
 371 
 
 
 
 CroweU, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 167 
 
 162 
 
 Currie, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,190 
 
 2,248 1 
 
 Darwen (Lower),tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,521 
 
 3,301 
 
 
 
 Crowfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 410 
 
 353 
 
 Currie, v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 345 
 
 Darwen (Over), tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 7,020 
 
 14.327 
 
 
 
 Crowhurst, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 212 
 
 211 
 
 Currin, p. 
 
 Mo.Fer. 
 
 4,200 
 
 4,134 
 
 Dasset-Avon, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 307 
 
 280 
 
 
 
 Crowhurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 691 
 
 430 
 
 Curry (Mallet), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 584 
 
 549 
 
 Datchet, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 898 
 
 982 
 
 
 
 Crowland, p.-tn. s. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,183 
 
 3,148 
 
 Curry (North), p.-v. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,856 
 
 1,839 
 
 Datchworth, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 648 
 
 635 
 
 
 
 Crowle, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,008 
 
 3,182 
 
 Curry (Rivell), p.-v. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,687 
 
 1,704 1 
 
 .Dauntsey, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 623 
 
 678 
 
 
 
 Crowle, tn. m. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,245 
 
 2,301 
 
 Currykippane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 923 
 
 862 
 
 Davenham, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 6,294 
 
 6,855 
 
 
 
 Crowle, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 580 
 
 576 
 
 Cuiy, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 549 
 
 617 
 
 Daventry, tn. -p. M. to. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 4,430 
 
 4,124 
 
 
 
 Crowmarsh-Gif- ) 
 ford, p. i 
 
 Oxford 
 
 373 
 
 360 
 
 Cushendall, tn. 
 Cushinstown, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 Meath 
 
 627 
 268 
 
 447 
 212 1 
 
 David (St.), p. 
 David (St.), p. 
 
 Devon 
 Brecon 
 
 4,125 
 1,419 
 
 4,486 
 
 1,418 
 
 
 
 Crownthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 100 
 
 97 
 
 Cusop, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 224 
 
 218 
 
 David's (St.), c.-p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 2,460 
 
 2,199 
 
 
 
 Croxby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 114 
 
 147 
 
 Cutcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 860 
 
 793 
 
 Davidson's Mains, v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 599 
 
 
 
 Croxden, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 260 
 
 224 
 
 Cuthbert (St.), p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 82,479 
 
 91,325 
 
 Davidstow, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 472 
 
 394 
 
 
 
 Croihall, p.-v. 
 
 Derby 
 
 234 
 
 247 ' Cuthbert (St.), p. 1 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 12,883 
 
 13,961 
 
 Davidstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 803' 
 
 . 720 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 205 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 ' Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 1 Pl/cs. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 leei. 
 
 Davington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 147 
 
 149 
 
 Derby (West), p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 52,694 
 
 1 Dittou, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 235 
 
 255 
 
 Daviot, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 601 
 
 614 
 
 Dereham (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 4,385 
 
 4,309 
 
 i Ditton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 584 
 
 764 
 
 
 Daviot & Dunlich- \ 
 
 Ii V N- 
 
 1,857 
 
 1,741 
 
 Dereham, tn. /. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 3,372 
 
 3,070 
 
 { Ditton (Long), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 678 
 
 1,445 
 
 
 ity, P- ) 
 
 
 Dereham (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 643 
 
 679 
 
 Ditton (Priorsj, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 583 
 
 613 
 
 
 Dawley-Magna tii.p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 9,201 
 
 11,013 
 
 Derry-Aghy, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 5,113 
 
 4,734 
 
 Ditton (Thames), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,361 
 
 2,263 
 
 
 Dawlish, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,548 
 
 4,014 
 
 Derry-Brusk, p. 
 
 Ferman 
 
 942 
 
 850 
 
 Dixton (Newton), p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 778 
 
 753 
 
 
 Dawlish, tn. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,671 
 
 3,505 
 
 Derry-Galvin, p. 
 
 Limer, 
 
 486 
 
 389 
 
 Doagligrange, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,098 
 
 1,980 
 
 
 Daylesford, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 66 
 
 108 
 
 Derry-Grath, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 942 
 
 757 
 
 Dockenfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 224 
 
 
 Deal, tn.-p. m. t. s. 
 
 Kent 
 
 7,067 
 
 7,531 
 
 Derry-Keiglian, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,400 
 
 2,381 
 
 Docking, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,'640 
 
 1,625 
 
 
 Dean, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 858 
 
 829 
 
 Den-y-Loran, p. 
 
 Lon. Ty. 
 
 7,552 
 
 7,722 
 
 Docklow, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 199 
 
 185 
 
 
 Dean (East), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 207 
 
 223 
 
 Derry-Lossary, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 4,216 
 
 3,790 
 
 Dodbrooke, V. -p. 3dw 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,302 
 
 1,183 
 
 
 Dean (East), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 9,212 
 
 DeiTy-Nahinch, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,691 
 
 1,277 
 
 Dodcott - cum - ) 
 Wilkesley, tns. j" 
 
 Chester 
 
 631 
 
 672 
 
 
 Dean (East) near\ 
 
 Sussex 
 
 419 
 
 343 
 
 Derry-Noose, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 6,345 
 
 5,792 
 
 
 Chichester, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Deny-Patrick, p. 
 
 Heath 
 
 332 
 
 231 
 
 Doddenbam, yt. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 279 
 
 278 
 
 
 Dean (East) near ) 
 Eastbourne, y. i 
 
 S SB 
 
 
 334 
 
 Derry-Villane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 459 
 
 336 
 
 Dodderhill, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,189 
 
 2,141 
 
 
 
 
 
 Derry-VuUan, p. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 7,606 
 
 6,348 
 
 Doddinghni-st, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 393 
 
 394 
 
 
 Dean (Little), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 947 
 
 887 
 
 Dersiugham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 812 
 
 822 
 
 1 Doddington, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 9,703 
 
 8,722 
 
 
 Dean (Mitchell), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 662 
 
 089 
 
 Dervock, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 347 
 
 ; Doddington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 489 
 
 476 
 
 
 Dean (Nether and ) 
 Upper), p. f 
 
 Bedford 
 
 547 
 
 552 
 
 Derwen, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 "684 
 
 673 
 
 1 Doddington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 264 
 
 264 
 
 
 
 ' Desborough, v. -p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,350 
 
 1,428 
 
 Doddington, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 825 
 
 796 
 
 
 Daau (Prior), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 507 
 
 422 
 
 Desert, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 411 
 
 329 
 
 DoddiDgton(Ury),p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 252 
 
 283 
 
 
 Dean (Priors), \y. 
 
 Hants 
 
 131 
 
 129 
 
 Desert-Creat, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 5,856 
 
 5,520 
 
 Doddington Great p 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 493 
 
 680 
 
 
 Dean (Vernham), p 
 
 Hants 
 
 744 
 
 727 
 
 Desert-Egny, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 1,604 
 
 1,524 
 
 Doddiscombleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 386 
 
 343 
 
 
 Dean (West), p. ' 
 
 Sussex 
 
 669 
 
 681 
 
 Desert-Lyn, p. 
 
 Lond. 
 
 2,284 
 
 2,098 
 
 Doddleston, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 784 
 
 814 
 
 
 Dean (West), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 458 
 
 446 
 
 Desert- Martyu, v. -p. 
 
 Lond. 
 
 3,693 
 
 3,628 
 
 Dodford, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 227 
 
 238 
 
 
 Dean (West), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 8,254 
 
 Desert-More, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 789 
 
 682 
 
 Dodington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 135 
 
 126 
 
 
 Dean (West) liear^^ 
 
 Sussex 
 
 129 
 
 153 
 
 Desert-Oghill, p. 
 
 Lond. 
 
 3,745 
 
 3,680 
 
 1 Dodington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 102 
 
 98 
 
 
 Eastbourne, p. j 
 
 Desert Serges, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,352 
 
 3,054 
 
 Dodworth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,494 
 
 2,117 
 
 
 Deane, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 29,819 
 
 35,746 
 
 Desford, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,025 
 
 981 
 
 Dogmells (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 2,689 
 
 2,438 
 
 
 Deane, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 153 
 
 135 
 
 Deskford, ji. 
 
 Banff 
 
 917 
 
 1,031 
 
 i Dogmersfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 304 
 
 251 
 
 
 Deanston, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 727 
 
 Dethick & Lea, cli. 
 
 Derby 
 
 866 
 
 935 
 
 j Dogstown, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 
 Dearhani, j). 
 
 Cunib. 
 
 2,178 
 
 2,595 
 
 DeusehiU, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 39 
 
 43 
 
 ! Dogwells (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 501 
 
 436 
 
 
 Debach, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 104 
 
 144 
 
 Devensch, p. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 5,841 
 
 5,402 
 
 t Dol-ben-maen, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 382 
 
 387 
 
 
 Debden, p. -v. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,034 
 
 942 
 
 Devereaux (St.), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 207 
 
 242 
 
 1 Dolgelley, p. 
 
 Herion. 
 
 3,479 
 
 3,457 
 
 
 Debenliam, j). tn. /. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,653 
 
 1,488 
 
 DeveriU (Long-) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,378 
 
 1,197 
 
 DOLGELLEY,tn.P.<.S 
 
 Merion. 
 
 2,041 
 
 2,217 
 
 
 Debtling, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 353 
 
 344 
 
 bridge), p. T 
 
 DoUa, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,147 
 
 S95 
 
 
 Decuman (St.), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,783 
 
 3,196 
 
 DeveriU (Monkton)p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 202 
 
 180 
 
 Dollar, v.-p. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 1,574 
 
 1,776 
 
 
 Deddington, p.-tn. s. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 2,178 
 
 2,024 
 
 Devizes, m. & p. tk 
 
 Wilts 
 
 6,554 
 
 6,638 
 
 I Dollar, V. 
 
 CJack. 
 
 
 1,540 
 
 
 Dedhani, p. -v. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,792 
 
 1,734 
 
 Devonpokt, m. t. tk. 
 
 Devon 
 
 38,180 
 
 50,440 
 
 ! Dollingstowu, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 388 
 
 
 Deeue, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 504 
 
 540 
 
 >> P- 
 
 Devon 
 
 50,159 
 
 64,783 
 
 Dolphiuton, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 "305 
 
 260 
 
 
 Deeping (Eiist). p. v. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,849 
 
 1,763 
 
 Devonside, v. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 
 317 
 
 1 Dolton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 926 
 
 93S 
 
 
 Deeping (Market , p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,294 
 
 1,337 
 
 Devyiioch, v. -p. 
 
 Breckn. 
 
 l",969 
 
 1,798 
 
 1 Dolvvyddelan, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 727 
 
 811 
 
 
 Deeping(St. James) p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 1,763 
 
 De wchurch (Little) j) 
 
 Heref. 
 
 276 
 
 322 
 
 Dominick (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 862 
 
 862 
 
 
 Deeping(St.Nicho- ]_ 
 las), p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 1,180 
 
 Dewchurch ) 
 (Much), p ]■ 
 
 Heref 
 
 620 
 
 608 
 
 Donabate, p. 
 Donacavey, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 Tyrone 
 
 213 
 8,826 
 
 246 
 
 8,042 
 
 
 Deeping (West), p. v. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 361 
 
 349 
 
 Dewlish, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 442 
 
 458 
 
 Donadea, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 272 
 
 233 
 
 
 Deer (New), p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 3,973 
 
 4,385 
 
 Dewsall, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 30 
 
 36 
 
 Donagh, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 5,262 
 
 4,474 
 
 
 Deer (New), v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 475 
 
 Dewsbury, p. 
 
 York 
 
 28,103 
 
 34,988 
 
 Donagh, p. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 6,965 
 
 6,120 
 
 
 Deer (Old), p. -v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 4,743 
 
 5,174 
 
 Dewsbury, tu. M. w. 
 
 York 
 
 5,033 
 
 18,148 
 
 Donaghadee, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,907 
 
 7,499 
 
 
 Deerhurst, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 892 
 
 930 
 
 Diamor, p. 
 
 Heath 
 
 445 
 
 368 
 
 Donagh adee, tn. w. 
 
 Down 
 
 2,818 
 
 2,671 
 
 
 Deighton-Kirk, yy. 
 
 York 
 
 480 
 
 485 
 
 Dibden, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 487 
 
 513 
 
 Donaghcloney, v.-j). 
 
 Down 
 
 6,373 
 
 6,812 
 
 
 Delamere, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,050 
 
 1,146 
 
 Dickleburgh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 959 
 
 895 
 
 Donaghcumper, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 992 
 
 1,082 
 
 
 Delamere (Ted- ) 
 stone), p. f 
 
 Heref. 
 
 193 
 
 205 
 
 Didbrook, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 178 
 
 221 
 
 Donaghedy, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 8,924 
 
 8,321 
 
 
 Diddington, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 216 
 
 204 
 
 I Donaghenry, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 4,820 
 
 4,749 
 
 
 Delgany, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,034 
 
 1,949 
 
 Diddlebury, i>. 
 
 Salop 
 
 881 
 
 829 
 
 i Douaghmoie, tn. p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 9,201 
 
 9,087 
 
 
 Delting, p. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,124 
 
 1,975 
 
 Didling, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 102 
 
 85 
 
 : Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Kildaie 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 
 Delvin, v. p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 
 3,2(i8 
 
 Didlington, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 59 
 
 80 
 
 1 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 2,016 
 
 1,684 
 
 
 Denibleby, p. 
 
 Lincohi 
 
 '"84 
 
 51 
 
 Didmarton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 101 
 
 92 
 
 j Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Heath 
 
 l,li;3 
 
 1,081 
 
 
 Den, V. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 446 
 
 Didsbxirj'-, v. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,449 
 
 1,829 
 
 j Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Heath 
 
 294 
 
 268 
 
 
 Denardiston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "303 
 
 277 
 
 Uigby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 340 
 
 330 
 
 1 Donaghmore, tn.-p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,029 
 
 776 
 
 
 Denbigh Dist. of) 
 Boroughs j 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 
 17,888 
 
 Digswell, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 239 
 
 243 
 
 I Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 ],8o5 
 
 1,382 
 
 
 
 Dihewid, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 489 
 
 454 
 
 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,500 
 
 2,077 
 
 
 Denbigh, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 
 4,054 
 
 Dilliam, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 504 
 
 425 
 
 1 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,602 
 
 3,999 
 
 
 Denbioh, m. &r.to.s. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 5,'498 
 
 5,946 
 
 Dilliome, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,615 
 
 1,573 
 
 1 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 200 
 
 206 
 
 
 Denbury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 406 
 
 410 
 
 Dilwyn, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,112 
 
 1,069 
 
 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 437 
 
 289 
 
 
 Denby, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,208 
 
 1,338 
 
 Dinas, ji. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 856 
 
 820 
 
 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 371. 
 
 317 
 
 
 Denchworth, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 278 
 
 257 
 
 Dinder, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 270 
 
 244 
 
 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 10,311 
 
 9,188 
 
 
 Denford, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 324 
 
 429 
 
 Dinedor, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 250 
 
 270 
 
 Donaghmore, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 3,434 
 
 2,842 
 
 
 Dengie, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 312 
 
 298 
 
 Dingestow, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 222 
 
 231 
 
 i Doiiaghmoyne, p. 
 
 Honagh 
 
 10,967 
 
 8,694 
 
 
 Denham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 218 
 
 200 
 
 Dingle, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 8,507 
 
 3,911 
 
 Donaghpatrick, p. 
 
 Heath 
 
 581 
 
 449 
 
 
 Deiiham, p.-v. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,062 
 
 1,068 
 
 Dingle, tn. s. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 3,255 
 
 2,260 
 
 Donaghpatrick, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,392 
 
 1,980 
 
 
 Denham nr. Scole, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 318 
 
 282 
 
 Dingley, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 141 
 
 111 
 
 Donanaghta, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,286 
 
 1,265 
 
 
 Deuholm, v. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 
 766 
 
 Dingwall, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 2,364 
 
 2,412 
 
 Donard, p.-v. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 861 
 
 819 
 
 
 Denino, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 "289 
 
 370 
 
 Dingwall, m. & p. f. 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,990 
 
 2,084 
 
 Donats (St.), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 132 
 
 126 
 
 
 Denio, p.-v. 
 
 Caniar. 
 
 2,331 
 
 2,420 
 
 Dinington, p. 
 
 Nortli. 
 
 668 
 
 774 
 
 Donats (Welsh), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 291 
 
 276 
 
 
 Denn, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,643 
 
 4,197 
 
 Dinington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 285 
 
 . 272 
 
 DONCASTEE, M. f. 
 
 York 
 
 12,052 
 
 16,406 
 
 
 Dennington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,047 
 
 895 
 
 Dinington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 218 
 
 146 
 
 Doncaster, p. 
 
 York 
 
 12,983 
 
 17,632 
 
 
 Dennis (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 888 
 
 993 
 
 Dinmore, p 
 
 Heref. 
 
 
 42 
 
 Donegal, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 6,073 
 
 6,529 
 
 
 Denny, tn.-p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 4,754 
 
 4,988 
 
 Dinsdale (Low), p.-v. 
 
 Durham 
 
 "157 
 
 208 
 
 Donegal, tn. s. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 1,563 
 
 1,541 
 
 
 Dent, tns. /. 
 
 York 
 
 1,630 
 
 1,427 
 
 Dinton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 859 
 
 814 
 
 Donegore, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,840 
 
 1,739 
 
 
 Denton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 82 
 
 87 
 
 Dintou, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 538 
 
 609 
 
 Doneraile, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,846 
 
 4,111 
 
 
 Denton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 650 
 
 637 
 
 Dionis (St. Back-) 
 church), p. 1 
 
 Middles 
 
 746 
 
 534 
 
 Doneraile, tn. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,856 
 
 1,475 
 
 
 Denton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 571 
 
 518 
 
 Donhead (St. An-\ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 861 
 
 830 
 
 
 Denton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 595 
 
 578' 
 
 Diptford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 747 
 
 659 
 
 drew), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Denton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 195 
 
 206; 
 
 Dirham and Hin- ) 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 474 
 
 457 
 
 Donhead(St. Mary)p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,621 
 
 1,482 
 
 
 Denton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,146 
 
 3,335 
 
 Donington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 362 
 
 456 
 
 
 Denton near Can ) 
 terbuty, p. j 
 
 Ke t 
 
 197 
 
 183 
 
 Dirleton, v. -p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 1,634 
 
 1,540 
 
 Doningtou, tn.-p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,867 
 
 1,690 
 
 
 
 Diseworth, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 617 
 
 567 
 
 Donington - upon- ) 
 
 Bain, p. ( 
 
 Donington-Castle p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 489 
 
 552 
 
 
 Denton nr. Graves- \ 
 end, p. j 
 
 Kent 
 
 111 
 
 101 
 
 Dishley - cum - ■> 
 Thorpacre, p. j 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 195 
 
 Leices. 
 
 3,028 
 
 2,445 
 
 
 Denton (Nether), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 334 
 
 302 
 
 Diss, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 3,637 
 
 3,710 
 
 Donington-Castle,tn 
 
 Leices. 
 
 2,729 
 
 2,291 
 
 
 Denton (Upiier), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 112 
 
 100 
 
 Diss, tn. /. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,419 
 
 3,164 
 
 Donniiigton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 113 
 
 105 
 
 
 Denver, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 942 
 
 932 
 
 Disserth, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 564 
 
 621 
 
 Donnington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 184 
 
 188 
 
 
 Deopham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 494 
 
 483 
 
 Distington, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,106 
 
 785 
 
 Donnington ) 
 (Shawcum), p. ) 
 
 Berks 
 
 653 
 
 680 
 
 
 Depden, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 279 
 
 265 
 
 Ditcheat, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,197 
 
 1,218 
 
 
 
 
 
 Deptford, tn. 
 
 Kent 
 
 27,896 
 
 40,243 
 
 Ditchingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,130 
 
 1,100 
 
 Doimybrook, i).-v. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 11,177 
 
 12,151 
 
 
 Deptford;(St Paul),p 
 
 Ke.&Su. 
 
 20,825 
 
 37,834 
 
 Ditchling, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,069 
 
 1,082 
 
 Donohill, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,263 
 
 2,808 
 
 
 DERBy, M. & p. 10. f. 
 
 Derby 
 
 40,609 
 
 43,091 ; 
 
 Ditteridge, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 119 
 
 110 
 
 Donore, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,118 
 
 958 
 
 
 Derby Hills, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 37' Dittisliam, p. 1 
 
 Devon 
 
 765 
 
 762 i Donyatt, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 551 
 
 494 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 
 
 
 
 
 206 
 
 
 
 ABSTEACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Poi>. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Coimty. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 ISSl. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1801. 
 
 Donyland (East), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 828 
 
 1,052 
 
 Driffield (Great), p. 
 
 York 
 
 4,259 
 
 4,734 
 
 Duffns, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 2,983 
 
 3,308 
 
 j 
 
 
 Doologes (St.), 1) 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 239 
 
 Driffield(Great;,tn ; 
 
 York 
 
 3,792 
 
 4,244 
 
 Dufton, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 448 
 
 496 
 
 1 
 
 
 Doon, p.-tii. 
 
 Li.-Tip. 
 
 0,"i37 
 
 5,826 
 
 th. i 
 
 Dukinfield, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 26,418 
 
 29,958 
 
 1 
 
 
 Doondonnell, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 354 
 
 328 
 
 Drigg, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 430 
 
 440 
 
 Dukinfield, tn. 
 
 Chester 
 
 
 15,024 
 
 
 
 Doonfeeny, p 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,720 
 
 2,682 
 
 Drighlington, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 2,740 
 
 4,274 
 
 Dulane, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 809 
 
 713 
 
 
 
 Doouooney, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 181 
 
 134 
 
 Drimnagh, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 326 
 
 355 
 
 Dulas, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 74 
 
 76 
 
 
 
 Doora, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,506 
 
 1,281 
 
 Drinagh, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 392 
 
 356 
 
 Duleek, v.-p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 3,789 
 
 2,942 
 
 
 
 Dorchester, m. & i 
 p. ic. J 
 
 Dorset 
 
 6,394 
 
 6,823 
 
 Drinagh, p. 
 Drinkstoue, p. 
 
 Cork 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,275 
 543 
 
 2,398 
 496 
 
 Duleek, tn. 
 Duleek Abbey, p. 
 
 Meath 
 Meath 
 
 374 
 
 200 
 108 
 
 
 
 Dorchester, p. v. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,061 
 
 1,097 
 
 Drishane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 8,081 
 
 6,289 
 
 Dull, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,'342 
 
 2,945 
 
 
 
 Dore Abbey (W.), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 688 
 
 551 
 
 Drooheda, tn. th.s. 
 
 Me. Lou. 
 
 16,846 
 
 14,740 
 
 Dullingham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 809 
 
 800 
 
 
 
 Dores, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 1,650 
 
 1,506 
 
 Dboitwich, m./. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 3,125 
 
 3,124 
 
 Duloe, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,209 
 
 1,096 
 
 
 
 Dorking, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 6,996 
 
 6,997 
 
 ,. P. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 7,096 
 
 7,086 
 
 Dulverton, tn.-p. «. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,497 
 
 1,552 
 
 
 
 Dorking, tn. th. 
 
 Stirrey 
 
 3,490 
 
 4,061 
 
 Drom, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,400 
 
 997 
 
 Dulwioh, li. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,632 
 
 1,723 
 
 
 
 Dormingtoii, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 189 
 
 138 
 
 Dromara, p. v. 
 
 Down 
 
 8,547 
 
 5,646 
 
 Dumbarton, p 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 4,766 
 
 6,304 
 
 
 
 Dormstoii, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 109 
 
 97 
 
 Dromard, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,468 
 
 1,379 
 
 Dumbarton, p. t. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 
 8,253 
 
 
 
 Dorney, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 355 
 
 367 
 
 Dromcolliher, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,632 
 
 1,494 
 
 ., M. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 
 6,096 
 
 
 
 Dornoch, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 2,981 
 
 2,885 
 
 DromcoUiher, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 721 
 
 Dumbleton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 "467 
 
 465 
 
 
 
 Dornoch, m. &p./. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 451 
 
 647 
 
 Dromdaleague, p. -v. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,162 
 
 3,011 
 
 Dumfries, m. w. g. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 11,107 
 
 12,313 
 
 
 
 Dornock, p. 
 
 Dunif. 
 
 936 
 
 856 
 
 Dromdowney, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 108 
 
 94 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 13,166 
 
 14,023 
 
 
 
 Dorrha, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,662 
 
 1,878 
 
 Dromin, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 715 
 
 517 
 
 Drumfries, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 12,298 
 
 13,523 
 
 
 
 Dorrington, p. 
 
 Ijincoln 
 
 443 
 
 467 
 
 Dromin, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 899 
 
 66i:i 
 
 Dummer, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 409 
 
 400 
 
 
 
 Dorsiugton, p. 
 
 Glo>ic. 
 
 115 
 
 118 
 
 Dromineer, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 500 
 
 373 
 
 Dun, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 737 
 
 765 
 
 
 
 Doratone, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 548 
 
 547 
 
 Dromiskin, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 2,210 
 
 1,902 
 
 Dunaghy, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,839 
 
 3,930 
 
 
 
 Dorton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 139 
 
 137 
 
 Dromkeen, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 299 
 
 281 
 
 Diuiamon, p. 
 
 Ga.-Ros 
 
 559 
 
 552 
 
 
 
 Douglas, tn.-p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 2,611 
 
 2,490 
 
 Dromod, p. 
 
 Keri-y 
 
 4,450 
 
 4,316 
 
 Dunany, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 618 
 
 520 
 
 
 
 Douglas, tn. «. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 9,880 
 
 12,511 
 
 Dromore, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 13,167 
 
 13,549 
 
 Dunbar, p. 
 
 Haddin 
 
 4,415 
 
 4,944 
 
 
 
 Douglas, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 643 
 
 Dromore, tn. ,«. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,872 
 
 2,531 
 
 Dunbar, p. 
 
 Haddiu. 
 
 2,965 
 
 3,516 
 
 
 
 Doulting, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 "6.57 
 
 667 
 
 Dromore, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 8,091 
 
 7,190 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Haddin. 
 
 
 3,796 
 
 
 
 Douue, tn. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,559 
 
 1,256 
 
 Dromore, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 
 679 
 
 Dunbarny, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,066 
 
 1,035 
 
 1 
 
 
 DOVKR, M. & p. w. f. 
 
 Kent 
 
 22,244 
 
 25,325 
 
 Dromtarriff, x^- 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,055 
 
 3,804 
 
 Dunbell, p.tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 493 
 
 427 
 
 
 
 Dovercourt, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,068 
 
 1,231 
 
 Dron, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 394 
 
 376 
 
 Dunbin, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 856 
 
 672 
 
 
 
 Doverdale, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 84 
 
 43 
 
 Dronfield, tn.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 5,231 
 
 6,013 
 
 Dunblane, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,213 
 
 2,528 
 
 
 
 Dovei'idge, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 766 
 
 737 
 
 Droxford, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,005 
 
 2,194 
 
 Dunblane, tn tli. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,816 
 
 1,709 
 
 
 
 Dowally and Dun- i 
 keld, p. \ 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,662 
 
 971 
 
 Droylsden, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 6,280 
 
 6,980 
 
 Dunboe, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 3,784 
 
 2,607 
 
 
 
 Drum, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,732 
 
 2,565 
 
 Dunbog, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 220 
 
 207 
 
 
 
 Dowdeswell, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 304 
 
 350 
 
 Drum, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 3,766 
 
 3,414 
 
 Dunboyne, p. 
 
 M eath 
 
 2,246 
 
 1,845 
 
 
 
 Dowdstown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 198 
 
 111 
 
 Drumachose, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 6,434 
 
 4,654 
 
 Dunboyne, tn. 
 
 Meath 
 
 
 390 
 
 
 
 Dowlaud, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 208 
 
 205 
 
 Drumacoo, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 659 
 
 645 
 
 Dunbrody, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 3,'385 
 
 2,772 
 
 i 
 
 
 Dowles, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 70 
 
 98 
 
 Drumahaire, tn. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 346 
 
 331 
 
 DunbuUogue, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,201 
 
 2,541 
 
 
 
 Dowlish-Wake, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 322 
 
 319 
 
 Drumatemple, p. 
 
 G.-Ros. 
 
 1,954 
 
 1,681 
 
 Duncannon, tn. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 460 
 
 519 
 
 
 
 Dowlish (West), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 59 
 
 52 
 
 Drumballyroney, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,892 
 
 7,493 
 
 Dunchideock, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 178 
 
 155 
 
 
 
 Down, p. s. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,867 
 
 6,996 
 
 Drumbeg, p. 
 
 Do.-An. 
 
 1,705 
 
 1,751 
 
 Dunohurch, v.-ji. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,422 
 
 1,309 
 
 
 
 Down, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 437 
 
 496 
 
 Drumblade, p. 
 
 A herd. 
 
 949 
 
 926 
 
 Dimcoi-mick, p. tn. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,829 
 
 1,414 
 
 
 
 Down (Bast), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 455 
 
 418 
 
 Drumbo, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 7,732 
 
 7,073 
 
 Dunoton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 272 
 
 258 
 
 
 
 Down (St. Mary), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 402 
 
 426 
 
 Drumcannon, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 3,892 
 
 3,733 
 
 Dundalk, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 
 12,731 
 
 
 
 Down (West), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 587 
 
 654 
 
 Drumcar, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,428 
 
 1,166 
 
 DUNDALK, m. 
 
 Louth 
 
 9,841 
 
 10,360 
 
 
 
 Down ham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,299 
 
 2,158 
 
 DrumclifF, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 14,737 
 
 9,708 
 
 Diuidee, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 62,546 
 
 68,986 
 
 
 
 Downham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 259 
 
 247 
 
 Dnimcliff, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 9,005 
 
 7,972 
 
 Dundee, m./. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 21,449 
 
 29,165 
 
 
 
 Downham (Mar-^ 
 
 ket), p. 1 
 
 Downham (Mar-^ 
 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 
 3,262 
 2,867 
 
 3,133 
 2,458 
 
 Drumcolumb, p. 
 Drumcondra, p. 
 Drumcree, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Meath 
 
 Armagh 
 
 1,187 
 
 1,913 
 
 12,683 
 
 1,133 
 
 1,385 
 14,140 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Dnndermot ^ 
 
 Grange, p. ) 
 
 Forfar 
 Antrim 
 
 78,931 
 1,136 
 
 90,417 
 1,099 
 
 
 
 ket), tn. s. ) 
 
 Dnimcreehy, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,559 
 
 1,580 
 
 DundeiTow, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,454 
 
 1,336 
 
 
 
 Downham (San- ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 70 
 
 81 
 
 Drumoillen, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 2,278 
 
 1,474 
 
 Dundonald, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 7,299 
 
 7,606 
 
 
 
 ton), p. / 
 
 Drumgath, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 4,007 
 
 3,625 
 
 Dundonald, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 314 
 
 
 
 Downhead, p. 
 
 Somer, 
 
 250 
 
 249 
 
 -Drumglass, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 6,240 
 
 5,858 
 
 Dundonald, v p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,297 
 
 1,333 
 
 
 
 Downholme, p. 
 
 York 
 
 260 
 
 241 
 
 Drumgooland, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 8,971 
 
 8,457 
 
 Dundrum, v. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 694 
 
 487 
 
 
 
 Downings, p. 
 
 KUdare 
 
 1,007 
 
 777 
 
 Drumgoon, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 10,008 
 
 7,945 
 
 Dundrura, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 314 
 
 
 
 DOWNPATRICK, tn. S 
 
 Down 
 
 3,827 
 
 3,692 
 
 Drumhome, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 7,995 
 
 7,493 
 
 Dundry, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 "692 
 
 556 
 
 
 
 Downton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 3,S9S 
 
 3,566 
 
 Drumkay, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 248 
 
 337 
 
 Duneane, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 5,859 
 
 5,658 
 
 
 
 Downton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 99 
 
 184 
 
 Drumkeeran, p. 
 
 Fermau. 
 
 6,491 
 
 5,817 
 
 Duneany, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 524 
 
 381 
 
 
 
 Dowsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 215 
 
 195 
 
 Drumkeeran, tn. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 
 426 
 
 Dunfanaghy, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 587 
 
 657 
 
 
 
 Dowth, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 362 
 
 280 
 
 Dnimlane, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 6,121 
 
 5,036 
 
 Dunfermline, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 21,687 
 
 21,187 
 
 
 
 Doynton, p. -v. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 499 
 
 448 
 
 Drumlargan, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 84 
 
 78 
 
 DuNKERMLINE,P.<..f. 
 
 Fife 
 
 13,836 
 
 13,506 
 
 
 
 Drain ie, p. 
 
 Elghi 
 
 1,856 
 
 3,028 
 
 Drumlease, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 3,655 
 
 3,383 
 
 ,, M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 8,402 
 
 
 
 Drakenmir, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 426 
 
 Drumline, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 838 
 
 661 
 
 Dunflerth, p. 
 
 Kildai-e 
 
 744 
 
 668 
 
 
 
 Drakestown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 "4,36 
 
 303 
 
 Drumlish, tn. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 
 380 
 
 Dungannon,tn. v).th 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 3,835 
 
 3,984 
 
 
 
 Drangan, p.-tu. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,581 
 
 1,142 
 
 Drumlithie, v. 
 
 Ktncar. 
 
 
 .332 
 
 Dunganstown, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,662 
 
 2,280 
 
 
 
 Draperstown, tn. 
 
 London. 
 
 
 467 
 
 Drumlumraan, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 5,963 
 
 5,608 
 
 Dungarvan, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 11,194 
 
 8,720 
 
 
 
 Draughton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 223 
 
 190 
 
 Drummaul, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 9,802 
 
 9,511 
 
 DUNGARVAN, tn. JC. S 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 6,311 
 
 5,886 
 
 
 
 Drax, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,289 
 
 1,231 
 
 Drummelzier, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 244 
 
 181 
 
 Dungarvan, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,307 
 
 993 
 
 
 
 Draycott (Ceme), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 159 
 
 158 
 
 DrummuUy, p. 
 
 Fer.Mo. 
 
 2,601 
 
 2,494 
 
 Dungiven, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 4,435 
 
 4,248 
 
 
 
 Draycott(Foliatt>, p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 18 
 
 27 
 
 Drumoak, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 948 
 
 996 
 
 Dungiven, tn. m. 
 
 London. 
 
 917 
 
 845 
 
 
 
 Draycott -in- the -{ 
 
 Stafford 
 
 520 
 
 461 
 
 Drumore, v. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 
 429 
 
 Duiiglow, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 484 
 
 399 
 
 
 
 Moors, p. j 
 
 Drumquin, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 
 410 
 
 Dungoume.v, p. v. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,531 
 
 1,225 
 
 
 
 Drayton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 505 
 
 605 
 
 Drumragh, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 9,997 
 
 9,578 
 
 Dunham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 581 
 
 327 
 
 
 
 Drayton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 472 
 
 451 
 
 Drumraney, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 2,246 
 
 1,730 
 
 Dunham (Greats, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 480 
 
 493 
 
 
 
 Drayton, j). 
 
 Oxford 
 
 327 
 
 327 
 
 Drumrat, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,152 
 
 1,090 
 
 Dunham (Little), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 354 
 
 327 
 
 
 
 Drayton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 551 
 
 657 
 
 Drumreilly, p. 
 
 Ca.Leit. 
 
 7,296 
 
 7,818 
 
 Dunhill, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,712 
 
 1,369 
 
 
 
 Drayton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 101 
 
 96 
 
 Drumshallon, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 871 
 
 779 
 
 Dunholm, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 4li 
 
 453 
 
 
 
 Drayton near Ban- \ 
 
 Oxford 
 
 224 
 
 186 
 
 Drumshambo, v. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 522 
 
 493 
 
 Dunino, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 289 
 
 370 
 
 
 
 bury, p. ) 
 
 Drumsna, tn. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 
 339 
 
 Dunipace, v. p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,472 
 
 1,731 
 
 
 
 Drayton (Bassett), p 
 
 Stafford 
 
 408 
 
 441 
 
 Drumsnat, p. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 2,203 
 
 2,051 
 
 Duniry, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,322 
 
 969 
 
 
 
 Drayton (Beau - > 
 champ), p. ) 
 
 Bucks 
 
 261 
 
 268 
 
 Drumtullagh- ) 
 Grange, p. ) 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,060 
 
 1,144 
 
 Dunisky, p. 
 Dunkeld & Dow- ) 
 ally, p. ( 
 
 Cork 
 Perth 
 
 277 
 1,662 
 
 150. 
 971 
 
 
 
 Drayton (Dry), p. 
 
 Camb 
 
 497 
 
 470 
 
 Drung, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,396 
 
 4,212 
 
 
 
 
 Drayton (East), p 
 
 Notts 
 
 251 
 
 263 
 
 Dryfesdale, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 2,093 
 
 2,509 
 
 Dunkeld (Little), p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,165 
 
 2,104 
 
 
 
 Drayton (Fen), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 392 
 
 445 
 
 Drymen, v.-p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,481 
 
 1,619 
 
 Dunkeld, tn s. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,104 
 
 g-.g 
 
 
 
 Drayton (Fenny), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 115 
 
 134 
 
 Drypool, p. 
 
 York 
 
 4,421 
 
 6,241 
 
 Dunkerrin, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,713 
 
 1,410 
 
 
 
 Drayton-in-Hales, ) 
 p. w. f 
 
 Salop 
 
 4,947 
 
 5,242 
 
 Duagh, p.-tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 4,036 
 
 3,820 
 
 Dunkerton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,111 
 
 1,060 
 
 
 
 Dublin, c. m. th. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 258,.S61 
 
 264,808 
 
 Dvmkeswell, ji. 
 
 Devon 
 
 679 
 
 492 
 
 
 
 Drayton (ParsIow),p 
 
 Bucks 
 
 490 
 
 468 
 
 Ducklington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 571 
 
 606 
 
 Dunkineely, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 317 
 
 
 
 Drayton (West), p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 906 
 
 951 
 
 Dudcott, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 241 
 
 349 
 
 Dunkirk, v. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "685 
 
 721 
 
 
 
 Dreghorn, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,828 
 
 3,283 
 
 Duddeston, h. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 26,448 
 
 38,760 
 
 Dunkitt, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 2,E62 
 
 2,042 
 
 
 
 Dreghom, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 901 
 
 Duddingstone, v.-p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 4,401 
 
 5,159 
 
 Dunlavan, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,741 
 
 1,401 
 
 
 
 Drehidtarsna, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 254 
 
 Duddington, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 401 
 
 422 
 
 Dunlechny, y. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 4,272 
 
 3,699 
 
 
 
 Drewsteignton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,232 
 
 1,067 
 
 Dudley, p. p. s. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 37,962 
 
 44,975 
 
 Dunleer, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,095 
 
 992 
 
 
 
 Driby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 98 
 
 79 
 
 Duffield, v.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 17,749 
 
 16,776 
 
 Dunleer, tn. 
 
 Louth 
 
 505 
 
 624 
 
 
 
 Driffield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 161 
 
 132 
 
 Dufftown, V. 
 
 Banff 
 
 
 1,249 
 
 Dunlop, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,115 
 
 1,038 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I 
 
 
 
 
 GKEAT BKITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 207 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Duulop, V. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 330 
 
 Dysart, m. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 1,755 
 
 Eaton (Socon), p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 2,802 
 
 2,766 
 
 Dunluce, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,'669 
 
 2,516 
 
 Dysartenos, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,076 
 
 1,006 
 
 Eaton (St. An-\ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 785 
 
 930 
 
 Diinmahon, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 659 
 
 517 
 
 Dysartgallen, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 3,027 
 
 2,544 
 
 drew), p. ) 
 
 DuDiuaiioge, ]). 
 
 Kiidare 
 
 514 
 
 374 
 
 Dysiirtmoon, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,418 
 
 1,156 
 
 Ebbe (St.), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 4,656 
 
 4,909 
 
 Dunmauway, tu. t. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,212 
 
 2,01)8 
 
 Dysert, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,449 
 
 1,3.37 
 
 Ebberston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 571 
 
 572 
 
 Dunmoe, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 121 
 
 129 
 
 Dysert, p. 
 
 Keny 
 
 1,012 
 
 962 
 
 Ebbesboi-ne- Wake, p 
 
 WUts 
 
 319 
 
 326 
 
 Duumore, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 S,603 
 
 8,440 
 
 Dysert, p. 
 
 KeiTy 
 
 929 
 
 941 
 
 Ebony, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 176 
 
 184 
 
 Dun more, tii. th. 
 
 Galway 
 
 880 
 
 651 
 
 Dysert, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 144 
 
 145 
 
 Ebrington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 594 
 
 570 
 
 Dunmore, p. 
 
 Kilkiiy 
 
 501 
 
 357 
 
 Dysert, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,153 
 
 887 
 
 Eccles, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 41,497 
 
 52,679 
 
 Dunmore, tn. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 
 312 
 
 Dyserth, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 1,030 
 
 1,098 
 
 Eccles, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 185 
 
 194 
 
 Dunmow (Great), \ 
 
 p.-tu. t 
 
 Dunmow (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 Essex 
 
 3,235 
 879 
 
 2,976 
 379 
 
 Eagle (with Eagle) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 •^T*? 
 
 614 
 
 Eccles, p. 
 Ecclesall-Bierlow, ) 
 
 tns. ; 
 
 Berwick 
 York 
 
 1,892 
 24,552 
 
 1,861 
 
 38,771 
 
 Dunmoylan, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,144 
 
 1,217 
 
 Hall), p. j 
 
 Oi t 
 
 Ecclesfechan, v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 769 
 
 884 
 
 Dunmurraghill, p. 
 
 ICildai-e 
 
 151 
 
 109 
 
 Eaglesfleld, v. 
 
 Diimf. 
 
 
 499 
 
 Ecclesfield, p. 
 
 York 
 
 16,870 
 
 21,568 
 
 Dunmurry, p. 
 
 Kildjire 
 
 161 
 
 152 
 
 Eaglesham, p.-v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 2,m 
 
 2,328 
 
 Eccleshall, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 4,616 
 
 4,882 
 
 Dunmurry, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 401 
 
 Elakring, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 710 
 
 650 
 
 Bccleshall, tn. /. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,427 
 
 4,398 
 
 Dunnamaggan, p.-v 
 
 Kilkuy 
 
 "gra 
 
 686 
 
 Ealing, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 9,828 
 
 11,963 
 
 Ecclesmachan, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 289 
 
 309 
 
 Dunnet, p. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 1,868 
 
 1,861 
 
 Eardibland, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 889 
 
 894 
 
 Eccleston, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 376 
 
 349 
 
 Jiuiiniclien, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,884 
 
 1,932 
 
 Eardisley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 811 
 
 826 
 
 Eccleston, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,115 
 
 3,496 
 
 Dunning, p, 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,206 
 
 2,084 
 
 Earl (Shilton), c. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 2,364 
 
 2,176 
 
 Eccleston(Great), tn s 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 631 
 
 905 
 
 Dunning, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,591 
 
 1,105 
 
 Earl (Soham), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 729 
 
 745 
 
 Ecford, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 1,073 
 
 957 
 
 Duiuiiugton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 850 
 
 906 
 
 Earl (Stoke), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 400 
 
 378 
 
 Echt, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,206 
 
 1,287 
 
 Dunnottar, p. 
 
 Kinaar. 
 
 1,949 
 
 1,828 
 
 Earlham(St.Mary),p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 131 
 
 195 
 
 Eckington, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 4,958 
 
 6,064 
 
 Dunoon, p. 
 
 Argj'le 
 
 4,518 
 
 5,461 
 
 Earls-Bai-ton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,277 
 
 1,557 
 
 Eckingtou, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 
 748 
 
 Dunoon &, Kim, tn. 
 
 Argylo 
 
 
 2,968 
 
 Earlsferry, m. 
 
 Fife 
 
 436 
 
 395 
 
 Ecton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 631 
 
 640 
 
 Dunquin, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 "722 
 
 617 
 
 Earlston, v.-p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,819 
 
 1,825 
 
 Edburton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 289 
 
 300 
 
 JJunrossness, p. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 4,505 
 
 4,830 
 
 Earlstowii, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 469 
 
 370 
 
 Edderton, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 890 
 
 836 
 
 Dunsany, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 131 
 
 157 
 
 Earnley, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 137 
 
 116 
 
 ' Eddlestone, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 790 
 
 753 
 
 Dunsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 203 
 
 195 
 
 Eamshill, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 Eddi-achillis, p. 
 
 Sutherl. 
 
 1,576 
 
 1,641 
 
 Dunscore, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,578 
 
 ],554 
 
 Eai-sdon, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 10,982 
 
 12,444 
 
 Edenbridge, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,718 
 
 1,736 
 
 Dunse, tn.-p. 
 
 Beiw. 
 
 3,407 
 
 3,595 
 
 Earsham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 745 
 
 697 
 
 Edenderry, tn. «. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,850 
 
 1,661 
 
 Dunsfold, p. 
 
 Surrej- 
 
 671 
 
 716 
 
 Eartham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 103 
 
 121 
 
 Edenhall, p. 
 
 Cumber 
 
 315 
 
 287 
 
 Dunsford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 977 
 
 921 
 
 Easby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 863 
 
 844 
 
 Edenham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 670 
 
 644 
 
 Dunsfort, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,220 
 
 1,093 
 
 Easdale, v. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 449 
 
 Edensor, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 685 
 
 592 
 
 Dunshalt, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 567 
 
 Easebourne, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,076 
 
 859 
 
 Edermine, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,162 
 
 956 
 
 Dunshaughlin, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,'820 
 
 1,202 
 
 Easington, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 7,062 
 
 7,336 
 
 Edeym, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 644 
 
 613 
 
 Dunshaughlin, tn. 
 
 Meath 
 
 
 403 
 
 Easington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 18 
 
 26 
 
 Edgbaston, yi. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 
 12,907 
 
 Dunstable, tn.-p.?p.« 
 
 Bedford 
 
 3,'589 
 
 4,470 
 
 Easington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 803 
 
 752 
 
 Edgcott, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 77 
 
 103 
 
 Dunstan (St.), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,283 
 
 1,520 
 
 Easington (East), p 
 
 York 
 
 625 
 
 666 
 
 Edgecott, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 193 
 
 182 
 
 Dunstan, St.(East),p 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,025 
 
 971 
 
 Easingwold, tn.-p. ,/. 
 
 York 
 
 2,717 
 
 2,724 
 
 Edgefield, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 664 
 
 624 
 
 Dunstan,St.(West) p 
 
 Middles. 
 
 2,930 
 
 2,.511 
 
 Easky, p.-tn. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 4,231 
 
 3,975 
 
 Edgeworth, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 148 
 
 139 
 
 Dunster, tn.-p. /. 
 
 Soiner. 
 
 1,184 
 
 1,112 
 
 Eassie and Nevay, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 706 
 
 748 
 
 Edgeworthstown, v. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 817 
 
 860 
 
 Dunstew, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 452 
 
 407 
 
 East (Greenock), p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 7,704 
 
 12,135 
 
 Edgmond, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,478 
 
 2,598 
 
 Dunston, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 594 
 
 575 
 
 East (Perth), p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 8,590 
 
 9,654 
 
 Edgton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 191 
 
 186 
 
 1 Dunston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 126 
 
 83 
 
 East1x)urne, tn.-p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 3,433 
 
 5,795 
 
 Edgware, p.-tn. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 765 
 
 705 
 
 Dunsyre, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 312 
 
 312 
 
 Eastbridge, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 31 
 
 45 
 
 Edinburgh, m. ir. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 36,734 
 
 66,429 
 
 Duntert-on, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 170 
 
 181 
 
 Eastchurch, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 996 
 
 r. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 160,302 
 
 168,121 
 
 Duntisbourne(Ab- \ 
 bots), p. f 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 371 
 
 354 
 
 Easter (Good), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 "500 
 
 539 
 
 •Edinburgh— 
 
 
 
 
 Easter (High), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,043 
 
 947 
 
 Canongate, i). 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 11,298 
 
 11,639 
 
 Duntisboume ) 
 (Rouse), p. j 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 160 
 
 127 
 
 Eastergate, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 162 
 
 162 
 
 Greenside, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,566 
 
 4,532 
 
 Eastgrinstead, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 3,820 
 
 4,266 
 
 High,or St. Giles, p 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,319 
 
 2,487 
 
 Duntocher, v. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 2,446 
 
 2,. 360 
 
 Eastham, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,411 
 
 2,641 
 
 Lady Yester's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,785 
 
 2,708 
 
 Dunton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 467 
 
 518 
 
 Eastham, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 622 
 
 645 
 
 New Greyfi-iars, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,642 
 
 3,413 
 
 Dun ton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 98 
 
 106 
 
 Easthampstead. p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 698 
 
 789 
 
 New North, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,279 
 
 3,952 
 
 Dunton, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 178 
 
 174 
 
 Eastliope, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 112 
 
 109 
 
 Old, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 4,237 
 
 4,444 
 
 Dunton-Basset, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 528 
 
 524 
 
 Easthorpe, p 
 
 Essex 
 
 161 
 
 144 
 
 Old Greyfriars, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,276 
 
 3,365 
 
 Dunton - cum - ) 
 Doughton, p. 1 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 134 
 
 126 
 
 Eastington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,886 
 
 1.707 
 
 St. Andrew's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 5,439 
 
 4,310 
 
 East-Leach-Mar ) 
 tin, p. f 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 197 
 
 216 
 
 St. Cuthbert's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 82,479 
 
 89,016 
 
 Duuurlin, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,064 
 
 887 
 
 St. George's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 9,255 
 
 9,169 
 
 Dunwick, tn.-p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2H 
 
 227 
 
 East-Leach-Tur- ^ 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 446 
 
 506 
 
 St. John's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,068 
 
 2.695 
 
 Durham, c. m. &p. s. 
 
 Durham 
 
 13,188 
 
 14,088 
 
 ville, p. ( 
 
 St. Mary's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 7,896 
 
 8,126 
 
 I^urhanitown, v. 
 
 Liiilith. 
 
 
 511 
 
 Eastling, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 414 
 
 399 
 
 St. Stephen's, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 7,893 
 
 8.313 
 
 Durinish, \i. 
 
 Invem. 
 
 5,330 
 
 4,775 
 
 Eastmuir, v. 
 
 Tvanark 
 
 
 510 
 
 Tolbooth, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,321 
 
 2,.S21 
 
 Uurisdeer, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,795 
 
 1,320 
 
 Eastnor, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 "444 
 
 478 
 
 Trinity College, p. 
 
 Ediirb. 
 
 3,156 
 
 3,306 
 
 Durleigh, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 145 
 
 158 
 
 Easton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 177 
 
 155 
 
 Tron, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,602 
 
 3,288 
 
 Durley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 424 
 
 411 
 
 Easton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 296 
 
 233 
 
 Edingale, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 190 
 
 208 
 
 Durness, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 1,152 
 
 1,109 
 
 Easton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,066 
 
 984 
 
 Edingley, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 381 
 
 390 
 
 Dumford, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 554 
 
 553 
 
 Easton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 485 
 
 455 
 
 Edingthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 184 
 
 181 
 
 Durrington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 177 
 
 171 
 
 Easton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 404 
 
 400 
 
 Edington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,079 
 
 994 
 
 Dunington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 477 
 
 440 
 
 Easton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 487 
 
 463 
 
 Edinkillie, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,343 
 
 1,303 
 
 Durris, p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 962 
 
 1,109 
 
 Easton-Bavents, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 Edith-Weston, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 362 
 
 387 
 
 Durrovv, p. 
 
 Kilk.Qu 
 
 2,256 
 
 1,759 
 
 Easton - in - Gor - 1 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,984 
 
 2,028 
 
 Ediaston, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 197 
 
 207 
 
 Durrow, tu. /. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,085 
 
 869 
 
 dano, p. f 
 
 Edlesborough, p. 
 
 B\icks 
 
 1,838 
 
 1,671 
 
 Durrow, p. 
 
 Kin. We. 
 
 1,926 
 
 1,423 
 
 Easton (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 937 
 
 891 
 
 PMIingham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 742 
 
 676 
 
 Durrus, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,392 
 
 2,137 
 
 Easton (Grey), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 189 
 
 - 177 
 
 Edlington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 182 
 
 212 
 
 Durry, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 
 447 
 
 Easton (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 396 
 
 357 
 
 Etllington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 151 
 
 149 
 
 Dursley, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Glouo. 
 
 2,752 
 
 2,477 
 
 Easton-Maudit, p. 
 
 Northa 
 
 217 
 
 207 
 
 EdmondVtyres, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 485 
 
 455 
 
 Durston, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 258 
 
 223 
 
 Easton-Neston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 170 
 
 160 
 
 Edmondthorjie, ]). 
 
 Leices. 
 
 256 
 
 233 
 
 Durweston, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 406 
 
 364 
 
 Eastrington, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,867 
 
 1,906 
 
 Edmonsham, p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 286 
 
 279 
 
 Huston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 714 
 
 1,162 
 
 Eastrop, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 62 
 
 130 
 
 Edmonton, v.-p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 9,708 
 
 10,930 
 
 Duthill, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,788 
 
 1,928 
 
 Eastry, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,697 
 
 1,505 
 
 Edmund (St.), p. 
 Edmund (St.), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 890 
 
 753 
 
 Duxford, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 844 
 
 841 
 
 East-VUle, p. , 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 246 
 
 Wilts 
 
 4,187 
 
 4,458 
 
 Dwy-Gyfylchi, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 926 
 
 1,386 
 
 Eastwell, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 '"88 
 
 126 
 
 Edmund (St.), p. 
 Edmund (St.), ]). 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,4.37 
 
 1,525 
 
 Uyce, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 470 
 
 585 
 
 Eastwell, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1.56 
 
 160 
 
 Middles. 
 
 440 
 
 333 
 
 Dyfriu-Clydach, h. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 997 
 
 1,022 
 
 Eastwick, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 170 
 
 116 
 
 Ednam, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 658 
 
 699 
 
 Dyke and Moy, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,369 
 
 1,247 
 
 Eastwood, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 631 
 
 573 
 
 Edrens (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 124 
 
 118 
 
 Dykehead, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 573 
 
 Eastwood, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,720 
 
 1,860 
 
 Edrom, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,474 
 
 1 ,592 
 
 Dymchurcli, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "650 
 
 618 
 
 Eiistwood, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 9,243 
 
 11,314 
 
 Edstone (Great\ p. 
 
 York 
 
 152 
 
 162 
 
 Dymeirchioa, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 707 
 
 707 
 
 Eatington, p. 
 
 Wai-w, 
 
 695 
 
 713 
 
 Edvin-Loach, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 69 
 
 53 
 
 Dymock, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,771 
 
 1,870 
 
 Eaton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 442 
 
 421 
 
 Edvin-Ralph, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 149 
 
 165 
 
 Dyrham and Hin- ) 
 
 Gloiic. 
 
 474 
 
 457 
 
 Eaton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 158 
 
 184 
 
 Edwalton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 118 
 
 115 
 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Eaton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 548 
 
 544 
 
 Edward (St.), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 633 
 
 526 
 
 Dysart, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,538 
 
 1,384 
 
 Eaton (Bishop), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 447 
 
 465 
 
 Edwardstone, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 479 
 
 462 
 
 Dysart, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 489 
 
 424 
 
 Eaton (Bray), p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,455 
 
 1,440 
 
 Edwinstowe, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 2,599 
 
 2,651 
 
 Dysart, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 879 
 
 719 
 
 E iton(Church),p. -V. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 654 
 
 643 
 
 Edworth, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 104 
 
 99 
 
 Dysart, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,134 
 
 1,113 
 
 Eaton (Constan- ) 
 tine), p. f 
 
 Salop 
 
 303 
 
 242 
 
 Edzell, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,084 
 
 1,025 
 
 Dysart, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 8,739 
 
 8,842 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dysart, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 8,0661 Eaton (Hastings), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 140 
 
 185 1 * See not* 
 
 to Aber( 
 
 leen. 
 
 
 1 
 
! 
 
 
 
 
 208 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1S51 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Place. 
 
 Covinty. 
 
 Pop. 
 1881. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Placb. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 lOil. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Placb. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Top. 
 1861. 
 
 3,743 
 
 Edzell, V. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 
 397 
 
 Elmsweli, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 779 
 
 759 
 
 Escomb, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 
 
 Efenechtyd, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 "276 
 
 211 
 
 Elmton, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 435 
 
 469 
 
 Escrick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "901 
 
 1,237 
 
 
 
 Efflu, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,453 
 
 1,260 
 
 Elphin, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 4,727 
 
 4,260 
 
 Esher, v.-p. 
 
 Sun-ey 
 
 1,441 
 
 1,460 
 
 
 
 Effingham, p.- v. 
 
 Siirrey 
 
 618 
 
 633 
 
 Elphin, tn. w. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,225 
 
 1,007 
 
 Eskdalemuir, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 672 
 
 590 
 
 
 
 Egdean, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 105 
 
 85 
 
 Elpliinstone, v. 
 
 Had. 
 
 
 388 
 
 Esker, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 650 
 
 639 
 
 
 
 Egerton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 830 
 
 816 
 
 Elphijistone(Port\ v 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 133 
 
 Esseudine, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 
 193 
 
 
 
 Egg-Buckland, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,468 
 
 1,348 
 
 Elsdon, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 l','643 
 
 1,521 
 
 Essendon, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 "'739 
 
 672 
 
 
 
 Eggesford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 138 
 
 126 
 
 Elsenham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 517 
 
 480 
 
 Estersiiow, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,661 
 
 1,419 
 
 
 
 Eggington, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 374 
 
 355 
 
 Elsfield, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 168 
 
 179 
 
 Etchingham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 950 
 
 864 
 
 
 
 Egglescliffe, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 701 
 
 698 
 
 Elsham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 488 
 
 409 
 
 Ethelburga (St.), p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 603 
 
 606 
 
 
 
 Egham, p.-v. 
 
 SiuTey 
 
 4,482 
 
 4,864 
 
 Elaing, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 400 
 
 392 
 
 Etheldred (St.), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 395 
 
 614 
 
 
 
 Egleton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 136 
 
 131 
 
 Elstead, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 841 
 
 818 
 
 Eton, tn.-p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 3,796 
 
 3,122 
 
 
 
 Eglinham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,000 
 
 1,845 
 
 Elsted, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 208 
 
 174 
 
 Ettagh, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,471 
 
 1,128 
 
 
 
 EglintonIrou-wk3.,v 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 1,342 
 
 Elston, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 282 
 
 472 
 
 Etton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 144 
 
 160 
 
 
 
 Eglish, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 2,'295 
 
 1,596 
 
 Elstow, p.-v. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 681 
 
 618 
 
 Etton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 498 
 
 602 
 
 
 
 Eglish, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 4,037 
 
 3,700 
 
 Elstree, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 396 
 
 402 
 
 Ettrick, p. 
 
 Selkirk 
 
 477 
 
 454 
 
 
 
 Egloshayle, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,504 
 
 1,479 
 
 Elsworth, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 822 
 
 787 
 
 Etwall, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 765 
 
 846 
 
 
 
 Egloskerry, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 534 
 
 510 
 
 Eltham, v. -p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,568 
 
 3,009 
 
 Euston (with Ry- \ 
 mer), p. ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 250 
 
 225 
 
 
 
 Eglwya (Brewis), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 17 
 
 21 
 
 Eltisley, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 448 
 
 478 
 
 
 
 Eglwys (Cymiii), p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 313 
 
 260 
 
 Elton, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 84 
 
 108 
 
 Eval (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 326 
 
 295 
 
 
 
 Eglwys (Fach), p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,553 
 
 1,530 
 
 Elton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 101 
 
 108 
 
 Evanton, v. 
 
 Ross Cro 
 
 
 584 
 
 
 
 Eglwys (I Ian), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 6,110 
 
 6,383 
 
 Elton, p. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 878 
 
 947 
 
 Evedon, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "66 
 
 62 
 
 
 
 Eglwys (Rhos), p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 729 
 
 832 
 
 Elton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 79 
 
 94 
 
 Evenload, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 312 
 
 276 
 
 
 
 Eglwysnrw, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 559 
 
 490 
 
 Elvaston, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 498 
 
 499 
 
 Evenly, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 489 
 
 525 
 
 
 
 Egmanton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 429 
 
 386 
 
 Elveden, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 238 
 
 193 
 
 Evercreech, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,376 
 
 1,321 
 
 
 
 Egmere, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 54 
 
 56 
 
 Elvetham. p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 497 
 
 475 
 
 Everdon, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 712 
 
 740 
 
 
 
 Egremont, p.-tii. s. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,049 
 
 3,481 
 
 Elvington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 372 
 
 472 
 
 Everingham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 297 
 
 321 
 
 
 
 Egremont, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 161 
 
 124 
 
 Elvis (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 37 
 
 33 
 
 Everley, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 367 
 
 294 
 
 
 
 Egton, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 1,129 
 
 1,115 
 
 Elwick-Hall, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 187 
 
 206 
 
 Eversden (Great), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 312 
 
 314 
 
 
 
 Eig (Isl.) 
 
 Invern. 
 
 461 
 
 309 
 
 Elworthy, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 216 
 
 197 
 
 Eversden (Little,), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 288 
 
 239 
 
 
 
 Eisey, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 162 
 
 198 
 
 Ely, c. th. 
 
 Camb 
 
 6,176 
 
 7,428 
 
 Eversholt, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 982 
 
 885 
 
 
 
 Elberton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 204 
 
 180 
 
 Ely (Trinity), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 5,438 
 
 6.185 
 
 Evershot, p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 606 
 
 595 
 
 
 
 Eldersfield, p. 
 
 Worce^ 
 
 794 
 
 782 
 
 Ematris, p. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 4,769 
 
 4,169 
 
 Eversley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 789 
 
 829 
 
 
 
 Elderslie, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 784 
 
 Emberton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 613 
 
 624 
 
 Everton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 246 
 
 248 
 
 
 
 Elford, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 "468 
 
 461 
 
 Embleton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,276 
 
 2,302 
 
 Everton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 888 
 
 849 
 
 
 
 Elgin, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 7,277 
 
 8,726: 
 
 Emborrow, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 197 
 
 178 
 
 Evesbatch, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 108 
 
 87 
 
 
 
 EU3IN, M. t. f. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 5,383 
 
 6,403 
 
 Emlagh, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 277 
 
 249 
 
 Evesham, m. &p. m. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 4,605 
 
 4,680 
 
 
 
 It P- 
 Elgin (New), v. 
 
 Elgin 
 Elgin 
 
 6,337 
 
 7,543 
 520 
 
 Emlaghfad, p- 
 Emley, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 York 
 
 3,931 
 2,905 
 
 4,322 
 2,771 
 
 Evie and Ren- ) 
 dal], p. 1 
 
 Orkney 
 
 1,446 
 
 1,408 
 
 
 
 Elham, p.-tn. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,'207 
 
 1,159 
 
 Emiy, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,057 
 
 2,551 
 
 Evington, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 293 
 
 275 
 
 
 
 Elie, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 843 
 
 826 
 
 Emly, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 366 
 
 Ewe (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,544 
 
 1,434 
 
 
 
 Elie, V. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 706 
 
 Emlygrennan, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 ""863 
 
 739 
 
 Ewell, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 403 
 
 429 
 
 
 
 Eling, v.-p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 5','852 
 
 5,947 
 
 Emmington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 104 
 
 88 
 
 Ewell, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,186 
 
 2,195 
 
 
 
 Elkingtoii, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 47 
 
 60 
 
 Emneth, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,092 
 
 1,023 
 
 Ewelme, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 673 
 
 684 
 
 
 
 Elkington(North),p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 104 
 
 108 
 
 Empingham, j). 
 
 Rutland 
 
 938 
 
 921 
 
 Ewenny, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 272 
 
 273 
 
 
 
 Elkington(South),p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 241 
 
 333 
 
 Empshott, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 165 
 
 167 
 
 Ewerby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 508 
 
 473 
 
 
 
 Eiksley, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 404 
 
 362 
 
 Emyvale, tn. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 618 
 
 512 
 
 Ewes, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 354 
 
 356 
 
 
 
 Elkstone, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 336 
 
 320! 
 
 Enborne, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 407 
 
 412 
 
 Ewhurst, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 Ella Kirk, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,157 
 
 1,148 1 
 
 Endellion (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,223 
 
 1,192 
 
 Ewhurst, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 872 
 
 881 
 
 
 
 Elland, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 7,225 
 
 3,643 
 
 Enderby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,335 
 
 1,333 
 
 Ewhurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,213 
 
 1,043 
 
 
 
 EUastone, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,312 
 
 1,230 1 
 
 Enderby-Bag, p. 
 
 Lincohi 
 
 116 
 
 81 
 
 Ewin (St ), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 52 
 
 76 
 
 
 
 Ellen (Port), v. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 1,007 
 
 Enfield, tn.-p. .«. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 9,453 
 
 12,424 
 
 Ewj'as-Harold, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 392 
 
 407 
 
 
 
 EUenborough, tns. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 "969 
 
 1,086 
 
 Enford, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 911 
 
 893 
 
 Exbourne, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 625 
 
 459 
 
 
 
 EUenhall, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 320 
 
 300 
 
 Englefield, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 371 
 
 392 
 
 Exbury, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 384 
 
 373 
 
 
 
 BUerburn, p. 
 
 York 
 
 654 
 
 648 
 
 English-Bicknor, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 592 
 
 EXF.TER, C M. t. /. 
 
 Devon 
 
 32,818 
 
 33,738 
 
 
 
 EUerton-Priory, p. 
 
 York 
 
 342 
 
 338 
 
 English-Combe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 "500 
 
 659 
 
 >. P- 
 
 Devon 
 
 40,688 
 
 41,749 
 
 
 
 EUesborough, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 782 
 
 724 
 
 Enham (Knights), p 
 
 Hants 
 
 130 
 
 159 
 
 Exford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 680 
 
 646 
 
 
 
 Ellesmere, p. t. 
 
 Salop 
 
 6,940 
 
 6,453 
 
 Enmore, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 343 
 
 314 
 
 Exhall, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,082 
 
 964 
 
 
 
 Ellesmere, tn. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,087 
 
 2,114 
 
 Ennereilly, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 425 
 
 390, 
 
 Exhall nr Alcester, p 
 
 Warw. 
 
 208 
 
 203 
 
 
 
 Ellingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 426 
 
 386 
 
 Ennis, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 7,800 
 
 7,041 
 
 Exminster, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 • 1,623 
 
 1,781 
 
 
 
 Ellingham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 936 
 
 813 
 
 Enniscoffey, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 732 
 
 6571 
 
 Exmoor, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 
 323 
 
 
 
 Ellingham, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 346 
 
 306 
 
 Enniscorthy.tii. th. » 
 
 Wexford 
 
 7,735 
 
 5,396 
 
 Exmouth, tn. 
 
 Devon 
 
 6','i23 
 
 6,228 
 
 
 
 Ellingham(Great), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 794 
 
 717 
 
 Enniskeen, p. 
 
 Me.-Ca. 
 
 7,331 
 
 6,155 
 
 Exning, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,556 
 
 1,348 
 
 
 
 Ellingham ( Little), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 296 
 
 382 
 
 Enniskeen, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 379 
 
 Extou, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 832 
 
 805 
 
 
 
 Ellington, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 452 
 
 413 
 
 Enniskerry, tn. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 
 374 
 
 Exton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 381 
 
 410 
 
 
 
 EUisfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 272 
 
 255 
 
 Enniskillen, p. 
 
 Ferman 
 
 
 12,684 
 
 Exton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 283 
 
 257 
 
 
 
 Ellon, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 3,324 
 
 3,913 
 
 Enniskillf.n, th. 
 
 Fennan 
 
 5,949 
 
 5,820 
 
 Eyam, v. p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,580 
 
 1,673 
 
 
 
 Ellon, V. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 823 
 
 Ennisnag, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 555 
 
 479 
 
 Eydon, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 621 
 
 576 
 
 
 
 Ellough, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "133 
 
 126 
 
 Ennistimon, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,729 
 
 1,450 
 
 Eye, tn. p. m. t. s. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,587 
 
 2,430 
 
 
 
 EUoiighton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 555 
 
 688 
 
 Enoder(St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,153 
 
 1,151 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 7,531 
 
 7,038 
 
 
 
 Elm, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,819 
 
 1,729 
 
 Ensham, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,941 
 
 2,096 
 
 Eye, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 766 
 
 733 
 
 
 
 Elm, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 408 
 
 377 
 
 Enstone, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,249 
 
 1,198 
 
 Eye, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,442 
 
 1,375 
 
 
 
 Elmdon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 743 
 
 731 
 
 Enville, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 807 
 
 850 
 
 Eyemouth, tn.-p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,488 
 
 1,795 
 
 
 
 Elmdon, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 164 
 
 206 
 
 Epperstone, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 511 
 
 618 
 
 Eyford, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 48 
 
 44 
 
 
 
 Elmliam (North), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,211 
 
 1,251 
 
 Epping, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,255 
 
 2,105 
 
 Eyke, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 529 
 
 486 
 
 
 
 Elmham (South, ) 
 
 
 
 
 Epping, tn. f. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,821 
 
 
 Eynesbury, p. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 1,233 
 
 1,314 
 
 
 
 All Saints, and \ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 232 
 
 300 
 
 Epsom, tn.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 3,390 
 
 4,'890 
 
 Eynesford, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,323 
 
 1,738 
 
 
 
 St. Nicholas), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Epworth, p.-tn. t. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,944 
 
 2,097 1 
 
 Eyrecourt, tn. s. 
 
 Galway 
 
 936 
 
 968 
 
 
 
 Blmham(South,St I 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 253 
 
 238 
 
 Erbistock, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 368 
 
 337 
 
 Eythorn, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 435 
 
 461 
 
 
 
 Cross), p. \ 
 
 Ercall (Child's), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 512 
 
 470 
 
 Eyton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 153 
 
 155 
 
 
 
 Elmham(South,St \ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 269 
 
 294 
 
 Ercall (Magna), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,975 
 
 1,969 
 
 Ejrton-upon-tbe- \ 
 
 Salop 
 
 377 
 
 451 
 
 
 
 James), p. )' 
 
 
 
 
 Erdington, v. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 2,776 
 
 3,906 
 
 Moors, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Elmham(South,St » 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 182 
 
 152 
 
 Eriswell, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 524 
 
 473 
 
 Eyworth, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 141 
 
 149 
 
 
 
 Margaret), p. I 
 
 Erith, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,231 
 
 4,143 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Elmham(South,St) 
 Michael), p. f 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 150 
 
 156 
 
 Erke, p. 
 
 Kil.-Qu. 
 
 3,342 
 
 2,629 1 
 
 Faccombe, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 267 
 
 243 
 
 
 
 Erme (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 625 
 
 554 
 
 Pagan (St.), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 515 
 
 506 
 
 
 
 Elmham (South, \ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 97 
 
 88 
 
 Ermington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,423 
 
 1,785 
 
 Fahan (Lower), p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,941 
 
 4,891 
 
 
 
 St. Peter), p. ) 
 
 Erpingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 436 
 
 423 
 
 Pahan (Upper), p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 2,383 
 
 2,148 
 
 
 
 Elm ley-Castle, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 385 
 
 373 
 
 Errigal, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 4,538 
 
 4,538 
 
 Fahy, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 524 
 
 432 
 
 
 
 Elraley (Isle of), j) 
 
 Kent 
 
 131 
 
 140 
 
 Errigal (Keerogne),p 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 7,264 
 
 6,400 
 
 Fairfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 57 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 Elmley-Lovett, j). 
 
 Worces. 
 
 395 
 
 35:S 
 
 Errigal (Trough), p. 
 
 Mo.-Ty. 
 
 7,171 
 
 6,864 
 
 Fairford tn.-p. th. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,859 
 
 1,654 
 
 
 
 Elmore, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 393 
 
 374 
 
 ElTOl, v.-p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,796 
 
 2,759 
 
 Fairlight, i). 
 
 Sussex 
 
 625 
 
 501 
 
 
 
 Elmsett, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 433 
 
 459 
 
 Erty, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 305 
 
 261 
 
 Fairsted, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 349 
 
 351 
 
 
 
 Elmstead, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 908 
 
 953 
 
 Erskine, p. 
 Erth (St.), p 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 1,232 
 
 1,457 
 
 Faith (St.), p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 853 
 
 761 
 
 
 
 Elmsted, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 500 
 
 492 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 2,457 
 
 2,558 
 
 Faith (St.), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 892 
 
 1,391 
 
 
 
 Elrasthorpe, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 46 
 
 45 
 
 Ervan (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 447 
 
 437 
 
 Faithlegg, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 694 
 
 520 
 
 
 
 Elmstone, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 66 
 
 75 
 
 Erwarton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 247 
 
 243 
 
 Fakenham, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,240 
 
 2,456 
 
 
 
 Elmstone-Hard- ) 
 wicke, p. ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 391 
 
 440 
 
 Esclusham (Be- \ 
 low), tns. ) 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 640 
 
 745 
 
 Fakenham' Magna) p 
 Fala and Soutra, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Ed.Had 
 
 229 
 434 
 
 196 
 210 
 
 
 
 1 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 209 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 1 
 
 1 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Faldingworth, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 387 
 
 365 
 
 Felaham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 402 
 
 394 
 
 Firsby (East), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 101 
 
 108 
 
 Falkenham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 271 
 
 270 
 
 Pelstead, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,715 
 
 1,804 
 
 Firth andStenness.p 
 
 Orkney 
 
 1,327 
 
 1,493 
 
 
 Falkingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 763 
 
 650 
 
 Feltliam, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,109 
 
 1,837 
 
 Pishboume (New), p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 317 
 
 341 
 
 
 Falkirk, j). 
 
 Stirling 
 
 16,438 
 
 17,026 
 
 Felthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 565 
 
 514 
 
 Pislierton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 463 
 
 524 
 
 
 Falkirk, p. th. «. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 8,75:2 
 
 9,030 
 
 Pel ton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 112 
 
 149 
 
 Fisherton (Anger), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,905 
 
 2,424 
 
 
 Falkland, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,102 
 
 2,937 
 
 Felton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,574 
 
 1,591 
 
 Fisherton (de la ) 
 Mere), p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 373 
 
 333 
 
 
 Falkland, M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 1,184 
 
 Pelton (West), p. 
 
 Saloi) 
 
 1,088 
 
 1,067 
 
 
 Falmer, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 637 
 
 512 
 
 Felt welUSt. Mary), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,675 
 
 1,553 
 
 Fishguard, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 2,316 
 
 2,084 
 
 
 Falmouth, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 8,151 
 
 9,392 
 
 Fen-Ditton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 555 
 
 581 
 
 Fishguard, tn. p. th 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,757 
 
 1,593 
 
 
 Falmouth, tii.M. t. a. 
 
 C'ornw. 
 
 4,953 
 
 5,709 
 
 Fen-Stanton, p. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 1,070 
 
 1,120 
 
 Pishlake, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,295 
 
 1,208 
 
 
 Pai.moiith and ) 
 Penryn, p. ) 
 
 i^omw. 
 
 13 656 
 
 14,485 
 
 Fenagh, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 2,931 
 
 2,751 
 
 Pishley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 Penit, isl.-p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 335 
 
 214 
 
 Pishtoft, p, 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 640 
 
 586 
 
 
 Falstone, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 562 
 
 1,016 
 
 Feniton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 366 
 
 361 
 
 Fittleton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 380 
 
 393 
 
 
 Fambridge(North),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 150 
 
 191 
 
 Peniiagh, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 3,710 
 
 2,949 
 
 Fittleworth, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 782 
 
 683 
 
 
 Fambridge(South),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 96 
 
 104 
 
 Fennor, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 194 
 
 106 
 
 Fitz, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 273 
 
 323 
 
 
 Fammagh, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 83 
 
 57 
 
 Pennor, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,639 
 
 1,281 
 
 Fitzhead, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 356 
 
 309 
 
 
 Faiigfoss, p. 
 
 York 
 
 188 
 
 170 
 
 Fenoagh, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,065 
 
 782 
 
 Five-Mile-Town, ) 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 703 
 
 616 
 
 
 Fanlobbus, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 8,754 
 
 7,057 
 
 Fenton, p. 
 
 liincoln 
 
 131 
 
 103 
 
 tu./. ) 
 
 
 Farahy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,154 
 
 1,023 
 
 Fenton (Kirk), p. 
 
 York 
 
 720 
 
 711 
 
 Fivehead, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 438 
 
 489 
 
 
 Fareham, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 5,812 
 
 6,197 
 
 Fenwick, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,741 
 
 1,532 
 
 Fladbury, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,549 
 
 1,514 
 
 
 Fiireham, tn. m. 
 
 Hants 
 
 3,451 
 
 4,011 
 
 Fenwick, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 539 
 
 Flam borough, v. -p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,297 
 
 1,287 
 
 
 Farewell, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 189 
 
 209 
 
 Feock (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,934 
 
 2,411 
 
 Flamstead, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,852 
 
 1,919 
 
 
 Farforth, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 105 
 
 103 
 
 Perbane, tn. 
 
 King's 
 
 669 
 
 445 
 
 Plauden, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 305 
 
 244 
 
 
 Faringdon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 395 
 
 331 
 
 Fergus (St.), p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,597 
 
 1,608 
 
 Flaxbourton, p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 228 
 
 215 
 
 
 Farington, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,932 
 
 1,791 
 
 Permoy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 9,432 
 
 9,837 
 
 Plaxley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 242 
 
 272 
 
 
 Farlam, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,148 
 
 1,311 
 
 Permoy, tn. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 5,825 
 
 8,705 
 
 Pleckney, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 518 
 
 581 
 
 
 Farleigh (East), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,401 
 
 1,559 
 
 Pemhurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 
 769 
 
 Fledborough, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 130 
 
 115 
 
 
 Farleigh (Hunger ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 166 
 
 127 
 
 Ferns, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,114 
 
 2,033 
 
 Fleet, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 164 
 
 160 
 
 
 ford), p. ) 
 
 Ferns, tu. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 637 
 
 686 
 
 Fleet, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,162 
 
 1,312 
 
 
 Farleigh (Wallop), p 
 
 Hants 
 
 112 
 
 118 
 
 Perriby (North), p. 
 
 York 
 
 926 
 
 948 
 
 Fleetwood - on - ^^ 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,134 
 
 3,834 
 
 
 Farleigh (West), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 426 
 
 399 
 
 Ferriby (Soutli), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 580 
 
 573 
 
 Wyre, tn. m. j 
 
 
 Farley, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 92 
 
 105 
 
 Ferring, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 312 
 
 253 
 
 Flemingston, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 79 
 
 63 
 
 
 Farley (Chamber- 1 
 layne), p. ) 
 
 Hants 
 
 137 
 
 179 
 
 Perryden, v. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 
 1,113 
 
 Plempton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 247 
 
 190 
 
 
 Ferryport - on - ) 
 Craig, p. V. ) 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,238 
 
 2,013 
 
 Fletching, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,007 
 
 2,028 
 
 
 Parlington, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 812 
 
 931 
 
 Pletton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 
 1,449 
 
 
 Farlsthorjie, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 112 
 
 135 
 
 Fersfield, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 285 
 
 295 
 
 Plimby, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 "555 
 
 1,178 
 
 
 Farmborough, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,055 
 
 965 
 
 Pertagh, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,916 
 
 1,405 
 
 Flint, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 
 3,088 
 
 
 Farmington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 339 
 
 284 
 
 Fertiana, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 691 
 
 559 
 
 Flint Dist. of Bora. 
 
 Flint 
 
 
 18,845 
 
 
 Farnborough, p 
 
 Kent 
 
 920 
 
 955 
 
 Festiniog, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 3,460 
 
 4,553 
 
 Flint, m. <fe p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 3,296 
 
 3,428 
 
 
 Faruborough, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 5,529 
 
 Petcham, i>. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 380 
 
 390 
 
 Flintham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 639 
 
 524 
 
 
 Farnborough, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 '349 
 
 401 
 
 Fethard, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,080 
 
 2,538 
 
 Plisk, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 213 
 
 313 
 
 
 Farnborough, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 224 
 
 232 
 
 Fethard, tn . m. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,767 
 
 2,303 
 
 Plitcham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 466 
 
 533 
 
 
 Famdish, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 82 
 
 67 
 
 Pethard, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,943 
 
 1,598 
 
 Plitton. p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,411 
 
 1,310 
 
 
 Famdon, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,013 
 
 992 
 
 Fethard, tn. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 326 
 
 303 
 
 Flitwick, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 732 
 
 773 
 
 
 Panidon, p. 
 Famdon (East), p. 
 
 Notts 
 Northa. 
 
 590 
 238 
 
 692 
 242 
 
 Fetlar and North ( 
 Yell, p. ) 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 1,656 
 
 1,480 
 
 Plixborough, p. 
 Flixton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Lancas. 
 
 221 
 2,064 
 
 236 
 2,050 
 
 
 Famell, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 650 
 
 703 
 
 Fetterangus, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 
 345 
 
 Flixton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 210 
 
 165 
 
 
 Farnham, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 7,264 
 
 9,278 
 
 Fettercaim, p. -v. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 1,741 
 
 1,700 
 
 Flixton nr. Lowes- > 
 toft, p. j" 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 33 
 
 37 
 
 
 Farnham, tu. th. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 3,515 
 
 3,926 
 
 Petteresso, p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 5,720 
 
 5,527 
 
 
 Famham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 558 
 
 556 
 
 Fews, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,084 
 
 841 
 
 Ploore, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,161 
 
 1,138 
 
 
 Farnham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 195 
 
 184 
 
 Fewstone, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,479 
 
 1,485 
 
 Flordon, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 167 
 
 163 
 
 
 Farnham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 594 
 
 609 
 
 Fiddington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 260 
 
 213 
 
 Florence (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 355 
 
 450 
 
 
 Famham, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 128 
 
 121 
 
 Fiddown, p.-tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 3,334 
 
 3,028 
 
 Flowton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 178 
 
 151 
 
 
 Famham (Koyal), p 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,298 
 
 1,378 
 
 Field-Dalling, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 404 
 
 342 
 
 Flyford(Plavel', p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 151 
 
 173 
 
 
 Pamingham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 701 
 
 944 
 
 Fifehead (Mag) 
 dalen), p. f 
 
 Dorset 
 
 218 
 
 200 
 
 Plyford (Grafton), p 
 
 Worces. 
 
 214 
 
 225 
 
 
 Farnsfield, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,071 
 
 Fobbing, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 421 
 
 393 
 
 
 Famworth, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 8,720 
 
 Fifehead (Neville), p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 95 
 
 87 
 
 Fochabers, V. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 
 1,145 
 
 
 Parr, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 2,203 
 
 2,103 
 
 Fifekeith, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 
 897 
 
 Fodderty, p. 
 
 Boss 
 
 2,342 
 
 2,247 
 
 
 Parringdon, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 565 
 
 535 
 
 Fifield, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 "248 
 
 234 
 
 Fogo, p. 
 
 Berw. 
 
 604 
 
 659 
 
 
 Farringdon, tn. 
 
 Berks 
 
 
 2,943 
 
 Fifield (Bavant), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 42 
 
 33 
 
 Fohanagh, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 822 
 
 
 Parringdon (Great) ) 
 
 Berks 
 
 3,676 
 
 3,702 
 
 Figheldean, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 527 
 
 472 
 
 Poleshill, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 7", 810 
 
 8,140 
 
 
 v.t. f 
 
 Filby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 531 
 
 517 
 
 Folke, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 330 
 
 332 
 
 
 Parrington Gur- ) 
 ley, p. 1 
 
 Somer. 
 
 518 
 
 482 
 
 Filey, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,885 
 
 2,244 
 
 Folkestone, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 7,549 
 
 9,674 
 
 
 Filey, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 1,511 
 
 1,881 
 
 Folkestone, m. Ih. 
 
 Kent 
 
 6,726 
 
 8,507 
 
 
 Farthiiighoe, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 416 
 
 392 
 
 Pilkins, h. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 606 
 
 641 
 
 Folkington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 171 
 
 154 
 
 
 Farthingstone, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 307 
 
 316 
 
 Fillejgh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 367 
 
 311 
 
 Folksworth, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 206 
 
 207 
 
 
 Farway, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 380 
 
 373 
 
 FilleyorPhilleigh, p 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 446 
 
 363 
 
 FoUcton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 529 
 
 659 
 
 
 Faskine, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 514 
 
 Pillingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 326 
 
 316 
 
 FoUistown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 115 
 
 72 
 
 
 Paughalstown, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,192 
 
 997 
 
 Pillongley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,092 
 
 1,105 
 
 Fonthill(Bishop's), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 189 
 
 187 
 
 
 Faughanvale, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 5,751 
 
 5,194 
 
 Filton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 245 
 
 317 
 
 Fonthill (Gifford), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 442 
 
 430 
 
 
 Faughart, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,532 
 
 1,333 
 
 Pinbar's (St.), p 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 12,963 
 
 Fontmell-Magna, p. 
 
 Dox-set 
 
 832 
 
 875 
 
 
 Pauldhouse, v. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 
 599 
 
 Finborough(Gieat) p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "436 
 
 419 
 
 Fontstown, ii. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 865 
 
 707 
 
 
 Faulkboum, (). 
 
 Essex 
 
 184 
 
 143 
 
 Finborough(Little)p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 64 
 
 62 
 
 Porcett, p. 
 
 York 
 
 817 
 
 766 
 
 
 Faversham, j). 
 
 Kent 
 
 5,057 
 
 6,383 
 
 Pincham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 837 
 
 886 
 
 Ford, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 341 
 
 351 
 
 
 Faversham, tn. m. ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 4,595 
 
 5,858 
 
 Pinchampstead, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 613 
 
 637 
 
 Ford, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 106 
 
 82 
 
 
 w. s. / 
 
 Pinchiugfleld, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,594 
 
 2,441 
 
 Ford, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,322 
 
 2,072 
 
 
 Fawkham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 249 
 
 233 
 
 Pinchley, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 4,120 
 
 4,937 
 
 Fordell, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 813 
 
 
 Pawley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 254 
 
 272 
 
 Pindhorn, v. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 
 891 
 
 Porden, p. 
 
 Mont. 
 
 "880 
 
 926 
 
 
 Fawley. p 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,801 
 
 1,849 
 
 Findon, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 "559 
 
 655 
 
 Fordham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,584 
 
 1,406 
 
 
 Pawley, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 270 
 
 243 
 
 Pinedon, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,588 
 
 1,8401 
 
 Pordham, i). 
 
 Essex 
 
 740 
 
 782 
 
 
 Fawsley, p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 59 
 
 64 
 
 Fineshade, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 
 73! 
 
 Pordham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 215 
 
 211 
 
 
 Paxton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 
 79 
 
 Fingest, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 "387 
 
 352: 
 
 Pordingbridge, ) 
 
 tn.-p./. ; 
 
 Hants. 
 
 3,178 
 
 2,925 
 
 
 Feaklo, v. -p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 6,341 
 
 5,373 
 
 Finghall, p. 
 
 York 
 
 482 
 
 406' 
 
 
 P^eam, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 392 
 
 439 
 
 Pinglass, p -tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,098 
 
 1,880 
 
 Fordington, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 3,100 
 
 3,258 
 
 
 Pearn, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 2,122 
 
 2,083 
 
 Finglass, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 136 
 
 99 
 
 Pordoun, p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 2,386 
 
 2,2»7 
 
 
 Peatherstone, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,274 
 
 2,406 
 
 Fingringhoe, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 663 
 
 670 
 
 Fordyce, y. 
 
 Banff 
 
 3,807 
 
 4,145 
 
 
 Peckenham, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 3,254 
 
 3,217 
 
 Pinmere, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 399 
 
 338 
 
 Fordwich, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 237 
 
 202 
 
 
 Fedamore, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,.396 
 
 2,409 
 
 Pinningham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 571 
 
 542 
 
 Poremark, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 238 
 
 233 
 
 
 Peenagh, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 555 
 
 411 
 
 Piimingley, p 
 
 Notts 
 
 876 
 
 896, 
 
 Forenaghts, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 65 
 
 45 
 
 
 Peering, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 825 
 
 804 
 
 Finnoe, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,045 
 
 786 
 
 Forest-Hill, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 149 
 
 191 
 
 
 FeighcuUen, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,072 
 
 846 
 
 FiNSBURY, tn. p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 323,772 
 
 387,278 
 
 Forfar, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 11,009 
 
 10,838 
 
 
 Feighin's (St.), p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 2,238 
 
 2,017 
 
 Pintona, tn. /. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 1,504 
 
 1,410 
 
 Forfar, m. & p. w.s. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 9,311 
 
 9,258 
 
 
 Felbrig, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 126 
 
 136 
 
 Pintray, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,080 
 
 1,003 
 
 Forgan, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,125 
 
 1,326 
 
 
 Peliskirk, p. 
 
 York 
 
 900 
 
 878 
 
 Piutry, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 823 
 
 685 
 
 Forgandenny, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 828 
 
 739 
 
 
 Felixstow, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 581 
 
 673 
 
 Pinuge, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,202 
 
 982 
 
 Forglen, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 695 
 
 590 
 
 
 Felkirk, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,148 
 
 1,106 
 
 Finvoy, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 5,286 
 
 5,341 
 
 Forgney, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 1,576 
 
 1,207 
 
 
 Felmersham, ]>. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 520 
 
 483 
 
 Pirbeck, p. 
 
 York 
 
 204 
 
 195! 
 
 Forgue, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,626 
 
 2,686 
 
 
 Pelmingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 413 
 
 434 
 
 Pirle (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 701 
 
 631 
 
 Porkill, v.-p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 5,947 
 
 5,619 
 
 
 Felpham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 596 
 
 592 
 
 Firsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 222 
 
 237 
 
 Pormoyle, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 792 
 
 880 
 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
^10 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 Forncett (St Mary),p 
 Fomcett (St Peter),p 
 Fornham (All ) 
 
 Saints), p. f 
 Fomham(St Gene- \ 
 
 veve), p. ) 
 
 Fomham(St. Mar- \ 
 
 tin), p. > 
 
 Forrabury, p. 
 Forres, p. 
 Forbes, p. t. /. ) 
 „ M. i" 
 Forscote, p. 
 Forteviot, p. 
 Forthampton, p. 
 Fortingall, p. 
 Forton, p. 
 FORTROSE, M. & p. /. 
 Fort William, v. 
 Fosdyke, p. 
 FossowayandTul- ) 
 
 liebole, p. f 
 
 Fossy or Timahol, p. 
 Foston, p. 
 Foston, p. 
 Foston, p. 
 Foston iipon-the- \ 
 
 Wolds, p. ) 
 
 Fotherby, p. 
 Fotheringay, p. -v. 
 Poulby, Nostell, <fc ( 
 
 Huntwick, p. | 
 Foulden, p. 
 Foulden, p. 
 Foulis- Wester, p. 
 Foulmire, p. 
 Foulness, p. 
 Foulsham, p. 
 Fovant, p. 
 Foveran, p. 
 Fowey, tn.-p. s. 
 Fownhope, p. 
 Foxcott, p. 
 Poxcott, p. 
 Foxearth, p. 
 Foxford, tn. //*. 
 Foxliall, p. 
 Foxholes, p. 
 Foxley, p. 
 Foxley, p. 
 Poxt, h. 
 Foxton, p. 
 Foxton, p. 
 Foy, P- 
 Foyran, p. 
 Praisthorpe, p. 
 Pramfleld, p. 
 Framingham(Earl)p 
 Pramingham (Pi- \ 
 
 got), p. ) 
 
 Pramlingham, ) 
 
 tn.-p. s. ) 
 
 Prampton, p. 
 Frampton, p. 
 Prampton (Cotter- ) 
 
 ell), p. f 
 
 Frampton-upon- \ 
 
 Severn, p. ) 
 Framsden, p. 
 Frankford, tn. ,<!. 
 Fi-ankley, p. 
 Prankton, p. 
 Fransham (Great), p 
 Franaham (Little),p 
 Frant, p. 
 Fraserburgh, p. 
 Fraserburgh, tn. 
 Prating, p. 
 Preckenham, p. 
 Preefolk-Manor, 
 Freethorpe, p. 
 Fremington, p. 
 French Park, tn. 
 Prensham, p. 
 Frenze, p. 
 Preshford, p. 
 Preshford, p. 
 Preshford, tn. 
 Freshwater, p. 
 Fressingfleld, p. 
 Preston, p. 
 Fretheme, p. 
 Prettenham, p. 
 French ie, v. 
 Freynestown, p. 
 Freystrop, p. 
 Fridaythorpe, p. 
 Friesthorpe, p. 
 Friestonj p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1831. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1801. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 326 
 
 299 
 
 Frilsham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 184 
 
 183 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 712 
 
 665 
 
 Prindsbury, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,208 
 
 2,219 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 858 
 
 381 
 
 Pring, p. 
 Fringford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Oxford 
 
 183 
 357 
 
 173 
 401 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 57 
 
 64 
 
 Frinfcted, p. 
 Frinton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Essex 
 
 200 
 30 
 
 219 
 29 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 322 
 
 350 
 
 Friockheim, v. 
 Frisby, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 Leices. 
 
 "455 
 
 1,239 
 
 424] 
 
 Comw. 
 
 379 
 
 366 
 
 Priskney, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,695 
 
 1,604 • 
 
 Elgin 
 
 4,069 
 
 4,112 
 
 Priston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 500 
 
 432 
 
 Elgin 
 
 5,.383 
 
 (3,508 
 (3,148 
 
 Priston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 78 
 
 89 
 
 Frithelstock, \i. 
 
 Devon 
 
 610 
 
 635 1 
 
 3omer. 
 
 54 
 
 46 
 
 Prith-ViUe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 317!! 
 
 Perth 
 
 638 
 
 595 
 
 Frittenden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "903 
 
 898 ; 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 468 
 
 442 
 
 Pritton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 265 
 
 2351 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,486 
 
 2,181 
 
 Pritton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 215 
 
 209 
 
 Stafford 
 
 741 
 
 729 
 
 Pritwell, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 514 
 
 642 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,148 
 
 928 
 
 Froceater, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 299 
 
 262 
 
 [nver. 
 
 
 1,104 
 
 Frodesley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 261 
 
 256 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "592 
 
 549 
 
 Frodingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 789 
 
 910 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,621 
 
 1,584 
 
 Frodingham (N.), p. 
 Frodsham, tn.-p. s. 
 
 York 
 
 Chester 
 
 846 
 6,382 
 
 8371 
 6,8901 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,501 
 
 1,366 
 
 Frome, p. w. s. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 10,148 
 
 9,622 '. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 34 
 
 27 
 
 Prome, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 11,916 
 
 11,2001 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 519 
 
 479 
 
 Frome (Bishop's"*, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,070 
 
 1,014 
 
 York 
 
 377 
 
 355 
 
 Froome (St. Quin- ( 
 tin), p. ) 
 
 Froome (Vau- \ 
 church), p. t 
 
 Dorset 
 
 184 
 
 129 
 
 York 
 Lincoln 
 
 786 
 250 
 
 759 
 267 
 
 Dorset 
 
 171 
 
 171 
 
 Northa. 
 
 261 
 
 246 
 
 Prostenden, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 456 
 
 409 
 
 York 
 
 
 145 
 
 Frowleswortli, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 296 
 
 291 
 
 
 Proxfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 729 
 
 667 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 491 
 
 517 
 
 Froxfield, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 571 
 
 630 
 
 Berw. 
 
 430 
 
 431 
 
 Froyle, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 826 
 
 766 1 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,483 
 
 934 
 
 Pryem Barnet, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 3,.344 
 
 Camb. 
 
 597 
 
 660 
 
 Pryerning, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 "743 
 
 707 
 
 Essex 
 
 640 
 
 681 
 
 Prystone (Ferry), p. 
 
 York 
 
 908 
 
 904 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,077 
 
 1,022 
 
 Prystone (Monk), p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,054 
 
 1,126 
 
 Wilts 
 
 631 
 
 600 
 
 Puerty, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 4,317 
 
 2,907 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,638 
 
 1,891 
 
 Fugglestone (St. ) 
 Peter), p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 517 
 
 609 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,606 
 
 1,429 
 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,059 
 
 1,112 
 
 Fulbeck, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 749 
 
 728 
 
 Bucks 
 
 99 
 
 96 
 
 Pulbourn, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,462 
 
 1,548 i 
 
 Hants 
 
 78 
 
 50 
 
 Fulbrook, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 406 
 
 394 
 
 Essex 
 
 453 
 
 400 
 
 Fulbrook, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 92 
 
 76 
 
 Mayo 
 
 681 
 
 562 
 
 Fulford Ambo, v. -p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,981 
 
 2,478 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 176 
 
 190 
 
 Fulham, v. -p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 11,886 
 
 15,539 
 
 York 
 
 406 
 
 428 
 
 FuUarton, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 498 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 321 
 
 278 
 
 Fulletby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 '272 
 
 303 
 
 Wilts 
 
 63 
 
 65 
 
 FuU-Sutton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 165 
 
 174 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,884 
 
 2,028 
 
 Pulmer, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 328 
 
 8,51 
 
 Camb. 
 
 459 
 
 405 
 
 Fulmodestan, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 388 
 
 400 
 
 Leices. 
 
 413 
 
 388 
 
 Pulstow, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 550 
 
 577 
 
 Heref 
 
 268 
 
 318 
 
 Pundenhall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 369 
 
 334 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,216 
 
 1,008 
 
 Puntington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,079 
 
 1,099 
 
 York 
 
 104 
 
 101 
 
 Purtho, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,385 
 
 1,355 
 
 Furzy Park and \ 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 
 202 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 111 
 
 136 
 
 Portfield, p. i 
 
 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 345 
 
 312 
 
 Fyfield, p. 
 Fyfield, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Essex 
 
 428 
 598 
 
 439 
 629 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,450 
 
 2,252 
 
 Fyfield, p. • 
 Fyfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 Wilts 
 
 224 
 172 
 
 222 
 200 
 
 Dorset 
 
 392 
 
 435 
 
 Fylingdales, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,784 
 
 1,721 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 801 
 
 843 
 
 Fyvie, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 3,927 
 
 4,344 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,837 
 
 1,931 
 
 Gaddesby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 325 
 
 341 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 994 
 
 983 
 
 Gadde8den(Great), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,161 
 
 1,147 
 
 Gaddesdeu(Little), p 
 
 Herts 
 
 374 
 
 386 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 828 
 
 811 
 
 Gaile, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 438 
 
 347 
 
 King's 
 
 956 
 
 850 
 
 Gainford, v. -p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 7,348 
 
 7,264 
 
 Worces. 
 
 125 
 
 122 
 
 Gainsborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 8,293 
 
 7,339 j 
 
 Warw. 
 
 268 
 
 239 
 
 Gainsborough, tn. t. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 7,261 
 
 6,320 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 319 
 
 295 
 
 Gairloch, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 6,162 
 
 5,449 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 267 
 
 256 
 
 Galashiels, p. 
 
 Rox.-Se. 
 
 3,014 
 
 3,379 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,447 
 
 2,469 
 
 Galashiels, tn. 
 
 Rox.-Se. 
 
 5,918 
 
 6,433 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 4,447 
 
 4,511 
 
 Galbally, p.-tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 4,635 
 
 4,032 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 8,093 
 
 3,101 
 
 Galbooly, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 246 
 
 218] 
 
 Essex 
 
 247 
 
 235 
 
 Galby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 103 
 
 931 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 477 
 
 476 
 
 Galey, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 3,393 
 
 2,498 
 
 Hants, 
 
 73 
 
 66 
 
 Gallon, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 4,034 
 
 3,113 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 495 
 
 425 
 
 Galloon, p. 
 
 Perman 
 
 7,190 
 
 6,535 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,350 
 
 1,245 
 
 Gallow, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 489 
 
 434 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 493 
 
 476 
 
 Galloway New, p > 
 
 M. ( 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 447 
 
 (462 
 1452 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,559 
 
 1,750 
 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 37 
 
 49 
 
 Galson (North), v. 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 
 350 
 
 Somer. 
 
 622 
 
 584 
 
 Galston, tn.-p. 
 
 Ayi- 
 
 4,392 
 
 5,254 1 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,721 
 
 1,404 
 
 Galtrim, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 567 
 
 462' 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,076 
 
 953 
 
 Galway, tn. la. a. 
 
 Galway 
 
 23,695 
 
 16,967 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,393 
 
 1,678 
 
 Gamlingay, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,886 
 
 2,004 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,491 
 
 1,325 
 
 Gamrie, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 5,285 
 
 6,086 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 250 
 
 256 
 
 Gamston, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 308 
 
 282 f 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 267 
 
 237 
 
 Ganarew, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 147 
 
 116 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 255 
 
 221 
 
 Ganton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 382 
 
 352 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 961 
 
 Garboldisham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 806 
 
 701 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 "209 
 
 170 
 
 Gardenstown, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 
 507 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 679 
 
 576 
 
 Garendon, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 38 
 
 York 
 
 330 
 
 332 
 
 Garflnny, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 "479 
 
 461 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 62 
 
 46 
 
 Garforth, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,336 
 
 1,504 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,239 
 
 Gargrave, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,831 
 
 1,641 
 
 '-1 
 
 -p- 
 
 '),p. 
 
 e), p, 
 
 a, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Gargunnock, p. 
 Garliestown, v. 
 Garmouth, v. 
 Gamkirk, v. 
 Garranamanagh, p. 
 Garranekinne ) 
 
 feake, p. f 
 GaiTangibbon, p. 
 Garristown, v. -p. 
 Garrycloyne, p. 
 Garry voe, p. 
 Garsdon, p. 
 j Garsington, p. 
 ' Garstang, tn.-p. ih. 
 Garston (East;, p. 
 Gartan, p. 
 Garthl)eibio, p. 
 Garthbrengy, p. 
 Garthorpe, p. 
 Gartly, p. 
 Garton, p. 
 Garton-upon-the- |^ 
 
 Wolds, p. j 
 
 Gartsherrie, v. 
 Garvagh, tn. 
 Garvaghy, p. 
 Garvald, p. 
 Garvestone, p. 
 Garvock, p. 
 Garway, p. 
 Gask (Findo), p. 
 Gask (Trinity), p. 
 Gasthorpe, p. 
 Gatcombe, p. 
 Gatehouse of Fleet \ 
 
 tn. g. ) 
 
 Gately, p. 
 *Gatesend, p. 
 Gateshead, p. 
 Gateshead, m. & p. 
 Gateside, v, 
 Gatton, tn.-p. 
 Gaulskill, p. 
 Gautby, p. 
 Gawswortli, p. 
 Gaydon, p. 
 Gayhurat, p. 
 Gayton, p. 
 Gayton, p. 
 Gayton, p. 
 Gayton (Le Marsh), p 
 Gayton (Le Wold), p 
 Gayton (Thorpe), p. 
 Gaywood, p. 
 Gazeley, p. 
 Geashill, v. -p. 
 Gedding, p. 
 Geddington, p. 
 Gedgrave, p. 
 Gedling, p. 
 Gedney, p. 
 Geldeston, p. 
 Gelli-Geer, p. 
 Gemnys (St.), p 
 (Seorge (St.), p. 
 George (St.), p. 
 George (St.), p. 
 George (St.), p. 
 George (St.), p. 
 George (St.), Han 
 
 over Square, p. 
 Georgeham, p. 
 German, p. 
 Germans (St.), p. 
 Germansweek, p. 
 Germoe, p. 
 Gemonstown, p. 
 Gemonstown, p. 
 Gerrans, p. 
 Gestingthorpe, i 
 Gidding (Great), 
 Gidding (Little)^ 
 Gidding (Steeple 
 Gidleigh, p. 
 Gifford, V. 
 Giggleswick, p, 
 Giggleswick, v. 
 Gigha and Cara 
 Gilbertstown, p. 
 Gilcrux, p. 
 Giles (St.), p. 
 Giles (St.), p. 
 Giles (St.), p. 
 Giles (St.)-in-the 
 
 Wood, p. 
 Gileston, p. 
 
 • Gatesend, though included in the Index, 
 i« omitted in the ret>ims. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Elgin 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Cork 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Mont. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Banff 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Lanark 
 
 London. 
 
 Down 
 
 Had. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 Heref 
 
 Perth 
 
 Perth 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Hants 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Durham 
 
 Durham 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Chester 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 King's 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Notts 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Isl. Man 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Louth 
 
 Meath 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Himt. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Had. 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Cunib. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Devon 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 100 
 965 
 
 911 
 
 1,721 
 
 1,.066 
 676 
 207 
 636 
 
 7,466 
 623 
 
 1,731 
 .335 
 189 
 132 
 990 
 212 
 
 531 
 
 "785 
 4,090 
 869 
 421 
 457 
 690 
 406 
 697 
 103 
 260 
 
 1,325 
 
 138 
 
 24',805 
 25,568 
 
 "172 
 280 
 99 
 788 
 277 
 88 
 862 
 421 
 264 
 326 
 114 
 197 
 
 1,3.38 
 900 
 
 6,221 
 163 
 887 
 
 2,922 
 
 2,619 
 419 
 
 3,807 
 649 
 452 
 240 
 
 8,905 
 48,3' 
 17,746 
 
 73,230 
 
 971 
 4,510 
 
 "3I8 
 970 
 1,023 
 582 
 888 
 819 
 663 
 41 
 105 
 166 
 
 3,965 
 865 
 547 
 116 
 504 
 
 8,466 
 
 354 
 
 37,407 
 
 964 
 
 65 i 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 211 
 
 Gilford, tn. 
 
 Gilligate or St. ) 
 Giles, p. f 
 
 Gilling, p. 
 
 Gilling nr. Helms- 
 ley, p. 
 
 Gillingham, v.-p. 
 
 Gillingham, v.-p. 
 
 Gillingham, p. 
 
 Gillmorton, p. 
 
 Gilltown, p. 
 
 Gilmerton, v. 
 
 Gils ton, p. 
 
 Gimingham, p. 
 
 Girley, p. 
 
 Girthon, p. 
 
 Girton, p. 
 
 Girfcon, p. 
 
 Girvan, p. 
 
 Girvan, tn. m. 
 
 Gisburn, p. 
 
 Gisleham, p. 
 
 Gislingham, p. 
 
 Gissing, p. , 
 
 Gittisham, p. 
 
 Givendale (Great), p 
 
 Gladestry, p. 
 
 Gladsmuir, p. 
 
 Glaisdale, tn. 
 
 Glammis, v.-p. 
 
 Glanbehy, p. 
 
 Glandford, p. 
 
 Glanford-Brigg, tu 
 
 Glanworth, p. 
 
 Glanworth, tn. 
 
 Glapthorn, p. 
 
 Glasbviry, p. 
 
 Glascomb, p. 
 
 Glasford, p. 
 
 Glasgow, c. p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Down 2,814 
 
 Durham! .5,423 
 
 *Glasgow — 
 
 Barony, p. 
 
 Blackfriare, p. 
 
 Caltou, p. 
 
 Gorbals, p. 
 
 Govan, p. 
 
 Inner High, j). 
 
 Maryhill, p. 
 
 Outer High, p 
 
 St. Andrew's, p 
 
 St. David's, p. 
 
 St. Enoch's, p. 
 
 St. George's, p. 
 
 St. James's, p. 
 
 St John's, p. 
 
 St. Mary's orTron,p 
 
 Springburu, p. 
 Glashare, p. 
 Glasnevin, p. 
 Glass, p. 
 Glassary, p. 
 Glassei-ton, p. 
 Glasshouse yard, p. 
 Glasslough, tu. 
 Glasthule, tn. 
 Glaston, p. 
 Glastonbury, tn.p. ) 
 
 M. s. ) 
 
 Glatton, p. 
 Giazelly, p. 
 Glemham (Great), p. 
 Glemham (Little), p 
 Glemsford, p. 
 Glenagarey, tn. 
 Glenann, tn. 
 Glenavy, tn.-p. 
 Glenavy, tn. 
 Glenbane, p. 
 Glenbervie, p. 
 Gleubucket, p. 
 Glenoairn, p. 
 Glencolumbkille, p. 
 Glencross, p. 
 Glendon(withBar- \ 
 
 ford), p. ) 
 
 Glendovan, p. 
 Glenealy, p. 
 Glenelg, p. 
 Glenfleld, j). 
 Glengarroch. v. 
 Gleninagh, p. 
 Glenisla, p. 
 Glenkeen, p. 
 Glenluce, v. 
 Glenmuick, &c., p. 
 Glenn (Magna), p. 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 Herts 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Meath 
 
 Kirkcud 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Ayr 
 
 York 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 York 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Had. 1 
 
 York 
 
 Forfar I 
 
 Kerry i 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Banff 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Wigton I 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Rutland 
 
 Somer. 3,125 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Perth 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Clare 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,659 
 
 3,775 
 
 7,952 
 
 404 
 
 899 
 
 842 
 
 "263 
 301 
 
 1,787 
 
 413 
 
 191 
 
 8,588 
 
 7,319 
 
 1,976 
 
 310 
 
 696 
 
 485 
 
 384 
 
 75 
 
 362 
 
 1,780 
 
 986 
 
 2,152 
 
 2,822 
 
 84 
 
 2,201 
 
 2,974 
 
 869 
 
 457 
 
 1,375 
 
 524 
 
 1,955 
 
 329,097 
 
 148,116 
 
 77,499 
 11,950 
 45,520 
 60,587 
 
 8,819 
 21,002 
 
 6,700 
 14,702 
 
 9,763 
 10,545 
 
 8,084 
 25,972 
 12,747 
 21,664 
 11,777 
 
 972 
 4,711 
 1,487 
 
 463 
 
 1,360 
 
 252 
 
 792 
 
 62 
 
 349 
 
 318 
 
 1,626 
 
 "951 
 3,014 
 
 "454 
 1,239 
 
 542 
 1,980 
 
 388 
 1,138 
 
 45 
 
 128 
 1,221 
 2,470 
 1,064 
 
 "56I 
 1,050 
 4,850 
 
 1,984 
 822 
 
 2,892 
 
 6,135 
 
 1,554 
 
 401 
 
 3,957 
 
 14,608 
 
 390 
 
 853 
 
 696 
 
 596 
 
 270 
 
 332 
 
 662 
 
 1,702 
 
 469 
 
 188 
 
 7,053 
 
 5,921 
 
 1,756 
 
 267 
 
 623 
 
 481 
 
 355 
 
 86 
 
 350 
 
 1,945 
 
 1,074 
 
 1,980 
 
 2,793 
 
 104 
 
 1,704 
 
 2,465 
 
 712 
 
 396 
 
 1,264 
 
 463 
 
 1,938 
 
 394,864 
 
 162,029 
 
 101,632 
 
 10,575 
 
 53,057 
 
 10,494 
 
 60,342 
 
 15,305 
 
 5,611 
 
 15,065 
 
 9,592 
 
 11,325 
 
 5,771 
 
 29,640 
 
 12,315 
 
 27,743 
 
 10,280 
 
 12,870 
 
 310 
 
 1,556 
 
 1,049 
 
 4,473 
 
 1,472 
 
 1,455 
 
 340 
 
 1,348 
 
 238 
 
 3,593 
 
 937 
 
 67 
 
 354 
 
 325 
 
 1,932 
 
 404 
 
 937 
 
 2,874 
 
 369 
 
 408 
 
 1,219 
 
 552 
 
 1,867 
 
 4,296 
 
 1,217 
 
 138 
 1,227 
 1,843 
 1,034 
 
 943 
 
 491 
 1,008 
 3,859 
 1,013 
 1,668 
 
 827 
 
 ' See note to Aberdeen. 
 
 Glenogra, p. 
 
 Glenorchy, &c., p. 
 
 Glenshiel, p. 
 
 Glentham, p. 
 
 Gienties, v. 
 
 Glentworth, p. 
 I Glenwhirry, p. 
 ' Glin, tn. 
 
 Glinton, p. 
 
 Glooston, p. 
 
 Glossop, tn.-p. 
 
 Gloucester, c. m. ^ 
 
 & p. 10. s. j 
 
 Gluvias (St.), p. 
 Glympton, p. 
 Glyn, h. 
 Glyn-Corrwg, p. 
 Glynde, p. 
 Glynn, p.-tn. 
 Gnosall, p. 
 Goadby-Marwood, p. 
 Goathill, p. 
 Goathurst, p. 
 Godalming, tn.-p. ) 
 
 M. w. s. I 
 
 G<xidington, p. 
 Godmanchester, m . p. 
 Godmanstone, p. 
 Godmei-sham, p. 
 Godsbill, p. 
 GodshiU (New I 
 
 Forest), p. i 
 Godstone, p. 
 Golborne, p. 
 Goldcliff, p. 
 Golden, tn. 
 Golden-Bridge, v. 
 Goldhanger, p. 
 Goldington, p. 
 Goldsbijrough, p. 
 Golspie, p. 
 Golspie, v. 
 Goltho, p. 
 Gomersal, tns. 
 Gonalston, p. 
 Gonerby (Great), p. 
 Good-Easter, p. I 
 Gooderatone, p I 
 
 Goodleigh, p. i 
 
 Goodmanham, p. 
 Goodnestone ne<ir ) 
 
 Faversham, p. ( 
 Goodnestone near) 
 
 Wingham, p. f 
 Goodrich, p. 
 Goole, tn. 
 Goosnargh, tns. 
 Gopsall, p. 
 Gordon, p. 
 Gordon (Port), v. 
 Gorebridge, v. 
 Goresbridge, v. 
 Gorey, tn. s. 
 Goring, p. 
 Goring, p. 
 Gorleston, p. 
 Gorran, p. 
 Gort, tn. s. 
 Gortin, tn. 
 Gortroe, p. 
 Gosbeck, p. 
 Grosberton, p, 
 Gosfield, p. 
 Gosforth, p. 
 Gosforth, p. 
 Gosport, tn. s. 
 Gotham, p. 
 Goudhurst, p. 
 Goulceby, p. 
 Gourock, tn. 
 Govan, p. 
 Govaii, V. 
 Gowran, p. 
 Gowran, tn. 
 Goxhill, p. 
 Goxhill, p. 
 Goytvey, p. 
 Grade, p. 
 Graff ham, p. 
 Graffham, p. 
 Grafton-Flyford, p. 
 Grafton-Regis, p 
 Grafton (Temple), p. 
 Grafton Under- \ 
 
 wood, p. ) 
 
 Graigue, p. 
 Graigue, tn. m. 
 Graigue, tn. 
 Grainsby, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Ross 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Derby 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Cornw. 
 Oxford 
 Cannar. 
 Glamor. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Oxford 
 Hunt. 
 Dorset 
 Kent 
 I. Wight 
 
 Hants 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Tip. I 
 
 Dublin I 
 
 Essex I 
 
 Bedford i 
 
 York 
 
 Suther. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Notts 
 
 Lincoln 1 
 
 Essex i 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 York 
 
 Kent 
 
 Kent 
 
 Heref. 
 
 York 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 Banff 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 Cork 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Essex 
 
 Ciunb. 
 
 North. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Notts 
 
 ^ent 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 La. Ren. 
 
 La. Ren. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Northa, 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Kilkny 
 Kilkny 
 Queen's 
 Lincohi 
 
 1,450 
 
 573 
 
 536 
 
 506 
 
 316 
 
 1,197 
 
 1,243 
 
 434 
 
 153 
 
 28,625 
 
 17,572 
 
 4,823 
 
 149 
 
 860 
 
 439 
 
 323 
 
 1,839 
 
 2,673 
 
 248 
 
 43. 
 
 303 
 
 4,657 
 
 87 
 
 2,218 
 
 179 
 
 424 
 
 1,316 
 
 1,657 
 "263 
 
 1,167 
 535 
 606 
 488 
 
 1,529 
 
 159 
 9,926 
 100 
 1,433 
 500 
 613 
 294 
 325 
 
 784 
 4,722 
 1,453 1 
 
 ... 1 
 983 1 
 
 419: 
 
 4,393 1 
 
 993 1 
 
 569 
 3,999 1 
 1,188 j 
 5,045 
 
 1,745 
 
 3111 
 2,091 1 
 
 595 ■ 
 1,116 
 2,319 
 7,414 
 
 792 1 
 2,594 i 
 
 379 
 
 14,996 
 3,131 
 2,444 
 
 l,'i38 
 58 
 554 
 315 
 334 
 426 
 214 
 
 692 
 
 1,307 
 
 485 
 
 516 
 
 423 
 
 340 
 
 1,329 
 
 999 
 
 421 
 
 157 
 
 31,140 
 
 16,512 
 
 4,760 
 
 153 
 
 851 
 
 602 
 
 321 
 
 1,850 
 
 2,400 
 
 195 
 
 57 
 
 304 
 
 5,778 
 
 85 
 2,438 
 
 403 
 
 3,528 
 1,710 1 
 1,5271 
 
 lis' 
 
 175 
 
 388 
 
 1,215 
 
 255 
 
 1,853 
 
 2,776 
 250 
 548 
 
 2,633 
 545 
 609 
 451 
 
 1,615 
 
 876 
 
 151 
 
 11,230 
 
 107 
 
 1,145 
 539 
 571 
 294 
 294 
 
 78 
 
 344 
 
 796 
 5,850 
 1,307 
 63 
 931 
 630 
 446 
 413 
 2,673 
 947 
 535 
 4,472 
 1,054 
 2,102 
 365 
 1,379 
 301 
 2,107 
 620 
 1,146 
 2,!!43 
 7,789 
 771 
 2,778 
 344 
 2,076 
 100,716 
 7,637 
 1,905 
 786 
 1,192 
 63 
 668 
 327 
 328 
 416 
 225 
 232 
 403 
 
 294 
 
 2,629 
 
 1,320 
 
 1,552 
 
 1-24 
 
 Grainthoriw, jj. 
 Graitney, p. 
 Grallagh, p. 
 Grampound, tn. s. 
 Granard, p. 
 Granard, tn. m. 
 Granby, p. 
 Grandborough, p. 
 Grandborough, p. 
 Graney, p. 
 Grange, p. 
 Grange, p. 
 Grange, p. 
 Grange, p. 
 Grange, p. 
 Grange, p. 
 Grange of Inispol- \ 
 
 Ian, p. ) 
 
 Grange of Killy- ) 
 
 glen, p. j 
 
 Grange of Layd, p. 
 Grangeclare, p. 
 Grangeford, p. 
 Grangegeeth, p. 
 Grangegorraan, p. 
 Graiigekilree, p. 
 Grangemaccomb, p. 
 Grangemockler, p. 
 Grangemouth, v. 
 Grangenosrolvan, p. 
 Grangepans, v. 
 Grangesilvia, p. 
 Gransden (Great), p. 
 Gransden (Little), p. 
 Gi-anston, p. 
 Grantchester, p. 
 Graktham, tn.-p. ) 
 p. s. I 
 
 ,, M. 
 
 Granton (beyond ) 
 Leitli burgh), v. j 
 Grantown, v. 
 Grappenhall, p. 
 Grasby, p. 
 Grasmere, p. -v. 
 Grassington, tiis. 
 Grately, p. 
 Gratwich, p. 
 Gravely, p. 
 Gravely, p. 
 Graveney, p. 
 Gravenhurat ) 
 
 (Lower), p. ( 
 Gravenhurst (Uj)-\ 
 
 per), p. ) 
 
 Gravesend, p. 
 Gravesend,tn. M. ic.t^ 
 Grayingham, p. 
 Gray's Inn, p. 
 Graystown, p. 
 Gi-ean, p. 
 Greasly, p. 
 Greatconnell, p. 
 Greatford, p. 
 Greatham, p. 
 Greatham, p. 
 Greatham, p. 
 Greatworth, p. 
 Greenbum, v. 
 Greenford (Great),p. 
 Greenlaw, p. 
 Greenlaw, v. 
 Greenock, p. /. 
 *Greenock — ■ 
 
 East or New, p. 
 
 Middle, p. 
 
 West or Old, p. 
 Greenoge, p. 
 Greens-Norton, p. 
 Greenstead nr Col- \ 
 
 Chester, p. ' 
 
 Greenstead nr On 
 
 gar, p. 
 Greenwich, p. 
 Greenwich, tn 
 
 p. w. «. 
 Greet, p. 
 Greetham, p. 
 Greetham, p. 
 Greetwell, p. 
 Gregory (St. \ p. 
 Gregorj-(St. Blean),p 
 Greinton, p. 
 Gi-enagh, p. 
 Grendon, p. 
 Grendon, p. 
 Grendon(Bishop's)p, 
 
 County, 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Dumf, 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Banff 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Galway 
 
 Kent 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Meath 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Himt. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 Inver. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Westml. 
 
 York 
 
 Hants 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Herts i 
 
 Camb. ! 
 
 Kent 
 
 Bedfoi-d 
 Bedford 
 
 289 
 
 66 
 
 821 
 
 895 
 
 5,908 
 152 
 917 
 804 
 
 1,488 
 94 
 
 2,444 
 665 
 
 195 
 
 685 
 
 10,873 
 5,375 
 
 3,250 
 455 
 2,129 
 1,138 
 154 
 102 
 412 
 334 
 207 
 
 68 
 357 
 
 655 
 
 738 
 
 1,830 
 
 1,620 
 
 114 
 
 105 
 
 588 
 
 573 
 
 8,471 
 
 6,129 
 
 1,805 
 
 1,671 
 
 615 
 
 479 
 
 359 
 
 374 
 
 610 
 
 462 
 
 969 
 
 739 
 
 1,851 
 
 1,909 
 
 544 
 
 404 
 
 490 
 
 531 
 
 3,274 
 
 2,976 
 
 643 
 
 519 
 
 
 206 
 
 78 
 
 421 
 
 237 
 61 
 655 
 784 
 
 5,522 
 162 
 670 
 622 
 
 1,759 
 
 77 
 
 747 
 
 1,454 
 641 
 293 
 156 
 696 
 
 11,121 
 
 4,954 
 
 465 
 
 1,334 
 
 3,586 
 
 433 
 
 2,347 
 
 1,015 
 
 176 
 
 101 
 
 422 
 
 301 
 
 234 
 
 Kent 
 
 6,706 
 
 7,885 
 
 Kent 
 
 16,633 
 
 18,782 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 152 
 
 135 
 
 Middles 
 
 
 308 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,739 
 
 1,439 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,662 
 
 2,405 
 
 Notts 
 
 5,284 
 
 6,230 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,019 
 
 4,101 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 271 
 
 280 
 
 Durliam 
 
 700 
 
 779 
 
 Hants 
 
 212 
 
 238 
 
 Sussex 
 
 76 
 
 51 
 
 Northa. 
 
 135 
 
 157 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 
 481 
 
 Middles 
 
 507 
 
 657 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,378 
 
 1,370 
 
 Berwick 
 
 
 800 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 36,689 
 
 42,098 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 7,564 
 
 11,109 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 9,414 
 
 9,446 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 20,176 
 
 21,628 
 
 Meath 
 
 174 
 
 124 
 
 Northa. 
 
 857 
 
 903 
 
 Essex 
 
 751 
 
 789 
 
 Essex 
 
 136 
 
 125 
 
 Kent 
 
 35,028 
 
 40,002 
 
 Kent 
 
 105,784 
 
 139,436 
 
 Salop 
 
 100 
 
 129 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 179 
 
 152 
 
 Rutland 
 
 713 
 
 706 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 37 
 
 69 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,030 
 
 2,781 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 1,426 
 
 Somer. 
 
 193 
 
 161 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,660 
 
 2,229 
 
 Jfortha. 
 
 558 
 
 610 
 
 Warw. 1 
 
 505 
 
 561 
 
 Heref. 1 
 
 222 
 
 199 
 
 See note to .Aberdeen. 
 

 
 
 212 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 
 PX.ACB. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 PI.ACK. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Flacb. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Grendon under- ) 
 Wood, p. / 
 Gi-esford, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 427 
 
 451 
 
 Hackford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 265 
 
 222 
 
 Ham (High), p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,303 
 
 1,283 
 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 4,161 
 
 4,417 
 
 Hackford - by - ) 
 Reepham, p. ( 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 712 
 
 761 
 
 Ham (West), v.-p. 
 Hamble-le-Rice, p. 
 
 Essex 
 Hants 
 
 18,817 
 443 
 
 38,331 
 509 
 
 
 
 Gresham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 390 
 
 345 
 
 Hackmgton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 532 
 
 616 
 
 Hambleden, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,866 
 
 1,464 
 
 
 
 Gressenhall, ji. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,141 
 
 991 
 
 Hackmys, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 359 
 
 292 
 
 Hambledon, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,052 
 
 1,891 
 
 
 
 Gretton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 934 
 
 909 
 
 Hackmys, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 292 
 
 Hambledon, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 586 
 
 657 
 
 
 
 Greyabbey, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 3,424 
 
 3,371 
 
 Hackness, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "668 
 
 658 
 
 Hambleton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 290 
 
 323 
 
 
 
 Greyabbey, tii. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 922 
 
 Hackney, tn.-j). 
 
 Middles. 
 
 53,689 
 
 76,687 
 
 Hambleton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 528 
 
 654 
 
 
 
 Greystead, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 "251 
 
 290 
 
 Hacthorn, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 258 
 
 234 
 
 Hameringlmm, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 201 
 
 188 
 
 
 
 Greystoke, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 3,056 
 
 2,885 
 
 Haddenhani, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,703 
 
 1.623 
 
 Hamerton, p. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 179 
 
 167 
 
 
 
 Grey well, p 
 
 Hants 
 
 297 
 
 298 
 
 Haddenham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,118 
 
 1,976 
 
 Hamilton, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 11,740 
 
 14,047 
 
 
 
 Grimaldby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 309 
 
 321 
 
 Haddington, p. 
 
 Haddin. 
 
 6,525 
 
 6,548 
 
 Hamilton, p. /. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 9,630 
 
 10,688 
 
 
 
 Grimley, p 
 
 Worces. 
 
 762 
 
 776 
 
 Haddington, y.f. 
 
 Haddin. 
 
 2,887 
 
 3,013 
 
 Hammersmith, p. 
 
 Middles, 
 
 17,760 
 
 24,519 
 
 
 
 Grimsbv (Gbkat), ) 
 tn.-p. M. f. f 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 8,860 
 
 11,067 
 
 .. 1'. 
 
 Haddin. 
 
 3,883 
 
 3,897 
 
 Hammerton-Kirk, p 
 
 York 
 
 373 
 
 400 
 
 
 
 Haddiscoe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 420 
 
 355 
 
 Hammoon, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 73 
 
 74 
 
 
 
 » P- 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 12,263 
 
 15,060 
 
 Haddon, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 126 
 
 146 
 
 Hampden (Great\ p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 308 
 
 266 
 
 
 
 Grimsby (Little), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 60 
 
 65 
 
 Haddon (East), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 650 
 
 727 
 
 Hamjxlen (Little), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 73 
 
 68 
 
 
 
 Grimstead ( West), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 257 
 
 251 
 
 Haddon (Nether), p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 ... 
 
 103 
 
 Hampnett, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 211 
 
 156 
 
 
 
 GrimBtoue, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 182 
 
 190 
 
 Haddon (West), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 989 
 
 963 
 
 Hampnett (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 637 
 
 502 
 
 
 
 Grimstone, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,242 
 
 1,300 
 
 Hadfleld, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,989 
 
 2,722 
 
 Hampreston, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,387 
 
 1,341 
 
 
 
 Grimstone (North), p 
 
 York 
 
 167 
 
 181 
 
 Hadham (Little), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 878 
 
 864 
 
 HamjMtead, v.-p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 11,986 
 
 19,106 
 
 
 
 Grindon, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 317 
 
 343 
 
 Hadham (Much), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,264 
 
 1,172 
 
 Hampstead (Mar-) 
 shall), p. f 
 
 Berks 
 
 345 
 
 299 
 
 
 
 Griudon, p. 
 
 Staflford 
 
 381 
 
 371 
 
 Hadleigh, tn.-p. m. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 3,716 
 
 3,606 
 
 
 
 Gvingley, v. -p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 866 
 
 874 
 
 Hadleigh, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 412 
 
 451 
 
 Hampstead (Nor-) 
 ris), p. f 
 Hampsthwaite, p. 
 
 Berks 
 York 
 
 1,325 
 2,494 
 
 1.368 
 2,422 
 
 
 
 Griiisdale, p. 
 Grinshill, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 Salop 
 
 95 
 262 
 
 100 
 317 
 
 Hadley-Monken, \ 
 v.-p. ) 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,003 
 
 1,053 
 
 
 
 Grinstead (East) ) 
 tn.-p. I 
 
 Sussex 
 
 3,820 
 
 4,266 
 
 Hadlow, J). 
 Hadsor, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Worces. 
 
 2,395 
 194 
 
 2,568' 
 158 
 
 Hampton, v.-p. 
 Hampton in- Ar ^ 
 den, v.-p. ) 
 
 Middles. 
 Wai-w. 
 
 4,802 
 3,094 
 
 6,355 
 3,161 
 
 
 
 Grinstead (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,252 
 
 1,403 
 
 Hadstock, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 576 
 
 511 
 
 
 
 Grinton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 4,924 
 
 4,5.i7 
 
 Hagbourne, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 905 
 
 795 
 
 Hampton(Bishop's)p 
 
 Heref. 
 
 913 
 
 1,047 
 
 
 
 Griston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 253 
 
 257 
 
 Haggards town, ii 
 
 Louth 
 
 918 
 
 816 
 
 Hampton (Gay), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 82 
 
 67 
 
 
 
 Grittleton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 372 
 
 349 
 
 Haggs, V. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 302 
 
 Hampton (Great), p. 
 
 Worces 
 
 656 
 
 513 
 
 
 
 Grosmont, v. p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 684 
 
 7431 
 
 Hagley, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 "935 
 
 963 
 
 Hampton (High), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 388 
 
 386 
 
 
 
 Groton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 589 
 
 554! 
 
 Hagnaby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 91 
 
 93 
 
 Hampton (Little), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,436 
 
 2,350 
 
 
 
 Grouville, p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 3,262 
 
 2,628 : 
 
 Hagworthinghani, p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 651 
 
 666 
 
 Hampton(Lovett),p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 172 
 
 185 
 
 
 
 Grove, p. 
 Grove, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Notts 
 
 38 
 92 
 
 19 
 113 
 
 HaUe, p. 
 Hailes, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 Glouc. 
 
 330 
 90 
 
 302 
 102 
 
 Hampton (Lucy or \ 
 Bishop's), p. ) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 444 
 
 435 
 
 
 
 Grundisbui'gh, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 801 
 
 836 
 
 Hailsham, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1 825 
 
 2,098 , 
 
 Hampton (MaiBey),p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 376 
 
 352 
 
 
 
 Guernsey, isl. 
 
 
 29,757 
 
 29,804 ! 
 
 Hail- Weston, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 423 
 
 440; 
 
 Hampton-Min- ) 
 chin, tn.-]). ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 4,469 
 
 4,147 
 
 
 
 Guestling, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 860 
 
 731! 
 
 Hainford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 631 
 
 643! 
 
 
 
 Guestwich, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 222 
 
 203: 
 
 Hainton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 323 
 
 302 
 
 Hampton (Netlier),p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 142 
 
 132 
 
 
 
 Guilcagh, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 491 
 
 380 i 
 
 Halam, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 390 
 
 382' 
 
 Hampton (Poyle;, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 131 
 
 125 
 
 
 
 Guilden (Movdeii), i) 
 
 Camb. 
 
 929 
 
 906; 
 
 Halbeath, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 568 i 
 
 Hampton (Welsh), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 627 
 
 616 
 
 
 
 Guilden (Suttoii), p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 221 
 
 223 
 
 Halberton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,'745 
 
 1,663' 
 
 Hamsey, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 629 
 
 641 
 
 
 
 Guildford, m. & ) 
 
 Surrey 
 
 6,740 
 
 8,020 1 
 
 Halden (High), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 677 
 
 653 
 
 Hamstall Rid ware, p 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 440 
 
 
 
 p. w. s. ) 
 
 Hale, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 134 
 
 163 
 
 Hamworthy, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 "351 
 
 393 
 
 
 
 Guildford (East), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 137 
 
 152 
 
 Hale (Great), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,008 
 
 1,059 
 
 Hanbury, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,536 
 
 2,638 
 
 
 
 Guilsborough, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 9iS 
 
 996 
 
 Hales, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 324 
 
 315 
 
 Hanbury, v.-p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,009 
 
 1,044 
 
 
 
 Guilsfield, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 2,397 
 
 2,634 
 
 Halesowen, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 23,330 
 
 29,293 
 
 Handborough, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,153 
 
 1,059 
 
 
 
 Guisborough, p.-tii. i 
 
 York 
 
 2,308 
 
 4,615: 
 
 Halesowen, tn. m. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,412 
 
 2,911 
 
 Handforth-with ) 
 Boxden, tns. ) 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,671 
 
 2,408 
 
 
 
 Guisely, p. 
 
 York 
 
 14,017 
 
 14,874: 
 
 Ilalesworth, tn.-p t. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,662 
 
 2,521 
 
 
 
 Guist, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 368 
 
 361 : 
 
 Halewood, tus. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,146 
 
 1,205, 
 
 Handley, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 381 
 
 364 
 
 
 
 Gulval, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,859 
 
 1,743; 
 
 Halfmorton, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 687 
 
 713 i 
 
 Handley, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,229 
 
 1,203 
 
 
 
 Gumfreston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 147 
 
 118: 
 
 Halfonl, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 346 
 
 314! 
 
 Handsworth, \i. 
 
 York 
 
 3,264 
 
 3,961 
 
 
 
 Gumley, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 210 
 
 2141 
 
 Halifax, p. 
 
 York 
 
 149,257 
 
 147,988 
 
 Handsworthwiih- 1^ 
 
 Stafford 
 
 7,879 
 
 1 1,469 
 
 
 
 Gunby (St. Nicho- ) 
 las), p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 172 
 
 164 
 
 Halifax, m. .t p. s. 
 
 York 
 
 33,582 
 
 37,014 
 
 Soho, p. ) 
 
 
 
 Halkin, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 1,777 
 
 1,334 
 
 Hangletoii, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 57 
 
 51 
 
 
 
 Gunby (St. Peter), p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 89 
 
 82; 
 
 Halkirk, p. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 2,918 
 
 2,864 
 
 Hankerton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 371 
 
 393 
 
 
 
 Gunthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 281 
 
 249 
 
 Halkirk, v. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 
 398 
 
 Hanley, tn. m. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 25,369 
 
 31,953 
 
 
 
 Gunton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 72 
 
 78' 
 
 Hallam-Kirk, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 "473 
 
 536 1 
 
 Hanley (Castle), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,686 
 
 1,733 
 
 
 
 Gunton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 77 
 
 73 
 
 Hallam (Nether^, tns 
 
 York 
 
 8 897 
 
 19,758 i 
 
 Hanley (William I 
 
 Worces. 
 
 125 
 
 120 
 
 
 
 Gunwalloe, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 284 
 
 244 i 
 
 Hallam (Upper), tns 
 
 York 
 
 1,499 
 
 1,643 : 
 
 or Upper , p. » 
 
 
 
 Gussage (All \ 
 
 Dorset 
 
 477 
 
 496: 
 
 Hallam (West , p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 637 
 
 559: 
 
 Hanmer, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 2,570 
 
 2,519 
 
 
 
 Saints'), p. ) 
 
 Hallaton, v.-j). 
 
 Leices. 
 
 691 
 
 696: 
 
 Hanney, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 114 
 
 140 
 
 
 
 Gussage (St. I 
 
 Dorset 
 
 302 
 
 311 i 
 
 Hailing, i>. 
 
 Kent 
 
 550 
 
 760 
 
 Hanney, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,184 
 
 1,096 
 
 
 
 Michael), p ) 
 
 Hallingbury(Gt.),p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 710 
 
 675! 
 
 Hanningfield (E.), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 462 
 
 463 
 
 
 
 Guston, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 400 
 
 436 
 
 Hallingbury(Lit,),ii. 
 
 Essex 
 
 617 
 
 514 
 
 Hanningfield (S,), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 215 
 
 236 
 
 
 
 Guthrie, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 409 
 
 476 
 
 Hallington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 80 
 
 82: 
 
 HanningfieId(W.),p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 666 
 
 627 
 
 
 
 Guy ting (Power ) 
 or Lower), p. i 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 690 
 
 647 
 
 1 
 
 Halliwell, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,969 
 
 5,953 i 
 
 Hannington, ji. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 296 
 
 226 
 
 
 
 Halloughton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 79 
 
 671 
 
 Hannington j). 
 
 Hants 
 
 212 
 
 264 
 
 
 
 Guytiug (Temple), p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 525 
 
 584' 
 
 Hallow, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,308 
 
 1,5071 
 
 Hannington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 366 
 
 378 
 
 
 
 Gwaenysgor, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 378 
 
 322 
 
 Halsall, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,510 
 
 4,672 
 
 Hanslope, v. p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,604 
 
 1,792 
 
 
 
 Gwen-Ddwr, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 603 
 
 528 
 
 Halse, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 412 
 
 453 i 
 
 Hanwell, p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 1,547 
 
 2,687 
 
 
 
 Gwennap, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 10,465 
 
 10,537 
 
 Halsham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 264 
 
 265 i 
 
 Hanweil, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 301 
 
 285 
 
 
 
 Gwernafield, tus. 
 
 Flint 
 
 1,002 
 
 836 
 
 Halstead, i>. 
 
 Kent 
 
 289 
 
 323 1 
 
 Hanwood (Great), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 267 
 
 288 
 
 
 
 Gwemesney, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 63 
 
 57, 
 
 Halstead, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 6,982 
 
 6,917; 
 
 Hanworth, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 790 
 
 763 
 
 
 
 Gwernybwlch, tns. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 586 
 
 545' 
 
 Halstead, tn. J. s. 
 
 Essex 
 
 5,658 
 
 5,707 1 
 
 Hanworth, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 267 
 
 227 
 
 
 
 Gwernyhowel, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 
 107: 
 
 Halstock, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 672 
 
 532 
 
 Hanworth (Cold), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 80 
 
 91 
 
 
 
 Gwersyllt, tns. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,205 
 
 1,356 ; 
 
 Halston, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 
 331 
 
 Happisburgh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 621 
 
 584 
 
 
 
 Gwestydd, tns. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 669 
 
 604 i 
 
 Halstow (High), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "354 
 
 363} 
 
 Hapten, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 207 
 
 196 i 
 
 
 
 Gwinear, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 2,635 
 
 2,880 1 
 
 Halstow (Lower), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 344 
 
 399 1 
 
 Hapton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 550 
 
 1,003 
 
 
 
 Gwithian, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 629 
 
 774 
 
 Haltham-upon- ) 
 Bain, p. ( 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 243 
 
 215 
 
 Harberton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,324 
 
 1,221 
 
 
 
 Gwnnws, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,173 
 
 1,295; 
 
 Harbledown, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 646 
 
 665 
 
 
 
 Gwredog, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 *2, 
 
 Halton, p 
 
 Bucks 
 
 157 
 
 147 
 
 Harborne, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 10,729 
 
 16,996 
 
 
 
 Gwyddelwerii, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 1.660 
 
 1,541 ! 
 
 Halton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 718 
 
 670 
 
 Harborough or \ 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,206 
 
 
 
 GwyflBiog, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 609 
 
 667 1 
 
 Halton, p. 
 
 Lincolu 
 
 425 
 
 422 
 
 Harbury, p. ) 
 
 
 
 Gwynve, h. 
 
 Camiar. 
 
 1,315 
 
 1,354 
 
 Halton (East), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 675 
 
 727 
 
 Harborough (Mag- ) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 347 
 
 295 
 
 
 
 Gwytherin, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 435 
 
 438 
 
 Halton (Holegate),p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 539 
 
 531 
 
 na), p. ( 
 
 
 
 
 Gyffin, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 «73 
 
 716 
 
 Haltwhistle, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 5,379 
 
 5,200 1 
 
 Harborough (Mar- ) 
 
 Leices. 
 
 2,326 
 
 2,302 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 Haltwhistle, tn. th. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,420 
 
 1,749 
 
 ket), tn. tk. f 
 
 
 
 Habberley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 144 
 
 112 j 
 
 Halvergate, p. 
 Halwell nr. Laun- ) 
 ceston, p. r 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 545 
 
 541 1 
 
 Harbridge, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 342 
 
 293 
 
 
 
 Habergham - \ 
 
 Eaves, tns. ^ 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 12,549 
 
 18,613 : 
 
 Devon 
 
 284 
 
 257 
 
 Harby, p. 
 Hardenhuish, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 Wilts 
 
 640 
 127 
 
 655 
 117 
 
 
 
 Habrough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 368 
 
 364 
 
 Halwell near Tot- ^ 
 
 Devon 
 
 411 
 
 357 
 
 Hardham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 98 
 
 87 
 
 
 
 Hacconibe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 17 
 
 42 
 
 ness, p. j 
 
 Hardingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 561 
 
 527 
 
 
 
 Ilaccouby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 454 
 
 408 
 
 Ham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 36 
 
 47 
 
 Hardingstone, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,915 
 
 
 
 Haceby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 79 
 
 66 
 
 Ham, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 243 
 
 240 
 
 Hardington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 Hacheston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 510 
 
 5261 
 
 H.im (Bast), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,.566 
 
 2,264 
 
 Hardington (Man- ) 
 deville), p. f 
 
 Somer. 
 
 719 
 
 668 
 
 
 
 llacketstowu , tn-p. th 
 
 Car.-Wi. 
 
 3,522 
 
 2,944 il Ham-with Hatch.h. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,324 
 
 1,420; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 213 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Hardley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 255 
 
 271 
 
 Harvington, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 360 
 
 452 
 
 Hay, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Breck. 
 
 1,952 
 
 1,998 
 
 Hardmead, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 61 
 
 91 
 
 Harwell, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 884 
 
 876 
 
 Haydock, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,994 
 
 3,615 
 
 Hardres Lower), p. 
 Hardres (Upjjer), p. 
 
 Kent 
 Kent 
 
 265 
 303 
 
 233 
 271 
 
 Harwich, m. & p. ) 
 
 Essex 
 
 4,451 
 
 5,070 
 
 Haydon, p. 
 Haydon-Bridge, v. 
 
 Dorset 
 North. 
 
 109 
 2,065 
 
 131 
 
 2,221 
 
 Hardwick, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 273 
 
 227 
 
 Harwood, tu. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 3,294 
 
 Haydor, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 648 
 
 565 
 
 Hardwick, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 81 
 
 83! 
 
 Harworth, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 "595 
 
 925 
 
 Hayes, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 552 
 
 598 
 
 Hardwick, j). 
 
 Oxford 
 
 66 
 
 59 
 
 Hascombe, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 366 
 
 396 
 
 Hayes or Heeze, p. 
 
 Aliddles. 
 
 4,769 
 
 7,134 
 
 Hardwick (Prior' s),p 
 
 Warw. 
 
 303 
 
 323 
 
 Haselbeech, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 148 
 
 180 
 
 Hayfield, v. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,757 
 
 2,156 
 
 Hardwicke, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 739 
 
 708 
 
 Haselbury(Bryan),p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 709 
 
 761 
 
 Hayling, isl.-j). 
 
 South. 
 
 1,096 
 
 1,039 
 
 Hardwicke, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 211 
 
 210 
 
 Haselbury (Pluck-) 
 nett), p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 856 
 
 834 
 
 Hayling (North), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 272 
 
 262 
 
 Hardwicke, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 564 
 
 625 
 
 Hayling (South", p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 824 
 
 777 
 
 Hareby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 97 
 
 93 
 
 Haseley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 238 
 
 209 
 
 Haynestown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 42 
 
 30 
 
 Harefield, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,498 
 
 1,51)7 
 
 Haseley (Great), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 750 
 
 714 
 
 Haynestown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 385 
 
 317 
 
 Harescomb, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 627 
 
 1.38 
 
 Haselor, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 380 
 
 355 
 
 Hay's Castle, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 345 
 
 297 
 
 Haresfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 627 
 
 612 
 
 Hasfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 300 
 
 299 
 
 Hayton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,243 
 
 1,266 
 
 Harewood, p 
 
 Heref. 
 
 93 
 
 lul 
 
 Hasguard, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 172 
 
 145 
 
 Hayton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 260 
 
 258 
 
 Harewood, tii.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,413 
 
 2,396 
 
 Hasketon, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 503 
 
 483 
 
 Hayton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 625 
 
 478 
 
 Harford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 139 
 
 158 
 
 Haslemere, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 955 
 
 952 
 
 Haywood, \>. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 
 102 
 
 Hargham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 84 
 
 88 
 
 Haslingden, tns. s. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 9,030 
 
 6,929 
 
 Hazelbank, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 311 
 
 Hargi'ave, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 278 
 
 310 
 
 Haslingfield, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 754 
 
 762 
 
 Hazeleigh, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 "148 
 
 106 
 
 Hargrave, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 489 
 
 520 
 
 Hassingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 127 
 
 118 
 
 Hazleton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 278 
 
 308 
 
 Harkstead, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 341 
 
 380 
 
 Hastingleigh, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 219 
 
 198 
 
 Hazlewood, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 102 
 
 91 
 
 Harlaxtoii, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 494 
 
 488! 
 
 Hastings, m. w. s. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 16,966 
 
 22,837 
 
 Heacham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 946 
 
 990 
 
 Harleston, tii. m. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,509 
 
 1,302 
 
 >. P- 
 
 Sussex 
 
 17,011 
 
 22,910 
 
 Headboume Wor-) 
 thy, p. / 
 Headcom, p. 
 
 Hants 
 Kent 
 
 
 194 
 1,339 
 
 Harleston, p. 
 Harlestoiie, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Northa. 
 
 80 
 610 
 
 65 
 651 : 
 
 Hatch (Beau- '( 
 champ), p. f 
 
 Somer. 
 
 315 
 
 324 
 
 1,344 
 
 Harleton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 291 
 
 3021 
 
 Hatch (West), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 453 
 
 432 
 
 Headford, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,195 
 
 993 
 
 Harley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 229 
 
 220 
 
 Hatcliffe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 147 
 
 159 
 
 Headingley-with- ^ 
 
 York 
 
 6,105 
 
 9,674 
 
 Harluig (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,198 
 
 1,109 
 
 Hatfield, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,721 
 
 2,564 
 
 Burley, tns. ) 
 
 
 Harling (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 106 
 
 124 
 
 Hatfield, v. 
 
 York 
 
 1,840 
 
 1,813 
 
 Headington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,653 
 
 2,110 
 
 Harliiigton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 597 
 
 529 
 
 Hatfield, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 173 
 
 180 
 
 Headley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,424 
 
 1,320 
 
 Harlington, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 872 
 
 1,159 
 
 Hatfield( Bishop's)) 
 tn.-p. th. j 
 
 Herts 
 
 3,862 
 
 3,871 
 
 Headley, j). 
 
 Surrey 
 
 363 
 
 322 
 
 Harlow, tn.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,322 
 
 2,377 
 
 Headon-witli-Up- ) 
 ton, p. J 
 
 Notts 
 
 268 
 
 282 
 
 Harlsey (East), p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 430 
 
 Hatfield (Broad- ^ 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,034 
 
 1,960 
 
 
 
 Hannon (St.), p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 "858 
 
 902 
 
 Oak or Regis), p i 
 
 Heage, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,278 
 
 2,286 
 
 Harmoiidsworth, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,307 
 
 1,385 
 
 Hatfield (Peverell;,p 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,344 
 
 1,311 
 
 Healaugh, p. 
 
 York 
 
 223 
 
 228 
 
 Harmstou, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 414 
 
 414 
 
 Hatford, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 115 
 
 122 
 
 Healing, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 92 
 
 96 
 
 Harnham (West), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 276 
 
 285' 
 
 Hatherleigh, tn p. | 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,710 
 
 1,645 
 
 Heanor, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 5,982 
 
 8,875 
 
 Ilarniiill, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 77 
 
 88, 
 
 «./. * 
 
 Heanor, tn. 
 
 Derby 
 
 3,427 
 
 4,084 
 
 Harold's Cross ) 
 (West), V. f 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,960 
 
 3,839 
 
 Hatherley(Down),p. 
 Hatherley (Upper),p 
 
 Glouc. 
 Glouc. 
 
 240 
 50 
 
 192 
 68 
 
 Heanton - Pun - ) 
 chardon, p. ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 576 
 
 540 
 
 Haroldstown, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 
 444 
 
 Hathern, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,187 
 
 1,112 
 
 Heapham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 156 
 
 129 
 
 Harpeiiden, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,980 
 
 2,664 ; 
 
 Hatherop, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 375 
 
 323 
 
 Heath, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 378 
 
 369 
 
 Harpford, y>. 
 
 Devon 
 
 253 
 
 2431 
 
 Hathersage, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,108 
 
 2,391 
 
 Heath, or Hethe, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 418 
 
 412 
 
 Harpham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 266 
 
 274 
 
 Hatley (East>, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 146 
 
 139 
 
 Heather, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 384 
 
 3a 
 
 Harpley, j). 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 442 
 
 479 
 
 Hatley{St. George),p 
 
 Camb. 
 
 168 
 
 164 
 
 Heathfield, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 135 
 
 124 
 
 Harix>le, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 778 
 
 833 
 
 Hattersley, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 497 
 
 400 
 
 Heathfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,208 
 
 1,892 
 
 Harpsdeu, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 215 
 
 261 
 
 Hatton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 197 
 
 199 
 
 Heaton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,637 
 
 1,673 
 
 Harpswell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 103 
 
 104 
 
 Hatton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 961 
 
 1,259 
 
 Heaton (Little), tns 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 800 
 
 838 
 
 Harptree (East), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 722 
 
 657 
 
 Ilaugham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 117 
 
 115 
 
 Heaton-Norris, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 15,697 
 
 16,333 
 
 Harptree (West), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 616 
 
 539, 
 
 Haughley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 971 
 
 987 
 
 Heavitree, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,112 
 
 3,133 
 
 Harray and Bir- \ 
 say, p. ) 
 
 Orkney 
 
 2,499 
 
 2,593 ■ 
 
 Haughmond De- \ 
 mesne, p. ( 
 
 Salop 
 
 
 141 
 
 Hebburn, 11. 
 Heckfield, p. 
 
 North. 
 Hants 
 
 l','321 
 
 595 
 1,200 
 
 Harrietsliam, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 674 
 
 624 
 
 Haughton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,042 
 
 3,371 
 
 Heckiugham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 389 
 
 317 
 
 Harrington, tn. p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,169 
 
 1,788 
 
 Ha»ighton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 78 
 
 61 
 
 Heckington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,581 
 
 1,725 
 
 Harrington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 114 
 
 104 
 
 Haughton, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 510 
 
 516 
 
 Heckmondwike, tn. 
 
 Y'ork 
 
 4,540 
 
 8,680 
 
 Harrington, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 201 
 
 222 
 
 Haughton (le 1 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,403 
 
 1,473 
 
 Heddington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 354 
 
 362 
 
 Harringwortli, p. 
 
 Nortlia, 
 
 368 
 
 360 
 
 Skeme), i). f 
 
 Heddon-on-the- ) 
 WaU, p. 1" 
 
 North. 
 
 813 
 
 744 
 
 Harris, p. 
 
 Invem. 
 
 4,250 
 
 4,183 
 
 Haukswell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 326 
 
 273 
 
 
 
 
 Harristown, p. 
 
 Kildaro 
 
 662 
 
 591 
 
 Hautbois-Magna, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 181 
 
 195 
 
 Hedenham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 283 
 
 280 
 
 Harrogate, v. 
 
 York 
 
 3,678 
 
 4,737 
 
 Hauxton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 313 
 
 262 
 
 Hedgerley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 160 
 
 153 
 
 Harrold, tn. j). 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,083 
 
 1,119 
 
 Havant, tn.-p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,416 
 
 2,470 
 
 Hedingham (Cas ). 
 tie), v.-p. f 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,394 
 
 1,203 
 
 Harroldstou (St. \ 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 331 
 
 281 
 
 Haveningham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 422 
 
 354 
 
 
 
 Issel's), p. ) 
 
 Haverford - West ) 
 Dist. of Bors. ) 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 
 9,821 
 
 Hedingham(Sible),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,346 
 
 2,123 
 
 Harroldstou (West , p 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 140 
 
 149 
 
 
 Hedon, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,029 
 
 975 
 
 Harrow - on ~ the - ) 
 Hill, v.-p. f 
 
 Middles. 
 
 4,951 
 
 5,525 
 
 Haverford- West 1 
 M. & p. t. >. f 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 0,580 
 
 7,019 
 
 Hedsor, p. 
 Heene, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 Sxissex 
 
 183 
 233 
 
 175 
 194 
 
 Harrowden Great),)) 
 
 Northa. 
 
 137 
 
 125 
 
 Haverhill, tn p w. 
 
 Es.-Suff. 
 
 2,535 
 
 2,434 
 
 Heigham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 7,745 
 
 13,894 
 
 Harrowden(Little) p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 638 
 
 679 
 
 Havering - atto ■ , 
 
 Essex 
 
 423 
 
 429 
 
 Heighington, j). 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,294 
 
 1,323 
 
 Ilarsley (East), i). 
 
 York 
 
 407 
 
 430 
 
 Bower, p. 1 
 
 Heighton (South), p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 85 
 
 104 
 
 Harston, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 770 
 
 782 
 
 Haveringland, i). 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 143 
 
 131 
 
 Helen (St.), Bi ) 
 shopsgate, p. ) 
 
 Middles 
 
 674 
 
 558 
 
 Harston, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 177 
 
 164 
 
 Haversliam, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 280 
 
 288 
 
 
 
 
 Harewell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 81 
 
 89 
 
 Hawarden, tn. p. f. 
 
 Flint 
 
 6,203 
 
 7,044 
 
 Helen (St.), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 6,162 
 
 5,058 
 
 Hart, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 920 
 
 1,420 
 
 Hawerby - with - ( 
 Beesby, p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 85 
 
 91 
 
 Helen (St.), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 525 
 
 507 
 
 Hartbnrn, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,506 
 
 1,526 
 
 Helen (St.), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,593 
 
 2,748 
 
 Hartest, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 832 
 
 744 
 
 Hawes, tn. s. 
 
 York 
 
 1,708 
 
 1,727 
 
 Helen (St.), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,368 
 
 1,484 
 
 Hartfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,573 
 
 1,451 
 
 Hawick, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 7,801 
 
 8,726 
 
 Helen's (St.), tn. s. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 14,866 
 
 18,396 
 
 Hartford, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 382 
 
 341 
 
 Hawick, tn. Ih. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 6,683 
 
 8,191 
 
 Helens (St.), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,948 
 
 2,586 
 
 Harthill, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 130 
 
 122 
 
 Hawkchurch, p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 773 
 
 706 
 
 Helens (St.), j). 
 
 Wexford 
 
 214 
 
 186 
 
 Hartbill-with-) 
 
 York 
 
 739 
 
 673 
 
 Hawkedon, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 359 
 
 321 
 
 Helensburgh, tn. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 2,841 
 
 4,613 
 
 Woodall, p. > 
 
 Hawkesbury, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,185 
 
 2,173 
 
 Helhoughton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 348 
 
 346 
 
 Ilarting, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,330 
 
 1,247 
 
 Hawkhurst, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,704 
 
 2,715 
 
 Helier (St.), tn.-p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 29,644 
 
 29,528 
 
 Hartington, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,089 
 
 2,410 
 
 Hawkinge, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 129 
 
 133 
 
 Helland, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 252 
 
 224 
 
 Hartland, tn. p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,183 
 
 1,916 
 
 Hawkley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 329 
 
 312 
 
 Hellesdon, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 467 
 
 496 
 
 Hartlebury, p. 
 
 Worces, 
 
 2,047 
 
 2,115 
 
 Hawkridge, p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 69 
 
 110 
 
 Hellidon, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 439 
 
 449 
 
 Hartlepool.tn . p. m.s. 
 
 Durham 
 
 9,503 
 
 12,245 
 
 Hawkshead, tn. p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,283 
 
 2,081 
 
 HeUingly, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,761 
 
 1,606 
 
 Hartlepool( West)tu 
 
 Durham 
 
 
 12,603 
 
 Hawksworth, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 171 
 
 176 
 
 Helmdon, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 603 
 
 602 
 
 Hartley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "227 
 
 244 
 
 HawkwoU, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 349 
 
 334 
 
 Helmingham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 287 
 
 320 
 
 Hartley(Mauditt),p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 87 
 
 92 
 
 i Hawling, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 212 
 
 171 
 
 Helmsdale, v. 
 
 Sutherl. 
 
 526 
 
 762 
 
 Hartley (WestpiUl)p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 353 
 
 343 
 
 i Hawnby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 814 
 
 746 
 
 Helmsley, tn.-p. s. 
 
 York 
 
 3,483 
 
 3,429 
 
 Hartley (Wintney)p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,582 
 
 1,746 
 
 Hawnes, or \ 
 
 Bedford 
 
 937 
 
 932 
 
 Helmsley (Gate), p. 
 
 York 
 
 293 
 
 200 
 
 Hartlii>, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 343 
 
 319 
 
 Haynes, p. I 
 
 Helmsley (Upper), p 
 
 York 
 
 78 
 
 78 
 
 Hartpury, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 884 
 
 843 
 
 1 Haworth, v. 
 
 York 
 
 6,848 
 
 5,896 
 
 Helperby, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 620 
 
 639 
 
 HartshiU, h. 
 
 AVarw. 
 
 1,108 
 
 1,129 
 
 ; Hawridge, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 270 
 
 276 
 
 Helperthorpe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 140 
 
 146 
 
 Hartshorn, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,350 
 
 1,541 
 
 j Hawstead-with- 1 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 556 
 
 475 
 
 Helpringham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 829 
 
 912 
 
 Hartwell, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 151 
 
 137 
 
 j Hardwick, p. ( 
 
 Helpstone, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 697 
 
 763 
 
 Hartwell, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 542 
 
 542 
 
 Hawton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 227 
 
 246 
 
 Helston, m. w. s. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 3,355 
 
 3,843 
 
 Harty (Isle of St. \ 
 
 Kent 
 
 118 
 
 , .„ ; Haxby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 527 
 
 597 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 7,328 
 
 8,497 
 
 Thomas), p. > 
 
 XOif 
 
 , Haxey, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,129 
 
 2,157 
 
 Hemblington, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 269 
 
 219 
 
1 
 
 214 
 
 
 
 ABSTKACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Hemel - Hemp - ) 
 stead, p. ) 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 ^sf>\. 
 
 ' Pop. 
 ' 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Herta 
 
 7,073 
 
 7,948 
 
 Hexton, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 278 
 
 234 
 
 Histoii, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,011 
 
 971 
 
 Heybridge, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,330 
 
 1,476 
 
 Hitcham, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 236 
 
 205 1 
 
 Hemel - Hemp - ) 
 stead, tn. th. ) 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,727 
 
 2,974 
 
 Heydon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 368 
 
 270 
 
 Hitcham, p. 
 
 Suflblk 
 
 1,037 
 
 991 1 
 
 Heydon, p. 2d m. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 800 
 
 302 
 
 Hitchenden, or ) 
 Hughendon,p. J 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,541 
 
 1,653 
 
 llemiiigbrough, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,072 
 
 2,297 
 
 j Heyford (Lower), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 605 
 
 625 
 
 Hemingby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 407 
 
 473 
 
 1 Heyford (Netlier), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 624 
 
 807 
 
 Hitchin, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 7,077 
 
 7,677 
 
 Hemingford (Ab- ) 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 544 
 
 518 
 
 \ Heyford (Upper), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 399 
 
 453 
 
 Hitchin, tn. t. 
 
 Herts 
 
 5,258 
 
 6,330 
 
 bots), p. i" 
 
 Heyford (Upper), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 104 
 
 116 
 
 Hittisleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 185 
 
 156 
 
 Hemingfbixi ) 
 (Giey), p j 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,258 
 
 1,103 
 
 Heyop, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 169 
 
 283 
 
 Hoath, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 359 
 
 348 
 
 Heysham, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 593 
 
 567 
 
 Hoathly (East), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 667 
 
 615 
 
 Hemiugstone, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 388 
 
 395 
 
 ! Heyshott, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 432 
 
 896 
 
 Hoathly (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,068 
 
 1,120 
 
 Hemiugton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 175 
 
 152 
 
 1 Heytesbury, tu.-p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,210 
 
 1,232 
 
 Hobkirk, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 750 
 
 771 
 
 Hemington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 444 
 
 459 i Heythrop, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 190 
 
 122 
 
 Hoby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 405 
 
 369 
 
 Hemley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 63 
 
 63 
 
 \ Heywood, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 12,194 
 
 12,824 
 
 Hockering, p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 420 
 
 387 
 
 Hempnall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,258 
 
 1,094 
 
 Hibaldstow, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 801 
 
 775 
 
 Hockerton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 114 
 
 108 
 
 Hempstead, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 827 
 
 797 
 
 Hickleton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 143 
 
 127 
 
 Hockham, p. 
 
 Nm-folk 
 
 690 
 
 629 
 
 Hempstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 338 
 
 280 
 
 HickUng, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 812 
 
 767 
 
 Hockley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 838 
 
 798 ! 
 
 Hempstead - with- ) 
 Eccles, p. ) 
 Hempstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 194 
 251 
 
 206 
 424 
 
 Hickling, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 613 
 
 642 
 
 Hockliffe, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 439 
 
 416 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Higham, p. 
 Higham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Suffolk 
 
 843 
 292 
 
 1,064 1 Hockwold cum- ) 
 2291 Wilton, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,067 
 
 803 
 
 Hempstou(Little), p 
 
 Devon 
 
 
 244 
 
 Higham (Booth), tns 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 839 
 
 759 j Hockworthy, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 382 
 
 373 
 
 Hempton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 '477 
 
 459 
 
 Higham-Fer. tn . -p.s. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,140 
 
 l,152lj Hoddam, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,797 
 
 1,653 
 
 Hemsby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 739 
 
 664 
 
 Higham (Gobioii),p, 
 
 Bedford 
 
 134 
 
 121 
 
 Hoddesdon, tn. th. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,854 
 
 1,898 
 
 Hemswell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 436 
 
 465 
 
 Higham on the- [ 
 Hill, p. 1 
 
 Leices. 
 
 E1H 
 
 559 
 
 Hodgeston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 78 
 
 43 
 
 Hemaworth, p. 
 
 York 
 
 997 
 
 975 
 
 544 
 
 Hodnet, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,057 
 
 7,979 1 
 
 Heniyock, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,185 
 
 1,068 
 
 Highbray, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 323 
 
 295 
 
 Hoe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 223 
 
 169 
 
 Henbury, v. -p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,525 
 
 2,482 
 
 Highclere, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 525 
 
 446 
 
 Hogganfield, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 532 
 
 Hendon, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 3,333 
 
 4,544 
 
 High Hampton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 388 
 
 886 
 
 Hoggeston.or Hog- '^ 
 
 Bucks 
 
 220 
 
 207 
 
 Hendrid (East), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 949 
 
 889 
 
 Highley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 359 
 
 407 
 
 Eton, p. j 
 
 Hendiid (West), ij. 
 
 Berks 
 
 335 
 
 351 
 
 Hightae, v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 
 414 
 
 Hognaston, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 299 
 
 205 
 
 Heneglwys, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 547 
 
 510 1 Highway, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 "122 
 
 121 
 
 Hogshaw, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 50 
 
 50 
 
 Henfield, v. -p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,364 
 
 1,662 
 
 Highweek, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,398 
 
 1,571 
 
 Hogsthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 832 
 
 874 
 
 Henfyiigw, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 890 
 
 1,067 
 
 Highworth, tu.-p. ((;. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 4,026 
 
 3,629 
 
 Holbeach, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 5,191 
 
 4,956 
 
 Hengrave, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 240 
 
 219 
 
 HiLborough, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 366 
 
 365 
 
 Holbeck, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 14,152 
 
 15,824 
 
 Henham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 911 
 
 875 
 
 Hildei-sham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 248 
 
 227 
 
 Holbeton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,029 
 
 965 
 
 Henley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 326 
 
 293 
 
 Hilfield, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 
 111 
 
 Holborn (St. An-) 
 drew), p. 1 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 32,251 
 
 Henley-in-Ardeu, ) 
 tn. m. ) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,143 
 
 1,069 
 
 Hilgay, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,710 
 
 1,624 
 
 29,320 
 
 Hill, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 216 
 
 216 
 
 Holbrook, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 857 
 
 903 
 
 Henley-on-Thames, p 
 
 Oxford 
 
 3,733 
 
 3,676 
 
 Hill, tns. 
 
 Worces, 
 
 1,122 
 
 1,328! 
 
 Holconibe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 464 
 
 388 
 
 Henley - on - ) 
 Thames, tn. th. j 
 
 Oxford 
 
 3,369 
 
 3,419 
 
 Hillary (St.), p. 
 Hillary (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 Glamor. 
 
 3,021 
 157 
 
 3,459 
 139 
 
 Holcomlie (Bur ) 
 nell), p. ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 289 
 
 242 
 
 Henllan, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 117 
 
 133 
 
 Hill Deverill, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 122 
 
 149 
 
 Holconibe (Rogus), p 
 
 Devon 
 
 759 
 
 704 
 
 Henllan, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 2,491 
 
 2,607 
 
 Hillend, V. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 308 
 
 Holcot, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 508 
 
 517 
 
 Henllis, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 265 
 
 238 
 
 Hillesden, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 "244 
 
 251 
 
 Holcut, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 62 
 
 71 
 
 Henlow, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 970 
 
 1,011 
 
 Hillfarance, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 616 
 
 582 
 
 Holdenby, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 211 
 
 184 
 
 Hennlan-Amgoed, p 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 439 
 
 445 
 
 Hillingdou, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 9,588 
 
 10,758 
 
 Holdenhurst, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,330 
 
 2,488 
 
 Hennock, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 894 
 
 1,004 
 
 Ilillington, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 346 
 
 330 
 
 Holdgate, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 211 
 
 196 
 
 Henny (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 427 
 
 363 
 
 Hillington near ) 
 Norwicli, p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 87 
 
 98 
 
 Holford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 181 
 
 170 
 
 Henny (Little), i). 
 
 Essex 
 
 99 
 
 81 
 
 Holker (Lower), tns.i Lancas. 
 
 1,225 
 
 1,160 
 
 Henry's Moat, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 323 
 
 287 
 
 Hillmarton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 828 
 
 787 
 
 Holker (Upper), tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,184 
 
 1,035 
 
 Henshaw, tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 615 
 
 550 
 
 Hillmorton, p 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,049 
 
 978 
 
 Holkham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 683 
 
 603 1 
 
 Henstead, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 559 
 
 534 
 
 Hillsborough, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,877 
 
 5,515 
 
 Hollacombe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 103 
 
 87 j 
 
 Henstridge, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,136 
 
 1,173 j Hillsborougli, tu. 0. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 1,247 
 
 Holland (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 508 
 
 467 1 
 
 Hentland, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 643 
 
 647 1 Hilperton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 "996 
 
 880 
 
 Holland (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 86 
 
 88 
 
 Heptonstall, v. 
 
 York 
 
 4,177 
 
 3,497 
 
 Hilston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 50 
 
 54 
 
 1 Hollesley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 578 
 
 603 
 
 Hep worth, p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 582 
 
 594 
 
 Hilton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 761 
 
 833 
 
 HoUingboum, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,302 
 
 1,190 
 
 Hepworth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,532 
 
 1,530 
 
 Hilton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 384 
 
 887 
 
 HoUington, p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 579 
 
 531 
 
 Herbertstoun, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 ... 
 
 369 
 
 Hilton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 110 
 
 127 
 
 HoUingworth, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,347 
 
 2,155 
 
 Herbrauston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 255 
 
 257 
 
 Hilton, V. 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 
 385 
 
 Holly m, p. 
 
 York 
 
 516 
 
 625 
 
 Hereford, c. ji. & ) 
 p. w. S. ) 
 
 Heref. 
 
 12,108 
 
 15,585 
 
 Himbleton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 "402 
 
 410 
 
 Hollywood, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,021 
 
 1,741 1 
 
 Himley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 400 
 
 367 
 
 Hollywood, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 835 
 
 597 
 
 Hereford (Little), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 
 458 
 
 Hinckley, tu.-p. hi. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 7,071 
 
 7,315 
 
 Holm, p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 749 
 
 834 
 
 Heriot, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 "352 
 
 407 
 
 Hinderolay, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 394 
 
 388 
 
 Holme, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 144 
 
 121 
 
 Hermitage, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 139 
 
 131 
 
 Hinderwell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,947 
 
 2,805 
 
 Holme, tns. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,154 
 
 750 
 
 Heme, tn.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 3,094 
 
 3,147 
 
 Hindley, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 7,023 
 
 8,477 
 
 Holme (Culti-am), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 3,212 
 
 3,867 
 
 Hemhill, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 657 
 
 701 
 
 Hindolveston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 748 
 
 705 
 
 Holme (East), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 61 
 
 50 
 
 Herriard, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 515 
 
 439 
 
 Hiudon, tn.-j). th. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 710 
 
 604 
 
 Holme (Hale), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 524 
 
 464 
 
 Herringfleet, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 179 
 
 210 
 
 Hiudringham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 749 
 
 731 
 
 Holme-Lacy, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 322 
 
 307 
 
 j Herringswell, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 225 
 
 203 
 
 Hingham, tu.-p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,698 
 
 1,605 
 
 Holme (Pierre ) 
 
 Notts 
 
 179 
 
 150 
 
 1 Herstnionceaux, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,292 
 
 1,287 
 
 Hinksey (North), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 488 
 
 438 i 
 
 pont), p. ) 
 
 
 
 Hertford, m. & ) 
 p. ». 1 . 
 
 Herts 
 
 6,605 
 
 6,769 
 
 Hinksey (South), p. 
 Hinlip, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Worces. 
 
 300 
 126 
 
 636 j 
 136 
 
 Holme - next- ) 
 Runcton , p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 328 
 
 273 
 
 Hertingfordbury, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 752 
 
 799 
 
 Hinstock, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 862 
 
 791 
 
 Holme-next-the- ) 
 Sea, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 300 
 
 30& 
 
 Hesket - in - tlie - } 
 Forest, p. | 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,051 
 
 1,983 
 
 Hintlesham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 584 
 
 613 
 
 
 
 Hinton (Ampner), p 
 
 Hants 
 
 384 
 
 362 
 
 Holme-upon-Spal- ) 
 ding-Moor, p. j 
 
 York 
 
 1,713 
 
 1,913 
 
 He8ket(Upperand \ 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 806 
 
 775 
 
 Hinton (Blewett), p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 322 
 
 302 
 
 
 Nether), tn. ) 
 
 Hinton (Broad), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 714 
 
 657 
 
 Holnie-on-the- ) 
 Wolds, p. ]" 
 Holmer, p. 
 
 York 
 
 153 
 
 168 
 
 Hesketh - with - \ 
 Becconsall, p. j 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 692 
 
 804 
 
 Hinton (Charter- ) 
 house), p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 719 
 
 615 
 
 Heref. 
 
 747 
 
 1,237 
 
 j Heslerton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 618 
 
 603 
 
 Hinton -on -the- ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 192 
 
 192 
 
 Holmfirth, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 
 2,466 
 
 Heslington (St. ) 
 Paul), p. ( 
 
 York 
 
 228 
 
 233 
 
 Green, p. )" 
 
 Holmjjatrick, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 2,904 
 
 2,747 
 
 Hinton -in -the- ^ 
 
 Northa. 
 
 157 
 
 178 
 
 Holmptou, p. 
 
 York 
 
 92 
 
 116 
 
 Hessett, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 487 
 
 454 
 
 Hedges, p. ( 
 
 Holne, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 386 
 
 348 
 
 Hessle, v. -p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,576 
 
 1,625 
 
 Hinton (Little), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 354 
 
 298 
 
 Holnest, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 163 
 
 147 
 
 Heston, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 4.961 
 
 7,096 
 
 Hinton (Martell), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 324 
 
 357 
 
 Holsworthy, tn-p. w. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,833 
 
 1,724 
 
 Heswall, p. 
 Hethe, p. 
 
 Chester 
 Oxford 
 
 667 
 418 
 
 749 
 442 
 
 Hinton (Parva orf 
 Stanbridge), p. ) 
 
 Dorset 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 Holt, tu.-p. s. 
 Holt, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Worces. 
 
 1,726 
 539 
 
 1,635 
 503 
 
 Hethel, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 210 
 
 196 
 
 Hinton (St. ) 
 
 George), p. ) 
 
 Hinton (St. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 728 
 
 761 
 
 Holt, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,536 
 
 1,490 
 
 Hethersett, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,209 
 
 1,169 
 
 Holt, tn. p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,029 
 
 1,008 
 
 Hethersgill, tns. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 792 
 
 712 
 
 Dorset 
 
 345 
 
 342 
 
 Holtby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 169 
 
 165 
 
 Hetton-le-Hole, v. 
 
 Durham 
 
 5,664 
 
 6,419 
 
 Mary), p. f 
 
 Holton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 244 
 
 245 
 
 Heveningliam, p. 
 Hever, i). 
 
 Suffolk 
 Kent 
 
 422 
 603 
 
 354 
 626 
 
 Hinton (Waldridge) 
 or Waldrist), p. )" 
 
 Berks 
 
 389 
 
 829 
 
 Holton, p. 
 Holton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 Suffolk 
 
 237 
 516 
 
 208 
 470 
 
 Heversham, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 4,432 
 
 4,300 
 
 Hints, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 218 
 
 200 
 
 Holtou(Beckering'',p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 185 
 
 179 
 
 Hevingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 842 
 
 838 
 
 Hiiixhill, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 135 
 
 128 
 
 Holton le-Clay, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 319 
 
 297 
 
 Hewelsfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 497 
 
 417 
 
 Hiuxton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 465 
 
 396 
 
 Holton (St. Mary), p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 192 
 
 167 
 
 Hewish, or Huish, p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 129 
 
 133 
 
 Hinx worth, -p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 347 
 
 320 
 
 Holverstone, i). 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 30 
 
 28 
 
 Hexham, p. 
 
 North, 
 
 6,537 
 
 6,479 
 
 Hipi)erholnie, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 6,091 
 
 7,840 
 
 Holwell, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 189 
 
 191 
 
 Hexham, tn. t. 
 
 North. 
 
 4,601 
 
 4,655'' Hiruant, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 308 
 
 295 
 
 HolweU, p. 
 
 Dorset , 
 
 462 
 
 495 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 215 
 
 Place. 
 Holyboiirne, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pl.vce. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Hants 
 
 583 
 
 643 
 
 j Home, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 659 
 
 637 
 
 1 Hubberston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,010 
 
 1,270 
 
 Holycross, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,958 
 
 1,742 
 
 Horning, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 466 
 
 441 
 
 1 Hucking, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 121 
 
 119 
 
 
 Holy-Cross and St. ^ 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,944 
 
 2,234 
 
 Homingliold, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 103 
 
 105 
 
 Huck nall-Torkard, p 
 
 Notts 
 
 2,970 
 
 2,836 
 
 
 Giles, p. ) 
 
 Horninglow, tns. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 815 
 
 1,968 
 
 Huddersfield, p. 
 
 York 
 
 46,130 
 
 52,254 
 
 
 Holy Cross (West- ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,078 
 
 1,065 
 
 Horningsea, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 371 
 
 402 
 
 HUDDERSPIELD, P. t. 
 
 York 
 
 30,880 
 
 34,877 
 
 
 gate without), p / 
 
 Horningsham, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,188 
 
 1,065 
 
 Huddington, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 89 
 
 87 
 
 
 Holy-Croas-Per- { 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,528 
 
 2,578 
 
 Horningsheath, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 670 
 
 670 
 
 1 Huggate, p. 
 
 York 
 
 547 
 
 589 
 
 
 shore, p. ) 
 
 Homingtoft, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 267 
 
 248 
 
 Hughenden, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 
 1,653 
 
 
 Holyhead, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 8,863 
 
 8,773 
 
 Hornsea-with- \ 
 
 York 
 
 945 
 
 1,063 
 
 Hughley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 112 
 
 98 
 
 
 Holyhead, tn. p. s. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 5,622 
 
 6,193 
 
 Burton, p. J 
 
 ; Huish, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 161 
 
 171 
 
 
 Holy Island, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 908 
 
 935 
 
 Homsey, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 7,135 
 
 11,082 
 
 ; Huish, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 129 
 
 133 
 
 
 Holymount, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 416 
 
 Hornton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 591 
 
 514 
 
 Huish (Champ- 1 
 
 Somer. 
 
 445 
 
 444 
 
 
 Holy-Rood, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 ]',"681 
 
 1,571 
 
 Horseford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 688 
 
 665 
 
 flower), p. ( 
 
 
 Holystone, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 436 
 
 426 
 
 Horsell, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 762 
 
 788 
 
 Huish (Episcopi), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 760 
 
 679 
 
 
 Hoiytown, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 900 
 
 1,135 
 
 Horsemouden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,226 
 
 1,385 
 
 Huish (North), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 464 
 
 432 
 
 
 Holy Trinity, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,122 
 
 1,028 
 
 Horsendon, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 51 
 
 45 
 
 i Huish (South), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 382 
 
 346 
 
 
 Holy Trinity, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,549 
 
 1,601 
 
 Horsepath, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 3.33 
 
 334 
 
 1 Hulcott, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 150 
 
 143 
 
 
 Holy Trinity, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,616 
 
 1,708 
 
 Horsesheath, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 508 
 
 497 
 
 Hullavington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 708 
 
 700 
 
 
 Holy Trinity, p 
 
 Warw. 
 
 16,504 
 
 19,815 
 
 Horsey-next-the- 1 
 
 N"ni*f(^llr 
 
 161 
 
 206 
 
 1 Hull-Bishop, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,677 
 
 1,614 
 
 
 Holy Trinity, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 8,687 
 
 Sea, p. ) 
 
 i.> KJl lUilL 
 
 ; Hdll (Kingston- 1 
 1 on), M. &; p. t. «. ) 
 
 York 
 
 84,690 
 
 97,661 
 
 
 Holywell, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 ll','301 
 
 10,292 
 
 Horsforth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 4,584 
 
 5,281 
 
 
 Holywell, tn. p. /. 
 
 Flint 
 
 5,740 
 
 5,335 
 
 Horsham, tn. p. & p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 5,947 
 
 6,747 
 
 1 Hulme, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 53,482 
 
 68,433 
 
 
 Holywell, tiis. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,134 
 
 1,261 
 
 Horsham (St. ) 
 Faith), p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 923 
 
 1,191 
 
 Hulton (Little), tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,184 
 
 3,390 
 
 
 Holywell - cum - ^ 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 915 
 
 826 
 
 ! Hulton (Middle),tns 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 888 
 
 790 
 
 
 Needingworth, p ) 
 
 Horsiiigton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 399 
 
 418 
 
 Humber, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 269 
 
 251 
 
 
 Holywood, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,060 
 
 1,115' 
 
 Horsington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 834 
 
 869 
 
 Humberstone, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 480 
 
 515 
 
 
 Holywood, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 4,317 
 
 5,794 
 
 Horsley, v. -p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,931 
 
 2,558 
 
 Humberstone, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 259 
 
 277 
 
 
 Holywood, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 2,434 i 
 
 Horsley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,161 
 
 2,250 
 
 Humbie, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 925 
 
 997 
 
 
 Homersfleld, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "248 
 
 20s; 
 
 Horsley (East), p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 247 
 
 228 
 
 ■ Humbleton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 587 
 
 594 
 
 
 Homington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 176 
 
 155 
 
 Horsley (Long), p. 
 
 North. 
 
 995 
 
 964 
 
 Hundleby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 824 
 
 704 
 
 
 Honeybourne(Ch.) I 
 
 Woi*ces 
 
 112 
 
 144' 
 
 Horsley (West), p. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 719 
 
 706 
 
 ' Hundon, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,218 
 
 1,132 
 
 
 with Poden, p. ) 
 
 
 Horsted (Keynes), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 847 
 
 790 
 
 Hiingerford, tn.-p. ic 
 
 Be.-Wil. 
 
 3,072 
 
 3,001 
 
 
 Honeychuich, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 59 
 
 44 
 
 Horsted (Little), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 283 
 
 296 
 
 Hungerton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 289 
 
 302 
 
 
 Honily, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 49 
 
 63 
 
 Horsted - with - ) 
 Stanpinfleld, p. | 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 595 
 
 608 
 
 Hunmanby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,346 
 
 1,425 
 
 
 Honing, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 348 
 
 304 
 
 Himningham, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 319 
 
 253 
 
 
 Honingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 332 
 
 328 
 
 Horton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 842 
 
 810 
 
 Hunsdon, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 481 
 
 516 
 
 
 Honington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 152 
 
 1.57 
 
 Horton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 4,449 
 
 6,787 
 
 Hunsingore, p. 
 Imnstantou, p. 
 
 York 
 
 586 
 
 561 
 
 
 Honington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 331 
 
 363 
 
 Horton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 440 
 
 431 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 490 
 
 490 
 
 
 Honington, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 308 
 
 250 
 
 Horton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 461 
 
 454 
 
 Hunston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 142 
 
 172 
 
 
 HONITON,tn.-p. M. ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,427 
 
 3,301 
 
 Horton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 56 
 
 76 
 
 Hunston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 219 
 
 176 
 
 
 & p. s. j 
 
 Horton, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 967 
 
 1,046 
 
 Hunstonworth, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 615 
 
 778 
 
 
 Honiton-Clist, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 422 
 
 416! 
 
 Horton (Kirby), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 747 
 
 867 
 
 Hunsworth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,156 
 
 1,199 
 
 
 Honley, tus. 
 
 York 
 
 5,595 
 
 4,626 , 
 
 Horton - in - Rib - ) 
 blestlale, p. f 
 
 York 
 
 467 
 
 417 
 
 Huntingdon, m. «. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 3,882 
 
 3,816 
 
 
 Hoo, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 195 
 
 182 
 
 >> P- 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 6,219 
 
 6,254 
 
 
 Hoo, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 
 1691 
 
 Horwich, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,952 
 
 3,471 
 
 Huntingfleld, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 411 
 
 369 
 
 
 Hoo(All-hallows), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "261 
 
 236 
 
 Horwood, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 105 
 
 109 
 
 Huntington, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 260 
 
 279 
 
 
 Hoo (St. Mary), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 320 
 
 264 
 
 Horwood (Great), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 834 
 
 846 
 
 Huntington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 666 
 
 671 
 
 
 Hoo, or St. Wer- ) 
 burgh, p. ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,065 
 
 Horwood (Little), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 427 
 
 449 
 
 Huntley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 555 
 
 533 
 
 
 Hose, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 471 
 
 477 
 
 Huntly, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 4,061 
 
 4,329 
 
 
 Hood Grange, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 50 
 
 Hospital, V. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,977 
 
 1,676 
 
 Huntly, tn tJi. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 3,131 
 
 3,448 
 
 
 Hooe, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 "574 
 
 496 
 
 Hospital, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 684 
 
 492 
 
 Hunton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 810 
 
 935 
 
 
 Hook, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 504 
 
 417 
 
 Hothara, p. 
 
 York 
 
 336 
 
 333 
 
 Huntsham, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 170 
 
 248 
 
 
 Hook, p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 261 
 
 247 
 
 Hothfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 337 
 
 336 
 
 Huntshaw, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 266 
 
 233 
 
 
 Hoole, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 977 
 
 1,132 
 
 Hougham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,639 
 
 3,372 
 
 Huntshill, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,594 
 
 1,695 
 
 
 Hooton (Pagnell), p. 
 
 York 
 
 397 
 
 342 
 
 Hougham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 345 
 
 349 
 
 Hunworth, j>. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 207 
 
 206 
 
 
 Hooton (Rol>erts), p. 
 
 York 
 
 218 
 
 241 
 
 Hough -on -the- ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 605 
 
 655 
 
 Hurdsiield, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,016 
 
 3,836 
 
 
 Hope, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 4,604 
 
 5,107 
 
 Hill, p. ) 
 
 Hurlet, V. 
 
 Re:ifrew 
 
 
 323 
 
 
 Hope, orEstyn,tn-p. 
 
 Flmt 
 
 2,792 
 
 3,121 
 
 Houghton, p. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 519 
 
 484 
 
 Hurley, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,269 
 
 1,184 
 
 
 Hope (All Saints), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 34 
 
 59 
 
 Houghton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 438 
 
 428 
 
 Hurlford, v. 
 
 Ayi- 
 
 
 1,978 
 
 
 Hojje (Baggot), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 87 
 
 82 
 
 Houghton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 193 
 
 165 
 
 Hursley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,532 
 
 1,540 
 
 
 Hope (Bowdler), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 169 
 
 178, 
 
 Houghton (Con- ) 
 quest), p. ) 
 
 Bedford 
 
 786 
 
 784 
 
 Hui-st, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 52 
 
 61 
 
 
 Hope-under-Din- 1^ 
 
 Heref. 
 
 650 
 
 662 
 
 Hurst, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 2,465 
 
 2,630 
 
 
 more, p. ( 
 
 Houghton (Great), p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 317 
 
 365 
 
 Hurst (Old), p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 166 
 
 174 
 
 
 Hope (Mansell), p. 
 
 Meref 
 
 189 
 
 205 
 
 Houghton-on-the- { 
 HUl, p. ( 
 
 Leices. 
 
 442 
 
 449 
 
 Hurst (Pierpont), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,219 
 
 2,558 
 
 
 Hopeman, v. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 
 1,070: 
 
 Hurstboume-Pri- ( 
 oi-s, p. f 
 
 Hants 
 
 468 
 
 437 
 
 
 Hopesay, y. 
 
 Salop 
 
 "680 
 
 676 
 
 Houghton-on-the- i 
 Hill, p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 50 
 
 49 
 
 
 
 Hoptoii, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 674 
 
 643 
 
 Hiu-stboume (Tar \ 
 
 Hants 
 
 867 
 
 839 
 
 
 Hopton (Castle), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 161 
 
 138 
 
 Houghton-in-the- \ 
 Hole, p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 233 
 
 191 
 
 rant), p. j 
 
 
 
 
 Hoptoii-in-the- i 
 Hole, p. f 
 
 Salop 
 
 23 
 
 30 
 
 Hui-worth, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,449 
 
 1,525 
 
 
 Houghton (Little), p 
 
 Northa. 
 
 558 
 
 578 
 
 Husbands Bos- \ 
 
 Le'ces 
 
 
 934 
 
 
 Hopton (Monk), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 188 
 
 175 
 
 Houghton (Long), p 
 
 North. 
 
 861 
 
 777 
 
 worth, p. ( 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 Hopton nearThet- ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 331 
 
 297 1 
 
 Houghton (New), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 224 
 
 227 
 
 Husborn-Crawley, p 
 
 Bedford 
 
 614 
 
 535 
 
 
 foi-d, p. / 
 
 Houghton (Regis), p 
 
 Bedford 
 
 2,213 
 
 2,169 
 
 Hnsthwaite, p. 
 
 York 
 
 613 
 
 636 
 
 
 Hopton (Wafers), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 444 
 
 440 ! 
 
 Houghton - le - ) 
 Spring, tn.-p./. j 
 
 Durham 
 
 20,284 
 
 22,582 
 
 Huttoft, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 686 
 
 710 
 
 
 Hopwood, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,575 
 
 2,281 \ 
 
 Hutton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 500 
 
 461 
 
 
 Horbling, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 550 
 
 546 i 
 
 Hoimam, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 252 
 
 289 
 
 Hntton, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,102 
 
 1,067 
 
 
 Horbury, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 2,803 
 
 3,246 1 
 
 Hound, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 827 
 
 2,039 
 
 Hutton, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 367 
 
 400 
 
 
 Hordle, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 882 
 
 921 
 
 Hounslow, tns. ih. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 3,514 
 
 5,760 
 
 Hutton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 395 
 
 359 
 
 
 Hoi-dley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 325 
 
 291 
 
 Houston and Kil-) 
 leUan, p. ) 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 858 
 
 Hutton-Bushell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 918 
 
 912 
 
 
 Horeabbey, p 
 
 Tip. 
 
 292 
 
 168 
 
 
 Hutton-and-Cor- ^ 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 836 
 
 876 
 
 
 Horetown, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,097 
 
 794 
 
 Houston, V. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 2,753 
 
 2,490 
 
 rie, p. ) 
 
 
 Horfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 998 
 
 1,746 i 
 
 Hove, "p. 
 
 S)issex 
 
 4,104 
 
 9,624 
 
 Hutton -Crans-) 
 wick, p. f 
 
 York 
 
 1,276 
 
 1,415 
 
 
 Horham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 436 
 
 396 
 
 Hoveringham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 408 
 
 387 
 
 
 Horksley ?Qreat), p. 
 Horksley (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 749 
 
 769 
 
 Hoveton(St. John),p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 273 
 
 285 
 
 Hutton - in - the - \^ 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 282 
 
 255 
 
 
 Essex 
 
 216 
 
 253 
 
 Hoveton(St. Peter),p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 122 
 
 131 
 
 Forest, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Horkstow, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 251 
 
 245 
 
 Hovinghani, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,245 
 
 1,208 
 
 Hutton (Magna), p. 
 
 York 
 
 266 
 
 266 
 
 
 Horley, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 392 
 
 337 
 
 How-Caple, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 153 
 
 161 
 
 Hutton's-Anibo, p. 
 
 York 
 
 438 
 
 444 
 
 
 Horley, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,415 
 
 1,587 
 
 Howden, p. 
 
 York 
 
 5,178 
 
 5,209 
 
 Huxham, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 156 
 
 134 
 
 
 Hormead (Great), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 601 
 
 660 
 
 Howden, tn. ,<!. 
 
 York 
 
 2,235 
 
 2,376 
 
 Huyton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,952 
 
 4,054 
 
 
 Hormead (Little), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 87 
 
 103 
 
 Howe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 111 
 
 113 
 
 Hyckham (North), p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 443 
 
 464 
 
 
 Horn, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 Howell, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 85 
 
 72 
 
 Hyckham (South), p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 141 
 
 155 
 
 
 Horn (Blotton), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 92 
 
 93 
 
 Howick, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 315 
 
 265 
 
 Hyde, tn. «. 
 
 Chester 
 
 11,569 
 
 13,722 
 
 
 Hornby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 334 
 
 360 
 
 Howth, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,715 
 
 1,649 
 
 Hylton, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 646 
 
 487 
 
 
 Hornoastle, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 5,017 
 
 4,944 
 
 Howth, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 829 
 
 809 
 
 Hyssington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 335 
 
 341 
 
 
 Hornchurch, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,378 
 
 2,227 
 
 Howwood, V. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 357 
 
 Hythe, m. s. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,857 
 
 3,001 
 
 
 Homdon (East), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 475 
 
 475 
 
 Hoxne, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1V262 
 
 1,218 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 13,164 
 
 21,367 
 
 
 Horndon-on-the- ) 
 Hill, p. (" 
 
 Essex 
 
 532 
 
 522 
 
 Hoy and Gra«m- \ 
 say, p. C 
 
 Orkney 
 
 615 
 
 556 
 
 Hythe (St. Leo-} 
 nard), p. ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 2,871 
 
 
 Homdon (West), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 62 
 
 94 Hoy land (High), p. 
 
 York 
 
 3,345 
 
 3,357 
 
 Hythe (West), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 178 
 
 130 
 
 
 
 1 
 
1 
 
 216 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 
 
 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 PlJlCX. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Placb. 
 
 Coonty. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Iberius, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 522 
 
 450 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,909 
 
 1,742 
 
 Iping, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 438 
 
 404 
 
 Iberiiis (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 1,380 
 
 Inch (St. Law-) 
 rence), p. ) 
 
 Limer, 
 
 611 
 
 520 
 
 Ipplepen, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,021 
 
 977 
 
 Iberton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 "2I8 
 
 237 
 
 
 
 Ippolitts. p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 905 
 
 952 
 
 Ibsley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 316 
 
 286 
 
 Inchicronan, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,164 
 
 2,637 
 
 Ipsden, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 629 
 
 623 
 
 Ibstock, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 2,202 
 
 2,334 
 
 Inchigeelagh, v. p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,584 
 
 4,021 
 
 Ipsley, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,099 
 
 1,127 
 
 Ibstone, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 310 
 
 325 
 
 Inchinabacky, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 401 
 
 319 
 
 Ipstones, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,292 
 
 1,904 
 
 Iccomb, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 140 
 
 164 
 
 Inchinnan, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 649 
 
 619 
 
 Ipswich, m. & p. w.i. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 32,914 
 
 37,950 
 
 Ickenham, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 864 
 
 351 
 
 Inchture, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 745 
 
 659 
 
 Irby upon Ilumber, p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 253 
 
 235 
 
 Ickford, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 409 
 
 437 
 
 Ingatestone, tn. p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 860 
 
 882 
 
 Irby-in-the-Mar8h,j) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 203 
 
 169 
 
 Ickham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 686 
 
 588 
 
 Ingestrie, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 174 
 
 151 
 
 Irchester, p. 
 
 North a. 
 
 960 
 
 1,168 ' 
 
 Ickleford, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 574 
 
 546 
 
 Ingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 612 
 
 646 
 
 Ireby, tn.-p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 505 
 
 465 
 
 Icklesham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 728 
 
 816 
 
 Ingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 488 
 
 464 
 
 Ireton Kirk p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 735 
 
 671 
 
 Ickleton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 813 
 
 721 
 
 Ingham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 233 
 
 236 
 
 Irishtown, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 1,390 
 
 Icklingham (All ) 
 Saints), <tc. 1). ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 652 
 
 625 
 
 Ingleby(Anicliffe), p 
 
 York 
 
 352 
 
 326 
 
 Irmingland, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 "13 
 
 15 
 
 Ingleby (Green- [ 
 
 York 
 
 361 
 
 481 
 
 Imham, ij. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 349 
 
 347 
 
 Ickworth, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 71 
 
 65 
 
 how), p. ) 
 
 
 Iron-Acton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,265 
 
 1,224 
 
 Idbury, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 222 
 
 253 
 
 Inglesham, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 138 
 
 119 
 
 Ironbridge, tn. 
 
 Salop 
 
 
 3,095 
 
 Iddesleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 518 
 
 529 
 
 Ingoldesthorije, i>. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 338 
 
 372 
 
 Irstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 155 
 
 149 
 
 He, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 694 
 
 665 
 
 Ingoldsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 407 
 
 427 
 
 Irthington, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,001 
 
 977 
 
 Ideford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 319 
 
 358 
 
 Ingoldsniells, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 280 
 
 319 
 
 Irtldingborough, i). 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,577 
 
 1,800 
 
 Iden, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 626 
 
 600 
 
 Ingram, p. 
 
 North 
 
 198 
 
 200 
 
 Irton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 672 
 
 555 
 
 Idlicote, p. 
 
 W^irw. 
 
 91 
 
 115 
 
 Ingrave, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 521 
 
 516 
 
 Irvine, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 5,719 
 
 5,695 
 
 Idmiston, p. 
 
 WUts 
 
 550 
 
 542 
 
 Ingworth, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 143 
 
 153 
 
 Irvine, m. m. s. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 4,790 
 
 4,229 
 
 Iffley, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 969 
 
 1,004 
 
 Inishbofiu, isl.p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,047 
 
 1,236 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 7,534 
 
 7,060 
 
 Ifteld, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 91 
 
 88 
 
 Inishmagrath, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 6,632 
 
 6,713 
 
 Irvinestown, tn. w. 
 
 Ferman 
 
 1,008 
 
 958 
 
 Ifield, or Shingle- ) 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,112 
 
 1,307 
 
 Inkberrow, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,711 
 
 1,573 
 
 IseU, p. 
 
 Ctimb. 
 
 556 
 
 492 
 
 well, p. ) 
 
 Inkermann, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 610 
 
 Iserthieran, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 322 
 
 239 1 
 
 Iford, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 182 
 
 167 
 
 Inkpen, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 763 
 
 748 
 
 Isertkelly, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 122 
 
 118 
 
 ■ Ifton, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 34 
 
 20 
 
 Innerkip, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 3,018 
 
 3,495 
 
 Isfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 508 
 
 458 
 
 Ighorough, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 245 
 
 192 
 
 Innerkip, v. 
 
 Renfiew 
 
 
 449 
 
 Isham, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 391 
 
 433 
 
 Ightermurragli, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,192 
 
 1,489 
 
 Innerleithen, v.-p, 
 
 Peebles 
 
 1,166 
 
 1,750 
 
 Ishartmon, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 192 
 
 161 
 
 Ightfield, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 347 
 
 344 
 
 Innerwick, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 1,012 
 
 937 
 
 Ishmael (St. , p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 968 
 
 1,211 
 
 Ightham, p.- 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,121 
 
 1,152 
 
 Innishannon, tn.-p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,429 
 
 2,013 
 
 Ishmael (St.;, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 528 
 
 469 
 
 Iken, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 321 
 
 336 
 
 Innishargy, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 2,839 
 
 2,665 
 
 Island, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 913 
 
 869 
 
 Ham, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 233 
 
 243 
 
 Innishcaltra, p. 
 
 Cla. Gal. 
 
 1,372 
 
 1,118 
 
 Islandbridge, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 617 
 
 1,087 ! 
 
 Ilchester, tn. p. s. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 889 
 
 781 
 
 Innishcarra. p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,198 
 
 2,786 
 
 Islandeady, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 4,699 
 
 4,209 ! 
 
 Ilderton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 641 
 
 4,1 
 
 Innisheer, isl. p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 518 
 
 . 532 
 
 Islandikane, [>. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 l,l;53 
 
 952 
 
 Ilford (Great), tns 
 
 Essex 
 
 3,745 
 
 Innishkeel, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 11,519 
 
 11,179 
 
 Islandmagee p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 2,704 
 
 2,786 j 
 
 Ilford (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 187 
 
 594 
 
 Innishkeon, p. 
 
 Lo.-Mo. 
 
 2,663 
 
 2,260 
 
 Islands, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 368 
 
 Ilfracombe. i>. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,677 
 
 3,851 
 
 Innishkenny, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,178 
 
 766 
 
 Islandshire, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 3,796 
 
 4,062 
 
 Ilfracombe, tn. s. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,919 
 
 3,034 
 
 Imiishlounaght, p. 
 
 Ti.-Wa. 
 
 3.819 
 
 2,547 
 
 Isle (Abbot's), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 437 
 
 397 
 
 Ilkeston, tn.-p. th 
 
 Derby 
 
 6,122 
 
 8,374 
 
 Inuishmaan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 503 
 
 478 
 
 Isle (Brewer's), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 360 
 
 814 
 
 Ilketshall(St. An-) 
 drew\ p. f 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 565 
 
 515 
 
 Innishmacsaint, p. 
 
 Do.-Fer. 
 
 11,864 
 
 10,445 
 
 Isle of Elmley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 131 
 
 140 
 
 Innishmore, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,312 
 
 2,289 
 
 Isleham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,236 
 
 1,926 
 
 Ilketahall (St. \ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 72 
 
 77 
 
 InnishmDt, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 381 
 
 299 
 
 Isleworth, v.-p. t. th. 
 
 Middles 
 
 7,007 
 
 8,437 
 
 John), p. ) 
 
 Innistiogue, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 2,559 
 
 ■ 2,047 
 
 Islington, \). 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 165,341 
 
 Ilketshall (St. ^ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 203 
 
 202 
 
 Innistiogue, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 725 
 
 650 
 
 Islip, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 "594 
 
 627 
 
 Lawrence), ]>. t 
 
 Insch, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,519 
 
 1,565 
 
 IsUp, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 744 
 
 688 
 
 llketshall(St.Mir-) 
 garet), p. | 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 306 
 
 326 
 
 Inskip-with-Sow- ) 
 erby, tns. f 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 680 
 
 663 
 
 Issel's (St.), p. 
 Issey (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,784 
 794 
 
 2,022 
 756 
 
 Ilkley, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,202 
 
 1,407 
 
 Instow, p. 
 
 Devon. 
 
 626 
 
 614 
 
 Itchenor (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 254 
 
 167 
 
 lUington, \\ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 111 
 
 88 
 
 Intwood, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 73 
 
 68 
 
 Itchin (Abbas), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 256 
 
 214 
 
 Illmire, or lUmer, p 
 
 Bucks 
 
 82 
 
 79 
 
 Inver, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 900 
 
 821 
 
 Itchin(Stoke,with ) 
 Abbotston), p. ) 
 
 Hants 
 
 348 
 
 295 
 
 Illogan, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 9,256 
 
 9,683 
 
 Inver, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 10,582 
 
 10,082 
 
 
 
 
 Ilmlngton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 985 
 
 1,000 
 
 InverallcKihy, v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 507 
 
 652 
 
 Itchingfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 371 
 
 377 ■ 
 
 Ilminster, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 3,299 
 
 3,241 
 
 Inverari£y, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 948 
 
 961 
 
 ItchingsweU, or) 
 Ecchinswell, p. ) 
 
 Hants 
 
 494 
 
 452 
 
 Ilsington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,214 
 
 1,209 
 
 Inverary, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 2,229 
 
 2,095 
 
 
 
 
 Ilsley (Bast), tn.-p. w 
 
 Berks 
 
 750 
 
 746 
 
 Inverary, m. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,164 
 
 1,075 
 
 Itohington (Bi- ) 
 shop's), p. l 
 
 Warw. 
 
 549 
 
 598 
 
 Ilsley (West), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 406 
 
 432 
 
 P-f- 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,064 
 
 972 
 
 
 
 
 listen, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 356 
 
 295 
 
 Inveraven, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 2,714 
 
 2,639 
 
 1 tchington (Long), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,216 
 
 1,150 
 
 Ilton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 528 
 
 492 
 
 Inverchaolin, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 474 
 
 424 
 
 Itteringham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 329 
 
 364 
 
 Imber, p. 
 
 WUts 
 
 440 
 
 382 
 
 Inveresk, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 8,653 
 
 9,525 
 
 Itton, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 200 
 
 196 
 
 Immingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 242 
 
 261 
 
 Invergordon, v. 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,122 
 
 Iver, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,985 
 
 2,114 
 
 Imphrick, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 836 
 
 780 
 
 Inverkeillor, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,871 
 
 1,792 
 
 Iveruss, p 
 
 Limer 
 
 1,151 
 
 943 
 
 Impington, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 273 
 
 335 
 
 Inverkeithing, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,499 
 
 3,124 
 
 Ives (St.), near) 
 Liskeard, p. ) 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,013 
 
 2,693 
 
 Inagh, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,005 
 
 2,929 
 
 In VERKEITHINO, M.m 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,497 
 
 1,512 
 
 
 Ince, J). 
 
 Chester 
 
 422 
 
 371 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,852 
 
 1,817 
 
 Ives (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 6,625 
 
 7,027 
 
 Inoe-BIundell, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 561 
 
 572 
 
 Inverkeithny, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 835 
 
 880 
 
 Ives (St.), m. v. s. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 6,525 
 
 7,027 
 
 Ince-in-Macker- )^ 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,670 
 
 8,266 
 
 Inverness, p. 
 
 Inver. 
 
 16,496 
 
 16,162 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 9,872 
 
 10,353 
 
 field, tns. j 
 
 Inverness, m. t. f. 
 
 Inver. 
 
 9,969 
 
 9,393 
 
 Ives (St.), tn. p. IT). 
 
 Himt 
 
 3,572 
 
 3,395 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 3,122 
 
 3,469 
 
 „ P- 
 
 Inver. 
 
 12,793 
 
 12,509 
 
 Ivinghoe, tn. ]>. s. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 2,024 
 
 1,849 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 We.-Wi. 
 
 1,575 
 
 1,230 
 
 Inverury, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,649 
 
 2,668 
 
 Ivychurch, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 264 
 
 273 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 408 
 
 378 
 
 Inveruby, m. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,084 
 
 2,232 
 
 Iwade, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 171 
 
 182 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,410 
 
 1,139 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,264 
 
 2,520 
 
 Iwerne-Courtnay, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 689 
 
 620 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,418 
 
 1,035 
 
 Inwardleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 693 
 
 635 
 
 Iweme-Minster, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 703 
 
 712 
 
 Inch, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 769 
 
 698 
 
 Inworth, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 717 
 
 655 
 
 Ixworth, tn.-p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,189 
 
 1,074 
 
 
 
 
 END ( 
 
 )F vol 
 
 -■ I^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GLASGOW: W. 0. BLACKIE 
 
 AND CO., 
 
 PRINT 
 
 ERS, VILLAFTELD. 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENT 
 
 TO 
 
 THE IMPERIAL GAZETTEER. 
 
 JABLONEZA 
 
 JAFFNAPATAM 
 
 JABLONEZA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Upper Neutra, 6 m. S.W. Hradist, at the confluence of the 
 Razova with the Myava. It contains a castle, several mills, 
 and a trade in hemp and flax. A battle was fought here in 
 1702 between Racoksy and the Imperialists. Pop. 1950. 
 
 JABLONOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 7 m. N. Czortkow; with fine gardens, a large manufacture of 
 sal-ammoniac, and 1530 inhabitants. 
 
 JABOOAII, a tn. India, Malwah, cap. of a small native 
 state of same name, 93 m. N.E. Baroda. It is beautifully 
 situated in a valley at the E. base of a range of hills, and is 
 surrounded by a nmd wall with circular bastions of masonry. 
 To the S. of the town, on the bank of a fine lake, stands the 
 rajah's palace. His small territory, bounded N. by Bans- 
 warra, N.E. Holkar's Dominions, S.E. Amjherra, S. Alee 
 Rajpore, and W. Scindia's Dominions and Dohud, has an 
 area of 1348 sq. m., a revenue of £14,453, and a pop. of 
 132,104. 
 
 JACKSON, three places, U. States: — 1. A tn. cap. state 
 Mississippi, r. bank Pearl River,at the junction of the Southern 
 Mississippi and the New Orleans, Jackson, and Great Northern 
 railways, 40 m. E. Vicksburg. It stands on a flat, is re- 
 gularly built, and contains 10 churches, an elegant state-house, 
 a courthouse and county buildings, a state lunatic asylum, 
 a state-prison, and asylums for the deaf and dumb and for 
 the blind. By the Pearl, which is here navigable, about 40,000 
 bales of cotton used to be annually shipped. Pop. (1860), 
 3199. — 2. A vil. Louisiana, on the E. side of Thomson's Creek, 
 25 m. N. Baton Rouge. It contains the state lunatic asylum, 
 and centenary college, which belongs to the Methodists, and 
 has 9 professors, 98 students, and a library of 5200 vols. 
 Pop. about 1000. — 3. A tn. Michigan, cap. co. Jackson, near 
 the source of the Grand River, and at the junction of the 
 Jackson branch of the N. Michigan and the S. Indiana with 
 the Michigan Central railway, 76 m. \V. Detroit. It contains 
 10 churches and the state-penitentiary; and possesses, among 
 its industrial establishments, woollen, soap and candle, agri- 
 cultural implement, and carriage factories, a machine-shop, 
 a foundry, a tannery, a brewery, and planing and flour mills. 
 There are seams of bituminous coal in the vicinity. Pop. 
 4799. 
 
 JACKSONVILLE, a tn. U. States, Illinois, cap. co. 
 Morgan, pleasantly situated in a rolling fertile prairie, on the 
 Great Western line of railways, 200 m. S.W. Chicago. It is 
 of pleasing appearance, and contains six churches, a college 
 virith 7 professors and 70 students, a Methodist female semi- 
 nary, three other academies, a mechanics' institute, and the 
 state-asylum for the deaf and dumb, the blind, and the insane. 
 The manufactures consist of cotton, yarn, oil, leather, 
 ploughs, and iron castings. There are also several flour and 
 saw mills. Pop. 5528. 
 
 JADKIN, or Yadkin, a tn. Russia, gov. and 92 m. 
 Kazan, cap. circle of same name, on the Sura, close to the E. 
 frontiers of Nijnei-Novgorod. It has three churches, a circle- 
 school, and two charitable institutes; and contains 2078 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 JAFFNAPATAM, or Jaffna [add.], a district, island, 
 and town, Ceylon : — The district consists of an island, or 
 rather peninsula, which forms the N. extremity of Ceylon, 
 Surp. Imp. Gaz \\,l. il. 
 
 and may be more properly said to be connected with it than 
 separated from it by an extensive sand-bank, on which the 
 water is so shallow that it is usual to ride across on horse- 
 back. This peninsula is of very irregular shape, but bears 
 some resemblance to a right-angled triangle, of which the 
 base faces the N., another side the E., and the hypothenuse 
 the S.W. Among its distinguishing features are the two 
 long and narrow lagoons by which it is penetrated, and the 
 uniform flatness of the surface, unbroken by a single hill, and 
 scarcely varied by an undulation of more than a very few 
 feet. In common with the AV. coast of Ceylon, it has been 
 undergoing a gradual upheaval, and extensive fields of madre- 
 pore and breccia have, at no distant period, been elevated in 
 close proximity to the shore. In the shallow estuaries thus 
 formed, great quantities of the finest salt are deposited, and 
 constitute one of the chief riches of the district. Another 
 production, which rivals this one in value, and possesses far 
 higher attractions, is the palmyra, which grows in such pro- 
 fusion as to form the characteristic of the landscape, extend- 
 ing for miles in great topes and forests. The appearance and 
 growth of this beautiful tree are thus described by Sir J. E. 
 Tennant: ' Unlike the cocoa-nut palm, whose softer and more 
 spongy wood bends under the weight of its crown of leaves 
 and fruit, the timber of the palmyra is compact and hard, so 
 that the tree rises vertically to its full altitude without a 
 curve or deviation, and no object in vegetable nature pre- 
 sents an aspect of greater luxuriance than this majestic 
 palm when laden with its huge clusters of fruit, each the size 
 of an ostrich's egg, of a rich brown tint, fading into bright 
 golden at its base.' He afterwards gives a calculation by 
 Mr. Ferguson, the government surveyor, who, taking the 
 area of the peninsula at 700 sq. m., and assuming that y\th 
 of the land is devoted to palmyras, finds that, at the rate of 
 200 trees to an acre, which is far below the ordinary rates, 
 ' the number of palms in this district alone must be close 
 upon 7,000,000, the edible product of which supplies one- 
 fourth of the food of 220,000 inhabitants ' Mingled with 
 palm-trees, the forests present the usual undergrowth of 
 jungle brushwood, mimosas, mustard-trees, &c. The soil is 
 naturally poor, and the difficulties of culture are greatly in- 
 creased by the water, which can only be obtained from wells. 
 The industry of the inhabitants, however, was not to be 
 baffled, and, by means of skilful and laborious irrigation, a 
 large quantity of rice is grown; while gardens, formed of 
 artificial mould, produce mangoes, oranges, citrons, tamar- 
 inds, and all the ordinary fruits of the climate. Black cattle 
 also are pastured in large numbers, and the finest sheep in 
 Ceylon are reared on the dry plains overlying the limestone 
 and coral rock on the N. and W. coasts. The grand staple 
 of the district for export is tobacco, which bears a high name, 
 and is now sent almost exclusively to Travancore, the rajah 
 of which employs a resident agent to purchase the produce 
 from the growers. This crop, it is said, is the mainstay of 
 Jaff'na agriculture, inasmuch as on its breadth and success 
 the extent and excellence of all other crops mainly depend . 
 It cannot be raised without high preparation; but thereafter 
 three less exhausting crops are obtained in succession without 
 
 additional manuring. The town, capital of the above 
 
 district, situated on the W. shore of the peninsula, is thoroughly 
 
JAGIELNICA 
 
 ^ 2 
 
 JAMAICA 
 
 Dutch in its aspect and architecture. The houses consist of 
 a single story, but are large and commodious, with broad 
 verandahs, lofty ceilings, and spacious apartments. Evei-y 
 building inside and out is as clean and showy as whitewash, 
 paint, bright red tiles, and brick floors can make it. Most of 
 the houses stand detached in inclosed gardens filled with 
 fruit-trees and flowering shrubs. The streets are broad and 
 regular, and are lined with suria trees, whose leaves and 
 yellow flowers aff'ord a beautiful and agreeable shade. The 
 fort, a pentagon built of blocks of white coral, and sur- 
 rounded by a moat, is the most perfect little military work in 
 Ceylon. It contains a residence for the commandant, an old 
 church in the form of a Greek cross, and several other ex- 
 cellent buildings. The native town is occupied almost ex- 
 clusively by Tamils and Moors, who, as tradesmen and dealers, 
 are distinguished by intelligence and industry. The weavers 
 manufacture a substantial cotton cloth, which is dyed and 
 ornamented by calico printers; and the goldsmiths make 
 chains and rings as perfect in execution as tasteful in 
 design, though they possess only a few rude tools. An- 
 other flourishing branch of industry is the crushing of the 
 cocoa-nut for its oil by a very primitive process. Every 
 person in Jaffna appears to be more or less busy. The 
 bazaars are full of activity, and stocked with a greater 
 variety of fruits and vegetables than is seen in any other 
 town in the island. At the season when labour is not in 
 demand at home, numbers go off to trade in the interior in 
 curry stuff's, betel-leaves, and other produce; or resort an- 
 nually to the south, where they find lucrative employment in 
 repairing the village tanks, a species of labour in which they 
 are peculiarly expert. With all this industry the habits of 
 the natives are licentious and disgusting in the extreme. 
 
 JAGIELNICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and S.W. Czortkow, cap. dist. of same name; with manu- 
 factures of tobacco and a general trade. Pop. 2928. 
 
 JAITSA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, in the valley 
 of the Verbas, 68 m. N.W. Bosna Serai. It is a place of 
 considerable strength, and was once the residence of the 
 Serbian kings. It contains 2000 inhabitants, chiefly engaged 
 in the manufacture of saltpetre. 
 
 JAJHPOOR, a tn. India, Ilajpootana, state Oodeypoor 
 or Mewar, 195 m. S.W. Agra. It consists of a town, which 
 is large, well built, and fortified; and possesses a well-supplied 
 bazaar, and a fort situated to the S.E. of it on an isolated 
 oblong hill, and inclosed by two concentric ramparts, each 
 with a good ditch and a number of round bastions. This 
 fort guards the entrance of an important pass into Mewar 
 from the lowlands of Boondee. 
 
 JAKOBSH AVN, a dist. Greenland, W. coast, lat 69° N., 
 in the northern Inspectorate. It stretches along the coast 
 for about 30 m., and inland to the permanent ice about 15 m., 
 and is intersected by branches of the Ice Fiord and by 
 other two small fiords. There are very few islands on the 
 
 coast. The colony of Jakobshavn lies about a mile 
 
 from the mouth of the Ice Fiord, famed from the remotest 
 times for the plentiful supply it contains of marine animals, 
 which renders it a never-failing larder for a relatively large 
 number of inhabitants. The commercial buildings lie upon 
 a small narrow harbour in a position very much closed in, 
 but from the church and other dwellings a view is obtained 
 over Disko Bay. Jakobshavn may be said to be the pleasant- 
 est abode in North Greenland, partly on account of its posi- 
 tion and remarkable environs, partly because it lies on the 
 road along which almost continual traffic takes place be- 
 tween the other colonies, and partly because here the largest 
 number of Danish families is gathered together. The colony 
 was founded in 1741 by a merchant named Jakob Severin, 
 who had a monopoly of the Greenland trade. There is only 
 a little whale-fishery carried on. Pop. 314. The district 
 likewise contains the following inhabited localities : — Sauer- 
 nck, Pakitsok, and Niukonak. — {Gronland geographisch und 
 statist isch beschrieben von Anton von Etzel.) 
 
 JALNA, or Galna, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, Can- 
 deish, 165 m. N.E. Bombay, is a small place, deriving all its 
 importance from its fort, situated on an isolated hill, which, 
 though not lofty, is rocky and precipitous. The summit of 
 the hill is fortified all round, and on the side towards the town, 
 where the ascent is least difficult, in some parts two and in 
 others three walls of good masonry furnish additional defence. 
 
 This place was besieged by a British force in 1804, and was 
 on the point of being stormed, when it was found that the 
 garrison had evacuated it. 
 
 JALOUN, a dist. India, Bundelcund, between lat. 25° 
 32' and 26° 26' N.; Ion. 78° 45' and 79° 53' E., is bounded N. 
 by Scindia's Dominions and dist. Etawah, N.E. Cawnpore, 
 S.E. Humeerpoor, S. Jhansi and Tehree, and W. and N.W. 
 the territories of Duttea, Sumpter, and Gwalior; greatest 
 length N. to S. 70 m.; breadth, 60m.; area, 1873 sq. m. When 
 it came into British possession it was in a wretched con- 
 dition, and a large portion of it seemed fast returning to a 
 state of nature; but considerable improvement has since taken 
 place, and little land fit for cultivation now remains un- 
 occupied. Pop. 246,297. — The town, of same name, cap. of 
 the dist., is 1 10 m. S.E. Agra. 
 
 JAMAICA [add.] Experiments have been made in 
 recent years to grow cotton in the island, but the great diffi- 
 ei'Jties to be contended against are the uncertainty of the 
 seasons, and an inability, owing to the inactive habits of the 
 population, to procure the requisite labour at a moderate cost 
 and at the moment it is required. Tlic latter constitutes the 
 great obstacle to all undertakings requiring the prompt ap- 
 plication of adequate labour, which can only be secured by 
 paying excessive wages so much beyond the ordinary rates 
 as to make the undertakings unremunerative. Some pro- 
 gress has been made in the cultivation of the cinchona tree. 
 Sugar, however, continues to be the principal staple produce. 
 The cultivation of coffee by the peasantry and small pro- 
 prietors has been stimulated by high prices, and during the 
 first half of 1863 the export nearly doubled that of the same 
 period of 1862. The value of the chief articles of export is 
 shown in the following figures for the years 1860-2 : — 
 
 
 18G0. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 
 & 
 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 
 Coffee, .... 
 
 113,848 
 
 151,061 
 
 126,857 
 
 Ginger, . . . 
 
 21,411 
 
 12,208 
 
 18,142 
 
 Pimento, . . . 
 
 53,061 
 
 53,126 
 
 38,633 
 
 Rum 
 
 298,407 
 
 316,906 
 
 243,827 
 
 Sugar, .... 
 
 640,385 
 
 595,084 
 
 563,474 
 
 Logwood, . . . 
 
 26,285 
 
 32,653 
 
 64,299 
 
 The total value of the imports and exports in the same years 
 was this: — 
 
 Imports, . 
 Exports, . 
 
 The shipping trade of the island is shown in the following 
 table of the vessels entered and cleared at the various ports 
 in the year 1862: — 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 £1,202,855 . 
 
 . £1,089,483 . 
 
 . £1,141,981 
 
 1,225,677 . 
 
 . 1,214,614 . 
 
 . 1,113,412 
 
 Ports. 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Kingston, .... 
 
 313 
 
 69,006 
 
 234 
 
 45,058 
 
 Morant Bay, . . . 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 237 
 
 Port Moraut, . . . 
 
 7 
 
 2,426 
 
 9 
 
 3,061 
 
 Annatto Bay, . . . 
 
 3 
 
 1,005 
 
 6 
 
 1,769 
 
 Port Maria, . . . 
 
 19 
 
 2,853 
 
 23 
 
 4,693 
 
 St. Ann's Bay, . . 
 
 7 
 
 985 
 
 13 
 
 3,851 
 
 Rio Bueno, .... 
 
 3 
 
 984 
 
 11 
 
 3,421 
 
 Falmouth 
 
 61 
 
 11,530 
 
 42 
 
 9,535 
 
 Montego Bay, . . . 
 
 41 
 
 7,586 
 
 42 
 
 7,156 
 
 Lucea, 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 8 
 
 1,669 
 
 Savanna la Mar, . . 
 
 21 
 
 4,883 
 
 43 
 
 11,297 
 
 Black River, . . . 
 
 16 
 
 5,064 
 
 69 
 
 17,904 
 
 Old Harbour, . . . 
 
 14 
 
 5,971 
 
 22 
 
 7,923 
 
 Port Antonio, . . . 
 
 1 
 
 349 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 Total 
 
 506 
 
 112,642 
 
 623 
 
 117,474 
 
 The public revenue and expenditure in each of the three 
 years 1860-2 were as follows: — 
 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 Revenue, . . 
 
 . - . £262,339 . . 
 
 . . £275,027 . . 
 
 . . £291,088 
 
 Expenditure, . 
 
 . . 255,239 . . 
 
 . . 274,565 . . 
 
 . . 292,402 
 
 The public debt amounted in 1862 to £766,182, on which 
 £30,800 was paid for interest. 
 
 The religious and educational condition of the island mny 
 be gathered from the following figures for the year 1862:— 
 
JAMBANBANGO 
 
 3 
 
 JANOW 
 
 
 No. of 
 Churches, 
 ('hpls,&c. 
 
 No. of 
 Miuistcrs. 
 
 Accommo- 
 dation. 
 
 Attendance. 
 
 Scholars. 
 
 Church of England, . . 
 Wesleyai) Missions, . . 
 Unit. Methodist Free Ch. 
 Jamaica Baptist Union, 
 Jamaica Wesleyan) 
 
 Methodist Assoc, f ' ' 
 London Mission. Society, 
 Moravian Mission, . . 
 Roman Catholic, . . . 
 Jewish Synagogue, . . 
 United Presbyterian, 
 American Mission, . . 
 
 90 
 78 
 17 
 57 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 i:; 
 7 
 1 
 29 
 5 
 
 HO 
 28 
 
 28 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 14 
 
 1 
 20 
 5 
 
 48,974 
 
 3.'>,,5uO 
 
 3,0(iO 
 
 33,846 
 
 3,140 
 
 7,230 
 10,300 
 
 3,270 
 
 400 
 
 12,575 
 
 1,300 
 
 37,300 
 
 31,010 
 
 2,300 
 
 26,126 
 
 1,750 
 
 6,200 
 9,6,i0 
 1,890 
 100 
 9,8.52 
 1,050 
 
 8,113 
 2,321 
 
 3,456 
 
 125 
 
 1,214 
 3,762 
 
 269 
 
 29 
 
 3,1.52 
 
 317 
 
 
 .324 
 
 214 
 
 159,545 
 
 127,978 
 
 23,315 
 
 In 1862, 2000 immigrant coolies from Calcutta, and 608 
 African.s, mcstly from St. Helena, were landed in the i.sland. 
 
 In October, 1865, an insurrectionary rising of the natives 
 occurred at Morant Bay, and was supposed to be a prema- 
 ture outburst of a wide-spread conspiracy. Great atrocities 
 were perpetrated, but the movement was speedily and ener- 
 getically suppressed by the authorities. Area, 6400 sq. m.; 
 pop. (1861), males 213,521, females 227,743, total 441,264. 
 JAMBANBANGO, a town, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda 
 country, territory Galangue; lat. 14° 25' S.; Ion. 18° E. It 
 stands on a wide plain, embosomed among lofty incendera- 
 trees, is surrounded by a palisade and a ditch; and contains 
 3000 inhabitants, who are chiefly from the Nyemba-Ganguella 
 country, and are employed in agriculture and grazing. 
 
 JAMBI [add.], a state, river, and town in the S.E. of 
 Sumatra, in tlie Indian Archipelago: — The state, which 
 lies wholly within the alluvial plain extending from the 
 central mountain-chain to the Straits of Malacca, is bounded 
 N.E. by the sea, having in front the group of islands which 
 nearly block lip the S.E. entrance into the strait; N.W. the 
 state of Indragiri; E. the states of Korinchi and Menangkabo; 
 and S.E. the forests thinly peopled by the wild race of the 
 Kubu. The surface towards the sea- coast is low, swampy, 
 and subject to inundation; but as it recedes from it rises in 
 an inclined plain towards the great central chain, and becomes 
 proportionably elevated and dry. The swampy portion, ex- 
 tending nearly 30 m. into the interior, is uninhabited and 
 uninhabitable, and hence, during an ascent of the river for 
 50 m., only 12 villages were counted, containing in the whole 
 118 house.", and thus indicating an aggregate pop. of not 
 more than 700 souls. In the higher grounds the population 
 is believed to increase in density, but very little is known of 
 
 it. The RIVER, formed by numerous streams which have 
 
 their sources in the mountain-chain running parallel with the 
 W. coast of the island, bifurcates at 50 m. from the sea, and 
 enters it by two mouths. The more easterly and larger of 
 the two, which is in lat, 1° 2' 30" S., has a shallow en- 
 trance; the more westerly, though much smaller, is deeper 
 
 and better adapted for navigation. The town, which, 
 
 reckoning by the W. branch of the river, is about 100 m. 
 above its mouth, extends nearly three-quarters of a mile 
 along both banks, the natives occupying the whole of the 
 right bank, while the Arabs and other settlers confine them- 
 selves to a portion of the left. Many of the houses, espe- 
 cially in the Arab quarter, are neatly lined and partitioned 
 with planks, and either roofed with tiles of excellent manu- 
 facture, or tliatched with gomuti, which is very durable. The 
 far greater part of the dwellings are mere huts of mats and 
 palmetta leaves erected on posts in the usual Malay style. 
 Besides the kinds of houses already described, thei'e is a third 
 description erected on rafts composed of trunks of trees 
 clumsily put together. During the periodical inundations 
 these rafts, with the houses upon them, are movable, and 
 rise or fall with the level of the river; but in the dry season 
 are usually lodged on a sandy flat, and become stationary. 
 At the town the river even in the dry season has a depth of 
 3 fathoms and a width of 450 yards. The only interruption to 
 the navigation is at a short distance below, where the depth is 
 only 8 feet. Were the channel here deepened there would 
 be free access to and from the sea with a clear depth of 12 to 
 15 ft. 
 
 JAMES, a tn. W. Africa, Gold Coast; lat. 5° 30' N.; Ion. 
 18' W. It consists of a fort situated on the rocky promon- 
 
 tory of Acra, and of a town, which, spreading to the 
 N.E. and N. W., contains some good houses belong- 
 ing to British merchants, and a considerable number 
 of native huts, forming several narrow streets. The 
 principal export is gold, brought from the interior of 
 Ashantee. Immediately to the E. of the fort are the 
 ruins of the Dutch fort of Crevecceur, picturesquely 
 situated on a clift" about 50 ft. high; and about 2 m. 
 farther in the .same direction is the Danish castle of 
 Christian.sberg. 
 
 JAMES, an isl. S. America, Ecuador, belonging 
 to the Galapagos group, situated in the Pacific, on 
 the equator, about 600 m. W. of the continent, is 
 like the rest of the islands of volcanic formation, 
 and is, with the exception of some portions of 
 granite and sandstone, entirely composed of lava. 
 It is more fertile than most of the other islands, and was in 
 consequence a favourite resort of the buccaneers. On its W. 
 side at the foot of a remarkable conical peak, which is its 
 culminating point, and rises to the height of 1200 ft., there 
 is good anchorage in 14 fathoms; a little inland there is an 
 old crater filled with salt-water, from which salt is easily 
 obtained. 
 
 JAMES [add.], a river, U. States, which, formed near 
 the centre of Virginia by the junction of the Jackson and 
 Cowpasture, flows successively S.E. and E. to the Blue 
 Ridge, forces a passage through it, and, resuming its first 
 direction, retains it till it reaches Lynchburg. Here it bends 
 sharply round to the N.E., and then changes to E.S.E, It 
 has still this direction when it arrives at Richmond, where 
 its channel becomes obstructed by rapids and numerous small 
 islands. After leaving Richmond it pur.sues a somewhat 
 devious course, which is, however, in the main S.E., and 
 finally falls by a broad estuary into the S. part of Chesapeake 
 Bay, between Willoughby Point on the one side and Old Point 
 Comfort on the other. Its whole length is about 450 m. 
 Vessels of 1 30 tons navigate it to Richmond at the head of 
 tide-water, 120 m. from the sea. It is the largest river of 
 Virginia which has its course wholly within the limits of the 
 state. 
 
 JAMNI, a river, India, which rises in the N. of the 
 Saugor and Nerbudda territory, flows N. into Bundelcund 
 and Scindia's Dominions, and, after forming part of the 
 boundary between the two, joins the Betwa on its right bank. 
 Its whole course is about 90 m. 
 
 JAMOC), a tn. India, Gholab Singh's Dominions, near 
 the Punjab frontier, among the mountains of the S. range of 
 the Himalaya, 90 m. N.N.E. Lahore. It occupies both sides 
 of an affluent of the Chenab, the town and palace standing on 
 the W., and the fort on an elevated height on the E. bank. 
 A beautiful and extensive pleasure-gfound, and the lofty and 
 whitened walls of the palace and fort, give the place at a 
 distance a very striking appearance. The town consists of 
 numerous streets, and has a large well-built and well-supplied 
 bazaar; the palace is at once spacious and handsome; the fort, 
 though great labour and cost have evidently been expended 
 upon it, is more ornamental than available for defence, as an 
 adjacent height of easy access commands it. There are 
 several extensive ruins in the vicinity. Pop. 8000. 
 
 JANESVILLE, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, cap. co. 
 Rock, on both sides of the Rock River, and on the Mil- 
 waukee and Mississippi, and the Chicago and North-western 
 railways, 32 m. S.S.E. Madison. It stands partly on a 
 height, and partly on a flai between it and the river, and 
 contains a court-house crowning the height, nine churches, 
 an academy, a female seminary, and the state-asylum for the 
 blind. The chief industrial establishments are planing, flour, 
 and saw mills, a brewery, carriage- factories, and machine- 
 shops; and the trade, greatly developed since the construc- 
 tion of the i-ailways, is important. Pop. (1860), 7703. 
 
 JANOSHAZA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, 26 m. E.S.E. Steinamanger; with an important 
 trade in poultry, chestnuts, and agricultural produce, and 
 2244 inhabitants, mostly R. Catholics. 
 
 JANOW, a tn. Au.strian empire, Galicia, circle and 10 m. 
 
 N.W. Lemberg, cap. dist. of same name, on a lake, was once 
 
 the favourite residence of the Polish king John Sobieski. 
 
 There are remarkable caverns in the vicinity. Pop. 1100. 
 
 JANOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 24 m. 
 
JAOL 
 
 JEFFERSON CITY 
 
 S.S.E. Tarnopol, on the Sered; with a baronial castle, a 
 potash refinery, and 2052 inhabitants. 
 
 JAOL, a seaport tn. Western Africa, state Bur-sin, situ- 
 ated 64 m. N.N.W. of Fort Bathurst, and about 26 m. S.E. 
 of Goree. The bay which here indents the coast is so shallow 
 that ships drawing more than 8 ft. of water cannot approach 
 the land nearer than 3 miles. Tlie principal exports are gum, 
 corn, rice, ground-nuts in small quantities, lime, cattle, hides, 
 ivory. 
 
 JAUMERITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 16 m. N.W. Znaym, on a stream of same name; with a 
 palace belonging to the prince of Kaunitz, with fine gardens; 
 a library, picture-gallery, and theatre, one of the finest parish 
 churches in Moravia, and four annual horse and cattle 
 markets. Pop. 3173. 
 
 JAKOSLAW [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle and 18 m. N. by W. Przemyst, cap. dist. of same 
 name, in a beautiful and fertile country, 1. bank San, was 
 once strongly fortified; is the seat of several important public 
 offices; has a handsome church, a high and an ordinary school, 
 a Dominican and a Franciscan monastery, an infirmary 
 founded in 1498, manufactures of linen cloth, rosoglio, and 
 wax-candles, and an active trade in honey, wax, linen, yarn, 
 Hungarian wine, and corn. The yearly markets, once very 
 important, have fallen off considerably. Pop. 8773. 
 
 JARVIS, an isl. Pacific Ocean, lat. 0° 22' S.; Ion. 159° 
 58' W. ; is about 2 m. long by I m. wide, stretching E. and 
 W., and containing about 1000 ae. It is encircled by a 
 fringing reef or shore platform, 300 ft. wide, and from 18 to 
 28 ft. high. The land slopes gently from all sides towards 
 the centre, which is only 7 or 8 ft. above the sea-level. 
 There are considerable deposits of guano, but the island 
 affords no fresh water. 
 
 JAHYEZOW (Old and New), two places, Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, circle and 13 m. N.E. Lemberg. They 
 form a single parish, lying on a stream of same name between 
 extensive moors; and contain 2750 inhabitants, employed in 
 manufacturing woollen cloth and covers. 
 
 JASENOVAC, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, Military 
 Frontier.?, 70 m. E.S.E. Karlstadt, 1. bank Save, opposite to 
 the mouth of the Unna. It has a R. Catholic and a Greek 
 church, building-yards, and a large trade with Bosnia, and 
 contains 2310 inhabitants. 
 
 JASLOWIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 S.W. Czortkow, cap. dist. of same name; with a cold-water 
 cure establishment, and the picturesque ruins of a strong 
 castle. The Tartars were defeated here in 1684. Pop. 2234. 
 
 JASSY [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, cap. Moldavia, 
 on the Baklui, about 10 m. S. of r. bank Pruth; lat. 47° 8' 
 N.; Ion. 27° 40' E. It stands partly on the slope of a hill, 
 and partly on a plain, which, though fertile, is rendered 
 unhealthy by swamps and stagnant pools, and is irregularly 
 built, consisting for the most part of narrow and crooked 
 streets, in which large and splendid mansions, looking like 
 palaces, stand side by side with mean houses and wretched 
 huts. In the upper part of the town in particular, and else- 
 where, many of the houses have large courts and gardens 
 attached to them. Successive conflagrations in 1783, 1827, 
 and 1843, having laid the town in ashes, desti'oying all the 
 wooden houses and leaving only 300 built of stone standing, 
 several long and spacious streets have been formed. Most 
 of them, however, are either badly paved or not paved at all; 
 and the consequence is, that clouds of dust in summer and 
 deep mire in winter render them in a great measure im- 
 pas.sable, at least on foot, and wheeled carriages of some 
 kind are indispensable for locomotion. The principal public 
 buildings and establishments are the palace of the prince, an 
 extensive pile, containing not only his residence, but the 
 ministerial bureaux and barracks; seventy Greek churches, 
 among which only the cathedral and the church of Three 
 Saints, so called because dedicated to St. Basil, St. Chry- 
 sostom, and St. Gregory Theosophos, deserve particular 
 notice; a Protestant, a R. Catholic, and an Armenian church, 
 a number of synagogues, ten monasteries, several palaces of 
 the grandees or bojars, the public library, the museum, the 
 normal school, the St. Michael's academy, the gymnasium, 
 the industrial school, the infirmary, the national theatre, and 
 several hospitals, military, Jewish, and foundling. The shops, 
 kept principally by Jews, and situated for the most part in 
 
 the principal street, are large and well stocked with articles 
 of foreign manufactures, woollen, cotton, and silk stuffs, hard- 
 ware and cutlery, fancy goods, &c. The town itself seems 
 almost totally devoid of important manufacturing establish- 
 ments. The environs of Jas.sy, laid out chiefly in vineyirds 
 and gardens, and dotted with villas, some of them with fine 
 parks, are very beautiful. Pop. 70,000, of whom 30,000 
 are Jews. 
 
 JASWINY, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 20 m. E.N.W. Tarnow; with a parish church, a baro- 
 nial castle, and a model farm. Pop. 1800. 
 
 JASZENA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 about 20 m. N.E. Neusohl, on a stream of same name; with 
 mineral springs, valuable iron mines with extensive iron- 
 works, and 1000 R. Catholic inhabitants. 
 
 JAULNAII, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, prov. 
 Aurungabad, 200 m, E.N.E. Bombay. It consists of 
 a town and a cantonment: — The town, situated on the 
 Jaulnah opposite to Khaderabad, though an old and decayed 
 place, has still a pop. of 10,000, of whom about a fifth are 
 Mahometans, and possesses, among its houses, many built of 
 hewn stone, three or four stories high, and provided with 
 verandahs and balconies. The streets are for the most part 
 very narrow. The manufactures are almost confined to silks, 
 which are chiefly exported to the upper Mahratta country; 
 
 the trade in grain, once extensive, is now limited. Tiie 
 
 CANTONMENT, situated on a gentle slope, and bounded on one 
 side by the Goondlacama, has accommodation for a troop of 
 European horse artillery, a regiment of native cavalry, and 
 three regiments of native infantry. The climate is well 
 adapted for horticulture. Figs, grapes, peaches, and straw- 
 berries are all excellent in their season, and most European 
 vegetables grow in great perfection. 
 
 JEBEL-AMOOR, a mountain range, N. Africa, Algeria, 
 which, continuing that of the Uled Sidi Sheikh, with which 
 it becomes linked near the village of Bu Allem, stretches N.E. 
 as far as Sidi Buzid and the Jebel Gueb el Ashi, with a 
 length of about 17 m. and an average breadth of 7 m. Its 
 culminating point, Jebel Gada, has a height of about 5300 ft. 
 Partly in the inner valleys, and partly from the N.W. and 
 S.E. slopes, issue numerous springs, which maintain so 
 luxuriant a vegetation of plants and trees, that all the slopes 
 and valleys are densely clad in green. Many parts of the 
 valleys are laid out in beautiful gardens, vineyards, and 
 corn-fields, the produce of which usually suffices to meet the 
 wants of the inhabitants, though in years of great drought 
 they are compelled to obtain dates from the south and corn 
 from the Tell. The Shelif or Ued Shelif, the largest river 
 of Algeria, has its source in the N. slope of this range near 
 the village of Buzid; the S. slope furnishes the sources of the 
 Merra and the Grisha, which, by their junction, form the 
 Jeddi, the most important river of S. Algeria, though its bed 
 in the hot season becomes partially dry. The inhabitants of 
 Jebel- Amoor belong to the tribe Uled Amoor, which has no 
 fewer than seven subdivisions, and are partly stationary, partly 
 nomadic; the number of each subdivision, understood to be 
 nearly equal, is about 13,000. In war they can raise a force 
 of 3000 foot and 600 horse; their wealth consists in herds of 
 sheep, horned cattle, and camels. They are of pure Arab 
 blood and noble descent, and speak genuine Arabic. 
 
 JEBEL-SAHARI, a mountain-range, N. Africa, Algeria, 
 is an E. continuation of the Jebel- Amoor, and stretches along 
 the Sebgha Zahrez and Hodna, with a regular descent till it 
 approaches the town of Biskra. Though several roads pass 
 over the range, it remained till recently almost unexplored. 
 It has, however, many claims to notice. Its higher slopes 
 and valleys are finely clothed with forest-trees, and on its 
 plateaux are seen, not only well- cultivated corn-fields, but 
 productive gardens well stocked with fruit-trees, among 
 which the fig is conspicuous. Everywhere numerous springs 
 send down their water into the valleys, and occasionally 
 leaping down in cascades, contribute to form a very pic- 
 turesque scenery. Among the heights many Roman remains 
 lie scattered, showing how well the masters of the world 
 could appreciate the beauties and resources of the Jebel- 
 Sahari. The inhabitants belong to the Arab tribe of Uled 
 Nayl, and are estimated at 26,600 souls. 
 
 JEDDO, tn. Japan. See Yedo. 
 
 JEFFERSON CITY [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. state 
 
JEFFERSONVILLE 
 
 JESSULMEER 
 
 Missouri, on the right bank of the Missouri River, and on the 
 Pacific railway, 100 m. W. St. Louis. It has an elevated 
 but somewhat uneven site, commanding a fine view of the 
 river and of the cedar-crowned cliffs on the opposite shore, 
 and contains a handsome state-house built of stone, a gover- 
 nor's residence, various churches, and a state-penitentiary. 
 The manufactures consist of wooden and iron ware, flour, car- 
 riages, &o. Pop. (1860), 3082. 
 
 JEFFERSONVILLE, a tn. U. States, Indiana, on tlie 
 Jeffersonville and Indianopolis railway, and at the head of 
 the falls of the Ohio, nearly opposite Louisville in Kentucky. 
 It occupies the elevated site of old Fort Steuben, command- 
 ing a magnificent view, and contains the state-prison. The 
 Ohio Falls, which descend 22 ft. in two miles, give an un- 
 limited supply of water-power; advantage has been taken of 
 it to establish various mills and manufactures. Among the 
 latter are agricultural implements, carriages, steam-engines, 
 and brass and iron castings. Pop. (18G0), 4020. 
 
 JEFREMOV, or Evkemov, a tn. Russia, gov. and 80 m, 
 S.S.E. Tula, cap. circle of same name, on the Krassiwaia 
 Metsha. It contains six churches, a circle and a parish 
 school, a charitable endowment, several manufactures, and a 
 large annual fair. Pop. 7057. 
 
 JEGA, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa states, prov. Kebbi, 
 on a supposed affluent of tiie Niger, 70 m. S.W. Sokoto. 
 Though greatly declined from the importance which it 
 possessed when the empire of Gando was flourishing, it 
 continues to be the great entrepot for a coarse kind of 
 coloured silk which is imported from the north, and not- 
 withstanding its very inferior character, is in great demand 
 by the natives for adorning their leather-work. Its weekly 
 market is well frequented. 
 
 JE-HO, or Zehol, a tn. China, prov. Pechele, near the 
 Great Wall on the frontiers of Chinese Tartary, 110 m. N.E. 
 Pekin. It stands in the centre of the famous hunting- 
 grounds, to which the emperor annually resorts, is sur- 
 rounded by walls which are upwards of 4 m. in circuit, and 
 contains a fine imperial palace and several temples. Among 
 the latter is one of great magnificence, built on the model of 
 one near L'hassa, and adorned with 500 gilded statues of 
 deceased lamas. 
 
 JEHKUM, a tn. Persia, prov. Ears, 85 m. S.E. by S. 
 Shiraz. It is surrounded by walls of recent and substantial 
 construction about 3 m. in circuit. Many of the houses, of 
 whicli there are more without the walls than within, possess 
 turreted towers as places of defence. The staple trade is 
 tobacco, for which Jehrum is a principal mart. The other 
 articles are British and India cottons imported from Teheran, 
 groceries and spices, also imported, dates, and rice. Fruit is 
 abundant and cheap, and a considerable quantity of raisins is 
 exported to Undia. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 JELLASOKE, or Jallesuk, atn. India, presid. Rengal, 
 dist. and 45 m. S. Midnapore, 1. bank Soobaureka. Its 
 only edifice of any consequence is an ancient mosque. On 
 tlie opposite bank of the river there is a ruined fortress of 
 great extent, but rude construction. 
 
 JELLINGHEE, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which, 
 parting at the town of same name from the Podda, or great 
 E. branch of the Ganges, flows very sinuously S.W. for about 
 95 m., and at the town of Nuddea unites with the Bliag- 
 ruttee in forming the llooghly. 
 
 JENO (Kis), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 25 m, N. by E. Arad, on the White Koros, cap. dist. of same 
 name; with a court of justice, an infirmary, several handsome 
 buildings, and a distillery. Pop. 2009. 
 
 JEORHUA, a tn. India, Bundelcund, dist. Jaloun, 70m. 
 S.E. Calpee. It contains a large Hindoo temple, which is in 
 good repair, and was possessed of great wealth till it was 
 pillaged by the Dacoits or gang-robbers. 
 
 JEPIFAN, or Epivan, a tn. Russia, gov. and 45 m. S.E. 
 Tula, cap. circle of same name, on a height above 1. bank 
 Don. It has four churches, a circle and a parish school, a 
 benevolent institute, and several manufactures. At Kohkor, 
 within the circle, was fought, in 1380, the celebrated battle in 
 which the Grand-prince Dimitri Ivanovitsch of the Don 
 defeated the Mongols under Mamai. A monument commemo- 
 rates the event. Pop. 3124. 
 
 JEQUELCHACAN, a tn. N. America, Yucatan, 30 m. 
 N.E. Campeachy. It is a large and well-built place; with a 
 
 handsome church, several schools, and a courthouse. Its 
 market is important. Pop. 4912. 
 
 JERSEY CITY [add.], a tn. U. States, New Jersey, 
 1. bank Hudson, at its mouth in New York Bay, not more than 
 a mile from New York. It stands on a peninsula; is well laid 
 out in broad regular streets and spacious squares, and possesses 
 many private residences, which, even in the best parts of 
 New York, are not surpassed. Its public buildings, how- 
 ever, are meagre, almost the only one deserving of notice 
 being the spacious railway station recently erected for the 
 accommodation of a number of lines wliich have their common 
 centre here, and communicate with all parts of the country. 
 The other principal buildings and institutions are twenty 
 churches, a good high-school, and a number of common 
 schools. The manufactures consist chiefly of crucibles, of a 
 quality so excellent that they are used in the mints of Europe 
 as well as in America; flint-glass, pottery, soap, starch, 
 cement, locomotives, machinery, cast-steel, iron-ware, and 
 fireworks. As the terminus of the Morris canal, Jersey is 
 an extensive coal-mart, as well as the depot of the pig-iron 
 made on the banks of the canal. It is also one of the depdts 
 of the Cunard steamship line between Great Britain and the 
 United States, and the starting-point of the smaller vessels 
 of this company, which ply between New York, Halifax, and 
 the West India Islands. It has, moreover, a considerable fleet 
 of schooners, engaged in bay and oyster fishing and in the 
 southern coasting trade. Pop. (1860), 29,226. 
 
 JESSORE [add.], a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal. 
 The DIST., between lat. 22° 28' and 23° 46' N.; Ion. 88° 44' 
 and 89° 55' E., is bounded N.E by Pubna, E. Dacca Jelal- 
 pore and Backergunge, S. the Sunderbunds, and W. Baraset 
 and Nuddea; length, S.E.toN.AV., 105m.; breadth, 48m. The 
 surface almost throughout is a low monotonous flat, varied 
 only by the interchange of dry and swampy ground, and is 
 traversed by numerous streams and offsets from the Ganges, 
 The air is tainted with exhalations from the decaying vegeta- 
 tion of the weedy tanks and water-courses, and fever and 
 ague prevail at all times, but especially at the close of 
 summer. The soil is generally fertile, the only exception 
 being in the N., where there is a considerable admixture of 
 sand and clay. The principal crops are rice, grain, and 
 other pulse, indigo, oil-seeds, sugar, and tobacco. Latterly 
 the mulberry to rear silk-worms has been extensively planted. 
 The principal exports are indigo, rice, sugar, rum, oils, silk, 
 cocoa and areca nuts, betel, saltpetre, and hides. Among 
 the wild animals are the tiger, leopard, panther, bear, and 
 jackal. Numbers of alligators infest the waters. — —The 
 TOWN, cap. of the above dist., 77 m. N.E. Calcutta, is an 
 unimportant place, and was long reputed unhealthy. Lately, 
 however, sanitary measures have made an important im- 
 provement in this respect. The principal buildings are those 
 belonging to the civil establishment, a large jail capable of 
 receiving 1000 prisoners, and a public school accommodated 
 in a handsome structure, and attended by about 120 pupils, 
 who are instructed in English, Persian, and Bengalee. 
 
 JESSULMEER [add.], a state, India, the most western 
 in Rajpootana, situated between lat. 26° 8' and 28° 28' N.; 
 Ion. 70" 3' and 72° 51' E., and bounded N. by Bhawulpoor, 
 N.E. Bikaneer, S.E. and S. Joodpoor, and W. Sinde; area, 
 12,252 sq. m. It forms a large expanse of sandy desert, flat 
 upon the whole^ but varied particularly in the S. by ridges of 
 hills, insulated rocks, and occasional oases, producing pasture 
 in sufficient abundance to feed large herds of cattle. In the 
 N., where the true character of a desert is more completely 
 developed, the surface is so uniform and monotonous that 
 travellers in crossing it have no landmarks, and guide their 
 course by the stars. There are no perennial streams, but by 
 damming up water-courses and ravines during the periodical 
 rains, temporary sars or lakes of salt-water are formed. 
 The.se, when the summer-heat has evaporated them, leave 
 the space they occupied covered with a crust, from which 
 considerable quantities of salt are made. Pure drinking 
 water is obtained only by sinking, and lies so far below the 
 surface that the wells are in some places 300 ft. deep. For 
 most domestic purposes tanks, formed where the soil is free 
 from saline ingredients, and filled during the rains, suffice; 
 but when these fail, as they sometimes do, numbers both of 
 human beings and of cattle perish from thirst. The climate 
 is extreme, and the range of the thermometer is very great. 
 
JESSULMEER 
 
 JHALRA PATUN 
 
 In the N., near the Bikaneer frontier, Boileau found the 
 thermometer on 7th February as low as 32°, and saw the 
 ponds covered witli a coating of ice. On the 4th of Marcli, 
 within the course of one montli, the temperature in his tent 
 was 106^, and in the sun 119°. The natural vegetation of 
 Jessulmeer lies within narrow limits, and consists of a few 
 broomy shrubs, which sometimes overspread the ground so as 
 to form a kind of jungle, and of some stunted trees. The 
 only wild animals wliich can be said to be numerous are 
 snakes. The principal domestic animals are dromedaries, 
 horses, kine, and sheep. The last are said to be so abundant, 
 that three of them may be bought for about four shillings. 
 The inhabitants are composed principally of Bhatti Rajpoots, 
 with a considerable intermixture of Brahmins, Jats, and 
 Jains. The only manufactures of any importance are coarse 
 and fine woollens. The trade is chiefly transit between 
 Marwar and W. Hindoostan on the one side, and Sinde and 
 Afghanistan on the other. This traffic gives employment to 
 a great number of men and to thousands of camels. The 
 revenue of the state amounts only to £8500, and of this 
 nearly a half is obtained from transit duties. Estimated pop. 
 74,000. 
 
 JESSULMEER [add.], cap. of the above state, lat. 2G° 
 56' N.; Ion. 70° 58' E., stands at the base of the S. extremity 
 of a rocky ridge, and is surrounded by ramparts of un- 
 cemented stone flanked by bastions similarly constructed, 
 but of greater height. The whole area inclosed is about 2| m. 
 in circuit, and access is given to it by four regular gatewiiys. 
 Within the ramparts in the S. part of the town is the citadel, 
 seated on an isolated eminence, scarped all round, and faced 
 with masonry to the height of 20 ft. Higher up, the ram- 
 parts commence, and are carried round the hill. Though 
 formidable in appearance, they are of little strength, as an 
 adjoining ridge completely commands them. Within the 
 citadel the principal buildings are the palace, a vast pile 
 surmounted by a huge umbrella, which is said to indicate the 
 ruler's high Rajpoot descent; and six temples, three Brah- 
 minical and three Jain. The latter are ancient stone struc- 
 tures, elaborately carved and surmounted by lofty gilt spires. 
 The town contains nearly 8000 houses, many of them solidly 
 built of stone, and of two stories; the lower with a terraced 
 front raised 4 ft. above the level of the street, and usually 
 painted red, and the upper provided with a projecting balcony 
 of stone carefully carved. 
 
 JESUS MARIA, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 140 m. W.S.W. 
 Chihuahua, in the Sierra Madre, on the head-waters of the 
 Rio Mayo, and near the frontier of Sonora. Its mines of 
 silver and gold, contained in the same vein — the former, con- 
 stituting the large mass of the precious metal, and the latter 
 existing only in limited quantity in combination with it — 
 were long regarded as the richest in N. America, and yielded 
 immense wealth. Though their productiveness has ceased, 
 they are still frequented by numerous miners, who, though 
 often earning a scanty subsistence, still cling to the spot, in 
 the hope that the discovery of some rich and still unwrought 
 vein may reward their perseverance. Speculators on a large 
 scale have also made their appearance, but as yet almost all 
 the trials that have been made, whether by public companies 
 or by individuals, have issued in disappointment. Jesus 
 Maria, however, still continued to retain a considerable 
 population, till the discovery of the gold-fields in California 
 caused it to be almost deserted. 
 
 JEYPOOR [add.], a state, India, in the E. of Rajpootana, 
 between lat. 25° 40' and 27° 37' N.; Ion. 75° 8' and 77° 20' E.; 
 length, E. to W., about 150 m.; breadth, 140 m.; area, 15,251 
 sq. m. It consists generally of an extensive plain, with in- 
 sulated peaks and clusters of jagged hills, particularly in the 
 W. and N. W., rising here and there above the general level, 
 'The hills are composed of quartz and granitoid rocks inter- 
 mixed with a white limestone or marble, and occasionally 
 with mica. To the S. of them is a level expanse of fine white 
 sand nearly devoid of vegetation, and bounded on the S.E. 
 by a low rocky ridge, which passes the city of Jeypoor at 
 some distance to the W., and is continued N.E. to the moun- 
 tains of Alwar. The S. of the territory is mostly a sandy 
 plain, rendered cultivable only by means of incessant irriga- 
 tion with water drawn from innumerable wells. In some 
 parts, under these disadvantageous circumstances, good crops 
 of grain, pulse, cotton, and tobacco are raised; but grazing is 
 
 found to be the most profitable mode of employing the soil, 
 and the chief wealth of the inhabitants is in their cattle. The 
 population is composed of Rajpoots, who are the dominant 
 class; the Minas, who are supposed to be the aborigines; and 
 the Jats, who are extensive holders of land, and most in- 
 dustrious and skilful agriculturists. The Rajpoots belong 
 chiefly to the Kachwaha tribe, and, though far outnumbered 
 by the Minas and Jats, are said to be able to muster 30,000 
 armed men. The revenue amounts to nearly half a million 
 sterling, subject to a deduction of £40,000 payable as tribute 
 to the British government. Pop. roughly estimated at 
 1,500,000. 
 
 JEYI'OOR [add.], cap. of the above state, 127 m. W. by 
 S. Agra, lies in a small plain or basin, thought to have once 
 been the bed of a lake, and inclosed on all sides except the 
 S. by barren stony hills, many of them crowned with forts. 
 One of these, situated N. of the town, on a hill which rises 
 several hundred feet above it, is the citadel. The town, 
 about 2 m. long from E. to W. and 1 m. broad, is surrounded 
 by two low walls of masonry, an outer one embattled at the 
 top, and loopholed for musketry, and an inner one with 
 lofty towers and seven well-protected gateways. This inner 
 wall, though evidently intended to be the principal defence, 
 is so low, that in some parts the accumulations of drifted .sand 
 are nearly as high as the parapet, and so thin that even field 
 artillery could break it. The interior is not surpassed in 
 point of regularity and elegance by any native Indian town. 
 The main streets, forty yards in width, intersect each other 
 at right angles, and form at each point of intersection a cimnk 
 or market-square. These main streets are in their turn 
 crossed by others of a minor description, so that the whole 
 place is portioned out into a series of rectangular blocks. Of 
 these the central block, about half a mile long, is entirely 
 occupied by the palace, garden, and royal premises. The 
 palace is a lofty structure of seven or eight stories, and has 
 at each extremity a lofty tower crowned with a dome. Tiie 
 gardens, surrounded by an embattled wall terraced at top 
 and cloistered below, are full of fountains, cypresses, palm, 
 and flowering shrubs, with a succession of terraces and alcoves, 
 which, as a whole, are extremely rich and striking, though 
 none of them taken singly is unexceptionable in point of 
 taste. The houses in the principal streets are in general 
 well built of stone, and not a few of the mosques and temples 
 have considerable architectural merit. One of the most in- 
 teresting edifices is the huge observatory constructed by the 
 celebrated Jey Singh. It is still in good preservation, and 
 contains, besides dials, azimuth circles, altitude pillars, and 
 other bulky instruments of masonry, some brazen- altitude 
 circles of enormous size. In the arsenal there is a furnace 
 for casting and machinery for boring guns. 
 
 JEZIERZANY, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 12 m. S.S.E. Czortkow; with a potash refinery, an old 
 castle, and 2444 inhabitants. 
 
 JEZUPOL, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 4 m. N. Stanislau; with a Dominican monastery. A strong 
 castle which stood here, and was repeatedly besieged by the 
 Tartars, has entirely disappeared. Pop. 2643. 
 
 JHALLODE, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 108 m. 
 N.E. Baroda. It was once cap. of a pergunnah in Gujerat 
 containing seventeen towns, and is still a considerable place, 
 with some well-built brick houses two stories high, a mosque, 
 a small temple, and a bazaar. 
 
 JHALKA PATUN, a tn. India, Eajpootana, state Kotah, 
 90 m. E. Neemuch. It is a well-built handsome place, which 
 was framed by Zalim Singh, rajah of Kotah, on the model of 
 Jeypoor, and is nearly in the form of a square surrounded by 
 a substantial wall and bastions. Two main streets in the 
 direction of the cardinal points intersect each other, and are 
 opened into by smaller streets. At the point of intersection, 
 on a broad terrace, is a lofty temple dedicated to Vishnoo, and 
 at the termination of one of the main streets another temple 
 dedicated to Krishna. There is also a Jain temple of great 
 antiquity, but modernized by recent repairs and embellish- 
 ments. Close to the town is a large tank or lake about a 
 mile square, and well supplied with water throughout the 
 year. Jhalra Patun owes its present prosperity to Zalim 
 Singh, who not only rebuilt it, as already mentioned, when 
 it was old and decayed, but conferred many privileges upon 
 the inhabitants, exempting them from forced contributions, 
 
JHANSI 
 
 JOHANNA 
 
 and making them liable to only half the transit duties usually 
 paid in other parts of the country. Thus favoured, it has 
 become the grand mart for N. Malwa and S.E. Kajpootana. 
 
 JHANSI, a territory, India, Bundclcund, formerly form- 
 ing a native state, but annexed to the British territory in 
 1854, on an alleged failure of heirs. It lies between hit. 
 24° 55' and 25° 48' N.; Ion. 77° 53' and 79° 31' E., and con- 
 sists of two parts, a W. and an E., separated by a belt of land 
 belonging to the rajah of Tehree. The W. division is 
 bounded N. by Gwalior and Dutteah, E. Tehree, and S. and 
 W. Gwalior. The E. division is bounded N.W. by Jaloun, 
 E. Humeerpoor, and S. and S.W. Tehree; length of both 
 divisions, E. to W., about 100 m.; breadth, GO m.; area about 
 2922 sq. m.; estimated pop. 286,000. These numbers apply 
 not so much to its present condition as to the past when it 
 was a native state. 
 
 JHANSI, a tn. India, cap. of the above territory, 125 m. 
 S. by E. Agra. It is pleasantly situated amid tanks and 
 groves of fine timber trees; is surrounded by a fortified and 
 massive wall from 6 to 12 ft. thick, and from 18 to 30 ft. 
 liigh, with numerous flanking bastions, mounted as batteries 
 with ordnance, and with loopholes for musketry. Within 
 the town, which has a circuit of about 4^ m., and surrounded 
 by it on all sides except the W. and part of the S., stands 
 the fort on an elevated rock, completely commanding the 
 town and the surrounding country. Its natural strength has 
 been so much increased by art as to make its capture even by 
 regular siege a task of no small difficulty. Its walls, com- 
 posed of granite, and therefore difficult to breach, vary in 
 thickness from 16 to 20 ft. Its extensive and elaborate 
 outworks are of the same solid construction, with front and 
 flanking embrasures for artillery, and loopholes, of which in 
 some places therearefive tiers. Asadditional means of defence, 
 the towers of the fort, one especially, higher than the rest, 
 and distinguished by the name of the White Tower, are armed 
 with heavy ordnance. Outside the walls are a summer-palace, 
 several temples, and the ruined British cantonments. During 
 the late mutiny Jhansi acquired an infamous notoriety. The 
 sepoys stationed there having mutinied, most of their officers 
 and the other European residents succeeded in gaining tlie 
 fort. Here they defended themselves with the utmost cour- 
 age, till the ranee of Jhansi, who had never forgiven the 
 British government for annexing the state, took open part 
 with the mutineers, and rendered further defence impossible. 
 As a last resource terms of surrender were proposed, and the 
 brave defenders, after an assurance of safety and protection 
 solemnly sworn to, agreed to quit the fort. No sooner, how- 
 ever, were they without the gate than the whole of them, 
 including a number of helpless women and children, were 
 seized and diabolically butchered. This atrocity, perpetrated 
 in the beginning of June, 1857, was fully avenged on 2d 
 April, 1858, when the place was stormed by the British force 
 under Sir Hugh Hose, and 5000 of the rebels were slain. 
 The ranee escaped at the time, but, on the 19th of June 
 following, was slain before Gwalior, while heading the rebels 
 in male attire with a courage and resolution worthy of a 
 better cause. 
 
 JHEEND, a petty native state and town, India: — The 
 STATE, which, from being intermingled with others, is of 
 very irregular shape and ill-defined limits, has a computed 
 area of 376 sq. m., and a revenue of £30,000. The soil is 
 naturally fertile, but, from the neglect of proper cultivation, 
 is much overrun with jungle. The triple enormity of slave- 
 dealing, suttee, and infanticide, which once prevailed here, 
 has been suppressed by British interference. Pop. 56,000. 
 
 The TOWN, situated 70 m. N.E. Delhi, on Feroz Shah's 
 
 canal, which occupies the channel of the Chittung, here crossed 
 by a bridge, is a considerable place; with a palace and a 
 good bazaar. 
 
 JHUJHUR, a native state and tn. India: — The state, 
 between lat. 27° 55' and 28° 55' N.; Ion. 75° 55' and 76° 58' 
 E., is bounded N. by Hurreeana and Rohluk, N.E. Delhi, 
 S.E. and S. Goorgaon and Alwur, and W. Shakawutty and 
 Loharoo; area, 1230 sq. m.; revenue about £60,000. The 
 surface, which has an average height of about 830 ft. above 
 the sea, is intersected by numerous water-courses, which 
 carry the drainage to the Jumna, and is nearly flat, with a 
 very gentle declivity, except in the S.W., where it is broken 
 by several low rocky ranges; pop. 1 10,700. The town, 
 
 cap. of above state, 35 m. W. Delhi, was assigned by the 
 Mahrattas to the adventurer George Thomas, and was for 
 some time the seat of his short-lived government. 
 
 JHURKIE, a river, India, which rises in dist. Goruck- 
 pore, about lat. 27° 5' N.; Ion. 84° 3' E., flows S., and joins 
 the Gogra on its left bank, after a course of about 130 m. 
 
 JINNA, a tn. Western Africa, towards the S.E. ex- 
 tremity of Bornou, prov. Logone, 125 m. S.S.E. Kutawa. 
 It is a considerable place, standing in a plain richly clotlied 
 with trees, inclosed with a wall, of high repute for its fine 
 matting and lattice work, and an important market for ivory. 
 
 JIPIJALPA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, prov. Manavi, 
 cap. cant, of same name, on a beautiful plain, 75 m. N.W. 
 Guayaquil. It is a handsome place, with wide regular streets, 
 and a number of good houses, a few of them covered with 
 zinc, several with tiles, and a greater number with a species 
 of thatch. There are also two public schools, the one for 
 boys and the other for girls. The principal manufacture is 
 straw-hats, of which great numbers are exported. In the 
 neighbourhood there is a thermal sulphui'ous spring. 
 
 JISTEBNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 5 m. N.W. Tabor; with a parish church, a townhouse, an 
 hospital for the poor, a brewery, and two mills. 
 
 JOAN NET, an isl. in the Coral Sea, belonging to the 
 Louisiade Archipelago to the E. of New Guinea. It lies off 
 the N.W. extremity of Sud-est Island, is 11m. long by IJ 
 to 3 m. broad, and is traversed nearly throughout its whole 
 length by a high ridge of hills which rise most abruptly from 
 the S. shore, and descend gradually to the N.W, Mount 
 Asp, the culminating point of the ridge, is 1 104 ft. above the 
 sea. The island is well wooded, has numerous groves of cocoa- 
 nut trees near the sea, and seems generally fertile. The 
 natives, many of whom are congregated in a large village 
 crowning a hill on the S.W. side, are warlike and treacherous. 
 
 JOBELI, a tn. Western Africa, on the route from 
 Agades to Sokoto, 140 m. N.N.E. of the latter. It stands 
 near the N. frontiers of Ada, to which it belongs, and is a 
 considerable place. The Kelgeres use it as their market. 
 The language spoken is a dialect of Songhay. 
 
 JOBLA, a tn. Arabia, Yemen, 100 m. S. by W. Sana. 
 It contains about 1200 houses, for the most part lofty and 
 well built, and ranged in well-paved streets, and has exteji- 
 sive manufactures of soap. 
 
 JODLAVVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 12 m, N.W. Jaslo; with 2430 inhabitants, almost all 
 linen-weavers. 
 
 JOHANN (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, duchy and 33 m. 
 S. Salzburg, on the Salzach; with an inlirmary, a nailery, and 
 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 JOHANNA, or Anjouan [add.]., one of the four isls. 
 which form the Comoro group, nearly equidistant from the E. 
 coast of Africa and the N.W. coast of Madagascar. It is of 
 a triangular shape, about 24 m. long by 18 m. broad; and 
 has a finely diversified surface, consisting of a plateau from 
 which finely wooded heights rise majestically into mountains 
 from 3000 to nearly 4000 ft. above sea-level, and are at the 
 same time intei'sected by verdant and fertile valleys. Along 
 the coast are several commodious roadsteads of easy access, 
 while the interior is so productive as to maintain a pop. of 
 about 20,000 souls. The principal products are rice, arrow- 
 root, beans, and haricots in great variety, sugar-cane, tamar- 
 inds, lemons, oranges, cocoa-nuts, and bananas. Most of the 
 inhabitants are scattered in hamlets and villages over the 
 island, but there are two localities in which they are con- 
 gregated in greater numbers. The one of these is Makhadou, 
 situated on the N. about half a mile from the roadstead 
 where the European vessels usually anchor. It is surrounded 
 by walls about 15 ft. high, flanked with square towers, and 
 has a pop. of about 3000. The other Johanna, situated on a 
 beautiful bay on the E. shore of the island, consists of streets 
 so narrow that it is difficult to pass along them, and of houses 
 which, though substantially built of stone, have a very gloomy 
 appearance, as their gate of entrance is the only opening to 
 the street. The principal buildings are the castle, the sultan's 
 palace, distinguished from the other houses only by being a 
 little larger; and four mosques, in which no taste whatever is 
 displayed. The inhabitants, like those of the island gene- 
 rally, are a mixed race of Arabs and negroes, all Mahometans. 
 Their number is about 2000. 
 
JOHILA 
 
 JOONER 
 
 JOHILA, a riv. India, which lias its source near those 
 of the Nerbudda and Sone, flows N. W. for about 90 m., then 
 N.E., and joins 1. bank Sone. 
 
 JOHN (St.), two rivers, Britisli America: — 1. St. John, 
 Canada East, rises in a mountainous dist. in co. Gaspe, flows 
 E. and falls into an arm of the spacious bay of this name at 
 the town of Douglas. At its entrance, which is between two 
 points of sand, there is often in spring a depth of 9 ft.; and 
 within, though the channel is narrow, the depth is 12 ft.; but 
 at 2 m. above, the navigation ceases in consequence of a 
 number of islands, between which the water is shallow and 
 rapid. — 2. St. JoJm, Labrador, has its mouth on the N. 
 shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence opposite to the Perro- 
 quets, the westernmost of the Mingan group. At its entrance, 
 between clay cliffs on the W, and a sandy point on the E., it 
 is 260 yards wide, and within it increases to the width of 
 nearly half a mile, but again decreases gradually to about 200 
 yards. For 6 m., the limit of the tide, it may be ascended with 
 a depth of 1 to 3 fathoms at low water, but beyond becomes 
 so rapid as to be navigable only by canoes or flat-bottomed 
 boats. Half a mile outside its entrance there is an extensive 
 bar of sand, which shifts with every gale of wind, and has 
 seldom more than 3 or 4 ft. over it at low water. 
 
 JOHNSBURY (St.), a tn. U. States, Vermont, cap. co. 
 Caledonia, r. bank Passumpsie, 37 m. N.E. Montpellier. 
 The Connecticut and Passumpsie railway passes through it; 
 and it has nine churches, an academy, a high-school, several 
 foundries, machine shops, and other factories. Pop. 3469. 
 
 JOLIET, a tn. U. States, Illinois, cap. co. Will, on both 
 sides of the Des Plaines, and at the junction of the Chicago 
 and Rock Island with two other railways, 33 m. S.W. Chicago. 
 It stands in a rich agricultural district, is well situated and 
 well built; contains six churches, two handsome school-houses, 
 the city-hall, and the state-prison; and carries on an active 
 trade in flour and lumber. Pop. 7104. 
 
 JONGrA-PANZA,atn. S. Africa, near the S.W. frontiers 
 of the Balonda country; lat. 10° 25' S.; Ion. 20° 15' E. It 
 is a small place, embowered in lofty evergreen trees hung 
 round with fine festoons of creepers. The inhabitants, a 
 crafty rapacious race, opposed so many obstacles to Dr. 
 Livingstone's further progress towards Loanda, that the 
 necessity of desisting from the prosecution of the enterprise 
 when the Portuguese frontiers were at hand, and all other 
 obstacles promised to give way, was seriously mooted, the 
 Dr. however plainly telling his attendants that if they went 
 back he would go forward alone. 
 
 JOOBUL, a protected hill state, India, between lat. 30° 
 48' and 31° 6' N.; Ion. 77° 32' and 77° 54' E.; bounded N. by 
 Poondur and Bussahei', E. Bussaher and Gurwhal, S. Sirmour, 
 and W. Sirmour and Bulsun; estimated area, 320 sq. m.; 
 revenue, £1413. It has an elevated and mountainous sur- 
 face, one granite peak on the S.W. frontier rising to the 
 height of 12,149 ft., and another in the N. 10,000 ft. The 
 N. portion belongs to the valley of the Pabur, and stretches 
 along its r. bank; the S. portion to the valley of the Shalwee, 
 a tributary of the Tonse. Both valleys are very beautiful, 
 particularly that of the Pabur, which rises with a gentle slope, 
 and is formed into numerous terraces, on which rice and 
 other grains are grown. The inhabitants are remarkably 
 handsome, and some of them nearly as fair as Europeans. 
 The capital is Dehra. Pop. 15,000. 
 
 JOODPOOR, or Marwar [add.], a state, India, in the 
 S.W. of Rajpootana, and the largest of the Rajpoot states, lies 
 between lat. 24° 36' and 27° 40' N.; Ion. 70° 4' and 75° 23' E.; 
 and is bounded N. by Bikaneer and Shekhawuttee, E. Jeypoor, 
 Kishengurh, Ajmere, and Mewar, S. Mewar and Serohee, 
 W. the Runn of Cutch and Scinde, and N.W. Jessulmeer; 
 length, N.E. to S.W., 330 m.; breadth, 160 m.; area, 35,672 
 sq. m.; reveime, £175,252. It consists of two distinct 
 portions, separated by the Loonee, which rising on the E. 
 frontier traverses it in a S.W. direction and nearly bisects 
 it. The portion on the S.E. or 1. bank is fertile, that on 
 the S.W. or r. bank is a continuation of the great desert of 
 Scinde, and a mere desolate waste. On the E. frontier the 
 surface swells upwards to the Aravulli range, which rises 
 boldly to the height of 3000 to 4000 ft.; in the S., where 
 a succession of rugged hills occurs, the prevailing rock is 
 porphyry. Salt abounds in the territory, and is largely 
 manufactured by means of evaporation; iron is partially 
 
 worked on the borders of Gujerat; kunkar or calcareous 
 conglomerate is much burned for lime; and in some 
 places the limestone assumes the form of marble, of which 
 there are some fine quarries at Mukrana, 120 m. N.E. of the 
 town of Joodpoor. A hard red sandstone, well adapted for 
 building, is also abundant. The best soil consists of a fat 
 black earth, on which the principal crops are wheat and cotton. 
 The latter however is extremely precarious, in consequence 
 of the prevalence of frosts, by which in a single night every 
 bud has sometimes been nipped. In the other soils sand 
 more or less predominates, and is particularly adapted for 
 millet, which along with a kind of pulse called 7noih forms the 
 principal food of the inhabitants. In the S., where the torrents 
 from the Aravulli Hills furnish ample means of irrigation, 
 almost every kind of grain is successfully grown. The wild 
 animals include lions, leopards, tigers, wolves, hyaenas, 
 jackals, nylgaus, antelopes, and wild asses. Snakes are so 
 common that the inhabitants, as a protection against them, 
 wear a kind of thick leggings or gaiters. The principal 
 domestic animals are camels, horses, kine, and sheep. The 
 fleeces of the last are extensively manufactured into coarse 
 cloths and blankets. The inhabitants have a remarkable 
 turn for commerce, and not only carry on a large trade at 
 home, but have overspread the neighbouring countries, and 
 obtained the management of their most important trading 
 concerns. According to Tod natives of Marwar, chiefly 
 Jains, constitute nine-tenths of the bankers and commercial 
 men of India. Pop. 1,783,600. 
 
 JOODPOOR [add.], a tn. India, cap. of theabove state, lat. 
 26° 19' N.;lon. 78° 8' E.; 300 m. S.W. Delhi, occupies a 
 striking site at the S. extremity of a rocky ridge which rises 
 from 300 to 400 ft. above the average level of the plain. It 
 is inclosed by a rampart 5 m. in circuit, and slopes somewhat 
 irregularly towards the ridge on the top of which the citadel 
 commanding a magnificent view is seated. Much of the 
 rampart, though solidly built of stone, is in a dilapidated 
 state. In many places the parapet has fallen, and in some 
 places access could easily be gained to the interior through 
 gaps in the wall itself. In the whole circuit the number of 
 bastions is 101, and of gates 70. The streets are somewhat 
 uueven, owing to the inequalities of the site, but are laid out 
 with considerable regularity, and lined with houses, many of 
 which are substantially built of freestone and are handsome, 
 though a greater number are said to be mean and badly con- 
 structed. The freestone used is of a red colour, but not a 
 few of tlie houses built of it are covered over with a fine 
 white plaster. The contrast of colours thus produced, together 
 with the lively green of shady trees which line several of the 
 streets and the banks of numerous tanks, has a pleasing effect, 
 and gives the whole place a gay look. The principal edifices 
 are the royal palace and attached buildings, which occupy 
 about two-fifths of the whole area of the citadel, and tower 
 high above all the other houses; and numerous fine temples. 
 Notice is also due to the tanks, several of which are of great 
 extent and finely built of stone throughout; and to the wells, 
 one of which, of immense size cut to the depth of 90 ft. in the 
 solid rock, is provided with three flights of steps leading 
 down to the water, while the fourth side remains perpendicular 
 to allow of the working of the Persian wheel. Outside the 
 walls, and about a cannon-.shot from the N.E. angle, is a suburb 
 inclosed by a thin stone wall, with battlements and bastions, 
 and forming a distinct town of about 1000 houses. It takes 
 its name of Mahumandir from its great temple, which confers 
 the right of sanctuary, is conspicuous from afar by its lofty 
 whitewashed spire, and possesses among its rich internal deco- 
 rations a canopy of silver in the form of an umbrella. Five 
 miles to the N. are the striking ruins of Mandor, which was 
 capital of Marwar till it was supplanted by the founding of 
 Joodpoor in 1 459. This place has long been famous for its 
 turnery, particularly of ivory, and for various articles of 
 hardware. The pop. of Joodpoor, including suburbs, has 
 been variously estimated at 150,000, 129,150, and 80,000. 
 Even the last seems to be an exaggeration. 
 
 JOONER, or Junar, a tn. India, British Deccan, collec- 
 torate Poonah, about 90 m. E.N.E. Bombay; lat. 19° 12' N.; 
 Ion. 74° 18' E. It lies at the foot of a steep and rugged 
 basaltic hill crowned by a fort. Around the town in every 
 direction the hills are pierced with caves containing Buddhist 
 emblems, vihara or monasteries, hermitages, vaulted reser- 
 
JOSE 
 
 JUAYUA 
 
 voirs and tanks with stone benches. At a hill fort in the 
 vicinity the celebrated Sivajee was born. Pop. about 8000. 
 
 JOSE (San) [add.], a tn. Central America, cap. of state 
 Costa Kica, in a mountain valley between two .'treams, at the 
 lieight of 4500 ft. above the sea; about lat. 9° 45' N.; Ion. 
 83° 45' W. It stands nearly in the centre of the state, equi- 
 distant from the Caribbean Sea on the E. and the Pacific 
 Ocean on the W., is laid out with almost mathematical pre- 
 cision, in straight streets intersecting at right angles, and 
 consists generally of houses of only a single story. The 
 principal buildings are the governor's residence, the guard- 
 house, the custom-house, the cathedral, the churches of 
 Merced and Carmen, the university, the episcopal palace, and 
 the theatre. Most of the streets are paved and well shaded 
 with trees. The trade is active, and coffee is largely grown 
 in the vicinity. Pop. about 12,000. 
 
 JOSEPH (St.), familiarly known as St. Joe, a tn. 
 U. States, Missouri, cap. co. Buchanan, 155 m. N.W. Jeffer- 
 son City, on the railway from the Kansas frontier to Hanni- 
 bal in Mississippi. It is a quaint curious town, the most 
 commercial and populous in Western Missouri, and is sur- 
 rounded by an extremely fertile district, in which wheat, 
 tobacco, and hemp are cultivated. It has seven churches, 
 
 ST. JOSEPH, from the Kansas side— After a photograph. 
 
 a convent, a large female seminary, a courthouse, steam, 
 flour, and saw mills, maimfactories of bagging, &c., and a 
 considerable trade; and though an outlying place, its hotels 
 afford as good entertainment as can be found in many of the 
 great hotels of the large cities of the east. It is the eastern 
 terminus of the various I'outesof the American Pony Express, 
 by which rapid comnumication is maintained between the 
 far-distant territories of the American Union on both sides of 
 the Eocky Mountains, and is the point of arrival and departure 
 of the trains of waggons going and returning by the overland 
 route to California and Oregon. The town was founded in 
 1843, and became the capital of the county in 1845. Pop. 
 (1860) 8932. 
 
 JOSEPH (St.), a river, U. States, which rises in the S. of 
 Michigan, and after flowing S. into Indiana, bends round to 
 the N., and again entering Michigan discharges itself into the 
 lake of this name on its S.E. shore at the village of St. 
 Joseph. Its total course is 250 m., of which 120 m., reach- 
 ing to Constantine, is navigable by small steamers. 
 
 JOSHIMATH,a tn. India, Kumaon.l. bank i\luknunda, 
 here formed by the junction of the Bishenganga and the 
 Douleeor Lete; lat. 30° 33' N.; Ion. 79° 37' E. It stands in 
 a hollow recess, sheltered on every side by a circular ridge, at 
 the height of 6185 ft. above the sea, and is approached by a 
 steep path cut into steps. The houses, only 119, are neatly 
 built of gray .slate and roofed with shingles. Among the 
 number is the residence of the rawal or high-priest of Bliad- 
 rinath, who lives here for six months, while the approaches 
 to his temple are buried in snow. The inhabitants live 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 chiefly by the temple and the pilgrims who lodge here on 
 their way to it. 
 
 JOUNPOOK, or Juanpoor, a dist. and tn. N.W. Pro- 
 vinces: — The DIST., between lat. 25° 22' and 26° 12' N.; Ion. 
 82° 12' and 83° 10' E., is bounded N.W. by Oude, N.E. 
 Azimgurh, E. Ghazeepore, and S. and S.W. Benares and 
 Allahabad; length, E. to W., GOm.; breadth, 55 m.; area, 1552 
 sq. m. It is a remarkably level tract, with a gentle slope 
 probably averaging not more than 6 inches per mile from 
 N.W. to S.E., and is watered by numerous streams, of which 
 the Goomtee is the most important. The soil is peculiarly 
 adapted for the sugar-cane, the cultivation of which is said to 
 
 occupy 23,158 acres. Pop. 798,503. The town, cap. of 
 
 the dist., 37 ni. N.N.W. Benares, stands on the Goomtee, 
 which is here navigable, and divides it into two unequal parts, 
 the larger on the 1. and the smaller on the r. bank, communicat- 
 ing by a bridge, which is considered a favourable specimen of 
 Indian architecture. The town and its vicinity abound in ruins 
 which attest the former magnificence of the place, but the 
 few edifices of note which it now possesses are the fort, a 
 massive stone structure iu the form of a quadrangle, about 
 half a mile in perimeter, with a highly ornamental gateway, 
 and a large mosque in very bad repair, but surrounded by 
 colonnades and surmounted by three lofty 
 domes. The military cantonment is on the 1. 
 bank of the river at the E. end of the town. 
 The civil establishment contains the usual build- 
 ings. Pop. 10,177. 
 
 JOWKA, a tn. India, Malwa, on the Piria, a 
 small stream here crossed by a handsome bridge 
 of porphyry, 61 m. S. Neemuch. It stands at 
 the height of 1437 ft. above the sea, contains a 
 pop. of about 10,000, and is cap. of a small ter- 
 ritory of same name, which has an area of 872 sq. 
 m., a revenue of £80,000, and a pop. of 85,450. 
 JUAN (San), an island. Western N. Ame- 
 rica, chief, but second in size, of the Haro 
 Archipelago, between Vancouver Island and the 
 mainland. It is about 11 m. long and on an 
 average 3 m. Avide, and has a large extent of 
 land available for agriculture and pasture; the 
 Hudson Bay Company having a large sheep- 
 farm upon a beautiful prairie at the S.E. end 
 of the island, 140 ft. above the sea, with several 
 outlying stations. San Juan was brought into 
 prominent public notice during the boundary 
 dispute between England and the U. States in 
 1859, when Gen. Harvey, with a body of 
 American troops, took armed possession of it. 
 Its importance lies not in its intrinsic value, 
 but in its commanding the Haro Channel, and therefore the 
 right of way to Vancouver Island. [See Hako Archipelago 
 in Supp.) 
 
 JUAN DE FUCA, a strait between Vancouver Island 
 and the mainland of the American Continent. The breadth 
 of the strait at its entrance between Cape Flattery, its S. 
 point on American territory, and Bonilla Point in Vancouver 
 Island, is 13 m. It narrows soon to 11 m., and continues 
 this breadth in an E. and N.E. direction for 50 m. to the 
 Race Islands. The coasts are remarkably free from danger, 
 and may as a riile be approached closely, and have several con- 
 venient anchorages on either side; the shores are also v^ell 
 lighted. Upon the N. side from the shore of Vancouver 
 Island, densely wooded hills rise gradually to a considerable 
 height; while on the S. or American shore, the rugged out- 
 line of the Olympian range of snow-clad mountains extends 
 for many miles, varying in elevation from 4000 to 7000 ft., 
 and with breaks in which beautiful country may be seen. 
 As the strait is ascended the tides and currents, which at its 
 junction with the Pacific are of little strength, become em- 
 barrassirtg, and often dangerous to the navigator, and where 
 the strait, near the Race Islands, turning E.N.E. meets the 
 waters of the Gulf of Georgia, the tidal irregularities are 
 very baffling. At all seasons the wind blows up or down 
 the strait. At the Race Islands the strait terminates and 
 opens into a large expanse of water. 
 
 JUAYUA, an Indian vil. Central America, state and 
 38 m. W. Salvador. It stands in a mountanous district to the 
 E of Mount Apaneca, and is inhabited by 1500 Indians, who 
 
JUBBULPOOR 
 
 10 
 
 JULIANSHAAB 
 
 are well civilized, and possess extensive coffee plantations. 
 In the vicinity the Rio Grande or Sonsonate forms a magni- 
 ficent waterfall, descending by two successive leaps, each 
 300 feet high. 
 
 JUBBULPOOR, a tn. India, territory Saugor and Ner- 
 budda, cap. dist. of same name, 200 m. S.S.W. Allahabad. 
 It stands at the base of a rocky eminence about 1 m. from 
 the 1. bank of the Nerbudda, and is a large well-built thriv- 
 ing place, well situated for trade, and containing a school of 
 industry which has been brought to a state of great efficiency. 
 In a limestone ridge in the vicinity 
 of the town a number of large fossil 
 remains have been found. — The dist. 
 has an area of 6237 sq. m., and a pop. 
 of 442,771. 
 
 JUDENBUKG (anc. Montana 
 Castro) [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, 
 duchy Styria, circle Bruck, cap. dist. 
 of same name, romantically situated 
 in the upper basin of the Mur, 39 m^ 
 W.N.W.Gratz,at the height of 2277 
 ft. above the sea. It consists of the 
 town proper, surrounded by walls, 
 and of two suburbs; and has a hand- 
 some square with a statue of St. John 
 of Neopomuk, a strong castle, two 
 churches, one of them with beautiful 
 stained glass, and the other a large 
 edifice with a square tower and an 
 excellent organ; barracks, and in the 
 vicinity the ruins of an old feudal 
 castle, with one of the finest churches 
 in Upper Styria. Pop. 3000. 
 
 JUGGI APETTAH, a tn. India, 
 presid. Madras, dist. Masulipatam, 
 near the Nizam's frontier. It was 
 built by a late zemindar, has already 
 become the third town in the district, 
 is inhabited by many rich Marwari and Teluga merchants; 
 and carries on an extensive trade, chiefly in cotton, silk and 
 cotton cloths, opium, and tobacco. 
 
 JUJUY, a prov. of the Argentine Confederation, South 
 America, lying between 22° and 24° S. lat., extending about 
 60 German leagues from N. to S., and of the same breadth 
 from E. to W. It lies immediately under the tropic, but for 
 the most part stretching up the slope of the great Cordilleras 
 range, so that its climate is not so hot as might be expected 
 from its geographical position. The low-lying districts 
 around Oran and the Chaco exhibit all the luxuriant pomp 
 of a tropical vegetation. The province is divided into nine 
 departments, which are named, Yavi, Ilinconado, Cochinoca, 
 Santa Catalina, Humahuaca, Tumbaya, Jujuy, Rio Negro, and 
 Perico. Watered by innumerable streams, the soil gives 
 forth its fruit in abundance, and yields the pomegranate, 
 citron, orange, walnut, apricot; besides rice, cotton, maize, 
 indigo, tobacco, and the sugar-cane. Salt effloresces in con- 
 siderable quantities on the plains; horses congregate in im- 
 mense herds, and millions of oxen are reared on the breeding 
 estates. Silver mines are found in the departments of 
 Humahuaca and Tumbaya. Pop. upwards of 30,000. 
 
 JUJUY, a tn. and river. South America, Argentine Con- 
 federation: — The TOWN, cap. above prov., is situated on 
 the river Jujuy, 60 m. N.N.E. of Salta. It was founded in 
 1580. Owing to its position in the line of traffic between 
 Buenos Ayres and Upper Peru it is a place of some import- 
 ance, and recent travellers speak of it as in a very flourishing 
 
 condition. The river Jujuy rises in the W. declivity of 
 
 the Chilian Andes, and receiving several tributary streams, 
 flows in a N.E. direction to join the Tarija below Oran, and 
 form with it the Vermejo. It is also known as the Lavayen, 
 Rio Grande, San Salvador, or Rio Dulce. Course, 800 m. 
 
 JULA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Bailundo, on the E. slope of the Lingi-Lingi, near one of the 
 sources of the Kupo. It has its site in a fruitful valley, is 
 surrounded by a strong wall, and is the residence of an influ- 
 ential chief. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 JULIANSHAAB, or JuMANESHAAB, a district, Green- 
 land, southern Inspectorate, lat. 60° to 61° N., stretching from 
 the adjoining district of Frederikshaab on the N. W. to Cape 
 
 Farewell, a distance of above 150 m. In the southern portion 
 the distance from the outermost islands that line the coast to 
 the head of the fiords is 30 to 40 miles, but in the northern 
 it does not exceed 20 miles. It is split up into six greater 
 peninsulas separated from each other by seven fiords, and eight 
 or ten smaller peninsulas, which separate the northern bays, 
 and along its coast are 20 larger and above 100 smaller 
 islands. The district consists chiefly of unfruitful hills 
 covered with perpetual snow and ice, partly inaccessible, 
 and partly unvisited by human beings. The islands and 
 
 JULIANSHAAB, GREENLAND— proposed Station of North Atlantic Telegraph. 
 
 landspits even in summer are continually beset with drift 
 ice, the cold mist retards the thawing of the snow and 
 chokes vegetation, so that the appearance of the exterior 
 coast is made to resemble that of North Greenland, while 
 not far off the vegetation on the inner fiords and narrow 
 valleys of the land attains the highest state of luxuriance 
 permitted by the climate of this latitude. The chief trade is 
 in seal-oil, livers, fox and bear skins, and eider down. Pop. 
 
 (1855) 2609, of whom 38 were Europeans. The colony of 
 
 Julianshaab lies on the outer portion of the peninsula which 
 separates the fiords of Igalliko and Tunnudliorbik, upon whose 
 east or inner portion lay the former town of Brattelid. Tiie 
 centre of this peninsula forms a sharp saw- topped mountain 
 chain of 4000 to 5000 ft. high. The houses, which stand in a 
 valley tolerably well closed in, and are erected on both sides 
 of a stream, here crossed by a bridge, consist of an oil-boiling 
 house, a blubber-house, the mission-house, church, school, &c., 
 and the dwellings of the natives. In the harbour a small 
 schooner is stationed, which is chiefly employed in visiting 
 Nennortalik and other trading places for the exchange of 
 goods. Julianshaab has been proposed as the Greenland 
 station of the submarine telegraph which, proceeding from 
 the northern shores of Scotland by the Orkney, Shetland, 
 and Faroe Islands, Iceland, Greenland, and Newfoundland, is 
 intended to unite Europe and America. For this purpose 
 the Igalliko Fiord is admirably adapted, having a bottom of 
 mud, and a depth of water so great that the cable once laid will 
 be in no danger from icebergs. The other hamlets in the 
 district are Igalliko, on the fiord of same name, Upernivik, 
 Itibliarsuk, Itiblidlik, Pardleet, Igloernerit, Ikaresarsuk, 
 Iglokassik, Nougeitsiak, &c. In the district there exist the 
 ruins of several places formerly of more or less interest, among 
 which Brattelid, already mentioned, is of chief interest, because 
 it has been ascertained that an expedition of Scandinavians 
 who sailed from it about a.d. 1000, in the time of Eric the Red, 
 made the first discovery of America. Having sailed to the W. 
 and S. they reached the shores of the continent, and landed 
 successively on two spots, the one of which, containing good 
 prairie land, they called Markland, and the other, yielding 
 abundance of wild grapes, they called Viinland. After 
 wintering in America, and leaving some settlers, who seem 
 
JUMM ULMADOOGOO 
 
 11 
 
 KADOE 
 
 to have been destroyed by the natives, they set sail in the 
 following summer and returned safely to Brattelid with 
 cargoes of timber. — [Gronland geogrnpMscJi und sfatisfisch 
 beschrieben von Anton von Etzel.) 
 
 JUMMULMAUOOGOO, a tn. India, presid. Madras, 
 dist. and 56 m. N.W. Cuddapah, 1. bank Pennaur, a few miles 
 E. of the Gundicota Hills. It consists of houses built of 
 blue limestone, in some instances thatched with straw, but 
 for the most part with flat roofs covered with earth. A 
 small fort adjoins the bazar. In the vicinity are the palace 
 of the Cuddapah Patan governors, the tomb of a brother of 
 one of the nabobs, and a temple said to have been erected four 
 centuries ago. The inhabitants cultivate jowaree or sor- 
 ghum, cotton, tobacco, and turmeric, and manufacture dye 
 and print cotton cloths. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 JUNIATA, a river, U. States, formed near the centre of 
 Pennsylvania by the Little Juniata and the Frankstown from 
 the Alleghany Mountains, flows circuitously E. through a 
 picturesque and mountainous country, and joins the Susque- 
 hanna 14 m. above Harrisburg. Its course, including that of 
 tlie Frankstown, is about 150 m. It is not navigable, but 
 this defect is supplied by the Pennsylvania canal, which fol- 
 lows its banks throughout its whole course. 
 
 JUQUILA, a tn. Mexico, state and 70 m. S.S.W. 
 Oajaca. It has a parish church, with a wonder-working image, 
 
 lield in such repute that it annually attracts from 70,000 to 
 80,000 pilgrims. Pop. 800. 
 
 JUTECALPA, a tn. Central America, Honduras, cap. 
 dep. Olancho, on a stream of same name, an affluent of the 
 Guyape, at the height of 4000 ft. above the sea; lat. 1 1° 12' 
 N.; Ion. 85° 25' W. It is finely situated in a valley over- 
 looking a splendid landscape, and is indebted for its import- 
 ance to the destruction of Olancho, the ancient capital of the 
 province. Previous to that event it was an miimportant village, 
 whereas it has now become the commercial centre of eastern 
 Honduras. The revolutions of the country have however 
 greatly injured its prosperity. The town is but indiflferently 
 built. Its streets are narrow and ill paved, and the houses 
 are almost all of a single story, with red tiled roofs. The 
 whitewashing of the walls, which has generally a pleasing 
 effect, becomes annoying from the excessive glare which it 
 produces, while a scorching sun operating upon open drains 
 and ill-cleaned lanes produces effluvia at once offensive and 
 pestilential. The principal building is the parish churchy 
 which has a portico in front, and possesses bells whose deep 
 and mellow tone is ascribed by tlie inhabitants to the large 
 quantities of gold and silver which at the time of their casting 
 were thrown into the furnace as voluntary offerings. The 
 population, at one time 8000, has dwindled down to half that 
 number. 
 
 K. 
 
 KAABANDA, a tn S W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Hako, on the Kusangai, an affluent of the Coanza. 
 Its inhabitants divide their time between agriculture and 
 fishing. The fish, which are caught in great quantities, are 
 dried, made up into bundles of ten pieces each, and sent to 
 market, where they form a considerable article of trade. 
 Pop. about 2000. 
 
 KABAUA, a tn. W. Africa, on a slope above 1. bank 
 Niger, 12 m. S. Timbuktoo. It consists of huts used for 
 residence, and clay buildings employed chiefly as storehouses, 
 and has two small market-places. The authorities are 
 Fellatah, but almost all the inhabitants, amounting to about 
 2000, are Songhay. Kabara is the port of Timbuktoo. 
 
 KABEBE, a tn. S. Africa, cap kingdom of Moluwa, 
 about lat. 8° S. and Ion. 26° 45' E. It stands in a gently 
 undulating plain, watered by several beautiful streams, and 
 including a number of villages which encompass it on every 
 side. The streets of the town proper are tolerably regular, 
 intersecting each other at right angles; they are also spacious, 
 and occasionally planted with fine trees; towards the interior 
 are several marketplaces, where well-supplied markets are 
 regularly held, and even articles of European manufacture 
 may be purchased. The houses are for the most part well 
 built, and carefully thatched with straw. Those appropriated 
 to the prince are conspicuous, their lofty roof, supported on 
 pillars, making them look as if they were of more than one 
 story. In many of them the walls are hung and the floors 
 carpeted with various coloured mats. The principal staples 
 of trade are slaves and ivory; wax, also, at one time was 
 collected, and sold in large quantities, but the dealers, finding 
 that the expense of transport nearly annihilated their profits, 
 have ceased to purchase it. In their industrial products, 
 consisting chiefly of cotton goods, dyed various colours, fine 
 mats used by the richer classes as wall-hangings and carpets, 
 and various ornamental articles, in which copper, ivory, and 
 pearls are employed, they have attained much excellence 
 and display a high degree of taste. The chief agricultural 
 products are manioc and excellent tobacco, but many valuable 
 products are given them gratuitously without culture. 
 Among these may be mentioned dates, bananas, and ananas. 
 Pop. 50,000. 
 
 KABOWA, a vil. W. Africa, Bornou, 120 m. W. by N. 
 Kukawa. It is a large place, with a well-frequented market, 
 in which the staple articles exposed for sale are natron, salt, 
 
 tlie fruit of the doum-palra. cattle, and a cloth for female dress 
 made in Kano, and called tinkedi. 
 
 KACONDA, a territory, fort, and vil. S.W. Africa, 
 Kimbunda country. — The territory, situated between 
 lat. 13° and 14° S., and Ion. 15° 30' and 17° E., bounded N. 
 by Kiakka and Hambo, E. Sambos and Galangue, S. the 
 land of the Luseke and Nyemba Ganguella, and W. by large 
 tracts of desert; area about 4500 sq. m. It lies high, and 
 being watered by numerous streams, of which the Kunene 
 with its tributary Kalai, and the Kuparot with its tributary 
 Kuando, are the largest, has a cool and healthy climate. 
 Both tropical and European fruits thrive well, and wheat has 
 been successfully cultivated by some strangers from Europe. 
 The principal crops of the natives however are maize, manioc, 
 beans, potatoes, and tobacco. Considerable numbers of cattle 
 and sheep are reared on the rich pastures; swine and poultry 
 are also numerous. The trade carried on by exchanging 
 European wares obtained at the factories for ivory, wax, and 
 
 cattle, brought from the interior, is important. The fort. 
 
 A small portion of Kaconda was about a century ago taken 
 possession of by the Portuguese, who erected a fort upon it, 
 which was mounted with cannon, and garrisoned by a com- 
 pany of regular infantry. The factory, owing to the healthi- 
 ness of the situation, and the large profits obtained by the 
 traffic in slaves, attracted a number of Europeans, and became 
 flourishing. It still exists, but since the abolition of the 
 slave-trade has rapidly declined. The fort or presidio, situ- 
 ated between the streams Shekula and Kathape, about lat. 
 14° 35' S., Ion. 16° E., is inclosed by a palisade and an earthen 
 rampart mounting eight cannon. Its influence, and that of 
 the factory connected with it, do not at present extend over 
 
 a circuit of more than 8 m. The village, consisting 
 
 of huts formed by driving posts into the ground, and thatch- 
 ing the whole with straw, is a very straggling place, and, in- 
 cluding the environs, contains about 3000 souls, almost all 
 mulattoes born in the country, and blacks, who though they 
 call themselves Christians, retain many of their original 
 superstitions, and have not yet abandoned their predatory 
 habits. 
 
 KADIRI. See Kediri. 
 
 KADOE, or Kadu [add.], a prov. Java, bounded N. by 
 Pakalongan and Samarang, E. Pajang, S. Mataram, and W. 
 Haglen and Banumas; area, 631 sq. m. It consists of a valley, 
 lying between the mountains of Marapi and Rababu on the 
 
KAFAE 
 
 12 
 
 KAIRWAN 
 
 E., and Sumbing and Sundara on the W. Marapi, an active 
 volcano, but the lowest of these mountains, is 9250, Sumbing, 
 the highest, is 11,000 ft. above the sea. The principal pro- 
 ducts are rice and tobacco, both important articles of export. 
 To these the Dutch have recently added coffee, indigo, and 
 tea. Mr. Crawford, wlio had charge of this province when 
 it was delivered over to the British government in 1812, 
 observed in liis Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands, 
 " Although down to that time it had never been subject to 
 any other than native rule, I can safely say that I have never 
 since seen, although I have visited the plains of Belgium and 
 Lombardy, so luxuriant a scene of cultivation — the result of 
 a soil of wonderful fertility, of long-practised irrigation at 
 all seasons, and of near sixty years of uninterrupted peace." 
 In the Buddhist or Jain temple of Borobudor, Kadoe possesses 
 the largest and most perfect of the ancient monuments of 
 Java. By the census of 1845 the pop. was 457,035, or 724 
 to the sq. m. ; probably the largest rural pop. of any country 
 of Asia, except some parts of China. Pop. (1850) 400,057. 
 
 KAFAR, a vil. N. Arabia, situated between the Aga and 
 the Selma chains, about 12 m. S.S.W. Hail, is the largest 
 and most thriving place in that part of the country. Its in- 
 habitants, belonging exclusively to the tribe of Benos Temim, 
 number about 500 families. 
 
 KAFOOR, a river, Central Africa, rising E. of the Great 
 Albert Nyanza Lake, and flowing N.E. into the Somerset 
 River, or Victoria Nile. At the point of junction it was 
 perfectly dead water at the season (Feb.) that Mr. Baker first 
 crossed it, about 80 yds. wide, including the beds of papyrus 
 on each side. At a point about 60 m. higher up, the stream 
 is in the centre of a marsh, and although deep was so covered 
 with thickly matted water-grass and other aquatic plants, 
 that a natural floating bridge was established by a matting of 
 weeds two feet thick, upon which men walked across. 
 
 KAGOSIMA, or Kangozima [add.], a tn. and seaport, 
 Japan, in the S. of Kiusiu Island, near the head of a land- 
 locked harbour, about 40 m. long, 10 to 12 m. wide at the 
 upper part, and 4 to 5 m. at the entrance, is one of the finest 
 harbours in Japan. It is entirely under the control of the 
 feudal Prince of Satsuma, the most powerful daimio or noble 
 in Japan, with his head-quarters at the town, whicli is strongly 
 fortified with heavy ordnance in the batteries. Here is a 
 manufactory of arms and ammunition after the European model 
 for the equipment and supply of the prince's army of retainers, 
 who own allegiance to him independent of the Tycoon or 
 
 central government at Yedo. Communication by electric 
 telegraph is established between Kagosima and other portions 
 of the prince's domain in Kiusiu. At anchor iu port may 
 be seen four or five armed steamers of large tonnage and 
 horse-power, purcliased from the English and Americans. 
 The batteries protecting the town were bombarded by a 
 British squadron under Admiral Kuper in August, 1863, in 
 retribution for the murder of an Englishman named Richard- 
 son by the retainers of Shimadzo Saburo, the prince's father, 
 who refused to give up the murderers, or pay compensation 
 to the relatives of the murdered man. During the engage- 
 ment three of the enemy's steamei-s were sunk, their magazine 
 exploded, and the town set on fire while a typhoon was blow- 
 ing, which reduced its frail wooden tenements to ashes. This 
 brought the Prince of Satsuma to a satisfactory understanding 
 with the British, whose demands he complied with. Since 
 then the town has been rebuilt, the batteries repaired, and the 
 manufactories of ordnance, shot, and shell restored, with an 
 increasing fleet of steamships. — {MS. Notes; Japan Herald; 
 Blue Boolis on Japan.) 
 
 KAHI, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda Land, Upper Mu- 
 pinda, 140 m. N.N.E. Benguela. It lies at the foot of the 
 Hama range, and is the residence of an indei)endent chief. 
 At some distance from Kahi there is a remarkable waterfall 
 of the same name. It is formed by the Mugingi, an affluent 
 of the Longa, which, breaking through the mountain chain of 
 Hama, and after descending 1150 ft. in a foaming cataract, 
 pours its water in one mass over a precipice of another 150 ft. 
 The sound is heard nearly 20 m. off. Kahi contains 2500 
 inhabitants, who are industrious cultivators. 
 
 KAI-CHU-FU, a tn. China, near the N.W. coast of the 
 Gulf of Liau-tung, about lat. 40° 30' N.; Ion. 1 22° 25' E. It 
 stands about 10 m. inland, consists of low and ill-built houses, 
 thickly inhabited, and carries on an extensive trade. 
 
 KAIIGIRI, a river. Central Africa, rising in a marsh in 
 the Unyoro country, about lat. 1° 35' N.; Ion. 32° E., and 
 flowing "W. into the Albert Nyanza Lake, into which it 
 empties itself in a splendid volume of water, and by a magni- 
 ficent fall of about 1000 ft. from the mountains at the E. side 
 of the lake. The neighbourhood of this outfall is very 
 beautiful. 
 
 KAIRWAN, or Kaiuooan [add.], [anc. Vicus Augustus; 
 French, Kairouan], an important tn. regency of and about 80 
 m. S. by \V. Tunis. Its site in a military point of view is well 
 chosen, being on a height which commands an immense plain 
 
 KAIRWAN, looking north, from the Cistern of Ibiahim-ben-Aglab.— Charieson, Apei^u Plttoresqne de la Eigence de Tunla. 
 
 and the routes leading to the N. of the regency, the sea towards 
 the E., and the Jerid or the Tunisian Sahara; and it is further- 
 more excellently adapted for being the military centre of a 
 power whose chief force consists of cavalry. The town, which 
 is surrounded by a crenelated wall in good preservation, is well 
 
 built, and contains some elegant buildings and a profusion of 
 mosques and tombs of marabouts. The great mosque, which 
 covers almost the whole of one of the quarters, comprises 312 
 columns of the Roman period, brought from Thysdrus, 
 Hadrametum, and Aphrodisium. It is gradually disappearing 
 
KAKA 
 
 13 
 
 KALARASH 
 
 under the weight of ages, and of habitual carelessness of the 
 Arabs for the preservation of ancient monuments. Near one 
 of the gates to the S. is a vast open cistern of Saracenic 
 origin, called by the Arabs the cistern of Ibrahim ben-Aglab, 
 an emir famous in the Mussulman records. It is a polygon 
 of 64 sides of above 6 yards each, and is one of the most im- 
 portant structures of the kind in the regency, and serves as 
 a settling pond for the rain-water it receives. 
 
 Kairwan is one of the three holy Mahometan towns, and 
 was formerly the centre of the political and religious power 
 of the Arabs in Northern Africa. Tlie fanatical spirit of the 
 population renders access to it difficult. No Christian or 
 Jewish merchant may there take up his residence. Christian 
 travellers, even when protected by the Tunisian government, 
 cannot sojourn there without being exposed to insult, if not 
 to serious danger. After Mecca it is the town which, at the 
 present day, Mahometans most seek to preserve with the 
 greatest rigour from the contamination of other creeds. Its 
 population, which at one time, according to Arab historians, 
 was at least 60,000, does not now exceed 1 0,000 to 1 2,000. — 
 (Charisson, Apergu Pittoresqiie de la liegence de Tunis, 1849.) 
 
 KAKA, a tn. Central Africa, 1. bank White Nile, cap. of 
 the small independency of Shillook, about lat. 11° N.; Ion. 
 32° E. It is surrounded by tamarind and doum trees, con- 
 sists entirely of reed huts, and being the only place in the 
 country where strangers are permitted to settle, possesses 
 some commercial importance. The inhabitants, a fine tall 
 well-made race, perfectly black, and with short woolly hair, 
 but with well-formed features, neither flat noses nor thick 
 lips occurring among them, are of predatory habits, but are 
 ruled by a single mech or chief, of whom they appear to 
 stand in great awe. Though he levies no direct taxes his 
 revenue is considerable, consisting of the tusks of all the 
 elepliants slain by his subjects, and of a third part of the 
 entire produce of their plundering excursions. 
 
 KAKAMAS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, county 
 Szabolcs, not far from the Theiss; with 2465 inhabitants, who 
 grow excellent tobacco. 
 
 KAKINGI, or Kibaba, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, between lat. 12° 35' and 14° S.; Ion. 17° 30' 
 and 19° E., bounded N. by Bih^, E. the Coanza, S. Dalan- 
 honshi and Kilombo, and W. the Kabango and Sambos; area 
 about 9000 sq. m. It has an elevated but tolerably diversi- 
 fied surface, a temperate and healthy climate, and a number 
 of beautiful and fertile valleys alternating with bleak marshy 
 tracts. The forests are extensive, and furnish haunts to 
 numerous wild animals, including lions, leopards, hyenas, 
 and several species of antelopes, wild dogs, and monkeys. The 
 inhabitants belong chiefly to the Ganguela tribes, are mild 
 and industrious, and, taking full advantage of tlie numerous 
 streams which water and fertilize the territory, raise good 
 crops of manioc and maize, and rear numerous herds of 
 horned cattle and sheep. The cannibalism practised by their 
 neighbours they are said to hold in abhorrence. Till lately 
 Kakingi was parcelled out among a number of petty chiefs, 
 whose feuds and divisions made them an easy prey to the 
 marauders of Bih^ and Bailundo. Their suficringshave taught 
 them a better policy, and they now recognize the supremacy 
 of a single chief, who, by concentrating the formerly scattered 
 forces of the country, has shown himself able to defend it 
 against all invaders and marauders. Thus protected, the 
 inhabitants devote themselves to trade, of which the three 
 staple articles are ivory, wax, and cattle. Pop, about 120,000. 
 
 KALA, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, Licca 
 district, about 60 m. S. Karlstadt; with a E. Catholic and a 
 Greek non-united church, and the ruins of two Turkish castles. 
 Peter Zrini defeated the Turks here in 1651. Pop. 1980. 
 
 KALA, a tn. VV. Africa, Bornou, prov. Logon, about 
 100 m. S.E. Kukawa, and 60 m. from Lake Chad. It is in- 
 closed by high clay walls which start forth from a beautiful 
 grove of fig-trees, is entered by a gate so narrow that an 
 unloaded camel can scarcely pass through it, and consists of 
 spacious oblong houses of considerable elevation. As usual 
 in this part of the country, the place everywhere showed 
 signs of decay, but the pop. is still estimated at 1000, and 
 cotton is extensively cultivated in the district. 
 
 KALA-BAGH, a tn. India, r. bank Indus, at the point 
 where it forces its way through the Salt range which 
 stretches from Afghanistan into the Punjab; lat. 32° 57' N.; 
 
 Ion. 71° 35' E. The river, which h^s hero a width of 350 
 yds., flows between steep and lofty banks. Along these the 
 road, formed by cutting a gallery in the clifi", proceeds, and 
 is so narrow as not to allow a loaded camel to pass. The 
 site of the town, perched upon the precipice overhanging the 
 road and the river, is very picturesque. The chief manufac- 
 tures are salt and alum, the effluvia from which, in the pro- 
 cess of manufacture, make the town at once a disagreeable 
 and an unhealthy residence. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 KALA FAT, a tn. Little Walachia, cap. dist. and on a 
 plain of same name, 1. bank Danube, about 1 m. E. Widdin, 
 on the opposite bank, and 370 m. N.W. Constantinople. It 
 is surrounded with walls, consists of about 2000 houses, and 
 has three churches, a townhall, custom-house, quarantine, 
 and cavalry-barracks. It is a strong military position; the 
 Turks having (1853-4) thrown up formidable redoubts and 
 other works partly on two high hills in its plain, while await- 
 ing the attack of the Russians. 
 
 KALAHARI DESERT, a region, S. Africa, extending 
 from the Orange River, lat. 29° S., N. to Lake Ngami, and 
 from Ion. 24° E. nearly to the W. coast. It is called a desert 
 simply because it contains no running water, and very little 
 water in wells. It is by no means destitute of vegetation 
 and inhabitants. Besides a covering of grass, and of creep- 
 ing plants in great variety, there are large patches of bushes 
 and even trees; prodigious herds of certain antelopes, which 
 require little or no water, roam over its plains; and on the 
 game thus bountifully provided, as well as on the vegetable 
 products, particularly water-melons, and large tubers of a 
 very remarkable description, a great number of human beings, 
 Bushmen and Bakalahari, subsist. The surface of Kalahari 
 is remarkably flat, and is intersected in different parts by the 
 beds of ancient rivers. The soil is in general a light-coloured 
 soft sand, but in the ancient river-beds there is a good deal 
 of alluvium, which when baked hard, becomes so retentive 
 that in some cases pools formed by the rain contain water 
 for several months in the year. 
 
 KALAMANCSA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Somoghy, about 20 m. S.S.W. Kaposvar; with a church and 
 a monastery, and a trade in tobacco and maize. There are 
 large oak forests in the vicinity. Pop. 900. 
 
 KALAMAZOO, a river, U. States, which rises in co. 
 Hillsdale, in the S. of Michigan, flows circuitously W.N.W., 
 and falls into Lake Michigan. Its direct course is only 
 98 m., its indirect nearly 200 m. It is from 300 to 400 ft. 
 wide at its mouth, and is navigable at all seasons for 38 m. 
 by vessels of 50 tons. 
 
 KALAMAZOO, a tn. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. and 
 1. bank river of same name, and on the Michigan and Chicago 
 railway, 100 m. N.E. Chicago. It stands in a beautiful and 
 fertile country, and has a very attractive appearance, being 
 regularly built in spacious streets, which are shaded by fine 
 oak-trees. Its principal buildings and institutions are ten 
 churches, a college for both sexes, a female seminary, and a 
 state lunatic asylum. The industrial establishments are soap 
 and candle works, an iron foundry, a machine shop, a tannery, 
 flour and planing mills, and factories in which piano-fortes 
 and agricultural implements are made. Fop. (1860), about 
 6070. 
 
 KALAMITA BAY, Black Sea, on the S.W. of the 
 Crimea, commences at Cape Eupatoria, and trends round, first 
 E.N.E. to the town of that name, and then S.S.E. by a gentle 
 curve to its termination at Cape Lukul or Ulukul, near the 
 mouth of the Alma. Near the centre of the bay, the average 
 depth is about 20 fathoms, but on nearing the coast diminishes 
 to 10 and ultimately to 5 fathoms. The only proper road- 
 stead is that of Koslov or Eupatoria, which, however, lies 
 exposed to storms from all points of the compass except the 
 N., where the town and rising ground give it shelter. 
 
 KALAN Y, a river, Ceylon, which rises among the moun- 
 tains to the E. of Adam's Peak; flows successively and cir- 
 cuitously W.N.W., S.W., and W., and falls into the sea a 
 little N. of Colombo, after a course of 84 m. It drains a 
 basin of 892 sq. m. 
 
 KALARASH, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. 
 circle Yalomitza, on an arm of the Danube, 62 m. S.E. 
 Bucharest. It is the seat of a civil and criminal court, and 
 has a church, a normal school, an infirmary, and a quaran- 
 tine establishment. Pop. about 3000. 
 
KALAWEVA 
 
 14 
 
 KAMLOOPS 
 
 KALAWEVA, or Kai.awapi, a tank or lake, Ceylon, 
 which the king Dhatu Sena, abont the year 460, endea- 
 voured to form between Anarajapoora and Dambool, about 
 50 m. N. by W. Kandy. The project commenced by draw- 
 ing an embankment across the river Kala oya, which flows 
 N. W., and enters the sea at Calpentyn, and was conceived on 
 the grandest imaginable scale, the area submerged being 
 more than 40 m. in circuit, the embankment 12 m. long, and 
 the spill-water of hammered granite, one of the most stupen- 
 dous works in the island. Unfortunately the levels had not 
 been properly taken, and the superfluous water, after the tank 
 had been filled to the brim, instead of flowing over the spill- 
 water, accumulated in a different direction, broke down the 
 embankment, and caused a fearful inundation. Enough of 
 the embankment still remains to show what an amount of 
 human labour must have been misapplied in raising it ; but 
 the area of the tank itself has for ages formed part of the 
 forest 
 
 KALKANDELEN, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N.W. 
 of Macedonia, eyalet and 23 m. W. Uskub. It contains 
 5000 inhabitants, of mixed races — Serbs, Bulgarians, Turks, 
 and Albanians. 
 
 KALKINI, a tn. N. America, Yucatan, on the highroad 
 to Merida, from which it is distant 50 m. S.E. It possesses 
 a courthouse, a church, a school, and a Franciscan monasterj\ 
 The last, which is in a dilapidated state, though a few monks 
 reside in it, was put in a state of defence during the Mexican 
 war, and has its M'alls loopholed for musketry. In its whole 
 appearance it resembles a fort much more than a building 
 intended for any religious purpose. 
 
 KALLEE, or ' Black,' the name of three rivers, 
 India: — 1 , East Kallee Nudclee, rises in dist. Mozuffernuggur, 
 in the Doab, in lat. 29° 19' N.; Ion. 77° 51' E., flows S. to 
 Meerut, where it receives the Khodara Nullah, which crosses 
 the British cantonment, then proceeds to Boolunshuhur, where 
 it changes its direction to S.E., and retains it to its junction 
 with the Ganges on its r. bank about 4 m. below Canouj or 
 Kunnoj. Its whole length is 310 m. — 2, West Kallee Nud- 
 dce, which, rising also in the Doab, in dist. Saharunpoor, 
 flows successively S. and S.W., and joins the Hindon on its 
 left after a course of about 70 m. — 3, Kallee JSind, a river, 
 Malwah, which, rising on the S. slope of the Vindhya range, 
 flows generally N., receiving the Ludkunda and the united 
 Ahoo and Amgar at Gagroun. Immediately thereafter it 
 forces its way through the Mokundara range, and Avinding 
 along through most romantic scenery, reaches the more de- 
 pressed tract of the route, and finally joins the Chumbul on 
 the right, after a course of 225 m. 
 
 KALLEEWAN, a river, Chinese empire, island of For- 
 mosa. It has its imouth on the N.E. coast, opposite to a steep 
 island, rendered con.spicuous by a sharp conical peak which 
 rises to the height of 1200 ft. Though the surf breaks 
 heavily on the beach, and there are only 3 ft. on the bar at 
 low- water, it is much frequented by junks, whose high bul- 
 warks and great buoyancy enable them to enter with com- 
 parative ease. The entrance to the river is J m. wide, but 
 the channel immediately narrows to 200 yai-ds, and continues 
 to decrease, so that at 4 m. up the width is only 50 yards, 
 with a general depth of 5 to 6 ft. At 7 m. the depth is only 
 3 to 4 ft., and the channel so narrow as scarcely to allow the 
 gig of H.M.S. Inflexible, which had ascended so far, to use 
 its oars. 
 
 KALLNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 12 m. N.E. Gitschin; with a parish church, saw and other 
 milts, and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 KALOUMA, an isl. in the N. of the Coral Sea, belong- 
 ing to the Louisiade Archipelago, to the E. of New Guinea, 
 is 6 m. long from N.E. to S. W., by 3 m. broad, and is tra- 
 versed by two ridges of hills, one of which has a height of 
 962 ft., and the other of 768 ft. Between the ridges is a 
 valley opening into a bay on the S. coast. The island is well 
 peopled, and has a large village on its N. point. 
 
 KALOWA, a vil. W. Africa, Bornou, 160 m. W. Kuk- 
 awa. It consists of about 200 huts, every one with its court- 
 yard shaded by a korna or bito tree [Balanites), and presents 
 a pleasing appearance of industry and comfort. Among the 
 employments are the spinning and cleaning of cotton, weav- 
 ing, and the making of reed-mats. 
 
 KALU-OYA, a river, Ceylon, which rises in a moun- 
 
 tainous dist. near the E. frontier of the W. Province, flows 
 circuitously E., and falls into the sea near Caltura, after a 
 course of 72 m. The area of its basin is 1 141 sq. m. 
 
 KAMARA, or Kumak-biea, a river, Manchooria, which 
 rises in a mountainous but well- wooded district, about lat. 
 52° 40' N.; Ion. 122° E., and flows first E. and then S.E., 
 pursuing a course nearly parallel to that of the Amoor. which 
 it joins on its r. bank in lat. 51° 30' N.; Ion. 126° 50' E. 
 The forests near its source supply the Chinese arsenal of 
 Argunt, and the country along its banks abounds in moose- 
 deer, wild goats, sables, and squirrels. 
 
 KAMBA, a kingdom, S. Africa, between lat. 16° and 17° 
 S., and Ion. 20° 25' and 21° 25' E. It is bounded N. by the 
 kingdom of Molondo, E. by the river Kunene, S. by the land 
 of the Humbi, and W. by the sandy desert of Affe. Its in- 
 habitants live not in towns and villages, but in detached and 
 scattered dwellings. They belong to the negro stock of 
 Munyaneka, and speak the .same language. This little king- 
 dom appears like a true oasis in the desert. It has a very 
 hot climate, and being abundantly, but not excessively, 
 watered by the Kunene, is of great fertility, produces man- 
 ioc in abundance, and some tobacco. Unfortunately the 
 habits of the people are more predatory than industrious, and 
 they are almost constantly at war wiih their neighbours. 
 Pop. estimated at 12,000. — (Travels of Ladislas Magyar.) 
 
 KAMBASA, atn. W. Africa, Hausa Slates, prov. Kebbi, 
 a little W. of Gando, and 60 m. S.S.W. Sokoto. It lies on 
 the N. side of a large swamp, affording excellent ground for 
 the cultivation of rice; and has, in addition to the wall which 
 encircles the whole town, a separate wall which intersects it, 
 and divides it into two distinct quarters. The greatest ob- 
 stacle to an increase of prosperity is the troubled state of the 
 .surrounding country. 
 
 KAMBUITE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Kibala, near 1. bank Longa, 160 m. S.E. Loanda. 
 Its inhabitants, about 2000, employ themselves in agriculture 
 and fishing. 
 
 KAMENGRAD, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N.W. 
 of Bosnia, 30 m. W.N. W. Banyaluka. It po.ssesses extensive 
 mines of iron and silver, and contains about 3000 inhabitants, 
 who are chiefly employed in casting and working iron. 
 
 KAMENSKAIA, atn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, cap. 
 dist. and r. bank Donitz, 65 m. N. Novo-Tcherkask ; with 
 two annual fairs, and 10,585 inhabitants. 
 
 KAMERA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Selles, 50 m. E. by N. Benguela. It occupies the top 
 of a hill overlooking several romantic valleys, and contains 
 about 1500 inhabitants, whose chief employment is in making 
 dongo thongs or laces, which they dispose of in considerable 
 quantities to the European factories on the coast. 
 
 KAMESZNICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Wadowice, about 40 m. S.W. Cracow; with a paper and a 
 powder mill, and iron mines. 
 
 KAMIENICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and about 14 m. S.W. New Sandec; with a paper-mill and 
 glass-works, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 KAMIESCH BAY, Black Sea, in the S. of the Crimea, 
 about 1 m. E. Cape Khersonese, properly consists of two dis- 
 tinct indentations, forming a common sheet of water at the 
 entrance, but afterwards separated by an isthmus about 700 
 yards broad. The more E. is properly called Kamiescb, and 
 the W. Kazatch or Fanary Bay. The greatest depth, froqj 
 8 to 10 fathoms, gradually decreases to 2 fathoms. 
 
 KAMINISTIQUIA, a riv. British America, which issues 
 from Great Dog Lake, flows in a very tortuous channel, first 
 S., then E., and falls by three mouths into the W. side of 
 Thunder Bay, on Lake Superior, at Fort William. Within 
 half a mile of its mouth the water shoals rapidly, and on the 
 bar is only from 3J to 5J ft. deep, but immediately afterwards 
 a depth of 12 to 14 ft. is maintained. The river, however, is 
 totally unfit for navigation, in consequence of rapids and falls. 
 The principal of these, called the Grand or Kakabeka Falls, 
 17 m. of direct, and 30 of indirect distance from the mouth, 
 have a sheer descent of 105 ft. over a .sharp ledge, into a 
 narrow and profound gorge. The surrounding scenery is 
 very beautiful. — (Hind.) 
 
 KAMLOOPS, a fort or station and lake, British Co- 
 lumbia. The fort, belonging to the Hudson's Bay Com- 
 pany, is situated on the S. bank of the Thompson, a few 
 
KAMMANE 
 
 15 
 
 KANGKOA 
 
 hundred yards below the junction of the N. with the S. branch, 
 65 m. N.E. Lytton. The Shushwap branch of the Thompson 
 coming from the S. turns to the "VV., to enter the Shushwap 
 Lake, and flows in the same direction to Kamloops, below 
 which its waters are rendered muddy by the accession of the 
 northern branch. Seven miles below the river expands into 
 Lake Kamloops, and issues from it again clear and pellucid. 
 Around Kamloops rolling hills, covered with bunch-grass 
 and scattered pines, rise in every direction. The pasturage 
 is very rich and extensive, and large bands of horses, herds 
 of cattle, and flocks of sheep, are kept here by the Hudson's 
 Bay Company. The Shushwap Indians occupy the sur- 
 rounding country. 
 
 KAMMANE, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, 50 m. S. 
 Sokoto. It presents a pleasing interior, tall doum-palms 
 starting up between the several granite mounds which here 
 rise to some height, and form a peculiar feature in the scenery 
 both of the town and the surrounding country. The inhabi- 
 tants are very industrious, and manufacture cotton goods, 
 particularly shirting, which are celebrated both for the 
 strength of the fabric and the lustre of the dye. The chief 
 agricultural products are rice, sorghum, cotton, and indigo. 
 The number of the inhabitants can only be guessed at, but 
 must be large if there is any foundation for their own state- 
 ment that they can bring 5000 archers into the field. 
 
 KAMOUKASKA, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. of same name, r. bank St. Lawrence, 70 m. N.E. 
 Quebec. It possesses a K. Catholic church, a court-house, 
 where the criminal, superior, and circuit courts are held; a 
 gaol, an academy of the Frcres de la Doctrine Chr(5tienne, 
 machine works, and some general trade. Pop. about 2600. 
 
 KAMPAR, a native state, Indian Archipelago, on the 
 N.E. side of the island of Sumatra, is bounded on the N. and 
 N.W. by Siak, to which it is tributary, W. Menangkabo, S. 
 and S.E. Indragiri, and E. the Straits of Malacca. A river 
 of same name traverses it throughout from E. to W., but is 
 of no navigable importance, being shallow, full of sandbanks, 
 and subject to a dangerous bore. The surface was covered 
 with forests when the Portuguese first visited it, and still con- 
 tinues in the same state. The inhabitants, described as simple 
 and peaceable, are chiefly employed in cultivating the sago 
 palm. A small quantity of tin and gold is produced within 
 the province. The Malays are the dominant class, but the 
 great bulk of them, though they speak a Malay jargon, seem 
 to be distinct from them. 
 
 KAMPTEE, a British cantonment, India, territory and 
 10 m. N.N.E. Nagpore. It stretches for 4| m. along the r. 
 or S. bank of the Kunnau. The officers' houses, situated 
 for the most part close to the river, are large and commo- 
 dious, and have spacious compounds with excellent gardens 
 attached to them. In the centre of the cantonment are the 
 Parsees' shops, and a little to the S. the Sudder bazar, which 
 has houses and shops of all descriptions, containing every- 
 thing that can be required by natives or Europeans. At the 
 W. end of the lines are large ranges of barracks for the 
 European infantry and the horse and foot artillery. The 
 other most conspicuous buildings are a commodious church, 
 and the ditferent European and native hospitals. The 
 climate is remarkable for its extremes of both heat and cold, 
 and is subject to sudden changes which are trying to consti- 
 tutions previously debilitated. In April, with the thermo- 
 meter ranging at 100°, severe hailstorms sometimes occur. 
 
 KAMUKI, a tn. and fort, India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 40 m. S.S.E. Madura, on the Kundar. The tn. occupies part 
 of both sides of the river, having on the N. side a wide street 
 with a Hindoo temple in its centre, and on the S. side a 
 number of streets generally narrow and crooked and lined 
 with low mud huts, almost the only exception being a grand 
 terraced house belonging to a native, and standing out in 
 strong contrast to the others. The fort, seated on elevated 
 rocky ground on the N. side, and commanding a most ex- 
 tensive and beautiful prospect, is small but of some strength, 
 being built of stone in a circular form, and inclosed by double 
 walls of great height and thickness flanked with bastions. 
 Kamuri is noted for its long cloths of fine quality, and has 
 among its inhabitants a number of wealtliy merchants, who 
 trade largely in cotton, which is grown here in greater abund- 
 ance than any other part of the district. At the market, 
 which is held every Tuesday, and is uttended by crowds of 
 
 people from the surrounding districts, a good number of cattle 
 aie sold. 
 
 KANAGAWA, a tn. and seaport, Japan, isl. of Nipon, 
 N. side of a bay in Yedo harbour, 16 m. S.W. of that city. 
 It is a long narrow town, stretching for two or three miles 
 along the bay, having one main street only. Tliehcuses are 
 built of wood; the shops large and well supplied. The shores 
 of the bay are very beautiful, and covered with villages, 
 while the view inland is bounded by the magnificent cone 
 of Fusi-yama. The American consul and the governor of 
 Yokohama reside at Kanagawa, while the consuls and vice- 
 consuls of the European powers reside at Yokohama. Yo- 
 kohama, which is the port open to foreigners, and about 3 
 m. lower down, was built by the Japanese government ex- 
 pressly for the exigences of the European trade. Two small 
 streams flow into the bay between these two places, and 
 several dykes along their banks show that much land has 
 been reclaimed and converted into rice-fields. There are 
 several pretty temples in the vicinity, and many large black 
 wooden buildings, store-houses, and depots of the govern- 
 ment. The street of the town is part of the tohaido or great 
 highway of the island, from the capital to the N. and S. ex- 
 tremities. Between Kanagawa and Yedo the road is as wide 
 and well made as any country road in Europe, being formed 
 of coarse gravel, well packed and levelled. Along the whole 
 distance the roadside is more or less occupied by tea-houses, 
 small shops, and dwellings of dift'erent kinds. Where these 
 intermit, the road is bounded by quick-set hedges and trees 
 as in Great Britain, with ditches on either side to drain it, 
 and bridges across the streams that flow into the bay. Ac- 
 cording to the custom of the country this is the 'official' 
 road, along which the princes and nobles travel to and from 
 Yedo, with large bodies of armed retainers. On such 
 occasions foreigners are warned not to appear, which hap- 
 pened on one occasion near Kanagawa, when an Englishman 
 named Richardson was cut down and killed: a circumstance 
 that led to the bombardment of Kagosima. In the Elgin 
 treaty with Japan, Kanagawa is named as one of the open 
 ports, and thither the British and other treaty powers went 
 in 1858-9; but the anchorage was found to be so shallow, 
 and the place so inconvenient for residence and trade, that 
 the merchants, seconded by the Japanese, persuaded the 
 consuls to remove the port to Yokohama, a small fisliing 
 village on the S. side of the bay. {See Yokohama.) — [MS. 
 Notes; Blue Book on Japan.) 
 
 KANAKA, a tn. Abyssinia, cap. dist. Kedaref; lat. 14° 
 10' N.; Ion. 30° 50' E. It is a large place, which was at one 
 time a great entrepot for the trade between Abyssinia and 
 Soudan. That trade having found a different channel, Kanara 
 has greatly declined, and has at present a scantily supplied 
 market, in which the principal articles exposed for sale are 
 rice, sugar, tobacco, cottons, Turkish shoes, and German 
 sword-blades. The surrounding district is populous and well 
 cultivated. 
 
 KANCZUGAJa tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 24 m. E. by S. Rzeszow, with 1650 inhabitants, chiefly 
 employed on working in wire and making earthenware. It 
 was once a place of importance, and was taken and burned by 
 the Turks in 1498. 
 
 KANDUMBA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbnnda country, 
 near the centre of territory Sambos; lat. 12° 55' S.; Ion. 17° 
 15' E. It lies along the ridge of a hill rising with a gentle 
 acclivity, is inclosed by a palisade and a ditch, and its in- 
 habitants are industrious cultivators and traders. The 
 Kunene has its source in a marsh in the vicinity. Pop. 2500; 
 
 KANGKAO, or Kangkau, a tn. Cambodia, near the 
 mouth of a river of same name, in the China Sea, lat. 10° 
 14' N.; Ion. 104° 55' E. It is a place of considerable trade, 
 inhabited chiefly by great numbers of Chinese, whose prin- 
 cipal market is Singapore, to which they export large quan- 
 tities of rice and salt. The great drawback was the shallow- 
 ness of the harbour, but this has been in a great measure 
 removed by opening an old canal which communicates with 
 the Mekon. Kangkao occupies the site of an older town 
 which was a great emporium for the whole Cambodian trade, 
 and well known to Europeans under the names of Pon-tea-ma.s 
 and Potai-mat. The Siamese, envying the rapid growth and 
 prosperity of this place, destroyed it in 1717. 
 
 KAIS'GKOA, a vil. Aracan, dist. Kala, I. bank Koladya, 
 
KAN HAN 
 
 16 
 
 KANSAS 
 
 a little above the junction of the Pee-Khyoung. ' The houses 
 are large, in groups of three and four, inclosed in bamboo 
 palisades, with narrow paths winding between them, and all 
 buried in a dense grove of mangoes, jacks, betel-nuts, guavas, 
 plantains, cocoa-nuts, and pine-apples.' The inhabitants, 
 though Mussulmans, have heavy Jewish features, and wear 
 huge turbans. 
 
 KANHAN, a river, India, which rises in the Deogarh 
 Mountains, territory Saugor and Nerbudda, pursues a very 
 tortuous course, generally S.E., passes the British canton- 
 ment at Kamptee, and about 45 m. below joins the Waigunga 
 on its right, in lat. 21° 5' N.; Ion. 79° 39' E. Its whole 
 course is 175 m. At Kamptee it has a channel 500 yards 
 wide. The chief use made of it is in floating down timber. 
 
 KANIETI, a river. Central Africa, a tributary of the 
 Sobat, rising among the Madi Mountains. It has its source 
 in a beautiful valley, well wooded, and about 6 m. broad, in 
 the heart of the mountains, about lat. 4° 29' N.; Ion. 33° 40' E. 
 It first flows W. for about 60 m., and then bends to the N. 
 and N.E., and uniting with the Choi in lat. 5° 40' N., and 
 with other afiluents of the Sobat, runs into that river. The 
 stream is rapid, and a considerable volume of water is carried 
 by it to the Sobat during the rains. 
 
 KANITZA (Turkish), a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, 
 circle and 40 m. N.W. Temesvar, cap. dist. of same name, 
 on the Theiss; with a castle with a fine park, a trade in 
 wine, tobacco, sheep, and cattle; and 2211 inhabitants. 
 
 KANIZSA (Great), [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Hun- 
 gary, CO. Zala, cap. dist. and on a river of same name, 24 m. 
 S.S.E. Zala Egerszeg. It occupies a marshy site, is the seat 
 of a district court, and several public offices; contains a 
 Piarist college, an under-gymnasium, a high-school, a Fran- 
 ciscan monastery, a savings'-bank, two hospitals, one of them 
 for Jews, a Jewish asylum for children, manufactures of 
 liqueurs, a brewery, tileworks, and a steam-mill. Kanizsa is 
 the principal market for the Sclavonian fat cattle. P. 11,722. 
 
 KANNAGHERRY, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, 
 45 m. N. W. Bellary. It consists of about 500 houses, is de- 
 fended by a fort, and carries on a considerable trade in grain. 
 The immerous mounds, ruins, and sculptures around the 
 town, prove that it must at one time have been a place of 
 great size and importance. 
 
 KANNEA, or Cannia, a vil. in the N.E. of Ceylon, 
 Eastern Province, 5 m. N.W. Trincomalee, possesses hot 
 springs, which are in high repute for their medical qualities, 
 and have a peculiar sacredness in the eyes of the Tamils, from 
 bearing the name of the mother of Rawana. It is hence cus- 
 tomary to resort to them on the thirteenth day after the death 
 of any of their near kindred or friends, to perform certain 
 funeral rites, and distribute alms. The ruins of a temple to 
 Ganesa can still be traced, but the masonry and conduits 
 which inclose the springs, and convey the water, appear to be 
 the work of the Dutch. 
 
 KANO [add.], a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, cap. 
 prov. of same name, 220 m. E.S.E. Sokotb; lat. 12° N.; Ion. 
 8° 20' E. It stands within an area of an irregular pentagonal 
 form, inclosed by a wall 30 ft. high, with a ditch on either 
 side of it, and is entered by fourteen gates made of wood, and 
 cased with sheet iron. The circuit of the walls is at least 
 15 m., but of the space within them not more than a third 
 part, situated towards the S.E., is inhabited. This part has 
 at its N. extremity a steep rocky eminence, called Mount Dala, 
 about 120 ft. high, from which the whole city is seen as in a 
 panorama. An object of a less agreeable description is seen 
 towards the centre, where a jakara or deep stagnant pool 
 intersects a portion of the city from E. to W., and becoming 
 the common receptacle of its sewage, renders the air almost 
 pestilential. Of the different quarters into which Kano is 
 divided, Dala is the most ancient, and may thus be regarded 
 as its original nucleus. This distinction is undoubtedly due 
 to its natural strength, and it still so far retains its preced- 
 ence by continuing to be the residence of almost all the 
 wealthy Arab and Berber merchants. The other quarters 
 N. of the Jakara are inhabited by people of the Hausa race. 
 Among the other quarters is one called Yola, which is con- 
 sidered as the court-end of the city, and possesses an addi- 
 tional interest from having given its name to the modern 
 capital of Adamawa. Nothing can be more irregular than the 
 ground-plan of Kano. In every quarter clay houses and 
 
 huts, with thatched conical roofs, are mingled together with- 
 out any regard to uniformity. In Dala, where Arab influ- 
 ence prevails, and it might be inferred from the wealth of the 
 occupants that the houses would be superior, the reverse is 
 the case. They are indeed built of clay, but in the most 
 uncomfortable form, the only object contemplated being the 
 greatest degree of privacy for domestic life. This has too 
 often been secured by means of small courtyards and apart- 
 ments from which fresh air and light are systematically ex- 
 cluded, and hence, in this respect, the houses of Kano are 
 very inferior to those of Agades and Timbuktoo. The in- 
 habitants are very industrious, and have the merit of carry- 
 ing on an extensive trade in the produce of their own manu- 
 factures. Of these the principal articles are cotton cloth, 
 woven and dyed in the form of tobes ; turlcedi, or the oblong 
 piece of dress, of dark blue colour, worn by the women ; the 
 zenne, or plaid of various colours; the raioani bahi, or black 
 litham; various articles in leather, as sandals and shoes, bags 
 plain and ornamented, bridles; tanned hides, and red sheepskins. 
 'The great advantage of Kano,' says Dr. Earth, 'is, that 
 commerce and manufactures go hand in hand, and that almost 
 every family has its share in them. There is really some- 
 thing grand in this kind of industry, which spreads to the N. 
 as far as Mourzouk, Ghat, and even Tripoli; to the W. not 
 only to Timbuktoo, but even as far as the shores of the 
 Atlantic, the very inhabitants of Arguin dressing in the cloth 
 woven and dyed in Kano; to the E., all over Bornou, although 
 there it comes in contact with the native industry of the coun- 
 try; and to the S. it maintains a rivalry with the native in- 
 dustry of Igbora and Igbo, while towards the S.E. it pervades 
 the whole of Adamawa, and is only limited by the nakedness 
 of the pagan sansculottes who do not wear clothing.' In ad- 
 dition to this trade in native produce, Kano has an important 
 transit trade, confined chiefly to two great staples. The one is 
 the guro or kola nut, which has become to the natives what 
 coffee and tea are to the English; the other unfortunately is 
 slaves. Salt and natron also deserve to be mentioned. Of 
 the former at least 20,000 loads, conveyed by pack -oxen, 
 sumpter-horses, and asses, pass annually through the Kano 
 market; of the latter, which is almost all consumed in the 
 province, 3000 camel-loads. Ivory does not at present form 
 an important item. The principal European goods exposed 
 in the market of Kano are bleached and unbleached calicoes 
 and cotton prints from Manchester, French silks and sugar, 
 red cloth from Saxony and other parts of Europe, beads from 
 Venice and Trieste, a very coarse kind of silk also from 
 Trieste, common paper with the sign of three moons, sword- 
 blades from Solingen, razors from Styria. A vast increase, 
 as well as a complete revolution in the import trade of Kano 
 would be produced by opening the navigation of the Niger. 
 The inhabitants, composed chiefly of Kanare or Bornou people, 
 Hausawa, Fulbe or Fellatah, and Nyffawa or Nupe, with a 
 considerable sprinkling of Arabs, are roughly estimated at 
 30,000, exclusive of a large floating population, which, during 
 the busy season, may nearly double the number. 
 
 KANPOO, a tn. China, prov. Chekiang, about 25 m. E. 
 Hang-cho w-foo. It is an ancient place, supposed to be the same 
 as mentioned by Marco Polo under the name of Kanfoo. At 
 that time it was the seaport of Hangchow-foo, and frequented 
 by ships from India and other regions; but the sands and the 
 alluvial deposits of the Yang-tze-kiang have so encroached 
 that it is now an insignificant inland town, with a few passage 
 junks, which keep up a communication with the opposite 
 shore, and convey principally Chinese passengers and pigs. — 
 (Fortune's Residence, 1853-6.) 
 
 KANSAS, a tn. U. States, Missouri, r. bank Missouri, 
 not quite a mile below the confluence of the Kan.sas, and at 
 the terminus of the railway from St. Louis, 125 m. W.N.W. 
 Jeffei'son. It stands on high ground, consists of spacious 
 streets and substantial houses, mostly of brick, and contains 
 seven churches, two female seminaries, a high-school, a Ger- 
 man free-school, and various other schools. The manufac- 
 tures consist chiefly of leather, boots and shoes, iron castings, 
 and brick, and the trade has for its staple articles pork and 
 lumber. Pop. (I860), 4418. 
 
 KANSAS, a state, U. States, between lat. 37° and 40° N.; 
 Ion. 94° 40' and 106° 50' W., bounded N. by the territory of 
 Nebraska, E. Missouri, S. the Indian territory and New 
 Mexico, and W. New Mexico and Utah. With the exception 
 
KANUM 
 
 17 
 
 KARIGMAWA 
 
 of the N.E. corner, where the boundary line follows the course 
 of the Missouri, its shape is nearly that of a parallelogram ; 
 greatest length E. to W. 650, breadth 200 in.; area, 114,798 
 sq. m., of which about one-fourtli is unfit for cultivation. The 
 surface in the E. is generally undulating, with an occasional 
 elevation of considerable height; in the centre it is more 
 level, and in the W. it is rugged and mountainous, spurs of 
 the Kocky Mountains penetrating it for nearly 100 m. E. of 
 the Utah frontier. Limestone is the prevailing rock.tiiough 
 sandstone abounds in various localities, and granite, quartz, 
 porphyry, and feldspar are not uncommon. The principal 
 river, and the only one which is navigable within the terri- 
 tory, is the Kansas, which, formed by two branches from the 
 Eocky Mountains, flows E., and with its affluents, which join 
 it on its 1. bank, waters a large portion of the N. and centre. 
 The VV. and S. are watered mainly by the Arkansas. The 
 most important mineral products are gypsum, limestone, and 
 coal, the last occurring in a prolongation of the Missouri 
 coal-fields. Some gold also has been found, particularly in 
 Pike's Peak, the loftiest summit of the Rocky Mountains in 
 Kansas. The soil is nearly barren over a large part of the 
 centre, where there is a desert tract, extending into N. Mexico, 
 but elsewhere, and particularly in the E., it is rich and deep, 
 consisting of a black loam, mixed sometimes with sand and 
 sometimes with decomposed limestone. The climate is, on 
 the whole, mild, agreeable, and healthy, though sudden 
 changes of temperature and fierce winds prevail in the spring 
 months, and the tliermometer occasionally rises in summer to 
 1 15°. Tracts of forest occur chiefly in the W., among the 
 spurs of the Rocky Mountains; in other directions their 
 growth has been checked by the fires which often sweep 
 over the prairies, and the trees are in consequence so stunted, 
 that they are seldom suitable for being cut into planks, 
 or for building purposes. The wild animals include the 
 buflalo, elk, deer, antelope, prairie-dog, squirrel, horned-frog, 
 prairie-hen, wild turkey, wild goose, &c. Besides the white 
 settlers there is a large number of Indians, partly wild and 
 partly or wholly domesticated, for whom reservations of ter- 
 ritory has been made to the amount, in all, of rather more 
 than 3,000,000 acres. In framing the constitution of Kansas 
 with a view to its admission into the Union, the question of 
 free soil or slavery was so keenly agitated that the contending 
 parties, after attempting to outnumber each other by the in- 
 troduction of new settlers, came to blows, and a civil war 
 ensued. For administrative purposes the state has been di- 
 vided into thirty-one counties, which, according to the returns 
 of 1860, contained a pop. of 107,206. 
 
 KANUM, a tn. India, Bussahir, cap. dist. Koonawar, on 
 the declivity of a recess embosomed among lofty mountains, 
 at the height of 9296 ft. above the sea; lat. 31° 40' N.; Ion. 
 72° 30' E. The slope is formed into terraces by means of 
 rough and massive stone embankments; the larger of these 
 terraces are overlaid with earth and cultivated, the narrower 
 form the sites of houses, which rise above each other in such 
 a manner that the flat roofs of a lower tier serve as platforms 
 to the tier immediately above them. The houses are not 
 numerous; but as the whole wants of the families must be 
 supplied in a great measure from domestic sources, each con- 
 tains more than the usual proportion of inmates. As the in- 
 habitants have a strong turn for trade, a dwelling is scarcely 
 deemed complete if it has not a small warehouse attached to 
 it. Kanum possesses a celebrated Buddhist temple, with a 
 library of books printed in the Tibetan tongue. Its lama, 
 elected by the other lamas of the district, takes precedence of 
 them all, but is subordinate to the lama of Ladakh. 
 
 KAN YEN NX, a tn. Western Africa, near tire E. extre- 
 mities of the mountains of Kong, 270 m. N. of the Ivory 
 Coast; lat. 9° 8' N.; Ion. 4° 35' W. It is a large place, situa- 
 ted on a water course, and has the most important market in 
 that part of the country. The inhabitants, Mandingoes, are 
 partly Mahometans, partly idolaters. • 
 
 KAPAIjLA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, ter- 
 ritory Bailundo; lat. 12° 25' S.; Ion. 16??, 25' E. It stands 
 on a mountain slope of the Lingi-Lingi range, is surrounded 
 by a dry stone-wall, and contains 2500 inhabitants, whose 
 predatory habits make them the terror of the passing caravans. 
 
 KAPITI, or Entrv [add.], an island. New Zealand, Cook 
 Strait, off the S.W. coast of North Island or Ulster. It is 
 5 m. long from N. to S., and 1 J m. wide, lies nearly parallel 
 Bnpp. Imp. Gaz Vol. II. 
 
 to the main island, from which it is only 3 m. distant, and is 
 wooded and mountainous, its highest peak rising to the height 
 of 1780 ft. On the W. the Jiills rise steep and precipitous 
 from the sea; on the E. they descend in gentle slopes, and 
 are intersected by deep ravines. Entry Anchorage, at its 
 S.E. extremity, is formed by three small conical-shaped islets, 
 which, with the reefs extending from them, afford good shelter 
 from the S.E., while Kapiti itself protects it from the N.W. 
 The depth of water is from 12 to 17 fathoms. There were 
 formerly extensive whaling establishments on the islets, and 
 whalers have ridden out the whole winter gales at this an- 
 chorage. 
 
 KAPSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zip.q, 
 about 8 m. W.S.W. Leutschau; with saw and flour mills. 
 Beautiful carnelians are found in the vicinity, Pop. 1400. 
 
 KAPUKA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, in the 
 N.E. of territory Sambos; about lat. 12° 40' S.; Ion. 17° 30' 
 E. It is fortified by a palisade and a ditch, and has a pop. of 
 about 1200. The Kubango, a large river, rises in its vicinity. 
 
 KARA-HISSAK [add.], a tn. Turkey in Asia,pash.Sivas, 
 86 m. S.W. Trebizond, at the height of 3000 ft. above sea- 
 level. It is an ancient place, which, under Turkish rule, has 
 fallen greatly into decay, though a number of new houses, 
 some of them four stories high, seem to indicate that it has 
 begun to make progress. The principal buildings are the 
 mosques, the castle, and the bazaar. The military import- 
 ance of the place depended on its castle, which, from the com- 
 manding height on which it stands, might well be deemed all 
 but impregnable; but now that it is no longer kept up, and 
 does little more than serve to furnish the governor with a 
 residence, Kara-Hissar has little to depend upon for present 
 or future prosperity except its mines of alum, copper, and 
 silver. The first, by far the most valuable of the three, are 
 extensively worked, and furnish raw material to four large 
 alum factories in the vicinity. The inhabitants, chiefly 
 Armenians and a few Greeks, almost entirely monopolize the 
 bazaar and the trade connected with it. The Turks, who, 
 though the dominant race, form a small minority, confine 
 them.selves to agriculture and a few handicrafts. 
 
 KARAKAL, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. 
 circle Romanatzi, in a beautiful valley, 90 m. W.S.W. Bu- 
 charest. It is tlie seat of a court of primary jurisdiction, and 
 has a church and a normal school. An obstinate battle was 
 fought here between the Turks and the Russians, on the 30th 
 of May, 1854, when the latter were defeated. Pop. 7600. 
 
 KARANOVATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, circle 
 Tchatchak, on the Ibar, near its confluence with the Morava, 
 73 m. S. by E. Belgrade. It is the residence of the bishop 
 of Ushitza, and has a church and a school, and a much- 
 frequented yearly market. Pop. 1 000. 
 
 KARA-SU, a chain of lakes, European Turkey, Dobrud- 
 sha, nearly in the line of Trajan's wall, 22 m. W. Kustendji. 
 The area covered by them was originally a valley, which being 
 lower than the waters of the Danube when swollen, received 
 the surplus, and was thus transformed into a chain of lakes, 
 communicating with that river by an outlet 3 m. long, while 
 they themselves extend eastward for 12 m. more. The pro- 
 posal of forming a navigable canal, which, commencing at the 
 E. extremity of the lakes, should be continued to the Black 
 Sea at Kustendji, derived all its plausibility from the assump- 
 tion, now proved to be erroneous, that the Danube, instead 
 of merely forming the lakes by its back-water, at one time 
 flowed through them, and had one of its mouths near the E. 
 terminus of the proposed canal. 
 
 KARATOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N. of 
 Macedonia, eyalet and 40 m. E. Uskub, in a mountain 
 basin open only toward the W. It is watered by three 
 mountain streams, and contains three small mosques and a 
 church. At a short distance there are mines of lead, so rich 
 in silver that there is a furnace for extracting it. Pop. about 
 6000. 
 
 KARCZAG, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Stuhl- 
 weissenburg, on the Hortobagy arm of the Theiss, and on the 
 railway from Pesth to Debreczin; with 12,689 inhabitants, who 
 mostly belong to the Reformed church, and are employed in 
 cultivating the ground, rearing cattle, and growing wine and 
 melons. 
 
 KARIGMAWA, a vil. Western Africa, Bornou, 130 m. 
 N.E. Kano. It is an open straggling place, lying out of the 
 
KARKENNA 
 
 18 
 
 KASHNA 
 
 common track, and probably indebted to its sequestered posi- 
 tion for a degree of comfort and prosperity rarely seen in the 
 neighbouring districts. According to Dr. Barth, it ' displayed 
 « most animated and cheerful picture of a wealthy and indus- 
 trious little community; the men sitting in the shade of some 
 fine caoutchouc-tree, some of them busy making mats, others 
 weaving, while the women were carrying water or setting the 
 pot upon the fire for the evening repast. Cattle, goats, and 
 fowl roved about in considerable quantities.' 
 
 KARKENNA, or Kerkennah, a group of islands, N. 
 Africa, Tunis, off the N.E. coast of the Gulf of Cabes, oppo- 
 site to the town of Sfax. The largest of the islands, about 
 18 m. long between N.E. and S.W., was called by the 
 ancients Cercinna, and has given its name to the whole 
 group. The inhabitants are very industrious, and weave 
 articles in esparto to such an extent as to form an important 
 branch of trade. They also engage in the sponge and other 
 fisheries, and with the produce of these and their date-trees, 
 which yield far more than they are able to consume, supply 
 themselves with many necessaries and comforts. One use 
 which the Tunisians make of the Karkenna Isles is to employ 
 them as a penal settlement for females. 
 
 KARNAK LOGON, or Logon Birni, a tn. Western 
 Africa, Bornon, cap. prov. Logon, on the Logon, an afiluent 
 of the Shari, 70 m. S. from Lake Chad. It is divided by 
 the river into two parts. The part on the N.W. or 1. bank 
 has only one gate, which is so narrow that a loaded camel 
 cannot pass it. Nor is the interior attractive. The cottages 
 evidently belong to the poorer classes, and nothing worthy of 
 notice is seen till the principal street is reached, where the 
 palace of the sultan occupies one side of it, and the palace of 
 the Keghamma or Ibalaghwan the other. The former, in- 
 closed by a wall 14 ft. high, covers a large space, which is 
 occupied chiefly by large courtyards, separated from each 
 other by covered apartments, the sultan's private dwellings, 
 and the public court of audience, with a raised platform on 
 which a rough kind of seat, painted red, serves for a throne. 
 The latter, which was assigned to Dr. Barth as his quarters, 
 surprised him not a little 'by the superior and even grand 
 style of its architecture,' and is thus described by him : ' This 
 very spacious palace consists of a number of wings inclosing 
 small quadrangular courtyards, and having an upper story of 
 extensive apartments. The only part which did not cor- 
 respond with the magnificence of the rest of the building was 
 the staircase, which was rather dark and inconvenient. My 
 own apartment was not less than 35 ft. long by 15 ft. wide and 
 as many high, and received suflficient light from two semi- 
 circular windows, which of course had no glass, but could be 
 closed by means of a shutter of reed. The ceiling was gable- 
 shaped — rather a remarkable phenomenon in these countries; 
 it was filled out with thatchwork.' The chief branches of 
 industry are weaving and dyeing; in the former the people 
 are very expert and make excellent shirtings; in the latter, 
 owing to the inferiority of their indigo, they do not succeed 
 so well. The principal crops of the environs and whole pro- 
 vince are sorghum, millet, and cotton, the last in great 
 quantity. 
 
 KARWIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. Frei- 
 stadt, about 28 m. E.S.E. Troppau; with a castle, coal-mines, 
 and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 KASAURE, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, cap. 
 dist. of same name, 60 m. N.E. Kano. It stands in a rocky 
 district, much of which remains in a state of nature, densely 
 covered with wood, is surrounded by a clay- wall, and has a 
 weekly market. The space it occupies is but thinly in- 
 habited. 
 
 KASBA-EL-HAMRA, a vil. N. Africa, Sahara, Oasis of 
 Tuat, dist. Augerut; lat. 30° N.; Ion. 1° 20' W. It is ad- 
 vantageously situated at the point where several caravan 
 routes meet; and consists of about 150 houses, grouped in the 
 middle of well-stocked gardens and date plantations. Mad- 
 der, henna, and excellent tobacco are grown in the vicinity. 
 
 KASEEM (Upper and Lower), a prov. Central Arabia, 
 Nejed. — Upper Kaseem is an elevated plateau or steppe, and 
 forms part of a long upland belt which crosses the northern 
 half of the peninsula diagonally. Its surface is in general 
 covered with grass in spring and summer, and with shrubs 
 and brushwood at all times, and thus affords excellent pasture 
 for sheep and camels. Sometimes the plain sinks for miles 
 
 into a shallow irregular basin, where streams pour down and 
 water collects in the rainy season, leaving pools not entirely 
 dried up even in the autumn. Here the alluvial soil pro- 
 duces a more vigorous crop of shrubs. Intersecting the 
 plateau at an acute angle, are occasional long and broad 
 valleys of light soil, half chalk half sand, furnishing water 
 wherever wells are sunk. Adjacent to the wells rise the 
 villages of Upper Kaseem, numbering about forty, and con- 
 taining populations varying from 500 to 3000. Every 
 hamlet is surrounded by palm-groves, gardens, and fields. — 
 Lower Kaseem, about 120 m. long and 60 m. broad, and 2 00 ft. 
 below the level of the uplands, stretches out in an immense 
 plain, studded with towns and villages, towers and groves, 
 showing everywhere life, wealth, and activity. Fifty or 
 more good-sized villages, and four or five large towns, form 
 the commercial and agricultural centres of the province; and 
 its surface is moreover thickly strewn with smaller hamlets, 
 isolated wells and gardens, and traversed in all directions by 
 a network of tracks. A series of high watch-towers aflfords 
 the inhabitants a means of discerning the approach of foray 
 or invasion. The soil, red or yellow, wherever irrigated, 
 bears a copious and varied vegetation. The staple article of 
 cultivation is the date-palm, which is often the entire support 
 of the poor townsman or villager. Corn-fields also, and fields 
 of maize, millet, vetches, and the like, surround the villages, 
 and aflijrd a plenteous harvest, besides melons and pot-herbs. 
 Another produce is that of the cotton plant, but the quantity 
 grown only supplies the home wants. The inhabitants are 
 l)ossessed of commercial and industrial talent, and are cheer- 
 ful and vivacious. In religion, a long-continued intercourse 
 with Mecca has given them a tinge of modern Islamism; a 
 very low standard of morality prevails. Upon the rise of 
 the practically independent kingdom of Djebel Shomer, Upper 
 Kaseem revolted from the Wahhabee tyranny of Nejed, and 
 annexed itself to the new kingdom by universal consent. 
 The pop. of Upper Kaseem is estimated at 25,000 or 30,000. 
 — (Palgrave.) 
 
 KASHIMMA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, about 
 78 m. W. Kukawa. It has a fine healthy site on the top of a 
 sandy swell, which rises about 300 ft. above the valley. 
 It is without defence, and though consisting entirely of 
 huts made of corn-stalks and reeds, is large and populous. 
 The district around is watered by the Kommadugu Wauhe, 
 the main stream of Bornou, is beautiful and luxuriant, but 
 native laziness having allowed its banks to be converted into 
 an almost impenetrable jungle, the elephant has taken posses- 
 sion. 
 
 KASHIN, a tn. Russia, gov. and 75 m. N.E. Tver, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Kashinka, about 8 m. above its 
 confluence with the Volga. It has 28 churches, a monastery, 
 two religious and two secular schools, a distillery and a 
 brewery, a wax -smelting establishment, candle- works, tile- 
 works, &c., and two annual fairs, at which are sold great 
 quantities of glass and stoneware, hardware, linen cloth, 
 yarn, horses, &c. Within the circle great quantities of 
 leather and paper are manufactured. Pop. 4947. 
 
 KASHIPOOR, a tn. Lidia, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 30 m. N. Moradabad, in a marshy plain overrun with tall 
 grass and jungle. It is famous as a place of pilgrimage, 
 contains several temples, and possesses a tank of peculiar 
 .sanctity, in which pilgrims usually bathe on their way to 
 Badrinath. A ruined fort occupies a height a little to the 
 S.E. An active transit trade is carried on here between 
 Kumaon and Chinese Tartary on the one hand, and the more 
 southern parts of Hindoostan on the other. Some of the 
 traders are said to have accumulated great wealth. 
 
 KASHIRA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 50 m. N.N.E. Tula, 
 cap. circle of same name, r. bank Oka. It contains six 
 churches, a circle and a parish school, and manufactures 
 chiefly of woollen cloth. The environs are covered with 
 gardens. Pop. 3185. 
 
 KASHNA, CASHNA,KACHENA,orKATSENA,atn. Western 
 Africa, cap. princip. of same name (which, though now only a 
 province, was once an independent kingdom), 85 m. N.W. 
 Kano; lat. 12° 59' N.; Ion. 8° 30' E. It is surrounded by clay 
 walls, inclosing a very extensive space, of which not more than 
 one-tenth is built upon, the rest being laid out in fields or 
 covered with wood. Most of the houses are in ruins, in con- 
 sequence of the preference given to Kan since the Fellatali 
 
KASLINSKOI 
 
 19 
 
 KATUMBELA 
 
 conquest. The governor's house, about ^ ni. E. of the other 
 buildings, resembles a large village. The manufactures are 
 chiefly tanned bulloeks'-hides, and various articles in leather; 
 and the trade, though greatly decayed, is still considerable. 
 The inhabited houses number about 700. Though it has 
 now lost the appeaiance of a city, and consists chiefly 
 of a large number of light detached cottages, its im- 
 portance is still indicated by the immense mass of its 
 wall, which in the lower part measures not less than 30 ft. 
 in height, the vast area which it incloses having an esti- 
 mated circuit of 13 m. Probably the whole of this space 
 was never covered with building.s, but if only half was so, its 
 pop. must have been at least 100,000. Among the fruits ex- 
 posed in its market are limes of tolerably large size, and the 
 beautiful large fruit of the gonda {Carica ])apaya). The pkov. 
 of Katsena is one of the finest parts of Negroland, and being 
 situated just at the watershed between the basins of the 
 Chad and the Kwara or Niger, at an average elevation of 
 1200 to 1500 ft., has the advantage of being at once well 
 watered and well drained, so tliat its climate is less insalu- 
 brious than that of some other adjoining regions. Dr. Barth, 
 giving a bare list of the chief places in this prov., says that not 
 les.s than fifty of them have each 4000 inhabitants. 
 
 KASLINSKOI, a tn. Kussian empire, gov. Orenburg, 
 on the E. slope of the Ural Mountains, 350 m. S.S.E. Perm. 
 Its churches and other large buildings, with their green 
 domes and golden crosses sparkling in the sun, give it a 
 grand and imposing appearance; while its Zavod or iron- 
 works, situated on the margin of Lake Silatch, are famous for 
 the superior quality of their castings. Among these are 
 tables perforated in tracery and foliage of most delicate exe- 
 cution, chairs of a similar pattern, small boxes, baskets, and 
 card-dishes in beautiful open work, animals, paper-weights, 
 &c. — (Atkinson, Oriental and Western Siberia.) 
 
 KASK-EL-JEBEL, a fort, regency and 75 m. S.W. 
 Tripoli, in a mountainous district, on the very edge of steep 
 rocky cliffs, with an extensive view over the plain. It was 
 garrisoned at the time of Dr. Earth's visit with 400 men, and 
 was a chief instrument in the hands of the Turks for over- 
 awing the mountaineers, to whom it owes its name, meaning 
 'the oppressor's stronghold.' So much importance was then 
 attached to it, that its haimahan or governor ranked as the 
 second person in the regency, and ruled over a very exten- 
 sive tract of country towards the S.E. and S.W. 
 
 KASTOKIA, or Kesrie, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet 
 Rum-Ili, on an affluent of the Kara-su or Strymon, 21 m. S. 
 Monastir. It is advantageously situated on a lake of same 
 name, where several important roads meet leading both in- 
 land and toward the coast, is the seat of a Turkish governor, 
 has many handsome houses of two stories, and carries on a 
 very extensive transit trade. Pop. from 6000 to 8000, chiefly 
 Greeks and Turks, with Albanians, Bulgarians, and Jews. 
 
 KASTRON, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, cap. isl. 
 Milo. It rises in the form of terraces on the loftiest moun- 
 tain of the island, near its N. coast, and has both a picturesque 
 and a healthy site. Its houses are built partly in the Vene- 
 tian and partly in the Turkish taste, and it has a justice of 
 peace court, a lazaretto, a Hellenist and a paiish school. North- 
 wards towards the coast lie the remains of the ancient Milo. 
 Pop. about 900. 
 
 KATAR, a prov. E. Arabia, a dependency of Oman, on 
 the Persian Gulf. It is formed of a great extent of barren 
 hills, almost entirely devoid of trees and vegetation, and is 
 bordered by a muddy beach \ m. in breadth. Inland, be- 
 yond the hills, are downs affording very little pasture, and 
 dotted with clusters of wretched cottages and huts, all walled 
 for protection against marauding Bedouins. The wealth of 
 the province, however, consists in the pearl-fishery, which 
 is the best and most copious in the Persian Gulf; hence the 
 real homes of the inhabitants are in the countless boats which 
 line the shores. The climate of Katar is remarkably dry, 
 and the sea-air loses all trace of humidity a few miles inland. 
 The soil is poor, gravel and marl mixed with sand. The 
 gardens are small and unproductive, and the air, probably 
 owing to the stagnant pools of sea-water that border the 
 shore, is said to be unhealthy. — [Palgrave.) 
 
 KATCH A, a river, ftussia, gov. Taurida, in the S.W. of 
 the Crimea, is formed by several streams from the Yaila 
 Mountains; flows W.N.W. between and nearly parallel to the 
 
 Alma and Belbek, collecting its waters from numerous valleys 
 and hollow glens, and lastly passing through a fine open and 
 fertile country, interspersed with villages and embellished 
 with orchards, falls into the Black Sea about 7 m. N. Sevas- 
 topol. In summer it is only a shallow brook, but in winter 
 and spring often becomes a swollen and dangerous torrent. 
 
 KATHEREIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. and 
 at a short distance from Troppau, on the Prussian frontier; 
 with a large seam of gypsum, and 2600 inhabitants. 
 
 KATONGO, a tn. S. Africa, Makololo country, about 
 10 m. E. of the Liambye or Zambesi; lat. 15° 16' 33" S.; 
 Ion. about 23° 20' E. It stands embosomed among trees on 
 a ridge which there bounds the valley of the Barotse. At 
 this point commence the lands which are never inundated, 
 and which, rising gently from a dead level, greatly resemble 
 the edge of the desert in the valley of the Nile. The Banyeti 
 inhabitants, who are industrious and skilful cultivators, have 
 fine gardens, and raise large quantities of maize, millet, and 
 native corn [Holcus sorghum), large in grain, and beautifully 
 white. They grow also yams, sugar-cane, Egyptian arum, 
 sweet potato, manioc or cassava of two kinds, pumpkins, 
 melons, and ground-nuts. The view from the ridge, embrac- 
 ing the broad river glancing out at different points, the 
 valley dotted over with villages and cattle stations, and the 
 cattle quietly grazing in large lierds, while hundreds of leches 
 (antelopes) feed securely beside them, is truly enchanting. 
 There is, however, a serious drawback to all this beauty. 
 No part of the district is free from fever ; even the natives 
 suffer by it. Dr. Livingstone, though he tells almost nothing 
 of the town, declares it to be 'the best place' he had yet 
 seen on his journey to Loanda. 
 
 KATSENA. See Kashna in Supp. 
 
 KATTYWAR, a prov. India, comprehending the whole 
 of the peninsula of Gujerat. It lies between lat. 20° 42' and 
 23° 10' N.; Ion. 69° 5' and 72° 14' E., and is bounded N. and 
 N.W. by the Runn and the Gulf of Cutch, S.W. and S. the 
 Arabian Sea, and E. the Gulf of Cambay and dist. Ahmedabad; 
 area, 19,850 sq. m. It is divided into 10 districts called 
 prants, which again are subdivided into about 210 petty 
 territories, held by chiefs as tributaries either of the British 
 government or of the Guieowar. Their aggregate revenue 
 is estimated at £450,172, of which £104,739 is payable as 
 tribute. The surface is generally undulating, but rises oc- 
 casionally into a number of ridges, which attain their greatest 
 height near the centre, where most of the streams have their 
 sources. Collecting the drainage as they descend, they carry 
 it to the ocean directly, or indirectly through the Runn, the 
 Gulf of Cutch, and the Gulf of Cambay. In the S. there is 
 a wild tract full of caverns, ravines, and other fastnesses, and 
 with a climate so deadly that none buf; the Seedees, a race of 
 African descent, can encounter it with impunity. The grains 
 most cultivated are bajra or millet, joar or maize, and wheat. 
 Cotton is the principal commercial crop. The soil being 
 generally sandy cannot be maintained in a state of fertility 
 without constant irrigation. The principal domestic animals 
 are the horses, once celebrated, but now greatly deteriorated; 
 kine, of which one bi-eed, called desamis, is much prized. The 
 buffaloes are also excellent, but the camels are few, small- 
 sized, and little valued. Among the wild animals are lions, 
 leopards, chitas or hunting leopards, wolves, jackals, wild 
 swine, antelopes, and porcupines. None of these, however, 
 are so destructive as a species of migratory rats, about twice 
 the size of the common rat, which make their appearance at 
 intervals, and move across the country, ravaging it to such 
 an extent that in 1814 they actually produced a famine. 
 Whence they come, and whither they go, are points which 
 have not yet been ascertained. Pop. 1,468,900. 
 
 KATUBU, an island of the Niger, W. Africa, 300 m. 
 S.E. Timbuktoo. It is almost entirely occupied by a vil. of 
 the same name, which is adorned by two beautiful tamarind 
 trees, and has a pop. of about 1200, living in about 250 huts. 
 
 KATUMBELA, a tn. S.W. Africa, on both sides of the 
 river of same name, 20 m. N. Benguela. It consists of about 
 100 houses, among which those of the Portuguese command- 
 ant and some private individuals have a handsome exterior; 
 the others are mere huts thatched with cane. On the S. 
 bank of the river stands the fort, occupying a conical hill, 
 and provided with six guns to guard the passage, and overawe 
 the predatory hordes of the neighbourhood. The inhabitants, 
 
KAUMBERG 
 
 20 
 
 KEIMES 
 
 chiefly Muudombe, pure and mixed, live especially by trade, 
 for wliicli the caravans passing here give great facilities. 
 They also cultivate the soil, raising maize, potatoes, manioc, 
 
 bananas, and ananas. The rivek Katumbela, which is 
 
 tolerably broad and deep, rises in the S.E. among the moun- 
 tains of Kitata, descends rapidly from its lofty source, and 
 receives a number of mountain torrents, which, in the rainy 
 season, cause it to overflow its banks. While pursuing its 
 course to the N.W. it forms several waterfalls. Having now 
 become a tolerably sized river it flows W. in a deep and 
 rocky bed, separating the independent Ganda and Kissandshi 
 tribes from the Portuguese possessions, forms another beauti- 
 ful waterfall called Upa, and dividing into several branches, 
 reaches the ocean. Owing to bars at its mouths, and falls 
 and cataracts in other parts of its course, it is nowhere 
 navigable. 
 
 KAUMBERG, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, 25 m. S.W. Vienna; with several 
 .saw-mills, and a considerable trade in fruit, which is grown 
 abundantly in the district. Pop. 1230. 
 
 KA VALLA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 75 m. 
 N.E. Saloniki, on a bay of the Archipelago, partly formed on 
 the S.E. by the island of Thaso. It was once a notorious 
 resort of pirates, and is the birth-place of the celebrated 
 Mahomet AH, who erected a Turco-Greek school here in 
 1846, and endowed it with property belonging to him in the 
 island of Thaso. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 KAWAU, an isl. New Zealand, near the W. shore of the 
 Gulf of Hauraki, on the N.E. of North Island or Ulster. It 
 is 3 J m. long from N. to S., and nearly the same in breadth 
 from E. to W., has an average height of 500 to 600 ft., is 
 hilly and well wooded, and in Bon Accord harbour on its W. 
 side affords good anchorage for the largest vessels. On the 
 S.W. there is a copper mine in course of being worked, and 
 a large smelting establishment. 
 
 KAZAN, a tn. European Turkey, 35 m. S.S.W. Shumla, 
 in a kind of mountain cauldron in one of the most inaccessible 
 valleys of the Balkan. Its church, menzel hhane or post-office, 
 and two schools, are the principal public buildings. It is 
 an industrious place, and carries on extensive manufactures 
 of coarse cloth, and is said to owe its prosperity to its muni- 
 cipal government, which gives a degree of freedom and inde- 
 pendent action unusual in Turkey. The schools of Kazan 
 are said to supply the best popular teachers in Bulgaria. 
 
 KAZANZA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda Land, dist. 
 Mupinda, is situated at the N.E. extremity of a lake of 
 same name, about 12 m. E. of the Atlantic, and N. by E. 
 Benguela, is the residence of an independent chief, and has a 
 pop. of 2000, who are famous hunters of elephants and hippo- 
 potami. 
 
 KAZIMERZ, a tn. Russian Poland, gov. Lublin, named 
 after its founder, Casimir the Great, stands in a pleasant 
 valley on the r. bank of the Vistula, has three churches, one 
 of them a very ancient and beautiful structure, numerous 
 corn magazines, and a large trade in corn and other produce. 
 An obstinately contested battle was fought here between the 
 Poles and Russians on 16th April, 1831. The town contains 
 2725 inhabitants, of whom the majority are Jews. 
 
 KEBBI, or Bikni-n-Kebbi, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa 
 States, cap. prov. of same name, 70 m. S.W. Sokoto. It 
 stands on a slope about 250 ft. above the faddama or large 
 green valley, which intersects the whole province from E.N.E. 
 to W.S. W., and were the country more secui'e would by its 
 extraordinary fertility richly reward the labours of the culti- 
 vator. Though walled, well built, and rather densely peo- 
 pled, the almost total want of trees gives it a dull look. 
 About a mile from the present town stood an old town, to 
 which the name of Birni-n-Kebbi is properly applied, on a 
 beautiful and most commanding site. It was founded by the 
 dynasty of Kanta when the rival Songhay empire was broken 
 up, and became the centre of a considerable trade till it was 
 in its turn destroyed by the Fellatah. Its wall, and some 
 ruins, still remain to show where it stood. 
 
 KEBILLT, a tn. Africa, regency and 225 m. S.S.W. 
 Tunis, cap. dist. Nefsaua. It possesses five mosques, and 
 Hends out several direct caravans, but at present is only re- 
 covering from the disasters inflicted upon it by the bey, who, 
 in 1857, to punish it for harbouring a celebrated rebel from 
 Tripoli, of the name of Rhoma, brought a force against it and 
 
 laid great part of it in ruins. Tlie inhabitants are distin- 
 guished for industry and intelligence, and have fair complex- 
 ions. 
 
 KECHIDUNIYA, a tn. W. Africa, Bornou, 180 m. 
 N.E. Kano. It is a comfortable and populous little place, 
 surrounded by a stockade, and has a well-frequented market, 
 in which sour-milk, ground-nuts, grain, earthenware, young 
 cattle, and sheep are sold. 
 
 KE-CHOW, or Kichoo, a tn. China, prov. Houpe, 1. 
 bank Yang-tze-kiang, 60 m. S.E. Woochung. It is surrounded 
 by walls, crowning a bluff which overhangs the river, and 
 defended by a circular stone fort or martello tower, rising 
 from the midst of the channel. The number of junks shows 
 that the trade is extensive. 
 
 KECSA, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, about 20 m. 
 W.S.W. Temesvar; with 2779 inhabitants, who grow excellent 
 maize and oats, and rear great numbers of sheep and cattle. 
 
 KEDJEKEE, atn. India, presid. Bengal, 40 m. S.W. Cal- 
 cutta, on the E. shore of the estuary of the Hooghly, and on 
 the most westerly channel. This channel, having formerly 
 a depth of 6 or 7 fathoms, was that chiefly used by shipping 
 destined for Calcutta, but in consequence of a sand-bank 
 which has been allowed to accumulate, the depth does not 
 now exceed 2\ fathoms at low water. The first section of 
 telegraphic communication in India was laid between Kedjeree 
 and the capital. 
 
 KEENE, a tn. U. States, New Hampshire, cap. co. Che- 
 shire, 1. bank Ashuelot, at the junction of the Cheshire and 
 Connecticut River railways, 77 m. N.W. Boston. It is 
 pleasingly situated, regularly laid out, and well built, the 
 principal streets radiating from a central square on which a 
 handsome court-house is built. The other public buildings 
 are three churches, a high-school, and a town-hall. The 
 manufactures include woollens, machinery, and doors, sashes, 
 and blinds, for export to California and Australia. P. 4320. 
 
 KEER (Alt and Klein), two places, Austrian empire, 
 Banat, circle Neusatz: — Alt or Old Keer, about 12 m. N, 
 Neusatz, contains 3421 inhabitants, chiefly employed in agri- 
 culture and the rearing of cattle. — Klein or Little Keer, about 
 4 m. N. of the former, contains 2502 inhabitants, who trade 
 in agricultural produce, chiefly butter and hemp, and in cattle. 
 
 KEFF [anc. Sicca, or Sicca Veneria], a tn. regency of and 
 88 m. W.S.W. Tunis. It is built on an elevated plateau, in 
 the midst of mountains about 27 m. from the fi-ontier of the 
 Algerian province of Constantine, and in almost the same 
 latitude with that city. Its position renders it the most im- 
 portant military point of the regency. In the centre of the 
 town are the remains of a remarkable Roman well, the only 
 antiquity existing in the place. Tlie inhabitants consist 
 chiefly of warlike mountaineers, of a remarkably independent 
 spirit, of which they have often given proofs in times past in 
 their intercourse with neighbouring Arab tribes, and even 
 the beys of Tunis have met with resistance from them and 
 a refusal to pay tribute. From the mountains of Keff are 
 obtained the horses called Djeblis, which form the^hief part 
 of the remounts of the Tunisian cavalry. Keff is surrounded 
 with forests of cedar and chestnut, which attain in this 
 locality a larger size than in other parts of the regency. The 
 pop. of Kefi' is 5000 to 6000. — (Chassiron, Apcrgu I'ittoresque 
 de la Regence de Tunis.) 
 
 KEHNU, a vil. Persia, prov. Kerman, about 70 m. N. 
 of the Straits of Ormuz. It consists of about 300 huts cluster- 
 ing round the bottom of a ruined fort, built partly of stone and 
 partly of earth. The ruin of the fort is attributed to earth- 
 quakes, which are said to be of frequent occurrence. The 
 inhabitants, a mixed race of blacks, or the descendants of 
 Beloochees, are almost all slaves belonging to the chief of the 
 place. The chief products of the district are barley, wheat, 
 rice, indigo, cotton, and dates. 
 
 KEIDANA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 34 m. N.N. W. Kovno, 
 circle Rossiena, on the Nevesha; with a Greco- Russian, a R. 
 Catholic, a Lutheran, and a Reformed chureh, a synagogue, 
 and a pop. of 3728. 
 
 KEIMES [anc. Ti-icomia], a tn. Turkey in Asia, Ana- 
 tolia, 72 m. S.E. Constantinople. It stands on the side of a 
 brook, whose banks are well planted with plum and apple 
 trees, and contains the remains of ancient buildings, which 
 have been much employed in modern erections, and more 
 especially in the mosque, where, amongotberobjects ofinterest, 
 
KELENO 
 
 21 
 
 KESSILBACK-NOOR 
 
 there is a large sarcophagus. The inhabitants raise crops of 
 barley and wheat in the surrounding district, which, however, 
 is by no means fertile, and among their other live-stock pos- 
 sess some Angora goats. 
 
 KELENO, a natron lake, W. Africa, near the N.W. ex- 
 tremity of Bornou, on the frontiers of provs. Muniyo and 
 Ziuder. It is situated in a hollow at the foot of a rocky 
 eminence which rises out of a plain, not far from a village 
 called Magajori. All round the lake, and in striking con- 
 trast with its snow-white surface, is a border of luxuriant 
 vegetation, formed by well-kept cotton grounds and kitchen 
 gardens. On the lake itself, which has a circuit of l|m., 
 there is a crust of natron resting on a black boggy soil, and 
 varying in thickness according to the season, being scarcely 
 an inch thick in the hot season, and considerably more at the 
 end of the rains. 
 
 KELLING, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 25 m. N.W. Hermannstadt; with an old castle, a 
 trade in wine, and 1120 inhabitants. 
 
 KELLY, a harbour, S. America, Chili, in the N.E. corner 
 of the Gulf of Penas, between San Estevan Gulf and Cheap 
 Channel; lat. (N. point) 46° 59' S.; Ion. 74° 5' W. It is 2 m. 
 wide at its entrance, stretches for about 8 m. in a N. E. direc- 
 tion, and possesses the advantages of si/fficient depth, com- 
 plete shelter, and abundance of wood and water. It is de- 
 scribed, however, as 'chill, damp, and dreary.' Its shores are 
 high and rugged; a peak on its S. side rising to the height of 
 1540 ft., while some of the hills immediately beyond have 
 heights varying from 1400 to 1800 ft. One of the most 
 remarkable features in the scenery is an extensive glacier 
 stretching northwards into the country for many miles. 
 There are no human inhabitants, and apparently the only 
 representatives of animal life are a few birds and hair-seals. 
 
 KELUNG, an isl., harbour, and town, Chinese empire, in 
 the N. of the island of Formosa. The island, standing in the 
 middle of an extensive bay 22 m. wide, into which the N.E. 
 monsoon rolls a heavy sea, is a remarkable mass of black 
 rock, rising precipitously on all sides to the height of 580 ft., 
 and terminating in a rather fiat summit. It is important as 
 an excellent landmark guiding to the harbour, the entrance 
 to which bears S.S.W. from it, and is 2 m. distant. This 
 entrance is formed by Palm Island on the E. and Image Point 
 on the W. Within the shelter is complete, and the depth 
 
 sufficient for the largest vessels. The town, situated near 
 
 the bottom of the harbour, is described as ' a beggarly collec- 
 tion of wooden huts,' occupied by a very poor and wretched 
 population of Chinese extraction. The trade, however, is 
 extensive, and is carried on chiefly with the 'river Min, 
 Chincha, Amoy, and Tongsang. To the last-named there is 
 a considerable export of coal, which is worked to some extent 
 a mile E.S.E. of Kelung; to the others the exports are rice, 
 ground-nut oil, camphor, and camphor-wood. 
 
 KEMPTVILLE, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Grenville, on a branch of the Rideau canal, and on the 
 Ottawa and Prescott railway, 106 m. W.S.W. Montreal; with 
 six churches, a grammar and a ladies' school, tanneries, 
 foundries, and a large trade in flour and lumber. Pop. about 
 1350. 
 
 KENAMOU, a river, Labrador, enters Hamilton or 
 Esquimaux Inlet from the S., 30 m. from the coast; it is a 
 succession of rapids, and scarcely admits of navigation even 
 by canoes. Its source is said to be in the lakes and marshes 
 which occupy the table-land of the peninsula. 
 
 KENDAJI, a vil. Western Africa, on an isl. in the Niger, 
 85 m. S.E. Timbuktoo. It is of considerable size, the huts 
 covering the whole surface of the island, while the river 
 scenery in its vicinity is of the most romantic description. 
 Immediately opposite to it is the rocky cone of Warba, which 
 is seen from a considerable distance, and forms a conspicuous 
 object to the surrounding country, and immediately above 
 and below the channel is so completely covered with woody 
 islands as to seem at first sight to oppose a complete barrier 
 to navigation. Indeed, between Kendaji and the Cove of 
 Warba there is no passage, but between the other side of the 
 island and the opposite bank two passages remain, apparently 
 free from any serious obstruction. The inhabitants are of 
 Singhay extraction, but the Fellatah, the dominant race, 
 iiave settled in the neighbourhood, and possess large herds of 
 sheep and cattle. 
 
 KENNEBEC [add.], a river, U. States, which, deriving 
 its principal source in Mooseliead Lake in the central part of 
 Maine, receives the Dead on its r. bank, and then flows nearly 
 due S. on the meridian of 70°. On approaching Norridge- 
 wock it turns E., but after flowing 12 m. resumes its original 
 direction, and retains it to its mouth in Sheepscott Bay, an 
 irregular indentation of the Atlantic coast studded with 
 numerous islands. Its chief affluent is the Androscoggin, 
 which joins it on the right 18 m. from the sea. In its 
 whole length of 150 m. the Kennebec has a descent of 1000 
 ft. Large ships ascend it 12 m. to Bath, steamboats 40 m. 
 to Hallowell, and small craft 54 m. to Waterville. The tide 
 ascends 42 m. to Augusta, and to improve the navigation 
 above that point, and at the same time obtain an increase of 
 water-power, a dam with locks has been constructed at the 
 expense of £50,000. Below Bath the river is always open 
 except in seasons of unusual severity, but at Hallowell it is 
 closed by ice from the middle of December to the begiiming 
 of April. 
 
 KENNEBUNK [add.], two places, U. States:—!, A tn. 
 and port of entry, Maine, on the Kennebunk, at its mouth in 
 the ocean, 22 m. S. by W. Portland. It contains six churches, 
 14 public schools, a yarn factory, and several saw-mills. 
 Ship-building is the chief branch of industry. The inhabi- 
 tants were formerly much engaged in the West India trade, 
 and own about 50 vessels. Pop. 2679. — 2, Kennebunh Fort, 
 also in Maine, and at the opposite side of the mouth of the river, 
 contains seven churches, 13 schools, a brass-foundry, and 
 several saw and flour mills. The harbour, which is excel- 
 lent, has building-yards, and is occasionally used for shipping 
 lumber, but most of the vessels owned by the inhabitants 
 are employed in coasting and fishing. Pop. 2668. 
 
 KEOKUK, a tn. U. States, Iowa, at the S.E. corner of 
 the state, at the foot of the lower rapids of the Mississippi, 2 m. 
 above the confluence of the Des Moines, and on the Keokuk, 
 Fort Des Moines, and Minnesota railway, 205 m. above St. 
 Louis. It is built partly at the foot and partly on the sum- 
 mit of a limestone bluff', about 150 ft. high, and has broad 
 regular streets with many handsome houses. Its public 
 buildings are 12 churches, a public school occupying a very 
 handsome edifice, a medical college, a female seminary, and 
 a number of academies. The industrial establishments 
 number about 50, and the trade, chiefly in flour and lumber, 
 is very active. Pop. about 8136. 
 
 KEliANGOBE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Angola, on a small stream which joins the Bal^; lat. 
 10° 10' S.; Ion. 17° 35' E. Its inhabitants are almost all 
 employed in working and smelting the iron ores of mines in 
 the vicinity, or in making various articles of smith-work, 
 particularly hoes, for which there is a great demand in the 
 adjoining countries, where they form a kind of currency. 
 Pop. about 4000. 
 
 KEROWLEE, a petty state, India, Rajpootana, between 
 lat. 25° 53' and 26° 48' N.; Ion. 76° 47' and 77° 38' E.; and 
 bounded N. by Bhurtpore, E. by Dholpore, S.E. the Chumbul, 
 separating it from Scindia's Dominions, W. the Bunass, separ- 
 ating it from Jeypoor, and N.W. Jeypoor; area, 1878 sq. m.; 
 aggregate revenue, £50,690. Scarcely anything is known 
 either as to its physical features or cultivation. Pop. roughly 
 estimated at 187,800. 
 
 KEROWLEE, cap. of the above state, 75 m. S.W. 
 Agra, lies in a- country rendered almost impassable by the 
 number of ravines which intersect it, is surrounded by a wall 
 of masonry, and defended by two forts, and consists of narrow 
 filthy streets lined with houses, of which some are substan- 
 tially built of brick faced with stone. One of the forts con- 
 tains the rajah's palace, is described as a fine structure, faced 
 inside and outside with red stone, and surmounted by lofty 
 towers. 
 
 KERZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 18 m. E.S.E. Hermannstadt; with the picturesque ruins of a 
 Cistertian abbey, which king Matthias suppressed in 1477, 
 on account of the dissolute lives of the inmates. Pop. 960. 
 
 KESSIL-BACK-NOOR, a lake, Chinese Tartary, among 
 the Syan-Shan Mountains, about lat. 43° N.; Ion. 87° E. It 
 is about 70 m. long and 18 m. broad, and is bordered by hills 
 on the N.E., but on the S.W. has flat shores extensively' 
 covered with reeds, and in some parts affording good 
 pastures. 
 
KEVE 
 
 22 
 
 KHARTOOM 
 
 KEVE, or Kupo, or Cuvo, a river, S. W. Africa, Benguela, 
 which rises in the plateau of Galangue, flows N.W., separat- 
 ing Hainbo on the W. from Sambo on the E., traverses the 
 S.E. portion of Bailundo, and intersects the mountainous 
 districts Kibala and Ambuim, where its channel is obstructed 
 by cataracts. On approacliing the sea it forms several deep 
 lakes, in which crocodiles and hippopotami abound, and then 
 flowing smoothly in its deep bed, falls into the Bay of Old 
 Benguela, in the Atlantic, in lat. 11° S, During the rains 
 it lays a great extent of country under water. 
 
 KEW-HEEN, or Kew-hsien, a tn. China, prov. Ngan- 
 hoei, picturesquely situated under a range of hills skirting 
 the S. bank of the Yang-tze River, about 80 in. above 
 Nankin. Having fallen into the hands of the insurgents, and 
 been afterwards recaptured from them, it is now half in ruins, 
 and presents few traces of its former importance. It is, 
 however, gradually recovering since the suppression of the 
 Taeping rebellion in 1864. 
 
 KEW-KIANG, or Kiu-Kiang, a tn and port, China, on 
 the r. bank of the Yang-tze River, 530 m. by its course from 
 Shanghai, and a few miles above the N. extremity of Lake 
 Poyang. It is one of the open ports under the regulations 
 of the treaty of Tien-tsin, ratified in 1860 at Peking; which 
 grants the privilege to British subjects of purchasing land 
 from the inhabitants for a settlement. This has been chosen 
 on the river frontage, where the ground is laid out as a com- 
 modious wharf, with a good depth of water for shipping. 
 The residents are formed into a council for municipal pur- 
 poses; and streets have been laid out at right angles, where 
 substantial warehouses and residences have been erected. A 
 vice-consul is stationed here, and a branch of the foreign 
 maritime customs, with a staff of 21 officers. At the back 
 of the settlement lies the walled town of Kew-Kiang, which 
 takes its name from the 'nine rivers' that flow from the 
 adjacent hills, which form the western head at the entrance of 
 the Poyang Lake. It was on account of this central position, 
 and its reputation as the entrepot of trade from the province 
 of Kiang-see through the lake, that Lord Elgin fixed upon it 
 as a treaty port, as the nearest outlet for the green-tea 
 districts. This tea forms the staple article of export; in 
 1864 the value of it, including about one-fifth black tea, 
 amounted to£l, 356,982. The imports consisted of Manchester 
 goods, sugar, rice, opium, and edible sea-weed, amounting to 
 £1,044,217; the balance of trade being made up in copper 
 cash and Mexican dollars? The sliipping inwards comprised 
 477 ships, in the aggregate 333,467 tons, and outwards a 
 fraction less, as they were chiefly steamers that carried the 
 produce to Shanghai for shipment to British and other foreign 
 ports. This will give the total value of the trade for 1864 
 as £2,401,199, against £3,455,919 in 1863, showii>g a falling 
 off of about 30 per cent. The import, export, and coast 
 trade duties, together with the tonnage dues, amounted to 
 £209,728, against £237,926 in 1863. Kew-Kiang was once 
 a thriving and populous city, surrounded by a wall from 5 
 to 6 m. in circuit, but, having fallen into the hands of the 
 rebels, suffered alike from them and from a long siege by 
 which the Imperialists ultimately effected its recapture. The 
 consequence was that little more was left standing within 
 the walls than a single dilapidated street containing only a 
 few mean shops. The only building possessed of any interest 
 is a temple which the emperor has caused to be built since 
 his authority was restored, and in which is a tablet erected 
 by a minister of state to his friend, a Tartar general who fell 
 during the siege. In the suburbs, without the walls, is a 
 street more substantial and with better shops than the one 
 within them. Tliere is also in the same locality an unin- 
 jured pagoda. — {S. Mosamari's MS. Notes; Reports Chinese 
 Maritime Customs.) 
 
 KEYRAULOO, a tn. India, Gujerat, in a fertile coantry, 
 120 m. N.N.W. Baroda. It is a considerable place, with 
 12,000 inhabitants, who are extensively engaged in manu- 
 factures. 
 
 KEY WEST, a tn. U. States, Florida, cap. co. Monroe, 
 on the island of same name in Florida Bay; lat. 24° 22' N.; 
 Ion. 81° 48' W. Being the key to the best entrance to the 
 Gulf of Mexico, it is strongly fortified, principally by Fort 
 Taylor, which is built on an artificial island within the main 
 entrance to the harbour. The streets of the town are spa- 
 cious, and the houses, generally of the cottage style, are often 
 
 embosomed among trees. The principal buildings are three 
 churches, large and commodious barracks forming three 
 sides of a quadrangle, a marine hospital, a court-house, and 
 a custom-house. The principal employment of the inhabi- 
 tants is what is called ' wrecking,' but deserves a better name, 
 as it is conducted not in the lawless manner which that name 
 implies, but according to strict rule for the mutual benefit of 
 all parties concerned. The vessels of the wreckers, generally 
 sloops or schooners, averaging 50 tons, and having each a 
 crew of eight or ten persons, are regularly licensed by the 
 judge of the district, and the amount of salvage is determined 
 by the admiralty court. In 1858 the number of vessels 
 licensed as wreckers at Key West was 47. Their spare time 
 is usually occupied in fishing, but the extent of their special 
 employment may be inferred from the fact that the number 
 of wrecks in that year for which salvage was obtained was 
 52, and that the value of the cargoes and vessels exceeded 
 three millions sterling. Pop. (1860), 2832. 
 
 KEY WEST [Spanish Cayo Hueso, or ' Bone Key'], the 
 most westerly of the group of Pine Islands, which lie off the 
 coast of Florida, U. States, about 55 m. S.W. Cape Sable. 
 It is about 6 m. long by 2 m. broad, of coral formation, with 
 a sandy sterile surface, which nowhere rises more than 15 ft. 
 above the sea. It Is so dangerous to mariners that no less 
 than four lighthouses have been erected upon it or in its 
 vicinity. Notwithstanding these pre;;autions, disastrous ship- 
 wrecks frequently occur. 
 
 KHABAKOFKA, a tn. Russian empire, Mancliooria, 
 r. bank Amoor, at the junction of the Usuri. It stands on a 
 picturesque eminence, is the head-quarters of the fifth bat- 
 talion of the line, and has a church with paintings executed 
 by some Russian officers while stationed here. It was 
 founded only in 1858, but is so advantageously situated that 
 it can hardly fail to become a place of importance. Imme- 
 diately below the town the 1. bank of the Amoor is one con- 
 tinued level prairie for 100 m. 
 
 KHACHROD, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 70 m. 
 S. by E. Neemuch. It is a large open town, consisting, ac- 
 cording to Sir John Malcolm, of 10,000 houses, and is famous 
 for its tobacco. 
 
 KIIADEJA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, cap. dist. of 
 same name, 120 m. N.E. Kano. It is a large and populous 
 place, surrounded by a very strong double clay-wall. The 
 inhabitants, engros.sed by warlike expeditions, have no in- 
 dustry except that of dyeing, which is carried on to a limited 
 extent. 
 
 KH ADERABAD, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, prov. 
 and 30 m. E. Aurungabad, on the Goondla, opposite to Jaul- 
 nah. It is surrounded by a stone wall, and the inhabitants 
 are chiefly engaged in weaving sarees, hugrecs, kummur- 
 bunds, coarse muslins, and the coarser kinds of cotton cloth. 
 A beautiful description of scarlet dye is prepared here, and 
 sent to Bombay, where it is much prized for the brilliancy of 
 its colour. The cotton raised in the neighbourhood is of 
 superior quality, but mostly retained for home consumption. 
 Within the last half century the silk and cotton manufactures 
 of Khaderabad and Jaulnah were famous, and employed from 
 4000 to 5000 weavers. Owing partly to British competition, 
 and partly to excessive taxation, this source of prosperity has 
 been in a great measure destroyed, and the beautiful fabrics 
 of silk and muslin have disappeared to make way for the 
 coarser articles above mentioned. Pop. 7000. 
 
 KHALSEE, a tn. India, Jaunsar, at the confluence of 
 the Tonse with the Jumna, 120 m. N. by E. Delhi. It was 
 formerly more considerable than at present, but is still de- 
 fended by a fort, and continues to be an entrepot for the 
 traffic between the plains and the highlands of the N. A 
 copper-mine was once worked in its vicinity. 
 
 KHARTOOM, or Khartum [add.], a tn. N. Africa, 
 Upper Nubia, near the confluence of the White and Blue 
 Nile, and at the height of 1450 ft. above the sea, lies chiefly 
 along the 1. bank of the Blue River, from which, however, 
 it is partially separated by gardens, and is at the same time 
 so near the White River that its inundations not unfrequently 
 reach the earthen wall by which the place is surrounded. 
 When approached from the White River the town presents 
 an appearance by no means attractive. In front is seen a 
 sterile sandy plain, without an eminence of any kind, and 
 without either trees or bushes, and in the midst of it a large 
 
KHARTOOM 
 
 23 
 
 KHYRPOOR 
 
 dirty gray mass of houses, overtopped only by a single min- 
 aret, and totally devoid of everything that might break the 
 dull monotony of the scene. Tlie town is entered by a long 
 narrow street, stretching from W. to E., and terminating in 
 tlie market. It is dirty in the extreme, and has on each side 
 a row of mud-houses, whicli, as there is seldom any exterior 
 opening in them except the doors, only form two lines of 
 dead wall. In the other parts of the town there is not the 
 least semblance of regularity. Every inhabitant has ap- 
 parently been permitted to exercise his own discretion in 
 
 KHABTOOM.— From a view by Weidenbach. 
 
 selecting a site and building upon it, and the consequence is, 
 that the houses are of all shapes and sizes, and the streets are 
 mere labyrinths in whicli a stranger threads his way with 
 the utmost difficulty. But though the houses are thus Imd- 
 dled together in the most disorderly manner, there are many 
 open spaces so large that they are not only used as gardens, 
 but cultivated as corn-fields. So far as thus occupied these 
 spaces may be considered as contributing at once to the beauty 
 and the salubrity of the place. Unfortunately there are 
 other open spaces of a very diflferent description. These are 
 low hollow flats, which, becoming inundated during the rainy 
 season, retain the water which flowed into them, and form 
 large tanks and standing pools, which fill the air with pesti- 
 lential miasma, and are tenanted by myriads of frogs, whose 
 loud and incessant croaking throughout the night makes 
 peaceful slumber almost impossible. The long and narrow 
 street already mentioned, poor though it be, is by far the best 
 which Khartoom possesses. It contains the governor's resi- 
 dence, the government offices, and a number of tolerably 
 spacious mansions, belonging to Turks, Copts, or wealthy 
 Arabs. With these exceptions all the houses, both here and 
 throughout the town, are of the most paltry description, often 
 consisting only of four walls of sun-dried clay, roofed over, 
 cemented with slime, or plastered with a coating of mud, 
 cliaflf, and cow-dung, as a protection against the effects of the 
 rains. In the market-place the only mosque, built of brick 
 and surmounted by a minaret, the bazaar, the coffee-houses, 
 brandy-shops, and other places of entertainment, are situated. 
 In addition to those already mentioned the only public build- 
 ings are a Coptish and a R. Catholic chapel, a II. Catholic 
 school, a lazaretto or infirmary, a jail, and barracks. The 
 market-place is well provided with the requisite accommoda- 
 tion, and at certain hours presents a very busy scene. It 
 has two principal market-halls, both divided by pathways, 
 which lead across them, and are lined on both sides with 
 shops, where, on open and slightly elevated platforms, the 
 goods are exposed. Many of the shops have signs containing 
 the owner's name, and not unfrequently some pithy proverb 
 from tlie Koran, in large ornamental characters; others are 
 adorned with painted figures of lions, horses, or other animals. 
 Between the market-halls is the bread-market, where the 
 baker, if an Egyptian, exhibits his loaves of the finest wheat, 
 or, if a native of Soudan, supplies his customers, gene- 
 rally of the poorer class, with rolls and cakes of maize. Im- 
 mediately adjoining is the milk, fruit, and vegetable market, 
 with the very singular appendage of a gallows in its centre, 
 
 and beyond, in succession, markets for corn, tobacco, and 
 butter. Among the chief attractions of Khartoom are the 
 large and beautiful gardens along the banks of the Blue Nile. 
 These produce vegetables and fruits in great variety, and of 
 excellent quality, with the exception of dates, the date-palm 
 having here reached its southern limit, and ceased fully to 
 ripen its fruit, though, as a tree, it still continues to grow 
 vigorously. The government is nominally Turkish, but the 
 real sovereign is the Pacha of Egypt, the Soudan provinces 
 being under the control of a governor-general with despotic 
 power. There are consuls for 
 France, Austria, and America. 
 Being at a great distance from 
 civilization, and separated from 
 Lower Egypt by the Nubian 
 deserts, Khartoom affords every 
 opportunity for misgovern- 
 ment, extortion, and oppression. 
 The taxes are collected by the 
 soldiery, of whom there were 
 6000 quartered in the town in 
 1861. The heaviest and most 
 unjust tax is th.at upon water- 
 wheeis, with which the farmers 
 irrigate the otherwise barren 
 soil. On the borders of the 
 river there is much land avail- 
 able for cultivation ; but the 
 tax upon irrigation, and the 
 contributions levied upon the 
 produce, cause the Arabs to 
 limit their agriculture to their 
 bare necessities. The slave- 
 trade is the support of Khartoom, and without this traffic 
 upon the White Nile, the place would almost cease to exist, 
 the export ivory trade not exceeding an annual value of 
 £40,000. The population, estimated at about 25,000, is 
 of a very mixed character, and includes Europeans (chiefly 
 British and French), Greeks, Turks, Egyptians, Nubians, 
 Soudanese, Abyssinians, Gallas, and four or five different 
 negro races. 
 
 KHERSONESE, or Cheksonese, a cape, Russia, form- 
 ing the S.W. extremity of the Crimea. It terminates a pen- 
 insula on which the ancient town of Chersonesus is believed 
 to have stood, and after reaching the water's edge is con- 
 tinued by a reef. On the highest point of the cape, a light- 
 house 170 ft. high has been erected, presenting a conspicuous 
 mark by day, and furnishing by night a light which, in clear 
 weather, is visible at the distance of 17 m. 
 
 KHODAGANJ, a tn. India, N. W. Provinces, dist. and 
 about 16 m. S. Furruckabad, on the N.bank of the E. Kallee 
 Nuddee, which is here crossed by a suspension-bridge It pos- 
 sesses a large serai for travellers, and a well-supplied bazar. 
 
 KHOORUM, a river, Asia, which, rising on the S.E. slope 
 of the Suffeid Koh range of mountains, in lat. 33° 28' N.; 
 Ion. 69° 27' E., flows E. for 65 m. through Afghanistan, 
 enters the Punjab through a gorge in the Suliman Moun- 
 tains, shortly afterwards changes its direction to S.E., and 
 after flowing for 100 m. through the valley of Bunnoo, joins 
 the Indus on its r. bank, at the town of Kafer-Kote, in lat. 
 32° 30' N.; Ion. 71° 20' E. 
 
 KHORO, or Kholo, a river, Russian empire, Manchooria, 
 rises in a mountain range, flows W.N.W. for 250 m., and 
 joins the Usuri on its r. bank, entering it by five mouths. It 
 flows in a very rapid current, carrying along with its immense 
 volume of water large masses of stone and trunks of trees. 
 
 KHOTIN, or Choczim [add.], a tn. Russia, gov. Bes- 
 sarabia, cap. circle of same name, on the frontiers of Podolia, 
 20 m. S.S.W. Kamenetz. It is a place of some strength, 
 contains four churches, a circle and a Lancasterian school, 
 and has a variety of manufactures, and a pop. of about 12,200. 
 KHYRPOOR, atn. India, Bhawulpoor, aboutamile from 
 1. bank Sutlej or Ghara; lat. 29° 36' N.; ion. 72° 12' E. The 
 sandhills of the Tliurr, or great sandy desert, are encroaching 
 so fast on the town, that, though they were only a few years ago 
 2 m. distant, they have already reached the extremities of the 
 streets, and are threatening the whole place with destruction. 
 The houses, though built only of unbumt brick, are suffi- 
 ciently durable, as rain seldom falls. The only buildings of 
 
KIAHTZ 
 
 24 
 
 KIKOMBO 
 
 any note ai e the mosques, which are conspicuous by their 
 round domes, while the principal one is embellished with var- 
 nished tiles of various colours. The bazaar contains 400 
 shops, and a considerable trade is done in supplying the 
 cafilas or caravans of the desert. 
 
 KIAHTZ, a tn. China, prov. and 185 m. E.S.E. Canton, 
 near the mouth of a stream which falls into the China Sea. 
 It stands about 2 m. from Cupchi Point, a rugged promontory, 
 crowned by a dilapidated fort; is surrounded by walls, and 
 contains a conspicuous pagoda. The entrance to the river, 
 which has a bar with 9 ft. at low water, is defended by a fort 
 and a martello tower. 
 
 KIAKKA, a dist. S.W. Africa, Benguela, between lat. 
 12° and 13° S.; Ion. 15° and 16° E.; and bounded N. by 
 Bailundo, W. by the extensive forest of Dambo-olo-Mone 
 separating it from Kissandshi, S. by Kibala and Kakonda, 
 and E. by the Lingi-Lingi range, which separates it from 
 Hambo. The people are in general well-made, but arrogant, 
 blood-thirsty, and very warlike. In union with their neigh- 
 bours they are able to muster several thousand armed men. 
 Accordingly they make frequent forays into the southern 
 district, and after wasting all with fire and sword, return 
 home laden with plundered cattle and slaves. Their religion 
 is nothing but a superstitious fetichism, though they have 
 an idea of a supreme being whom they call Sukii; their worst 
 abomination is cannibalism, which they practise not only on 
 the flesh of prisoners taken in war, mixed with that of cattle and 
 dogs, but on the children of their neighbours, whom they 
 steal for the purpose, and on the aged among themselves 
 whenever they become sick. The men, too much given to 
 plunder to settle down to agricultural employments, leave 
 them, as in many other parts of Africa, to the women, who, 
 displaying equal skill and industry, raise large crops of maize, 
 manioc, potatoes, beans, and tobacco. The domestic animals 
 are cattle in limited number, and in greater number sheep, 
 goats, swine, and poultry; wild animals are very nume- 
 rous in the mountains and forests. Iron, the only mineral 
 known to exist, is worked to a considerable extent. The pop. 
 is estimated at 75,000, who live under a prince or sova whose 
 power is absolute. 
 
 KIANG-HUNG, the capital of a Slmn state, r. bank 
 Cambodia, 155 m. E. Ava Though nominally tributary to 
 Ava, its proximity to China brings it more immediately under 
 the influence of the Chinese, who keep a body of officials within 
 it and levy a regular revenue. The town, situated W. of the 
 Mekong, on the side of a low range of hills, has neither walls 
 nor fort, but can boast of several public buildings, of which 
 the most prominent is the palace, substantially built, roofed 
 with highly glazed tiles, and adorned with carving and gilding 
 in the Chinese style. Kiang-Hung, lying on the route of 
 caravans, is much visited by Chinese traders. Curiously 
 enough one of the imports into China is tea. Pop. about 
 2000. 
 
 KIANG-TUNG [add.], a tn. Burmah, cap. Shan state of 
 same name, about midway between the Salwen on the W. and 
 the Mekong on the E., 122 m. E.S.E. Ava. It stands on 
 low undulating hills, is surrounded by an extensive and 
 irregular wall of brick and mud, about 15 ft. high, fenced on 
 the outside either by swamps or by an artificial ditch, and 
 contains about 600 or 700 houses, widely scattered and of a 
 mean description. The palace, situated in the centre of the 
 town, has a shabby exterior, but is internally handsome and 
 richly adorned, having a throne and other royal insignia on 
 the Ava model. The tsavlwa or prince levies no taxes on 
 his own account, but derives his revenue from his own 
 domains, from trade,-and from presents given by his feuda- 
 tories and by the people generally. He also receives part of 
 the fines exacted from criminals. The whole force of the 
 state, including the hill tribes, is said to amount to 30,000; 
 the contingent for Ava is 5000. — (Yule, Geography of Bur- 
 mah.) 
 
 KTANG-YIN, a tn. China, prov. Kiangsu, r. bank Yang- 
 Ize-Kiang, 80 m. N.W. Shanghai. The river here narrow- 
 ing considerably, and the shore rising into bluffs behind the 
 town, present scenery of a somewhat picturesque character. 
 Two batteries command the pass, but so unskillfully that 
 their flank might easily be turned. One of the hills is crowned 
 with a temple; the most conspicuous object within the town 
 is its tall pagoda. The great number of junks crowding the 
 
 creek leading to Kinyan shows that it must have an exten- 
 sive trade. 
 
 KIBABA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, in the 
 N.E. of the Kakingi territoiy, between the Kokema and the 
 Coanza; lat. 12° 40' S.; Ion 18° 15' E. It is surrounded by 
 incendera-trees of great size and age, is well fortified, and 
 counts about 4000 inhabitants, who belong to the Ganguella 
 stock, and carry on a considerable trade in honey and wax. 
 
 KIBALA, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 between lat. 10° 20' and 12° S.; and Ion. 15° and 16° E.; 
 bounded N. by Hako, E. and S.E. Bailundo, S. Kissandshi, 
 S.W. Selles, and W. Ambuim; area, about 3000 sq. m. 
 Though claiming independence, and governed by two chiefs, 
 it is tributary to Bailundo. Much of the territory is hilly 
 and covered with large forests, but the cultivable portions are 
 well watered, particularly by the Kupo, which traverses it 
 centrically in a N.W. direction, and the Longa, which flows 
 from E. to W. near its N. frontier. The woods abound with 
 bees, from which a great deal of wax is obtained, and disposed 
 of to the factories on the coast. The only mineral known is 
 iron, which is found of excellent quality almost everywhere 
 throughout the territory. Pop. about 35,000. 
 
 KIBANDA, a dist, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Bailundo, on the W. slope of the Lingi-Lingi range, 
 about lat. 12° 15' S.; Ion. 15° 45' E. It is the largest 
 district in Bailundo, and contains about 600 villages or 
 hamlets. Its chief exercises absolute power, and though 
 nominally subject to the chief of Bailundo, recognizes his 
 authority only so far as he deems it his interest to do so. 
 Thus without consulting any superior, he unites with other 
 minor chiefs, and, with a host of plunderers, often to the 
 number of several thousands, makes devastating inroads into 
 distant districts. Under such leadership the very name of 
 'the Munano,' by which the inhabitants of Bailundo are 
 designated, excites feelings of dread and hatred over a large 
 extent of S. Africa. In the western part of the district, sur- 
 rounded by lofty wooded precipices, are the hot sulphur 
 springs of Kitagota. 
 
 KIDZI, a lake, Russian empire, Manchooria, formed by 
 the expansion of a branch of the Amoor. It measures 25 m. 
 in length and 12 m. in breadtli, and has an area of 93 sq. m. 
 It consists of two portions, connected by a strait about half 
 a mile wide, and contains two islets, one of which is held 
 sacred by the Gilyuks, who assemble on it from time to time 
 to practise their Shuman rites. Kidzi Lake is only 15 m. 
 from Castries Bay, but the ground between is somewhat 
 elevated. 
 
 KIKOBOE, or Djiokoe, a territory, S. Africa, between 
 lat. 10° and 1.3° S., and Ion. 22° 25' and 24° 25' E.; bounded 
 N. by the Ssindjsche, or according to Livingstone, Chinge 
 or Basinge, and the Manasa Moluwa territory, E. Lobal, S. 
 the Buunda or Lutschasi Land, and W. the Olowihenda 
 forests. The surface is hilly and even mountainous, attaining 
 its greatest height in the W., and thence descending toward 
 the E. where at last it becomes almost flat. A large part of 
 it is still in a state of nature, covered with dense forests, but 
 it is so abundantly watered by the Kassubi and its numerous 
 affluents that the parts under culture yield most productive 
 returns. The climate is more temperate in the summer months 
 than might be supposed, and during the night in dry winter 
 weather a thermometer placed in the open air sometimes sinks 
 to the freezing-point. There are no towns, properly so called, 
 the inhabitants generally living in detached dwellings or small 
 clusters of huts in the vicinity of their chief, but their number 
 is so great that Kikoboe is said to be as densely peopled as any 
 region in inner Africa. Wax, said to be the best in S. Africa, 
 is the staple article of trade. The only other article deserving 
 notice is iron, which seems to be the only mineral of value, 
 and is said to be of excellent quality. 
 
 KIKOMBO, a river, Portuguese factory, and native tn. 
 S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country. — The kiver, called also 
 Ambuvido, rises in the Mountains of Bailundo, flows W. 
 through Kissandshi and Selles, and falls into the Atlantic a 
 
 little S. of Novo-Redondo. The factory, situated on the S. 
 
 bank of the river near its mouth, where a tolerably good 
 harbour is formed, has lost any importance it ever possessed, 
 and consists only of a few straw huts, whose inhabitants, in- 
 terdicted from the slave-trade, are obliged to content them- 
 selves with dealing only in wax, gum copal, and orchil. 
 
KILAKAEAI 
 
 25 
 
 KINGO 
 
 Owing to its low site, the factory is periodically laid under 
 
 water and is very unhealthy. The native town, situated on 
 
 the N. bank of the river, about 6 in. above the factory, stands 
 surrounded by lofty granite precipices. Its inhabitants cm- 
 ploy themselves in agriculture, grazing, and fisiiing. In 
 following the last tliey are said to display remarkable skill in 
 swimming, often going far out to sea with nothing to support 
 them but a piece of bamboo cane. They are not on good 
 terms with the Portuguese, but it is generally believed tliat 
 the latter are most in fault. Pop. 1700. 
 
 KILAKARAI, or Keelacukkay, a tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. Madura, on the Gulf of Manaar, 10 m. S. by 
 W. Ilamnad. It is about 2J m. in circuit; and having a 
 number of houses and granaries finely built along the shore, 
 presents a beautiful appearance when approached from the sea. 
 Tlie appearance, however, is much better than the reality. 
 The numerous streets are narrow and ill-formed, and the 
 great majority of the houses are mere huts witli thatched 
 roofs. The principal buildings are 11 mosques, mostly 
 erected over the tombs of wealthy Mussulmans who have 
 died here. Some of them are elegant structures; and one of 
 them is rendered particularly conspicuous by its cupola, 
 which is gilded or covered with gold. Near the E. skirts 
 of the town, and contiguous to the ruins of a Dutch factory, 
 is a small E. Catholic church. Tlie manufactures consist of 
 long cloths, fine and coarse, and a sweet beverage called 
 puthaneer, extracted from the palmyra-tree, of which there 
 are thick groves in the vicinity. The inhabitants are indus- 
 trious, active, and enterprising, and readily engage in any 
 branch of trade which promises to yield a profit. Upwards 
 of 100 boats belong to the port. 
 
 KILANDI, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, ter- 
 ritory Bailundo; lat. 12° 25' S.; Ion. 16° 2.5' E. It stands 
 on a height on the E. side of tlie Djamba range, and con- 
 tains 2000 inhabitants, who have the reputation of being bold 
 and fearless warriors. 
 
 KILIA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, on an arm 
 of the Danube of same name, 21 m. N.E. Ismail. It is a 
 place of strength, and has a valuable fishery (at wliich a 
 great deal of caviar is prepared), and a trade in cattle, hides, 
 wax, and honey. It is one of the places ceded by Russia in 
 1856. Pop. 6400. 
 
 KIMBANDI, or Djimbindi, a territory, S.W. Africa, 
 bounded "W. by the Coanza, which separates it from Bih<5; 
 N. by the land of the Massongo; E. by the extensive unin- 
 habited forests of Olowikenda; and S. by the territories 
 belonging to the tribes of Bango Akanuka. The surface 
 is generally hilly, rising toward the E., where it becomes 
 densely covered with wood. Tlie principal river is the 
 Kuiba, which, after receiving a number of affluents from the 
 S. and E., flows W. and joins the Coanza on its r. bank. 
 The land where fertile is composed of a mixture of clay and 
 sand of a dark red colour. Its capital, Kujo, is seated on a 
 commanding height above the r. bank of the Coanza, and has 
 a much-frequented ferry. Other places of importance are 
 Kariongo, where the caravans going eastward lay in their 
 stock of provisions; Na-Ssenda in the centre of a fertile 
 plain near the fork formed by the junction of the Kuiba and 
 Coanza; and Angoluka or Angura, on the Coanza, with a 
 ferry, where the caravans from the N. of Bihe usually cross. 
 The inhabitants are industrious, and produce large quantities 
 of manioc and a species of sorghum called massango. They 
 are rich in cattle, sheep, goats, and swine. They are still, 
 however, in a very savage state, and addicted to Fetischism, 
 with many of its most absurd and barbarous practices. The 
 staple article of trade is wax; next to it are ivory and slaves. 
 — [Ladislas Mar/yar.) 
 
 KIMBOLENGE.atn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Bailundo, on the W. edge of the Bulum-Bulu Steppe 
 and the caravan route to Bihd. It is shaded by lofty incen- 
 dera-trees, and contains about 2000 inhabitants, who carry 
 on an active trade, greatly facilitated by the caravans. 
 
 KIMBUNDA, a country, S.W. Africa, inhabited by a 
 people of .same name, who, on account both of their numbers 
 and the extent of their territory, as well as their distinguish- 
 ing qualities physical and moral, form one of the most remark- 
 able and most powerful races in this quarter of the African con- 
 tinent. Their territory embraces nearly five degrees of latitude 
 and five degrees of longitude; thus forming a vast area nearly 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol .II. 
 
 of a squai-e form, which extends from lat. 9° to J4° S., and 
 from Ion. 12° 35' to 18° E.; washed by the Atlantic on the 
 W., and bounded on the N. and E. by the Coanza, which in 
 the former direction separates it from the Portuguese pos- 
 sessions, and in the latter from the Mazongho and Kimandi 
 races; the S. boundary, as little or nothing is known of the 
 country beyond it, cannot well be defined. According to 
 the limits above assigned to Kimbunda, it is obviou.sly 
 nothing more than the northern and better-known portion of 
 the immense region which figures on the map under the 
 name of Benguela. The only unity which it possesses con- 
 sists in its physical features and its population; the former 
 being very much alike throughout its whole length, and the 
 latter all deriving their origin from a common Kimbunda 
 stock. But there is no political unity. Instead of forming 
 one great state, it is broken up into a number of territories, 
 all independent of each other — and not only so, but not 
 unfrequentlya single territory is again subdivided, and forms 
 several petty independencies, each under a chief who acknow- 
 ledges no authority but his own absolute will. For an 
 account of the government and customs prevalent in the 
 Kimbunda country, reference is made to the articles in 
 which its various states or territories are described. As 
 a guide to the references, it may be necessary to mention 
 that the names of these territories, taken from N. to S. in the 
 order in Avhich they lie along the coast of the Atlantic, in the 
 centre of the country, and along its eastern frontier, are as 
 follows: — On the coast, Kisaina, Mupinda, Sumbe, and 
 Mundombe; in the centre, Libollo, Hako, Bailundo, Ambuim, 
 Kibala, Andullo, Selles, Kissandshi, Ganda, Kiakka, Hambo, 
 Sambos, and Caconda; on the E. frontier, Mazongho, Bih^, 
 Kakingi, and Galangue. 
 
 KIMPOLUNG, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. 
 circle Mustshelo, in a mountain district, 80 m. N.W. Bu- 
 charest, on an affluent of the Arjish. It is the seat of a court 
 of primary jurisdiction; and, standing on the road which 
 leads across the mountains to Kronstadt, is an entrepot for 
 the traffic between Siebenburgen and Walachia. Pop. 8695. 
 
 KINDUMBA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Galangue; lat. 14° S.; Ion. 18° E. It lies on the 
 Kubango, in which it has a harbour much used by the in- 
 habitants of E. Ganguella; and contains 1500 inhabitants, 
 whose chief employment is fishing. 
 
 KTNESM A, a tn. Russia, gov. and 52 m. S.E. Kineshma, 
 cap. circle and at the confluence of a river of same name 
 with the Volga. It has 1 1 churches, a circle and a parish 
 school, a benevolent institution, and an extensive trade. 
 Within the circle much linen and cotton cloth and large 
 numbers of bark-shoes are made. Pop. 2454. 
 
 KING AQUA AND KING BELL, the names of two 
 towns, W. Africa, on the S. side of the estuary of the 
 Cameroons, near its mouth in the Bight of Biafra, opposite to 
 the island of Fernando Po. The towns, separated only by a 
 small stream, are of great extent inland, and consist of houses 
 neatly built of bamboo, and arranged in wide regular streets. 
 Much of the adjoining space being occupied by plantain and 
 cocoa-nut trees, it is difficult to form an estimate of the 
 number of the inhabitants. There can be no doubt, however, 
 that they forni a large and important community, who by 
 their long intercourse with Europeans have made great pro- 
 gress in civilization. The trade, chiefly in palm-oil, is very 
 extensive. 
 
 KING-CHU-FU, a tn. China, about 20 m. above the 
 mouth of a river of same name, which falls into the head of 
 the Gulf of Liau-tung. Nothing more is known of it than 
 that it is a place of considerable trade. 
 
 KINGKA, Kenka, or Hinkai, a lake, Manchooria, on 
 the boundary between the Russian and the Chinese empires, 
 between lat. 4.3° 36' and 45° N.; Ion. 133° and 133° 40' E. 
 It is about 60 m. long by 40 wide, is fed by the Cefu and 
 several streams from the S. and S.W., and discharges its 
 waters by the Sungohan, an affluent of the Usuri. Its N. and 
 N.E. shores are level, and swampy tracts extend at the 
 mouths of its feeders. It abounds in fish, as do the neigh- 
 bouring mountains in game. About ten villages lie scattered 
 along its shores. 
 
 KINGO, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Kibala, on a lofty rugged hill, not far from the N. or r. bank 
 oftheKupo. Pop. 1200. 
 
KINGSTON 
 
 26 
 
 KIRSCHLAG 
 
 KINGSTON [add.], a tn. British America, Canada 
 West, cap. COS. Fronteuac, Lennox, and Addington, at the 
 head of the St. Lawrence, where it issues from Lake Ontario, 
 on the Rideau canal and the Grand Trunk railway, 125 m. 
 E.N.E. Toronto. It is regularly laid out in streets which 
 cross at right angles, and are lined with houses, the most of 
 which are suhstaiitially huilt of a blue limestone quarried in 
 the vicinity. The public buildings and institutions are 
 numerous, and include among others a large and elegant city- 
 hall, a court-house and jail, 13 churches, a Presbyterian and 
 a R. Catholic college each endowed by government, a me- 
 chanic's institute, an hospital, an orphan asylum, and a pro- 
 vincial penitentiary. The manufactures consist chiefly of 
 steam engines, locomotives, boilers, agricultural implements, 
 iron work, soap and candles, and leather. There are also 
 several breweries and distilleries, and various establishments 
 connected with ship-building, which, though said to have 
 somewhat declined in consequence of the diminution of the 
 lake trade by railway competition, may still be considered as 
 the staple industry of Kingston. The harbour, which is 
 guarded at its entrance by Wolfe Island and Garden Island, 
 is a beautiful expanse about 3 m. in width, provided with 
 commodious wharves, and deep enough to float the largest 
 vessels. Part of it, situated on the E. between Point Frede- 
 rick and Point Henry, is occupied as a naval dockyard. 
 Both of these points, but more especially the latter, is covered 
 with fortifications which command and defend the town and 
 harbour. For additional defence a number of martello 
 towers have been erected, and as a military post Kingston 
 now ranks next to Quebec. Pop. 13,000. 
 
 KINGSTON, a tn. U. States, New York, cap. co. Ulster, 
 r. bank Hudson, at the terminus of the Hudson and Dela- 
 ware canal, 90 m. N. New York. It contains 18 churches 
 and a number of schools and academies, a savings-bank, 
 cement-works, and limekilns, and has a large trade in coal, 
 stone, and ice. The first constitution of the state of New 
 York was framed at Kingston. Pop. 16,640. 
 
 KING-TE-CHING, a tn. China, prov. Kiangsee, on 
 one of the feeders of Lake Poyang, 63 m. E.S.E. Nan-tchang- 
 fow. It is an open town, very irregularly built, but of vast 
 dimensions. The inhabitants are almost all employed di- 
 rectly or indirectly in the manufacture of china, which has 
 here its central and most important locality. All day long 
 clouds of smoke and columns of flame ascend from its chim- 
 neys, and at night the whole place, seen from a distance, 
 assumes the appearance of a vast conflagration. Thousands 
 of furnaces and more than 500 factories are constantly at 
 work upon china vases, each of which it is said, owing to the 
 minute division of labour, passes, before it is completed, 
 through the hands of fifty diff"erent workmen. Pop. upwards 
 of 500,000. 
 
 KINSBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 4 m. S. Eger; with a church, a chapel, an old castle, 
 a brewery, and two mills, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 KINSHAN, OR Golden Island, China, prov. Kiangsu, 
 on the Yang-tze-kiang, about 50 m. below Nankin. It once 
 was, as its name implies, an island, but is so no longer. The 
 channel separating it from the river bank, and marked on 
 charts as having a depth of 4 fathoms, has been silted up, and 
 is now covered with kitchen gardens. Thus converted from 
 an island into a peninsula, it has lost some of its picturesque 
 beauty; but this is the least of its losses. It has been in 
 the hands of the rebels, and subjected to their devastation. 
 Speaking of its former state, its pagodas and the ornamental 
 roofs of its temples and other buildings. Sir John Davis says 
 it ' looked like a fairy creation rising out of the waters,' 
 and was 'celebrated all over China.' 'Now,' says Mr. 
 Oliphant, ' with the exception of the dilapidated pagoda, 
 there is not one stone left upon another.' Recent as the 
 work of destruction has been, ' the rock-cut steps are worn 
 and crumbling, and the ruins generally look as if centuries 
 had passed' over them. 
 
 KINYANDA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Selles, on the Balomba, which flows W., and falls 
 into the sea at Egypton, lat. 12° 20' S. It is the residence 
 of a native chief, wlio claims to be independent. Pop. 1200, 
 who cultivate the ground and collect gum-copal. 
 
 KIOTO, OR MiAKO, a tn. Japan, in the S.W. of the 
 island of Niphon, on the Jedogawa or Sedogawa, which has 
 
 its source in Lake Oity, and is here navigable by large boats, 
 30 m. N.N.E. Ohosaka. It has been styled the Rome of 
 Japan, because it is the residence of the spiritual emperor, 
 and the permanent seat of the Dairi — an enormous ecclesi- 
 astical court by whom he is virtually controlled. It contains 
 tiie most magnificent temples of which Japan can boast, and 
 the tomb of Taiko Sama, the most famous of its temporal 
 emperors. It is also said to be its most important manufac- 
 turing town. The peculiar .sacredness attached to this place 
 is shown by the third article of the Japanese treaty, which 
 stipulates that British subjects may go for 25 m. from any of 
 the opened ports in any direction, except that of Kioto, which 
 they must not approach nearer than 25 m. Pop. estimated 
 at 500,000. 
 
 KIOZINDIA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 32 m. E.N.E. Arad, in a mountainous district. It is a strag- 
 gling place, with a trade in deals and brandy. Pop. 2111. 
 
 KIPANDA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, ter- 
 ritory Selles, on a height above the Kikombo, 85 m. N.E. 
 Benguela. It is defended by a strong wall constructed of 
 stones without cement. The inhabitants, less given to plun- 
 der than those of the adjoining districts, cultivate the ground, 
 rear cattle, collect gum-copal, make dongo laces, and carry 
 on some trade. Pop. 3000. 
 
 KIRCHDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Zips, about 8 m. E.S.E. Leutschau. It is one of the sixteen 
 Zips royal towns, and has a high-school, a convent of the 
 sisters of charity, an hospital, and a trade in flax. Pop. 3425. 
 
 KIRCHHEIM, a tn. Austrian empire, on the frontiers 
 of Carniola, 22 m. N.E. Giirz; with several public offices and 
 some trade. 
 
 KIKINDE, a river, Ceylon, which rises in the Central 
 Province, near the S. outlet of the magnificent pass of Ella, 
 flows first jiearly due S., then circuitously S.S.E., and falls 
 into the sea on the S.E. shore of the island, about 3 m. S.W. 
 from the town of its own name. Its whole course is 62 ni. 
 Area of basin, 334 sq. m. Of these only 34 sq. m. belong to 
 the mountain zone, all the rest lie within the lowlands. 
 
 KIKIRA, an isl. Central Africa, near the middle of the 
 W. shore of Lake Tanganyika, 50 m. S.S.W. Ujiji. It is a 
 long narrow irregular mass of primary formation, projecting 
 like a headland or promontory from the mainland, from which 
 it is scarcelj' 2 m. distant. Its length from E. to W. is 5 m., 
 its breadth from 2 to 3 m. It rises from the shore partly in 
 dwarf terraces and partly in abrupt and thickly wooded 
 steeps to a point in the centre, where it attains its greatest 
 height, and commands an extensive view of the lake. It is 
 inhabited, and has at least two villages surrounded by culti- 
 vated fields, in which grain, puLse, and manioc are grown. 
 The usual male dress is a diminutive apron of monkey's skin. 
 A stranger approaching Kirira is challenged by a watch 
 boat; if the answer is satisfactory, permission is given him 
 to enter the long deep bay in which lies the hhambi or station. 
 About 5 m. due S. of Kirira is the islet Kabizia. It is well 
 wooded, and, though only half a mile in circuit, is inhabited, 
 and grows holcus, manioc, sweet potatoes, and beans. An- 
 other islet, Kasenge, about 7 m. S.W. of Kirira, and 3 m. 
 due W. of Kabizia, lies at the mouth of a deep bay, lat. 
 9° 44' S. It is a narrow block of high ground, about 2 m. 
 long, destitute of trees, but clothed with grass, well peopled, 
 and deemed of such importance as to have its own sultan. 
 The Arab merchants have establishments upon it, where 
 they collect the surplus supply of slaves from Uguhha, 
 Uruwwa, and Marungu. 
 
 KIRKILISSA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalct and 
 32 m. E. Edirneh or Adrianople, cap. liva or dist. of same 
 name. It contains six mosques, several Greek churches, and 
 a bazaar with numerous shops. Its trade is chiefly in con- 
 fectionery, for which it is famous; and in butter and cheese. 
 which are brought hither by the Bulgarians, and disposed of 
 to Jews, who carry them to Constantinople. Pop. 1 6,000. 
 
 KIRK-KELESTA, or Kirk-killiseh, a tn. European 
 Turkey, 33 m. E. Adrianople, in a district producing much 
 corn and wine. The Russian wars and the disasters con- 
 nected with them have destroyed its prosperity, and reduced 
 its inhabitants from 16,000 to half that number, 
 
 KIRSCHLAG, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Zcibern.bach, near the fron- 
 tiers of Hungary, 48 m. S. Vienna. It contams a palace 
 
KISHENGUEH 
 
 27 
 
 KIYENGO 
 
 belonging to Prince Palffy, a liancisome Gothic church, an 
 old castle, a town hospital, and a trade in flax, which is 
 extensively grown in the district. Pop. 900. 
 
 KISHENGUIJH, a petty state and tn. India, Rajpootana, 
 between lat. 25° 50' and 26° 50' N.; Ion. 74° 50' and 
 75° 15' E.,and bounded N. W.and N. by Joodpoor, E. Jeypoor 
 and Ajmere, and S. and S.W. Ajmere ; area, 724 sq. m. 
 Near the centre a rocky ridge extends across the state from 
 S.W. to N.E. In most other quarters the surface is tolerably 
 level. The general appearance, however, is by no means 
 attractive. The soil in many parts is nearly barren, culti- 
 vation is confined within very narrow limits, and those tracts 
 wliich continue in a state of nature are either bare or covered 
 
 with stunted shrubs and jungle. Pop. about 70,000. The 
 
 TOWN, cap. of the above state, 20 m. N.E. Nnsseerabad, stands 
 on the S.W. side of a range of gneiss and granite hills, and 
 is surrounded by a high and thick rampart of masonry, and 
 defended by a fort containing the residence of the rajah — a 
 structure of large dimensions but rude architecture. The 
 town, once considerable, is now in many places ruinous. 
 
 KISHNUGUK, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, cap. dist. 
 Nuddea, 64 m. N. Calcutta, on the Jellinghee, which is here 
 navigable, and joins the Hooghly about 10 m. below. It is 
 the seat of one of the government colleges, and is noted for 
 its fine muslins, which though extremely dear and printed 
 only in a single colour, still keep the market in spite of British 
 competition. 
 
 KISI-CHANG, the largest of a group in the Gulf of 
 Siam, to which the name of Dutch Islands has been given. 
 It possesses a harbour, which, as it affords complete shelter 
 and great facilities for watering, has been recommended as a 
 naval station. The inhabitants cultivate chiefly maize, and 
 to a less extent yams and sweet potatoes. The whole islands 
 of the group are famous for the edible birds'-nests, the taste 
 for which, once confined to the Chinese, has now extended to 
 European gourmands. They are built by the swallow 
 {Hirundo esculenta) in the caves of the limestone rocks, of 
 which the islands seem to be principally composed. 
 
 KISSAMA, a dist. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 bounded N. by the Portuguese settlements, W. the Atlantic, 
 S. the Longa separating it from Mupinda, and E. LiboUo; 
 area about 3000 sq. m. It is divided into two parts, an 
 Upper and a Lower, each with its own independent chief. — 
 Lower Kissama lies along the coast of the Atlantic, and 
 consists partly of a sandy flat and partly of a rugged hilly 
 land. The climate is hot and dry, springs are few and 
 stinted, and the periodical rains so often fail, that the inhabi- 
 tants are driven by the severe drought to exchange their 
 usual abodes for the banks of the Coanza and Longa. In 
 this quarter the fields are well cultivated, and produce manioc, 
 maize, beans, &c. The chief town is Demba, besides which 
 there are about 300 villages or hamlets. — Ujiper Kissama 
 is traversed from N. to S. by mountains, which give it a 
 much more temperate climate than Lower Kissama. The 
 soil, whicli consists of a red clay, being well watered by the 
 periodical rains, is fruitful, while throughout the year a great 
 flush of vegetation is maintained in the valleys by numerous 
 copious springs, and lofty forests climb the sides and cover 
 the tops of the mountains. Of the villages or hamlets, amount- 
 ing to about 400, the largest is Kittel-Kamaschingi. The 
 Portuguese, tempted by the proximity of Kissama, and an- 
 noyed and irritated at the almost daily forays of its wild in- 
 habitants, attempted to subjugate it, but managed the matter 
 so bunglingly that only a few of the troops returned to tell 
 how nearly all the others, depi'ived of water, because the 
 enemy took the precaution to tap their cisterns of hollowed 
 baobab-trees, had perished of thirst. Pop. about 25,000. 
 
 KISSANDSUI, acountry, S.W. Africa, Benguela, which 
 is inhabited by an independent tribe of same name, and ex- 
 tends from N. to S. along a series of mountain ridges, about 
 80 m. E. fi^oiri the Atlantic, between lat. 12° and 13° S., and 
 Ion. 14° 30' and 15° 30' E. Ganda bounding it on the S., 
 and Muselles on the N.W., as the inhabitants belong to the 
 same stock, though they have their own chiefs, are usually in- 
 cluded. The whole three have an estimated pop. of 125,000. 
 The Kissandshi are of predatory habits, and often make 
 inroads into the neighbouring districts, causing great devasta- 
 tion. They have not permitted even the Portuguese settle- 
 ments to escape, but have more than once wasted them with 
 
 fire and sword, and then retired to their mountain fastnesses, 
 whither it is impossible to follow them. The Portuguese, 
 to put an end to this fearful scourge, have tried both force 
 and conciliation, but hitherto without effect. The climate on 
 the mountains of Kissandshi is healthy, and many of the 
 valleys have a fertile soil, on which good crops of corn, beans, 
 and a variety of fruits and vegetables are grown. The 
 domestic animals are cattle, sheep, and swine ; the wild 
 animals — lions, leopards, ounces, jackals, elephants, buffaloes, 
 quaggas, zebras, &c. The valleys and mountains, contain- 
 ing a distinct vegetation, would afford a rich field to the 
 botanist. 
 
 KISSENDI, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, cap. 
 territory of same name, near the Kunyunga, an affluent of 
 the Coanza; lat. 10° 20' S.; Ion. 17° 30' E. It lies on a plain, 
 and contains 2500 inhabitants, engaged chiefly in agriculture 
 and trade. 
 
 KISTNAPURAM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Travancore, about 3 m. E. of one of the lagoons which stretch 
 along the coast of Malabar, and 56 m. S. by E. Cochin. It 
 is a place of some note, containing a large pop., chiefly Nairs, 
 and possesses an extensive fort, nearly in the form of a regu- 
 lar square, surrounded for greater security witli a strong 
 bamboo hedge, and containing within it a modern cotarum or 
 palace, a powder-magazine, and granaries. The greater part 
 of the inhabitants reside on the E. of the fort. In the same 
 locality is a pagoda, the annual festival of which lasts 
 thirty days. This is one of the five Zillah coast stations. 
 
 KITANGULE, a river, Central Africa, supposed to rise 
 among the M'fumbiro Mountains, about lat. 2° S., and flowing 
 in a N.E. direction to fall into the Victoria Nyanza, about 
 lat. 1° N.; Ion. 31° 50' E. It is the principal feeder of the 
 lake from the W. Where it was crossed by Speke and Grant, 
 about 40 m. from its entrance into the lake, it was about 80 
 yards broad, and was sunk down a considerable depth below 
 the surface of the land like a huge canal, and so deep that it 
 could not be poled by the canoe men; its velocity was from 
 three to four knots an hour. 
 
 KITTANING, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. co. 
 Armstrong, 1. bank Alleghany, on a flat where an Indian 
 village of same name once stood, 35 m. N.E. Pittsburg. 
 The chief buildings are six churches, a university, a town-hall, 
 and an academy; and the industrial establishments are blast 
 furnaces and other large iron works, coal-oil factories, and a 
 flour-mill. Coal, iron ore, limestone, good building stone, and 
 fire-clay are extensively worked in the vicinity. Pop. (1860), 
 1696. 
 
 KITTEL-KAMASCHINGI, a vil. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, 80 m. S.S.E. Loanda. It stands on a rugged 
 height, contains the residence of the chief of Upper Ki.ssama, 
 and has a pop. of 1500, some of whom dwell in caverns 
 among the rocks. 
 
 KlUNG-CHOW, or Kiung-chau-fu [add.], a city of 
 the first order, and a seaport, China, the capital of Hainan 
 Island, off S. coast prov. Quang-tong, situated on a narrow 
 spit of land between a river and a bay. On the N. bank is a 
 12-storied pagoda; the streets are flagged with large stone 
 slabs, and some are \\ mile long. The inhabitants are 
 civil, and the authorities kind to shipwrecked people, in con- 
 sequence of the many wrecks that occur on the rocky coast, 
 which is infested by wreckers and pirates. This place was 
 inserted in the. treaty of Tien-tsin as one of the ports to be 
 opened to foreign trade, because it stands at the southern ex- 
 tremity of the empire; but scarcely anything was known of 
 its capabilities at that time. On examination, and consulta- 
 tion with the merchants at Canton and Hongkong, the British 
 authorities deemed it not advisable to send a consul there, or 
 claim the privilege of forming a settlement. These powers 
 remain in abeyance, and the port may yet be opened, when, 
 in all probability, the resources of this tropical region would be 
 greatly developed. There is a considerable native trade 
 with Macao and Canton in the products of the island, the 
 principal of which are cocoa-nuts, betel-nut, preserved fruits, 
 sugar, cotton, salt, varnish, bees'-wax, tanned hides, rice for 
 export, gold, silver, pearls, sapan-wood, and other articles 
 used by the Chinese in manufactures. — (Williams' Chinese 
 Commercial Guide.) 
 
 KIYENGO, atn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, Ka- 
 kingi territory; lat. 13° 30' S.; Ion. 18° 25' E. It occupies 
 
KLADNO 
 
 28 
 
 KOLLO 
 
 the centre of an extensive plain close to a number of marshy 
 pools, is well shaded by incendera-trees, and well fortified. 
 Pop. about 2000. 
 
 KLADNO [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 16 m. N. W. Prague, with which it communicates 
 by railway. It consists of the town proper, partly sur- 
 rounded by a ruined wall, and of three suburbs; has a parish 
 church and chapel, a castle, tile-works, a brewery, distillery, 
 and a potash refinery. In the vicinity coal and ironstone 
 are extensively worked. Pop. 5500. 
 
 KLARI, a tn. Austrian empiie, Banat, about 22 m. 
 "W.S. VV. Temesvar; with a large trade in sheep and cattle, 
 and 2316 inhabitants. 
 
 KLINZU, a tn. Kussia, gov. and about 70 m. N.E. 
 Tchernlgov, circle Suraj, near the Iputa. It stands on a 
 sandy plateau surrounded by forests, consists of spacious 
 streets and handsome stone houses, and contains five churches, 
 and a remarkable wooden belfry, which is 168 ft. high, and 
 was erected by a trader in the town without any professional 
 sissistance. The manufactures consist chiefly of woollen 
 cloth and woollen stockings. Of the latter 20,000 dozens of 
 pairs are made annually. 
 
 KLOSTEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 9 m. S.S.E. Czaslau; with a parish church, a castle, a town- 
 house, an hospital, a brewery, and a mill. Pop., including 
 that of the adjoining village of Wilimow, 1600. 
 
 KLUKNAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, 
 on the Hernad, N. of Kaschau; with a castle, smelting fur 
 naces, and mines, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 KNIN (Ned), a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 17 m. S.S.W. Prague, to the left of the Moldau. It con- 
 tains a church, a chapel, a school, a brewery, and tileworks. 
 There was once a gold mine in the vicinity. Pop. 1200. 
 
 KNOXVILLE, a tn. U. States, Tennessee, cap. co. 
 Knox, on a height above r. bank Holston, at the junction of 
 the E. Tennessee and Georgia, and the E. Tennessee and 
 Virginia railways, 160 m. E.S.E. Nashville. It is the chief 
 commercial place of E. Tennessee, and is rapidly increas- 
 ing in size and importance, having within ten years more 
 than doubled its population. It contains eight churches, a 
 university, several academies, the state asylum for the deaf 
 and dumb, glassworks, and a large car factory. Pop. (1860), 
 about 8000. 
 
 KOCS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 26 m. 
 S.W. Gran, cap. dist. of same name; with 3005 inhabitants, 
 who belong for tlie most part to the Reformed church, and 
 are chiefly engaged in weaving. 
 
 KOKELAI, a lake or lagoon on the N.E. of Ceylon. 
 It is about 20 m. in circuit, and is believed to have been at 
 one time a rich and fertile plain covered with rice fields, 
 which were irrigated by the immense reservoir of Padevil, 
 situated about 16 m. to the S.W. The sluices of the reser- 
 voir having become decayed the embankments gave way, and 
 the immense body of water rushing into the plain completely 
 inundated it, and then burst its way to the sea. Kokelai 
 was thus converted into a lake, bounded on its E. side by a 
 long and narrow belt with an opening in it, through which 
 the tide regularly flows and ebbs. Though its bottom is 
 never wholly dry, the deepest spots are not more than 6 or 
 7 ft. During the S.W. monsoon, when the rains are light 
 and the waters low, the surf forms a bar of sand which closes 
 the entrance. Were advantage taken of the circumstance it 
 might be possible to exclude the sea permanently, and thus 
 restore the plain to its original state. At present the bar 
 disappears with the change of the monsoon, and the com- 
 munication is restored. On theN. side of the channel stands 
 the Tamil village of Kokelai, possessing extensive pastures, 
 on which numerous herds of fine cattle are grazed. The 
 woods bordering the lake abound with pea-fowl and game, 
 and its shores are frequented by vast numbers of wild 
 animals — buffaloes and deer, wild hogs, jackals, &c. 
 
 KOKEMA, a river, S.W. Africa, which rises in the 
 Bulum-Bulu Steppe on the W. frontiers of Bih^, flows 
 N.N.E., dividing the territory of Bih^ into two unequal parts, 
 and having become a considerable stream, in consequence of 
 the junction of several tributaries, particularly the Kulatu or 
 Bih^, and the Kiutu, continues its N. course somewhat cir- 
 cuitously, and joins the Coanza on its 1. bank, near the village 
 of Pekholo. It swarms with crocodiles and hippopotami. 
 
 KOKS-AR, a tn. Chinese empire, in the country of Thian 
 Shan-Nanwo, on the Chandra, in lat. 37° 5' N.; Ion. 77° 8' 
 E. It is situated in the famous wool-producing district, and 
 would become the centre of communication between Kashmir 
 and Nurpur, Umritsur and Loodiana, if a good bridge were at 
 this point thrown across the Cliandra. The only transit across 
 the river is for foot passengers, by means of a bridge of 
 twigs, which is thus described: — Pendant between two ropes 
 of birch twigs, which stretch across the stream from rude 
 piers erected on either bank, hang, cradle-like, a continuous 
 hurdle of the same frail material, attached to the ropes above 
 by a sort of open basket-work; this is the footway, and the 
 ropes above serve as balustrades. The footway is further 
 supported by two or three smaller birch ropes laid side by 
 side beneatli it, and stretching across the stream in the same 
 manner as the two upper ropes. As such a bridge is not 
 available for beasts of burden, they have to swim the river, 
 a proceeding rendered very dangerous by the force of the 
 current. 
 
 KOLA, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, prov. Kebbi, 
 80 m. S.W. Sokoto. It occupies a very strong position 
 crowning a rocky eminence, and commanding the passage of 
 the valley or faddama, which intersects the whole province. 
 Owing to its strategical importance it is not only walled, but 
 provided with a small garrison. The governor who com- 
 mands it and its district has a large house or palace some- 
 what in decay. 
 
 KOLACZYCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 6 m. N.N.W. Jaslo; with extensive bleachfields and 
 manufactures of earthenware. In the vicinity in a beautiful 
 valley are the ruins of an old castle, with a fine park and a 
 mineral spring. Pop. 1900. 
 
 KOLAPOOR, or Colapoor, a native state, India, be- 
 tween lat. 15° 58' and 17° 17' N.; Ion. 73° 47' and 74° 46' 
 E.; and bounded N. and N.E. by Sattara, E. and S. Bel- 
 gaum, and W. Sawunt Warree and Rutnagherry; length, 
 S.E. to N.W., 95 m.; breadth, 65 m.; area, 3445 m. It 
 slopes from the culminating ridge of the W. Ghauts, forming 
 its W. boundary, towards the eastern plains, which have 
 still on its E. frontier an elevation of 1500 to 1800 ft. In 
 the W. some summits of the Ghauts within its limits rise 
 from 3000 to 4000 ft. The drainage is by the Kistna 
 directly, and through its tributary Wurna and numerous 
 mountain torrents. The soil, composed for the most part of 
 disintegrated trap rocks and laterite, is very fertile. The 
 rulers of Kolapoor trace their descent from Sivajee, the cele- 
 brated founder of the Mahratta empire. Pop.- 500, 000. 
 
 The TOWN, cap. of above state, 185 m. S.E. Bombay, stands 
 in a secluded tract, which has not been much visited by 
 Europeans, is surrounded by a rampart, and provided with 
 other defensive works, and was till lately an excessively 
 crowded and unhealthy place. A series of sanitary measures 
 undertaken by the British government liave greatly im- 
 proved it. 
 
 KOLBASZOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 40 m. N.E, Tarnow. It consists of two distinct places, an 
 Upper and a Lower, and in the vicinity are the ruins of a 
 castle destroyed by the confederate Poles in 1769. It con- 
 tains 3700 inhabitants, whose chief employment is in making 
 cabinet and other articles of wooden ware. 
 
 KOLEAH, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 18 m. 
 W.S.W. Algiers, pleasantly situated on a S. slope. It is 
 composed of a native and a European town, the latter formed 
 of two spacious streets, and contaiiis a handsome mosque, a 
 caravanserai, and a military hospital. For defence it has two 
 towers seated on the hill above it. Its industrial establish- 
 ments are a brewery, oil and flour mills, and limestone 
 quarries. Part of the environs are laid out in gardens and a 
 fine orangery with walks, forming a delightful promenade. 
 The old town was almost entirely destroyed by an earthquake 
 in 1825, and it is only since the French made a permanent 
 settlement at it in 1839 that it has again begun to assume 
 importance. Numerous Roman remains are found in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 2712. • 
 
 KOLLO, or COLLO, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 42 m. N. Constantine, on a bay of the Mediterranean, at the foot 
 of Cape Bugiaron. It occupies the site of the ancient 
 Collops Magnus, in a picturesque, well-wooded, and fertile 
 district, and at an early period became an important shipping 
 
KOLOGRIV 
 
 29 
 
 KOMMADAGU 
 
 place to seveial of the maritime states of Europe. Tlie 
 Venetians and Genoese had factories here as early as the 
 12th century, and were followed by the Flemings and the 
 French. The chief articles of export were then as now wool, 
 leather, wax, honey, oil, and fruit. Pop. 2000. 
 
 KOLOGKIV, a tn. llussia, gov. and 140 m. N.E, Kos- 
 troma, cap. circle of same name, on the Uniha. It contains 
 three churches, a circle and a parish school, and a benevolent 
 endowment. The inhabitants of the circle are chiefly em- 
 ployed in felling timber and in aiding the traffic on the river. 
 Pop. 1471. 
 
 KOLOMEA [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Pruth, 108 ra. S.S.E. Lemberg. 
 It is the seat of several important public offices, and has a 
 high-school, a fund established in 1857 for making loans to 
 industrious persons, an infirmary, a Jewish hospital, numer- 
 ous potteries, and several yearly markets. It had onpe a 
 strong castle, but was notwithstanding pillaged by the Turks 
 
 in 1589. Pop. 14,839. The cikcle, bounded N. by 
 
 Czortkow, E. Bukowina, S. Hungary, and W. Stanislau, has 
 an area of 1335 geo. sq. m., and a pop. of 281,731, all 
 United Greek.s, except 1301 Protestants, 1546 Armenians, 
 24,139 R. Catholics, and 31,195 Jews. 
 
 KOLYVAN, a tn. Russian empire, W. Siberia, gov. and 
 115 m. S. W. Tomsk, at the confluence of the Bergka with 
 the Obi. It once ranked as the principal town of W. Siberia, 
 and though supplanted in this respect, is still celebrated for 
 its polishing works, which have furnished the Hermitage of 
 St. Petersburg with some of its finest ornaments. The 
 articles, consisting of vases, columns, pedestals, &c., are 
 often on a gigantic scale. When Atkinson visited the Zavad 
 about 120 workmen were employed. ' Many,' he says, 
 'were engaged cutting dark purple jasper columns 14 ft. in 
 height, others were at work on vases of dark green jasper; 
 both the design and material were exceedingly beautiful, and 
 in some the foliage was equal to any I have ever seen either 
 ancient or modern.' The workmen, at that time serfs, were 
 made to work for 2s. 9cl. to 3s. 8c?. a month, 
 
 KOMANOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N. of 
 Macedonia, eyalet and 17 ra. E.N.E. Uskub, at the foot of a 
 mountain slope on the Velika Rieka. It is surrounded by a 
 mud wall, and contains 3000 inhabitants, mostly Bulgarians, 
 who have extensive well-watered and well-managed kitchen 
 gardens. 
 
 KOMARNO, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. N.E. Sambor, on an affluent of the Dniester. It has 
 a monument conmiemorative of victories over the Turks in 
 1524 and 1695, and contains 3689 inhabitants, who are chiefly 
 employed in veeaving linen. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-BAILUNUO, a tn. S.W. Africa, 
 Kimbunda country, cap. Bailundo, nearly equidistant from 
 the Kulatse on the E. and the Kupo on the W.; lat. 11° 35' S.; 
 Ion. 16° 28' E. It is built in the form of a semicircle, on a 
 slope in an extensive and gently undulating plain, is inclosed 
 by a thick wall of stones piled one upon another without 
 cement, and consists of narrow tortuous ill-paved streets. A 
 stream intersecting tiie town supplies it with water, and 
 would' doubtless greatly contribute to its security in the 
 event of a siege. The inhabitants are chiefly the office- 
 bearers and body-guards of the prince. His residence difi'ers 
 little from the other houses except in its extent, consisting 
 of a great number of huts of smaller or larger dimensions, 
 thatclied with straw, and set down without any regard to 
 order or beauty. In these huts the prince finds accommoda- 
 tion for himself and his many wives. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-BIHfi, a tn. S.W. Africa, cap. territory 
 of Bih^, in the fork formed by the Kokema and Maschishi- 
 Kuitu, about lat. 11° 50' S.; Ion. 17° E. It is surrounded 
 by a strong palisade and a ditch, inclosing a large area, and 
 entered by several gates. Immediately within the principal 
 entrance is a grass plot, about 170 yards wide, and shaded 
 with fine trees; beyond are narrow, crooked, dirty streets, 
 lined with houses of very indifferent appearance, thatched 
 with straw, and huddled together without any order. Farther 
 within the town a small stream with swampy banks intersects 
 it from E. to W. As there is no bridge over it there is 
 no means of crossing but by wading. Beyond the stream 
 is a spacious place of a polygonal shape planted with trees, 
 and lined with trenches, indicating that it is the jango or chief 
 
 place of resort and business. Here the streets become broader, 
 and an ascent leads to the royal palace, which occupies a com- 
 manding eminence. The approach to it is through a small 
 square lined with wooden benches, and strangely ornamented 
 with human heads, some of them converted into mere skulls 
 by long exposure to the air, but others showing by their 
 comparatively fresh state that they must have been recently 
 stuck up. Passing through a spacious gate, the foreground 
 of which is thus hideously ornamented, a narrow lane, lined 
 partly with houses and partly with wooden palings, but so 
 tortuous as to form a kind of labyrinth, a square inclosed by 
 a high wall is reached. In one corner of it stands a hand- 
 some square building called the royal chapel, and in its 
 centre, under a leafy guajara-tree, an arm-chair covered with 
 a lion's skin serves for the royal throne. There is nothing 
 particularly noticeable in the palace but its extent, of which 
 some idea may be formed from the fact that the prince's wives 
 and concubines, exceeding 200 in number, are accommodated 
 within it. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-DUMBA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, near the centre of Galangue, of which it is the 
 capital; lat. 14° S.; Ion. 17° 20' E. It stands on an elevated 
 plain, strongly fortified by palisades and ditches, and has 
 about 3000 inhabitants, chiefly officials and soldiers of the 
 prince. They live mostly by plunder, and on occasional fes- 
 tivals eat human flesh. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KAMESSE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, territory Mazzongo, on a small stream of same 
 name, an affluent of "the Coanza; lat. 9° 40' S.; Ion. 17° 40' E. 
 It is the seat of an independent chief, is defended by a strong 
 palisjfde, possesses a school of some celebrity, in which a 
 kind of code, remarkable for the rigour and cruelty of its laws, 
 and known by the name of Kesila or Quixelles, is taught; 
 and contains about 4000 inhabitants, notorious for robbery 
 and superstition. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KIBABA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, cap. territory Kikangi; lat. 13° S.; Ion. 18° E. 
 It stands surrounded by beautiful incendera- trees on the 
 r. bank of the Kutye, an affluent of the Coanza; is so well forti- 
 fied by palisades and ditches that it has successfully resisted 
 several assaults. The residence of the prince is built some- 
 what in the European style, and the other houses, though not 
 handsome, look clean and comfortable. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KIBANUA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, territory Bailundo, about lat. 12° 15' S.; Ion. 
 15° 45' E. It is the chief place in the district of Kibanda, 
 and the residence of a powerful chief, v^ho is all but nominally 
 independent. Its naturally strong position, at the foot of a 
 steep rocky eminence, has been improved by inclosing it 
 with a stone wall, built, as usual in Bailundo, without cement. 
 The inhabitants, about 4000, are notorious plunderers. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KIKALA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, territory Angolo; lat. 10° 40' S.; Ion. 17° E. 
 It lies on the Bald, inclosed with a palisade and a ditch, and 
 contains about 2000 inhabitants, who employ themselves 
 partly in collecting natron from pools in the vicinity. 
 
 KOMMADAGU, or Kommadagu Wauhe, a water- 
 course, W. Africa, which, commencing in the S.W. of Bornou, 
 intersects it in a N.E. direction, and finally reaches the E. 
 shore of Lake Chad, 40 m. N. Kukawa. In the dry season 
 the water in it is limited to detached pools of stagnant w^ater, 
 but it begins to. form a continuous stream towards the end of 
 July, and thereafter runs eastward with a rapid current till 
 February, pouring a considerable volume of water into the 
 lake. In this state it overflows its banks, and lays an exten- 
 sive tract on either side of them under water. As the dry 
 season returns nothing can exceed the luxuriance and beauty 
 of the vegetation. A good deal of the tract is cultivated, 
 but the possession is disputed, particularly in those quarters 
 where extensive swamps and thickets have formed a regular 
 jungle, and elephants, antelopes, wild hogs, partridges, and 
 guinea-fowl abound. The tract from which the inhabitants 
 of Bornou have allowed themselves to be ousted by the lower 
 animals is the most fertile in the country, and was once 
 covered with towns and villages. One of these towns was 
 Ghambaru, which was the favourite resort of the kings of 
 Bornou during the most flourishing period of their empire, 
 and of which all that now remains is a few ruins rendered 
 almost inaccessible by the thickets of the forest. 
 
KLADNO 
 
 28 
 
 KOLLO 
 
 the centre of an extensive plain close to a number of marshy 
 pools, is well shaded by incendera-trees, and well fortified. 
 Pop. about 2000. 
 
 KLADNO [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 16 m. N.W. Prague, with which it communicates 
 by railway. It consists of the town proper, partly sur- 
 rounded by a ruined wall, and of three suburbs; has a parish 
 church and chapel, a castle, tile-works, a brewery, distillery, 
 and a potash refinery. In the vicinity coal and ironstone 
 are extensively worked. Pop. 5500. 
 
 KLARI, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, about 22 m. 
 W.S. VV. Temesvar; with a large trade in sheep and cattle, 
 and 2316 inhabitants. 
 
 KLINZU, a tn. llussia, gov. and about 70 m. N.E. 
 Tchernigov, circle Suraj, near the Iputa. It stands on a 
 sandy plateau surrounded by forests, consists of spacious 
 streets and handsome stone houses, and contains five churches, 
 and a remarkable wooden belfry, which is 168 ft. high, and 
 was erected by a trader in the town without any professional 
 assistance. The manufactures consist chiefly of woollen 
 cloth and woollen stockings. Of the latter 20,000 dozens of 
 pairs are made annually. 
 
 KLOSTEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 9 m. S.S.E. Czaslau; with a parish church, a castle, a town- 
 house, an hospital, a brewery, and a mill. Pop., including 
 that of the adjoining village of Wilimow, 1600. 
 
 KLUKNAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, 
 on the Hernad, N. of Kaschau; with a castle, smelting fur- 
 naces, and mines, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 KNIN (Neu), a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 17 m. S.S.W. Prague, to the left of the Moldau. It con- 
 tains a church, a chapel, a school, a brewery, and tileworks. 
 There was once a gold mine in the vicinity. Pop. 1200. 
 
 KNOXVILLE, a tn. U. States, Tennessee, cap. co. 
 Knox, on a height above r. bank Holston, at the junction of 
 the E. Tennessee and Georgia, and the E. Tennessee and 
 Virginia railways, 160 m. E.S.E. Nashville. It is the chief 
 commercial place of E. Tennessee, and is rapidly increas- 
 ing in size and importance, having within ten years more 
 than doubled its population. It contains eight churches, a 
 university, several academies, the state asylum for the deaf 
 and dumb, glassworks, and a large car factory. Pop. (1860), 
 about 8000. 
 
 KOCS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 26 m. 
 S.W. Gran, cap. dist. of same name; with 3005 inhabitants, 
 who belong for the most part to the Reformed church, and 
 are chiefly engaged in weaving. 
 
 KOKELAI, a lake or lagoon on the N.E. of Ceylon. 
 It is about 20 m. in circuit, and is believed to have been at 
 one time a rich and fertile plain covered with rice fields, 
 which were irrigated by the immense reservoir of Padevil, 
 situated about 16 m. to the S.W. The sluices of the reser- 
 voir having become decayed the embankments gave way, and 
 the immense body of water rushing into the plain completely 
 inundated it, and then burst its way to the sea. Kokelai 
 was thus converted into a lake, bounded on its E. side by a 
 long and narrow belt with an opening in it, through which 
 the tide regularly flows and ebbs. Though its bottom is 
 never wholly dry, the deepest spots are not more than 6 or 
 7 ft. During the S.W. monsoon, when the rains are light 
 and the waters low, the surf forms a bar of sand which closes 
 the entrance. Were advantage taken of the circumstance it 
 might be possible to exclude the sea permanently, and thus 
 restore the plain to its original state. At present the bar 
 disappears with the change of the monsoon, and the com- 
 munication is restored. On theN. side of the channel stands 
 the Tamil village of Kokelai, possessing extensive pastures, 
 on which numerous herds of fine cattle are grazed. The 
 woods bordering the lake abound with pea-fowl and game, 
 and its shores are frequented by vast numbers of wild 
 animals — buffaloes and deer, wild hogs, jackals, &c. 
 
 KOKEMA, a river, S.W. Africa, which rises in the 
 Bulum-Bulu Steppe on the W. frontiers of Bih^, flows 
 N.N.E., dividing the territory of Bih^ into two unequal parts, 
 and having become a considerable stream, in consequence of 
 the junction of several tributaries, particularly the Kulatu or 
 Bih^, and the Kiutu, continues its N. course somewhat cir- 
 cuitously, and joins the Coanza on its 1. bank, near the village 
 of Pekholo. It swarms with crocodiles and hippopotami. 
 
 KOKS-AR, a tn. Chinese empire, in the country of Thian 
 Shan-Nanwo, on the Chandra, in Lit. 37° 5' N.; Ion. 77° 8' 
 E. It is situated in the famous wool-producing district, and 
 would become the centre of communication between Kashmir 
 and Nurpur, Umritsur and Loodiana, if a good bridge were at 
 this point thrown across the Cliandra. The only transit across 
 the river is for foot passengers, by means of a bridge of 
 twigs, which is thus described: — Pendant between two ropes 
 of birch twigs, which stretch across the stream from rude 
 piers erected on either bank, hang, cradle-like, a continuous 
 hurdle of the same frail material, attached to the ropes above 
 by a sort of open basket-work; this is the footway, and the 
 ropes above serve as balustrades. The footway is further 
 supported by two or three smaller birch ropes laid side by 
 side beneath it, and stretching across the stream in the same 
 manner as the two upper ropes. As such a bridge is not 
 available for beasts of burden, they have to swim the river, 
 a proceeding rendered very dangerous by the force of the 
 current. 
 
 KOLA, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, prov. Kebbi, 
 80 m. S.W. Sokoto. It occupies a very strong position 
 crowning a rocky eminence, and commanding the passage of 
 the valley or faddama, which intersects the whole province. 
 Owing to its strategical importance it is not only walled, but 
 provided with a small garrison. The governor who com- 
 mands it and its district has a large house or palace some- 
 what in decay. 
 
 KOLACZYCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 6 m. N.N.W. Jaslo; with extensive bleaclifields and 
 manufactures of earthenware. In the vicinity in a beautiful 
 valley are the ruins of an old castle, with a fine park and a 
 mineral spring. Pop. 1900. 
 
 KOLAPOOK, or Colapook, a native state, India, be- 
 tween lat. 15° 58' and 17° 17' N.; Ion. 73° 47' and 74° 46' 
 E.; and bounded N. and N.E. by Sattara, E. and S. Bel- 
 gaum, and W. Sawunt Warree and Rutnagherry; length, 
 S.E. to N.W., 95 m.; breadth, 65 m.; area, 3445 m. It 
 slopes from the culminating ridge of the W. Ghauts, forming 
 its W. boundary, towards the eastern plains, which have 
 still on its E. frontier an elevation of 1500 to 1800 ft. In 
 the W. some summits of the Ghauts within its limits rise 
 from 3000 to 4000 ft. The drainage is by tlie Kistna 
 directly, and through its tributary Wurna and numerous 
 mountain torrents. The soil, composed for the most part of 
 disintegrated trap rocks and laterite, is very fertile. The 
 rulers of Kolapoor trace their descent from Sivajee, the cele- 
 brated founder of the Mahratta empire. Pop. 500,000. 
 
 The TOWN, cap. of above state, 185 m. S.E. Bombay, stands 
 in a secluded tract, which has not been much visited by 
 Europeans, is surrounded by a rampart, and provided with 
 other defensive works, and was till lately an excessively 
 crowded and unhealthy place. A series of sanitary measures 
 undertaken by the British government liave greatly im- 
 proved it. 
 
 KOLBASZO W, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 40 m. N.E. Tarnow. It consists of two distinct places, an 
 Upper and a Lower, and in the vicinity are the ruins of a 
 castle destroyed by the confederate Poles in 1769. It con- 
 tains 3700 inhabitants, whose chief employment is in making 
 cabinet and other articles of wooden ware. 
 
 KOLEAH, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 18 m. 
 W.S.W. Algiers, pleasantly situated on a S. slope. It is 
 composed of a native and a European town, the latter formed 
 of two spacious streets, and contains a handsome mosque, a 
 caravanserai, and a military hospital. For defence it has two 
 towers seated on the hill above it. Its industrial establish- 
 ments are a brewery, oil and flour mills, and limestone 
 quarries. Part of the environs are laid out in gardens and a 
 fine orangery with walks, forming a delightful promenade. 
 The old town was almost entirely destroyed by an earthquake 
 in 1825, and it is only since the French made a permanent 
 settlement at it in 1839 that it has again begun to assume 
 importance. Numerous Roman remains are found in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 2712. • 
 
 KOLLO, or COLLO, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 42 m. N. Constantine, on a bay of the Mediterranean, at the foot 
 of Cape Bugiaron. It occupies the site of the ancient 
 Collops Magnus, in a picturesque, well-wooded, and fertile 
 district, and at an early period became an important shipping 
 
KOLOGRIV 
 
 29 
 
 KOMMADAGU 
 
 place to several of the maritime states of Europe. The 
 Venetians and Genoese had factories here as early as the 
 12th century, and were followed by the Flemings and the 
 French. The chief articles of export were then as now wool, 
 leather, wax, honey, oil, and fruit. Pop. 2000. 
 
 KOLOGRIV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 140 m. N.E. Kos- 
 troma, cap. circle of same name, on the Uniha. It contains 
 three churches, a circle and a parish school, and a benevolent 
 endowment. The inhabitants of the circle are chiefly em- 
 ployed in felling timber and in aiding the traffic on the river. 
 Pop. 1471. 
 
 KOLOMEA [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Pruth, 108 ni. S.S.E. Lemberg. 
 It is the seat of several important public offices, and has a 
 high-school, a fund established in 1857 for making loans to 
 industrious persons, an infirmary, a Jewish hospital, numer- 
 ous potteries, and several yearly markets. It had once a 
 strong castle, but was notwithstanding pillaged by the Turks 
 
 in 1589. Pop. 14,839. Tlie oikcle, bounded N. by 
 
 Czortkow, E. Bukowina, S. Hungary, and W. Stanislau, has 
 an area of 1335 geo. sq. ra., and a pop. of 281,731, all 
 United Greeks, except 1301 Protestants, 1546 Armenians, 
 24,139 R. Catholics, and 31,195 Jews. 
 
 KOLYVAN, a tn. Russian empire, W. Siberia, gov. and 
 115 m. S. W. Tomsk, at the confluence of the Bergka with 
 the Obi. It once ranked as the principal town of W. Siberia, 
 and though supplanted in this respect, is still celebrated for 
 its polishing works, which have furnished the Hermitage of 
 St. Petersburg with some of its finest ornaments. The 
 articles, consisting of vases, columns, pedestals, &c., are 
 often on a gigantic scale. When Atkinson visited the Zavad 
 about 120 workmen were employed. ' Many,' he says, 
 ' were engaged cutting dark purple jasper columns 14 ft. in 
 height, others were at work on vases of dark green jasper; 
 both the design and material were exceedingly beautiful, and 
 in some the foliage was equal to any I have ever seen either 
 ancient or modern.' The workmen, at that time serfs, were 
 made to work for 2s. Qd. to 3s. 8d. a month, 
 
 KOMANOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N. of 
 Macedonia, eyalet and 17 m. E.N.E. Uskub, at the foot of a 
 mountain slope on the Velika Rieka. It is surrounded by a 
 mud wall, and contains 3000 inhabitants, mostly Bulgarians, 
 who have extensive well-watered and well-managed kitchen 
 gardens. 
 
 KOMARNO, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. N.E. Sambor, on an affluent of the Dniester. It has 
 a monument commemorative of victories over the Turks in 
 1524 and 1695, and contains 3689 inhabitants, who are chiefly 
 employed in weaving linen. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-BAILUNDO, a tn. S.W. Africa, 
 Kimbunda country, cap. Bailundo, nearly equidistant from 
 the Kulatse on the E. and the Kupo on the W.; lat. 11° 35' S.; 
 Ion. 16° 28' E. It is built in the form of a semicircle, on a 
 slope in an extensive and gently undulating plain, is inclosed 
 by a thick wall of stones piled one upon another without 
 cement, and consists of narrow tortuous ill-paved streets. A 
 stream intersecting the town supplies it with water, and 
 would' doubtless greatly contribute to its security in the 
 event of a siege. The inhabitants are chiefly the office- 
 bearers and body-guards of the prince. His residence diff'ers 
 little from the otlier houses except in its extent, consisting 
 of a great number of huts of smaller or larger dimensions, 
 thatched with straw, and set down without any regard to 
 order or beauty. In these huts the prince finds accommoda- 
 tion for himself and his many wives. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-BIHfi, a tn. S.W. Africa, cap. territory 
 of Bih^, in the fork formed by the Kokema and Maschishi- 
 Kuitu, about lat. 11° 50' S.; Ion. 17° E. It is surrounded 
 by a strong palisade and a ditch, inclosing a large area, and 
 entered by several gates. Immediately within the principal 
 entrance is a grass plot, about 170 yards wide, and shaded 
 with fine trees; beyond are narrow, crooked, dirty streets, 
 lined with houses of very indifierent appearance, thatched 
 with straw, and huddled together without any order. Farther 
 within the town a small stream with swampy banks intersects 
 it from E. to W. As there is no bridge over it there is 
 no means of crossing but by wading. Beyond the stream 
 is a spacious place of a polygonal shape planted with trees, 
 and lined with trenches, indicating that it is the jango or chief 
 
 place of resort and business. Here the streets become broader, 
 and an ascent leads to the royal palace, which occupies a com- 
 manding eminence. The approach to it is through a small 
 square lined with wooden benches, and strangely ornamented 
 with human heads, some of them converted into mere skulls 
 by long exposure to the air, but others showing by their 
 comparatively fresh state that they must have been recently 
 stuck up. Passing through a spacious gate, the foreground 
 of which is thus hideously ornamented, a narrow lane, lined 
 partly with houses and partly with wooden palings, but so 
 tortuous as to form a kind of labyrinth, a square inclosed by 
 a high wall is reached. In one corner of it stands a hand- 
 some square building called the royal chapel, and in its 
 centre, under a leafy guajara-tree, an arm-chair covered with 
 a lion's skin serves for the royal throne. There is nothing 
 particularly noticeable in the palace but its extent, of which 
 some idea may be formed from the fact that the prince's wives 
 and concubines, exceeding 200 in number, are accommodated 
 within it. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-DUMBA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, near the centre of Galangue, of which it is the 
 capital; lat, 14° S.; Ion. 17° 20' E. It stands on an elevated 
 plain, strongly fortified by palisades and ditches, and has 
 about 3000 inhabitants, chiefly officials and soldiers of the 
 prince. They live mostly by plunder, and on occasional fes- 
 tivals eat human flesh. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KAMESSE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, territory Mazzongo, on a small stream of same 
 name, an affluent of'the Coanza; lat. 9° 40' S.; Ion. 17° 40' E. 
 It is the seat of an independent chief, is defended by a strong 
 palisatde, possesses a school of some celebrity, in which a 
 kind of code, remarkable for the rigour and cruelty of its laws, 
 and known by the name of Kesila or Quixelles, is taught; 
 and contains about 4000 inhabitants, notorious for robbery 
 and superstition. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KIBABA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, cap. territory Kikangi; lat. 13° S.; Ion. 18° E. 
 It stands surrounded by beautiful incendera-trees on the 
 r. bank of the Kutye, an affluent of the Coanza; is so well forti- 
 fied by palisades and ditches that it has successfully resisted 
 several assaults. The residence of the prince is built some- 
 Avhat in the European style, and the other houses, though not 
 handsome, look clean and comfortable. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KIBANDA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, territory Bailundo, about lat. 12° 15' S.; Ion. 
 15° 45' E. It is the chief place in the district of Kibanda, 
 and the residence of a powerful chief, who is all but nominally 
 independent. Its naturally strong position, at the foot of a 
 steep rocky eminence, has been improved by inclosing it 
 with a stone wall, built, as usual in Bailundo, without cement. 
 The inhabitants, about 4000, are notorious plunderers. 
 
 KOMBALA-AN-KIKALA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kim- 
 bunda country, territory Angolo; lat. 10° 40' S.; Ion. 17° E. 
 It lies on the Bald, inclosed with a palisade and a ditch, and 
 contains about 2000 inhabitants, who employ themselves 
 partly in collecting natron from pools in the vicinity. 
 
 KOMMADAGU, or Kommadagu Wauhe, a water- 
 course, W. Africa, which, commencing in the S.W. of Boi-nou, 
 intersects it in a N.E. direction, and finally reaches the E. 
 shore of Lake Chad, 40 m. N. Kukawa. In the dry season 
 the water in it is limited to detached pools of stagnant water, 
 but it begins to form a continuous stream towards the end of 
 July, and thereafter runs eastward with a rapid current till 
 February, pouring a considerable volume of water into the 
 lake. In this state it overflows its banks, and lays an exten- 
 sive tract on either side of them under water. As the dry 
 season returns nothing can exceed the luxuriance and beauty 
 of the vegetation. A good deal of the tract is cultivated, 
 but the possession is disputed, particularly in those quarters 
 where extensive swamps and thickets have formed a regular 
 jungle, and elephants, antelopes, wild hogs, partridges, and 
 guinea-fowl abound. The tract from which the inhabitants 
 of Bornou have allowed themselves to be ousted by the lower 
 animals is the most fertile in the country, and was once 
 covered with towns and villages. One of these towns was 
 Ghambaru, which was the favourite resort of the kings of 
 Bornou during the most flourishing period of their empire, 
 and of which all that now remains is a few ruins rendered 
 almost inaccessible by the thickets of the forest. 
 
KONAIE 
 
 30 
 
 KORITSA 
 
 KONAIE, a river, India, a large offset of the Bralima- 
 pootra, which thrown off at Meliindergunje, dist. Mymenslng, 
 in lat. 25° 10' N.; Ion. 89° 43' E., flows first S. for 100 m., 
 and then, after communicating by a considerable branch with 
 the Ganges, turns S.E., and retains this direction till it again 
 joins the main stream in lat. 23° 13'; Ion. 90° 33'. In the 
 lower part of its course it takes the name of the Dulasseree. 
 
 KONCHA, a tn. W. Africa, Adamawa, 90 m. S.S.W. 
 Yola. It is a large place, divided into three quarters, occu- 
 pied respectively by the Fellatah, the Kanuri, and Pagan 
 natives. All the dwellings, except the governor's, which is 
 built of clay, are round conical huts. To the east of the 
 town a lofty mountain is seen. The wild sugar-cane is said 
 to grow here in great abundance. The wealth of the domi- 
 nant races is in slaves, of whom the governor possesses about 
 10,000. 
 
 KONG, a tn. W. Africa, 250 m, N. of the Gold Coast. 
 It is a large place, with houses entirely of clay. The inhabi- 
 tants, Mandingoes or Wangara, are mostly employed in 
 weaving, and manufacture an excellent cotton cloth, of which 
 a kind in red and black stripes is particularly celebrated. 
 
 KONGONE, one of the mouths or branches of the 
 Zambesi, S.E. Africa, about laj. 18° 50' S.; Ion. 36° 15' 
 E. It is 5 m. E. of the Milambe or western branch, and 
 7 m. W. from East Luabo, which again is 5 m. from the 
 Timbwe. The first 20 m. are straight and deep, and in- 
 closed with mangrove jungle; then a small and rather tor- 
 tuous natural canal leads off to the right, and after about 5 m. 
 ends in the broad Zambesi. The rest of the Kongone branch 
 comes out of the main stream considerably higher up as the 
 outgoing branch called Doto. The channel is probably of 
 recent formation, and very variable. Dr. Livingstone states 
 that during his acquaintance with it ' about 80 yards were 
 washed away on one side, and deposited on the other; a navig- 
 able channel by Nyangalule was quite filled up, and Pearl 
 Island nearly all washed away. As nothing is done to 
 preserve the channel it will soon be as shallow as the Milambe, 
 and entirely useless for navigation.' 
 
 KONIGSDOKF, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, on the Lafnitz; with a trade in excellent flax and 
 hemp, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 KONIGSFELD, or Neudorf [add.], a tn. Austrian 
 I, empire, Moravia, circle and about 2 m. N. Briinn. It pos- 
 sesses a handsome church, a castle, barracks which were 
 once a Carthusian convent, an archducal villa, and manufac- 
 tures of beet-root. It is a great resort of the inhabitants of 
 Briinn, and contains numei'ous villas and country seats. Pop. 
 2491... 
 
 KONIGSWARTM, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and about 16 m. E.N.E. Eger, cap. dist. of same name. It 
 has a parish church, a townhouse, mineral springs with a 
 bathing establishment, a brewery, and manufactures of chicory 
 and rosoglio. The castle of Kiinigswarth is situated in a 
 park, and iron and tin are worked in the vicinity. Pop. 7494. 
 
 KONITZA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Herzegovina, in 
 the valley of the Neretwa, which here forms the boundary 
 between Herzegovina and Bosnia, 62 m. N. liagusa. It is a 
 poor Turkish town, separated by a bridge from another still 
 more insignificant, which takes its name from the river. The 
 only thing remarkable about them is the great change of 
 vegetation which is observable on passing from the one to the 
 other. In the valley on the side of Herzegovina a southern 
 climate and vegetation prevail, and the vine, fig, and pome- 
 gi-anate are common fruits, whereas on the Bosnian side the 
 principal fruits are those of the north — apples, pears, and 
 plums. 
 
 KONYITZA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Herzegovina, on 
 the Narenta, on the road between Mostar and Bosna-Serai, 
 and nearly equidistant from them. The river, which crosses 
 the town, is spanned near its centre by a fine bridge of six 
 arches. The inhabitants, about 6000, were formerly notori- 
 ous for their pillaging propensities. 
 
 KOOAKEE, or Kohari, a river, India, which rises in 
 Scindia's Dominions, about 60 m. S.W. Gwalior, flows suc- 
 cessively N.W., N.E., E., and S.E., pursuing nearly a semi- 
 circular course, and joins the Sinde on its I. bank in lat. 
 26° 28' N.; Ion. 79° 14' E. Its total length is about 186 m. 
 
 KOON A, or Koyane, a river, India, which rises in Oude, 
 about lat. 27° 22' N.; Ion. 82° 11' E., flows S.E. to the fron- 
 
 tier, whei'e it forms part of the boundary between Oude and 
 dist. Goruckpore, thereafter continues its S.E. direction some- 
 what circuitously, and joins the Gogra on its I. bank, after 
 a course of 155 m. It might be navigated by canoes at all 
 times, and by large boats during the rainy season, but no 
 commercial use appears to be made of it. 
 
 KOPAL, a fort, Russian empire, in the country belonging 
 to the Great Horde of the Khirghis, nearly equidistant from 
 Lake Tenghis on the N.W., and the Chinese town of Kulja 
 on the S.E.; lat. 45° N.; Ion. 82° E. It is the most southerly 
 fort which Russia has erected in this region, and is evidently 
 intended first to overawe, and finally to furnish means for the 
 subjection of the native tribes. It is one of the most desolate 
 spots imaginable, without a tree, and with a soil composed of 
 rough gravel and sand, on which there is scarcely any vege- 
 tation. The error committed in selecting it was greatly 
 aggravated by the arrival of 500 Cossacks with thi'ir families 
 to form a permanent settlement, and of 200 more, who wei'e 
 to remain for three years to aid in carrying on the works. 
 Much suffering and great mortality ensued. By dint of 
 perseverance, however, the necessary works have been com- 
 pleted, and a town has grown up which already contains 11,000 
 inhabitants, and has become the centre of a large and rapidly 
 increasing trade. 
 
 KOPIS, a tn. Russia, gov. and 35 m. N. Mohilev, on the 
 Dnieper; with a church, two charitable endowments, and a 
 pop. of 2686. 
 
 KOPRILI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Macedonia, eyalet 
 and 26 m. S. by E. Uskub, on the Vardar, which divides it 
 into two parts, and is here crossed by a long bridge. It is 
 poorly built, and consists of streets which are ill formed and 
 very filthy. Koprili is the ancient capital of ]?ylazoza in 
 Paonia. Pop. 22,000. 
 
 KOPYCZYNCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 8 m. N.E. Czortkow, cap. dist. of same name, with an 
 establishment for the poor. A bloody battle was fought here 
 in 1650 between the Cossacks and the Poles. Pop. 4953. 
 
 KOHA, or KoRANO, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, on 
 the S.W. of the island Amorgo, near the mountain and cape 
 of its own name; with a parish school and a pop. of 2000. 
 
 KORALAY, a mountain, E. Africa, in the Somaiili 
 country, rising up from the rugged plateau which bounds the 
 Marar Prairie on the E., 65 m. E.N.E. Harar. Its name, 
 equivalent to our saddle back, exactly describes its shape, two 
 huge granite boulders forming the pommel and crupper, and 
 a depression between them the seat. The summit commands 
 a good view of the surrounding country. 'On all sides,' 
 says Burton, 'except the north-west and south-east, was a 
 sombre mass of granite hill; the course of the valleys between 
 the several ranges was denoted by a lively green, and the 
 plains scattered in patches over the landscape shone with 
 dull yellow, the effect of clay and stubble, whilst a light mist 
 encased the prospect in a circlet of blue and silver.' The 
 mountain is said to be much frequented by lions, and Burton, 
 though he saw but one, had full proof of the fact when he 
 ' came upon dens strewed with cows' bones, and proving by 
 a fresh taint that the tenants had lately quitted them.' 
 
 KORAT, a frontier tn. on the boundaries of Siam and 
 Cambodia, in lat. 15° 30' N.; Ion. 103° 40' E.; is the centre 
 of a neutral territory of the same name, governed by an inde- 
 pendent prince. The town, encircled with walls, is situated 
 on an elevated plateau, which on all sides overlooks the sur- 
 rounding country; but to reach it the traveller must ascend 
 a thickly wooded steep, named the Dorg-Phaja-Fai, or Forest 
 of the King of Fire, a gloomy region not unworthy of its 
 mysterious name, and rendered terrible in many jjlaces by 
 the deadly foulness of its atmosphere. The inhabitants of 
 Korat are chiefly engaged in the neighbouring copper mines 
 and manufactories of sugar. Pop. of the kingdom, about 
 60,000; of the town, 7000. 
 
 KORCZYNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. E. Jaslo; with 3760 inhabitants, almost all linen 
 weavers. 
 
 KORITSA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the S.W. of 
 Macedonia, surrounded on all sides by lofty mountains, 22 m. 
 S.W. Monastir. The advantageous position of the place, at 
 the point where several important roads meet, and communi- 
 cate with Yanina on the S., Berat on the W., Ochrida on the 
 N., and Monastir on the N.E., give it a considerable trade. 
 
KORITSHAN 
 
 31 
 
 KOSSETR 
 
 It contains 10,000 inhabitants, of whom not more than 1000 
 are Turks, all the rest belonging to the Greek church. 
 
 KOKITSHAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 18 m. W. Hradisch, in a beautiful valley; with a parish 
 church, a synagogue, a castle with fine gardens and a picture- 
 gallery, a poorliouse, and manufactures of glass, liqueurs, and 
 rosoglio. There is a mineral spring in the vicinity. P. 2820. 
 
 KORNEGALLE, or Kukunaigalle [add.], one of the 
 ancient capitals of Ceylon, 55 m. E.N.E. Colombo. It is 
 beautifully situated within the shade of an enormous rock of 
 gneiss 600 ft. high, and worn by time into the form of a couch- 
 ant elephant. Nothing of the ancient town now remains 
 except fragments of columns and carved stones belonging to 
 the palace, on the site of which the principal civil officer of 
 the distinct has his residence. The modern town consists of 
 the bungalows of the European officials, each surrounded 
 with its garden; two or three streets inhabited by Dutch de- 
 scendants and Moors, and a native bazaar, in which the prin- 
 cipal articles exposed for .sale are rice and curry stuffs, and 
 cooking chattees of brass or burnt clay. The district suffers 
 occasionally from severe drought, during which there is some- 
 times such a total destitution of surface water that alligators, 
 bears, and other wild animals, make their way into the town 
 to drink at the wells. Under ordinary circumstances, how- 
 ever, the soil is prolific in the extreme. IJice, cotton, and 
 dry grain are largely cultivated; every cottage has its garden 
 of cocoa-nuts, arecas, jak-fruit, and coffee; the slopes are 
 covered with luxuriant vegetation, and dense forests, in which 
 deer and elephants abound, are seen on every side as far as 
 the eye can reach. Kornegalle is much visited by Buddhists, 
 who come from the remotest parts of Ceylon to visit an 
 ancient temple on the summit of the great rock, where the 
 chief object of veneration is Buddha's footstep hollowed in 
 the rock in a manner similar to that on Adam's Peak, the 
 summit of which, though 44 m. S.S.E., is here visible. 
 
 KOIIOND, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 27 m. E. by S. Maros-Vasarhely, on a small stream of 
 same name; with several salt springs, a bathing establish- 
 ment, and 2230 inhabitants. 
 
 KOROPIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 20 m. E. Stanislav, in a beautiful district on the 
 Dniester; with an elegant baronial castle. A bloody battle 
 was fought' here with the Turks in 1443. Pop. 2890. 
 
 KOROSKO,atn. Nubia, on the Nile, lat. 22° 35' N. To the 
 S. of this place lies the great desert of Korosko, which, for the 
 
 GREAT DESERT OP KOROSKO.— Tremaux, Voyage an Sondan Oriental 
 
 space of two days' journey before reaching the plains called 
 rivers without water and sea of sand, is covered with rem.ark- 
 able conical hills, among which winds the path of the travel- 
 liT. On the slopes of these hills lie moving sands, liable to be 
 displaced by every storm; the winds dispense them generally 
 on the slopes opposed to their course. These hills are formed 
 of a quartzose sandstone, which gradually becomes less solid 
 in its composition as we advance towards the south. They 
 are not due to upheavals or convulsions of the earth's crust 
 
 (though dislocations caused by earthquakes may be traced in 
 the valleys of erosion), but are formed by horizontal irregular 
 strata of different density, some only slightly knit, but others 
 united by argillaceous-ferrugineous cement, and more capable of 
 resisting the destructive effects of the atmosphere. The upper 
 layers are those that seem less hard, but none of them are 
 very homogeneous. From this geological formation there re- 
 sult the most picturesque effects : the sands are driven 
 along the bottom of the valleys, which they fill up horizon- 
 tally to a certain height, leaving exposed only the tops of 
 the hills. These hills disappear abruptly about twenty 
 hours' march to the south of Korosko, where their boundary 
 is sharply defined in a direction from E.N.E. to W.S.W. 
 — (Tremaux, Voyage an Soudan Oiiental, dbc.) 
 
 KORTION, or Ano-Kastron, a tn. Greece, nomarch 
 Cyclades, island and G m. S. town of Andro, on a bay of 
 same name. It has a justice of peace court, a custom-house, 
 a quarantine establishment, a Hellenist and two parish schools. 
 Pop. 1500. 
 
 KORYNAUR, a tn. India, Gujerat, dist. Soruth, on the 
 Singora, about 2 m. above its mouth in the ocean, on the 
 S. of the peninsula of Kattywar, 200 m. S.W. Baroda. It is 
 defended by a fort, and possesses a temple of Krishna, which, 
 at certain times, attracts large multitudes of pilgrims. Its 
 harbour is indifferent, and has little trade. 
 
 KOSARATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N.W. of 
 Bosnia, 22 m. N.W. Banyaluka, on the Sanna, an affluent of 
 the Unna; has a castle built in the form of a square, and en- 
 closed by a fosse. 
 
 KO.SHI, a territory, Central Africa, lying on the W. of 
 the Nile, at the N. end of the Albert Nyanza. The Nile is 
 navigable from its exit from the lake for a considerable dis- 
 tance, having the Koshi country on its W. side, and Madi on 
 the E. 
 
 KOSI LL A , or Kosi, a river, India, which rises in Kumaon, 
 among the mountains of the Central Himalaya, in lat. 29° 
 52' N.; Ion. 79° 34' E.; flows first S., then W., descending from 
 the mountains through a gorge remarkable for picturesque 
 beauty and grandeur; resumes its original S. direction, and 
 retains it to its junction with the W. Ramagunga, about 11m. 
 below Eampoor. It has a total length of nearly 150 m., 
 and in the lower part of its course a channel 450 yards wide, 
 but carries little water except in the rainy season, when alone 
 it ceases to be fordable. 
 
 KOSMANOS, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 3 m. N.E. Bunzlau; with 
 a parish church, a beautiful 
 castle, a calico printfield, and 
 2521 inhabitants. 
 
 KOSMODEMJANSK, a 
 tn. Russia, gov. and 100 m. 
 N.W. Kasan,cap. circle of same 
 name, on the Volga. It has 
 five churches, a circle school, 
 and a charitable institute, and 
 contains 4407 inhabitants. 
 
 KOSSEIR, or Cosseir 
 [add.], a seaport. Upper Egypt, 
 E. coast of the Red Sea, 95 m. 
 E.N.E. Thebes, lat. 26° 7' N.; 
 Ion. 34° 21' 59" E. It stands 
 on a .sandy beach at the E. 
 extremity of the caravan route 
 across the desert from Egypt 
 towards Mecca. The whole 
 neighbourhood is exceedingly 
 bleak and arid, the only green 
 ])lants seen being contained in 
 two or three gardens, with a 
 few date-trees of sickly appear- 
 ance. The principal buildings are, a .square citadel at the 
 back of the town, mounting eight long brass guns; the govern- 
 ment house, agreeably seated on a small quay near the water's 
 edge; and the bazaar, which is well provided with the ordi- 
 nary produce of the valley of the Nile. The climate, tem- 
 pered by the sea breeze.", is not so scorchingly hot as in the 
 interior, but the advantage is overbalanced by the want of 
 water, which is brought chiefly by Bedouins from mountain 
 reservoirs at the distance of several days' journey, and sold 
 
KOSSETZ 
 
 32 
 
 KOYAM 
 
 at a high price. The harbour consists only of a long 
 wooden pier, running out about 100 yards into the sea. 
 The protection of the town, and a small hillock, make it 
 safe during northerly and westerly winds, but in gales from 
 other quarters there is no security, and shipwrecks are fre- 
 quent. The chief exports are grain, and white and printed 
 calicoes ; the imports — rice, coffee, spices, and tombac. 
 Kosseir, however, is far less indebted for its prosperity to 
 this general traffic than to the crowds of Mecca pilgrims who 
 arrive at it, and for the conveyance of whom across the sea, 
 in vessels so crowded that they resemble slavers rather than 
 ordinary passenger ships, £2 per head is charged. — Besides 
 the Kosseir above described, there was another situated about 
 4 m. N., and now distinguished from it by the name of Old 
 Kosseir. The only interest it possesses is in its ruins, which 
 prove its former importance. OflF the coast great numbers of 
 lobsters and other excellent fish are caught. Pop. about 
 2000.— {Petherich) 
 
 KOSSETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 12 m. N.N.E. Trencsin, on the Waag, here crossed by a 
 stone bridge; with a castle, manufactures of cloth, a brewery, 
 a trade in corn, and 1000 R. Catholic inhabitants. 
 
 KOSSOGOL, orBAiGAL Dalai, a lake, Cliinese empire, 
 Mongolia, near the Russian frontier, to the S. of the Sianisch 
 Mountains, between lat. 49° 5' and 51° 34' N.; Ion. 100° 32' 
 and 101° 30' E.; length, N. to S., 168 miles; mean breadth, 
 about 32 m. It is in the shape of a long and comparatively 
 narrow oblong, tapering gradually towards the S. till it ter- 
 minates nearly in a point; is fed by numerous streams from the 
 mountains surrounding it on the N.E. and W., and discharges 
 itself at its S. extremity bj' the Ega, an affluent of the 
 Selenga. Its depth is reported to be great, but has not been 
 ascertained. A little to the S. of its centre is an island of 
 a somewhat circular shape, called Dalai-Kuissa, which is 
 densely wooded with larches, Siberian cedars, and white firs, 
 and said to abound with foxes, hares, goats, and deer. The 
 lake teems with fish, which are caught in great numbers in 
 spring and harvest, at the mouths of the streams. With the 
 exception of a few marshy spots, the banks are high and 
 precipitous. The prevailing rocks are limestone, clay-slate, 
 gneiss, quartz, red and gray granite, syenite, greenstone, and 
 lava. Near its N. extremity is a large and thickly- wooded 
 island, frequented by the Kalkas, who come to it in winter to 
 hunt; and near its centre is another island of conical shape, 
 and apparently volcanic origin. The shores are inhabited 
 chiefly by Urjanks, who possess large herds of cattle. Near 
 the N. shore is a Buddhist dazan, or monastery, containing 
 three principal temples and numerous chapels. The largest 
 of the temples is very spacious, and has numerous images of 
 large dimensions, many of them glittering with gold and 
 precious stones, and others clad in rich Chinese silks. The 
 number of priests, or lamas, is about 130. The Russian 
 traveller Permekin, who visited the lake in 1857, and lived 
 for some days in the monastery, saw fifty of its inmates 
 actually employed on one occasion in conducting the service. 
 
 KOSTENDIL, or Giustendil [add.], a tn. Turkey in 
 Europe, eyalet and 90 m. S.S E. Nissa, on the Strymon. It 
 lies on the N. slope of a bleak mountain chain, and is the seat 
 of the kairaakan. The manufactures consist of arms and 
 articles in iron and steel. In the vicinity are hot mineral 
 springs. It contains 8000 inhabitants, whose chief enn)loy- 
 ment is in the gold and silver mines. 
 
 KOSTOLAN (GtUEAt), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Upper Neutra, on the Dudvagh, 12 m. N E. Tyrnau; with 
 a synagogue and 1360 inhabitants. 
 
 KOTAH, a native state and tn. India, Rajpootana, be- 
 tween lat. 24° 30' and 25° 50' N.; Ion. 75° 35' and 76° 56' 
 E.; bounded N.E. and E. by Jhallowa, Gwalior, and Chupra; 
 N.W. the Chumbul, separating it from Boondee; N. a de- 
 tached part of Gwalior; and S. a detached part of Holkar's 
 Dominions and Jhallowa; length, N. to S., about 90 m.; 
 breadth, 80 m ; area, 4339 sq. m. It forms part of the high 
 tableland of Malwa, and slopes gently northward towards the 
 Chumbul, which drains it directly, and by its affluents the 
 Kala Sinde, Newaj, and Parbati. It is generally fertile and 
 highly cultivated, but has a very indifferent climate, being 
 subject to scorching heat and hot winds in summer, and be- 
 coming exceedingly unhealthy during the periodical rains. 
 Pop. 433,900. The TOWN, cap. ofthe above state, r. bank 
 
 Chumbul, here crossed by a ferry, 195 m. S.W. Agra, is in- 
 closed by a dry ditch and a rampart with bastions, and is 
 defended by a fort situated at its S. extremity. It is a place 
 of considerable size, and contains many temples, several 
 mosques, and two palaces belonging to the rajah: the one 
 situated within the fort, and surmounted by numerous cupolas 
 and slender minarets; and the other, on an islet of the 
 Chumbul, of very florid architecture, and used by the 
 rajah as a summer residence. The trade, both domestic and 
 transit, is important. 
 
 KOTAUK, or Kotar, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Travancore, 9 m. N.W. Cape Comorin. It is a large and 
 somewhat straggling place, stretching about 1 J m. from N. 
 to S. in streets which are generally narrow and irregular. 
 The best part of the town is that occupied by the Brahmins, 
 whose houses are of a better description, and arranged with 
 some degree of neatness. The principal buildings are gran- 
 aries, a large tobacco warehouse, a pagoda, and a free school, 
 founded by the late rajah for the instruction of the native 
 youth in English and Tamil. Kotauris much resorted to by 
 merchants, as it is the principal mart in the S. of India for 
 exchange in articles of trade and money. About a mile to 
 the N. is Nagercoil, which was once the seat of the Travan- 
 core government, and is now the station of the S. Zillah 
 court, as well as the residence of two missionaries of the 
 London Missionary Society. 
 
 KOTHKHACE, a small territory and tn. India. — The 
 TERRITORY, intersected centrally by the parallel of 31° N., 
 and the meridian of 77° 30' E., is bounded N. by Bussahir and 
 Sundoch, E. Bussahir and Turroch, S. Poondur, and W, 
 Bulsun and Kamharsin; length, N. to S., about 12 m.; 
 breadth, 6 m. It lies between the Sutlej and the Tons, and 
 forms part of a valley which penetrates the great mountain 
 range extending from Wartu on the N. to the Chur on the S. 
 It is mostly composed of strata of gneiss and red and white 
 quartz, is well wooded, particularly on its S. side, and has 
 much grand scenery. The town, cap. of the above terri- 
 tory, picturesquely situated on the Giree, in lat. 31° 7' N., Ion. 
 77° 36' E., contains two remarkable masses of building, both 
 perched on lofty rocky promontories. Tlie one belongs to 
 one of the principal zemindars ; the other, the residence of the 
 i"ana, or rather ex-rana, as the territory is now British, is of 
 three stories, and very imposing appearance, each story pro- 
 jecting beyond the one beneath, while the whole is crowned 
 by two handsome Chinese turrets, adorned with beautiful 
 wood carving. 
 
 KOT-KUMALIA, a tn. India, Punjab, r. bank Ravee, 
 105 m. S.W. Lahore. It is an ancient place, built of burnt 
 bricks; possesses a fort and a bazaar, and has been conjec- 
 tured to be the place where Alexander the Great, in attempt- 
 ing a rash assault, was wounded. 
 
 KOTOKO, a prov. W'estern Africa, forming the E. fron- 
 tier of Bornou, and bounded N. by Lake Chad, W. Gamer- 
 ghu, S. Logon, and E. the Shari, which separates it from 
 Baghirmi. It has a surface so flat that a large portion of it 
 is inundated during the rainy season. Immediately after- 
 wards these flats, which have a black argillaceous soil, are 
 converted into one vast field of. cultivation, on which great 
 quantities ■ of sorghum or holcus are grown. Among the 
 vegetable productions the most remarkable are arborescent 
 Euphorbiacese, some of them attaining the extraordinary 
 height of 30 to 35 ft., and presenting, in their succulent, 
 luxuriant, and cactus-like leaves, a striking contrast to the 
 monotonous and dry vegetation ofthe mimosas around. The 
 inhabitants, at least of the villages, consist chiefly of the 
 Kanuri and the Shuwa. Some Arabs, mostly of the Salamat 
 tribe, are settled in the province. 
 
 KOVKOV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 40 m. E.N.E Vladimir, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Kliasma. It has two 
 churches and a charitable endowment. In the N. of the 
 circle there is a lake with a floating island. Many of the 
 inhabitants are employed in making shoes and sieves out of 
 bast. Pop. 1844. 
 
 KOWLOON. See Cowi.oon in Siipp. 
 
 KOYAM, a dist. Western Africa, Bornou, bounding on 
 the E. with that of the capital Kukawa, and on the N. with 
 the celebrated Bornou Kommadagu W^auhe. It is well peopled 
 and well cultivated, and has extensive forests of middle-sized 
 mimosas, affording food to the numerous herds of camels 
 
KRAKOWIEC 
 
 33 
 
 KUDJWA 
 
 wliich constitute the wealth of the inhabitants, a tribe origi- 
 nally from Kanem, where they led a nomadic life. 
 
 KRAKOWIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 N.E. Przemysl, cap. dist. of same name; with a baronial castle 
 with fine gardens, an infirmary, and 1700 inhabitants. 
 
 KUALJEVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, 
 dist. Gradisca, on an island of the Pakra, about 12 m. W. by 
 N. New Gradisca. It is of great antiquity, and was once a 
 large and important place, but now contains only 930 inhabi- 
 tants, and some beautiful ruins indicative of former splendour. 
 
 KUAPINA, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, co. and 25 m. S.W. Warasdin, cap. circle and 
 on a small stream of same name ; with a Franciscan monastery, 
 an hospital, thermal baths, and potteries. The summit of a 
 steep rock in the vicinity is crowned by the ruins of an old 
 castle, once the residence of Louis tlie Great and Matthew 
 Corvinus, Pop. 1050. 
 
 KRASNOI-YAR, a tn. Russia, gov. and 30 m. E.N.E. 
 Astracan, cap. circle of same name, on the Aktuba, an arm of 
 the Volga. It was founded by Alexis Michailovitseh as a check 
 on the Khirgis and Kalmucks, contains two churches, a circle 
 and a parish school, a charitable endowment, and a trade in 
 fruit and onions. Immediately in front of the town is a hill 
 from which saltpetre is obtained. Pop. 3785. 
 
 KRASNO-UFIMSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 110 m. 
 S.S.E. Perm, cap. circle of same name, r. bank Ufa. It con- 
 tains a church, a circle school, and a charitable endowment. 
 Large numbers of beehives are kept in the circle, and there 
 are two sulphur springs. Pop. 2607. 
 
 KRAW, isthmus and vil. Siam, connecting Malay penin- 
 sula with the continent; lat. 10° 20' N.; Ion. 99° E. The 
 peninsula, lying between the Pak-chan River, which separates 
 the Tenasserini provinces from Siam, on the W., and the Gulf 
 of Siam on the E., is about 45 m. wide, level, and intersected 
 with water-courses. The propo.sal to constriict a railway 
 across it, for the traffic from Europe and India to China and 
 Japan, gives it much geographical and commercial importance, 
 as it would lessen greatly the time, expense, and difficulty of 
 the pas.sage through the Straits of Malacca. The village' 
 stands upon the Kamau, a small branch of the Pak-chan, and 
 contains about fifty houses, occupied by Chinese, &c. 
 
 KRAYOVA [add.], a tn. Turkey in Asia, cap. Little 
 Walachia, advantageously situated near the Shyl, at the 
 junction of three roads which lead S. from the Carpathians, 
 114 m. W. by S. Bucharest. It is the seat of an appeal court, 
 as well as a court of primary jurisdiction, contains a gymna- 
 sium, a normal and a central school, and has a considerable 
 transit trade. Though once a fine town, its chief attrac- 
 tion .at present is a handsome park. Pop. 25,000. 
 
 KRECHOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 7 m. W. Zolkiew; with a Basilian monastery, founded and 
 richly endowed by Peter the Great in 1630, and containing a 
 valuable library and cabinet of antiquities. The only manu- 
 facture is paper. Pop. 980. 
 
 KREIBITZ, three nearly contiguous places, Austrian 
 empire, Bohemia, circle and 26 m. N.E. Leitmeritz, on a 
 stream of same name. Kreihitz proper has a parish church, 
 a town-house, an hospital, a brewery, and a glass refinery. 
 Pop. 1500. — Loiver Kreihitz has several bleacheries and mills, 
 contains 1700 inhabitants, who are mostly linen weavers or 
 sieve makers. — Upper Kreihitz has one of the oldest glass- 
 works in Bohemia, manufactures of linen and cotton, a mill, 
 and 900 inhabitants. 
 
 KREMSIER [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 16 m. N.N.E. Hradisch, in the fertile valley of the 
 Hanna, on the March, which is here crossed by a long chain 
 bridge. It consists of the town proper and four suburbs, and 
 has a large market-place, surrounded with trees and adorned 
 with a statue; a collegiate church, built in 1262, mostly in 
 the old German style; two other churches, a beautiful summer 
 palace of the Archbishop of Olmiitz, a Piarist college, an 
 institute of the Sisters of Mercy, an ecclesiastical seminary, 
 an upper gymnasium, a high and a common school, and an 
 infirmary. The manufactures consist chiefly of linens, and 
 there are several important yearly markets, mostly for flax, 
 horses, cattle, and corn. Pop. 9110. 
 
 KREUTH, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carinthia, about 
 40 m. W. Klagenfurth; with mines of lead and zinc, and 
 2000 inhabitants. 
 Supp, Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 KREUTZ, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, co. and 22 m. S.S.E. Warasdin, cap. dist. of 
 same name, in a plain on the Glogovnica. It is the see of a 
 Greek bishop, and of an episcopal consistory, is governed by 
 its own magistrates as a royal free town, and has two churches, 
 a high-school, and silk spinning mills. Pop. 2100. 
 
 KREUZ (Ueutsch), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co, 
 and 6 m. S.E. Oedenburg; with a fine castle, a mineral 
 spring, and 2965 inhabitants. 
 
 KRIZBA, atn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 about 12 m. W. Kronstadt ; with the ruined castle of Ileiden- 
 burg on a lofty height, and 1820 inhabitants. 
 
 KROLOVETZ, a tn. Russia, gov. and 100 m. E. Tcher- 
 nigov, cap. circle of same name. It has six churches, a eirch; 
 school, a benevolent endowment, and a famous yearly market, 
 which lasts from the 14th to the 26th of November, and does 
 a large amount of business. Pop. 6317. 
 
 KROMPACH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, 
 on the Hernad, in a romantic valley, 16 m. S.E. Leutschau ; 
 with a beautiful castle and garden, manufactures of linen, a 
 trade in honey, iron-works, and iron, silver, and copper mines. 
 Pop. 2017. 
 
 KRONAU, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carniola, on the 
 Save, and a slope of the Schneeberg, not far from the fron- 
 tiers of Carinthia; with 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 KRONAU, atn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle Briinn; 
 with a beautiful pari.sh church, and a pop. of 1000. 
 
 KROSCIENTO, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 19 m. S.W. New Sandec; with mineral springs and an 
 old mountain castle, in which St. Kunigunda and her nuns 
 found an asylum during an incursion of the Tartars. Pop. 
 1150. 
 
 KROYIJ, or Ak-Hiss.\r, a tn. Turkey hi Europe, 
 Albania, eyalet Rum-Hi. 40 m. S.S.E. Scutari. It consists 
 of the town proper and a citadel, the latter, which dates from 
 1338, surrounded by a wall flanked with towers, and the 
 former containing 3000 inhabitants, chiefly Mussulmans. 
 
 KRUMBACH, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 47 m. S. Vienna; has an old parish church and chapel, an 
 hospital, mills, and various industrial establishments. Pop. 
 2120. 
 
 KRUSHEVATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. 
 circle of same name, near the Kasina, a little above its con- 
 fluence with the Morava, 90 m. S.S.E. Belgrade. It is the 
 seat of a court of justice and several public offices, and has 
 a church, a school, and a much-frequented yearly market. 
 Pop. 2000. 
 
 KRYNICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 20 m. S.E. New Sandec, in a pleasing valley, with 
 chalybeate springs, and a much-frequented bathing establish- 
 ment. Pop. 1250. 
 
 KRYSTYNOPEL, or Krystiami'Ol, a fn. Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, circle Zolkiew, on an affluent of the Bug, 
 42 m. N.N.E. Lemberg; with a large baronial castle, a Ber- 
 nardine and a Basilian monastery, and important manufactures 
 of linen. Pop. 2384. 
 
 KRZESZOWICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and G m. N.W. Cracow, cap. dist. of same name, on the 
 Cracow railway, with a modern parish church in the Gothic 
 style, an imposing castle, manufactures of paper, and mineral 
 springs. Pop. 1200. 
 
 KUBAN G0,6r Cubango, a river,S. W. Africa, which rises 
 in the Kimbunda country, in the marshes of the Sambos plateau , 
 where the Cunene also has its source, flows southwards, form- 
 ing several cataracts, then S.E., separating Galangue, Nyemba, 
 Handa, Kafima, Ovampo, Kongari, and Mukursu on the right, 
 from Kakingi, Dalanhushi, Kilombo, Massaka, Bundsha, 
 Sambo, Indiriko, and Lulu on the left; near Indiriko receives 
 the Kuitu, and is understood finally to join the Chobe or 
 Zabesa, an affluent of the Liambye or Zambesi, which carries 
 its waters to the Indian Ocean. 
 
 KUBO, a tn. Western Africa, prov. Dalla, 210 m. S.E. 
 Timbuctoo, is a place of some importance, surrounded by a 
 stockade and several ponds. The houses, made of clay, are 
 well built, and have usually a tolerably large courtyard. At 
 the W. end of the place is a suburb inhabited by Fellatah 
 cattle-dealers. Turtles are very common. 
 
 KUDJWA, or Kudjooa, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 dist. and 20 m. N.W. Futtehpoor. It was founded by Aurnng- 
 
 5 
 
KUDSIR 
 
 34 
 
 KUPAROL 
 
 zebe, to commemorate a victory which he gained here over 
 his brother Shuja, and was once a place of some importance, 
 witli a fine serai. At present it has a well-supplied bazar. 
 
 KUDSIR, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 E. Broos; with important iron-works, and 2002 inliabitants. 
 
 KUHLOOR, a petty hill-state, India, among the ranges of 
 the sub-Himalaya, lies between lat. .31° 10' and 31° 25' N.; 
 Ion. 76° 27' and 76° 55' E.; and is bounded N. by the Sutlej, 
 separating it from the Punjab; E. the petty states Mungul and 
 Bhagul; S. Hindoor; and W. Sirhind; area about 150 sq. m.; 
 revenue, £11,000. The surface is elevated, but in general 
 not so elevated as to be unfit for cultivation, while along the 
 banks of the Sutlej there are several alluvial tracts of some 
 extent. The inhabitants are industrious cultivators, and by 
 means of terraces, which rise like the steps of a magnificent 
 amphitheatre, and are carried up to the very mountain-tops, 
 have secured a series of fertile fields, on which are grown 
 rice, maize, millet, wheat, pulse, oil-seeds, ginger, opium, and 
 tobacco. The fruits are numerous, and include peaches, 
 apricots, walnuts, apples, pears, pomegranates, raspberries, 
 gooseberries, and strawberries. Pop. 32,250. — The small 
 tn. of Kuhloor, tiiough it gives its name to the state, is not the 
 capital, the rajah having fixed his residence at the larger town 
 of Belaspoor. 
 
 KUKAWA, a tn. Western Africa, cap. Bornou, about 
 lat. 12° 30' N.; Ion. 13° 12' E.; about 20 m. W. from the 
 S.W. shores of Lake Chad. It consists of two distinct 
 towns, each surrounded by a white clay wall, and separated 
 from the other by a space about half a mile broad. The E. 
 town, called Kuka Gedibe, occupied chiefly by the wealthy, 
 contains very large establishments; while the W. town, called 
 Kuta Futese, consists of crowded dwellings huddled together 
 in narrow winding lanes. In regard to the W. town, how- 
 ever, an exception must be made of the principal thoroughfare, 
 whicii traverses it from W. to E., forms the great promenade, 
 and is constantly crowded by persons on foot or on horseback. 
 The space between the tmvns consists partly of a wide open 
 road connecting them. The rest of it is built upon, and so 
 irregularly, as to present to the eye a mere medley of large 
 clay buildings and small thatched Iiuts, massive clay walls 
 inclosing immense yards, and light fences of reeds. Around 
 both towns are small villages, or clusters of huts, and large 
 detached farms. The buildings of most note are the sheikh's 
 palace, and an adjoining mosque with a minaret, in the dendal 
 or principal street of the W. town; the sheikh's palace in the 
 E. town, and the palaces of his son, his brother, and the vizier. 
 In the great market, situated immediately W. of the W. town, 
 a large fair is held every Monday, and presents an interesting 
 spectacle, 'It calls together,' says Dr. Barth, 'the inhabi- 
 tants of all the eastern parts of Bornou ; the Shuwa and the 
 Koyam, with their corn and butter, the former (the Shuwa), 
 though of Arab origin, and still preserving in purity his 
 ancient character, always carrying his merchandise on the back 
 of oxen, the women mounted upon the top of it; while the 
 African Koyam employs the camel, if not exclusively, at 
 least with a decided preference ; the Kanembu, with their 
 butter and dried fish; the inhabitants of Makari with their 
 tobes (the kove bern^); even Budduma, or rather Yedina, are 
 very often seen in the market, selling whips made from the skin 
 of the hippopotamus, or sometimes even hippopotamus meat, 
 or dried fish, and attract the notice of the spectator by their 
 flender figures, their small handsome features, unimpaired 
 by any incisions, the men generally wearing a short black 
 shirt, and a small straw hat, 'suningawa,' their neck adorned 
 with several strings of kungona or shells, while the women 
 arc profusely ornamented with strings of glass beads, and 
 wear their hair in a very remarkable way.' The principal 
 articles for sale are mats, and' other materials for the light 
 buildings common throughout the country; corn exposed in 
 long rows of leathern bags; camels, often a hundred or more; 
 numbers of horses; textile fabrics, including the 'amagdi,' or 
 tobe from Uj^, and the kor^ or rebshi, the farash or 'felkema,' 
 and the 'sellama;' cloths, shirts, turkedis, beads of all sizes 
 and colours, leather- work, coloured boxes of every shape and 
 size, very neatly made of ox-hide, and little boxes made of 
 the kernel of the fruit of the doum-tree. Last of all must bo 
 mentioned slaves, for the sale of whom a special place in the 
 market is assigned. The number of persons attending the 
 market often amounts to 12,000 or 15,000. 
 
 KUKLAENA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Roumelia, S.W. 
 Philippopolis, at the foot of Mount Rhodope. It contains 
 2000 inhabitants, partly Cliristians, partly Turks, The 
 former possess a Greek school, erected at tlie expense of a 
 Greek native of the place. 
 
 KULAT-ESH-SHUKIF, a magnificent but deserted 
 fortress, Palestine, 17 m. S.S.E. Sidon, on a high cliff, 
 r. bank Litany, which pursues its course 1500 ft. below. It 
 figured much in the wars of the Crusaders, to whom it was 
 known by the name of Btlfort, and indebted for extensive 
 repairs. The ancient portion, probably not of earlier date 
 than the Koman dominion in Syria, is built with bevelled 
 stones, and contains several square towers. The cliief work 
 of the Crusaders, still existing, is a fine Latm chapel. The 
 castle, overshadowed by the Jebel Eihan only on the N. and 
 N.E., is visible at a great distance from all other directions, 
 and forms a conspicuous object. 
 
 KULFELA, a tn. Western Africa, cap. prov, Mosi, 
 400 m. N. of the Gold Coast. It is said to be more impor- 
 tant than all the ather towns in the province, and has a well- 
 frequented market. The inhabitants are celebrated for their 
 skill in archery. 
 
 KULINJERA, or Kaxjra, a tn. India, Rajpootana, 
 state Banswarra, 139 m. N.E. Baroda. It was formerly in- 
 habited chiefly by Jains, and was a place of considerable 
 wealth and trade till it was ruined by Mahratta extortion, 
 and became almost deserted. The chief evidence of its 
 former prosperity is furnished by a Jain temple, a large and 
 complicated structure crowded with images, embellished 
 with elaborate carving, and surmounted by numerous domes 
 and pyramids. 
 
 KULLUXG, a river, India, which rises on the S. frontier 
 of the Tooloo Ram Senaputtec country, in lat. 25° 4' N.; Ion. 
 93° 5' E.; flows successively N. and N.W., and joins the 
 Brahmapootra in lat. 2G° 15' N.; Ion. 91° 55' E., after a 
 course of about 155 m, 
 
 KULOFCHA, a tn. European Turkey, 16 m. E.S.E. 
 Shumla. Here, in 1829, the Turks, under the Grand 
 Vizier, having, with more courage than prudence, quitted 
 their defensive position and given battle to the Russians 
 under Marslial Diebitsch, sustained a signal defeat. The 
 town was in consequence destroyed, but has since been 
 rebuilt. 
 
 KUMADAU, a lake, S. Africa, on the N. frontiers of 
 the Kalahari Desert. It is about 12 m. long by 4 m. broad, 
 receives the water of the Zouga, the principal outlet of Lake 
 Ngami, and, though the lowest level of the great depression 
 which occurs in that part of the country, has an absolute 
 height of 2700 ft. Tlie extent of the depression may be 
 inferred from the fact that the lake is 1800 ft. lower than 
 Kolobeng, situated 230 m. to the south. 
 
 KUMBIRA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Bailundo, on a rugged mountain belonging to the 
 Lingi-Lingi range, near the N. frontiers of Kiakka, to 
 which it once belonged; lat. 12° 20' S.; Ion. 15° 50' E. Its 
 inhabitants are notorious for their predatory habits. In the 
 vicinity another place of the same name was recently formed 
 by settlers chiefly from Benguela. This settlement, founded 
 under the auspices of a rich widow, has hitherto given no 
 umbrage to the original inhabitants, and promises to be 
 prosperous, having already some extent of cultivated land, 
 and numerous cattle. Pop. 3000. 
 
 KUMPLY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 27 m. 
 N.W. Bellary, r. bank Toombudra. It consists of nearly 
 2000 houses, occupied chiefly by Hindoo shopkeepers and 
 cultivators, with a considerable mixture of Mussulmans, 
 contains many pagodas and mosques, and was once defended 
 by a strong fort now in ruins. There is here an important 
 ferry across the river between the ceded districts and the 
 Nizam's Dominions. 
 
 KUNHEll, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which rises on 
 the frontier of dist. Sirgooja, about lat. 23° 15' N.; Ion. 83° 
 38' E., flows N. with a slight inclination westward, and joins 
 the Sone on its right bank, after a course of about 130 m. 
 
 KUNOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Hradish, on the Olsawa; with a very ancient parish church, 
 and 3274 inhabitants. 
 
 KUPAROL, KuBANGULUL.v, or Rio San Fkancisco, a 
 river, S.W. Africa, Benguela, which, rising in the mountains 
 
KURAYE 
 
 35 
 
 KUSTENDJI 
 
 of Kitata, flows \V. through the parched and stony tract of 
 Ilanya, receives on its left bank the Kalunga, and several 
 oilier affluents, waters tlie fertile plains of Dombo, and after 
 forcing its way through a narrow mountain pass, falls into 
 tjie Atlantic near Cape Luasco. 
 
 KUKAYIC, a in. W. Africa, Ilausa States, prov. Kat- 
 sena, 70 m. N.W. Kano. It is a walled town of considerable 
 bize. The wall, provided with loopholes for archers, and 
 pierced with three gates, is in good repair. The houses are 
 all tliatched huts without any clay buildings. The market 
 is indifferently supplied, and the cultivation of the surround- 
 ing district is almost entirely confined to millet. The wells 
 are 3 fathoms deep. Pop. 6000 to 7000. 
 
 KIJRGODE, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 15 m. 
 N. by W. Bellary. It was formerly a large place, and 
 now contains about 590 houses, and several temples, one of 
 which is a large pagoda with a colossal figure of the bull 
 Nandi 12 ft. high, cut from a single block of granite. 
 
 KURNALLT, a river, Asia, which rises in Tibet, in lat. 
 30° 43' N.; Ion. 80° 47' E., flows S.E. for 75 m. to Angarah, 
 on the frontiers of Nepaul, enters this state, and proceeding 
 across it, first in a S.E., and tlien in a S.W. direction, enters 
 Oude, when it again turns y.E. and joins the Gogra. Its 
 total length is about 225 m. 
 
 KUKNOOL [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 250 m. 
 N.N.W. Madras, cap. dist. of same name, in the fork formed 
 by the junction of the Hindry with the Toombudra. It 
 consists of a pettah, or native town, and a fort. The town, 
 occupying the E. extremity of the fork, where the rivers 
 actually meet, is about 2\ m. in circuit, and inclosed by a 
 ditch and a wall 10 ft. high. The streets are narrow and 
 badly drained, and the houses, about 2000, are meanly built. 
 The bazar, however, is good, and the rivers supply excellent 
 drinking water. The fort, which joins the pettah on the 
 N.W., is about 850 yards long from N. to S., and 690 broad 
 from E. to W. It is surrounded by a wall of limestone and 
 sandstone 17 ft. high and 9 feet thick, and flanked with cir- 
 cular bastions. On theN. and E., where it is washed by the 
 Toombudra, no other defence has been deemed necessary, 
 but on the W. and S.W. there is a deep and broad ditch. It 
 is entered by three gateways. The interior of the fort is in- 
 habited chiefly by the relatives of the late nabob, the govern- 
 ment officials, and the officers of the native regiments 
 stationed here. The principal buildings are the palace, bar- 
 racks, arsenal, and hospital. The cutchery is situated to the 
 S. on the opposite side of the Ilindry. The regimental 
 lines, with a contiguous parade ground, are on a plain 
 about 300 yards from the W. gate of the fort, and cover an 
 area 371 yards long by 170 broad. The streets are wide, 
 and the houses good, but the drainage is defective. Between 
 the lines and the Toombudra a new village, called the Nova- 
 pettah, has sprung up, and has a pop. of about 2000, exclu- 
 sive of the persons connected with the military bazar, and 
 amounting to about 2000 more. The climate of Kurnool 
 has a bad name. Small-pox and fever prevail, and cholera 
 is seldom long absent. Pop. 23,000. 
 
 KURRAH, or Karha, a tn. India, cap. pergunnah of 
 same name, r, bank Ganges, 40 m. N.W. Allahabad. It is 
 about a mile along the river, and was a place of great im- 
 portance till the emperor Akbar commenced its ruin by 
 removing its civil establishment to Allahabad, and Asof-u- 
 Dowlah, Nabob of Oude, completed it by pulling down many 
 of its finest buildings, and carrying off the materials to employ 
 them in building and embellishing Lucknow. 
 
 KURREFl, or Kulfi, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, 
 prov. and 25 m. S.S.W. Katsena, bespeaks the troubled state 
 of the country. As a means of defence the inhabitants have 
 thrown up a number of outworks in front of the town, in 
 addition to a double moat and triple wall which previously 
 existed. Pop. 8000. 
 
 KUKUMAN, or Lattakoo, a vil. S. Afiica, near the 
 S. borders of the Kalahari Desert, 550 m. N.E. Cape Town. 
 It is the farthest inland station of the London Missionary 
 Society N. of the Cape, and has thus acquired a degree of 
 interest and importance which mere population could not give 
 it. ' The mission-houses and church are built of stone. The 
 gardens, irrigated by the Kuruman rivulet, are well stocked 
 with fruit trees and vines, and yield European vegetables 
 and grain readily. The pleasantness of the place is en- 
 
 hanced by the contrast it presents to the surrounding scenery, 
 and the fact that it owes all its beauty to the manual labour 
 of the missionaries. Externally, it presents a picture of 
 civilized comfort to the adjacent tribes; and by its printing- 
 press, worked by the original founders of the mission, and also 
 by several, younger men who have entered into their labours, 
 the light of Christianity is gradually diffused in the sur- 
 rounding region.' Knowing the importance of commerce 
 as a means of civilization, the missionaries got permission 
 from the government for a trader to reside at Kuruman, and 
 a considerable trade has been the result. The permanence 
 of the station depends on its perennial fountain, M'hich issues 
 from beneath trap rock, and, having a temperature of 72°, 
 probably comes from the old Silurian schists forming the 
 bottom of the great primeval valley of the continent. It is 
 less copious than when the missionaries first settled here, 
 and there is some reason to suspect that this diminished 
 supply is connected with a general desiccation which is faking 
 place over a wide extent of country. 
 
 KUSABAT, a vil.N. Africa, regency and a few m. S.E. 
 Tripoli. At its N. extremity is the old castle of Mesellata, 
 built with square stones from old ruins, but scarcely capable 
 of defence, though provided with a Turkish garrison. The 
 vil., containing from 300 to 400 houses, built of stone along 
 a gentle slope, has a mosque situated on a lofty eminence. 
 
 KUSADA, a tn. W. Africa, Hausa States, 40 m. N.W. 
 Kano. It is an important place, with a wall which is in 
 tolerable repair, and incloses an area which is rich in trees, 
 and gives the town a cheerful and comfortable appearance. 
 Most of the huts have clay walls and a thatched roof, a mode 
 of construction well adapted to the climate and the nature of 
 the country. The country around has a delightful park-like 
 appearance. Indigo and tobacco are extensively cultivated. 
 Honey is an important article of produce. The rich aro- 
 matic bushes, growing everywhere, furnish the bees with 
 abundance of food, and the natives obtain their honey by 
 providing them Avith hives formed of thick hollow logs, 
 which they ftisten to the branches of the colossal kaka-trees. 
 
 KUSHYN, a tn. and fort, India, Bu.ssahir, near a con- 
 siderable feeder of the Pabur, in lat. 31° 11' N.; Ion. 77° 42' 
 E. The site, from being completely hemmed in by moun- 
 tains, is not attractive, but the houses are neatly built and 
 well covered with slate. Close to the town are mines of 
 specular iron ore embedded in mica slate. The ore is both 
 smelted here and converted into malleable iron. 
 
 KUSSOOR, a tn. India, Punjab, 40 m. S. by E. Lahore. 
 It is a very ancient place, inclosed not only by one common 
 wall, but consisting of several divisions, each of which has 
 its own separate wall and entrance. Among the public 
 buildings are several mosques and palaces. The environs 
 are covered with gardens. 
 
 KUSSOWLEE, a sanitary station, India, Baghut, 15 
 m. S.S.W. Simla. It consists of a hill about 5 m. in cir- 
 cuit, and considerably detached from the mountain range to 
 which it belongs. Its height above the sea is about 7000 ft. 
 The ascent from the plains is sudden, and the face of the 
 hill, cleft by ravines, in which strata of clay slate at a high 
 angle are exposed, has rather a forbidding aspect. The N. 
 side is less abrupt, and becomes linked with the ranges that 
 slope to the river Gumber. The summit is an undulating 
 flat. The soil overlying the rock is light and porous, 
 quickly parting with any superabundant moisture that may 
 fall upon it; the air is dry and bracing, and the general salu- 
 brity of the station may be considered as well established, 
 notwithstanding a visitation of cholera has shown that it is 
 not beyond the reach of that frightful scourge. The prin- 
 cipal disadvantage is the want of water, wliicli, during the 
 spring and early part of summer, must be brought on mules 
 and bullocks from springs 1 J m. distant, and 848 ft. below 
 the level of the parade ground. 
 
 KUSTENDJI [anc. CoHsta«<ia], a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Bulgaria, eyalet and 69 m. E.N.E. Silistria, on a promontory 
 which projects half a mile S.E. into the Black Sea. It has 
 a harbour, which is much visited in summer by vessels load- 
 ing with corn. The roadstead, though sheltered by the pro- 
 montory from N. winds, lies open from N.E. to S., but small 
 vessels, by approaching the shore nearer than large vessels 
 could venture, obtain anchorage in a spot where the town 
 itself protects them from the E. Trajan's wall extended 
 
KUTATU 
 
 36 
 
 LABRADOR 
 
 from Kustendji to Chernavoda, and as this is nearly the 
 shortest distance between the coast and the Danube, it was 
 proposed to construct a navigable canal between the two 
 places. By this means about 180 m. of intricate navigation 
 would have been avoided. An actual survey, however, has 
 proved that the summit level to be passed over at 2 m. from 
 the Black Sea, is 164 ft. above it, and that the limestone 
 hills, through which the canal would pass, cannot furnish 
 the water necessary to feed it. The idea of a canal has, 
 therefore, been abandoned, but a railway has been con- 
 structed, l^p. 3000. 
 
 KUTATU, a river, S.W. Africa, which has its source 
 in the plateau of Sambos, near the S.E. extremity of the 
 Djamba range, flows nearly due N., separating Bailundo from 
 Bihe, and the land of Mungoya or Malemba, and after passing 
 over nearly four degrees of lat., joins the Coanzo on its 1. 
 bank, nearly opposite to Pungo Andongo. To distinguish it 
 from 'several other rivers of the same name, it is usually 
 called Kutatu-an-Mungoya. 
 
 KUTNO, a tn. Kussian Poland, gov. and 70 m. W. 
 Warsaw; with a church, a circle and. an elementary school, 
 some manufactures, and 1038 inhabitants, mostly Jews. 
 
 KUTTUNGEE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, territory 
 Saugor and Nerbudda, 89 m. S.E. Saugor. It possesses a 
 large and well-supplied bazar, and has long been famous for 
 the manufacture of gun-barrels, which are largely exported. 
 
 KYAU-CHU, a tn. China, prov. Shantung, about lat. 
 36° 17' N.; Ion. 120° 12' E. It stands at the N.W. part of 
 tiie head of a deep bay, is bounded by a peninsula on the E., 
 has a spacious harbour, and is the principal emporium of the 
 province. 
 
 KYR-SCHEHR, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Sivas, 310 m. 
 S.E. Constantinople. It stands in a rich and fertile valley, 
 and consists of about 1200 houses, partly grouped together 
 and partly scattered, the one forming the body of the town, 
 
 and the other a kind of suburb, almost buried among planta- 
 tions. The most conspicuous public edifice is the medresseh, 
 or rather a large pile of building, part of which forms a 
 medresseh. It has a richly adorned portal, with a row of 
 twisted pillars, and a tall and slender minaret, which would 
 be of great beauty if it had not unfortunately lost its top. 
 Part of the building is- now used as a military magazine. 
 The market is large and much frequented. 
 
 KYTIiUL, a tn. India, Sirhind, in a flat and fertile 
 district, lat. 29° 49' N.; Ion. 76° 28' E. It is irregularly 
 but substantially built of brick, and possesses a lofty palace 
 which overtops a fine grove of trees overhanging a large 
 sheet of water. Great quantities of sal-ammoniac are manu- 
 factured here. 
 
 KWEI, or KooE, a tn. China, prov. Houpeh, 1. bank 
 Yang-tze-kiang, 200 m. W. by N. Wu-chang-foo. It is a 
 small place, consisting of about 100 houses within its walls, 
 and 30 houses outside. About 2 m. above it coal of indif- 
 ferent quality is obtained by digging into the side of a hill. 
 It is not used in its natural state, but mixed with water and 
 shaped into bricks, of which large quantities are sent by 
 water to Ichang. 
 
 KWEI-LIJS'G, or Quei-ling, a tn. China, cap. prov. 
 Quangsee, in a mountainous dist., near the source of a river 
 of same name. Though the capital of the province, it is said 
 to be poorly built, and to have little or no trade, the river 
 on which it stands flowing through narrow valleys in a 
 channel so encumbered by rocks and shelves as to be un- 
 navigable. 
 
 KWESH AN, a group of isls. China, ofi" the N.E. coast of 
 prov. Chekiang. They are 11 in number; the largest, only 
 3 m. long and 1 1 m. broad, is so deeply indented that at 
 two places it is not more than 250 yards across, and its coast 
 line presents a range of steep and lofty cliffs. The whole 
 group is occupied by a dense population, living chiefly on fish. 
 
 L. 
 
 LABO, a tn. Philippine Isles, prov. Camarines Norte, in 
 the isl. of Luzon, stands in a fertile and well-watered valley at 
 the foot of a lofty mountain, whose summit is in lat. 13° 59' 
 N.; Ion. 123° 42' 30" E., and consists of 400 houses. The 
 valley produces rice, maize, sugar-cane, indigo, and abaca, 
 and has the advantage of being protected both from the S.W. 
 and from the N.E. monsoon — from the former by the central 
 Cordillera of Caraballos, and from the latter by the sierra of 
 Baga9ay. Pop. 2400. 
 
 LABRADOR [add.] The vast peninsula which com- 
 monly bears the name of Labrador, a term more strictly 
 applied to the N.E. portion of it, occupies an area between 
 the Atlantic and Hudson's Bay, lying between lat. 49° and 
 63° N., and Ion. 55° and 79° W, The Gulf of St. Lawrence, 
 the North Atlantic, Hudson's Straits and Bay, are its boun- 
 daries on three sides; Rupert's River, the Mistassinni, and 
 the Bersamits form its approximate limits on the S.W. 
 From the mouth of Rupert's River on Hudson's Bay, to the 
 mouth of the Bersamits on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the 
 distance is about 470 m.; and from Cape Wolstenholme, the 
 northernmost point of the country, to the Straits of Belle 
 Isle, it is 1100 m. Northwards from the Hudson's Bay Com- 
 pany's post at Bersamits, in a direct line to llngava Bay, the 
 distance is about 650 m., and to Cape Wolstenholme in the 
 W. not less than 1000 m. The area is about 420,000 sq. 
 m. The whole of this immense country is uninhabited by 
 civilized man, except a few settlements on the St. Lawrence 
 and N. Atlantic coasts, and some scattered posts of the Hud- 
 son's Bay Company. It is also thinly peopled by nomadic 
 bands of Montagnais, Nasquapee, Mistassinni, and Swampy 
 Creek Indians, and by wandering Esquimaux on the N. 
 coasts. As a whole, it is unfit for human habitation, and is 
 now in many parts almost a desert. The fisheries on its 
 
 coasts give it its principal importance. In the absence of 
 definite boundaries, the entire peninsula is divided into three 
 parts, supposed to be separate watersheds. The area drain- 
 ing into tiie gulf and river of St. Lawrence belongs to 
 Canada; that supposed to be drained by rivers flowing into 
 the Atlantic is called Labrador, and is under the jurisdiction 
 of Newfoundland; the remaining part, drained by rivers 
 flowing into Hudson's Bay, is named East Main. The 
 longest river tributary to the Gulf of St. Lawrence is the 
 Moisie, which has its source in some of the lakes and swamps 
 of the high tableland of E. Canada, and after a course of 
 more than 250 m., with a fall of more than 2200 ft., de- 
 bouches in Ion. 66° 10' W., about 18 m. E. of the Bay of 
 Seven Islands. The St. John, Mingan, Ouanem^ or Ro- 
 main, Natashquan, and other rivers, all as large perha(>s 
 but not so long as the Moisie, also fall into the gulf. The 
 character of tlie country drained by them is very moun- 
 tainous, even 1 00 m. from the coast, forming ridges running 
 and winding in all directions; and lakes, some of very con- 
 siderable size, are innumerable. Passing this rugged part 
 towards the interior, the country becomes more level; the 
 lakes are of far greater magnitude, well stocked with fish of 
 every description, from the trout of 60 lbs. to the smallest 
 species. Hamilton or Esquimaux Bay is the most im- 
 portant outlet on the E. coast. The Ashwanipi or Ham- 
 ilton River, rising in the table-land near the head-waters of 
 the Moisie, is the great river of Labrador, and falls into the 
 head of the bay. The Kenamou, cutting through the Mealy 
 Mountains from the S., and the Esquimaux River, N. of the 
 Hamilton, are likewise important tributaries of Hamilton 
 Inlet. The country near the inlet is extremely rugged and 
 hilly, though the S. is more level and better wooded than 
 the N. side. The rivers falling into I'ngava Bay are the 
 
LACHENAIE 
 
 37 
 
 LAGUNA 
 
 Koksoak or South Eiver, George's Eiver, Wliale River, and 
 a few other minor streams. The lakes of this northern 
 watershed are not many or large. Lake Caniapuscaw, the 
 headwater of South Eiver, occupies a central part of the 
 peninsula, equidistant about 350 m. from the St. Lawrence 
 and Ungava and Hamilton Bays, and is about 70 m. long 
 and 15 to 20 m. broad. The country drained by the rivers 
 tributary to Ungava Bay is, W. of South Eiver, entirely 
 bare, while bleak and barren rocks distinguish the sea-coast. 
 The western division of the country is drained by the Little 
 and Great Whale rivers, discharging themselves into Hud- 
 son's Bay; and the East Main and Eupert's rivers, flowing 
 into James' Bay. The latter river brings down the water 
 of the vast Mistassinni Lake, which lies between Ion. 71° 
 and 74° W. In the neighbourhood of Hudson's Bay and 
 Lake Mistassinni the country is occupied by thousands of 
 lakes and enormous rocks piled one on the top of another, 
 and is treeless and sterile. 
 
 Since the extinction of the exclusive rights of the Hud- 
 son's Bay Company, many fishing posts and villages have 
 been established on the Labrador coast and N. shore of the 
 gulf The houses of the settlers are mostly of wood, gene- 
 rally, because most easily and cheaply, procured from 
 Quebec. On the coast, between the Straits of Belle Isle and 
 Cape Whittle, the climate is very severe, with prevailing 
 fogs; in the interior it is much better, and the seasons are in 
 advance of those on the coast. The scenery is wild, barren, 
 and gloomy, the mainland being generally about 500 ft. 
 above the sea. From Cape Whittle to Natashquan Point 
 Ihe gneissoid hills seldom rise above 200 ft.; the banks of 
 this coast between this point and the Mingan Islands are 
 very important as fisheries. The Atlantic coast is all of it 
 mountainous, and the faces of the hills which front the sea 
 are generally bare rocks. Inland there is less desolation, 
 and in some parts firs and spruces and birches occupy the 
 valleys and sheltered localities. The lakes of the interior 
 are frozen, and the surface of the country covered with snow, 
 for the greatest part of the year. There is little animal life, 
 and chiefly of the fur-bearing species, the hunting of which 
 forms the main occupation and support of the few tribes of 
 Indians that maintain an existence upon the peninsula. Three 
 Roman Catholic missions upon the shores, and several of the 
 English Church have been recently established in the new- 
 fishing settlements, the first English church having been 
 consecrated at St. Francis harbour, by the Bishop of New- 
 foundland, on July 10, 1853. The Moravians also have mis- 
 sionary stations on the coast. With a coast line of 1000 m., 
 Labrador is .said to have a population during the fishing 
 season of above 30,000, who import all the provisions they 
 consume, and export fish to 'the amount of £800,000 to 
 £1,000,000 annually. The permanent population of the 
 Canadian shore was, in 1863, 4413. 
 
 LACHENAIE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 L'Assomption, on the Jesus, a small affluent of the St. Law- 
 rence, 15 m. from Montreal ; with a E. Catholic chapel, some 
 general trade, and a pop. of about 1200. 
 
 LA CHINE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Jacques Cartier, on the S.E. shore of the isl., and 9 m. from 
 the city of Montreal. It possesses a Protestant and a E. 
 C^atiiolic church, and several schools, and carries on a con- 
 siderable trade in lumber. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 LACISE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 12 m, W.N.W. 
 Verona, close upon Lake Garda. It is surrounded by tur- 
 reted walls, and has a parish church, a spacious haven, manu- 
 factures of sail-cloth, and a considerable trade in fish. Pop. 
 2637. 
 
 LADEINOE-POLE. a tn. Russia, gov. Olonetz, cap. 
 circle of same name, on an elevated flat above the Svir, 86 m. 
 S.S. W. Petrozavodsk. It has two churches, but derives any 
 interest which it possesses from its docks, which were con- 
 structed by Peter the Great. On the site of the palace which 
 he occupied a monument was erected in 1832. Pop. 1408. 
 
 LAFAYETTE, a tn. U. States, Indiana, cap. co. Tippe- 
 canoe, at the head of navigation of the Wabash, on the Wabash 
 and Erie canal, and at the junction of three railways, 40 hi. 
 N.W. Indianopolis. It contains fifteen churches, several 
 public and private schools, a number of good hotels, paper, 
 planing, and flour mills, agricultural implement, woollen, and 
 soap and candle factories, foundries, tanneries, breweries, and 
 
 distilleries. Its ample means of transport by water and rail 
 enable it to command the trade of the surrounding country. 
 
 Pop. (1860), 9387. 
 
 LAFEET, or Lafite, a mountain, E. Africa, in the 
 Latooka country; lat. 4° 33' N.; Ion. 32° 49' E. It is the 
 highest peak of the range that forms the northern side of tiie 
 broad valley of Latooka, and rises abruptly to an elevation of 
 about 3000 ft. 
 
 LAGES, a tn. Brazil, prov. Santa Catharina, on the sierra 
 of this name, near the sources of the Uruguay, 105 m. W.N.W. 
 Desterro. It lies in a deep hollow among the mountains, and 
 has two or three handsome streets, with several others of a 
 very indifferent appearance. Most of the houses are merely 
 of compressed earth, and have no glass in the windows. 
 Within the town the number of the inhabitants does not 
 exceed 500, but the municipal district, which is of considerable 
 extent, and well adapted both for agriculture and the raising 
 of cattle, has a pop. of about 9000. 
 
 LAGHOUAT, or El-Aghwat, a vil. N. Africa, Algerian 
 Sahara, on the Jeddi, 200 m. S. by W. Algiers, It forms at 
 present the most advanced spot of the French towards the S., 
 and is the principal market for the inhabitants of the Jeddi 
 valley. It has some manufactures of woollen stuffs and 
 articles made of camel's hair. After a memorable siege it 
 was definitively occupied by the French army in 1852. Pop. 
 2367. 
 
 LAGONOY, a tn. Philippine Isles, on a spacious bay of 
 same name on the E. coast of Luzon, in lat. 13° 14' 30" N.; 
 Ion. 123° 29' E. The bay, formed by a large indentation in 
 the mainland, and another in the island of Catanduanes, is too 
 much exposed to give safe shelter to shipping. The district 
 in the vicinity produces rice, sugar-cane, sesame, and abaca. 
 Pop. 7922. 
 
 LAGOS, two places, Mexico, state Jalisco : — 1, Sati Juan 
 de los Lagos, 80 m. N.E. Guadalaxara, at the height of 6000 
 ft. above the sea ; is a large place of very indifferent appear- 
 ance, consisting almost entirely of mud huts, and possessing 
 no public building worth notice except a handsome church. 
 It is famous, hov/ever, for its fair, which is held from 6th to 
 13th December, and attracts numerous dealers and pleasure- 
 seekers, particularly from Vera Cruz and Tampico. Pop. 
 about 6000. — 2, Lagos, about 26 m E. of the former; with 
 a splendid cathedral, and a very large flour mill, which is said 
 to have been erected, fitted up, and supplied with water-power 
 brought from a distance of 10 m. It contains 9000 inhabi- 
 tants, who are chiefly employed in agriculture, and in the 
 manufacture of cotton and woollen goods. 
 
 LAGUNA, a tn. Brazil, prov. Santa Catharina, on a 
 lagoon which gives it its name, near the mouth of the Tubarao 
 in the Atlantic, 60 m. S.S.W. Desteri'o. It is a small place, 
 but has a large square, on which an elegant church stands, 
 and at least one handsome street, stretching along the beach. 
 The harbour, having only a depth of 8 ft. of water on the bar, 
 cannot admit large vessels. It is, however, much frequented, 
 and forms the port for a considerable district. Trade and 
 fishing are the chief employments. On the banks of the 
 Tubarao coal has been found. No fewer than twenty-two 
 seams are counted, some of them, it is said, from 12 to 14 ft. 
 thick. The working of them, which has already been com- 
 menced, promises to be easy. Pop. 1000. — (L'Allemant.) 
 
 LAGUNA [add.], a lake and prov. Philippine Isles, in 
 the S.W. of the island of Luzon : — Laguna de Bay, so called 
 from a town of same name at its S. extremity, is the largest 
 collection of fresh water in the Philippines. Its greatest 
 length is 36 m., but its breadth, owing to the interjection of 
 two peninsulas, is very irregular. Its height above the sea is 
 58 ft.; its depth, in some places shallow, in others so deep 
 that no bottom can be found, may average from 15 to 16 
 fathoms. It has no fewer than fifteen feeders, but only one 
 outlet, the Pasig, by which it sends its waters to the Bay of 
 Manilla. Of the islands which it embosoms, the largest is 
 Talim, which is about 9 m. long by 3 m. broad. Another, 
 near its S. end, contains a lake which has all the appearance 
 of an ancient crater, and teems with alligators. On the 
 fertile shores of the Laguna twenty-six townships are counted. 
 
 The PROVINCE {Froviiicia de Lagiina) is bounded, N. 
 
 by provs. Tondo and Ecija, W. Cavit>5, S. Tayabas and Ba- 
 tangas, and E. the ocean; area, including the above lake, 980, 
 or excluding it, 630 geo. sq. m. Its principal products are 
 
LAUTERACH 
 
 40 
 
 LEEDS 
 
 geological formation, bordering on the W. sides of Lake 
 Superior, Canada, and Hudson's Bay, and receiving its pecu- 
 liar appellation from the river St. Lawrence, on whose banks 
 it commences. The Laurentides range is about 200 m. in 
 breadth. It forms the N. shore of the St. Lawrence, from 
 the gulf as far as Cape Tourmente, near Quebec, from whicli 
 point it leaves the river, and while following its general direc- 
 tion, retires further and further, until near Montreal it is 30 m. 
 from its bank. Proceeding westward, the range follows 
 the line of the Ottawa, and crosses this river near the Lac 
 des Ciiats, 150 m. from Montreal. Thence, taking a south- 
 ward direction, it reaches the St. Lawrence near the outlet of 
 Lake Ontario, and from this point strikes across to Lake 
 Huron, which it touches at Matchedash Bay, and forms the 
 eastern shore of the lake as far as 47° N. lat., where, quitting 
 this lake, it gains Lake Superior, and extends in a N.W. direc- 
 tion to tlie Arctic Sea. The average height of the hills is 
 from 2000 to 3000 ft.; and the rocks of this formation are the 
 most ancient known on the American continent. Two-thirds 
 of its area are covered with ponds, lakes, and marshes, whicli 
 the cold of winter solidifies into a network of ice. Tlie 
 Laurentides cannot, therefore, be made available for agricul- 
 tural purposes or for settlement. They abound, however, in 
 the baser minerals, and the northern shores of the great lakes 
 are now the scene of very considerable mining operations. 
 
 LAUTERACH, a tn. Austrian empire, Vorarlberg, 
 circle and not far from Bregenz; with a paper mill, a bathing 
 establishment, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 LAWRENCE, two places, U. States:—!, A tn. Ma,ssa- 
 chusetts, on both sides of the Merrimack, here crossed by 
 two bridges, and at the junction of tlie Concord, Manchester, 
 and Lawrence, with the Boston and Maine, the Lowell and 
 Lawrence, and the Essen railways, 22 m. N. Boston. The 
 principal public buildings and institutions are the city -hall, 
 14 churches, a high-school, and other schools — grammar, 
 primary, middle, and mixed, a savings-bank, a provident, a 
 literary, and a young men's Christian association. The 
 cotton manufacture is the staple industry, and is carried on 
 in several large mills, for which water power has been 
 obtained by means of a dam across the Merrimack, constructed 
 at the expense of £50,000. The other industrial establish- 
 ments are a machine shop and foundry, and paper, flour, and 
 saw mills. Pop. (18G0), 17,639. — 2, A tn. Kansas, cap. co. 
 Douglas, r. bank Kansas, 23 m. of direct distance above its 
 mouth. It stands on a slope, and consists of above 400 
 houses, of which only a portion are of brick or stone. The 
 principal buildings are four churches, the state university, an 
 academy, and several schools. The industrial establishments 
 are saw and grist mills, a machine shop, a tannery, a brewery 
 and distillery, and coach and waggon and soap and candle fac- 
 tories. Lawrence was founded in 1854 by the Massachusetts 
 Aid Society, and settled by the opponents of slavery. Dur- 
 ing several ensuing years it was the scene of violent con- 
 tests between this party and the 'Border Ruffians.' Pop. 
 (1860), 164.5. 
 
 LAWRENCEBURG, a tn. U. States, Indiana, cap. co. 
 Dearborn, on the Ohio, 22 m. below Cincinnati, the White- 
 water canal, and the Ohio and Mississippi, and the Indian- 
 opolis and Cincinnati railways. It has 6 churches, 10 
 schools, 2 grist mills, 3 distilleries, and 2 breweries. Pop. 
 (1860), 3599. 
 
 LAWRENCE CANALS (St.), a series of canals in 
 Canada, between the cities of Kingston and Montreal, con- 
 structed in close proximity to the banks of the river St. Law- 
 rence, for the purpose of rendering the navigation between 
 Montreal and Lake Ontario, which is impeded by numerous 
 rapids in the river, available for vessels of from four to five 
 hundred tons burden. The length of the cuttings, including 
 lockage, is as follows: viz. at the Gallops Rapids, 2 m., with 2 
 locks, and a descent of 8 ft.; at Point Iroquois, 3 m., with 1 
 lock, and a descent of 6 ft,; at Rapid Plat, 4 m., with 2 
 locks, and a descent of 11^ ft.; at Farren's Point, f m., with 
 1 lock, and a descent of 4 ft.; the Cornwall canal, at the 
 Long Sault Rapids, ll|m.,with 7 locks, and a descent of 
 48 ft.; the Beauharnois canal, 11 J m., with 9 locks, and a 
 descent of 82J ft.; the Lachine canal, 8J m., with 5 locks, 
 and a descent of 44.f ft. Total length of cuttings, 41 m., 
 with 27 locks, and a descent of 204| ft. Each lock is 200 ft. 
 long by 45 ft. wide, with a depth of water on the mitre-sills 
 
 of 9 feet. Fully 8000 vessels, of 700,000 tons, run through 
 this long chain of canals in the course of the year. 
 
 LAZAREF, or Virginie, a port, China, on the E. coast 
 of Corea, situated in the N. part of Yung-hing Bay, and 
 sheltered on the E. by Nakhimof or Bosquet Peninsula. It 
 is 2 miles wide at its enti-ance, and trends N. with a breadtli 
 varying from 1 ^ m. to 3| m. Its depth of water is from 
 7 to 10 fathoms over a mud bottom. The river Dungan, 
 which falls into the N.W. part of the port, divides near its 
 mouth into several channels. The bar has 10 ft. at low 
 water, and the depth within increases gradually for 6 ni. 
 to 5 fathoms. The land around the port is populous and 
 well cultivated, particularly at the river's mouth. 
 
 LEAVENWORTH, a tn. U. States, Kansas, cap. co. 
 Leavenworth, beautifully situated on r. bank Missouri, 2 m. 
 below Fort Leavenworth; lat. 39° 16' N.; Ion. 95° W. It is 
 the largest city and the commercial emporium of the state, 
 and is surrounded by one of the richest agricultural regions 
 of the valley of the Missouri. The river flows here with a 
 swift deep current, and is bordered on the Kansas side by a 
 natural levde of rock, extending along the entire river front 
 of the city. The city is laid out in regular streets, which 
 cross at right angles; and contains 17 churches and several 
 schools, soap and candle, sasli and blind, coach and waggon 
 factories, and numerous saw mills and lumber yards. A firm, 
 engaged as government contractors in tiie carrier line, have 
 here an immense establishment, which employs 6000 team- 
 sters and 45,000 oxen. Leavenworth was founded in 1854. 
 Pop. (I860), 7429; (1865), 18,000. 
 
 LEBANON [add.],fiveplaces, U. States :— 1, A vil. Penn- 
 sylvania, cap. CO. of same name, on Quitopahilla Creek, the 
 Union canal, and the Lebanon Valley railway, 24 m. N.E. 
 Harrisburg. It is regularly and substantially built, the houses 
 consisting mostly of brick or stone, and possesses several 
 schools, a library, and manufactures chiefly of iron, malt 
 liquors, leather, and earthenware. The surrounding district 
 is rich in iron ore, which is smelted by several large furnaces 
 in the vicinity of Lebanon. Pop. (1860), 4449.-2, A tn. 
 Kentucky, cap. co. Marion, on Harden's Creek, and at the 
 terminus of the I<ebanon branch of the Louisville and Nash 
 ville railway, 55 m. S.S.W. Frankfort. It possesses 6 
 churches, a R. Catholic college with 1 15 students, an 
 academy, and a female seminary. Pop. (1860), 953. — 3, A tn. 
 Tennessee, cap. co. Wilson, on a branch of Cumberland 
 River, 23 m. E. Nashville; with several churches, a Presby- 
 terian university, with 11 professors, 165 students, and a 
 library of 4000 vols.; and several other educational institu- 
 tions. Tlie manufactures are chiefly cotton and woollen 
 goods. Pop. about 2000. — 4, A vil. Ohio, cap. co. Warren, 
 on Turtle Creek, a branch of the Little Miami, and on the 
 Little Miami railway and Warren County canal, 37 m. 
 N.N.E. Cincinnati. It possesses 7 churches, a normal 
 school, a public library, and flour and saw mills. Pop. 
 (1060), 2489. — 5, A vil. Illinois, on the Ohio and Mississippi 
 railway, 20 m. E. St. Louis. It is plea.santly situated, and 
 is the seat of a Methodist college, with 6 professors, 82 stu- 
 dents, and a library of 5500 vols. Pop. (1860), 1661. 
 
 LECOMPTON, a tn. U. States, Kansas, on the Kansas 
 River, about midway between Topeka and Lawrence, and 
 30 m. above its mouth. Congress,. before the civil war, ap- 
 propriated £10,000 for the erection of government buildings 
 in it, with the purpose of making it the state capital. Pop. 
 (1860), 917. 
 
 LEDENICZE, atn. Austrian empire. Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Ogulin, about 45 m. S.W. Karlstadt, on the 
 Strait of Morlacca, in the Adriatic; with a small haven, and 
 the ruins of a castle on a steep height. Pop. 1280. 
 
 LEDZAYSK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. N.E. Rzeszow, cap. dist. of same name; with a Bene- 
 dictine abbey, whose church, adorned with fine altar-pieces 
 and frescoes, is regarded as the finest in Galicia. The inhabi- 
 tants are chiefly employed in dyeing wool, weaving woollen 
 and linen cloth, and trading in fruit. Pop. 4026. 
 
 LEEDS, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. Meg- 
 antic, on the Grand Trunk railway, 40 m. S. Quebec; with 
 a Church of England, a Free, a Baptist, and a R. Catholic 
 church, several schools, and a considerable trade in flour and 
 lumber. Iron and copper abound in the dist., and a copper 
 mine has recently been opened with prospects of success. 
 
LEG 
 
 41 
 
 LEXINGTON 
 
 LEG, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 6 m. 
 N.N.W. Tarnow; with a beautiful baronial castle, and 1350 
 inhabitants. 
 
 LEGKAD [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of 
 Croatia and Sclavonia, co. and 25 m. E.N.E. Warasdin, 
 opposite to the confluence of the Mur with the Drave. It 
 has a ferry over to Hungary, a trade in wine and wood, and 
 yearly markets. During the insurrection in 1849, the 
 heiglits around Legrad were fortified as important sta-ategical 
 points. Pop. 2382. 
 
 LEGYA, cap. of a Shan state tributary to Burmah, and 
 at present one of the most prosperous of the Shan states, is 
 situated 54 m. E.S.E. of Ava. Its inhabitants, occupying 
 about 1600 houses, amount, according to the usual calcula- 
 tion, to about 8000. 
 
 LEIDEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Wiesel- 
 burg, not far from the railway to liaab, 22 m. S.S.E. Pres- 
 burg; with a Gothic church, and a trade in corn and in peats, 
 of wliicli about 100,000 are annually cast in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 2756. 
 
 LEMBACH, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, dist. 
 and 23 m. N.W. Linz; with a hanasome parish church, a town 
 hospital, and several manufactures. On a rocky height in 
 the vicinity are the ruins of the ancient castle of Tannberg. 
 Pop. 1050. 
 
 LEMPA [add.], a river, Central America, which rises 
 near Esquipulas in Guatemala, enters the state of Salvador, 
 where it forms part of the boundary between it and Hon- 
 duras, and after pursuing a very circuitous course for above 
 180 m., first S.E. and then S., falls into the Pacific a little 
 to the W. of Port Giquilisco, about lat. 13° 22' N.; Ion. 
 88° 12' W. A little above its mouth it is 200 yards wide, 
 and has a depth in its main channel of above 8 ft., but its 
 bar is so shallow that only boats can pass over it, and even 
 were this obstruction removed, it would not become navig- 
 able, because throughout its whole course it is interrupted by 
 rapids of a more or less formidable character. So great, 
 however, is the volume of water carried by it, that, accord- 
 ing to a calculation whieli has been made, it discharges 
 1,285,081 cubic ft. per minute. This great discharge is 
 owing to the numerous affluents which join it as it proceeds 
 through a very mountainous country, and are fed by per- 
 ennial springs and lakes. 
 
 LENDVA (Lower), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Zala, on a stream of same name, 29 m. S.W. Zala 
 Egerszeg. It occupies the site of the Roman Lindavia, is 
 the seat of a district court, and has a castle situated on a 
 height, and a trade in wine. 
 
 LENOX, a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, cap. co. Berk- 
 shire, on the Ilousatonic, 110 m. W. Boston. Occupying the 
 summit of a range of hills in the midst of the finest natural 
 scenery of the state, it has become a favourite residence for 
 persons of retired and literary habits, and contains a number 
 of elegant villas, 3 cimrches, an academy, a court-house, and 
 county buildings. In its vicinity are extensive iron-works 
 and a manufactory of window glass. Pop. (1860), 1711. 
 
 LEON, a tn. S. America, La Plata, prov. Salta, near the 
 source of the Rocky Mountain stream Las Piedras, an affluent 
 of the Jujuy. It is a beautiful little place, forming with its 
 detached houses a complete Arcadian garden. The vegeta- 
 tion is tropical, and so luxuriant that the smell of the flowers 
 and growing plants is oppressive, and probably in some de- 
 gree injurious to health. The sheltered porch and gallery of 
 a rustic church in the vicinity is surrounded by a little 
 forest of peach trees, and overhung with clusters of grapes. 
 
 LEOPOLDO (Sao), a tn. Brazil, prov. Rio Grande-do- 
 Sul, on the banks of the Sinos, 30 m. N. Porto- Alegre. It 
 commences close to the river, with a large square, in which 
 several streets terminate. Tlie main street contains a num- 
 ber of large and well-built houses, some of them of two 
 stories, and so wide as to have six windows in front, but the 
 greater proportion are of humbler pretensions, and have only 
 mud walls roofed with tile. Almost all the streets are un- 
 paved, but most of them are provided with side paths for 
 foot passengers. SSo Leopoldo was founded in 1824 by a 
 German colony, under the auspices of Leopoldina, the em- 
 press of Don Pedro I. After various vicissitudes, occasioned 
 chiefly by the unsettled state of the country, it has attained 
 a considerable degree of prosperity. The inhabitants, while 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 devoting themselves to ordinary handicrafts, the cultivation 
 of the soil, and the rearing of cattle, have not forgotten to 
 make ample provision for their religious wants, the R. 
 Catholics having erected 9 churches, which are placed under 
 the superintendence of a provisionary vicar; and the Pro- 
 testants 12 churches, the ministrations of which are conducted 
 by four regular pastors. The temporal prosperity of the 
 colony may be estimated from the fact that its annual exports 
 now average 30,000 sacks of maize, 27,000 of black beans, 
 18,000 of manioc flour, and 15,000 of potatoes. To these 
 must be added large quantities of poultry and eggs, butter 
 and cheese, fruit and oil, mats, baskets, covers, &c., which 
 find a ready sale in Porto- Alegre. — The colony includes, in 
 addition to the town, which contains only 1200 inhabitants, 
 an extensive tract situated between lat. 29° 16' and 29° 48' 
 S.; Ion. 51° 1' 30" and 51° 35' 53" W., and containing a pop. 
 of 11,346 souls. Of these 4778 are R. Catholics, and 6568 
 evangelical or reformed Protestants. 
 
 LEKE, a tn. Western Africa, Adamawa, country of the 
 IMbana, near the Kebbi, an E. branch of the Benuwe. It is a 
 large place, inhabited by pagan natives, under the govern- 
 ment of a chief who has long maintained a manful struggle 
 with the Fellatah and Kanuri. He was obliged, indeed, in 
 consequence of a powerful expedition sent against him in the 
 beginning of 1851, to acknowledge the Fellatah supremacy, 
 but took an early opportunity of throwing off the yoke, and 
 is again independent. He is greatly feared by the dominant 
 tribes, who lie exposed to his sudden excursions, while he 
 is able to set them at defiance by retiring to his fastness of 
 Lere, which, lying in the heart of a large swampy forest, is 
 almost inaccessible. 
 
 LEUMA, the name of two places, N. America: — 1, A 
 small seaport on the W. coast of Yucatan, dep. and 10 m. 
 S.W. Campeachy, on the 1. bank, and at the mouth of the 
 San Francisco. The inhabitants, about 1173, are almost 
 all fishermen. — 2, A tn. Mexico, 20 m. S.W. from the 
 capital. It is famous for the manufacture of spurs and 
 horse-bits, which are in great demand, and constitute the 
 chief employment of the inhabitants. 
 
 LESKOVATZ, atn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 20 m. 
 S. by W. Nissa, 1. bank Morava, which is here crossed by a 
 bridge. It is built along both sides of the river, the r. bank 
 being occupied exclusively by Turks. Pop. 12,000. 
 
 LESZNIOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Zloczow, 11 m. N.W. Brody; with a Bernardine monastery. 
 Its trade, which was once important, has decayed. There is 
 a chalybeate spring in the vicinity. Pop. 1400. 
 
 LETENYE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zala, 
 not far from 1. bank Mur, 28 m. S. by W. Zala Egerszeg; 
 with a number of fine houses, a baronial castle, and a trade in 
 wine, tobacco, and cattle. Pop. 1028. 
 
 LEVENCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Bars, 
 cap. dist. of same name, on the Perecz, about 20 m. S.W. 
 Schemnitz. It was once fortified, is the seat of a district 
 court and other public offices, and has a Piarist college, an 
 under gymnasium, a castle, a trade in wine, and important 
 yearly markets. Pop. 5112. 
 
 LEWISBURG, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, on a 
 branch of the Susquehanna, 50 m. N. by W. Harrisburg; 
 with 4 churches, and a Baptist university, with 4 professors, 
 54 students, and a library of 4000 vols. Pop. (1860), 2666. 
 
 LEWISTON, a tn. and port of entry, U. States, New 
 York, on the Niagara, opposite to Queenstown in Canada, 
 with which it is connected by a suspension bridge 7 m. above 
 the falls. It contains 4 churches and 13 schools. Pop. 
 (1860), 3379. 
 
 LEXINGTON [add.], four places, U. States:—!, A vil. 
 and township, Massachusetts, at the terminus of the Lex- 
 ington and West Cambridge railway, 10 m. N.W. Boston. 
 It contains 4 churches and a high-school, sends large supplies 
 of milk to Boston, and is memorable as the scene of the first 
 armed encounter between the British and the Americans in 
 the revolutionary war. Pop. 2329.-2, A tn. Virginia, on the 
 North, an affluent of the James, 110 m. W.N.W. Richmond. 
 It stands in a valley surrounded by beautiful mountain 
 scenery, and contains 5 churches, a college endowed by 
 Washington, 2 seminaries, and a military institute. Pop. 
 2135. — 3, A tn. Kentucky, cap. co. Fayette, on a peak of 
 the Elkhorn River, and on the Louisville, the Covington, and 
 
 6 
 
LEYDEN 
 
 42 
 
 LINDER 
 
 the Danville railways; lat. 38° 2' N.; Ion. 84° 26' W. It 
 stands in a dist. of surpassing beauty, is laid out with great 
 regularity in well-formed streets, one of which is upwards of 
 a mile long; and possesses 12 churches, a university, which 
 in 1859 had 8 professors and only 25 students; a court- 
 house, a city hospital, a state lunatic asylum, an orphan 
 asylum, and 2 libraries, one a city library of 6000 vols., and 
 the other belonging to the university, of 15,000 vols. The 
 whole place is well paved and lighted with gas, and at the 
 west end of its main street there is a beautiful cemetery. 
 About 100 stores and shops supply the demands of a very 
 extensive retail and general trade, and 80 establishments are 
 employed in manufactures, among which that of hemp holds 
 the first place. Lexington figured in the unhappy war be- 
 tween the Northern and Southern States. Pop. (1860), 9521. 
 — 4, A tn. Missouri, cap. co. Lafayette, finely situated 1. 
 bank Missouri, 92 m. N.W. Jefferson City. It has 7 
 churches and a number of flour-mills. Pop. (1860), 4122. 
 
 LEYDEN, an isl. in Palk's Strait, off the N.W. coast of 
 Ceylon, 6 m. S.W. of Jaffna, It is of an irregular but 
 somewhat triangular shape, about 10 m. in length from 
 N.W. to S.E., and with a maximum breadth of about 5 m., 
 and has, near its N. extremity, a small port, which bears the 
 name of Kayts or Cays, a corruption of the Portuguese 
 word cais or caes, meaning a wharf; this being the utmost 
 limit of navigation of a sea-going vessel with a cargo for 
 Jaffna. It thus formed, and to some extent continues to 
 form, the port of Jaffna, though this honour is now possessed, 
 at least in an equal degree, by Point Pedro. 
 
 LIBA, or LoiBA, a river, S. Africa, which, issuing from 
 an unknown source about lat. 11° S., flows S.S.E. through 
 a valley, which on the east or 1. bank seems to be confined 
 by lofty and well- wooded mountains, and on the r. bank to 
 spread out into a prairie which is grassy, but almost treeless, 
 and joins r. bank Liambye at the point where it changes its 
 name to Kabompo. At the junction the Liba is 250 yards 
 wide. 
 
 LIBANFALVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 38 m. S.E. Bistritz; with a Latin, a Greek 
 Catholic, and a Greek non-united church. Pop. 1450. 
 
 LIBOCHOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 8 m. S.W. Leitmeritz, on the Eger; with a parish 
 church, a synagogue, a fine castle, a town-house, an hospital, 
 a brewery, and mineral springs. Pop. 2000. 
 
 LIBOLLO, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 between lat. 9° 15' and 10° 30' S., and Ion. 14° 35' and 15° 
 20' E.; bounded N. by the Coanza, which separates it from 
 the Portuguese settlements; W. Kissama, S. Ambuim, and 
 E. Hako and Kibala; area about 2000 sq. m. It is covered 
 by steep and rugged mountains, with several intervening 
 valleys, which are well watered by affluents of the Coanza 
 and the Lunga. The climate is healthy; and the inhabitants, 
 owing to their proximity to the Portuguese settlements, have 
 made considerable progress in civilization. They are peace- 
 fully disposed, hospitable to strangers, and industrious. 
 . One of their chief employments is in weaving cotton goods 
 called tanga and mabala, which are well known, and in 
 considerable demand in the interior. Pop. about 40,000. 
 
 LIBONTA, a tn. S. Africa, Makololo country, r. bank 
 Liambye or Zambesi; lat. 14° 59' S. It is the last town 
 which the Makololo possess on their N. frontiers, and, like 
 all other places in the Barotse Valley, stands on an artificial 
 mound, imperfectly protected against inundation. The 
 town belongs, or belonged, to two of the chief wives of a 
 former chief. 
 
 LIBTAKO, a prov. Western Africa, nominally belonging 
 to Gando, is bounded by Yagga and Mosi on the S., Arri- 
 binda on the W., and some independent tribes on the E., 
 which interpose between it and the Niger. The surface has 
 a rocky appearance, granite, which occurs in large boulders, 
 as well as in situ, alternating with gneiss and mica slate. 
 The vegetation is varied, and the forest loses much of the 
 monotonous character which the prevalence of any one 
 species of tree is apt to give. Further west, however, the 
 trees become scanty, and the soil hard and barren. Libtako 
 is celebrated for a fine breed of horses. The prevalence of 
 internal discord — rival chiefs contending with each other, 
 and producing a kind of anarchy — is the greatest obstacle to 
 its prosperity. 
 
 LIBUSCA, a tn. Austi-ian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 12 m. S.W. Jaslo, r. bank Ropa. It is an ancient place, of 
 which mention is made as early as 1407, and contains 1100 
 inhabitants, a large proportion of whom are skilled weavers. 
 
 LICHTENSTADT, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 27 m. N.E. Eger, on the Wistritz; with a parish 
 church, a synagogue, an hospital, a brewery, three mills, and 
 1000 inhabitants, half of them Jews. 
 
 LICHVIN, a tn. Russia, gov. and 35 m. S. Kaluga, 
 cap. circle of same name, 1. bank Oka. It has five churches, 
 a circle and a parish school, a charitable institute, and several 
 industrial establishments. Pop. 2699. 
 
 LICHWE (Upper and Lower), two adjacent places, 
 Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle Chrudim, on the Adler; with 
 a parish church, a castle, two mills, and 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 LIDA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 54 m. S. Vilna, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Libeia. It has three churches, a 
 circle and a parish school, and two charitable institutes; and 
 contains 4094 inhabitants. 
 
 LIEBENSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 7 m. W.N.W. Eger, in a valley inclosed by 
 wooded mountains; with a parish church, an old castle seated 
 an a rocky height, a brewery, two mills, and 1700 inhabitants, 
 
 LIEBSTADTEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Gitschin, on both sides of the Woleschka, and on the Par- 
 dubitz-Reichenberg railway; with a R. Catholic parish church, 
 a reformed Protestant church, corn and saw mills, and 1000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 LIEVELY, a port, Greenland, on an island of same 
 name, immediately off the S.W. 'coast of Disco Island, and at 
 the N.W. entrance of Disco Bay. It is a most perfect land- 
 locked and safe anchorage, with depths varying from 6 to 
 24 fathoms. In the adjoining town of Lievely a Danish 
 governor resides, and in the vicinity a slaty wood-coal, 
 which burns well, and retains its heat when mixed with other 
 coal, is found. 
 
 LIKAVKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Lip- 
 tau, about 28 m. N. by E. Neusohl. In the vicinity are 
 the ruins of a castle, built on Mount Chocs by Matthew 
 Corvinus. It has 1300 R. Catholic inhabitants. 
 
 LILIENFELD, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, on the Traisen, in a beautiful val- 
 ley; with saw and other mills, a quarry of gray and red 
 marble, and seams of lignite, which are worked to some 
 extent. The old Cistercian abbey situated here, and founded 
 by Leopold VII. in 1202, has a handsome church and chapel 
 with the tomb of the founder, a library, a cabinet of natural 
 history, and a botanical garden. Pop. 1700. 
 
 LILLOETT, a river, lake, and tn. British Columbia: — 
 The RIVER runs S.E. through fine pasture land, occupied to 
 some extent by settlers, into the upper end of the lake of its 
 name, which is surrounded by high mountains, generally very 
 
 steep to the water's edge. The lake is one of the chain 
 
 of lakes along which lies the route from the lower to the 
 
 upper Eraser and the gold-fields. The town stands at 
 
 the N. end of this route, at its junction with the Eraser, on a 
 plateau upon the r. bank of the river. It has grown into 
 some importance owing to its position on the great route to 
 the interior gold-fields. 
 
 LIMAN, a vil. Persia, prov. Azerbijan, about 30 m. 
 S.S.E. Tabreez, and at some distance to the E. of Lake 
 Urumiah. It is one of the highest inhabited places in the 
 Saharet mountain chain, which rises 4000 ft. above the level 
 of the lake, and 8400 ft. above that of the Black Sea. It 
 has hot springs, to which the natives attribute miraculous 
 virtues, and a large and apparently thriving population, en- 
 gaged in cultivating the gardens, meadows, and fertile fields 
 of the environs. 
 
 LINARES, a tn. Chili, prov. Maule, on a plain between 
 the rivers Maule and Longavi, 160 m. S.S.E. Valparaiso. 
 It was laid out on a plan far more extensive than it has been 
 found possible to execute; and hence, though the population 
 does not exceed ^500, it has, besides numerous other squares, 
 a vast plaza, an alameda planted with four rows of trees for 
 nearly a third of a mile, and 12 spacious but unpaved streets. 
 The chief' buildings are a handsome church and a large 
 market-house. 
 
 LINDER, a tn. Western Africa, cap. prov. of same 
 name, which comprises the N.W. extremity of Bornou, 
 
LINDSAY 
 
 43 
 
 LTTSCHAU 
 
 125 ra. N.N.E. Kano. It stands in a dist. much broken by 
 rocks of sandstone, and intersected by numerous small water- 
 courses, and is inclosed by a ditch and a low earthen ram- 
 part nearly of a circular form. Its commercial importance, 
 for wliich it is mainly indebted to its position, is so great, 
 that it has been called ' the gate of Soudan.' Still, with all 
 the bustle of its streets and the traffic which centres in it, it 
 has no manufactures of the least importance, its only indus- 
 trial establishments being indigo dye-works. Estimated 
 pop. 1700. 
 
 LINDSAY, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Peterborough, 57 m. N.E. Toronto. It possesses five churches 
 — two Wesleyan, a Church of England, a United Presby- 
 terian, and a R. Catholic, and communicating with Port 
 Hope, on Lake Ontario, by the Port Hope and Lindsay 
 I'ailway. It carries on some trade in lumber. Pop. about 1100. 
 
 LINGAH, LiNGAR, or Linja, a tn. and port, near the 
 mouth of a small stream, N.E. side of Persian Gulf, upon 
 a strip of territory belonging to prov. Oman of Arabia; lat. 
 26° 37' N.; Ion. 54° 59' E. The town lies along the water's 
 edge, with a narrow intervening beach of white dry sand. 
 The old town is small and compact, having room for 4000 
 or 5000 inhabitants ; nearly half of it consists of market- 
 places, coffee-houses, and similar establishments, besides a 
 large mosque by the sea-side. The houses in it are solidly 
 built — partly of stone and partly of brick — and whitewashed. 
 Carved woodwork about the doors, windows, and balconies 
 bespeaks some degree of Persian taste. Low walls, much 
 decayed, surround this quarter of Lingah. The new parts 
 running E. and W. along the bay, or reaching inland, 
 occupy a considerable extent. Near the middle of the quay 
 is a small dock, partly dry, but capable of containing sixty to 
 eighty Arab vessels, and protected in front by a high sea 
 wall with a breakwater on either side. The harbour is shel- 
 tered to the W. by Cape Bostanah; E. by a corresponding 
 promontory and the island of Kishm ; on the N. stretch the 
 mainland and mountains of Persia; and only the S. side is at 
 all exposed. Opposite the dock rises a rock, the only one 
 hereabouts, crowned by an old castle and tower. Eastward 
 is the palace of the Omanee governor, forming a large square, 
 and four stories high. Farther on are shipbuilding yards in 
 active operation. On either side and behind the town are 
 gardens; but the soil is poor, and water scarce. So scarce is 
 water that the main supply is from huge cisterns of stone, 
 30 to 60 ft. in diameter, and dome-roofed, which collect the 
 overflow of the winter torrents, and store it to last the 
 remainder of the year. Lingah is a very busy place by sea 
 and land, and frequented by many races in commercial pur- 
 suits. The bulk of the trade is with the maritime Arab 
 ports, to which goods from Bombay and Kurrachee are con- 
 veyed in small coasting craft; specie, pearls, and a little salt 
 fish forming the return cargoes. And it is a pretty place, 
 with its white houses along the shore, overhung by palm- 
 trees, and the large glittering cupolas of its reservoirs, and 
 crowded markets, and clear air, and bright sun. Pop. 8000 
 to 10,000.— {Palgrave, <&c.) 
 
 LINGESI, a 'sand river,' S. Africa, near r. bank 
 Zambesi; lat. 15° 38' 34" S.; Ion. 31° 1' E. When Dr. 
 Livingstone reached it, it was in flood, 60 or 70 yards wide, 
 and waist deep; but the kind of stream to which the name 
 has been given is so singular that the Doctor must be allowed 
 to explain it in his own words. ' Like all those sand rivers, 
 it is for the most part dry; but by digging down a few feet 
 water is to be found, which is percolating along the bed on a 
 stratum of clay. This is the phenomenon which is dignified 
 by the name of 'a river flowing underground.' In trying 
 to ford this, I felt thousands of particles of coarse sand 
 striking my legs, and the slight disturbance of our foot- 
 steps caused deep holes to be made in the bed. The water, 
 which is almost always very rapid, dug out the sand beneath 
 our feet in a second or two, and we were all sinking by that 
 means so deep that we were glad to relinquish the attempt to 
 ford it before we were half way over. The oxen were 
 carried away down into the Zambesi. These sand rivers 
 remove vast masses of disintegrated rock before it is fine 
 enough to form soil. The man who preceded me was only 
 thigh deep, but the disturbance caused by his feet made it 
 breast-deep for me. The shower of particles and gravel 
 which struck against my legs, gave me the idea that the 
 
 amount of matter removed by every freshet must be very 
 great. In most rivers where much wearing is going on, a 
 person diving to the bottom may hear literally thousands oi 
 stones knocking against each other. This attrition being 
 carried on for hundreds of miles in different rivers, must have 
 an effect greater than if all the pestles and mortars and mills 
 of the world were grinding and wearing away the rocks. The 
 pounding to which I refer may be heard most distinctly in 
 the Vaal Eiver when that is slightly in flood. It was there I 
 first heard it.' 
 
 LINSHOTEN, a group of islands, N. Pacific, to the S.W. 
 of the isles of Japan, extending between lat. 28° 49' and 
 30° 42' N., and Ion. 129° and 130? 17' E. They are numer- 
 ous and elevated, but for the most part of small dimensions. 
 Three of them — Suwa-sima, Yerabu-sima, and lujogasima — 
 have active volcanoes, which respectively attain the heights 
 of 2805, 2067, and 2345 ft. 
 
 LINYANTl, a tn. S. Africa, cap. of the Makololo; lat. 
 18° 17' 20" S.; Ion. 23° 50' 9" E. It stands on the Chobe, 
 at a height of 3500 ft. above sea-level, and carries on a 
 considerable trade in ivory. The forests around both the 
 town and the district are infested by the poisonous tsetse. 
 Pop. 6000 to 7000. 
 
 LIPKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 44 
 m. E. by S. Koniggratz, on the frontiers of Moravia. It is a 
 long straggling place, with two chapels, two mills, limekilns, 
 limestone quarries, and 1600 inhabitants. 
 
 LIPPTHAL, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Neutitschen, 32 m. S.E. Olmutz; with a castle, a reformed 
 and a R. Catholic parish church, and 1200 inhabitants, who 
 ai"e mostly Protestants. 
 
 LIRA, a tribe and dist. of the Madi country, E. Africa, 
 lying E. of the N. end Albert Nyanza; lat. 2° 30* N.; 
 Ion. 33° E. The district is described as extremely fertile, 
 and rich in ivory. The inhabitants are of the same type as 
 the Madi, but wear their hair woven into a thick felt, and 
 covering the shouldei'S like a full-bottom wig. The Lira 
 tribe are governed by a chief with little real authority. 
 
 LISBURNE CAPE, a headland on the coast of Russian 
 America, Arctic Ocean, lat. 68° 52' N.; Ion, 166° 6' W., 
 150 geo. m. N. by E. Cape Prince of Wales, the most 
 western point of North America. It is of limestone forma- 
 tion, and from 800 to 900 ft. in height, of a conical shape, and 
 presents its boldest aspect and greatest elevation at its southern 
 extremity. To the eastward of the cape extends a range of 
 hills surmounted by a mass of loose gray scoriae, and separated 
 from each other by ravines, the sides of which are clothed 
 with a certain amount of verdure. It was visited in 1850 by 
 H.M.S. Investigator, on the expedition in search of Sir John 
 Franklin. — (Armstrong's Narrative of Discovery of N. W. 
 Passage.) 
 
 LISIAGORA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 8 m. N.E. Tarnow. It is a straggling place, with 1900 in- 
 habitants, a large proportion of whom are employed in making 
 wooden and earthen ware. 
 
 L'ISLET, a tn. British America, Canada East, cap. co. 
 of same name, r. bank St. Lawrence, 46 m. N.E. Quebec; 
 with a R. Catholic chapel, a small-debt court, tanneries, and 
 several large general stores. Pop. about 3700. 
 
 LISSA [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Dalmatia, circle 
 Spalatro, on the N.E. side of the island of same name in the 
 Adriatic, at the foot of a mountain ridge which incloses an 
 extensive bay, and forms one of the best and most spacious 
 harbours in Dalmatia. It has a Minorite monastery, and an 
 important sardine fishery, and contains 3300 inhabitants. 
 
 LITCHFIELD, a vil. U. States, Connecticut, cap. co. 
 of same name, on the Housatonic, 28 m. N.N.W. Newhaven. 
 It is pleasantly situated on a height, with a beautiful view, 
 and contains four churches, two academies, a court-house and 
 jail, and a private lunatic asylum. It has lately become a 
 favourite summer resort. Pop. 3200. 
 
 LITIN, a tn. Russia, gov. Podolia, on the Sgara or Zara, 
 an affluent of the S. Bug. It has five churches, a circle 
 school, and contains 5332 inhabitants. 
 
 LTTSCHAU, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, circle 
 Upper Manhartsberg, cap. dist. of same name, near the Bo- 
 hemian frontier, 76 m. N. W. Vienna. It has an old mountain 
 fort, a castle with an extensive park, and numerous looms 
 employed in weaving linen and cotton goods. Pop. 1420. 
 
LITTAU 
 
 U 
 
 LIVERPOOL 
 
 LITTAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 
 9 m. N.W. Olmiitz, on the river March, and on the Olmiitz 
 and Prague railway; is the seat of several public offices, and 
 has three churches, a town-house surmounted by a tower, an 
 hospital for the poor, extensive manufactures of woollen 
 cloth, a paper mill, and flax, yarn, cattle, and other markets. 
 In the vicinity is the hunting seat of Prince Lichtenstein, one 
 of the finest in the empire. Pop. 3127. 
 
 LITTLE SOUlilS, or Mouse River, N. America, an 
 affluent of the Assiniboine, rises within the British territory, 
 in a prolongation of the plateau of the Coteau de Missouri, 
 about lat. 49° 20' N.; Ion. 104° 30' W.; flows first S.E., and 
 crossing the British frontiers about Ion. 102° proceeds S. as 
 far as lat. 48°, where it makes a large circular bend, and 
 changes its direction to N.N..W. On again entering the 
 British territory, about Ion. 101°, it flows circuitously N.E., 
 and joins the Assiniboine on its r. bank about lat. 49° 45' N.; 
 Ion. 99° 30' W. At its mouth it is 121 ft. broad, has a mean 
 depth of 2 ft. 4 in., and flows at the rate of half a mile an 
 hour. It contains sturgeon and various other kinds of fish. 
 The country to the W. of the Souris is an open, treeless, and 
 undulating prairie, but to the E. rises into picturesque hills, 
 clothed on their sides and summits with aspen. One of the 
 greatest obstacles to settlements on the banks of the Souris, 
 and the adjoining districts, is a species of grasshopper which 
 infests it. ' At the mouth of the Souris,' says Mr. Hind, ' the 
 grasshoppers were in countless numbers, and so voracious as 
 to attack and destroy every article of clothing left for a few 
 minutes on the grass. Saddles, girths, leather bags, and 
 clothing of every description were devoured without distinc- 
 tion. The only way to protect our property from the depre- 
 dators was to pile it on the waggons and carts out of reach.' 
 
 LITUBAKUBA, or Lepelole, a tn. S. Africa, cap. of 
 the Bakwains, on the slope of a mountain range, 200 m. N.E. 
 Kuruman. Its former name of Lepelole was given it from a 
 cave in its vicinity which no one ventured to enter, because 
 it was believed to be the habitation of the deity, and it was 
 said that every one who went in remained there for ever. 
 When Dr. Livingstone, accompanied by the chief Seehele, 
 who with many of his people were converted to Christianity, 
 undertook what seemed to many of the natives, if not the 
 impious, at least the most hazardous task of examining it, he 
 found it to be only an open cave, with an entrance about 
 
 10 ft. square, which, after contracting into two water-worn 
 branches, entered the cave in round orifices, through which 
 the water once flowed. The only inhabitants it seems ever 
 to have had were baboons. The sandstone, which is the pre- 
 vailing rock at Litubaruba, seems to extend over a vast area. 
 It is found in Angola, and forms the underlying rock all the 
 way from Zumbo to Lupata. 
 
 LIUBINYE, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, 26 m. N. 
 Ragusa. Like all the towns of the Herzegovina, it has a 
 beautiful site, standing at the foot of a mountain, in the middle 
 of a long and narrow valley, but is one of the most wretched 
 places imaginable, consisting of 120 Mahometan houses, many 
 of them in a ruinous state, occupied by 987 inhabitants, and 
 12 Christian houses, of a better description, with 92 inhabi- 
 tants. The Turks, forrhing at once the dominant class and 
 the great majority, make a tyrannical use of their power, and 
 keep the Christians in a kind of bondage. 
 
 LIUTZIN, a tn. Russia, gov. and 130 m. N.W. Vitepsk, 
 on the Great and Little Lusha ; with two churches, a charitable 
 institute, and a pop. of 4082. 
 
 LIVERPOOL [add.], a pari, and municipal borough and 
 seaport of England, co. of Lancaster, r. bank of the Mersey, 
 about 4 m. from its confluence with the Irish Sea; 1 85 m. N. W. 
 from London. Lat. of the observatory on the Waterloo dock 
 pierhead, 53° 24' 47-5" N.; Ion. Oh. 12m. O'lls. W. A new 
 observatory is in process of erection at Bidston, on the 1. bank 
 of the Mersey; lat. 53° 24' 00" N.; Ion. Oh. 12m. 17s. W. 
 Liverpool stands partly on flat ground along the margin of the 
 river, but chiefly on the slopes of a series of moderate emin- 
 ences, whose summits are within the limits of the borough, and 
 the highest of which is about 230 ft. above the level of the 
 quay- wall of the river. Its greatest length from N. to S. is 
 about 5 m., and its greatest breadth from W. to E. is about 
 2 J m.; its area, exclusive of the docks, is 5002^ ac. It is irre- 
 gularly laid out; in the older parts of the town the streets are 
 narrow and crowded, with courts, but in the more modern por- 
 
 tions the streets are wider and more regular. It is singularly 
 deficient in open places and squares. Of the latter there are 
 only two of any pretensions, Abercromby Square and Falkner 
 Square. The town is well lighted with gas, and supplied 
 with water, partly from wells sunk in the new red sandstone, 
 on which the town is built, but chiefly from the hilly disti-ict 
 near Rivington, 24 m. distant. The water from the wells is 
 raised by pumping, and that from Rivington is delivered by 
 gravitation into reservoirs, situated nearly on the summits of 
 the eminences before mentioned, and from these reservoirs a 
 portion is raised into elevated cisterns, so as to supply the 
 highest houses in the town. At Rivington the collecting 
 reservoirs form vast lakes of the aggregate length of G m., and 
 from these the water, after being filtered, is conveyed to the 
 distributing reservoirs in town by iron pipes 44 in. diameter. 
 On the pipe line there are two relieving reservoirs, and from 
 the second of these, situated about 9 m. from Liverpool, 
 there is a double line of pipes. From the reservoirs in the' 
 town the water is distributed under high pressure, and there 
 being an abundance of hydrants on the mains through the 
 streets, especially in the warehouse districts, fires are readily 
 extinguished by hose and jet. The result is that serious de- 
 struction of property by fire, once so common, is now much 
 less frequent. The quantity of water distributed daily is 
 12,000,000 gallons, a quantity much too small for the present 
 wants of the town, and the corporation are (18C7) seeking for 
 some more extensive source of supply. 
 
 The most important public buildings are the town-hall, 
 St. George's Hall, exchange buildings, revenue buildings, 
 and the free public library and museum. The town-hall is 
 an elegant structure. A handsome dome, surrounded by an 
 open gallery, rises from the centre of the building. Within 
 are a grand staircase, saloon, drawing-rooms, ball-rooms, 
 banqueting rooms, and refectory, forming a superb suite of 
 entertaining rooms, and also the council-hall and various 
 public offices connected with the municipal business and 
 estate of the corporation. The first town-hall was erected on 
 the same site in 1G73, rebuilt in 1749, destroyed by fire in 
 1795, and restored and finally brought to its present condition 
 in 1802 and 1811. There is at present (1867) in course of 
 erection an immense pile of buildings, to serve as public 
 offices, in which will be concentrated the municipal offices, 
 as well as those connected with the lighting, paving, sewerage, 
 water supply, nuisances, gas and meter testing, smoke inspec- 
 tion, and the department of the medical officer of health. The 
 revenue buildings, which comprise accommodation for the 
 offices of inland revenue, of the Mersey dock and harbour 
 board, and of the post-office, cover an area of 6700 sq. yds., 
 and have an extreme length of 467 ft., and a total height of 
 67 ft.; lofty porticoes, each of eight Ionic columns, adorn the 
 centre, and east and west fronts ; the centre is surmounted by 
 a dome lighted with sixteen windows, and ornamented with 
 the same number of pilasters. St. George's Hall, which con- 
 tains a large hall for public meetings, concerts, &c., a smaller 
 concert-room, capable of accommodating 1 200 auditors, and the 
 assize courts, is a sumptuous building in the Corinthian style, 
 externally and internally. The E. front is 420 ft. long, with 
 a colonnade of sixteen columns 200 ft. long; but from the 
 S. portico to the N. apsis, which contains the small concert- 
 room, the building is 500 ft. long. The free public library 
 and museum is a handsome building of the Corinthian order, 
 occupying an area of 4785 sq. yds. The right, or E. wing, 
 is occupied by the library; the W. wing by the valuable 
 museum of natural history presented to the corporation by 
 the Earl of Derby. A central hall between the two, devoted 
 to statuary and works of art, is 93 ft, long by 53 ft. wide, 
 and 66 feet high ; the public reading-room is 109 ft. long, 
 50 ft. wide, and 48 ft. high; the library has an upper and 
 lower room, each 73 ft. long and 27 ft. wide, with galleries 
 round. There are also a commodious students' room, a room 
 for Biblical illustrations, a room for patents and parliamentary 
 papers, a boai-d -room, several class-rooms, and a lecture-room 
 capable of containing an audience of about 400. This building 
 was opened on the 18th October, 1860, and the corporation are 
 now about to extend it by adding a picture gallery. In con- 
 nection with this central library there are two lending libraries, 
 one at the N. and the other at the S. end of the town. The 
 expense of maintaining the library, museum, and lending 
 libraries i.s defrayed by a rate on the inhabitants. The ex- 
 
LIVERPOOL 
 
 45 
 
 LIVERPOOL 
 
 change buildings form three sides of a square, of which the 
 town- hall forms the fourth side. These buildings are now 
 (1867) in course of reconstruction. The other structures, 
 exclusive of the churches, deserving of notice, are the borough 
 jail at Walton, the work-houses and offices, the industrial 
 schools, the intirinary, the sailors' home, the gymnasium, the 
 I?oyal bank buildings, the Commercial bank, the bank of 
 England, and the other banks ; the Royal Insurance buildings, 
 and the buildings of tiie London and Liverpool insurance, 
 the Palatine club, the athenaeum, the lyceum, the corn- 
 exchange, the Albany, and indeed all the palatial edifices which 
 have been erected as offices within the last few years, and 
 which line the streets in the neighbourhood of the exchange. 
 Few towns are so well supplied with markets and market- 
 places as Liverpool. The markets are spacious, airy, covered 
 buildings, and are four in number : St. John's, St. James', 
 St. Martin's, and the fish market. St. John's is the largest 
 and most important. It is 660 ft. long and 135 ft. wide. 
 They are all well supplied with provisions. The Haymarket 
 is an area of about 15,000 superficial yds., nearly half of 
 which has been roofed over to form a drill-shed for the volun- 
 
 teer corps. This market is also used as a wholesale market 
 for perishable produce. 
 
 There are altogether 183 places of worship in Liverpool : 
 of these sixty-five belong to the Church of England, twenty to 
 the R. Catholics, twenty- two to the Wesleyans, twelve to the 
 Independents, five to the Primitive Methodists, eiglit to the 
 Calvinistic Methodists, ten to the Baptists, fourteen to the 
 synod of the Presbyterian church in England, four to the 
 United Presbyterians, two to the Church of Scotland, four to 
 the Unitarians, two to the Society of Friends, two to the Jews, 
 and the remaining thirteen to other denominations; and to the 
 greater number of these places of worship schools are attached. 
 Many of the churches and chapels are very handsome build- 
 ings. Among these are St. George's, St. Catherine's, St. 
 Michael's, St. Nicolas', St. Luke's, the church for the blind. 
 Great George Street chapel, Hope Street Unitarian chapel, 
 St. Francis Xavier's and St. Mary's R. Catholic chapels, and 
 St. Andrew's Scotch cliurch. 
 
 Liverpool is remarkable for the number of its charitable 
 and benevolent institutions, and for the suitableness of the 
 buildings devoted to these purposes. There are the royal 
 
 THE PUBLIC LIBRARY AND MUSETTM, LIVERPOOL. 
 
 iiifirraaiy, lock-hospital, children's infirmary, northern and 
 southern hospitals, lying-in institutions, dispensaries — in all 
 twelve establishments for the cure or mitigation of disease. 
 And in connection .with these may be mentioned the northern 
 and soutliern public disinfecting apparatus, for gratuitously 
 disinfecting, by means of dry heat, the clothes, bedding, &c., 
 of persons attacked by contagious or infectious diseases; and 
 also, as directly connected with the health of the people, the 
 public baths, of which there are: St. George's, on the pier-head, 
 supplied with filtered salt water, and Cornwallis Street, Mar- 
 garet Street, and Paul Street, supplied with pure fresh water. 
 The last-named has a public wash-house attached to it, and 
 there is another public wash-house in Upper Frederick Street. 
 There are a blue-coat hospital, a male and female orphan 
 hospital, a R. Catholic male and female orphanage, two peni- 
 tentiaries, refuges for the destitute, Magdalen institutes, a 
 central relief society, Church and religious societies, ship- 
 wrecked mariners' societies, town missions, four R. Catholic 
 convents — altogether, irrespective of the infirmaries and hos- 
 pitals, eighty charitable institutions and religious societies. 
 
 The educational establishments of Liverpool not con- 
 nected with charities are the royal institution, the mechanics' 
 institute, and queen's college, the collegiate institute, and 
 the medical schools. The schools attached to the various 
 churches and chapels have been already noticed. There are 
 also the corporation schools, the national, infant, industrial, 
 and ragged schools, and those attached to the blue-coat hos- 
 pital, orphan, and other asylums. The principal places of 
 amusement are the theatre-royal, the Prince of Wales' theatre, 
 the royal amphitheatre, the Adelphi theatre, the Varieties, 
 the Wellington rooms for assemblies and balls, the George 
 
 Street assembly rooms, the St. James' hall concert-room, the 
 Alhambra, the philharmonic hall (a concert-room of colossal 
 dimensions, and unsurpassed in this country in the requisites 
 of hearing and seeing) , and many minor concert-rooms. There 
 is also a race-course at Aintree, where meetings are held in 
 spring, summer, and autumn. 
 
 In addition to the Prince's park, and the botanic gardens 
 and Wavertree parks, already in existence, the corporation 
 are now forming three new parks: the largest, the Sefton 
 park, at the south end of the town, but beyond its limits, will 
 contain 370 acres. The Newsham park, at tl'.e east side 
 of the town, will contain about 165 acres, and the Stanley 
 park on the north will contain 99 acres. The corporation 
 too are about to erect public abattoirs in connection with the 
 cattle-market, and situated on a line of railway which will 
 admit of all the cattle landed at the docks being carried, in 
 place of being driven through the crowded streets to the 
 markets and abattoir. 
 
 The public cemeteries are nine in number — Anfield, St. 
 James', St. Mary's, parochial at Rue Lane, Smithdown Lane, 
 necropolis, the Catholic, the Friends', and the Jews' burying- 
 place. 
 
 But the most remarkable feature of this great seaport is its 
 docks and basins. These extend along the Mersey for 5 m. 
 There are thirty wet-docks and half-tide docks, among tiie 
 largest of which are the Brunswick, the Queen's, King's, 
 George's, Prince's, Huskisson, Canada, and New North. The 
 docks have an aggregate water area of 258 acres, 3543 yds., 
 and quay space of nearly 19 m. in extent. There are, besides, 
 twenty graving-docks, with a bottom length of 10,176 ft.: and 
 seven gridirons, with an aggregate length of 1123 ft. 6 in. 
 
LIVERPOOL 
 
 46 
 
 LIVERPOOL 
 
 In 1766 the number of vessels which entered the docks 
 was 1908, and tlie dock duties paid by them amounted to 
 £3615, 9s. 2d.; and in 1866, just one hundred years later, the 
 number of vessels was 21,720, and the duties amounted to 
 £241,887, 14s. 5d., nearly a quarter of a million sterling. 
 
 The following table shows the progression in vessels, ton- 
 nage, and duties, in ten- yearly periods, from 1806 to 1866: — 
 
 Year. 
 
 No. otVesgels. 
 
 Agg:regate Tonnage. 
 
 Amount of Duties. 
 
 1806 . . 
 
 4,676 
 
 507,825 
 
 £44,560 7 3 
 
 1816 . . 
 
 6,888 
 
 774,243 
 
 43,765 6 3 
 
 1826 . . 
 
 9,601 
 
 1,228,318 
 
 60,411 9 11 
 
 1836 . . 
 
 14,959 
 
 1,947,613 
 
 97,847 10 10 
 
 1846 . . 
 
 19,951 
 
 .-3,096,444 
 
 104,709 15 8 
 
 1856 . . 
 
 20,886 
 
 4,320,618 
 
 174,338 14 9 
 
 1866 . . 
 
 21,720 
 
 5,581,322 
 
 241,887 14 5 
 
 The manufactures of Liverpool consist chiefly of ship 
 building, hemp and wire rope making, sail-making, iron- 
 forging, anchor and chain-cable making, iron and brass found- 
 ing, the making of steam-engines, sugar-mills, and large 
 engineering works, sugar-refining, soap-making, alkali-mak- 
 ing, &c. The manufacture of watches, chronometers, and 
 watch movements is extensively carried on. There are many 
 large steam-mills for grinding corn, rice, colours, dye-woods, 
 &c. But it owes its great importance to its being a great 
 seat of foreign expprt and import trade, and the main outlet 
 for the manufactures of Lancashire, West Yorkshire, and 
 Stafibrdshire ; and through it the principal part of the trade 
 with Australia and America is carried on. 
 
 The cotton trade forms one of the most important branches 
 of its general commerce. In 1748 the total imports of that 
 article amounted to 5 bales; in 1811 they had increased to 
 98,752 bales; in 1841 to 1,164,269 bales. The following 
 table shows the amount of cotton in bales, and whence shipped, 
 from 1854 to 1866; and it also shows the fluctuations caused 
 by the American war : — 
 
 In 1850, 568 ships, of from 1500 to 3000 tons, carried from 
 this port 174,187 passengers, of whom 154,739 were steerage 
 passengers, and 166,109 emigrants to the U. States of 
 America. In 1863 the number of ships was 622, carrying 
 137,982 passengers, of whom 126,622 were steerage passen- 
 gers, and 109,296 emigrants to the U. States. 
 
 The emigration from Liverpool in 1865 was as follows: — 
 
 United States, 
 
 Central and South America, . 
 British North America, . 
 West Indies, .... 
 East Indies, China, and Java, 
 Western Africa, Mexico, 
 Australian Colonies, 
 
 1,197 
 
 8,766 
 
 217 
 
 58 
 
 381 
 10,602 
 
 Total, 121,109 
 
 The total number of emigrants to all places from England, 
 Scotland, and Ireland, during the same year was : 
 
 England, . . 155,489, or of the whole emigration, 74'112 per cent. 
 Scotland, . . 15,283, „ ,, 7-28 „ 
 
 Ireland, . . 39,029, „ ,, 18-60 
 
 And from Liverpool the amount was 57*724 per cent, of the 
 whole emigration, or nearly 78 per cent, of the emigration 
 from all the ports of England and Wales. 
 
 Of the 121,109 emigrants who sailed from Liverpool, the 
 percentage, according to nationalities, was as follows: — 
 
 English, 
 
 Scotch, 
 
 Irish, . 
 
 Foreigners, 
 
 Not distinguished. 
 
 30-2 
 
 2-95 
 42-25 
 20-1 
 4-5 
 
 100- 
 
 1856 
 1857 
 1858 
 1859 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 1863 
 1864 
 1865 
 1866 
 
 1,758,295 
 
 1,481,717 
 
 1,855,340 
 
 2,086,341 
 
 2,580,843 
 
 1,842,610 
 
 72,369 
 
 131,865 
 
 199,116 
 
 459,369 
 
 1,156,180 
 
 121,521 
 168,340 
 108,886 
 124,867 
 103,050 
 99,120 
 133,807 
 137,293 
 205,129 
 334,068 
 404,865 
 
 Egypt. 
 
 118, 
 75, 
 101, 
 99, 
 109, 
 97, 
 146, 
 204, 
 256 
 333, 
 167, 
 
 111 
 5-28 
 405 
 876 
 985 
 280 
 420 
 270 
 ,589 
 ,2.51 
 ,451 
 
 10. 
 
 21 ; 
 
 67. 
 
 53, 
 
 113 
 
 90 
 
 323 
 407 
 867 
 338 
 956 
 390 
 ,486 
 ,438 
 ,531 
 ,328 
 ,274 
 
 459,508 
 
 680,406 
 
 350,218 
 
 509,688 
 
 662,852 
 
 927,530 
 
 1,071,868 
 
 1,390,276 
 
 1,164,693 
 
 1,095,744 
 
 1,544,675 
 
 China and 
 Japan. 
 
 Turkey & 
 Greece. 
 
 310,459 
 
 125,871 
 
 12,993 
 
 00^238 
 78,077 
 32,632 
 
 2,463,768 
 2,417,588 
 2,42-2,746 
 2,829,110 
 3,366,686 
 3,636,930 
 1,445,950 
 1,932,142 
 2,247,755 
 2,539,708 
 3,409,020 
 
 The total import into Great Britain in 1866 was 3,749,041 hales, and of this ratlier more than 90 per cent, was 
 imported into Liverpool. The total weight of all the cotton imported into the United Kingdom in 1806 
 was 1,356,95-2,589 lbs.; into Liverpool, 1,234,557,998 lbs.; the average weight per bale, 362f lbs. 
 
 The grain, &c., imported through Liverpool forms another 
 important branch of tiade, as also does the timber, as the 
 following table shows : — 
 
 Produce of B. N. America — 
 
 Pine, Yellow and Red, of all Sorts, ^ 
 
 cubic feet ( 
 
 Quebec and New York Oak, Ash, Elm, ) 
 
 and Hardwood, .... cubic feet j 
 
 Quebec Deals, Planks, and Boards, in \ 
 
 Standards, ) 
 
 Lathwood in fathoms, 
 
 Quebec Staves in Stand. M 
 
 ,, ., Puncheon, .... 
 
 Produce of the NoHh of Europe — 
 Dantzic, Memel, &c.. Timber in cubic ft. 
 Deals and Battens in Standards, . . 
 
 Oak Wainscot in logs, 
 
 Lathwood in fathoms, 
 
 Staves, M., 
 
 Produce of other Countries — 
 Mahogany in logs, . , 
 Cedar in logs, .... 
 Pencil Cedar in cubic feet, 
 Pitch Pine in ,, ,, 
 Teak in cubic feet, . . 
 
 4,851,500 
 805,000 
 
 73,340 
 
 675 
 303 
 801 
 
 881,500 
 
 1,964 
 
 300 
 
 502 
 
 41 
 
 25,236 
 
 1,900 
 
 3,500 
 
 817 
 
 221,.500 
 
 7,949,000 
 1,591,500 
 
 84,012 
 
 884 
 
 472 
 
 1,257 
 
 812,000 
 
 3,251 
 
 1,160 
 
 530 
 
 34 
 
 24,887 
 845 
 3,563 
 10,063 
 92,000 
 
 The returns are made to the 1st of February in each year. 
 
 By railway Liverpool is connected with all the principal 
 towns and ports in the kingdom. The London and North- 
 western, Lancashire and Yorkshire, Manchester, Sheffield, and 
 Lincolnshire railways all have access and station accommoda- 
 tion there, and it is proposed to unite the railways of the 
 
 opposite shores of the Mer- 
 sey by a tunnel underneath 
 the river. It is connected 
 also by canal with the 
 great seats of manufac- 
 turing and mining indus- 
 try. It has regular com- 
 munication by steam- 
 packets with Glasgow and 
 the ports on the W. of 
 Scotland; with Dublin, 
 Limerick, Cork, Water- 
 ford, Wexford, Drogheda, 
 Dundalk, Newry, Belfast, 
 and Londonderry ; and 
 with numerous places in 
 England and Wales, and 
 with the Isle of Man; with steam-ships it is in direct com- 
 munication with France, the Mediterranean, the Levant, 
 Africa, New York, Boston, Halifax, Central America, and 
 by auxiliary screw-steamers with 
 Australia, Ac. Irrespective of 
 these latter, its fleet of ocean 
 steamers-was estimated in 1865 to 
 have an aggregate tonnage of 
 264,000 tons, and a nominal horse- 
 power of 46,000 horses. 
 
 The suburbs of Liverpool are 
 very extensive, and are rapidly 
 becoming covered with rows of 
 neat houses and handsome villas. 
 Within the parliamentary and 
 municipal boroughs, which are co- 
 extensive, are included the parish 
 of Liverpool, which formerly was 
 the municipal borough, the town- 
 .ships of Kirkdale and Everton, 
 part of the township of West 
 Derby, and of the extra-parochial 
 place of Toxteth Park. The oppo- 
 site side of the Mersey is connected 
 with Liverpool by a fleet of ferry 
 steamers, which start from two 
 
 1865. 
 
 5,064,500 
 1,934,000 
 
 84,511 
 
 1,070 
 213 
 955 
 
 414,000 
 
 1,419 
 
 130 
 
 209 
 3 
 
 17,820 
 2,084 
 16,368 
 98,777 
 255,000 
 
 1,934,000 
 1.660,500 
 
 68,872 
 
 814 
 339 
 926 
 
 814,000 
 
 3,550 
 
 1,603 
 
 4:i6 
 
 20 
 
 25,026 
 2,036 
 16,310 
 19,936 
 35,400 
 
LLANQUIHUE 
 
 47 
 
 LOCKPORT 
 
 points on the Liverpool side, to and from the ferries of East- 
 ham, New Ferry, Rock Ferry, Tranmere, Monksferry, Wood- 
 side, Seacombe, Egremont, and New Brighton. The boats 
 are admirably managed, and besides accommodating the im- 
 mense multitude whose daily avocations require them to cross 
 the river, they afford facilities to thousands carrying on busi- 
 ness in Liverpool to reside in Cheshire. 
 
 The town is divided into sixteen wards, which send eacli 
 three councillors to the council. There are thus forty-eight 
 councillors; there are also sixteen aldermen, elected by the 
 council, and a mayor. The corporation revenues were for- 
 merly very large. In 1836 the income derived from the 
 town dues alone amounted to £49,332, in 1849 to £102,596, 
 13s. 3d.; but in 1858 the corporation was deprived of the 
 conservancy of the Mersey, and of the town dues, which 
 were handed over to a new board, called the Mersey Dock 
 and Harbour Board. Nevertheless, from real property and 
 from the composition received for the taking away the town 
 dues, the council have still a large income to meet their 
 obligatory and ordinary expenditure, and to carry out great 
 improvements in the town without imposing taxes for the 
 purpose. The cost of lighting of the town, too, is defrayed 
 out of the surplus municipal revenue. 
 
 Liverpool is the most densely crowded town in England, 
 and as a vast number of its inhabitants are unskilled labourers, 
 who resort thither for precarious and fluctuating labour con- 
 nected with the docks, which subjects them to periods of 
 poverty and distress, and renders them ready victims to 
 disease, it is not to be wondered at that the town is liable to 
 visitations of epidemic disorders. Sanitary measures, as 
 sewerage, house-drainage, improved paving and cleansing, 
 the regulation of common lodging-houses and slaughter- 
 houses, and closing unhealthy cellars, &c., have done much 
 to mitigate the severity of visitations, and to reduce the rate 
 of mortality. In 1844 the death-rate was 36 in the 1000 — 
 in 1866, at the cessation of an attack of epidemic cholera, it 
 was 29 in the 1000. 
 
 Great as Liverpool now is, it is of but comparatively recent 
 growth, and has therefore little or no history. In 1644 it 
 was a small fishing town, surrounded by a high mud wall. 
 In that year it was besieged and taken by Prince Rupert, 
 and shortly after retaken by the parliamentary forces under 
 Sir John Meldrum. Seven years later a visitation of the 
 plague carried off 200 inhabitants. In 1709 a wet-dock was 
 constructed, not only the first in Liverpool, but also in the 
 kingdom. From this event may be dated the rapid extension 
 of its commerce and population; though, as evidenced by the 
 following table, the great increase of population has taken 
 place since the beginning of the present century. 
 
 Year. Population. 
 
 1700 ...... 5,000 
 
 1760 26,000 
 
 1801 77,653 
 
 1821 118,972 
 
 1841 224,964 
 
 1851 375,955 
 
 IStii . . . . . 443,938 
 
 The nett rateable value of the borough in 1866 was 
 £2,150,133. Liverpool has quarter and petty sessions, courts 
 of record and requests, and is the seat of assizes for the hun- 
 dred of W. Derby. Its port jurisdiction comprises the whole 
 estuary of the Mersey. It is the birthplace of Mrs. Hemans, 
 Roscoe the historian. Dr. Currie the biographer of Burns, 
 and the Rev. Legh Richmond. It sends two members to the 
 House of Commons. 
 
 LLANQUIHUE, a lake. Chili, in the S. of prov. Val- 
 divia, at the W. foot of the volcanic mountains Osorno and 
 Calbuco. It is of an irregularly triangular shape, about 30 
 m. long from N. to S., with an average breadth of about 20 
 m. It discharges its waters through the river Maullin into 
 the Gulf of Reloncavi, in the Pacific, from which it is only 
 8 m. distant. 
 
 LLANQUIHUE [add.], a territory of the republic of 
 Chili, lying between lat. 40° 50' and 41° 45' S.; and bounded 
 E. by the line of the Andes, N. by the river Las Damas, W. 
 by a line wliich sets out from its N. boundary, strikes across 
 to the confluence of the rivers Habere and Negro, following 
 the course of the latter as far as the village of Maule, and 
 stretches from thence S.S.E. to Teloncair Sound. The district 
 
 thus indicated comprises the N.E. portion of the ancient 
 province of Chilod, and the S. of that of Valdivia. It has 
 recently been colonized by a body of German emigrants, under 
 the patronage of the Chilian government, who have already 
 founded a town of 15,000 inhabitants, named Puerto Monte, 
 and developed the natural resources of this fertile and inter- 
 esting country. The whole of the district may be described 
 as a regular and extensive plain, sheltered on the W. by the 
 slopes of the Andes, and nowhere rising more than 90 ft. 
 above the sea-level. It is covered with vast forests ; but in 
 the open spaces the soil has been rendered so rich by succes- 
 sive deposits of vegetable matter that it needs no manure, 
 and yields the most abundant crops. To the N. of Puerto 
 Monte a large coal-field has been discovered, adding vastly to 
 the resources of the colony. Roads are being opened in the 
 interior, which will enable the settler to carry his products 
 to the sea-coast. Timber of course abounds here, and seve- 
 ral varieties of the potato, which are considered to surpass 
 those grown in England. Oxen, cows, and swine inhabit 
 the forests. Numerous lakes and tributary streams provide 
 the farmer with means of irrigation. The whole area is 
 parcelled out into square lots, so designed that one side of 
 each lot shall touch upon a public road, and the utmost saga- 
 city appears to have superintended all the arrangements of 
 this new and prosperous colony. — [Chili, par Perez- Rosales; 
 Proceedings of Royal Geog. Sac.) 
 
 LOAN DA, or St. Paul de Loanda [add.], a tn. S.W. 
 Africa, Portuguese settlements, cap. prov. Angola; lat. 
 8° 48' S.; Ion. 13° 8' E. It was at one time a considerable 
 city, but is now greatly decayed. Standing partly on a height 
 above the Atlantic, embosomed among trees, it presents an 
 imposing appearance from the sea; is defended by three forts 
 in good repair, and has many large stone houses, together 
 with a greater number formed of wattle and daub. As the 
 see of a bishop^ it has a cathedral, which has few claims to 
 notice, and is but a poor substitute for two magnificent 
 churches, wliich once adorned Loanda, but are now miserable 
 ruins; the remnant of the one, which belonged to the Jesuits, 
 being used as a workshop, and that of the other as a byre. 
 The other principal buildings are the governor's palace and 
 government ofiices — commodious structures — and the cus- 
 tom house, the business of which is said to be extremely 
 well managed. The harbour lies between the town on the 
 mainland and a low sandy island called also Loanda; and 
 though once deep enough to float the largest ships close to 
 the custom house, is in course of being gradually curtailed 
 in its dimensions, and silted up, partly by the large quan- 
 tities of soil washed down into it during the rainy season, 
 and partly by the sand which is driven into it during a high 
 S.W. wind by the dashing of the waves. The island — a 
 narrow sandy flat, about 18 m. long by 2 broad — has about 
 1 300 inhabitants, the half of whom are native fishermen, by 
 whom the town is abundantly supplied with fish. It is not 
 so well situated in respect of water, almost the whole of 
 which is brought from the Bengo by means of launches, as 
 the wells within the city are slightly brackish. The ex- 
 ports, which include those of the whole province of Angola, 
 have an annual value of about £104,000, and consist chiefly 
 of ivory to nearly a half of the whole value, orchella, palm- 
 oil, bees'-wax, gum, coffee, and hides ; the customs produce 
 annually about £32,000. Loanda is somewhat of the nature 
 of a penal settlement. Those Europeans who go to it volun- 
 tarily, do so in the hope of returning rich in the course of a 
 few years. Nearly all the European soldiers sent out ai-e 
 convicts. These may be said to have the place at their 
 mercy, as they are the only persons who have arms in their 
 hands; but, contrary to what might have been expected, 
 they behave remarkably well. Pop. not more than 12,000, 
 most of them people of colour. 
 
 LOCHOWITZ [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 23 m. S.W. Prague, on the Litauka, here crossed 
 by a long wooden bridge. It has a deanery church, a castle, 
 a brewery, a bathing establishment, a cotton and several saw 
 and flour mills. Pop. 2450. 
 
 LOCKPORT, a vil. U. States, New York, cap. co. 
 Niagara, on the Erie canal, which is here crossed by a via- 
 duct of the Rochester, Lockport, and Niagara Falls railway, 
 500 ft. long and 60 ft. above the water. It contains thirteen 
 churches, a large educational institute attended by above 600 
 
LOGON 
 
 48 
 
 LONDON 
 
 pupils, and two savings-banks. The manufacturing establish- 
 ments include numerous flour and saw mills, tanneries, 
 foundries, machine shops, glass-works, and factories for 
 agricultural implements, sewing machines, and steam en- 
 gines. Pop. (1860), 12,523. 
 
 LOGON, a prov. W. Africa, forming the S.E. extremity 
 of Bornou, is bounded N. by Kotoko, E. by the Shari 
 which separates it from Baghirrai, and S. by Adamawa. Its 
 W. boundary is not well defined. It possesses many advan- 
 tages. Water is abundantly supplied by the Logon or Ere, 
 a considerable stream which traverses its E. portion, and 
 joins the Shari before the latter quits its frontier. The soil 
 is of a rich and fertile character, producing much grain and 
 cotton, and the forests, by the variety and luxuriant foliage 
 of the trees, give a charming appearance to the whole coun- 
 try. One of the greatest drawbacks is a superabundance of 
 water during the rainy season, and the consequent conversion 
 of considerable tracts into unproductive and unhealthy 
 swamps. From its position on the frontiers of Bornou and 
 Baghirmi, Logon is to some extent obliged to serve two 
 masters, and suffers accordingly. The inhabitants, besides 
 growing cotton to a considerable extent, also weave it into 
 various articles, some of which are of excellent quality and 
 in great demand. 
 
 LOJA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, dist. Assuay, cap. 
 prov. of same name, in a beautiful valley between the 
 Malacatos and the Zamara, 100 m. S. by E. Guayaquil. It 
 consists of straight streets and adobe houses, many of them 
 of two stories and handsome, and contains a parish church, 
 Dominican, Franciscan, and Augustine monasteries, a college 
 in which Latin, Spanish, and philosophy are taught, various 
 primary schools, and an hospital. Within the town itself 
 quicksilver in a state of purity has been found, and in the 
 neighbourhood gold, coal, and variegated marble. Some 
 attention is also paid to the production of cochineal. 
 
 LOLL BAZAR, a tn. India, territory Cooch Behar, 
 26 m. N. Rungpoor. It is an inconsiderable place, and de- 
 serves notice only on account of the ruined city of Koraotapoor 
 situated in its vicinity, on the r. bank of the Dhorla. Every- 
 thing connected with this city appears to have been on the 
 greatest scale. It was of an oblong form, 19 m. in circuit, 
 and inclosed, except where the river was probably deemed 
 a sufficient defence, by an outer ditch 250 ft. wide, and a 
 rampart which is still 30 ft. high, with indications of its 
 having once been much higher, and 130 ft. in breadth. In 
 the centre stood the citadel or palace of the rajah, surrounded 
 by a wall of brick, with a ditch outside of it, and beyond 
 both an earthen rampart. The defensive works display little 
 engineering skill, and the ruined buildings are more remark- 
 able for magnitude than for architectural merit. 
 
 LONDON [add.] The period elapsed since the account in 
 the text was written, has been attended by changes in the con- 
 dition of London, and in the appearance of many of its districts, 
 such as, perhaps, have not been exceeded in importance in 
 any capital city excepting Paris. It is true that these have 
 left many things to be attained that are essential to comfort- 
 able and healthful residence, and to the proper transaction of 
 business; but tlie growth of the population, and the extension 
 of the inhabited area, have been so great and rapid, that it has 
 been impossible for the metropolitan local- management, how- 
 ever improved, to keep pace, or even to get rid of old arrears 
 of neglect. Still, with the passing of the Metropolis Man- 
 agement Act of 1855, was inaugurated what appears to be a 
 new era, of which we must now (February, 1807) speak in 
 part prospectively; not so much because to treat of the 
 future, however probably prolific of works, enters at all into 
 the plan of this Gazetteer, as because there are works and 
 measures of the last ten years in the metropolis, which, the 
 most important for their present results of any that we could 
 name, are on the other hand to be regarded as imperfect, 
 because in some of their divisions incomplete. Yet it should 
 be here mentioned that the proximate future may be of great 
 importance to the sanitary state and the appearance of the me- 
 tropolis, or whenever the chief omission of the act is remedied, 
 and the governing body appointed under it, the ' Metropolitan 
 Board of Works,' is adequately provided with funds. Mean- 
 while, a gigantic operation, the sewerage of London, has been 
 very nearly completed ; the embankment of the Thames is 
 far advanced; and two or three important lines of streets, 
 
 long previously projected, have been opened. Contempo- 
 raneously with these measures, great progress has been made 
 in the supply of communication between the heart of the 
 metropolis and the suburbs, by railway, and progress to some 
 extent, through the same sort of agency, as to those between 
 different parts of the thickly-populated area itself. The rail- 
 way-works, however, have not yet helped so much to provide 
 the poor immediately with decent, comfortable, and econo- 
 mical dwellings, as to effect dislodgments entailing a large 
 amount of misery. In the decorative aspect of London there 
 is to be observed a greatly increased use of the members of 
 st3'les of architecture, and abundant evidence of movement 
 of some kind or other in taste. But good resultant effect is 
 confined to individual structures at considerable distances 
 apart, and many of which are of the public-building class, 
 excepting as to one or two suburban quarters, and as to the 
 City. In the City of London the increase in quantity of archi- 
 tectural decoration has been, during the last ten years, exceed- 
 ing' 7 great : the quality of the architecture also is there much 
 improved; and stone has almost displaced stucco as the vehicle 
 of effect. This decorative and ornamental expression of the 
 streets about Lombard Street and the Bank, and to a cer- 
 tain extent in other parts of the City, was till very recently 
 fostered by the growth of numerous banking and insurance 
 companies. By these no spot of ground has been deemed too 
 costly, and no amount of architectural enrichment has been 
 thought excessive; and, forsometime,asort of rivalry has been 
 apparent; in which the older banking-houses have participated. 
 The architectural expression is, however, subject to two 
 adverse influences — the one the narrowness of the streets, and 
 the other the smoke-nuisance; which prevails, in London, but 
 slightly diminished since the acts of 1853 and 1856, excepting 
 in summer, when the atmosphere is often clear and beautiful. 
 Some of the best of the London prospects, however — those 
 from the bridges — have been greatly deteriorated by the erec- 
 tion of gigantic sheds of railway terminal-stations in the City 
 and at Charing Cross. 
 
 Population and increase. — The limits of London are now 
 very difficult of definition. The entire area under the juris- 
 diction of the Metropolitan Board of Works takes in Bow, 
 Hackney, Clapton, Stamford Hill, part of Highgate, Hamp- 
 stead, parts of Kilburn and Kensal Green, Acton, and Ham- 
 mersmith, north of the Thames; and Putney, Roehampton, 
 Tooting, Steatham, the site of the Crystal Palace, Eltham, 
 Woolwich, and Plumsted, south. But beyond most of these 
 districts, important suburban and sometimes thickly popu- 
 lated quarters have grown up. In some of them, as on the left 
 bank of the Lea, the sites are such as should never have been 
 built upon, with regard to health; whilst the buildings bear 
 evidence of being out of the limits of the Building Act; of 
 which the last measure bearing the name was passed in 1855, — 
 though it has been since amended in some details. In several 
 directions there are lines of houses, differing from those of the 
 central quarters only in having gardens in front of them, and 
 in being detached, or 'semi-detached,' all the way from the 
 town itself, to what were little more than a dozen years ago 
 suburban villages or distinct towns. Thus, a complete line of 
 houses may be traversed from London to the town of Croydon, 
 passing by such populous places as Forest Hill and Syden- 
 ham. This which is the modern characteristic of towns, but 
 is markedly the feature of London, and is connected with 
 the improved provision of railroad-communication, makes it 
 exceedingly difficult to give any correct statement of the 
 population. The day-population of the City and the night- 
 population have become two extremes of the scale. The 
 last statement of the registrar-general, however, makes the 
 estimated population of London in the middle of 1866, 
 amount to 3,067,536, or very nearly equal to that of the 
 cities of Edinburgh, Glasgow, Dublin, Manchester, and 
 Bristol, and the boroughs of Salford, Birmingham, Liverpool, 
 Sheffield, Leeds, Hull, and Newcastle-on-Tyne all put to- 
 gether. The actual returns of the year 1861 made the popu- 
 lation 2,803,989. Then, the increase was 776,461 during 
 the ten years elapsed since 1851, when the numbers, as given 
 in p. 211, vol. ii., were 2,027,528. The area, in the same 
 table, was given as 31,353 acres: it is now stated by the 
 registrar-general as being 77,997. Of the population in 
 1861, 2,030,814 belonged to the metropolitan part of Mid- 
 dlesex; whilst 579,748 belonged to Surrey, and 193,42'' to 
 
LONDON 
 
 49 
 
 LONDON 
 
 Kent. The acreage of the three divisions, — 32,455 acres be- 
 longing to Middlesex, 22,951 to Surrey, and 22,591 to Kent, — 
 when compared with the figures for population, may serve to 
 indicate the varying density: though in parts of Lamhetli, 
 Southwark, Bermondsey, Deptford, Greenwich, and Wool- 
 wich, the density is far greater than would be supposed. It 
 should be observed that none of these figures take any account 
 of Essex, — whicli includes Canning Town, near the Victoria 
 Docks (the district already referred to), and Stratford and 
 West Ham : nor are there considered numerous suburbs and 
 suburban towns that Iiave become attached to London, as 
 before stated, and which send some of tlieir residents to in- 
 crease the }>opulation of the City and of tlie West End in tlie 
 day-time. Croydon alone, at the end of 1866, had a population 
 of 55,000; and the number is increasing rapidly. Of the 
 more central districts, that of the largest population in 
 1861 was St. Pancras, with 198,788 inhabitants. Kensington 
 contained 185,950; Lambeth, 162,044; Marylebone, 161,680; 
 and Islington, 155,341. Shoreditch contained 129,364 in- 
 Iiabitants on an area of 646 ac; whilst Bethnal Green had 
 105,101 on 7G0 ac, and mostly huddled together in houses 
 of the smallest size. The population of the City of Lon- 
 don was set down as 45,555 for the area of 434 acres; but 
 the figures, being obtained at night, are admitted to be 
 quite fallacious for any sort of judgment of the City in busi- 
 ness-hours. 
 
 Some of the facts that have been mentioned, or alluded 
 to, make it easy to apprehend comparative statements of 
 the mortality. The general health of London, in fact, can- 
 not be regarded as having greatly improved, even after 
 leaving out of consideration mortality due to the cholera in 
 1866, and to the diminished supply of food caused by the 
 cattle-plague of that year and the year previous; and it can 
 no longer be considered to present advantageous contrast with 
 the mortality of Paris, — in which capital, consequently upon 
 the aeration afforded by numerous new and greatly extended 
 thoroughfares, the mortality has been much reduced. The 
 mortality of London for 1866 was 26'47 per thousand of the 
 inhabitants: that for 1865, 24'56, was improved from that for 
 1864, which was 26-53; but that for 1863 had been 24-47, 
 when there had been a regular increase since 1860. Tlie 
 mean of five years, 18G0-4, was 2405; whilst that of the 
 preceding five years was 23'08. The districts are divided 
 into five groups; and of this number the districts to the north 
 (22 '93 deaths to the thousand persons living) are the most 
 healthy; and the 'east' and 'central' districts (the last-named 
 having 2599 as the figure) are the least. The City proper, 
 however, ajjpears to be healtliy. 
 
 London Itoutes: Streets, and the Thames Emhankment. 
 — Amongst the street-improvements of late years have 
 been the line of Cannon Street, — which afforded a needed 
 route for the traffic from St. Paul's to London Bridge, 
 relieving Cheapside ; the line northwards to Clerkenwell from 
 Farringdon Street ; and that of Victoria Street, Westminster. 
 The two last-named lines are still bordered more or less 
 by vacant ground. Under the management of the Metro- 
 politan Board there has been opened the new Southwark 
 Street. It is of great importance to the traffic from West- 
 minster to the London Bridge railway-terminus; for which 
 the shortest route is crossing the river. Prior to this the 
 Board had opened a very short but important street, now 
 Garrick Street, near Covent Garden, in which their first ex- 
 periment was made of the construction of a subway to con- 
 tain the water- and gas-pipes and telegraph-wires, as well as 
 to afford access to the sewerage, and so render unnecessary 
 repeated tearing- up of pavements and blocking- up of tiie 
 streets. A subway was afterwards constructed in the forma- 
 tion of Southwark Street; and another is built in the Thames 
 Embankment ; but the gas-companies have thus far (March, 
 1867) been able to resist the efforts of the Metropolitan 
 Board to compel use of the subway; and the pavement of 
 Southwark Street, which had been exceedingly well laid with 
 a view to permanence, was actually taken up by a company, 
 in spite of the Board, soon after it had been finished. The 
 gas -companies ground their opposition upon experience 
 that there has been (as in Paris) of explosions consequent 
 upon escape of gas in subways, or channels of an analogous 
 description; which escape, and the formation of an explosive 
 mixture in certain parts of the subway, they argue it is 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 impossible to prevent. At present there is considerable 
 leakage, but into the earth. This waste of gas seems to be 
 considered unavoidable; but, the saturation of the earth with 
 gas, if not one of the minor causes of the pollution of the 
 atmosphere of London, is unquestionably a frequent cause 
 of pollution of the water. The present prosecution of the 
 Thames Embankment, after years of planning and contro- 
 versy, is due to the necessity that there was in 1861 for 
 immediate decision as to the course that was to be taken 
 by one particular line of the sewerage of London. This line, 
 the Low-level line of the northern side of the Thames, had 
 been designed for the position which it has at length ob- 
 tained; but so many difficulties were offered to the action 
 of the Metropolitan Board, that their engineer was obliged 
 to contemplate taking the sewer along the Strand and Fleet 
 Street. The prospect of interference with the traffic was 
 too serious for even the British government and parlia- 
 ment; and at length, in 1862, after some opposition from 
 lessees of the Crown, an act passed which allowed the 
 Board, before the end of the year, to mature the main por- 
 tion of their scheme. This was comprised in so much of the 
 embankment of the Middlesex side of the Thames as ex- 
 tends between Westminster Bridge and Whitefriars. That 
 portion now consists of ground reclaimed for a roadway of 
 100 ft. in widtli, with a granite retaining- wall surmounted 
 by a moulded parapet broken by pedestals, for lamps, to which 
 are to be attached heads of lions cast in metal, — these last 
 holding mooring-rings for the craft. The coal-barges that 
 formed previously the foreground of London viewed from 
 ' the silent highway,' are mostly got rid of — partly through 
 the circumstance that a large proportion of the coal burned 
 in London now comes by railway. With this length of the 
 Embankment will be connected several important lines of 
 communication with Whitehall and Charing Cross, with the 
 Strand near Waterloo Bridge, and with the heart of the City. 
 Eastward, the embankment -roadway will be continued, 
 though not altogether on the principle of a solid embank- 
 ment, as far as Blackfriars Bridge ; whence there will be a 
 direct line of street opened to the IMansion House. Within 
 the embankment there will be a railway, as part of the girdle- 
 line, generally distinguished as the Inner Circle, and in great 
 part underground; of which ' circle ' the Metropolitan Kailway 
 from Farringdon Road to Paddington formed the original 
 portion constructed. The division of the Embankment, spoken 
 of as at present in hand, and which at this time of writing 
 may be considered all but complete, passes from Westminster 
 Bridge under the Charing-Cross Eailway Bridge and Water- 
 loo Bridge, and past the front of Somerset House, to opposite 
 the east side of the Temple. The inbend opposite the 
 Adelphi is cut off, and a large unsightly area of mud at low 
 water is got rid of. The original intention as to ' reclaimed ' 
 spaces of this kind was to appropriate them as recreation- 
 ground; but this account can scarcely describe the ultimate 
 appearance of the Embankment in all respects; as much 
 of what is decorative, rather than structural, is not even 
 designed. In place of the latest arrangements of dumbies 
 and flying-bridges at the stopping-places of the steamboats, 
 there are well-contrived landing-stages in recesses — namely, 
 one at Westminster Bridge, two at the Charing-Cross Kailway 
 Bridge (above and below the bridge), two at Waterloo Bridge 
 (above and below), and one at the end of Essex Street for the 
 Temple. This last will have combined with it landing-stairs; 
 and there will be landing-stairs opposite the Adelphi, and in 
 the middle of the distance between Westminster and Charing- 
 Cross Bridges. Each of these several features of tlie 
 Embankment is made highly ornamental by balustrades, 
 pedestals for sculpture, and other features. At the landing- 
 stairs between Westminster and Charing-Cross Bridges will 
 be placed (re-erected) the well-known ' York Stairs,' once 
 connected with the residence of that Duke of Buckingham 
 whose names and titles are preserved in the designations of 
 several streets near the Adelphi. In the adjustment of the 
 line of this embankment, the aim has been to equalize the 
 breadth of the river, and to increase the scour, and so prevent 
 the continued formation of mud- banks, and assist the purifica- 
 tion of the stream. The embankment of the same side of the 
 Thames above the Westminster Palace, has been sometime 
 complete at Milbank, and onwards past Chelsea Hospital; and 
 a length that is just above the Palace may soon be undertaken. 
 
r.ONDON 
 
 50 
 
 LONDON 
 
 Ultimately, and within very few years, there will be a line of 
 way from Chelsea to the Bank of England. An embankment 
 of the Surrey side is in hand, as yet, only as regards the length 
 between Westminster Bridge and Gunhouse Alley, Vauxhall 
 Bridge. Next Westminster Bridge is the site for a new 
 building for St. Thomas's Hospital, the building near the 
 London Bridge station having been displaced in the course 
 of the recent extension of the lines of the South-Eastern Com- 
 pany. In connection with this embankment some important 
 street-improvements are in hand. Besides the improvement 
 of the street-communications on the hanks of the Thames, 
 there has been some improvement of those between the dis- 
 tricts on the opposite banks. This, however, has been chiefly 
 in the provision of bridges devoted to i'oot-traflSc, or to foot- 
 traffic and railways together, or to railways alone. Works 
 under the head of bridges over the Thames, however, will be 
 noticed further on. 
 
 One long-projected improvement, that of the substitution 
 of a level-line for Holborn Hill and the corresponding incline 
 on the other side, is in process of realization. It includes a 
 bridge, and considerable alteration in the adjacent buildings. 
 The latter is involved in formation of the inclines requisite 
 for connection between the upper and lower levels. 
 
 Railways and Stations. — Of lines of railway devoted 
 specially to the service of Londoners, and of the termini of 
 country-lines in quarters that are central, the number is con- 
 siderably increased. There are at least two routes between 
 the north and south of England, by which the traveller may 
 pass through the metropolis in a railway-carriage — and two 
 others are in process of construction. This condition of things 
 involves the acceptance of principles once stoutly contested. 
 When the metropolis was first provided with railway-com- 
 munication to the country, a central location for a railway- 
 terminus was deemed somewhat objectionable; or, at least, it 
 Avas .not obtained excepting in the case of the Greenwich, 
 Blackwall, and South- Western lines. Up to a period later 
 than the date of the first publication of the Gazetteer, the only 
 railways available for communication with the suburban dis- 
 tricts were lines having their stations at London Bridge, 
 Fenchurch Street, and Waterloo Bridge. Now, there are 
 two terminal stations, side by side, in Pimlico, for many 
 places in western, south-western, southern, and south- 
 eastern London: there are several lines added from London 
 Bridge: there are distinct routes to northern and north- 
 western London, and to the south-east of England, in connec- 
 tion with numerous metropolitan stations, — of which the chief 
 is at Ludgate Hill: there is a terminus near Broad Street, 
 City, with a line to the north of London and the north west 
 of England; and there are cidded lines going eastward and 
 north-eastward; with which again there is about being con- 
 nected a terminus not far from the Bank, or near Finsbury 
 Circus, for the Great Eastern line. But the most important 
 of new terminal stations in the very heart of London, are 
 those at Charing Cross and Cannon Street. These serve not 
 only the communication with Bermondsey, Greenwich, and 
 Woolwich, and that part of England which is of the South- 
 Eastern railway system, but a new course of traffic between 
 the City and the west of London, or crossing the river twice 
 by new bridges. At each of these stations the several 
 lines, with the arrival and departure platforms, are covered 
 over with a single span of iron roof. One end of this is 
 formed by the booking-offices, on the ground-story, and 
 rooms of a large hotel over tliem. The front in each case is 
 .set back a considerable distance from the street, in a fore- 
 court having gates and lodges; and, as the whole has a highly- 
 decorative character, the change in the aspect of the quarter 
 of London is great. The hotel at Charing Cross extends for 
 some distance along one side of the terminus: the pavilions 
 or masses of its angles are surmounted by high French- 
 Italian roofs; and in the centre of the forecourt is an ideal 
 restoration (by the architect of the hotel, Mr. E. M. Barry, 
 A. 11. A.) of the Cross of Charing, which stood some distance 
 westward. The hotel and station occupy the site of Hunger- 
 ford Market; which was reached by a narrow street from 
 the Strand. Several houses in the Strand are removed. A 
 similar clearance has been made for the other station, called 
 the City Terminus. The platforms in this latter case are 
 upwards of 700 ft. in length; and space is afforded for 
 more than 200 railway-carriages, besides street-cabs. The 
 
 several stations named, and others which there are in the 
 extreme west of London, are attached to lines that girdle 
 the metropolis, or connect one part of it with another, so as 
 to be of use every day to the same persons; that is to say, 
 the railway-train is so far substituted for the omnibus. 
 Thus there is communication between the City and the 
 western part of London, by many routes; whilst the southern 
 districts are especially well-served: though advantages of 
 railways have been reduced by delays on journeys. A line 
 that has been only alluded to above, but which is perhaps 
 the most important of the ' omnibus-lines,' is the Metro- 
 politan or ' Undergi-ound ' railway. Its importance arises 
 from the method of its construction, as well as from its effects 
 upon the London railway-system. It is in great part what 
 its popular designation implies, or underground; and so also 
 are several of its stations. It is carried in part of its length, 
 or from King's Cross to near the Edgeware Koad, along the 
 line of 'the northern boulevard of London,' in what has the 
 appearance of a tunnel: though, the crown of the vault being 
 immediately beneath the street- pavement, the construction was 
 different from that of other railroad-tunnels. The greatest 
 care was required in passing the numerous mains and pipes 
 of the gas and water services, and in getting light at the 
 different stations, and ventilation everywhere. The engines 
 are specially constructed so as to pass from end to end of 
 each underground portion of the line, giving off as little 
 steam and noxious effluvium as possible. The carriages are 
 lighted by gas. This line has a station near to Finsbury 
 Circus; one in Aldersgate Street; one in Farringdon Koad, — 
 where the line is joined by that from the south of England, 
 and south of London, of the London, Chatham, and Dover 
 Company; and one at King's Cross; where it serves the 
 Great Northern railway to the north of England and north of 
 London. Then come four stations; from one of which there 
 is a similar underground-line to St. John's Wood; and, lastly, 
 there is a junction with the Great Western line, at the 
 Paddington Terminus, whence there is railway-communication 
 with Hammersmith and other western districts. The Me- 
 tropolitan Hallway is to be regarded as the first instalment 
 of the 'Inner Circle' — a girdle-line of which one portion 
 will be in the Thames Embankment; and which passes by 
 Kensington and Brompton in the west of London, and Tower 
 Hill in the east. Chief stations of this Inner Circle are fixed 
 as close as possible to the terminal stations of the grand 
 trunk-lines: thus there is a station exactly opposite the 
 Pimlico stations before mentioned; there is one close to 
 Cannon Street Station, and so on. The trains will keep 
 circling all day round London, — each always running in one 
 direction, and so timed that passengers need not wait more 
 than five minutes for a train, or be troubled by time-tables. 
 By this system of the girdle-lines, expense of ground for sid- 
 ings and turn-tables is in great measure avoided. One of 
 the stations will be at Westminster Bridge; and for connnuni- 
 cation with it and the steam -boat landing-stage, an under- 
 ground passage has been formed from the Westminster 
 Palace. One of the lines crossing London will connect the 
 South-Eastern line from Charing Cross, with tiie London 
 and North- Western line. It will be, in part, constructed 
 similarly to the Metropolitan Eailway; which it will intersect, 
 at a lower level. Another line crossing the metropolis, 
 the East London, appropriates the Thames Tunnel. In 
 some portions of the suburbs, as of the town, the appear- 
 ance of the locality is greatly changed by railways. Be- 
 tween Battersea Park, and Wandsworth and Clapham, there 
 is a network of lines, which it is hard to disentangle even on 
 a map. There are four or five companies having stations in 
 communication with one another at Clapham Junction, where 
 the whole number of trains each day amounts to many hun- 
 dreds. Some of the railways include work of great import- 
 ance as engineering- construction; but most of them have 
 added to the streets of London deformity instead of beauty. 
 This is particularly remarkable along the line from Charing 
 Cross to the London Bridge Station, or especially in the 
 bridges close to this station. A considerable alteration in the 
 appearance of Bridge Street (Blackfriars), Farringdon Street, 
 and Ludgate Hill has been produced by the line of the London, 
 Chatham, and Dover Company; which crosses Ludgate Hill 
 by an iron bridge. Much opposition was raised to the erec- 
 tion of the bridge, on the score of apprehended destruction 
 
LONDON 
 
 51 
 
 LONDON 
 
 of tlie view of St. Paul's Cathedral. The bridge is made 
 somewhat ornamental; whilst it includes a very useful fea- 
 ture — namely, footways for infirm persons and others wishing 
 to cross the street without danger. Accidents to pedestrians 
 in the London streets had become numerous; and not the 
 least important of improvements in the streets, are the resting- 
 l)]aces, guarded by posts, and each furnished with a large 
 lamp, in tlie middle of the roadways, which have been esta- 
 blished at many dangerous crossings. Some of the smaller 
 stations of the London, Chatliam, and Dover line are of 
 superior architectural character; but the larger stations, and 
 especially the Ludgate Hill Station (in Bridge Street), are 
 much the reverse. 
 
 Sewerage. — The sewerage of London, the primary duty 
 with which the Metropolitan Board was charged, is at this 
 time of writing nearly complete : indeed its formal inaugura- 
 tion took place on the 4th April, 1865. The system consists 
 of lines of sewer intersecting and intercepting the old lines 
 which ran into the Thames, and, whilst retaining the old 
 outlets for service on occasions of heavy rainfall, conveying 
 the ordinary rainfall and sewage to outfalls, five to seven 
 miles distant, where the sewage discharged into the Thames 
 becomes largely diluted; and where, moreover, with the help 
 of arrangements for storeage, the discharge takes place at 
 time of ebb-tide, — so that it is supposed impossible there can 
 be any return to that part of the river which is within the 
 thickly-populated quarters of London. The system for the 
 northern side of the Thames comprises three principal lines, 
 each with branches, and called respectively High-level, Middle- 
 level, and Low-level Sewer. The Middle-level Sewer is up- 
 wards of twelve miles in length. Part of its length includes 
 the whole line of Oxford Street and the Bayswater Road. At 
 the northern end of Bedford Row it is joined by an important 
 branch from Lincoln's Inn Fields and Piccadilly. The Middle- 
 level and the High-level Sewers come together on the western 
 bank of the Lea, where there is an elaborately contrived 
 system of weirs and penstocks subservient to the outfall of 
 storm-waters into the Lea. Under ordinary circumstances 
 the sewage flows on, crossing over the Lea by iron ducts, to 
 Abbey Mills, where the line of the Low-level Sewer arrives 
 at a pumping-station. Here the sewage of the low-level 
 districts (which extend as far up the river as Hammersmith) 
 is pumped to the higher level; whence the whole sewage of 
 London on the northern side of the Thames, flows in three 
 parallel brick-culverts, built in an embankment which is up- 
 wards of five miles in length, on to the Northern Outfall and 
 reservoir. The reservoir is divided into four compartments, 
 each arched over. It occupies an area of about 10 acres. 
 The sewerage works in the Thames Embankment alone com- 
 prise much elaborate construction, as for interception of the 
 sewage, formerly flowing into the river by numerous outlets, 
 and for the utilization of the larger of the old outlets under 
 exceptional circumstances that have been alluded to. The 
 system of the southern side of the Thames is divided into High- 
 level and Low-level. The low-level sewage is pumped to the 
 higher level at Deptford ; whence the whole flows, under 
 Greenwich and Woolwich, to near Crossness Point, 7| miles 
 from the Deptford Pumping Station. Here the whole of the 
 sewage of that side of the Thames has to be pumped and 
 reservoired during the hours that may be required by the 
 state of the tide. The reservoir is similar in construction to 
 that of the northern outfnll; but the arrangements in connec- 
 tion with the reservoir are much more elaborate. The 
 pumps are capable of lifting 56,000 gallons per minute from 
 the sewer into the reservoir. The engine-house and a lofty 
 chimney of ornamental brickwork are conspicuous features 
 of that part of the river. Everywhere, throughout the 
 system, the construction has been most skilfully devised by 
 Mr. Bazalgette, the engineer to the Board; and the work, 
 which is now nearly all concealed from the eye, has probably 
 nothing to be compared with it, unless amongst works of the 
 Romans. The total length of the sewers is 82 m.; and the 
 area drained is about 117 sq. m. When complete, the whole 
 .system will have cost about £4,200,000. As may have been 
 understood, the area does not include Croydon or Rich- 
 mond, and many other portions of what is really part of 
 London. It should be observed, that the making use of the 
 river again as an outfall, however unavoidable in the absence 
 of satisfactory proposals for the utilization or disposal other- 
 
 wise of the sewage of London, as also in the actual state of 
 knowledge, is regarded as temporary only, at least for a 
 considerable portion of the sewage. There is a scheme, 
 which the Board believe will prove successful, for the appro- 
 priation of all, or part, of the northern sewage, to fertiliza- 
 tion of the Maplin Sands, on the Essex coast, which are to be 
 'reclaimed.' About the year 1854 the ordinary daily sewage 
 discharged into the Thames was estimated as 2,457,600 cubic 
 ft. for the south side, and for the north side considerably more 
 than double that amount; but in January, 1867, the average 
 daily quantity pumped at the Southern Outfall Works, at 
 Crossness, was found to be 57,865,359 gallons, or what 
 would appear to be equivalent to not less than 9,285,262 
 cubic ft. A return some weeks later made the quantity 
 44,866,190 gallons. 
 
 Water- Svpphj. — The metropolitan M'ater-supply is con- 
 siderably amended from what was the condition of things as 
 stated in the original issue of the Gazetteer. None of the 
 companies drawing their supply from the Thames at present 
 take the water from any place so low down the river as be- 
 tween Westminster and Waterloo bridges, or even so low as 
 Kew; and the quantity supplied by the companies together 
 has more than doubled. At the end of 1866 the quantity 
 averaged about 94,000,000 gallons daily, to 438,298 houses; 
 or over 220 gallons, in place of 164, for each house, and 
 nearly 31 gallons to each person. A more recent statement 
 makes the quantity as much as 108,000,000 gallons. A large 
 number of tenements, however, are, practically speaking, 
 not supplied: great portion of the water that is drawn from 
 the sources is wasted; whilst much is spoiled by storeage, and 
 in cisterns or butts that are exposed to the access of every 
 kind of impurity. The largest quantity, 21,621,000 gal- 
 lons, was supplied by the New River Company; and, including 
 this, rather more than half the total supply was drawn from 
 other sources than the Thames. By an Act passed in 1852, 
 after a lesson had been learned from the contrast, during the 
 cholera-epidemic, between results in two districts — one sup- 
 plied by the Lambeth Company, and the other by the South- 
 wark and Vauxhall Company, — the supply of the former being 
 drawn from the river at Thames-Ditton, and the deaths being 
 at the rate of 37 per 1000; whilst that of the latter was drawn 
 from the Thames at Battersea, and the deaths were 130 per 
 1000, — all the companies making use of the Thames were ob- 
 liged to draw from above Teddington Lock, that is, above the 
 limit of the tidal flow. The Act contained other stipulations: 
 following these, the reservoirs of the New River Company, 
 and others, from which, till then, the supply had been made 
 without filtration, were disused or covered over. The 
 Thames Companies now draw their supply from Thames- 
 Ditton, Kingston, and Hampton. But, by the chief sanitary 
 authorities, the Act was regarded as a compromise with the 
 companies. Now, even above Teddington Lock, the source of 
 supply is become greatly polluted by the sewage of numerous 
 populous towns, and by the drainage of richly-manured land. 
 Moreover, as to water from other sources: in 1866, on the 
 prevalence of cholera, a quarter of London supplied by the 
 East London Company with water that there was reason to 
 suspect of impurity derived from its place of storeage, and 
 that had been drawn from the Lea, suffered severely. Water 
 used for drinking being regarded as the main agent of dif- 
 fusion of the cholera-poison, it is supposed that the smallest 
 impregnation (as" by the. dejecta of cholera-patients in Windsor 
 or Reading) of the sewage, and then of the water supplied, 
 would endanger the health of London. Again, a quantity of 
 water is taken from the Thames which seems to be so great as 
 to interfere with the navigation in the upper part of the river. 
 From these and other reasons, including hardness of the 
 water, the question has reverted to much the same position, 
 compared with the wants of London, as it was in in 1852. 
 Rival schemes have been put forward for the supply from 
 diiferent mountain-districts, as in Westmoreland and Wales; 
 and a Royal Commission is engaged (March, 1 867) on the con- 
 sideration of the entire subject. The water has, however, 
 this advantage over that supplied before 1852: it is all filtered 
 through layers of gravel and sand before entering the mains. 
 Besides the seven older companies, there is now the Kent 
 Waterworks Company supplying the Greenwich and Wool- 
 wich district. One of the present projects would bring 
 water a distance of 184 m.; and another would bring it 240 m. 
 
LONDON 
 
 52 
 
 LONDON 
 
 It is universally admitted that the water of the London 
 pumps is greatly polluted. 
 
 Cemeteries. — The paragraph under this head now requires 
 correction. Tiie cemeteries, as those at Brompton, Kensal 
 Green, Highgate, Abney Park, the Tower Hamlets, Betlmal 
 Green, Nunhead, and Norwood, are the only 'intramural' 
 places in which interments are permitted, — excepting, as in 
 the case of interments in St. Paul's and Westminster Abbey; 
 and some of the cemeteries named would now be closed were 
 they not provided with their special Acts. Several of the 
 parishes now send their dead to cemeteries formed at places 
 that are distant from the thickly-inhabited quarters of the 
 metropolis, where each body is provided with a distinct grave 
 for a period of ten years. These arrangements are in pur- 
 suance of the Act passed in tlie year 1850. A large cemetery 
 lias been formed near Woking, in Surrey, by a company. 
 The bodies, with the mourners, are conveyed by railway- 
 trains, separate from the ordinary traffic, on the South- 
 western line, from a distinct station in the Westminster- 
 Bridge Road, and by a branch line into the cemetery itself. 
 When the whole of the Woking ground, amounting to rather 
 more than 2000 acres, is brought into use, the Company esti- 
 mate that, allowing as a general rule a minimum-interval of 
 ten years before reopening a grave, their cemetery would afford 
 provision for the entire mortality of the meti'opolis for many 
 years to come. At the Woking Cemetery the poor of several 
 of the London parishes are buried; but some of the parishes, 
 as Marylebone and St. Paneras, and Paddington, have their 
 own cemeteries. The City of London Cemetery is at Ilford, 
 in Essex. The Great Northern Cemetery, near Colney- Hatch, 
 is similar in its arrangements to the Woking Cemetery. The 
 bodies are taken by the Great Northern Hallway. 
 
 Brichjes. — Considerable change has taken place in the 
 bridge-communication across the Thames. London Bridge 
 and Waterloo and Vauxhall bridges, indeed, are as they were: 
 but an important service is now rendered by Soutliwark 
 Bridge; which is free of toll: a new bridge has been built on 
 the site of old Westminster Bridge; and one is at present in 
 progress on the site of Blackfriars' Bridge; whilst new bridges 
 for pedestrian- and carriage-traffic have been erected at Lam- 
 beth and Chelsea; and there are six new railway-bridges, — 
 counting as two the bridges at Pimlico, that appear as one, 
 and including the bridge of the West London Extension liail- 
 way — the line that connects Kensington and Chelsea with 
 Clapham Junction. One of the railway-bridges, the Charing 
 Cross, has displaced the Hungerford Suspension-bridge — 
 making use, however, of its two piers of brick, whilst adding 
 other piers intermediate, that take the form of iron cylinders. 
 This bridge lias a footway on each side; so that the original 
 communication is preserved. Another bridge, belonging 
 to the same line of railway, the line between Charing Cross 
 and Cannon Street, City, is similarly provided with foot- 
 ways. The two bridges at Pimlico, appearing like one (but 
 built at different times, and on different systems of con- 
 struction as to the foundations), belong to the London, 
 Brighton, and South Coast Eailway Company, and the London, 
 Chatham, and Dover Railway Company. The latter company 
 are owners of a bridge which is close to the works of the 
 new Blackfriars' Bridge. Between the railway-bridge and 
 the site of the new Blackfriars' Bridge is at present a tempo- 
 rary bridge of timber. This last has a curious appearance, 
 from the arrangement of different levels for the foot-traffic 
 and the carriage-traffic — the former being carried across at a 
 considerable elevation above the latter, or the carriage-road 
 level. Limited space between the two bridges rendered the 
 arrangement necessary. Another bridge, to connect Cheyne 
 Walk, Chelsea, with Battersea Park, is in progress ; as also 
 is a line crossing under the river, near the Charing Cross 
 Bridge, the Waterloo and Whitehall Railway, which will be 
 on the pneumatic principle. These new communications leave 
 the carriage-traffic still inadequately provided for. In each 
 of the nine or ten new bridges that have been named, iron in 
 one or other of its adaptations has been used for the super- 
 structure. Thus, as in the case of Westminster Bridge, the 
 number of arches and obstructing piers has been lessened; and 
 .so also in Blackfriars' Bridge, of which the foundations are 
 far advanced. But the material iron also is used in the founda- 
 tions of nearly all these recently- constructed bridges, or even 
 those where the piers above water are of granite or stone; and 
 
 to this material, and to the systems whereby coffer-dams are 
 dispensed with, must be attributed the rapid execution as 
 compared with what was formerly the duration of works in 
 hand. Taking tiie bridges in the order of their erection: 
 the Chelsea Bridge was completed in the year 1858. Its first 
 cost was £85,319. It is a suspension or chain bridge, with a 
 strengthening truss to the roadway somewhat after the prin- 
 ciple of that of the Hammersmith Suspension-bridge, only all 
 in iron. There are two piers in the water, and the centre 
 span is 347 feet. The foundations, along with portions of 
 the piers above water, are constructed of timber-piles and 
 concrete in an outer casing of iron. Mr. Thomas Page was 
 the architect. Following some time after this was the new 
 Westminster Bridge, also by Mr. Page, and having the same 
 system of construction in the foundations, though with stone 
 or granite for the piers above low-water level. This bridge 
 has seven elliptical arches of wrought- and cast-iron. The 
 centre-arch has a span of 120 feet. The bridge, 915 ft. in 
 length, has the ample width of 85 ft. The two footways are 
 each 15 ft., and there are two tramways for heavy traffic. 
 Westminster Bridge has been very generally admired for the 
 form of the arches; though there is an effect of weakness in 
 the crown of the arch. The flatness resulted from the re- 
 quirements as to headway for the craft. The decorative details 
 are of Gothic character. The railway-bridge of the London, 
 Brighton, and South Coast Railway Company.and the railway- 
 bridge above Battersea, are somewhat similar structures, of 
 iron arches and stone piers. In the consti'uction of the first- 
 mentioned of these two, the foundations were laid, on the old 
 system, in coffer-dams; but in the bridge of the London, 
 Chatham, and Dover line, finished in 1866, which touches 
 the other (so that the two structures are generally regarded 
 as one, — as indeed they are one as to the upper surface), the 
 cylinder-system of foundations was used. The Charing-Cross 
 Railway Bridge was the first of the Thames bridges in which 
 such cylinders, filled with brickwork and concrete, were used 
 for the foundations; as also they are there, above water, for the 
 new 'piers.' Each span of the superstructure is constructed 
 with transverse girders, which are suspended from trusses 
 formed with diagonal cross-bracing: these latter are of great 
 strength — as required by the breadth of the bridge, for the 
 number of lines, and from the necessity for there being no 
 obstacle to the passage of trains from one line to another. 
 Indeed, this bridge may be regarded as a portion of the rail- 
 way-terminus; and at the northern end it spreads out, in the 
 shape of a fan, to the width of the station proper. Altogether 
 the bridge is one of the most remarkable of modern efforts in 
 railway -engineering; though it is not altogether sightly, 
 despite of gilding. Mr. Ilawkshaw was the architect. The 
 chains from the suspension-bridge are now used in the bridge 
 at Clifton, near Bristol. The Lambeth Bridge, at the Horse- 
 ferry, is a combination of the suspension and trussed-girder 
 principles, and was really the first attempt to apply the girder, 
 or beam, in combination with suspending chains, for more than 
 stiffening, that is for positive support of the roadway. Another 
 peculiarity of the bridge is that the 'chains' are formed of 
 twisted strands of iron wire. This bridge is 32 ft. in width. 
 It was opened in 1862. It cost something less than £50,000. 
 Mr. W. H. Barlow was the architect. The bridge of the 
 London, Chatham, and Dover Railway resembles the Charing 
 Cross Railway Bridge in the principle of construction, both 
 of the foundations and the superstructure; but the piers, 
 formed of clustered iron-shafts with stone bases, and the 
 abutments, are more decorative in character; whilst the trusses 
 are much lighter, and there is a line of truss along the middle 
 of the roadway, as well as on the outsides. The bridge at- 
 tached to the Cannon Street station, or 'City terminus' of 
 the South-Eastern Railway, is similar to the Charing Cross 
 bridge in its connection with a great railway-terminus, and in 
 its construction witli cylinders as the piers, sunk deep into 
 the river-bed without aid of coffer-dams, and in the beam- or 
 girder-principle of the superstructure. But, decoratively, the 
 bridges are very different. The several cylinders in place of 
 a pier of the old system of construction, are Doric columns; 
 whilst there is a facing to the external girders, composed of 
 cantilevers, a cornice, and an ornramented parapet. The new 
 Blackfriars' Bridge, of which the first stone was laid July 20, 
 1865, will have five segmental arches of iron, springing from 
 granite piers, instead of nine stone arches, as in the old bridge. 
 
LONDON 
 
 53 
 
 LONDON 
 
 The centre arch will be of 185 ft. span. The breadth between 
 the parapets will be 75 ft., or 33 ft. more than the dimension 
 of the old bridge. The details will be of Gothic character; 
 and on the face of each pier, will be a column having a shaft of 
 polished red granite. The foundations are being laid in iron 
 caissons, from which the water is pumped out. The system 
 resembles both that adopted in Westminster Bridge and that 
 of those bridges in which cylinders are used. The only im- 
 portant difterences are that the pier will be of the ordinary 
 form, and that the caissons, when put together, are of the 
 same form as the future pier: the pier is built within them, 
 as in the case of use of the cofFer-dam. Messrs. Joseph Cubitt 
 and Henry Carr are the architects. Several proposals have 
 been made for crossing the Thames below London Bridge, by 
 high-level bridges; and one or more of these are likely to 
 be carried into effect. 
 
 Docks. — Additions have been made to some of the older 
 docks; but they are small works compared with the forma- 
 tion of the Victoria Docks. These are situate near Plaistow, 
 below Blackwall, and occupy about 200 acres of the marsh- 
 land. The basin is about 90 acres in area, and the wharfage 
 is more than a mile in length. The Victoria Docks were 
 opened in 18.55. Mr. Bidder was the engineer. Besides 
 
 these, there are the Millwall Docks, in the Isle of Dogs, 
 approaching completion, and an extension of the West India 
 Docks. Docks also are being formed at Dagenham, below 
 Barking Creek. The Commercial Docks, south of the river, 
 towards Deptford, now extend over 150 acres; and the 
 ' ponds ' will float 50,000 loads of timber. 
 
 Fiiblic Buildings. — The Palace at Westminster has received 
 some additions to the internal decoration, in the shape of 
 paintings in fresco and the water-glass medium, and in that 
 of statues, as of great statesmen; and a statue of the architect 
 has been placed on the staircase leading up to the committee- 
 rooms. The crypt of St. Stephen's Chapel has been restored 
 and enriched with elaborate coloured decorations. All the 
 houses on the south side of Bridge Street have been removed; 
 and New Palace Yard has been inclosed, — though not by 
 buildings, correspondingly with the east side of the yard, 
 as Sir Charles Barry designed : thus the base of the Clock 
 Tower has been modified decoratively to suit the new arrange- 
 ment. The footway, before referred to, is being carried under 
 the roadway, to the pier and the site of the intended railway- 
 station, for the convenience of Members of Parliament. In Old 
 Palace Yard is an equestrian statue of lliehard Cceur de Lion 
 by Baron Marochetti, after a model that was in Hyde Park in 
 
 THE NEW FOREIGN OFFICE AND INDIA OFFICE, from St. James's Park. 
 Drawn and engraved by J. L. WiUiams. 
 
 1851. An extensive pile of government-offices, for the India 
 Board and the Foreign Office, has been erected in Downing 
 Street. The style is Italian; and the building exhibits a large 
 amount of decorative detail, part of it in red and other 
 coloured marbles and granites. Mr. G. G. Scott is the archi- 
 tect of the whole exterior, and of the interior of the Foreign 
 Office; Mr. M. D. Wyatt is the architect of the court, and 
 the interior generally, of that part of the building appropriated 
 to the India Board. The old India House in Leadenhall 
 Street is removed, and the site occupied by city-offices. On 
 the Lambeth side of the river, or between Charing Cross and 
 Westminster Bridges, there is now a large building for stores 
 connected with the India Board. Somerset House has now 
 a front towards Wellington Street, which has been designed 
 exactly in the manner of the rest of the building: Mr. 
 Pennetliorne was the architect. A long range of buildings 
 has been erected as barracks for the Guards, at Chelsea, near 
 the suspension-bridge. 
 
 In the City the most important public work is the restora- 
 tion of Guildhall. The hall itself is now covered with an open 
 timber-roof of the decorative character of roofs of the 'perpen- 
 dicular ' Gothic period; whilst the old front has been removed 
 and replaced by a front, Gothic, but diiferent to the Gothic of 
 the old front ; which last was erected when features of the 
 mediaeval styles were not well known to architects, and when 
 
 'restoration' was less in fashion than now. Mr. Horace 
 Jones was the architect of the restoration. Some of the City 
 Companies, however, have remodelled or rebuilt their Halls. 
 Of these the Clothworkers' Company have produced the 
 most elaborate street-faqade: it cannot, however, be duly 
 appreciated where it is, in Mincing Lane, one of the many 
 narrow defiles in which much of the good architecture of the 
 City lately produced is situate. Almost the only consider- 
 able fault of that architecture is that it is not designed for its 
 situation. Features intended to contribute to effect, and 
 costly carving, are placed where either they cannot be seen 
 at all, or where they give pain to any one looking at them. 
 The front of Clothworkers' Hall, of which the late Mr. S. 
 Angell was the architect, is in the Cinque-cento Italian 
 style. Several of the 'Great Companies,' and others, have 
 found the value of ground an inducement to giving up much 
 of it as sites for warehouses or offices. Of these are the 
 Merchant Tailors, and the Haberdashers. The Saddlers' 
 Company have thus produced aconspicuous front in Cheapside, 
 combining with it an entrance-way to their hall at the back. 
 But the most important buildings architecturally, are the 
 banks, and the insurance companies' premises, to be found in 
 the streets surrounding the Exchange and the Bank of Eng- 
 land, and in and about Lombard Street, as well as eastward 
 in Leadenhall Street and about Fenchurch Street, and west- 
 
LONDON 
 
 54 
 
 LONDON 
 
 ward in Chancery Lane. The demand for upper-storey offices 
 has been so great, coincidently with the taste for having the 
 phice of residence out of town, tliat hitlierto a company has 
 gained through purchase of a freeliold, and after having 
 actually lavished decoration on tlie front of a building. The 
 panic of 1866 may have brought to an end wliat has been of 
 the nature of excess; but numerous good buildings will be 
 left as evidence of what has decidedly been an important 
 period in the architecture of London, — albeit the evidence is to 
 be looked for in one quarter, rather than in the metropolis 
 generally. Amongst the now banks, that of Messrs. Robarts, 
 Lubbock, & Co., in Lombard Street, of which Mr. P. C. 
 Hardvvick was the architect, may be reckoned as an excep- 
 tion to the mistaken sj'stera of extensive ornamentation of 
 wpper-storeys in narrow streets. In this building, moreover, 
 regarded as a bank, the emphasization of the lower storey is 
 an almost solitary instance of treatment altogether correct. 
 Another building, in the same street, at the corner of Cle- 
 ment's Lane, which is occupied by the Royal Insurance 
 Company's offices, whilst not possessing tJie meritorious 
 quality of the other, is remarkable for details of orna- 
 mentation, and for a very elaborate and effective doorway. 
 In this, as elsewhere on the building, good use is made of 
 incised ornament. Here also, may be observed the applica- 
 tion of polished red granite, a material that has come largely 
 into use, chiefly for the shafts of columns. Mr. Belcher 
 was the architect of the building here mentioned. Amongst 
 the other important new buildings in the same street are the 
 banks of Messrs. Barclay, Bevan, & Co., and Messrs. Alex- 
 ander Cunliffe & Co. The former is by Mr. P. C. Hard- 
 wick; the latter, Gothic, is by Mr. Waterhouse. Also note- 
 worthy is the London and County Bank. In Cornhill are 
 several elaborate, if not effective, architectural compositions; 
 and here we may mention that there is a porch, Italian- 
 Gothic in style, added to tlie church of St. Michael, by Mr. 
 G. G. Scott. At each end of King William Street are good 
 buildings, as those by Mr. I'Anson to tlie west, and one by 
 Mr. Robert Kerr, the National Provident Institution, in 
 Gracechurch Street, at the east. But it is impossible here 
 to give even the names of all the good new buildings that 
 there are within a short distance of the Exchange and the 
 Bank. There are three or four spots where several of them 
 come into the field of view very effectively. Such points are 
 the western end of King William Street; one of the resting- 
 places in the middle of the street, opposite the Mansion 
 House; either end of Bartholomew Lane, by the Bank; the 
 north-eastern angle of the Exchange, looking in any direc- 
 tion; and the eastern end of Cornhill. From the last-men- 
 tioned point is seen the National Provincial Bank of England, 
 a building by Mr. John Gibson. The banking-room is the 
 largest, and at the same time the most effectively treated, 
 room of the kind in the metropolis. In Leadenhall Street, 
 in a building of very superior architecture, by Mr. Henry 
 Currey, are the offices of the Peninsular and Oriental Steam 
 Navigation Company. In the same street is a building 
 erected for the St. Katherine Docks Company's offices. On 
 the north side of the Bank, in Tokenhouse Yard, there is a new 
 building for the Auction Mart: Mr. G. Somers Clarke is the 
 architect. At the entrance of the Yard, and in Lothbury, is 
 a building that is remarkable, not only as a reproduction of 
 the Venetian Gothic, but as an illustration of what is a con- 
 stant difficulty in the city of London, namely, from the inter- 
 ference with light to adjoining properties. This building, 
 completed with the front wall of the height intended, was 
 arrested in progress, by injunction from the Court of Cliancery: 
 the side-walls could not be continued to the heiglit of the 
 front; and the roof had to be put on at the height which had 
 been intended to be that of one of the floors. An alteration, 
 involving a slight addition of heiglit. has been made in the 
 centre of the front of the Bank of England. Tlie architec- 
 tural effects from the different points referred to would be 
 much superior to what they are, were not many of the older 
 buildings, as the Sun Fire Office, and even later works, 
 lamentably discoloured by the London smoke. 
 
 In the western part of London, one of the most important 
 buildings of late years is the Freemasons' Hall, in Great 
 Queen Street, which is by Mr. F. P. Coekerell. Whilst 
 height of the front i.s somewhat diminished in effect by the 
 position of the chief horizontal lines, the details are most 
 
 of them remarkable for their freshness of study, along with 
 classicality. In northern London, at Islington, there is the 
 Agricultural Hall, built chiefly for tlie accommodation of the 
 Christmas cattle-shows of the Smithfield Club, and used for 
 other exhibitions, and for public meetings. Tiie area of the 
 hall is by far the largest covered space in London, or not 
 counting the Crystal Palace. It is divided by iron columns, 
 which carry the roof and galleries. 
 
 Theatres and places of public amusement. — During the last 
 ton years some important additions have been made to the 
 number of buildings for purposes of public amusement. The 
 Covent Garden Theatre, erected in 1809, and remodelled in- 
 ternally about forty years afterwards, was burnt down in 
 March, 185C, on the occasion of a masquerade. The present 
 building was completed and opened on the 15tli May, 1858, 
 having occupied but six months in the erection. It is capable 
 of accommodating about 3000 auditors. On one side of the 
 building is an iron and glass structure, called the Floral Hall, 
 which was originally intended as a flower-market, and as an 
 adjunct of the theatre on opera-nights. Mr. E. M. Barry 
 was the architect of both buildings. Also, belonging to the 
 last ten years, are the New Adelphi Theatre, of the year 
 1858; the Pavilion Theatre, Whitechapel; and the Britannia 
 Theatre, Hoxton; the Surrey Theatre, opened Dec. 26, 
 1865, on its completion (the old theatre was destroyed by fire 
 on January 30, 1865); and the Holborn Theatre. The 
 Britannia Theatre is remarkable for its plan, which is oval 
 or elliptical, with the longer axis of the oval parallel with 
 the proscenium, and for the great dimensions of its gallery, 
 which will accommodate about 1000 persons. The Strand 
 Theatre, and some others, have been much altered internally. 
 Some of the most important buildings used for purposes of 
 public entertainment are connected with a class of amuse- 
 ments not altogether theatrical. These are the music-halls, 
 of which the chief is the Alhan.bra Palace (at present so 
 called) in Leicester Square. The building was originally 
 erected as 'the Panopticon Gallery of Science and Art,' and 
 was one of many results of the Exhibition of 1851. It was 
 designed as a reproduction of Saracenic architecture. Its 
 most remarkable feature is a dome of 97 ft. diameter, cover- 
 ing a rotunda. There are two tiers of galleries to the rotunda, 
 excepting where there is a recess, where now is the stage for 
 performance. When first opened, the building was remark- 
 able for the beauty of its internal coloured decorations: these 
 have been exchanged for very inferior work; but the build- 
 ing must always be regarded as an important one structurally. 
 Mr. T. H. Lewis was the architect. Since the change of 
 purpose, needed improvements have been made in the stair- 
 cases and exitways, such as are still wanted in most of the 
 London places of public amusement. A building in the 
 Strand and Catherine Street, erected as the Strand Music 
 Hall, is the most conspicuous of the new structures provided 
 for the class of amusements which are to a certain extent 
 antagonistic to those of the theatres. It is Gothic, and very 
 peculiar, not to say whimsical, in some of the details: though, 
 internally, many of the details have merit. The interior was 
 originally intended to be lighted on the 'exclusive' principle, 
 or by gas-jets placed above a ceiling of glass. St. James's 
 Hall, remarkable almost entirely for its interior, is chiefly 
 devoted to musical entertainments of a high class. It was 
 completed and opened in March, 1858. The great hall is 
 136 ft. long, 60 ft. wide, and of proportionate height. It is 
 arched over with semicircular ribs of iron; and this construc- 
 tion is covered internally, and concealed, by rich decoration in 
 colour and gold, arranged in a peculiar frame-work of lines, 
 which intersect the ceiling diagonally, springing from slender 
 shafts at the sides where the windows are. The building is 
 lighted at night from star-shaped gaseliers; and the whole 
 interior has a peculiar, but a highly satisfactory, effect. Mr. 
 Owen Jones was the architect. Following this building 
 were other works by Mr. Jones, bazaars, remarkable for the 
 ceiling-decoration. Tiiis decoration in the London Crystal 
 Palace Bazaar includes reproduction of one feature of the 
 Moorish baths, namely, admission of the light through star- 
 shaped apertures in the ceiling. Of the public gardens 
 mentioned in the previous pages, both Vauxhall and the 
 Surrey Zoological have ceased to exist. In the Surrey Gardens 
 was erected, recently, a building of considerable importance, 
 as a music-hall. After it had been injured by fire, it was 
 
LONDON 
 
 55 
 
 LONDON 
 
 taken, and put in order for temporary occupation, by tiie 
 governors of St. Tliomas's Hospital — dispossessed of their 
 building near tlie London Bridge Station. 
 
 Museums and Galleries. — Tlie original text under this head 
 now requires to bo supplemented and corrected. To the 
 British Museum has been added a noble reading-room. It is 
 a circle of 140 ft. diameter, or 2 ft. less than the Pantheon at 
 liome. The space is covered by a domical vault, 160 ft. in 
 internal height; this is constructed of great ribs and cross- 
 girders of iron, and filling-in of brick- and tile-work, all con- 
 cealed. The dome is carried on piers of iron: thus the largest 
 amount of space is left for books. The whole forms one of 
 the most remarkable works of the class. The original sug- 
 gestion of a building for the Eeading-room within the central 
 court of the Museum, was made by the late Mr. Hosking, 
 architect; but his proposal was not for a circular room. Mr. 
 Sydney Smirke, R.A., was the architect of the actual room. Of 
 late years the collections, the antiquities especially, have re- 
 ceived most important additions. Tliese will entail a consider- 
 able extension of the Museum. Amongst them are sculptures 
 from the celebrated Mausoleum, of Halicarnassus. In many 
 respects equal in importance with the British Museum, is the 
 South Kensington Museum at Brompton; in connection with 
 which are the schools and head-quarters of the Department of 
 Science and Art. This department was formed soon after 
 1851, and established at Marlborough House; whence it Avas 
 removed in 1854 to Brompton; where at present are located 
 the modern pictures of the national collections. Neither for 
 its modern pictures, or others, does the National Gallery now 
 deserve to be regarded as unimportant for number of the 
 works contained in it, or for the excellence of them. Some 
 large bequests, and many purchases, have been made. The 
 former include an immense collection of paintings and draw- 
 ings by Turner. Thus, the building in Trafalgar Square 
 is to be remodelled or rebuilt; ground, partly occupied by 
 the St. Martin's Workhouse, at the back of the present 
 building, has been purchased; designs have been obtained 
 from several architects, and before these lines are in the 
 reader's hands, a decision will probably have been arrived at. 
 Burlington House, with an added storey and building at 
 the back, will be the future home of the Eoyal Academy; 
 whilst the ground attached will provide sites for buildings for 
 the University of London, and for various scientific societies. 
 The South Kensington Museum houses collections of several 
 different kinds. There is a collection of educational appli- 
 ances, a museum of inventions (this under control of the 
 Commissioners of Patents), a collection of animal-products, 
 collections of casts of ornament, and one of the most valuable 
 museums of furniture, and of other objects of decorative art, 
 that there is in the world, besides an art-library. These were 
 some time housed i|i an iron structure, — ugly, and discredit- 
 able to the Department; but considerable progress has been 
 made with the erection of a more important group of build- 
 ings. Externally, in the new building, much use is made 
 of terra-cotta. 
 
 Near these buildings is a large area of ground that was 
 purchased with proceeds of the Exhibition of 1851. Part of 
 it is occupied by the gardens of the Horticultural Society. 
 These gardens are inclosed by arcades executed in orna- 
 mental brick-work and terra-cotta; and, at the northern end of 
 tlie ground, are terraces, a very cleverly designed conserva- 
 tory, by the late Captain Fowke, and a monument to com- 
 memorate the Exhibition of 1851, of which the chief feature 
 is a statue of the Prince Consort. Part of the ground be- 
 longing to the Commissioners was in 1 8G2 the scene of one of 
 the most important events of tlie period we are considering. 
 This was the International Exhibition of 1862. The build- 
 ing, now cleared away (or with the exception of rooms looking 
 out on the gardens, wliich were the refreshment rooms, and 
 have been used for exhibitions of portraits, for a naval 
 museum, and other purposes), covered about 25 acres, in- 
 cluding the 'annexes' which ran parallel with the side-arcades 
 of the gardens. The main building, or buildings, occupied 
 16 J acres. Skirting the Cromwell Road was the principal 
 front, 1150 ft. in length, of a brick building, containing in 
 the upper floor picture-galleries 50 ft. in width. This por- 
 tion, at least, of the building was intended to be permanent. 
 Behind the outer inclosure were glass-roofed courts, and a 
 'nave' 800 ft. in length, 75 ft. in width, and 100 ft. in 
 
 height, with transepts at the ends, where there were glass 
 domes of 160 ft. diameter, and 250 ft. height from the ground 
 to the top of the finials. The nave was lighted by clerestorey- 
 windows: it was spanned by arched ribs carrying the ceiling; 
 and it was richly decorated with colour under Mr. Grace's di- 
 rection. The annexes were little more than sheds. The late 
 Captain Fowke has generally been stated to be the designer; 
 but he is known to have been largely assisted, as by Mr. 
 Meeson in the iron-work. The picture-galleries have been 
 quoted as models for those of the intended National Gallery, — 
 though they were dark even on fine days. The chief defect 
 in the building was absence of all planning subservient to the 
 circulation of crowds; whereby there was so much confusion, 
 that the advantages accruing from the Exhibition were 
 greatly abridged. 
 
 This may be the fitting place to mention the Crystal Palace 
 at Sydenham, which grew out of the Exhibition of 1851, and 
 the decision as to the non-retention of the 1851-buildiug. 
 The materials of the building in Hyde Park, removed, served 
 for a considerable portion of the Sydenham structure. It 
 was commenced in August, 1852, and was completed and 
 opened on the 10th June, 1854. The main difference between 
 the later building and the earlier, is in the adoption of the 
 arched form of roof for the nave, combined with the projection 
 of columns at regular distances for the support of the ' prin- 
 cipals ' of the roof. There are three transepts, however, in 
 place of one; whilst the centre-transept is made of great 
 width (120 ft.): moreover, there are the new features of the 
 terraces and fountains, the wings, and the water-towers, be- 
 sides the extensive grounds containing numerous objects of 
 interest. The building is 1 608 ft. in length, or rather shorter 
 tlian its predecessor. The height of the centre-transept is 
 194 ft. The Sydenham Crystal Palace was originally de- 
 signed as a great educational museum of art, and natural 
 history and ethnology; and its gardens and fountains were to 
 rival or surpass those of Versailles. This intention, in the 
 matter of art, was carried into effect by the provision of the 
 finest collection of casts of architectural ornament and sculp- 
 ture that there was in the world. These were brought together 
 chiefly by Mr. Owen Jones and Mr. M. Digby Wyatt, who 
 designed the principal ' courts ' — Egyptian, Greek, Koman, 
 Alhambra, Byzantine, Mediaeval, Renaissance, and Italian — 
 and arranged the specimens in them. The Pompeian house 
 was produced under the general direction of Mr. Wyatt, and 
 the Assyrian court under that of Mr. Layard and Mr. Fer- 
 gusson. The paintings in the Pompeian house were produced 
 under Signor Abbate's direction. Mr. Bonomi assisted in the 
 Egyptian court. Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins produced the 
 restored figures of extinct animals in the grounds. No ex- 
 pense was spared to insure accuracy. The courts appropri- 
 ated to manufactures were designed by various architects. 
 The principal objects of interest in the Palace are described 
 in a valuable series of handbooks, by Messrs. Owen Jones, 
 Wyatt and W^aring, Scharf, and others. Of late years, music 
 has taken an important place in the arrangements of the 
 Palace; and an orchestra, extending over the entire breadth 
 of the centre-transept, was constructed previous to 1862, 
 for the great Handel Festival of that year. Of late, how- 
 ever, entertainments of merely amusing character have 
 been largely introduced. But at the same time, lectures and 
 classes have been instituted: there has been an excellent 
 library and reading-room; and the exhibition of objects of 
 interest has been sedulously attended to; and thus the Palace 
 has been so much appreciated as to have been a chief cause of 
 the growth of the suburban district connecting London and 
 Croydon, and which is comprised of Sydenham, Norwood, 
 Anerley, Forest Hill, Dulwich, and other once separate 
 villages. On Sunday, the 30th December, 1866, fire was 
 discovered in the north end of the building, called ' the tropical 
 department,' and in a few hours the whole of that portion 
 northward of, and including, the north transept became a 
 heap of ruins; the Alhambra and Byzantine courts were seri- 
 ously injured, and the library, the Indian museum, and other 
 collections, and the more valuable zoological specimens, were 
 destroyed, and this notwithstanding the vicinity of the water- 
 works of the Palace. 
 
 Whatever the satisfaction of shareholders, with their pro- 
 perty, the example of the Crystal Palace has been sufficient 
 to induce the erection of a somewhat similar building on the 
 
LONDON 
 
 5G 
 
 LONDON 
 
 ■northern side of London, with its railway leading to it. This 
 latter building is the Alexandra Palace, at Muswell Hill. The 
 materials of the Exhibition building of 1862 have been turned 
 to account in it, under the hands of the architects, Messrs. 
 Alfred Meeson and John Johnson. Like the Sydenham build- 
 ing, the Alexandra Palace consists of a nave and three tran- 
 septs; but in other respects it is very different, and its entire 
 length is not more than 900 ft. At the intersection of the nave 
 and centre- transept is one of the domes of the 1862-building. 
 The different parts have more architectural character than 
 have the iron and glass fronts of the Sydenham Palace. It 
 is said to be far advanced (March, 1867), but may not be 
 opened before 1868. 
 
 Markets. — With these requisites of a town, London remains 
 ill-supplied; and each description of food is subject to great 
 addition to its price in the passage through the hands of the 
 retailer to those of the consumer. For some reason not ap- 
 parent, the few markets that there are apart from the localities 
 of Newgate, Billingsgate, Leadenhall, and Covent Garden, 
 have been but partially successful; and one, Hungerford 
 Market, has been extinguished altogeth'T. Newgate and 
 Leadenhall Markets are so much out of sight, and are so in- 
 convenient, that by the bulk of the people non-resident in the 
 City they are never resorted to directly. Some steps to im- 
 provement, however, have been taken in the City: Newgate 
 Meat Market is about to be removed to Smithfield; where it 
 will occupy a portion of the ground that was occupied by 
 the Cattle Market, before the latter was removed to the Cale- 
 donian Road. The site of the new Meat Market extends over 
 the line of the Metropolitan Railway. Meat is now brought 
 to London in large quantities by railway. Trucks from the 
 Great Western, Great Northern, and other lines will pass 
 under openings in the floor of the market, and their contents 
 will be raised. Jlr. Horace Jones is the architect of the new 
 building. The market in the Caledonian Road was designed 
 by the late Mr. J. B. Bunning, City Architect, and prede- 
 cessor of Mr. Jones. It was opened in 1855, cost nearly 
 £600,000, and occupies 74 acres. 
 
 Pnsons. — Considerable improvements have been made in 
 the interior of Newgate; and Giltspur Street Compter has 
 been removed. Changes in the law have led to the disuse of 
 some of the debtors' prisons, including the Queen's Bench; 
 whilst the Fleet Prison has been pulled down. A new City 
 Prison, a structure of castellated character, was erected at 
 Holloway in 1853-5, Mr. Bunning being the architect. It 
 provides for 436 criminals. Brixton Prison, at Brixton 
 Hill, provides for female criminals. 
 
 Hospitals. — Important additions have been made to some 
 of these, as Middlesex, St. George's, and the Royal Free Hos- 
 ])ita1s; and several new buildings have been erected. The 
 latter include a new King's College Hospital; St. Mary's Hos- 
 pital, Paddington; the Great Northern Hospital, in the Cale- 
 donian Road; the Cancer Hospital, in the Fulham Road; the 
 German Hospital, Dalston; and the Small-pox Hospital, 
 Highgate Hill: but each of these will be of far less import- 
 ance than the new St. Thomas's Hospital, before referred to 
 as commenced on ground reclaimed from the river, on the 
 Lambeth side, opposite the Houses of Parliament. It will con- 
 sist of several buildings, or 'pavilions,' 125 ft. apart, build- 
 ings connected merely by a corridor of communication, and is 
 likely to be the most important example in England of the 
 pavilion-principle of hospital-arrangement, and one the more 
 remarkable from the circumstance of the outlay advisedly 
 made in obtaining ground of the extensive area required. 
 The old site of the hospital, and the buildings, were i)urchased 
 by tlie Cliaring-Cross Railway Company for £296,000. 
 
 Courts of Law. — Although no improvement in these has 
 been carried into effect, the measures commenced are of great 
 importance. It has been determined to remove the courts 
 from Westminster Hall, and to concentrate the whole of the 
 courts on ground, near Temple Bar, bounded on the south 
 by that part of the line of the Strand which is called Picket 
 Place, and on the north by Carey Street. The group of 
 buildings will exceed in dimensions that of the Palace at 
 Westminster, and is likely to occupy many years in the erec- 
 tion. The principal floor of the courts is to be reached from 
 the Temple by a bridge, substituted for Temple Bar, and 
 from Lincoln's Inn by a bridge across Carey Street. Designs 
 have been received from several architects, and publicly ex- 
 
 hibited; and an amount of pains altogether imprecedehted 
 has been taken towards insuring that the building may be 
 complete in every respect. 
 
 Places of Worship}. — Additions to the churches of London 
 have been so many in the last ten years, especially in the 
 suburbs, that they cannot here be enumerated. Nearly all, 
 if not all, these buildings are Gothic in the character of their 
 architecture; but many of them exemplify change that has 
 taken place in the models studied by architects. Especially 
 there is an infusion of the continental Gothic in their general 
 forms and details. They also exemplify what is progress made 
 in the treatment of different materials of building and decora- 
 tion with regard to their physical properties. Were it allow- 
 able to single out one of the new buildings, the church of 
 All Saints, Margaret Street, should be named as one of the 
 most costly, whilst in great part built of red brick. It was 
 commenced, however, in 1850: though it was consecrated 
 only in 1859. The cost was upwards of £60,000. Mr. But- 
 terfield was the architect. The church built for Miss Burdett 
 Coutts (Mr. Ferrey, architect), in Rochester Row, Westmin- 
 ster, is more English in character, but is also remarkable for 
 its internal decorations. Of later churches, and built of brick 
 in a decorative and costly manner, may be mentioned the 
 church of St. James the Less, in Garden Street, Westminster, 
 by Mr. Street, and the church in Baldwin's Gardens, Gray's 
 Inn Lane, by Mr. Butterfield. A commencement has been 
 made with coloured decoration of St. Paul's Cathedral; and 
 the area beneath the dome is now periodically appropriated 
 for services for large congregations. Of the places of worship 
 not belonging to the Established Church, the most important 
 is the Apostolic (or Irvingite) church in Gordon Square, which 
 can only be compared with an 'Early English' Gothic cathe- 
 dral, for its plan, its dimensions, its character, and its amount 
 of decoration. It was designed by Mr. Raphael Brandon. 
 Each of the denominations has been active. Gothic is 
 usually the style of architecture; but to this the chapels 
 erected by the Baptists are exceptions. One of the earliest 
 of their buildings, which it may be here necessary to notice, 
 was the Bloomsbury Chapel, by Mr. Gibson. It has two 
 towers and spires, and is in the Rhenish or Lombardic- 
 Romanesque style. Regent's Park Chapel, constructed in 
 the building which was occupied by the Dioi-ama in Regent's 
 Park, is Byzantine; whilst the Tabernacle, Newington Butts, 
 erected for the Rev. C. H. Spurgeon, at a cost of about 
 £30,000, and said to be capable of accommodating 5000 
 persons or more, has a classical portico. 
 
 Schools. — These would require as extended description as the 
 churches. The most noteworthy building of the class is that 
 of the St. Giles's Parochial Schools, in Endell Street, by Mr. 
 E. M. Barry. The St. Martin's Schools, in Castle Street, by 
 Mr. Wyld, are Moorish in style, and of brick. 
 
 Hotels. — Amongst the conspicuous buildings lately erected 
 in London are some of these. Two of the hotels in con- 
 nection with railway-stations have been already mentioned. 
 Also connected in some manner with railways, are the Great 
 Western Hotel, at Paddington; the Great Northern Hotel, at 
 King's Cross; the Grosvenor Hotel, at Pimlico; and the 
 International Hotel, at the London Bridge Station. Besides 
 these, there are the Langham Hotel, at the south end of Portland 
 Place; the Westminster Palace Hotel, in Victoria Street; and 
 the Salisbury Hotel, in Salisbury Square, Fleet Street. The 
 Grosvenor, the Westminster Palace, and the Langham, are 
 the most important architecturally. The Grosvenor Hotel, 
 of which Mr. J. T. Knowles was architect, is remarkable for 
 internal as well as external decorative effect, — a fine staircase 
 and entrance-hall being a feature. There is a similar feature 
 in the Westminster Palace Hotel. Each one of the new 
 structures has a considerable number of storeys; and to avoid 
 fatigue of ascent to upper rooms, a luggage-hoist and an as- 
 cending-room, worked by water-power, are provided, in addi- 
 tion to the staircase. There are also numerous lifts for the 
 service, and other contrivances not before introduced in 
 hotels in this country. 
 
 Private Houses. — Perhaps the most important private resi- 
 dence erected in London of late years, is the house of 
 Mr. Holford, in Park Lane, of which Mr. Vulliamy was 
 architect. In Piccadilly several houses conspicuous for their 
 architecture have been built, commencing with the residence 
 of the late Mr. H. T. Hope, which was designed by a French 
 
LONDON" 
 
 57 
 
 LONIGO 
 
 araliitect. The number of later works includes the house of 
 Baron Rothscliild, by Messrs. Nelson and Innes, an;l an 
 adjoining house by Mr. J. J. Cole. Each of these is of 
 (ne or other version of Italian arcliitectuve, and stone- 
 fronted; and the last-mentioned of the number is remarkable 
 for the careful study of its details. In Whitehall a large 
 mansion has been built on tlie site of Montague House, by the 
 Duke of Buccleuch. Mr. Burn is the architect. The archi- 
 tecture is French-Italian. The Gothic decorative character, 
 for residences, is chiefly to be seen in small houses in the 
 suburbs of London; but it has been adopted in the immediate 
 neighbourhood of Westminster Abbey, as by Mr. G. G. 
 Scott, R.A. During the year 1866, and that in which we 
 write, there has been going on the reconstruction of the entire 
 quarter extending, with hardly a break, from St. George's 
 Hospital to the Victoria Station. The ground forms part of 
 tiie property of the Marquis of Westminster. The houses 
 are on a greatly increased scale, as compared with those dis- 
 ])laced : stucco is no longer the vehicle of attempted decora- 
 tion; and in general style and character, wherein the influence 
 of French models is obvious, the buildings form the largest 
 and the best contribution to London domestic-architecture 
 that has been made in any similar space of time. 
 
 The working-classes of London, and the very poor, remain 
 most inadequately provided with places of residence; though 
 several groups of combined dwellings have been erected by 
 private individuals, trustees, and companies. Tlie most ex- 
 tensive of these are due to Miss Burdett Coutts, and to the 
 action of the trustees of the munificence of Mr. Peabody, 
 an American citizen. But the most important recent steps 
 towards actual solution of the difficulty under which, more 
 tlian any other, London labours, may be attributed to Mr. 
 Alderman Waterlow, in his formation of the Industrial 
 Dwellings Company. By this company several blocks of 
 buildings have been erected on the same plan. The front 
 doors of the tenements of each storey open from an external 
 gallery, the upper galleries being reached by a common stair- 
 case. All that has been yet done, however, goes but a short 
 distance in provision proportionate with the need. 
 
 Squares and Monuments. — Some additions have been made 
 to the public statues of the metropolis, besides the statue of 
 Richard I. already noticed. A statue of Sir Charles J. 
 Napier, and one of Sir Henry Havelock have been placed in 
 Trafalgar Square; but it cannot be said that either work is 
 creditable to the country. A seated figure of Dr. Jenner, 
 which was for some time in the Square, is now removed to 
 Kensington Gardens. The Nelson Monument has been com- 
 pleted by the addition of the four couchant lions, cast in 
 bronze, from models by Sir Edwin Landseer. In Waterloo 
 Place a memorial has been erected to the Guards who fell in 
 the Crimea. It takes the foi-m of Victory crowning the 
 heroes — three finely-modelled figures at the base. In Waterloo 
 Place also is a statue of Sir John Franklin, the Arctic ex- 
 plorer. Some progress has been made with the erection in 
 Hyde Park of a national testimonial to the late Prince Con- 
 sort. It will be Italian-Gothic in character, and will be pro- 
 fusely enriched witli sculpture and ornamentation, the best 
 that the state of the arts in this country can accomplish. A 
 monument to Sir Hugh Middleton, who brought the New 
 River water to London, has been erected on Islington Green; 
 and there may be other commemorative erections, belonging 
 to the last ten years, in the metropolis. Amongst them is 
 the Westminster Crimean Memorial, in the open space at the 
 western end of the Abbey. During the same time a great 
 number of drinking-fountains have been erected. All of them 
 attempt decorative character: but usually the opportunity 
 is lost. 
 
 Of the London events of late years, the International Ex- 
 hibition of 1862 has been already alluded to. In June, 1861, 
 occurred, at Tooley Street, the largest fire that there had 
 been in London since the Great Fire of 1666. The property 
 destroyed was valued at a million and a half sterling; and the 
 ruins were still smoking seven weeks after the fire commenced 
 In 1864, on October 1, there was a great explosion of gun- 
 powder in the Erith Marshes, which blew into the river 
 about 130 ft. of the embankment by which the Thames is 
 kept from flowing over the land ; and portions of the low- 
 lying districts of south eastern London were for a time placed 
 in some jeopardy. Fortunately the tide was low; every 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 appliance of labour was at iiand, — including the men of the 
 sewerage-works, and the military at Woolwich; and the danger 
 was averted, but in a manner that was very remarkable. 
 
 LONDON [add.], a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 cap. CO. Middlesex, on the Thames, here crossed by several 
 bridges, and on the Great Western railway, 102 m. W.S.W. 
 Toronto. It is regularly laid out in wide streets intersecting 
 each other at right angles, and is remarkably well built. 
 Among its public edifices, several of which are handsome, 
 may be noticed the English churcli, a Gothic structure with 
 a chime of bells. There are ten other churches, one of them 
 a R. Catholic cathedral, and several superior schools. The 
 manufactures include agricultural implements, carriages, 
 pumps, soap, leather, &c.; and the trade is extensive, par- 
 ticularly in wheat and other agricultural produce. Pop. 
 about 16,000. 
 
 LONG ISLAND, West Indies, Bahamas, intersected by 
 the tropic of Cancer, forms a long and narrow belt stretching 
 57 m. between S.E. by S. and N. W. by N.; butwhere broadest 
 is only 3J m., and in several places scarcely 1 m. in width. 
 Its inhabitants amounted in 1857 to 1600. Of these about 
 140 reside at Clarence Settlement, which is situated on its 
 E. shore, and has a harbour which admits vessels drawing 
 13 ft., but is imperfectly .sheltered. 
 
 LONG ISLAND [add.], U. States, forming a part or 
 dependency of New York, derives its name from its shape, 
 which stretches from E. to W. for about 120 m., and has an 
 average breadth of not more than 14 m. On the E. and S. 
 it lies open to the surges of the Atlantic; on the N. it is 
 washed by Long Island Sound, which separates it from the 
 S. shore of Connecticut, and on the N. W. and W. it is washed 
 by East River, New York Bay, and the Narrow, contributing 
 with them and the opposite coasts to form the splendid har- 
 bour of New York. Its coast is deeply indented by numerous 
 bays and inlets, abounding with shell and other fish, and has 
 been provided with an excellent system of lighthouses on the 
 track of the vast commerce which passes along its shores. 
 Its surface, though nowhere elevated, is much diversified. A 
 ridge, which has its highest point in Harbour Hill at the head 
 of Hempstead Harbour, stretches obliquely across the island 
 from N. to E., and sends out a number of spurs on either side. 
 To the N. the descent is generally rugged and abrupt, but to 
 the S. is so gentle and gradual as to have all tlie appearance 
 of a plain. Much of this level tract is of a sterile character, 
 and so ill rewards those who attempt to cultivate it, that 
 16,000 acres of it, having only a covering of coarse grass, are 
 used as common. A still larger tract, forming nearly a half 
 of the whole area, is still occupied by the primeval forest. The 
 only stream of any consequence is the Peconic, which has a 
 course of about 15 m., and furnishes water-power to numerous 
 mills. In those localities where the soil is fertile, it is gene- 
 rally under high cultivation, and yields profitable returns as 
 market gardens for the supply of New York. For adminis- 
 trative purposes Long Island is divided into three counties, 
 one of which. King's co., has for its cap. Brooklyn, with a 
 pop. of 266,661, while the other two. Queen's co. and Suffolk 
 CO., have towns with populations varying from 6000 to 10,000 
 each. The inhabitants not only possess ample means of com- 
 munication with the opposite mainland, from their proximity 
 to the sea, but have been provided with a railway whicli 
 passes through nearly the entire length of the island, and a 
 series of branch lines, giving easy access to every locality 
 within it of any importance or interest. 
 
 LONG POINT, a tn. British America, Canada East, cap. 
 CO. Hochelaga, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 6 m. N.W. Montreal; 
 with a R. Catholic church and some lumber trade. Pop. 
 about 1000. 
 
 LONGUEUIL, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Chambly, r. bank St. Lawrence, 3 m. from Montreal, on the 
 Grand Trunk railway. It possesses a small-debts court, a 
 R. Catholic church, academy, and convent; and carries on 
 some trade, partly general, but chiefly in firewood. Pop. 
 about 3000. 
 
 LONIGO [add.], a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 14 m. 
 S.S. W. Vicenza, on the Goa. It is surrounded with walls, is 
 the seat of a court of justice, and several public offices ; has five 
 churches, several palaces built by Palladis and Scamozzi, an 
 institute of the Sisters of Mercy, an hospital, a theatre, and a 
 printing-office. Pop. 7902. 
 
 8 
 
LOO-CHOO 
 
 58 
 
 LOUISVILLE 
 
 LOO-CIIOO, or Liu-Kiu (Great), the largest of the 
 group of islands of same name in the N. Pacific, intersected 
 nearly in its centre by tlie parallel of 26° 30' N., and the 
 meridian of 128° E. It is about 56 m. long by 10 or 12 
 broad, and is of very irregular shape, consisting mainly of 
 four peninsulas. 
 
 LOODIANA, a dist. India, Cis-Sutlrj territories, be- 
 tween lat. 30° 34' and 31° 2' N.; Ion. 76° 25' and 77° E.; is 
 bounded N. by the Jullinder Doab, from which it is separated 
 by the Sutlej ; E. Umballa; S. the native state Putteeala, 
 and other petty protected states; and W. by Ferozepore; 
 area, 724 sq. m.; pop. 121,000. Both area and pop. here 
 given, though officially returned, are believed to be greatly 
 underrated. 
 
 LOODIANA, the cap. of the above dist., 125 m. N.N. W. 
 Delhi, stands on the W. brow of an abrupt bluff, about 30 ft. 
 above a nullah, which becomes a considerable stream in the 
 rainy season, and discharges itself into the Sutlej about 15 m. 
 below. It is poorly built, has no wall, and is only defended 
 by a fort of no great strength, though its position, on one of 
 the great routes from Delhi to the Punjab, makes it strategi- 
 cally important. A large proportion of the inhabitants are 
 Mahometan; but there is not a single mosque deserving of 
 notice. This must be owing rather to indifference than to 
 poverty, since many of tliem are wealthy capitalists and 
 bankers, with connections in many of the leading towns of 
 India. Tlie manufactures are important, and consist chiefly 
 of fine shawls, made to imitate those of Cashmere, and, though 
 far inferior to tiiem, commanding a ready sale from their 
 greater cheapness ; and of a coarse and very strong cotton 
 cloth, much used for clothing by the poorer classes, and suit- 
 able also for tent-cloths. Loodiana has also a very extensive 
 transit trade. The morality of the inhabitants is said to be 
 at the lowest possible ebb. Pop. 20,000. 
 
 LOONEE, or Luni, a river, India^ whidi rises in a marshy 
 tract W. of Pokhur in Ajmere, about lat. 26° 37' N.; Ion. 
 74° 46' E.; flows S.W., nearly parallel to the base of the Ara- 
 vuUi range, which feeds it by numerous torrents, passes through 
 Joodpoor, and after a course of about 300 m., falls into the 
 Runn of Cutch by two mouths. 
 
 LOPAT YN,atn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Zloczow, 
 cap. dist. of same name, pleasantly situated N. W. Brody. 
 It is an ancient but thriving place, was once fortified, and has 
 a fine baronial castle. Pop. 1500. 
 
 LORD HOWE, an isl. Australia, about 350 m. E. of 
 Port Macquarie in New South Wales, lat. (Mount Gower) 
 31° 36' 30" S.; Ion. 159° 5' 12" E. It is the southernmost of 
 the outlying islands and reefs off the E. coast of Australia, 
 and forms an irregular curve about 5^ m. long by J to 1 J m. 
 broad. It is of volcanic origin, and has a mountainous sur- 
 face, which rises abruptly in Mount Gower, its culminating 
 point, to the height of 2834 ft., but is well wooded, and has 
 a good deal of fertile low land. In 1854 it was inhabited by 
 between thirty and forty persons, who had settled upon it, 
 and gained a good living by bartering their produce, chiefly 
 pigs, goats, poultry, and vegetables, with whalers and vessels 
 bound to and from California. 
 
 LORETO, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, on a beautiful 
 plain above the banks of the Suno, an affluent of the Napo, 
 105 m. E.S.E. Quito. It was anciently a city of some conse- 
 quence, but has dwindled down into a comparatively insigni- 
 ficant village, inhabited by about 250 families of Indians. 
 
 LOR tyro, a tn. Mexico, Lower California, on the E. 
 shore of the gulf; lat. 26° N.; Ion. 111° 20' W. It was 
 founded in the beginning of the eighteenth century, and from 
 the possession of a wonder-working image, soon became the 
 most celebrated place of pilgrimage on tlie peninsula. The 
 fame of the wealth accumulated in its church subjected it to 
 a visit from buccaneers, who, after pillaging it of its treasures, 
 left it in ruins. It seems, however, to have preserved the 
 wonder-working image of the Virgin, and tlie church, a long 
 and narrow but lofty structure, in the form of a cross, has its 
 walls covered with the votive offerings of pilgrims. 
 
 LOKETTE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 and about 6 m. from Quebec, with a R. Catholic church, 
 several schools, and a considerable trade in paper, flour, and 
 lumber. Of the pop. forty families are Indians, who have 
 their own church, and employ themselves in making mocas- 
 sins and snow-shoes. Pop. 2200. 
 
 LOS BANOS, a tn. Philippine Isles, prov. Laguna, in the 
 island of Luzon, near the S. shore of the Laguna de Bay, and nt 
 the skirt of Mount Maquiling. It takes its name from its 
 hot springs, which were first brought into notice by Fran- 
 ciscan monks, who built a convent and an hospital in their 
 vicinity. The town has a pop. of about I860, who subsist 
 chiefly by fishing, the ground around being so barren that 
 the grain used must be imported. 
 
 LOSING (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 and about 12 m. S.E. Oedenburg; with an old castle, a trade 
 in wine, and 1230 inhabitants. 
 
 LOSNITZA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. 
 circle Podrina, on the Drin, 59 m. S. W. Belgrade. It is 
 protected by a palanka, a species of palisade, formed by 
 trunks of oak-trees; is the seat of a court of justice, and has 
 a church, a school, and important yearly markets. P. 1500. 
 
 LOSONETZ. a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Neo- 
 grad, 25 m. N.E. Balassa Gyarmuth. It is an ancient 
 place, which was once walled; is the seat of a district court, 
 and several public offices; contains a chalybeate spring with 
 baths, chemical and vinegar works, a tannery, much-fre- 
 quented yearly markets, and 3399 Magyar inhabitants. 
 
 LOTBINIEUE, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. of same name, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 39 m. W.S.W. 
 Quebec. It possesses a R. Catholic church, a foundry, and 
 several tanneries, and a manufacture of superior kitchen and 
 other stores, and carries on a considerable trade in flour and 
 lumber. Pop. about 3700. 
 
 LOUIS (Saint) [add.], a tn. U. States, Missouri, on 
 r. bank Mississippi, 20 m. below the point where the Mis- 
 souri joins it. It occupies an elevated site, defended from 
 the floods of the river by a bench of limestone, and is built on 
 two terraces, the lower one rising abruptly, and the other by 
 a gradual ascent, after which it spreads out into a wide and 
 beautiful plain. It is laid out with considerable regularity, 
 the long streets on the lower terrace running parallel to the 
 curve of the river, while elsewhere they form straight lines, 
 and are intersected by others at right angles. Levee Street, 
 fronting the river, is 100 feet wide, most of the others are 
 60 ft. The houses generally, and more especially the ware- 
 houses and public buildings, are substantially built of brick 
 or stone. The principal public buildings are the city-hall, 
 the court-house, the custom-house, and post-office, 76 
 churches, among which are a fine cathedral, and some other 
 handsome structures; the U. States arsenal, a large and 
 imposing edifice surrounded with fine grounds, the merchants' 
 exchange, the mercantile library hall, the city hospital, the 
 marine hospital, the St. Louis university, under the direction 
 of the Jesuits, with 18 professors and 134 students; the 
 Washington university, the commercial and medical college, 
 the normal, high, and other schools. The industrial estab- 
 lishments include numerous flour-mills, sugar refineries, oil- 
 mills, distilleries, chemical works, iron-smelting works, 
 foundries, machine works, tobacco, rope, and bagging fac- 
 tories. The staple articles of trade, in addition to those 
 furnished by the above establishments, are furs, lard, beef, 
 and other provisions, chiefly pork, which in 1800 was 
 shipped to the amount of 100,000 barrels, 18,000 casks and 
 hogsheads, and 700,000 pieces. The position of St. Louis 
 on the Mississippi, as well as numerous railways connecting 
 it with all parts of the country, make it a most important 
 general entrepot, not only for Missouri and the adjoining 
 states, but for the gold region of Colorado, with Utah, 
 Nevada, and California. The first brick house in St. Louis 
 was built in 1813, and a steamer reached it for the first time 
 in 1817. When it received its charter of incorporation in 
 1822, it had scarcely 6000 inhabitants; in 1860 it had 
 160,773, of whom 1542 were slaves. 
 
 LOUISVILLE [add.], a tn. U. States, Kentucky, cap. 
 CO. Jefferson, at the Falls of the Ohio, and on several railways 
 which give ready means of communication with all parts of 
 the country; lat. 38° 18' N.; Ion. 85° 46' W. It occupies an 
 extensive flat about 75 ft. above low-water mark, and consists 
 of wide well-paved streets, which cross at right angles, and 
 are lighted with gas. The main street is about 3 m. 
 long, and remarkably handsome throughout The streets 
 occupied as private dwellings are, for the most part, lined 
 with shady trees. The principal public buildings are a fine 
 court-house which cost above £200,000, a city-hall, a jail. 
 
LOURENgO MARQUES 
 
 69 
 
 LUPATA 
 
 a custom house, 60 churches and 2 synagogues, 12 very 
 handsome public schools, a blind asylum, 2 marine and 3 
 orphan asylums, a house of refuge, and 4 spacious market 
 houses. The literary and scientific institutions are numerous. 
 The manufactures comprehend a great variety of articles, 
 among which, as the most important, it will bo sufficient to 
 enumerate tobacco and cigars, which employ above 1000 
 hands, and require, for storing and sale, three immense ware- 
 houses, capable of containing 7000 hogsheads, and are 
 annually disposed of to the value of half a million sterling; 
 machinery, in whicii above 900 hands are employed; lumber, 
 which is prepared by 12 planing and saw mills; stove and 
 hollow ware; leather, and leather articles, as saddlery, har- 
 ness, and trunks; ropes and cordage, soap and candles; marble 
 and stone cutting ; agricultural implements, cotton and 
 woollen cloth, brass and iron castings, pianofortes, beer, flour, 
 &c. The commerce, of which the estimated annual value 
 exceeds £20,000,000, comprises among its exports every 
 species of western produce and manufacture, and more espe- 
 cially pork and other products of tiie hog, for the preparation 
 of which there are 8 pork-packing establishments, employing 
 1200 hands, and a capital of above £400,000. Louisville, 
 which was founded in 1780, received its name in honour of 
 Louis XVI., who was then aiding the Americans in their 
 struggle for independence. For nearly twenty years it was 
 almost proverbial for unhealthiness, but a different opinion 
 now prevails, and American writers speak of it as now 
 ' perhaps the healthiest city of its size in the world.' Pop. 
 (1860), 68,033. 
 
 LOUKEXgO MARQUES, a Portuguese settlement, 
 E. Africa, Delagoa Bay, on the N. bank of the English 
 liiver, at the foot of the high red cliff forming the S. and E. 
 face of Point Rubin; lat. 26° S.; Ion. 32° 30' E. It is a 
 miserable-looking place, filthy in the extreme, defended by a 
 worthless fort, and consisting of a square of squalid-looking 
 houses, surrounded by native huts, the dwellings of slaves. 
 It is very unhealthy. Louren90 ilarques is the S. limit of 
 the Portuguese possessions. 
 
 LOVASZ-PATONA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and about 22 m. N.W. Veszprim; with a castellated 
 mansion, and a trade in sheep, wheat, wine, and wood. Pop. 
 1640. 
 
 LOVATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, eyalet and 
 95 m. S.E. Widin, on the Osma, which is here crossed by a 
 covered bridge; and contains 15,000 inhabitants, partly Chris- 
 tian, partly Mussulman. 
 
 IjOV^ETE, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 30 m. N.N.E. Udvarhely; with ironworks on a 
 rather limited scale, a mineral spring, and a bathing estab- 
 lishment. Pop. 2277. 
 
 LUBANCi, an isl. Philippine Isles, is the largest of a 
 group about equidistant from the S.W. shore of Luzon and 
 the N.W. shore of Mindoro. The interior is mountainous, 
 but the soil, formed apparently by the disintegration of vol- 
 canic rocks, is fertile, and produces in abundance rice, cacao, 
 coffee, and pepper. The coast is much frequented by turtles. 
 Lubang contains a town of same name, with a pop. of 6040. 
 Ambil, an islet of the group, is an active volcano. 
 
 LUBATSCHOVVITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 12 m. N.E. Hradish, on a slope of the Carpathians; 
 with a parish church, a castle, and a mineral spring, the 
 water of which strongly resembles that of Seltzer, and attracts 
 numerous visitors. The ruins of tiie old castle of Swuttau 
 stand on a height in the vicinity. Pop. 1000. 
 
 LUBIEN (Gkeat), a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle and 18 m. S. Lemberg; with a fine castle, much-fre- 
 quented sulphur baths, and 1800 inhabitants. 
 
 LUBLAU (Old and New), two places, Austrian empire, 
 Hungary, co. Zips: — Aft or Old Luhlau, one of the Zips 
 royal towns, situated 18 m. N. by E. Leutschau, contains 
 2000 inhabitants, is the seat of a court of justice, and has a 
 high -school, and an active trade to Poland and Silesia. 
 — New Luhlau, about 3 m. from the former, has 1000 in- 
 habitants, 2 mineral springs, and a much-frequented bath. 
 
 LUCHMUNGUKH, two places, India:— 1, A tn. Eaj- 
 pootana, Ulwar, 70 m. S.W. Delhi. It is defended by a fort, 
 which makes some figure in the early Indian wars, and in 
 particular stood a siege which Nujeef Khan, who conducted 
 it, was compelled to raise. — 2, A tn. also Eajpootana, terri- 
 
 tory Shukawuttee, 154 m. S.W, Delhi. It is a handsome town, 
 built on the model of Jeypoor, and possesses a fort, which is 
 perched on a lofty eminence, and forms a conspicuous object 
 over the country. 
 
 LUH-LE-HEEN, a vil. China, prov. Ciiekiang, about 
 3 m. from Kanpoo, at the terminus of a canal connected with 
 those which ramify all over the plain of the Yangtze-kiang. 
 It is a small bustling place, with a good deal of transit trade, 
 and is chiefly remarkable for the number of tea-shops and 
 other houses of refreshment which it contains. 
 
 LUHWANG, an isl. on the E. coast of China, the 
 largest in the S.W. part of the Chusan Archipelago, is 9i m. 
 long between N.W. and S.E., and 6 m. broad at its widest 
 part. In the S.E. there is a conical bare hill which rises to 
 the height of 865 ft., and in the S.W. are five high peaks, 
 one of which is 910 ft. above the sea; but otherwise it is not 
 much elevated. On its S. face are two deep indentations 
 with sandy bays, the access to which is encumbered by a 
 reef. The surface is well cultivated, and maintains a large 
 population. 
 
 LUKOS, or El Kos [add.], a river, N. Africa, Marocco, 
 rises in the N.W. of the state, on the slopes of the Little 
 Atlas, flows W. through a beautiful valley, and after a course 
 of about 100 m. falls into a small bay of the Atlantic, near 
 the town of El Araisch. The bar at its mouth has only 5 or 
 6 ft. at low water, but the tide having a rise of 9 to 12 ft. 
 enables vessels of a modei-ate size to enter; there.Tfter the 
 navigation for a considerable distance is easy, the depth 
 within tlie bar increasing at once to 24 ft. 
 
 LUKOYANOV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 90 m. S. by E. 
 Nijnei- Novgorod, cap. circle of same name, on the Tesha. 
 It has two churches, a circle school, a charitable endowment, 
 and manufactures of polish and of articles from linden bark. 
 Pop. 2550. 
 
 LUNAWAUKA, a small state, India, in the Eewa 
 Caunta division of Gujerat; lies between lat. 22° 50' and 
 23° 16' N.; Ion. 73° 21' and 73° 47' E., and is bounded N. 
 by the Mhye Caunta territory, E. Soauth and Barreah, S. 
 Godrah, and S.W. and W. Balasinore; length and breadth, 
 each nearly 30 m. It is a continuation of the mountain 
 tract which forms the N.E. boundary of Gujerat, lies mainly 
 along the I. bank of the Mhye, and is adjacent to some im- 
 portant passes. Its revenue, derived chiefly from land, falls 
 short of £10,000, and of this about a fifth is payable as 
 tribute, chiefly to Scindia, but partly also to the Guicowar 
 and the Rajah of Balasinore. 
 
 LUNAWAUKA, cap. of the above state, situated in the 
 fork formed by the junction of the Panum with the Mhyee, 
 63 m. N. by E. Baroda; covers an area about 3 m. in circuit, 
 is surrounded by a wall and defended by other works, and is 
 the entrepot for a considerable transit trade between Malwa 
 and the interior of Gujerat. Many of the inhabitants are 
 artisans of reputed skill in their particular trades. 
 
 LUNDA, or Maluda, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda 
 country, territory Libollo, about 120 m. S.E. Loanda. It 
 crowns a rocky height, whose base is washed by a mountain 
 torrent; is the seat of an independent chief, and contains 
 1500 inhabitants, who suffer much from the inroads of their 
 more barbarous neighbours in Kibala and Bailundo. 
 
 LUNGA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Ganda, a little above the confluence of the Ommate with 
 the Katumbela. ■ It crowns a lofty height, is surrounded 
 with a dry stone-wall, and contains 1200 inhabitants, who, 
 when not employed in plundering, collect a little gum-copal 
 from the trees which grow abundantly in the surrounding 
 forests. 
 
 LUN-KE, a river, China, which is said to have its sources 
 in prov. Nganhoei, in the far west, near Tein-muh-shan, the 
 highest mountain of this part of Ciiina, and flows E. to Hoo- 
 chow-foo, where it is a wide and deep river, and apparently 
 empties itself into the network of canals which cover its ex- 
 tensive plain. On all the flat lands on its banks, on a higher 
 level than the rice -fields, mulberry plantations form the 
 staple crop. Lun-ke is navigable by large boats for 20 m. 
 above Hoochow-foo. 
 
 LUPATA, a range of hills, E. Africa, Portuguese settle- 
 ments, on the Zambesi, about lat. 16° 34' S.; Ion. 32° 51' E. 
 Portuguese writers used to speak of it as a mountain chain 
 chiefly composed of marble, and so lofty as to be partly 
 
LUSTANA 
 
 60 
 
 LYNN 
 
 covered witli perpetual snow. The truth is that its height 
 above the plain, where it is cut off by the Zambesi, is under 
 1000 ft., and the rock is compact siliceous schist of a reddish 
 colour and in thin strata. The W. side, which is the most 
 abrupt, rises up perpendicularly from the water 600 or 
 700 ft.; the E. side, which is much less precipitous, has its 
 slope covered with trees. From the Zambesi the range 
 stretches N. a considerable way into the Manganja country, 
 and then bending round terminates in Mount Morumbala, 
 opposite Senna. On the S. side of the river the range 
 reappears, and following a more direct line than on the N. 
 side is said to terminate in Mount Gorongozo. The rocky 
 precipices overhanging the Zambesi, where it seems to have 
 cut its way through the range, is known by the name of the 
 gorge of Lupata. It is somewhat tortuous, and from 200 to 
 300 yards wide. 
 
 LUSIANA, atn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 16 m. N.N.E. 
 Vicenza; with a parish church, extensive manufactures of 
 Venetian straw-hats, of which it is the principal seat, and 
 3673 inhabitants. 
 
 LUSSEKK-GANGUELLA, a small territory, S.W. 
 Africa, about lat. 1 1° S. and Ion. 17° E., situated immedi- 
 ately beyond the S. frontiers of the Kimbunda country, and 
 inhabited by a people of the same name. The area is esti- 
 mated at nearly 6000 sq. m. Nearly the whole consists of 
 fertile plains watered by the Kunene, which traverses it from 
 N. to S. The people, who are peacefully disposed, employ 
 themselves in cultivating the ground, rearing cattle, and col- 
 lecting bees'-wax, which is furnished in abundance by the 
 wild bees of the forests. They are governed by several inde- 
 pendent chiefs, of whom the two most powerful reside respec- 
 tively at Lusseke, on the Kunene, containing 1500, and at 
 Lubando, containing 2000 inhabitants. Pop. 120,000. 
 
 LUTA N'ZIGE, or Albekt Nyanza, a lake, E. Africa, 
 the head-water of the western branch of the Nile (Bahr-el- 
 Abiad, or White Nile), lying (approximately) between lat. 
 2° 5' S. and 3° N., and with its N.E. extremity in about Ion. 
 31° 30' E., and its S.W. end in about Ion. 28° E. Its 
 general direction is from N.E. to S.W.; its length about 
 400 m., and its greatest breadth 100 m.; 2448 ft. above the 
 level of the sea. It was discovered in March, 1864, by Mr. 
 (now Sir S. W ) Baker, who came upon its W, side near the 
 village of Vacovia, about lat. 1° 15' N.; Ion. 30° 50" E.; from 
 this point, about 1500 ft. above it, the lake presented a vast 
 expanse of water, with a boundless horizon on the S. and 
 S.W.; and on the W., at 50 or 60 m. distance, blue moun- 
 tains rose to a height of 7000 ft. above its level, and appeared 
 to spring abruptly from the water. The western shore is 
 comprised in the great kingdom of Malegga, the people of 
 which cross the lake in large canoes at its narrowest part; 
 and S. of Malegga is a country named Tori, beyond which 
 nothing is known. The eastern shores of the lake are occu- 
 pied from N. to S. by Chopi, Unyoro, Uganda, Utumbi, and 
 Karagw^. From the last locality, in about lat. 2° S., the 
 lake is said to turn suddenly to the W., and to continue in 
 that direction for an unascertained distance. N. of Malegga 
 on the W. side of it, is a small country called M'Caroli, then 
 Koshi on the W. side of the Nile, at its exit from the lake ; 
 and on the E. side of the Nile is JIadi, opposite to Koshi. 
 The lake is a vast depression far below the general level of 
 the country, surrounded by precipitous clitFs, and bounded 
 on the W. and S.W. by great ranges of mountains. Receiv- 
 ing as it does the drainage of tliese high lands — Mr. Baker 
 distinguished two ' waterfalls ' which must have been large 
 streams in the western hills — its apparently most important 
 affluent is the Somerset River, or Victoria Nile, from the E., 
 which issues from the Ripon Falls, at the N. end of the Vic- 
 toria Nyanza of Speke, and after a N.W. course to the 
 Karuma Falls, about lat. 2° 15' N., turns W., and from 
 this point runs over a series of rapids and cascades, with a 
 total descent of 1276 ft. in rather more than 60 m., and falls 
 into the lake near its N.E. end, in lat. 2° 15' N ; Ion. 31° 30' 
 E., and only 30 m. from the point at which the Nile issues. 
 Thus, draining, as it appears to do, the Victoria Nyanza and 
 all the country W. of it, the Luta N'zig^ seems to be the true 
 head-water of the W. branch, or White Nile. 
 
 The shore, or that part of it seen by Mr. Baker, consists 
 in some places of flats of sand and bush, perhaps a mile in 
 breadth from the water to the base of the cliffs ; at others 
 
 stupendous heights of 1500 ft. ascend abruptly from the 
 water. These precipitous cliffs are all primitive, frequently 
 of granite and gneiss, and mixed in many places with red 
 porphyry. In the clefts are beautiful evergreens of every 
 tint, including giant euphorbias, and by every rivulet or 
 spring grows the wild date. Near its N. extremity the lake 
 narrows to 15 or 20 m. across, and the appearance of the 
 country to the N. of it is that of a delta. Tiie shores on 
 either side are choked with vast banks of reeds, though the 
 water is deep, no bottom being touched at 20 ft.; hills of 
 about 4000 ft. rise above this part of the lake on the W ., a 
 continuation of the more southerly chain, but they decrease 
 in height towards the N., in which direction the lake termi- 
 nates in a broad valley of reeds. At the embouchure of the 
 Somerset River there is the same accumulation of floating 
 reeds bounding the channel, here half a mile broad, and with 
 a very sluggish stream ; the last cataract occurring at a con- 
 siderable distance up the river. As seen from the village of 
 Magungo, at an elevation of about 250 ft. above the mouth 
 of the Somerset, the course of the Nile in its exit from the 
 lake was easily distinguished by the valley of green reeds 
 that marks its course. Tliis valley, from 4 to 6 m. broad, is 
 bounded on the W. by a continuation of the chain of hills 
 which forms the W. boundary of the lake. Canoes navigate 
 the Nile in its course from the lake to the Madi country, as 
 there are no cataracts in that distance; but beyond this point 
 rapids commence and prevent navigation. 
 
 The lake abounds with fish, and crocodiles and hippopotami 
 infest its shores; the country bordering it also is much fre- 
 quented by elephants. There are several varieties of fish of 
 very large size, some exceeding 200 lbs. in weight. The 
 method of taking the larger kinds by the natives is ingenious. 
 They arrange rows of tall bamboos, the ends being stuck 
 firmly in the bottom, in a depth of about 6 ft. of water, and 
 about 5 or 10 yards apart. On the top of each is a lump of 
 ambatcli wood 10 in. in diameter, around this is wound a 
 strong line, and a small hole being made in this float it is 
 lightly fixed on the point of the bamboo, to which the line is 
 securely affixed; and the hook, baited with a live fish, is 
 thrown to some distance. When a large fish takes the bait 
 the ambatch float falls from the point of the bamboo, and 
 revolving upon the water pays out the line; then by its buoy- 
 ancy it is sufficient to check and exhaust the fish. 
 
 LUTZK, or Luck, a tn. Russia, gov. Volhynia, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Stur, 145 m. N.W. Zitomir, is 
 the see of a R. Catholic bishop, and has two churches, a 
 R. Catholic seminary, several monasteries, a circle and a 
 parish school, and four charitable endowments. Pop. 6434. 
 
 LUZSNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Liptau, 
 8 m. S.E. Rosenberg; with a mineral spring. At a short 
 distance eastward, at the foot of Mount Latiborska, are mines 
 yielding gold, silver, and antimony. Pop. 1640. 
 
 LYNCHBUiiG, a tn. U. States, Virginia, on the James 
 River, the KanaAvha canal, and the Virginia and Tennessee, 
 the South Side, and the Orange and Alexandria railways, 
 90 m. W.S.W. Richmond. It occupies a steep acclivity 
 which rises from the river, and breaks away into hills, whose 
 terraced walks and villas give the place a pleasing and pic- 
 turesque appearance. In the background, about 20 m. off, 
 but full in view, rises the Blue Ridge with the celebrated 
 peaks of Otter. The principal buildings and institutions 
 are nine churches, a Methodist college, and a flourishing 
 female academy. The staple manufacture is tobacco, which 
 employs about seventy factories and stemmeries, and a capital 
 of £200,000. The other industrial establishments are four 
 foundries and three flour-mills. Standing in the centre of a 
 magnificent country, and in the neighbourhood of large fields 
 of coal and iron ore, Lynchburg is advantageously situated 
 both for manufactures and trade. As yet, however, its re- 
 sources are very imperfectly developed. Pop. (1860), 6853. 
 
 LYNN, a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, on the Eastern 
 railway, 9 m. N.E. Boston. It contains eighteen churches, 
 a high-school, various other schools, grammar, intermediate, 
 and primary, a library association, and two savings-banks. 
 The manufacture for which the place has long been cele- 
 brated, and which still forms its staple, is boots and shoes, 
 chiefly those of women and children. According to an ap- 
 proximate estimate of the extent of this manufacture, the 
 number of boots annually made is about three million, and 
 
LYONS 
 
 61 
 
 MACAO 
 
 of shoes six million pairs, and the aggregate value is little 
 sliort of a million sterling. In connection with the manufac- 
 ture are numerous leather-currying works. The annual value 
 of lasts alone is £3000. Pop. (1860), 19,083. 
 
 LYONS, a vil. U. States, New York, cap. co. Wayne, on 
 the Erie canal and the New York Central railway, 1G9 m. 
 W. by N. Albany. It contains seven churches, a union 
 school with 800 to 900 scholars, and a variety of manufac- 
 tures, among which by far the most important is that of 
 essential oils, chiefly peppermint. The annual quantity pro- 
 duced is about 10,000 lbs., or one-eighth of all that is made 
 in the U. States. Pop. 5076. 
 
 LYSIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 8 m. 
 S.W. Stanislau, forms with two adjoining villages a parish, 
 containing 2725 inhabitants; and has a handsome church, an 
 elegant castle, and several fine villas belonging to Armenian 
 merchants, who have settled here, and carry on a considerable 
 trade. 
 
 LYTT ELTON, a tn. New Zealand, S. Island, or New 
 
 Munster, situated on the small bay of Port Cooper, now Vic- 
 toria, on the N.E. coast of pro v. Canterbury, is a neat town, 
 built with considerable regularity, and in a better style than 
 usual in the settlements of a new land. It is surrounded by 
 a belt of rough precipitous hills, beyond which, toward the 
 interior, the Canterbury Plains stretch in almost boundless 
 expanse, and furnish nearly 3,000,000 acres of grassy pas- 
 tures. The harbour of Port Victoria, a fine land-locked ocean 
 inlet, furnishes it with ample facilities for the export of wool 
 and other produce. A railway connects it with Christchurch, 
 the capital. 
 
 LYTTON, a tn. or settlement, British Columbia, at the 
 junction of the Thompson with the Fraser, 160 m. from the 
 mouth of the latter. Capt. Mayne describes it as consisting 
 at the time of his visit of an irregular row of wooden huts, a 
 drinking-saloon, a large courthouse then unfinislied, and two 
 small buildings near the river, occupied by the district magis- 
 trate. It derives its importance from its situation at the 
 mouth of the Thompson, adjacent to the gold-fields. 
 
 M. 
 
 M AAN, a tn. N. Arabia, 270 m. E. Cairo, on the route of 
 the Syrian pilgrims to Mecca. It contains about 200 families 
 of seven different clans, or fcnad, mixed up with emigrants 
 from other villages in Syria, who are said to be able to raise 
 from 150 to 300 brave and well-armed men to keep the 
 Uedawees in check, and resist their extortionate demands. 
 The inhabitants depend mucii on two great fairs of two days 
 each, which are held within it, the one when the Syrian pil- 
 grims' caravans halt in going, and the other in returning. 
 The pilgrims, combining business with devotion, bring from 
 Damascus cloth and other European manufactures, for which 
 they find a good market throughout Arabia, and from Mecca 
 cofiFee and spices, clocks from Bagdad, Persian caps, and 
 Indian swords and daggers. These they exchange for provi- 
 sions, fodder, or other necessaries, with the inhabitants of 
 Maan, to whom the traffic is so profitable that the four days 
 of the fair furnish the means of subsistence to their families 
 during the rest of the year. 
 
 MABANI, or Uje MAUANi.a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, 
 in the Gamerghu country, 70 m. S.S.W. Kukawa. It belongs 
 to the district of Uj^, one of the finest in Bornou, is finely 
 situated on a hill, not only covering its whole top but de- 
 scending its S. slope, and stretching along its foot till it in- 
 cludes another hill. The houses indicate some degree of 
 ease and wealth, and testimony is borne to the industry of the 
 inliabitants by the state of agriculture, a dyeing establish- 
 ment, and the market-place containing nearly 200 stalls. 
 Pop. 9000 to 10,000. 
 
 MABOX, a vil. British America, on the N. shore of a 
 river of same name, which, in falling into the sea on the W. 
 coast of Cape Breton Island, forms a kind of mountain lake, 
 about three-quarters of a mile wide and 8 fathoms deep. It 
 stands among beautiful scenery, the mountains rising imme- 
 diately from the shore to the height of 870 ft.; contains a 
 church, and is surrounded by flourishing settlements, chiefly 
 of Scotch Highlanders. The coast to the N.E. is lofty and 
 precipitous, and attains its culminating point in Mabou High- 
 land, which is 1000 ft. above the sea. 
 
 MACAO [add.], a seaport tn. and Portuguese colony in 
 China, the earliest foreign settlement there. The barrier wall 
 and Chinese guard-house erected on the narrow isthmus of 
 the peninsula in 1573, to prevent foreigners going into the 
 interior, have been removed, and all restrictions abandoned. 
 In 1844 Governor Pinto entered into more satisfactory ar- 
 rangements with the Chinese government than previously 
 subsisted; he was allowed to erect a new fort, and permission 
 was given to the Portuguese merchants to trade with the five 
 open ports on the E. coast of the mainland. In November, 
 1845, Macao was declared by decree of the queen of Portugal 
 
 an open port to all foreigners, while the Chinese were still 
 subject to the old tariff. Governor Amaral in 1849 declared 
 the port free to all traders, and swept the customs away. 
 However, as a compensation for the loss of Chinese duties, 
 which were the chief source of revenue, he levied a tax on all 
 native houses. This had the efi"ect of driving the Chinese 
 away, and trade gradually declined until 1854, when it began 
 to revive. The total value of the external trade in the year 
 ended July, 1865,amounted to £1,577,052, of which £859,056 
 was for exports, chiefly tea, rice, aniseed, and canella; and im- 
 ports, £717,996, comprising opium, cotton, and silk. The 
 government at Macao does not depend on this legitimate trade 
 for the prosperity of the town and port, for its commerce has 
 again been declining since the opening of the Yang-tsze 
 and northern ports by the treaty of Tientsin, which affected 
 Canton in a similar manner. It draws a large revenue from 
 licensing and fostering gambling and immorality among the 
 Chinese, who constitute nine-tenths of the population. An 
 approximate calculation in 1864 gave the natives at 56,500, 
 and Portuguese and other foreigners at 5300. There is, how- 
 ever, a large proportion of the population half caste, whom, 
 from the natural complexion and hair being the same as the 
 Chinese, it is difiicult to distinguish from natives. Besides 
 the revenue derived from the taxation on gambling-houses 
 and other places of bad repute, there is a considerable traffic 
 in coolie emigration, from which further means are derived 
 to enrich the treasury. This traffic equals the cruelty of the 
 old slave-trade in Africa; the natives are kidnapped under 
 the pretence of going abroad as free labourers with good 
 wages, while they are shipped off to the guano islands of Peru 
 or the sugar plantations of Cuba. The largest proportion of 
 the so-called emigrants are villagers of the interior, who are 
 lured by professional 'crimps' to Macao, where they are 
 forced, sometimes under torture, to sign a contract, which 
 consigns them to a kind of ' voluntary' slavery. In twelve 
 years, ended 1862, upwards of 152,000 were shipped, of whom 
 only 1100 were women and children. During 1865 it was 
 estimated that from 15,000 to 20,000 left in this cruel manner, 
 and few, if any, ever return to their native country. There 
 is no doubt that the Chinese authorities are aware of the 
 traffic, and overlook its harshness, as it helps to drain the 
 country of its surplus population. Still the government does 
 not grant the Portuguese the same privileges at Macao as it 
 does to the English and other foreigners at the other ports. 
 It compels them to pay the tribute annually stipulated for in 
 the first settlement of the island. In 1863 Governor Gui'ma- 
 raens went to Peking to have it rescinded, and a new treaty 
 was drawn up, but it has not been ratified, from what cause 
 does not appear. — [M.S. Notes; Hongkong Daily Press, &c.) 
 
MADARAS 
 
 62 
 
 MAGOMERO 
 
 MADAKAS (Mfzo), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 9 m. N.N.E. Maros Vasarhely, near a tolerably 
 large lake, with a mineral spring. There was a remarkable 
 fall of meteorites here on 4th Sept. 1S52. Pop. 1950. 
 
 MADISON [add.], three places, America: — 1, A vil. 
 Georgia, cap. co. Morgan, on the Georgia railway, 100 m. 
 W. Augusta, in the midst of a fertile district. It possesses 
 a Methodist female college, a Baptist collegiate institute, and 
 a high-school; and carries on an active trade. Pop. 3516. — 
 2, A tn. Indiana, cap. co. Jefferson, on a height above the 
 Ohio, and on the Madison and Iiidianopolis railway, 60 m. 
 S.W. Cincinnati. It is beautifully situated in a valley in- 
 closed on the N. by hills 400 ft. high, consists of regular 
 streets and substantial brick houses, and possesses a fine 
 courthouse, eighteen churches, a number of schools, two large 
 markets, woollen and cotton factories, five large flour-mills, 
 foundries, and several extensive pork-packing and provision 
 establishments. Pop. (1860), 8130.— 3, A tn., the capital of 
 AVisconsin, on the Mihvaukie and Mississippi railway; lat. 
 43° 4' N.; Ion. 89° 23' W.; 68 m. W. Milwaukie. In point of 
 situation and scenery it is the most beautiful city of the far 
 west, occui)ying an isthmus between Lake Mendota and 
 Jlonona, and possessing wide, straigiit, and regular streets, 
 with many beautiful buildings. The capitol stands in the 
 centre of a square park of 14 acres, wooded with trees of the 
 oiiginal forest; but, though a substantial building of limestone, 
 it has been deemed insufficient, and a new capitol is in course 
 of erection at an estimated expense of £80,000. The other 
 chief buildings are eight churches, five banks, the state uni- 
 versity, situated on an eminence, within a park bordering on 
 Lake Mendota, provided with seven professors, and attended 
 by 176 students; a commercial college, a public high-school, 
 and the state lunatic asylum. The manufactures consist 
 chiefly of bricks, flour, ale and beer, waggons and carriages, 
 ironware, clothing, and agricultural implements. Pop. (1860), 
 6611. 
 
 MADRE, a group of isls. S. America, off the coast of 
 Chili, open to the Pacific on the W.,and between the islands 
 of Hanover on the S. and Wellington on the N. From the 
 latter it is separated by the Gulf of Trinidad. The most 
 conspicuous summits of the group seen on approaching the 
 coast are April Peak, Tower Eock, and Cape Three Peaks, 
 the last forming the S. W. entrance of the gulf, and terminat- 
 ing in serrated ridges, with three peaks, the loftiest of which 
 is nearly 2000 ft. high. About 3 m. N.E. of this cape is 
 Port Henry, with anchorage in 9 to 10 fathoms, on a sandy 
 bottom. 
 
 MADUWARI, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, near the 
 W. shores of Lake Chad, and about 8 m. N.E. Kukawa, 
 has a melancholy interest attached to it as the place where 
 the African traveller Mr. Overweg died, in the 30th year of 
 his age. 
 
 MAFFERSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle Bunzlau, on the Neisse, 4 m. S.E. Reichenberg; with 
 a parish church, a manufacture of carpets, a yarn-spinning 
 mill, and 2104 inhabitants. 
 
 MAGALIESBERG or Kashan Mountains, a range, S. 
 Africa, in the S. W. of the Transvaal Republic, rising abruptly 
 out of a plain to the height of at least 800 ft. above its level, 
 and stretching for 30 m. in the general direction of E. and 
 W. Viewed from below, the range towards the E. presents 
 a high unbroken ridge, little varying in height, with a pre- 
 cipitous red cliff, believed to be quartz. This cliff, which 
 is at a considerable height, extending from end to end, near 
 its crest is surmounted by another of similar appearance but 
 relatively of less height. The lower part of the mountain, 
 composed apparently of debris, is scooped out into thickly 
 wooded gullies. Towards the W. the range recedes peak 
 after peak. One of these attracts notice at the distance of 
 at least 12 m. by an immense projecting white rock, which 
 looks as if it were suspended on the steep slope near the 
 summit. The range gives rise to several streams, most if 
 not all of which belong to the basin of the Limpopo. Much 
 of the scenery of the Magaliesberg is magnificent. The 
 wider ravines are filled with large timber in great variety, 
 and the narrower chasms with tree-ferns, having stems from 
 15 to 20 ft. high. The walls of these ravines and ciiasms, 
 says I. Sanderson, ' were draped with curtains of delicate 
 ferns, such as gleichenea, trailing their slender fronds, a dozen 
 
 or twenty feet long, over the mouth of some dark recess, 
 while, high up, aloes, euphorbia, and other succulent plants 
 in great variety, filled every crevice.' The district has the 
 reputation of producing fine fruit in great quantity. It would 
 seem, however, that almost all kinds of fruit-trees are subject 
 to a rust or blight, and that the fruit of those which escape is 
 destroyed by a kind of wasp. Grapes and figs are less fre- 
 quently visited by these disasters. 
 
 MAGDALEN [add.], a group of isls. British America, in 
 the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 55 m. N.E. of Cape Breton. They 
 extend in an irregular curve from S.S.W. to N.N.E. for 
 35 m. They consist chiefly of the islands of Amherst, Grind- 
 stone, Alright, Grosse, and Coffin, and a considerable num- 
 ber of islets, and in their central parts rise into hills, generally 
 of trap- rocks, with rounded and frequently dome-shaped 
 summits, varying in height from 280 to 580 ft. Around 
 and on the flanks of these hills, are stratified deposits of sand- 
 stone and ochreous clays, with gypsum in the hollows and 
 basins, and occasionally in veins. The islands are i)artially 
 wooded, mostly with small trees of spruce, juniper, birch, and 
 Canadian poplar. AVhere not wooded they afford good pas- 
 turage for cattle and sheep. The soil is very indifferent, 
 being, even when of good quality, only a few inches in depth, 
 with a siliceous and ferruginous subsoil. The climate, though 
 neither so cold in winter as Quebec, nor so warm in summer, 
 is severe. Rains, and especially fogs, are extremely frequent. 
 Viewed from sea in a bright summer day, the cliffs of various 
 colours, chiefly different shades of red, and the yellow of the 
 sands, contrasted with the green of the pastures and spruce- 
 trees, and the blue of the sea and sky, have a beautiful effect, 
 and distinguish the Magdalen group from anything else in 
 the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The inhabitants are mostly of 
 French extraction, and chiefly employed in the cod, herring, 
 and seal fisheries. Some gypsum is exported, and some valu- 
 able ochreous pigments have been found. None of the 
 islands possesses any harbour for large ships. Pop. (1860), 
 about 1100. 
 
 MAGDALEN, a river, British America, Canada East, 
 which rises in a mountainous district in co. Gaspe, flows 
 N.E., and falls into the estuai^y of the St. Lawrence, on the 
 N. W. side of a sandy bay, close under a rocky cape of same 
 name. At its entrance, though only 30 yards wide, it has a 
 depth of 7 ft., which within is increased for a very short dis- 
 tance to 10 ft., over a clean bottom of fine sand. At springs 
 13 ft. water can be carried in. Being thus navigable, it is 
 occasionally visited by schooners of 30 to 80 tons, which 
 warp in when the sea is smooth and the weather fine. 
 
 MAGDALENA (Santa), a tn. Mexico, state Sonora, in 
 the beautiful, fertile, and well-cultivated valley, and near 
 the r. bank of the San Ignacio, 80 m. N.N.W. Ures. It 
 has an annual fair, which attracts crowds from the neighbour- 
 ing districts. Maize, wheat, beans, and fruit are extensively 
 cultivated, and tobacco, rice, and cotton thrive well in the 
 valley. 
 
 MAGIEROW, atn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Zol- 
 kiew, about 24 m. N. W. Lemberg. It is memorable for the 
 defeat of Prince Rakosky by the Poles under Czarnecki. 
 Pop. 2117. 
 
 MAGILL, a group of isls. S. America, in IMelville Sound, 
 at the entrance of the Barbara Channel, in Magellan Strait, 
 N. of Terra-del-Fuego. One of them, called Skyring, has a 
 mountain of same name which rises in a peak to the height 
 of 3000 ft., and has been very useful during the admiralty 
 surveys in connecting the triangulation ofthe strait with that 
 of the outer coast. Port Tom, on the S.E. side of this island, 
 has good anchorage, and is well sheltered, except from the 
 violent squalls which are frequent everywhere among the 
 coves of Terra-del-Fuego. Fury, the central island of the 
 group, though affording only a wild anchorage, with little 
 shelter and bad ground, is much frequented by sealing- vessels. 
 
 M AGLAI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, on the Bosna, 
 52 m. N. by W. Bosna Serai. It contains a large mosque 
 and an old castle. 
 
 MAGOMERO, a vil. S. Africa, upon a small stream of 
 the same name, about 15 m. W. of the S. end of Lake Shirwa; 
 lat. 15° 30' S.; Ion. 35° 24' E. The spot is a pleasant one, 
 surrounded by stately, shady trees, and derives its interest 
 from having been chosen by Bishop Mackenzie as the first 
 residence of the Oxford and Cambridge mission, which ended 
 
MAGWE 
 
 63 
 
 MATNDO 
 
 sorrowfully in the death of the bishop and several of his co- 
 adjutors from fever. 
 
 MAGWE, a tn. Burmah, 1. bank Irawadi, about 35 m. 
 above Prome, is the first place of any consideration on the 
 east bank of the Irawadi beyond the British frontier. Its 
 population is estimated at about 8000. 
 
 MAGYARA'J\ a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 18 m. N.E. Arad; with 2220 inhabitants, who grow excellent 
 wine, and rear goats and bees. 
 
 MAHA-OYA, or Kaymel, a river, Ceylon, which rises 
 in a mountainous dist. S.E. of Kandy, flows W., forming the 
 boundary between the N.W. and W. Provinces, and after a 
 course of 68 m. falls into the sea to the N. of Negambo. Its 
 basin has an area of 453 sq. m. 
 
 M AHARA JPOOR, two places, India:— 1, A tn. Scindia's 
 Dominions, 15 m. N.W. Gwalior, famous for the battle fought 
 in its vicinity on 29th December, 1843, between the Britisli 
 under Sir Hugh Gough, and the Mahrattas, when the latter 
 were defeated, but not until they had inflicted a heavy loss 
 on the victors. — 2, A tn. N.W. Provinces, dist. and 12 m. 
 S.E. Cawnpore, -with a well-supplied bazar. 
 
 MAH AWELLI-GANGA, or Mahavilli-Gunga [add.], 
 the largest and most important river of Ceylon, which rises 
 near Adam's Peak, flows N. to Kandy, then, almost in a semi- 
 circle, with its concavity northwards, E. to Bintenne, then 
 again nearly due N.,and divides into several branches, of 
 which the principal one, still continuing the same direction, 
 has its mouth on the S. shore of the Bay of Trincomalee, 
 2 m. W. of Cottiar. Its whole course is 134 m., and the area 
 of its basin 4082 sq. m., of which 1782 are in the mountain 
 zone, and 2300 in the low country. Its principal afiluent is 
 the Amban ganga, which joins it on the left. In the first part 
 of its course it has all the character of a mountain torrent, 
 and even in the vicinity of Kandy, at a point where it is 
 crossed by a bridge of a single arch, above 200 ft. in span, 
 and nearly 70 ft. above the stream, rushes through a narrow 
 channel, in which it has been known to rise 60 ft. above its 
 ordinary level, hurrying along the trunks of trees and the 
 carcases of bufialoes, elepliants, and deer. At Bintenn^ it 
 is, when swollen by rains, as broad as the Thames at Lon- 
 don, and at all times sufficiently deep to be navigated by 
 small vessels. Thereafter it sweeps through luxuriant soli- 
 tudes, past wide expanses of rich land now lying waste, and 
 under the shade of forests whose timber and cabinet woods 
 alone would give wealth to an industrious people. About 
 40 m. before it enters the sea it separates into two branches. 
 The principal one, called Kooroogul-ganga, continues the 
 N. course already described; the other, called the Vergel-aar, 
 diverging almost at right angles, flows N.E., subdivides into 
 new channels, and enters the sea by several mouths, N. and S. 
 of Arnetiroe, or ' the island of elephants.' A survey of the 
 river made by order of government goes to prove that not- 
 withstanding its length, and the volume of water which it 
 carries, it is not available for navigation. Even in the first 
 32 m. from the sea the boats employed, tliough mere canoes, 
 often failed to find in the channel the few inches of water 
 necessary to float tliem. Higher up, while the navigation 
 is impeded by rapids, an upset would be perilous, owing not 
 merely to tiie strength of the current, but to the multitude of 
 crocodiles with wliich the river swarms. For the first 80 m. 
 the chief obstructions are sand-banks and drift-wood, which 
 it might be perhaps possible to remove. Higher up the sand 
 di.sappears, and the river bed is formed of rocks of granite. 
 
 MAHEDIAH [anc. Aphrodisinm] , a scacoast tn., re- 
 gency of and 100 m. S.S.E. Tunis, built on Cape Africa, on 
 which there is a height containing cisterns remarkable for 
 their size and for the perfect state of their preservation, and 
 forming subterranean reservoirs of considerable extent. A 
 large rectangular basin, now dry and blocked up, whose outline 
 cut out in the rock is still traceable, formed the port for the 
 galleys. A citadel commands Mahediah and all the peninsula 
 on which it stands, and another square fortress at one of the 
 town entrances defends it towards the N. and W. This 
 latter fortress dates from the Spanish occupation three cen- 
 turies ago. The date of the foundation of the town goes as 
 far back as the dynasty of the Fatimites. — (Charisson, Apergu 
 de Tunis.) 
 
 MAI AS, a tn. Russia, gov. Orenburg, on a river of same 
 name, which rises in the Oural Mountains, on the watershed 
 
 between Europe and Asia, and belongs to the basin of the 
 Obi, 270 m. S. Ekaterinburg. It is the centre of the gold 
 region in the S. Oural, and contains a large edifice, witli all 
 the offices necessary for the administration of the mines, 
 buildings in which gold is washed both in winter and summer, 
 warehouses and other structures, and many good dwelling- 
 houses. A lake running up among the hills, and the mountain 
 Ilman-tow rising close to the town on the E. side of the river, 
 make the site at once beautiful and picturesque. 
 
 MAIDZINA, a tn. Austrian empire, duciiy Bukowina, 
 dist. and S.W. Czernowitz; with large seams of gypsum, and 
 2470 inhabitants. 
 
 MAI-GOVA, a vil. Abyssinia, Jalyn, 120 m. W. Axum. 
 It stands on the edge of a plain in the midst of cultivated 
 fields, 15 m. S. of the Bahr el Hamran, and consists partly 
 of square houses built of mud, and partly of round conical- 
 roofed huts, formed of a framework of poles filled in with 
 boughs, and thatched. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 MAILBERG, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Lower Manhartsberg. It contains a palace with fine 
 gardens, and has a considerable trade in fruit and wine. The 
 latter in particular bears a high name, and is considered 
 among the best grown in Austria. Pop. 1190. 
 
 MAl-MA-CHIN [add.], a tn. Chinese empire, on the N. 
 frontiers of Chinese Tartary, 170 m. S.E. Irkutsk, and so close 
 to the territoryof Russia that Kiachta, belonging to the latter, 
 is only a few hundred yards to the N. and separated from it 
 merely by a door in a wooden barricade. It stands on the 
 edge of a plain terminating towards the S. in a chain of wooded 
 hills, and is composed entirely of wooden houses, inclosed by a 
 wooden palisade with two gates. One of these faces Kiachta, 
 as already mentioned, the other faces the S., a narrow street 
 about 600 yards long leading in a straight line between the 
 two. Other streets, running either parallel or at right angles 
 to this, divide the whole place into numerous blocks. Where 
 the two principal streets intersect there is a square edifice 
 resting on four pillars, which allow the traffic to pass beneath 
 it, and consisting of three stories, which are gradually nar- 
 rowed as in a pagoda. In each of the upper stories there aie 
 openings filled in with highly decorated trellis work; the 
 walls, painted red, are singularly ornamented with green mon- 
 sters and other allegorical figures. A little beyond this build- 
 ing is the residence of the sargootcha, or Chinese governor, 
 which, like all the other dwellings, is only one story high, 
 and is entered through a pair of folding-doors leading into a 
 gallery or colonnade. To the right of the sargootcha's resid- 
 ence stands the temple of Fo, and to the left the court of 
 justice. The temple is a small quadrangular building, with 
 an opening in tiie centre giving a view into the interior, 
 where are seen four statues the size of life, painted so as to 
 look more like demons than gods, musical instruments hang- 
 ing on the walls, and flags and banners suspended from the 
 roof, and forming a canopy of the most brilliant colours. 
 The court of justice, with a red flag fluttering over it, is 
 chiefly remarkable for the various implements of torture sus- 
 pended or piled upon its walls. The wealthier merchants, 
 who have their abodes along the line of the principal streets, 
 have generally a show-room decorated with silk and Chinese 
 paintings, and arranged so as to show off their choicest wares. 
 Among these are silks of great variety and beauty, em- 
 broidered Kanfa kalats, jackets, and various other articles of 
 costume, porcelain vases of exquisite workmanship, dinner 
 and tea services, ornaments in jade, groups of flowers formed 
 in various coloured stones, window- screens, some of them 
 most minutely carved in ebony, and some other remarkable 
 specimens of wood-carving. The great staples of trade, how- 
 ever, are tea, of which Russia is said to import six millions 
 of lbs. annually, and rhubarb, of which 360,000 lbs. are said 
 to pass through Mai-ma-chin every year. These articles are 
 not disposed of in Mai-ma-chin, but in Troitskaselo, a Russian 
 town situated among the hills about 3 m. to the N., where 
 the custom-house is situated, and where all merchandise, 
 whether from Russia or China, must be deposited previously 
 to its being sold or bartered. — (Atkinson's Upper and Lower 
 Amoor. ) 
 
 MAIN DO, a river, E. Africa, one of the smaller branches 
 by which the Zambesi pours its waters into the Indian Ocean; 
 lat. 18° 52' S.; Ion. 36° 12' E. It used to be one of the 
 principal stations for shipping slaves, and is still, there is 
 
MATS 
 
 64 
 
 MALDAH 
 
 reason to suspect, illicitly used for that purpose. It is 
 fronted by a portion of the Elephant Shoals from three to 
 four miles distant. Its E. bank is formed by level sea-cliffs, 
 its W. densely covered with trees. The depth of water over 
 the bar in springs, when it is lowest, is only 1 J fathom, but 
 immediately within becomes 2 to 5, and is thereafter 7 nearly 
 all the way up for 20 m. to the barracoons where the slaves 
 used to be shipped, and 10 m. beyond them. 
 
 MAIS (Uppek and Under), two contiguous places, Aus- 
 trian empire, Tyrol, circle Brixen, on the Passer, opposite 
 to Meran, with which it is connected by a bridge. It occupies 
 the site of the Roman Maja, contains three churches, one of 
 them with fine marble monuments. There are many fine 
 mansions, and a great resort of pilgrims in the vicinity. Pop. 
 2000. 
 
 MAJI-YA-WHETA, a thermal spring, S.E. Africa, at 
 the foot of one of a number of low detached cones in the basin 
 of the Mgeta; lat. 7° 35' S.; Ion. 37° 35' E. Its water boils 
 and bubbles out of a white mud, here and there incrusted 
 with oxide of iron. On the surface lie caked and scaly sheets 
 of a calcareous tufa, and around are detached boulders 
 blackened probably by the fumes. The earth is dark, some- 
 times sandy, and sprinkled over with broken pieces of 
 quartzite and sandstone. Around the centre of ebullition 
 there is an area of about 200 ft., within which, owing to the 
 heat and instability of the ground, it is impossible to venture. 
 Occasionally, it is said, the spring spurts forth with violence 
 like a geyser, and throws pieces of lime high in the air. The 
 water as it issues runs N. into a small brook, which joins the 
 Mgeta a little below. 
 
 MAKAKIEV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 50 m. S.E. Nijnei- 
 Novgorod, cap. circle of same name, 1. bank Volga. It con- 
 tains seven churches, a monastery, a circle school, two cha- 
 ritable institutions, and extensive maimfactures of boxes and 
 trunks, which, streaked red and blue, painted with various 
 figures, and covered with varnish, are in great demand 
 tiiroughout the country. Many of the inhabitants of the 
 circle are employed in making mats of bast, and preparing 
 potash, tar, and rosin. Pop. 2176. 
 
 MAKOLOLO, the name of a once large and powerful 
 tribe inhabiting or holding in subjection an immense tract of 
 S. Africa, cliiefly between lat. 13° and 20° S. Their exten- 
 sive possessions arose from comparatively small beginnings, 
 and were acquired mainly by the great talents of a single 
 chief of the name of Sebituane. During a long career, in 
 which his political talents were not less conspicuous than his 
 military skill and valour, he added conquest to conquest, 
 and by treating the conquered with lenity, succeeded in in- 
 corporating them with his previous subjects, and thus form- 
 ing them into one tolerably compact whole. The original 
 nucleus of the tribe were the Basuto, who came with him from 
 a comparatively cold and hilly region of the south. With 
 these he successively incorporated various tribes of the 
 Bechuanas, as Bakwains, Bangwaketze, Bamangwato, Batu- 
 ano, &c., and at last carried out this policy on its largest 
 scale by the incorporation of the Makalako, of whose agri- 
 cultural habits (in which the Makololo are deficient) an un- 
 due advantage was taken by forcing them to render certain 
 services and aid in tilling the soil — in other words, by con- 
 verting them into mere serfs. The Makololo, considered as 
 a whole, were composed of a mixture of various tribes, and 
 liad no proper national character. Still, as the dominant 
 race, they were easily distinguished, while at the same time 
 they possessed many qualities which gave them a kind of 
 natural supremacy. In personal appearance indeed they 
 had nothing to boast of. Having exchanged a hilly country 
 with a temperate and healthy climate, for one where ex- 
 cessive heat prevails and much of the ground is swampy, 
 they suffered dreadfully from fever, wliich left those to 
 whom it did not prove fatal with enfeebled constitutions 
 and features of a pale, sickly, yellow hue. Their great pre- 
 eminence is in their intellectual and moral qualities — in their 
 aptitude for civilization, shown in readiness to receive instruc- 
 tion and act upon it, and in their hospitality, honesty, and 
 warm and steady attachment to those who befriend them. 
 At Linyanti their capital, while Dr. Livingstone remained 
 with them, from 500 to 700 persons (male and female) often 
 attended his religious services, conducting themselves upon 
 the whole with great decorum; and many of their adults 
 
 having learned the alphabet in a short time, began to teach 
 it to others, and gave hopes that if the doctor had been able 
 to prolong his stay they would soon have been able to read. 
 They are naturally industrious, but display this quality less 
 in agriculture (for which they seem to have little natural 
 taste) than in the rearing of cattle, which is with them a 
 kind of passion; and in carrying on trade, for which, both by 
 their perseverance and sagacity, they are admirably adapted. 
 But these hopeful circumstances were disappearing at Living- 
 stone's second visit. The wise chief Sebituane had been 
 succeeded by his son Sekeletu, who abandoned his father's 
 prudent policy of treating all the conquered tribes on equal 
 terms with his own ISlakololo, as all children of the chief and 
 all eligible for the highest honours. Sekeletu appointed 
 none to office but Makololo men, and became unpopular. He 
 was also afflicted with leprosy, and, believing himself be- 
 witched, had suspected a number of his chief men, and put 
 some of them with their families to death; others fled to 
 distant tribes ; and the chief had shut himself up. Severe 
 drought and consequent famine brought additional disaster; 
 the country was suffering grievously, and Sebituane's grand 
 empire was crumbling to pieces. A largo body of young 
 Barotse revolted and fled to the north; the iJatoka and 
 Muemba were independent, and the powerful chief near the 
 Victoria Falls set Sekeletu's authority at defiance. This was 
 in 1861. In 1864 Sekeletu died; a civil war broke out 
 about the succession to the chieftainship ; a large body de- 
 parted with their cattle to Lake Ngami; an insurrection of 
 the black tribes followed ; and the kingdom, of which under 
 an able and sagacious rule so much might have been made, 
 has suffered the usual fate of African conquests. ' That 
 fate,' says Dr. Livingstone, 'we deeply deplore; for what- 
 ever other faults the Makololo might justly be charged with, 
 they did not belong to the class who buy and sell each other, 
 and the tribes who have succeeded them do.' 
 
 MAKUNG, a tn. Chinese empire, in the S.W. of Pong- 
 hou Island, the largest of the Pescadore group, to the west of 
 Formosa. It stands on the N. side of an inlet, and is defended 
 by a citadel and a long line of embrasures. Its harbour, 
 though much confined by coral reefs, has sufficient depth for 
 vessels of large draft, and is much resorted to by large junks 
 waiting for a favourable wind to take them to Formosa. On 
 Chimney Point, which forms its S. entrance, there is an old 
 Dutch fort. 
 
 MALAGARAZT, a river, Central Africa, which rises on 
 the S. slope of the high land which lies between the basins of 
 Lake Tanganyika and Lake Nyanza, flows first S.E., then 
 sweeps round the S. base of Mount Urundi, changes its course 
 to nearly due W., and disembogues on the E. shores of 
 Lake Tanganyika, about lat. 5° 15' S.; Ion. 30° 10' E. 
 Rapids abound upon it, and it is not navigable. Its valley 
 is bounded on the N. by a line of hill-spurs of primitive 
 formation, full of ragged rocks and yawning ravines. On 
 both banks there is a fertile strip of brown or black mould, 
 varying in breadth from one to five miles. Beyond this strip 
 on the N. the valley is mostly desert, whereas on the S. it 
 exhibits an aspect of luxuriant vegetation. The river swai-ms 
 with crocodiles. 
 
 MALAUN, a tn. India, Oude, 38 m. N. Cawnpore. It 
 is a large place, very indifferently, built, partly of brick, 
 but chiefly of mud, and is defended by a fort. 
 
 MAL BAIC, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Charlevoise, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 10 m. N.E. Quebec; with 
 a R. Catholic church, and a large trade in cordwood, lumber, 
 and flour. Pop. about 2800. 
 
 MALCESINE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, 23 m. N.W. Verona, 
 on the N.E. shore of Lake Garda; with a handsome parish 
 church containing a crucifixion by Giolfino, an old Venetian 
 castle, a beautiful palace, a good harbour, and marble quar- 
 ries. Pop. 2010. 
 
 MALDAH, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 
 24° 30' and 25° 25' N.; Ion. 87° 50' and 88° 30' E., bounded 
 N. by Purneah, N.E. Dinajepore, S.E. Rajeshaye, and S.W. 
 Moorshedabad and Bhagulpore; length, S.E. to N. W., 70 m.; 
 breadth, 37 m.; area, 1000 sq. m. It is throughout a flat 
 alluvial tract, nowhere more than 1 1 ft. above the level of the 
 sea, but with a gentle slope to the S.E., towards which the 
 drainage is carried by numerous streams, and received by 
 the Ganges. The soil is for the most part a rich alluvium, but 
 
MALDAH 
 
 65 
 
 MANCHESTER 
 
 in several localities its fertility is much diminished by a pre- 
 dominance either of retentive clay or of sand. The principal 
 crops are rice, wheat, barley, cucurbitaceous plants, pulse, 
 and indigo. Many parts of the surface are covered with 
 magnificent banyan-trees and mango groves. The mulberry 
 is extensively planted. The principal manufactures are coarse 
 cotton and coarse silk fabrics. Pop. 43 1 ,000. 
 
 MALDAH, cap. of the above dist., situated 1. bank 
 Mahanunda, at its confluence with an offset of the Ganges, 
 170 m. N. by W. Calcutta, is a wretched place, consisting of 
 narrow irregular streets, and about 3000 houses, many of 
 them in a ruinous condition. 'J'he only public buildings of 
 any note are several mosques and a large serai. The manu- 
 factures, on which the prosperity of the place depended, have 
 been almost destroyed by British competition. 
 
 MALIGUADAC, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, Military 
 Frontiers, about 38 m. E.S.E. Karlstadt; with a German 
 trivial school. — Velhigradac in the vicinity contains two 
 Greek non-UTiited churches. — Pop. 1050. 
 
 MALMKKOG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 34 m. N.E. Uermannstadt; has a Protestant 
 church, and on a height opposite to it a chapel with some 
 interesting monuments. Pop. 1130. 
 
 MALO-JAKOSLAVETZ, a tn. Eussia, gov. and 40 m. 
 N. Kaluga, cap. circle of same name. It stands on a height 
 at the confluence of the Lusha and the Jaroslavka; and has 
 five churches, a monastery, a circle and a parish school, two 
 charitable institutes, manufactures of woollens, and a trade 
 in horses. A battle was fought here between the Russians 
 and the French on the 24th October, 1812. Pop. 2050. 
 
 MALOWN, a fort, India, Hindoor, on the summit of a 
 ridge which rises over the 1. bank of the Sutlej, and has an 
 elevation of 4448 ft.; in lat. 31° 12' N.; Ion. 76° 52' E. It is 
 strongly built of masonry, and in 1815 became the last refuge 
 of Umeer Sing and the Ghoorkas, when Ochterlonie had by 
 his masterly movements dislodged them from all their other 
 posts in the west. A stout resistance was anticipated, but 
 when a breaching battery, erected with incredible labour 
 within 400 yards, was about to open, a capitulation was 
 entered into, and terminated the Nepaiilese war. 
 
 MALPELO, OK Baldiiead, a detached island of the N. 
 Pacific, nearly in the track of vessels entering the Bay of 
 Panama from the S.; lat. 3° 30' 4" N.; Ion. 81° 40' W. It is 
 barren and precipitous; bears a resemblance in its summit, in 
 several points of view, to the crown of a head ; and rising to 
 the height of 1200 ft., becomes visible at sea in clear weather 
 at the distance of 40 m. With the islets which surround it, 
 it extends about 10 m. from N. to S. It has never been 
 surveyed, the officer who visited it for this purpose in 1847 
 having failed to find a landing. Owing to the strong cur- 
 rents in j;ho vicinity there is an appearance of breakers; but 
 it is believed to be steepto, as a depth of 40 fathoms was 
 found alongside, and of 110 fathoms at the distance of a 
 quarter of a mile. 
 
 MALULA, a vil. Palestine, pashalik and 45 m. N.N.E. 
 Damascus, romantically situated near the foot of a towering 
 cliff, at the entrance of a magnificent glen. It is remarkable 
 as one of the three villages in which Syriac is still spoken. 
 
 MAMBARI, a tribe, S.W. Africa, not far from Bihe, 
 where they live under an Ambonda chief, and about 300 m. 
 S.W. Angola. They are slave-traders; and before this 
 trade was interdicted by Portugal, they carried it on to 
 a vast extent, buying their victims in exchange for goods, 
 and not scrupling to steal them, and carry them off by force, 
 whenever they found an opportunity. They now profess to 
 use slaves only for domestic purposes, but there is reason to 
 suspect that their old habits still cling to them. They are 
 such enterprising merchants that the whole stretch of the 
 continent from W. to E. may be said to be their market. 
 There is something else very singular in their mode of deal- 
 ing. When they mean to trade with a town, they deliberately 
 begin by building huts, as if aware that little is to be effected 
 without an ample allowance of time for palaver. They bring 
 the cotton prints of Manchester into the very heart of Africa. 
 When the Makololo first saw these goods, they could hardly 
 believe them to be the work of mortal hands. Aware how 
 much their trade might suffer from the rivalship of the white 
 man, the Mambari are ever on the alert to prevent the natives 
 from having any direct dealings with tliem. They have 
 8upp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 thus been successful in establishing a monopoly in their own 
 hands. 
 
 MANA, a tn. India, Kumaon, on the Saraswati, at an 
 elevation of 10,492 ft.; in lat. 30° 46' N.; Ion. 79° 32' E. 
 The houses are built of stone, two stories high, and covered 
 with planks. The inhabitants are of the Mongolian type, 
 and are in nothing so remarkable as in the profusion of gold 
 and silver ornaments with which they overload their persons, 
 hanging them around their necks, wrists, and ankles, and in- 
 serting them in their ears and noses. The wealth thus 
 indicated is obtained by the extensive traffic they carry on 
 between India and Chinese Tartary through the Mana Pass, 
 which, though 18,000 ft. high, is one of the easiest across the 
 N. frontier, because the ascent following the course of the 
 Saraswati is rather regular and gradual. In conveying the 
 merchandise of this traffic yaks, goats, and sheep are em- 
 ployed. Pop. 1500. 
 
 MANAMA, a tn. Arabia, on the N. shore of the island 
 of Bahrein, in an arm of the Persian Gulf. It is a large and 
 populous place, more regularly built than most towns in the 
 gulf, possesses well-stocked bazars, and carries on an exten- 
 sive trade, principally coasting. About 150 vessels belong 
 to its port, and it also sends a great number of boats to the 
 pearl-fishery. Its pop. is roughly guessed, rather than esti- 
 mated, by some at 40,000, by others at only 5000. 
 
 MANANGKABO [add.], an inland country, Indian 
 Archipelago, Sumatra, about 60 m. long by 50 m. broad, and 
 containing an area of 3000 sq. m. It extends generally from 
 the equator to a degree S. of it, and consists of a series of 
 alpine valleys inclosed by lofty mountains. Among them 
 are the active volcanoes of Talang and Marapi, the former 
 10,750 and the latter 9800 ft. above the sea. The geological 
 formation is partly volcanic, partly plutonic and sedimentary. 
 The valleys being naturally fertile and well supplied with 
 water, are highly cultivated, productive, and populous. Sir 
 Stamford Ilaffles thus speaks, from personal observation : — 
 ' As far as the eye could distinctly trace was one continued 
 scene of cultivation, interspersed with innumerable towns and 
 villages, shaded by the cocoa-nut and other fruit trees, I 
 may safely say that this view equalled anything I ever saw 
 in Java. The scenery is more majestic and grand, popula- 
 tion equally dense, cultivation equally rich.' No details of 
 the early history of Manangkabo exist, or of the mode in 
 which its inhabitants were induced to embrace Islamism. 
 When the Portuguese visited it, it furnished some gold, and 
 was famous for the manufacture of arms. Its reputation in 
 the latter respect it still maintains. 
 
 MANARGUDI, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 22 m. E.S.E. Tanjore. It is a place to which the natives 
 attach importance from the number of Brahmins and Pandar- 
 ums residing at it. Its pagoda, which is very large, has a 
 goparum 150 ft. high. The manufactures are cotton and 
 silk goods. 
 
 MANAYUNK, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, 1 bank 
 Schuylkill, and on the Philadelphia and Norriston railway. 
 Though 7 m. from the State-house of Philadelphia it lies 
 within the chartered limits of this city, and must therefore be 
 regarded as one of its suburbs. It contains six Protestant 
 and two li. Catholic churches, and has extensive manufactures 
 of cottons, jeans, and woollens. Pop. 6158. 
 
 MANCHESTER [add.] Manchester is situated almost 
 at the S.E- extremity of the county of Lancaster, and has 
 always been the centre of the cotton manufacture; it may 
 fairly be described as the metropolis of the northern division 
 of England. 
 
 The public institutions of Manchester include theCatliedral, 
 an ancient and interesting building in the Perpendicular style 
 of architecture, with a tower at the west end, 120 ft. in height. 
 It consists of a nave, chancel, and ladychapel at the east 
 end, with spacious aisles, and seven other chapels. Though 
 greatly disfigured by galleries in the nave, as a whole the 
 effect may be described as picturesque. The only buildings 
 at all like it in England are Chichester cathedral, and St. 
 Michael's, Coventry. The choir is by far the most beautiful 
 part, the roof is exquisite, and the carving of the fretwork 
 over the stalls is unsurpassed by any cathedral in England. 
 Some of the woodwork shows the ravages which the soldiers 
 of the Commonwealth were too fond of committing. Under 
 some of the miserere seats may be seen proofs of their at- 
 
 9 
 
MANCHESTER 
 
 MANCHESTER 
 
 tempts to set fire to the building at the time they turned it 
 into a stable. 
 
 The original parish church of Manchester was of wood, but 
 in the year 1421 the munificence of Thomas de la Warre, the 
 then lord of the manor, obtained a charter constituting it a col- 
 legiate church, and in connection with it a college, consisting 
 of eight fellows, four clerks, and six choristers. Many of the 
 wardens who succeeded Lord de la Warre were men of con 
 siderable note ; amongst the most celebrated of whom may 
 be mentioned Dr. Dee, who, in the time of Elizabeth, was 
 described by Hollingworth as 'a very learned man, a perfect 
 maister of mathematical studies. He was very sober, just, 
 temperate in his studies, yea, an observer of publick and private 
 devotions, but was too much addicted to some over-curious 
 and uncertain arts, as astrology or the like.' Although re- 
 lieved by Elizabeth from the unjust suspicion of being a 
 necromancer, and received by her at court, he v/as so perse- 
 cuted in other ways that he was compelled to leave the country, 
 and his library, consisting of 4000 volumes and 700 MSS., 
 was confiscated. In the year 1 847 an act was passed estab- 
 lishing the bishopric of ilanchester, and constituting the col- 
 legiate church a cathedral. A charter, dated 29th March, 
 1853, subsequently constituted the municipal and parlia- 
 mentary borough of Manchester a city. Since that time 
 the cathedral has been restored, and a great part of it re- 
 built. There are in Manchester 239 churches and chapels, 
 belonging to various denominations, viz. sixty-eight churches, 
 thirteen K. Catholic chapels, thirty-two Independent, thirty- 
 one Wesleyan, eight Methodist Free churches, eleven Baptist, 
 and sixty-nine of various denominations. Some of these are 
 worthy of notice for their architectural pretensions — St. 
 Mary's, St. George, St. Philip, Hulme, St. James', Birch, 
 St. Matthew's, St. Andrew's, in Manchester, and St. Luke's, 
 Cheetham Hill, St. John's R. Catholic cathedral, Salford, and 
 Cavendish Street Independent chapel, being the most perfect. 
 CJieetham's Hospital is a noble institution, founded by a 
 merchant of Manchester in 1651. Tlie buildings tliem- 
 selves are interesting, as being the former residence of the 
 lords of the manor, and subsequently of the ecclesiastics 
 connected with the collegiate church. Its present use is for 
 the education of upwards of 100 boys, a preference being 
 given to 'orphans, the children of honest parents;' their 
 dress is somewhat similar to that worn at Christ's Hospital, 
 London. The library is probably the most valuable theo- 
 logical one in England, containing many MSS., together 
 with one of the original copies of the Pentateuch, seven of 
 which only are known to be in existence. It contains nearly 
 30,000 volumes, some of them rare and curious, which with 
 the manuscripts are also of great interest. 
 
 The Free Grammar Sclwol was founded by Hugh Oldham, 
 Bishop of Exeter, in 1515, who endowed it with certain mills 
 and other property. Other benefactors have since added 
 scholarships and exhibitions at the universities of Oxford and 
 Cambridge. 
 
 Owens' College, a modern institution, founded under the 
 will of Mr. John Owens, who died in 184G, 'for providing or 
 aiding the instruction or improvement of young persons over 
 the age of 14 years in such branches of learning and science 
 as are now, or may hereafter be taught in England.' The 
 only restriction being that no 'religious tests shall be applied 
 for admission to the benefits of the college, and no theological 
 instruction or discussion be allowed which can be reasonably 
 offensive to any student.' It is now affiliated to the Uni- 
 versity of London. A very large subscription has (1 867) 
 been commenced to provide new buildings and furtlier en- 
 dowments, in the hope that, before long, it may form the 
 nucleus of an independent university for the Northern Coun- 
 ties of England. 
 
 The Free Library mainly owes its origin to the late Sir 
 John Potter, who during his mayoralty in 1851 purchased a 
 building for that purpose. Tlie original cost of its establish- 
 ment was defrayed by public subscriptions of about £13,000, 
 its subsequent maintenance being provided for under the 
 Public Libraries Act of 1850. Tlie chief library is divided 
 into two departments, reference and lending, there being four 
 branches besides the principal one. The number of volumes 
 in the reference library is 38,426; in the lending and branch 
 libraries 39,318. The issues are as follows, for the year 
 ending September, 1866: — 
 
 Reference Library, 80,852 
 
 Leudiug ,, — Campfleld, 84,133 
 
 —Hulme 94,183 
 
 — Ancoats 45,508 
 
 ,, „ —Rochdale Road, .... 75,606 
 
 The Assize Courts.— Oyf'mg to the rapid increase in the 
 population of the Salford Hundred, Manchester was recently 
 constituted an assize town, and it therefore devolved upon the 
 county magistrates acting in the Hundred of Salford to pro- 
 vide suitable accommodation for the purpose. This has been 
 done in such a way as to surpass any building for judicial 
 purposes in any part of Great Britain. The architect whose 
 design was selected, and who has carried out the work, 
 is Mr. Alfred Waterhouse, residing and carrying on his pro- 
 fession in his native place, Manchester. The style may be 
 described as Anglo-Gothic, of about the time of Edward III. 
 The principal front faces the S.W., and is 250 ft. in length, 
 the judges' lodgings being separate, but having an internal 
 communication with the courts, and adding greatly to the 
 effect of the whole. In point of ventilation and arrangement 
 the whole building is almost perfect in its planning, whilst 
 no expense has been spared to render the effect both imposing 
 and picturesque. The cost was about £130,000, exclusive 
 of a large prison in course of erection immediately behind 
 the courts. 
 
 First among the ornaments of which Manchester can boast 
 is the Albert Jlemorial, which has been erected in a square 
 about to be formed in front of the site of the new town-hall. 
 The cost, including the statue, was nearly £7000. Tlie 
 statue itself is by Noble, of Sicilian marble, and represents 
 the prince in the robes of the order of the Garter; the canopy 
 being in a style of corresponding richness. The other statues 
 in Manchester are those opposite the Koyal Infirmary, of the 
 Duke of Wellington, Sir Robert Peel, Dr. Dalton, and James 
 Watt— one of Richard Cobden is also in course of erection. 
 In Peel Park, Salford, are those of the Queen, Prince Con- 
 sort, Sir Robert Peel, and Joseph Brotherton, the first repre- 
 sentative of that borough in Parliament— a position which he 
 retained for twenty-four years. 
 
 The other public institutions include the town-hall and 
 the exchange, both of which have become too small for their 
 respective purposes. Acts of parliament were obtained in 
 the session of 1865, giving the necessary powers for provid- 
 ing new buildings, which it is expected will be of a character 
 such as to do credit to the city. 
 
 The Royal Infirmary is one of the largest hospitals sup- 
 ported by voluntary contributions in the country, and pos- 
 sesses in connection with it a thriving medical school. There 
 are various other hospitals in the town. 
 
 The Fiee- trade hall is an imposing building, erected on 
 the site of the hall in which the mass meetings in aid of the 
 free trade movement were held. 
 
 Many of the warehouses are large, lofty, ornate buildings, 
 with considerable pretensions to architectural elegance, and 
 form a striking feature in the general aspect of the city, 
 which, although much improved in recent years by many broad 
 handsome thoroughfares taking the place of narrow streets, 
 cannot be described as very prepossessing in appearance. 
 
 The trade of Manchester was originally almost entirely de- 
 pendent on the manufacture and sale of cotton goods, but it 
 has now become the centre of a large district extending some 
 40 m. around, and embraces the various productions employed 
 in the manufacturing industry of England. Hence it arose 
 that during the cotton famine the distress was much more 
 lightly felt here than in any purely manufacturing town, as 
 the producers of machinery and other employers of skilled 
 labour have to a great extent taken the place of the mere 
 manufacturers of cotton goods. The following table, being 
 an extract from the mill return for the city of Manchester, 
 for 25th July, 1865, will give an idea of the extent and va- 
 riety of the manufactures carried on: — 
 
 ■I, 1. -KT «i.r-ii_ No. of Hands 
 
 Classification. No. of MUls. tJsuaUy Employed. 
 
 Cotton Mills, .... 76 ... 22,017 
 
 Silk Mills, 10 ... 4,353 
 
 Smallware Mills, ... 27 ... 6,597 
 
 Printworks, 1 ... 613 
 
 Dyeworks, 21 ... 2,854 
 
 Machinists 43 ... 7,453 
 
 Foundries, 23 ... 4,857 
 
 Total, 
 
 47,644 
 
MANCHESTER 
 
 67 
 
 MANCHESTER 
 
 In early liistofy it is mentioned as one of the most impor- 
 tant of the Eoman settlements. In the year 78 Agricola suc- 
 cessfully brought the northern tribes under the rule of the 
 Caesars, and Manccnion, formerly a British stronghold, was 
 garrisoned by the Romans; forts were established, of which 
 traces can still be discerned at Hyle Wood, near Castle Irwell 
 in Lower Broughton; at Castle Hill, near Singleton Brook; at 
 Raine's How, on Kersal Moor; and at a spot a little above the 
 Goose Inn, Bury New Road; — and various military roads to 
 
 the surrounding districts were formed, the conquered Britons 
 in the meantime settling themselves in the Aldport or old 
 town, the site of which is still recalled by the name of Alport 
 Town in Deansgate. 
 
 Four hundred years, however, had barely passed when, 
 notwithstanding the erection of a formidable stone fortress in 
 Castle Field, the Saxons, invited by the Britons, tore away 
 the stronghold of Mankastelh from the possession of the 
 Romans, and the year 488 finds them dictating from this 
 
 THE ASSIZE COURTS, MANCHESTER.— From a laige photograph by Eastham, Manchester. 
 
 point as their head-quarters to the whole country lying between 
 the Humber and the Mersey. The command of the fortress 
 was given to one Tarquin or Torquine: in the old chronicles 
 of Manchester written by Hollingworth may be found the fol- 
 lowing legend: — • 
 
 ' It is said that Sir Tarquine, a stout enemie of King 
 Arthur, kept the castle, and neere to the ford in Medlock, 
 about Mabhouse, hung a basin, on which basin whosoever did 
 strike, Sir Tarquine or some of his company would come forth 
 and fight with him, and that Sir Launcelot du Lake, a knight 
 of King Arthur's Round Table, did beate upon the basin, fought 
 with Tarquine, killed him, and possessed liimself of the castle 
 and loosed the prisoners.' 
 
 The old ballad of 'Sir Tarquine' also commemorates the 
 achievement: — 
 
 ■ Within this ancient British land. 
 In Lancasliire, I understand, 
 
 Near Manchester there lived a knight of fame, 
 Of a prodigious strength and might, 
 Who vanquished many a worthy knight, 
 
 A. giant great, and Tai-quin was his name.' 
 
 On a ceiling in the Cheetham hospital, an institution of which 
 an account will be found in another part of this article, a rude 
 carving may be seen representing Tarquin with the legs of an 
 infant sprawling out of his mouth, the fable being that he 
 devoured each day a child for his breakfast. 
 
 The name of the town which, during the time of the Romans, 
 was changed from Manccnion into Mancunium, became under 
 the Saxons Manigeceaster or Manchester, by which it has ever 
 since been known. For 180 years it remained under the 
 dominion of the Saxons, but after that period Canute, on his 
 march to Cumberland, took possession of it, leaving as a 
 memento a mill, which he built close by the castle, the place 
 where it stood still bearing the name of Knute or Knott 
 Mill. 
 
 Of the history of Manchester from this period up to the 
 beginning of the thirteenth century little is known, but we 
 then find it a thriving mercantile town, in which the Flemish 
 
 manufactures and the woollen trade were being successfully 
 carried on. This was the foundation of the wealth of the 
 southern division of the county of Lancaster. Possessing as 
 it does an energetic population, and the advantage of an ample 
 iron, coal, and water supply, the manufacture of cotton goods 
 has spread itself throughout the whole of the surrounding 
 towns, and has led to the development of Liverpool as the 
 port for the trade of the district. 
 
 The natural enthusiasm of the inhabitants has led them 
 into political excesses of various kinds. The Reformation 
 was violently opposed there; Collyer the warden of the col- 
 lege of the Blessed Virgin, Pendlebury, and Bradford 
 taking a notorious part, the latter dying a martyr for his 
 support of it. In Ancoats Lane one of the Martin Marpre- 
 late presses was established, and its publications issued from 
 thence. 
 
 The Great Rebellion finds Manchester greatly excited, and 
 an encounter between some of the inhabitants and the fol- 
 lowers of Lord Strange, afterwards the unfortunate Earl of 
 Derby, was reported in London as ' the beginning of civil 
 warres in England, or terrible news from the north ;' Lord 
 Strange being afterwards impeached by the lower house for 
 his share in the affair. Under the commonwealth Manchester 
 had its representative in parliament, and was made a centre of 
 one of ' tlie classical divisions of the presbyteries.' 
 
 At another period Manchester supported the Chevalier St. 
 George, and five of the principal inhabitants were executed 
 in the town. 
 
 In 1745 young Prince Charles's cause was warmly 
 espoused. Not only were the plans of his invasion con- 
 cocted there, but before publicly appearing in Scotland he 
 was privately entertained for a considerable time at Ancoats 
 Hall, by Sir Oswald Mosley, the lord of the manor, and at 
 another visit he made his head-quarters at an inn which bore 
 the name of the 'Palace Inn' in consequence, until it was 
 recently pulled down. A regiment was raised locally, the 
 last occasion in which it took part being the defence of Car- 
 lisle, at the surrender of which the leaders were decapitated, 
 
MANCHESTER 
 
 MANGANJA 
 
 their heads being set for exhibition on tlie top of the Man- 
 chester exchange. 
 
 The American revolution and the French war enabled the 
 inhabitants to testify tlieir loyalty by raising several regiments 
 of volunteers, as well as subscribing their money most liber- 
 ally, one firm alone, Peel & Yates, the head of which was the 
 first Sir llobert Peel, voluntarily contributing £10,000 for 
 the defence of the country. 
 
 The agitators for ' reform,' and subsequently ' free trade,' 
 were mainly supported by associations formed in Manchester, 
 which has led to the term of the ' Jlanchester school,' as 
 applied to the extreme section of the liberal party. 
 
 The most recent efi"orts which are worthy of record have, 
 however, been directed to the spread of education, and at tlie 
 present time a bill, initiated by the Manchester Education Aid 
 society, is under the consideration of parliament, and, it is 
 hoped, may be the means of furthering a system of compulsory 
 education. 
 
 The population of Manchester has increased at an extra- 
 ordinary rate, as in 1801 it was 94,876, and, including Salford, 
 in 1861, 460,018. Owing, however, to the encroachments 
 during the past few years of wareliouses, and public and 
 private undertakings, the next census will record a decrease, 
 as the rents in the suburbs offer inducements to the working 
 population to reside beyond the limits of the borough. 
 
 MANCHESTER [add.], a tn. U. States, New Hamp- 
 shire, on the Merrimac, at the Amoskeag Falls, and at the 
 terminus of the Merrimac and Connecticut, and the Man- 
 chester and Lawrence railways, 52 m. N.N.W. Boston. It 
 is regularly laid out in streets and squares, the former cross- 
 ing at right angles, and three of the latter with ornamental 
 ponds in their centre. The main street, which is 100 ft. 
 wide and above a mile long, is planted on each side with elms. 
 The principal buildings and institutions are 14 churches, 40 
 public schools, including 1 high-school, 2 grammar, I inter- 
 mediate, 13 naval, 8 middle, and 15 primary; an academy 
 under the care of the Sisters of Mercy, an athenaeum, and a 
 reformatory for juvenile and female offenders. The manu- 
 factures, having the advantage of an unlimited supply of water- 
 power from the falls of the Merrimac, are very important, 
 and are carried on chiefly by chartered companies. Tlie 
 chief articles manufactured are cottons and woollens, loco- 
 motive and other engines, axes, adzes, and other tools, cast- 
 ings, scales, and paper. The cottons and woollens, which 
 must be considered as the great staples of the place, consist 
 of ticks, flannels, sheetings, drillings, de laines, bareges, 
 prints, Persian cloths, and cassimeres. Pop. {I860), 20,107. 
 MANDHAR, a territory, Indian Archipelago, forming 
 the W. portion of the main body or nucleus of the island of 
 Celebes, and terminating to the S.W, in a cape of same name, 
 in lat. 3° 35' S.; Ion. 119° E. Though hilly, it has no 
 mountains of considerable elevation. The soil is very in- 
 dififerent, not producing rice, but only maize, cocoa-palm, and 
 cotton. Its exports are cotton cloth, cocoa-nuts, and cocoa- 
 nut oil. The inhabitants are a distinct nation, and have a 
 language peculiar to themselves. 
 
 M ANDUR, or Tumandur, a tn. on the W. side of Borneo, 
 cap. dist. of same name, about 15 m. N. of the equator. It 
 stands on an affluent of the Kapuwas, which falls into the sea 
 below Pontianak, and is a principal station of the Chinese 
 gold-diggers. 
 
 MANGA, a prov. W. Africa, Bornou, stretching from 
 E. to W. along the S. frontier of the Tawarek for a consider- 
 able length, with a comparatively narrow breadth. The sur- 
 face is undulated in downs of red sand, famous for the pro- 
 duction of ground-nuts and beans. Both of these, constituting 
 a large portion of the food of the inhabitants, are sown on the 
 same field along with millet. The remarkable cornstacks, 
 which form a singular fijature in Ilausa, but are unknown in 
 Bornou proper, are in common use in Manga. Other marks 
 of distinction appear. ' The Kanuri horseman, or the Koyam 
 camel-breeder was here,' says Dr. Earth, ' supplanted by the 
 Manga footman, with his leather apron, his bow and arrow, 
 and his battle-axe, while the more slender Manga girl, scarcely 
 peeping forth from under her black veil with which she bash- 
 fully hid her face, had succeeded to the Bornou female, with 
 her square figure, her broad features, and her open or ill- 
 covered breast.' The Manga owe their origin to a mixture 
 of tribes. 
 
 MANGALAGHERRY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 and 13 m. N.N.E. Guntoor. It stands on the great northern 
 road, about 6 m. W. of the Kistna, and has a considerable 
 trade in the white and red cloths worn by Mahometans and 
 the natives generally. They are sent chiefly to Hyderabad 
 and Jaulnah. 
 
 MANGALTA, or IMangali, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Bulgaria, eyalet and 68 m. E.S.E. Silistria, on the W. coast 
 of the Black Sea. Its roadstead, besides being exposed to the 
 E. wind, is frequently visited by mists, which make the 
 navigation uncertain and dangerous. Large vessels, however, 
 can anchor abreast of the town about 1 m. from the shore in 
 5| fathoms, and small vessels at only 300 yards from the 
 shore in 4 fathoms. Pop. 7000. 
 
 MANGALORE [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 370 m, 
 W. Madras, cap. prov. Canara, on the Malabar coast. It 
 stands behind a backwater formed by the junction of the 
 Balore with the Nellrawutti, and when viewed either from 
 the sea or the adjoining heights has a rather picturesque ap- 
 pearance. The houses, however, are for the most part meanly 
 built, and form not so much one single town as a number of 
 distinct villages. It has no public buildings entitled to 
 special notice. The harbour was much frequented in early 
 times, and became under Hyder Ali and Tippoo Sahib a 
 great naval arsenal, where a fleet of ships was built with the 
 intention of rivalling those of Europe. After this preposterous 
 idea was abandoned, the works were allowed to go to ruin; 
 and the harbour, which had been previously protected against 
 the encroachment of the sea, became in a great measure silted 
 up, so that even native craft find access difficult. The trade, 
 however, is still considerable, the chief exports consisting of 
 rice, betel-nut, black pepper, sandal-wood, cassia, and turmeric, 
 and the imports of salt, raw silk, sugar, oil, and glue. The 
 cantonment stands on a gentle slope on the N. side of the 
 town. The pi'incipal buildings are St. Paul's church, the 
 mission-house and seminary of the Evangelical Mission of 
 Basle, a large jail calculated to receive 500 prisoners, an hospi- 
 tal and a dispensary. Within the town the R. Catholics have 
 a bishop's chapel, and three churches, with a school attached 
 to each. Their congregations consist mostly of persons of 
 Portuguese descent, or the descendants of natives, who, 
 during the Portuguese supremacy, were forced to profess 
 Christianity. The latter, though retaining many of their 
 native customs, are extremely observant of the Romish rites 
 and ceremonies. Pop. 18,931. 
 
 MANGANJA, a tribe of natives, S. Africa, inhabiting 
 the country S. of Lakes Nyassa and Shirwa, between these 
 lakes and the Zambesi, and on the Shire. The Manganja 
 follow the pursuits of spinning, weaving, smelting iron, and 
 cultivating the soil. They are an industrious race, and all 
 the people — men, women, and children — work in the fields. 
 Large crops of the mapira [IIolcus sorghum) are raised, 
 with millet, beans, and ground-nuts ; as well as yams, rice, 
 pumpkins, cucumbers, cassava, sweet potatoes, tobacco, and 
 hemp. Maize is grown all the year round. Three varieties 
 of cotton have been found in the country — two foreign and 
 one native. The tonge manga, or foreign cotton, is of excel- 
 lent quality, nearly equal to the best New Orleans; it is 
 perennial, but requires replanting once in three years. A 
 considerable amount of this variety is grown in the Upper 
 and Lower Shire valleys. The indigenous cotton is of shorter 
 staple, and feels like wool ; it makes strong cloth. Iron ore 
 is dug in the hills, and each village has its smelting-house; 
 and good axes, spears, needles, arrow-heads, bracelets, and 
 anklets are made very cheaply. In the villages near Lake 
 Shirwa the inhabitants largely manufacture pottery for cook- 
 ing and other purposes, ornamenting it with plumbago found 
 in the hills. Fishing-nets and baskets are also made, and 
 exchanged with the fishermen on the river or lakes for dried 
 fish or salt. Many of the men are intelligent-looking, with 
 well-shaped heads, pleasing faces, and high foreheads; they 
 take great pride in arranging their hair in a variety of ways, 
 and adorn their bodies with a superabundance of rings upon 
 the neck, arms, fingers, and legs. The women have a most 
 remarkable fashion in the use of i\\Q pelele or lip-ring. Tlie 
 middle of the upper lip is pierced in youth close to the septum, 
 and a small pin inserted in the puncture ; afterwards a larger 
 pin is put into it, and so on, the size of the pin being increased 
 until a ring of two inches in diameter can easily be introduced. 
 
MANGROL 
 
 69 
 
 MAPATIZIA 
 
 The poorer classes make the pelele of hollow or solid bam- 
 boo, and the wealthier of ivory or tin. The Manganja are 
 not a sober people, whole villages devoting themselves to 
 the consumption of beer for days together, with much revelry. 
 Tiiey believe in the existence of a Supreme Being, called 
 Wpumb^ or Morungo, and in a future state. Formerly all 
 the Manganja were united under the government of their 
 great chief, Undi, wliose empire extended from Lake Shirwa 
 to the river Loangwa; but after Undi's death it fell to pieces, 
 and a large portion of it on the Zambesi was absorbed by the 
 powerful southern people the Banyai. The tribe are much 
 addicted to the slave-trade in connection with the Portuguese, 
 and had themselves suffered so much from it at the hands of 
 the .stronger tribe of the Ajawa, that at the period of Dr, 
 Livingstone's journey they were being rapidly lessened in 
 both power and numbers. 
 
 MANGROL, a tn. India, Gujerat, peninsula of Kattywar, 
 on its S.W. coast. It is a populous place, with a mosque, 
 which is considered the finest in the peninsula; and carries on 
 an active trade, though its harbour is very indifferent. There 
 is another place of same name in the Kajpoot state of Kotali, 
 where, on 31st Sept. 1821, Zalim Singh, then minister of 
 Kotah, aided by the British, defeated the hereditary prince, 
 Kisiien Singh. 
 
 MANICA, a mountainous tract, S. Africa, furnishing the 
 source of several of the S. affluents of the Zambesi; about lat. 
 18° S.; Ion. 33° E. It is the richest gold-field in this part of 
 Africa, long furnished the Portuguese with their chief sup- 
 plies of gold, and still attracts numerous natives to its wash- 
 ings. The gold, often as large as grains of wheat, is collected 
 by the natives in goosequills, for each of which they expect 
 "to receive 24 yards of calico. At Sofala, the neaiT.st port to 
 Maniea, pieces of wrought gold have been dug up, and hewn 
 stones, supposed to have belonged to ancient buildings, have 
 been found. On such evidences and inferences from the 
 Scripture narrative, some have concluded that Maniea was 
 the Ophir of Solomon, and Sofala the place where its gold was 
 shipped. 
 
 M ANIKPOOK, a tn. India, Oude, 1. bank Ganges, 35 m. 
 N. W. Allahabad. It extends about 1 m. along the river, but 
 is a decayed place, and consists chiefly of wretched hovels, 
 interspersed with ruins of handsome edifices which were 
 pulled down for the embellishment of Lucknow. It still 
 possesses an extensive brick fort, and a large and well-supplied 
 bazar. Tlie principal traders are money- changers and dealers 
 in grain, cloth, and hardware. On the N.W. of the town is 
 a large structure called Shahababad, which stands in the 
 midst of a garden stocked with betel-nut and fruit trees, and 
 is still occupied by a descendant of the rajah who built it, and 
 was at the time sovereign of a large part of S. Oude. Pop. 
 about 10,000. — There is another Manikpoor, dis^t. Budaon, 
 41 m. S.W. Bareilly. 
 
 MANITOBAH [add.], a lake, British America, between 
 lat. 50° 25' and 51° 50' N., and Ion. 98° and 100° W. It is 
 of very irregular shape, and by means of deep indentations 
 near its centre is divided into two nearly equal portions. 
 Of these the southern is somewhat elliptical, and the northern 
 is again subdivided by a neck of land, the E. side of which 
 is washed by a part of the lake lying nearly due N., while its 
 W. side is washed by a still larger part lying N.N. W.; the 
 whole length from S.E. to N.W. is 120 m., and the breadth, 
 where widest, is about 26 m. The depth within 100 yards 
 of Steep Rock Point, on the N.E. shore, was found by sound- 
 ings to be 3J fathoms. In many places large boulders are 
 piled up high upon the beach, with a swamp behind them; in 
 other places horizontal beds of Devonian limestone of a pale 
 buff colour stands close to the water's edge, and is worn into 
 caves; and in not a few localities the beach is composed of 
 water-worn pebbles strewed over a bank of sand. The sur- 
 face of the lake is dotted with numerous small islands. One 
 of these, which gives the lake its name, and is situated near 
 its centre, where it is narrowest, is about 600 yards long by 
 200 broad. A perpendicular limestone cliff on its N. side 
 contains a number of caverns. Neither these nor the other 
 caverns on the islands and the shore are ever visited by the 
 native Indians, because they believe them to be the abodes of 
 fairies or manitou. ' The origin of this superstition in rela- 
 tion to Manitobah Island,' says Mr. Hind, ' is due to the 
 sounds produced by the waves as they beat upon the beach 
 
 at the foot of the cliffs near its northern extremity. During 
 the night-time, when a gentle breeze is blowing from the N., 
 the various sounds heard on the island are quite sufficient to 
 strike awe into the minds of the superstitious Indians. Those 
 sounds frequently resemble the ringing of distant church 
 bells; so close indeed is this resemblance that several times 
 during the night I awoke with the impression that I was listen- 
 iiig to chimes. When the breeze subsided, and the waves 
 played gently on the beach, a low wailing sound would bo 
 heard at our camping place, about 300 yards from the cliffs 
 where the noise was produced. At night it was peculiarly 
 impressive, and as we lay on the moss-covered rock it was 
 very easy to comprehend the objection which uneducated 
 Indians, naturally of a fanciful and superstitious turn of mind, 
 have to land or remain on this "fairy" island.' On the 
 southern and south-western shores of the lake a series of 
 splendid prairies commences, and stretches far back into the 
 interior, and at its S.W. extremity, where its principal feeder, 
 White Mud Eiver, enters it, there is a fishery, where great 
 numbers of white fish are caught. Lake Manitobah com- 
 municates on the N.W. with the Winnepego-sis by the Water 
 Hen River, and discharges itself on the N.E. by the Partridge 
 Crop River, carrying its waters into Lake Martin, from which 
 they are forthwith transmitted to Lake Winnepeg. On the 
 W. side of Lake IManitobah the Hudson's Bay Company have 
 a station called Manitobah House. The R. Catholic mission 
 at the same place has been abandoned. 
 
 MANITOU, a river, British America, which has its mouth 
 on the N. shore of the estuary of the St. Lawrence to the 
 N.W. of Auticosti. Tiie channel at its entrance is 60 yards 
 wide, with a depth of 5 ft. at low water, 9 ft. in neap, and 
 12 ft. in spring tides. The depth within increases gradually 
 for 1 m. to 5 fathoms. Here the first rapid occurs, and makes 
 further navigation impracticable. Half a mile farther up, 
 the Manitou plunges in one unbroken sheet of water over 
 a precipice of granite and porphyry 113 ft. high, forming 
 one of the most beautiful cascades to be found in Lower 
 Canada. 
 
 MANITOWOC, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, on the W. 
 shore of Lake Michigan, at the mouth of a river of same name, 
 in lat. 44° N. It is of very recent origin, but has already 
 acquired an important trade, and is rapidly rising into im- 
 portance. A large proportion of its inhabitants are Germans. 
 Pop. (1860), 3055. 
 
 MANJEKA, a river, India, which rises in lat. 18° 44' 
 N.; Ion. 75° 30' E., flows S.E. through the Nizam's Dominions, 
 and joins the Godavery on its r. bank near the town of Sung- 
 lium, after a course of about 170 m. 
 
 MANKOKE, OR Mankaur, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 
 dist. and 22 m. N.W. Burdwan. It is a considerable mart 
 for the rice which is extensively grown in its neighbourhood, 
 and has a pop. of 8682. 
 
 MANPOOR, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and about 
 55 m. E.N.E. Jeypoor, on the Baun or Banganga, a water 
 course which becomes a large stream during the rains. It is 
 surrounded by a ditch and by a mud rampart 12 to 16 ft. 
 high, with eight good semicircular bastions, and has a popu- 
 lation of about 4000. 
 
 MANSFIELD, a vil. U. States, Connecticut, on the 
 Nachaug River, and on the New London, Willimantic, and 
 Palmer railway, 24 m. E. Hartford. It is noted chiefly for 
 its production of silk, which gives employment to several 
 factories. The other industrial establishments are one 
 woollen factory, two for cotton, three tanneries, four flour 
 and five saw mills. Pop. (1860), 1697. 
 
 MANTA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, prov. Mancavi, 
 110 m. N.W. Guayaquil. It is the principal port of the 
 province, and notwithstanding a considerable swell has a 
 good landing. The only danger is from patches of shoal 
 which extend about three-quarters of a mile from the shore. 
 The principal exports are straw-hats and hammocks. 
 
 MANYTSCHSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 circle Novo-Tcherkask, 1. bank Manytsch; with three yearly 
 markets and 3043 inhabitants. 
 
 MAPATIZIA, a small stream, S. Africa, a tributary of 
 the Zambesi, which it joins on its 1. bank, about 90 m. E. of 
 the Victoria Falls. In its bed is much calc-spar, with cal- 
 careous schist, and the Tette gray sandstone which usually 
 overlies coal. 
 
MARAND 
 
 70 
 
 MARINE 
 
 MARAND, OR Mehranp, a tn. Persia, prov. of Azer- 
 bijan, 35 m. N.W. of Tabreez, was once a flourishing and 
 important place, and though shorn of its ancient glories, still 
 contains upwards of one thousand houses. A garrison is 
 maintained here, on account of its proximity to the llussian 
 frontier. 
 
 ■ MARAPI, the name of two active volcanoes in the 
 Indian Archi])elago. The one, situated on the S.W. of 
 Sumatra, about 27 m. S. of the equator, has an estimated 
 height of 9800 ft.; the other, situated near the centre of Java, 
 about 35 m. S. Samarang, has a height of 9250 ft. Though 
 evidently in a state of activity, there is no record of any 
 great eruption, and hence the sides are in many parts culti- 
 vated two-thirds of their height. 
 
 MARAR, The Baau or Prairie op, a plain of the 
 Somauli country, E. Africa, stretching from N. to S. between 
 the abutments of a rugged plateau on the E., and a range of 
 cones called Gurays, shooting off from the highlands of Harar 
 on the W. Its breadth is about 27 m.; its precise length is 
 scarcely known. The N. portion of it belongs to the Eesa; 
 the S. to the Habr Awal tribes. Its surface is gently rolling 
 ground, with a soil of black earth, which proves its natural 
 productiveness by the tall waving grass which grows upon it. 
 It is broken by frequent wadies or water-courses, which can 
 easily be traced even at a distance by their border of dense 
 thickets of scrub and thorn trees, and the rich verdure of the 
 grass. This prairie, which wants nothing but cultivation to 
 cover it with fruitful cornfields, remains uncultivated, mainly 
 because it would be exposed to incessant inroads, since on 
 it, as neutral ground, the Eesa, Berteri, and Habr Awal meet 
 to plunder unhappy travellers. It would seem that at one 
 time cultivation had been attempted, for on its outer edge 
 there are frequent vestiges of deserted kraals. 
 
 MARBLEHEAD, a tn. U. States, Massachusetts, on a 
 peninsula which projects into Massachusetts Bay, and on a 
 railway which connects it with Boston, from which it is 16 m. 
 N.E. It has a deep and convenient harbour, and was noted 
 from the first settlement of New England for the enterprise 
 of its inhabitants in tlie fisheries. Of late years, however, 
 these have been comparatively neglected, and the manufac- 
 ture of boots and shoes has become the staple employment, 
 which is carried on to a very great extent. The other chief 
 articles produced are glue, ship-biscuit, and oakum. Many of 
 the original settlers of Marblehead were from Jersey and 
 Guernsey in the English Channel, and left such traces of their 
 native speech behind them among their descendants as almost 
 to constitute a peculiar dialect. During the war with Great 
 Britain in 1812 a great number of privateers were fitted out 
 here, and hence when peace was concluded no fewer than 500 
 of the citizens were found to be prisoners in England. Pop. 
 (1860), 7646. 
 
 MAKEB [add.], ariver, Abyssinia, which rises in Mount 
 Doro, near Ade Baro, on the plateau of Hamesen, about lat. 
 15° 20' N.; Ion. 38° 50' E., flows first circuitously S.S.W., 
 then N.W., and is finally lost in the marshes of Filik, about 
 40 m. N. Kassala. In the province of Taka it takes the 
 name of Bahr- or Chor-el-Gash; and towards the end of the 
 hot season, becoming dry, leaves only a number of swampy 
 pools, the abode of crocodiles and hippopotami. 
 
 MARIA (Szekt), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Liptau. on the Waag; with a church, which is said to be the 
 first that was erected after the introduction of Christianity 
 into the country; and the ruins of a castle which originally 
 belonged to the Templars, and was demolished by the Bo- 
 hemian Taborites in 142G. 
 
 MARIAMPOL, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 12 m. N.E. Stanislau, 1. bank Dniester, nearly opposite 
 to the confluence of the Bistritza; with a convent of the Sisters 
 of Mercy, an old castle once a place of strength, an infirmary, 
 and an hospital for the poor. Pop. 1880. 
 
 MARIA-NOSTRA, a vil. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Honth, about 10 m. S.S.E. Ipoly-Sagh; with an old 
 Pauline monastery, and a female penitentiary and house of 
 correction large enough to receive 500 convicts. 
 
 MARIAPOCO, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Szabolcs, 30 m. N.N.E. Debreczin; with a Basilian monas- 
 tery and a chapel, to which numerous pilgrimages are made. 
 Pop. 1400. 
 
 MARIA-THERESIOPEL, a tu. Austrian empire, 
 
 Banat, circle and 35 m. N.E. Zombor, on Lake Palitsch, 
 near the fiontiers of Hungary. It consists of a royal free 
 town and 16 suburbs; and lias several churches, of which the 
 high church and a handsome Greek church are particularly 
 deserving of notice; a Franciscan monastery, with a fine 
 church, a gymnasium for which handsome buildings have 
 been provided, a townhouse, large barracks, a town-hospital, 
 extensive manufactures of linen and boots and shoes, tan- 
 neries, dyeworks, four yearly markets, and an extensive 
 trade in horses, horned cattle, sheep, raw hides, and wool. 
 Pop. 53,499. 
 
 MAKIENBURG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 12 m. W. Kronstadt, cap. dist. of same name; 
 with the ruins of an old castle built by the Teutonic knights. 
 In the vicinity the Siebenburghers were defeated by the 
 Moldavian woiwod Peter in 1529. Pop. 1900. 
 
 MARIETTA [add], a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. Wash- 
 ington, at the confluence of the Muskingum, and at the 
 terminus of the Marietta and Cincinnati railway, 80 m. S.E. 
 Columbus. It consists of wide streets and neatly built 
 houses, and ccmtains a court-house and jail, twelve churches, 
 a college, with 5 professors, 56 students, and a library of 
 15,500 volumes; a lyceum, a western liberal institute founded 
 by the Universalists, two academies, and a union school. 
 Marietta, which was settled in 1788, and named in honour 
 of Marie Antoinette, is the oldest town in the state, and must 
 occupy the site of a place so ancient that no record of it 
 remains, though the fact of its existence is placed beyond a 
 doubt by a group of ancient works consisting of two large 
 irregular squares with a covered way and sundry mounds 
 and truncated pyramids. Pop. (1860), 4323. 
 
 MAKIGUANA, an isl. West Indies, situated among' 
 the E. portion of the Bahamas, is 25 m. long from E. to W., 
 6 m. broad at its W. end, about 4 m. at its E. end, but not 
 2 m. across at its centre. Its general height above the sea 
 does not exceed 30 ft.; but near its centre there is a hill 
 which rises to the height of 100 ft., and behind its S.E. point 
 there is a long flat ridge 90 ft. high. Its inhabitants, who in 
 1857 amounted only to 20, reside at Belsey Bay, near the 
 W. extremity. Its W. side is so bold that soundings do not 
 reach more than 200 yards from the shore. The anchorages, 
 of which there are several, are fit only for coasters of light 
 draught. Good water is found, and wood abounds on the 
 island. 
 
 MARIINSK, a tn, llussian empire, Manchooria, on that 
 branch of the Amoor which communicates with Lake Kidze; 
 lat. 51° 40' N.; Ion. 140° 20' E. It was founded in 1851 to 
 serve as a trading post of the Eusso-America Company, and 
 in 1855 extended for some distance along the river, and was 
 defended by two batteries. The intention was to make 
 it the chief settlement on the river; but owing to the in- 
 sufficient depth of water, this intention was abandoned. 
 The batteries have in consequence been dismantled, and the 
 government establishments have been removed to the newly 
 founded town of Sofyesk. A road leads from Mariinsk along 
 the N. shore of the lake to Castries Bay. 
 
 MARILE, a river, S. Africa, a branch of the Liambye, 
 which, quitting it by its 1. bank in lat. 15° 15' 43" S., flows 
 S., and by again uniting with the main stream converts the 
 wliole of the intervening country into an island. Dr. Living- 
 stone, who sailed down this branch from its departure to its 
 reunion with the Liambye, found it to be a fine deep stream, 
 about 60 yards wide. 
 
 MAlvINDUQUE [add.], an island, Indian Archipelago, 
 belonging to the Philippines. It forms part of the prov. 
 Mindoro, lying between this island on the N.W. and Luzon 
 on the E. It is about 33 m. long by 20 m. broad, and has 
 an area of 373 geo. sq. m. Its soil, naturally fertile, is 
 much improved by irrigation, and produces rice in such 
 abundance as to leave a considerable surplus for export. 
 Malagi, on its S. coast, affords a safe and commodious haven 
 for coasters. Pop. about 20,000. 
 
 MARINE, a group of islands, S. America, Chili, in the 
 Gulf of Cape Tres Montes, lying in lat. 46° 58' 57" S.; 
 Ion. 75° 27' 50" W. It was so named by Byron, because 
 four of his marines had voluntarily remained on shore during 
 his perilous boat voyage after the wreck of the Wager. On 
 one of the islands a mountain called the Sugar Loaf rises to 
 the height of 1840 ft., and forming a very conspicuous object, 
 
MARION 
 
 71 
 
 MASAYA 
 
 was seen by hiiri the day before his shipwreck. To another 
 equally remarkable mountain, situated upon the mainland, 
 about 6 m. from the Sugar Loaf, and 2284 ft. high, he gave 
 the name of the Dome of St. Paul. The Gulf of Cape Tres 
 Monies, in which the group lies, occupies a space of 16 m. by 
 12 m., and the cape itself, forming the S. extremity of the 
 peninsula of Taytao, is a bold and remarkable headland, 
 which rises from the sea to the height of 2000 ft., and being 
 free from all outlying dangers, is one of the safest and easiest 
 of landfalls. 
 
 MARION, a vil. U. States, Alabama, cap. co. Perry, 
 near the Cahawba lliver, and on the Alabama and Mississippi 
 railway, 136 m. N.N.E. Mobile. It has five churches, a 
 Baptist college, an academy, two large female seminaries, 
 and a number of flourishing private schools. Pop. (1860), 
 1408. 
 
 MARIVELES, a tn. Philippine Isles, on the peninsula 
 which forms the W. side of the Bay of Manilla, in the island 
 of Luzon. It is situated between two small rivers, which 
 fall into its harbour, and consists of 233 houses. The chief 
 productions of the vicinity are rice, maize, sugar-cane, cotton, 
 and the abaca banana. Pop. 1402, mostly employed in 
 fishing. 
 
 MAHJA (Kis), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. S. 
 Bihar, 14 m. N. by W. Grosswardein; with the ruins of an 
 old castle, and weekly and yearly markets. Pop. 1900. 
 
 MARKHAM, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 York, 14 m. N.N.E. Toronto. It stands on the Rouge, a 
 fine stream rising in the ridges of Whitechurch, and falling 
 into Lake Ontario; and possesses five churches and several 
 schools, a foundry and machine works, tanneries, and manu- 
 factures of agricultural implements, carriages, &c. Pop. 
 about 1000. 
 
 MARKOVCHA, a vil. European Turkey, 15 m. S E. 
 Shumla. It is a flourishing place, with larger houses than 
 usual, all of them neatly tiled, and some of them of two 
 stories. Within it are two Koman fountains. 
 
 MARKTSCHELLKEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Tran- 
 sylvania, circle and 17 m. N. Hermannstadt, cap. dist. of 
 same nnme; with a large trade in wine, and 1360 inhabitants. 
 
 MAKLBOKOUGH, a prov. New Zealand, forming the 
 N.E. portion of South Island or New Munster, is bounded 
 N. and E. by Cook's Strait and the ocean, and S. and W. 
 by Nelson; extreme length, 140 m.; extreme breadth, 60 m.; 
 area, 2,500,000 ac. The S.E. portion consists mainly of the 
 Wairau plains, one of the finest sheep districts in New 
 Zealand; the N. is rugged and densely wooded, and has its 
 coast indented with havens, creeks, and bays of every size 
 and shape. Queen Charlotte's Sound, situated near its centre, 
 and about 25 m. long, forms a gigantic ocean dock capable of 
 receiving the whole British navy. Pelorus Sound is still 
 more capacious, and embraces about 250 m. of shore and 
 beach. From the edge of the water behind these creeks and 
 bays the mountains rise at once so abruptly as scarcely to 
 leave any margin whatever available for cultivation. Picton, 
 the capital, though still insignificant, is so advantageously 
 situated on a deep sea harbour formed by an arm of Queen 
 Charlotte Sound, that it can hardly fail sooner or later to rise 
 into importance. 
 
 MARLING, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle Brixen; 
 with an infirmary and a poorhouse. In the beautiful sur- 
 rounding district there is a much- frequented bathing estab- 
 lishment. Pop. 1200. 
 
 MARSHALL, a tn. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. Cal- 
 houn, on Kalamazoo River and the Jlichigan Central railway, 
 70 m. E. Lake Michigan. It possesses ten churches, several 
 schools, and a number of mills and manufacturing establish- 
 ments. Pop. (1860), 3736. 
 
 MARTE, a tn. Western Africa, Bomou, near the S.W. 
 extremity of Lake Chad, 40 m. S. by E. Kukawa. It has a 
 clay wall in good repair, with two gates leading to the 
 market, and one gate in each of the other sides; and consists 
 for the most part of clay buildings lining narrow lanes. Be- 
 sides the town proper, there is a suburb of large conical 
 thatched huts. Pop. estimated at 4000. 
 
 MARTELLAGO, a tn. Italy, prov. and 10 m. N.W. 
 Venice; with a parish church, and 2659 inhabitants. 
 
 MARTHA'S VINEYARD [add.], an isl. U. States, off 
 the S. coast of Massachusetts, separated from the mainland 
 
 by Vineyard Sound. It has a length of 2 1 and an average 
 breadth of 6 m., and a surface generally level and tolerably 
 well wooded. It forms the principal part of co. Dukes, con- 
 taining the three towns of Edgartown, Chilmark, and Tisbury; 
 and contains 4401 inhabitants, whose chief employment is 
 fishing. 
 
 MARTIN GARCIA, an isl. S. America, La Plata, situ- 
 ated at the head of the Rio de la Plata, about 30 m. N. 
 Buenos Ayres. It is composed chiefly of granite, and pos- 
 sesses some military importance from its being supposed to 
 command the only navigable entrances of the Parana and the 
 Uruguay. This has since been ascertained to be a mistake, 
 as other channels besides that of Martin Garcia are known to 
 exist; but on the assumption of its accuracy, Britain, France, 
 and the United States, in concluding a treaty in 1853 for the 
 free navigation of the Parana and Uruguay, inserted a clause 
 in which they agreed ' to use their influence to prevent the 
 possession of the said island (Martin Garcia) from being 
 retained or held by any state of the River Plate, or its con- 
 fluents, which shall not have given its adhesion to the prin- 
 ciple of their free navigation.' 
 
 MARTINSBERG [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Hun- 
 gary, CO. and 10 m. S. Raab, cap. dist. and at the foot of a 
 mount of same name. It is the seat of a court of justice, 
 and has a trade in corn and wine. On three eminences on 
 the mount stands a Benedictine abbey founded by St. 
 Stephen, with a beautiful church containing objects of art 
 brought from the East, and an ivory altar. Tliere is also a 
 library, with a cabinet of coins and other curiosities. Pop. 
 2539. 
 
 MARTSCHANNE, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Karamania, 
 30 m. W. Kaisarieh. It is properly a Troglodyte village. 
 The houses, or rather caverns, which the inhabitants occupy 
 number about 225, and are all in possession of Moslems. It 
 was otherwise in early times, when the Christians, fleeing 
 from persecution, here found an asylum, and hence one of 
 the most interesting of the structures is a chapel or church 
 on which a good deal of architectural skill and labour has 
 been bestowed. In front is a row of pillars bound together 
 by iron rods; the interior, which has the altar entire and the 
 walls covered with frescoes in tolerable preservation, is so 
 spacious as to be well adapted for a place of worship. The 
 dwellings of the early Christians are of course of ancient 
 date ; but many of the excavations are evidently modern, 
 having been made to meet the wants of an increasing popula- 
 tion. 
 
 MARUNGU, a territory. Central Africa, washed on the 
 N. by the Tanganyika Lake ; its other boundaries are not 
 defined. According to the Arabs it is a hilly country like Ujiji 
 and Uvira, though the heights bordering the lake have less 
 elevation than these districts. The inhabitants bear a bad 
 name, but Arab merchants have often visited them without 
 sustaining any injury. They are a dark and uncomely race, 
 and of a surly and stubborn temper, which makes them little 
 valued as slaves. They are almost constantly at war with 
 their neighbours. A river, which, passing through their coun- 
 try, bears the same name, is said to be one of the most import- 
 ant feeders of Lake Tanganyika, which receives its waters at 
 its S.W. extremity. At present nothing more is known of it. 
 
 MARYSVILLE, a tn. United States, California, cap. 
 CO. Yuba, on the Yuba, a mile above its junction with the 
 Feather, 110 m. N.N.E. San Francisco. It contains Epis 
 copal, Presbyterian, Methodist, Baptist, and R. Catholic 
 churches. The population is largely increased by the in- 
 flux of miners during the rainy season, when they are obliged 
 to discontinue operations. Pop. 4740. 
 
 MARZDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Koniggratz, near the frontiers of Silesia; with a church and 
 three mills. At the W. end of the place there is a remark- 
 able rock, with a natural passage through it called the Stone 
 Door. 
 
 MASAYA, a tn. Central America, Nicaragua, 12 m. 
 N.W. Granada. It stands in the centre of a very fertile dis- 
 trict, and the inhabitants, chiefly Indians, are distinguished 
 for their general industry, and the manufacture of hats, saddles, 
 hammocks, cordage, &c. In the vicinity is a lake of same 
 name, from the N.W. border of which the volcanic mountain 
 of Masaya rises to the height of 3500 ft. As its last eruption 
 took place in 1670, it was supposed to be extinct, but within 
 
MASBATE 
 
 72 
 
 MATAMORAS 
 
 the last few years it has begun to show signs of activity, and 
 in 1860 sent out great volumes of smoke, which at night were 
 illuminated from below with a lurid glare like a furnace. 
 Pop. 15,000. 
 
 MASBATE [add.], an isl. Indian Archipelago, belong- 
 ing to the Philippines, and situated between Luzon on the 
 N.E., Samar on the E., and Panay on the S.W.; area, 2334 
 geo. sq. m. It is traversed thi-oughout by a crescent-shaped 
 mountain chain, and has apparently a sterile soil without 
 natural facilities for irrigation. A considerable quantity of 
 gold is washed from its sands. Masbate, along with the 
 smaller island of Tiaco, forms one of the Philippine provinces. 
 Its capital, San Jacinto, situated on the latter island, has a 
 good harbour. Pop. 5849, or only 2*3 to the square mile. 
 
 MASCHISCHI-KUITU, a vil. S.W. Africa, territory 
 and about 20. m. N.W. Kombala-an-Bihd, on a river and in 
 a beautiful valley of the same name. It consists of houses 
 constructed of poles with clay between them, and thatched 
 with cane. To each house one, and sometimes two, well-fenced 
 courts are attached, and throughout there is a general appear- 
 ance of neatness and comfort. Ladisiaus Magyar, the African 
 traveller, has made this village his home. 
 
 MASCOUCHE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 L'Assomption, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 20 m. N. Montreal; 
 with a li. Catholic church and college, and a considerable 
 trade in potash, flour, and lumber. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 MASENA, a tn. 'Western Africa, cap. of Bagirmi, 100 m. 
 S.E. Lake Chad, and 200 m. S.E. Kukawa. The wall, which 
 is in a state of great decay, has a circuit of about 7 m., but not 
 more than half of the area thus inclosed is inhabited. There 
 are nine gates, most of them on the S. side, and not a single 
 one on the N., because in this quarter it is overgrown with 
 jungle. The houses, some of them of clay, and more of reeds 
 and straw, are generally well constructed, and thatched with 
 care and neatness. The streets are very irregularly formed; 
 indeed from the unevenness of the site it could hardly be 
 otherwise. A deep trough-like depression intersects the town 
 from E. to W., and becoming during the dry and the rainy 
 season alternately clothed with verdure and filled with water, 
 renders the air almost pestiferous. To add to the mischief, 
 all the sewage of the place finds its receptacle in this trough, 
 or heda, as it is called. On its S. side stand all the principal 
 buildings, including among others the sultan's palace, built 
 of baked bricks, and inclosed by a wall 18 ft. high and 10 ft. 
 thick, the residences of the principal oiRcials, and a mosque 
 with a minaret. There is no appearance of industry, and the 
 market, which is of limited dimensions, is indifferently sup- 
 plied. The principal articles exposed in it are grain, beans, 
 ground-nuts, salt, natron, milk and butter, turkenis from 
 Kano, honey, and red pepper retailed in small parcels by 
 Bornou traders. The most important article from Europe is 
 beads, especially the small red ones, wliich are sold in large 
 quantities to be carried to other countries. Ivory is sold not 
 in the markets, but in the houses of the traders; the same 
 rule being followed in regard to slaves, it is impossible to 
 form any estimate of the number sold. 
 
 M ASHEN A, a tn. Central Africa, Bornou, cap. dist. of same 
 name, 130 m. N.E. Kano. It occupies the S. slope of a height 
 crov/ned with a rocky crest, is inclosed by a ditch, a thorny 
 fence, and a clay wall. It has not the least sign of industry, 
 the government being too weak to protect the rights of pro- 
 perty, or punish the constant depredations of its own officials. 
 The greatest ornament of the district is the tamarind-tree. 
 Pop. at least 10,000. 
 
 MASKINONGE, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. of same name, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 55 m. N.E. 
 Montreal; with a 11. Catholic church, several tanneries, a saw, 
 grist, carding, and fulling mill, and a general trade. Pop. 
 about 4000. 
 
 MASSANGANO, a tn. S.W. Africa, Portuguese Settle- 
 ments, prov. Angola, at the confluence of the Lucatta with 
 the Coanza, 110 m. S.E. Loanda. It is situated on a tongue 
 of rather high land between the rivers, composed of calcare- 
 ous tufa with great numbers of fossil shells, and is defended 
 by a fort of small dimensions, but in good repair, and contain- 
 ing some very ancient guns which were loaded from the breech. 
 Its two churches, two convents, and hospital are mere ruins, 
 and there is now neither priest nor schoolmaster in the town. 
 The district is well adapted for sugar and rice, and the Coanza, 
 
 which is a noble stream about 250 yards wide, notwithstand- 
 ing a bar at its mouth, is navigable by large canoes, of which 
 ten or twelve laden with country produce pass here daily. 
 Massangano was a very important town when the Dutch held 
 possession of Loanda, but on their expulsion in 1648 was 
 allowed to sink to its present decay. Pop. of tn. 1000, of 
 dist. 28,063. 
 
 MASSILLON, a tn. U. States, Ohio, on the Tuscarawas, 
 the Ohio canal, and the Pittsburg, Port Wayne, and Chicago 
 railway, 180 m. N.E. Cincinnati. It possesses seven churches, 
 a woollen factory, three machine shops, three foundries, and 
 carries on an active trade in grain, flour, and wool. Pop. 
 (1860), 3819. 
 
 MASSONGHO, or Kissendi, a territory, S W. Africa, 
 Kimbunda country, between lat. 9° 20' and 1 1° S.; Ion. 17° 20' 
 and 18° E.; bounded N. and E. by the Coanza, S. Bih^, and 
 W. Andulo and Bailundo; area about 4500 sq. m. It con- 
 sists of finely undulating plains, on which large forests alter- 
 nate with still larger grassy prairies, is well watered, and 
 produces much manioc, maize, and wax, which find a market 
 at Porto-Andango. The inhabitants are a thievish, stiff- 
 necked, and superstitious race. Pop. 100,000. 
 
 MASULIPATAM [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 220 m. 
 N.N.E. Madras, on a low flat on the Bay of Bengal, near one 
 of the mouths of the Kistnah. It consists of the pettah or 
 native town, the fort, and the cantonment. In the pettah, 
 which extends about 3 m., the houses of a better description 
 are built of brick or mud, of a convenient height, with good- 
 sized doors and small windows, while those of the poorer 
 classes are wretched huts of a conical form, and constructed 
 of bamboo thatched with palmyra leaves, and possessing a 
 single entrance which better deserves the name of a hole than 
 of a door. The fort, situated about a mile to the S.E., stands 
 in the middle of a swamp, and is reached from the town by 
 means of a causeway. It is in the form of a rectangle, 
 800 yards long by 600 broad, inclosed by high walls and a 
 wide, but shallow, ditch. Within it are the arsenal, powder- 
 magazine, garrison hospital, barracks for a European regiment, 
 a Protestant and a R. Catholic church, and residences for 
 several of the European officers, who, however, seldom occupy 
 them. The cantonment, which adjoins the pettah, is about 
 4^ m. long by 1 m. broad. It is irregularly laid out, and has 
 many inequalities, which, becoming filled with water during 
 the rains, remain as stagnant pools, till the air evaporates or 
 the light sandy soil absorbs them. The public buildings 
 within the cantonment are the provincial and zillah courts, 
 the collector's cutcherry, the jail, the barracks for a native 
 regiment, the lines for a company of artillery, and a chapel. 
 Religious ordinances and instruction are further provided for, 
 in addition to the churches already mentioned, by a Protestant 
 and a R. Catholic church within the pettah, and by three 
 ordained missionaries, a catechist, and two assistant school- 
 masters belonging to the Church Missionary Society. Tiie 
 manufactures consist chiefly of cotton goods, plain or printed, 
 including towels, table-linens, tartans, ginghams, and chintzes. 
 These about half a century ago were carried on to such an 
 extent, that the trade to the Persian Gulf amounted in value 
 to about half a million sterling. In consequence of British 
 competition it has dwindled down to about £10,000. In the 
 heart of the pettah the French possess a patch of ground about 
 300 yards square. It is called France Pettah, and being ex- 
 cluded from the jurisdiction of the British authorities, is an 
 inveterate nuisance, being full of toddy-shops and smugglers. 
 Pop. 27.884. 
 
 MATAGORDA, a tn. U. States, Texas, cap.co. and near 
 a bay of same name, 80 m. S.W. Galveston. It stands on a 
 high prairie, contains two churches, an academy, and a num- 
 ber of stores; and, as an entrepot for the produce of the fertile 
 Colorado valley, carries on a considerable trade in cotton, 
 sugar, rice, and corn. In 1854 it was nearly destroyed by a 
 great storm, which blew down most of the houses, but it has 
 since been rebuilt in an improved form. White pop. 1200. 
 
 MATAMOKAS, a tn. Mexico, dep. Tamaulipas, r. bank 
 Rio Grande del Norte, about 10 m. above its mouth in the 
 Gulf of Mexico. It consists of houses, which, at least in the 
 interior of the town, are built of brick; but the streets are 
 unpaved, except on the sides, where there is a brick pavement 
 for foot passengers. The best part is the public square. 
 Here stand the church, a handsome structure, the townhouse, 
 
MATAN 
 
 73 
 
 MAUCH CHUNK 
 
 and the custom-house, with a number of private dwellings of 
 elegant appearance. The site of Matamoras is unfortunate. 
 On three sides it is surrounded by lagoons, and at the same 
 time tiie Rio Grande embraces its northern and southern sides 
 nearly in a semicircle. The consequence is that during the 
 rainy season it is so flooded that many of the lower streets 
 become impassable, and during the dry season the swamps left 
 by the inundations become almost pestilential. Agriculture 
 and the rearing of horses and cattle are the chief occupations. 
 Pop. about 7000. 
 
 MATAN, a river, British America, Canada East, formed 
 by a N. E. and a S.E. branch, the latter of which is said to 
 issue from a lake of considerable dimensions, flows circuit- 
 ously N. W., and falls into the St. Lawrence, on its r. bank, 
 in CO. llimocke. Its course, calculated from its most distant 
 source, is supposed to be about 60 m. Its bar, which is con- 
 tinually shifting in gales of wind, has usually a depth of 4 ft. 
 at low water, and of 15 ft. at high water springs. Inside the 
 bar the entrance is not more than 60 yards wide, and the 
 channel is encumbered by large boulders, which, diminishing 
 the depth, become extremely dangerous wheu there is any 
 swell. 
 
 MATAN, a tn. on the W. side of Borneo, cap. state of 
 same name, about lat. 1° S.; Ion. 110° 35' E. It stands at a 
 considerable way up a river of same name, which, owing to a 
 bar, is navigable only for boats, and consists of about 300 
 houses, inhabited almost exclusively by Malays. The state 
 is at present included in one of the Dutch provinces. 
 
 MATANE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Ilimouski, r. bank St. Lawrence, 240 m. N.E. Quebec, with 
 a R. Catholic church, several schools, a small debt court, a 
 tannery, a trade in lumber, and an important fishery. Pop. 
 about 15(>0. 
 
 MATAQUITO, a river. Chili, which bounds provs. 
 Talca and Colchagua, and is formed by the junction of the 
 Lontne and the Teno, the former of which has its source near 
 the centre of the Andes, in the snowy Cerro del Medio. From 
 the point of junction the Mataquito flows nearly due W., and 
 falls into the Pacific in lat. 34° 28' S. 
 
 MATARA, a tn. La Plata, prov. and 100 m. E. Santiago 
 del Estero, r. bank Salado. It has a central position, and 
 was once a place of some consequence, though its population 
 does not now exceed 500. This declension is mainly owing 
 to the abandonment oi estancias, and the removal of families 
 to other parts, in consequence of the frequent forays of the 
 Indians, who, crossing the Salado by night, descend suddenly 
 upon the country, drive off horses and cattle, kill all who 
 oppose them, and before dawn have disappeared in the wilds 
 of the Chaco. 
 
 MATAKA.M, a prov. Indian Archipelago, Java, situated 
 nearly in the centre of the island, is bounded N. by Kadu, E. 
 Pajang, S. the sea, and W. Baglen. The mountains of 
 Marapi and Sumbing, to the N. of it, send down perennial 
 streams, which, giving ample facilities for irrigation, have 
 made nearly the whole of it one ample sheet of luxuriant cul- 
 tivation. Mataram forms the principal part of the dominions 
 of the chief, who bears the title of sultan, and is said to have 
 about 350.000 subjects. 
 
 MATARAM, a tn. Indian Archipelago, situated on the 
 W. side of the island of Lombok, about 3 m. inland, consists 
 of regular streets which cross at right angles, and of houses 
 of mud thatched with the palmetto leaf. It is surrounded by 
 a hedge of bamboo, and a barricade resembling a chevaux de 
 frise, and contains near its centre two palaces belonging to 
 the rajah, who has made it his capital. A well constructed 
 road, with an avenue of fig-trees, leads to Ampanan, which is 
 its port. The inhabitants are chiefly Balinese. 
 
 M ATAURA, a river, New Zealand, which ri.ses in the S. 
 of Middle Island, or Munster, and flows nearly due S. into 
 Totoes Bay, in Foveaux Strait. It drains a large extent of 
 valuable country, but as it approaches the sea overflows a 
 considerable tract of flat land. The depth on its bar at low 
 water is only 2 ft. 
 
 MATCH IN, or Macsin, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the 
 N.E. of Bulgaria, eyalet and 83 m. N.E. Silistria, on the r. 
 bank of the Danube, nearly opposite to the place where the 
 numerous branches into which the river had previously 
 divided again unite. It is defended by two bad castles, and 
 was taken by the Russians successively in 1809, 1828, and 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vou II. 
 
 1854. Its importance as a strategical position in former times 
 was its proximity to Braila, which served as a tete de pont to 
 it, and by means of which the Turks turned Walachia, pene- 
 trated into Moldavia, and commanded the whole of the lower 
 Danube. Pop. 3000. 
 
 MATELLE, a tn. Ceylon, Central Province, cap. dist. 
 of same name, picturesquely situated in a valley inclosed by 
 magnificent hills, partly covered with forest, and partly occu- 
 pied as coffee plantations, 15 m. N. Kandy. It figures much 
 in the early history of Ceylon, having been one of the resi- 
 dences of its kings 90 years before the Christian era. Though 
 not possessed of any architectural antiquities to attest its former 
 importance, several of the wealthiest of the Kand3'an chiefs 
 still select it for their residence, and traces of ancient luxury 
 may still be discovered in the occupations of the inhabitants. 
 They excel in carving ivory, and in chasing the elaborately 
 ornamented knives and swords formerly worn at the Kandyau 
 court. They weave delicate matting for covering couches, 
 and by means of a peculiar lacquer, prepared by mixing the 
 colours with a resinous exudation obtained from a shrub 
 [Croton lacciferum), paint and ornament the covers of books, 
 walking-sticks, the shafts of spears, and the handles of fans 
 for the priesthood. About 2 m. N. of Matelle the road passes 
 within sight of the Alu Wehara, the temple in which, a cen- 
 tury before the Christian era, scribes employed by tlie Cin- 
 ghalese king reduced to writing the doctrines of Buddha, 
 which had previously been preserved by tradition alone. 
 
 MATIAMVO, a tn. S.W. Africa, in the country of the 
 Balonda, about lat. 8° 20' S.; Ion. 23° 20' E. It is the resi- 
 dence of Matiainvo, who gives it its name, and is the para- 
 mount chief of all the Balonda, but very little is known of it. 
 The surrounding country is said to be well peopled. The 
 inhabitants, however, possess no cattle, and the trade is very 
 limited, consisting chiefly of ivory and slaves, bartered for 
 calico, salt, gunpowder, coarse eartlienware,and beads. Though 
 Matiamvo's power is absolute, liis rule is said to be mild. 
 
 MATTABONG, a tn. Siam, cap. prov. and on both sides 
 of a river of same name, in the centre of a large plain, about 
 lat. 13° 10' S.; Ion. 104° E. The country for nearly 100 m. 
 around it is flooded soon after the commencement of the rains, 
 travelling becomes impossible, except in boats, and the wild 
 animals take refuge among the mountains. The Mattabong 
 River, augmented by the Kimbirri and the Tasawai, is one 
 of the chief feeders of King's Lake, or Tale Sab, situated to 
 the N.E. 
 
 M ATTIGHOFEN,atn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, 
 circle of the Inn, cap. dist. of same name, in a romantic neigh- 
 bourhood, 53 m. W.S.W. Linz. It is the seat of several 
 public offices, and has an imposing parish church, an old 
 castle, several Roman antiquities, a poorhouse, a female en- 
 dowment, and various manufactures; and contains 1300 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 MATUCONG, an isl on the W. coast of Africa, 50 m. N. 
 Sierra Leone. It is separated from the mainland by a channel 
 which is not more than three-quarters of a mile wide, is chiefly 
 composed of lava capped with two large pieces of granite, and, 
 though only a mile long, and surrounded in all directions by 
 rocks and mud-banks, is remarkable for the beauty of its 
 appearance. This beauty consists in its gentle slopes, which 
 are in striking contrast to the low swampy tract opposite, in 
 the luxuriance of its trees, and the rich verdure of those spots 
 which have been cleared. The island is the property of a 
 merchant of Sierra Leone, who rears great numbers of cattle 
 upon it. 
 
 M ATUMMA, or Er. Metemmeh, a tn. N. Africa, Nubia, 
 cap. dist. of same name, 1. bank Nile, 90 m. N.N.E. Khar- 
 toom, lat. 16° 38' N.; Ion. 33° 18' E. It is a place of some 
 importance, with a garrison of Turkish irregular cavalry, or 
 Bashi Bazooks, and consists partly of houses of sun-dried 
 bricks, and partly of round huts made of the dourra or maize, 
 each with a round court attached. Properly speaking there 
 are no streets, each inhabitant erecting his own house or hut 
 wherever he pleases. All appearance of regularity and sym- 
 metry is thus lost, except toward the centre, where there is a 
 large open space in which an important weekly market is 
 held. Matumma is celebrated for the manufacture of coarse 
 cotton scarfs, with blue or red borders, the common dress of 
 both sexes in Soudan. — [Petlierich) 
 
 MAUCH CHUNK, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, cap. 
 
 10 
 
MAULE 
 
 74 
 
 MAZITE 
 
 CO. Carbon, on the Lehigh, at the mouth of Mauch Chunk 
 Creek, 70 m. N. by W. Philadelphia. It is built chiefly on 
 the creek, in a spot so hemmed in by the Mahoning and Sharp 
 Mountains that there is no room for gardens to the houses, 
 and it derives all its importance from the coal and iron mines 
 in its vicinity. Both are extensively worked, and supply 
 material to several blast-furnaces, of which two of large 
 dimensions are close to the town. Pop. (1860), 4008. 
 
 MAULE, a prov. Chili, bounded N. by the river of the 
 same name, S. by the Itata and province of Nuble, E. by the 
 Andes, and W. by the Pacific Ocean; about 150 m. long, and 
 60 broad. The river Maule, one of the largest in Chili, tra- 
 verses it in its whole extent, and rises from the slopes of the 
 great mountains Campanario and Descabezato, and in its course 
 westward receives many tributaries, some of no small note, 
 such as the Melado, the Longomilla, Pichaman, and Raices, 
 which raise it at last to the dignity of a great river. It falls 
 ultimately into the Pacific, forming a bar at its mouth diffi- 
 cult at all seasons and sometimes dangerous; it is, however, 
 navigable by vessels of 300 tons as far as its confluence with 
 the Longomilla. The Maule was the limit of the Peruvian 
 conquests under the Incas prior to the arrival of the Spaniards; 
 and here also the latter had to encounter the onslaught of the 
 fierce Promancaes, who occupied the southern bank of the 
 river, and for a time successfully disputed its passage. The 
 land is everywhere of the richest description ; it yields its 
 fruit with a bountiful hand and with little labour. It pro- 
 duces maize, pulse, wheat, barley, timber, excellent clieese, 
 wine, cattle, and salt, large supplies of which find their 
 way to other provinces, and particularly to Valparaiso, being 
 conveyed down the Maule as far as the port of Constitu- 
 cion, and thence coastwise to the northern parts of Chili. 
 The country abounds in timber, remarkable for strength and 
 durability, and therefore well suited for shipbuilding, a 
 branch of industry which has for some years engaged the 
 attention of the inhabitants, and seems on the increase. It 
 also possesses gold washings, but not of any great value. 
 The chief town of the province is Cauquenes, situated in a 
 narrow valley near the Andes, and with a pop. of 3 191. The 
 hot springs of this place have long enjoyed great and deserved 
 celebrity in Chili, and are much frequented by invalids from 
 every part of the country. Some of the springs have a very 
 high temperature, and act very powerfully in rheumatic and 
 cutaneous diseases. The scenery of the environs is of the 
 most romantic and attractive kind, and the climate eminently 
 salubrious. Pop. 118,809. — [Quia de Chili; Repertorio 
 Nacional.) 
 
 MAUNGAMAKA, a river, New Zealand, in the N. of 
 North Island or Ulster, though only a tributary of the Hoki- 
 anga, is of considerable importance, being navigable for 3 m. 
 at low water for vessels drawing under 12 ft., and also 
 much used in floating down timber. 
 
 MAUTERN, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, r. 
 bank Danube, opposite to Stein, with which it communicates 
 by a bridge, 37 m. W.N.W. Vienna. It is the seat of several 
 public offices, occupies the site of the Roman Mutara, and 
 has a church with an ancient tower, a castle, an liospital, and 
 a trade in wine, which is produced to a large extent in the 
 district. 
 
 MAUVALEEKARRAY,atn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Travancore, 52 m. S.S. B. Cochin. It consists chiefly of a 
 large and regular fort, of a square form, about 2 m. in circuit, 
 and surrounded by a wall of red stone and mud, with 24 
 bastions, and a gateway on each side. The interior is laid 
 out in neat streets, which cross at right angles, and are lined 
 with compounds and houses belonging to Nairs, who form the 
 great body of the population. In the centre is an ancient 
 pagoda; on the S. side a spacious palace, where some of the 
 rnjah's relatives reside ; and on the E. side several public 
 offices. Outside the fort there is a long street inhabited by 
 native Christians, who have a neat church. 
 
 MAWO, a tn. Western Africa, Kanem, of which it is 
 considered the capital, 50 m. N.E. of Lake Chad. It is sur- 
 rounded by a wall with a much more ample circuit than the 
 present population requires, and is adorned with a great num- 
 ber of date-trees. Owing to the unsettled state of the country 
 the weekly market has lost its importance, and it is even 
 difficult to say where the power of government resides. The 
 rival states Waday and Boruou both claim it, and hence there 
 
 are generally two khalifas or governors in the phice, the one 
 actually in power, and the other on the watch for an oppor- 
 tunity to expel him. The inhabitants seem to belong to a 
 peculiar race. Near Mawo are several favoured valleys, 
 where the date-tree grows in greater or less abundance. The 
 most famous of these is the large valley of Karafu. Pop. 
 about 4000. 
 
 MAYON, an active volcano, Philippine Isles, in the S.E. 
 of the island of Luzon. It forms part of the great Cordillera 
 which traverses the island, and has its crater in lat. 13° 14' 
 40" N. ; Ion. 123° 34' 10" E. Repeated eruptions have 
 occurred since the first arrival of the Spaniards. One in 
 1766 destroyed the town of Malinao, and did great injury to 
 Albay, the capital of the province, and four other towns ; 
 another in 1814 destroyed the entire town of Albay. 
 
 MAYOR, or Tuhua, an isl. New Zealand, in the Bay of 
 Islands, on the N.E. coast of North Island or Ulster, about 
 14 m. from the mainland, from which it is separated by a 
 channel from 40 to 50 fathoms deep. It is 2 J ni. long by 
 1^ m. broad, has a circuit of 7 m., and rises in its N. peak to 
 the height of 1100 ft. Its centre is an extinct crater, with a 
 stagnant pool in its bottom; its W. face is covered with 
 blocks of obsidian, which give it a remarkably dazzling 
 appearance when reflecting the sun's rays; near its S.E. ex- 
 tremity is a pah, strongly defended by a deep and partly arti- 
 ficial cut through which assailants must approach, as the 
 other sides liave steep cliffs down to the water. Immediately 
 W. of the pah is a bay, with anchorage over a sandy bottom. 
 
 MAYSVILLE, a tn. United States, Kentucky, cap. co. 
 Mason, on the Ohio, 60 m. S.E. Cincinnati. It is built along 
 a bend of the river, and has a background of hills, which 
 give it a very attractive appearance. It contains county 
 buildings, a handsome city hall, seven churches, many schools, 
 and an hospital, and is extensively engaged in the manufac- 
 ture of cotton and hempen fabrics. It has moreover several 
 iron foundries, a large coal-oil refinery, and a large bagging 
 factory. Its hemp market is the most extensive in the 
 United States. Pop. (1860), 4106. 
 
 MAZATLAN [add.], a seaport tn. Mexico, dcp. Cinaloa, 
 on a bay of the Pacific, lat. 23° 11' 48" N.; Ion. 106° 23' 45" 
 W. It has a very picturesque appearance, both by sea and 
 land, all the houses being either whitewashed or painted in 
 light colours. Part of the houses are crowded together 
 immediately beneath some detached rocky hills of a conical 
 shape which are situated on the N. side, and project so far as 
 to be washed by the sea ; but the best portion of the town 
 occupies a lower level, facing either the harbour or the road- 
 stead. Both of these are well protected on the S. by some 
 rocky islands, but when the S.W. wind blows, largo vessels, 
 which from the shallowness of the harbour are obliged to 
 anchor in the roadstead, are completely exposed. Though 
 the streets are rather narrow, Mazatlan is on the whole regu- 
 larly and substantially built, many of the houses, particularly 
 in the street leading from the plaza to the roadstead, being 
 built either in the old Castilian style, with short columns, 
 Moorish capitals and ornaments, or in a style of elegance and 
 comfort more in accordance with modern taste. The plaza, 
 on which most of the public buildings are situated, is a fine 
 large square, planted all round with oi-ange- trees, and inclosed 
 by iron railings and stone benches. The shops are generally 
 well supplied, and there is a large wholesale and general trade 
 carried on mostly by foreigners. The principal exports are 
 silver dollars, Brazil or Lima wood, and copper in regulus; 
 the imports, quicksilver, provisions, British crockery and 
 hardware, French and German dry goods, tea, flour, and 
 machinery. The government moijppoly of tobacco and 
 cigars, owing to the universal consumption, produces a large 
 revenue. The pop., estimated from 12,000 to 15,000, is 
 much mixed, consisting of Spaniards, Old Aztec Mexicans, 
 Indians, and negroes. 
 
 MAZITE, or Mazitu, a tribe of natives, S. Africa, 
 occupying the country W. of the northern part of Lake 
 Nyassa, about lat, 11° 30' S.; Ion. 33° E. They live in the 
 highlands, and are Zulus who came originally from the south, 
 inland of Sofalla and Inhambane, and are of the same family 
 as those on the Zambesi. At the time of Dr. Livingstone's 
 exploration they were spreading themselves over the adjacent 
 country, murdering and enslaving the inhabitants, and burn- 
 ing their villages. ' The population had all been swept away; 
 
MBUTUDI 
 
 MEDINA 
 
 ruined villages, broken utensils, and human skeletons, met 
 with at every turn, told a sad tale.' Dr. Livingstone himself 
 is reported to have fallen a victim to the ferocity of this tribe, 
 and to have been murdered by them, with the most of his 
 party, about August, 1866. But there is yet (May, 1867) 
 room to hope that the report is untrue. 
 
 MBUTUDI, a vil. Western Africa, Adamawa, in a 
 mountainous district, 185 m. S. by W. Kukawa. It encom- 
 passes the base of a mass of granite which rises to the height 
 of about 300 ft. above a plain covered with rich herbage and 
 flowers, among which the violet is conspicuous. The mount 
 at its base has a circuit of about 600 yards, and at one time 
 the village, encircling it on all sides, formed a kind of natural 
 citadel, which defied the Fulbe. The ascendency of this tribe 
 lias all but ruined Mbutudi, which has now little to boast of 
 beyond its picturesque landscape. 
 
 MEADVILT.E, a tn. U. States, Pennsyl- 
 vania, cap. CO. Crawford, 1. bank French Creek, 
 an affluent of the Alleghany, 75 m. N. by W. 
 Pittsburg. It contains eight churches, a hand- 
 some court-house, a state arsenal, and a Metlio- 
 dist Episcopal college finely seated on an adjoin- 
 ing height, with 6 professors, 104 students, and 
 
 9600 vols. Standing in a fertile district, for 
 which it is the principal market, Mead ville carries 
 on an extensive trade. Pop. (I860), 3702. 
 
 MECCATINA, an isl. and cape, British 
 America, on the coast of Labrador, S. VV. from 
 the Straits of Belle Isle. The island, called 
 Great Meccatina, to distinguish it from another 
 of less dimensions, and about 2 m. distant from 
 tlie mainland, is about 3J m. long, and rises 
 near its centre to the height of 500 ft. Its 
 granite hills are fissured in a remarkable man- 
 ner by empty basaltic dykes which traverse it 
 from side to side, N.E. to S. W. On its N.E. 
 shore there is a cove a mile deep and about 400 
 yards wide, sheltered from easterly winds by a 
 cluster of small islets and rocks lying off its 
 mouth, but leaving a safe passage between them 
 and better harbour, small but safe, with good anchorage in 6 
 to 7 fathoms, is formed between the island and the mainland. 
 
 The CAPE, a long and remarkable promontory situated on 
 
 the coast, about 4 m. W.N.W. of the island, rises directly in 
 the rear of Meccatina harbour, not less than 700 ft. above 
 the sea, and is the highest land on this part of the coast. Its 
 granite is traversed by enormous basaltic dykes, similar to 
 those on the island. They cut completely through the cape 
 into Portage Bay, ascending again on the E. side of the latter 
 till they are lost to view beyond the summits of the hills. 
 
 MEDINA (Ei.) .[add.] The following description of this 
 famous city, so little visited by Europeans, is condensed from 
 the Pilgnmage to El-Medinah and Meccah, by Lieutenant 
 (now Captain) R. F. Burton: — 'El Medinah consists of three 
 parts — a town, a fort, and a suburb little smaller than the 
 body of the place. The town itself is about one-third larger 
 than Suez, or about half the size of Meccah. It is a walled 
 inclosure forming an irregular oval with four gates. The 
 Bab el Shami, or "Syrian Gate," in the north-west side of 
 the enceinte, leads towards Jebel Ohod, Hamzah's burial- 
 place, and the mountains. In the eastern wall, the Bab el 
 Jumah, or Friday Gate, opens upon the Nejd road and tlie 
 cemetery, El Bakia. Between the Shami and the Jumah 
 gates, towards the north, is the ]3ab el Ziyafah (of Hospitality); 
 and westwards the Bab el Misri (Egyptian) opens upon the 
 plain called the Barr el Munakhah. The eastern and the 
 Egyptian gates are fine massive buildings, with double towers 
 close togetlier, painted with broad bands of red, yellow, and 
 other colours, not unlike that old entrance of the Cairo citadel 
 which opens upon the Rumayliyah plain. In their shady 
 and well-watered interiors, soldiers find room to keep guard, 
 camel-men dispute, and numerous idlers congregate, to enjoy 
 the luxuries of coolness and companionship. Beyond this 
 gate, in the street leading to the mosque, is the great bazaar. 
 Outside it lie the Suk el Khuzayriyah, or gi-een-grocers' 
 market, and the Suk el Habbabah, or the grain bazaar, with 
 a fair sprinkling of coffee-houses. These markets are long 
 masses of palm-leaf huts, blackened in the sun and wind, of 
 a mean and squalid appearance, detracting greatly from the 
 
 appearance of the gate. Amongst them there is a little 
 domed and whitewashed building, which I was told is a sabil 
 or public fountain. In the days of the Prophet the town was 
 not walled. Even in El Edrisi's time (twelfth cent.), and as 
 late as Bartema's (eighteenth cent.), the fortifications were 
 walls of earth, built by order of Kasim el Daulat el Ghori, 
 who repopnlated the town and provided for its inhabitants. 
 Now, the enceinte is in excellent condition. The walls are 
 well built of granite and lava blocks, in regular layers, ce- 
 mented with lime; they are provided with "mazghal" (or 
 matra.s), long loopholes, and shararif or trefoil -shaped cre- 
 nelles: in order to secure a flanking file, semicircular towers, 
 also loopholed and crenellated, are disposed in the curtain at 
 short and irregular intervals. Inside, the streets are what 
 they always should be in these torrid lands, deep, dark, and 
 
 Another 
 
 EL MEDINAH. — After a drawing by Xaeutenant Burton. 
 
 narrow, in few places paved — a thing to be deprecated — and 
 generally covered with black earth well watered and trodden 
 to hardness. The most considerable lines radiate towards the 
 mosques. There are few public buildings. The principal 
 wakalahs are four in number; one is the Wakalat Bab Salam 
 near the Haram, another the Wakalat Jebarti, and two are 
 inside the Misri Gate; they all belong to Arab citizens. These 
 caravanserais are principally used as stores, rarely for dwel- 
 ling-places like those of Cairo; travellers, therefore, must 
 hire houses at a considerable expense, or pitch tents to the 
 detriment of health and to their extreme discomfort. The 
 other public buildings are a few mean coffee-houses and an 
 excellent bath in the Harat Zarawan, inside the town: it is 
 far superior to the unclean establishments of Cairo, and 
 borrows something of the luxury of Stamboul. The houses 
 are well built for the East, flat-roofed and double-storied; the 
 materials generally used are a basaltic scoria, burned brick and 
 palm-wood. The best of them inclose spacious court-yards 
 and small gardens with wells, where water basins and date- 
 trees gladden the owners' eyes. The latticed balconies are 
 here common, and the windows are mere apertures in the 
 walls, garnished, as usual in Arab cities, with a shutter of 
 planking. *E1 Medinah fell rapidly under the Wahhabees, but 
 after their retreat, it soon rose again, and now it is probably 
 as comfortable and flourishing a little city as any to be found 
 in the East. It contains between fifty and sixty streets, in- 
 cluding the alleys and nds de sae. There is about the same 
 number of harat or quarters; but I have nothing to relate of 
 them save their names. Within the town few houses are in 
 a dilapidated condition. The best authorities estimate the 
 number of habitations at about 1500 within the enceinte, and 
 those in the suburb at 1000. I consider both accounts ex- 
 aggerated; the former might contain 800, and the Munakhah 
 perhaps 500; at the same time I must confess not to have 
 counted them, and Captain Sadlier (in a.d. 1819) declares 
 that the Turks, who had just made a kind of census, reckoned 
 6000 houses and a population of 8000 souls. Assuming the 
 population to be 16,000 (Burckhardt estimates it as high as 
 20,000), of which 9000 occupy the city, and 7000 the suburbs 
 and fort, this would give little more than 12 inhabitants to 
 
MEDINET-EL-FAYOUM 
 
 MEHUM 
 
 each house (taking the total number at 1300), a fair estimate 
 for an Arab town, where the abodes are large and slaves 
 abound. 
 
 ' The castle joins on to the N. W. angle of the city enceinte, 
 and the wall of its eastern outwork is pierced for a communi- 
 cation between the Munakhah Suburb, through a court strewed 
 with guns and warlike apparatus, and the Bab el Sluuni, or 
 the Syrian Gate. Tlie outer wall resembles that of the city, 
 only its towers are more solid, and the curtain appears better 
 calculated for work. Inside, a donjon, built upon a rock, 
 bears proudly enough the banner of the crescent and the star; 
 its whitewashed walls make it a conspicuous object, and guns 
 pointed in all directions, especially upon the town, project 
 from their embrasures. 
 
 'The suburbs lie to the S. and W. of the town. South- 
 wards they are separated from the enceinte by a wide road, 
 called the Darb el Jenazah, the Eoad of Biers, so called be- 
 cause the corpses of certain schismatics, who may not pass 
 through tlie city, are carried this way to their peculiar ceme- 
 tery near the Bab el Jumah, or Eastern Gate. Westwards, 
 between El Jledinah and its faubourg, lies the plain of El 
 Munakhah, about f m. long by 300 yards broad. The 
 straggling suburbs occupy more ground than the city; front- 
 ing the enceinte they are without walls; towards the west, 
 where open country lies, they are inclosed by mud or raw 
 brick ramparts, with little round towers, all falling to decay. 
 A number of small gates lead from the suburb into the country. 
 The only large one, a poor copy of the Bab el Nasr at Cairo, 
 is the Ambari or western entrance, through which we passed 
 into El Medinah. The suburb contains no buildings of any 
 consequence, except the Khaskiyah, or official residence of 
 the Muhafiz (governor), a plain building near the Barr el 
 Munakhah, and the Khamsah Masajid, or the Five Mosques, 
 which every Zair is expected to visit. 
 
 ' The suburbs to the S. of El Medinah are a collection of 
 walled villages, with plantations and gardens between. They 
 are laid out in the form, called here as in Egypt, Hosh — court- 
 yards, with single-storied buildings opening into them. These 
 inclosures contain the cattle of the inhabitants; they have 
 strong wooden doors, shut at night to prevent " lifting," and 
 are capable of being stoutly defended. The inhabitants of 
 the suburb are for the most part Bedouin settlers, and a race 
 of schismatics. Beyond these suburbs, to the S., as well as 
 to the N. and N.E., lie gardens and extensive plantations of 
 palm-trees.' 
 
 MEDINET-EL-FAYOUM [add.], a tn. Central Egypt, 
 cap. dist. Fayourn, 49 m. S.S.W. Cairo, It is situated on a 
 channel which here divides into a number of branches, and 
 is crossed by five bridges, is built with materials obtained 
 partly from the ruins of the ancient Crocodilopolis, for which 
 Ptolemy, in honour of his sister, substituted the name of 
 Arsinae. The town lies embosomed among plantations of 
 olive, fig, and date trees, from amid which the minarets of 
 its mosques are seen to rise, and produce, at least at a dis- 
 tance, a very imposing effect; but the interior consists of 
 narrow winding streets and very indifferent houses. It con- 
 tains five Coptic churches, several mosques and schools or 
 medressehs, and has manufactures of cotton, woollen stufi's, 
 and carpets. The bazaar is less extensive than might be ex- 
 pected from its population, but the market is abundantly 
 supplied with fruit, which is grown in the extensive gardens 
 of the vicinity, and being of excellent quality, finds a ready 
 sale in Cairo. The rose-gardens, for which this place was so 
 long celebrated, and fi-om which the most costly of all per- 
 fumes was manufactured, no longer exist, other modes of 
 employing the ground having proved more profitable. The 
 Mamelukes at one time took refuge here. Pop. about 10,000. 
 
 MEDJEKDA, a riv. N. Africa, the ancient Bagradas, 
 which rises in the Great Atlas, in the S.E. of the prov. of 
 Constantine, forms part of tlie boundary between it and Tunis, 
 enters the latter, and after a course of about 200 m., in the 
 main N.E., falls into the Mediterranean on the W. shore of 
 the Gulf of Tunis. Notwithstanding its length, it is nowhere 
 navigable, and owing to the lofty banks within which it flows, 
 is seldom available for irrigation. 
 
 MEDYKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 N.E. Przemysl; with a fine baronial castle, and 1400 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 MEERUT [add.], a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, between 
 
 lat. 28° 33' and 29° 17' N.; Ion. 77° 12' and 78° 15' E., is 
 bounded N. by MuznflFurnugur, E. Bijnour and Moradabad, 
 S. Boolundshuhur, and W. Paniput and Delhi; length, E. to 
 W., 57 m.; breadth, 48 m.; area, 2332 sq. m. It forms part of 
 the Doab, and extends across it, being washed by the Ganges 
 on the E. and the Jumna on the W. The surface consists of a 
 ridge of inconsiderable height, traversing it centrally, and a 
 slope on either side descending gradually towards the rivers. 
 The soil, though in some places light and sandy, is on the 
 whole fertile, retaining its verdure even in the hot season, 
 and displaying a luxuriant vegetation during the rains. One 
 of the principal crops is sugar-cane, which is cultivated on 
 about 28,833 acres. The principal fruits are strawberries, 
 apples, peaches, and mangoes. Grapes ripen, but are only 
 of indifferent quality. The weather is for five months, from 
 November to March, delightfully cool and invigorating. In 
 April the hot westerly winds commence, and are both arid 
 and sultry. The latter part of June, before the setting in 
 of the rains, and September, when they terminate, are the 
 only unhealthy parts of the year. Pop. 860,736. 
 
 MEEKUT [add.], cap. of the above district, and situ- 
 ated in its centre, nearly equidistant from the Jumna and the 
 Ganges, 36 m. N.E. Delhi, about 3 m. E. of the Kallee 
 Nuddee, is surrounded by a dilapidated wall inclosing a large 
 area, which is occupied for the most part by narrow, dirty 
 streets and wretchedly built houses. None of the mosques 
 and pagodas possess any merit, and not a few of them are in 
 ruins. The building most deserving of notice is the church, 
 which is one of the largest in India, possesses an excellent 
 organ, and is surmounted by a lofty and handsome spire, 
 though the main body of the structure is somewhat flimsy, 
 consisting of brick with a facing of stucco. The British can- 
 tonment, situated 2 m. N. of the town, is divided into two parts 
 by a small branch of the Kallee Nuddee, which is crossed by 
 two handsome bridges. On the N. side of the stream are, or 
 rather were, lines for a brigade of horse-artillery, a corps of 
 European cavalry, and a regiment of European infantry; in 
 front a fine parade ground, 1 m. wide and 4 m. long; and on 
 the opposite side of the stream the lines of the native infantry. 
 Meerut has acquired a melancholy celebrity as the scene of 
 the first great outbreak among the Sepoys in 1857, and of 
 the gross mismanagement which allowed them first to spend 
 a whole night in pillage find murder, and then proceed un- 
 molested to make themselves masters of Delhi. Pop. about 
 30,000. 
 
 MEGALO, an isl., the largest of the Petali group, 
 which belongs to Greece, and lies off tlie S.W. extremity of 
 Negropont. It is about 12 m. long from N. to S., by 2 m. 
 broad, attains near its centre a height of 1300 ft., and is 
 covered, particularly on its S. and \V. sides, with brushwood, 
 consisting for the most part of wild olives. Oaks at one time 
 abounded, but most of them having been cut down and ex- 
 ported to Attica, they are now found only on the higher and 
 least accessible summits of the island. The soil, though 
 cultivated only to a limited extent, is very fertile, and pro- 
 duces barley, maize, wheat, an excellent wine, cotton, figs, 
 olives, and almonds. The roadstead, sheltered by the other 
 islands of the Petali group, is one of the best in the Archi- 
 pelago. 
 
 MEGARA, a tn. Greece, nomarch Attica and Bocotia, on 
 a height on the S.E. side of the Isthmus of Corinth, 21 m. 
 W.N.W. Athens. It was the birthplace of Euclides, the 
 founder of the Megarian school; has the remains of an ancient 
 castle, and contains 2984 inhabitants. 
 
 MEGYASZO, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zem- 
 plin, 38 m. S. by \V. Kaschau; with a trade in excellent wine, 
 and 2411 inhabitants. 
 
 MEHIDPOOR, a tn. India, Holkar's Dominions, 53 m. 
 N. Indore. It is situated in the angle formed by the junction 
 of a small affluent with the Seepra, and gives name to a de- 
 cisive victory gained in 1817 by the British, commanded by 
 Sir Thomas Brisbane, over the army of Holkar, who was in 
 consequence obliged to submit to the terms dictated to him, 
 
 MEHUM, or Mohim, a tn. India, N.W, Provinces, dist. 
 Rohtuk, 55 m. N.W. Delhi. It was once a large commercial 
 town, but is now greatly decayed. The chief objects of in- 
 terest within are its excellent bazar, and a remarkably fine 
 well, which is 130 ft. deep, and has flights of stone stairs 
 leading down to the water. Pop. 5000. 
 
MEIACO-SIMA 
 
 77 
 
 MELBOURNE 
 
 MEIACO-SIMA, a group of isls N. Pacific, forming the 
 westernmost portion of a cliain of islands extending E. and 
 N.E. from Formosa to tlie S. extremity of the isles of Japan. 
 It lies between lat. 24° and 25° 6' N.; Ion 122° 55' and 125° 
 30' E., and forms two divisions — a W., consisting of ten, and 
 an E., consisting of five, islands. Of the islands of the W. 
 division five only are at all mountainous; the others are flat 
 and belted with reefs, like the coral islands in the Pacific. 
 Kumi, belonging to this division, is composed of coralline 
 limestone, and is densely capped on all its heights with brush- 
 wood and trees, of wliicli none but the pine-fir attain any size. 
 It contains four villages, the principal of which, situated on 
 the N., has a port which is much frequented by junks, but has 
 an entrance so narrow and shallow that both spring tides and 
 very smooth water are necessary for ingress or egress. Pa- 
 Chung-San, also of this division, and the largest island in it, 
 has on its W. side Port Haddington, which would shelter a 
 large fleet, but abounds in coral patches rising suddenly 
 almost to the surface from 10 or 15 fathoms. Kukien-San, 
 situated to the W. between it and Kumi, has a fine stream, 
 which has its mouth at its S. W. angle in Seymour Bay, where 
 tlie water is so deep close to the shore that vessels might, by 
 means of the hose, with Hearle's pumps obtain water without 
 the intervention of boats and casks. Tai-Pin-San, the prin- 
 cipal island of tlie E. division, is surrounded by an extensive 
 chain of coral reefs, on one of which, situated to the N.W., 
 II. M.S. Providence was lost in 1797. 
 
 MEICHE, a tn. China, on the E. frontier of the prov. 
 Nganhoei, about 35 m. W. Hoo-chow-foo. It stands on the 
 Lun-ke, where the tide ceases to flow and navigation by boats 
 terminates, and stretches for a considerable distance along 
 the banks of tlie stream. It has a considerable trade in hill 
 productions, which are brought down to it to be conveyed in 
 boats to the towns in the plains. Its district appears to be 
 the W. boundary of the great silk country, large quantities 
 of rice and other grains here taking the place of the mul- 
 berry, which is however still cultivated to some extent. 
 
 MEJDEL-ANJAK, a vil. Palestine, on the road be- 
 tween, and nearly equidistant from, Damascus and Beyrout. 
 It is beautifully situated, occupying the top of a hill which 
 looks N. along the magnificent valley of the Bukaa or Ccele- 
 Syria, with Anti-Lebanon on the right, and the still loftier 
 snow-capped ridges of Lebanon on the W. The chief object 
 of interest is one of the finest antique temples now existing, 
 'simple, massive, and beautiful,' says Dr. Kobinson, 'and 
 obviously of a severer and earlier type than those of Baal- 
 bek.' To the N.E. of Mejdel is Anjar, containing the ruined 
 walls and towersof an ancient fortified city or citadel, supposed 
 to be the Chalcis in Lebanon, where Agrippa had his capital 
 before he was transferred to more S. territories. 
 
 MEKLONG, a tn. Siam, near the mouth of a river of 
 same name, in the Gulf of Siam, to the W. of the ISIenam. 
 It is accessible only by small boats, but many of the inhabi- 
 tants are employed in the manufacture of salt, which is ob- 
 tained by evaporation, and besides supplying great part of 
 Siam is largely exported. The river communicates with tlie 
 Menam, and hence has sometimes been erroneously supposed 
 to be only a brancli of that river. The soil along its bank is 
 extremely fertile, producing rice, sugar, sesamum, and fruit 
 in abundance. 
 
 MEKONG, or Mkkom [add.], a river, Asia, which rises 
 in the Chinese prov, Yunnan, near the frontiers of Sefan, in 
 the S.E. of Thibet, in lat. 27° 20' N., flows S.S.E. through 
 Yunnan, under the successive names of Lan-tsan and Kew- 
 lung-kiang, or Nine Dragon Kiver, enters the Laos Country, 
 and continues its S.S.E. direction, skirting the W. frontiers 
 of Anam, or Cochin-Cliina. On reaching lat. 16°, and assum- 
 ing its own name, it curves round to the E., then winds 
 through Anam, describing nearly the arc of an enormous 
 circle, and finally falls into the China Sea by three mouths 
 about lat. 9° 34' N. Its course thus extends over nearly 18° 
 of latitude. Though encumbered in many places by rocks, 
 cataracts, shifting banks, and shallows, few rivers of the same 
 length have an equal extent of navigable channels. Even 
 before it quits Yunnan many flourishing cities are indebted 
 to it for their principal means of transport, and both in Laos 
 and Anam a large proportion of the inhabitants are settled 
 on its banks, or engaged in cultivating its magnificent and 
 fertile valley. Its delta vying in extent with those of the 
 
 Yang-tze-kiang and of Hoang-ho, there might be reason to 
 apprehend that the vast quantity of alluvium deposited, and 
 the channels into which it divides in carving out a way for 
 itself across it, would destroy its navigable importance. This 
 is the case with the other large rivers in the same region, but 
 in this respect the Mekong is singularly favoured. While 
 they are obstructed by bars, it has none, so that there is a 
 depth of 28 ft. in its entrance. The importance of this river 
 has hitherto been little appreciated, but now that the French 
 government have taken possession of its mouths, and estab- 
 lished themselves at Saigon, it can scarcely be doubted that 
 the Mekong will attract far more attention from Europe, and 
 become a much more important commercial thoroughfare 
 than formerly. 
 
 MELBOURNE [add.], cap. of Victoria, Australia. The 
 progress of this city in both size and commercial importance 
 has been astonishingly rapid, the population, which wa323,143 
 in 1851 having risen to more than five times that number in 
 1865. Its site is not a favourable one, the mouth of the 
 Yarra, about 9 m. above which the city lies, being obstructed 
 by a bar, and it is so low that it is liable to be flooded by tlie 
 overflowing of the river in the wet season. Nevertheless it 
 is a noble city, with crowded wharves, and sometimes 1000 
 vessels lying off the mouth of the river. As first laid out 
 Melbourne consisted of several wide straight streets, crossing 
 each other at right angles. Flinders, Collins, Bourke, and 
 Latrobe Streets run E. and W.,and among those intersecting 
 them may be mentioned Elizabeth and Swanstone Street. 
 Collins Street presents a handsome specimen of street archi- 
 tecture, with superior shops, banks, and public buildings. 
 But the city has expanded beyond this rectangular district, 
 and now includes what were formerly the detached districts 
 of Collingwood, Richmond, and North Melbourne. Alto- 
 gether it now forms a splendid town, and its streets present 
 a scene of constant bustle and activity, especially in the old 
 part, which still monopolizes the chief shops, banks, and places 
 of business. Of public buildings the parliament-house de- 
 mands special notice. It contains two chambers, one for the 
 assembly, the other for the council : the former modestly 
 decorated, but the latter of profuse and elegant ornamenta- 
 tion. It stands in the highest part of the city, from which 
 the whole of the town and suburbs, with the harbour of Port 
 Phillip in the distance, is in view. Westward lies the great 
 mass of buildings with numerous church spires and other 
 prominent edifices. Northwards the Collingwood portion 
 stretches down to the banks of the Yarra, where the heights 
 are dotted with villas and gardens. There is the suburb also 
 of South Yarra and Prahran, with the botanical gardens in- 
 tervening; between which and the zoological gardens the 
 river winds and is crossed by half a dozen bridges. Beyond 
 to the S. lies St. Kilda on the bay, the favourite resort of the 
 townspeople for recreation. Besides numerous churches and 
 chapels, Melbourne has a large number of public institutions 
 for secular and benevolent purposes. Water works have been 
 constructed at an enormous expense for the supply of the 
 city. Owing to the obstructions of the Yarra, Williamstown, 
 lower down, has been made the port, and is connected 
 with Melbourne by a railway. There are also railways 
 from Melbourne to Geelong, Ballarat, and Sandhurst, at the 
 Bendigo gold-fields. Steam-ships ply between it and the 
 other great city-ports of Australia, and its shipping trade is 
 carried on with Great Britain and other European and 
 foreign countries. The trade of Melbourne represents very 
 nearly that of the whole colony of Victoria. In 1863 there 
 entered the port 1739 vessels of 624,061 tons, and cleared 
 1782 vessels of 618,052 tons. The value of the imports in the 
 same year was £14,118,727, and of the exports £13,566,296. 
 The produce of the gold-fields amounted to £14,100,083 in 
 1853; in 1855 to £11,172,261; and in 1856 to £11,942,783; 
 from the last-named year there was a gradual decrease, to 
 £6,685,192 in 1862. The exports of gold and gold specie 
 in 1861-3 were as follows: — 
 
 
 1S61. 
 
 1S62. 
 
 1863. 
 
 Gold .... 
 
 . £7,869,758 . 
 
 . £6,685,192 . 
 
 . £6,520,957 
 
 Gold Specie . 
 
 . 1,210,828 . 
 
 918,999 . 
 
 . 1,169,471 
 
 The other principal article of export was wool, which 
 amounted to £3,049,491 in 1803. 
 
 The population of Melbourne, which, as before stated, was 
 
MELBOURNE 
 
 73 
 
 MERCARA 
 
 23,143 in 1851, was 125,220 in 1861; in 1865, including the 
 suburbs, it was estimated at 140,000. 
 
 MELBOURNE, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Kichmond, on the St. Francis, opposite to Itichmond, with 
 which it is connected by a covered bridge, 75 in. E.N.E. 
 Montreal. The two, with tlie addition of a third place, called 
 the Gore, form one township, and aided by the support of 
 government, have united in founding the College of St. Francis, 
 which has its site in llichmond. There is also a mechanics' 
 institute and library association. The streams furnishing 
 a large amount of water-power, a number of saw, grist, full- 
 ing, and carding mills have been erected on them, and furnish 
 the materials of a considerable trade. Pop. of township, 
 about 2000. 
 
 MELE, a tn. W. Africa, r. bank Shari, which here forms 
 the W. boundary of the kingdom of Bagirmi, about GO m. 
 N.W. of Masena, its capital. It occupies a steep bank over- 
 hanging r. bank Shari, which is here 600 yards wide and 
 15 feet deep. The thick forest which borders the place on 
 the N.E. is a favourite haunt of hogs and monkeys. Fish and 
 crocodiles, the latter much relished as food by the natives, 
 abound in the river. 
 
 MELENKI, a tn. Russia, gov. and 70 m. S.S.E. Vladi- 
 mir, cap. circle of same name, on the Unsha. It contains 
 two churches, a parish school, a charitable endowment, and 
 several manufactures. The inhabitants of the circle are 
 largely engaged in making tar, pitch, and turpentine. They 
 also manufacture many articles in wood. Pop. 3574, 
 
 MELIPILLA, a tn. Chili, prov. and 40 m. W.S.W, 
 Santiago. It is a large well-built and apparently wealthy 
 place, not far from the N. bank of the Maypu. The manu- 
 factures are ponchos, coarse woollen cloth, blankets, and 
 superior pottery ware. Tiie trade is chiefly transit, much 
 of the produce of Conchagua, and of the southern part of 
 Santiago, passing through this town to its final destination at 
 Valparaiso. Pop. 8000. 
 
 MEMPHIS [add.], a tn. and port of entry, U. States, Ten- 
 nessee, on the Mississippi, just below the junction of Wolf 
 Itiver, and on three great railways, the Memphis and Charles- 
 ton, the Memphis and New Orleans, and the Memphis and 
 Ohio, 180 m. S. W. Nashville. It stands upon a bluff about 
 30 ft, above the river in its highest floods, and is fronted by 
 a fine esplanade. The streets are regular, and many of the 
 private dwellings are not only substantial but elegant. The 
 principal buildings and institutions are 15 churches, two 
 medical colleges, an orphan asylum, and several academies and 
 seminaries. The trade is chiefly in cotton, of which, in 1860, 
 400,000 bales were shipped. Pop. (I860), 22,623, 
 
 MENAM [add,], a river, Siam, which rises in the Shan 
 ]\Iountains, about lat, 20° N,, flows circuitously S.S.E , and 
 falls into the Gulf of Siam by three mouths, about 38 m. 
 below Bangkok, following the windings of the river. It 
 ceases to be navigable at Kahaing, the most southerly of the 
 Laos States. Owing to a bar, the water at its deepest mouth 
 is only 3 ft. at ebb, and 13 ft. at spring tides, and hence 
 vessels drawing more than 11^ ft., when intending to load at 
 Bangkok, only take in cargo there requiring that depth, and 
 then proceed to the roadstead to fill up. The banks of the 
 river, though fringed with forest- trees, behind which sugar 
 and rice fields extend for a considerable distance inland, are 
 somewhat monotonous. The Meklong has sometimes been 
 considered a branch of the Menam. This is a mistake, pro- 
 bably originating in the fact that they communicate by a 
 channel on approaching the sea. 
 
 MENAMAH, a tn. Persian Gulf, at N. extremity of 
 Bahrein Island, lat. 26° 15' N.; Ion. 50° 35' E. The first 
 aspect of Menamah from the sea is not pleasing, for the 
 beach quarter is mostly occupied by sailors and fishermen, 
 with their cabins; the beach, too, is of dirty shingle. The 
 length of the town is greater than its depth, though that is 
 not small, the range along the shore being 1^ m,, while the 
 houses reach ^ m, inland; the general level being about 12 ft, 
 above high-water mark. Most of the dwellings are mere 
 palm-leaf cottages, each with its own inclosure, and are 
 arranged in streets and rows. Separate from these, and form- 
 ing distinct quarters, are large houses of brick and stone, 
 often elegant and spacious, and occupied by the wealthy and 
 upper classes, though many of them are falling into decay. 
 About the centre of the town is the market-place, a labyrinth 
 
 of narrow shop-lanes, some vaulted, some sheltered with a 
 thatch-roof, and meeting in a small central covered square. 
 In different quarters are sevei'al mosques. The lofty and 
 somewhat imposing residence of the governor stands at the 
 S.W. extremity of the town. Ships of all kinds and sizes 
 occupy the bay. Behind the town stretches a wide plain of 
 level saltish soil, barren and swampy, upon the extreme 
 verge of which stands a large square fortress, in old times a 
 stronghold and defence for the town, now dismantled and 
 ruinous. The pearl-fishery is a principal occupation of the 
 inhabitants. 
 
 MENDOZA [add.], next to Cordova, the largest and best 
 city in the interior of La Plata, and the capital of a prov. of same 
 name, 150 m. E.N.E, Valparaiso, on the Pacific, lies close to 
 the E. foot of the Cordillera of the Andes. Like almost all 
 the other old Spanish towns, it is built in the form of a regular 
 rectangle, subdivided by streets running N. and S., and E. 
 and W,, intersecting each other at right angles, and opening 
 at one of their extremities into a large central plaza or square. 
 On this square stand the principal church, a large but by no 
 means handsome structure, built of limestone, and surmounted 
 by two towers terminating in spires; the cabildo, containing 
 the courts of justice and the police office; and some private 
 mansions of a very superior description. To the S. of the 
 principal square is another called the Plaza Nueva, on which 
 the only edifice worthy of notice is the small but elegant 
 chapel of San Loretto. The principal streets, three in number 
 — the Canada, St. Martin, and Constitucion — all terminate 
 in this plaza. Mendoza is remarkable for the number of its 
 ecclesiastical buildings. The principal church and a chapel 
 have been already mentioned, but to these must be added six 
 other churches, numerous other chapels, three convents for 
 monks, and one for nuns. Among buildings not ecclesiastical 
 are the governor's house, the college, the public library, the 
 barracks, the theatre, and the market-hall. The inhabitants 
 employ themselves chiefly in horticulture, agriculture, and the 
 rearing of cattle. Fruit of all kinds is abundant and cheap, 
 and the oranges in particular are famous. Goitre is very 
 prevalent, and is attributed by some to the universal use of 
 water coming from the snowy mountains. Pop. 10,000. 
 
 MENSA, a small territory, E. Africa, the E. frontiers of 
 which, bounded by Samara, are about 8 m. \V. of the town of 
 Massowa, on the Ked Sea. It lies between lat. 15° 30' and 
 16° N.; Ion. 38° 40' and 39° 10' E., and has a mountainous 
 surface formed by oflTsets from the Abyssinian ranges. Its 
 inhabitants consist of two tribes who are at deadly feud with 
 each other, and occupy the opposite extremities of the terri- 
 tory, the Beit- Shakhan inhabiting the S. , and the Beit- Abreh6 
 the N. district. Their chief employment is in feeding cattle, 
 but they are not nomade, and possess two large villages, that 
 of Hamm-hamo, situated on an undulating plain, stretching 
 toward Mount Merrara, which is 7000 ft. high, belonging to 
 the Beit-Shakhan, and that of Galab, which lies at the foot of 
 a mountain steep, belonging to the Beit-Abreh^. Both tribes, 
 apparently of the same origin, are in person light, active, and 
 well-proportioned, of a dark olive complexion, with fine lips, 
 an oval and somewhat Grecian cast of countenance, and large 
 bushy beards. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 MEQUINEZ, or Miknas [add,],a tn, N, Africa, Marocco, 
 gov, and 36 m. W,S.W. Fez, on an affluent of the Sebou, in 
 a beautiful valley of a healthy and mountainous district. It 
 is surrounded by a triple inclosure of walls, about 15^ ft. 
 high and 3 ft. thick, and defended by strong batteries. 
 Among its principal buildings are several mosques, a castle, 
 which was founded by Muli Ismail in 1674; and a palace, in 
 which the emperor of Marocco often resides. This palace 
 contains within its vast inclosure the imperial treasury, and 
 is adorned with marble columns, obtained partly from Roman 
 ruins and partly from Leghorn and Marseilles. The inhabi- 
 tants are said to be more polished than those of any other 
 town in Marocco. — (Godard, IJescrijition de Maroc.) 
 
 MERCANUM, a tn. India, presid. and 60 m. S. by W. 
 Madras, on the.Coromandel coast. Its only title to notice is 
 derived from its salt-pans, which belong of course to govern- 
 ment, are very extensive, and produce a salt which is in great 
 demand on account of the size and whiteness of its crystals, 
 
 MERCARA, atn, India, presid, Madras, cap. prov. Coorg, 
 60 m. Seringapatam. It stands at the S.E. angle of an ob- 
 long table- land, 4500 ft. above the sea, sloping gently on the 
 
MEKCEDES 
 
 r9 
 
 MGETA 
 
 N. and E., but precipitous in all other directions. It consists 
 principally of a fort situated on an isolated height, and built 
 in the form of an irregular heptagon, with a gateway at one 
 of its angles, and round bastions at the otlier six Being 
 commanded by greater height, some of them within breaching 
 distance, it possesses little strength. Among the buildings 
 ill its interior are the palace of the deposed rajah, a large 
 castellated building now used as a public treasury and 
 quarters for the European officers of the native troops, a 
 pagoda, a court-house, a jail, and a public bungalow or lodge 
 for travellers. The bazar is tolerably good. The heiglits 
 around furnish grand and picturesque views. 
 
 MEKCEDES, a tn. S. America, Banda Oriental, 1. bank 
 liio Negro, 150 m. N.W. Monte Video. Occupying a much 
 larger space than its inhabitants require, it presents a great 
 number of unoccupied spaces in its streets, which are wide 
 and well formed, and many of the houses, both in them and 
 on the public square, are substantial and even elegant. The 
 only buildings of any note are the church, a large buiUling of 
 indifferent architecture, and a large coffee-house in front of 
 it. The shops and market are well supplied. The environs 
 cannot be called beautiful, though they gain somewhat by 
 contrast with the still less attractive country which is passed 
 before reaching them. In the adjoining plains extraordinary 
 numbers of gigantic quadrupeds anij other fossils are found 
 imbedded. Mercedes carries on an active trade with Monte 
 Video and Buenos Ayres, exporting chiefly jerked beef, hides, 
 and sheep's wool, and receiving in return European wares. 
 It is much visited by patients, who come to drink the water 
 of the Rio Negro, which is said to be very efficacious in the 
 cure of rheumatic and similar complaints. This remarkable 
 property it owes to the large quantity of sarsaparilla which 
 grows upon its banks. The roots communicating part of their 
 substance to the water, give it the dark tinge from which 
 the river derives its name. Pop. 5000. 
 
 MEKCEKSBUliG, a post bor. U. States, Pennsylvania, 
 60 m. S.W. Harrisburg, is the seat of a college of the Ger- 
 man Reformed Church, with 6 professors, ItiS students, and 
 a library of 3000 vols. Pop. 897. 
 
 MERCURY, or D'Haussez, a group of islands. New 
 Zealand, off the N.E. coast of North Island or Ulster, about 
 18 m. E.S.E. Cape Colville; lat. (N. cliff, East Island), 36° 
 36' 15" S.; Ion. 174° 50' 15" E, It consists of four principal 
 and several smaller islands, and occupies a square space of 
 about 10 m. each way. Tlie Qreat Mercury, the largest, being 
 4 m. long from N. to S., and nearly 3 m. broad at its S. part, 
 is steep and cliffy on its N. and E. sides. On the AV. side is 
 a deep bay, with anchorage in 5 fathoms, but safe only in 
 fine weatlier.— /I'eii Mercury, the next largest of the group, 
 is only 3 m. in circuit. 
 
 AIERDIBBA, a tn. Abyssinia, on a small affluent of the 
 Shimfa; lat. 13° N ; Ion. 31° 30" E. It is an important 
 market-place, whose inhabitants plant much cotton and maize, 
 and rear many sheep, goats, and camels, but prefer to all 
 other employments the hunting of the elephant, rhinoceros, 
 and buffalo. About 6 m. S. of Merdibba are the boiling, 
 or rather bubbling, springs of Ambo. They are about 15 in 
 number, and issue from a spot of dark-coloured swampy 
 ground. The water is cold and pleasant to drink; its chief 
 ingredients seem to be carbonic acid gas and iron. 
 
 MERIDEN, a tn. U. States, Connecticut, on the New- 
 haven, Hartford, and Springfield Railway, 18 m. N.E. New- 
 haven. It stands on a height, contains several churches, an 
 academy, a high-school, and a state juvenile reformatory, and 
 has extensive manufactories, of which the chief articles are 
 tin and britannia ware, ivory combs, table cutlery, hardware, 
 and machinery. Pop. (1860), 7426. 
 
 MERRIMACK [add.], a river, U. States, formed at Frank- 
 lin, New Hampshire, by the union of the Pemigewasset and 
 the Winnipiseogee, flows first S. for 78 m. to Chelmsford, in 
 Massachusetts, and then E. for 35 m. to its mouth in the 
 Atlantic, at Newburyport. Though comparatively insigni- 
 ficant in both length of course and volume, it would be dif- 
 ficult to find a river which has done more for the country 
 through which it flows, since the immense water-power fur- 
 nished by its falls has created the towns of Lowell and Law- 
 rence in Massachusetts, and of Nashua and Manchester in 
 New Hampshire. 
 
 MEKS-EL-KEBIR, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 
 5 m. N.W. Oran. It occupies a rugged site on the shore of 
 an excellent natural harbour, capable of receiving the largest 
 vessels, and is defended by a triangular fort, seated on a rock, 
 and crossing its fire with two other forts at a lower level. 
 The bad harbour at Oran adds greatly to its importance, and 
 it has been contemplated to complete its fortifications, which 
 the Spaniards originally commenced, and make it the rival of 
 Gibraltar. Pop. 1392. 
 
 MESAU, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, cap. dist. 
 of same name, in a sandy district, on the road from Katagum 
 to Yakoba, 170 m. E.S.E. Kano. It is walled, and the resi- 
 dence of a governor, whose house is built entirely of earth. 
 All the other houses have clay walls, with thatched conical 
 roofs. The weekly market is important. The inhabitants 
 are said to be Fellatah. 
 
 MESERITSCII, or Walachian Mesehitscii, a tn. Aus- 
 trian empire, Moravia, circle and 9 m. S. Neutitschin, in a 
 beautiful valley on the Betschwa, in what is called Moravian 
 Walachia; with two churches, a castle, a house of correction, 
 manufactures of linen and woollen cloth; and wool, cattle, and 
 other annual markets. Pop. 2806. 
 
 MESHED ALI, a tn. Turkey in Asia, pach. and 90 m. 
 S. Bagdad. It takes its name from a Mahometan martyr of 
 the Shiitc sect, and has a splendid mosque, which is annually 
 visited by thousands of pilgrims, chiefly from Persia. Their 
 offerings, which had accumulated during a long series of 
 years, tempted the cupidity of tlie Wahhabees, who paid it a 
 visit, and carried off all its treasures to the desert. 
 
 MESSENIA, a gov. of the Morea, Greece, bounded on 
 the N. by Achaia and Elis, on the E. by Arcadia and 
 Laconia, W. and S. the Mediterranean. The climate is tem- 
 perate and healthy, and rendered invigorating by the sea- 
 breezes. The soil is fertile, well watered, and abounds in 
 excellent pasturage. It produces wine, cotton, and olive-oil, 
 and its figs excel those of any other part of Greece. The in- 
 habitants are athletic and industrious, but neglect the breeding 
 of cattle and the cultivation of cereals. The principal towns 
 are Koroni, Ravarino, and Kalamata. The ancient city of 
 Messene is now an inconsiderable village, which the Greeks 
 call Mavromati. 
 
 MKTAPAM, a tn. Central America, state and 44 m. 
 N.N.W. Salvador, to the N.E. of a lake of same name, which 
 is properly a branch of the Laguna de Cuija. It is the centre 
 of a mining district particularly rich in iron, and is a clean 
 well-built place, with streets paved with a conglomerate of 
 quartz and sandstone, one of the handsomest churches in the 
 state, and a pop. of about 4000. 
 
 METHEMMEH, a tn. Abyssinia, cap. prov, Galabat, 
 in a mountainous district not far from 1. bank Atbara; lat. 
 13° N.; Ion. 31° 50' E. It has recently suffered much from 
 an inroad of a neighbouring chief, and now contains only 
 1200 inhabitants, who live in the straw huts with pointed 
 roofs known by the name of toguls. 
 
 METIS, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. Ri- 
 mouski, r. bank St. Lawrence, 210 m. N.E. Quebec; with a 
 Free and a R. Catholic church, and a considerable trade iu 
 flour and lumber. Pop. about 1100. 
 
 METTERSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 6 m. N. Bistritz; with a salt spring, a trade in 
 wine and hemp, and 1720 inhabitants. 
 
 MEYBUT, a tn. Persia, 150 m. E.S.E. Ispahan. It is 
 a small walled town, with a ruined ditch, a paltry citadel, and 
 four gates. Wheat and cotton are extensively cultivated in 
 the vicinity, and there are many well-kept garden.s within 
 its walls. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 MEZZANE Dl SOTTO, a tn. Itiily, Venetia, prov. and 
 4 m. N.N.E. Verona; with a parish church, and a beautiful 
 villa adorned with frescoes by Paul Farinati. 
 
 MEZZO VO [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, S. Albania, 
 eyalet and 21 m. E.N.E. Yanina. It stands at the N. en- 
 trance of an important pass in the Pindus, where the roads to 
 S. Albania, Thessaly, and Macedonia cross each other. Its 
 inhabitants are very industrious, and, like the Savoyards, 
 travel into distant parts, and continue there till they have 
 acquired the means of returning to live comfortably at home. 
 Pop. 5000, mostly Walachs and Zingari. 
 
 MGETA, a river, E. Africa, one of the principal affluents 
 of the Kingani, which it joins on the r. bank, about lat. 
 7° 20' S.; Ion. 37° 50' E. It rises among the Dutliumi Hills, 
 
MGUNDA MKHALI 
 
 MIDNAPORE 
 
 and flows E. in a perennial stream, draining; a considerable 
 tract of country, and with a current so rajjid that scarcely 
 anything that falls into it is ever recovered. In its lower 
 course it is only about 30 yards wide. 
 
 MGUNDA MKHALI, an extensive tract, E. Africa, 
 lying between Ugogo on the E. and Unyamwezi on the W., 
 in the line of the caravan route from the E. coast opposite to 
 Zanzibar. Its length from E. to W. is about 140 m., and it 
 bears the name of 'desert' simply because it contains no 
 running water or wells, except after rain. Its general aspect 
 is a dull uniform bush of an emerald green during the rains, 
 and a network of dry, broom-like twigs during the heats. Its 
 most forbidding portion is in the E., where its stony surface 
 and stunted vegetation strikingly contrast with the better 
 country on the E. of it. This portion passed, the neck of the 
 desert may be said to be broken, and an open forest of tall 
 trees begins to run along a flat. That the tract is in many 
 places not incapable of successful cultivation, has been proved 
 by the many clearings which have been made on it. By 
 means of these its extent is being diminished from year to 
 year, and the journey across it, which, about twenty years ago, 
 contained twelve long stages, is now effected in eight marches. 
 The subsoil of the Mgunda Mkliali is a detritus of yellowish 
 quartz, in some places white with powdered felspar, and in 
 others black with the humus of decayed vegetation. In 
 general nothing can be more monotonous than its aspect, but 
 occasionally the scene changes, and outbursts of gray granite 
 and syenite are seen rising abruptly and perpendicularly from 
 tlie dead plain, or bristling upon a base of low conical hills. 
 Nothing can be more fantastic than the shapes which the rocks 
 assume. Some are stiff and straight, like giant ninepins, and 
 others, split as if an alley or gateway passed between them, 
 might be mistaken at a distance for Cyclopean walls, towers, 
 steeples, domes, minarets, castles, and dwelling-houses. Some 
 of the clearings are like oases in the midst of these granitic 
 outcrops, and furnish pleasant stations for the caravans. As 
 one of the most remarkable, may be instanced the Jewa la 
 Mkoa, or 'Round Rock,' so called from its immense granite 
 dome, which is 2 m. in diameter, and rises by gradual slopes 
 to the height of nearly 300 ft. 
 
 MHOW, or Mow [add.], a number of places, India: — 1, 
 A tn.and British cantonment, Holkar's Dominions, in a clayey 
 tract resting on basalt, 13 m. S.W. Indore. The TOVfs, situ- 
 ated on an eminence above the Gumber, is European in its 
 appearance, having a church with a conspicuous steeple, a 
 well-furnished library, a spacious lecture-room, and a theatre. 
 The CANTONMENTS, occupied by a considerable force, in 
 virtue of the treaty of Mundisor, are situated about half a 
 mile S.E. of the town, at the height of 2019 ft. above the sea. 
 Mliow was one of the centres of the sepoy mutiny of 1857. — 
 2, A tn. N.W. Provinces, dist. Azimgurh, r. bank Surgoo, 
 here crossed by a ford, 55 m. N.E. Benares. It is a large 
 straggling place, possessed of abundant supplies. — 3, A tn. 
 N.W. Provinces, dist. and 11 m. S.E. Meerut, in an open 
 but only partially cultivated countrjr. — 4, A tn. N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, and 27 m. S.E. Allygurh. It stands in an open coun- 
 try, and has a bazar and a well supplied market. — 5, A tn. 
 dist. and 17 m. N.W. Allahabad, cap. pergunnah of same 
 name, in an open but only partially cultivated country, and 
 with a well-supplied bazar. — 6, A tn. Bundelcund, dist. 
 Jhansi, on the Supprar, 70 m. S.W. Calpee. It made some 
 figure in the wars produced by the dismemberment of the 
 Mogul empire, and is still a large commercial place. 
 
 MHYEE, a river, India, which rises in a small plain in 
 the native state of Amgherra in Malwa, flows successively 
 N.W., W., and S.W., and falls into the gulf, a few miles 
 below the town of Cambay. Its total length is about 350 m. 
 Opposite to Cambay, not more than 8 m. from the sea, it is 
 nearly 3 m. wide, but so .shallow at low spring-tides that the 
 channel is almost dry, so that the smallest boats cannot navi- 
 gate it. 
 
 MIAKO, a tn. Japan. See Kioto in Siipp. 
 
 MIAMI, Great and Little, two rivers, U. States, Ohio. 
 ■ — 1, Great Miami, rises in co. Hardin, flows successively S. 
 and S.W. through a picturesque and fertile country, and after 
 a course of about 150 m. joins the Ohio at the S.W. corner 
 of the state, 20 m. W. Cincinnati. It is navigable only for a 
 short distance, but the Miami canal follows its course for 
 about 70 m. Its chief affluents are the West Branch, the JIud, 
 
 and the Whitewater.- — 2, Little Miami, rises in co. Madison, 
 flows in directions nearly parallel to those of the Great Miami, 
 and joins the Ohio 6 m. E. Cincinnati. Its course is about 
 100 m. 
 
 MIAU-TAU, or Meishan, a group of island.s, China, 
 lying across the entrance of the Gulf of Pechili, and separat- 
 ing it from the Yellow Sea. They are about 15 in number, 
 and lie off the N. coast of prov. Shantung, opposite to the 
 town of Teugchau-fu, from which Chang-shan, the largest, is 
 barely 4 m. distant. The channel between this island and the 
 mainland forms the best entrance into the gulf. Close to it 
 is a secure bay, which is resorted to by great numbers of junks 
 proceeding with grain to Pekin, and promises to become a 
 most important station for foreign vessels when the trade has 
 been fully opened up. There are numerous villages on almost 
 all the islands of the group, supplies are tolerably abundant, 
 and the water is better than is usually found on the coast of 
 the mainland. 
 
 MICHAILIENI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, 
 cap. circle Dorohoi. It is a well-built place, the seat of a 
 civil and criminal court, and has a normal school. P. 3000. 
 
 MICH AILOV, a tn, Russia, gov. and 30 m. S.W. Riazan, 
 cap. circle of same name, on both banks of the Pronia. It 
 contains six churches, a monastery, a charitable endowment, 
 and several manufactures. Pop. 3821. 
 
 MICIIAILOVSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 dist. Chopersk, 1. bank Choper, 125 m. S.E. Voronej. it has 
 three annual fairs, at one of which, held on 6th January, a 
 very large amount of business is done. Pop. 13,405. 
 
 MICHELE (San), a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 6 m. 
 S.E. Verona, on the Etsch or Adige, and the railway to 
 Vicenza; with a parish church, another church of a circular 
 form, surmounted by a dome, and much frequented by pil- 
 grims; and extensive manufactures of cables and other cord- 
 age. Pop. 3409. 
 
 MICHIGAN, or Michigan City, a tn. U. States, lur 
 diana, on the S. shore of Lake Michigan, and on the Michigan 
 Centra], and the Louisville, New Albany, and Chicago rail- 
 ways, 42 m. E.S.E. Chicago. It possesses seven churches 
 and several benevolent institutions, and being the principal 
 lake-port in the state carries on a considerable trade. I'op. 
 (1860), 3320. 
 
 MICHILIMACKTNAC, Mackinac, or Mackinaw, a 
 vil. U. States, Michigan, cap. co. and on an island of same 
 name in Lake Huron, 90 m. N.N.W. Deti'oit. It possesses 
 county buildings and several churches, saw-mills, and a safe 
 and deep harbour, at which a considerable trade, particu- 
 larly in fish, is carried on. It is a favourite summer resort. 
 On a rocky height in the vicinity stands Fort Mackinac, a 
 military post commanding the village. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 MlDDLEBURY,avil.U. States, Vermont, cap. CO. Addi- 
 son, on the Otter Creek at Middlebury Falls, and on the Rutland 
 and Burlington railway, 31m. S. Burlington. It possesses five 
 churches, a college, with six professors, eighty-five students, 
 and a library of 9000 volumes; a court-house, a cotton and a 
 woollen factory, an iron foundry, and a flour-mill. In the 
 vicinity there is a marble-quarry of so fine quality, that much 
 of it is exported for statuary. Pop. (1860), 2879. 
 
 MIDGAN, a race, E. Africa, of doubtful origin, foiuid 
 chiefly in the Somauli country, where they are numerous, but 
 regarded as outcasts. They take service under the different 
 chiefs, who sometimes employ them in great numbers in their 
 feuds and forays, and find them most eflicient auxiliaries, not 
 on account of their prowess, for they are of somewhat stunted 
 growth, and deficient both in strength and courage ; but on 
 account of the terror they inspire by their bow and diminu- 
 tive arrows, barbed and poisoned with the waba. The Midgan, 
 it is said, is able by the mere twanging of the string, to put 
 to flight a whole village. Many of the race, instead of thus 
 taking service, employ themselves in hunting and agriculture. 
 
 MIDNAPORE, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between 
 lat. 21° 41' and 22° 57' N.; Ion. 86° 36' and 87° 59' E.; is 
 bounded N. by Paroolia, Bancoora and Burdwan, N.E. 
 Hooghly, S.E. Hidgellee, S. Balasore, S.W. the Cuttack 
 Mehal Mohurbunga, and W. Paroolia; area, 4015 sq. m. The 
 W. part is covered by jungly hills, and comparatively little 
 known; the S W. and S. resemble the adjoining tract of 
 Orissa in its marshy soil, numerous shallow torrents, and 
 pestilential atmosphere; the S.E., which, as the route from 
 
MIDNAPOEE 
 
 81 
 
 MILWAUKEE 
 
 Calcutta to Orissa passes through it, is the best known, has a 
 general slope S.E., and is drained chiefly by the Soobunreeka, 
 ■which falls into the Bay of Bengal, and the Kosai or Cossye, 
 which unites with the Huldee, and joins the Hooghly at its 
 mouth. Over a considerable extent 6f surface the soil is so 
 thin and unproductive, that no attempt is made to cultivate 
 it, and it remains in a state of nature, growing nothing but 
 stunted and worthless brushwood; in other parts it is fertile, 
 and yields good crops of rice — the staple crop — pulse, sugar- 
 cane, and indigo. Silk, obtained by rearing silkworms on 
 the mulberry, is an important branch of domestic economy. 
 The principal manufactures are salt, silk and cotton fabrics, 
 pottery, coarse jewellery, and articles in brass and iron. 
 Pop. 5.33,063. 
 
 MIDNAPORE, cap. of the above dist., 1. bank Kosai, 
 67 m. W. by S. Calcutta, possesses a number of public build- 
 ings, in which the civil establishment is accommodated, a 
 large school superintended by a local committee, and attended 
 by above 300 pupils; and a good bazaar, well supplied, espe- 
 cially with provisions. 
 
 MIECHOV, a tn. Russian Poland, gov. Radom, cap. 
 circle of same name, is a small but handsome town, said to 
 have been built on the model of Jerusalem, and has a beauti- 
 ful church which dates from the twelfth century, and a circle 
 and elementary school. Pop. Ii78. , 
 
 MIELEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 26 m. N E. Tarnow, r. bank Wysloka; with a castle, which 
 was the cradle of the Polish family Mielecki; and 2995 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 MIGULINSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 dist. Medviedetza, r. bank Don, 160 m. N.N.E. Novo-Tcher- 
 kask; with an annual fair, and a pop. of 13,003. 
 
 M IHINTALA, an isolated mountain, Ceylon, overlooking 
 from the E. the ancient capital Anarajapoora or Anuradhapura, 
 and 79 m. N. by W. Kandy. It rises suddenly from the plain 
 to the height of 1000 ft., and has its slopes densely covered 
 with wood, and its summit crowned with huge rocks of riven 
 granite. It is undoubtedly the most ancient locality of moun- 
 tain worship in Ceylon, its highest peak figuring in the legends 
 as the spot on which Mahindo alighted when he arrived in 
 Ceylon to establisli the religion of Buddha. The mountain 
 has in consequence been carved into a temple. The southern 
 face, which is almost precipitous, commands a magnificent 
 view, reaching across the island from sea to sea. The north- 
 ern side is ascended by a flight of steps, said to be 1840 in 
 number, partly hewn out of the rock, but generally formed 
 of slabs of granite 15 ft. wide. On a small plateau near the 
 top, the dwellings of the priests are grouped around the Am- 
 bustella dagoba, built not, as usual, of brick, but of stone, and 
 encircled by octagonal pillars, the capitals of which are orna- 
 mented with carvings of the sacred goose. The last flight 
 of steps leads to the culminating point, the peak of Ambatt- 
 halo, on which stands, and for eighteen centuries has stood, 
 the Etwihara dagoba, a semicircular pile of brick-work, en- 
 shrining a single hair from the forehead of Buddha. The 
 road leading from the base of Mihintala to Anarajapoora, a 
 distance of 8 m., passes between mouldering walls, by mounds 
 where the grass imperfectly conceals the ruins beneath, and 
 by fragments of fallen columns, marking the site of former 
 monuments. 
 
 MI KOLA JO W, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 20 m. N.N.E. Stry, near 1. bank Dniester; with 2130 in- 
 habitants, who are mostly employed in weaving linen. 
 
 MIKULLINCE [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle and 11 m. S. Tarnopol, cap. dist. same name, on the 
 Sereth; with a fine baronial castle, an infirmary, manufactures 
 of woollen and linen cloth, and an active trade in wax and 
 honey. In the vicinity there is a village occupied by Ger- 
 man settlers, and containing much-frequented mineral springs, 
 with a complete bathing establishment. Pop. 3340. 
 
 MILANOVATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, circle 
 Kraina, r. bank Danube, 85 m. E.S.E. Belgrade; with a 
 church and a school. Pop. 1400. 
 
 MILDENAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 40 m. N. Bunzlau; with three mills, one of them for 
 spinning yarn, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 MILFOKD, two places, U. States: — 1, A vil. and town- 
 ship, Massachusetts, on the Milford branch of the Boston and 
 Worcester railway, 9 m. S.S.W. Boston. It contains six 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 churches and a high-school, and is extensively engaged in 
 manufactures, particularly that of boots and shoes, which are 
 annually made to the value of more than £350,000. Pop. 
 (1860), 9132. — 2, A post borough, Delaware, on the Mispillion 
 Creek, 80 m. S.S.W. Philadelpliia. It consists of two dis- 
 tinct portions, N. and S. Milford, one on each side of the 
 river, and contains several churches and a public library. 
 Pop. (I860), 3093. 
 
 MILFORD, a sound. New Zealand, forming the north- 
 ernmost of a series of inlets which indent the S.W. coast of 
 the Middle Island. Though of limited extent, compared with 
 some of the others, it surpasses them all in scenery. Pem- 
 broke Peak, about 3 m. inland, and always capped with snow, 
 rises on the N. to a height of 6700 ft.; while Lawrenny, a 
 remarkable saddle-backed mountain on the S., has peaks nearly 
 of the same altitude. Mount Mitre, so called from its re- 
 markable shape, starts up abruptly from the S. side of the 
 sound to the height of 5560 ft.; on the opposite shore stands 
 a dome-shaped mountain, which is nearly bare of vegetation, 
 and from its peculiar colour looks not unlike an enormous 
 mass of metal . ' These alpine features, and its narrow en- 
 trance, apparently still more contracted by the stupendous 
 cliffs which rise perpendicularly as a wall from the water's 
 edge to a height of several thousand feet, invest Milford 
 Souij^ with a character of solemnity and grandeur which 
 (Ascription can barely realize.' — (A'ettf Zealand Pilot.) 
 
 MILL BROOK, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Durham, 52 m. N.E. Toronto. It stands about half a 
 mile from a station on the Port Hope and Lindsay railway, 
 which gives it a direct communication with Port Hope; pos- 
 sesses two churches, a foundry and machine shop, a tannery, 
 a brewery, a steam sawmill, and a local trade of some im- 
 portance. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 MILLE LACS, British America, about 60 m. N.W. 
 of Lake Superior, is a beautiful sheet of water of very irregu- 
 lar shape, with an estimated length of 25 and average breadth 
 of 4 m. It belongs to the basin not of Lake Superior, but of 
 Hudson's Bay, its principal feeder being the Savaune coming 
 from the E., and its outlet the Seine, which flows W.S.W. 
 and falls into Lake Rainy. The hills around the lake art 
 clothed with patches of pine of fair dimensions, and towards 
 its W. extremity, both on its islands and the adjoining main- 
 land, are seen rocks of white quartz, which at a distance look 
 so like the sails of boats that they have been mistaken for 
 them. 
 
 MILLOTITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and about 14 m. S.W. Hradisch; with a castle, a poor-house, 
 coal mines, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 MILTON, a tn. British America, Canada West, cap. co. 
 Halton, on the Sixteen Mile Creek, a feeder of Lake Ontario, 
 25 m. S.W. Toronto; with four churches, manufactures of 
 waggons and ploughs, a foundry, and several saw and flour 
 mills. Pop. about 400. 
 
 MILUM, a tn. India, Kumaon, on the route to Chinese 
 Tartary, 13 m. S. of the Juwahir Pass, at the height of 11,706 
 ft. above the sea: lat. 30° 25' N.; Ion. 80° 11' E. It stands 
 in the fork formed by the confluence of the Gunkha and 
 Goree, and consists of about 140 houses, strongly built of 
 large stones laid without cement, and covered with slates, 
 overlaid with a compact coat of clay. Close to the N. E. of the 
 town there is a temple perched upon a cliff which overhangs 
 the Gunkha. Milum is inhabited only between June and 
 October; during the other months the inhabitants descend to 
 a lower district, and thus avoid the deep snows which render 
 the country impassable, and the avalanches which are con- 
 stantly rolling down from the stupendous mountains in the 
 vicinity. On their return, the traffic with Chinese Tartary, 
 or Hiundes, as the natives call it, is resumed. It is carried 
 on chiefly by the Juwahir or Uta Dhura Pass, though other 
 passes are far more practicable, because the Tibetan authori- 
 ties have been pleased to confer upon the Juwahirs the 
 exclusive privilege of visiting and trading in all the marts of 
 Hiundes. The principal exports to this country are grain, 
 cottons, broadcloths, sugar, sugar-candy, spices, dye-stufis, 
 hardware, wooden bowls, coral, and pearls; the imports from 
 it are gold-dust, salt, borax, goats' and sheep's wool, coarse 
 shawls, yak -tails, ponies, drugs, dried fruit, and tanned 
 leather. 
 
 MILWAUKEE [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. Wisconsin, 
 
 11 
 
MINAHASA 
 
 82 
 
 MINNESOTA 
 
 at the mouth of a small river of same name on the W. shore 
 of Lake Michigan, and on a number of railways connecting 
 it with the Mississippi and all parts of the country; lat. 42° 
 N.; Ion. 87° 54' W. It is laid out with considerable regu- 
 larity, and consists of a central portion situated on a flat, and 
 forming what may be called the business quarter, and two 
 other portions, an E. and a W., seated on commanding heights, 
 and occupied with dwelling-houses generally well shaded with 
 trees. Most of the houses are built of a beautiful cream- 
 coloured brick, which is made from beds of clay obtained in 
 the neighbourhood, and has a light and pleasing effect. The 
 public buildings and institutions are a court-house; a large edi- 
 fice of Illinois marble, erected by the general government for 
 state purposes, and containing a post-office, a custom-house, 
 and various public offices ; thirty-three churches and two 
 synagogues; nine public and a large number of private and 
 select schools; two orphan asylums; an hospital; and a con- 
 vent. The great staples of trade are grain and flour. The 
 provision trade also, though not yet fully developed, is be- 
 coming very important. The population more than doubled 
 within ten years. In 1850 it was 20,061; in 1860, 45,246. 
 
 MINAHASA, a prov. or dist. Indian Archipelago, form- 
 ing the extremity of the N. peninsula of Celebes. It lies be- 
 tween lat. 1° and 2° N., is about 60 m. long by 20 m. broad, 
 and has an area of about 1200 sq. m. It is a romantic region 
 of volcanic mountains, several of which are active, and of 
 valleys, table-lands, and lakes. The mountains are not re- 
 markable for elevation. Klobat, the loftiest of them, being 
 only 6133 ft. above the sea. The table-lands average 2000 
 to 2500 ft., and contain many lakes, apparently the craters of 
 extinct volcanoes. The fish with which they abound furnish 
 a large part of the subsistence of the inhabitants. The 
 streams, though numerous, are small and unfit for navigation. 
 The cultivated productions are rice, maize, ground pulse 
 (AracTiis hypogcea), gomati and sago palms, tobacco, coffee, 
 and cacao. The cacao is produced yearly to the extent of 
 250,000 lbs.; the coffee, considered superior to the best of 
 Java, to the extent of 1,500,000 lbs. The rice produced, 
 though human labour only is employed, exceeds the con- 
 sumption, and leaves an annual surplus of about 40,000 cwt. 
 for export. The inhabitants are estimated at 96,218. Of 
 these only 3375 are Malays and 510 Chinese; the rest, 92,333, 
 considered as aborigines, are, like the other inhabitants of the 
 Celebes, of Malay extraction, but speak a distinct and peculiar 
 language. Though simple and inoffensive, they are indolent, 
 dirty, and poor. Their chief subsistence is sago. 
 
 MINDIF, or Mendefi, a mountain, Western Africa, 
 connected with a range which forms the western barrier of 
 the country of Wandala, 160 m. S. by E. Kukawa. Sur- 
 rounded by several other lofty summits, it might be supposed, 
 when viewed at a distance from a particular point, to be the 
 centre of a considerable mountain chain, whereas in reality 
 it is only a detached cone, starting up from a level plain. 
 Its height scarcely exceeds 5000 feet above the sea-line, or 
 4000 feet above the plain, and its circumference at the base 
 is probably not more than ten or twelve miles. It is partly 
 encompassed by a straggling village of the same name, which 
 seems to stretch out to a considerable length, or rather to 
 consist of two or three distinct clusters. The weekly market 
 of this village is of some importance. 
 
 MINERAL POINT, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, cap. 
 CO. Iowa, on a branch of tlie Pickatonokee River, and on the 
 Illinois Central, and the Galena and Chicago Union railways, 
 58 m. S.W. Madison. It possesses five churches and four 
 smelting furnaces, and has an active trade. Pop. (1860), 
 2389. 
 
 MINERBE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and about 19 m. 
 S.E. Verona; with, among other fine buildings, a palace by 
 Sanmicheli. Pop. 3065. 
 
 MINERSVILLE, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, on the 
 W. branch of the Schuykill River, and on the Minehill and 
 Schuykill Haven railway, 45 m. N.E. Harrisburg. It is 
 situated among hills containing rich seams of anthracite, and 
 possesses four churches, a car-factory, an iron-foundry, a 
 flour and a saw mill. Pop. (1860), 4024. 
 
 MINERY, or Minihiri, a vil. Ceylon, East Province, 
 52. m. N. by E. Kandy. It contains a small temple and a 
 rest-house, but is only deserving of notice for the beauty of 
 the surrounding scenery, which has made it to be pronounced 
 
 ' the most charming sylvan spot in Ceylon,' and the tank of 
 same name which lies embayed at the confluence of numer- 
 ous valleys, separated by low and wooded steeps. This tank 
 forms an immense reservoir, upwards of 20 m. in circuit, and 
 its embankment, though overgrown with lofty trees, remains 
 so nearly perfect that the water still issues by the ancient 
 conduit, and after fertilizing a considerable area, flows in a 
 broad stream to the Mahawetti-ganga. 
 
 MINGAN, a group of isls. Gulf of St. Lawrence, lying 
 45 m. along the coast of Labrador, and opposite the N.W. 
 end of Anticosti Island, lat. (of centre) 50° 10' N.; Ion. 64° 
 15' W. The group numbers 29 isls., some of them very 
 small, and the largest not exceeding 11 or 12 m. in circum- 
 ference. The most easterly is named St. Genevieve; the 
 western is one of the Perroquets, noted for the numerous 
 wrecks upon it. The isls. are of lower Silurian limestone, 
 dipping sliglitly to the S. at an inclination of 60 to 80 ft. to 
 the mile, outliers of the great Silurian basin of N. America, 
 and formerly connected with Anticosti. Of ancient fossilifer- 
 ous rock (birdseye to calciferous), the isles are generally low, 
 none of them having an elevation of more than 300 ft. above 
 the sea. Ancient beaches, as well defined as if moulded 
 during the present generation, rise far above the highest tides; 
 and water-worn rocks, shaped like gigantic Egyptian pillars, 
 front the sea, and give a strange and artificial appearance to 
 some of these wave-worn islands. Seals and cod abound upon 
 the limestone reefs and shoals. The four most westerly 
 islands, called the Perroquets, from the vast numbers of 
 these birds which burrow and build on them, are low lime- 
 stone rocks, quite denuded of trees. The north-western of 
 the Perroquets is the highest of the group, and has a layer of 
 peat on its summit. Shoal water lies off this island for \ m. 
 both E. and W. The Mingan Islands are bold on the N. side, 
 and free from danger to mariners, but shoals generally pro- 
 ject towards Anticosti. With Anticosti and Cape Rosier 
 they form the bounds of the estuary of the St. Lawrence, 
 which, divided by Anticosti, is here 105 m. broad. 
 
 MINIEH, a tn. Central Egypt, cap. prov. of same name, 
 on an elevated site above 1. bank Nile, 136 m. S. by W. 
 Cairo. It is a large and comparatively handsome place, with 
 several regular streets and some very handsome mosques. 
 Its manufactures consist of cotton goods and earthen vessels 
 called bardaks, which by their porosity act as water-coolers. 
 
 MINNESOTA, or Minesota [add.]. North America, 
 one of the states of the American Union, loetween lat. 43° 30' 
 and 49° N.; and Ion. 89° 29' and 97° 5' W.; bounded N. by 
 British America, E. Lake Superior and Wisconsin, S. Iowa, 
 and W. Dacotah or Nebraska; greatest length, N. to S., 380 
 m.; central breadth, 183 m.; area, 81,259 m. It occupies 
 the summit of a central plateau formed- by the conterminous 
 basins of the Mississippi, the St. Lawrence, and Lake Winni- 
 peg. In the N.E. a group of low sandhills, composed of 
 huge deposits of drift, and overlying an outcrop of the prim- 
 ary and metamorphic rocks, rises about 1680 ft. above the 
 sea, and is known by the name of Hauteur de la Terre, or 
 Heights of Land; but with this exception the surface is 
 generally an undulating plain, with an average elevation of 
 about 1000 ft. The general slope is S.E. towards the basin 
 of the Mississippi, which with its affluents drains about two- 
 thirds of the state; the only other important stream is the 
 Red River of the North, which forms the W. boundary for 
 379 m., and belongs to the Winnipeg basin. The banks of 
 the latter river are bordered by extensive alluvial flats of 
 great fertility; but those of the Mississippi present a number 
 of rocky limestone cliffs, often remarkable for their pictur- 
 esque scenery. The rock formations appear to belong almost 
 exclusively to the azoic and lower protozoic groups, which 
 for the most part lie concealed beneath diluvial deposit, form- 
 ing the superficial covering of vast rolling prairies. About 
 two-thirds of the surface are well adapted for the cultivation of 
 the cereals and roots of the temperate zone, the soil consisting 
 generally of a dark calcareous loam, abounding in organic and 
 saline matters, and retentive of moisture. The country, espe- 
 cially above lat. 46°, is well timbered. Far to the N. forests 
 of pine occur; on the river flat bass wood, aspen, ash, maple, 
 linden, butternut, &c., abound; and in the swamps, tamarack, 
 cedar, and cypress. The wild animals include the elk, deer, 
 antelope, wolf, bear, otter, racoon, the eagle, grouse, pheas- 
 ant, partridge, buzzard, pelican, and vast flocks of wild ducks. 
 
MINNESOTA 
 
 83 
 
 MISAMIS 
 
 wild geese, and other water-fowl. The buflFalo, once abun- 
 dant, is no longer found E. of the Red Eiver. The lakes 
 and streams abound with many varieties of fish. The climate 
 is on the whole excellent, the winters though cold being 
 clear and dry, while winds and breezes temper the excessive 
 .summer heats. For administrative purposes Minnesota is 
 divided into 68 counties. St. Paul, situated near its E. fron- 
 tier, is the capital. By the constitution, which was adopted 
 11th October, 1857, the right of voting belongs to all free 
 white males 21 years of age, who have declared their inten- 
 tion of becoming citizens of the United States, and have re- 
 sided a year within their limits, and four months previous to 
 voting within Minnesota itself. The executive consists of a 
 governor, lieutenant-governor, secretary of state, treasurer, 
 and attorney-general, all elected for two years. The judges 
 are also elected, those of the supreme and district courts for 
 seven, and those of the other courts for two years. The pro- 
 perty valued for taxation in 1862 amounted to £6,250,000. 
 The quantity of land sold by the United States since the 
 establishment of the land system in Minnesota, from the 
 beginning of 1850 to the beginning of 1860, was 6,136,111 
 acres, or between an eighth and a ninth of the whole area of 
 the state. Pop. by the census of 1850, 6077; by that of 1860, 
 173,855. 
 
 MINNESOTA, or St. Peter's, a river U. States, has 
 its sources in a series of lakes between lat. 45° and 46" N. in 
 Minnesota, flows S.E. for about 300 m. till it receives the 
 Blue Earth, when it turns N.E., and continuing in that direc- 
 tion for about 120 m., joins the Mississippi at Fort Snelling. 
 Owing to a rapid which occurs 40 m. above its mouth, it is 
 navigable by steamers only for that distance, but small boats 
 ascend about 250 ra. farther. 
 
 MIRAMICHI [add.], a river, British America, New 
 Brunswick, which rises in the W. of the province, on the 
 high ground which borders the basin of St. John, flows N.E., 
 and falls into a large bay of same name in the Gulf of St. Law- 
 rence, after a course of about 100 m. The bay is nearly 
 14 m. wide, from the sand-bars off Blackland Point on the N. 
 to Escumenai Point on the S., and about 6 J m. deep from that 
 line across its mouth to the main entrance of the river, between 
 Portage and Fox Islands. Beyond these islands is the inner 
 bay or estuary, the entrance to which is obstructed by a bar 
 of sand, which in some parts has not more than 2 ft. of water 
 over it at low tides. At its S.E. end, off Portage Island, how- 
 ever, there is a part called the Swashway, which has a depth 
 of 16 ft. at low water, and of 22 ft. at high water in ordinary 
 spring tides. The inner bay is about 1 3 ra. long from its entrance 
 to Sheldrake Lsland, where the river may properly be said to 
 commence, and from 7 to 8 m. wide. Its depth in ordinary 
 spring tides is 16 ft. The river, when it enters the inner bay, 
 is three-quarters of a mile wide, but narrows shortly after to 
 half a mile. This width it retains up to the town of Chatham. 
 At its mouth the country begins to rise into gentle undula- 
 tions, terminating in steep banks and cliffs of sandstone. The 
 scenery is by no means devoid of beauty, though somewhat 
 of a desolate aspect is given to it by the dead and half-burnt 
 trunks of large pines, standing out from a young growth of 
 green poplar, and bearing testimony to the terrible conflagra- 
 tion of 1835. Veins of bituminous coal are seen along the 
 banks, but as yet no seam of quality and thickness to repay 
 the expense of working has been discovered. 
 
 MIKICKVILLE, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Grenville, on the Rideau canal, 105 m. S.W. Montreal; 
 with a Church of England and a Wesleyan church, a mechanics' 
 institute, manufactures of woollens, an axe factory, a foundry, 
 a tannery, and a large trade in staves and shingles. Pop. 
 about 1000. 
 
 MIRISH, or MoiSH, an isl. in the N.E. of Turkey in 
 Europe, formed by the St. George and the Sulina arms of the 
 Danube. It is nearly in the form of an isosceles triangle, 
 with its base facing the Black Sea, and is densely wooded, 
 furnishing haunts to whole herds of wild swine and to various, 
 other animals. On its N. side, close to the Sulina mouth, is 
 the town of Seulish, consisting of a lighthouse and about 200 
 dwelling-houses, the inhabitants of which find employment in 
 assisting the loading and unloading of vessels, in shipbuilding, 
 and in carrying on a little trade. On the St. George arm 
 there is a fishing colony, established by some monks who were 
 driven out of Mount Athos. 
 
 MIRRIYA, a tn. Western Africa, near the N.W. fron- 
 tiers of Bornou, and W. of prov. Zinder, 110 m. N.N.E. 
 Kano. It was once the capital of the whole W. prov. of 
 Bornou, but began to decay on the foundation of the town of 
 Zinder, of which it is now in some degree a dependency. The 
 wall is beautifully adorned with tamarind-trees. Immedi- 
 ately N. of the town is an extensive district, which enjoys the 
 benefit of irrigation, and on which much wheat and cotton are 
 grown. 
 
 MIRTA, a tn. India, Eajpootana, state and 68 m. N E. 
 Goodpoor. It occupies a commanding height, is surrounded 
 by a wall, which is built on the W. side of mud, and on the E. 
 of good masonry; and contains several Hindoo temples, a 
 large and lofty mosque, and a well-constructed but rather 
 meagrely supplied bazar. It is said to have a manufactory 
 of felt. A supply of good water is obtained from three large 
 tanks. Pop. estimated at 25,950. 
 
 MIRZAPORE, a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, between 
 lat. 23° 50' and 25° 30' N.; Ion. 82° 11' and 83° 39' E.; is 
 bounded N. by Joonpoor and Benares, E. Shahabad, Behar, 
 and Palamow, S. Sirgooja, and W. Rewa and Allahabad; area, 
 5235 sq. m. The N. portion, forming part of the valley of 
 the Ganges, is of an alluvial character, but has one rugged 
 sandstone ridge, which rises into an abrupt rock of consider- 
 able height, and furnishes the site of the fort of Chunar. 
 Southwards the elevation increases, the surface rising first 
 into the Bindachal Hills, which are 250 ft. above the adjacent 
 valley, or 500 ft. above the sea, and ultimately into a table- 
 land, about 900 ft. high, forming part of the N.E. extremity 
 of the Vindhya range, which overspreads the whole S. of the 
 district, and gives it a rugged and barren character. The 
 mineral wealth is less varied than might have been antici- 
 pated from the nature of the strata. Coal, however, has been 
 discovered on the banks of the Sone, which is, next to the 
 Ganges, the most important river; kunkur, affording excellent 
 lime, and fine sandstone for building abound, and at different 
 localities are found fine slate, native soda, and iron ore. The 
 principal alimentary crops are wheat, barley, bajra, millet, 
 maize, pulse, and oil-seeds; the commercial crops, sugar, 
 indigo, and cotton. The chief manufactures are woollen 
 carpets, in imitation of Turkish, cotton carpets or setringees, 
 cotton imitations of Cashmere shawls, chintzes, and silk 
 fabrics. In modern times most of these manufactures, unable 
 to encounter British competition, have greatly declined. 
 Pop. 831,388. 
 
 MIRZAPORE [add.], cap. of the above dist., situated 
 50 m. S.E. Allahabad, on a bed of kunkur above r. bank 
 Ganges, which is here half a mile wide, and crossed by a ferry. 
 It presents an imposing appearance from the river, in con- 
 sequence of the fine ghats leading down to it, the numer- 
 ous mosques and temples, the handsome European houses, 
 occupying some of the most conspicuous sites, and the 
 great extent of the place. This first impression is scarcely 
 confirmed by actual examination. The native town consists 
 mainly of three long, straight, and wide streets, shaded with 
 rows of trees, and provided at intervals with wells, some of 
 them so built as to furnish good specimens of architecture. 
 The houses, however, notwithstanding the abundance of ex- 
 cellent building stone in the vicinity, are usually constructed 
 of mud or unbaked brick, seldom of more than two stories, 
 and for the most part of very indifferent appearance. The 
 manufactures of carpets, and other strong woollens, cottons, 
 and silks, have long been on the decline, but Mirzapore still 
 maintains its pre-eminence as the greatest cotton mart in 
 India, and has communication with Allahabad, Benares, and 
 other chief places, by means of the India Steam Navigation 
 Company's vessels. The cotton raised within the district 
 forms a mere fraction of what is here warehoused or brought 
 to market, large quantities to be disposed of in the lower pro- 
 vinces being transmitted hither from the Doab, Oude, Bun- 
 delcund, the Saugor and Nerbudda territory, and even from 
 parts of Malwa and Nagpore. The military cantonment is 
 3 m. N.E. of the town, on a kind of peninsula formed by the 
 windings of the Ganges. 
 
 MISAMIS, a prov. and tn. Philippine Isles. The phov. 
 one of the four into which the island of Mindanao is divided, 
 lies on its N.W. side, bounded by Caraga on the E., the ter- 
 ritory of the sultan of Mindanao on the S., and Zamboanga 
 on the W.; area, 1400 geo. sq. m. The climate, hot and damp, 
 
MISCOU 
 
 84 
 
 MODLING 
 
 but not unhealthy, produces a luxuriant vegetation, the most 
 obvious eflfect of which has been to cover most of the country 
 with forests of unusual density. The inhabitants dwell chiefly 
 on the sea-coast, whose bays and coves, abounding with fish, 
 supply them with their chief means of subsistence. A con- 
 siderable number employ themselves in washing the sands of 
 
 the rivers for gold. Pop. 47,388. The town, cap. of the 
 
 above prov., situated on the W. side of the Bay of Iligan, 
 in lat. 23° 10' N.; Ion. 123° 46' E., contains 3830 inhabitants. 
 
 MISCOU, an isl. British America, Gulf of St. Lawrence,' 
 at the S.E. entrance of Chaleur Bay. It is of a triangular 
 shape, about 8 m. long from N. to S., and has a maximum 
 breadth from E. to W. of nearly 5 m. On the S.W. the shore 
 is low, and sends out a long ledge of sandy flats; but else- 
 where it is tolerably bold, with steep sandy beaches, parti- 
 cularly towards the N. extremity, where several stores and 
 fishermen's huts are seen. Near the same extremity, on Birch 
 Point, there is a lighthouse, in the shape of a wooden octagon- 
 shaped building, with a fixed red light 79 ft. above the level 
 of high water, and visible in clear weather at the distance of 
 1 2 m. The channel between the islands of Miscou on the N. 
 and Shippigan on the S. forms an excellent harbour, above a 
 mile long, 400 yards wide, and from 4 to 6 fathoms deep. 
 
 MISIVKIA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, on a bay of the 
 Black Sea, on the S.E. coast of Bulgaria. It has a harbour 
 encumbered by reefs, but notwithstanding carries on a consi- 
 derable trade in wine, and wood for fuel. From the inscrip- 
 tions and other ancient remains found within it, it appears to 
 have been once much more important than at present. Pop. 
 3000. 
 
 MISLYE (Ai,so), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Abaui-Torna, 7 m. S.E. Kaschau, cap. dist. of same name; 
 with a courthouse, a high-school, a large imposing structure 
 which was once a monastery, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 MISSLITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 about 12 m. N.N.E. Znaim; with a handsome parish church, 
 a castle, a synagogue, and 1600 inhabitants, of whom half are 
 Jews. 
 
 MISTASSINNI [add.], a lake, river, and dist. British N. 
 America. The lake, of vast dimensions, occupies an area 
 between Ion. 71° and 74° W., and lies under the parallel of 
 lat. 51° N. It derives its name, 'Great Stone,' from a huge 
 isolated rock in it, the manitou or ' spirit ' of which is invoked 
 by the Indians. In the neighbouring country forest trees 
 disappear, and the whole of it is cut up by thousands of lakes, 
 and covered with enormous rocks piled one upon another, and 
 often covered with large lichens of black colour; in the spaces 
 between these rocks a few pine trees are found not exceeding 
 3 ft. high. The Mistassinni River, or Riviere des Sables, is 
 150 m. long, and navigable for canoes to a distance of 120 m. 
 from its mouth in Lake St. John (lat. 48° 25' N.; Ion. 71° 30' 
 W.) In one place it has a cascade 80 ft. in height, and from 
 the summit of the hills near the cascade a chain of lakes, oc- 
 cupying a long valley, leads to the watershed of the district, 
 whence a small tributary of Lake Mistassinni takes its rise. 
 
 MITCHELL, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Pertii, on the Thames and on the Buffalo and Lake Huron 
 railway, 90 m. W. by S. Toronto. It has three churches, 
 manufactures of pumps and fanning mills, a tannery, an iron 
 foundry, and several grist and saw mills. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 MITROVITZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, near the S.E. 
 extremity of Bosnia, 30 m. S.E. Novibasar, Its inhabitants 
 are chiefly engaged in the culture of the vine, the lower 
 slopes of a ridge of hills to tiie N. of the town being wholly 
 planted with vineyards. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 MIZDA, a tn. N. Africa, regency and 100 m. S. 
 Tripoli, near the western extremity of the Wady Sofejin, 
 justly celebrated as one of the most fertile within the limits 
 of the regency. It occupies a hill composed entirely of 
 gypsum, aid consists of two distinct quarters or villages, of 
 which all the houses are constructed of gypsum. The western 
 and larger village has a wall in a state of decay, and several 
 high round towers equally ruinous, but boasts of being able 
 to furnish 100 full-grown men fit for military service. Two 
 caravan routes, one from Mourzouk, and the other from 
 Ghadamis, join at Mizda, and give it some commercial im- 
 portance. The inhabitants, belonging to the Zintan tribe, 
 are of a mild disposition, and bear a high character for 
 honesty. 
 
 MIZUN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and about 
 30 m. Stry; with blastfurnaces and other extensive iron- 
 works. Pop. 1700. 
 
 MJESHTSHOVSK, a tn. Russia, gov. Kaluga, cap. 
 circle of same name, on both banks of the Moschaika. It 
 contains four churches, a secular and a religious circle school, 
 a charitable endowment, and an important yearly market, 
 which lasts from June 27 to July 3. Pop. 4911. 
 
 MLAVA, a tn. Russian Poland, gov. Plock, cap. circle 
 and on a stream of same name; contains 3957 inhabitants, and 
 has a missionary church, an elementary school, and various 
 manufactures. 
 
 MOBILE [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. and only seaport 
 of Alabama, on the W. bank of the Mobile, immediately above 
 its mouth in Mobile Bay, and on the Mobile and Ohio rail- 
 way; lat. 30° 41' 26" N.; Ion. 88° 1' 29" W. It stands on a 
 sandy plain rising gradually from the water, and consists of 
 the town proper, with regular, well-paved, and well-shaded 
 streets, and several extensive suburbs partly covered with 
 fine villas. The principal public buildings are the market 
 house, a large and handsome edifice, with an upper story in 
 which the municipal authorities are accommodated ; the custom- 
 house, with accommodations for the post-office and U. States 
 courts; twenty-three churches, one of them an imposing 
 R. Catholic cathedral; a Jewish synagogue; the public schools, 
 kept in what was formerly the Barton academy; a city and a 
 marine hospital, an infirmary under the charge of the Sisters 
 of Charity, three orphan asylums, a medical college, a literary 
 institute, a theatre, and Oddfellows' and temperance halls. 
 The industrial establishments include two iron foundries, a 
 resin-oil factory, a dry-dock, and several building-yards; but 
 the great staple of the place is cotton, of which during the 
 five years ending 1859-60, 789,057 bales were exported. 
 The other exports, consisting of lumber, turpentine, rosin, 
 oil, &c., are comparatively insignificant. So also are the im- 
 ports, which in 1859 had a value short of £200,000, while 
 that of the exports exceeded £6,000,000. The greatest 
 hindrance to the trade of Mobile is the shallowness of its 
 harbour. Vessels drawing more than 10 ft. must anchor in 
 the bay, about 25 m. from the town, and receive their cargoes 
 by the intervention of steamboats. Another serious obstacle 
 to the prosperity of Mobile is its climate. In addition to its 
 excessive summer heats, it is subject to visitations of epidemic 
 yellow fever, which in 1853 carried ofi" about a tenth of its 
 then actually resident inhabitants. In common with the other 
 ports of the south it suffered severely during the civil war, 
 and was surrendered to the Federals. Pop. (1860), 29,258. 
 
 MOCSONOK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Lower 
 Neutra, 39 m. E.N.E. Presburg; with a fine suuimer- palace 
 of the Bishop of Neutra, and 2196 inhabitants. 
 
 MODLIN [called by the Russians Neugeorgieiosh'\, a for- 
 tress, Poland, woiwod Plock, at the confluence of the united 
 Narew and Bug with the Vistula, 15 m. N.W. Warsaw. Its 
 position, giving it the command of the passage of these rivers, 
 clearly indicates its military importance, and accordingly, in 
 the seventeenth century, the Swedes formed an entrenched 
 camp here. Napoleon saw what might be made of it, and 
 caused its fortifications to be carried on from 1807 to 1812. 
 In 1813 it was blockaded by the Russians, who only obtained 
 possession of it after the provisions of the garrison were com- 
 pletelyspent. During the revolution of 1831 it was heroically 
 defended by the Polish general Ledochowski till the fall of 
 Warsaw, when his plan of blowing it in the air was defeated 
 by the pusillanimity of his officers, and he was obliged to 
 surrender. Since then its fortifications have been repaired, 
 enlarged, and strengthened, so that it is now one of the most 
 formidable places in the Russian dominions. The whole 
 space within the works being occupied by military buildings, 
 there is no proper town. 
 
 MODLINGr [add.], a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 cap. dist. of same name, in a beautiful and romantic district 
 ,on the South railway, 9 m. S.S. W. Vienna. It has an ancient 
 Gothic church,- a subterranean chapel, a poorhouse, an asylum 
 for children, a theatre, barracks, chalybeate springs, three 
 printfields, and a considerable trade in wine. Immediately 
 behind the town opens the rocky valley of the Briilil or Briel, 
 which is rich in natural beauty, and has some of its most 
 romantic heights crowned with ruined castles. One of these 
 belongs to Prince Liechtenstein, who has in tliesame locality 
 
mOdritz 
 
 85 
 
 MOISIE 
 
 a fine summer-pal ice, with a large park laid out in the English 
 style. In the valley gypsum and limestone are extensively 
 quarried. Pop. 3550. 
 
 MODRITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 5 m. S. Briinn ; with manufactures of beet-root sugar, and 
 three yearly markets. 
 
 MOEN A, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and 35 m. N.E. 
 Trent, at the entrance of a valley on the frontiers of Venetia; 
 with several ironworks, and a pop. of 1400. 
 
 MOENA, MuNA, or PangasanS, an isl. Indian Arclii- 
 pelago, situated between Boeton and the S.E. peninsula of 
 Celebes. It is about 105 m. long by 30 m. broad, and has a 
 computed area of 744 geo. sq m. Its capital, bearing the 
 - same name, is interior, and the only place where any trade is 
 carried on is Tiworo, situated near its N. extremity, opposite 
 to Celebes. The inhabitants, of Malay origin, speak a dialect 
 of the language of Boeton, to whose sultan Moena is subject. 
 The only staple of ti-ade is trepang. 
 
 MOGrHAK, the name of two nearly 
 contiguous tns. N. Africa, Algerian Sa- 
 hara: — The one, MogUar Futani^ or High 
 Mogliar, has an elevated site on the S. 
 slope of the Uled Sidi Sheikh range, and 
 contains about 150 houses of indifferent 
 appearance, a mosque, a school, and a 
 fountain. The other, Moghar Tatani, or 
 Loio 3Ioghai\, lies at the base of the 
 range, surrounded by productive gardens 
 and groves of dates. Both districts raise 
 large crops of grain, with which they sup- 
 ply several places in the neighbourhood. 
 
 MdGILA, a tn. Austrian empire, 
 Galicia, circle and 4 m. E. Cracow, 1. 
 bank Vistula; with a Cistertian monas- 
 tery founded in the thirteenth century, 
 and 1800 inhabitants. 
 
 MOGILANY, a tn. Austrian em 
 pire, Galicia, circle Wadowice, 8 m. 
 S.S.W. Cracow, on a mountain ridge, 
 commanding a beautiful view of Cracow 
 and the valley of the Vistula, and crowned 
 by a baronial castle. Pop. 1 100. 
 
 MOGULTOOR, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 46 m. S. Rajahmundry. It has of late years greatly declined, 
 and derives most of the importance which it still possesses 
 from its government salt-pans. In the vicinity, nearly con- 
 tiguous to the town, is a mud fort occupied by a pensioned 
 rajah, a descendant of the zemindar who once possessed 
 the greater part of the district \V. of the Godavery. 
 
 MOHAMRAH, a tn. Persia, Khuzistan or Arabistan, on 
 the N. extremity of the island of Abadan, which is formed 
 by the two W. arms of the Euphrates before discharging 
 their waters into the Persian Gulf, 26 m. below Basra. 
 Forming the key to Persia from the gulf, it is a place of great 
 strategical importance, and is accordingly defended by several 
 batteries. These however were easily silenced by the British 
 during the late Persian war in 1856-7, and the garrison, after 
 only a show of resistance, fled, leaving Mohamrah itself to the 
 victors. The pressure thus brought to bear on the Persian 
 government was doubtless a main cause of the peace which 
 they hastened to conclude immediately afterwards. The 
 advantages which Mohamrah derives from its position are 
 counterbalanced by its climate, which is so pestilential that 
 the mortality among those who are obliged from any cause to 
 reside in it during the hot season amounts to about 50 per 
 cent. The cause of this unhealthiness is, according to Sir 
 Henry Rawlinson, ' the marsh malaria produced by the decom- 
 position of vegetable matters under a burning sun, added to 
 the great humidity of the atmosphere in the immediate neigh- 
 bourhood of the sea.' Farther up the river the climate is 
 comparatively healthy. — [Sir H. Raiolinson.) 
 
 MOHAN, a tn. India, Oude, 1. bank Saee, which is here 
 crossed by a handsome brick bridge of 15 arches, 18 m. 
 W.S.W. Lucknow. It was once defended by a brick fort, 
 which has disappeared, and gives indications of having once 
 been more important than at present. The road leading into 
 it has a low wall on each side, and is paved with brick. 
 
 MOHARREK, or Mahragh, a tn. Persian Gulf, at S. 
 end of an island of same name, lies like a long white strip on 
 
 the shore of the channel that separates it from the town and 
 island of Menamah or Bahrein ; lat. 26° 20' N.; Ion. 50° 40' E. 
 Its white houses set otf by darker palm-huts, the large low 
 palaces of the head family, two or three imposing forts close to 
 the shore, and a long coast battery, altogether give it a striking 
 and pleasing aspect. Along the low sand-line of the island 
 rise many detached groups of palm-huts, with an occasional 
 white plastered residence amid tall date- trees; all having a 
 quiet and peaceful air. 
 
 MOHRAN (Little), a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, 
 dist. Freudenthal, 15 m. W.N. W. Troppau, on the Mora; with 
 a wire-factory, a paper-mill, iron-mines, and 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 MOISIE, or Mis-TESHiPii (the ' Great River' of the Mon- 
 tagnais Indians), a river, British America, which has its 
 mouth on the N. shore of the estuary of the St. Lawrence, on 
 the S.W. coast of Labrador, about 18 m. E. Seven Islands 
 Bay; Ion. 66° 10' W. It discharges a great volume of water 
 
 MOISIE EIVEE, miED EAPID.— From Uiiid's Explorations in Labra.l.i 
 
 in spring after the melting of the snows, and brings down 
 quantities of sand which so obstruct its wide and shallow 
 channel in the first 2| m. from the sea that boats cannot 
 ascend at low tide. At the end of 2| m. the river, which has 
 decreased in width to \ m., has a clear channel, and flows with 
 a depth of 9 ft. between steep sandy shores or cliffs for another 
 mile. Flat-bottomed boats can ascend to the first rapids, a 
 distance which, including windings, is about 20 m. above its 
 mouth. It has its source in some of the lakes and swamps 
 of the high table-land of Canada East. For centuries it has 
 been one of the chief lines of communication from the interior 
 to the coast, travelled by the* Montagnais during the time 
 that they were a numerous and powerful people. The old 
 and well-worn portage paths round falls and rapids, and over 
 precipitous mountains, on the Upper Moisie, testify the an- 
 tiquity of the route. The general course of the river is from 
 N. to S., running for the most part through precipitous 
 mountain gorges, with numerous rapids and falls, which 
 quite preclude its utility for purposes of navigation. Its 
 length is about 250 m., with a total descent of more than 
 2000 ft. — Moisie Bay, to the E. of the mouth of the Moisie 
 River, is lined with a beach 100 to 200 yards in breadth, 
 fringed with open glades and forests of small spruce. The 
 fishing station at the mouth of it, like other places on the N. 
 shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, presents, during the sum- 
 mer, a busy scene, but in the winter is desolate. In the 
 summer of 1859 the population was 1500, with 300 boats 
 engaged in fishing for cod; in the following winter the number 
 of people was 21 left in charge of the fishing establishments. 
 Professor Hind gives the following account: — 'The bay, 
 especially on the E. side, presented a very lively aspect when 
 we visited it. The beach was lined with stones and " flakes " 
 on which 100,000 cod-fish were drying. We went to see 
 Mr. Tutu's patent deep-sea fishing, in which he had taken 
 150,000 cod-fish in a fortnight. It consists of an immense 
 net divided into eight compartments, into which the fish enter, 
 but from which they cannot or do not escape. The fisher- 
 
MOJO 
 
 MONTECRISTI 
 
 men take them out with scoops after lifting one of the com- 
 partments of the net nearly to the surface of the water. On 
 looking over tlie side of the boat we observed thousands of 
 cod-fish swimming about in the "pound." Mr. Tetu informed 
 us that he allows the fish to remain in his nets until he re- 
 quires them; they feed as in a preserve, and fintf the work- 
 men employment when the weather is too boisterous for the 
 boats to go to sea. On the day of our visit he took 9000 cod- 
 fish out of his traps.' 
 
 MOJO, a tn. liolivia, prov. and 140 m. S. by E. Potosi, 
 in a scattered and barren district. It consists of mud houses 
 badly whitewashed, ranged in straggling ruinous streets. 
 The shops are ill supplied, though the panaderos and bread 
 are in high repute. 
 
 MOKAU, a river, New Zealand, which rises in the Ran- 
 gitoto mountain range, in the \V. of North Island or Ulster, 
 flows W., and falls into the sea about 35 m. N.N.E. New 
 Plymouth. It has 2 ft. on its bar at low water, and 14 ft. 
 at high-water springs, admits vessels of about 20 tons, and is 
 navigable for boats for many miles, but subject to heavy 
 freshets. Coal is found on its banks. 
 
 MOKME, or Moung-Me, a tn. Burmah, cap. of a Shan 
 state, 70 m. S.E. Ava. The inhabitants, occupying about 
 350 houses, suflFer much from the depredations of the Red 
 Karen, who live on their frontier, and compel all the chief 
 villages to pay them black mail. 
 
 MOKOKOZE,arivulet, E.Africa, Portuguese possessions. 
 It joins the Zambesi nearly opposite to Tette, and is cele- 
 brated both for the hot spring of Nyamboronda, situated about 
 1 ^ rr. to the E.; and still more for its gold washings, which 
 have been carried on for a long period, and have not yet been 
 abandoned, though the yield is small. 
 
 MOLGHOY, a vil. AV. Africa, country of the Marghi, 
 120 m. S. by W. Kukawa, It is not so much one village as 
 a large aggregate of huts, sometimes clustering together, 
 sometimes detached, and spread over an extensive area. 
 The fields, though shaded and adorned by numerous karage 
 trees, presented a melancholy appearance Agriculture 
 seemed at a stand, and though the rains had set in there was 
 no appearance of activity. Everything showed that the in- 
 habitants, galled by oppression, were borderin'g on despair. 
 
 MOLINE, a vil. U. States, Illinois, on Rock Island, in 
 the Mississippi, and on the Chicago and Rock Island railway, 
 148 m. W.S.W. Chicago. It possesses a fine school -house 
 and several mills and factories. Water-power, obtained by 
 the river by means of a dam, and a large coal-field in the 
 vicinity, give it great facilities for manufactures. Pop. 
 (1860), 2028. 
 
 MOMEIT, a tn. Burmah, cap. of a considerable territory 
 to the E. of the Irrawadi, about 60 m. N.N.E. Ava, has within 
 its district the celebrated ruby mines of Mogont and Kyat-pen. 
 
 MONAS, a river, Asia, which, rising in the Himalaya, 
 in lat. 28° 21' N.; Ion. 91° 18' E., flows S. through Tibet for 
 40 m., descends through a mountain gorge into Bhootan, 
 changes its direction by bending gradually round to the 
 S.S.W., receives the Demree, which nearly doubles its 
 volume, enters Assam after forming part of the boundary 
 between it and Bhootan, and joins the Brahmapootra on its r. 
 bank, opposite to the town of Goalpara. Its total length is 
 about 190 m. 
 
 MONASSA, a tn. India, Holkar'a Dominions, cap. per- 
 gunuah of same name, in a valley bounded on the N. by the 
 Chitor range, 18 m. E. Neemuch. It stands at the height of 
 1440 ft. above the sea, possesses a bazar and a market, and 
 has a pop. of 4100. 
 
 MONASTEKZYSKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle and 27 m. N.E. Stanislau, cap. dist. of same name; 
 with an extensive manufacture of cigars, and 3233 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 MONASTIR [add.], a small sea-coast town on the Bay of 
 Hammamet, regency and 80 m. S.S.E. Tunis, surrounded by 
 crenelated walls of Saracenic construction. The streets are 
 clean and well laid out, and the palms, which grow in great 
 numbers in the town, and overtop the houses and the wall, 
 impart to Monastir, when seen from a distance, a very unique 
 and picturesque aspect. The town is better fortified towards 
 the sea than towards the land. A tunnel hollowed out in the 
 rock, named by the Arabs the Sultan's Bath, and giving com- 
 munication between a plateau outside the town and the sea, 
 
 is the only noteworthy object of the place. In fine weather 
 this tunnel serves tlie inhabitants as a bathing-place. Ex- 
 tensive gardens, in which lie many country houses, extend 
 round the town. — (Charisson, Apergu de Tunis.) 
 
 MONAY, a tn. Burmah, cap. Shan state of same name, 
 at the height of 2000 ft. above the sea, 140 m. S.E. Ava. It 
 is built along the foot of the hills bounding the fertile valley 
 of the Nam-tween, a tributary of the Me-ting, is the largest 
 of all the Shan capitals, and tlie seat where the Burmese 
 go vernment, as the paramount power, exercises its so vereignty; 
 and contains about 8000 inhabitants. 
 
 MONCLOVA, a tn. Mexico, dep. Coahuila, 55 m. N.N.W. 
 Saltillo. It is situated in a mountainous district near the 
 centre of the dep. and the sources of the Sabrinas, and con- 
 tains seven or eight churches, an hospital, and a cotton factory. 
 Pop. about 4000. 
 
 MONGHYR, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 
 24° 20' and 26° 1' N.; Ion. 85° 40' and 86° 50' E., is bounded 
 N. and E. by Bhagulpore, S.W. Ranghur and Behar, W. 
 Behar and Patna, and N.W. Tirhoot; length, N. to S., 115 m.; 
 breadth, 60 m.; area, 2558 sq. m. It lies chiefly along the 
 I. but partly also along the r. bank of the Ganges. The 
 former or N. portion, constituting about two-thirds of the 
 whole, is in general a low flat, in some places sandy, in others 
 swampy and uncultivated, but containing large tracts of 
 remarkable fertility. The S. portion possesses the same 
 general character, but appears to be on the whole still more 
 swampy and unsightly. The principal crops are rice and 
 wheat, but barley, pulse, oil-seeds, opium, indigo, sugar, and 
 tobacco, are extensively grown, chiefly by means of irriga- 
 tion. The inhabitants are very industrious, and turn their 
 land to the best account, often raising three crops from it in 
 a single year. The first is Indian corn, the second rice, and 
 the third pulse, dibbled in between the rows of rice, and left 
 to attain maturity after the rice is reaped. To the general 
 flatness of the district there are some exceptions. One of 
 these is a rocky tract in the vicinity of the town of Monghyr, 
 whose fort is built on a cliff projecting boldly into the Ganges, 
 Still farther S. and S.E. an extensive highland is formed by 
 the Kurruckpore Hills, which, partly in isolated groups, partly 
 in continuous ridges, are for the most part covered with 
 wood. Among wild animals are tigers, leopards, hyenas, 
 wolves, bears, jackals, monkeys, &c. The gour, a large and 
 noble bovine animal, exists in the wilder parts, the rhinoceros 
 is not unknown, and a wild elephant occasionally makes his 
 appearance. Snakes, some remarkable for their size, and 
 others for their venom, are very numerous; and the Ganges 
 teams with alligators, porpoises, tortoises, and good fish. 
 Pop. 800,000. 
 
 MONMOUTH, a mun. and pari, bor., market tn., and par. 
 England, cap. co. same name, beautifully situated in a luxuri- 
 ant vale, near the confluence of the Munnow and Wye, 25 m. 
 N. by W. Bristol. It consists of several streets diverging to 
 the Wye, which is crossed by a handsome bridge; was once 
 surrounded by walls, of which only a gate remains; and de- 
 fended by a castle, now reduced to a paltry ruin; is in general 
 well built, partly of ancient and partly of modern houses, 
 many of them with gardens and orchards attached; and has 
 a parish and a district church, the former with an ancient 
 tower terminating in a beautiful spire;' Wesleyan, Indepen- 
 dent, Baptist, and R. Catholic chapels, free grammar, national, 
 and other schools; an excellent market-house, alms-houses, a 
 dispensary, manufactures of iron, tin, and paper, and a trade 
 in iron and timber. Monmouth, with Newport and Usk, 
 sends a member to Parliament. Pop. 5710. 
 
 MONTAGNAIS, a tribe of Indians, British America, 
 Lower Canada, inhabiting the coast from the heights of the 
 Saguenay to the shores of Labrador. They are an honest, 
 hospitable, and kindly race, and gain a subsistence chiefly 
 from fur-hunting. They have no turn for agriculture, and 
 are fast decreasing in numbers from want and privation. 
 Many of the tribe have been converted to Christianity, and 
 resort to the coast periodically for the visits of the R. Catholic 
 clergy who minister to them. 
 
 MONTECRISTI, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, prov. 
 Manavi, at the foot of a mountain of same name, about 10 m. 
 from the coast, and 100 m. N.W. Guayaquil. Owing to the 
 inequalities of its site, its streets are very irregular, but many 
 of the houses, which are all built of wood, have a pleasing 
 
MONTEFORTE 
 
 87 
 
 MORETON 
 
 and comfortable appearance. The chief manufacture is straw- 
 hats, and the trade is in tliem and in brandy, rice, caoutchouc, 
 vanilla, and timber. Montecristi was originally built where 
 the port of Manta now stands, but was removed to its present 
 site in consequence of the depredations of the buccaneers. 
 Pop. about 3000. 
 
 MONTEFORTE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 20 m. 
 E.N.E. Verona; with a number of handsome villas, a beauti- 
 ful parish church, a bishop's palace, and 3674 inhabitants. 
 
 MONTEMORELOS, a tn. Mexico, state Nuevo Leon, 
 70 m. S.E. Monterey; with a pop. estimated at about 8000. 
 
 MONTORIO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 4 m. N.E. 
 Verona; with a parish church, an old castle, a paper, an iron, 
 and a cotton mill, the last on a large scale, with 10,000 
 spindles. Pop. 2021. 
 
 MONTRADOK, a tn. Borneo, the chief place of the 
 Chinese diggers of its W. coast, is situated about 45 m. N. 
 of the equator, and within 25 m. of the sea, in a wide plain 
 belonging to the decayed Malay state of Matan. The diggers, 
 a rude but industrious people, all of the labouring-class, come 
 from the prov. of Canton. Not bringing their families with 
 them, they intermarry with the natives, and give rise to a mixed 
 race, but continue notwithstanding to preserve their original 
 dress, manners, religion, and language. Since the Dutch 
 obtained the retrocession of their settlements in the Archi- 
 pelago, they have subjected the diggers to their authority, 
 though not much to their own advantage, as several rebellions 
 have in consequence ensued. The inhabitants are estimated 
 by themselves at upwards of 100,000. This however is a 
 palpable exaggeration. 
 
 MONT ST. HILAIRE, a vil. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Rouville, at the foot of a mountain, 22 m. E. Mon- 
 treal. It is much frequented in summer by pleasure parties 
 for its fine scenery. The mountain rises to the height of 
 1400 ft. above the level of the St. Lawrence, and commands 
 a view embracing the city of Montreal and the St. Lawrence, 
 with its affluents Richelieu, Yamaska, and St. Francis. Some 
 way up its side there is a lake with an outlet sufficiently copious 
 to furnish water-power for several mills. Its base is covered 
 with thriving orchards of apple-trees, for which the soil and 
 climate seem to be peculiarly adapted. A superior hotel has 
 lately been erected on an elevated spot in the vicinity. 
 
 MONYE-MAKABA, an isl. of the Zambesi, S. Africa, 
 below the confluence of the Kafue, about lat. 15° 30' S. It 
 is one of numerous islands which crowd the channel of the 
 river, and must ever prove a serious obstruction to the navi- 
 gation of it; is near 2 m. long by J broad; and has, in addition 
 to its human inhabitants, a herd of buffaloes that never leave 
 it, and give battle when they are attacked. The only time 
 when their numbers can be thinned is when the river is in 
 full flood. Then the island is reduced to its narrowest limits, 
 and the buffaloes afford a sure mark to the archers of a fleet 
 of canoes. It is remarkable that under such circumstances 
 they cling to their island home, and refuse to save themselves 
 by swimming, as they might easily do. 
 
 MOORHUR, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which, 
 rising in lat. 24° 8' N.; Ion. 84° 26' E., flows N.N.E. through 
 dists. Ramghur, Behar, and Patna, and joins the Ganges on 
 its r. bank a few miles below the town of Patna, after a 
 course of about 130 m. 
 
 MOORSHEDABAD, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, be- 
 tween lat. 23° 48' and 24° 47' N.; Ion. 87° 52' and 88" 41' E.; 
 is bounded N.E. by the Ganges, separating it from Maldah 
 and Rajeshahye; E. Rajesliahye; S.E. Nuddea; S.W. Beer- 
 bhoom; and W. Beerbhoom and Bhagulpore; area, 1856 sq. m.; 
 pop. 1,045,000. The E. part is a low flat, subject to inunda- 
 tions, and abounding in gheels or small lakes; the W. part is 
 covered with hills connected with the neighbouring high- 
 lands of Rajmalial and Beerbhoom. The alluvial land is 
 very fertile, but the hilly land becomes productive only by a 
 liberal use of manure and irrigation. Before the E. I. Com- 
 pany was deprived of trading privileges, this district was one 
 of the principal seats of its silk manufacture. The mulberry 
 is still extensively cultivated, but the manufacture is com- 
 paratively limited. Next to silk, indigo is the most impor- 
 tant commercial crop. The town of Moorshedabad, though 
 it gives the district its name and is still its largest town, has 
 been supplanted as its capital by Berhampore. 
 
 MOli, a river, India, presid. Bengal, which rises in dist. 
 
 Bhagulpore, in lat. 24° 31' N.; Ion. 87° 1' E., flows succes- 
 sively S.E., E., and S., and falls into the Bhagruttee, in lat. 
 23° 43' N.; Ion. 88° 10' E., after a course of about 130 m. Its 
 chief affluent is the Dwarka, which, after joining it, sometimes 
 gives its name to the united stream. 
 
 MORADABAD. a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, Rohil- 
 cund, between lat. 28° 15' and 29° 27' N.; Ion. 78° 10' and 
 79° 24' E.; is bounded N.E. by Kumaon, E. Bareillyand the 
 jaghire of Rampoor, S. Budaon, W. Boolundshuhur and 
 Meerut, and N.W. Bijnour; area, 2967 sq. m. Its N. and 
 N.E. frontier is formed by a range of hills of no great eleva- 
 tion, and from these the surface gradually declines towards 
 the S. The plain at the base of the hills consists of terai or 
 marsh land, and is characterized by a luxuriant vegetation of 
 forest trees, jungle, and gigantic rushes and grasses, and by 
 deadly malaria. To the S.W., where the slope is toward 
 the 1. bank of the Ganges, a good deal of the land is alluvial. 
 The principal rivers are the Rumgunga, the Gunghun, and 
 the Kosila or Kosee. The wild animals include elephants, 
 which are numerous in the forests, and a few of which are annu- 
 ally captured for domestication, though they are less valued 
 than those found further east; tigers, leopards, bears, lynxes, 
 spotted deer, antelopes, nylgaus, &c. Among serpents" are 
 the boa-constrictor and the cobra-di-capello. The agriculture 
 is varied and important. Maize and millet form the principal 
 food of the labouring classes; but rice and wheat are exten- 
 sively grown, and sugar-cane and cotton thrive well. Fruit, 
 among which peaches and grapes hold the first place, abounds. 
 Pop. 997,362. 
 
 MORAMBALA ['the lofty watch-tower'], a detached 
 mountain, S. Africa, about 500 yards from 1. bank Shire, 
 18 m. above its junction with the Zambesi; lat. 17° 30' S.; 
 Ion. 36° 40' E. It rises with steep sides to the W. to 4000 ft. 
 in height, and is about 7 m. in length. It is wooded to the 
 very summit, and is very beautiful. The S. end seen fi-om 
 a distance has a fine gradual slope, and appears to be of easy 
 ascent; but the side which faces the Shire is steep and rocky, 
 especially in the upper half. A small village is placed about 
 midway up the mountain, in a pure and bracing air, and above 
 mosquito range. The people on the summit have a very dif- 
 ferent climate and vegetation from those on the plains. Up- 
 wards of thirty species of ferns, and even good-sized tree- 
 ferns, are found upon the mountain, though scarcely a single 
 kind is to be found upon the plains. Lemons and oranges 
 grow wild, and pine-apples have been cultivated by the 
 natives. Hornbills, hawks, monkeys, antelopes, and rhino- 
 ceroses find home and food among the great trees round the 
 base. In the plain near the N. end a hot fountain boils up clear 
 as crystal from two spots a few yards apart, and sends forth a 
 good stream of hot water: the temperature is about 174°. An 
 incrustation smelling of sulphur has been deposited by the 
 water upon the stones. 
 
 MORELLIA, or Vali.adolid de Mechoacan [add.], a 
 tn. Mexico, cap. state Mechoacan, at the height of 6000 ft. 
 above the sea, 130 m. W.N.W. Mexico. It stands in a 
 marshy plain occupying the centre of a valley watered by 
 two rivers, is surrounded by productive and beautiful kitchen, 
 fruit, and flower gardens, and consists chiefly of a large square 
 and one principal street, with a number of minor ones. Many 
 of the houses, especially in the principal street, are both sub- 
 stantial and elegant. The most important public buildings and 
 institutions are the cathedral — a beautiful structure, somewhat 
 overladen with ornament both without and within — two parish 
 churches, a college, an ecclesiastical seminary, seven tolerably 
 good elementary schools, two monasteries, two nunneries, 
 and several hospitals. The Alameda and Paseo, both situ- 
 ated in the S. part of the town, afford beautiful walks. Pop. 
 about 22,000. 
 
 MORETON [add.] an isl. Australia, Queensland, forming 
 with Stradbroke Island immediately S. of it the E. shore of the 
 large and fine expanse of Moreton Bay. It is 20 m. long from 
 N. to S., by 5 m. broad near its N. end; is in some parts of con- 
 siderable elevation. Mount Tempest, near its centre, rising 
 to the height of 910 ft.; and has hills moderately clothed 
 with trees and scrub, though the greater part of the surface 
 is sandy, and approaches to absolute barrenness. Between 
 Moreton and Stradbroke Islands is Rous Channel, leading W, 
 into Moreton Bay. Between Sandy Point, the S. extreme 
 of the former, and Amity Point, the N. extreme of the latter 
 
MOEOTTU 
 
 MOURZOUK 
 
 island, the distance is only 1^ m., while a mass of sandbanks 
 stretches out 2J m. from Sandy Point, and forms what is 
 called the North Bar, on which even in calm weather rollers 
 break with sreat violence. The channel thus becomes con- 
 tracted to little more than 200 yards in widtli, and has a 
 depth of only 4 fathoms. Notwithstanding the obvious 
 danger of attempting such a channel, the masters of steamers 
 and coasters often used it, though their only inducement was 
 to save the short additional distance of sailing into the bay 
 by rounding Cape Moreton; but since the loss of the steamer 
 Sovereign on the north bar, in 1846, when a great number of 
 the passengers and crew perished, Eous Channel is seldom 
 attempted. 
 
 MOROTTU, a tn. Ceylon, on the W coast, 10 m. S. 
 by E. Colombo, with which it is connected by a road which 
 passes between almost continuous gardens of cinnamon. It 
 is a large place; and its inhabitants, most of them carpenters 
 of the fisher caste, are employed chiefly in making furni- 
 ture from the jak-tree, the wood of which (though yellow 
 when first cut) acquires in time a mahogany tint. The 
 recent adoption of barrels instead of gunny-bags for the ex- 
 port of coffee has given them an additional source of pro- 
 sperity. Besides these they also make casks for the shipment 
 of cocoa-nut oil. On a rocky headland which projects into 
 the sea about 4 m. N. of Morottu, and bears the name of 
 Mount Lavinia, are the remains of what was meant to be the 
 marine palace of the governors of Ceylon. It had scarcely 
 been completed at an expense which has been estimated at 
 £30,000, when in a fit of economy orders were given to dis- 
 mantle it. The buildings are said to have been disposed of 
 for less than the cost of the window frames. Morottu is the 
 S. limit of the region of cultivated cinnamon. Pop. 12,000. 
 
 MORUMBWA, a cataract and mountain, S. Africa. — 
 The CATARACT, at the head of the Kebrabasa rapids in the 
 Zambesi, in lat. 15° 40' S.; Ion. 32° 43' E., is situated in a 
 sudden bend of the river, which is flowing in a short curve, 
 and above it is jammed between two mountains in a channel 
 with perpendicular sides, and less than 50 yards wide; one or 
 two masses of rock project, and then there is a sloping fall of 
 20 ft. in 30 yards. The rocks show that in the highest floods 
 the water rises upwards of 80 ft. perpendicularly. On the N. side 
 of the cataract rises the mountain, from 2000 to 3000 ft. high, 
 which gives name to the spot. On the opposite side stands a 
 peculiarly formed mountain, partly conical, with a large con- 
 cave flake peeled off" it, as often happens to granite, and leaving 
 a broad smooth convex surface, as if it were an enormous 
 bulb. These two mountains extend their bases along the 
 river about half a mile, and the stream in that distance, still 
 very narrow, is smooth, with a few detached rocks standing 
 out from its bed. The rocks are all water-worn and smooth, 
 to a height of even 100 ft. above low-water. 
 
 MOSTAGANEM [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. 
 and 42 m. E.N.E. Oran. It is situated near the shores of the 
 Mediterranean, on a rock about 270 ft. above its level, and 
 intersected by a river, which divides it into two parts. The 
 one on the r. bank, forming what is called the suburb of 
 Matamora, is almost entirely occupied by the military estab- 
 lishment; the other on the 1. bank constitutes the town 
 proper, and is a flourishing place, with wide streets, handsome 
 squares, and a number of public buildings, among which the 
 church, the hospital, and the theatre are conspicuous. Mos- 
 taganem has long been famous for its manufactures of common 
 and morocco leather, jewellery, and articles in esparto. Since 
 the occupation of the French, brick-works and limekilns have 
 been erected in the vicinity. Though the harbour is one of 
 the worst on the coast, the export of corn, wool, and hides is 
 considerable. The pop. which at one time rose to 30,000, had 
 dwindled down to 15,000 at the time of the French capture. 
 Since then it has sustained a large decrease, and is not esti- 
 mated at more than 851 7. 
 
 MOSTAR [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, cap. 
 of Herzegovina, beautifully situated 50 m. N. by W. Ragusa. 
 It stands at the point where two mountain ranges so nearly 
 meet as to leave only a narrow belt of land on either side of 
 the Neretwa, becomes visible at a great distance — its white 
 minarets giving it a very imposing appearance — and is entered 
 by a stone bridge of great height, which spans the river by 
 one bold arch. It is surrounded by walls, and defended by a 
 series of ancient towers; and consists of about 1500 Maho- 
 
 metan, 500 Greek, and 300 R. Catholic houses. Among the 
 houses are a great number of small dimensions, with only two 
 windows. In general, however, they are all surrounded by 
 gardens or empty courts, and thus make the area of the place 
 far larger than is indicated by the number of its inhabitants. 
 Different quarters of the town are occupied by the three 
 classes of religionists, and provided with the minarets or 
 churches required. Besides churches and schools, both the 
 R. Catholics and the Greeks have episcopal palaces, Mostar 
 being regarded by both as a bishop's see. None of the build- 
 ings requii-e special notice. The trade, which is considerable, 
 is almost entirely in the hands of the Greeks. Pop. esti- 
 mated at 14,000. 
 
 MOULOUIA, or Mulawia, a river, N. Africa, Marocco, 
 which rises on the N. slope of the Great Atlas, near the centre 
 of the country, flows first E. and then N.N.E., skirting the W. 
 slopes of Mount Gueblen, and falls into the Mediterranean 
 near the N.W. extremity of Algeria, after a course of above 
 250 m. During the rainy season it is a deep and rapid stream, 
 but in summer becomes so completely dry that it has received 
 the surname of the Bahr-Belama, or 'waterless river.' 
 
 MOUNT DESERT, an island of the U. States, ni 
 Frenchman's Bay, off the coast of Maine, 70 m. E. Augusta. 
 It is of a tolerably compact shape, about 15 m. long by 12 m. 
 broad, with an area of 100 sq. m. Its surface is rocky, and 
 covered to a great extent by mountains of granite, the loftiest 
 of which exceeds 2000 ft. in height. The other peaks are 
 numerous, and give rise to much striking scenery by their 
 fantastic shapes and the many beautiful lakes which they 
 embosom. The island forms three townships, which contain 
 eight churches and numerous schools, and have a united pop. 
 of 3509, chiefly employed in ship-building and fishing. 
 
 MOUNT VERNON, a tn. U. States, Indiana, cap. co, 
 Posey, on a bend of the Ohio, 150 m. S.W. Indianopolis. It 
 contains county buildings, seven churches, a number of 
 schools and benevolent institutions, a foundry, a planing-mill, 
 and two saw and two flour mills. Pop. (1860), 1994. 
 
 MOUNT VERNON, a tn. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. 
 Knox, on the Vernon River, and on the Sandusky, Mansfield, 
 and Newark, and the Springfield, Mount Vernon, and Pitts- 
 burg railways, 38 m. N.E. Columbus. It stands on a gentle 
 eminence, is well and compactly built, containing many ele- 
 gant mansions, and possesses ten churches, numerous stores, 
 and several mills. Pop. (1860), 4202. 
 
 MOURZOUK, or Murzuk [add.], a tn. N. Africa, cap. 
 Fezzan, on a rather picturesque but extremely arid site, in 
 the very heart of the desert, 480 m. S. by E. Tripoli; lat. 
 25° 55' 16" N.; Ion. 14° 10' 15" E. It is situated in a flat 
 hollow, at the height of 1495 ft. above sea-level. All around 
 it are ridges of sand, but the hollow itself is a kind of oasis, 
 covered irregularly with a plantation of date-trees, and par- 
 ticularly towards the N. with gardens and fields, in which 
 wheat, barley, and a few vegetables are cultivated with much 
 labour. The town is situated near the centre of the planta- 
 tion, and is surrounded by a wall nearly 2 m. in circuit, built 
 of a sort of clay glittering with saline incrustations, and 
 flanked with round and pointed bastions. There are nomin- 
 ally three, but properly speaking only two gates, as the one 
 on the N. side is a narrow entrance unworthy of the name, 
 and the S. side has no gate at all. Though the remains of an 
 old wall in this quarter show that the original area inclosed 
 has been greatly contracted, it is still too large for the actual 
 population, which is thinly scattered, except in the immediate 
 vicinity of the market-place. It has well-built houses and 
 broad streets, but its characteristic feature is the spacious 
 road or deiidal, which is its principal thoroughfare, and inter- 
 sects it centrically, commencing at its E. and terminating at 
 its W. gate. Here stands on its S. side the bazar, affording 
 with its halls of palm-stems suitable accommodation to buyers 
 and sellers; and immediately opposite is the principal mosque. 
 To the W. of the mosque are the castle and palace, an immense 
 ponderous structure, with a large court, on the N. part of 
 which barracks, said to be capable of containing 2000 men, 
 have been recently erected. The only other buildings of 
 note are the custom-house, situated on the N. side of the 
 dendal, near the E. gate, and a little beyond it the watch- 
 house, ornamented with a portico of six columns. Mourzouk 
 is not so much the seat as the thoroughfare of a considerable 
 trade. Few wealthy merchants reside in it, and foreign 
 
MOW A 
 
 8<.> 
 
 MRIMA 
 
 merchants frequent it because it is on the caravan route 
 which, commencing at Tripoli, proceeds directly to Murzuk, 
 and continues thence either S. to Bornou, or S.W. through 
 the Tawarek country towards Soudan. Near Murzuk are 
 ancient remains, apparently Roman, Pop. 3000. 
 
 MOWA, a tn. India, Rajpootana state Jej'poor, 70 m. 
 W. Agra. It is surrounded by an earthen rampart, with 
 bastions, and defended by a fort with lofty walls, which rise 
 from 35 ft. to 40 ft. above the bottom of the ditch. The bazar 
 is good, and well supplied with cotton, corn and flour, ghee, 
 coarse cloth, cutlery, and ornaments in gold and silver. Esti- 
 mated pop. 10,000. — There are several other places in India 
 of same name. One of them in Gujerat, at the head of a 
 small bay on the S.E. coast of Kattywar, in lat. 21° 8' N., 
 Ion. 71° 43' E., carries on a considerable trade, though its 
 harbour is very indifferent. 
 
 MOZABAD, or Mawzabad, a tn. India, Rajpootana 
 state Jeypoor, 48 m. E. Ajmere, is a rather large place, with 
 a ruined wall, some good gardens, a mosque, and several 
 temples. One of the last, belonging to the Jains, is a fine 
 structure, adorned with elaborate sculptures, and surmounted 
 by a richly-carved dome and three pyramids. 
 
 MOZUFFERPOKE, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. 
 Tirhoot, on the Little Gunduck, 45 m. N.E. Dinapore. It is 
 the seat of the civil establishment of the district, and contains 
 a government school, in which Arabic and Persian are taught. 
 Pop. about 8945. 
 
 MOZUFFURNUGUR, a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, 
 between lat. 29° 10' and 29° 50' N.; Ion. 77° 6' and 78° 10' 
 E.; is bounded, N. by Saharunpore, E. the Ganges, separating 
 it from Bijnour, S. Meerut, and W. the Jumna, separating it 
 from Paniput and Sirhind; length, E. to W., 60 m.; breadth, 
 40 m.; area, 1617 sq. m. The surface rises gently from the 
 Ganges on the one side, and the Jumna on the other, towards 
 the exterior of the Doab, and is there marked by a series of 
 sandhill ridges. The hhadir or alluvial soil which lies chiefly 
 along the r. bank of the Ganges is very fertile, and admirably 
 adapted for rice-grounds, the cultivation of which, however, 
 renders the neighbourhood very unhealthy. The other prin- 
 cipal crops are the usual cereals, various kinds of pulse, oil- 
 seeds, tobacco, cotton, and sugar-cane. The last, in parti- 
 cular, is said to occupy 21,906 acres. Among wild animals 
 wolves are so numerous that it has been found necessary to 
 ofier rewards for their destruction. Pop. 537,594. 
 
 MOZUFFURNUGUR, cap. of the above dist., 1. bank 
 W. Kallee Nuddee, 65 m. N. by E. Delhi, stands at the height 
 of 900 ft. above the sea, consists chiefly of brick-built houses, 
 possesses an old fort, a court-house, and other buildings for 
 the accommodation of the civil establishment, and a well- 
 supplied bazar, and has a pop. of 7264. 
 
 MRIMA, or ' The Hill,' the name given to that portion 
 of the E. coast of Africa which lies between the island of 
 Mombasa, lat. 4° S., and the delta of the Rufiji River, about 
 lat. 8° S. Its general formation is a mass of coralline, in 
 places comminuted and compressed into a rude sandstone 
 conglomerate, and forming by the grinding action of the waves 
 a beach of brilliant white sand. On the part between the 
 Pangani and the Rufiji there are no ports or harbours, but only 
 open roadsteads, sometimes partially defended on the weather 
 side by low islands and coralline reefs. These islands, form- 
 ing a species of breakwater, are generally waterless, and too 
 small for habitation. They are mere ledges of rock, only a 
 few feet above the water, and have always rugged edges, 
 except in a few cases where these have been worn and ground 
 down into sand. From their proximity to the coast they 
 appear like detached portions of it, and are in fact often sepa- 
 rated from it only by very narrow channels. The Mrima, as 
 seen from the sea, swells in little hills that undulate parallel 
 with the water, and belonging probably to an ancient sea- 
 beach, seem to indicate a former rising of the coast. Indeed, 
 in some places there are distinct signs of two sea-beaches, 
 separated from each other by a flat. Inland the Mrima, where- 
 ever regular, exhibits a gently rounded surface, rising 100 ft. 
 to 150 ft. above an alluvial plain; but this uniformity is 
 broken by depressions, hillocks, and cones, the last forming 
 excellent landmarks for the coasting mariner. On the upper 
 parts of the alluvial plain and raised beach the wild vegeta- 
 tion is a dense and thorny jungle, but much of it has been 
 cleared by the natives, who have here their shanibas, or plan- 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 tations, and raise grain in such quantities as to leave a con- 
 siderable surplus for export to Zanzibar, and even to S. 
 Arabia. The climate, though very similar to that of Zanzi- 
 bar, is said to be drier. It has its masiha or greater rain, 
 its vuli or lesser rain, and in the interval between them its 
 mehoo or occasional showers; but the fall is not universal 
 upon the coast, and at some places, e.g. Mombasa, is usually 
 deficient. A general opinion prevails that the rains have 
 diminished since the country was cleared to make way for 
 clove and other plantations. The Mrima is everywhere cut 
 by rivulets and water-courses, but the only rivers deserving 
 of the name are the Pangani, the Kingani, and the Rufiji. 
 They are not sluggish, like those of the W. coast, but descend 
 from high inland mountains through deep channels, and were 
 it not for the bars near their mouths, might be navigated at 
 all times by the larger craft, which cannot now enter except 
 at high tide. According to the general rule of the country, 
 the Mrima has many settlements, but not a single town. The 
 only semblance of a town is when a chain of hamlets are, in 
 consequence of their proximity, included under a single com- 
 prehensive name; but even then each hamlet has its own 
 distinct designation. The principal settlements in their order 
 from Pangani southwards, are as follows: — Kipumbui, a 
 roadstead with a perilous approach; Saadani, the principal 
 port of what the Portuguese, by a corruption of the proper 
 name, Utondwe, called the 'kingdom of Atondo;' Whiude, 
 the inhabitants of which have earned an infamous notoriety 
 as kidnappers ; Bagamoyo, one of the great points of depar- 
 ture for the caravans trading to Unyamwesi; Konduchi, and 
 numerous small settlements, prolonging the line of copal 
 depots; Mbuamaji, or Boromaji, the great centre of the 
 Mrima trafiic ; and beyond it a long series of villages con- 
 tinued S. to the Rufiji delta, but too small to deserve enume- 
 ration. These Mrima settlements are apparently of modern 
 date. Their invariable position is the seaward edge of the 
 maritime plain, and not the elevated beach, though recom- 
 mended by pure air and water. Viewed from the sea at a 
 distance, they appear either embosomed in a luxuriant growth 
 of vegetation, or peeping from behind a wave of snowy sand 
 interposed between the blue water and the bright green plain. 
 A sure sign of the vicinity of a settlement is a foreground of 
 tall cocoas, bent backwards by the violence of the gale, and 
 a background of undulating hill cleared for the growth of 
 cereals. The largest of the settlements may contain half a 
 dozen houses and two or three mosques, all built of lime and 
 coralline; the other dwellings forming the mass of the village 
 consist of penthouses, hovels, and haycock-huts^the charac- 
 teristic African abodes. The more comfortable, formed of 
 wattle and daub, and of a square shape, are divided into two 
 or three compartments, and have thatched roofs which pro- 
 ject so far that their eaves are supported by posts, and leave 
 sufficient room for two raised earth-benches, one on each side 
 of the doorway. Garnished with matting, they furnish the 
 only shops and sitting-rooms. In still .weather these houses, 
 when the doors are closed, as they always are at night, are 
 almost unendurable to a European ; the round huts are still 
 more suffocating, and swarm with vermin. In general the 
 settlements have a full supply of the necessaries of life. The 
 low lands, when not salted by the tides, and the raised beach, 
 are laid out in plantations of cereals, as rice, holcus, maize, 
 bajri, &c.; the vegetables grown are muhogo or white manioc, 
 cucumbers, gourds, sweet potatoes, and beans of several vari- 
 eties; betel, pepper, and tobacco abound, and fruits, including 
 the cocoa and water-melon, grow almost wild. Animal food, 
 in the form of goats, poultry, and fish, is equally abundant, 
 but large cattle are somewhat scarce. The inhabitants of 
 the Mrima, though closely allied in respect of origin, possess 
 so many distinctive features that they may be regarded as 
 separate races. They are all what Mr. Burton calls Moslem 
 Negroids, and are included under one general designation, 
 being called by the Arabs Ahl Maraim, and by themselves 
 Watu wa Mrima, abbreviated to Wamrima, 'coast clans.' 
 The Wasawahili or Sawahili races, mulattoes, originally 
 African, but semiticized by Yemeni or Omani blood, are con- 
 fined to the lands N. of the Pangani, to the island of Zan- 
 zibar, and to the regions about Kilwa. S. of Mbuamaji 
 the people are called Watu ra Rufiji, or Warufiji, the ' Rufiji 
 clans.' Properly speaking, then, the Mrima is peopled by 
 two distinct but anciently- connected families — the half-caste 
 
 12 
 
MSENE 
 
 90 
 
 MUNIYO 
 
 Arabs and the coast clans. The former belong generally to 
 the Bayazi or Khariji, the latter to the Shafei school; both, 
 though the most imperfect of Moslems, have no lack of 
 fanaticism. Nominally they are the subjects of the sultan of 
 Zanzibar, but when removed a few miles from the coast they 
 are as free spoken and independent as Bedouins. Between 
 them and the pure Arabs there is a repugnance increased by 
 commercial rivalry: they have also a hatred of Europeans, 
 and more especially of the British. The half caste Arab is 
 degenerate in body, and becomes in the third generation as 
 truly negroid as the interior heathen. The Wamrima are 
 still more completely negroid, and delight in nothing so much 
 as mere indolence, being inert, stupid, and apparently incap- 
 able of the least mental exertion. 
 
 MSENE, a dist. E. Africa, Unyamwezi country, prov. 
 Usumbua, about lat. 4° 30' S.; Ion. 32° 10' E. It is the 
 great bunder or meeting-place of merchants and station of 
 caravans in "W. Unyamwezi, and may be called the capital 
 of the coast Arabs and Wasawhili who have settled in it, 
 leaving Unyanyembe to the purer Omani, for whom they 
 have a great antipathy. Besides these settlers there is a 
 large floating population of the pastoral clan Watosi and of 
 fugitives from Ubha; the native inhabitants, forming the 
 great mass of the population, are Wasumbwa, a Wanyamesi 
 sub-tribe. Msene, like Unyanyembe, is not a town, but a 
 number of detached settlements. To the N. lie Kwihanga 
 and Yovu, the sultan's villages. They are defended by a 
 thick milk-bush hedge, a deep moat, and a strong stockade; 
 and consist of thatched circular huts, separated by wynds 
 and alleys or open square-like spaces. The other principal 
 settlements are Mji Mpia and Chyambo; the former, the 
 favourite locality of the Wasawhili, and the latter that of the 
 coast Arabs. Chyambo, containing nine large tembe and 
 about 150 huts, has a kind of bazar, where grain, vegetables, 
 and milk are exposed for sale. The natural unhealthiness of 
 the climate of Msene is greatly aggravated by the filth of the 
 villages and the large number of stagnant pools. The prin- 
 cipal crops are holcus, maize, millet, and manioc, grown in 
 such abundance as to leave room for export. Other vegetable 
 products are tobacco, sweet potatoes, egg-plants, pulse, beans, 
 pumpkins, and water-melons. Among a host of wild fruit- 
 trees the tamarind is conspicuous. Milk, poultry, honey, 
 and tobacco are cheap and plentiful. Manufacturing industiy 
 is confined to cotton cloths, coarse mats, clay-pipe heads, and 
 various articles in iron. Msene is a place of gross de- 
 bauchery, and all, from sultan to slave, indulge in intoxica- 
 tion. The drum is never silent, and the dance tills up the 
 intervals of carousing. So strong do these attractions 
 prove, .that the fidelity of even household slaves, born and 
 bred upon the coast, is shaken, and the caravans in passing 
 through Msene invariably lose numbers by desertion. The 
 chief possesses considerable power, and affects some degree 
 of state. His subjects approach him with clapping of hands 
 and kneeling, the usual honours paid to royalty. Specimens 
 of the rigorous exercise of his authority may be seen in the 
 heads of criminals stuck upon poles in the front of his 
 villages. 
 
 MUBT, a tn. Western Africa, on the N. frontiers of 
 Adamawa, 170 m. S. by W. Kukawa. It stands in a moun- 
 tainous but well-cultivated district, and is inhabited by the 
 Fulbe, a distinct race between the Arab and the Berber on 
 the one side, and the negro stock on the other. The mix- 
 ture is not an improvement, since, while lively and intelligent, 
 they have a dash of malice, and are not nearly so good- 
 natured as the real blacks. Almost all the grain cultivated 
 is sorghum, which attains an average height of 9 to 10 ft. 
 
 MUGHUR, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 18 m. 
 W. Goruckpore, on the Anmee. It is a poor straggling place, 
 surrounded by a ruinous brick wall, and possesses a large 
 mosque, with the tomb of Kavir, a reputed saint, claimed by 
 both Mussulmans and Hindoos, though his actual existence 
 at any period is more than doubtful. Pop. 2220. 
 
 MUGRIBEE, a tn. India, Scinde, on the Piniaree, a 
 branch of the Indus. It contains 5000 inhabitants, who deal 
 extensively in rice. 
 
 MTJHABUN,a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 8 m. 
 S.E. Muttra. It was anciently a place of much more im- 
 portance than at present, and was taken by Mahmood of 
 Ghuznee, who obtained a rich booty in it. Pop. 6968. 
 
 MUHESUR, a tn. India, Holkar's Dominions, r. bank 
 Nerbudda, 28 m. S.W. Mhow. It consists of about 3500 
 houses, and contains a large modern palace built by Holkar, 
 of gray basalt, and overcharged with sculptured figures of 
 human beings and animals, The celebrated Ahalya Bai, 
 who appears much in the history of the Holkar family, re- 
 sided here. 
 
 MUJHOWLEE.a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 45 m. S.E. Goruckpore, on the Little Gunduck, opposite to 
 Selempoor, which properly forms one town with it, Hindoos 
 inhabiting the former, and Mahometans the latter. Muj- 
 howlee alone consists of about 200 houses, one of them the 
 brick- built residence of a petty rajah. 
 
 MUKONDOKUA, a river of E Africa, in the prov. of 
 Usagara, rises in the Robeho Mountains, and flows in a S.E. 
 direction, to empty itself into the Indian Ocean at Pangani. 
 The country on either bank is deficient in features of interest, 
 and lacks the attraction of picturesque scenery. In the latter 
 part of its course it is known as the Wanii. 
 
 MULGRAVE, or Badoo, an isl. Australia, Torres 
 Strait, nearly equidistant from Cape North, the N.E, ex- 
 tremity of Australia, and the S.E. coast of New Guinea; lat. 
 (Mulgrave Hill) 10° 8' 15" S.; Ion. 142° 8' 20" E. It is 
 nearly 8 m. long by 6 m. broad, and though generally low 
 along the coast, which is mostly covered with bush and man- 
 groves, rises in the interior to the height of 686 feet. The 
 ground between the high land and the shore seems fertile. 
 The natives, who live partly scattered over the island and 
 partly in villages, are numerous, of much lighter colour than 
 those of Australia, and far more intelligent, but bear a bad 
 character for treachery. 
 
 MULONDO-ZAMBI, an active volcano, S.W. Africa, 
 Kimbunda country, territory Libollo, to the S. of the Coanza, 
 and 120 m, S.E. Loanda. It towers with its conical summit 
 far above the rest of the bare mountain mass, and from time 
 to time, usually at short intervals, sends forth eruptions from 
 its crater. According to tlie opinion of the natives, the souls 
 of the dead have their abode in this mountain, and they are 
 hence chary of approaching it. 
 
 MUNCH UR, a lake, India, Scinde, formed by the expan- 
 sion of the Narra, a branch of the Indus, and discharging 
 itself by the Arul. During the rainy seasou it is about 20 m. 
 long by 10 broad, but in the dry season assumes the form of 
 a circle about 10 m. in diameter. The space then left dry is 
 sown with grain, principally wheat, and yields heavy crops. 
 When the lotus is in flower nearly the whole surface is 
 covered with bloom and leaves. So abundant are the fish 
 that about 1000 boats are employed in taking them. 
 
 MUNDALOR, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 67 m. 
 W. Gwalior. It stands on an isolated hill about 2 m. N. of 
 the Chumbul, is surrounded by a wall of masonry, and is 
 defended by a fort seated within the town, and commanding 
 very fine views of the surrounding country. 
 
 MUNDOMBE, a country, S.W. Africa, prov. Benguela, 
 inhabited by the tribe from which it takes its name, and ex- 
 tending southwards along the sea- coast from the river 
 Katumbela to lat. 13°. The tribe of Mundombe is spread 
 over a much larger area, including the country of the 
 Mukabalo, Muknando, Mukuissi, and Mukurokko, which has 
 its S. limit at Cape Negro. As the original possessors of 
 Benguela, the Mundombe maintained a long and bloody 
 struggle with the Portuguese, and were not subjugated till 
 1847, when the greater portion of them submitted. Some, 
 however, who live in the mountains and lead a nomadic life, 
 are still independent. 
 
 MUNEEMAJRA, a tn. India, Sirhind, on the Sutlej, 
 29 m. N. Umballa. It stands near the S. base of the Sub- 
 Himalaya, possesses a well-supplied bazar, and has a con- 
 siderable trade in indigo, which is extensively grown in the 
 district, and exported chiefly to the Punjab and Khorasan. 
 
 MUNGHONO, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, within 
 a short distance of Kukawa. It stands on a height between 
 two hollows,, in the one of which wheat and onions are cul- 
 tivated after the rainy season, while the other during that 
 season is converted into a lake. Ironstone abounds in the 
 vicinity, and is used by the native blacksmiths. Munghono 
 is an ancient place, and is often mentioned in the history of 
 Bornou. 
 
 MUNIYO, a prov. Western Africa, in the N.W. of 
 
MUNKAIRA 
 
 91 
 
 MUSGU 
 
 Bornou, bounded S. by Manga, W. Zinder, and N. and E. 
 the Tawarek country. It has a very rugged and even moun- 
 tainous surface, being much better adapted for pasturage 
 than agriculture, though in many parts a good deal of millet 
 is grown, particularly in narrow vales and glens inclosed by 
 ridges of granite, which is the prevailing rock. The extent 
 and importance of the province may be estimated from the 
 power and income of the governor, who, though nominally 
 the representative of Bornou, is virtually his own master. 
 He is able, it is said, to bring into the field 1500 horsemen, 
 and from 8000 to 10,000 archers; and besides drawing a 
 tribute in corn which amounts to about a tenth of the pro- 
 duce, annually raises by other modes of taxation a revenue 
 of 30,000,000 shells, which is equivalent, according to the 
 standard of currency in use, to 10,000 Spanish dollars. 
 
 MUNKAIRA, or Munkeue, a tn. India, Punjab, in the 
 Doab, between the Jhelum and the Indus, 175 m. W. Lahore. 
 It stands in an arid tract covered with sandhills, and is defended 
 by a mud wall and a brick fort. Eunjeet Singh in 1821, after 
 a siege, during which he was obliged to supply his troops with 
 water brought from a considerable distance, succeeded in 
 capturing it. 
 
 MUPINDA, a dist. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 situated between the Longa on the N. and the Kuvo or Keve 
 on the S.; its boundary on the E. is dist. Ambuim, and on 
 the W. the Atlantic; area about 1700 sq. m. The surface 
 obtains a considerable elevation in the E., where it is covered 
 by ridges of the Hama range; but the W. is very flat, and 
 being exposed to inundation from two considerable rivers, is 
 much flooded dui'ing the rainy season. It is hence less 
 adapted for agriculture than pasturage. Good crops of 
 manioc, maize, tobacco, <fec., are however raised in various 
 quarters, though the abundance of game and the rich pas- 
 tures, both of the mainland and several considerable islands 
 in the Longa, make hunting and the rearing of cattle the 
 principal employments. The climate, owing to the preva- 
 lence of miasma, particularly on the W. flat, is unhealthy. 
 The inhabitants are much milder and more peacefully dis- 
 posed than those of the surrounding districts. Pop. 20,000. 
 
 MUKCHISON CATARACTS, S.E. Africa, between 
 the Upper and Lower Shire, in Ion. 34° 45' E., and beginning 
 in lat. 15° 20' S., and ending in lat. 15° 55' S.; their entire 
 length being a little under 40 m. The river in this space 
 runs nearly N. and S., and the principal cataracts are five in 
 number, and are called Pamofunda or Pamozima, Morewa, 
 Panoreba or Tedzane, Pampatamanga, and Papekira; besides 
 which are three or four smaller ones. While these lesser 
 cataracts descend at an angle of not more than 20°, the greater 
 ones fall 100 feet in 100 yards, at an angle of about 45°, and 
 one at an angle of 70°. One part of Pamozima is perpendi- 
 cular, and when the river is in flood, causes a cloud of vapour 
 to ascend, visible at a distance of 8 or 10 miles. Tiie entire 
 descent from the Upper to the Lower Shire is 1200 feet. 
 Only on one spot in all the distance is the current moderate, 
 namely, above Tedzane; the rest is all rapid, and much of it only 
 50 to 80 yards wide. Pamofunda or Pamozima has a deep 
 shady grove on its r. bank. The rock lowest down in the 
 series is dark reddish-gray syenite, which seems to have been 
 an upheaving agent, for the mica schists above it are much 
 disturbed. Dark trappean rocks of hornblende have in many 
 places burst through these schists and appear in nodules on 
 the surface. The highest rock seen is a fine sandstone, quite 
 metamorphosed where it comes in contact with the igneous 
 rocks below it. It sometimes gives place to quartz and red- 
 dish-gray schists much baked by heat. This is the usual 
 geological condition on the r. bank of the cataracts. On the 
 other side are masses of porphyritic trap in contact with the 
 same mica schists, giving the soil great fertility. The great 
 body of the adjacent mountains is syenite. So much mica is 
 washed into the river that myriads of particles may be seen 
 floating and glistening in the sun. — [Livingstone.) 
 
 MURCHISON FALLS, on the Somerset River, or 
 Victoria Nile. Central Africa, lat. 2° 17' N.; Ion. 31° 47' E.; 
 about 25 m. from the mouth of the river in the Albert Nyanza. 
 Viewed from below, the cliff's on either side of the river rise 
 abruptly to the height of 300 feet, and are beautifully wooded, 
 with rocks jutting out from the intensely green foliage. 
 Rushing through a cleft in the rock, the river, contracted 
 from a broad stream, is pent up in a narrow gorge not more 
 
 than 50 yards wide, and roaring furiously plunges in one leap 
 of about 120 feet perpendicularly into a dark abyss. The 
 fall of water is snow-white, and has a beautiful eff'ect in con- 
 trast with the dark cliffs and graceful palms and other trees 
 around it. — [Baker) 
 
 MUREN, a riv. Chinese empire, Manchooria, which has 
 its sources in the mountains E. of Ninguta, flows N.N.E. and 
 joins the Usuri on its 1. bank, 25 m. above Imma, in lat. 45° 
 45' N.; Ion. 134° E. At its mouth it forms a delta, with an 
 area of 200 sq. m., and sends its waters across it by numerous 
 channels, of which the largest and most northern has a width 
 of only 50 to 60 yards. Its banks are formed by the edge of 
 a plateau, which is densely wooded and well adapted for cul- 
 tivation, the soil consisting of a loose reddish earth. 
 
 MUKFREKSBOROUGH [add.], a tn. U. States, Ten- 
 nessee, near the centre of the state, on an elevated plain, sur- 
 rounded by the Cumberland Mountains, and on the Nashville 
 and Chattanooga railway, 35 m. S.E. Nashville. It is well 
 built, chiefly of brick, contains six churches, a Baptist uni- 
 versity with 3000 students, two female colleges, one of them 
 with 150 pupils; a military institute, and two high-schools. 
 It has also a foundry and machine shop and a few factories. 
 On January 5, 1863, the town was occupied by a Federal 
 army after several days' hard fighting in the vicinity. Pop. 
 (1860), 2861. 
 
 MUKI, a mountain range. Western Africa, stretching 
 along the north side of the Benuwe, where this river inter- 
 sects the province of Hamaruwa. A similar range on the S. 
 side, from its being supposed to link with the mountains of 
 Adamawa, has received the name of Fumbina. The Muri 
 range is continuous, and has precipitous sides, often terminat- 
 ing in peaked summits, of which the loftiest, called Tangale, 
 has an estimated height of 3000 feet. 
 
 MURRAY, a group of islets, Australia, Torres Strait, 
 near the N. extremity of the Great Barrier Reef. Mear, the 
 largest of the three islets which compose the group, is only 
 about 2 m. long by two-thirds of a mile wide, and has a coni- 
 cal peaked hill, in lat. 10° 55' S.; Ion. 144° 2' E., which 
 rises abruptly to the height of 750 feet. It is well wooded, 
 and in many parts cultivated, producing cocoa-nuts, yams, 
 plantains, and other vegetables and fruits. The natives of 
 the group, estimated at about 700, are partly of a dark 
 chocolate colour and partly almost black, active and mus- 
 cular, and warlike. They are dexterous in the use of their 
 weapons, chiefly bows of a superior construction, and have 
 large and fast canoes, carrying 18 to 20 men. 
 
 MUSCATINE, a tn. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. of same 
 name, on the Mississippi, at the apex of what is called the 
 Great Bend, in the midst of picturesque cliffs, and in connec- 
 tion with an extensive network of railways, 27 m. S E. Iowa 
 city. It contains 16 churches, planing, saw, and flour mills, 
 and having an excellent landing-place is the centre of a large 
 and increasing trade. The annual sale of lumber exceeds 
 10,000,000 feet. Pop. (1860), 5324. 
 
 MUSESTRE, a tn. Italy, prov. and about 15 m. S.E. 
 Treviso, where the Via Claudia Augusta crosses the Sile. 
 It contains a church, and a strong tower, the only existing 
 remnant of an old castle. 
 
 MUSGU, a country. Western Africa, bounded N. by 
 Bornou, W. and S. Adamawa, and E. Bagirmi. It was 
 reported to be a mountainous and inaccessible tract, but Dr, 
 Barth, the first European who set foot in it, had full oppor- 
 tunity of proving the contrary, by accompanying a hostile 
 expedition sent against it by the government of Bornou. It 
 has indeed a hilly surface, intersected by numerous water- 
 courses, which form extensive swamps, rendering even a 
 peaceful journey through it a task of no ordinary difficulty, 
 and a hostile invasion of it for the purpose of efi'ecting a per- 
 manent conquest all but hopeless; but the soil, besides being 
 generally fertile, is cultivated with a care of which few ex- 
 amples are seen in Central Africa. Even the importance of 
 manure is understood, and Dr. Barth saw a field to which it 
 was actually applied. The uncultivated land, moreover, is 
 not without its value. Wild rice grows spontaneously, and 
 is collected in vast quantities among the swamps of the forest. 
 Though inferior in quality to the cultivated kinds, it is by no 
 means despicable food, and finds its way as a regular article 
 of sale to the market of Kukawa. The chief disadvantage is 
 that the elephant, which abounds so much that his footprints 
 
MUSHUALAGAN 
 
 92 
 
 MYSORE 
 
 are everywhere visible, knows the value of rice as well as 
 man, and besides selecting what is best in quality, too often 
 appropriates or destroys far more than his fair share. The 
 inhabitants, from whom the country takes its name, are a 
 division of the great nation of the Masa, which comprises the 
 Kololoko or Makari, the Logon or Logone, the Mandara or 
 Ur Wandala, the Gamerghu, and the large tribe of the 
 Batta. Unfortunately the friendship which a common origin 
 should have perpetuated, has disappeared, and even the 
 Musgu themselves, whose only safety is in union, are split 
 up into hostile communities, from which it were vain to hope 
 for any vigorous effort against the enemies who suiTound 
 them, and who are influenced, in addition to the ordinary love 
 of conflict, by the sordid desire of procuring slaves. There 
 cannot be a doubt that, though other objects were pretended, 
 the Bornou expedition which Dr. Earth accompanied was 
 undertaken mainly in the hope of capturing and enslaving the 
 inhabitants of Musgu. Considering the circumstances in 
 which they are placed, it is astonishing to find the country so 
 populous and so industriously cultivated. The religion of 
 the Musgu is fetishism, in which the principal fetish is a 
 long spear-like pole. They seem not to have any sacred 
 groves. 
 
 MUSHUALAGAN, a lake, British America, Lower 
 Canada, near the upper part of the Manicouagan Eiver, about 
 lat. 50° 30' N., and Ion. 67° 30' W. It is about 50 m. in 
 length, and varies from 3 to 9 m. in breadth; it is surrounded 
 by high mountains, is very deep, and contains pike, the koko- 
 mesh, a variety of salmon trout, the memehil, a red kind of 
 fish, and other species. 
 
 MUSKONISIA, a group of islets in the Archipelago, on 
 the coast of Asia Minor, N.E. of Mitylene, and at the entrance 
 of the Gulf of Adramyti. They are so near the mainland 
 that one of them is connected with it by a causeway, near the 
 spot once occupied by the town of Arwali, or Cydonia, which 
 was celebrated for its schools, till it was laid in ruins, and 
 its inhabitants were dispersed by the Turks. 
 
 MUSSOOREE, a sanitary station, India, on the N. fron- 
 tier of the Dehra Doon. It stands 6282 ft. above the sea, on 
 a rugged ridge composed of beds of compact limestone, alter- 
 nating with others of soft slate, and has a site so irregular 
 and uneven that the houses are built at considerable distances 
 from each other, on ground which it has been necessary to 
 level on a ridge, a crag, or on the S. slope of the mountain. 
 In the E., however, which has been longest settled, the houses 
 stand more closely together, and have more the appearance 
 of a regular town. The principal public buildings are a neat 
 church with a turret, and a club-house. The surrounding 
 scenery is splendid. 
 
 MUSTAFABAD, a tn.. India, Sirhind, 33 m. N.W. 
 Saharunpoor. It is of moderate size, surrounded by a brick 
 wall, is defended by a fort, which has round towers at the 
 angles; and is the residence of the Sikh chief to whom the 
 adjoining territory, comprising thirty-one villages, belongs; 
 and possesses a well- supplied bazar. 
 
 MUSZYNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. S.E. New Sandec, r. bank Poprad; with 1950 inhabi- 
 tants, who carry on an active trade in linen between Galicia 
 and Hungary, and have several walk-mills, 
 
 MUTNE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva- 
 Murocz, on the frontiers of Galicia; with 1300 inhabitants, 
 who grow flax, rear cattle, and saw timber. 
 
 MUTTRA, a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, betwern 
 27° 14' and 27° 58' N.; Ion. 77° 20' and 78° 34' E.; is 
 bounded N. by Goorgaon and Allygurh, S.W. and S. Agra, 
 and W. Bhurtpore; area, 1607 sq. m. With the exception 
 of a few hills on the W. frontier, the surface is an extensive 
 plain, watered and drained almost entirely by the Jumna. 
 The soil on the W. bank of this river is sandy, with a mix- 
 ture of kunkar, or calcareous conglomerate; on the E. bank, 
 though still rather light and shallow, it improves and becomes 
 good towards the middle of the Doab. The alimentary crops 
 are chiefly wheat, barley, millet, pulse, oil-seeds, cucurbitace- 
 ous plants, and sugar-cane; the commercial crops, indigo and 
 some other dye-plants, cotton, tobacco, and opium. Pop. 
 701,688. 
 
 MUTTUPETTA, a vil. India, presid, Madras, dist. 
 Madura, near the extremity of the peninsula which forms tiie 
 W. side of the Paumbun Pass between the Gulf of Manaar 
 
 and Palk's Strait. Its inhabitants, almost all fishermen, are 
 chiefly R. Catholics, and have a large church in the centre of 
 the village. 
 
 MVAI, a mountain, S. Africa, the highest peak of Kirk's 
 range, which runs in a nearly due N. and S. direction to the 
 W. of Lakes Shirwa and Nyassa. The Mvai peak is in lat. 
 14° 53' S.; Ion. 34° 27' E. It is a huge bare rounded block 
 of granite shooting up from the rest of the chain. It and 
 several other masses of rock are of a light gray colour, with 
 white patches, as if of lichens ; the sides and summits are 
 generally thinly covered with rather scraggy trees. There 
 are several other prominent peaks: one, for instance, still 
 further N., called Chirobve. The range is probably not less 
 than 5000 ft. above the sea. — [Livingstone.) 
 
 MYAPOOR, two places, India:— 1, A vil. Bundelcund, 
 Jhansi, 50 m. N.E. Calpee. About 1 m. S.W. of the village 
 the Majapoor Pass commences. — 2, A vil. r. bank Ganges, 
 dist. Saharunpoor, about 2 m. below Hurdwar. At this spot 
 the artificial channel of the new Ganges canal commences, at 
 the extremity of a natural branch across which a dam of 
 masonry is thrown. 
 
 MYCONI, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, cap. and on 
 the W. shore of the island of same name; is the seat of a 
 justice of peace court, and has a Hellenist and a parish school, 
 and the only springs of water on the whole island. The har- 
 bour is open except towards the N. The inhabitants are 
 famous sailors, and number 5600. 
 
 MYEENGYAN, a tn. Burmah, on a low plain opposite 
 the little delta of the Kyendwen, 1. bank Irawadi, 23 m. S.W. 
 Ava. It is one of the largest provincial towns in the king- 
 dom, and is a great mart for rice, brought both from the 
 adjoining districts and from Pegu. Pop. about 10,000. 
 
 MYMENSING, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between 
 lat. 24° 4' and 25° 41' N.; Ion. 89° 28' and 91° 13' E.; is 
 bounded, N. by Goalpara, on the borders of Assam and the 
 Garrow tribes; E. Sylhet; S. Tipperah, Dacca, and Furreed- 
 poor; S.W. Pubna; and W Bogra and Rungpoor; area, 4712 
 sq. m. In the N. and the S.W. there are many hills and irregu- 
 lar tracts densely covered with jungle. The rest of the district 
 is in general flat, covered with extensive gheels, and traversed 
 by numerous streams, of which the Brahmapootra, which 
 both bounds in several directions and traverses it, is far the 
 most important. The soil, except on the jungly hills, is in 
 general a dark, deep, and fertile loam, from which in a single 
 year two crops of rice and a crop of mustard are often ob- 
 tained; the other chief crops are sweet potatoes, ordinary 
 potatoes, dhul and other pulse, wheat, cucurbitaceous plants, 
 sugar-cane, indigo, hemp, flax, tobacco, and plantains. The 
 manufactures are confined to coarse cotton cloths, blankets, 
 and a few finer fabrics; the principal article of export is rice. 
 Nusserabad is the capital. Pop. 1,487,000. 
 
 MYNPOORIE, a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, between 
 lat. 26° 54' and 27° 50' N.; Ion. 78° 30' and 79° 30' E.; is 
 bounded N. by Budaon, N.E. and E. Furruckabad, S. Etawah 
 and Agra, and W. Agra, Muttra, and Allyghur; area, 2009 
 sq. m. The surface is level and well-watered, chiefly by the 
 Jumna and the E. Kallee Nuddee. In the N. the soil is gene- 
 rally light and sandy, depending much on rain or moisture 
 for its successful cultivation; in other parts the soil is rich 
 and moist, and rice is the staple crop; sugarcane also is ex- 
 tensively cultivated; indigo grows wild,- but though it is said 
 that it might be grown at little more than half the usual cost, 
 not much attention is paid to it. The chief crops, in addition 
 to those already mentioned, are wheat, barley, millet, gram 
 and other pulse, cotton, and tobacco. Pop. 639,809. 
 
 MYNPOORIE, cap. of the above dist., situated 70 m. E. 
 Agra, on the banks of the Esun, here crossed by a bridge, is 
 a walled town of considerable size, but has suffered so much 
 from the ravages of war that it now contains only 2773 in- 
 habitants. Its principal buildings are those of the civil 
 establishment, a Jain temple, and a jail. 
 
 MYSORE [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 250 m. W.S.W. Madras. It stands on two 
 parallel ranges of elevated ground, running N. and S., 2450 
 ft. above the sea, and consists of the town proper, surrounded 
 by a rampart, and a fort of a quadrangular form. The latter, 
 which is about 450 yards each way, has a large tank on one 
 of its sides, and on the others a deep double ditch, beyond 
 which io a stone rampart flanked with bastions. The streets 
 
MYSORE 
 
 93 
 
 NAMAQUA-LAND 
 
 of the town are regular — the principal one stretching N. and 
 S., while most of the others intersect it at right angles. 
 Many of the houses are large and substantial, of two or three 
 stories, and occasionally with terraced roofs, though most of 
 them are tiled. Within the fort is the palace of the titular 
 rajah. It is a large building, forming three sides of a square, 
 but has nothing attractive either in its external appearance or 
 its internal arrangements. The old residency and the church 
 belonging to it are badly situated on the outskirts of the town. 
 Owing to the elevation, the climate is tolerably cool. It is, 
 however, unhealthy, and both fever and cholera prevail. 
 One cause, probably, is the defective supply of water, which 
 is only obtained from tanks, and, when these fail in droughts, 
 from wells impregnated with soda or other deleterious ingre- 
 dients. The manufactures consist chiefly of carpets, which 
 
 are .said to be fair imitations of British and Persian; the trade, 
 though there are many rich merchants in the town, is limited. 
 Pop. 55,424. 
 
 MZETHA, a tn. Transcaucasian Eussia, in Georgia, 
 1. bank Kur, 10 m. N.N.W. Tiflis. Though now a miserable 
 and ruinous place, it was for ages famous, wealthy, and power- 
 ful, and the capital of the Georgian kings, who lie buried in the 
 vaults underneath the cathedral. This building, the founda- 
 tion of which is ascribed to king Miriam, who was converted 
 to Christianity, A.D. 276, was originally of wood, but after 
 various vicissitudes was rebuilt of stone about the middle of 
 the 17th century. It still soars with its conical dome over 
 the remains of other buildings, and is one of the most remark- 
 able churches south of the Caucasus. The present pop. is 
 scarcely 1000, but appears to be increasing. 
 
 N. 
 
 NACAOME, a tn. Central America, Honduras, dep. 
 Choluteca, on a river of same name, about 10 m. above its 
 mouth in the Gulf of Fonseca. It is one of the hottest and 
 most unpleasant places in the state, and stands in an amphi- 
 theatre of hills, where ventilation is greatly impeded. During 
 the hot months fever.s are both prevalent and fatal. Pop. 
 about 3000. 
 
 NACHIRA, a tn. Central Africa, about a mile N.E. 
 Tassaua, is a straggling place, composed of clusters of huts 
 which cover a large area. The staple commodity of its 
 market is provisions and ready-dressed food, but a consider- 
 able number of cattle and occasionally camels are exposed 
 for sale. 
 
 NAGPORE [add.], atn. India, cap. teiritory of Nagpore 
 or Berar, 440 m. E.N.E. Bombay. It occupies a low .swampy 
 flat, with a slight inclination towards the E., and covers an 
 area about 7 m. in circuit. From the number of trees inter- 
 spersed over all parts of its site, it might at a distance almost 
 be mistaken for a forest; when more nearly approached, it is 
 found to be little better than a vast assemblage of huts strag- 
 gling or huddled together in the most irregular manner. 
 Some houses of large size, built of brick, with terraced roofs, 
 rise up among the general mass ; but even these have no 
 architectural merit, and the whole has been not incorrectly 
 characterized as ' perhaps the meanest capital city in India.' 
 Even the rajah's palace, though a vast pile of stone masonry, 
 is utterly devoid of symmetry; and is not only obscured in 
 its lower story by the mud huts abutting upon its walls, 
 but cannot be reached except by passing by means of step- 
 ping-stones over an open ditch, the receptacle of all sorts of 
 filth and garbage. In like manner the so-called palace of the 
 minister stands on the margin of a green stagnant pool reek- 
 ing with pestilential abominations. Close to the suburbs on 
 the W. are the Seetabuldee Hills, where there is a small 
 cantonment and the British residency is situated. They are 
 celebrated as the scene of a desperate struggle, in which a 
 mere handful of British troops, when treacherously attacked 
 by the rajah Appa Sahib, in 1817, with a body of about 
 18,000 men, not only held their ground, but gained a signal 
 victory. Many of the inhabitants are wealthy bankers; but 
 the employment of the greater number is in manufacturing 
 cotton and woollen cloths, and utensils of copper, brass, and 
 other alloys. The population is estimated at 115,000. 
 
 NAGYAG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 12 m. N.W. Broos, in a mountainous district; 
 with a mining school, mines of gold and silver, and an ex- 
 tensive mining establishment. Arsenic and manganese are 
 also found here. Pop. 2205. 
 
 NAHUN, a tn. India, capital of the petty state Sirmoor, 
 stands on a hill of grauwacke formation, at the VV. extremity 
 of the Kyarda Doon, 3207 feet above the sea, in lat. 30° 34' 
 N.; Ion. 77° 21' E., and is a clean handsome place, consist- 
 ing of small houses built of stone and lime, with flat roofs 
 
 covered with mud tempered so as to be waterproof, and so 
 arranged on the uneven crest of a rocky eminence, that some 
 of the streets are mere flights of stairs, while others more 
 level are well paved. The bazar is large and well supplied; 
 and the rajah's residence, which stands in the centre of the 
 town, is a spacious stone structure, with a beautiful zenana, 
 in an antique Hindoo style. The three temples which the 
 place possesses are more remarkable for their fine sites than 
 their architectural merits. 
 
 NAIN, a tn. Persia, 92 m. E.N.E. Ispahan, on a rugged 
 part of a great plain bounded to the N. by mountains. It is 
 inclosed by a dilapidated wall and ditch about a mile in circuit, 
 and entered by five gates. The only buildings of any note 
 are the principal mosque, with an ancient pulpit more than 
 500 years old; a ruined mud fort, and a small bazar. The 
 environs are far from fertile, and yield only scanty crops of 
 barley, wheat, and cotton. In the gardens some melons, 
 grapes, and pornegranates are grown. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 NALANDE, a tn. Ceylon, in a beautiful country, where 
 the road winds between wooded hills, 24 m. N. Kandy. It 
 contains a R. Catholic church. 
 
 NALIELE, or Nariele, a tn. S. Africa, in the Mako- 
 lolo country, cap. Barotse, 1. bank Liambye or Zambesi; lat. 
 15° 24' 17" S.; Ion. 23° 5' 54" E. It stands on an artificial 
 mound, which Santura, the maker of it, used as a storehouse 
 for grain, and consists of several distinct quarters or villages, 
 each encircled with a wall of reeds. An earlier capital, 500 
 yards S. of the present, stood in what is now the bed of the 
 river, and has entirely disappeared, with the exception of a 
 small portion of the mound on which it was built. The site 
 must have been very injudiciously chosen, since proper allow- 
 ance was not made for the rise of the river, which, in conse- 
 quence of the obstruction caused by the falls near Gonye some 
 distance below, sometimes attains an extraordinary height. 
 The present town will probably one day share the fate of its 
 predecessor, and from the same cause, since the water occa- 
 sionally comes so near the foundation of the huts that the 
 inhabitants are cooped up, and cannot move beyond their 
 reedy walls. 
 
 NAMA, a tn. Western Africa, 280 m. W.S.W. Timbuc- 
 too. It stands at the foot of the hilly chain which encircles the 
 whole valley or basin of El Hodh, and is substantially built of 
 clay and stone. In a valley on its W. side there are several 
 hundreds of palm-trees, and some tobacco is grown. Nama, 
 which was founded little more than half a century ago, owes 
 its origin to a civil war which broke out in Walata, and led 
 to a considerable migration. 
 
 NAMAQUA-LAND, a vast territory, S. Africa, con- 
 sisting of two distinct parts — Little and Great Namaqua-land. 
 The former, lying between the Orange River on the N. and 
 lat. 31° S., is now included in Cape Colony, and is described 
 in the article under that head. The latter, lying between 
 lat. 22° and 28° 30' S., is bounded N. by Damara-land, E. 
 
NAM AQUA- LAND 
 
 94 
 
 NANAIM-0 
 
 the Kalahari desert, S. the Orange Uiver, and W. the 
 Atlantic; area about 148,000 sq. m.; pop. under 30,000, or 
 rather less than five persons to the statute sq. m. The coast 
 line is a long dreary sandy waste, extending backwards into 
 the interior from 30 to 40 m., and sometimes even 100 m. 
 With the exception of a few localities, this tract is uninhabit- 
 able. Of the rivers — which are few and of little importance 
 — some, as theKursip, fall into the Atlantic; but the greater 
 part take an opposite direction, and flow E., chiefly to the 
 Fish River; which, rising in the N. of tlie territory, inter- 
 sects it from N. to S. to its junction with the Orange River. 
 The characteristic feature of Great Namaqua-land is its im- 
 mense tract of sandy desert, traversed by hill and rock, and 
 thickly strewn with quartz, which reflects a dazzling and 
 perplexing light. In the N. the dense thorny bush of 
 Damara-land is continued for only a short distance across 
 the frontier, and then succeeded by a waste, on which the 
 vegetation consists of scattered stunted trees, varied occa- 
 sionally by the ebony, and by a few mimosas along the 
 water-courses. ' For more than six months the surface is 
 scorched by a vertical sun; the periodical rains, always 
 accompanied with heavy thunder, are very partial and uncer- 
 tain; and the springs, often either hot or salt, are neither 
 numerous nor copious. It is a general complaint among the 
 natives, and may now be regarded as an ascertained fact, that 
 less rain falls now than half a century ago, and that in the 
 whole country north of Orange River a general 
 process of desiccation is going on. The pre- 
 vailing rock of the country is granite; but 
 quartz occurs extensively, both in large veins 
 filling up gaps and fissures, and in boulders 
 scattered over the plains. Slate and sandstone 
 also are not uncommon. The metals are tin, 
 lead, copper, and iron. The first three, though 
 known to exist, have not been proved by actual 
 working, but the last, in the form of meteoric 
 iron, is found in apparently inexhaustible quan- 
 tities. Mr. Anderson says : — 'I have seen 
 lumps of several hundredweights brought from 
 thence, so pure and malleable that the natives 
 converted it into balls for their guns, &c., with 
 out any previous application of fire. The 
 names Hottentot and Namaqua, by which the 
 inhabitants are usually designated, are not 
 found in the native tongue, and are therefore 
 probably of European origin. The Namaqua 
 Hottentots are divided into the two great 
 branches of Topnaar and Oerlam. The former 
 consider themselves the original inhabitants, 
 and are very jealous of the latter, who are 
 said to have come overland, and are therefore 
 regarded as intruders. They form numerous sub-tribes, 
 each under its own petty chief, who gives his name to the 
 tract over which he rules. The principal sub-territories 
 have the somewhat odd names of Jonker Africaner, Cor- 
 nelius, Amral, Zwartbooi, Jan Boois, William Fransman, 
 Paul Goliath, David Christian, and Bondel Zwarfz. The 
 Namaquas dwell in small round huts, formed of a framework 
 of semicircular boughs, and covered with rush- mats. When 
 they change their locality, they take down the huts, pack 
 them on oxen, and carry them along with them. In addition 
 to the ordinary scanty dress, they use a profusion of orna- 
 ments, consisting chiefly of beads of various colours, and 
 articles of brass, copper, and iron. They also tatoo them- 
 selves, and besmear themselves with grease and powders, 
 the latter obtained chiefly from the leaves of plants. For 
 their original arms — the bow and arrow, the asegai, and an 
 immense shield — they have generally substituted the musket. 
 The chief employment of the Namaquas is the rearing of 
 cattle, of which they have a breed of moderate size and very 
 compact build. The other domestic animals are sheep, 
 goats, and dogs. In respect of moral qualities the natives 
 rank very low. Such is their apathy and laziness that they 
 may be seen basking in the sun for days together, and can 
 scarcely be aroused even by the pangs of hunger and thirst 
 to make the necessary exertion for their relief. They are at 
 the same time a selfish, hard-hearted, cruel race. The aged 
 and disabled of their own people are left to perish; any of 
 their slaves committing the least offence is instantly shot; 
 
 and in their predatory incursions into Damara-land, besides 
 robbing the inhabitants of their cattle, they are often guilty 
 of the most horrible atrocities. Their religious creed is so 
 scanty that it has been doubted whether they have any idea 
 of a Supreme Being and a future state. It seems, however, 
 that they believe in a deity, goblin, or deified ancestor, called 
 Heitjeebib, who can grant or deny them prosperity, and is 
 supposed to haunt the graves of the dead. They have also 
 so much faith in sorcei*y that witch-doctors, male and female 
 — called respectively haiaoh and haiaohs — drive a very 
 active and profitable trade in imposture. 
 
 NAMANTUGU, a vil. Western Africa, prov. Yagha, 
 310 m. W. Sokoto. It was once a place of considerable im- 
 portance, and figures in the history of the Songhay empire, 
 but is now destitute of attraction, consisting of a great num- 
 ber of very narrow huts forming several groups, and covering 
 a large tract of ground. Cotton is extensively grown in the 
 vicinity. 
 
 N AMEAUKAN, a river, British N. America, in Rupert's 
 Land, lat. 48° 80' N.; Ion. 92° 40' W.; which connects the 
 great Nequawgon, or Pine Lake (Lac de la Croix), with 
 Nameaukan Lake, at the S.E. extremity of Rainy Lake. The 
 river flows in a N.W. direction, between high precipitous 
 rocks, clothed with dense groves of pine and aspen, descend- 
 ing by numerous rapids and falls to the level of the Rainy 
 Lake. Of these the most important are Crow Portage, with 
 
 NAMEAUKAN KIVEE, GRAND FALLS.— From Hind's Canadian Exploring Expedition. 
 
 9'88 ft. fall; the Grand Falls Portage, 16 ft.; and the dan- 
 gerous Nameaukan Rapids, between 15 and 16 ft., where the 
 waters eddy and whirl among the jagged rocks witli unceasing 
 violence. At the debouchement of the river into Nameaukan 
 Lake there is a grove of magnificent elms. The lake is 
 upwards of 13 m. long, and is connected with the Rainy Lake 
 by a narrow circuitous stream, without perceptible current, 
 meandering through a reedy expanse, dotted with low willows. 
 From Lake Superior it is distant by water 197 m, 
 
 NAMOA, an isl. China, off the E. coast of prov. Quang- 
 long. It is 12 m. long from E. to W., has a maximum 
 width of 5J ra., and is separated from the mainland by a 
 channel which is 3J m. broad, and has depths varying from 
 3 to 6 fathoms. Its three peaks, one of which attains the 
 height of 1900 ft., are the most prominent landmarks in the 
 neighbourhood. Notwithstanding the general barrenness of 
 its surface it is densely peopled, tiie fisheries affording ample 
 means of subsistence. Baylis Bay and Clipper Road, both 
 near its S.W. extremity, afford good anchorage, and used to 
 be much resorted to by opium vessels during the N.E. 
 monsoon. 
 
 NANAIMO, tn. and harbour, British (Western) N. Ame- 
 rica, E. side Vancouver Island, about 60 m. N.W. Victoria. 
 The town stands upon a curious promontory, apparently rent 
 by volcanic action, which has strangely twisted the strata. 
 It derives its importance from being the place of shipment 
 for coal, which is found in the neighbourhood suitable for 
 engine purposes. A new wharf and improved shipping appli- 
 
NANGASAKI 
 
 95 
 
 NANKIN 
 
 ances have recently been provided, and an extensire and pro- 
 fitable trade will probably be opened. Coal has also been 
 found in Biirrard Inlet, on the opposite side of the Gulf of 
 Georgia. 
 
 NANGASAKI, or Nagasaki [add.] From 1636 to 1858 
 the Dutch was the only European nation permitted to trade 
 with Japan, and to establish a factory on the artificial island 
 of De-sima, at this port. In the latter year Lord Elgin con- 
 cluded a treaty of commerce between Great Britain and 
 Japan, which opened the port to British subjects; and since 
 then other European nations, besides the U. States of America, 
 have ratified similar treaties with the Japanese government. 
 The result is free intercourse and traffic between the foreign- 
 ers resident at the port and the inhabitants; all transactions 
 being subject to import and export duties, according to a fixed 
 tariff. Instead of being confined to the limited area of De- 
 sima, and the restrictions on Dutch trade, commerce is now 
 extended to the mainland, where a considerable tract of ground 
 is laid out as a foreign settlement to the left of the city, with 
 a custom-house for the regulation of traffic. Here are many 
 
 HAKBOUR 
 
 NANGASAKI 
 
 JourUtintf^ are m / lUhonw 
 
 1 Fofe'tgn Sitllc/nent' 
 
 2 Arneruyan-Corurulct/e, 
 
 4 British Con^tUntc^ 
 
 
 substantial stone-built warehouses and residences erected by 
 the consulates and subjects of the treaty powers; with a breast- 
 work of stone, which forms a convenient terrace by the water 
 side, for landing merchandise, and a public promenade. At 
 the back, the settlement rises up the wooded hills, where the 
 foreign residents have built houses after the fashion of the 
 Japanese, surrounded with beautiful gardens, and having the 
 unrivalled prospect of the city and harbour of Nangasaki, with 
 the most salubrious site for a residence of all the open ports 
 in Japan or China. 
 
 A considerable influx of foreigners took place in 1860, 
 chiefly from the open ports in China, the principal mercantile 
 houses and banks establishing branches here. It was soon 
 found out, however, that though the native traffic between 
 Nangasaki and the ports in the Sea of Japan was important, 
 yet its powers for foreign trade were limited, in consequence 
 of the port being distant from the great producing districts. 
 This desideratum was found at the more northern port of 
 Yokohama, whither the chief portion of the foreigners mi- 
 grated in 1861. Then followed three years of fluctuating 
 commerce, caused by political agitation and the threatened 
 expulsion of foreigners from Japan. In 1865 matters as- 
 
 sumed a pacific aspect, and foreign residents took up their 
 abode at the settlement in perfect security, although few in 
 number. At tlie commencement of 1866 the following com- 
 prised the population: — British subjects, 70; American citi- 
 zens, 32; Dutch, 26; Prussian, 19; French, 14; Portuguese, 
 3; Swiss, 2; total, 166. Besides this resident population 
 numbers of foreign residents in China cross over during the 
 extremely hot months, to recruit their health, residing in 
 bungalows built for their reception, on the picturesque hills 
 already mentioned. 
 
 The principal exports are tea, camphor, cotton, tobacco, 
 vegetable wax, and silk. Since the opening of the port their 
 production has increased according to the demand for foreign 
 trade, and their cultivation is still increasing. The quantity 
 of tea exported in 1865 amounted to 2,239,839 lbs.; in 1861 
 it was 1,559,587 lbs.; showing a surplus of 680,252 lbs.; and 
 this does not include the 'green leaf,' which the Chinese ship 
 to their own country and prepare it there for the foreign 
 market, the quantity being considerable, but impossible to 
 ascertain. The export of silk has only recently commenced, 
 but it promises to become a large item, and it may be added 
 that in 1865, 160,000 cards of silkworm-eggs, valued at 
 £21,721, were sent to Europe. The principal imports are 
 cotton and woollen manufactured goods, such as gray shirt- 
 ings, cambrics, camlets, &c. A very large business is trans- 
 acted also in arms and ammunition, of which but a very 
 small portion is reported to the custom-house. Indeed, the 
 same may be said of almost every other article of import or 
 export, in consequence of the extensive system of smug- 
 gling carried on at this port, through the connivance of 
 native officials with foreign traders. This, added to the 
 corrupt practice of low estimates on the value of merchan- 
 dise and products to evade the duties, renders the customs 
 returns so incorrect as data for the external trade of the 
 port, that it has been calculated from 50 to 100 per cent, 
 should be added in order to arrive at the truth. Some 
 idea of this traffic may be gleaned from the shipping re- 
 turns for 1863, as follows: — Arrived, British, 140 ships, 
 tonnage 44,417; American, 48, and 14,397; Dutch, 42, 
 and 12,819; French, 20, and 4656; Prussian, 13, and 3760; 
 and one Portuguese vessel of 363 tons. An item of im- 
 portance is the number of steamers and sailing ships sold 
 at this port to the native princes, which realized £154,472 
 in 1865, of which £116,379 was British. — (Consular Re- 
 ports; Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 NAN-HIOUNG, or Nan-yattg, a tn. China, on the N. 
 frontiers of prov. Quangtong, near the source and at the 
 head of navigation of the Pekiang, 175 m. N.N.E. Canton. 
 It is celebrated for its storehouses and its vast port, where 
 all the junks coming up the river from Canton stop. 
 
 NANING, a small state of the Indian Archipelago, 
 lying inland from Malacca, and subject to it. It has a 
 mean length of 40 m., with a mean breadth of 10 m. 
 Though it has belonged successively to the Portuguese, 
 the Dutch, and the British, it is a poor unprofitable pos- 
 session, covered mostly with jungle. Pop. 5881 , composed 
 almost entirely of Malays. 
 NANKIN, or Nanking [nan, south; King, court), [add.] 
 Before the reigning Tartar dynasty established the Chinese 
 emperor's court at Peking, the previous dynasties of the 
 empire held their government, some occasionally, others per- 
 manently, at Nankin. Hence it was named the 'southern 
 court,' in distinction from Peking, or the ' northern court ;' but 
 at no period have tlie Tartar emperors resided at, or even 
 visited, this ancient city, which flourished with great splendour 
 during the Ming dynasty in the 16th century. When the 
 Taiping rebellion spread into the central provinces of China, 
 it was the great aim of the leaders of that movement to capture 
 Nankin, and establish the throne of the new ' Heavenly King- 
 dom of Great Peace' within its walls. This capture was 
 effected in April, 1853, and the Tien Wang, or 'heavenly 
 emperor,' held it with his forces against the Imperialists up 
 to July, 1864, when the latter recaptured it, by springing a 
 mine with 68,000 lbs. of gunpowder under the ma.ssive walls, 
 and entering through the breach. When the conquering 
 force reached the palace of the Tien Wang they beheld a 
 gorgeous edifice literally glittering with gold. The entrance, 
 or reception hall, was panelled in carved wood, and the pillars 
 and ceiling superbly carved, painted red, and gilded. Gold 
 
NAN-TCHANG 
 
 96 
 
 NAROO 
 
 seemed to have been spread on the place like mortar on an 
 ordinary building, and, although to a European taste too 
 gaudy, to the Chinese eye it seemed truly magnificent. It 
 was surrounded by a wall 30 ft. high, inclosing a garden 
 planted with trees, shrubs, and flowers in the highest art of 
 Chinese gardening. Here the body of the Taiping chief was 
 found, he having committed suicide by eating gold leaf, pre- 
 vious to which he hanged all the chief women of his harem 
 on the trees in the garden. The palace was immediately 
 sacked by the Imperialists, who dug up every nook and corner, 
 and tore up the flooring, in search of treasure, which they 
 found to the extent of about two millions sterling. Except- 
 ing this and a few other buildings, which had been tenanted 
 by the secondary Taiping chiefs, the city, where it was 
 habitable, presented a picture of desolation and ruin. The 
 famous Porcelain Tower was levelled to the ground, the orna- 
 mental portions carried away, and only a heap of rubbish lies 
 now where that beautiful edifice stood. Entering by the north 
 gate a person may traverse a road for 8 m.; for the most part 
 between cultivated fields; the place presenting simply the 
 appearance of a large tract of land walled in. The only relics 
 of its former greatness are the tombs of the Ming dynasty, 
 with their colossal statues of men and animals, and a square 
 tower 50 ft. high, on the top of which is a finely sculptured 
 figure of a turtle, constructed of one solid block of marble. 
 When Lord Elgin was sailing up the Yang-tze-kiang, which, 
 in front of Nankin, is not more than 1000 yards wide, and 
 lined with batteries on both banks, the British vessels were 
 brought into collision with the insurgents, by an unprovoked 
 attack of the latter in disregard of a flag of truce. Punish- 
 ment immediately followed by a bombardment, which, begun 
 on the afternoon of one day, and resumed on the following 
 morning, silenced their batteries, and laid them in ruins. 
 The insurgents, evidently astonished at the overpowering fire 
 they had drawn upon themselves, replied very feebly, though 
 one round shot nearly occasioned a public calamity, by cutting 
 through a rope within 2 ft. of Lord Elgin's head, as he was 
 standing on the bridge between the paddle-boxes of the 
 Furious. A full apology having been offered by the insur- 
 gents for the outrage, part of his lordship's suite, on returning 
 down the river, landed at Nankin, and visited the insurgent 
 general. 
 
 Since the city has been reoccupied by the legitimate 
 government some attempt has been made to restore the manu- 
 factures in cotton and silk, for which it was so justly famed, 
 but with small success. The governor-general of the two 
 Kiang provinces resides here, and has established a manufac- 
 tory of ordnance, shot, and shell, under the superintendence 
 of a British officer, who resigned his commission, and entered 
 the Chinese service. The business part of the city is gradu- 
 ally being restored; but the new houses are not very sub- 
 stantial. A good deal of local trade is carried on, and the 
 traffic through the west and south water-gates, where the 
 canals penetrate into the interior of the country, is very con- 
 siderable. But at the northern gates, opening on the Yang- 
 tze River, very little traffic is carried on, and there is at 
 present no prospect of its becoming a port to attract foreign 
 trade. According to the treaty of Tientsin it became an open 
 port, immediately the Taiping rebels were driven away from 
 it; but no foreign trader has located himself there, neither 
 have any of the treaty powers established consulates. — {North 
 China Herald; Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 NAN-TCHANG, a tn. China, cap. prov. Kiangsee, on 
 the Kan- Kiang, about 30 m. before it enters Lake Poyang. 
 It is one of the most important of Chinese provincial towns, 
 is surrounded by walls about 6 m. in circuit, consists of large 
 and tolerably clean streets, and contains many magnificent 
 shops and extensive warehouses. Kiangsee being the pro- 
 vince which has the largest porcelain factories, Nan-tchang, as 
 its capital, is naturally the entrepot for the articles produced 
 at them, and is accordingly full of china and porcelain of 
 every description. 
 
 NANTO, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 5 m. N.W. 
 Kotah, contains a palace, which was built by Zalim Singh, 
 and is a fine specimen of a Rajpoot baronial residence, having 
 in front a spacious court surrounded by cloisters, and orna- 
 mented with orange-trees and other odoriferous growths, and 
 a beautiful pavilion with a fountain. 
 
 NANTSIN, a tn. China, prov. Chekiang, on the Grand 
 
 canal, abotit 15 m. E. of Iloo-chow-foo. It has no walls, and 
 is politically of little importance. It is, however, a large 
 and wealthy place, extending for miles on each side of the 
 canal and far back into the country, and containing many 
 good streets and shops well stocked with valuable goods. 
 Vegetables of all kinds, and fruits, particularly water-melons, 
 peaches, and plums, are abundant and cheap; butchers' stalls 
 groan under loads of fat pork; ducks, geese, and fowls are 
 exposed for sale in hundreds; and in short everything tempting 
 to a Chinese epicure. Frogs, which are eaten, abound in 
 the shallow lakes and rice fields, and are often very beau- 
 tifully coloured. The vendors of them sit in the streets 
 skinning them alive in the most unmerciful manner. The 
 great staple of Nantsin is silk, in which it is supposed to do 
 even a larger trade than Hoo-chow-foo itself. 
 
 NAPA NEE, a tn. British America, Canada "West, co. 
 Lennox, on a river of same name, which falls into the Bay of 
 Quinte, and on the Grand Trunk railway, 125 m. E.N.E. 
 Toronto. It possesses five churches and a mechanics' insti- 
 tute and library association, and is a port of entry, from whicli 
 large quantities of lumber and of flour and other agricultural 
 produce are exported. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 NAPHA, a tn. on the S.W. shore of the island of Great 
 Loo Choo, in the N. Pacific, nearly 3 m. S.W. of Shendi or 
 Shui the capital, of which it is the port, is a large and impor- 
 tant place, beautifully situated and embosomed among trees 
 of dark green foliage. The suburb through which it is en- 
 tered consists merely of winding lanes, but the town itself 
 has a number of good streets, one of them a broad paved 
 thoi-oughfare leading towards the capital, and said to be almost 
 equal to the macadamized roads of Great Britain. It possesses 
 a temple with a finely shaded courtyard, a large edifice which 
 appears to be of the nature of a townhall, a school for profi- 
 cients in Confucian lore, and a Christian mission belonging to 
 the English church, and included within the diocese of the 
 Bishop of Victoria. There are properly two harbours, an 
 outer and an inner. The former, or what is called Napha- 
 kiang road, is protected E. and S. by the land, and surrounded 
 in other directions by a chain of coral reefs, which form a 
 tolerable breakwater against the swell, but otherwise afford 
 no shelter; the inner harbour has a depth of 2 to 3 fathoms, 
 and is large enough to accommodate the fifteen or twenty 
 junks and other coasting craft engaged in trading with the 
 neighbouring islands. 
 
 NAPIERVILLE, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. of same name, on a small river, 27 m. S.W. Montreal. 
 It possesses a Protestant and a R. Catholic church, several 
 schools, a tannery, and grist, saw, carding, and fulling mills. 
 Pop. about 1500. 
 
 NAPO [add.], a river, S. America, Ecuador, which has 
 its sources on the E. slopes of the volcano of Cotopaxi and 
 Mount Sencholagua, flows S.E., receiving on its left the Coca, 
 Aguarico, Anguteros, Oritos, and Oregon, and on its right the 
 Cararay and several minor streams, and after a direct course 
 of about 350 m. joins 1. bank Amazon, which here forms the 
 boundary between Ecuador and Peru, in lat. 3° 40' S.; Ion. 
 73° 20' W. A little below the confluence of the Coca, to 
 which, a distance of about 220 m., it might be navigated by 
 steamers, it is 500 yards, and at its mouth about 1200 yards 
 wide. Its pure and cr^'stalline waters may be distinguished 
 from those of the muddy Amazon for nearjy 100 m. below 
 the point of junction. In the first part of its course it hurries 
 along with the rapidity of a mountain torrent, but after re- 
 ceiving the Coca it becomes a placid and majestic stream, 
 with flat alluvial banks, covered for the most part with a most 
 luxuriant and gigantic vegetation. — ( Villavicenzio.) 
 
 NARBOROUGH, an isl. S. America, Ecuador, in the 
 Pacific, belonging to the Galapagos group, lying about 600 m. 
 W. of the continent; lat. 0° 25' S.; Ion. 91° 35' W. It is a 
 great volcano rising to the height of 3720 ft., and is separated 
 from Albemarle Island by a channel which is 2 to 3 m. wide, 
 and 55 fathoms deep. Within this channel, on the Albe- 
 marle side, is, the anchorage of Tagus Cove, with 6 to 14 
 fathoms water. It is formed by an old crater, is well sheltered, 
 free from dangers, and capable of containing six frigates. 
 
 NAROL, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 36 m. 
 N.W. Zolkiew; with a strong castle surrounded by a deep 
 ditch. Pop. 1129. 
 
 NAROO, a river, Sinde, which rises in lat. 27° 42' N.r 
 
 ■m 
 
NARSAPOOR 
 
 97 
 
 NAXOS 
 
 Ion. 69° 4' E., a few miles E. of Koree, flows S., and is lost 
 in the desert near Omerkote, about lat. 25° 23' N.; Ion. 
 09^ 34' E., after a course of nearly 185 ni. 
 
 NARSAPOOR, or Naksipoor, a tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. and 47 m. S. by W. Kajahmundry, on the 
 Vashista, or W. branch of the Godavery, near its mouth. It 
 consists partly of Narsapoor proper and partly of the remains 
 of Maddapollam, which, before the East India Company 
 ceased to trade, was famous for its cloths. The trade in this 
 article has now greatly diminished, but the commissariat at 
 Masulipatam still receives from this place tent cloth of superior 
 strength and quality, said, however, to be made not here but 
 in neighbouring villages of Kajahmundry. Narsapoor pos- 
 sesses an English and a vernacular school, supported by local 
 subscriptions chiefly of the native inhabitants. There are 
 likewise missionary schools for boys and girls, attended chiefly 
 by the lower castes. The harbour, which was once resorted 
 to by large British vessels, is now accessible only to native 
 craft; but a great accession to its trade is anticipated, from 
 the proposed removal of its bar, as one of the first and most 
 essential improvements of the navigation of the Godavery, 
 which even now has a depth of 40 to 50 ft. immediately oppo- 
 site to the town. United pop. of Narsapoor and Maddapollam, 
 about 8000. 
 
 NAUVVAR, or Nekwak, atn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 
 r. bank Sindh, 44 m. S. Gwalior. When taken by Sikundar 
 Lodi, sovereign of Delhi, in 1506, it is said by Ferishta that 
 it was 14 or 15 m. in circuit, and that the captor spent six 
 months in destroying its temples and idols. At present its 
 only object of interest is its fort, to which access is given by 
 flights of 360 stone steps. The inclosure, about 1|^ m. in 
 circuit, is formed by a massive battlemented rampart, and 
 contains a palace and many other fine buildings. Magnetic 
 iron ore, abundant in the vicinity, is largely smelted. 
 
 N ASACARA, a tn. Bolivia, prov. and 80 m. N.W. Oruro, 
 with a bi-idge over the Desaguadero. It consists of a number 
 of houses, several of which are large, substantial, and com- 
 modious. The prosperity thus indicated Nasacara owes to its 
 position, in being the great toll or ferry over the river, and 
 the point at which the transit of merchandise from Europe to 
 Bolivia takes place. 
 
 NASHUA, a tn. U. States, New Hampshire, at the junc- 
 tion of the Nashua and Merrimac, and at the junction of 
 several lines of railway, 29 m. N.W. Boston. It contains ten 
 churches and a savings-bank, and, having an almost unlimited 
 supply of water-power from the Nashua, which has here a 
 fall of 65 ft. in 3 m., has rapidly acquired importance by its 
 extensive cotton factories, which are chiefly in the hands of 
 large companies. One of these employs 1 000 persons, and 
 produces annually between fifteen and sixteen million yards 
 of cloth. The other manufactures are bobbins and shuttles, 
 iron castings, edge tools, locks, watches, and card and fancy 
 paper. Pop. (1860), 10,065. 
 
 NASHVILLE [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. of Tennessee, 
 on the Cumberland, and at the common centre of five railways 
 which radiate from it; lat. 36° 9' 33" N.; Ion. 86° 49' 3" W. It 
 stands chiefly on the S. side of the river, at the foot and on the 
 slopes of a hill rising 200 ft. above the water, and is generally 
 well built, having numerous elegant private dwellings and 
 several imposing public edifices. Of the latter the finest is the 
 new Capitol, finely seated on a commanding eminence, and built 
 of a beautiful variety of fossiliferous limestone, at a cost of 
 above £200,000. It is approached by four avenues, rising from 
 terrace to terrace by broad marble steps, adorned by columnar 
 porticoes, and surmounted by a tower 206 ft. high. The 
 other buildings and institutions of note are, a large new court- 
 house, situated on the public square; the state bank, a hand- 
 some Doric structure; twenty-seven churches; the university, 
 accommodated in a handsome Gothic edifice, and attended in 
 1860 by 200 literary and 400 medical students; a female col- 
 lege, with 450 pupils; a historical society, with a good museum 
 and library; a state library of 40,000 volumes, a R. Catholic 
 theological seminary, two orphan asylums, a state asylum for 
 the blind, and a state penitentiary, with about 400 convicts. 
 The manufacturing establishments are not important, consist- 
 ing chiefly of machine shops, and planing and flour mills; but 
 the trade, both retail and general, is very extensive. The 
 leading business of the town is in dry goods, hardware, drugs, 
 groceries, and books. The staple exports are of cotton, 
 bupp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 tobacco, wheat, Indian corn, bacon, hogs, and lard. The 
 neighbourhood is famous for the rearing of stock-blood horses, 
 mules, cattle, sheep, hogs, and Cashmere goats. Pop. 
 (1860), 16,988. 
 
 NASQUAPEE, or Kivieke des Esquimaux, a river, 
 Labrador, falling after an easterly course into Hamilton 
 Inlet, upon the N. side, about 30 m. from the mouth of the 
 latter. It takes its source in Lake Meshikumau (Great Lake), 
 and the river itself is, after the Indians' custom, called by 
 them Meshikumau Shipu. About 2 m. from its outlet it 
 passes through a long narrow lake bordered by high moun- 
 tains. There is a canoe communication between this river 
 and the Ashwanipi. The country drained by the river is 
 rocky and destitute of trees, except a few clumps of pine, 
 spruce, and stunted birch. Fifty miles up the surface is so 
 undulating as to resemble billows of solid rock. 
 
 NASQUAPEE, a tribe of Indians, British N. America, 
 Lower Canada, who roam over the interior, and subsist by 
 fishing and fur hunting. They number about 2500, of whom 
 1000 are Christians; the pagan part of them acknowledge a 
 superior being, to whom they sacrifice a portion of everything 
 they kill. They are clothed altogether in furs and deer 
 skins, and are described as being most filthy in their habits. 
 Their only weapons are the bow and arrow. Of late years 
 they have frequented the Seven Islands. Polygamy is said 
 to be practised, and the horrible custom still obtains of killing 
 their parents and relatives when old age leaves them incapable 
 of exertion ; and even cannibalism is not unfrequent. Famine 
 and the fatal influences of the coast have rapidly thinned their 
 numbers. 
 
 NASSICK, a tn. India, presid. and 92 m. N.W. Bombay, 
 dist. Ahmednuggur, is the principal seat of Brahminism in 
 the Deccan, and is as much venerated as Benares is in Hin- 
 doostan. It was a flourishing place when the Peishwa 
 ruled at Poonah, but lost much of its prosperity when the 
 Mahratta confederacy was finally overthrown. It still, 
 however, continues to be important, contains numerous tem- 
 ples and Brahminical establishments, which attract crowds 
 of devotees from all parts of the country. In the vicinity 
 are numerous remarkable excavations, believed to have been 
 made when Buddhism prevailed. Pop. estimated at 25,000. 
 
 NATASHQUAN, a river, British N. America, Lower 
 Canada, falling into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in lat. 50° 10' N.; 
 Ion. 61° 50' W. It runs from the N. through a mountainous 
 region, thickly wooded with spruce, fir, and birch trees. 
 Natashquan Point, at the mouth of the river, has a fishing 
 settlement of about forty families, and is a great resort of seals 
 on account of its gently sloping beach. In the rear of it the 
 forest timber is of fair dimensions, and the soil about the 
 harbour is pure .sand ; but when manured with fish and their 
 offal, yields excellent crops of potatoes, &c. Wild peas and 
 vetches grow in abundance a little distance from the shore, 
 affording pasture for cattle. Close to the shore are low dunes 
 thrown by the waves, in which fresh water is found at a small 
 depth ; the salt of the sea water being probably extracted by 
 upward filtration through the sand. From April to Novem- 
 ber the fishermen of Natashquan, who own a few vessels, are 
 engaged in catching seals, salmon, cod, herring, and mackerel. 
 
 NATHPORE, atn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. and 50 m. 
 N.W. Purneah, r. bank Coosy, near the S.E. frontier of 
 Nepaul. It consists of four market-places, and contains 
 about 8000 inhabitants, who carry on a very extensive transit 
 trade between Nepaul and Hindoostan. 
 
 N ATOOR, or Madura-oya, a river, Ceylon, which rises 
 in a mountainous district near the S. frontier of the Eastern 
 Province, flows first circuitously N., then E., and falls into 
 the beautiful Bay of Venloos, below the town of Natoor. It 
 has a wide and rapid stieam, studded with numerous fertile 
 islands, and is navigable by boats for a considerable distance 
 westward. 
 
 NATSCHERADETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle Tabor, 36 m. S.E. Prague; with a deanery church, a 
 castle, a townhouse, an hospital, and five mills. Pop. 1700. 
 
 NAUSSA, or Agusti, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, 
 on a bay on the N. coast of the island of Paros; with a parish 
 school, and a spacious well- sheltered harbour. Pop. 1300. 
 
 NAXOS, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, on a bay on 
 the N.W. coast of the island of same name; is the seat of a 
 R. Catholic archbishop, a Greek bishop, and a justice of 
 
 13 
 
NAZAIRE (St.) 
 
 98 
 
 NEFUSA 
 
 peace court; is defended by a strong castle, built by the Vene- 
 tians; and has ten Greek and four R. Catholic churches, a 
 lazarist, a Capuchin and an Ursuline monastery, a custom- 
 house, and a parish school. Pop. 5000. 
 
 NAZAIRE (St.), a tn. France, dep. Var, 9 m. W. 
 Toulon, was a small fishing town scarcely known a few years 
 since, but has become a considerable town, both as regards 
 population and commercial animation, and has assumed the 
 rank of a third seaport in the French empire. France a 
 short time since did not possess a commercial port over an 
 e.\tent of 500 miles of coast \vashed by the Atlantic. The 
 manufacturers in that part of France were therefore placed 
 in a disadvantageous position, in consequence of having 
 no seaport whence to ship their produce. But in 1857 a 
 floating dock 38 acres in extent was opened to ships entering 
 the port of St. Nazaire. This dock, though sufficient to 
 accommodate 500,000 tons of shipping, shortly became over- 
 crowded, and insutificient during one day in 70, according to 
 official documents, to receive ships which presented them- 
 selves. Since that period the Transatlantic steam fleet has 
 been built, which requires accommodation. The maritime 
 traffic having greatly exceeded the accommodation, and that 
 traffic progressively increasing, the construction of a second 
 floating dock double the size of the first has been undertaken; 
 and the traffic has so much increased that the construction of 
 two more floating docks has become necessary. The popula- 
 tion has kept pace with the traffic. It has increased tenfold 
 within six years, and at present amounts to 15,000 souls. 
 According to present appearances, St. Nazaire will shortly 
 rival Havre and Marseilles. The value of ground has in- 
 creased with the population. Ground, sold formerly for 6d. 
 the square yard, is now worth almost £8. 
 
 NAZARETH, a vil. U. States, Pennsylvania, (50 ni. N. 
 Philadelphia. It was founded in 1739 by George Whitfield, 
 who, before completing a school-house intended for African 
 children, sold it to Count Zenzendorf. It now contains a 
 tlmrch and a Moravian academy for boys. Pop. 781. 
 
 NEBRASKA [add.], a territory, U. States, bounded N. 
 by British America; E. Dacotah, Iowa, and Missouri; S. by 
 tlie 40° parallel, separating it from Kansas; and W. the Eocky 
 Mountains, separating it from territories Utah, Oregon, and 
 Washington; length, N. to S., 620 m.; average breadth, 541 m.; 
 area, 335,882 sq. m. The pop. is mostly in a tier of settled 
 counties fronting the Missouri from Kansas to the Niobrarah, 
 a distance of about 200 m., and another tier along the Platte, 
 following the stream westwards and upwards for nearly 300 m. 
 The capital is Omaha. The surface may be considered as a 
 vast plain, with a gentle rise from the ]SIissouri towards the 
 mountains, and consisting partly of flats along the banks of 
 the rivers, and partly of undulating prairies which occasionally 
 rise into low ridges. The principal river is the Missouri, 
 which has all its head waters and upper branches within the 
 territory. The most important of its affluents is the Platte, 
 which divides the settled portions of the territory into two 
 nearly equal sections. The lower portion of its valley has a 
 soil of exuberant fertility, and the banks of many of the 
 smaller streams are rank with vegetation. The Missouri 
 valley, from 10 to 20 ra. wide, between parallels 40° and 43°, 
 is covered for about half the extent with a heavy growth of 
 cotton wood, intermingled occasionally with hard wood, as 
 oak, black walnut, elm, butter-nut, &c.; the other half, nearly 
 destitute of timber, is covered with coarse grass. In the S. 
 part of the territory limestone abounds, and in many places 
 sandstone is seen cropping out; but the geological formations 
 are yet very imperfectly known. Several rich salt springs 
 have been discovered, and it is expected that more valuable 
 minerals, including the precious metals, will be found as the 
 Rocky Mountains are approached. The soil dift'ers much in 
 quality. In the valley of the Missouri, between lat. 40° and 
 43°, there is a tract of about 30,000 sq. m., which, as an agri- 
 cultural and pastoral region, cannot easily be surpassed, but 
 in the N. and N.W. the whole aspect of the country changes 
 and the arable land almost entirely disappeais. In particular, 
 a tract which has received the name of Mauvaises-Terres, 
 and deserves it, is singularly desolate. This tract, which lies 
 to the E. of the Black Hills, and occupies an area of about 
 90 m. by 30 ni., sinks down abruptly from the surrounding 
 prairies to the depth of nearly 300 ft., and is bare and sterile 
 in the extreme, presenting an almost endless succession of 
 
 pinnacles, columns, and irregular masses of earth and rock, 
 separated by winding passages, in which there is scarcely a 
 vestige of vegetation. In the fertile districts all the ordinary 
 cereals and root crops grow well; fruits also, particularly 
 plums and grapes, are abundant. The climate is on the whole 
 good. The winters are short and mild, and the summer 
 heats, which are sometimes excessive, are tempered by prairie 
 breezes. Ague, however, and other diseases of a malarious 
 nature, are not uncommon. The settlers consist generally of 
 citizens from the more northern states, with an intermixture 
 of Germans and Irish. Before the territory was organized, 
 almost the only inhabitants were Indians. They are still 
 numerous, and considerable reserves and annuities have been 
 secured to those among whom civilization has made some 
 progress. Towards the N. and N.W. many of the tribes are 
 still wild. Pop. (1860), 28,903. 
 
 NEDSHEFABAD, a tn. Persia, prov. of Irak-Ajenii, 
 18 m. AV. Ispahan, is a considerable town, wearing an aspect 
 of prosperity and wealth, the houses being well and tastefully 
 built, and the streets laid out with some pretensions to regu- 
 larity. Extensive and blooming gardens surround the town, 
 the whole occupying an area of not less than 16 m. in circum- 
 ference. The inhabitants are chiefly occupied in the culti- 
 vation of cotton, and in dyeing cloths. Pop. 15,000. 
 
 NEEMUCH, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, on the 
 N.W. frontier of Malwa, in a well-drained plain, studded 
 with a few small stony hills, 270 m. S.S.W. Agra. It con- 
 sists of a town which has lost much of the im])ortance which 
 it possessed in earlier times, and of a fort which, though small, 
 is stronger than usual in India, because British art has been 
 employed in the construction of it. The place would now be 
 little deserving of notice but for its military cantonment, 
 intended to contain a portion of the troops of the Gwalior 
 contingent, and rendered a complete scene of desolation dur- 
 ing the late mutiny. On the 3d of June, 1857, the troops 
 stationed there, consisting of the 7th and 72d regiments of 
 infantry, the 1st regiment of cavalry, and the 4th company of 
 artillery, broke out in open revolt, and committed many 
 atrocities. The fort, however, gave a refuge to most of the 
 officers and other European residents, and the mutineers, 
 after a siege and ineffectual attempt at assault, were obliged 
 to content themselves with a kind of blockade, which was not 
 relieved till the end of Nov. of the same year, when a British 
 force, under Brigadier Stuart, completely defeated the rebels 
 at Mundisore, in the vicinity, and compelled them to decamp. 
 The pop. of Neemuch is roughly estimated at 4000. 
 
 NEFSAUA, a dist. Africa, in the S. of Tunis, lying 
 between the salt swamp of Schott-Kebir on the W., and the 
 country bordering the Gulf of Cabes on the E. It has been 
 termed an archipelago of oases, and no fewer than 101 villages 
 have been counted within its limits, though many of these 
 have ceased to be inhabited. The whole tract is richly 
 watered. Everywhere springs burst forth, and form either 
 running brooks or large natural basins. In spring it may be 
 said to form one great marsh, and becomes covered with 
 luxuriant grass and other kinds of vegetation. The climate, 
 however, from this very cause, is unhealthy, and fever rages 
 every year from May to October. The inhabitants have 
 generally the negro cast of countenance. They are industrious 
 agriculturists, but suffer much from the extortion of their 
 own rulers, and the depredations of the Arabs. The most 
 important town of Nefsaua is Kebilli. 
 
 NEF-SCHEHR, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Karamania, 340 
 m. S.E. Constantinople, on a height with a deep ravine on 
 one of its sides. The houses are almost all whitewashed, and 
 present a very cheerful appearance; but there are no public 
 edifices of any importance, and towers and minarets, which, 
 considering the size of the place, might be expected, are 
 altogether wanting. It was originally a village called Masch- 
 kara, but one of its natives, Ibrahim Pacha, who rose to be 
 grand vizier, and held the office from 1718 to 1730, took a 
 pride in adding to its population and importance, and having 
 conferred uponit the rank of a provincial city, gave it the 
 name of Nef Schehr, or ' New Town.' It is a place of great 
 extent and importance, with a pop. estimated at 25,000 to 
 30,000, chiefly Greeks, with a considerable mixture of Turks 
 and Armenians. 
 
 NEFUSA (Jebel), part of the mountain -chain, N. Africa, 
 in the S. of Tunis, which, at a distance from the coast, follows 
 
NEGOTINA 
 
 NETHERLANDS 
 
 the contour of the lesser Syrtis, extending E. of Tripoli to 
 Cabes. Tiiese hills form the fringe or border of an immense 
 plateau, which, rising abruptly above the neighbouring plain 
 to an elevation of 1500 ft., is included in the Tripolitzan 
 Jebel, a rich fruit-producing district. The inhabitants form 
 two distinct classes: the original Wahabees, belonging to the 
 Herber race, and the Arabs, who are orthodox Islamites. 
 Jebel Nefusa is said to have contained in the middle ages 300 
 villages and 235,000 inhabitants, now reduced to (54 villages 
 and 47,000 inhabitants. 
 
 NEGOTINA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. circle 
 Kraina, on a stream of same name, forming part of the 
 lioundary between Servia and Walachia, 19 m. N.E. Widin. 
 It is the seat of a court of justice, and the see of a bishop, 
 and has a church, a gymnasium, an elementary school, and 
 nmch-frequented yearly markets. Pop. 3261. 
 
 NEJ-NUDDEE, a river, India, which rises in Malwa, 
 in lat. 25° 20" N.; Ion. 75° 17' E. , flows E. through Uoondee 
 for 100 m. and joins the Chumbiil. 
 
 NE-KA-L(30, a tn. Cliina, on the shores of the Bay of 
 Hang-chu, on the N.E. shore of prov. Chekiang, near the 
 terminus of a canal, on the 1. bank of the Ningpo. Between 
 the town, or rather village (as it is but a small place), and 
 the bay tiiere is a wide mud flat, about 3 or 4 m. in extent, 
 having several wide and substantial embankments stretching 
 acroiss it parallel to the bay, and probably indicating the 
 successive tracts which have been reclaimed from the sea, 
 and converted into fertile corn-fields. Nearer the sea the 
 flats become white with a crystalline substance, which proves 
 to be .salt, and is accordingly manufactured here to a great 
 extent as a government monopoly, all the land, with the 
 salt-mounds, boiling-houses, Ac, belonging to government. 
 Smuggling is, however, carried on almost openly, the officials 
 having doubtless substantial reasons for conniving at it. 
 
 NELLOKE[add.],atn.India,presid.andl00m.N.byW. 
 Madras, cap. dist. of same name, IS. or r. bank Pennar, about 
 20 m. above its mouth on the Coroinandel coast. It stands 
 on a flat of red laterite somewhat raised above the surround- 
 ing country, and was surrounded by a rampart, and defended 
 by a fort, both of which are now in ruins. It is irregularly 
 built, and in some places crowded and confined, but it pos 
 sesses several good streets, and for a native town is on the 
 whole clean and airy. The principal public buildings are 
 the civil dispensary, the hospital, and the jail. The last 
 consists of a double range of buildings, forming two distinct 
 squares, and is calculated for 800 prisoners. Tanks and cuts 
 from the river affording ample means of irrigation, rice is 
 extensively cultivated in the vicinity. Pop. about 20,000. 
 
 NELSON [add], a prov. New Zealand, forming the 
 N.AV. portion of Middle Island or New Munster, is bounded 
 N. by Cook Strait, W. the ocean, S. Canterbury, and E. the 
 ocean and Marlborough; length, N. to S., 160 m.; greatest 
 breadth, 80 m.; area, 8,000,000 acres. The coast-line, which 
 has a sweep of about 300 m., is tolerably continuous on the 
 W., but is deeply indented in the N., particularly by Blind 
 Bay, on the S.E. shore of which Nelson the capital is situated. 
 A large part of the W. half of the prov. appears to be a 
 densely timbered alpine region, in which some lofty moun- 
 tain summits are situated. It has as yet been very partially 
 explored, but what is known goes to prove that its agricultural 
 and pastoral capabilities are not great. It promises, how- 
 ever, to yield wealth of a different kind. Iron, copper, and 
 coal are found in it, and it possesses a gold field which is 
 actually worked. Pop. 11,000, of whom only 900 are natives. 
 
 NELSON [add.], cap. of the above prov., situated at the 
 bottom of Blind Bay, on the margin of an excellent harbour, 
 beneath a circle of precipitous hills, which rise like a wall above 
 it, was founded in 1842. It consists of a number of spacious 
 streets, only partially built, and of a central square; and con- 
 tains two churches, an Episcopal and a Wesleyan, several 
 .schools, and a court-house and other public offices. One 
 great objection to Nelson is the small quantity of land avail- 
 able for cultivation in its neighbourhood, but this objection 
 will probably be overruled should its gold-field prove so ex- 
 tensive and valuable as is now confidently predicted. The 
 principal agricultural districts in the neighbourhood are in 
 the fine valley of the Waimea, a tract under high cultivation, 
 and the Motueka in a pleasant district across the bay. Pop. 
 COOO. 
 
 NELSON'S HEAD, a lofty and precipitous promontory 
 forming the southern extremity of Baring's Land, Arctic 
 Ocean, and lying nearly opposite to Cape Parry, a headland 
 on the N. coast of America; lat. 71° 5' N.; Ion. 123° W. 
 It is of limestone formation, about 850 ft. in height, and 
 rises almost perpendicularly from the water's edge. It re- 
 ceived its name from the cajjtain and officers of H.M.S. 
 Investigator, who visited it in 1850. 
 
 NEMAUK, or Nimawak, a dist. India, between lat. 21° 
 28' and 22° 25' N.; Ion. 74° 48' and 76° 45' E. It com- 
 prises a large portion of the valley of the Nerbudda and of 
 the Vindhya Monntains, is about 130 m. long from E. to W., 
 with an average breadth of 40 m., and has an estimated area 
 of 2225 sq. m. It is partly native and partly British terri- 
 tory, the latter extending only to 269 sq. m., or about an 
 eighth of the whole. Much of the soil is admirably adapted 
 for cotton, which was extensively gi'own while the Indian 
 cotton manufacture flourished. The prevalent geological 
 strata, both in the bounding ranges and on the banks of the 
 rivers, are basaltic, and are often broken into picturesque 
 forms, which, combined with the wood usually clothing them, 
 
 produce much fine scenery. Pop. about 250,000. The 
 
 TOWN, of same name, situated on the r. bank of the Nerbudda, 
 90 m. S.E. Oojein, is an unimportant place. 
 
 NEMOUKS, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 80 m. 
 S.W. Oran, on the shore of the Mediterranean. It derives 
 some importance from its proximity to the E. Marocco fron- 
 tier, from which it is only 8 m. distant, and though its har- 
 bour is .shallow and exposed, a large quantity of the produce 
 of the neighbouring districts, consisting chiefly of corn and 
 wool, is shipped at it. Pop. 985. 
 
 NEK IAD, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist. Kaira, 
 35 m. N. W. Baroda, con.sists of clean, broad, and level streets, 
 and occupies the heart of a country in which tobacco is very 
 extensively grown. Pop. about 40,000. 
 
 NERTCHINSK [add.], a tn. and circle, Ru.xsia in Asia, 
 Siberia, gov. and 540 m. E. by N. Irkutsk, in the Nertcha, 
 near its confluence with the Schilka. The town, which lies 
 so low as often to suffer from inundation, is built almost en- 
 tirely of wood, and though possessed of several churches and 
 schools, has nothing attractive in its appearance. Its inhabi- 
 tants are chiefly engaged in the fur trade. Within tlie circle, 
 among the Nertchinskoi Mountains, about 100 m from the 
 town, are the celebrated government mines, which are worked 
 by convicts. Pop. of town, 6000; of circle, 120,000. 
 
 NETAGAMU, a river, British America, which has its 
 mouth 1| m. N.W. of a group of islands of same name, off 
 the coast of Labrador, in tlie N. of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 
 towards the entrance of the Straits of Belle Isle. It is a 
 large stream with a rapid current, over a rocky bottom, and 
 with deep water both in its narrow entrance and within, till 
 the navigation is terminated by falls, which descend perpen- 
 dicularly 50 ft. on either side of an island into a basin ^ m. 
 wide. These falls are partly visible from the sea. 
 
 NETHERLANDS (Kingdom of the), [add.] The 
 following statistics, as supplementary to t-hose given in the 
 Gazetteer, will furnish a useful comparison of Ihe state and 
 progress of the kingdom of Holland. 
 
 Area and Total Population of each Pbovince of the Kingdom of 
 Holland on Dec. 31, 1861, 1863, and 1865. 
 
 Pkovincib. 
 
 geo^lqlm. I""!'-""- 
 
 Pop. 18()3. 
 
 Pop. 1865. 
 
 Brabant 
 
 Guelderland . . . 
 South Holland . . 
 North Holland . . 
 
 Zealand 
 
 Utrecht 
 
 Friesland .... 
 Overyssel .... 
 Groningen .... 
 
 Drenthe 
 
 Limburg .... 
 
 93-38 
 92-76 
 55-32 
 45-46 
 30-20 
 25-01 
 59 61 
 61-54 
 4265 
 48-42 
 40-20 
 
 411,946 
 410,464 
 635,193 
 534,119 
 170,131 
 163,333 
 278,559 
 240,209 
 211,462 
 98,509 
 218,727 
 
 418,201 
 419,996 
 651,885 
 562,504 
 173,160 
 168,429 
 282,481 
 244,.541 
 218.176 
 102.2-25 
 220,023 
 
 423,421 
 427,753 
 672,367 
 566,474 
 176,169 
 172,787 
 288,949 
 250,358 
 224,237 
 104,014 
 22-2,579 
 
 Grand Duchy of \a\x- 
 enxburg .... 
 
 594-55 
 46-60 
 
 3,372,652 
 196,804 
 
 3,461,621 
 206,245 
 
 3,529,108 
 206,574 
 
 Total .... 
 
 641-15* 
 
 3,569,456 
 
 3,667,866 
 
 3,735,682 
 
 13,464-15 English sq. m. 
 
NETHERLANDS 
 
 100 
 
 NETHERLANDS 
 
 Tlie last census of religious professions in 1859 gave the 
 following numbers: — 
 
 Protestants 
 Lutherans . 
 R. Catholics 
 
 1,942,387 1 Greeks 32 
 
 . 64,539 Jews 63,8J0 
 
 1,234,486 I Unknown 3,794 
 
 The population of the colonies in Africa, and in the East 
 and West Indies, is stated as follows: — 
 Africa. 
 Coast of Gumea (1863) 120,000 
 
 East Indian Colonies. 
 
 Java and Madura 
 Siuuatra (W. Coast) 
 Benkoelen 
 Lampougs 
 Palembang 
 Rhiow . 
 Banka . 
 BiUiton . 
 
 Fop. 1864. 
 
 13,917,368 
 
 1,107,703 
 
 120,514 
 
 93,019 
 
 527,050 
 
 30,683 
 
 54,339 
 
 15,824 
 
 Borneo 
 
 Pop. 1864. 
 (W. Coast . 354,3-29 
 tS. &E. Coast 610,679 
 
 Celebes 
 
 Moluccas — Menado 
 
 Teriiate . . . 
 
 Amboiiie . 
 
 Banda . . . 
 Timor .... 
 Bali and Lombok 
 
 298,222 
 180,418 
 92,291 
 167,273 
 111,586 
 907,184 
 863,725 
 
 West Indies. 
 
 Pop. 1865. 
 
 Curasao 19,864 
 
 Aruba 3,484 
 
 St. Mai-tin 2,771 
 
 Pop. 186.5. 
 
 Bonaire 3,579 
 
 St. Eustatius .... 1,936 
 Saba 1,809 
 
 Surinam (1864) 01,760 
 
 The number of Europeans settled in the Dutch East Indies 
 in 1864 amounted to 33,677, of whom 27.933 were born in 
 the colonies, 4478 born in Holland, and 1266 born in other 
 European countries. The number in Java and Sladura was 
 estimated at 27,1(5. 'i'hese figures are exclusive of the 
 army, which numbered 11,747. The Chinese in the same 
 colonies reached the total of 235,535, Java having 156,192 
 of them. 
 
 Trade and Commerce.— The following table exhibits the 
 shipping trade, and gives the number and tonnage of vessels 
 entered and cleared, with cargoes and in ballast, at the 
 principal and other ports in the Netherlands, in the year 
 1863 :— 
 
 
 EnTI'IRED. 
 
 Cl.£AR£U. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 With Cargoes. 
 
 In Ballast. 
 
 With Cargoes. 
 
 In BaUast. 1 
 
 
 vessels. 
 
 toD3. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 Amsterdam . . . 
 
 1,783 
 
 375,582 
 
 9 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,340 
 
 273,011 
 
 479 
 
 123,089 
 
 Edam 
 
 123 
 
 30,752 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 436 
 
 109 
 
 27,111 
 
 Helder .... 
 
 219 
 
 53,790 
 
 19 
 
 1,529 
 
 45 
 
 13,623 
 
 179 
 
 64,670 
 
 Purmerend . . 
 
 103 
 
 29,749 
 
 7 
 
 385 
 
 18 
 
 1,875 
 
 99 
 
 29,388 
 
 Zaandam .... 
 
 165 
 
 12,777 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 18 
 
 1,068 
 
 52 
 
 5,655 
 
 Dordrecht . . . 
 
 464 
 
 85,439 
 
 I 
 
 242 
 
 219 
 
 41,776 
 
 248 
 
 41,195 
 
 Rotterdam . . . 
 
 2,250 
 
 684,280 
 
 109 
 
 18,542 
 
 2,038 
 
 629,578 
 
 623 
 
 139,052 
 
 Schiedam .... 
 
 603 
 
 95,795 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 93 
 
 10,254 
 
 356 
 
 59,942 
 
 Vlaardiugen . . . 
 
 93 
 
 13,2.;5 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 54 
 
 6,213 
 
 39 
 
 6,270 
 
 Grouingen . . . 
 
 439 
 
 23,174 
 
 10 
 
 7;'.3 
 
 291 
 
 19,.';93 
 
 213 
 
 12,636 
 
 Delfzijl .... 
 
 3.54 
 
 29,573 
 
 24 
 
 1,219 
 
 40 
 
 1,784 
 
 3,33 
 
 30,430 
 
 Termuiiterzigl . . 
 
 205 
 
 11,456 
 
 39 
 
 937 
 
 38 
 
 1,311 
 
 209 
 
 7,307 
 
 Harlingen . . . 
 
 538 
 
 80,895 
 
 71 
 
 29,310 
 
 319 
 
 74,523 
 
 329 
 
 46,364 
 
 Zwolle 
 
 127 
 
 15,364 
 
 2 
 
 1,064 
 
 37 
 
 2,621 
 
 .49 
 
 4,924 
 
 Kampen .... 
 
 47 
 
 8,510 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 40 
 
 7,511 
 
 18 
 
 1,667 
 
 Middleburg . . . 
 
 40 
 
 8,232 
 
 1 
 
 45 
 
 6 
 
 1,125 
 
 85 
 
 7,237 
 
 Vlissengen . . . 
 
 40 
 
 4,187 
 
 2 
 
 147 
 
 21 
 
 2,045 
 
 35 
 
 3,638 
 
 Other Ports . . . 
 Total . . . 
 
 315 
 
 28,303 
 
 187 
 
 15,799 
 
 321 
 
 26,483 
 
 269 
 
 24,932 
 
 7,913 
 
 1,591,093 
 
 481 
 
 71,198 
 
 4,939 
 
 1,114,830 
 
 3,674 
 
 625,507 
 
 The nationality of these vessels is shown thus : — 
 
 
 
 Entered. 
 
 1 
 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 
 Nationality of 
 
 VESSEia. 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 With Cargoes. 
 
 In BaUast. 
 
 With Cargoes. 
 
 In BaUast. 
 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 vessels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 ■essels. 
 
 tons. 
 
 Dutch 
 
 3,447 
 
 616,533 
 
 164 
 
 10,235 
 
 2,386 
 
 491,743 
 
 1,363 
 
 161,668 
 
 British .... 
 
 2,171 
 
 597,035 
 
 236 
 
 58,871 
 
 1,632 
 
 510,751 
 
 815 
 
 175,738 
 
 N. American . . 
 
 24 
 
 21,881 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 8 
 
 5,155 
 
 17 
 
 15,609 
 
 French .... 
 
 92 
 
 9,905 
 
 1 
 
 49 
 
 41 
 
 4,345 
 
 64 
 
 6,357 
 
 Russian .... 
 
 16 
 
 3,352 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 10 
 
 1,534 
 
 13 
 
 2,918 
 
 Swedish .... 
 
 71 
 
 17,422 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 27 
 
 5,776 
 
 39 
 
 11,300 
 
 Norwegian . . . 
 
 644 
 
 154,494 
 
 — 
 
 __ 
 
 148 
 
 24,291 
 
 526 
 
 144,337 
 
 Danish .... 
 
 257 
 
 27,161 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 85 
 
 8,380 
 
 175 
 
 18,028 
 
 Prussian .... 
 
 201 
 
 43,806 
 
 — 
 
 . — 
 
 61 
 
 15.056 
 
 130 
 
 29,969 
 
 Hanoverian . . . 
 
 724 
 
 40,114 
 
 75 
 
 1,905 
 
 460 
 
 26,567 
 
 364 
 
 20,453 
 
 Mecklenburg . . 
 
 78 
 
 18,638 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 9 
 
 3,228 
 
 68 
 
 16,224 
 
 Oldenburg . . , 
 
 77 
 
 3,945 
 
 5 
 
 138 
 
 27 
 
 1,437 
 
 62 
 
 2,984 
 
 Bremen .... 
 
 17 
 
 8,666 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 11 
 
 5,637 
 
 6 
 
 2,475 
 
 Hamburg. . . . 
 
 49 
 
 17,545 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 20 
 
 6,240 
 
 24 
 
 10,215 
 
 Spanish .... 
 
 5 
 
 796 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 91 
 
 4 
 
 707 
 
 Italian .... 
 
 20 
 
 4,925 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 9 
 
 3,538 
 
 13 
 
 3,668 
 
 Other Countries . 
 Total . . . 
 
 20 
 
 4,825 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 4 
 
 1,061 
 
 12 
 
 2,857 
 
 7,913 
 
 1,591,093 
 
 481 
 
 71,198 
 
 4,939 
 
 1,114,830 
 
 3,674 
 
 625,507 
 
 The number of merchant vessels belonging to Holland on 
 Dec. 31, 1863, was 2231, of 539,844 tons; of these 40 were 
 steamers, of 13,994 tons. 
 
 The extent of the commerce of the kingdom of Holland is 
 shown in the following statement of the imports and exports 
 in each of the years 1861, 1862, 1863:— 
 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Exports. 
 
 1861 . 
 
 . . £.39,097,456 . 
 
 . £22,800,942 
 
 1862 . 
 
 . . 37,132,289 . 
 
 . 21,141,334 
 
 1863 . 
 
 . . 36,869,909 . 
 
 . 23,956,634 
 
 The quantities and value of the principal articles of the 
 import and export trade of Holland in the year 1863 are 
 stated in the subjoined tables : — 
 
 Imports. 
 
 Ashes .... 
 Chemicals . 
 Coffee 
 Copper 
 Cotton 
 Drugs. 
 
 Grain and Meal 
 Hemp 
 
 Hides .... 
 Indigo 
 
 Iron — Raw, Cast, &c. 
 — Nails 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 Ponds. 
 
 10,912,981 
 
 69,908,346 
 
 2,508,032 
 
 21,873,823 
 
 3,563,103 
 
 805,450 
 5,684,017 
 
 Value. 
 
 Gulden. 
 
 2,837,375 
 
 1,.331,974 
 30,759,671 
 
 5,147,902 
 13,124.293 
 
 7,216,135 
 40,489,987 
 
 1,425,241 
 11,703,126 
 
 4,832,700 
 14.005,353 
 
 1,705,385 
 
NETHERLANDS 
 
 101 
 
 NEUMARKT 
 
 Imports — Continued. 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 Ii-oii — Othei- Sorts 
 Lead . 
 
 llauganese . 
 Manufactures — Cotton 
 
 — Woollen 
 
 — Silk 
 Rice . 
 
 Silk . 
 
 Sfielter or Zinc . 
 
 Sugar. 
 
 Tobacco 
 
 Tea . 
 
 Tin . 
 
 Wine . 
 
 Wool . 
 
 Yarn — Cotton . 
 
 — Lineu 
 
 — Woollen and Silk 
 
 18,2.36,050 
 
 40,506,024 
 246,398 
 12,456,199 
 119,015,861 
 21,531,008 
 2,406,702 
 3,700,340 
 
 5,655,645 
 
 Value. 
 
 Gulden. 
 
 4,794,836 
 
 1,875,514 
 
 2,735,408 
 
 16,367,246 
 
 12,330,4-23 
 
 4,276,377 
 
 12,151,987 
 
 2,956,776 
 
 3,114,050 
 
 41,055,553 
 
 10,765,508 
 
 6,016,758 
 
 3,700,340 
 
 6,721,922 
 
 6,786,774 
 
 8.175,710 
 
 4,736,373 
 
 10,512,686 
 
 Exports. 
 
 Articles. 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 Value. 
 
 
 
 
 Gulden. 
 
 Butter . 
 
 Ponds. 
 
 14,512,020 
 
 11,609,614 
 
 Cheese 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 27,837,383 
 
 9,743,085 
 
 Coffee 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 56,164,5.39 
 
 24,712,400 
 
 Copper . 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 2,951,693 
 
 2,951,693 
 
 Cotton . 
 
 
 „ 
 
 17,129,746 
 
 10,277,848 
 
 Flax 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 20,258,979 
 
 14,181,287 
 
 Gold and Silver 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 16,b26,230 
 
 Grain— Wheat 
 
 
 Lasts.* 
 
 11,919 
 
 3,575,700 
 
 — Rye . 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 8,095 
 
 1,619,000 
 
 — Barley 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 13,6.59 
 
 2,185,440 
 
 — Oats . 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 22,660 
 
 2,492,600 
 
 Hides— Ran- . 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 6,467,281 
 
 — Prepared 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 2,653,809 
 
 Indigo 
 
 
 Ponds. 
 
 777,577 
 
 4,665,462 
 
 Iron— Pig 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 2,266,865 
 
 — Forged . 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 3,357,977 
 
 Live Stock — Horned Cal 
 
 tie No. 
 
 106,199 
 
 8,495,920 
 
 — Other Kind 
 
 3 ,, 
 
 436,580 
 
 6,463,865 
 
 Iron Wares 
 
 
 — • 
 
 3,313,366 
 
 Manufactures— Silk 
 
 
 — . 
 
 2,080,118 
 
 — Cotton 
 
 
 — 
 
 15,557,494 
 
 — Lineu 
 
 
 — 
 
 1,998,211 
 
 — Hosiery 
 
 
 — 
 
 2,240,088 
 
 — Woollen 
 
 
 — 
 
 429,310 
 
 — Other Ki 
 
 nds . 
 
 — 
 
 4,499,119 
 
 Palm Oil 
 
 Ponds. 
 
 6,.5.58,219 
 
 3,279,111 
 
 Rice 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 16,.521,363 
 
 4,956,409 
 
 Silk . 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 342,009 
 
 4,104,108 
 
 Spirits 
 
 
 Kaniier. t 
 
 23,074,414 
 
 5,772,732 
 
 Sugar — Raw . 
 
 
 Ponds. 
 
 30,319,920 
 
 12,711,975 
 
 — Refined 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 63,731,703 
 
 25,602,460 
 
 Tin . 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 3,674,098 
 
 3,674,098 
 
 Tobacco — Leaf 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 14,276,037 
 
 7,138,324 
 
 — Cigars 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 384,711 
 
 1,538,844 
 
 Wool 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 6,257,015 
 
 7,508,418 
 
 \ am —Cotton Undved 
 
 ,, 
 
 1,5.57,763 
 
 1,869,315 
 
 - „ Dyetl 
 
 
 — 
 
 1,404,349 
 
 — Woollen and Silk 
 
 
 — 
 
 10,964,716 
 
 Zinc or Spelter 
 
 Ponds. 
 
 11,966,146 
 
 2,991,540 
 
 * 1 Last = lOJ quarters. f 1 Kanue = 1} pint. 
 
 Agriculture, &c. — The live stock of various kinds possessed 
 in Holland in the years 1862-1864 is thus enumerated: — 
 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1864. 
 
 Horses . . , No. 
 
 249,800 
 
 254,336 
 
 255,237 
 
 Cattle— Total 
 
 
 1,374,030 
 
 1,380,.579 
 
 1,333,887 
 
 Bulls . 
 
 
 
 15,098 
 
 14,852 
 
 13,579 
 
 Oxen 
 
 
 
 57,258 
 
 66,425 
 
 52,711 
 
 Cows . 
 
 
 
 958,955 
 
 968,249 
 
 043,214 
 
 Calves . 
 
 
 
 341,368 
 
 341,051 
 
 313,604 
 
 Sheep 
 
 
 
 882,139 
 
 893,628 
 
 930,136 
 
 Pigs . 
 
 
 
 278,656 
 
 299,055 
 
 294,6.i6 
 
 Goats. 
 
 
 125,330 
 
 122,326 
 
 120,450 
 
 The principal descriptions of agricultural produce raised in 
 Holland in the years 1860, 1861, and 1862, are stated in the 
 following quantities, which are given in Dutch measures — 
 tlie mud = 2f bushels, and the pond = 2 -2 lbs. avoirdupois:— 
 
 Kinds of Produce. 
 
 1860. 
 
 1861. 
 
 18(12. 
 
 CoKN — 
 
 Wheat . . Mud. 
 Rye . . . „ 
 Buckwheat . ,, 
 Barley . . ,, 
 Oats . . . , 
 
 1,772,233 
 3,749,290 
 1,201,590 
 1,579,384 
 3,260,682 
 
 1,538,158 
 3,075,082 
 1,382,875 
 1,342,785 
 3,470,300 
 
 1,471,393 
 3,191,688 
 1,202,088 
 1,325,386 
 3,742,258 
 
 Kinds of Produce. 
 
 Pulse — 
 Pease . 
 Beans 
 
 Potatoes 
 
 Turnips 
 
 Chicory 
 Madder 
 
 Clover 
 
 Hemp 
 
 Flax . 
 
 Tobacco . 
 
 Seeds — 
 Hemp 
 Cabbage 
 Linseed 
 Mustard 
 Bird . 
 
 ( Pond. 
 
 ( ,. 
 I Mud. 
 . Pond. 
 t Mud. 
 t Pond. 
 
 500,678 
 
 704,033 
 
 11,654,910 
 
 209,505 
 
 26,000 
 
 22,215,830 
 
 7,585,325 
 
 32,950,618 
 
 1,115 
 
 112,477,440 
 
 5,731,323 
 
 1,491,112 
 
 3,367,830 
 
 84,936 
 448,642 
 101,226 
 26,697 
 32,419 
 
 167,108 
 
 638,150 
 
 6,475,442 
 
 503,024 
 
 289,000 
 
 17,533,931 
 
 7,063,289 
 
 47,962,370 
 
 4,557 
 
 1,053,251 
 
 7,284 
 
 7,819,357 
 
 2,294,254 
 
 Pond. 25,205 
 
 437,478 
 
 Pond. 110,906 
 
 21,214 
 
 27,696 
 
 205,083 
 
 665,277 
 
 15,910,007 
 
 1,362,243 
 
 305,200 
 
 23,807,138 
 
 9,888,330 
 
 18,360,112 
 
 13,149 
 
 2,952,426 
 
 152,672 
 
 9,705,293 
 
 1,431,307 
 
 19,425 
 
 668,916 
 
 Pond. 92,227 
 
 18,113 
 
 8,561 
 
 Finance, <fec. — The various branches of the revenue and 
 expenditure of the kingdom of Holland, as stated in the 
 budget for 186-1, are a.s follows: — 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 Gulden. 
 
 Direct Taxes 20,749,850 
 
 Excise 18.080,000 
 
 Indirect Taxes 12,489,000 
 
 Customs and Shipping Dues .... 3,939,936 
 
 Stamp on Plate 256,500 
 
 Domains 1,259,400 
 
 Post and Telegraphs 2,405,700 
 
 Lottery 410.000 
 
 Licenses for Hunting and Fishing . . . 100,000 
 
 — Mines 598 
 
 Miscellaneous 11,553,965 
 
 Belgian Instalment 400,000 
 
 Repayments from Colonies .... 9,800,000 
 
 Excess of Funds for Colonial Administration 19,463,000 
 
 Balance of Reveiuie of Past Yeare . . . 2,825,000 
 
 rr^t.,, (Gulden 103,732,949 
 
 ^°'^'^' \ £8,644,412 
 
 Expenditure. 
 
 Gulden. 
 
 Royal Household 900,000 
 
 High Colleges and Cabinet .... 598,029 
 
 Ministry of Foreign Affairs .... 598,050 
 
 — Justice 2,933,744 
 
 — Interior 24,278,387 
 
 — Protestant Religion . . . 1,752,886 
 
 — Roman Catholic Religion . , 668,673 
 
 — Navy 8,739,953 
 
 — Finance 6,749,200 
 
 — War 12,733,000 
 
 National Debt 39,976,977 
 
 Colonial Department 2,925,073 
 
 Miscellaneous 50,000 
 
 rr„(.„, ( Gulden 102,893,972 
 
 ^"^^^ ■ • • • \ £8,574,497 
 
 The amount of the public debt of the kingdom of Holland 
 was in 1862, £85,779,715; in 1863, £82,251,581; and in 
 1864, £84.602,423. 
 
 N EUDOKF, or Ryerges-TJjfala, a tn. Austrian empire, 
 Hungary, co. Gran, on the Danube; with 1470 inhabitants, 
 wiio grow excellent wine, and have both coal mines and 
 marble quarries. The Roman station Villa stood here, and 
 many Roman coins are found near it. 
 
 NEUDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 about 20 m. E.N.E. Eger; with a church, mineral springs, 
 and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 NEUUOIJFL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 14 m. N.W. Oedenburg, on the Leitha, and on the railway to 
 Vienna; with a mineral spring, and 1300 R. Catholic inhabi- 
 tants, who are chiefly employed in preparing wood for 
 matches. 
 
 NEUHAMMER, atn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 24 m. N.E. Eger; witli a church, manufactures of wire, 
 and a mill. Coal is worked in the vicinity. Pop. 1500. 
 
 NEUMARKT, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, 
 26 m. W. Linz; with a town hospital, woollen manufactures, 
 and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 NEUMARKT, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 New Sandec, cap. dist. of same name, at the confluence of 
 the Black and the White Dunajec, 38 m. S. Cracow. It has 
 
NEUSATZ 
 
 102 
 
 NEW BEDFORD 
 
 an old church, which, though built of wood in 1219, is still 
 in good condition; a high-school, and !i considerable trade in 
 wine and linen. Pop. 3459. 
 
 NEUSATZ [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, cap. 
 circle of same name, 1. bank Danube, opposite to Peterwar- 
 dein, 76 m. 8.W. Temesvar. It is a royal free town, is the 
 see of anon-united Greek bishop, and the seat of a Protestant 
 consistory, and has ten churches — two of them evangelical 
 Protestant, one Armenian, five Greek, and two R. Catholic — 
 a synagogue, a handsome townhouse, an under gymnasium, 
 a brewery, and an important trade partly in wine and fruit. 
 On 11th June, 1849, Neusatz was stormed by the Ban Jella- 
 lich, and suffered dreadfully. Pop. 15,822. 
 
 NEUSTADT, atn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and W. Kronstadt; with a Protestant church, large potteries, 
 a trade in flax, and 2060 inhabitants. 
 
 NEUSTIFT, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle. Upper Wienerwald; with a parish church, iron and 
 other mills, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 NEUTITSCHEIN [uld.] a tn. Austrian empire, Mo- 
 ravia, cap. circle of same name, in a beautiful and fertile 
 country, 64 m. N.E, Briinn, on the Titsch, an affluent of the 
 Oder. It consists of the town proper and five suburbs, is the 
 seat of several important public offices, and has three churches 
 — one of them a deanery church, built in the Byzantine style, 
 and surmounted by two lofty towers; an ancient castle, a 
 townhouse, a high and other schools, a town hospital, an 
 infirmary, and an asylum for children. The manufactures 
 consist chiefly of woollen and linen goods, plain and dyed, 
 and there are four important yearly markets. Pop. 7907. 
 — Old Titschein, about 2 m. off, contains an ancient parish 
 church and two castles, one of them a ruhi, and has 800 
 inhabitants. — The circle of Neiititschein, bounded N. by 
 Austria, Prussia, and Silesia, E. Hungary, S. Hradish, and 
 W. Olmutz, has an area of 927 geo. sq. m., and a population 
 of 261,539, of whom 20,518 are Protestants, and 3363 Jews. 
 
 NEVADA, a territory, U. States, formed in 1861 out of 
 the W. part of Utah and portions of California, is bounded 
 N. by the parallel of 42° N., E. by the meridian of 116° W., 
 S. by the parallel of 37° N. as far W. as the watershed be- 
 tween the valley of the (Larson and the Pacific, and W. by 
 this watershed as far as the parallel of 41°, and from thence 
 due N. to the parallel of 42°. Its finest portion is the val- 
 ley of the Carson, which is celebrated alike for its fertility 
 and for its mineral wealth, particularly in silver. The gold 
 and silver fields are also found stretching from the Washoe 
 in the S. W. part of the territory across it from W. to E., and 
 radiating N. and S. from the great central discoveries of 
 Washoe. It was estimated, in August, 1862, that there were 
 in Nevada 140 crushing-mills in operation. In some places 
 boulders of quartz are said to lie upon the surface from 3 
 to 5 m. in extent, and to be rich in silver. Obsidian also, 
 resembling coarse glass, is found upon the surface; and in 
 .some districts hollow boulders are coated inside with a stone 
 resembling fine agate, of various colours. Bituminous coal 
 and salt have been discovered; and the soil, which is in some 
 districts extremely dry and barren, and covered with wild 
 .sage, contains much alkali. Besides its resources in the 
 precious metals and useful minerals, the territory like- 
 wise possesses considerable agricultural capacities scattered 
 throughout its mineral ranges. Carson city is the capital. 
 The estimated area is 83,500 sq. m., and the estimated white 
 population in 1863, 40,000. 
 
 NEVIANSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 175 m. E.S.E. 
 Perm, near the source of the Neva in the Oural Mountains, 
 in a district which is almost a continuous forest. It is one 
 of the oldest mining establishments in the Oural, having 
 been founded about 1702 by the first Demidoff, who built its 
 castle and made it the family residence, which it long con- 
 tinued to be. Extended by his successor, it grew into a 
 magnificent mansion; and though much curtailed and par- 
 tially demolished by the caprice of one of his descendants, 
 still contains several splendid apartments. About 200 yards 
 from the castle is a fine brick tower, much outr of the perpen- 
 dicular. At one time all the silver brought from the Altai 
 was refined within, it. The zavod and mines of Neviansk 
 have belonged for nearly a century to the Yakovlif family. 
 Very good bar-iron is made here from a mixture of common 
 v.ith magnetic iron ore. Large quantities of painted iron- 
 
 ware, sent to the fair at Irbit, find their way to every part 
 of Siberia. Pop of Neviansk, 18,000. 
 
 NEVREKOP, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 78 m. 
 N.E. Saloniki, on the Kara-su or Strymon, at the foot of the 
 Arnaiit Balkan. It is surrounded with walls, and has a pop. 
 of 2500. 
 
 NEW ALBANY [add.], a tn. U. States, Indiana, cap. 
 CO. Floyd, on the Ohio, opposite to Portland, in Kentucky, 
 and on the Louisville, New Albany, and Chicago railway, 
 10 m. N.W. Louisville. It stands on an elevated bank, is 
 well laid out in wide paved streets, and contains 22 churches, 
 a college, and a collegiate institute. The chief industrial 
 establishments are steam-boat building-yards and foundries. 
 At commodious wharves, made suitable for the largest 
 steamers, an active and rapidly increasing trade is carried on. 
 Pop. (1860), 12,647. 
 
 NEWARK [add.], two places, U. States: — 1, Atn. New 
 Jersey, cap. co. Essex, on the W. bank of the Pas.saic, on 
 the Morris canal, and on lines of railway connecting it with 
 New York, Philadelphia, and other quarters, 19 m. W. New 
 York. It covers an area of nearly 5 sq. m., and consists 
 generally of wide and airy streets, and of three spacious 
 squares or parks. Broad Street, the principal thoroughfare, 
 2\ m. long and 132 ft. wide, is a handsome avenue, shaded 
 with majestic elms and lined with numerous elegant mansions. 
 The central park is in like manner embowered among tower- 
 ing elms, and surrounded by the residences of many of the 
 wealthy inhabitants. The public buildings include 58 
 churches, of which no fewer than 12 are German; a custom- 
 house and post-office, erected at the expense of the general 
 government; a savings-bank, a high-.school, an academy, two 
 orphan asylums, and an almshouse. In the vicinity are 
 several cemeteries, one of which occupies 40 acres, and is 
 laid out in winding avenues, shaded by ornamental trees and 
 flowering shrubs. The manufactures consist chiefly of 
 leather, common, patent, and enamelled shoes, wheels and 
 carriages, plated ware, jewellery, saddlery, tools, cutlery, 
 locks, railings, mattresses, hangings, patent or enamelled 
 cloth, hats, castings, brass and malleable iron, machinery, 
 needles, buttons, type-metal and printing, cement and chemi- 
 cals, ale, and lager beer. The trade is chiefly confined to the 
 above articles of manufacture. The real and personal pro- 
 perty of the place is estimated at £6,300,000. Pop. (I860), 
 71,941. — 2, Atn. Ohio, cap. co. Licking, at the confluence 
 of three branches of the Licking, on the Ohio canal, and on 
 the Sandusky, Mansfield, and Newark, and the Ohio Central 
 railways, 30 m. E.N.E. Columbus. It contains eight churches, 
 and has in its vicinity quarries of sandstone, a coalfield, which 
 is extensively worked, and a number of coal-oil factories. 
 Pop. (1860), 4675. 
 
 NEW BEDFORD [add.], a tn. U. States, Massachu- 
 setts, one of the capitals of co. Bristol, on Buzzard's Bay, and 
 on the New Bedford and Taunton and the Fairhaven branch 
 of the Boston railway, 50 m. S. Boston. It is built along 
 the W. side of the Acushnet, which is here crossed by a 
 bridge communicating with Fairhaven ; and contains 24 
 churches, a handsome city-hall in the Doric style, a custom- 
 house, a lyceum, several excellent private academies, a public 
 library of 13,500 vols., an orphans' home, a house of correc- 
 tion, and an almshouse capable of admitting 400 inmates. 
 Most of the public edifices are built of granite, and not a 
 few of the private houses are remarkable for eleganjce. The 
 principal manufactures are cotton yarn and cotton cloth, hoop 
 iron, oil, soap, candles, screws, rivets, castings, paper-hang- 
 ings, and Prussian blue, but for a long period the whale 
 fishery has been the staple business of the place. It began 
 to be prosecuted here as early as 1755, and though pros- 
 trated first by the war of the Revolution, and subsequently 
 by that of 1812, is still the centre of the whale fishery in the 
 U. States. On the 1st of January, 1860, the number of ves- 
 sels in the district of Avhich New Bedford is the port of 
 entry, was 547, measuring 151,473 tons. Of this number, 
 301, measuring, 103, 564, belonging to this place alone, were 
 employed in the whale fishery, the aggregate products of 
 which for the whole district were, in 1859, 2,236,438 gal- 
 lons sperm-oil, v.ilued at £575,093; 4,715,583 gallons whale- 
 oil, value £509,315; and 2,010,882 lbs. whalebone, value 
 £258,024. According to the valuation of real estate and 
 personal property, New Bedford is the wealthiest community 
 
NEW BRITAIN 
 
 103 
 
 NEW ORLEANS 
 
 in the U. iStates, in proportion to the number of its inhabi- 
 tants. Pop. (1800), 22,300. 
 
 ^'EW BRITAIN, a post-borough and township, U. 
 States, Connecticut, on tlie Providence and FisliUill railway, 
 10 m. S. Hartford. It contains six cliurclies and a state 
 normal school, and has extensive manufactures of stockinet 
 goods, bank and safe locks, jewellery, hooks and eyes, 
 cabinet hardware, harness trimmings, rules, plumbs, and 
 levels. One of its establishments for the manufacture of 
 locks, house trimmings, and general hardware, is the largest 
 and most complete of its kind in the States. Pop. (1860), 
 5212. 
 
 NEWCASTLE, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Durham, on the N. side of Lake Ontario, and on the 
 Grand Trunk railway, 42 m. E.N.E. Toronto. It possesses 
 two churches and an academy, marble-works, a tannery, a 
 foundry, and a coiisiderable general as well as lumber trade. 
 Pop. about 1250. 
 
 NEWCJASTLE, a tn. British America, New Brunswick, 
 cap. CO. Northumberland, on the Miramichi, about 15 m. 
 above its mouth. It is agreeably and advantageously situ- 
 ated, contains a court-house and jail, two churches, and 
 some other good buildings, and has nearly 6 fathoms water 
 at its wharves. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 NEW-CHWANG, or Neu chewang. See Yxng-tszu. 
 
 NEW GLASGOW, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Terrebonne, on the Achigan, 30 m. N. Montreal. It 
 contains a Protestant and a li. Catholic church, possesses 
 several tanneries, and carries on a large trade in lumber. 
 Pop. about 1800. 
 
 NEW HAMBURG, a tn. British America, Canada 
 West, CO. Waterloo, on the Grand Trunk railway, 65 m. 
 W.S.W. Toronto. It contains two churches — a Church of 
 England and a German Lutheran; and possesses a pottery, a 
 tannery, a cloth factory, a brewery, and a distillery. The 
 trade is, however, mostly local. Pop. about 1100. 
 
 NEW HARMONY, a In. U. States, Indiana, on the 
 Wabash, 50 m. above its mouth, 140 m. S.W. Iiidian- 
 opolis. It was built by the Harmonists under George Eapp, 
 in 1815, and purchased from them, in 1825, by Robert Owen 
 of New Lanark, who, after failing in an attempt to establish 
 his so-called social system, sold it to a William Maclure, who 
 converted it into a school of industry. This scheme, failing 
 like the others, was abandoned at the end of six years, and 
 the place began to decline. It is said to be again improving, 
 and now contains an Episcopal and a Methodist church, a 
 large schoolhouse, a working men's institute, a hall used as a 
 theatre, three steam mills, and two distilleries. Pork and 
 whisky are its principal exports. Pop. 825. 
 
 NEW LEBANON SPRINGS, a vil. U. States, New 
 York, in the township of same name, 20 m. S.E. Albany. 
 Jt contains two churches and a female seminary, and is noted 
 for its thermal springs, which have at all seasons a uniform 
 t'^mperature of 73°, and contain as their chief ingredients 
 chloride of sodium, chloride of calcium, and carbonate and 
 sulphate' of lime. The springs are so copious as not only to 
 supply several baths, but to keep two or three mills running 
 throughout the year. In the township is a large Shaker 
 establishment of about 500 persons, owning about 4000 acres 
 of land. Pop. 2187. 
 
 NEW LIVERPOOL, a tn. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Levi, r. bank St. Lawrence, about 7 m. above 
 Quebec. It contains a R. Catholic church, and carries on a 
 very extensive trade in lumber. Pop. about 1800. 
 
 NEW LONDON, a tn. and port of entry, U. States, 
 Connecticut, r. bank Thames, 3 m. above its mouth in 
 Long Island Sound, and on the New London, Willimantic, 
 and Palmer, and on the New York and Boston railways. It 
 consists of two portions — an older, which possesses few 
 attractions ; and a more modern, which is regularly formed, 
 contains many handsome residences, partly for the accom- 
 modation of summer visitors attracted by the beauties of the 
 surrounding scenery. Among the public edifices area hand- 
 some granite custom-house, city buildings containing also the 
 post-office, court-house, and other county offices, ten churches, 
 a female academy, a high-school, and a public library. The 
 chief industrial establishments are cotton factories, steam 
 saw-mills, foundries, and machine and nail shops. There is 
 also a building yard, at which a few vessels are built. The 
 
 harbour, which is 3 m, long, 5 fathoms deep, well sheltered, 
 and seldom obstructed by ice, is one of the best in the U. 
 States. It is also well defended at its entrance by Fort 
 Trumbull, which has been entirely rebuilt since 1840, mounts 
 80 pieces of heavy ordnance, and can accommodate a garrison 
 of 800 men. The coasting trade and fisheries of New Lon- 
 don are important. In 1860 the shipping of the district 
 amounted to 37,490 tons, of which the whale fishery employed 
 13,066, the cod fishery 4957, and the coasting trade 15,000. 
 Pop. (1860), 10,116. 
 
 NEWMARKET, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. York, on the Ontario, Simcoe, and Lake Huron railway, 
 26 m. N. Toronto. It contains four churches and a gram- 
 mar school, and has manufactures of stoves and water pumps, 
 and of copper, tin, and sheet-iron ware, a rope-walk, a tan- 
 nery, and marble works. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 NEW MILFORD, a vil. U. States, Connecticut, S. 
 bank Housatonie, and on the Housatonic railway, 30 m. N. 
 by W. Bridport. It consists of wide and well-formed streets, 
 and contains four churches, a cotton and two woollen fac- 
 tories, paper, fulling, and flour mills, and several tanneries. 
 Pop. (I860), 3535. 
 
 NEW" ORLEANS [add.] The close of the civil war, 
 during which New Orleans was captured and held for a long 
 time by northern troops, has relieved it from the prostrate 
 condition to which it was reduced, and to a certain extent 
 caused a revival of the trade which previously existed in it 
 as a port. But. it will necessarily be long before its staple 
 trade in cotton can be fully restored. Previous to the war 
 one-half of the total crop of cotton passed through the New 
 Orleans market— namely, 1,849,312 bales, out of 3,699,920; 
 but in 1865 the quantity in the market was only 271,015 
 bales. Two wants will have to be supplied to the cotton and 
 sugar planters before the production can approach that pre- 
 vious to the outbreak of the war — the want of capital and 
 the want of labour. With regard to the latter, it is said that 
 the free negroes in many parts of Louisiana, Mississippi, and 
 Texas are coming forwai-d largely to make labour contracts, 
 and in many instances are returning to their old masters. 
 This is a hopeful sign. Many of the plantations are being 
 let at low rents, and some have been sold or let to men from 
 the northern states; but there a])pears to be a greater dis- 
 position to rent cotton than sugar plantatior.s, the capital 
 required for carrying on the cultivation of the former being 
 much less than that necessary for the successful culture of 
 sugar, and the sugar crop is attended with much more uncer- 
 tainty than that of cotton. The experiment of white labour 
 is being tried on a small scale by means of German immi- 
 grants, but it is considered doubtful whether white men can 
 do field labour with effect in the summei; months. The city 
 of New Orleans itself has always been considered abroad as 
 being unhealthy. Unhealthy seasons occur, and the sum- 
 mer climate is unsuited to some European constitutions; but 
 many foreigners enjoy excellent health in New Orleans all 
 the year round. The great scourge of the city has been the 
 yellow fever; but it has been quite free from it for several 
 years, owing probably in some measure to the quarantine 
 regulations, which are strictly enforced from May to Novem- 
 ber, and have prevented this contagious disease from being 
 introduced from the gulf ports. 
 
 The revival of trade in the year 1865 was characterized by 
 quantities of goods being thrown into the market for distri- 
 bution in the country districts, which had been for four years 
 without supplies of foreign or northern merchandise, except 
 such as they received through the blockaded ports. The prin- 
 cipal part of this revived trade was in articles received from 
 New York and Boston. The principal trade carried on in 
 British vessels up to the time of the closing of the war, was 
 almost confined to what is called the gulf trade. After that 
 vessels arrived in some numbers direct from English and 
 French ports, bringing principally salt, coal, and wine, and 
 receiving in return cargoes of cotton. The number, tonnage, 
 and crews of British vessels entered and cleared at the port in 
 the year 1865 were as follows: — 
 
 Entered. I Clearfd. 
 
 Vessels. Tonnage. Crews. Vessels. Tonnage. Crews. 
 
 265 52,218 2552 | 270 43,831 2,352 
 
 The total number of vessels arriving at the port in the same 
 commercial year (ending August 31) was 1449, besides 1481 
 
NEW ORLEANS 
 
 104 
 
 NEW ZEALAND 
 
 steamboats from the interior. The export trade is that on 
 which New Orleans principally relies, and of tliis cotton con- 
 stitutes the most important article. The following table 
 exhibits the cotton exports for the past ten years to various 
 countries : — 
 
 
 
 
 North 
 
 South of 
 
 
 
 
 Great Britain. 
 
 France. 
 
 of 
 Europe. 
 
 Europe, 
 Mexico, &c. 
 
 Coastwise. 
 
 Total. 
 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Ea'es. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 Bales. 
 
 1856 
 
 986,622 
 
 244,814 
 
 162,675 
 
 178,81-2 
 
 222,100 
 
 1,795,023 
 
 1857 
 
 749,485 
 
 258,163 
 
 156,450 
 
 129,619 
 
 223,204 
 
 1,516,921 
 
 1858 
 
 1,016,716 
 
 236,596 
 
 116,304 
 
 12.5,454 
 
 164,637 
 
 
 1859 
 
 994,696 
 
 256,447 
 
 182,475 
 
 146,963 
 
 196,.590 
 
 1,777,171 
 
 1860 
 
 1,426,966 
 
 313,291 
 
 136,135 
 
 129,270 
 
 208,634 
 
 2,214,296 
 
 1861 
 
 1,159,348 
 
 388,925 
 
 12:2,042 
 
 113,358 
 
 132,179 
 
 1,915,852 
 
 1862 
 
 1,312 
 
 472 
 
 — 
 
 21,571 
 
 4,323 
 
 27,678 
 
 1863 
 
 2,070 
 
 1,849 
 
 — 
 
 372 
 
 19,459 
 
 23,750 
 
 1864 
 
 1,155 
 
 4,023 
 
 — 
 
 307 
 
 122,645 
 
 128,130 
 
 1865 
 
 21,326 
 
 5,952 
 
 402 
 
 167 
 
 164,504 
 
 192,351 
 
 The following statistics will also be interesting as showing 
 the effects of the war upon the other principal articles of the 
 export trade of New Orleans during the five years ending 
 August 31, 1865; it being premised that the tobacco export 
 in the preceding year (1860) amounted to 82,680 hhds. : — 
 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 Sugar. 
 
 Molasses. 
 
 
 hhds. 
 
 hhds. 
 
 brls. 
 
 hh4s. 
 
 brls. 
 
 1861 
 
 39,806 
 
 42,163 
 
 4,724 
 
 185 
 
 122,512 
 
 1862 
 
 2,224 
 
 86,372 
 
 4,773 
 
 — 
 
 78,878 
 
 1863 
 
 12,556 
 
 98,266 
 
 9,969 
 
 — 
 
 187,143 
 
 1864 
 
 799 
 
 39,48i 
 
 2,071 
 
 — 
 
 83,533 
 
 1865 
 
 1,831 
 
 882 
 
 217 
 
 1 
 
 5,266 
 
 The subjoined comparative view of the prices per lb. of 
 • middling' cotton at New Orleans on the first day of each 
 month in the same five years will also have its interest : — 
 
 
 1860-1. 
 
 1861-2. 
 
 1862-3. 
 
 186.3-4. 
 
 1864-5. 
 
 
 cents. 
 
 certs. 
 
 cents. 
 
 cents. 
 
 cents. 
 
 September. 
 
 lOltolO^ 
 
 9 to 10 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 October.... 
 
 lOi „ lOJ 
 
 8i„ 9 
 
 — . 
 
 62 to 68 
 
 161 to 163 
 
 November. 
 
 lli ., lU 
 
 9 „ 9i 
 
 64 
 
 65 „ 73 119 „ 120 
 
 December. . 
 
 10 „ lOJ 
 
 lOf „ 11 
 
 541 
 
 71 „ 72 
 
 127 „ 128 
 
 January . . 
 
 1U„ 12 
 
 10 „ 11 
 
 53 
 
 72 „ 73 
 
 118 „ 120 
 
 February . . 
 
 m „ "t 
 
 10 „ 11 
 
 62 
 
 76 „ 77 
 
 68 „ 70 
 
 March .... 
 
 loa „ Hi 
 
 11 
 
 80 
 
 72 „ 73 
 
 75 
 
 April 
 
 12;- „ 12| 
 
 Qi „ 10^ 
 
 72 
 
 70 
 
 — 
 
 May 
 
 101 ,, 11 
 
 — 
 
 60 
 
 82 „ 83 
 
 35,, 36 
 
 June 
 
 IH 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 92 „ 93 
 
 42 „ 43 
 
 July 
 
 10 „ lOJ 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 160 
 
 40 
 
 August, . . . 
 
 10 „ 11 
 
 — 
 
 53 
 
 160 „ 163 
 
 42 „ 44 
 
 NEW PLYMOUTH, New Zealand, cap. prov. Taranaki, 
 New Ulster, beautifully situated on the W. coast among 
 gentle hills, and watered by numerous small streams, was a 
 thriving settlement, with a granite church and chapels, and 
 several stores, breweries, and mills. These still remain, but 
 the rural beauties, wliich constituted one of its chief attrac- 
 tions, have almost disappeared amid the ravages of war. 
 Many of its peaceful homesteads have been sacked and burned 
 down by the natives; and the careful cultivation which caused 
 it to be familiarly talked of as the garden of New Zealand, 
 was necessarily abandoned while the settlers were obliged to 
 concentrate all their efforts on the defence of the town. 
 
 NEWPORT, two places, U. States:—!, A tn. and portof 
 entry, Rhode Island, cap. co. of same name, on Narraganset 
 Bay on the W. shore of Khode Island, 5 m. from the ocean. It 
 has a fine harbour, safe, commodious, and of sufficient depth 
 for the largest ships, and defended by two strong forts — 
 Adams and Woolcot; the one on Benton's Point, and the other 
 on Goat Island. The town, built on a declivity facing the 
 iiarbour, is partly old, but interesting from its quaint appear- 
 ance; and partly modern, with many large and elegant mansions. 
 The principal buildings are a dozen churches, a state-house, 
 custom-house, market-house, a public library, a masonic and 
 an armoury hall. Both manufactures and trade are limited, 
 and the place depends less on them than on its healthy 
 climate, fine sea-beach, and beautiful scenery, which have 
 made it one of the most popular summer resorts in the U. 
 States. Its visitors during the summer season are counted 
 
 by thousands; and it is for their accommodation chiefly, ai;d 
 not from any permanent increase of population, that the 
 modern town has been erected. Berkley, the celebrated 
 Bishop of Cloyne, resided here for some time, and is said to 
 have then written his well-known work entitled the Minvte 
 Philosopher. Pop. (I860), 10,508.-2, A 
 tn. Kentucky, on the Ohio, just opposite 
 to Cincinnati, on the Licking, here crossed 
 by a fine suspension bridge. It stands on 
 an elevated plain, commanding a fine 
 view, and contains an academy, a U. 
 States arsenal, and several rolling mills 
 and foundries. Pop. (1860), 10,047. 
 
 NEW QUAY, a fishing-town in Corn- 
 wall, in the E. division, and parish of St. 
 Columb Minor, about 21 m. N. Truro. 
 This rising and busy place is pictu- 
 resquely situated on the shore of the 
 Bristol Channel, and has a small harbour, 
 protected by a pier, enlarged a few years ago to meet the 
 increase of the pilchard fishery. There are several large 
 cellars or warehouses for curing the fi.sh, which is exported 
 to various ports in the Mediterranean. A mine of lead is 
 worked, but with no considerable results; and stone of superior 
 quality, somewhat resembling granite, is shipped here. Tiie 
 parish church is at St. Columb Minor, half a mile distant, 
 but there are places of worship for Baptists and Wesleyans. 
 NEW KIVEI', New Zealand. See Orete in Svpp. 
 NEWTON, a tn. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. Jasper, on the 
 Mississippi and Missouri railroad, 35 m. E. by N. IJes Moines. 
 It contains a large court-house, a bank, five eliurches, and 
 three schools. A mine of coal has been opened about 2 m. 
 from it. Pop. (1860), 1617; in 1865, said to be 2000. 
 
 NEW ZEALAND [add.] New Zealand is now divided 
 into nine provinces: Auckland, Taranaki, or New Plymouth, 
 Wellington, and Hawke's Bay, in the North Island; and Nel- 
 son, Marlborough, Canterbury, Otago, and Southland, in the 
 Middle Island. The South or Stewart's Island is at present 
 unconnected with the organized provinces. By the constitu- 
 tion conferred upon the country in 1853, it is governed in the 
 following manner- — The crown appoints the governor and 
 four judges, but the general government of the colony is 
 vested in the General Assembly, which holds its annual 
 session at Auckland, and is composed of a Legislative Council, 
 consisting of about twenty-five leading colonists nominated 
 by the governor for life; and in the House of Representatives, 
 which is made up of about fifty members elected by the 
 people every five years. Every man owning a freehold 
 "worth £50, or being a householder at a rent of £5 per annum 
 in the country, or £10 in a town, is qualified to vote for or to 
 be a member of the House of Representatives. The governor 
 is aided and advised by a ministry, comprising the chief 
 officers of state, who are members of the General Assembly. 
 Each of the nine provinces is governed for local purposes by 
 a provincial council, consisting of a chief officer called tlie 
 superintendent, and from ten to twenty provincial councillors 
 chosen by the electors of the province every four years. 
 Every provincial-council act has to receive the assent of the 
 governor and the ministry before it becomes law. The civil 
 and criminal laws are the same as those of England, and for 
 judicial purposes the colony is divided into four districts; and 
 assizes are held by the judges in the chief towns of tlve pro- 
 vinces. The number of criminal convictions in the supreme 
 court for various offences in 1863 was 234. By the police, 
 magistrates, and minor courts, 12,593 criminal cases were 
 disposed of. 
 
 New Zealand, while displaying some fine open plains and 
 many undulating champaign districts, may be described 
 generally as a wooded highland country, clothed with luxuri- 
 ant evergreen vegetation. It is of volcanic origin, several 
 of the small elevations being extinct craters, and shocks of 
 earthquake being still occasionally experienced. The country 
 around Wellington, the S. portion of the North Island, i.s 
 chiefly affected by them; but, though within the last twenty 
 years two shocks have been severe enough to involve the 
 loss of three or four lives, the inhabitants do not regard 
 them with very much apprehension. Numerous wooded 
 ranges of moderate elevation, and three snow-capped moun- 
 tains, Ruapehu, Tongariro, and Egmont, are found in the 
 
NEW ZEALAND 
 
 105 
 
 NEW ZEALAND 
 
 North Island, whilst a chain of rugged forest ranges, includ- 
 ing Mount Cook, 13,200 ft. high, extends along the entire 
 coast of Middle Island, from Dusky Bay to Cape Farewell. 
 The North Island contains only two or three moderately ex- 
 tensive plains, hut abounds in large luxuriant valleys, and in 
 sheltered dells and dales. Middle Island, on its W. side, 
 consists chiefly of wooded alpine regions, hut on the E. dis- 
 plays fine plains and open tracts, admirably adapted for 
 tillage and pasture. In climate New Zealand is temperate, 
 though it is subject to violent winds and heavy rains ; but 
 though the rainfall is great, the number of dry days in the 
 year is very large. The following table, compiled from 
 meteorological observations made in 1853 and subsequent 
 years, will show the character of the climate of New Zealand 
 as compared with that of Great Britain: — 
 
 
 Mean Mean 
 
 temperature temperature 
 
 of coldest ol hottest 
 
 month. month. 
 
 Mean 
 
 annual 
 
 temperature. 
 
 Annual 
 fall of rain 
 in inches. 
 
 Dry days 
 in the 
 year. 
 
 Auckland . . . 
 
 51° 
 
 68° 
 
 59° 
 
 45 
 
 205 
 
 New Plymouth . 
 Wellington . . 
 Nelson .... 
 
 46° 
 45° 
 45° 
 
 64° 
 64° 
 64° 
 
 56° 
 
 55° 
 65° 
 
 59 
 49 
 34 
 
 240 
 266 
 245 
 
 Christchurch 
 
 40° 
 
 64° 
 
 53° 
 
 31 
 
 304 
 
 Otago .... 
 
 40° 
 
 58° 
 
 50° 
 
 30 
 
 235 
 
 London . . . 
 
 37° 
 
 63° 
 
 50' 
 
 24 
 
 187 
 
 Edinburgh . . 
 
 34° 
 
 59° 
 
 47° 
 
 40 
 
 205 
 
 The soil and climate of New Zealand produce in perfection 
 every English grain, grass, fruit, and vegetable. Wheat, 
 potatoes, onions, apples, plums, peaches, and their congeners 
 are excellent in quality, and the peach bears profusely as a 
 standard. The vine thrives in the open air a little, but only 
 a little better than it does in England; while in the gardens 
 of the warmer valleys fruits of a semi-tropical character, the 
 pomegranate, citron, orange, and olive, might be raised. 
 Maize, the taro, a native of the Sandwich Islands, and the 
 kumera, a sweet potato, are partially cultivated by the 
 natives in sheltered sunny spots of the North Island; but 
 under common field cultivation maize will not ripen. Ger- 
 aniums and myrtles, attaining a shrub size, and various plants, 
 which require the greenhouse in England, flourish through 
 the winter in the open air ; and generally, the few fruits and 
 plants which will grow in New Zealand, but not in England, 
 are not those which require more summer heat, but those 
 which require less winter cold. In the colder parts of Middle 
 Island, ice and snow occur in winter; but in the North Island, 
 except on the high mountain ranges, ice and snow are sel- 
 dom if ever seen. 
 
 The natives of New Zealand, called Maories, a people of 
 Malay origin, are supposed to have immigrated from the 
 Sandwich Islands some centuries ago. Split up into numerous 
 petty tribes, and wasting each other by internecine feuds, 
 their numbers have been so reduced that they do not now 
 exceed 56,000, all of whom, with the exception of a few hun- 
 dreds, are located in the North Island. In personal appear- 
 ance they somewhat resemble deeply-bronzed gipsies. By 
 missionary efforts a great part of them have been converted 
 to Christianity; many of the young can read and write their 
 own language, and the Bible has been largely circulated 
 amongst them. They have acquired in many instances con- 
 siderable property, in stock, cultivated lands, coasting vessels, 
 flour-mills, and specie; a few even have accounts at the 
 banks, and others have taken shares in local companies. In 
 the neighbourhood of the settlements they are adopting 
 articles of European dress, but they cling to a great extent 
 to their old degraded domestic habits. 
 
 In the animal kingdom New Zealand is singularly deficient, 
 as it does not possess a single indigenous animal. With the 
 exception of two or three harmless lizards, a small and now 
 scarce rat is the only four-footed creature found in the 
 islands. The pig, however, originally introduced by Captain 
 Cook, and straying from the native villages, and breeding in 
 the forests, has become a wild animal in some of the remote 
 districts. The cat, too, and a few cattle have likewise some 
 wild representatives. Pheasants, partridges, quails, and red 
 and fallow deer have been introduced, and have so far thriven 
 successfully. There are eighty- three species of native birds, 
 of which the bell-bird and the tui are good songsters. Some 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 English small birds, and English poultry — the latter now 
 abundant all over the colony — have been imported by im- 
 migrants. Insects are about as numerous as those in England; 
 sand-flies and mosquitoes are found, but disappear before 
 cultivation; the circada, the weta, and the koeke, a flying 
 grasshopper, are the three most peculiar species. The com- 
 mon garden bee, introduced with signal success, frequently 
 swarms in the woods. Eiver fish are scarce and poor, but 
 sea fish are plentiful and good. With mineral wealth New 
 Zealand is liberally supplied. Coal has been found in many 
 parts of the country — in Blind Bay near Nelson, in Auckland, 
 and of fine quality near the Buller Kiver, on the W, coast of 
 Nelson; while the whole of the mountainous peninsula, form- 
 ing the N.W. corner of this province, appears to be stored 
 with coal. Iron is found in many localities, and some of the 
 rocks on the Otago shore are powerfully magnetic. 
 The beach at New Plymouth for several miles is 
 formed of fine iron sand, which adheres to a magnet 
 in crystallized particles. Copper has been worked 
 on a small scale at the Kawau and Great Barrier 
 Islands, near Auckland, and chrome and copper are 
 derived from the Dun Mountain mine at Nelson. 
 Gold has been found in the Coromandel country, near 
 Auckland, and in Nelson province, as well as near 
 the Buller River, on the W. coast of the same 
 province. But the chief discoveries of the precious 
 metal have been made in the province of Otago, in 
 which vast districts have been found rich in aurifer- 
 ous deposits. The first discovery was made in June, 1861, 
 and produced a rush of immigrants from Australia and else- 
 where; Otago, the capital, suddenly became a large and popu- 
 lous place, and many thousands of gold-seekers rapidly 
 spread themselves over the auriferous districts ; in two years 
 700,000 oz. were obtained, worth nearly three millions 
 sterling. In the year ending March 31, 1866, the returns 
 showed the following amount of gold exported from the 
 various ports in the colony: — 
 
 oz. 
 
 Auckland 4,008 
 
 Nelson 14,908 
 
 Havelock 2,572 
 
 Picton 2,834 
 
 Hokitika 331,840 
 
 Greymouth 103,429 
 
 Lyttelton 23 
 
 Dunedin 210,488 
 
 Invercargill 3,918 
 
 Total 
 
 674,499 
 
 Trade and Commerce. — The total value of the imports and 
 exports from the colony, including bullion and specie, in the 
 years 1861, 1862, and 1863, is thus given:— 
 
 1861. 1862. 1863. 
 
 Imports £2,493,811 . . . .£4,626,082. . . .£7,024,674 
 
 Exports 1,370,247.... 2,422,734.... 3,485,405 
 
 The principal and other articles of which these imports and 
 exports were composed, with the value of them, are stated in 
 the following tables: — 
 
 Imports. 
 
 PnmciPAi. Articles. 
 
 Animals . . .~ . . . 
 Apparel — 
 
 Boots and Shoes . . 
 
 All other kinds . . 
 
 Furniture, &c 
 
 Glass and Earthenware . 
 Iron and Hardware . . 
 Oilman's Stores . . . . 
 
 Ale and Beer 
 
 Sugar 
 
 Tea 
 
 Specie 
 
 Brandy 
 
 Gin 
 
 Rum 
 
 Whisky - 
 
 Other spirits 
 
 Books and Stationery . . 
 
 Tobacco 
 
 Wine 
 
 Total value of principal \ 
 and other articles ) 
 
 £ 
 223,773 
 
 89,223 
 
 466,683 
 
 25,256 
 
 22,395 
 
 142,628 
 
 31,034 
 
 67,940 
 
 154,701 
 
 87,366 
 
 81,722 
 
 51,230 
 
 17,823 
 
 18,256 
 
 14,652 
 
 6,352 
 
 43,827 
 
 54,190 
 
 63,296 
 
 !,493,811 
 
 1862. 
 
 & 
 422,516 
 
 177,531 
 
 809,431 
 
 67,428 
 
 58,950 
 
 280,042 
 
 65,826 
 
 152,815 
 
 248,508 
 
 88,663 
 
 230,586 
 
 123,814 
 
 39,672 
 
 20,856 
 
 34,499 
 
 6,425 
 
 65,647 
 
 73,993 
 
 112,365 
 
 4,626.082 
 
 £ 
 633,810 
 
 209,693 
 
 1,393,009 
 
 94,456 
 
 93,530 
 
 443,686 
 
 102,750 
 
 224,984 
 
 263,874 
 
 178,304 
 
 2,785 
 
 202,692 
 
 59,139 
 
 24,787 
 
 57,379 
 
 9,466 
 
 108,915 
 
 201,699 
 
 142,375 
 
 7,024,674 
 
 14 
 
NEW ZEALAND 
 
 106 
 
 NGAN-KING 
 
 Exports. 
 
 colonists and the military, and a long and desultory warfare 
 ensued, the available troops being insufficient to effectually 
 suppress the rebels. The settlers were driven from their 
 holdings, and many left the country, and trade, immigration, 
 and agriculture were stopped. More than once the insurrec- 
 tion appeared to be quelled, when fresh outbreaks occurred. 
 The Waikato district in Auckland province, Taranaki, and 
 several districts in Wellington and Hawke's Bay have been 
 the most disturbed. But, after the native confederacies in 
 these parts seemed to have been broken up, a fresh outburst 
 took place in October, 1866, in the neighbourhood of Napier, 
 in Hawke's Bay, which was terminated by a successful attack 
 upon the rebels' pah or fort at Omarunui, on the Tutaekuri 
 
 Principal Articles. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 Gold and Gold Dust . . 
 
 Specie 
 
 Kauri Gum 
 
 Copper Ore 
 
 Oil 
 
 Potatoes 
 
 Timber 
 
 Wool 
 
 £ 
 752,657 
 
 9,888 
 1,300 
 5,126 
 4,121 
 19,499 
 523,728 
 
 £ 
 1,591,389 
 
 11,107 
 1,024 
 9,0.55 
 10,205 
 16,173 
 674,226 
 
 £ 
 
 2,432,479 
 97,000 
 27,026 
 
 8,387 
 
 3,763 
 
 18,174 
 
 830,495 
 
 Total value of principal > 
 and other articles )• 
 
 1,370,247 
 
 2,422,734 
 
 3,485,405 
 
 The rapid increase in the shipping trade of the colony will 
 be seen in the following table, exhibiting the number and 
 tonnage of vessels entered and cleared at each of the principal 
 ports, in the years 1861, 1862, and 1863:— 
 
 River; since which the country appears to have become gene- 
 rally pacified. 
 
 NEYKIZ, a tn. Persia, prov. Fars, on the road between 
 Shiraz and Kerman, and about 7 m. from the E. extremity 
 of the lake of same name, called also Lake Bakhtegan. It 
 
 PnrNCiPAi, Ports. 
 
 Entered. 
 
 Cleared. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 1861. 
 
 1862. 
 
 1863. 
 
 Auckland .... 
 
 Russell 
 
 Mongonui .... 
 New Pl3'mouth . . 
 Wellington .... 
 
 Nelson 
 
 Lyttelton .... 
 Dunedin .... 
 Invercargill .... 
 Bluff Harbour . . . 
 
 Total at principal and \ 
 other ports . . . ) 
 
 Vessels. 
 103 
 
 43 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 32 
 
 45 
 
 35 
 £56 
 
 Tons. 
 
 38,974 
 
 15,292 
 
 5,177 
 
 2,188 
 
 9,003 
 
 12,891 
 
 14,222 
 
 84,394 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 107 
 
 40 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 36 
 
 44 
 
 75 
 
 395 
 
 Tons. 
 
 37,013 
 
 13,882 
 
 4,850 
 
 873 
 
 : 0,-353 
 
 13,838 
 
 33,145 
 
 155,194 
 
 25,263 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 177 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 36 
 
 54 
 
 106 
 
 496 
 
 (136 
 
 \ 35 
 
 Tons. 
 
 67,310 
 
 8,222 
 
 5,193 
 
 759 
 
 11,029 
 
 18,755 
 
 42,224 
 
 201,328 
 
 23,512 
 
 21,267 
 
 Vessels. 
 10.3 
 44 
 17 
 19 
 25 
 28 
 53 
 213 
 
 Tons. 
 38,792 
 15,135 
 
 6,452 
 4,701 
 8,042 
 9,522 
 18,225 
 89,720 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 106 
 
 41 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 30 
 
 38 
 
 80 
 
 385 
 
 I 52 
 
 Tons. 
 
 34,435 
 
 14,411 
 
 4,850 
 
 1,362 
 
 8,472 
 
 13,616 
 
 33,969 
 
 152,912 
 
 17,458 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 167 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 41 
 
 86 
 
 102 
 
 491 
 
 (127 
 
 t 26 
 
 Tons. 
 
 61,110 
 
 8,711 
 
 5, '-07 
 
 2,809 
 
 13,249 
 
 14,053 
 
 38,808 
 
 200,264 
 
 21,. 504 
 
 12,596 
 
 596 
 
 197,986 813 | 301,865 
 
 1154 
 
 419,935 
 
 546 
 
 ■ 205,350 
 
 783 
 
 288,647 . 
 
 1094 
 
 394,665 
 
 Of these vessels entered in 1863, 990 of 347,485 tons, and 
 cleared, 928 vessels of 319,479 tons, were British vessels. 
 
 The total amount of the gross revenue and expenditure of 
 the colony is thus stated for the years 1861, 1862, and 1863. 
 
 Revenue. Expenditure. 
 
 1861 £691,464 No returns. 
 
 1862 1,186,009 £1,118,117 
 
 1863 1,380,836 1,757,092 
 
 The revenue of 1863 was derived from 'ordinary' sources, 
 of which the customs duties (£592,051) were the principal — 
 producing £743,272; and from 'territorial' sources — the sale 
 of crown lands (bringing £384,039) being the principal — 
 producing £524,405; the remaining £113,928 arose from 
 'incidental receipts and reimbursements.' The public debt 
 in the year 1863 comprised £600,000 on account of the 
 general government, and £689,750 on account of the provin- 
 cial governments; making a total of £1,289,750, and involv- 
 ing an annual charge for interest and sinking fund of £68,635. 
 The area of New Zealand is calculated to be 106,259 
 sq. m.; and the population in 1861 was found to be 106,315, 
 including 7294 military and 1117 half- ca.stes; but exclusive 
 of about 3000 gold miners, and of the Maories, who num- 
 bered 66,049. On Dec. 31, 18G3, the estimated population 
 was: — 
 
 Males. Females. Total. 
 
 European 105,978 58,070 164,048 
 
 Military and their families. . 9,521 1,788 11,309 
 
 Total 115,499 .... 59,858 .... 175,357 
 
 In December, 1864, the European population, exclusive of military 
 had risen to 172,158. 
 
 In 1861 the number of immigrants was 22,339; in 1862, 
 34,290; and in 1863, 45,730. Of the last number no less 
 than 82,653 entered the gold-producing province of Otago 
 (with Southland). Against this, however, must be set the 
 number of those who left New Zealand during the same 
 period; this number was in 1861, 0117; in 1862, 13,299; and 
 in 1863, 10,610; the largest proportion in each case being 
 from Otago. 
 
 A great obstruction to the progressive prosperity of the 
 colony, has arisen in the disaffection of some of the native 
 tribes, who, repudiating the sale of certain lands which they 
 had made to the New Zealand Company, began to commit 
 many acts of trespass and petty violence, and at length broke 
 Lute open rebellion. The friendly tribes united with the 
 
 occupies a considerable space with its gardens and houses, 
 possesses three adjacent forts, a paltry bazar, and three 
 caravanserais, and is inhabited by about 1500 families. Its 
 trade is insignificant. 
 
 NGALA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, prov. Kotoko, 
 near the S. W. extremity of Lake Chad. It stands on an ele- 
 vated terrace, surrounded by clay walls, and composed of clay 
 houses, among which stood forth imposingly the governor's 
 palace, presenting, with its immense substructure and towering 
 walls, all the appearance of a citadel. The town, however, 
 tells only of a bygone prosperity and a present decay. Several 
 of its quarters are in ruins. 
 
 NGAMI [add.], alake, S. Africa, in the Batuana country, 
 on the N. frontier of the Kalahari desert, between lat. 20° 23' 
 and 20° 40' S., and Ion. 22° 31' and 23° 6' E. It lies between 
 E.N.E. and W.S.W., at the height of 3700 ft. above sea 
 level, and is of somewhat irregular shape, narrow towards 
 the centre, and thence bulging out on both sides, so as to 
 form two nearly equal ovals; the one terminating at its W., 
 and the other at its E. extremity. Its greatest length is 
 37 m.; its breadth near the centre, where narrowest, does not 
 exceed 4 m., but towards the W., where widest, about 12 m.; 
 making the average breadth about 6, the circuit about 70 m., 
 and the whole area about 224 geo. sq. m. The N. shore is 
 low and sandy, without tree or bush, or any other kind of 
 vegetation; but about a mile behind the country becomes 
 densely wooded, chiefly with various species of acacia indigen- 
 ous to S. Africa, and an occasional baobab towering above 
 them. The S. shore is so closely fringed along the water 
 line by belts of reeds and rushes, as to be accessible only 
 in a few places, or where the native cattle or other animals 
 have broken through. Behind this fringe southwards the 
 ground rises considerably. The W. shore is also somewhat 
 raised. The greatest depth of water is towards the E. ex- 
 tremity; in other directions, and especially on the W., it is 
 shallow. The principal, and indeed the only known feeder of 
 the lake, is the Teoge, which enters it near its N. W. extremity; 
 and though not more than 40 yards wide, is deep, and when 
 in flood discharges a large volume of water. Its outlet is the 
 Zonga, which issues from its E. extremity at Batuana town, 
 so called because the chief of the tribe has there fixed his 
 residence. Where it thus issues the Zonga is about 200 
 yards wide, and has a current so gentle that the eye is unable 
 to perceive it. 
 
 NGAN-KING, a tn. China, cap. prov. Nganhoei, 1. bank 
 
NGAUNDERE 
 
 107 
 
 NIKOLA YEVSK 
 
 Yang-tze-kiang, 145 m. S.S.W. Nankin. Its handsome 
 pagoda of eight stories, rising out of a substantially built 
 isolated stone fort, and its massive walls give it an imposing 
 appearance from the river. Wlien Lord Elgin passed up the 
 Yang-tze-kiang this place was in the hands of the insurgents, 
 whilei the imperialists were in the immediate vicinity. His 
 lordship was anxious to move on peaceably; but the insur- 
 gents, either because otherwise disposed, or from mistake, as 
 they afterwards alleged, fired a shot at the leading British 
 vessel. This was at once resented; and the whole of the 
 British ships, at once opening their fire on the fort, compelled 
 its garrison to scamper out of it into the open country. Be- 
 fore the British reached the last angle above the fort, the 
 insurgents repeated the offence in a more aggravated form, 
 by firing two other shots in rapid succession. The only 
 effect was to increase their chastisement by not only silencing 
 the battery, but also throwing some balls and shells into the 
 heart of the town. This unprovoked collision made it im- 
 possible for any of Lord Elgin's suite to visit the town, and 
 iience our only knowledge of it is derived from the account 
 of Lord Amherst's embassy. According to Mr. Ellis, who 
 explored it in 1816, the shops are not so good as at Woohoo, 
 and the streets are unusually narrow. The best shops he 
 saw were those for the sale of horn lanterns and porcelain; 
 and he would have had 'little difficulty in laying out a large 
 sum in curiosities of all kinds — such as necklaces, old china, 
 agate-cups, vases, ornaments of corundum and other stones, 
 curious specimens of carved work in wood and metal.' The 
 fort of Ngan-king, in fit hands, could easily prevent large 
 vessels from passing it, as they are obliged, in order to find 
 the deep channel, to come within sixty yards of the muzzles 
 of the guns. 
 
 NGAUNDERE, a tn. Western Africa, Adamawa, 150 
 m. S. by E. Yola. It is surrounded by a low rampart, and 
 consists entirely of huts of reed, with the exception of the 
 governor's house and the mosque, which are unpretending 
 buildings — the one of clay, and the other of reeds and clay. 
 There is a daily market. 
 
 NGEGIMI, a tn. Western Africa, near the N.W. ex- 
 tremity of Lake Chad, is a far-famed place that has fallen 
 rapidly into decay, and now consists of detached conical huts 
 constructed without any regard to comfort. It has suffered 
 much from its position on the boundary between Bornou 
 and the Tuariks. The king of the former, as if it were 
 beyond its dominions, witliholds from it the necessary pro- 
 tection, while the latter are continually making predatory in- 
 cursions into it. Many of the inhabitants have been carried 
 away into slavery; and the remainder, driven away by in- 
 undations, have built a new village on the slope of the adjoin- 
 ing sand hills. 
 
 NGORNU, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, in the vicinity 
 of the capital Kukawa. It consists of light but large and 
 commodious huts; there not being a single clay dwelling, 
 with the exception of a residence belonging to the sheikh. 
 In the winter of 1854-5 more than half of the town was de- 
 stroyed by water, and a deep open lake formed to the S., bury- 
 ing a large extent of what had formerly been a fertile plain. 
 The most probable cause of the catastrophe was a subsidence 
 of the plain to the extent of several feet. 
 
 NGUKUTUA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, about 80 
 m. W. by N. Kukawa. It lies in an extensive plain, is well 
 shaded with trees, and though once a large and celebrated 
 place, shows symptoms of decay. Mr. Richardson the 
 traveller died here, and is buried under a large, wide spread- 
 ing fig-tree. 
 
 NIAMZO, or Nyemzu, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Mol- 
 davia, circle of same name, beautifully situated in a wild and 
 romantic district, 62 m. W. by N. Jassy. It occupies a 
 rugged height above the Nemz, an affluent of the Moldavia, 
 contains the ruins of a fortress which belonged to the knights 
 of Malta, and has in its vicinity a large monastery whicli is 
 occupied by about 500 monks, and possesses a wonder- 
 working image of the virgin in solid silver. 
 
 NIAS, or NiA [add.], an island, Indian Archipelago, 
 about 35 m. off the N.W. coast of Sumatra; length, N.E. 
 to S.W., about 65 m.; breadth about 17 ni.; area, 1200 
 geo. sq. m. The surface consists of ranges of hills, nowhere 
 rising more than 800 ft. above the sea, and of intervening 
 valleys. Though without any indication of volcanic origin. 
 
 it is subject to violent earthquakes, one of which in 1843 
 swallowed up a hill and a village. The inhabitants, of Malay 
 extraction, and fairer than those of Sumatra, are a simple, 
 mild, and primitive agricultural people. They are skilful in 
 irrigation, and raise good crops of rice, cotton, and other 
 useful products. Nias, though virtually independent, is 
 included by the Dutch among their possessions. Pop. com- 
 puted at 1 69,500. 
 
 NICHOLAS (St.), a harbour, British America, 3 m. 
 N.E. of the cape of same name, on the N. shore of the estuary 
 of the St. Lawrence. It consists of a narrow inlet, only 150 
 yards wide at its entrance, and nowhere within exceeds 380 
 yards, but is so secure that a vessel might be laid on shore 
 and repaired as if she were in dock. This security it owes to 
 the granite hills of 500 to 700 ft. by which it is inclosed. 
 Its greatest depth at low water is 9J fathoms ; but, owing to 
 a bar, not more than 12 to 17 ft. can be carried in at high 
 water. 
 
 NICHOLSON (Port), New Zealand. &e Weli.ington. 
 
 NICOLET, a tn. British America, Canada East, cap. co. 
 and on the river of same name, 72 m. N.E. Montreal. It 
 contains a Protestant and a E. Catholic church, a large R. 
 Catholic seminary or divinity hall, several schools, a brewery, 
 and some general trade. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 NICOPOLI [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, 
 eyalet and 95 m. E.S.E. Widin, at the confluence of the 
 Osma with the Danube. It is picturesquely situated between 
 steep mountain heights; and being surrounded by gardens, oc- 
 cupies a large space, extending partly along a hill which over- 
 looks it, and is crowned by a castle, once of great strength, 
 but now in a very dilapidated condition. From this hill the 
 wall stretches downward till it reaches the Danube. Nico- 
 poli is the see of a Greek bishop, and the great entrepot for 
 the goods brought from Walachia. An excellent wine is 
 grown in its environs. A great and decisive battle was 
 fought here, in 1396, between the Christians under Sigismund 
 of Hungary and the Turks under Bayazid I. The former 
 were defeated. Pop. about 12,000. 
 
 NIEGATA, a tn. Japan, on the W. coast of the island 
 Niphon, nearly opposite to the island of Sado. It is one of the 
 ports which by Lord Elgin's treaty with the Japanese were 
 opened for trade in 1860. Scarcely anything is known of it; 
 but from the number of masts of junks seen in its harbour, it 
 is understood to be a place of extensive trade. 
 
 NIEMIROW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Zolkiew, 30 m.' N.W. Lemberg; with a sulphur spring and a 
 garden establishment in a fine park, a paper-mill, and exten- 
 sive manufactures of linen. Pop. 1750. 
 
 NIEPOLOMICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 9 m. N.W. Bochnia, cap. dist. of same name, on the Vis- 
 tula; with a castle, which was a frequent resort of the kings 
 of Poland, and is now partly used as an hospital, and 3204 
 inhabitants. 
 
 NIESHIN, atn. Russia, gov. and 35 m. S.S.E. Tcher- 
 nigov, cap. circle of same name, on the Ostr. It contains 
 a cathedral and nineteen other churches, a monastery, a 
 lyceum and gymnasium, two circle scliools (one of them for 
 Greeks), many industrial establishments, and a large trade, 
 chiefly in tobacco. Pop. 17,981, many of them Greeks. 
 
 NIKOLAIEVSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and about 100 m. 
 S.E. Samara, cap. circle of same name, on the Great Irgis. 
 It has two churches, a circle school, and some trade in corn. 
 Pop. 6350. 
 
 NIKOLATSTADT, a seaport tn. Russia, Finland, on a 
 small bay in the Gulf of Bothnia, 355 m. N.W. St. Peters- 
 burg. It has a church of stone, infirmary, and high-school; 
 manufactures of leather and ■pitch, and a trade in these 
 articles, fish, and timber. Of late years the harbour has been 
 much injured by the formation of shoals and sandbanks. 
 The town was called Wasa or Vasa until 1856, when it 
 received its Russianized appellation. Pop. 2700. 
 
 NIKOLAREVSKAIA, atn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 r. bank Don; with a yearly market and 5691 inhabitants. 
 
 NIKOLA YEVSK, a tn. Russian empire, E. Siberia, on 
 a wooded plateau above 1. bank Amoor, near its mouth in 
 the N.W. of Mamia Strait, which connects the Gulf of Tar- 
 tary with the Sea of Okhotsk. It was till lately supplanted 
 by Sofyevsk, the most important Russian station on the river, 
 is defended by four batteries, and consists chiefly of 250 
 
NIKOLSK 
 
 108 
 
 NINGPO 
 
 dwelling-houses arranged in a main and three side streets. 
 The houses are of wood, with strong doors and windows, and 
 well arranged within. The principal public buildings, like- 
 wise of wood, are the church, with five steeples— one large 
 and four small; the » chancellerie,' governor's house, pay- 
 oflSce, police-office, hospital, and school for pilots' and sol- 
 diers' sons. About 2 m. W. of the town the governor has 
 a country residence, seated on a prominent cliff commanding 
 a very extensive view. Some Russian peasants established 
 in the neighbourhood supply the town with eggs, poultry. 
 
 NIKOLAYEVSK.— From the lUustrirte Zeitung. 
 
 and butter. The vicinity of Nikolayevsk being unfitted for 
 agricultural pursuits, a Russian colony has been established 
 in villages which extend about 70 m. below Mariinsk, and 
 where oats, barley, rye, and especially vegetables, are culti- 
 vated with success. The trade of the port in 1859 amounted 
 in imports to £96,075, forming the cargoes of eight vessels, 
 carrying 1836 tons. Pop. (1858) 2552, of whom 1518 were 
 soldiers and sailors, and only 369 females 
 
 NIKOLSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 150 m. N.E. Vologda, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Yug. It has two churches, 
 one of them a cathedral; a circle and a parish school, and a 
 charitable institute. The chief employments of the inhabi- 
 tants, both of the town and circle, are barge-building and the 
 felling of trees for fuel. A small haven at the confluence of 
 the Yug and the Pushma is an important entrepot for goods 
 conveyed to and from Archangel. Pop. 1192. 
 
 NIKOPOL, a tn. Russia, gov. Ekaterinoslav, on the 
 Dnieper; with a church, a parish school, a charitable endow- 
 ment, several colonies of foreigners, and 5295 inhabitants. 
 
 NILES, a tn. U. States, Michigan, r. bank St. Joseph, 
 and on the Michigan Central railway, 145 m. W. by S. 
 Detroit. It stands in a pleasant and fertile agricultural dis- 
 trict, and contains six churches and a number of mills and 
 factories. Pop. (1860), 2826. 
 
 NILLAVELLT, or Nilla walla, a tn. on a lagoon on 
 the N.W, coast of Ceylon, 6 m. N. by W. Trincomalee. It 
 contains a rest-house, built on the model of one of those sub- 
 stantial edifices which furnish a memento of the fonner pre- 
 sence of the Dutch, and said to be timbered from the wreck 
 of a ship stranded in the vicinity; and is the great station for 
 the supply of salt to the eastern provinces. The salt-pans 
 extend for a mile along the E. shore of the lagoon, and are 
 formed simply by levelling and embanking the clayey soil, 
 which is strongly impregnated with salt. The process of 
 manufacture is simple. The sea-water, raised into one of the 
 pans by a wooden scoop swung from a triangle, is run off 
 successively into a second and third pan. When in this 
 way it is supposed to have parted with all earthy ingredients, 
 it is left to evaporate by exposure to the intense heat of the 
 sun. The salt is of the purest description, and might be 
 produced in quantity sufficient to supply the whole demand 
 of India, did not policy require that salt should form an 
 important source of Indian revenue. At present the pans of 
 Nillavelli produce only about 25,000 bushels annually. 
 
 NIMAN, a river, Russian empire, Manchooria, formed 
 by several streams from the Zeya Mountains, flows S.W., 
 and is joined near Bureinsk by the Bureya, which it doubles 
 in volume. After receiving the Mmakan, its principal 
 tributary, it has a width of 160 yards. It flows through a 
 valley bounded by hills which descend steeply towards it; 
 but after its junction with the Bureya, the hilly country is 
 succeeded by extensive swampy prairies. 
 
 NIMBEIIA, a tn. India, Rajpootana, cap. pergunnah of 
 same name, 16 m. N.W. Neemuch, is surrounded by a ram- 
 part with towers, and has a 
 court-house, a mosque, some 
 -' '_^Mzi= _ _ small temples, and a remark- 
 
 ^i=E^5:^M^Mrz^ ably fine well, with a noble 
 
 staircase, and a verandah of 
 rich Saracenic arches round 
 the wall about half way down 
 — The pergunnah has an area 
 of 172 sq. m. and an estimated 
 revenue of £14,000. 
 
 NING-KANG-JOO,a tn. 
 China, prov. Chekiang, on the 
 Ningpo, above the town of this 
 name, at the point where the 
 „_ boat-navigation ceases. It is 
 
 a place of no great extent, but 
 has a fair, which, being held 
 at the time when Mr. Fortune 
 visited it, is thus described by 
 him: 'The streets of the town 
 were now crowded with people, 
 and the whole scene reminded 
 me of the fair of a country town 
 in England. In addition to the 
 usual articles in the shops, and 
 an unusual supply of fruits and vegetables, there was a large 
 assortment of other things, which seemed to be exposed in 
 quantity only on a fair-day. Native cotton cloths, woven by 
 native handlooms in the country, were abundant; mats made 
 from a species of juncus, and generally used for sleeping upon; 
 clothes of all kinds, both new and second-hand; porcelain and 
 wooden vessels of all sorts; toys, cakes, sweetmeats, and all 
 the common accompaniments of an English fair. Various 
 textile fabrics of interest were abundant, being produced in 
 large quantities in the district; hemp, jute, China grass (so 
 called), being the bark of the Urtica nivea, and the juncus 
 already noticed. A great number of the wooden vessels were 
 made of the Cryptomania japonica, which is remarkable for 
 the number of beautiful rings and veins, which show to great 
 advantage when the wood is polished.' The staple summer 
 crops of the district, the soil of which in the valleys is a 
 light rich loam in the highest state of cultivation, are juncus, 
 jute, China grass, and a gigantic species of hemp from 10 to 
 15 ft. high, which yield the textile fabrics mentioned above 
 as sold at the fair; the staple winter crops are wheat, barley, 
 the cabbage oil-plant, and other kinds of vegetables, among 
 them a liliaceous plant, probably a Fritillaria, grown for its 
 bulbs, which are used in medicine. Its flowers, of a dingy 
 grayish-white, are not ornamental. 
 
 NINGPO [add.] Since the opening of this port in 1844, 
 its internal and external trade has fluctuated, without much 
 increase; and in 1861 all legitimate commerce was suspended 
 during its occupation by the Taiping rebels. As the outport 
 for the province of Che-kiang it commands a region rich in 
 the Chinese staple products, tea, silk, and raw cotton. But 
 in consequence of the defective water communication with 
 the districts in which these articles are produced, only a por- 
 tion of the quantity raised is shipped at this port, the bulk 
 being forwarded to Shanghai. In 1865 the quantity of silk 
 exported amounted to 1914 piculs, of 133 lbs., valued at 
 £215,325; green tea, 70,662 piculs, £745,077, and cotton, 
 33,567 piculs, £216,697. Besides the usual imports of British 
 and other manufactured goods into Chinese ports, rice, opium, 
 and sugar form the principal items on the import sheet at 
 Ningpo, as follows: — In 1864 rice was imported to the ex- 
 tent of 1,911,143 piculs, valued at £1,213,029; but this was 
 exceptional, in consequence of the Taiping devastation of the 
 province, so that the quantity was reduced in 1805 to only 
 558,442 piculs, valued at £245,970. In 1864 opium was 
 
NIO 
 
 109 
 
 NOGARA 
 
 imported to the extent of 3011 piculs, valued at £508,146; 
 and in 1865, 3380 piculs, of about the same value, in conse- 
 quence of the price ftilling. On the other hand, sugar rose in 
 price, but was less in quantity— 149,924 piculs in the former 
 year, and 136,847 piculs in the latter, the value respectively 
 being £231,674, and £203,718. The foreign tonnage of the 
 port decreased from 296,311 tons in 1864, to 258,247 tons in 
 18C5. 
 
 Although some of the missionaries have their mission- 
 houses within the precincts of the walled city, yet the bulk 
 
 of the foreigners are located in an old village on the opposite 
 bank of the River Yung, facing Ningpo. Here are 2 1 mer- 
 cantile firms, employing 36 persons, of whom, in 1864, 28 
 were British. The foreign maritime customs have 13 em- 
 ployes, of whom 11 are British; and the municipality have 
 17 constables. There are also British, French, and American 
 consulates; and 5 mission establishments, two of which are 
 English, two are American, and one French. In addition to 
 these civil and religious foreign residents, there are two 
 military contingents of native disciplined troops quartered in 
 
 NING-PO 
 
 and 
 
 Entrance of the Eiver Tuna;. 
 
 English Miles . 
 
 3 t f 
 
 the city under the command of English and French officers, 
 numbering 17 of the former, and 6 of the latter; besides 4 
 British officers in a revenue cutter, making a total foreign 
 population of 1 17 persons. Besides having suffered from the 
 Taiping occupation, and intercourse with foreigners in contra- 
 band traffic, this port at its approach from the mouth of the 
 river to the Cliusan Islands is infested with pirates, who are 
 bold enough to attack and plunder foreign ships even in the 
 daytime. The Chinese government have tried ineffectually 
 to suppress this maritime pest, and British gun-boats are 
 always cruising on the station to protect peaceful traders of 
 all nations. Notwithstanding these and other drawbacks to 
 its prosperity, Ningpo is recovering rapidly from its depres- 
 sion; and the industrious inhabitants are increasing the pro- 
 ducts of the surrounding country. — [Consular Reports; Moss- 
 man, MS. Notes.) 
 
 NIO, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, cap. and on bay on 
 the W. shore of tlie island of same name; with a justice of 
 peace court, an Hellenist and a parish school, and a good har- 
 bour. Homer is said to be buried here. Pop. 2500. 
 
 NIOBRARA, or Running Watek, or L'Eau qui Coukt, 
 a river, U. States, rises among the Black Hills, Dakota, and 
 flowing E. through the N. part of Nebraska, enters the 
 Missouri at Niobrara; its total length is 450 or 500 m. 
 
 NIPISIGHIT, a river, British America, which rises in 
 the N.W. of New Brunswick, near the watershed between 
 the basins of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Bay of Fundy, 
 flows E.N.E. and enters Nipisigliit Bay, the largest of the 
 arms of Chaleur Bay, after a course of about 60 m. It forms 
 a basin about 3 m. long by 2 m. wide, and is well sheltered. 
 At the head of this basin the town of Bathurst is finely 
 situated. About 1| m. above this town the Nipisighit, in 
 consequence of rapids which prevent the farther advance of 
 the tide, ceases to be navigable. 
 
 NISSA, or NiSH, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the N. of 
 Turkish Servia, cap. eyalet and on a river of same name; 
 lat. 43° 24' N.; Ion. 22° E. It is the birthplace of the 
 emperor Constantine, and the seat of a general governor, is 
 defended by a citadel, and contains eleven mosques and two 
 Greek churches. There are thermal springs in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 16,000, of whom 6000 are Mussulmans. 
 
 NIU-CHWANG, a tn. China, prov. Liautung, on the 
 Liau-ho, about 20 m. above its mouth in the N.E. of the 
 Gulf of Liautung. Scarcely anything is known of it, but it 
 is reported to be of considerable extent and commercial im- 
 portance. This is confirmed by the fact that its proper port, 
 situated 2 or 3 m. within the bar of the Liau-ho, is itself a 
 large place, and gives evident signs of the existence of an 
 extensive and thriving commerce in quiet times. Its streets 
 and roads are indeed masses of mud and filth; and its houses, 
 mostly of one story high, and built of stone and unburned 
 brick, with oiled paper as a substitute for glass in the windows, 
 have nothing to boast of; but supplies are plentiful, and there 
 are large quantities of grain stored in spacious inclosures. 
 A large supply of hemp, it is said, can be always furnished; 
 and coal may be procured at Niu-chwang, though 30 tons 
 furnished to H.M.S. Bittern., when she anchored here in 1855, 
 proved of very inferior quality. In the channel used by the 
 large junks there is a depth of 4 to 5 fathoms over the bar 
 of the Liau-ho. Niu-chwang is one of the future seaports 
 open to European commerce. In the opinion of Captain 
 Sherard Osborn, ' What Kurrachee is with respect to Beloo- 
 chistan, Afghanistan, and Bokhara, the port of Niu-chwang 
 will one day be to the great region of Manchooria and Eastern 
 Tartary.' 
 
 NIZANKOWICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 9 ra. S. Przemysl, cap. dist. of same name; with a castle 
 picturesquely situated on an island in a small lake. P. 1200. 
 
 NOCHISTLAN, a tn. Mexico, state and to the W. of 
 Oajaca, on the road from it to the capital. It stands in a 
 beautiful district, in which wheat is largely cultivated, and 
 was a thriving populous place till war laid it waste. The 
 only remarkable building is a handsome church, which once 
 belonged to a Dominican monastery. Pop. about 1200. 
 
 NOELGUNJ, a tn. India, Oude, 19 m. W. Lucknow, is 
 a large walled place, with a bazar in a handsomer style than 
 usual, and a considerable number of well-supplied shops. 
 Though the walls, and many of the houses, give indications 
 of decay, the inhabitants seem to be thriving. 
 
 NOGARA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 20 m. S. Ver- 
 ona. on the Tartaro, has a dilapidated castle, an old parish 
 church with three naves, and a modern church. Pop. 3460. 
 
NOGAROLE 
 
 110 
 
 NOVOI-TJSEISr 
 
 NOGAllOLE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, pro v. and 11 m. S. 
 by W. Verona; with a church containing an altar-piece by 
 Brusasorzi, and an old castle. 
 
 NOGOCS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Sonioghy, 
 20 m. N.N.E. Kaposvar; with manufactures of spirits, and a 
 trade in corn, wine, and tobacco. Pop. 1 1 95. 
 
 NOOKABAD, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, on the 
 r. bank of the Sank, here crossed by a stone bridge of seven 
 arches, 11 m. N.W. Gwalior, Within the inclosure of a 
 pleasure-ground in the vicinity is the tomb of Gonna Begum, 
 celebrated for beauty, wit, and poetical genius. She was the 
 wife of a vizier of two successive Mogul emperors. The in- 
 scription on the mausoleum is, 'Alas I Gonna Begum, 1180' 
 (1775). 
 
 NORFOLK [add], atn. and port of entry, U. States, Vir- 
 ginia, on the N. bank of the Elizabeth, 88 m. S.E. Eichmond. 
 It lies low, and is irregularly laid out, but consists on the whole 
 of wide streets, and houses substantially built of brick and 
 stone. Among the principal buildings are the city-hall, with 
 a cupola 110 ft. high; a court-house and jail, a new custom- 
 house, fourteen churches, a military academy, and a mechanics' 
 institute. The harbour, which is safe and easy of access, 
 admits the largest vessels, and is defended by the two forts 
 Calhoun and Monroe. The foreign commerce exceeds that 
 of any other place in the state. A branch of trade which has 
 become important of late years is the supplying of the northern 
 cities with early fruits and vegetables. The average annual 
 value of these is estimated at nearly £100,000. At Gosport, 
 in the vicinity, there is a U. States navy-yard, with a dry- 
 dock, constructed of granite, at an expense of £195,000, and 
 also a marine hospital. There is also in the suburbs a ceme- 
 tery, beautifully laid out, and adorned with cypress-trees. 
 Pop. (1860), 14,605, of whom 3280 were slaves. 
 
 NORMAL, a vil. U. States, Illinois, co. M'Lean, on 
 the Central railroad, where it is intersected by the Chicago, 
 Alton, and St. Louis railroad, 61m. N.E. Springfield. Here 
 is the state university, a large and prosperous institution, 
 with 450 students; the building cost £40,000, and it is en- 
 dowed with a similar sum. Pop. 800. 
 
 NORRISTOVVN, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, on the 
 N. bank of the Schuylkill, and a railway connecting it with 
 Philadelphia, from which it is 15 m. N.W. It consists of 
 regular and well-paved streets, and houses neatly and sub- 
 stantially built of brick and native marble; and contains a 
 new court-house, erected at an expense of £40,000; thirteen 
 churches, four large public schools, a public library, a county 
 jail, several large cotton and woollen factories, rolling-mills, 
 foundries, furnaces, machine-shops, naileries, oil-mills, &c. 
 The trade, furnished with new facilities by the improved 
 navigation of the Schuylkill, is active and increasing. Pop. 
 (1860), 8848. 
 
 NORTHAMPTON [add.], a vil. and township, U. States, 
 Massachusetts, cap, co. Hampshire, on the Connecticut River 
 railway, 70 m. W. Boston. It stands on elevated ground in 
 a beautiful country, with two mountains fully in view; con- 
 tains county buildings, seven churches, a collegiate institute and 
 other excellent schools, cotton and paper mills, tool and silk 
 factories. It is connected with Hadley by a fine bridge across 
 the Connecticut. Pop. (1860), 6788.' 
 
 NORTH CORNWALL, a tract or isl. British America, 
 Arctic regions, lat. (W. extreme) 77° 39' N.; Ion. 96° 15' 
 W. Sir Edward Belcher, who discovered it, and gave it its 
 name in honour of the Prince of Wales as Duke of Cornwall, 
 had no opportunity of exploring it fully, but reached a station 
 within it which had a height of not less than 800 ft., and was 
 about 5 m. distant from its W. point. It is composed of 
 friable sandstone and sand, interspersed on the surface with 
 boulders of granite. 
 
 NORTH SAN JUAN, a vil. U. States, California, co. 
 Nevada, near the Middle Yuba Kiver, 12 m. N.W, Nevada 
 city. Its principal resources are gold mines; grapes are also 
 cultivated with success. Pop., including Chinese, about 1500. 
 
 NORTHUMBERLAND, a group of numerous islets, 
 Australia, forming part of the Great Barrier reef, and ex- 
 tending along the E. coast of Queensland from 12 m. N.E. of 
 Cape Townshend to about 18 m, N.N.E. Cape Palmerston. 
 Pradhoe, the north-westernmost, and the largest of the group, 
 is only 2J m, long, and nearly as broad. It rises into two 
 peaks, connected by a narrow low neck of swampy ground, 
 
 and is partly covered with long grass over loose stones, and a 
 few stunted trees. The S. peak, the loftier of the two, rises 
 to the height of 1025 ft. 
 
 NORTHUMBERLAND STRAIT, British America, 
 separating Prince Edward Island on the N. from New Bruns- 
 wick and Nova Scotia on the S., is 100 m, in length, and 
 near its centre, where it is narrowed by the projection of 
 Cape Tormentine, the S.E. extremity of New Brunswick, is 
 only 5 J m. wide, though it widens out on either side to nearly 
 20 m. The navigation being considered dangerous, it is 
 usually avoided by large ships. 
 
 NORWICH [add.], a tn. U. States, Connecticut, at the 
 head of navigation of the Thames, and on the Norwich and 
 Worcester and the New London, Willimantic, and Palmer 
 railways, 30 m. S.E. Hartford. It consists of three distinct 
 parts — Norwich proper or Chelsea Landing, the Town, and 
 Greeneville. The first is picturesquely situated on a steep 
 hill between the Yantic and Shelucket, which here unite in 
 forming the Thames; and consists of houses, which, being 
 mostly white, and seated on terraces rising one above another, 
 have a conspicuous and attractive appearance. The Town 
 lies to the N.W. in a pleasant valley inclosed by hills; Greene- 
 ville lies to the N.E. The principal buildings are seventeen 
 churches, county offices, a free academy, built and endowed by 
 voluntary subscription to the amount of £2 2 ,000; and numerous 
 public schools, which, including the academy, were attended 
 in 1860 by 2366 pupils. The manufactures consist chiefly 
 of cottons, and to a less extent of woollens, paper, and ma- 
 chinery. The Yantic, about 1 m. above its mouth, is com- 
 pressed into a narrow channel, and rushing over a rocky bed, 
 makes a sheer descent of about 50 ft. Pop. (1860), 14,052. 
 
 NOSAREE, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist, and 18 m. 
 S. Surat, 1. bank Poorna, 8 m. above its mouth in the Gulf 
 of Cambay. It stands in a pleasing and highly cultivated 
 district, and contains about 15,000 inliabitants, many of whom 
 are Parsee weavers, and others artificers in copper, brass, 
 iron, and wood. The trade, coasting and foreign, in grain, 
 coarse sugar, wood, and other articles, the produce of the 
 country, is considerable. 
 
 NOSSI-Bfe, an isl. S. Africa, off the N.W. coast of Mada- 
 gascar, belonging to France. It is in the form of an irregular 
 parallelogram, about 14 m. long by 8 m. broad, has a moun- 
 tainous surface, the culminating point, Loucoub^, near its 
 centre, attaining a height of above 1800 ft., and evidently 
 appears, both from its general structure and numerous ex- 
 tinct craters, to be of volcanic origin. It is well watered 
 and well wooded, and so fertile as to maintain a population of 
 10,000 souls. The harbour, formed by the S. shore of Nossi- 
 B^, the N.W. shore of Nossi-Kumba, and the small island of 
 Tani-Keli, has all the requisites of a complete harbour of 
 refuge, being well sheltered, of sufficient depth to float the 
 largest vessels, and capacious enough to receive whole fleets. 
 The chief centre of population is Helleville, which stands 
 upon a flat about 30 ft. above the sea, and is the seat of 
 government. 
 
 NOTRE DAME DU PORTAGE, a tn. British Am- 
 erica, Canada East, co. Temiscouata, r. bank St. Lawrence, 
 90 m. N.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, schools, a 
 plough-factory, and a flour-mill. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 NOVGOROD-VOLANSK, a tn. Russia, gov. Volhynia, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Slutch, 60 m. N.W. Zitomir. 
 It has five churches, a circle and a parish school, a chari- 
 table institute, and various manufactures. At the village of 
 Korktz, in the circle, there is a nunnery and a porcelain fac- 
 tory. Pop. 6355. 
 
 NOVI, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia and 
 Sclavonia, co. and 22 m. S.E. Fiume, cap. dist. of same name, 
 on the shore of the Strait of Morlacca; with a collegiate 
 church, a suppressed Pauline monastery, a castle, and a har- 
 bour at which some trade is carried on. The Bishop of Zengg 
 usually resides here. Pop. 2290. 
 
 NOVIBAZAR, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, on the 
 S. frontiers of Servia, near the source of the Ibar, an affluent 
 of the Morava. It is the seat of the kaimakan, possesses a 
 citadel in a very dilapidated state, and thermal springs; has 
 annual fairs, which are much frequented; and carries on a 
 very extensive trade, being advantageously situated at the 
 point where five roads meet. Pop. about 15,000. 
 
 NOVOI-USEN, a tn. Russia, gov. and 190 m. S.S.W. 
 
NOVO-MOSKOVSK 
 
 111 
 
 NUGEENAH 
 
 Samara, cap. circle of same name, on the Great Usen. It is 
 very irregularly built, and consists for the most part of 
 wooden houses, occupied by inhabitants who are employed 
 partly in fishing and agriculture, and partly in manufactures. 
 To the latter belong tile-works and numerous tallow-melting 
 houses. The annual fair, which lasts from two to three 
 weeks, is sometimes attended by about 10,000 Kerghis of the 
 Inner Horde. Pop. 6055. 
 
 NOVO-MOSKOVSK [add.], a tn. Russia, gov. and 20 m. 
 N.E. Ekaterinoslav, cap. circle of same name, on the Samara. 
 It has six churches, a circle school, two charitable institutes, 
 and an important annual fair, whicn lasts nine days; and con- 
 tains 9729 inhabitants. 
 
 NOVO-REDONDO, a Portuguese praesidium or fort, 
 S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory Sumbe,on the S. 
 or 1. bank of the river of that name, near its mouth in the 
 Atlantic, 50 ra. N. Benguela. It consists of a fort built at 
 the end of last century, and of a village containing about 
 200 houses. The fort crowns the summit of a pyramidal 
 hill in the vicinity of the sea, and is provided with nine guns, 
 mostly brass six-pounders, of which, however, scarcely the 
 half are fit for service. The walls are in good condition. 
 The village lies to the E., stretching irregularly and in 
 patches over steep hills and along deep valleys. Only a few 
 of the houses are built of stone, and of two stories; and all of 
 these, lying beyond the guns of the fort, receive no protection 
 from it. The best edifice is the church. Among the inhabi- 
 tants are a few Portuguese; but the majority consists of 
 mulattoes and blacks, who devote themselves entirely to 
 trade. This, while slaves formed its staple, is said to have 
 been very profitable; but now that it is confined to ivory, 
 wax, gum-copal, and orchil, yields such poor return that 
 both the wealth and the population have rapidly declined. 
 
 NOVOSIL, a tn. Russia, gov. and 80 m. S. by W. Tula, 
 cap. circle of same name, r. bank Susha. It has three 
 churches, secular and religious schools for the circle and 
 parish, a charitable endowment, and manufactures. Pop. 
 3042. 
 
 NOVO-SUTKOV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 75 m. N.N.E. 
 Tchernigov, cap. circle of same name, on an affluent of the 
 Soj. It has three churches, a circle school, a charitable 
 endowment, and numerous manufactures; and 6819 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 NOWAGORA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 7 m. N.W. Cracow; with productive mines of calamine, 
 and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 NOWANUGGUR,atn. India, Giijerat, peninsula Katty- 
 war, on a creek on the S. shore of the Gulf of Cutch. It is 
 a considerable place, near 4 m. in circuit; and has manufac- 
 tures of fine cloths, which are celebrated alike for excel- 
 lence of fabric and beauty of dye, and find a ready sale in the 
 Arabian and African markets. To the N. of the tn. is an 
 indifferent pearl-fishery. 
 
 NOWOSICHTZA, a little village, Bukowina, on the 
 Pruth, remarkable as the point where the three states of 
 Austria, Russia, and Turkey meet. 
 
 NUBLE, a prov. Chili, formerly part of that of Concep- 
 cion, but constituted into a separate ' intendencia,' or pro- 
 vince, by decree of the general government, Feb. 2, 1848. 
 It is bounded N. by the river Perquilanquen, S. by the 
 Itata, which divides it from Concepcion, E. by the Andes, 
 and W. by the great road leading to Santiago. This district 
 is watered by numerous streams descending from the Andes; 
 the chief of which are the Itata, also called the Chilian, and 
 the Nuble — a deep and rapid river, which, after receiving 
 the waters of the former, pursues a westerly course through 
 deep ravines overhung with fine trees, and ultimately dis- 
 charges itself into the Pacific, forming an almost impassable 
 bar. The soil, as everywhere in the south of Chili, is of the 
 best description and highly productive. Its principal pro- 
 ducts consist of grain, wine, and cattle, which are sent in 
 large quantities by land to the north. The climate, some- 
 what drier than that of Concepcion, is equally healthy, and 
 nowise inferior in its adaptation to the various branches of 
 rural economy. Good roads and a larger population would 
 soon render it a very rich district; for there is scarcely a 
 limit to the productive power of the soil. Mining industry 
 is of small amount, though in the early days of the Spanish 
 occupation gold-seeking was almost the sole business of the 
 
 inhabitants. Small quantities are still gathered in the beds 
 of the rivers; but for some time past the less exciting, but 
 more profitable, pursuit of agriculture has been engrossing 
 more and more the attention of the people. Within the 
 limits of this province lies the great volcano of Chilian. The 
 principal town of the province bears the latter name, and is 
 450 m. S. of Santiago. Part of it is modern; the ancient 
 part of it was built by the Spanish conquerors. Chilian in 
 former times was a place of some strength, and on many 
 occasions served as an asylum to the early settlers when hard 
 pressed by the Araucanians. This danger no longer exists, 
 but still Chilian continues to be a military station. Pop. of 
 province (1865), 123,598. — {Guia de Chili; Hepertorio Na- 
 cional.) 
 
 NUDDEA [add.], a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between 
 lat. 22° 49' and 24° 10' N.; Ion. 88° 9' and 89° 11' E.; bounded 
 N. by Rajeshaye, E. Pubna and Jessore, S. Baraset, and W. 
 Hooghly, Beerbhoom, and Burdwan; length, N. to S., about 
 9,0 m.; breadth, 45 m.; area, 2942 sq. m. It lies wholly 
 within the delta of the Ganges, and is traversed everywhere 
 by its branches — chiefly the Podda, Jellinghee, Bhagruttee; the 
 last two uniting to form the Hooghly, which is for 40 m. the 
 W. boundary of this district. The soil, fertile, friable, and 
 easily cultivated, produces in abundance rice, various kinds 
 of millet, maize, pulse, oil-seeds, cucurbitaceous plants, sugar- 
 cane, indigo, tobacco, and hemp. The mulberry, for feeding 
 silk-worms, is extensively cultivated. The capital of the 
 district is Kishungar. Pop. 298,736. 
 
 NUDDEA, a tn. India, which, though giving its name 
 to the above district, is situated in dist. Burdwan, r. bank 
 Bhagruttee, 60 m. N. by W. Calcutta. It was once the 
 residence of a Hindoo sovereign, and possesses an ancient 
 Brahminical college in a state of decay. 
 
 NUERA-ELLIA, or Nuwera-ellia, an elevated plain, 
 Ceylon, 64 m. E. by N. Colombo, at the height of 6222 ft. above 
 the sea. It is inclosed by mountains; one of which, Pedrolalla- 
 galla, having a height of 8280 ft., is the culminating point of 
 the island; and having been first made known, in 1826, by some 
 English ofiicers who had penetrated to it in pursuit of elephants, 
 was immediately selected by government as a sanitarium. 
 Barracks were accordingly commenced, and a village began 
 to rise in the midst of its grassy and well- watered plain. 
 According to Sir J. E. Tennent, ' Nuera-ellia, as a sani- 
 tarium, is little to be relied on in active ailments, especially 
 such as are incident to the island,' but as a preventive of 
 illness 'cannot be too highly valued.' To the hypochondriac 
 and the valetudinarian 'the valley is a paradise; to the 
 languid and exhausted dweller on the coast, this elevated 
 region acts like the touch of his mother earth, strengthening 
 him to wrestle with the heats below; and children, after 
 rejoicing in the bracing breezes, descend as rosy and bright 
 as on their first arrival from England.' The plain, formed 
 of debris from the hills, has been largely productive of pre- 
 cious stones embedded in the alluvial deposit, and is still 
 covered with pits sunk by the gem-finders. Visitors pursu- 
 ing jewel-hunting as an amusement, frequently find small 
 rubies, sapphires, and topazes. 
 
 NUFOOD, meaning ' dearth and destitution of provisions 
 and water,' is the modern name given to one of the most 
 extensive tracts of Arabia, occupying the whole centre of the 
 N. part of the peninsula. Its W. boundary, commencing at 
 the isolated mountain Hulwan, to the E. of Teima, is sharply 
 defined by a range of hills, which, rising to a height of 100 
 to 200 ft., extends N. with an uninterrupted ridge of sand- 
 hills resembling the wall of a mountain-chain, and separates 
 it from the rocky Syrian desert. On the S. its boundary, 
 commencing as before at Hulwan, curves eastward till it is 
 met by the mountain-chain of Jebel Shammar. The E. 
 boundary is very irregular, the sand-ridges extending un- 
 equally — some stretching so far down as to approach the 
 Persian Gulf, while others are soon lost in the stony plain 
 which lies between the Nufood and the sea-coast. The N. 
 and N.E. limits are too little known to be exactly defined. 
 Nufood, notwithstanding the destitution implied in its name, 
 is on its whole extent one of the richest pasture-grounds in 
 Arabia during the spring, when the rain gathers in ponds and 
 pools; at other seasons, owing to the want of wells and 
 springs, the nomade tribes do not frequent it. 
 
 NUGEENAH, two places, India:—!, A vil. N.W. Pro 
 
NUJEEBABAD 
 
 112 
 
 NYASSA 
 
 vinces, dist. Goorgaon, 65 m. S.W. Delhi. It contains a 
 handsome bungalow for travellers, which was originally the 
 country residence of Shumsu-din, Khan of Ferozepore, who 
 was hanged, in 1836, for the murder of William Fraser, the 
 British political agent. — 2, A tn. Rohilcund, dist. Bijnour, 
 about 80 m. N.E. Delhi. It is a large and stirring place, 
 built chiefly of brick, and has been called the Birmingham of 
 India on account of its extensive manufacture of gun-barrels 
 and detonating locks for fowling-pieces. Pop. about 14,000. 
 
 NUJEEBABAD, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, Rohil- 
 cund, on a low and swampy site, in dist. Bijnour, 31 m. S.E. 
 Hurdwar. It is about three-quarters of a mile long, and 
 consists of a number of broad regular streets, inclosed by 
 barriers at dilFerent distances, and forming several distinct 
 bazars. It has a thriving appearance, and carries on an 
 active transit trade between Kumaon and the S. Outside 
 the town are the remains of many considerable buildings; and 
 about 2 m. S.E. is the large square brick-built fort of Put- 
 hurgarb, with bastions at the angles and the middle of each 
 face. 
 
 NUN, a tn. W. Africa, on a river of same name; lat. 28° 
 30' N.; Ion. 10° 11' W. It occupies a very uneven site, 
 and consists of several long streets, so narrow that two camels 
 can hardly pass in them. The houses, built of clay or mud, 
 generally have a court attached to them, from which their 
 only light is received, as tlie wall facing the street has no 
 window or opening of any kind. The place is tolerably 
 clean, except in the Jewish quarter; which is inhabited by 
 about 100 families, and is filthy in the extreme. The trade 
 is considerable, and consists chiefly of gum, goat-skins, 
 camel's-hair, sheep's-wool, and ostrich- feathers. These the 
 traders exchange for European goods, which are sent by 
 caravans into the interior, and specially to Timbuktoo; from 
 which the returns are gold, slaves, gum, ivory, and wax. A 
 good deal of wheat and barley is grown in the vicinity of Nun, 
 and date-palms are numerous, but seem only for ornament, 
 as they bear no fruit. 
 
 NUSA-KAMBANGAN, an isl. Indian Archipelago, off 
 the S. coast of Java, and only separated from it by a narrow 
 channel, so shallow as to be navigable only by boats. It is 
 about 15 m. long by 3 m. broad, has an elevated surface 
 covered with forest, and is almost uninhabited. At the W. 
 entrance of the strait occurs the only good harbour for vessels 
 of burden along the whole of the S. coast of Java. The 
 Dutch have of late years introduced the forced culture of 
 coffee in this island. 
 
 NUSSEEKABAD, three places, India:--1, Atn.presid. 
 Bengal, cap. dist. Myminsing, r. bank Brahmapootra, 190 m. 
 N.E. Calcutta. — 2, A tn. presid Bombay, Candeish, 79 m. 
 E.N.E. Malligaum. — 3, A British cantonment, dist. and 
 15 m. S.E. Ajinere. It stands at the height of 1486 ft. above 
 the sea, on a vast plain of sand or gravel overlying primitive 
 rock, and bounded N.W. by the mountains of Ajmere. The 
 cantonments, laid out in wide and regular streets, are large 
 and commodious. On 28th May, 1857, the 15th and 30th 
 Bengal N. I., and a company of Bengal native artillery, broke 
 into open mutiny, and committed great atrocities. 
 
 NUYTS [add.], an archipelago, S. Australia, contained in 
 a large bight of the coast between Bell Point in lat. 32° 17' 
 S., Ion. 133° 5' E., and Westall Point in lat. 32° 52' 30" S., 
 Ion. 133° 59' E. The principal groups of the archipelago 
 are those of St, Peter, lying near the mainland between 
 Denial and Smoky Bays; of St. Francis, situated at 18 m. 
 distance in the ofiing, and affording good anchorage in Petrel 
 Bay; and of the Purdie Isles, which lie 3 or 4 m. from the 
 shore to the eastward of Bell Point, and are rendered very 
 dangerous by reefs and sunken rocks. 
 
 NYAMBOKONDA, a hot spring, S.E. Africa, Portu- 
 guese settlements, nearly opposite Tette; lat. 15° 50' 35" S. 
 It stands at the bottom of a high hill, about a mile and a half 
 E. of Morosi, a small affluent of the Zambesi. A little spring 
 bubbles up on one side of the rivulet Nyaonda, and a great 
 quantity of steam rises from the adjacent ground, of which 
 12 ft. square is so hot that the natives with their bare feet 
 could not stand upon it. The principal spring is in a hole 
 about a foot in diameter and in depth. The steam feels acrid 
 in the throat, but seems not to be inflammable. A ther- 
 mometer plunged into the water of the hole stands steadily at 
 160°. The stones over which the water flows as it passes 
 
 from the spring are encrusted with a white salt, and some 
 diggings have been made by the natives in order to obtain 
 the salt on a larger scale. The prevailing rocks where the 
 fountain, issues are syenitic porphyry in broad dykes, gneiss 
 tilted on edge, sandstone in strata dislocated by hornblende 
 rock and basalt, and partially converted into quartz, green- 
 stone, and lava, with many specimens of half-formed pumice. 
 
 NYAMINA, a tn. W. Africa, on the N. or right bank of 
 the Dhuiliba, which ultimately sends its waters to the Senegal, 
 450 m. S.W. Timbuktoo. It is a large and important place, 
 with a market which supplies a great proportion of the in- 
 habitants of the W. desert. To the W. of the town the river 
 forms a large creek or backwater, which opens an extensive 
 inland navigation. 
 
 NYANZA (Albeet). See, Luta N'zig£ in Siipp. 
 
 NYANZA (Victoria). See Victoria in Supp. 
 
 NYASSA [add.], a lake, S.E. Africa, lying nearly due 
 N. and S., lat. 10° 55' to 14° 25' S.; its S. extremity is in 
 Ion. 35° 30' E., and its N. end in Ion. 34° 35' E.; its greatest 
 breadth, in about lat. 12° S., is estimated at 60 to 65 m., and 
 its total length about 250 m. It is drained by the river 
 Shire into the Zambesi, and where the Shire leaves it at its 
 S. extremity the depth along the W. shore is from 9 to 15 
 fathoms; but beyond Cape Maclear, a mountainous promon- 
 tory 40 m. N. W., no bottom was found at 35 fathoms. Along 
 the W. shore, which is a succession of bays, where the bottom 
 is sandy near the beach, and to a mile out, the depth varies 
 from 6 to 14 fathoms. In a rocky bay, about lat. 11° 40' S., 
 there are soundings at 100 fathoms; but outside the bay none 
 were found at 1 1 6 fathoms. The S. end of the lake is divided 
 into two arms, from the south-eastern of which the Shire 
 issues; this arm is about 30 m. long, and from 10 to 12 m. 
 broad. Rounding Cape Maclear, the south-westerly arm 
 stretches 18 m. towards the S., and is from 6 to 12 m. in 
 breadth. These arms give the southern end a forked appear- 
 ance, with some resemblance to the boot-shape of Italy; the 
 narrowest part of the lake is about the ancle, 18 or 12 m. 
 Prom this it widens to the N., and lies as near as possible due 
 N. and S. About two-thirds up the lake is the island Chizu- 
 mara, which facilitates the crossing of the lake by the natives 
 and Arab and Portuguese slave-traders. The lake appears 
 to be surrounded by mountains, but the beautiful tree-covered 
 heights on the W. side are only the edges of high table-lands. 
 Like all narrow seas encircled by highlands, it is visited by 
 sudden and tremendous storms. The temperature of the 
 water was found to be 72° Fahr., its great depth preventing 
 the sun from raising it to an excessive height. Lake Nyassa 
 receives no large affluents from the W.; the five rivers seen 
 on that side by Dr. Livingstone not appearing to bring in as 
 much water as the Shire was carrying out. They were from 
 15 to 13 yards wide, and some too deep to ford; but possibly 
 these, with others similar from the mountains on the E. and 
 N., when swollen by the rains, may be sufficient to account 
 for the rise of the lake without any large river. Distinct 
 marks upon the rocks show that for some time during the 
 rainy season the water of the lake is 3 ft. above the point to 
 which it falls towards the close of the dry period of the year. 
 The rains begin in November, and the permanent rise of the 
 effluent Shire does not take place till January. The W. side 
 of the lake, as mentioned before, with the exception of the 
 arm W. of Cape Maclear, is a succession of small bays of 
 nearly similar form, each having an open sandy beach and 
 pebbly shore, and being separated from the next by a rocky 
 headland, with detached rocks extending some distance out- 
 wards; the great S.W. bay would form a fine harbour. The 
 land immediately adjacent to the lake is low and fertile, 
 though in some places marshy, and tenanted by large flocks 
 of ducks, geese, herons, crowned cranes, and other birds. In 
 the southern part are sometimes rich plains ten or a dozen 
 miles in extent, bordered by high ranges of well-wooded hills 
 running nearly parallel with the lake. Northwards the 
 mountains become loftier, and present magnificent views, 
 range towering above range, until dim lofty outlines bound 
 the prospect. Still further N. the plains become narrower, 
 until they altogether disappear, and the mountains rise 
 abruptly out of the lake, forming the N.E. boundary of what 
 is described by the natives as an extensive table-land, well 
 suited for pasturage and agriculture, and now only partially 
 occupied by a tribe of Zulus, who came from the S. some 
 
NYASSA 
 
 113 
 
 OAKVILLE 
 
 years ago. These people own large herds of cattle, and are 
 constantly increasing in numbers by annexing other tribes. 
 The country W. of the lake, about the parallel of lat. 13° S., 
 consists nearest the lake of a rich well- cultivated plain, which 
 is succeeded by highlands, undulating, stony, and covered 
 with scraggy trees. Many banks of well-rounded shingle 
 appear, traversed by the Eiver Kaombe. Beyond it is a tract 
 of upland vegetation — rhododendrons, proteas, the masuko 
 and molompi. In front, westward, there is what appears to 
 be the long slope of a range of mountains, but the foreground 
 is a succession of tree-covered rounded hills; the cassava is 
 liere the chief food cultivated, and the castor-oil plant also is 
 extensively grown for its oil. The mountain range just 
 named is however only the edge of a western table-land, 
 which, at first undulating, soon becomes smooth, with some 
 isolated hills and slopes towards the centre of the country. 
 In this table-land are the sources of the Loangwa, of the 
 Maravi or Zumbo, which flows S.W.,and enters the Zambesi 
 at Zumbo; and of the Loangwa, which flows E., and is one of 
 the principal aiHuents of the lake on its W. shore, in about 
 lat. 12° 30' S. This table-land, on the meridian of Ion. 33° E., 
 appears to be the watershed of this part of the country. 
 
 Tlie shores of the lake are densely populated. In the 
 southern part is an almost unbroken chain of villages. ' On 
 the beach of well-nigh every little sandy bay, 'says Dr. Living- 
 stone, 'dark crowds were standing gazing at the novel sight 
 of a boat under sail, and wherever we landed we were sur- 
 rounded in a few seconds by hundreds of men, women, and 
 children, who hastened to have a stare at the chiromho, " wild 
 animals."' The natives cultivate the soil extensively, and 
 grow large quantities of rice and sweet potatoes, as well as 
 maize, mapira, and millet. In the N. cassava is the staple 
 product, and with fish kept till the flavour is high, constitutes 
 the main support of the inhabitants. A singular kind of food 
 is furnished them during a portion of the year. Vast clouds, 
 as of smoke from miles of burning grass, but really of count- 
 less millions of minute gnats or midges, fill the air and swarm 
 upon the water; the natives gather these minute insects by 
 night, and boil them into thick cakes, to be used as a relish, 
 millions of midges in a cake, which is very dark in colour, 
 and tastes not unlike caviare, or salted locusts. Abundance 
 of excellent fish is found in the lake, mostly of species pecu- 
 liar to it. The finest in flavour, and of large size, is the 
 mpasa, or sanjika, a kind of carp, which frequents the rivers 
 to spawn, like salmon. The fish ascend the rivers in August 
 and September, and furnish active employment to many 
 fishermen. Weirs are constructed full of sluices, in each of 
 which is set a large basket-trap; a short distance below the 
 weirs nets are stretched across from bank to bank. The lake 
 fish are caught chiefly in nets, but sometimes with the hook. 
 A net with small meshes is used for catching the young fry 
 of a silvery kind bi pickerel, when they are about 2 in. long; 
 thousands are often taken in a haul. In deep water some 
 kinds of fish are taken by lowering fish-baskets, attached 
 with long cords to a float, around which a mass of grass or 
 weeds is often tied to allure the deep-sea fish. Fleets of fine 
 canoes are engaged in the fisheries; the men, who are good 
 sailors, using long paddles, and standing erect. The fibre of 
 the buaze is prepared and made into long nets. Cotton cloth 
 also is made in large quantities, and worn in many of the 
 southern villages, atlbrding much employment both in the 
 
 cultivation of the cotton and in its manipulation. An exten- 
 sive manufacture also of a cloth from the inner bark of an 
 undescribed tree, of the botanical group Cmsaljnnice, is 
 carried on from one end of the lake to the other. The lake 
 people are not well-favoured in looks; all are tattooed from 
 head to foot, the figures being various and characteristic of 
 the different tribes. The women use the pelele, or ring in- 
 serted in the upper lip, and some of them wear a second in the 
 under lip. In disposition they are generous, but not unad- 
 dicted to thieving. But the worst qualities appear among 
 those who are in contact with the slave-trade, which is carried 
 on by Arabs and others, who traverse the lake and country 
 from the E. coast, chiefly from the slave-ports of Ibo and 
 Kilwa. This traffic is the cause of constant feuds and mar- 
 auding practices between the various tribes; the most power- 
 ful of which appear to be the Mazitu and the Ajawa, who 
 have carried fire and desolation over a great extent of 
 country, and deported the inhabitants for sale to the slave- 
 buyers. Crocodiles are numerous on the shores of the lake; 
 elephants too, surprisingly tame, are found in numbers even 
 close to the villages, and hippopotami swarm in the creeks 
 and lagoons, and herds of them are sometimes seen in the lake 
 itself. Lake Nyassa was discovered by Dr. Livingstone in 
 September, 1859, at its S. extremity. In the following 
 November Dr. Eoscher, a German traveller, came in sight of 
 it somewhere in its N.E. portion, but he was murdered on his 
 return journey, and his explorations did not come to light. 
 Dr. Livingstone (if alive) is now (1867) examining the coun- 
 try about the upper part of the lake from the Kovuma Eiver, 
 and also its relation to the northern lakes, Tanganyika, Vic- 
 toria Nyanza, &c. — {Livingstone.) 
 
 NYNEE TAL, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Ku- 
 maon, 30 m. S.S.W. Almora. It is much resorted to as a 
 sanitarium, contains a church, which was erected by public 
 subscription in 1847, and has a market for the productions of 
 the surrounding country. 
 
 NYOUNGOS and PAGAN-MYO, two tns. Burmah, 
 1. bank Irawadi, about 40 m. S.W. Ava. Though 3 m. 
 apart, they extend so as to become contiguous, and may thus 
 be considered as one. The area covered by them is thickly 
 spotted with the ruined temples of Pagan, the ancient Bur- 
 mese capital. The inhabitants are much employed in the 
 manufacture of the cups and boxes made of varnished basket- 
 work, commonly called lackered ware. 
 
 NYOUNG-YUWE, or Nyoung-shwe, a territory, town, 
 and lake, Burmah. The territory, forming the most westerly 
 of the Shan states, and one of the largest and most important, 
 has sufifered so much from Karen forays, Burman oppression, 
 and civil discord, that it probably does not now contain above 
 1000 houses. Of these 150 are in the town, which stands 
 near the N.E. extremity of the lake, 45 m. S.E. Ava. 
 Appearances indicate that its site, a large alluvial basin 
 2500 ft. above sea-level, was once a lake. The actual lake 
 of Nyoung-yuw^ is remarkable for its multitude of floating 
 islands. These are composed of the interlaced roots of a 
 coarse grass or reed, loaded with a little soil. In dry 
 weather the roots of the grass shoot down to the bottom of 
 the lake, but in the rains many of them, owing to the greater 
 depth of water, break loose and float. The inhabitants often 
 use them as fishing stations, and even erect their huts on 
 them, after anchoring them to the bottom by long bamboos. 
 
 o. 
 
 OAKLAND, a tn. U. States, California, co. Alameda, 
 pleasantly situated on E. shore of San Francisco Bay, on the 
 San Francisco and Alameda railroad, 7 m. from and opposite 
 to San Francisco, the capital. It contains six churches, an 
 institution called the College of California, a ladies' and a 
 public school. Easpberries are grown in large quantities in 
 the vicinity. Pop. (1860), 1543; in 1864, about 2000, 
 Sdpp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 OAKVILLE, a tn. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Halton, on the W. shore of Lake Ontario, at the mouth of 
 Sixteen Mile Creek, 19 m. S.W. Toronto. It contains three 
 churches, a grammar-school, and a ladies' select academy, 
 and possesses an excellent and land-locked harbour, at which 
 a number of first-class vessels is annually launched. There 
 is also a considerable trade, Oakville being at once the wheat 
 
 15 
 
OBBO 
 
 114 
 
 OIL CITY 
 
 market of the county, and the outlet for conveying flour and 
 other produce to the American side. The Great Western 
 railway has a station near the town. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 OBBO, a territory, Central Africa, intersected by the 
 parallel of 4° N., and meridian of 32° 30' E.; lying between 
 the Madi Mountains on the N. and E., the Bari tribe on the 
 W., and the river Atabbi, an affluent of the Nile, on the S. 
 The country is undulating and park-like, and has in general 
 an elevation of 3600 ft. above the sea; to the S , although 
 there are no actual mountains, the country distinctly rises. 
 The drainage is to the W. and N.W., in which direction there 
 is a very perceptible inclination. The vegetation of Obbo and 
 the whole of the W. side of the Madi range is different from 
 that on the E. side; the soil is exceedingly rich, producing an 
 abundance of Guinea grass, with which the plains are covered. 
 It produces nine varieties of yams, some of which grow wild 
 in the forests; there are also many good wild fruits; a fine 
 quality of flax grows spontaneously, and tobacco attains an 
 extraordinary size. The climate would be healthy were the 
 country more populous, but the rainfall continuing during 
 ten months of the year, from February to the end of Novem- 
 ber, the increase of vegetation on the fertile soil is too rapid, 
 and the mass of herbage and grasses 10 ft. high, with creep- 
 ing plants and vines, becomes impenetrable by man, and forms 
 a vast jungle, inhabited only by elephants, rhinoceroses, and 
 buffaloes. The natives are entirely different from tlieir 
 northern neighbours, the Latookas, both in language and 
 appearance. They are not quite naked, except when going 
 to war, and then they paint themselves in stripes of red and 
 yellow; their usual covering is the skin of an antelope or goat 
 worn like a mantle. Their faces are well formed, with pecu- 
 liarly fine-shaped noses. Their head-dress is remarkably 
 neat, the woolly hair being matted and worked with thread 
 into a flat form like a beaver's tail, and bound with a fine 
 edge of raw hide to keep it in shape. The only articles of 
 pottery are tobacco-pipes and water-jars; all other utensils are 
 formed of wood or gourd shells. — [Sir S. W. Baker.) 
 
 OBERLIN, a vil. U. States, Ohio, on the Cleveland and 
 Toledo railway, 30 m. S.W. Cleveland. It contains an 
 Episcopal and a Congregational church, the latter capable of 
 holding 3000 persons; and Oberlin college, which is attended 
 by about 900 students, and combines manual labour with 
 study. By its rules males and females are admitted without 
 regard to colour. Pop. (1860), 2132, exclusive of students. 
 
 OBERPLAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 22 m. S.W. Budweis, near 1. bank Moldau; with a parish 
 church, four very important yearly markets, and 1100 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 OBERTYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 N.N.E. Kolomea, cap. dist. of same name; with very impor- 
 tant cattle markets. It was once fortified, and had a very 
 strong castle. The Turks and Moldavians were signally 
 defeated here in 1529 and 1532. Pop. 4300. 
 
 OBLIGADO, a tn. La Plata, prov. and 108 m. N.W. 
 Buenos Ayres, r. bank Parana. Here the river contracts to 
 less than half a mile. 
 
 OBVOS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 22 m. 
 E. Arad; with 1200 inhabitants, who grow maize, and rear 
 goats and bees. 
 
 OCHRIDA [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet Rura- 
 Ili, cap. leva of same name, on the N. shore of Lake Ochrida. 
 65 m. E. by S. Durazzo, on the Adriatic. It is surrounded 
 by walls flanked with towers, is the seat of a kaimakan or 
 Turkish governor, and of a Greek archbishop; and carries on 
 an important trade in dried fish, obtained from the lake, and 
 sent into all the neighbouring parts of Albania and Mace- 
 donia. Pop. 8000. 
 
 OCONTO, a vil. U States, Wisconsin, cap. co. and on 
 river of same name, 2 m. from the entrance of the latter into 
 Green Bay, and 30 m. N. by E. the city of Green Bay. The 
 manufacture of pine lumber is the staple of the place, and 
 100,000,000 ft. of it are said to be shipped annually. 
 
 OCOSINGO, a tn. Mexico, dep. Chiapas, 65 m. S.E. 
 Ciudad Real. It derives its chief interest from a series of 
 remarkable aboriginal monuments in its vicinity. Pop. 4000. 
 
 OCOTLAN, a tn. Mexico, state and 18 m. S. Oajaca; had 
 once a richly endowed Dominican monastery, and a pop. of 
 about 12,000. After the destruction of the monastery it 
 rapidly decayed, and does not now count above 400 families. 
 
 OCSA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 10 m. 
 S.S.E. Pesth; with a church in the Byzantine style, which 
 dates from the 11th century, and in purity of structure will 
 not suffer by comparison with the best edifices of the same 
 period in Italy and Germany. P. 2352, mostly Protestants. 
 
 ODERBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 28 m. E. Troppau, on the Oder, near the 
 Prussian frontier, and a station on the Vienna and Oderberg 
 railway. It is the seat of several public offices, has an hos- 
 pital, and four yearly markets, and contains 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 ODOJEV, a tn. Russia, gov. Tula, pleasantly and healthily 
 situated on both banks of the Klemenka, at its confluence 
 with the Upa. It has five churches, a circle and a parish 
 school, and several industrial establishments. Bees are ex- 
 tensively reared, and some coal is found within the circle. 
 Pop. 3080. 
 
 ODRAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist. of 
 same name, 17 m. S. Troppau on the Oder and the Moravian 
 frontier. It is the seat of several public offices, has a castle, 
 manufactures of linen, woollen, and cotton goods, and four 
 yearly markets, and contains 3643 inhabitants. 
 
 ODRZYKOVV, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 13 m. N.E. Jaslo; with a sulphur spring, and the ruins 
 of an old mountain castle, which gave an asylum to the fugi- 
 tive Hungarian king Zapolya, and figures in the early history 
 of the country. Pop. 2250. 
 
 OELGUN, or Duu;igxo, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Al- 
 bania, eyalet Rum-Ili, on the shore of the Adriatic, a little 
 N. of the mouth of the Boyana, and 16 m. S.W. Scutari. It 
 is the see of a R. Catholic bishop, and possesses a harbour, 
 at which there is some trade in oil and timber. Pop. 7000. 
 
 OELS, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 26 m. 
 N. by W. Briinn, on the Bohemian frontier; with two 
 churches, a small castle, and some cotton manufactures. 
 Graphite is found in the vicinity. Pop. 1700. 
 
 OGDENSBURG, a vil. and port of entry, U. States. 
 New York, r. bank St. Lawrence, at the mouth of the Os- 
 wegatchie, opposite to Prescott in Canada, and on a railway 
 which connects it with Boston and New York. It contains 
 a custom-house, town-hall, armoury, several churches, and 
 an academy, and carries on an active trade. Pop. (1860), 
 7413. 
 
 OGOBENDO, or Benwe, a tn. W. Africa, on the delta 
 of the Kwara, from two to four days N. of Bonny. It is a 
 large and important market-town, forming the principal mart 
 of the district for palm- oil and provisions. During the foreign 
 slave-trade it was in the zenith of its prosperity ; and even 
 since it has declined but little, as it still remains a central 
 depot of the home slave-traders. 
 
 OHO-SIMA, two islands of the N. Pacific. 1, Oho- 
 Sivia or Harbour Island, called by the Chinese Tatao, is the 
 largest of the chain of islands lying between Great Loo-choo 
 and Japan. It stretches in a N.E. and S.W. direction for 
 about 30 m.; having its N. extremity in lat. 28° 31' 40" N., 
 Ion. 129° 40' 12" E.; and its S. extremity in lat. 28° 6' 30" N., 
 Ion. 129° 22' E. It was partially surveyed by the American 
 squadron in 1856, but has never been properly explored. 
 From the little that has been learned respecting it, it appears 
 to have a bold, rugged, and deeply indented coast, and a lofty, 
 well-wooded, and well-cultivated interior. Two peaks near 
 its S, end have the respective heights of 1674 and 1420 ft. 
 The number of villages seen along the coast prove that it 
 contains a large population. — 2, Oho-Sima, Oosima, or Vrie's 
 Island, situated in front of the Gulf of Yedo, in lat. (S.E. 
 point) 34° 39' 30" N., Ion. 139° 28' E., has an active volcano 
 near its summit, which rises to the height of 2530 ft. It 
 would seem, however, that though vapour and smoke rise 
 from it at short intervals, and from different places along its 
 crest, there is no discharge of lava or other destructive mat- 
 ter, as its slopes are extensively cultivated and dotted with 
 towns and villages. The vapour, after ascending, sometimes 
 condenses in masses on the mountain, and makes the island a 
 good land-fall for vessels approaching this part of the coast 
 of Niphon. 
 
 OIL CITY, a tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, co. Venango, on 
 the Alleghany River, just below the mouth of Oil Creek, the 
 E. terminus of the Franklin branch of the Atlantic and Great 
 Western railroad, 8 m. E.N.E. Franklin. It is the principal 
 market of the Venango county oil region, immense quantities 
 
OJOGO 
 
 IK 
 
 OMAN 
 
 of petroleum procured in the vicinity being shipped here for 
 Pittsburgh and elsewhere. The oil-wells are numerous, and 
 one is said to have been flowing since 1861. Before I860 
 the place contained only one store and one or two taverns; 
 but so rapid has been its growth that it became an incor- 
 porated borough in 1862, and contains four churches, three 
 banks, numerous oil refineries, twelve hotels, several ware- 
 houses, machine shops, and many stores. P. (1865), 12,000. 
 
 OJOGO, a tn. \V. Africa, territory Keana, on the eastern 
 extremity of a considerable island in the Benuwe, 120 m. 
 above its confluence with the Kwara. It is a small but 
 cheerful-looking place, in the immediate vicinity of which 
 are dense forests containing magnificent oil palms. On the 
 left bank of the river, opposite to Ojogo, there is a strange 
 tribe called Mitshe, by whose quarrelsome disposition and 
 predatory habits the inhabitants have repeatedly suffered. 
 Crocodiles are very abundant in the Benuwe, near Ojogo. 
 
 OKANSK, a tn. liussia, gov. and 40 m. S.W. Perm, 
 cap. circle of same name, on a lofty bank above r. bank 
 Kama, has two churches, and two yearly markets. The 
 rearing of bees is a principal employment. Pop. 1334. 
 
 OKINAWA-SIMA, two islands, Loo-choo group, lat. 
 26° N., Ion. 128° E., in the N., and two in the S. connected 
 by isthmuses formed by deep indentations of their opposite 
 shores. The nucleus appears to be composed of gneiss and 
 slate. On these the coral zoophyte has built its structures, 
 which have subsequently been so upheaved that coral is found 
 on some of the loftiest summits at the height of nearly 500 ft. 
 above the sea. The soil, composed chiefly of coral detritus 
 and decayed vegetable and animal remains, varies with the 
 physical features of the surface, being comparatively poor on 
 the mountain tops and their steeper acclivities, and rich and 
 fertile in the valleys and plains. The climate, though sub- 
 ject to droughts and furious typhoons, is on the whole favour- 
 able to culture. It is also very healthy, as there are no 
 stagnant marshes to produce miasma; and the heat, tempered 
 by sea-breezes and the elevation of the land, is never exces- 
 sive. One of the principal crops is rice, first sown in plots, 
 and afterwards transplanted, and copiously supplied with 
 water by means of artificial irrigation during the whole period 
 of its growth. The other crops are taro or sweet potatoes, 
 millet, sago, pulse, wheat, barley, sugar-cane, tobacco, and 
 cotton. It has been estimated that of the 500,000 acres 
 which the island is supposed to contain, one-eighth is under 
 cultivation, producing annually about 200,000 bushels of rice 
 and 50,000 bushels of wheat. In addition to the land thus 
 occupied, 35,000 acres are under sweet potatoes, and 2000 
 acres under sugar-cane. The government seems to be an 
 absolute despotism, with a system of administration resem- 
 bling that of Japan, to which the island is tributary. The 
 I'eligion is the common Buddhism of the East, with a mixture 
 of peculiar superstitions. The inhabitants congregate chiefly 
 in the two cities of Shui or Sheudi, the capital, and Napha; 
 and 36 towns, each averaging a pop. of 6000, are roughly 
 estimated at between 150,000 and 200,000. They appear to 
 be of the same original stock, but now form two distinct 
 races — the Japanese and the Loo-chooan, properly so called. 
 — [U. S. Expedition to the China Seas and Japan.) 
 
 OKNA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, near the 
 Trotush, an affluent of the Serelh, 75 m. S.W. Jassy. It 
 has an active trade with Ilussia, and possesses rich salt mines, 
 which are worked chiefly by convicts. The mineral springs 
 of Slanik are in the vicinity. 
 
 OLAIIFALU, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 82 m. N.N.E. Udvarhely, in a bleak mountain 
 district. It consists of two distinct portions, called Great and 
 Little Olahfalu, and its inhabitants are chiefly employed in 
 spinning hemp, flax, and cotton, making wooden articles, 
 and carrying on a trade in wood. In the vicinity, in the 
 valley of the Homorod, are ironworks, and much-frequented 
 mineral springs. Pop. 3000. 
 
 OLAHPATAK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Gomiir, on the Sajo; with a fine park with an English garden, 
 large ironworks, and mines of iron, silver, and copper. Pop. 
 1000, mostly Lutherans. 
 
 OLBERSUORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 19 m. N.W. Troppau; with several public 
 offices, a castle, an hospital, a copper mill, and several yearly 
 markets, chiefly for cattle. Pop. 2353. 
 
 OLD POINT COMFORT, a vil. U. States, Virginia, 
 on James River, at the entrance of Hampton Roads, 12 m. N. 
 Norfolk. It contains commodious hotels for the numerous 
 visitors who come to it in summer for sea-bathing. On the 
 Point, which is a low, narrow sandy neck of land, stands 
 Fort Monroe, and about a mile S., on the opposite entrance 
 to the roads, another fort has been erected on an artificial 
 island formed upon a mud bank. 
 
 OLGA, or Michael Seymour, a bay, Russian empire, on 
 the E. coast of Manchooria, in the Sea of Japan; lat. 43° 46' 
 N.; Ion. 135° 19' E. It is open to the S.E., but protected 
 by high land on the N.W. and S.W. AVithin, in its N. part, 
 there is shelter for a few vessels from all winds in 10 fathoms 
 water, over a muddy bottom. In the N.E. a narrow channel 
 leads into another harbour; which is well adapted for careen- 
 ing purposes, as there is little rise and fall; and the water, 
 always smooth, is deep close to its S. bank. The Gilbert or 
 Avvakum falls into the bay at its N.W. angle. Both sides 
 of the entrance are bordered by abrupt rocks of granite, and 
 all around the shores are mountains of rough-grained granite 
 and red porphyry of coarse crystalline structure, with wooded 
 slopes. A pass leads through the mountains to the Upper 
 Usuri. This bay is now the chief naval station of the Rus- 
 sians on the coast of Manchooria. One reason for this pre- 
 ference is its almost entire freedom from ice. It abounds 
 with fish. 
 
 OLIDEN, a tn. Bolivia, prov. Chiquitos, lat. 19° S.; 
 Ion. 63° 20' W. It stands on an elevated plain, overhanging 
 the Tucubaca, and occupies the site of the old tn. of Corezon 
 de Jesus, founded by the Jesuits. 
 
 OLOMUCZAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and about 12 m. N. Briinn; with manufactures of stoneware 
 and iron mines. Pop. 1000. 
 
 OLSCHAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 8 m. S.W. Olmiitz, on the Blatta; with a well-built parish 
 church. The large plain near the town, extending along the 
 Blatta, has often been used as a field encampment. Pop. 
 1000. 
 
 OLTENITZA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, 
 1. bank Danube, opposite to Turtukai, at the confluence of 
 the Argisch, 25 m. S.E. Bucharest. It has a quarantine 
 establishment and a ferry, and is celebrated for the victory 
 gained by the Turks over the Russians in 1854. Pop. 1485. 
 
 OMAHA, a tn. U. States, cap. Nebraska, pleasantly 
 situated on W. bank Missouri, opposite the town of Council 
 Bluffs, 125 m. W. by S. Des Moines; lat. 41° 16' N.; Ion. 
 96° W. Its position is on undulating ground, between the 
 river and the heights, which overlook a wide and rolling 
 prairie. The streets intersect each other at right angles, and 
 are well paved with stone and brick. The principal buildings 
 are the capitol, the court-house, and ten churches; there are 
 also three banks, and several schools. The staple trade of 
 Omaha is the sale and transportation of goods to the plains, 
 mines, and forts of the far west. A great number of emigrants 
 going westward cross' the river here, and procure their sup- 
 plies. The Missouri is navigable both above and below by 
 large steamboats. A military road connects Omaha with 
 Fort Kearney, and a branch of the Pacific railroad to it, of 
 which 50 m. are completed, is under construction. Lime- 
 stone of good quality is quarried in the neighbourhood. Pop. 
 (I860), 1883: in 1865, about 4500. 
 
 OMAN [add.], a kingdom, E. Arabia. The name is usu- 
 ally applied to the sea-coast dist. comprised between Ras 
 Mesandum and Rasel-Hadd the extreme eastern shoulder 
 of the peninsula. Arabs give to Oman, however, a much 
 wider range; extending it from Aboo Debee, a village on the 
 E. limit of the territory now occupied by Benoo Yass, to the 
 neighbourhood of Dofar, far down the S. coast, with whatever- 
 lands lie between these points. It thus touches Hadramaut 
 on the S., and Katar or its immediate vicinity on the N., and 
 forms a huge crescent, having the sea in front and the vast 
 desert of S. Arabia for background. Politically, Oman has a 
 yet wider acceptation, since it includes, besides the above- 
 named territory, that also of Benoo Yass, Katar, the Akhaf, 
 all the islands of the Persian Gulf from Bahreyn eastward, 
 and the entire coast on the Persian side from Ras Bostanah 
 to Djask; and its rule extends over a long strip of the African 
 shore opposite to Zanzibar; while this island itself, and 
 Socotra, and whatever adjoins them, are likewise subject to 
 
OMAN 
 
 116 
 
 ONGKOE-WAT 
 
 the Omanee sceptre. The Arabian and Persian possessions 
 of Oman are divided into thirteen distinct administrations, 
 more or less dependent on the central government. Those 
 least dependent are the following five: — 1, Bahreyn, which 
 pays but a small tribute and a doubtful allegiance ; 2, Katar 
 and the territory of Benoo Yass, whose union is a degree 
 closer than that of Bahreyn; 3, Sharjah; 4, Ko'os-el-Djebal; 
 and 5, Kalhoot — the last three being subject indeed, but in 
 no friendly manner. The eight provinces which acknow- 
 ledge a more strict subjection are: — 1, The Persian coast 
 from Cape Bostanah to Djask, with the adjacent islands — a 
 region nearly 200 m. in length, by a breadth varying from 
 10 to 30 m., a long strip of harbours, and valuable on their 
 account alone; 2, The Batinah, or tlie entire plain compre- 
 hended between the gorge of Kabaa'1-Loha to the N., Barka 
 and the Mascat Hills to the S., and the mountain-chain of 
 Jebel-Akhdar to the W.; this province is of equal length to 
 the former, but 40 or 50 m. in breadth, and the most fertile 
 and densely peopled in Oman; 3, Jebel-Akhdar, which com- 
 mences at Kataa'i- Loha and reaches to Somad, the Batinah 
 bounding it on the N.E., and Dahirahon the S.W.; the entire 
 district is mountainous but well inhabited, and in it lies the 
 main political and military strength of the kingdom; 4, The 
 Dahirah; 5, The prov. of Mascat, from Barka to Eas Heyran; 
 6, The Belad Soor, from Eas Heyran to Eas-el-Hadd; 7, 
 Djailan, which lies immediately behind it; 8, The tracts 
 from Eas-el-Hadd to Dofar, thinly peopled principally by 
 Bedouin or negro and African tribes. These eight provinces, 
 with the exception of the last, constitute Oman in the strict 
 geographical and political sense of the word. Owing to the 
 extent of its coast-line, and its possession of the entrance to 
 the Persian Gulf, it is essentially a maritime kingdom, in 
 which commerce and sea trade are of the chief importance. 
 But the land possessions of Oman proper — the province which 
 gives its name to the entire empire — are the richest part of 
 the Arabian peninsula both in agricultural produce and in 
 mineral treasures; while its extent inland affords ample field 
 for every kind of industrial labour. The inhabitants are 
 said to be decidedly the best tempered and most hospitable 
 of all the Arab race; and toleration exists among them for all 
 races, religions, and customs; Jews, Christians, Mahometans, 
 Hindoos — all are free to follow their own convictions and 
 practices. Among their bad qualities, however, are a super- 
 stitious belief in sorcery, great immorality, and indulgence 
 in the slave-trade. Negroes are imported from the coast of 
 Africa in large numbers every year, and form so large a 
 leaven of the population as to have seriously affected the 
 character of the inhabitants for the worse. The working of gold 
 and silver filigree, with which daggers, belts, cups, and pipes 
 are often adorned in Oman, supports great numbers of families 
 in the larger towns, and is of a perfection rarely to be met with 
 in the workmanship of any other land. The gold thus em- 
 ployed is mainly brought from or through India, though this 
 precious metal is said to exist in the interior of Oman itself, 
 in the continuation of Jebel-Akhdar behind Bahilah. Cop- 
 per mines occur in Oman, and are regularly worked ; lead, 
 too, is procured in the neighbourhood of Eas-el-Hadd; and 
 traces of iron are observed in many localities. Salt mines 
 are very common, and are much worked both for home con- 
 sumption and for exportation ; and the sea throws up amber 
 in such abundance as to form a staple article of the royal 
 revenue. This substance, with pearls, salt, and gold, are the 
 only government monopolies. 
 
 The form of government of Oman is a limited monarchy, 
 and 'Sultan of Oman' is the correct title of the ruling 
 prince, and not 'Imaura of Muscat,' or Mascat, which is 
 usually given to him by Europeans. The monarchy is 
 limited, not by charters and acts, but by the co-existence of 
 a powerful aristocracy, by hereditary privileges, and the pre- 
 scription of popular rights. It is in fact less a kingdom than 
 an aggregation of municipalities. Each town, each village, 
 has its separate existence and corporation; while towns and 
 villages are in turn subject to ancestral chiefs. The pre- 
 rogatives of the crown consist in the right of nomination and 
 deposition (upon complaint) of local governors, though the 
 office always remains in the same family; in fixing and levy- 
 ing port and customs dues; in the exclusive management of 
 the navy ; the keeping up a small standing army of 600 or 
 700 men; and, lastly, the transacting of all foreign affairs for 
 
 alliance or treaty, peace or war. The administration of jus- 
 tice is in the hands of local royal judges, and is practically 
 independent of the sovereign. The taxes levied on land or 
 goods are fixed and immutable, except by local or municipal 
 authority; the sultan enjoys, but cannot change them. The 
 annual revenue of the government, derived from the pearl- 
 fisliery, commercial dues (including about ten shillings on 
 every slave impoited), land-taxes, and monopolies, is esti- 
 mated at £1,065,000. This sura is expended upon the court 
 of the sultan, the maintenance of the forts, army and navy, 
 and government officials of all kinds. 
 
 The approximate population and military force of the 
 several districts (that of Mascat being classed partly with 
 Batinah and partly with Jebel-Akhdar, and not separately 
 stated), is estimated as follows : — 
 
 Bahreyn, 
 
 Katar, 
 
 Sharjah, 
 
 Ro'os-el-Djebal, . . . . 
 
 Kalhoot, 
 
 Batinah 
 
 Jebel-Akhdar, 
 
 Dahirah, 
 
 Belad Soor, 
 
 Djailan, 
 
 Persian Coast, &c.. 
 
 Total 
 
 No. of 
 VUlages. 
 
 Population. 
 
 70,000 
 
 135,000 
 
 85,000 
 
 10,000 
 
 60,000 
 
 700,000 
 
 600,000 
 
 80,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 140,000 
 
 300,000 
 
 2,280,000 
 
 Military Force. 
 
 3,000 
 
 6,000 
 
 3,500 
 
 500 
 
 2,000 
 
 30,000 
 
 35,000 
 
 20,000 
 
 4,000 
 
 8,000 
 
 112,000 
 
 To this population must be added the inhabitants of the 
 adjacent desert and of the south-eastern Arab coast — probably 
 an inconsiderable number. — (Palgrave.) 
 
 OMMATE, or Nomate, a tn. W. Africa, Kimbunda 
 country, territory Ganda; lat. 13° S.; Ion. 15° E. It stands 
 near the centre of Ganda, on a lofty height commanding a 
 fine view of the surrounding forests, and the deep valley 
 watered by a river of same name; is surrounded by a wall, 
 which is built of stone without cement of any kind, like a 
 dry stone dyke; and contains about 1500 inhabitants, whose 
 robberies and depredations have made them notorious. 
 
 OMRO, or Omri, a vil. U. States, Wisconsin, co. Win- 
 nebago, on Fox Eiver, 32 m. N. Waupun, with which it is 
 connected by railroad. It contains three churches, and several 
 mills. Pop. 1400. 
 
 ONANIS, a vil. or permanent kraal of Hill-Damaras, S. 
 Africa, Namaqua Land. The natives subsist chiefly on the 
 wild roots in their sterile neighbourhood, but manage to raise 
 a little tobacco and hemp, the latter for the seed, which when 
 chewed intoxicates. When rain falls abundantly Onanis 
 becomes one of the finest grazing localities in Namaqua Land, 
 and is frequented by immense numbers of wild animals, among 
 which lions hold a first place. On one occasion, when pass- 
 ing Onanis, Mr. Anderson started troops of lions among the 
 broken ground, but they invariably fled, making it impossible 
 for him to get a shot at them. 
 
 ONAKGA, or Onakgo, a vil. U. States, Illinois, co. 
 Iroquois, on the Illinois Central railroad, 86 m. S. by W. 
 Chicago. It is surrounded by rich farm land, of which maize 
 is the staple product; and contains three churches and a 
 Methodist seminary. Pop. 1000. 
 
 ONDSHILA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 territory Ambuim, to the S. of the Kupo, about 120 m. N.N.E. 
 Benguela. It occupies a rocky eminence; and contains 2000 
 inhabitants, engaged in agriculture, and in an active trade 
 carried on with the Portuguese settlements on the coast, the 
 principal articles being gum-copal and orchil. 
 
 ONEIDA, a vil. U. States, Illinois, co. Knox, on the 
 Chicago, Burlington, and Quincy railroad, 12 m. N.E. Gales- 
 burg. It is a shipping place for grain and stock ; and has 
 three churches, a school, and numerous stores and ware- 
 houses. Pop. 1500. 
 
 ONGKOB-WAT, or Nokorvat, a prov. andtn. of Cam- 
 bodia. The TOWN, 15m. N.N.W. LakeThalesap(or Touli-sap), 
 in lat. 13° 30' N.; Ion. 104° E. nearly, is situated in an exten- 
 sive and arid plain, barren of trees, but covered with long rank 
 grass, which is bounded on the S. by the mountain- chain of 
 Somrais, and E. by the picturesque Mont Chrome. This 
 ancient capital of the once powerful kingdom of Cambodia, 
 
ONITSHA 
 
 117 
 
 OODEYPOOR 
 
 or Khmer, wliicli is said to have maintained an army of 
 5,000,000 soldiers, is now but a group of mean bamboo huts, 
 encircled with the vast and interesting ruins that indicate its 
 past magnificence. But for the antiquary and the philosopher 
 these relics of antiquity possess an inexhaustible interest. 
 The most noteworthy is the Great Temple, whose superb 
 remains so excite the wonder of the modern Cambodians, 
 that to all inquiries respecting their origin they content 
 themselves with replying—' It was the work of Pra-Eun, 
 the king of the angels;' or, 'They were built by giants;' 
 or, ' They sprung from the earth of their own power.' None 
 of the monuments spared by time and barbarism appear to 
 have been intended for human habitations; they seem to have 
 been wholly dedicated to the rites of Buddhism, or the cere- 
 monies of government. The statues and bas-reliefs are 
 exclusively devoted to civil and religious subjects. The 
 
 ONGKOE, Principal Entrance of the Wat.— From Mouhot's Travels in Siam. 
 
 temple already referred to stands upon a platform of immense 
 stones, supported by massive walls, and ascended by four 
 huge flights of steps. A sort of fosse or dyke incloses the 
 area of the principal buildings. An immense quadrangular 
 colonnade is first approached. This has a vaulted roof, 
 crowned with five towers, of which the largest crowns the 
 entrance, the others are placed at the four angles. Each 
 tower is pierced at the base, like a triumphal arch. The 
 temple itself is not unworthy of its approach. Lofty col- 
 umns, hewn and chiselled, each from one immense block 
 of stone ; huge porticoes, sculptured capitals, domed roofs, 
 in some places retaining their original gilding and colours — 
 impress the mind of the spectator with awe and admiration. 
 The particular edifice which we have engraved consists of 
 two quadrangles of concentric galleries, crossed at right 
 angles by avenues terminating at a central pavilion. This is 
 the crown of the superb pile, the holy of holies, for which the 
 architect seems to have reserved the most exquisite concep- 
 tions of his fancy. In this tabernacle, which stands on an 
 artificial mound, is placed an image of Buddha, presented by 
 the actual king of Siam, and ministered to by some poor 
 talapoins, who are supported by the offerings of occasional 
 pilgrims. Another temple, only inferior to this in tlie gran- 
 deur of its design and the richness of its details, crowns the 
 summit of Mount Ba-Kheng, about 2 J m. N. The modern 
 Ongkor-Wat does not contain above one thou.sand inhabitants, 
 all employed in agricultural pursuits. It is commanded by 
 a rude fort, or entrenched camp about a mile square, with a 
 crenellated wall, constructed with huge blocks of ferruginous 
 sandstone drawn from the neighbouring ruins. 
 
 ONITSHA, a tn. W. Africa, territory Ibo or Igbo, 
 1. bank Kwara, about 145 m. above its mouth at Cape Nun in 
 the Gulf of Guinea; lat. 6° 8' N ; Ion. 6° 45' E. It stands 
 on a height above the river at some distance from it, is ap- 
 proached along a road lying between extensive fields of maize, 
 yams, and cotton, and is literally enveloped by woods com- 
 
 posed of large and lofty trees, chiefly the bombax and cocoa- 
 palm. It is about 1^ m. long, and is traversed throughout 
 its whole length from N.W. to S.E. by a broad street, divid- 
 ing it into two distinct portions. On either side of the street, 
 and at some distance from it, lie groups of houses, each group 
 under the superintendence of a head of a family or a sub- 
 ordinate chief. The houses, which have clay walls, and are 
 open in front, without any proper division into apartments, 
 are veiy indifl'erent. In an open space, where the houses 
 come close to the street, the market is held. The S. part of 
 the town stands higher than the N., and appears to be better 
 built. In the N. part of the town a mission-house has been 
 erected, and on the N.W., near the bank of the river, an 
 European factory has been established. The principal articles 
 of trade possessed by the natives are sheep, goats, fowls, fish, 
 kola-nuts, palmoil, timber, ivory, straw-sacks, mats, and 
 earthenware, which they exchange for 
 iron, salt, and above all, tobacco. The 
 pop. is roughly estimated at 13,000. 
 
 ONTONAGON, a vil. U. States, 
 Michigan, on the S. shore of Lake Supe- 
 rior, at the mouth of a stream of same 
 name, which is navigable for a short dis- 
 tance, and is one of the largest feeders of 
 the lake on the S. shore, draining an area 
 of about 1300 sq. m. It is a rising place, 
 carrying on a brisk trade. There are 
 valuable copper mines in the vicinity, and 
 the ore of the dist. is shipped here, the 
 quantity in 1864 being, it is said, above 
 10,000 tons. It has four churches, a 
 school, and a copper -smelting furnace. 
 Pop. {I860), 1188. 
 
 OODAPEE, or Oudipy, a tn. India, 
 presid. Madras, dist. N. Canara, about 
 4 m. from the coast, and 33 m. N. by W. 
 Mangalore. It contains three temples, 
 and fourteen matams or convents for de- 
 votees. All of these are usually included 
 under the name of the Krishna Deva 
 pagoda, on the revenues of which the in- 
 habitants, about 1200, almost all Brah- 
 mins, solely depend. 
 OODEYPOOR, or Mewau [add.], a state, India, Eajpoot- 
 ana, between lat. 23° 46' and 25° 56' N.; Ion. 72° 50' and 
 75° 38' E., is bounded N. by Ajmere; E. by the native states 
 Boondee, Gwalior, Tonk, and Purtabghur; S. by Bcinswara, 
 Dongurpore, and Myhee Caunta; and N.W. by Serohee, 
 Godwar, and Ajmere; length, N. to S., 150m.; breadth, 130m.; 
 area, 11,614 sq. m. A considerable portion of the territory 
 is covered by the Aravulli range, which, after stretching 
 over it S. W. from the town of Oodeypoor to the frontier of 
 Serohee, turns N., and, passing through Komalmair towards 
 Ajmere, separates Oodeypoor from Joodpoor. N. of Komal- 
 mair the range takes the name of Mairwarra, which varies in 
 breadth from 6 to 15 m., and has in all ages been the abode of 
 savage and predatory hordes of Mairs, Minas, and Bheels, who, 
 after pillaging the surrounding districts, have found a secure 
 asylum in its rugged valleys and gorges. After they had long 
 been permitted to commit their depredations with comparative 
 impunity, the device was fallen upon to raise a Blieel corps 
 to maintain the peace of the district. This device, however 
 unpromising it must have appeared at first sight, has suc- 
 ceeded, and those who used to take the lead in depredating 
 the country are^ow acting as a kind of rural police for its 
 protection. This Mewar Bheel corps is maintained at the 
 joint expense of the British government and the state of 
 Oodeypoor, which has agreed to assign £5000 of the revenues 
 of Mairwarra for this purpose. The Rama of Oodeypoor, 
 claiming a fabulous descent from a son of Rama, takes prece- 
 dence of all other Rajpoot chiefs. Affinity with his family 
 being thus courted as the highest honour, rival claimants for 
 the hand of Oodeypoor princesses have repeatedly come to 
 open hostilities, and many deeds of barbarism have ensued. 
 The case of Kishna Kour, who died by poison administered 
 with the consent of her father, as the means of terminating a 
 war in which rival claimants had involved him, is well known. 
 Pop. 1,161,400. 
 
 OODEYPOOR, cap. of the above state, 330 m. S.W. 
 
OODUNG 
 
 118 
 
 ORAN 
 
 Agra, stands on the low ridge of a valley or basin, closed by- 
 hills on all sides except the W., which opens upon a lake 5 m. 
 in circuit. The town looks best from the E., and has then a 
 striking appearance; viewed more closely the charm vanishes, 
 and it is found to be very indifferently built. The only 
 building deserving of particular notice is the palace, a noble 
 pile of granite, 100 ft. high, seated on the crest of a rocky 
 ridge overlooking the town, the lake and the valley stretch- 
 ing far beyond it. The lake, which is the finest feature in 
 the picture, is artificial, being formed by the dammhig up of 
 a small stream by means of a magnificent dyke, wliich rises 
 37 ft. above the water, is faced with marble, and embellished 
 with numerous sculptures, small temples, and other structures. 
 The pop., once above 100,000, does not now exceed 15,000. 
 
 OODUNG, or Udung, a tn. cap. Independent Cambodia, 
 on the r. bank of a river of same name, an afiiuent of the 
 Mekong or Cambodia, is inclosed by a wooden palisade, 600 
 yards square and 20 ft. high, and consists of a straggling col- 
 lection of thatched houses, the residences of the nobles, with 
 a low brick wall in the centre, surrounding the palace, mint, 
 and arsenal. Everything bespeaks poverty and the recent 
 ravages of war. At Pina Loo, below the town, the R. 
 Catliolics have a missionary establishment. The river, which 
 issues from the S. side of Smith's Lake or Tali-ma-poki, 
 apparently a continuation of King's Lake or Tale Sab, is 
 throughout a broad and majestic stream. 
 
 OOMRAWUTTEE, or Amuawuttee [add.], a tn. India, 
 in one of the ceded districts of the Nizam's Dominions, 173 m. 
 N.E. Aurungabad. It is a place of great commercial import- 
 ance, and perhaps the most important cotton mart of the 
 Deccan. Several considerable firms are established here, 
 and most of the great mercantile houses of Upper India, as 
 well as those of Bombay, have either correspondents or 
 branches. The cotton, when picked in the district where it 
 is grown, is immediately brought hither, and lodged in large 
 warehouses built for its reception till it shall be cleaned and 
 repacked for exportation from Bombay or Calcutta. The 
 advantages of Oomrawuttee as an entrepot must be great 
 since it continued to be thus employed, notwithstanding the 
 excessive and capricious transit-duties levied by the Nizam. 
 Now that British rule has been substituted for his oppression 
 and caprice, there is every reason to expect that the transit- 
 trade of the place will be largly increased. 
 
 OORCHA [add], a tn. India, Bundelcund, cap. princi- 
 pality of Oorcha or Tehree, 1. bank Betwa, 142 m. S.E. Agra. 
 It stands on a rocky eminence, surrounded by a wall built of 
 unhewn stones without cement, and about 3 m. in circuit. 
 It is entered by three lofty gateways, and is, moreover, de- 
 fended by a fort situated within it, and containing two palaces, 
 one of which belonged to the Mogul emperor Jehangir, and 
 the other the residence of the rajah. The only building of 
 note in the town is a temple, surmounted by lofty spires. 
 The territory of which Oorcha is the capital has an area of 
 2160 sq. m., and a revenue of £60,000. The rajah of Oorcha 
 claims to be the head of the Bondela race, of Kajpoot origin. 
 Pop. ofter. 192,000. 
 
 OOTACAMUND.atn.and sanitary station, India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. and 32 m. N.N.W. Coimbatoor, in an extensive 
 valley almost in the very centre of the Neilgherry Hills, at 
 an elevation of 7300 ft. above the sea. It has wide and clean 
 streets, and well- supplied bazars, but, as yet, the only portion 
 of it which can well be called a town is that occupied by the 
 natives. There the houses are tolerably compact, whereas 
 the residences of the Europeans are widely dispersed along 
 the slopes of the valley. The most conspicuous object and 
 greatest ornament of the station is an elegant church. 
 
 OOVAII, a dist. or ancient principality, Ceylon, towards 
 the S.E. of the Central province. It consists of an upper 
 and a lower portion, the former belonging to the mountain 
 zone, and the latter to the lowlands. — Ujjper Oovah is finely 
 diversified by mountain and valley, and contains some of the 
 most magnificent scenery in Ceylon. — Lower Oovah consists 
 generally of fertile fields and grassy plains. The fields are 
 well cultivated, and yield good crops of rice, in the manage- 
 ment of which the inhabitants particularly excel, Indian corn, 
 millet, yams, and cassava. Among subordinate products are 
 materials for the preparation of curry, turmeric, capsicums, 
 onions and garlic, cardamoms and pepper. The grassy 
 plains afford better pasturage than any others in the lowlands. 
 
 and feed great numbers of oxen and buffaloes. Vegetable 
 oils are expressed from numerous plants; madder, sapan-wood, 
 and arnotto furnish dyes; and the hills were celebrated for 
 growing the finest coffee long before European settlers had 
 established themselves around Kandy. The climate is salu- 
 brious, and nothing is wanting but enlarged means of com- 
 munication with the capital and the coast to make Oovah, as 
 it is already one of the richest, also one of the most frequented 
 and prosperous districts of Ceylon. Its capital is the beauti- 
 fully situated and thriving town of Badoola. 
 
 OPPATOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and about 32 m. N. Briinn; with a handsome parish church, 
 and a beautiful castle in the midst of a park. Pop. 1300. 
 
 OPPONITZ, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, on the Ybbs or Ips, 73 m. S.W. 
 Vienna. It has manufactures of scythes and sickles, steel 
 and other iron works, and several saw-mills. Pop. 1000. 
 
 ORAN, N. Africa, the most westerly of the three provs. 
 into which Algeria is divided, is bounded N. by the Mediter- 
 ranean, W. by Marocco, and E. by prov. Algiers. The S. 
 limits descending into the Sahara are scarcely defined; area, 
 of which about two- thirds belongs to the Sahara, 39,800 sq. m. 
 The surface consists of the two chains of the Atlas, the pla- 
 teau between them and their two slopes, the one N. to the 
 Mediterranean, and the other S. towards the desert. The 
 only stream of any consequence except the Shelif, which 
 forms part of the boundary between Oran and Algiers, is the 
 Sebkha, which flows northwards, and falls into the Gulf of 
 Arzew. The principal agricultural products, in addition to 
 cereals, are grapes, olives, cotton, madder, walnuts, dates, and 
 various plants from which essences and perfumes are ex- 
 tracted. The forests are extensive, and contain many mag- 
 nificent trees. The administrative division is, as in the other 
 provinces, into military and civil — the fonner consisting of 
 five subdivisions, and the latter forming the arrondissements 
 of Oran and Mostaganem, together with the districts of Arzew, 
 Mascara, Sidi-Bel-Abes, and Tlemcen. European pop., in- 
 cluding 18,902 French soldiers, 63,011; and native, about 
 480,000. 
 
 OKAN [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, cap. of above 
 prov. and at the bottom of the bay of same name, 220 m. 
 S.W. Algiers. It rises in the form of an amphitheatre on 
 a somewliat rugged site between the slopes of Mount Santa 
 Cruz and the plateau of Oran, and is a place of considerable 
 strength, being not only surrounded by a wall flanked with 
 towers, but defended by a castle, and by four forts, two of 
 which command the bay, while the other two command the 
 eastern plain. A deep ravine, forming the bed of a torrent, 
 divides the town into two distinct portions, both of them 
 containing well-formed streets lined with handsome buildings. 
 One of the portions, forming the new or maritime quarter, 
 possesses a fine quay, a custom-house, and an extensive range 
 of magazines; the other portion forms two quarters. One of 
 these, called La Blanca, is inhabited mostly by Spaniards, 
 and besides being well shaded with trees, possesses a fine 
 esplanade in front of the old castle, a bridge which spans the 
 ravine, a handsome church, a fine minaret, and a military 
 hospital. The other, or third quarter, built along the face of 
 the ravine, contains the town-house and prefecture, with fine 
 terraced garden. Outside the walls are two suburbs, one 
 near the Mascara gate, inhabited by natives, who seem to 
 be of negro origin; and another where an important market 
 is held. Between this last and the walls there is a Place 
 d'Armes, or parade-ground, and a caravanserai, apparently of 
 Moorish architecture. The industry of Oran is largely de- 
 veloped, and includes among its establishments water and 
 steam mills, foundries, tanneries, tobacco factories, vermicelli 
 factories, and numerous breweries. Its trade, for which, in 
 consequence of the badness of its own harbour, Mers-el-Kebir 
 is the shipping port, is carried on chiefly with Spain and 
 Marocco, and consists of corn, hides, tobacco, tallow, cattle, 
 and raw sugar, exchanged for articles of European manufac- 
 ture. In the extent of its export and import trade it ranks 
 next to Algiers, and has progressed with greater rapidity 
 than any other of the Algerian ports. The environs add 
 much to its beauty and attraction as a residence, being covered 
 with handsome villas in the midst of vineyards, orchards, and 
 well-cultivated fields. The population is estimated at 29,606, 
 of which not more than 8187 are natives. 
 
ORANIENBURG 
 
 119 
 
 ORMTJZ 
 
 ORANIENBURG, or Ranenburg, a tn. Russia, gov. 
 and 90 m. S. by E. Riazan, cap. circle of same name, at the 
 confluence of three streams, affluents of the Voronej. It has 
 three churciies, a circle and a parish school, a charitable en- 
 dowment, manufactures, chiefly of soap, and a large trade in 
 corn. Pop. 3982. 
 
 OREGON, one of the U. States, between lat. 42° and 
 46° N.; Ion. 11 G° 40' and 124° 25' W.; bounded N. by 
 Washington territory, from which it is separated by the 
 Columbia for half the distance; E. Nebraska; S. Utah and 
 California; and \V. the Pacific; length, E. to W., 320 m.; 
 breadth, 280 m.; area, about 80.000 sq. m. A large part of 
 the surface is mountainous, a prolongation of the Rocky Moun- 
 tains traversing it in the E., the Blue Mountains in tiie centre, 
 and the Cascade Mountains in the W. This last range, which 
 is a continuation of the Californian Nevada, stretches nearly 
 due N. across the whole territory, and has summits varying 
 from 4000 to 10,000 ft. Its culminating point. Mount Hood, 
 in lat. 45° 20', has the still loftier height of 13,000 ft. The 
 E. slope is bare, but the W. is covered nearly up to the limit 
 of vegetation with coniferous trees. To the W. of the Cas- 
 cade Mountains, a subordinate and nearly parallel range, 
 which, from its proximity to the sea, has received the name 
 of the Coast Range, attains a maximum height of about 4000 ft., 
 and is generally well wooded. The whole state belongs to 
 the basin of the Pacific, and is watered chiefly by the Columbia 
 and its affluents, particularly the Snake, which, entering it on 
 the S.E., flows circuitously across its centre in a N.E. direc- 
 tion; and the Willamette, which flows N, at no great distance 
 from the coast, and nearly parallel to it. The course of these 
 rivers has not been so thoroughly explored as to test their 
 navigable value, but what is known of them cannot be con- 
 sidered favourable. The Columbia, though 4 m. wide at its 
 mouth, and for nearly 18 m. above it, is encumbered by a bar, 
 on which the water at low tide is not above 18 ft., and has a 
 channel so narrow and intricate, and so subject to gusts of 
 wind and obscuration by fogs, that mariners are justly shy of 
 entering it. Once inside there is no want both of width and 
 depth, but about 130 m. from the ocean the navigation is 
 completely interrupted by falls, which have a descent of 40 ft. 
 in 5 m. The Willamette only, at its mouth, admits vessels 
 drawing 12 ft., and shallows shortly after, first to 6 and then 
 to 4 ft., which it maintains as far up as Salem. The valley 
 of this river, about 120 m. long by 30 m. wide, contains 
 land available for tillage. The soil is for the most part a 
 gravelly clay, covered with a rich sandy loam. Western 
 Oregon has extensive valleys, well adapted to the growth of 
 fruit, especially apples, pears, plums, and shrub fruits; con- 
 siderable tracts of it are also suitable for cereals; the moun- 
 tain slopes form excellent pasture lands; and much of this 
 country is valuable for raising sheep and cattle. Eastern 
 Oregon is also adapted for grazing, and though but little rain 
 falls E. of the Cascade Mountains, except during the autumn, 
 yet the bunch-grass (Festuca) forms abundant and excellent 
 pasturage. The produce of wool in the state in 1861 was 
 444,000 lbs. The prevailing geological formations of Oregon 
 are tertiary sandstone in the W., granite in the Cascade 
 Mountains, and trap and other eruptive rocks in the E. 
 Among the minerals are iron, copper, platinum, iridium, 
 and osmium. Eastern Oregon, especially that part traversed 
 by the Blue Mountains, is rich in minerals. Gold is abun- 
 dant, and easily mined on the Salmon and other tributaries 
 of the Snake River; and rich mines were opened in 1861 and 
 1862 on the John Day and Powder Rivers. The product of 
 the Oregon mines in 1862 was estimated at $12,000,000. 
 Silver, lead, copper, and iron have also been found. On the 
 shores of Coose or Cahoos Bay, about lat. 43° 30', large beds 
 of tertiary coal have been discovered. The climate in the 
 W. is moderate, neither cold nor heat being ever in extreme. 
 Its greatest drawback is excessive humidity, in consequence 
 of which drizzling rains and thick fogs prevail during a large 
 portion of the year, and the sun is often hidden for a month 
 at a time. This humidity, however, adds greatly to the 
 luxuriance of the vegetation, which is displayed in dense 
 forests of the most magnificent pines, with a tangled under- 
 growth of ferns and shrubs. In the E., which has an entirely 
 different climate, the thermometer has a very wide range, 
 rising in July to 80°, and falling in winter to 20°; and the 
 vegetation is so scanty, that one might travel for days in the 
 
 valley of the Snake without seeing a tree. The principal in- 
 digenous animals are the black and grisly bear, the panther, 
 the gray wolf, the mountain sheep, the elk, the antelope, the 
 vulture, the bald and golden eagle, the swan, the goose, and 
 different species of albatross and pelican. The only reptile 
 deserving of notice is the rattlesnake. The rivers near the 
 coast abound with several varieties of salmon. Pop. (1860), 
 52,464, exclusive of Indians, estimated at about 10,000. 
 
 ORETE, or New River, New Zealand, in the S. of 
 Middle Island or Munster, flows S. through a low rich grazing 
 country, and falls into Foveaux Strait a little to the W. of 
 Bluff Harbour. It has an exposed and shifting bar, but in 
 moderate weather may be entered by vessels drawing from 
 12 to 15 ft. It has been ascended for a distance of 25 m. 
 The settlement of Invercargill (which see), established in 
 1856, is situated 8 m. within its entrance. 
 
 ORGEJEV, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, cap. circle of 
 same name, on the Reub, an affluent of the Dniester, It has 
 three churches, a school for the circle, and contains 4674 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ORIZABA [add.], a tn. Mexico, dep. and 70 m. S.W. 
 Vera Cruz. It lies in a basin surrounded by limestone hills, 
 at the height of 4000 ft. above the sea; and possesses six 
 churches, various schools, a large cotton-spinning mill, manu- 
 factures of saddles, several saw-mills, and a considerable 
 trade. There is much picturesque scenery in the environs. 
 Pop. nearly 15,000. — The volcanic mountain of Orizaba, 
 about 6 m. N. of the town, has, according to Baron von Miiller, 
 who ascended it in September, 1856, an absolute height of 
 17,015 ft., and is therefore the culminating point of N. Ame- 
 rica. The crater is in the form of an irregular ellipse, of 
 which the greater axis, lying between W.N.W. and E.S.E., 
 measures about 3000 yards, or a mile and three-quarters, and 
 the minor axis only 550 yards, considerably less than the 
 third of a mile. The entire circuit of the crater is roughly 
 estimated at about 4 m. Many parts of its internal sides 
 have a yellow covering of sulphur, and hot vapour is said to 
 issue occasionally from the sides of the mountain; but as snow 
 lies unmelted within the crater itself the volcano seems to be 
 extinct. 
 
 ORLATH, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 16 m. W. Hermannstadt, at the confluence of the 
 Schwarzwasser with the Zibin; has two paper-mills, a copper- 
 mill, and limekilns. Pop. 1650, mostly R. Catholics. — (}ur- 
 aro, on the opposite or right bank of the Zibin, has 2474 
 inhabitants, and a mill for spinning worsted. 
 
 ORLEANS [add.], an isl. British America, Canada East, 
 in the St. Lawrence, 3 m. below Quebec. It is in the form 
 of an irregularly elongated oval, 18 m. long from N.E. to 
 S.W., with an extreme breadth of 4| m., is alike beautiful 
 and fertile; and forms a distinct county, divided into six 
 parishes, which, with their churches and the villages around 
 them, form conspicuous and interesting objects as the island 
 is approached. Its strata consist of grauwack6 and slate- 
 rocks, dipping generally at a high angle to the S.E.; and its 
 surface, rising gradually from steep banks, attains a central 
 -elevation of 350 to 400 ft. A good road carried round the 
 whole island gives easy access to every part of the interior. 
 At the W. end of Orleans the Quebec basin commences, and 
 extends for 3 m. to the wharves in the immediate vicinity of 
 the town. Nothing can be more strikingly beautiful than the 
 view which suddenly bursts upon a stranger ascending the 
 St. Lawrence, and entering the Quebec basin, as the vessel 
 opens the falls of Montmorency on the one hand, and the city 
 of Quebec on the other. 
 
 ORLEANSVILLE, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 105 m. S.W. Algiers, on the 1. bank and near the centre of 
 the plain of the Shelif. Though built among ruins, indicat- 
 ing the site of an ancient Roman town, it owes its present 
 existence entirely to the French, and consists of spacious 
 handsome streets, with solidly constructed barracks and hos- 
 pitals. Its inhabitants, about 2700, carry on an active trade 
 in corn and wool. One of the most important markets of 
 Algeria is held here. 
 
 OllMUZ [add.], an isl. Persian Gulf, belonging to Oman, 
 and situated on the N. side of the entrance to tiie gulf; lat. 
 27° 5' N.; Ion. 56° 30' E. The distance to the mainland on 
 the N. is barely 10 m.; to the W. the island of Djishm, to 
 the S. that of Larej, are full in view; and Cape Mesandum, 
 
OROVILLE 
 
 120 
 
 OSWEGO 
 
 on the opposite side of the entrance, is also visible. The 
 general appearance of the island indicates an extinct volcano; 
 the circumference consists of a wide oval wall of steep crags, 
 firewom and ragged, inclosing a central basin, in which grow 
 shrubs and grass. The basaltic slopes of the outer barrier 
 run in many places down into the sea, amid splinter-like 
 pinnacles and fantastic crags of many colours. Between W. 
 and N. a long triangular promontory, low and level, advances 
 a considerable distance, and narrows into a neck of land, ter- 
 minating in a few rocks, and a strong fortress, the work of 
 Portuguese builders; so solid are the walls, and so compact 
 the masonry and well-cemented brickwork, that they still, 
 after 300 years, remain uninjured by the action of the sea. 
 The greater part of this promontory is covered with ruins; 
 upon it once stood the thriving town, now a confused extent 
 of desolate heaps, among which the vestiges of several fine 
 buildings, baths, and a large church, may yet be clearly traced. 
 A pharos-tower of octangular form, and of graceful construc- 
 tion, rises about 100 yards from the end of the promontory. 
 Close by the fort cluster a hundred or more wretched hovels, 
 the abodes of fishermen and of shepherds, whose flocks find 
 pasture within the crater; a single shed, where dried dates, 
 raisins, and tobacco are exposed for sale, is all that now re- 
 presents the trade of Ormuz. The harbour consists of two 
 bays, one to the W. the other to the E. of the promontory, 
 with tolerably good anchorage. 
 
 OROVILLE, a tn. U. iStates, California, cap. co. Bute, 
 on the Feather Kiver, 75 m. N. Sacramento, and connected 
 with Marysville by the California Northern railroad. It has 
 productive gold mines, and in 1863 possessed numerous 
 stores, and two banking offices. Pop. in 1864, about 2000. 
 
 ORQW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 22 m. 
 S.E. Sambor; with ironworks, and 1930 inhabitants. 
 
 ORSOVA (New), a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, circle 
 Kraina, on an island of the Danube, opposite to Old Orsova 
 in Transylvania, 95 m. E. Belgrade. Being important for 
 the communication between Hungary and Turkey, it is de- 
 fended by a castle, and otherwise fortified. The celebrated 
 defile, known by the name of the Iron Gates, formed by the 
 contraction of the channel of the Danube between rocky 
 banks, and a consequent increased rapidity in its current, 
 here presents the greatest difficulty and danger to those 
 navigating the river. In the time of the Romans it appears 
 to have been avoided by means of a canal which ran along 
 the Servian side. 
 
 ORTH, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, circle 
 Lower Manhartsberg, on the Danube; with an imperial 
 palace, manufactures of cloth, and a trade in fruit and sheep. 
 Pop. 1220. 
 
 OSACCA, or Osaka [add.] According to the treaty of 
 Yedo, ratified by the Mikado or hereditary Emperor of Japan, 
 in November, 1865, this becomes an open port in January, 
 1868. It is the seaport of the imperial city of Kioto, other- 
 wise Miaco, signifying the ' metropolis,' where the Mikado 
 resides; about 50 m. distant from Osacca, on the same river, 
 which runs through both cities, dividing them nearly equally. 
 Osacca stands at the head of Isumi Bay, 35 m. from its S. 
 entrance between Awadsi Island and the mainland. The 
 anchorage in the bay is an open roadstead, unsheltered from 
 S.W. gales; and the entrance to the river is obstructed by a 
 rock that renders navigation somewhat dangerous, while the 
 channel leading to Kioto is full of shoals, over which only 
 the native flat-bottomed boats can pass. In consequence of 
 these obstructions and drawbacks, making the port unsuitable 
 for foreign shipping, the treaty powers have arranged with 
 the Japanese authorities to open the port of Hiogo on the W. 
 side of Isumi Bay, about 12 m. distant from Osacca, should 
 that anchorage prove dangerous to foreign vessels. In es- 
 tablishing a foreign settlement at this port, Europeans come 
 into direct intercourse with the people of the imperial city; 
 but neither Kioto nor Osacca can compare with Yedo, the 
 great capital of Japan, in extent, grandeur, or population, 
 althougli the former ranks higher in the estimation of the 
 Japanese as the residence of the hereditary emperor and his 
 court. 
 
 In 1611 a Dutch embassy passed through Osacca on their 
 way to Kioto, with presents to the emperor, and to enter into 
 a treaty that the port might be open for foreign trade, which 
 was not acceded to, A detailed narrative, embellished with 
 
 engravings of these cities, was published at the time, setting 
 forth their grandeur and importance; and how the city of 
 Osacca was visited by an earthquake in 1585, so that all the 
 finest edifices built of stone were destroyed, and many people 
 killed. — {Blue Boohs on Japan; Arnoldus Montanus, Dutch 
 Emhassies to Japan.) 
 
 OSDOLA, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 33 m. N.E. Kronstadt. Fine rock-crystals, known by 
 the name of Transylvanian or Siebenburgen diamonds, are 
 found in the vicinity, in a stratum of fine clay-slate. Pop. 
 2198. 
 
 OSERI, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Honth, 
 about 10 m. N.E. Ipoly-Sagh, in a mountainous and by no 
 means fertile district; with 1150 inhabitants, mostly Lutherans, 
 who are partly employed in glass-making. There is an old 
 castle in the vicinity. 
 
 OSIIAWA [add.], a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Durham, and 2| m. from Sydenham Harbour on Lake 
 Ontario, and on the Grand Trunk railway, 30 m. N.E. 
 Toronto. It contains five churches and a central school, and 
 has extensive manufactures of agricultural implements, fur- 
 niture, in demand not only within the district, but in many 
 distant parts of Canada; rotatory steam-engines, and other 
 machines, edge-tools, ropes and twine, pumps, bricks, &c.; 
 and carries on an extensive trade, particularly in flour, which 
 is celebrated as being of a very superior brand. Pop. about 
 3000. 
 
 OSHKOSH, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, cap. co. Winne- 
 bago, on both sides of the Neenah or Fox, at its mouth in 
 Lake Winnebago. It consists of two portions, connected by 
 three bridges across the river, containing three churches, an 
 iron foundry, and planing and saw mills; and carries on an 
 active trade in lumber. Pop. (1860), 6086. 
 
 OSHMIANA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 30 m. S.E. Vilna, 
 cap. circle and on a stream of same name. A battle was 
 fought here in 1831 between the Russians and the Poles. 
 There are ironworks within the circle. Pop. 4103. 
 
 OSIEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wadowice, 
 26 m. W.S.W. Cracow; with a fine baronial castle, and ex- 
 tensive mulberry plantations. Pop. 1900. 
 
 OSKAIjOOSA, a tn. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. Mahaska, 
 between the Des Moines and the Skunk, 60 m. S.W. Iowa 
 city. It stands in a healthy, fertile, and well-timbered dis- 
 trict, and contains several churches, a state normal school, 
 and two steam-mills. Pop. (1860), 4393. 
 
 OSMANBAZAR, a tn. Turkey, Bulgaria, eyalet and 
 76 m. S.S.E. Silistria. It stands on a plateau, and has two 
 mosques, a Greek church, and a pop. of 4000. 
 
 OSS AM ARE, a tn. W. Africa, 1. bank Kwara, 130 m. 
 above its mouth. It stands on a flat close to the river, and 
 becomes in wet weather particularly muddy and filthy. As 
 the shipping place of an extensive district, it is the entrepot 
 for a considerable quantity of palm-oil brought from the in- 
 terior. It has also some trade in ivory. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 OSTARIA, a tn. Austrian empire. Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Ogulin, about 25 m. S.S.W. Karlstadt; with 
 tlie remains of a large and a very beautiful Gothic church, and 
 thermal spi-ings, which were much frequented by the Turks. 
 Pop. 2230. 
 
 OSWEGO [add.], a tn. and port of entry, U. States, New 
 York, on both sides of the Oswego, at its mouth in Lake On- 
 tario, on the Oswego canal, and on the Oswego and Syracuse 
 and on the Syracuse and Binghamton railways. It is built 
 on a regular plan, in streets 100 ft. wide, and crossing at 
 right angles, and contains a fine edifice, erected by the general 
 government for a custom-house, post-office, and U. States 
 court-room. The other principal buildings are a city-hall, 
 a courthouse and jail, an hospital, an orphan asylum, a city 
 library, and thirteen churches. The harbour is one of the 
 best on Lake Ontario, and, combined with other commercial 
 advantages, secures to the place a large and increasing trade. 
 Large quantities of western produce, and a considerable pro- 
 portion of the, agricultural exports of Canada West, pass 
 through this port to the S. and E.; while the manufactures of 
 the east, and the produce of the Onondaga salt-works, pass 
 through it to the W. On the canal the total tonnage for 
 1860 was 944,144 tons. The manufactures are also impor- 
 tant. In particular, a starch factory, established in 1848, 
 employs 200 hands, and a capital of £90,000; and eighteen 
 
OTAGO 
 
 121 
 
 OVAMBO 
 
 flour mills grind at the rate of 10,000 barrels a day. In 1 863 
 the receipts of grain at Oswego from Lakes Michigan, Huron, 
 and Erie amounted to 13,840,961 bushels, of which 8,785,425 
 bushels were of wheat. The harbour is defended by Fort 
 Oswego. Pop. (1860), 1G,816. 
 
 OTAGO, a prov. New Zealand, occupying the southern 
 part of New Munster or Middle Island, is bounded N. by the 
 prov. of Canterbury; E., W., and part of the S. by the sea; 
 and on the rest of the S. by the prov. of Southland, which was 
 detached from it in 1861; extreme length, 150 m.; breadth, 
 180 m.; area, 17,000,000 ac. The western part of this large 
 territory consists chiefly of a rugged alpine country covered 
 with forest, and offering little or no land for pasture or culti- 
 vation; but the E. and central portions possess well- watered 
 agricultural and pastoral districts of great fertility. Its coast- 
 line is much indented on the W., and still more on tlie S., 
 where Foveaux Strait separates it from Stewart Island; but 
 is nearly continuous on the E., where it can only boast of the 
 fine harbour of same name, at the bottom of which Dunedin 
 the capital stands. A large portion of the surface is covered 
 by mountains, three of which, one near the N.W. extremity, 
 a second in the N.E., and the other near the centre, exceed 
 6000 ft., while at least a dozen more exceed 4000 ft. The 
 intervening valleys, however, watered by fine streams, con- 
 tain extensive tracts of fertile land, well adapted both for 
 agriculture and grazing. At present, however, Otago derives 
 its importance from its gold-fields, which, upon their disco- 
 very in 1861, immediately attracted large numbers of miners, 
 and suddenly raised it to a wealthy and populous colony. The 
 principal gold districts as yet known and worked, are in the 
 northern part of the province around Dunstan; in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Lake Wakatipu, in the centre; and in the S.E. 
 part, around the river Tuapeka. The precious metal is like- 
 wise found widely dispersed in greater or less abundance in 
 other directions. In seven months of 1 863 the Wakatipu field 
 sent by escort to Dunedin 191,825 oz. of gold, Dunstan sent 
 185,736 oz., and the Tuapeka district 116,637 oz. But this 
 by no means represents the total produce of the gold mines of 
 Otago. In the year ended July 31, 1863, 514,385 oz. were 
 exported from the port of Dunedin, and 9240 oz., the produce 
 of Otago, from other ports of New Zealand. To these amounts 
 must be added 23,657 oz. lodged in the Dftnedin treasury, in 
 excess of the balance on hand at the end of the previous year. 
 The ascertained total of the year's produce, therefore, was 
 547,283 oz., of a gross value of £2,188,932. The weight 
 exported in the previous year was 458,448 oz.; making a total 
 estimated value of £4,042,080 for the two years. 
 
 Recently published statistics show the effect of this disco- 
 very of gold in Otago. In the year 1857 the population of 
 the province was 4631, and there were 79 females to every 
 100 males. That disproportion was rapidly increased on the 
 discovery of gold; and in 1801, the population having risen 
 to 27,163, there were only 28 females to 100 males. This 
 was the result of the first rush for the diggings. Three years 
 afterwards, at the census of 1864, this enormous difference 
 had been reduced, and there were 50 females to 100 males. 
 The immigration into Otago from the United Kingdom in the 
 period here embraced, reached its higliest point in 1863, when 
 it comprised 2171 males and 1868 females; the largest addi- 
 tions to the population of Otago have been from Victoria, 
 whence there arrived, in 1863, 20,150 males and 2822 females. 
 There have been many departures also from Otago in the last 
 few years, or the population would be much larger than it is. 
 This is shown in the following figures: — 
 
 1861. 
 1882. 
 1863. 
 
 umigranta Emigrants Excess of 
 
 nto Otago. from OtaRO. Immigrants. 
 
 .19,221 5,065 14,156 
 
 .26,657 12,082 14,575 
 
 . 28,482 8,171 20,311 
 
 Total 74,360 
 
 25,318 
 
 49,042 
 
 In Dec. 1864, the European pop. amounted to 184,131 ; and on 
 Dec. 31, 1865,to 201,712— 126,894 males and 74,818females. 
 OTAVALO, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, 40 m. N.N.E. 
 Quito, on a picturesque site surrounded by beautiful gardens. 
 It consists of straight streets, and houses formed of adobe, 
 with tiled roofs, and contains two fine churches and a chapel. 
 The inhabitants, about 8000, are industrious, and manufacture 
 ponchos and similar articles. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 OTTAWA [add.], iormerly Bytown (see Gazetteer), a tn. 
 British America, Canada West, on the Rideau canal, at the 
 mouth of the Rideau River, and r. bank Ottawa, 87 m. above 
 its confluence with the St. Lawrence, 100 m. W. Montreal. 
 The canal, which is crossed by a massive stone bridge, and 
 is afterwards continued to the Ottawa through nine magni- 
 ficent locks, divides the place into two parts, called respec- 
 tively the Upper and the Lower Town. Both are well 
 laid out in wide, regular, and uniform streets, which for 
 the most part intersect each other at right angles. The 
 principal quarters are supplied with gas. The churches, 
 six in number, belong to the following denominations: — 
 Church of England, Church of Scotland, Free, Episcopal, 
 Methodist, Wesleyan, and R. Catholic. The last, which 
 makes some pretensions to architectural display, ranks as a 
 cathedral. The principal educational, literary, and bene- 
 volent institutions are the R. Catholic college, the Canadian 
 Institute, the Meclianics' institute and athenaeum, the Bible 
 society, the General hospital superintended by the Sisters 
 of Charity, and the Protestant hospital. The manufactures, 
 though numerous and not unimportant, are in a great mea- 
 sure eclipsed by the lumber trade, which forms the mainstay 
 of the place, and the material of which is furnished to a 
 greater extent by the surrounding district than by any other 
 locality in Canada. The supply furnished here forms almost 
 the entire cargoes of the spring and fall fleets when they 
 return to Europe, and yet leaves a considerable surplus for 
 the American market, in which a large and increasing de- 
 mand for Canadian sawn timber has sprung up. Besides its 
 advantageous position for commerce, Ottawa is famous for 
 attractions of another kind. At its W. extremity are the 
 celebrated Chaudiere Falls — in some respects rivalling, and 
 at all events surpassed on the N. American continent only 
 by those of Niagara. At its N.E. extremity are two other 
 falls, where the Rideau leaps over a precipice into the Ottawa. 
 While nature has thus formed scenery of singular beauty and 
 grandeur, art has done something to heighten the efl'ect by 
 the erection of a suspension bridge, which spans the chasm 
 of the Chaudiere Falls, and thus unites the two provinces of 
 Canada East and Canada West. Ottawa sends one member 
 to the legislative assembly, and has been designated the cap. 
 of Canada, in the event of the confederation of the provinces 
 of British America. Pop. (1861), 14,696. 
 
 OTTYNIA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 14 m. S.S.E. Stanislau; with a fine castle. Pop. 2566. 
 
 OVALLE, a tn. Chili, prov. Coquimbo, cap. dep. of 
 same name, on the N. bank of the Rio de Barraza; with two 
 churches, two schools, and 12,288 inhabitants. Copper 
 mines are worked in its vicinity. 
 
 OVAMBO, or Ovampo, a people, S. Africa, inhabiting 
 a territory of which only a very narrow tract has yet been 
 explored, but understood to lie between lat. 17° and 19° S., 
 Ion. 12° and 17° E., and to be bounded N. by the Cunene, 
 W. the Atlantic, S. the Bushmen's country and Damara Land, 
 and E. several independent tribes. Nangoro, the residence 
 of the king or chief, and therefore entitled to rank as the 
 capital, is in lat. 18° S. and Ion. 16° 25' E. The Ovambo 
 are of very dark complexion, tall and robust, and though 
 remarkably ugly, have looks which bespeak determination 
 and independence. The women when young possess very 
 good figures, but lose them as they grow older, and become 
 exceedingly stout and ungainly. The hair of both sexes is 
 short, crisp, and woolly. The men often shave it off, leaving 
 the crown untouched ; but the women besmear and stiffen it 
 with a kind of red paste, in the manner practised in many 
 other parts of Africa. Some of the so-called ornaments are 
 particularly preposterous. Among others are iron anklets, 
 some of which weigh two or three pounds, and a pair of them 
 is placed on each leg. The other principal female ornaments 
 are a profusion of cowries and other shells, and beads of 
 every size and colour, so arranged as to hide a considerable 
 part of the person, and thereby so far supply the deficiencies 
 of a dress which both in the men and women is very scanty. 
 Their staple food is a kind of grain like Caffre corn, converted 
 into a coarse stir-about, which is always served hot either 
 with melted butter or sour milk. The houses are of a cir- 
 cular form, and resemble gigantic beehives, with a circuit of 
 16 ft. and a height not much exceeding 4 ft. These huts, 
 arranged in groups, are inclosed by strong palisades, across 
 
 16 
 
OVAMBO 
 
 122 
 
 PADIVIL 
 
 which a passage, intricate as a labyrinth, leads to the abodes 
 of the master and his servants, open courts, granaries, 
 byres, pig-sties, &c. The domestic animals thus accom- 
 modated are oxen, sheep, goats, pigs, dogs, and poultry. 
 The arms consist of bows and arrows, the latter usually 
 tipped with bone or iron but seldom poisoned, asegais, and 
 kuob-kerries. In addition to these there is usually a dagger 
 kept in a leather sheath, which is tastefully ornamented with 
 thin copper wire. Though thus provided with weapons 
 offensive and defensive, the Ovambo are peacefully disposed 
 and remarkably industrious. In tilling the ground, which 
 seems to contain an alternation of sand above and blue clay 
 beneath, and to be on the whole very fertile, all, male and 
 female, bear their part. Apparently the only implement 
 used is a rude species of hoe. The task of cleaning the 
 growing crop, reaping it, and afterwards grinding the grain 
 by means of a stout pole in a mortar or hollow wooden tube, 
 falls chiefly on the women; but the men in the meantime are 
 not idle, being employed either in tending the cattle (of which 
 they possess vast numbers), or in making trading excursions 
 to the neighbouring tribes, with whom they exchange cattle 
 and ivory (procured from elephants taken in pitfalls) for 
 beads, iron, copper, shells, &c. Though neither iron nor 
 copper is indigenous, the Ovambo have the art of smelting 
 the ores, and making some rude articles of hardware from the 
 metals. In point of morals they do not suffer by comparison 
 with any S. African tribe. They are hospitable, strictly 
 honest, affectionate, humane, particularly to those of their 
 kindred who from disease, age, or any other bodily infirmity, 
 require nursing, and have a strong love of tlieir native soil. 
 They are also decided monarchists, making it a boast that 
 they are ruled only by a single chief, while the neighbouring 
 tribes are usually subject to many masters. Their morality in 
 private life suffers much from the prevalence of polygamy. 
 A man may not only take as many wives as he pleases, but 
 treat them as saleable commodities, disposing of them to 
 others as often as caprice, avarice, or poverty prompts him. 
 On the subject of religion it is difficult to say what are the 
 ideas of the Ovambo, but there can be no doubt that they are 
 meagre in the extreme. 
 
 OVRATSCH, atn. Russia, gov. Volhynia, cap. circle of 
 same name, on the Norina, 76 m. N. Zitomir. It has six 
 churches and a charitable institute. Pop. 3483. 
 
 OWEN SOUND, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 cap. CO. Grey, at the mouth of the Sydenham, in the sound 
 of same name, on the S. side of Georgia Bay, Lake Huron; 
 with six churches, several schools, brick-kilns, tanneries, and 
 some general trade. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 OWOSSO, or OwASSO, atn. U. States, Michigan, co. and 
 on both sides of the river Shiawassee, on the Detroit and Mil- 
 waukie railroad, 78 ni. N.W. Detroit, and coimected with 
 Lansing, 28 m. distant, by the Amboy, Lansing, and Traverse 
 Bay railroad, the machine shops of which are located here; 
 consequently it is a very important depot. It is pleasantly 
 situated on undulating ground, and contains six churches, a 
 bank, school, and public library. The river affords abun- 
 dant water-power, which is utilized in driving flour, saw, 
 planing, and other mills. The chief articles of export are 
 wheat and wool. It was incorporated in 1859. Pop. (1860), 
 1160. 
 
 OXFORD, two places, U. States:—!, A vil. Ohio, on 
 Four Mile Creek and the Cincinnati and Indianopolis Junc- 
 tion railway, near the Indiana boundary, 30 m. N. W. Cin- 
 cinnati. It contains the Meami university, a female college 
 capable of receiving 150 boarders, a female seminary, and a 
 female institute. Pop. (1860), 2413. — 2, Atn. Mississippi, 
 cap. CO. Lafayette, on the Mississippi Central railway, 150 m. 
 N. Jackson. It contains two churches, and the state univer- 
 sity, which in 1860 had ten professors, 140 students, and a 
 library of 5000 vols. 
 
 OZAUKEE, or Port Washington, a tn. U. States, Wis- 
 consin, on the W. shore of Lake Michigan, 105 m. N. by W. 
 Chicago. It possesses various iron foundries, breweries, and 
 other industrial establishments, and carries on an active trade. 
 Pop. 5000, 
 
 OZMAN-BAZAR, a tn. European Turkey, 35 m. 
 W.S.W. Shumla, in the midst of orchards and vineyards. 
 It is a large and thriving place, with several mosques and 
 baths and a Turkish fountain, and is inhabited by 700 Turk- 
 ish and 100 Bulgarian families. 
 
 P. 
 
 PABUR, a river, India, which issues from Lake Chara- 
 mai, close to the Burenda Pass, in Bussahir, at the height 
 of 13,839 ft. above the sea, in lat. 31° 22' N.; Ion. 78° 12' E., 
 and flows S., descending for the first 10 m. at the extra- 
 ordinary rate of 545 ft. per mile, and for the next 10 m. at 
 the rate of 254 ft. per mile. Having thus reached Chergaon, 
 it turns S. W., pursues its course through a beautiful, fertile, 
 and highly cultivated valley, forming the finest part of Bus- 
 sahir, and finally joins the Tons. Its total length is about 
 60 m, 
 
 PACHETE, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 
 22° 56' and 23° 54' N.; Ion. 85° 46' and 87° 10' E.; is bounded 
 N. by Eamgurh and Beerbhoom, E. Bancoora, S. Paraha, 
 Barabhoom, and Singbhoom, and W. Chota Nagpore; length, 
 N.E. to S.W., 105 m.; breadth, 95 m ; area, 4792 sq. m. 
 The surface, so far as can be judged from the scanty informa- 
 tion furnished, is much diversified; being in some places 
 covered by hills of moderate height overrun with forests and 
 jungle, in others intersected by plains or open vales, and in 
 others (particularly in the S.W.) presenting a perfect maze of 
 mountains and ravines connected with the adjacent highlands 
 of Chota Nagpore. The strata seem to be generally com- 
 posed of granite, gneiss, and syenite, but in the N. both coal 
 and iron ore have been found. The principal rivers are the 
 Dammooda, the Soobunreika, and the Kosai. In the plains 
 and vales rice is the staple crop; but cultivation is in a very 
 backward state, and it even appears that much land which 
 was formerly cropped has been allowed to return to a state 
 
 of nature. This is said to be owing in a great measure to 
 the absurd and ruinous practice of scourging the land, so long 
 as it yields any return, till it is completely exhausted; and 
 then leaving it for a series of years to recover itself as it best 
 can. — Pachete, the reputed cap. of the above dist., 135 m. 
 N.W. Calcutta, is a ruined town, which must once have been 
 a place of some consequence; since its fort, though a mere 
 wilderness of jungle, had an area some miles in extent, and 
 was surrounded by a treble labyrinth of moats and mounds. 
 
 PACHITAN, a dist. or prov. Indian Archipelago, on 
 the S. side of the island of Java; bounded E. by Kadiri, S. 
 Madeyan, and W. Pajang. Its chief town, situated at the 
 head of a small and ill-sheltered bay, is in lat. 8° 15' S.; Ion. 
 113° 18' E. The chief product is rice. To this the Dutch 
 have recently added the forced culture of coffee, black pepper, 
 and cinnamon. Its area is 773 sq. m.; and its pop. 88,278 — 
 all Javanese, except 30 Europeans and 100 Chinese. 
 
 PADIVIL, an immense tank, Ceylon, N. province, 
 38 m. N.W. Trincomalee. As it originally existed, it was 
 the basin of a broad and shallow valley formed by two lines 
 of low hills, inclosing a space of from 12 m. to 14 m. in 
 length. By constructing an enormous embankment across 
 the mouth of this valley, the drainage of a large extent of 
 country was confined and accumulated into one great tank or 
 lake, by means of which fertilizing streams were diffused 
 over tracts which must otherwise have been almost barren. 
 It is difScnlt now to give exact measurements, as the em- 
 bankment (having been allowed to fall into disrepair) gave 
 
PAHANG 
 
 123 
 
 PALAVERAM 
 
 way. The whole of the surrounding country was in conse- 
 quence inundated; and the water, pursuing its resistless 
 course, burst into the sea at the town of Kokelai, and con- 
 verted the fertile plain, previously covered with rice-fields, 
 into an extensive lagoon. The level at which the water 
 stood when the embankment was entire has been obliterated 
 by a recent overgrowth of wood and jungle. The breach in 
 the embankment is a chasm 200 ft. wide and 100 ft. deep. 
 In its bottom the water continues to issue in a stream so 
 large as to deserve the name of river. The embankment 
 itself, judging from the part of it still entire, must have been 
 a prodigious work — nearly 11 m. long, 200 ft. broad at the 
 base, 30 ft. broad at the top", upwards of 70 ft. high, and faced 
 throughout its whole extent with layers of squared stone. 
 The quantity of water still confined within the valley, and 
 therefore to be regarded as forming no longer an artificial 
 but a natural lake, is very considerable; and when Sir J. E. 
 Tennent saw it, it covered an area of 10 m. in diameter. 
 That it abounds in fish may be inferred from the prodigious 
 number of water-birds — pelicans, flamingoes, herons, egrets, 
 storks, ibises, &c.— which not only resort to it occasionally, 
 but roost and build their nests on the surrounding trees. 
 The description given by Sir James of what he justly calls 
 'an extraordinary scene' which unexpectedly presented 
 itself when he arrived near the centre of the tank, is not 
 unwortliy of quotation : — ' A sheet of still water, 200 or 300 
 yards broad, and about half a mile long, was surrounded by 
 a line of tall forest trees, whose branches stretched above it. 
 The sun had not yet risen when we perceived some white 
 objects seated in large numbers on the tops of the trees; and 
 as we came nearer, we discovered that a vast colony of peli- 
 cans had formed their settlement and breeding-place in this 
 solitary retreat. They literally covered the trees in hun- 
 dreds ; and tlieir heavy nests, like those of the swan, con- 
 structed of large sticks, formed great platforms sustained by 
 the horizontal branches. In each nest there were three 
 eggs, rather larger than those of a goose, and the male bird 
 stood patiently beside the female as she sat upon them.' 
 
 PAHANG [add.], a virtually independent state, Indian 
 Archipelago, on the E. side of the peninsula of Malacca, 
 bounded with very undefined limits by Johore on the W. 
 and Tringanu on the N. Besides the mainland, along the 
 .shores of which it stretches for about 80 m., it possesses 
 two chains of islets, which lie parallel to the coast at tlie dis- 
 tance of about 30 m. It is well watered, chiefly by the 
 Pahang and the Indau, and has many spacious bays and fine 
 sandy beaches; but its interior is for the most part rugged 
 and mountainous, though none of the summits rise higher 
 than 3221 ft. Its rocks consist of granite, sandstone, and 
 clay-schist. The vegetable products of economical value are 
 timber, ratans, gutta percha, and damar; and the minerals, 
 iron, gold, and 'tin — the two last obtained by washing. 
 Among the wild animals are the elephant, two species of 
 rhinoceros, the tapir, the tiger, the leopard, the buffalo, the 
 wild ox, and several species of deer and monkey. The bulk 
 of the population consists of Malays, tolerably civilized. 
 Pahang is nominally subject to the sultan of Johore, who is 
 now a British pensioner, and usually resides at Singapore. 
 
 PAHLUNPORE, a petty state, India, in the N. of 
 Gujerat, between lat. 23° 57' and 24° 41' N.; and Ion. 71° 51' 
 and 72° 47' E; and bounded N. by Serohee, E. the Guicowar 
 dists. Keyralla and Daunta, S. dist. Puttun, and W. the petty 
 state Thurraid. Towards the N. and W., in the direction of 
 the Eunn, the surface is level, and covered with jungle. In 
 the neighbourhood of the capital it is diversified by a succes- 
 sion of sand-hills and small valleys. The only range de- 
 serving of the name stretches from N. to E., separating 
 Gujerat from Joodpoor. The soil in the N, and W. is light 
 and sandy; in the S. and E., towards the hills, is a rich 
 black mould; both soils depend for their productiveness on 
 the rains and on artificial irrigation, the means of which is 
 obtained from wells 40 ft. deep. The principal crops are 
 wheat, rice, and bajree. The sugar-cane thrives well on the 
 black loam under the hills, and is cultivated to some extent; 
 but instead of being made into sugar, is merely sold in the 
 stick or converted into gour. Only a little cotton for home 
 use is grown near the villages. Much of the jungly land is 
 well adapted for grazing. Tiie revenue of the state amounts 
 to £50,000. Pop. about 130,000. 
 
 PAHLUNPORE, cap. of the above state, 210 m. N. by 
 W. Surat. Both its manufactures and trade are of some 
 importance. It is surrounded by a wall, and contains 30,000 
 inhabitants, many of them artificers and shopkeepers. 
 
 PAINESVILLE, a vil. U. States, Ohio, cap. co. Lake, 
 on Grand River, here crossed by a stone viaduct of four 
 arches, and on the Cleveland, Painesville, and Ashtabula 
 railway, 3 m. from the best natural harbour on Lake Erie, 
 23 m. N.E. Cleveland. It contains a courthouse and jail, 
 six churches, a large union school, a female seminary, two 
 flour mills, two tanneries, two foundries, and two engine fac- 
 tories. The business portions having been destroyed by 
 three disastrous fires, have been entirely built anew of brick 
 within the last three years. Pop. (1860), 2676. 
 
 PAISANDU, a tn. S. America, Banda Oriental, 1. bank, 
 Uruguay, 15 m. above Concepcion. It is a forlorn place, 
 with deserted houses, and gardens overgrown with weeds. 
 This unhappy state of matters is owing to the civil war, 
 which ravaged the country, and destroyed its prosperity. 
 Pop. 2388. 
 
 PAKALONGAN. See Pekalokgan. 
 
 PAK-CHAN, a river, E. side Bay of Bengal, running 
 between the Tenasserim Provinces (British Burmab) and 
 Siam. It is about 2 m. wide at its entrance, and contracts 
 but very little for 10 m., aflbrding ample room and deep 
 water for vessels of the largest burden, with well-sheltered 
 anchorage. About 15 m. up the river is a mile wide, and the 
 banks are steep and densely wooded, the depth of water being 
 5 or 6 fathoms. 
 
 PAKLAT, a tn. Siam, r. bank Menam, about 9 m. above 
 its mouth. Immediately above Paklat the river winds round 
 in a manner so remarkable, that the distance by land across 
 the isthmus, between the extremities of the bend, is only half 
 a mile, while it is 10 m. by water. At this point the depth 
 in the channel is sufficient for the largest ship. Paklat has an 
 estimated pop. of 7000, consisting principally of natives of 
 Pegu, who, during the war between Siam and that country, 
 were led off into captivity. 
 
 PAKNAM, a tn. Siam, on the Menam, about 3 m. above 
 its mouth. It is a place of some importance, being the seat 
 of a governor, and not only surrounded by battlemented walls, 
 but defended by batteries and other fortifications, erected on a 
 sandbank which rises out of the water near the W. or right 
 bank of the river. 
 
 PALAMACOTTAH, or Pallamcottah, a tn. fort, and 
 military station, India, presid. Madras, dist. and 3 m. S.E. 
 Tinnevelly, and equidistant 88 m. S. by W. from Madura 
 and S.W. from Ramnad. — The town stands on an extensive 
 plain, 1 m. E. of the Tamburavurny, here crossed by a good 
 bridge. Within the town are the old hospital and jail, and 
 
 the place of arms for the native troops. The fort, built 
 
 on a naked rock of mouldering granite, contains the European 
 officers' houses, forming an oblong square on its S. face, and 
 the European artillery barracks, formerly the residence of the 
 commandant. The new hospital has been built on a rising 
 ground outside the fort, and between the latter and the bridge 
 stands the church of the Church Missionary Society, a plain 
 structure, with a handsome tower and spire 110 ft. high. 
 Near the church is the printing establishment. 
 
 PALAMOVV, a dist. and tn. India, presid. Bengal. — The 
 DIST., between lat. 23° 12' and 24° 22' N.; Ion. 83° 18' and 
 84° 31' E., is bounded N. by Behar and Ramgurh, E. Eam- 
 gurh, S. Chota Nagpore, S.W. Sirgoojah, and W. Jlirzapore; 
 area, 3468 sq. m. It has a rough and irregular surface, tra- 
 versed in the rainy season by numerous torrents, which carry 
 the drainage chiefly to tiie Koel, an afiiuent of the Sone, and 
 extensively covered with forest or jungle. Wild animals are 
 very numerous, and include among others the gour, a bovine 
 quadruped, much larger than the ordinary ox, but apparently 
 of too untameable a nature to be ever domesticated. Lions 
 are only occasionally seen, but tigers abound, as do also bears, 
 leopards, wolves, and snakes. Among the last are the boa- 
 constrictor, of enormous size, and the cobra-de capello. The 
 minerals, not yet fully examined, promise to be valuable. At 
 Singra, on the right bank of the Koel, coal and iron ore are 
 
 known to abound. The town, of same name, cap. of the 
 
 above dist., standing in a mountainous tract among seams of 
 coal and iron, 135 m. S.S.W. Patna, is an insignificant place. 
 
 PALAVERAM, a military cantonment, presid and 12 m. 
 
PALGHAUT 
 
 124 
 
 PANGASINAN 
 
 S.W. Madras, dist. Chingleput, at the W. foot of a range of 
 hills of same name, and nearly 4 m. from the Coromandel 
 coast. The cantonment, which is exclusively for native 
 troops, is about a mile long by half a mile broad. The 
 officers' houses, arranged in four rows, are well built of brick 
 and chunam, a few with terraced roofs, but most of them tiled. 
 The barracks and hospitals are substantial buildings, with 
 arched roofs and granite floors. The site, however, is so flat, 
 and the Adyar, which drains it, so sluggish, that in the rainy 
 season the ground becomes swampy up to the officers' houses, 
 and the huts of the men have been occasionally washed down. 
 As a remedy, lines situated near the bazar, on the right of the 
 cantonment, have been substituted for the huts. Both lines 
 and bazar are kept clean and dry. 
 
 PALGHAUT, or Palghat, a tn. India, presid. Madras, 
 dist. and 30 m. S.S.W. Coimbatoor, beautifully situated in 
 the great depression of the W. Ghauts, on the direct line of 
 communication between the Coromandel and the Malabar 
 coasts, and on the N. or right bank of the Palaar, an affluent 
 of the Ponany. It consists of a fort, in the form of a square 
 of about 200 yards, inclosed by a wet ditch, and walls of 
 rough granite flanked with bastions; and of a large straggling 
 town, tolerably well built, and containing a Protestant and a 
 R. Catholic church, and a number of insignificant pagodas. 
 The maimfactures consist chiefly of towelling, coarse cloths, 
 woven mats, and brass and copper ware. The position of the 
 town gives it considerable commercial importance as an en- 
 trepot, the merchants transmitting areca-nut, rice, and cocoa- 
 nut oil from the coast; and also, besides engaging in the 
 timber trade, acting as agents for the transmission of Salem, 
 Madura, and Tinnevelly cloth, Coimbatoor ghee, chillies, 
 cotton, &c. Pop. about 9000. 
 
 PALLANKA, a tn. S.W. Africa, territory Galangue, 
 near the S. frontiers of the Kimbunda country; lat. 13° 35' S.; 
 Ion. 17° 30' E. It stands on an open plain, nearly equidistant 
 from the Kubango on the E. and the Kunene on the W., is 
 inclosed by a palisade and a ditch, and has a pop. of 2500. 
 
 PALLEE, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and about 70 m. 
 S. Joodpoor, was once surrounded by a wall, which is said to 
 have been demolished at the special request of the inhabitants, 
 because its strength only made the possession of the place an 
 object of keen contest during the civil wars of Joodpoor. 
 The ruin thus produced gives the place a somewhat desolate 
 air; but it still contains nearly 50,000 inhabitants, and is so 
 advantageously situated at the intersection of the great com- 
 mercial routes from Cutcli to the N. provinces, and from 
 Malwa to Bhawulpore and Sinde, that it is the principal mart 
 of W. Rajpootana, and carries on a very extensive trade, of 
 which the principal articles of home product are salt, woollens, 
 coarse cottons, and paper, the two last made in Pallee. 
 
 PAMALOMBE, a small lake, S.E. Africa, formed by an 
 expansion of the Shire, about 10 m. from its exit from Lake 
 Nyassa. It is 10 or 12 m. in length, and 5 or 6 m. broad, 
 and is nearly surrounded by a broad belt of papyrus, so dense 
 that when beaten down it supported the small temporary huts 
 of the natives. The papyrus plants, 10 or 12 ft. high, grow 
 so closely together that air is excluded, and so much sul- 
 phuretted hydrogen gas evolved, that Dr. Livingstone's boat 
 was blackened in one night's exposure to it. 
 
 PANDERMA [mic. Panormus], a tn. Turkey in Asia, 
 Anatolia, on the coast, near the peninsula of Cyzicus, which 
 projects from the S. shore of tlie Sea of Marmora, and is con- 
 nected with the mainland by a narrow isthmus, about 60 m. 
 S.W. Constantinople. It consists of about 1000 houses, in- 
 habited chiefly by Greeks; has a regular communication by 
 steam with the Turkish capital, and carries on an active trade. 
 On the peninsula part of the walls and many other remains 
 of the ancient Cyzicus are still found. 
 
 PANEEPUT, or Paniput, a dist. India, N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, between lat. 28° 50' and 29° 48' N.; Ion. 76° 40' and 
 77° 16' E.; is bounded W. and N. by Sirhind; E. the Jumna, 
 separating it from Mozufifernuggur and Meerut; and S. Delhi; 
 length, N. to S., 65 m.; breadth, 30 m.; area, 1279 sq. m. 
 The surface is level, and where not irrigated by the Jumna, 
 or the Delhi canal and its branches, has generally a barren 
 and repulsive appearance, consisting in many places of a mere 
 waste of undulating sand, with a scanty growth of stunted 
 shrubs and coarse herbage; and in others, of a soil so full of 
 saline ingredients, that the efflorescence lies on the surface 
 
 like snow. On some fertile tracts a good deal of sugar-cane 
 is grown. The jungles, extending sometimes as far as the 
 eye can reach, abound in game, especially hares, quails, par- 
 tridges, and pea-fowl. Pop. 283,420. 
 
 PANEEPUT, cap. of the above dist., in a fertile tract 
 finely diversified by* clumps of trees, 52 m. N. by W. Delhi, 
 is surrounded by ancient walls and ramparts, built at different 
 times and in different styles, and of very irregular shape. 
 The houses, built for the most part of brick, and in some in- 
 stances of two stories, are usually provided with balconies, 
 and occasionally surmounted by cupolas. Within the town 
 are numerous temples, the cupolas and spires of which, with 
 their white and polished surfaces, have a pleasing and striking 
 effect when viewed from a distance; and two large caravan- 
 serais, which seem to be the great centres of resort and com- 
 mercial activity. The environs are overspread with ruined 
 tombs, some of which must originally have been splendid 
 structures. Paneeput is famous for two great battles. The 
 one, fought in 1526, between Baber, at the head of 12,000 
 fnen, and Ibrahim Patan, king of Delhi, with an army of 
 100,000 men and 1000 elephants, established the Mogul 
 dynasty in the person of the former; the other, fought in 
 1761, between the Afghans, under Ahmed Shah Dooranee, 
 and the Mahrattas, under Sedusheo Rao Bhao, proved most 
 disasti'ous to the latter, who fled completely routed, and lost 
 nearly the whole of their army, and many of their most dis- 
 tinguished leaders in the battle or the flight. Many of the 
 houses are said to be untenanted, but the pop. is still esti- 
 mated at 16.870. 
 
 PANETJEN-KERNY, a .salt lake, Ceylon, near its E. 
 coast, 34 m. S.S.E. Trincomalee. It is 6 m. long by 3 m. 
 broad, and, together with the vast saline marshes which sur- 
 round it, supplies the whole district with salt. It is usually 
 covered with myriads of wild fowl, including flamingoes, 
 white paddy-birds, wild ducks, curlews, snipe, &c. Accord- 
 ing to tradition Panetjen-Kerny was once the site of a royal 
 residence, and was reduced to its present state by a subsidence 
 of the land followed by an irruption of the sea. The locality, 
 now wild and desolate, is not without indications confirmatory 
 of the tradition. 
 
 PANGANI, a tn. on the E. coast of Africa, on a bay and 
 at the mouth of a river of same name, to the N.W. of Zanzi- 
 bar. It is surrounded by thick thorny jungle, which, though 
 important for defence, is not without its disadvantages, as 
 numerous leopards make it their lair; and consists of about 
 twenty stone houses and a number of cadjan huts, each with 
 its large mat-encircled courtyard, where all affairs are trans- 
 acted. Plantains, arecas, and cocoas grow in the town, and 
 betel, papaws, and the jamli, an Indian fruit, in the environs; 
 while in the surrounding fields holcus, maize, sesamum, and 
 other grains, are extensively cultivated. Pangani drives a 
 thriving trade with the Nguru, Chuga, and Masai countries. 
 Pop., including that of three adjoining villages, about 4000. 
 Of these a large proportion ai-e female slaves. 
 
 PANGAIs'I, a river, E. Africa, which is supposed, as it 
 has never been explored to its source, to be formed by several 
 streams from the lofty range to which the snowy mountain 
 of Kilimandjaro belongs, about lat. 3° S.; Ion. 36° 30' E.; 
 flows first circuitously S., to about lat. 5°, then E.S.E., and 
 at Pangani falls into a bay of same name, in the Indian 
 Ocean, to the N.W. of Zanzibar, in lat. 5° 25' S.; Ion. 39° 4' E. 
 At Kohode, 36 m. of direct distance above its mouth, it is 
 about 80 yards broad, and flows deep and strong under high 
 banks of stiff clay, reddened, especially after rain, by the rich 
 loam of the hills; and abounds in hippopotami and crocodiles. 
 At its mouth it is about 200 yards broad, but having a depth 
 of not more than 8 ft., is navigable only by country craft. 
 Even to them, when the strong current is met by wind and 
 tide, the navigation is dangerous. 
 
 PANGASINAN [add.], a prov. of the island of Luzon, 
 in the Philippine Isles, bounded N. by Ilocos, W. Zambales, 
 S. Pampanga, and E. a mountain chain, inhabited by wild 
 tribes; length, 78 m.; breadth, 44 m.; area, 1240 geo. sq. m. 
 It consists almost entirely of a beautiful and well-watered 
 valley of remarkable fertility, producing in abundance rice, 
 maize, pulse, and sugar-cane. The mountains yield sulphur 
 and arsenic, and many of the inhabitants find employment in 
 washing the sands of the streams for gold. On the sea-coast 
 large quantities of bay-salt are made for export. The natives 
 
PANGRAGRAMONE 
 
 125 
 
 PARIKTA 
 
 consist of two distinct races, speaking different languages. 
 Lingayen is the capital. Pop. of prov. 224,180. 
 
 PANGRAGRAMONE, a vil. Ceylon, Central Province, 
 a little to the W. of Bintenne, on the highroad to Kandy. It 
 consists of mud-houses, built under tamarind- trees of great 
 age and prodigious size, and, from being situated in a hollow, 
 suffers much by the rains. The inhabitants, chiefly if not ex- 
 clusively Moors, have erected a small mosque of the humblest 
 pretensions. The adjoining district was in ancient times so 
 famous for its fertility, that it received the name of Wel-laksija, 
 or 'the Hundred Thousand Eice-fields.' It still retains the 
 name, but belies it by the miserable cultivation which prevails. 
 
 PANG-TSE, a tn. China, picturesquely seated among 
 liills, on the Yang-tze-kiang, a little above the point where 
 the river quits the province of Kiangsi to enter that of 
 Nganhoei. It is surrounded by a wall, which not only in- 
 closes the town proper, but also a large area of barren hill 
 and valley, obviously with the view of converting the ridges 
 themselves into barriers of defence. Unfortunately within 
 the theatre of tlie civil war, Pang-tse has been so severe a 
 sufferer that only a few of its buildings remain. 
 
 PANJANG (PULO), an i.sl. Indian Archipelago, off the 
 E. coast of Sumatra, from which it is separated by a strait 
 which bears its name. It has a flat alluvial surface, and pro- 
 duces the best crude sago, which is exported by the Malays 
 to Singapore and Malacca, to be refined by the Chinese. It 
 is inhabited chiefly by wild tribes of Malay origin. 
 
 PANKOW, a vil. Prussia, prov. Brandenburg, gov. 
 Potsdam, and so near Berlin that it may be regarded as one 
 of its suburbs. It has a handsome church completed in 
 1859, and a Pestalozzi institute, and is a favourite pleasure 
 resort of the Berlin citizens. Niederschonhausen, containing 
 a royal palace and fine gardens, is connected with it by a 
 beautiful avenue. Pop. 1100. 
 
 PANKIIATZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Bunzlau, near the frontiers of Prussia; with lime-kilns and 
 extensive limestone and sandstone quarries. Pop. 1100. 
 
 PAO-TING-FOO, a tn. China, prov. Pechele, cap. dist. 
 of same name, on an affluent of the Peiho, 80 m. S.S.W. 
 Pekin. It stands in a fertile country, and as the residence 
 of the governor of the province takes rank next to the capital. 
 
 PAPAL STATES [add.] In the insurrectionary move- 
 ments which attended the Austro-Italian war in 1859, the 
 Eomagna detached itself from the Papal rule, and in 1860, at 
 the time of Garibaldi's revolutionary advance, the Marches 
 and Umbria followed, and were incorporated with the kingdom 
 of Italy, By these changes the territory of the sovereign 
 pontiff, which, previous to 1859, embraced an area of 
 17,218 sq. m., with 3,124,668 inhabitants, was reduced to 
 4891 sq. m., and 692,106 inhabitants. Of the former twenty 
 legations and delegations into which the territory was subdi- 
 vided, only five remain: viz. Rome and the Comarca, pop. 
 326,509; Viterbo, pop. 128,324; Civita Vecchia, pop. 20,701; 
 Velietri, pop. 62,013; and Frosinone, pop. 154,559. The 
 city of Rome had 180,359 inhabitants in 1858, and 194,587 
 in 1861. No account is published of the revenue and expen- 
 diture of the Papal government. But, according to state- 
 ments in the Italian press, the revenue in 1864 amounted to 
 4,500,000 scudi, besides 1 ,500,000 scudi in ' Peter's pence;' and 
 the expenditure to 10,000,000 scudi. Another account gives 
 the budget of 1865 as representing an income of 6,353,993 
 scudi.and an expenditure of 11, 947, 270 scudi; leaving a deficit 
 of 5,593,277 scudi. The large yearly deficiencies are partly 
 supplied by contributions from Roman Catholics in all coun- 
 tries, and partly by loans. The loan tlius contracted in 1865 
 was of 10,000,000 scudi. The total amount of the public 
 debt is unknown. The pontifical army is raised by enlist- 
 ment in foreign countries, as well as in the Papal States. At 
 the commencement of 1866 it numbered 9588 men, including 
 8000 infantry and 550 cavalry. The foreign trade of the 
 Papal States is very small, and chiefly carried on through the 
 excellent port of Civita Vecchia. "With the United Kingdom 
 the trade in the five years 1861-5 is thus stated: — 
 
 Imports from 
 United Kingdom 
 
 1861. 
 1862. 
 1863. 
 1864. 
 1805. 
 
 Exports to 
 United Kingdom. 
 
 £82,567 £1,356 
 
 46,991 957 
 
 26,868 1,099 
 
 72,589 2,626 
 
 12,888 23,921 
 
 Thei'e are four lines of railway in the Papal States: — 1, 
 Rome to Ceprano; 2, Rome to Civita Vecchia; 3, Rome to 
 Corese; 4, Rome to Frascati and Albano; the total length 
 being 84 m. The traffic upon them is small; on the Frascati 
 line there is an annual loss, and on the others but little profit. 
 Since 1860 the authority of the Papal government has 
 been maintained by a French garrison in Rome; but in Sep- 
 tember, 1864, the emperor of the French entered into a treaty 
 with the king of Italy, that the garrison should be withdrawn 
 before the end of the year 1866. The articles of the treaty 
 were as follows: — 1. Italy undertakes not to attack the pre- 
 sent territory of the pope, and to prevent by force any ex- 
 ternal attack. 2. France will withdraw her troops gradually, 
 as the army of the pope becomes organized ; the evacuation 
 will nevertheless be accomplished within two years. 3. The 
 Italian government will not protest against the organization 
 of a papal army, even composed of foreign R. Catholic volun- 
 teers, sufficient to maintain the authority of the pope, and 
 tranquillity both at home and on the frontier of the Papal 
 States; provided that this force does not become a means of 
 attack against the Italian government. 4. Italy declares 
 herself ready to enter into an arrangement for assuming a 
 proportional part of the debt of the former States of the Church. 
 In accordance with the terms of the treaty, the withdrawal 
 of the French garrison from Rome commenced in November, 
 1866, and has since been completed. 
 
 PAPUGNY, a river, S. India, which rises in the N.E. of 
 Mysore, flows N.E. into dist. Cuddapah, and after a course of 
 about 90 m. joins the Pennaar on its 1. bank. At Appiapulla, 
 3 m. above the point of junction, it is 800 yards wide. 
 
 PARAD, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Heves, at 
 the foot of the Matra Hills, in a beautiful valley; has glass- 
 works, copper and silver mines, and mineral springs, with a 
 large and much- frequented bathing-establishment. P. 2000. 
 
 PAIIAIOOR, a vil. India, presid. Madras, Poodoocottah 
 or Tondiman's Country, on the Vellar, 30 m. S.S.E. Trichin- 
 opoly. It possesses a beautiful pagoda, with a well within it 
 cut in a rocky bottom. This well, according to the natives, 
 has a very remarkable property. Once every year, within 
 the months of February, March, or April, when the water 
 dries up to a certain mark, the sound of music is heard below, 
 and continues during 3f hours. The Eajah Tondiman, and 
 a large concourse of people, annually assemble to listen with 
 devout astonishment to this thinly disguised Brahminical 
 trick. 
 
 PARANA, or Bajada [add.],atn. La Plata, and seat of its 
 government, prov. Entre os-Rios, r. bank river of same name; 
 lat. 31° 42' 54" S.; Ion. 60° 32' 39" \V. It stands on a 
 plateau, which is evidently a continuation of the high land on 
 the opposite bank, is regularly built in the form of quad- 
 rangle, subdivided by streets crossing each other at right 
 angles; consists of houses partly old, of indifferent appearance, 
 and partly new, all of brick, plastered and whitewashed; and 
 has among its public buildings several churches, a governor's 
 residence and government offices, houses of legislature, and 
 a theatre. Its gardens, numerous and well arranged, add 
 much to the comfort of the inhabitants, and give the whole 
 place a cheerful appearance. The chief industrial establish- 
 ments are extensive tanneries and limeworks. The trade in 
 the produce of the country is as yet imperfectly developed; 
 the imports are rapidly increasing. Pop. 8000, mostly 
 coloured persons of divers stocks. 
 
 PARATSCHIN, or Pakatyn, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Servia, circle Tschupria, on the Zrniza, a little above its 
 confluence with r. bank Morava, 75 m. S.S.E. Belgrade. It 
 has a church, a school, and a pop. of about 3103. 
 
 PARBUTTY, two rivers, India:—], E. Parhutty, which 
 rises close to the town of Sipree, in Scindia's Dominions, lat. 
 25° 31' N.; Ion. 77° 46' E., flows first N. for about 40 m., 
 then E. for about 50 m., and joins the Sinde on its 1. bank; 
 lat. 25° 47' N.; Ion. 78° 21' E.— 2, W. ParhUty, which rises 
 in Malwa on the N. side of the Vindhya range, lat. 22° 45' N.; 
 Ion. 76° 33' E., flows successively N.E. and N.W., and joins 
 the Chumbul on its r. bank, after a winding course of 220 m. 
 It is a shallow stream, easily fordable everywhere in the dry 
 season. 
 
 PARIKIA [anc. Paros], a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, 
 cap. and on a bay on the W. coast of the island of Paros. It 
 occupies the site of the ancient city, is the seat of a justice-of- 
 
PARIS 
 
 126 
 
 PA-TOUNG 
 
 peace court, and owes the beauty of some of its public build- 
 ings, particularly its castle and its church, to their having 
 been mainly constructed out of the ancient ruins. In the 
 vicinit}' is Mount Elias, or Marpessa, which rises to the height 
 of 2500 feet, and is celebrated for its quarries of white marble. 
 
 PARIS, a tn British America. Canada West, co. Brant, 
 on the Grand River and Smith Creek, and at the junction of 
 the Buflfalo and Luke Huron with the Great Western rail- 
 way. It has three churches, and a considerable trade in 
 flour and lumber. Large quantities of gypsum are quarried 
 in the vicinity, and ground for agricultural purposes. Paris 
 is a port of entry. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 PAKKANY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 26 m. E. Komora, on the i-ailway from Presburg, and 1. bank 
 Danube, opposite to Gran. The Turks were defeated here 
 on their retreat from Vienna in 1683. Pop. 1280. 
 
 PARMAGUDI, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 21m. W.N.W. Madura, on the S. or r. bank of the Vigay. 
 It consists of upwards of 1330 houses, arranged in dirty and 
 very irregularly formed streets, and occupied chiefly by 
 weavers. It contains several ranges of bazars and a large 
 stone pavilion, with an adjoining chuttrum, where alms are 
 daily distributed among twelve poor Brahmins, or other 
 travellers. The manufactures consist of superfine cloths, 
 silks, muslins, silk carpets of great value, vestures, turbans, &c. 
 
 PARRAL, a tn. Chili, prov. Maule, on a swampy plain, 
 between the Longavi and the Perquilaoquen, 160 m. S. by 
 E. Valparaiso. Its streets, following the direction of the 
 trunk road from N. to S., are somewhat tortuous. Its only 
 public building worth notice is its church. Pop. 2200. 
 
 PARRAS, a tn. Mexico, state Coahuila, near a lagoon of 
 same name, 90 m. W. Saltillo. It is a well-built town, with 
 several good streets lined with old but handsome houses, a 
 large square, and a fine public walk or alameda. The in- 
 habitants are chiefly employed in the culture of the vine, for 
 which the limestone ridges in the vicinity appear to be admir- 
 ably adapted. The wine produced has a pleasant flavour, and ' 
 resembles the hotter Spanish wines. Pop. 9000. 
 
 PARRAVOOR, or Puuraur, a tn. India, presid. Madras, 
 dis. Travancore, 13 m. N. Cochin. It was a place of import- 
 ance, but having suffered much from the cruelty and rapacity 
 of Tippoo Sahib, has become comparatively insignificant. It 
 contains two churches, a pagoda, some small cofarums or 
 native palaces, and a few buildings of European architecture, 
 now chiefly used as storehouses for tobacco, pepper, salt, &c. 
 The celebrated lines of Travancore, the forcing of which by 
 Tippoo led to the first war with him, ran for 3J m. through 
 the district of Parravoor. 
 
 PARRY, a cape on the N. coast of America, Arctic Ocean, 
 lat. 70° 6' N.; Ion. 123° 48' W. It is from 400 to 500 ft. in 
 height, and nearly opposite to Nelson's Head, the southern 
 extremity of Baring's Land. 
 
 PASIR, a state on the E. side of Borneo. Its principal 
 town, in lat. 1° 44' S.; Ion. 116° 26' 30" E., stands about 
 45 m. above the mouth of a stream, navigable only by boats, 
 and consists of about 400 houses. The products are edible 
 swallows'-nests, bees' wax, ratans, damar, and a little gold-dust. 
 Pop. of state about 20,000, consisting of Malays, Bugis, 
 settlers from Celebes, and several wild tribes. 
 
 PASSAIC, a river, U. States, which rises at Mendham, 
 in New Jersey, flows successively S., N.N.E., and S., and 
 after a very devious course of 90 m. enters Newark Bay. It 
 is navigable a short distance for sloops, and higher up, at 
 Paterson, has a fall of 72 ft., which furnishes immense water- 
 power. The beauty of its scenery attracts many tourists. 
 
 PASTRENGO, a town, Italy, Venetia, prov. and 
 N.W. Verona, r. bank Adige, is memorable for conflicts 
 between the Austrians and Piedmontese, 29th and 30th April, 
 1848. 
 
 PATANI, a native state, Indian Archipelago, on the E. 
 side of the Malacca peninsula, between Kalanten and Sungora, 
 the latter forming the most southern province of Siam. The 
 chief town, or rather village, since it consists only of about 
 200 huts on the banks of a shallow stream, is in lat. 7° N.; 
 Ion. 101° 35' E. The pop., which was computed at 90,000 
 in 1780, was said to have declined to 54,000 in 1832. This 
 great decrease, assuming it to be real, was accounted for by 
 an invasion of the Siamese, who carried ofi" several thousands 
 of the inhabitants as captives, and formally annexed the state 
 
 to Siam. This annexation is one of the greatest obstacles to 
 the prosperity of Patani, where two native dynasties arc said 
 to have reigned for nearly four centuries. 
 
 PATAPSCO, a river, U. States, which rises in the N.W. 
 of Maryland, flows successively S. and S.E., and enters 
 Chesapeake Bay 14 m. below Baltimore. At this city, up to 
 which it is navigable for large vessels, it expands into a broad 
 estuary. Its total length is 80 m. 
 
 PATASSA, a river, S. America, Ecuador, which, formed 
 by several streams which have their most distant source in 
 the volcano of Cotopaxi, begins to flow under its own name, 
 after forming the cascade of Agoyan, and after a course of 
 about 200 m., the latter part of which is nearly due S , joins 
 the Amazon on its 1. bank, at Chego Antigua, close to the 
 meridian of 76° W. After leaving the cascade it is navigable 
 by canoes, and lower down it might be navigated by steamers. 
 Its banks and islands are finely wooded, and present much 
 beautiful scenery. 
 
 PATIENCE, a cape and bay, Russian empire, on the 
 E. coast of the island of Saghalin: — The cape, the most 
 prominent and most eastern point of the island, is a low pro- 
 montory formed by a double hill which terminates abruptly. 
 It is surrounded by a rocky shoal, which extends to a con- 
 siderable distance from the land. The bay, formed by the 
 
 above cape on the E., and Cape Soimonof, a high promontory, 
 on the W., has mountainous shores and a craggy beach on 
 tlie N., but on the W. the shores are low and shelving. The 
 Ty or Neva, which enters the bay in hit. 49° 15' N ; Ion. 
 143° 33' E., has at its mouth a width of about 30 yards, and 
 a depth of 7 ft. At a short distance inland it communicates 
 with a lake. The land along the shore has in some places 
 a deep covering of mud, and in others a rich black soil, but 
 the trees, mostly of the thorn kind, are stunted. 
 
 PATN, a tn. India, Nepaul, on a rising ground in a valley 
 about 2 m. S.E. Katraandoo, which it is said to surpass both 
 in antiquity and in neatness, having been built by the Newars, 
 who held the country previous to the Ghoorka invasion, and 
 possessing a number of handsome edifices. 
 
 PATNA, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 25° 
 .3' and 25° 38' N.; Ion. 84° 45' and 86° 10' E.; is bounded 
 N. by the Ganges, separating it from Sarun, Tirhoot, and 
 ISIonghyr; N.E. and S.E. Monghyr; S. Monghyr and Beliar; 
 and W. and N.W. the Sone, separating it from Shahabad; 
 length, E. to W., 85 m; breadth, 45 m.; area, 1828 sq. m. 
 It consists almost entirely of a rich alluvial tract, both fertile 
 and well cultivated, and producing in abundance rice, the 
 staple for which it is celebrated, wheat, barley, &c. In the 
 W., about Muneer and Pholwarree, much fine opium is pro- 
 duced. Orchards and groves of fruit-bearing trees abound. 
 Pop. 1,200,000. 
 
 PATOOAN, an isl. in the Somerset River or Victoria 
 Nile, Central Africa, a few miles above and E. of the Mur- 
 cliison Falls, is one of the numerous masses of rock that 
 choke the river between Karuma Falls and the Great Mur- 
 chison Cataract. The rock is entirely of gray granite, from 
 the clefts of which beautiful forest trees grow so thickly as 
 to quite shade the island. In the middle of it is a consider- 
 able village. A succession of similar islands continues east- 
 ward from Patooan to within a march of Karuma Falls. 
 
 PATOOK, or Patuca, a river. Central America, which 
 is formed near the centre of dep. Olancho, in Honduras, by the 
 junction of the Jalan, Tinto, Guayape, and Gualambre, flows 
 N.N.E., and falls into the Carribean Sea by two mouths. 
 The smaller mouth is in a lagoon, and will not admit vessels 
 drawing more than 6 ft.; the larger opens directly into the 
 sea, and is encumbered by a bad and shifting bar, over which 
 the depth is not more than 10 ft. Within it, the channel, 
 passing through deep alluvium, is navigable for 60 m., but 
 beyond a series of rapids occurs, rendering further naviga- 
 tion impossible. The total length of the Patook is about 
 150 m. 
 
 PA-TOUNG, a tn. China, on the Yang-tze-kiang, at the 
 point where it quits prov. Sechuen to enter that of Houpd. 
 it is a small place, with nothing entitled to special notice ex- 
 cept its hao-pan or literary institute, an extensive range of 
 building, in which the competitive examinations are held. 
 According to M. Hue these examinations are little better than 
 a sham. The rules to prevent fraud, and ascertain the true 
 merit of the candidates, are extremely stringent, but a rich 
 
PATRAS 
 
 127 
 
 PAWTUCKET 
 
 man can always find out beforehand the subjects that will be 
 proposed for examination; tlie judges sell their votes to the 
 highest bidder; and any candidate, conscious that in his own 
 person he must fail, has only to go with a sum of money in 
 his hand to some poor graduate of the requisite ability, who 
 personates him, and brings him back the diploma. 
 
 PATRAS [add.], a tn. Greece, Morea, cap. nomarch 
 Achaia and Elis, on the N.E. shore of the gulf of same name, 
 leading into the Gulf of Lepanto. It rises on the side of a 
 hill in the form of an amphitheatre; and though laid in ruins 
 by Ibrahim Pacha in 1821, during the war of independence, 
 has been rebuilt in an improved style, and is now one of the 
 finest towns in Greece. It is the seat of- an archbishop, and 
 of several courts and public offices; and has a gymnasium, a 
 Hellenist and four parish schools, a lazaret, &c. The acro- 
 polis in its vicinity is well fortified. Its advantages, posi- 
 tion, and the fertility of its district make it the most important 
 centre of trade in the Morea; and its population, which pre- 
 vious to its destruction did not exceed 1 0,000, is now nearly 
 20,000. 
 
 PATUN, a petty state, India, Rajpootana, between lat. 
 27° 31' and 27° 5G' N.; Ion. 75° 48' and 76° 12' E.; is 
 bounded N.W. by Sliekawuttee, N.E. Jhujhur, E. Ulwar, 
 and S.E. and S. Jeypoor; length, N. to S., 30 m.; breadth, 
 20 m. It consists of an alternation of barren hills and 
 tolerably fertile valleys, and is inhabited in most inaccessible 
 parts by Minas, who used to carry their depredations into 
 the surrounding districts; but have of late been so much 
 curtailed in their sphere of operations, and so severely 
 punished for them by the vigilance of the British govern- 
 ment, that many of them have at last betaken themselves to 
 agriculture. 
 
 PATUN, cap. of the above state, 100 m. S.W. Delhi, 
 occupies a strong position at the foot of a hill crowned by a 
 fort, and is a rather considerable place. On the hill, about 
 half way between the base and the summit, stands the palace 
 of the rajah, as well as a magnificent temple founded by his 
 family; but the town belongs (together with two-thirds of the 
 pergunnali) to Scindia, who persists in. retaining it, though 
 strongly solicited to cede it for an equivalent. 
 
 PAUK PUTTEE N, atn. India, Punjab, about 10 m. W. 
 of the Ravee, and 14 m. from Manioke Ghat — a much-fre- 
 quented ferry over the river; lat. 30° 17' N.; Ion. 73° 25' E. 
 It occupies the site of an ancient fort, on the summit of a 
 lofty eminence, rising from a perfectly level plain; and is 
 supposed to possess peculiar sanctity from having been many 
 years the residence and containing the tomb of a celebrated 
 Mussulman saint. Sheikh Farid-u-Din, whose miracles form 
 the subject of many legends. As those who rub their fore- 
 heads on the saint's grave suppose themselves safe from 
 perdition, and access to it is given only during the Mohurrum, 
 the crowd of visitors at that season is immense, and the 
 crush enormous. Pauk Putteen is conjectured to be the 
 spot where Alexander the Great erected colossal altars to 
 mark the E. limit of his conquests. 
 
 PAUL (St.), an isl. British America, on the E. entrance 
 of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 18 m. N.E. Cape Breton, and 
 50 m. S.W. Newfoundland; lat. (N. end) 47° 13' 55" N.; Ion. 
 60° 8' 20" W. It is about 3 m. long by 1 m. broad, and is 
 composed of primary rocks, principally mica-slate, dipping 
 S. at an angle of not less than 45°. Its N.E. point, which is 
 properly a detached islet, separated by a very narrow channel 
 from a peninsula,,is from 300 to 400 ft. high, and is, as well as 
 the peninsula, so precipitous as to be nearly inaccessible. The 
 rest of the island, also steep and precipitous towards the sea, 
 is traversed by two parallel ranges of hills, of which the 
 more eastern and elevated attains a height of 450 ft. The 
 surface is partially wooded with stunted and scrubby spruce- 
 trees. The only inhabitants are two men, in charge of a 
 depot of provisions for shipwrecked persons. 
 
 PAUL (St.) [add.], a tn. U. States, Minnesota, cap. co. 
 Ramsey, 1. bank Mississippi, 9 m. below the Falls of St. 
 Anthony. It stands on a plain about 80 ft. above the river, 
 and partially encircled by hills; and has fourteen churches, a 
 college, and two female seminaries, a female academy taught 
 by the Sisters of Charity, several other schools, a fine State- 
 house, an extensive public market, lumber and flour mills, 
 various other industrial establishments, and a considerable 
 trade, partly in furs. Fop. (1860), 10,401. 
 
 PAUL (St.) [add.], an isl. in the S. of the Indian Ocean, 
 nearly equidistant from the S. extremity of Africa on the W. 
 and the S.W. extremity of Australia on the E.; lat. 38° 42' 
 45" S.; Ion. 77° 34' 9" E. It is in the form j)f a triangle, 
 with its base facing the N.N.E. and its vertex pointing S.W.; 
 has a coast-line of little more than 6 m., and rises precipi- 
 tously into a cone, the summit of which is about 860 ft. above 
 the sea. It is of volcanic formation, and has on its E. side 
 a conical crater, which, though several ft. above the sea in 
 1696, when the island was first discovered by the Dutch 
 navigator Van Vlaming, now communicates with it on the E. 
 by an opening 600 yards wide, and deep enough to allow 
 large boats to enter the basin. Within the crater, which is 
 two-thirds of a mile in diameter, the depth of water varies 
 from 16 to 20 fathoms. The inhabitants, who are few in 
 number, have formed terraces on which they are enabled to 
 cultivate patches of ground, laid out for the most part in 
 gardens, each about 50 square yards in extent. Their chief 
 employment, however, is fishing, for which there is a regular 
 establishment belonging to a merchant of tlie Isle of Bourbon. 
 The fish caught are mostly different species of cod. Seals 
 and sea-elephants, which once abounded, are now seldom 
 seen. 
 
 PAUL'S (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle 
 Brixen, near Botzen; with a beautiful Gothic church of the 
 16th century, and 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 PAUMBEN, or Paumbaum, atn. India, presid. Madras, 
 dist. Madura, on the W. extremity of the island of Ramiseram, 
 forming the E. side of the narrow strait or pass of Paumben, 
 which connects Palk's Strait with the Gulf of Manaar. It con- 
 sists of about 250 houses, generally built of stone and mud, 
 with tiled roofs, and placed in narrow irregular streets. The 
 inhabitants, about 1200, are actively engaged in traffic, or as 
 pilots and boatmen to the dhonies and vessels in sailing 
 through the pass. This pass, which was at one time tortuous 
 in the extreme, and had only a depth of about 5 ft., has been 
 recently improved at the expense of government, and is now 
 lOift. deep, and nearly straight. The consequence is that 
 not only dhonies without keels, but keeled vessels of nearly 
 200 tons burden, can pass through, and the trade of the place 
 has very largely increased. There is a lighthouse at 
 Paumben, the light of which — a fixed red — is visible about 
 10 m. at sea. 
 
 PAVILLON, a tn. British Columbia, 1. bank Fraser, 
 120 m. N.E. New Westminster. It stands upon a lofty ter- 
 race above the river, and is important as the head-quarters 
 for the miners and mule-trains that diverge here to the gold- 
 diggings at Alexandria, Cariboo, Kamloops, &c. The land 
 adjacent is adapted for agricultural purposes, and produces 
 abundant crops of grain and vegetables. 
 
 PAVILLON, a lake, British Columbia, about 10 m. 
 S.E. of the tn. of same name. It is G m. long and 1 m. wide; 
 on its S. side is a mountain 3000 or 4000 ft. high, topped by 
 a remarkable peak, not unlike a watch-tower. The hills are 
 of limestone, and rise abruptly from the water's edge. 
 
 PAVLOGRAU, a tn. Russia, gov. and 38 m. E. by N. 
 Ekaterinoslav, cap. circle of same name, on the Vollshia, an 
 affluent of the Dnieper; with two churches, a circle school, 
 a charitable institute, several industrial establishments, and 
 6929 inhabitants. 
 
 PAVLOVO, a tn. Russia, gov. and 50 m. S.W. Nijnei- 
 Novgorod, circle Gorbatro, r. bank Oka. It has nine hand- 
 some stone churches, and manufactures of steel and hardware, 
 bellows, soap, candles, and leather; and contains upwards of 
 6000 inhabitants. 
 
 PAWTUCKET, or North Providence [add.], a tn. 
 U. States, Rhode Island, co. and 4 m. N. Providence, beauti- 
 fully situated on both sides of the Pawtucket, here crossed 
 by a stone bridge. Until 1861 it was partly in Massa- 
 chusetts, but a recent arrangement has given the whole of it 
 to Rhode Island. It contains eleven churches, a public 
 library, two public halls, and three savings-banks ; and 
 possesses numerous industrial establishments, among which 
 are thirteen cotton mills, one of them established in 1790, 
 and historically interesting as the first erected within 
 the States; machine shops, brass and copper foundries, an 
 extensive calico printfield, nut, bolt, and tool factories, a 
 manufactory of fire-engines famous throughout the country, 
 and other manufactories of belting, leather, cabinet ware, 
 
PAYTA 
 
 128 
 
 PEIHO 
 
 haircloth, &c. These manufactures have the advantage of 
 immense water-power from the river, which has here a fall 
 of 50 ft.; and ample means of transport are afforded by the 
 Boston and Providence and the Providence and Worcester 
 railways. Pop. (1860), 11,818. 
 
 PAYTA, a tn. Peru, and the most northerly haven which 
 it possesses, is situated at the base and on the side of a hill, 
 which descends abruptly to the S.E. shore of a small bay of 
 same name; lat. 6° S.; Ion. 81° 30' W. It consists partly of 
 two narrow streets leading to a square, on which the cathe- 
 dral — a large but ugly structure — stands, and partly of 
 several other equally narrow streets, which surround the 
 square, and contain a number of very indifferent houses, 
 among which the barracks are conspicuous, together with a 
 second church totally devoid of interest. The only building 
 with any pretentions to elegance is the custom-house, which 
 is constructed of iron, and was made in the United States. 
 Payta, as the port of the province Piura, carries on a con- 
 siderable trade, receiving American and European manufac- 
 tures in return for cotton, bark, and hides. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 PAZAKISTE (Uppeu and Lower), two nearly contigu- 
 ous places, Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, Croatia, 
 dist. and S.W. Ottochatz or Otoczac. Ober, or Upper 
 Pazariste, had once an important trade, but now contains 
 only 1000 inhabitants, and has an old ruined castle perched 
 on a rocky summit. — Unter, or Lower Pazariste, contains 
 1470 inhabitants, and has a curious old structure built by 
 Bela III. in 1235. 
 
 PAZCUAKO, or Pasquaro, a tn. Mexico, state Michoa- 
 can, near the S. shore of a picturesque lake of same name, 
 20 m. S.W. Morellia. It stands at the height of 7000 ft. 
 above the sea, is regularly built in spacious streets, has a 
 parish church, a superior school or college, a nunnery and 
 three monasteries, and contains GOOO inhabitants engaged in 
 mining, sugar refining, and trade. 
 
 PEARL, a group of islands, or rather archipelago, S. 
 America, on the E. side of the Bay of Panama, extending 
 over an area of about 450 sq. m., and consisting of sixteen 
 islands and several rocks. Isla del Key is the largest; next to 
 it, but much smaller, are San Jos^, Gonzales, Casaya, Saboga, 
 and Pacheca. They are low and wooded, contain numerous 
 cocoa-nut groves, have a fertile soil not much cultivated, and 
 are inhabited by about 1941 persons, who occupy from thirty 
 to forty fishing villages, and are chiefly engaged in the pearl 
 fishery. Most of the islands belong to Panama merchants, 
 who cultivate them by means of negroes, and only visit them 
 occasionally. 
 
 PE-CH ILT, or Pechei.e, a gulf in the N.E. of China, sepa- 
 rated from the Yellow Sea by the Miau-tau group. It trends 
 first S.W. for 50 m. and then bends round W.N. W. and N. to 
 the mouth of the Peiho, which may be considered as forming 
 the limit between it and the Gulf of Liautung. The coast is 
 low and flat, and shoal water extends to some distance from 
 the shore, rendering it necessary for vessels to approach it 
 with caution. In no part of the gulf is much depth attained, 
 but the navigation in a N.W. direction from ]\Iiau-tau Strait 
 to the mouth of the Peiho gives a safe and nearly uniform 
 depth of 8 to 10 fathoms. The principal rivers which enter 
 the gulf, in addition to the Peiho, are the Li-tsin and the 
 San Ho. The climate appears generally to be very good; 
 but during the winter, which lasts from November to April, 
 both the rivers and the gulf, to the distance of 3 or 4 m. from 
 the shore, become frozen. 
 
 PECSKA (Magyak and Olah), two places, Austrian 
 empire, Hungary, co. and 11 m. W. Arad, on the Maros. 
 They are contiguous, containing an aggregate pop. of 14,026, 
 and have a distillery. 
 
 PECZENIZYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 7 m. W. Kolomea, cap. dist. of same name, with a spring 
 of rock-oil. A Basilian monastery which stood in the neigh- 
 bouring forest was suppressed by the emperor Joseph II. 
 Pop. 4185. 
 
 PEDENA, a tn. Austrian empire, circle Istria, in a dis- 
 trict rich in oil and wine, 38 m. S.S.E. Trieste. It has a 
 castle, which was at one time the residence of a bishop, and 
 contains 2100 inhabitants. 
 
 PEDRO (San), a tn. La Plata, prov, and 100 m. N.W. 
 BuenosAyres, r. bank Parana, just above the point where 
 one of its great arms branches off. It stands on an argillo- 
 
 calcareous plateau, and is indebted to the Jesuits for a fine 
 church. As it is accessible only to very small craft, it has 
 never obtained much commercial importance. Pop. 2000. 
 
 PEEL, an isl. N. Pacific, the largest of the three wliich 
 form the central group of the Bonin Islands; lat 27° 5' N.; 
 Ion. 142° 13' E. It is 6 m. long by about 3 m. broad; is deeply 
 indented, particularly on its S.E. and its W. sides, on the 
 latter of which is the fine harbour of Port Lloyd, and presents 
 a bold and mountainous surface, composed of rocks evi- 
 dently volcanic. Its soil is very fertile, and maintains a 
 luxuriant vegetation. Among the trees is the palm, which 
 yields the sago of commerce. The jjosition of the Bonin 
 group in the direct line of navigation to Japan having 
 attracted attention. Captain Beechey visited it in 1827, and 
 took formal posses.sion of it, and more especially of Peel 
 Island and its harbour of Port Lloyd, in name of the British 
 crown. The Americans were disposed to dispute this claim 
 chiefly on the ground that the S. cluster of the group had, 
 previous to Captain Beechey's arrival, been visited by Captain 
 Cofiin, the master of a whaler, who, it was assumed, must 
 from his name have been an American citizen. Subsequent 
 inquiry having proved that Coffin was an Englishman, the 
 American claim was necessarily abandoned, and Peel Island, 
 along with the rest of the Bonin group, belongs nominally 
 to Great Britain, with an understanding that its port is 
 free to the vessels of all countries. It is the only one of 
 the Bonin Islands which has any inhabitants. Their number 
 amounts only to about 30, consisting partly of emigrants 
 from the Sandwich Islands. 
 
 PEGASUS, a bay and port, New Zealand: — The bay, 
 situated on the E. coast of Middle Island or Munster, to the 
 N. of Banks Peninsula, is 40 m. in extent from N. to S., and 
 15 m. in depth. Across the entrance the depth is 20 fathoms, 
 and gradually shoals to 6 and 7 fathoms a mile from the sandy 
 beach. Five rivers fall into the bay. Of these the most 
 important are the Courtenay, navigable by large boats, and 
 the Avon, navigable by vessels drawing from 8 to 10 ft. 
 
 water. The port, situated on the S. of Stewart Island, 
 
 extends 7 m. between N.E. and S. W., and is divided into two 
 distinct portions, a N. and a S., connected by a narrow strait. 
 Three islands lying in its entrance, form the .same number of 
 ship-channels. The general depth of the N. arm, 20 to 25 
 fathoms, is inconvenient for anchorage; the S. arm is more 
 moderate in depth, and has several coves where vessels may 
 anchor in 8 to 10 fathoms. Over the S. arm are three bare 
 granite cones, from 1000 to 1400 ft. high. 
 
 PEHTANG, a vil. China, prov. Pe-chili, at the mouth 
 of the San Ho, 90 m. S.E. Pekin. It is a place by no 
 means of the first class. The houses are strongly built with 
 walls of mud and chopped straw, resting on layers of reeda 
 introduced about a foot from the ground between the upper 
 part of the wall and the foundation, and intended probably 
 to preserve the house from the deleterious effects of the 
 saline quality of the earth. The roofs are generally of rushes 
 and mud, though some of the better ones and the temples 
 have tiled roofs. The streets are narrow, and have an offen- 
 sive gutter on either side. It was occupied by the allies on 
 the advance to Pekin in 1860. Near it is a fort built of logs 
 of timber, plastered with a mixture of mud and flax or 
 chopped straw, and having embrasures for twelve guns.— 
 (Swinhoe's iV. China Campaign.) 
 
 PEIHO, or TiEN-TSJN-HO, a river, China, which, rising 
 in a mountainous district in the N.W. of prov. Chili, not far 
 from the Great Wall, flows S.E., and enters the Gulf of 
 Pe-chili. Pekin, the capital of China, is situated on its banks, 
 and to this, much more than to its magnitude, it is indebted for 
 its great commercial and political importance. It pursues a 
 tortuous course through a flat country, scouring out for itself 
 a narrow channel by the velocity of its stream rather than its 
 volume of water; and, decreasing instead of increasing in depth 
 as it approaches the sea. discharges itself over an area several 
 miles in extent. The bar thus formed has only a depth of 
 2 ft. at low-water springs, but at high water attains a depth 
 which allows vessels of 11 ft. draught to cross it. Junks, 
 carrying from 300 to 500 tons burden, are thus enabled to 
 ascend as far as Tien-tsin, a direct distance of 30 m., and an 
 indirect of 50 m. Here the river is only 200 ft. wide, and con- 
 tracts and shallows so rapidly, that the Kestrel, drawing only 
 6J ft. water, could not even with the help of the tide ascend 
 
PEKIN 
 
 129 
 
 PELORUS 
 
 more than 6 m^ The hanks, which at the entrance present 
 the appearance of a dreary mud-flat, improve much toward 
 tlie interior. ' Signs of agriculture,' says Captain Slierard 
 Oshorn, 'multiplied on either hand; fields of Indian corn, 
 millet, bearded wheat, lettuces, and radishes followed in rapid 
 succession. The villages were embosomed in fruit orchards, 
 or hid their ugliness in groves of handsome trees. I counted 
 at one time no less than twenty-five villages in sight from 
 tiie mast-head, and often ten or fifteen were visible. They 
 were none of tliem in ruined condition, and all appeared 
 full of inhabitants.' Though the navigation of the Peiho 
 ceases at Tien-tsin, tlie water communication is maintained 
 by means of boats and rafts to witjiin 10 m. of the capital. 
 
 PEK[N, or Peking {i)e, north. Icing, court) [add.] Ac 
 cording to the terms of the treaty of Tien-tsin, English and 
 Frencii ministers were allowed to reside at the Chinese 
 capital, and subsequently the same privilege was granted to 
 America and some other nations. Foreigners generally are 
 also allowed to visit the city, but they must be provided with 
 a passport from the ambassador or consul of the nation to 
 wliich they belong, and on no account is any individual 
 allowed to carry on trade. Previous to the ratification of 
 that treaty Kussia was the only foreign power privileged 
 to have a resident embassy, which comprised four persons. 
 In addition to these are the members of the British legation, 
 comprising nine persons, besides a police escort and English 
 servants; the French etahlissement dixulomatique, six persons; 
 and the American legation, eight persons. Besides these civil 
 establishments there are six religious missions — four British, 
 one American, and one Kussian — conducted by twelve per- 
 sons. Of tlie native population a more correct estimate has 
 been obtained since our countrymen have had free intercourse 
 with the inhabitants; at the same time it is only approximate, 
 in the absence of a native census. In 1861 the Tartar section 
 of the city was calculated to contain 800,000 civilians and 
 1 1 0,000 soldiers, of the Tartar Banner corps ; and the Chinese 
 section, about 400,000 persons; making a total in round num- 
 bers of 1,310,000. The Pekinese have more of the Tartar 
 element among them than any of the more southern cities of 
 China; still the Chinese predominate, and they are gradually 
 superseding their fellow-subjects by their greater industry and 
 wealth. Even the old Tartar Banner corps is being dispersed, 
 on account of their poverty, and inability to follow industrious 
 pursuits to add to their scanty pay. There are no manufac- 
 tories at Pekin of any importance, beyond those necessary 
 for making articles of luxury for the resident aristocracy and 
 gentry; consequently it is not famous for its skilled workmen 
 and artisans. 
 
 As a place of residence for Europeans, Pekin is by no 
 means so unhealthy as the more southern cities, although the 
 range of temperature is much greater. This arises from the 
 comparative dryness of the site, so that, although the ther- 
 mometer falls to 10° below zero in the winter, and rises to 
 110° in the shade in summer, less inconvenience is felt 
 than in Shanghai, where intense humidity prevails at a lesser 
 range. A rude system of drainage intersects the city, but 
 not sufficient to carry off the effluvia of the sewage, which 
 even pervades the dust in summer, exhaling a disagreeable 
 odour. The water supply is abundant, and a very complete 
 fire brigade uses it to advantage in quenching the frequent 
 conflagrations that take place. These and other matters are 
 under the management of a governor of the city, irrespective 
 of the central administration, which holds its offices in the 
 imperial quarter of the Tartar section. 
 
 During the war in 1860 between the British and French 
 allied forces, and the Chinese, Pekin was invaded by western 
 troops for the first time in the history of the empire. An 
 army, some 20,000 strong, appeared under the walls, and 
 were preparing to bombard the city on the 13th October, 
 when the Anting gate was opened, and the allies marched in, 
 taking possession of 2 m. of the wall, on which field-guns were 
 mounted ; and the position was placed in a state of defence, 
 to resist any treacherous attack from within the city. This 
 want of confidence in the Chinese was enhanced by an act of 
 treachery committed by the commanders of their army, on 
 the 18th September, when twenty-six British and twelve 
 French subjects were made prisoners while protected by a 
 flag of truce, and carried into the city, where they were 
 cruelly tortured, and twenty of their number died in agony. 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 On the entrance of the allies the survivors were delivered 
 up, but the remains of four only could be found of those 
 who had succumbed, which were buried in the Russian 
 cemetery. As an act of retribution for this horrible piece of 
 treachery. Lord Elgin, the British plenipotentiary who ac- 
 companied the expedition, sanctioned the proposals of the 
 English and French generals, to let the troops sack and 
 destroy the emperor's palace of Yuen-mingy uen. This 
 famous imperial residence and grounds are outside the walls 
 of Pekin, about 4 m. N.W. of the north gate, and contained 
 not less than thirty distinct palaces, built by different em- 
 perors, with gardens, parks, and lakes, extending over an 
 area of 60,000 acres. On the 18th of October the first divi- 
 sion of the British, and a contingent of the French army, 
 proceeded to the work of destruction and plunder. In the 
 palaces, the accumulation for centuries of jewels, gems, ar- 
 ticles of vertu, and gorgeous furnishings were found stored 
 away. Among other things the presents brought by Euro- 
 pean ambassadors from their sovereigns to the emperor, were 
 preserved. These and all the costly ornaments in gold and 
 silver, presented by tributary states, together with the valu- 
 able porcelain vases, and cabinets inlaid with gems, and fur- 
 niture of the emperor and his court, were seized by the 
 avenging foreign troops, or broken up and burned if they 
 were too bulky to carry away. The work of demolition and 
 plunder continued for two days, when the palaces were given to 
 the flames, and the walls razed to the ground. It was esti- 
 mated that the value of the plunder was not less than a million 
 and a half sterling, and that of the articles destroyed exceeded 
 two millions, exclusive of the buildings. This material act 
 of vengeance had more effect on the Chinese mind than all the 
 diplomacy of ambassadors or even the demonstrations of 
 naval and military force. By it the unapproachable sanctity 
 of the emperor and his residence was completely broken down, 
 and he fled, as a fugitive, to his palace of Zehol or Gehol, 
 in the fastnesses of the Tartarian Alps; where he died ten 
 months afterwards, in August, 1861 , a prey to the rigid clime, 
 and mental chagrin at being the first monarch of this vast 
 empire who had to succumb to the 'barbarian.' After the 
 demise of Hien-Foong — the reigning title of that emperor — 
 his son, Toong-Chee, a minor, succeeded to the throne, under 
 the regency of the empresses-dowager, who now take up their 
 abode chiefly at the imperial palace, in the centre of the Tartar 
 city. This palace is an imposing structure, with brilliant 
 yellow tiles of porcelain on the roof, and surrounded by 
 pleasure grounds with picturesque temples. Close to the 
 southern wall of the imperial quarter the English legation is 
 established in a spacious palace, formerly the residence of a 
 Chinese duke, who has let it in perpetuity to the British gov- 
 ernment, at an annual rental of £500. Beyond this are the 
 buildings of the Russian embassy, and nearer the wall that 
 divides the Chinese from the Tartar portion of the city, stands 
 the French legation. Viewed from this wall, 50 ft. high, a 
 comprehensive glance may be had of the extent of Pekin ; 
 but the low roofs of the houses are so hid by the number of 
 trees, that it has more the aspect of a park, especially in 
 summer, than a great city, except where the palaces, temples, 
 and towers rise above the foliage. — (Rennie, Peking and the 
 Pektngene; Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 PEKIN, or Pekine, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Albania, 
 eyalet Rum-Ili, r. bank Shkumbi, about 10 m. above its mouth 
 in the Adriatic; and 20 m. S.S.E. Diirazzo. It stands on a 
 densely wooded height, but is said to be rendered unhealthy 
 by the extensive rice-grounds of the plains below. 
 
 PELOMPING, a tn. Independent Cambodia, on the r. 
 bank of the Oodung, at its confluence with the Mekong or 
 Cambodia. It stands on the borders of Cochin China, and 
 has some trade in raw silk, iron, dried fish, &c. Immediately 
 below the tow/i the Mekong turns E. at a right angle, and has 
 a bieadth of not less than 2 m. 
 
 PELOllUS, a sound. New Zealand, on the N. coast of the 
 Middle or Munster Island, in Cook's Strait, between Guard 
 Bay and Admiralty Bay. It extends about 25 ni. in a S. 
 direction, branching off on the E. and W. into numerous arms 
 and creeks, and embracing a coast-line of not less than 250 m. 
 The depth of water varies from 45 to 16 fathoms. Within 
 the sound there are at least thirty bays or anchorages, mostly 
 land-locked, and safe in any winds, though the gusts in bad 
 weather are very furious. Fish may be caught in abundance. 
 
 17 
 
pelsDez 
 
 180 
 
 PEEAK 
 
 The country around, except toward the head of the main 
 branch, is mountainous, rising precipitously to 2000 and 
 3000 ft., and clothed with dense forests. The geological 
 formation is soft clay-slate, with frequent veins of quartz an 
 inch thick. 
 
 PELStlEZ, a tn Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Gomor, 
 on the Sajo, 8 m. S.S.W. Rosenau; with ironworks, a trade 
 in produce, and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 PEMBA, an isl. E. Africa, about 18 m. from the main- 
 land, and 25 m. N.N.E. of the island of Zanzibar. It is 
 about 50 m. long from N. to S., has a low surface, is well 
 wooded and fertile, and maintains a large population. Among 
 the principal products are rice and bread-fruit. Great num- 
 bers of cattle and goats are reared for export. The channel 
 between Pemba and the continent is so deep that it is said to 
 give no soundings. 
 
 PEMBINA, a vil. N. America, so close to the boundary 
 line between British America and the U. States, as to attract 
 more notice than it deserves. It is situated on the Eed 
 River North, and has been described as the town and port of 
 Pembina, sometimes with the addition of a U. States garrison: 
 but, though the ruins of several good houses formerly occu- 
 pied by a R. Catholic mission are still seen, the actual Pem- 
 bina consists of only a few log-houses. About a day's journey 
 to the VV. of it, and about 7 m. S. of the boundary, a place, 
 called St. Joseph, is springing up, and promises to become of 
 some importance. It was founded by the Red River half- 
 breeds, who removed to it to escape the floods from which 
 they had previously suffered, and is already much used as a 
 depot for the articles of trade brought by the citizens of the 
 U. States from St. Paul. The country around Pembina is 
 very fertile, and so free from undulations that the low range 
 of the Pembina Mountains, 30 m. distant, are seen in a clear 
 day. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA [add.], one of the U. States. The 
 discovery of petroleum has given a sudden accession of wealth 
 and importance to this state. The deposits of oil lie at a 
 depth varying from 300 to 1200 ft. below the surface; the 
 oil region of Pennsylvania lying principally in its N. W. part, 
 in Venango, Crawford, Clarion, and Warren cos. This dis- 
 trict is usually known by the name of the Venango county 
 oil region. The first discoveries of petroleum were made on 
 Oil Creek, which flows through the most productive part of 
 the district, and along the course of which, through Venango 
 CO., a distance of 20 m., oil-wells are abundant. The district 
 about French Creek, which enters the Alleghany in Venango 
 CO., and its tributary Sugar Creek, is also productive. Petro- 
 leum has been found also in considerable abundance in Fayette 
 and Green cos , in the S.W. of Pennsylvania, and probably 
 exists in many other places of the western part of the state. 
 It is believed that this oil region extends into Western Vir- 
 ginia, indications of oil having been found in the Panhandle 
 and other places S. of the Pennsylvanian boundary. But the 
 great oil territory of W. Virginia lies on the Little Kanawha 
 and Hughes river, and their numerous affluents in Pleasants, 
 Ritchie, Wirt, and Wood cos. This last territory has been 
 only imperfectly explored, but the oil found is of a superior 
 quality. There is also an oil region in the S. part of Ohio, 
 continuous of the W. Virginia tract. Petroleum is found in 
 several other parts of the U. States. The total exports of 
 the oil from the U. States to foreign countries in 1862-5. 
 amounted to the following quantities:— 
 
 Gallons. 
 
 1862 10,887,330 
 
 1863 28,250,721 
 
 1864 31,872,972 
 
 1865 28,775,111 
 
 PEJfON DE VELEZ DE LA GOMERA, a tn. N. 
 Africa, Marocco, on a lofty promontory, or rather island, of 
 the Mediterranean, washed on all sides by the sea. It con- 
 sists of only two streets, which rise in the form of an amphi- 
 theatre, and possesses a series of defensive works of consider- 
 able strength, and in good repair. Its principal buildings 
 are the commandant's house, perched on a rocky point over- 
 hanging the town, an hospital, and large bomb-proof maga- 
 zines. It belongs to the Spaniards, who use it partly as a 
 state prison. Its harbour is too shallow to admit large vessels. 
 
 PENSACOLA [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. Escambra, 
 00. West Florida, on the N.W. side of a bay of same name, 
 
 in the Gulf of Mexico, in a sandy and almost sterile district ; 
 lat. 30° 24' N.; Ion. 87° 10' W. Till lately it had a some- 
 what decayed appearance, consisting of unpaved streets, with 
 only wooden sidewalks, and houses built in the old-fashioned 
 Spanish style, while little commercial activity was anywhere 
 manifested. In this respect a considerable change lias taken 
 place, in consequence of the completion of the Alabama and 
 Florida railway, and both trade and population have begun to 
 increase. The harbour, which is admirably sheltered, admits 
 vessels drawing 2 1 ft. ,and is capacious enough to admit any num- 
 ber of them. The principal public buildings are five clmrches 
 and an academy. In the rear of the town are the remains of 
 some Spanish forts. The defence which they gave to the har- 
 bour has been far more than supplied by other forts, and more 
 especially by Fort Pickens, erected near the entrance of the 
 bay, on the island of Santa Rosa. Pensacola became the 
 scene of important military operations between the Federals 
 and the Confederates, in the early part of the civil war. On 
 12th January, 1861, immediately after Florida had declared 
 its adhesion to the latter, a body of 500 volunteers took 
 possession of Forts Barrancas and M'Rea, the navy yard, 
 naval hospital, and military barracks. The U. States officer 
 in command had previously removed to Fort Pickens, which 
 was invested and captured by the Confederates. Pop. (1860), 
 2876. 
 
 PENTECOST, a river, British America, which flows 
 S.S.E., and has its mouth on the N. shore of the estuary of 
 the St. Lawrence, near Sproule Point. Its entrance, which 
 is only 30 yards wide, has a depth of 7 ft. at low water, but 
 at high water 16 ft. can be carried in, so that small schooners 
 as well as boats can find shelter in its chainiel. Its banks for 
 2J m., the utmost distance to which it is navigable, are steep 
 cliffs of sand and clay. A fine bold sandy beach extends 
 from its mouth to English Point, situated 7 m. to the S.W. 
 
 PEORIA, a tn. U. States, Illinois, cap. co. of same name, 
 r. bank Illinois, here crossed by two long bridges, at the outlet 
 of Peoria Lake, on the Illinois and Michigan canal, and at the 
 common point of junction of these railways, 123 m. S.W. 
 Chicago. It is laid out with great regularity, in spacious 
 streets, lined with well-built houses, and contains twenty-four 
 churches, several educational institutions, and county build- 
 ings. The value of its manufactures in 1860 amounted to 
 £1,343,400. It is also a port of entry, and carries on a con- 
 siderable trade. There is a large coalfield in the vicinity. 
 Pop. (1860), 14,045. 
 
 PEPIN, a lake, U. States, Minnesota, about 30 m. below 
 St. Paul, lies in the direct course, and is, therefore, properly 
 nothing more than an expansion of the Mississippi, about 
 25 m. long by 5 m. broad. It is remarkable for its romantic 
 scenery. A series of lofty calcareous cliffs with conical peaks 
 bound it on the right. On the left, towards the N.E., is a 
 lofty promontory which juts into the lake. It is about 
 400 ft. high, and bears the name of the Maiden's Rock, because 
 an Indian girl, of the name of Winona, denied the lover to 
 whom she had pledged her faith, leaped from it sooner than 
 be forced into another marriage. On the prairie adjoining 
 the lake are some conical mounds, apparently artificial. 
 
 PPjRADENIA, a botanic garden, Ceylon, about 4 m. 
 S.W. of Kandy, the road from which leading to it passes 
 through a continuous suburb, in which almost every house is 
 surrounded by a little garden of cocoa-nut palms, bread-fi-uit, 
 and coffee trees. It overlooks the Mahawelli-ganga, which 
 encircles it on three sides, covers an area of nearly 150 acres, 
 and is entered through a noble avenue of india-rubber trees 
 {Ficus elastica). A group of palms, including nearly all that 
 are indigenous to the island, stands near the entrance, and is 
 said to be unsurpassed in variety and grandeur. The garden 
 was established about 40 years ago, and has been productive 
 of the greatest benefit. European and other exotics have 
 been largely introduced; cloves, nutmegs, vanilla, and other 
 valuable products of the Indian Archipelago have been ac- 
 climatized; foreign fruits v/ithout number — mangoes, durians, 
 lichees, loquats, granadillas, and the avocado pear — have been 
 propagated and diffused over the island; and the tea-plant, the 
 chocolate, arrowroot, tapioca, W. India ginger, and many 
 others, have been domesticated. 
 
 PERAK [add.], a state, Indian Archipelago, on the W. 
 side of the peninsula of Malacca, bounded N. by Queda, E. 
 Tringanu and Parhang, S. Salangore, and W. the ocean. It 
 
PERCE 
 
 131 
 
 PETEOPOLIS 
 
 extends about 100 m. along the shore, and 50 m. back from 
 it, and seems hence to have an area of 5000 sq. m. In ad- 
 dition to this mainland, it possesses the Binding and Sambilan 
 islands. It is well watered by a river of same name, which, 
 pursuing a very tortuous course, in a shallow channel, is 
 navigable only by boats. The whole interior is little better 
 than a vast jungle, with a few villages interspersed in it. 
 The chief cultivated product is rice, but the staple article of 
 trade is tin, of which 500 to 600 tons are annually exported 
 to Penang. The other articles are ivory, rhinoceros' horns, 
 bees' wax, ratans, and some perfume and dye woods. The 
 pop. has been computed, by a very rough approximation, at 
 20,000. 
 
 PERCE, a tn. British America, Canada East, cap. co. 
 Gasp6, on a bay of same name, on the W. shore of the Gulf 
 of St. Lawrence, and at the foot of Mount Perc^, called also 
 the Table Iloulante, which rises to the height of 1230 feet 
 above the sea. It contains a E. Catholic church, a court- 
 house, jail, and other requisite buildings, and has a pop. of 
 about 1500, chiefly engaged in the fisheries. The bay is 
 formed by White I'oint on the S. and Perce Rock on the N. 
 The latter, which is narrow, and one-third of a mile long in 
 a S.E. direction, is an outline to the range of cliffs on the 
 S.W. side of Mai Bay, and is remarkable for two large holes 
 which have been perforated in it by the waves, and through 
 one of which a boat can pass at high water. 
 
 PEKECSPjN, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 4 m. E. Szilagy-Somlyo, on the Kraszna, with a Greek 
 united church, and 1700 inhabitants. 
 
 PERG, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, dist. and 
 1 6 m. E. Linz, on the Naarn; with a town-hospital, three large 
 millstone quarries, and a large trade in millstones and earthen- 
 ware. Pop. 1000. 
 
 PERIM, or Mekun, an isl. at the entrance of the Straits 
 of Babelmandeb, of a somewhat circular shape, and about 
 3 m. in diameter. In itself it is little better than a bare rock, 
 without fresh water, and almost entirely without vegetation, 
 but its position, and a haven on its S.W. side with from 7 
 to 8 fathoms water, and of dimensions sufficient to contain a 
 fleet of ships of war, have given it a strategical importance 
 which it would not be easy to overrate. The Eed Sea is 
 entered by two channels, called the Great and the Little 
 Straits, the former on the W. side of Perim, passing along 
 the mainland of Abyssinia, and the latter on the E. side, 
 between Perim and the mainland of Arabia. The width of 
 the Great Strait between Perim and Abyssinia is about 10 m., 
 but much of it, owing to rocks and other dangers, is not easily 
 navigated, and hence ships, whether passing by the Great 
 Strait, which is little used, or by the Little Strait, which, 
 though less than 2 m. wide, possesses advantages which have 
 made it the ordinary thoroughfare, must pass so near Perim 
 as to be completely commanded by any fortifications erected 
 upon it. Great Britain, during the invasion of Egypt by 
 Napoleon I., took possession of the island, and has recently 
 asserted her right to it. This circumstance, taken in con- 
 nection with the proposed navigable canal across the Isthmus 
 of Suez, has attracted considerable notice, and been the sub- 
 ject of diplomatic correspondence. The impression is that 
 Great Britain intends to fortify the island, but the matter is 
 in abeyance, as the only thing resolved upon at present is the 
 erection of a lighthouse upon it. 
 
 PERIM, an isl. India, off the W. shore of the Gulf of 
 Cambay, on the coast of Gujerat. It is about 2 m. in length 
 and I m. in breadth, and is separated from the mainland by 
 a narrow but very deep channel. Its strata consist generally 
 of conglomerate, overlaid by sandstone. The chief interest 
 attaching to it is derived from its numerous antiquities. 
 Among these are the remains of a considerable fort, a temple 
 containing an image of Buddha and two elephants cut out of 
 the solid rock. The island is also interesting to geologists 
 from the great number of organic remains found in the strata. 
 
 PEROTE, a tn. Jlexico, so called from the volcano of 
 same name in its vicinity, l^t. 19° 35' N.; Ion. 07° 14' W. 
 It is a small place, but derives importance from its military 
 school, and from the fort in its vicinity, which occupies a 
 commanding position on the high-road to the capital, and has 
 been much used as a state prison. 
 
 PERTHOLZ (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Lower 
 Austria, circle Upper Manhartsberg, at the source of the 
 
 Lainsitz; with a paper-mill and numerous manufactures. 
 Pop. 1370. 
 
 PERU, two places, U. States: — 1, A tn. Indiana, cap. 
 CO. Miami, on the Wabash Eiver and canal, and on the Toledo 
 and Wabash, and the Peru and Indianopolis railways. It 
 possesses six churches, a handsome court-house and jail, a 
 woollen factory, a distillery, and two foundries, and carries 
 on a considerable trade. Pop. (1860), 2506.— 2, A tn. Bli- 
 nois, CO. La Salle, at the head of navigation of the Illinois, 
 and on the Chicago and Eock Island railway, 82 m. W. 
 Chicago. It stands amid fine scenery, contains six churches, 
 a number of manufactories, a large ship-yard and dry-dock, 
 and carries on a very extensive trade, exporting large quan- 
 tities of grain, flour, lumber, and coal, the last obtained from 
 an extensive coalfield in the vicinity. Pop. (1860), 3134. 
 
 PESCANTINA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 7 m. 
 W.N.W. Verona, 1. bank Adige, with 3529 inhabitants, 
 mostly employed in the navigation of the river. 
 
 PESPIRE, a tn. Central America, Honduras,' dep. and 
 80 m. N.N. W. Leon, on a plain near the Nacaome. Its streets 
 are regularly laid out, and well paved. Among the mass of 
 its houses, which have all red-tiled roofs, the buildings which 
 stand out prominently are the church, the parsonage, and 
 the cabildo, all formed of adobe. The inhabitants carry on 
 an active trade, Pespir^ being the connecting link in the 
 traffic between the mountain city of Tegucigalpa and the 
 ports of Amapla and La Union. Pop. 2000. 
 
 PETALI, or Petalie, a group of islands, Greece, off 
 the S.E. coast of the island of Negropont, in the entrance to 
 the channel of Egripo. It consists of ten islands, of which 
 Megalo and Xero are the largest. These are well wooded 
 and partially cultivated, producing corn, olives, olive-oil, 
 wine, cotton, and figs. Most of the others are mere islets, 
 which, however, serve the important purpose of sheltering 
 the roadstead lying between the largest island and Negropont, 
 and thus rendering it one of the best harbours in the Archi- 
 pelago. 
 
 PETALUMA, a tn. U. States, California, cap. co. Sonoma, 
 on the creek of same name, 10 m. from San Pablo Bay, and 
 45 m. N. by W. San Francisco. It contains six or seven 
 churches, a banking office, large school, warehouses, and three 
 steam flour-mills. Corn and dairy products, including largo 
 quantities of butter and cheese, are the chief articles of trade. 
 Steamboats ply daily to and from San Francisco. It was 
 founded in 1851. Pop. (1860), 1505; in 1805, 2500 to 3000. 
 
 PETER (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, circle Upper Wiener- 
 wald, 80 m. W. by S. Vienna. It is an industrial place, with 
 an oil and two saw mills, and 1 690 inhabitants. 
 
 PETERSBURG, a tn. and port of entry, U. States, 
 Virginia, co. Dinwiddle, on the Appomattox, 12 m. above its 
 junction with the James, and on several lines of railway con- 
 necting it with Richmond, Memphis, and Mobile, 25 m. S. 
 Richmond. It stands on a slope descending gradually to the 
 river, and affording excellent natural drainage, is well-built, 
 and contains fourteen churches, four of them for coloured 
 people, a custom-house and post-office, a court-house, me- 
 chanics' hall, and public library. The annual value of the 
 manufactures is estimated at upwards of £700,000, and the 
 export trade, consisting chiefly of cotton and tobacco, is very 
 extensive. The town had a conspicuous part in the later 
 episodes of the civil war, being invested by the Federal armies 
 under General "Grant, and several times bombarded and as- 
 saulted; but it was never captured until the surrender of 
 Richmond. Pop. (1860), 18,275. 
 
 PETERSDORF, or Perchtholsdorf, a tn. Austrian 
 empire. Lower Austria, on the S. railway, 7 m. S.S.W. 
 Vienna, has a remarkable parish church with a lofty tower, a 
 ruined castle, a townhouse, a town hospital, and a bathing 
 establishment. It is an ancient place, and suffered much 
 during the invasions of the Turks. Much wine is produced 
 in the district. Pop. 2500. 
 
 PETERSDORF (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Hun- 
 gary, CO. Eisenburg, about 6 m. E.S.E. Steinamanger; with 
 famous cattle markets, and 1370 inhabitants. 
 
 PETO, a tn. Mexico, state Yucatan, 70 m. S.E. Merida. 
 It is a regularly built and apparently prosperous place, with 
 a church and a monastery, the buildings of which form an 
 enormous pile. 
 
 PETROPOLIS, a tn. Brazil, prov. and 30 m. N. Rio de 
 
PETSCHAU 
 
 132 
 
 PINDUE 
 
 Janeiro, finely situated on a mountain 2000 ft. above tlie 
 sea. It was founded by a German colony, and Germans still 
 continue to form a large proportion of its inhabitants; but its 
 pleasant site, healthy climate, and proximity to the capital of 
 Brazil, have raised it rapidly to importance, and covered it 
 with elegant hotels and splendid mansions. Among the 
 latter stands conspicuous the palace, in which the imperial 
 family regularly reside during the hottest months of the year, 
 extending from December to April. This example is natu- 
 rally followed by all the inhabitants of the capital whose 
 means enable them to do so, and Petropolis has acquired all 
 the characteristics of a fashionable watering place. Its per- 
 manent pojjulation is estimated at 7000. 
 
 PETSCHAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 about 23 m. E.N.E. Eger, cap. dist. of same name, r. bank 
 Tepel; with a parish church, two castles, an hospital, a 
 brewery, and four mills. Pop. 2276. 
 
 PEUERBACH, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, 
 circle Hausruck, on the Ledererbach, about 24 m. W. Linz. 
 It is surrounded by walls with two gates, and has a fine parish 
 church with a lofty tower, an old and spacious castle, a statue 
 of St. John of Neopomuk, erected in the market-place, an 
 hospital, and other benevolent institutes. Pop. 1200. 
 
 PFRAUMBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Eger, at the foot of a mountain of same name, about 34 m. 
 from Pilsen; witli a parish church, a townhouse, a ruined 
 castle seated on a rocky height, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 PHALGOO, a vast torrent, India, presid. Bengal, dist. 
 Behar, formed by the junction of the mountain streams 
 Mehanee and Lilajim, near Gayah, about lat. 24° 44' N.; Ion. 
 85° 3' E. During the rainy season, particularly in the latter 
 part of it, it carries an enormous volume of water, rushing 
 with great velocity between high and rocky banks, and filling 
 its channel, which is from 500 to 800 yards wide. After 
 passing through Behar and Patna, and reaching lat. 25° 25' N.; 
 Ion. 85' 30' E., about 180 m. from its remotest source, it takes 
 an easterly direction, and retains it till it joins the Ganges on 
 its right. It sends out numerous branches, which form a 
 kind of network across the country, and lay it partially under 
 water. The lower part of its course sometimes is called 
 Mehanee. 
 
 PHARSALA, or Sataldshi?, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 eyalet and 95 m. S.S. W. Saloniki. It is the seat of a Greek 
 archbishop, and is defended by a turreted castle, situated on 
 a commanding height. The famous battle of Pharsalia, 
 between Julius Caesar and Pompey, was fought at a short 
 distance to the N.W. Pop. 5000, almost all Greeks. 
 
 PHrLIPPOPOLIS,orFiLiBEH(anc. Trimontium) [add.], 
 a tn. Turkey in Europe, Roumelia, in a wide plain extending 
 from the foot of Mount Rhodope to that of the Balkan, and 
 watered by the Maritza, 95 m. W.N.W. Adrianople. Among 
 the public buildings are eight Greek churches, and the palace 
 of the Greek archbishop, an Armenian and a R. Catholic 
 church, a Jewish synagogue, and several religious houses 
 belonging to the Turks, a superior Greek central school, four 
 other schools, one of which, for girls, was attended in 18G0 
 by IGO pupils; and a Bulgarian school, with 50 pupils, partly 
 from the town, and partly from the neighbouring villages. 
 The trade is so extensive that the place ranks as one of the 
 most commercial in Roumelia. A little to the W. are three 
 villages beautifully situated, and mostly occupied as summer 
 residences by the wealthier classes. It is one of the most 
 populous places in Turkey, having a population of about 
 60,000, of whom four-sevenths are Christians, a small 
 sprinkling of Jews, and the remainder Turks. 
 
 PHTHIOTIS [anc. Pliocis], a nome or prov. of Livadia, 
 in northern Greece, bounded by Turkey N.; on the S. by the 
 Gulf of Corinth; E. by Attica and the Talarita Channel; W. 
 by Acarnania and Etolia. The surface is hilly, relieved by 
 deep and fertile vales; the soil is good, but cultivation has 
 done little for it. The principal products of the province are 
 corn, wine, and olive-oil. Large flocks of goats are depas- 
 tured on the green summits of the hills. The capital is 
 Lamia. 
 
 PHULOWDEE, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 70 m. 
 N.W. Joodpoor. It stands on a rising ground, and was once 
 surrounded by a wall, of which a ruinous portion still remains. 
 It is defended by a stone fort, on which a few guns are 
 mounted, and conUins several lofty well-built houses, belong- 
 
 ing to wealthy Jain merchants ; three Jain temples, and 
 several Hindoo pagodas, all built of a deep red sandstone. 
 Pop. about 15,000. 
 
 Pi ATKOWA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 10 m. N.N.E. Sanok; is remarkable as the scene of a 
 battle between the Poles and Russians in 1265, and contains 
 1550 inhabitants. 
 
 PIATRA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, cap. circle 
 Niamzo, on the Bistritza, 63 m. W.S.W. Jassy. It is the 
 seat of a court of justice, possesses a handsome church and a 
 normal school, has a manufacture of paper, and carries on an 
 active trade in wood sent to Galatz. Pop. 4000. 
 
 PIAZZOLA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 11 m. 
 N.N.W. Padua, near the Brenta; with a beautiful Centurini 
 palace, manufactures of silk, and 4313 inhabitants. 
 
 PICTOU, a tn. British America, on the N, coast of Nova 
 Scotia, cap. co. of same name, on the N. shore of a creek or 
 bay, forming the best harbour which the north portion of the 
 province possesses. It consists of houses, which are crowded 
 together on a flat, or along the declivity of a ridge, which 
 rises to the height of 200 ft., and contains three churches with 
 steeples, several other places of worship, and an academy. 
 These are all built of wood, though some of the ordinary 
 dwellings are of stone. Opposite the town the harbour ex- 
 pands into three large arms, at the head of which are the 
 East, Middle, and West Rivers. The channels of the two 
 last are little used, except by very small craft; but the East 
 arm is navigable for 2^ m., to the terminus of a railway, 
 which conveys coal from the Albion mines, situated about 
 6 m. to the S. The working of these mines has greatly con- 
 tributed to the prosperity of Pictou, and to that of the sur- 
 rounding country, which is becoming well settled. There is 
 much beautiful scenery in the vicinity of Pictou, particularly 
 toward the W., where Rogers Hill rises to the height of 
 546 ft., and !Mount Dalhousie to that of 950 ft. above high 
 water. Pop. upwards of 2000. 
 
 PIERAWARTH, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Lower Manhartsberg, on the Weidenbach; with two 
 chalybeate springs, which attract many visitors, and 1210 
 inhabitants. 
 
 PIESTING (Lower and Uitek), two vils. Austrian 
 empire, Lower Austria, 36 m. S.S. W. Viemia. — Lower 
 Piesting. situated in a beautiful valley of same name, has a 
 pitch refinery, two iron mills, and a seam of lignite; and con- 
 tains 1300 inhabitants. — Upper Piesting, in the same vicinity, 
 with only 240 inhabitants, has two saw-mills, and manufac- 
 tures of wooden ware. 
 
 PIEVE, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and S.E. 
 Brixen, on the frontier of Venetia. It has a parish church 
 built in the Gothic style, and adorned with three statues by 
 Moiling. On a lofty precipice in the vicinity is the old feudal 
 castle of Andraz. Pop. 1300. 
 
 PILLAR, a cape, S. America, forming the N.W. ex- 
 tremity of Terra del Fuego and the W. point of entrance to 
 Magellan Strait; lat. 52° 42' 50" S.; Ion. 74° 43' 20" W. It 
 is a remarkably bold clitf, which rises at its extremity to the 
 height of 1750 ft. above the sea. A current at the rate of 1 
 to 2 m. an hour sweeps round the cape towards some danger- 
 ous clusters of rocks. 
 
 PILLEEBHEET, a tn. India, Rohilcund, cap. pergunnah 
 of same name, dist. and 30 m. N.E. Bareilly, 1. bank Gurrah. 
 It is of considerable extent, and is the centre of an important 
 trade between the Terai of Kumaon and Chinese Tartary. 
 The rice, which bears the name of Pilleebheet, and is much 
 prized throughout India for its whiteness, firmness, and fine 
 flavour, is produced in the fertile valley of the Kosila, in 
 Kumaon. Pop. 25,157. 
 
 PILNIKAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 22 m. N.E. Gitschin; with a parish church, a townhouse, an 
 hospital ; manufactures of cotton, and a quarry, from which 
 grindstones and whetstones are obtained. Pop. 1000. 
 
 PILOT KNOB, a vil. U. States, Missouri, co. Iron, on 
 the St. Louis and Iron Mountain railroad, 87 m. S. by W. 
 St. Louis. Tliere is here a remarkable ironstone hill, vari- 
 ously stated to be 450 and 580 ft. high, containing iron of 
 superior quality; indeed it is said to be almost a solid ma.ss 
 of iron. 
 
 PINDUR, a river, India, which issues from three snow 
 beds on the W. side of the summit of the Himalaya, 22,491 ft. 
 
PINGEH 
 
 133 
 
 POINTE AUX TREMBLES 
 
 high, in Kuniaon, flows circuitously S. for 45 m. to Cherenga, 
 tlien N. for 80 m., and joins the Aluknunda at Kurnprag. 
 
 PINGEIJ, a tn. Cochin China, on a branch of the Mekong, 
 about 27 ni. from the sea. It is defended by many new for- 
 tifications constructed on European principles, possesses 
 docks and arsenals for the building and supply of sliips of 
 war, is the residence of a provincial governor, and has a large 
 jiopulation, and a considerable trade. It is 3 m. below 
 Saigon, of which it is sometimes regarded as the port or 
 suburb. 
 
 PING-HOO, a tn. China, in the S. of i)rov. Kiangsoo, at 
 no great distance from Shanghai. It stands on the banks of 
 a central canal, and coritains a wild and unruly population, 
 owing partly to the large number of boatmen, and partly to 
 its having seldom been visited by foreigners. It is sur- 
 rounded by walls, has a main street running from the E. to 
 the W. gate, besides a number of minor streets, some of them 
 very narrow, and is said to count among its inhabitants many 
 retired wealthy people. The shops are in general poor, and 
 there seems to be no particular branch of manufacture carried 
 on to any extent. Outside the W. gate are extensive nursery 
 gardens. 
 
 PING-SIIAN, a tn. China, prov. Sechuen, 1. bank Kin- 
 cha-kiang, regarded by some as the proper continuation of the 
 Yangtze kiang. It stands at a considerable distance above 
 Su-chow, and not far from the N. frontiers of Yunnan, and 
 is a small place surrounded by walls, which have lately been 
 improved and strengthened by traverses and a banquette, as 
 a means of defence against the western rebels, who attacked 
 it in 1861, apparently in a very inefficient manner, the very 
 day when Colonel Sarel, in pursuing his exploration of the 
 river, succeeded in reaching it. With the exception of about 
 80 m. between Quaechow and Ichang, the Yang-tze-kiang is 
 navigable from Ping-shan to its mouth. The country around 
 Ping-shan is hilly and fertile, producing silk in considerable 
 quantity, maize, rice, sugar-cane, &c. In the rice-fields eels 
 and water-serpents are taken, and used as food by the boat- 
 men and peasants. 
 
 PINGUENTE, a tn. Austrian empire, circle Tstria, 
 23 m. S.E. Trieste; with a millstone auarry, and a seam of 
 lignite. Pop. 1000. 
 
 PIRIATIN, a tn. Russia, gov. and 100 m. N. W. Poltava, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Udal, an affluent of the Sula. 
 It has three churches, a circle and a parish school, and 
 two charitable endowments. On a lake within the circle 
 stands the beautiful village of Yagotin, belonging to Prince 
 IJepuin, and containing a church, and a fine castle, with a 
 tolerably good library, and an excellent collection of paintings. 
 Pop. 3543. 
 
 PISCO [add.], a tn. Peru, about 1 m. from the E. shore of 
 a bay and to the S. of a river of same name, 130 m. S.S.E. 
 Lima. The inhabitants distil a spirit known by the name of 
 Pisco or Italia, and export it in large quantities to different 
 parts of the coast. Sugar also is an article of trade. The 
 place, after having greatly declined, has recently received a 
 new impulse from the frequent calls of steamers, and the 
 supply of several hundred large merchant vessels, which, while 
 lying off the Chincha Islands to take in their cargo of guano, 
 draw their provisions chiefly from Pisco. One of its greatest 
 drawbacks is the bad landing, which, though managed by 
 launches built for the purpose, is sometimes impracticable. 
 The bay, which is of great extent, is formed by the peninsula 
 of Paracas on the S. and the Ballista and Chincha Islands on 
 tlie W., and may be said to have four entrances, one called 
 the Boqueron de Pisco, between the above peninsula and the 
 island of St. Gallan, a second between St. Gallan and the 
 Pallista Islands, a third between the large Ballista Island and 
 the Chincha Islands, and a fourth between the Chinchas and 
 the N. mainland. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 PISTYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 10 m. 
 S Kolomea, on an affluent of the Pruth ; with a cold-water- 
 cure establishment, and 2926 inhabitants. 
 
 PITESTI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. circle 
 and on the river Arjish, 66 m. N.W. Bucharest; is the seat 
 of a court of primary jurisdiction, and has a church and a 
 normal school. Pop. 8500. 
 
 PIT-HOLE CITY, a new tn. U. States, Pennsylvania, 
 CO. Venango, 5 m. N. the Alleghany Piver, and 10 m. N.E. 
 Oil City. It has several banks and hotels, and numerous oil- 
 
 wells, discharging from 6000 to 8000 barrels of petroleum 
 daily. It has grown up rapidly, and is said to contain a pop. 
 of 10,000. 
 
 PITTEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 35 m. 
 S. Vienna. It was once the capital of a duchy, and a place 
 of some importance in the 11th and 12th centurius; but now 
 depends chiefly on the ironworks emploj-ed in smelting and 
 manufacturing ore, obtained from mines worked in the vicin- 
 ity. It has also a paper-mill, and some trade in fruit, which 
 is largely grown in the district. Pop. 1400. 
 
 PLACERVILLE, a tn. U. States, California, cap. co. 
 El Dorado, 2 m. S. of south fork of American River, and on 
 the overland mail route, 50 m. E. by N. Sacramento. It 
 stands in the midst of a mountainous district, in which are 
 productive gold mines. In 1863 it contained four or five 
 churches, a school, and numerous stores. A railway connect- 
 ing it with Sacramento is nearly completed. Pop. in 18G4, 
 about 4000. 
 
 PL A MAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Czaslau, 27 m. E. Prague; with a deanery church, a mill, and 
 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 PLANKENSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower 
 Austria, circle Upper Wienerwald, at the source of the Munk- 
 bach, 5) m. S. W. Vienna. It has several saw-mills, lime and 
 cliarcoal kilns, and gypsum and sandstone quarries; and con- 
 tains 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 PLETEKNICA, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of 
 Croatia and Sclavonia, co. and 4 m. S.S.W. Posega, on the 
 Orlyava; with cavalry barracks, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 PLOYESHTI, a tn. European Turkey, Walachia, cap. 
 circle Prahova, on an affluent of the Yalomitza, 33 m. N. by 
 E. Bucharest. It lies embosomed among trees and gardens, 
 is the seat of a court of primary jurisdiction, and has a normal 
 school. Pop. 24,400. 
 
 POAKE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Ximbunda country, on the 
 1. bank of the Coanza, lat. 10° 20' S.; ion. 18° E.; with about 
 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 POALHO, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Sambe, 75 m. N.E. Benguela. It stands on the r. bank 
 of the Sambe, at the foot of a steep hill commanding a splendid 
 view. It contains about 1500 inhabitants, who raise large 
 quantities of agricultural produce, and dispose of it to the 
 European factories on the coast. 
 
 POCSALY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. N. 
 Bihar, 20 m. S.S.E. Debreczin. It has in its vicinity four 
 ancient castles, and contains 2552 inhabitants. 
 
 PODBJEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva- 
 Thurocz, about 42 m. N.N.E. Neusohl, on the Arva, in a 
 fertile district, with the remains of an old castle, and 1000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 PODHAJCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 15 m. W. Brzezan, cap. dist. of same name. The Tartars 
 heresustainedabloodydefeat from the Poles in 1067. P. 4419. 
 
 PODHOKODCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and about 32 m. W.S.W. Stry, has a fine baronial castle, and 
 contains 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 PODIEBRAD, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 20 m. N.N.W. Czaslau, on r. bank Elbe, here crossed by 
 a chain bridge, and on the Vienna and Prague railway, with 
 a deanery church, several public offices, a poorhouse, two 
 hospitals, a high-school, and manufactures of alcohol, rosoglio, 
 and liqueurs. Pop. 3311. 
 
 PODOLSK [add.], a tn. Russia, gov. and 26 m. S.S.W. 
 Moscow, cap circle of same name, on a series of heights on 
 both sides of the Packra. It has two churches, a circle 
 school, a charitable establishment, and cotton-mills. W'ithin 
 the circle lies the parochial village of Dubrovitza, distin- 
 guished by its beautiful cathedral, which was built by a con- 
 temporary of Peter tlie Great. In the same locality is the 
 village of Lopasnia, situated on the lake of same name, and 
 so well built as to have all the appearance of a handsome 
 town. Pop. of Podolsk, 1640. 
 
 POHOOJ, a river, India, which rises near the S.W. 
 boundary of Bundelcund, 20 m. S.W. Jhansi, pursues a 
 winding course generally N.E. for 125 m., and joins the 
 Sinde on its r. bank in lat. 26° 6' N.; Ion. 78° 25' E. 
 
 POINTE AUX TREMBLES, two places, British 
 America, Canada East: — 1, Pointe aux Trembles en Bas, co. 
 Portneuf, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 22 m. W.S.W. Quebec. It 
 
POINTE CLAIRE 
 
 134 
 
 POONAH 
 
 is much resorted to for suminer residence, possesses building- 
 yards, where vessels of large dimensions are built, and carries 
 on a very extensive trade, chiefly in flour and lumber. — 2, 
 Pointe aux Trembles en Ilaut, co. Hochelaga, on the island, 
 and 10 m. from city of Montreal, with a Protestant and a 
 R. Catholic church, a Protestant institute, and some trade 
 in flour. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 POINTE CLAIRE, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. Jacques Cartier, contiguous to a station on the Grand 
 Trunk railway, 15 m. E. Montreal, with a R. Catholic church, 
 and two R. Catholic academies — one for boys, and the other 
 for girls. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 POINT LEVI, a tn. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Levi, on the St. Lawrence, opposite to Quebec, and on the 
 Grand Trunk railway. It is a large and flourishing place, 
 with a trade so extensive that in this respect it is surpassed 
 only by Jlontreal and Quebec. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 POINT PEDRO, a tn. situated near a rocky cape of 
 same name, forming the N. extremity of the island of Ceylon. 
 Its streets are regular and well kept, its houses more sub- 
 stantial and commodious than usual, and its Hindoo temple 
 and tank are on a scale which attests the wealth and liberality 
 of its devotees. Its harbour, sheltered by a coral reef, affords 
 tolerably secure anchorage, and though 20 m. N.E. from 
 Jaffna, continues to be its principal port. In its immediate 
 neighbourhood village cultivation is carried to its highest 
 perfection. Every field is fenced, and every cottage has its 
 garden, which, for the skill and care bestowed upon it, would 
 not suffer by comparison with the best-managed market 
 garden in the suburbs of London. 
 
 POKHURN, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 80 m. 
 N.W. Joodpoor, on the great commercial routes between E. 
 Rajpootana and Sinde. It consists of about 3000 houses, 
 surrounded by a wall of uncemented stone, and defended by 
 a fort, inclosed by a deep narrow ditch faced with masonry, 
 and a wall 35 ft. high. Within the fort the residence of the 
 chief is so isolated as to form an interior citadel capable of 
 separate defence. The transit trade is very extensive. Close 
 to Pokhurn are the ruins of a deserted city. 
 
 POKROV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 52 m. S.W. Vladimir, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Shitka, with two churches 
 and a charitable institute. The inhabitants of the circle deal 
 largely in wood, and wooden articles, and number 1694. 
 
 POKUR, a tn. India, dist. and 5 m. N.W. Ajmere, cap. 
 perguunah of same name, in a low and swampy valley, and 
 on tlie borders of a lake which Hindoo superstition regards with 
 the utmost veneration. The town, renowned for its gardens 
 and vineyards, contains many good houses, but owes the 
 celebrity which it possesses chiefly to its temple of Brahma, 
 which Tod declares to be the only one he ever saw or heard 
 of in India 'dedicated to the One God.' It was built not 
 many years ago by a wealthy Mahratta, a minister of Scindia. 
 Ghauts of stone give access to the water, which is visited every 
 full moon by great numbers of pilgrims. At the same time 
 business is not neglected, and a fair is held for camels, horses, 
 and kine, as well as for various wares. In the environs are 
 many shrines and cenotaphs belonging to many of the great 
 families of India. The surrounding mountains, composed in 
 many places of rose-coloured quartz, and presenting abrupt 
 precipices and bold pinnacles, make the scenery striking and 
 picturesque. 
 
 POLANGEN, a tn. Russia, gov. Courland, near the 
 Baltic Sea, and close to the Prussian frontier, 110 m. S W. 
 Mitau. It has a R. Catholic church, a synagogue, a frontier 
 custom-house, and a considerable trade. A truce between 
 the Russians and the Poles was agreed to here in 1881. It 
 contains 853 inhabitants, the majority of whom are Jews. 
 
 POLANY, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 22 m. S. Jaslo, near the frontiers of Hungary; with 
 glassworks, and 1300 iniiabitants. 
 
 POLAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 23 m. 
 E. Znaim, at the foot of a mountain of same name, in a pic- 
 turesque district, contains an old ruined feudal castle, and 
 carries on a trade in red wine. Pop. 1100. 
 
 POLENSHAW, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, in a 
 green and fertile valley, about 4 m. wide, and inclosed by 
 lofty hills, 150 m. E. Hyderabad. The town, nearly 2 m. in 
 circuit, and said to be very populous, consists almost entirely 
 of mud huts. The fort is a square of about 300 yards, in- 
 
 closed by a dry ditch, and a rampart faced with masonry, 
 with a tower at each corner. The chief building within it 
 is the residence of the rajah, which has nothing remarkable. 
 
 POLGAR, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. N. Bihar, 
 between marshes not far from the Theiss, and 30 m. W.N.W. 
 Debreczin; with important yearly markets, and 4440 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 POLOMKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Gombr, 
 on the Gran, in a mountainous district covered with forests. 
 It contains 2343 inhabitants, who rear sheep and cattle, work 
 an iron mine, and fell and saw timber. 
 
 POLYKANDRO [add.], an isl. Greece, nomarch Cycla- 
 des, nearly equidistant from ]\Iilo on the W. and Nio on the 
 E. It is of irregular shape, 9 m. long from N.W. to S.E., 
 with breadths varying from 1 to 3 m.; has an area of 16 geo. 
 sq. m., and contains 4000 inhabitants, who produce some 
 wheat, wine, and olives. The town, of same name, on the N. 
 coast, lies at the foot of a hill on which the ancient town stood, 
 and has an Hellenist and a parish school, and a pop. of 1300. 
 There is a stalactite cave on the island. 
 
 POMORZANY, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 12 m. S. by E. Zloczow; with an old castle, which is still 
 inhabited, though its outer works were destroyed by the 
 Tartars, into whose hands it fell in 1695. The j'ear before, 
 the Tartars had sustained a severe defeat from the Poles at 
 the neighbouring village of Hodow. Pop. 3573. 
 
 PONGA [add.], a river, W. Africa, Senegambia, which 
 acquires some magnitude in the interior, but on approaching 
 the flat coast divides into several branches, and forms a con- 
 siderable delta. The principal branches are the Mud Bar on 
 the N., and the Sand Bar, about 7 m. to the S.E. of it. The 
 Mud Bar is two-thirds of a mile wide, and may be entered at 
 three-quarters flood by any vessel not drawing more than 1 4 ft. 
 The Sand Bar at low tide looks formidable, from the number 
 of shallow spots which give the appearance of an almost con- 
 tinued line of breakers; but as there is a rise of 9 ft. at full 
 flood, any vessel not drawing more than 15 ft. may venture in. 
 Once within the river, there is sufBcient depth up to the town 
 of Bangalong. 
 
 PONIEVETZ, a tn. Russia, gov. and 60 m. N.N.E. 
 Kovno, cap. circle of same name, on the Nevesha. It has 
 three churches and a circle school. There are sulphur springs 
 in the circle. Pop. 4522. 
 
 PONTRESINA [anc. ad Pontem Sarisviam], a well- 
 built village, Switzerland, can. Grisons, 30 m. S.E. Coire or 
 Chur, in the Upper Engadin and valley of its name, 5720 ft. 
 above sea-level. It lies on one of the two main roads between 
 Italy and the Engadin Valley, and is an entrepot of some 
 importance for goods crossing the Bernina Pass. The church 
 is an edifice of some architectural pretensions. The inhabi- 
 tants are Protestants, the doctrines of the Reformation having 
 been introduced in the sixteenth century by Paul Vergerio, 
 Bishop of Capo d'Istria. In the vicinity are the glaciers of 
 Roseg, Bernina and Monte del Oro. Pop. 269. 
 
 POODOOCOTTAH, a tn. India, presid. Madras, cap. 
 dist. Poodoocottah, or Tondiman's country, on a low site sur- 
 rounded by thick jungle, through which there is access only 
 through three guarded entrances, 28 m. S.S.E. Trichinopoly. 
 It is nearly in the form of an exact square, divided into four 
 regular main streets. The houses in these are large and 
 commodious, partly with terraced, but mostly with tiled roofs. 
 In the centre of the town stands the rajah's palace, a terraced 
 edifice of two stories, covering a large area inclosed by a 
 wall. Outside this inclosure, on the W., is another similar 
 structure, and on the S.E. a grand mosque. There is also a 
 handsome pagoda. In the suburbs, where there are many 
 gardens, there is a fine choultry, with a reservoir. The place 
 owes its regularity and generally splendid appearance to the 
 rajah, by whom it was recently rebuilt. 
 
 POONAH, a dist. or collectoiate, India, presid. Bombay, 
 between lat. 17° 58' and 19° 26' N.; Ion. 73° 20' and 75° 10' 
 E.; is bounded N. by Ahmednuggur, E. Ahmednuggur and 
 Sholapore, S. and S.W. Sattarak, and W. Tannah; area, 5298 
 sq. m. It is intersected by numerous ridges and spurs, which 
 proceed eastward from the W. Ghauts, and finally sink down 
 into the plains in the Nizam's Dominions, and is watered 
 chiefly by the Beema and its affluents. Tiie climate at all 
 times, except during the W. monsoon, is extremely arid. 
 This is particularly the case in easterly winds, during which 
 
POONAH 
 
 135 
 
 PORT HOOD 
 
 the lips and exposed parts of the skin are cut, and become 
 harsh and scaly. The soil partakes of tlie same aridity, and 
 hence, in June, the whole country often assumes the ap- 
 pearance of a parched waste. A few days' rain, liowever, 
 suffices to cloth it anew with verdure. The principal crops 
 are the ordinary ceieals and potatoes, which are extensively 
 grown in the N., and find a ready market at Bombay. Cotton 
 is grown only to a limited extent, and the growth of the mul- 
 berry, after a full and careful trial, has been pronounced a 
 failure. The sugar-cane appears to have shared the same 
 fate. Pop. 666,000. 
 
 POONAH [add.], cap. of the above collectorate, 80 m. 
 S.E. Bombay, on the Moota, immediately above its confluence 
 with the Moola. It stands in a treeless plain, terminating 
 westward in the Ghauts, which, at the distance of a few miles, 
 rise to the height of 1000 ft. above its level. Originally it 
 was ill-built, with irregular streets and mean bazars, but 
 recent improvements have entirely changed its appearance, 
 and made it almost a European town. The old bridge across 
 the Moota- Moola has been replaced by one of stone; another 
 of the same material has been built across the Nagjurree 
 Nullah; the streets and thoroughfares of the whole E. portion 
 of the town have been macadamized, and between 1841 and 
 1846 no fewer than 400 houses were erected. An ample 
 supply of water, long felt to be a want of primary importance, 
 has at last, after several failures and a heavy expenditure, 
 been secured, by means of a dam thrown across the Moota- 
 Moola, and adequate water- works. Poonali being the head- 
 quarters of a division of the British army, adequate canton- 
 ments have been provided. They occupy an elevated site 
 about a mile W. of the town, and are among the most exten- 
 sive and best arranged in India. The most remarkable 
 building is the palace of the old peishwas. It is a large 
 structure, containing a handsome quadrangle, surrounded by 
 cloisters of carved wooden pillars, and is now used as a prison, 
 an hospital, and a lunatic asylum. The principal educational 
 establishment is a government school, which has been amalga- 
 mated with the previously existing Sanscrit college, and now 
 consists of three departments — a Sanscrit, an English, and a 
 normal — attended in the aggregate by nearly 500 pupils. A 
 native school for girls has also been established, with flatter- 
 ing prospects of success. During the Mahratta rule Poonah 
 had extensive manufactures of piece goods, and was famous 
 for jewellery and precious stones. These have almost entirely 
 disappeared, and the only manufacture worth mentioning is 
 paper, to a very limited extent. The trade is confined almost 
 entirely to grain and the raw products of the country. Pop. 
 about 80,000. 
 
 POONAMALLEE, a tn. India, presid. and 15 m. 
 W.S.W. Madras, dist. Chingleput. It consists of a native 
 town containing about 7000 inhabitants, of an old square fort, 
 inclosed by a wall' 18 ft. high, flanked with bastions, and now 
 used partly as store-rooms and partly as a prison, and of a 
 cantonment, which is half a mile square, and has barracks 
 well ventilated and drained. 
 
 POONPOON, a i-iver, India, presid. Bengal, which rises 
 in Eamgurh, among the mountains, on the N. frontier of 
 Behar, about lat. 24° 30' N.; Ion. 84° 20' E , flows somewhat 
 circuitously N.E., and joins the Ganges at Futwa, after a 
 course of about 130 m. 
 
 POONKUTY, or Ponaruttee, a tn. India, presid. and 
 110 m. S.S.W. Madras, dist. S. Arcot, possesses a good public 
 bungalow, and used to be much frequented by native mer- 
 chants, but its trade has recently declined. Pop. 3427. 
 
 POOKA K A AD, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. Tra- 
 vancore, on the Malabar coast, 39 m. S. by E. Cochin. It 
 has lost much of its importance in consequence of the rise of 
 Aleppey, which has carried ofi" a large part of its trade, but 
 it is still a populous place, with a broad street of bazars, and 
 a number of narrow streets, or rather lanes, branching off to 
 the right and left. The principal buildings are a palace of 
 the rajah of Travancore, another palace, now used as a tobacco 
 depot, a large pagoda, and a Roman Syrian church. Several 
 of the merchants have spacious residences. The sea appears 
 to have made large encroachments here, as it covers the 
 ground which was occupied by a Portuguese fort and factory, 
 the ruins of which are still visible at low water. 
 
 POORUNDHUK, a tn. India, presid. Bombay, dist, and 
 20 m. S.E. Poonah. The town is an insignificant place, and 
 
 the only thing particularly deserving of notice is the hill fort, 
 situated on a mountain of same name, which rises 1 700 ft. 
 above the plain below, and 4472 ft. above the sea. The fort, 
 or rather two forts, an upper and a lower, are situated from 
 300 to 400 ft. beneath the summit, and consist of a series of 
 curtains and bastions surmounting the natural defences of 
 perpendicular rocks, and inclosing a considerable area. Its 
 chief importance is derived from its commanding an important 
 pass through the Ghauts. Sivajee, by securing the posses- 
 sion of it at an early period in his career, may be said to have 
 laid the foundation of his future conquests. A treaty, which 
 subsequent events rendered abortive, was concluded here in 
 1776 between the British and the Mahrattas, and is known in 
 Indian history by the name of the Treaty of Poorundhur. 
 
 POPO (Great and Little), two tns. W. Africa, on the 
 Slave Coast, in the Gulf of Guinea, 200 m. E.N.E. Cape 
 Coast Castle: — 1, Great /"opo lies behind a sand ridge, which 
 makes it impossible to see it from the offing. This position 
 was probably chosen as a means of facilitating the traffic in 
 slaves, in which it long possessed a guilty pre-eminence. 
 The means used for the suppression of this traffic having 
 in a great measure destroyed the profits derived from it, 
 most of the inhabitants are now better employed in collecting 
 and preparing palm-oil. — 2, Little Popo, situated about 13 m. 
 W. of the former, presents an imposing front of beach store- 
 houses, and signal poles, one of which marks the residence of 
 the native chief. The town proper, which is about a quarter 
 of a mile inland, is separated from the storehouses by the 
 creek of an adjoining lagoon. The trade in palm-oil and ivory 
 is extensive. 
 
 POPPITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle Briinn; 
 with a trade in fuel and excellent wine, and 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 POKCIA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. Undine, near the 
 railway, 2 m. S.W. Pordenone; with a parish church, a paper- 
 mill, and 2991 inhabitants. 
 
 POKCSESZl), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and about 7 m. S.S.E. Hermannstadt; with a large trade 
 in leather. Chalk, and many remarkable petrefactions, are 
 found in the vicinity. Pop. 1810. 
 
 POREBA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle New 
 Sandec, 20 m. S.S.E. Cracow, in an alpine district; with glass- 
 works, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 PORTAGE, a tn U. States, "Wisconsin, cap. co. Co- 
 lombra, on the river Wisconsin, and on the La Crowe and 
 Milwaukie railway, 85 m. N.W. Milwaukie. It contains 
 five churches, two large breweries, brick-kilns, a pottery, 
 and a foundry, and carries on a considerable trade in lumber. 
 Pop. (1860), 2879. 
 
 PORT BURWELL, a tn. British America, Canada 
 West, CO. Elgin, on the N. shore of Lake Erie, 95 m. S.W. 
 Toronto. It is a port of entry; and having a good harbour, 
 promises to become a place of importance. Pop. about 900. 
 
 PORT CANNING. See Canning (Pout) in Supp. 
 
 PORT DALIIOUSIE, a tn. British America, Canada 
 West, CO. Lincoln, at the mouth of the Welland canal, in 
 Lake Ontario, with two churches — Church of England and 
 Free — a superior school, a boat-building yard, and a large 
 trade in flour. The harbour is one of the best on the lake. 
 Pop. about 800. 
 
 PORT FRANCO, or Charlotte Amalie, cap. of the 
 W. India island of St. Thomas, belonging to Deimiark, lies 
 among hills at the head of a spacious harbour, and is a clean, 
 well-built place. The principal street, facing the sea and 
 traversing the whole town, contains a number of excellent 
 houses, a spacious hotel, and extensive stores. The trade is 
 very important, and a great accession has been made to it by 
 the selection of the harbour as a principal station of the 
 British steam-packets to the W. Indies. 
 
 PORT HOOD, a vil. British America, on the W. coast 
 of Cape Breton Island, is well situated, contains a court-house 
 of stone, and a church with a spire, and has the only safe 
 anchorage on tliis side of the island. The harbour, however, 
 was once much more secure than at present, as it was pro- 
 tected by a peninsula attached to the mainland by a range of 
 sandhills. These the waves have entirely washed away, 
 and the peninsula has in consequence been converted into 
 what is now known as Smith's Island, which is about 2 m. 
 long and 210 ft. high, and has much fertile land under good 
 cultivation. 
 
PORTLAND 
 
 136 
 
 PORT SAN ANTONIO 
 
 PORTLAND, a tn. U. States, Oregon, cap. co. Mult- 
 nomah, on 1. bank Willamette, 15 m. from its mouth, 50 m. 
 N. by E. Salem, and 642 m. (by sea) N. San Francisco; lat. 
 45° 30' N.; Ion. 122° 27' 30" W. It is the most populous 
 and commercial town of Oregon, and contains several churches, 
 an asylum for the insane, a bank, numerous stores, two assay- 
 offices, and the Oregon ironworks. Pop. (1860), 2874; in 
 1865 about 4500. 
 
 PORT LYTTELTON, a seaport town. New Zealand, 
 Middle Island, prov. Canterbury, to which it forms the chief 
 
 or only entrance, 8 m. S.E. Christchurch, and at the head of 
 Port Victoria harbour. It is a neat town, presenting an air 
 of regularity and completeness, with fairly metalled streets, 
 a jail, hospital, and three churches; and is surrounded inland 
 by a belt of precipitous volcanic hills, from 2000 to 6000 ft. 
 high, beyond which lie the vast Canterbury Plains. Com- 
 munication with Christchurch, the capital, is maintained by 
 means of steamers plying from tlie harbour up the river Avon, 
 by a railway tunnelled through the hills, and by telegraph. 
 It exports a very large quantity of wool, and carries on a 
 
 POET LVITELTOX— Pauoraiuio View from the Bridle-path to Christchurch. 
 
 considerable trade otherwise. The harbour is a fine land-locked 
 inlet, on the N.VV. side of Banks' Peninsula, and the town 
 stands upon a small bay at the head of it, and about 4 m. 
 within the entrance, which is 1 m. wide. The depth between 
 the heads, which are bold and steepto, is about 8 fathoms; 
 this decreases to 3 J fathoms at the anchorage opposite Lyttel- 
 tou. Pop. about 2000. 
 
 PORT MONTE, a tn. S. America, Chili, at the head of 
 Keloncavi Sound, which branches off from Ancud Gulf, on 
 the N.E. of the island of Ciiiloe, lat. 41° 30' 30" S.; Ion. 
 72° 58' W. It was founded by the Chilian government in 
 1853 ; and being only 15 m. S. of the flourishing German 
 colony of Llanquihue (of which it is the port), has made 
 rapid progress. The colony was settled here under the 
 patronage of the Chilian government; and such is the fertility 
 of the soil and the salubrity of tlie climate, and so great are 
 the advantages offered to emigrants, that in ten years the 
 population has increased to a total of 15,000 souls. Tlie 
 harbour of Port Monte is deep and perfectly sheltered from 
 all winds, and the trade earned on at it is already very ex- 
 tensive, including, in addition to the direct trafficof the colony, 
 a large export of deals of the alera — a species of pine of 
 which an unlimited supply is obtained in the adjoining moun- 
 tains. The number of persons employed in sawing and 
 felling tlie timber is computed at 1200. As yet the number 
 of liouses in the town amounts only to 150, of which about 
 18 are of two stories. An abundant supply of good water is 
 procured from two streams that rise in the neighbouring 
 hills. Spaces have already been marked out for public 
 buildings ; and from the excellent position of the settlement, 
 there is little doubt that it will eventually become one of the 
 most prosperous places in the republic. Tlie permanent 
 population of Port Monte, in which the wood-cutters are not 
 included, amounts to 610, of whom upwards of a half are 
 natives, and the remainder chiefly Germans, with a sprinkling 
 of French, Spaniards, British, and North Americans. The 
 Pacific Company's mail steamers call here once a month. 
 
 PORTNEUF, a tn. British America, Canada East, cap. 
 CO. and at the river of same name where it joins the St. Law- 
 rence, 36 m. W. Quebec; with a Protestant church, flour, 
 saw, paper, flax, and carding mills. There are two light- 
 houses in the vicinity. Pop. 750. 
 
 PORT NICHOLSON, New Zealand. See Wellington. 
 
 PORTOBUFFOLE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 
 about 18 m. N.E. Treviso, on the Livenza, which is here 
 navigable for vessels of nearly fifty tons. It contains a 
 parish church and a civil hospital, and has a considerable 
 trade. 
 
 PORTO NOVO, a tn. India, presid. and 120 m. S. by 
 W. Madras, on the Malabar coast, at the mouth of Vellaur 
 or Vadista. It was formerly a place of great trade, but has 
 never recovered the disasters which Hyder inflicted upon it 
 during his invasion of the Carnatic in 1780, though Hyder 
 himself paid the penalty in a signal defeat by Coote, on the 
 1st of July, 1781. The harbour is so shallow that large 
 vessels are obliged to discharge and take in cargo outside the 
 bar. Owing to this and other causes the place had greatly 
 declined, when a new source of prosperity was opened to it 
 by the establishment of extensive ironworks by the East 
 India Iron Company. The supply of a very pure iron ore 
 found near the surface is unlimited, and iron and steel of a 
 superior quality are produced. Hitherto, however, the 
 speculation has not proved very remunerative, and the old 
 has been succeeded by a new company, which it is hoped 
 may be more successful. Pop. about 12,000. 
 
 PORTORE, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, co. and about 6 m. E. S E. Fiuine, at the 
 entrance of the Bay of Baccari. It has a spacious free haven 
 defended by two castles, a lazaretto, an infirmary, a building- 
 yard, and an important fishery, and contains 2912 inhabitants. 
 
 PORTO VIEJO, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. cant, of 
 same name, 135 m. S.W. Quito. It stands on the banks of 
 a river of same name, in a beautiful plain, which contrasts 
 pleasingly with the surrounding sandy district, but has no- 
 thing else ill its appearance deserving of notice. The houses 
 are built of wood, without any regard to regularity; and a 
 college which it was proposed to found, has not been com- 
 menced. Meanwhile, as a kind of substitute for it, there 
 are two primary schools — the one for boys and the other 
 for girls. The chief manufactures of the district are straw 
 hats, horsecloths, and cotton goods, plain and figured, 
 
 PORT SAN ANTONIO, S. America, on the N.E. 
 shore of Patagonia, is the best harbour on this part of the 
 coast, and the best place of resort for a large ship in want 
 
PORT STANLEY 
 
 ir, 
 
 PRERATJ 
 
 of serious repair. Being only 30 m. distant from the Eio 
 Negro, it is well situated for commercial intercourse with 
 the interior, and only wants a proper development of its 
 resources to become a place of importance. It is perfectly 
 sheltered from every wind, and possesses localities in which 
 dry docks might be built for vessels of any size. The rise 
 of the tide varies from 18 to 30 ft. 
 
 PORT STANLEY, a tn. British America, Canada West, 
 eo. Elgin, on the N. shore of Lake Erie, and on the London and 
 Port Stanley railway, communicating with the Great Northern 
 and the Buffalo and Lake Huron railways, 1 12 m.S. W. Toronto. 
 It possesses Church of England, Free, and Wesleyan churches, 
 and is the entrepot of a large trade in the surrounding fertile 
 and well-cultivated districts, shipping from its harbour for 
 exportation considerable quantities of flour, grain, and other 
 commodities. 
 
 PORT ST. LUCIA, a small seaport on the S.E. coast 
 of Africa, Zulu country, lat. 28° 26' S.; Ion. 32° 26' E. It 
 is the natural port of the Zulu country, through wliich im- 
 ports of various kinds, and in considerable quantity, are in- 
 troduced into the Orange liiver free state, and the Transvaal 
 Eepublic. 
 
 PORUMBACH, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 15 m. S.E. Ilermannstadt ; with glassworks and 
 1700 inhabitants. 
 
 POSHAREVATZ, or Passarowjtz, a tn. Turkey in 
 Europe, Servia, cap. circle of same name, at the foot of a 
 mountain crest, 35 m. E.S.E. Belgrade. It is the seat of a 
 court of justice, and has a church and a school. A treaty of 
 l>eace between Austria and Turkey was concluded here in 
 1718. Pop. 5166. 
 
 POSINA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. Vicenza; with 2937 
 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in making nails. 
 
 POSTYEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Upper 
 Neutra, on the Waag, 22 m. N.N.Ei Tyrnau; witli a court 
 of justice, a beautiful castle, and much-frequented yearly 
 markets. Teplitz-Postyen, situated about 2 m. S., in a beau- 
 tiful and fertile valley, is famed for its thermal sulphur 
 springs and elegant bathing establishment. Pop. 3538. 
 
 POTISAT, a tn. Independent Cambodia, about 60 m. 
 N.AV. Oodung, in lat. 12° 15' N.; Ion. 105° E. It has quar- 
 ries of alabaster, and a large deposit of antimony is found in 
 its vicinity. 
 
 POTOLYCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Zolkiew, 28 m. N.W. Lemberg; with manufactures of stone- 
 ware, and 2459 inhabitants. 
 
 POTOMAC [add.], a river, U. States, which is formed 
 on the N. frontiers of Virginia by the junction of two brandies 
 — a N. and a S. The N. branch rises in the Alleghanies 
 in the N. of the state, the S. branch in the Shenandoah range 
 near its centre. From the point of junction, about 20 m. 
 S.E. Cumberland, the united stream flows in an irregular 
 curve, first N.E. and then generally S.E., till it reaches 
 Washington. Here, changing its direction to S. and S.W., 
 it expands into an estuary from 6 to 8 m. wide, flows for 50 
 ni., then resumes its direction of S.E.; and continuing it for 
 about 70 m., falls into Chesapeake Bay on its W. shore, 
 about 75 m. from the ocean. Its entire length is about 
 400 m., and during nearly the whole it forms the boundary 
 between Virginia and Maryland. Its principal tributary is 
 the Shenandoah, which joins it immediately \V. of the Blue 
 Ridge. In the upper part of its course it forms a number of 
 falls, and passes through much magnificent scenery, particu- 
 larly where it passes the Blue Ridge at Harper's Ferry. The 
 tide reaches Georgetown, a short distance above Washing- 
 ton, to which the largest vessels can ascend. 
 
 POTOOR, a tn. Ceylon, on the peninsula which forms 
 the N. extremity of the island, about 7 m. N.E. Jaffna. It 
 contains one of the fine old churches which were erected by 
 the Portuguese, and which has been restored for the use of 
 the Wesleyan missionaries, who have a successful station in 
 the vicinity; but its most remarkable object is a well, which 
 forms one of the wonders of the peninsula. It is about 30 ft. 
 in diameter, and has been sunk to the depth of 144 ft. in a 
 bed of stratified limestone so hollow that in riding over it the 
 horse's hoofs sound as if striking on an arch. The water on 
 tiie surface is fresh, lower down brackish, and at the bottom 
 highly foetid, giving off bubbles of sulphuretted hydrogen gas. 
 A still more remarkable fact is, that the surface rises and foils 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 a few inches every twelve hours, but never overflows, and 
 never sinks below a fixed point, how large soever the quan- 
 tity of water that may be withdrawn. The cause of these 
 phenomena is still unknown. The native belief is that the 
 well communicates by a subterranean channel with the Kiere- 
 matie, near Kangesen-torre — a distance of 7 m. In 1824 
 government, with the view of making this apparently inex- 
 haustible spring available for the perpetual irrigation of the 
 surrounding districts, caused a steam - engine with three 
 pumps to be erected at the well. It proved a failure, not 
 from any deficiency in the supply of the water, but in its 
 quality — the fields irrigated by it yielding no increase, but, as 
 if they had been poisoned, barely returning the seed. Nothing 
 can exceed the perfection to which horticulture is carried in 
 the gardens around Potoor. 
 
 POTOSI, atn. U. States, Wisconsin, on the Grant, 2 m. 
 above its junction with the Mississippi, 75 m. S.W. Madison. 
 It stands in a deep and narrow valley, in the midst of lead 
 mines, the produce of which constitutes its principal trade. 
 Pop. (1860), 2084. 
 
 POTSCHATEK, atn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 26 m. S.E. Tabor, on the frontiers of Moravia. It is the 
 seat of several public offices, contains a deanery church, an 
 hospital, a brewery, a much-frequented mineral spring, and 
 2991 inhabitants. 
 
 POTSCHEFSTROOM, or Mooi-River-Dorp, a tn. 
 S. Africa, Transvaal Republic, on the Mooi or Klokne — an 
 affluent of the Vaal or Likna, 275 m. N.W. Port Natal. It 
 stands on a plain almost as flat as a bowling-green, from 6 to 
 10 m. in diameter, and surrounded by hills, and is laid out 
 on a large scale in erven or lots of 100 yards square. It has 
 a very pleasing appearance, though as yet the houses — all of 
 unburned bricks and tliatched — do not exceed 100. The water, 
 brought from 3 to 4 m. up the river, seems not to be over 
 abundant, as the inhabitants are only supplied by turns for 
 irrigation. Lions are still numerous in the vicinity, seven 
 having been killed during a hunt in one day. 
 
 POTTENDORF, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 near the frontiers of Hungary, on an area of the Fischa and 
 a canal communicating with the Leitha, has a castle belong- 
 ing to Prince Esterhazy, ancient waterworks with three 
 massive towers, a Gothic chapel, a picture gallery, a beautiful 
 parish church, a fine park, an hospital, a poor-house, and a 
 cotton-mill, which is said to be the largest in the Austrian 
 dominions. Pop. 3200. 
 
 POVENETZ, a tn. Russia, gov. Olonetz, cap. circle of 
 same name, on Lake Onega, near its N. extremity, 75 m. 
 N.N.E. Petrozavodsk. It contains only 780 inhabitants, 
 who are chiefly employed in fishing on the lake, or hunting 
 wild animals for their fur. 
 
 POYANG, a lake, China, in the N. of prov. Kiangsee. 
 It is formed mainly by the Kan-kiang, which it receives near 
 its S.W. extremity, and discharges itself into the Yang-tze- 
 kiang, near its N. extremity, by a channel which is about 
 3 m. long by 1 m. broad. On its eastern shore, at the point 
 of outlet, stands Hoo-kow, or the "City of the Lake's Mouth." 
 This city is perched upon a precipitous rock, while opposite 
 to it Mount Leu-shan rears its crest majestically to the height 
 of 5000 ft. In the distance, far to the S., the Takoo-shan, 
 or " Great Orphan Rock," is seen rising in solitary grandeur 
 from the bosom of the lake. Poyang and its romantic 
 scenery furnish the subjects of many poetic legends current 
 among the people. 
 
 PRACSEVGA J, a tn. Austrian empire, Serbian Banat, 
 Military Frontiers, on the Nera, 42 m. E.N.E. Belgrade; with 
 a Greek non-united parish church, and 1970 inhabitants. 
 
 PRADNIK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 3 m. N. Cracow ; with a castle in which King Sigismund 
 Augustus died in 1572, and the false Demetrius, the pre- 
 tender to the Russian throne, resided in 1605. Pop. 700. 
 
 PRE LOG, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, circle and 12 m. E.N.E. Warasdin; with four 
 mulberry plantations, a trade in silk, and 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 PliEMIDI [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, S. Albania, 
 eyalet and 45 m. N.N.W. Yanina, on the Voyussa. It stands 
 between hills clothed with vineyards, contains three mosques 
 with minarets, and has a pop. of about 3000. 
 
 PRERAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 12 m. S.E. Olmiitz, in a fertile plain on the Betschwa, and 
 
 18 
 
PRESCOTT 
 
 138 
 
 PRUSSIA 
 
 at the junction of the Prague and Olmiitz with the Lunden- 
 burg and Oderberg railway. It is the seat of several public 
 offices, and has three churches, a synagogue, a castle with a 
 lofty tower, a townhouse also with a tower, manufactures of 
 cloth, and cattle and other annual markets. Pop. 5419. 
 
 PRESCOTT, a tn. U. States, cap. Arizona, and seat of 
 justice for Yavapaico, picturesquely situated among the Pine 
 Mountains, 140 m. E. the Colorado River, and 500 m. S. Salt 
 Lake City; lat. 34° 7' N.; Ion. 112° 20' W. It was founded 
 in 1864, is built of wood, and inhabited mostly by immi- 
 grants from California and Colorado. There are mines of 
 gold and silver in the vicinity. 
 
 PRESERVATION, a small island in the E. of Bass 
 Strait, situated in Armstrong Channel, which separates Barren 
 Island on the N. from Clark Island on the S., and belonging, 
 like them, to the Furneaux group. It contributes, with Rum 
 Island, to protect the excellent anchorage of Hamilton road 
 in the above channel, and is frequented by flocks of sea-birds, 
 including the barnacle goose and a few black swans. In 
 point of numbers, however, they are all surpassed by the 
 sooty petrels, which burrow in the ground like rabbits, and 
 then lay two enormous eggs, and bring up their young. Of 
 these birds Captain Flinders remarks — 'A little after sunset 
 the air at Preservation Island used to be darkened with their 
 numbers coming in from sea; and it was generally an hour 
 before their squabblings ceased, and every one had found 
 his own retreat. These birds are about the size of a pigeon; 
 and when skinned and dried in smoke, we thought them 
 passable food. Any quantity could be procured by sending 
 people on shore in the evening. The sole process was to 
 thrust in the arm up to the shoulder and seize them briskly.' 
 In 1842 this island was inhabited by an old sailor of the 
 name of James Monro, another man, and three or four native 
 women. They lived in rude huts, on a bleak flat, and had a 
 number of dogs, goats, and fowls. Monro had spent twenty- 
 three years in this desolate spot. 
 
 PRESETSCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Chrudim; with a Protestant and a R. Catholic church, a 
 townhouse, a mill, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 PRIMISLJIE (Upper and Lower), a tn. Austrian em- 
 pire. Military Frontiers, Croatia, dist. and 12 m. S.E. Ogulin. 
 Oher, or Upper Primisljie, has a German trivial school, 
 and contains 1270 inhabitants. — Unter, or Lomer Primisljie, 
 has only 680 inhabitants. There are two remarkable grottoes 
 in the vicinity. 
 
 PRINCE OF WALES, or Mooralug, an isl. Aus- 
 tralia, and the largest in Torres Strait, being 11m. long from 
 N. to S., by 10 m. broad. The N.W. coast, consisting of 
 rocky points and small bays, with wooded valleys descending 
 between ridges of hills to the shore, is rendered difficult of 
 access by numerous shoals and sandbanks; the N.E. coast is 
 fronted by a narrow coral reef. The interior is high and 
 rocky, but comparatively little is known of it. In many 
 parts it is well wooded, and has a fair proportion of good soil. 
 It also appears to be the only island of the immediate neigh- 
 bourhood which is permanently inhabited, though many of 
 the others are occasionally visited by the natives. 
 
 PRINCE OF WALES, a strait, Arctic Regions, separat- 
 ing Baring Island from Prince Albert Land, and extending 
 S.S.W. to N.N.E.; lat. (N.E. extremity) 73° 25' N.; Ion. 
 115° W. It is one of the communications by which the 
 N.W. passage between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans may 
 be efiected, as ascertained in 1850 by Captain Sir R. M'Clure, 
 of H.M.S. Investigator, who entered it, but was unable to 
 force his way through owing to the masses of ice. 
 
 PRINCESS ROYAL, a group of isls. in Prince of Wales 
 Strait, Arctic America, between Baring Island and Prince 
 Albert Land; lat. about 72° 44' N.; Ion. 117° 35' W.; were 
 so named by Captain Sir R. M'Clure, of H.M.S. Investigator, 
 which wintered a little to the N. of them in 1850-51. They 
 consist of a larger and a smaller island, the former of which 
 attains an elevation of about 500 ft., and extends a mile nearly 
 due north and south, with an average breadth of 600 yards. 
 Both islands are barren in the extreme, the surface consisting 
 of small stones and pebbles. 
 
 PRISRKND, or Perserin [add.], a tn. Turkey in 
 Europe, Albania, eyalet Rum-IH, on a mountain of same 
 name, which leads through the Sharbagh, 75 m. E.N.E. 
 Scutari. It is surrounded by walls, and defended by a castle, 
 
 which was once the residence of Serbian kings, and is partly 
 built in the form of an amphitheatre on a slope of the Shar. 
 It is the seat of the Greek bishop of N. Albania, and contains 
 ten mosques, and a Greek and a R. Catholic church. Pop. 
 26,000. 
 
 PROBE N (Deutsch), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Lower Neutra, 28 m. N.N.W. Sehemnitz; with 2720 in- 
 habitants, the greater part of whom are tanners, shoemakers, 
 or cutlers. 
 
 PRONA (ToTii), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Arva Thurocz, 20 m. N.W. Neusohl, in a pastoral and 
 wooded district. It has a chateau and a mineral spring, 
 and contains 1100 inhabitants, of whom a majority are 
 Lutherans. 
 
 PROSKUROV, a tn. Russia, gov. Podolsk, cap. circle 
 of same name, at the confluence of the Ploskaia with the S. 
 Bug, 50 m. N. Kamenetz; with four churches, a circle school, 
 a charitable institute, and several industrial establishments. 
 At the village of Yarmotitzu, in the circle, there is a large 
 annual market. Pop. 7350. 
 
 PROVO, a tn. U. States, Utah, cap. co. Utah, on the 
 Timpanogos or Provo River, 2J m. E. of its entrance into 
 Utah Lake, at the base of the Wasatch range, and 45 m. 
 S.S.E. Salt Lake City. It has a church, school, townhall, 
 flour and saw mills, tanneries, &c. The river furnishes 
 abundant water-power. Pop. (1860), 2030; in 1865, about 
 3300. 
 
 PRUCKNIK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 12 m. N.N.W. Przemyal; contains a fine baronial castle, and 
 2200 inhabitants. 
 
 PRUN, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and about 9 m. N.W. 
 Verona ; with four parish churches, and the Ponte di Veja, a 
 remarkable natural bridge, which has a span of 157 ft., and 
 is 90 ft. high and 20 ft. thick. Pop. 2214. 
 
 PRUSHANU, a tn. Russia, gov. and 80 m. S. Grodno, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Mukavetz. It has three 
 churches, a circle and a parish school, and two charitable in- 
 stitutes. Part of the circle is still occupied by the almost 
 impenetrable forest of Bielovesha. Pop. 4636. 
 
 PRUSSIA [add.] The result of the war with Denmark 
 in 1864, and with Austria in 1866, has been to materially 
 aggrandize the kingdom of Prussia, and to raise it to the fore- 
 most place in Central Europe. The Prussian territory now 
 comprises the following constituent parts : — 
 
 Area, sq. m. Pop. 18C4. 
 The Kingdom of Prussia, as previous 
 
 to August, 1860 108,093 . . . .19,304,843 
 
 The Kingdom of Hanover 14,848 1,923,492 
 
 Electoral Hessen 3,673.... 737,283 
 
 Duchy of Nassau 1,810 466,014 
 
 Free City of Frankfort 34 ... . 89,837 
 
 Duchy of Schleswig-Holstein 6,809 960,996 
 
 Parts of Bavaria (Cauldsdorf, GeiB- 
 
 feld, andOrb) 214.... 32,976 
 
 Parts of Grand Duchy of Hesseu 
 
 (Ilessen Hombnrg, Amt Homburg, 
 
 and Amt Meisenheim) 423 75,102 
 
 135,904 23,590,543 
 Increase of Prussia 27,811 4,285,700 
 
 The kingdom of Prussia has thus been augmented by the 
 incorporation for ever of Hanover, Electoral Hessen, Nassau, 
 Frankfort, Schleswig-Holstein, and ceded portions of N. 
 Bavaria and the Grand Duchy of Hessen; and the space upon 
 the map separating the smaller western part of Prussia (the 
 Rhine Provinces) has been filled up, and the boundaries, for- 
 merly intricate and confused, have been simplified. 
 
 The Germanic Confederation has been dissolved, and the 
 states which composed it, with the exception of Austria, now 
 entirely excluded, have been ranged in two groups — North 
 Germany, consisting of twenty states under the sole and 
 absolute leadership of Prussia; and South Germany, number- 
 ing six states, ostensibly under the ascendency of Bavaria, 
 but by a secret treaty really allied with Prussia. 
 
 Not included in either North or South Germany, but 
 nominally still belonging to the German empire, are the 
 duchies of Luxemburg and Limburg, of an area of 1886 sq. m., 
 and a pop. of 413,831. The following table gives the area 
 and population of the several states of the new confederations, 
 according to the census of 1861: — 
 
PRUSSIA 
 
 139 
 
 PKZIBISLAU 
 
 States— NoKiH Germany. 
 
 Prussia 
 
 Saxoiiy 
 
 Mecklenburg-Scbwerin 
 
 Oldenburg 
 
 Brunswick 
 
 Saxe- Weimar 
 
 Mecklenburg-Strelitz 
 
 Saxe-Meiningen 
 
 Anhalt 
 
 Saxe-Coburg-Gotha 
 
 Saxe-Altenbui'g 
 
 Waldeck 
 
 Lippe-Detmold 
 
 Schwartzburg-Rudolstadt 
 
 Schwartzburg-Souderahausen 
 
 Reuss-Schleiz 
 
 Schaumberg-Lippe 
 
 Reuss-Greiz 
 
 Hamburg 
 
 Lubeck 
 
 Bremen 
 
 Ober Hesse 
 
 Area, sq. m. Pop. 18B4. 
 
 135,904 23.690,543 
 
 5,777 2,343,994 
 
 5,188 552,612 
 
 2,428 301,812 
 
 1,424 292,708 
 
 1,403 280,201 
 
 1,052 99,060 
 
 956 178,065 
 
 1,026 193,046 
 
 759 164,527 
 
 510 141,839 
 
 4.33 59,143 
 
 438 111,336 
 
 73,752 
 66,189 
 86,472 
 31,382 
 43,924 
 
 136 229,941 
 
 127 50,614 
 
 74 104,066 
 
 1,268 225,696 
 
 374. 
 .832. 
 320. 
 171. 
 145. 
 
 Total of Nortli Germany 160,245 
 
 29,220,922 
 
 Finance. — The revenue, expenditure, and public debt of 
 the kingdom of Prussia for the years 1862-5, are thus 
 stated: — 
 
 Revenue. 
 
 1862 £20,478,511.. 
 
 1863 20,661,622.. 
 
 1864 21,200,060.. 
 
 1865 24,537,009.. 
 
 Expenditure. Public Debt. 
 
 . .£20,986,261 £41,151,355 
 
 ,. 20,976,622.... 40,499,578 
 .. 21,575,060.... 41,651,707 
 .. 25,389,043.... 42,112,275 
 
 Trade and Commerce. — At the ports of Dantzig and 
 Stettin the imports and exports in 1863-4, are stated as 
 follows : — 
 
 Imports. 
 1863. 1864. 
 
 Exports. 
 1863. 1864. 
 
 Dantzig £775,588. 
 
 Stettin 7,053,432. 
 
 . . £609,602 I £8,501,584. . . .£2,481,633 
 . . 3,398,810 I 3,968,206 1,957,509 
 
 The number and nature of the mines in Prussia, with the 
 amount of their produce in the j'ear 1863, the number of 
 miners employed in the working of them, together with that 
 of their families, are thus stated: — 
 
 The states of South Germany, viz. 
 Bavaria, Wurtemburg, Baden, the part 
 of Grand-ducal Hesse S. of the Main, and 
 Lichtenstein, are at liberty to enter into 
 a national alliance with the North Ger- 
 man Confederation, with an independent 
 existence. 
 
 The constitution of the northern con- 
 federacy was laid down by a treaty, rati- 
 fied by all the members of it at Berlin, in 
 September, 1866, and is based upon the 
 following principal terms: — 'The se- 
 veral governments enter into a mutu- 
 ally defensive and offensive alliance, 
 for the preservation of their integrity and independence; 
 the objects of this alliance are to be insured by certain 
 fundamental principles laid down by Prussia, and with the 
 co-operation of a national parliament, to be convened 
 jointly by the allied powers.- The military forces of the 
 allied governments are placed under the supreme command of 
 the King of Prussia, and their several services in time of war 
 shall be regulated by special agreement.' By the law for the 
 election of representatives for the North German parliament, 
 passed by the Chamber of Deputies and the Upper House of 
 Prussia, in September, 1866, 'every man blameless in the 
 sight of the law, who is a citizen, and of the age of twenty- 
 five years, is to have a vote. One deputy is to be elected for 
 every 100,000 of the population, and any surplus of 50,000 
 or more is to be reckoned equal to 100,000; the voting is to 
 be in public, and eveiy vote is to be given personally, by 
 means of a voting card without signature, inclosed in an en- 
 velope, and placed in an urn; and the election is to be decided 
 by the absolute majority of votes.' 
 
 As the Prussian constitution will not come into operation 
 in the incorporated territories until October 1, 1867, and as 
 no statistics of the kingdom in its enlarged condition can be 
 furnished collectively for some time, the following informa- 
 tion will be applicable to it only in its previous form ; the 
 latest particulars relating to the several subjected territories 
 being given under their respective heads. The population, 
 then, of the several provinces of Prussia, as it was before the 
 war of 1866, together with the principal religious divisions, 
 was as follows, on December 3, 1864: — 
 
 Principal Mines. 
 
 No. of 
 Mines. 
 
 Produce. 
 
 Miners. 
 
 Quantity. 
 
 Value at place. 
 
 No. em- 
 ployed. 
 
 No. of their 
 families. 
 
 Coal 
 
 Peat 
 
 409 
 453 
 790 
 
 61 
 142 
 
 66 
 
 Centner. 
 286,091,502 
 80,524,076 
 27,410,048 
 5,712,273 
 1,133,403 
 2,569,651 
 
 Thalers. 
 23,361,065 
 3,647,151 
 2,500,549 
 1,681,642 
 2,728,445 
 868,489 
 
 71,592 
 11,715 
 15,150 
 10,060 
 10,594 
 5,082 
 
 128,908 
 25,244 
 27,369 
 14,016 
 16,206 
 ■ 9,006 
 
 Zinc 
 
 Lead 
 
 Copper 
 
 Total of principal and ) 
 otiier mines, &c ) 
 
 2,229 
 
 404,565,209 
 
 35,128,263 
 
 126,481 
 
 225,754 
 
 The number and tonnage (in lasts) of sailing and steam 
 vessels, belonging to the ports of Prussia, on January 1, 
 1864 and 1865, were as follows: — 
 
 Ports. 
 
 Sailing. 
 
 Steam. 
 
 Total. 1 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Lasts. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Lasts. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Lasts. 
 
 Dantzig 
 
 Stettin 
 
 Stralsuud 
 
 Memel 
 
 Other Ports.. 
 
 (1865 
 Total .^ 
 
 (1864 
 
 117 
 169 
 167 
 89 
 788 
 
 32,799 
 27,165 
 21,489 
 20,773 
 80,197 
 
 13 
 
 46 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 44 
 
 601 
 
 2399 
 
 62 
 
 358 
 1465 
 
 130 
 215 
 169 
 97 
 832 
 
 33,400 
 29,564 
 21, .551 
 21,131 
 81,662 
 
 1330 
 
 182,423 
 
 113 
 
 4885 
 
 1443 
 
 187,308 
 
 1337 
 
 181,888 
 
 104 
 
 5118 
 
 1441 
 
 187,006 
 
 Provinces, &c. 
 
 Pnissia 
 
 Posen 
 
 Pomerania 
 
 Silesia 
 
 Brandenbui-g 
 
 Saxony 
 
 Westphalia 
 
 Rhine Provinces . . 
 
 Hohenzollern 
 
 Jahde 
 
 Military abroad.. . 
 
 Total 
 
 Pop. 1864. 
 
 3,014,595 
 1,523,729 
 1,437,375 
 3,510,706 
 2,616,583 
 2,043,975 
 1,666,581 
 3,346,195 
 
 64,958 
 1,573 
 
 28,869 
 
 19,255,139 
 
 2,111,012 
 
 487,404 
 
 1,385,330 
 
 1,686,818 
 
 2,458,608 
 
 1,875,771 
 
 733,584 
 
 801,702 
 
 1,228 
 
 1,333 
 
 11,542,790 
 
 809,232 
 
 946,469 
 
 12,763 
 
 1,736,640 
 
 56,186 
 
 128,253 
 
 900,273 
 
 2,463,332 
 
 62,561 
 
 111 
 
 r,115,820 
 
 Greek 
 Chui'ch and 
 other sects. 
 
 21,073 
 2,128 
 7,420 
 6,832 
 4,379 
 4,678 
 1,278 
 6,100 
 
 53,895 
 
 Of the total population the military altogether numbered 279,421 
 
 PRUSSONOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 16 m. S.W. Neutitschin; with a Protestant and a 
 R. Catholic church, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 PRZEMISLOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and about 14 m. W.S.W. Olmiitz, pleasantly situated, 
 has an ancient parish church, and contains 1200 inhabitants. 
 PKZEMYSL [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 cap. circle of same name, 53 m. W.S.W. Lemberg, on both 
 banks of the San, here crossed by a long bridge, the oldest in 
 Galicia. It is the seat of several important public offices, 
 and the see of a K. Catholic and a Greek United bishop, and 
 has several fine Gothic churches, particularly the E. Catholic 
 cathedral, adorned with fine paintings and ancient war 
 trophies; an ecclesiastical seminary, an 
 upper gymnasium, and a high -school, a 
 convent of Minorites, founded in 1254, 
 Benedictine and Franciscan monasteries, 
 a civil hospital, and an institute for the 
 poor. The manufactures consist chiefly of 
 linen, leather, and various articles in wood. 
 On a neighbouring height are the ruins of 
 a castle, in which the independent princes 
 of Przemysl were wont to reside. The 
 town was founded by Casimir the Great in 
 986, was pillaged by Eoleslaus the Great 
 in 1018, and soon after passed to the Rus- 
 sians, but was restored to Poland by Eo- 
 leslaus the Bold in 1070. Pop. 9806. 
 PRZIBISLAU, a tn. Austrian empire, 
 
 39,574 
 69,883 
 13,066 
 42,920 
 35,962 
 5,869 
 16,857 
 35,663 
 
 260,742 
 
PRZIBRAM 
 
 140 
 
 PUNA 
 
 Bohemia, circle and 26 m. S.S.E. Czaslau, cap. dist. of same 
 name; with a parish church, a castle, a townhouse, an hos- 
 pital, a brewery, manufactures of fustian and other articles, 
 and 2330 inhabitants. 
 
 PRZIBRAM [add.], a mining tn. Austrian empire, Bo- 
 hemia, circle and 32 m. S.S.W. Prague, on a stream of same 
 name. It is an open town, with neither walls nor suburbs, 
 and has several important offices connected with mining, a 
 deanery church, and other deanery buildings, with two con- 
 spicuous towers; a townhouse, mining and other schools, and 
 an archbishop's palace in a dilapidated condition. The mines, 
 which are wrought on the Birkenberg in the vicinity, yield 
 silver and lead, and are very productive. Pop. 7700. 
 
 PUBNA, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 
 23° 34' and 24° 36' N.; Ion. 88° 55' and 89° 48' E.; is bounded 
 N. by Bogra or Bagura, N.E. Mymensing, S.E. Dacca Jelal- 
 pore, S. Jessore, and W. and N. W. Nuddea and Eajeshahye; 
 area, 2606 sq. m. A large part of the surface is occupied by 
 water, in the form either of jheels or watercourses, which 
 intersect it in all directions. The soil is in general of the 
 richest description, and nothing can be more beautiful than 
 the rural scene which presents itself to the eye of the traveller 
 as he passes along one of its navigable streams, and beholds 
 its fields of green corn, its natural meadows covered with 
 cattle, and its plantations of cotton, sugar, and pawn, backed 
 with magnificent peipul, banyan, bamboo, and cocoa trees. 
 Pop. 600,000. — PuBNA, the capital, situated 110 m. N.E. 
 Calcutta, on a stream of same name, an offset of the Podda, 
 or great E. branch of the Ganges, is an insignificant place. 
 
 PUCHBUDKA, a tn. India, Eajpootana, state and 60 m. 
 "S.W. Joodpoor, stands in a fertile but partially cultivated 
 country, and contains about 5000 inhabitants, who are chiefly 
 employed in the manufacture of coarse cloth, or in the salt- 
 works, which derive tlieir supply from extensive salt marshes 
 situated about 3 m. to the S. The revenue derived by the 
 rajah of Joodpoor from his salt monopoly is specially allocated 
 to the maintenance of his zenana. 
 
 PUDROWNAN, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 36 m. E. Goruckpore, stands in a beautiful and well-wooded 
 district, and consists of a few tiled houses of two stories, with 
 a far greater number of wretched huts. Pop. about 3000. 
 
 PUEBLA (La), de los Angeles, or La Puebla [add.], 
 a city, Mexico, cap. prov. of same name; lat. 19° 5' N.; Ion. 98° 
 W.; 75 m. E.S.E. of Mexico, on the Tlascala or Papagallo, 
 in a fertile, extensive, and populous plateau of the Mexican 
 Cordilleras, 7500 ft. above sea-level. The climate is genial, 
 dry, and salubrious; the soil of the surrounding country 
 exceedingly fertile and prolific, needing but little cultivation. 
 Streams, descending from the neighbouring mountains, irri- 
 gate the entire plain, and also supply the inhabitants of 
 La Puebla with an abundance of excellent water. Puebla is 
 the third city in Mexico in point of size, and only — if at all — 
 inferior to the capital in the regularity of its streets, the 
 handsome appearance of its houses, the wealth of its depots, 
 and the splendour of its ecclesiastical edifices. The principal 
 streets run due E. and W., crossed by others from N. to S., 
 thus forming square blocks of houses, locally called manzanas. 
 They are broad and well kept, and the pavement, being com- 
 posed of vari-coloured stones of different sizes, artificially 
 disposed so as to form lozenge-shaped figures, present a 
 curious and attractive spectacle. The houses are usually 
 three stories high, having flat roofs, and covered galleries 
 open at the side running round an interior court or quad- 
 rangle. The principal square is the Plaza Mayor, which con- 
 tains, on opposite sides, the cathedral and the government 
 palace, as well as the exchange, an extensive building com- 
 pleted in 1700. The principal market is held in this square. 
 The sixty churches of Puebla are profusely adorned with 
 sculptures and paintings, carvings, and ornaments of gold and 
 silver. A similar magnificence distinguishes the nine monas- 
 teries and thirteen nunneries which the city contains. The 
 church and monastery of San Domingo may be cited as an 
 example. The high altar is wholly composed of silver, and 
 two dogs of the same metal, life size, are mounted on either 
 side on pedestals of silver and gold. The sacristy is enriched 
 with colours, gilding, and carved work. In the centre stands 
 the tabernacle, 30 ft. high, consisting of marble and the pre- 
 cious metals. The balustrades are of solid silver, and the 
 cloister-walls glow with richly painted representations of the 
 
 miracles of the Saviour. A peculiar and well -endowed 
 foundation is attached to the church of San Felipe Keri. 
 Persons of either sex desirous of preparing themselves for 
 the sacraments, or devoting themselves to religious exercises, 
 are received therein, and maintained for eight days without 
 charge. Other noticeable buildings are the bishop's palace, 
 containing a library of several thousand vols.; the mint, the 
 theatre, and the hospital. There are also twenty-one col- 
 legiate houses or higher theological schools, besides numerous 
 educational establishments for children of either sex. As 
 the principal town between the seaport of Vera Cruz and 
 Mexico the capital, Puebla enjoys an extensive trade. Its 
 manufactures are certain tissues converted into scarfs and 
 shawls, confectionery, porcelain, and a red pottery distin- 
 guished by the elegance of its forms, glass, earthenware, hides, 
 and soap. In the environs there is a quarry of beautiful 
 alabaster, which, when sawn into thin plates, becomes so 
 transparent, that several monasteries have employed it as a 
 substitute for glass. During the French invasion of Mexico 
 it acquired considerable notoriety from the resistance it 
 offered, for two months, to the French arms [May, 1863]. 
 Pop. 71,63L 
 
 PUGWASH, a vil. British America, Nova Scotia, co. 
 Cumberland, on the N.W. coast, near the mouth of a river 
 in a bay of same name in Northumberland Strait. It is well 
 situated, the river expanding into a small lake with islands 
 and promontories, forming scenery of considerable beauty, 
 and contains a small wooden English church. The harbour, 
 which stands at the head of the bay, is small, and somewhat 
 difficult of access, but is quite secure, and has depth enough 
 for any vessel able to cross the bar, on which there is 14 ft. 
 at low- water in ordinary spring- tides. A great deal of lumber 
 used to be shipped here, but the supply has become deficient. 
 In the vicinity are quarries of limestone, which, though unfit 
 for building, is extensively worked for agricultural purposes, 
 supplying lime to Prince Edward Island, as well as the 
 neighbouring country. 
 
 PUL, a tn. Russian empire, E. Siberia, on the Amoor, 
 about 100 m. below Mariensk, and about 150 m. above its 
 mouth; lat. 52° 30' N.; Ion. 140° 20' E, It has acquired some 
 celebrity as the place where the hunters and traders assemble 
 from all quarters at stated seasons. Tunguz hunters from the 
 Zeyaand Yablonoi bring the produce of their rifles; Gilyaks, 
 from the shores of the Sea of Okhotsk, come with furs ; and 
 the Mangoons and Goldi with skins from the Usuri and 
 Gorena. Here tliey are met by Manchoor merchants with 
 wares from China, and even by the Japanese, and an import- 
 ant barter takes place. 
 
 PULICAT, a tn. India, presid. and 22 m. N, Madras, at 
 the S. extremity of one of the islands lying at the entrance of 
 the lake or lagoon of Pulicat. It once belonged to the Dutch, 
 who established an important factory here in 1609. It is now 
 a decayed place. The lagoon appears to have originated in 
 a breach made by the sea through a low sandy beach, and the 
 consequent flooding of the adjoining lands. It is nearly 
 50 m. long from N. to S., and varies in width from 2 to 11 m. 
 The tide has a free entrance, and the water is consequently 
 brackish. A canal, about 14 m. long, excavated between 
 Madras and a narrow breakwater which stretches S. from 
 the lake, gives a continuous navigation, and greatly facilitates 
 the importation of charcoal, firewood, vegetables, and other 
 articles of daily consumption, to the Madras markets. 
 
 PULLICONDAH, or Palicokda, a tn. India, presid. 
 and 120 m. W.S.W. Madras, at the base of a lofty hill of 
 syenite, near r. bank Palar. It is the chief town of the 
 Vellore talook; and contains two pagodas, one handsome, and 
 the other, in front of it, supported by four lofty pillars. 
 
 PULUQUT, an isl. S. America, off the coast of Chili, 
 the largest of those which lie between the Chaco Narrows 
 and Eeloncavi Sound, about lat. 41° 30' S.; Ion. 72° 58' W., 
 is 7 m. long, is thickly wooded, and rises gradually from its 
 S. point to a ridge which is about 300 feet high, and traverses 
 the island from N. to S, With Cullen, which is opposite to 
 it, and only 2 m. distant, it forms the entrance to Keloncavi 
 Sound, which stretches N. for 20 m., and is about 12 m. across 
 from E. to W. 
 
 PUNA, a tn. S. America, Bolivia, prov. and 55 m. S.S. W. 
 Chuquisaca, near one of the sources of the Pilcomayo. It is 
 of very pleasing appearance, and ha-s a good ^Zaaa and church. 
 
PLTNGO-ANDONGO 
 
 141 
 
 PUTTIALAH 
 
 and a number of shops well supplied with fruits and other 
 necessaries or luxuries. The Indians of the district are in- 
 dustrious, and with very imperfect tools manufacture large 
 quantities oi earthenware. 
 
 PUNGO-ANDONGO, a fort, W. Africa, Portuguese 
 Settlements, prov. Angola, 170 m. S.E. Loanda; lat. 9° 42' 14" 
 S.; Ion. 15° 30' E, It stands amid a group of curious 
 columnar-shaped rocks, each upwards of 300 ft. high, com- 
 posed of a conglomerate of a great variety of rounded pieces 
 in a matrix of dark red sandstone. Several streams run 
 among the rocks, and nearly in the centre stands the village, 
 so completely environed that a handful of men could hold it 
 against an army. It was long the stronghold of the Jinga, 
 the original possessors of the country, who now live in inde- 
 pendence at some distance to the N. In former times Pungo- 
 Andongo was considered so unhealthy that banishment to its 
 black rocks was the punishment inflicted when the judges 
 meant the sentence to be particularly severe. It is now as- 
 certained to be the most healthy part of Angola. 
 
 PUNIAR, a tn. India, Scindia's Dominions, 12 m. S.W. 
 Gwalior, remarkable as the scene of a victory gained by the 
 British, on 29th Dec. 1843, the very same day when a still 
 more important victory was gained at Maharajpore. The 
 result was to place the court and interests of Gwalior entirely 
 at the mercy of the British government. 
 
 PUNNAGHUK, a tn. India, Saugor and Nerbudda 
 territory, 190 m. S.S.W. Allahabad. It is an ancient place, 
 containing a great number of Hindoo temples, and, among 
 other striking objects, is a curiously sculptured bull, placed 
 on a lofty stone altar; but is very poorly built, most of the 
 dwelling-houses being merely composed of mats coated with 
 mud. 
 
 PUNNAH, a tn. India, Bundelcund, cap. territory of 
 same name, 117 m. S.W. Allahabad. It stands on the N.E. 
 slope of a barren range of hills, close to a very extensive jheel, 
 formed by embanking the extremity of a deep valley, and 
 though now in ruins, was once a well-built place, most of the 
 houses being constructed of squared sandstone, and covered 
 with tiles. The streets, with a pathway of large flags in 
 their centre, are well formed and commodious, but many of 
 them are tenanted only by monkeys, which are seen seated on 
 the roofs or at the windows. The principal buildings are the 
 rajah's palace, a large and beautiful, but dilapidated struc- 
 ture, embellished externally with numerous carvings, and 
 surmounted by lofty and elegant kiosks; several Hindoo tem- 
 ples, in a mixed style of architecture, partly Saracenic; and a 
 number of mausoleums, many of them of striking appearance. 
 Punnah derived its prosperity from its diamond mines, con- 
 sisting of a seam of ferruginous gravel and reddish clay, in 
 which, after careful washing, the diamonds are found. They 
 are still worked, but not to much profit, as the stones are not 
 only rare, but small, and of indifferent quality. — The ter- 
 ritory, situated between lat. 23° 52' and 25° 5' N.; Ion. 79° 
 50' and 80° 45' E., has an area of 688 sq. m., a revenue of 
 £80,000, and a pop. of 67,000. 
 
 PUNTENANG, a tn. Independent Cambodia, on the 
 r. bank of the Oodung, a little below the point where it issues 
 from Smith's Lake, and about 30 m. above the town of Oodung. 
 It is a large place, celebrated for its pottery, with which it 
 supplies the whole country. 
 
 PUUIFICACION, or Viixa de la Purificacion, a tn. 
 Mexico, state Jalisco, 122 m. S.W. Guadalaxara, at the 
 foot of the W. slope of a mountain range, on a small stream 
 which flows S. to the Pacific. Pop. 4000. 
 
 PURKERSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 on the Vienna and the W. railway, 7 m. W. Vienna, is the seat 
 of several important public offices, and has an ancient castle, 
 and a trade in the fruit of the district. Pop. 1 100. 
 
 PURNEAH, a dist. India, presid. Bengal, between lat. 
 25° 9' and 26° 37' N.; Ion. 86° 48' and 88° 23' E., is bounded 
 N. by Nepaul and Sikhim, E. Dinagepore, S. Maldah and 
 Bhagulpore,and W.Bhagulpore; length, N.E. to S. W., 117 m.; 
 breadth, 105 m; area, 5878 sq. m. It is covered for the most 
 part with an alluvium so deep that the calcareous rock lying 
 beneath it appears above the surface only at a single spot, and 
 so low and level that nearly a half of the whole surface is annu- 
 ally inundated. Owing to this flooding, the soil, particularly 
 along the banks of rivers, differs much from year to year ac- 
 cording to the kinds of deposit left upon it, what was fertile 
 
 in one season becoming converted in the next into an almost 
 barren sand, and vice versa. The drainage is carried to the 
 Ganges directly, or by its affluents, of which the principal 
 are the Cosy with its tributary Gogaree, and the Mahanunda. 
 Among wild animals, none are so numerous and noxious as 
 snakes, by whose bites it has been calculated that upwards of 
 100 persons and a great number of cattle annually perish. 
 The most valuable domestic animals are buffaloes, kine, goats, 
 and sheep. The staple crop is rice; next to it are maize, 
 millet, wheat, pulse, and oil-seeds. Tobacco and indigo, par- 
 ticularly the latter, are the most important commercial crops. 
 The manufactures, greatly declined from what they once were, 
 consist chiefly of coarse woollen, cotton, and silk goods, and 
 some articles in metal. The only external commerce is with 
 Nepaul. Pop. 1,600,000. 
 
 PURNEAH, cap. of the above dist., 230 m. N. by W. 
 Calcutta, consists of the town proper, and a series of strag- 
 gling suburbs. The town incloses a space of about 3 m. sq., 
 much of it however occupied by plantations, gardens, and 
 open places. The best part, situated on the 1. bank of the 
 Little Cosy, consists of three parallel streets, one of them 
 about I m. long, wide, tolerably straight, and lined with 
 houses which are generally well built and tiled. Among the 
 inhabitants, estimated at nearly 50,000, are a number of 
 wealthy capitalists engaged in banking. 
 
 PURROOAH, or Parrda, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 
 dist. Maldah, 180 m. N. by W, Calcutta. It is an ancient 
 place, now nearly covered with ruins, the extent and character 
 of which attest its former grandeur. The principal street, 
 which may still be traced in a direction from N. to S.for 6 m., 
 contains numerous buildings, most of them constructed of 
 materials drawn from the still more ancient and extensive 
 city of Gaur, situated about 12 m. farther S., and long the 
 capital of Bengal. Among the more perfect structures still 
 existing are the Adinah mosque, an immense pile surrounded 
 by colonnades, and surmounted by numerous domes; and the 
 Golden Mosque. 
 
 PURTABGURH, two petty territories and tns. India:— 
 1, A TERRITORY, Rajpootana, between lat. 23° 14' and 24° 
 14' N.; Ion. 74° 27' and 75° E., bounded N. and N.W. by 
 Mewar or Oodeypoor, E. Mundisore, Jowra, and Rutlam, and 
 S. and S.W. Banswara; area, 1457 sq. m.; revenue, £17,500; 
 pop. 145,700. — The town, capital of the above, 95 m. N.W. 
 Oojein, is a place of considerable size, but contains nothing 
 
 particularly deserving of notice. 2, A territory, Oude, 
 
 lying between lat. 25° 40' and 26° 15' N.; Ion. 81° 40' and 
 82° 5' E., and bounded N.E. by Sultanpoor, E. Joonpoor, S. 
 Allahabad, and W. Ahladgaiij and Salon; length, N.E. 
 to S.W., 45 m.; breadth, 20 m. — The town, cap. of the 
 above dist., 32 m. N. Allahabad, occupies a rather elevated 
 site in a sandy district, and is surrounded by a mud wall, and 
 defended by a fort, both in a dilapidated state. The inhabi- 
 tants, almost all cultivators, are estimated at 10,000. 
 
 PUSILAVVA, a dist. Ceylon, Central province, about 
 15 m. S. Kandy. It is by far the largest and most produc- 
 tive coffee district of the island, having 6900 acres under 
 cultivation, and yielding on an average of two years (1855, 
 1856) 40,000 cwt. of coffee. The number of coolies required 
 as Labourers in crop time is 10,000. The district consists 
 chiefly of a valley, overhung on its S.E. side by a chain of 
 wooded hills. Of these, Moonera-galla, or the " Peacock 
 Rock," rises to the height of 4000 feet above the sea, com- 
 mands a prospect of almost unrivalled beauty and magnifi- 
 cence, embracing, far and wide, mountains, forests, rivens, 
 cataracts, and plains. The plantations extend up its sides to 
 its very summit. The tea-plant has been tried, and found to 
 thrive amazingly, but the want of skilled labour has hitherto 
 been an insuperable obstacle to any regular attempt to culti- 
 vate it. 
 
 PUTNA, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Bukowina, dist. 
 and S.S.W. Czernowitz. It contains a Basilian monastery, 
 founded by the Moldavian prince Stephan the Great, in 1466, 
 and possessing several interesting tombs of the Dragomir 
 house. In the vicinity there is a cavern, apparently artificial, 
 and once occupied by a hermit, who was much consulted 
 during the war which was carried on by the Moldavians 
 against the Turks. 
 
 PUTTIALAH, a native state, India, Sirhind, forming 
 one of the Cis-Sutlej protected states, has an area of 4448 sq. m. 
 
PUTTIALAH 
 
 142 
 
 QUEENSLAND 
 
 It is the largest and most fertile teritory in Sirhind, and ex- 
 ports large quantities of grain across the Sutlej to Umritsir 
 and Lahore. The present rajah distinguished himself greatly 
 during the mutiny, by his fidelity under trying circumstances, 
 and important services both in furnishing troops and keeping 
 open the communication between the Punjab and the besieg- 
 ing force at Delhi. Pop. 662,752. 
 
 PUTTIALAH, cap. of above territory, 125 m. N.N. W. 
 Delhi, is a neat, clean, and compact place, built chiefly of 
 brick, densely peopled, and containing the rajah's residence, 
 and a small fort of no great strength. 
 
 PUTTUN, or Anuulwae Pattan, a tn. India, Gujerat, 
 on the Saraswati, 63 m. N.W. Ahmedabad. It stands close to 
 the ruins of the ancient city of Anhulwara, whose vails, in 
 the form of an irregular trapezium, about 5 m. in circuit, can 
 still be traced, and is surrounded by a wall, the lower part of 
 which, composed of materials drawn from the ruins, contains 
 
 many fragments of palaces, temples, and fountains, while the 
 upper part is merely a flimsy rampart of brick. The inhabi- 
 tants, about 30,000, have manufactures of silk and cotton 
 goods, fine pottery, and sword cutlery. 
 
 PYHRA, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 30 m. 
 W.S.W. Vienna; with a gypsum and several saw mills, and 
 a considerable trade in wood. Pop. 2240. 
 
 PYRGOS, or Lutkini, a tn. Greece, Morea, nomarch 
 Achaia and Elis, a little N. of the mouth of the Eufia in the 
 Gulf of Arcadia. Before it was ruined by the Turks in 1825 
 it was the finest town in the Morea, and contained 10,000 
 inhabitants. At present their number docs not exceed 1000, 
 and their chief employments are fishing, cultivating the vine, 
 and carrying on an active trade with the Ionian Islands. 
 
 PYIIGOS, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, on the island 
 of Teno; with a civil court, two parish schools, a harbour, and 
 a pop. of 5800. 
 
 Q. 
 
 QUAICHOW, or Koei-choo-foo, a tn. China, not far 
 from the E. frontiers of Sechuen, 1. bank Yang-tze-kiang, 
 about 1200 m. W.N.W. Shanghai, and 85 m. from Ichang. 
 It seems to have no trade, and only a few boats are at anchor 
 in its vicinity. The river is here encumbered by rapids, and 
 runs with a very strong current; the navigation is however 
 effected by native boats, 120 feet long by 15 broad, and 
 drawing not more than 3 feet water. 
 
 QUALISCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 28 m. N.E. Gitschin; with limekilns, stone-quarries, coal 
 mines, and 1 1 00 inhabitants. 
 
 QUANGA, a tn. W. Africa, situated in a mountainous 
 region, forming part of the Kong Mountains, 287 m. N.E. 
 Monrovia, in Liberia. It is surrounded by walls a mile and 
 a half in circuit, and has five gates, with roads leading from 
 them to the principal towns of the surrounding districts. 
 Besides fine cattle, sheep, and goats in abundance, horses, 
 which are said not to live in Liberia, appear to thrive well, 
 and form an article of trade. Sierra Leone English is under- 
 stood by some of the inhabitants, who are in general extremely 
 industrious, and besides raising crops of rice and corn, weave 
 cotton cloth, and work in iron and other metals. 
 
 QUAPPELLE LAKES, British America, situated in 
 the valley, and reallj' expansions of the river, of same name, 
 are eight in number, and form a chain of long narrow troughs, 
 stretching from W. to E., with depths varying from a few 
 feet to eleven fathoms. The most westerly, situated at what 
 is called the Height of Land, from occupying the highest 
 level, may be considered to belong equally to the Qu'appelle 
 and the Saskatchewan, since the valleys of the two rivers 
 here unite, and the water issuing from its two extremities 
 take opposite directions, that from the W. extremity flowing 
 W. to the S. branch of the Saskatchewan, and that from the 
 E. extremity flowing E., and forming the true source of the 
 Qu'appelle Kiver. Proceeding E. along the deep narrow 
 trough which the river has excavated to the depth of 250 ft. 
 below the general level of the surrounding prairie, we arrive 
 in succession at Sand-hill Lake, containing brackish water; 
 Buffalo Pound-hill Lake, 16 m. long, and so called from the 
 number of bufialoes taken in its vicinity; Long or Last 
 Mountain Lake, formed by an expansion of an affluent of the 
 Qu'appelle, and lying from N. to S., nearly at right angles to 
 the ordinary direction: and a nearly contiguous series of four 
 lakes, to which, from the number of fish caught in them, the 
 name of Fishing Lakes has been given. They have an 
 aggregate length of 22 m., and an average mean depth of 
 40 ft. Between the two most westerly, which are contiguous, 
 and the two most easterly, a space of about 2 m. in length 
 intervenes, and is traversed by a rapid stream. On this 
 stream stands the Qu'appelle mission, which belongs to the 
 Church of England, and was established only in 1858, though 
 
 a catechist had been labouring in the locality several years 
 before. It is finely situated, having on the S. a vast level 
 prairie, fertile but treeless, on the N. a country studded with 
 groves of aspen, and on the W. and E. the four lakes, fringed 
 with belts of timber, among which are seen ancient elms, 
 with long drooping branches bending over their waters, and 
 ash-leaved maples loaded with the most luscious fruit. 
 
 QU'APPELLE or Calling Eiver, British America, 
 the most important affluent of the Assiniboine, issues from a 
 series of lakes of same name, in the country occupied by the 
 Plain Cree Indians, about lat. 50° 45' N.; Ion. 106° W., 
 flows circuitously E., and after a course of about 270 m., 
 joins the Assiniboine on its r. bank at Fort Ellice. At the 
 Qu'appelle Mission, in Ion. 1 04°, 119 m. from tlie Assiniboine, 
 the river is 48 ft. wide, and 6 ft. deep in the channel, and has 
 a current of 1 m. an hour. Here, too, its valley is 1 J m. 
 broad, and 250 ft. below the level of the prairie, which 
 stretches N. and S. from its abrupt edges as far as the eye 
 can reach. At its mouth the stream is 88 ft. broad and 12 ft. 
 deep, and has a current of 1 J m. an hour. Its valley, which 
 joins that of the S. branch of the Saskatchewan, has a total 
 "length of 269 m. 
 
 QUEEN CHARLOTTE, a sound, New Zealand, in the 
 N. of Middle Island or Munster, in Cook Strait. It is 
 formed on the S. by Cape Koamoroo, which has a cone- 
 shaped hummock at its extremity, and on the S. by Cape 
 Jackson, a long elbow-shaped point, and runs first S.S.W. 
 for 14 m., and then S.W. by W. for 11 m. to its head; its 
 only drawback as an anchorage is its inconvenient depth, 
 var^'ing from 20 to 25 fathoms. It is indented on either 
 side by numerous bays, which, like itself, are secure, and 
 singularly free from dangers. The land is high, and in general 
 thickly wooded to the water's edge, rising on the N. side 
 1500 ft. to 2000 ft., and on the S. side, in Mounts Robertson 
 and Treble, to 3000 ft. 
 
 QUEENSLAND, a British colony, erected in 1859, and 
 comprehending the whole of the N.E. portion of Australia; 
 lies between lat. 11° and 29° S.; Ion. 141° and 153° 40' E.; 
 and is bounded S. by New South Wales ; W. by South Aus- 
 tralia, and the large unsettled district called Stuart's Land, 
 extending N. from this colony to the Gulf of Carpentaria; 
 N.AV. by this gulf; N. by Torres Strait; N.E. by the Coral 
 Sea; and E. by the S. Pacific. In addition to the mainland, 
 all the adjacent islands are included in the colony, which has 
 an area of 678,600 sq. m., nearly four times that of France, 
 and twice that of Canada at the present time. Exclusive of 
 the outlying stations of enterprising stock and sheep farmers, 
 which are rapidly extending in number, the actual settlement 
 has extended over an area at least three times as large as the 
 United Kingdom. Brisbane is the capital. The capabilities 
 of Queensland have been rapidly developed by its erection 
 
QUEENSLAND 
 
 143 
 
 QUILLOTA 
 
 into an independent colony. Towards the W., indeed, a large 
 portion of the surface is included in the region which is known 
 by the name of the 'stony desert,' and which, though proved 
 by recent explorations to be by no means so hopelessly barren 
 as was at one time supposed, presents comparatively few 
 attractions to the settler. Toward the E., however, and for 
 a long stretch along the coast, this forbidding character en- 
 tirely disappears, and boundless plains admirably adapted 
 for sheep-walks, and lofty ranges of hills generally well 
 wooded and intersected by fertile valleys, form the general 
 characteristics of the country. Along the coast, and among 
 the numberless islands which skirt it, are tracts on which 
 cotton of excellent quality, and in almost unlimited quantity, 
 may be grown. The coast-line presents features of greater 
 interest than any other portion of the Australian continent. 
 The interior is chiefly composed of a succession of alternate 
 flats and ridges, well covered with grass and finely timbered, 
 or spreading into extensive plains of luxuriant herbage. 
 About 60 or 70 m. from the shore, mountain ranges run 
 parallel to the coast-line, with spurs extending in the direc- 
 tion of the sea. They add an agreeable variety to the aspect 
 of the country, and originate a series of rivers and streams, 
 some of which are broad and navigable for a considerable dis- 
 tance inland. Along their banks the best alluvial soil is 
 found ; it is excellently grassed, and often heavily covered 
 with timber. Most of the rivers have a bar at the entrance, 
 but there is little doubt that these obstructions can be easily 
 removed by dredging. The coast is indented with many 
 noble bays, having capacious natural harbours, which already 
 liave been brought into practical use as the outlets for tlie 
 produce of the adjacent districts, and in time will become the 
 seats of a vast coasting and foreign commerce. Moreton 
 Bay, at the head of which Brisbane, the capital of the colony, 
 is situated, is about 60 m. long and 20 wide; the soil on its 
 banks is rich, and admirably adapted for agriculture. The 
 bay is dotted with islands, whilst five navigable rivers empty 
 themselves into it — tlie Brisbane, the Arrowsmith, the Logan, 
 tlie Pine, and the Caboolture. The bar at the mouth of the 
 lirisbane is rapidly being removed by dredging, and when 
 this obstruction is done away, the river will afford a capacious 
 harbour, with many miles of natural wharfage for vessels of 
 any ordinary tonnage. The other chief estuaries are Keppel 
 Bay, liervey's Bay, Port Curtis, Port Bowen, Port Denison, 
 liockingham Bay, and others. These ports afford easy access 
 to the interior, and thus diminish the cost of carriage and 
 shipment. Beyond the range of mountains, the watershed 
 of the eastern coast-land, the country and climate assume a 
 different character; and the higher elevation renders the 
 temperature much cooler than in the low lands in the same 
 latitude. These table-lands spread over an immense extent of 
 country, commencing about the 28th parallel, and extending 
 for several hundreds of miles in a succession of magnificent 
 downs, covered with nutritious herbage, and well supplied 
 with water. First come the Darling Downs, then succeed 
 the Calvert Plains, Fitzroy Downs, Mantuan Downs, and the 
 rich pastoral country of the Dawson, the Peak Downs, and 
 tlie fine grassy plains of the Burdekin, extending away north- 
 ward and eastward towards the Plains of Promise, which 
 stretch along the shores of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Besides 
 its internal resources the geographical position of the colony 
 ftirnishes it with great facilities for entering the leading ocean 
 thoroughfares, and carrying on an extensive foreign trade. 
 The climate is generally healthy, though the thermometer 
 has a great range ; and it appeai-s to be exempt from the hot 
 winds of other parts of Australia. Sheep as well as cattle 
 are found to thrive well up to lat. 18° S., and besides the rich 
 grass, they feed upon the salt-bush, native leeks, carrots, and 
 cucumbers. The number of cattle in the colony in 1864 was 
 882,073, and of sheep 5,665,334. Cotton is cultivated, and 
 to the list of staple products sugar and tobacco have been 
 added. Wool is the chief article of export, the value of that 
 sent to the United Kingdom in 1863 was £225,775, and in 
 1864 £324,348. Agriculture is not largely followed, owing 
 to the high cost of labour, and the difficulty of conveying the 
 produce to market ; hence it is found better to import agri- 
 cultural products than to grow them. In 1864, 12,006 acres 
 were under cultivation. Live-stock and its produce are the 
 most profitable interest of the colony. But as facilities for 
 commerce are extended the resources of the colony will also 
 
 be developed. A line of ports has been opened along the 
 E. coast from Keppel Bay to Cape York, a distance of 1000 m. 
 Port Burkstown on the Albert River, so named after the un- 
 fortunate traveller, had 300 inhabitants in 1864; Bowen, 
 cap. of Port Denison, had a pop. of 1000; Rockhampton, 
 on the Fitzroy River, had between 5000 and 6000; and 
 Somerset, near Cape York, in lat. 11° S., recently founded, 
 promises to be completely successful. The following table 
 of the imports and exports from 1860 to 1865 shows that in 
 the six years the total commerce of the colony had been in- 
 creased nearly threefold : — 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1S60 £742,023 £523,476 
 
 1861 967,950 709,598 
 
 1862 1,323,509 748,519 
 
 1863 1,713,263 888,381 
 
 1864 2,267,954 1,247,054 
 
 1865 2,505,559 1,153,464 
 
 Of the exports in 1864 wool constituted £1,037,663 of the 
 amount; gold dust, £83,292; tallow, £33,009; hides and 
 skins, £24,999; cotton, £4186. To promote the growth of 
 cotton, for which many districts of the colony are specially 
 adapted, a bonus of 10 acres of land has been offered by the 
 government for every bale of Sea Island cotton weighing 
 300 lbs. In 1863, 2021 acres were planted with cotton. 
 There are several coal mines in the colony, some of which 
 are worked. Gold, also, is believed to exist in large quan- 
 tities. The public income and expenditure of Queensland 
 during the first six years of its existence are thus stated : — 
 
 1860. 
 1861. 
 1862. 
 1863. 
 1864. 
 1865. 
 
 Eerenue. Exjienditure 
 
 . £178,589 £180,103 
 
 . 238,239 299,606 
 
 . 346,431 367,317 
 
 . 390,823 404,402 
 
 . 502,456 439,034 
 
 . 631,432 617,996 
 
 The greater part of the revenue is derived from customs 
 duties (£195,540 in 1865), land sales (£110,996 in 1864), 
 and rents of public lands. The chief expenditure is upon works 
 of general utility, and for assisting emigration. The number 
 of emigrants from the United Kingdom in 1865 was 12,551, 
 of whom 1469 were conveyed at the expense of the colony. 
 The population, which numbered 24,870 in 1860, had risen 
 to 61,467 in 1864, the proportion of males to females being 
 as three to two. At the end of December, 1865, the popula- 
 tion had increased to 87,775. The aborigines number from, 
 10,000 to 15,000; they are by no means deficient in intel- 
 ligence, but unable to settle down to a permanent residence 
 or any regular occupation ; in the neighbourhood of the towns 
 or large stations they make small earnings by cutting wood, 
 drawing water, &c. Many of the men are endowed with 
 great physical strength, and their stature increases as the 
 equator is approached. 
 
 QUESNELLE, two lakes, British Columbia, 30 m. E. 
 the Eraser, in lat 52° 30' N.; Ion. 121° 30' W. One of the 
 lakes runs E. and the other E. for some distance and then 
 N.E. till it nearly meets the head-waters of Canoe River; the 
 first is estimated at 70 m. in length, the other at 100 m. 
 Gold is found, and largely worked around them. 
 
 QUILLOTA [add.], a tn. Chili, prov. and 30 m. N.E. 
 Valparaiso, cap. dep. of same name, near the S. bank of the 
 Aconagua, which here sometimes receives the name of Quil- 
 lota. It lies on a wide flat, with huge bare mountains on 
 either side, and the famous Campana or Bell Mountain in 
 the background. It sustained a shock of an earthquake in, 
 1822, but suffered less damage than some of the neighbour- 
 ing towns. Quillota, when it first becomes visible from some 
 of the heights around it, presents a very beautiful appearance. 
 First, in the foreground, are seen fine evergreen forest-trees, 
 in the mountain ravines; then green open lawns, separated 
 by small valleys, each with its rivulet; and lastly, little square 
 gardens, crowded with fruit-trees and every variety of vege- 
 tables. In the midst of all this loveliness rise the white walls 
 and steeples of the town itself. There is little or no trade; 
 and the gold-mines of the valley, long celebrated for produc- 
 tiveness, are no longer worked. It contains nearly 10,000 
 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in cultivating the luxu- 
 riant fields in the vicinity. 
 
 QUILLOTA, or Aconagua, a river, Chili, which, de- 
 
QTJILON 
 
 144 
 
 RACINE 
 
 riving its waters from the melting snows of some of tlie 
 highest peaks of the Andes, descends in two streams, each of 
 tliem watering and fertilizing the beautiful valley of its name. 
 After their junction it flows W., and falls into the Pacific, 
 in lat. 32° 55' S.; Ion. 71° 20' VV., about 10 m. N. of Val- 
 paraiso. Though it has a course, including windings, of 
 about 140 m., and is fed by so lofty sources, it never acquires 
 much volume, scarcely exceeding 50 yards in width and 
 2^ ft. in depth. It has of course no navigable importance, 
 but so fertilizes the valleys through which it passes, that they 
 are at once the most productive and the best cultivated in 
 Chili. 
 
 QUILON, KoLUM, orCoULAN [add.], atn. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. Travancore, in a bight on the Malabar coast, 
 186 m. N.W. Cape Comorin. It is said to have been founded 
 above one thousand years ago, and is a populous place, with 
 an extensive range of bazars, and several Parsee shops, well 
 supplied with articles from Bombay. The cantonment, situ- 
 ated E. of the town, contains barracks and other buildings 
 sufficient for three or four battalions of native and one of 
 European troops, a Protestant church, and several officers' 
 bungalows. On the N. of the cantonment, the British resid- 
 ency, a large and conspicuous building, occupies a command- 
 ing site. Near it is an antique pagoda. The dewan's 
 cutcherry and the appeal court were kept here till 1829, when 
 they were removed to Trivandrum; about the same time tlie 
 number of troops was reduced to one native regiment. The 
 place has thus lost some of its main sources of prosperity. 
 The chief vegetable products and articles of trade are timber, 
 cocoa-nrfts, coir, pepper, cardamoms, ginger, betel-nuts, and 
 coffee. Estimated pop. 20,000. 
 
 QUINCHAO, an isl. S. America, Chili, in the channel 
 between Chiloe on the W. and the mainland on the E. It is 
 the largest of the group, lying in the bay to the S. of Tenon 
 Point on the Chiloe shore, and is nearly 18 m. long between 
 E.S.E. and W.N.W. 
 
 QUINTO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and about 4 m. 
 N.N.W. Verona, at the entrance of Val Pantena; with a 
 church, containing fine paintings by Farinato. 
 
 QUIRIHUE, a tn. Chili, prov. Maule, cap. dep. Itata, 
 near the Cerro Coiquen, the oozing springs from which make 
 its site little better than a swamp, 180 m. S. Valparaiso. 
 Though containing only 1500 inhabitants, its houses are 
 arranged in four longitudinal and six transverse streets. 
 Its public buildings are a church and a market-house, in the 
 latter of which one of its two schools is kept. 
 
 QUISAMAS. See Kissama in Supp. 
 
 QUITO [add.], atn. S. America, the capital of Ecuador, 
 on the E. slope of Mount Pichinclia, at the height of nearly 
 10,000 ft. above sea-level, and 100 m. E. from the shores of 
 the Pacific; lat. 0° 13' 18" S.; Ion. 83° 25' W. Owing to 
 the inequalities of the ground on which it stands, there is 
 
 some want of regularity in the formation of its streets, though 
 most of them are laid out in straight lines, and intersect each 
 other at right angles, or open into squares. Most of the 
 houses are of two stories, and are built either of brick or of 
 adobe. They are all roofed with tile, and not a few have 
 ornamental fronts and iron balconies. The principal build- 
 ings are situated in the Plaza Mayor, near the centre of the 
 city, and consist of the government- house, a modern struc- 
 ture; the archbishop's palace, also modern; the cathedral, and 
 the municipality. The buildings which formerly belonged 
 to the Jesuits are considered the finest in the place. The 
 church, which has a stone front, is adorned with statues, 
 columns, and sculptures of considerable merit : the college 
 accommodates various public establishments, part being used 
 as a university, with a seminary, a museum, and a library 
 of 15,000 vols., part as a mint, and part as a guard-house, 
 with an armoury. The monastery of St. Francis has a richly 
 decorated facade, but is chiefly remarkable for the large space 
 which it covers. The monastery of San Buenaventura is 
 used partly as a public prison and partly as a police-office. 
 The only other buildings deserving of notice are the mon- 
 asteries of St. Dominic, St. Augustine, and Mercy, all of 
 them adorned with handsome stone fa9ades, and surmounted 
 by lofty towers, among which that of the last-named monas- 
 tery is most conspicuous, and contains the public bells. The 
 charitable establishments include two hospitals, one for male 
 and another for female patients, and an hospicio, or poor's- 
 house, occupying the old Kecoleta or Retreat of the Jesuits, 
 and partly used as a lunatic asylum. To the N. and S. of the 
 town are two beautiful plains, laid out in ornamental grounds 
 and gardens; and from the surrounding hills magnificent 
 panoramic views are obtained, embracing the snowy cones of 
 the volcanic mountains of Cayambi, Antisana, Cotopaxi, 
 Sincholagua, Corazon, Ilinisa, Pichinclia, and Cotocachi. 
 The valley of Chillo, situated at a short distance to the S., is 
 a delicious spot, covered with elegant villas and country- 
 seats; in the same locality are several extensive cotton fac- 
 tories; the only other manufactures of any consequence are 
 woollen goods, bricks and tiles, and straw hats. Pop. 80,000, 
 — (Villavicencio, Geoyrafia de la Itepuhlica del Ecuador.) 
 
 QUITTA, a tn. W. Africa, Slave Coast, lat. 5° 55' 6" N.; 
 Ion. 59' 55" E. It consists partly of a dilapidated fort, which 
 belonged to the Danes, till they sold it with their settlements 
 in W. Africa to Great Britain, but chiefly of a large native 
 town, occupying a narrow strip of sand on the W. side of the 
 fort, and containing a number of square inclosures and narrow 
 streets, lined with huts, which are built principally of clay, 
 and neatly thatched with long grass. Both the town and fort 
 are embosomed in a large grove of lofty cocoa-nut trees. To 
 the E. of Quitta there is a large lagoon, about 30 m. long; its 
 S. bank is mere sand, almost sterile, but its N. bank is loamy 
 and very productive. 
 
 B. 
 
 RAAB, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, circle of 
 the Inn, cap. dist. of same name, 30 m. W. by N. Linz. It 
 Jias a castle, a large brewery, and numerous looms. There 
 is a thermal spring in the vicinity. Pop. 1400. 
 
 RAAT, or Raut, a tn. India, dist. Humeerpoor, 40 m. 
 S. by W. Calpee, on a site rendered almost pestilential by 
 malaria from the tanks, swamps, and rank vegetation which 
 surround it. It is an industrious place, with a well-supplied 
 bazar, and a pop. of 8616. 
 
 RABENSBUIIG, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Lower Manhartsberg, on the Tliaya; with 1670 inhabi- 
 tants, who are of Slavonian origin, have a walk and several 
 saw mills, and carry on a considerable trade in wine and 
 cattle. 
 
 RABENSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Wienerwald, on an affluent of the Danube, 42 m. 
 
 S.W. Vienna. It has an old castle in ruins, manufactures of 
 potash, .saw-mills, sandstone quarries, and 1380 inhabitants. 
 RACINE [add.], a city, U. States, Wisconsin, cap. co. 
 Racine, is situated on the W. shore of Lake Michigan, at the 
 mouth of the Root River, 25 m. S. by E. from Milwaukee, 
 and 70 m. N. from Chicago. It is the second city in the 
 state in point of commerce and population, and has one of the 
 best harbours on the lake, formed by the mouth of the river, 
 and admitting vessels of considerable tonnage. Racine is 
 built on a plateau about 40 ft. above the level of the lake. 
 Laid out in regular blocks of wide and handsome streets, con- 
 taining many large public buildings, it presents to the stranger 
 an agreeable and imposing aspect. Several newspapers are 
 published here. There are twelve Protestant and two R. 
 Catholic churches, a college, a bank, and central high-school. 
 The trade of Racine is extensive, and annually increasing. 
 
RACLAWICE 
 
 145 
 
 RAJ AN 
 
 Tliere are threeship-yards, several furnaces, machine factories, 
 and flouring-mills, and railroad-cars are extensively made. 
 It was first settled in 1835, and incorporated in 1848= Pop. 
 (1860), 7822. 
 
 KACLAWIC15, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 12 m. S.S.W. Jaslo; with 1500 inhabitants, partly 
 Germans, and mostly weavers, 
 
 RADOMISL, a tn. Russia, gov. and 52 m. W. Kiev, 
 cap. circle of same name, at the confluence of the Myka and 
 Teterev. It has two churches, a circle school, and a chari- 
 table institute, and contains 4505 inhabitants. 
 
 IIADSLGH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Pres- 
 burg, on the Little Danube; with 1900 Maygar inhabitants, 
 who trade in wood and in cane. 
 
 KADYMN'O, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 11 m. N. Przemysl, cap. dist. of same name; with manufac- 
 tures of cordage and packsheeting, a considerable trade in 
 fruit, and 1350 inhabitants. 
 
 KADZIECHOVV, a tn Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 ZIoczow, cap. dist. of same name, 42 m. N.E. Lemberg; with 
 a barcmial castle, and 2686 inhabitiints. 
 
 KAEGANJ, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. and 32 m. 
 W. Dinajepore. It consists of about 1000 houses, ranged in 
 narrow, irregular, and filthy streets, and engrosses the traffic 
 of a large extent of rich country. Many wealthy merchants 
 have stores here, and it has been calculated that during eight 
 months in the year 5000 loaded oxen on an average arrive 
 daily. 
 
 KAGOGNA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 19 m. 
 N.W. Udine, near the Tagliamento. It has a seam of coal 
 among the hills that border the river, and contains 2789 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 KAGUSA-VECCniA, or Old IIagusa, a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Dalmatia, circle and 6 m. S.E. Eagusa. It is the 
 ancient Greek Epidaurus, and has a Franciscan monastery 
 and a harbour with some trade. In the vicinity there is a 
 remarkable stalactite cavern, in which, according to tradition, 
 Cadmus, the ruler of Thebes, found an asylum when he fled 
 from the Argives. Pop. 1000. 
 
 KAGUYEVATZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. 
 circle of same name, in a spacious valley near the Servian 
 Morava, 62 m. S.S.E. Belgrade. It is the seat of a court of 
 justice, and has a church, a gymnasium, and an elementary 
 school. In the vicinity there is an old castle, where several 
 of the Servian princes used to reside. Pop. 3480. 
 
 KAHOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, eyalet and 
 54 m. E.S.E. Widin, at tbeopeningof a valley on the Danube. 
 It has eight mosques, and a pop. of 2000. 
 
 KAIDROOG, or Ryadkoos, a tn. India, presid. Jladras, 
 dist. and 31 m. S. Bellary. It consists of an old citadel, 
 seated on a lofty granite hill, of a lower fort, and of a town 
 inclosed between them, and arranged in regular streets. Ac- 
 cording to the old inhabitants, it formerly contained 3000 
 houses, but the number at present does not exceed 700 ; and 
 the revenue, said to have amounted to upwards of £50,000, 
 now falls short of £13,000. On the ascent to the citadel, 
 about half way up, appear the remains of the palace of the 
 Raidroog poligar. In the same locality are two Hindoo 
 temples. The rock on which the citadel stands has an ap- 
 parent height of 1000 ft., and forms the S.E. extremity of a 
 wild and rocky range, the jungly recesses of which are in- 
 fested by leopards, wolves, and hyenas. 
 
 RAIGIiRN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 7 m. S. Briinn, on the Schwarza, and on the railway from 
 Briinn to Vienna. It has a Benedictine abbey, which, dating 
 from 1048, is the oldest in Moravia; a remarkable church, a 
 library with 20,000 volumes, manufactures of beet-root sugar, 
 and three yearly markets. Pop. 1000. 
 
 RAINE [add.], an Island, Australia, Queensland, in the 
 centre of the opening between the N. extreme of the Great 
 Detached Reef and the projecting point of the Great Barrier 
 Reef. It is of coral formation, and very insignificant dimen- 
 sions, being scarcely three-quarters of a mile in circuit. Its 
 position, however, makes it of great importance. On each 
 side of it is a clear channel — a 8. which is 8J m., and a N. 
 which is nearly 2 m. broad. These channels form the most 
 eligible entrance to Torres Strait from the outer route, and 
 Raine Island has been selected as the proper site for a sea- 
 mark to guide the navigation. With this view a substantial 
 Strpp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 beacon of stone was erected in 1844 on its S.E. point. It is 
 in the form of a circular tower, 30 ft. in diameter at the base, 
 and surmounted by a wooden dome with a ball at the top. It 
 is painted with alternate red and black vertical stripes, and 
 being 64 ft. in height, or 74 ft. above low-water mark, is 
 visible in clear weather from the deck of a vessel at the dis- 
 tance of 8 or 9 m., and from the masthead of 10 or 12 m. 
 An ample supply of provisions for the relief of shipwrecked 
 and other distressed persons is from time to time lodged in 
 the chambers of the beacon, and an iron tank, capable of 
 containing five tons, has been placed at its base to collect the 
 rain-water from the roof. Turtle deposit their eggs, and sea- 
 birds in incredible numbers frequent the island. 
 
 RAINOCHWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Jloravia, circle 
 Neutitsehin, about 35 m. S.E. Olmiitz; with manufactures of 
 cloth and earthenware, a paper-mill, and 1100 inhabitants, 
 partly Protestants, partly R. Catholics. 
 
 RAINY LAKE, or Lac la Pluie, British America, 
 85 m. S.E. of the Lake of the Woods, and 225 m. VV. of Lake 
 Superior, is 50 m. long, 38J m. broad, and 294 m. in circuit, 
 measured by canoe route. It is formed by three nearly equal 
 troughs, with deep lateral indentations — the main trough 
 running in an E and W. and the other two in a N. direction. 
 The canoe route is through the main trough, from the mouth 
 of the Nameaukan River, a feeder of the lake, in lat. 48° 30' 
 N.; Ion. 92° 40' W., to its outlet by the Rainy River at its 
 S.W. extremity. Rainy Lake is about 500 ft. above Lake 
 Superior, and 1100 ft. above the sea. Its shores, generally 
 low, often consist of naked shapeless masses of rock, with 
 marshy intervals, or rise gradually in ridges which at a short 
 distance become hills 300 to 400 ft. high. The islands, about 
 5U0 in number, are tolerably wooded, but the timber on the 
 marshes is small and scanty, the ridges and bill flanks are 
 absolutely sterile, and the general aspect is on the whole for- 
 bidding. The lake freezes about the 1st December, and is 
 open about the 1st May. 
 
 RAINY RIVER, forming part of the boundaries be- 
 tween the U. States and British America, issues from the 
 S. W. extremity of Rainy Lake, and flows nearly due W. to 
 its mouth in the Lake of the Woods. The direct length of 
 its course is 60 m., the indirect 80 m. At its point of issue 
 it is a broad and rapid stream, with low alluvial banks, clothed 
 with a rich second growth, the original forest having long 
 since been stripped of its finest trees by the occupants of the 
 old North-west and the present Hud.son's Bay Company's fort 
 Francis, which stands 2 m. from the head of the river, just 
 below the Chaudiere Falls. These magnificent cascades 
 have a descent of 22'88 ft., and immediately beneath them is 
 a famous fishing-ground, where the Indians obtain an abundant 
 supply of their staple food. The river in its course receives 
 numerous affluents, both on the 1. and on the r. bank. Some 
 of the former are large, all the latter are mere outlets to the 
 swamps occupying the region north of Rainy River valley. 
 The main obstacles to extended cultivation along the Rainy 
 are the Lac la Pluie Indians, who are not only numerous, but 
 very independent, and jealous of intruders. 
 
 RAIREE, or Yeswuntguhh, a fort, India, presid. Bom- 
 bay, S. Concan, on the coast of Rutnagherry, at the mouth of 
 a small river navigable for boats of considerable size. It was 
 built by Sivajee in 1662, and passing to the rulers of Sawunt- 
 warree, became a stronghold for pirates. The British, pro- 
 voked by their- depredations, captured it in 1765. It was 
 restored next year, but finally became a British possession in 
 1819. 
 
 RAISEEN. a fort, India, Malwa, territory and 25 m. E. 
 Bhopal, on an elevated tract at the E. extremity and near 
 the summit of a sandstone hill. It is a conspicuous object 
 for many miles around, and being a place of much strength, 
 was often an object of contention, both during the ascendency 
 and during the dismemberment of the Mogul empire. In this 
 latter period it was seized by the Mahrattas, but shortly after 
 wrested from them by the Nabob of Bhopal, to whom it still 
 belongs. 
 
 RA JAN, a river, which, rising in a mountainous district 
 of Borneo, flows E. to its W. coast, and falls into the sea by 
 six mouths. It has been described as the finest, and perhaps 
 the largest river of the island. Its principal mouth is of easy 
 access even by large vessels, as at low-water its bar has a 
 depth of 3 fathoms, which is increased 10 feet by the rise of 
 
 19 
 
EAJEPOORAH 
 
 146 
 
 EANGITIKI 
 
 the tide. Within the bar the depth is from 8 to 10 fathoms, 
 and affords an easy navigation for nearly 100 m. as for as the 
 tide reaches. Coal and iron ore are found in its upper course, 
 but these are at present inaccessible in consequence of a series 
 of rapids. 
 
 RAJEPOOUAH, a tn. India, Sirhind, 130 m. N.N.W. 
 Delhi. It stands in a level and fertile country, and owes its 
 existence to a palace built here by one of the Mogul emperors. 
 The town, situated opposite to it, is surrounded by a high 
 brick wall, with only one entrance, and possesses a large 
 caravanserai, with numerous turrets and bastions, and a mas- 
 sive round tower, used as a prison for convicts employed on 
 the roads. The bazar is well supplied. 
 
 KAJGHEEK, or Rajagriha, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 
 dist. Behar, 40 m. S. Patna. It is situated among the Raja- 
 griha Hills, near their N.W. extremity, and on the huge and 
 massy rampart of an old forti-ess, which is in the form of an 
 irregular pentagon, and incloses a considerable space, within 
 which are numerous large mounds, understood to be the ruins 
 of the ancient palace of the sovereigns of Magadha or Berar. 
 In the vicinity is a broad mound, about 4 m. long, which 
 dams up the inundation of the periodical rains, and forms an 
 artificial lake. The number of modern houses in the town is 
 about 800. 
 
 RAJGURH, numerous places, India, particularly — 1, A 
 fort, Sirmour, at the height of 71 15 ft. above the sea, in lat. 
 30° 52' N.; Ion. 77° 23' E. It stands on a natural terrace 
 jutting out from the side of a mountain, and is of a square 
 form, with a tower at each angle. The whole structure is of 
 slate rock, neatly cut and bound together by large beams. 
 It was nearly demolished by the Ghoorkhas in 1814, and is 
 in a very ruinous condition. — 2, A tn. Rajpootana, state 
 Ulwar, 76 m. S.W. Muttra, on an eminence wliicii rises ab- 
 ruptly from the bottom of a valley, and is crowned by a large 
 fort. — 3, A vil. dist. and 10 m. S. Ajmeer, beautifully situ- 
 ated on a small lake in the immediate vicinity of a ruined fort, 
 vvhich is surrounded by a massive rampart of rough stone, 
 and incloses a large area. 
 
 RAJPEEPLA, a petty state, Kajpootana, Rewa Caunta, 
 division of Gujerat, between lat. 21° 23' and 21° 59' N.; Ion. 
 73° 5' and 74° E., and bounded N. by the Nerbudda, E. Ak- 
 raunee, S. Wusraee and Surat, and W. Broach; area, 1650 
 sq. m.; revenue about £22,000. The lowlands, inhabited 
 chiefly by the Koonbees, an industrious agricultural race, are 
 in general well cultivated, but most parts of the highlands 
 are in the possession of a wild race, composed partly of Eaj- 
 poots and Bheels. Nandode, the capital, stands on the Kuigun. 
 Within this territory are the celebrated cornelian mines, pro- 
 ducing the fine pebbles which are sent to Cambay, and there 
 cut into the various ornaments for which this town is famous. 
 The revenue from this source, once considerable, does not now 
 exceed £100 a year. Pop. 122,100. 
 
 RAJULDESIR, a tn. India, Rajjiootana, state and 75 m. 
 E. Bikaneer, stands in a sandy district, is defended by four 
 towers, and supplied with water from six wells 100 ft. deep, 
 and contains a pop. of about 1500. 
 
 RAKOS (Uppeu and Lower), two nearly contiguous 
 places, Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and about 20 m. 
 S.E. Udvarhely. Upper Kakos has 880 inhabitants, and a 
 mineral spring; Lower Rakos 910 inhabitants, and an iron 
 mine. 
 
 RAKOVICA, a tn. Austrian empire. Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Ogulin, about 20 m. S. Karlstadt; with a trivial 
 school. Peter Zrine defeated the Turks here in 1649. Pop. 
 1950. 
 
 RAMGURH, or Hazakkebagh, a dist. India, presid. 
 Bengal, between lat. 23° 20' and 24° 50' N.; Ion. 83° 50' and 
 86° 38' E., is bounded N. by Behar, N.E. Mongheer^ S.E. 
 Pachete, 8. Chota Nagpore, S. W. and W. Palamow; length, 
 E. to W., 175 m.; breadth, 90; area, 8524 sq. m. Its surface 
 is well diversified by hills and undulating plateaux, one of the 
 most extensive of which, situated near its centre, has an ele- 
 vation of 1800 ft. above the sea. Many of the rocks are 
 composed of granite, quartz, and gneiss, but in other parts a 
 later formation prevails, and both coal and iron are found. 
 Lead and antimony have also been discovered. In the 
 vicinity of the town of Hazareebagh mica is quarried in 
 blocks, which are easily split into transparent laminae, and 
 used as a substitute lor glass, and for various ornamental 
 
 purposes. The rivers are numerous, and carry the drainage 
 to the Ganges. Much of the surface is occupied by forests, 
 which yield fine timber, but are infested by numerous wild 
 animals, particularly tigers, which often commit dreadful 
 ravages, and serpents, among which the boa-constrictor and 
 the cobra-da-capello are prominent. Civilization is said to 
 be at a very low ebb, and many of the inhabitants are in a 
 half-savage state. Pop. 372,216. 
 
 UAMGUKH, several places, India: — 1, A tn. which, as it 
 gives its name to the above dist., may be presumed to have 
 been once of some importance, though it is now insignificant. 
 It is in lat. 23° 42' N.; Ion. 85° 30' E.— 2, A tn. Rajpootana, 
 territory Ulwar, 95 m. S.S. W. Delhi. It consists for the 
 most part of wretched huts, but has a pop. bordering on 10,000. 
 — 3, A fort, H indoor, which stands on a steep and lofty ridge 
 overhanging the 1. bank of the Sutlej, at the height of 4054 ft. 
 above the sea, in lat. 31° 5' N.; Ion. 76° 61' E. Ochterlony, 
 having succeeded m capturing it in the beginning of the 
 Ghoorkha war in 1814, demolished its defences. 
 
 IIAMNAD [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 60 m. S.E. Madura, on the Vigay. It consists of a fort and 
 a town. The former occupies a square area measuring about 
 half a mile each way, and is inclosed by a ditch and a loop- 
 holed wall, 27 feet high and 5 feet thick. It is said to have 
 been constructed in the 17th century. Within it are a large 
 reservoir or artificial lake, a spacious palace somewhat Gothic 
 in its style of architecture, a small but handsome Pi'Otestant 
 church with a burying-ground adjoining, a R. Catholic 
 chapel, an hospital, and a dispensary. The fort, which is laid 
 out in narrow irregular streets, lined with houses generally 
 built of mud and covered with thatch, has alone a pop. of 
 5000. 
 
 RADIOS, or Real de Ramos, a tn. Mexico, state and 
 75 m. N.W. San Luis Potosi, on an elevated plain, 7000 ft. 
 above the sea. It is a well-built place, telling by the number 
 of its large and handsome dwellings, and extensive mining 
 establishments, of a prosperity which once existed, but has 
 now passed away. Pop. 2300. 
 
 RAMTEAK, a tn. India, territory and 24 m. N.E. Nag- 
 pore, on an elevated site composed of rocksofgraniteorgneiss. 
 There is little in the town itself to attract notice, but to the 
 E. of it is a steep hill, 500 ft. above the adjoining plain, 
 crowned with a group of Brahminical temples, to whicli access 
 is given by a broad flight of steps solidly constructed of gneiss, 
 and provided at intervals with suitable resting-places. The 
 principal temple and accompanying buildings are dedicated 
 to Rama, and at the annual festival, which lasts ten days, are 
 visited by about 100,000 devotees from all parts of Nagpore, 
 and those parts of the Nizam's Dominions lying N. of the 
 Godavery. 
 
 RANCAGUA, a tn. Chili, prov. Santiago, 90 m. S.E. 
 Valparaiso. It is very prettily situated on an elevated plain, 
 rather more than a mile N. of the Cachapual, and nearly mid- 
 way between the Andes and the W. Cordilleras, contains a 
 number of streets intersecting each other at right angles, 
 contains some large and substantially built houses, all of 
 them however without glazed window^s; and has a fine alameda 
 and a large plaza, on which stand two churches, a prison, and 
 a guard-house. Pop. (1865), 5508. 
 
 RANCO, the largest lake in Chili, situated in the prov. 
 and about 70 m. E. of the town of Valdivia. It is of a very 
 irregular shape, with numerous projections and indentations 
 which make it difficult to form even an approximate estimate 
 of its area. Its greatest length is about 32 m., its breadth 
 about 18 m. It receives its feeders from the neighbouring 
 Cordilleras, and discharges its water by the Bueno. A little 
 E. of this lake is a mountain ridge, forming part of the water- 
 shed between the Pacific and the Atlantic. 
 
 RANEEGUNGE, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Ban- 
 coora, on the Damooda, and a branch railway from Burdwan, 
 105 m. N.W. Calcutta. It owes all its importance to its coal 
 field, which is now successfully worked to a considerable 
 extent. 
 
 RANGITIKI, a river. New Zealand, in the S.W. of 
 North Island or Ulster, has its mouth in Cook Strait, between 
 the mouths of the Manawatu and the Wanganui. It is ac- 
 cessible at high- water by coasters drawing 6 ft., and is navig- 
 able by boats or canoes for 50 m., but at low- water becomes 
 fordable a mile above the entrance. The land around is 
 
EANIPETT 
 
 147 
 
 RED EIVER 
 
 among the best in New Zealand, being level and clear of 
 wood, witli exfellent pasturage for cattle. Tlie natives in 
 the vicinity clean some flax for export. 
 
 KANIPETT, a tn. India, presid. and 70 m. W. Madras. 
 It owes its existence to the cantonment of Arcot, having 
 grown up within the last half century in consequence of its 
 establishment, and containing a pop. composed in great part 
 of pensioned native officers, and sepoys of cavalry, and the 
 numerous classes who have congregated to find a liviiig in 
 ministering to tlieir wants. The cantonment stands on ele- 
 vated ground about half a mile from the 1. bank of the Palur, 
 and descending toward:? it with a gentle slope. It is capable 
 of accommodating a regiment of European and two regiments 
 of native cavalry, but for some time there has never been 
 more than a single regiment of native cavalry, and lately 
 even this has been withdrawn, leaving the cantonment to be 
 occupied only as the head-quarters of a battalion of native 
 veterans. 
 
 KAPEL, a river, Chili, between provs. Colchagua and 
 Santiago. It is formed by the junction of the Tingwurica 
 and Caehapual, which, fed by melting snows, descend from 
 great elevations, and flows W.N.VV. to the Pacific. It is 
 nowhere navigable, but being much used for irrigation con- 
 tributes greatly to the fertility of the districts through which 
 it passes. 
 
 RAPID RTVER, or Little Saskatchewan, British 
 America, rises in the S. slope of Riding Mountain, near lat. 
 51° N.; Ion. 100° W., and after descending from its densely 
 wooded flanks flows first S. through a narrow excavated 
 valley, filled with balsam poplar, and an undergrowth of 
 cherry and dogwood, then E. among groves of ash-leaved 
 maple, then S.8.W. through an open undulating country 
 attractive and fertile, and finally S.E. through a sandy dis- 
 trict, covered with boulders to its junction with the Assini- 
 boine, about lat. 49° 50' N.; Ion. 99° 40' W. Its whole 
 course, in a current so rapid as to give it a good title to its 
 name, is about 100 m. It abounds in fish. 
 
 RAPTEE (Bukha), or Old Raptee, a river, India, which 
 rises in Oude, about lat. 27° 3-i' N.; Ion. 82° 10' E., flows 
 S.E. to the frontier of Goruckpore, then E., forming part of 
 the boundary between this district and Oude, then S.E., and 
 finally joins the llaptee on its 1., in lat. 26° 58' N.; Ion. 83° 
 17' E., after a course of 184 m. It is much used for floating 
 down timber, but is not otherwise of navigable importance. 
 There is a tradition among the natives that this stream owes 
 its name of Dnrha or Old Raptee to its having once been the 
 main channel of the llaptee, tliough it has now no communi- 
 cation with it except at the confluence. 
 
 KASDORSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 r. biink Don, 35 m. N.E. Novo-Tcherkask, with an annual 
 fair. The vine is largely cultivated in the vicinity. Pop. 
 5555. 
 
 RASHKOW, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, circle and 
 not far from Belzi; with two churches, a parish school, and a 
 pop. of 2022. 
 
 RATTENBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle 
 and 28 m. N.E. Innsbruck, r. bank Inn. It was a place of 
 some strength till 17S2, when its fortifications were destroyed, 
 and possesses a handsome parish church, with fine wood 
 carvings, a town-school, a female industrial school, and a 
 Servite monastery. Pop. 1100. 
 
 R.WVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 13 m. 
 N. \V. Zolkiew, cap. dist. of same name, situated between 
 hills on the Rata, an affluent of the Bug. It has a Franciscan 
 monastery, and an hospital for the poor. Here in 1690 
 Peter the Great and Augustus II. concluded an alliance 
 a,gainst Charles XII. of Sweden. Pop. 4C39. 
 
 RAY BUBA, a tn. W. Africa, Adamawa, cap. of the 
 country of the Dama, a family of the Fali, 125 m. S.E. Yola. 
 It is situated on the Chubi, a southern tributary .of the 
 ]}enuwe; has a wall with four gates, and is said to derive 
 much importance from the strength of its fortifications. 
 
 RAYCZA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, r. bank Sola, about 38 m. S. W. Cracow; with ironworks. 
 In the vicinity there is a mountain pass, .5000 ft. hi.qh, lead- 
 ing from the valley of the Sola into that of the Kiszucza. 
 Pop. 1700. 
 
 REAL DEL MONTE, or Mineral del Monte, a tn. 
 Slexican Confederation, state and 62 m. N.N.E. Mexico, in a 
 
 deep and narrow valley at the height of 9000 ft. above the 
 sea. It is irregularly built, and has two churches and a 
 newly-erected house of correction, the inmates of which work 
 in the mines. Extensive amalgam works have been recently 
 erected in the vicinity. It contains 4000 inhabitants, who 
 are chiefly engaged in mining operations. 
 
 REALEJO [add.], a seaport, Central America, Nicara- 
 gua, dep. Occidental, on a bay of the Pacific, 1 m. W. Leon. 
 The port, the only one which the state possesses, is formed 
 by the three islands of Castanon, Cardon, and Assuadores, is 
 both well sheltered and of good depth, and has recently 
 attracted attention as the W. terminus of a proposed navigable 
 canal to unite the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. The town, 
 situated some miles above the port, is a decayed place, with 
 about 3000 inhabitants, many of whom live in miserable 
 hovels. The most conspicuous edifice, the convent of San 
 Francisco, is in ruins, and the only existing building pos- 
 sessed of any architectural merit is the church of San Benito. 
 The climate is very unhealthy, and the inhabitants generally 
 have a yellow sickly hue. Realejo figures much in the history 
 
 REBAT KERRIM, a tn. Persia, 28 m. S.W, Teheran. 
 It is a flourishing place, and being on the highroad to Hama- 
 dan, is a station for caravans, for which it has provided good 
 accommodation. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 RED BAY, British America, on the E. coast of Labra- 
 dor, nearly in the centre of the Strait of Belle Isle, is a beau- 
 tiful little harbour, sheltered from every wind. It is formed 
 by Saddle Island, which has a hill at each end about 100 ft. 
 above the sea. The hills of the mainhind are close to the 
 shore, and to the N.W. of the island aie of reddish granite, 
 nearly 500 ft. in height. At the head of the bay the hills 
 are also high, and partially wooded. Within the bay there 
 are properly two harbours, an outer and an inner. The outer 
 harbour, which at its entrance is about 200 yards wide, is 
 from 6 to 9 fathoms deep, over a mud bottom, and has inside 
 a space for anchorage about 800 yards long by 400 wide. 
 The inner harbour, immediately N.E. of this anchorage, is a 
 capacious basin, nearly J m. in diameter, with 16 or 17 
 fathoms water. Any number of vessels might safely winter 
 in it. Red Bay, however, has one great disadvantage. Though 
 it is easily entered with a leading wind, nothing larger than 
 a schooner of 150 tons burden can beat in or out. 
 
 RED BLUFF, a tn. U. States, California, cap. co. 
 Tehama, on the Sacramento River, at the head of navigation, 
 240 m. above Sacramento City, and 145 m. by road. It con- 
 tains a church, school, sash and door factory, &e.; and grain 
 and wool are shipped from the adjacent country, which is 
 well adapted for wool growing. Steamboats ascend the river 
 at all seasons. Pop. in 1865, about 1500. 
 
 RED DEER RIVER, British America, rises in the 
 Rocky Mountains, between Mount Murchison on the W. and 
 Palliser Range on the E., near lat. 52° N., Ion. 117° W., 
 flows first N.E. to a point where it is joined by the outlet of 
 Buffalo or Bull Lake, and then, making a sudden turn, flows 
 S.E. to its confluence with the south branch of the Saskat- 
 chewan at Chesterfield. In lat. 52° 12' N., Ion. 113° W., an 
 extensive coalfield has been discovered. One group of three 
 beds, with partings of carbonaceous clay between, has a total 
 thickness of 20 ft., of which 12 ft. are pure coal. At one 
 place the coal is on fire, and, according to the Indians, has 
 been so as long as they can remember. In consequence a 
 heavy sulphureous and limy smell pervades the air for miles 
 around. The extent of the coalfield in the line of the river 
 is 14 ni., sandstone cliffs succeeding it at its upper, and white 
 marls and sands, with beds of calcareous grit, at its lower ex- 
 tremity. It is navigable by canoes. 
 
 RED RIVER. See Assiniboia in Supp. 
 
 RED RIVER OF the Nokth [add.], N. America, has 
 its source in Ottertail Lake, Miimesota, U.S., lat. 46° 24' N., 
 and flows W. through an undulating country, till it reaches 
 lat. 46°, when it makes a great bend to the N.,and meanders 
 through a boundless prairie, which gradually slopes down 
 into a vast level plain, only about 2 ft. above the river at its 
 ordinary height in June. In lat. 46° 23' 30" a belt of timber 
 sets in, and continues with some interruption to skirt the 
 banks on one side or the other as far N. as Pembina, near the 
 American frontier. Within the American territory Red 
 River is joined by some important tributaries — on its left 
 
RED WING 
 
 148 
 
 MAD 
 
 bank by the Shayenne, wliich sweeps round the N.E. flank 
 of the Grand Coteau de Missouri, and has its mouth in lat. 
 47° 3', and on the right bank by the lied, which issues from 
 Red Lake, and has its point of confluence in lat. 47° 60'. 
 After entering the British territory it still contiimes its N. 
 course through a vast expanse of level prairie, and arrives at 
 Fort Garry, where it receives its most important afiluent, the 
 Assiniboine, coining from the W. Now nearly doubled in 
 volume it flows N.N.E., and enters the S. shore of Lake 
 Winnipeg by a network of branches and mouths, lat. 50° 
 28' N.; Ion. 96° 50' W. Within British territory its most 
 important affluents on the riglit are the Roseau and German 
 Creeks. Its whole course, measured by tlie windings of the 
 stream, is 605 m., of which only 140 are in Britisli America, 
 and the remainder in Minnesota. About 4 m. above its 
 mouth its banks become fringed with oak, elm, and maple, 
 which soon give way to aspen, and then to open prairie land, 
 the trees of larger growth appearing at intervals on the points 
 and on the insides of the bends. Tiie rapids and whirlpools, 
 which occur in several parts of the sti-eam, do not present 
 any serious obstacle to its navigation by canoes. On its 
 banks, particularly towards the W., are immense fertile tracts, 
 on whicli settlements have already been made. 
 
 RED WING, a vil. U. States, Mhniesota, cap. co. 
 Goodhue, on r. bank Mississippi, just below the mouth of 
 Cannon River, 6 m. above Lake Pepin, and on the Milwaukee 
 and St. Paul railroad, 45 m. by land, and 55 m. by water 
 below St. Paul. It contains an institution called Hamline 
 University, a good courthouse, seven churches, a bank, steam 
 saw-mills, &c., and ships a large quantity of wheat. Pop. 
 (1860), 1251. 
 
 REDWOOD, a tn. U. States, California, cap. co. San 
 Mateo, near the Bay of San Francisco, and on tiie railway 
 connecting San Jose with San Francisco, 20 m. S. of tiie 
 latter. It possesses many country-seats of wealthy citizens 
 of the capital, and contains a churcli, public library, several 
 shops and warehouses, and a flour-mill. Lumber, firewood, 
 and grain are shipped in small vessels which reach the town 
 by the inlets of the bay. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 RE EN (Saxon), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 25 m. S.E. Bistritz, on the Maros, cap. dist. of 
 same name. It contains a very industrious population of 
 4877, is the seat of a district court and other public offices, 
 and has manufactures of cloth, tanneries, and a considerable 
 trade in wood. In the neighbouring village of Abafaja are 
 fine gardens and a stud. 
 
 REICHENAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 at the entrance of the romantic HoUenthal, lying between the 
 Schneeberg and the Razalpe, and near the Payerbach station 
 of the S. railway from Vienna. It has important iron-works, 
 employed in smelting and manufacturing the iron obtained 
 from mines in the vicinity, an oil and numerous saw mills. 
 Large quantities of excellent cherries grow in the district. 
 Pop. 3900. 
 
 REICH RAMING, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 circle Traun, on a stream of same name, 85 m W.S.W. 
 Vienna; has important manufactures of iron, steel, and brass 
 ware. 
 
 REIFNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carniola, in 
 a valley of same name, watered by the Ribenz, 27 m. S.S.E. 
 Laybach. It has a castle, manufactures of straw and wooden 
 ware, and some trade, and contains 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 REITENBAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 30 m. N. Olmiitz, on the Tess, with ironworks, yarn and 
 linen bleachfields, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 REN, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, prov. Kotoko, 
 100 m. S. Kukawa and S. of Lake Chad. It was formerly 
 a large place, and the centre of a petty kingdom, though it is 
 in a state of utter decay. Misgovernment on the part of 
 Bornou has produced this, and all that it can now boast of is 
 its picturesque site and the beautiful fig-trees shading the 
 ruins of its high and well-built houses. The inhabitants are 
 said to have a dialect peculiar to themselves. 
 
 RENEE, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 120 m. N.E. 
 Bikaneer, in a district which, watered by the Katuri, is less 
 barren than the adjacent desert. It is surrounded by walls, 
 and contains about 7500 inhabitants. 
 
 RENGO, a tn. Chili, prov. Colchagua, cap. dep. Caupo- 
 hcan, 100 m. S.E. Valparaiso. It stands near the S. bank of 
 
 one of the Rio Claros, and on so low a level as to be exposed 
 to inundation, consists only of one irregular and unpaved 
 street, with several elegant, among a greater number of in- 
 different, houses, and has a handsome church. Pop. about 
 2000, of whom the females are remarkable for the regularity 
 and beauty of their features. 
 
 RENT, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, 1. bank Danube, 
 at the confluence of the Pruth, 10 m. E. Galatz. It is a place 
 of some strength, and carries on an active trade, particularly 
 in corn. It is one of the places ceded by Russia in 1856. 
 Pop. 7300. 
 
 REPPENDORF. a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 2 m. N.W. Hermannstadt, 1. bank Zibin, with 
 1830 inhabitants, among whom are many descendants of 
 people who emigrated from Upper Austria and Baden in the 
 latter part of last century. 
 
 RESHANYA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. S. 
 Bihar, 45 m. S.E. Grosswardein, near the frontiers of Tran- 
 sylvania; with copper mines and marble quarries, and 1600 
 inhabitants belonging to the non-united Greek church. 
 
 RESTAURACION, a tn. La Plata, prov. Entre Rios, 
 advantageously situated on a gentle eminence above r. bank 
 Uruguay, opposite to the Brazilian town Uruguayana; lat. 
 29° 45' S.; Ion. 57° 30' W. It is of recent construction, and 
 has an excellent haven formed by the broad and deep mouth 
 of the Yatac close to it, but it cannot have much trade so 
 long as it remains subject to custom-house regulations while 
 its rival Uruguayana has been declared a free port. 
 
 RETAMO, a tn La Plata, Pampas, near the Tunuyan, 
 about 30 m. W.S.W. Mendoza. It is a large place with 
 spacious but unpaved dirty streets and houses generally of 
 one story only, yet large and commodious, with gardens 
 attached, and so hemmed in by trees as somewhat to intercept 
 a free circulation of air. The only buildings of consequence 
 are the church and a large new post-house. The Cordilleras 
 seen from Retamo present a magnificent spectacle. 
 
 RETTEG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 9 m. E.N.E. Dees, on the Szamos; with a Protestant and 
 a Greek united church, and 1560 inhabitants. 
 
 REVELGUNJ, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Sarun, 
 1. bank Ganges, 5 m. below the confluence of the Gogra, and 
 24 m. W.N.W. Dinapore. It is famous for its annual fair, 
 which is much frequented both by dealers and devotees, the 
 latter to bathe at the confluence. 
 
 REVFALU, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Rnab, 
 at the confluence of the Rabnitz, which separates it from 
 Raab, with the Danube. It has a large potash refineiy, 
 and contains 1660 inhabitants, who are mostly artisans and 
 fishermen. 
 
 REVILLA, a tn. Mexico, state Tamaulipas, on the 
 Sabinas, an affluent of the Rio Grande. It is picturesquely 
 situated, and contains 2000 inhabitants. Coal has been dis- 
 covered in its vicinity. 
 
 REYNOSA, a tn. Jlexico, state Tamaulipas, r. bank Rio 
 Grande, about 70 m. above its mouth, and 105 m. N.N.E. 
 Victoria. It stands on a rocky site, of tertiary formation, 
 and, being accessible by large steamboats, has some trade. 
 Pop. 1500. 
 
 RIAD or Abruad, a city, Central Arabia, cap. kingdom 
 of Nejed, 470 m. N.E. Mecca; lat. 25° N.; Ion. 46° 35' E. 
 Viewed from the N.W. stretches a wild open valley, in the 
 foreground of which, at the foot of a pebbly slope, stands the 
 city large and square, crowned by high towers and strong 
 walls, a mass of roofs and terraces, and overtopping all, the 
 huge but iiregular pile of the royal palace, and near it another 
 scarcely less conspicuous. For 3 m. or more on the surround- 
 ing plain, and more especially to the W. and S-, are numbers 
 of palm-trees overshadowing green fields and well-watered gar- 
 dens. The city itself is divided into four quarters: one, the 
 north-eastern, in which are the royal palaces, the houses of the 
 state officers and of the richer and government classes. Here 
 the dwellings are in generak high, and the streets tolerably 
 straight and open; but its situation is low, and it is therefore 
 perhaps the least healthy locality of all. The second, or 
 north-eastern quarter, is a large irregular mass of houses, of 
 every size and description, and inhabited partially by the 
 licentious and lawless classes. The south-western quarter, 
 with open healthy streets, is spacious and well-peopled; it is 
 the chief residence of the strict Wahhabee religionists, and 
 
RIASI 
 
 149 
 
 RIO PARDO 
 
 above all here dwell the principal survivors of the family of 
 tiie great religious foumler, Abd-el-Wahliab. Mosques, 
 oratories, wells for ablution, are met with at every turn. 
 Lastly, the south-eastern quarter is large and more thickly 
 inhabited than any other; being occupied by the lower classes 
 of the population, it is naturally the worst built and worst 
 kept part of the town; the ground is low, and the air not 
 liealtliy; the ravages of the cholera in it in 1854-5 were 
 fearful. Though there is no distinct separation, no gates or 
 wall, between the quarters, each of them is considered as a 
 municipal whole, and each lias its own name. The market- 
 place forms the centre at which these divisions meet, and has 
 the royal palace adjoining it on the south side and the great 
 mosque on the north. A covered gallery supported upon 
 columns crosses the market-place, giving private access to the 
 mosque from the palace. The palace is a square building, 
 with handsomely carved gates, and three stories of windows, 
 one above another; the ground floor, however, has no windows 
 to the outside. The windows are all strongly cross-barred, 
 and the doors solid and provided with stout locks and bolts; 
 a glacis encircles the lower part of the walls and adds to 
 their thickness, besides giving them the appearance of a regu- 
 lar fortification. Within the palace, besides the apartments 
 of the king, are dwellings of some of the officers of state and 
 the royal servants, all of whom, with their wives and families, 
 form separate households. The whole is surrounded with 
 high walls and hollow round towers, and two-thirds of the 
 circuit has a deep but dry trench. The mosque is a large 
 flat roofed parallelogram, supported on square wooden pillars, 
 thickly coated with earth; the building is low, and has no 
 pretensions to architectural beauty. In the different quarters 
 there are thirty or more smaller mosques, though many of 
 these are of spacious dimensions. The market forms a largo 
 open square, or rather parallelogram; its north side consist* 
 of shops and warehouses; towards the west end the covered 
 gallery before named, upborne on a high and clumsy colon- 
 nade, crosses the breadth of the square, and behind it other 
 shops and warehouses make up the end of the square. Its 
 total length is about 200 paces, and its breadth rather more 
 than half its length. Hound the whole of the town run the 
 walls, varying from 20 to 30 ft. in height; they are strong, 
 in good repair, and defended by a deep trench and embank- 
 ment. Riad was selected by Turkee, when he threw off the 
 yoke of Egypt, as the capital of Nejed, in place of Dereyee- 
 yah, which liad been laid in ruins by Ibrahim Pasha, in the 
 days of his father Abd- Allah, at the couimenecnient of the 
 present century. 
 
 ItlASI, a tn. India, Gholab Singh's Dominions, on the 
 slope of the most southerly ranges of the Himalaya, near 1. 
 bank Chenab; lat. 33° 5' N.; Ion. 74° 52' E. The town is 
 inconsiderable, containing only 1000 inhabitants; but the fort, 
 situated on a rocky cone, and surrounded by a lofty stone 
 wall rising from scarped precipices, is one of the strongest 
 and best constructed in the country. 
 
 RIB AGO, or Ribawo, a vil. or dist. Western Africa, 
 Adamawa, in the vicinity of Yola, is a large straggling place 
 stretching along a gentle eminence. It is surrounded by 
 fertile corn fields, on which almost the only crop grown is a 
 species of sorghum, and by rich meadow lands depastured by 
 cattle, horses, asses, goats, and sheep. It is also abundantly 
 supplied with fish from a large inlet or backwater which 
 branches off from the Faro, and extends along the N.E. foot 
 of the Bagele Mountain to within a short distance of the vil- 
 lage. Pop. about 6000. 
 
 RIBVE-RIBVE, or Kivi-Rivi,a river, S.E. Africa, an 
 affluent of the Shire, rising in the hills of the Maravi or Kirk's 
 range, in about lat. 14° 50' S.; Ion. 24° 30' E., and after a 
 S E. course of about 50 m. joining the r. bank of the Shire. 
 'ilie lower part of the channel is without water in the dry 
 season, but higher up it has pools with dry spaces in the in- 
 tervals, and still farther W. it becomes a fast-fiowing stream, 
 forty feet wide, and one or two feet deep. Its name implies 
 that it has cataracts in it, and the sunjika ascends it to spawn; 
 but the evaporation is so great in the hot season, that before 
 it reaches the Shire it is quite dry. The adjacent country 
 is divided into districts, that on the S. of the liibve-ribve is 
 called Nkwesi, and that on the N. Banda; these extend the 
 whole length of the stream, and are interesting as indicating 
 an appreciation among the natives of the value of land. 
 
 RICHIBIJKTO, a river, British America, New Bruns- 
 wick, which flows E. through co. Kent, and falls into a bay 
 of same name in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, near the N.W. 
 extremity of Northumberland Strait. It is encumbered by 
 a very dangerous bar, which at low tide has a depth of 
 only 13 J ft , but any vessel that can pass the bar may be 
 taken about 13 m. up the river, and smaller vessels 22 m., 
 nearly to the head of the tide. Many lumber ships are annu- 
 ally loaded at its wharves. On the 1. bank of the Kichibukto, 
 near the confluence of the Aldouin, about a mile from its 
 mouth, stands Liverpool, the capital of co. Kent. 
 
 RICHMOND [add.], a tn. British America, Canada 
 East, cap. co. of same name, beautifully situated r. bank St. 
 Francis, 75 m. E.N.E. Montreal. It possesses a li. Catholic 
 and three Protestant churches, a college called St. Francis, 
 lately erected, and intended to be conducted on what are 
 called unsectarian principles, a mechanics' institute and 
 library association, and manufactures of leather, pearl ash, 
 and agricultural implements. The circuit court is held here. 
 Pop. of township, 2200. 
 
 RICHTENFELD, a missionary station S. Africa, on 
 the N. frontiers of Cape Colony, prettily situated on the 
 Swakop, at the junction of the Ommortenna; lat. 28° 28' S ; 
 Ion. 1 7° 20' E. Near it are three groups of wretched hovels 
 belonging to the Damaras, and containing in all about 200 
 inhabitants. In the vicinity there is abundance of garden 
 ground, in which most European vegetables thrive well, and 
 wheat of excellent quality has been grown. 
 
 RIEU [add.], a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, cap. 
 circle of the Inn, on the Oberaeh and Breitach, 36 m. W. by 
 S. Linz, consists of the town proper, surrounded by walls 
 and entered by three gates, and of two suburbs; is well 
 built, and has three churches, one of them with a con"Spicuous 
 tower and fine altar-pieces, a town hospital, an infirmary, an 
 asylum for children, and other benevolent institutions, a 
 townhouse, a theatre, and, on an adjoining height, a castle 
 inclosed by a deep ditch. The manufactures, which are im- 
 portant, consist chiefly of linen and a variety of woollen ar- 
 ticles. Pop 3500. 
 
 RIMASZECS, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Gomor, 12 ra. S.E. Kima-Szombath, on the liima, with large 
 horse markets and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 RIMOUSKI, a tn. British America, Canada East, cap. 
 CO. of same name, r. bank St. Lawrence, 170 m. N.E. Quebec. 
 It is a large and flourishing place, with a K. Catholic church, 
 an institute and industrial college, an academy belonging to 
 the Congregational nuns; taimeries, and numerous saw-mills, 
 furnishing the materials of a very extensive trade in lumber. 
 A large and magnificent wharf has recently been constructed 
 at the expense of government. Eimouski is beginning to 
 attract attention as a fashionable watering-place. Pop. about 
 5500. 
 
 RINTIMBORE, or Rantambook, a fort, India, Eaj- 
 pootana, state and 75 m. S.E Jeypoor, on a rock isolated on 
 all sides by deep ravines, and accessible only by a narrow 
 pathway between steep overhanging cliffs. Crowning the 
 summit of the rock, which is a mile long and nearly a mile 
 broad, it is surrounded by a massive stone rampart strength- 
 ened by towers and bastions, and contains within its inclosure, 
 in addition to the buildings required to accommodate the garri- 
 son, an ancient palace, in which the commandant resides, and 
 a mosque, with the tomb of a reputed Mahometan saint. A 
 perennial spring and several tanks furnish an ample supply 
 of water. Since the introduction of artillery the fort cannot 
 be considered as a place of strength, as it is commanded by 
 several loftier summits. A small pettah or native town is 
 situated a little to the east. 
 
 RIOBAMBA, or Bolivar, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, 
 prov. and on the eastern slopes of the volcanic mountain of 
 Chimborazo, 100 m. S. Quito. It is a modern place with 
 spacious streets, only some of which are paved, and contains 
 several churches, a college in which Latin, philosophy, and 
 theology are tau^'ht, and an hospital. Its site appears to be 
 upon the ruins of an ancient and more important town. The 
 congress which in 1830 declared the independence of 
 Ecuador, met here. Pop. about 16,000. 
 
 RIO PARDO, a tn. Brazil, prov. Rio Grande do Sul, 
 on a height above a stream of same name, near its confluence 
 with the Jacuhy, 80 m. W. Porto Alegre. It is probably 
 
EIO QUARTO 
 
 150 
 
 RIVER DAVID 
 
 the oldest place in the province, and obtained a high degree 
 of prosperity in early times when it was the central entrepot 
 of the upper Jacuhy. Improved navigation and tiie intro- 
 duction of steamboats have carried the trade into a new chan- 
 nel, by which, while Porto Alegre has gained, IJio Pardo has 
 suffered. It is still a handsome town, containing, besides two 
 churches, one of them an elegant structure, a new hospital 
 well endowed but not yet completely finished, and barracks, 
 a number of elegant mansions and extensive warehouses. 
 Many of the mansions, however, are untenanted, and the 
 warehouses, telling only of a past prosperity, show no signs 
 of activity. Pop. 3500. 
 
 RIO QUARTO, a tn. La Plata, Pampas, on a high bank 
 of the Quarto, 100 m. S. by E. Cordova. It consists of 
 houses built of mud compressed within a framework of wood, 
 
 and regularly arranged in the form of a square, and possesses 
 a large market-place, two churches, one of them belonging to 
 a Franciscan monastery which still exists, and the other a 
 large narrow structure with two thick towers, and barracks, 
 which are regularly occupied by about 150 men. The in- 
 habitants, about 3000, are chiefly employed in rearing cattle 
 or in trading in European wares, with which they supply the 
 neighbouring districts. 
 
 RIPON FALLS (The), in the Nile, at its exit from the 
 Lake Victoria N'yanza, about 3308 ft. above sea-level; lat. 
 0° 33' N.; and Ion. 33° 40' E. 'The falls,' says Captain 
 Speke, ' were by far the most interesting sight I had seen in 
 Africa. Everybody ran to see them, thougli the march had 
 been long and fatiguing, and even my sketch-book was called 
 into play. Though beautiful the scene was not exactly what 
 
 THE EIPON PALLS, LAKE VICTORIA N'YANZA— From Speke's Journal. 
 
 I bad expected ; for the broad surface of the lake was shut 
 out from view by a spur of hill, and the falls, about 12 ft. 
 deep and 400 to 500 ft. broad, were broken by rocks. Still 
 it was a sight that attracted one to it for hours — the roar of 
 the waters, the thousands of passenger fish leaping at the 
 falls with all their might, the Wasoga and Waganda fisher- 
 men coming out in boats and taking post on all the rocks 
 with rod and hook, hippopotami and crocodiles lying sleepily 
 on the water, the ferry at work above the falls, the cattle 
 driven down to drink on tlie margin of the lake — made 
 in all, with the pretty nature of the country — small hills, 
 grassy-topped, with trees in the folds, and gardens on the 
 lower slopes — as interesting a picture as one could wish to 
 see.' 
 
 RISTIGOUCHP], a river, British America, which rises 
 in the N.W. of New Brunswick on the borders of the basin 
 of St. John, flows N.E., forming part of the boundary between 
 New Brunswick and Canada, and after a course of above 80 
 m., during which it receives several considerable affluents, 
 enters the head of Chaleur Bay, near Campbelltown, by an 
 estuary about 20 m. long, and with a breadth varying from 1^ 
 to 3 m. At Indian Point, a mile above Campbelltown, the 
 navigation for shipping ends, as the channel there becomes 
 narrow and has only 12 ft. at low water, but small craft may 
 ascend for some distance by very narrow passages with from 
 6 to 9 ft. water. In point of grandeur and picturesque beauty 
 the scenery of Ristigouche Valley is at least equal to that of 
 any other part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. On tlie Canadian 
 side of the estuary the mountains rise to the varying heights 
 of 1000 to 1745 ft. at the distance of only 2 or 3 m. from the 
 shore, while on the S. side the wooded hills or ridges attain, 
 in the Sugar Loaf and Dalhousie Hill, the respective heights 
 of 950 and 715 ft. The settlements are few on the N., but 
 are rapidly increasing on the S. side. The Ristigouche offers 
 a tempting field to the geologist and mineralogist. Among 
 
 others there are amygdaloidal trap-rocks, abounding with 
 zeolites, jaspers, cornelians, and agates. The agates in par- 
 ticular, together with petrified wood, are found more or less 
 all along the shores of Chaleur Bay, and under the name of 
 Gasp^ pebbles are worked up at Quebec into ornamental 
 articles of jewellery. 
 
 RITSCHAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 about 12 m. E. by S. Prague; with a paiisli church, a town- 
 house, tile-works, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 RITSCHKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Kiiniggratz, on the Klausenbach, 6 m. E.N.E. Reichenau, 
 with oil and corn mills, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 RI V^AS, or Nicaragua, a tn. Central America, Nicaragua, 
 dep Meridional. It stands about 3 m. W. of Lake Nicar- 
 agua, in the centre of an extensive plain overgrown with rank 
 vegetation and interspersed with cacao, coffee, sugar, and 
 indigo plantations, which are among the most valuable in the 
 state; Its streets are regularly laid out, paved, and of uni- 
 form width; and its houses are of one story, with heavy cedar 
 doors, entered by a portico, and roofed with tiles. The 
 principal public buildings are on the grand plaza, where the 
 edifice of greatest pretension is a large church which has 
 been long in course of construction, and still remaining un- 
 finished looks not so much a modern edifice as an ancient 
 ruin. The town contains four other churches, but none of 
 them deserves special notice. The market, held on the N. 
 and W. sides of the plaza, is abundantly supplied with fruit. 
 Chili pepper, articles of light clothing, medicines, and trinkets. 
 As the central entrepot for the department, Rivas carries on 
 a considerable trade. Pop. about oOuO. 
 
 RIVLR DAVID, a tn. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Yama.ska, on the river which gives it its name, 52 m. 
 N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, a model school, 
 several mills, and a large trade in firewood, sent to Montreal 
 and Sord, chiefly for the use of steamboats. The wilds of 
 
RIVIEEE DU LOUP 
 
 151 
 
 ROORKEE 
 
 the surrounding districts abound with cranberries, of which 
 large quantities are exported to the U. States. Pop. of parish 
 about 5000. 
 
 RIVIfiHE DU LOUP EN HAUT, a tn. British 
 America, Canada East, co. Maskinong^, 70 m. N.E. Montreal. 
 It possesses a Protestant and a It. Catholic cliurch, and several 
 tanneries. The seigniory in which it stands belongs to the 
 Ursuline nuns of Trois Rivieres, or Three liivers. Pop. 
 about 2000. 
 
 RlVlEliE QUELLE, a tn. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Kainouraska, r. bank St. Lawrence, 72 m. N.E. 
 Quebec; with a 11. Catholic church, manufactures of tinware 
 and mill work, a tannery, and some general trade. Pop. 
 about 2500. 
 
 RIZSNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva- 
 Thurocz, about 40 m. N.E. Neusohl on the Arva, witli an 
 iron-mill, iron furnaces, and a considerable trade in flax. 
 Pop. 1200. 
 
 ROCHESTER, a tn. U. States, Minnesota, cap. co. 
 Olmstead, on the Winona and St. Peter's railway, 44 m. W. 
 Winona. It is an important station on the railroad, and is 
 situated in a rich wheat-growing district. It contains a 
 court-ho.use, several churches, and a bank. Pop. (1860), 
 1424. 
 
 ROCK ALL, an islet, N. Atlantic Ocean, about 150 m. W. 
 St. Kilda, the westernmost of the Hebrides; lat. 57° 36' N.; 
 Ion. 13° 41' VV. It is a circular mass of rock which rises 
 steep from the water, and being whitened by the dung of the 
 numerous birds frequenting it, appears, when tirst seen, like 
 a distant sail. The breakers around it warn the mariner to 
 give it a wide berth. From recent examination it proves to 
 be the top of a submarine mountain, separated from the great 
 plateau which forms the bottom of the ocean for a long dis- 
 tance westward from the shores of the British Isles, by a 
 valley in which no bottom is found at the depth of 5760 ft. 
 Rockall, hitherto regarded merely as a danger, has changed 
 its character so far as to become an object of some practical 
 interest, on account of the fish around it being found to be 
 large and plentiful. 
 
 ROCKHAMPTON, a tn. Australia, Queensland, cap. 
 CO. Livingstone, r. bank Fitzroy River, about 20 m. direct 
 distance above its embouchure in Keppel Bay, which lies on 
 the tropic of Capricorn. It is a thriving place, and the outlet 
 for the wool produce of the Comet, Peak Downs, and Barcoo. 
 Pop. about 6000. — (Proceedings Boy. Oeo. Soc.) 
 
 ROCKINGHAM BAY, a bay, Australia, Queensland, 
 lat. 18° S., Ion. 146° E.; immediately N. of Hinchbrook 
 Island. Its shores are mountainous, and off its entrances are 
 islands of various sizes. The mountains rise to the height 
 of 3500 to 4000 ft., and their slopes and the plains at their 
 foot are clothed with a dense and luxuriant tropical vegeta- 
 tion, resembling the most picturesque parts of Ceylon. On 
 this bay, in January, 1864, Sir George Bowen, Governor of 
 Queensland, founded the new settlement of Cardwell. The 
 pastoral districts to which Rockingham should naturally serve 
 as an outlet lie on the table-land, and in the valleys beyond 
 the mountains. Communication is established between the 
 bay and these districts by means of a road, suited for wheeled 
 vehicles, through a gap in the wall-like range. This road 
 likewise connects all the interior country and the banks of 
 the Flinders, Lynd, and Burdekin, with tlie shores of the Pa- 
 cific. — {Proceedings Bog. Geo. Soc.) 
 
 RODONDO, an isl. on the N. side of Bass Strait, 5| m. 
 from Wilson Promontory, the extreme S. point of Australia. 
 It consists of a conical mass of granite, which rises to the 
 height of 1130 ft. above the sea, so as to be visible from a 
 ship's deck at the distance of 30 m., is thinly clothed with 
 vegetation on its upper part, and so steep all round that even 
 the seals cannot find resting-places on its declivities. 
 
 ROFFAH, a tn. Africa, Nubia, prov. Senaar, r. bank 
 Blue Nile, 65 m. S.E. Khartoom. It stands opposite to the 
 ruins of Arbagi, is the residence of the Sheikh of Shukory, 
 who rules over a large extent of territory nominally subject 
 to the Turks; and being thus regarded as the capital, possesses 
 a considerable degree of importance. The inhabitants manu- 
 facture lances and sandals, and deal largely in agricultural 
 produce and cattle, for which an active market is held twice 
 a week within the town. 
 
 ROGAN KOTO, a tn. W. Africa, territory Keana, r. 
 
 bank Benuwe, 140 m. above its confluence with the Kwara. 
 It is surrounded by a wall with numerous loopholes for 
 archers, and has a pop. of about 1200, who are very industii- 
 ous and disposed to trade. On a large island immediately 
 eastward are two towns inhabited by people from Kororofa. 
 
 ROHATYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. W. Brzezau, cap. dist. of same name; with manufac- 
 tures of cloth and a trade in corn. There are rich gypsum 
 quarries in the vicinity. Pop. 3626. 
 
 ROHR, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, on tlie 
 Schwarza, 35 m. S.W. Vienna; with four saw-mills, a con- 
 siderable trade in wood and wooden ware, and 1030 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 ROHRBACH, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 dist. and 23 m. N. W. Linz. It has a handsome parish church, 
 an hospital, manufactures of leather, and an active trade. 
 Above the town lie the ruins of a castle, and beside it a 
 church to which pilgrimages are made. Pop. 1000. 
 
 ROHTUK, a dist. India, N.W. Provinces, between lat. 
 28° 38' and 29° 16' N.; Ion. 76° 10' and 77° 4' E.; is bounded 
 N.E. by Paneeput, E. Delhi and the native state Bahadoor- 
 gurli, S. Jhujhur, S.AV. Dadree, and W. Hureeanah and Sir- 
 hind; area, 1340 sq. m. The Rohtuk branch of Ferozc 
 Shah's canal traverses the district from N. to S., and adds 
 greatly to its fertility. The old Delhi canal also traverses 
 it, but when first opened was the cause of a great disaster. 
 Owing to a blunder in taking the levels the water, which was 
 expected to flow in a continuous stream, accumulated at 
 Ghana, threw down the embankment, and carried devastation 
 into the surrounding country. Pop. 294,199. 
 
 ROHTUK, cap. of the above dist., 42 m. N.W. Delhi, 
 stands on a watercourse 45 m. long, formed by the British 
 government in 1825 to convey water from the canal of Feroze 
 Shah. It is surrounded by a wall, and possesses a good 
 bazar. Hodson, Avho distinguished himself so much during 
 the Sepoy mutiny, here encountered a body of rebels on 16th 
 August, 1857, and signally defeated them. Pop. 10,350. 
 
 ROMANOVSKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 r. bank Don, 88 m. E.N.E. Novo-Terchask. It is a chief 
 entrepot for salt, and has 2181 inhabitants. 
 
 ROME. See Papal States in Siqjp. 
 
 RONCADE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and about 12 m. 
 S.E. Treviso. It is inclosed by a wet ditch and an ancient 
 wall flanked with towers, and has a handsome parish church 
 and a palace Giustiniani. Pop. 3556. 
 
 RONCEGNO, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and 
 about 12 m. W. Ti'ent; with a handsome parish church, a 
 ruined castle, and 2200 inhabitants. 
 
 ROODURPOOIJ, two places, India:— 1, A tn. N.W. 
 Provinces, dist. and 26 m. S.E. Goruckpore, on the Mughane, 
 a small feeder of the Raptee. It consists of about 300 mud 
 huts, and has in its vicinity two temples, one a large pyra- 
 midal structure, and the other of smaller dimensions adjoining 
 it. — 2, A tn. Rohilcund, dist. and 53 m. N. Bareilly, on the 
 banks of an affluent of the Ramgunga, amid fine mango 
 groves. The foliage of the trees, and the temples and other 
 buildings overtopiiing them, give the place at a distance a 
 striking appearance, and raise expectations which a nearer 
 inspection does not realize. The houses are merely a few 
 scores of wretched huts, and the temples and tombs are all in 
 ruins. 
 
 ROOPROA, a vil. Aracan, r. bank Koladyn, which here 
 flows through a hilly district, and on the W. is hemmed in 
 by the Peetoung range. The inhabitants are Aracanese, and 
 differ in many respects from the Mughs of Akyab and the 
 seabord. Their houses are entirely of bamboo, and built 
 contiguously in short rows or streets, an elevated platform 
 common to all running along their front. The cultivation, 
 chiefly cotton, tobacco, sugar-cane, and small quantities of 
 upland rice, the last used chiefly to make arrack, is very in- 
 different. The river here abounds in fine fish. 
 
 ROORKEE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, on one of the 
 most elevated sites in the Doab, between the Jumna and the 
 Ganges, and on the great Ganges canal, 90 m. N. by E. 
 Delhi. The operations connected with the canal have con- 
 verted a place which was formerly a mere village, into an 
 important European station, and an institute, called in honour 
 of its founder 'Thomason College,' has been established here 
 for the purpose of affording instruction in civil engineering 
 
ROOSELDJEBAL 
 
 152 
 
 ROVUMA 
 
 to Europeans and natives. In the vicinity tiie canal has been 
 carried over the Solane, by means of an aqueduct 920 ft. 
 Jong. This noble work, of which the estimated expense was 
 £158,000, and the actual expense above £300,000, consists of 
 fifteen arches, each of 50 ft. span. 
 
 UOOS-EL-DJEBAL, a prov. E. Arabia, kingdom of 
 Oman, comprising Cape Mesandum and its vicinity. It is 
 the wildest and most barren district of Oman; the people are 
 looked upon as half savages, though they are not really so in 
 character; they furnish good sailors to the government, and 
 have often rendered valuable service in naval war. Each 
 village has its chief, apparently independent of all the otliers, 
 owing no doubt to the little communication that can be held 
 between places in this region of precipitous mountains. 
 
 ROPCZYCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 26 m. E. by N. Taruow, cap. dist. of same name; with three 
 churches, a synagogue, important horse markets, and 2939 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ROPUR, a tn. India, Sirhind, a mile from the left bank 
 of tlie Sutlej, a little below the point where this river finally 
 quitstherangesoftheHimalaya, lat. 30°58'N.; Ion. 76°37'E. 
 It occupies a slight eminence in a narrow plain, which ex- 
 tends for several miles along the bank of the river, and con- 
 tains what was once the residence of a rajah, who forfeited 
 his territory by proving unfaithful to the British government 
 during the war with the Sikhs. Here, in November, 1831, 
 an interview took place between Lord William Bentinck, then 
 governor-general, and Runjeet Sing, and was accompanied 
 with much expensive and ostentatious display. 
 
 ROSALIA (Santa), a tn. Mexico, state and 80 m. 
 S.S.E. Chihuahua, on a height above the Florido, at its con- 
 fluence with the Conchas. It is a place of some consequence, 
 and has a pop. estimated at 5000. 
 
 ROSAKIO, a tn. La Plata, prov. Santa Fe, r. bank 
 Parana, 170 m. N.W. Buenos Ayres. It stands on a high 
 and steep bank, about 60 ft. above the level of the river, and 
 is regularly laid out in square blocks, according to the in- 
 variable mode adopted in all the towns of the confederation 
 The central part of the streets is unpaved, but on each side 
 there is a footpath formed of tiles. Besides a square at the 
 entrance of the town there is another near its centre, one 
 angle of which is occupied by a tolerably handsome church, 
 with a peristyle and two towei's. There is no other public 
 building of any consequence. Some of the private dwellings 
 are of two stories and elegant. This, however, is the ex- 
 ception, as the great majority are only of one story, poorly 
 built, and often even of wretched appearance. Still the place 
 is evidently prospering, mainly in consequence of the opening 
 of the navigation of the river, and its facilities of transport to 
 Buenos Ayres by means of regular steam-packets. A Centro- 
 Argentine railway is in course of construction, and will afford 
 communication witli the interior provinces, the commerce 
 with which is now carried on by means of carts and mules. 
 This traffic had risen from 16,326 tons in 1802, to about 
 30,000 tons in 1864. The shipping trade in 1864 comprised 
 806 coasting and river craft, of 55,241 tons, and 33 foreign 
 vessels of 9007 tons, entered; and 893 coasting and river 
 craft, of 52,254 tons, and 33 foreign vessels, departed. Some 
 of the foreign vessels drawing 16 ft. discharged their cargoes 
 alongside the railway mole. Copper from the mines of 
 Catamarca is manufactured at Rosario ; and there are also 
 several flour-mills. Wool forms an important and increasing 
 article of trade, and the American system of curing beef has 
 been commenced. The value of the exports in 1864 was 
 £512,959. Some things are still wanting to develop the 
 trade of Rosario. The river is navigable up to it for vessels 
 of large burden, but it has as yet no proper harbour, and is 
 very imperfectly provided with warehouses for the reception 
 of goods. Tliough of comparatively recent origin, Rosario 
 already contains nearly 16,000 inhabitants, composed of a 
 mixture of almost all nations. 
 
 ROSAUIO, or Asilo del Rosakio, a tn. IMexico, dap. 
 Cinaloa, on a river of same name, which flows W., and falls 
 into the Pacific at Mazatlan, about 30 m. below. It was once 
 an important mining place, and carried on an extensive trade, 
 being the principal entrepot for an extensive tract of country; 
 but since the mines have ceased to be productive, and the 
 merchants, who used to visit it for foreign goods, prefer sup- 
 plying themselves directly at Mazatlan, it is greatly decayed. 
 
 Its site, in a mountain goi-ge, is very imposing, and its streets, 
 though narrow, contain many lofty and substantial stone- 
 built houses. Pop. about 7000. 
 
 KOSCIIITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Lower Mannhartsberg, 38 m. N.N. W. Vienna. It con- 
 tains 1200 inliabitants, who carry on a considerable trade in 
 fruit, wood, and corn. 
 
 ROSCHNAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Jloravia, circle and 
 9 m S.E. Neutitschein, on the Betschwa, in a beautiful 
 valley. It has a parish church, and a considerable trade in 
 cattle, flax, and ewe-milk cheese. On one of the lofty moun- 
 tains in the vicinity is the old ruined castle of Riischnau. 
 Pop. 3109. 
 
 ROSUIALOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 12 m. S. W. Gitschin, on the Truawa; with a deanery 
 church, a castle, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 ROSSIENU, a tn. Russia, gov. and 50 m. N.W. Kovno, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Dubissa; with two churches, 
 a circle and a parish school, two charitable institutes, and a 
 pop. of 6234. A battle was fought here in 1830, between the 
 Russians and the Poles. 
 
 ROSSITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 9 m. N.AV. Briinn, with which it is connected by railway. It 
 has a parish church and a castle, both of them beautiful 
 structures ; manufactures of beet-root sugar, a blast furnace, 
 and coal mines, which are very extensively worked; and 
 contains 3689 inhabitants. 
 
 ROSSOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 12 m. S. Ivolomea, cap. dist. of same name, with a salt 
 spring, a government salt magazine, an extensive trade in 
 salt, and 2671 inhabitants. 
 
 ROTH-WESELY, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 6 m. S.S.E. Gitschin, on the Cydlina; with a 
 parish church, a castle, a townhouse, a brewery, and 1000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ROUPAT,an isl. Indian Archipelago, on the N.E. coast 
 of Sumatra, in the straits and nearly opposite to the town of 
 Malacca. It is for the most part mere jungle, its only in- 
 habitants being a few Malay fishermen living on the coast. 
 
 ROVEKCHIARA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 18 m. 
 S.E. Verona, on the Adige; witli a church containing fine 
 paintings, and 2689 inhabitants. 
 
 ROVIGO, a tn. N. Afi'ica, Algeria, prov. and 18 m. 
 S. Algiers, on the Arrah, where it enters the plain of Metidja. 
 It has several oil-mills, and in the vicinity are gypsum 
 quarries and mineral springs. Excellent tobacco grows in 
 the district. Pop. 1403. 
 
 ROVUMA, a river, E. Africa, falling into the Indian 
 Ocean in lat. 10° 30' S.; Ion. 40° 27' E. Its source, as yet 
 undiscovered, is supposed to be in the country N.E. of the 
 northern extremity of Lake Nyassa, about lat. 10° 30' S.; Ion. 
 36° E. It has been explored for 150 m. from the sea in a 
 W.S. W. direction. At its mouth it forms a magnificent bjiy, 
 and has no bar. The scenery upon the lower part of it is 
 superior to that on tlie Zambesi, the highlands being visible 
 from the sea. Eight miles up a beautiful range of well- 
 wooded hills on each bank begins. On these ridges a tree 
 resembling African black-wood, of finer grain than ebony, 
 grows abundantly, and attains a large size. The current is 
 rapid, but the volume of water is not great, and in depth is at 
 times only navigable by a small vessel. Upon the I. or N. 
 side of the river, 25 m. from the entrance, is a small lake 
 named Chidia, which is connected with it in flood time, and 
 is nearly surrounded by hills, 500 or 600 ft. high, dotted 
 over with trees. The navigation becomes more difficnlt 
 as the river is ascended, the channel being much impeded 
 in the dry season by 'snags' brought down by the floods. 
 In some places the river is divided into two or three shallow 
 channels. The valley of the Rovuma, bounded on each side 
 by a range of highlands, is from 2 to 4 m. broad, and its 
 direction is tolerably straight; the ciiannel in the dry season, 
 however, is exceedingly tortuous, and useless for navigation 
 for at least four months in the year. Forty miles beyond 
 Lake Chidia is an inhabited island, called Kichokomana; 
 along the 1. bank above this island is an exceedingly fertile 
 plain nearly 2 m. broad. At Michi, 80 or 90 m. up the 
 river, the table-land disappears, which, up to this point, bounds 
 the view on both sides with ranges of flat-topped hills 600 or 
 800 ft. high ; to this plateau a level fertile plain succeeds, on 
 
ROWERSDORF 
 
 153 
 
 RUSSIA 
 
 which stand detached granite hills. That part of the table- 
 land on the right bank seems to bend away to the S., still 
 preserving the appearance of a hill range. The height oppo- 
 site extends a few miles further W., and then branches off 
 in a N. direction. Indications of the existence of coal are 
 found hereabouts, probably a continuation of the coal-field of 
 the Zambesi, the same sandstone rock, with fossil wood in it, 
 being seen at the lakelet Chidia, which is on the Zambesi a 
 sure evidence of coal beneath. The direction of the river 
 now is more from the south, and some parts of it are deeper 
 than nearer the sea. At 140 m. up, by the course of the 
 river, soft tufa rocks begin to appear; and 10 m. beyond the 
 river becomes narrow and rocky, and at 156 m. (rather less 
 than 2° in a straight line from the coast) it ceases to be 
 navigable in the dry season. Just above this point is the 
 island of Nyamatolo, lat. 11° 53' S.; Ion. 38° 36' E.; near the 
 island is a rocky rapid with narrow passages fit only for 
 native canoes ; the fall is small and the banks quite low, but 
 the rocks are an effectual barrier. The Eovuma is remark- 
 able for the high lands that flank it for 80 m. from the ocean. 
 The cataracts of other rivers occur in mountains, those of the 
 llovuma are found in a level part with hills only in tiie dis- 
 tance. Far away in the W. and N. blue heights are visible, 
 probably from their form of igneous origin, rising out of a 
 plain. According to native accounts the Kovuma is joined 
 about 30 m. beyond Nyamatolo Island by the Liende, which, 
 coming from the S. W., rises in the mountains on the E. side 
 of Lake Nyasfsa; the Eovuma itself coming from the N.W. 
 By some the latter is said to come from the Nyassa itself, 
 but the statement is hardly trustworthy. The country about 
 tlie lower part of the Eovuma is sparsely inhabited by a poor 
 lace of Arab extraction. Higher up the population is some- 
 wliat more numerous, though rendered ill-disposed to strangers 
 by the slave-trade ; but proceeding more inland the people 
 are more civil and peaceable. In the neighbourhood of 
 Nyamatolo they are well supplied with food, and cultivate 
 the land extensively. Sesamum, gum-copal, and tobacco are 
 articles of traffic. Honey of excellent quality is collected in 
 bark hives, placed for the bees in the high trees all along the 
 river. Crocodiles inhabit the stream, and are much hunted 
 by the natives, by whom their flesh is eaten and relished. 
 Of rare animals, the senze, about the size of a large cat, but 
 in shape more like a pig, exists in the reedj' banks and low 
 islands ; the hunting of it is a favourite pastime of the natives, 
 who set fire to the reeds to drive the senze out. 
 
 ROWERSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. 
 Holzenplotz, about 13 m. N. N.W. Troppau; with manufac- 
 tures of worsted and articles used in weaving woollens, and 
 2757 inhabitants. 
 
 ROZDOL, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 20 m. N.E. Stry; with a beautiful baronial castle with 
 fine gardens, two monasteries, one belonging to the Sisters of 
 Mercy; a sulphur mineral spring, and 3906 inhabitants. 
 
 RSHEV, or Ezev, a tn. Russia, gov. and 68 ni. S.W. 
 Tver, cap. circle of same name, on the Volga. It is a hand- 
 some well-built town, and has nine churches, secular and 
 religious schools for the circle and the parish, two benevolent 
 institutes, manufactures of chemicals, paints, and hardware, 
 particularly ploughshares, sickles, sheep -shears, peasants' 
 knives, &c. There is also a stone quarry in the vicinity, and 
 the trade is extensive. Pop. 11,354. 
 
 RUAMAHUNGA, a river, New Zealand, which, rising 
 among the mountains in the S. of North Island or Ulster, 
 flows S.S.W. through the fine valley of Wairarapa, which 
 contains 350,000 acres of level grazing land, and when about 
 to enter Palliser Bay in Cook's Strait, loses itself in two 
 shallow lakes. In the winter months these lakes, forcing a 
 passage through the narrow sand-bar which separates them 
 from the bay, may be entered by boats, which, after sailing 
 over their expanse of 15 m., may afterwards ascend the 
 liuamagunga for 20 or 30 m. Numerous settlers are estab- 
 lished in the Wairarapa Valley. 
 
 RUANWELLE, a fort, Ceylon, on an eminence above 
 the Kalany, 32 m, N.E. Colombo, and nearly the same dis- 
 tance S.W. Kandy. Standing near the frontier of the latter 
 it was once regarded as a place of great importance, but is 
 now merely the residence of the civil officer in charge of the 
 district. A few miles W. stood Sita-wacca, one of the most 
 ancient cities of Ceylon. It was the stronghold of the chiefs 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol, II. 
 
 Maaya Dunna and Rajah Singha during their war with the 
 Portuguese, as the allies of King Cotta, and was eventually 
 destroyed by the Portuguese general Azavedo at the close of 
 the sixteenth century. Among the still existing remains are 
 a deep moat, crossed by a bridge composed of five slabs 14 ft. 
 long, and more than proportionate thickness; and vestiges of 
 the palace and temple, which were of hewn granite. Euan- 
 welle, meaning 'Golden Sand,' takes its name from a small 
 stream near it. The country around is magnificent, and 
 commands fine views of the mountains near Adam's Peak, 
 and of the cataracts which descend from them. 
 
 RUAPUKE, an isl. New Zealand, nearly in the centre 
 of the E. entrance of Foveaux Strait, which separates the 
 Middle from the South Island. It is of irregular shape, 
 4J m. long from N. to S., and about 2 m. wide. The surface 
 is low, nowhere rising more than 220 ft., and only becoming 
 visible from a vessel's deck at sea at the distance of 12 or 
 14 m. Its central part, 140 ft. high, is thickly covered with 
 trees of stunted growth. In almost every direction it is sur- 
 rounded by islets, reefs, and tide riplings, causing some 
 anxiety to the mariner, particularly when approaching it 
 from the E. 
 
 RURY CITY, a vil. U. States, Idaho, on Jordan Creek, 
 60 m. S.W. Bois^e City. Here are gold placer mines, and 
 quartz lodes producing silver. 
 
 RUDNA (Great and Little), a tn Austrian empire, 
 Galicia, circle and 4 m. N. Ezeszow; with two fine castles, 
 and 1 850 inhabitants. 
 
 RUDNIK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 28 m. N.E. Ezeszow, with 1900 inhabitants. The Swedes 
 were here defeated by the Poles in 1656. 
 
 KUFIJI, or LuFiGi, a large river, E. Aft-ica, which 
 pours its water into the Indian Ocean by a number of mouths 
 west of the island of Mufrah, in lat. 8° S. It is the main 
 drain of the Zanzibar coast, and, like the Zambe.si, becomes 
 swollen by the heavy rains in the interior, from January or 
 February till May and June The natives ascend it in boats 
 for a distance which they calculate at seven days, when the 
 current becomes too strong for them to stem it. The inhabi- 
 tants on the banks have their houses raised on piles or poles, 
 beyond the reach of the inundation and the crocodiles. They 
 are very barbarous. Could the barbarous tribes be conci- 
 liated, the Eiifiji might become one of the great gates for 
 commerce into E. Africa. In its upper course it has the 
 name of Ewalia. 
 
 KUM, an isl. or cay. West Indies, near the centre of the 
 Bahamas, about lat. 23° 45' N.; Ion. 74° 40' W. It is about 
 9^ m. long by 2 m to 5 m. broad, and terminates in the 
 S.E. in two remarkable high white cliffs, which become vis- 
 ible at the distance of 10 or 12 m. The principal settlement 
 is at St. George Bay in the S.E., where there is excellent 
 anchorage and a valuable salt pond. Its inhabitants amounted 
 in 1857 to 900. 
 
 RUO, a river, S.E. Africa, rising among the hills S. of Lake 
 Shirwa, and flowing S.W. into the 1. bank of the Shire, in 
 lat. 16^ 33' S. ; Ion. 35° 11' E., opposite the island of Male. 
 About 100 yards from the point of confluence is the grave of 
 Bishop Mackenzie, the first missionary bishop to this part of 
 Africa, who died here of fever not many months after the 
 arrival of his mission. 
 
 RUPERT'S LAND, the name given by a charter of 
 Charles II. to ^ considerable territory in British America, 
 extending from the Eocky Mountains on the W. to Hudson's 
 Bay on the E., N. to Lake Methy, and S. to the II. States 
 boundary; between lat. 49° and 55° N.; and Ion. 65° and 1 18° 
 W. It includes the settlement of Eed Eiver, and the co. or dist. 
 of Saskatchewan, English Eiver, Nelson River, Cumberland, 
 Severn, Albany, Eainy Lake, &;c.; is the seat of a bishopric, 
 and divided into two archdeaconries. The Episcopal cathe- 
 dral is St. John's, Red Eiver — (6'ee Hudson's Bay Terri- 
 tory in Imp. Gaz., Saskatchewan and Eed Eiver in Supp.) 
 
 UUSKBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat Military 
 Frontiers, N.E. Karansebes; with a colliery, silver, lead, and 
 copper mines, and 2290 inhabitants. 
 
 RUSSIA [add.] In pursuance of her long cherished 
 designs upon the integrity of the Turkish empire, Russia 
 took advantage of some petty quarrel between the Latin and 
 Greek priests at Jerusalem, to claim the protectorate of the 
 Greek Christians under Turkish rule. Such a claim being 
 
 20 
 
RUSSIA 
 
 154 
 
 RUSSIA 
 
 inconsistent with the independence of the sultan was resisted, 
 and after long negotiation, carried on with great haughtiness 
 on the part of the Russian embassy at Constantinople, a 
 Russian army was sent across the Pruth, on July 2, 1853. 
 The leading European powers strongly remonstrated against 
 this wanton aggression, and England and France, subsequently 
 joined by Sardinia, resolved to support the cause of the sultan 
 by force of arms, and declared war against Russia in March, 
 1 854. The Russian fleet was shut up in Sebastopol harbour, 
 and an army was landed at G.allipoli in April. The Russians 
 laid siege to Silistria, which was long and gallantly defended 
 by the Turks, who proved themselves able to protect the line 
 of the Danube; and thereupon the allies resolved to carry the 
 war into the Crimea. Landing at Eupatoria, on September 14, 
 1854, they defeated the Russian army on the heights of the 
 Alma on the 20th, and then invested the fortress of Sebas- 
 topol. The memorable siege, of which a condensed account 
 is given in tliis Svpplement, under the head of Sevastopol, 
 after the most arduous operations terminated in the capture 
 of the city by the allies, on September 5, 1855. Tiie fall of 
 Sebastopol virtually brought the war to an end, the Crimea 
 having been the principal scene of the contest, though desul- 
 tory operations had been carried on in the Baltic and else- 
 where with variable utility. A treaty of peace was signed 
 at Paris, on March 30, 1856, in which Russia renounced all 
 claim to interference in the internal policy of Turkey. The 
 accession of the Emperor Alexander upon the death of his 
 father Nicholas, gave promise of important and valuable 
 reforms in the domestic condition of the empire. First 
 among these was the emancipation of the serfs from the abso- 
 lute power of the landowners. Though some amelioration of 
 their condition had been made by previous measures, yet at 
 this time their masters still had the power of using their 
 labour without the payment of wages; of punishing them 
 without reference to the civil magistrate ; of arbitrarily con- 
 trolling their marriage; and of sending them at pleasure into 
 the army or to Siberia. The maximum of unpaid labour 
 which could be exacted, was, however, limited by law to 
 three days in the case of men, and two days in that of women 
 per week. For their maintenance most of the serfs held 
 allotments of their masters' land, and those who followed 
 other trades and handicrafts paid a tribute to their owners for 
 the privilege. By the ukase of Alexander II., February 19, 
 1860, and subsequent modifications of it, the position of 
 serfdom has been abolished. The peasants are now respon- 
 sible to the laws only. The agricultural labourer retains his 
 allotment on condition of working three days a week for the 
 proprietor, or paying an equitable equivalent in money; and 
 he has the right of purchasing his dwelling and inclosure for 
 16§ times its annual value. For this latter purpose the 
 government will advance 80 per cent, of the purchase money. 
 These regulations, however, do not come into unconditional 
 operation until 1870. Serfs not employed on the land 
 became absolutely free on March 3, 1863, and were exempted 
 from all taxes for two years; and this exemption is continued 
 for four years longer to all those who settle in towns, and for 
 six years to those who settle in villages. 
 
 In 1863 an insurrection in Russian Poland broke out, in 
 consequence of an arbitrary system of conscription, in which 
 the best men fitted for military service were impressed solely 
 from the population of the large cities, thus carrying off the 
 most valuable of the inhabitants. A sanguinary but desultory 
 struggle ensued, in which Russia exerted suppressive measures 
 with an iron hand. 
 
 In the extension and consolidation of her power in Central 
 Asia, as well as to overawe, and if necessary subjugate adja- 
 cent states displaying any hostility, the Russian government 
 has taken measures for uniting the two fortified lines, the one 
 reaching from the Chinese frontier to Lake Issyk-Kul, the 
 other extending from the Sea of Aral to the Syr-Daria. Ad- 
 vanced forts are to be established in fertile places for coloni- 
 zation, ajid for provisioning the military and other settlers. 
 The long hostile and warlike tribes of the Caucasus also 
 liave been at length subjugated, and their famous leader 
 Schamyl reduced to surrender; large numbers of the people 
 being driven from their homes, and forced to seek refuge in 
 other lands. 
 
 The following statistics supplementary to those in the 
 body of the Gazetteer will be found useful for comparison, as 
 
 indicating the relative condition of the empire at the periods 
 indicated. 
 
 Population of Russia in 1864. 
 
 In Europe. 
 
 Archangel. 
 Astrakhan. 
 
 Country of the Don ) 
 
 Cossacks f 
 
 Coiirland 
 
 Ekaterinoslav 
 
 Esthonia 
 
 Grodno 
 
 Jaroslav 
 
 Kalouga 
 
 Kasan 
 
 Kharkoff 
 
 Kherson 
 
 Kieff 
 
 Kostroma 
 
 Koursk 
 
 Kowno 
 
 Livonia 
 
 Minsk 
 
 Mohiletr 
 
 Moscow 
 
 Nijnei-Novgorod 
 
 Novgorod 
 
 Olonetz 
 
 Orel 
 
 Oi'enbui'g and Oufa . . . . 
 
 284,244 
 45.3,.575 
 .1,026,346 
 
 949,682 
 
 573,8.56 
 
 1,204,751 
 
 313,119 
 
 894,194 
 
 969,642 
 
 964,796 
 
 1,607,122 
 
 1,590,926 
 
 1,330,138 
 
 2,012,095 
 
 1,073,971 
 
 1,827,068 
 
 1,052,164 
 
 925,275 
 
 1,001,335 
 
 924,080 
 
 1,564,240 
 
 1,285,196 
 
 1,006,293 
 
 296,593 
 
 1,533,619 
 
 1,843,371 
 
 Peusa 1, 
 
 Perm 2, 
 
 Podolia 1, 
 
 Poltawa 1, 
 
 Pskoff. 
 
 Biazan 1, 
 
 Petersburg and Cron- ) , 
 
 Btadt j" ^' 
 
 Samara 1, 
 
 Saratoff. 1, 
 
 Simbirsk 1, 
 
 Smolensk 1. 
 
 Tamboff i, 
 
 Taurida 
 
 Tchemigoft 1, 
 
 Toula 1, 
 
 Tver i 
 
 Viatka 2 
 
 Vilna 
 
 Vitebsk 
 
 Vladimir 1 
 
 Volhynia 1 
 
 Vologda 
 
 Voronej 1 
 
 080 
 548 
 857 
 ,442 
 907 
 293 
 
 ,779 
 ,135 
 312 
 ,212 
 ,584 
 783 
 372 
 ,470 
 ,077 
 ,601 
 993 
 ,739 
 ,619 
 ,635 
 ,721 
 ,113 
 
 Total in Europe. . .61,061,801 
 
 III Asia. 
 
 Derbend 513,925 
 
 Kourtais 540,852 
 
 Stavropol 562,317 
 
 Tiflis 647,125 
 
 Schemakha 633,886 
 
 Erivan 257,106 
 
 Cossacks of the Black ) „.,, ,„„ 
 
 Sea ) 902,493 
 
 HUl Country '. . '. ". ...... 900,000 
 
 4,257,704 
 
 Siberia. 
 
 Semipalatinsk 217,451 
 
 Kirgliises of Silieria. . . . 277,4.51 
 Kirghises of Orenburg. . 600,000 
 
 4,070,938 
 
 Total of Asiatic Russia 8,328,642 
 
 Tobolsk 1,021,266 
 
 Tomsk 694,651 
 
 Jeniss^isk 303,256 
 
 Irkutsk 319,936 
 
 Trans-Baikal Provinces 352,534 
 
 Jakwtsk 217,955 
 
 Amoor 40,000 
 
 Littoral 26,438 
 
 Summary. 
 
 Russia in Europe (1864) 61.061,801 
 
 Caucasus (1858) 4.257,704 
 
 Russia in Asia (1858) 4,070,938 
 
 Poland (1860) 4,840,466 
 
 Finland (1863) 1,798,909 
 
 Total of Russian Empire 76,029,818 
 
 The total value of the imports and exports (exclusive of 
 specie) of the Russian empire in the years 1859-63, is stated 
 as follows: — 
 
 Imports. Exjxirls. 
 
 1859 £25,2-27,910 £26,230,240 
 
 1860 25,223,039 28,719,020 
 
 1861 26,459,263 28,053,498 
 
 1.862 24,204,413 28,568,056 
 
 1863 24,493,849 24,458,250 
 
 The trade of Great Britain with Russia is shown in the 
 following table of the imports and exports from and to tlie 
 United Kingdom: — 
 
 Imports from Exports to 
 
 Eussia. Russia. 
 
 I860 £16,201 ,498 £5,446,279 
 
 1862 15,101,055 3,733,618 
 
 1864 14,712,6.30 6,086,332 
 
 Of the imports from Russia in 1864, wheat amounted to 
 £531,750; oats, £728,430; flax, £3,047,595; hemp, £850,715; 
 linseed and flaxseed, £1,024,063; tallow, £895,421; sawn 
 wood, £1,414,956; and wool, £390,316. Of the exports of 
 British produce, the principal items were coal, £169,101; 
 cotton yarn, £393,575; iron, £448,857; machinery, £382,966; 
 and woollen yarn, £398,530. 
 
 The amount of bullion and coin imported and exported in 
 the years 1861-3, is thus given: — 
 
 1861. 1862. 1863. 
 
 Imiwted £1,130,326.... £794,262.... £823,102 
 
 Exported 2,500,140 .... 6,222,178 .... 11,264,073 
 
 The number and tonnage, in lasts of 2 tons each, of vessels 
 entered and cleared at ports in Russia, from and to various 
 countries in the year 1863, are stated thus: — 
 
RUSTCHUK 
 
 155 
 
 RYMNIK-VULTSHEA 
 
 Russia 
 
 Great Britain 
 
 Sweden 
 
 Norway 
 
 Prussia 
 
 Denmark 
 
 Hauae Towns 
 
 Other German ports. . . . 
 
 Holland 
 
 Belgium 
 
 France 
 
 Spain 
 
 Portugal 
 
 Italian States 
 
 Austria 
 
 Turkey 
 
 Moldavia and Wallacliia 
 
 China 
 
 North America 
 
 South America 
 
 W. Indies 
 
 Malta 
 
 Ionian Islands 
 
 Greece 
 
 Persia , 
 
 Egypt 
 
 Africa , 
 
 Total , 
 
 844 
 
 25:io 
 
 74 
 
 693 
 
 373 
 
 309 
 
 288 
 
 136 
 
 403 
 
 131 
 
 500 
 
 89 
 
 91 
 
 802 
 
 37 
 
 1655 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 28 
 92 
 53 
 208 
 464 
 51 
 13 
 
 Lasts 
 (2 tonB>. 
 
 62,062 
 290,341 
 
 3,712 
 28,115 
 28,581 
 22,509 
 20,886 
 11,147 
 30,495 
 16,400 
 63,562 
 
 9,219 
 
 9,984 
 106.638 
 
 4,753 
 
 88,762 
 
 250 
 
 586 
 
 1,360) 
 482) 
 
 6,065 
 13,938 
 
 6,314 
 26,009 
 20,856 
 11,669 
 
 1,432 
 
 886,197 
 
 1335 
 
 2611 
 
 106 
 
 336 
 
 176 
 
 1842 
 
 149 
 
 23 
 
 363 
 
 123 
 
 609 
 
 4 
 
 28 
 
 153 
 
 66 
 
 1497 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 453 
 
 5 
 
 3 
 
 Lasts 
 (2 tons>. 
 
 96,474 
 
 340,319 
 
 9,147 
 
 8,433 
 
 14,804 
 
 134,112 
 
 11,426 
 
 1,145 
 
 26,597 
 
 12,864 
 
 86,190 
 
 490 
 
 3,177 
 
 20,058 
 
 8,560 
 
 94.95)5 
 
 445 
 
 1,404 
 
 4,254 
 
 261 
 
 539 
 
 20,005 
 
 1,574 
 
 92 
 
 898,255 
 
 The number of the various manufactories in the Russian 
 empire in tlie year 1864, together with the value (in silver 
 roubles = 3s. 2d. each) of the produce, and the number of 
 work-people employed, is given as follows: — 
 
 Woollen Cloth 
 
 Other Woollen Goods 
 
 Fine assorted Woollen Goods. 
 
 Cotton Yarn 
 
 Cottoh Manufactures 
 
 Ijinen Manufactures 
 
 Hem^jen Goods and Cordage. 
 
 Silk and Trimming 
 
 Golden Wares and Epaulets . 
 
 Paper 
 
 Tobacco and' Snuff 
 
 Linen Yarns 
 
 Agricultural Implements 
 
 Machinery 
 
 Sugar 
 
 Tallow 
 
 Stearine 
 
 Tanneries •. 
 
 Distilleries 
 
 Total 
 
 No. of 
 
 Mannfac- 
 
 tories. 
 
 365 
 120 
 
 51 
 
 35 
 388 
 104 
 147 
 326 
 
 24 
 188 
 263 
 348 
 970 
 103 
 432 
 1254 
 
 13 
 2,508 
 1,446 
 
 15,453 
 
 Silver roubles. 
 26,082,702 
 6,364,193 
 4,653,790 
 20,111,093 
 12,607,003 
 8,027,582 
 4,300,952 
 6,483,944 
 1,055,532 
 6,140,826 
 7,735,252 
 21,193,472 
 9,438,753 
 12,190,079 
 31,081,501 
 12,949,617 
 5,701,859 
 16,564,417 
 52,302,079 
 
 325,859,664 
 
 No of Work- 
 people. 
 
 71,797 
 13,031 
 
 9,242 
 21,711 
 36,407 
 16,042 
 
 5,055 
 
 8,957 
 
 676 
 
 11,829 
 
 6,002 
 22,723 
 
 5,723 
 14,690 
 54,980 
 
 6,716 
 
 1,761 
 12,169 
 30,790 
 
 404,610 
 
 The estimated number of live-stock of various kinds in the 
 year 1863 was: — 
 
 Horses. 
 Cattle . 
 Sheep . 
 Swine. 
 Goats . 
 
 European Russia. 
 
 Asiatic Russia. 
 
 Total. 
 
 15,443,000 
 
 3,076,000 
 
 18,519,000 
 
 22,816,000 
 
 2,628,000 
 
 25,444,000 
 
 39,315,000 
 
 5,815,800 
 
 45,130,800 
 
 9,517,000 
 
 580,(00 
 
 10,097,000 
 
 1,724,000 
 
 335,400 
 
 2,059,400 
 
 In the year 1865 the public revenue of the Russian 
 empire amounted to £60,181,474, and the expenditure to a 
 similar sum. The public debt of the empire in 1861 was 
 ^£263,609,644. 
 
 RUSTCHUK [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, 
 eyalet and 66 m. W.S.W. Silistria, r. bank Danube, opposite 
 to Giurgevo in Walachia, at the confluence of the Kara Lorn, 
 and on tlie great road leading from Russia to Constantinople, 
 
 by way of Jassy and Bucharest, and the two principal passes 
 of the Balkan. It occupies a series of heights, and is a place 
 of strategical importance, being defended both by extensive 
 fortifications and especially by a strong castle which commands 
 the town and also the river, the channel of which is here 
 partly occupied by several islands. Among tlie public build- 
 ings within the town and its suburbs are nine mosques, several 
 Greek and Armenian churches, one or two synagogues, the 
 palace of a Greek archbishop, and numerous baths. Tlie 
 manufactures include woollen and linen cloth, muslin, silk, 
 leather (ordinary and morocco), tobacco, &c., and the trade 
 is very extensive. Rustchuk and its environs have been the 
 scene of many conflicts between the Turks and the Russians. 
 The latter took it in 1810, after a long siege and the gaining 
 of a battle at Battin. Pop. estimated at 30,000, composed 
 of Walaks, Turks, Greeks, and Jews. 
 
 RUTNAGHERKY, a dist. or collectorate, India, presid. 
 Bombay, Concan, between lat. 15° 44' and 18° 6' N.; Ion. 
 73° 6' and 73° 58' N., is bounded N. by Hubsie's Territory, 
 and dist. Tannah, H Sattara and Kolapore, S. Sawuntwarree 
 and the Portuguese territory of Goa, and W. the Arabian 
 Sea; greatest length, N. to S., 167 in.; greatest breadth, 40 m.; 
 area, 3964 sq. m. The quantity of arable land is, owing to 
 the mountainous character of the country, limited; but this is 
 in general well cultivated, as a ready means of conveying the 
 produce to market is furnished by the numerous creeks which 
 indent the coast. Towards the interior the case is different, 
 as access to it is excluded by the Sydaree range belonging to 
 the Western Ghauts, in whicii there are only a few practi- 
 cable passes, and these so difficult that pack and not draught 
 bullocks are employed in the conveyance of goods. In this 
 way the expense becomes so heavy that the district is in 
 a manner shut out from all profitable trade with the rich 
 country E. of the Ghauts. The consequence is that the 
 great body of the people, left without any proper stimulus 
 to exertion, are ignorant and apathetic, and activity and en- 
 terprise are almost entirely confined to the sea-coast, where 
 productive fisheries give considerable employment. The 
 chief agricultural products are rice and various species of 
 grain. Both cotton and flax have been tried, but pronounced 
 failures. Sugar-cane is cultivated to a small extent. Pop. 
 665,238. 
 
 RUTNAGHERRY, cap. of the above dist., is situated 
 on the coast in lat. 17° N.; Ion. 73° 20' E. 
 
 RUTTUNGHUR, three places, India:— 1, A fort, Kah- 
 loor, on the crest of the steep ridge on whicli Malown stands, 
 and 1^ m. N.W. of it. It is of considerable strength, by both 
 nature and art, and having been taken by the British during 
 the Nepaulese war, greatly aided them in their operations 
 against Malown. — 2, Ruttnnglmr Klteree, a tn. Scindia's 
 Dominions, 36 m. N.E. Neemuch. It stands in a rugged 
 and elevated district, is of considerable size, and has a well- 
 supplied bazar. — 3, A tn. Rajpootana, state and 86 m. E. 
 Bikaneer. It is surrounded by a stone wall and defended by 
 a fort at its N.E. angle, and has a good bazar. 
 
 RYEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, Circle and 
 27 m. E.N.E, Kronstadt; with a Protestant and a Greek 
 non-united church. In the vicinity are the ruins of an old 
 castle which belonged to the Teutonic knights. Pop. 2030. 
 
 RYMANOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. W. Sanok, cap. dist. of same name; with an ancient 
 parish church with some remarkable monuments, much-fre- 
 quented cattle markets, and 2128 inhabitants. 
 
 RYMNIK, or Slam-Rymnik, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Walachia, cap. circle and on a river of same name, 75 m. 
 N.N.E. Bucharest. It is situated in a beautiful plain, is the 
 see of a bishop, and the seat of a court of primary jurisdiction, 
 and has an ecclesiastical seminary, a church, and a normal 
 school. The Russians defeated the Turks here in 1789. 
 
 RYMNIK-VULTSHEA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Walachia, in a mountainous district on the A lata, 95 m. 
 N.W. Bucharest. It is the seat of a court of primary juris- 
 diction, and contains several churches and a normal school. 
 Pop. 3000. 
 
SAAD-EL-DIN 
 
 156 
 
 SAGHALIEN 
 
 s. 
 
 SAAD-EL-DIN, an isl. off the coast of E. Africa, about 
 2 III. N. Zaylah. It is of very small extent, bordered on its 
 outer edge by a thick belt of underwood, and consisting within 
 of a barren flat of silt and sand. Local tradition, however, 
 says that it was the site of an ancient Zaylah, built by the 
 Arabs from Yemen. In proof of this remains are still shown, 
 consisting chiefly of watercourses stretching across the plain 
 to wells now lost, and of tanks made apparently to collect 
 rain-water. Near one of the latter, which is a work of some 
 art, there is a cemetery containing, among otlnJr tombs, that 
 of Sheikh Saad-el-Din, formerly the hero, and now the much 
 venerated patron saint, of ZaylAh. On the island some .speci- 
 mens of fine sponge and coral are picked up. 
 
 SABA [add.], an isl. West Indies, in the N.E. of the 
 Caribbean Sea; lat. 17° 39' N.; Ion. 63° 19' W. It is nearly 
 circular, 2J m. in diameter, and is throughout a mass of 
 rugged mountains, intersected by deep and precipitous ravines, 
 and terminating in a summit which is 2820 ft. high, and 
 usually enveloped in clouds. Tlie inhabitants live chiefly in 
 a small valley called the Bottom, 960 ft. above the sea. They 
 export poultry and vegetables, chiefly sweet potatoes, to the 
 neighbouring islands, speak the English language, and are 
 excellent ship-builders, their boats and small craft being 
 famed and generally used as a model over all the Windward 
 Islands. A heavy surf, which generally breaks all along the 
 shore, renders landing extremely difficult and often dangerous. 
 Pop. 1674. 
 
 SABOX-BIRNI, a tn. Western Africa, Ilausa States, 
 near the Tuarik frontier, 140 m. N.W. Kano, is approached 
 with difiiculty through the narrow lanes of a suburb, and has 
 outside its western wall a large sheet of stagnant water of 
 very bad quality, with a border of kitchen garden in which 
 onions are cultivated. The governor is a dependant of the 
 emir of Sokoto. 
 
 SACO, a river, U. States, one of the largest in New Eng- 
 land, has its sources in the White Mountains, New Hamp- 
 shire, being there formed by the junction of three principal 
 branches at Bartlett, flows S.E. into Maine, and after an 
 abrupt turn northwards, resumes its original direction and 
 falls into the Atlantic at Saco Bay, after a course of about 
 160 m. A succession of lofty falls, the last of them only 
 4 m. above its mouth, render it unfit for navigation be- 
 yond this point, but furnish immense water-power. It is 
 subject to freshets, which have repeatedly proved very de- 
 structive. 
 
 SACRAMENTO [add.], a tn. U. States, cap. California, 
 1. bank river of same name, 125 m. above its mouth at San 
 Francisco; lat. 38° 33' N.; Ion. 121° 20' W. It occupies a 
 low flat only 30 ft. above the level of the sea, and 20 ft. 
 above low-water in the river, and is of unattractive appear- 
 ance, being for the most part bare, with occasional patches of 
 oak, and considerable tracts of swampy ground. The streets 
 are wide and straight, cross at right angles, and are well 
 shaded by trees; the shops and stores are mostly of brick, 
 but the dwelling-houses are of wood, most of them with 
 gardens attached. The only public building of imposing 
 appearance is thecapitol; among the other public buildings 
 are numerous churches and schools. The prosperity of the 
 place and the rapidity of its progress are almost entirely due 
 to the Sacramento Valley, which has become famous for 
 its gold-fields, and exports all its produce by way of the 
 town. In maintaining this trade, and keeping up the con- 
 nection with the mining localities, numerous steamers are 
 employed. It is the S.W. terminus of the Central Pacific 
 railroad now in progress, and of the Sacramento Valley rail- 
 way, 20 m. long, to Folsom, which was opened on 3d Febru- 
 ary, 1856, and is extended to Lincoln. Unfortunately the 
 river becomes so low in the dry season that none but 
 boats of light draught can ascend. Another serious disad- 
 vantage is the lowncss of the site already mentioned. Cala- 
 mitous results have already followed. In 1850, 1852, and 
 1853 the flooding of the river threatened to overwhelm the 
 
 whole place, some of the streets having 5 ft. of water in them, 
 and not more than a dozen houses remaining level free. A 
 similar catastrophe occurred in 1861-2. Means have been 
 employed to remedy this evil. The level of the streets has 
 been raised, and a levee or embankment carried round the 
 town. Water, however, is not the only element against 
 which Sacramento has had to contend. A dreadful confla- 
 gration on 3d November, 1852, destroyed 600 houses and 
 other property to the value of about a million sterling; 
 another serious conflagration occurred in July, 1854. Pop. 
 {I860), 18,788; (1865), 18,000. 
 
 SADAGURA, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Bukowina, 
 dist. and 4 m. N.N.E. Czernowitz, cap. dist. of same name, 
 with very important cattle markets, and 3936 inhabitant.s. 
 
 SADO, an isl. Japan, off^ the W. coast of Niphon; lat. 
 (W. point), 38° I' N.; Ion. 138° 17' E. It is high, bold, 
 and safe of approach, but nowhere presents what appears to 
 be a safe anchorage. The N. point, off which there is a re- 
 markable conical rock 700 ft. high, rises somewhat abruptly 
 to an elevation of 3800 ft., and then, running in rocky ridges 
 S.W. for 9 m., attains its culminating point in a sharp peak 
 of 4500 ft. Thereafter the surface descends in a gentle 
 uniform slope till it meets the low lands in the S. The 
 number of villages, and the indications of high cultivation, 
 seen in sailing along its W. shore prove that it is well peopled. 
 
 SADOWA, a vil. Bohemia, about 8 m. N.W. Konig- 
 gratz, on the road to Gitschin ; with a castle and some 
 dwellings of government officials, and about 200 inhabitants. 
 On 2d July, 1866, the Austrian army under General Benedek 
 received here a crushing defeat from the Prussians, com- 
 manded by the king in person. 
 
 SADOWA-WISZMA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, 
 circle and 25 m. E. Przemysl, on a muddy stream of same 
 name which rises in the marshes of the Dniester. It has a 
 Franciscan monastery and an hospital for the poor. In the 
 vicinity are several mounds containing the remains of a 
 Tartar host that perished here. Pop. 3882. 
 
 SAGHALIEN, or Takrakai [add.] (native, Taraika oi 
 Chohe; Japanese, Krafto or Oku-yeso), an i.sl. off the E. coast 
 of Asia, from which it is separated by the Gulf of Tartary 
 and the Strait of Mamia, extends 588 m. from N. to S., with 
 an average breadth from E. to W. of not more than 60 m , 
 and has a computed area of 32,000 sq. m. Its N. extremity. 
 Cape Elizabeth, lat. 54° 24' N., is in the Sea of Okhotsk; its 
 S. extremity, Cape Crillon, lat. 45° 54' N., is in La Perouse 
 Strait, which separates it from the Japan island of Yeso ; on 
 the E. it lies open to the Sea of Okhotsk, and has no land 
 nearer than the Kurile Isles, forming the E. entrance of this 
 sea; on the W., in the Strait of Mamia, it approaches within 
 6 m. of the continent. In shape it bears no inconsiderable 
 resemblance to the S. part of the Italian peninsula. The 
 coast is generally rocky and steep, except in the N.W., oppo- 
 site to the mouths of the Amoor, and a similar part of the 
 E., where sandy downs occur. Its only remarkable indenta- 
 tions are the Gulf of Patience in the S.E., and the Bay of 
 Anwa in the S. The interior is traversed centrically from 
 N. to S. by a mountain chain, part of which, about lat 52°, is 
 believed to be covered with perpetual snow. As it extends 
 through 8 degrees of latitude there is a considerable difference 
 between its N. and S. climates, the former reproducing the 
 winter rigours of the Lower Amoor, while the latter is more 
 equable and moderate than the opposite coast of Manchooria. 
 The only rivers of any consequence are the Tymy and the 
 Ty, which, though they rise nearly in the same locality, take 
 opposite directions, the one piercing the central chain, and 
 flowing N.E. through a wide valley into the Sea of Okhotsk, 
 and the other flowing S. into the Gulf of Patience. Among 
 the forests which cover many parts of the island, oak, ash, 
 and maple are frequent. The rivers afford a refuge to nume- 
 rous kinds of ducks and other birds, and botli in them and 
 on the coast fish abound. Among the land animals are the 
 reindeer, the common stag, the roe, the elk, and the musk-ox. 
 
SAIGON 
 
 157 
 
 SALVADOR 
 
 The inliabitants consist chiefly of Gilyaks, Oronehons, and 
 Ainos. The island belongs in its northern part to the 
 Russians, who have lately supplanted the Chinese, and the 
 southern part to the Japanese. 
 
 SAIGON, a city and river port, cap. of the French prov. 
 of Cochin Cliina, upon the river of same name, 35 m. from 
 the China Sea; lat. 10° 47' N.; Ion, 106° 45' E. It consists 
 of two towns connected by a straggling suburb; Pingeh with 
 the citadel being on the W. side of the river, and the com- 
 mercial town being on a tributary stream navigable by large 
 boats. It is I'egularly built and intersected by canals, some 
 of which are lined with quays of stone and brickwork. The 
 houses are mostly of earth, one story high, and thatched 
 with palm-leaves. The citadel, fortified in European style, 
 contains barracks, officers' quarters, and the governor's resi- 
 dence. Saigon has also a naval yard and arsenal, a palace, 
 and large rice magazines. It communicates with the Mekong 
 by a canal 23 m. in length, and has a foreign trade, chiefly 
 with Siam and Ciiina. The markets are well supplied with 
 provisions, especially fish, and the environs are fertile and 
 carefully cultivated. Pop. estimated at 180,000. 
 
 SAINTE AUfiLE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 dist. and 41 m. N.W, Montreal, on the North Kiver; with a 
 K. Catholic church, several schools, a small-debt court, and 
 a trade in pearl-ash, flour, and lumber. Pop. of vil. and par. 
 about 1400. 
 
 SAINTE ANNE, the name of five places, British Ame- 
 rica, Canada East: — 1, Sainte Anne de la Perade, a large and 
 flourishing vil. co. Champlain, intersected by the Anne River 
 close to its mouth in the St. Lawrence, 53 m. W.S.W, 
 Quebec. It possesses a R. Catholic church, a building-yard, 
 a tannery, manufactures of mill machinery and tinware, and 
 a local flour and lumber trade. Pop. of par. about 4000. — 
 2, Sainte Anne des Monts, a settlement rather than a vil., 
 dist, Gasp^, at the mouth of the Ste. Anne, on the S. shore of 
 the estuary of the St. Lawrence. It possesses fine fisheries, 
 abounding in cod, halibut, salmon, trout, mackerel, and 
 lierring, and exports in addition furs, barley, potatoes, deals, 
 lath wood, and shingles. Pop. of par. about 13,000. — 3, 
 Sainte Anne de la Pocatlere, a vil. co. Kamouraska, r. bank 
 St. Lawrence, 66 m. N.E. Quebec. It is beautifully situated, 
 and boasts of a magnificent college, with an attendance of 
 200 students. — 4, Sainte Anne des Plaines, a vil. co. Terre- 
 bonne, 19 m. N.N.W. Montreal, with a R. Catholic parish 
 church, and some trade in lumber. Pop. of vil. and town- 
 ship, about 2000. — 5, Sainte Anne du Nord, a vil. co. Mont- 
 morency, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 20 ni. N.E. Quebec; with a 
 R. Catholic church, a tannery, factories for mill machinery, 
 and some general trade. Pop, of par. about 1900. 
 
 SAINTE CLAIRE, a vil, British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Dorchester, 20 m. S.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic 
 church, a tannery, and several cooperages. A considerable 
 number of the inhabitants are blacksmiths. Pop. of par. 
 about 2500. 
 
 SALNTE CROIX, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Lotbiniere, r. bank St. Lawrence, 20 m. above Quebec; 
 with a R. Catholic parish church, an academy of Congrega- 
 tional nuns, two tanneries, and carding and saw mills. Pop. 
 of par. about 2300. 
 
 SAINTE SCHOLASTIQUE, a vil, British America, 
 Canada East, cap. co. Two Mountains, on Belle Riviere, 
 25 m. N.W. ^Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, an Institut 
 Canadien des Artisans, two tanneries, a carriage factory, and 
 some trade. Pop. of par. about 4600. 
 
 SAKULA, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat Military Fron- 
 tiers, on the Temes, 6 m. N.N. W.. Opova; with two Greek 
 churches, and 2040 inhabitants. 
 
 SALA, a tn. Western Africa, on the route between 
 Sokoto and Gando. It is walled, but so embosomed among 
 the splendid vegetation of tamarind, monkey-bread, and 
 other trees, that at a distance its dwellings are scarcely 
 visible. It stands in a fine valley entered by a steep rocky 
 descent, and intersected by a considerable sheet of water. 
 
 SALAIER, a tn. Russia, gov. Tomsk, prettily situated 
 on one of the spurs of the Altai, which runs down into the 
 low country between Tomsk and Kolyvan. Large quantities 
 of silver have been obtained from its mines, which have been 
 wrought for a long series of^years. A bed of coal has been 
 discovered in the vicinity. 
 
 SALATAU, a dist. Russia, forming that part of Hilly 
 Daghestan or Lesghia lying immediately W. of the Sulak, 
 It has a mountainous surface intersected by deep ravines, but 
 is well wooded and rich in pasture land, on which large flocks 
 of sheep are fed. Though some of the mountains rise to the 
 height of 8000 ft., the climate is generally warm in the 
 valleys. There rice is cultivated, the vine is raised with 
 success, and peaehes abound. There are very fine hot sul- 
 phurous springs in the district, but they have hitherto been 
 little frequented, in consequence of the troubled state of the 
 country, Salatau having long been the theatre of the bloody 
 struggles between the Russians and the Lesghi highlanders, 
 while the latter endeavoured nobly, but fruitlessly, to escape 
 the thraldom which had been prepared for them. 
 
 SALBYE, a tn. India, Suindia's Dominions, 32 m. S.E. 
 Gwalior, is of some historical inteiest, as the place where a 
 treaty, which bears its name, was concluded in 1782 between 
 the JIahrattas and the British, on terms disadvantageous to 
 the latter. 
 
 SALEM [add.], a tn. India, prcsid. and 175 m. S.W. 
 Madras, cap. dist. of same name, in the lowest and narrowest 
 part of a valley washed by the Teromany, which sweeps 
 round the N. and W. sides of the town, and is here crossed 
 by a substantial bridge of three arches. It stands at the 
 height of 1070 ft. above the sea, and, though containing 
 many wretched huts and narrow lanes, is on the whole a 
 tolerably well-built place, having two wide principal streets, 
 and a number of better houses built of brick and tiled. 
 Across the river, to the S. of the town, stands the old mud 
 fort, the ramparts of which have been partly thrown down, 
 and the ditch filled up. It is now inhabited chiefly by peons, 
 and has nobuildingof greater consequence within it than tlie 
 civil jail. The principal buildings of the town are a com- 
 modious and well- ventilated hospital, and a new jail, intended 
 to receive 300 prisoners, but most injudiciously erected on a 
 low, damp, confined site. The inhabitants of the town and 
 suburbs, estimated at 25,600, are employed partly in agricul- 
 ture, and partly in weaving silk and cotton goods. 
 
 SALEM, a tn. U. States, cap. Oregon, r. bank Willamette, 
 50 m. S.S.W. Portland, is situated in a rich prairie, and is 
 accessible by small steamers up the river for the greatest 
 part of the year. It contains six churches, the Willamette 
 university, a woollen factory, flour and saw mills, and a 
 foundry, and has telegraph communication with the Atlantic 
 states and with California. Pop. (1865), 2500. 
 
 SALGA, a tn. Western Africa, Ashantee, cap. prov, 
 Gonja, on the Volta, which falls into the Bight of Benin 
 about 180 m, below. It is the mart of the guro trade. Pop. 
 1000, 
 
 SALINE, a river, U. States, which, rising to the W. of 
 Little Rock, near the centre of state Arkansas, flows succes- 
 sively and circuitously S.E., S., and S.W., and joins the 
 Washita after a course of about 200 m. 
 
 SALMON, a river, U. States, rises in the central part of 
 Idaho, and flows northward in two branches, the North Fork 
 and South Fork ; the main stream then runs westward into 
 Snake or Lewis River, about 50 m. S. Lewiston. Gold is 
 found upon the Salmon River. 
 
 SALTO, a tn. S. America, Banda Oriental, cap. dep, of 
 same name, 1. bank Uruguay, a little below the point where 
 the navigation of the river is obstructed by the Salto-Grande 
 rapids. It stands about 60 ft. above the water. It is a 
 bustling place, and its inhabitants carry on a limited trade in 
 hides and tallow, and a very extensive one in yerha, trans- 
 ported by carretas, or ox waggons, from Uruguayana and 
 other Brazilian towns. Though the quality of this yerba is 
 inferior to that of Paraguay, 30,000 arobas of 25 lbs. each 
 are here shipped annually. Pop, 2800. 
 
 SALVADOR (San) [add.], two islands, West Indies, 
 Bahamas, about lat. 23° 80' N.; Ion. 75° 30' W.— 1, San 
 Salvador, more frequently called Cat Island, is somewhat in 
 the shape of a leg and a foot, the leg stretching S.S.E. for 
 about 40 m., and the foot trending westerly for about 15 m. 
 The average width is from 3 to 4 m., and the height, varying 
 from 200 to 400 ft., proves this island to be the loftiest of the 
 Bahamas. It is fertile and well cultivated, and contains a 
 considerable population, not congregated in any particular 
 locality, but scattered over its surface. At its S.E. ex- 
 tremity is Columbus Point, so called because it has been sup- 
 
SALVADOR 
 
 158 
 
 SANDEC 
 
 posed to be the landfall of Columbus, or the first land which 
 the great navigator reached, in October, 1492, during his first 
 voyage across the Atlantic. The title of San Salvador to 
 this honour has, however, been disputed ; and Captain A. B. 
 Becher, in particular, has shown, in an elaborate article in- 
 serted in the 26th vol. of the Journal of the R.G.S., that not 
 the present San Salvador, or Cat Island, but Watling, situated 
 50 ni. to the E., is in all probability the true landfall, as it 
 completely answers the description given of it by Columbus 
 himself in his journal. — 2, Little San Salvador, about 10 m. 
 from the N.W. end of the former, is 5 m. long from E. to W. 
 by I m. broad. The space between the two is almost filled 
 with dry ledges and small rocks, leaving only a single intri- 
 cate opening, with a depth of 2i| to 3 fathoms. 
 
 SALVADOR, a tn. Paraguay, 1. bank Parana, 160 m. 
 N. by E. Asuncion. It is the most northern town or settle- 
 ment, except Guardias, in Paraguay; and has about 1000 in- 
 habitants, who live in great poverty in the midst of great 
 natural advantages. Corn, rice, sugat-cane, tobacco, mandioc, 
 water-melons,cabbages, pumpkins, and beans grow luxuriantly, 
 and in the vicinity tlie caraguatay guazu, the most useful 
 species of the aloe tribe, abounds. Its filamentous tissues 
 are said to make a cordaj,'e stronger and more durable than 
 hemp, and yet to be fit for the manufacture of the finest 
 fabrics. 
 
 SALVADOR (San) [add.], a tn. Central America, cap. 
 state and near the S. base of the volcano of same name. It 
 was founded in 1528 by Jorge de Alvarado, about 6 m. N. of 
 its present site, to which it was removed in 1539. Under the 
 Spaniards it was the capital of a province, and after their 
 expulsion the capital of the republic of Central America. 
 When this confederation was broken up in 1839, it became, 
 as it continues to be, the capital of an independent state. In 
 1853 it contained about 30,000 inhabitants, and had nine 
 churches, one of them a large and beautiful cathedral, a uni- 
 versity, a female seminary, several hospitals, and an active 
 trade. In the night of 16th April, 1854, it was so completely 
 overthrown by an earthquake, that government laid out a 
 new city, under the name of Nuevo San Salvador, 10 m. 
 nearer the sea; so many of the inhabitants, however, chose to 
 remain, and rebuild their ruined houses, that the old city was 
 formally reinstated as the seat of government. Pop. about 
 15,000. 
 
 SAMANA, or Attvvood [add], an isl. or cay. West 
 Indies, Bahamas, to the N. of the Crooked Island group, 
 about lat. 23° N.; Ion. 73° 30' W. It is 9 m. long by I4 m. 
 broad, has a hilly and uneven surface rising to the height of 
 1 00 ft,, is skirted by dangerous reefs, and is uninhabited. 
 The anchorage is at its S.W. extremity, but is little used, as 
 the island lies almost entirely out of the usual track of 
 vessels. 
 
 SAMAO, or Semao, an isl. Indian Archipelago, off the 
 W. end of the island of Timor, from which it is separated by 
 a safe navigable channel 3 m. in width. Its length is about 
 20 m., its breadth 7 m., and its area 134 sq. m. With the 
 exception of the S.E. extremity and part of the interior, it is 
 a bare and sterile plain, covered with decomi)osed limestone 
 and fossil shells. It is the residence of the rajah of Coupang, 
 and contains about 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 SAMARA [add.], a tn. Russia, cap. gov. of same name, 
 in the angle formed by the confluence of the Samara with the 
 Volga; lat. 53° 11' N.; Ion. .50° E. It was built in 1591 as 
 a protection against the inroads of the Bashkirs and Kalmucks, 
 and inclosed by a deep ditch and an earthen rampart. In 
 1703 these defences were demolished and a new fortress 
 built. It too has so completely disappeared that scarcely 
 any traces of it remain. The modern town, which is the seat 
 of a civil governor and the see of a bishop, has two cathe- 
 drals and two parish churches, secular and religious schools 
 for the circle and the parish, numerous manufactures, and 
 two annual fairs, which attract large numbers of dealers from 
 distant quarters. The trade is very extensive. Samara rank- 
 ing as the most important corn market on the Volga. Pop. 
 19,753. 
 
 SAMBA-KATENDA, a tn. S.W. Africa, on the S.E. 
 frontiers of the Kimbunda country, territory Kapingi ; lat. 
 13° 30' S.; Ion. 18° 35' E. In its vicinity are the marshy 
 lakes of Kapeke, in which the Coanza has its source. Pop. 
 1500. 
 
 SAMBOR [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, caj). 
 circle of same name, on a beautiful and fertile plain, 1. bank 
 Dniester, 40 m. S.W. Lemberg. It is the seat of several 
 important government offices, and has an upper gymnasium, 
 a high-school, a Bernardine convent, founded in 1472, and 
 containing the tomb of the woiwod Chomentowski, famed in 
 Polish history; manufactures of linen, and a considerable 
 trade. It was besieged in 1498 by the Turks, in 1656 by 
 the Swedes, and in 1657 by the Siebenburghers. In 1768 it 
 was ravaged by the plague. It was the starting-point of the 
 false Demetrius, when he set out at the head of a host in 
 1604 to invade the Muscovite territory. Pop. 10,507. 
 
 SAMBOS, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 between lat. 12° 30' and 13° 25' S.; Ion. 16° 35' and 17° 50' 
 E.; bounded N. by Bailundo, E. Kakingi, S. Galangue, and 
 W. Hambo; area about 1800 sq. m. It consists entirely of 
 an elevated plateau, which towards the N.E. becomes con- 
 nected with the Bulun-Bulu; its climate is temperate and 
 healthy, and its surface, watered by numerous streams, is 
 fertile and cultivable. The government is in the hands of an 
 absolute prince; the people, more peaceful in their habits 
 than those of the adjoining territories, devote themselves to 
 agriculture and trade. Pop. 30,000. 
 
 SAMBULPORE, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, 290 m. 
 W.S.W. Calcutta, extends for about 2 m. along the 1. bank 
 of the Mahanudy, and is said to contain a number of temples 
 and otlier substantial buildings, but comparatively little is 
 known of it, as its climate is deadly to European constitu- 
 tions. Tliough the river is navigable by large boats during 
 eight months, and by small boats throughout the year, there 
 is little or no trade. 
 
 SAMOBOR, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, CO. and 12 m. W.S.W. Agram, cap. dist. of 
 same name; with a castle, a Franciscan monastery, a copper- 
 mill, and 2660 inhabitants. 
 
 SAMULCOTTAH, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 25 m. E. Rajahmundry. It is a large place, but derives its 
 chief claim to notice from its cantonment, which occupies the 
 site of an ancient fort, portions of the rampart of which are 
 still standing. The public buildings, all substantial, consist 
 of barracks, hospital, magazine, store-rooms, and sergeants' 
 quarters. There is also a racket-court, and a good mess- 
 house; but the officers' houses, scattered about the canton- 
 ment, are indifferent. 
 
 SAN ANDREAS, a vil. U. States, California, on the 
 Calaveras River, 165 m. E. San Francisco; is surrounded on 
 all sides by lofty mountains. Gold-mining is the occupation 
 of the inhabitants, who number about 1250. 
 
 SAN ANTONIO, atn. W. Africa, on the N.E. shore of 
 Prince's Sound, in the Gulf of Guinea, 140 m. S.W. Fernando 
 Po. It consists of about 200 houses of a single story, and 
 contains two churches and a convent. The entrance to the 
 harbour is defended by a small fort. Of the inhabitants, 
 about 1000 in number, only a tenth are whites; the rest are 
 mulattoes and negroes. 
 
 SAN CARLOS, a tn. La Plata, prov. and 190 m. N. 
 Catamarca, between the sierras of Aconquija and Santa Bar- 
 bara. It consists of houses, for the most part substantially 
 built, white-washed, and of pleasing appearance; and possesses 
 on its principal square a handsome church with a dome and 
 two towers, erected at the sole expense of a Dominican monk. 
 Pop. above 1000. 
 
 SAND, an isl. W. Africa, near the mouth of the river 
 Nunez. About half a century ago it was a small bare sand- 
 bank, but subsequently became a distinct island, about half 
 a mile long, raised 6 ft. above the highest tides, and covered 
 at its N. end by many large trees. On its S. side fallen 
 timber was piled up to such an extent that II. M.S. ^Jtna, 
 which anchored in 5 fathoms within hail of the shore, com- 
 pleted her fuel from it and the growing trees without any 
 apparent diminution of the store. The greater part of the 
 island, however, consisting of fine sand, which the slightest 
 wind sufficed to raise, it would seem that in recent times it 
 has diminished as rapidly as it had previously increased, and 
 is reverting, if it has not already reverted, to its original 
 condition of a flat sand-bank. 
 
 SANDEC (Neu), a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, cap. 
 circle of same name, on the Dunajee, 42 m. S.E. Cracow. It 
 has a Protestant church, an upper gymnasium, a high-school 
 
SANDORF 
 
 J59 
 
 SANTA CRUZ 
 
 for the circle, an ancient castle, a monastery which belonged 
 to the Jesuits, a Jewish hospital, and an infirmary. Pop. 
 7079. 
 
 SANDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Upper 
 Neutra, 20 m. N. W. Tyrnau, with 1250 Slowak inhabitants. 
 In the vicinity are tlie ruins of the castle of Korlathkeo, the 
 cradle of the Hungarian family of that name. 
 
 SANDY, the name of two islands, Australia, off the E. 
 coast of Queensland. — 1, South Sandy Island, about lat. 27° 
 S.; Ion. 153° 30' E., is 27 m. long from N. to S., and from 
 5 to 1 1 m. broad. On the S. it is separated from the main- 
 land by Laguua Bay, which is 5 m. wide, and communicates 
 with an extensive sheet of water washing the island on the 
 W. On the E,, where the island lies open to the sea, its 
 coast is nearly straight, and rises abruptly to a ridge of sand- 
 hills partly covered with stunted bushes. — 2, Great Sandy 
 Island, separated from the former on the S. by Wide Bay, is 
 68 m. long from N. to S., and has a breadth of 13 m. mea- 
 sured nearly across its centre. It consists of a continuous 
 range of barren sand-hills, which rise in some parts to the 
 height of at least 600 feet, and are diversified only by some 
 bushes and stunted trees scattered over the slopes facing the 
 sea. Wide Bay, which separates the two islands, and is about 
 10 m. across, throws off two arms, which penetrate to the N. 
 and S. between the two islands and the mainland. Tiie en- 
 trance to the bay is encumbered by a bar, with 2 to 3 fathoms 
 water on it; but, once inside, secure anchorage may be found 
 for any number of vessels in 4 to 10 fathoms, in what is called 
 Wide Bay Harbour. 
 
 SANGENBEKG (Alt), a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 16 m. E.N.E. Eger; with a parish church, two 
 mills, and several chalybeate springs. Iron and tin are 
 worked in the vicinity. Pop. 1300. 
 
 SANGIR [add.], a group of islands, Indian Archipelago, 
 so called from the largest island, which is nearly equidistant 
 from the N.E. extremity of Celebes and the 8. extremity 
 of the Philippine isle Mindanao. The group consists of 
 three larger and a great number of smaller islands, most of 
 them inhabited, and covered with whole forests of cocoa- 
 palms. Where the ground is cleared, the natives, who are 
 very industrious, raise good crops of pisang, rice, and other 
 useful plants. The islands are generally mountainous, and 
 batray their volcanic origin, not only by their geological 
 formation, but also by actual display of volcanic agency. On 
 Doewang, the loftiest island of the group, an eruption took 
 place in 1808, and destroyed all the buildings and cultivated 
 ground for a considerable distance. It has since continued 
 to smoke at intervals. On the island of Siaoe, the volcano 
 of Api manifests its activity by volumes of smoke and occa- 
 sional showers of ashes. On Great Sangir, the largest and 
 most northerly of the islands, the volcano of Aboe, which 
 rises to the height of 4000 feet above the sea, burst forth in 
 1812, and emitted streams of lava which poured down on all 
 sides, destroyed many human beings, and converted the 
 northern part of the island, previously covered with cocoa 
 plantations and well-cultivated fields, into a desert waste. 
 After nearly half a century of quiescence it burst out anew in 
 1856 and repeated its former devastation, pouring down seven 
 broad streams of lava, and covering the whole district witii 
 stones and ashes. Most of the people being engaged at the 
 time in the fields, many were inclosed within the lava streams, 
 and having no means of escape, perished to the number of 
 2800. The principal articles of culture and trade are rice, 
 pi.sang, sago, and cocoa-nut oil. The last, which is the great 
 staple, is sent chiefly to the Ternate group. Two of the 
 smaller islands abound in swallows' edible nests, which yield 
 no small revenue. Tlie number of inhabitants in the group, 
 exclu.sive of slaves, is above 21,000. This number falls far 
 short of what might be maintained, but any great increase is 
 prevented by the ravages of small-pox and fever. 
 
 SAN .roSE, a tn. S. America, Banda Oriental, on a 
 stream of same name, 40 m. N. VV. Monte Video. It is a 
 small place of pleasing appearance, with a plaza, on which 
 stands the church, without a tower, and a pair of good houses, 
 one of which is the post-house. Neither the plaza nor the 
 streets are paved, but there are good side-walks raised above 
 their level and^paved with tiles. 
 
 SAN JOSE, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, prov. Oriente, 
 on an elevated site above r. bank Napo, 300 m. S.E. Quito. 
 
 It is the best-peopled place in the interior of the country, 
 and carries on a considerable trade, but has no public build- 
 ing deserving of notice. 
 
 SAN JOSfi DEL MORRO, a tn. La Plata, prov. San 
 Luis, on the banks of a stream with a broad bed full of large 
 boulders but scantily supplied with water, 25 m. E. Mendoza. 
 It consists of a number of good houses, possesses a church 
 with neither a tower nor an officiating priest, and contains 
 about 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 SAN JUAN DE NICARAGUA,or Grev Town [add.], 
 a tn. Central America, state Nicaragua, at the mouth of a 
 river of same name in the Caribbean Sea; lat. 10° 55' N.; 
 Ion. 83° 43' W. It stands on the frontiers of Costa Rica, and 
 was claimed by that state as well as Nicaragua. It has been 
 finally secured to the latter by a treaty concluded in 1860. 
 It is at present a paltry place, with a pop. not exceeding 1000, 
 but derives much importance from being the E. terminus of 
 a proposed navigable canal to connect the Atlantic with tlie 
 Pacific Ocean. The communication by water by means of 
 the river San Juan and the lake of Nicaragua, leaves so little 
 land conveyance that an American transit company was estab- 
 lished to convey goods an 1 passengers between the two seas. 
 The town, instead of profiting, suffered severely in conse- 
 quence of this arrangement, having been bombarded and 
 burned in 1852 by a naval force of the U. States, on the 
 charge that the inhabitants had infringed the rights of the 
 transit company. It is said that the harbour has since become 
 choked with sand. 
 
 SAN LUIS DE LA PUNTA, a tn. La Plata, cap. 
 prov., and at the S. extremity of a mountain of same name, 
 195 m. E.S.E. Mendoza. It stands at the height of 2330 
 ft. above the sea, and consists partly of large and elegant 
 houses substantially built, and partly of others of a very in- 
 different description. The church, though surmounted by a 
 tower, has no other claim to notice. A small body of troops 
 occupies the barracks. The only attraction in the place is 
 the abundance of fine fruit, almost every house of any im- 
 portance possessing a productive garden, in which plums, figs, 
 grapes, and even oranges of excellent quality, are grown. 
 Fossil bones of some of the extinct gigantic animals are found 
 in the vicinity. Pop. about 4000. 
 
 SANSANNE AISA, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, 
 on the S. Tuarik frontier, 160 m. N.W. Kano. Its advanced 
 and isolated position has made it necessary to provide care- 
 fully for its defence, and hence it is surrounded not only by 
 a wall, but a dense forest, forming a kind of natural fortifica- 
 tion. It has thus become a place of considerable importance, 
 travellers preferring to encamp at it, on account of its greater 
 security, though it lies somewhat out of the direct route. 
 
 SANSANNE MANGO, or Mango, atn. Western Africa, 
 an old settlement of the Mandingoes or Wangarawa, who 
 seem to have migrated to this quarter at an early period, and 
 engaged in the gold trade between Kong and Kukea. It is 
 situated about 270 m. N. of the Bight of Benin, and has an 
 estimated pop. of 3000. 
 
 SANTA CLARA, a tn. U. States, California, on the 
 St. Jose and San Francisco railway, 46 m. S.S.E. San Fi-an- 
 cisco. It contains five churches, a collegiate institute for 
 girls, two public halls, and a Jesuit college with about 210 
 students. Between the town and San Jose, 3 m. distant, is a 
 shaded carriage drive. The manufactures are of carriages, 
 bricks, lime, leather, &c. Pop. 2500. 
 
 SANTA CRUZ, a river, S. America, which is understood 
 to have its source near the E. frontiers of Chili, flows E. 
 across Patagonia, and falls into the Atlantic about lat. 50° S. 
 Near the shore at Weddell Bluff, a conspicuous headland 
 300 feet high, it divides into two arms, a N. and a W, The 
 former ceases to be navigable, even at high- water, 12 m. 
 above its commencement; the latter, which is the far more 
 considerable of the two, and ought evidently to be regarded 
 as the main stream, was examined by Captain Stokes for 
 33 m. At 4| m. up, the head of the tide was reached, and the 
 water was altogether frc^h. The stream, with a mean breadth 
 of a quarter of a mile, and a depth in mid-channel of 8 ft., ran 
 beautifully clean and pure, with a velocity of at least 5 m. an 
 hour, over a bed of pebbles mixed with dark sand. Captain 
 Fitzroy sailed up the river with three light whale-boats, 
 which laboured against the stream by rowing or tracking for 
 16da3-s, when, provisions failing, they were obliged to return. 
 
SANTA EULALIA 
 
 160 
 
 SARAWU 
 
 The down voyage was performed in four days. The utmost 
 point reached was 140 m. of direct distance to the westward 
 of the entrance, or 245 m. by the course of the river. Tliey 
 were then within 30 m. of the foot of the snow-capped Andes, 
 but the sources of the river seemed still to be distant, as the 
 channel had scarcely narrowed for the last 100 m., while the 
 temperature of tlie water, higher than that of the air, was sup- 
 posed to indicate that the headwaters were to be found north- 
 ward in a warmer, and not southward in a colder climate. 
 The spot reached was 400 feet above sea-level. This spread 
 over the whole distance gives an average descent of only 
 1-6 foot per mile, though in many places the stream ran like 
 a torrent. The tides range 40 feet at springs and 18 feet at 
 neaps, and run from 6 to 3 knots. 
 
 SANTA EULALIA, a tn. Mexico, prov. and 15 m. 
 S.E. Chihuahua. It has a pop. of about 1500, who subsist 
 chiefly by the working of its mines in a very imperfect and 
 desultory manner. These mines, of which more than 200 
 liave been worked within a space of two square leagues, were 
 the main source of the prosperity of Chihuahua, the popula- 
 tion of which rose in consequence to 76,000, thougli it now 
 barely exceeds a sixth of that number. 
 
 SANTA FE, or Santa Ft de la Vera Cruz, a tn. La 
 Plata, cap. prov, of same name, advantageously situated at 
 the confluence of the Salado with the Parana, 230 m. 
 N.N.W. Buenos Ayres. It stands on a height, the only one 
 which occurs in a district remarkable for its uniform flatness, 
 and is of a rectangular shape, with several tolerably regular 
 but narrow streets, and a plaza of considerable dimensions. 
 On the latter stand an ancient and a modern church, and the 
 Cabildo, by far the largest and most imposing building in the 
 town, though displaying little taste; and immediately behind, 
 a Dominican and a Franciscan monastery, each with its own 
 church, making four churches in all. The only other build- 
 ings of any note are the guard-house and the market-hall, the 
 former surmounted by a tower and the latter in the form of 
 a square, with the sides partly arched over for booths. The 
 whole place has a lifeless and deserted look, except towards 
 the quay, which is solidly built of brick, and giving excellent 
 accommodation to vessels large and small, is occasionally a 
 scene of considerable activity. The principal trade is in 
 hides, and in the excellent timber obtained from the forest on 
 the banks of the Salado. Pop. about 8000. 
 
 SANTA LUCIA, a tn. Central America, Honduras, 
 dep. and 4 m. S.E. Tegucigalpa, on a mountain range of 
 same name. It stands embowered among trees in the centre 
 of a celebrated mining district, is well built, and possesses a 
 neat white church. The grounds around produce good crops 
 of wheat and other grain, and the mines in the vicinity are 
 still worked, but by processes so rude as to be by no means 
 productive. 
 
 SANTA MAGDALENA, a tn. Mexico, dep. Sonora, 
 near r. bank San Ignacio, 80 m. N.W. Ures. It is a paltry 
 place, with about 1000 inhabitants, but is celebrated for its 
 annual fair, which begins on the 2d October, and attracts 
 thousands from the suri'ounding country. 
 
 SANTA MARIA, a tn. La Plata, prov. and 160 m. 
 N.N.W. Catamarca, at the height of 7000 feet above the sea. 
 It con.sists of a principal and two other crooked streets, to- 
 gether with a square, on which stands a church in a very 
 dilapidated condition. The houses, built for the most part 
 of mud, are very indifferent. Any importance possessed by 
 Santa Maria is due to the copper mines in its vicinity. Pop. 
 800. 
 
 SANTA ROSA, a vil. II. States, California, cap. co. 
 Sonoma, on a creek of same name, 60 m. N. San Francisco. 
 It is situated in a fine cultivated valley, and has a courthouse, 
 four churches, and an hospital. Wine and grain are pro- 
 duced and exported. 
 
 SANTA K()SA,a tn. S. America, Ecuador, cap. prov. 
 Oriente, on the N. bank of the Napo; lat. 0°58' S.; Ion. 77° 15' 
 VV. It was once a place of commercial importance, and con- 
 tnined a large population of whites; at present it is a wretched 
 place, occupied only by a few families of Indians. 
 
 SANTIAGO, a vil. Bolivia, on the S. border of prov. 
 Chiquitos, near the frontier of Paraguay. It stands on a 
 Cordillera, near the source of the Otuquis, in a district at once 
 fertile and rich in minerals, valuable woods, and medicinal 
 plants. Pop. 1380. 
 
 SANTIAGO, two rivers, S. America, Ecuador. The one, 
 formed by several streams which have their most distant 
 source in the E. slope of the Andes, in the district of Cuenca, 
 first assumes its own name on receiving the Zamora on the 
 right, flows successively S.E. and E.S.E., forming in the 
 latter direction part of the boundary between Ecuador and 
 Peru, and after a course of about 250 m., of which 100 might 
 be navigated by steamers, falls into the Amazon. The 
 Jivaros Indians, who inhabit its banks, are the only serious 
 obstacle to its successful navigation. — The other Santiago, 
 rising on the W. slopes of the Andes, receives the Bogota or 
 Caehavi on the right, and the Cayapas coming from Mount 
 Cotacachi on the left, and flows N.N.W. in a majestic stream 
 till it reaches the island of Tola. Here it is divided into the 
 two branches of Tola and Pailon, the latter of which, the more 
 important of the two, is again subdivided, so that the whole 
 at last enters the Pacific by three mouths, not far from the 
 S.W. frontiers of Granada. Its banks, and those of its afflu- 
 ents, are said to be rich in gold. 
 
 SANTIAGO DEL ESTERO [add.], a tn. La Plata, 
 cap. prov. of same name, about a mile W. from the r. bank 
 of the Dolce, and near the point where the parallel of 28° S. 
 is intersected by the meridian of 64°. It is nearly in the 
 form of a regular square, with the plaza situated in one of its 
 angles, but nowhere has the least appearance of a capital. 
 The streets are dusty and deserted, and the only buildings 
 which have an air of importance are dilapidated or unin- 
 habited. The cathedral, which appears to have been origin- 
 ally a handsome structure, is a mere ruin, in consequence of 
 the falling in of its dome; and the Franciscan and Dominican 
 monasteries, though still nominally devoted to their original 
 purpose, are occupied only by five monks, three in the one 
 and two in the other. The ground in the immediate vicinity 
 is so sandy as to be naturally unfit for cultivation, but the 
 manuring which it annually receives from the inundations of 
 the river has so far improved its texture that part of it is 
 laid out in gardens — in which, among other fruits, excellent 
 oranges are grown — and part in corn fields, which raise good 
 crops of maize. The only important export is of mules, for 
 which the province is famous. Pop. about 5000. 
 
 SANTIAGO DE MACHACHO, a tn. Bolivia, dep. and 
 150 m. W.N. W. Oruro, at the source of an affluent of the 
 Desaguadero. It is inclosed by ill-constructed walls, and 
 consists for the most part of miserable-looking houses. The 
 only buildings of any consequence are the church and par- 
 sonage, which contrast strikingly with the general wretched- 
 ness. There is no trade, but the wine-shops are numerous, 
 and do a thriving business. 
 
 SANTOS [add.], a tn. Brazil, prov. and 50 m. S.S.E. 
 Sao Paulo, on a bay of the S. Atlantic. It stretches for a 
 considerable distance along the bay from S.S.E. to N.N.W. 
 with comparatively little breadth, and is on the whole well 
 built, having several wide and spacious streets, containing 
 many elegant and stately houses. Among the public build- 
 ings are several churches and monasteries, a town-house, 
 custom-house, and two hospitals. Its marshy site, however, 
 makes it very unhealthy, and the evil is greatly aggravated 
 by imperfect sewerage and the filthy state in which the 
 streets are permitted to remain, the clearing of them, even of 
 matters notorious as the breeders of fever and pestilence, 
 being apparently regarded by the authorities as a work of 
 supererogation. The harbour, which is the best in the pro- 
 vince, and the chief outlet for its products, is the emporium 
 of a very extensive trade, in which the principal articles of 
 export are coffee (the great staple), sugar, tobacco, hides, 
 lard, bacon, and other provisions. The only imports are 
 various articles of European and American manufacture. 
 Pop. about 7000. 
 
 SARAHAN, or Seran, a tn. India, Bussahir, beautifully 
 situated in a semicircular mountain recess, forming a wooded 
 amphitheatre, at the height of 7246 ft. above the sea; lat. 
 31° 30' N.; Ion. 77° 50' E. The houses are handsomely 
 built in the Chinese style, with pent-roofs and balconies, and 
 are occasionally embellished with fine wood carving. The 
 principal buildings are a summer palace of the rajah, and a 
 Hindoo temple, where, it is said, that human victims were 
 once offered. Sarahan is the N. limit of Brahminism. 
 
 S.\RAWU, a tn. Western Africa, Adamawa, 50 m. N.E. 
 Yola, in an elevated district, on the watershed which sepa- 
 
SARAYAMO 
 
 161 
 
 SASKATCHEWAN 
 
 rates the basins of Lake Chad and the Kwara. It consists of 
 a N. and a S. village, the former of which, because inhabited 
 almost exclusively by Bornou people, is distinguished by the 
 name of Sarawu Berbere, while the other, separated from it 
 by a ravine, takes the name of Sarawu Fulfulde. The staples 
 of the market are cattle, ground-nuts, butter, salt, and soap. 
 Cotton is cultivated to some extent. Tlie situation of Sarawu 
 is very important, from its being the point where the road 
 from Logon and all the N.E. of Adamawa, includ- 
 ing some very considerable centres of industry and 
 commerce, particularly Fatawel, the entrepot of all 
 the ivory trade in these quarter's, joins the road from 
 Kukawa to Yola. ^,_-^ 
 
 SAKAYAMO, a tn. "Western Africa, cap. prov. 
 Kiso, on a navigable affluent of the Niger, 85 m. S. 
 by E. Timbuktoo. It consists of an inner city and a 
 large suburb, the former composed of narrow and un- 
 comfortable clay dwellings, and the latter of huts of 
 large size with very low doors. The inhabitants, 
 Fellatah, po.ssess a great number of horses; and the 
 whole place, though theie is no regular market, and 
 the trade is unimportant, appeal's to be tolerably 
 flourishing. Rice is the chief article of food. 
 
 SAKHOGAKD, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and 23 m. S. by E. Stuhlweissenburg; with a 
 court of justice and 3000 inhabitants, who belong to 
 the Reformed clmrch, and are mostly engaged in 
 weaving. 
 
 SAROS (Great and Little), two places, Aus- 
 trian empire, Hungary, co. Saros: — Gross or Great 
 Saros, situated 6 m. N.W. Eperies, on the Taroza, was 
 once a royal free town, and has a large castle, a high-school, 
 numerous looms and iron mines. Pop. 2323. — Little Saros, 
 situated about 2 m. from the former, has a mineral spring, 
 and 600 inhabitants. On tlie highest summit of a large pine 
 forest in the vicinity stands the old castle of Saros, which 
 gives name to the county. 
 
 SARYKOI [anc. Zclea], a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, 
 on the S. slopes of the last outliers of Mount Ida, about 
 90 m. S. W. Constantinople. It consists of about 200 houses, 
 many of them in a state of decay, and contains four mosques. 
 Tiiere are still some remains of the ancient acropolis, which 
 stood on a completely isolated hill. 
 
 SASKATCHEWAN [add.], a river, British America, 
 which, in the upper part of its course, consists of two branches, 
 a N. and a S. Tlie N. branch, issuing from the E. end of 
 Glacier Lake, on the E. slope of the Rocky Mountains, at the 
 height of 4320 ft. above the sea, in lat. 51° 54' N.; Ion. 117° 
 30' W., fl.ows E. along the base of Mount Murchison, which 
 has an absolute height of 15,789 feet, then turns abruptly 
 N.N.W. and continues this direction to the junction of Big 
 Horn River. Here it resumes its easterly course, and con- 
 tinues it till it reaches the station called Rocky Mountain 
 House, when it makes another abrupt bend and begins to 
 flow N.N.E. On reaching the meridian of 115° it bends 
 round and flows first E.N.E. to Fort Edmonton, in lat. 53° 
 29'; Ion. 113° 49', and then very circuitously but on the 
 whole nearly due E. to Fort Pitt, lat. 53° 34'. Here bend- 
 ing round it flows S.E. in a very winding channel to a point 
 known as the North Branch Elbow, where another bend 
 carries it N.E. past Fort Carleton, to its junction with the 
 S. branch at the Grand Forks, near the meridian of 105°, 
 and about 12 m. above Fort h, la Corne. Tlie S. branch of 
 the Saskatchewan, formed by the junction of the Bow and 
 Belly Rivers, from the Rocky Mountains, about lat. 49° 40' 
 N.; Ion. 111° 40' W., flows N.E. to Chesterfield, where it 
 receives the Red Deer, and then circuitously E. to the South 
 Branch Elbow, near the parallel of 51°. Here it bends round 
 to the N.E., and maintains this direction to its junction with 
 the N. branch above Fort k la Corne, as already mentioned. 
 The main Saskatchewan thus formed flows first N.E. to the 
 Great Bend, on the parallel of 54°, and there changes its 
 direction to S.E., which it retains till it enters or expands 
 into Cedar Lake. On issuing from it it flows E., rushes 
 down the Grand Rapid, and pours its accumulated waters 
 into Lake Winnipeg. The N. branch, which passes over 
 12° of longitude, is a yellowish turbid stream, flowing with 
 a current so rapid, and in a channel so shallow and obstructed 
 by boulders, as to be very difficult of navigation. At its 
 Strpp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. H. 
 
 mouth it is only 140 yards broad, and discharges 91,011,360 
 cubic feet of water per hour. Its aflluents, though numerous, 
 are too insignificant to require special notice. The S. branch, 
 a more important stream, has, 18 m. below the Elbow and 
 584 m. from its mouth, a breadth of 600 yards, a depth in 
 the main channel of 10 feet, and a current at the rate of 
 2| m. per hour. At its mouth it is 180 yards wide, and 
 discharges 123,425,616 cubic feet of water per hour. Its 
 
 GRAND RAPID, SASKATCHEWAN RIVER.— From Hind's Canadian 
 Exploring Expedition. 
 
 only important affluent is the Red Deer, which joins it 
 on the left at Chesterfield. The main Saskatchewan, called 
 by the natives Ki-sis-ka-chewan, sweeps in magnificent 
 curves through a valley about a mile broad and 150 to 200 
 feet deep. Opposite Fort k la Corne it is 320 yards 
 broad, 20 feet deep in the main channel, and flows at the 
 rate of 3 m. an hour. At Tearing River, Ion. 102° W., 
 near the middle of its course, its discharge of water is 
 206,975,000 cubic feet per hour; at its mouth the mean dis 
 charge per second is 59,289 cubic feet, or 213,440,400 per 
 hour. The estimated area of its basin is 240,000 sq. m. At 
 Fort a, la Corne it usually becomes frozen in the second week 
 of November, and remains closed till the second or third weeJc 
 of April. The basins of the N. and S. branches are gene- 
 rally too wild and mountainous, and of too rigorous a climate, 
 to admit of much cultivation. From the Rocky Mountain 
 House to Fort k la Corne, the N. Saskatchewan traverses the 
 plains in a valley that varies in depth from 100 to 300 ft., 
 and never exceeds 2 m. in width. The greater part of this 
 width is occupied by alluvial flats, the river itself rarely ex- 
 ceeding 400 yards in breadth. The alluvial flats, which 
 form the finest quality of land in this part of the country, are 
 often well timbered, but from the manner in which the stream 
 winds from side to side of the valley the 'points,' as they are 
 termed, seldom are more than 2 or 3 m. in extent. The 
 general course of the river is bounded by hills, which some- 
 times recede to a considerable distance, and ri.se 200 to 400 ft. 
 above the general prairie level. At their base are tracts of 
 land of fine quality; while the space, sometimes of 30 m., be- 
 tween the hills and the river is good grazing land. These 
 natural pastures produce nutritious species of grasses and 
 carices, along with vetches in great variety, affording excel- 
 lent food for cattle during winter, which lasts five months, 
 from November to April. The places chosen for settlements 
 and mission stations are all at a distance from the river, for 
 the sake of vicinity to the large lakes along the base of the 
 hill country, which afford a vast abundance of fish, which are 
 preserved throughout the winter simply by being frozen, and 
 furnish a cheap and nutritious article of food. In the upper 
 part of the Saskatchewan country coal of fair quality is found 
 abundantly, and in the same strata iron ore exists. Between 
 Carlton and Edmonton there is no valuable timber S. of the 
 river; to the N, however spruce, fir, pine, and birch abound. 
 The S. Saskatchewan, in its upper part called Bow River, 
 passes through a different description of country. After leav- 
 ing the mountain region it flows in a deep and narrow valley, 
 through arid plains devoid of timber or pasture of good 
 quality. The steep and lofty sides of the valley are composed 
 
SASKATCHEWAN 
 
 1(52 
 
 SAVANNA GRANDE 
 
 of calcareous marls and clays baked hard by the parching 
 sun. The sage and cactus and other scanty vegetation be- 
 speak the arid nature of the climate. Towards the conflu- 
 ence of Red Eiver with the S. Saskatchewan, there are 
 isolated patches of table-land, on which vegetation becomes 
 luxuriant; to the S. of the river, also, about lat. 49° 40' N., 
 at the Cypress Hills, there is abundance of water and pasture, 
 and a -heavily timbered slope faces the north. The capabili- 
 ties of this country and its climate in the growth of cereals 
 have not been thoroughly tested. Barley and oats are suc- 
 cessfully grown at the settlements, but wheat does not answer, 
 owing perhaps to other causes than soil or climate. Harvest 
 commences in September. Wolves are so numerous in every 
 direction as to be a serious hindrance to sheep-farming. 
 
 SASKATCHEWAN (Little). See Kapid Kivek in 
 Supp. 
 
 SATSUMA, a principality, Japan, on W. coast of the 
 island of Kiusiu, in various respects one of the most interest- 
 ing parts of the whole Japanese empire, and ruled by the 
 most powerful and richest prince of the land. It extends on 
 the S. to Van Diemen Strait, and includes the islands beyond 
 the strait. The country, both in the mainland and the 
 smaller islands, abounds with volcanic hills, some of them 
 6000 ft. high. One of the small islands is an active volcano 
 rising directly out of the sea to a height of 2324 ft. It con- 
 tains large masses of sulphur. The province contains iron 
 and copper ore, sulphuret of lead, &c. The Bay of Kagosima, 
 bordered by rugged rocks, runs far up into the mainland. 
 The town of the same name situated upon it was bombarded 
 by the British fleet in 1863, in retribution of the murder of 
 an Englishman by the retainers of the prince. 
 
 SAUGOU AND NEKBUDDA TERRITORY, an 
 extensive tract, India, between lat. 21° 16' and 25° 15' N.; 
 Ion. 76° 53' and 82° 51' E.; bounded, N. by Bundelcund, and 
 dists. Banda, Allahabad, and Mirzapore; E. Mirzapore and 
 Korea; S. Nagpore or Berar and the Nizam's Dominions; and 
 W. Scindia's Dominions and Bliopal; lengtli, E. to W., 380 m.; 
 breadth, 190 m.; area, 32,114 sq. m. Within these limits, 
 however, are comprehended the native states of Eewah, 
 Kotee, Myhir, Oocheyra, and Sohawul. Tlie portion strictly 
 British is of very irregular shape, and has an estimated area 
 of only 20,000 sq. m. The territory is generally elevated, 
 being partly covered by the Vindhya and Mahadeo Mountains, 
 which inclose respectively the N, and the S. sides of the 
 Nerbudda Valley. The greatest elevation is in the E., where 
 Mount Amarakantak rises to the height of 3463 feet. The 
 average height of the two ranges does not exceed 2000 feet. 
 Besides inclosing the valley of the Nerbudda, they form the 
 watershed between it and two other basins, the drainage of 
 the S. slope of the Mihadeo range being carried to the Taptee, 
 while the N. Vindhya slope sends its drainage to the 
 Jumna and Ganges. In the E. the prevailing rock appears 
 to be sandstone, overlaid in many places with a rich mould, 
 producing luxuriant vegetation. Tiie sandstone, in extend- 
 ing westward, becomes intermixed with red marl, slate, and 
 limestone. Still farther W., about the meridian of 79°, a 
 volcanic tract commences and extends over the N.W., where 
 the town of Saugor is seated on its highest part. In the S., 
 among the Mahadeo Hills, trap also predominates. In some 
 localities granite, gneiss, mica-schist, quartz, and other primi- 
 tive rocks are seen piercing the overlying trap and sandstone. 
 In the great valley of the Nerbudda there is a large extent of 
 alluvium, intermixed with sandstone, coarse conglomerate, 
 limestone, schists, and laterite. The minerals include both 
 iron and coal. The former is mined and smelted to a con- 
 siderable extent about 30 m. N.E. Jubbulpore; the latter also 
 abounds, particularly on the left bank of the Sone. The soil 
 in the volcanic tract is very fertile, producing almost every 
 kind of crop; on the alluvium of the Nerbudda rice is exten- 
 sively grown. The principal domestic animals are a small 
 indigenous cow celebrated for its milk, buffaloes, reared also 
 for the dairy, and oxen for draught. Neither horses nor 
 sheep are much attended to. Among wild animals none seem 
 to commit more ravages than the wolf. Manufactures are 
 few and insignificant. A considerable portion of the inhabi- 
 tants are Gonds, some of whose tribes still live in the woods 
 in a state of savage nature. They have been charged with 
 cannibalism, and are known to have been, within a recent 
 period, addicted to human sacrifice. 
 
 SAUGOR, cap. of the above territory, occupying the 
 highest part of a hilly tract 1940 feet above the sea, 225 m. 
 S. W. Allahabad, is built along the W., N., and N.E. sides of 
 a lake abounding with fish, and frequented by large flocks of 
 waterfowl. It was once defended by a fort which is now 
 used as an ordnance depot, and had a mint, in wliich 400 men 
 were employed before the establishment was finally removed 
 to Calcutta. It possesses a church, built in the Gothic style, 
 for the accommodation of the European residents, who are 
 more numerous here than in most provincial Indian towns, 
 and consist partly of the officers of the native troops stationed 
 here in military cantonments. These, situated on an undu- 
 lating plain N.E. of the lake, are in some places low and 
 swampy, and as a natural consequence unhealthy. The only 
 other building and establishmetit requiring notice is a sort of 
 collegiate school, in which English, Hindee, Persian, and 
 Mahratta are taught. In the vicinity an iron suspension 
 bridge, 200 ft. in span, made of native materials and executed 
 by native workmen, under the superintendence of a British 
 officer, has been erected over the Bessi or Bes. The skill 
 thus manifested is further displayed in various manufactures 
 in brass and iron. For goldsmiths' work the place has long 
 been famous, more especially for the kind of gold chains 
 known by the name of rose-chains. During the sepoy mutiny 
 a number of Europeans, including about 100 women and 
 children, were closely besieged here from July, 1857, to 
 November, 1858, when Sir Hugh Rose relieved them. Pop. 
 about 50,000. 
 
 SAUGOR, an isl. India, presid. Bengal, near the E. shore 
 of the great entrance of the Hooghly. It is nearly 8 m. long 
 by 4 m. broad, and consists of a low flat of considerable fer- 
 tility. It was leased by government to a company who un- 
 dertook to clear it, and to begin paying land-tax on the cleared 
 lands on the expiry of 20 years. The undertaking has not 
 prospered, and the period of rent-free tenure has been ex- 
 tended. An iron lighthouse has been erected on the island 
 at Middleton Point, and on the E. side of it there is an ancient 
 temple with a large tank, which is annually visited by large 
 numbers of Hindoos for ritual purposes. Pop. 10,000. 
 
 SAULT Ste. Marie, a vil. U. States, Michigan, on the 
 W. side of the celebrated rapids of same name, which form 
 part of the boundary between the States and British America, 
 and through which Lake Superior discharges itself into Lake 
 Huron. For a long time these rapids were the only remain- 
 ing obstruction to a continuous navigation of the whole chain 
 of North American lakes from the St. Lawrence upwards, 
 but all difficulties have at length been overcome by the com- 
 pletion of the magnificent locks of the Sault Ste. Marie canal, 
 and ships can now sail from European or Atlantic ports, and, 
 without breaking bulk, land their cargoes at Port William, 
 at the W. extremity of Lake Superior, and, of course, make 
 their return voyage in the same way. Tlie canal is 1^ m. 
 in length, 70 ft. wide at bottom, and 100 ft. at water-line, and 
 has a depth of 12 ft. It was completed in May, 1855, and 
 in 1856 was passed for the first time by the Dean Richmond, 
 a vessel of 266 tons register, bound from (Chicago for Liver- 
 pool. Since then the number of sea-going vessels from Lake 
 Superior has regularly increased, and its trade is assuming 
 an importance which the most sanguine scarcely ventured to 
 anticipate. 
 
 SAVA, or Saveh (supposed anc. Tubris), a tn. Persia, 
 70 m. S.W. Teheran. It must have once been much more 
 important than at present, as nearly two-thirds of the space 
 within the walls are occuj)ied by mounds of debris and 
 crumbling buildings, while the remaining third appears not to 
 contain a population of more than 5000. The only buildings 
 deserving of notice are the mosque, and near it a minaret, 
 which has at one time been highly ornamented; a large 
 domed structure, called the Chehar Su, containing a reser- 
 voir and the remains of rich internal decorations; and a small 
 covered-in bazar of about fifty shops, where petty trades are 
 carried on and provisions sold. There is no trade, even 
 transit, as the'caravans do not enter the town, and the only 
 manufacture is one of nitre, for which the extensive ruins 
 furnish ample materials. 
 
 SAVANNA GRANDE, a tn. Central America, Hon- 
 duras, dep. and 30 m. S.S.W. Tegucigalpa, in a valley sur- 
 rounded by bleak hills. It is compactly built, possesses a 
 paved plaza and an adobe church, and carries on a thriving 
 
SAVITREE 
 
 163 
 
 SEBBA 
 
 trade in biandy, of which large quantities are made in the 
 
 vicinity. 
 
 SAVITREE, a river, India, presid. Bombay, which rises 
 in dist. Katnagherry, S. Concaii,in lat. 18° 17' N.; Ion. 73° 27' 
 E.. flows W. past the town of Mliar, and falls into the Arabian 
 Sea at Bankote, after a course of about 70 m. It is navigable 
 up to Mliar, 30 m. above its mouth, and was once accessible 
 at all times for large ships, but the bar has now only 10 ft. 
 at low-water spring tides, though the depth inside is still 5 
 fathoms. 
 
 SAY, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, 190 m. "W. 
 Sokoto, 1. bank Niger, which here, when Ur. Bartli visited it 
 in June, 18.53, was about 700, and again on his return in 
 July, 1854, only about 300 yards wide. The town is nearly 
 in the shape of a quadrangle, open to the river, but inclosed 
 by a low earthen rampart on the other three sides, each 
 measuring about 1400 yards. This large space is thinly in- 
 habited; the houses, all of which are of reeds and matting, 
 except the governor's, scattered about like so many separate 
 hamlets, and the pop. in all not exceeding 8000. A wide 
 shallow depression, bordered by doum-palms, almost the only 
 tree within the town or outside, intersects it from N. to S., 
 and becoming filled with water in the rainy season, must 
 cause much unhealthiness and prove a serious obstacle to 
 intercourse between the different quarters. In floods the 
 greater part if not the whole of the town must be under 
 water, and the inhabitants must necessarily take refuge be- 
 yond the borders of the valley. There are scarcely any in- 
 dustrial establishments in Say, even weaving and dyeing 
 being greatly neglected; and the market is unimportant, 
 though it is much frequented by the natives of W. Soudan, 
 whom it supplies, through importation from Sinda, with 
 native manufactures, especially articles of clothing. 
 
 SAYULA, a tn. Mexico, state Jalisco, 64 m. S. by W. 
 Guadalaxara. It is a regular and well-built place, with 9500 
 inhabitants, who manufacture large quantities of fine earthen- 
 ware, and rear great numbers of cattle. 
 
 SCAKCIES (Great and Little), the name of two rivers, 
 W. Africa, which have their mouths about 25 m. N. Sierra 
 Leone. Previously a united stream, they are divided into two 
 by Carteemo, a considerable island with extensive mud- banks 
 lying in their mouths. Great Scarcies is navigable for large 
 ships, but Little Scarcies is fit only for very small vessels. 
 
 SCHADOWITZ (Great and Little), two nearly con- 
 tiguous places, Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 18 in. 
 N.E. Kbniggriitz, at the terminus of the branch railway 
 from Josephstadt. They have a pilgrimage chapel, sulphur 
 springs, and extensive coal mines, and contain an aggregate 
 population of 1200. 
 
 SCHAHI, an islet, Persia, Lake Urumiah, bearing con- 
 siderable resemblance to the Island of Capri in the Bay of 
 Naples, and forming a most picturesque object when its rocky 
 peaks, shaped like sharp-pointed crowns, are seen towering 
 above the bluish-green waters of the lake. 
 
 SCHEIBBS, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, circle 
 Upper Wienerwald, cap. dist. of same name, on the Erlaf ; 
 with a parish church, a Capuchin convent, a high-school, a 
 castle with many ancient monuments, a town-hospital, a town- 
 house, and various industrial establishments. Pop. 1040. 
 
 SCHELLENBEKG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transyl- 
 vania, circle and S.E. Hermannstadt. It contains only 750 
 inhabitants, but makes some figure in history. In 1599 it 
 was the scene of a battle in which the Prince-cardinal Andreas 
 Bathory was defeated by the Walachian hospodar Michael, 
 and in consequence lost both his principality and his life. 
 George liakosky, when besieging Hermannstadt in 1659 and 
 1660, had his head-quarters here. 
 
 SCHENK (Great), a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 30 m. E.N.E. Hermannstadt, cap. dist. of same 
 name; with a Protestant high-school, manufactures of linen, 
 and a trade in flax and fruit. Pop. 2565. 
 
 SCHENK EN FELDEN, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper 
 Austria, dist. and 15 m. N.N.W. Linz; with a town-hospital, 
 extensive manufactures of linen, and a pop. of 1000. On 
 the Kalvarienberg, in the vicinity, there is a handsome church. 
 
 SCHILTERN, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper Manhartsberg, on the Schiltbach, 40 m. N.W. 
 Vienna; with 1020 inhabitants, who are partly employed in a 
 stone quarry in the vicinity. 
 
 SCHINTAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Lower 
 Neutra, 1. bank Waag, opposite to Szered; with a fine castle, 
 numerous mills, a trade in wine of good quality, and 1400 
 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHLACKENWERTH. a tn. Austrian empire, Bo- 
 hemia, circle and 29 m. N.E. Eger, on the Wistritz; with a 
 parish church, a high-school, a townhouse, an hospital, a 
 beautiful castle with a park, a brewery, four mills, and iron 
 mines. Pop. 1300. 
 
 SCHLUSCHOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle Hradisch, about 2 m. N. of Wisowitz; with a K. Catholic 
 church possessed of a fine high altar, a considerable trade in 
 fruit, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHONBACH, two places, Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle Eger. The one, situated near the N.W. extremity of 
 the empire, on the frontiers of Saxony, has a castle, a brewery, 
 manufactures of cloth and white leather, several mills, and 
 1000 inliabitants. The other, about 10 m. N. Eger, has a 
 parish church, manufactures of calico and musical instru- 
 ments, cotton, saw, and other mills, and 2292 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHONGRABERN, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower 
 Austria, circle Lower Manhartsberg, on the Lower Schmida, 
 29 m. N.N.W. Vienna. It has a large church in the Byzan- 
 tine style, with bas-reliefs and numerous monuments. Pop. 
 1160. 
 
 SCHONNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle Brixen, 
 at the entrance of the valley of the Passer, about 4 m. N.E. 
 Meran. It has an imposing castle belonging to the Counts 
 of Meran, and contains 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHONWALD, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and N. Olmiitz, on the Draschler; with an old parish church 
 and 2100 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHREMS, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, circle 
 Upper Manhartsberg, cap. dist. of same name, on the Brau- 
 nerbach, 71 m. N.W. Vienna. It has gla.ss-works and an 
 iron-mill, and contains 1960 inhabitants, many of whom are 
 weavers. 
 
 SCHRUNS, a tn. Austrian empire, Vorarlberg, circle and 
 38 m. S.E. Bregenz, on the 111; with important cattle markets, 
 and 1600 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHUMITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 Hradisch, not far from Hungarian Brod, on the Olsawa; with 
 1100 inhabitants, who carry on an important trade in fruit. 
 
 SCHWANBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Styria, 
 on the Schwartz Salm, an affluent of the Mur, 24 m. S. W. 
 Gratz, with a castle, a Capuchin monastery, and manufactures 
 of lucifer matches. There is a mineral spring, and lignite is 
 worked in the vicinity. Pop. 1000. 
 
 SCHWARZAU, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 on the Schwarza, near the Schneeberg, 50 m. S.W. Vienna; 
 with iron-works, numerous saw-mills, and a quarry which 
 furnishes grindstones. Pop. 1900. 
 
 SOHWARZENBERG, a tn. Au.strian empire, Upper 
 Austria, in the N.W. corner of the district of Linz, near the 
 frontiers of Bohemia and Bavaria; with glass-works and a 
 paper-mill, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 SCHWECHAT, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 cap. circle, and on a stream of same name, 4 m. S.E. Vienna. 
 It is an industrial place, with numerous manuftictures, a 
 cotton mill, and three breweries. In the vicinity is an 
 obelisk, commemorating the meeting of Sobieski, king of the 
 Poles, with the emperor Leopold I., after the raising of the 
 siege of Vienna. The Hungarian insurgents sustained a 
 defeat here in 1849. One of the Roman frontier forts was 
 situated in this locality, and had the name of Villa Gai. 
 
 SEBASTIAN (Villa de San), a tn. Mexico, state Cin- 
 aloa, 105 m. S. by E. Culiacan, stands in a fertile district, 
 is well built, and contains 2500 inhabitants, whose chief em- 
 ployment is the rearing of cattle. 
 
 SEBHA, a tn. Western Africa, cap. prov. Yagha, 300 m. 
 W. Sokoto. It is picturesquely situated among a thick covert 
 of trees beside a large sheet of water, but is a miserable place, 
 composed of about 200 huts, without any market or anything 
 to indicate that it is the residence of one who styles himself 
 the lord of Yagha. This personage, when Dr. Barth visited 
 the town, was sitting in front of his house close to the mosque 
 in the midst of a large congregation, to whom he was reading 
 and expounding some passages from the Koran. All the in- 
 habitants are Fellatah. 
 
SEBOU 
 
 164 
 
 SELVI 
 
 SEBOU, a river, N. Africa, Marocco, which rises in the 
 slopes of the Little Atlas, flows westward through a valley 
 between two parallel chains, from which it receives numerous 
 affluents, and after a course of which so little is known that 
 it is variously estimated at 150 and 250 m., falls into the 
 Atlantic near the ruined town of Mehedia. The determined 
 hostility of the natives has hitherto prevented any survey of 
 its mouth, but the large quantity of water which it discharges, 
 as well as the rapidity of its current, may be inferred from 
 the extent of discoloration caused by it to a considerable 
 distance seaward. 
 
 SECKAU, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Styria, circle 
 Bruck, at the foot of a mountain range of same name, 33 m. 
 N.W. Gxatz. It has a large Gothic church, with an excel- 
 lent organ, some fine monuments, and two handsome towers; 
 a spacious castle, once tlie residence of the Bishops of Seckau; 
 considerable manufactures of iron, and a powder-mill. 
 
 SECRETARY, an isl. New Zealand, on the S.W. coast 
 of Middle Island or Munster. It extends 10 m. between N. 
 and S., with a maximum width of 5 m., and separates Doubt- 
 ful Inlet from Thomson Sound, forming the N. side of the 
 one and the S. side of the other. Its W. shore, forming the 
 coast line between the two, is almost straight, and has so 
 great a depth of water opposite to it, that at the distance of 
 little more than a mile no soundings are obtained at the deptli 
 of 300 fathoms. 
 
 SECROLE, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, so close to 
 Benares on the \V. that it may be considered as its suburb. 
 It contains the civil establishment, the military cantonment, 
 and the residences of the European population. These resid- 
 ences are substantial, well finished, and commodious. Near 
 their centre there is a church with a spire, and in the vicinity 
 a neat chapel, in which the service is conducted in Hindoo- 
 stanee. The other principal buildings are the courts of jus- 
 tice, the treasury, the jail, and the mint. The last, the only 
 one of these buildings possessed of any architectural merit, 
 was scarcely finished when the mint itself and the wliole 
 establishment connected with it was removed to Calcutta. 
 
 SEDICO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, 6 m. S.W. Belluno, on 
 an affluent of the Piave. It contains a parish church, and a 
 splendid villa with a large garden laid out in the English 
 style. Pop. 3345. 
 
 SEDLETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 N.W. Tabor, cap. dist. of same name; with a parish church, 
 a townhouse, and two mills. 
 
 SEDZISZOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 14 m. N.W. Rzeszow, on the railway from Cracow; with a 
 Capuchin monastery founded in 1740, and 1900 inhabitants. 
 
 SEEPRA, a river, India, Malwa, which rises on the N. 
 side of the Vindhya range, in lat. 22° 37' N.; Ion. 76° 12' E., 
 flows circuitously N.W., passing Oojein and Mehidpoor, 
 and joins the Chumbul on the r. bank, after a course of 120 m. 
 
 SEFISIFA, a tn. N. Africa, Sahara, on the N. slope of 
 Jlount Eaguba, belonging to the Uled Sidi Sheikh range, 
 about 25 days S. of Algiers on the road to Insalali. It is not 
 walled, but is a place of some importance, containing 350 
 houses, with a pop. of about 1800. 
 
 SE-GAN-FOO or Si-ngan-foo, a tn. China, cap. prov. 
 Shansi, near the junction of the Koei-ho and Kin-ho, whose 
 united stream joins the Hoangho about 85 m. below. It is sur- 
 rounded by walls, which are about 10 m. in circuit, is entered 
 by gates, of which several are remarkable for height and 
 splendour, and contains an estimated pop. of about 300,000. 
 The troops intended for the defence of the N. of China have 
 their head-quarters here. Tiie old palace, in which its sove- 
 reigns resided when Shansi was an independent principality, 
 still exists. In 1685 a marble tablet was dug up here with 
 an inscription containing Syriac words in Chinese characters. 
 It was headed by a cross, and contained a brief statement of 
 Christian doctrine. It is supposed to have been written by 
 Nestorian missionaries from Persia or Syria. 
 
 SEGERO, a vil. Western Africa, Adamawa, in a well 
 cultivated district within sight of Mount Holma, 190 m. S. by 
 W. Kukawa. It occupies a commanding position on the two 
 edges of a mountain ravine and watercourse, which divides 
 it into two parts, the one of which is inhabited by the domi- 
 nant Fulbe, and the other by the subjugated Holma. Ground- 
 nuts, of the species called Mlche in Kanuri, here form as 
 large a part of the food of the people as potatoes do in Europe. 
 
 Tliey are made into a kind of porridge, which, if boiled with 
 milk, is by no means disagreeable. In cultivating them they 
 are planted with regular spaces left between the stalk of corn, 
 just as beans are grown in many parts of Negroland. 
 
 SEHLANDERS, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle 
 Brixen, about 36 m. N. W. Botzen. It stands at tiie entrance 
 of a narrow Alpine valley, contains 2050 inhabitants, and 
 has an institute of the Sisters of Mercy, a Capuchin mon- 
 astery, and a strong castle. Excellent marble is quarried in 
 the vicinity. 
 
 SEHORE, a tn. India, Malwa, state and 22 m. W.S.W, 
 Bhopal. It stands on a rock of quartz, rising boldly from 
 tlie plain, surrounded by a large grove of mango and other 
 trees, and is a place of considerable size, with a good bazar, 
 and manufactures of printed muslin. 
 
 SEINE, a river, British America, which issues from Mille 
 Lacs in a channel more than 100 ft. wide, flows W. through 
 a narrow valley, thickly wooded with Banksian pine and 
 poplar of large size, and falls into Seine Bay, on the E. shore 
 of Rainy Lake, after a course of 67 m. Soon after leaving 
 Mille Lacs it falls, by a series of seven rapids, 36 ft. in 9 m., 
 is then precipitated 24 ft. by two successive steps; and before 
 reaching Seine Bay makes a total descent of 350 ft., by 29 
 steps, varying in heigiit from 3 to 36 ft. One of its affluents, 
 called Fire Steel River, has its source in swampy marshes, 
 common to the basins of Lake Superior and Hudson's Bay. 
 
 SEISENBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carniola, 
 on the Gurk, 24 m. S.E. Laybach. It has a castle belonging 
 to Prince Auersperg, with a square tower, a paper-mill, seve- 
 ral flour-mills, and contains 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 SELEANGSHAN and TUNGLEANGSHAN, the 
 names of two remarkable masses of rock, China, prov. Ngan- 
 hoei, the former on the E. or r., and the latter on the W. or 
 1. bank of the Yang-tze-kiang, about 14 m. above the town of 
 Taeping. The river, here narrowed to the width of not more 
 than \ m., forces its way between these rocky barriers; the 
 rugged flanks of which are hewn out in zigzag paths and 
 steps, while their projecting ledges are scarped into batteries. 
 Seleangshan is said to be a resemblance in miniature of the 
 rock of Gibraltar. Its height is somewhere about 300 ft. 
 This pass is evidently the key between the upper and lower 
 portions of the Yang-tze-kiang, and properly defended would 
 be impregnable. 
 
 SELLES, a territory, S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, 
 between lat. 11° 45' and 12° 40' S., and Ion. 14° and 15° E.; 
 bounded N. byAmbuim, E, by extensive uninhabited forests, 
 S. by Kissandseh, and W. by the Makango desert; area, 
 about 2000 sq. m. The surface is generally mountainous, 
 but between the ranges are several large, beautiful, and fer- 
 tile valleys. These, intersecting the mountains nearly at 
 right angles, are the beds of considerable streams, whicii flow 
 W. in directions nearly parallel to each other, and render the 
 soil so productive, that Selles is regarded as the granary of 
 an extensive barren tract along the sea-coast. Unfortunately 
 the predatory habits of the people prevent them from turning 
 their natural advantages to account, and they crown all their 
 enormities with the practice of cannibalism, making horrible 
 repasts, not only of many of their prisoners taken in war, but 
 of their own aged sick. This small territory is ruled, not by 
 one chief, but by a number, all claiming to be equally inde- 
 pendent. Pop. about 75,000. 
 
 SELMA,atn. U. States, state and r. bank river Alabama, on 
 the Alabama and Tennessee, and the Alabama and Mississippi 
 River railways, 42 m. W. Montgomery. It stands on an 
 elevated plateau, whicli terminates in a steep clifi" on the 
 bank of the river; and has six churches, several public and 
 private schools, a carriage factory, two iron foundries, and a 
 trade in cotton, of which, in 1859-60, it exported nearly 
 100,000 bales. So abrupt is the cliff above the Alabama 
 that passengers ascend or descend by flights of steps, and 
 goods are conveyed to or from the plateau by means of 
 machinery. Pop. (1860), 3177. 
 
 SELOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 9 m. S. Briinn, pleasingly situated on the Schwarza. It is 
 the seat of several public offices, and has a handsome parish 
 church, a large and beautiful castle, manufactures of beet- 
 root sugar, a considerable trade in fruit, and five yearly mar- 
 kets. Pop. 2355. 
 
 SELVI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, eyalet and 
 
SEMENDEIA 
 
 165 
 
 SEROHEE 
 
 110 m. S.E. Widin. It has three mosques, and a pop. of 
 5000 to 6000. 
 
 SEMENDRIA, or Smederemo [arid.], a (n. Turkey in 
 Europe, Servia, cap. circle of same name, r. bank Danube, at 
 the confluence of the Jessava, 22 m. S.E. Belgrade. It is 
 pleasantly situated, rising in the form of an amphitheatre on a 
 height encircled by vineyards ; ranks next to Belgrade as the 
 largest and most important place in Servia, is the see of a 
 Greek archbishop, and has some imperfect fortifications, but 
 is poorly built, and is rendered unhealthy by the swamps in 
 its neighbourhood. Its only manufacture is firearms, which 
 are much esteemed. Its inhabitants, amounting to 3829, are 
 chiefly employed in trading, fishing, and cultivating the vine. 
 
 SEMIPALATINSK, a tn. Russian empire, W. Siberia, 
 on the frontier between Tomsk and Tobolsk, in lat. 50° 30' N., 
 Ion. 80° E. It stands on the E. bank of the Irtish, at the 
 height of 775 ft. above the sea, and consists chiefly of wooden 
 buildings, facing the river, and overlooking the Kii'ghis 
 steppe, which stretches in the direction of S.W. for upwards 
 of 1000 m. A space of about 150 yards between the houses 
 and the river is occupied by gardens, in which melons of 
 large size and delicious flavour are grown without the aid of 
 glass. The space occupied by the town is of considerable 
 extent, as each house, great and small, has its courtyard in- 
 closed by a wooden fence from 10 to 12 ft. high, with a large 
 gate in the centre. The principal public buildings are the 
 government offices, the custom-house, and the barracks. All 
 of them, built, not, like the dwellings, of wood, but of brick, 
 have an imposing appearance at a distance. The regular 
 garrison is always considerable, as the position of the town 
 with reference to the Kirghis makes it strategically impor- 
 tant. The merchants, chiefly Tartars, carry on a large trade 
 with the Cliinese towns of Tchoubachack and Kulja, and also 
 with Bokhara, Kokhan, and Tashkend. There is also a large 
 traffic with the Kirghis, who, in exchange for black and gray 
 fox skins, black lamb skins, horses, oxen, and sheep, obtain 
 silk dresses, tea, raisins, and wooden bowls from China, kalats 
 of printed cotton from Kokhan, Russian hardware, iron, 
 copper, and leather. 
 
 SENECA [add.], a lake, U. States, in the W. of the state 
 of New York, about 25 m. S. of Lake Ontario, into which it 
 discharges itself by the Seneca and Oswego. It is a long and 
 narrow expanse, about 37 m. long from N. to S., and only 
 2 to 4 m. broad; lies 441 ft. above the Atlantic, has a depth 
 of 630 ft., and was never known to be frozen over till 22d 
 March, 1856. It communicates with the Erie canal, and is 
 navigated by steamers which ply between Watkins, its S., 
 and Geneva, its N. extremity. 
 
 SENGA, a vil. S.E. Africa, near N. or 1. bank Zambesi, 
 at the foot of Mount Motemwa, lat. 15° 38' S.; Ion. 31° 20' E. 
 It is a flourishing village, in a country the mountains of 
 which are generally covered with open forest and grass. 
 Many are between 2000 and 3000 ft. high, with their sum- 
 mits clothed with trees. The country N. of the mountains 
 here in sight from the Zambesi is also called Senga, and its 
 inhabitants Asenga or Basenga, but they appear to be of the 
 same family as the Maiiganja and Maravi. 
 
 SENGE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Galangue, r. bank Kubango, lat. 13° 45' S.; Ion. 18° 10' E. 
 It is surrounded by a palisade and a ditch, and contains 3000 
 inhabitants, employed in agriculture and fishing. 
 
 SENNA, or Sena, a tn. S.E. Africa, Portuguese posses- 
 sions, on r. bank Zambesi, about 125 m. above its mouth, 
 lat. 17° 28' S.; Ion. 35° 13' E. It stands in a low plain, with 
 some pretty detached hills in the background, and is sur- 
 rounded by a stockade of living trees to protect its inhabi- 
 tants from their troublesome and rebellious neighbours. It 
 contains a few large houses, some ruins of others, and a 
 weather-beaten cross, where once stood a church ; a mound 
 shows the site of an ancient monastery, and by the river 
 are the prostrate walls of a mud fort. The greater part of 
 the area inclosed by the stockade, which is an oblong of 
 1000 yards by 500 yards, is covered with tall indigo plants, 
 cassia, and bushes ; and a number of foul pools, filled with 
 green fetid mud, afford wallowing places for lean and filthy 
 pigs. The air is thus foul, and deprived of circulation, and 
 fever abounds. Among the pigs is a curious variety, marked 
 with yellowish brown and white stripes running horizontally 
 along the body: perhaps betokening relationship to the original 
 
 wild pig, the young of which are distinctly banded, though 
 the marks fade as the animal grows up. Near the summit 
 of an adjacent hill behind the village a plant, the Pcedevia 
 /cetida, is found, the smell of which produces headache and 
 fever. In the vicinity of the town are gardens and patches 
 of wood, the loftiest trees being thorny acacias. The natives, 
 who are tributary to the Zulus, are industrious and active. 
 ' We met many natives on the road,' says Dr. Livingstone; 
 'most of the men were armed with spears, bows and arrows, 
 or old tower muskets; the women had short-handled iron 
 hoes, and were going to work in the gardens ; they stepped 
 aside to let us pass, and saluted us politely, the men bowing and 
 scraping, and the women, even with heavy burdens on their 
 heads, courtesying : a courtesy from bare legs is startling !' But 
 the Zulus, or Caffres, here called Landeens, taking advantage 
 of the miserable state of the place, visit it periodically, and 
 levy fines upon the inhabitants, who, unable or too cowardly 
 to resist, allow themselves to be pillaged without mercy, thus 
 confirming the Caffres in the belief they entertain that the 
 Portuguese are a conquered tribe. Under these circum- 
 stances it necessarily follows that trade is all but extinguished. 
 The only period of activity is during the visits of a number 
 of Banyans, or native merchants of India, who come annually 
 in small vessels from Bombay with cargoes of British and 
 Indian goods. About a mile W. of Senna is a remarkable 
 conical hill, called Baramuana, composed of trap, and com- 
 manding a fine view of the surrounding country. 
 
 SENOSETSCH, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Krain or 
 Carniola, on the commercial road from Laybaeh to Trieste; 
 with an ancient castle, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 SEREDNICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 10 m. S.S.E. Sanok; with 1100 inhabitants, chiefly em- 
 ployed in making sieves. 
 
 SERGATSH, a tn. Russia, gov. and 83 m. S.E. Nijnei- 
 Novgorod, cap. circle of same name on the Sergatshka. It 
 has three churches, a circle school, a charitable endowment, 
 several manufactures, and contains 3035 inhabitants. 
 
 SERGIEVSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 66 m. N.E. Samara, 
 on the Sok; with cold sulphur baths, and 5145 inhabitants. 
 
 SERINAGUR, Srinagar, or Skeennuggur [add.], the 
 cap. of Kashmir, situated on the river Jhelum, in the far- 
 famed valley of Kashmir ; lat. 34° 10' N., Ion. 75° 0' E. The 
 houses cluster upon the river banks, or, built upon piles, pro- 
 ject over the sluggish waters, while irregular streets stretch 
 up either slope of the valley, shaded by poplars and other 
 trees. Beyond these extends a wide space of blooming gar- 
 den ground ; the naturally genial soil being rendered very 
 prolific by careful cultivation. The river is crossed by seven 
 bridges. The town is the seat of a busy population, remark- 
 able for their mechanical talent. Kashmir shawls have 
 achieved a world-wide reputation; and their gun, pistol, and 
 matchlock barrels, are of exquisite workmanship. They also 
 excel in the manufacture of papier mach^, jewellery, watches, 
 shoes, &c. The maharajah's palace is a long labyrinth of 
 brick walls and dingy woodwork, enlivened by a few gilded 
 domes. The Huree-purwat fort, on the high ground above 
 the town, is not calculated to resist European artillery. There 
 are one or two mu.sjids or mosques of great antiquity, but the 
 public buildings of Serinagur are not calculated to interest the 
 visitor. The bridges, however, are picturesque, built entirely 
 of wood, resting on piers formed of massive blocks of cedar, 
 and some having rows of shops on them, flanking the footway 
 on either side. — (Torrens' Travels in Ladak, Tartary, and 
 Kashmir.) 
 
 SEROHEE, a petty state, India, Rajpootana, between 
 lat. 24° 28' and 25° 16' N.; Ion. 72° 10' and 73° 12' E., and 
 bounded N. by Joodpoor, N.E. God war, E. Odeypoor, and 
 S. and S.W. Gujerat; area, 3024 sq. m.; revenue, £7000. 
 In the E. and N.E. it is hilly, being partly composed of the 
 S.W. slope of the Aravulli range; in the E. and S.E. it is 
 mountainous, I'ising in Mount Aboo. It was for some time 
 considered a district of Joodpoor, which has not yet aban- 
 doned a claim upon it for tribute. The population consists 
 in a great mea.sure of predatory tribes of Minas, Grasias, and 
 Bheels. 
 
 SEROHEE, cap. of the above state, 135 m. W.N.W. 
 Neemuch. It is built on or near the site of a more ancient 
 city of same name, the ruins of which can still be traced, and 
 is of considerable extent, possessing good brick houses, many 
 
SEKPENT ISLE 
 
 166 
 
 SEVASTOPOL 
 
 of which, however, are untenanted, and a palace of tlie rao 
 or chief, totally devoid of architectural merit. The trade is 
 considerable, and the manufactures are almost entirely con- 
 fined to sword blades, for which the place has long been 
 famous. 
 
 SERPENT ISLE, or Fino Nisi [add.], situated in the 
 N.W. of the Black Sea, opposite to the delta of the Danube, 
 and nearly equidistant from its Kilia and Sulina mouths, 
 being about 25 m. E.S.E. of the one, and E.N.E. of the other. 
 In itself it is comparatively insignificant, though, in conse- 
 quence of the lighthouse erected upon it, it is sometimes 
 spoken of as the eye of the Danube. It is nearly of the shape 
 of a triangle, about a mile in circuit, and surrounded for the 
 most part by precipitous cliffs from 60 to 100 ft. high, with 
 deep water near their base. The rocks composing it consist 
 of siliceous strata, separated by thin bands of friable shale, 
 containing large crystals of quartz, attaining a thickness of 
 2*^00 ft., and sometimes passing into red jasper. Its surface 
 is sterile, but it still justifies its name by the great number 
 of serpents, or rather water-snakes, which live among its 
 cliffs, and subsist on the fish which they manage to catch in 
 the surrounding sea. The island is not devoid of historical 
 interest. The Greeks, whose traditions made it the final 
 abode of Achilles, built a temple upon it, which was dedi- 
 cated to him, and became celebrated. On its summit are 
 several blocks of squared marble, which may have belonged 
 to this temple, and in many other parts numerous fragments 
 of ancient pottery seem to tell of an early period when the 
 island must have been inhabited. It also attracted considerable 
 attention at the termination of the Russian war, from being 
 mutually claimed by Russia and Turkey. By the congress 
 of Paris in 1857 it was finally adjudged to the latter, as vir- 
 tually and necessarily included in that part of Bessarabia 
 which Russia had been compelled to cede. 
 
 SERRYAH, a tn. India, Gujerat, peninsula Kattywar, 
 190 m. S.W. Ahmedabad. It consists of a town and a fort, 
 situated on a stream of same name, about 2\ m. above its 
 mouth, and has a harbour which, though bad, commands a 
 considerable trade. 
 
 SESEMITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Chrudim, on the Lautsclina, 5 m. E.S.E. Pardubitz, with a 
 parish church, a townhouse, a brewery, marmfactures of 
 alcohol, and a mill. 
 
 SESHEKE, a tn. S. Africa, cap. of the Makololo, 1. bank 
 Zambesi, about 200 m. E.N.E. Linyanti. The old town, 
 now in ruins, is on the 1. bank of the river, but another has 
 been built on the same side \ m. higher up. The site is 
 very unhealthy, being productive of fever, which has cairied 
 off numbers of the natives, and was fatal to the mission of the 
 London Society a few years ago. The native produce culti- 
 vated in this the centre of the continent consists of the holcus 
 sorghum, millet, maize, underground beans, cucurbitaceous 
 plants, sweet potatoes, tobacco, cotton, and Indian hemp; 
 but wheat, rice, and yams, the natives have never seen, and 
 they have no garden fruits or vegetables. 
 
 SESSANA, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and 22 m. S.E. 
 Gbrz, near the frontiers of the district of Trieste and Vienna 
 and Trieste railway. It is the seat of several public offices, 
 has some trade, and contains 450 inhabitants. 
 
 SETIF, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 68 m. W.S.W. 
 Constantine. It occupies a plateau more than 3000 ft. above 
 eea-level, on the banks of one of the principal affluents of the 
 Ouad-Sahel, where the ancient Roman city Sitifis once stood, 
 and having been employed by the French as an entrenched 
 camp, became the site of a new town, which has made rapid 
 progress, and carries on an extensive trade. Its weekly 
 market is numerously attended by the Arabs, who bring to 
 it grain, wool, oil, wax, and honey. Pop. 3238. 
 
 SEUE-TOW-SZE [the Snowy Valley], China, prov. 
 Chekiang, among the mountains, about 45 m. S.W. Ningpo. 
 The country between it and Ningpo is a level and exceedingly 
 fertile plain, producing large crops of rice, and thickly covered 
 with small towns, villages, and farm-houses. On approaching 
 the mountainous district, one of the first objects which meets 
 the eye is the pagoda of Kong-k'how-ta, seated on a hill, the 
 summit of which is about 1000 ft. above the sea, and com- 
 mands a splendid view. From the pagoda six or seven others 
 can be counted, each marking the position of some ancient 
 city on the plahi, or Buddhist monastery on the hills. The 
 
 next place reached is Too-poo-dow, situated on the Ningpo, 
 which, a few miles above it, ceases to be navigable for boats. 
 About 25 m. S.W. Too-poo-dow is a beautiful mountain pass, 
 called Yang-ling, where, in addition to the common trees of 
 the mountains, the funereal cypress grows in great abundance, 
 and forms a striking feature in the landscape. The neigh- 
 bourhood is rich in iron ore, which occurs in the form of 
 black sand, and is smelted at a place called Sha-k'he, in fur- 
 naces about 5 ft. high and 3 ft. in diameter, for which the 
 fuel used is charcoal, and the blast a rude box-bellows. The 
 cast iron, run into moulds about 1 foot square, and 1 inch thick, 
 is afterwards converted into malleable iron in blocks 4 inches 
 long, 2 inches wide, and 1 inch thick. The Snowy Valley, 
 about 10 m. beyond Too-poodow is at first somewhat unpro- 
 mising, but after a winding ascent for about 6 m. the scenery 
 becomes varied and beautiful. On every side are hills and 
 mountains of every conceivable shape, some peaked, precipi- 
 tous, and barren, and others sloping gently, and covered densely 
 with pines and brushwood, while a stream winds its way to- 
 wards the Ningpo. The point thus reached is not the termi- 
 nation, but only the entrance, of the Snowy Valley, which 
 lies a little beyond, at the height of about 2000 ft. above the 
 sea. It is inclosed at all sides by mountains, except towards 
 the farther extremity, where the mountain stream which 
 drains it plunges over a precij)ice some 300 or 400 ft. below, 
 and forms a series of noble falls, the water long before it 
 reaches the bottom being converted into showers of spray. 
 The temple of the Snowy Valley is an old and dilapidated 
 Buddhist building, occupied by a number of priests, but pos- 
 sessing nothing within or without to entitle it to special 
 notice. 
 
 SEVASTOPOL, or Sebastopol [add.], was originally 
 nothing more than a Tartar village, until the empress Cath- 
 erine commenced, in 1780, the works which her successors 
 completed, and which made it a beautiful city and the chief 
 naval arsenal of Russia. It was tiien 1 m. long and f m. 
 broad, rising from the S. shore of the harbour in the form of 
 an amphitheatre. It possessed a basin, dry docks, and quays, 
 and immense magazines and warehouses belonging to govern- 
 ment, and was strongly defended both by land and by sea. 
 On the south the port was defended by six batteries, and on 
 the north were four batteries; altogether mounting before the 
 war 850 guns; but during the siege the number was im- 
 mensely increased. The original defences on the land side 
 were not so formidable, but new earthworks and batteries 
 were rapidly and continually erected during the operations. 
 When the allied English and French armies invested the city 
 in September, 1854, the English occupied a high bare plateau 
 overlooking the city, and the French were placed W. of them 
 on the lower slope of the plateau, and on a level with the 
 Russian defences. On October 17 the bombardment of 
 Sevastopol was commenced by the allies by both land and 
 sea. The land attack produced little effect upon the Russian 
 defences ; and by sea the allied fleets were prevented from 
 effective co-operation by the shoals that obstructed the mouth 
 of the harbour, and by a blocking up of the entrance channel 
 by seven vessels sunk by the defenders for the purpose. 
 After this unsuccessful attack the allies settled down to a regu- 
 lar siege, and operations were prolonged with varied success 
 and many important engagements : the battle of Balaclava on 
 October 25, and that of Inkermann on November 5, among 
 them. During the winter the condition of the allied armies 
 was very serious ; unprovided with proper and sufficient 
 shelter, and inadequately supplied with provisions and other 
 necessaries, in addition to the laborious siege operations, the 
 troops were overwlielmed with disease and suffering, borne 
 nevertheless with heroic fortitude and patience. With the 
 opening of 1855 Sevastopol was acquiring new defensive 
 strength, every available piece of ground being fortified; and 
 counter works were as actively pushed on by the allies. On 
 April 9 a second bombardment of the town was made, but 
 with no useful result. More active measures were then 
 adopted; the Sardinians furnished a body of 15,000 men, and 
 the fortress was now closely invested. On June 7 the French 
 assaulted and captured the Mamelon, and on the 18th a gene- 
 ral assault upon the line of defences was only partially suc- 
 cessful on the side of the French, but was a signal failure in 
 the British attempt to capture the Redan. The Russians in 
 the meantime were becoming hard pressed, their sources of 
 
SEVEN ISLANDS 
 
 167 
 
 SEYPAN 
 
 supply in the sea of Azof having been destroyed by the allies. 
 On August 18 they made a fresh endeavour to raise the siege 
 in the battle of the Tchernaya, in which the brunt was borne 
 by the Sardinians and French; but the endeavour failed, and 
 the assailants were heavily repulsed by the allied forces. 
 The allies then made preparations for an attack upon Sevas- 
 topol which should be final and successful, and mid-day, when 
 the llusSians were accustomed to withdraw under shelter for 
 their meal, was the time fixed. The French assaulted the 
 Malakoff and speedily captured it, as well as the other works 
 allotted to them; but the British were again unsuccessful in 
 their attempt upon the Eedan, owing partly to bad arrange- 
 ments and partly to the Kussians being on the alert and ready 
 to repel them, after the French attack. Sevastopol, after 
 
 the capture of the Malakoff and other defences, was now 
 at the mercy of the allies, and the resistance of the Rus- 
 sians could only be prolonged for a few days at the most. 
 The defenders, however, determined to leave nothing but 
 ruins for the captors, and on the evening of the 8th Sept. 
 they commenced their passage in boats and by the bridge 
 to the N. side of the harbour, and when all were safe the 
 work of destruction was begun: magazines and stores were 
 blown up, streets and squares were enveloped in flames; the 
 remainder of the fleet was scuttled and sunk, and the bridge 
 removed; and on the morning of the 9th the allies, approach- 
 ing as close as the fire and ruins permitted, beheld only the 
 funeral pyre of Sevastopol. Subsequently the extensive 
 docks, and other naval and military works, which it liad 
 
 taken the Russian government long years to construct, were 
 effectually destroyed by the allies, and Sevastopol no longer 
 existed as a stronghold. In December, Russia made over- 
 tures of peace, and on February 26, 1856, an armistice and 
 the terms of peace were agreed upon. The final evacuation 
 of the Crimea took place on July 12, on which day the British 
 commander-in-chief formally restored Sevastopol and Bala- 
 clava to the Russians. Sevastopol, thus deprived of all that 
 gave it importance, has become a comparatively insignificant 
 place, though considerable efforts have been made to repair 
 the damage which it sustained during the siege. Most of the 
 S. side has accordingly been rebuilt on a new plan forwarded 
 from St. Petersburg. On the site of the six bastions which 
 formed the outer fortifications, and were long and ably de- 
 fended, hospitals and alms-houses for invalided soldiers and 
 sailors have been erected; the communication between the 
 N. and S. sides of the town is now maintained by means of a 
 handsome chain bridge, which stretches between the former 
 forts of St. Nicholas and St. Michael, and the small huts 
 which occupied the greater part of the sailors' suburb, have 
 been replaced by large symmetrical houses. To give more 
 solemnity to this work of restoration and improvement, the 
 S. side of the town has been consecrated anew by the arch- 
 bishop of Cherson and Tauris. The position of Sevastopol, 
 however, makes it all but impossible that it can ever acquire 
 much commercial importance. 
 
 SEVEN ISLANDS, a bay and group of isles, British 
 America, N. side of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, about lat. 
 50° 20' N.; Ion. 66° 30' W.— The bay, remarkable for its 
 wild beauty, is about 6 m. long, 2^ m. wide at its entrance, 
 
 and nearly landlocked by the islands and a bold peninsula at 
 its W. extremity, rising 737 ft. above the sea; the bottom is 
 of clay, and without shoals, so that the bay forms one of the 
 best and most sheltered anchorages on the N. shore of the 
 gulf. From the E. point of the bay a broad shelving sandy 
 beach, fringed with white and balsam spruce, the boundary 
 of a forest covering the flat country behind, extends to the 
 river where the settlement is ; and between the bay and two 
 ranges of hills 1300 to 1700 ft. high, some distance inland, 
 lies a considerable extent of lowland. The bay has always been 
 
 a great resort of the Montagnais Indians. The islands, 
 
 beautiful at a distance, on a nearer view are rugged and 
 barren. The summit of the largest is 700 ft. above the sea, 
 and two others rise 500 ft. and 457 ft. So bold are these 
 islands, and so suddenly do some of them rise from the sea, 
 that there Is no anchorage close to thein on the seaward side. 
 
 SKYNGUR, or Kukoon, a river, India, which rises in 
 the Doab, in dist. AUyghur, flows S.E. in a very winding 
 course, and joins the Jumna on its 1. bank, about 15 m. below 
 Calpee. Its total length is about 210 m. 
 
 SEYPAN, an isl. of the N. Pacific, belonging to the 
 Ladrone or Marianne group, lies 3 m. N.E. of Tinian, and 
 has a peak which, rising to the height of 2000 ft., forms a 
 very conspicuous object. Its only village, situated on its N. 
 side, contains about 300 inhabitants, most of them fine young 
 men from the Caroline Islands, who go almost naked, their 
 only piece of dress being a narrow slip of cotton round the 
 lower part of their bodies. Seypan is annually visited by 
 three or four whalers, which anchor off its N.W. shore, out- 
 side a long reef stretching southwards towards Tinian. 
 
SFAX 
 
 168 
 
 SHANGHAI 
 
 SFAX, or Skafus [add.], a tn. N. Africa, regency and 
 140 m. S.S.E. Tunis, beautifully situated on the N.E. shore 
 of the Gulf of Cabes. It is surrounded by a lofty wall, and 
 consists of two parts, the one, called El Bled, inhabited ex- 
 clusively by Mahometans, and the other, called El Ebadh, 
 inhabited by Christians and Jews. El Rbadh is a compara- 
 tively insignificant place, having only 1500 inhabitants, 
 whereas El Bled contains nearly 12,000; and in respect both 
 of its site and its buildings, ranks as one of the prettiest 
 places in the regency. The manufactures consist chiefly of 
 woollen and cotton tissues, and the trade, which embraces a 
 large extent of country, is very important, though the harbour 
 is so bad that vessels lie exposed nearly a mile from the shore. 
 The principal articles of export are wool, oil, barilla, sponges, 
 dates, almonds, and dry fruits. 
 
 SHABA, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, circle and not far 
 from Akermann; with a church and 1400 inhabitants. The 
 vine is extensively cultivated in the vicinity. 
 
 SHABAZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. circle of 
 same name, on the Save, 37 m. W.S.W. Belgrade. It is the 
 seat of a court of justice and the see of a bishop, and possesses 
 a gymnasium. It was once a strong fortress, and was in- 
 closed by a large ditch and a palisade. The culture of the 
 vine and the rearing of cattle are the chief employments. It 
 contains a pop. which amounted in 1854, exclusive of the 
 Turkish garrison, to 3920. 
 
 SHADRINSK,atn. Russia, gov. and 315 m. S.E. Perm, 
 cap. circle of same name, 1. bank Isset. It has three churches, 
 a circle school, two charitable institutes, several factories, 
 particularly for smelting tallow, an important trade, and 
 three yearly markets, at which large quantities of goods are 
 sold. Pop. 4885. 
 
 SHAHABAD, two places, India: — 1, A tn. Sirhind, 1. 
 bank Sursooty, in lat. 30° 10' N.; Ion. 76° 56' E. It contains 
 nearly 3000 inhabitants, and possesses a good baz»r, but is 
 described as little better than a heap of filth and ruins. — 2, A 
 tn. Oude, 82 m. N.W. Lucknow. It is a considerable place, 
 built chiefly of brick, and proving by its remains of fortifica- 
 tion that it must once have been more important than at pre- 
 sent. Its palace was strengthened with towers like a citadel, 
 and it had also a fine mosque. At present it possesses a 
 bazar. 
 
 SHAHJEHANPOOK, three places, India:— 1, A tn. 
 Scindia's Dominions, 1. bank Tilir, 83 m. N.E. Oojein. It 
 is a considerable place, with an important trade carried on 
 chiefly by the Borahs, an intelligent and wealthy class of 
 Mussulman merchants. — 2, A tn. N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 21m. S.E. Meerut; with a dilapidated fort and a bazar. — 3, A 
 tn. N.W. Provinces, dist. Cawnpore, 12 m. N. Calpee; with 
 a bazar. 
 
 SHAHSZ, or Shasee, a tn. China, prov. Houpeh, on the 
 Yang-tzekiang, about 170 m. above the point where it com- 
 municates with Lake Tung-ting. It is built on the embank- 
 ment on the left side of the river, and extends along it for 
 upwards of 2 m. On the banks and in all the creeks lie junks 
 at anchor, some of them of large size, and all as closely 
 crammed together as possible. Numerous boats from the W. 
 come down the river to Shahsz, bringing sugar, pepper, salt, 
 opium, tobacco, and hemp, and carrying back cotton, as well 
 as some of the articles imported at Canton. Shahsz is only 
 considered as the port of Kinehow, which is situated 1 m. 
 inland, and is said to be a place of much more importance. 
 The pop., as stated by a mandarin, is 600,000; but it is sus- 
 pected that he has at least doubled the real number. 
 
 SHAKABABA. a tn. H. W. Africa. Kimbunda country, 
 territory Galangue, lat. 14° S.; Ion. 18° E. It is surrounded 
 by a palisade and a ditch, is finely shaded by lofty incendera 
 trees, and contains 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 SHANGHAI, a foreign settlement on the mainland of 
 China, adjacent to the walled city of the same name, but 
 perfectly distinct in its boundaries, government, and com- 
 merce. The name signifies ' upon the sea;' and there is data 
 in Chinese history that goes to prove that at one period* the 
 site whereon it stands on the r. bank, at the month of the 
 Yang-tsze River, was washed by the waters of the Pacific 
 Ocean. Now it is distant 25 m. from the sea-coast, and sur- 
 rounded by navigable creeks that intersect the delta, so nume- 
 rous that within a circuit of 50 m. there are not less than 
 from 2000 to 2500 m. of water communication; and if the 
 
 ditches for irrigating the land be taken into account, this 
 network of waters may be doubled. The widest of these 
 creeks is named the Whang-poo, which is about f m. wide at 
 Shanghai, and increases to over 1 m. at its outlet into the 
 Yang-tsze, at the port of Woosung, 14 m. distant by water, 
 and 8 m. by land. From the immense volume of water flow- 
 ing into these creeks at their upper junction with the Yang- 
 tsze, the water is perfectly fresh in the Whang-poo. The 
 settlement stands on the left bank of that stream, below the 
 
 PORT OF SHANG-HAI. 
 
 walled city, from which it is separated by a moat, with several 
 bridges across ; and it, again, is divided by two smaller creeks, 
 the Yang-king-Pang and Soochow Creek — the latter being 
 from 150 to 200 yards in width, with one stone and one 
 wooden bridge across it. These water boundaries divide the 
 settlement into three sections, each under the jurisdiction of 
 the following nationalities: — the upper French, the middle 
 British, and the lower American. They are commonly called 
 ' concessions,' but no portion of the land has been ceded by 
 the Emperor of China, the foreign residents being merely 
 'renters' of the soil, who have purchased the rights of the 
 former native occupiers, and are subject to the same trifling 
 annual tax paid by them to the government. At the same 
 time they hold their title to the land under a code of regula- 
 tions drawn up by the treaty powers, and sanctioned by the 
 Chinese government, whereby they cannot be dispossessed of 
 their claims by the Chinese, while they are at liberty to sell 
 or let the ground, with any buildings thereon, to the native 
 inhabitants. Moreover, this applies to the subjects of other 
 nationalities who have concluded treaties with China besides 
 the three already mentioned. The British section is not only 
 the most valuable, and covered with the largest number of 
 buildings, but the consulates of all the other nations are situ- 
 
SHANGHAI 
 
 169 
 
 SHANGHAI 
 
 ated there, except the French and American. Along the 
 bank of the Whang-poo extends a wide 'bund' or quay, with 
 a bulwark of stone, and numerous stone jetties, for landing 
 and loading cargo; while the patli forms a promenade for tlie 
 residents, from 50 to 80 ft. wide. This frontage is nearly 
 1 m. in length, along which range the foreign 'hongs' — places 
 of residence as well as business. TJiese are chiefly spacious 
 mansions, built mostly in the Italian style of architecture, 
 which give an air of elegance and wealth to this otherwise 
 unpicturesque site that is seen nowhere else in the far East. 
 For a quarter of a mile back they extend more or less, each 
 hong surrounded by a wall inclosing a garden, presenting the 
 aspect of a fashionable suburb in London. Here are exten- 
 sive 'godowns' or warehouses for storing imported merchan- 
 dise, and preparing tea and silk brought from the interior for 
 export. There are no European shops in the thoroughfares, 
 which consist of narrow roads, from 20 to 30 ft. wide, laid 
 out at right angles, with walls more or less on either side, 
 and occasionally a narrow footpath. These roads are mac- 
 adamized, but the low nature of the ground is such that the 
 metal sinks in the soft mud; and during heavy rains or high 
 tides the water oozes up through the drains, flooding the 
 lowest parts of the settlement. There at any time water 
 may be found by digging from 3 to 5 ft. deep. Below this 
 mud is a tenacious clay, into which piles are driven to obtain 
 a secure foundation, not only for buildings, but the walls that 
 surround them — all of which are built of small black bricks, 
 dried in the sun, but very durable. A system of underground 
 drainage has been constructed, but it is very defective, in 
 consequence of the level nature of the site. This general 
 plan of the settlement is carried out to the westward for about 
 three quarters of a mile, extending from N. to S. the same 
 distance, the greater portion of the area being densely covered 
 with Chinese houses, the property of the foreign residents. 
 Here the aspect of the roads is completely changed by the 
 continuous streets of native shops, displaying every descrip- 
 tion of European and Chinese wares suitable for the foreign 
 and native consumers. Through the middle of this quarter 
 runs the Maloo {horse-road) , from .50 to 60 ft. wide, where a 
 market is held in the morning for the sale of poultry, fish, 
 vegetables, and all other kinds of provisions. A busy and 
 industrious population throngs this quarter from sunrise to 
 sunset, who enjoy all the privileges of their own country 
 with the protection of the British authorities. On the other 
 hand they are obliged to comply with the land regulations 
 and local laws established for their control, which in some 
 respects differ from the clauses referring to foreigners. For 
 tliis purpose a municipal council is elected annually by the 
 foreign 'renters,' comprising subjects of all nationalities ex- 
 cept French, who elect a chairman and appoint a staff" of 
 officials, similar to that of an English municipality, chiefly 
 for the maintenance of roads, bridges, jetties, &c., and light- 
 ing and cleaning the settlement. They have also the appoint- 
 ment and control of the police, which consists partly of 
 Europeans and partly of Chinese. To meet the expenditure, 
 they are empowered to levy taxes upon the occupiers of tene- 
 ments native and foreign, and wharfage dues upon imports 
 and exports — the former varying per annum from £.20,000 
 to £25,000, and the latter from £10,000 to £15,000. This 
 includes the revenue of the American section of Shanghai, 
 which is incorporated for municipal purposes with the British 
 division; but the French 'concession' has a council of its 
 own, specially under the control of the consul for France at 
 this port. In extent the latter section is about half the area 
 of the British, and about as densely peopled by Chinese; 
 while the American portion, named Hong-que, extends nomin- 
 ally over a greater superficies than the two others together, 
 but thinly populated, with comparatively few native or 
 foreign houses. According to a detailed census of the popu- 
 lation taken in March, 1865, the following general results 
 were obtained, which have not altered materially since: — 
 British and American sections, including the army (1319), 
 navy (532), and mercantile shipping (981), 5129 — of whom 
 180 were females, and 107 children, comprising 18 nation- 
 alities, namely, English, 3996; Americans, 407; Germans, 
 240; Danish, 20; Spanish, 131; Italians, 16; Dutch, 27; 
 Portuguese, 118; Norwegians, 22; Swedish, 50; Russians, 23; 
 Swiss, 22; Greeks, 7; Austrians, 6; French, 38; Mexican, 1; 
 I'eruvian, 1; and Arabs, 4. In the French section, exclusive 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 of the army and navy, the foreign population number 460 
 persons, of whom 101 were women and children, belonging 
 to eleven different nationalities. Of the native population in 
 the British section, 48,490 resided on shore, 9700 in boats, 
 and 2000 vagrants; of whom 15,455 were females; in the 
 American section 17,455, all living on shore; making a total 
 of the two districts, 77,645; but the council considering that 
 the Chinese evaded being enumerated to the extent of one- 
 sixth, this percentage was added, forming a total of 90,587. 
 In the French section the returns furnish a total of 55,645, 
 making a grand total of 146,232 Chinese and 5589 foreigners. 
 The subjects and citizens of each nationality are under the pro- 
 tection of their respective consuls, and amenable to the juris- 
 diction of their courts ; or where the person has no consul to 
 appeal to, he is amenable to the Chinese authorities. It was a 
 question whether Chinese in foreign employ were exempt from 
 imperial jurisdiction, and it has been decided in the affirma- 
 tive. The following consular flags may be seen fluttering in 
 the breeze along the 'bund:' — British, French, American, 
 Prussian, Swedi.sh, Norwegian, Russian, Netherlands, Bel- 
 gian, Portuguese, and Spanish. On occasion, when any matter 
 affecting the general interests of the community is mooted, 
 the foreign consuls meet in a body, and pass resolutions, or 
 make representations to be forwarded to the Taou-tai of the 
 walled city and the ambassadors at Peking. That functionary, 
 who is both governor and chief magistrate of the city and 
 district, has judicial power over all the Chinese in the settle- 
 ment, except where British interests are involved, when the 
 case is tried before a mixed court at the consulate, and if the 
 Chinese offenders in petty eases are convicted, they are sen- 
 tenced to hard labour on the roads of the settlement. Pre- 
 vious to 1865 all cases civil and criminal were tried by the 
 British consul, vice-consul, and their assistants; but these 
 accumulated to that degree with the rapid growth of the 
 settlement that the home government sent out a complete 
 judicial staff, forming at Shanghai a supreme court, with juris- 
 diction over all British subjects in China and Japan, and 
 removing the court of appeal from Hongkong to the settle- 
 ment. The subjects and citizens of other nations are tried 
 by their respective consuls. This motley community of 
 foreigners, having equal rights on Chinese ground, gives to 
 Shanghai settlement a domestic and public character which 
 nowhere else exists. Consequently there is no united system 
 of government able to control the population, many of whom 
 are desperadoes of the worst class, giving greater trouble to 
 the autliorities than the whole native population. 
 
 The port of Shanghai extends from the upper limits of the 
 Whang-poo, below the native shipping, to Woosung, a dis- 
 tance of 14 m., of which the anchorage for foreign vessels 
 extends for 4 m. below the settlement. The anchorage is 
 divided into nine sections, defining the foreign from the 
 Chinese boundary, where all the vessels are anchored abreast, 
 and lettered according to their position, steamers being sepa- 
 rated from sailing ships. A foreign harbour-master is ap- 
 pointed by the Chinese authorities, who retain complete con- 
 trol over the conservancy of the harbour and its entrance, 
 and collect all .shipping dues, duties on imports and exports, 
 &e., through the imperial foreign maritime customs. This 
 institution arose out of the troubles of the government, when, 
 in 1853, the native customs was suspended while the city was 
 in the occupation of the Taipings. A treaty was drawn up 
 and a foreign protectorate established in July, 1854, which 
 proved so beneficial to all concerned, that on the ratification 
 of the Tientsin treaty in 1858, its jurisdiction was extended 
 to all the open ports, each under the management of a com- 
 missioner, and the whole under an inspector-general, most of 
 whom are British subjects. At this port the number of 
 employes is about 80, of whom from 50 to 60 are Engli.sh. 
 During the year 1864 the number of foreign vessels entered 
 inwards and cleared outwards was 5352, making an aggregate 
 of 1,870,909 tons; carrying imports of general merchandise 
 valued at £21,610,757, and exports of tea, silk, cotton, and 
 other products of £13,282,589; realizing a customs revenue 
 of £680,776. In 1865 and 1866 co:.imerce declined on 
 account of over-trading, but there is every prospect of the 
 port maintaining its title of the 'commercial capital of China.' 
 Its position near the silk districts, with which it is connected 
 by magnificent water communication, and lying at the mouth 
 of the Yang-tsze, makes it the chief outport of the tea-dis- 
 
 22 
 
SHANGHAI 
 
 170 
 
 SHEDIAC 
 
 tricts on tlie tributaries of that river. Moreover, its central 
 situation with regard to the nortliern ports, and the open 
 ports in Japan, will necessarily make it the entrepot for im- 
 ports to be transhipped thence. Although the nationalities 
 trading with this port are numerous, yet it may be said that 
 the British are the only importers. In 1865 they introduced 
 goods to the amount of £12,000,000 sterling, of which the 
 principal item was opium from India, and next to that Man- 
 chester calicoes, the remainder being general merchandise — 
 the former representing not less than £6,000,000. France 
 brings nothing to Shanghai, and takes away only a small 
 portion of the silk that supplies her looms. Out of 43,000 
 bales exported in 1865, France purchased 7300 bales, of 
 which no more than 2500 were shipped by French houses. 
 The Americans are the next in importance to the British, 
 and they excel in establishing steam traffic on the rivers and 
 coast, and recently a line of 4000-ton steamers has commenced 
 running from San Francisco to the ports in China and Japan. 
 Between thirty and forty steamers ply regularly to and from 
 the riverine and coast ports and Shanghai, chiefly American. 
 They are likewise the only shippers of tea, after the British. 
 Although the tea-districts are situated from 500 to 1000 m. 
 from Shanghai, yet the export exceeds that of all the other 
 ports in China. In this important branch of trade, as well 
 as the export of silk, the native merchants work in harmony 
 with the foreigners, and each class is satisfied with the trade 
 that falls to its share. Nowhere in China have the wealthy 
 inhabitants such faith in foreign transactions and in foreign 
 protection as in Shanghai. During the years 1861-2 the 
 Taiping rebels threatened the city and settlement with an 
 armed force of 80,000 men, when it was defended by British 
 and French troops and men-of-war. The Chinese flocked to 
 the settlement from all parts with their families and treasure, 
 until the population increased to half a million, and the 
 amount of silver in coin and ingots was incalculable. This 
 created a transient degree of prosperity, which can only be 
 compared to the sudden increase of wealth in the gold regions 
 of California and Australia. Land increased ten, twenty, 
 and even a hundred fold in value, as the affrighted fugitives 
 paid fabulous rents for the houses within protection of the 
 British army. When the rebels were driven beyond the 
 boundary of 30 m. by our troops, and the rebellion finally 
 suppressed by an army of disciplined Chinese under Colonel 
 Gordon, the refugees left Shanghai for their native places, 
 and the value of land and dwellings returned to something 
 like its former position. Many foreigners who had amassed 
 great wealth were ruined, and whole streets of Chinese houses 
 were untenanted. At the same time the overtrading in tea 
 caused some of the oldest firms to become bankrupt, and 
 otherwise checked the banking and mercantile operations in 
 1865; since when they have been slowly recovering in the 
 aggregate. The following table exhibits this phase of the 
 foreign trade of Shanghai, compiled from the Chinese customs 
 reports : — 
 
 Imports, . 
 Exports, . 
 
 Total, . 
 
 1364. 
 . £21,610,757 
 . 13,282,589 
 
 . £34,893,346 
 
 1865. 
 £14,820,536 
 9,843,327 
 
 £24,663,863 
 
 1866. 
 £17,632,275 
 8,441,557 
 
 £26,073,832 
 
 Here are the chief mission establishments in China. That 
 of the London Missionary Society has a printing-office for 
 publishing religious works in Chinese, from which was issued 
 in one year half a million copies of the New Testament for 
 gratuitous distribution, or at a small charge. Connected 
 with the mission is an hospital for the gratuitous cure of 
 native patients, under the charge of a medical missionary, 
 where many thousands attend during the year. The Ameri- 
 can Presbyterian Mission not only print in Chinese, but 
 manufacture the metallic types. There is an extensive mis- 
 sion, also, under the auspices of the French Socitte de la 
 Propagation de la Foi, where the missionaries conform to 
 the dress and manners of the Chinese, with an extensive estab- 
 lishment near the walled city, having a cathedral within its 
 precincts, capable of accommodating 3000 people. Besides 
 this, the French have a handsome church in the concession 
 under their control. In the British concession there is an 
 English church, with the chaplain as incumbent; and several 
 chapels and meetinghouses are scattered over the other parts 
 of the settlement. Here also is a public library, and a branch 
 
 of the Royal Asiatic Society, which publishes its transac- 
 tions. Of newspapers there are two issued daily, one twice 
 a week, two weekly, and one fortnightly. The oldest of 
 these is the North China Herald, established in 1851; and at 
 the same office a newspaper is issued twice a week, printed in 
 the Chinese character. The British consulate and the foreign 
 customs, likewise, issue reports and returns connected with 
 their afikirs. — [Consular Reports; Customs Returns; Moss- 
 man, MS. Notes.) 
 
 SHAN-TUK, or Tv-loong, a tn. China, prov. Quang- 
 tong, about half-way between the Canton and Western Kivers, 
 and about 4 m. back from the channel which connects them. 
 It consists of a walled city about 2 m. in circuit, and suburbs 
 of still greater extent. A creek passing through the heart of 
 the suburbs, and sufficiently deep for pinnaces, is spanned by 
 two well-built granite bridges of three and five arches. The 
 city walls are 25 ft. high, but without embrasures, and 
 have at the base a thickness, including facing and earth- 
 work, of not less than 20 ft. For the purpose of arresting 
 fire, double walls run through the town, which contains many 
 good shops and several handsome yamuns, has clean streets, 
 and appears from the bustle and activity displayed in them 
 to be densely peopled. 
 
 SHAO-KING, or Tohao-Khing, a tn. China, prov. and 
 60 m. Quangtong or Canton, 1. bank Si-kiang, 80 m. from 
 the sea at Macao; lat. 23° .3' N.; Ion. 113° 3' E. It consists 
 of a walled city of the second class, and an extensive suburb 
 lying to the westward, is one of the finest towns in the pro- 
 vince, and was once the residence of a governor, whose juris- 
 diction extended over both Quangtong and Quangsee. About 
 3 m. below Shao-king the Si-kiang flows in a deep channel 
 through a magnificent mountain pass, 3^ m. long. The dis- 
 trict is famous for tea, and the grass which is woven into 
 mats. 
 
 SHARJAH, a tn. and port, Arabia, Oman, cap. prov. of 
 same name, on the Persian Gulf; lat. 25° 20' N.; Ion. 55° 36' E. 
 The harbour is a narrow creek, adapted only for small vessels, 
 and the town, which is walled in on the land side, is open 
 towards the creek. The old or central town consists mainly 
 of brick or stone houses, and long rows of cottages, half 
 wood, half palm-leaf, and chiefly tenanted by fishermen and 
 sailors, extend along the beach, especially northwards. 
 Towards the S. end of the town is the large market-place, 
 divided into several ' quarters;' near the centre stands a long 
 and lofty vaulted building, strongly constructed, with iron- 
 bound gates, and a guard, within which is kept the govern- 
 ment treasure. The shops are neat and well-built, with 
 raised seats, counters, and shelves, as in Bombay or Madras ; 
 they display Cashmere shawls, Bengal manufactures, Persian 
 arms, and jewellery of various kinds. The N. quarter of the 
 town has a large number of weavers, who make the long red 
 cloaks common in Oman, cotton robes, carpets, and curtains. 
 Beyond the walls stretches a large extent of sand, sloping and 
 studded with palm-trees, with an occasional garden; but the 
 soil is too light to produce much. Sharjah is the centre of a 
 large export and import trade, being the chief emporium for 
 wool, cotton, and metal, and the sale of dromedaries and asses; 
 and it is also the principal slave-market of the inner Persian 
 Gulf, and througli it are imported the goods of Persia and 
 India. Hence a large population of many races is attracted; 
 and were the harbour better adapted for .shipping, it would 
 rise into a place of considerable importance. Pop. 20,000 to 
 30,000. 
 
 SHARKOI, or Sirot, a tn. European Turkey, in the N. 
 of Turkish Servia, eyalet and 25 m. S.E. Nissa. It contains 
 8000 inhabitants, who are mostly employed in the manufac- 
 ture of carpets. 
 
 SHAVLT, a tn. Russia, gov. and 80 m. N.N.W. Kovno, 
 cap. circle of same name; with two churches, a gymnasium, 
 a circle school, a charitable endowment, and 6344 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 SHEBOYGAN, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, on the W. 
 shore of Lake Michigan, at the mouth of a stream of its name, 
 48 m. N. Milwaukee, with which it is connected by railway. 
 It possesses seven churches, and carries on a very extensive 
 trade, particularly in timber. So large a proportion of the 
 inhabitants are Germans, that two of the four newspapers 
 published in the place are in their language. 
 
 SHEDIAC, a tn. British America, New Brunswick, co. 
 
SHEEMOGA 
 
 171 
 
 SHILKINSKOI 
 
 Westmoreland, at the mouth of a small river in a bay of same 
 name, on Northumberland Strait. It is a small but thriving 
 place, well situated for trade, as its harbour is the easiest of 
 access and egress on this part of the coast, and the only one 
 to which a vessel in distress can safely run for refuge. A 
 railway has been made to Monkton, a distance of 14 m., 
 where by communicating with the Petticodiac, which falls 
 into the Bay of Fundy, it saves the transport which would 
 otherwise be necessary i-ound the peninsula of Nova Scotia. 
 It has been proposed to gain the same object still more effec- 
 tually by means of a ship-canal. Shediac Bay abounds in 
 oysters and other shell-fish. 
 
 SHEEMOGA, or Simoga, a tn. India, presid. Madras, 
 Mysore, 1. bank Toonga, here navigable during the rainy 
 season, 130 m. N.W. Seringapatam. Till destroyed by the 
 Mahrattas in 1792 it was a large and flourishing place, con- 
 taining about 30,000 inhabitants. Though now greatly 
 diminished, it is clean, well-drained, and appai-ently thriving. 
 
 SHEIPU, a tn. China, on the E. coast of prov. Chekiang; 
 lat. 29° 12' N.; Ion. 121° 50' E. It is surrounded by dilapi- 
 dated walls, and consists of very indifferent houses and shops, 
 but derives some importance from being a convenient stopping 
 place for the coasting trade. Its harbour, formed by the 
 mainland and Nyew-tew Island, has an entrance at its \V. end 
 into San-mun Bay, and another in the S. leading into the bay 
 W. of Learning Island. At high-water the harbour has the 
 appearance of a splendid basin, but at low-water dries so far 
 out as to become a mere expanse of mud with a small strip 
 of water in its centre. 
 
 SHEKA WUTTEE, a state, or rather collection of petty 
 states, India, Rajpootana, between lat. 27° 20' and 28° 33' N.; 
 ion. 74° 52' and 76° 10' E.; and bounded N.W. by Bikaneer, 
 N.E. Loharoo and Jhujhur, S.E. Jeypoor and Patun, and 
 S. W. Joodpoor; length, N.E. to S.W., 95 m.; breadth, 63 m.; 
 area, 3895 sq. m.; revenue about £230,000. It is an arid 
 barren tract, consisting of either sandy wastes or rugged hills 
 and mountains. In the valleys there is some fertile soil, on 
 which several kinds of grain, pulse, red pepper, and hemp for 
 bhang are grown. The inhabitants, a semibarbarous race 
 with a mongrel religion, partly Hindoo partly Mahometan, 
 have long been notorious freebooters, but eifectual means 
 have at last been taken to check their depredations. 
 
 SHELIF, or Ued-Shelip, a river, N. Africa, the largest 
 and most important in Algeria, rises on the N. slope of the 
 Jebel Amoor, near the village of Bazid; lat. 34° 25' N.; Ion. 
 2° 10' E. At first it has the name of Mokta, which, while 
 proceeding almost due N., it exchanges successively for the 
 names of Berda and Tuguin, and passes through the sandy 
 eastern portion of the Algerian Sahara. On approaching the 
 high land of the coast, which has an elevation of about 
 1600 ft., and passing round Mount Gontas, which attains the 
 still loftier elevation of 3300 ft., it takes a W. direction, and 
 continues it to its mouth in the Mediterranean, near Mosta- 
 ganem. 
 
 SHELLALA, a tn. N. Africa, Algerian Sahara, in a small 
 oasis of same name irrigated by copious springs, 170 m. S. by 
 E. Orau. It is suiTounded by a wall with two gates, consists 
 of about 100 houses constructed of earth, and possesses a small 
 mosque and a school. The principal articles of trade are 
 tobacco, which is grown to some extent in the large and 
 beautiful gardens of the interior, and tar, obtained from the 
 arar [Juniperus phoenicia) . 
 
 SHENANDOAH [add.], a river, U. States, which is 
 formed in Virginia by the junction of three streams near 
 Port Republic, flows N.E. through the valley of Virginia, 
 along the W. side of Blue Ridge, and nearly parallel to it, 
 and immediately below Harper's Ferry joins the Potomac, of 
 which it is the principal tributai-y. Its length from Port 
 Republic is 170 m., the greater part of which is navigable 
 for small boats. It furnishes a large amount of water-power. 
 
 SHENKOTTAH, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. Tra- 
 vancore, about 70 m. S.W. Madura. It stands near the E. 
 entrance of the Pass of Periancoil, and, though covering a 
 considerable area, is neatly and compactly built. Among its 
 public edifices are several pagodas and the Tahsildar's 
 cutcherry. 
 
 SHENKURSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 190 m. S.S.E. 
 Archangel. Though containing only 616 inhabitants, it has 
 six churches, a secular and a religious parish school, and a 
 
 charitable institute. Sulphur is found in the vicinity in the 
 bed of the Petchi, and within the circle is a village called 
 Blagoveschtshenskoi, where two important yearly markets are 
 held, one for horses, which lasts four, and the other for cloth, 
 which lasts ten days. Great quantities of turpentine are 
 extracted in the district. 
 
 SHERA, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, cap. prov. 
 of same name, 95 m. S.E. Kano. Its position is among rocks, 
 which surround it on all sides, leaving only a narrow approach 
 from the N.W., and fortifies it so strongly by nature that it 
 has no wall. The houses are built partly of clay, partly of 
 reeds. The inhabitants, belonging to the dominant Fellatah, 
 have neither industry nor commerce. 
 
 SHERA, a mountain chain, N. Arabia, which, commenc- 
 ing not far from the Red Sea and the Gulf of Akabah, 
 stretches N.E. towards the Syrian desert. Its W. slope de- 
 scends rapidly and often precipitously toward the shore, but 
 the E. slope is lost gradually and almost insensibly in the 
 sandy deserts. When composed of granite the chain is sterile 
 and naked, but when limestone prevails cultivation only is 
 wanting to make it fertile as in Palestine. The inhabitants 
 belong chiefly to the Huweitat tribe. 
 
 SHERAYENKEEL, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Travancore, 3 m. E. Anjengo, and behind one of the lagoons 
 of the Malabar coast. It is a large and irregular place, laid 
 out in streets, inhabited chiefly by Nairs, and in gardens, in 
 which the cocoa-nut, areca-nut, jack, mango, and other fruits 
 abound; and contains a ^taruni or palace, a pagoda, and a 
 free school for the instruction of native youths in the English 
 and Malayalum languages. 
 
 SHERBRO, or Sherborough, an isl. W. Africa, 40 m. 
 S.S.E. the peninsula of Sierra Leone; lat. (W. extremity), 
 7° 34' 30" N.; Ion. 12° 58' W. It is upwards of 27 m. long 
 from E. to W., by 10 m. broad; and is densely wooded, parti- 
 cularly on the W. side, the forest everywhere advancing to 
 within a few yards of the beach. On the N. side it is bor- 
 dered by an extensive mud bank, and separated from the 
 mainland by Sherbro River, in which there is a good channel 
 6 fathoms deep, but with several shallow and irregular 
 patches. On the S.E. it is separated from the mainland by 
 another channel called the Shebar River. Cape St. Ann, a 
 low sandy point, forms the W. extremity of the island, and 
 immediately westward, separated only by a narrow opening 
 choked with sand, are the Turtle Islands, originally mere 
 banks formed by deposits from the neighbouring rivers, and 
 gradually acquiring vegetation. 
 
 SHERBROOKE, a vil. British America, Nova Scotia, 
 on the E. bank of the St. Mary, which is one of the largest 
 rivers of Nova Scotia, and falls into Indian Bay. It is a 
 small place, with only 300 inhabitants ; but possesses two 
 churches, a school, a courthouse, and jail; owns some schooners 
 employed in the fisheries, builds a few vessels, and trades in 
 firewood and deals. The district is well settled, and at a 
 short distance below there are other two churches, one of 
 which, 75 ft. high, is a conspicuous object at sea. 
 
 SHERGHOTTY, a tn. India, dist. Behar, on a small 
 island formed by a tributary of the Poonpun, 126 in. S.E. 
 Benares. It contains about 5000 inhabitants, and having 
 once been the seat of the civil establishment, contains several 
 bungalows of the European officials. 
 
 SHILKA, a river, Russian empire, Trans-Baikal Pro- 
 vinces, which, formed by the junction of the Onon, rising in 
 the Kentei, and the Ingoda, rising in the Chokondo Moun- 
 tains, flows N.E., and unites with the Ai"gun in forming the 
 Amoor. At Biankina, in lat. 52° N.; Ion. 116° 30' E., it is 
 450 yards wide, and navigable thereafter by boats drawing 
 2 ft. of water. Its shores, partly hilly and wooded with 
 birches and pines, are also lined with large tracts of prairie 
 covered with rich herbage. Below Gorbitza the country 
 through which it flows becomes more mountainous, and 
 abrupt cliffs often rise directly from the water. At Ust 
 Strelka some Cossacks are stationed, who employ their time 
 in fishing, hunting, and bartering with the Oronchons and 
 Manyards on the Amoor. The current of the Shilka is at the 
 rate of 4 knots. 
 
 SHILKINSKOI, atn. Russian empire, E. Siberia, gov. 
 and 640 m. E.N.E. Irkutsk, on a rocky recess on the banks 
 of the Shilka. The dwelling-houses, built of wood, extend 
 for some distance along the left bank of the river. On the 
 
SHINGE 
 
 172 
 
 SHOAL LAKE 
 
 opposite side are government smelting-works, formerly used 
 for lead and silver, but now for iron, as the more profitable 
 commodity. Besides tlie smelting-works government has 
 here a glass manufactory and a large tanyard, famous for the 
 superior quality of its leather, which is wholly tanned with 
 birch bark. 
 
 SHINGE, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Sumbe, r. bank river of that name, 40 m. N. by W. Ben- 
 guela. It occupies a beautiful and romantic site in the midst 
 of a grove of palms, and contains about 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 SHINGHI'I', a tn. N. Africa, Sahara, dist. Aderer; lat. 
 20° 30' N.; Ion. 1 1° 40' W. It is a straggling place, situated 
 in a sandy valley between two hills, which are planted with 
 date-palms, and consists chiefly of huts in a variety of forms, 
 square, oval, &c. The inhabitants, who do not number more 
 tiian 300, carry on a considerable trade with Tischit, Nun, 
 and the Senegal, and derive great facilities from the caravans 
 proceeding into the interior and toward the W. coast. Their 
 staple article is salt, whicli they obtain from Sebsha, and ex- 
 change for European goods, chiefly cottons. There are some 
 carefully cultivated fields around Shinghit, but the sand from 
 the desert is constantly threatening to overwhelm them. 
 
 SHINTE, or Kabomi'O, a tn. S. Africa, country of the 
 Balonda, pleasantly situated on a rivulet in the centre of a 
 green glen, about 10 m. E. of the Liambye or Zambesi; lat. 
 12° 37' 35" S.; Ion. 22° 47' E. It is embowered in banana 
 and other tropical trees, has straight streets, contrasting with 
 those of the Bechuanas, which are all very tortuous, and con- 
 sists of well- formed huts, with squares, walls, and round roofs, 
 each with a carefully fenced court, used in some instances as 
 a garden for raising a little tobacco and sugar-cane. 
 
 SHIH, a native tribe, E. Africa, upon the White Nile. 
 The men are armed with well-made ebony clubs, two lances, 
 a bow ahvays strung, and a bundle of arrows; their hands are 
 completely full of weapons ; and they carry a small neatly- 
 made stool slung at their backs. They wear tufts of cocks' 
 feathers on the crown of the head, and their favourite attitude 
 when standing is with one leg raised over a spear, and tlie 
 foot restintf on the inside of the other knee. Their arrows, 
 about 3 ft. long, are pointed with hard wood, iron being scarce 
 among them. The women wear small lappets of tanned 
 leather as broad as the hand, and from the back of the belt a 
 'tail' of finely cut strips of leather; their children are slung 
 from the shoulder in a skin across the back, and secured by a 
 thong round the waist. The huts of the natives are circular, 
 with very low entrances. The women are skilful in manu- 
 facturing mats and baskets of the leaf of the doum-palm; they 
 also make girdles and necklaces of river-mussel shells threaded 
 upon the hair of the giraffe's tail. — (Baker.) 
 
 SHIRE, a river, S.E. Africa, draining Lake Nyanza into 
 the Zambesi, which it enters on its left bank, in lat. 17° 46' 
 S.; Ion. 35° 35' E., after a course of about 270 m. Ascending 
 the river from the Zambesi, the lower part of it has an average 
 depth of 2 fathoms, but it becomes shallower higher up, when 
 many departing and re-entering branches diminish the volume 
 of water; the absence of sandbanks, however, makes it easy 
 of navigation. It drains a low and exceedingly fertile valley 
 of 15 to 20 m. in breadth. Kanges of wooded hills bound this 
 valley on both sides. For the first 20 m. the hills on the left 
 bank are close to the river ; then comes the detached moun- 
 tain Morambala, with steep sides towards the W., wooded to 
 the top, and reaching a height of 5000 ft. A few clumps of 
 palms and acacias appear W. of the river, on the tongue of 
 land occupying the angle it forms with the Zambesi. Beyond 
 Morambala the Shire winds through an extensive marsh. 
 For many miles northwards a broad sea of fresh green grass 
 extends. Ten or fifteen miles N. of Morambala stands the 
 dome-shaped hill Makanga; several others with granitic- 
 looking peaks stretch away to the N., and form the E. boun- 
 dary of the valley; another range, of metamorphic rocks, 
 bounds the valley on the W. Villages are numerous, and 
 many gardens of maize, pumpkins, and tobacco fringe the 
 marshy banks. Into the river, on its right bank, runs a deep 
 stream about 30 yards wide, flowing in from a body of water 
 several miles broad, from which great quantities of duckweed 
 are carried into the Shire. Further on the village of Mboma 
 stands upon the right bank, and a range of hills commencing 
 opposite Senna on the Zambesi, approaches it within 2 or 
 3 m., and then runs in a N.W. direction; the principal hill is 
 
 named Malawe ; a number of villages stands upon its tree- 
 covered sides, and coal is found cropping out in the I'ocks. 
 The country now improves as the river is ascended, the rich 
 valley becoming less swampy, and adorned with trees. The 
 majestic mountain, to which the name of Mount Clarendon 
 has been given, now becomes visible in the N.E., as does also 
 the S. end of the Milanje range, among the mountains of 
 which the Ituo has its source, and flowing S.W. joins the 
 Shire in lat. 16° 31' S. A short distance beyond the Ruo is 
 the Elephant Marsh, in which Dr. Livingstone counted 800 
 elephants in sight at once. The marshes of the Shird suppoit 
 prodigious numbers of many kinds of water-fowl. Beyond 
 the marshes the country is higher, and has a larger popula- 
 tion; the soil is saline, and salt is extracted from it, and cotton 
 of excellent staple is grown upon it. A succession of rich low 
 islands studs the river, many of them being cultivated with 
 maize, &c. About midway in the river's course is a series of 
 cataracts, to which the name of ' Murcliison ' has been given, 
 dividing tlie river into the Upper and Lower Shire. The 
 lowest, called the Mamvira, is in lat. 15° 55' S., but it is in- 
 significant compared with the five above it; altogether they 
 occupy 40 m. of the river's course, with a total fall of 1200 ft. 
 in that distance; but the river is navigable in the still reaches 
 which exist in the intervals of the cataracts. Above the 
 cataracts the Upper Sliir<5 is a broad deep stream with but 
 little current; indeed the current here seldom exceeds a knot 
 an hour, while that of the Lower Sliir^ is from 2 to 2 J knots. 
 The course at first is rather tortuous, and makes a long bend 
 to the E. till it comes within 5 or C m. of Mount Zomba, 
 which stands near the W. shore, about the middle of Lake 
 Shirwa. The direction of the river is then northerly, as far 
 as the lakelet Pamalombe, which is an expansion of 10 or 
 12 m. long, and 5 or 6 m. broad, a few miles below its exit 
 from the S.E. arm of Lake Nyassa. The banks of the lakelet 
 are low, and encircled with a dense wall of papyrus 10 or 
 12 ft. high. At its effluence from Lake Nyassa the Shir^ is 
 from 9 to 15 ft. deep, the depth in the lake itself being much 
 greater. 
 
 SHIRWA, a lake, S.E. Africa, lying S.E. from the S. 
 end of Lake Nyassa; lat. (S. extremity), 15° 35' S.; Ion. 
 35° 40' E. It has never been explored, but was seen by Dr. 
 Livingstone from the base of Mount Pirimiti, on its S.S.W. 
 side. Thence the prospect northwards ended in a sea horizon, 
 with two small islands in the distance ; a larger one, resem- 
 bling a hill-top, and covered with trees, rose more in the fore- 
 ground. Kanges of hills appeared on the E., and on the W. 
 Mount Chikala, which seems to be coimected with the great 
 mountain mass called Zomba. The shore was covered with 
 reeds and papyrus. The N. end of the lake has not been 
 seen, though it has been passed ; the length of the lake is pro- 
 bably 60 or 80 m., and the breadth 20 m. The height above 
 the sea is 1800 ft. From probably having no outlet the 
 watei", which appears to be deep, is slightly brackish, with a 
 taste like that of a weak solution of Epsom salts. The country 
 around is very beautiful, and clothed with rich vegetation. 
 Exceedingly lofty mountains, perhaps 8000 ft. above sea- 
 level, stand near the E. shore; on the W. stands Mount 
 Zcjmba, 7000 ft. in height, and 20 m. long. 
 
 SHISHOW, a tn. China, on the frontiers of Hoonanand 
 Hoopeh, at the point where the Yang-tze-kiang comes into 
 communication with the Lake of Tung- ting. It is protected 
 on two sides by the river and the lake, and surrounded by a 
 wall apparently of no great strength. The space inclosed 
 being far larger than is built upon, nearly a half of it is laid 
 out in gardens. 
 
 SHKLOV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 25 m. N. by W. Mohilev, 
 on the Dnieper; with two churches, an ancient castle, and a 
 pop. of 11,565. 
 
 SHLEB, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 4 m. 
 E.S.E. Czaslau, on the Daubrawa; with a parish church, a, 
 castle, an asylnm for children, several corn and saw mills, 
 and 1100 inhabitants, 
 
 SHOAL LAKE, or Lac Plat, British America, on the 
 N.W. of the Lake of the Woods, about lat. 49° 30' N.; Ion. 
 95° 10' W.; is a considerable sheet of water, about 10 m. long 
 by 7 m. broad, shallow, reedy, and much frequented by 
 aquatic birds. Its S. shore is bordered partly by ridges 
 clothed with large oak-trees, and partly by rich meadows, 
 which stretch southward for a considerable distance. It is a 
 
SHOE AND SLIPPER 
 
 173 
 
 SIDI-HESHAM 
 
 favourite sporting ground of the inhabitants of Fort Garry, 
 situated about 85 ni. N.W. 
 
 SHOE AND SLIPPER, the name of two isls. New Zea- 
 land, North Island or Ulster, on the N.W. side of the Bay of 
 Plenty. The one is 1 J m. E.N.E., and the other 4 m. S.E. 
 of Tairua Head. They are both named from their shape. 
 Shoe Island in particular, which is only 1 m. incix'cuit, exactly 
 representing its name even to the tie. 
 
 SHOLAPOKh}, a collectorate or dist. India, presid. Bom- 
 bay, between lat. 10° 10' and 18° 34' N.; Ion. 75° and 76° 28' 
 E.; bounded N. by Ahmednuggur and the Nizam's Dominions, 
 E. the Nizam's Dominions, S. Sattara and Belgaum, and W, 
 Ahmednuggur, Poona, and Sattara; greatest length, N.W. to 
 S.E., 170 m.; greatest breadth, 50 m. It has an undulating 
 surface diversified by upland and valley, and is well watered 
 by the Kistna and the Beema; but has scarcely any trees, 
 e.xcept a few mango topes. The staple product is cotton, 
 which it is said might be far more extensively grown if the 
 roads were better, the difficulty of transport destroying the 
 profit which would otherwise be realized. Still, notwith- 
 standing this disadvantage, the quantity sent along this route 
 from the Nizam's Dominions towards Bombay is large and 
 increasing. Pop. 075,115. 
 
 SHOLAPOKE, cap. of the above dist., on a level tract 
 at its E. extremity, 220 m. S.E. Bombay, occupies a consi- 
 derable area of an oblong form, inclosed by a wide and deep 
 ditch, and by a wall of substantial masonry, provided with a 
 fausse-braie, and flanked by round towers. Beside the town 
 proper there is an extensive suburb or outer town, also sur- 
 rounded by an outer wall. Though not possessed of much 
 natural strength, Sholapore early ranked as an important 
 fortress, the possession of which was repeatedly contested, till 
 it was taken by Aurungzebe in 1 685. It afterwards fell into 
 the hands of the Mahrattas, and being in their possession in 
 1818, when the Peishwa fied from Poonah, previous to his 
 final deposition, was taken by a British force by escalade. A 
 church has been erected within the town. 
 
 SHOO A, a territory and tn. E. Africa, S. of the Madi, 
 and N.E. of the N. end of the Albert Nyanza, intersected by 
 the parallel of lat. 3° N., and meridian of Ion. 32° E. The 
 country forms a natural park, well watered by numerous 
 rivulets, ornamented with fine timber, and interspersed with 
 high rocks of granite, which from a distance produce the 
 effect of ruined castles. The pasturage is of superior quality, 
 and the surface being undulating, a small brook in every 
 valley forms a natural drain; consequently the more elevated 
 land is remarkably dry and healthy. The cultivation of the 
 soil is superior; large quantities of sesame are grown and 
 carefully harvested, the crop being gathered and arranged in 
 oblong frames, 20 ft. long and 12 ft. high, and in this way 
 dried previous to being stored in the granaries. These are of 
 two kinds — the one; of wicker work, supported on four posts 
 with a thatched roof: the other, simply contrived by fixing a 
 stout pole 20 ft. long firmly in the ground; about 4 ft. from 
 the ground a bundle of strong and long reeds is tied tightly 
 round the pole; hoops of wicker work are then bound round 
 them at intervals, until they assume the form of an inverted 
 umbrella half expanded; this receptacle being filled with 
 grain, fresh reeds are similarly added, until the work reaches 
 within a few feet of the top of the pole; the whole is then 
 covered with reeds securely strapped. Fowls, butter, and 
 goats are abundant and cheap ; and beads are held in great 
 
 value. The town or vil. of Shooa, in lat. 3° 4' N.; Ion. 
 
 32° 4' E., is a lovely place. A fine granite mountain ascends 
 in one block, in a sheer precipice, for about 800 ft. from its 
 base, perfectly abrupt on its E. side, while the other parts of 
 it are covered with fine forest trees, and picturesquely dotted 
 over with villages. The people are precisely similar to the 
 more northerly Obbo and Farajoke in language and appear- 
 ance, and are exceedingly mild in their manners. The village 
 stands a few miles S.W. of the Asua, which receives the 
 entire drainage of the Madi and Shooa countries, with that of 
 extensive districts E. of Shooa, and becomes a tremendous tor- 
 rent so long as the rains continue, and conveys a vast volume 
 of water to the Nile ; but tlie inclination of the whole country 
 being rapid towards the N. W., the bed of the Asua, following 
 the general incline, is so quickly emptied after the cessation 
 of the rains that it becomes insignificant as a river. Shooa 
 has an elevation of 3600 ft. above the sea. — [Baker.) 
 
 SHOOSHEENDKUM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, Tra- 
 vancore, about 5 m. N.W. Cape Comorin. It has a large 
 Brahmin population, and a famous pagoda. 
 
 SHUPANGA, a vil. S.E. Africa, r.bank Zambesi, about 
 80 m. from its mouth. It occupies the prettiest site on the 
 river. In front a sloping lawn, with a fine mango orchard at 
 its S. end, leads down to the Zambesi with its green islands; 
 beyond, northwards, lie vast fields and forests of palms and 
 tropical trees, with Mount Morambala towering to the clouds, 
 and further away more distant hills appear in the horizon, 
 A one-storied house situated here possesses a melancholy in- 
 terest: in it Kirkpatrick, of Captain Owen's surveying expe- 
 dition, died of fever in 1826, and in 1862 died of the same 
 fatal disease the wife of Dr. Livingstone. A hundred yards 
 E. of the house, under a large baobab-tree, both are buried. 
 
 SHUYA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 65 m. N.E. Yladimir, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Testa, which is here crossed 
 by two handsome bridges. It has five churches, circle and 
 parish schools, a charitable institute, and numerous industrial 
 establishments ; both the town and the circle ranking among 
 the most industrious in Russia. Pop. 8408. 
 
 SHWELYN, a vil. Aracan, 1. bank Koladyn, on a bank 
 20 ft. above high-water, in the midst of groves of plantains, 
 mangoes, and jack-trees. It is a large and populous place, 
 with comfortable houses and homesteads, and an extensive 
 cultivation of rice. The cotton-tree is connnon. The people 
 are all Mussulmans, and dress nearly like the genuine Muglis, 
 though their features are different. 
 
 SIBIRU (PuLO), or Sebeekoo, an isl. Indian Archipelago, 
 off the W. coast of Sumatra, between lat. 2° 15' and 4° 5' S. 
 It has a length of about 56 m. from N.W. to S.E., a medium 
 breadth of about 10 m., and an area of 480 geo. sq. m. There 
 is an active volcano near its centre. Its inhabitants are of 
 Malay origin, and speak the same language as those of the 
 adjacent islands of Sepora and Pogi . 
 
 SIDDAPOKE, a tn. India, Nizam's Dominions, about 
 
 37 m. N.W. Bellary, on the road to Bombay via Bejapoor. 
 It consists of about 200 inhabited houses, and possesses two 
 pagodas and four choultries. The inhabitants are mostly 
 agriculturists. 
 
 SIDEItOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 20 m. E. Czortkow, on the Russian frontier; with an ancient 
 castle and a poorhouse. 
 
 SIDHOUT, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 12 m. 
 E. Cuddapah, 1. bank Pennar. It consists of a town and fort, 
 but the only objects of any interest belong to the latter, which 
 is in the form of a quadrangle, built of sandstone and lime- 
 stone, and strengthened by bastions, which are round at the 
 angles, but square on the curtain. A deep and broad fosse 
 incloses three sides of the fort; the fourth side is washed by 
 the river, and furnished with a fausse-braie. It had once 
 two gateways, but that on the E. has been built up, and that 
 on the W. is now the only entrance. Among the buildings of 
 the interior are the ruined Patan palace, the zcnanah, the 
 cutclierry or hall of audience, and the mausoleum of Bismillah 
 Shah. The last is surmounted by a handsome cupola with a 
 gilded crescent, and has attached to it a small mosque, 
 garden, and burial-ground. Except during the rainy season 
 the flat bed of the Pennar, near Sidhout, is used as garden 
 ground, and produces melons, which are celebrated for their 
 superior flavour. 
 
 SIDI-BEL-ABBAS, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 
 
 38 m. S. Oran. It was founded by the French in 1843, and 
 consists of two quarters, a military, provided with immense 
 storehouses, and a civil, which consists of spacious streets 
 which cross at right angles, and are lined by shady trees and 
 a number of lofty and handsome houses. Its advantageous 
 position promises to make it the principal entrepot for the 
 ports of Mostaganem, Arzew, and Oran. Pop. 4156. 
 
 SIDI-HESHAM, a small state, N. Africa, territory 
 Maghreb, between lat. 28° and 29° 41' N.; Ion. 11° 45' and 
 15° 44' E.; bounded N.W. and W. by the Atlantic, S. the 
 Sahara, and E. and N.E. Marocco. Much of the traflSc 
 between Marocco and Timbuktoo passes through it, and its 
 inhabitants, availing themselves of the facilities thus afforded, 
 carry on a considerable trade. They are also industrious 
 cultivators of the soil. Sidi-IIesham, which originally be- 
 longed to Marocco, threw off allegiance to it, and secured its 
 independence in 1810. 
 
SIENKOV 
 
 174 
 
 SIMILIAN 
 
 SIENKOV, a tn. Eussia, gov. Poltava, cap. circle of 
 same name, oh the Grunya. It has nine churches, a circle 
 and a parish school, and a charitahle institute; and contains 
 7715 inhabitants. 
 
 SIGIRI, a natural stronghold, Ceylon, 46 m. N. by E. 
 Kandy. It is situated in the heart of the great central forest, 
 and consists of a gigantic cylindrical rock rising suddenly 
 from the surrounding flat to the height of 400 ft., as if shot 
 up by subterranean force. Its scarped walls are nearly per- 
 pendicular, and in some places overhang their base. Its 
 upper surface is very little more than an acre in extent. 
 This was the retreat selected by the parricide Kyaspa, who 
 seized the throne of Ceylon after assassinating his father. King 
 Dhatu Sena. Having inclosed it by a rampart, and formed 
 a deep fosse, filled with water from an adjoining tank, he 
 carried galleries along the face of the cliff, partially hollow- 
 ing them out of the rock, and protecting them in front by 
 strong curtain walls of stone. His palace, which stood on a 
 triangular bastion, protected on two sides by the fosse, is now 
 a shapeless mass of debris and fallen brickwork, the mounds 
 of which are infested by bears and snakes, while the ruined 
 galleries are tenanted by thousands of bats. The tank, 
 covered with the red and white flowers of the lotus, swarms 
 with crocodiles. 
 
 SIHETE-ALIN, a mountain range, Russian empire, 
 stretching N.N.E. at the distance of 25 to 80 m. from the 
 W. shore of the Sea of Japan and the Gulf of Tartary. It 
 maybe considered a continuation or offset of the Than-alin 
 range in the S. The loftiest of the mountains rise from 4000 
 to 6000 ft., and are densely wooded with pines, hardwood and 
 leafy trees being entirely confined to the valleys and lower 
 slopes. The drainage of the E. slope is carried to the Sea of 
 Japan and the Gulf of Tartary by numerous torrents, the 
 course of which is too short to allow them to be developed 
 into considerable streams; the drainage of the W. slope be- 
 longs to the basin of the Amoor. Of the numerous passes 
 leading across the mountains the best are in the S. One of 
 these, somewhat difficult, leads from the Upper Usuri to Olga 
 Bay; another is said to be practicable even for carriages. 
 
 SI-KIANG, or West River, China, by far the most im- 
 portant of the streams which unite to form the Canton River, 
 was till recently almost entirely unknown. Even now its 
 upper course, from the mountains of Yunnan and Koeichoo 
 continued eastward across Quangsee, is only conjectured; but 
 the lower course, from the city of Canton up to the fron- 
 tiers of Quangsee, was thoroughly explored in 1859 by a 
 Uritish gunboat squadron. This expedition, leaving the an- 
 chorage of Canton on the 16th February, and proceeding down 
 the river, entered the Sai-wan passage by the Si-chi-tau chan- 
 nel. The passage was easily navigated till abreast of the town 
 of Sai-wan, where the stream, dividing into two channels, 
 leaves a large middle ground of hard sand, on which several of 
 the vessels grounded. The expedition next proceeded by the 
 Tam-chau passage into the Tai-lung channel, which runs out of 
 it to the westward. In this channel no obstruction was found 
 till within 3 m. of the village of Yun-kai-tau, where a flat 
 island, about 1 m. long, forms a N. and a S. passage — the 
 former almost barred by a bed of rocks, with a channel only 
 7 ft. deep at low water; the latter better and deeper, but very 
 narrow at its E. end, and encumbered near its centre by a 
 rock, on which, as it is dry only at low-water and had not 
 been discovered by the previous soundings, the leading vessel 
 struck. Having cleared all the channels leading to it, the 
 expedition on 19th February entered the Si-kiang proper, 
 called also the Blue River from the clearness of its waters, 
 and the following day reached the San-shui junction, and 
 anchored at Shao-king, situated on the left or N. bank about 
 20 m. further up. About 3 to 6 m. below or E. of this town 
 is a fine pass, the river becoming narrowed and flowing nearly 
 straight for 3| m. among mountain ranges from 2000 to 3000 
 ft. high. In the narrowest part of this pass the width does 
 not exceed 300 yards, but at Shao-king it is not less than 
 1400 yards. Midway between the San-shui junction and 
 Shao-king, below the village of Kwang-li, the river splits 
 round a richly cultivated island; and a little above the village, 
 before reaching the pass, appears at one spot not to be more 
 than 2 fathoms deep. The necessary inference is that at this 
 spot in February, when the exploration was made, the river, 
 which is here only 75 m. from the sea, ceases to be navigable 
 
 for vessels drawing more than 12 ft. Near Shao-king lime- 
 stone hills appear in rugged and picturesque groups, and still 
 farther up the river winds through a continuously hilly 
 country of sandstone and granite, chiefly in N. and W. direc- 
 tions. The hills, varying in height from 100 to 1500 ft., are 
 in general densely wooded and often highly cultivated. At 
 50 m. above Shao-king, after passing a singular mass of 
 granite, which rises peri)endicularly 300 ft. in the form of a 
 thumb, out of a range of hills 1500 to 1800 ft. high, the river 
 bed is studded with rocks, and the navigation becomes dan- 
 gerous. The exploration was however continued 25 m. 
 further to Wu-chu or Ng-chu, situated on the E. frontiers of 
 Quangsee, where the Si-kiang is joined by the stream on 
 which Kwer-ling, the capital of that province, stands. At 
 Wu-chu, in lat. 23° 28' N.; Ion. 1 12° 14' E., the breadth of 
 the river is nearly a mile from shore to shore, and about 600 
 yards between the sandbanks; but the navigation is difficult 
 even for junks, and, according to report, becomes about 
 12 m. further up entirely obstructed by rapids. The course 
 of the Si-kiang, so far as now known, being only the portion 
 from Wu-chu to the sea, is 150 m. in length. 
 
 SILAO, a tn. Mexico, state and 12 m. W. Guanajuato. 
 It contains 6000 inhabitants, who used to weave large quan- 
 tities of woollen and cotton goods, but now confine themselves 
 almost entirely to agriculture. 
 
 SILESIA (Duchy of), Austrian empire, lies between lat. 
 49° 28' and 50° 26' N.; Ion. 16° 23' and 18° 30' E.; and is 
 bounded N. by Prussian Silesia, E. Galicia, S. Hungary and 
 Moravia, and W. Moravia and Prussian Silesia; area, 1496 geo. 
 sq. m.; pop. (1857), 462,051, of whom 230,000 are Slaves, 
 210,000 Germans, and 3280 Jews. With the exception of 
 61,872 Lutherans, 45 Reformed Protestants, and the Jews, 
 they are all R. Catholics. For administrative purposes the 
 duchy is divided into 22 districts; Troppau is the capital. 
 
 SILLOTH, a seaport, England, co. Cumberland, newly 
 formed on the English coast of the Sol way Frith, 18 m. W. 
 Carlisle; lat. 54° 52' N.; Ion. 3° 23' W. The channel here 
 has 15 ft. depth at low water, and the mariner, in an emer- 
 gency, may securely run his vessel into it at a time when the 
 tidal harbours along this part of the coast cannot be ap- 
 proached. The commercial traffic is chiefly with Ireland. 
 
 SILVER, an isl. China, prov. Kiangsoo, in the Yaiig- 
 tze-kiang, beyond a bold projecting bluff above Kiang-yin. It 
 rises out of the centre of the river to the height of nearly 
 200 ft., covered with the richest foliage, and crowned by a 
 small pagoda-shaped edifice, which commands an extensive 
 panoramic view over a broad and richly cultivated plain 
 stretching away to the N. On its sides, embowered in foliage, 
 are several quaint temples, with white walls gleaming, and 
 lazy priests basking in the sun. Silver Island is evidently 
 destined to form a junction with the small islands of Ja-sha. 
 Two spits of land, jutting out from each and accumulating 
 alluvium, are rapidly narrowing the channel which lies be- 
 tween them. H.M.S. Furious, in proceeding up the river 
 with Lord Elgin in 1858, grounded on a reef to the S. of this 
 island, in a channel through which a British fleet, consisting 
 of several ships of the line, had passed, totally unconscious of 
 the danger, and which was marked on the charts as having a 
 depth of 16 fathoms. This island must not be confounded 
 with Kintang, which lies between the W. end of the island of 
 Chusan and the mouth of the Yung or Ningpo, and is also 
 known by the name of Silver Island. 
 
 SIMEN, a prov. Abyssinia, Tigrd, washed on the E. by 
 the Tacazze, and consisting almost entirely of an elevated 
 plateau, averaging about 10,000 ft. in absolute height. Above 
 the plateau rise several mountains, the loftiest of which, called 
 Eas Detchen, is at least 14,000 ft. above sea-level. Snow is 
 often seen upon it, and from its sides descend numerous tor- 
 rents, which, after forming beautiful cascades, hurry along, 
 some to the Bellegas and others to the Tacazze. The whole of 
 the mountains are evidently volcanic, consisting of clinkstone, 
 basaltic tufa, and trachyte. The plateau, though generally 
 bare, has patches of excellent pasture; even barley is grown 
 upon it at the height of 11,000 ft., where trees cease to grow. 
 The inhabitants of Simen have a very limited export of cattle 
 and cereals, for which they obtain in return cotton, salt, 
 pepper, coffee, iron, &c., all in small quantities. 
 
 SIMILIAN, a tn. Austrian empire. Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Licca, about 58 m. S. by W. Karlstadt; with a 
 
SIMNITZA 
 
 175 
 
 SINGHANA 
 
 R. Catholic and a Greek non-united parish church, a trivial 
 school, and a large corn magazine. Thei'e are several ruined 
 castles in the vicinity. Pop. 1900. 
 
 SIMNITZA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, 1. bank 
 Danube, opposite to Shistova, 20 m. W.S.W. Rustchuk. It 
 is the seat of a court of primary jurisdiction, contains several 
 churches, a normal school, and a quarantine establishment, 
 and has a harbour formed by an island. Pop. 7400. 
 
 SIMOUA, a tn. Japan, near the S.E. extremity of the 
 peninsula of Idzu, on the island of Niphon and at the W. 
 entrance of the Gulf of Yeddo; lat. 34° 39' 49" N.; Ion. 138° 
 57' 50" E. It occupies an extremely picturesque site among 
 undulating hills, which rise from tiie water edge covered 
 with trees and verdure, and extend backward till they termi- 
 nate in bare, rugged, and lofty mountains. About two cen- 
 turies ago it was the port of entry for vessels bound to the 
 capital, but having been supplanted in this respect by Uraga, 
 situated further up the bay, suffered a considerable decline. 
 Still, however, it continued to be an important place, and in 
 April, 1854,when visited by the U. States expedition to Japan, 
 was a compactly built town, with regular streets intersecting 
 each other at riglit angles, and about 1000 houses, containing 
 an estimated pop, of 7000. Among the public buildings were 
 nine Buddhist temples and many smaller shrines, while the 
 
 whole place had a tolerably thriving appearance. A few 
 months later a very different scene presented itself. On 23d 
 December an earthquake of the most frightful description 
 occurred, and carrying destruction along a large part of the 
 coast of Niplion, laid Simoda in ruins. The sea first retiring 
 so far as to leave the harbour, which had a usual depth of five 
 fathoms, nearly dry, returned in a wave which overtopped 
 many of the houses and swept everything away. Only a few 
 temples and private dwellings that stood on elevated spots 
 escaped. Fortunately the harbour, on which the prosperity 
 of the town mainly depended, has suffered only by the wash- 
 ing away of the alluvium which formed its holding ground, and 
 the leaving of a rocky bottom in its stead. It is expected, how- 
 ever, that the washings from the higher ground will ere long 
 supply this deficiency. Meanwhile the work of rebuilding 
 has gone on with spirit, and the houses, constructed indeed 
 as before of inexpensive and flimsy materials, have rapidly 
 reappeared. 
 
 SIMONOSAKI, a tn. Japan, on the S.W. point of the 
 island of Niphon and province of Nagato, at the western en- 
 trance to the Suonada Sea; lat. 33° 56' N.; Ion. 131° E. It 
 stretches in one straggling street about 1^ m. along the 
 shore, and is situated in a very commanding position for pur- 
 poses of trade. At present the high hills by which it is sur- 
 
 *'■"'"■ S I MONOSKK I i$ ^ ^ 
 
 I' 
 
 
 rounded supply the principal articles of its small export 
 trade — sugar, rice, oil, and iron; but it forms an important 
 depot station for the transmission of European imports from 
 Nagasaki to the interior, as well as for the return traffic in 
 native produce from Osacca and other ports of the Suonada 
 Sea. In tlie shops are retailed considerable quantities of 
 gray shirtings, camlets, prints, &c., of British manufacture, 
 besides medicines and glass from Holland. The most con- 
 spicuous buildinn; is the custom-house, recognized by its tall 
 white gables. Tlie warehouses or ' godowns ' are constructed 
 of wood and mud, coated with white cement or stucco, and 
 are said to be fireproof; but the dwelling-houses are generally 
 built of wood. Pop. estimated at 10,000. — The strait, com- 
 mencing at Entrance Head, the S.W. point of Hiku-sima, is 
 7 m. in length, with a navigable channel varying from 3 to 
 7 cables in breadth ; the town stands 4 m. within the en- 
 trance. 
 
 In consequence of the persistent refusal of the semi-inde- 
 pendent Prince of Nagato to open the channel of Simonosaki 
 to foreign vessels, notwithstanding the treaties with the 
 government at Jeddo, an attack was made on the batteries 
 
 he had erected to command the strait by a combined 
 squadron of British, French, Dutch, and American ships, on 
 the 5th and 6th September, 1864, and a passage forced in 
 spite of an obstinate resistance. 
 
 SINANO, a vil. Greece, Morea, 1^ m. N. the ruins of 
 ancient Megalopolis, the metropolis of the Arcadians, is of 
 only a few years date. All the houses are built on the same 
 primitive plan, with four walls, a roof, a low door, and two 
 windows. The chimney is considered useless. The furni- 
 ture is as simple as the house, and the dress of the people not 
 more complicated. Pop. 750. — {Dora cVIstria.) 
 
 BINDER, a tn. Western Africa, on an island of same 
 name in the Niger, 210 m. W.N. W. Sokoto. It is the market 
 for all the corn used in this district, and even exports largely 
 to the provinces of Zaberina and Dendina. Including Garu, 
 another town on an adjacent island, it has an estimated pop. 
 of 18,000. 
 
 SINGH AN A, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state Shekawuttee, 
 on the skirts of a hill of purplish rock, 95 m. S.W. Delhi. 
 It is a handsome town, built of stone, and depends for its 
 prosperity on a copper mine in the vicinity, which has been 
 
SINGKEL 
 
 176 
 
 SIRONJ 
 
 worked to such an extent that the subterraneous galleries are 
 about 2 m. in length, and the scoria forms a line of small 
 hills several hundred feet in length, and from 30 to 60 ft. 
 high. On these hills four isolated stone bastions have been 
 built. 
 
 SINGKEL, a river, Sumatra, the largest which falls into 
 the ocean on its W. coast. Its mouth, which is in lat. 2° 15' N., 
 is about three-quarters of a mile wide, but the bar has only 
 12 ft. water even at spring- tides. Witiiin its channel is deep 
 and navigable for a considerable distance. At one time 
 benzoin, camphor, and gold-dust were exported from it. 
 
 SINGUUH, a fort, presid. Bombay, dist. and 1 1 m. S. W. 
 Poonah, among the mountains to the S. belonging to the 
 Western Ghauts. It possesses great natural strength, being 
 Heated on an immense craggy precipice, access to which, if 
 opposed, seems almost impossible, and is of a triangular form, 
 surrounded by a strong stone wall flanked with towers, and 
 inclosing an area about 2 m. in circuit. It figures much in 
 the Indian wars wiiile the Mahrattas were establishing their 
 supremacy in opposition to that of the Moguls. In 1818 it 
 capitulated to a British force, after it had been invested for 
 eight days, and had suffered much from shot and shell. 
 
 SINHO, or SiNiiA, a vil. China, prov. Pechili, 85 m. S.E. 
 Pekin, on a narrow canal or ditch which flows from the Peiho, 
 half a mile distant, and through wliich communication is kept 
 up with the river by junks. It consists chiefly of one long 
 winding street of shops, and is surrounded by pleasant or- 
 chards. Water-melons, peaches. Cape gooseberries, and vari- 
 ous vegetables, are grown abundantly. — (Swinhoe's N. China 
 Campaign.) 
 
 SINJfiRE, a tributary of the Zambesi, S.E. Africa, 
 rising in the Chiroby-roby Hills, and flowing S. jnto the Zam- 
 besi, which it joins on its 1. bank about lat. 16° 25' S.; Ion. 
 32° 10' E. It is a fine stream, one of many which drain the 
 mountainous country N. of the river. Gray sandstone is 
 common hereabouts, and many lumps of coal, brought down 
 by the rapid current, lie in its channel. A vast coal-field 
 exists hereabouts, both N. and S. of the Zambesi. A dyke 
 of black basaltic rock crosses the Zambesi near the mouth of 
 the Sinjere; but it has two openings in it from 60 to 80 yards 
 in breadth, and the channel is very deep. 
 
 SINKEP, an isl. Indian Archipelago, off the N.E. coast 
 of Sumatra, and S. of the entrance to the Straits of Malacca. 
 It has an area of 152 geo. sq. m., is composed chiefly of 
 granitic rocks, and is rich in tin, which, existing in the form 
 of gravel both on the land and on the sea-shore within water- 
 mark, is obtained in the latter position by a rude kind of 
 dredging. The inhabitants, Malays, are mostly fishermen, 
 Sinkep is nominally subject to the Dutch. 
 
 SIOUX CITY, a vil. U. States, Iowa, cap. co. Wood- 
 bury, on the Mississippi, 3 m. below the mouth of Sioux 
 liiver, and 220 m. above Omaha. It is the W. terminus of 
 the Dubuque and Sioux City railway, now in progress. 
 
 SIPHANTO (anc. Siphnos) [add.], an isl. Greece, nom- 
 arch Cyclades, intersected by the parallel of 37° N., has a 
 maximum length N.N. W. to S.S.E. of 11 m., a central breadth 
 of 5 m., an area of 32 geo. sq. m., and a pop. of 5700. It 
 has a rather elevated but finely diversified surface, is healthy 
 and fertile, producing corn, cotton, figs, oil, silk, honey, and 
 wax, possesses quarries of marble, and was at one time famous 
 for its mines of gold and silver. The only manufactures are 
 cottons and straw-hats, particularly the latter, which are in 
 demand in all the islands of the Egcan Sea. Many of the 
 inhabitants, male and female, become domestic servants in 
 Athens, Smyrna, and Constantinople. In the last they are in 
 great request as cooks. The principal villages of the island 
 are Stavni, near its centre, with an Hellenist and a parish 
 school, and a pop. of 1200; Kastro, seated on a strongly forti- 
 fied precipice on the E. coast, and containing 750 inhabitants; 
 and Grampela, which stands 1000 ft. above the sea, is most 
 beautifully situated among cultivated fields, vineyards, olive- 
 yards, and gardens, and has a pop. of 600. 
 
 SIPORA,an isl. Indian Archipelago, forming one of the 
 long chain of islands lying nearly parallel to the W. coast of 
 Sumatra. It is situated between Sibiru on the N.W. and 
 Pagi on the S.E., is about 50 m. long by 18 broad, and has 
 a computed area of 1200 geo. sq. m. The inhabitants belong 
 to a peculiar race of Malays, known by the name of Man- 
 ia wis. 
 
 SIKBA, a river, Western Africa, the whole course of which 
 is imperfectly known. Rising, as is believed, in the S.E. of 
 prov. Mosi, it flows N.N.E. past Kulfela, enters prov. Gurma, 
 which it intersects, and then, proceeding between districts 
 Yagha and Torobe, joins r. bank Niger near lat. 14° N. At 
 the village of Bosegango, where Dr. Barth crossed it on the 
 2d July, 1853, it was about 70 yards wide and 12 ft. deep in 
 the middle, and was running between banks about 20 ft. high; 
 on the 26th of July in the following year, he found it, much 
 lower down, near its confluence with the Niger, to be only a 
 foot deep. 
 
 SIRCI, or Seerce, a tn. India, presid. Madras, prov. N. 
 Canara, 122 m. N. Mangalore. It is situated above the W. 
 Ghauts, and has risen since the establishment of the British 
 rule. It was the great emporium for the areca-nut trade 
 while the inland duties were levied, and is now an important 
 entrepot for the cotton transmitted from the S. Mahratta 
 country to Coompta. The sub-collector of Canara resides 
 here. Pop. 4370. 
 
 STRCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 10 m. 
 N.N.E. Oedenburg, near the N.W. shore of Lake Neusiedl, 
 where the Wulka falls into it. It has a mineral spring, with 
 a bathing establishment; and 1200 It. Catholic inhabitants. 
 
 SIRDHANA,atn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 11m. 
 N.W. Meerut. It stands in an open and level country, and 
 is surrounded by a mud wall, and defended by a mud fort in 
 a dilapidated state. Its principal buildings are the palace of 
 the rather notorious Begum Sumroo, and a church, built at 
 her expense. The palace is a large and handsome structure, 
 profusely ornamented with paintings; the church is a minia- 
 ture imitation of St. Peter's at Rome. At the begum's death, 
 without issue, in 1836, Sirdhana, which was her capital, and 
 all her territory, lapsed to the British government. 
 
 SIRGOOJAH, a petty state, India, on the S. frontier of 
 Bengal, between lat. 22° 34' and 23° 54' N.; Ion. 82° 40' and 
 84° 6' E.; is about 90 m. long from N. to S., by 85 m. broad, 
 and has an area of 5441 sq. m. Its surface is rugged and 
 mountainous, rising about 600 ft. above the adjoining table- 
 land of Chota Nagpore, and is drained chiefly by the shallow 
 streams Kunher and Khern. Its forests contain elephants, 
 leopards, deer, find hogs; and its extensive pastures are fre- 
 quented by large herds of buffaloes, which come down to graze 
 
 from Benares and Mirzapore. Pop. 316,252. The town, of 
 
 same name, situated about 140 m. S. Mirzapore, is a ruined 
 place, with scarcely a vestige of former grandeur. 
 
 SIRJAN, a dist. Persia, in S.E. of prov. Kerman. It is 
 one of the most flourishing of the Kerman districts, and con- 
 tains forty-one villages, among which is Pares, once celebrated 
 for its mine of turquoise, which is no longer worked, and 
 still noted for the hawks which it rears. Game is abundant, 
 and both copper and lead ore are found in Sirjan. 
 
 SIRMOUR, a petty hill state, India, between lat. 30° 25' 
 and 31° 2' N.; Ion. 77° 5' and 77° 53' E.; is bounded N. by 
 Bulsun and Joobul, E. the Dehra Doon from which it is sepa- 
 rated by the Tons and Jumna, and S. and W. Sirhind and Put- 
 teala; area, 1075 sq.m. The surface declines generally, though 
 irregularly, from N. to S., and sends almost all its drainage 
 to the Jumna. Its culminating point, the Chur peak, has a 
 height of 12,150 ft. Tiie minerals include copper, lead, and 
 iron. The working of the first has been abandoned, but that 
 of the other two still continues. Notwithstanding the eleva- 
 tion good crops are raised. Of these the most important is 
 marwa {Eleusine coracana), but wheat, barley, poppy, and oil 
 seeds are also grown, with marwa for a first crop, and rice, 
 cotton, and tobacco for a second. The rice, cultivated on 
 ground suited for irrigation, and arranged in terraces, is very 
 fine. The forests, which are so dense as to be almost im- 
 passable, and contain much fine timber, abound in wild ele- 
 phants, tigers, leopards, bears, and hyaenas ; the principal 
 domestic animals are kine of the humped species. They are 
 kept only for the dairy, and are never killed or eaten for 
 food. The manufactures are confined to the smelting and 
 working of iron, and the weaving of a few coarse woollens 
 and cottons for home use. There is no trade. The state of 
 morals among the population may be judged from the fact 
 that chastity is unknown. Pop. about 62,000. 
 
 SIRONJ, or Seuonge [add.], a tn. India, Malwa, lying 
 within the territory granted to the noted freebooter Ameer 
 Khan, and still possessed by his descendants, is situated at 
 
SISSEK 
 
 177 
 
 SOHAR 
 
 the base of a ghaut leading S. from a plateau to the plain 
 213 m. S. Agra. It was once a place of great importance, 
 surrounded with walls, and crowded with merchants and 
 weavers famous for their fine muslins and chintzes. Much of 
 this prosperity has disappeared, but it still contains a con- 
 siderable population, is defended by a rectangular fort with a 
 square tower at each angle, and possesses many mosques, two 
 caravanserais, and a fine bazar. 
 
 SISSEK, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia and 
 Sclavonia, co. Agram, at the confluence of the Kalpa with 
 the Save. It is the seat of a district court, and has a castle, 
 a building-yard, and a large trade in corn. Pop. 800. 
 
 SISUKO, a vil. Chinese empire, on the E. side of a pen- 
 insula of same name, near the N.E. extremity of the peninsula 
 of Corea. It is of considerable extent, is surrounded by low 
 stone walls, and has a small harbour convenient of access for 
 fishing-boats. The Tumen-kiang, or Tsing-king, which has 
 its mouth 4 m. E. of Sisuro, now forms, in consequence of 
 the Ruaso-Chinese treaty of 14th November, 1860, the S. limit 
 of the Russian territory on the shores of the Sea of Japan. 
 
 SITANG, a river, Burmah and Pegu, which rises among 
 the hills to the S. E. of Ava. Taking the name of Poungloung 
 in the upper part of its course, it flows nearly due S. through 
 a valley about 350 m. long. Before entering Pegu, and 
 beyond its frontier as far S. as Toungoo, its banks, so far as 
 yet traced, are high and hilly. Lower down an alluvial tract 
 commences, and is continued with varying breadth towards 
 the sea. In Pegu the river is much more tortuous than it 
 seems to be in Burmah. At the town of its own name it 
 widens out, and, forming a broad estuary, falls into the Gulf 
 of Martaban, 55 m. E. of Rangoon. One great obstacle to 
 its navigation is its bore, which advances at the rate of nearly 
 12 m. an hour, sometimes with a crest 9 ft. high. 
 
 SKALAT, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 19 m. S.E. Tarnopol, cap. dist. of same name, in a well-wooded 
 and well-cultivated country, not far from the Russian frontier; 
 with an ancient castle and much-frequented yearly markets. 
 Pop. 4008. 
 
 SKALITZ (Great and Littlk), two tns. Austrian em- 
 pire, Bohemia, circle and 18 m. X.E. Koniggriitz: — 1, Gross 
 or Great Shalitz, 1. bank Aupa, contains 2045 inhabitants, 
 and has a townhouse, an hospital for the poor, and a mill. — 
 2, Klein or Little Skalitz, situated opposite to the other, 
 on the r. bank, contains 400 inhabitants, and has a parish 
 church and a cotton mill. 
 
 SKAUI-MAYDAN, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the 
 N.W. of Bosnia, 30 m. W.N.W. Banyaluka; is the see of a 
 Greek bishop, and has iron mines and iron mills, in which 
 the inhabitants, about 3000, are chiefly employed. In another 
 place, called Brusani-Maydan, and situated about 10 m. east- 
 ward, there are extensive iron foundries. 
 
 SKOTSCHAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 40 m. E.S.E. Troppau, on the Vistula, here 
 crossed by a long bridge. It has an elegant townhouse, a 
 castle, an hospital, and cattle and other yearly markets. 
 Pop. 2000. 
 
 SKRZ YSZOVV, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 3 m. S.E. Tarnow; with numerous linen looms, a waggon 
 factory, and 2250 inhabitants. 
 
 SLANKAMEN [add.], atn. Austrian empire, Peterwar- 
 dein, Military Frontiers, r. bank Danube, nearly opposite to the 
 mouth of tlie Theiss, 22 m. E.S.E Peterwardein. It has a 
 R. Catholic and two Greek churches, the ruins of an ancient 
 and once strongly fortified castle, salt springs, and an im- 
 portant fishery. It is an ancient place, and under the Romans 
 had the name of liitium. The defeat of the Turks here in 
 1691, by Prince Eugene, was followed by the peace of Kar- 
 lowitz. Pop. 890. At a short distance on the same side of 
 the Danube is New Slankamen, with 2400 inhabitants. 
 
 SLATINA, atn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. circle 
 Oltu, near the Oluta, 85 m W. Bucharest. It is the seat of 
 a court of primary jurisdiction, and contains a church and a 
 normal school. Pop. 3530. 
 
 SLICHOV, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co, and 
 10 m, N.E. Trencsin, in a mountainous district; with a large 
 trade in glass, and 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 SLOBODZIE, a market tn. European Turkey, Walachia, 
 63 m. E. by N. Bucharest, 1. bank Jalomnitza, here crossed 
 by a flying- bridge. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol,. II. 
 
 SLOVINKA (Upper and Under), two nearly contiguous 
 places, Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, about 22 m. S.E. 
 Leutschau, in a picturesque district; with mines of silver and 
 copper, and an aggregate pop. of 2500. 
 
 SLOWITA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. W. Zloczow; with a Basilian nunnery, and a beautiful 
 mansion seated on an artificial mound, said to have been con- 
 structed by the Tartars while encamped here. Pop. 1100. 
 
 SMATYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 24 m. E.S.E. Kolomea, cap. dist. of same name, 1. bankPruth. 
 It has a high-school, a fund for making loans to the indus- 
 trious, an hospital, and an infirmary. Here, in 1638, the 
 Tartars sustained a bloody defeat from the Polish general 
 Wisniowiecki. Pop. 10,603. 
 
 SOAVE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 16 m. E.N.E. 
 Verona, on the Tromegna. It is surrounded with ancient 
 walls, is the seat of a court of justice, and has a parish church, 
 an old castle, manufactures of leather, and a trade in excellent 
 wine. 
 
 SO BAT, a river, E. Africa, a tributary of the White Nile, 
 which it joins in lat. 9° 21' 14" N., from the E. It is the 
 most powerful afiiuent of the White Nile, and is probably 
 fed by many streams from the Galla country about Kaffa, in 
 addition to receiving the rivers from the Berri and Latooka 
 countries. It appears to be supplied by considerable streams 
 from distinct countries E. and S. having a rainfall at diff"erent 
 seasons, as it is full at the end of December, when the more 
 southerly afiluents of the Nile are extremely low. The 
 mouth of the Sobat at its junction with the White Nile 
 is not more than 120 yards wide, and the country about it 
 consists of dead flats of prairie and marsh as far as the eye 
 can reach. The stream (at the beginning of January) Sir 
 S. W. Baker found to run about 2 J m. per hour; the quality 
 of the water was superior to that of the Nile, indicating a 
 mountain origin; and the depth varied slightly from 27 to 
 28 ft. Within a few days' sail from the junction the Sobat 
 is reported to divide into seven branches, all shallow, and 
 with rapid streams. Between its mouth and the farthest 
 navigable point it is said to be fed by many mountain torrents. 
 It has been navigated from its mouth upwards for nearly 
 200 m. Its N. or r. bank is inhabited by the Denka and 
 Djibba, its S. or 1. bank by the Bohr and Berri tribes. 
 
 SOBOTIST, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Upper 
 Neutra, on the Verbocz, about 26 m. N.N.W. Tyrnau; with 
 a castellated mansion, and several mills. Many of the in- 
 habitants, who occupy a separate suburb, are descendants 
 of the German Anabaptists, who have returned to the R. 
 Catholic church, and are mostly potters and cutlers. Pop. 
 3097. 
 
 SOBRAON, a vil. India, Cis-Sutlej territories, 1. bank 
 Sutlej, 50 m. S.E. Lahore; is famous for the victory gained 
 here on the 10th February, 1846, by the British, under Sir 
 Hugh Gough, over the Sikhs. 
 
 SOFYEVSK, a tn. Russian empire, E. Siberia, r. bank 
 Amoor, above Lake Kidze, and 40 m. W. of Castries Bay in 
 the Gulf of Tartary, with which it is connected by a good 
 road. Though only founded in 1858, it is intended to bo 
 the great entrepot for the produce of Mancliooria, and pro- 
 mises to become the most important commercial place on the 
 Amoor, more especially after the projected railway to the 
 coast shall have been completed. Foreign shipping is ad- 
 mitted to it on the same terms as at Nikolayevsk, and wharves 
 and dry-docks are to be built. 
 
 SOHAK, a tn. and port, Arabia, Oman, cap. prov. Batinah, 
 on W. shore of Sea of Oman, 140 m. N.W. Muscat. The 
 roadstead and anchorage are good, sheltered by the promontory 
 of Farksah on the N. and W., and by that of Sowarah on the 
 S.; and the fishery off-shore is excellent. Within the town 
 there stands the chief's castle, a handsome building with a 
 triple circuit of walls, and occupying a small rising ground. In 
 front of the castle is an open space planted with trees, and 
 reaching down to the wall seawards. The market-place is 
 large and regular in form, and possesses good shops. Weavers, 
 and smiths in silver, gold, iron, and copper, are the staple 
 workmen. The houses, of two and three storie.s, are well 
 built, and over the main street several arches are thrown. 
 Around the town outside the walls, which are in tolerably 
 good condition and mounted with a few guns, is an open 
 sandy space, beyond which are gardens with shady trees and 
 
 23 
 
SOKNA 
 
 178 
 
 SOMNATH PATTAN 
 
 running waters, and a tropical vegetation. The commerce 
 of the place has been drawn away to Muscat, and its prosperity 
 consequently reduced. Many of the houses are empty, and 
 some are in ruins. Pop. about 24,000. 
 
 SOKNA, a tn. N. Africa, regency and 280 m. S.S.E. 
 Tripoli. It stands 1036 ft. above sea-level, in a hollow en- 
 tirely surrounded by hills, is well built, and has an apparently 
 prosperous population of about 2500 souls, who obtain abund- 
 ance of dates and various other kinds of fruit from their 
 gardens, and are supplied with water from forty wells, which 
 are all hot, and have a temperature of 88^°. At Sokna the 
 first salt lagoons of the desert are found. 
 
 SOKOTO, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, once the 
 capital of the princes of Gober, on a slope, 220 m. W.N.W. 
 Kano. It consists of the town proper and a suburb, the former 
 inclosed by a ditch and a machicolated wall, and nearly in 
 the form of a square, and, though in a dilapidated condition, 
 and exhibiting on every hand symptoms of declension and 
 ruin, contains many good buildings. The market is much 
 frequented and well supplied. The principal articles are 
 horses and cattle, slaves, leather articles, salt, and iron. The 
 leather articles in particular bear a high name throughout 
 Negroland, and consist of bags, cushions, bridles, &c. The 
 iron also is excellent and in great demand, as that of Kano is 
 of bad quality. Eice is extensively cultivated in a well- 
 watered valley near Sokoto. The traveller Clapperton died 
 here. Pop. roughly estimated at 20,000. 
 
 SOKUWA, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, dist. 
 Katagum, on the W. bank of a stream, which is converted 
 into stagnant pools in the dry season, 120 m. E. Kano. It is 
 a large place surrounded by a wall of earth, and consists of 
 clay-houses and reed-huts. There is a weekly market. 
 
 SOLANDER, a small island, S. Pacific, New Zealand, 
 near the W. entrance of Foveaux Strait, lying 22 m. S. of the 
 S. coast of Middle Island, and 35 m. W. by S. of the N.W. end 
 of Stewart Island. It is about a mile long, and rising almost 
 perpendicularly from the sea to a peaked summit, which is 
 1100 ft. high, and visible at the distance of 40 m., forms a 
 perfect finger-post to vessels from the W. making for Foveaux 
 Strait. 
 
 SOLANT, a river, India, which, rising at the S.W. base 
 of the Sewalik Hills, flows S.W. for about 55 m., and joins 
 the Ganges on its right bank, in lat. 29° 3' N.; Ion. 78° 1' E. 
 It is crossed by the Ganges canal by a magnificent aqueduct 
 of fifteen arches, each of 50 ft. span, executed at an expense 
 of not less than £300,000. 
 
 SOLFERINO [add.], a vil. Italy, Lombardy, about 18 m. 
 N.W. Mantua, has a ruined castle, formerly belonging to a 
 piince who took his title from it; a church and two chapels; 
 and is famous as the scene of two great battles, in both of 
 which the Austrians were signally defeated. The first battle 
 was fought between them and the French in 1796, and pre- 
 pared the way for the siege of Mantua; the second was fought 
 between them and the allied French and Sardinians, on 
 24th June, 1859, and was obstinately contested for sixteen 
 hours, the French, led by the Emperor Napoleon III., having 
 12,000, and the Sardinians, led by King Victor Emmanuel, 
 having 5000 killed and wounded. The Austrians, led by the 
 Emperor Francis Joseph, suffered much more severely, and, 
 moreover, left in the hands of the victors 4 standards, 30 
 cannon, and 6000 prisoners. This battle is said to have been 
 decided in favour of the allied forces chiefly through the supe- 
 rior range of their artillery and rifles. The fruit of the 
 victory was a peace, by which Lombardy was ceded to France, 
 and by France made over to Sardinia. 
 
 SOL-GALITSCH, a tn. Russia, gov., on the river and 
 100 m. N. by E. of the town of Kostroma, cap. circle of same 
 name. It has seventeen churches, of which several are cathe- 
 drals; secular and religious schools for the circle and the parish, 
 a benevolent endowment, salt springs, baths, and several in- 
 dustrial establishments. Pop. 2730. A large quantity of 
 salt is made in the circle. 
 
 SOLLENAU, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 22 m. S. by W. Vienna, contains 1050 inhabitants, and has 
 a cotton-spinning mill. Numerous sheep are reared, and coal 
 is extensively worked in the vicinity. 
 
 SOMBRERO [add.], an isl. W. Indies, N. of Virgin 
 Island, between lat. 18° 35' and 18° 39' N.; Ion. 63° 28' and 
 63° 30' W, Attached to the Leeward Islands it naturally 
 
 belonged to the English government, but remained unoccu- 
 pied and uninhabited until the Americans took possession of it 
 in 1856. They immediately began to remove and export the 
 rock of which the island is composed, and which was proved 
 to be an excellent substitute for guano, containing 70 to 80 
 per cent, of soluble phosphoric acid lime. English traders 
 soon established a business connection with the American 
 possessors, and a large export of the valuable rock is made 
 to England and Germany, as well as to the U. States. ' Tlie 
 dimensions of the island, the whole of which consists of the 
 manure-stone, render the supply practically inexhaustible of 
 this valuable and opportune substitute for Peruvian guano. 
 The exact nature of the stone is still unascertained. Tlie 
 chemical compound results from 70 to 80 per cent, of a base 
 of phosphoric acid limestone, as before stated; the next con- 
 stituent part being chiefly carbonic acid lime and oxyhydrate 
 of iron. In 1866 about 25,000 tons were exported to Eng- 
 land. Present pop. of island, about 380. 
 
 SOMERSET RIVER, or Victoria Nile, Central Africa, 
 the name given by Captain Speke, and retained by Sir S. W. 
 Baker, to the river issuing from the Victoria Nyanza at Ripon 
 Falls, lat. 0° 22' N.; Ion. 33° 28' E., and supposed to be the 
 same that enters the upper part of the Albert Nyanza, or 
 Lake Luta N'zig6, in lat. 2° 18' N.; Ion. 31° 34' E. From 
 the Victoria Nyanza its course is generally N.W., until it 
 reaches the parallel of its mouth in about Ion. 32° 30' E., 
 where at the Karuma Falls it turns and flows directly W. 
 A little below the Karuma Falls it is about 150 yards wide; 
 the cliffs on the S. side are higher than those on the other, 
 being about 150 ft. above the stream; the falls themselves are 
 insignificant, but curiously regular, the ridge of rock over 
 which they flow extending like a wall across the river. They 
 are just at the bend where the river turns westwards. From 
 this point the river passes through a densely wooded country, 
 and over a succession of rapids and falls between high cliffs, 
 covered with groves of bananas and palms. The descent of 
 the river is very great, the fall from Karuma to Patooan 
 Island being 801 ft., and a total of 1276 ft. from Karuma to 
 the Albert Nyanza. The last cataract is that of the Murchi- 
 son Falls, where the river, contracted into a narrow gorge 
 scarcely 50 yards in width, plunges in one leap of about 
 120 ft. into a dark abyss, whence it flows over a more level 
 bed, and gradually widens to 500 yards. The stream becomes 
 so sluggish that at its outlet into the Albert Nyanza at Ma- 
 gungo it is scarcely perceptible. 
 
 SOMLYO [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 cap. circle of same name, in the N.W. of Transylvania, 
 114 m. N.N.W. Hermannstadt. It is the seat of several 
 important public offices, and has a beautiful K. Catholic 
 church, built by Stephen Bathory in 1434; a Minorite mon- 
 astery, a town-hospital, a high-school, a castle, once strong, 
 but now dilapidated; a mineral spring, and a trade in wine. 
 It contains 4002 inhabitants, mostly R. Catholic. 
 
 SOMMA CAMPAGNA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 
 7 m. W.S.W. Verona; with several churches, one of which 
 has a painting by Paul Veronese. The Piedmontese were 
 here defeated by the Austrians under Radetzky, on 23d July, 
 1848. Pop. 2569. 
 
 SOMNATH PATTAN [add.], atn. India, Gujerat, on 
 the S.W. coast of the peninsula of Kattywar, 210 m. N.W. 
 Bombay. It occupies a beautiful and commanding site, and 
 is in the form of an irregular quadrangle, inclosed on all sides 
 except the W., where the sea washes it, with a ditch and a 
 wall. This wall, which is a mile and three-quarters in cir- 
 cuit, is of great solidity and strength, constructed of massive 
 square stones without cement, and flanked with two round 
 and thirty-six square towers. The space inclosed is far too 
 large for the present inhabitants, who do not exceed 5000, 
 and live amid splendid ruins, telling of a grandeur which has 
 long since passed away. The great temple, to which the 
 place was mainly indebted for its celebrity, stands on an 
 eminence N.W, of the town, and so completely overtops all 
 the other buildings that it can be seen at the distance of 25 m. 
 It was stormecf and pillaged by Mahmood of Ghuznee, who 
 found an immense booty within it, and carried off its sandal- 
 wood gates, which, according to a prevailing tradition, he 
 employed in embellishing his own tomb at Ghuznee. The 
 temple has never been rebuilt, and still remains a shapeless 
 ruin ; but a very extraordinary attempt was made by Lord 
 
SONA 
 
 179 
 
 SORSOGON 
 
 EUenborough, while governor-general, to give it back its gates, 
 which were carried in ostentatious procession from Ghuznee 
 for this purpose, and would doubtless have been replaced had 
 not the court of directors interfered to prevent it. The only- 
 other buildings of consequence are a small but beautiful 
 temple, erected in the vicinity of the ancient temple by the 
 celebrated Ahalya Baee, and a number of mosques, one of 
 which is an imposing structure surrounded by colonnades, and 
 surmounted by four domes. Billawul or Vairawull, situated 
 about 2 m. W., is the seaport of Somnath Pattan, and having 
 a good haven for trading vessels, enables it to carry ou a con- 
 siderable trade. 
 
 SONA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 8 m. W. Verona, 
 on the railway to Milan, with 3196 inhabitants. The Aus- 
 trians under Eadetzky were victorious here, on 23d July, 
 1848. 
 
 SONAH, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. Goorgaon, 
 39 m. S.W. Delhi. It stands in a long valley inclosed by 
 ridges of hills, is defended by a fort large enough to afford an 
 asylum to the inhabitants, who used to retire to it with their 
 movables when attacked by lawless depredators; and pos- 
 sesses a bazar, a hot sulphurous spring, which is said to be 
 very efficacious in leprosy and other cutaneous affections, 
 scrofula, chronic rheumatism, and liver complaints. The 
 water is received in a basin cut out of the rock, surrounded 
 by apartments with open verandahs, and covered with a beau- 
 tiful ancient dome. The water has a temperature of 108°, 
 and is said to be used every morning by almost every inhabi- 
 tant of the place as a warm bath, greatly to the advantage of 
 a number of Krahmins, who levy fees from the visitors. 
 Pop. 6103. 
 
 SONAR, a river, India, which rises in the Saugor and 
 Nerbudda territory, at the height of 1950 ft. above the sea, 
 flows N.E., and joins the Cane on its left bank, in lat. 24° 22' 
 N.; Ion. 79° 59' E., after a course of 118 m. 
 
 SONOllA [add.], a dep. Mexico, bounded N. by New 
 Mexico belonging to the U. States, E. Chihuahua and Durango, 
 S. Cinaloa, and W. the Gulf of California; area, 123,466 
 sq. m. Its present capital is Hermosillo. By some writers 
 it is divided into Upper and Lower Sonora, and it includes 
 the departments of Arispe, Cieneguilla, and Horcasitas in the 
 N., Hostionuri, Alamos, and the Pueblos of Mayo and Yaqui 
 in the S. The inhabitants are generally docile and obedient 
 to any constituted authority; a weakness and a misfortune in 
 their instance, as it has rendered them the tools of the dif- 
 ferent revolutionary chiefs wlio have exercised the power of 
 the sword. They suffer severely from the continual incur- 
 sions of the nomadic tribes of the Indians, who destroy their 
 hamlets and carry off their cattle. Living in a state of con- 
 tinual apprehension they accordingly neglect agriculture. 
 They are ignorant in the extreme ; the proportion of those 
 who can read and write not exceeding five per cent, of the 
 whole population. The best feature in their character is the 
 hospitality they freely extend to strangers. Sonora is a 
 mountainous country, watered by numerous rivers, and abound- 
 ing in mineral wealth. Its mines have been only partially 
 developed. The most celebrated are those of Alamos, in the 
 district of the same name; Jubiata, near Hermosillo; San 
 Xavier; San Jlareial; Corral Vidja, yielding gold, silver, and 
 lead ; Canensa, yielding silver, copper, and lead; and the Rial 
 del Carmen. Were these properly worked, and their gambu- 
 sinos, or miners, more skilfully trained and organized, there 
 can be no doubt that their annual products would largely 
 exceed the present returns. Gold-dust has been discovered 
 in abundance in the placero of San Francisco, La Sienga, 
 Crusabaquita, and San Perfecto. Soni is renowned for its 
 gold mines, as well as Cocuspera and Baba Seco; the precious 
 metal has also been met with in the district of Pueblo de 
 Cucurpe, and in the rainy season there is a considerable 
 supply in Baquaehi, a district of Arispe. The climate of 
 Sonora is healthy. The rainy season commences in June and 
 lasts until the beginning of September; from that month until 
 March there are only partial showers. The cold is never 
 severe. From March to June the dry season prevails, but 
 the temperature never rises to an excessive degree. The soil 
 is fertile, and produces two crops a year. Corn, maize, beans, 
 and pease are chiefly cultivated. The sugar-cane is largely 
 grown at Hermosillo, San Miguel, Ures, Kayon, and on the 
 banks of the river Yaqui. In all parts of the country tobacco 
 
 of excellent quality is found. Guaymas is the principal port 
 of Sonora. It is a small town, conveniently situated for 
 commercial purposes, and containing about 6000 inhabitants. 
 The harbour is magnificent, and can receive the largest 
 vessels. The principal rivers are the Fuerte, the Yaqui, the 
 Mayo, and the Sonora. Pop. of Sonora, 130,000. 
 
 SOOCHOW [add.] This Chinese city of the first order 
 {foo) suffered severely during the Taiping rebellion, and its 
 occupation for several years by the insurgents, who drove the 
 wealthy and refined inhabitants from the place, plundering 
 their houses, and desolating the thoroughfares of this once 
 busy mart. In 1863 the disciplined Chinese force, under 
 Colonel Gordon, having reduced all the towns in its vicinity, 
 the rebel leaders, four in number, agreed to surrender the 
 city to the imperialists, provided their lives were spared. 
 This was acceded to, but the governor-general of the province, 
 when he had them in his power, treacherously beheaded them, 
 although he promised Gordon to spare them. The act led to 
 the disbandment of the force, and the withdrawal of British 
 officers from the Chinese service. After the surrender the 
 interior of the city presented a mass of ruins, except where 
 the Taiping garrison had quartered themselves near the gates. 
 In former times the native poet sang of 'Paradise above, and 
 Soochow below;' now the place presented a scene of filth and 
 desolation. The imperial authorities, however, set to work 
 with unusual vigour to restore the streets to something like 
 their former appearance. The canals which intersect the 
 city were cleared of their accumulations, and the bridges re- 
 paired. The inhabitants who had fled soon returned, and 
 erected new dwellings on the sites of their old habitations ; 
 while trade was gradually resumed in the shops. Under these 
 circumstances the city is recovering, but it will be long, if it 
 ever reaches its former prosperity and refinement. — [North 
 China Herald.) 
 
 SOOJABAD, a tn. India, Punjab, r. bank Chenab, 30 m. 
 S. by W. Mooltan. It stands in a fertile district, among ex- 
 tensive and luxuriant gardens, and is surrounded by lofty but 
 irregular fortifications, which give it a striking and pictur- 
 esque appearance. Its bazar is well supplied, and it has 
 manufactures of cottons and wood turnery. For the latter it 
 is famous. 
 
 SOCK, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Lower 
 Neutra, near the Waag, which is here crossed by a ferry, 
 about 40 m. E.S.E. Presburg. It contains 2500 inhabitants, 
 whose chief employment is in preparing wood for matches. 
 
 SOORAJGUNG, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. 
 Mymensing, r. bank Konaie, a great offset of the Brahma- 
 pootra, 69 m. N.W. Dacca. It is the principal mart of the 
 district, and exports rice, butter, cattle, hides, and timber. 
 Between 1000 and 2000 river craft of considerable size are 
 often seen at its wharves discharging or receiving cargoes. 
 
 SOORSUTTY, a river, India, which rises near Nahun, 
 in Sirmoor, in lat. 30° 30' N.; Ion. 77° 29' E.; flows S.W. to 
 Thanesur, then turns W., receives the Markunda, and finally, 
 after a course of above 90 m., joins the Guggur. Flowing 
 generally through a level tract it often during the rains over- 
 flows its banks, and inundates the surrounding country, but 
 at other times it is merely a small thread of running water. 
 The Hindoos identify it with Saraswati, the consort of 
 Brahma, and hold it in high veneration, fabling that it passes 
 imderground to the confluence of the Jumna and Ganges, and 
 there mingles its' waters with theirs. 
 
 SOOSKUT, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 about 20 m. N.E. Stuhlweissenburg; with valuable stone 
 quarries, and 2492 inhabitants. 
 
 SOOWURUDROOG, a fort, India, S. Concan, 90 m. 
 S. by E. Bombay, on a small and slightly elevated island 
 close to the coast. It was first put into a state of defence in 
 1662 by Sivajee, and passed in 1713 into the possession of 
 Khanojee Angria, who had once been admiral of the Mahratta 
 fleet. In his hands and those of his successors it became a 
 nest of pirates, who preyed so much on British commerce that 
 Commodore James was despatched against it in 1755, and 
 notwithstanding its boasted strength captured it without the 
 loss of a single man. It was afterwards given to the Mahrattas 
 in exchange, but finally reverted to the British, on the ex- 
 tinction of their confederacy in 1818. 
 
 SORSOGON, a tn. Philippine Isles, prov. Albay, in the 
 island of Luzon. It is situated at the head of a spacious 
 
SORUTH 
 
 180 
 
 SPITAL-AM-PYRN 
 
 bay of same name, which, next to that of Manilla, is the best 
 port of the Philippines, and contains a pop. of 7315. 
 
 SORUTH, a terr. India, Gujerat, peninsula of Katty war, 
 between lat. 20° 41' and 21° 50' N.; Ion. 69° 58' and 71° 12' E.; 
 is bounded N. by dist. Hallar, N.E. and E. dist. Katty- 
 war, E. Babriawar, and S. and S.W. the Arabian Sea; esti- 
 mated area, 3300 sq. m. The coast, which stretches about 
 65 m. S.E. to Diu, and then 28 m. E.N.E. to the estuary of 
 the Ruhan at Rajpoot, is in general of moderate height, with 
 deep soundings, so that it may be approached with safety, 
 except towards Diu Head, where a rocky bank stretches 
 W.N.W. for nearly 4 m., and has only 3J fathoms of water, 
 though the depth within is 9 fathoms. The interior in the 
 E. and N.E. is rugged and hilly, rising in the granite peak of 
 Girnar to tiie height of 2500 ft. From the mountain and 
 the adjacent highlands numerous torrents stream down, and 
 furnish ample means of irrigation. The most important 
 stream, however, is the Bhader, which, after traversing the 
 district for 25 m., forms part of its boundary for a short dis- 
 tance before falling into the sea. The S. part of the district 
 is as fertile as any part of Gujerat, the soil consisting chiefly 
 of a black loam, on which heavy crops of sugar-cane, wheat, 
 and jowaree are grown. The mango justly takes precedence 
 among the fruits. Joonaghur is the capital. 
 
 SOUDAH, or Black Mountains, a range, N. Africa, 
 Tripoli, on the eastern route by Sokna to Murzuk, about 
 200 m. N.N.E. of the latter. The mountains consist of a 
 yellow sandstone impregnated with iron, which gives it an 
 outer crust of a black colour, appearing in the sun's rays of a 
 deep blue. On these black rocks large round patches of a yellow 
 or brown colour are often seen, and give the whole a most 
 remarkable appearance. The breadth of the range is 25 m., 
 and its loftiest summit 2 1 60 feet, though the pass along which 
 the route is continued is about 100 ft. lower. Animal and 
 
 vegetable life is entirely absent in tiiis region, which, accord- 
 ing to Vogel, ' vividly recalls to your mind a landscape by 
 moonlight.' Beyond the Black Mountains, for a distance of 
 about 70 m., as far as Om-el-Abid, extends the desert of Ben 
 Afien, perfectly level, with an average elevation of 1370 ft., 
 without animals, plants, or water, and so scorching by day 
 that to save the camels' feet from being burned it is usually 
 passed at night. 
 
 SOUK-BULAK, the cap. of Persian Khoordistan, prov. 
 Azerbijan, at the S. end of a green valley, 20 m. S. of Lake 
 Urumiah, It consists of about 600 poor stone hovels, occu- 
 pied by about 2000 souls, mostly of Khoordish descent, the 
 number of Nestorian families amounting scarcely to 50. 
 
 SOUS, or SusE, a river, Marocco, which rises near the 
 S.W. extremity of Mount Atlas, flows S.W. 30 m. to Taro- 
 dant, then W.N.W., and falls into the Atlantic about 5 m. S. 
 of Santa Cruz or Agadir. It has been inferred, from the 
 existence of large rings in the walls of Tarodant similar to 
 those used on quays for mooring vessels, that it was at one 
 time navigable up to that town ; but at present the bar of sand 
 across its entrance is nearly dry at low-water, and at all times 
 so shallow that no vessel drawing more than 4 or 5 ft. can 
 enter it. The people along its banks are less bigoted, and 
 more friendly to Christians, than the Moors generally are ; 
 and as the province of same name through which it flows is 
 peculiarly fertile and populous, and adjoins those parts of 
 Barbary where its most valuable products are raised, there 
 is reason to believe that it might be made the channel of a 
 profitable trade. 
 
 SOUSA, or SusA [add.] (anc. Hadrumetum), a pretty 
 fortified tn., whose walls are washed by the sea, regency of and 
 about 70 m. S.S.E. Tunis, on the Gulf of Hammamel. It is 
 commanded towards the S. by a square citadel, flanked by 
 eight towers of Saracenic architecture, built upon Byzantine 
 
 80U8A.— Prom CharissoD, Aper^u Pittoresque de la E<?geuce de TunlB. 
 
 foundations; and its houses, placed in a regular manner one 
 over the other, and whitewashed with lime, present an appear- 
 ance of extreme cleanliness. The principal mosque, built in 
 a good Moorish style, is one of the most remarkable in the 
 regency. Outside the town are both Byzantine and Roman 
 remains, though not specially noteworthy. It has manufac- 
 tures of linen and shoes, and a trade in olives. The seafaring 
 part of the population is composed chiefly of Maltese. The 
 total population is about 6000, of whom 4000 are Moors, 
 1500 Jews, and 400 Europeans. — (Charisson, Apergu.) 
 
 SOUTH, or KOKSOAK, a river, British America, Labrador, 
 rising in Lake Caniapuscaw, and flowing N. into Ungava Bay. 
 From its source to a small outpost of the Hudson's Bay Com- 
 pany called South River House, a distance of 250 m., little 
 is known of it; it is rapid and turbulent, flowing through a 
 partially wooded country. At South River House it receives 
 the Washquah River, and from this point to the sea, 150 m., 
 the current, though strong, is less broken by rapids; it also 
 widens very much, and 90 m. from its mouth it is a mile in 
 breadth, flowing between high rocky banks thinly clothed 
 with trees. At its mouth it is nearly 3 m. in width. Fort 
 Chirno is situated upon its r. bank, 28 m. from the sea. 
 
 SOUTHLAND, a prov. New Zealand, Middle Island, 
 until 1861 a part of Otago, is cut out of the south central part 
 of the latter province, and has 60 m. of frontage on Foveaux 
 Straits. The new province has a large amount of agricultural 
 and grazing land. Its capital, Invercargill, at the mouth of 
 New River, has risen rapidly into importance, and besides its 
 commercial advantages to the province, furnishes the most 
 convenient access to the central goldfields of Otago. The 
 population of the province, which a very few years ago num- 
 bered about 5000, has since rapidly and largely increased. 
 In 1863, 171 vessels, of 44,779 tons, entered the harbour, 
 and 153 vessels, of 34,100 tons, left it; and the value of the 
 imports was £717,473. and of the exports £81,406. 
 
 SPENCER COVE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. and 5 m. below Quebec, r. bank St. Lawrence; with a 
 R. Catholic clmrch, and several large lumber depots, many 
 of the timber-vessels which resort to Quebec lading here. 
 Pop. about 2000. 
 
 SPITAL-AM-PYRN, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper 
 Austria, circle Traun, at the foot of Mount Pyrn, near the 
 frontiers of Styria; was founded in the beginning of the twelfth 
 century, for the reception of pilgrims on their way to Pales- 
 
SPONAU 
 
 181 
 
 ST. DENIS DU SIG 
 
 tine. It has a beautiful church with two lofty towers, a high- 
 altar of green and black marble, and some fine paintings. 
 Pop. 1500. 
 
 SPONAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 about 10 m. W.N.W. Weisskirclien, on the Oder; with a 
 castle, manufactures of woollen and linen cloth, and an organ 
 and musical instrument factory. Pop. 1 400. 
 
 SPOTTSYLVANIA, a co. U. States, Virginia. The 
 county is bounded on the N. by the Ilappahannock, and S. by 
 Anne lliver; area, 400 sq. m. The surface is agreeably 
 diversified by hill and dale. The soil is generally fertile in 
 the neighbourhood of the streams, producing Indian corn, 
 wheat, oats, and hay, &c. Pork and butter are among the staple 
 products of the county. Granite and freestone are abundant; 
 and two gold mines were worked here in 1850. A canal 
 about 45 m. long has been opened along the Eappahannock, 
 above the falls, and the county is intersected by the Kichmond 
 and Potomac railroad. It was organized in 1720, and named 
 in honour of Alexander Spottiswood, at that time governor 
 of Virginia. The cap. is Spottsylvania Court-house, rendered 
 memorable by the desperate engagement which took place 
 between the Confederate forces, under General R. Lee, and 
 the Federal forces, under General U. Grant, on May 12, 
 1864. 
 
 SPYTKOWICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Wadowice, about 20 m. S. W. Cracow ; with a large old castle, 
 which figures much in the early history of Poland, and is still 
 habitable, and 1900 inhabitants. 
 
 SSEWRI-HISSAK, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, 
 85 m. S.E. Constantinople. It stands at the foot of a steep 
 rocky height composed of granite, and crowned by a castle, 
 and is a place of considerable extent, containing nearly 600 
 Armenian and rather more than 1500 Turkish houses. The 
 Armenians have a large new church of imposing appearance, 
 but somewhat deficient in solidity, as the roof is supported 
 entirely by wooden pillars. 
 
 SSIDI-GHASI, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, 48 m. 
 S.E. Constantinople. It is a large but decayed place, con- 
 taining about 300 inhabited houses, and a still larger number 
 which are empty. Its castle occupies an almost inaccessible 
 height, and its ancient Christian monastery has been con- 
 verted into a sanctuary of the celebrated Moslem saint who 
 gives the place its name. The inhabitants, chiefly engaged 
 in agriculture, raise good crops of wheat and bai-ley. Ssidi- 
 Ghasi is thought to occupy the site of the ancient Prymnessos. 
 
 ST. ANDKE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Kamouraska, r. bank St. Lawrence, 97 m. N.E. Quebec; with 
 a R. Catholic church, several factories for mill-work, a tan- 
 nery, and some general trade. Pop. of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. ANSELME, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Dorchester, 16 m. S.S.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic 
 church, manufactures of woollens, leather, and tinware, and 
 several large general stores. Pop. of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. ANTHONY, a tn. U. States, Jlinnesota, pictur- 
 esquely situated 1. bank Mississippi, immediately above the 
 celebrated falls of its name. It stands embosomed among 
 trees, and consists of white brick houses of substantial and 
 comfortable appearance, ranged in clean and spacious streets. 
 The inhabitants, about 2500, are chiefly engaged in the flour 
 and lumber trade, but not a few of them find profitable em- 
 ployment in providing accommodation for the numerous visi- 
 tors attracted to it in summer by the beauty and grandeur of 
 its scenery. Among the principal buildingsare Presbyterian, 
 Episcopalian, Methodist, and Baptist churches, and a univer- 
 sity, for which an ample endowment in land has been pro- 
 vided. This institution, opened in 1851, is attended by about 
 100 students. The Mississippi, immediately above the falls, 
 is about 600 yards wide, and is divided into two parts by 
 a large mass of white sandstone, on each side of which the 
 water is precipitated in two white sheets. The descent, over 
 a sheer precipice, is only 20 ft., but this comparatively small 
 height is compensated by the perfect grouping of rock, wood, 
 and water. Immediately below the falls the rapids extend 
 for several hundred yards, forcing its way among numerous 
 islands and gigantic boulders, and between lofty sandstone 
 walls of dazzling whiteness. 
 
 ST. ANTOINE-DE-TILLY, a vil. British America, 
 Canada East, co. Lotbiniere, r. bank St. Lawrence, 38 m. 
 W.S.W. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, a tannery, 
 
 several general stores, and some local flour and lumber trade. 
 Pop. of par. about 1 800. 
 
 ST. APOLLINAIRE, a vil. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Lotbiniere, 27 m. S.W. Quebec; with a machine 
 factory and some lumber trade. Pop of par. 1800. 
 
 ST. ARSENE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Temiscouata, 75 m. N.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, 
 several schools, a cooperage, and some large general stores. 
 Pop. of par. about 2500. 
 
 ST. ATHANASE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. Iberville, on the Richelieu, opposite St. Johns, 19 m. 
 S.E. Montreal. It possesses a Protestant and a R. Catholic 
 church, a Canadian institute, a building society, manufactures 
 of woollen and cotton cloth, a machine and a thrashing-mill 
 factory, a foundry, a tannery, and a trade in flour and lumber. 
 A handsome toll-bridge, situated at the head of the Chambly 
 canal, connects this place with St. Johns. Pop. about 1800. 
 
 ST. BARTHELEMI, a vil. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Berthier, 50 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic 
 church, a tannery, and a number of mills, which supply the 
 demands of a large flour and lumber trade. Pop. of vil. and 
 par. about 2400. 
 
 ST. BENOIT, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Two Mountains, 24 m. E.N E. Montreal. It is the seat of a 
 circuit court which is held every four months, and it pos- 
 sesses a R. Catholic church, several schools male and female, 
 a flour-mill, and two large general stores. Pop. of par. 
 about 1600. 
 
 ST. BERNARD, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Dorchester, 30 m. S.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic 
 church, and some trade in lumber. Pop. of par. about 1500, 
 
 ST, CESAIRE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co, 
 Rouville, on the Yamaska, 33 m. N.E. Montreal. It pos- 
 sesses a R. Catholic church, a nunnery, several schools, an 
 agricultural society, a brewery, a tannery, an important 
 weekly market, and an extensive trade in flour. Pop. 1500. 
 
 ST, CHARLES, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Belleehasse, 14 m. E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, 
 a tannery, a number of general stores, and some trade in flour 
 and lumber. Pop. of par. about 2350. 
 
 SAINT CL(JUD, a vil. U. States, Minnesota, cap. co. 
 Stearns, r. bank Mississippi, on the St. Paul and Pacific rail- 
 way, 80 m. N.W. St. Paul. It stands on a high bluff" 2 m. 
 below the mouth of Sauk River, and contains a courthouse, 
 several churches, flour and saw mills, and a bank. I'op. 
 (1865), 2400. 
 
 ST. CLOUD, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. and 17 m. 
 N.E. Oran; with a church, a school, baths, and a public 
 nursery. Pop. 1220. 
 
 ST. CROIX, a river, U. States, which rises in the N.W. 
 of Minnesota, near the watershed between the Mississippi 
 and Lake Superior, about lat. 46° N.; Ion. 91° W., flows 
 successively S.W. and S., and joins the Mississippi on its 
 1. bank, about 15 m. below St. Paul. It is navigated by 
 steamers up to the town of Stillwater, and thereafter by 
 canoes nearly to its source, about 100 m. above its mouth. 
 By a short portage to the Brul^ River the watershed is 
 passed, and an easy means obtained of descending into Lake 
 Superior. A little above its mouth St. Croix expands into 
 a long and narrow lake. 
 
 ST. CUTHBERT, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Berthier, on a stream of same name, afibrding a consider- 
 able extent of water-power, 45 m. N.E. Montreal. It pos- 
 sesses a R. Catholic church, male and female schools, a car- 
 riage factory, and a trade in flour and lumber. Pop. of par. 
 2500. 
 
 ST. DENIS DE LA BOUTEILLERIE, a vil. Brit- 
 ish America, Canada East, co. Kamouraska, 78 m. N.E. 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, a tannery, and manufac- 
 tures of tin and iron ware. Pop. of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. DENIS DU SIG, a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov. 
 and 50 m. S.E. Oran, in the centre of one of the most fertile 
 and best cultivated districts in the land. It has become the 
 entrepot for a large amount of produce from the interior, and 
 is rapidly acquiring importance. Government has here one 
 of its most extensive nurseries, and the weekly markets are 
 said to be attended by nearly 10,000 Arabs. Pop., which ia 
 1850 was only 491, has since risen to 3553, almost all Euro- 
 peans. 
 
ST. ELEAZAR 
 
 182 
 
 ST. LUCE 
 
 ST. ELEAZAK, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Beauce, 30 m. S. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, and 
 some trade in flour and lumber. Pop. of par. about 2500. 
 
 ST. ELUI, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Temiscouata, in the rear of Isle Verte or Green Isle, 125 m. 
 N.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic chuicli, and some trade in 
 flour and lumber. Pop. of par. about 1200. 
 
 ST. ESPRIT, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Montcalm, on the river of its name, 23 m. N. Montreal; with 
 a R. Catholic church, boys' and girls' schools, tanneries, a 
 carriage factory, and a large local trade. Pop. of par. about 
 1900. 
 
 ST. ETIENNE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. St. Maurice, 65 m. N.E. Montreal; with a K. Catholic 
 church, a tannery, several mills, and a trade in lumber. Pop. 
 of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. FELIX DE V ALOIS, a vil. British America, 
 Canada East, co. Joliette, near the Bayonne, 40 m. N.N.E. 
 Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, several schools, a 
 mechanics' institute and library association, and several mills. 
 Pop. of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. FIDfiLE, a vil. and par. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Charleroix, 1. bank St. Lawrence, 10 m. below 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, building yards, and a 
 trade in flour and lumber. Pop. about 1800. 
 
 ST. FRAN(^OIS, two places, British America, Canada 
 East: — 1, A vil. and par. co. Beauce, 46 m. S.S.E. Quebec; 
 with a R. Catholic church, mill-work factories, a tannery, 
 and a trade in flour and lumber. Pop. about 3000. — 2, St. 
 Francois du Sud, co. Montmagny, 24 m. N.E. Quebec; with 
 a R. Catholic church, an academy of Congregational nuns, 
 cooperages, and some trade in lumber. Pop. of par. about 
 1900. 
 
 ST. GABRIEL DE BRANDON, a vil. British Ame- 
 rica, Canada East, co. Berthier, near Lake Maskinong6, 40 m. 
 N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, male and female 
 schools, manufactures of harness, some mills, and a timber 
 trade. Pop. of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. GEORGE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Beauce, on the Chaudiere, 54 m. S.S.E. Quebec; with a R. 
 Catholic church, maple-sugaries, and a trade in pine timber, 
 which abounds in the neighbourhood. Gold is said to have 
 been found within the parish. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 ST. GEORGE'S BAY, British America, between the 
 N.E. of Nova Scotia and the S.E. of Cape Breton Island, is 
 13J m. wide at its entrance, and 20 m. deep from Cape St. 
 George at its N.W. to the Gut of Canso at its S.E. extremity. 
 The cape, which rises 600 ft. above the sea, is a bold pre- 
 cipitous headland, composed chiefly of slate, conglomerate, 
 and trap. Antigonish Harbour, situated 11m. S.S. W. of the 
 cape, is of great extent, running in 6 or 7 m. to the S.W., 
 and presents much beautiful scenery, the shores being broken 
 into numerous coves, points, and islets, while a range of hills 
 rises behind to the height of 760 ft. On either side the- 
 ground is well cultivated, and at the head of the W. arm 
 stands the village of Antigonish, containing two churches, 
 and about 600 inhabitants. Gypsum abounds in the vicinity, 
 and at Monk Head, 2| m. S.E. of the harbour, forms a cliff 
 45 ft. high. In the bay, 2| m. S.S.E. Monk Head, is Ponquet 
 Harbour, which branches into two principal and many smaller 
 inlets, coves, and islets. The principal settlements and the 
 church are on the N.W. branch, and on the E. and larger 
 branch the Indians have a chapel and a reservation of land. 
 
 ST. GERVAIS, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Bellechasse, 19 m, S.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic 
 church, manufactures of mill-work and of tin and iron ware, 
 tanneries, and some large general stores. Pop. of par. about 
 3000. 
 
 ST. GREGOIRE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Nicolet, r. bank St. Lawrence, 67 m. N.E. Montreal; 
 with a R. Catholic church, an academy of nuns of the As- 
 somption, tanneries, and a local lumber and flour trade. Pop. 
 of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. HELEN'S ISLAND, British America, Canada 
 East, in the St. Lawrence, nearly opposite to Montreal, from 
 which it is only 1 m. distant. It is well covered with trees, 
 and rising gradually from the water, has a pleasing appear- 
 ance, both from the city and from different parts of the river. 
 As a military post belonging to the crown, and garrisoned by 
 
 imperial troops, it has been fortified, and contains extensive 
 buildings for stores, powder magazines, and a large and well- 
 kept armoury. 
 
 ST. HENRI, two places, British America, Canada East: 
 — 1, A vil. CO. Hochelaga, on the Lachine railway, about 
 3 m. from Montreal, and included within its municipality; 
 with an ink manufactory, and some general trade. Pop. 
 about 1500. — 2, A vil. co. Levi, 10 m. S.S.W. Quebec; with 
 a R. Catholic church, a tannery, a flour-mill, and some large 
 general stores. Pop. of par. about 3200. 
 
 ST. ISIDORE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Dorchester, 17 m. S. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, 
 and a considerable trade in flour and lumber. Pop. of par. 
 about 2500. 
 
 ST. JACQUES, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. L'Assomption, 26 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic 
 church, a convent, a brewery, and manufactures of furniture 
 and of tin and iron ware. Pop. of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. JEAN D'ESCHAILLONS, a vil. British Ame- 
 rica, Canada East, co Lotbiniere, 46 m; W.S.W. Quebec; 
 with a R. Catholic church, two taimeries, and some trade in 
 flour and lumber. Pop. of par. about 1900. 
 
 ST. JEAN PORT JOLI, a vil. British America, 
 Canada East, co. L'Islet, r. bank St. Lawrence, 54 m. N.E. 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, a literary institute, seve- 
 ral schools, machine and mill- work factories, a tannery, and 
 a trade in lumber. Pop. of par. about 3800. 
 
 ST. JEROME, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. Terrebonne, on tlie North River, 30 m. N.W. Mon- 
 treal; with a R. Catholic church, a Canadian institute, several 
 schools, manufactures of leather and harness, a cooperage, 
 and a number of general stores. Pop. of par. about 1500. 
 
 ST. JOSEPH, two places, British America, Canada 
 East: — 1, A vil. co. Beauce, on the Chaudiere, 36 m. S.S.E. 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, and manufactures of 
 leather, potash, and tinware. Pop. about 3000. — 2, St. 
 Joseph du Lac, co. and near the Lake of Two Jlountains, 
 30 m. N.W. Montreal. It occupies a height commanding a 
 wide and splendid view, and has a R. Catholic church and 
 male and female schools. Pop. of par. about 1225. 
 
 ST. JULIENNE, a vil. Briti.sh America, Canada East, 
 CO. Montcalm, near the St. Esprit, 45 m. N.E. Montreal. It 
 is a thriving place; with a R. Catholic church, a foundry, a 
 tannery, a large supply of water-power, and a considerable 
 trade in flour, lumber, and miscellaneous articles. Pop. of 
 par. about 1500. 
 
 ST. LAMBERT, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Chambly, on the S. shore of the St. Lawrence, directly 
 opposite Montreal, of which it may in some respects be re- 
 garded as a suburb. It is a flourishing place, advantageously 
 situated at the S. extremity of the Victoria bridge ; possesses 
 a Protestant and a R. Catholic church, and two schools, and 
 is becoming the centre of a large and rapidly increasing traffic. 
 Pop. about 600. 
 
 ST. LAURENT, two places, British America, Canada 
 East: — 1, A vil. co. Jacques Cartier, on the island and 6 m. 
 from the city of Montreal ; with a R. Catholic church, a 
 college of the Freres St. Joseph, a convent of the Soeurs Ste. 
 Croix, a brewery, and some local trade. Pop. of par. about 
 2800. — 2, A vil. CO. Montmorency, on the island of Orleans, 
 not far from the S. bank of the St. Lawrence, 7 m. E. Quebec. 
 The most important branch of industry is boat-building. 
 Pop. of par. about 1000. 
 
 ST. LEON, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Maskinonge, on the Riviere du Loup, 65 m. N.E. Montreal. 
 It is celebrated for its mineral springs. Pop. of par. about 
 2500. 
 
 ST. LIGUORI, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO, Montcalm, near the river Lac Ouarro, 42 m. N, Montreal; 
 with a R. Catholic church, and a large amount of water-power, 
 which has been made available for the flour and lumber trade. 
 Pop. of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. LIN, a vil. British America, Canada East, co, L'As- 
 somption, on the Achigan, 22 m. N. Montreal ; with a R. 
 Catholic_ church, male and female schools, manufactures of 
 sadlery and tinware, and a number of general stores. Pop. 
 of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. LUCE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Rimouski, r. bank St. Lawrence, 180 m. N.E, Quebec; with a 
 
ST. MAEC 
 
 183 
 
 STE. VICTOIKE 
 
 R. Catholic church, and several cooperages and general stores. 
 Pop. of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. MARC, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Vercheres, on the Eichelieu, 20 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. 
 Catholic church, several schools, a literary institute, a Jean 
 Baptiste society, flour-mills, and general stores. Pop. of par. 
 about 1500. 
 
 STE. MARIE, two places, British America, Canada East: 
 — 1, Ste. Marie de Monnoir, cap. co. Rouville, 17 m. E. ]\[on- 
 treal. It possesses a Protestant and a R. Catholic church, a 
 college of a superior description with seven professors, a con- 
 vent, a racecourse, manufactures of bricks, carriages and 
 saddlery, and a considerable trade in grain, horses, &c. Pop. 
 of par. about 1000. — 2, A large vil. co. Beauce, on the 
 Chaudifere, 27 m. S. Quebec, with a R. Catholic church, a 
 college of the Freres de la Doctrine Chr^tienne, a convent 
 of the Congregational nuns, and some trade in lumber. Pop. 
 of par. about 3500. 
 
 ST. MARTHE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Vaudreuil, 35 m. W.S.W. Montreal; with a R. Catholic 
 church, an academy, a tannery, a cooperage, and a carriage 
 factory. Pop. of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. MARTIN, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Laval, on the Des Prairies and Jesus, two branches of the 
 Ottawa, 12 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, an 
 academy of the St. Joseph friars, an observatory, a convent, 
 several male and female schools, a St. Jean Baptiste society, 
 an extensive carriage factory, a number of general stores, and 
 a good local trade. Pop. of par. about 3800. 
 
 STE. MART IN E, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 cap. CO. Cliateauguay, on the river of that name, 18 m. S. W, 
 Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, a circuit court which is 
 held every four months, tanneries, carriage factories, carding 
 and other mills. Pop. of par. about 4000. 
 
 ST. MICHEL DE BELLECHASSE, a vil. British 
 America, Canada East, cap. co. Bellechasse, r. bank St. Law- 
 rence, 15 m. E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, a tan- 
 nery, several general stores, and a considerable trade in lum- 
 ber. Many of the inhabitants are employed as pilots. Pop. 
 of par. about 2750. 
 
 ST. NICOLAS, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Levi, r. bank St. Lawrence, 13 m. above Quebec; with a 
 R. Catholic church, a tannery, a saw-mill, and some trade in 
 lumber. Pop. of par. about 3200. 
 
 ST. OURS, a vil. British America, Canada East, cap. 
 CO. Richelieu, on the river of that name, 32 m. N.E. Mon- 
 treal ; with a R. Catholic church, a Canadian institute, and 
 an important market, held weekly in winter, and twice a week 
 in summer. Pop. about 1100. 
 
 ST. PAUL, a tn. on the N.W. shore of tlie Isle of Bour- 
 bon or Reunion in the Indian Ocean. It is a large straggling 
 place, built along "the shores of fi gulf situated between Points 
 Des Gallets and St. Gilles. Its fine but exposed roadstead 
 induced the French to attempt the formation of a harbour at 
 the latter point, but after the expenditure of large sums the 
 plan has been abandoned as impracticable. 
 
 ST. PAUL, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Joliette, 40 m. from Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, an 
 academy of the Freres de la Doctrine Chretienne, and some 
 general trade. Pop. of par.about 1200. 
 
 ST. PAUL, a tn. U. States, cap. state of Minnesota, 
 1. bank Mississippi, at the head of its navigation, and 12 m. 
 below St. Anthony's Falls. In 1847 it consisted of only a 
 few huts, and bore the name of Pig's Eye, but no sooner 
 was attention called to it than the advantages of its site 
 were seen, and it has accordingly increased under its new 
 name with amazing rapidity. It is now a large and well- 
 built town, arranged in spacious streets with commodious side- 
 walks, and contains lofty brick warehouses and well-supplied 
 stores and .shops. Among its principal buildings are six 
 churches, some with spires, others without them; a female 
 academy of a superior description, and several large hotels. 
 For the benefit of the reading public no fewer than ten news- 
 papers are published, four of them daily. The wharves, 
 except during the four months from November to March, 
 when the river is frozen, exhibit a very busy scene, upwards 
 of 300 steamers arriving annually to land new settlers and 
 carry off the produce of a large tract of territory particularly 
 rich in corn and lumber, St. Paul may be considered as still 
 
 in its infancy, more especially should the scheme of connect- 
 ing it by railway with Lake Superior be carried out. Pop. 
 (1860), 10,401. 
 
 ST. PALTLIN, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Maskinong^,80 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, 
 and a flourishing lumber trade, consisting chiefly in the ex- 
 port of planks to the U. States. Pop. of par. about 1400. 
 
 ST. PIERRE, three places, British America, Canada 
 East: — 1, St. Pierre du Sud, co. Montmagny, 30 ra. E. 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, and some general stores. 
 Pop. of par. about 1600. — 2, A vil. on the island of Orleans, 
 CO. and opposite the falls of Montmorency, 8 m. N.E. Quebec; 
 with a good local and lumber trade. Pop. of par. about 900. 
 — 3, St Pierre les Becquets, co. Nicolet, r. bank St. Lawrence, 
 52 m. W.S.W. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, two tan- 
 neries, and a good general trade. Pop. of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. ROCH DE L'ACHIGAN,avil. British America, 
 Canada East, co. L'Assomption, on the Achigan, 35 m. N. 
 Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, and an active flour and 
 lumber trade. 
 
 ST, ROCH DES AULNAIS, a vil. British America, 
 Canada East, co. L'Islet, r. bank St. Lawrence, 50 m. N.E. 
 Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, several tanneries, a flour- 
 mill, and a number of general stores. Pop. of par. about 
 3000, 
 
 STE. ROSE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Laval, r. bank Ottawa, 70 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. 
 Catholic church, and two extensive carriage factories. Pop. 
 of par. about 3000. 
 
 ST. SAUVEUR, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Terrebonne, on the North River, 40 m. N.E. Montreal; 
 with a Wesleyan and a R. Catholic church, two tanneries, 
 and a number of general stores. Pop. of par. about 2000. 
 
 ST. SIMON, two places, British America, Canada East: 
 ■ — 1, St. Simon de Rimouski, co. Rimouski, r. bank St. Law- 
 rence, 140 m. N.E. Quebec; with a R. Catholic church, and a 
 little local trade. Pop. of par. about 1800. — 2, St. Simon 
 d'Yamaska, co. Bagol, 35 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R, 
 Catholic church, and manufactures of iron-ware. Pop. of 
 par. about 2400. 
 
 ST. SYLVESTER, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Lotbinifere, 34 m. S. Quebec. It possesses Church of 
 England, Free Wesleyan, and R. Catholic churches, and car- 
 ries on some general trade. Pop. of par. about 3800. 
 
 ST. THOMAS, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Joliette, on the St. Lawrence and Industry railway, 40 m. 
 from Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, and manufac- 
 tures of carriages and agricultural implements. Pop. of par. 
 about 1700. 
 
 ST. THOMAS' MOUNT, a cantonment, India, presid. 
 and 8 m. S. W. Madras, and about 4 m. E. of the Coromandel 
 coast. The little hill, only 120 feet above sea-level, which 
 gives it its name was, according to an ancient tradition, the 
 scene of the martyrdom of St, Thomas the Apostle. The 
 excellence of its position for a cantonment was however 
 overlooked, until it was made the principal station and 
 headquarters of the Madras artillery. To the W., imme- 
 diately under the mount, are two ranges of barracks for 
 European artillery, the one facing the extensive parade- 
 ground, and the other the European hospital and the Pro- 
 testant Episcopal church. This church, a neat and well- 
 ventilated structure, is seated for 500 persons. The other 
 places of wor.ship are a Wesleyan and two R. Catholic, the 
 one for the European soldiery and the other for the Por- 
 tuguese Christians. The native lines consist of three parallel 
 rows of brick and tiled houses. The only other buildings 
 requiring notice are the artillery dep6t, the artillery mess- 
 house, which is said to be the finest in India, and the per- 
 cussion-cap factory, which supplies the whole of the Madras 
 army. The native pop. of St. Thomas' Mount is estimated 
 at 17,720. 
 
 ST. URSULE, a vil. British America, Canada East, co. 
 Maskinong^, on the Riviere du Loup, 50 m. N.E. Montreal; 
 with a R. Catholic church, two tanneries, and some general 
 trade. Pop. of par. about 2500. 
 
 STE. VICTOIRE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. Richelieu, 4 m. N.E. Montreal; with a R. Catholic church, 
 boys and girls' schools, and some local trade. Pop. of par. 
 about 2000. 
 
ST. VINCENT DE PAUL 
 
 184 
 
 STICKEEN 
 
 ST. VINCENT DE PAUL, a vil. British America, 
 Canada East, on the Isle Jesus, dist. and 12 m. from Mon- 
 treal; with a R. Catholic churcli, male and female schools, 
 and some general stores. Pop. of par. 3000. 
 
 STADL BAUKA, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 circle Hausruck, on the Traun, opposite to Lambach, with 
 which it is connected by a bridge, 23 m. S.VV. Linz. It has 
 a fine church of a triangular form, with a tower at each angle, 
 a threefold cupola, three altars, and a pavement of three- 
 coloured marble. The abbot who built the church to com- 
 memorate a deliverance from the plague in 1717, having 
 dedicated it to the Trinity, has endeavoured to make it cor- 
 respond with its name by giving this curious prominence to 
 the number three in everything connected with it, whether 
 external or internal. Pop. 1600. 
 
 STANISLAU, or Stanislawow [add.], a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, cap. circle of same name, on the Bistritza, 
 an affluent of the Dniester, 74 m. S.S.E. Lemberg. It con- 
 sists of the town proper and three suburbs, is the seat of 
 several important government offices, and has a beautiful 
 church, situated in a spacious square, and containing monu- 
 ments of the Potocki family, a statue of the emperor Francis 
 I. situated on the same square, an upper gymnasium, a high- 
 school and other educational establishments, a military hos- 
 pital, an infirmary, two machine factories, and a consider- 
 able trade. It was founded by Stanislaus Potocki in 1654, 
 and was pillaged by the Tartars in 1692. Pop. 13,047. 
 
 STANLEY, an isl. S. America, in the Gulf of San Miguel, 
 an E. arm of the Bay of Panama. It is 1^ m. long by 1 m. 
 broad, is low and wooded, and, standing in the mouth of the 
 fine harbour of Darien, situated within the gulf, divides its 
 entrance into two channels, the principal one called the Boca 
 Grande, and the other the Boca Chica. 
 
 STAUAI-MAINA, a tn. Russia, gov. Samara, circle 
 Stavropol, near the confluence of the Maina with the Utka, 
 which joins the Volga about 3 m. below. It has two churches, 
 potash refineries, and a trade in corn, of which large quan- 
 tities are shipped here. Pop. 1800. 
 
 STAKO-TCHERKASKAIA, a tn. Russia, gov. Don 
 Cossacks, circle Novo-Tcherkask, r. bank Don. It was once 
 the capital of the land of the Don Cossacks, has an important 
 yearly market, and contains 5691 inhabitants. 
 
 STATEN ISLAND [add.], S. America, 18 m. E. of 
 Terra del Fuego, from which it is separated by the Strait of 
 Le Maire. It is so deeply indented by bays as to form nearly 
 four different islets, and stretches for 38 m. between E.N.E. 
 and W.S.W., with a breadth which nowhere exceeds 8 m. 
 The surface is mountainous. Some of its peaks, rising to the 
 height of 3000 f t , and usually covered with snow, offer a 
 good landmark for ships bound into the Pacific or returning 
 from it. The harbours, all of which are, with one exception, 
 confined to the N. side, being merely a continuation of the 
 valleys, are like them surrounded by high land, and deepen 
 rapidly towards the centre. The coast consists almost every- 
 where of rocky cliffs, which rise abruptly from the water 
 200 to 500 ft., and have a depth of 15 to 12 fathoms close to 
 their bases. The harbours, though secure enough when 
 gained, are all more or less difficult of access, from the force 
 with which the tides set across their mouths, and the vari- 
 ableness of the wind, which usually follows the directions of 
 the various ravines through which it finds an outlet. The 
 most eligible harbour for shelter is Port Cook on the N.E. 
 coast. In respect of geological structure, Staten Island con- 
 sists chiefly of quartz rock and graywacke, which form the 
 mountain masses, and of clay slate and micaceous schist. 
 The quartz is in many parts disposed in vertical veins. The 
 only quadrupeds are the otter, the rat, and the mouse. Birds 
 are more numerous, and comprise three species of penguins, 
 gulls, albatrosses, and shags; the last form extensive flocks, and 
 build in the loftiest trees on the hills. With the most bois- 
 terous and humid climate on the globe, and a low but very 
 uniform temperature, vegetation flourishes with such surpris- 
 ing beauty and luxuriance, that the rugged aspect which the 
 island wears at a distance is changed on reaching it into per- 
 petual and unbroken verdure. At all seasons the ground is 
 covered with plants and the hills crowned with evergreens. 
 The prevailing tree is the Antarctic beech, which grows to 
 the height of 30 to 40 ft., with a diameter of 3 to 5 ft., and 
 sometimes doubles these dimensions. Even the sea shares 
 
 in the luxuriance of the vegetation. Various algae, not un- 
 frequently of a gigantic form, entangle the harbours and 
 shores. Some of them are 300 ft. long; some of singular 
 strength and sturdy stems become, as it were, oaks in the 
 sea; some spread their tough and leathery substance like 
 hides, so that buckets, bowls, and cups may be made of it; 
 some form ropes and cables to moor boats with; and some 
 yield a pure and tasteless jelly, far surpassing the carrageen 
 moss of our sliores. 
 
 STEBNIK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 23 m. S.E. Sambor; with extensive salt mines, which were 
 opened in 1845, and have proved very productive. 
 
 STEGERSBACH, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, 20 m. W.S. W. Steinamanger, in a fertile district; 
 with large yearly markets, and 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 STEIEREGG, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, 
 dist. and 4 m. E.S.E. Linz, 1. bank Danube, opposite to the 
 mouth of the Traun. It is partly surrounded with walls, and 
 has a castle perched on a rock overhanging the town, and an 
 hospital. Pop. 1300. 
 
 STEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 about 24 m. N.W. Kronstadt; with salt springs. In the 
 vicinity Roman utensils, weapons, and coins have been found. 
 Pop. 1360. 
 
 STEINAMANGER [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Hun- 
 gary, cap. CO. Eisenburg, on an affluent of the Raab, and the 
 site of an ancient Roman town, 68 m. S. by E. Vienna. It 
 is the see of a bishop, and the seat of several important courts 
 and public offices, and has a cathedral, regarded as the finest 
 church in Hungary, built in the latter part of last century in 
 the modern style, and adorned with frescoes by Dorffmeister, 
 and beautiful altar-pieces; a bishop's palace, handsome county 
 buildings, an ancient strong castle, a diocesan seminary, 
 Franciscan and Prasmonstratensian monasteries, an asylum 
 for children, an upper gymnasium, a liighscliool, and a bath- 
 ing establishment. It contains 5853 inhabitants, mostly 
 R. Catholics. In the vicinity are numerous remains of the 
 Roman town Savaria. 
 
 STENIMACH, or Stanimak, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Roumelia, beautifully situated on the N. slope of Mount 
 Rhodope, 80 m. W.N.W. Adrianople. It is an ancient place, 
 with many interesting remains attesting its ancient splendour, 
 and until about a century ago enjoyed a high degree of pros- 
 perity, carrying on a very extensive trade domestic and in- 
 ternal. The envy of the Turks displayed itself with its usual 
 barbarity, and Stenimach was devastated. It has, however, 
 in a great measure recovered from the disaster, and now con- 
 tains about 10,000 inhabitants, almost all Greeks, who live 
 partly in Stenimach, properly so called, and partly in Ani- 
 pelinos, another town or suburb situated on the opposite side 
 of the stream, which, descending from the mountain, flows 
 between the two places. Among the public buildings are 
 eight churches and five schools, one of them for girls. Wine 
 and silk are both raised in sufficient quantity to form impor- 
 tant articles of trade. 
 
 STERLING, a tn. U. States, Illinois, on r. bank Rock 
 River, and on the Air-line branch of the Chicago and North- 
 western railway, 110 m. W. Chicago. It contains seven 
 churches, a bank, flouring mills, a foundry and machine shop, 
 and a manufactory of agricultural implements. A large quan- 
 tity of grain and other produce is shipped here; and the river 
 afibrds abundant water-power, which has been improved by 
 a stone dam. 
 
 STICKEEN, Stikine, or Stekin, a colony, British N. 
 America, formed by decree, July 19, 1862, of the N. portion 
 of British Columbia. It is bounded W. and S.W. by the 
 territory formerly belonging to Russia, but recently sold by 
 her to the U. States, S. by British Columbia, E. by the 125° 
 meridian E. from Greenwich, and N. by the 62° parallel of 
 N. latitude. It contains the lands on the S.E. sources of the 
 Yukon, on the Upper Liard, on the Stickeen, and the Tako. 
 It takes its name from the Stickeen or Frances River, which 
 falls into the Pacific Ocean opposite Prince of Wales Island, 
 and about 160 m. N. from Fort Simpson. Gold-washings 
 were discovered on this river about 70 m. above its mouth, 
 at a point called Little Canon, extending upwards to Big 
 Canon, 190 m. above its embouchure. A steamer has ascended 
 this river 150 m., and the Tako, a stream which falls into the 
 Pacific further N., 35 m. On this latter river copper is 
 
stinkenbrOnn 
 
 185 
 
 SUBATHOO 
 
 found. Comparatively little is known of the interior of this 
 colony, but it has been described as a desert waste of hills 
 and rocks. 
 
 STlNKENBRiJNN, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and 14 m. N. Oedenburg; with a colliery, alum and vitriol 
 works, limekilns, and tileworks. Pop. 1000. 
 
 STIRLING, a vil. British America, Canada West, co. 
 Hastings, 80 m. N.E. Toronto. Though founded only about 
 1850, it already possesses three churches, a superior grammar- 
 school, and several extensive factories; and deals largely in 
 agricultural produce. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 STOCKTON, a tn. U. States, California, cap. co. San 
 Joaquin, near the San Joaquin River, with which it is con- 
 nected by a creek, 50 m. S. by E. Sacramento. The site is 
 low and flat, in an extensive and fertile plain. Many of the 
 houses are neatly built, and surrounded with gardens; and 
 the town contains eight churches, an asylum for the insane, 
 and several schools. It is supplied with water by means of 
 pumps worked by one hundred and fifty wind-mills, wliich 
 raise the water through pipes inserted in the ground ; there 
 is also an artesian well one thousand feet deep. A railway 
 to connect Stockton with San Jos^ and Sacramento is in 
 progress, and a steamboat plies daily between it and San 
 Francisco. 
 
 STOLEZ, or Stolatz, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, 
 prov. Herzegovina, beautifully situated in the narrow valley 
 of the Bregawa, which here forms a picturesque waterfall. It 
 is defended by a fort, which is regarded as the most important 
 on the Herzegovina, though, from being commanded by adjoin- 
 ing hills, it possesses little real strength. In early, and to 
 some extent also in recent times, however, it has played a 
 prominent part during the commotions which have agitated 
 the country. Among the houses is one which belonged to 
 Ali Pasha, the well-known vizier of Herzegovina. The 
 public buildings include several mosques, whose white 
 minarets have a pleasing effect. Stolez, which owed much 
 of its prosperity to Ali Pasha, who valued its castle as the 
 cradle of liis family, has since his death greatly declined. 
 
 STOLZEN'BURG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 12 m. N.N.E. Hermannstadt; with the ruins of a 
 castle which has stood several sieges, a trade in wine, and 
 2403 inhabitants. 
 
 STOPNICA, or Stopnitza, a tn. Russian Poland, gov. 
 Radom, in a mountainous district ; has a handsome Reformed 
 church, an old castle, and an elementary school. Pop. about 
 2261. 
 
 STOSZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, 19 m. 
 W. Leutschau; with a high-school, mines of iron, silver, and 
 copper, and 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 STRADBROKE, an isl. Australia, Queensland, forming 
 with Moreton, situated immediately to the N. of it, the E. boun- 
 dary of the large and beautiful expanse of Moreton Bay. It 
 is about 33 m. long from N. to S., by 7 m. broad, is of mode- 
 rate elevation, and, although not destitute of trees, is bleak 
 and barren in the extreme, nowhere presenting the least 
 appearance of fertility. Its sea face, from its S. extremity to 
 Look-out Point, its N.E. extremity, is merely a succession of 
 sandy beaches and rocky points. 
 
 STRASSNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 11 m. S.S.W. Hradisch, in a beautiful plain on the 
 March, which is here crossed by a chain- bridge. It is the 
 seat of several public offices, and has two churches, a syna- 
 gogue, a high school, an old castle with extensive gardens, 
 five annual markets, and an extensive trade in corn and ex- 
 cellent wine. It contains 4700 inhabitants, of whom 600 are 
 Jews. 
 
 STRASSWALCHEN, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy and 
 25 m. N.E. Salzburg; with a handsome parish church, a town- 
 hospital, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 STRATYN, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 N.W. Brzczan; with a parish church. It posses.sed a Greek 
 printing-press at the beginning of the seventeenth century. 
 Pop. 1 400. 
 
 STRELETZKA, or Arrow Bay, Black Sea, in the 
 S.W. of the Crimea, forms one of a series of indentations 
 between the road or harbour of Sevastopol and Cape Kher- 
 sonese. It is little more than 1 m. W. of Quarantine Bay, 
 and of dimensions sufficient to form a capacious harbour, ex- 
 tending nearly 1 J m. into the land. The depth at its entrance 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 is 12 fathoms, but diminishes gradually to 6, and in some 
 parts is only 2 fathoms. 
 
 STRENGBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, 
 on a steep mountain of same name, 78 m. W. Vienna; has an 
 hospital and two saw-mills, and contains 1910 inhabitants. 
 
 STRIGOVO, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, co. and 11 m. N.E. Warasdin, on the penin- 
 sula of Murakcicz. As a town it has only 390, but as a parish 
 8370 inhabitants; and has an ancient castle, and a trade in 
 excellent wine. 
 
 STRUNKOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 24 m. S.S.W. Pisek, on both sides of the Blanitz; 
 with manufactures of shoes, stockings, and linen, and 1000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 STRUSZINA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Tarnow, and so near the town of Tarnow as to be properly 
 its suburb; contains 3560 inhabitants. On Mount St. Martin, 
 in the vicinity, are a ruined castle, and a church built of larch- 
 wood, and three centuries old. 
 
 STRY [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, cap. circle 
 of same name, 1. bank Stry, an affluent of the Dniester, which 
 here divides into several arms, 40 m. S. by W. Lemberg. It 
 was once a place of strength, and belonged to the chivalrous 
 John Sobieski, on whom it was bestowed for his victories 
 over the Turks. It has a high-school, an infirmary, an hos- 
 pital for the poor, and contains 9184 inhabitants. 
 
 STUART LAND, Australia, the name given in honour 
 of its first discoverer to the central part of the country lying 
 N. of South Australia, and forming the S. part of the new 
 province of North Australia. Except by Mr. John M'Douall 
 Stuart it has not yet been explored; and as he traversed only 
 its central part, in his journey to and from the N. coast of the 
 continent, little is yet known of its character. Mr. Stuart 
 passed over ranges of hills, intersected by river beds mostly 
 dry, and saw occasionally patches of good country; but the* 
 prevalence of long-continued droughts produces an aridity, 
 and consequent sterility of soil, that appears to render the 
 country generally quite unfit for human habitation. 
 
 ST U BEN (Upper and Under), two places, Austrian 
 empire, Hungary, co. Arva-Thurocz, about 5 m. N.W. 
 Neusohl: — Oher or Upper Stuhen stands in a wooded and pas- 
 toral district, and contains 1900 inhabitants. — Unter or Under 
 Stuhen, situated about 4 m. N. of the former, contains only 
 500 inhabitants, but is famous for its warm baths. 
 
 STUBICA, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, in a mountainous district, co. and 12 m. N. 
 Agrani; with much-frequented mineral springs, and 1000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 STL'DEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle Iglau, 
 52 m. W. Briinn; with an ancient parish church, two large 
 weekly and two yearly markets, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 SUAKIN [add.], a seaport. Nubia, cap. prov. of same 
 name, on an island on the W. coast of the Red Sea; lat. 19° 17' 
 N. ; Ion. 37° 20' E. It consists of the town proper, and of a 
 suburb on the mainland, which has outgrown it both in popu- 
 lation and importance; is defended by a small fort, and con- 
 tains a number of mosques and public buildings, of which the 
 most deserving of notice are the governor's residence, the 
 custom-house, and the bazar. The harbour is formed by a 
 channel about 500 yards wide, which penetrates between the 
 mainland and two islands, on one of which the town is built. 
 Though completely sheltered from all winds, it is too shallow 
 to admit large vessels. There is, however, a considerable 
 trade, chiefly in hides, butter, cattle, ivory, and ostrich 
 feathers. Pop., including suburbs, about 7000. 
 
 SUBATHOO, a fort and cantonment, India, Cis-Sutlej 
 Territories, cap. dist. or pergunnah of same name, 162 m. N. 
 Delhi. The pergunnah, which was reserved by government 
 in 1815, on the settlement of the Hill states at the conclusion 
 of the Nepaulese war, is a sort of table-land, bounded chiefly 
 towards the N. by mountains varying in height from 4600 to 
 8000 ft, but rather open southwards towards the plains. 
 Agriculture is carried on with great industry and skill, the 
 level spots on the banks of streams being cultivated for rice, 
 while the mountain-slopes are formed into a succession of 
 terraces, and produce good crops of wheat, barley, maize, 
 millet, cotton, opium, tobacco, ginger, &c. The fort is situ- 
 ated on an eminence, rising 11 00 ft. from the right bank of 
 the Gumbur, An old fort has been converted into a jail. 
 
 24 
 
SUBIG 
 
 186 
 
 SURAJ 
 
 The salubrity of Subathoo having been satisfactorily tested, 
 it has been selected as a sanatorium for troops. 
 
 SUBIG, a tn. Philippine Isles, on the W. side of the 
 island of Luzon, lies in lat. 14° 32' 58" N.; Ion. 122° 8' 30" E.; 
 and has a pop. of 3836. The bay on which it stands, though 
 of limited extent, is a safe haven for vessels of small draught. 
 
 SUCH A, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 9 m. 
 S. E. Wadowice, I. bank Skawa; with a beautiful parish church, 
 a baronial castle with fine gardens, iron and copper mills, and 
 2453 inhabitants. 
 
 SU-CHOW, a tn. China, prov. Sechuen, I. bank Yang- 
 tze-kiang, at the confluence of the Minkiang, coming from 
 the N., 125 m. S. by E. Ching-too-foo; lat. 28° 46' 6" N.; Ion. 
 105° 7' E. It is a large place surrounded by walls, and in 
 quiet times carries on a very extensive trade; but when 
 Lieutenant-colonel Sarel visited it in 1861 civil war was 
 raging in its vicinity, and he found it impossible to gain 
 admission, as the gates were closed, and an attack by the rebels 
 was hourly anticipated. Under ordinary circumstances its 
 advantages as a commercial entrepot are very great. The 
 Minkiang is at all times navigable for large junks up to 
 Kiading. a distance of about 100 m., while the Yang-tze-kiang, 
 all the way down to Chung-king, has generally a depth of 
 8 fathoms in the fair way, and of seldom less than 3 fathoms 
 close to the bank. The products of the district around 
 Su-chow are wliite and yellow silk, wax, honey, coal, green 
 tea, and some iron, obtained from mines close to the town. 
 Immediately above Su-chow the Yang-tze-kiang takes the 
 name of the Kin-cha-kiang, or of the Min-kiang, according 
 as the former or the latter is regarded as its continuation. 
 The Chinese seem to give the preference to the Min-kiang, 
 and identify its source as that of the Yang-tze-kiang. 
 
 SUDOGDA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 20 m. S.E. Vladimir, 
 cap. circle and on a river of same name. It contains two 
 •churches and several industrial establishments. A beautiful 
 wTiite stone found within the circle is much employed in 
 making statues. Pop. 2124. 
 
 SUGHRA, a seaport, Arabia, on the shore of the Indian 
 Ocean, district of Fadhli, 60 m. E.N.E. Aden; with a stone 
 castle, in which the sultan or chief of the district takes up his 
 residence several months each year. The haven is protected 
 by a reef of rocks, and has 9 fathoms water. Good water, 
 oxen, sheep, fowls, onions, and melons are to be obtained. 
 In the neighbourhood dates and millet grow plentifully. 
 Pop. 200. 
 
 SUGLEE, or Suggleair, a river, India, presid. Madras, 
 which rises in a mountainous district on the frontiers of 
 Kurnool and Cuddapah, flows first S.S.E., then nearly due 
 S., and joins the Pennaar on its right bank, 15 m. of direct 
 distance above its mouth. Its whole length is about 80 m. 
 
 SUK-AKRAS, or Souk-Harras, a vil. N. Africa, Algeria, 
 prov. and 80 m. E. Constantine, on an affluent of the Mejerda, 
 in a mountainous district near the W. frontiers of Tunis. It 
 occupies the site of the ancient Tagaste, and has an important 
 native market. Pop. 1300. 
 
 SUKEL-FAWWAR, a tn. Asiatic Turkey, pashalic and 
 100 m. S.S.E. Bagdad, on the Fawar canal, E. of left bank 
 Euphrates. It was formerly a large and thriving place, de- 
 fended by a number of small towers; but having lost the 
 water which fed its canal, through the breaking of one of the 
 dams at the mouth of the Hindieh, was abandoned by its 
 inhabitants. The ruins of its mud houses extend fully half a 
 mile along both sides of the water course. Recently a return 
 of its prosperity has been promised, by the repair of the dam 
 which caused the original calamity. 
 
 SULI, a mountain fort, Turkey in Europe, S. Albania, 
 eyalet and 15 m. W.S.W. Yanina, on the Kalama. It is the 
 chief place of the Suliots, who distinguished themselves so 
 much during the struggle for Greek independence, and after- 
 wards nearly all emigrated to Greece or Cephalonia. 
 
 SULLEPEC, or Zlt.tepec, a tn, Mexican Confederation, 
 state and 60 m. S.W, Mexico, in a narrow valley at the 
 height of 7000 ft. above the sea. It has a Franciscan 
 monastery, and was early celebrated for its mines, which are 
 no longer worked. 
 
 SULLERl, a tn. Central Africa, Bornou, prov. Muniyo, 
 1 60 m. N.E. Kano. It is a large place, consisting of several 
 detached hamlets, and containing about 5000 inhabitants. 
 Its market is the most important in Muniyo. The chief 
 
 agricultural product is millet, which is grown to a great 
 extent under rather disadvantageous circumstances, as the 
 obstructing roots of the doum-bush make cultivation ex- 
 tremely difficult. 
 
 SULTANABAD, or Shehri Naw, a tn. Persia, prov. 
 Irak-Ajemi, 150 m. S.W. Teheran. It manufactures a few 
 carpets. Its market is abundantly supplied with European 
 wares, especially hardware from Russia and cotton stuffs 
 from England. Pop. 3000. 
 
 SULZ, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, circle 
 Lower Mannhartsberg, on the Sulzbach, 25 m. N.N.E. Vienna. 
 It contains 1900 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in the 
 culture of the vine and the rearing of cattle. 
 
 SUMBE, a territory, W.Africa, Kimbunda Land, between 
 lat. 11° and 12° 20' S.; Ion. 13° 30' and 14° E.; bounded, N. 
 by the Kuvo or Keve, W. the Atlantic, S. Kubale or An- 
 hamdanda, and E. by the territories of Ambuim and Selles; 
 its length, measured along the sea-coast from N. to S., is about 
 90 m., its breadth nowhere exceeds 30 m. The surface, ele- 
 vated on the E., descends gradually, and becomes flat as the sea 
 is approached. On the heights are several extinct volcanoes, 
 from the sides of which a large quantity of sulphur might 
 easily be obtained. In the N. part of the territory is the 
 district to which the Portuguese give the name of Velha, 
 or Old Benguela, but is known to the natives as Timba; 
 in the central part are the Portuguese prsesidium or fort of 
 Novo Redondo, and the factory of Kilombo; and at inter- 
 vals along the coast, in the southern portion, were no fewer 
 than five European factories, of which Egypton is the only 
 one now subsisting, the predatory natives having pillaged 
 and destroyed all the others. The Musumbe, or inhabitants 
 of Sumbe, are in person tall and vigorous, and would be 
 rather favourable specimens of a semi-barbarous race, were 
 they not addicted to the horrible practice of cannibalism. 
 Small as this territory is, it is ruled by no fewer than three 
 independent chiefs, while part of it is at the same time pos- 
 sessed or claimed by the Portuguese. Pop. about 35,000. 
 
 SUMBULPORE, a dist. India, on the S.W. frontier of 
 Bengal, between lat. 21° and 22° 5' N.; Ion. 83° 6' and 
 84° 51' E.; is bounded N. by Ryghur and Gangpoor, E. Bonei 
 and Bombra, S. Sonepoor and Patna, and W. Phooljee, 
 Sarunghur, and Burgurh; length, E. to W., 112 m.; breadth, 
 60 m.; area, 4693 sq. m. It is divided by the Mahanudy 
 into two unequal parts, an E. and a W., the latter by far the 
 larger. The E. part is mountainous and woody; the W. gene- 
 rally level, and in some places greatly depressed. The valley 
 is only 400 ft. above sea-level, and has an alluvial soil, which 
 raises heavy and excellent crops of rice, wheat, and sugar- 
 cane. Indigo abounds in a wild state, but is not cultivated, 
 though it was so formerly, and it is thought might still be 
 with advantage. The only mineral of which the district 
 boasts is the diamond, of which fine specimens are found in 
 the beds of the Mahanudy and its affluents. The diamond- 
 searchers, who carry on their avocation from November to 
 the rainy season, are a very dissipated race. Pop. 800,000. 
 
 SUMEGH [add], a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Zala, in a marshy district, 25 m. N.E. Zala Egerszeg; with a 
 district court, a palace, in which the Bishop of Vesprim 
 resides; a high-school, a Franciscan monastery, with a church; 
 manufactures of calico, a trade in wood and wine, much- 
 frequented yearly markets, and 4257 inhabitants, mostly 
 R. Catholic. 
 
 SUPERIOR CITY, U. States, Wisconsin, co. Douglas, 
 exists more in prospect than in reality. The site selected 
 for it is at the mouth of the Nemadji, on the W. extremity of 
 Lake Superior, and the object in view is to make it the great 
 entrepot for the traffic of the lakes from the E., and the basin 
 of the Mississippi from the W. The site, nearly level, is ele- 
 vated 34 ft. above the lake and 658 above tlie sea. The 
 town contains several churches, a large hotel, and several 
 steam saw -mills. Steamboats ply to and from Detroit, 
 Chicago, &c., and large quantities of lumber, fur, and fish are 
 shipped. Copper is found in the county. The harbour is 
 commodious and safe. In 1855 the work of building the 
 town commenced, and in 1860 the inhabitants amounted to 
 534; in 1865 the number had increased to about 800. 
 
 SURAJ, a tn. Russia, gov. and 25 m. N.N.E. Vitepsk, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Duna; with two churches, a 
 charitable institute, and a pop. of 1872. 
 
SURAJPOOR 
 
 187 
 
 SYRA 
 
 SURAJPOOR, two places, India:— 1, A tn. N.W. Pro- 
 vinces, dist. Boolundshuhur, 22 m. S.E. Delhi; with a well- 
 supplied bazar. — 2, A tn. North-western Provinces, district 
 of Futtehpore, right bank Ganges, 117 m. above Allahabad; 
 is irregularly built, and somewhat ruinous in its appearance, 
 but possesses a good bazar, and a number of Hindoo temples 
 and ghats. 
 
 SURAT [add.], a tn. India, near the S.E. extremity of 
 Qnjerat, cap. dist. of same name, 1. bank Taptee, about 20 m, 
 above its mouth in the Gulf of Cambay. It is nearly in the 
 form of a semicircle, of which the river forms the diameter 
 or chord, and the perimeter measures about 6 m. Near the 
 centre stands the castle, which, though small, has bastions, 
 covered-way, and glacis. The town, surrounded by a wall 
 with semicircular bastions and battlements in good repair, 
 possesses few attractions, and consists of narrow winding 
 streets lined with lofty houses, of which the upper story, 
 formed of a framework of timber filled up with brick, projects 
 beyond tlie base. The houses of the British inhabitants, situ- 
 ated in the vicinity of the fort, are usually of good size, with 
 spacious inclosures. The old French factory, standing with- 
 out the walls, but completely deserted, contains some hand- 
 some and commodious buildings. The Dutch factory, also 
 deserted, long ranked as the most regular and best constructed 
 edifice in Sui-at. The palace which belonged to the nawab 
 is a plain structure of moderate dimensions. Towards the 
 end of the eighteenth century Surat was flourishing. Its bazars 
 were filled with costly merchandise, partly the product of its 
 own looms; and its streets and thoroughfares were filled with 
 picturesque groups of natives, and strangers from all parts of 
 the world, in their respective costumes. It then ranked as 
 the capital of W. India; but having been supplanted in this 
 respect by Bombay, and having in a great measure lost both 
 its manufactures by British competition, and its trade by the 
 silting up of its harbour, it is now only the ghost of what it 
 was. One other cause of decadence may be found in the 
 calamities which it has sustained from repeated inundations 
 of the Taptee. That its name still figures in commercial 
 lists, is owing to its being still the principal mart for the 
 cotton which is extensively grown in the surrounding coun- 
 try. — The district to which Surat gives its name, lies between 
 lat. 20° 15' and 21° 11' N.; Ion. 72° 45' and 73° 24' E.; is 
 bounded, N. by Broach, E. Gujerat, S. Gujerat and dist. 
 Tannah, and W. by the Portuguese territory Damaun and the 
 Arabian Sea; and has an area of 1629 sq. m., and a pop. of 
 492,684. 
 
 SURJOO, two rivers, India, tributaries of the Gogra: — 
 1, Eastern Surjoo, rises in Nepaul, in lat. 28° 15' N.; Ion. 
 81° 57' E.; flows first W.N.W. to tiie frontiers of Oude, then 
 nearly due S., and joins the Gogra on its left bank, after a 
 course of about 160 m. At its mouth it expands into a kind 
 of morass.- — 2, Western Surjoo rises in a gorge of the Hima- 
 laya, in Kumaon, at the height of about 7000 ft. above the 
 sea, flows successively S.W. and S.E., and about 12 m. after 
 receiving the Ramgunga, and being indififerently called by its 
 name, or retaining its own, falls into the Gogra, after a course 
 of 90 m. 
 
 SURMENEH, a tn. Turkey in Asia, prov. and 20 m, 
 E. by S. Trebizond, at the mouth of the Kara Dere in the 
 Black Sea. It stands on a limestone height, and consists of 
 houses built of stone, but diminutive both in size and height. 
 The shops, kept chiefly by Greeks, are very indifferently 
 supplied, the chief articles being woollen and cotton cloth, 
 tobacco, and groceries. The exports consist of wine, oil, and 
 fruit. Pop. 2000. 
 
 SUSA, or SougA [add.], a tn. N. Africa, regency and 
 65 m. S.S.E. Tunis, on a bay of the Mediterranean. It is 
 built partly along the shore and partly on a height above it, 
 is surrounded by a wall nearly 1 m. in circuit, and defended 
 by a fort, and contains some handsome houses, adorned with 
 columns obtained from Roman remains in the vicinity, several 
 fine mosques, and arched bazars. The harbour, though open 
 to the winds, allows large vessels to come within a short dis- 
 tance of the shore, and there is in consequence a considerable 
 trade, in which the principal exports are oil, wool, pottery, 
 and a few other articles of native manufacture. Pop. about 
 11,000. 
 
 SUSINITSCH, a tn. Russia, gov. and circle Kaluga. 
 It has a church, and carries on a large trade in hemp-oil. 
 
 which is sent partly into the interior and partly to St. Peters- 
 burg. Pop. 5321. 
 
 SUT'J'O, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Gran, on 
 the Danube; with brandy distilleries, a marble quarry, and 
 a trade in the excellent wine of the district. Pop. 1050. 
 
 SVENTZIANY, a tn. Russia, gov. and 42 m. N.N.E, 
 Vilna; with a church, a circle school, and a pop. of 5497. 
 
 SVILAINATZ, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Servia, circle 
 Kraina, near the Resava, above its confluence with the 
 Morava, 52 m. S.S.E. Belgrade. It has a church and a 
 school, but the chief attraction of the neighbourhood is the 
 monastery of Manassiya, which lies a little to the S.E., is 
 built in the Grecian style, and is adorned with frescoes and 
 other paintings by some of the oldest Italian masters. Pop. 
 3284. 
 
 SWATOW, a treaty port, prov. Quang-tung, China, 
 1 90 m. N.E. of Hong-Kong, mouth of the Han River. This 
 port was opened up to foreign trade by the treaty of Tientsin 
 in 1858, under the designation of Chau-chow, the depart- 
 mental city. But the inhabitants being inimical to foreigners, 
 Swatow was made the foreign emporium, and trade estab- 
 lished in 1860, increasing beyond the expectation of the 
 merchants, to a total of external commerce in 1863 of 
 £2,487,423, and £3,342,125 in 1864. The imports in 1864 
 amounted to £2,108,754— of which £973,030 was opium, 
 £885,394 bean-cake, £504,931 raw cotton, and the remainder 
 cotton and woollen fabrics and yarns, metals, rice, wheat, 
 peas, beans, vermicelli, medicine, oil, &c. The exports of 
 native produce for the same year amounted to £1,233,371, 
 comprising sugar, chinaware, cassia, grasscloth, indigo, paper, 
 and tobacco. No tea or silk is shipped at this port, the sur- 
 rounding district being chiefly laid out in sugar plantations, 
 the export of which was nearly a million sterling in the above 
 return. The large debtor balance against imports of £875,383 
 is paid in Sycee silver and copper cash, chiefly for opium. 
 During 1865 the neighbourhood of Swatow was seriously 
 disturbed by the last remnant of the Taiping rebels, who held 
 the adjacent city of Chai-ying-chow, and thus commanded the 
 most direct route into the province of Kiangsee, which ab- 
 sorbs nearly all the opium imported into Swatow. Hence 
 there was a depression of trade, which temporarily retarded 
 the rising tendency of the port, but, however, not sufficient 
 to check the increase, as the returns show £525,693 on the 
 total over 1864. In 1864 the foreign merchants and their 
 employes numbered fourteen persons, of whom six were 
 British, seven German, and one Portuguese. Here is a 
 British consul, with three assistants — other nationalities being 
 represented by merchants. There is also a branch of the 
 Foreign Maritime Customs, comprising nine officers, chiefly 
 British; the duties collected amounting to £108,685 in 1863, 
 and £118,394 in 1804. The shipping inwards and outwards 
 were for the same years respectively 808 ships, in the aggre- 
 gate 304,660 tons, and 941 ships of 338,808 tons. Three 
 missionary establishments are located at this port, belonging 
 to the English, Americans, and French, conducted by seven 
 missionaries. The total foreign residents is 39, and the native 
 population about 20,000. — {Customs Returns; China DireC' 
 tory.) 
 
 SWIRZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 28 m. 
 N.W. Brzezany; with a fine baronial castle, and 1900 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 SYDNEY, a tn. British America, beautifully situated 
 on the E. coast of Cape Breton, near the head of the harbour 
 of same name. It was the seat of government till the island 
 was annexed to Nova Scotia, and though its progress in con- 
 sequence of this event has been greatly retarded, it is still 
 the principal town of Cape Breton, and contains three churches, 
 an academy, a courthouse, and barracks. The country in its 
 immediate neighbourhood is fertile, and its harbour is one 
 of the finest in the world, being equally easy of access and 
 ingress, and capacious enough to contain any number of the 
 largest vessels in safety. At present the principal business 
 is carried on at the N.W. bar, where the railway from the 
 coal-mines has its terminus and the coal is shipped. 
 
 SYNOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 16 m. 
 N. Sanok, on the San. It was once defended by a strong 
 castle, is a principal mart for the linen trade, and has much- 
 frequented yearly markets. Pop. 2364. 
 
 SYRA (New), or Hekmopolis, a tn. Greece, nomarch 
 
SZALLAS 
 
 188 
 
 TABASCO 
 
 Cjclades, cap. island of same name, on the N.E. shore of a 
 capacious and semicircular bay, which forms an excellent 
 harbour, and is visited as the common point of rendezvous 
 by the steamers from Marseilles, Trieste, Constantinople, 
 Smyrna, and Alexandria. It is the capital of the nomarch 
 of the Cyclades, the residence of a Greek archbishop and a 
 11. Catholic bishop; is well built, containing several handsome 
 houses of three stories, and has a court of primary jurisdic- 
 tion and a justice of peace court, several churches and parish 
 schools, a gymnasium, an arsenal, alazaretto, and a custom- 
 house. Pop. 19,500. Old Syra, situated on a height, has 
 4000 inhabitants. 
 
 SZALLAS (Kis-Uj), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. Stuhlweissenburg, 9 m. S. Karczag; with 9545 inhabi- 
 tants, who belong to the Eeformed church, have a reformed 
 gymnasium, and raise large quantities of corn and wine. 
 
 SZALONNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Borsod, N. Miskolcz, on the Bodva; with 850 inhabitants, 
 who mostly belong to the Reformed church, whose chief 
 employment is in making charcoal, and carrying it into the 
 lower districts. They also produce a good wine. There is 
 a thermal spring in the vicinity. 
 
 SZCZAWiS'ICA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and about 18 m. S.W. New Sandec; with mineral springs 
 and a much-frequented bathing establishment. Large quan- 
 tities of the water are exported. Pop. 1450. 
 
 SZCZEKZEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 10 m. S.W. Lemberg, cap. dist. of same name, with a seam 
 of gypsum strongly impregnated with sulphur, and a remark- 
 able limestone cavern. There are excellent quarries in the 
 vicinity. Pop. 5100. 
 
 SZCZYKK, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, 42 m. S.W. Cracow; with a Cistertian monastery and 
 1600 inhabitants. 
 
 SZEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 12 m. S.S.W. Dees; with saltmines, good vineyards, and 
 3158 inhabitants. 
 
 SZELI (Under and Uppek), two places, Austrian empire, 
 Hungary, co. Presburg: — Unter-Szeli, on the Dud-Waag, 
 S.W. Sellye, with 1500 inhabitants, trades in cattle and 
 excellent cheese. — Oher-Szeli, on the opposite bank of the 
 stream, and nearly 4 m. distant, has 1920 inhabitants. 
 
 SZEWCZYKI, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Rzeszow; with a parish church, manufactures of turpentine, 
 and 1900 inhabitants. 
 
 SZKLO, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 26 m. 
 N.E. Przemysl ; with a paper-mill, and warm sulpliur springs 
 with a tolerably complete bathing establishment. Pop. 1350. 
 
 SZOLGYON (IVIagyar and Nemeth), two places, Aus- 
 trian empire, Hungary, co. and 15 m. N.E. Komorn, situated 
 opposite to each other, in a well cultivated district; witli two 
 churches, a trade in corn and wine, and 2850 inhabitants. 
 
 SZOLNSK [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, cap. 
 CO. of same name, in the angle formed by the confluence of 
 the Zagyva with the Theiss. It ranks as the most ancient 
 town in the kingdom, having, according to tradition, been 
 founded by a military leader from Scythia, and was once one 
 of its strongest fortresses, though it has now become com- 
 paratively insignificant. Its only buildings deserving of 
 notice are a Franciscan convent, a high-school, and an in- 
 firmary. Its inhabitants are chiefly employed in agriculture, 
 the rearing of cattle, and fishing, have several mills and yearly 
 markets, and carry on a considerable trade, now greatly 
 facilitated by the railway leading to Miskolcz, and in which 
 the principal articles are salt, wood, corn, fruit, and fish. A 
 conflict with the Hungarian insurgents took place here on 
 5th March, 1849. Pop. 13,936. 
 
 SZOMBATH (Upper and Lower), two places, Austrian 
 empire, Transylvania, circle and 40 m. N. W. Kronstadt; with 
 a fine castle with extensive gardens, and 2090 inhabitants. 
 
 SZOREGH [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, circle 
 Temesvar, not far from the Mafos; with an important trade 
 in swine, cattle, wine, and tobacco. The Hungarians were 
 defeated here by Haynau on 5th August, 1849. Pop. 2533. 
 
 T. 
 
 TAAL, a lake and town, Philippine Isles, in the S.W. of 
 Luzon. The lake, called also Bomhoii or Bongbon, is 
 about 15 m. long from N. to S., by 9 m. broad, and is so 
 deep that some parts have never been fathomed. It lies in 
 a basin surrounded on all sides by hills, and has near its 
 centre an islet of a triangular shape, named Volcan, which 
 rises to the height of 1667 ft. above the sea, and is evidently 
 volcanic, since its surface is almost throughout incrusted by 
 a coat of lava, and the hollow of its summit has all the ap- 
 pearance of a crater. Indeed it cannot be said to be extinct, 
 since two eruptions have taken place within a century and a 
 half, the one in 1716, and the other in 1754. The latter, the 
 more tremendous of the two, destroyed four towns, and sent 
 its ashes into Manilla, 50 m. distant, and beyond into the 
 provinces of Bulacan and Pampanga. At present the bottom 
 of the crater is occupied by a caldron, about 3 m. in circuit, 
 containing water which is strongly impregnated with sulphur. 
 The lake abounds with fish, a species of which, weighing from 
 6 to 7 lbs., are considered the most delicate of the Philippines. 
 
 The TOWN, called also Taal de Bombon, substituted for 
 
 another of same name destroyed by the above-named volcanic 
 eruption, stands on the shore of the Bay of Balayan, and 
 seems to rank next in size to Manilla, having a pop. of 41,347. 
 The surrounding dist. is fertile and well cultivated. 
 
 TAB, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Somoghy, 
 20 m. N.E. Kaposvar; with manufactures of linen and leather, 
 a brewery, a steam-mill, and 1580 inhabitants. 
 
 TABACUNDO, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, dist. and 
 N E. of Quito; lat. 0° 7' N.- Ion. 78° 40' W. It contains 
 
 about 2000 inhabitants, who, in the revolutions which have 
 taken place, have greatly distinguished themselves by zeal 
 in the liberal cause. The trade is chiefly in wheat, barley, 
 potatoes, and other agricultural produce. 
 
 TABASCO, or Grigalva, a river, N. America, which 
 rises in the mountains of Chuchumatanes, near the N.W. 
 frontiers of Guatemala, enters the Alexican dep. Chiapas, and 
 flows through it very circuitously, intersecting it from S.E. 
 to N.W. Some time after entering dep. Tabasco it divides 
 into two branches, the more westerly of which, taking the 
 names successively of Gonzales, Rio Secco, and Chiitupec, 
 proceeds N. to the Gulf of Mexico. The easterly branch, 
 continuing for a time nearly parallel to the other, and at so 
 short a distance that it nearly unites with it on passing the 
 city of Tabasco, flows N. in a very winding channel, and re- 
 ceives on its right first the Tulija or Tepetican, and then the 
 Chilapa. On approaching the sea, across a very extensive 
 and swampy flat, it is joined by a large arm of the Usuma- 
 tinta, and a few miles below, near the town of Frontera, falls 
 into the Gulf of Mexico. It is navigable for vessels of con- 
 siderable size for about 50 m. above its mouth. 
 
 TABASCO, or San Juan Bautista de Tabapco, or 
 Villa Hermosa [add.], a tn. Mexico, cap. dep. and 1. bank 
 river of same name, 350 m. E.S.E. Mexico. It stands partly 
 on a flat and partly on a gentle eminence surrounded by fer- 
 tile fields, and though of imposing appearance at a distance, 
 presents a miserable spectacle within, a great part of its 
 houses lying in ruins ever since the place was last stormed 
 by the Americans during the Mexican war. The best part 
 
TABISINTAC 
 
 189 
 
 TA-KOO 
 
 of the existing town is towards the bank of the river, where 
 there are some good houses. As a whole, however, and even 
 before the disasters which have befallen it, the town must 
 have been very indifferently built. Its streets are steep, un- 
 even, and dirty in the extreme; and the houses, partly of 
 stone and partly of wood, are entirely devoid of elegance or 
 taste. The only public buildings worthy of notice are two 
 churches, several schools, the governor's residence, and the 
 custom-house. The inhabitants, not more than 6000, are 
 cliiefly employed in trading in cacao, coffee, maize, rice, 
 tobacco, dyewood, &c. The climate of Tabasco is one of 
 the worst in the llexican Confederation. 
 
 TABISINTAC, a river, British America, New Bruns- 
 wick, which flows E., and falls into a gully of same name in 
 tlie Gulf of St. Lawrence. It is encumbered at its mouth 
 by a bar, with not move than 7 ft. at low-water, but 
 within it there is a depth in some parts of 4 to 5 fathoms. 
 The tide flows 10 m. up the river through an undulating 
 country, and occasionally between steep banks of sandstone, 
 which rise to the height of above 100 ft. Its shores are occu- 
 pied chiefly by Scotch settlers. 
 
 TACOTALPA, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 36 m. S. Tabasco, 
 on a river of same name. It was at one time the capital of 
 the dep., but now ranks only as a village. It consists of 
 some well-built houses, and a greater number of cane-huts, 
 and contains 2000 inhabitants, who have no industrial estab- 
 lishment of any importance, and, though situated on a navi- 
 gable river, no trade except in a little cacao. 
 
 TACUNGA, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, situated to the 
 S.E. of Quito, on the slopes of the volcanic mountain of 
 Cotopaxi. It is tolerably well built in regular and spacious 
 streets, and contains a parish church, several convents, an 
 ancient Jesuit college, now used as a public college, in which 
 practical chemistry, Latin, and philosophy are taught. The 
 chief manufactures are gunpowder, and cotton, woollen, and 
 linen goods. Pop. about 16,000. 
 
 TADPUTRI, or Tauputtry, a tn. India, presid. Ma- 
 dras, dist. and 80 m. E.S.E. Bellary, r. bank Pennar. It 
 possesses two handsome temples, elaborately decorated with 
 sculptures representing the exploits of Krishna Eama. The 
 pop., consisting of about 4000 Hindoos and 2000 Mahometans, 
 are engaged either in weaving turbans and similar articles, 
 or in trade. 
 
 TAE-SH AN, an isl. of the Chusan Archipelago, E. coast 
 of China, 8 m. long by 5 m. broad. Its centre is an exten- 
 sive plain, which is well cultivated and maintains a large 
 population. The only manufacture of any consequence is 
 salt from sea- water. It was at Woo hou Creek, which runs 
 through the centre of this island, that a Chinese force as- 
 sembled to attempt the recapture of Chusan. 
 
 TAE-YUEN.-FOW, a tn. China, cap. prov. Shansi, on 
 the Fuen-ho, an affluent of the Hoang-ho, 240 m. S. W. Pekin. 
 It was once a place of great splendour, filled with palaces in 
 which princes of the imperial family resided. These have 
 all been allowed to go to ruin; but it is still large and popu- 
 lous, inclosed by a wall about 7 m. in circuit, and has ex- 
 tensive manufactures of carpets and of various articles in 
 iron. On the neighbouring hills is an ancient cemetery, sur- 
 rounded by groves of cypresses, and containing many fine 
 monuments in marble. 
 
 TAGANAMA, a tn. W. Africa, Bornou, about 90 m. 
 N.E. Kano. It is a considerable and apparently thriving 
 place, inclosed by a wall and a double ditch, and consists of 
 large and spacious huts with well-fenced courtyards. 
 
 TAGANET, a large and favoured dist. W. Africa, bor- 
 dering towards the E. and S.E. on the Kodia, which encircles 
 El Hodh; towards the S.W. on Aflot, and towards the W.S.W. 
 on Aderar. It is naturally divided into two regions — the 
 • Black Taganet or S. part, consisting of fertile valleys full of 
 palm-trees, and with excellent pasturage for cattle and sheep, 
 but fit only for the camel in the dry season, and moreover 
 infested with lions and elephants; and the White Taganet, 
 consisting of white desert sand, with excellent food for the 
 camel, and plantations of date-trees in a few favoured spots. 
 The nomade inhabitants are the Zenaga or Senhaja, a mixed 
 Berber tribe, who figure much in the history of this part of 
 Africa, and contributed mainly to destroy the Ruma empire. 
 
 TAGELEL, a vil. W. Africa, in the country of Damer- 
 ghu, which lies in the S. of the kingdom of Asben, and is 
 
 about 60 m. long by 40 broad. The vil., consisting of two 
 separate groups of cottages, numbering in all about 120, would 
 be undeserving of notice but for the political importance 
 which it derives from being the residence of a chief whose 
 talents and powerful connections have enabled him to play 
 an important part in the factions and wars which have long 
 distracted the country, and dried up the sources of its pros- 
 perity. — {Barth.) 
 
 TAGILSK, or Nijnei-Tagilsk, a tn. Russia, gov. and 
 210 m. E. Perm, near the source of the Tagil in the Oural 
 Mountains. It is a large town, picturesquely situated in a 
 valley, and contains many elegant buildings in brick and 
 stone, including a fine church with some beautiful paintings. 
 Being the principal mining establishment of the Demidoff 
 family, it is provided with a large and splendid edifice for the 
 administration of the mines ; capacious and well conducted 
 hospitals, excellent schools, vast warehouses, spacious man- 
 sions for the directors and chief managers, and comfortable 
 dwellings for the workmen and their families. The smelting 
 furnaces, forges, rolling-mills, machine-shops, and other 
 works, with the machinery and tools, are on a magnificent 
 scale, and of the best description. The principal minerals 
 are iron and copper. The iron ore, which is magnetic, is 
 chiefly dug out from the sides of a hill, which appears to con- 
 tain it in inexhaustible quantity. In a small valley on the 
 W. side of the hill, it is worked as an open quarry, where it 
 is found in an enormous mass, about 400 ft. in length and 
 80 in thickness. The copper ore is obtained by sinking 
 shafts to the depth of about 50 fathoms. It often occui-s in 
 the form of malachite, of which many large and beautiful 
 specimens are found. Platina is found chiefly in grains, but 
 occasionally in large fragments ; one of these weighed nearly 
 12 lbs. Gold is another of the riches of this district. It 
 also abounds with porphyry and jasper of great beauty, and 
 a variety of coloured marbles. The manufacture of japan 
 ware, and other articles for which Tagilsk was at one time 
 celebrated, no longer exists. Its school of design has also 
 been given up. Pop. 25,000. 
 
 TAIF [add.], a tn. in the W. of Arabia, on a stream in 
 a mountainous district of Hejaz, 55 m. W.S.W. Mecca. It 
 forms a kind of oasis in the midst of a sandy plain, inclosed 
 by mountains of no great elevation, and is surnamed the 
 ' Garden of Mecca,' on account of its gardens, which are cele- 
 brated throughout Arabia for the beauty of their roses, vines, 
 and fruit-trees. It is surrounded by a wall and a ditch, and 
 defended by a castle seated on a lofty rock, consists of houses 
 built of stone, but generally small, and has wider streets than 
 usual in eastern towns. Its principal buildings are two 
 mosques. It was pillaged and destroyed by the Wahabees 
 in 1802, but has been almost entirely rebuilt. Its market is 
 held in the only public square which the place contains. 
 
 TAJ AX (Great and Little), two places, Austrian em- 
 pire, Moravia, circle and N.E. Znaim: — Great Tojax con- 
 tains 2500 inhabitants, who live chiefly by cultivating the 
 district, which is remarkable for fertility, and in producing 
 wine. — Little Tajax possesses an old church built in the 
 Gothic style, and contains 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 TA-KOO, or Taku, a vil. and forts at the entrance of the 
 Pei-ho River, 100 m. S.E. of Peking, on the shores of Pe-che- 
 lee Gulf. The village is a collection of wretched mud-built 
 cabins, inhabited by a poverty-stricken population engaged in 
 the salt trade on the river; suffering severely in the winter when 
 it is frozen up, and navigation closed during four months. 
 The forts are of extensive construction, built of mud and 
 bricks, deriving their importance from the batteries com- 
 manding the entrance to the river, leading an enemy to the 
 capital; and being almost unapproachable by an armed force 
 from the sea, in consequence of the low marshy lands 
 of mud and tenacious clay that surround them. These 
 forts were captured with comparative ease by a British 
 and French force on the 20th of May, 1858. The treaty 
 of Tientsin was the immediate result. It would seem, how- 
 ever, that the Chinese had been allowed to escape too easily, 
 and accordingly, when Mr. Bruce appeared at the mouth of 
 the Peiho to exchange ratifications, he found the Takoo forts 
 re-established in a much more formidable manner than before. 
 They were of considerable extent, built in the alluvial mud 
 deposit which flanks the river, and formed strong redoubts, 
 with thick, heavily-armed ramparts on the sea-front, contain- 
 
TALAE SAP 
 
 190 
 
 TAMATAVE 
 
 ing casemated batteries, with a mantlet in front of each gun. 
 The rear of the forts was protected by a crenellated wall, 
 defended by guns and wall-pieces. The walls of the forts 
 were built of thick logs of timber, cased with a coating of 
 mud and flax, or sometimes chopped straw. The approach 
 to each fort was defended by two or three encircling ditches 
 and belts of wooden spikes, and the ditches were scattered over 
 with iron crowsfeet. The force accompanying Mr. Bruce, 
 as a serious renewal of hostilities had not been anticipated, 
 consisted only of a squadron of gunboats and a few other 
 vessels, and was far too feeble for any important military or 
 naval operation; but as admission into the river was refused, 
 it was determined, perhaps with more boldness than prudence, 
 to force it. Here the British fleet, under Admiral Hope, met 
 with a sad reverse in attempting to force the passage up the 
 river and capture the forts, in July, 1859, when several ships 
 were lost, and a number of the attacking force killed and 
 wounded. Tiiis led to the third war with China in 1860, in 
 which the English and French allied forces landed at Peh-tang, 
 to the N.E. of Ta-koo, taking the north forts in the rear. Upon 
 this the Chinese garrison in the south forts surrendered on the 
 2 2d August, and the invading army afterwards marched upon 
 Pekin, some 20,000 strong— 12,000 British and 8000 French, 
 the former under Major-general Sir James Hope Grant, and the 
 latter commanded by General Montauban. After the treaty 
 of peace was ratified in October, the forts were garrisoned by 
 British troops, and held as a material guarantee for the good 
 faith of the Chinese, until March, 1863, when they were 
 evacuated, and handed over to the imperial authorities. 
 During the occupation of the forts, the British garrison were 
 on such friendly terms with the government, that a number 
 of Tartar and Chinese officers in the army were drilled by 
 our drill-sergeants and instructors, who exhibited great apti- 
 tude in acquiring a practical knowledge of European discip- 
 line, the manual exercise, and the use of arms. As they 
 became proficient each oflScer was drafted away to instruct 
 the soldiers in the native army, with a view to form the 
 nucleus of a disciplined force under their own officers. How 
 the experiment has succeeded has not transpired. — (Rennie's 
 British Arms in China mid Japan.) 
 
 TALAE SAP, or King's Lake, situated in Cambodia, 
 on the S.W. frontiers of Cochin China, is a large expanse of 
 water, which, although it becomes so shallow in the dry season 
 that boats require to be poled instead of rowed over its sur- 
 face, is so augmented in the wet season as to have a length of 
 100 m. and a breadth of 40 m., with a depth of not less than 
 45 ft. It is formed in a dejiressed basin in a very flat 
 country, and is said to have been once a fertile plain, and the 
 site of a large city. Abounding in fish, it is the seat of a 
 very extensive fishery from November to July, when the 
 rising of the water compels the fishei'men to remove to Mat- 
 tabong, or other places in the vicinity. The fish, when dried, 
 are sold to the Chinese, who come from Battabong, Oodung, 
 and other places, to purchase them and export them to Cochin 
 China, where they are sold at the rate of four ticals = 10s. 8d. 
 per picul of 133| lbs. The chief feeder of the lake is the 
 Mattabong, augmented by the Kunburri and the Tasawai. 
 The Oodung is its outlet. 
 
 TALANGA, or San Diego de Talanda, a tn. Central 
 America, Honduras, dep. and 15 m. N.E. Tegucigalpa, in a 
 very extensive valley, watered by a stream of same name. 
 It consists of a number of huts ranged partly in streets, and 
 partly in a large plaza, where the church, the only building 
 of any pretensions to architectural merit, attracts notice, not 
 so much by its own elegance as by contrast with the paltry 
 dwellings in its vicinity. 
 
 TALCA, a prov. Chili, is bounded N. by the Lontue and 
 Malaquito, separating it from Colchagua; S. the Maule, 
 separating it from the prov. of that name; E. the Andes, in 
 which the lofty peak Descabezado occurs; and W. the Pa- 
 cific; length, E. to W., 120 m.; breadth, N. to S., 96 m. It 
 has an extremely fertile soil, yielding in profusion all the 
 products peculiar to S. Chili; a mild and healthy climate, 
 and numerous streams, affording a cheap and ready means of 
 transport. The largest of them is the Claro, which takes its 
 source in the Andes, and, skirting the head of the province, 
 joins the Maule, and forms with it an uninterrupted water- 
 communication from the Cordillera to the sea. The trade is 
 chiefly in wheat, barley, cattle, lumber, and jerked beef, sent 
 
 to Santiago and Valparaiso. The inhabitants are naturally 
 enterprising and industrious, and generally in good circum- 
 stances. Pop. 71,381. 
 
 TALCA, a tn. Chili, cap. of above prov., on an undulat- 
 ing plain near the river Maule, and 640 ft. above sea-level, 
 140 m. S.S.W. Santiago; lat. 35° 14' S.; Ion. 71° 57' W. It 
 is built with the greatest regularity, according to the usual 
 plan of Spanish American towns, in rectangular streets, with 
 a plaza near its centre, on which the principal public edifices 
 stand, and an alameda. The streets, wide and well paved, 
 have occasionally side-walks for foot-passengers, and are kept 
 clean and in good repair. The houses are generally white- 
 washed, and many of them have two stories, of which the 
 upper one is provided with a balcony facing the street. Both 
 churches and convents are numerous, but the only public 
 building which has any pretensions to architectural merit is 
 the cathedral, which, however, must be judged of by its plan 
 rather than its actual state, as it is unfinished, and the two 
 towers intended to be given it are still wanting. The manu- 
 factures consist of ponchos, woollen cloths, and blankets. 
 All of these are woven to a considerable extent, both within 
 the city and in the surrounding district, and are in great 
 demand ; the ponchos particularly are famous for the excel- 
 lence of the material, the evenness of the texture, and the 
 durability of the colours. The only other industrial estab- 
 lishments are two flour-mills. The trade is chiefly in the 
 above manufactures, and in grain, tallow, cheese, wine, brandy, 
 and wool. Pop. about 15,000. 
 
 TALCAHUANO, a seaport tn. Chili, prov. and 12 m. 
 N.W. Concepcion, cap. dep. of same name, on the S.W. side 
 of the Bay of Concepcion, of which it is the port. In 1835 it 
 suffered dreadfully from an earthquake, followed by a huge 
 wave, which demolished and swept away almost everything 
 that the earthquake had spared. It has since been rebuilt in 
 a better style than before, and contains about 5000 inhabitants, 
 for whom, so far as can be judged from the number of churches 
 and schools, ample means of instruction have been provided, 
 though the preference given to Concepcion seems to preclude 
 Talcahuano from ever being more than a place of business. 
 A railway to Chilian, a distance of 103 m., running S.E. by 
 Concepcion, has been designed, and its construction will be 
 very beneficial. 
 
 TALLA MUNGONGO, a vil. and mountain, S.W. 
 Africa, Portuguese settlements, prov. Angola, 225 m. E.S.E. 
 Loando. The village is seated on the edge of the moun- 
 tain of same name, commanding a view of the great Quango 
 valley, which, according to Dr. Livingstone, is equal in fer- 
 tility to that of the Mississippi. Within the village, as at 
 several other Portuguese stations, travellers' houses are 
 erected on the same principle as the khans or caravanserais of 
 the East. They are built of the usual wattle and daub, and 
 besides benches of rods for beds, are each provided with a 
 
 table and chairs, and a large jar of water. The mountain, 
 
 Talla Mungongo, from 1200 to 1500 ft. high, is ascended by 
 a steep and slippery path, with deep gorges on each side of 
 it, which leaves but narrow room for the traveller; its summit 
 is a kind of table-land covered with lofty trees, while on its 
 heights the cofiee plant is seen growing at the distance of 
 nearly 300 m. from the AV. coast, where the Jesuit mission- 
 aries first introduced it. 
 
 TAMATAVE [add.], a maritime tn. E. coast of Madagas- 
 car, lat. 18° 1 0' 6" S.; Ion. 49° 28' 30" E. The anchorage here 
 is little better than a roadstead, protected by reefs, but ex- 
 posed to the winds from the E. and N. The village is built 
 on a point of land between 300 and 400 yards wide, stretching 
 into the sea to the S. The surface is diversified by sand- 
 hills thrown up by the wind or sea to the height of 15 or 
 20 ft., and the low sandy shore is partially clothed with 
 brushwood, rushes, and grass, relieved by the tall slender 
 pillar of the cocoa-palm. The custom-house, a native struc- 
 ture between 30 and 40 ft. long, and nearly as wide, may be 
 taken as a sample of the Malagasy houses. Its walls are 
 about 12 ft. high, and composed of posts fixed at irregular 
 distances, the interstices being filled up with the thick strong 
 leaf-stalks of the traveller's tree between flat laths. The 
 thatch covering the steep roof is composed of the leaves of 
 the same tree fastened with native cord — the floor of sea- 
 sand, partly covered with the bark of the traveller's tree. 
 The cocoa-palm and the pandanus fling their grateful shadows 
 
TAMBLEGAM 
 
 191 
 
 TANANARIVO 
 
 around this modest structure. Almost the only good houses 
 in the village belong to the foreign residents and Hova 
 oflScers. The dwellings of the inferior classes are much 
 
 TAMATAVE.— From a drawing by E. De Eerard, Tour du Monde 
 
 dilapidated. The trade is chiefly in rice, cattle, and poultry. 
 Pop. about 3000. — (Three Visits to Madagascar, by Kev. W. 
 Ellis.) 
 
 TAMBLEGAM, a lake or lagoon, Ceylon, which com- 
 municates with the bay, and is about 4 m. S.W. of the town 
 of Trincomalee. It is a shallow expanse, about 20 m. in cir- 
 cuit, and, according to native tradition, confirmed in some 
 measure by an examination of the locality, was once a fertile 
 plain covered with rice-fields, and irrigated by a canal from 
 the enormous tank of Kandelai, about 12 m. to the S.W. 
 This tank, allowed to fall into ruin, burst its embankment, and 
 sent its water like an impetuous river, which inundated the 
 plain, and forced its way to the sea by a breach, which has 
 ever since remained open, though it is said that the breach 
 might easily be closed, and the tank repaired, so as to convert 
 the lake once more into a productive plain. At present 
 Tamblegam is chiefly valuable for its fish, particularly the 
 thin transparent oyster [Placuna placenta), wliose clear white 
 shells are used in China and elsewhere as a substitute for 
 window-glass, and are collected annually, both for the small 
 pearls contained in them, and also for export to India, where 
 they are burned into chunam, to be eaten with betel. So 
 abundant and prolific is the Placuna, that the number taken 
 by the licensed renter in the three years prior to 1858 could 
 not have been less than 18,000,000. They delight in brackish 
 water, but excess of either salt or fresh kills them. 
 
 TAMKALA, a tn. AVestern Africa, Hausa States, prov. 
 Zaberma, 140 m. W. Sokoto. It is a celebrated place, which 
 has figured much in the wars of the country, and sufiered 
 accordingly. Its walls are greatly dilapidated, and even the 
 governor's house is little better than a ruin. The market is 
 very indift'erently supplied. 
 
 TAMSUI, a treaty port, China, N.W. coast isl. of For- 
 mosa, lat. 21° 46' N.; Ion. 120° 30' E.; 45 m. S. of Taiwan, the 
 chief city of the island, and near the S. entrance to Formosa 
 Strait. In the treaty of Tientsin, Taiwan is the place men- 
 tioned as the port to be open to foreign trade. But the 
 British consul appointed there found it less eligible as an en- 
 trepot than Tamsui, and removed to the latter place in 1864, 
 when the first regular returns of trade were reported from 
 the 5th May to the close of the year. During that period 
 the total amount of imports and exports was £385,627 — the 
 former, £229,613, comprising opium (£170,796), treasure 
 (£48,533), and general merchandise; and the latter, £156,014, 
 consisting of rice (£63,176), sugar (£52,967), sesamum seed, 
 turmeric, &c. This being the latest port in China opened to 
 foreign commerce, there remains a remnant of the prohibi- 
 tive system which long paralyzed the external commerce 
 of the country. Rice, which is largely produced in Formosa, 
 can be exported only under pass to Amoy and Foochow. 
 During 1865 a slight increase in all the more important 
 
 imports was noticeable; and exports, with the exception of 
 turmeric, displayed an advance upon 1864. In shipping the 
 entries for 1865 were 152 vessels (27,648 tons), against 
 135 vessels (25,450 tons) in 1864. It pos- 
 sesses an excellent harbour, over the bar of 
 __^ which there are above 12^ ft. water at high- 
 
 water. The entrance is unmistakably marked 
 by two lofty and picturesque hills — that on the 
 left, termed the Kwang-yin Hill, having two 
 prominent peaks, of 1720 and 1240 ft. respec- 
 tively — and that on the right, the Tai-tun 
 Hills, forming an imposing ridge, of which the 
 i summit is 2800 ft. high. From land to land at 
 
 the entrance of the harbour, is just half a mile; 
 but a considerable spit of sand diminishes it 
 more than one-half. Within the harbour, how- 
 ever, it rapidly increases to three-quarters of a 
 mile, and even a mile in width, affording good 
 anchorage for large vessels. Immediately on 
 the left hand, on entering, is a small Chinese 
 fort ; and half a mile higher are the ruins of an 
 old Dutch fort — a square, red brick, casemated 
 building, once no doubt of great strength, and 
 elevated 50 or 60 ft. above the water's edge. 
 The long rambling town of Tamsui, or Hoo- 
 wei, as it is more properly called, commences 
 a little higher, and consists for the most part 
 of a narrow street of shops of a poor descrip- 
 tion, paved with great cobblestones, or not at all, and in 
 which pigs of all sizes and barking dogs dispute the pas- 
 sage, which in some places scarcely admits of two passengers 
 passing one another. There is a very pretentious joss-house 
 in the town, of which the stone pillars, elaborately carved, 
 represent, with considerable cleverness, fantastic dragons 
 encircling the columns in high relief — workmen being yet 
 engaged in the task. The immediate neighbourhood is liilly, 
 having numerous scattered houses ; and a large amphitheatre, 
 just outside the town, forms an immense and well-filled burial- 
 ground, upon which grows abundance of the rice-paper plant 
 [Aralia papyriferd), which is largely exported from this 
 neighbourhood. The soil is very fertile, consisting of a con- 
 siderable depth of alluvium, in which are numerous angular 
 and rounded blocks of stone, some of very great size. The 
 inhabitants of Hoo-wei (Tamsui) are mostly poor and meanly 
 clad — the males wearing usually nothing more than a pair of 
 short drawers, or some substitute for them — some of the 
 younger male children going entirely naked. The women 
 and girls, however, are always decently clothed, very few of 
 the female children being even naked to the waist. Bandaged 
 feet are universal among them. 
 
 Palm Island, at the entrance of the harbour, produces no 
 palm-trees, as its name would seem to indicate, but they are 
 represented by cycads, which have probably been mistaken 
 for them. This island presents unmistakable indications of 
 having risen above its former level in comparatively recent 
 times, and similar indications in other parts of the harbour 
 seem to show that a gradual elevation is taking place, a cir- 
 cumstance which renders it more necessary to preserve the 
 integrity of the harbour from the recklessness and ignorance 
 of the native coolies, who misuse it by throwing overboard 
 the ballast they are paid to take away. Its importance is 
 yearly increasing as a harbour of refuge, as a port of trade, 
 and more particularly as a coaling station. 
 
 In consequence of the aboriginal population on the island 
 being harshly treated by the Chinese, its productive capa- 
 bilities are not developed ; and few foreign merchants are dis- 
 posed to settle at Tamsui, insulated from the authorities on 
 the mainland. All the residents are British, comprising three 
 merchants, two consular officials, and six employes in the 
 Foreign Maritime Customs.- — [China Directory; Customs Re- 
 turns; China Telegraph; Proceedings of Royal Geog. Soc.) 
 
 TANANARIVO, or Antananarivo [add.] [thethousand 
 toums, the city], the cap. of Madagascar, prov. Ankova, near 
 the centre of the island; lat. 18° 56' 26" S.; Ion. 47° 57' 48" E. 
 It is built on the summit and sides of a long irregular hill, 
 1^ m. or more in length, rising 500 ft. above the surround- 
 ing rice-fields, and 7000 ft. above the sea-level. A path 
 from the E. winds up the hill to the centre of the town, 
 another from the N. traverses the town to its S. extremity, 
 
TANANARIVO 
 
 192 
 
 TANGANYIKA 
 
 and forms the principal lliorouglifare. Innumerable path- 
 ways run between the houses on each side, so narrow in some 
 cases as scarcely to allow two persons to pass. 
 
 The houses, generally detached and surrounded by mud 
 walls, stand on terraces 20 to 40 ft. wide, cut in the declivity 
 of the hill. The richer inhabitants have substantial houses 
 of wood, with long roofs of bamboo rafters, thatched with 
 rushes; the poorer have huts constructed of split bamboo, or 
 of rush-mats supported on poles. Mud huts, sometimes 
 painted yellow or bright pink, are found in the surrounding 
 villages. All the houses are rectangular, with the window 
 and door in the W. front, the former at the S. end, the latter 
 at the N., 18 inches above the pathway, with a single step 
 outside and inside. The interior is sometimes divided by 
 matting and bamboos, but in general it is a single apartment 
 The floor is seldom boarded; a coarse mat spread on the earth 
 forms the bed, the table, and the floor; three to five upright 
 stones near the centre constitute a hearth; no chimney is 
 thought necessary. Of late, however, several improvements 
 have been introduced: beds are found in most of the houses, 
 the furniture has become more European in character, and a 
 second story is more frequently added. A few houses are 
 hired by Arabs as shops, the proprietor levying a percentage 
 on the sales from the purchaser; but as a rule the occupants 
 are also the owners, and most of the richer inhabitants have 
 a second or third house for a kitchen or for their slaves. 
 The palace stands near the centre of the town, on the summit 
 of the hill. It is about 60 ft. high, with a very long roof 
 pierced by attic windows at three different elevations, and 
 surmounted by a large gilt figure of an eagle on the wing. 
 Double verandahs, one above the other, surround the walls. 
 Near the N.E. angle is a smaller house of similar construction, 
 the residence of the prince royal. The houses of most of the 
 
 TANANAJilVO.— From a drawing by Lieut. P. P. Oliver, Illustrated News 
 
 judges, nobles, and chief military officers are in the immediate 
 vicinity of the palace. The courts are held in the open air 
 to the W. of the palace, and a little to the N.W. is a rock, 
 the Tarpeian Rock of Madagascar, where criminals convicted 
 of witchcraft or sorcery are hurled down a precipice of more 
 than 300 ft., broken by scattered masses of rock 60 or 70 ft. 
 from the top. The common place of execution, however, is 
 a dreary spot at the S. extremity of the hill on which the 
 town is built, covered with the bones of the criminals left 
 without burial to be devoured by dogs and birds. Kabarys 
 or public assemblies are held, to receive messages from the 
 sovereign and transact all public affairs, in a natural amphi- 
 theatre N. of the palace, capable of accommodating 100,000 
 persons. N. of this was built one of the chapels or school- 
 rooms of the English missionaries, now become a prison, and 
 a few hundred yards further the repository, printing-office, and 
 library of the Madagascar mission. Westward lies a part of 
 the town which the sovereign and royal family are forbidden 
 to enter. At the N. extremity of the hill formerly stood an 
 
 immense block of stone marking the boundary of the sacred 
 capital. It has been removed in order to widen the road, but 
 its site still retains a partly sacred character ; over this point 
 unclean animals or vegetables are not allowed to be carried 
 into the town. 
 
 The surrounding country is all but destitute of trees, and 
 a species of wild fig is almost exclusively admitted into the 
 capital. To this may be ascribed its remarkable freedom 
 from the Malagasy fever, indigenous elsewhere throughout 
 the island. In 1820 the population was estimated at 10,000 
 to 12,000; under the rule of Radama it increased rapidly, 
 and in 1838 was stated to be about 20,000, the number of 
 houses being 6000 to 7000. Another estimate makes the 
 population 80,000, which is obviously largely in excess of 
 the truth, and probably includes the numerous surrounding 
 villages as well as the capital itself. — (Ellis.) 
 
 TANCITAHO, a tn. Mexico, in the S.W. of state Micho- 
 acan, on the N. slope of a mountain range remarkable for the 
 richness of its mineral veins, particularly iron. It possesses 
 an Augustinian monastery, and has a pop. of 1500. 
 
 TANDA, two places, India: — 1, Tanda, or Tarah, a 
 station, N.W. Provinces, 62 m. N. Bareilly, on the route to 
 Almora. It occupies a small cleared spot in the marshy 
 forest of the Terai, and during the hot season has a climate 
 so deadly as to occasion a fearful loss of life among both 
 travellers and permanent residents. An ample supply of 
 water seems to be the only inducement to retain it as a station. 
 — 2, Tanda, or Tandah, a tn. Oude, near 1 bank Gogra, 
 110 m. E.S.E. Lucknow. It contains about 0000 inhabi- 
 tants, the greater part of whom are weavers, the largest cloth 
 factories of Oude having their seat here. 
 
 TANGA, a tn. on the E. coast of Africa, on a bay of same 
 name, about lat. 5° S. ]>ike all settlements on this part o* 
 the coast it is a patch of thatched, pent-shaped 
 huts, built in a straggling grove of cocoas and 
 calabashes. The country around, with a soil 
 of hard red and yellow clay, is fertile, and yield* 
 in abundance cassava, wild toddy-palms, plan- 
 tains and papaws, holcus and sesamum, castor 
 and wild-egg plants. Pop. from 4000 to 5000. 
 TANGANYIKA, a lake, situated in the 
 centre of the length of the African continent, 
 and on the inland edge of the eastern third of 
 its breadth, between lat. 3° 25' and 7° 20' S.; 
 Ion. 29° 30' and 30° 35' E.; length, N. to S., 
 290 m.; average breadth about 23 m.; circuit 
 about 640 m.; and area about 5800 sq. m. The 
 southern half, up to lat. 5° S., is in the shape 
 of an elongated oval; the northern portion 
 diminishes gradually in width, and finally ter- 
 minates at its N. extremity in a point. The 
 basin in which it lies is inclosed on all sides by 
 an almost continuous mountain curtain, rising 
 from 2000 to 3000 ft. above the water-level, 
 and suggests the idea of a depression similar 
 to that of the Dead Sea in Palestine, rather 
 than that of a vast reservoir formed by the 
 drainage of the surrounding country. The 
 surface of Tanganyika, though 1850 ft. above 
 sea-level, is nearly 2000 ft. below that of the 
 Victoria Nyanza, situated about 400 m. E.N E.; but lofty 
 ranges intervene. No soundings have been taken to ascer- 
 tain the depth of Tanganyika, but its shingly shore shelving 
 rapidly into blue water tends to confirm the statement of the 
 Arabs that with lines of several fathoms no bottom was 
 found. The only important feeder of the lake yet known is 
 the Malagarazi, which flows westward from the Unyamwezi 
 plateau, and has its mouth near the middle of the E. shore, to 
 the south of Ujiji. The water is fresh, and to the traveller 
 arrived from the E. tastes deliciously sweet and pure, after 
 the salt and bitter, the putrid and slimy produce of the wells, 
 pits, and pools in his line of route. The natives, however, 
 complain that it does not satisfy thirst, and contrast it un- 
 favourably with the water of the Victoria Nyanza. Tangan- 
 yika is well supplied with various kinds of fish. It contains 
 few islands. By far the largest of these is Ubwari, in the 
 N.W.; the only others are two small groups, one near the 
 middle of the W. shore, and the other near the S.E. extremity 
 The borders of the lake are generally low, and thickly fringed 
 
TANGKOO 
 
 193 
 
 TARNOW 
 
 with rush and reed. Immediately behind is a shelving plain, 
 the principal locality for cultivation and settlements. This 
 plain is in some parts a dry conglomerate, in others a rich 
 red loam, and in others sandy, but everywhere clothed with 
 dense vegetation. Beyond the ground rises in slopes and 
 terraces, occasionally cultivated, and producing luxuriant 
 crops of manioc and cereals ; and finally forms a back-ground 
 of mountains, clothed for the most part with giant trees of 
 mvule, tamarind, and bauhinia, but sometimes also covered 
 with various species of cactus. The commercial importance 
 of the lake is as yet undeveloped. The Arabs in former 
 times built sailing vessels, and trained their slaves to the 
 regular use of the oar; but in 1858 only one dow, or small 
 quarter-decked sailing craft, remained. The native boats are 
 long narrow canoes, or rather mere logs of mvule or some 
 other large tree, rudely hollowed with the axe. Sometimes 
 three of these hollowed logs are joined together so as to form 
 one vessel. It is, however, a very rude and clumsy contriv- 
 ance, has neither mast nor sail, and though fit from its size 
 to carry a cargo, is so leaky that the cry, ' Sengal ' or 'bale, 
 bale!' rarely ceases. The traffic on the lake from Ujiji takes 
 three principal directions, one to the ivory and slave marts of 
 Uvira at the N.W. extremity, a second across the lake to the 
 island depots near its W. shore, and the third southward to 
 the land of Murungu. The lake is frequently visited by 
 violent storms of wind, lightning, and rain. To add to the 
 dangers of the navigation, prowling tribes haunt the beach, 
 and are ever on the alert to seize any canoes that may chance 
 to land upon it. 
 
 TANGKOO, a vil. and fort, China, prov. Pechili, in 
 the Peiho, taken by the British and French troops, August, 
 1860. The fortifications of the place consisted of a long 
 semicircular crenellated wall 3 m. in length, terminating at 
 both ends on the banks of the river. — (Swinhoe's N. C. Cam- 
 paign.) 
 
 TANNAII, a dist. or collectorate, India, presid. Bom- 
 bay, between lat. 17° 56' and 20° 20' N.; Ion. 72° 42' and 
 73° 48' E.; is bounded N. by the Portuguese territory 
 Damaun, dist. Surat, and the Guicowar's Dominions; S. Rut- 
 nagherry; E. Ahmednuggur, Poonah, and Sattara; and W. 
 the Arabian Sea; length, N. to S., 175 m.; breadth, 65 m.; 
 area, 5477 sq. m. Its soil is admirably adapted for the cul- 
 tivation of grain, particularly rice, compared with which all 
 other crops are insignificant. The most extensive are sugar- 
 cane, from which a small quantity of sugar is manufactured; 
 and plantains, grown chiefly on the island of Bassein, and 
 largely exported to Bombay. Ginger, the cultivation of 
 which is nearly confined to the gardens of Mahim, is sent 
 chiefly to Bombay and Surat for consumption in the green 
 state. The great Bombay and Agra road and the Indian 
 Peninsular railway pass through the district. This railway 
 was opened on 16'th April, 1853, from Bombay to Tannah, 
 which is situated 24 m. N.E. of the former, and had then a 
 pop. of about 9000. Pop. of district, 815,849, 
 
 TANNVVALD, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Bunzlau, cap. dist. of same name, on the Kamenitz; with a 
 church, a cotton factory, linen bleaeheries, and numerous 
 glass-polishing mills. Pop. 1100. 
 
 TANTANAH, a mountain, N. Africa, which attains the 
 height of 4000 ft. above the sea-line, and forms the culminat- 
 ing point of the mountains situated near the "W. frontiers of 
 Fezzan. Vegetation being confined to narrow crevices and 
 valleys, it supports only a few nomade stragglers. The sand- 
 stone and sloping strata of marl which previously prevailed, 
 are here succeeded by granite, which rises in lofty peaks not 
 without grandeur. 
 
 TAN TOO, a tn. China, on a creek of the Yang-tze- 
 kiang, forming one of the outlets of the Grand canal, and at 
 some distance above Kiang-yin. It has been several times in 
 the hands of the rebels, and in consequence suffered so severely 
 that a large portion of it was laid in ruins, and remains so, 
 as no attempt has been made to rebuild the temples, and many 
 of the poorer inhabitants are living in straw-huts. Before 
 devastated it had a small but active trade, and at times pre- 
 sented a busy scene, from the number of boats passing up and 
 down the creek. 
 
 TAODENNI, a tn. Western Africa, lat. 22° N., about 
 300 m. N.N.W. Timbuktoo, celebrated for its salt mines, 
 which have been worked for about three centuries, and are 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 still very productive. The salt covers a very extensive tract 
 in the district of ElJof, and consists of five layers, of which 
 the fourth, which presents a beautiful intermixture of black 
 and white, not unlike some species of marble, is the most 
 esteemed. The largest pieces brought to market measure 
 3 feet 5 inches in length, 13 inches broad, and 2 J inches in 
 thickness; this, however, is only half of one layer, each layer 
 being sawn into two slabs. A government officer, who super- 
 intends the mines, lets out the ground in small patches to 
 workmen, who pay a certain kJiomus or lordship for each 
 hqfra or hole. 
 
 TAPANULY, a bay, Indian Archipelago, remarkable as 
 the only one of any extent possessed by the island of Sumatra. 
 It is situated on its N.W. coast, in the country of the Bataks, 
 and contains many islands, and several well- sheltered coves 
 and harbours, with sufficient depths for large ships. Pon- 
 chong-kachil, or Little Ponchong, near its entrance, was once 
 occupied by the British; but the attractions are small, as 
 most of the country is mere jungle, and the inhabitants are in 
 a state of barbarism. 
 
 TAPARANG, or Labaya, a lake, Indian Archipelago, 
 the largest in the island of Celebes, is situated near the centre 
 of its S.W. peninsula. It is about 24 m. long by 12 m. 
 broad, is fed by numerous streams, and discharges itself by the 
 Chinrana into the Bay of Boni, about lat. 4° 15' S. Both the 
 Chinrana and the lake are navigable, the former for vessels of 
 20 tons, and the latter having a depth of 2 to 3 fathoms in 
 the dry, and as much as 8 fathoms in the wet season. 
 
 TAPOLCZA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zala, 
 28 m. E. Zala Egerszeg, cap. dist. of same name; with a steam 
 company for navigating Lake Balaton, a sulphur spring with 
 a bathing establishment, and a trade in corn and wine. Pop. 
 3439. 
 
 TARANAKI, or Nkw Plymouth, a prov. New Zealand, 
 W. side of North Island or New Ulster, bounded N. and 
 N.E. by prov. Auckland, E. and S.E. Wellington, and S. 
 and W. the ocean; has an extreme length of about 100 m., 
 an extreme breadth of 60 m., and a coast-line of 120 m.; 
 area, 3,000,000 acres. Notwithstanding its large extent of 
 coast it is utterly destitute of harbours, and, though well 
 watered by torrents, possesses neither rivers nor lakes. 
 The surface is elevated, particularly towards the S.W., 
 where Mount Egmont rises to the height of 8270 ft.; a large 
 proportion of the soil is admirably adapted for agriculture. 
 Owing to the war with tlie natives the province has made 
 no progress for several years, but lost what prosperity it 
 had previously attained. The pacification, however, which 
 has at last been efi'ected will reopen the country to coloniza- 
 tion. From the fertility of its soil and the beauty of its 
 scenery it has been called the garden of New Zealand. The 
 name of Taranaki is generally applied to the settlement, and 
 that of New Plymouth to the capital, whicli is situated in 
 lat. 39° S., and stands on the margin of the beach embosomed 
 in gentle hills, and watered by several streams. With its 
 granite church and chapel and rustic buildings, and the beauti- 
 ful and varied scenery around it, the settlement presented a 
 fair appearance. But the total number of colonists in the 
 province, owing as said before to its disturbed state, amounted 
 to only about 2000. The number of vessels entering the 
 port in 1863 was 5, of 759 tons; and there left it 9 vessels, of 
 2809 tons. The imports in the same year were of the value 
 of £49,030, and the exports £1238. 
 
 TARCENTO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 8 m. N. 
 Udine, on the Torre; with a civil court, a silk mill, and 2981 
 inhabitants. 
 
 TAKKANY (Felso and Mezo), two places, Austrian 
 empire, Hungary, co. Heves: — Felso Tarhany, situated 4 m. 
 N. Erlau, between mountains, has a saw-mill, and quarries of 
 slate, limestone, and red marble, and contains 1500 inhabi- 
 tants. — Mezo Tarhany, situated about 10 m. N. Heves, on the 
 Lakso, contains 2520 inhabitants, chiefly employed in agricul- 
 ture and rearing cattle. 
 
 TARNOCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Liptau, 
 about 4 m. N. Szent-Miklos ; with 1100 inhabitants, who cul- 
 tivate flax, weave linen, and fell and saw timber in the ad- 
 joining forests. 
 
 TARNOW [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, cap. 
 circle of same name, 42 m. E. by S. Cracow, on the Dunajec, 
 near the confluence of the Biala, and on the railway which 
 
 25 
 
TARRANGOLLfi 
 
 194 
 
 TAUGUNCHERRY 
 
 here crosses the latter by a bridge. It is the seat of several 
 government offices, and the see of a R. Catholic bishop ; and 
 lias an ancient and beautiful cathedral, with some remarkable 
 statues ; an ecclesiastical seminary, a Bernardine monastery, 
 an upper gymnasium and high-school, a theological institute, 
 an hospital, and an orphan asylum. Pop. 8459. 
 
 T ARRANGOLLE, a tn. E. Africa, cap. Latooka country, 
 101 m. E.S.E. Gondokoro. It is situated at the foot of 
 Mount Lafite, about a mile from the stream, a tributary of 
 the Choi or Sobat, that flows below it, and which is about 
 80 yards wide, but shallow. The town contains about 3000 
 houses, and is not only surrounded by iron-wood palisades, 
 but every house is separately fortified with a stockaded court- 
 yard. The cattle are kept in large kraals in various parts of 
 the town ; fires are lit every night to protect them from flies, 
 and sentinels keep watch on high platforms day and night to 
 give alarm in case of danger. The houses are generally 
 bell-shaped, while others resemble huge extinguishers, 25 ft. 
 high; the roofs are neatly thatched, and rest upon a circular 
 wall about 4 ft. high, the eaves overlapping to within 2J ft. 
 of the ground ; the doorways are only 2 ft. 2 in. high. The 
 interiors are remarkably clean but dark, windows being un- 
 known. The town has several entrances in the form of low 
 archways through the palisades, which are closed at night by 
 large branches of the hooked thorn of the kittur-bush, a 
 species of mimosa. The main street is broad, but all the 
 others are purposely only wide enough to admit a cow singly 
 between high stockades, these narrow passages being easily 
 defended in case of attack. The natives, Latookas, Sir S. W. 
 Baker describes as ' the finest savages he had ever seen.' The 
 average height of a number of them was 5 ft. 11^ in., and 
 they possess great muscular development and well-propor- 
 tioned limbs, and a very pleasing cast of countenance. 
 
 TARRENS, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and 
 about 28 m. W. by N. Innsbruck; with large manufactures 
 of scythes and sickles, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 TARTAKOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 36 m. N.E. Zolkiew; with a fine castle, and a church to which 
 pilgrimages are made. Pop. 1780. 
 
 TARUSA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 40 m. N.E. Kaluga, at 
 the confluence of a stream of same name with the Oka. It 
 has two churches, a circle and a parish school, and a benevo- 
 lent institute; and contains 2374 inhabitants. 
 
 TASCO, or Tlasco, a tn. Mexico, state Guerrero, at the 
 height of 5853 ft. above the sea, 67 m. N. by W. Tixtlan. 
 It is the oldest mining town in the Mexican Confederation, 
 and had at one time valuable mines of tin ; but is now without 
 importance, and has no building deserving of notice, except 
 its parish church, which is a beautiful structure, erected at 
 the expense of a Frenchman who had made his fortune at the 
 mines, but was afterward reduced to such poverty, that the 
 ciborium which he had presented to the church was afterwards 
 sold for his behoof to the cathedral of Mexico. 
 
 TASMANIA, formerly Fan Diemeiis Land [add.] This 
 island, the S. coast of which was discovered by Captain Abel 
 Jansen Tasman, in 1642, and by him named Van Diemen's 
 Land, was found by Mr. Bass, surgeon of H.M.S. Heliance, 
 in 1798, to be separated from the mainland by a strait 130 m. 
 wide. Immediately after Bass's exploration the island was 
 named Tasmania, in honour of its first discoverer ; but it was 
 not until 1852 that the home government adopted it, on the 
 petition of the colonists, at the time of the cessation of trans- 
 portation to its shores. In consequence of the utilization of 
 convict labour under a ticket-of-leave system adopted by Sir 
 W. Denison, appointed governor in 1846, the government 
 increased the amount of transportation to Tasmania, till the 
 free settlers took alarm, remonstrated with the governor, and 
 petitioned the home government, and even the queen in person, 
 to stay the flood of demoralization thus being poured into their 
 adopted country. At length they prevailed, and an order in 
 council terminating transportation to the colony took efiiect 
 in 1853. But a retrograde movement had already begun in 
 the material condition of the colony, the discovery of gold in 
 New South Wales and Victoria abstracting from it both labour 
 and capital. Many of the richest and most enterprising mer- 
 chants removed to Melbourne; the farmers found a large 
 demand and high prices for their produce, and the traffic 
 across Bass Strait rapidly increased in both sailing and steam 
 vessels. Besides agricultural produce, a large trade in timber 
 
 from Tasmania for wharves, railways, and other works in 
 Victoria, employed a large amount of shipping. But these 
 vessels carried many passengers also towards the gold regions, 
 and from 1851 an exodus of the population of Tasmania 
 began, and has continued ever since. This withdrawal of 
 capital and labour in a few years produced a reaction, and so 
 reduced the value of landed property, and raised the rate of 
 wages, that whole streets of houses in Hobart Town became 
 deserted, and the splendid harbour, with its docks and jetties, 
 no longer presented the bustle consequent on the arrival ol 
 transport vessels with convicts and government supplies, the 
 intercourse with Melbourne being chiefly through Launceston. 
 A new constitution too had been granted to the Australian 
 colonies, and the governing power became vested in the re- 
 sponsible advisers of the governor and two houses of legisla- 
 ture, elected by universal sufi'rage and vote by ballot. The 
 local parliament, to check the exodus and revive prosperity, 
 offered rewards for the discovery of gold in Tasmania. The 
 most promising district was found at Fingal, some distance 
 from Launceston, the productiveness of which, in both its 
 washings and gold-bearing quartz, was favourably reported 
 on in 1864. Some slight improvement in the condition of 
 the colony has since taken place in some respects, though, 
 upon the whole, there seems to be a decline. The annual 
 volume of statistics issued in 1867 by the government of the 
 colony, shows that the population at the end of 1866 was 
 97,368, an increase of 2167 in the year. The birth-rate in 
 the year was 34*68 per 1000 living; the death-rate only 1607. 
 At the end of 1866, 2,251,071 acres were held under depas- 
 turing licenses, at rents amounting to £9303; 279,022 acres 
 were in a state of cultivation, but only 167,866 were under 
 crop. The number of sheep in the colony was 1,722,804; 
 of cattle, 88,370; of horses, 21,567; of swine, 33,259— all 
 these numbers are less than those of 1865. The exports of 
 1866 amounted to £834,606, a decrease of £46,359; the im- 
 ports reached £942,107, an increase of £179,732. The gene- 
 ral revenue amounted to £245,421, and the expenditure to 
 £242,361. The territorial revenue was £88,342, and the 
 expenditure £106,740; the commissariat expenditure was 
 £56,460. The public debt was £553,230, being only 
 £5, I3s. 7d. per head. The number of vessels belonging to 
 the two ports of Hobart Town and Launceston was 211, of 
 19,769 tons. Of coal, 14,309 tons were raised in the year, 
 valued at £13,036; 62,290 acres of crown laud were sold in 
 the year, and realized £39,227. 
 
 TASSAUA, a tn. Western Africa, cap. territory of same 
 name, 100 m. N. by W. Kano. It is a large place, of pleasing 
 appearance, and contains a population who possess many of 
 the comforts of life, and seem disposed to enjoy them. They 
 are, however, much exposed to the depredations of the Fellani 
 and other marauding tribes. The territory is of limited ex- 
 tent, and the chief, though in many respects independent, is 
 regarded as a powerful vassal of the king or chief of Maradi, 
 another territory which bounds it on the W. 
 
 TATAR BUNAR, a tn. Russia, gov. Bessarabia, circle 
 and 35 m. S. W. Akermann, close to the frontiers of Moldavia. 
 It possesses a church, and contains 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 TATCHIO, a tn. cap. Tsusima Island, in the Strait of 
 Corea, between Japan and the Corea. It stands upon a some- 
 what exposed bay on the E. side of the S. division of the 
 island, at the mouth of a stream which flows through a rich 
 and well-cultivated valley. A cliflf rising abruptly 100 feet 
 from the water forms a cove, behind which small vessels find 
 shelter, and, covered with pines, is a striking feature in the 
 scenery. The bay opens to the right and left of the entrance, 
 and is surrounded by wooded hills. The town, upon the 
 right or N. arm of the bay, does not diSer in appearance from 
 an ordinary Japanese town. The residence of the prince, who 
 is absolute and independent, is about 4 m. from the town. 
 Pop. 10,000. 
 
 TAUGUNCHERRY, a tn. India, presid. Madras, Tra- 
 vancore, adjoining Quilon on the W. It was formerly a 
 Dutch settlement, and consisted chiefly of a fort, seated on a 
 promontory of laterite. Part of its walls still remain, and 
 the interior of one of its bastions is used as a Protestant 
 burying-ground. The present town consists of four regular 
 streets, intersected by narrow lanes, and is inhabited mostly 
 by R. Catholics, under the charge of the Bishop of Cochin, 
 who resides here. The customs, port-dues, and other 
 
TAUPO 
 
 195 
 
 TEGUCIGALPA 
 
 revenues are levied by tlie Travancore rajah, who pays an 
 equivalent in money. By this arrangement a check' has been 
 put to the smuggling which formerly prevailed. 
 
 TAUPO, a lake, New Zealand, about the centre of North 
 Island, prov. Auckland. It is of triangular shape, 36 m. long 
 and 25 broad, and is the largest lake in New Zealand. The 
 Waikato Kiver flows into it from the S., and passes out of it 
 in a N.W. direction, carrying oflF its superfluous waters. A 
 broad table-land surrounds the lake, intersected by many 
 creeks and streams, which carry off the drainage of the moun- 
 tain district above. The lake is in the central portion of the 
 island, which remains as yet in the state of a wilderness, and 
 which extends over a considerable space around the lake, and 
 southward to the neighbourhood of the volcanic mountains 
 Tongariro and Ruaphui, displaying some of the most remark- 
 able features of natural scenery in New Zealand. The small 
 hot-water lake of Rotarua, with the curious boiling springs in 
 its vicinity, is situated about 30 m, N. of Taupo. It has been 
 proposed to form a military station or permanent camp at 
 Lake Taupo, to overawe the Maoris. 
 
 TAUKOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, ch-cle and 
 about 8 m. E.N.E. Brzezan; is memorable as the scene of a 
 bloody battle fought in 1649, between the Poles under John 
 Casimir, and the Cossacks under Ciimielniki. Pop. 1600. 
 
 TCHANG-KIA-KHEOU, or Khalgan, a tn. China, 
 prov. Pechili, on the frontiers near the Great "Wall, about 
 100 m. N.W. Pekin. It consists of the town proper and ex- 
 tensive suburbs. The former, inclosed by a fosse and an 
 earthen rampart, and defended by a citadel, contains about 
 25,000 inhabitants ; the latter is inhabited chiefly by mer- 
 chants, who carry on an extensive trade, Tchang-kia-kheou 
 being the chief entrepot for the trade with Russia through 
 Mongolia. 
 
 TCHASTALOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 12 m. E.S.E. Koniggriitz, r. bank Wild Adler; 
 with a parish church, a castle with a chapel, an hospital, a 
 brewery, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 TCHATCHAK, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. 
 circle of same name, in a mountainous district, on the Servian 
 Morava, 65 m. S. by W. Belgrade. It is the seat of a court 
 of justice, and has a church and a school. Pop. 1200. 
 
 TCHEMBAR, a tn. Russia, gov. and 62 m. W.S.W. 
 Penza, cap. circle and on a stream of same name ; with four 
 churches, a circle and a parish school, a charitable institute, 
 and several industrial establishments. Pop. 3664. 
 
 TCHERKASSU, a tn. Russia, gov. Kiev, cap. circle of 
 same name, on the Dnieper. It was once the chief town of 
 the Dnieper Cossacks, has two churches, a parish school, and 
 a charitable endowment. There are several beet-root sugar 
 factories within the circle. Pop. 8684. 
 
 TCHERNILOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 4 m. N.E. Kbniggratz ; with 1300 inhabitants, a R. Catho- 
 lic parish church, and two Protestant churches, one of the 
 Augsburg and the other of the Helvetic Confession. 
 
 TCHIKORIK, a tn. Turkey in Asia, pach. Sivas, 32 m. 
 S.E. Amasia, on the side of a steep descent into a valley. It 
 contains about 120 houses, whicli have an air of comfort about 
 them ; and possesses a mosque with a minaret, which seen 
 from a distance is a very striking object. 
 
 TCHIiNG-TOO-FOW, or Ching-too-fow [add.], a tn. 
 China, cap. prov. Sechuen, about lat. 30° 20' N.; Ion. 104° 25' 
 E. According to M. Hue it is one of the finest towns in the 
 empire. It stands in the middle of a fertile plain watered by 
 beautiful streams, and bounded in the distance by hills of 
 varied and graceful forms. The principal streets are of good 
 width, paved with large flagstones, and so clean that one can 
 scarcely believe them to be Chinese ; the shops are equally 
 remarkable for the value of their goods and the taste displayed 
 in arranging them, and many of the public buildings, more 
 especially the pagodas, courts of justice, and literary institutes, 
 are fine structures. Though the poor are numerous, the in- 
 habitants generally appear to be in comfortable circumstances. 
 In the vicinity is one of the richest and best maintained 
 Bonze monasteries in China. The present Tching-too-fow is 
 a modern town, which was built to replace an ancient one 
 destroyed by a conflagration. — (Hue's Chinese Umpire.) 
 
 TCHIRKIS, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, r. bank 
 Baitin, 90 m. S.W. Sinope. It is surrounded by walls, and 
 has a pop. of 2000 to 3000. Angora goats are reared in its 
 
 vicinity, and there is a mine of rock-salt in the adjoining 
 mountains, 
 
 TCHISTOPOL, a tn. Russia, gov. and 68 m. S.E. 
 Kazan, cap. circle of same name, 1. bank Kama. It has a 
 cathedral and thirteen other churches, a monastery, secular 
 and religious schools for the circle and the parish, and a con- 
 siderable trade in corn, cattle, and fish. There are mineral 
 springs in the circle. Pop. 9212. 
 
 TCHUKLOMA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 138 m. N.N.E. 
 Kostroma, cap. circle and on a lake of same name: has three 
 churches, a circle and a parish school, and a benevolent in- 
 stitution; and contains 2712 inhabitants. Many of the 
 inhabitants of the circle leave their homes during several of 
 the winter months, and find employment at their different 
 trades in other parts of the kingdom. 
 
 TCHUNG-KTNG-FOO, a tn. China, prov. Sechuen, 
 160 m. S.E. Tching-too-fow, and next to it the most impor- 
 tant town in the province. It stands on an advantageous site, 
 1. bank Yang-tze-kiang, opposite to another large town, which 
 would make one with it were it not for the magnitude of the 
 river, which is here, though 900 m. above its mouth, more 
 than a mile wide. It is a most important commercial place, 
 being the central entrepot for merchandise from almost all 
 the provinces of the empire. The R. Catholics are said to be 
 here a large and flourishing community. 
 
 TEAPA, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 40 m. S. Tabasco, pic- 
 turesquely situated at the foot of the mountains of Chiapas, 
 on a stream of same name, which is here crossed by a bridge. 
 It consists partly of houses substantially built of stone, and 
 arranged in a few tolerably regular streets, and partly of a 
 great number of cane-huts, grouped without any regard to 
 order, and forming a kind of suburb. In the highest part of 
 the town is a square containing the church and the market- 
 place. The only manufacture is water-tight shoes, made of 
 the gum of the Castilloa elastica, said to be neai-ly as good 
 as caoutchouc ; the trade is important, particularly in cacao, 
 which bears a high name. Pop. about 6000. 
 
 TEBESSA [anc. Thevesta], a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, dep. 
 and 75 m. S.E, Constantine, on the N. slope of the Jebel 
 Aures, and close to the W. frontiers of Tunis; lat. 35° 27' 30" 
 N.; Ion. 6° 7' 30" E. On being taken by General Negrier, in 
 May, 1842, it was immediately resolved to make it the seat 
 of a French colony. A number of European traders have 
 accordingly settled in it, and the population, including that of 
 two adjoining villages, but excluding the military, amounts 
 to about 2000. The military must be numerous, as a French 
 work of some authority makes the whole population amount 
 to 15,000. Even this, however, is not more than the half of 
 what it is believed to have had under the Romans. The Arab 
 town, which is poorly built, lies among the Roman ruins, and 
 is surrounded by a wall flanked with towers. Within it 
 there is no Arab building worth notice, but immediately out- 
 side there is a Marabout establishment which the natives hold 
 in the highest veneration. Among the Roman remains, the 
 most interesting are a portico or triumphal arch, and a temple. 
 The position of the town at a point where four highroads 
 meet gives it great facilities for trade, but at present its pros- 
 perity is more in prospect than in reality. Many of the in- 
 habitants find employment in the quarries of Jebel Dir, from 
 which millstones are obtained. 
 
 TEE-KIANG, a tn. China, prov. Nganhoei, on the Yang- 
 tze-kiang, about 5 m. above Kew-hsien. It is picturesquely 
 situated near a range of hills, which trends away from it to 
 the S. and E., about 90 m. above Nanking, and with its three- 
 arched bridge of lieavy masonry, its white houses clustering 
 up the hill-side, or nestling among the trees at its base, looked 
 more like an Italian than a Chinese town. It at one time con- 
 tained about 10,000 inhabitants, but the cruel hand of the 
 insurgents has been upon it, and it now possesses only a single 
 street. 
 
 TEFAX, a tn. Mexico, state Yucatan, 50 m. S.S.E. 
 Merida, at the foot of a hill. It is i-egularly built, consists of 
 spacious streets and a fine market-place, and has large and 
 substantial houses, a handsome church, and an active trade. 
 Within the town are some ancient Indian ruins. 
 
 TEGUCIGALPA, a tn. Central America, cap. dep. of 
 same name, on the Rio Grande or Cholutska, here crossed by 
 a white sandstone bridge of ten arches; lat. 13° 55' N.; Ion. 
 86° 52' W. It consists of the little outer town or suburb of 
 
TEHERAN 
 
 196 
 
 TENES 
 
 Comayaguda, on the opposite side of the river, and of the 
 town proper, which, contrary to usual rule in Honduras, has 
 an active and bustling appearance. It is laid out with great 
 regularity in well-paved streets, lined for the most part with 
 handsome stone and adobe houses, painted, according to the 
 fancy of the proprietor, blue, red, cream-colour, or white, 
 and provided with grated balconies. The most important 
 public buildings are the churches and old convents, most 
 of them stripped of their wealth and in a very dilapidated 
 state, but still imposing structures. La Parroquia, the largest 
 and most venerable of the churches, is considered superior 
 to any in Central America, those of Leon and Guatemala 
 alone excepted. Among its educational institutions the 
 place boasts of a kind of university or academia literaria, 
 which was established in 1847 in the old convent of San 
 Francisco. The shops and market are well supplied, the 
 former with all kinds of wares, among which articles of female 
 finery seem to predominate, and the latter with fruit of every 
 description in the greatest abundance and at the most mode- 
 rate price. Most of the goods exposed for sale of foreign 
 manufacture consist of British cutlery, woollen and cotton 
 cloths, wood and tin ware, French wines and silks, Italian 
 olives, sweet-oil, sardines, macaroni, &c., and American 
 patent-leather boots and shoes, soap, candles, Lowell goods, 
 and household wares. Pop. about 12,000, one half of whom 
 are mestizos and mulattoes, and the other half whites, negroes, 
 quadroons, and Indians. 
 
 TEHERAN [add.], cap. Persia, about 5000 ft. above 
 sealevel, is in the form of a trapezium, of which the north 
 and south are the longest sides. It is surrounded by mud 
 walls, furnished with towers every fifty or sixty paces ; out- 
 side is a dry ditch 20 ft. wide. Tlie city has six gates, from 
 which the main streets lead to the bazar in the centre of the 
 town; the smaller streets on the left and right have no 
 thoroughfare. Teheran has too few open spaces within the 
 walls; the best is that called the 'green place,' in front of the 
 entrance to the shah's palace from the inner side of the town. 
 The ruins of Eei, the most remarkable in Persia after those 
 of Persepolis and Pasagarda, lie an hour's walk S.E. from 
 Teheran. Pop. 80,000 in summer, 120,000 in winter. — 
 (Brugsch's Persien.) 
 
 TEHREE, a tn. India, Bundelcund, cap. territory of 
 same name, called also Oorcha, 180 m. S. by E. Agra. It is 
 a place of considerable size, surrounded by walls, and defended 
 by a fort seated on an adjoining height; and contains the 
 rajah's palace, and a few neat temples built as tombs or ceno- 
 taphs. It is described, however, as a wretched place, the 
 only tolerable houses being unoccupied and ruinous. 
 
 TEHUANTEPEC, a tn. Mexico, in the newly formed 
 territory, and about 10 m. above the mouth of a river of same 
 name in the Pacific, 205 m. S.S.E. Vera Cruz. It occupies 
 several hills, and consists of two distinct portions — one occu- 
 pied by whites, composed of substantial stone houses, and 
 containing among other public buildings several churches and 
 a Dominican monastery; and the other, occupied by Indians, 
 who, though dwelling only in cane-huts covered with palm- 
 leaves, have made great progress in civilization, and are at 
 once intelligent and industrious, producing considerable quan- 
 tities of indigo and cochineal. The harbour, being encum- 
 bered by a dangerous bar, is little used. Pop. 9000. 
 
 TEJA, or Teza [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Marocco, gov. 
 and 75 m. E. by N. Fez. It is strongly defended, and is of 
 great strategic importance, because it guards the principal 
 communication between the basins of the Molouia and Sebou, 
 and between Algeria and Fez, and moreover keeps watch 
 over the S. slope of the Rif. Its site is upon a rock over- 
 looking a fertile and well-watered district. Among its public 
 buildings is a handsome mosque. Pop. about 6000. — (Godard.) 
 
 TEKENDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, 
 circle and 12 m. S. Bistritz, cap. dist. of same name ; with 
 1750 inhabitants, mostly employed in agriculture and the pro- 
 duction of wine. 
 
 TEKKULCOTA, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 28 m. N. Bellary. It contains two stone forts, one in ruins and 
 the other in tolerable condition ; and an old temple, with a 
 stone inscription in the Hala Canarese character. The 
 number of houses is about 480. 
 
 TEKUT, a mountain, N. Africa, regency and 50 m. S. 
 Tripoli, on the borders of Ghurian. It is in the form of a 
 
 cone, the summit of which has an absolute height of 2800 ft., 
 and a hollow in the centre which has every appearance of an 
 ancient crater. The rock, though said not to be pure basalt, 
 is volcanic. 
 
 TEKUTSH, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Lower Moldavia, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Berlat, an affluent of the 
 Sereth, 44 m. N.W. Galatz. It is the seat of a civil and 
 criminal court, and has a normal school and an important 
 trade in corn and wine. Pop. 3000. 
 
 TELETZY, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Chrudim, 4 m. W. Politschka; with a Protestant and a R. 
 Catholic church, three mills, and iron-mines. 
 
 TELLICHERRY [add.], atn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 Malabar, 90 m. S.S.E. Mangalore, and very nearly the same 
 distance S.W. Seringapatam. It occupies a beautiful site 
 between the sea on the W. and the magnificently wooded 
 heights of the Ghauts on the E., and consists of a town and a 
 fort. The town is built for the most part of unbaked bricks, 
 though some of the wealthier natives use laterite, which 
 abounds in the neighbourhood. The fort stands on a rising 
 ground close to the sea, and about 40 ft. above its level. It 
 is of very limited dimensions, being only 117 yards long by 
 34 broad. The whole of its N.W. side is occupied by a lofty 
 building, the upper part of which is appropriated to the 
 criminal court and oflSces, and the lower to the jail, which is 
 calculated to receive 300 prisoners. Other parts of the fort 
 are occupied by the civil and military hospitals. Though of 
 comparatively small size, the place is so healthy that they 
 have never been overcrowded with patients, except during 
 some frightful visitations of cholera. The harbour of Telli- 
 cherry is protected by a natural breakwater, which consists 
 of a ledge of rocks extending about 472 yards in length, and 
 running parallel to the shore at the distance of about 614 yards. 
 It is said that within the ledge the depth is sufficient for a 
 vessel of 500 or 600 tons; but meanwhile, till some important 
 improvement takes place, large ships are directed to anchor 
 well out in 7 or 8 fathoms. From not taking this precaution, 
 the Superb, 74 guns, was lost here in November, 1781. Telli- 
 cherry was long the chief settlement on the Malabar coast, 
 but other ports having come into competition with it, it has 
 greatly declined. Many of the richest natives, however, 
 still reside here; and an active trade is carried on, chiefly in 
 pepper, cardamoms, sandal-wood, ginger, &c. Hyder Ali 
 laid siege to Tellicherry in 1782, but failed to take it. It 
 has an estimated pop. of 20,000. 
 
 TELLNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Upper 
 Neutra, 12 m. N. by W. Tyrnau; has a fine castle with 
 English gardens, and 2050 inhabitants, who are mostly 
 weavers and shoemakers, or cultivators of the vine. There 
 is a hermitage in the vicinity. 
 
 TELSCHI, a tn. Russia, gov. and 105 m. N.W. Kovno, 
 cap. circle of same name. It is the see of a R. Catholic 
 bishop, and has a church, a circle school, and a charitable 
 endowment. Pop. 3784. 
 
 TELTS, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 22 m. N. by W. Bistritz, on an affluent of the Great Szamos; 
 with a Greek united parish church, and 1570 inhabitants. 
 
 TEMASCALTEPEC, a tn. Mexico, state Guerrero, in 
 a beautiful and healthy district, 50 m. N.N.E. Tixtlan. It 
 contains 5000 inhabitants, and though once famous for its 
 wealth, has now a very indifferent appearance. 
 
 TENANCINGO, a tn. Mexico, in a beautiful valley at 
 the foot of a mountain, 25 m. S.S.W. Mexico. It possesses 
 a principal church and two chapels, and contains about 6000 
 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in agriculture, but 
 partly also in the manufacture of paiios, which are made of 
 cotton, and form an indispensable article of female dress in 
 Mexico. 
 
 TENDUKHERI, a tn. India, Saugor and Nerbudda ter- 
 ritory, 50 m. S. Saugor. It stands at the base of a remark- 
 able conical hill composed of trap, and has in its vicinity rich 
 mines of iron ore, which is worked to a considerable extent, 
 and furnished the iron of which a suspension bridge of 200 ft. 
 span was constructed by native workmen at the cantonment 
 of Saugor. 
 
 TENES, two nearly contiguous places, N. Africa, Algeria, 
 prov. and about 100 m. W. by S. Algiers: — 1, Old Tenes, a 
 small filthy place on a stream at the bottom of a bay of the 
 Mediterranean, which forms a very indifferent harbour. It 
 
TENG-CHOW-FOO 
 
 197 
 
 TEWAEWAE 
 
 was once the capital of a petty kingdom, and is still sur- 
 rounded by ramparts built of large stones, and contains a 
 mosque and a caravanserai. — 2, New Tenes, founded by the 
 French in 1843, on the site of the Itoman Cartennce, consists 
 of well-formed streets and handsome houses, has an important 
 weekly cattle-market, and exports considerable quantities of 
 grain. A large part of the adjoining plain has been laid out 
 in vineyards and mulberry plantations, and in the vicinity 
 marble, lead, and copper are found. Pop. about 3300, of 
 whom 2500 are Europeans. 
 
 TENG-CHOW-FOO, a tn. China, prov. Shantung, at 
 the S.E. entrance of the Gulf of Pechili. It stands upon a 
 flat raised somewhat abruptly to the height of about 100 ft. 
 above the sea, and is surrounded by battlemented walls whicli 
 have the form of a parallelogram, and extend for upwards of 
 3 m. along the shore, terminating on the extreme right in 
 a conical hill crowned by a citadel and joss-house. It is 
 one of the ports opened by the treaty of Tientsin, and is 
 probably destined to become the principal emporium of N, 
 China. The harbour, however, is not on the mainland, but 
 among the islands of the Miau-tau group, lying opposite to it 
 at the distance of about 4 m. At present the harbour is used 
 chiefly by large numbers of junks proceeding with grain for 
 the supply of Pekin. The ground in the vicinity of Teng- 
 chow is richly cultivated, and rises in a gentle ascent till 
 terminated by lofty, rugged, and barren mountains, appar- 
 ently granitic. 
 
 TEPANTITLAN, a tn. Mexico, state Jalisco, about 
 50 m. E.N.E. Guadalaxara; with 3500 inhabitants, chiefly 
 employed in agriculture. 
 
 TEPEACA, or Tepetacac, atn. Mexico, state and 22 m. 
 S.E. Puebla, in a fertile district upwards of 7000 ft. above 
 the sea. It is an ancient place, which has lost much of the 
 importance once belonging to it, but still contains several 
 fine churches, an octagonal tower, a fountain, and a large 
 market-place. 
 
 TEPOSCOLUL A, a tn. Mexico, state and 60 m. W.N.W. 
 Oajaca, cap. dep. of same name, on a beautiful plain. The 
 chief products are cochineal, cotton, and maize. At one time 
 the culture of silk, introduced by the Dominicans, was exten- 
 sively carried on in this and the adjoining department of 
 Achintla, but the Indians, provoked by some acts of oppres- 
 sion, revenged tliemselves by cutting down the whole of the 
 mulberry plantations in a single night. Since then the culture 
 of silk has entirely ceased. 
 
 TEREGOVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, Military 
 Frontiers, 68 m. S.E. Temesvar; with a Greek non-united 
 parish church, and 2410 inhabitants. Not far from it is a 
 mountain pass leading into Walachia. 
 
 TERENNYE, a tn. Austrian envpire, Hungary, co. 
 Neograd, 22 m. E. Balassa-Gyarmath; with a fine castel- 
 lated mansion, a manufacture of alcohol, and 1550 R. Catholic 
 iuhabitants. 
 
 TERNOVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 25 m. N.E. Arad; with 2113 inhabitants, engaged in agricul- 
 ture and in rearing live-stock and bees. 
 
 TESERO, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle Trent; 
 with a large hospital, an institute of the Sisters of Mercy, and 
 1200 inhabitants, many of whom are basket-makers. 
 
 TESSOWA, or Tasawa, a vil. N. Africa, pach. Fezzan, 
 30 m. N.W. Mourzouk. Seen from a distance, its clay walls 
 and towers have a conspicuous appearance, but the expecta- 
 tions thus raised vanish as soon as it is entered. Still, how- 
 ever, though it has a deserted look, it ranks among the more 
 wealthy and important places of the country. 
 
 TESTE, an island, the largest and most conspicuous near 
 the W. limit of the Louisiade Archipelago; lat, 10° 58' S.; 
 Ion. 151° 3' E. It is 2J m. long by ^ m. broad, and is tra- 
 versed by a ridge of hills through its whole length. It has 
 not been explored, and nothing is known either of its inhabi- 
 tants or of the depth of water near its shores. 
 
 TETTE, or Tete [add.], a tn. Portuguese possessions. 
 S.E. Africa, r. bank Zambesi, about 170 m. (direct) from its 
 mouth; lat. 16° 7' S.; Ion. 33° 37' E. It stands on a succes- 
 sion of low sandstone ridges at the side of the river, which is 
 here 960 yds. wide. Shallow ravines running parallel with 
 the river form the streets, the houses of the Portuguese being 
 built upon the ridges. A wall of stone and mud surrounds 
 it, and the native population live in huts outside. The num- 
 
 ber of white inhabitants is small, comprising chiefly the 
 garrison, many of the officers and men of which are said to 
 have been sent out of Portugal ' for their country's good,' 
 and the merchant settlers, who deal in ivory and slaves. The 
 place is under the rule of a Portuguese governor. Droughts 
 are of frequent occurrence, and the crops sufl'er severely, 
 owing probably to the ranges of hills N. and S., which attract 
 the rain-clouds to themselves. Indigo grows freely, and fills 
 the shallow ravines which form the streets of the town; wheat 
 is sown in May, and in about four months is ready for the 
 sickle; onions and other seeds of plants cultivated by the 
 Portuguese are sown in April. The wheat of Tette is ex- 
 ported as the best grown in the country. A small quantity 
 of cotton of first-rate quality is grown by the natives for the 
 manufacture of a coarse cloth. The Zambesi is in flood 
 twice in the year: first about the end of December or beginning 
 of January; the second, after the river has like the Nile 
 inundated the interior, takes place at Tette in March. A few 
 miles to the N. of Tette coal is found in seams from 4 to 7 ft. 
 in thickness — one measured was found to be 25 ft. thick, and 
 of good quality for steam purposes. It lies under a coarse 
 gray sandstone, which often has the ripple mark and impres- 
 sions of plants and silicified wood on its surface. Magnetic 
 iron exists in abundance near Tette, and gold also is found in 
 many of the streams to the south. Pop. 4500. 
 
 TETUAN [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Marocco, 24 m. S. by 
 W. Ceuta, in a valley of the Little Atlas, and rather less than 
 1 m. W. of the shores of the Mediterranean. It rises on a 
 slope which descends rapidly eastward towards the sea, and 
 terminates westward in a lofty eminence crowned by its 
 citadel, while at some distance S. the view is closed by a 
 mountain range of rugged appearance, and about 3000 ft. 
 high. To the W. lies the mouth of the valley by which 
 it is approached after crossing a stream on a substantial 
 bridge. On nearing the town the ground becomes covered 
 with gardens, and the ear is delighted by the sound of the 
 waters employed in irrigating them. Shortly Tetuan itself 
 comes fully into view, with its white, lofty, and picturesque 
 walls. On entering the first thing passed is a large garden 
 planted with olive-trees, and forming an appendage to the 
 governor's residence. I3eyond is a large public square, im- 
 perfectly levelled, where the markets are held. To the left 
 of this square stand the governor's palace and the citadel, and 
 to the right the gate of the mellah; while in front is seen the 
 Moorish town, with its narrow tortuous streets, occasionally 
 shaded with trellis-work of vines, and its arched and gloomy 
 bazars. Among the public buildings are about forty mosques, 
 several of them large and well kept, but not a few in a ruinous 
 condition. The manufactures, chiefly of leather and leathern 
 articles, sword-cutlery, and fire-arms, are carried on to a large 
 extent, and are so much in demand as to form a considerable 
 export trade. Tetuan figures a good deal in early Spanish 
 and Moorish history, and attracted notice in the hostilities 
 which broke out between Spain and Marocco. The latter, 
 after sustaining several defeats, the last and most signal of 
 which took place in the vicinity of Tetuan on the 23d of 
 March, 1860, was glad to sue for peace, and obtained it on 
 somewhat onerous conditions. Among others the Emperor 
 of Marocco engaged to pay twenty millions of piastres ' as a 
 just indemnity for the expenses of the war,' and till payment, 
 left Spain in possession of ' the town of Tetuan and the whole 
 of the territory that formed the pachalic of the same name.' 
 — (Godard, Description et Histoire du Maroc.) 
 
 TETYUSHI, a tn. Russia, gov. and 60 m. S.S.W. 
 Kazan, cap. circle of same name, on the Volga; with a church, 
 a circle school, a charitable institute, and 2092 inhabitants. 
 There are sulphur and naphtha springs within the circle. 
 
 TEUTILA, a tn. Mexico, state and 120 m. N.N.E. 
 Oajaca, on a fertile plateau on the N.E. slope of the mountain 
 range stretching along the N.E. side of the state. It once 
 possessed importance as the capital of the Cuicateks, but now 
 contains only about 150 families, whose chief employment is 
 in agriculture and in weaving cotton covers. 
 
 TEWAEWAE, a bay. New Zealand, in the S. of Middle 
 Island or Munster, towards the N.W. entrance of Foveaux 
 Strait. It is formed by Pahia Point on the E. and Sandy 
 Hill Point on the W., which are about 15 m. apart, is square 
 shaped, and has a depth of 7 m. It is entered at its N.W. 
 and N.E. corners by two rapid barred rivers, which drain a 
 
THAIEVAUPOOR 
 
 198 
 
 TIENTSIN 
 
 wild mountain region. The river in the N.E. issues from a 
 large lake in the interior, and is turned to account by the 
 natives, who descend its rapid current on rafts during their 
 excursions to the sea coast. The river in the N.W. seems 
 to form a natural boundary between the open country and 
 the mountains. 
 
 THAIEVAUPOOR, a tn. India, presid. Madras, Poo- 
 doocottah or Tondiman's Country, on the skirts of a jungle on 
 the road to Trichinopoly, and 2 m. S.W. Poodoocottah. It 
 is a populous place, noted for its weekly market, where cloths 
 of various kinds, including the best in the province, are sold 
 along with other commodities. 
 
 THALESAP, or Touli-sap, a lake, Cambodia, situated 
 at the N. extremity of the kingdom, in about lat. 13° 30' N.; 
 Ion. 102° E. It is nearly 100 m. in circumference, and 
 abounds in fish, especially in a large and very delicate kind 
 called savai, which the Cambodians esteem a luxury. Near 
 the shores of this lake are the marvellous ruins of Ongkor-wat, 
 which are described under Ongkok in Supp. 
 
 THEBEN-NEUDORF, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, 
 CO. and 7 m. N.W. Presburg, on the railway to Vienna, and 
 on the March, which is here crossed by a long bridge, giving 
 access to a fine imperial palace on the opposite bank. Pop. 
 1200 Slowacks. 
 
 THEINNEE, or Shans Tsen-vee, cap. of a Shan state 
 tributary to Burmah, 65 ra. N.E. Ava, near the frontiers of 
 China, on the highroad to Yunan; has a population of about 
 3000. The territory, though by no means the most populous, 
 is the largest of the Shan tributary states. 
 
 THEISING, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 22 m. E.N.E. Eger, on the Schnelle; with a deanery church, 
 a castle, an hospital, two breweries, two mills, and 1900 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 THERMIA, or Kynthos [add.], an island, Greece, 
 Cyclades, S.S.E. of the island of Zea. It has an area of 
 40 geo. sq. m., and has an elevated and rugged surface, inter- 
 sected by numerous ravines and small valleys. The island 
 is tolerably productive, yielding barley, wine, figs, honey 
 and wax, wool, goat-milk cheese, excellent silk, and some 
 wheat and olives. One main employment of the inhabitants, 
 amounting to about 4000, is in rearing goats and swine, par- 
 ticularly the latter. The principal places are Messaria, the 
 capital, situated on a bay of the E. coast, with a justice-of- 
 peace court, a Hellenist and a parish school, a considerable 
 trade, and a pop. of 1950; Polseocastron, perched on the 
 summit of a steep rock overhanging the sea, and having near 
 its foot the large and sheltered haven of Phikiada; and 
 Syllaka, which contains 1800 inhabitants, and has a parish 
 school and a harbour. Iron is found in several parts of the 
 island. 
 
 THERNBERG, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 on the Schlattenbach, about 35 m. S. by W. Vienna; with a 
 palace of one of the Austrian archdukes, a picture-gallery, a 
 botanical garden, several saw-mills, and 1020 inhabitants. 
 
 THOMPSON, a river, British Columbia, Western N. 
 America, an affluent of the Eraser River, which it joins about 
 lat. 50° 12' N.; Ion. 121° 25' W. It issues from the Shushap 
 Lake, in about lat. 50° 55' N.; Ion. 119° 35' W., flowing S. 
 and then W. through Kamloops Lake, whence it runs west- 
 ward for some miles, receiving some minor streams, then S., 
 being joined by the Nicolas Eiver, and then W. into the 
 Eraser, after a course of about 125 m., with scenery in its 
 lower part similar to that of some parts of the Eraser — a 
 shelving bank with large boulders. Below the Nicolas it 
 receives the Nicoaween, a small stream in which the first 
 discovery of gold in this region was accidentally made by an 
 Indian, who, stooping to drink, saw a nugget glittering in 
 the water. The district of the Thompson and its affluents is 
 exceedingly beautiful and picturesque, being composed of a 
 succession of hills and valleys, lakes and rivers, with miles 
 of green hills, crowning slopes, and level meadows, all produc- 
 ing an abundant growth of grass. It is of great value as a 
 grazing district, and has a most healthy and agreeable climate. 
 The lakes and streams furnish great facilities for irrigation 
 in dry seasons, so that the cultivation of the land may always 
 be carried on with great success. 
 
 THOKOLD [add.], a vil. British America, Canada 
 West, CO. Welland, on the Welland canal, and on the Great 
 Western and Welland railways, 38 m. S.S.W. Toronto, It 
 
 crowns a hill commanding an extensive and beautiful view, 
 in the centre of an old settled and rich agricultural country, 
 and possesses three churches and several schools, manufac- 
 tures of soap and candles, agricultural implements, tin and 
 iron ware, &c., tanneries, a pottery, a carriage factory, and 
 flour, saw, planing, and cement mills. In the vicinity are 
 building and limestone quarries, which are wrought to a con- 
 siderable extent. Pop. about 2500. 
 
 THUNDER BAY, British America, between lat. 48° 15' 
 and 48° 35' N.; and Ion. 89° and 89° 25' W.; forms a portion 
 of the N.W. expansion of Lake Superior, and is one of three 
 large and deep land-locked bays which characterize that part 
 of the coast; its greatest length in a N.E. direction is 32 m., 
 and its breadth about 14 m. The main entrance to it is 
 between the imposing headlands of Thunder Cape, 1350 ft. 
 above the level of the lake, and nearly 2000 ft. above the level 
 of the ocean, and Pie Island, which is 5 m. S. W. of the cape, 
 and attains the height of 850 ft. The depth of water at this 
 entrance is 30 fathoms, and in many parts of the bay varies 
 from 10 to 20 fathoms. On the W. side of the bay, where 
 the Kaministiquia pours its waters into it, stands Fort 
 William, one of the earliest and most important stations of 
 the Hudson's Bay Company. The scenery around the bay, 
 and beyond it on the mainland, where Mackay's Mount, 
 forming the N.E. boundary of a trap range, and having its 
 flanks covered with a heavy growth of hardwood timber, lifts 
 its broad front to the height of 1000 ft., is of the most impos- 
 ing description. 
 
 THUNNESIR, a tn. India, Sirhind, 1. bank Sursooty, in 
 a fertile and well-cultivated district abounding in mango 
 groves, 90 m. N. by W. Agra. It stands on a great irregular 
 mound composed of the ruins of a former city, is surrounded 
 by a ruinous wall which was once of considerable height, and 
 is defended by a dilapidated fort with numerous towers. 
 Most of the dwellings are wretclied huts scattered among 
 ruins, but the natives in easy circumstances have handsome 
 houses, the walls of which are covered with figures of their 
 monstrous idols painted in gaudy colours. The principal 
 buildings are a Hindoo temple and a ruinous Mussulman tomb 
 of an octagonal form, with a turret at each angle, and a large 
 and very elegant crowning dome of white marble. At a short 
 distance is the Lake of Khoorket, famous for a great legendary 
 battle fought upon its banks, and described in the Mahabarat. 
 It is much visited by Hindoo devotees. The ancient Thun- 
 nesir was sacked and destroyed by Mahmood of Ghuznee, 
 whose army, according to Ferishta, 'brought to Ghuznee 
 200,000 captives and much wealth.' 
 
 TIBATI, a tn. Western Africa, on the S.W. frontiers of 
 Adamawa, 190 m. S. by W. Yola. It is situated on a small 
 stream which joins the Faro, and is one of the few places in 
 Adamawa which are regularly walled. Though the residence 
 of a governor, it is inhabited for the most part only by slaves. 
 It boasts of having the richest vegetation in the kingdom. 
 
 TIBNIN, the Toron or Turinum of the Crusaders, a de- 
 serted fortress, Palestine, on the summit of an isolated hill 
 near the S, extremity of Lebanon ; covers a large extent of 
 ground, and exhibits among its ruins many indications of the 
 labour which the Crusaders must have expended upon it. 
 The only part still entire is the gateway. 
 
 TIBURON, an isl. Mexico, in the Gulf of California, off 
 the coast of Sonora, from which it is only separated by a 
 narrow channel, of so dangerous a character that it bears the 
 name of Canal Periglioso. It is nearly in the form of a 
 rectangle, about 30 m. long from N. to S., and 18 broad from 
 E. to W., and is inhabited by Ceris Indians, who subsist by 
 hunting and fishing, but bear a bad name for their predatory 
 propensities. 
 
 TIENTSIN, or Teen-tsin (7ieai;en's/o)-(Z) [add.] This 
 may be considered the river-port of the Chinese capital, with 
 which it has water communication by the Peiho Eiver, a 
 distance of about 120 m. by its windings, and 80 m. by land. 
 At the same time only small junks can reach the discharging 
 place, several miles below the walls of Pekin. Foreign 
 vessels of ordinary burden cannot reach the city of Tientsin, 
 on account of a bar at the entrance to the river, and its 
 crooked navigation. Hence large ships anchor outside in the 
 Ta-koo roadstead, where their cargoes are transhipped to 
 native craft. In addition to these drawbacks to the free 
 navigation of the channel, the river is frozen up from four to 
 
TIENTSIN 
 
 199 
 
 TILWAEA 
 
 five months in the year, from October until February or 
 March, during which period all external trade is cut off. 
 Nevertheless a large import trade is carried on during the 
 open season, between seven and eight months, chiefly in 
 
 A STREET IN TIENTSIN.— From Flemings Mantchu Tartary. 
 
 European merchandise, through foreign houses, but princi- 
 pally by native merchants, with the traders who flock to this 
 mart from the interior. It was a knowledge of this trafiic 
 which caused this port to be the first named in the famous 
 treaty of Tientsin in 1858, by which eight ports were opened 
 to foreign commerce, in addition to five previously existing. 
 Its proximity to Pekin, however, made the concession ob- 
 noxious to the Chinese government ; and hence it was one of 
 the causes of their resistance to the British and French pleni- 
 potentiaries, when they proceeded, in 1860, to put the treaty 
 into effect by force of arms. After the capture of the Ta-koo 
 forts, and the rout of the Tartar army under San-ko-lin-sin, 
 the allied forces occupied Tientsin without opposition, when 
 the inhabitants freely supplied them with provisions, and even 
 volunteered for pay to aid their enemy in his campaign, by 
 carrying commissariat stores. On the ratification of the 
 treaty, with supplementary clauses added at the convention 
 of Pekin, in October, 1860, the allies took military posses- 
 sion of Tientsin, until the indemnity money of £4,650,000 — 
 equally divided between the British and French — for the cost 
 of the war, should be paid. As this would have taken five 
 years to accomplish, and the Chinese punctually paid the first 
 instalments, the allied troops evacuated Tientsin in April, 
 1862, after an occupation of eighteen months. According to 
 the terms of the treaty a portion of land adjacent to the city 
 was laid apart for a British settlement, where a branch of the 
 Maritime Customs, a consulate, and numerous warehouses, 
 built by merchants for storing merchandise and produce, 
 have been established. At the opening of the port a consider- 
 able import trade was done by English residents, and other 
 foreigners renting the land from them, as it was well known 
 that Tientsin supplied a very large extent of country, where 
 the products of western looms, as well as opium and metals, 
 find a ready market amongst the natives of Pechili, Shan- 
 see, and Southern Mongolia. Goods landed at this port even 
 find their way into Tibet, on the borders of India, from 
 whence and from the Mongol territory are brought wool and 
 camel's hair in return. Large fairs are also held at stated 
 periods, at which a .system of barter prevails, gold forming 
 one of the native products given in exchange, to a large 
 extent. In 1861 the trade was so considerable that most of 
 the old-established merchants in the south opened branches, 
 and new traders located themselves in the expectation of an 
 increasing business. In this they were deceived by a seri- 
 ous falling off in 1862, which threatened a total extinction 
 
 of commerce, as far as foreigners were concerned. Trade 
 rallied in 1864, when the imports amounted in the aggregate 
 to £2,385,661, of which £1,250,867 passed through the hands 
 of foreigners, and £1,134,794 through native hands. These 
 consisted chiefly of Manchester goods (£437,757), opium 
 (£528,741), silk piece-goods (£316,882), metals, brass buttons, 
 tea, sugar, tobacco, &c. The exports are few, and of small 
 value, gold and silver being the chief medium of exchange. 
 Of the bulky articles the value in 1864 was £570,262, the 
 principal items being cotton (£313,983), tobacco (£44,423), 
 and medicine (£26,735). It is noticeable that in this part of 
 China, tea, instead of being an export, is an import to the 
 value of £126,922. This consists almost entirely of brick 
 tea for the use of the Mongolians, who live in a state of pas- 
 toral simplicity. Comparing the year 1865 with 1864, there 
 was a large increase in the imports of manufactured goods 
 and opium; the total amounting in value to £3,950,812, or 
 £1,565,151 more, but this includes imports from Japan. The 
 value of the exports was somewhat less, amounting to 
 £563,987, exclusive of the gold and sycee silver, of which no 
 record was then taken. The returns of shipping since the 
 opening of the port areas follow: — 1861, 111 vessels, 26,561 
 tons; 1862, 87 vessels, 21,921 tons; 1863, 134 vessels, 
 36,276 tons; 1864,185 vessels, 45,968 tons; 1865, 209 vessels, 
 60,049 tons. In 1866 the imports amounted to £5,251,428, 
 of which three-fourths were foreign merchandise; and the ex- 
 ports were produce £851,188, treasure £1,965,666, besides 
 gold unaccounted for. 
 
 The foreign population in 1864 comprised 49 persons, of 
 whom 34 were British, 9 German, and 2 American. There 
 are consulates of Britain, France, and Russia; and one mission, 
 English. The population of the walled city and suburbs has 
 been computed in round numbers at 400,000. — [Cliinese 
 Customs Returns; Rennie, The British Arms in China and 
 Japan) 
 
 TIGGER-URTIN, a vil. N. Africa, pach. Fezzan, in- 
 habited by the tribe of Tinylkum, about 20 m. W.N.W. 
 Mourzouk. It consists of a number of huts partly grouped 
 and partly detached, some with pointed others with flat roofs, 
 but all of a neat and orderly appearance. Beside camels, 
 which constitute tlie chief wealth of the inhabitants, and 
 enable them annually to make long and profitable journeys to 
 Soudan, they possess a good many sheep. They must in 
 their way be very devout, for in the morning, when Dr. 
 Barth took a walk round the village, 'all the men were saying 
 their prayers together upon a sandhill on the north side of the 
 principal cluster of cottages.' 
 
 TIGRE, or Conambo, a river, S. America, Ecuador, 
 which rises on the E. slopes of the Andes not far from Chim- 
 borazo, enters the territory inhabited by the Zaparos Indians, 
 and taking the S.E. course common to all the affluents of the 
 Amazon coming from Ecuador, joins that river on its left 
 bank, after a course of 150 m. It flows along alluvial banks 
 thickly covered with magnificent forest trees. 
 
 TIHANY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zala, on 
 a peninsula which projects from the N.W. shore of Lake 
 Balaton ; with an old abbey, a Benedictine monastery, a dila- 
 pidated castle crowning a hill, the remains of fortifications 
 by which King Andreas I., who is buried here, secured the 
 neck of the peninsula; several caverns, and a remarkable 
 echo. Pop. 840. 
 
 TILANTONGO, a tn. Mexico, state and about 40 m. W. 
 Oajaca, in a fertile plain. It was once the residence of the 
 great chief who ruled Misteka Alta, and in 1572, when the 
 Dominicans founded a monastery here, contained about 2000 
 Indian families. At present the number does not exceed 3000. 
 
 TILLl, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, about 60 m. 
 S.W. Sokoto. It is walled, and entered by two gates, one of 
 them so narrow that a loaded camel cannot pass it. Its 
 market is well supplied, and its inhabitants, numerous and 
 apparently prosperous, possess large herds of cattle, and raise 
 heavy crops of grain. 
 
 TILSONBURGH, a vil. British America, Canada West, 
 CO. Oxford, on the Big Otter Creek, 72 m. S.W. Toronto; 
 with two churches, a foundry, a tannery, manufactures of 
 sashes, harness, and hardware, saw and grist mills, a pump 
 factory, and a trade in lumber. Pop. about 800. 
 
 TILWARA, a tn. India, Rajpootana, state and 65 m. 
 S.W. Joodpoor, 1. bank Lonee; is celebrated for its fair, held 
 
TIMBA 
 
 200 
 
 TIMIMUN 
 
 annually about the vernal equinox, for the sale of live-stock, 
 chiefly camels, horses, and bullocks, and attended by about 
 8000 persons. 
 
 TIMBA, a tn. S. W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Sumbe, at a short distance from the point where the Kupo, 
 Cuvo, or Keve falls into the Atlantic, 100 m. N. Benguela. 
 Though a very unhealthy place it is the residence of an inde- 
 pendent chief, and contains 1500 industrious inhabitants, who 
 employ themselves in agriculture and the rearing of cattle, 
 and, living on good terms with the Europeans, carry on some 
 trade with them in gum-copal, wax, and orchil. 
 
 TIMBUKTOO [add.], a tn. Western Africa, about 6 m. 
 N. of the principal branch of the Niger; lat. 17° 37' N.; Ion. 
 3° 5' W. It stands on a flat only a few feet above the average 
 level of the river, and has a circuit of about three miles. Its 
 shape is nearly that of a triangle, of which the base stretches 
 from E. to W. nearly parallel to the river, and the apex points 
 towards the N. At present it is not walled, its former wall, 
 which was destroyed by the Fulbe in the beginning of 1826, 
 not having been replaced. The streets are partly rectangular, 
 partly winding, and all so extremely narrow as scarcely to 
 admit of two horses going abreast. They are all unpaved, 
 and some of them have a sort of gutter in the middle ; the 
 large and small market, and a small square in front of a 
 mosque, are almost the only open areas. The dwellings, con- 
 sisting of about 1000 clay-houses, are for the most part sub- 
 stantially built and in good repair. Among them are many 
 low in height and of limited dimensions, but not a few have 
 a second story in front and a terraced roof, and even make 
 some attempt at architectural ornament. Besides the clay- 
 houses there are about 200 conical mat-huts, a few of them 
 scattered promiscuously over the town; but the far greater 
 part of them constituting its outskirts on the N. and N.E. 
 sides, where rubbish has been accumulated in such quantities, 
 and for so long a period, as to form several conspicuous 
 mounds. The only remarkable public buildings are three 
 
 GENERAL VIEW OF TIMBUKTOO. -From Earth's Africa. 
 
 mosques— the Jinger^-ber, situated near the S. W. extremity 
 of the town; the Sankor^ in the N.; and the Sidi Yahia in the 
 S. The Jinger^-ber, or great mosque, begun by Mansa 
 Musa, king of Melle, in 1327, is a large and imposing pile of 
 building, about 270 ft. long by 200 wide, surmounted by two 
 towers, and composed of nine naves of various size and struc- 
 ture; the Sankor^, 120 ft. long by 80 wide, has five naves, 
 and is said to have been built by a wealthy lady; the Sidi 
 Yahia, much less than the other two, was built at the expense 
 of a cadi or judge of the town. Of the royal palace of 
 Ma-dugu, in which the kings of Songhay occasionally resided, 
 and the Kasbah, not a trace remains. There are two market- 
 places, a smaller and a larger. The former, now appropriated 
 
 chiefly by the butchers, occupies the site of the royal palace 
 already referred to ; the latter, situated on the S. side of the 
 town, between the Jinger^-ber and the Sidi Yahia mosques, 
 covers a considerable space, and furnishes accommodation for 
 a very extensive trade. Unlike Kano, Timbuktoo has few 
 manufactures, and none of the least consequence, except pro- 
 vision or luggage bags, cushions, tobacco-pouches, and some 
 other articles in leather. The chief staples of trade are gold, 
 which, however, if compared with a European standard, seems 
 paltry, the annual average export probably not exceeding 
 £20,000; salt, brought from the mines of Taodenni, which 
 have been worked for upwards of two centuries and a half, 
 and bartered here for cloth manufactured in Kano ; and the 
 guro or kola nut, brought from the provinces of Tangrera, 
 Teut^, and Kani, to the S. of Tim^. The leading articles of 
 produce exposed for sale in the market are rice and negro- 
 corn, vegetable butter, much used in cookery and as oil for 
 lamps ; pepper, ginger, and a small quantity of cotton. Of 
 the caravans which visit Timbuktoo, the most important are 
 those from Marocco, which bring many articles of European 
 manufacture, particularly calico bleached and unbleached, 
 much of it with the name of a Manchester fii-in printed upon 
 it in Arabic letters; red cloth, coarse coverings, sashes, 
 looking-glasses, and cutlery. Timbuktoo was long regarded 
 in Europe as the centre and capital of a great negro empire. 
 This was a mistake, since it has never acted more than a 
 secondary part. It is undoubtedly of high antiquity, and 
 possessed a kind of rude independence under its Imoshagh or 
 Tawarek founders, till the beginning of the fourteenth cen- 
 tury, when Mansa Musa added it to his other conquests, and 
 incorporated it with his kingdom of Melle, which under him 
 attained its greatest extent and prosperity. After a century 
 of subjection Timbuktoo returned to the Tawarek, its original 
 founders, and about the middle of the fifteenth century became 
 a chief entrepot for the salt brought from the mines of Teg- 
 huza. When the Songhay kingdom rose on the ruins of that 
 of Melle, Timbuktoo passed to it, and re- 
 S^?^^>%;i-, ceived a great accession of wealth and 
 
 importance in consequence of a general 
 migration of merchants from Walata. 
 , When the Songhay kingdom was broken 
 :i up its conquerors, the Fulbe or Fellatah, 
 ^=5^^ Ji became masters of Timbuktoo, allowing 
 it to be governed as before by an ofiicer 
 who had the title of Timbutu-koy, and 
 appears to have been all but nominally 
 independent. At present Timbuktoo, 
 which has suffered much from the rival- 
 ship of the Fulbe and Tawarek, who have 
 repeatedly made it their battle-field, is 
 governed in accordance with a compro- 
 mise which was agreed to in 1846. It 
 pays tribute to the Fulbe or Pulls, who 
 collect it by two kadis, the one Fulbe 
 and the other Songhay, but it is not gar- 
 risoned by any military force, and it has 
 one or two Songhay magistrates, with the 
 title of emir. To these the municipal 
 administration, and more especially the 
 police, properly belong; but placed as 
 they are between rival Fulbe and Ta- 
 warek, ever ready to assert their supre- 
 macy, and maintain it by any means, how- 
 ever violent, their authority exists more 
 in name than in reality. As recently as 
 1855 the Fulbe, dissatisfied with the state 
 of matters in Timbuktoo, undertook a great expedition against 
 it. The regular inhabitants of the seven quarters into which 
 the town is divided are estimated at 13,000; besides these 
 there is a floating population, which, during the busy season, 
 from November to January, may average 5000, and amount 
 occasionally to double that number. 
 
 TIMIMUN [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Great Sahara, cap. 
 dist. Gurara; lat. 30° 38' N.; Ion. 1° 45' W. It consists of 
 500 or 600 houses, which, from the number and size of the 
 gardens attached to them, occupy a very large area, and is 
 surrounded by a dry ditch 12 ft. deep and 7 or 8 ft. wide, 
 and a crenellated wall surmounted by towers or small forts, 
 each capable of containing from thirty to forty combatants. 
 
TIMOAN 
 
 201 
 
 TIRUMPALLANI 
 
 The entrance to the town is by three principal and five minor 
 gates, and the division of it is into nine distinct quarters, 
 each possessing its own mosque. Of these mosques the 
 largest and most remarkable is that of the district of Amagh- 
 rebour. Besides seven large squares, which are the common 
 resort of all the merchants, the principal streets are appropri- 
 ated to particular corporations or trades. Thus one called 
 Suk Semen is occupied by the butchers and butter merchants; 
 another, Suk Serrajdin, by the shoemakers and saddlers; a 
 third by the dealers in wool and clothing ; a fourth by the 
 dealers in grain and dates; and others in like manner by 
 grocers, tobacco-sellers, jewellers, slave-dealers, &c. Tiie 
 trade, export and import, carried on chiefly with the Tell, 
 the Sahara, Soudan, Tunis, and Maroceo, partly by individual 
 travellers and partly by caravans, is very extensive, and 
 includes almost every article of necessity and luxury. Among 
 the articles produced within Timimun itself, one of the most 
 important is gunpowder, the nitre for which is obtained from 
 a salt lake (Sebka) situated some miles to the west. Near 
 the centre of the town a square fortress or kasbah has been 
 erected on a natural mound. It is of small dimensions, but 
 well answers its purpose as a place of security, in which the 
 inhabitants deposit their most valuable effects in the event of 
 a sudden attack by the Berbers. Such attacks are frequent, 
 and notwithstanding the precautions used, have repeatedly 
 had disastrous results. Timimun, long subject only in name 
 to Maroceo, has asserted its independence, and is governed 
 by a djemaa or council, composed of the principal inhabitants 
 of each quarter, with a president at their head. In adminis- 
 tering justice the djemaa imposes fines and inflicts bodily 
 punishments, but does not in any instance condemn criminals 
 to death. Even murder is atoned for by a pecuniary fine and 
 banishment for a long or short period. — (Dumas, Le Grand 
 Desert.) 
 
 TIMOAN, or Timun, the largest of a chain of islets, 
 Indian Archipelago, lying off the E. coast of the peninsula of 
 Malacca, and belonging to the territory of Pahang. It has a 
 total length of about 12 m. and a breadth of 6 m.; and con- 
 sists of bold and precipitous masses of trap, which, though 
 not picturesque, have an air of grandeur, some of the peaks 
 rising more than 3000 ft. above the sea. It contains a pop. 
 of not more than 200, and produces nothing for export except 
 edible nests, ratans, and damar. 
 
 TINDIRM A, a tn. Western Africa, cap. prov. Kurmina, 
 70 m. S.S.W. Timbuktoo. It is one of the original seats of 
 the Songhay, and is now inhabited chiefly by the Choke. 
 During the flourishing period of the Songhay empire it was 
 a favourite royal residence. While thus virtually the capital, 
 it derived additional importance from being the first town in 
 a province which not only furnished Songhay proper with a 
 large number of soldiers, but also supplied it with grain, and 
 was hence designated the King's Provider. At Tindirma the 
 branch of Gundam separates from the main trunk of the river. 
 
 TINGE, a tn. Western Africa, Songhay country, 230 m. 
 S.W. Timbuktoo. Its walls, constructed with receding and 
 projecting angles and occasional semicircles like bastions, 
 give it all the appearance of a fort. The houses, which are 
 flat-roofed, have walls of sun-dried clay, which is formed in 
 regular lumps like stones, and placed in uniform layers, with 
 loose clay between. Thus constructed, their exterior is by 
 no means attractive, but the interior is better, and in some 
 of the houses the accommodation is very ample. The inhabi- 
 tants, who are Songhay, have resisted all the eflforts of the 
 Fellatah to subdue them. They are industrious cultivators 
 and weavers, and seem at the same time disposed to make 
 life pass as pleasantly as possible. Smoking, indulged in 
 alike by males and females, is their great luxury, and dancing 
 their favourite amusement. 
 
 TINNEVELLY [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, cap. 
 dist. of same name, 1. bank Tambrapoorny, opposite to Palma- 
 cottah. It is a populous place, containing nearly 20,000 
 inhabitants, and possessing one large pagoda and several 
 small ones. The intercourse between Tinnevelly and Palma- 
 cottah, which during the monsoon was maintained only by a 
 ferry, is now carried on without interruption by means of a 
 substantial bridge of eleven arches, erected by a wealthy and 
 public-spirited native. Cotton is largely cultivated in the 
 vicinity. Many of the inhabitants profess Christianity. 
 
 TINO, or Tenos, a tn. Greece, nomarch Cyclades, cap. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 island of same name, on a small bay of the S.W. coast. It 
 is the see of a R. Catholic bishop, and has two R. Catholic 
 churches, a Franciscan monastery, a Hellenist and a parish 
 school. On its N.E. side stands the famous monastery of 
 Panagia, with a handsome church, which is built of marble, 
 and attracts crowds of pilgrims, particularly at its yearly 
 festival. Pop. 3100. 
 
 TINTAGH-ODE, a vil. Western Africa, on the N. 
 frontiers of the country of Air or Asben. It extends in a 
 long line over the low offshoots of a mountain range, and 
 consists of about 100 huts, only a few of them built of stone, 
 and the rest lightly made of grass and the leaves of the date- 
 palm. Small as the place is, it is very important for the 
 intercourse between Central and Northern Africa, as it is 
 inhabited by Merabetin or Anislimen, a class of devotees 
 called by Dr. Earth 'learned and devout men,' whose influ- 
 ence over the wild and predatory hordes of the desert gives a 
 security to commerce which would otherwise be impossible. 
 He adds, however, not very consistently, that the Anislimen, 
 ' though they style themselves "devout men," have not there- 
 fore relinquished all concern about the afiairs of this world; 
 but, by their ambitious intrigues and warlike proceedings, 
 exercise a great influence upon the affairs of the country.' 
 
 TINTELLUST, a vil. Western Africa, in the country 
 of the Kelowi, on the N. frontiers of Asben. It stands in a 
 beautiful mountain valley, and though insignificant in itself, 
 is important as the residence of a powerful cliief. Such at 
 least was the state of matters when Dr. Barth first visited the 
 place when proceeding to Agades. Before his return a change 
 had taken place. He was expecting a hospitable reception, 
 and was astonished to learn that Tintellust was completely 
 deserted. The chief, Annar, had suddenly started off and 
 formed a new encampment considerably to the southward in 
 the valley of Tinteganna. 
 
 TIRANA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Albania, eyalet 
 Rum- Hi, pleasantly situated near the source of the Ishmi, 
 19 m. E.N.E. Durazzo. It contains about 4000 inhabitants, 
 who are largely engaged in the culture of the olive. 
 
 TIRGOVEST, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Walachia, cap. 
 circle Dumbovitza, on the Yalomitza, 45 m. N.W. Bucharest. 
 It was once the capital of Walachia, and counted 30,000 
 inhabitants, though it does not now contain above 2600. Its 
 ramparts and larger houses lie in ruins, but it is still the 
 seat of a court of primary jurisdiction, and has a normal 
 school. 
 
 TIRKOONUM, a tn. India, presid. Madras, Tondiman's 
 Country, on the edge of a wood rather more than a mile 
 N.W. Poodoocottah. It is a small place, celebrated for its 
 pagoda, which is held in the highest veneration throughout 
 the province, and draws a large revenue from devotees. The 
 inhabitants are chiefly Brahmins. 
 
 TIRNOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bulgaria, eyalet 
 and 140 m. S.E. Widin. It was once the capital of Bulgaria, 
 and towards the end of the last century one of the most active 
 manufacturing towns in Europe, giving employment to about 
 2000 looms. Though greatly declined, it still contains 6000 
 houses, with 12,000 inhabitants; is the seat of a kaimakam 
 and a Greek bishop, and has manufactures of coarse woollens, 
 silks, and leather. 
 
 TIROOWALLA, a tn. India, presid. Madras, Travan- 
 core, cap. dist. of same name, 46 m. S.E. Cochin. It consists 
 of an extensive- and tolerably regular town, with a large 
 pagoda near its centre. This pagoda, which is surrounded 
 by a high wall nearly a furlong square, ranks, in respect of 
 magnitude and the veneration in which it is held, next to 
 that of Trivandrum. The other chief buildings are the 
 cotarum, the cutcherry, police-office, custom-house, tobacco 
 depot, choultry, and a church recently erected by the Syrian 
 Christians to supply the place of one burned down. Tiroo- 
 walla had once a considerable trade, but has gradually de- 
 clined since Changanaueherry became the principal mart for 
 this part of the country. 
 
 TIRUMPALLANI, a tn. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 and 6 m. S. Madura, on an elevated plain. It consists of a 
 main street, about j m. long and 40 ft. wide, and of four 
 other streets; and contains a celebrated temple, the festivals 
 of which, held twice a year, attract large numbers of devotees. 
 Almost all the inhabitants are Brahmins or persons employed 
 in connection with the temple. 
 
 26 
 
TIRUVADANARI 
 
 202 
 
 TOLUCA 
 
 TIRUVADANARI, a vil. India, presid. Madras, dist. 
 and 60 m. E.S.E. Madura. It consists of houses whicli are 
 tolerably well built, and has a weekly market, but derives its 
 chief claim to notice from its grand Hindoo temple. 
 
 TISCHNOWITZ [add.],atn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 12 m. N.W. Briinn, on the Schwarza. It contains 
 in its suburb of Vorkloster a beautiful church in the Basilica 
 form, and has a castle, manufactures of linen and liqueurs, a 
 paper-mill, and dyeworks. Amethysts and fine rock-crystals 
 are found in the vicinity. Pop. including Vorkloster, 4037. 
 
 TISHIT, a tn. Western Africa, situated at one extremity 
 of the Moorish district of El Hodh, of which it is the principal 
 place, and near the S. foot of the range of rocky hills called 
 El Kodia. Dates of various quality are its only produce, 
 -but it has extensive communication with other districts, 
 deriving supplies from Nyamina, and disposing of them in its 
 market to dealers from Wadan and other places. In its 
 vicinity an inferior kind of salt is obtained. Top. estimated 
 at 3000. 
 
 TISZOLCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Gomor, 
 42 m. N.E. Schemnitz; with manufactures of cloth, iron- 
 works, a paper-mill, a mineral spring, and a trade in cattle 
 and cheese. In the vicinity are remains of a castle built by 
 Matthew Corvinus. Pop. 3135, mostly Lutherans. 
 
 TITALIYA, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. and 65 m. 
 N. by W. Dinajepore, 1. bank Mahanunda, in a level country 
 about 25 m. S. from the base of the outermost range of the 
 Himalaya. It was once the seat of a British cantonment, 
 which w.as abandoned on account of its insalubrity. An 
 annual fair recently established here is said to have been 
 eminently successful. Pop. 2500. 
 
 TIUMEN [add.], a tn. Russian empire, W. Siberia, gov. 
 and 125 m. S.W. Tobolsk, cap. circle of same name, on an 
 affluent of the Tobol. It is an ancient place, which figures 
 much in the early history of the country, is inclosed by a 
 ditch and a wall flanked by towers, is regularly and hand- 
 somely built, extending above 2 m. from E. to W., with a 
 proportional breadth; and contains among its principal build- 
 ings ten stone churches, a monastery, a townhouse, a school 
 for the circle, and a market hall. As the principal seat of 
 the W. Siberian trafiSc, it carries on a very extensive trade. 
 Its chief manufactures are leather, soap, and woollens. Pop. 
 9836. 
 
 TIXTLAN, Textla, or Guerrero, a tn. Mexico, cap. 
 state Guen-ero, in a narrow valley, 130 m. S. by W. Mexico. 
 Erected into a capital only in 1849, when the state was first 
 formed, it has not yet acquired much importance, and has no 
 buildings either private or public entitled to special notice. 
 The pop. does not exceed 6000. 
 
 TLALPUJAHUA [add.], a tn. Mexico, state Mechoacan, 
 60 m. E.N.E. Morellia, in a beautiful mountain district at 
 the foot of the Cerro or Campo de Gallo, and at the height 
 of 8000 ft. above the sea. It was once a flourishing mining 
 town, and though greatly decayed, still contains 4000 inhabi- 
 tants. Its principal buildings are a beautiful parish church, 
 several chapels, and a Franciscan monastery. It was here 
 that the pastor Morelles first raised the standard of indepen- 
 dence, and commenced the war of liberation. 
 
 TLEMCEN [add.], a tn. N. Africa, Algeria, prov, and 
 70 m. S.S.W. Oran, on a plateau which .slopes gently towards 
 the N., is watered by the Salsaf and Hanaia, affluents of the 
 Tafna, and rising towards the S. terminates in a mountain 
 range. The natural strength of its position, and its proximity 
 to the frontier of Marocco, have induced the French to make 
 it their chief military station in the W. of Algeria. It is 
 surrounded by a wall with nine gates, and consists properly 
 of three quarters, one containing the Mechouar, or ancient 
 citadel, which has recently been repaired, and contains most 
 of the military establishment; a second in the centre, allotted 
 chiefly to business, and mostly inhabited by Europeans and 
 Jews; and a third, foruiing the native town properly so called, 
 and presenting the usual characteristic features. The streets, 
 particularly in this quarter, are narrow and tortuous, and the 
 houses, though substantially built, are for the most part only 
 of one story, and from the absence of sufficient apertures for 
 light and air, have a dull comfortless appearance. At present 
 the place cannot be said to possess any modern building 
 deserving of notice, but its ancient grandeur is still attested 
 by numerous mosques, of which thirty- two are counted, and 
 
 the remains of aqueducts, baths, and extensive cemeteries. 
 Its manufactures consist of burnouses and other textile fabrics, 
 common and marocco leather, carpets, &c. The new colo- 
 nists, leaving these to the natives, employ themselves chiefly 
 in agriculture, and have recently erected a number of oil and 
 flour mills. The markets, which are held twice a week, 
 attract great numbers of the inhabitants of the surrounding 
 districts, and produce a considerable amount both of retail 
 and wholesale trade. There is much beautiful and picturesque 
 scenery in the vicinity. A complete forest of olive-trees 
 extends on almost every side; and the Salsaf, in pursuing its 
 course through the valley, forms no fewer than six cascades, 
 the aggregate descent of which is estimated at 900 ft. Tlemcen 
 is said to have been founded by the Zenites, and to have 
 become the capital of an independent kingdom. In the days 
 of its greatest prosperity it had 80,000 iniiabitants. Subse- 
 quently the possession of it being contested by the Spaniards, 
 the Dey of Algiers, and the Emperor of Marocco, its pros- 
 perity was destroyed. Its present pop. is about 13,699, of 
 whom rather more than 2000 are Europeans. 
 
 TLUMACZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 12 m. E. by S. Stanislau, cap. dist. of same name; has a large 
 manufactory of sugar from beet-root, and contains 4539 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 TODOS LOS SANTOS, or Esmeralda, a lake, Chili, 
 in the E. of prov. Valdivia, surrounded by the Osorno and 
 other volcanic mountains, from which its supplies of water 
 are received. It is about 18 m. long by 6 m. broad, and has 
 its outlet into the Gulf of Reloncavi. 
 
 TODOS SANTOS, a tn. Mexico, Lower California, near 
 the S. extremity of the peninsula, 30 m. S.S.E. La Paz. It 
 stands in a valley on a river of same name, and was founded 
 by the Jesuits in the beginning of the 18tli century. The 
 buildings of the order are still by far the most important in 
 the place, and consist of a church, a monastery, and several 
 offices, all inclosed by a high wall. The church is crowned 
 by a dome 1 25 ft. high, and possesses an altar of great beauty. 
 An annual festival here attracts great crowds of people. 
 
 TODUPULLY, or Toddvulla, a tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, Travancore, cap. dist. of same name, 55 m. S.E. 
 Cochin. It stands on the banks of the Perryaur, amid grand 
 and romantic scenery, and has a considerable trade, exporting 
 areca-nut and cocoa-nut oils, which find a ready sale on the 
 E. side of the Ghauts, and importing cloth, cumblies, iron, 
 grain, and condiments. 
 
 TOKOD, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and about 
 6 m. S. Gran. It is a small place, with only 750 inhabitants, 
 but has several distilleries of brandy, mills, and a very valu- 
 able coal-mine. The Turks were defeated here by the Im- 
 perialists in 1685. 
 
 TOLLOGO, a vil. E. Africa, in a valley of same name, 
 37 m. S.E. Gondokoro. The valley is extremely picturesque. 
 An abrupt wall of gray granite rises on the E. side of it to a 
 height of about 1000 ft.; from this perpendicular wall huge 
 blocks have fallen, strewing the base with a confused mass of 
 granite lumps, 10 to 40 ft. in diameter, and among these 
 natural fortresses are numerous villages, of which Tollogo is 
 the chief. The bottom of the valley is a meadow, in which 
 enormous fig-trees grow by the side of a sluggish and in 
 some places stagnant brook. The valley is not more than 
 half a mile wide, and is also walled in by mountains on the 
 W., thus having the appearance of a vast street. 
 
 TOIjTEN, a river. Chili, which issues from Lake Vil- 
 larica, on the N. frontiers of Valdivia, flows cireuitously 
 W. across the Indian territory of Araucania, and falls into 
 the Pacific. It has never been explored, but travellers be- 
 tween Concepcion and Valdivia state that at 15 m. from its 
 mouth it has a breadth of 150 yards and sufficient depth for 
 steam-boats. The bar at its mouth is the great obstacle to 
 its navigation. 
 
 TOLUCA [add.], a tn. Mexico, 30 m. W.S.W. of the 
 capital, in a beautiful valley, which is terminated by lofty 
 volcanic mountains, partly covered with snow. It stands at 
 the height of 8500 ft. above the sea, on the W. side of the 
 mountain of same name, which attains in its culminating 
 point, Pico del Frayle, a height of about 15,000 ft. The 
 town is tolerably well built in spacious paved streets, and a 
 public square with fine porticoes, and possesses several hand- 
 some churches, but is a dull lifeless place, with no appearance 
 
TOMASOVAC 
 
 203 
 
 TORJA 
 
 of activity except on festival or market days. At one period 
 it was the capital of the province of Mexico, and attained 
 a high degree of prosperity, possessing several important 
 branches of industry, and carrying on a considerable trade, 
 but with the loss of its political status a rapid decline com- 
 menced, and grass is now growing in the streets. The market 
 is, however, much frequented and well supplied, particularly 
 with fruits, both of the temperate and the torrid zone. Many 
 of the inhabitants of the valley who supply the market are 
 Azteks and Indians of the Otomite tribe. The latter are in 
 a very low state of civilization, and much addicted to the use 
 of intoxicating drinks. Pop. about 10,000. 
 
 TOMASOVAC, a tn. Austrian empire, German Banat 
 Military Frontier, on the Temes, about 30 m. N. by E. Bel- 
 grade; with a Greek non-united parish church, and 2680 
 inhabitants. 
 
 TONDI [add.], a tn. India, presid. Madras, on Palk's 
 Strait, dist. and G2 m. E.S.E. Madura. It consists of narrow 
 and irregular streets and low-built houses, but carries on an 
 active trade with Colombo and other ports, exporting grain, 
 tamarinds, long cloths, and chanks. The clotiis are the pro- 
 duce of its own looms, and the chanks are obtained in great 
 abundance by its own fishermen. 
 
 TONG-CHOO, a tn. China, prov. Pechele, on an affluent 
 of the Peiho, 12 m. E. Pekiii. Its principal streets are 
 straight, and paved with large square stones, and it carries 
 on a very extensive trade. Among its most conspicuous 
 buildings are granaries and salt magazines. One branch of 
 trade of considerable importance is the transmission of the fry 
 or ova of fish in bottles to all parts of the interior. 
 
 TONGONI, a vil. on the E. coast of Africa, not far 
 from the mouth of the Pangani. Though now a paltry place, 
 it occupies the site of a ruined city. Remains of houses 
 everywhere cumber the ground, and old mosques, spacious 
 and well built, with columns of neatly cut coralline blocks 
 and elaborate arches, are still seen; while an extensive ceme- 
 tery, containing many tombs of rather costly erection, bears 
 testimony both to the number and wealth of the inhabitants. 
 
 TON I, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, prov. Zegzeg, 
 170 m. S. by W. Kano. It is a large place, surrounded by 
 a wall, and stands in a well-cultivated and populous district. 
 
 TONK, a tn. India, Rajpootana, within the territory 
 granted to Ameer Khan, r. bank Bunass, 152 m. S.W. Agra. 
 It is a place of considerable size, surrounded by a wall, and 
 defended by a mud fort, and rose to importance under Ameer 
 Khan, who fixed his residence about a mile to the S. of it, 
 and embellished it with various public buildings. The revenue 
 of dist. Tonk is about £20,000. 
 
 TONS, two rivers, India: — 1, Southwestern Tons, rises 
 in the Saugor and Nerbudda territory, in lat. 2-4° N.; Ion. 
 80° 30' E., and flowing through a ravine in the Kutra range, 
 plunges over a precipice 200 ft. in height. Thereafter it 
 flows N.E., entfers the valley of the Ganges, and joins this 
 river on the right, about 20 m. below Allahabad. Its whole 
 course is about 165 m. — 2, North-eastern Tons, a large ofiset 
 of the Gogra, leaves this river on the right, about 10 m. above 
 the town of Oude, flows S.E. past Azimgurh, and uniting 
 with the Surjoo, falls into the Ganges on the left, after a total 
 course of 240 m. It is navigable up to Azimgurh, a distance 
 of 120 m. 
 
 TONSE, or Supin, a river, India, which rises at the N. 
 of the Jumnotri Peaks in Gurwhal, not far from the source 
 of the Jumna. It issues from a snowbed 12,784 ft. above 
 the sea, and descends so rapidly as to be almost a continuous 
 cascade. Its course is S.W. till it receives the Pabur, when 
 it changes its course to S., which it continues, but very 
 tortuously, to its junction with the Jumna, in lat. 30° 30' N.; 
 Ion. 77° 53' E. Its total course is about 100 m.; its descent 
 is at the enormous rate of 100 ft. per mile. 
 
 TOO-CHEAOU, a tn. China, prov. Nganhoei, on the N. 
 or left bank of the Yang-tze-kiang, about 110 m. above 
 Nankin. It stands nearly a mile from the river, and is sur- 
 rounded by a white wall, and defended by fortifications, both 
 so recent that they have in all probability been erected by the 
 rebels after the place fell into their hands. The mass of 
 ruins and debris lying between the present wall and the river 
 doubtless formed part of the town before ruin overtook it. 
 
 TOONG-LEW, a tn. China, on the N. frontiers of Kiang- 
 see, on the r. bank of the Yang-tze-kiang, about 32 m. S. 
 
 Ngan-king. It is beautifully situated, is surrounded by a 
 wall which, dipping and rising over the undulating ground, 
 finally descends to a lake. This lake, which half encircles 
 the town, is fringed with trees, and adds much to the beauty 
 of the site. The most conspicuous objects are two pagodas 
 overtopping the houses. The one of eight stories stands close 
 to the shore; the other on an eminence some distance inland. 
 Toong-lew, though it was taken by the rebels, escaped better 
 than most of the other towns which have experienced the 
 same disaster. Wliole acres of charred ruins attest their 
 destructive propensities; but for some cause they held it only 
 for a short time, and departed before they had completed the 
 work of destruction. Part of it accordingly still remains 
 entire, and judging from the multitudes who flocked to the 
 shore to gaze at the British ships of war as they passed, must 
 be densely peopled. 
 
 TOPAKE, the modern name of the ancient ruined city 
 Pollanarrua, Ceylon, 53 m. N.E. Kandy. It was a place of 
 importance at a very early period, and in the eighth century 
 became the favourite residence of the kings of Ceylon. In 
 1023 it was captured and sacked by invaders from the south 
 of India, now generally designated by the name of Malabars 
 or Tamils. It recovered this disaster, and attained its 
 greatest magnificence in the latter part of the twelfth century, 
 under the renowned sovereign Prakrama Balm I. In his 
 time, according to the Mahawanso, a metrical chronicle con- 
 taining a dynastic history of Ceylon from bc. 543 to A.d. 
 1758, Pollanarrua was about 30 m. long by 4 m. broad, sur- 
 rounded by a wall, and containing within its inclosure a 
 citadel, a palace, and numerous temples, hospitals, and 
 schools. A second irruption of the Tamils proved still more 
 disastrous than the first, and the native sovereigns, compelled 
 to retire to the south, left their capital in ruins. These are 
 still the most remarkable in Ceylon, not only from the 
 number and dimensions, but from the superior architecture, of 
 the buildings. Amongothers maybe mentioned the remains of 
 Prakrama's palace, the Dulada Slalagawa, in which the sacred 
 tooth was enshrined; the Rankot and Jayta- wana-rama 
 dagobas, and the Galwihara, a rock-temple hollowed in the 
 face of a granite cliff. These ruins form such enormous 
 mounds of brickwork, that when viewed from a distance they 
 form as striking objects as the hills among which they stand. 
 
 TOPEKA, a tn. U. States, cap. Kansas, on r. bank 
 Kansas River, and on the Union Pacific railway, 48 m. 
 W.S.W. Leavenworth. It is memorable as the place at 
 which the first free-state constitution of Kansas was formed. 
 Pop. (1865), 2400. 
 
 TOPLICE, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 and Sclavonia, co. and 8 m. S.S.E. Warasdin; with glass- 
 works, much- frequented thermal springs, which were known 
 to the Romans, and 950 inhabitants. 
 
 TOKBAY, British America, on the S.E. shore of Nova 
 Scotia, is a large expanse of water, about 9 m. long from 
 N.E. to S.W., and 4 m. across from S.E. to N.W. At its 
 N.E. extremity a very narrow isthmus separates it from 
 Whitehaven Harbour, On its N.W. shore are three small 
 harbours, affording secure anchorage for small vessels, and 
 each possessing a wooden church. At one of them, called 
 Molasses Harbour, the settlers are Acadians. At these settle- 
 ments the drift boulder clay is cultivated sufficiently to afford 
 pasture to cattle, but immediately behind barren granite hills 
 rise to the height of 360 ft., and give the whole district a 
 somewhat desolate aspect. Whitehaven Harbour, immediately 
 adjoining, is secure, and has depth and capacity sufficient for 
 a fleet of the largest ships, but the narrowness and indirect- 
 ness of the channel, and a large number of sunken rocks, 
 make access dangerous, unless by day and in clear weather. 
 
 TOKCEGNO, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and 
 about 16 m. E. by N. Trent; with a remarkable parish church, 
 and 1400 inhabitants. The vicinity is famous for its 
 artichokes. 
 
 TORISZKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zips, 
 5 m. N.E. Leutschau; with a saw-mill, a brewery, a dis- 
 tillery, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 TORJA, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 30 m. N.E. Kronstadt. It consists properly of two distinct 
 places situated opposite to each other, and has in its vicinity 
 a volcanic mountain, with veins of sulphur, and sulphur and 
 alum springs. Pop. 2130. 
 
TORNOCZ 
 
 204 
 
 TRINGANO 
 
 TOKNOCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Lower 
 Neutra, 38 m. E. Presburg, on the Waag and on the railway 
 to Pesth. It contains 1100 inhabitants, who have several 
 mills, but are engaged chiefly in rearing sheep. 
 
 TORKEBELVICINO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 
 18 m. W.N.W. Vicenza; with a parish church, a mineral 
 spring, a paper mill, and 20S5 inhabitants. 
 
 TORKI, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 16 m. N.AV. 
 Verona. It is surrounded by old walls, and has a castle, 
 built in 1383, but still in good repair; a harbour somewhat 
 silted up, and a quarry of beautiful yellow and red marble. 
 The surrounding hills are covered with vineyards, olive- 
 yards, and fig-trees. 
 
 TORSHOK, or Torjok, a tn. Russia, gov. and 40 m. 
 E.N.E. Tver, cap. circle of same name, on the Tyerza, It is 
 a handsome town, with thirty churches, one of them an 
 elegant cathedral ; a monastery, secular and religious schools 
 for the circle and the parish, numerous tanneries and mills, 
 potteries, tileworks, vinegar works, manufactures of wax and 
 tallow candles, shoes, gloves, &c. The trade in these articles 
 and in, grain is very extensive. Pop. 12,137. 
 
 TORZBUKG, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and 11m. S.W. Kronstadt, on the Tbrz, at the entrance of 
 the pass of same name leading across the mountains into 
 Walachia. It is a large straggling place, with 8390 inhabi- 
 tants, chiefly from Walachia ; and the fine old castle and fort 
 of Dietrichstein, seated on a lofty limestone rock. 
 
 TOSAYE, a vil. Central Africa, 180 m. E. Timbuktoo, 
 on the Niger, which here runs with a rapid current between 
 steep banks, and is of such a depth that the natives have 
 never found the bottom. The locality is very important, on 
 account of the intercourse between the desert and the province 
 of Libtako, the Arabs of Azawabad preferring to cross at 
 this point, because their camels and cattle have a compara- 
 tively short distance to swim. 
 
 TOSZEG, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 4 m. 
 S. Szolnok, on the Theiss; with 2839 inhabitants, chiefly 
 employed in agriculture, the rearing of cattle, fishing, and 
 cutting cane. 
 
 TOTO, a tn. "Western Africa, Hausa States, 40 m. N. of 
 the right bank of the Benuwe, and 240 m. S. by W. Kano. 
 According to native information it is of immense size, and 
 densely peopled. On three sides it is surrounded by a clay 
 wall, and on the fourth side protected by a ■woody faddama 
 or valley. It is divided into two quarters — an eastern, in- 
 habited by natives, who speak a distinct language, and are 
 pagans; and a western, inhabited by Mahometans from 
 Katsena, Kano, and Bornou, who have a chief of their own. 
 Toto is engaged in a perpetual and almost hopeless struggle 
 with the conquering Fellatah. Other places in the same 
 quarter have already yielded, and it will probably be obliged 
 to follow. 
 
 TOTONTEPEC, a tn. Mexico, state and 40 m. E.N.E. 
 Oajaca, on an elevated plateau at the foot of Mount Zem- 
 pualtepec. It has a handsome parish church, which belonged 
 to a ruined Dominican monastery; and contains about 1200 
 inhabitants. 
 
 TOURKINSK, a tn. Russian empire, E. Siberia, gov. 
 and 175 m. N.E. Irkutsk, on the E. shore of Lake Baikal. 
 It is famous for its thermal springs, which have made it the 
 Siberian Buxton. Many families from Irkutsk spend their 
 summers here, and visitors come from a distance of more 
 than 1000 m. The springs of Tourkinsk belong to a series 
 which extended along the E. shore of the lake as far as Ust 
 Bargouzin. Some of them are so hot as to scald the hand if 
 placed in them. The presence of volcanic agency is attested 
 by the frequency of earthquakes, and also an extinct crater, 
 from which vast quantities of lava have flowed. 
 
 TOUSTE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 29 m. 8.E. Tarnopol; with manufactures of rosoglio, and 
 2694 inhabitants. In the vicinity, near the Russian frontier, 
 there is a hermitage on a steep hill, with several remarkable 
 passages and caverns. 
 
 TOVOS, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 10 m. N. by E. Karlsburg, cap. dist. of same name; with 
 several fine mansions, an evangelical, a R. Catholic, and a 
 Greek united parish church, and 1750 inhabitants. 
 
 TRAM IN, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle Brixen, 
 r. bank Etsch or Adige, 20 m. N. Trent; with an institute of 
 
 the Sisters of Mercy, and a considerable trade in wine. On 
 an isolated eminence in the vicinity are the ruins of a church, 
 containing frescoes of the painter Egnilt of St. Paul's, with 
 the date of 1440. Pop. 1400. 
 
 TRANQUE, an isl. S. America, Chili, off the S. coast of 
 the island of Chiloe, about lat. 43° 17' 10" S.; Ion. 74° 26' W. 
 It is 13 m. long by about 3 m. broad, is traversed by a ridge 
 which attains the height of 300 ft., and is well wooded, but 
 appears to be thinly inliabited. At its N.W. point there is a 
 bay with tolerable anchorage. The channel between this 
 island and Quelan Point, at the S. extremity of Chiloe, is 
 about a mile wide; in neap tides the ebb runs westward 
 through this channel at the rate of 2 knots an hour. 
 
 TRAUERSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 and 9 m. N. Oedenburg, on the Wulka; with 1160 inhabi- 
 tants, who make tobacco pipes, and trade in wine. 
 
 TRCHOVA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co, and 
 22 m. E N.E. Trencsin ; with limestone quarries, extensive 
 forests, and 3158 inhabitants. 
 
 TREBINYE, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, 16 m. 
 E.N.E. Ragusa. It stands on a well- watered plain at the 
 foot of Mount Gliwa, and consists of the town proper and a 
 suburb. The former, which was once the capital of an inde- 
 pendent principality, is surrounded by a dilapidated wall and 
 a ditch, and contains about fifty dirty half-ruinous houses, 
 occupied exclusively by Mahometans, and placed in streets so 
 narrow that the projecting fronts above almost meet. Out- 
 side the wall is a bazar or market-hall, containing about 
 seventy shops. The suburb contains several Christian fami- 
 lies and a number of gipsies, who have professedly embraced 
 Mahometanism. In the surrounding district Christians are 
 numerous, but in the town and its environs Mussulmans greatly 
 predominate, Trebinye being considered the capital of Islamism 
 in E. Herzegovina. 
 
 TREBNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 about 12 m. S.W. Leitmeritz; with an old parish church, an 
 hospital for the poor, and a brewery. Field-marshal Radetzky 
 was born here. Pop. 1100. 
 
 TREGH, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, circle and 12 m. 
 S. Neusatz ; with extensive mulberry plantations, a trade in 
 wine and silk, and 4374 inhabitants. 
 
 TREGNAGO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 8 m. N.E. 
 Verona, cap. dist. of same name, on the Progno, and on 
 Mounts Contro and Garzon; with a court of justice, a parish 
 church, an old castle, and 2575 inhabitants. 
 
 TREVENZUOLO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 8 m. 
 S S.W. Verona, on the Tion ; with a parish church, containing 
 a fine Magdalen by Ridolfi. 
 
 TRIEBITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 Chrudim, 4 m. from Rudelsdorf, and a station on the Vienna, 
 Olmutz, and Prague railway; with a church, two mills, and 
 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 TRIESCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 7 m. S. Iglau. It is divided into two parts by a sheet of 
 water, which is crossed by a bridge; has an ancient parish 
 church, a synagogue, a castle with beautiful gardens, manu- 
 factures of linen and matches, cattle and other yearly 
 markets, and contains 4500 inhabitants, of whom nearly 700 
 are Jews. 
 
 TRIKALA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 90 m. 
 S.W. Saloniki, on the slope of a hill crowned by the ruins of 
 an ancient castle. The market is most abundantly supplied 
 with fruit from the gardens of the vicinity, and cotton is ex- 
 tensively grown in the district. It is the seat of a Turkish 
 governor and of a Greek archbishop, and contains 10,000 
 inhabitants, mostly Greeks, with a mixture of Zingari and 
 Albanians. 
 
 TRINGANO, or Tringganu [add.], a tn. Malacca penin- 
 sula, cap. native state of same name, on a small river, not far 
 from its mouth in the China Sea. It has a computed pop. of 
 15,000 to 20,000, of whom about 600 are Chinese settlers. 
 The state, situated between Kalantan on the N., Pahang on 
 the S., and Perak on the W., is claimed by the Siamese as 
 one of their hereditary privileges, but at present asserts and 
 successfully maintains its independence. It is mostly a con- 
 tinuous jungle, and produces nothing for export, except a 
 little gold, some black pepper, and some tin. The last, 
 which is its staple, amounts annually to about 480 tons. Pop. 
 about 37,500. 
 
TRINOMALEE 
 
 205 
 
 TSCHUPRIA 
 
 TRINOMALEE [add.], a tn. India, presid. and 103 m. 
 S. VV. Madras, dist. S. Arcot, at the foot of a hill crowned by 
 an old fort. It is a large and tolerably well-built place, pos- 
 sessed of some historical interest from the figure which it 
 makes in the wars of the Carnatic. At present its chief 
 attraction to the natives is its large and beautiful pagoda, 
 which is situated near the E. base of the hill, and has an 
 annual festival, which is said to be attended by nearly 80,000 
 persons. During the festival a large cattle fair is held. 
 
 TKIPASSOOK, a tn. India, presid. and 26 m. W. by N. 
 Madras, dist. Chingleput. It is a decayed place, with the 
 remains of an old stone fort, three churches, one of them 
 R. Catholic, and two Protestant; a school, and a large Hindoo 
 temple. It was once a station for cadets, but the only Euro- 
 peans now inhabiting it are non-commissioned oflBcers and 
 privates who, on being pensioned, prefer remaining in India. 
 For their use a number of cottages has been erected. There 
 is also a bungalow for travellers. 
 
 TRIPETTY, a tn. India, presid. and 70 m. N.W. 
 Madras, dist. N. Arcot, in a valley near the centre of a long 
 range of hills running almost N. and S. The only celebrity 
 which it still possesses, and has possessed from early times, 
 is derived from a pagoda, which is situated at the distance of 
 about 8 m. among the hills, and appears to be more venerated 
 than any other Hindoo temple south of the Kistna. The 
 access to it is by a path leading up to the hill on which it 
 stands, through three goparums or portals. Hindoos only 
 are allowed to enter, and so strict a watch is kept against 
 profanation, that neither Christian nor Mahometan has ever 
 gained admittance. It is known, however, that the pagoda is 
 constructed of cut granite, and in a costly style. The idol is 
 an erect stone figure, about 7 ft. high, with four arms, and is 
 meant to represent Vishnu. The offerings made to it are of 
 every conceivable diversity, and must in the aggregate 
 amount to a very large value. They consist, among others, of 
 lamps, and various other articles in gold, silver, jewels, bags 
 of rupees, single coins of all sorts, spices, &c. Besides these 
 sources of revenue there are many lands and villages held by 
 the great officers of the temple by hereditary right. At one 
 time the British government managed the temple, providing 
 for its customary services out of the revenues and offerings, 
 and pocketing the surplus. This abomination was finally 
 abolished in 1843. 
 
 TKIVADY, a. tn. India, presid. and 105 m. S.kS.W. 
 Madras, dist. S. Arcot, on the Guddelum. It is a small place, 
 possessed of historical interest in consequence of the figure 
 which it makes in the wars between the British and the 
 French when contending for supremacy in India. Its pagoda 
 having been fortified stood several sieges, and was repeatedly 
 the scene of desperate struggles. 
 
 TRIVICAKY, a vil. India, presid. Madras, dist. S. Arcot, 
 on the Arriancoopum or Villanore, about 13 m. W.N.W. 
 Pondicherry. It now consists only of a few scattered huts, 
 but the remains in its vicinity prove that it occupies the site 
 of a much more important place, while it has still its own 
 claim to notice in the remarkable fossils found in its vicinity. 
 They consist chiefly of large silicified trees, which are often 
 finely veined and coloured, and so strongly resemble cornelian 
 and agate, that they are made into beads, bracelets, and other 
 ornaments. 
 
 TROIS PISTOLES, a vil. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Temiscouata, r. bank St. Lawrence, 120 m. N.E. 
 Quebec. It is a large and flourishing place, with a R. Catho- 
 lic church, an academy of the Freres du Saint Viateur, several 
 industrial establishments, and an extensive trade in lumber. 
 Pop. about 3000. 
 
 TROITSKA-SELO, a tn. Russian empire, E. Siberia, 
 gov. Irkutsk, near the frontiers of China, 3 m. N. Kiachta. 
 It stands among hills on a plateau about 2500 ft. above the 
 sea, and is a place of great commercial activity, containing 
 the custom-house and the warehouses, where all the merchan- 
 dise, whether from Russia or China, must be deposited under 
 government custody, and where the sale or barter of the 
 different commodities is carried on. 
 
 TRONA, one of a series of natron lakes in Fezzan, N. 
 Africa, N.W. Murzuk. They are all situated along the N. 
 side of the Wadi Shergi and Wadi Garbi. Oudney and 
 Clapperton represented that they were shut up by inaccessible 
 sandhills; but, though Vogel, by actually visiting them, 
 
 proved this report to bo inaccurate, he found the desert in 
 which they are situated to be of ' the most terrific character 
 — a labyrinth of hills, undulations, valleys, precipices — pre- 
 senting not one square yard of level ground, formed entirely 
 of drifting sand, in which the camels sank up to their bellies. 
 For carrying my tent and cooking apparatus, together with 
 two water-pipes, in all about 350 lbs. weight, I required no 
 less than five camels, and nevertheless performed only 9J m. 
 in eighteen hours.' As according to native report the Trona 
 Lakes, particularly the most easterly, called Bahr-el-Dud, 
 were bottomless, and every living being that ventured in 
 inevitably perished, Vogel's attendants were horrified when 
 they saw him jump in. His object was to ascertain the 
 depth, which proved to be only 24 ft. at the greatest, and to 
 average not more than 18 ft. The Bahr-el-Dud is remarkable 
 for containing red worms, which are caught with cotton nets, 
 in which are hauled up at the same time innumerable flies and 
 other insects, with which the lake is filled. The whole is 
 mixed with a red kind of date into a paste, which has a similar 
 smell and taste to salt herring, and is used by the inhabitants 
 of Fezzan in the place of meat along with bazeen. 
 
 TROPPAU [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, cap. duchy 
 Silesia, pleasantly situated r. bank Oppa, near the Prussian 
 frontiers, and on a branch communicating with the Vienna and 
 Oderberg railway, 78 m. N.E. Briinn. It is well built, contain- 
 ing in particular two very handsome squares, and consists of an 
 inner town surrounded by walls, and of three suburbs. The 
 principal buildings and establishments are the palace of the 
 Prince of Liechtenstein, the high-church, an ancient structure 
 of basalt, with two modern towers, one of them unfinished; 
 a beautiful church which belonged to the Jesuits, a Minorite 
 convent with a fine church, a nunnery, an upper gymnasium, 
 with a museum and a library of 20,000 volumes; a high-school 
 and other educational institutes, an old and spacious town- 
 house, a State-house, an elegant tower rising conspicuously in 
 the centre of the town, a handsome guardhouse, a theatre, 
 three hospitals and infirmaries, an institute for the poor, an 
 asylum for orphan children, a beautiful garden called the 
 Kiosk, and a large public park. The manufactures consist 
 chiefly of woollen and linen cloth, beet-root sugar, beer, 
 liqueurs, paper, and brick and tile works. The trade, parti- 
 cularly in woollen and linen goods, is extensive, and there are 
 several large wool, cattle, and other yearly markets. A 
 congress of sovereigns was held here in 1820. Pop. 13,861. 
 
 TRUMAU, a vil. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, on 
 the Triesting; with 1700 inhabitants, and a large cotton mill. 
 
 TRUSKAWIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and about 20 m. S.E. Sambor. It has mineral springs, of 
 which the principal ingredients are sulphur and naphtha. 
 There are several springs of rock-oil in the vicinity. Pop. 
 900. 
 
 TSAE-SHIH-KE, a tn. China, on the Yang-tze-kiang, 
 near the frontiers of Kiangsoo and Nganhoei, between Nankin 
 and Taiping. It stands on a low eminence in a recess formed 
 by hills, and is surrounded by a wall, and defended by some 
 circular stone redoubts. When Lord Elgin passed up the 
 river it was in the hands of the insurgents, who, totally un- 
 provoked, and as if by way of bravado, first fired off a number 
 of gingals at the British vessels, but from such a distance 
 that no harm could be done, and then shot a ball from one of 
 their brass guns. The insult of the gingals was treated with 
 contempt, but the firing of the ball provoked a retaliation, 
 during which a Moorsom shell dropped into the centre of the 
 fort, and sent the whole erection into the air. 
 
 TSCHERKOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and about 13 m. S. W. Hradisch; with an ancient castle, 
 and 2653 inhabitants, 
 
 TSCHERNEMBL, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Car- 
 niola, on a height above a small stream which joins the 
 Kulpa, an affluent of the Save, 47 m. S.E. Laybach, It has 
 a castle, some trade in wine and fruit, and 1300 inhabitants, 
 
 TSCHERKOWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 9 m. E.S.E. Tabor; with a deanery church, a 
 castle, a townhouse, a brewery, and five mills. Pop. 1700. 
 
 TSCHUPRIA, or TruPRiYA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 Servia, cap. circle of same name, at the confluence of the 
 Eavanitza with the Morava, 71 m. S.S.E. Belgrade. It is 
 the seat of a civil and criminal court, and has a new church, 
 a school, and important yearly markets. Pop. 2000. 
 
TSE-KEE 
 
 206 
 
 TUMEN-KIANG 
 
 TSE-KEE, a In. China, prov. Chekiang, near one of the 
 branches of the river, and 15 m. N. VV. of the town of Ningpo. 
 It is partly inclosed by a canal or moat, and surrounded by 
 walls, which have a circuit of about 3 m. The space within 
 being only partially built upon, contains a number of gardens, 
 and even cultivated fields. It is a very ancient place, beauti- 
 fully situated on a flat plain surrounded by hills, which rise 
 above it with heights varying from 300 to 1000 ft., and are 
 in many instances crowned with temples, which, viewed from 
 below, have a most imposing appearance. The streets are 
 narrow, and tlie shops generally have a poor appearance, but 
 the market is remarkably well supplied with vegetables, 
 fruit, fish, pork, &o. Many of the wealthiest inhabitants of 
 this part of China reside in Tse-kee. Their houses, however, 
 though the best in the place, make no appearance externally, 
 in consequence of the custom of surrounding them with high 
 walls, so that they are not visible from the street. Outside 
 the walls, beyond the N. gate, there is a pretty lake, crossed 
 by a causeway with arches and alcoves, and leading to a 
 range of temples at tlie base of the hills. 'A side view of 
 this causeway,' says Mr, Fortune, 'with its round-arched 
 bridge and alcove, the smooth water of the lake, the rich 
 vegetation of its banks, and the temples at the foot of the 
 hills, would form a lovely picture worthy of the pencil of our 
 first European artists — a more fairy- like spot it would be 
 most diflBcult to find.' 
 
 TSHERNETZ, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 1. bank Danube, 
 on the W. frontiers of Walachia, cap. circle Mehedinitzi, 
 42 m. N.N.W. Widin. It is the seat of a court of primary 
 jurisdiction, has a church and a normal school, and was once 
 a place of importance, though now reduced to one long winding 
 street. Pop. 3170. 
 
 TSIEN-TANG, a river, China, formed by two branches 
 at the town of Yen-chow, in prov. Chekiang, flows circuit- 
 ously first N. past the town of Hang-choo-foo, then E.N.E., 
 and falls into a broad estuary of same name, called also Hang- 
 chu Bay, after a course of about 120 m. .below Yen-chow. 
 Of the two branches by which it is formed, the more south- 
 erly has its sources among the Bohea Mountains on the 
 N. frontiers of Fokien, and among some hills N.W. of the 
 town of Chang-shan, where the three provinces of Chekiang, 
 Kiangsee, and Nganhoei meet. The other branch rises in 
 the N.W. among the green-tea hills of Hoei-choo. Both 
 branches are navigable by country flat-bottomed boats for 
 about 150 m. above Yen-chow. There is a bore in the Tsien- 
 tang so remarkable that, according to a Chinese proverb, it 
 is one of the three wonders of tlie world. Dr. Macgowan, 
 medical missionary at- Ningpo, who witnessed it at Hang- 
 chow-foo, thus describes it, 'Loud shouting from the fleet 
 announced the appearance of the flood, which seemed like a 
 glistening white cable stretched athwart the river at its 
 mouth as far down as the eye could reach. Its noise, com- 
 pared by Chinese poets to that of thunder, speedily drowned 
 that of the boatmen, and as it advanced with prodigious 
 velocity — at the rate, I should judge, of 25 m. an hour — it 
 assumed the appearance of an alabaster wall, or rather of a 
 cataract four or five miles across and about 30 ft. high, mov- 
 ing bodily onward.' It seemed as if the boats, which, in 
 anticipation of its approach had moved out into the centre of 
 the stream, would inevitably be swamped, but by keeping 
 their prows toward the wave they all vaulted, as it were, to 
 the summit with perfect safety. 
 
 TSUSIMA [add.], an isl. in the Strait of Corea, between 
 Japan and the Corea, is about 35 m. long from N. to S., and 
 from 8 to 10 m. broad. A singular two-pointed peak rises from 
 the centre to a height of 1760 ft., and another mountain to 
 the southward has an elevation of about 2500 ft., the highest 
 in the island. The S. part of the island consists of two broad 
 valleys, divided by a spur covered with timber, and partially 
 inhabited and cultivated ; the higher lands are covered with 
 virgin forest. The E. shore is sparsely inhabited, and pre- 
 sents an abrupt and rocky coast line. On the western side a 
 deep sound almost bisects the island, the northern and larger 
 division being connected with the southern by a low sandy 
 spit, dry at low-water. About the sound a reticulation of 
 deep channels, dividing the hilly country in all directions, 
 forms a labyrinth of waters; the scenery, instead of being 
 wild and rugged, is soft and rounded, massive foliage every- 
 where drooping into the water. The shores are so steep- to, 
 
 that large ships might be moored in safety to the trees on the 
 banks. A few fishermen's huts line the margin of the bays 
 here and there; but for the most part the hills are clothed with 
 forests of evergreen oak, sycamore, maple, cypresses, and 
 conifers of every variety. The island possesses wild cats 
 and deer, and pheasants of species unknown in Japan. A 
 road connects Tsusima Sound with Tatchio, the capital, 
 about 9 m. distant. The prince, who is absolute proprietor 
 and independent chief, maintains a garrison of 300 men at 
 Chosan, a town in the Corea, with which he enjoys a monopoly 
 of the trade, consisting of tiger skins, hides, rice, silver, and 
 gold. Pop. of Tsusima about 30,000. 
 
 TUCUMAN, a tn. La Plata, cap. prov. of same name, beau- 
 tifully situated 2490 ft. above the sea, on a plain covered with 
 orange-trees and gardens at the foot of a lofty mountain range; 
 lat. 26° 51' S.; Ion. 66° W. It is built with gi-eat regularity 
 in somewhat narrow streets, and contains a number of houses 
 of a more elegant appearance than is usual in a provincial 
 town. Most of the better description are of two stories, and 
 open from the interior into spacious patios or courts. The 
 principal public buildings are the high-church, which has 
 two lofty towers fronting the plaza and a lofty dome crown- 
 ing its centre nave; several other churches and chapels, a 
 Franciscan and a Dominican monastery, a newly erected 
 cabildo, with a circular front and a tower terminating in a 
 spire; the college of San Miguel, the Casa de Jesus, a kind 
 of retreat for penitents, and another religious building which 
 bears the name of the Pantheon. The chief industrial estab- 
 lishments are tanneries and leather factories, sugar-works, 
 and brandy distilleries. The manufacture of saddle covers, 
 known by the name of pellones, woven and finished entirely 
 by women, is famous. Tucuman early took an important 
 part in the war with Spain, and was selected as the place of 
 meeting for the congress which, on the 9th July, 1816, 
 issued the declaration of independence. Pop. about 8000. 
 
 TULA, a tn. Mexico, state and 40 m. N.N.W. Mexico, 
 cap. dist. and on the 1. bank of a river of same name, at the 
 height of 6500 ft. above the sea. It stands at the N. outlet of 
 the valley of Mexico, is regularly built in broad streets, and 
 has a large market-place, surrounded partly by substantial 
 buildings and partly by others of very indifferent appearance; 
 a church, founded at the period of the Spanish conquest, and 
 a Franciscan monastery which has all the appearance of a 
 regular fortification. Tula occupies the site of the ancient 
 Toltan, capital of the Toltecs. 
 
 TULANCINGO, atn. Mexican Confederation, state and 
 85 m. N.E. Mexico, at the height of 5800 ft. above the sea. 
 It stands in a beautiful district, has a handsome parish church 
 and a monastery, and contains 5000 inhabitants, chiefly en- 
 gaged in agriculture and rearing cattle. 
 
 TULCAN, a tn. S. America, Ecuador, on the S. frontiers 
 of Granada, 95 m. N.E. Quito. It is the capital of a canton 
 of same name, and contains some good houses. In its vicinity 
 are several thermal springs. Its height above the sea ex- 
 ceeds 9000 ft. 
 
 TUMBA, a tn. S. W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Bihe, seated on a hill which rises in the midst of the Bulum 
 Bulu Steppe, and is surrounded by incendera-trees, a species 
 of platanus. It contains about 800 huts, occupied by fugi- 
 tives from the neighbouring lands who have adopted it as 
 their residence. Though the place has no external defence, 
 it proves a secure asylum in consequence of some superstitious 
 feeling on the part of the natives, who regard it as a sanc- 
 tuary which must not be violated. The inhabitants, nomi- 
 nally subject to Bih^, live by agriculture, trade, and hunting; 
 to strangers they are friendly and hospitable. 
 
 TUMEN-KIANG, or Tsing-Hing, a river, Asia, which 
 separates Corea from Manchooria, and is now, by treaty con- 
 cluded on I4th November, 1860, the N.E. boundary between 
 the Russian and the Chinese empire, has its mouth in the Sea 
 of Japan, in lat. 42° 19' N. It is said to have a course of 
 180 m., but has only been properly examined for the first 
 10 m. In this part of its course its r. bank is hilly and ter- 
 minates in steep sandy slopes, while its 1. bank presents an 
 extensive plain covered with brackish lakes or marshes. A 
 long sand-spit extending from the 1. bank narrows the en- 
 trance and forms a bar, and the channel is so winding and 
 encumbered with shoals that navigation is extremely difficult 
 from the first, and soon becomes altogether impracticable. 
 
TUNDA 
 
 207 
 
 UBWARI 
 
 TUNDA, a tn. S. W. Africa, Kiinbunda country, territory 
 Selles, 40 m. E.N.E. Benguela. It is built on the summit 
 of a conical bill, is the residence of a chief who claims to be 
 independent, and contains 2000 inhabitants, who are as in- 
 dustrious cultivators as their predatory tastes and habits 
 allow them to be. 
 
 TUNG-CHOW, or Tong-choo, a walled tn. China, prov. 
 Pechele, 1. bank Peiho, 12 m. E. Pekin. It is a large place, 
 comprising the old and new cities, one thick wall, 35 ft. in 
 lieight, encircling the whole. A narrow stream from the 
 Peiho runs through it; the houses are small, dirty, and 
 squalid, and the temples second-rate. On the north wall is a 
 lofty minaret of twelve stories, 150 ft. high, constituting the 
 chief object of interest in the place. 
 
 TUNKA, a tn. Russian empire, Siberia, gov. and 120 m. 
 W.S. W. Irkutsk, on a stream of same name, at its confluence 
 with the Irkut, near the Chinese frontiers. It consists of 300 
 houses, which, lying scattered and isolated, cover a large 
 extent of ground. It was once defended by a fort inclosed by 
 strong palisades, and mounting cannon at tiie four angles of its 
 square, but the fort has been dismantled, and the old wooden 
 church which stood near its centre is now in open ground. 
 The inhabitants are partly Cossacks, but the majority being 
 Mongols, the Mongolian element so far prevails that even the 
 Cossacks and serfs use the language, dress, and manners of 
 Mongols. The chief wealth of the place is in its cattle. 
 Corn is cultivated but does not always ripen. 
 
 TUNNIUM, a fort, India, presid. Madras, Tondiman's 
 Country, 10 m. S. Poodoocottah. It was built nearly a 
 century and a half ago, and is still a place of some strength, 
 consisting mainly of a fortified rock, inclosed by an outer 
 ditch and a wall of a circular form flanked with 2 1 bastions. 
 The wall at its S.E. side is washed by a large lake, and im- 
 mediately beneath the rock there is a pagoda. Gunpowder 
 is manufactured here for the Tondiman rajah. 
 
 TUKCHAL, a tn. Turkey in Asia, prov. Sivas, between 
 and nearly equidistant from Amasia and Tokat. It was 
 once defended by a castle, finely seated on a commanding 
 height but now in ruins; and consists of about 200 houses in 
 tolerable condition. Apparently it has at one time been 
 much more extensive, but the inhabitants seem prosj)erous, 
 and besides weaving linen, for which flax is extensively 
 grown in the vicinity, take advantage of the great thorough- 
 fare passing the town to carry on a considerable general trade. 
 
 TURGOVKA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 
 about 50 m. N.E. Trencsin, in the neighbourhood of exten- 
 sive pine forests; with 5906 inhabitants, who are chiefly em- 
 ployed in felling and sawing timber. 
 
 TURK, a group of islands, West Indies, the most easterly 
 of the Bahamas. It consists of nine islets, situated on a 
 narrow bank, and extending about 35 m. from N.N.E. to 
 S.S.W. They are all composed of sand and sandstone, 
 clothed with stunted bushes and a peculiar species of cactus, 
 which, somewhat resembling a Turkish cap, has probably 
 given them their name. The largest of the group, and the 
 only ones inhabited, are Grand Turk Island, which is about 
 5| m. long by 1 m. broad, and is much resorted to for the 
 salt made in an extensive pond in front of a small town of 
 
 same name lying on its W. shore; and Salt Cay, which is 
 almost triangular in form, and has a small town, which is situ- 
 ated near its N. W. extremity, and possesses a valuable salt- 
 pond. The islands have no fresh water except what is col- 
 lected in tanks during rain, and are so barren tiiat the inhab- 
 itants derive all their supplies from without — from America, 
 Hay ti, and the Caicos group. 
 
 TlJKNITZ, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, circle 
 Upper Wienerwald, near the source of the Traisen, 44 m. 
 S.W. Vienna; has manufactures of scythes, a quarry of 
 beautiful marble, several sawmills, a considerable trade in 
 gypsum, which abounds in the vicinity; and contains 2370 
 inhabitants. 
 
 TUKNOVA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 60 m. 
 S.S.W. Saloniki. It was once a place of importance, but 
 now contains only 4000 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed 
 in weaving cotton and silk and in dyeing yarn. 
 
 TUSIJA [anc. Decwa], a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia, 
 on an affluent of the Halys, in a fertile and well-cultivated 
 valley, 95 m. S.S.W. Sinope. It consists of about 2000 
 houses, and has manufactures of shawls from goats' hair. 
 
 TUSNAD, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 23 m. S.E. Udvarhely; with mineral springs in a 
 narrow pass of the Aluta, and 1650 inhabitants. 
 
 TUTACORIN, or Tuticorin, a tn. India, presid. 
 Madras, dist. and 30 m. E.N.E. Tinnevelly, on the Gulf of 
 Manaar. It was built by the Dutch, who had a factory here 
 at the time when the island of Ceylon was in their posses- 
 sion. The native merchants still carry on a coasting trade, 
 and European agents make considerable shipments of the 
 cotton grown in the province. The chank-fishery here is 
 annually let out by government, and the produce is sent 
 chiefly to Calcutta. There was also a pearl-fishery so 
 ancient that it is distinctly mentioned by Marco Polo. The 
 pearls had a bluish or greenish tint which diminished their 
 value, but still a considerable sum was realized. This 
 fishery no longer exists, the improvement of the Paumben 
 Pass having created currents fatal to the pearl-banks. 
 
 TUTUTEPEC, a tn. Mexico, state and 87 m. S.S.W. 
 Oajaca. It stands on a height, has a number of handsome 
 houses, and contains about 1000 inhabitants, who are chiefly 
 employed in fishing, and salting fish to be sent into the interior. 
 
 TWONICZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 W. Sanok; with 1850 inhabitants, the descendants of Swedish 
 prisoners. 
 
 TYCZYN, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and 7 m. S.S.E. 
 Rzeszow, cap. dist. of same name; with an elegant castle, and 
 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 TYNIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, on the Vistula, 6 m. S.W. Cracow; with a Benedictine 
 abbey, which, founded by Boleslaus the Valorous in 1015, and 
 suppressed in 1815, is now the summer residence of the Bishop 
 of Tarnow. Pop. 1050. 
 
 TZINTZONTIN, a tn. Mexico, state Michoacan, on the 
 N. side of the lake and about 20 m. W.S.W. of the town of 
 Morellia. It was once the capital of the native kings of 
 Michoacan, but is now only an Indian village with about 2000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 u. 
 
 UAL AN, or Strong, an isl. of the N. Pacific, the most 
 easterly of the Caroline group; lat. 5" 19'N.; Ion. 163° 6' E. 
 It is about 30 m. in circuit, and attains an elevation of about 
 2000 ft., is well-wooded and fertile, and is inhabited by a 
 race among whom civilization has made good progress. Most 
 of them speak good English and make a profession of Chris- 
 tianity, but their numbers seem to be rapidly declining, as 
 they once amounted to 1500 and now fall short of 1000. 
 Their chief employment is fishing. They are governed by a 
 chief or king, who resides in Lela. The harbour is well- 
 sheltered, and frequently visited by foreign vessels. 
 
 UBA, a tn. W. Africa, on the N. frontiers of Adamawa 
 or Fumbina, 165 m. S. by W. Kukawa. It consists of two 
 quarters, an east and a west. The former is inclosed by a 
 double thorn-fence and a low earthen wall, but consists only 
 of a few huts scattered over a wide space, and presenting a 
 cheerless appearance; the latter is more densely aijd com- 
 fortably occupied: each cluster of huts is surrounded with a 
 little cornfield, carefully fenced. The only buildings deserv- 
 ing of notice are the governor's house, on one side of a small 
 square, and the mosque, in the form of a spacious quadrangle. 
 
 UBWARI, by far the largest isl. of Lake Tanganyika in 
 
UDBINJA 
 
 208 
 
 UJIJI 
 
 Central Africa, lies oflf its N.W, shore, separated from the 
 mainland by a channel with an average width of 6 to 7 m. 
 It is about 25 m. long by 4 broad, and consists of a high 
 rocky ridge which stretches from N. to S., and descends on 
 either side towards the water in slopes, which are sometimes 
 intersected by ravines, and terminate in abrupt precipices. 
 It is richly clothed with vegetation, and partially cultivated. 
 At the N.E, extremity is a landing place called Mzimu, where 
 a strip of land divides the waters from a grassy slope, through 
 which a line of road leads from the hills above. On the 
 arrival of trading canoes the islanders flock from their hamlets 
 to barter their ivory, slaves, goats, and provisions for salt, 
 beads, wire, and cloth. They are by no means a comely 
 race, and do not improve their appearance by their dress, 
 which consists of the usual mbugu, tigered with black stripes, 
 and tailed like leopard skins ; their waists, wi ists, and ankles, 
 their knobsticks, spears, and daggers, are bound with rattan 
 bark. Nearly opposite to Mzimu, on the N.W. extremity of 
 the island, is another similar landing-place, called Mutuwwa, 
 from which the canoes paddle over in nine hours to Mur- 
 wumba, a place situated on the mainland, and inhabited by a 
 race of cannibals called Wabembe. 
 
 UDBINJA, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, 
 67 m. S. by E. Karlstadt; with an interesting parish church, 
 a trivial school, and the ruins of an ancient castle with massive 
 walls, towers, and bulwarks. Old coins and other antiquities 
 have been found here. Pop. 810. 
 
 UDUNG, a tn. cap. Cambodia. See Ooduno. 
 
 UDVAKHELY, or Oderhelien [add.], a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Transylvania, cap. circle of same name, on the Great 
 Kokel, 63 m. N.E. Hermannstadt. It is the seat of courts of 
 justice for the circle and town, and of several important public 
 ofiices, and has a Protestant and two \l. Catholic churches, a 
 Franciscan monastery, a Protestant and a R. Catholic gymna- 
 sium, a normal school, a civil hospital, numerous tanneries, 
 and a trade in tobacco and other produce. To the W. of the 
 town is an old castle, which was built by Sigismund Zapolya 
 to keep the Szeklers in check, and was a place of strength, 
 till in course of several sieges its fortifications were in a great 
 measure demolished. Pop. 4340. — The village of Szombath- 
 falva in the vicinity is a great holiday resort, and has a sul- 
 phur spring. 
 
 UGANDA, a territory, East Africa, lying along the 
 N.W. part of the Victoria Nyanza, between the Kitangul^ 
 River on the S.W., lat. 1° S., and the Victoria Nile on the 
 N.E., lat. 1° N. It is a rich and fertile country, and where 
 it skirts the supposed borders of the lake is intersected by 
 many rush drains or marshes, with central streams flowing 
 sluggishly northwards. The inhabitants of Uganda, called 
 Waganda, are often well dressed, and wear neat bark cloaks 
 resembling the best yellow corduroy cloth, crimp, and as if 
 stififened with starch, and over these as upper cloaks a patch- 
 work of small antelope skins very neatly sewn together; 
 whilst their head-dresses are abrus turbans, set off with highly 
 polished boar-tusks, stick- charms, seeds, beads, or shells; and 
 on their necks, arms, and ankles they wear other charms of 
 wood, or small horns stufifed with magic powder, and fastened 
 with strings generally covered with snake-skin. The Wa- 
 ganda also keep their huts and gardens in excellent order, with 
 screens and inclosures for privacy, a clearance in front, and 
 a baraza or reception hut facing the buildings. Uganda was 
 formerly a portion of the larger kingdom of Unyoro, and is 
 now under the rule of a despotic chief or king. The tradi- 
 tional account of the rise of the kingdom of Uganda is thus ' 
 related by Captain Speke : — ' Eight generations back a sports- 
 man from Unyoro, by name Uganda, came with a pack of 
 dogs, a woman, a spear, and a shield, hunting on the left bank 
 of Katonga valley, not far from the lake. He was but a poor 
 man, though so successful in hunting that vast numbers 
 flocked to him for flesh, and became so fond of him as to 
 invite him to be their king, saying, " Of what use to us is our 
 present king, living so far away?" At first Uganda hesitated, 
 but on being further pressed consented; when the people, 
 hearing his name, said, " Well, for the future, let this country 
 between the Nile and Katonga be called Uganda, and let 
 your name be Kimdra, the first king of Uganda." The report 
 of these proceedings soon reached the great king of Unyoro, 
 who in his magnificence merely said, »' The poor creature 
 must be starving; allow him to feed there if he likes." 
 
 Kim^ra, suddenly risen to eminence, grew proud and head- 
 strong, formed a strong clan around him, rewarded well, 
 punished severely, and soon became magnificent. Nothing 
 
 PEOPLE OF UGANDA.— From Speke's Journal. 
 
 short of the grandest palace, a throne to sit upon, the largest 
 harem, the smartest officers, the best-dressed people, even a 
 menagerie for pleasure, — in fact, only the best of everything 
 would content him Fleets of boats, not canoes, were built 
 for war, and armies formed. In short, the system of govern- 
 ment according to barbarous ideas was perfect. Highways 
 were cut from one extremity of the country to the other, and 
 all rivers bridged. No house could be built without its 
 necessary appendages for cleanliness ; no person however poor 
 could expose his person ; and to disobey these laws was death. 
 After the death of Kimera the prosperity of Uganda never 
 decreased, but rather improved.' 
 
 UGOGO, a territory, E. Africa, bounded on the E. by the 
 Rubeho Mountains, which form the most westerly portion of the 
 Usagara chain, and on the W. by the Mgunda Mkhali Desert; 
 its N . and S. boundaries are undefined. It is the most favoured 
 portion of a table-land which, commencing eastwards in the 
 dense jungle of the Marenga Mkhali, stretches W. to Tura, 
 on the confines of Unyamwezi, in Ion. 33° 57' E. The sur- 
 face, when in a state of nature, is covered by dense bush and 
 stunted forests, but in these a number of small and carefully 
 cultivated clearings have been made, on which considerable 
 quantities of sorghum and maize are grown. The climate is 
 decidedly arid. During almost the whole year a violent wind 
 sweeps from the eastern mountains. In the long summer, 
 succulent vegetation is shrivelled up, and the crackling cover- 
 ing of clayey earth and thin sand is carried aloft in whirling 
 columns like waterspouts. In the winter season, which 
 seldom exceeds three months, the fall of rain is uncertain and 
 deficient, and famine not unfrequently ensues. It is thought, 
 however, that the aridity of Ugogo has improved the physical 
 development of the Wagogo, its inhabitants. 
 
 UJE KASUKULA, a tn. W. Africa, situated in one of 
 the finest districts of Hornou, 80 m. S. by W. Kukawa. Every 
 large place in the district which takes the common name of 
 Uj^ has a market of its own, but by far the most important 
 is that of Uj^ Kasukula, and hence its name, 'kasuka' mean- 
 ing market. Uj^ was once the chief province of the Gamer- 
 ghu, a tribe frequently mentioned in history, and closely 
 related to the Wandala or Mandara. The tribe has lost its 
 national independence, while its brethren in Mora and the 
 places around have hitherto succeeded, though not without the 
 utmost difficulty, in defending their mountain homes against 
 the assaults of the Kanuri and Fulb^. 
 
 UJIJI, a dist. East Africa, bounded N. by the moun- 
 
UKAEANGA 
 
 209 
 
 UNITED STATES 
 
 tains of Urundi, E. Ubuha, S. the Ukaranga country, and 
 W. Lake Tanganyika. Abundance of liumidity and a fertile 
 soil, evidenced by the size of the forest-trees and the numer- 
 ous ferns, render it the most productive district in this part 
 of the continent. The principal crops are holcus, the Indian 
 nagli [Eleusine coracana), pulse, ground-nuts, beans, and hari- 
 cots. There is neither millet nor rice, though the latter was 
 at one time grown by the Arabs on the shores of the lake, 
 and is said to have attained the height of 8 or 9 ft. The 
 depredations of the monkey, the elephant, and the hippo- 
 potamus were among the main causes of abandoning its cul- 
 tivation. Sugar-cane, tobacco, and cotton are always to be 
 purchased. The principal fruits are the plantain and the 
 Guinea-palm; the principal vegetables, the manioc, the egg- 
 plant, the sweet-potato, the yam, the cucumber, and an 
 edible white fungus growing subterraneously. The inhabi- 
 tants, or Wajiji, are a burly race, with dark skins, plain 
 features, and straight strong limbs. Their feet and hands are 
 large and flat, their voices harsh, and their manners indepen- 
 dent even to insolence. They are extensively tattooed. Their 
 arms are small battle-axes, daggers, spears, and bows and 
 arrows. Before Burton visited the country Ujiji was gene- 
 rally spoken of as a city. It is now needless to say that it 
 has no title to the name. At best it is but a collection of 
 villages, composed for the most part of mere hovels. The 
 only thing which reminds one of a town is the bazar, which, 
 however, is only a relic of Arab civilization, and though much 
 frequented and well-supplied, is little more than a raised plot 
 of ground, where, between 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., a mass of 
 standing and squatting negroes buy and sell, barter and ex- 
 change, with a hubbub heard for miles. The direct distance 
 of Ujiji from the E. coast is 590 m., and the indirect, allow- 
 ing for the sinuosities of the route, 955 m. The Arab cara- 
 vans, owing to various causes of detention, usually take six 
 months to reach it; Burton and his party accomplished 
 the distance in 100 days, travelling at the average rate of 
 4i hours per day, and 2 "27 m. per hour. 
 
 UKAKANGA, a dist. Central Africa, extending eastward 
 from the Unguwwe, an affluent of the Malagarazi, to the E. 
 shores of Lake Tanganyika. On the S. it is bounded by the 
 territory of Uthongwe, and on the N. by the Euche, a feeder 
 of Tanganyika. The villages, scattered in clumps over the 
 plain, are wretched places, with a few cultivated fields in the 
 drier parts of the swamps. The so-called port of Ukaranga, 
 on the E. shore of the lake, is an open roadstead, where even 
 a single canoe is seldom seen. This roadstead is separated 
 from Ujiji by the mouth of the Euche, in a deep hollow bay 
 from 5 to 6 miles across. It swarms with crocodiles and 
 hippopotami, which are said to be singularly bold and fierce. 
 The voyage across from Ukaranga port to LFjiji or Kawele is 
 performed in three hours, and is rendered attractive by the 
 picturesque forms and gorgeous tints of the mountains around 
 the lake. 
 
 UKEREWE, an island in the S.E. of Victoria Nyanza, 
 East Africa, about lat. 2° S.; Ion. 33° E. It is of a triangular 
 shape, with a surface which, though diversified in some parts, 
 is generally flat. So little, however, is ascertained, that it 
 remains a question whether Ukerewe and the adjacent Ma- 
 zita are really two islands, and not rather a single peninsula 
 of the mainland. The ground of the latter opinion is the 
 Arab allegation that they are connected with each other and 
 with the eastern shore by a low neck of land, which is dry in 
 the hot season, and even during the rains is never so deeply 
 flooded that cattle cannot ford it. Be this as it may, a fact of 
 greater consequence is, that Ukerewe is exceedingly populous, 
 and carries on a considerable trade in ivory, which is col- 
 lected in the country toward the E., and stored up against the 
 arrival of a caravan, when it is disposed of chiefly for beads. 
 
 ULANOW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 30 m. N.E. Ezeszow, cap. dist. of same name, at the confluence 
 of the Taiiew with the San. It is the central entrepot of the 
 Galician trade in wood and corn, and contains 2807 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 ULASZKOWCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and S. W. Czortkow; with a Basilian monastery, a large yearly 
 market, and 2125 inhabitants. 
 
 ULUCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 9 m. 
 N.E. Sanok, on the San; with extensive glass-works, and 
 1 600 inhabitants. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 UMAGO, a tn. Austrian empire, circle Istria, on the 
 Adriatic, 19 m. S.W. Trieste. It has a charitable endow- 
 ment, and a harbour at which some trade is carried on. 
 Pop. 1900. 
 
 UMANDA, a prov. East Africa, territory TJsukuma, 
 situated N. of Unyamwesi, and S. of Victoria Nyanza. It 
 forms a long oval, with a length of 80 m. and a breadth of 
 about 2 marches, and consists chiefly of a well-cleared and 
 populous valley. The inhabitants are a turbulent and quar- 
 relsome race, combining the unsettled and predatory habits 
 of the pastoral, with the debauchery and greed of gain char- 
 acteristic of the half-agricultural tribes. They are, however, 
 disposed to trade, and occasionally send caravans to the E. 
 coast. 
 
 UMBALLA, a tn. India, Sirhind, cap. dist. of same 
 name, in a level and well-cultivated country near the Guggur, 
 122 m. N. by W. Agra. It is a large place surrounded by 
 walls, and defended by a fort, and consists of brick houses, 
 ranged in streets so narrow that an elephant can scarcely pass 
 along them. Immediately beneath the walls of the fort is the 
 encamping ground of the British troops. The dist., of which 
 Umballa is the capital, has an area of 293 sq. m., and a pop. 
 of 67,134, This area, however, is said to be that only of the 
 government lands; the area under police control is 2175 sq. m. 
 
 UM-EL-JEMAL, an ancient city, Asiatic Turkey, in 
 the Hauran, about 75 m. S. Damascus. Standing alone in 
 the desert, it has scarcely suffered from the ravages either of 
 man or of time, and is still so perfect in all its parts, that in 
 walking through it it is scarcely possible to believe that it is 
 totally uninhabited. It is surrounded by a high wall, inclos- 
 ing a rectangular area equal in dimensions to modern Jeru- 
 salem. Many of the streets are paved, and in different parts 
 are seen open spaces resembling our modern squares. The 
 houses contain usually three rooms on the ground floor, and 
 two on the first story; and some of the public buildings are 
 very large. Um-el-Jemal is conjectured to have been the 
 ' Beth Gamul ' of Scripture. There can be no doubt of its 
 having been a place of great importance, both long before and 
 during the Eoman dominion, and yet its history is a perfect 
 blank. 
 
 UMROHAH, a tn. India, N.W. Provinces, dist. and 
 20 m. N.W. Moradabad. It stands in an open country sur- 
 rounded by large plantations of sugar and cotton; but, though 
 it contains 72,677 inhabitants, so little seems to be known of 
 it, that it is only described by one writer as having a neat 
 mosque and an extensive garden, and by another as abun- 
 dantly supplied with provisions and water. 
 
 UNGAVA, a bay, British America, an indentation of 
 Hudson's Strait, N. of Labrador, between Cape Chudleigh 
 (lat 60° 14' N.; Ion. 65° 25' W.), on the N.E.,and Cape Hope's 
 Advance (lat. 61° 17' N.; Ion. 70° 20' W.), on the W. Its 
 shores have an extent of 400 m., and it is generally free 
 from islands except near the entrance, where the large island 
 of Akpatok occupies the central and western part. The navi- 
 gation of the bay is rendered peculiarly difficult by the great 
 violence of the currents, which run in many places with great 
 velocity, and are increased by the strength of a tide which 
 rises 60 ft. perpendicularly; these currents are supposed to 
 be attributable to the strong current which sets out of Davis' 
 Straits along the coast of Labrador, and rushes round Eesolu- 
 tion Island into Ungava Bay, from which it has no outlet, 
 and consequently causes the prodigious rise of tide, and the 
 numerous eddies and currents that are met with all over the 
 bay. To the same cause are attributable the immense quan- 
 tities of ice which encumber the bay till late in the summer, 
 it being late in August before the bay is safely navigable, and 
 by the end of September it is again dangerous, owing to the 
 fury of the wind blowing constantly from the N. at this 
 season. The rivers falling into Ungava Bay are the Koksoak 
 or South Eiver, George's Eiver, Whale Eiver, and a few 
 others ; the South Eiver, entering the bottom of the bay from 
 the south, being the largest. Bleak and barren rocks are the 
 distinguishing features of the coast, with a few stunted trees 
 at the mouths of the rivers. The general appearance of the 
 country at the bottom of the bay is hilly rather than moun- 
 tainous, but rough and rugged. 
 
 UNITED STATES [add.] The long existing conten- 
 tion between the two great sections of the U. States, the 
 southern slave states on the one hand, and the northern free 
 
 27 
 
UNITED STATES 
 
 210 
 
 UNITED STATES 
 
 states on tlie ocher, for ascendency in the national govern- 
 ment, reached its climax when, in 1 860-1 , the North carried 
 the election of president after a hot contest. The question of 
 slavery was the great cause of difference ; and when the rule 
 came into the hands of the party pledged to bring about the 
 abolition of slavery, the southern states at once, and almost 
 unanimously, determiiied on secession from the union, alleging 
 the constitutional right of every state to secede if it thought 
 proper. South Carolina took the lead, and was rapidly fol- 
 lowed by Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, 
 and Texas: the whole, with the subsequently seceding states, 
 forming themselves into a southern confederation, with Mr. 
 Jefferson Davis and Mr. Alexander H. Stephens for president 
 and vice-president. The custom-houses, arsenals, and U. States 
 buildings generally, were seized and occupied by Confederate 
 oflBcers, and every preparation made to organize a separate 
 government. Defections of officers and men, naval and mili- 
 tary, and of other public servants of the union, took place far 
 and wide; and a very large volunteer army was speedily in 
 readiness to maintain the independence of the seceded states. 
 At the time of the outbreak the U. States army consisted of 
 only 14,000 regular troops, scattered over the country in all 
 directions ; and the navy numbered only 5000 seamen, in all 
 parts of the world. The troops in garrisons in the Confederate 
 states either surrendered or joined the Confederate cause. 
 The garrison, however, at Charleston, in South Carolina, was 
 an exception ; for, taking possession of Fort Sumter, under 
 Major Anderson, this small body of troops determined to make 
 a stand. Here the first blow was struck on April 12, 1861 : 
 the Confederates proceeded to bombard the fort, which, after 
 thirty-two hours' resistance, was forced to surrender, without 
 a life being lost on either side. This episode aroused the 
 North to active measures. The president, Mr. Abraham 
 Lincoln, called out by proclamation 75,000 volunteers, who 
 were organized into an army with great rapidity. This 
 measure precipitated the secession of Virginia, Arkansas, 
 North Carolina, and Tennessee, states which up to this period 
 had hesitated to openly join the first seceders. Maryland 
 was held back by force; in Missouri the people were divided; 
 and Kentucky proclaimed itself to be neutral. Hostilities 
 commenced in Virginia, the Federal General Butler being 
 defeated. at Big Bethel, in the east, and M'Clellan being suc- 
 cessful in the west. But the first action on a large scale took 
 place at Bull Run, about 25 m. S. of Washington, between 
 the newly levied Federal army of 50,000 men under General 
 M'Dowall, and the Confederate army of 30,000 men under 
 General Beauregard. During the action a panic seized the 
 Federal troops, and a most disorderly retreat at once com- 
 menced, the men throwing away their arms and accoutre- 
 ments, and hurrying back terror-stricken to the capital. 
 General Beauregard did not follow up his advantage; and the 
 president of the Northern states immediately prepared to 
 recover the disaster, and took far larger measures, by calling 
 out two levies successively of 500,000 each. During the 
 remainder of 1861 frequent collisions took place between the 
 rival forces at different points, almost always to the disad- 
 vantage of the North ; so much so, that at the close of the 
 year the Federals had possession of very few places in the 
 seceded territory. In the following spring of ] 862, however, 
 besides the capture of Fort Donnelson on the Cumberland 
 Kiver by General Grant, the same commander obtained a 
 signal victory over the Confederates at Pittsburg Landing, in 
 Tennessee. The naval operations comprised the capture of 
 Roanoke Island, and of Forts Pulaski and Macon, and en- 
 gagements on March 9th and 10 th in Hampton Roads, in the 
 James River, in which the Merrimac, an iron-clad steam ram, 
 made great havoc of the Federal fleet, but, on attempting to 
 renew her attacks the next day, was encountered by the Monitor, 
 a Federal iron-clad turret ship, and obliged to retire. On 
 April 28 the Federal fleet, under Admiral Farragut, having 
 passed the forts at the entrance of the Mississippi below 
 New Orleans, that city was evacuated by the Confederates, 
 after burning vast quantities of cotton and other property, 
 and formally surrendered to the Northern forces. An attempt 
 was then made by General M'Clellan to invest Richmond, the 
 capital of the Confederacy, from the peninsula between the 
 York and James rivers; the Federal lines were established 
 along the Chickahominy, within sight of the capital. But 
 after a determined onset by the Confederates, under Generals 
 
 Lee and ' Stonewall ' Jackson, maintained for several days, 
 the Northern army was driven back to the James River and 
 the shelter of the gunboats. The southern forces under 
 General Jackson then turned northward, and repulsed witii 
 great energy and success a Federal army under General 
 Pope, which was pushing on with some hardihood without a 
 base of operations. General Lee then assumed the offensive 
 and threatened Washington, necessitating the recall of 
 M'Clellan from the James River for the defence of the 
 Northern capital. After a successful engagement with the 
 advanced guard of the Confederates at South Mountain, and 
 a second and obstinate fight on the banks of the Antietam, 
 which, however, was attended with no decisive result, the 
 Federals had the satisfaction of seeing the Confederates re- 
 cross the Potomac. In the meantime the Federal General 
 Rosecrans obtained advantages in the north of Mississippi, 
 and elsewhere the Northern forces had success. After a 
 pause M'Clellan was superseded by Burnside, and in Decem- 
 ber another advance to Richmond was commenced; this 
 General Lee had anticipated, and intrenched himself behind 
 the town of Fredericksburg, south of the Rappahannock. The 
 Federals attacked this position with immense energy, but 
 could make no impression upon it; and at last, baffled and 
 demoralized, they were forced to recross the Rappahannock, 
 to the great consternation of the North. The year 1862 thus 
 closed with no material progress made on either side, but 
 with heavy losses and disasters to both combatants in turn. 
 The first days of 1863 were signalized by a struggle prolonged 
 over three days at Murfreesboro, in Tennessee, at the close of 
 which the Confederates fell back defeated. At the end of 
 April, General Hooker, superseding Burnside in the command 
 of the army of the Potomac, commenced another movement 
 towards the Confederate capital, and crossing the Rappahan- 
 nock some distance above Fredericksburg, thought to turn 
 the left of Lee's army. Lee, however, despatched ' Stonewall ' 
 Jackson to intercept this movement, and so suddenly and 
 impetuously was this effected, on two successive days, near 
 Chancellorsville, that Hooker with difficulty saved his army 
 from total defeat. This done, Lee turned back and drove a 
 Federal force out of the position at Fredericksburg, which he 
 had just left and they had occupied. The success at Chancel- 
 lorsville was attended with irreparable loss to the Confederates 
 in ' Stonewall ' Jackson, who was mortally wounded by a chance 
 shot from his own division. Flushed with this success, Gene- 
 ral Lee transferred his army to the valley of the Shenandoah, 
 entered Maryland, and crossed into Pennsylvania; but at 
 Gettysburg!! he was obliged to turn upon the Federals under 
 Meade, their new commander, who were following him. On 
 the first three days of July prolonged and desperate encounters 
 took place between the two armies ; on the third the Con- 
 federates, with whom the balance of advantage thus far rested, 
 prepared for a grand and desperate attack upon the high 
 ground on which the Federals were posted, but, Meade bring- 
 ing up his reserves, the almost superhuman efforts of the 
 Southern army were of no avail, and the battle ended in 
 favour of the North. Lee slowly retreated into Virginia, 
 having lost nearly 15,000 men of the flower of his army in a 
 week's fighting. On the Mississippi the fortune of war was 
 also in favour of the Federals. Vicksburg and Port Hudson 
 were the strongholds of the Confederacy in this direction. 
 Against the former General Grant commenced operations in 
 the beginning of 1863, but was unsuccessful until Admiral 
 Farragut with his fleet dashed past the batteries of Port 
 Hudson, as he had done at New Orleans, captured Natchez, 
 drove away the Southern fleet, and effected a junction with 
 Admiral Porter below Vicksburg. Grant suddenly resumed 
 the offensive, and after failing to carry the place by storm, 
 at last, in conjunction with the fleet, reduced it by regular 
 siege to a surrender on July 4. Soon after the whole length 
 of the Mississippi was in the hands of the Federals. In the 
 spring a Federal iron-clad fleet bombarded Charleston and 
 was signally repulsed; in July a bombardment of Fort Sumter 
 and the other forts was commenced by a land force, but an 
 attempt to capture Sumter, which had been battered to pieces, 
 by assault was unsuccessful. In September the Federals 
 were beaten on the banks of the Chickamauga, and under 
 Rosecrans fled in total rout to Chattanooga in Tennessee, where 
 they were beset by the Confederates posted on Lookout 
 Mountain and Missionary Ridge. Grant replaced Rosecrans, 
 
UNITED STATES 
 
 211 
 
 UNITED STATES 
 
 and having received large reinforcements, prepared for a 
 grand sortie on November 25. On that day a vast army 
 issued from the besieged town, drove the Confederates from 
 Lookout Mountain into the valley behind, one division witli 
 some difficulty also dislodging the Confederates from Mis- 
 sionary Eidge. Tlie Southern army fled wildly from the 
 field of battle, and left the Federals masters of the situation 
 in this quarter. 
 
 In the early months of 1864 numerous engagements took 
 place in various directions, resulting for the most part in 
 Confederate success, but having little influence upon the issue 
 of the conflict. The chief interest now centred in the army 
 of the Potomac, over which Grant was appointed commander- 
 in-chief, and which he at once set himself to reorganize. In 
 May he moved his main force across the Eapidan against Lee, 
 who awaited him on the S. bank. A co-operating column 
 advanced down the Shenandoah, while Butler with a large 
 force moved up the James Eiver towards Eichmond. On 
 May 6th the fighting began at the Wilderness, and lasted 
 throughout the 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, and 11th, Grant dis- 
 playing marvellous tenacity and fertility of resource, and Lee 
 exhibiting surpassing skill in baffling every attempt of his 
 antagonist. Unable to rout the Confederates, Grant endea- 
 voured by a flank movement to cut them off from Eichmond, 
 but Lee anticipated the attempt and foiled it. This was re- 
 peated again and again, till, reaching the Chickahominy, 
 Grant dashed upon the Confederate lines, but so deadly was 
 the Southern tire, that in ten minutes the assailants were 
 totally repulsed. Thus baffled, Grant by a -circuit crossed 
 the James Eiver, joined Butler, and attacked Petersburg, 
 but was repelled, and obliged to begin a regular siege. Thus 
 relieved from immediate attack, Lee despatched Ewell against 
 the Shenandoah army, which he defeated, marched up to the 
 very walls of Washington, and leisurely retired with enormous 
 booty. Meantime Sherman with a large Federal force in 
 Georgia, after much successful fighting and excellent strategy, 
 reached Atlanta, and forced the Confederates to evacuate it. 
 Admiral Farragut, too, executed another dash, passing the 
 forts at the entrance of Mobile Bay, and with wooden vessels 
 compelled the iron ram Tennessee to surrender. Grant having 
 failed in two assaults upon Petersburg, endeavoured to cut 
 off" its communications with the South, and established him- 
 self strongly on the Weldon railroad. On November 14th 
 Sherman abandoned Atlanta, and after several weeks of public 
 uncertainty as to his course, he reappeared on December 14th 
 before Savannah, which, Fort M'Alister being taken by 
 storm, was shortly after abandoned by the Confederates. In 
 the middle of January, 1865, Sherman advanced with the 
 main column of his army towards Charleston, which was 
 evacuated in the night of February 17th, and entered by the 
 Federals the next day; and on the 22d Wilmington was cap- 
 tured by a combined naval and military force. In the mean- 
 time, severe fighting had taken place between Grant and the 
 defenders of Petersburg and Eichmond ; till at length, after 
 three days' sanguinary conflict, the Confederate lines were 
 broken, and Eichmond lay at the mercy of the Northern armies. 
 Lee retreated north of the Appomatox, while Grant occupied 
 Eichmond and Petersburg on Monday, April 3d, and then fol- 
 lowed in close pursuit of Lee, who four days after, seeing 
 that further resistance was hopeless, surrendered with his 
 army as prisoners of war. The remaining Confederate armies 
 in the field soon after surrendered likewise, or disbanded 
 themselves. Thus hostilities ceased, and the four years' war 
 ended in the complete subjection of the Southern states to the 
 Federal government. In the course of the war the total and 
 unconditional abolition of slavery had been proclaimed by 
 President Lincoln, and at the end of it every slave found 
 himself absolutely free. 
 
 On April 14th President Lincoln was assassinated in Ford's 
 theatre at Washington by a Southern fanatic named Booth. 
 He was at once succeeded by Vice-president Johnson, who 
 prepared to carry out the wise and moderate measures which 
 Mr. Lincoln had contemplated for the pacification and revival 
 of the exhausted country. As the states returned to their 
 allegiance to the union, they were re-admitted to their state 
 and national privileges ; but soon party spirit in the North 
 began to rise, and in the congressional struggles of the rival 
 Democrats and Eepublicans, the liberties of the Southern 
 states have been sorely infringed, and many of the states sub- 
 
 jected to the rule of military governors nominated by the 
 Northern cabinet. The restoration of prosperity to the South 
 has thus been greatly impeded, and the condition of both 
 negroes and whites has been one of great privation, and often 
 almost of destitution. 
 
 The following statistics will show the present condition of 
 the U. States, and also, where they are comparative, the 
 effects of the civil war upon the commerce and progress of 
 the country. 
 
 The increase in the amounts of both revenue and expen- 
 diture in the years 1861-5 is thus shown: — 
 
 Years ended 
 June 30. 
 1861.... 
 1862 . . . . 
 1863 . . . . 
 1864.... 
 1865 . . . , 
 
 Bevenue. Expenditure. 
 
 £17,369,092 £1 7,789,023 
 
 121,172,537 118,925,354 
 
 185,287,426 186,624,298 
 
 288,699,711 270,428,354 
 
 375,373,464 395,348,797 
 
 The public debt in the same years increased as follows : — 
 
 Years. Amount of Debt. 
 
 1861 £18,930,797 
 
 1862 107,127,369 
 
 1863 228,915,246 
 
 1864 362,643,852 
 
 1865 558,873,546 
 
 On May 1, 1867, the amount was £556,015,645. 
 
 The registered shipping of the United States in the years 
 1860 and 1864, distinguishing sailing and steam vessels, was 
 of the following tonnage : — 
 
 1860... 
 1864... 
 
 Sailing. 
 
 4,485,931 tons 
 
 4,026,066 „ 
 
 Steam. Total. 
 
 867,937 tons 5,353,868 tons. 
 
 960,335 „ .... 4,986,401 „ 
 
 The tonnage of American and foreign vessels entered and 
 cleared at ports in the United States in the years 1 860-4 is 
 thus stated : — 
 
 Tonnage Entered. 
 
 Years. 
 
 American. 
 
 Foreign. 
 
 Total. 
 
 1860 ; . . . 
 
 1861 
 
 1862 
 
 1863 
 
 1864 
 
 5,921,285 * 
 
 5,023,917 
 
 5,117,685 
 
 4,614,698 
 
 3,066,434 
 
 2,353,911 
 2,217,5.54 
 2,245,278 
 2,640,378 
 3,471,219 
 
 8,275,196 
 7,241,471 
 7,362,953 
 7,255,076 
 6,537,653 
 
 Tonnage Cleared. 
 
 1860. 
 1861. 
 1862. 
 1863. 
 1864. 
 
 6,165,924 
 4,889,313 
 4,961,818 
 4,447,261 
 3,090,948 
 
 2,624,005 
 2,262,042 
 2,376,999 
 8,064,023 
 3,741,131 
 
 8,789,929 
 7,151,355 
 7,338,817 
 7,511,284 
 6,832,079 
 
 The British vessels entered in 1864 were 13,502, of 
 2,868,761 tons, and cleared 13,606, of 3,120,566 tons. 
 
 The value of the imports and exports (exclusive of coin 
 and bullion) in the years 1860-4 was as follows: — 
 
 Imports. Exports. 
 
 1860 £73,669,251 £69,495,011 
 
 1861 63,694,984 79,388,674 
 
 1862 39,459,327 40,219,028 
 
 1863 50,542,392 55,768,259 
 
 1864 65,699,761 49,070,797 
 
 The imports for the first three months of 1867 are given 
 as £19,740,513, and the exports £22,226,936. 
 
 The amount of bullion and specie imported in 1864 was 
 £2,740,772, arid of that exported £21,901,197. 
 
 The quantity of cotton exported from the United States, 
 as well as the prices of it, varied excessively during the con- 
 tinuance of the civil war, as the following table will show: — 
 
 Quantities. 
 
 Years. 
 
 I860 1,767,686,338 lbs 10 
 
 1861 307,516,099 „ 11 
 
 1862 6,064,564 „ 23 
 
 1863 11,384,986 „ 58 
 
 1864 10,840,534 , 83 
 
 Price iwr lb. 
 •85 cents. 
 ■07 „ 
 •30 „ 
 •43 „ 
 •43 „ 
 
 During the first three months of 1867, 288,000,000 lbs. of 
 cotton, valued at £18,797,917, were exported. — {Hunt's 
 Mag.) 
 
 The acreage, quantities, and value of the various kinds of 
 agricultural produce raised in the United States in the year 
 1864 are returned as follows: — 
 
UNITED STATES 
 
 212 
 
 ITN-NA 
 
 Indian Com. 
 
 Wheat 
 
 Bye. 
 
 Oata 
 
 Barley 
 
 Buokwheat. . 
 Potatoes 
 
 Hay 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 17,438,752 
 
 13,158,089 
 
 1,410,983 
 
 6,461,750 
 
 540,317 
 
 1,051,700 
 
 902,295 
 
 15,034,564 
 
 239,826 
 
 530,451,403 
 
 160,695,8^3 
 19,872,975 
 
 175,990,194 
 10,716.328 
 18,700,540 
 96,532,029 
 
 Tons. 
 
 18,116,691 
 
 Lbs. 
 
 197.460,229 
 
 Value. 
 
 Dollars. 
 527,718,183 
 294,315,119 
 31,975,013 
 139,381,247 
 16,941,023 
 21,986,763 
 77,184,043 
 
 365,707,075 
 
 29,335,225 
 
 The rapid increase of the population may be seen in these 
 figures : — 
 
 Years. 
 
 1800. 
 1830. 
 1860. 
 
 lotal Population. Proportion of Slaves. 
 
 . . . 5,305,925 893,041 
 
 . . . 12,866,020 2,009,043 
 
 . . . 31,445,089 3,953,760 
 
 The statistics of population according to the census of the 
 States in 1860 are given in the subjoined table. Of some of 
 the territories organized since that date, only approximate 
 statements can be made : — 
 
 Total Population of each State o»id Territory of the United States, distinguishing White, Free Coloured, and Slave, in the year I860. 
 N.B.— The figures following the names of the States and Territories show the dates of their constitution or first settlement. 
 
 
 
 White. 
 
 Fkee 
 
 
 Total 
 
 Slaves. 
 
 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 Total. 
 
 OUKED. 
 
 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 Total. 
 
 
 States 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Alabama . . 
 
 . . (1819) 
 
 270,190 
 
 256,081 
 
 526,271 
 
 2,690 
 
 160 
 
 529,121 
 
 217,766 
 
 217,314 
 
 435,080 
 
 964,201 
 
 Arkansas . . 
 
 . . (1836) 
 . . (1850) 
 
 171,477 
 
 152,666 
 
 324,143 
 
 144 
 
 48 
 
 324,335 
 
 56,174 
 
 54,941 
 
 111,115 
 
 435,450 
 
 California 
 
 239,856 
 
 98,149 
 
 338,005 
 
 4,086 
 
 14,555 
 
 379,994 
 
 — • 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 379,994 
 
 
 
 *22,385 
 
 *963 
 
 •23,348 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 Connecticut . 
 
 . . (1633) 
 
 221,851 
 
 229,653 
 
 451,504 
 
 8,627 
 
 16 
 
 460,147 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 460,147 
 
 Delaware . . 
 
 . . (1627) 
 
 45,940 
 
 44,649 
 
 90,589 
 
 19,829 
 
 — 
 
 110,418 
 
 860 
 
 938 
 
 1,798 
 
 112,216 
 
 Florida . . 
 
 . (1845) 
 
 41,128 
 
 36,919 
 
 77,747 
 
 932 
 
 1 
 
 78,680 
 
 31,348 
 
 30,397 
 
 61,746 
 
 140,425 
 
 Georgia . . 
 
 . (1733) 
 
 301,066 
 
 290,484 
 
 591,550 
 
 3,500 
 
 38 
 
 595,088 
 
 229,193 
 
 233,005 
 
 462,198 
 
 1,057,286 
 
 Illinois . . 
 
 . (1818) 
 
 898,941 
 
 805,350 
 
 1,704,291 
 
 7,628 
 
 32- 
 
 1,711,951 
 
 . — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1,711,951 
 
 Indiana . . 
 
 . (1816) 
 
 693,348 
 
 645,362 
 
 1,338,710 
 
 11,428 
 
 290 
 
 1,350,428 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1,. 350,428 
 
 Iowa . . . 
 
 . (1846) 
 
 353,900 
 
 319,879 
 
 673,779 
 
 1,104 
 
 65 
 
 674,948 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 674,948 
 
 Kansas . . 
 
 . (1861) 
 
 58,806 
 
 47,584 
 
 106,390 
 
 625 
 
 189 
 
 107,204 
 
 — 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 107,206 
 
 Kentucky . . 
 
 . (1792) 
 
 474,193 
 
 445,291 
 
 919,484 
 
 10,684 
 
 33 
 
 930,201 
 
 113,009 
 
 112,474 
 
 225,483 
 
 1,156,684 
 
 Louisiana . . 
 
 . (1812) 
 
 189,648 
 
 167,808 
 
 357,456 
 
 18,647 
 
 173 
 
 376,276 
 
 171,977 
 
 159,749 
 
 331,726 
 
 708,002 
 
 Maine . . . 
 
 . (1625) 
 
 316,527 
 
 310,420 
 
 626,947 
 
 1,327 
 
 5 
 
 628,279 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 628,279 
 
 Maryland . . 
 
 . (1788) 
 
 256,839 
 
 259,079 
 
 515,918 
 
 83,942 
 
 — 
 
 699,860 
 
 44,313 
 
 42,876 
 
 87,189 
 
 687,049 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 . (1620) 
 . (1837) 
 
 592,231 
 
 629,201 
 
 1,221,432 
 
 9,602 
 
 32 
 
 1,231,066 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1,231,066 
 
 Michigan . . 
 
 389,919 
 
 349,880 
 
 739,799 
 
 6,799 
 
 2,515 
 
 749,113 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 _ 
 
 749,113 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 . (1857) 
 
 92,677 
 
 78,550 
 
 171,227 
 
 259 
 
 2,369 
 
 173,855 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 173,855 
 
 Mississippi . 
 
 . (1817) 
 
 186,273 
 
 167,626 
 
 353,899 
 
 773 
 
 2 
 
 354,674 
 
 219,301 
 
 217,330 
 
 436,6.31 
 
 791,305 
 
 Missouri . . 
 
 . (1821) 
 
 563,131 
 
 500,358 
 
 1,063,489 
 
 3,572 
 
 20 
 
 1,067,081 
 
 57,360 
 
 67,571 
 
 114,931 
 
 1,182,012 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 . (1623) 
 
 159,563 
 
 166,016 
 
 325,579 
 
 494 
 
 — 
 
 326,073 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 326,073 
 
 New Jersey . 
 
 . (1627) 
 
 322,733 
 
 323,966- 
 
 646,699 
 
 25,318 
 
 — 
 
 672,017 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 672,035 
 
 New York 
 
 . (1609) 
 
 1,910 279 
 
 1,921,311 
 
 3,831,690 
 
 49,005 
 
 140 
 
 3,880,735 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 3,880,736 
 
 North Carolina 
 
 . (1650) 
 
 313,670 
 
 316,272 
 
 629,942 
 
 30,463 
 
 1,158 
 
 661,563 
 
 166,469 
 
 164,590 
 
 331,059 
 
 992,622 
 
 Ohio . . . 
 
 . (1802) 
 
 1,171,698 
 
 1,131,110 
 
 2,302,808 
 
 36,664 
 
 30 
 
 2,339,502 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 2,339,502 
 
 Oregon . . . 
 
 . (1859) 
 
 31,451 
 
 20,709 
 
 62,160 
 
 128 
 
 177 
 
 52,465 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 . — 
 
 52,465 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 . (1682) 
 
 1,427,943 
 
 1,421,316 
 
 2,849,259 
 
 56,849 
 
 7 
 
 2,906,116 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 2,906,115 
 
 Rhode Island 
 
 . (1631) 
 
 82,294 
 
 88,355 
 
 170,649 
 
 3,952 
 
 19 
 
 174,620 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 174,620 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 . (16S9) 
 
 146,160 
 
 145,140 
 
 291,300 
 
 9,914 
 
 88 
 
 301,302 
 
 196,571 
 
 206,836 
 
 402,406 
 
 703,708 
 
 Tennessee . . 
 
 . (1796) 
 
 422,779 
 
 403,943 
 
 826,722 
 
 7,300 
 
 60 
 
 834,082 
 
 136,370 
 
 139,349 
 
 275,719 
 
 1,109,801 
 
 Texas . . . 
 
 . (1845) 
 . (1731) 
 
 228,585 
 
 192,306 
 
 420,891 
 
 355 
 
 403 
 
 421,649 
 
 91,189 
 
 91,377 
 
 182,566 
 
 604,215 
 
 Vermont . . 
 
 158,406 
 
 155,963 
 
 314,369 
 
 709 
 
 20 
 
 316,098 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 315,098 
 
 Virginia . . 
 
 . (1607) 
 
 528,842 
 
 518,457 
 
 1,047,299 
 
 58,042 
 
 112 
 
 1,105,463 
 
 249,483 
 
 241,382 
 
 490,865 
 
 1,696,318 
 
 Wisconsin . . 
 
 . (1848) 
 
 406,309 
 
 367,384 
 
 773,693 
 
 1,171 
 
 613 
 
 775,881 
 
 . — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 776,881 
 
 Total . . 
 Territoru 
 
 S.X 
 
 tl99 
 
 t205 
 
 t404 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 13,691,237 
 
 13,008,105 
 
 26,699,342 
 
 476,562 
 
 23,370 
 
 27,199,274 
 
 1,981,-389 
 
 1,969,142 
 
 3,950,531 
 
 31,149,805 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Colorado . . 
 
 . (1861) 
 
 32,654 
 
 1,577 
 
 34,231 
 
 46 
 
 
 
 34,277 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 34,277 
 
 Dakota . . . 
 
 . (1861) 
 
 1,592 
 
 984 
 
 2,576 
 
 
 
 2,261 
 
 4,837 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4,837 
 
 District of Colur 
 
 Qbia (1791) 
 
 29.584 
 
 31,179 
 
 60,763 
 
 11,131 
 
 1 
 
 71,895 
 
 1,212 
 
 1,973 
 
 3,185 
 
 76,080 
 
 Nebraska . . . 
 
 . (1854) 
 . (1861) 
 
 16,689 
 
 12,007 
 
 28,696 
 
 67 
 
 63 
 
 28,826 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 28,841 
 
 Nevada . . 
 
 6,102 
 
 710 
 
 6,812 
 
 45 
 
 — 
 
 6,857 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 — 
 
 6,867 
 
 New Mexico . 
 
 . (1850) 
 
 43,679 
 
 39,245 
 
 82,924 
 
 86 
 
 10,452 
 
 93,516 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 93,516 
 
 
 
 t20 
 
 t35 
 
 t55 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Utah . . . 
 
 . (1850) 
 
 20,178 
 
 19,947 
 
 40,125 
 
 30 
 
 89 
 
 40,244 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 29 
 
 40,273 
 
 Washington . 
 Total . 
 Total in States a 
 
 . (1863) 
 nd Terri- ) 
 
 8,225 
 
 2,913 
 
 11,138 
 
 30 
 
 426 
 
 11,694 
 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 11,594 
 
 158,723 
 
 108,597 
 
 267,320 
 
 11,434 
 
 13,292 
 
 292,046 
 
 1,236 
 
 1,993 
 
 3,229 
 
 295,275 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tories . . 
 
 13,849,960 
 
 13,116,702 
 
 26,966,662 
 
 487,996 
 
 36,662 
 
 27,491,320 
 
 1,982,625 
 
 1,971,135 
 
 3,953,760 
 
 31,445,080 
 
 * Chinese and half-breeds. f Half-breeds. 
 
 t The territory of Arizona, cap. Tucson, was organized in 1863, with an estimated area of 130,800 sq. m.— pop. not ascertained. The 
 territory of Idaho, with an area of 326,373 sq. m., was organized in 1863. An accession of territory by the transference of the Russian 
 territory m N. America to tlie United States for the sum of 7,000,000 dollars was efi'eoted in 1867. 
 
 UNKOFSKY, a bay, Chinese empire, in the Sea of Japan. 
 Its entrance, formed on the 8. by Cape Clonard, a bold pro- 
 montory which is the easternmost point of the peninsula of 
 Corea, and on the N. by Crown Point, is 4 m. wide, and 
 has a depth of 7 to 12 fathoms. At 2 m. from the shore 
 there is good anchoring ground in 7 fathoms, with the im- 
 portant drawback, however, that it is open to the prevalent 
 wmds m autumn, and to those of the N.W. in winter. The 
 8. shore is bold and lofty; the N. shore is of moderate height, 
 
 consisting chiefly of abrupt or steep sandy cliffs, which, with 
 the adjoining hills, are of snowy whiteness. The interior of 
 the bay is so little explored tliat its extent has not been de- 
 termined, but several large settlements are seen along the 
 shores. 
 
 UN-NA, a vil. island of Great Loo Choo in the N. Pacific, 
 about lat. 26° 30' N.; Ion. 147° 40' E. It is beautifully 
 situated on a bold promontory overhanging the S. shore of 
 Barrow's Bay, and forming the entrance of a picturesque 
 
UNOULA 
 
 213 
 
 UNYORO 
 
 valley, terminating in a lofty mountain, is a large and thriving 
 place, as neatly laid out and hedged in as an English garden, 
 and contains a fine cung-qua, or public lodge, provided by 
 government for the accommodation of strangers. 
 
 UNOULA, a tn. India, dist. and 13 m. S. Goruekpore, 
 cap. pergunnah of same name, in a level country overrun 
 with forest and jungle. It is a paltry place, consisting chiefly 
 of thatched huts. Even the mud castle in which the rajah 
 resides can scarcely be called an exception, for though sur 
 rounded by a ditch and an almost impenetrable hedge, its 
 buildings are huts of the same description as those of the 
 town. 
 
 UN-Y-AME, a river, E. Africa, a tributary of the Nile, 
 which it joins in lat. 3° 32' N. It rises in the country be- 
 tween Shooa and Unyoro, is a perennial stream, receiving 
 many rivulets from Shooa, and forms in the rainy season a 
 considerable torrent, flowing in a N.N.W. direction to its 
 junction with the Nile, just where the navigation of the latter 
 downwards from the Albert Nyanza ceases and the cataracts 
 commence, the Nile here suddenly entering a pass between 
 two chains of hills, and shortly after rapidly contracting 
 through a narrow gorge, and becoming a roaring torrent. 
 
 UNYAMWESI, a country, E. Africa, extending from the 
 W. edge of the Mgunda Mkhali Desert westward to the banks 
 of the Malagarazi, in Ion. 31° 10' E., a distance of 155 geo. m., 
 and bounded N. by Usui and the Victoria Nyanza, S.E. Ugara, 
 S. Ukimbu, and S.W. Uwende. This vast territory, included 
 under the common name of Unyamwesi, or 'Land of the 
 Moon,' once, according to tradition, formed a powerful em- 
 pire, and still possesses a kind of unity in the language spoken 
 by its inhabitants, which, though diversified by numerous 
 dialects, is evidently the same. Its political state, however, 
 is entirely changed, for instead of a single empire, it is now 
 broken up into petty principalities, each ruled by its own 
 chief or by a number of chiefs, who are sometimes nominally, 
 and for the most part virtually, independent. The names of 
 the leading principalities are Usukuma to the extreme N., 
 Utakama on the S., Unyanyembe in the centre, Ufyoma and 
 Utumbara in the S.W., Unyangwira in the S.E., and Usa- 
 gozi and Usumbwa to the westward. The general character 
 of the country is rolling ground, intersected with low, conical, 
 and tabular hills, the lines of which ramify in all directions. 
 There are no mountains, but the general elevation of the 
 surface is considerable. Burton found its absolute height 
 nowhere less than 2850 ft., and at the greatest 4050 ft. The 
 subsoil is clay overlying sandstone, based on granite rocks, 
 which sometimes crop out and assume picturesque and fan- 
 tastic shapes. Ironstone occurs at the depth of 5 to 12 ft. 
 During the rains the surface is covered with vegetation of 
 many-tinted greens ; in the dry season it is gray, lighted up 
 by golden stubbles, and dotted with wind-distorted trees, with 
 shallow swamps of emerald green, and with wide sheets of 
 dark mud. The fields are sometimes ditched or hedged in, 
 and the reclaimed tracts and clearings are divided from one 
 another by strips of primeval jungle from 2 to 12 m. long. 
 The crops, consisting chiefly of holcus, maize, millet, rice, 
 beans, and ground-nuts, give an average return of sixty fold. 
 There are no perennial streams and few springs, and in the 
 dry season water for ordinary purposes or irrigation is ob- 
 tained only from shallow ponds or wells ; during the rains 
 watercourses carry the superfluous moisture either S.E. to 
 the Rwaha, or W. to the Malagarazi, the principal eastern 
 feeder of Lake Tanganyika. The inhabitants, or Wanyam- 
 wesi, have a large portion of negro, with only a slight tinge 
 of Semitic or Arab blood ; they are distinguished for industry 
 and commercial activity, which give them a decided superi- 
 ority over the other kindred tribes. They may be regarded 
 as the typical race in this part of the country. They are 
 usually of a dark sepia brown, and have negroid features 
 evidently less Semitic than those of the people of the E. coast. 
 Their hair curls crisply, but grows to the length of 4 or 5 in. 
 before it splits. They usually twist it into many ringlets or 
 hanks, which hang down to the neck like a fringe, and comb 
 it off the forehead like the ancient Egyptians and modern 
 Hottentots. The race is generally tall and stout, long-lived, 
 and not deficient in bodily strength and courage. The clan 
 mark is a double line of little cuts, like the marks of cupping, 
 extending from the external edges of the eyebrows to the 
 middle of the cheeks, or to the lower jaws. Sometimes a 
 
 third line is drawn down the forehead to the bridge of the 
 nose. In the mouth a triangular or wedge-shaped opening is 
 formed by chipping away the internal corners of the two front 
 incisors; the women extract the lower central teeth. Both 
 sexes enlarge the lobes of the ears. In many parts skins are 
 more commonly worn than cloth. The favourite ornaments 
 are beads, of which the red coral, the pink, and the 'pigeon's 
 egg,' are preferred. The arms are slender assegais, with the 
 shoulders of the blade rounded off, the long two-edged knives 
 called sime, and runga, or knob-berries, are also used. Neither 
 the shield nor the dwarf-axe is common. The dwellings of 
 the eastern Wanyamwesi are the tembe, of the western the 
 circular African hut, the latter usually with two entrances; 
 the hut of the poorer sub-tribes is a mere stack of straw. 
 Where the huts are so contiguous as to form a village the 
 characteristic building is the iwanza, or 'public house.' It is 
 a large hut, somewhat more substantial than those adjoining, 
 often smeared with smooth clay, and rudely decorated. Here 
 the villagers spend their days and nights chatting, gambling, 
 eating, drinking pombe, and smoking bang and tobacco. 
 Besides the public-house thus described, and used only by 
 males, there is generally a second of the same character built 
 opposite to it, and intended only for females. The iwanza 
 seems to be peculiar to Unyamwesi. It is, perhaps, partly 
 the cause and partly the result of a strange custom which 
 prevails here. The sexes do not eat together. To such an 
 extent is this rule carried that even the boys, it is said, would 
 disdain to sit at meat with their mothers. The Unyamwesi 
 are the only professional porters of E. Africa, and in this capa- 
 city three of their sub-tribes regularly visit the coast. Their 
 manufactures are confined to coarse unbleached cottons, neatly 
 woven baskets, wooden milk-bowls, saddle-bags for asses, and 
 arms. The government is held by a number of petty chiefs, 
 whose rank is marked by their titles. Of these the highest 
 is the hereditary dignity of mtemi, which gives its possessor 
 the power of life and death over his subjects. 
 
 UNYANYEMBE, the central and principal province of 
 Unyamwesi, is 356 m. W. of the E. coast of Africa, and has 
 a maximum elevation of about 3840 ft. above sea-level. It 
 consists chiefly of the large plain or basin of Ihara, bounded 
 by low, rolling, and rounded hills of primitive formation. It 
 is the great bunder or meeting-place of merchants, and the 
 point of departure for caravans which radiate into the interior 
 of central intertropical Africa. It has thus become the head- 
 quarters of the Omani, or pure Arabs, who in many cases 
 settle in it for years, remaining in charge of their dep6ts 
 while their factors and slaves travel the country and collect 
 the items of traffic. Contrary to what might be expected, 
 Unyanyembe, though well peopled, and containing many 
 villages and hamlets, has nothing that can properly be called 
 a town. The sultan or mtemi, the most powerful of the 
 Wanyamwesi chiefs, inhabits a tembe or square settlement, 
 called Ititenya, on the W. slope of the southern hills. At 
 Mawiti, a neighbouring place, a little colony of Arab mer- 
 chants has four large houses. Kazeh, in the centre of the 
 plain, is a scattered collection of six large hollow oblongs, 
 with central courts, garden-plots, store-rooms, and out-houses 
 for slaves. Around these settlements are clusters of villages 
 composed of Wanyamwesi hovels. The Arab settlers live 
 comfortably, and even splendidly. Their houses, though of 
 one story, are large, substantial, and capable of defence. 
 Their gardens are large and well planted ; they are regularly 
 supplied with merchandise, comforts, and luxuries from the 
 coast, and are surrounded by troops of concubines and slaves, 
 whom they train to divers crafts and callings. The great 
 drawback to the Arab's happiness is the climate, to which his 
 constitution is so unsuited, that he seldom escapes illness for 
 two months in succession. The market at Unyanyembe 
 varies greatly. A dry season, or a few unexpected caravans, 
 will treble prices, and corn immediately after harvest will 
 often cost only the half of what it did before. 
 
 UNYOEO, a territory. East Africa, on the E.side of the 
 Albert Nyanza, or Luta Nzig^ Lake, lat. (centre) 1° 30' N.; 
 Ion, 32° E. The northern district of it is called Chopi, 
 and the language there differs from that in the central and 
 southern parts. The inhabitants are superior to the more 
 northern tribes, and better clothed. They are good black- 
 smiths, and skilful in making earthenware. Their huts are 
 very large, 20 ft. in diameter, lofty, and of bee-hive shape. 
 
rPATA 
 
 214 
 
 USAGARA 
 
 They also prepare the skins of goats very beautifully, ren- 
 dering them as soft as chamois leather, and make them up 
 neatly into mantles ; manufacturing their needles by sharpen- 
 ing the end into a fine point, and then turning it over and 
 hammering it into a small cut in the body of the needle, to 
 form the eye. The capital, at which Kamrasi, the ruler, 
 resides, stands at the junction of the Kafoor with the Somerset 
 or Victoria Nile, in lat. 1° 40' N.; Ion. 32° 20' E. It is a 
 large village of grass huts, situated upon a barren slope. 
 
 UPATA, a tn. S. America, Venezuela, among the Ima- 
 taca Mountains, on the watershed between the basins of the 
 Orinoco and the Essequibo, 100 m. E.S.E. Angostura. It 
 stands at the height of 1150 ft. above the sea, consists of 
 about a dozen streets, formed by houses of a single story 
 covered with tiles ; and has a stirring thriving appearance, 
 caused mainly by its position on the direct line of route to 
 the gold- washings of Caratal. 
 
 UPSTART, a cape and bay, Australia, on the E. coast 
 of Queensland, opposite to the Great Barrier Eeef: — 1, Cape 
 Upstart, so named by Captain Cook, from the remarkable 
 abruptness with which it rises from the narrow neck of 
 swampy ground connecting it with the mainland, consists of 
 a peninsula or rather island, as a narrow creek intersects the 
 isthmus, about 5 m. long from N. to S., by 4^ m. broad, and 
 composed chiefly of a mass of granite scantily covered with 
 stunted trees and scrub. Its summit, somewhat table-topped, 
 is cleft by a deep gorge, and attains in Station Hill, its cul- 
 minating point, the height of 1900 ft. above the sea. — 2, Up- 
 start Bay, lying between the mainland on the W. and the 
 above peninsula on the E., is 10 m. broad from E. to W., 
 and 8 m. deep from N. to S. It has not been minutely sur- 
 veyed, but immediately within its entrance has an average 
 depth of 7 fathoms. About 10 m. S. from its head Mount 
 Abbott rises to the approximately estimated height of 3460 ft. 
 The Wickham, a small barred river, has its mouth on the W. 
 shore of the bay. 
 
 UR, a river, Russian empire. East Siberia, which rises in 
 a mountainous district, pursues a S.E. course nearly parallel 
 to that of the Amoor, and joins the Zeya on its r. bank in 
 lat. 54° N.; Ion. 125° E. It flows very tortuously: at one 
 time between steep and rocky banks in an undulating country, 
 at others along low and swampy tracts with small lakes. The 
 principal branch, among several into which it divides, has a 
 width of 50 yards. 
 
 URES, a tn. Mexico, cap. dep. Sonora, situated near its 
 centre, in a romantic valley of the same name, inclosed by 
 lofty mountains; lat. 29° 37' N.; Ion. 111° 12' W. It lies 
 along the banks of the Sonora, among beautiful gardens, 
 copiously irrigated by canals; but though deriving much 
 importance from having been selected as the seat of govern- 
 ment, it possesses little trade. Its only buildings of any note 
 are the governor's residence and the government offices. 
 
 URFAHR, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, 1. bank 
 Danube, opposite to Linz, with which it is connected by a 
 long bridge. It has an hospital, a machine-factory, a spinning- 
 mill, and some trade in fruit and vegetables. Pop. 3600. 
 
 URIQUE, a river, Mexico, which, rising in the central 
 Cordillera of the Andes, in dist. Huacaybo, prov. Chihuahua, 
 winds round the mountains, passes the town of Urique, and 
 then flowing S.W. in a large and rapid stream, joins the 
 Fuerte on its r. bank. 
 
 URIQUE, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 110 m. S.W. Chihuahua, 
 on the Urique or Fuerte, in the centre of a valley 1 500 ft. 
 above the sea. It is an old town, which before the expulsion 
 of the Spaniards was the centre of extensive mining districts 
 rich in silver, and had a pop. of about 5000, which, since the 
 mines ceased to be productive, has dwindled down to about 
 800. For this decay the indolence of the inhabitants is 
 chiefly to blame, since, independently of its mines, Urique 
 has sources of wealth which only want industry and enter- 
 prise to develop them. The soil is fertile, and being well ad- 
 apted both for agriculture and pasture, might easily be made to 
 yield heavy crops of maize, and rear great numbers of cattle. 
 
 URMENY, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Lower 
 Neutra, 45 m. E. by N. Presburg; with a fine castle with a 
 famous stud, and 2928 inhabitants. 
 
 URTSCHITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 12 m. S.W. OlmUtz; with a parish church, and 1400 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 URUGUAY ANE, a tn. Brazil, prov. Sao Pedro do Sul, 
 1. bank Uruguay, close to the frontiers of La Plata. It is a 
 well-built thriving place, with about 1500 inhabitants. Oppo- 
 site to it, on the other side of the river, which is here about 
 a mile wide, and runs with a rapid current between lofty 
 banks, is tlie small town of Restauracion, belonging to La 
 Plata. ^ 
 
 URUNDI, a territory, East Africa, which lies N. of 
 Ujiji, and on the W. stretches for about 50 m. along the E. 
 shores of Lake Tanganyika. It consists of a low strip of 
 exceeding fertility bordering the lake, and a mountain range 
 which, rising from it, stretches N.E. till it becomes linked 
 with the mountains of Karagwah. The Warundi, its inhabi- 
 tants, are evidently natives of a high cold country. Their 
 complexion varies from tawny yellow to a clear dark brown, 
 so brightened by the daily use of a mixture of ochre and 
 palm-oil that the real tint is scarcely discernible. Their 
 limbs are stout and well proportioned, many of them standing 
 upwards of 6 ft. high, and bearing a manly and martial ap- 
 pearance. The men tattoo with circles and lines like cupping- 
 cuts. Their dress is the mbugu, worn in the loosest way; 
 their ornaments are beads, brass wire, and streaks of a car- 
 mine-coloured substance across the head and forehead; their 
 arms are heavy spears and unusually strong arrows. The 
 Waganga, or priests, wear a curious hood, a thatch of long 
 white grass or fibre, cut away at the face, and allowed to 
 hang behind the shoulders; their half naked figures, occa- 
 sionally rattling with wooden clappers, and capering cause- 
 lessly like madmen, present a savage appearance. The 
 government is held by a single chief or mwanii, whose war- 
 riors, forming a large host easily mustered, are the terror of 
 the neighbouring tribes. 
 
 URWUL, a tn. India, presid. Bengal, dist. Behar, r. 
 bank Sone, 40 m. S.W. Patna. It stands in a well- cultivated 
 country, in which grain and opium are largely produced, and 
 possesses an indigo factory, and manufactures of good paper. 
 Pop. about 1000. 
 
 USAGARA, a territory, E Africa, bounded by Khutu 
 on the E. and Ugogo on the W., between which it extends 
 about 95 m.; its breadth from N. to S. cannot be defined. It 
 is covered almost throughout by the mountain range of same 
 name, and is for the most part a beautiful and romantic 
 region, traversed by lofty ridges, which are clothed with the 
 noblest forest-trees, and separated from each other by plains 
 of great extent and fertility. In the lower grounds the soil 
 consists of decomposed granite, greenstone schist, or a coarse 
 incipient sandstone; higher up, where it varies in depth from 
 a few inches to 30 ft., it is of an ochreous brick-red colour, 
 or of a dull gray, which, in the sun's rays, becomes dazzlingly 
 white. Indications of strong volcanic action are evident in 
 the upheaval of the granitic and other igneous rocks above 
 the prevailing sandstone and alluvial clay. In the basins 
 where water is near the surface, and on the banks of streams, 
 there is a richly green vegetation and a growth of gigantic 
 timber. Flowers and fruit abound. The air is heavy with 
 the delicious perfume of the jessamine, the strong odour of a 
 kind of sage, and the sweet scent of mimosa flowers, which 
 stand like golden balls on the bright green boughs. Among 
 the trees are the tamarind, which, everywhere growing wild, 
 attains enormous size; the myombo, a fine forest-tree with a 
 green flower, smelling like jessamine; the mfnu, bearing an 
 edible fruit; the calabash, from 40 to 50 ft. in girth ; and the 
 mkuyu or sycamore, which, rising with a pillared trunk, 
 sometimes overshadows a circuit of 500 ft. Cultivation, 
 carried on chiefly in patches with the aid of irrigation, raises 
 luxuriant crops of grain and pulse. Numerous small rivers 
 provide for the irrigation of this torrid tract; they abound 
 with fish, and their banks are beautifully clothed with groves 
 of blooming acacia. The climate, generally cold and damp, 
 varies according to altitude, being healthy in the higher, and 
 the very opposite in the lower grounds, where the people 
 suffer severely from ulcerations, cutaneous disorders, and 
 other ailments. The country is occupied by several inde- 
 pendent tribes. Differing considerably in character and con- 
 dition, they are frequently engaged in destructive hostilities. 
 Most of the villages are built on the projecting spurs of a 
 range of hills, where their inhabitants can more easily resist 
 attack, or, if defeated, secure shelter and concealment. The 
 normal habitation is the small circular hut of matted grass. 
 
USAGARA 
 
 215 
 
 UZURAMO 
 
 and the size of each village entirely depends upon the wealth 
 and power of its headman or chief. 
 
 USAGARA, a range of mountains, E. Africa, becomes 
 linked towards the E. with the Nguru Mountains, and extends 
 far towards the S., where it is said to culminate. Some of its 
 peaks have an absolute height of 6500 ft. The flanks of the 
 chain, composed of large rounded cones, intersected by plains 
 and valleys, which have been formed not by denudation, but 
 fracture, indicate a primary and igneous origin. Towards 
 the internal nucleus they are irregularly disposed, the ridges 
 preserving no general direction, and crossing each other con- 
 fusedly. The highest summits are generally well-wooded. 
 From the slopes of the chain numerous streams descend, 
 some flowing eastward into the basin of the Kingani, and 
 others flowing southwards into that of the Rwaha, the name 
 given to the Rufiji in the upper part of its course. 
 
 USHITZA [add.], a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. 
 circle of same name, near one of the streams which contribute 
 to form the Servian Morava, 76 m. S.S.W. Belgrade. It 
 stands among orchards, and is of some strategical importance, 
 being defended by a castle which commands three important 
 roads, leading respectively N. to Belgrade, W. to Bosna Serai 
 in Bosnia, and E. to Nish or Nissa in Turkish Servia. It is 
 the seat of a court of justice and other public establishments, 
 and contains a Greek church, fifteen mosques, a Servian and 
 two Turkish schools. Pop. 5300, of whom 3700 are Turks. 
 
 USTRON, a tn. Austrian empire Silesia, dist. Skotschau, 
 on the Vistula, 42 m. E.S.E. Troppau; with a Protestant 
 and a R. Catholic parish church, a castle, a bathing establish- 
 ment, a paper-mill, and extensive ironworks. Pop. 3291. 
 
 USTRZYKI, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. S.E. Sanok, cap. dist. of same name; with a potash 
 refinery, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 USUKUMA, an extensive but ill -defined territory, 
 East Africa. It has been explained to signify the lands 
 bounded S. by Unyamwesi, and extending N. to the borders 
 of the Victoria Nyanza, or Ukerewe. It thus forms an ex- 
 tensive region, contained between lat. 2° 24' and 5° S. Like 
 Unyamwesi, generally it is a rolling plateau of primitive and 
 sandstone formation, with lower levels of brown clay or sand, 
 mixed with vegetable matter. The undulations resemble long 
 waves from 3 to 6 m. in length, with ascents and descents equally 
 gradual; while the low rocky hills, irregular as if disposed by 
 conflicting currents, may be compared to the small curling 
 breakers of a short and chopping sea. In some places huge 
 outcrops of syenitic granite appear. The hill-tops are bare, 
 and the slopes are only dotted with a thin bush of cactus and 
 aloe ; but the plains, though deficient in large timber, have a 
 profuse growth, and when cleared are of extreme fertility. 
 Owing to this fertility, and one main cause of it — the excel- 
 lence and abundance of spring-water, Usukuma is well peopled, 
 and, in regard to cattle, is the richest territory in this part of 
 Africa. It has also an inexhaustible source of wealth in its 
 iron, which is both abundant and of excellent quality, though 
 the present yield is but small, as the natives, instead of mining 
 it, content tliemselves with picking up and smelting the pieces 
 of ore which lie scattered on the surface. The quantity, 
 however, is sufficient to admit of a considerable export to \V. 
 Unyamwesi. It is supposed that besides iron coal might be 
 found. While iron is thus brought from the N., ivory is the 
 great staple of the E., and cattle and cereals abound in every 
 quarter. The principal crops are maize, millet, and holcus, 
 which grow so profusely that the people can afford to live 
 almost entirely on the intoxicating drink pombe, which is 
 made from them, and is at least as much the national beverage 
 as beer is in England. Pulse, water-melons, manioc, tomatoes, 
 sweet-potatoes, pumpkins, and cucumbers abound. Tobacco is 
 grown on the richest soils, and superior cotton is raised, par- 
 ticularly on the S. frontiers of the Victoria Nyanza. The 
 inhabitants, or Wasukuma, are a boisterous and barbarous 
 race, cunning, covetous, and uncivil. Their dress is rude 
 and scanty, and their mode of articulation is so explosive and 
 unpleasant, that a stranger might think the speaker was 
 spitting at him. Considerations of self-interest, however, 
 and a fear of probable retribution, prevent the Wasukuma 
 from plundering and molesting travellers; and those who 
 allow themselves to be fleeced to a certain extent by the 
 exactions of the chief, generally find him both able and willing 
 to afford them sufficient protection. 
 
 USUNDSHOVA, a vil. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 
 about 40 m. N. W. Adrianople, is celebrated for its annual fair, 
 which is the largest in the country, and is said to be attended 
 by about 100,000 persons. 
 
 USURI, a river, E. Asia, forming part of the boundary 
 between Chinese and Russian Manchooria, and after the Son- 
 gari the largest affluent which the Amoor receives on its 
 r. bank, has its source in the W. slope of the mountains which 
 run N.N.E., parallel to the W. shore of the Sea of Japan. 
 At first, under the name of the Sandugu or Upper Usuri, it 
 flows with great rapidity, hemmed in by mountains on both 
 banks. At some distance below it begins to flow through a 
 wide plain, till it again enters the mountains. Having tra- 
 versed them for 100 m., it enters a vast and in part swampy 
 prairie, similar in character to that of the Amoor, which it 
 finally joins at the town of Khabarofka, after a course, wind- 
 ings included, of 497 m. The Dobikan, one of its earliest 
 afiluents, is remarkable on account of the gold found in its 
 sands, but the principal affluent is the Songahhon, which 
 issues from Lake Kingka. 
 
 USZTYE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Arva- 
 Thurocz, at the conflence of the Black Arva with the Arva, 
 20 m. S.W. Neumark in Galicia. It contains 1000 inhabi- 
 tants, who work a coal-mine, and have a trade in linen. 
 
 UTOROP, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 about 20 m. S.W. Kolomea; with salt-springs, a large trade 
 in salt, and 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 UTSCH-KILISSA, a vil. Asiatic Turkey, Armenia, near 
 the Murad-tchai or Eastern Euphrates, 95 m. E.S. E. Erzeroum. 
 Close to it is a celebrated Armenian convent and church. 
 The convent is a paltry place, but the church, consisting of 
 a nave resting on sixteen columns, possesses an attraction 
 which renders it one of the most venerated and frequented 
 pilgrimages in Asiatic Christendom. This attraction is the 
 grave of John Baptist, whose reputed bones are shown as 
 relics. The inhabitants of the village are Armenians, and a 
 mixed race called Tere-Kameh, strongly resembling gipsies. 
 
 UVINZA, a territory, E. Africa, bounding on the E. with 
 Unyamwesi, and extending W. to the country of the Wukar- 
 anga. Its N. and S. limits are not defined. It formerly in- 
 cluded both sides of the Malagarazi River, but the incursions of 
 the Watuta having rendered the N. or r. bank untenable, the 
 inhabitants, or Waviza, now confine themselves to the fer- 
 tile grounds of the 1. bank. Here the sultan, who bears the 
 title of 'Lord of the River,' takes advantage of his position 
 to levy black-mail on the caravans proceeding to or from 
 Ujiji. At Mpete, within his territory, there is a ferry over 
 the Malagarazi, which it is necessary to cross, and he has only 
 to withdraw his canoes in order to have the caravans at his 
 mercy. From the one with which Burton travelled. Sultan 
 Mzogera, after a week's haggling, exacted about forty cloths, 
 blue and white, six wire bracelets, and ten funds of coral 
 beads, equivalent in that country to about £50 in Great 
 Britain. 
 
 UVIRA, a settlement and landing-place near the N.W. 
 extremity of Lake Tanganyika in Central Africa. It pos- 
 sesses only a few tattered hovels, and hence when traders 
 arrive they have no alternative but to provide themselves 
 with temporary booths made of boughs. On a neighbouring 
 height better accommodation might be found in a village 
 belonging to the Mwami, or Sultan Maruta; but the traders 
 hesitate to accept the welcome which he offers them, be- 
 cause they fear- the violence of his people. The imports to 
 Uvira are brass wire armlets, salt, beads, tobacco, and cotton 
 cloths ; the exports, provisions, ivory, slaves, bark-cloth, and 
 ironware. The last, for which the raw material is obtained 
 from a locality a little west of the lake, is the principal 
 manufacture of the people. They also make neat panniers or 
 baskets, and cut light and pretty bowls out of various soft 
 woods. 
 
 U YSAL, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wadowice, 
 about 45 m. S.W. Cracow; with 2800 inhabitants, employed 
 chiefly in preparing match-wood. 
 
 UZUKAMO, a territory, E. Africa, extending westward 
 from the Indian Ocean, in Ion. 39° E., along the banks and 
 basin of the Kingani, to the point where this river is joined 
 by the Mgeta, about Ion. 38°. It has thus a total length 
 from E. to W. of about 70 m. On the W. it is bounded by 
 the territories of Khutu and Uziraha. The general character 
 
VAAL 
 
 216 
 
 VANCOUVER 
 
 of the country is a rolling ground, with no eminences worthy 
 of notice; the surface, which is generally covered with a 
 luxuriant vegetation, and nowhere rises more than 330 ft. 
 above sea-level, sloping gradually eastward, and only pre- 
 senting a few short and abrupt precipices on approaching the 
 sea-shore. The climate, though somewhat mitigated on the 
 higher grounds, is hot and oppressive. The strata on the 
 coast consist of corallines, limestones, calcareous tufa, and 
 rude gravelly conglomerates; inland sandstone and primitive 
 rocks prevail ; in the river-beds blocks of fine black horn- 
 blende abound, and are used by the natives as whetstones; 
 there, too, occur beds of clay, which they employ in making 
 
 pottery. The soil is generally a rich brown or black loam, 
 which under cultivation yields excellent crops, and in a state 
 of nature becomes covered with a most luxuriant vegetation, 
 the grass in the swamps and marshes rising to the height of 
 12 ft., and the larger growths becoming so close and entwined 
 as to be impervious till paths are cut througli them. Black 
 cattle are unknown ; but sheep, goats, and poultry are plen- 
 tiful, and near the jungle are protected from the leopards or 
 ounces by large wooden huts like cages, raised for cleanliness 
 on piles. The principal diseases are severe ulcerations and 
 fevers, generally of a tertian type. The latter usually yield 
 to mild remedies. 
 
 V. 
 
 VAAL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 18 m. 
 N.E. Stuhlweissenburg; with a castle, which in early times 
 was an important point in the Turkish lines; manufactures of 
 linen, tile-works, a trade in wine, and four yearly markets. 
 Pop. 2492. 
 
 VACOVIA, a fishing vil. Central Africa, on E. shore of 
 the Victoria Nyanza, in lat. 1° 15' N.; Ion. 30° 50' E. It is 
 a miserable place, standing about J m. from the edge of the 
 lake. The soil is so impregnated with salt that cultivation 
 of it is impossible; hence fishing, the implements and tackle 
 for which are everywhere visible, forms the main resource of 
 the inhabitants. Salt also, being the natural production of 
 the country, gives employment to many of the people in its 
 manufacture, and forms an important staple of trade, being 
 exchanged for supplies from the interior. The flat sandy 
 plain that extends from the lake for about 1 m., to the foot of 
 the precipitous cliffs 1500 ft. high, appears to have been at 
 one time a part of the bottom of the lake. In fact, the flat 
 land of Vacovia looks like a bay, as the mountain cliffs about 
 6 m. N. and S. descend abruptly to the water's edge, and 
 were the level of the lake 15 ft. higher, this flat would be 
 flooded to the base of the hills. At Vacovia it was that 
 Sir S. W. Baker first came in sight of the Albert Nyanza. 
 
 VALDIVIA, or Calle-Calle, a river, Chili, which 
 issues from Lake Huanchue or Guanegue, flows W., receiv- 
 ing the Quinchillo and Cotileufu on its left, and the Cruces 
 on its right bank, falls into the Pacific, forming an estuary, 
 which is regarded as the securest roadstead on the coast. It is 
 navigable for 15 m. from the junction of the Cruces, a little 
 above the town of Valdivia. 
 
 VALDOBBIADENE [add.], a tn. Italy, Venetia, 21 m. 
 N.N.W. Treviso, at the S. foot of Mount Cunione, and not 
 far from 1. bank Piave. It is the seat of a court of justice 
 and other public offices, has a high church with beautiful 
 paintings, a civil hospital, and several silk and walk mills. 
 Pop. 4252. 
 
 VALENI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Wallachia, circle 
 Busco, on an affluent of the Yalomitza, 48 m. N. Bucharest. 
 It stands in a beautiful mountain district, and has a church 
 and a parish school. There are mineral springs in the vicinity. 
 Pop. 3000. 
 
 VALENTIN (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, circle Upper 
 Wienerwald, on the Eria; has an hospital, limekilns, and a 
 saw-mill, and contains 2630 inhabitants. 
 
 VALLEJO, a tn. U. States, California, at the mouth of 
 Napa Creek, on N.E. side of San Pablo Bay, 28 m. N.N.E. 
 San Francisco. It has a large and safe harbour accessible by 
 the largest sea-going ships ; the U. States navy-yard is on 
 Mare Island, adjacent to the harbour. The town is built on 
 the slopes of hills rising gently from the water to a height of 
 100 ft. or more, and contains several churches and stores. 
 Pop. 1600. 
 
 VALSTAGNO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, 23 m. N.N.E. 
 Vicenza, on the Brenta; with a beautiful parish church and 
 paper and silk mills. Pop. 2980. 
 
 VALVASONE, a tn. Italy, Venetia, pro v. Udine, 2 m. 
 
 N, Casarsa, near the Tagliamento, which is here crossed by 
 a long bridge. It is memorable for the victory gained on 
 16th March, 1797, by Napoleon I. over the Archduke Charles, 
 
 VALVETTI-TORKE, a vil. on the N. shore of Ceylon, 
 3 m. W. of Point Pedro, its northernmost extremity. It is 
 a populous, industrious, and enterprising place, with building- 
 yards, in which vessels of considerable tonnage are turned out 
 by the Tamils, who are among the most skilful and successful 
 ship-builders in Ceylon. 
 
 VALYEVO, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Servia, cap. circle 
 of same name, on the Kolubara; with a court of justice, a 
 church, and a school. Pop. 1200. 
 
 VAMACHICHE, a vil. British America, Canada East, 
 CO. St. Maurice, on the river of its name, 58 m. N.E. Mon- 
 treal; with a E. Catholic church, an agricultural society, 
 several tanneries and mills, and a considerable trade in oats 
 and lumber. Pop. about 1000. 
 
 VANCOUVER, or Quadra and Vancouver [add.] , an isl. 
 W. coast British America; lat. 48° 1 9' to 50° 53' N.; Ion. 1 23° 1 7' 
 to 128° 28' W.; length, N.W. to S.E., 278 m.; breadth vary- 
 ing from 50 m. to 65 m. On the E. and N.E. it is separated 
 from the mainland of British America by the Gulf of Georgia 
 and Queen Charlotte's Sound, and on the S. from that of the 
 U. States by the Strait of Juan-de-Fuca ; on the N. and W, 
 it lies open to the Pacific. From its somewhat analogous 
 position it has been named 'the England of the Pacific,' but 
 the comparison is not borne out by its appearance from the 
 sea. Instead of the white cliffs of Albion, dark and gloomy 
 rocks start abruptly from the waters, and behind this natural 
 sea- wall a series of rounded hills retire inland, covered with 
 the monotonous fir. The scene is backed, says a recent 
 writer, by a loftier range of bare rocky mountain, which 
 traverses the entire centre of the island, and culminates in a 
 rough uneven sierra of pointed peaks. There are, however, 
 some occasional bits of English-like scenery, clothed with 
 groves, and rejoicing in green meadows ; and the central high- 
 lands not unfrequently remind the traveller of the features of 
 Scottish scenery. On the banks of the rivers, and in the 
 valleys and open tracts, the soil is surprisingly rich, and 
 wheat, potatoes, turnips, and other vegetables thrive amaz- 
 ingly. Oats and more northern grain crops are, however, 
 less successful. The climate is healthy, mild, and genial. 
 A short spring is the prelude to a long uninterrupted summer, 
 when rain seldom falls, and the heat is moderated by gentle 
 breezes. A cold nnd misty autumn follows, and that, in its 
 tui'n, is succeeded by winter, which, though not without its 
 days of rain, has its periods of fine weather, and is seldom 
 extremely cold. ' Actual observation,' says Dr. Rattray, ' goes 
 far to show that the climate is superior to that of England, 
 both in physical character and salubrity; and experience 
 proves that it is ~ equally well adapted for agricultural and 
 pastoral farming.' The chief town is Victoria, situated on 
 undulating ground to the S. of the island. Its harbour, of 
 the same' name, is not, however, adapted for an increasing 
 commerce, and the principal port is that of Esquimalt, about 
 3 m. from it. The whole coast is indented with excellent 
 
VANCOUVER 
 
 217 
 
 VELLORE 
 
 inlets, creeks, and channels, which afford a safe shelter for 
 ships, and absolutely swarm with herrings, salmon, sturgeon, 
 mackerel, and cod. A great element in the future prosperity of 
 the island will be its abundance of coal. Coal of good quality 
 has been discovered at Nanaimo Harbour, and on Newcastle 
 and Douglas Islands. At Nanaimo two seams, of from 6 to 
 8 ft. in thickness, have been worked at an average depth of 
 50 ft. from the surface. Vessels drawing ] 6 ft. of water can ap- 
 proach within a few yards of the pit's mouth, while the harbour 
 itself is well protected, and can safely be entered by ships of 
 considerable burden. A great demand for coal has arisen 
 on the W. coast of N. America, and the existence of a supply 
 on Vancouver Island must largely augment the prosperity of 
 tlie colony. 
 
 VANCOUVER, a vil. U. States, Washington territory, 
 on r. bank Columbia River, 90 m. from its mouth, and 10 m. 
 N. Portland. It contains several churches, and large vessels 
 can ascend to it. 
 
 VARDA (Kis), a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Szabolcs, 50 m. N.N.E. Debreczin, cap. dist of same name, 
 in a marshy district ; with a court of justice, an old castle, a 
 distillery, and 3662 inhabitants. 
 
 V.\RN'A, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 16 m. 
 S.S. W. Trencsin, on the Waag; with 1700 inhabitants, mostly 
 employed in agriculture, fishing, and quarrying limestone. 
 
 VARNAVIN, a tn. Russia, gov. and 160 m. E.S.E. 
 Kostroma, cap. circle of same name, on the Wetluga ; with 
 two churches, a school for the circle, and 1008 inhabitants. 
 Many of the inhabitants of the circle are engaged in making 
 mats. 
 
 VAROSH, or Dolatz, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Bosnia, 
 near Travnik. It consists of about 300 houses built on a 
 slope, and occupied by R. Catholics, who obtained it as their 
 residence by an arrangement with the Mahometans. It is 
 connected by a good road with Travnik, where many of the 
 inhabitants have shops. 
 
 VASGAR, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and 20 m. 
 N. W. Veszprim; with a trade in corn, wine, and tobacco, and 
 1 700 R. Catholic inhabitants. 
 
 VASILKOV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 20 m. S. by W. 
 Kiev, cap. circle of same name, on the Stugna, an affluent of 
 the Dnieper. It has three churches, a circle and a parish 
 school, and a charitable institute. Pop 8972. 
 
 VASLUI, a tn. Turkey in Europe, Moldavia, cap. circle 
 and on a stream of same name, 23 m. S. by E. Jassy. It is 
 the seat of a court of justice, has a normal school, and was 
 once the residence of the Moldavian princes. Pop. 3500. 
 
 VASZECZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Liptau, 
 on the Waag, among forests in which large quantities of 
 truffles are found. It contains 2100 inhabitants, who are 
 mostly Lutherans, and carry on a large trade in timber and 
 laths. 
 
 VEDDAHS, a semi-barbarous race, Ceylon, believed to 
 be a remnant of its aborigines. The country at present in- 
 habited by them is in the S.E. portion of the island, extend- 
 ing for about 90 m. in length, by half that breadth, from the 
 base of the BaduUa and Oovali Hills towards the sea; but their 
 range within a comparatively recent period was much larger, 
 and in the time of the Dutch, to whom they paid a tribute in 
 elephants, they were found far N. in the Wanny, within a 
 short distance of the peninsula of Jaffna. They consist of 
 two great divisions — the village Veddahs, and the rock Ved- 
 dahs. The village Veddahs approach the confines of the 
 European settlements on the E. coast, and dwell in huts of 
 mud and bark. They are somewhat migratory in their 
 habits, removing their huts as facilities vary for the cultiva- 
 tion of a little Indian corn and yams, and occasionally accepting 
 wages in kind from the Moors for watching the paddy fields 
 at night, in order to drive away wild elephants. Some who, 
 as they may almost be considered a third class, are called 
 coast Veddahs, have settled in the jungles between Batticaloa 
 and Trincomalee, and subsist by aiding the fishermen in their 
 operations, or by felling timber for the Moors, to be floated 
 down the rivers to the sea. The rock Veddahs remain con- 
 cealed in the forests, subsisting on roots, fish, honey, and the 
 produce of the chase, lodging in caves or under the shelter of 
 overhanging rocks, and sometimes sleeping on stages which 
 they erect among the trees. They are divided into small clans, 
 who partition the forestamong themselves for hunting-grounds, 
 iSupp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 marking the limits of each possession by natural objects, as 
 streams, hills, rocks, or well-known trees. In their food 
 they are almost omnivorous, subsisting on roots, grain, fruits, 
 vermin, and carrion of every kind, however repulsive, and 
 yet, from some unexplained cause, rejecting the flesh of the 
 bear, elephant, and buf&ilo. The iguana lizard and monkeys, 
 both roasted, are their favourite dainties. Their only weapons 
 are a hatchet and a bow, in the use of which they are very 
 dexterous. The produce of the chase not required or suitable 
 for their own use they dry and reserve for barter. This 
 traffic they carry on in a very singular manner, attesting their 
 aversion to intercourse with civilized life. When disposed 
 to barter they repair by night to the village nearest their 
 hunting field, and indicating by well-understood signs and 
 models the articles required, deposit an equivalent value of 
 honey or deer's flesh near the door of the dealer, and retire to 
 the jungles. After a reasonable delay they return stealthily 
 as before, and find the required articles on the same spot. 
 This mode of dealing must be very ancient, since it is not 
 only mentioned by a writer of the eleventh century, but dis- 
 tinctly alluded to by Pliny. Though ignorant in the extreme, 
 and without any idea of God or a future state, they are de- 
 scribed as a quiet and submissive race, obedient to the slightest 
 intimation of a wish, and very grateful for attention or assist- 
 ance. Government and the Wesleyan missionaries have 
 made some attempts to reclaim these poor outcasts, and with 
 no small measure of success. As they refused to leave the 
 vicinity of their native forests, cottages were built for them 
 on the spot, wells dug, cocoa-nuts planted, and rice-land 
 assigned them. In this way settlements were formed at 
 Vippam-Madoo, Oomany, and Villen-gelavelly, and school- 
 houses erected, and teachers provided to give instruction 
 through the medium of the Singhalese language. The settle- 
 ment at the first place failed through the misconduct of the 
 teachers, but not till such an impression had been made that 
 the Veddahs who had belonged to it did not, even when dis- 
 persed, return to their savage habits, but built huts and con- 
 tinued to cultivate the ground as they had been taught. The 
 settlement at Oomany continues to prosper. Twenty-five 
 families reside in its cottages, cocoa-nut trees are growing 
 beside them, and as much rice and other grain is raised as 
 suffices for the consumption. 
 
 VEIT (St.) [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Carin- 
 thia, in the valley of the Glan, 1 1 m. N. Klagenfurt. It is 
 surrounded by walls, and has a market-place with a fine marble 
 fountain, an old town-house, fine gardens, and important 
 horse-markets. It was once the residence of the Dukes of 
 Carinthia, and is still the central entrepot for the iron made 
 and manufactured in the duchy. In the vicinity are many 
 feudal castles, of which the most important, Hohen-Osterwitz, 
 is maintained in excellent condition, and has a beautiful 
 chapel, with various monuments and other objects of interest. 
 
 VEIT (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Lower Austria, circle 
 Upper Wienerwald, on the Golsen ; with numerous saw and 
 other mills, a considerable trade in wood, and a seam of lignite. 
 Pop. 2370. 
 
 VELLORE, or Race Velloue, a tn. and fort, India, 
 presid. and 80 m. W.S.W. Madras, dist. N. Arcot. The 
 town or pettah, situated close to the foot of a range of hills, 
 is large, and contains many good houses and a very busy 
 bazar, but has no edifice deserving of notice, except the white- 
 washed mosque of Chunda Sahib. The fort, situated W. of 
 the pettah, is of considerable extent, inclosed by a broad and 
 deep ditch, and high, broad, and strongly built ramparts, 
 flanked at intervals with towers and bastions. It is also pro- 
 vided with a fau.5se-braye, but this and all other means of 
 defence are useless, as it is completely commanded by the 
 adjoining hills, and so near them that a six-pounder planted 
 on them can throw its shot over and beyond it. Within are 
 a great pagoda, forming one side of its square, and now used 
 as an arsenal; the hospital, which is somewhat low in the roof, 
 but well ventilated, and generally dry; the barracks, maga- 
 zine, and quarters for staff- officers. The soil of the neigh- 
 bourhood, a rich dark-brown mould, produces heavy crops of 
 rice and tobacco. Vellore is famous for a revolt of the native 
 troops, which occurred on the 10th of July, 1806, and in some 
 of its features, more especially in the savage and bloodthirsty 
 spirit manifested, bears some resemblance to the Sepoy mutiny 
 of 1857-8. Pop. of town, 51,408. 
 
 28 
 
VENEV 
 
 218 
 
 VICTORIA 
 
 VENEV, a tn. Russia, gov. and 15 ra. N.E. Tula, cap. 
 circle of same name, 1. bank Venevka. It has seven churches, 
 schools for the circle and parish, a charitable institute, several 
 manufactures, and a large trade in horned cattle. Pop. 3661. 
 
 VENLOOS, or Vendeloos, a bay, on the E. coast of 
 Ceylon, 45 m. S.S.E. Trincomalee. It is formed on the N. 
 by Elephant Point, and on the S, by a point of its own name, 
 and receives the Natoor, a wide and rapid stream. A bar of 
 rocks, stretching across it at a short distance from the shore, 
 is frequented all day long by pelicans, that come at sunrise 
 to fish, and return at evening to their solitary breeding-places 
 remote from the sea. The surrounding scenery is beautiful, 
 gentle acclivities wooded to the summit rising from the shore, 
 while the river is seen flowing through an opening among a 
 cluster of little islands covered with mangroves and acacias. 
 The bay is famous for its shells, which literally cover the 
 strand in endless variety, and furnishes the shell-dealers of 
 Trincomalee with their principal supplies. This trade is ex- 
 clusively in the hands of the JMoors, who clean the shells with 
 great expertness, arrange them in satin-wood boxes, and send 
 them to Colombo and all parts of the island for sale. 
 
 YERDACHELUM, a tn. India, presid. and 135 m. 
 S.S.W. Madras, dist. S. Arcot, on the Manymootah Nuddee. 
 Its position on the road from Triehinopoly to the British en- 
 campment at Trivady, made it a place of some importance in 
 the Carnatic wars. Its pagoda was accordingly well fortified, 
 and some severe struggles took place in its vicinity. It has 
 again become comparatively insignificant. 
 
 VERKNE-ISSETZKOI, Russia, gov. Perm, 2 m. from 
 Ekaterineburg. Though it has the appearance of a consider- 
 able town, with its churches and other buildings, it is only 
 the central establishment for the ironworks belonging to the 
 Yakovlif family. Among its buildings are an enormous pile 
 containing all the offices for the administration of the family 
 mining property, warehouses for iron and other produce, 
 blast-furnaces, forging, tilting and rolling mills. The sheet- 
 iron made here is said to surpass the best that is made in any 
 other part of the Oural. Large quantities of it, both raw and 
 manufactured into utensils of various sorts, are exported to 
 America. — Another Zavod, called Nijne-Issetzkoi, situated 
 lower down in the valley of the Issetz, about 8 m. from 
 Ekaterineburg, is the seat of extensive blast-furnaces belong- 
 ing to the crown. To obtain the necessary supply of water, 
 a large lake has been formed by throwing an embankment 
 across the river. 
 
 VEROCZE, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Neo- 
 grad, 20 m. S.S.W. Balassa Gyarmatli, on the Danube and the 
 railway from Presburg to Pesth; with 1540 inhabitants, who 
 grow an excellent wine. There is a pleasure-palace in the 
 vicinity. 
 
 VERO VITICA, a tn. Austrian empire, kingdom of Croatia 
 .and Sclavonia, co. and 15 m. N.N.E. Posega, on the Brana. 
 It was once fortified, has a fine castle, a high-school, and a 
 trade in wine, and contains 4200 inhabitants. 
 
 VERRIA, or Kakavekia, a tn. Turkey in Europe, 
 eyalet and 40 m. W.S.W. Saloniki. It contains 8000 inhabi- 
 tants, whose chief employment is in weaving a cloth com- 
 posed of a mixture of linen and cotton, and much used as 
 towelling for baths. 
 
 VESENBERGr, a tn. Russia, gov. Esthonia, in its most 
 fertile district, 60 m. E. Revel ; has a church, a ruined castle, 
 a circle and an elementary school, and two charitable estab- 
 lishments. Pop. 4360. 
 
 VESGEGONSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 78 m. N.N.E. 
 Tver, cap. circle of same name, on the Mologa. It stands on 
 the N.E. extremity of the gov.; has four churches, a parish 
 school, two charitable endowments, and a large annual fair, 
 from the 6th to the 16th of January, at which a great deal of 
 business is done. In the circle immense numbers of nails 
 and boots and shoes are manufactured. Pop. of town, 2583. 
 
 VETLUGA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 180 m. E. Kostroma, 
 cap. circle and on the river of same name. It has two 
 churches, a parish school, and a charitable endowment, and 
 contains 2277 inhabitants. I^arge numbers of mats are made 
 within the circle. 
 
 VIASNIKI, a tn. Russia, gov. and 68 m. E. Vladimir, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Kliasma. It has seven 
 churches, a circle school, numerous manufactures, particu- 
 larly of linen, and a large trade in corn. Pop. 3543. 
 
 VICHTWANG, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper Austria, 
 circle Hausruck, 23 m. S.W. Steyer; with an elegant parish 
 church, an hospital, and a pop. of 1800. 
 
 VICTORIA, a prov. Australia [add.] In 1851 this 
 province, which had previously formed part of New South 
 Wales, was erected into an independent government, with a 
 lieutenant-governor, executive council, and two legislative 
 chambers. At this period the total number of inhabitants, 
 exclusive of aborigines, was 77,345. Owing to the fertility 
 of the soil, the produce of food had become so super-abun- 
 dant, and the influx of settlers comparatively so small, that 
 the produce could not be consumed, and sheep were bred solely 
 for their wool, of which, in 1850, 18,091,207 lbs. were ex- 
 ported to England. But the discovery of gold in the pro- 
 vince, immediately after that in New South Wales, and almost 
 contemporaneou.sly with the establishment of its independence, 
 attracted an enormous immigration. The first discoveries 
 were made nearly simultaneously at Ballarat, then a sheep 
 station 70 m. W. of Melbourne; at Anderson Creek, IG m. 
 from Melbourne; and at the Clunes Station on the Hoddon 
 River, about 100 m. N.W. of the city. The rush to these 
 rich fields of gold speedily emptied Melbourne of its male 
 population, and was swelled by immigrants from the other 
 colonies, Tasmania, New Zealand, California, and after some 
 months from England; so that, in twelve months from the 
 date of the gold discovery, about 65,000 had been added to 
 the number of the population. In one fortnight in 1852, 45 
 vessels sailed from England, with not less than 15,000 emi- 
 grants, to Australia. Tiiis extraordinary influx naturally 
 threw things into confusion, and lawlessness, as well as much 
 privation and distress, prevailed. The powers of the govern- 
 ment were unequal to the emergency, and deeds of violence, 
 and formidable gangs of robbers, set law and order at defiance 
 for a time. Resistance to the licence fee of 30s. a month, 
 exacted by the government from every digger, produced 
 serious riots at Ballarat and elsewhere at the end of 1854, which 
 had to be suppressed with tlie aid of the military. An in- 
 creased and more efficient police, aided by a special police force 
 derived from England, was at length successful in restoring 
 public order and personal safety. The accession of popula- 
 tion gave fresh impetus to agriculture, and the large demand 
 and high prices of food induced many of the pastoral and 
 agricultural classes, who had forsaken their calling and taken 
 to the gold-fields, to return to their proper occupation, which 
 could now be carried on most profitably. From the time of 
 the discovery of gold at Ballarat in August, 1851, to the end of 
 the year, the estimated quantity dug was valued at £845,523. 
 In 1852 the value of the gold produce was £15,899,733; in 
 1853, £14,100,083; in 1854, £9,568,262, a considerable 
 falling off, owing to the disturbed state of the population in the 
 gold-fields; in 1855, £11,172,261 ; and in 1856, £11,942,783; 
 from which date there was a gradual decrease to £6,685,192 
 in 1862. The progress of commerce and manufactures was 
 correspondingly rapid during the same period. The shipping 
 entered was as follows : — 
 
 1851. 
 1S5-2. 
 1853. 
 1854. 
 1855. 
 
 Vessels. Tons. 
 
 712 129,406 
 
 165r 408,216 
 
 2594 721,473 
 
 2596 794,604 
 
 1907 551,726 
 
 The value of the imports and exports during the .same period 
 is also stated thus: — 
 
 Imports. Kxports. 
 
 1851 £1,056,437 £1,422,909 
 
 1852 4,069,742 7,451,549 
 
 1853 15,S42,637 11,061,544 
 
 1854. 
 1855. 
 
 17,659,051 11,775,204 
 
 12,007,939 13,493,338 
 
 Where the exports were less than the value of the product of 
 gold, it is accounted for by there being at the time no duty 
 on gold, and the official returns taking no account of the large 
 quantities carried away by private hand. 
 
 At the close of 1851 the population was estimated at 
 97,489; in 1852, at 168,321 ; in 18.53, at 222,436; in 1854, 
 at 312,307 ; and in 1855. at 364,325. The proportion of the 
 sexes in the last-named year was 234,450 males to 129,874 
 females. At the commencement of 1856 there were in the 
 province 349 churches and chapels, accommodating 76,549 
 
VICTORIA 
 
 219 
 
 VICTORIA 
 
 persons; and 438 schools, attended by 24,478 scholars. In 
 March, 1857, when the population had reached 410,766, the 
 religious denominations were ascertained to be — 
 
 Church of England 175,418 
 
 Presbyterians 65,935 
 
 Wesleyans 20,395 
 
 Independents 10,858 
 
 Baptists 6,484 
 
 Lutherans 6,574 
 
 Unitarians 1,480 
 
 B. Catholics 77,351 
 
 Jews 2,208 
 
 Mahometans, &c 27,254 
 
 Unspecified 6,774* 
 
 * Chiefly Chinese. 
 
 The revenue of the province for the years under considera- 
 tion was as follows : — 
 
 1850 £259,433 1 
 
 1851 486,332 
 
 1852 1,577,181 
 
 1853 £3,490,932 
 
 1854 6,154,928 
 
 1855 4,716,696 
 
 The expenditure was principally made on roads, bridges, and 
 other public works ; and railways have been constructed to 
 the principal gold-fields, the cost of wliich has been raised 
 by loans. The following more recent statistics will show the 
 position which the pi-ovince has maintained to recent times. 
 The total quantity of land sold by the government up to the 
 31st December, 1865, was 6,049,703 acres; and the extent 
 
 remaining unalienated was estimated at 49,594,456 acres. 
 The extent of land leased in 1865 was 1,820,173 acres, and 
 the amount of rent received £1 12,709. The number of acres 
 in sheep-runs was 29,354,436; the number of acres attached 
 to runs was 2,856,000; the extent of land under cultivation 
 in 1864 was 479,463 acres, and in 1865, 530,196 acres, show- 
 ing an increase of 50,733 acres. There were in the colony 
 in March, 1865, 640,625 cattle and 8,406,234 sheep; and 
 in March, 1806, 621,337 cattle, showing a decrease of 18,288, 
 and 8,835,380 slieep, being an increase of 429,146. Tlie 
 number of immigrants who arrived in the colony by sea in 
 1865 was 38,976, of whom there came from the neighbouring 
 colonies 18,405, from the United Kingdom 18,862, and from 
 foreign countries 1709. The population of the colony on 
 the 1st of January, 1865, was 605,501, and on the 31st De- 
 cember, 1865, 626,639, being an increase of 21,238. The 
 estimated population on the gold-fields on the 30th September, 
 1866, was 258,247, of whom 227,486 were Europeans, and 
 30,401 Chinese. The trade of the colony had apparently not 
 been in a prosperous condition in 1865, the imports and ex- 
 ports in that year having fallen off considerably. The imports 
 amounted to £13,257,537, and the exports to £13,150,748. 
 The value of the imports was lower than in any of the pre- 
 ceding nine years; and the value of the exports was less than 
 in any year of the same period except 1860 and 1862. 
 
 VICTORIA, a tn. British N. America, cap. Vancouver 
 Island, on the N. side of the Strait of Juan de Fuca, and on 
 the S.E. end of the island; lat. 48° 27' N.; Ion. 123° 25' W. 
 
 A STREET IN VICTORIA.— From Mayne's British Columbia. 
 
 Tiie inlet which forms the harbour runs northerly for some 
 miles with an average breadth of a few hundred yards. The 
 country around is undulating, in the distance thickly timbered, 
 but in the immediate vicinity open, and covered with fertile 
 grassy pastures. Tlie town lies on the eastern side of the 
 harbour. The site was selected about eighteen years ago by 
 the officers of the Hudson Bay Company, for a fort and depot, 
 on account of the safe harbour for small vessels, and the 
 quantity of good clear land in the neighbourhood for the 
 support of the establishment. Since then the influence of the 
 neighbouring gold-fields and other natural advantages have 
 made it a place of considerable importance. It has become 
 the seat of government of the island, and contains several 
 churches and other public buildings, but from the unsuitable- 
 ness of its harbour will not become a place of commerce. 
 The entrance of this harbour is narrow and shoaly, the channel 
 tortuous and, without a pilot, dangerous, notwithstanding the 
 erection of buoys and other means of improvement ; and the 
 bay itself scarcely affords convenient anchorage for six large 
 vessels. For these reasons, and the difficulty of procuring 
 water, the harbour has been abandoned for large vessels, and 
 Esquimalt, about 3 m. to the S., has become the port. Pop. 
 
 about 6000. Fort Victoria, in the immediate vicinity, con- 
 sists of a square inclosure with octagonal bastions. 
 
 VICTORIA, a tn. Mexico, cap. state Tamaulipas, near 
 the river Santander, and at the foot of a mountain range 
 which bounds it on the S. and S.W.; lat. 23° 45' N.; Ion. 
 99° 10' W. It stands at the height of about 1000 ft. above 
 the sea, is regularly built, consisting of a large central square, 
 with a number of streets radiating from it, and has a church 
 built in the Moorish style, a town-house, and a number of 
 handsome private mansions. From being commanded by 
 adjacent heights, it possesses little military importance, but 
 its position near the Santander, which is here navigable for 
 large boats, and at the point where several important roads 
 meet, gives it great facilities for trade. Victoria was founded 
 by Escandon in 1748, and after being called New Santander 
 and Aquayo, received its present name in 1825, in honour 
 of the president Guadalupe Victoria. Pop. 6164. 
 
 VICTORIA, a tn. La Plata, prov. Entre Rios, on a small 
 stream of its own name, forming a branch of the Parana Cite, 
 200 m. N.W. Buenos Ayres. It stands on the top of an 
 elevated ridge, is a flourishing place, carrying on an active 
 trade in hides, wood, and lime, and has a pop. of about 4000. 
 
VICTORIA 
 
 220 
 
 VIGAY 
 
 VICTORIA, or Peter the Great, a bay, Russian 
 empire, in the Sea of Japan, on the S.W. coast of Manchooria, 
 is a large indentation which looks towards the S., and is 
 divided into the two gulfs of Napoleon on the E. and Guerin 
 on the W., by the Albert Teninsula, projecting S. from the 
 mainland, and continued in the same direction by a group of 
 islands called the Eugenie Archipelago. In Hamelin Strait, 
 near the S. extremity of the peninsula, is situated Port May 
 or Vladivostok, completely sheltered by hills. The whole 
 coast line, consisting chiefly of clay-slate heaved up by rocks 
 of red porphyry, exhibits marks of volcanic action. Tiie 
 surrounding country is well wooded with oaks, elms, and 
 walnut, and has large tracts of fine grazing land, abounding 
 in various coloured flowers. The vine grows luxuriantly, 
 and matures its fruit. 
 
 VICTORIA, or Cooper (native, Teiohaka), a harbour. 
 New Zealand, E. side of Middle Island, on the N.W. of 
 Banks' Peninsula. The entrance, the heads of which are 
 bold and steep-to, is 2^ m. from the S, end of Pegasus Bay, 
 and the harbour runs 7 m. in a S.W. by \V. direction. Tiie 
 town and port of Lyttelton is situated on the N. shore, in a 
 small bay 4 m. from the heads; above it there is suflficient depth 
 for small coasting vessels only. The entrance is 1 m. wide, 
 and retains this width to the anchorage off Lyttelton. The 
 harbour is easy of access in most weathers, except in S.W. 
 gales, which draw out with great violence. Opposite Lyttel- 
 ton, and connected at low- water with the S. shore, is Quail 
 Island, midway between which and the town is a reef. 
 
 VICTORIA (Port), a magnificent harbour and roadstead 
 on the E. side of the island of Mah^, the largest of a group of 
 twenty-nine islands forming the Seychelles Archipelago, about 
 lat. 5° S.; Ion. 55° E. The harbour is capable of safely moor- 
 ing five or six sail of the line, while the bay in which it lies, 
 about 4 m. deep by 3^ m. wide, furnishes a roadstead com- 
 pletely inclosed by little islands on all sides except the N. 
 The excellence of the harbour has given rise to a town of the 
 name of Victoria, which, however, has not made much pro- 
 gress, consisting merely of wooden houses covered with 
 shingles. 
 
 VICTORIA FALLS (native name Mosioatunya), S. 
 Africa, in the Liambye or Zambesi, about 25 m. below the 
 confluence of the Chobe. The falls have been formed by a 
 crack right across the river in the hard black basaltic rock 
 which forms the bed of the Zambesi. The lips of the crack 
 are still quite sharp, save about 3 ft. of the edge over which 
 the river rolls. The walls go sheer down from the lips with- 
 out any projecting crag or sign of stratification or dislocation. 
 No change of level took place when the vast rift occurred 
 between the two parts of the river's bed thus rent asunder, 
 the part of it on the opposite side of the cleft, in descending the 
 river, being on the same level with that over which the water 
 still flows, and covered with grass and trees where the stream 
 formerly ran. The first crack is in length a few yards more 
 than the breadth of the river, which on his second visit Dr. 
 Livingstone found to be a little over 1860 yards. The main 
 stream is here running nearly due N. and S., and the cleft 
 across it lies nearly E. and W. The depth to the surface of 
 the water at the bottom of the chasm was found by measure- 
 ment to be about 360 ft., the actual bottom being, of course, 
 still lower. The width of the cleft at its narrowest part is 
 about 80 yards, and at its broadest somewhat more. Into 
 this chasm the river, more than a mile wide, rolls with a 
 deafening roar. The water is then seen in the bottom of the 
 fissure flowing from each end of it towards the centre, where 
 the two currents unite, forming a fearful boiling whirlpool, 
 and then find an outlet by a crack at right angles to the great 
 fissure; this outlet is about 1170 yards from the W. end, and 
 600 yards from the E. end of the chasm. The river, now 
 apparently not more than 20 or 30 yards wide, surges and 
 rushes S. through this narrow channel for about 130 yards, 
 and then enters a second chasm somewhat deeper, and nearly 
 parallel with the first. Leaving the eastern half of this 
 second chasm to the growth of large trees, the stream turns 
 sharply to the W., and forms a promontory between it and 
 the first fissure of 1170 yards in length, and 416 yards in 
 breadth at its base. Reaching this base the river runs 
 abruptly round the head of another promontory, and flows to 
 the E. in a third chasm, then turns round a third and much 
 narrower promontory, and goes to the W. in a fourth chasm, 
 
 and appears again to sweep round yet another promontory 
 towards the E. In this huge zigzag, yet narrow trough, the 
 rocks are all so sharply cut and angular that the idea at once 
 arises that the hard basaltic trap must have been riven asunder 
 by some force acting from beneath. The land below or S. of 
 the falls retains, as stated before, the same level as when the 
 rent was made. The tops of the promontories are in general 
 flat, smooth, and studded with trees. Viewing the falls from 
 the first promontory, that is, facing them, at the W. end of 
 the chasm there is first a fall 86 yards in breadth, and of 
 course, as all are, 360 ft. in depth; then intervenes Boaruka, 
 a small island, and next a great fall, 573 yards broad; a pro- 
 jecting rock separates this from the third fall, 325 yards in 
 breadth; in all, upwards of 900 yards of perennial falls. 
 Then comes Garden Island, eastward of which, in the dry 
 season, when the river is at its lowest, comes a good deal of 
 the bare rock of the river's bed, with a score of narrow falls, 
 which in the floods of the wet season constitute one enormous 
 cascade nearly half a mile in extent. Near the E. end of the 
 chasm are two other large falls, but not to be compared at 
 low-water with the western ones between the islands. The 
 whole body of water rolls clear over quite unbroken ; but 
 after a descent of 10 or more ft., the entire mass suddenly 
 becomes like a huge sheet of driven snow. ' Pieces of water 
 leap off it in the form of comets with tails streaming behind 
 till the whole snowy sheet becomes myriads of rushing, leap- 
 ing, aqueous comets. This peculiarity was not observed by 
 Charles Livingstone at Niagara; and here it happens possibly 
 from the dryness of the atmosphere, or whatever the cause 
 may be, which makes every drop of Zambesi water appear 
 to possess a sort of individuality. It runs off the ends of the 
 paddles, and glides in beads along the smooth surface, like 
 drops of quicksilver on a table.' The vast body of water, 
 separating into the comet-like forms described, necessarily 
 incloses in its descent a large volume of air, which, forced 
 into the cleft to an unknown depth, rebounds and rushes up 
 loaded with vapour to form from three to six columns, as if 
 of steam, visible 21m. distant. Rising 200 or 300 ft. above 
 the cascade, this vapour becomes condensed, and falls in a 
 perpetual shower of spray on the grove of evergreen trees 
 opposite ; the heavy drops from the leaves of which collect 
 and form little rills which run down the steep face of the rock 
 until they are blown off and carried up again by the columns 
 of vapour. 
 
 VICTORIA NILE. See Somerset River in Supp. 
 
 VICTORIA N YANZA, a large fresh-water lake. Eastern 
 Africa, about 400 m. E.N.E. Lake Tanganyika. Its S. ex- 
 tremity is in lat. 2° 24' S.; Ion. 33° E., and the height of its 
 water is 3750 ft. above sea-level, but its extent to the N. is 
 unknown. According to some native accounts it extends to 
 1° or 1° 30' N. This would give it a total length of 250 m. 
 At its S. extremity, where it receives the Muingwira, it forms 
 a creek almost completely choked up with an archipelago of 
 brown rocky tree-clad islets, but immediately beyond it widens 
 out into a magnificent expanse, roughly estimated at 85 m. 
 In this part of the lake, about lat. 2° S., there are two 
 islands of some size — Masita, not far from the S.E. shore; 
 and a little to the W. of it, and at le.ast double its size, 
 Ukerewe, which sometimes gives its name to the lake. 
 Nyanza lies open and elevated, rather resembling the drainage 
 and temporary deposit of extensive floods than a volcanic 
 depression, as Tanganyika seems to be. Its shores are low 
 and flat, dotted here and there with little hills, and its water 
 is universally commended for its lightness and smoothness. 
 The depth is said to be great, but as yet this can only be 
 regarded as conjecture. 
 
 VIE JO, a tn. Central America, Nicaragua, dep. Occi- 
 dental, in the vicinity of the volcanic mountain of same name, 
 about 20 m, N.W. Leon. While one of the oldest, it is also 
 one of the best-built places in the state, many ancient and 
 wealthy families having selected it for their residence. It 
 has two churches, one of them a building of some merit. 
 Pop. about 3000. 
 
 VIERZIGHUBEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 40 m. N. Briinn, on the frontiers of Bohemia; with 
 a castle, and a pop. of 1200. 
 
 VIGAY, a river, India, presid. Madras, which rises among 
 the mountains which separate Travancore from dist. Madura, 
 and flows first N.E., receiving numerous small tributaries. 
 
VIGITA-POORA 
 
 221 
 
 VLADIMIR 
 
 and then S.E. past the town of Madura. In the lower part 
 of its course it expands into a large lake called Periyakolan, 
 and thereafter proceeding E. for 6 m., loses itself in a salt 
 marsh. Re-appearing at the E. end of the marsh, and still 
 retaining its name, it pursues a serpentine course S.E. for 
 about 5 m., and finally enters Palk's Strait a little below the 
 village of Autankarai. Its whole length is about 140 m. It 
 is generally in flood from October to December, and possess- 
 ing water throughout the whole year, contributes greatly to 
 the fertility of the districts through which it flows. 
 
 VIGITA-POOKA, a ruined city, Ceylon, 50 m. N. by 
 W, Kandy. It stood near the N. shore of the abortive tank 
 of Kalaweva, became a royal residence 500 years before the 
 Christian era, and was a city and a fortress when Anarajapoora 
 was still a village. It was surrounded, according to the 
 Mahawanso, by a triple battlement and entered by a gate of 
 iron, and after various vicissitudes was rebuilt as late as the 
 twelfth century by Prakrama. So rapid, however, and so 
 complete has been its decay, that nothing now remains except 
 the foundations of the fort, a dagoba evidently built of bricks 
 taken from the city wall, a few stone troughs, and chiselled 
 pillars and mounds of earth and debris. 
 
 VIHODNA, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Liptau, 
 on the road to Zips; with 1500 Lutheran Inhabitants, who 
 rear sheep, and make famous ewe-milk cheese. 
 
 VILEIKA, a tn. Russia, gov. and 60 m. E.S.E. Vilna, 
 cap. circle of same name, on the Vilia; with three churches, 
 a charitable institute, and a pop. of 2042. 
 
 VILHELI, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Bailundo, on a stream of same name to the W. of the 
 Kutatu, about lat. 11° 35' S.; Ion. 16° 40' E. It is situated 
 in the midst of dense woods, is surrounded by a palisade and 
 a ditch, and contains about 2000 inhabitants, who, besides 
 cultivating the soil, carry on a considerable trade in bees'- 
 wax, 
 
 VILKOMIRS, a tn. Russia, gov. and 45 m, N.N.E. 
 Kovno; with a church, a circle and a parish school, two 
 charitable institutes, and 4182 inhabitants. 
 
 VILLA-DE-VICUNA, atn. Chili, prov. Coquimbo, in 
 a fertile vale, r. bank Elqui, 40 m. E.N.E. La Serena; with 
 a parish church, a town-house, two normal and three primary 
 schools. Pop. 2076. 
 
 VILLA FONTANA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 
 about 9 m. S.E. Verona, on the Menago ; with a parish church, 
 which contains good paintings by Giolfino and Farinato. 
 
 VILLAFRANCA, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 9 m. 
 S.W. Verona, cap. dist of same name, on the railway to 
 Mantua. It is the seat of a court of justice, has two parish 
 churches, a Capuchin convent, and an hospital, and contains 
 7147 inhabitants. The French and Austrian emperors met 
 here on 25th July, 1858, and settled the preliminaries of a 
 peace which deprived Austria of the greater part of Lom- 
 bardy. 
 
 VILLALTA, or San Ildefonso de Villa. Alta, a tn. 
 Mexico, state and about 45 m. N.E. Oajaca, in a beautiful 
 and healthy district at the height of 4000 ft. above the sea. 
 It was established by Cortes in 1531 as a military post or 
 presidio, and continued long to be one of the most important 
 places of New Spain. The present inhabitants, not above 
 lOOO in number, weave coarse cloth out of pita (the fibres 
 of the agave), and show considerable skill in carving articles 
 of wood. Coffee, cotton, tobacco, and fruit are grown, and 
 gold and silver were once mined in the district. 
 
 VILLA MOLINA, a tn. Chili, prov. Talca, 120 m. 
 S.S.W. Valparaiso. It is a clean little town, built chiefly 
 along the main road, with an indifi'erent-looking church, and 
 a pop. estimated at 2000. A broken plain, almost utterly 
 barren, commences near the town and extends to Talca. 
 
 VILLANDERS, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle 
 and about 8 m. W. Brixen; with 1800 inhabitants, and a 
 church containing a number of remarkable tombs. In the 
 Pfunderer ^Mountain in the vicinity are mines of silver, lead, 
 and copper. 
 
 VILLA RICA, a tn. Paraguay, 85 m. S.E. Asuncion, 
 equidistant from the Tibiquari on the E., and its tributary 
 the Tibiquarimini on the W. It is picturesquely situated 
 amid fertile plains, which terminate E. and W. in a low moun- 
 tain range covered with noble forests. 
 
 VILLARICA, a lake, Chili, in the N. of prov. Valdivia, 
 
 and at the N.W. foot of the volcanic mountain of its name. 
 Its area is estimated at rather more than 100 sq. m. It was 
 originally called Llauquen, but Valdivia, in consequence of 
 the quantity of gold found in its vicinity, formed a settlement 
 on its shore, of which, notwithstanding its repeated devasta- 
 tion by the Indians, the ruins may still be traced. Its surplus 
 waters are carried W. to the Pacific by the Tolten. 
 
 VI LS, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and 38 m. 
 N.W. Innsbruck, on the frontiers of Bavaria; with a beau- 
 tiful parish church, and an old castle. Up to the seventeenth 
 century Vils was an imperial free town. Pop. 1000. 
 
 VINELAND, a vil. U. States, New Jersey, on theMill- 
 ville and Gtessboro' railway, 32 m. S. by E. Philadelphia. 
 It contains three churches, several manufactories, &c.; the 
 cultivation of fruit forms the principal occupation of the 
 people. 
 
 VIRACHOLEN, a vil. India, presid. Madras, dist. and 
 34 m. S.S.E. Madura, on the S. bank of the Kredamanadi. 
 It was anciently the residence of the rajahs of the country, 
 and indicates its importance by tlie extent and magnificence 
 of its remains, though it is now insignificant, with no existing 
 building worthy of note except a small Hindoo temple. The 
 manufactures consist of long cloths. 
 
 VIRGIN-GORDA, an isl. W. Indies, Leeward Islands, 
 the most easterly of the Virgin group, has a very irregular 
 outline, and is occupied towards its centre by an immense 
 hill, which rises gradually and terminates in a peak 1370 ft. 
 high. On its W. side is a peninsula, broken up by some 
 convulsion of nature into vast granite blocks, which lie 
 scattered on the shore. To the southward are several cays 
 and islets, similarly composed of disrupted granite. The 
 largest of these islets, having the appearance of a town in 
 ruins, is named Fallen Jerusalem. The inhabitants, about 
 764, are engaged in raising stock and vegetables, cutting 
 wood, and burning charcoal for the markets of St. Thomas 
 and St. Croix. 
 
 VIRGINIA CITY, two places, U. States:— 1, A tn. 
 Nevada, situated among rocky ledges and ravines, on the E. 
 slope of Mount Davidson, 15 m. N.N.E. Carson, and 274 m. 
 N.E. San Francisco; 6205 ft. above the level of thesea. The 
 principal streets, in many instances cut through the solid rock, 
 are level, and those devoted to business are lined with blocks 
 of substantial stone and brick fire-proof buildings three to 
 five stories high. The environs are adorned with many hand- 
 some private residences. Virginia City owes its origin and 
 rapid growth to the rich veins of silver discovered in 1859, 
 from which upwards of £2,000,000 of silver was obtained in 
 1864. A vein near the city is the largest yet discovered, 
 being 156 ft. thick and 4 m. long. The city is lighted with 
 gas, and well supplied with water; and good roads have been 
 constructed in various directions. Pop. (1860), 2345; (1865), 
 about 15,000. — 2, A tn. Idaho, near the Rocky Mountains, 
 225 m. E.N.E. Idaho City, has productive gold-mines, and the 
 adjacent country is said to be well supplied with wood. 
 
 VISONTA, atn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Heves, 
 E. Gyongyos ; is famous for the wine of its name, strongly 
 resembling Burgundy. Pop. 900. 
 
 VISUCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Military Frontiers, 
 Licca district, about 69 m. S.S.E. Karlstadt, on a narrow 
 mountain pass; with a Greek non-united parish church, and 
 the extensive ruins of an ancient castle. Pop. 1220. 
 
 VITENDA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, ter- 
 ritory Bailundo.' It is situated on the Kutatu and Mungoya, 
 about 33 m. above its confluence with the Coanza, is inclosed 
 by a strong palisade and a ditch, and contains 2000 inhabi- 
 tants, under the rule of a powerful chief, nominally subject 
 to that of Bailundo. 
 
 VITZA, or Visa, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet Adrian- 
 ople, 75 m. N.W. Constantinople. It has a picturesque site 
 on a mountain slope, is surrounded with walls, and is the seat 
 of a Greek archbishop. The onions grown here are famous. 
 Pop. 5000. 
 
 VIZAKNA, or Salzburg, a tn. Austrian empire, Tran^ 
 sylvania, circle and 6 m. N.W. Hermaunstadt ; with large 
 salt-works, and 3441 inhabitants. 
 
 VLADIMIR(ST.),abay, Russian empire, on the W. coast 
 of the Sea of Japan ; lat. 43° 53' 40" N.; Ion. 135° 27' 21" E. 
 It opens between the rocky promontories of Baliuzcka on the 
 N., and Vachofski on the S. , which are 1^ m. apart, and ex- 
 
VLOSKAVEK 
 
 222 
 
 WADOE 
 
 tending westward, forms three inlets — N., S., and AY. The last 
 is the smallest ; the other two are vast circular basins, separ- 
 ated from each other by a hilly and wooded peninsula, and 
 both of them surrounded and sheltered by adjacent wooded 
 heights. The S. inlet, the largest and most completely shel- 
 tered, aflfords every facility for careening and repairing a ship. 
 It is said that these inlets are only frozen over from the 
 middle of December to the middle of February, and that the 
 effect of the offing-swell is to keep the entrance of the bay 
 almost free from ice. 
 
 VLOSKAVEK, a tn. Russian Poland, gov. and 85 m. 
 N.W. Warsaw, on the Vistula. It has a cathedral and three 
 other churches, a circle and an elementary schoel, and a con- 
 siderable trade in corn; and contains 6162 inhabitants. 
 
 VOINITZA, a tn. European Turkey, Bosnia, eyalet 
 Bosna, 29 m. "\V. by N. Bosna-Serai. It lies among moun- 
 tains, and contains 4000 inhabitants, mostly R. Catholic 
 Bosniaks, wlio are chiefly employed in mining and smelting. 
 To the N.W. the largest 11. Catholic monastery in Bosnia is 
 situated. 
 
 VOITELSBRtJNN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, 
 circle and 24 m. E.S.E. Znaim, on the frontiers of Lower 
 Austria; with an ancient parish church, a sulphur spring, a 
 trade in wine, and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 VOKLABRUCK, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, 
 circle Hausruck, on the Vokla, 35 m W. Sleyer; has a female 
 educational institute, a town -hospital, an infirmary, and manu- 
 factures of cdlico and wooden ware. Pop. 1300. 
 
 VOLCANO BAY, in the S.W. of Yesso, one of the 
 Japan Isles, is nearly of a circular shape, and has a width of 
 about 33 m. at its entrance, which is formed by Cape Yetomo 
 on the N. and Point Esarmi on the S. Its depth, which is 
 50 fathoms near the centre, decreases gradually towards the 
 shore. Captain Broughton, who visited it in 1796, gave it 
 its name, because he then saw three volcanoes in activity. 
 The U. States expedition to Japan in 1854 saw only two, 
 
 which were situated in the N.E., and throwing out convul- 
 sively volumes of thick smoke. The scenery of the bay is 
 very beautiful, presenting an amphitheatre of lofty mountains, 
 their summits covered with snow, and their lower slopes 
 clothed with the richest verdure. At the N.E. entrance of 
 the bay, in lat. 42° 21' N.; Ion. 140° 56' 30" E., is the small 
 but snug harbour of Endermo, which affords good shelter to 
 vessels entering it. 
 
 VOLOKLAMSK, a tn, Russia, gov. and 65 m. N.W. 
 Moscow, cap. circle of same name, on the Lama, at its con- 
 fluence with the Shasha. It has seven churches, a circle and 
 a parish school, and a benevolent endowment. In the vicinity 
 there is a wealthy monastery of the same name, which was 
 founded in 1479. Pop. 1290. 
 
 VOLS, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and to the 
 S.W. of Brixen; with 1300 inhabitants. In the vicinity are 
 much-frequented mineral springs. 
 
 VOSKRESENSK, a tn. Russia, gov. and 28 m. N.W. 
 Moscow, circle Svenigorod, on the Istva. It has a church, 
 but its chief claim to notice is derived from the monastery of 
 same name, which lies in the vicinity, and, from a supposed 
 resemblance to the ancient Jewish capital, has been designated 
 New Jerusalem. Within the walls which inclose it are two 
 cathedrals and two churches. Pop. 1073. 
 
 VRAN YA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, in the S. of Turkish 
 Servia, eyalet and 35 m. N.N.E. Uskub, on the Morava. It 
 contains about 7000 inhabitants, chiefly Bulgarians and Alban- 
 ians, who have iron-works, and manufacture arms. 
 
 VYSA [anc. Bysid\,a. tn. Turkey in Europe, picturesquely 
 situated at the foot of the Stranja ridge, and near the head- 
 waters of the Erkene or Ergina, 75 m. N.W. Constantinople. 
 It is the seat of a third-rate Turkish governor and a Greek 
 bishop, and has good schools both for Bulgarian and Greek, 
 but none for Turkish. The ancient town, which stands on an 
 eminence overlooking the modern, has extensive ruins, which 
 are freely used as quarries. 
 
 w. 
 
 WABASHA, a tn. U. States, Minnesota, cap. co. of same 
 name, r. bank Mississippi, 2 m. below Lake Pepin, and 36 m. 
 N.E. Rochester. It is built on sloping ground between the 
 river and a high bluff about | m. from the shore. It con- 
 tains a handsome court-house, three churches, two banks, a 
 public library, flour-mill, five grain warehouses, and a lumber 
 yard. Pop. 2200. 
 
 WABUHA, a comparatively insignificant tribe. Central 
 Africa, inhabiting the district of Ubaha, which is washed by 
 Lake Tanganyika on the W., and bounded N. by Uhha, E. by 
 Ututa, and S. by the Malagarazi. Their principal settlement, 
 Uyonwa, is merely a clearing in the jungle, with a few paupa 
 huts dotting fields of sweet-potatoes. They are a harmless 
 but oppressed race, dark, curly-headed, and hard-favoured. 
 They dress in skins and tree-barks, wear the shushah or top- 
 knot of hair, use for ornaments brass and copper armlets, 
 ivory disks and beads, and are never without their weapons 
 — spears, assegais, daggers, and small battle-axes. They 
 suffer much from the Watuta. 
 
 WADAN, a tn. Western Africa, on the E. frontier of the 
 Moorish dist. Aderer; lat. 20° 40' N.; Ion. 10° 55' W. It 
 has a rugged and elevated site on the E. side of the celebrated 
 valley which intersects the district, consists of houses built of 
 stone and mud, and has a Moorish population of about 5000, 
 who supply themselves with necessaries from Tishit. The 
 Portuguese attempted to establish a factory here in the latter 
 part of the fifteenth century. 
 
 WADI, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, 125 m. W. by N. 
 Knkawa. It is of considerable size, and consists of two 
 distinct quarters, walled all round, and separated from each 
 otiier by a wide open space, where the cattle are secured. 
 
 WADI SlIATI, or Wadi Shiati, a tn. N. Africa, re- 
 
 gency of Tripoli, on the route to, and 100 m. N.N.W. Mour- 
 zouk. It stands on the top of a steep terraced hill in the 
 midst of a valley, and consists of an old and a new town. 
 The former, crowning the hill, is in ruins, but gives indica- 
 tions of having once been densely peopled; the latter is en- 
 tered by two gates, and has several well-cultivated gardens, 
 together with a large grove of date-trees; in the fields the 
 chief crops are wheat and barley. 
 
 WADOE, a tribe, E. Afi-ica, occupy a tract of country 
 conterminous on the N, with that of the Wazegura, that of 
 the Wakhwere near Khutu on the W., and on the E. by that 
 of the Watondwe or tribes of Saadani ; the Gama and Kin- 
 gani rivers form their boundary on the S. Tlie tract of 
 country thus defined has feV cattle, but produces grain in 
 such abundance as to leave a surplus of sorghum and maize, 
 which is exported to Zanzibar. The Wadoe were once a 
 powerful tribe, and the terror of their neighbours — a terror, 
 however, produced not so much by their prowess as by their 
 horrible mode of warfare. When engaged with their mortal 
 enemies, the Wakamba, and fearing defeat, they began to cut 
 slices from the bodies of those wliom they had slain, and then 
 roast and eat them. This abominable device so far succeeded 
 that the Wakamba, terror-struck, took to flight; but ven- 
 geance soon overtook the disgusting cannibals, and they lost 
 all power. The Wadoe differ much in colour and form, some 
 being tall, well-made negroids with a light complexion, while 
 others are almost black. The distinctive mark of both sexes 
 is a pair of long cuts down both cheeks from the temple to 
 the jaw. They have a wild look, dress in softened skins 
 stained yellow with mimosa bark, and are said to drink out 
 of human skulls, without preparing them in any way for so 
 singular a use. When a chief dies, a male and female slave 
 
WADOWICE 
 
 223 
 
 WAIKATO 
 
 are buried alive with him. This custom has been abolished 
 by some of the tribes, either entirely or by substituting a dog 
 for the slaves. The Wadoe have numerous sub-tribes. 
 
 WADOWICE, atn. Austrian empire, Galicia,cap. circle 
 of same name, in a fertile district on the Skawa, 24 m. S.W. 
 Cracow, It is the seat of several public offices, and has large 
 barracks, a military hospital, a high-school for the circle, a 
 lower school, and an infirmary. Pop. 3171. 
 
 WADY SOFEJIN, a valley, N. Africa, Tripoli, which 
 commences near Zintan, near the S. slope of the Jebel range, 
 about 90 m. S.W. Tripoli, and extending with a considerable 
 curve from W. to E., terminates in the Gulf of Sidva. On 
 the N. it is limited by low sand-hills, and on the S. by a lime- 
 stone range, which separates it from Wadi Zemzim, and con- 
 tains the well of Enfad. It has an average width of about 
 8 m., and during the rainy season is almost entirely inundated. 
 Thus secured against sterility by copious supplies of water, 
 it forms the most fertile tract of the regency of Tripoli; its 
 upper portion being particularly rich in figs, its middle por- 
 tion in barley and wheat, and its lower portion, near the sea, 
 in forests of date-trees. 
 
 WAGOGO, the name of a tribe in E. Africa, inhabiting 
 a territory which extends from the W. base of the Usagara 
 Mountains to Sldabura, about Ion. 35° E., and from the 
 country of the Watatura on the N., to that of the Wabena 
 tribes on the S., a distance computed at 8 stages. This ter- 
 ritory, however, they partly share with others, being mingled 
 in the N. with the Wahumba, in the S.E. with the Waliebe, 
 and in the S. with the Warori. As usual among slave-pur- 
 chasing races, tlie Wagogo display great variety of colour. 
 In the E. and N. settlements they have fine stout foi'ms and 
 light complexions ; in other directions many of them are black 
 as negroes. Their features in general are not uncomely, and 
 the upper part of the face is often fine. The most prominent 
 defects are thick lips and a coarse mouth; the expression also 
 is wild and angry, and the eyes are often reddened and bleared 
 by drink. The distinctive marks of the tribe are the absence 
 of tiie two lower incisors, and an extraordinary distension of 
 the lobes of the ears, in which pieces of cane an inch or two 
 long, and nearly twice the thickness of a man's finger, are 
 inserted, so as to look like handles to the head. The dress 
 of the Wagogo far surpasses that of most of their neighbours. 
 The men usually wear some Arab check or dyed Indian 
 cotton, and many of them wear sandals of single hide. The 
 women of the wealthier class are clothed in cotton ; of the 
 poorer, in skins. Even the children 
 are generally dressed. As usual, the 
 males, when they appear in public, are 
 armed. Their chief weapons are a long 
 bow and a spear. They have no shield. 
 The dwellings are square huts, formed 
 externally of poles driven into the 
 ground and puddled with mud, and 
 divided ijiternally into several com- 
 partments, which the inmates share 
 with the domestic animals, dogs and 
 goats. They are, of course, dirty in the 
 extreme. The Wagogo, though not 
 devoid of a rude hospitality, and ac- 
 customed to trade regularly in salt and 
 ivory, which they barter for slaves, 
 are notorious for their pilfering pro- 
 pensities. Government is in the hands 
 of a chief or sultan, with the title of 
 mtemi. He exercises great authority. 
 
 WAHA, a tribe, Central Africa, 
 so-called from their original seat, 
 Uhha, a large tract bounded N. by the 
 Mountains of Urundi, W. the north- 
 ern parts of Ujiji, and S. and E. the 
 Malagarazi. Having been plundered 
 and driven from their country by the 
 terrible Watuta, they have quitted 
 
 its fertile plains, which have in consequence been converted 
 into a waste of jungle, and are now dispersed over the country 
 between Unyanyembe and Lake Tanganyika. A part of 
 them retiring to the Mountains of Urundi, have found a suffi- 
 cient protection against their enemies in their fastnesses. 
 They are fair, and not uncomely, but, partly perhaps in con- 
 
 sequence of a tradition that they came originally from a south- 
 ern region, the most ancient seat of slavery in E. Africa, they 
 are universally regarded and treated as a vile and servile race. 
 
 WAHEBE, a tribe, E. Africa, dwelling between the 
 Wasagara on the E. and the Wagogo on the W., and bearing 
 some resemblance to both. They have plain features, but 
 are stout and well grown. Though seemingly good-humoured 
 and good-hearted, their plundering propensities are largely 
 developed, and they have more than once attacked caravans, 
 and threatened to close their route. Their distinctive mark 
 is two cicatrized incisions on both cheeks. Rearing of cattle 
 and slave-dealing are their chief employments. They are on 
 bad terms with all their neighbours, and more especially with 
 the Warori, whom, however, they dare not meet in the field, 
 
 WAHUMBA, a tribe, E. Africa, occupying a territory 
 which extends from the N. of Usagai-a to the E. shores of the 
 Victoria Nyanza or Ukerewe. Being generally mountainous, 
 the surface is more adapted for pasture than agriculture, and 
 the tribe, adapting themselves to their position, are generally 
 employed in rearing cattle, milk and flesh constituting their 
 sole food. As they have little ivory, the Arab merchants 
 have no attraction, and hence their highlands remain almost 
 entirely unexplored. In "features they are fair and comely, 
 and though lightly made, possess a martial spirit which makes 
 them somewhat troublesome neighbours. On more than one 
 occasion the lands of Usagara and Ugogo have been ravaged 
 by them. Like tlie Wagogo, they pierce and distend their 
 ear-lobes; and like the Wazaramo, they stain their clothing 
 with an ochreish clay. Their huts are singular, each consist- 
 ing of a hemisphere of boughs roofed with a bull's hide, and 
 so small that the legs of the occupant may be seen protruding 
 beyond the entrance. Their weapons are broad-headed spears, 
 long sime or two-edged daggers, and rungu or knob-kerries, 
 with double bulges in the wood as large as a man's fist to 
 weight tliem in whirling through the air. They have no 
 bows and arrows, but use the pavoise, or large hide-shield 
 which distinguishes the CafFres of the Cape. 
 
 WAIAPU, a river. New Zealand, wliich takes its rise 
 under Mount Ikaurangi, in the E. peninsula of North Island 
 or Ulster, and forces its way through a sandy beach into the 
 sea 6 m. S. of East Cape. Draining a considerable extent of 
 country, it assumes the appearance of a large stream at high- 
 water, but the freshes come down with such violence as to 
 render it an unsafe anchorage even for the smallest vessels. 
 
 WAIKATO, a river, New Zealand, W. side of North 
 
 SCENE ON THE WAIKATO lUVER.— From Reise dei Oester. Fregatte Novara. 
 
 Island or New Ulster, prov. Auckland, rises in Lake Taupo, 
 about the centre of the island, a fine expanse of water nearly 
 100 m. in circumference, and overtowered by the snow-capped 
 mountain Tongariro, 7000 ft. high, and flowing N.W. until 
 it reaches the parallel of its embouchure, when it turns west- 
 ward to the sea. It is navigable for vessels of considerable 
 
WAIMATE 
 
 224 
 
 WALFISH 
 
 size for 60 or 70 m., where it is joined from the S. by the 
 Waipa, up which boats can ascend for 60 m. further. At its 
 outlet the Waikato is a considerable stream ; it does not form 
 a bar, but has a narrow channel by which, at low-water, only 
 vessels of about 30 tons can enter ; inside the headlands it is 
 a stately river. The left or S. shore consists, for about 8 m. 
 from the sea, of shifting sand ; the right shore is hilly, and 
 at the foot of the hills, near the embouchure of the river, is, 
 or was, the station of the Church Jlissionary Society, estab- 
 lished in 1840. But the adjacent district, named from the 
 river, and remarkable for its genial climate and pastoral and 
 agricultural capabilities, has long been in a disturbed state 
 from the war with the natives; but with the cessation of hos- 
 tilities it is probable that the country will be re-occupied by. 
 the settlers, and its prosperity restored. 
 
 WAIMATE, a small bay. New Zealand, North Island 
 or Ulster, on the S. shore of the peninsula occupied by Mount 
 Egmont. The bay, forming only a slight indentation in a 
 coast bordered by an unbroken line of cliifs, averaging 100 ft. 
 in height, affords no shelter for vessels, and deserves notice 
 only on account of the celebrated pah situated at its N. ex- 
 tremity. This pah, formerly one of the strongholds of the 
 natives, and the scene of many a sanguinary struggle, occu- 
 pies an almost impregnable position. Being joined to the 
 mainland only by two narrow shingle spits, it is nearly insu- 
 lated. On the outer side it is a perpendicular cliff, 100 ft. 
 high, while on the land side there is a natural ditch with 
 apparently deep water in it. The summit, which does not 
 cover more than 100 square yards, is covered with pits for 
 the reception of provision as well as for shelter. 
 
 WAIMEA, a river. New Zealand, which rises among the 
 mountains in the N. of the IVIiddle Island or ilunster, flows 
 N. and enters the head of Blind Bay by three channels. The 
 easternmost of these, aided by the waters from Nelson Haven, 
 has hollowed out a deep space, known by the name of Bolton 
 Hole, where there is good and sheltered anchorage in 6 and 
 7 fathoms. The central and western channels, situated 
 respectively 2J and 6§ m. W. of Nelson, are both navigable 
 for coasters. About 2 m. beyond the W. channel the coast, 
 previously low, rises into bold white cliffs, which in some 
 places rise to the height of 250 ft., and are seen far off at sea. 
 
 WAITANGI, the name of two rivers. New Zealand: — 
 1, Waitangi, in the N. of North Island, has its mouth in the 
 Bay of Islands. It can be entered and ascended for a short 
 distance by small vessels, having never less than 5 ft. water 
 at the entrance, and 12 ft. inside. — 2, Waitangi, Middle Island, 
 fed by the numerous lakes and mountain ranges of the inte- 
 rior, becomes a considerable stream, and flows first S. and 
 then E., forming the natural boundary between the settle- 
 ments of Canterbury and Otago. In spring and summer the 
 melting of the snows makes its current so rapid that it is 
 unsafe even for boats to enter it. 
 
 VVAITEKA, a river. New Zealand, which has its mouth 
 on the W. coast of the North Island, 8 m. N.E. New Ply- 
 mouth. At low springs it has not more than 2 ft. of water 
 on its bar, but the tide ranges 12 ft. It is thus rendered 
 navigable by coasters, and is often resorted to both for shelter 
 and for trade with the natives, who have a village situated a 
 quarter of a mile within the entrance, where there is good 
 anchorage in 3 or 4 fathoms. 
 
 WAITZENKIRCHEN, a tn. Austrian empire. Upper 
 Austria, circle Hausruck, 20 m. \V. Linz. It has a town- 
 hospital, an endowment for the poor, and in the vicinity an 
 old castle situated on a lake. Pop. 1000. 
 
 WAKHUTU, a tribe, E. Africa, so called from inhabiting 
 specially the province of Khutu, which bounds on the E. 
 with Uzuramo. They are not, however, confined to it, but 
 spread over a territory which extends from the Mgeta W. 
 to the Mountains of Usagara, and from the Duthumi Hills S. 
 to the Kufiji. They are evidently allied to the Wazaramo, 
 wearing their peculiar head-dress and ornaments, but are 
 inferior to them physically and mentally. Their colour is 
 exceedingly dark; their eyes are bleared and red with intoxi- 
 cation; their fare, if not scanty, is indifferent in quality, con- 
 sisting chiefly of holcus porridge without ghee, and of mud- 
 fish; and they bear many marks of degradation, the effect 
 partly of humid heat and miasma, and partly of the bondage 
 in which they are held by tyrannical rulers. Their usual 
 dwellmgs are low circular huts, from 12 to 15 ft. in diameter. 
 
 and the straggling villages formed by them are slovenly and 
 dirty. Many of the Wakhutu used to find employment as 
 porters, but became so notorious for treachery that few are 
 now disposed to trust them. They are, however, much more 
 peaceful than the Wazaramo, and hence the caravans, which 
 are kept in a state of feverish anxiety while passing through 
 the territory of the latter, feel secure as soon as they enter 
 Khutu. 
 
 WAKIMBU, a tribe, E. Africa, wlio claim a noble origin, 
 and according to their own account, emigrated into Unyam- 
 wezi about thirty-five years ago, accompanied by their neigh- 
 bours the Wakononga and the Wamia. Their previous 
 settlements were in Nguru, Usanga, and Usenga, which they 
 were obliged to abandon in consequence of the repeated attacks 
 of the Warori. They settled first at Kipiri, a district lying 
 S. of Tura, and have since extended into Mgunda, Mkliali, 
 and Unyanyembe, where they hold the land by sufferance 
 from the Wanyamesi. They are apparently poor, being 
 generally clad in skins; but they build firmly stockaded vil- 
 lages, grow sorghum, maize, millet, pulse, cucumbers, and 
 water-melons, rear cattle, and barter slaves, and ivory in 
 small quantities, either through the merchants, or by personal 
 visits to the coast. In features they are dark and uncomely, 
 and have for their distinctive mark a number of small lines 
 formed between the hair of the temples and the eyebrows, by 
 raising the skin with a needle, and opening it by points later- 
 ally. Some wear necklaces of curiously plaited straw, others 
 a strip of white cow-skin bound around the brow. Their 
 arms are bows and arrows, spears, and knives stuck in their 
 leathern waistband. Their neighbours accuse them of being 
 treacherous. 
 
 WAKKALA, A vil. E. Africa, Latooka country, near 
 the Kanieti Eiver, 60 m. S.E. Gondokoro. The village or 
 town, in a fine forest of large timber, is composed of about 
 700 houses, strongly protected by a palisade of the hard iron- 
 wood of the country, with the addition of a hedge of imper- 
 vious thorns growing to a height of 20 ft. The entrance is a 
 curious archway, 10 ft. deep, formed of the iron-wood palisades 
 with a sharp turn to the right and left, making a zigzag. The 
 inhabitants, governed by an independent chief, are great 
 hunters, and the neighbourhood abounds with elephants, 
 giraffes, buffaloes, rhinoceroses, and large antelopes. The 
 soil is rich with abundance of fine grass and good pasturage, 
 and a plentiful supply of water. 
 
 WALATA, or Biru, a tn. W. Africa, situated at the 
 N.E. extremity of the district of El-Hodh, and at the foot of 
 a range of hills overlooking a large valley, 250 m. W.N.W. 
 Timbuktoo; lat. 18° N.; Ion. 7° W. It is a large place, 
 consisting of well-built clay houses, with a rough cast of 
 plaster, but is extremely unhealthy, and owing to this and 
 other causes has become a seat of poverty and wretchedness. 
 The inhabitants include a mixture of blacks and whites, the 
 latter Berbers and Arabs of various tribes, and the former 
 belonging to the widely scattered nation of the Swaninki or 
 Azer. About a mile W. of Walata are the ruins of an ancient 
 place, supposed to have been identified with the celebrated 
 capital of the Ghanata empire. In Walata itself there is a 
 spacious mosque of high antiquity. 
 
 WALFISH, or Walvisch [add.], a bay on the S.W. 
 coast of Africa; lat. 22° 50' S ; Ion. 14° 30' E. It is spacious 
 and tolerably safe, being protected on three sides by a sandy 
 shore, and exposed only to the N. and N.W. winds, which 
 here blow seldom. Large ships find good anchorage under 
 the lee of a sandy peninsula, terminating W. in Pelican 
 Point, and smaller craft ride safely within half a mile of the 
 shore. The great disadvantage of the bay as a harbour Is 
 that it is destitute of fresh water, which must be brought 
 from a distance of 3 m. inland. While African guano was 
 in repute, Walfish Bay was much resorted to for provisions 
 by the ships engaged in that trade, and a large establishment, 
 erected for salting and curing beef, and also providing live 
 cattle, found full employment in supplying the ships, and also 
 in executing a contract with the British government for 
 sending live cattle to St. Helena. Both branches of trade 
 having ceased, the establishment was broken up, but the 
 house and store, which were left standing, have recently 
 been occupied by merchants at Cape Town. The bay abounds 
 with fish, and at certain seasons is much frequented by a 
 smaller species of whale known by the name of ' humpbacks.' 
 
WALKER 
 
 225 
 
 WAZEGURA 
 
 Both the fish and the oil obtained from the whales promise 
 to become valuable as exports. Situated on the coast of the 
 Damarah country, Walfish Bay affords an easy communica- 
 tion with the interior, and was used with success for that pur- 
 pose by the travellers Galton and Anderson. 
 
 WALKER, an isl. American Polynesia, Pacific Ocean; 
 lat. 3° 58' N.; Ion. 149° 10' W. ; discovered by Captain 
 Walker in 1814. It has also been named 'Low Woody' 
 Island, an appellation which graphically indicates its natural 
 characteristics. 
 
 WALLACE, a vil. British America, Nova Scotia, on the 
 N. coast, at the mouth of the Pensheg, which falls into a bay, 
 and forms an excellent harbour. It is a prettily situated 
 but straggling place, in which the only conspicuous object is 
 its Scotch church. Its harbour, having 16 ft. of water on 
 its bar at the ebb of ordinary spring-tides, and then rising 
 8 ft., admits vessels of large draught, and was much frequented 
 by timber ships, till the supply failed. The inhabitants have 
 compensated for the decline of this trade by turning their 
 attention to agriculture. 
 
 WALLAGAHBAD, a tn. and cantonment, India, presid. 
 and 39 m. S.W. Madras, dist. Chingleput, near 1. bank Palar. 
 The town consists chiefly of one street, running E. and W., 
 and both from its vicinity to the river and a nullah which 
 intersects it, is well drained and tolerably clean, airy, and 
 dry. The cantonment, situated about half a mile N.W. of 
 the town, occupies a piece of ground rising gently above the 
 surrounding plain, and is about three-quarters of a mile long 
 by half a mile broad. Rice is grown to some extent in 
 the vicinity. 
 
 WAMA, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Bukowina, dist. 
 and about 58 m. S.W. Czernowitz; with 2846 inhabitants, 
 who are chiefly employed in the surrounding forests. In the 
 vicinity is a pillar commemorating the victory of the Mol- 
 davian woiwod Eakowetz over the Turks. 
 
 WAN, or Van-hien, a tn. China, prov. Sechuen, 1. bank 
 Yang-tze-kiang, about 110 m. above Quaichow. It is a small 
 place surrounded by a wall, and contains an apparently in- 
 dustrious and thriving population. Its shops are well-stocked, 
 and expose for sale, among other articles, coal, sulphur, sugar- 
 cane, and blue cotton prints. The hills in the vicinity are 
 well-watered, and produce good crops of rice, wheat, barley, 
 beans, vetches, cotton, tobacco, &c. Between Quaichow and 
 Wan the breadth of the river is nowhere less than 150 yards, 
 but it is encumbered by reefs, which however generally leave 
 a clear channel of considerable depth. The rapids are not so 
 impetuous as below Quaichow. 
 
 WAND ALA, a mountain range, Western Africa, which, 
 commencing in the E. of Bornou, near its S. frontier, stretches 
 S.S.W. along the N.W. frontier of Adamawa, and is suc- 
 ceeded by a number of isolated mountain masses, with which 
 it does not seem to be connected. Magar, its culminating 
 point, has an estimated height of 3000 ft., which is probably 
 500 ft. more than the average of the range. The isolated 
 mountains beyond are much loftier, one of them, Mindefi, 
 being not less than 6000 ft. 
 
 WANGANUI, a tn. New Zealand, New Ulster, prov. 
 Wellington, on a river of same name, about 2 m. above its 
 mouth on the W. coast. It is a military post, a leading mis- 
 sion station, and being accessible to vessels of 100 to 200 tons, 
 is the centre of a large and flourishing native trade. A small 
 steamer belonging to it plies regularly to Wellington and 
 Nelson, and many of its inhabitants, who already number about 
 1000, carry on a direct trafiic with Sydney and Melbourne. 
 
 WANGANUI, a river. New Zealand, which rises in the 
 mountain range which traverses the N. Island from N. to S., 
 flows S., and falls into Cook Strait towards its N.E. entrance, 
 4 m. below the town of Petre; lat. (N. head) 39° 57' 20" S.; 
 Ion. 175° 1' E. It has 8 ft. over its bar at low- water, and 
 is entered by vessels of 10 to 12 ft. draught, which can ascend 
 as far as Petre, but most of the coasting trade is carried by 
 vessels of about 25 tons burden. The entrance should not 
 be attempted except in fine weather, with a leading wind. 
 
 WANGARI, a river. New Zealand, which has its mouth 
 in a bay of the same name in the N.E. of the North Island, 
 N.W. of the entrance of the Gulf of Hauraki. The river at 
 its entrance, between Lost Point on the E. and a point of Mare 
 Bank on the W., is J m. wide, but immediately opens out to 
 a width of 2 m. Much of this width, however, is laid dry, 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 or nearly so, at low-water, and the real channel is diminished 
 to i m. The shore on the S. is low and swampy, but on the 
 N. is overlooked by hills of considerable height. Within 
 Wangari Bay there is a large harbour with good anchorage. 
 
 WANGAROA, a bay and harbour, New Zealand, on the 
 W. of North Island or Ulster. It has high and steep shores 
 on either side, is well sheltered by Stephenson Island, is 
 entered by a narrow channel, and has in its main branch an 
 average width of about J m., with a depth of more than 2 m. 
 On its E. side are three bays, every one of which affords 
 good anchorage. 
 
 WASHINGTON, a tn. U. States, Iowa cap. co. of same 
 name, in a prairie 40 m. W.S.W. Muscatine, with which it 
 is connected by a branch of the Mississippi and Missouri rail- 
 way. It contains nine churches, a bank, a steam-mill, machine 
 shops, and several manufactories, and is surrounded by a 
 rich agricultural district. Pop. (1865), 3000. 
 
 WASIN, a small coralline isl. about 2^ m. long by 1 m. 
 broad, off the E. coast of Africa, S. of Mombaza, and N. of 
 Zanzibar, to the latter of which it belongs. The only settle- 
 ment is built upon the N. shore, and consists of stone and 
 lime mosques, long rooms with flat roofs, and a few large 
 houses of mangrove timber scattered among paltry huts. 
 Huge calabashes, some of them 40 and 45 ft. in girth, give a 
 pleasant air to an otherwise squalid settlement. The inhabi- 
 tants suffer severely from fevers, sores, and small-pox. 
 
 WASKOUTZ, a tn. Austrian empire, ducliy Bukowina, 
 dist. and W.N.W. Cznernowitz, on the Czeremosz; with a 
 paper-mill, and a pop. of 3696. 
 
 WATERLOO, the name of four places, British America, 
 Canada West. The most important are — 1 , A vil. co. Ottawa, 
 85 m. W. Montreal; with a E. Catholic church, a school, 
 and a steam saw-mill.— 2, A vil. cap. co. of same name, within 
 1 m. of a station of the Grand Trunk railway, 51m. W.S.W. 
 Toronto. It is a flourishing place, inhabited almost exclu- 
 sively by Germans, who have their own Lutheran church 
 and vernacular newspaper; cabinet and chair, carriage, sash, 
 blind, and door factories, a brewery, a tannery, an iron-foundry, 
 and grist and steam saw-mills. Pop. about 1500. 
 
 WATKINS, or Jefferson, a vil. U. States, New York, 
 at the S. end of Seneca Lake, and on the Canandaigua and 
 Elmira railway, 21 m. N. Elmira. It contains five churches 
 and two banks, and steamboats ply between it and Geneva. 
 A large quantity of coal is shipped here. Pop. 3000. 
 
 WATLING, an isl. West Indies, Bahamas, 50 m. E. 
 San Salvador, or Cat Island, about lat. 23° 57' N.; Ion. 
 74° 28' W. It is about 12 m. long from N. to S., by 6 to 
 7 m. broad, and has slightly indented shores, with an interior 
 largely cut up by salt-water lagoons, which are separated 
 from each other by small woody hills from 100 to 140 ft. 
 high. It is, however, considered the most fertile of the 
 Bahamas, and raises the best breed of sheep. The E. shore 
 is fringed with a reef, and the only safe anchorage is at the 
 N. end. The inhabitants, 450 in number, are scattered over 
 the island. Captain A. B. Becher, in an article in vol. xxvi. 
 of the Journal of the B.G.S., has endeavoured to prove that 
 not San Salvador, as Humboldt and Washington Irving main- 
 tain, but Watling is what is called the landfall of Columbus, 
 or the first land which he reached on his first voyage across 
 the Atlantic. 
 
 WAZEERABAD, a tn. India, Punjab, about 3 m. from 
 1. bank Chenab,.60 m. N. by W. Lahore. It stands in a fer- 
 tile district, commanding beautiful views of the Himalaya, 
 and is described as one of the handsomest towns in India, 
 Avitubile, a European officer in Runjeet Singh's service, 
 having rebuilt it in the European style, with wide streets, 
 and an elegant and commodious bazar. Runjeet Singh had 
 a pleasure-ground here, and a palace of singular construc- 
 tion, covered externally with rude fresco full-length figures 
 of the ten Sikh Gooroos. 
 
 WAZEGURA, a tribe, E. Africa, occupying the land 
 S. of the Pangani River to Cape Utundwe, and extending as 
 far W. as the Nguru Hills. They were originally a peaceful 
 tribe, but the possession of firearms has made them terrible 
 to their neighbours, whom they are constantly kidnapping 
 for the slave-market. One of them, originally of low origin, 
 having succeeded in conquering the Ukami, occupying a dis- 
 trict which extends eastwards from the Duthumi Hills, has 
 almost depopulated it to supply the slave-market of Zanzibar, 
 
 29 
 
WEICHSEL 
 
 226 
 
 WEST FARNHAM 
 
 aiiil still carries on his depredations to such an extent that 
 the security of the caravan route to Unyanyembe is seriously 
 endangered. Tiie Wazegura, instead of owning hereditary 
 sultans, obey the loudest tongue, the most open hand, and 
 the sharpest spear; hence, in every quarter bloody feuds 
 prevail. 
 
 WEICHSEL, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, 55 m. S.E. 
 Troppau. It is a straggling place, situated among the Car- 
 pathian Mountains, at the sources of the Weichsel or Vistula, 
 whose head-streams uniting here, form a remarkable waterfall 
 180 ft. high. The place has a Protestant parish church, and 
 contains 3412 inhabitants. 
 
 WEIDENAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 40 m. N.W. Troppau; with manufactures of 
 linen and hosiery, and four yearly markets. Pop. 2000. 
 
 WEISS, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Styria, cap. dist. 
 and on a stream of same name, in a very romantic district 
 13 m. N.E. Gratz. It has two churches, one very ancient, 
 and the other with a fine high-altar, an hospital, manufactures 
 of scythes and other articles in iron, and a saw-mill. There 
 are several old castles in the vicinity. Pop. 1200. 
 
 AVEISSENKIRCHEN, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower 
 Austria, circle Upper Manhartsberg, S. bank Danube, 43 m. 
 W.N.W. Vienna. It contains 1060 inhabitants, employed 
 chiefly in weaving, and in growing wine and fruit. 
 
 WEISSENSTEIN, a tn. Russia, gov. Esthonia, cap. 
 circle and on a stream of same name, 52 m. S.S.E. Revel. It 
 stands among gardens, has a church, a circle and an elemen- 
 tary school, and two benevolent endowments, and contains 
 3637 inhabitants. 
 
 WELLAWEY, a river, Ceylon, which rises among the 
 mountains to the E. of Adam's Peak, flows S.S.E., and reaches 
 the sea on the S. shore of the island near Hambangtotte, after 
 a course of 69 m. It di-ains an area of 763 sq. m. 
 
 WELLINGTON, the name of three places in British 
 America, Canada West: — 1, A vil. co. Prince Edward, on 
 West Lake, a bay of Lake Ontario, 84 m. E.N.E. Toronto; 
 with a Protestant church, a public school, an iron foundry, a 
 tannery, saw-mills, and a fishery in the bay, where great 
 numbers of white fish are taken. Pop. about 600. — 2, Wel- 
 lington Square, a vil. co. Halton, on Lake Erie, 26 m. S.S E. 
 Toronto. It possesses Church of England and Wesleyan 
 churches, a ladies' seminary, an iron foundry, a pottery, and 
 a carriage factory. The surrounding country is celebrated 
 for its wheat and cattle. Of the latter great numbers are sent 
 to the eastern markets. Pop. about 750. — 3, Wellington 
 Mines, a vil. so called from the copper mines in its vicinity. 
 They are situated between Lakes Huron and Superior, and 
 belong to the Montreal Mining Company, Including that of 
 the contiguous Bruce Mines, the produce is said to average 
 100 tons of copper ore monthly. 
 
 WELLINGTON, a prov. New Zealand, forming the S. 
 portion of New Ulster, bounded N.W. by Taranaki, N. by 
 Auckland, and N.E. by Hawke's Bay prov., and washed in 
 all other directions by the sea, has an extreme length from 
 N. to S. of 200 m., an extreme breadth of 80 m., and a coast- 
 line of about 300 m. It is bordered on its E. and W. coasts 
 by two parallel ranges, inclosing an interior valley, but 
 almost precluding access to it by the dense forests with which 
 tliey are clothed. Evidences of volcanic action are seen in 
 many localities, and earthquakes, particularly in the direction 
 of Cook's Strait, where Wellington, the capital, is situated, 
 are not unfrequent. The narrow belt interposed between 
 the mountains and the shore, particularly on the W., while 
 it is the most accessible, is also among the most fertile parts 
 of the province, and on it accordingly most of its settle- 
 ments have been formed. One of these, Manawatu, situated 
 about 70 m. N. by E. Wellington, lies along the banks of a 
 river of its name, which is navigable for coasting craft. The 
 most important, however, is Wanganui, situated about 50 m. 
 further N. Pop. 13,000, of whom 8000 are natives. 
 
 WELLINGTON, cap. of above prov., standing at the 
 entrance of Cook's Strait, midway between the N. and S. ex- 
 tremities of the two larger islands, occupies the most central 
 position in New Zealand. The harbour, named Port Nichol- 
 son, is a noble sea-lake 6 m. in length, surrounded by wooded 
 hills, and opening by a deep channel into the strait. The 
 town sUnds in a fine situation at the western side of the lake, 
 aiid displays a line of stores, shops, and substantial ware- 
 
 houses upon the margin of the water, with some important 
 public buildings, and many private residences on the hilly 
 terraces above. Wooded steeps rise almost perpendicularly 
 from the harbour-lake, and the country for 20 m. around con- 
 sists mainly of densely-timbered mountain ranges, cut up by 
 gullies and ravines. The district of the Hutt, with its rich 
 valley and thriving village, about 8 m. N.E. of the town 
 
 ^"^i^mxm^^^^ 
 
 I WCLLINGTON 
 
 along the shores of the harbour, is the only agricultural one 
 in connection with Wellington. Evidences of volcanic action 
 still remain, and two or three considerable shocks have been 
 felt within the last twenty years, but have had no injurious 
 eifect. Situated at the entrance of Cook's Strait, the town is 
 often swept by heavy gales of wind, which, however, conduce 
 to its healthiness. Enjoying important facilities for trade, 
 Wellington is making rapid progress; it is the scene of much 
 commercial activity, and already contains 6000 inhabitants. 
 
 WEMEITSCH, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and about 20 m. N.E. Gitschin; with a parish church, a mill, 
 and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 WEQUAMIKOONG, a vil. British America, Canada 
 West, on a deep bay of same name, near the N.E. extremity 
 of Great Manitoulin Island. It is a missionary station of the 
 Jesuits, and contains a large stone church. The inhabitants, 
 about 600 Indians, are mostly emigrants from a longer estab- 
 lished R. Catholic mission on Lake Michigan. 
 
 WERDNIK, a tn. Austrian empire, Banat, circle and 
 13 m. S. Neusatz; with a Basilian monastery, a coal-mine, 
 and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 WERFEN, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy and 25 m. S. 
 by E. Salzburg, cap. dist. of same name, on the Salzach; with 
 a Capuchin monastery, and iron-works. In the vicinity is 
 the old feudal castle of Hohenwerfen. Pop. 1600. 
 
 WEST FARNHAM, a vil. British America, Canada 
 East, CO. Missiquoi, 37 m. S.E. Montreal. It is a thriving 
 place, with Church of England, Wesleyan, and li. Catholic 
 churches, an academy, manufactures of potash, mill-work, 
 carriages, and woollens, and a number of saw-mills, employed 
 in sawing lumber, which is drawn to St. John's, and thence 
 exported to the States. Pop. about 700, 
 
WESTFIELD 
 
 227 
 
 WILTEN 
 
 WESTFIELD, a vil. U. States, New York, 1 m. S. 
 Barcelona Harbour, on Lake Erie, and on the Lake Shore 
 railway, 57 m. S.W. Buffalo. It has five churches, several 
 mills, and factories of mowing-machines, steam engines, and 
 malleable iron. Pop. 2000. 
 
 WESTMINSTER (New), a tn. British N. America, and 
 capital of British Columbia. It lies in about lat. 49° 12' N., 
 on r. bank Eraser River, about 18 m. above its mouth, and 
 on the site of Fort Langley. The ground rises to the rear 
 of it, and is covered with a forest of large pine-trees. It has 
 a court-house, assay office, and several places of worship. 
 It is the see of a bishop, and liad a new cathedral, which was 
 burned down in 1866- 
 
 WESTON, a vil. British America, Canada West, co. 
 York, on the Humber, and on the Grand Trunk, as well as 
 the Ontario, Simcoe, and Huron railway, 40 m. N.E. Toronto. 
 It possesses Church of England, Wesleyan, and Baptist 
 churches, manufactures of woollens, harness, waggons, and 
 machines, an iron-foundry, a brewery, and a distillery. The 
 manufacture of lumber, once very large, now suffices only 
 for local consumption. There is an extensive turf bog in the 
 vicinity. Pop. about 800. 
 
 WEST WINSTED, a vil. U. States, Connecticut, on 
 tlie outlet of Long Lake, 30 m. by railway N. Waterbury. 
 It is adjacent to Winsted, and contains several factories; large 
 numbers of scythes are made here. Pop. 3000. 
 
 WETTENUORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. 
 Eisenburg, 4 m. E. Steinamanger, in a fertile district ; with an 
 old castle, and 1400 inhabitants, many of whom are gipsies. 
 
 WETTER [add.], an isl. Indian Archipelago, Flores 
 Sea, on the N. of Timor, towards its E. end, in lat. (N. point) 
 8° 6' S.; Ion. 125° 68' E. It is about 70 m. long by 20 m. 
 broad, is mountainous towards tlie N., but has on the S. some 
 open plains and valleys. The inhabitants, like those of Timor, 
 are an intermediate race between the Malay and the Negro, 
 and in a very rude state. The only export of any conse- 
 quence is bees'' wax. Pop. roughly estimated at 82,000. 
 
 WHALEFISH, a group of islands off the W. coast of 
 Greenland, to the S. of Disco Island, and in the entrance of 
 Disco Bay; lat. (Boat Island) 68° 58' 42" N.; Ion. 53° 13' W. 
 The two main islands are about 600 ft. high, and afford good 
 ancliorage in the channel which separates them. On the S. 
 island, called Krou-Prins, the Danes have an establishment, 
 and carry on the seal fishery. Most of the persons employed 
 are Esquimaux. 
 
 WHITE, or WiiAKARi, an isl. New Zealand, in the Bay 
 of Plenty, 28 m. off the coast of North Island or Ulster; lat. 
 37° 30' S.; Ion. 177° 12' E. It is an active volcano, about 
 3J m. in circuit and 860 ft. high. The base of the crater, 
 1^ m. in circuit and level with the sea, has in its centre a 
 boiling spring, which is about 100 ft. in diameter, and sends 
 volumes of steam fully 2000 ft. high in calm weather; and 
 round its edges numerous small geysers, which sound like so 
 many high-pressure engines, and emit steam with so much 
 force that a stone thrown into the vortex would be immediately 
 shot into the air. Looking down the crater the appearance 
 is that of a well-dressed meadow of gorgeous green, with 
 meandering streams feeding the boiling caldron below. On 
 examination this green is found to be the purest crystallized 
 sulphur. The whole island is so heated that it is difficult to 
 walk upon it, and animal life may be said to be extinct, 
 scarcely a limpet being found on the stones. White Island 
 is the E. limit of an extensive belt of subterranean agitation, 
 stretching from Mount Egmont through Tongariro, and the 
 Taupo and Roto Mahana Lakes, to Whale Island or Motu 
 Hora in the Bav of Plenty. 
 
 WHITE MUD RIVER, British America, rises in a 
 swampy district about lat. 50° 20' N.; Ion. 99° 30' W., and 
 flowing very circuitously, first N.E. and then E., enters Lake 
 Manitobah at its S.W. extremity. It drains an extensive 
 area of the richest prairie land, is well timbered on its banks 
 with oak, elm, ash, maple, aspen, and balsam poplar; possesses 
 valuable fisheries, and is navigated by canoes for 30 m. above 
 its mouth. 
 
 WHITSUNDAY, an isl. off the N.E. coast of Australia, 
 Queensland, and the largest and highest of the Cumberland 
 group, 11m. long N. to S., and near its S. end 9 m. broad, 
 gradually diminishing northwards to not more tlian 3 m. 
 Its culminating point is 1504 ft. above the sea. 
 
 WHYDAH [add.] (native Gre-lme or Gk-hvie, 'planta- 
 tion house*), a tn. W. Africa, Dahomey. It stands about 
 2 m. N. of the sea, from which it is separated by a narrow 
 lagoon, a swamp, and a lofty sand-bank ; and extends 2 m. 
 from S.E. to N.W., and is about ^ m. broad. The streets 
 are formed by the walls of compounds and blocks of houses 
 built uniformly of sun-dried clay in three or four courses, 
 from 1^ ft. to 2 ft. tliick, and thatched with palm-leaves or 
 grass. The outside soon crumbles, but inside the houses are 
 often convenient and comfortable. The houses are scattered, 
 and the place generally has a ruinous appearance, everything 
 showing decay; the slave-trade, upon which its prosperity 
 depended, being suppressed by the strict blockade of the 
 seaboard. Whydah is really a group of villages divided into 
 five quarters, each under its own ' caboceer,' subject to the 
 headship of the viceroy. Though filthy, it is not a very un- 
 healthy place, there being a strong day-breeze, and the niglits 
 cool; the highest part, the W. end, is about 40 ft. above sea- 
 level. The soil is argillaceous clay and sand. There are 
 four forts, or rather factories, French, Brazilian, English, 
 and Portuguese. The great market covers a large space. 
 The approach to the town from the sea is by three roads, the 
 right leading to the Portuguese fort, the left to the French, 
 and the middle one to the market and the English fort. There 
 is an excellent local police, and quietude and good order pre- 
 vail ; crimes of serious violence or theft are rare, but pilfer- 
 ing is universal. In February, 1864, three fires, on succes- 
 sive days, destroyed a great part of the town, with a serious 
 loss of life. The native inhabitants are snake-worshippers, 
 venerating a non-venomous python called danhgbwe. The 
 population is estimated variously from 12,000 to 25,000; the 
 former probably being more nearly correct. There are 600 
 R. Catholics among them, 200 boys under missionary teach- 
 ing, and about 110 annually baptized. — {Burton.} 
 
 WICHAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 about 25 m. N.E. Gitschin; with 1100 inhabitants, employed 
 chiefly in spinning, weaving, and the culture of flax. 
 
 WIELKIE-OCZY, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 24 m. N.E. Przemysl; with a Dominican monastery, and 
 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 WIEPRZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, 29 m. S.W. Cracow, on a stream of same name; with 
 2500 inhabitants, most of whom are employed in weaving 
 drills and table-cloths. 
 
 WIEROWAN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and about 7 m. S. Olmiitz; with a mineral spring, and 1000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 WIERZBOWIEC, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 and 10 m. S. by E. Kolomea; with a fine baronial castle, 
 containing a valuable library and picture-gallery. The manu- 
 factures consist of cloth and morocco leather. Pop. 1200. 
 
 WIESEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 36 m. N.E. Koniggratz, on the frontiers of Silesia; with 
 1100 inhabitants, who are mostly employed in weaving and 
 spinning. For the latter there is a model spinning-school. 
 
 WIESMATH, a tn. Austrian empire. Lower Austria, 
 40 m. S. Vienna; with manufactures of linen, several mills, 
 and 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 WIGSTADTL, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, cap. dist. 
 of same name, 13 m. S.S.W. Troppau; with manufactures of 
 linen and cotton goods, and int^ortant cattle-markets. The 
 old feudal castle of Wigstein is in the vicinity. Pop. 2556. 
 
 WILDSCHITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Silesia, dist. 
 Sauernig, 46 m. N.W. Troppau; with a castle, an hospital, 
 and 2109 inhabitants. 
 
 WILDSTEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle 
 and 10 m. N. Eger, cap. dist. of same name; with a parish 
 church, a castle, manufactures of calico, two cotton and five 
 other mills. Pop. 3786. 
 
 WILLIAM, a port. New Zealand, in Foveaux Strait, on 
 the N.E. of the South Island or Stewart, and nearly opposite 
 to Bluff Harbour in Middle Island. The coast about Bluff 
 Harbour, Ruapuke Island, and the rocks and islets between 
 it and Paterson's Inlet shelter it firom easterly winds, and it 
 is also so effectually protected from the swell rolling round 
 both ends of the island that it becomes a perfectly secure 
 haven. The schooners engaged in whaling and sealing make 
 it their head-quarters. 
 
 WILTEN [add.], a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, on the 
 
WINDIG-JENIKAU 
 
 228 
 
 WINTERBERG 
 
 Sill, circle and S. of Innsbruck. It occupies the site of the 
 Roman town of Veldidena, and has among its principal build- 
 ings a Premonstratensian abbey, a beautiful endowed and a 
 parish church, the latter with fine paintings; a Carmelite 
 monastery, and the station of the Innsbruck and Kufstein 
 railway. S.W. from the town, on the road to Italy, is Mount 
 Isel, remarkable as the scene of three victories gained in 
 1809 by the Tyrolese under Hofer and Haspinger. Pop. 
 1600. 
 
 WINDIG-JENIKAU, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle Czaslau; with a deanery church, a mill, and 1000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 WINDISCHGARSTEN, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper 
 Austria, circle Traun, on the Tcichl, 20 m. S. Steyer; has a 
 central institute for the poor, an endowed school, manufac- 
 tures of scythes, and much-frequented sulphur baths. Pop. 
 1200. 
 
 WINDISCHGRATZ, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy 
 Styria, cap. dist. of same name, on the Misslingbaeh, 44 m. 
 S.S.W. Gratz; with a very ancient parish church, a high- 
 school, an hospital, a castle, and 1200 inhabitants. 
 
 WINNIPEG [add.], the largest of a chain of lakes which 
 form one of the most characteristic features of British Ame- 
 rica; between lat. 51° 25' and 54° 30' N.; Ion. 96° 10' and 
 99° 15' W. It lies between S.E. and N.E., the usual direc- 
 tion of the lakes with which it is connected, but it is of very 
 irregular shape, and so deeply indented that its N. and S. 
 portions are only connected by a narrow channel, and might 
 without impropriety be considered as two distinct lakes, of 
 which the N. and larger, if the deep bays and creeks at its 
 extremities are excluded, is somewhat elliptical in form, and 
 the S. makes some approach to a parallelogram. Taken as 
 one whole, the approximate leading dimensions of the lake 
 are as follows: — length, 280 m.; greatest breadth, 57 m.; 
 length of coast line, 930 m.; area of water, 8500 sq. m.; area 
 of basin, 400,000 sq. m.; height above the sea, 628 ft., or 
 only 28 ft. more than Lake Superior, The coast line is very 
 much diversified, presenting at one time low swampy beaches, 
 and at another rugged precipices and bold promontories. 
 Towards the N.W. the coast is very low, and much broken 
 by deep and narrow bays, but in proceeding southward beyond 
 the mouth of the Saskatchewan, the great headland of Kilchi- 
 nashi comes into view, stretching so far into the lake that its 
 extreme point is 23 m. E. of the general coast line. For 
 some distance S. of Kilchi-nashi the shore continues com- 
 paratively high and abrupt, presenting a series of limestone 
 ridges, generally wooded with aspen and other deciduous 
 trees, with intervening swamps timbered with tamarack and 
 spruce. The S. coast consists for many miles of alternate 
 strips of sand sustaining willows, and narrow reedy marshes 
 running parallel to the coast line. Some of these sand strips, 
 well protected by drift-timber, are evidently of considerable 
 age; others of them are recent, inclosing ponds in which 
 rushes are just beginning to show themselves, and furnishing 
 a clear indication of the process by which the land is making 
 encroachments on the water, and gradually diminishing its 
 area. The E. coast consists generally of a succession of 
 knolls or low domes of granite and gneiss, rising generally 
 8 to 10 ft. above the water, and having on their flanks a 
 scrubby growth of timber, chiefly Banksian pine and spruce. 
 Between the knolls ponds and swamps often occur, and the 
 whole line of coast is much broken by deep inlets and well- 
 sheltered bays, which, should the lake come to be navigated, 
 may be turned to good account. The great feeders of the 
 lake are the Saskatchewan, which enters it on the N.W., the 
 Dauphin or Little Saskatchewan on the W., and the united 
 Red River and Assiniboin on the S. Its only outlet is 
 through the contracted and rocky channel of the Nelson, 
 which flows N.E. to Hudson's Bay. The finest scenery of 
 the lake is furnished not so much by its shores and the adja- 
 cent mainland, as by some of the many islands which it con- 
 tains. Of these the two largest and most important, both 
 situated in the S. portion of the lake, are Big Black Island, 
 by far the largest of all, and Deer Island, the latter particu- 
 larly deserving of notice, both for its beauty and its valuable 
 fishery, where sturgeons and great numbers of white fish are 
 taken. Lake Winnipeg freezes every winter, the ice fre- 
 quently becoming 5 ft. thick, and not leaving the upper end 
 Of the lake before the 10th of June. 
 
 WINNIPEG [add.], a river, British America, which, 
 
 issuing through several gaps in the N. river of the Lake of 
 the Woods, flows at first in numerous tortuous channels, 
 which successively uniting with the main stream, convert it 
 into a mighty river, unfortunately rendered almost useless 
 for navigation by numerous rapids and falls. Irt its course 
 of 165 m., which it pursues very circuitously, though mainly 
 in a N.W. direction, it descends 349 ft. by a series of mag- 
 nificent cataracts, bounded by precipitous cliff's or rounded 
 hills of granite, and not unfrequently expands into large deep 
 lakes full of islands. At each extremity of the river the 
 Hudson's Bay Company have a station, the one at its outlet, 
 called Rat Portage, and the other at its mouth, Fort Alex- 
 ander. Both are finely situated, but more especially the 
 former, which stands on an island surrounded by hills about 
 200 ft. high, and near it are some tall red and white pine, the 
 remains of an ancient forest. On the left bank of the river, 
 25 m. below Rat Portage, stands Islington Mission, in con- 
 nection with the Church of England. It was held for several 
 years by the R. Catholics, who were driven away by the 
 Indians in consequence of the death of a young girl in the 
 nunnery at Red River settlement. Besides the mission- 
 house and a school-house, which is used as a chapel, five other 
 houses have been built, and some progress has been made, as 
 the congregation, composed almost entirely of Swampy Cree 
 Indians, numbers 45. The country around Islington being 
 like most of that through which the Winnipeg flows, wholly 
 granitic, has a dreary look ; but the Mission itself is a favoured 
 spot, its domain extending over 250 acres of a fertile clay, on 
 which all kinds of farm and garden crops succeed well. The 
 Winnipeg opposite to Islington is about 250 yards wide, and 
 flows past with a rapid current. 
 
 WINNIPEGO-SIS, or Little Winnipeg [add.], a lake, 
 British America, about 50 m. W. of Lake Winnipeg, to which 
 it is not only nearly parallel, but bears, though on a dimin- 
 ished scale, a marked resemblance in shape; greatest length, 
 110 m.; greatest breadth about 25 m. The shores of the 
 lake are low and swampy, particularly towards the E., where 
 the whole tract which intervenes between it and Lake Winni- 
 peg is of the same character. The monotonous features of 
 the lake are occasionally exchanged for others of a more 
 pleasing description, particularly towards the S., where some 
 fine old elms, crooked and gnarled, are seen, and where Snake 
 Island, one of the many which the lake contains, presents 
 some very interesting rocky exposures of a limestone which 
 is highly fossiliferous, beautifully stratified, very hard and 
 bituminous. Winnipego-sis receives two important feeders 
 — the Swan, which enters it on the W., through a lake of 
 same name; and the Red Deer, which enters it on the N.W. 
 Both of these rivers open communication to an important 
 tract of country E. and N.E. of the head-waters of the Assini- 
 boin; and discharges itself into the Manitobah through the 
 Water Hen River, which is very broad, shallow, and reedy. 
 On a neck of land which projects from the S. shore of the 
 lake towards the N., salt-works have long been established, 
 and are still carried on with some spirit, though the competi- 
 tion with British salt has so much lowered the price as almost 
 to annihilate the profit. The saline bed, which must be of 
 large extent, since it is found far to the N. W., and is worked 
 by the Hudson's Bay Company on the Swan River, is a very 
 retentive yellowish-white clay, containing both non-fossil- 
 iferous and limestone boulders. The salt is obtained in the 
 form of brine, by sinking wells in the clay wherever a small 
 bubbling spring is observed to issue from it. The brine is 
 so strong that thirty gallons of it, when evaporated, produce 
 a bushel of salt. 
 
 WINONA, a tn. U. States, Wisconsin, cap. co. of same 
 name, r. bank Mississippi, 44 m. E. Rochester. It contains 
 a courthouse, eight churches, three banks, steam saw-mills, 
 &c., and is the E. terminus of the Winona and St. Peter's 
 railway. Wheat and other grains are shipped here, and 
 timber and limestone abound in the county. Pop. (1865), 
 about 5000. 
 
 WINTERBERG, a tn. Austrian empire, circle and 24 
 m. S.W. Pisek, in a valley on the Wolinkabach; with a parish 
 church, a castle, a town-house, a brewery, and manufactures 
 of leather, paper, and spirits. The town is ancient, and has 
 still some remains of its old walls and other antiquities. 
 Near it are glassworks and smelting furnaces. Pop. 2960. 
 
WOAD-MEDINE 
 
 229 
 
 WOOD 
 
 VVOAD- or Woled-Medine, a tn. Africa, Nubia, prov. 
 Senaar, 1. bank Blue Nile, at the confluence of the Rahad, 
 90 m. S.E, Khartoom. It is a large place, composed chiefly 
 of huts huddled together without any regard to order, in ill- 
 formed unpaved streets. Its principal buildings are a mosque 
 of sun-dried bricks, with a minaret, the residence of the com- 
 mandant; and barracks. In front of the last, and on the banks 
 of the river, is a large open place, recently planted with date, 
 citron, fig, and other fruit trees. 
 
 WODINA, a market village, 
 Turkey in Europe, at the foot of 
 Mount Ehodope in Roumelia, not far cy-E®: 
 
 from Philippopolis. It occnpieg a 
 beautiful and salubrious site; con- 
 tains about 2000 inhabitants, who are 
 all Greek Christians; and possesses 
 an educational establishment, at- 
 tended by about one hundred pupils. 
 
 WODNIAN [add.], a tn. Aus- 
 trian empire, Bohemia, circle and 12 
 m. S. Pisek, 1. bank Blanitz. It is 
 an ancient place, partly surrounded 
 by walls and a deep ditch; is the seat 
 of several public offices, and has two 
 churches, a townhouse, a superior 
 and ordinary school, an hospital, mi- 
 litary barracks, and four important 
 yearly markets, chiefly for horses 
 and cattle. Pop. 3990. 
 
 WOJNILOW, a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, circle and 32 m. 
 E.S.E. Stry; with 1780 inhabitants, 
 chiefly employed in making earthen- 
 ware. 
 
 WOLCZYNIEC, a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, circle and 2 m. N.E. 
 Stanislau ; with a gypsum mill, and 
 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 WOLFEKSDORF, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, 
 circle and 22 m. N.E. Leitmeritz; with a parish church, two 
 mills, and 2403 inhabitants. 
 
 WOLFGANG (St.), a tn. Austrian empire, Upper 
 Austria, circle Hausruck, on the lake of same name, on the 
 frontiers of the duchy, and 19 m. E.S.E. of the duchy of 
 Salzburg. It possesses a large and ancient Gothic church, 
 with a beautiful high- altar, which dates from 1481, fine paint- 
 ings and carvings; and has some industrial establishments. 
 Pop. 800. 
 
 WOLKOVUSK, a tn. Eussia, gov. and 40 m. S.S.E. 
 Grodno, cap. circle and on a river of same name. It has two 
 churches, a secular parish school, two charitable institutes, 
 several factories, and contains 3416 inhabitants. An im- 
 portant annual fair is held within the circle at the village of 
 Selva. 
 
 WOLLEIN, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 about 10 m. E.N.E. Iglau. It was once the seat of a Bene- 
 dictine abbey, has an old church and manufactures of linen, 
 and contains 1500 inhabitants. 
 
 WOLLOWETZ, a tn. Austrian empire, duchy Buko- 
 wina, dist. and S.W. Cernowitz; with a very ancient church, 
 containing the remains of Prince Dragosz, the founder of the 
 Moldavian state. 
 
 WOO-CHANG, or Wuchang, a departmental city, 
 capital of prov. Hoo-pee, China; lat. 30° 31' N.; Ion. 113° 
 46' E.; situated on the r. bank of the Yang-tze-kiang, facing 
 Hanyang and Hankow. It is divided by a ridge of hills 
 trending S. and N., through which a tunnel is cut to facilitate 
 the traffic between the E. and W. quarters, the former con- 
 taining the greatest number of shops, dwellings, and public 
 buildings. The main streets are wider than usually exist in 
 Chinese cities, and have paved foot-paths; the shops are 
 spacious and well stocked with merchandise and produce; and 
 the government edifices are extensive, and built in the best 
 style of native architecture. It is surrounded by a crenellated 
 wall 30 ft. high, about 7 m. in circuit, with nine gates enter- 
 ing by the land, and one by the river. The latter entrance 
 is in the middle of a fortified rampart washed by the stream, 
 about a quarter of a mile in width, and from 25 to 50 ft. in 
 height, constructed of solid masonry, at a cost of half a million 
 
 sterling, after the imperialists re-captured the city from the 
 Taipings in 1859. The view from the hills that intersect the 
 city is unequalled in the whole empire, as it commands the 
 prospect of Hankow and Hanyang on the opposite bank, 
 together with the confluence of the Han and the Yang-tze, 
 both streams crowded at all times and seasons with junks, 
 and where the foreign steamers and sailing vessels lie at 
 anchor. Looking within the precincts of the walls from these 
 
 WOO-CHANG.— From Oliphant's China and Japan. 
 
 heights, an immense area is seen covered with the quaint 
 turned-up roofs of the houses, here and there diversified by 
 the more elevated roofs of temples, pagodas, ya-meens or 
 official palaces, all more or less surrounded by trees and gar- 
 dens. On the hill facing the river stands a group of newly- 
 built edifices, profusely ornamented with florid and gilded 
 carvings of Chinese design ; with a battery of foreign ordnance 
 commanding the approaches by land and water. Woo-chang 
 is the residence of the provincial governor of Hoo-pee ; also 
 the foo, or intendant of the department, who has jurisdiction 
 over ten districts, including one city of the second order and 
 nine of the third. It is a place of much repute for its educa- 
 tional establishments, with a hall of examination capable of 
 accommodating 7000 students during the triennial competi- 
 tions for degrees admitting to the Hanlin College at Pekin. 
 A large contingent of Chinese troops are quartered within 
 the gates of the city, which are closed at night, and guarded 
 by sentinels. In time of war or rebellion immense numbers 
 of the inhabitants from the adjacent towns flock into Woo- 
 chang for protection, when a dense population throngs the 
 streets and open places. At such times the people may 
 number 1,500,000, or, as some authorities state, 2,000,000, 
 but in time of peace the settled inhabitants do not exceed 
 800,000, including the garrison. Being the most central 
 spot in China, it has communication with all parts of the 
 empire, forming, in conjunction with Hankow and Han- 
 yang, a vast emporium of native and foreign commerce; but 
 it is not opened as a place of trade or residence for foreigners, 
 although they may freely visit the city under protection of 
 the authorities. — (Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 WOOD, a small island, British America, off the coast of 
 Labrador, in the Strait of Belle Isle, about 7 m. W. of Forteau 
 Point. It is 1§ m. long, by 1 m. wide at its S.E. where 
 broadest, is composed of sandstone much less elevated than 
 the mainland; and is covered with moss and coarse grass, the 
 woods to which it owed its name having been all cut down 
 by the fishermen, who are in consequence obliged to go to 
 Newfoundland for their stages, &c. It possesses two large 
 fishing establishments belonging to Jersey merchants, who, 
 in addition to that of cod, which forms the staple, carry on 
 both the seal and the herring fishery. The fishing vessels 
 
WOO-HOO 
 
 230 
 
 XI MBA 
 
 arrive from home in the beginning of June, and often are 
 many days drifting about in the ice before they reach their 
 posts. They all return to Europe in the fall of the year, 
 leaving only a man or two in charge of each post, with nume- 
 rous dogs, mostly of the Esquimaux crossed with the New- 
 foundland breed, which draw their sledges with firewood, or 
 go over to the main and hunt bears, foxes, deer, &c. The 
 climate is very severe, and also uncertain. 
 
 WOO-HOO, a tn. China, prov. Nganhoei, near r. bank 
 Yang-tze-kiang, about 60 m. above Nankin. It consists of 
 the town proper, situated about 1| m. inland, and a suburb 
 extending some distance along the margin of the river. The 
 town is surrounded by white walls, and the suburb is not 
 only also surrounded by a wall, but forms a military post 
 defended by three forts erected on separate eminences. The 
 town, capital of a district of same name, is said to have been 
 one of the largest of its class in China, with many good streets 
 and handsome shops. During the Taiping rebellion it was 
 one of the head-quarters of the rebels, who have left little of 
 it standing except the wall and a part of the two principal 
 streets, each extending about ^ m. inside the gates, and nearly 
 as far outside. Since its suppression in 1864 the inhabitants 
 have been returnihg, and the authorities are restoring the 
 public buildings; but it will be a long time before the place 
 resumes its former prosperity. 
 
 VVOO-SUNG, or Wu-sung [add.] Since the opening of 
 Shanghai to foreign commerce, Woo-sung has risen into im- 
 portance from its situation at the mouth of the Whang-poo, 
 13 m. by water and 8 m. by land from the British settle- 
 ment. At the entrance to that inlet from the sea a bar 
 stretches across the channel above Woo-sung, over which 
 ships of large tonnage cannot float except at high-water or 
 spring-tides. Hence the anchorage at this place is always 
 crowded with shipping waiting to cross the bar, which, if 
 heavily laden, they cannot accomplish for some days, or even 
 weeks. This drawback to the navigation of the channel to 
 Shanghai places Woo-sung in a favourable position to become 
 the natural seaport of that emporium, with a railway 8 m. 
 long across a level country. From the immense quantity of 
 sediment deposited by the stream, the water across the bar is 
 becoming shallower, and the channel narrower, while an 
 island has been formed near Woo-sung, several acres in extent, 
 since foreigners visited the port. On a rampart facing the 
 anchorage are the remains of a battery which mounted one 
 hundred guns, and was captured by Admiral Parker in the 
 expedition under Sir Hugh Gough in June, 1842. Vessels 
 inward-bound are piloted up to the roadstead by a staff of 
 foreign pilots, and they are boarded by the officers of the 
 harbour-master's department and maritime customs. These 
 are the only foreign residents at Woo-sung; while the native 
 village, from whence it derives its name, is a squalid place, 
 inhabited by a sea-faring population. — (Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 WOTITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, IBohemia, circle Tabor, 
 cap. dist. of same name, 30 m- S.S.E. Prague. It has a 
 
 parish church, a synagogue, a Franciscan monastery, a castle, 
 a townhouse, a brewery, and two mills. Pop. 2246. 
 
 WU-CHU, a tn. China, on the S.E. frontier of prov. 
 Quangsee, at the confluence of the Kwei-ling with the Si-kiang. 
 It is the most important commercial town of the province, 
 being the entrepot for all the traffic by the Si-kiang, consist- 
 ing chiefly of wood, rice, cassia, cassia-oil, &c., from Quang- 
 see, and salt and manufactures from Canton. The Si-kiang 
 was explored by a British squadron of gunboats in 1859 as 
 far up as Wu-chu, and found to be there scarcely navigable 
 for junks, though its clear channel was between 500 and 600 
 yards wide. The trade of Wu-chu, and of the Si-kiang gene- 
 rally, was almost destroyed by the civil war, but it is now 
 recovering. 
 
 WUKARI, a tn. Central Africa, cap. prov. Kororofa, on 
 a branch of the Benuwe, about 10 m. from its S. or 1. bank, 
 and 300 m. S.S.W. Kano. According to native information 
 it is a very large place, about 15 m. in circuit, and densely 
 inhabited to the very walls. Its government is an absolute 
 despotism. All the handicrafts are under the immediate 
 control of the king, who permits none but his own people to 
 exercise them. He also monopolizes the foreign trade. The 
 chief manufacture is cotton cloth, said to be made of a pecu- 
 liar kind of cotton. There seems also to be a kind of indi- 
 genous coffee. Yams are much cultivated. 
 
 WUNGABEJEWUNG, a vil. British America, Canada 
 West, on the Great Manitoulin Island. It is a missionary 
 station of the Church of England, and as yet only in embryo. 
 The Indian inhabitants, about seventy, formerly dwelt at 
 Mahnetooahoung, 25 m. distant. They live partly by agri- 
 culture, but chiefly by furnishing firewood to the steamers 
 plying between Collingwood and Sault Ste. Marie. 
 
 WUNZEN-TAKE, the most celebrated of the five active 
 volcanoes now existing in Kiusiu, the most southern and 
 westerly of the isles of Japan. It is situated in prov. Fizen, 
 near the N.W. extremity of the island, and has had repeated 
 eruptions in modern times. In one of these, which destroyed 
 the city of Sima Barra, 35,000 persons are said to have 
 perished. In 1793 the summit of the mountain sank entirely 
 down, and torrents of boiling water issued from the deep 
 cavity thus formed. 
 
 VYUSHEK, a tn. Central Africa, Bornou, prov. Muniyo, 
 on the S. Tawarek frontier, 178 m. N.E. Kano. It stands at 
 the foot of a mountain range, among groves of date and 
 tamarind trees, fields of wheat, cotton grounds, and kitchen 
 gardens; and consists of four distinct groups of buildings 
 within a light fence, embracing a circuit of about 3 m., and 
 containing a pop. of about 8000. Wushek is the principal 
 place for the cultivation of wheat in W. Bornou, and has an 
 important weekly market. 
 
 WYANDOT, a tn. U. States, Kansas, cap. co. of same 
 name, on W. bank Missouri, just above the mouth of Kansas 
 River, and 3 m. above Kansas city. It is on the Union Pacific 
 railway, and is a place of active trade, Pop. (1865), 2500. 
 
 X. 
 
 XAMILTEPEC, or Jamiltepec, a tn. Mexico, state and 
 93 m. S.W. Oajaca, on the Chicometepec. It is situated near 
 a series of lagoons which deeply indent the coast, is of pleas- 
 ing appearance, and contains about 4000 inhabitants, who 
 trade in honey, wax, cotton, and salt. In the maritime 
 plains of the dep. of which it is the capital much sugar is 
 produced, and many cattle are reared 
 
 XARRAL (El), or Jarral, a tn. Mexico, state and about 
 55 m. N. Guanajuato, in a beautiful valley on the frontiers 
 of San Luis de Potosi. It has a castle belonging to the Mar- 
 quis of Jarral, one of the largest proprietors in Mexico, and 
 contains 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 1 . -^,^^IEK, an isl. S. America, off the S.W. coast of Chili, 
 I (^^•/''"•emity) 47° 3' 15" S.; Ion. 74° 16' W. It lies 
 4 m. W of the mamland, from which it is separated by Cheupe 
 Vinn"r! '/? ^^^ *"*^ ^^''''^'y wooded, rising into hills 1200 to 
 llUU tt. high, and crowned with large and tall trees, and has 
 
 two good anchorages, Port Xavier in the N., and Ignacio 
 Bay in the S. The W. coast is lined with reefs, on which 
 the sea breaks with violence. 
 
 XIENGMAI, or CiiiANG-MAr, a tn. Siam, the largest in 
 the Laos States, on the Menam, about lat. 18° 30' N.; Ion. 99° E. 
 It is surrounded by walls about 3 m. in circuit, and annually 
 exports teak wood to the value of £400,000. This timber, 
 which is floated down the Salween to Moulmein, is the chief 
 source from which teak is supplied to the navy-yards of 
 Great Britain. 
 
 XIMBA, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, terri- 
 tory Bailundo, on the E. slope of the Djamba range; lat. 
 12° 25' S.; Ion. 16° 28' E. It belongs as a kind of appanage 
 to the heir-apparent of Bailundo, who resides at it; is sur- 
 rounded by a palisade and a ditch, and contains 2000 inhabi- 
 tants, who, as more especially under the jurisdiction of the 
 prince, possess some special privileges. 
 
YABRUD 
 
 231 
 
 YA RMOUTH 
 
 Y. 
 
 YABRUD, a vll. Syria, 55 m. N.N.E. Damascus, at the 
 entrance of a wild ravine. It occupies the site of the Jahruda 
 of Ptolemy, and exhibits in the bevelled stones of its cathe- 
 dral the remains of one of the earliest Syrian churches. 
 
 YAGODINA, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Servia, cap. circle 
 of same name, in a semicircular basin surrounded by moun- 
 tains, near the Servian Morava, 66 m. S.S.E. Belgrade; with 
 a court of justice, a church, and a school. Pop. 3741. 
 
 YALE, a tn. British Columbia, Western N. America, 
 about 90 m. up the Fraser River, on r. bank. It is a gold- 
 mining station, and a central place for the surrounding dis- 
 trict. The navigation of the river is obstructed by some 
 rocks about 6 or 8 m. below it, and immediately above it is 
 the ' Little Canon,' a mountain gorge which contracts the 
 river so much as to render the stream a torrent with immense 
 velocity, and therefore impassable. Yale is useful chiefly 
 for shipping and unloading materials from and to the gold- 
 fields. 
 
 YANG-CHOW, or Chang-choo-poo, a tn. China, prov. 
 Kiangsoo, on the Imperial canal, 110 m. W.N.W. Shanghai. 
 It was reputed to be a place of great wealth and splendoui", 
 but having been in the hands of the insurgents on three 
 separate occasions, must have suffered severely. Little more 
 is known of it than that it had a famous imperial library, of 
 which there were only two duplicates in existence, the one at 
 Pekin, and the other at Hang-chow. This library, if not 
 destroyed, has been completely dispersed. The pagoda of 
 Yang-chow still forms a conspicuous object in the distance. 
 
 YANG-TZE-KIANG [add.], a river, China. This river 
 and the ports of Chin-kiang, Kiu-kiang, and Hankow, situated 
 
 ENTKANCE OF LU-KAN GOEGE, UPPER YANG-TZE.-From Blakiston. 
 
 on its banks, were opened to foreign navigation by the treaty 
 of Tientsin, ratified in 1860. Previous to that date very 
 little was known of its upper waters beyond Nanking. In Feb- 
 
 ruary, 1861, a British squadron of six vessels, under Admiral 
 Hope, ascended this great river upwards of 800 m. from its 
 mouth, where it is a deep-flowing stream J m. wide at Yo-chow, 
 the entrance to Tung-ting, the greatest lake in China. From 
 this point an expedition traced its course to Ping-shan, a dis- 
 tance of 1782 statute m. from Shanghai. Above its con- 
 fluence with Tung-ting the navigation of the river for large 
 vessels is interrupted by rapids, which could only be ascended 
 during high floods. Native craft, however, are taken up at all 
 times by trackers, who ascend the stream to within a com- 
 paratively short distance of its source. The country through 
 which the Upper Yang-tze flows is bold and mountainous, 
 running between precipitous gorges, presenting wild and 
 varied scenery. In its lower reaches, the banks are annually 
 flooded to such an extent that boats sail over the level lands 
 for hundreds and thousands of square miles, where the herbage 
 grows when the waters retire. At Hankow the river reaches 
 its highest flood in September, which is from 35 to 40 ft. 
 above its lowest, in February, when the tidal influence 
 reaches as far as the entrance to Lake Po-yang, 436 m. from 
 the sea. — (Blakiston, The Yang-tsze; Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 YANGUITLAN, a tn. Mexico, state and 45 m. W.N.W. 
 Oajaca. It occupies a cool and lofty site, is an ancient place, 
 which, when the Spaniards first visited it, contained 12,000 
 inhabitants, and has a fine Dominican monastery, which was 
 founded by one of the companions of Cortes in 1542. The 
 surrounding district though elevated is fertile, and rears great 
 numbers of cattle. 
 
 YANITZA, a tn. Turkey in Europe, eyalet and 30 m. 
 W.N.W. Saloniki. It stands on a height, has several mosques, 
 and contains 6000 inhabitants. The best tobacco of Mace- 
 donia is grown in its vicinity. Near the town is the village 
 of Allah Kilissin, containing the ruins of Pella, the residence 
 of Philip of Macedon, and the birth-place of Alexander the 
 Great. 
 
 YAO-CHANG, a tn. China, prov. Sechuen, at some dis- 
 tance from 1. bank Yang-tze-kiang, and 175 m. S.E. Tching- 
 too-fow. Though of considerable extent it is not surrounded 
 by walls, or otherwise defended. Among its buildings are a 
 principal pagoda and a great Bonze monastery. Part of this 
 monastery is appropriated as a theatre, consisting of a vast 
 square platform, supported by twelve granite columns, and 
 surmounted by a richly ornamented pavilion, resting on pillars 
 of varnished wood. 
 
 YARANSK, a tn. Russia, gov. Perm, cap. circle of same 
 name, on the Yarana ; with five churches, secular and religious 
 schools for the circle and the parish, a charitable endowment, 
 and a yearly market, which lasts from the 2d of September to 
 the 1st of October, and at which goods to a great amount are 
 disposed of. Pop. 1330. 
 
 YARAPISSON, or Arabisson, a tn. Turkey in Asia, 
 Karamania, 330 m. S.E. Constantinople, on a rugged lime- 
 stone height with numerous caverns. It consists of 200 
 houses, occupied by about 1200 inhabitants, who, in addition 
 to the ordinary labours of agriculture, cultivate the vine, and 
 take advantage of the high-road passing along the banks of 
 the Halys to carry on some trade. 
 
 YARMOUTH, a seaport tn. Nova Scotia, 130 m. S.W. 
 Halifax; lat. 43° 50' N.; Ion. 60° W. The public edifices 
 are good and substantial, especially the educational, possessing 
 all modern improvements, and capable of accommodating 
 2000 pupils. There are eight churches. Episcopalian, Pres- 
 byterian, Methodist, Baptist, Congregational ist, and R. 
 Catholic. A lighthouse, with a revolving light 135 ft. above 
 the level of the sea, is on Cape Foucher, a short distance to 
 the west of the entrance to the harbour. The harbour is safe, 
 and accessible to vessels drawing 18 ft. of water. It has 
 direct steamboat and sailing packet communication with Hali- 
 fax, St. John's, N.B., and Boston, U.S. Its shipping, which 
 is very extensive, has increased with marked success, the 
 199 vessels, with a tonnage of 73,055, owned in the town of 
 Yarmouth, being one-quarter of the entire shipping of Nova 
 
YA.SSI-HUK 
 
 232 
 
 YEDDO 
 
 Scotia. The people are noted for business enterprise, and at 
 present it is considered the most thriving town in Nova 
 Scotia. 
 
 YASSI-H UK, a tn. Turkey in Asia, Anatolia. It stands 
 on a height about 100 ft. above the Sakaria, which here makes 
 a sudden bend to the W., and then widens out, forming several 
 small islands. The district around is more pastoral than agri- 
 cultural, and rears great numbers of sheep and Angora goats. 
 
 YEDDO, or Yeuo, or Jeddo (Dutch) [add.] In the 
 same year (1858) that Lord Elgin and Baron Gros negotiated 
 the treaty of Tientsin, in China, these plenipotentiaries con- 
 cluded the treaty of Yedo, in Japan, which opened the ports 
 of Nagasaki, Yokohama, and Hakodadi; with permission for 
 ministers representing Great Britain and France to reside at 
 Yedo. This was accomplished in 1861 ; and the legations 
 were being built on a commanding site in the city, so obnox- 
 iously to the populace and some of the authorities, that they 
 were burned down by incendiaries before they were finished. 
 At the same time the members of the British legation, leaving 
 their abode in a native dwelling, were repeatedly attacked, and 
 several killed and wounded, which rendered it so unsafe to 
 live in Y'edo, that the two embassies left the city and resided 
 at Yokohama ; while the allied fleet threatened to bombard 
 Y'edo unless reparation was given, and a lieavy indemnity 
 paid. These were ultimately acceded to, and in 1865 the 
 British and French ministers returned to Yedo, and took up 
 their residence in Japanese temples fitted for their accom- 
 modation. During these transactions it was found that the 
 treaty of Yedo was not concluded with the hereditary monarch 
 of Japan, the mikado, who resides at Kioto, the imperial 
 capital, but with the shiogoon, or prince elected by the 
 daimios — who form an oligarchy of nobles, subject to the 
 mikado. This grave error was rectified by the British min- 
 ister. Sir Harry Parkes, in 1866, who skilfully obtained the 
 emperor's signature to the original treaty. 
 
 Yedo is the place of residence of the shiogoon or tycoon, 
 and the powerful daimios or native princes are obliged to 
 reside at his court during stated periods; hence their retinues 
 form a considerable portion of the population — which has 
 been estimated as under for the year 1862: — 
 
 Followers of the daimios 432,000 
 
 Imperial officials 150,000 
 
 Priests belonging to temples 200,000 
 
 General inhabitants 572,848 
 
 Floating population 200,000 
 
 Total inhabitants 1,554,848 
 
 Yedo has a circumference of 24 m., and covers a surface of 
 36 sq. m. The 0-kava or ' Great Eiver ' divides the city 
 into two parts ; the eastern part is called Hondjo; the western 
 part bears more especially the name of Yedo. Hondjo has a 
 circumference of about 9 m., with an area of 8 sq. m. It is 
 completely surrounded by water, and intersected with canals, 
 three large and numerous small ones cutting each other at 
 right angles, and dividing the island into eight principal dis- 
 tricts. Of these the four upper are chiefly occupied by the 
 palaces of the daimios, with thirty temples ; the two middle 
 are exclusively palaces, with thirteen temples; and the two 
 south districts contain twenty-one temples, whose gardens 
 and outbuildings cover a large surface. The remainder of 
 these districts is occupied by government stores, and the 
 dwellings of artisans, fishermen, and workmen connected with 
 the warehouses. Hondjo is a very quiet part of the capital, 
 as the residence of the Japanese aristocracy; and the quay 
 along the left bank of the 0-kava forms a long and beautiful 
 street. It is connected with the western quarter of the city 
 by four great wooden bridges of very simple but solid con- 
 struction. 
 
 Yedo proper is divided into three parts:— Siro, ' the castle;' 
 Soto-siro, 'outside the castle;' and Midzi, 'town and suburbs.' 
 The castle has a circumference of nearly 5 m., with an area 
 of If sq, m., and contains the palaces of the shiogoon and 
 the royal family, the members of the council of state, and 
 about twenty of the highest daimios; but not a temple, priest, 
 or simple citizen. The space which contains the two imperial 
 palaces i.s surrounded by a high wall and several canals, which 
 the public is not allowed to pass; and almost every palace is 
 inclosed by a moat, across which there is a large number of 
 
 small bridges, besides eighteen public ones. The walks 
 round the castle are very agreeable and picturesque ; and one 
 along the banks of the principal canal opens to view thousands 
 of aquatic birds on the water. The palaces of the daimios 
 are long buildings of one single high story, generally white- 
 washed, and having the appearance of large warehouses, with- 
 out any pretentions to fine architecture. The only imposing 
 features are the massive doors, which are sometimes orna- 
 mented with carvings, or covered with small plates of copper, 
 forming various designs, such as the proprietor's coat of arms. 
 The interior of these palaces is of great simplicity ; the beauty 
 and fineness of the mats, carvings, and paintings are the only 
 points of distinction between them and the hou.ses of the 
 citizens. There is little or no furniture in them, and their 
 principal ornament is their cleanliness. 
 
 'Outside the castle,' or Soto-siro quarter, 10 m. in circum- 
 ference, with an area of 5 sq. m.; the greater part is occupied 
 
 by daimios' palaces, but of lesser rank. Besides the bridges 
 which connect it with Siro and Hondjo, and the rest of Yedo, 
 there are twenty within its own precincts, one of which is the 
 celebrated Nip-hon Bashi, or 'Bridge of Japan,' which is con- 
 sidered the central point of the empire, and from whence all 
 geographical distances are calculated. Here are fifteen 
 temples, mostly Buddhist, covering about 1 sq. m. The re- 
 maining space is veiy densely inhabited, and may be con- 
 sidered the mercantile quarter of Yedo. This interesting 
 district is situated on the E. of the castle, and has the form 
 of a parallelogram. It is traversed in its whole length by 
 the To-kai-do, or main-road of Japan, and communicates by 
 fifteen bridges with the rest of Yedo. It contains five longi- 
 tudinal and twenty-two transverse streets, cutting each other 
 at right angles, and forming seventy-eight districts, separated 
 from one another by wooden gates, ordinarily kept open, but 
 always guarded by a small police force, who at any moment 
 can isolate any given part of it. There are no daimios' palaces 
 nor any large temples in this quarter. Here the principal 
 commerce of the city is concentrated; and it is only in this 
 part that regular streets are to be found. They are very 
 animated, though the total absence of wheeled vehicles makes 
 them less bustling than the great thoroughfares of Western 
 cities. 
 
 The Midzi quarter, or town and suburbs, contains those 
 
YEDI 
 
 233 
 
 YING-TSZU 
 
 parts situated to the N., S., and W. of the castle, Hondjo 
 being on the E. The northern district covers an area of 
 11 sq. m., and is remarkable for the number and extent of 
 the temples spread over nearly one-third of its surface, in- 
 cluding the mausoleum of the shiogoons, surrounded by thirty- 
 six temples; the temple of Kansa, the tutelary deity of Yedo, 
 and a temple dedicated to Confucius, which forms the uni- 
 versity of the capital. A great part of this quarter is under 
 cultivation; many picturesque houses are seen in it; and 
 extensive pleasure-gardens with neat little villages, which are 
 to Yedo what St. Cloud is to Paris. The dwellings of citizens 
 in this district cover scarcely 1 sq. m., and even from this 
 must be deducted the grounds on which stand the great theatre 
 of Yedo and Yosivara. The latter place is set apart exclu- 
 sively for the residence of prostitutes and their servants, the 
 houses forming a regular parallelogram 0"8 of 1 m. sq. It 
 contains four longitudinal and three transverse streets, cut- 
 ting each other at right angles ; the whole being surrounded 
 by walls and a wide ditch, with only one entrance, which is 
 strongly guarded by a police force; no foreigners are allowed 
 to enter. It is said to contain 5000 public women ; but this 
 does not include all ot mat class in Yedo, as there are similar 
 places in the western suburb, nominally called 'houses of 
 rest.' In that part W. of the castle are a great number of 
 daimios' palaces, covering an area of more than 2 sq. m., and 
 about fifty temples, extending over less than that. Among 
 these are the palaces of the princes of Ovari, Kiusiu, and the 
 Go-tairo — the late regent of Japan. The part S. of the castle 
 contains the palace of Satsuma — the most powerful prince in 
 Japan — which is said to be the finest in Yedo. Here are the 
 temples which the Japanese government has given as tem- 
 porary residences to the representatives of the foreign treaty 
 powers. The British legation is conveniently situated on 
 the main road near the bay, at the S.W. entrance of Yedo; 
 the French minister resides about J m. distant ; and the Ame- 
 rican legation is about 1 J m. further in the city. 
 
 Yedo, as viewed from the bay, is a very picturesque city, 
 as it rises and falls over undulating ground, covered with fine 
 old trees. Its large temples, numbering about 1500, sur- 
 mounted by gilded globes, produce a beautiful effect. The 
 pagodas, the large daimio palaces, the long line of well-con- 
 structed quays, the fortifications kept in perfect order, all 
 these together present an imposing coup d'oeil. On arriving 
 in the city itself, however, the visitor is disappointed. The 
 temples disappear behind the trees by which they are sur- 
 rounded, the palaces resemble scarcely anything better than 
 large fire-proof warehouses, and the dwellings of the mer- 
 chants and other citizens, though extremely clean, are small, 
 and look rather poor. There are no handsome shops, no 
 grand establishments, no triumphal arches, no statues, no 
 monuments ; nothing of what constitutes generally the beauty 
 of European capitals. The environs are very picturesque, 
 especially at the northern and western sides of the city, where 
 the country is surrounded by beautiful hills, with a distant 
 view of the Hankoni Mountains, beyond which rises the snowy 
 peak of the volcano Fusi-yama. — [North China Herald ; Moss- 
 man, MS. Notes) 
 
 YEDI, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, near the S.W, ex- 
 tremity of Lake Chad, 30 m. S. by E. Kukawa. It is a large 
 place, whichstands on a rising ground overlooking a continuous 
 sandy plain, is surrounded by a clay wall in good repair, and 
 has extensive gardens of onions, which are cultivated by means 
 of irrigation. To the S. of Yedi is a wide plain, on which 
 nothing grows except some mimosas. 
 
 YEGORLUSKAIA, a tn. Eussia, gov. Don Cossacks, 
 circle and 65 m. S.S.E. Novo-Tcherkask ; with a yearly mar- 
 ket, and 2034 inhabitants. 
 
 YELKAZA, a tn. Western Africa, Bornou, dist. Mas- 
 chena, 80 m. N.E. Kano. It is approached through a mono- 
 tonous tract of country, covered with tall reed-grass and the 
 asdepias, and is inclosed by two walls and three ditches, one 
 between the walls, and the others outside. 
 
 YEMETHON, a tn. Burmah, 40 m. S. Ava, between 
 the Toungdwen range on the W., and r. bank Poungloung or 
 Sitang on the E. It is surrounded by a dilapidated wall, and 
 ranks among the Burmese as a place of great importance, 
 though the number of its houses is said not to exceed 400. 
 In its district, which is well peopled, wheat, cotton, and rice 
 are cultivated. 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— Vol. II. 
 
 YENANGYOUNG, a tn. Burmah, 1. bank Irawadi, 
 60 m. S.W. Ava. It is noted as the depot of petroleum, 
 which is found in its vicinity, and is extensively used for 
 burning and many more uses all over the country. It is also 
 exported from Rangoon. The quantity obtained by means 
 of shafts sunk to the depth of 80 to 300 ft. is estimated at 
 25,000,000 lbs. Pop. reckoned at nearly 10,000. 
 
 YENDT, a tn. Western Africa, 240 m. N. of the Bight 
 of Benin. Though exaggerated ideas were formerly enter- 
 tained of it, it is still an important place, with a pop. of about 
 5000, who are idolaters, and seem to pay a sort of worship to 
 vultures, since two baskets of meat for them are daily set 
 down before the governor's house. 
 
 YENE, a tn. European Turkey, 50 m. E.S.E. Adrianople, 
 near the sources of the Simer or Tearus. It consists of 150 
 Greek, 50 Bulgarian, and 20 Turkish houses, and appears to 
 occupy the site of a more ancient town, of whose walls and 
 buildings traces still exist. 
 
 YENIJE-KOI, a vil. European Turkey, near the N. 
 shore of Lake Devne, and 3 m. W.N.W. Varna; is famous 
 for the great battle fought in its vicinity on 10th November, 
 1444, between the Christians under Vadislas and Hunyades, 
 and the Turks under Sultan Murad. The former were de- 
 feated and the king was slain. 
 
 YIMAHA, atn. W. Africa, r. bank Benuwe, 40 m. above 
 its confluence with the Kwara. It contains many substantial- 
 looking huts, and has an industrious pop. of about 3500, who, 
 however, sufi'er much from the depredations of the Fellatah, 
 and are at times obliged to abandon the town to their mercy, 
 while they themselves find a temporary asylum on an island 
 in the river. Here Dr. Baikie found them in a hastily-con- 
 structed encampment, busily pursuing their various occupa- 
 tions of weaving, picking cotton, &c. 
 
 YING-TSZU, a treaty port, on the Sua muren or Liaou 
 River, in the province of Shingking, Chinese Manchooria, 
 Gulf of Liaou-tung. This port has been substituted for that 
 of New-chwang, which is named in the treaty of Tientsin, as 
 the one open to foreign trade ; but the channel of the river 
 not admitting vessels of large tonnage so high up, it was aban- 
 doned for Ying-tszu, 18 m. from the entrance. It is the 
 most northerly port in China with which foreigners are 
 allowed to traffic, lying within the frigid regions of Manchoo 
 Tartary, where all water communication is suspended for 
 nineteen weeks in the year, namely, from November to March 
 inclusive, during which period the river and its approaches 
 are blocked up by ice. The town itself is a place of small 
 importance, containing about 10,000 inhabitants, but it leads 
 foreign trade on to Moukden, the capital of Manchooria, and 
 forms the outport of the surrounding country, to which the 
 inhabitants flock in immense numbers during the winter 
 season, when the muddy plains are frozen hard. The 
 traffic during that period is facilitated by the construction of 
 bridges over the large mountain streams whose deeper and 
 rapid current prevents their freezing, so as to offer a safe 
 passage over the ice. During about 100 days of each cold 
 season 60,000 large carts, drawn probably by about 300,000 
 draught cattle, and accompanied by 130,000 men, discharge 
 their loads at this port-town. These consist almost entirely 
 of pease and beans, bean-cake, and bean- oil; the articles of 
 export to the middle and southern provinces. The quantities 
 of pease and beans shipped in foreign vessels in 1864 weighed 
 108,832,632 lbs., and 119,875,811 lbs. in 1865; and of bean- 
 cake respectively, 112,288,768 lbs. and 114,430,144 lbs. 
 The imports comprise cotton fabrics, iron, lead, tin, glass, 
 opium (£97,715), and sugar (£43,008); making a total value 
 in 1864 of £236,646. The exports for the same year were 
 valued at £570,133, of which £293,648 was for the item pease 
 and beans, and £174,836 bean-cake. The number of foreign 
 vessels, or at least the amount of tonnage, has steadily in- 
 creased since the opening of the port in 1861, as follows : — 
 1861, 33 ships, 11,346 tons; 1862, 86 ships, 27,747 tons; 
 1863, 201 ships, 61,155 tons; 1864, 302 ships, 88,281 tons; 
 and 1865, 274 ships, 91,118 tons. During the five years 
 the customs revenues rose from £764 to £55,688. The 
 import and export trade is carried on by four foreign firms — 
 two British, one American, and one German — and ten impor- 
 tant native hongs. The trade may be said virtually to be in 
 the hands of the Chinese, as out of the 274 ships in 1865, 
 only 37 were consigned to foreigners. This native monopoly 
 
 30 
 
yo 
 
 234 
 
 YOKOHAMA 
 
 is shown by the fact that of the £55,688 derived by the customs 
 as revenue in 1865, only £3400 was paid by foreigners. For- 
 merly about 3000 junks arrived and departed annually, but 
 no more than 1300 entered in 1865, the native shippers pre- 
 ferring foreign bottoms. The producing districts in the 
 neighbourhood of Ying-tszu lie along a line drawn through 
 S.E. Mongolia from the Great Wall to Songari. — [Consular 
 Reports; Customs Returns.) 
 
 YO, or Jo, a tn. Western Africa, on the N.E. frontiers 
 of Bornou, 85 m. N. by W. Kukawa. It rises from the flat on 
 which it stands so as to form a conspicuous object at a great 
 distance, and consists of the town proper, with closely packed 
 streets, and a little suburb, situated on the banks of a stream 
 running eastward with a strong current to Lake Chad. Cotton, 
 of which a very good kind is grown, and wheat in small quan- 
 tities, are the only articles of agricultural produce. Fish 
 obtained from tlie river and the lake forms the principal food 
 of the inhabitants. 
 
 YOJOA, or TAur.EBE, a lake. Central America, Hon- 
 duras, between lat. 14° 40' and 15° 5' N.; Ion 88° 3' and 
 88° 15' W. It is about 25 m. long by 8 broad, and stands 
 at the height of about 2000 ft. above the sea Its average 
 depth is from 18 to 24 ft. Its basin is one of those to which 
 the name of bolsones, or pockets, is not inappropriately given, 
 being formed by the contortions of the mountain system of 
 the country, the ranges of which frequently bend back on 
 themselves, and make inclosures, in which the waters of the 
 mountain springs and torrents are collected. The mountains 
 which thus inclose Yojoa are Miambar on the S. and E , and 
 Santa Barbara on the N. and W. These mountains, which 
 have an average height of about 6000 ft. above the sea, hem 
 in the lake so completely as to leave only a narrow marshy 
 rim, which itself becomes flooded during the rains Facing 
 the lake the slopes are too abrupt for cultivation, but on the 
 other side they descend gradually by a series of terraces 
 towards the rivers Humuya and Santa Barbara, and being 
 well watered by springs derived apparently from the lake 
 by a process of natural filtration, are both cultivable and pro- 
 ductive. Yojoa is fed by numerous small torrents, and dis- 
 charges itself at its S.E. extremity by the Jactique, which 
 winds round, describing an arc of a circle, and joins the Santa 
 Barbara. 
 
 YOKOHAMA, a foreign settlement and treaty-port. Bay 
 of Yedo, Japan, about 17 m., by the road skirting the bay, to 
 the S.W. of the city of Yedo, and adjoining the town of 
 Kanagawa. The last-named place was the port fixed on by 
 the treaty, but it was abandoned on account of its unsuitable- 
 ness for the purpose. Before that the present site of Yoko- 
 hama was a small village, which was removed to another 
 spot, and the ground laid out for the foreign settlement by 
 the Japanese authorities, in the form of an oblong square, 
 about 1^ m. long and 1 m. wide. It is completely surrounded 
 by water, across which are several bridges on the land- 
 ward side, with gates, where native sentries are posted day 
 and night. The dwelling-houses and warehouses of the 
 foreign residents are chiefly built of wood, along the frontage 
 facing the bay, each proprietor having his ground walled in ; 
 the whole forming three lines of houses, with streets inter- 
 secting at right angles. All the buildings are of one story, 
 with the plots of ground around them laid out as gardens, 
 more or less tastefully arranged, according to the ideas of the 
 occupiers. Their pretentions to architectural ornamentation 
 vary in like manner. The warehouses are substantially 
 built, but only one of them is fire-proof, and escaped destruc- 
 tion during a conflagration in 1866, that nearly swept the 
 settlement of its buildings, and destroyed property and mer- 
 chandise to the value of half a million sterUng. This acci- 
 dent has induced the residents to erect structures of stone and 
 brick instead of wood; but it is feared that these may suffer 
 from the earthquakes which shake the volcanic district on 
 which they stand, and within view of Fusi-yama, an active 
 volcano. Beyond the third row of houses the ground is laid 
 out as a race-course, where races are held by the residents 
 during spring and autumn, in which the Japanese take a part 
 with native ponies. Across the canal that separates the settle- 
 ment from the mainland, the To-kai-do, or great official high- 
 way of Japan, passes from N. to S., communicating with 
 Beyond the road the ground rises into hills about 
 
 Yedo. 
 
 400 ft. high, which are covered during the summer with 
 
 flowers of surpassing beauty, and fine old trees to the top of 
 the ridge. A flight of stone steps leads up to these heights, 
 from whence a comprehensive view is seen of the bay and 
 the surrounding country. Here stands a small temple where 
 the devotees turn their faces towards Fusi-yama, the ' sacred 
 mountain,' and mumble their orisons. Persons landing from 
 the shipping have to pass through the town of Kanagawa to 
 reach the foreign settlement. Hence the port is sometimes 
 called Yokohaina-Kanagawa. 
 
 Since the opening of the port in 18G1 trade has fluctuated 
 on account of the unsettled relations between foreigners and 
 the government, who threatened on several occasions to expel 
 them from Japan. This feeling no longer exists, and com- 
 merce is placed upon a more equitable footing; still, it is 
 subject to many restrictions, which the officials manage to 
 render still more troublesome by exactions and monopolies. 
 The chief exports are silk and tea, as follows: — 
 
 Export of Silk. 
 
 Year. Bales. 
 
 1861-62 11,915 
 
 1802-63 2.5,891 
 
 1863-64 13,511 
 
 18C4-05 16,235 
 
 Export of Tea. 
 Tear. Lbs. 
 
 1861-62 5,796,388 
 
 1802-63 5,847,133 
 
 1863-64 4,521,104 
 
 1864-65 7,899,733 
 
 The imports are chiefly cotton manufactures and metals. The 
 following table exhibits the value of imports and exports: — 
 
 Year 
 1863. 
 1864. 
 1865. 
 
 Imports. Exports. Total. 
 
 . £588,811 £1,349,045 £1,937,856 
 
 1,484,445 2,290,648 3,775,093 
 
 . 3,075,533 4,006,216 7,081,749 
 
 During 1865 the number of ships entered was 165, of 75,486 
 tons, chiefly British; and the customs duties amounted to 
 £47,488 on imports, and £67,178 on exports. The British 
 trade constitutes ^ of the whole, the Americans, Dutch, 
 French, and Prussians are the others, comprising thirty-two 
 firms, half English. The foreign residents number about 
 300 persons, of whom 140 are British, 80 American, and 40 
 Dutch, including the consuls of Great Britain, France, Ame- 
 rica, &c. — {Consular Reports; Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 In the vicinity of Yokohama, and off the To-Tcai-do, or main 
 road, near Kamakura, on the way to Yedo, is a colossal bronze 
 
 COLOSSAL BfiONZE IMAGE OF BUDDHA, NEAR YOKOHAMA. 
 From a Photograph. 
 
 image of Buddha, the most remarkable idol of the kind in 
 Japan, which is shown in the illustration. In ancient times 
 
YOLA 
 
 235 
 
 YUNG 
 
 Kamakura was the site of an opulent city, but now it is only 
 a straggling village, with the remains of numerous temples 
 that once flourished there. Of these, the bronze image in 
 question is the principal, and named 'Dai Budz,' signifying 
 Great Buddha. It is not less than 30 ft. in diameter at the 
 base, and fully 40 ft. in height, the thumbs measuring 9 inches 
 in circumference. The proportions of the figure are admir- 
 able, and it is composed entirely of copper, cast in numerous 
 pieces, neatly joined together, the image being hollow inside. 
 A door at one end leads into the interior, lighted with win- 
 dows at the back; and there are seen hanging up many strips 
 of paper, and small gilded images of Buddha; with boxes for 
 the offerings of the devotees who visit the shrine. Outside, 
 the image is surrounded by a picturesque garden, with fine 
 specimens of trees and shrubs, many of which are trained and 
 clipped into curious forms. It is said to have been erected 
 upwards of six centuries ago. At that period it was inclosed 
 in a temple, the walls and roof of which were rent afterwards 
 by a severe earthquake, when they were removed. Altogether, 
 the place, the scenery, and the sublime repose of this image in 
 the open air, is unrivalled in the far East ; and it is associated 
 with a recent tragedy, when two British officers were assas- 
 sinated while on a visit to the spot.— (Fortune's Visits to 
 Japan and China; Mossman, MS. Notes.) 
 
 YOLA [add.], a tn. Western Africa, cap. kingdom of Adam- 
 awa or Fumbina, near its W. frontiers, about 12 m. S. from 
 1. bank Benuwe. It stands on a swampy plain near an inlet of 
 the Benuwe, which when flooded inundates it, and occupies 
 a space which in length from E. to W. is not less than 3 m. 
 The residences of the prince and his brothers are large dwell- 
 ings built entirely of clay, but all the other houses, though 
 they have clay walls as a protection against the rains, are 
 mere huts. Each, however, has a large and spacious court- 
 yard, wliich, as it is not wanted for any other purpose, is not 
 unfrequently sown with grain. The market is very indiffer- 
 ently supplied, and there is no industry. Turkedes, beads, 
 and salt are the chief articles exposed for sale; and the ex- 
 port trade is confined almost entirely to slaves and ivory. 
 Tiie pop., notwithstanding the size of the place, does not ex- 
 ceed 12,000. 
 
 YOMARIJ, a tn. Central Africa, 1. bank Niger, 190 m. 
 S. W. Timbuktoo. It is one of the two chief places of the 
 Fermagha, and though consisting entirely of reed huts, is said 
 to be nearly as populous as Timbuktoo. Its importance may 
 be inferred from the amount of tribute which it pays, esti- 
 mated at 4000 head of cattle. During the rains Lake Deba 
 is so much increased that its shore is close to Yomaru, but 
 during the dry season there is about 1 m. between them. A 
 great many Fulbe live in the neighbourhood of Yomaru. 
 
 YOSEMITY, a cascade, U. States, California, co. Mari- 
 posa, formed by the river Merced, in the range of the Sierra 
 Nevada, S.E. of Coultersville. From the surprising eleva- 
 tion of these romantic falls, and the wild and picturesque 
 character x)f the scenery which surrounds them, they are not 
 unjustly regarded as one of the natural wonders of the Ame- 
 rican continent. To obtain a view of them the traveller has 
 to traverse a dense forest of gigantic cedars [Sequoia gigantea), 
 the mammoth-trees of the Americans, unrivalled in size and 
 beauty, averaging upwards of 400 ft. in height, and exceed- 
 ing 100 ft. in circumference. He then emerges in the fertile 
 evergreen valley of Yosemity, diversified by trees and thickets, 
 like the park of an English mansion, and surrounded on three 
 sides by almost perpendicular walls of rock 3000 ft. high. 
 Over one of the highest of these, at the extremity of the 
 valley, the river Merced pours its waters sheer down an 
 unbroken cataract 2100 ft. in height, and thence by two 
 further leaps of 200 and 400 ft., reaches a miniature lake 
 below, after a total descent of 900 yards. The volume of 
 water of these Yos6mity Falls is far inferior to that which 
 makes up the cataract of Niagara; but the latter is not more 
 than 54 yards in height, so that the Callfornian cascade, which 
 claims our admiration as the highest in the world, need not 
 fear comparison with the Canadian falls. From the small 
 lake already mentioned, the Merced issues again in a narrow 
 stream, and with many a bend and curve rolls between the 
 dark rocky mountain walls of the valley, or glides through 
 the deep shadow of the woods of oak, and pine, and poplar, 
 which clothe its banks, and afford as yet undisturbed shelter 
 to elks, squirrels, and Califomian hares ; to gray and tufted 
 
 partridges and golden pheasants, anU to inuimerahle ducks 
 and other waterfowls. It is an important afiluent of the San 
 
 YOSEMITY WATERFALL, 2700 ft. high.— From L' Illustration. 
 
 Joaquim, and by that river discharges its waters into the 
 bay of San Francisco. 
 
 YREKA, a tn. U. States, California, in the valley of 
 Shasta River, 125 m. N. Red Bluff. It is on the main-road 
 from Sacramento to the Willamette Valley, and is surrounded 
 by mountains. The principal resources of Yreka and the 
 adjacent country are gold-mines. Pop. (1805), 2400. 
 
 YTAPUA, or Encarnacion, a tn. Paraguay, r. bank 
 Parana, which is here 1 J m. wide, and rolls on majestically 
 between a bordering of lofty trees. It was one of the most 
 famous of the Jesuit settlements, but having been abandoned 
 and dilapidated by a despotic and avaricious government, 
 now consists of only a few ruined houses and the remains of 
 a church, which, when the Jesuits were in their glory, was 
 one of the most beautiful and gorgeous belonging to them. 
 
 YUEN-HWA, a tn. China, near the N. frontiers of Che- 
 kiang, on the borders of the great silk country. It stands on 
 the banks of a canal leading E. towards Chapoo, on the N. 
 side of Hang-chu Bay, and is an important place, with about 
 100,000 inhabitants, who are largely engaged in the silk trade. 
 A few isolated hills in the vicinity form the S. boundary of 
 an immense alluvial plain stretching to the N. and E., and 
 are apparently a schistose formation of disintegrated granite 
 combined with porphyry. 
 
 YUNG, a river, China, prov. Chekiang. Opposite to its 
 mouth in the Pacific, in lat. 29° 57' N.; Ion. 121° 43' E., are 
 three islets, called the Yew Islands or Triangles, which form 
 three separate entrances. On the W. side, immediately within 
 the entrance, is the seaport of Chin-hai, where the width of 
 the channel is about 400 yards. This width, with depths 
 varying from 5 to 2 fathoms, it retains for 11 m. up to 
 Ningpo. Here it separates into two branches, the Yuyao or 
 Tsie-kie, coming from the N.W., and the Funghwa from the 
 S. by W. The Funghwa, barely 200 yards wide, is crossed 
 by a bridge of boats about J m. above the fork. The Tsie- 
 kie, from the sharpness of the turn, the crowded state of the 
 
YUTU 
 
 236 
 
 ZAMBESI 
 
 river, and the setting of tlie flood-tide towards the Funghwa, 
 is very difficult to take. In December, 1841, three British 
 war steamers proceeded up this branch to clear it of fire-junks. 
 The British consulate is situated on its 1. bank, opposite to 
 Ningpo. 
 
 YUTU, a tn. S.W. Africa, Kimbunda country, territory 
 Ambuim, between the Mujinji, an affluent of the Longa, and 
 the Kupo, 160 m. N.N.E. Benguela. It crowns the very 
 summit of the Hama range, and contains 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 YU-YAOU, a tn. China, prov. Chekiang, on the N. 
 
 branch of the river and about 150 m. above the town of 
 Ningpo. It consists of two portions, or rather separate towns, 
 one on the S. and the other on the N. side of the river. The 
 town on the S. side appears to be very ancient, and is in ruins 
 — its walls broken down, and covered Avith weeds and brush- 
 wood. The town on the N. side is comparatively modern, 
 and apparently flourishing. Within its walls is a hill about 
 300 ft. high, crowned by a temple dedicated to a minister of 
 state who flourished in the Ming dynasty. There is nothing 
 else remarkable about the place. 
 
 z. 
 
 ZABERMA, or Zerma, a prov. of the Hausa States. 
 Western Africa, is bounded towards the S.W. by the Niger, 
 towards the S. by prov. Dendina and dist. Tamkala, and to- 
 wards the S.E. by prov. Mauri; the N. and N.W. boundary 
 cannot in our present state of knowledge be properly defined. 
 It is inhabited by a race of Songhay and Tawarek, apparently 
 of a degraded and mixed character. With the exception of 
 one or two open places, the country scarcely appears to have 
 any centres of a settled population ; the most interesting por- 
 tion of it is the broad valley, rich in natron, by which it is 
 intersected. This valley is said to be girt by fine tamarind 
 trees. The prov. has rich pasture grounds, which induce 
 many of the Fellatah to visit it annually for some months. 
 
 ZACUALPAN, a tn. Mexico, dep. and 50 m. S.W. 
 Mexico, in a mountainous district 6000 ft. above the sea. It 
 consists of well-built stone houses ranged in regular streets, 
 and a public square, adorned with a handsome church, and 
 commanding a splendid view, which embraces on the left the 
 Nevado of Toluca, in the centre the twin volcanoes of Puebla 
 — Popocatepetl and Itztaccihuati — and on the right the snow- 
 fields of the Orizaba. There are many silver mines in the 
 vicinity of Zacualpan. 
 
 ZADWERZITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and about 20 m. N.E. Hradisch; with 1 000 inhabitants, who 
 are all Protestants, and have a Reformed parish church. 
 
 ZAGHOUAN, or Zaghwan, a large vil. regency of 
 Tunis, at the extremity of the mountain chain which separates 
 the districts of Tunis and Susa, built on the site of Zuehai-a, 
 a Roman town about eight hours' march from Tunis and twelve 
 from Susa. The houses are built in the form of an amphi- 
 theatre, on the slope of a hill at the foot of the elevated peaks 
 of the Jebel Zaghouan, and between the blocks of buildings 
 narrow streets lead down in a serpentine path to the valley 
 beneath, which presents the vegetation of Europe in all its 
 luxury, allied with the date, the aloe, &c. The population, 
 only a few hundreds in number, is largely composed of Jews. 
 
 ZAIIERANY, a river, Palestine, which issues from seve- 
 ral perennial fountains in a great gorge on the W. slope of 
 Lebanon, runs S.W. along the W. base of Jebel Rihan, and 
 suddenly breaking through a low ridge which forms its W. 
 bank, runs off W. to the Mediterranean. 
 
 ZATjAVAR, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Zala, 
 20 m. S.E. Zala Egerszeg, between the river Zala and the 
 marshes at the S.W. extremity of Lake Flatten or Balaton. 
 It has two remarkable ruins, the one of the old castle of Zala, 
 from which the county takes its name ; and the other of a 
 famous abbey, which has now its seat in Apati. Pop. 1000. 
 
 ZALOSCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 23 m. E. Zloczow, cap. dist. of same name. It is traversed 
 by the Sereth, which divides it into an old and a'new town; 
 has an institution of the Sisters of Mercy, an infirmary, and 
 an asylum for orphan girls. Pop. 4820. 
 
 ZALOZNICA, a tn. Austrian empire. Military Frontiers, 
 Croatia, dist. Ottochatz; with 980 inhabitants. The Turks 
 were defeated here in 1 663 by Peter Zrini. There is a famous 
 cavern in the vicinity. 
 
 ZAMBALES [add.], a prov. Philippine Isles, the most 
 westerly part of the island of Luzon, lies between the Gulf 
 
 of Lingayen on the N., and the Bay of Subig on the S., 
 and consists of a long and narrow maritime strip of land 
 stretching along the foot of a mountain range of same name. 
 It is about 100 m. long by 20 m. broad, and has a computed 
 area of 1200 geo. sq. m. The mountains themselves are too 
 steep and rugged to admit of cultivation, but the land between 
 them and the sea, forming the main part of the province, is 
 fertile and well watered, suited to the growth of rice and 
 sugar-cane, and even producing wheat on the higher slopes. 
 The capita], Iba or Yba, situated near the mouth of a river 
 navigable only for small craft, is in lat. 15° 19' 45" N.; Ion. 
 119° 51' E. The inhabitants speak a peculiar dialect, but in 
 their manners and social state resemble the other civilized 
 nations of Luzon. It is said that the Spaniards, when they 
 first arrived, found them in possession of a written language 
 and some poetical compositions. Pop. 95,260. 
 
 ZAMBESI [add.], a river, South Africa. Tlie Zambesi 
 pours its water into the Mosambique Channel, between lat. 
 18° and 19° S., by four mouths, namely, the Milambe, 
 which is the most westerly, the Kongone, the Luabo, and 
 the Timbwe or Muselo. The immense amount of sand 
 brought down by the river has formed a sort of promon- 
 tory, with bars, which, acting against the waters of tlie delta, 
 have led to their exit sideways. The Kongone, which is 
 the best entrance, is one of these lateral branches, and its 
 bar has nearly 2 fathoms at low-water, and the rise at spring- 
 tides is 12 to 14 ft. Proceeding up the Kongone, which 
 has a straight and deep channel for 20 m., and is lined with 
 mangrove jungle, after 25 m. the broad Zambesi is reached. 
 The mangroves are soon left behind, and vast level plains 
 of dark rich soil, covered with gigantic grasses, succeed. 
 Native huts stand on piles a few feet above the ground, and 
 are surrounded with excellent gardens. Rice is largely culti- 
 vated, and sweet potatoes, pumpkins, tomatoes, cabbages, 
 onions, pease, a little cotton, and sugar-cane are also raised. 
 The whole of the fertile region from the Kongone canal to 
 beyond Mazaro, an extent of 80 m. in length and 50 m. in 
 breadth, is admirably adapted for the growth of sugar-cane. 
 The deep channel of the Zambesi is winding, and the bottom 
 of the river appears to be a succession of immense submerged 
 sandbanks, having, when the stream is low, from 1 ft. to 4 ft. 
 of water on them. The main channel runs for some distance 
 between the sandbank and the river's bank, with a depth in 
 the dry season varying from 5 to 15 ft., and a current of 
 nearly 2 knots an hour. The channel then turns and flows 
 in a diagonal direction across the river, winding constantly 
 from bank to bank. In these crossings the depth is shallowest. 
 Approaching Mazaro the scenery improves, and the well- 
 wooded Shupanga ridge is seen stretching to the left, and in 
 front blue hills rise dimly in the distance. To Mazaro all 
 the merchandise of Senna and Tette is brought, and thence 
 carried six miles across the country to be re-shipped on a 
 small stream that flows into the Kwakwa or Quillimane River, 
 which is entirely distinct from the Zambesi ; but a narrow 
 natural canal, the Mutu, allows canoes to pass from the Zam- 
 besi to the Quillimane River occasionally during the highest 
 floods. The Landeens or Zulus hold the right bank of the 
 Zambesi, and annually receive a considerable tribute from 
 
 J 
 
ZAMBESI 
 
 237 
 
 ZANZIBAR 
 
 the Portuguese. In the neighbourhood of Shupanga-house 
 African ebony and lignum-vitse abound, the latter growing to 
 a very large size; caoutchouc is also found in abundance 
 inland, and calumba-root is plentiful in the district; and 
 indigo propagates itself abundantly close to the banks of the 
 river. From Shupanga to Tette the Zambesi is wide and 
 full of islands, and is therefore difficult of navigation. At 
 the confluence of the Shire, about 20 m. above Shupanga, the 
 quartz hills are covered with trees and gigantic grasses. At 
 Tette the river is 964 yards wide, and has a current of about 
 2^^ knots an hour. 
 
 Some distance above Tette the river is confined between 
 mountains 2000 to 3000 ft. high, to a bed scarcely a quarter 
 of a mile broad, and higher up to a still narrower one, along 
 which it rushes in the Kebra-basa rapids. The river-bed 
 viewed from a height appears covered with huge blocks of 
 rock, interspersed with great rounded boulders. Large patches 
 of the underlying rock, which is porphyry and various meta- 
 morphic masses huddled together in wild confusion, are also 
 seen on the surface ; and winding from side to side in this 
 upper bed is a deep narrow groove. Though the perpendi- 
 cular sides of this channel are generally of hard porphyry or 
 syenite, they are ground into deep pot-holes, or drilled into 
 numerous vertical grooves similar to those worn by the 
 draw-ropes in Eastern wells. The breadth of this channel in 
 the dry season is from 30 to 60 yards, and its walls from 
 50 to 80 ft. high. One of the principal rapids is the cataract 
 of Morumbwa, between perpendicular walls of rock 500 or 
 600 ft. high. It presents a fall of about 30 f t , and the water 
 comes down at an angle of 30°. When the river is full the 
 water rises at least 80 ft. higher, and no cataract is then 
 visible. Above the Kebra-basa pass, as far as Chicova, the 
 Zambesi again has a flood-bed and a deep water-worn groove, 
 but the flood-bed is only 200 or 300 yards broad, and the 
 stream has a number of small rapids. Ranges of lofty tree- 
 covered mountains stretch from the N.W., with deep narrow 
 valleys, and are prolonged -on the opposite side of the river 
 in a S.E. direction. The river suddenly expands at Chicova, 
 and assumes the size and appearance it has at Tette. Near 
 this point a large seam of coal is exposed in the left bank. 
 The Chicova plains are very fertile, have rich dark soil, 
 and formerly supported a large population; but desolating 
 wars and the slave-trade have swept away most of the inhabi- 
 tants. At Chicova a dike of basalt stretches across the river 
 at an acute angle like an artificial dam, but there are two 
 openings in it from 25 to 30 yards wide, and deep enough to 
 allow the whole body of water to pass in the dry season. 
 Above Chicova the range of vision is bounded by mountains 
 between 2000 and 3000 ft. high, and covered with grass and 
 forest to their summits. Between them and the river are 
 plains varying very much in breadth as the furrowed and 
 wooded hills recede from or approach the river. On the S. 
 side is the long level wooded ridge of Nyangombe, the first 
 of a series-bending from the S.E. to the N.W. past the Zam- 
 besi. At Zumbo, on the 1. bank of the Loangwa, at its con- 
 fluence with the Zambesi from the N., and a charming site, 
 are the vestiges of a Portuguese settlement and chapel. In 
 the country westward buffaloes, antelopes, guinea-fowls, 
 ducks, geese, and game of many kinds are very abundant. 
 At the junction of the Kafue, on the 1. bank from the W., 
 where the Zambesi bends to the S., a high ridge commands a 
 splendid view of the two great rivers and the rich country 
 beyond. Behind on the N. and E. is the high mountain 
 range, the base of which skirts the river for a long distance. 
 It is covered with trees even on its highest peaks, and bends 
 away to the N.W. The Kafue flows between steep banks, 
 with fertile lands on both sides. The rapids of Kansalo 
 and Kariba, about 30 m. above the confluence of the Kafue, 
 are of the same nature as that of Chicova. From the Kafue 
 hills encircle the river miore or less closely. They are gene- 
 rally of igneous or metamorphic rocks, clay-slate, or trap, 
 with porcellanite and zeolite; the principal rock in this 
 central part of the country, where no syenite or gneiss has 
 been upheaved, seems to be the coarse gray Tette sandstone. 
 The igneous rocks often form dykes, one of which stretches 
 across the entrance to the Kariba gorge, through which the 
 Zambesi passes between mountains lying N.E. and S.W. 
 across the river. On the islands and on the 1. bank of the 
 Zambesi, all the way from the Kafue, the country is fertile, 
 
 and there is a large population; the r. bank, however, though 
 fertile is deserted. 
 
 From the confluence of the Zungwe, a small river from 
 the W., the Zambesi soon bends into a nearly W. direction, 
 and lies in a vast valley which appears nearly all forest, wilh 
 a few grassy glades, until the Victoria Falls are reached. 
 Of these wonderful Falls a description will be found under 
 their proper head. Dividing the Zambesi into three reaches, 
 viz. from the sea to Kebra-basa, from Kebra-basa to Kan- 
 solo, and thence to Victoria Falls, each reach is abundantly 
 supplied with coal. 
 
 From the Victoria Falls upwards to the N.W. the river, 
 there called the Leeambye, lies along the Barotse valley to 
 its junction with the Leeba from the N.W., in about lat. 
 14° 10' S., and Ion. 24° E. Above this point little or 
 nothing is known of it, but it appears to come from the north- 
 eastward, and probably has its rise among the hills of the 
 country of Cazembe. Throughout the whole of its course the 
 Zambesi receives numerous tributaries from both sides. 
 
 ZANZIBAR [add.], a territory, isl. and tn. E. coast 
 Africa. The possessions of the Sultan of Zanzibar comprise 
 the whole coast between Mugadosha, about lat. 2° N., and 
 Cape Delgado, lat. 10° 42' S. They are bounded on the N. by 
 the independent Somali and Galla tribes, and on the S. by 
 the Portuguese possessions under the governor of Mozam- 
 bique. Inland they have no precise limits, the interior being 
 occupied by native tribes, yielding but slender obedience to 
 the sultan, except when immediately within reach of his 
 povirer. It is a fine healthy country, producing large quantities 
 of cotton, gums, coff'ee, grain, and vegetables. The whole 
 coast-line has an extent of 1100 m. Off" the coast the islands 
 of Zanzibar, Pemba, and Monfea likewise belong to the sultan. 
 
 -The ISLAND, named Ungojo by the natives, lies 20 to 30 m. 
 
 from the coast, from which it is separated by a channel having 
 depth of water for the largest vessels. In this channel there 
 are many islands and sand-banks, which, however, can easily 
 be avoided by keeping close to the island, along the W. 
 coast of which there is good anchorage everywhere; but 
 on the E. coast there is no anchoring ground, it being cov- 
 ered with reefs to a considerable distance. The N. point of 
 the island, Ugoowy. lies in lat. 5° 42' S.; Ion. 39° 15' 6" E., 
 and the S. point, Ras Kizamkaz,in lat.G°37' S.; Ion. 39°27'E ; 
 total area about 400,000 acres. The soil is exceedingly 
 fertile. The slopes, which, at a distance of 2 or 3 m. from 
 the coast, rise to a height of 300 to 400 ft., are covered with 
 clove and orange trees; and the plains and valleys, watered by 
 perennial streams, are clothed with rice, sugar-cane, cassava, 
 jo wary, &c. Viewed from the sea the island has the appear- 
 ance of an unbroken forest of cocoa-nut, mango, and other 
 trees, with a back-ground of clove-trees upon the rising 
 grounds ; but still it is intersected in all directions by roads and 
 green pathways, which present an endless variety for riding or 
 walking. There are numerous small streams, which water 
 the valleys, and in many places are led into the gardens and 
 country-houses of the Arabs. Two of these are led by aque- 
 ducts to the sea N. of the harbour; from one of them, named 
 Bububu, G m. off, a good supply of excellent water is obtained 
 by the shipping at all seasons of the yepr. Before these 
 aqueducts were built, vessels used to obtain water near the 
 town from muddy wells, the drinking of which produced 
 diarrhoea and other diseases. By this means the climate got 
 a bad name, which later researches have shown to be unde- 
 served. The pc)pulation is of a very mixed character. The 
 Arab landowners form the basis, and at the same time a kind 
 of aristocracy, being proprietors of large plantations and 
 numerous slaves, which latter constitute tlie great bulk of the 
 population ; there are likewise many natives of the Comoros, 
 and of the W. coast of Madagascar, and a considerable number 
 of the natives from the coast of Hadramaut in Arabia. About 
 5000 to 6000 Indians are permanent residents, and their 
 numbers increase yearly. During the N.E. monsoon the 
 population is temporarily increased several thousands by the 
 arrival of traders, and the total population of the island may 
 be taken at about 250,000, of whom 60,000 belong to the 
 
 town. The town lies on a promontory on the W. coast of the 
 
 island. Like other eastern towns it is composed of narrow, 
 crooked, and badly-made streets, which never being cleaned 
 except by flood-rains, are usually in a very filthy state. The 
 only public buildings are the mosques, plain but substantial 
 
ZAOUIA 
 
 238 
 
 ZBOROW 
 
 edifices erected in the same line as the houses ; one of them 
 has a minaret, which serves as a landmark to entering vessels. 
 The bazars are large, and well filled with articles of foreign 
 manufacture. Nearly all the shopkeepers and workmen are 
 natives of India. The palace of the sultan and the houses of 
 the wealthier Arabs and foreigners lie close to the sea, oppo- 
 site the harbour, and are generally flat-roofed, and have a 
 court in the centre. The streets here are better laid and 
 
 THE POKT OF ZAI7ZIBAR, showing the Fort and Custom-house.— From Le Tour du Monde. 
 
 better kept, and are provided with a foot-path of chunam. Pro- 
 bably the most interesting points are the fort erected by the 
 Portuguese, and now partly used as a prison, and the custom- 
 house near it on the shore; the latter being one of the busiest 
 localities of the place. The town, being exposed to the sea- 
 breeze, and supplied with good water, is healthy; but even a 
 single night spent in the interior by Europeans is often fol- 
 lowed by the most serious consequences. 
 
 The harbour is very convenient, and secure at all seasons 
 of the year, being protected on the W. and N. side by four 
 islands, which are united with each other by coral reefs, upon 
 which the surf breaks, so that the water in the harbour is 
 always quiet. It is protected from the S. wind by the tongue 
 of land upon which the town is situated. Vessels anchor a 
 few yards from the shore in 7 to 9 fathoms, and may be laid for 
 repair without danger upon the sandy shore. N.E. from the 
 town is an extensive bay, in which vessels of 300 to 400 tons 
 may be overhauled with safety. Zanzibar is now the chief 
 market for the supply of ivory, gum-copal, and cloves ; and 
 it exports likewise a considerable and increasing quantity of 
 sesamum, besides red pepper, cocoa-nuts, cocoa-nut oil, &c.; 
 the total value of the exports amounts to above £800,000 
 yearly. The imports consist of large quantities of gray and 
 coloured cottons, Indian coloured cottons, Muscat silks, cotton 
 longees and turbans, Venetian pearls, brass wire, muskets, 
 gunpowder, rice, wheat, jowary, and ghee, of the total value 
 of above a million sterling. The population of the town 
 is about 60,000, largely increased, as already stated, by the 
 arrival of traders during the N.E. monsoon. 
 
 ZAOUIA SiDi Omak, a vil. N. Africa, Sahara, oasis of 
 Tuat, dist. Augerut, situated between Timimun and Kasba- 
 el-Hamra, about lat. 30° 20' N.; Ion. 1° 22' W. It is a place 
 of pleasing appearance, protected by a wall about 6 ft. high, 
 and a small castle, situated near the centre of the place. In 
 this castle the inhabitants deposit their valuables, and hither, 
 in the event of an assault by the Berbers, they repair for safety. 
 Adjoining the castle is the marabout of Sidi Omar, which is 
 held in tiie highest veneration in Tuat, and throughout the 
 whole Sahara. In the autumn of every year it is visited by 
 great numbers of pilgrims. The position of the village on a 
 principal caravan route between the great markets of Timi- 
 mun on the N., and Tidikelt on the S., and the abundance 
 and excellence of its dates, make it one of the most frequented 
 localities in the W. of the Sahara.— (Dumas.) 
 
 ZAPOTLAN (El Grande), a tn. Mexico, state Jalisco, 
 80 m. S. by W. Guadalaxara, near the frontiers of the terri- 
 tory of Colima. It is a place of considerable importance, 
 with a pop of 12,800. 
 
 ZAliEV, or TzAKEVSK. a tn. Russia, gov. and 180 m. 
 N.N.W. Astracan, cap circle of same name, on the Aktuba. 
 It occupies the site of what was once the capital of the khan 
 of the Golden Horde, and still contains many of its ruins. 
 
 ZAKZTS [add.], a small 
 seaport, N. Africa, Tripoli, 
 near the S.E. entrance of the 
 Gulf of Cabes. It consists of 
 five separate villages, each 
 with its own date-grove, and 
 with houses in tolerable repair, 
 and neatly whitewashed. In 
 the vicinity are some Roman 
 ruins, especially a cistern ot 
 very great length. Near the 
 same place Lake Biban com- 
 municates with the sea by a 
 narrow channel. Some sup- 
 pose that this lake, which is 
 now of the nature of a deep 
 gulf or fiord, was once dry 
 land, and there is accordingly 
 a native tradition that it was 
 covered with towns and rich 
 corn-fields, which, owing to a 
 subsidence of the ground, were 
 suddenly swallowed up. The 
 Bedouins of the neighbourhood 
 belong to the tribe of the 
 Akara. 
 
 ZATOR, a tn. Austrian 
 empire, Galicia, circle Wadowice, 22 m. W.S.W. Cracow, 
 near the confluence of the Skawa with the Vistula. It has 
 a beautiful Gothic parish church, and an ancient castle, still 
 habitable, finely seated on a steep height. Zator was once 
 the capital of a Silesian duchy, which passed to the Poles in 
 1457. Pop. 2000. 
 
 ZAWOJA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle Wado- 
 wice, 40 m. S.W. Cracow; with iron-works, and 3775 inhabi- 
 tants. In the vicinity Mount Babia Gora, on the frontiers 
 of Hungary, rises to the height of 5660 ft. above the sea. 
 
 ZAYLA, or Zeyleh [add.], a small seaport, on the E. 
 coast of Africa, 120 m. S.W. Aden. Seen from the sea, its 
 whitewashed houses and minarets peering above a long low 
 line of brown wall, flanked with round towers, has a pleasing 
 appearance. This is not confirmed by actual inspection. Its 
 site is a low and level spit of sand, which high-tides make 
 almost an island ; its streets are merely dusty roads ; and its 
 dwellings, with the exception of a dozen large whitewashed 
 stone houses, consist of 200 Arish or thatched huts, each sur- 
 rounded by a fence of wattle and matting. The walls, built 
 of coralline rubble and mud, and pierced with five gates, are 
 in places dilapidated, and have neither guns nor embrasures 
 for them. The public buildings include six mosques, none 
 of them deserving particular notice. Zayla, though its road- 
 stead is exposed, and it cannot be said to have a harbour, as 
 vessels of 250 tons cannot approach within a mile of the 
 landing-place, is from its position the northern port of Aussa 
 in Adel, of Harar, and of S. Abyssinia. It sends caravans 
 northwards to the Dankali, and south-eastwards as far as Efat 
 and Gurague. Its exports, which are valuable, consist of 
 slaves, ivory, hides, honey, antelope horns, clarified butter, and 
 gums; on the coast, sponge, coral, and small pearls are found, 
 and are collected in the fair season by Arab divers. The in- 
 habitants, exclusive of a large floating population, amount to 
 about 1500. — (Burton's First Footsteps in E. Africa.) 
 
 ZBORO, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. Saros, on 
 the S. slope of the Carpathians, on the frontiers of Galicia. 
 28 m. N. Eperies ; has two castellated mansions, a distillery, 
 a brewery, and a trade in corn, linen, hides, and honey, and 
 contains 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 ZBOROW, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 16 m. S.E. Zloczow, cap. dist. of same name. It had once a 
 strong castle, and is memorable for a victory gained by the 
 Poles over the Cossacks and Tartars in 1642. Pop. 3078. 
 
ZDAUNEK 
 
 230 
 
 ZOUGA 
 
 ZDAUNEK, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle and 
 
 10 m. N.W. Hiadiscli, in a valley between lofty heights; 
 with a deanery church, a castle, and 1100 inhabitants. 
 
 ZEBRAK, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 20 m. SVV. Prague, on the railway from Prague to Pilsen. 
 It has a deanery church, a town-house, a town-hospital, a 
 brewery, and a flour-mill. The ruined castle of Zebrak, 
 where King Wenzel often resided, is situated a little N. of 
 the town. Pop. 1800. 
 
 ZEIDLER, a tn. Austrian empire, Bohemia, circle and 
 30 m. N.N.E. Leitmeritz, on a stream of same name; with 
 150€ inhabitants, who are mostly employed in the manufac- 
 ture of linen, hosiery, and sieves. 
 
 ZEIL, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. and about 
 12 m. N.E. Presburg ; with a paper-mill, and 1200 inhabitants, 
 Slowaks and Jews. On a vine-clad hill in the vicinity there 
 is a chalybeate spring, with a bathing establishment. 
 
 ZELL, a tn. Austrian empire, Upper Austria, circle of 
 the Inn, on the Pram, an affluent of the Salza, 30 m. W. 
 Linz. It has a handsome church with a large organ, a castle 
 with beautiful frescoes, and several industrial establishments. 
 Pop. 1200. 
 
 ZELL (Little), a tn. Austriai empire, Lower Austria, 
 circle Upper VVienerwald ; with manufactures of iron-wire, 
 nine saw-mills, and a large trade in wood and charcoal. Pop. 
 1340. 
 
 ZEMBRZYCE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle 
 Wadowice, r. bank Skawa, about 44 m. S. W. Cracow; with a 
 remarkable parish church, and 1300 inhabitants. 
 
 ZEMEINOGORSK, a tn. Russia, W. Siberia, gov. and 
 250 m. S.W. Tomsk, on the Ouba, a tl-ibutary of the Irtish. 
 It stands on very high ground, overlooking a vast steppe 
 to the W., and exposed to the hurricanes which blow fre- 
 quently from that quarter. It contains a church, several 
 large buildings connected with the administration of the 
 mines, and smelting furnaces. The last, situated in the valley 
 below, are employed in smelting the ore of a mine which is 
 said to be the richest in silver within the Russian empire. 
 
 ZENONE DI MOZZO, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 
 
 11 m. S.S.W. Verona; with a parish church and handsome 
 villas, is memorable for the league which was here formed on 
 2d March, 1226, by sixteen towns of Lombardy against 
 Frederick II. 
 
 ZERMEN, a tn. Italy, Venetia, prov. and 15 m. S.W. 
 Belluno; with a parish church, a convent of Minorites, and 
 2155 inhabitants. 
 
 Z ERNEST, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle 
 and about 8 m. W.S.W. Kronstadt; with a cotton-mill, a 
 lead-mine, and 2519 inhabitants, many of whom are carriers. 
 The united Austrian and Siebenburg forces were here signally 
 defeated, in 1690, by Tokbly and the Turks. 
 
 ZEYA, a river, Manchooria, which, though the fact is 
 not well ascertained, appears to rise in a branch of the Yab- 
 lonoi Mountains, flows circuitously S., augmented particularly 
 on the left by several large affluents, and finally throws its 
 accumulated waters by a wide mouth into the Amoor, about 
 lat. 50° N. Russia has recently founded the town of Bla- 
 govsehensk at the point of junction, and declared it to be the 
 seat of government. Near the sources of the Zeya the finest 
 sables are obtained. 
 
 ZHIBU, or Shibu, a tn. W. Africa, cap. dist. of same 
 name, prov. Kororofa, near 1. bank Benuwe, 230 m. above its 
 confluence with the Kwara. It stands about 1 m. from the 
 river on a rising ground, which gives it a commanding view; 
 is inclosed by strong palisading, and entered by gates; and 
 consists of circular huts arranged with some regularity in 
 streets or lanes, which are kept very clean . The inhabitants, 
 about 4000, though mostly Mahometans, are said to dispense 
 with mosques, and perform their devotions in the open air. 
 Maize and corn are extensively cultivated in the neighbour- 
 hood. 
 
 ZIBALCHE, a tn. N. America, Yucatan, 40 m. N.E. 
 Campeachy; with 3406 inhabitants, of whom 2000 are Indians. 
 
 ZIEKAWITZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Moravia, circle 
 and 12 m. S.W. Hradisch; with a castle, a mine of lignite, 
 and 1000 inhabitants. 
 
 ZIMAPAN, a tn. Mexico, state and 92 m. N.N.W. 
 Mexico, at the height of 5400 ft. above the sea. It was a 
 flourishing place before the expulsion of the Spaniards, having 
 
 numerous mines both of gold and silver, which were exten- 
 sively worked. It has since fallen into decay, though mining 
 is still the chief employment of the inhabitants. 
 
 ZINKENDORF (Gueat), a tn. Austrian empire, Hun- 
 gary, CO. and 9 m. S.E. Oedenburg, near the S. shore of Lake 
 Neusiedl ; with a fine castle with gardens, an hospital, manu- 
 factures of beet-root sugar, a machine factory, and a silk-mill. 
 Pop. 1000. 
 
 ZTRL, a tn. Austrian empire, Tyrol, circle and 6 m. W. 
 Innsbruck, on the Inn. It stands at the foot of a precipice 
 known by the name of Martin's Dyke, from the wonderful 
 escape of the Emperor Maximilian I.; and has in its vicinity 
 the ruins of the once extensive castle of Fragenstein, and a 
 church, to which numerous pilgrimages are made. Pop. 1700. 
 
 ZIS, or Zys, a river, N. Africa, Marocco, which rises on 
 the S. slope of the Great Atlas, flows S. to Tafilet, where 
 it makes a remarkable bend nearly in the form of a horse- 
 shoe, and thereafter resuming its S. direction, is lost in the 
 sands of the Sahara. Its whole course is about 250 m. 
 
 ZITACUARO, a tn. Mexico, state Michoacan, about 
 20 m. W. Morellia. It stands at the height of 6000 ft. above 
 sea-level, and was a flourishing mining town before the ex- 
 pulsion of' the Spaniards. It has since fallen into decay, and 
 contains only 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 ZLATAOUST, or Zlatousk, a tn. Russia, gov. Perm, 
 on the banks of the Ai, in a very narrow part of the valley, 
 nestled between mountains, one of which, the Urenga, rises 
 far above it. It ranks as the Birmingham and Sheffield of 
 the Oural. Among its public buildings is a museum erected 
 by the emperor Alexander I., containing a fine collection of 
 arms, cuirasses, and similar curiosities, with specimens of 
 every variety of sword or other arm manufactured at the 
 works, a library, and a well-arranged collection of minerals. 
 The works themselves include blast-furnaces, forging-mills, 
 and every requisite for converting iron into steel, and an 
 enormous fire-proof building of three stories, where sabres, 
 swords, daggers, and helmets are forged and finished. The 
 art of damascening having been discovered anew by Colonel 
 AnossofF, who had long the management of the works, the 
 etching and ornamenting on some of the swords are most 
 exquisitely finished. 
 
 ZOGIRMA, a tn. Western Africa, Hausa States, prov. 
 Kebbi, and near the edge of the shallow swampy valley which 
 intersects it, 95 m. S.W. Sokoto. It has a clay wall in good 
 repair, and is under a governor, whose residence makes some 
 approach in its style of architecture to the Gothic, though its 
 fine and well ornamented clay walls are only loosely held 
 together by a framework of boards and branches. The in- 
 habitants, from 7000 to 8000, suffer much from the troubled 
 state of the country. 
 
 ZOLYNIA, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 12 m. N.E. Ezeszow; contains 4700 inhabitants, chiefly em- 
 ployed in weaving cloth and making soap. 
 
 ZOMBA, a mountain, S.E. Africa, between Lake Shirwa 
 and the Shire; lat. 15° 25' S.; Ion. 35° 15' E. It is 20 m. 
 long, and from 7000 to 8000 ft. high, and has a beautiful 
 stream flowing through a verdant valley on its summit, and 
 running down into Lake Shirwa. The highlands are well 
 wooded, and many fine trees grow on the various water- 
 courses, and there is abundance of grass suitable for cattle 
 pasture. The western side is the most imposing, with the 
 plateau about 3000 ft. high stretching away to the S. The 
 climate is healthy. 
 
 ZOMBOR [add.], atn. Austrian empire, Banat, cap. circle 
 of same name, near the Francis canal, 100 m. W. Temesvar. 
 It consists of the tn. proper and four suburbs, and has hand- 
 some county buildings, a fine town-house, a non-united Greek 
 preparatory institute, an under school, a public library, a 
 town-hospital, some culture of silk; and an important trade in 
 corn, cattle, and articles of manufacture. Pop. 22,436. 
 
 ZOOD, a tn. Austrian empire, Transylvania, circle and 
 12 m. S. Hermannstadt; with extensive manufactures of 
 alcohol and powder, wool and walk mills. Pop. 1530. 
 
 ZOUGA, a river, S. Africa, which being properly only 
 a prolongation of the Tamunakle, commences at the point 
 where it communicates with an arm of Lake Ngami, flows 
 first E. and then S.S.E. for about 200 m., and discharges 
 itself into Lake Kumadau. As it approaches the lake, which 
 is only 12 m. long and 4 m, broad, the volume of water in 
 
ZSERCZ 
 
 240 
 
 ZURAWNO 
 
 tlie river is very small, whereas at its commencement it forms 
 a considerable stream, at once broad and deep. Sometimes, 
 when the rains have been more than usually abundant, a 
 little water flows beyond Kumadau into a dry rocky bed con- 
 tinued eastward. The banks of the Zouga, perpendicular on 
 the one side and sloping and grassy on the other, are lined 
 with magnificent trees, and are very beautiful. The sloping 
 bank is selected by the Bayeiye, a native tribe, for the pit- 
 falls in which they entrap the animals that come to drink. 
 The Zouga swarms with alligators, 
 
 ZSEKCZ, a tn. Austrian empire, Hungary, co. ]3orsod, 
 about 10 m. S. Miskolcz; with 1100 inhabitants, who belong 
 mostly to the Reformed church, and have extensive vine- 
 yards, and slate and limestone quarries. 
 
 ZUMBO, a tn. S. Africa, situated near the confluence of 
 the Loangwa with the Zambesi; lat. 15°37' 2" S.; Ion. 30°32' E. 
 It was at one time possessed, and seems still to be claimed, 
 by the Portuguese, who, attracted by its advantageous site, 
 made it the seat of an important trade. With this view they 
 formed commercial establishments, and built a number of 
 large stone houses facing the river, and yet high enough up 
 the flanks of the range of Manzawe to command a pleasant 
 view. Besides these there was a church seated at a central 
 point, and a fort on the opposite or r. bank of the stream. 
 To complete these establishments a number of fine gardens 
 lined the banks of both rivers. Zumbo, the town thus founded, 
 had water communication by three different channels — by the 
 Loangwa to the N.N.W., by the Kafne to the W., and by the 
 Zambesi to the S.W. Londa, however, situated to the N., 
 seem* to have been the chief point of attraction, as it fur- 
 nished what were then the great Portuguese staples — ivory 
 and slaves. Unfortunately the detail now given is only a 
 record of the past. The Portuguese establishments have been 
 withdrawn, and the buildings exist only as ruins. Natives 
 in sufficient numbers to form a new village cling to the place, 
 and though sometimes spoken of as Portuguese subjects, are 
 ruled by the chief of Mburumi. The site of the village 
 is one of the most picturesque in the country. The chapel, 
 near which lies a broken church-bell, commands a glorious 
 view of the two noble rivers, the green fields, the undulating 
 forest, the pleasant hills, and magnificent mountains in the 
 distance. It is an utter ruin now. The whole place is over- 
 grown with rank weeds and bushes. 
 
 ZUMPANGO, a tn. Mexico, state and N.N.E. Mexico. 
 on the S.W. shore of the Lake of Zumpango. It contains 
 4000 inhabitants, who raise large quantities of maize and 
 other produce. 
 
 ZUNGOMERO, a dist. E. Africa, bounded by Duthumi 
 on the E., and bordering on the province of Usagara on the 
 W.; about lat. 7° 30' S.; Ion. 37° 20' E. It lies at the head 
 of the great valley through which the Mgeta and the Kingani 
 flow, and consists of a plain open towards the E., or the line 
 of drainage, but inclosed in all other directions, having the 
 
 peaks of Duthumi on the N., the Wigo Hills and other spurs 
 of the Usagara chain on the W., and detached cones, steep, 
 rocky, and densely wooded, on the S. Owing to excessive 
 heat and moisture, and the malaria produced by decaying 
 vegetation, the climate is unhealthy in the extreme; and 
 hence when from any cause a caravan travelling through the 
 district makes a prolonged halt great sickness prevails. Not- 
 withstanding this serious drawback Zungomero is the great 
 bandari, or centre of traffic, in the eastern, as Unyanyembe 
 and Ujiji are in the middle and western regions of Africa. 
 Lying on the main route from the E. coast, it must be tra- 
 versed by up and down caravans; and hence, during the 
 travelling season, thousands of men in large bodies pass 
 through it every week. To the caravans tlie main attraction 
 of Zungomero is the cheapness of provisions. Other attrac- 
 tions which many find equally strong is the abundance and 
 cheapness of an intoxicating liquor made from the grain of 
 the holcus, and called ^om6e, and the quantities of bhang and 
 Datura Stramonium growing wild, and of course to be had 
 for the gathering. 
 
 ZUNGOMERO [add.], an important vil. E. Africa, in 
 the country of Usagara, in lat. 7° 26' S.; Ion. 37° 36' E. 
 The neighbouring country is exceedingly fertile, amply re- 
 warding the exertions of its cultivators; but agricultural pur- 
 suits are now almost wholly neglected, the population having 
 been so diminished by the baneful operations of the slave- 
 trade. The plateau on which the grass huts of Zungomero 
 cluster is watered by the Mgeta, and surrounded by an amphi- 
 theatre of swelling hills. 
 
 ZUNGWE, a river. Central Africa, Batoka country, a 
 tributary of the Zamlfesi, which it enters from the W. on its 
 1. bank, in lat. 17° 17' S.; Ion. 27° 34' E. Ascending it from 
 its mouth in the dry season Dr. Livingstone found no water 
 in its sandy channel for the first 8 or 10 m. Willows were 
 growing upon the banks, and water soon began to ap])ear in 
 the hollows, and a few miles further up it was a fine flowing 
 stream. Shale and coal crop out in its banks, as in many 
 other parts of the country, and the large roots of stigmaria 
 and allied plants are found. The river takes its rise in the 
 highlands of the Batoka country, 
 
 ZUPANJE, a tn. Austrian empire. Brood Military Fron- 
 tier, on the borders of Turkey, about 35 m. S. Eszeg, and on 
 the Save. It has two R. Catholic churches and a consider- 
 able trade, and contains 2280 inhabitants. 
 
 ZURAWICE, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 4 m. N. Przemysl; with a model farm. In the vicinity the 
 earthen entrenchments thrown up during the Swedish war 
 still remain. Pop. 1100. 
 
 ZURAWNO, a tn. Austrian empire, Galicia, circle and 
 22 m. E. Stry, at the confluence of the Swica with the 
 Dniester. Here, in 1676, the Polish king John Sobieski 
 held his ground magnanimously against the Turks, and com- 
 pelled them to grant an honourable peace. 
 
ABSTRACT OF THE CENSUS 
 
 UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND 
 
 In 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 ENGLAND. 
 
 Counties. 
 
 Bedford . . 
 Berks . . . 
 Buckingham . 
 Cambridge 
 Chester . . 
 Cornwall . . 
 Cumberland . 
 Derby . . . 
 Devon . . . 
 Dorset . . . 
 Durham . . 
 Essex . . . 
 Gloucester 
 Hereford . . 
 Hertford . . 
 Huntingdon . 
 Kent . . . 
 Lancaster . . 
 Leicester . . 
 Lincoln 
 Middlesex . . 
 Monmouth 
 Norfolk . . 
 Northampton 
 North ura berland 
 Nottingham . 
 Oxford . . . 
 Rutland . . 
 Salop . . . 
 Somerset . . 
 Southampton 
 Stafford . . 
 Suffolk . . . 
 Surrey . . . 
 Sussex . . . 
 Warwick . . 
 Westmoreland 
 Wilts . . . 
 Worcester . . 
 York (Eiist Ridin 
 
 — (City) . 
 
 — (North Riding) 
 
 — (West Riding) 
 
 Total 
 
 Pop. 1851. Pop. 1861. 
 
 124,478 
 170,065 
 163,723 
 185,405 
 455,725 
 355,558 
 195,492 
 296,084 
 567,098 
 184,207 
 390,997 
 369,318 
 458,805 
 115,489 
 167,298 
 64,183 
 615,766 
 
 2,031,236 
 
 . 230,308 
 407,222 
 
 1,886,576 
 157,418 
 442,714 
 212,380 
 303,568 
 270,427 
 170,439 
 22,983 
 229,341 
 443,916 
 405,370 
 608,716 
 337,215 
 683,082 
 336,844 
 475,013 
 58,287 
 254,221 
 276,926 
 220,983 
 36,303 
 215,214 
 
 1,325,495 
 
 . 16,921,888 18,949,930 
 
 135,265 
 176,103 
 166,597 
 175,950 
 505,153 
 369,323 
 205,293 
 339,377 
 584,,'i31 
 188,651 
 .509,018 
 404,644 
 485,502 
 123,659 
 173,294 
 64,297 
 733,675 
 
 2,428,744 
 237,402 
 411,997 
 
 2,205,771 
 174,670 
 435,422 
 227,727 
 343,028 
 293,784 
 172,266 
 21,859 
 240,876 
 444,725 
 481,495 
 746,584 
 336,271 
 830,685 
 363,648 
 561,728 
 60,809 
 249,455 
 307,601 
 240,359 
 40,377 
 244,804 
 
 1,507,511 
 
 WALES. 
 
 Anglesey 
 
 Brecon . . 
 
 Cardigan . 
 
 Carmarthen 
 
 Carnarvon 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 Flint . . 
 
 Glamorgan 
 
 Merioneth 
 
 Montgomery 
 
 Pembroke 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Total 
 
 Pop. 1851. Pop. 1861. 
 
 57,327 
 61,474 
 70,796 
 
 110,632 
 87,870 
 92,583 
 68,156 
 
 231,849 
 38,843 
 67,335 
 94,140 
 24,716 
 
 64,546 
 61,627 
 72,255 
 
 111,757 
 95,668 
 
 100,802 
 69,870 
 
 317,751 
 38,888 
 67,075 
 96,093 
 25,403 
 
 1,005,721 1,111,795 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 212, 
 
 Aberdeen . . 
 Argyle . . . 
 Ayr .... . 
 Banff . . . 
 Berwick . . 
 Bute . . . 
 Caithness . . 
 Clackmannan 
 Dumbarton 
 Dumfries . . 
 Edinburgh . . 
 Elgin or Moray 
 Fife .... 
 Forfar . . . 
 Haddington 
 Inverness . . 
 Kincardine 
 Kinross . . 
 Kirkcudbright 
 Lanark . . 
 Linlithgow 
 Nairn 
 Orkney and Shetland 
 Peebles . . . 
 Perth .... 
 Renfrew . . . 
 Ross and Cromarty 
 Roxburgh . . 
 Selkirk . . . 
 
 89, 
 189, 
 64, 
 36, 
 16, 
 38, 
 22, 
 45. 
 
 153 
 191 
 36 
 96 
 34 
 8. 
 43, 
 530, 
 30, 
 
 62, 
 10, 
 138, 
 161, 
 82, 
 51 
 9, 
 
 ,032 
 ,298 
 ,858 
 171 
 297 
 608 
 709 
 ,951 
 ,103 
 123 
 435 
 959 
 546 
 264 
 386 
 500 
 ,598 
 924 
 121 
 169 
 135 
 956 
 533 
 738 
 660 
 091 
 707 
 ,642 
 809 
 
 221,569 
 79,724 
 
 198,971 
 59,215 
 36,613 
 16,331 
 41,111 
 21,450 
 52,034 
 75,878 
 
 273,997 
 42,695 
 
 154,770 
 
 204,425 
 37,634 
 88,888 
 34,466 
 7,977 
 42,495 
 
 631, .566 
 38,645 
 10,065 
 64,065 
 11,408 
 
 133,500 
 
 177,561 
 81,406 
 54,119 
 10,449 
 
 HCOThAND— Continued. 
 
 Stirling . . . . 
 Sutherland . . . 
 Wigton or Wigtown 
 
 TotAl . . , 
 
 Pop. 1861. Pop. 1861 
 
 86,237 
 25,793 
 43,389 
 
 2,888,742 
 
 91,296 
 25,246 
 42,095 
 
 3,062,294 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Leinster : — 
 Carlow 
 Dublin . 
 Kildare . 
 Kilkenny 
 King's 
 Longford 
 Louth 
 Meath 
 Queen's . 
 Westmeath 
 Wexford . 
 Wicklow . 
 
 Munster: — 
 Clare . . 
 Cork . . 
 Kerry 
 Limerick 
 Tipperary 
 Waterford 
 
 Ulster : — 
 Antrim . 
 Armagh , 
 Cavaii 
 Donegal . 
 Down 
 Fermanagh 
 Londonderry 
 Monaghan 
 Tyrone . 
 
 CONNAUGHT :- 
 
 Galway . 
 Leitrim . 
 Mayo . . 
 Roscommon 
 Sligo . . 
 
 Total 
 
 68,075 
 404,992 
 
 95,724 
 158,746 
 112,080 
 
 82,350 
 107,057 
 140,750 
 111,623 
 111,409 
 180,159 
 
 98,978 
 
 212,428 
 648,903 
 238,239 
 262,136 
 331,487 
 164,051 
 
 361,046 
 196,085 
 174,071 
 255,160 
 319,972 
 116,007 
 191,868 
 141,758 
 255,819 
 
 322,259 
 111,915 
 274,830 
 174,492 
 128,510 
 
 6,553,579 
 
 57,137 
 
 410,252 
 90,946 
 
 124,515 
 90,043 
 71,694 
 90,713 
 
 110,373 
 90,050 
 90,879 
 
 143,950 
 86,479 
 
 166,305 
 544,818 
 201,800 
 217,277 
 249,106 
 134,252 
 
 378,, 588 
 190,086 
 153,906 
 237,395 
 299,302 
 105,768 
 184,209 
 126,482 
 238,500 
 
 271,478 
 104,744 
 254,796 
 157,272 
 124,845 
 
 798,967 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 citi/. in. tmvii. tns. township, v. village, vg. villages, p. parish, v. -ip. rnllage and parish, tn. -■)[). toien and parish. is\. island. 
 M. municip. bor. p. pari. bar. m. p. municip. imdparl. bor. Market Days: — dy. daily; m. t. w. th. f. s. days of week. 
 The names of iiarliameutary boroughs are printed in small capitals ; thus. Paisley. 
 
 J-Z 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 18C1. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 185l! 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Jacobstow, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 487 
 
 462 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 155 
 
 213 
 
 John's (St.), With- ) 
 
 Waterf 
 
 
 
 Jacobstow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 ■ 255 
 
 232 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 North. 
 
 31,146 
 
 46,533 
 
 out, p. ( 
 
 
 
 
 Jago, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 256 
 
 168 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 2,021 
 
 1,815 
 
 Johnshaven, v. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 
 1.088 
 
 James (St.), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 7,935 
 
 9,944 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,215 
 
 2,738 
 
 Johnston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 263 
 
 275 
 
 James (St.), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 260 
 
 255 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 11,146 
 
 10,603 
 
 Johnstone, tn. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 5,872 
 
 6,404 
 
 James (St.), p. 
 
 D>iblin 
 
 16,963 
 
 18,262 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,126 
 
 1,799 
 
 Johnstone, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,261 
 
 1,149 
 
 James (St.), and \ 
 
 Wexford 
 
 3,385 
 
 2,772 
 
 John (St.), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 5,010 
 
 Johnstoim (St.), 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 316 
 
 Dunbrody, p. ) 
 
 John (St.), Bap-1 
 tist, p. ) 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 5,169 
 
 Johnstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 201 
 
 219 
 
 Jamestown, v. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 
 869 
 
 
 Johnstown, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 618 
 
 Jarrow, v. -p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 42,448 
 
 52,925 
 
 John(St.),Becker-) 
 met, p. ) 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 541 
 
 492 
 
 Johnstown (St.), p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 539 
 
 377 
 
 Jedburgh, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 5,476 
 
 5,263 
 
 Jonesborough, v. -p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 1,597 
 
 1,223 
 
 Jedburgh, m. t. s. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 2,948 
 
 2,450 
 
 John (St.),Beverly,p 
 
 York 
 
 1,248 
 
 1,315 
 
 Jordanston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 144 
 
 131 
 
 ,. ^^ 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 3,615 
 
 3,428 
 
 John (St.), Coven- ) 
 
 
 
 
 Julianstown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 645 
 
 606 
 
 Jeffreston, p. 
 
 Perab. 
 
 679 
 
 634 
 
 try - with - St. - >■ 
 
 Warw. 
 
 22,098 
 
 22,773 
 
 Juliot (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 258 
 
 226 
 
 JeriX)int (Abbey), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 305 
 
 224 
 
 Michael, p. 1 
 
 
 
 
 Juniper Green, v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 531 
 
 Jeriwint (Church), p 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 995 
 
 776 
 
 John (St.), Lee, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,073 
 
 2,254 
 
 Jura, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,064 
 
 1,052 
 
 Jerpoint (West), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,015 
 
 677 
 
 John's (St.), p. 
 
 Kil.-Qu. 
 
 
 1,947 
 
 Jurby, p. 
 
 Is. Man. 
 
 985 
 
 911 
 
 Jesmond, tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,089 
 
 2,2S0 
 
 John's (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 3,043 
 
 Just (St.), v.-p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 8,759 
 
 9,290 
 
 Jevington, j). 
 
 Sussex 
 
 325 
 
 203 
 
 John's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 482 
 
 Just-Roseland, St. p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,557 
 
 1,546 
 
 Jock's Lodge, v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 
 936 
 
 John's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 3,465 
 
 
 
 
 
 John the Baptist, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,306 
 
 1,419 
 
 John's (St.), p. 
 
 Liraer. 
 
 
 11,360 
 
 Kamesburgh, v. 
 
 Bute 
 
 
 504 
 
 John the Baptist, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 8,473 
 
 11,497 
 
 John's(St.)Within,p 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 
 2,040 
 
 Kane, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 301 
 
 265 
 
 Supp. Imp. Gaz. — Vol. II. 
 
 31 
 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 242 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 Puici. 
 
 Connty. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1S51. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Kantnrk, tn. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 6,502 
 
 2,286 
 
 Kentisbeare, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,104 
 
 1,144 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,144 
 
 968 
 
 
 Katharine (St.)by- } 
 the-Tower, p. j 
 Kea, p. 
 Keady, p. 
 Keiidy, tn. 
 Ke<il (Eiist), p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 208 
 
 Kentisbury, p. 
 Kentish-Town, v. 
 
 Devon 
 Middles 
 
 424 
 23,326 
 
 385 
 44,317 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 Bute 
 
 4,119 
 2,533 
 
 2,717 
 2,441 
 
 
 Comw. 
 
 3,752 
 
 3,949 
 
 Kenton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,082 
 
 1,961 
 
 Kilbride (East), v. -p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 3,700 
 
 4,004 
 
 
 Armagh 
 
 8,358 
 
 8,057 
 
 Kenton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 301 
 
 308 
 
 Kilbride(West),v.-p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,021 
 
 1,968 
 
 
 Armagh 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,25-2 
 475 
 
 1,566 
 393 
 
 Kenton (East and ) 
 West), tus. i" 
 
 North. 
 
 549 
 
 658 
 
 Kilbridglynu, p. 
 Kilbrin, p. 
 
 Wexf. 
 Cork 
 
 745 
 2,900 
 
 653 
 2,261 
 
 
 Keal (West), p. 
 Keddingtoii, p. 
 Kediugton.or Ket- ) 
 ton, p. j 
 Kedleeton, p. 
 Keel, p. 
 Keelby, p. 
 Keevil, p. 
 Kegworth, v. -p. 
 Keig, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 54!) 
 
 511 
 
 Kenwyn, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 9,743 
 
 10,639 
 
 Kilbrittain, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 895 
 
 737 
 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 166 
 
 138 
 
 Kerdiffstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 27 
 
 43 
 
 Kilbrogan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,219 
 
 3,767 
 
 
 
 
 
 Kerdiston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 202 
 
 207 
 
 Kilbroney, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 624 
 
 325 
 
 
 Suff.-Es. 
 
 772 
 
 996 
 
 Kerloge, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 97 
 
 62 
 
 Kilbroney, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 4,340 
 
 3,583 
 
 
 Derby 
 
 85 
 
 116 
 
 Kerry, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 1,930 
 
 2,075 
 
 Kilbryan, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 582 
 
 610 
 
 
 Stafiford 
 
 1,232 
 
 1,062 
 
 Kersey, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 714 
 
 604 
 
 Kilbucho, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 345 
 
 434 
 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 85!) 
 
 842 
 
 Kesgrave, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 86 
 
 93 
 
 Kilbum, p. 
 
 York 
 
 819 
 
 700 
 
 
 Wilts 
 
 720 
 
 669 
 
 Kessingland, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 777 
 
 872 
 
 Kilburne, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 759 
 
 610 
 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,854 
 
 1,819 
 
 Keston, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 644 
 
 690 
 
 Kilby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 387 
 
 362 
 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 772 
 
 811 
 
 Keswick, tn. s. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,618 
 
 2,610 
 
 Kilcalmonell and > 
 Killjerry, p. f 
 Kilcar, v.-p. 
 Kilcaragh, p. 
 Kilcaragh, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,859 
 
 2,312 
 
 
 Keighley, or Keith- > 
 ley, p. j" 
 
 Keighley.orKeith- ) 
 ley, tn. 10. ) 
 
 Keinton-Mande- ) 
 ville, p. J 
 
 Keir, p. 
 
 York 
 York 
 
 18.259 
 13,050 
 
 18,819 
 15,005 
 
 Keswick, p. 
 Kettering, tn.- \ 
 p./- ) 
 Ketteringham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Northa. 
 Norfolk 
 
 126 
 
 5,198 
 
 209 
 
 154 
 
 5,845 
 
 198 
 
 4,447 
 827 
 157 
 
 4,154 
 712 
 123 
 
 
 
 
 
 Kettins, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 995 
 
 962 
 
 Kilcam, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 422 
 
 325 
 
 
 Somer. 
 
 584 
 
 538 
 
 Kettle, p.-v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,601 
 
 2,474 
 
 Kilcash, ji. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 811 
 
 663 
 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 960 
 
 849 
 
 Kettlebaston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 189 
 
 198 
 
 Kllcaskan, p. 
 
 Co.-Ke. 
 
 5,093 
 
 4,471 
 
 
 Keith, p. 
 
 Ba.-Elg. 
 
 4,986 
 
 5,943 
 
 Kettle Bridge, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 417 
 
 Kilcatherine, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,579 
 
 4,125 
 
 
 Keith, tn./. 
 
 Ba.-Elg. 
 
 2,101 
 
 2,648 
 
 Kettleburgh, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "348 
 
 359 
 
 Kilcavan, j). 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,208 
 
 1,864 
 
 
 Keithall & Kink-\ 
 ell, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Kettlestoue, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 209 
 
 223 
 
 Kilcavan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 689 
 
 627 
 
 
 Abei-d. 
 
 920 
 
 933 
 
 Kettlethorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 541 
 
 486 
 
 Kilchomau, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 4,142 
 
 3,436 
 
 
 Kelham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 167 
 
 178 
 
 Kettlewell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 607 
 
 646 
 
 Kilchreest, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,739 
 
 1,548 
 
 
 Kelk (Little), p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 57 
 
 Ketton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 1,138 
 
 1,053 
 
 Kilchreest, v.-p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 954 
 
 709 
 
 
 Kelling, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 "210 
 
 211 
 
 Keverne (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 
 1,892 
 
 Kilchrenan and \ 
 Dalavick, p. f 
 
 Argyle 
 
 776 
 
 615 
 
 
 Kellington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,450 
 
 1,443 
 
 Kew, v.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,009 
 
 1,0<)9 
 
 
 
 
 Kellistown, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 414 
 
 318 
 
 Kew (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,337 
 
 1,182 
 
 Kilcleagh, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 4,658 
 
 3,668 
 
 
 Kelloe, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 12,278 
 
 12,867 
 
 Kewstoke, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 560 
 
 550 
 
 Kilclief, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 896 
 
 809 
 
 
 KeUs, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 6,638 
 
 4,707 
 
 Kexborough, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 577 
 
 605 
 
 Kilclonagh, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 47 
 
 43 
 
 
 Kells, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,672 
 
 1,280 
 
 Keyinghara, p. 
 
 York 
 
 746 
 
 639 
 
 Kilclone, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 200 
 
 162 
 
 
 Kells, p. 
 
 Kircud. 
 
 1,091 
 
 1,170 
 
 Keymer, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,006 
 
 1,612 
 
 Kilclonfert, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,318 
 
 1,113 
 
 
 Kells, tn. s. 
 
 Meath 
 
 
 3,224 
 
 Keyne (St.), p. 
 
 Coruw. 
 
 213 
 
 181 
 
 Kilclooney, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 8,838 
 
 5,558 
 
 
 KeUs, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 397 
 
 Keynsham, tu. p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,318 
 
 2,190 
 
 Kilclooney, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 6,328 
 
 5,697 
 
 
 Kelly, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 "2O8 
 
 217 
 
 Keysoe, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 834 
 
 867 
 
 Kilcoan, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 455 
 
 403 
 
 
 Kelmai-sh, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 162 
 
 167 
 
 Keyston, p. 
 
 Hunt 
 
 199 
 
 223 
 
 Kilcock, J). ir. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,795 
 
 1,388 
 
 
 Kelsale, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,167 
 
 1,084 
 
 Keyworth, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 667 
 
 736 
 
 Kilcockan, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,142 
 
 847 
 
 
 Kelsall, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 626 
 
 642 
 
 Kibworth-Beau- ) 
 champ, p. 1 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,752 
 
 1,867 
 
 Kilcoe, p. 
 
 Cork . 
 
 1,238 
 
 1,149 
 
 
 Kelsey (North), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 916 
 
 870 
 
 Kilcolagh, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,939 
 
 1,945 
 
 
 Kelsey (South), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 623 
 
 633 
 
 Kidbrooke, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 804 
 
 Kilcolgan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 647 
 
 535 
 
 
 Kelsliall, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 326 
 
 318 
 
 Kidland, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 71 
 
 Kilcolman, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,049 
 
 1,191 
 
 
 Kelso, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 5,634 
 
 5,192 
 
 Kidderminster, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 23,'845 
 
 20,870 
 
 Kilcolnian, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,847 
 
 2,532 
 
 
 Kelso, tn. /. 
 Kelstem, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 Lincoln 
 
 4,783 
 195 
 
 4,309 
 196 
 
 Kidderminster, ) 
 M. &, p. th. s. j 
 
 Worces. 
 
 18,462 
 
 15,399 
 
 Kilcolman, p. 
 Kilcolman, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 Mayo 
 
 485 
 7,421 
 
 497 
 7,091 
 
 
 Kelston, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 259 
 
 212 
 
 Kiddiugton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 303 
 
 305 
 
 Kilcolman, p. < 
 
 Ma.-Ro. 
 
 6,156 
 
 6,676 
 
 
 Kelton, p. 
 
 Kircud. 
 
 3,186 
 
 3,436 
 
 Kidlington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,494 
 
 1,607 
 
 Sligo. 
 
 
 Kelty, V. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 337 
 
 Kidwelly, p. iu. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,648 
 
 1,052 
 
 Kilcolmanbane, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 759 
 
 592 
 
 
 Kelvedon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,'633 
 
 1,741 
 
 Kilbaha, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 468 
 
 Kilcolmanbrack, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 76 
 
 40 
 
 
 Kelvedon ( Hatch),p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 502 
 
 454 
 
 Kilballyowen, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,'403 
 
 2,947 
 
 Kilcolumb, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,930 
 
 1,552 
 
 
 Kelways(Tyther-|^ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 15 
 
 18 
 
 Killmrchaii, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 5,474 
 
 6,348 
 
 Kilcomb, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 871 
 
 720 
 
 
 ton), p. ) 
 
 Kilbarchan, tn. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 2,467 
 
 2,530 
 
 Kiloomenty, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,548 
 
 1,455 
 
 
 Kemback, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 956 
 
 896 
 
 Kilbarrack, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 242 
 
 271 
 
 Kilcomin, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,137 
 
 924 
 
 
 Keinberton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 255 
 
 244 
 
 Kilbarroii, p. 
 
 Tip.-Ga. 
 
 1,878 
 
 1,313 
 
 Kilcommock, p. 
 
 Loiigf. 
 
 2,478 
 
 2,106 
 
 
 Kenible, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 496 
 
 406 
 
 KilbaiTon, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 8,131 
 
 7,188 
 
 Kilcommon, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 584 
 
 1,025 
 
 
 Kemerton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 528 
 
 559 
 
 Kilbarry, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 4i)4 
 
 343 
 
 Kilcomnion, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,528 
 
 2,109 
 
 
 Kemeys (Com- 1 
 inander), p. ) 
 
 Monm. 
 
 85 
 
 76 
 
 Kilbarrymeden, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,589 
 
 2,194 
 
 Kilcommon, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 12,453 
 
 12,945 
 
 
 Kilbeacanty, p. 
 
 Gal way 
 
 2,164 
 
 1,791 
 
 Kilcommon, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 5,265 
 
 4,529 
 
 
 Kemeys (Inferior), p 
 
 Monm. 
 
 115 
 
 122 
 
 Kilbeacon, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,181 
 
 1,100 
 
 Kilconduff, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,909 
 
 7,271 
 
 
 Kemnay, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 680 
 
 832 
 
 Kilbeagh, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 9,733 
 
 10,733 
 
 Kilconickny, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,772 
 
 1,444 
 
 
 Kempley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 305 
 
 311 
 
 Kilbeg, \). 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,233 
 
 1,095 
 
 Kilconierin, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 915 
 
 705 
 
 
 Kerapsey, v. -p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,375 
 
 1,433 
 
 Kilbeggan, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 3,170 
 
 2,428 
 
 Kilconla, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,313 
 
 1,985 
 
 
 Kempsford, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,003 
 
 1,007 
 
 Kilbeggan, tu. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,442 
 
 1,283 
 
 Kilconly, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,521 
 
 1,502 
 
 
 Kempston, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,962 
 
 2,191 
 
 Kilbegiiet, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,333 
 
 2,714 
 
 Kilconnell, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 618 
 
 346 
 
 
 Kempston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 58 
 
 48 
 
 Kilbeheny, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,860 
 
 2,348 
 
 Kilconnell, v.-p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,462 
 
 1,006 
 
 
 Kemsing, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 376 
 
 366 
 
 Kilbelfad, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,296 
 
 2,313 
 
 Kilconquhar, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,489 
 
 2,431 
 
 
 Kenardingtou, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 214 
 
 221 
 
 Kilbennan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,200 
 
 2,047 
 
 Kilconqnhar, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 800 
 
 
 Kenarth, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,980 
 
 1,744 
 
 Kilberry, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,472 
 
 1,165 
 
 Kilconrey, p. 
 
 Clai-e 
 
 "609 
 
 508 
 
 
 Kenchester, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 98 
 
 100 
 
 Kilberry, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,305 
 
 1,262 
 
 Kilcoo, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,642 
 
 5,062 
 
 
 Kencott, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 206 
 
 214 
 
 Kilbimie, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 5,484 
 
 5,265 
 
 Kilcoole, tn.-p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,954 
 
 1,729 
 
 
 Kendal, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 18,333 
 
 18,600 
 
 Kilbirnie, tu. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,399 
 
 3,245 
 
 Kilcooley, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,654 
 
 1,097 
 
 
 Kendal, m. & p. s. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 11,829 
 
 12,029 
 
 Kilbixy, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,695 
 
 1,513 
 
 Kilcooly, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 260 
 
 237 
 
 
 Kenderchurch, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 91 
 
 99 
 
 Kilbolane, p. 
 
 Cor.-Li. 
 
 2,292 
 
 2,067 
 
 Kilcooly, p. 
 
 Kil.-Tip 
 
 2,877 
 
 2,303 
 
 
 Kenflgg, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 433 
 
 442 
 
 Kilbonane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,176 
 
 929 
 
 Kilcooly, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 288 
 
 239 
 
 
 Kenfigg (Lower), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 285 
 
 278 
 
 Kilboiiane, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,284 
 
 2,149 
 
 Kilcooua, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 800 
 
 778 
 
 
 Kenilworth, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 3,532 
 
 3,680 
 
 Kilbourne, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 814 
 
 951 
 
 Kilcop, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 113 
 
 107 
 
 
 Kenil worth, tn. w. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 3,140 
 
 3,013 
 
 Kilbradran, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 710 
 
 650 
 
 Kilcorcoran, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 289 
 
 283 
 
 
 Kenley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 251 
 
 235 
 
 Kilbragh, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 178 
 
 111 
 
 Kilcorkey, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,906 
 
 1,771 
 
 
 Kenmare, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 7,495 
 
 3,848 
 
 Kilbrandon&Kil-) 
 
 Argyle 
 
 2,375 
 
 1,859 
 
 Kilcormick, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,224 
 
 1,708 
 
 
 Keumare, tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,501 
 
 1,200 
 
 chattan, p. | 
 
 Kilcornan, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,597 
 
 2,291 
 
 
 Kenmore, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,227 
 
 1,984 
 
 Kilbreedy(Major), p 
 
 Limer. 
 
 969 
 
 856 
 
 Kilcornan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 382 
 
 252 
 
 
 Kenn, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,098 
 
 1,064 
 
 Kilbreedy (Miuor),p 
 
 Limer. 
 
 274 
 
 286 
 
 Kilcomey, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 205 
 
 170 
 
 
 Kenn, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 323 
 
 282 
 
 Kilbrew, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 192 
 
 237 
 
 Kilcorney, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,201 
 
 1,131 
 
 
 Kennerleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 115 
 
 106 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 63 
 
 38 
 
 Kilcowan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 507 
 
 385 
 
 
 Kennet (lijist), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 80 
 
 78 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 KUkny 
 
 342 
 
 266 
 
 Kilcowanmore, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 611 
 
 501 
 
 
 Keiiiictt, 1). 
 
 Camb. 
 
 208 
 
 207 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 9,907 
 
 7,482 
 
 Kilcredan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 471 
 
 332 
 
 
 Kenningliall, tn.-p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,648 
 
 1,405 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 3,155 
 
 2,713 
 
 Kilcredane, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 420 
 
 373 
 
 
 Keiuiington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 626 
 
 567 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 278 
 
 .279 
 
 Kilcroan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,619 
 
 1,514 
 
 
 Kennoway, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,257 
 
 2,012 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Me.-Ca. 
 
 3,178 
 
 2,610 
 
 Kilcrohane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,768 
 
 2,667 
 
 
 Kennoway, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 939 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 497 
 
 416 
 
 Kilcrohane, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 7,961 
 
 7,786 
 
 
 Kensington, v. -p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 44,053 
 
 70,108 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 718 
 
 597 
 
 Kilcronaghan, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 3,309 
 
 3,380 
 
 
 Kenstowii, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 382 
 
 349 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,208 
 
 1,070 
 
 Kilcrumper, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 829 
 
 645 
 
 
 Kensworth, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,033 
 
 925 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 838 
 
 780 
 
 KilcuUaue, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 769 
 
 763 
 
 
 Kentchurch, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 298 
 
 325 
 
 Kilbride, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 423 
 
 340 
 
 KilcuUen, v.-p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,214 
 
 2,138 
 
 
 Kentford, i>. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 172 
 
 ' 210H Kilbride, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,866 
 
 1,881 
 
 KilcuUen- Bridge, tn 
 
 Kildare 
 
 985 
 
 965 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 186i. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18.51. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Kilcttlliheen, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,742 
 
 1,783 
 
 Killaconenagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 6,328 
 
 4,595 
 
 KiUeroran, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,651 
 
 3,146 
 
 KilcuUy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 465 
 
 380 
 
 Killaconnigau, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,943 
 
 1,609 
 
 Killerrig, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 713 
 
 600 
 
 
 Kilcummer, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 464 
 
 371 
 
 Killaderry, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,884 
 
 2,012 
 
 Killerry, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,916 
 
 1,809 
 
 
 Kilcummiii, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 5,218 
 
 5,502 
 
 Killadoon, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 793 
 
 854 
 
 Killesher, p. 
 
 Femian. 
 
 3,705 
 
 3,528 
 
 
 Kilciimmin, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 8,488 
 
 8,528 
 
 Killadooii, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 349 
 
 268 
 
 Killeshin, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 4,703 
 
 3,416 
 
 
 Kilciimmiii, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,552 
 
 1,491 
 
 Killadysert, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,983 
 
 3,141 
 
 Killesk, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 880 
 
 691 
 
 
 Kilcutnny, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 681 
 
 615 
 
 Killadysert, tu. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 634 
 
 Killester, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 400 
 
 393 
 
 
 Kilcumreragh, p. 
 
 Kin.We 
 
 2,844 
 
 1,981 
 
 Killag, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 '4O8 
 
 283 
 
 Killevy, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 17,812 
 
 15,725 
 
 
 Kildacommoge, j). 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,234 
 
 2,320 
 
 Killagan, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,303 
 
 1,331 
 
 Killian p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 4,045 
 
 3,680 
 
 
 Kild<ile, p. 
 
 York 
 
 145 
 
 221 
 
 Killagh, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 258 
 
 231 
 
 Killiane, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 275 
 
 267 
 
 
 Kildalkey, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 2,607 
 
 2,073 
 
 Killagholehane, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,207 
 
 1,161 
 
 KilUla, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 700 
 
 572 
 
 
 KilUallau, p. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 3,229 
 
 2,725 
 
 Killaghtee, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 5,067 
 
 4,537 
 
 Kimiagh, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,739 
 
 2,377 
 
 
 Kildalton, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 3,310 
 
 2,956 
 
 Killaha, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,017 
 
 1,902 
 
 Killimer, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,145 
 
 1,720 
 
 
 Kildangan, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 105 
 
 91 
 
 Killahan, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 908 
 
 1,015 
 
 KilUmor, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 358 
 
 
 Kildare, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,229 
 
 2,369 
 
 Killahurler, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 610 
 
 518 
 
 Killimorbologue, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,939 
 
 1,953 
 
 
 Kildare, tn. ih. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,298 
 
 1,399 
 
 Killahy, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 221 
 
 164 
 
 KiUimordaly, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,682 
 
 1,186 
 
 
 Kildaviu, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 959 
 
 821 
 
 Killahy, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 683 
 
 614 
 
 Killin, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,608 
 
 1,620 
 
 
 Kildellig, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 192 
 
 124 
 
 Killala, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,919 
 
 1,729 
 
 1 KUlinaboy, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,071 
 
 2,409 
 
 
 Kildemock, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 891 
 
 698 
 
 Killala, tn. s. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 970 
 
 942 
 
 Killiuagh, p. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 6,086 
 
 6,316 
 
 
 Kilderry, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 402 
 
 299 
 
 Killallaghtan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,830 
 
 1,359 
 
 Killinan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 419 
 
 287 
 
 
 Kildimo, v.-p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,197 
 
 1,844 
 
 Killallou, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,558 
 
 1,278 
 
 Killiuane, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 609 
 
 425 
 
 
 Kildollagh, p. 
 
 An.-Lo. 
 
 726 
 
 642 
 
 Killaloan, p. 
 
 Tip.Wa. 
 
 681 
 
 497 
 
 Killinaue, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 4,521 
 
 2,646 
 
 
 Kildonaii, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 2,288 
 
 2,132 
 
 Killaloe, p. 
 
 Kilkuy 
 
 971 
 
 809 
 
 Killinchy, tn.-p. 
 
 Down 
 
 6,097 
 
 6,399 
 
 
 Kildorreiy, tn.-p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,420 
 
 1,198 
 
 Killaloe, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,496 
 
 2,803 
 
 Killincoole, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 667 
 
 427 
 
 
 Kildress, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 6,841 
 
 7,037 
 
 Killaloe- with-Bal-) 
 Una, tn. j 
 
 Chi. Tip. 
 
 2,230 
 
 1,677 
 
 Killincooly, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,191 
 
 936 
 
 
 Kildroiight, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,010 
 
 1,883 
 
 Killiney, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 854 
 
 1,230 
 
 
 Kildrum, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,014 
 
 744 
 
 Killamarsh, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,070 
 
 1,053 
 
 Killiney, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,822 
 
 2,699 
 
 
 Kildrummy, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 643 
 
 590 
 
 Killamery, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,534 
 
 1,146 
 
 Killinghall, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 669 
 
 746 
 
 
 Kildrum sherdan, p. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 6,459 
 
 5,651 
 
 Killauey, p. 
 
 Dowu 
 
 1,002 
 
 962 
 
 Killiugholme, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 749 
 
 736 
 
 
 Kildwick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 11,712 
 
 10,983 
 
 Killann, p. 
 
 Wexfoi-d 
 
 2,229 
 
 1,875 
 
 Killingworth, tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,651 
 
 1,781 
 
 
 Kilfaiie, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 682 
 
 670 
 
 Killaunin, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 7,976 
 
 7,956 
 
 Killinick, v.-p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 672 
 
 485 
 
 
 Kilfarboy, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 6,896 
 
 5,177 
 
 Killanny, p. 
 
 Lo.Mon. 
 
 3,394 
 
 2,522 
 
 Killinkere, p. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 6,862 
 
 5,231 
 
 
 Kilfaughnabeg, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,391 
 
 1,314 
 
 KillanuUy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 433 
 
 376 
 
 Killinny, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 772 
 
 710 
 
 
 Kilfoakle, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,178 
 
 975 
 
 Killanumuiery, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 3,719 
 
 3,682 
 
 Killinvoy, i). 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,854 
 
 1,306 
 
 
 Kilfearagh, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 5,413 
 
 4,827 
 
 Killaraght, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,834 
 
 1,969 
 
 Killisk, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 985 
 
 802 
 
 
 Kilfeigliny, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,638 
 
 1,649 
 
 Killard, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 4,557 
 
 4,062 
 
 KilUskey, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,698 
 
 1,368 
 
 
 Kilfenora, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,666 
 
 1,923 
 
 Killardry, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,773 
 
 963 
 
 Killodieruan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 794 
 
 564 
 
 
 Kilfeuora, tu. 
 
 Clare 
 
 387 
 
 112 
 
 Killare, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 2,437 
 
 2,011 
 
 KiUoe, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 14,179 
 
 13,443 
 
 
 Kilferagh, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 225 
 
 131 
 
 Killarga, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 3,673 
 
 3,594 
 
 KUlofin, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,476 
 
 1,883 
 
 
 Kilfergus, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 4,418 
 
 3,524 
 
 Killarney, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 14,155 
 
 9,670 
 
 Killogilleen, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 699 
 
 642 
 
 
 Kilfiau, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,348 
 
 2,791 
 
 Killaruey, tn. s. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 5,898 
 
 5,204 
 
 Killokenuedy, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,891 
 
 1,619 
 
 
 Kilfiddaiie, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,080 
 
 2,591 
 
 Killarney, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 52 
 
 52 
 
 Killonaglian, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 719 
 
 695 
 
 
 Kiliinaghta, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,395 
 
 1,859 
 
 KiUarow & Kil- ) 
 meny, p. ) 
 
 Argyle 
 
 4,882 
 
 3,969 
 
 Killonahan, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 677 
 
 591 
 
 
 KUfiiian, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,695 
 
 1,891 
 
 Killone, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,627 
 
 1,214 
 
 
 Kilfinicheu and ) 
 Kilviceneu, p. f 
 
 Argyle 
 
 3,054 
 
 2,518 
 
 Killary, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,619 
 
 1,225 
 
 Killora, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,180 
 
 903 
 
 
 Killashandra, p. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 9,249 
 
 8,257 
 
 KiUoran, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,134 
 
 967 
 
 
 Kilfinnane, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 2,658 
 
 Killasliaiidra, tn. w. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 932 
 
 856 
 
 Killoran, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,638 
 
 2,494 
 
 
 Kilfiiinane, tu. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 1,274 
 
 Killashee, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 2,624 
 
 2,272 
 
 Killorglin, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 7,717 
 
 7,268 
 
 
 Kilfiuny, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 "720 
 
 611 
 
 Killashee, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 650 
 
 525 
 
 Killorglin, tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 
 1,099 
 
 
 Kilfintiuaii, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,667 
 
 1,141 
 
 Killasnet, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 4,708 
 
 4,314 
 
 Killoscobe, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,622 
 
 1,601 
 
 
 Kiltitlimone, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 480 
 
 324 
 
 Killaspugbrone, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,729 
 
 1,491 
 
 Killoscully, p 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,318 
 
 1,811 
 
 
 Kilflyii, v.-p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 991 
 
 1,107 
 
 Killaspuglonane, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,462 
 
 917 
 
 Killoskehan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 516 
 
 366 
 
 
 Kilfiyu, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,244 
 
 744 
 
 Killaspugnmllane, p 
 
 Cork 
 
 332 
 
 264 
 
 Killosolan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,060 
 
 2,460 
 
 
 Kilfree, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 4,386 
 
 5,079 
 
 Killasser, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 4,852 
 
 5,682 
 
 Killossery, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 295 
 
 251 
 
 
 Kilfrush, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 171 
 
 136 
 
 Killathy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 884 
 
 705 
 
 Killoteran, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 555 
 
 417 
 
 
 Kilganiff, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,664 
 
 4,379 
 
 Killavinoge, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,287 
 
 1,635 
 
 Killough, tn. 
 
 Dowu 
 
 951 
 
 811 
 
 
 Kilgarrylaiider, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,063 
 
 2,199 
 
 Killawilliu, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 344 
 
 Killoughy, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 2,823 
 
 2,353 
 
 
 Kilgarvan, v.-p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,773 
 
 2,727 
 
 Killea, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,091 
 
 761 
 
 Killowen, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 286 
 
 257 
 
 
 Kilgarvan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 987 
 
 674 
 
 Killea, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,862 
 
 1,621 
 
 Killowen, p. 
 
 Loudon. 
 
 2,358 
 
 1,990 
 
 
 Kilgarvan, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,194 
 
 3,171 
 
 Killea, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 7.03 
 
 657 
 
 Killower, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 628 
 
 547 
 
 
 Kilgeever, p. 
 
 Majo 
 
 6,892 
 
 6,442 
 
 KiUead, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 5,487 
 
 5,213 
 
 Killpeck, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 231 
 
 267 
 
 
 Kilgefiii, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,016 
 
 1,934 
 
 Killeagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,007 
 
 1,648 
 
 Kill St. Laurence, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 71 
 
 35 
 
 
 Kilgemiu, tn.-p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,266 
 
 1,236 
 
 Killeagh, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 668 
 
 490 
 
 Kill St. Nicholas, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,571 
 
 1,475 
 
 
 Kilgerril, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,113 
 
 875: 
 
 Killeagh, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,443 
 
 1,176 
 
 KiUua, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,189 
 
 1,065 
 
 
 Kilglass, p. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 1,541 
 
 1,432; 
 
 Killeau and Kil- \ 
 
 Argyle 
 
 2,219 
 
 1,890 
 
 Killucan, tu.-p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 7,892 
 
 6,566 
 
 
 Kilgiass, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 4,323 
 
 4,309 1 
 
 cliewrie, p. j 
 
 Killukin, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,079 
 
 2,011 
 
 
 Kilglass, p^ 
 
 Sligo 
 
 3,533 
 
 3,282! 
 
 Killeany, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 978 
 
 842 
 
 Killukin, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,057 
 
 1,682 
 
 
 Kilgobbau, j). 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,370 
 
 1,188 
 
 Killeany, tu. 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 469 
 
 Killulagh, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 887 
 
 684 
 
 
 Kilgobbiu, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,049 
 
 1,207 
 
 Killeany, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 "366 
 
 288 
 
 Killummod, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,494 
 
 1,346 
 
 
 Kilgobuet, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,421 
 
 2,077 
 
 Killearn, v. p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,176 
 
 1,171 
 
 Killuran, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,«43 
 
 1,471 
 
 
 Kilgorniau, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,006 
 
 927 
 
 Killearnan, p. 
 
 Ros.Cro. 
 
 1,794 
 
 1,494 
 
 Killure, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 118 
 
 70 
 
 
 Kilgrant, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 965 
 
 745 
 
 Killedan, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 6,158 
 
 5,639 
 
 Killurin, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 620 
 
 493 
 
 
 Kilgrogaii, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 Killeedy, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 4,373 
 
 4,265 
 
 Killursa, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,095 
 
 2,721 
 
 
 Kilgullaue, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 761 
 
 654 
 
 Killeek, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 162 
 
 127 
 
 Killury, p. 
 
 KeiTy 
 
 3,475 
 
 3,251 
 
 
 Kilgwrrwg, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 154 
 
 121 
 
 Killeely, p. 
 
 Cl.-Lim 
 
 3,690 
 
 3,108 
 
 Killybebill, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 982 
 
 1,346 
 
 
 Kilham, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,247 
 
 1,252 
 
 Killeely, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,042 
 
 982 
 
 Killybegs, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 861 
 
 743 
 
 
 Kilhampton, p. 
 
 Coruw. 
 
 1,221 
 
 1,198 
 
 Killeen, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 444 
 
 411 
 
 Killybegs, tu. t. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 819 
 
 734 
 
 
 Kilkea, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 494 
 
 344 
 
 Killeenadeema, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,134 
 
 1,«23 
 
 Killybegs (Lower), p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3,338 
 
 3,151 
 
 
 Kilkeaiy, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 354 
 
 292 
 
 Killeenagarriff, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,399 
 
 1,254 
 
 Killybegs (Upper),p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,256 
 
 3,643 
 
 
 Kilkeasy, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 725 
 
 550 
 
 Killeeuasteena, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 141 
 
 123 
 
 Killygarvan, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3,068 
 
 2,631 
 
 
 Kiikee, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,869 
 
 1,866 
 
 Killoenavarra, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 960 
 
 854 
 
 Killyleagh, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,045 
 
 5,593 
 
 
 Kilkeedy, \>. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,181 
 
 1,877 
 
 Killeeneeu, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,014 
 
 842 
 
 Killyleagh, tu. /. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 1,330 
 
 
 Kilkeedy, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 3,506 
 
 2,837 
 
 Killeenemer, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 122 
 
 75 
 
 Killyman, p. 
 
 Ar.-Tyr. 
 
 6,'254 
 
 5,976 
 
 
 Kilkeel, p. 
 
 Dowu 
 
 13,825 
 
 13,070 
 
 Killecuoghty, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 233 
 
 163 
 
 Killymard, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,047 
 
 3,589 
 
 
 Kilkeel, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,163 
 
 1,145 
 
 Killeentierna, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,060 
 
 1,888 
 
 Killyon, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 614 
 
 386 
 
 
 Kilkeevin, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 9,780 
 
 8,989 
 
 KiLeesbil, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 3,625 
 
 3,444 
 
 Kilmacabea, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,160 
 
 3,149 
 
 
 Kilkenny, c. w. s. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 19,973 
 
 14,174 
 
 Killeevan, v.-p. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 5,440 
 
 4,948 
 
 Kilmacahill, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,278 
 
 899 
 
 
 Kilkenny (West), p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 2,738 
 
 2,425 
 
 Killegland, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 281 
 
 286 
 
 Kilmacallau, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 3,004 
 
 3,063 
 
 
 Kilkerraimiore, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,656 
 
 1.566 
 
 Killegiiey, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,326 
 
 969 
 
 Kilmacanoge, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,740 
 
 1,446 
 
 
 Kilkerrin, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,770 
 
 3,712 
 
 Killehenny, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,973 
 
 1,842 
 
 Kihnacar, p. 
 
 Kilkuy 
 
 1,362 
 
 1,163 
 
 
 Kilkierau, p. 
 
 Kilkuy 
 
 190 
 
 138 
 
 Killelagh, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 2,597 
 
 3,486 
 
 Kilmacdonogh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,179 
 
 2,649 
 
 
 Kilkilvery, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 802 
 
 593 
 
 Killelan, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,266 
 
 1,036 
 
 Kilmacduagh, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,635 
 
 1,940 
 
 
 Kilkishen, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 489 
 
 Killeralagh, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,144 
 
 2,201 
 
 Kilmacduane, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 4,920 
 
 4,428 
 
 
 Kill, 1). 
 
 Kildare 
 
 "971 
 
 792 
 
 Killena^h, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 686 
 
 491 
 
 Kilmaclasser, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,614 
 
 1,274 
 
 
 Kill, p 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,890 
 
 2,075 
 
 Killenaule, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,621 
 
 2,094 
 
 Kilmacleague, p. 
 
 Watei-f. 
 
 761 
 
 637 
 
 
 Kill (St Lawrence),p 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 71 
 
 35 
 
 Killonaule, tu. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,253 
 
 1,065 
 
 Kilraaclenine, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 198 
 
 163 
 
 
 Kill (St. Nicholas;, p 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,571 
 
 1,475 
 
 Killenny, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 104 
 
 94 
 
 Kilmacnevan, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,208 
 
 989 
 
 
 Killaan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 878 
 
 697 
 
 Killererin, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3,111 
 
 2,804 
 
 Kilmacomb, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 668 
 
 562 
 
 
 Killabbau, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 8,846 
 
 6,734 
 
 Killerniogh, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 549 
 
 451 
 
 Kilmacow, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,986 
 
 1,657 
 
 
 
 k 
 

 
 
 Ui 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 
 
 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 
 PlJlClE. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 fz. ii 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1881. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1801. 
 
 
 Kilmacoweu, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,626 
 
 1,400 
 
 KilmuckUn, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 160 
 
 122 
 
 Kilsyth, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 5,346 
 
 6,112 
 
 
 
 Kilniacredock, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 38 
 
 28 
 
 Kilmuir, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 3,177 
 
 2,846 
 
 Kilsyth, tn. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 3,949 
 
 4,692 
 
 
 
 Kilmacree, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1T5 
 
 145 
 
 Kilmuir (Easter), p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,437 
 
 1,295 
 
 Kiltale, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 396 
 
 344 
 
 
 
 Kilmacrehy, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,839 
 
 2,741 
 
 Kilmurry, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 527 
 
 431 
 
 Kiltallagh, p. 
 
 KeiTy 
 
 882 
 
 773 
 
 
 
 Kilmacrenaii, tii.-p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 7,771 
 
 6,969 
 
 K)lm\irry, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,964 
 
 2,447 
 
 Kiltam.agli, tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 658 
 
 849 
 
 
 
 Kilinf-cshaigan, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,804 
 
 2,818 
 
 Kilmurry, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 7,172 
 
 6,450 
 
 Kiltarlity, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 2,905 
 
 2,839 
 
 
 
 Kilmactalway, p. 
 
 DubUn 
 
 339 
 
 320 
 
 1 Kilmurry, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,117 
 
 1,884 
 
 Kiltartan, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,214 
 
 1,714 
 
 
 
 Kilmacteige, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 5,756 
 
 6,473 
 
 j Kilmurry, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,116 
 
 912 
 
 Kilteale, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 991 
 
 943 
 
 
 
 Kilmacthomas, tn. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,057 
 
 672 
 
 Kilmurry, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,758 
 
 1,416 
 
 Kiltearn, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,538 
 
 1,634 
 
 
 
 Kilmactraimy, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,7S4 
 
 2,697 
 
 Kilmurryeley, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 964 
 
 67.') ' 
 
 Kilteel, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 615 
 
 560 
 
 
 
 Kilmacud, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 99 
 
 86 
 
 Kilnaglory, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 856 
 
 704; 
 
 Kilteely, v.-p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,334 
 
 1,287 
 
 
 
 Kilmacmnsy, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,616 
 
 1,675 
 
 Kilnagross, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,008 
 
 898 
 
 Kiiteevan, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1.885 
 
 1,645 
 
 
 
 Kilmademoge, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 518 
 
 469 
 
 Kilnahue, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,662 
 
 2,122, 
 
 Kilteevoge, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,7.50 
 
 4,719 
 
 
 
 Kilmadock, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,659 
 
 3,312 
 
 Kilnaleck, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 
 335 
 
 Kiltegan, p. 
 
 Ca.-Wic. 
 
 2,639 
 
 2,384 
 
 
 
 Kilinadum, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 819 
 
 596 
 
 Kilnamanagh, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 *636 
 
 514 
 
 Kiltegan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 283 
 
 219 
 
 
 
 Kilmaganuy, p. 
 
 KiJkny 
 
 1,826 
 
 1,370 
 
 Kilnamanagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 5,000 
 
 4,239 
 
 Kiltenanlea, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,617 
 
 1,878 
 
 
 
 Kilmaganny, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 379 
 
 Kilnamanagh, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,083 
 
 2,073 
 
 Kiltennell, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 2,454 
 
 2,116 
 
 
 
 Kilmahon, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,334 
 
 1,076 
 
 Kilnamartery, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,192 
 
 1,726 
 
 Kiltennell, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 994 
 
 781 
 
 
 
 Kilmahuddrick, p. 
 
 DubUn 
 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 Kilnamona, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,276 
 
 1,029 
 
 Kilteskill, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 598 
 
 503 
 
 
 
 Kilmainebeg, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 895 
 
 733 
 
 Kilnanare, p. 
 
 Ken-y 
 
 1,100 
 
 1,093 
 
 Kilthomas, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,903 
 
 1,739 
 
 
 
 Kilmainemore, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,293 
 
 2,696 
 
 Kilnaueave, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,217 
 
 878 
 
 Kiltiernan, \\ 
 
 Dublin 
 
 917 
 
 775 
 
 
 
 Kiimaiuham, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,040 
 
 851 
 
 Kilnarath, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,777 
 
 1,492 
 
 Kiltinan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 968 
 
 665 
 
 
 
 KUmainliam, v. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 473 
 
 602 
 
 Kiluasoolagh, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 706 
 
 682 
 
 Kiltoghert, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 12,779 
 
 10,861 
 
 
 
 Kilmakevoge, p. 
 
 Kilknv 
 
 916 
 
 685 
 
 Kilnaughtin, p. 
 
 Ken-y 
 
 4,960 
 
 3,592 
 
 Kiltomy, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,221 
 
 1,158 
 
 
 
 Kilmakilloge, p. 
 
 Wexfo'rd 
 
 6,287 
 
 3,629 
 
 Kilnenor, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 960 
 
 857 
 
 Kilton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 181 
 
 174 
 
 
 
 Kilmalcolm, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 1,399 
 
 1,455 
 
 KihiinianandKil- ) 
 more, p. f 
 
 Argyle 
 
 3,954 
 
 3,433 
 
 Kiltoom, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 3,177 
 
 2,819 
 
 
 
 Kilmaleery, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 574 
 
 496 
 
 Kiltoraght, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 666 
 
 587 
 
 
 
 Kilmaley, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,141 
 
 2,924 
 
 KilninverandKil- ) 
 nielford, p. j 
 
 Argyle 
 
 714 
 
 800 
 
 Kiltormer, v.-p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,287 
 
 1,069 
 
 
 
 Kilmalie, p. 
 
 Inv.Arg 
 
 5,236 
 
 4,272 
 
 Kiltrisk, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 641 
 
 507 
 
 
 
 Kilmalinoge, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 706 
 
 586 
 
 Kilnoe, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,101 
 
 1,842 
 
 Kiltrustan, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,638 
 
 1,864 
 
 
 
 Kilmalkedar, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,354 
 
 1,197 
 
 Kilnsea, p. 
 
 York 
 
 157 
 
 179 
 
 Kiltubbrid, p. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 6,287 
 
 4,638 
 
 
 
 Kilmallock, tn. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,074 
 
 1,393 
 
 Kilnwick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 634 
 
 693 
 
 KiltuUagh, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,842 
 
 1,332 
 
 
 
 Kilmallock, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,194 
 
 793 
 
 Kilnwick (Percy), p. 
 
 York 
 
 93 
 
 132 
 
 Kiltullagh, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 6,203 
 
 7,059 
 
 
 
 Kilmaloda, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,495 
 
 1,423 
 
 Kilpatrick, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 806 
 
 724 
 
 Kilturk, x>. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 869 
 
 670 
 
 
 
 Kilmanagh, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,403 
 
 1,091 
 
 Kilpatrick, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 351 
 
 300 
 
 Kilturra, p. 
 
 May.Sli. 
 
 1,912 
 
 2,035 
 
 
 
 Kilmanaghaii, p. 
 
 Ki.-Wm 
 
 2,794 
 
 2,365 
 
 Kilpatrick, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 697 
 
 671 
 
 Kiltyclogher, tn. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 
 427 
 
 
 
 Kilmanaheen, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 5,533 
 
 4,183 
 
 Kilpatrick, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 685 
 
 558 
 
 Kilvarnet, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,'352 
 
 1,277 
 
 
 
 Kilmanmau, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 2,823 
 
 2,371 
 
 Kilpatrick, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 883 
 
 690 
 
 Kilve, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 266 
 
 226 
 
 
 
 Kilmannan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,144 
 
 901 
 
 Kilpatrick(Newor |^ 
 
 St.Dum. 
 
 4,286 
 
 4,910 
 
 Kilvellane, p. 
 'Kilvemnon, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,129 
 
 2,889 
 
 
 
 Kilmaiiy, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 662 
 
 656 
 
 East), p. j 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,546 
 
 3,092 
 
 
 
 Kilmarnock, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 21,287 
 
 23,556 
 
 Kilpatrick (Old or i 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 5,921 
 
 5,577 
 
 Kilverstone, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 36 
 
 39 
 
 
 
 Kii.marn(x;k, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 21,443 
 
 22,619 
 
 West), p. ( 
 
 Kilvine, v.-p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,697 
 
 1,695 
 
 
 
 Kilmaronock, p. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 1,033 
 
 1,085 
 
 Kilpatrick (Old), v. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 
 877 
 
 Kilvington, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 52 
 
 77 
 
 
 
 Kilmartin, v.-p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,144 
 
 949 
 
 Kilpeacon, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 "298 
 
 244 
 
 Kilvuigton(South), p 
 
 York 
 
 389 
 
 360 
 
 
 
 Kilmastiilla, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,215 
 
 967 
 
 Kilphelan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 102 
 
 88 
 
 Kilwatemioy, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,513 
 
 1,125 
 
 
 
 Kilmaurs, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,144 
 
 3,526 
 
 Kilpipe, p. 
 
 We.-Wi. 
 
 2,343 
 
 1,902 
 
 Kilwaughter, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,376 
 
 1,299 
 
 
 
 Kilmaurs, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 1,174 
 
 Killx>ole, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 3,007 
 
 2,616 
 
 Kilwinning, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 6,359 
 
 7,717 
 
 
 
 Kilmeadan, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,382 
 
 1,836 
 
 Kilquain, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,116 
 
 962 
 
 Kilwinning, tn. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,265 
 
 3,921 
 
 
 
 Kllmeage, tn.-p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 3,010 
 
 2,570 
 
 Kilquane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,216 
 
 862 
 
 Kilworth, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,943 
 
 1,440 
 
 
 
 Kilmeaue, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 1,774 
 
 1,461 
 
 Kilquane, p. 
 
 Co.Lim. 
 
 629 
 
 495 
 
 Kilworth, tn. /. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 621 
 
 
 
 Kilmeedy, v.-p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,886 
 
 2,280 
 
 Kilquane, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 998 
 
 1,018 
 
 Kilworth (North), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 "414 
 
 409 
 
 
 
 Kilmeen, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 7,000 
 
 6,213 
 
 Kilraghtis, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,136 
 
 977 
 
 Kilworth (South), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 609 
 
 421 
 
 
 
 Kilmeeu, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,216 
 
 1,918 
 
 Kilraghts, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,271 
 
 1,246 
 
 Kilybebill, p. 
 
 Giamor. 
 
 982 
 
 1,346 
 
 
 
 Kilmeen, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 608 
 
 427 
 
 Kilrainy, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 635 
 
 363 
 
 Kimberley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 137 
 
 112 
 
 
 
 Kilmeena, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 5,108 
 
 3,542 
 
 Kilrane, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 641 
 
 562 
 
 Kimberwortli, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 6,962 
 
 10,610 
 
 
 
 Kilmegan, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 6,268 
 
 6,668 
 
 Kilranelagh, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,008 
 
 862 
 
 Kimble (Great), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 501 
 
 408 
 
 
 
 Kilraenan, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 256 
 
 214 
 
 Kilrea, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 3,473 
 
 2,963 
 
 Kimble (Little), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 184 
 
 182 
 
 
 
 Kilmersdon, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,193 
 
 2,194 
 
 Kib-ea, tn. 
 
 London. 
 
 993 
 
 924 
 
 Kimbolton, tn.-p. /. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,653 
 
 1,661 
 
 
 
 KUmessan, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 647 
 
 724 
 
 Kilree, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 405 
 
 292 
 
 Kimbolton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 702 
 
 723 
 
 
 
 Kilmichael, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 3,948 
 
 3,405 
 
 Kilreekill, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,167 
 
 704 
 
 Kimcote, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 603 
 
 601 
 
 
 
 Kilmihil, v.-p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,767 
 
 3,182 
 
 Kilrenuy, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,194 
 
 2,534 
 
 Kimmeridge, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 178 
 
 185 
 
 
 
 Kilmington, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 533 
 
 518 
 
 Kilkenny, f-. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,862 
 
 2,145 
 
 Kimpton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 371 
 
 305 
 
 
 
 Kilmington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 640 
 
 687 
 
 » M- 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 2,073 
 
 Kimpton, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 992 
 
 1,014 
 
 
 
 Kilmiston, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 239 
 
 193 
 
 Kilrhedin, p. 
 
 Cannar. 
 
 1,063 
 
 1,074 
 
 Kinard, p. 
 
 Keny 
 
 709 
 
 684 
 
 
 
 Kilmocomoge, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 12,737 
 
 9,817 
 
 Kilroan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 408 
 
 308 
 
 Kinawley, p. 
 
 Cav. !• er. 
 
 13,521 
 
 12,615 
 
 
 
 Kilmodan, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 500 
 
 433 
 
 Kilroe, \x 
 
 Cork 
 
 701 
 
 448 
 
 Kincardine, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,993 
 
 1,778 
 
 
 
 Kilmoe, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,189 
 
 3,803 
 
 Kilronan, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 3,017 
 
 2,644 
 
 Kincardine, tn. w. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,697 
 
 2,166 
 
 
 
 Kilmokea, p. 
 
 Wexfoi-d 
 
 1,149 
 
 959 
 
 Kilronan, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 S7 
 
 86 
 
 Kincardine, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,896 
 
 1,746 
 
 
 
 Kilmolara, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 864 
 
 849 
 
 Kilronan, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 4,856 
 
 4,799 
 
 Kincardine 0'Neil,p 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,098 
 
 2,186 
 
 
 
 Kilmolash, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 961 
 
 656 
 
 Kilronan, tn. 
 
 Galw.ay 
 
 
 625 
 
 Kinclaven, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 881 
 
 758 
 
 
 
 Kilmoleran, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,436 
 
 1,809 
 
 Kilroot, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 *615 
 
 602 
 
 Kinderton, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 450 
 
 477 
 
 
 
 Kihuoney, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 599 
 
 601 
 
 Kilross, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,072 
 
 876 
 
 Kineagh, p. 
 
 Ca.-Kil. 
 
 295 
 
 753 
 
 
 
 Kilmonivaig, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 2,583 
 
 2,276 
 
 Kilrossanty, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,969 
 
 2,388 
 
 Kinellar, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 590 
 
 691 
 
 
 
 Kilmonoge, ij. 
 
 Cork 
 
 942 
 
 587 
 
 Kilruane, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 791 
 
 697 
 
 Kineton, p 
 
 WaiTv. 
 
 1,270 
 
 1,305 
 
 
 
 JCilmood, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,699 
 
 1,675 
 
 Kilrush, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 531 
 
 450 
 
 Kinfare, or Kin- \ 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,872 
 
 3,551 
 
 
 
 Kilmoon, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 523 
 
 378 
 
 Kilrush, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,420 
 
 1,839 
 
 ver, p. ) 
 
 
 
 Kilmoon, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 920 
 
 758 
 
 Kilrush, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,719 
 
 1,051 
 
 Kinfauus, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 660 
 
 657 
 
 
 
 Kilmorack, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 3,007 
 
 2,852 
 
 Kilrush, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 13,946 
 
 8,502 
 
 Kingarth, p. 
 
 Bute 
 
 1,007 
 
 905 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 253 
 
 207 
 
 Kilnish, tn. s. 
 
 Clare 
 
 4,471 
 
 4,693 
 
 King Edward, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,749 
 
 2,843 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 939 
 
 702 
 
 Kilsallaghan, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 458 
 
 406 
 
 Kingerby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 108 
 
 106 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p.-tn. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,187 
 
 1,774 
 
 Kilsaran, p. 
 
 Loiith 
 
 1,413 
 
 1,022 
 
 Kingham, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 617 
 
 678 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Bp- 
 
 3,613 
 
 2,793 
 
 Kilsby, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 631 
 
 639 
 
 Kinghom, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,030 
 
 2,981 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 582 
 
 519 1 Kilscanlan, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 390 
 
 263 
 
 KlNGHOBN, M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,377 
 
 1,230 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 11,055 
 
 10,981 Kilscannell, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 780 
 
 693 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,568 
 
 1,426 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Cavau 
 
 5,390 
 
 4,557 1 Kilscoran, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 641 
 
 509 
 
 Kinglassie, v.-p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,186 
 
 1,266 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, v.-p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,251 
 
 4,999 ] Kilseily, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 2,311 
 
 1,976 
 
 King Moor, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 ... 
 
 496 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Moiiag. 
 
 3,446 
 
 3,134 1 Kilshalvy, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 1,570 
 
 1,673 
 
 Kingoldrum, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 429 
 
 473 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 7,379 
 
 6,452 
 
 Kilshanahan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 941 
 
 565 
 
 Kingsbarns, v.-p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 893 
 
 937 
 
 
 
 Kilmore, p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,915 
 
 2,628 
 
 Kilshane, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 450 
 
 372 
 
 Kingsbridge, p. .«. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,679 
 
 1,585 
 
 
 
 Kilmore and Kil- ) 
 bride, p. f 
 Kilmoremoy, p. 
 Kilmorgan, i). 
 
 Argyle 
 
 3,131 
 
 2,962 
 
 Kilahannig, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 6,473 
 
 4,967 
 
 Kingsbury, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 606 
 
 509 
 
 
 
 
 Kilshanny, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,317 
 
 1,122 
 
 Kingsbury, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,416 
 
 1,428 
 
 
 
 Ma.-Sli. 
 Sligo 
 
 10,743 
 1,618 
 
 9,311 
 1,451 
 
 Kilsharvan, p. 
 Kilsheelan, tn.-p. 
 
 Meath 
 Tip. Wa. 
 
 410 
 1,838 
 
 298 
 1,4.35 
 
 Kingsbury (Epis ) 
 copi), p. 1 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,856 
 
 1,838 
 
 
 
 Kilmory, p. 
 
 Bute 
 
 3,414 
 
 3,151 i Kilshenane, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,848 
 
 1,675 
 
 King's-Caple, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 279 
 
 320 
 
 
 
 Kilmovee, p. 
 Kilmoylaii, p. 
 Kilnioylan, p. 
 Kilmoyly, p. 
 Kilmucbridge, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 5,882 
 
 6,515 1 Kilshine, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 336 
 
 335 
 
 Kingsclere, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,885 
 
 2,774 
 
 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,621 
 
 2,476 Kilsillagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 129 
 
 105 
 
 Kingscliffo, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,407 
 
 1,360 
 
 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,690 
 
 1,510 1 Kilskeer, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 3,412 
 
 2,635 1 Kingscotte, p. 
 
 Glauc. 
 
 297 
 
 311 
 
 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,520 
 
 2,199 1 Kilskeery, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 7,343 
 
 6,273 j Kingscourt, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 1,143 
 
 1,020 
 
 
 
 i Wexford 
 
 1,205 
 
 929 Ii Kilspindie, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 684 
 
 665 1 Kingsdon, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 523 
 
 472 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1801. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 I8CI. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 18«1. 
 
 Kiiigsdown rear ) 
 Dartford, p. f 
 
 Kent 
 
 423 
 
 428 
 
 Kintbury, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,899 
 
 1,802 
 
 Kirkdale, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,036 
 
 1,043 
 
 
 
 
 Kintore, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,342 
 
 1,81(5 
 
 Kirkden, p. 
 
 Forfar . 
 
 1,763 
 
 1,862 
 
 
 Kiiigsdown near \_ 
 
 Kent 
 
 84 
 
 96 
 
 Kintore, m. <fe p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 476 
 
 568 
 
 Kirkfieldbank, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,212 
 
 
 Sittingboume, p ) 
 
 Kinure, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 693 
 
 525 
 
 Kirkgnnzeon, p. th. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 "7.34 
 
 793 
 
 
 Kingsey, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 233 
 
 237 
 
 Kinvarra, tn. Galway 
 
 1,102 
 
 980 
 
 Kirkham, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 10,926 
 
 11,445 
 
 
 Kingskerswell, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 959 
 
 903 
 
 Kinvarradoorus, p. Galway 
 
 4,268 
 
 3,769 
 
 Kirkham, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,777 
 
 3,380 
 
 
 Kiiigsland, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,137 
 
 1,150 
 
 Kinver, or Kinfare, p Stafford 
 
 2,872 
 
 3,551 
 
 Kirkheaton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 161 
 
 
 Kiiig's-Laiigley, v. -p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,599 
 
 1,509 
 
 Kinwarton, p. Warw. 
 
 79 
 
 64 
 
 Kirkhill, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 1,730 
 
 1,767 
 
 
 Kiiigsley, p. 
 
 Ilaiita 
 
 387 
 
 441 
 
 Kippax, p. York 
 
 2,339 
 
 2,901 
 
 Kirkhope, p. 
 
 Selkirk 
 
 
 655 
 
 
 Kiiigsley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,565 
 
 2,040 
 
 Kippen, i). Stirling 
 
 1,892 
 
 1,722 
 
 Kirkinner, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 1,914 
 
 1,716 
 
 
 Kiiigsley, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,067 
 
 995 
 
 Kippen, v. i Stirling 
 
 
 '403 
 
 Kirkinriola, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 9,265 
 
 9,599 
 
 
 King's Lynn, m. & p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 
 16,170 
 
 Kipixjchliill, V. [Lanark 
 
 
 312 
 
 Kirkintilloch, p. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 8,426 
 
 8,179 
 
 
 Kiiigsmarsh, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 
 58 
 
 Kirby-Bedon, p. Norfolk 
 
 206 
 
 277 
 
 Kirkintilloch, tn. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 6,342 
 
 6,096 
 
 
 Kingsuorth, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "424 
 
 416 
 
 Kirby-Bellares, p. Leioes. 
 
 226 
 
 243 
 
 Kirkland, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 839 
 
 804 
 
 
 King's-Nortoii, p. 
 
 Loices. 
 
 
 154 
 
 Kirby-Cane, p. Norfolk 
 
 455 
 
 448 
 
 Kirkhuid, tns. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,139 
 
 1,170 
 
 
 King's-Nortoii, v. -p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 7,759 
 
 13,634 
 
 Kirby-Cold, p. York 
 
 179 
 
 193 
 
 Kirkland and Me- ) 
 thil, V. f 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,703 
 
 970 
 
 
 King's-Nymptoii, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 719 
 
 697 
 
 Kirby-Grindiily th, pj York 
 
 554 
 
 671 
 
 
 King's-Pion, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 459 
 
 489 
 
 Kirby-Knowle, p. jYork 
 
 554 
 
 504 
 
 Kirklees (inclusive ) 
 
 York 
 
 830 
 
 779 
 
 
 King's-Semboum, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,242 
 
 1,241 
 
 Kirby on the Moor,p| York 
 
 637 
 
 402 
 
 of Clifton), h. ) 
 
 
 King's Stanley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,095 
 
 2,038 
 
 Kirby-Sigston, p. York 
 
 
 267 
 
 Kirkley, p. 
 
 Suff-olk 
 
 799 
 
 1,129 
 
 
 King's Sutton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,:{35 
 
 1,145 
 
 Kirby-le-Soken, p. Essex 
 
 "932 
 
 879 
 
 Kirklington, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 276 
 
 241 
 
 
 Kiiigsteigntoii, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,658 
 
 1,652 
 
 Kirby- West, p. Chester 
 
 1,951 
 
 2,059 
 
 Kirklington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 653 
 
 471 
 
 
 Kingsthorpe, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,586 
 
 1,906 
 
 Kirby-Wiske, p. York 
 
 1,079 
 
 866 
 
 Kirkliston, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,029 
 
 1,917 
 
 
 Kingston, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 315 
 
 313 
 
 Kircubbin, tn. iDown 
 
 621 
 
 632 
 
 Kirkliston, v. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 
 572 
 
 
 Kuigston, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 523 
 
 451 
 
 Kirdford, p. Sussex 
 
 1,955 
 
 1,784 
 
 Kirkmabreck, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 2,'266 
 
 1,861 
 
 
 Kingston, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 65 
 
 68 
 
 Kirk-Andrew's- I 
 ui)on-Eck, p. ) 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,798 
 
 2,383 
 
 Kirkmahoe, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,553 
 
 1,462 
 
 
 Kingston, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 326 
 
 312 
 
 Kirkmaiden, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 2,681 
 
 2,333 
 
 
 Kingston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 40 
 
 45 
 
 Kirk - Andrew's- ) 
 npon-Eden, p. ) 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 131 
 
 120 
 
 Kirkmiohael, v. -p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 1,416 
 
 1,314 
 
 
 Kingston, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 948 
 
 892 
 
 
 Kirkmichael, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,262 
 
 2,823 
 
 
 Kingston, v. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 
 434 
 
 Kirk-Arbory, p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 1,593 
 
 1,410 
 
 Kirkmichael, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 1,558 
 
 1,611 
 
 
 Kingston (Bag- \ 
 
 Berks 
 
 367 
 
 283 
 
 Kirk-Bampton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 546 
 
 497 
 
 Kirkmichael, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,124 
 
 1,026 
 
 
 puise), p. 1 
 
 Kirk-Braddan, p. i Is. Man 
 
 2,664 
 
 2,794 
 
 Kirkmichael, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,280 
 
 1,224 
 
 
 Kingston (Deve- ) 
 rill), p. r 
 
 Kingston- upon-) 
 Hull, p. & m. | 
 
 Wilts 
 York 
 
 402 
 
 376 
 97,661 
 
 Kirk-Bramwith, p. York 
 
 231 
 
 226 
 
 Kirkmichael, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 463 
 
 
 Kirk-Bum, p. \ York 
 Kirk-Burton, p. | York 
 
 550 
 20,371 
 
 581 
 20,526 
 
 Kirkmichael and\ 
 Resolis, p. j 
 
 Ross 
 
 1,521 
 
 1,668 
 
 
 
 Kirk-Conchan, i). | Is. Man 
 
 13,021 
 
 14,195 
 
 Kirknewton, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 1,630 
 
 1,639 
 
 
 Kingston -near- ) 
 1 Lewes, i). ) 
 
 Sussex 
 
 134 
 
 137 
 
 Kirk-Hallam, p. i Derby 
 Kirk-Harle, p. North. 
 
 473 
 170 
 
 536 
 123 
 
 Kirkoswald, tn. -p. ) 
 
 m. th. f 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 926 
 
 944 
 
 
 Kingston (Rus- ) 
 sell), p. f 
 
 Dorset 
 
 84 
 
 „., 1 Kirk-Haugh,~ p. North. 
 "-^ Kirk-Heaton, p. York 
 
 285 
 
 223 
 
 Kirkoswald, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,242 
 
 2,060 
 
 
 11,972 
 
 11,923 
 
 Kirkoswald, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 325 
 
 
 Kingston - by - ) 
 Sea, p. f 
 
 Sussex 
 
 153 
 
 Q„ Kirk-Ireton, p. Derby 
 ^•^ Kirk-Langley, p. Derby 
 
 "657 
 
 671 
 648 
 
 Kirkpatrick-Dur- ) 
 ham, p. I 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 1,608 
 
 1,479 
 
 
 Kingston (Sey- ( 
 niour), p. t 
 
 Somer. 
 
 373 
 
 336 
 
 Kirk-Leatham, p. i York 
 Kirk-Leavington, p. | York 
 
 1,307 
 513 
 
 2,034 
 643 
 
 Kirkpatrick- ) 
 Fleming, p. ( 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,829 
 
 1,925 
 
 
 Kingston-upon- ) 
 Soar, p. f 
 
 Notts 
 
 196 
 
 197 
 
 Kirk-Linton, p. 1 Cumb. 
 
 1,869 
 
 1,749 
 
 Kirkpatrick-Iron- \ 
 
 ICirkcu. 
 
 918 
 
 913 
 
 
 
 
 
 Kirk-Maughold, p. 1 Is. Man 
 
 4,403 
 
 4,545 
 
 gray, p. t 
 
 
 
 
 
 Kingston-upon- \ 
 Thames, p. f 
 
 Sui-rey 
 
 12,144 
 
 17,792 
 
 Kirk-Newton, p. North. 
 
 1,732 
 
 1,.503 
 
 Kirkpatrick-Juxta,p 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,007 
 
 1,026 
 
 
 Kirk-Newton, p. North. 
 
 
 1,503 
 
 Kirkstead, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 175 
 
 1.58 
 
 
 Kingston - upon - ) 
 Thames, m. ic. s. ) 
 
 
 6,279 
 
 9,790 
 
 Kirk-Sandall, p. York 
 
 "239 
 
 233 
 
 Kirkton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 195 
 
 171 
 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Kirk (St. Ann), p. Is. Man 
 
 714 
 
 693 
 
 Kirktown, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 282 
 
 421 
 
 
 Kingstone, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 208 
 
 276 
 
 Kirk-Yetholm, v. Roxb. 
 
 
 358 
 
 Kirkurd, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 326 
 
 362 
 
 
 Kingstone, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 510 
 
 460 
 
 Kirkbean, p. ' Kirkcu. 
 
 "982 
 
 942 
 
 Kirkwall & St. 01a,p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 3,990 
 
 4,422 
 
 
 Kingstone, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 310 
 
 2731 
 
 Kirkbride, p. ICumb. 
 
 346 
 
 311 
 
 Kirkwall, m. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 2,448 
 
 2,444 
 
 
 Kingstown, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 10,453 
 
 12,469 1 
 
 Kirkby in Ashfield.p! Notts 
 
 2,.363 
 
 2,886 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 3,451 
 
 3,519 
 
 
 King's- Walden, ji. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,164 
 
 1,183 
 
 Kirkby-upon-Bain,p Lincoln 
 
 734 
 
 683 
 
 Kirkwhelpington, p 
 
 North. 
 
 679 
 
 644 
 
 
 Kingswear, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 315 
 
 274 i 
 
 Kirkby - in - Cleve- / vr,,!- 
 land,p. f '^°^^ 
 
 723 
 
 804 
 
 Kirmington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 379 
 
 406 
 
 
 Kingswinford, p. 
 
 Staff-ord 
 
 27,301 
 
 34,257 
 
 Kirmond-le Mire, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 62 
 
 73 
 
 
 Kingswood, ji. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,227 
 
 1,061 
 
 Kirkby - under - [ vmt 
 Dale, p. ) ^°"^ 
 
 335 
 
 333 
 
 Kirriemuir, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 7,617 
 
 7,369 
 
 
 Kington, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 153 
 
 172' 
 
 Kirriemuir, tn. /. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 3,518 
 
 3,275 
 
 
 Kington, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 2,871 
 
 3,076 
 
 Kirkby (East), p. Lincoln 
 
 481 
 
 432 
 
 Kirstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 259 
 
 245 
 
 
 Kington, or Kiiie- ) 
 ton, tn.-p. t. ) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,270 
 
 1,.305 
 
 Kirkby-Fleetham.p.i York 
 
 605 
 
 606 
 
 KirtJing, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 909 
 
 820 
 
 
 Kirkby-Green, p. Lincoln 
 
 134 
 
 175 
 
 Kirtlington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 716 
 
 725 
 
 
 Kington (Magna), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 652 
 
 652 
 
 Kiikby-Ireleth, p. Ijancas. 
 
 3,398 
 
 3,138 
 
 Kirton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,299 
 
 2,256 
 
 
 Kington (St. Mi-) 
 
 chael), p. j 
 
 Kington (West), ij. 
 
 Wilts 
 Wilts 
 
 1,219 
 363 
 
 1,089 
 
 405 
 
 Kirkby-Kendal, p. Westml. 
 
 18,333 
 
 18,600 
 
 Kirton, p. .?. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 646 
 
 641 
 
 
 '^tiwllT"^*^^' } ^^^™^ 
 
 4,184 
 
 4,365 
 
 Kirton-in-Lindsey \ 
 tn.-p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,948 
 
 2,058 
 
 
 Kingussie, i). 
 
 Invern. 
 
 2,201 
 
 2,033 
 
 Kirkby -in -Mai-) y . 
 ham-Dale, p. f \^°^^ 
 
 884 
 
 882 
 
 Kislingbury, p. 
 
 Noi-tha. 
 
 690 
 
 723 
 
 
 Kingussie, v. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 
 646 
 
 Kittisford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 155 
 
 133 
 
 
 Kingweston, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 'l49 
 
 172 
 
 Kirkhy-Malloi-y, p. iLeices. 
 
 2,625 
 
 2,392 
 
 Knaith, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 116 
 
 106 
 
 
 Kinlet, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 447 
 
 424 1 
 
 Kirkby-Malzeard, p. 1 York 
 
 4,956 
 
 4,680 
 
 Knajxlale (North), p. 
 
 Ai^le 
 
 1,666 
 
 1,327 
 
 
 Kinloch and Le- ) 
 
 Perth 
 
 556 
 
 542 
 
 Kirkby-Misperton, pi York 
 
 993 
 
 1,002 
 
 Knapdale (South), p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 2,178 
 
 2,519 
 
 
 thendy, p. J 
 
 Kirkby-Moorside, f |v«,ir 
 tn.-p. ip. j- loiK 
 
 2,611 
 
 2,659 
 
 Knaptoft, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 913 
 
 841 
 
 
 Kinloss, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,370 
 
 1,315 
 
 Knapton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 330 
 
 310 
 
 
 Kinnaird, p. 
 Kinnaird, v. 
 
 Perth 
 Stirling 
 
 370 
 
 318 
 437 
 
 ^it4-r"°"ih--'» 
 
 492 
 
 477 
 
 Knapwell, p. 
 Knaresborough, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 York 
 
 1,55 
 10,170 
 
 156 
 11,277 
 
 
 Kinneflf and Cat-) 
 terline, p. ) 
 Kinnegad, tn. 
 
 Kincar. 
 Westm. 
 
 1,060 
 684 
 
 1,054 
 478 
 
 Kirkby-Overblow, p 1 York 
 
 Kirkby - Ravens- ) ! v„_^. 
 
 worth, p. \ I ^'"'^ 
 
 1,598 
 1,406 
 
 1,569 
 1,248 
 
 Knaresborough, ) 
 p. to. ] 
 Knaresdale, p. 
 
 York 
 North. 
 
 5,636 
 917 
 
 5,402 
 532 
 
 
 Kinneigh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 8,421 
 
 3,259 
 
 Kirkby (South), p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,420 
 
 1,284 
 
 Knavinstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 50 
 
 31 
 
 
 Kinneil, v. 
 Kinnell, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 Forfar 
 
 "826 
 
 365 
 816 
 
 Kirkby - Stephen, \ 
 tn.-p. in. ) 
 
 Westml. 
 
 2,753 
 
 3,631 
 
 Kneb worth, p. 
 Kneesal, p. 
 
 Herts 
 Notts 
 
 290 
 600 
 
 250 
 653 
 
 
 Kinnerley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,254 
 
 1,310 
 
 Kirkby-Thore, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,104 
 
 1,153 
 
 Kneeton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 109 
 
 116 
 
 
 Kinnersley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 2113 
 
 313 
 
 Khkby-le-Thorpe, p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 235 
 
 208 
 
 Knelston, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 127 
 
 113 
 
 
 Kinnersley, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 252 
 
 208 
 
 Kirkby (Under-) 
 wood), p. 1 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 185 
 
 189 
 
 Knettishall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 80 
 
 84 
 
 
 Kinneswood, v. 
 
 Kinross 
 
 
 447 
 
 
 Knigh, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,022 
 
 689 
 
 
 Kinnethmont and \ 
 Christ's- Kirk, p. ) 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,108 
 
 1,187 
 
 Kirkby (Wharf), p. 
 Kirkcaldy, p. 
 
 York 
 rife 
 
 702 
 5,719 
 
 739 
 6,100, 
 
 Knighton, tn -p. th. 
 Knighton (West), p. 
 
 Radnor 
 Dorset 
 
 1,566 
 270 
 
 1,863 
 268 
 
 
 Kinnettles, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 460 
 
 447 
 
 Kirkcaldy, m. ,«. 
 
 Fife 
 
 5,093 
 
 5,195 
 
 Knightswood, v. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 
 319 
 
 
 Kinnitty, tn. p. 
 
 King's 
 
 1,598 
 
 1,173 
 
 » P- 
 
 Fife 
 
 10,475 
 
 10,841 
 
 Knightwick, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 "166 
 
 166 
 
 
 Kinnoull, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,134 
 
 3,219 
 
 Kirkcolm, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 2,018 
 
 1,860 
 
 Knill, p 
 
 Heref. 
 
 78 
 
 84 
 
 
 Kinoulton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 405 
 
 430 
 
 Kirkconnell, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,245 
 
 996 
 
 Knipton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 386 
 
 367 
 
 
 Kinross, p. 
 
 Kinross 
 
 3,227 
 
 2,649 
 
 Kirkconnell, v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 
 413 
 
 Kniveton, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 331 
 
 315 
 
 
 Kinross, tn. 
 
 Kinross 
 
 2,590 
 
 2,083 
 
 Kirkcowan, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 1,'541 
 
 1,434 
 
 Knock, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 330 
 
 219 
 
 
 Kinsale, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 4,654 
 
 3,881 
 
 Kirkcowan, v. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 
 734 
 
 Knock, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 3,174 
 
 3,271 
 
 
 KiNSALE, tn. w. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 5,506 
 
 4,850 
 
 Kirkcudbright, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 3,'555 
 
 3,407 
 
 Knockainey, v. -p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 3,450 
 
 2,741 
 
 
 Kinsalebeg, p. 
 Kinsaley, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 Dublin 
 
 2,525 
 648 
 
 1,857 
 606 
 
 Kirkcudbright, \ 
 M. t. f. ) 
 
 Kirkcu, 
 
 2,778 
 
 2,638 
 
 Knockando, p. 
 Knockane, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 Kerry 
 
 1,771 
 4,245 
 
 1,736 
 3,922 
 
 
 Kinsham (Upper), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 77 
 
 88 
 
 .. P- 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 2,687 
 
 2,.552 
 
 Knockanure, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,053 
 
 990 
 
 
 Kintail, p. 
 
 I Ross 
 
 1,009 
 
 890 
 
 Kirkdale, tns. /. 1 Lancas. 
 
 9,893 
 
 16,136 
 
 Knockavilly, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,432 
 
 1,165 
 
 
 
 

 — ■ — ■ — — — — — — -^ ^1 
 
 
 246 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 
 PI.ACK. 
 
 County. 
 Soss 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County, 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1801. 
 
 Knockbaiu, p. 
 
 3,005 
 
 2,485 
 
 Laudrake-with- | 
 St.-Eniey, p. J 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 823 
 
 793 
 
 Latteragh, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 745 
 
 466 
 
 
 Knockbreda, p. 
 
 An. -Do. 
 
 11,488 
 
 11,957 
 
 
 Lattin, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 467 
 
 394 
 
 
 Kuockbride, p. 
 
 Oavan 
 
 7,042 
 
 6,314 
 
 Laud\Uph, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 524 
 
 547 
 
 Latton, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 243 
 
 196 
 
 
 Knockcommoii, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 642 
 
 521 
 
 Landwade, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 36 
 
 36 
 
 Latton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 335 
 
 308 
 
 
 Knockgraffon, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,291 
 
 1,822 
 
 Laneast, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 299 
 
 244 
 
 Lauder, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 2,154 
 
 2,198 
 
 
 Kuockholt, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 678 
 
 617 
 
 Laneham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 410 
 
 376 
 
 Lauder, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 1,105 
 
 1,137 
 
 
 Kuoukin, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 265 
 
 289 
 
 Lanercost, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,644 
 
 1,519 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 
 1,121 
 
 
 Knocklong, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,421 
 
 1,167 
 
 Lanesborough, tn. 
 
 Lou.Ros 
 
 
 441 
 
 Laugharne, p.-tn. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 2,011 
 
 1,868 
 
 
 Knuokmurk, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 527 
 
 469 
 
 Lane Stoke, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 "921 
 
 734 
 
 Laughton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 165 
 
 152 
 
 
 Knockmourne, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,029 
 
 1,629 
 
 Langar, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 323 
 
 320 
 
 Laughton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 69 
 
 71 
 
 
 KnocknagaiU, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 714 
 
 558 
 
 Laiigdon (East), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 352 
 
 362 
 
 j Laughton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 812 
 
 742 
 
 
 Kuockratii, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,686 
 
 1,419 
 
 Laugdon-Hills, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 295 
 
 289 
 
 Laughton near ) 
 Gainsborough, p j" 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 508 
 
 515 
 
 
 Kuocktemple, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,018 
 
 932 
 
 Langdon (West), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 140 
 
 106 
 
 
 Knocktopher, tn.-p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,567 
 
 1,167 
 
 Langeuhoe, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 168 
 
 169 
 
 ; Laughton-iu-le- ) 
 Morthen, p. / 
 
 York 
 
 734 
 
 1,033 
 
 
 KuocUshall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 432 
 
 442 
 
 Langfield, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 3,729 
 
 4,391 
 
 
 
 Knook, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 252 
 
 208 
 
 Langford, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 986 
 
 1,086 
 
 Launcelles, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 728 
 
 093 
 
 
 Kuossington, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 230 
 
 251 
 
 Langford, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 751 
 
 701 
 
 j Launceston, M. 10. s. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,397 
 
 • 2,790 
 
 
 Knotting, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 187 
 
 185 
 
 Langford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 272 
 
 279 
 
 I i» P. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 6,005 
 
 5,140 
 
 
 Knottingley, v. 
 
 York 
 
 4,540 
 
 4,379 
 
 Langford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 41 
 
 62 
 
 i Launde, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 ,, 
 
 42 
 
 
 Knowle, v. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,155 
 
 1,200 
 
 Langford, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 146 
 
 161 
 
 1 Launton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 706 
 
 711 
 
 
 Knowle(St. Giles), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 92 
 
 104 
 
 Langford (Bude- ) 
 viUe), p. j 
 
 Somer. 
 
 577 
 
 457 
 
 1 Laurence (St.), p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 2,306 
 
 2,225 
 
 
 Knowlton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 24 
 
 31 
 
 Laurencekirk, p. -v. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 2,125 
 
 2,110 
 
 
 Knowstone, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 517 
 
 511 
 
 Langford (Little), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 Laurencetown, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 309 
 
 
 Knoyle (East), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,110 
 
 1,034 
 
 Langford (Steeple), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 234 
 
 628 
 
 1 Lavant (East), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 "421 
 
 421 
 
 
 Knoyle (West), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 180 
 
 187 
 
 Langham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 863 
 
 862 
 
 Lavant (Mid), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 284 
 
 257 
 
 
 Knutsford, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,375 
 
 4,194 
 
 Langham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 416 
 
 399 
 
 1 Lavendon, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 769 
 
 820 
 
 
 Kyle, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,222 
 
 969 
 
 Langham, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 629 
 
 636 
 
 Laveiiham, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,811 
 
 1,823 
 
 
 Kyloe, V. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,005 
 
 1,004 
 
 Langham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 281 
 
 242 
 
 Laver (High), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 534 
 
 471 
 
 
 Kyme (South), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,058 
 
 1,004 
 
 Langholm, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 2,990 
 
 2,979 
 
 Laver (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 119 
 
 111 
 
 
 Kyre (Great), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 136 
 
 152 
 
 Laugholm (New), v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,406 
 
 1,211 
 
 Laver (Magdalen), p 
 
 Essex 
 
 236 
 
 213 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Langliolm (Old), v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 
 1,347 
 
 Lavernock, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 81 
 
 89 
 
 
 Labasheeda, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 399 
 
 Langley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 "483 
 
 410 
 
 Laverstock, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 552 
 
 470 
 
 
 Laceby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,001 
 
 1,021 
 
 Langley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 360 
 
 386 
 
 Laverstoke, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 132 
 
 122 
 
 
 Lace3'-Stoke, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 373 
 
 348 
 
 Langley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 312 
 
 316 
 
 Laverton, yx 
 
 Somer. 
 
 181 
 
 164 
 
 
 Lackagh, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,408 
 
 1,136 
 
 Langley (Burrell), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 697 
 
 1,100 
 
 Lavey, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,100 
 
 3,496 
 
 
 Lackagh, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 2,082 
 
 1,908 
 
 Langley (Marish), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,874 
 
 1,874 
 
 Lavington, ]). 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 362 
 
 330 
 
 
 Laukau, p. 
 Laokan, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 Mayo 
 
 776 
 1,176 
 
 724 
 1,102 
 
 Laugport-East-/ 
 over, tn.-p. s. j 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,117 
 
 1,133 
 
 Lavington (East), ) 
 
 tn.-p. ^D. ) 
 
 Lavington (West), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,721 
 
 1,583 
 
 
 Lackeen, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 61 
 
 44 
 
 Langrick-Ville, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 310 
 
 312 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,739 
 
 1,589 
 
 
 Lackford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 216 
 
 197 
 
 Langridge, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 91 
 
 102 
 
 1 Laweraton, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,198 
 
 1,265 
 
 
 I.ackingtou-White,p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 256 
 
 260 
 
 Langside, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 
 304 
 
 ] Lawford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 890 
 
 842 
 
 
 Lacy-Holm, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 322 
 
 307 
 
 Laugtoft, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "701 
 
 746 
 
 Lawford (Churoh),p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 327 
 
 311 
 
 
 Laoy-Mansell, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 B05 
 
 331 
 
 Langtoft, p. 
 
 York 
 
 739 
 
 . 783 
 
 j Lawhitton, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 503 
 
 435 
 
 
 Ladbrooke-with- 1 
 Hoduell, J). i 
 
 Warw 
 
 297 
 
 274 
 
 Langton, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 484 
 
 602 
 
 j Lawrence (St.), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 4,671 
 
 4,736 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 Langton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 314 
 
 204 
 
 1 Lawrence (St.), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 111 
 
 85 
 
 
 Ladock, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 811 
 
 742 
 
 Langton (Great), p. 
 
 York 
 
 721 
 
 239 
 
 j Lawrence (St.), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 3,015 
 
 3,287 
 
 
 Lady, p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 1,004 
 
 1,122 
 
 Langton(Herring),p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 246 
 
 241 
 
 Lawrence (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 230 
 
 205 
 
 
 Ladybank, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 376 
 
 Langton-near- [ 
 Horncastle, p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 231 
 
 226 
 
 Lawrence (St.), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 4,691 
 
 5,171 
 
 
 Ladykirk, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 "561 
 
 564 
 
 Lawrence (St.), p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,646 
 
 2,220 
 
 
 Ladysisland, j). 
 
 Wexford 
 
 263 
 
 257 
 
 Langton (Long ) 
 Blandford), p. f 
 
 Dorset 
 
 183 
 
 174 
 
 Lawrence (St. ), p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,193 
 
 1,648 
 
 
 Ladytown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 247 
 
 215 
 
 Lawrence (St, ) 
 Newland), p. j 
 Lawrenney, p. 
 
 Essex 
 Pemb. 
 
 222 
 398 
 
 184 
 339 
 
 
 Laggan, p. 
 Liiindon, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 Essex 
 
 1,223 
 540 
 
 986 
 586 
 
 Langton (Matra- ) 
 vers), p. ]■ 
 
 Dorset 
 
 762 
 
 733 
 
 
 Laiudon Hills, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 295 
 
 289 
 
 Laugton-by-Bpils- ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 ICO 
 
 
 Lawshall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 908 
 
 903 
 
 
 Laira Green, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 
 67 
 
 by, p. J 
 
 188 
 
 Laxfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,147 
 
 1,031 
 
 
 Lairg, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 1,162 
 
 961 
 
 Langton-by- ) 
 Wragby, p. j 
 
 Liticoln 
 
 287 
 
 
 Laxton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 143 
 
 119 
 
 
 Lakenbam, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 4,776 
 
 4,866 
 
 321 
 
 Laxton,orLexing- ( 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 Notts 
 
 621 
 
 613 
 
 
 Lakenheath, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,864 
 
 1,797 
 
 Langtree, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 878 
 
 837 
 
 
 Laleham, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 637 
 
 613 
 
 Langwathby, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 292 
 
 346 
 
 Layeock, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,653 
 
 1,499 
 
 
 Laleston, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 638 
 
 536 
 
 Langwith(lJi)i)er), p 
 
 Dei'by 
 
 198 
 
 183 
 
 Layd, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,857 
 
 3,742 
 
 
 Lamarsh, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 409 
 
 329 
 
 Lauhydrock, j). 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 231 
 
 197 
 
 Layer (Breton), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 294 
 
 298 
 
 
 Larabeg, p. 
 
 An.-Do. 
 
 2,185 
 
 2,693 
 
 Lanihorne-liuan, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 410 
 
 325 
 
 Layer-de la Hay, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 788 
 
 807 
 
 
 Lamberhurst, p. 
 Lambeth, p. 
 
 Ke.-Sus. 
 
 1,734 
 
 1,605 
 
 Lauivet, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,151 
 
 Layer (Maruey), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 279 
 
 276 
 
 
 Suri'ey 
 
 139,325 
 
 162,044 
 
 Laidivery, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,716 
 
 1,657 
 
 Layham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 577 
 
 634 
 
 
 Lambeth, ta. p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 251,345 
 
 294,883 
 
 Lanreath, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 662 
 
 649 
 
 Laysters, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 210 
 
 283 
 
 
 Lambley, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 365 
 
 357 
 
 Lausalloes, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 699 
 
 659 
 
 Laystou, j). 
 
 Herts. 
 
 1,220 
 
 998 
 
 
 Lambley, p. 
 Lambourn, p. 
 
 Notts 
 Berks 
 
 951 
 2,577 
 
 836 
 2,529 
 
 Lanteglos-by- \ 
 Camelford, p. | 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,740 
 
 1,620 
 
 Lazonby, j). 
 Lea, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 Gl.Herf 
 
 929 
 225 
 
 896 
 226 
 
 
 Lamlx)urue, p. 
 Lambston, j). 
 
 Essex 
 Pemb. 
 
 842 
 
 283 
 
 890 
 216 
 
 Lanteglos-by- ) 
 Powey, p. f 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,280 
 
 1,271 
 
 Lea, p. 
 Lea, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Wilts 
 
 229 
 414 
 
 194 
 432 
 
 
 Lamerton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,510 
 
 1,517 
 
 Lantwit (Lower), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,992 
 
 1,367 
 
 Lea, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 6,410 
 
 5,590 
 
 
 Lamingtou and) 
 Waudell, p. | 
 
 Lanark 
 
 369 
 
 380 
 
 Lantwit-Major,v.-p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,077 
 
 2,232 
 
 Lea (Mai-ston), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 283 
 
 261 
 
 
 
 
 
 Lapford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 766 
 
 677 
 
 Leailenliam, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 735 
 
 688 
 
 
 Lannuiis-with- ) 
 
 
 
 
 Lapley, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 962 
 
 828 
 
 LeadhiUs, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 900 
 
 842 
 
 
 Haut-Boys'- >■ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 287 
 
 316 
 
 Lapworth, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 662 
 
 639 
 
 Leake, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,062 
 
 1,912 
 
 
 Parva, p. ) 
 Lamorran, p. 
 
 
 
 
 Laracor, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 2,284 
 
 1,918 
 
 Leake, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,173 
 
 1,092 
 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 94 
 
 92 
 
 Laraghbryan, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,721 
 
 2,628 
 
 Leake (East), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 
 1,069 
 
 
 Lampeter, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,488 
 
 1,542 
 
 Larah, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 5,970 
 
 5,170 
 
 Leake (West), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 "ioo 
 
 171 
 
 
 Lampeter, tn. p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 907 
 
 989 
 
 Larbert, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 4,606 
 
 4,999 
 
 Leamington, tn. w. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 
 17,958 
 
 
 Lamiieter-Velfrey, p 
 Lamphey, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,002 
 395 
 
 951 
 
 365 
 
 Larbert, v. 
 Largo, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 Fife 
 
 2,800 
 
 441 
 2,620 
 
 Leamingtou-Ilast- ) 
 ings, p. f 
 
 AVarw. 
 
 487 
 
 450 
 
 
 Laniplugh, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 616 
 
 808 
 
 Largo, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 428 
 
 Leamington (Pri- ( 
 oi-s), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Lamport, p. \ 
 
 Northa. 
 
 228 
 
 291 
 
 Largoward, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 323 
 
 Warw. 
 
 15,724 
 
 17,402 
 
 
 Lamyatt, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 209 
 
 240 
 
 Largs, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,715 
 
 3,620 
 
 Learmount, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 
 3,616 
 
 
 Lanark, p. 
 Lanark, m. g. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 8,243 
 
 7,891 
 
 Largs, tn. tli. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,824 
 
 2,638 
 
 Leasingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "428 
 
 473 
 
 
 Lanark 
 
 6,304 
 
 6,384 
 
 Larkliall, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 1,609 
 
 2,685 
 
 Leatherhead, p.-tn. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,041 
 
 2,079 
 
 
 »> P. 
 Lanark (New), v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 5,008 
 
 5,047 
 
 Larling, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 219 
 
 181 
 
 Leathley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 330 
 
 272 
 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 1,396 
 
 Lame, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 3,561 
 
 3,197 
 
 Leaveland, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 99 
 
 94 
 
 
 Lancaster, p. 
 Lajjcabtee, m. w. b. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 26,458 
 
 27,4:i0 
 
 Larne, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 2,766 
 
 Lechlade, tn.-p. /. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,373 
 
 1,328 
 
 
 Laucas. 
 
 14,604 
 
 14,487 
 
 Lasborough -with- ) 
 Weston-Birt, p. | 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 234 
 
 190 
 
 Leek, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 2,811 
 
 2,523 
 
 
 If P. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 16,168 
 
 16,005 
 
 Leckford, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 256 
 
 279 
 
 
 Lanchester, p. 
 Lanchester, v. 
 Lancing, p. 
 LandVteach, p. 
 Landcross, p. 
 Landewediiack, p. 
 Landford, p. 
 Landkey, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 15,814 
 
 22,338 
 
 Lasham, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 258 
 
 235 
 
 Leckhami'stead, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 518 
 
 482 
 
 
 Durham 
 
 752 
 
 2,398 
 
 Lasaington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 80 
 
 73 
 
 Leckhampton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,149 
 
 2,523 
 
 
 Sussex 
 
 828 
 
 950 
 
 Lasswade, v. -p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 5,821 
 
 5,688 
 
 Leokonfield, p. 
 
 York 
 
 362 
 
 348 
 
 
 Camb. 
 
 526 
 
 441 
 
 Lastingham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,380 
 
 1,597 
 
 Leckpatrick, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 5,224 
 
 4,461 
 
 
 Devon 
 
 124 
 
 1091 
 
 Latchingdon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 411 
 
 649 
 
 Leckwith, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 114 
 
 133 
 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 4;io 
 
 429 
 
 Lathbui-y, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 147 
 
 147 
 
 Lecropt, p. 
 
 Per. Stir. 
 
 442 
 
 638 
 
 
 Wilts 
 
 244 
 
 278 
 
 Latheron, p. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 8,224 
 
 8,571 
 
 Ledbury, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 4,624 
 
 5,598 
 
 
 Devon 
 
 758 
 
 699 
 
 Lathom, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,291 '• 
 
 3,385 
 
 Ledbiiry, tn. t. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 3,027 1 
 
 3,203 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 247 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 Donegal 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Ledsham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,096 
 
 1,146 
 
 Letterkenny, tn. /. 
 
 1,940 
 
 2,165 
 
 Linkenholt, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 90 
 
 88 
 
 Lee, I). 
 
 Bucks 
 
 126 
 
 116 
 
 Letterluna, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 906 
 
 720 
 
 Linkinhorne, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 2,005 
 
 2,551 
 
 
 Lee, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 3,552 
 
 6,162 
 
 Lettermacaward, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 2,434 
 
 2,497 
 
 Linley, \i. 
 
 Salop 
 
 105 
 
 94 
 
 
 Lee (Botwood), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 202 
 
 210 
 
 Letterston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 558 
 
 511 
 
 Linlithgow, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 6,115 
 
 5,784 
 
 
 Lee (Brookhurst), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 141 
 
 133 
 
 Letton, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 214 
 
 238 
 
 Linlithgow, m. /. 
 
 Liulith. 
 
 4,071 
 
 3,693 
 
 
 Lee (St. John), p. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,073 
 
 2,254 
 
 Letton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 150 
 
 111 
 
 . „ P. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 4,213 
 
 3,843 
 
 
 Leeds, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 663 
 
 656 
 
 Leuchars, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,991 
 
 1,903 
 
 Linlithgow Bridge,v 
 
 Lin. Stir 
 
 
 560 
 
 
 Leeds, p.-tn. m. ^ 
 
 York 
 
 172,270 
 
 207,165 
 
 Leuchars, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 671 
 
 Linslade, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,'309 
 
 1,511 
 
 
 & p. t. s. J 
 
 Leurbost, v. 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 
 436 
 
 Linstead, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 977 
 
 1,029 
 
 
 Leek, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 13,292 
 
 14,326 
 
 Levan (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 "502 
 
 447 
 
 Linstead (Magna), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 100 
 
 115 
 
 
 Leek (Wooton), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 423 
 
 389 
 
 Leven, p. 
 
 York 
 
 993 
 
 990 
 
 Linstead (Parva), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 200 
 
 227 
 
 
 Leeswood, tns. 
 
 Flint 
 
 741 
 
 1,190 
 
 Leven, tn. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,083 
 
 2,723 
 
 Linthwaite, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 3,802 
 
 4,300 
 
 
 Legbonme, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 551 
 
 512 
 
 Levens, tns. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 938 
 
 936 
 
 Linton, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,061 
 
 1,833 
 
 
 Legerwood, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 587 
 
 599 
 
 Levenshulme, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,902 
 
 2,095 
 
 Linton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,059 
 
 1,043 
 
 
 Legoniel, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,968 
 
 Lever-Darcy, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,091 
 
 2,071 
 
 Linton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 952 
 
 915 
 
 
 Legsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 383 
 
 365 
 
 Lever (Great), tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 713 
 
 722 
 
 Linton, tns. 
 
 Heref 
 
 587 
 
 547 
 
 
 Lehinch, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 387 
 
 Lever (Little), tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 8,511 
 
 3,890 
 
 Linton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,082 
 
 873 
 
 
 Leicester, m. & p. s. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 60,584 
 
 68,056 
 
 Leverington, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 2,143 
 
 2,143 
 
 Linton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,221 
 
 1,911 
 
 
 Leigh, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 25,996 
 
 30,052 
 
 Leverton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 790 
 
 770 
 
 Linton, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 630 
 
 608 
 
 
 Leigh, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 5,206 
 
 10,621 
 
 Leverton (North), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 336 
 
 329 
 
 Linton, v. 
 
 Had. 
 
 775 
 
 512 
 
 
 Leigh, tn.-p. a. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,074 
 
 986 
 
 Leverton (South), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 484 
 
 494 
 
 Linton (East), v. 
 
 Had. 
 
 
 835 
 
 
 Leigh, v.-jj 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,370 
 
 1,473 
 
 Levington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 241 
 
 228 
 
 Linton (West), p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 1,630 
 
 1,534 
 
 
 Leigh, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 470 
 
 428 
 
 Levisham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 152 
 
 148 
 
 Lintrathen, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 926 
 
 898 
 
 
 Leigh, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,161 
 
 1,256 
 
 LewanniCk, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 747 
 
 685 
 
 Linwood, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 1,126 
 
 1,514 
 
 
 Leigh, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 475 
 
 506 
 
 Lewes, tn. p. t. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 9,533 
 
 9,716 
 
 Linwood, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 232 
 
 201 
 
 
 Leigh, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,342 
 
 3,330 
 
 Lewisham, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 15,064 
 
 22,808 
 
 Lisbellaw, tn. 
 
 Femia. 
 
 
 351 
 
 
 Leigh->iiX)n-Men- ) 
 dip, p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 581 
 
 534 
 
 Lewknor, j). 
 
 Oxford 
 
 634 
 
 833 
 
 Llsbunny, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 '773 
 
 529 
 
 
 Lewtrenchard, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 436 
 
 353 
 
 LiSBURN, tn. t. 
 
 An. -Do. 
 
 6,932 
 
 7,503 
 
 
 Leigh-de-la-Mere, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 83 
 
 113 
 
 Lexden, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,603 
 
 1,543 
 
 Liscanor, v. 
 
 Clare 
 
 429 
 
 394 
 
 
 Leigh (North), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 290 
 
 253 
 
 Le.xham (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 253 
 
 226 
 
 Liscard, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,100 
 
 5,625 
 
 
 Leigh (Nortli), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 725 
 
 738 
 
 Lexham (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 125 
 
 152 
 
 LiscarroU, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,528 
 
 1,278 
 
 
 Leigh (South), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 321 
 
 331 
 
 Leybourne, p. /. 
 
 Kent 
 
 268 
 
 289 
 
 LiscarroU, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 ... 
 
 497 
 
 
 Leigh (Sont}i), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 339 
 
 319 
 
 Ley bum, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 800 
 
 886 
 
 Liscartan, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 '202 
 
 202 
 
 
 Leigh (West), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 508 
 
 491 
 
 Leyland, tn.-p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 13,710 
 
 13,684 
 
 Liscleary, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,040 
 
 842 
 
 
 Leighfield, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 
 32 
 
 Leysdown, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 272 
 
 215 
 
 Liscolman, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 497 
 
 369 
 
 
 Leighlin-Bridge, > 
 tn. m. s. 1 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,292 
 
 1,245 
 
 Leyton (Low), v.-p. 
 Lezant, p. 
 
 Essex 
 Cornw. 
 
 8,901 
 
 883 
 
 4,794 
 815 
 
 Lisgenan or Grange.p 
 Lisgoold, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 Cork 
 
 1,623 
 
 699 
 
 1,223 
 501 
 
 
 Leiglilin (Old), v.-p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 2,511 
 
 2,269 
 
 Lezayre, p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 2,468 
 
 2,520 
 
 Liskeard, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 6,128 
 
 6,504 
 
 
 Leighmoney, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 583 
 
 464 
 
 Leziate, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 199 
 
 197 
 
 LiSKEARD, M. S. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 4,386 
 
 4,689 
 
 
 Leighs (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 874 
 
 909 
 
 Libterton, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 800 
 
 836 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 6,204 
 
 6,. 585 
 
 
 Leiglis (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 164 
 
 171 
 
 Liberton, p. , 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 3,528 
 
 3,507 
 
 Liskeevy, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,711 
 
 1,596 
 
 
 Leigliton, p. 
 Leighton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 Salop 
 
 455 
 322 
 
 450 
 340 
 
 Lichfield, c. m. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 7,012 
 
 6,893 
 
 I/iskinfei"e, p. 
 Lislee, i). 
 
 Wexford 
 Cork 
 
 942 
 3,423 
 
 712 
 8,221 
 
 
 Leigh ton-Buzzard, p 
 
 Bedford 
 
 6,874 
 
 7,312 
 
 Lickbla, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,846 
 
 1,283 
 
 Lismakeery, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 569 
 
 435 
 
 
 Leigliton-Buzzard ^ 
 
 Bedford 
 
 4,465 
 
 4,330 
 
 Lickerrig, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 622 
 
 452 
 
 Lismalin, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,106 
 
 8'29 
 
 
 tn. t. ) 
 
 Lickfinn, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 169 
 
 74 
 
 Lismateige, p. 
 
 Kiikny 
 
 403 
 
 320 
 
 
 Leinthall-Starkes, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 143 
 
 144 
 
 Lickmolivssy, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 4,030 
 
 2,894 
 
 Lismore and Mo-) 
 collop, p. ) 
 
 Co.-Wa. 
 
 16 692 
 
 13,146 
 
 
 Leintwardine, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,607 
 
 1,812 
 
 Lickoran, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 505 
 
 405 
 
 
 
 
 
 Leire, p. 
 Leiston, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 Suflfolk 
 
 433 
 1,580 
 
 432 
 2,227 
 
 Liddiard (Milli-) 
 cent), p. f 
 
 Wilts 
 
 491 
 
 588 
 
 Lismore, tn. w. 
 Lismore &, Appin, p. 
 
 Co.-Wa. 
 Argyle 
 
 2,319 
 4,097 
 
 2,085 
 3,595 
 
 
 Leith, p. 
 „ (North), p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 Edinb. 
 
 80,919 
 8,999 
 
 33,628 
 10,903 
 
 Liddiard (Tree-\ 
 goose), p. ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 807 
 
 795 
 
 Lismullin, p. 
 Lisnadill, p. 
 
 Meath 
 Armagh 
 
 219 
 7,799 
 
 195 
 7,173 
 
 
 „ (South), p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 24,419 
 
 26,170 
 
 Liddington, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 604 
 
 613 
 
 Lisnakill, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 574 
 
 494 
 
 
 Leitrim, p. 
 
 Co.-Wa. 
 
 1,597 
 
 1,369 
 
 Liddington, p. 
 
 Wilts ' 
 
 434 
 
 440 
 
 Lisiiaskea, tn. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 882 
 
 878 
 
 
 Leitrim, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 760 
 
 708 
 
 Lidford, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,968 
 
 2,815 
 
 Lisronagh, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 707 
 
 519 
 
 
 Leixlip, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,698 
 
 1,412 
 
 Lidgate, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 494 
 
 443 
 
 Liss, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 748 
 
 806 
 
 
 Leixlip, tn. «.' 
 
 Kildare 
 
 832 
 
 788 
 
 Lidlington, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 853 
 
 845 
 
 Lissan, p. 
 
 De.-Tyr. 
 
 5,312 
 
 4,987 
 
 
 Lelant, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 2,012 
 
 2,319 
 
 Lidney, tn.-p. ic. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,577 
 
 2,889 
 
 Lisselton, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,740 
 
 1,837 
 
 
 Lemanaghan, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 3,673 
 
 3,202 
 
 Lidsing, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 39 
 
 30 
 
 Lissington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 224 
 
 245 
 
 
 Lemingtou (Lower)p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 58 
 
 57 
 
 Liflf and Benvie, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 18,949 
 
 24,108 
 
 Lissonuffy, ix 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,977 
 
 2,679 
 
 
 Leuch (Church), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 393 
 
 422 
 
 Lifford, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,518 
 
 3,931 
 
 Listerlin, p. 
 
 Kiikny 
 
 1,031 
 
 871 
 
 
 Lench (Rouse), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 277 
 
 306 
 
 Lifford, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 570 
 
 593 
 
 Liston, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 79 
 
 95 
 
 
 Lenham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,070 
 
 2,016 
 
 Lifton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,667 
 
 1,441 
 
 Listowel, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 8,912 
 
 4,961 
 
 
 Lennoxtown, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 3,108 
 
 3,209 
 
 Lighthome, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 372 
 
 391 
 
 Listowel, tn. ic. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,115 
 
 2,273 
 
 
 Leuton, p.-tn. 
 
 Notts 
 
 5,689 
 
 5,828 
 
 Ligno, V. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 ... 
 
 333 
 
 Lisvane, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 220 
 
 226 
 
 
 Leny, p. . 
 
 Westm. 
 
 
 899 
 
 Lilboume, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 282 
 
 292 
 
 Litcham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 855 
 
 903 
 
 
 Leochel and Gush- 1 
 nie, p. 1 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,068 
 
 1,173 
 
 Lilford, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 141 
 
 179 
 
 Litcliborough, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 418 
 
 449 
 
 
 Lilleshall, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 3,987 
 
 3,746 
 
 Litchfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 113 
 
 102 
 
 
 LEOMINSTER,tn-p. > 
 M. & P. /. f 
 
 Heref. 
 
 5,214 
 
 5,658 
 
 Lilley, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 528 
 
 480 
 
 Litchurch, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,720 
 
 6,560 
 
 
 Lilliesleaf, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 798 
 
 772 
 
 Litherland, tus. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,252 
 
 3,632 
 
 
 Leominster, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 
 908 
 
 Lilliesleaf, v. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 
 325 
 
 Litter, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,071 
 
 1,046 
 
 
 Leonard (St.), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,490 
 
 1,576 
 
 Lillingstone (Day- ) 
 rell), p. ( 
 
 Bucks 
 
 207 
 
 198 
 
 Little Hempston, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 259 
 
 244 
 
 
 Leonard (St.), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 3,090 
 
 3,044 
 
 Little Island, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 912 
 
 851 
 
 
 Leonard (St.), p. 
 
 Leonard-on-Sea ) 
 
 (St.), tn.-p. f 
 
 Berks 
 Sussex 
 
 1,340 
 
 1,030 
 1,693 
 
 Lillingstone (Lo- ) 
 veil), p. ) 
 Lillington, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 Warw. 
 
 171 
 309 
 
 185 
 480 
 
 Littleborough, p. 
 Littleboum, p. 
 Littlebredy, p. 
 
 Notts 
 Kent 
 Doi-set 
 
 84 
 745 
 
 60 
 757 
 199 
 
 
 Leonards (St.), p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 587 
 
 513 
 
 Lillington, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 166 
 
 163 
 
 Littlebury, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 "934 
 
 974 
 
 
 Leonard3(St. Stan- ) 
 ley), p. ]■ 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 861 
 
 864 
 
 Lilstock, p. 
 Limber-Magna, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 Lincoln 
 
 62 
 531 
 
 ■ 71 
 514 
 
 Littleham near > 
 Bideford, p. ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 413 
 
 408 
 
 
 Lepton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 3,592 
 
 3,273 
 
 Limehouse, p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 22,782 
 
 29,108 
 
 Littlehiim near \ 
 
 Devon 
 
 4,150 
 
 3,904 
 
 
 Lerwick, p. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 3,390 
 
 3,631 
 
 Limekilns, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 949 
 
 828 
 
 Exmouth, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Lerwick, tn. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,904 
 
 3,118 
 
 Limerick, c. vt. s. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 53,448 
 
 44,476 
 
 Littlehampton, ) 
 tn.-p. f 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,436 
 
 2,350 
 
 
 Lesbury, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,238 
 
 1,202 
 
 Limington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 344 
 
 341 
 
 
 
 
 Leslie, tn.-p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3,800 
 
 4,332 
 
 Limpenhoe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 248 
 
 227 
 
 Littleport, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 3,832 
 
 3,728 
 
 
 Leslie, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 559 
 
 577 
 
 Limpsfleld, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,296 
 
 1,216 
 
 Littleton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 122 
 
 109 
 
 
 Lesmahagow, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 7,746 
 
 9,266 
 
 Linby, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 310 
 
 257 
 
 Littleton, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 106 
 
 HI 
 
 
 Lesnewth, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 131 
 
 114 
 
 Linch, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 94 
 
 111 
 
 Littleton (Drew), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 237 
 
 233 
 
 
 Lessingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 191 
 
 175 
 
 Linchmere, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 339 
 
 283 
 
 Littleton (High), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 951 
 
 860 
 
 
 Leswalt, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 3,021 
 
 2,701 
 
 Lincoln, c. m. & p./. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 17,536 
 
 20,999 
 
 Littleton (North), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 314 
 
 303 
 
 
 Letch worth, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 76 
 
 68 
 
 Lindfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,814 
 
 1,917 
 
 Littleton-upon- ) 
 Severn, p. f 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 190 
 
 195 
 
 
 Letcombe; Bas8ett),p 
 
 Berks 
 
 292 
 
 283 
 
 Lindrldge, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,805 
 
 1,760 
 
 
 
 
 
 Letcombe (Regis), p 
 
 ' Berks 
 
 968 
 
 1,014 
 
 Lindsell, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 378 
 
 385 
 
 Littleton (South), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 
 294 
 
 
 Letham, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 316 
 
 Lindsey, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 326 
 
 316 
 
 Littleton (West), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 '16I 
 
 120 
 
 
 Letham, v. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 
 1,231 
 
 Linford (Great), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 486 
 
 557 
 
 Llttlington, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 790 
 
 698 
 
 
 Lethendy and > 
 Kinloch, p. f 
 
 Perth 
 
 556 
 
 542 
 
 Linford (Little), p. 
 Lingards, tns. 
 
 Bucks 
 York 
 
 57 
 811 
 
 58 
 783 
 
 Littlington, p. 
 Litton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 Somer. 
 
 105 
 421 
 
 134 
 313 
 
 
 Letheringham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 206 
 
 208 
 
 Lingen, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 296 
 
 287 
 
 Litton-Cheney, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 507 
 
 501 
 
 
 Letheringsett, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 314 
 
 323 
 
 Lingfield, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,141 
 
 2,202 
 
 Livermere;Magna),p 
 
 Suffplk 
 
 301 
 
 290 
 
 
 Lethnot and Navar, i 
 
 ) Forfar 
 
 408 
 
 446 
 
 Lingwood, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 5091 509 
 
 Li vei-mere (Parva), p 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 174 
 
 167 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
248 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 Liverpool, p. 
 
 LlVERPOOI,, M. &P. I ! 
 J) J. t. ie. th. f. s. ) j 
 Livesey, tus. 
 Livingston, p. 
 Llanaber (iuclud- ) 
 iiigBarmoiith),pf 
 Llaiiaelhaiai°u, p. 
 Llan-afan, p. 
 Llanafanfawr, p. 
 
 County. 
 iLancas. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Lancas. 
 I Liiilith. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 I Caniar. 
 j Caixlig. 
 ! Brecon 
 
 I ... |269,742 
 
 ;375,955 j443,938 
 
 2,649 1 3,581 
 1,289 
 
 Llau-afan-fechau, p. j Brecon 
 
 Angles. 
 Radnor 
 Carnar. 
 Denbigh 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 LhmaUgo, p. 
 Llauauno, p. 
 Llauarmou, p. 
 Llanarmon, p. 
 Llanarmon (Oy-^^ 
 fryn Ceiriog>, p. ) j 
 
 I^'*"^™"" - ^'>- I- Denbigh 
 nydd-Maur, p. j ' " 
 
 Llanarth, p. 
 
 Llaiiarth (North & \ 
 
 South), p. j 
 
 Llanarthney, p. 
 
 Llanasaph, p. 
 
 Llanbabo, p. 
 
 Llanbadarn-Fawr, p| 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Carmar. 
 Flint 
 Angles. 
 Cardig. 
 
 Llanbadarn-Fawr, pi Radnor 
 Llanbadam-Fy- 
 
 nydd, p. 
 Llanbadarn-Od- 
 
 wyn, p. 
 Llanbadam-Tref- 
 
 Eglwyg, p. 
 Llanbaddock, p. 
 Llanbadrig, p. 
 Llanbeblig, p. 
 Llanbedr, p. 
 Llanbedr, p. 
 Llanbedrgoch, p. 
 Lhmbedr-y-Cen- ) 
 
 nin, p. ( 
 
 Llanbedr-DyflTrin- \ 
 
 Radnor 
 Cai-dig. 
 
 I j Cardig. 
 
 Monm. 
 Angles. 
 Carnar. 
 Brecon 
 Merion. 
 Angles. 
 
 Carnar. 
 Denbigh 
 
 Clwyd, p. 
 Llan bedr-Pains- 
 
 castle, p. 
 Llanbedrog, p. 
 Llanberis, p. 
 Llanlieulan, p. 
 Llanbister, p. 
 Llan-blethian, p. 
 Llanboidy, p. 
 Llanbrynmair, p. 
 Llancadwalladr, p. 
 Llancarvan, p. 
 Llancillo, p. 
 Llancynfelin, \>. 
 LlandaflF, c.-p. 
 Llandanwg, p. 
 Llandavrke, p. 
 LlanddanielFab, p. I Angles. 
 Llanddarog, p. | Carmar, 
 
 Llanddausaint, p. 
 LlanddaiLsaint, j). 
 Llanddeiniolen, p. 
 Llanddetnol, p. 
 Llandderfel, p. 
 Llanddewi-Aber- ) 
 
 arth, p. f 
 
 Llanddewi-Aber- ) 
 
 gwesin, p. ) 
 
 Llanddewi-Brefi, p, 
 Llanddewir-Cwra, 
 Llanddoget, p. 
 Llanddona, p. 
 Llanddulas, p. 
 Llanddwywe, p. 
 Llanddyfnan, p. 
 Llandebie, p. 
 Llaiidecwyn, p. 
 Llandefailog - Pach , p 
 Llandefailog-Tre- ) 
 
 Graig, p. f 
 
 I Radnor 
 
 I Carnar. 
 I Camar. 
 [Angles. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Heref. 
 j Cardig. 
 
 Glamor. 
 I Merion. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 ] Angles. 
 ! Carmar. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Cardig. 
 p Brecon 
 Denbigh 
 Angles. 
 Denbigh 
 Merion. 
 Angles. 
 Carmar. 
 Merion. 
 Brecon 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Llandefally (Nor. ) 
 and South), p. j 
 
 Llandefeilog, p. 
 
 Llandegai, j). 
 
 Llandegfan, p. 
 
 Llandegla, p. 
 
 Llandegley, p. 
 
 Llandegveth, p. 
 
 Llandegwning, j). 
 
 Llandeloy, p. 
 
 Llandenny, p. 
 
 Llandewy, p. 
 
 Ijlandewyfach, p. 
 
 Llandewy -Velfrey, p 
 
 Llandewy-Yutra- f 
 denny, p. f 
 
 Llandilo, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Carmar. 
 Carnar. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Momn. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Ridnor 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,366 
 
 1,600 
 
 736 
 56-2 
 
 1,672 
 
 616 
 419 
 985 
 173^ 
 
 "3741 
 612 
 
 2,117 
 
 3091 
 
 161 
 
 610 
 
 2,337 
 
 2,076 
 2,732 
 
 167 : 
 
 12,776! 13,724 
 433 1 475 
 
 535 ! 609 
 
 Llaudilo-Aberco 
 
 win, p. 
 Llandilo - Faur, 
 
 tn.-p. *. 
 Llandilo-Graban, p. 
 
 } 
 
 County. 
 
 Carmar, 
 
 Cai-mar. 
 Radnor 
 
 LlandOo-Talybont,p] Glamor 
 
 Llandilo - Vane { 
 (Lower & Up.),p j 
 Llandinabo, p. 
 Llandinam, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Heref. 
 Montg. 
 
 315 
 140 
 
 2,216 
 
 2,001 
 
 2,682 
 
 138 
 
 965] 
 
 418 
 
 1,281 
 
 9,883 
 
 286 
 
 306 
 
 481 
 461 
 
 322; 
 
 5251 
 1,111 
 
 352 
 1,084 
 
 767 
 1,795 
 1,982 
 
 233 
 
 662 
 70 
 
 959 
 1,821 
 
 749 
 37 
 
 479 
 1,036 
 
 602 
 
 851 
 4,894 
 
 251 
 
 955 
 
 1,284 
 
 163 1 Llandingat, p. \ Carmar 
 
 430 ll Llandisilio - Gogo ) 
 358 I (Lower & Up.;,p j 
 656 1| Llandissilio, p. 
 2,019 I Llandogo, p. 
 Llandough, p. 
 
 '^pinXr*"}^^^'"- 
 
 Llandovery, tn.M. ) 
 
 w. s. ) 
 
 Llandow, p. 
 Llaudowror, p. 
 Llandrillo, p. 
 Llandrillo - yn - ) 
 
 Rhos, p. J 
 
 Llandrindod, p. 
 Llandrinio, p. 
 Llandrygarn, p. 
 Llandudno, p. 
 Llandudwen, p. 
 Llandiilas-in-Tyr- }_ 
 
 Abbot, p. 
 
 527 
 
 948 
 
 452 
 1,187 
 9,937 
 280 
 370 
 356 
 
 489 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Crm.Pe. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 Glamor. 
 Carmar. 
 Merion. 
 
 Cm. De. 
 
 Radnor 
 Montg. 
 Angles. 
 Camar. 
 Carnar. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Llandwrog, (Up. ) 
 ver), p. ]■ 
 
 Camar. 
 
 and Low ^, ^ . 
 Llandyfeisant, p. ' i Carmar 
 Llandyfodo^, p. j Glamor. 
 Llandyfriog, p. Cai-dig. 
 
 Llandyfrydog, p. Angles. 
 Llandygwidd, p. Cardig. 
 Llandymog, p. Denbigh 
 
 Llandysilio, p. Angles. 
 
 .„, I Llandysilio, p. Montg. 
 
 Llandyssil, p. ; Cardig. 
 
 „„- 1 Llandyssil, p. \ Montg. 
 
 ''""I Llanedarn, p. I Glamor. 
 
 469 1 Llanedwen, p. i Angles. 
 
 1,304 Llanedy, p. Carmar. 
 
 815 Llanegryn, p. Merion. 
 
 1,045 ; Llanegwad, p. Carmar. 
 
 753 Llaneiliaii, p. Angles. 
 
 1,744 j Llanelian, p. Denbigh 
 
 2,061 I Llanelidan, p. Denbigh 
 
 223 I Llanelieu, p. Brecon 
 
 068 Llanellen, p. ' Monm. 
 
 74 I Llanelltyd, p. Merion. 
 
 967 [ Llanelly, p. j Brecon 
 
 6,585 Llanelly, p. , Carmar. 
 
 739 Llanelly, tn. p. th.s Cannar. 
 38 Llanelwedd, p. j Radnor 
 
 442 Llanenddwynn, p. 
 970 1 Llanengan, p. 
 565 Ij Llanerchayron, p. 
 848 j Llanerchymedd, ji. 
 5,747 m Llanerfyl, p. 
 260 i| Llaneugrad, p. 
 948 ll Llanfabon, p. 
 J . j,o l| Llanfachreth, p. 
 ' ji Llanfachreth, p. 
 , , J ;| Llanfaelog, p. 
 j Llanfaelrhys, p. 
 2,574 1 Llanfaes, p 
 
 Merion, 
 
 Camar. 
 I Cardig. 
 j Angles. 
 ! Montg. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 Montg. 
 Cardig. 
 Angles. 
 
 Denbigh 
 Camar. 
 
 Llanfaethiy, p. 
 Llanfaglan, p. 
 Llanfairarybryn, p. 
 Llanfair-Caorin- \ 
 
 ion, tn.-p. s. j 
 Llanfair-Clydogau,p 
 Llanfair - yn - y - ) 
 
 Cwmmwd, p. f 
 Llanfair- Dyffryn- f 
 
 Clwyd, p. I 
 
 Llanfairfechan, p. 
 
 Llanfair (Harlech'^.p' Merion, 
 Llanfair-Is-Gaer, p. I Camar. 
 Llanfairmatha - ) , , 
 
 fameithaf, p. \ \^^S^^- 
 Llanfair-Nantgwn.pi Pemb. 
 Llanfair-Nantygof.pi Pemb. 
 Llanfair-Orllwyn, p.\ Cardig. 
 Llanfair-PwUgw- » *„„,.. 
 
 yngyll.p. f Angles. 
 
 Llanfairtalhaiam, p Denbigh 
 Llanfair-Tref-He- ( 
 
 lygon, p. ( 
 
 Llanfairyneubwll, p 
 Llanfair-yn-Ghor- \ 
 
 C69| T.'^T'n?- ' 
 
 Llanfallteg, p. 
 
 12611 Llanfawr, p. Merion. 
 
 Cardig. 
 Angles. 
 Angles. 
 Car.-Pe. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1801. 
 
 76 
 
 77 
 
 5,758 
 
 5,440 
 
 260 
 1,408 
 
 263 
 1,331 
 
 525 
 
 496 
 
 77 
 1,585 
 2,542 
 
 63 
 1,574 
 2,389 
 
 1,395 
 
 1,315 
 
 993 
 571 
 113 
 
 1,036 
 648 
 119 
 
 135 
 
 234 
 
 1,927 
 
 1,855 
 
 1.34 
 403 
 
 133 1 
 
 339 il 
 
 PliACK. 
 
 County. 
 
 790 
 
 1,331 
 
 217 
 925 
 420 
 1,131 
 119 
 
 131 
 
 2,823 
 
 247 
 284 
 959 
 719 
 
 1,063 
 711 
 
 1,243 
 557 
 
 2,930 
 808 
 338 
 
 1,126 
 705 
 
 2,008 
 
 1,295 
 565 
 953 
 111 
 368 
 518 
 
 9,644 
 13,663 
 
 8,710 
 203 
 981 
 
 1,109 
 259 
 
 "911 
 330 
 1,925 
 566 
 880 
 
 "255 
 249 
 427 
 254 
 1,705 
 
 2,727 
 
 588 
 
 1,281 
 
 809 
 474 
 687 
 
 201 
 259 
 433 
 
 758 
 
 1,386 
 
 97 
 
 366 
 1,719 
 
 1,321 
 
 243 
 
 910 
 
 359 
 
 2,316 
 
 94 
 
 124 
 
 2,825 
 
 258 
 254 
 807 
 706 
 
 1,028 
 653 
 
 1,359 
 689 
 
 2,788 
 790 
 289 
 273 
 
 1,086 
 6.^2 
 
 1,920 
 
 1,282 
 548 
 848 
 93 
 373 
 465 
 
 9,603 
 
 17,279 
 
 11,446 
 
 227 
 
 891 
 
 1,021 
 
 228 
 
 67 
 
 885 
 
 276 
 
 2,360 
 532 
 862 
 763 
 208 
 243 
 445 
 253 
 
 1,559 
 
 2,584 
 
 614 
 
 37 
 
 1,263 
 
 1,199 
 
 426 
 
 1,060 
 
 757 
 189 
 245 
 427 
 
 695 
 
 1,309 
 
 81 
 
 357 
 
 293 
 
 353 
 1,531 
 
 Llanfechan, p. | 
 
 Llanfechan, p. 
 Llanfechell, j>. | 
 
 Llanferras, p. | 
 
 Llanffinan, p. 
 Llanfflewyn, p. i 
 
 Llanfigael, p. 
 Llanflhangel, p. 
 Llanflliangel-Ab-) | 
 
 erbythych, p. j I 
 Llanfiliangel-Ab- ) 
 
 ercowm, p. f | 
 
 Llanflhangel- Ab- \ \ 
 
 ergwesin, p. ( 1 
 Llanflhangel - Ar - \ \ 
 
 arth, p. ) I 
 
 Llanflhangel -Ba- ) I 
 
 chellaeth, p. ) 
 Llanflhangel -Be- ) 
 
 guildy, p. r I 
 
 Llanflhangel Brj'n ) 1 
 
 Pabuan, p. j j 
 
 Llanflhangel -Cil-^ : 
 
 fargen, p. ) | 
 
 Llanflhangel - y - 1 
 
 Croyddin, p. f 
 Llanflhangel - > 
 
 Cwmdu, p. f I 
 Llanflhangel - Es - ^ I 
 
 ceiflog, p. ) I 
 
 Llanflhangel- Ge - \ \ 
 
 neur-Glynn, p. j j 
 Llanflhangel - ) j 
 
 Glyn-y-Myfyr, p f j 
 Llanflhangel -He- ) | 
 
 lygeii, p. i I 
 
 Llanflhangel -yn- ) j 
 
 Howyn, p. j | 
 
 Llanfliiangel-Lle- ) 
 
 drod, p. ) 
 
 Llanflhangel 
 
 Nantbrane 
 
 and Low. 
 Llanfihaugel-Pen- \ 
 
 173 1 
 6931 
 1,085 
 799 i 
 145 
 
 1,029 
 860 
 
 el- ) 
 ne (Up. V 
 ••), p. ) 
 
 bedw, p. 
 Llanflhangel - y - ^ 
 Pennant, p. f 
 Llanflhangel - y - 1 
 Pennant, p. f 
 Llanflhangel - ) 
 Rhos-y-Com, p. j 
 Llanfiliangel - ) 
 Rhydithon, p. ) 
 Llanflhangel - y n - ) 
 Sylwy, p. f 
 
 Llanfihangel-Ta- ) 
 lylynn, p. ) 
 
 Llanflhangel - y - ) 
 Traethau, p. j 
 Llanfihangel-tre'r- 1 
 beirdd, p. f 
 
 Llanflhangel - ys - ) 
 trad, p. j 
 
 Llanfoist, p. 
 Llanfrothen, p. 
 Llanfwrog, p. 
 Llanfwrog, p. 
 I Lianfyllin, p. 
 Llanfyllin, tn. p. 
 Llanfynydd, p. 1 
 
 Llanfymach, p. 
 Llangadfan, p. i 
 
 Llangadock, tn.-p. th 
 Llangadwaladr, p. 
 Llangafelach, p. 
 Llangaffo, p. 
 Llangain, p. 
 Llangammarch, p. 
 Llangan, p. 
 Llanganhafal, p. 
 Llanganna, p. 
 Llanganten, p. 
 Llangar, p. ' 
 
 Llangarren, p. ! 
 
 Llangasty- Tally-) I 
 "yn, p. 1 1 
 
 Llangathen, p. I 
 
 Llangattock, p. j 
 Llangattock, p. 
 Llangattock -Llin- ) i 
 goed, p. ) i 
 
 Llangattock-nigh- ) I 
 
 Usk, p. i" 
 
 Llangattock - Vi - ) 
 
 bon-Avel, p. j i 
 Llangedwyn, p. j 
 Llangefni, p. 
 Llangefni, tn. p. th 
 Llangeinor, p. ^ 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 163 
 
 Merion. I 1,587 1,C87 
 
 Angles. 
 
 149 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Cai-mar. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Monm. 
 Monm. 
 
 350 
 
 1,1831 1,162 
 
 1,4,53 1 1,472 
 
 802 
 1,492 
 
 1,'932 
 1,116, 
 1,376 1 
 
 933 
 1,079 
 2,820 1 
 
 579 I 
 10,895 1 
 
 138' 
 
 445 
 1,038 
 
 631 
 
 481 
 
 2(il 
 
 181 
 
 251 
 1,217 
 
 233 200 
 
 1,035 977 
 5,415 5,759 
 1,539 1,544 
 
 206 
 
 305 
 1,799 
 1,362 
 
 350 
 
 297 
 1,696 
 1,317 
 
 363 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GKEAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 249 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 Llanrhychwyn, p. 
 
 County. 
 Camar. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Llangeinwen, pi 
 
 Angles. 
 
 967 
 
 913 
 
 586 
 
 532 
 
 Llanwrthwl, p. 
 
 
 
 Brecon 
 
 599 
 
 556 
 
 Llaiigeitho, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 442 
 
 453 
 
 Llanrhydd, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 981 
 
 965 
 
 Llauwydelan, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 491 
 
 476 
 
 
 Llaiigeler (Upi)er [ 
 
 Carmar 
 
 1,681 
 
 1,573 
 
 Llanrhyddlad, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 796 
 
 790 
 
 Llanwyrtyd, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 553 
 
 607 
 
 
 and Lower), p. j 
 
 
 Llanrhystyd, p 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,518 
 
 1,533 
 
 Llany^lotlwell, p 
 
 Salop 
 
 953 
 
 1,008 
 
 
 Llaiigeljuin, p. 
 
 Cariiar. 
 
 204 
 
 234 
 
 Llanrian, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,178 
 
 1,017 
 
 Llanybyther, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,124 
 
 1,131 
 
 
 Llaiigelyniu, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 ge,-! 
 
 891 
 
 Llanrithan, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 184 
 
 188 
 
 Llanycefn, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 442 
 
 416 
 
 
 Llaiigendeime, p. 
 
 Cannar. 
 
 2,423 
 
 2,355 
 
 Llanrothall, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 113 
 
 107 
 
 Llanychaiai-n, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 538 
 
 680 
 
 
 Llangeiiuech, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 965 
 
 923 
 
 Llaiirug, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,894 
 
 2,139 
 
 Llanychan, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 123 
 
 107 
 
 
 Llangeniiith, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 398 
 
 384 
 
 Llanrwst, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Ca.Den. 
 
 3,984 
 
 3,993 
 
 Llanyohai-e, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 219 
 
 194 
 
 
 Llaiigeiiny, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 
 470 
 
 Llansadurn, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 444 
 
 419 
 
 Llanyohlwydog, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 209 
 
 206 
 
 
 Llangerniew (Up- \ 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 l,-249 
 
 1,245 
 
 Llansadurn, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,127 
 
 1,999 
 
 Llanycil, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 2,431 
 
 2,383 
 
 
 per & Low.), p. ) 
 
 Llansadurnen, p. 
 
 Cai-mar. 
 
 217 
 
 194 
 
 Llanycrwys, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 495 
 
 524 
 
 
 Llaiigeview, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 182 
 
 159 
 
 Llansaintffraid, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,286 
 
 1,309; 
 
 Llanymowddwy, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 685 
 
 595 
 
 
 Llangian, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 1.161 
 
 1,088 
 
 Llansaintffraid, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,255 
 
 Llanymyneck, p. 
 
 Mtg. Sa. 
 
 842 
 
 951 
 
 
 Llaiigibby, p. 
 
 Moiini. 
 
 536 
 
 525 
 
 Llansaiutifraid- \ 
 
 Radnor 
 
 323 
 
 340 
 
 Llanynghenedl, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 427 
 
 
 Llauginnliig, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 424 
 
 378 
 
 in-Elvel, p. ) 
 
 Llanynys, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 "172 
 
 152 
 
 
 Llaiiglydwen, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 278 
 
 276 
 
 Llansaintffraid- \ 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,381 
 
 1,304 
 
 Llanynys, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 743 
 
 723 
 
 
 Llangoed, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 618 
 
 Glau-Conway, p , 
 
 Llanyre, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 773 
 
 744 
 
 
 Llaiigoedmore, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 "990 
 
 902 
 
 Llansaintffraid - ) 
 Glyn-Ceiriog, p. j 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 614 
 
 738 
 
 Llanystymdwy, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 1,206 
 
 1,126 
 
 
 Llangollen, tu.-p. s. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 5,260 
 
 5,799 
 
 Llanywern, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 148 
 
 139 
 
 
 Llangolmau, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 291 
 
 282 
 
 Llansaintft-aed, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 231 
 
 255 
 
 Llawhaden, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 669 
 
 647 
 
 
 Llangorse (Upper \ 
 
 R • 
 
 401 
 
 414 
 137 
 
 Llansaintfi-ead, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 36 
 
 16 
 
 Llechgwenfar- ^ 
 
 Angles. 
 Cardig. 
 
 
 366 
 
 
 and Lower), p ( 
 Llangoven, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 129 
 
 Llansamlet(High- \ 
 er & Lower), p. ) 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 4,276 
 
 5,103 
 
 wydd, p. j 
 Llechryd, p. 
 
 
 454 
 
 
 Llangower, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 367 
 
 345 
 
 Llansannan, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,329 
 
 1,256 
 
 Llechylehed, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 635 
 
 
 Llangrauog, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 854 
 
 880 
 
 Llansannor, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 208 
 
 197 
 
 Llowes, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 "359 
 
 324 
 
 
 Llangristiolus, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 975 
 
 881 
 
 Llansantfraid- ) 
 Glyn-Dyfrdwy,p) 
 
 Merion. 
 
 137 
 
 161 
 
 Llysfaen, p. 
 
 Cm.De. 
 
 771 
 
 908 
 
 
 Llangrwyddon, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 595 
 
 557 
 
 Llyswen, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 225 
 
 226 
 
 
 Llangstone, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 233 
 
 212 
 
 Llansawel, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,051 
 
 1,003 
 
 Llyswomey, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 184 
 
 189 
 
 
 Llaugua, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 118 
 
 114 
 
 LlansiUin, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,012 
 
 2,002 
 
 Llysyfraw, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 179 
 
 168 
 
 
 Llangiiick, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 4,229 
 
 7,983 
 
 Llansoy, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 166 
 
 168 li Llywell, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 1,627 
 
 1,503 
 
 
 . Llangnnider, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 3,246 
 
 3,594 
 
 Llanspyddid, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 404 
 
 408 i Loanhead, v. 
 
 Edin. 
 
 
 1,310 
 
 
 Llangunllo, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 563 
 
 587 
 
 Llanstadwell, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 905 
 
 1,7451! Lochalsh, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 2,299 
 
 2,413 
 
 
 Llangtinllo, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 
 599 
 
 Llanstephan, j). 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,277 
 
 1,229! Lochbroom, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 4 813 
 
 4,862 
 
 
 Llangunnock, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 "776 
 
 717 
 
 Llanstephan, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 255 
 
 231 Lochcarron, p. 
 
 Ri«s 
 
 1,612 
 
 1,592 
 
 
 Llangurrig, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 1.802 
 
 1,641 
 
 Llanstinan, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 197 
 
 174 1 Lochgelly, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 770 
 
 1,629 
 
 
 Llangwm, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 928 
 
 986 
 
 Llanthetty, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 549 
 
 631 Lochgilphead, v. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 ... 
 
 1,674 
 
 
 Llangwm, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 364 
 
 385 
 
 Llanthew, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 300 
 
 292] Lochgoilhead and) 
 „„„ 1 Kilmorich, p. j 
 ^•^''j Lochlee, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 834 
 
 702 
 
 
 Llangwn, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 
 900 
 
 Llanthewy - Ry - '^ 
 
 Monm. 
 
 402 
 
 
 
 Llaiigwnadle, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 "297 
 
 272 
 
 therch, p. ) 
 
 Forfar 
 
 615 
 
 495 
 
 
 Llangwnnor, p. 
 
 Cai'mar. 
 
 1,157 
 
 1,250 
 
 Llanthewy -Skir- I 
 
 Monm. 
 
 101 
 
 „„ Lochmaben, p. 
 1 Lochmaben, m. 
 
 Dnmf 
 
 3,127 
 
 . 3,087 
 
 
 Jjlaiigwstemin, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 657 
 
 674 
 
 rid, p. J 
 
 Dunif. 
 
 1,498 
 
 1,544 
 
 
 Llangwyfan, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 260 
 
 246 
 
 Llanthewy- Vach, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 185 
 
 1721 „ p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,092 
 
 1,194 
 
 
 Llangwyfan, p. 
 Llangwyllog, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 Angles. 
 
 205 
 
 200 
 207 
 
 Llaiitillio - Cros - ) 
 senny, p. ) 
 
 Monm. 
 
 735 
 
 _,„ Lochmtton, p. 
 '■"* 1 Lochs, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 Ross 
 
 726 
 4,256 
 
 677 
 4,901 
 
 
 Llangwym, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 962 
 
 986 
 
 Llantillio-Pertho- \ 
 ley, p. i 
 
 Monm. 
 
 848 
 
 984 
 
 Lochwinnoch, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 4,153 
 
 3,821 
 
 
 Llaiigybi, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 662 
 
 622 
 
 Lochwinnoch, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 2,271 
 
 1,910 
 
 
 Llangyby, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 268 
 
 292 
 
 Llantood, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 303 
 
 264 
 
 Lockerby, tn. th. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,569 
 
 1,709 
 
 
 Llangyniew, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 696 
 
 602 
 
 Llantrisaint, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 538 
 
 488 1| Lockerley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 627 
 
 581 
 
 
 Llangynog, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 56 
 
 51 
 
 Llantrisaint, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 4,181 
 
 5,492 j! Locking, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 156 
 
 152 
 
 
 Llangynog, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 568 
 
 601 
 
 Llantrisaint, p./. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,007 
 
 1,493 1 Lockinge (East), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 297 
 
 318 
 
 
 Llangynwyd, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 5,479 
 
 7,002 
 
 Llantrissent, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 274 
 
 308 j Lockington, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 635 
 
 571 
 
 
 Llangywnllo, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 489 
 
 599 
 
 Llautrithyd, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 201 
 
 204 1 Lockington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 4.57 
 
 486 
 
 
 Llanhamlach, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 346 
 
 304 
 
 Llantwit (Major), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 
 1,122 1 Lockwood, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 5,556 
 
 6,755 
 
 
 Llanhai-an, p. 
 
 Gliimor. 
 
 330 
 
 299 
 
 Llantwitvairdre, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 4,096 
 
 4,415 
 
 Ix)ddington, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 112 
 
 142 
 
 
 Llanhary, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 261 
 
 275 
 
 Llantysilio, ji. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,019 
 
 1,129 
 
 Loddington, p. 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 279 
 
 289 
 
 
 Llanhennock, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 222 
 
 228 
 
 Llanuwychyllyn, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 1,264 
 
 1,145 
 
 Loddiswell, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 949 
 
 899 
 
 
 Llauhileth, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 899 
 
 1,020 
 
 Llanvaches, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 291 
 
 235 1[ Loddon, tn. p. t. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,211 
 
 1,153 
 
 
 Llanhowell, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 189 
 
 184 
 
 Llanvair-Discoed, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 191 
 
 187 
 
 Lodei-s, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 986 
 
 1,053 
 
 
 Llanidan, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 1,367 
 
 1,323 
 
 Llanvair-Kilgidin, p 
 
 Monm. 
 
 268 
 
 296 
 
 Lodsworth, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 661 
 
 629 
 
 
 Llanidloes, p. 
 Llanidloes, tn.M. ) 
 & p. s. f 
 
 Montg. 
 
 4,604 
 
 3,987 
 
 Llanvair - Water - f 
 dine, p. j 
 
 Salop 
 
 592 
 
 611 
 
 Lofthouse, p. 
 Loghill, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 Limer. 
 
 1,192 
 1,518 
 
 1,103 
 1,259 
 
 
 Montg. 
 
 3,045 
 
 3,127 
 
 Llauvapley, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 138 
 
 156 
 
 Logie, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 467 
 
 410 
 
 
 Llaniestyn, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 251 
 
 212 
 
 Llauvareth, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 ... 
 
 155 
 
 Logic, p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 2,551 
 
 3,483 
 
 
 Llaniestyn, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,067 
 
 1,012 
 
 Llanvetheriue, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 "231 
 
 222 
 
 Logie-Buchan, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 724 
 
 762 
 
 
 Llanigon, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 518 
 
 484 
 
 Llanvigan, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 634 
 
 674 
 
 Logie-Coldstone, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 889 
 
 932 
 
 
 Llanilar, p.' 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 924 
 
 94- 
 
 Llanvihaugel- \ 
 
 Monm. 
 
 454 
 
 479 
 
 Logie-Easter, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 965 
 
 932 
 
 
 Llanilid, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 185 
 
 150 
 
 Crucorney, p. ) 
 
 Logie Pert, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,609 
 
 1,483 
 
 
 Llanillteme, p. 
 Llanina, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 Carilig. 
 
 "456 
 
 150 
 
 498 
 
 Llanvihangel- i 
 Llantarnam, p. ) 
 
 Monm. 
 
 1,228 
 
 1 -^Ol Logie-Rait, p. 
 ^'■^"^ j Lolworth, p. 
 
 Perth 
 Camb. 
 
 2,875 
 136 
 
 2,592 
 133 
 
 
 Llanislien, p. 
 Llanishen, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 Mourn. 
 
 388 
 351 
 
 449 
 320 
 
 Llanvihangel - ys - ) 
 tern Llewern, p. f 
 
 Monm. 
 
 171 
 
 .,„„j Lonan, p. 
 
 ! Londesborough, p. 
 
 Is. -Man 
 York 
 
 2,607 
 293 
 
 2,909 
 306 
 
 
 Llanllawddog, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 725 
 
 696 
 
 Llanvihangel- 
 Nantmellan, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 499 
 
 „,Q London, c. m. & p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 127,869 
 
 112,063 
 
 
 Llanllawer, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 110 
 
 117 
 
 Londonderry, c. ) 
 "*"" 1 Londonthorpe, p. 
 
 London. 
 
 19,888 
 
 20,875 
 
 
 Lliuillechid, \y. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 5,948 
 
 7,346 
 
 Llanvihangel- ) 
 Pontymoile, p. ) 
 
 Monm. 
 
 205 
 
 
 
 
 
 Llanlleonvel, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 235 
 
 250 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 222 
 
 228 
 
 
 Llanllibio, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 59 
 
 Llanvihangel-ur.- j 
 lUggiet, p. j 
 
 Monm. 
 
 42 
 
 36 
 
 Longbenton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 13,304 
 
 
 Llanllowell, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 "92 
 
 87 
 
 Longborough, p. 
 
 Glouc 
 
 656 
 
 055 
 
 
 Llanllugan, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 S65 
 
 304 
 
 Llanvihaugel-Tor- ) 
 y-mynydd, p. j 
 
 Monm. 
 
 230 
 
 197 
 
 Longbredy, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 375 
 
 250 
 
 
 Llanllwchaiam, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,738 
 
 1,976 
 
 
 
 Longburton,p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 389 
 
 336 
 
 
 Llanllwchaiarn, p. 
 Llaiillwiiy, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 Carmar. 
 
 2,775 
 825 
 
 2,394 
 776 
 
 Llanvihangel- ) 
 nigh-Usk, p. ) 
 
 Monm. 
 
 139 
 
 112 
 
 Longdon, p. 
 Longdon, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 Worces. 
 
 1,148 
 577 
 
 1,220 
 626 
 
 
 Llanllyfui, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 2,010 
 
 2,362 
 
 Llanvillo, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 307 
 
 263 
 
 Longdon-uiX)n- ) 
 Terne, p. ) 
 
 Salop 
 
 88 
 
 88 
 
 
 Llaumadook, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 269 
 
 449 
 
 Llanvreckva, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 2,502 
 
 2,554 
 
 
 
 
 Llanmaes, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 183 
 
 225 
 
 Llanvrynach, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 358 
 
 352 
 
 Longfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 162 
 
 188 
 
 
 Llanmartin, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 201 
 
 181 
 
 Llanwarne, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 391 
 
 383 
 
 Longfield (East), p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 2,630 
 
 2,338 
 
 
 Llanmerewig, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 188 
 
 1 148 
 
 Llanwddyn, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 520 
 
 529 
 
 Longfield (West), p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 4,162 
 
 3,848 
 
 
 Llanmihaiigel, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 37 
 
 29 
 
 Llanwenarth, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 2,502 
 
 2,326 
 
 Longford, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,162 
 
 1,157 
 
 
 Llaiinefydd, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,136 
 
 Llanwenllwyfo, p 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 546 
 
 Longford, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 225 
 
 214 
 4,872 
 
 
 Llannon, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,696 
 
 1,656 
 
 Llanwenog, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,575 
 
 1,521 
 
 Longford, tn. s. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 4,144 
 
 
 Llannor, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,117 
 
 1,023 
 
 Llanwern, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 Longforgan, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,787 
 
 1,823 
 
 
 Llanover, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 2,942 
 
 4,290 
 
 Llanwinio, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 r,014 
 
 944 
 
 Longfoi-gan, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 442 
 
 
 Llanpumpsaint, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 520 
 
 543 
 
 Lianwnda, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 1,607 
 
 1,660 
 
 Longformacus ) 
 and Elim, p. 1 
 
 Berwick 
 
 411 
 
 448 
 
 
 Llanrhaidr - in - 
 Kinmeroh, p. 
 
 
 
 
 Llanwnda, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,292 
 
 1,138 
 
 
 
 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,935 
 
 1,888 
 
 Llanwnen, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 329 
 
 344 
 
 Longframlington, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 447 
 
 
 Llanrhaidr - yn - 
 Mochnant, p. 
 
 Den.Mt. 
 
 2,528 
 
 2,304 
 
 Llanwnog, p. 
 Llanwonno, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,645 
 3,253 
 
 1,631 
 
 8,702 
 
 Longham, p. 
 Longhope, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Glouc. 
 
 337 
 1,070 
 
 320 
 1,104 
 
 
 Llanrhidian,p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 2,006 
 
 1,993 
 
 Llanwrda, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 572 
 
 611 
 
 Long Horsley, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 964 
 
 
 Llaurhwydrys, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 136 
 
 Llanwrin, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 768 
 
 720 
 
 Lougney, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 504 
 
 480 
 
 
 1 Supp. Imp. Gaz.— 
 
 Vol. II. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 1 
 
250 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AIJD 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Longnor, p. 
 Longparish, p. 
 Longridge, v. 
 Loiigside, p. 
 Longside, v. 
 Loiigstanton, p. 
 Loiigstantoii (AH ) 
 
 Saints), p. t 
 
 Longstanton (St. ) 
 
 Michael), p. ) 
 Longstock, p. 
 Longstow, p. 
 Longton and Lane ) 
 
 End, tn. ' 
 
 Longtown, tns. m. tJi 
 Longwood, V. 
 Longworth, p. 
 Lonmay, p. 
 Looe (East), tn. ». 
 Looe (West), tn. 
 Loose, p. 
 Lopen, p. 
 
 Lopham (North), p. 
 Lopham (South), p. 
 Loppington, p. 
 Lorrha, p. 
 Lorton, p. 
 Lonim, p. 
 Lossiemouth, v. 
 Lostock, }i. 
 Lostock (Grali\m)tns 
 Loatwithiel, tu.-p./. 
 Loth, p. 
 Lotlierton-Aber- ) 
 
 ford, tns. J 
 
 Loudoun, p. 
 Loughan, p. 
 Lough beg, tn. 
 Loughborough, p. 
 Loughborough, tn.Wt 
 Loughbrackan, p. 
 Loughbrickland, tn. 
 Loughcrew, p. 
 Loughgall, v.-p. 
 Lougbgilly, p. 
 Loughglinn, tn. 
 Loughguile, p. 
 Loughinisland, p. 
 Loughkeeu, p. 
 Loughmoe (East), p. 
 Lougbmoe (West), p. 
 Loughor, p. 
 LOUGHOR, tn. P. 
 Louglirea, p. 
 Loughrea, tn. th. 
 Lough ton, p. 
 Lough ton, p. 
 Louisburgh, tn. 
 Lound, p. 
 Louth, p. 
 Louth, tn. M. w. g. 
 Louth, p. 
 Louth, tn. 
 Loversall, p. 
 Loveston, p. 
 Lovington, p. 
 Lowdham, v.-p. 
 Lowesby, p. 
 Lowestoft, p. 
 Lowestoft, tn. w. 
 Loweswater, p. 
 Lowick, p. 
 Lowick, p. 
 Lowther, p. 
 Lowthorpe, p. 
 Lowton, p. 
 Loxbear, p. 
 Loxliore, p. 
 Loxley, p. 
 Loxton, p. 
 Lubbenham, p. 
 Lucan, p. 
 Lucan, tn. 
 Luce (New), v. p. 
 Luce (Old), p. 
 Luckliam, p. 
 Luckington, p. 
 Lucton, p. 
 Ludborough, p. 
 Ludchurch, p. 
 Ludden, p. 
 Luddenhara, p. 
 Luddesdown, p. 
 Ijuddiiigton, p. 
 Luddington-in- ) 
 
 the-Brook, p. f 
 Ludford, p. 
 Ludford (Magna \ 
 
 and Parva), p. j 
 
 County. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Hants 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Abei-d. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Hants 
 Camb. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 York 
 
 Berks 
 
 Abeixi. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Salop 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Moray 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 York 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Mea.Ca. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Meath 
 
 Down 
 
 Meatfi 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Ai-magh 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Down 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Tip 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Galway 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Essex 
 
 Mavo 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Louth 
 
 Louth 
 
 York 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 North. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 York 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Kent 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Herf.Sal 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 278 
 875 
 
 2,952 
 
 "224 
 463 
 
 460 
 242 
 
 15,149 
 
 2,234 
 
 3,023 
 
 1,119 
 
 1,964 
 
 970 
 
 746 
 
 1,542 
 
 477 
 
 832 
 
 731 
 
 599 
 
 2,860 
 
 902 
 620 
 519 
 1,053 
 640 
 
 597 
 
 4,720 
 2,730 
 
 11,'339 
 
 10,900 
 
 509 
 
 467 
 
 905 
 
 7,978 
 
 7,135 
 
 4,841 
 5,032 
 2,169 
 1,871 
 1,565 
 1,099 
 
 821 
 7,240 
 3,651 
 
 835 
 1,237 
 
 '439 
 10,553 
 10,467 
 
 193 
 159 
 230 
 1,596 
 243 
 
 6,781 
 
 "445 
 
 1,941 
 
 494 
 
 139 
 
 129 
 317 
 337 
 209 
 601 
 
 1,009 
 578 
 791 
 
 2,841 
 512 
 339 
 172 
 372 
 265 
 513 
 226 
 288 
 
 1,090 
 
 130 
 312 
 762 
 
 244 
 803 
 413 
 3,008 
 447 
 234 
 
 440 
 
 445 
 264 
 
 16,690 
 
 2,717 
 
 3,402 
 
 1,131 
 
 2,142 
 
 1,154 
 
 770 
 
 1,573 
 
 419 
 
 771 
 
 630 
 
 575 
 
 2,056 
 
 658 
 
 1,044 
 
 1,333 
 
 580 
 
 467 
 
 1,017 
 
 610 
 
 547 
 
 4,840 
 2,362 
 
 524 
 10,955 
 10,830 
 
 395 
 
 417 
 
 805 
 7,469 
 6,456 
 
 306 
 5,045 
 4,237 
 1,482 
 1,347 
 1,021 
 1,238 
 
 876 
 4,128 
 3,072 
 
 386 
 1,527 
 
 10,667 
 10,560 
 
 5,458 
 416 
 175 
 122 
 239 
 
 1,503 
 259 
 
 9,534 
 
 10,663 
 
 392 
 
 427 
 
 1,946 
 427 
 171 
 
 2,384 
 126 
 250 
 368 
 154 
 640 
 801 
 552 
 731 
 
 2,800 
 474 
 316 
 174 
 401 
 264 
 449 
 264 
 279 
 
 1,264 
 
 128 
 319 
 
 County. ^^• 
 
 Ludgershall, tn.-p. 
 Ludgershall-with- ) 
 
 Kingswood, p. ) 
 Ludgvan, p. 
 Ludham, p. 
 Ludlow, tn.-p. m. 
 ,, p. 
 
 LufFenham (North) p 
 Luffeuham South),p 
 Luffincott, p. 
 Lufton, p. 
 Lugar, v. 
 Lugwardine, p. 
 Luke's (St.;, p. 
 Lullingstoiie, p,- 
 Lullington, p. 
 LuUiiigton, p. 
 Lullington, p. 
 Lullymore, p. 
 Lulworth (East) 
 
 and West), p. j 
 Lumley (Great), p. 
 Lumphanan, p. 
 Lumsdeu, v. 
 Lunan, p. 
 Lund, p. 
 
 Lundie and Fowli8,p 
 Lundinmill, v. 
 Luppitt, p. 
 Liu-gau, tn. /. 
 Lurgan, p. 
 Lurgashall, p. 
 Lusby, p. 
 Lusk, p. 
 Lusk, tn. 
 Lusmagh, p. 
 Luss, p. 
 Lustleigh, p. 
 Luthermuir, v. 
 Luton, p. 
 Luton , tn. 
 Lutterworth, tn-p.<7t 
 Lutton, p. 
 Luxborough, p, 
 Luxullian, p. 
 Lybster, v. 
 Lydbiuy, p. 
 Lydd, tn.-p. th. 
 Lydden, p. 
 Lydeard (Bi- ) 
 
 shop's), p. I 
 Lydeard (St. Law- ) 
 
 rence), p. ) 
 
 Lydford (East), p. 
 Lydford (West), p. 
 Lydhara, p. 
 Lydlinch, p. 
 Lydney, p. 
 Lye, tns. 
 Lyme-Regis, p. 
 Lyme- Regis, m. /. 
 
 .. P- 
 
 Ljrminge, p. 
 Lymington, p. 
 Lymington, m. s. 
 
 ., P- 
 
 Lymm, p. 
 Lympne, p. 
 Lympsham, p. 
 Lympstone, p. 
 Lynally, p. 
 Lyncombe and '^ 
 
 Widcome, p. ) 
 Lyndhurst, v.-p. 
 Lyndon, p 
 Lyne-and-Megget, p. 
 Lyneham, p. 
 Ly nesack & Softly, ') 
 
 tns. i 
 
 Lynford, p. 
 Lyng, p. 
 Lyng, p. 
 Lynn, p. 
 Lynn (North, St. ) 
 
 Edmund), p. ( 
 Lynn (West, St.), 
 
 Peter), p. ) 
 
 Lynn (South, All) 
 
 Saints), p. j' 
 
 Lynn-Regis, m. & ) 
 
 p. t. s. ]■ 
 
 Lyons, p. 
 Lyonshall, p. 
 Lyss, p. 
 Lytchett (Matra- ) 
 
 vers), p. ) 
 
 Lytchett (Min8ter),p 
 Lytham, p. 
 Lytliam, tn. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Salop 
 
 Salop 
 
 Rutland 
 
 Rutland! 
 
 Devon 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Kent 
 
 Derby 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 Durham 
 
 Abeni. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 York 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Fife 
 
 Devon 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Cavan 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Diiblin 
 
 Dublhi 
 
 King's 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Kent 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Woi-ces. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 Doi"set 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 Kent 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Chester 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Devon 
 
 King's 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Hants 
 Rutland 
 Peebles I 
 WUts j 
 
 Durham' 
 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 Somer. 
 Westm. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 580 
 
 614 
 
 3,529 
 
 982 
 
 4,691 
 
 6,370 
 
 442 
 
 437 
 
 96 
 
 24 
 
 "670 
 4,419 
 51 
 679 
 118 
 26 
 94 
 
 851 
 
 1,730 
 1,088 
 
 "279 
 503 
 750 
 
 "761 
 
 4,206 
 
 4,637 
 
 744 
 
 143 
 
 5,834 
 
 716 
 
 2,184 
 
 907 
 
 307 
 
 12,787 
 
 10,648 
 
 2,446 
 
 199 
 
 512 
 
 1,439 
 
 "964 
 
 1,605 
 
 231 
 
 1,366 
 
 711 
 
 214 
 
 3S5 
 
 186 
 
 407 
 
 2,677 
 
 4,446 
 
 2,852 
 
 2,661 
 
 3,616 
 
 883 
 
 4,182 
 
 2,661 
 
 5,282 
 
 3,156 
 
 552 
 
 • 540 
 
 1,107 
 
 1,306 
 
 9,974 
 
 1,527 
 106 
 158 
 
 1,046 
 
 787 
 
 89 
 656 
 393 
 925 
 
 1,098 
 
 4,772 
 
 19,355 
 
 308 
 923 
 748 
 
 2,698 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 595 
 
 536 
 
 3,480 
 
 884 
 
 5,178 
 
 6,033 
 
 491 
 
 400 
 
 71 
 
 31 
 
 753 
 
 748 
 
 4,078 
 
 63 
 
 625 
 
 137 
 
 16 
 
 43 
 
 1,655 
 1,251 
 
 478 
 259 
 505 
 759 
 593 
 714 
 
 7,772 
 
 4,172 
 727 
 132 
 
 5,044 
 639 
 
 1,484 
 
 831 
 
 322 
 
 868 
 
 17,821 
 
 15,329 
 
 2,289 
 196 
 521 
 
 1,329 
 746 
 
 1,025 
 
 1,667 
 198 
 
 1,459 
 
 664 
 
 178 
 
 320 
 
 205 
 
 404 
 
 2,889 
 
 5,255 
 
 2,537 
 
 2,318 
 
 3,215 
 
 938 
 
 4,098 
 
 2,621 
 
 5,179 
 
 3,769 
 
 540 
 
 496 
 
 1,122 
 
 1,061 
 
 9,900 
 
 1,522 
 126 
 134 
 
 1,034 
 
 1,120 
 
 95 
 590 
 390 
 860 
 
 469 
 4,534 
 
 16,170 
 
 310 
 960 
 806 
 
 865 
 
 802 
 3,194 
 2,556 
 
 Lythan (St.), p. 
 Lythe, v.-p. 
 
 Mabe, p. 
 
 Mablethorpe (St.) 
 Mary and St. > 
 Peter), p. ) 
 
 Mabyn (St.), p. 
 
 MACCLESFIELD,tn. ) 
 M. & P. t. S. ) 
 
 Maccosquin, p. 
 Macetown, p. 
 Machar (New), p. 
 Machar (Old), p. 
 Macheu, p. 
 Machynlleth, p. 
 Machynlleth, tn ) 
 
 p. I'j. I 
 
 Mackworth, p. 
 Macloneigh, p. 
 Macroney, p. 
 Macroom, p. 
 Macroom, tn. s. 
 Madderty, p. 
 Maddington, p. 
 Madehurst, p. 
 Madeley, p. 
 Madelev- Market, ) 
 
 tn.-p./. { 
 
 Madingley, p. 
 Madley, p. 
 Madoes (St.), p. 
 Madresfield, p. 
 Madron, p. 
 Maenclochog, p. 
 Maentwrog, p. 
 Maer, p. 
 Maescar, h. 
 Maes-Myiiis, p. 
 Maghera, p. 
 Maghera, tn. t. 
 Maghera, v.-p. 
 Maglieracloone, p. 
 Magheracross, p. 
 Magheraculmoney,p 
 Magheradrool, p. 
 Magherafelt, p. 
 Magherafelt, tn.m.t/i 
 Magheragall, p. 
 Magherahamlet, p. 
 Magheralin, p.-tn. 
 Magherally, p. 
 Magheraniesk, p. 
 Magheross, p. 
 Magilligau, p. 
 Magor, p. 
 Magorbau, p. 
 Magourney, p. 
 Magowry, p. 
 Maguire's Bridge, ) 
 
 tn. w. ) 
 
 Mahoonagh, v.-p. 
 Maiden (Bradley), p. 
 Maiden (Newton), p. 
 Maidenhead.tn.M.ic. 
 Maidford, p. 
 Maids-Morton, p. 
 Maidstone, p. tn.- ) 
 p. ih. s. ) 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Maidwell, p. 
 Mainham, p. 
 Mains-and-Strath- ) 
 
 martine, p. y 
 
 Mainstone, p. 
 Maisemore, p. 
 Maker, p. 
 Makerston, p. 
 Malahide, v.-p. 
 Malborough, p. 
 Maiden, p. 
 Maldon, tn. M. s. 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Malew, p. 
 Malinslee, tns. 
 Mallardstown, p. 
 Mailing (East), p. 
 Mailing (South), p. 
 Mallilig(West), tn.-p. 
 Mallow, p. 
 Mallow, tn. t. f. 
 Mallwyd, p. 
 Malmesbury, tn. p. 
 Mahnesbury (St. > 
 
 Paul), p. s. ) 
 Malpas, tn.-p. 
 Malpas, p. 
 Maltby, p. 
 Maltby-le-Marsh, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Glamor. 
 York 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Chester 
 
 London. 
 
 Mef^th 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Monra. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Derby 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Perth 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Salop 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Perth 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Marion. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Brecon 
 
 London. 
 
 London. 
 
 Down 
 
 Monag. 
 
 Fer.-Ty. 
 
 Fei-man. 
 
 Down 
 
 London. 
 
 London. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Down 
 
 Ar. Do. 
 
 Down 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Monag. 
 
 London. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 So.-Wil. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Berks 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Kent 
 
 Kent 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Salop 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Cor. -De. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Devon 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 Salop 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 ■Kent 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Me. -Mo. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Chester 
 Monm. 
 York 
 Lincoln ^ 
 
GREAT BEITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 251 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Malton, tn. p. t. s. 
 
 York 
 
 7,661 
 
 8,072 
 
 Markham (East), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 950 
 
 807 
 
 Marton-in-the- ) 
 Forest, p. ( 
 
 York 
 
 182 
 
 168 
 
 Malton (New), p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 3,787 
 
 Markham (West), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 186 
 
 193 
 
 Malton (Old), p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,505 
 
 1,302 
 
 Markinch, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 5,843 
 
 5,375 
 
 Marton cum-Graf- ) 
 ton, p. 1 
 Marton-Long, p. 
 
 York 
 Westml. 
 
 472 
 762 
 
 454 
 762 
 
 Malvern (Great), ) 
 p.-tn. j" 
 
 ^yorce3. 
 
 3,911 
 
 6,245 
 
 Markinch, v. 
 Marks (St.), p. 
 
 Fife 
 Dublin 
 
 21,149 
 
 1,230 
 
 20,887 
 
 Malvern (Little), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 88 
 
 104 
 
 Marksbury, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 310 
 
 307 
 
 Martry, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 C08 
 
 459 
 
 Mamble, p. 
 
 AVorces. 
 
 381 
 
 307 
 
 Markshall, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 40 
 
 42 
 
 Martyr- Worthy, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 251 
 
 259 
 
 Mamhead, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 262 
 
 218' 
 
 Markshall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 18 
 
 34 
 
 Marwood, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,054 
 
 1,009 
 
 Mamhilad, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 297 
 
 339 
 
 Marks-Tey, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 437 
 
 896 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 9,148 
 
 10,040 
 
 Manaccan, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 502 
 
 505 
 
 Marlaud-Peters, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 292 
 
 332 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 16,437 
 
 18,702 
 
 Manafon, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 766 
 
 701 
 
 Marlborough, tn.M 
 
 Wilts 
 
 3,908 
 
 8,684 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 1,086 
 
 1,040 
 
 Manaton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 442 
 
 415 
 
 ,, P.IV.S. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 5,135 
 
 4,893 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 10,942 
 
 13,264 
 
 Manby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 240 
 
 210 
 
 Maiidon, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 514 
 
 554 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 7,161 
 
 8,360 
 
 JIancetter, p. 
 
 VVarw. 
 
 5,346 
 
 5,408 
 
 Marlesford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 428 
 
 412 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 8,508 
 
 5,808 
 
 Manchester, t. th. s. 
 
 Lanoas. 
 
 401,321 
 
 529,245 
 
 Marlestowu, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 142 
 
 100 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 950 
 
 833 
 
 „ M. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 303,382 
 
 338,722 
 
 Marlingford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 225 
 
 224 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 11,121 
 
 7,916 
 
 .. P. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 316,213 
 
 357,979 
 
 ^Marloes, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 508 
 
 443 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 737 
 
 Manerdivy, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 956 
 
 896, 
 
 Mario w (Great), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 4,485 
 
 4,661 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 2,981 
 
 2,706 
 
 Maufield, p. 
 
 York 
 
 435 
 
 405 
 
 MARLOW(Great) tn.P 
 
 Bucks 
 
 6,523 
 
 6,-496 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 6,869 
 
 Mangotsfield, p. 
 
 Glonc. 
 
 3,967 
 
 4,222 
 
 Marlow (Little), p. s 
 
 Bucks 
 
 894 
 
 790 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Me. -Lou 
 
 
 4,578 
 
 Manner, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 256 
 
 247 
 
 MarmuUane, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,218 
 
 1,613 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 3,872 
 
 Manningtbrd (Ab- 1^ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 119 
 
 139 
 
 Maruham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 323 
 
 348 
 
 Mary (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 24,241 
 
 bots), p. ) 
 
 
 MarnhuU, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,481 
 
 1,444 
 
 Mary (St.) -Bishop- ) 
 Hill-Junior, p. | 
 
 York 
 
 1,358 
 
 5,278 
 
 Manniugford \ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 275 
 
 252 
 
 Marnock, p. 
 
 Banff 
 
 2,994 
 
 3,289 
 
 (Bruce), p. j 
 
 Marown, p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 1,364 
 
 1,161 
 
 Mary(St.)-Bishop- i 
 Hill-Senior, p. ) 
 
 York 
 
 1,359 
 
 2,427 
 
 Manningham, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 9,604 
 
 12,889 
 
 Marr, p. 
 
 York 
 
 226 
 
 222 
 
 Manniugton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 Marrick, p. 
 
 York 
 
 555 
 
 462 
 
 Mary (St.)-in-the- { 
 Castle, p. j 
 
 Sussex 
 
 4,424 
 
 4,809 
 
 Manningtree,tn.-p.<. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,176 
 
 881 
 
 Marros, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 155 
 
 130 
 
 Manorbier, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 698 
 
 715 
 
 Marsden, v. 
 
 York 
 
 2,665 
 
 2,689 
 
 Mary (St.), and St. ■) 
 Chad, p. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 13,206 
 
 Manor-Hamilton, \ 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 1,779 
 
 1,168 
 
 Marsden(Great),tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,071 
 
 2,180 
 
 
 tn. th. ) 
 
 Marsden(Little),tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,997 
 
 5,162 
 
 Mary(St.)-Church,p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2, -293 
 
 3,231 
 
 Manorovven, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 189 
 
 186 
 
 Marsfield, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,648 
 
 1,742 
 
 Mary(St.)-Church,p 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 104 
 
 119 
 
 Mansell(Ganiage),p. 
 
 Ileref. 
 
 113 
 
 131 ! 
 
 Marsfield, tn. 
 
 Mourn. 
 
 526 
 
 509 
 
 Mary (St.)-Extra, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,446 
 
 2,408 
 
 Mansell (Laoy), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 305 
 
 331 
 
 Marsh (Chapel), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 659 
 
 671 
 
 Mary (St.)-on-the- > 
 Hill, p. f 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,157 
 
 5,464 
 
 Mansfield, tn.-ji. 
 
 Notts 
 
 10,627 
 
 10,225 
 
 Marsh (Gibbon), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 944 
 
 858 
 
 Mansfieldstown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 652 
 
 471 
 
 Marshalstown, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,079 
 
 1,794 
 
 Mary (St.)-Hill, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 247 
 
 252 
 
 Mansfield- Wood- ) 
 hovise, v.-p. ] 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,972 
 
 2,263 
 
 Marsham, p. 
 Marshwood, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Dorset 
 
 662 
 520 
 
 622 
 473 
 
 Maiy(St.>de-i 
 Lode, p. f 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 6,556 
 
 8,648 
 
 Mauston, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 134 
 
 152 
 
 Marske, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,430 
 
 2,314 
 
 Mary(St.)-in-Mal-\ 
 
 Essex 
 Kent 
 
 1,245 
 
 1 278 
 
 Manton, p. 
 Manton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Rutland 
 
 198 
 276 
 
 281 
 274 
 
 Marske (Rich- \ 
 mond), p. j 
 
 York 
 
 244 
 
 53 
 
 don, p. J 
 
 Maiy (St.)-in-the- | 
 
 Marsh, p. ) 
 
 175 
 
 Manuden, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 752 
 
 740 
 
 Maraton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 488 
 
 403 
 
 
 Manulla, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 1,387 
 
 1,492 
 
 Mai-ston, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 471 
 
 452 
 
 Mary (St.)-le-More,p 
 
 Berks 
 
 
 1,198 
 
 Mapastown, p. 
 
 Ijouth 
 
 263 
 
 242 
 
 Marston, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 559 
 
 745 
 
 Mary (St.)-le- [ 
 Sti-and, p. f 
 
 Middles. 
 
 2,517 
 
 2,072 
 
 Maperton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 210 
 
 207 
 
 Marston-Bigott, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 449 
 
 879 
 
 Maplebeck, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 162 
 
 136 
 
 Marston-upon- 1 
 Dove, p. f 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,191 
 
 1,211 
 
 Mary (St.)-Tavy, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 
 1,202 
 
 Maplederwell, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 206 
 
 223 
 
 Mary's(St)Clonmel,ii 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 14,550 
 
 Maple-Durham, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 509 
 
 480 
 
 Marston-Fleet, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 Mary's(St.)-Ennis- > 
 corthy, p. ) 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 4,633 
 
 Maplestead(Great),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 494 
 
 462 
 
 Marston St.-Law- | 
 
 Northa. 
 
 541 
 
 535 
 
 
 Maplestead(Little),p 
 
 Essex 
 
 367 
 
 325 
 
 rence, j). ) 
 
 Mary's (St.)-Shan- ) 
 don, p. ( 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 14,529 
 
 Mappex-ton, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 85 
 
 92 
 
 Mai-ston-Long, p. 
 
 York 
 
 609 
 
 586 
 
 
 Mappleton, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 200 
 
 185 
 
 Marston-Magna, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 387 
 
 379 
 
 Maryborough, tn. th. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 2,079 
 
 2,935 
 
 Majjpleton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 449 
 
 475 
 
 Marston-Maisey, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 237 
 
 215 
 
 Maryculter, p. 
 
 Kiiicar. 
 
 1,055 
 
 1,055 
 
 Mapiwwder, p. 
 
 Doraet 
 
 290 
 
 238 
 
 Marston-Montgo- ) 
 mery, p. j 
 
 Derby 
 
 473 
 
 405 
 
 Maryhill, v. p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 6,700 
 
 11,200 
 
 Marazlon, tn. th,. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,379 
 
 1,545 
 
 ! Marykirk, p. 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 2,232 
 
 2,008 
 
 Marbury, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 758 
 
 779 
 
 Marston-More- ( 
 taine, p. ) 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,183 
 
 1,270 
 
 Marylebone, p. . 
 
 Middles. 
 
 157,696 
 
 161,680 
 
 March, tn. /. 
 
 Cam_b. 
 
 4,171 
 
 3,600 
 
 Marylebone, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 436,252 
 
 Marcham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,197 
 
 1,111 
 
 Marston-North, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 629 
 
 644 
 
 Maryport, tn. t. f. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 5,(398 
 
 6,037 
 
 Marchwiel, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 535 
 
 536 
 
 Marston-Priors, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 739 
 
 698 
 
 Mary stow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 570 
 
 448 
 
 Marcle (Little), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 152 
 
 168 
 
 Marston-Sicca, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 332 
 
 371 
 
 Marytown, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 366 
 
 417 
 
 Marcle (Much), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,195 
 
 1,209 
 
 Marston - Tru-ssell 
 (with Thorjie > 
 
 
 
 
 Masham, tn.-p. to. 
 
 York 
 
 2,095 
 
 2,438 
 
 Marcross, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 92 
 
 91 
 
 Northa. 
 
 274 
 
 219 
 
 Mashbury, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 91 
 
 120 
 
 Mardeu, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 941 
 
 929 
 
 Lubbenham), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Massingham ) 
 (Great), p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 948 
 
 934 
 
 Marden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,296 
 
 2,295 
 
 Marstow, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 147 
 
 142 
 
 
 
 
 Harden, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 207 
 
 235 
 
 Mai-sworth, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 463 
 
 649 
 
 Massingham ) 
 (Little), p. 1 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 134 
 
 132 
 
 Marden (East), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 69 
 
 63 
 
 Marfha-on-the- ) 
 Hill (St.), p. i" 
 
 Surrey 
 
 142 
 
 168 
 
 
 
 
 Marden (North), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 19 
 
 28 
 
 Matching, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 652 
 
 665 
 
 Marden (Up), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 360 
 
 360 
 
 Martham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,125 
 
 1,092 
 
 Matehy, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,137 
 
 2,102 
 
 Mareham-le-Pen, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 835 
 
 937 
 
 Martin, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 74 
 
 56 
 
 Matheme, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 451 
 
 450 
 
 Mareham-on-the- f 
 Hill, p. J 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 214 
 
 215 
 
 Martin, i). 
 Martinhoe, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 Devon 
 
 2,971 
 216 
 
 2,997 
 219 
 
 Mathon, p. 
 Mathry, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 Pemb. 
 
 824 
 1,052 
 
 1,014 
 970 
 
 Maresfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,805 
 
 1,911 
 
 Martin-Hussing- ) 
 tree, p. ) 
 
 Worces. 
 
 202 
 
 170 
 
 Matlask, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 164 
 
 103 
 
 Marfleet, p. 
 
 York 
 
 193 
 
 176 
 
 Matlock, v.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 4,010 
 
 4,252 
 
 Margam, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 4,747 
 
 5,528 
 
 Martin-Meneage, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 522 
 
 419 
 
 Matson, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 53 
 
 32 
 
 Margaret (St.), p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 31,314 
 
 30,407 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 343 
 
 1,497 
 
 Mattersey, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 493 
 
 436 
 
 Margaret (St.), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 14,583 
 
 11,636 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Guems. 
 
 1,968 
 
 2,000 
 
 Mattishall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,045 
 
 971 
 
 Margaret (St.), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 41,835 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,467 
 
 1,457 
 
 Mattishall-Burgh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 225 
 
 191 
 
 Margaret-at-Clilife, p 
 
 Kent 
 
 "763 
 
 831 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 3,711 
 
 3,.558 
 
 Mauchline, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,470 
 
 2,303 
 
 Margaret-Marsh, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 77 
 
 71 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 2,087 
 
 2,120 
 
 1 Mauchline, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 1,414 
 
 Margaret-Uooth- 1 
 ing. P- J 
 
 Essex 
 
 274 
 
 236 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 2,132 
 
 2,351 
 
 1 Maudlintown, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 '756 
 
 769 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 2,971 
 
 2,997 
 
 ■ Maiighan's (St.), p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 193 
 
 191 
 
 Margaret's (St.), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 316 
 
 843 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 4,718 
 
 5,193 
 
 i Maughold, p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 4,463 
 
 4,545 
 
 Margaret's (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 412 
 
 345 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 York 
 
 3,917 
 
 2,997 
 
 ■■ Matil (St.), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,128 
 
 084 
 
 Margaret's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 944 
 
 804 
 
 Martin (St.), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 5,050 
 
 5,601 
 
 Maiilden, p. 
 
 Beilford 
 
 1,457 
 
 1,503 
 
 Margaret's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 92 
 
 74 
 
 Martin (St.) in- I 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 22,689 
 
 Mautby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 65 
 
 68 
 
 Margaretting, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 517 
 
 423 
 
 the-Fields, p. ) 
 
 
 Mavis-Enderby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 207 
 
 186 
 
 Margate, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 10,099 
 
 10,019 
 
 Martin's (St.), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 224 
 
 208 
 
 Mawdesley, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 887 
 
 912 
 
 Margate, tn. M. 20. s. 
 
 Kent 
 
 9,107 
 
 8,874 
 
 Martin's (St.), p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 983 
 
 904 
 
 Mawgan-in-Mene- ) 
 age, p. ) 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,010 
 
 895 
 
 Marham (Cherry), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 905 
 
 870 
 
 Martinsthorpe, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 Marham (C liurch),p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 584 
 
 581 
 
 Martlesham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 477 
 
 466 
 
 Mawgan (St.}-in- ) 
 Pyder, p. > 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 732 
 
 731 
 
 Marliin, p. 
 
 Ken-y 
 
 650 
 
 502 
 
 Martletwy, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 829 
 
 703 
 
 
 
 
 Marholm, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 172 
 
 172 
 
 Martley, p. 
 
 W^orces. 
 
 1,309 
 
 1,298 
 
 Mawnan, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 539 
 
 572 
 
 Mariansleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 334 
 
 281 
 
 Martook, tn.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 3,154 
 
 3,155 
 
 Mawr, h. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 810 
 
 733 
 
 Mark, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,245 
 
 1,217 
 
 Marton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 341 
 
 256 
 
 Maxey, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 649 
 
 643 
 
 Markby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 115 
 
 111 
 
 Marton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 544 
 
 487 
 
 Maxstoke, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 350 
 
 322 
 
 Market Bosworth, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 2,370 
 
 Mai-ton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 373 
 
 410 
 
 Maxton, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 550 
 
 497 
 
 Market Drayton, tn. 
 
 Salop 
 
 
 3,661 
 
 Marton, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 641 
 
 639 
 
 Maybole, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 7,615 
 
 6,713 
 
 Markethill, tn. /. 
 
 Arm^h 
 
 1,369 
 
 1,164 
 
 Marton-iu-Cleve- ) 
 land, p. r 
 
 York 
 
 426 
 
 587 
 
 Maybole, tn. th. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 3,862 
 
 4,115 
 
 Markfield, p. 
 
 1 Leices. 
 
 1,261 
 
 1,391 
 
 Mayfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 3,0.'55 
 
 2,688 
 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 252 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 
 
 1861 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 Placx. 
 
 Coanty. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 Brecon 
 
 Pop. 
 1881. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Mayfleld, tn.-p. 
 
 Staflbrd 
 
 1,313 
 
 1,426 
 
 Merthyr (Cynog), p. 
 
 825 
 
 800 
 
 Middleton by \ 
 
 York 
 
 1,942 
 
 2,100 
 
 
 Mayglass, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,093 
 
 825 
 
 Merthyr (Dovan), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 152 
 
 143 
 
 Pickering, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mayland, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 203 
 
 225 
 
 Merthyr (Mawr), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 154 
 
 174 
 
 Middleton (St. \ 
 
 Durham 
 
 332 
 
 249 
 
 
 Mayne, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 425 
 
 348 
 
 Merthyr-Tidvil, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 46,378 
 
 49,794 
 
 George), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mayne, p. 
 Mayne, p. 
 Maynooth, tn. 
 Mayo, v.-p. 
 
 Louth 
 Westm. 
 
 262 
 1,654 
 
 205 
 1,254 
 
 Merthvr-Tidvil, ) 
 tn. p. to, s. f 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 63,080 
 
 83,875 
 
 Middleton (Scri- ) 
 ven), p. f 
 
 Salop 
 
 104 
 
 111 
 
 
 Kildai-e 
 
 1,619 
 
 1,497 
 
 Mei-ton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 790 
 
 820 
 
 Middleton(Stoney) p 
 
 Oxford 
 
 307 
 
 259 
 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,319 
 
 2,243 
 
 Merton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 188 
 
 194 
 
 Middleton - in - I 
 Teasdale, p. s. ] 
 
 Durham 
 
 3,972 
 
 4,657 
 
 
 Meare, p. 
 Meams, p. 
 Measbam, p. 
 Meavy, p. 
 Medbourne, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,605 
 
 1,640 
 
 Merton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 200 
 
 204 
 
 
 
 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 3,704 
 
 3,547 
 
 Merton, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 692 
 
 729 
 
 Middleton-Tyas, p. 
 
 York 
 
 728 
 
 775 
 
 
 Derby 
 Devon 
 
 1,663 
 
 294 
 
 1,639 
 269 
 
 Merton, v.-p. 
 Meshaw, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 Devon 
 
 1,870 
 
 297 
 
 1,822 
 250 
 
 Middleton - by - / 
 Wirksworth, tns ) 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,012 
 
 964 
 
 
 Leices. 
 
 667 
 
 613 
 
 Messing, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 791 
 
 813 
 
 Middletown, tn. \ 
 
 Armagh 
 
 501 
 
 417 
 
 
 Medmenham, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 401 
 
 380 
 
 Messingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,374 
 
 1,362 
 
 10. g. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Medsted, p. 
 Maelick, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 482 
 
 497 
 
 Metfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 651 
 
 663 
 
 Middlewich, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,498 
 
 4,752 
 
 
 Galway 
 
 1,002 
 
 712 
 
 Metheiingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,522 
 
 1,532 
 
 Middlezoy, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 737 
 
 725 
 
 
 Meelick, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 2,692 
 
 3,045 
 
 MethiU and Kirk- 1 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,073 
 
 970 
 
 Midgeholm, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 
 82 
 
 
 Meelnagh, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 8341 
 
 land, vs. ) 
 
 
 
 Midhurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 iV-isi 
 
 1,340 
 
 
 Meesden, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 "is5 
 
 163: 
 
 Methley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,926 
 
 2,472 
 
 MlDHURST, tn. P. th. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 7,021 
 
 6,405 
 
 
 Meetb, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 333 
 
 2871 
 
 Methlick, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,997 
 
 2,157 
 
 Midley, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 37 
 
 42 
 
 
 Meggett and Lyne.p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 158 
 
 134, 
 
 Methven, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,434 
 
 2,347 
 
 Midloc, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 
 47 
 
 
 Meifod, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 1,763 
 
 1,806 
 
 Methven, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 950 
 
 Midmar, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,166 
 
 1,091 
 
 
 Meigle, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 686 
 
 835 
 
 Methwold, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,'669 
 
 1,609 
 
 Midsomer-Norton,p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 3,799 
 
 3,836 
 
 
 Melbecks, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,661 
 
 1,622 
 
 Mettingham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 382 
 
 387 
 
 Midville, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 152 
 
 
 Melbourne, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 535 
 
 568 
 
 Metton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 77 
 
 78 
 
 M ilborne(Port) tn-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 l",746 
 
 1,814 
 
 
 Melbourne, tn.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,680 
 
 2,621 
 
 Mevagh, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 4,961 
 
 4,765 
 
 Milborne (St. An-) 
 drew), p. j 
 
 Doi'set 
 
 336 
 
 327 
 
 
 Melbourne, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,931 
 
 1,637 
 
 Mevagissey, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 2,022 
 
 1,914 
 
 
 
 
 
 Melbury (Abbas), p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 444 
 
 412 
 
 Mewan (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,239 
 
 1,227 
 
 Milbrook, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 6,121 
 
 10,107 
 
 
 Melbury (Bubb), p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 151 
 
 136 
 
 Mexborough, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,652 
 
 2,665 
 
 Milbrook, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 500 
 
 430 
 
 
 Melbury (Osmond),p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 364 
 
 329 
 
 Meyllteyrn, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 286 
 
 265 
 
 Milden, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 165 
 
 1.59 
 
 
 Melbury (Stamp- » 
 ford), p. { 
 
 Dorset 
 
 ■ 
 
 55 
 
 60 
 
 Michael, p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 1,416 
 
 1,314 
 
 Mildeuhall, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 430 
 
 460 
 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,640 
 
 1,619 
 
 Mildenhall, p. i Suffolk 
 
 4,374 
 
 4,046 
 
 
 Melohboume, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 290 
 
 251 ; 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 3,075 
 
 3,687 
 
 Mile-end (St. Mi-) ;-p„„^^ 
 
 870 
 
 880 
 
 
 Melcomb(Horsey),p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 191 
 
 208 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,248 
 
 2,303 
 
 chael), p. 1 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 Melcomb (Regis), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 5,273 
 
 6,498 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,356 
 
 1,501 
 
 Mileham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 531 
 
 546 
 
 
 Melcomb (Regis), t 
 tn. M. & p. J 
 
 Dorset 
 
 9,458 
 
 11,383 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 1,169 
 
 Milesmark, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 365 
 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 
 2,050 
 
 Milford, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,782 
 
 1,784 
 
 
 Meldon, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 144 
 
 144 
 
 Michael (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 56 
 
 Mn.FORD, tn. P. t. s. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 2,837 
 
 3,007 
 
 
 Meldreth, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 776 
 
 735 
 
 Michael(St)-Caer-) 
 hayes, p. j 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 191 
 
 173 
 
 Millford, tn. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 366 
 
 
 Meldrum (Old), p-v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,002 
 
 2,343 
 
 Millington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "289 
 
 275 
 
 
 Melford (Long), v.-p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,587 
 
 2,870 
 
 Michael (St.) - ) 
 Church, p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 30 
 
 29 
 
 Millom, p. 
 
 Cuinb. 
 
 2,115 
 
 2,015 
 
 
 Meliden, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 1,209 
 
 1,250 
 
 Millport, tn. 
 
 Bute 
 
 817 
 
 1,104 
 
 
 Melindwr, tns. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,151 
 
 1,311 
 
 Michael (St.) - ) 
 
 
 
 
 Millstreet, tn. ih. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,501 
 
 1,440 
 
 
 Meline, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 474 
 
 414 
 
 Church - Esk- [■ 
 
 Heref. 
 
 412 
 
 448 
 
 Milltown, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 596 
 
 
 Melksham, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 6,073 
 
 5,337 
 
 iey, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Milltown, tn. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 
 685 
 
 
 Melksham, tn. 2d m. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 2,931 
 
 2,452 
 
 Michael(St.)-Lich- ) 
 
 field, p. f 
 
 M ichael(St)Monnt, p 
 
 Stafford 
 
 3,450 
 
 5,112 
 
 Miltown-Malb.iy,tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,452 
 
 1,330 
 
 
 Melling, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,204 
 
 2,013 
 
 Milnathort, v. 
 
 Kinross 
 
 1,005 
 
 1,476 
 
 
 MelUon (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 324 
 
 299 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 
 132 
 
 Milngavie, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 1,432 
 
 1,895 
 
 
 Mellis, p. 
 Mellous (St.), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Monm. 
 
 610 
 637 
 
 598 
 688 
 
 Michael (St.)-Peu- ) 
 kevil, p. ) 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 201 
 
 194 
 
 Milnthorjie - with- ) 
 Haversham, tn. f 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,534 
 
 1,433 
 
 
 MeUor, v. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,777 
 
 1,733 
 
 Michael (St.)- on-) 
 Wyre, p. f 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,680 
 
 4,509 
 
 Milson, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 170 
 
 157 
 
 
 Mells, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,186 
 
 972 
 
 Milstead, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 211 
 
 245 
 
 
 Melmerby, p. 
 
 Cunib. 
 
 296 
 
 307 
 
 Michaelchuroli-on- \_ 
 
 Radnor 
 
 166 
 
 138 
 
 Milston, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 133 
 
 130 
 
 
 Melrose, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 7,365 
 
 7,711 
 
 Ai-row, p. j 
 
 Milton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 449 
 
 429 
 
 
 Melrose, tn. s. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 966 
 
 1,141 
 
 Michael's (St.), p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 476 
 
 385 
 
 Milton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 544 
 
 494 
 
 
 Melsonby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 559 
 
 471 
 
 Michael's (St.), p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 20,922 
 
 Milton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 627 
 
 608 
 
 
 Meltham, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 3,758 
 
 4,046 
 
 Michael's (St.), p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 
 1,279 
 
 Milton, v.-p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,311 
 
 1,295 
 
 
 Melton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,039 
 
 1,084 
 
 Michael's of Feagh ) 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 2,143 
 
 Milton, v. 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 
 366 
 
 
 MeIton(Constable),p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 106 
 
 118 
 
 (St.), p. t 
 
 
 Milton-Abbas, tn.-p 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 9,151 
 
 1,014 
 
 
 Melton (High), p. 
 
 York 
 
 105 
 
 109 
 
 Michaelstone - le - ) 
 Pit, p. f 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 87 
 
 73 
 
 Milton (Abbot), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,242 
 
 1,002 
 
 
 Melton (Magna), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 393 
 
 368 
 
 Milton of Balgonie,v 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 428 
 
 
 Melton-Mowbray, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 4,956 
 
 4,936 
 
 Michaelstone (su- ) 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 6,074 
 
 0,184 
 
 Milton (Bryant), p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 "376 
 
 345 
 
 
 Melton-Mowbray, ) 
 tn. t. / 
 Melton (Parva), p. 
 
 le'c 
 
 4,391 
 379 
 
 4,047 
 370 
 
 per-Avon). p. )" 
 
 Milton (Clevedon)p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 207 
 
 210 
 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Michaelstone (su-f 
 per-Ely), p. ( 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 M i Iton (Damerell),p. 
 Milton (Ernest), p. 
 
 Devon 
 Bedford 
 
 734 
 445 
 
 684 
 485 
 
 
 Melton (Ross), ji. 
 Melverley, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Salop 
 
 159 
 242 
 
 168 
 214 
 
 Micbaelstone - y - ) 
 Vedw, p. ) 
 
 Monm. 
 
 544 
 
 612 
 
 Milton - next - ) 
 Gravesend,p. | 
 
 Kent 
 
 9,927 
 
 10,987 
 
 
 Membury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 793 
 
 751 
 
 Michaelstow, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 218 
 
 219 
 
 Milton (Great), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 754 
 
 729 
 
 
 Mendham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 877 
 
 779 
 
 Michan's (St.), p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 20,085 
 
 Milton, or Hert- ) 
 bertshire, v. | 
 
 Stirling 
 
 761 
 
 662 
 
 
 Mendlesham, tn.-p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,442 
 
 1,316 
 
 Michelmersh, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 1,099 
 
 
 Menbeniot, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,944 
 
 2,423 
 
 Michfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 "256 
 
 259 
 
 Milton (Keynes), p. 
 
 Bticks 
 
 317 
 
 846 
 
 
 Menlough, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 764 
 
 682 
 
 Mickleham, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 766 
 
 721 
 
 Milton (Lilbourne),p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 677 
 
 697 
 
 
 Menmuir, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 693 
 
 796 
 
 Mickleover, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,809 
 
 2,104 
 
 Milton (Little), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 418 
 
 411 
 
 
 Menstrie, v. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 618 
 
 455 
 
 Micklethwaite, p 
 
 York 
 
 
 66 
 
 Milton - next-Sitt- ) 
 ingbourne,tn . p./ f 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,407 
 
 2,731 
 
 
 Meutmore, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 356 
 
 399 
 
 Mickleton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 "829 
 
 743 
 
 
 Meols (North), p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 9,319 
 
 15,947 
 
 Midcalder, p. | Ediub. 
 
 1,474 
 
 1,389 
 
 Milton (South), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 414 
 
 363 
 
 
 Meon (East), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,543 
 
 1,486 
 
 Middle, p. (Salop 
 
 1,257 
 
 1,2.58 
 
 Milverton, tn.-p./. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,146 
 
 1,895 
 
 
 Meou (Stoke), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 431 
 
 429 
 
 Middlebie, p. , Dunif. 
 
 2,163 
 
 2,004 
 
 Milverton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 591 
 
 1,366 
 
 
 Meon (West), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 901 
 
 842 
 
 Middleham, tn.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 966 
 
 922 
 
 Milwich, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 691 
 
 567 
 
 
 Meopham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,045 
 
 1,123 
 
 Middleham-Bi- ) 
 shop's, p. f 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,719 
 
 2,272 
 
 Mimms (North'*, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,128 
 
 1,095 
 
 
 Mepal, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 559 
 
 610 
 
 Mimms (Soutli), p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 2,8.55 
 
 3,238 
 
 
 Mepperehall, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 503 
 
 541 
 
 Middlesborough, p. 
 
 York 
 
 7,893 
 
 19,416 
 
 Minard, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 799 
 
 817 
 
 
 Mere, p. 
 Mere, tns. 
 
 Wilts 
 Chester 
 
 2,991 
 583 
 
 2,929 
 556 
 
 Middlesborough, |^ 
 tn. M. j 
 
 York 
 
 
 18,992 
 
 Minchin-Hamp-^ 
 ton, tn.-p. t. ) 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 4,469 
 
 4,147 
 
 
 Merevale, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 212 
 
 212 
 
 Middleton, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 170 
 
 138 
 
 Mindtown, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 47 
 
 48 
 
 
 Mereworth, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 912 
 
 835 
 
 Middleton, p. ' Norfolk 
 
 932 
 
 894 
 
 Minehead, tn.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,542 
 
 1,582 
 
 
 Meriden, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 965 
 
 132 
 
 Middleton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 108 
 
 89 
 
 Minera, tns. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 771 
 
 1,221 
 
 
 Merrington, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,673 
 
 4,046 
 
 Middleton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 492 
 
 484 
 
 Miningsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 492 
 
 477 
 
 
 Merrion, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 801 
 
 Middleton, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 16,796 
 
 19,635 
 
 Minnigaff, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 2,054 
 
 1,804 
 
 
 Merriott, p. 
 Merrow, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 Surrey 
 
 1,439 
 
 278 
 
 1,413 
 363 
 
 Middleton, p. 
 Middleton, tn. s. 
 
 Cork 
 Cork 
 
 8,158 
 
 5,869 
 3,401 
 
 Minories (Holy ) 
 Trinity), p. j 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 420 
 
 
 Merryn (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 591 
 
 670 
 
 Middleton, tn./. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 5,740 
 
 9,876 
 
 Minshull Church, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 380 
 
 392 
 
 
 Mensea (East), p. 
 Mersea (West), p. 
 
 Essex 
 Essex 
 
 291 
 870 
 
 304 
 944 
 
 Middleton (Che- ) 
 ney), p. ) 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,330 
 
 1,250 
 
 Mmstead, p. 
 Minster, p. 
 
 Hants 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,054 
 
 479 
 
 905 
 605 
 
 
 Mersham, p. 
 Merstham, p. 
 Merstoa, p. 
 Marther, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 776 
 
 7.'-.2 
 
 Middleton (East), p. 
 
 York 
 
 649 
 
 701 
 
 Minster (Lovell), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 450 
 
 686 
 
 
 Surrey 
 Sussex 
 
 843 
 76 
 
 84(; 
 79 
 
 Middleton - with - ) 
 
 Fordley, p. ) 
 
 1 Middleton-on-the- ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 620 
 
 589 
 
 Minster-iu-Shep- { 
 pey, p. ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 10,615 
 
 15,964 
 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 373 
 
 3S4 
 
 
 
 
 Minster in -Thanet,p 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,.'502 
 
 1,588 
 
 
 Mertliyr, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 310 
 
 287 
 
 • Hill, p. j "'='^'"- 
 
 401 
 
 445 
 
 Minaterwortli, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 494 
 
 463 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 253 
 
 Mint, p. 
 
 Miutem-Magna, p. 
 Mintiaghs, p. 
 Minting, p. 
 Mintlyii, p. 
 Minto, p. 
 Minty, p. 
 Minver (St.), p. 
 Minwere, p. 
 Mil-field, v.-p. 
 Miserden, p. 
 Missendon (Great) p. 
 Missendon (Little) p. 
 Misson, p. 
 Misterton, p. 
 Misterton, p. 
 Misterton, p. 
 Mistley, p. 
 Mitcham, p. 
 Mitcheldean, tn.-i). 
 Mitcheldover, p. 
 Mitchelmersh, p. 
 Mitchelstown, p. 
 Mitchelstown, tn. th. 
 Mitchel-Troy, p. 
 Mitford, p. 
 Mitton, p. 
 Mixbury, i>. 
 Moate, tn. th. 
 Mobberley, p. 
 Moccas, p. 
 Mochrum, p. 
 Modbury, tn.-p. th. 
 Modelligo, p. 
 Modeshill, p. 
 Modreeny, \>. 
 Moffat, p. 
 Moffat, V. 
 Mogeely, p. 
 Mogeely, p. 
 Mogeeslia, p. 
 Mohill, p. 
 Mohill, tn. th. 
 Moira, p. 
 Moira, tn. th. 
 Molahiffe, p. 
 Molash, p. . 
 Mold, p. 
 
 Mold, tn. p. w. s. 
 Molesworth, p. 
 Molland, p. 
 Molough, p. 
 Molton (North), p. 
 Molten (South), ) 
 tn.-p. s. ) 
 
 Monachlogddu, p. 
 Monagay, p. 
 Monaghan, x>. 
 Monaghan, tn. m. \ 
 
 t. 20. s. ) 
 
 Mouamintra, p. 
 Mouamolin, j). 
 Monanimy, p. 
 Monans (St.), p.-v. 
 Monart, p. 
 Monasteranenagh.p. 
 Monasterboioe, p. 
 Monasterevin, ) 
 
 tn.-p. s. ) 
 Moiiasteroris, p. 
 Monckton, p. 
 M onckton (Combe) p 
 Monewden, p. 
 Sloneydie, p. 
 Moneygall, v. s. 
 Moneymore, tn. m. 
 JI ongeham (G reat), p 
 Mongeham (Little),!) 
 Mongewell, p. 
 Moiiiaive and \ 
 
 Dunreggan, v. ) 
 Moiiifieth, v.-p. 
 Monikie, p. 
 Monimail, p. 
 Monington, p. 
 Monivaird and ) 
 
 Stravan, p. | 
 Monivea, v.-p. 
 Monk (Hesleton), p. 
 Monk (Okehamp- ) 
 
 ton), p. ) 
 
 Monk (Soham), p. 
 Monkland, p. 
 Monklaud (New), p. 
 Monkland (Old), p. 
 Moiikleigh, p. 
 Monknash, p. 
 Monknewtown, p. 
 Monks (Eleigh), p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Coniw. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 York 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Notts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Meath 
 
 Cork 
 
 Moum. 
 
 North. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Devon 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Lo.-Lei. 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 Down 
 
 Down 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Kent 
 
 Flint 
 
 Flint 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Pemb. 
 Limer. 
 Monag. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Cork 
 
 Fife 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Louth 
 
 Kildare 
 
 King's 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Perth 
 
 King's 
 
 London. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Kent 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 Forfar 
 Forfar 
 Fife 
 Pemb. 
 
 Perth 
 
 Gal way 
 Durham 
 
 Devon 
 
 Suffolk 
 Heref. 
 Lanark 
 1 Lanark 
 ' Devon 
 Glamor. 
 Meath 
 Suffolk 
 
 3'J6 
 
 237 
 
 408 
 
 44 
 
 467 
 
 775 
 
 1,225 
 
 94 
 
 6,066 
 
 489 
 
 2,097 
 
 1,142 
 
 837 
 
 589 
 
 1,743 
 
 664 
 
 1,516 
 
 4,641 
 
 662 
 
 1,082 
 
 1,202 
 
 3,079 
 
 360 
 
 700 
 
 3,816 
 
 402 
 
 1,979 
 
 1,275 
 
 207 
 
 2,946 
 
 1,858 
 
 1,758 
 
 683 
 
 3,554 
 
 2,304 
 
 2,'218 
 
 1,873 
 
 1,926 
 
 11,539 
 
 1,217 
 
 3,486 
 
 669 
 
 2,270 
 
 346 
 
 10,893 
 
 3,432 
 
 245 
 
 602 
 
 481 
 
 1,982 
 
 4,482 
 
 502 
 5,931 
 9,690 
 
 3,484 
 
 71 
 779 
 1,739 
 1,241 
 2,954 
 1,927 
 687 
 
 2,933 
 
 1,545 
 1,270 
 220 
 321 
 631 
 781 
 370 
 134 
 197 
 
 4,267 
 
 1,.317 
 
 1,102 
 
 127 
 
 790 
 
 3,119 
 2,709 
 
 270 
 
 86 
 , 374 
 
 274 
 
 422 
 46 
 
 430 
 
 812 
 
 1,111 
 
 99 
 
 9,263 
 
 503 
 2,250 
 1,089 I 
 
 803 1 
 
 554 i 
 1,627 j 
 
 5881 
 1,639 
 5,078 
 
 6891 
 1,041 i 
 1,099 I 
 
 157 
 2,922 
 
 385 
 
 646; 
 3,403 I 
 
 3811 
 1.960 
 1,245 
 
 196 
 2,694 
 1,621 
 1,481 
 
 625 
 2,579 
 2,232 
 1,4621 
 1,707 
 1,412 
 1,413 
 10,363 I 
 1,123' 
 3,423 
 
 740 
 2,343 
 
 328 
 12,216 
 3,735 
 
 256 
 
 598 
 
 390 
 1,842 
 
 3,830 
 
 471 
 4,960 
 9,302 
 
 3,799 
 
 45 
 1,.585 
 1,497 
 1,408 
 2,223 
 1,477 
 576: 
 
 2,490 
 
 3,712 
 1,708 
 1,271 
 223 
 252 
 655 
 729 
 349 
 1381 
 171; 
 
 817: 
 
 5,052 
 1,460 
 1,054 
 
 120' 
 
 782: 
 
 2,677 ' 
 2,077 
 
 272 
 
 448 442 
 179 1 211 
 23,201! 20,554 
 27,333 29,543 
 600 1 627 
 110 j 121 
 633 528 
 722 1 673 
 
 Mouksgrange, p. 
 Monks (Horton), p. 
 Monksilver, p. 
 Monks (Kirby), p. 
 Monksland, p. 
 Monks Risboro\igh,p 
 Monkstown, tn.-p. 
 Monkstown, v.-p. ! 
 Monkstown, tn. \ 
 Monkswood, p. | 
 
 Monkton, p. 1 
 
 Monkton, p. 
 Monkton, v. | 
 
 Monkton(Farleigh)p 
 Monkton (Moor), p. 
 Monkton (Nun), p. j 
 Monkton and ) 
 Prestwick, p. ) 
 Monkton (West), p. 
 Monktown, p. 
 Monkwearmouth, p. 
 Monmouth Bo- ) 
 
 ROUGHS, p. ) 
 Monmouth, p. s. 
 Monmouth, tn. M. I 
 Monnington- ( j 
 
 upon-Wj'e, p. f j 
 Monquitter, p. | 
 
 Monsea, p. 
 Moutacute, p. 
 Montford, p. j 
 
 Montgomery Dist. ) 
 
 of Bors. f 
 
 Ml INTGOMERY, tn.- i 
 
 p. p. th, ) 
 
 Montiaghs, p. 
 Montpelier, tii. 
 Montrose, p. 
 Montrose, m. /. 
 
 „ p. 
 
 Monxton, p. 
 Monyrausk, p. 
 Monzie, p. 
 Mooncoiu, tn. 
 Moone, p. 
 Moonzie, p. 
 Moorby, p. 
 Moore, p. 
 Moorechuroh, p. 
 Moorgagah, p. 
 Moorlinch, p. 
 Moorwinstow, p. 
 Mora, p. 
 Morborn, p. 
 Morchard-Bishop's,!^ 
 Morcott, p. j 
 
 Morden, p. 
 Mordiford, p. 
 Mordiugton, p. 
 Mordon, p. 
 More, p. 
 Morebath, p. 
 Morebattle, p. 
 Morebattle, v. 
 Moreleigh, p. 
 Moresby, p. 
 Morestead, p. 
 Moreton, p. 
 Moreton, p. 
 Moreton (Corbet), p. 
 Moreton (Hanip- ) 
 
 stead), p. ) 
 
 Moreton (Jefferie8),p 
 Moreton - upon - f 
 
 Lugg, p. ) 
 
 Moreton - in - the - ) 
 
 Mareh, p. ) 
 
 Moreton (Morrell),p. 
 Moreton (North), p. 
 Moreton (Sea or / 
 
 Say), p. f 
 
 Moreton (South), p. 
 Moreton (Valence), p 
 Morgans, p. 
 Morham, p. 
 Morland, p. 
 Morley, p. 
 Morley, v. 
 Morley (St. Bo- 1 
 
 tolph), p. ( 
 
 Morley (St. Peter), p. 
 Morningside, v. 
 Morning-Thorpe, p. 
 Morpeth, p. 
 Morpeth, tn. m. w. 
 
 ". ^■ 
 
 Morristownbiller, p. 
 Morston, p. 
 Morthoe, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 236 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Kent 
 
 183 
 
 Somer. 
 
 311 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,899 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,406 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,064 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,123 
 
 Dublin 
 
 17,690 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 Monm. 
 
 
 Devon 
 
 121 
 
 Kent 
 
 388 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 Wilts 
 
 859 
 
 York 
 
 421 
 
 York 
 
 358 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,960 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,146 
 
 Meath 
 
 381 
 
 Durham 
 
 16,911 
 
 Monm. 
 
 
 Monm. 
 
 5,189 
 
 Monm. 
 
 6,710 
 
 Heref. 
 
 97 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,295 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,164 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,012 
 
 Salop 
 
 496 
 
 Montg. 
 
 1,248 
 
 Armagh 
 
 5,281 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 P'orfar 
 
 15,822 
 
 Forfar 
 
 14,328 
 
 Forfar 
 
 15,238 
 
 Hants 
 
 250 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 940 
 
 Perth 
 
 1,199 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,073 
 
 Fife 
 
 198 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 159 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 3,770 
 
 Meath 
 
 893 
 
 Mayo 
 
 294 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,439 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,094 
 
 Tip. 
 
 630 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 122 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,864 
 
 Rutland 
 
 667 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,018 
 
 Heref. 
 
 677 
 
 Berwick 
 
 427 
 
 Surrey 
 
 628 
 
 Salop 
 
 260 
 
 Devon 
 
 514 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 997 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 
 Devon 
 
 168 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,311 
 
 Hants 
 
 107 
 
 Dorset 
 
 227 
 
 Essex 
 
 544 
 
 Salop 
 
 283 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,858 
 
 Heref. 
 
 49 
 
 Heref. 
 
 94 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,512 
 
 Warw. 
 
 275 
 
 Berks 
 
 322 
 
 Salop 
 
 701 
 
 Berks 
 
 420 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 307 
 
 Limer. 
 
 316 
 
 Had. 
 
 249 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,945 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,090 
 
 York 
 
 4,821 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 291 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 147 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 140 
 
 North. 
 
 5,020 
 
 North. 
 
 4,096 
 
 North. 
 
 10,012 
 
 Kildare 
 
 1,2.32 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 149 
 
 Devon 
 
 387 
 
 1863. 
 
 213 
 
 1.53 
 
 304 
 
 1,931 
 
 1,276 
 
 985 
 
 2,246 
 
 21,733 
 
 338 
 
 179 
 
 126 
 
 374 
 
 403 
 
 352 
 
 381 
 
 323 
 
 1,937 
 
 1,153 
 
 257 
 
 23,440 
 
 30,577 
 
 5,271 
 5,783 
 
 102 
 
 2,580 
 793 
 992 
 468 
 
 18,036 
 
 1,276 
 
 4,338 
 
 352 
 
 15 455 
 
 13,443 
 
 14,563 
 
 276 
 
 988 
 
 972 
 
 678 
 
 985 
 
 179 
 
 128 
 
 2,920 
 710 
 275 
 
 2,329! I 
 868 ii 
 414; 
 132 j 
 
 1,658 I 
 494! 
 939 1 1 
 691 
 377 
 664 
 227 
 430 
 
 1,031 
 341 
 122 
 
 1,222 
 112 
 283 
 4971 
 255 
 
 1,468 
 
 41 
 
 V7 
 
 1,420 
 
 - 266 
 352 
 
 679 
 
 371 
 337 
 295 
 281 
 
 1,927 
 951 
 
 6,840 
 
 278 
 
 147 
 
 780 
 
 140 
 
 5,612 
 
 4,296 
 
 13,794 , 
 
 liiu! 
 
 153 1! 
 3471! 
 
 Place. 
 
 Mortlack, p. 
 Mortlake, p. 
 Mortlestown, p. 
 Morton, p. 
 Morton, p. 
 Morton, p. 
 Morton, p. 
 Morton (Abbotts'*, p. 
 Morton (Baggott), p. 
 Morton-on-the- ) 
 
 Hill, p. f 
 
 Morton (Pinkney), p 
 Morvah, p. 
 Morval, p. 
 Morven, p. 
 Morvil, p. 
 Morvill, p. 
 Mosstown, p. 
 Mosterton, p. 
 Moston, tns. 
 Mostrim, p. 
 Motcombe, p. 
 Mothell, p. 
 Mothell, p. 
 Motherwell, v. 
 Mottisfout, p. 
 Mottiston, p. 
 Mottram-in-Long- \ 
 
 endale, tn.-p. J 
 Moughtrey, p. 
 Moulin, p. 
 Moulsey (East\ p. 
 Moulsey (West., p. 
 Moulsford, p. I 
 
 Moulsoe, p. 
 Moulton, p. 
 Moulton, p. I 
 
 Moulton, p. 
 Moulton, p. I 
 
 Motaton(Great)St. 'i j 
 
 Michael, p. ) I 
 
 Moiuit, p. 
 Mount-Bures, p. 
 Mount Charles, tn. : 
 Mountfield, p. j 
 
 Mountmellick,tn.jc.'! 
 Mountnessing, p. i 
 Mounton, p. 
 Mounton, p. j 
 
 Jlount Pleasant, v. | 
 Mountrath, tn. s. j 
 Mountsorrel 'j^ ' 
 
 (North End),tns J 1 
 Mountsorrel ) j 
 
 (South End), tns f j 
 Mourneabbey, p. j 
 Mouswald, p. 
 Moviddy, p. 
 Moville, tn. 
 Moville (Lower), p. I 
 Moville (Upper), p. [ 
 Mowney, p. 
 Moy, tn. /. i 
 
 Moy and Dalaros- 1^ ] 
 
 County, 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Louth 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Lorigf. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Chester 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Perth 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Berks 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Norfolk : 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Essex 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Fife 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Cork 
 Dumf. 
 Cork I 
 Donegal ! 
 Donegal ' 
 Donegal i 
 Tip. 
 Tyrone ! 
 
 519 
 1,022 
 766 
 480 
 168 
 239 
 1,058 
 235 
 ,.511 
 486 
 
 141 
 
 279 
 
 444 
 
 769 
 
 1,657 
 
 845 
 
 67 
 
 32 
 
 !V679 
 802 
 
 Bie, p. 
 
 Moyacomb, p. 
 
 Moyaliff, p. 
 Moyamia, p. 
 Moyarta, p. ■ 
 Moybolgue, p. 
 Mbycarry, p. 
 Moycullen, p. 
 Moydow, p. 
 Moygawnagh, p. 
 Moyglare, p. 
 Moylagh, p. 
 Moylgrove, p. 
 Moylisker, p. 
 Moylough, p. 
 Moymet, p. 
 Moynalty, p. 
 Moyne, p.-tn. 
 Moyne, p. 
 Moynoe, p. 
 Moyi^us, p. 
 Much-Birch, p. 
 Muchelney, p. 
 Muckaim, p. 
 Muckalee, p. 
 Muckalee, p. 
 Muckamore- ) 
 Grange, p. f 
 Muckart, p. 
 Mucking, p. 
 Muckleston, p. 
 Muckiio, p. 
 Muckton, p. 
 
 1,462 
 686 
 
 ,547 
 776 
 
 1,306 
 
 ,413 
 360 
 833 
 
 Invem. I 1,018 
 
 ( ; Carlow { ) 
 J I Wickl. &! }■ 
 { : Wexford ) 
 
 ; Carlow 
 ! Wickl 
 : Wexford 
 
 Tip, 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Clare 
 
 Mc.-Ca. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Gal way 
 
 Longf. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Meath 
 
 Meath 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Meath 
 
 Meath 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 Clare 
 
 Galway 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kilkny \ 
 
 Antrim ■ 
 
 Perth ! 
 Essex i 
 Sa. Staff. 
 Monag. 
 Lincoln i 
 
 3,616 
 
 ,459 
 ,358 
 ,927 
 ,104 
 780 
 ,067 
 ,213 
 ,181 
 299 
 ,938 
 463 
 250 
 ,149 
 490 
 ,767 
 ,758 
 772 
 ,055 
 ,568 
 497 
 3401 
 788 
 815 
 489 
 
 685 
 239 
 ,7361 
 ,8001 
 102 1 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 3,095 
 
 8,778 
 313 
 
 1,008 
 911 
 142 
 
 2,253 
 245 
 139 
 
 149 
 
 570 
 
 380 
 
 765 
 
 1,226 
 
 125 
 
 507 
 
 849 
 
 380 
 
 1,109 
 
 3,046 
 
 1,433 
 
 2,605 
 
 1,491 
 
 1,173 
 
 496 
 
 160 
 
 22,495 
 
 526 
 
 1,831 
 
 1,668 
 
 459 
 
 180 
 
 234 
 
 2,143 
 
 259 
 
 1,840 
 
 518 
 
 442 
 
 146 
 
 301 
 
 4-24 
 
 585 
 
 3,062 
 
 804 
 
 90 
 
 40 
 
 452 
 
 2,080 
 
 857 
 
 897 
 
 2,039 
 633 
 
 1,416 
 897 
 
 5,192 
 
 4,207 
 289 
 698 
 
 1,026 
 
 2,808 
 
 1,982 
 
 1,137 
 
 6,033 
 
 1,841 
 
 677 
 
 4,488 
 
 909 
 
 963 
 
 255 
 
 1,488 
 
 429 
 
 217 
 
 4,718 
 
 429 
 
 3,050 
 
 1,408 
 
 656 
 
 762 
 
 8,558 
 
 496 
 
 308 
 
 729 
 
 . 680 
 
 371 
 
 1,306 
 
 615 
 
 253 
 
 1,610 
 
 7,271 
 
 106 
 

 
 254 
 
 
 
 ABSTEACT OF CENSUS IN 
 
 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 Pi.Aca. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Placis. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 j 
 
 Place. 
 
 Coimty. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 If udford, p. 
 Muflf, p. 
 Muggiuton, p. 
 Muggleswick, p. 
 Muiravouside, p. 
 Muirkirk, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 429 
 
 421 
 
 Navenby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,057 
 
 1,170 i 
 
 Newcastle(Upper),p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 2,214 
 
 1,754 
 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3,259 
 
 3,052 
 
 Navestock, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 982 
 
 928 
 
 Newchai)el, ]). 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,065 
 
 872 
 
 
 Derby 
 
 719 
 
 689 
 
 Nay land, tn.-p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,153 
 
 1,061 
 
 Newchurch, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 871 
 
 782 
 
 
 Durham 
 
 
 788 
 
 Nazeing, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 757 
 
 763 
 
 Newchurch, p. 
 
 Southa. 
 
 11,539 
 
 14,008 
 
 
 Stirling 
 Ayr 
 
 2,'647 
 3,423 
 
 2,660 
 3,270 
 
 Neath (CasteU ) 
 Nedd), p. i 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 5,778 
 
 6,734 
 
 Newchurch, p. 
 Newchurch, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Radnor 
 
 321 
 153 
 
 332 
 132 
 
 
 Muirkirk, tn. 
 Muir of Rhynie, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 2,281 
 34!) 
 
 Neath (Csistell ) 
 Nedd),M.(fep.</j. f 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 5,841 
 
 6,810 
 
 Newchurch, p. 
 Newchurch, tn. 
 
 Monm. 
 Lancae. 
 
 747 
 
 728 
 3,116 
 
 
 Mulbartou, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 "557 
 
 625 
 
 Neath (Nedd), Up- \ 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,263 
 
 1,637 
 
 Newchurch Ken- \ 
 yon, p j 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 2,488 
 
 
 Mulhuddart, p. 
 Mullacrew, in. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 635 
 
 504 
 
 per, tns. j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Louth 
 
 
 366 
 
 Neatishead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 731 
 
 580! 
 
 Newdigate, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 614 
 
 608 
 
 
 Mullagh, tn.-p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 4,427 
 
 4,046 
 
 Necton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,020 
 
 9481 
 
 Newendeu (Lib- \ 
 
 Kent 
 
 172 
 
 137 
 
 
 MiUlaglibrack, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 4,594 
 
 5,889 
 
 Neddans, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 605 
 
 450 
 
 erty), p. , 
 
 
 
 
 
 MuUary, p. 
 MuUinactiff, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 865 
 
 768 
 
 Nedging, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 183 
 
 171 
 
 Newent, tn.-j). 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 3,306 
 
 3,182 
 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 1,320 
 
 1,132 
 
 Needham, \x 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 335 
 
 395 
 
 Newhall, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 891 
 
 826 
 
 
 Mullinahone, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,011 
 
 974 
 
 Neen (Savage), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 448 
 
 452 
 
 Newhaven, tn -p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,358 
 
 1,886 
 
 
 Mulliuavat, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 546 
 
 Neen (Sollai-s), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 218 
 
 189 
 
 Newhaven, v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,103 
 
 2,31t) 
 
 
 Mullingar, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 11,'499 
 
 9,921 
 
 Neenton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 116 
 
 110 
 
 Newhills, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 3,325 
 
 3,463 
 
 
 MuUiugar, tn. th. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 
 5,375 
 
 Neils ton, p. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 12,233 
 
 11,013 
 
 Newick, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 966 
 
 991 
 
 
 Mullins (St.), p. 
 
 Car. We. 
 
 6,676 
 
 4,242 
 
 Neilston, v. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 2,075 
 
 1,982 
 
 Newington, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 731 
 
 854 
 
 
 Mullion, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 795 
 
 679 i 
 
 Nempnett-Thrub- ) 
 well, p. J 
 
 Somen 
 
 284 
 
 259 
 
 Newington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 454 
 
 446 
 
 
 Mulrankin, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,285 
 
 973 
 
 
 
 Newingt<.in (Bag-\ 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 239 
 
 242 
 
 
 M iiltyfarnham,tn-p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 1,080 
 
 951, 
 
 Nenagh, jj. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 11,665 
 
 7,172 
 
 path), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Muuiby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 839 
 
 786: 
 
 Nenagh, tn. th. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 7,349 
 
 6,284 
 
 Newington -next- ) 
 
 Tfont 
 
 499 
 
 523 
 
 
 Muncaster, p. 
 
 Cunib. 
 
 623 
 
 580 
 
 Nenthorn, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 441 
 
 461 
 
 Hythe, p. / j 
 
 
 
 
 Munohin's (St.), p. 
 
 Cla.-Li. 
 
 2,737 
 
 2,693 
 
 Neots (St.), p.-tn. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 3,157 
 
 3,321 
 
 Newington(South),P| Oxford 
 
 419 
 
 400 
 
 
 Munden (Great), p. 
 
 Hei-ts 
 
 554 
 
 457 
 
 Neots (St.), v.-p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,628 
 
 1,584 
 
 "^x^ytp. ^''- };«--^ 
 
 64,816 
 
 82,220 
 
 
 Munden (Little), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 628 
 
 601 
 
 Ness ((3reat), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 613 
 
 673 j 
 
 
 Mundford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 385 
 
 376! 
 
 Nesting, p. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,420 
 
 2,583 
 
 Newland, p. | Glouc. 
 
 4,574 
 
 5,147 
 
 
 Mundham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 293 
 
 282 
 
 Neston (Great), p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 3,578 
 
 4,049 
 
 Newland w. Wood-\ j v,>^i. 
 
 
 78 
 
 
 Mundhaui (North),p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 444 
 
 426 
 
 Neston (Great;, tn./. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,524 
 
 1,764; 
 
 house Moor, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Mundon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 287 
 
 322 
 
 Netheravon, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 651 
 
 546 i 
 
 Newlands, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 950 
 
 987 
 
 
 Mundsley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 451 
 
 437' 
 
 Netlierbury, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 2,066 
 
 1,875 i 
 
 Newlyn, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 2,152 
 
 1,641 
 
 
 Mungo (St.), p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 645 
 
 686 
 
 Nether-Bxe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 103 
 
 78 
 
 Newmains, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 444 
 
 
 Mungret, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,178 
 
 1,881 
 
 Netteswell, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 365 
 
 335 
 
 Newmarket, tn. th. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,265 
 
 779 
 
 
 Munsley, p. 
 
 Ileref. 
 
 188 
 
 234 
 
 Nettlebed, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 754 
 
 737 
 
 Newmarket, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 642 
 
 520 
 
 
 Munslow, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 367 
 
 712 
 
 Nettlecombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 353 
 
 327 
 
 Newmarket, tn. 
 
 Ca.-Su. 
 
 3,356 
 
 4,069 
 
 
 Munterconnanght, p 
 
 Cavan 
 
 2,214 
 
 1,936 
 
 Nettleham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 944 
 
 919 
 
 Newmarket-on- ) 
 Fergus, tn. | 
 
 Clare 
 
 1,111 
 
 1,137 
 
 
 Murher, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,425 
 
 2,407 
 
 Nettlestead, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 461 
 
 675 
 
 
 Mui-ragh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,854, 
 
 1,572 
 
 Nettlestead, p. 
 
 Siiffolk 
 
 81 
 
 105 
 
 Newmarket (St. ) 
 Mary), p. j 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 
 2,002 
 
 
 Murroes, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 643 
 
 763 
 
 Nettleton, p. 
 
 Jjincoln 
 
 524 
 
 636 
 
 
 
 Mursley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 553 
 
 482 
 
 Nettleton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 565 
 
 632 
 
 Newmills, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,211 
 
 2,313 
 
 
 MuTston, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 191 
 
 572 
 
 Nevendon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 199 
 
 205 
 
 Newmills, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 
 600 
 
 
 Musbury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,228 
 
 493 
 
 Nevern, v.-p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,642 
 
 1,436 
 
 New Moat, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 "333 
 
 311 
 
 
 Musbury, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 506 
 
 997 
 
 Nevin, tn.-p. P. s. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,854 
 
 1.818 
 
 Newnhara, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 360 
 
 367 
 
 
 Musgrave (Great), p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 175 
 
 192 
 
 New Abbey, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 1,098 
 
 1,063 
 
 Newnham, tn.-p. /. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,288 
 
 1,325 
 
 
 Muskham(North),p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 877 
 
 848 
 
 Nbwark-upon- \ 
 
 
 
 
 Newnham, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 150 
 
 135 
 
 
 Muskham (South), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 303 
 
 277 
 
 Trent, tn.-p. m. > 
 
 Notts 
 
 11,330 
 
 11,515 
 
 Newnham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 431 
 
 409 
 
 
 Musselburgh, p./. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 7,092 
 
 7,423 
 
 & p. xo. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Newnham, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 679 
 
 614 
 
 
 Muston, p. 
 Muston, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 York 
 
 411 
 
 399 
 
 360 
 391 
 
 Newarthill, t. 
 New-Abresford, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 Hants 
 
 1,618 
 
 1,382 
 1,540 
 
 Newnham (Mur-j. Iq^^^j^ 
 
 - 237 
 
 231 
 
 
 Mutford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 435 
 
 386 
 
 Newbald, p. 
 
 York 
 
 908 
 
 910 
 
 Newnham (Regis), p.' Warw. 
 
 119 
 
 129 
 
 
 Mnthill, v.-p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,972 
 
 2,001 
 
 Newbattle, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 2,518 
 
 2,837 
 
 Newnton (I.K)ng), p. i Wilts 
 
 294 
 
 277 
 
 
 Myddfai, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,069 
 
 1,118 
 
 Newbawn, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,362 
 
 1,142 
 
 Newnton (North), p. Wilts 
 
 364 
 
 376 
 
 
 Mydrim, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 996 
 
 992 
 
 Newbiggin, p. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 114 
 
 107 
 
 Newport, p. Southa. 
 
 3,994 
 
 3,819 
 
 
 Mylerstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 737 
 
 679 
 
 Newbliss, tn. 
 
 Monag. 
 
 481 
 
 434 
 
 NEWPORT,tn.M.(fep.s. Southa. 
 
 8,047 
 
 7,934 
 
 
 Mylor, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 2,203 
 
 2,213 
 
 Newbold - upon - ) 
 Avon, h.-p. f 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,178 
 
 
 Newport, tn. m. w. «.: Monm. 
 
 19,323 
 
 23,249 
 
 
 Mynyddyslwyn, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 6,994 
 
 6,877 
 
 ^'^°^ Newport, tn.-p. i Salop 
 
 2,906 
 
 3,051 
 
 
 Myross, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,270 
 
 1,881 
 
 Newbold and Dun- ) 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,035 
 
 Q oQo ! NewiMrt, tn.-p. /. Pemb. 
 
 1,716 
 
 1,575 
 
 
 My shall, p.-tn. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,932 
 
 1,632 
 
 ston, tns. f 
 
 3,203 
 
 Newport, p, Essex 
 
 898 
 
 886 
 
 
 Myton upon Swale.p 
 
 York 
 
 214 
 
 155 
 
 Newbold (Pacey), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 323 
 
 360 
 
 Newport, tn. Mayo 
 
 984 
 
 964 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Newbold (Verdon),p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 712 
 
 708 
 
 Newport, v. Fife 
 
 
 719 
 
 
 Kaas, tn. m. t. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 2,971 
 
 2,966 
 
 Newborough, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 698 
 
 806 
 
 Newport, or New- )^ 1 rr: „ 
 
 1,112 
 3,651 
 
 1,102 
 3,823 
 
 
 Nackington, p. 
 Nacton, p. 
 Naflferton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 140 
 810 
 
 1,260 
 
 165 
 
 680 
 
 1,635 
 
 Newborough (St. \ 
 Peter), p. ) 
 Newbottle, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 Northa. 
 
 1,032 
 438 
 
 918 
 527 
 
 port-Tip, tn. ) 
 Newport (Pag- ) 
 nell), tn.-p. j 
 
 Bucks 
 
 
 Nailsea, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,543 
 
 2,278 
 
 Newbottle, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,067 
 
 2,674 
 
 New-Ross, tn. 
 
 Wexford' ... 
 
 6,567 
 
 
 Nailstone, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 668 
 
 639 
 
 Newbourn, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 221 
 
 168 
 
 1 Newry, p. 
 
 Do.-Ar. 
 
 24,809 
 
 21,760 
 
 
 Nairn, p. 
 
 Nairn 
 
 4,116 
 
 4,486 
 
 Newbridge, tn. t. f. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 934 
 
 2,876 
 
 Newry, tn. t. th. s. 
 
 Do.-Ar. 
 
 13,473 
 
 12,188 
 
 
 Nairn, m. t. f. 
 
 Nairn 
 
 3,401 
 
 3,827 
 
 Newbrough, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 703 
 
 Newstead Priory, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 
 108 
 
 
 >> P- 
 
 Nairn 
 
 2,977 
 
 3,435 
 
 Newburgh, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,986 
 
 2,693 
 
 Newtimber, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 "16I 
 
 162 
 
 
 Nannerch, p. 
 
 Den.Fli. 
 
 231 
 
 333 
 
 Newburgh, M. 
 
 Fife 
 
 2,638 
 
 2,281 
 
 Newton, p. 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 1,780 
 
 1,553 
 
 
 Nantcwnlle, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 783 
 
 803 
 
 Newburgh, v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 
 641 
 
 Newton, v. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,500 
 
 1,667 
 
 
 Nantglyn, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 346 
 
 320 
 
 Newburn, v.-p. 
 
 North. 
 
 4"316 
 
 4,619 
 
 Newton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 220 
 
 228 
 
 
 Nantinan, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 2,048 
 
 1,764 
 
 Newburn, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 375 
 
 374 
 
 Newton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 85 
 
 84 
 
 
 Nantmel, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 1,415 
 
 1,4.53 
 
 Newbury, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 6,610 
 
 6,161 
 
 Newton, p. | Camb. 
 
 185 
 
 216 
 
 
 Nantwich, tn.-p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 5,871 
 
 6,763 
 
 Newbury, tn. m. ih. 
 
 Berks 
 
 6,574 
 
 6,161 
 
 Newton, v. 
 
 Renfrewl 
 
 718 
 
 
 Napton-on-the- ) 
 
 Warw. 
 
 999 
 
 978 
 2,546 
 
 Newbyth, v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 396 
 
 454 
 
 Newton, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 451 
 
 
 Hill, p. ) 
 Narberth, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 2,822 
 
 Newcastle, p. 
 Newcastle, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Limer. 
 Limer. 
 
 5,560 
 5,600 
 
 3,276 
 2,452 
 
 Newton (Abbot), ) 
 tn. w. s. r 
 
 Devon 3,147 
 
 5,221 
 
 
 NAftBEBTH, tn. p. Ih. 
 Narborougli, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 Leices. 
 
 1,392 
 1,283 
 
 1,209 
 1,156 
 
 Newcastle, tn. 
 Newcastle, p. 
 
 Down 
 Dublin 
 
 849 
 962 
 
 872 
 753 
 
 Newton (Blossom- ) 
 ville), p. ( 
 
 Bucks 332 
 
 277 
 
 
 Narburgh, p. 
 Narford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 
 375 
 116 
 
 387 
 123 
 
 Newcastle, p. 
 Newcastle, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,429 
 846 
 
 1,715 
 
 672 
 
 hold), p. ) 1 
 
 163 
 
 
 Narraghmore, p. 
 Naaeby, v.-p. 
 
 Kildare 
 Northa. 
 
 2,164 
 848 
 
 1,912 
 811 
 
 Newcastle, p. 
 Newcastle -Emlyn) 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,536 
 
 2,244 
 
 Newton-by-Ca^tle-].|jj^rf^j^ 
 acre, p. j 
 
 1 2 
 
 84 
 
 
 Nash, p. 
 Nash, p 
 
 Monm. 
 Pemb. 
 
 311 
 155 
 
 284 
 171 
 
 (including Ken- >■ 
 arth), tn.-p. /. ) 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,980 
 
 1,744 
 
 Newton-in-Cleve- ) vr>vL- 
 land, p. f ^°^^ 
 
 127 
 
 122 
 
 
 Nassiiigton, p. 
 Nately (Scijres), p. 
 Nately (Up), p. 
 Nathlash (St.), p. 
 Naughton, p. 
 Naul, tn.-p. 
 Naunton, p. 
 Nauntou (Iteau- ) 
 champ), p. f 
 Navan, p. 
 Navau, tn. w. 
 
 Noi-tha. 
 
 795 
 
 718 
 
 Newcastle (Little),p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 433 
 
 364 
 
 Newton (Ferrers), p. Devon 
 
 749 
 
 672 
 
 
 Hants 
 Hants 
 
 245 
 115 
 
 271 
 99 
 
 Newcastle:Lower),p. 
 Newcastletown, v. 
 
 Wickl. 
 Roxb. 
 
 934 
 
 743 
 1,124 
 
 Newton (Flotnian), pi Norfolk 
 Newtongrange, v. Edinb. 
 
 359 
 
 328 
 
 787 
 
 
 Cork 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Dublin 
 
 593 
 134 
 697 
 
 379 
 155 
 480 
 
 Newcastle - under- 1^ 
 
 Lyne, p. ) 
 
 Newcastle - un - ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 12,638 
 
 Newton (Heath),tns. 
 
 Newton - Kyme - ) 
 
 with-Toulston, p j 
 
 Lancas. 
 York 
 
 lo'.'soi 
 
 223 
 
 14,907 
 162 
 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Meath 
 
 568 
 
 144 
 
 6,352 
 
 635 
 
 157 
 
 4,964 
 
 DER - Lyne, tn. V 
 M. & p. m. s. ) 
 Newcastle - up - ) 
 on-Tyne, tn. M. r 
 & P. t. ». ) 
 
 Stafford 
 North. 
 
 10,569 
 
 87,784 
 
 12,938 
 109,108 
 
 Newton (Long), p. 
 Nevrton(Longville)p 
 Newton - in - Mac- ) 
 kerfield, tn. ( 
 
 Durham 
 Bucks 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 325 
 595 
 
 3,719 
 
 363 
 
 547 
 
 5,909 
 
 
 Meath 
 
 3,979 
 
 4,187 
 
 
 
 
 Newton (North), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 60 
 
 50 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 255 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Newton (Nottage), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 959 
 
 1,082 
 
 Nohaval, p. 
 
 Keny 
 
 628 
 
 479 
 
 NortonMandeville,p 
 
 Essex 
 
 135 
 
 129 
 
 Newtou (Old), p. 
 
 Newton-upon- 1 
 
 Ouse, p.-v. f 
 
 NewtoniKirk, tn. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 Dublin 
 
 79-! 
 947 
 
 718 
 931 
 
 Nohavaldaly, p. 
 Noke, p. 
 
 Co.-Ker. 
 Oxford 
 
 3,036 
 140 
 
 3,041 
 1161 
 
 Norton Midsomer, 1 
 p.-v. y 
 
 Somer. 
 
 3,799 
 
 3,830 
 
 
 396 
 
 Nolton, p. 
 
 No Man's Land, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 Devon 
 
 245 
 
 205 
 67 
 
 Norton-on-the- ) 
 Moors, p. j 
 
 Stafford 
 
 3,327 
 
 4,393 
 
 Newton (Purcell), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 "ii7 
 
 105 
 
 No Man's Land, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 149 
 
 Norton-Pudding, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 21 
 
 17 
 
 Newton (Regis), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 487 
 
 442 
 
 Noniiigton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 "S75 
 
 896 
 
 Norton-St. Philip, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 788 
 
 672 
 
 Newton (Bigny), p. 
 
 Cunib. 
 
 304 
 
 253 
 
 Norbury, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 373 
 
 412 
 
 Norton-Subcourse, p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 428 
 
 376 
 
 Newton (Solney), p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 36(5 
 
 406 
 
 Norbury, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 358 
 
 364 
 
 Norton - juxta - ) 
 Twycross,' p. ) 
 
 Leices. 
 
 468 
 
 451 
 
 Newton (Soutli), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 700 
 
 717 
 
 Norbm-y, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 475 
 
 476 
 
 Newton(St. Cyres),p 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,144 
 
 1,083 
 
 Norham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 4,289 
 
 3,783 
 
 Norwell, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 957 
 
 1,026 
 
 Newton-Stewart, ^ 
 tn. /. i 
 
 Wigton 
 
 2,599 
 
 2,535 
 
 Normauby, p. 
 Normanby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 York 
 
 514 
 
 198 
 
 478 
 234 
 
 Norwich, c. m. & ) 
 p. w. s. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 68,195 
 
 74,891 
 
 Newton (St. Faith),p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2S8 
 
 273 
 
 Normanby on-the- ) 
 Wolds, p. ; 
 
 r • 1 
 ijincom 
 
 149 
 
 138 
 
 Norwood St. Luke,v. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 3,977 
 
 7,462 
 
 Newton (St. Loe), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 440 
 
 401 
 
 
 
 Noseley, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 48 
 
 Newton (St. Pet- ) 
 rock), p. 1 
 
 Devon 
 
 272 
 
 231 
 
 Normanton, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 385 
 
 437 
 
 Notgrove, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 "195 
 
 162 
 
 
 Normanton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 179 
 
 172 
 
 Notley (Black), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 627 
 
 . 489 
 
 Newton-near-Sud- ) 
 
 bury), p. 1 
 
 Newtoji-by-Toft, p. 
 
 Newton (Toney), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 Wilts 
 
 499 
 
 529 
 
 Normanton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 35 
 
 69 
 
 Notley (White), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 515 
 
 608 
 
 71 
 316 
 
 81 
 351 
 
 Normanton, v.-p. 
 Normanton-iipon- } 
 Soar, p. ) 
 
 York 
 Notts 
 
 1,238 
 393 
 
 1,923 
 360 
 
 Nottingham, tn. \ 
 
 M. & p. w. s. ) 
 
 Nottingham Park, \ 
 
 Notts 
 
 67,407 
 
 74,693 
 
 Newton-Tracey, p. 
 Newton - ujxjn - ) 
 Trent, p. i 
 
 Devon 
 Lincoln 
 
 143 
 366 
 
 136 
 325 
 
 Normanton \ 
 
 (South), v.-p. ; 
 
 Normanton-upon- ) 
 Trent, p. | 
 
 Derby 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,340 
 388 
 
 1,805 
 402 
 
 ■with Standard > 
 Hill, p. ) 
 Noughaval, p. 
 
 Notts 
 Lo.Wes. 
 
 3,273 
 
 1,072 
 2,765 
 
 Newton (Valence), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 355 
 
 340 
 
 Noughaval, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 243 
 
 227 
 
 Newton (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 227 
 
 268 
 
 Nortli Berwick, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 1,643 
 
 2,071 
 
 Nowton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 187 
 
 186 
 
 K e wton( W isbeach), p 
 
 Camb. 
 
 450 
 
 431 
 
 North Berwick, m. 
 
 Had. 
 
 498 
 
 700 
 
 Nuffield, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 251 
 
 259 
 
 Newton (Wold), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 179 
 
 189 
 
 .. P. 
 
 Had. 
 
 863 
 
 1,164 
 
 Nun-Bumholme, p. 
 
 York 
 
 253 
 
 281 
 
 Newtown, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 3,784 
 
 3,692 
 
 North (Chapel), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 864 
 
 785 
 
 Nuneaton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 8,133 
 
 7,666 
 
 Newtown, tn. p. s. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 6,371 
 
 5,916 
 
 North ( Weald- Bas-^ 
 
 Essex 
 
 842 
 
 842 
 
 Nuneaton, tn. s. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 4,869 
 
 4,645 
 
 Newtown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 137 
 
 111 
 
 set), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Nuneham - Court- ) 
 ney, p. f 
 
 Oxford 
 
 358 
 
 314 
 
 Newtown, -p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 2,469 
 
 2,194 
 
 North (Wootton), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 75 
 
 76 
 
 
 Newtown, v. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 367 
 
 Northallerton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 5,238 
 
 4,980 
 
 Nunkeeling-with- ) 
 Bewholme, p. j 
 
 York 
 
 269 
 
 271 
 
 Newtown, v. 
 
 Liulitli, 
 
 
 816 
 
 Northallerton, \ 
 tn. p. w. j 
 Northam, p. 
 
 York 
 Devon 
 
 4,995 
 3,680 
 
 4,755 
 3,687 
 
 
 
 
 Newtown of Ab-) 
 beygreen, v. j 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 642 
 
 Nunney, p. 
 Niinnington, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 York 
 
 1,115 
 443 
 
 1,088 
 423 
 
 Newtownards, p. 
 Newtownards, tn. s. 
 
 Down 
 Down 
 
 15,482 
 10,075 
 
 15,190 
 9,543 
 
 NORTHAMPTON,tn. ) 
 M. &,P. W. 1 
 
 Northa. 
 
 26,657 
 
 32,813 
 
 Nimton & Boden-^^ 
 ham, p. j 
 
 Wilts 
 
 276 
 
 282 
 
 Newtown Barry, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 3,123 
 
 2,488 
 
 Northaw, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 645 
 
 551 
 
 Numey, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 671 
 
 554 
 
 Newtown Barry, tn.s 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 1,097 
 
 Northborough, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 260 
 
 214 
 
 Nurney, tn. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 165 
 
 144 
 
 Newtownbreda, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 326 
 
 Northbouriie, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 886 
 
 890 
 
 Numey, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 599 
 
 389 
 
 Newtown-Butler, ) 
 
 tn. /. f 
 
 Fei-man 
 
 477 
 
 630 
 
 Northen, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,359 
 
 1,430 
 
 Numey, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 672 
 
 589 
 
 Nortlifield, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,460 
 
 3,130 
 
 Nursling, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,024 
 
 947 
 
 Newtown - Clon - ) 
 bun, p. f 
 
 
 
 
 Nortlifleet, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 5,038 
 
 5,743 
 
 Nursted, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 34 
 
 67 
 
 Meath 
 
 227 
 
 193 
 
 North Forty Foot) 
 Bank, p. j 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 300 
 
 NutiieUl, p. 
 
 Sun-ey 
 
 895 
 
 997 
 
 Newtown - Citan - \ 
 melin, v. -p. ) 
 
 
 
 945 
 
 
 Nuthall, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 685 
 
 842 
 
 Antrim 
 
 8i6 
 
 Nortlihill, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,193 
 
 1,263 
 
 Nuthurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 727 
 
 767 
 
 Newtown-Forbes, v. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 331 
 
 430 
 
 Nortliholme, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 173 
 
 162 
 
 Nutley, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 169 
 
 141 
 
 Newtown - Hamil- ) 
 
 ton, p. r 
 
 Armagh 
 
 6,285 
 
 5,504 
 
 Nortliiam, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,306 
 
 1,260 
 
 Nyland, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 38 
 
 40 
 
 Northill, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,364 
 
 1,366 
 
 Nymet-Rowland, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 99 
 
 111 
 
 Newtown - Hamil- \ 
 ton, tn. j 
 
 Armagh 
 
 
 1,120 
 
 Northington, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 309 
 
 283 
 
 Nymphsfield, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 417 
 
 373 
 
 
 Northleach, tn.-p. w 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,362 
 
 1,404 
 
 Nynipton Bi- > 
 shop's), v.-p. 1 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,246 
 
 1,198 
 
 Newtown-Lennan, p 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,428 
 
 1,147 
 
 Northleigh, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 738 
 
 
 
 Newtownlima- f 
 vady, tn. m. j" 
 
 London. 
 
 3,206 
 
 2,732 
 
 Northlew, p. 
 Nortlimaviiie, p. 
 
 Devon 
 Shetl. 
 
 1,047 
 2,634 
 
 930 
 
 2,585 
 
 Nympton (St. ) 
 George), p. | 
 
 Devon 
 
 292 
 
 258 
 
 Newtown-Liuford, p 
 
 Leices. 
 
 483 
 
 500 
 
 Northmoor, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 375 
 
 364 
 
 Nyiiehead, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 367 
 
 321 
 
 Newtown • Mount- ) 
 Kennedy, tn. j 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 _ 
 
 
 Northolt, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 614 
 
 658 
 
 
 
 
 
 ill 
 
 506 
 
 Northop, v.-p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 3,567 
 
 3,657 
 
 Oadby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,254 
 
 Newtown - near - ) 
 Newbury, p. ( 
 
 Hants 
 
 262 
 
 276 
 
 Northorpe, p. 
 Northover, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Somer. 
 
 179 
 89 
 
 194 
 122 
 
 Oake, p. 
 Oakford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 Devon 
 
 168 
 
 626 
 
 155 
 629 
 
 Newtown of Pit-( 
 cairns, v. ) 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 333 
 
 Noithstoke, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 177 
 
 Oakham, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 3,031 
 
 2,959 
 
 
 Northwich, tn. /. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,377 
 
 1,190 
 
 Oakhampton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,165 
 
 1,929 
 
 Newtown Stewart, 1 
 tn. m. J 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 1,402 
 
 1,232 
 
 Northwold, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,397 
 
 1,370 
 
 Oakiugton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 694 
 
 592 
 
 Northwood, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 6,049 
 
 6,534 
 
 Oakley, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 457 
 
 443 
 
 Newtyle, v.-p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 1,141 
 
 1,139 
 
 Norton, tns. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 528 
 
 623 
 
 Oakley, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 425 
 
 420 
 
 New- Village, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 144 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,315 
 
 2,983 
 
 Oakley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 336 
 
 332 
 
 Nibley (Nortli), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 l,i33 
 
 1,020 
 
 Norton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 669 
 
 633 
 
 Oakley (Church), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 303 
 
 287 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 21,543 
 
 18,240 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 467 
 
 458 
 
 Oakley and Forth ) 
 Iron Works, v. | 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 1,817 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 19,422 
 
 14,297 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 399 
 
 352 
 
 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 5,768 
 
 3,133 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 99 
 
 124 
 
 Oakley (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,177 
 
 1,038 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 240 
 
 230 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 679 
 
 480 
 
 Oakley (Great), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 - 197 
 
 195 
 
 Nioliolas (St.), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,297 
 
 ■ 1,148 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 294 
 
 313 
 
 Oakley (Little), p. 
 
 Es8e.-i 
 
 293 
 
 306 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 3,383 
 
 3,839 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 927 
 
 948 
 
 Oakley (Little), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 123 
 
 127 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 414 
 
 354 
 
 Norton, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 407 
 
 396 
 
 Oaksey, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 487 
 
 450 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,228 
 
 1,533 
 
 Norton, v.-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,275 
 
 2,317 
 
 Oare, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 196 
 
 217 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 Niciiolas (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 355 
 
 284 
 
 Norton, v.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,856 
 
 2,318 
 
 Oare, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 57 
 
 60 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,793 
 
 2,005 
 
 Norton Bavant, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 274 
 
 261 
 
 Oathlaw, p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 424 
 
 399 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,316 
 
 1,410 
 
 Norton-Bishop, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 464 
 
 459 
 
 Oban, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,742 
 
 1,940 
 
 Nicholas (St.), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 
 742 
 
 Norton-Brize, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 720 
 
 716 
 
 Oborne, p. 
 
 Doi'set 
 
 140 
 
 150 
 
 Nicholas (St.)- ) 
 Castle-Hold, p. f 
 
 Hants 
 
 265 
 
 265 
 
 Noi-ton-imder- ) 
 Cannock, p. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 968 
 
 1,628 
 
 O'Brennan, p. 
 O'Brien's Bridge, | 
 
 Kerry 
 Clare 
 
 640 
 3,121 
 
 731 
 2,469 
 
 Nicholas (St.)-at- 1 
 Wade, p. j 
 
 Kent . 
 
 604 
 
 590 
 
 Norton-Canon, p. 
 Norton-Coleparle, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 298 
 123 
 
 334 
 112 
 
 tn.-p. j 
 Oby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 73 
 
 SO 
 
 Nicholas St.( With- ) 
 in), p. ) 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 1,838 
 
 Norton-Cuckney, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 
 1,454 
 
 Occold, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 620 
 
 670 
 
 
 Norton-Disney, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 *234 
 
 196 
 
 Ochiltree, v.-p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 1,787 
 
 1,676 
 
 Nicholas'St.(With-j 
 out), p. 1 
 
 DubUn 
 
 
 11,346 
 
 Norton (East), p. 
 Norton-Fitzwar- ) 
 ren, p. / 
 
 Leices. 
 Somer. 
 
 639 
 
 139 
 634 
 
 Ochiltree, v. 
 Ockbrook, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 Derby 
 
 1,763 
 
 709 
 1,606 
 
 Nicholaston, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 132 
 
 109 
 
 Ockendon (North ),p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 338 
 
 341 
 
 Nidd, p. 
 
 York 
 
 114 
 
 141 
 
 Norton-Folgate, p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 
 1,873 
 
 Ockendon (South), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,021 
 
 1,267 
 
 Nigg, P- 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 1,841 
 
 2,074 
 
 Norton-in-Hales, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 "320 
 
 309 
 
 Ockham, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 649 
 
 682 
 
 Nigg, p. 
 
 Ro.ss 
 
 1,457 
 
 1,253 
 
 Norton-under- ) 
 Hambdon, p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 504 
 
 467 
 
 Ockley, p. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 641 
 
 683 
 
 Nilteen-Gi-ange, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,009 
 
 951 
 
 Ocle-Pitchard, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 221 
 
 299 
 
 Ninfield, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 570 
 
 587 
 
 Norton-Hawkfield.p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 
 42 
 
 O'Dagh, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,189 
 
 883 
 
 Ninian's (St.), p. 
 
 Stirling 
 
 9,851 
 
 8,946 
 
 Norton-Hook, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 1,'496 
 
 1,393 
 
 Odcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 713 
 
 652 
 
 Niton, p. 
 Nitshill, V. 
 
 Hants 
 Renfrew 
 
 684 
 
 700 
 1,029 
 
 Norton-by-Kemp- ) 
 sey, p. ]■ 
 
 Worces. 
 
 639 
 
 661 
 
 Odilingley, p. 
 Oddington, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 Glouc. 
 
 185 
 545 
 
 202 
 
 688 
 
 Nobber, v.-p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 2,295 
 
 1,799 
 
 Norton-King's, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 163 
 
 154 
 
 Oddington, \i. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 126 
 
 169 
 
 Nocton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 510 
 
 637 
 
 Norton-Lindsey, p. 
 
 Wai-w. 
 
 166 
 
 157 
 
 Odell, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 638 
 
 494 
 
 Noliaval, p. 
 
 I Cork 
 
 709 
 
 694 
 
 Norton Malreward,p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 113 
 
 108!lOdiham, p.-tn. t. 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,811 
 
 2,833 
 
256 
 
 ABSTEACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 Place 
 
 O'Domey, p. 
 CKlstock. p. 
 Offchui-ch, p. 
 ■ Offeiiham, p. 
 Offeilaue, p. 
 Offham, p. 
 Offley, p. 
 Offley (High), p. 
 Offonl (Clui>y\ p. 
 Offord (Davcy ), p. 
 Offton - witli - ) 
 
 Little-Bricett, p j 
 Offwell, p. 
 Ogbounie (St. An- 1 
 
 drew), p. ) 
 
 Ogbounie (St. I 
 
 George), p. J 
 
 Ogley Hay, p. 
 Ogoimelloe, p. 
 Ogulla, p. 
 C^well (East), p. 
 Ogwell (West), p. 
 Okeford-Fitzpaiiie, p 
 Okehampton, p. 
 Okeoyer, p. 
 Olave's (St.), p. 
 Olave-St.-Mary ) 
 
 Gate, p. i 
 
 Old, or Wold, p. 
 Oldberrow, p. 
 Oldbtiry, tn. 
 Oldbury, p. 
 Oldbiiiy-on-the- > 
 
 Hill, p. f 
 
 Oldcastle, p. m. 
 Oldcastle, p. 
 Oldcastle, tn. 
 Oldconwanght, p. 
 Oldconiiell, p. 
 Oldcott, tns. 
 Oldham, tn. m. «. 
 
 » P- 
 
 Oldhamstocks, p. 
 Oldleighlin, p. 
 Oldross, p. 
 01dStreet(StLuke)p 
 Oldswinford, p. 
 Olney, tn.-p. 
 Olrig, p. 
 Olveston, p. 
 Omagh, tn. s. 
 Ombereley, v. -p. 
 Omey, p. 
 Omoa, V. 
 Onebouse, p. 
 Ongar - Chipping, ) 
 
 tu.-p. s. f 
 
 Ongar (High), p. 
 Onibury, p. 
 Oola, p. 
 Oola, tn. 
 Openshaw, v. 
 Oran, p. 
 Oranmore, p. 
 Oranmore, tn. 
 Orby, p. 
 
 Orchiird (East), p. 
 Orchai'd(Portinan),p 
 Orchard (West), p. 
 Orchardleigh, p. 
 Orcheston (St. ) 
 
 George), p. I 
 Orcheston (St. ) 
 
 Mary), p. | 
 Orcop, p. 
 Ord, tns. 
 Ordiquhill, p. 
 Ordsall, v. -p. 
 Ore, p.' 
 Orford, tn.-p. 
 Orgarswick, p. 
 Orlestone, p. 
 Orleton, p. 
 Orlingbury, p. 
 Ormesby, v.-p. 
 Ormiston, v.-p. 
 Ormsby (North), p. 
 Ormsby (South), p. 
 Ormsby rSt. Mar) 
 
 garet, &c.), p. ) 
 OnnBby(St M iuliael)p 
 Ormside, p. 
 Omiskirk, p. 
 Omiskirk, tn. th. 
 Orphir, p. 
 Ori>ingtou, p. 
 Or»ett, p. 
 Or<ton, p. 
 Orton, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 WUts 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Kent 
 
 Herta- 
 
 StAfford 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Stiifford 
 
 Clare 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Devon 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 York 
 
 Northa. 
 Worces. 
 Worces. 
 Salop 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Meath 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Meath 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Stafford i 
 
 Lancas. I 
 
 Lancas. ' 
 
 Had. I 
 
 Carlow I 
 
 Wexford! 
 
 Middles i 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Caith. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Salop 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Galway 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Noi-th. 
 
 Banff 
 
 Notts 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Kent 
 
 Kent 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 York 
 
 Had. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Westml. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Jjancas. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 Kent 
 
 Essex 
 
 I Notts 
 
 I Climb. 
 
 2,002 
 181 
 333 
 400 
 
 7,567 
 372 
 
 1,208 
 786 
 369 
 419 
 
 410 
 
 389 
 
 493 
 
 593 
 
 1,'543 
 
 1,059 
 
 316 
 
 61 
 
 64S 
 
 2,165 
 
 61 
 
 2,970 
 
 449 
 
 50 
 
 15,114 
 
 131 
 
 485 
 
 4,506 
 47 
 
 2,047 
 
 723 
 
 1,68.3 
 
 52,8--'0 
 
 72,357 
 
 692 
 
 2,511 
 
 2,138 
 
 20,'-.i38 
 2,329 
 1,873 
 1,669 
 3,016 
 2,364 
 6,548 
 
 "432 
 843 
 
 1,147 
 362 
 
 2,799 
 423 
 
 3,759 
 330 
 
 5,082 
 
 405 
 219 
 
 49 
 121 
 
 32 
 
 175 
 
 631 
 
 914 
 
 644 
 
 1,342 
 
 1,745 
 
 1,106 
 
 6 
 
 334 
 
 618 
 
 330 
 
 1,172 
 
 811 
 
 131 
 
 261 
 
 707 
 
 198 
 16,490 
 6,548 
 1,157 
 1,203 
 1,592 
 461 
 519 
 
 1,808 
 184 
 304 
 461 
 
 6,986 
 411 
 
 1,215 
 883 
 326 
 437 
 
 394 
 
 393 
 
 618 
 
 534 
 
 1,.357 
 
 1,364 
 
 1,032 
 
 275 
 
 51 
 
 685 
 
 1,929 
 
 61 
 
 667 
 
 3,917 
 
 472 
 
 52 
 
 15,703 
 
 207 
 
 440 
 
 2,843 
 
 60 
 
 979 
 
 2,673 
 
 653 
 
 2,238 
 
 72,333 
 
 94,344 
 
 615 
 
 2,269 
 
 1,054 
 
 57,073 
 
 22,958 
 
 2,347 
 
 2,059 
 
 1,699 
 
 3,533 
 
 2,463 
 
 6,357 
 
 868 
 
 336 
 
 867 
 
 1,177 
 
 375 
 
 1,905 
 
 448 
 
 8,623 
 
 1,068 
 
 4,398 
 
 414 
 
 357 
 
 227 
 
 66 
 
 103 
 
 34 
 
 236 
 
 177 
 
 583 
 
 762 
 
 764 
 
 1,911 
 
 1,636 
 
 948 
 
 10 
 
 390 
 
 000 
 
 307 
 
 6,299 
 
 915 
 
 155 
 
 261 
 
 811 
 
 188 
 
 17,049 
 
 6,426 
 
 1,133 
 
 1,727 
 
 1,531 
 
 424 
 
 468 
 
 Orton, or Overton, ) 
 
 tn.-p. /. ; 
 
 Orton-on-the-Hill. p 
 Oi-ton (Longville), p. 
 Orton (WaterviUe),p 
 Orwell, p. 
 , Orwell, p. 
 I Osbaldwick, p. 
 ' Osbournby, p. 
 Osgathorpe, p. 
 Osniaston (near) 
 
 Ashboui'ne), p f 
 Osmaston (near ) 
 
 Derby), p. | 
 Osniington, p. 
 Osmotherley, p. 
 Ospring (Liberty), p. 
 Ossett, V. 
 Ossington, p. 
 Oswald (St.), ]). 
 Oswald (St.), p. 
 Oswaldkirk, p. 
 Oswaldtwisle, tns. 
 Oswestry, p. 
 Oswestry, tn. m. w. s. 
 Osyth (St.), V.-p. 
 Otford, p. 
 Otham, p. 
 Othery, p. 
 Otley, p. 
 Otley, p. /. 
 Otley, tn. 
 Otterbourne, p. 
 Otterburn-Ward, v. 
 Otterden, p. 
 Otterford, p. 
 Otterliam, p. 
 Otterhampton, p. 
 Ottenngtoii(North)p 
 Otterington(Southyp 
 Ottertou, p. 
 Ottery(St. Mary), p. 
 Ottery (St. Mary;, ) 
 
 tn. th. S 
 
 Ottringham, p. 
 Ouen (St.), p. 
 Oughaval, p. 
 Oughter.igh, p. 
 Oughterard, tn. 
 Oughter.ird, p. 
 Oughterleague, p. 
 Oughtmama, p. 
 Oulton, p. 
 I Oulton, p. 
 Oundle, p. 
 Oundle, tn. <7t. 
 Ousby, p. 
 Ousden, p. 
 Ouseb\iru (Gi-eat), p. 
 Ouseburn (Little), p. 
 Ouston, p. 
 Outeragh, p. 
 Outrath, p. 
 Out well, p. 
 Out wood, h. 
 Ovenden, tns 
 Over, tn.-p. 
 Over, 11. 
 Overbury, p -v. 
 OverchurchorUp-) i 
 
 ton, p. r I 
 
 Overcomjrton, p. 
 
 Overstone, y. 
 
 Overstowey, p. 
 
 Overstrand, p. 
 
 Overton, v.-p. 
 
 Overton, p. 
 
 Overton, p. 
 
 Overton, v. 
 
 Overton, tn.-p. p. 
 
 Overton-Market, p. 
 
 Overwallop, p. 
 
 Overwhitaore, p. 
 
 Overworton, p. 
 
 Oving, p. 
 
 Oving, p. 
 
 Oviugdean, p. 
 
 Ovingham, v.-p. 
 
 Ovington, p. 
 
 Ovington, p. 
 
 Ovington, p. 
 
 Owen (St.), p. 
 
 Owen (St.), p. 
 
 Owenduff, p. 
 
 OweiTnoigne, p. 
 
 Owersby(N. &S.),p. 
 
 Owlixsn, p. 
 I Owmby, p. 
 ' Owning, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,466 
 
 1,650 
 
 Leices. 
 
 224 
 
 334 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 302 
 
 311 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 330 
 
 299 
 
 Canib. 
 
 662 
 
 645 
 
 Kinross 
 
 2,569 
 
 2,399 
 
 York 
 
 372 
 
 342 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 654 
 
 613 
 
 Leices. 
 
 346 
 
 351 
 
 Derby 
 
 866 
 
 289 
 
 Derby 
 
 125 
 
 152 
 
 Dorset 
 
 485 
 
 448 
 
 York 
 
 1,253 
 
 1,320 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,111 
 
 1,111 
 
 York 
 
 6,266 
 
 7,900 
 
 Notts 
 
 235 
 
 231 
 
 Chester 
 
 8,759 
 
 9,845 
 
 Durham 
 
 10,868 
 
 12,964 
 
 York 
 
 428 
 
 524 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 7,604 
 
 7,701 
 
 Salop 
 
 8,796 
 
 9,357 
 
 Salop 
 
 4,817 
 
 5,414 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,677 
 
 1,038 
 
 Kent 
 
 837 
 
 804 
 
 Kent 
 
 357 
 
 294 
 
 Somer. 
 
 681 
 
 698 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 616 
 
 615 
 
 York 
 
 12,385 
 
 13,040 
 
 York 
 
 
 4,458 
 
 Hants 
 
 596 
 
 673 
 
 North. 
 
 415 
 
 378 
 
 Kent 
 
 181 
 
 194 
 
 Somer. 
 
 461 
 
 476 
 
 Coruw. 
 
 198 
 
 160 
 
 Somer. 
 
 210 
 
 235 
 
 York 
 
 667 
 
 630 
 
 York 
 
 412 
 
 353 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,231 
 
 1,140 
 
 Devon 
 
 4,421 
 
 4,340 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,534 
 
 2,429 
 
 York 
 
 663 
 
 644 
 
 Jersey 
 
 2,458 
 
 2,320 
 
 Mayo 
 
 13,282 
 
 8,802 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 7,023 
 
 6,399 
 
 Galway 
 
 982 
 
 896 
 
 Kildare 
 
 440 
 
 433 
 
 Tip. 
 
 669 
 
 526 
 
 ClaT« 
 
 1,133 
 
 1,040 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 384 
 
 357 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 742 
 
 742 
 
 Northa. 
 
 3,108 
 
 3,217 
 
 Northa. 
 
 2,689 
 
 2,450 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 295 
 
 294 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 384 
 
 346 
 
 York 
 
 629 
 
 656 
 
 York 
 
 566 
 
 543 
 
 Leices. 
 
 178 
 
 169 
 
 Tip. 
 
 408 
 
 224 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 441 
 
 .396 
 
 Ca.Norf 
 
 1,448 
 
 1,265 1 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,000 
 
 • • 1 
 
 York 
 
 12,738 
 
 11,067 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,926 
 
 3,454 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,256 
 
 1,146 
 
 Worces. 
 
 956 
 
 925 
 
 Chester 
 
 227 
 
 293 
 
 Dorset 
 
 158 
 
 150 
 
 Northa. 
 
 226 
 
 206 
 
 Somer. 
 
 561 
 
 613 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 260 
 
 251 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,550 
 
 1,460 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,025 
 
 910 
 
 York 
 
 699 
 
 763 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 364 
 
 Flint 
 
 1,479 
 
 1,3971 
 
 Rutland 
 
 498 
 
 429 
 
 Hants 
 
 555 
 
 508 
 
 Warw. 
 
 316 
 
 285 
 
 Oxford 
 
 85 
 
 82 
 
 Bucks 
 
 442 
 
 436 
 
 Sussex 
 
 876 
 
 949 
 
 Sussex 
 
 149 
 
 121 
 
 North. 
 
 3,962 
 
 5,014 
 
 Essex 
 
 152 
 
 145 
 
 Hants 
 
 163 
 
 152 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 314 
 
 291 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,743 
 
 2,171 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 948 
 
 830 
 
 Wexford 
 
 2,146 
 
 1,776 
 
 Dorset 
 
 400 
 
 420 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 448 
 
 497 
 
 j Glouc. 
 
 82 
 
 91 
 
 1 Lincoln 
 
 249 
 
 314 
 
 iKilkny 
 
 1,101 
 
 967 
 
 Counts". 
 
 Owram (North), tns. 
 Owram (South), tns. 
 Owslebury, p. 
 Owston, p. 
 Owston, p. 
 Owston, v. 
 Owthorne, p. 
 Owthorpe, p. 
 Oxlwrough, p. 
 Oxcombe, p. 
 Oxendon (Great), p. 
 Oxeuhall, p. 
 Oxenhope, tns 
 Oxenton, p. 
 
 Ox FORD, C.M.&.P.1C.S 
 
 Oxhill, p. 
 Oxnam, p. 
 Oxnead, p. 
 Oxney, p. 
 Oxted, p. 
 Oxton, v.-p. 
 Oxwich, p. 
 Oxwich, p. 
 Oyne, p. 
 
 Oystermouth, v.-p. 
 Ozleworth, p. 
 
 Packington, p. 
 Packington(Great),p 
 Packington (Little)p 
 Packwood, p. 
 Padbury, p. 
 Paddington, p. 
 Paddles worth, p. 
 Padfield, tns. 
 Padiham, tn. 
 Padstow, p. 
 Padworth, p. 
 Pagham, p. 
 Piiglesham, p. 
 Pailtou, p. 
 Painestown, p. 
 Paington, tn.-p. 
 Paiiistown, p. 
 Painswick, tn.-p. 
 Paisley, p. th. 
 *Paisley — 
 
 Abbey, p. 
 
 High, p. 
 
 Low, p. 
 
 Middle, p. 
 Pakefield, y. 
 Pakenham, p. 
 Palgrave, p. 
 Pallaskenry, tn. iJi. 
 Palling-near-the- ( 
 
 Sea, p. ) 
 
 Palmerston, p. 
 Palmerstown, p. 
 Pamber, p. 
 Panipisford, p. 
 Panbride, p 
 Pancras (St.), p. 
 Pancrasweek, p. 
 Panfield, p. 
 Pangboum, p. 
 Pannal, p. 
 Panteague, p. 
 Panton, p. 
 Panxworth, p. 
 Papcastle, tns. 
 Papplewick, p. 
 Papwoitli (St. \ 
 
 Agnes), p. ) 
 Papworth (St. \ 
 
 Everard), p. ) 
 Paiacombe, p. 
 Parham, p. 
 Parliam, p. 
 Parkfoot, v. 
 Parkham, p. 
 Parley (West), p. 
 Parndon (Great)^ p. 
 Parndon (Little), p. 
 Parr, tns. 
 Parsonstown, p. 
 Partick, tn. 
 Particles, p. 
 Partney, p. 
 Parton, p. 
 Parton, tns. 
 Partrishow, p. 
 Parwich, p. 
 Passage, tn. 
 Passage (West), tn. 
 Passenham, p. 
 Pass of Kilbride, p. 
 
 York 
 York 
 Hants 
 Lincoln 
 York 
 Lincoln 
 York 
 Notts 
 Norfolk 
 Lincoln 
 Northa. 
 Glouc. 
 York 
 ! Glouc. 
 Oxford 
 Warw. 
 Roxb. 
 Norfolk 
 Kent 
 Surrey 
 Notts 
 Glamor. 
 Norfolk 
 Aberd 
 Glamor. 
 Glouc. 
 
 Lei. -De. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Wanv. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Derby 
 
 Ijancas. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Meath, 
 
 Devon 
 
 Car. Kil. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfi-ew 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Hants 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Middles 
 
 Devon 
 
 Essex 
 
 Berks 
 
 York 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Camb. 
 Camb. 
 
 Devon 
 
 460 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 632 
 
 Sussex 
 
 55 
 
 Stirling 
 
 
 Devon 
 
 951 
 
 Dorset 
 
 286 
 
 Essex 
 
 488 
 
 Essex 
 
 62 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,875 
 
 Louth 
 
 227 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 Limer. 
 
 1,688 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 489 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 731 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 778 
 
 Brecon 
 
 
 Derby 
 
 493 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 664 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,857 
 
 Northa. 
 
 969 
 
 Westm. 
 
 
 15,285 
 
 7,380 
 
 861 
 
 2,613 
 
 417 
 
 1,693 
 
 462 
 
 137 
 
 293 
 
 34 
 
 222 
 
 288 
 
 2,997 
 
 139 
 
 27,843 
 
 319 
 
 669 
 
 57 
 
 2C. 
 
 1,064 
 
 850 
 
 369 
 
 70 
 
 919 
 
 1,938 
 
 1,294 
 301 
 143 
 305 
 660 
 46,350 
 50 
 
 2,051 
 
 4,509 
 
 2,224 
 284 
 
 1,022 
 491 
 636 
 900 
 
 2,746 
 167 
 
 3,464 
 47,592 
 
 22,526 
 
 14,643 
 
 7,205 
 
 9,904 
 
 718 
 
 1,134 
 
 740 
 
 613 
 
 467 
 
 1,511 
 228 
 644 
 359 
 
 1,372 
 
 166,9.'56 
 
 460 
 
 275 
 
 800 
 
 1,376 
 
 2,349 
 182 
 134 
 632 
 307 
 
 151 
 
 * See note to Aberdeen. 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 257 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 18fil. 
 
 Paston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 303 
 
 286 
 
 Penmon, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 226 
 
 240 
 
 Peter'sPort(St),tn-p 
 
 Guern. 
 
 17,070 
 
 16,388 
 
 Paston, p. 
 
 Xortha. 
 
 1,058 
 
 1,071 
 
 Penmorfa, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 1,109 
 
 1,104 
 
 Petei-sfield, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,906 
 
 1,950 
 
 
 Patchain, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 490 
 
 638 
 
 Penmynydd, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 566 
 
 446 
 
 Petersfield, tn.p.w 
 
 Hants 
 
 5.550 
 
 6,655 
 
 
 Patching, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 271 
 
 275 
 
 Penn, v. -p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,160 
 
 1,765 
 
 Petersham, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 653 
 
 637 
 
 
 Pathhead, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 494 
 
 Penn, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,254 
 
 1,096 
 
 Peterstone, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 151 
 
 180 
 
 
 Pathliead, v. 
 Patna, v. 
 
 Edinb. 
 Ayr 
 
 
 735 
 470 
 
 Pennal(Lowerand ) 
 Upper), p. 1 
 
 Merion. 
 
 606 
 
 688 
 
 Peterstone-super- ) 
 Ely, p. f 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 222 
 
 235 
 
 
 Patney, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 'l84 
 
 154 
 
 Pennant, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 .749 
 
 712 
 
 Peterstow, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 ■ 276 
 
 276 
 
 
 Patrick, p. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 2,925 
 
 2,778 
 
 Pennaid, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 348 
 
 321 
 
 Petham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 630 
 
 696 
 
 
 Patrick-Brompton p 
 
 York 
 
 1,169 
 
 1,216 
 
 Pennard (East), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 675 
 
 631 
 
 Petherick (Little), p. 
 
 Coruw. 
 
 235 
 
 236 
 
 
 Patrick's Deanery) 
 
 (St.), p. ]■ 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 1,987 
 
 Pennard (West), p. 
 Pennicuick, v.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 Edinb. 
 
 874 
 3,003 
 
 836 
 3,249 
 
 Petherton(North), ( 
 tn.-p. f 
 
 Somer. 
 
 3,845 
 
 3,943 
 
 
 Patrick's (St.), p. 
 
 Cla. Lim 
 
 4,132 
 
 2,677 
 
 Penninghame, p. 
 
 Wigtou 
 
 4,155 
 
 4,001 
 
 Petherton (South), ) 
 tn.-p. j" 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,606 
 
 2,423 
 
 
 Patrick's (St.), p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 3,112 
 
 2,049 
 
 Pennington, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 489 
 
 879 
 
 
 Patrick's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 664 
 
 Pennington, tns 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,573 
 
 6,015 
 
 Petherwin(North),p 
 
 Devon 
 
 942 
 
 945 
 
 
 Patrick's (St.), p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 
 1,254 
 
 Penpont, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,411 
 
 1,326 
 
 Petherwin (South), p 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 974 
 
 876 
 
 
 Patrick's (St) Rock,p 
 
 Tip. 
 
 3,'994 
 
 1,946 
 
 Penpont, v. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 
 494 
 
 Petrockstow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 574 
 
 613 
 
 
 Patrick's (St.) WeU,v 
 
 Limer. 
 
 519 
 
 445 
 
 Peurhos, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 "il2 
 
 104 
 
 Petrox (St.), p. 
 Petrox (St.), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,026 
 
 885 
 
 
 Patrington, tn.-p. s. 
 
 York 
 
 1,827 
 
 1,724 
 
 Penrhos (Lligwy), p. 
 
 Angles 
 
 653 
 
 473 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 86 
 
 78 
 
 
 Patrixbounie, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 264 
 
 228 
 
 Pen rice, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 398 
 
 807 
 
 Pett, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 364 
 
 320 
 
 
 Patslmll, p. 
 
 SUfford 
 
 112 
 
 194 
 
 Penrieth, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 421 
 
 370 
 
 Pettaugh, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 288 
 
 275 
 
 
 Pattesley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 Penrith, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 7,387 
 
 7,948 
 
 Petteril-Crooks, tns. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 582 
 
 528 
 
 
 Pattingham, p. 
 
 Sal.-Sta. 
 
 1,033 
 
 1,126 
 
 Penrith, tn. t. s. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 6,668 
 
 7,189 
 
 Pettie, p. 
 
 Invem. 
 
 1,784 
 
 1,671 
 
 
 Pattishall, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 775 
 
 885 
 
 Penrose, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 353 
 
 378 
 
 Pettigoe, tn. 
 
 Do.-Fer. 
 
 466 
 
 426 
 
 
 Pattiswick, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 354 
 
 324 
 
 Penryn, tn. m. th. s. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,959 
 
 3,547 
 
 Pettinain, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 428 
 
 407 
 
 
 Paul, p. 
 
 Coruw. 
 
 5,408 
 
 5,072 
 
 Penselwood, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 431 
 
 442 
 
 Pettistree, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 297 
 
 290 
 
 
 Paul, p. 
 
 York 
 
 884 
 
 844 
 
 Pensford (St. Tho- 1^ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 .316 
 
 312 
 
 Petton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 38 
 
 45 
 
 
 Paulerspury, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,162 
 
 1,233 
 
 mas), p. ) 
 
 Petworth, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 3,439 
 
 3,368 
 
 
 Paul's (St.), p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 4,147 
 
 Peushuret, p. -v. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,628 
 
 1,698 
 
 Petworth, tn. s. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,427 
 
 2,326 
 
 
 Paxil's (St.). p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 10,005 
 
 Pensthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 Pevensey, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 412 
 
 385 
 
 
 Paul's(St. ■Walden),p 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,175 
 
 1,123 
 
 Penstrowed, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 110 
 
 142 
 
 Pewsey, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,291 
 
 2,027 
 
 
 Paulton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,104 
 
 1,958 
 
 Peiiterry, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 34 
 
 28 
 
 Philipstown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 416 
 
 317 
 
 
 Pauntley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 256 
 
 233 
 
 Pentlow, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 380 
 
 397 
 
 Philipstown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,309 
 
 1,058 
 
 
 Pavenham, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 556 
 
 536 
 
 Pentney, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 624 
 
 642 
 
 Philipstown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 35 
 
 27 
 
 
 Pawlett, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 536 
 
 555 
 
 Penton (Grafton), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 419 
 
 444 
 
 Philipstown, tn. th. 
 
 King's 
 
 748 
 
 918 
 
 
 Paxtoa (Great), p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 410 
 
 411 
 
 Penton (Mewsey), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 210 
 
 277 
 
 Phillack, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 4,800 
 
 6,381 
 
 
 Paxton (Little), p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 224 
 
 247 
 
 Pentraeth, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 962 
 
 Pliilleigh or Filley, p 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 446 
 
 363 
 
 
 Payhembury, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 544 
 
 532 
 
 Peutrevoelas, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 "661 
 
 534 
 
 Pickeuham (North )p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 289 
 
 287 
 
 
 Peak Forest, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 
 542 
 
 Pentrich, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 3,667 
 
 6,829 
 
 Pickenham (South)p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 180 
 
 159 
 
 
 Peakirk, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 223 
 
 246 
 
 Pentridge, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 256 
 
 295 
 
 Pickering, p. 
 
 York 
 
 4,161 
 
 4,501 
 
 
 Peasemarsh, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 898 
 
 906 
 
 Pentrobbin, tns. 
 
 Flint 
 
 940 
 
 
 Pickering, tn. m. 
 
 York 
 
 2,511 
 
 2,640 
 
 
 Peasemore, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 369 
 
 332 
 
 Pentyrch, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,599 
 
 2,110 
 
 Pickhill, p. 
 
 York 
 
 777 
 
 783 
 
 
 Peasenhall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 820 
 
 875 
 
 Pentwortham, v.-p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 5,722 
 
 5,488 
 
 Pickwell, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 172 
 
 169 
 
 
 Peatling (Magna), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 301 
 
 272 
 
 Pen-y-clawdd, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 42 
 
 53 
 
 Pickworth, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 261 
 
 253 
 
 
 Peatling (Parva), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 215 
 
 168 
 
 Penymnydd, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 446 
 
 Pick worth, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 157 
 
 151 
 
 
 Pebmarsh, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 683 
 
 653 
 
 Penzance, tn. m. th. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 9,214 
 
 9,414 
 
 Piddinghoe, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 253 
 
 243 
 
 
 Pebwoi-th, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 737 
 
 730 
 
 Peopleton, p. 
 
 W^orces. 
 
 266 
 
 326 
 
 Piddington, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,056 
 
 1,102 
 
 
 Peckham, h. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 19,444 
 
 28,135 
 
 Peper-Harow, p. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 129 
 
 104 
 
 Piddington, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 420 
 
 389 
 
 
 Peckham (East), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,254 
 
 2,341 
 
 Peppei-stoun, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 900 
 
 717 
 
 Piddle (North), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 149 
 
 131 
 
 
 Peckham (West), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 545 
 
 446 
 
 Perivale, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 32 
 
 48 
 
 Pidley-cum-Fen- ) 
 ton, p. I 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 683 
 
 569 
 
 
 Peckleton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 399 
 
 378 
 
 Perranarwothal, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,634 
 
 1,517 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pedmore, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 318 
 
 297 
 
 Perranuthnoe, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,229 
 
 1,507 
 
 Piercetown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 399 
 
 363 
 
 
 Peebles, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 2,673 
 
 2,850 
 
 Perranzabuloe, v.-p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,114 
 
 2,959 
 
 Piercetown, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 699 
 
 645 
 
 
 Peebles, m. t. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 1,982 
 
 2,045 
 
 Perrot (North), p. 
 Perrot (South), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 399 
 
 374 
 
 Pierre (St.), p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 65 
 
 92 
 
 
 Peel, tn. /. 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 2,342 
 
 2,848 
 
 Dorset 
 
 374 
 
 363 
 
 Pilham , p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 132 
 
 89 
 
 
 Peesweep, v. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 
 916 
 
 Pershore, tn. i. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,717 
 
 2,905 
 
 Piikington, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 12,863 
 
 12,303 
 
 
 Peldon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 "502 
 
 501 
 
 Pei-shore (St An- ) 
 drews), p. t 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,359 
 
 2,483 
 
 Pillaton, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 393 
 
 349 
 
 
 Pelham (Urent), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 298 
 
 286 
 
 Pillerton (Hersey), p 
 
 Warw. 
 
 227 
 
 242 
 
 
 Pelham (Furneux),p 
 Pelham (Stocking),p 
 
 Herts 
 Herts 
 
 688 
 138 
 
 620 
 126 
 
 Pei-shore (Holy ) 
 Cross), p. 1 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,528 
 
 2,678 
 
 Pillerton (Priors), p. 
 Pilleth, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 Radnor 
 
 163 
 92 
 
 190 
 104 
 
 
 Pelton, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,207 
 
 2,787 
 
 Pertenhall, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 405 
 
 404 
 
 Pilsdon, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 95 
 
 86 
 
 
 Pelynt, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 799 
 
 729 
 
 Perth, c. m. /. 
 
 Perth 
 
 14,681 
 
 13,814 
 
 Pilton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,813 
 
 1,863 
 
 
 Pemboyr, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,271 
 
 1,146 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 23,835 
 
 25,250 
 
 Pilton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 143 
 
 144 
 
 
 Pembrey, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 3,310 
 
 4,145 
 
 •Perth- 
 
 
 
 
 Pilton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 86 
 
 72 
 
 
 Pembridge, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,319 1,500 1 
 
 East, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 8,690 
 
 8,853 
 
 Pilton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,159 
 
 1,202 
 
 
 Pembroke Dist. of ) 
 Boi-s. i 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 
 21,773 
 
 Middle, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 4,933 
 
 4,820 
 
 Pimperne, it. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 517 
 
 495 
 
 
 
 St. Paul's, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,090 
 
 3,104 
 
 Pinchbeck, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,062 
 
 2,933 
 
 
 Pembroke, tn. m. \ 
 & p. s. 1 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 
 15,071 
 
 West, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 6,619 
 
 5,933 
 
 Pinhoe, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 527 
 
 508 
 
 
 10,107 
 
 Pertwood(Upper), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 Pinner, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,310 
 
 1,849 
 
 
 Pembury, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,114 
 
 1,257 
 
 Peter (St.), p. 
 
 Cai-mar. 
 
 10,279 
 
 9,798 
 
 Pinnock (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 627 
 
 571 
 
 
 Penally, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 394 
 
 545 
 
 Peter (St.), p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 16,628 
 
 20,234 
 
 Pinxton, v.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 943 
 
 1,367 
 
 
 Penalth, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 467 
 
 458 
 
 Peter (St.), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 2,620 
 
 3,053 
 
 Pipe-cum-Lyde, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 180 
 
 205 
 
 
 Penarth, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 105 
 
 1,406 
 
 Peter (St.), p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 3,746 
 
 4,158 
 
 Pirbright, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 637 
 
 599 
 
 
 Peiibryn, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,659 
 
 1,575 
 
 Peter (St.), p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 2,497 
 
 2,671 
 
 Pii-ton, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 897 
 
 1,023 
 
 
 Pencaitland, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 1,175 
 
 1,187 
 
 Peter (St.), p. 
 Peter (St. )-in Mai-) 
 don, p. ) 
 
 Me.-Lo. 
 
 
 12,161 
 
 Pirton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 692 
 
 705 
 
 
 Pencarreg, p. 
 Pencomtw-with- J 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,123 
 
 1,208 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,404 
 
 2,550 
 
 Pirton, p. 
 Pishill, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 Oxford 
 
 238 
 192 
 
 212 
 214 
 
 
 Grendon-War- >• 
 ren, p. ) 
 
 Heref. 
 
 397 
 
 415 
 
 Peter(St.)-Canter-) 
 bury, p. ) 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,198 
 
 1,188 
 
 Pistill, p. 
 Pitcaimgreen, v. 
 
 Carnar. 
 Perth 
 
 
 495 
 345 
 
 
 Pencoyd, p. 
 
 Heref 
 
 239 
 
 219 
 
 Peter(St.)-Du-Bois,p 
 
 Guern. 
 
 1,152 
 
 1,141 
 
 Pitchcombe, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 145 
 
 178 
 
 
 Penderyn (Lower \ 
 and Upper), p. j 
 
 Brecon 
 
 1,777 
 
 1,331 
 
 Peter (St.)-Eastry,p. 
 Peter (St.) Tavy, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Devon 
 
 1,163 
 561 
 
 1,085 
 469 
 
 Pitchcott, p. 
 Fitchford, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 Salop 
 
 59 
 164 
 
 36 
 180 
 
 
 Pendiiie, p. 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 181 
 
 175 
 
 Peter (St.)-Thanet,p 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,975 
 
 2,855 
 
 Pitcombe, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 411 
 
 443 
 467 
 
 
 Pendlebury, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,750 
 
 3,548 
 
 Peterborouoh,c p.s 
 
 Northa. 
 
 8,672 
 
 11,735 
 
 Pitlessie, v. 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 
 Pendock, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 302 
 
 329 
 
 Peterchurch, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 730 
 
 710 
 
 Pitlochrie, v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 834 
 
 
 Pendomer, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 78 
 
 96 
 
 Peterculter, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,351 
 
 1,410 
 
 Pitminster, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,607 
 
 1,672 
 
 
 Pendoylan, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 363 ! 380 
 
 Peterhead, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 9,429 
 
 9,796 
 
 Pitney, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 454 
 
 374 
 
 
 Penegos, p. 
 
 Moutg. 
 
 928! 1,126 
 
 Peterhead, p. /. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 7,298 
 
 7,541 
 
 Pitsea, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 246 
 
 263 
 
 
 Penhow, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 279 293 
 
 Peter's (St.), tn.-p, 
 Peter's (St.), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,975 
 
 2,855 
 
 Pitsford, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 633 
 
 609 
 
 
 Penhurst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 120 105 
 
 Dublin 
 
 49,496 
 
 58,724 
 
 Pitsligo, p.-v. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,801 
 
 1,890 
 
 
 Penistone, tn.-p. th 
 
 York 
 
 6,302 7,149 
 
 Peter's (St.), p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 13,789 
 
 12,079 
 
 Pjtstone, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 545 
 
 681 
 
 
 Penketh, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 679 
 
 784 
 
 Peter's (St.), p. 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 5,302 
 
 5,917 
 
 Pittenweem, tnp. ) 
 
 M. & P. f 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,473 
 
 1,710 
 
 
 Penkridge, tn. -p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 .3,316 
 
 3,146 
 
 Peter's (St.), p. 
 Peter's (St.), p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1,164 
 
 944 
 
 
 
 
 
 PeukuU (W.), tns. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 9,207 
 
 10,865 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 7,966 
 
 Pittington, v.-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 6,241 
 
 5,699 
 
 
 Penllech, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 
 261 
 
 Peter's (St.), p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 
 1,017 
 
 Pixley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 76 
 
 110 
 
 
 Pennine, p. 
 Penmachno, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 Carnar. 
 
 "338 
 1,251 
 
 286 
 1,425 
 
 Peter's (St.) and ) 
 Paul's, p. ) 
 
 Limer. 
 
 3,160 
 
 2,612 
 
 Plaitford, p. 
 Playden, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 Sussex 
 
 830 
 314 
 
 248 
 305 
 
 
 Penmaen, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 114 
 
 123 
 
 
 
 
 
 Play ford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 260 
 
 275 
 
 
 Penmark, p. 
 
 ' Glamor. 
 
 495 
 
 529 
 
 * See not 
 
 a to Aber< 
 
 ieen. 
 
 
 Pleasley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 664 
 
 613 
 
 
 SiTPP. Imp. Gaz.— 
 
 Vol. II. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
258 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 PlJ.CS. 
 
 Conntv ' ^°^ ^°P' 
 
 Pleberstown, p. 
 Plemonstall, p. 
 Pleshey, p. 
 Plockton, V. 
 Plnekley and Pe- 1 
 
 KUkny 
 Chester 
 Essex 
 Ro.-Cro 
 
 Kent 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 vington, p. j 
 
 Plum bland, p. 
 Plumpton, p. 
 Plumpton, p. 
 Plunistead, p. 
 
 Plunistead, p. 
 
 Plumste<id(Great),p. Norfolk 
 Plunistead (Little),p Norfolk 
 Pluratree, p. | Notts 
 
 Plungar, p. Leices. 
 
 PLY.MOUTH tn.M.)!jj 
 
 & p. m. th. s. / 
 
 Plympton (Bails), I Devon 
 tn.-p. /. f 1 
 
 Pl.vrapton(St.Ma-j.jj) 
 ry),p. ]-;Uevon 
 
 Plymstock, p. Devon 
 
 Plymtree, p. | Devon 
 
 Pocklington, tn-p. s. York 
 
 Podimore Milton, p.! Sonier. 
 
 Poiiitington, p. Somer. 
 
 Pointzpass, tn. Armagh 
 
 Polebrook, p. Northa. 
 
 Polesworth, p. Warw. 
 
 Poling, p. Sussex 
 
 Polkemmet, v. Linlith. 
 
 PoUardstown, p. Kildare 
 
 Pollock, or East-) I J, . 
 wood, p. / "enirew 
 
 Pollockshaws, tn. ! Renfrew 
 
 Pollocksliields, v. 
 
 Pollroue, p. 
 
 Polmont, p. 
 
 Polmont, V. 
 
 Polperro, tns. /. 
 
 Polstead, p. 
 
 Renfrewi 
 JKilkny 
 
 Stirling 
 I Stirling ' 
 I Comw. 
 ; Suffolk 
 
 Devon 
 I Berwick 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 Tyrone 
 I Cumb. 
 
 York 
 
 Poltimore, p. 
 Polwarth, p. 
 Pomeroy, p. 
 Pomeroy, tn. 
 Ponsonby, p. 
 
 Pontefract, p. 
 
 PoiJTEFRACT,tn.M.«.| York 
 „ P. I York 
 
 Ponteland, p. ; Norti 
 
 Pontesbury, p. 
 Pontfaen, p. 
 Pontisbright, p. 
 Ponton (Great), p. 
 Ponton (Little), p. 
 Pontypool, tn. s. 
 Pool, or Welsh- ) 
 
 pool, p. f 
 
 Pool, or Welsh- ^ 
 
 POOL, tn. M. j 
 ). P- 
 
 Pool (South), p. 
 Poole, m. <fc p. m. th 
 Poole-Keynes, p. 
 Poole (St. James), p. 
 Poorstock, p. 
 Poortou (North), p. 
 Popham, p. 
 Poiilar, p. 
 
 Poppleton (Nether)p 
 Porchester, v.-p. 
 Poringlaud (Great ) 
 
 and Little), p. ^ 
 Porlock, tn.-p. 
 Port, p. 
 Port, p. 
 
 Portadowu, tn. s. 
 Portaferry, tn. s. 
 
 PORTARLINGTON, ) 
 
 tn. w. s. ) 
 
 Portbury, p. 
 
 Portessie, v. i Banff 
 
 Port-Eynon, p. I Glamor. 
 Port-Glasgow, p. | Renfrew 
 Poet-Glasgow, p./.| Renfrew 
 Port-Glenone, p. j Antrim 
 Port-Gleuone, tn./. Autr.Lo 
 Porthkerry, p. , Glamor. 
 
 Portisliam, p. 
 Portisliead, p. 
 Portland, p. 
 Portia w, tn. 
 Portlemouth (Ea8t)p 
 Portloraan, p. 
 Portmahomak, v. 
 Portmarnotk, p. 
 Portmoak, p. 
 Port-of Monteith, p. 
 Portnatiaven, v. 
 
 262 
 877 
 851 
 
 798 
 
 800 
 
 60 
 
 383 
 
 "200 
 359 
 309 
 597 
 272 
 
 52,221 
 833 
 
 2,815 
 
 3,302 
 
 468 
 
 2,761 
 
 "183 
 
 "472 
 
 2,104 
 
 192 
 
 "234 
 9,243 
 6,086 
 
 l','819 
 3,764 
 
 "913 
 943 
 281 
 331 
 
 7,044 
 505 
 190 
 
 5,106 
 
 11,515 
 
 1,137 
 
 3,363 
 
 41 
 
 "eso 
 
 180 
 3,708 
 
 4,391 
 
 486 
 
 9,255 
 
 192 
 
 6,718 
 
 1,044 
 
 109 
 
 104 
 
 28,384 
 
 344 
 
 729 
 
 605 
 
 853 
 1,419 
 
 694 
 3,091 
 2,074 
 
 2,728 
 
 648 
 
 "351 
 
 7,017 
 
 6,986 
 
 7,060 
 
 9!)0 
 
 146 
 
 767 
 
 1,084 
 
 5,195 
 
 4,351 1 
 
 461 
 
 334 
 
 "602 
 1,550 1 
 1,419 
 
 159 
 
 2,019 
 
 342 
 
 539 
 
 777 
 
 726 
 42 
 401 
 24,502 
 178 
 342 
 819 
 551 
 251 
 
 62,599 
 900 
 
 3,026 
 
 2,997 
 4621 
 
 2,923 1 
 131 
 174 
 4721 
 488 
 
 2,451 
 203 
 385 
 172 
 
 11,314 
 
 7,648 
 
 580 
 
 1,570 
 
 4,111 
 
 429 
 
 "922 
 
 348 ji 
 251 1 
 
 7,170 1 
 
 6141 
 
 175 1 
 
 10,971 1 
 
 5,346 
 11,736 
 
 1,089 1 
 
 3,466 
 
 32 
 
 370! 
 
 561 
 
 208 
 
 4,661 
 
 4,844 
 
 County. 
 
 Portnascully, p. Kilkny 
 
 Portnashangau, p. Westm. 
 PoRTOBELLO, P. Edinb. 
 
 Portobello, tn. Dublin 
 
 Portpatrick, p. Wigton 
 
 Portpatrick, v. Wigton 
 
 Portraine, p. Dublin 
 
 Portree, p. Invern. 
 
 Portree, v. Invern. 
 
 Portroe, tn. Tip. 
 
 Portrush, tn. Antrim 
 
 Portscuett, p. Moum. 
 
 Portfiea, p. Hants 
 
 Portslade, p. Sussex 
 
 Portsmouth , p. Hants 
 
 Portsmouth, tn 
 M. & p. t. th. s. 
 Portsoy, tn. 
 Port Stewart, tn. 
 Portunma, tn. s. 
 Port-W ■ ! liam, v. 
 Posliugford, p. 
 Postling, p. 
 Postwiok, p. 
 
 Potsgrove, p. . 
 
 Potter(Hauworth),p| Lincoln 
 Potter (Heigham), p. : Norfolk 
 Potterne, p. 1 Wilts 
 
 Potter-Newton, v. ! York 
 Potterspury, p. 
 Potton, p. s. 
 
 ■ ! Hants 
 
 Banff 
 
 London. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk i 
 
 Bedford 
 
 7,304 
 
 5,004 
 413 
 
 9,759 
 180 
 
 6,815 
 
 1,067 
 
 92 
 
 124 
 
 43,529 
 
 311 
 
 771 
 
 510 
 
 835 
 1,375 
 
 496 
 5,528 
 1,960 
 
 2,581 
 
 677 
 
 575 
 
 297 
 
 7,204 
 
 7,214 
 
 7,164 
 
 833 
 
 168 
 
 704 
 
 1,201 
 
 8,468 
 
 3,852 
 
 403 
 
 291 
 
 489 
 
 421 
 
 1,450 
 
 1,375 
 
 438 
 
 Pt ;ghili; p 
 Poughill, p. 
 Poulshot, p. 
 Poulton, p. 
 Poulton, J). 
 Poulton-le-Fylde, ) 
 tn.-p. m. j 
 
 Poundstock, p. 
 Powderham, p. 
 Powerscourt, p. 
 Powei-stown, p. 
 Powich, p. 
 Pownall-Fee, tns. 
 Poxwell, p. 
 Poynings, p. 
 Preban, p. 
 Preen-Church, p. 
 Frees, p. 
 Premnay, p. 
 Prendei-gast, p. 
 Prescot, p. 
 Prescot, tn. t. s. 
 Preshute, p. 
 Prestbury, p. 
 Prestbury, p. 
 Presteigne, tn.-p. s. 
 Preston, p. 
 
 ! Northa. 
 j Bedford 
 I Comw. 
 
 Devon 
 j Wilts 
 
 Kent 
 j Glouc. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Comw. 
 Devon 
 Wickl. 
 Kilkny 
 
 Worces. 1 
 Chester ! 
 
 Dorset 
 ! Sussex 
 Wickl. 
 Salop 
 Salop 
 ADerd. 
 Pemb. 
 Lancas. 
 Lancas. 
 Wilts 
 Chester 
 Glouc. 
 Radnor 
 Dorset 
 
 Preston, p. I Rutland 
 Preston, p. Suffolk 
 
 Preston, p. I Sussex 
 Preston, p. York 
 
 Preston, tns. | North. 
 
 Preston, p. i Lancaa. 
 
 1 1 Preston (Baggott), p. j Warw. 
 ' Preston (Bisset), p. | Bucks 
 Preston(Candover),p Hants | 
 Preston (Capes), p. | Northa. i 
 Preston near Cir- ) ] <~'i^„„ I 
 
 encester, p. [jGloic | 
 Preston(Deanei7),p. I Northa. 1 
 Preston (Ea.st), p. | Sussex 
 Preston - next - ) L, . 
 
 Favereham,p. j '^^'^^ 
 Preston (Gubbals), p. I Salop 
 Preston on-tlie- ) L-iu j. 
 
 Hill, tns. ; Chester 
 Preston near Led- ) . 01 
 
 bury, p. [j Glouc. 
 
 Preston (Long), p. | York 
 Prestou(Pluckiiett)p; Somer. 
 Preston-Quarter, tns; Cumb. 
 Preston-on-Stour, p. j Glouc. 
 Pre.ston-upon-the- ; L , 
 
 Wild-Moors, p. p^'^'loP 
 Preston-by-Wing- j 
 
 ham, p. j 
 
 Preston - upon - \ 
 
 Wye, p. j 
 
 Prestonkirk, p. 
 Prestonpans, tn.-p. 
 Prestwich, p. 
 Prestwick, p. 
 Prestwick, v. 
 Prestwick (New), v. 
 Prestwold, p. 
 Priddy, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Had. 
 Had. 
 
 Lancas. 
 jAyr 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Ayr 
 I Leices. 
 I Somer. 
 
 1,082 
 
 450 
 
 3,497 
 
 lV963 
 
 "829 
 3,577 
 
 858 
 
 187 
 
 61,767 
 
 733 
 
 72,096 
 
 2,062 
 
 634 
 
 1,623 
 
 640 
 
 371 
 
 175 
 
 276 
 
 262 
 
 458 
 
 477 
 
 1,778 
 
 1,384 
 
 1,734 
 
 1,922 
 
 404 
 
 360 
 
 335 
 
 28 
 
 408 
 
 7,690 
 
 651 
 
 294 
 
 2,453 
 
 1,327 
 
 1,834 
 
 1,907 
 
 69 
 
 261 1 
 
 726 
 
 77 
 
 3,196 
 
 793 
 
 1.473 
 
 46;627 
 
 7,393 
 
 1,227 
 
 69,265 
 
 1,314 
 
 2,207 
 
 711 
 
 328 
 
 386 
 
 625 
 
 1,038 
 
 983 
 
 72,136 
 
 69,542 
 
 219 
 554 
 524 
 363 
 
 218 
 
 65 
 310 
 
 1,135 
 
 393 
 
 694 
 
 1,341 
 
 329 
 
 5,102 
 
 421 
 
 235 
 
 249 
 
 1,894 
 2,123 
 
 938 
 
 442 
 
 4,366 
 
 1,614 
 
 2,189 
 
 1,206 
 
 755 
 
 3,159 
 
 679 
 
 329 
 
 1,086 
 
 175 
 
 83,966 
 
 1,103 
 
 10,833 
 
 94,799 
 
 1,903 
 
 542 
 
 1,160 
 
 884 
 
 350 
 
 139 
 
 291 
 
 298 
 
 413 
 
 439 
 
 1,826 
 
 1,878 
 
 1,710 
 
 1,944 
 
 363 
 
 356 
 
 834 
 
 28 
 
 454 
 
 8,666 
 
 534 
 
 238 
 
 2,285 
 
 1,046 
 
 2,222 
 
 2,181 
 
 82 
 
 261 
 
 525 
 
 97 
 
 3,097 
 
 916 
 
 1,640 
 
 63,540 
 
 6,066 
 
 1,209 
 
 66,680 
 
 1,297 
 
 2,383 
 
 723 
 
 349 
 
 348 
 
 1,044 
 
 1,061 
 
 1,456 
 
 85,699 
 
 82,986 
 
 220 
 469 
 476 
 320 
 
 217 
 
 80 
 320 
 
 1,636 
 
 478 
 
 696 
 
 1,206 
 363 
 
 5,471 
 376 
 
 228 
 557 
 
 ,277 
 
 1,960 
 
 2,080 
 
 ... ill7,961 
 
 1,960 1,937 
 
 851 
 
 301 
 
 965 
 
 264 
 
 Princes-Risbo- < 
 rough, p. J 
 
 Prinlaws, v. 
 
 Prior, p. 
 
 Prior's (Dean), p. 
 
 Priors(Hardwick,)p. 
 
 Priors (Mareton), p. 
 
 Priston, p. 
 
 Prittlewell, p. 
 
 Privett, p. 
 
 Probus, p. 
 
 Provenhal], v. 
 
 Publow, p. 
 
 Puckington, p. 
 
 Pucklechurch, p. 
 
 Puddington, p. 
 
 Puddington, p. 
 
 Puddlehinton, p. 
 
 Puddlestone-with- ) 
 White, p. ( 
 
 Puddletown, v.-p. 
 
 Puddletrenthide, p. 
 
 Pudsey, tn. 
 
 Pulborough, v.-p. 
 
 Pulford, p. 
 
 Pulham, p. 
 
 Pulham (St. Mary") 
 Magdalen, with I 
 St. Mary the ( 
 Virgin), p. J 
 
 Pulloxhill, p. 
 
 Pulteney Town, tn. 
 
 Pulverbatch ) 
 (Church), p. I 
 
 Puncheston, p. 
 
 Puncknowle, p. 
 
 Puriton, p. 
 
 Purleigh, p. 
 
 Pulley, p. 
 
 Purton, p. 
 
 Pusey, p. 
 
 Putford (East), p. 
 
 Putford (West), p. 
 
 Putley, p. 
 
 Putney, v.-p. 
 
 Puttenham, p. 
 
 Puttenham, p. 
 
 Puxton, p. 
 
 Pwllcrochan, p. 
 
 Pwllheli, tn. m. ) 
 & p. w. s. ) 
 
 Pyecombe, p. 
 
 Pyle, p. 
 
 PyUe, p. 
 
 Pyrford, p. 
 
 Pytchley, p. . 
 
 Pyworthy, p. 
 
 Quadring, p. 
 Quainton, p. 
 Quantoxhead \ 
 
 (East), p. ) 
 Quantojchead ) 
 
 (West), p. ) 
 Quarles, p. 
 Quarley, p. 
 Quarndon, p. 
 Quarrendon, p. 
 Quarrington, p. 
 Quatford, p. 
 Quatt-Malvem, p. 
 Quedgely, p. 
 Queenborough , tn-p, 
 Queen-Camel, p. 
 Queen-Charlton, p. 
 Queeniborough, p. 
 Queensferry, p. 
 
 QUEENSFERRY, M. 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Queensferry ) 
 (North), v. ) 
 Queenstown, tn. 
 Quendon, p. 
 Quenington, p. 
 Quernmore, tns. 
 Quethiock, p. 
 Quiddenham, p. 
 Quin, v.-p. 
 Quinton, p. 
 Quinton, p. 
 Quivox (St.), p. 
 
 Racavan, p. 
 Rackeiiford, p. 
 Rackheath, p. 
 Raoton, p. 
 Radbourne, p. 
 Radcliffe, p. 
 Radclive, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Fife 
 
 
 Kerry 
 Hants 
 
 2,928 
 131 
 
 Warw. 
 
 303 
 
 Warw. 
 
 739 
 
 Somer. 
 
 308 
 
 Essex 
 Hants 
 
 2,462 
 281 
 
 Cornw. 
 Lan. 
 
 1,547 
 
 Somer. 
 
 810 
 
 Somer. 
 
 231 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 931 
 
 Bedford 
 
 612 
 
 Devon 
 
 216 
 
 Dorset 
 
 390 
 
 Heref. 
 
 316 
 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 
 1,297 
 800 
 
 York 
 Sussex 
 
 11,603 
 1,825 
 
 Chester 
 
 338 
 
 Dorset 
 
 288 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Bedford 
 Caith. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Berks 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Berks 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Herts 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Bomer. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Caruar. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Lincohi 
 Bucks 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Hants 
 
 Derby 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Salop 
 
 Salop 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 Fife 
 
 Cork 
 
 Essex 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Clare 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,31i 
 
 Antrim 
 
 4,924 
 
 Devon 
 
 473 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 281 
 
 Sussex 
 
 96 
 
 Derby 
 
 230 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 6,028 
 
 Bucks 
 
 387 
 
 2,332 
 
 3,132 
 
 574 
 
 246 
 467 
 451 
 
 1,184 
 220 
 
 2,087 
 152 
 191 
 424 
 182 
 
 3,280 
 142 
 385 
 151 
 214 
 
 2,709 
 
 300 
 991 
 184 
 365 
 606 
 663 
 
 993 
 946 
 
 250 
 
 "179 
 629 
 64 
 264 
 692 
 366 
 401 
 772 
 772 
 177 
 536 
 720 
 720 
 1,195 
 
 199 
 369 
 579 
 777 
 109, 
 
 2,647 
 687 
 133 I 
 
 7,147 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 259 
 
 County. 
 
 Riiddington, p. 
 Radford, v. -p. 
 Radford (Semele), p. 
 Radipole, p. 
 Radley, p. 
 Radnage, p. 
 Radnor, tii. 
 Radnor (Old), p. 
 Radnor (New), p. 
 
 ,, District ) 
 
 of Boroughs, p. ) 
 Radstock, p. 
 Radstone, p. 
 Radway, p. 
 Radwell, p. 
 Radwinter, p. 
 Radyr, p. 
 Rafiford, p. 
 Ragdale, p. 
 Ragland, p. 
 Ragnal), p. 
 Rahan, p. 
 Rahan, p. 
 Raliara, p. 
 Rahelty, p. 
 Raheny, v. -p. 
 Rahill, p. 
 Rahoon, p. 
 Rahugh, p. 
 Railstown, p, 
 Rainham, p. 
 Rainham, p. 
 Rainham (East), p. 
 Rainham (South), p. 
 Rainham (West), p. 
 Rainhill, tns. 
 Rainton (East), tns. 
 Raithby, p. 
 Raithby-cum- ) 
 
 Maltby, p. | 
 Raloo, p. 
 Rame, p. 
 Ramoan, p. 
 Rampisham, p. 
 Rampton, p. 
 Rampton, p. 
 Ramsay, tn. 
 Ramsbury, p. 
 Ramsden (Bell- ) 
 
 house), p. ) 
 Ramsden (Grays), p. 
 Ramsey, p. 
 Ramsey, tn, w. 
 Ramsey, p. 
 Ramsgate, tn. w. s. 
 Ramsholt, p. 
 Ranby, p. 
 Rand, p. 
 
 Randalstown, tn. w. 
 Randwick, p. 
 Ranelagh (N. & ) 
 
 S.), tn. f 
 
 Ranton-with-Ban- > 
 
 ton- Abbey, p. j 
 Ranworth, p. 
 Raphoe, p. 
 Raphoe, tn. s. 
 Rsisen (Market), p. 
 Raseu (Middle), p. 
 R;isen (West), p. 
 Rasharkin, v. -p. 
 Rashee, p. 
 Rastrick, v. 
 Rataine, p. 
 Ratass, p. 
 Ratby, p. 
 Ratcliffe, h. 
 Ratoliffe - upon - ) 
 
 Soar, p. ) 
 
 Katcliffe-on-Trent, > 
 
 v.-p. I 
 
 Ratcliffe - on - the- 1 
 
 Wreak, p. j 
 
 Rath, p. 
 
 Rathangan, tn.-p.m. 
 Rathaspiek, p. 
 Rathaspick, p. 
 Rathaspiek, p. 
 Rathbarry, p. 
 Rathbeagh, p. 
 Rathbeggan, p. 
 Rathborney, p. 
 Rathbran, p. 
 Rathclarin, p. 
 Rathcline, p. 
 Ratliconnell, p. 
 Rathconrath, p, 
 Rathcoole, p. 
 Rathcoole, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Berks 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Herts 
 
 Essex 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Notts 
 
 King's 
 
 Cork 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Gal way 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Durham 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Donegal 
 
 L-.ncoln 
 
 L-.ncoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Antrim 
 
 York 
 
 Meath 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Notts 
 Notts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Clare 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Kilk.Qu 
 
 Cork 
 
 KUkny 
 
 Meath 
 
 Clare 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Longf. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Tip. 
 
 120 
 
 12,637 
 
 494 
 
 609 
 
 656 
 
 433 
 
 2,345 
 
 1,263 
 
 481 
 
 6,653 
 
 1,792 
 168 
 344 
 88 
 916 
 417 
 
 1,020 
 114 
 
 753 
 976 
 548 
 345 
 
 6,541 
 837 
 149 
 868 
 
 1,155 
 128 
 155 
 391 
 
 1,522 
 
 1,695 
 204 
 
 163 
 
 1,672 
 741 
 
 4,102 
 412 
 231 
 455 
 
 2,701 
 
 2,696 
 
 465 
 
 252 1 
 4,645 
 2,641 
 
 657 
 
 11,838 
 
 203 
 
 115 
 148 
 749 
 959 
 
 2,290 
 
 312 
 
 342 
 5,109 
 1,492 
 2,110 
 
 948 
 
 275 
 6,820 
 1,505 
 3,917 
 
 316 
 
 5,220 
 
 1,241 
 
 15,212 
 
 146 
 1,273 
 
 128 
 
 1,358 
 
 2,544 
 
 1,446 
 
 763 
 
 2,404 
 
 2,283 
 
 681 
 
 238 
 
 599 
 
 1,215 
 
 1,832 
 
 2,249 
 
 2,732 
 
 2,202 
 
 813 
 
 1,200 
 
 Placb. 
 
 121 
 
 13,495 
 
 527 
 
 691 
 
 484 
 
 478 
 
 3,262 
 
 1,349 
 
 490 
 
 7,106 
 
 2,227 
 168 
 375 
 102 
 946 
 472 
 
 1,055 
 120 
 905 
 204 
 
 2,944 
 
 1,639 
 631 
 687 
 509 
 279 
 
 9,114 
 700 
 114 
 924 
 
 1,422 
 139 
 129 
 369 
 
 2,130 
 
 1,505 
 217 
 
 145 
 
 1,684 
 792 
 
 3,903 
 356 
 240 
 496 
 
 2,891 
 
 2,533 
 
 430 
 
 262 
 
 4,500 
 
 2,354 
 
 605 
 
 11,865 
 
 186 
 
 142 
 
 165 
 
 640 
 
 1,060 
 
 8,866 
 
 283 
 
 403 
 4,399 
 1,214 
 2,563 
 1,063 
 
 245 
 6,824 
 1,363 
 4,516 
 
 255 
 3,077 
 1,264 
 27,161 
 
 165 
 1,371 
 
 126 
 
 1,436 
 
 2,079 
 
 1,267 
 
 585 
 
 2,004 
 
 1,826 
 
 552 
 
 202 
 
 483 
 
 1,160 
 
 1,557 
 
 1,960 
 
 2,247 
 
 1,727 
 
 596 
 
 902 
 
 County. 
 
 Rathcoole, v.-p. Dublin 
 
 Rathcconey, p. Cork 
 
 Rathcore, p. Meath 
 
 R.vthcore, p. Meath 
 
 Rathcormack, p. Cork 
 
 Rathcormack, tn. «. Cork 
 
 Rathdowney, p. Queen's 
 
 Rathdowney, tn. Queen's 
 
 Rathdrum, p. Wickl. 
 
 Rathdrum, tn. th. Wickl. 
 
 Rathdrumin, p. Louth 
 
 Rathen, p. Aberd. 
 
 Rathernan, p. Kildare 
 
 Rathfamham, p. Dublin 
 
 Rathfarnham, v. Dublin 
 
 Rathfeigh, p. Meath 
 
 Rathfryland-, tn. w. Down i 
 
 Rathgarve, p. Westm. 
 
 Rathgoggan, p. Cork 
 
 Rathgormuck, p. Waterf. 
 
 Rathjordan, p. Limer. 
 
 Rathkeale, p. Limer. 
 
 Rathkeale, tn. th. Limer. 
 
 Rathkennan, p. Tip. 
 
 Rathkenny, p. Meath 
 
 Rathkieran, p. Kilkny 
 
 Rathlin, isl.-p. Antrim 
 
 Rathlogan, p Kilkny 
 
 Rathlynin, p. Tip. 
 
 Rithmacknee, p. Wexford 
 
 ^f^f""' *'»■ } Donegal 
 
 Rathmichael, p. Dublin 
 
 Rathmines (E. 8. ]_ jj^bhn 
 
 W.), tn. i 
 
 Rathmolyon, tn.-p. Meath 
 
 Rathmore, p. Carlow 
 
 Rathmore, p. Kildare 
 
 Rathmore, p. Meath 
 
 Rathmoylan, p. Waterf. 
 
 Rathmullan, p. Down 
 Rathmullan, tn 
 
 Rathnaveoge, p. Tip. 
 
 Rathnew, p. Wickl. 
 
 Rathnew, tn. Wickl. 
 
 Ratho, v.-p. t. Edinb. 
 
 Rathowen, tn. Westm. 
 
 Rathpatrick, p. Kilkny 
 
 Rathreagh, p. Longf. 
 
 Rathreagh, p. J Mayo 
 
 Rathregan, p. Meath 
 
 Rathroe, p. Wexford 
 
 Rathronan, p. Limer. 
 
 Rathronan, p. Tip. 
 
 Rathsallagh, p. Wickl. 
 
 Bathsaran, p. Queen's 
 
 Rathtoole, p. Wickl. 
 
 Rathven, p. Banff 
 
 RathvUly, v.-p. Carlow 
 
 Ratley, p. Warw. 
 
 Ratlinghope, p. Salop 
 
 Ratoath, v.-p. Meath 
 
 Rattery, p. Devon 
 
 Rattlesden, p. Suffolk 
 
 Rattoo, p. Kerry 
 
 Rattray, p. Perth 
 
 Rattray (New), v. Perth 
 
 Rattray (Old), v. Perth 
 Rauceby (North), p. Lincoln 
 Rauceby (South), p. Lincoln 
 
 Raunds, j). Northa. 
 
 Ravely (Great), p. Hunt. 
 
 Ravely (Little), p. Hunt. 
 
 Ravendale(East> Lincoln 
 
 and West), p. ) 
 
 Ravenfield, p. York 
 
 Raveningham, p. Norfolk 
 
 Ravensden, p. Bedford 
 
 Ravensthorpe, p. Northa. 
 
 Ravenstone, p. Bucks 
 
 Ravenstone, p. De.-Lei. 
 Ravenstone(Dale)p.< Westml. 
 
 Rawcliffe, v. I York 
 Rawcliffe (Out), tns. Lancas. 
 
 Rawcliffe(Upper)tn8 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Rawmarsh, p. 
 
 York 
 
 Rawreth, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Raydon, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Rayleigh, tn.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Raymoghy, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Raymunterdoney, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Rayne, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Rayne, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Reading, tn. m. & ) 
 
 p. W. S. } 
 
 Berks 
 
 Rearsby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 RearjTnore, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Reay, p. 
 
 Ca.-Su. 
 
 Reculver, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,356 
 
 3,376 
 
 285 
 
 2,609 
 
 3,361 
 
 971 
 
 4,721 
 
 1,192 
 
 3,331 
 
 1,192 
 
 548 
 
 2,368 
 
 968 
 
 5,555 
 
 657 
 
 258 
 
 2,053 
 
 2,693 
 
 5,787 
 
 2,058 
 
 331 
 
 7,723 
 
 2,988 
 
 149 
 
 1,517 
 
 775 
 
 753 
 
 162 
 
 668 
 
 473 
 
 1,428 
 
 1,867 
 
 1,043 
 
 2,455 
 228 
 
 1,193 
 950 
 809 
 
 1,983 
 639 
 
 1,069 
 
 3,183 
 
 1,718 
 
 l,'5t7 
 
 758 
 
 790 
 
 238 
 
 659 
 
 8,993 
 
 907 
 
 154 
 
 678 
 
 104 
 
 7,518 
 
 2,601 
 
 471 
 
 272 
 
 1,322 
 
 413 
 
 1,201 
 
 2,052 
 
 2,336 
 
 277 
 
 367 
 
 1,870 
 
 326 
 
 61 
 
 135 
 
 180 
 
 284 
 
 371 
 
 691 
 
 446 
 
 396 
 
 939 
 
 1,552 
 
 791 
 
 697 
 
 2,533 
 
 416 
 
 555 
 
 1,463 
 
 4,316 
 
 2,268 
 
 388 
 
 1,550 
 
 21,456 
 
 600 
 1,695 
 2,506 
 
 273 
 
 1,139 
 2,262 
 
 171 
 1,990 
 2,528 
 
 477 
 3,835 
 1,087 
 2,794 
 1,371 1 
 
 475 i 
 2,554 ! 
 
 780 j 
 5,683 
 1,065 I 
 
 229* 
 1,916 j 
 2,161 
 
 3,410 ; 
 
 1,737 
 2661 
 
 5,152 1 
 
 2,751 
 130 t 
 
 1,229 i 
 619 
 453 
 126 
 538 
 392 
 
 1,434 
 
 1,843 
 
 4,333 
 
 1,767 
 152 
 981 
 817 
 725 
 
 1,702 
 502 
 824 
 
 8,605 
 940 
 
 1,659 
 344 
 
 1,146 
 711 
 642 
 170 
 491 
 
 3,113 
 
 646 
 
 139 
 
 473 
 
 85 
 
 8,240 
 
 2,222 
 476 
 285 
 
 1,140 
 396 
 
 1,117 
 
 2,113 
 
 2,261 
 565 
 558 
 279 
 474 
 
 2,337 
 
 318 
 
 60 
 
 144 
 
 183 
 
 - 264 
 
 477 
 
 701 
 
 400 
 
 392 
 
 1,264 
 
 1,630 
 
 771 
 
 682 
 
 4,374 
 
 386 
 
 561 
 
 1,433 
 
 4,059 
 
 2,232 
 
 401 
 
 1,514 
 
 25,045 
 
 468 
 1,438 
 2,476 
 
 254 
 
 PlJLCS. 
 
 County. 
 
 Redberth, p. 
 Red bourn, p.-v, 
 Redbourne, p. 
 Redcar, tns. 
 Redcity, p. 
 RedcUffe(St.Mary),p 
 Redcross, v.-p. 
 Redding, v. 
 Reddish, tns. 
 Redditch, v. 
 Redenhall, p. 
 Redgorton, p. 
 Redgrave, p. 
 Redisham, p. 
 Redlingfield, p. 
 Redmarley-d'Abi- ) 
 
 tot, p. j 
 
 Redmarshall, p. 
 Redmile, p. 
 Redruth , p. 
 Redruth, tn. t.f. 
 Reed, p. 
 Reed, p. 
 Reedham, p. 
 Reedness, tns. 
 Reepham, p. 
 Reepham, p. 
 Reepham with\ 
 
 Kerdistone, p. ) 
 Reeth, tn. /. 
 Reigate, tn. t. 
 
 p. & p. 
 Reighton, p. 
 Reisk, p. 
 Relickmurry and ) 
 
 Athassel, p. j 
 Remenhani, p. 
 Rempstoue, p. 
 Rendall and Eire, p. 
 Rendcombe, p. 
 Rendham, p. 
 Rendlesham, p. 
 Renfrew, p. 
 Renfrew, m. s. 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Renhold, p. 
 Ren ton, v. 
 Renwick, p. 
 Repps-with-Bast- ) 
 
 wick, p. j 
 
 Repps (North), p. 
 Repps (South), p. 
 Repton, v.-p. 
 Rerwick, p. 
 Rescobie, p. 
 Resolis, p. 
 Reston (North), p. 
 Reston (South), p. 
 Retford (East), 
 tn.M.s. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Durham 
 
 Leices 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Herts 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Surrey 
 
 York 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Notts 
 
 Ork.Sht 
 
 (jIouc. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Derby 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Retford (West), p. 
 Rettendon, p. 
 Revelstoke, p. 
 Revesby, p. 
 Rewe, p. 
 Reydon, p. 
 Reymerston, p. 
 Reynagh, p. 
 Reynoldston, p. 
 Reynoldston, p. 
 Rhayader, p. 
 Rhayader, tn.p.w.*. 
 Rhind, p. 
 Rhiw, p. 
 Rhodogeidio, p. 
 Rhosbeirio, i). 
 Rhoscilly, p. 
 Rhoscolyn, p. 
 Rhoscrowther, p. 
 Rhostie, p. 
 Bhuddlan, p. 
 Rhuddlan, tn. p. 
 Rhulen, p. 
 Rhyd-y-Boithan, h. 
 Rhynie and Essie, p. 
 Ribbesford, p. 
 Ribchester, v.-p. 
 Ribston(6t.)with) 
 Walshford, tns. ) 
 Ribston (Little), tns, 
 Riby, p. 
 Riccal, p. 
 Riccarton, p. 
 Richard's Castle, p. 
 Richardstown, p. 
 Richhill, tn. 
 Richmond, p. 
 Richmond, tn. m. «. 
 
 1,344 
 1,640 
 4,927 
 
 247 
 
 I Notts 2,943 2,982 
 
 Notts 
 
 Notts 
 
 Essex 
 
 Devon 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Devon 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 King's 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Perth 
 
 Camar. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Flint 
 
 Flint 
 
 Radnor 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Sal.Hrf. 
 
 Louth 
 
 Armagh 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 46,054 
 653 
 817 
 510 
 668 
 289 
 337 
 340 
 3,361 
 315 
 100 
 829 
 1,007 
 338 
 376 
 
 367 
 488 
 201 
 123 
 3,049 
 1,472 
 
 1,412 
 1,017 
 3,435 
 3,888 
 
 242 
 
 247 
 
 690 
 
 4,.538 
 
 657 
 
 499 
 
 627 
 
 4,106 
 
 4,106 
 
 673 
 
 1,299 
 
 2,008 
 
 9,075 
 
 251 
 
 4,419 2,647 
 
 1,446 
 
 264 
 
 453 
 
 359 
 
 3,898 
 
 2,722 
 
 2,977 
 
 484 
 
 2,398 
 
 316 
 
 330 
 
 623 
 
 899 
 2,232 
 1,725 
 
 711 
 
 1,551 
 
 47 
 
 186 
 
 293 
 
 47,330 
 
 637 
 
 785 
 
 505 
 
 614 
 
 260 
 
 294 
 
 321 
 
 2,505 
 
 270 
 
 106 
 
 846 
 
 1,030 
 
 297 
 
 370 
 
 284 
 
 26 
 
 294 
 
 462 
 
 202 
 
 122 
 
 4,397 
 
 1,406 
 
 111 
 
 1,925 
 
 1,061 
 
 3,158 
 
 3,885 
 
 180 
 
 230 
 
 242 
 
 783 
 
 5,629 
 
 710 
 
 326 
 
 696 
 
 4,290 
 
 4,290 
 
260 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 PI.1CK 
 
 Ooonty. 
 
 RiCHHom), p. York 
 
 Richmond, p. Snrrey 
 
 Bichmoml, v. Surrey 
 
 nor), p. ) I 
 
 RiclunghaU(Supe ) | a^^^y^ 
 
 nor), p. ) : 
 
 Rickling, p. Essex 
 
 Rickmims worth, p. ' Herts 
 RidiUesworth, p. | Norfolk 
 Ridge, p. j Herts 
 
 Ridgmont, p. Bedford 
 
 Ridgwell, p. Essex 
 
 Ridley, p. Kent 
 
 Ridlington, p. Norfolk 
 
 Ridliugton, p. (Rutland 
 
 Ridware(Hain8tall)pi Staffoi-d 
 Ridware(Mave8yn)p Stafford 
 Ridware (Pipe), p. i Staffoi-d 
 Rigsby, p. Lincoln 
 
 Rillington, p. : York 
 
 Rimmiiigton, tns. York 
 Rimpton, p. Sonier. 
 
 Ringagonagh, p. Waterf. 
 Ringcurrau, p. Cork 
 
 Ringland, p. Norfolk 
 
 Ringmer, v. -p. Sussex 
 
 Ringmore, p. Devon 
 
 Ringrone, p. Cork 
 
 Ringsend, tn. Dublin 
 
 Ringsfield, p. Suffolk 
 
 Rii^aliall, p. Suffolk 
 
 Rin^tead, p. Northa. 
 
 Riiig8tead(Great),&c Norfolk 
 Ringswould, p. | Kent 
 
 Ringwood, tn.-p. w.] Hants 
 Ripe, p. Sussex 
 
 Ripley, tn.-p. York 
 
 Ripley, v. Derby 
 
 Ripon, p. York 
 
 RiPON, tn. M.& p. </i. York 
 Rippingale, p. Lincoln 
 
 Ripple, p. Kent 
 
 Ripple, v.-p. Worces. 
 
 Ripponden, tns. York 
 Ripton (Abbot's), p. | Hunt. 
 Ripton (King's), p. , Hunt. 
 Risborough 
 
 (Princes), p. 
 Risborough 
 
 (Monk's), p. th 
 Risby, p. 
 Riaca, p. 
 Rise, p. 
 Riseholme, p. 
 Riseley, p. 
 Rishangles, p. 
 Rishton, tns. 
 
 Rishworth, tns. 
 
 Rising (Castle), v.-p. Norfolk 
 Ris8ington(Great),p. Glouc. 
 Rissington (Little), p Glouc. 
 RiaBington(Wick),p. iGlouc. 
 Riston (Long), p. i York 
 Rivenhall, p. Essex 
 
 River, p | Kent 
 
 Rixton - with - ) ^ 
 
 Qlazebtook.tna. i ,^^'^- 
 Road, p. Somer. 
 
 Roade, p. Northa. 
 
 Roath, p. Glamor. 
 
 Robeen, p. Hayo 
 
 Roberton, p. RoxSel, 
 
 Roberton (Wiston ) , i 
 
 *nd),p. [Lanark 
 
 Robertatoun, tn. Kildare 
 Robertstown, p. Limer. 
 Robestou-Wathen, p Pemb. 
 Robeston (West), p. Pemb. 
 Roborough, p. | Devon 
 
 Rocester, v.-p. I Stafford 
 
 Rooh, p. I Pemb. 
 
 Rochdale, p. I Lancas. 
 
 Rochdale, tn.p.m.«.{ Lancas. 
 » M. Lancas. 
 
 Roche, p. I Louth 
 
 Roche, p. Conjw. 
 
 ROCUtKEER, c. M. > „ . 
 
 tp./. f K^"** 
 
 Rochestown, p. Limer. 
 
 Roohestown, p. Tip. 
 
 Rochford, p. Worces. 
 
 Rochfonl, tn. p. th. Essex 
 Rock, p. Worees. 
 
 Rockbeare, p. Devon 
 
 Rookbonme, p. Hants 
 
 Rockcliffe, p. Cumb. 
 
 Rockaeld, p. Monm. 
 
 B ow h ampton, p. ' Gloiu:. 
 
 y Bucks 
 
 j- Bucks 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Monm. 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 York 
 
 4,969 
 9,255 
 9,065 
 
 734 
 
 509 
 
 4,851 
 
 141 
 
 366 
 
 999 
 
 808 
 
 91 
 
 256 
 
 316 
 
 471 
 
 523 
 
 90 
 
 120 
 
 1,228 
 
 607 
 
 298 
 
 1,921 
 
 3,626 
 
 .381 
 
 1,374 
 
 337 
 
 3,281 
 
 2,064 
 
 287 
 
 371 
 
 727 
 
 512 
 
 789 
 
 3,928 
 
 383 
 
 1,286 
 
 3,071 
 
 15,103 
 
 6,080 
 
 661 
 
 223 
 
 1,097 
 
 7,417 
 
 377 
 
 259 
 
 2,317 
 
 1,064 
 
 431 
 2,044 
 197 
 102 
 949 
 279 
 800 
 1,540 
 392 
 493 
 279 
 219 
 400 
 728 
 487 
 
 796 
 
 790 
 695 
 394 
 2,522 
 670 
 
 1,743 
 
 518 
 
 1,185 
 
 763 
 
 98,013 
 
 29,195 
 
 1,018 
 1,836 
 
 14,938 
 
 171 
 367 
 261 
 1,704 
 1,935 
 477 
 615 
 941 
 291 
 236 
 
 5,134 
 
 10,926 
 
 7,423 
 
 742 
 
 502 
 
 4,873 
 
 97 
 
 4:^7 
 
 1,029 
 
 795 
 
 101 
 
 236 
 
 282 
 
 440 
 
 462 
 
 93 
 
 102 
 
 1,132 
 
 501 
 
 282 
 
 1,691 
 
 2,784 
 
 360 
 
 1,522 
 
 271 
 
 2,794 
 
 1,933 
 
 324 
 
 359 
 
 831 
 
 522 
 
 846 
 
 3,751 
 
 358 
 
 1,558 
 
 5,244 
 
 15,165 
 
 6,172 
 
 569 
 
 254 
 
 1,045 
 
 6,620 
 
 381 
 
 267 
 
 2,392 
 
 427 
 
 2,744 
 
 188 
 
 93 
 
 1,026 
 
 229 
 
 1,198 
 
 1,244 
 
 337 
 
 499 
 
 290 
 
 206 
 
 401 
 
 719 
 
 445 
 
 752 
 
 663 
 
 664 
 
 3,044 
 
 2,196 
 
 640 
 
 786 
 
 380 
 
 1,299 
 
 362 
 
 159 
 
 478 
 
 1,175 
 
 679 
 
 119,531 
 
 38,184 
 
 38,114 
 
 914 
 
 1,882 
 
 16,862 
 
 156 
 264 
 315 
 1,696 
 1,379 
 540 
 507 
 949 
 270 
 248 
 
 Place. 
 
 Rockingham, tn.-p. 
 Rockland (All ) 
 
 Saints, &c.), p. ) 
 Rockland (St. An- i 
 
 drew), p. f 
 
 Rockland (St. Ma- ^ 
 
 ly), p. t 
 
 Rockland (St. Pe-) 
 
 ter), p. I 
 
 Rodanstown, p. 
 Rodborne-Cheney, p 
 Rodborough, v.-p. 
 Rodden, p. 
 Rodingtou, p. 
 Rodmarton, p. 
 Rodmell, p. 
 Rodmersham, p. 
 Rodney (Stoke), p. 
 Roel, p. 
 Rogart, p. 
 Rogate, p. 
 Rogerstone, p. 
 Roggiett, p. 
 Rokeby, h.-p. 
 Rollesby, p. 
 RoUeston, p. 
 Rolleston, p. 
 Roll right (Great), p. 
 Rollvight (Little), p. 
 Rolls Liberty, p. 
 Rollstone, p. 
 Rolvenden, p. 
 Romald-Kirk, v.-p. 
 Romansleigh, p. 
 Romford, p. 
 Romford, tn. w. in. t 
 Romney(New)tn-p.s 
 Romney (Old), p. 
 Ronisey, tn. m. th. 
 Romsey (Extra ) 
 
 and Infra), p. j 
 Ronaldshay (So.), p. 
 Roos, p. 
 
 Roothing (Abbots),p 
 Roothing(Aythrop)p 
 Roothing (Beau- ) 
 
 champ), p. j" 
 Roothing(Bemers),p 
 Roothing (High), p. 
 Roothing (Leaden), p 
 Roothing (Mar) 
 
 garet), p. j 
 
 Roothing (White), p. 
 Ropley, p. 
 Ropsley, p. 
 Rosbercon, p. 
 Rosbercon, tn. 
 Roscommon, p. 
 Roscommon, tn. s. 
 Roscomroo, p. 
 Rosconnel, p. 
 Roscrea, p. 
 Roscrea, tii. th. s. 
 Rose-Ash, p. • 
 Rosohearty, v. 
 Rosemarket, p. 
 Rosemarkie, p. 
 Rosenallis, v.-p. 
 Roseneath, p. 
 Roskeen, p. 
 Rosliston, p. 
 Ross, p. 
 Ross, tn. th. 
 Ross, p. 
 Ross, or Rosscar- ) 
 
 bery, p. ) 
 
 Ross, or Rosscar-) 
 
 bery, tn. w. | 
 Ross (New), tn. w. g. 
 Rossdroit, p. 
 Rossduff, p. 
 Rossie and Inch- ) 
 
 ture, p. I 
 
 Rossinan, p. 
 Roesington, p. 
 Rossinver, p. 
 Rosskeen, p. 
 Rosslaie, p. 
 Rosslea, tn. 
 Rosslee, p. 
 Rossminoge, p. 
 Rossmire, p. 
 Roesorry, p. 
 Rosstrevor, tn. t. 
 Rostellan, p. 
 Rostherne, p. 
 Rothbury, tn.-p. 
 Rotherby, p. 
 Rotherfleld, v.-p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Northa. 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Meath 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Sutherl. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Notts 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Kent 
 
 York 
 
 Devon 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kent 
 Kent 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Orkney 
 York 
 
 Essex 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 Essex 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Hants 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Roscom, 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 King's 
 
 Kil.-Qu. 
 
 Tip.-Ki. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Ross 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Dumb. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Derby 
 
 Heref 
 
 Heref 
 
 Galway 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Wexford 
 Wexford 
 Waterf. 
 
 Perth 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 York 
 
 Lei.-Sli. 
 
 Ross 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Ferman 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Down 
 
 Cork 
 
 Chester 
 
 North. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 261 
 375 
 
 484 
 
 447 
 
 353 
 600 
 
 2,208 
 268 
 491 
 416 
 323 
 
 • 328 
 315 
 
 1,'535 
 
 1,117 
 
 1,249 
 
 60 
 
 189 
 
 554 
 
 685 
 
 918 
 
 445 
 
 30 
 
 '"46 
 1,483 
 2,599 
 246 
 5,868 
 3,791 
 1,053 
 130 
 2,080 
 
 5,654 
 
 3,086 
 655 
 216 
 276 
 
 250 
 
 100 
 489 
 
 204 
 
 274 
 
 426 
 
 818 
 
 777 
 
 1,176 
 
 276 
 
 7,225 
 
 3,097 
 
 814 
 
 620 
 
 6,583 
 
 3,389 
 
 58 
 
 1,776 
 5,606 
 1,044 
 379 
 379 
 4,017 
 2,674 
 3,859 
 
 4,997 
 
 1,041 
 
 9,084 
 
 1,815 
 
 96 
 
 745 
 
 856 
 
 402 
 
 11,959 
 
 3,699 
 
 895 
 
 694 
 
 976 
 
 2,190 
 
 2,719 
 
 764 
 
 828 
 
 4,190 
 
 2,545 
 
 130 
 
 3,531 
 
 211 
 373 
 
 111 
 
 386 
 
 250 
 670 
 
 2,165 
 234 
 481 
 401 
 292 
 294 
 323 
 50 
 
 1,439 
 990 
 
 1,210 
 86 
 151 
 631 
 587 
 956 
 410 
 36 
 
 2,274 
 52 
 
 1,483 
 
 2,714 
 230 
 
 6,604 
 
 4,361 
 
 1,062 
 151 
 
 2,116 
 
 5,848 
 
 3,282 
 652 
 
 220 
 209 
 
 226 
 
 469 
 207 
 
 236 
 
 466 
 
 796 
 
 845 
 
 941 
 
 238 
 
 5,055 
 
 2,619 
 
 576 
 
 517 
 
 6,003 
 
 3,725 
 
 549 
 
 908 
 
 451 
 
 1,545 
 
 4,723 
 
 1,626 
 
 384 
 
 382 
 
 4,346 
 
 3,715 
 
 3,726 
 
 4,283 
 
 6,567 
 
 1,560 
 
 69 
 
 659 
 
 626 
 
 400 
 
 11,184 
 
 3,766 
 
 745 
 
 376 
 
 612 
 
 791 
 
 1,535 
 
 2,408 
 
 653 
 
 684 
 
 4,058 
 
 2,387 
 
 134 
 
 3,413 
 
 Place. 
 
 Rotherfield(Grays),p Oxford 
 
 Rothei-field (Pep-) Q^f^^j 
 
 pard), p. ) ,. , 
 
 Rotherham, p. lork 
 
 Rotherham, tn. m. York 
 
 Rotherhithe, p. SuiTcy 
 
 Rothersthorpe, p. Northa. 
 
 Rotherwick, p. Hants 
 
 Rothes, p. Elgin 
 
 Rotliesay, p. Bute 
 
 Rothesay, m. w. Bute 
 
 Rothiemay, p. Banff 
 
 Rothley, v.-p. Leices. 
 
 Roth well, v.-p. York 
 
 Rothwell, v.-p. Northa. 
 
 Rothwell, p. Lincoln 
 
 Rottingdean, v.-p. Sussex 
 
 Roudham, p. Norfolk 
 
 Rougham, p. Norfolk 
 
 Rougham, p. Suffolk 
 
 Roughton, p. Lincoln 
 
 Roughton, p. Norfolk 
 Rouncton (West), p. York 
 
 Roundstone, tn. Galway 
 
 Roundtowu, tn. Dublin 
 
 ^"sh^^ ^""^ ^^^' } ^^''^y 
 
 Rouse Lench, p. Worces. 
 
 Rousham, p. Oxford 
 
 Routh, p. York 
 
 Row, p. Dumb. 
 
 Rowberrow, p. Somer. 
 
 Rowde, p. Wilts 
 
 Rower, "The, p. Kilkny 
 
 Rowiiigton, p. Warw. 
 
 Rowley, p. York 
 
 Rowley- Regis, p. Stafford 
 
 Rowlstone, p. Heref. 
 
 Rowiier, p. Hants 
 
 Rowston, p. Lincoln 
 
 Roxburgh, p. Roxb. 
 Roxby cum-Risby, p Lincoln 
 
 County. 
 
 Roxham, p 
 Roxton, p. 
 Roxwell, p. 
 Roydon, p, 
 
 Norfolk 
 Bedford 
 Essex 
 Norfolk 
 
 Roydon, nr. Lynn, p Norfolk 
 
 Roydon, p. Essex 
 
 i Royston, tn.-p. w. Ca.Her. 
 
 i Roystone, p. York 
 
 I Roy ton, tns. Lancas. 
 
 I Ruabon, v.-p. Denbigh 
 
 \ Ruan, p. Clare 
 I Ruan(Lanihorne),p. Cornw. 
 
 I Ruan (Major), p. Cornw. 
 
 i Ruan (Minor), p. Cornw. 
 
 Ruardean, p. Glouc. 
 
 I Ruckinge, p. Kent 
 
 ! Ruckland, p. Lincoln 
 
 i Rudbaxton, p. Pemb. 
 
 I Rudby-in-Cleve- \ ynrk 
 land, v.-p. ) 
 
 Ruddington, p. Notts 
 
 Rtiddry, p. Glamor. 
 
 Rudford, p. Glouc. 
 
 Rudgwick, p. Sussex 
 
 Rudham (East), p. Norfolk 
 
 Rudham (West), p. Norfolk 
 
 Rudston, p. York 
 
 Rufford, p. Lancas. 
 
 Rxifford, p. Notts 
 
 Rufforth, p. York 
 
 Rugby, tn.-p. s. Warw. 
 
 Rugeley, tn.-p. th. Stafford 
 
 Ruishton, p. Somer. 
 
 Ruislip, p. Middles. 
 Rumbold's-Wyke, p. Sussex 
 
 Rumburgh, p. Suffolk 
 
 Rumney, p. Monm. 
 
 Rumworth, tns. Lancas. 
 
 Rimcom, p. Chester 
 
 Runcorn, tn. /. Chester 
 
 Runcton (North), p Norfolk 
 Runcton (South), p. Norfolk 
 
 Runhall, p. Noi'folk 
 
 Runham, p. Norfolk 
 
 Rimnington, p. Somer. 
 
 Run ton, p. Norfolk 
 
 Runwell, p. Essex 
 
 Ruscombe, p. Berks 
 
 Rush, tn. Dublin 
 
 Rushall, p. Norfolk 
 
 Rushall, p. Wilts 
 
 Rushall, v.-p. Stafford 
 
 Rushbrooke, p. Suffolk 
 
 Rushbury, p. Salop 
 
 Riishden, p. Herts 
 
 Rushden, v.-p. Northa. 
 
 Ru8hen,p. Is. Man I 
 
 1,518 1,629 
 
 406 
 
 16,730 
 6,325 
 17,805 
 
 244 
 
 454 
 2,022 
 7,354 
 7,104 
 1,413 
 2,047 
 7,541 
 2,391 
 
 265 
 1,084 
 
 140 
 
 374 
 1,079 
 
 166 
 
 412 
 
 216 
 
 1,215 
 
 277 
 
 134 
 
 172 
 
 4,372 
 
 318 
 
 1,128 
 
 2,807 
 
 934 
 
 498 
 
 14,249 
 
 125 
 
 133 
 
 228 
 
 1,141 
 
 330 
 
 45 
 
 622 
 
 915 
 
 688 
 
 190 
 
 902 
 
 2,061 
 
 4,045 
 
 6,974 
 
 11,507 
 
 1,827 
 
 410 
 
 173 
 
 288 
 
 1,033 
 
 402 
 
 30 
 
 669 
 
 1,119 
 
 2,181 
 342 
 232 
 
 1,031 
 999 
 487 
 599 
 861 
 
 299 
 
 6 866 
 
 3,054 
 
 453 
 
 1,392 
 
 318 
 
 432 
 
 308 
 
 1,386 
 
 15,047 
 
 8,049 ' 
 
 282 
 
 152 
 
 239 
 
 339 
 
 93 
 
 485 
 
 334 
 
 239 
 
 1,603 
 
 267 
 
 262 
 
 1,946 
 
 184 
 
 495 
 
 321 
 
 1,460 
 
 3,256 
 
 2,283 
 329 
 202 
 
 1,008 
 956 
 487 
 605 
 865 
 420 
 297 
 
 7,818 
 
 4,362 
 506 
 
 1,305 
 582 
 405 
 356 
 
 1,861 
 16,457 
 10,434 
 304 
 139 
 246 
 396 
 100 
 510 
 366 
 264 
 
 1,453 
 242 
 224 
 
 2,842 
 185 
 676 
 291 
 
 1,748 
 
 3,300 
 

 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 261 
 
 Pl^CE. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Rushford, p. 
 
 Nrf.Suf 
 
 187 
 
 170 
 
 Sampford (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 906 
 
 865 
 
 Scarle (North), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 595 
 
 595 
 
 Kushmere, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 116 
 
 121 
 
 Sampford (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 471 
 
 477 
 
 Scarle (South), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 610 
 
 613 
 
 Rushmere (Wood- ^ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 678 
 
 678 
 
 Sampford(PevereU)p 
 
 Devon 
 
 855 
 
 720 
 
 1 Seaming, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 637 
 
 693 
 
 bridge), p. j 
 
 
 
 
 Sampford(Spiney),p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 522 
 
 665 
 
 1 ScaiTington, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 230 
 
 231 
 
 Rushock, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 214 
 
 159 
 
 Sampson (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 336 
 
 311 
 
 ' Scartho, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 211 
 
 188 
 
 Rusholme, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,679 
 
 5,380 
 
 Sampson (St.), p. 
 
 Guerns. 
 
 2,006 
 
 2,781 
 
 1 Scawby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,606 
 
 1,570 
 
 Rushtoii, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 429 
 
 484 
 
 Sancreed, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,394 
 
 1,233 
 
 Scawton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 153 
 
 148 
 
 Ruskiugton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,027 
 
 1,089 
 
 Sancton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 519 
 
 476 
 
 Scilly Islands, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 
 2,431 
 
 Rusper, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 533 
 
 590 
 
 Sandall(Great),v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 4,036 
 
 4,214 
 
 Scole, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 682 
 
 747 
 
 Russagli, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 458 
 
 457 
 
 Sandall(Kirk), p. 
 
 York 
 
 239 
 
 223 
 
 Scone, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 2,381 
 
 2,199 
 
 Rustiiigton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 342 
 
 340 
 
 Sandbach, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 8,552 
 
 9,040 
 
 Scone (New), v. 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 1,403 
 
 Rustou (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 845 
 
 757 
 
 Sandbach, tn. th. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,752 
 
 3,252 
 
 Scoonie, p. 
 Scopwick, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 3115 
 
 3,257 
 
 Ruston (Parva), p. 
 
 York 
 
 185 
 
 161 
 
 Sauderstead, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 235 
 
 206 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 413 
 
 383 
 
 Ruston (South), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 118 
 
 102 
 
 Sandford, v. -p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,970 
 
 1,842 
 
 Scorborough, p. 
 
 York 
 
 90 
 
 89 
 
 Rutherglen, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 7,954 
 
 9,335 
 
 1 Sandford, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 273 
 
 376 
 
 Scotforth, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 693 
 
 955 
 
 RUTUERGLEN, M. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 6,947 
 
 8,071 
 
 Sandford (near) 
 Deddington, p j 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 
 Scothern, p. 
 Scotter, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 572 
 
 679 
 
 )> p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 6,514 
 
 8,062 
 
 526 
 
 476 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,158 
 
 1,167 
 
 Ruthin, p. 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 1,333 
 
 1,299 
 
 Sandford (Orcas), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 340 
 
 318 
 
 Scotton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 488 
 
 482 
 
 Ruthin, tn. m. &p,r;i 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 3,373 
 
 3,372 
 
 Sandhurst, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 815 
 
 1,271 
 
 Scottow, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 550 
 
 454 
 
 Ruthven, p. 
 
 Foi-far 
 
 503 
 
 265 
 
 Sandhurst, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 494 
 
 549 
 
 Scot-Willoughby, p 
 Scoulton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 23 
 
 19 
 
 Ruthweli, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,110 
 
 1,046 
 
 Sandhurst, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,235 
 
 1,231 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 366 
 
 329 
 
 Ruytou-Eleven- 1 
 Town, p. ) 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,165 
 
 1,200 
 
 Saudiacre, v. p. 
 Sandingham, p. 
 
 Derby 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,065 
 60 
 
 1,012 
 56 
 
 Scrabby, v. -p. 
 Scrafield, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,866 
 38 
 
 1,814 
 47 
 
 Ryarsh, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 449 
 
 447 
 
 Sandon, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 536 
 
 612 
 
 Scraptoft, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 120 
 
 108 
 
 Ryburgh (Great), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 596 
 
 556 
 
 Sandon, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 770 
 
 771 
 
 Scratby, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 177 
 
 309 
 
 Ryburgh (Little), p. 
 
 Noifolk 
 
 199 
 
 232 
 
 Sandon, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 656 
 
 690 
 
 Scrayingham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 466 
 
 480 
 
 Ryde, tn. (. /. 
 
 Hants 
 
 7,147 
 
 9,269 
 
 Sandridge, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 864 
 
 833 
 
 Sciedington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 364 
 
 397 
 
 Rye, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 4,592 
 
 4,288 
 
 San dating. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,603 
 
 2,670 
 
 Scremby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 205 
 
 184 
 
 Rye, tu. M. w. s. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 4,071 
 
 3,738 
 
 Sandwich, tn. m. w. s. 
 
 Kjnt 
 
 2,966 
 
 2,944 
 
 Screveton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 307 
 
 241 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 8,541 
 
 8,202 
 
 Sandwich, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 13,750 
 
 Scrivalsby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 153 
 
 168 
 
 Ryhall, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 1,075 
 
 847 
 
 Sandwick, p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 I,'i07 
 
 1,225 
 
 Scriveii, with ) 
 Teutergate, tns. j 
 
 York 
 
 
 
 Ryme-Intrinsica, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 216 
 
 217 
 
 Sandy, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,946 
 
 2,118 
 
 1,413 
 
 1,426 
 
 Ryston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 40 
 
 29 
 
 Sandymount, v. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,419 
 
 2,084 
 
 Scrooby, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 271 
 
 256 
 
 Rytlier, p. 
 
 York 
 
 368 
 
 372 
 
 Sanquhai', p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 4,071 
 
 3,569 
 
 Scropton, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 515 
 
 520 
 
 Ryton, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,757 
 
 3,052 
 
 Sanquhar, m. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 1,884 
 
 1,628 
 
 Scniton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 465 
 
 408 
 
 Ryton, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 204 
 
 213 
 
 >) P- 
 
 Dumf 
 
 2,381 
 
 1,754 
 
 Sculcoates, p. 
 
 York 
 
 22,325 
 
 27,167 
 
 Ryton - upon - ) 
 Duusmore, p. j 
 
 Warw. 
 
 522 
 
 557 
 
 Santon-House, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 34 
 
 65 
 
 ScuUogestown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 366 
 
 402 
 
 
 
 Santry, tn.-p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,140 
 
 1,034 
 
 Sculthorpe. p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 677 
 
 680 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sapcote, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 724 
 
 668 
 
 Scurlockstown, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 302 
 
 235 
 
 Sacomb, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 313 
 
 314 
 
 Sajiey (Lower), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 248 
 
 218 
 
 Scybor-y-Coed, tns. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 593 
 
 546 
 
 SaddeUaud Skip-) 
 nes3, p. f 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,504 
 
 1,277 
 
 Sapey (Upper), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 351 
 
 357 
 
 Seaborough, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 104 
 
 123 
 
 Sapiston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 255 
 
 255 
 
 Seacombe (with\ 
 Poulton), tns. j 
 
 Chester 
 
 3,044 
 
 3,683 
 
 Saddington. p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 262 
 
 259 
 
 Sapperton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 646 
 
 600 
 
 Saddleworth - ) 
 with-Quick, v-p j 
 
 York 
 
 17,799 
 
 18,631 
 
 Sapperton, p. 
 Sarnesfield, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Heref. 
 
 61 
 135 
 
 51 
 120 
 
 Seacroft, tns. 
 Seaford, tn.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,093 
 997 
 
 1,222 
 1,084 
 
 Salfron Hill, &c., p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 7,148 
 
 Sarrat, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 613 
 
 736 
 
 Seagoe, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 10,503 
 
 11,357 
 
 Saftiou-Walden, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 
 5,474 
 
 Sarre, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 
 169 
 
 Seagrave, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 428 
 
 443 
 
 Saggart, tn.-p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 MOS 
 
 1,115 
 
 Sarsden, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 "188 
 
 166 
 
 Seagry, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 261 
 
 263 
 
 Saham-Toney, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,295 
 
 1,286 
 
 Satterleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 57 
 
 79 
 
 Seaham, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 929 
 
 2,827 
 
 Saintbury, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 138 
 
 121 
 
 Sauchie (New), v. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 
 819 
 
 Seaham-HarboTir, tn 
 
 Durham 
 
 729 
 
 2,591 
 
 Saintfield, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 5,991 
 
 5,653 
 
 Saul, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,820 
 
 1,500 
 
 Seal, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,566 
 
 1,505 
 
 Saintfield, tn. m. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 S24 
 
 Saul, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 550 
 
 607 
 
 Seal, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,330 
 
 1,576 
 
 Salcoiube, v. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,656 
 
 
 Saundby, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 88 
 
 86 
 
 Seal and Tongham,i 
 
 Surrey 
 
 508 
 
 669 
 
 Salcombe-Regis, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 476 
 
 "434 
 
 Saunderton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 380 
 
 428 
 
 Seamer, p. 
 
 York 
 
 251 
 
 260 
 
 Salcott, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 189 
 
 188 
 
 Sausthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 193 
 
 144 
 
 Seamer, near Scar- 1 
 borough, p. ) 
 
 York 
 
 1,246 
 
 1,305 
 
 Sale, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,720 
 
 3,031 
 
 Sa vemake(North), p 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 108 
 
 Saleby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 248 
 
 244 
 
 SavernakefSouth), 1 
 
 
 
 
 Seapatrick, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 9,302 
 
 9,278 
 
 Salehiirst, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,191 
 
 2,014 
 
 with Brimslade, >■ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 
 230 
 
 Seapatrick, tn. 
 
 Down 
 
 
 431 
 
 Salfop.d, tn.p. m.&s 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 85,108 
 
 71,002 
 
 &c., p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Searby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "289 
 
 263 
 
 Salford, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 309 
 
 264 
 
 Saviour (St.), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,121 
 
 2,171 
 
 Seasalter, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,240 
 
 1,378 
 
 Salford, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 372 
 
 397 
 
 Saviour (St.), p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,760 
 
 2,779 
 
 Seaton, v. -p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,047 
 
 1,966 
 
 Salford (Priors), p. ) 
 
 m. s. ■ j 
 
 Warw. 
 
 862 
 
 858 
 
 Saviour (St.), p. 
 
 Guem. 
 
 1,037 
 
 942 
 
 Seaton, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 511 
 
 422 
 
 Saviour (St.), p. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 3,404 
 
 3,723 
 
 Seaton-Carew, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 728 
 
 884 
 
 Salhouse, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 691 
 
 684 
 
 Savoy, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 
 380 
 
 Seaton-Delaval, tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 2,726 
 
 2,876 
 
 Saline, p. 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,792 
 
 1,610 
 
 Sawbridgeworth, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,571 
 
 2,701 
 
 Seaton-Ross, p. 
 
 York 
 
 568 
 
 549 
 
 Saling (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 336 
 
 366 
 
 Sawley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 254 
 
 Seavington (St. ) 
 Mary), p. ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 390 
 
 330 
 
 Salisbury, o. m. & ) 
 p. t. g. 1 
 
 Wilts 
 
 11,657 
 
 12,278 
 
 Sawley, v. -p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,'934 
 
 2,633 
 
 
 Sawston, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,124 
 
 1,363 
 
 Seavington (St. ) 
 Michael), j). ) 
 
 Somer. 
 
 266 
 
 244 
 
 Salkeld (Great), p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 497 
 
 502 
 
 Sawtry (All Saints) p 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 693 
 
 650 
 
 
 Sail, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 252 
 
 241 
 
 Sawtry(St Andrew)p 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 
 386 
 
 Sebergham, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 855 
 
 745 
 
 Salliiis, tn. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 
 S48 
 
 Sawtry(St. Judith)p 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 
 272 
 
 Seckington, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 128 
 
 108 
 
 Salmonby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "iio 
 
 101 
 
 Saxby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 140 
 
 117 
 
 Sedbergh, tn.-p. re. 
 
 York 
 
 4,574 
 
 4,391 
 
 Salome-Berrick, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 152 
 
 141 
 
 Saxby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 120 
 
 112 
 
 Sedgeberrow, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 .348 
 
 354 
 
 Salperton. p. 
 
 Glonc. 
 
 145 
 
 189 
 
 Saxby, nr. Barton, p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 278 
 
 -293 
 
 Sedgebrook, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 279 
 
 269 
 
 Salt and Enson, tns. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 534 
 
 509 
 
 Saxelby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 118 
 
 120 
 
 Sedgefield, tn.-p. /. 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,192 
 
 2,656 
 
 Saltash, tn. s. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,621 
 
 1,900 
 
 Saxelby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,137 
 
 1,174 
 
 Sedgeford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 765 
 
 742 
 
 Saltby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 296 
 
 292 
 
 Saxham (Great), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 293 
 
 270 
 
 Sedgehill, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 179 
 
 194 
 
 Saltcoats, tn. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 4,338 
 
 4,778 
 
 Saxham (Little), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 191 
 
 171 
 
 Sedgley, v. -p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 29,447 
 
 36,637 
 
 Salter and Bskat, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 
 43 
 
 Saxlingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 182 
 
 156 
 
 Sedlescomb, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 714 
 
 703 
 
 Salterforth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 "573 
 
 424 
 
 ^'axlingham(N eth- ) 
 ergate), p. j 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 636 
 
 586 
 
 Seein, tn. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 
 652 
 
 Salterstown, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 255 
 
 217 
 
 Seething, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 "451 
 
 431 
 
 Saltfleetby (AH) 
 Saints), p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 200 
 
 195 
 
 Saxlingham ^ 
 (Thorpe), p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 148 
 
 141 
 
 Seighford, p. 
 Seirkieran, p.- 
 
 Stafford 
 King's 
 
 851 
 1,200 
 
 808 
 914 
 
 Saltfleetby (St.) 
 Clement), p. j 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 126 
 
 139 
 
 Saxmundham, ) 
 tn.-p. th. J 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,180 
 
 1,222 
 
 Selattyn, p. 
 Selbome, p. 
 
 Salop 
 Hants 
 
 1,071 
 1,114 
 
 1,118 
 1,110 
 
 Saltfleetby (St. ) 
 Peter), p. j 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 251 
 
 308 
 
 Saxtead, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 441 
 
 448 
 
 Selby, p. m. 
 
 York 
 
 
 5,424 
 
 Saxthorpe, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 350 
 
 328 
 
 Selby, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 5,340 
 
 6,271 
 
 Saltford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 417 
 
 373 1 
 
 Saxton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 493 
 
 4611 
 
 Selham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 120 
 
 123 
 
 Salthouse, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 322 
 
 268: 
 
 Seal by, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,829 
 
 1,876 
 
 Selkirk, p. 
 
 Selkirk 
 
 4,347 
 
 4,739 
 
 Salton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 379 
 
 384' 
 
 Scaldwell, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 398 
 
 396 
 
 Selkirk, m. w. 
 
 Selkirk 
 
 3,314 
 
 3,695 
 
 Salton, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 697 
 
 712 
 
 Scaleby, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 596 
 
 648 
 
 Sellack, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 326 
 
 345 
 
 Saltwood, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 609 
 
 643 
 
 Scalford, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 555 
 
 6531 
 
 Selling, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 597 
 
 675 
 
 Salwarjie, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 446 
 
 442 
 
 Scamblesby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 532 
 
 4711 
 
 Sellinge, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 660 
 
 580 
 
 Sambourn, h. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 658 
 
 635 
 
 Scampton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 228 
 
 235 
 
 Selmeston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 260 
 
 197 
 
 Sampford (Arun- ) 
 dell), p. ]■ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 415 
 
 425 
 
 Scarborough, tn. ) 
 M. <fc p. th. s. &.p. ) 
 
 York 
 
 12,915 
 
 18,377 
 
 Selsey, v. -p. 
 Sekkar's (St.), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 Wexford 
 
 934 
 
 900 
 2,215 
 
 Sampford (Brett), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 246 
 
 280 
 
 Scarcliff, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 672 
 
 548 
 
 Selston, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 2,101 
 
 2,628 
 
 Sampford (Courte- \ 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,084 
 
 QQl 
 
 Scariff, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 954 
 
 694 
 
 Sel worthy, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 489 
 
 437 
 
 nay), p. ) 
 
 •'"^ 1 Scarisbrick, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,109 
 
 2,112 Semer, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 658 
 
 429 
 
262 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 Semler, p. 
 Soiuperingham, \\ 
 Send aud Ripley, p. 
 Seuueu, p. 
 Sephton, p. 
 Sepulchre (St.), p. 
 Seskinan, p. 
 Sessay, p. 
 Setchey, p. 
 Settle, tn. t. 
 Settriiigtou, p. 
 Seveuhatuptou, p. 
 Serenoaks, p. 
 Severn-Stoke, p. 
 Sevinoote, p. 
 Sevington, p. 
 Sezincte, p. 
 Shabbington, p. 
 Shackerstone, p. 
 Sliadingfield, p. 
 Shadoxhuret, p. 
 Sbadnrell, p. 
 
 ShAJ-TESB URY.p. M.». 
 
 Shalboume, p. 
 Shalden, p. 
 Shalfleet, p. 
 Shilford, p. 
 Shalford, p. 
 Shalstone, p. 
 Shanagoldeo, p. 
 Shanagolden, tn. 
 Sbanbogh, p. 
 Shancough, p. 
 Shandrum, p. 
 Sliangton, p. 
 Sbankill, p. 
 Shaukill, p. 
 Sbankill, p. 
 SbaukiU, p. 
 Shanklin, p 
 Sbanlis, p. 
 Sbannon Bridge, tn. 
 Sbanrahan, p. 
 Shap, tn.-p. m. 
 Shapinshay, p. 
 Shapwick, p. 
 Shapwick, p. 
 Shardlow, p. 
 Shareshill, p. 
 Sbarubrook, p. 
 Sbamford, p. 
 Sharrington, p. 
 Shaugh-Prior, p. 
 Sbawbost (North), v 
 Shawbury, p. 
 Sliaw-ciun-Don- ) 
 
 nington, p. ) 
 Shawell, p. 
 Shebbear, p. 
 Sheen, p. 
 Sheepshed, p. 
 SheepBtor, p. 
 Sheepwash, p. 
 Sheepy (Msigna), p. 
 Sheepy (Parva), p. 
 Sheering, p. 
 Sheemeas, tn. s. 
 Shekfield, m. & ) 
 
 P. t. t. j" 
 
 Sheffin, p. 
 Shefiford (East), p. 
 Shefford-Hard- ) 
 
 Shefford (West), p. 
 Sheldon, p. 
 Sheldon, p. 
 Sheldwicb, p. 
 Shelf, ins. 
 SheUknger, p. 
 Shelford, p. 
 Shelford (Great,, 
 Shelford (Little), 
 BheU, p. 
 Shelland, p. 
 Shelley, tns. 
 Shelley, p. 
 Shelley, p. 
 Shellingford, ^. 
 Shellow-Bowells, 
 SbeUley (Be 
 cliainp), p. 
 8hel»ley (Wa 
 Sheliiwell, p, 
 Shelton, p. 
 Shelton, p. 
 Shelton, p. 
 Shelve, p. 
 Shenfleld, p. 
 
 •,p. 
 I, p. 
 
 (Beau-) 
 
 ' P- ) 
 Valsh), p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18SL 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Lanuas. 
 
 Middles 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Kent 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Bks.Wi. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Essex 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 SUgo 
 
 Cork 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Arm. Do 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Louth 
 
 King's 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Derby 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Berks 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kent 
 
 York 
 
 Kilkny 
 Berks 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Berks 
 
 Devon 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Kent 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Notts 
 
 jCamb. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 Essex 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Berks 
 
 Essex 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Notts 
 
 Salop 
 
 E^asex 
 
 595 
 
 1,555 
 
 652 
 
 7,278 
 
 13,452 
 
 2,585 
 
 473 
 
 96 
 
 1,976 
 
 825 
 
 553 
 
 4,878 
 
 726 
 
 111 
 
 104 
 
 111 
 
 397 
 
 466 
 
 214 
 
 186 
 
 11,702 
 
 2,503 
 
 9,404 
 
 1,023 
 
 200 
 
 1,245 
 
 816 
 
 1,175 
 
 247 
 
 1,912 
 
 770 
 
 416 
 
 709 
 
 3,069 
 
 55 
 
 1,753 
 
 103,000 
 
 9,342 
 
 1,721 
 
 355 
 
 428 
 
 6,'219 
 1,009 
 899 
 444 
 416 
 1,121 
 540 
 888 
 611 
 262 
 554 
 
 653 
 
 207 
 
 1,151 
 
 395 
 
 3,759 
 
 126 
 
 525 
 
 637 
 
 112 
 
 514 
 
 8,549 
 
 135,310 
 
 596 
 
 58 
 
 523 
 177 
 455 
 557 
 
 3,414 
 424 
 775 
 
 1,038 
 
 215 
 138 
 293 
 151 
 
 660 
 
 53 
 43 
 124 
 208 
 119 
 88 
 938' 
 
 632 
 
 1,743 
 
 613 
 
 10,159 
 
 12,084 
 
 2,193 
 
 456 
 
 91 
 
 1,586 
 871 
 543 
 
 4,695 
 679 
 181 
 113 
 81 
 371 
 462 
 209 
 194 
 
 8,499 
 
 2,497 
 
 8,983 
 
 1,012 
 185 
 
 1,196 
 760 
 
 1,293 
 243 
 
 1,708 
 639 
 306 
 723 
 
 2,996 
 82 
 
 1,562 
 
 119,808 
 
 12,619 
 
 1,615 
 479 
 354 
 330 
 
 4,319 
 991 
 973 
 446 
 407 
 945 
 531 
 868 
 5S9 
 257 
 570 
 312 
 
 1,027 
 
 205 
 
 1,109 
 
 427 
 
 3,626 
 
 98 
 
 527 
 
 647 
 
 114 
 
 499 
 
 12,015 
 
 185,172 
 
 375 
 
 79 
 
 56 
 
 538 
 180 
 434 
 616 
 
 3,062 
 870 
 692 
 
 1,006 
 
 474 
 
 54 
 
 99 
 
 1,901 
 178 
 142 
 308 
 110 
 
 656 
 
 57 
 44 
 143 
 192 
 127 
 78 
 1,149 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. fZ. I f&l 
 
 Shening^n, p. 
 Shenley, v. -p. 
 Shenley, p. 
 Shenstone, p. 
 Shephall, p. 
 Sliepperton, p. 
 Shepreth, p. 
 Shepton (Beau-) 
 
 champ), p. f 
 Shepton-Mallet, p. 
 Shepton-Mallet, T 
 
 tn. i. f. i 
 
 Shepton (Men- ) 
 
 tague), p. I 
 Sherborne, p. 
 Sherborne, p. 
 Sherborne, tn. th. 
 Sherborne (Monk),p. 
 Sherborne (St. ( 
 
 John), p. j 
 
 Sherbourne, p. 
 Sherburn, tn.-p. /. 
 Sherburn, p. 
 Shercock, p. 
 Shercock, tn. 
 Shere, p. 
 Shereford, p. 
 Sherfield(Eng!i8h),p 
 Sherfield-upon- ) 
 
 Loddon, p. | 
 Sherford, p. 
 Sheriff (Hales), p. 
 Sheriff (Button), p. 
 Sherlockstown, p. 
 Shermanbury, p. 
 Sheniborne, p. 
 Sherringham, p. 
 Sherrington, p. 
 Sherrington, p. 
 Sherston (Magna), p. 
 Sherston (Parva), p. 
 Sherwill, p. 
 Shetland, isls. 
 Shettleston, p. 
 Shevington, tns. 
 Sheviock, p. 
 Shields (North),tn./. 
 Shields (South), > 
 
 tn. M. & p. w. / 
 Shiffnal, p. 
 Shiffnal, tn. t. 
 Shilbottle, p. 
 Shildon, tns. 
 Shillingford (St. ) 
 
 George), p. ' 
 Shillingstone, p. 
 Shilton, p. 
 Shilton, p. 
 Shilvodan-Grange, p 
 Shimpling, p. 
 Shimpling, p. 
 Shincliffe, tns. 
 Shineton, p. 
 Shinfleld, p. 
 Shingay, p. 
 Shingham, p. 
 Shinrone, p. 
 Shinrone, tn. 
 Shipborne, p. 
 Shipdhaiil, v. -p. 
 Shipham, p. 
 Shiplake, p. 
 Shipley, p. 
 Shipley, tns. 
 Shipley, tns. 
 Sliipmeadow, p. 
 Shipston-upon-) 
 
 Stour,tn-p.s. / 
 Shipton, p. 
 Shipton (Belling9r)p 
 Shipton -upon- ) 
 
 Cherwell, p. | 
 Shipton George, p. 
 Shipton (Moyne), p. 
 Shipton (Oliffe), p. 
 Shipton (SoUara), p. 
 Shipton - under- ( 
 
 Wychwood, p. ) 
 Shirburn, p. 
 Shire-Newton, p. 
 Shirland, p. 
 Shirley, p. 
 Shitlington, tns. 
 Shitlington, p. 
 Shobdon, p. 
 Shobrooke, p. 
 Shocklach, p. 
 Shoebury (North), p. 
 Shoebury (South), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Herts 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Herts 
 
 Middles 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Glouc. 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Warw. 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Cavan 
 
 Cavan 
 
 Siu'rey 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Devon 
 
 Sal.-Sta. 
 
 York 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Devon 
 
 Ork.-Sh. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 North. 
 
 North. 
 
 Salop 
 Salop 
 North. 
 Durham 
 
 Devon 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Durham 
 
 Salop 
 
 Berks 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 King's 
 
 King's 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Derby 
 
 York 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Salop 
 Hants 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Dorset 
 Glouc. 
 Glouc. 
 Glouc. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Derby 
 
 Derby 
 
 York 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Chester 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 437 
 1,297 
 493 
 2,043 
 242 
 807 
 821 
 
 647 
 
 5,116 
 
 3,885 
 
 412 
 
 415 
 1,304 
 492 
 2,131 
 243 
 849 
 339 
 
 658 
 
 5,347 
 
 4,868 
 
 433 
 
 674 584 
 
 5,242 : 5,793 
 
 3,878 5,523 
 
 581 649 
 
 796 
 
 153 
 3,754 
 
 656 
 3,481 
 
 1,403 
 
 70 
 
 312 
 
 615 
 
 523 
 
 1,010 
 
 1,530 
 
 49 
 
 458 
 
 139 
 
 1,374 
 
 826 
 
 189 
 
 1,589 
 
 175 
 
 725 
 
 31,078 
 
 6,564 
 
 1,147 
 
 573 
 
 8,882 
 
 28,974 
 
 5,617 
 1,598 
 1,298 
 2,144 
 
 503 
 319 1 
 488 
 
 1,220 
 215 
 470 
 
 1,175 
 138 
 
 1,157 
 
 142 
 
 67 
 
 1,869 
 
 "442 
 1,769 
 
 610 
 
 569 
 1,277 
 
 665 
 3,272 
 
 515 
 
 1,835 
 
 191 
 308 
 
 403 
 241 
 96 
 
 2,958 
 
 250 
 
 933 
 
 1,268 
 
 659 
 
 1,959 
 
 1,598 
 
 538 
 
 812 
 
 405 
 
 192 
 
 158 
 
 675 
 
 167 
 3,944 
 
 744 
 3,086 
 
 378 
 
 1,503 
 
 62 
 
 342 
 
 693 
 
 404 
 966 
 
 1,397 
 
 24 
 
 464 
 
 144 
 
 1,289 
 839 
 187 
 
 1,503 
 
 156 
 
 609 
 
 31,670 ! 
 
 6,914 
 
 1,615 
 671 
 
 9,595 1 
 
 35,259; 
 
 5,923 ', 
 2,046 i 
 1,266 ! 
 2,947 1 
 
 64 i 
 
 509! 
 
 298! 
 
 4871 
 1,247 
 
 219' 
 
 500' 
 1,544 
 
 175 
 1,195 
 
 128 
 
 62 
 
 1,356 
 
 705 
 
 476 
 1,644 
 
 520 
 
 621 
 1,212 
 
 7,'ioo 
 
 334 
 
 1,760 
 
 186 
 270 
 
 413 
 
 407 
 
 255 
 
 80 
 
 3,163 
 
 292 
 886 
 
 1,426 
 596 
 
 2,022 
 
 1,788 
 603 
 630 
 414 
 193 
 
 1,502 
 
 Sholden, p. 
 Shopland, p. 
 Shoreditch, p. 
 Shoreham, p. 
 Shoreham, p. 
 Shoreham (New), p 
 Shoreham (New), ) 
 
 tn. p. s. I 
 
 Shorncote, p. 
 Shorne and Mers- ) 
 
 ton, p. J 
 
 Shorvvell, p. 
 Shotley, p. 
 Shotley, p. 
 Shotover, p. 
 Shotswell, p. 
 Shottesbrook, p. 
 Shottesham(All) 
 
 Saints), p. j 
 Shottesham (St. ) 
 
 Mary, &c.), p. / 
 Shottisham, p. 
 Shotton, tns. 
 Shotts,p. 
 Shotwick, p. 
 ShouUlham, p. 
 Shouldham ) 
 
 (Thorpe), p. ) 
 Shrawardine, p, 
 Shrawley, p. 
 Shrewsbury, tn. ) 
 
 M. & p. w. s. J 
 Shrewton, p. 
 Shrivenham, p. 
 Shronell, p. 
 Shropham, p. 
 Shrule, p. 
 Shrule, p. 
 Shrule, p. 
 Shrule, tn. 
 Shuck burgh (Low- '^ 
 
 er), p. ) 
 
 Shuckburgh (XJi:>- ) 
 
 per), p. ]■ 
 
 Shudy-Camps, p. 
 Shurdrington ) 
 
 (Great), p. ) 
 Shustoke, p. 
 Shute, p. 
 Shutlington, p. 
 Shyane, p. 
 Sibbertoft, p. 
 Sibbertswold, p. 
 Sibdon-Carwood, p. 
 Sibsey, p. 
 Sibson, p. 
 Sibthorpe, p. 
 Sibton, p. 
 Sidbury, v. -p. 
 Sidbury, p. 
 Siddan, p. 
 Side, p. 
 Sidestrand, p. 
 Sidlesham, p. 
 Sidlington, p. 
 Sidmonton, p. 
 Sidmouth, p. 
 Sidmouth, tn. t. s. 
 Sigglesthome, p. 
 Sigston-Kirby, p. 
 Silchester, p. 
 Sileby, v. -p. 
 Silian, p. 
 Silkstone, p. 
 Silk-Willoughby, p. 
 Silsden, tns. 
 Silsoe, h. 
 Silton, p. 
 Silton (Over), p. 
 Silvermines, tn. 
 Silverstone, p. 
 Silverton, v. -p. 
 Silvington, p. 
 Simonburn, p. 
 Simpson(withFen- ^ 
 
 ny Stratford), p. f 
 Singleton, p. 
 Sinnington, p. 
 Sisland, p. 
 Siston, p. 
 Sithney, p. 
 Sittingbourne, tn-p. 
 Sixhills, p. 
 Six-Mile-Bridge, tn. 
 Six-Mile-Cross, tn. 
 Skeffington, p. 
 Skeffling, p. 
 Skegby, p. 
 Skegness, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Essex 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Kent 
 
 Hants 
 North. 
 Suffolk 
 Oxford 
 Warw. 
 Berks 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Durham 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Chester 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Salop 
 Worces. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Berks 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Longf. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Warw. 
 Warw. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Salop 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 430 407 
 
 611 80 
 
 109,257 129,364 
 
 1,192 
 
 278 
 
 2,590 
 
 30,553 32,622 
 
 19 
 
 678 
 
 1,227 
 
 505 
 
 "328 
 123 
 
 Meath 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Hants 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Dorset 
 
 York 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Salop 
 
 North. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Sussex 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Clare 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 Leices. 
 
 York 
 
 Notts 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 537 
 
 352 
 
 372 
 1,607 
 5.982 
 
 874 
 706 
 
 293 
 
 185 
 547 
 
 19,681 
 
 682 
 2,165 
 
 961 
 
 513 
 3,004 
 2,785 
 
 132 
 
 160 
 
 173 
 
 644 
 597 
 168 
 151 
 376 
 422 
 60 
 
 1,372 
 484 
 146 
 501 
 
 1,872 
 61 
 
 1,092 
 42 
 140 
 941 
 502 
 145 
 
 8,441 
 
 2,516 
 703 
 282 
 456 
 
 1,660 
 
 335 
 
 21,298 
 
 256 
 
 2,608 
 755 
 368 
 285 
 488 
 
 1,134 
 
 1,376 
 27 
 
 1,080 
 
 640 
 
 603 
 
 679 
 
 77 
 
 926 
 
 2,773 
 
 2,897 
 
 175 
 
 762 
 
 311 
 
 205 
 
 212 
 
 865 
 

 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 263 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Fop. 
 18{il. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Skellingthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 584 
 
 662!tSnodland & Pad-) 
 7191 dlesworth, p. | 
 
 Kent 
 
 625 
 
 1,078 
 
 Spanby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 74 
 
 75 
 
 Skelton, p. 
 
 Cuinb. 
 
 776 
 
 Sparham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 373 
 
 863 
 
 Skelton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 347 
 
 316 1 Snoreham, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 155 
 
 219 
 
 Sparkford, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 280 
 
 305 
 
 Skelton near Red- \ 
 
 York 
 
 1,299 
 
 1,467 
 
 Snoring (Great), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 656 
 
 594 
 
 Spai-sholt, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 902 
 
 863 
 
 car, p. j 
 
 
 ; Snoring (Little), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 283 
 
 311 
 
 Sparsholt, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 419 
 
 396 
 
 Skendleby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 326 
 
 299 
 
 i Snowshill, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 303 
 
 236 
 
 Spaxton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,080 
 
 1,057 
 
 Skene, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,862 
 
 1,831 
 
 j Soberton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,147 
 
 1,136 
 
 Speen, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 3,298 
 
 3,311 
 
 Skenfreth, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 619 
 
 666 
 
 Sockbum, p. 
 
 Du.-Yor 
 
 218 
 
 231 
 
 Speke, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 634 
 
 671 
 
 Skerue, p. 
 
 York 
 
 194 
 
 207 
 
 Sodbuiy (Little), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 128 
 
 143 
 
 Speldhurst, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,839 
 
 3,598 
 
 SkeiTiea, tn. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 2,257 
 
 Sodbury (Old), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 820 
 
 809 
 
 Spelsbury, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 578 
 
 516 
 
 Skerry, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 5,'332 
 
 5,590 
 
 Soham, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 4,706 
 
 4,278 
 
 Spenuitliorne, p. 
 
 York 
 
 796 
 
 852 
 
 Skertou, V. 
 
 Laucas. 
 
 1,686 
 
 1,556 
 
 Soho (St. Anne), p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 
 17,426 
 
 Spernall, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 106 
 
 91 
 
 Skeyton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 384 
 
 341 
 
 Solihull, tn.-p. w. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 3,277 
 
 3,329 
 
 Spetchley, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 166 
 
 140 
 
 Skibbereen, tn. w. s. 
 
 Cork 
 
 6,440 
 
 3,711 
 
 Soller's-Hope, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 147 
 
 166 
 
 Spetisbury, p. 
 
 Doreet 
 
 660 
 
 688 
 
 Skidbrooke, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 404 
 
 361 1| Solloghodbeg, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 854 
 
 658 
 
 Spexhall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 196 
 
 181 
 
 Skidby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 361 
 
 384;' Solloghodmore, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,176 
 
 1,939 
 
 Speymouth, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,898 
 
 3,216 
 
 Skilgate, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 266 
 
 214!! Somboum(King's),p 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,242 
 
 1,241 
 
 Spilsby, tn.-p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,461 
 
 1,467 
 
 Skillington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 490 
 
 466 II Sombourn (Little), p 
 24 1! Somerby, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 101 
 
 87 
 
 Spitalfields, p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 20,960 
 
 20,693 
 
 Skinuand, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 30 
 
 Leices. 
 
 503 
 
 506 
 
 Spittal, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 430 
 
 392 
 
 Skipsea, p. 
 
 York 
 
 844 
 
 844 
 
 1 Somerby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 297 
 
 234 
 
 Spittlegate, tns. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,084 
 
 3,803 
 
 Skiptou, p. 
 
 York 
 
 7,146 
 
 7,734 
 
 Somerby nr. Brigg, p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 70 
 
 120 
 
 Spixworth, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 41 
 
 44 
 
 Skipton, tn. s. 
 
 York 
 
 4,962 
 
 4,533 
 
 Somei-cotes ) 
 (North), p. f 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,039 
 
 1,178 
 
 Spofforth, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 3,599 
 
 3,733 
 
 Skipwith, p. 
 
 York 
 
 705 
 
 769 
 
 
 Spondon, v.-p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,052 
 
 2,067 
 
 Skirbeck, p. 
 Skircoat, tns. 
 
 Lincoln 
 York 
 
 2,429 
 6,940 
 
 2,878 
 7,447 
 
 Somercotes \ 
 (South), p. f 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 400 
 
 419 
 
 Sporlewith-Pal-\ 
 grave, p. J 
 
 Noi-folk 
 
 847 
 
 806 
 
 Skirk, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 696 
 
 594 
 
 Somerford (Great),p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 666 
 
 532 
 
 Spot, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 595 
 
 555 
 
 Skii-ling, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 316 
 
 S17 
 
 Somerford ) 
 (Keynes), p. f 
 
 Wilts 
 
 373 
 
 386 
 
 Spotland, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 23,476 
 
 30,378 
 
 Skirpenbeck, p. 
 
 York 
 
 190 
 
 198 
 
 
 Spratton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 961 
 
 1,086 
 
 Skreen, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 873 
 
 713 
 
 Somerford(Little),p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 357 
 
 335 
 
 Spreyton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 384 
 
 358 
 
 Skreen, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,963 
 
 2,679 
 
 Somerleyton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 627 
 
 621 
 
 ; Spridlington, !>. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 313 
 
 311 
 
 Skreen, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 439 
 
 329 
 
 Somersall-Herbert.p 
 
 Derby 
 
 111 
 
 116 
 
 Springbum, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 
 14,962 
 
 Skull, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 11,000 
 
 8,950 
 
 Somersby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 64 
 
 72 
 
 j Springfield, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,582 
 
 2,566 
 
 Skull, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 635 
 
 561 
 
 Somei-sham, v. -p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,653 
 
 1,621 
 
 1 Springfield, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 343 
 
 Slaldbum, v. -p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,682 
 
 1,480 
 
 Somei-sham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 422 
 
 366 
 
 Springthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 "300 
 
 260 
 
 Slains, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,232 
 
 1,266 
 
 Somerton, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,140 
 
 2,206 
 
 Sproatley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 463 
 
 455 
 
 Slalthwaite, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 2,852 
 
 2,932 
 
 Somerton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 342 
 
 336 
 
 Spi-otborough, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 528 
 
 604 
 
 Slamannan, p. 
 
 Stii-ling 
 
 1,655 
 
 2,916 
 
 Somerton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 136 
 
 153 
 
 Sproughton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 580 
 
 598 
 
 Slaiie, tn.-p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 2,050 
 
 1,596 
 
 Somerton (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 67 
 
 62 
 
 Sprouston, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 1,424 
 
 1,306 
 
 Slanes, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 461 
 
 372 
 
 Somerton (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 262 
 
 244 
 
 Sprowston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,308 
 
 1,407 
 
 Slapton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 298 
 
 325 ii Sompting, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 669 
 
 628 
 
 Sproxton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 426 
 
 455 
 
 Slapton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 706 
 
 681 
 
 Sonning, p. 
 
 Be.-Oxf. 
 
 2,696 
 
 2,747 
 
 Spynie (New), p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,344 
 
 1,600 
 
 Slapton, p. 
 
 Noi-tha. 
 
 217 
 
 240 
 
 Soothill, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 5,059 
 
 6,238 
 
 Stabannau, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 1,712 
 
 1,250 
 
 Slaugham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,418 
 
 1,518 
 
 Sopley, p. 
 Sopworth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 896 
 
 908 
 
 Stackallan, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 642 
 
 461 
 
 Slaughter (Lower), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 230 
 
 212 
 
 Wilts 
 
 220 
 
 214 
 
 Stackpole-Elidor, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 321 
 
 272 
 
 Slaughter( Upper), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 218 
 
 241 
 
 Sorbie, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 1,886 
 
 1,814 
 
 Stacumny, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 134 
 
 97 
 
 Slaughterford, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 126 
 
 141 
 
 Som, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 4,174 
 
 4,042 
 
 ' Stadhamuton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 401 
 
 329 
 
 Slawaton, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 281 
 
 246 
 
 Sotby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 152 
 
 164 It Stafford, m. & p. s. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 11,829 
 
 12,532 
 
 Slayley, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 681 
 
 561 
 
 Sotherton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 252 
 
 187 Ii Stafford (West), p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 229 
 
 220 
 
 Sleaford, tn. m. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,729 
 
 3,745 
 
 Sotterley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 227 
 
 231 
 
 j Staffordstowu, p 
 
 Meath 
 
 51 
 
 48 
 
 Sleaford (New), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,539 
 
 3,467 
 
 Sotwell, p> 
 
 Berks 
 
 133 
 
 149 
 
 Stagsden, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 727 
 
 708 
 
 Sleaford (Old), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 357 
 
 372 
 
 Soulbury, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 628 
 
 589 
 
 Staholmog, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 418 
 
 320 
 
 Sleat, p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 2,531 
 
 2,330 
 
 Souldern, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 619 
 
 687 
 
 ; Stainby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 180 
 
 168 
 
 Sleaty, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 209 
 
 172 
 
 Souldrop, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 267 
 
 276 
 
 1 Staindrop, tn.-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,447 
 
 2,406 
 
 Slebeck, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 353 
 
 280 
 
 Sourton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 615 
 
 543 
 
 Staines, tn.-p./. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 2,577 
 
 2,749 
 
 Sledmere, p. 
 
 York 
 
 437 
 
 486 
 
 Southacre, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 96 
 
 92 
 
 Stainfield, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 132 
 
 164 
 
 Sliqo, tn. p. t. s. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 11,209 
 
 10,693 j Southam, tn.-p. m. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,711 
 
 1,674 
 
 Stainforth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 881 
 
 751 
 
 Sliguflf, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,575 
 
 1,395 SODTHAMPTON, tn. ) 
 
 789 M. & p. /. f 
 
 Hants 
 
 36,305 
 
 46,960 
 
 Stainland, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 4,173 
 
 4,057 
 
 Slinibridge, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 859 
 
 Stainley (South), p. 
 
 York 
 
 247 
 
 259 
 
 Slindon (with \ 
 
 Sussex 
 
 619 
 
 gig Southchurch, p. 
 Southcoates, tns. 
 
 Essex 
 
 466 
 
 494 
 
 Staiuton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,485 
 
 3,858 
 
 Gumber), p. ) 
 
 York 
 
 1,673 
 
 2,804 
 
 1 Staiuton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 284 
 
 267 
 
 Slinfold, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 702 
 
 765 Southdean, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 845 
 
 759 
 
 Stainton, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 155 
 
 140 
 
 Slingsby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 632 
 
 707 
 
 Southease, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 102 
 
 84 
 
 Stainton - by - > 
 Langworth, p. j 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 227 
 
 213 
 
 Slipton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 165 
 
 144 
 
 Southend, p. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,406 
 
 1,214 
 
 Sloley, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 294 
 
 258 
 
 Southend, h. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,154 
 
 
 Stainton (Mar- ) 
 ket), p. ; 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 142 
 
 108 
 
 Slough, tn. t. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,189 
 
 3,425 
 
 Southery, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,155 
 
 1,164 
 
 Smailholih, p. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 617 
 
 554 
 
 Southfleet, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 667 
 
 717 
 
 Stainton-le-Vale, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 144 
 
 191 
 
 Siuallburgh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 601 
 
 559 
 
 South-Hamlet, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,739 
 
 2,248 
 
 Stair, p. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 820 
 
 743 
 
 Smalley, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 804 
 
 721 
 
 South-Hill, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 730 
 
 691 
 
 Stalbridge, tn.-p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,901 
 
 1,929 
 
 Small Isles, p. 
 
 [nv.-Ar. 
 
 916 
 
 667 
 
 Southhill, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,400 
 
 1,391 
 
 Stalham, v.-p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 • 698 
 
 750 
 
 Smallwood, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 619 
 
 590 
 
 Southminster, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,482 
 
 1,424 
 
 Stalisfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 362 
 
 332 
 
 Smarden, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,206 
 
 1,130 
 
 Southmolton, tn. ) 
 p. M. s. j 
 
 Devon 
 
 4,482 
 
 3,830 
 
 Stallingborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 516 
 
 433 
 
 Sinarmore, p. 
 
 Louth 
 
 343 
 
 305 
 
 Stalybridge, m. 
 
 La.-Ch. 
 
 20,760 
 
 24,921 
 
 Smeaton (Great), p. 
 
 York 
 
 974 
 
 927 
 
 Sovithoe, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 307 
 
 281 
 
 Stambourue, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 664 
 
 537 
 
 Smeaton (Kirk), p. 
 
 York 
 
 372 
 
 333 
 
 Southolt, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 209 
 
 193 
 
 Stambridge(Great) p 
 
 Essex 
 
 392 
 
 363 
 
 Smeeth, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 460 
 
 486 
 
 Southover (St. \ 
 
 
 
 
 Stambridge (Little)p 
 
 Essex 
 
 136 
 
 125 
 
 Smeeton-Wester- \ 
 by, tns. > 
 
 Leices. 
 
 553 
 
 533 
 
 John the Bap- V 
 tist), p. ) 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,269 
 
 1,344 
 
 Stamford, tn. m. f 
 & p. m. f. f 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 8,933 
 
 8,047 
 
 Smethcott, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 358 
 
 318 
 
 Southport, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,765 
 
 8,940 
 
 Stamford - Baron- > 
 St. -Martin, p. ) 
 
 TVni-tha 
 
 1 778 
 
 1,606 
 
 Smethwick, v. 
 
 Staflford 
 
 8,379 
 
 13,379 
 
 Southrop, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 425 
 
 362 
 
 J,i Ul lilta. 
 
 
 Sinisby, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 293 
 
 304 
 
 Southtown, h. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,412 
 
 1,714 
 
 Stamfordhani, v.-p. 
 
 North. 
 
 ],781 
 
 1,800 
 
 Snailwell, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 323 
 
 267 
 
 SOUTHWARK, tn. p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 172,863 
 
 193,593 
 
 Stamullin, v.-p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 1,038 
 
 1,079 
 
 Snaith, tu.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 11,365 
 
 12,772 
 
 Southwell, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Notts 
 
 3,616 
 
 3,469 
 
 Standerwick, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 78 
 
 60 
 
 Snape, p. 
 
 Sufifolk 
 
 576 
 
 554 
 
 Southwick, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,190 
 
 1,358 
 
 Standground, v. p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 1,762 
 
 1,839 
 
 Snarehill (Great \ 
 and Little), p. | 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 
 46 
 
 Southwick, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 2,721 
 
 4,263 
 
 Standish, v.-p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 8,594 
 
 10,410 
 
 
 Southwick, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 193 
 
 130 
 
 Standish, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 534 
 
 625 
 
 Snarestone, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 387 
 
 355 
 
 Southwick, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 596 
 
 609 
 
 Standlake^ p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 810 
 
 822 
 
 Snarford, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 82 
 
 97 
 
 South wold, tn.-p. > 
 
 M. til. 1 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 2,109 
 
 2,032 
 
 Standlynch, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 65 
 
 90 
 
 Snargate, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 74 
 
 71 
 
 Standon, v.-p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 2,462 
 
 2,245 
 
 Suave, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 62 
 
 97 
 
 South wood, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 48 
 
 39 1 
 
 Standou, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 373 
 
 347 
 
 Snead, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 62 
 
 59 
 
 Southworth-with- ) 
 Croft, p. 1 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,097 
 
 1,094 
 
 Staufleld, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 243 
 
 195 
 
 Sneaton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 267 
 
 268 
 
 Stanford, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 297 
 
 294 
 
 Snelland, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 127 
 
 138 
 
 Sowe, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,586 
 
 1,6671 
 
 Stanford, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 180 
 
 200 
 
 Snelston, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 389 
 
 317 
 
 Sowerby, v. 
 
 York 
 
 1,079 
 
 1,248 1 
 
 Stanford, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 36 
 
 42 
 
 Snenton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 8,440 
 
 11,048 
 
 Sowerby-Bridge, tn. 
 
 York 
 
 4,365 
 
 6,382 
 
 Stanford (Bishop), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 235 
 
 234 
 
 Snetterton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 252 
 
 237 
 
 Sowton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 361 
 
 382 
 
 Stanford (Dingley),p| 
 
 Berks 
 
 178 
 
 145 
 
 Snettishara, v. -p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,172 
 
 1,173 
 
 Soyland, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 3,422 
 
 3,373 
 
 Stanford-le-Hope, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 439 
 
 504 
 
 Snitterby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 283 
 
 286 
 
 Spalding, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 8,829 
 
 8,723 
 
 Stanford (Rivers), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,082 
 
 992 
 
 Snitterfield, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 897 
 
 881 
 
 i Spalding, tn. t. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 7,627 
 
 7,032 
 
 Stanford - upon- ) 
 
 Notts 1 
 
 147 
 
 140 
 
 Snizort, p. 
 
 i 
 
 Invern. 
 
 3,102 
 
 2,639 1 Spaldwick, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 464 1 
 
 470 1| Soar, p. j 1 
 
 
 
 
264 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 County. 
 
 Stanford - on - ) 
 
 Teame, p. ) 
 Stanfoid-in-the- 1 
 
 Vale, p. ) 
 
 Stanhoe, p. 
 Stanhope, tn -p. 
 Stanion, p. 
 Stanley-Pontlarge, p 
 Stanley (St. Leo 
 
 nard), v. p. 
 Stanley - wit'i - ) I y^^^^ 
 
 WrenUiorpe, tns f I 
 Stanmer, p I Sussex 
 
 Stanmore (Great), \_ jjij^ies 
 
 v.-p. ) I 
 
 Stanmore (Little), ) jiij^ies, 
 
 v.-p. ' „ „ „ 
 
 Stanuingfield, p. " »•-' 
 Stanningtou, v.-p. 
 Stansfield, p. 
 Stansfield, tns. 
 Stanstead, p. 
 Stanstead, p. 
 Stanstead (Ab- ) 
 
 bot's), v.-p. ) 
 Stanstead-Mouut- ) 
 
 Fitchet, v.-p. ( 
 8ten8tead(St.Mar- ) 
 
 garet), p. f 
 
 Stanton, p. 
 Stanton, tns. 
 Stanton (All ) 
 
 Saints, &c.), p. ( 
 Stanton - wpon- \ 
 
 Arrow, p. f 
 Stanton-by-Bridge, p 
 Stanton (Bury), p. 
 8tanton-by-Dale, p. 
 Stanton (Drew), p. 
 Stanton (Fitz- { 
 
 warren), p. f 
 Stanton (Har- ) 
 
 court), p. 
 Stanton - upon - ) 
 
 Hine-Heath,p ) 
 Stanton (Lacy), p. 
 Stanton (Long), p. 
 Stanton (Prior), p. 
 Stanton (St. Ber-) 
 
 nard), p. j 
 
 Stanton (St. Gab-) 
 
 riel), p. ( 
 
 Stanton(St.John),p. 
 Stanton (St. Quin- ) 
 
 tin), p. I 
 
 Stanton (Stoney), p. 
 8tanton-on-the- ) 
 
 Wolds, p. / 
 Stanway, p. 
 Stan way, p. 
 Stanwell, p. 
 Stanwich, p. 
 Stanwich(St. John)p 
 Stanwix, v.-p. 
 Stapenhill, v.-p. 
 Staple(Fitzpaine),p. 
 Staple-next- Wing- ^ 
 
 ham, p. ) 
 
 Stapleford, v.-p. 
 Stapleford, p. 
 Stapleford, p. 
 Stapleford, p. 
 Stapleford, p. 
 Stapleford, p. 
 Stapleford (Ab-) 
 
 bot'a), p. I" 
 
 Stapleford(Taw- [ 
 
 ney), p. ; 
 
 otaplegate, p. 
 Staplegrove, p. 
 Staplehurst, p. 
 Stapleton, v.-p. 
 Stapleton, p. 
 Stapleton, p. 
 Starston, p. 
 Startforth, p. 
 SUtfold, p. 
 Stathem, p. 
 8taughton(Great),p. 
 8taughton(Little),p. 
 Staunton, p. 
 Staunton, p. 
 Staunton, p. 
 Stannton-upon- \ 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Norfolk 
 Durham 
 North a. 
 Glouc. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 North. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 Kent 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Herts 
 
 Essex 
 
 Herts 
 
 Glouc. 
 Derby 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Derby 
 Bucks 
 Derby 
 Somen 
 
 Wilts 
 Oxford 
 
 Salop 
 
 Salop 
 Salop 
 Somer. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Dorset 
 Oxford 
 
 WUts 
 Leices 
 
 Notts 
 
 Essex 
 
 „ Wye, p. 
 Staveley, p. 
 Stftvely, v.-p. 
 Staverton, p. 
 Staverton, p. 
 
 Glouc, 
 
 359 
 
 Middles. 
 
 1,723 
 
 Northa. 
 
 609 
 
 York 
 
 959 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,276 
 
 Derby 
 
 2,604 
 
 Somer. 
 
 267 
 
 Kent 
 
 590 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,968 
 
 Camb. 
 
 507 
 
 Herts 
 
 289 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 York 
 Derby 
 Devon 
 Olooc. 
 
 175 
 
 1,208 
 
 517 
 
 8,882 
 
 365 
 
 66 
 
 861 
 
 7,257 
 
 130 
 
 1,180 
 
 811 
 
 320 
 1,000 
 
 506 
 1,790 
 
 440 
 
 412 
 
 914 1 
 1,719! 
 
 97 
 
 307 
 705 
 
 1,082 i 
 
 359 
 
 215 
 
 27 
 
 689 
 
 692 
 
 183 
 
 1,556 
 224 
 149 
 
 346 
 751 
 
 182 
 309 
 
 513 
 
 1,660 
 
 4,840 
 
 1,119 
 
 253 
 
 485 
 
 828 
 
 38 
 
 620 
 
 1,316 
 
 621 
 
 211 
 
 173 
 
 559 
 
 686 
 
 348 
 4,634 
 1,152 
 
 278 
 
 201 
 
 1,277 
 
 468 
 
 9,654 
 
 851 
 
 57 
 
 864 
 
 8,237 
 
 147 
 
 1,318 
 
 891 
 
 351 
 1,058 
 
 549 
 1,424 
 
 403 
 
 382 
 
 1,769 
 
 280 
 716 
 
 1,045 
 
 185 
 
 29 
 
 499 
 
 523 
 
 205 
 
 1,598 
 234 
 130 
 
 358 
 
 703 
 
 158 
 
 964 
 
 378 
 
 1,714 
 
 669 
 
 768 
 
 2,356 
 
 3,077 
 
 264 
 
 620 
 
 1,729 
 465 
 226 
 109 
 204 
 260 
 
 602 
 
 273 
 
 283 
 
 469 
 
 1,695 
 
 5,355 
 
 984 
 
 281 
 
 481 
 
 802 
 
 26 
 
 624 
 
 1,312 
 
 572 
 
 202 
 
 151 
 
 507 
 
 675 
 
 343 
 
 7,513 
 
 949 
 
 815 
 
 Place. 
 
 Staverton, p. 
 Stawley, p. 
 Stean, p. 
 Stebbing, p. 
 Stedham, p. 
 Steen, p. 
 Steep, p. 
 
 Steeping (Great), p 
 Steeping (Little), p 
 Steeple, p. 
 Steeple, p. 
 
 I Steeple (Claydon), p. 
 ' Steeple (Morden), p 
 Steepleton - ) 
 
 Iweme, p. ) 
 Steeton - with - \ 
 
 Eastburn, tns. j 
 Stelling, p. 
 Stenhousemuir, v. 
 Stenigot, p. 
 Stennei-s and Firth,p 
 Stenton, p. 
 Steplien-in-Bran- 1 
 
 uel), p. ) 
 
 Stephen-by-Salt- i^ 
 
 ash, p. ) 
 
 Stephen (St.), p. 
 Stephen's (St.), v.-p. 
 Stephen's (St.), \ 
 
 Within, p. j 
 Stephen's (St.), ) 
 
 Without, p. j 
 Stepney, p. 
 Steppiiigley, p. 
 Sternfield, p. 
 Stetchworth, p. 
 Stevenage, tn.-p. ?r. 
 Stevenston, p. 
 Stevenston, tn. 
 Steventon, p. 
 Steventon, p. 
 Stevington, p. 
 Stewarton, p. 
 Stewarton, tn. th. 
 Stewartstown, tn. w. 
 Stewkley, p. 
 Stewton, p. 
 Steyning, tn.-p. to. 
 Steynton, p. 
 Stibbard, p. 
 Stibbington, p. 
 Stiokford, p. 
 Stickillin, p. 
 Stickney, p. 
 Stiffkey, p. 
 Stiffoi-d, p. 
 Stilliugfleet, p. 
 Stillington, p. 
 Stillorgan, p. 
 Stilton, v.-p. 
 Stinchcombe, p. 
 Stinsford, p. 
 Stircliley, p. 
 Stirling, p. 
 Stirling, m. /. 
 
 >. P. 
 
 Stisted, p. 
 Stitchell & Hume, p. 
 Stithian's (St.), p. 
 Stivichall, p. 
 Stixwould, p. 
 Stobo, p. 
 Stock, p. 
 
 Stock (Gayland), p. 
 Stockbridge, tn-p. th. 
 Stockbury, p. 
 Stockerston, p. 
 Stockland, j). 
 Stockland, p. 
 Stockland (Brls- ) 
 
 tol), p. f 
 
 Stockleigh (Eng-) 
 
 lish), p. f 
 
 Stockleigh (Pome- ) 
 
 roy), p. i" 
 
 Stocklinch (Mag- \ 
 
 dalen), p. ) 
 
 Stocklinch (Otter- ) 
 
 say). P- I 
 
 Stockport, p. 
 Stockport, tn. M. \ 
 
 &p./. j 
 
 Stockton, p. 
 Stockton, p. 
 Stockton, p. 
 Stockton, p. 
 Stockton, p. 
 Stockton-on-the- ) 
 
 Forest, p. j" 
 
 County. ! Zl ! f^?- 
 
 Northa. 
 Somer. 
 Northa. 
 
 4781 
 187] 
 301 
 
 486 
 188 
 25 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Essex 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 York 
 
 Kent 
 Stirling 
 Lincoln 
 Ork. Sh 
 Had. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Herts 
 Cornw. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Herts 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Berks 
 
 Hants 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Louth 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Salop 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Peebles 
 
 Essex 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Hants 
 
 Kent 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Chester 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Salop 
 
 York 
 
 1,398 1,346 
 633 630 
 
 30 i 
 8701 
 3431 
 826 
 270 
 547 
 869 
 888 
 
 44 
 
 1,289 
 
 333 
 
 1,206 
 
 92 
 
 1,327 
 
 719 
 
 2,711 
 
 2,998 
 
 1,802 
 934 
 
 80,1281 
 
 404 1 
 
 188; 
 
 660 
 
 2,118 
 
 3,811 ! 
 
 2,095 
 
 978 
 
 187 
 
 586 
 
 4,572 
 
 3,164 
 
 1,022 
 
 1,432 
 
 79 
 
 1,464 
 
 3,616 
 
 478 
 
 790 
 
 427 
 
 275 
 
 917 
 
 520 
 
 320 
 
 1,024 
 
 788 
 
 1,658 
 
 803 
 
 354 
 
 373 
 
 302 
 
 10,180 
 
 9,361 
 
 12,837 
 
 888 
 
 832 
 
 2,385 
 
 91 
 
 255 
 
 478 
 
 702 
 
 63 
 
 1,066 
 
 689 
 
 39 
 
 1,701 
 
 1,164 
 
 126 
 
 25 
 003 
 334 
 326 
 262 
 559 
 946 
 913 
 
 59 
 
 1,341 
 
 309 
 
 1,392 
 
 96 
 
 1,493 
 
 692 
 
 3,045 
 
 3,287 
 
 1,786 
 873 
 
 616 
 
 98,836 
 
 365 
 
 208 
 
 671 
 
 2,352 
 
 6,452 
 
 2,704 
 
 886 
 
 167 
 
 606 
 
 4,449 
 
 3,145 
 
 1,041 
 
 1,453 
 
 73 
 
 1,620 
 
 3,710 
 
 451 
 
 721 
 
 357 
 
 253 
 
 851 
 
 513 
 
 281 
 
 964 
 
 738 
 
 1,535 
 
 724 
 
 340 
 
 357 
 
 310 
 
 11,714 
 
 10,271 
 
 13,707 
 
 821 
 
 845 
 
 2,358 
 
 72 
 
 269 
 
 478 
 
 657 
 
 60 
 
 935 
 
 618 
 
 60 
 
 1,123 
 
 1,123 
 
 142 
 
 County. 
 
 221 
 
 188 
 
 110 
 
 116 
 
 129 
 
 69 
 
 91,423 
 
 98,006 
 
 53,836 
 
 54,681 
 
 143 
 451 
 300 
 131 
 479 
 
 129 
 648 
 288 
 129 
 490 
 
 475 
 
 449 
 
 St^^l^ton-upon- ) p^irham 
 
 Stockton'- upon -)jj^^j^ 
 
 Tees, tn. m. w. s. ) 
 Stockwith(West),tns Notts 
 Stockwood, p. Dorset 
 
 Stodmarsh, p. 'Kent 
 
 Stody, p. j Norfolk 
 
 Stogumber, v.-p. | Somer. 
 Stogursey, p. ] Somer. 
 
 Stoke, p. Chester 
 
 Stoke, p. I Kent 
 
 Stoke, p. I Warw. 
 
 Stoke, p. Lincoln 
 
 Stoke (Abbott), p. Dorset 
 Stoke (Albany), p. Northa. 
 Stoke (Ash), p. Suffolk 
 
 Stoke (Bishop), p. Hants 
 Stoke (Bliss), p. Hrf Wo. 
 
 Stoke (Bruerne), p. Northa. 
 Stoke (Canon), p. Devon 
 Stoke (Charity), p. Hants 
 Stoke b.y-Clare, p. Suffolk 
 Stoke (Climsland), p! Cornw. 
 Stoke(D'Abernon),p Surrey 
 Stoke-Damerall,v-p. Devon 
 Stoke (Doyle), p. Northa 
 Stoke (Dry), p. Lei. Rut 
 
 Stoke (East), p. Dorset 
 
 Stoke (East), j). Notts 
 
 Stoke (Edith), p. Heref. 
 Stoke-Peny, tn.-p. Norfolk 
 Stoke (Gabriel), p. Devon 
 Stoke (Gifford), p. Glouc. 
 Stoke (Goldington),p Bucks 
 Stoke-next-Guild- ) 
 
 ford, p. J 
 
 Stoke - under - ) 
 
 Hamdon, p. j 
 
 Stoke (Hammond), p 
 
 Stoke (Holycross), p.j Norfolk 
 Stoke (Lacy), p. Heref. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 10,459 13,761 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Somer. 
 Bucks 
 
 Stoke (Lane), p 
 Stoke (Lyne), p. 
 Stoke (Mandeville),p 
 Stoke-near-Nay- "( 
 land, v.-p. f 
 Stoke-Newington, p. 
 Stoke (North), p. 
 Stoke (North), p. 
 Stoke (North), p. 
 Stoke-Pages, v.-p. 
 Stoke (Pero), p. 
 Stoke (Prior), p. 
 Stoke-Prior, v.-p. 
 Stoke (Rivers), p. 
 Stoke (South), p. 
 Stoke (South), p. 
 Stoke (South), p. 
 Stoke (St Gregory), p 
 
 Somer. 
 Oxford 
 Bucks 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Somer, 
 
 Stoke (St. Mary), p. ! Somer. 
 Stoke (St. Mil- ) 
 
 borough), p. I 
 Stoke (Talmage), p. 
 Stoke-upon-Tem, p. 
 Stoke-upon-Trent, p. 
 Stoke-upon- ) 
 
 Trent, tn. p. s. j 
 Stoke (Trister), p. 
 Stoke (Wake), p. 
 Stoke (West), p. 
 Stokefleming, p. 
 Stokeham, p. 
 Stokeinteignhead, p. 
 Stokenchurch, p. 
 Stokenham, p. 
 Stokesay, p. 
 Stokesby-with- > 
 
 Herringby, p. ) 
 Stokesley, tn.-p s. 
 Stonar, p. 
 
 Stondon (Massey), p. 
 Stondon (Upper), p. 
 Stone, p. 
 Stone, tn. t. 
 Stone, p. 
 Stone, p. 
 Stone, p. 
 Stonecarthy, p. 
 Stone near-Dart- ) 
 
 ford, p. ) 
 
 Stone (Easton), p. 
 Stone-next-Faver- ) 
 
 sham, p. ) 
 
 Stonegrave, p. 
 Stonehall, p. 
 Stoneham (North),p. 
 Stoneham (South),p. 
 Stonehaven, tn. tk. 
 
 Salop 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Salop 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Devon 
 
 Notts 
 
 Devon 
 
 Oxfoixl 
 
 Devon 
 
 Salop 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 Kent 
 
 Essex 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Kent 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kent 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Kent 
 
 York 
 
 Westm. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 10,172 
 
 654 
 43 
 135 
 189 
 
 1,456 
 
 1,472 
 402 
 522 
 
 1,031 
 401 
 826 
 319 
 392 
 
 1,249 
 343 
 861 
 480 
 151 
 911 
 
 2,596 
 335 
 38,180 
 146 
 65 
 630 
 695 
 510 
 820 
 718 
 4S8 
 9J2 
 
 2,507 
 
 1,404 
 
 438 
 451 
 373 
 921 
 631 
 538 
 
 1,406 
 
 4,840 
 
 160 
 
 194 
 
 80 
 
 1,501 
 
 68 
 
 434 
 
 1,613 
 276 
 858 
 337 
 
 l',477 
 275 
 
 106 
 
 937 
 
 67,942 
 
 84,027 
 
 440 
 
 124 
 
 284 
 
 707 
 
 60 
 
 633 
 
 1,492 
 
 1,603 
 
 632 
 
 433 
 
 2,446 
 
 44 
 
 268 
 
 46 
 
 8,736 
 
 3,443 
 
 785 
 
 424 
 
 478 
 
 582 
 
 829 
 
 471 
 
 91 
 
 277 
 
 464 
 
 726 
 
 4,961 
 
 3,240 
 
 13,367 
 
 538 
 60 
 145 
 160 
 
 1,398 
 
 1,455 
 431 
 667 
 
 1,555 
 394 
 703 
 344 
 371 
 
 1,390 
 298 
 824 
 452 
 130 
 863 
 
 2,554 
 368 
 50,440 
 149 
 53 
 594 
 280 
 506 
 791 
 622 
 445 
 963 
 
 3,797 
 
 1,396 
 
 401 
 446 
 348 
 734 
 625 
 477 
 1,275 
 
 177 
 160 
 68 
 
 1,600 
 
 51 
 
 448 
 
 1,622 
 242 
 810 
 376 
 111 
 
 1,617 
 266 
 
 673 
 
 113 
 
 961 
 
 71,308 
 
 101,207 
 
 395 
 
 112 
 
 94 
 
 661 
 
 63 
 
 628 
 
 1,508 
 
 1,566 
 
 659 
 
 418 
 
 2,401 
 
 42 
 
 273 
 
 66 
 
 9,382 
 
 4,509 
 
 1,094 
 
 422 
 
 475 
 
 364 
 
 1,013 
 
 431 
 
 91 
 
 290 
 
 379 
 
 963 
 
 7,761 
 
 3,009 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 265 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 ''■\ 
 
 Stonehouse, p. 
 Stouehoiise, tn. 
 Stonehouse, v. -p. 
 Stouehouse (East) , p. 
 Stoneleigh, v. -p. 
 Stonesby, p. 
 Stouesfield, p. 
 Stoneykirk, p. 
 Stonhani (Aspall), p. 
 Htonham (Eaii), p. 
 Stonhani (Parva), ji. 
 iStoutou-Wyville, p. 
 Stony foi-d, tn. 
 Stoodleigh, p. 
 Stopham, p. 
 Stomoway, p. 
 Stornoway, tn. 
 Storrington, v.-p. 
 Stotfold, p. 
 Stottesden, p. 
 Stoiighton, p. 
 Stoulton, p. 
 Stourbridge, tn. /. 
 Stourmouth, p. 
 StourpaiJi, p. 
 Stourport, with 
 
 Lower Milton 
 
 tu. w. s. 
 Stourton, p. 
 Stourfcon-Caundle, p 
 Stouting, p. 
 Stoven, p. 
 Stow, p. 
 Stow, p. 
 Stow, p. 
 
 Stow (Bardolph), p. 
 Stow (Bedon), p. 
 Stow (Maries), p. 
 Stow-Market, p. 
 Stow-Market, tu. th. 
 Stow-cum-Quy, p. 
 Stow (Upland), p. 
 Stow (West), p. 
 Stow - on - the - \ 
 
 Wold, tn.-p. ih. j 
 Stow (Wood), p. 
 Stowe, p. 
 Stowe, near Mar-|^ 
 
 ket-Deeping, p. J 
 Stowe, p. 
 Stowe, p. 
 Stowe (Nine \ 
 
 Chui-ches), p. ) 
 Stowell, p. 
 Stoweli, p. 
 Stower (East), p. 
 Stower (Provost), p. 
 Stower (West), p. 
 Stowey, p. 
 Stowey (Nether), p. 
 Stowey (Over), p. 
 Stowford, p. 
 Stowlangtoft, p. 
 Strabane, tn. t 
 Strabannan, p. 
 Straboe, p. ' 
 Straboe, p. 
 Stracathro, yi. 
 Strachan, p. 
 Strachur and Stra- \ 
 
 Jaohlan, p. ) 
 
 Stradbally, p. 
 Stradbally, tn. s. 
 Stradbally, p. 
 Stradbally, v. i). 
 Stradbally, p. 
 Stradbally, tn. 
 Stradbally, p. 
 Sti-adbi'ooke, p. 
 Stradishall, p. 
 Stradsett, p. 
 Straffan, p. 
 Stragglethorpe, p. 
 Straiton, p. 
 Strangford, tn. 
 Stranorlar, p. 
 Stranorlar, tn. s. 
 Stranraer, p. 
 Stranraer, m. /. 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Stranton, tn.-p. 
 Sti-atfield (Morti-) 
 mer), p. j 
 
 Stratfield-Saye, p -j 
 
 Stratfleld(Turgis),p. 
 
 Stratford, tn. 
 
 Stratford - upon - > 
 Avon, tn. M. /. f 
 Supp. Imp. Uaz.— 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Lanark 
 
 (jIouc. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 0.\;ford 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Kilknj' 
 
 Devon 
 
 Ross 
 Ro'a 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Sal.Hi-f. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Kent 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Edinb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Essex 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Oxford 
 Bucks 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Salop 
 Stafford 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Tyr.Don 
 
 Louth 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Kincar. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Queen's 
 Queen's 
 Galway 
 Keriy 
 Waterf. 
 Waterf. 
 Limer. 
 Suffolk 
 Suffolk 
 Norfolk 
 Kildare 
 Lincoln 
 Ayr 
 Down 
 Donegal 
 Donegal 
 Wigton 
 Wigton 
 Wigton 
 Durham 
 Berks & 
 Hants 
 Berks & 
 I Southa. 
 [ Hants 
 ; Essex 
 
 I Warw. 
 Vol. n 
 
 2,781 
 
 2,086 
 
 2,598 
 
 11,573 
 
 1,289 
 
 286 
 
 632 
 
 3,321 
 
 814 
 
 860 
 
 402 
 
 106 
 
 *480 
 161 
 
 8,057 
 
 2,391 
 
 1,038 
 
 1,395 
 
 1,545 
 
 644 
 
 377 
 
 7,847 
 
 274 
 
 621 
 
 2,993 
 
 659 
 
 450 
 
 237 
 
 172 
 
 239 
 
 1,049 
 
 1,973 
 
 1,126 
 
 351 
 
 307 
 
 3,404 
 
 3,161 
 
 445 
 
 966 
 
 315 
 
 2,250 
 
 31 
 312 
 
 14 
 
 194 
 1,269 
 
 28 
 103 
 538 
 869 
 221 
 187 
 833 
 561 
 576 
 186 
 4,896 
 
 "ies 
 
 1,281 
 505 
 
 947 
 
 915 
 
 2,072 
 1,326 
 
 777 
 1,031 
 3,273 
 
 665 
 4,133 
 1,822 
 
 430 
 
 157 
 
 736 
 
 84 
 
 1,540 
 
 620 
 5,374 
 
 512 
 3,877 
 3,877 
 5,738 
 4,769 
 
 1,346 
 
 8C4 
 
 245 
 10,586 
 
 3,372 
 
 County. 
 
 3,267 
 
 2,585 
 
 2,609 
 
 14,343 
 
 1,'J83 
 
 271 
 
 650 
 
 3,228 
 
 694 
 
 752 
 
 391 
 
 102 
 
 293 
 
 499 
 
 130 
 
 8,668 
 
 2,608 
 
 1,104 
 
 2,071 
 
 1,518 
 
 633 
 
 410 
 
 8,166 
 
 294 
 
 658 
 
 2,958 
 
 395 
 
 213 
 
 161 
 
 208 
 
 1,070 
 
 2,171 
 
 1,090 
 
 343 
 
 265 
 
 3,639 
 
 3,531 
 
 368 
 
 986 
 
 238 
 
 2,077 
 
 27 
 352 
 
 11 
 
 161 
 1,267 
 
 353 
 
 41 
 133 
 426 
 889 
 215 
 180 
 876 
 613 
 471 
 204 
 4,911 
 1,2501 
 150 
 1,174 
 546 
 870 
 
 872 
 
 1,875 
 1,303 
 
 2,682 
 
 613 i 
 
 3,315 
 
 1,537 
 
 425' 
 
 180: 
 
 608 
 
 90: 
 
 1,544 
 
 407 
 
 4,718 
 
 476 
 
 4,022 
 
 3,980 
 
 6,273 
 
 14,515 
 
 1,419 
 
 827 
 
 195 
 15,994 
 
 3,672 
 
 1 Wilts 
 
 Stratford - under - 
 
 the-Castle, p. 
 Stratfurd(Fenny),)]B^„j^^ 
 
 tn.-p. 111. ) 
 
 Stratford (Old), p. 
 Stratford - ujx)!! - ) 
 
 Slaney, tn. ) 
 
 Stratford (St. An 
 
 drew), p. 
 
 ■} 
 
 Warw. 
 Wickl. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Stratford (St. An- > w^u^ 
 
 thony),p. {-i^^"* 
 
 Stratford (St. Ma 1. 1 gg.jj^ 
 
 ry), p. ) i 
 
 Stratford (Stony), Ib^^j^^ 
 
 tn./. > 
 
 Strath, p. ilnvern. 
 
 Strathaven, tn. Wt. 'Lanax'k 
 Stratliblane, p. j Stirling 
 
 Strathdon, p. JAberd. 
 
 Strathmiglo, p. j Fife 
 Stratton, tn.-p. Coniw. 
 
 Stratton, p. Dorset 
 
 Stratton, p. 1 Glouc. 
 
 Stratton (Audley),p. j Oxford 
 Stratton (East), p. | Hants 
 Stratton - on - the - ) !□«„„_ 
 
 Foss, p. [isomer. 
 
 Stratton (St. Mar- ) I -nrji+o 
 
 garet), p. | i ^^^^ 
 
 Stratton (St.Mary),p; Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Berks 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 ! Longf. & 
 
 i Westm. 
 
 1 Notts 
 
 I York 
 
 I Worces. 
 
 ] Heref. 
 
 j Essex 
 Camb. 
 
 I Rutland 
 
 I Warw. 
 I Salop 
 
 Stratton (St. Mi- ) j 
 
 chael), p. ) 
 
 Stratton (Straw- ) 
 
 less), p. j" 
 
 Streatham, p. 
 Streatley, p. 
 Streatly, p. 
 Street, p. 
 Street, p. 
 
 Street, p. ■] 
 
 Strelley, p. 
 Strensall, p. 
 Strensham, p. 
 Stretford, p. 
 Strethall, p. 
 Stretham, p. 
 Stretton, p. 
 Stretton (Basker- 1 
 ville), p. t 
 
 Stretton - Chtirch, ) 
 tn.-p. th. ( 
 
 Stretton- upon- l l^anv. 
 
 Dunsmoro, p. > I 
 Stretton-en-le-].lj) , 
 
 Field, p. ) 
 
 Stretton -on -the- ) k^^rw. 
 
 Foss, p. j 
 
 Stretton (Grandi- ) j jjg^gf 
 
 some), p. f j 
 
 Stretton (Sugwas),p.: Heref. 
 Strichen, p.-v. I Aberd. 
 
 Stringston, p. i Somer. 
 
 Strixton, p. ! Northa. 
 
 Strokestown, tu. /. ; Roscom. 
 Stromness, p. I Orkney 
 
 Stroraness, tn. w. j Orkney 
 Stronsay & Eday, \>. Orkney 
 i Kent 
 ! Glouc. 
 Glouc. 
 I Lincoln 
 ! Lincoln 
 j Norfolk 
 ! Lincoln 
 ( i Bedf. & 
 \ : Herte 
 Dorset 
 Warw. 
 Hunt. 
 Hunt. 
 Essex 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Sti-ood, v.-p 
 Stroud, p. 
 Stroud, tn. p. /. 
 Stroxton, p. 
 Strubby, p. 
 Strunipshaw, p. 
 Stubton, p. 
 
 Studham, p. 
 
 Studland, p. 
 Studley, v.-p. 
 Stukeley (Great), p. 
 Stukeley (Little), p. 
 Sturmere, p. 
 Sturminster (Mar- \ 
 
 shall), p. 
 Sturrainster-New 
 
 ton-Castle 
 
 th. 
 Sturry, p 
 Sturston, p. 
 Sturton, p. 
 Sturt m (Great), p. 
 Stuston, p. 
 Stutchbury, p. 
 Stutton, p. 
 Subulter, p. 
 Suckley, p. 
 Sudborough, p. 
 Sudboume, p. 
 Sudbrooke, p. 
 
 r-New- J 
 e,tn-p. >• 
 
 Doraet 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Notts 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Cork 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 339 
 
 540 
 
 6,456 
 
 231 
 
 200 
 
 62 
 1,676 
 1,078 
 
 147 
 
 163 
 
 2,283 
 
 159 
 
 56 
 
 1,353 
 
 2,770 
 
 2,055 
 
 2,227 
 
 3,067 
 
 8,798 
 
 36,535 
 
 112 
 
 287 
 
 441 
 
 186 
 
 899 
 
 445 
 2,183 
 482 
 409 
 351 
 
 872 
 
 1,916 
 
 997 
 
 62 
 
 637 
 
 138 
 
 241 
 
 88 
 
 455 
 
 135 
 
 1,193 
 
 367 
 
 601 
 
 90 
 
 332 
 
 562 
 
 6,823 
 
 340 
 
 181 
 
 073 
 
 1,757 
 
 3,243 
 
 4,274 
 
 1,010 
 
 1,531 
 
 2,509 
 
 1,696 
 
 894 
 
 622 
 
 305 
 
 413 
 
 1,725 
 751 
 
 318 1 
 
 I 
 242 j 
 
 9,023 1 
 385 1 
 
 5841 
 
 1,647! 
 
 170 
 
 2,758 1 
 
 279 1 
 434 1 
 339 i 
 
 42! 
 
 45! 
 
 1,597! 
 
 241 i 
 
 165 161 
 
 2,005 
 
 2,664 
 
 4,085 
 
 1,388 
 
 1,459 
 
 2,261 
 
 1,755 
 
 351 
 
 596 
 
 378 
 
 365 
 
 335 
 
 1,642 
 740 
 251 
 
 202 
 
 8,027 
 341 
 552 
 
 1,898 
 190 
 
 2,435 
 
 253 
 
 406 
 
 279 
 
 50 
 
 41 
 
 1,462 
 
 189 
 
 1,695 
 1,064 
 
 130 
 
 209 
 
 2,472 
 
 144 
 
 61 
 
 975 
 
 2,540 
 
 1,795 
 
 2,207 
 
 4,067 
 
 9,090 
 
 35,517 
 
 107 
 
 295 
 
 386 
 
 157 
 
 882 
 
 595 
 2,230 
 453 
 385 
 326 
 
 1,880 
 
 1,044 
 
 75 
 
 683 
 
 179 
 
 232 
 
 23 
 
 531 
 
 131 
 
 1,207 
 
 321 
 
 525 
 
 75 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 IfiCl. 
 
 I Suffolk 
 
 1 Glouc. 
 I Norfolk 
 1 Northa. 
 j Northa. 
 I Berks 
 
 Berks 
 
 ..} 
 
 Sudbury, tn. M. ih. s.\ Suffolk 
 Sudbury, p. | Derby 
 
 Sudbury (All 1 
 
 Saints, &c.\p. i 
 Sudeley-Manor, p 
 Suffield, p. 
 Siilby, )). 
 Sulgrave, p. 
 Sulham, p. 
 Sulliampstead 1^ 
 
 (Abbots), p. ) 
 Sulhamjistead \ 
 
 (Bannister),)). ) 
 Sullington, p. 
 SuUy, p. 
 Sunbury, p. 
 Sunderland, p. 
 Sunderland, tn. m.«! Durham 
 Durham 
 Sunderland 
 
 (North), tns. 
 Sundon, i>. 
 Sundridge, v.-j). 
 Sunk Island, p. 
 Sunninghill, v.-p. 
 Sunningwell, p. 
 Siirfleet, p. 
 Surlingham, p. 
 Sustead, p. 
 Sutcombe, p. 
 Sutterby, p. 
 Suttei-ton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, tns. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton, p. 
 Sutton-in-Ash- ) 
 
 field, v -p. f 
 Sutton-Bassett, p, 
 Sutton-Benger, p. 
 Sutton-Bingham, p.! Somer, 
 Sutton -Bouning-) I j^Tottg 
 
 ton, p. ) I 
 
 Sutton - under - ) 
 
 Brailes, p. f 
 Sutton-Coldfleld, ) | t^^.^,.^ 
 
 tn.-p. m. I I 
 
 Sutton-Courtney, p.' Berks 
 Sutton-upon-Der- ) j Vn,.t 
 
 went, p. }-|i:oiK 
 
 Sutton-by- Dover, p.! Kent 
 Sutton-cum-Duck- ) j t^„_i,„ 
 
 manton, p. /I ^ 
 
 Sutton (East), p. ' " 
 Sutton-on-the- ) 
 
 Forest, p. ) 
 Sutton-Guilden, p. 
 Sutton-on-the- ) 
 
 Hill, p. I 
 
 Sutton-at-Hone, p. 
 Sutton (Long), p. 
 Sutton (Long), p. 
 Sutton (Long), [ 
 
 tn.-p./. ) 
 
 Suttou - cum - I 
 
 Lound, p. f 
 Sutton-Maddock, p. 
 Sutton- Mandeville,) 
 Sutton-inthe- ( 
 
 Marsh, p. ) 
 Sutton-Montis, p. 
 Sutton(St. M ichael)p 
 Sutton (St. Nicho ' 
 
 las), p. 
 Sutton - with - ) 
 
 Stoneferry, p. f 
 Sutton - upon - ) 
 
 Trent, p. ( 
 
 Sutton-Valence, v-p. Kent 
 Sutton-Veney, p. 1 Wilts 
 Sutton- Waldron, p. I Doi-set 
 
 6,043 1 6,879 
 
 I Berks 
 
 Sussex 
 j Glamor. 
 I Middles. 
 I Durham 
 
 North. 
 
 I Bedford 
 Kent 
 York 
 Berks 
 Berks 
 Lincoln 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 Devon 
 Lincoln 
 Lincoln 
 Bedford 
 
 I Camb. 
 Essex 
 Lancas. 
 Norfolk 
 Salop 
 Suffolk 
 Surrey 
 
 I Sussex 
 
 j Notts 
 
 Northa. 
 I Wilts 
 
 i Warw. 
 
 Kent 
 
 York 
 
 Chester 
 
 Derby 
 
 Kent 
 Hants 
 j Somer. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Notts 
 
 Salop 
 Wilts 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Somer. 
 Heref. 
 
 "j-jHeref. 
 
 ' ! 
 j York 
 
 Notts 
 
 Swaby, p. 
 Swadlincote, tns. 
 Swaffham, tn.-p. 
 Swaffham-Bul- ) 
 beck, p. ) 
 
 Swaffham Prior, p. 
 Swaffield, p. 
 Swainsthorpe, p. 
 Swainswick, p. 
 Swalcliffe, p. 
 Swalecliffe, p. 
 Swallow, p. 
 Swallowcliffe, p. 
 
 j Lincoln 
 j Derby . 
 I Norfolk 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Kent 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Wilts 
 
 570 
 
 77 
 237 
 
 C04 
 132 
 
 302 
 
 243 
 
 137 
 
 2,076 
 
 19,068 
 
 63,897 
 
 67,394 
 
 1,208 
 
 464 
 
 1,642 
 310 
 
 1,360 
 357 
 945 
 467 
 133 
 488 
 53 
 
 1,445 
 449 
 
 1,814 
 149 
 
 5,288 
 
 355 
 
 55 
 
 732 
 
 1,387 
 389 
 
 7,692 
 
 166 
 
 436 
 
 75 
 
 1,220 
 
 210 
 
 4,574 
 
 1,600 
 
 367 
 
 169 
 
 587 
 
 1,146 
 221 
 
 570! 
 
 l,290i 
 
 3391 
 
 1,0601 
 
 687 
 6,011 
 
 98 
 212 
 
 87 
 565 
 118 
 
 357 
 
 261 
 
 241 
 
 192 
 
 2,332 
 
 17,107 
 
 78,211 
 
 85,797 
 
 1,008 
 
 450 
 
 1,495 
 376 
 
 1,696 
 364 
 933 
 465 
 136 
 441 
 40 
 
 1,338 
 438 
 
 1,731 
 148 
 
 9,223 
 
 338 
 
 75 
 
 618 
 
 3,186 
 364 
 
 7,643 
 
 147 
 
 406 
 
 67 
 
 1,019 
 
 227 
 
 4,662 
 
 1,581 
 
 385 
 
 141 
 
 607 
 
 385 
 
 1,224 
 
 223 
 
 545 
 
 1,563 
 301 
 958 
 
 6,591 i 0,124 
 
 870 ; 
 
 3931 
 3091 
 
 323 1 
 
 179' 
 
 7,783 
 
 1,262 
 
 1,090 
 
 860 
 
 267 
 
 474 
 
 1,007 
 
 3,858 
 
 1,384 
 181 
 349 
 604 
 ,2,012 
 . 176 
 215 
 367 
 
 34 
 
 916 
 420 
 
 155 
 95 
 
 8,348 
 
 1,147 
 
 1,056 
 
 794 
 
 248 
 
 498 
 
 1,076 
 
 3,569 
 
 873 
 
 1,329 
 172 
 338 
 632 
 
 1,919 
 168 
 239 
 317 
 
266 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 Coonty. 
 
 Placb. 
 
 County. 
 
 Swallowfield, p. 
 Swallwell, tns. 
 Swauage, p. 
 Swanbourne, p. 
 Swaiilinbar, tii. 
 Swanningtou, p. 
 Swanscombe, p. 
 Swansea, p. w. *. 
 Swansea Dist. of^^ 
 
 Bore. ( 
 
 Swansea, tn. m. & p. 
 Swaiiton-Abbott, p. 
 Swiuiton-^forley, p. 
 Swanton-Novere, p. 
 Swanwick, tus. 
 Swarby, p. 
 Swardeston, p. 
 Swarkestoji, p. 
 Swanratoii, p. 
 Swaton, p. 
 Swaveeey, p. 
 Swayfield, p. 
 Swefling, p. 
 Swell, p. 
 
 Swell (Lower), p. 
 Swell (Upper*, p. 
 Swepstone, p. 
 Swerford, p. 
 Swettenham, p. 
 Swilland, p. 
 Swillington, p. 
 Swim bridge, v. -p. 
 Swinbrook, p. 
 Swincombe, p. 
 Swinderley, p. 
 Swindon, p. 
 Swindon, inclnd- ) 
 
 ing New Swin- >■ 
 
 don, tn.-p. m. ) 
 Swine, p. 
 Swinefleet, v. 
 Swineford, tn. t. 
 Swineshead, tn. p. 
 Swineshead, p. 
 Swinford, p. 
 Swinford-Regis, p. 
 Swingfleld, p. 
 Swiiihope, p. 
 Swinnerton, v. -p. 
 Swinatead, p. 
 Swinton, v. 
 Swinton and Sim- ) 
 
 prim, p. ) 
 
 Swithland, p. 
 Swords, tn.-p. 
 Swyre, p. 
 Sydenham, p. 
 8ydenham-Da- } 
 
 merel, p. ) 
 Syderstone, p. 
 Sydling (St. Ni- \ 
 
 I Berks 
 
 Durham 
 
 Dorset 
 I Bncks 
 i Cavan 
 ! Norfolk 
 
 Kent 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 ' Glamor. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Derby 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Derby 
 
 Hants 
 
 Linoolu 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Orfoi-d 
 
 Chester 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 Devon 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 cholas), p. 
 Syerston, p. 
 Syleham, p. 
 Symington, p. 
 Symington, p. 
 Symondsbury, p. 
 Syresham, p. 
 Syston, p. 
 Syston, p. 
 Sywell, p. 
 
 Tabley-Superior, tns 
 Tachbrook-Bi- 1^ 
 
 shop's, p. ) 
 Tackley, p. 
 Tacolnestone, p. 
 Tacumshin, p. 
 Tadcaster, tn.-p. ie 
 Tadley, p. 
 Tadlow, p. 
 Tadmarton, p. 
 Taghadoe, p. 
 Taghboy, p. 
 Tagheen, p. 
 Taghmaconnell, p. 
 Taghmon, p. 
 Taghmon, tn. t. /, 
 Taglimon, p. 
 Taghsheenod, p. 
 Tagliahinny, p. 
 Taiu, p. 
 Tain, m. t.f. 
 
 •< •*• 
 Takelly, p. 
 Talachddu, p. 
 Talljenny, p. 
 Talgarth, p. 
 Talk-o'-th'Hill, tns. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Kent 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Berwick 
 
 Leices. 
 Dublin 
 Dorset 
 Oxford 
 
 Devon 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Notts 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Wexford 
 
 York 
 
 Hants 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Oxfortl 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Gal.-Ro. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Westra. 
 
 Longf. 
 
 ijongf, 
 
 Ross 
 
 Ross 
 
 Ross 
 
 Essex 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,213 
 
 1,429 
 
 2,139 
 
 646 
 
 *395 
 1,763 
 24,902 
 
 31,461 
 538 
 806 
 345 
 
 1,319 
 208 
 381 
 289 
 93 
 301 
 
 1,385 
 383 
 333 
 137 
 431 
 83 
 585 
 440 
 881 
 267 
 607 
 
 1,738 
 195 
 428 
 541 
 221 
 
 4,876 
 
 1,744 
 
 1,152 
 991 
 
 2,044 
 267 
 420 
 27,301 
 421 
 128 
 946 
 490 
 
 1,817 
 
 994 
 
 285 
 
 2,965 
 
 254 
 
 394 
 
 466 
 
 552 
 
 675 
 
 241 
 
 374 
 
 902 
 
 536 
 
 1,393 
 
 1,027 
 
 1,669 
 
 325 
 
 218 
 
 537 
 663 
 
 558 
 
 501 
 
 876 
 
 2,979 
 
 876 
 
 189 
 
 450 
 
 377 
 
 2,792 
 
 2,051 
 
 3,048 
 
 3,119 
 
 1,082 
 
 798 
 
 1,517 
 
 3,'574 
 
 2,588 
 
 2,049 
 
 991 
 
 187 
 
 235 
 
 1,32» 
 
 1,073 
 
 1,265 
 
 1,479 
 
 2,004 
 
 603 
 
 436 
 
 385 
 
 2,323 
 
 33,972 
 
 57,488 
 
 41,606 
 523 
 769 
 315 
 
 "1*88 
 385 
 30' 
 100 
 297 
 
 1,371 
 263 
 318 
 110 
 449 
 65 
 566 
 402 
 350 
 243 
 662 
 
 1,532 
 191 
 446 
 572 
 227 
 
 6,856 
 
 1,823 
 
 1,149 
 
 1,298 
 
 1,903 
 
 275 
 
 402 
 
 34,257 
 
 418 
 
 105 
 
 880 
 
 396 
 
 3,190 
 
 964 
 
 255 
 
 2,687 
 
 277 
 
 397 
 
 603 
 
 528 
 
 692 
 
 196 
 
 357 
 
 855 
 
 528 
 
 1,352 
 
 1,047 
 
 1,656 
 
 238 
 
 241 
 
 490 
 
 603 
 
 626! 
 
 452 
 
 679 
 
 3,126 
 
 900 
 
 214 
 
 411 
 
 285 
 
 2,502 
 
 1,839 
 
 2,527 
 
 2,400 
 
 815 
 
 664 
 
 1,318 
 
 1,324 
 
 3,294 
 
 2,319 
 
 1,779 
 
 1,000 
 
 193 
 
 204 
 
 1,330 
 
 2,406 
 
 Tallaght, p. 
 Talland, p. 
 Tallanstown, p. 
 Tallaton, p. 
 Talley, p. 
 Tallington, p. 
 Tallow, p. 
 Tallow, tn. s. 
 Tallyllyn, p. 
 Tamerton-Folliot, \ 
 
 v.-p. ) 
 
 Tamerton (North),p. 
 Tivmlaght, p. 
 Tamlaght (Fin-) 
 
 lagan), p. ( 
 
 Tamlaght (O'Cril- ) 
 
 ly). p. ) 
 
 Tamworth, p. 
 Tamworth, tn. M. s. 
 
 ,, p. 
 
 Tanderagee, tn. ic. 
 Tandridge, p. 
 Tauey, p. 
 Tanfield, v. ' 
 Tanfield (West), p. 
 Tangley, p. 
 Tangmere, p. 
 Taukardstown, p. 
 Tankardstown, p. 
 Tankersley, p. 
 Tannadice, j). 
 Tanniugton, p. 
 Tansor, p. 
 Tanworth, v.-p. 
 Taplow, p. 
 Tara, p. 
 Tarbat, p. 
 Tarbert, tn. 
 Tarbolton, tn.-p. 
 Tardebigg, p. 
 Tarland & Migvie, p. 
 Tarleton, p. 
 Tarporley, p. 
 Tarrant(Crawford) p 
 Tarrant (Giinville),p 
 Tarrant (Hinton), p. 
 Tarrant ( Key nstou)p 
 Tan-ant - Launces- \ 
 
 ton, p. ) 
 
 TaiTant-Monckton,)) 
 Tarrant (Rawston),p 
 Tarrant ( Rushton), p 
 Tan-ing-Neville, p. 
 Tarring (West), p. 
 Tarrington, p. 
 Tartaraghan, p. 
 Tarves, p. 
 Tarvin, v.-p. 
 Tasburgli, p. 
 Tasley, p. 
 Tatenhill, p. 
 Tatham, p. 
 Tathwell, p. 
 Tatsfield, p. 
 Tattenhall, p. 
 Tattenhoe, p. 
 Tatterford, p. 
 Tatterset, p. 
 Tattershall, tn.-p.Wt. 
 Tattingstone, p. 
 Taughboyne, p. 
 Taunton, tn. i-. jp. s. 
 Taverham, p. 
 Tavistock, p. 
 Tavistock, tn. p./. 
 Tawnagh, p. 
 Tawstock, p. 
 Tawton (Bishop's), p. 
 Tawton(North),v.-p. 
 Tawton (South), p. 
 Taxall, v.-p. 
 Taynton, p. 
 Taynton, p. 
 Tealby, p. 
 Teal ing, p. 
 Teath, p. 
 Teoolm, p. 
 Tedavnet, p 
 Tedbum(St.Mary),p 
 Teddesley Hay, p. 
 Teddington, v.-p. 
 Tedatone-Dela- ) 
 
 mere, p. | 
 
 Tedstone Wafer, p. 
 Teffont (Evias), p. 
 Teffont (Magna), p 
 Tehallan, p. 
 Teigh, p. 
 Teigngrace, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Louth 
 
 Devon 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Merlon. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Cornw. 
 Lo.-Tyr. 
 
 London. 
 
 London. 
 
 Sta.War 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Durham 
 
 York 
 
 Hants 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Kil.-Qu. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 York 
 
 Foi-fiu- 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Meath 
 
 Ross 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Wo.-Wa. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Doreet 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Doi-set 
 Doi-set 
 Dorset 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Ai-magh 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Salop 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Sun-ey 
 
 Chester 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Chester 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Forfar 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Monag. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Heref 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Monag. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 Devon 
 
 4,367 
 
 1,605 
 
 637 
 
 443 
 
 1,005 
 
 267 
 
 3,884 
 
 1,986 
 
 1,123 
 
 1,147 
 
 516 
 2,489 
 
 5,647 
 
 3,831 
 
 1,570 
 
 463 
 
 43 
 
 1,022 
 
 239 
 
 2,527 
 
 1,629 
 
 1,284 
 
 1,164 
 
 486 
 2,208 
 
 4,265 
 
 4,059 
 
 8,655 
 
 1,496 
 
 694 
 
 3,929 
 
 3,480 
 
 628 
 
 278 
 
 221 
 
 702 
 
 344 
 
 1,928 
 
 1,517 
 
 243 
 
 256 
 
 1,892 
 
 704 
 
 422 
 
 2,151 
 
 996 
 
 2,824 
 
 6,423 
 
 1,197 
 
 1,945 
 
 2,632 
 
 77 
 
 475 
 
 319 
 
 321 
 
 123 
 
 255 
 
 66 
 
 196 
 
 74 
 
 593 
 
 534 
 
 6,724 
 
 2,469 
 
 3,511 
 
 475 
 
 86 
 
 2,329 
 
 654 
 
 429 
 
 182 
 
 1,204 
 
 55 
 
 86 
 
 189 
 
 987 
 
 597 
 
 4,851 
 
 14,176 
 
 207 
 
 8,147 
 
 8,086 
 
 913 
 
 1,383 
 
 2,004 
 
 1,906 
 
 1,758 
 
 898 
 
 631 
 
 379 
 
 861 
 
 844 
 
 144 
 
 8,442 
 861 
 
 1,146 
 
 193 
 
 69 
 177 
 281 
 2,906 
 147 
 187 
 
 8,301 8,285 
 
 10,190 
 
 4,326 
 
 10,192 
 
 1,185 
 
 621 
 
 4,208 
 
 4,593 
 
 623 
 
 270 
 
 201 
 
 1,345 
 
 312 
 
 2,524 
 
 1,438 
 
 246 
 
 248 
 
 1,946 
 
 811 
 
 384 
 
 2,269 
 
 857 
 
 2,669 
 
 7,010 
 
 1,246 
 
 1,987 
 
 2,577 
 
 67 
 
 441 
 
 258 
 
 309 
 
 107 
 
 243 
 
 53 
 
 173 
 
 84 
 
 606 
 
 543 
 
 7,483 
 
 2,509 
 
 3,319 
 
 446 
 
 78 
 
 2,500 
 
 588 
 
 405 
 
 182 
 
 1,262 
 
 64 
 
 70 
 
 205 
 
 848 
 
 626 
 
 4,453 
 
 14,667 
 
 212 
 
 8,965 
 
 8,857 
 
 836 
 
 1,257 
 
 1,857 
 
 1,849 
 
 1,541 
 
 1,329 
 
 689 
 
 341 
 
 863 
 
 883 
 
 1,980 
 
 104 
 
 7,978 
 
 708 
 
 117 
 
 1,1«3 
 
 205 
 
 74 
 163 
 292 
 2,651 
 128 
 172 
 
 County. ^P; 
 
 Teignmouth, tn. s. Devon 
 Teignmouth(E:;st),p! Devon 
 Teignmouth(West),pj Devon 
 
 Tellarought, p. 
 Tellisford, p. 
 Telscombe, p. 
 Teltown, p. 
 Temple, p. 
 Temple, p. 
 Temple, p. 
 Templeachall}', p. 
 Templebeg, p. 
 Templebodan, p. 
 Templeboy, p. 
 Templebredon, p. 
 Templebreedy, p. 
 
 I Wexford 
 Somer. 
 Sussex 
 Meath 
 
 I Cornw. 
 
 lEdinb. 
 Glouc. 
 Tip. 
 
 Tip- 
 Cork 
 1 Sligo 
 Lini.-Ti. 
 Cork 
 
 Temple Bmer, &c.,p Lincoln j 
 
 Teraplebi-j-an. p. iCork 
 
 Templecam, p. [Don.Fe. 1 
 
 Temple (Combe \ ! c„„._ | 
 
 and Abbas), pt ^'Omer. 
 
 Teniplecorran, p. 1 Antrim 
 
 Templecrone, p. i Donegal 
 
 Templederry, p. iTip. 
 
 Templedowney, p. Tip. 
 
 Teinple-Etney, p. ;Tip. 
 
 Temple-Grafton, p. iWarw. 
 
 Templeharry, p. ; King's 
 Templekeeran, p. Meath 
 Templeludigan, p. Wexford 
 Templemaley, p. Clare 
 Templemartin, p. Cork 
 Templemichael, p. Longf. 
 
 Templemichael, p. ;Cork 
 
 Templemichael, p. [Tip. 
 
 Templemichael, p. , Waterf. 
 
 Templemolaga, p. ICork 
 
 Templemore, p. | London. 
 
 Templemore, p. | Mayo 
 
 Temi^leniore, p. | Tip. 
 Templemore, tn. K.s. ■ Tip. 
 
 Templemuny, p. iMayo 
 TemplenacaiTiga, p. \ Cork 
 
 Templeneiry, p. iTip. 
 Templenewsam, tns. 1 York 
 
 Templence, p. jKeiTy 
 
 Templenoe, p. iTip. 
 
 Templeomalus, p. ICork 
 
 Templeoran, p. |Westm. 
 Templepatrick, v.-p. 1 Antrim 
 
 Templepatrick, p. jWestm. 
 
 Templepeter, p. , Carlow 
 
 Templeport, p. | Cavan 
 
 Templequinlan, p. | Cork 
 
 Templeree, p. j Tip. 
 
 Templeroan, p. jCork 
 
 Templerobin, p. iCork 
 
 Templescoby, p. Wexfordj 
 
 Templeshanbo, p. ] Wexford! 
 
 Tenipleshannon, p. Wexford! 
 
 Templetenny, p. Tip. j 
 
 Templetogher, p. Galway 
 
 Templeton, p. Devon 
 Templetoughy, tn p Tip. 
 
 Templetown, p. Wexford 
 
 Templetrine, p. Cork 
 
 Templeusque, p. , Cork 
 
 Tempo, tn. > Ferman. 
 
 Tempsford, p. , Bedford 
 
 Tenbury, tn.-p. ^ JWorces. 
 
 Tenby, p. ! Pemb. 
 Tenby, tn. M.& p.w.«. , Pemb. 
 
 Tendring, p. Essex 
 
 Tenterden, p. | Kent 
 Tenterden, tn. M. /. Kent 
 
 Terling, p. j Essex 
 Termon.amongan, p. i Tyrone 
 
 Termonban-y, p. Roscom. 
 
 Terinoneeny, p. London. 
 Termonfeckin, v.-p. Louth 
 
 Tennonmaguirk, p. 1 Tyrone 
 
 Terregles, p. Kirkcu. 
 
 Terrington, p. York 
 
 ''Xm^.f'} Norfolk 
 
 ^thntp.^'"} ^°^''^'' 
 
 Terryglass, p. Tip. 
 
 Terwick, p. Sussex 
 
 Testerton, p. Norfolk 
 
 Teston, p. ■ Kent 
 
 Tetbury, p. Glouc. 
 
 Tetbury, tn. iv. Glouc. 
 
 Tetcott, p. Devon 
 
 Tetford, p. Lincoln 
 
 Tetney, p. Lincoln 
 
 Tetsworth, p. Oxford 
 
 Tettenhall, p. Stafford 
 
 Tetworth, p. Hunt. 
 
 5,013 
 
 1,760 
 
 3,389 
 
 323 
 
 124 
 
 176 
 
 1,128 
 
 24 
 
 1,414 
 
 6,060 
 
 2,098 
 
 902 
 
 924 
 
 2,048 
 
 1,457 
 
 1,587 
 
 "319 
 4,926 
 
 486 
 
 1,472 
 
 9,592 
 
 1,457 
 
 348 
 
 1,050 
 
 403 
 
 939 
 
 113 
 
 1,723 
 
 1,014 
 
 1,550 
 
 9,106 
 
 550 
 
 775 
 
 1,645 
 
 1,180 
 
 23,772 
 
 2,387 
 
 5,966 
 
 4,375 
 
 514 
 
 . 991 
 
 2,677 
 
 1,693 
 
 3,011 
 
 1,238 
 
 913 
 
 961 
 
 3,9L'5 
 
 365 
 
 234 
 
 9,788 
 
 870 
 
 1,189 
 
 1,154 
 
 15,332 
 
 431 
 
 3,688 
 
 2,851 
 
 4,667 
 
 4,042 
 
 218 
 
 2,561 
 
 1,442 
 
 1,019 
 
 1,128 
 
 "622 
 1,786 
 3,208 
 2,982 
 
 953 
 3,782 
 3,901 
 
 900 
 6,890 
 3,044 
 1,875 
 2,862 
 9,628 
 
 566 
 
 753 
 
 2,250 
 
 784 
 
 1,986 
 
 97 
 
 13 
 
 268 
 
 3,325 
 
 2,615 
 289 
 799 
 869 
 512 
 
 3,.396 I 
 221, 
 
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 267 
 
 Place. 
 
 County, 
 
 Tevei-sall, p. 
 Teversham, p. 
 Teviothead, p. 
 Tew (Great', p. 
 Tew (Little), p. 
 Tewiu, p. 
 Tewksbuky, tn-p. ) 
 
 M. &, P. W. S. i 
 
 Tey (Great), p. 
 Tey (Little), p. 
 Tey (Marks), p. 
 Teyuham, p. 
 Thakeham, p. 
 Thame, p. 
 Thame, tii. t. 
 Thames-Ditton, p. 
 Thanington, p. 
 Thai-stoii, p. 
 Thatoham, p. 
 Thaxted, p. 
 Theberton, p. 
 Theddingwortli, p. 
 Theddlethori)e(All|^ 
 
 Saints), p. ) 
 
 Theddlethorpe(St. ) 
 
 Helen), p. j 
 
 Thelbridge, p. 
 Theluetham, p. 
 Thelveton, p. 
 Themelthorjw, p. 
 Tlienford, p. 
 Therfield, p. 
 TUETfORD, tn. M. \ 
 
 & p. s. / 
 
 Thetford(8tCuth-^ 
 
 bert), p. ) 
 
 Thetford (St. Ma- ) 
 
 i-y), P- I 
 
 Thetford (St. Pe-) 
 
 ter), p. ]■ 
 
 Thimbleby, p. 
 Thirkleby-with- \ 
 
 Osgoodby, p. j 
 Thirne, p. 
 Thirsk, p. 
 Thirsk, tn. p. III. 
 Thistletou, y. 
 Thockriiigton, p. 
 Thomas (St.), p. 
 Thomas (St.)-the- ) 
 
 Apostle, p. I 
 
 Thomastowii, p. 
 Thoma8towii,tn.i».s. 
 Thomastown, p. 
 Thomson, p. 
 Thoresby (North), p. 
 Thoresby (South), p 
 Tlioresway, p. 
 Thorgauby, p. 
 Thorganby, p. 
 Thorington, p. 
 Thorley, p. 
 Tliorley, p. 
 Thonnanby, p. 
 Thoriiage, p. 
 Thornborough, p. 
 Tliornbury, p. 
 Tliornbury, tn. s. 
 Tliornbury, i). 
 Thorubury-with- \ 
 
 Netherwood, p. ) 
 Thoniby, p. 
 Thorncombe, j). 
 Thomdon (All) 
 
 Saints), p. ) 
 Thome, p. 
 Thorne, tn. w. 
 Thorne (Coffin), p. 
 Thorne (Falcon), p. 
 Thorne (St. Mar- ^ 
 
 garet), p. 3 
 
 Thorner, v. -p. 
 Thorney, p. 
 Thoruey-Abbey, \ 
 
 tn.-p. th. i 
 
 Thorney (West\ p. 
 Thorueyburn, i). 
 Thornford, p. 
 Thoniham, p. 
 Thornham, p. 
 Thornham (Magna)p 
 Thoniham f Parva),p 
 Thornhaugh, p. 
 Thornhill, v. -p. 
 Thornhill, v. 
 Thornley, tns. 
 Thornliebank, v. 
 Thornton, tns. 
 Thornton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Herts 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kent 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Berks 
 
 Essex 
 
 Suff'olk 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Devon 
 
 Suff'olk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 Herts 
 
 Norfolk 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln | 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk I 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Rutland; 
 
 North. 
 
 Dublin I 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Hants 
 
 Herts 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Northa. 
 Dorset 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 York 
 Somer. 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 York 
 Notts 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Sussex 
 North. 
 Dorset 
 Kent 
 Norfolk 
 Suffolk 
 Suffolk 
 Northa. 
 York 
 I Dumf. 
 ! Durham 
 Renfrew 
 i York 
 i Bucks 
 
 373 
 
 238 
 550 
 541 
 237 
 522 
 
 5,878 
 
 735 
 
 74 
 
 473 
 
 842 
 
 631 
 
 3,-259 
 
 2,869 
 
 2,361 
 
 385 
 
 374 
 
 4,293 
 
 2,550 
 
 591 
 
 279 
 
 356 
 
 205 
 
 4,704 
 
 5,319 
 
 142 
 
 173 
 
 2,180 
 1,793 
 
 "490 
 733 
 156 
 135 
 388 
 120 
 157 
 154 
 402 
 154 
 349 
 754 
 4,614 
 1,470 
 489 
 
 Place. 
 
 851 
 
 231 
 
 438 
 454 
 262 
 547 
 
 5,876 
 
 818 
 
 63 
 
 396 
 
 919 
 
 559 
 
 3,245 
 
 2,917 
 
 2,253 
 
 457 
 
 351 
 
 4,129 
 
 2,302 
 
 541 
 
 281 
 
 300 
 
 260 
 552 
 154 
 93 
 132 
 1,335 
 
 259 
 516 
 160 
 68 
 112 
 1,222 
 
 4,075 
 
 4,208 
 
 1,612 
 
 1,697 
 
 1,252 
 
 1,256 
 
 1,211 
 
 1,257 
 
 492 
 
 477 
 
 300 
 
 299 
 
 County. 
 
 210 
 
 4,815 
 
 5,350 
 
 142 
 
 166 
 
 29,534 
 
 887 
 
 1,932 
 
 1,426 
 
 54 
 
 475 
 
 824 
 
 162 
 
 196 
 
 407 
 
 140 
 
 121 
 
 143 
 
 388 
 
 147 
 
 358 
 
 694 
 
 4,494 
 
 4,244 
 
 365 
 
 196 
 
 224 
 
 220 
 1,317 
 
 252 
 1,277 
 
 725 
 
 674 
 
 3,484 
 
 2,820 
 
 102 
 
 229 
 
 3,381 
 
 2,591 
 
 99 
 
 190 
 
 143 
 
 144 
 
 1,530 
 412 
 
 1,500 
 395 
 
 2,174 
 
 2,219 
 
 111 
 340 
 410 
 511 
 
 93 
 514 
 
 415 
 1 531 
 
 792 
 
 322 
 
 155 
 
 266 
 
 6,858 
 
 1,658 
 
 2,740 
 
 1,620 
 
 194 
 
 103' 
 
 282 
 
 124 
 
 243 
 
 7,633 
 
 1,450 
 
 3,306 
 
 1,839 
 
 179 
 
 111 
 
 Thornton, p. 
 
 Thornton, p. 
 
 Thornton, v. 
 
 Thornton, tns. 
 
 Thornton, p. 
 
 Tliornton-in-Cra- > 
 ven, p. j 
 
 Thornton-Curtis, p. 
 
 Thornton-Dale, p. 
 
 Thornton (East), p. 
 
 Thoniton-le-Fen, p. 
 
 Thornton in- Lous- ^ 
 dale, p. ) 
 
 Thornton-le-Moor, p. 
 
 Thornton-Steward, p 
 
 Thorn ton-le-Street, p 
 
 Thornton-Watlass, p 
 
 Thoroton, p. 
 
 Thorpacre - cum - ) 
 Dishley, p. j 
 
 Thori)-Arch, p. 
 
 Thorjie, p. 
 
 Thorpe, p. 
 
 Thorpe, p. 
 
 Thorije-Abbot's, p. 
 
 Thoiiie-Achurch, p. 
 
 Thorpe-Arnold, p. 
 
 Thorpe- Basset, p. 
 
 Thorpe Bocha]-t, p. 
 
 Thorpe - Constan - > 
 tine, p. ) 
 
 Thorpe-nextHad- ) 
 discoe, p. ( 
 
 Thoi'i^e - on - the - > 
 Hill, p. ]■ 
 
 Thoriie-by-lx ) 
 worth, p. ) 
 
 Thorjie-Malsor, p. 
 
 Thorpe Mande ville, p 
 
 Thoriie-Market, p. 
 
 Thorpe-Morieux, p. 
 
 Thoi-pe-next-Nor- ) 
 wich, v.-p. ) 
 
 Thorpe-Sal vin, p. 
 
 Thorpe-leSoken, ) 
 p. w. I 
 
 Thori)e (St. An- ) 
 drew), p. f 
 
 Thorpe (St. Peter), p, 
 
 Thorpe (West), p. 
 
 Thoi-rington, p. 
 
 Thorverton, p. 
 
 Thoydon-Bois, p. 
 
 Thoydon-Garnon, p. 
 
 Tlioydon-Mount, p. 
 
 Thrandeston, p. 
 
 Thi-ajiston, tu.-p. 
 
 Threapwood, p. 
 
 Threckingham, p. 
 
 Threxton, i>. 
 
 Thrigby, p. 
 
 Thriplow, p. 
 
 Throapham (St, \ 
 1 John), p. j 
 i Throcking, p. 
 i Throwleigh, p. 
 I Throwley, y. 
 i Thrumptoii, p. 
 I Thrushelton, p. 
 'j Thrussington, p. 
 1 Thruxton, p. 
 I Thruxton, p. 
 
 Thrybergh, p. 
 :1 Thundersley, p. 
 "\ Thundridge, p. 
 
 I Thurcastou, p. 
 ] Thurgarton, p. 
 ^j Thurgarton, p. 
 i Thuiiaston, p. 
 , Thurlbear, p. 
 Ij Thurlby near I 
 il Newark, p. j 
 ji Thurlby, p. 
 
 II Thniieigh, p. 
 jl Thurles, p. 
 ', Thurles, tn. 
 ' Thurlestone, p. 
 : Thurlestone, tns. 
 ! Thurlow (Great), p. 
 
 Thurlow (Little), p. 
 Thurloxton, p. 
 Thurlton, p. • 
 Thurnby, p. 
 Thurning, p. 
 Thurning, p. 
 Thumscoe, p. 
 Thurrock (Grays), ) 
 tn.-p. f 
 
 Thurrock (Little), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Fife 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Chester 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 York 
 York 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Yoik 
 
 York 
 
 Notts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 York 
 
 Derby 
 
 Notts 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 York 
 
 Notts 
 
 Stafford 
 Norfolk 
 Lincoln 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Northa. 
 Northa. 
 Norfolk 
 Suffolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Y'^ork 
 
 Essex 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Essex 
 
 Devon 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Camb. 
 
 York 
 
 Herts 
 
 Devon 
 
 Kent 
 
 Notts 
 
 Devon 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Heref. 
 
 York 
 
 Essex 
 
 Herts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Notts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Bedfoi-d 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Tip. 
 i Devon 
 
 York 
 I Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Somer. 
 j Norfolk 
 I Leices. 
 I Norfolk 
 1 Northa. 
 [York 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,350 
 240 
 844 
 298 
 942 
 
 2,202 
 
 497 
 927 
 816 
 
 1,130 
 
 108 
 304 
 234 
 421 
 177 
 
 260 
 
 315 
 188 
 115 
 655 
 258 
 242 
 122 
 207 
 33 
 
 287 
 151 
 221 
 414 
 
 3,000 
 
 313 
 
 1,294 
 
 3,000 
 
 626 
 56 
 
 458 
 1,611 
 
 591 
 1,237 
 
 194 
 
 397 
 1,183 
 
 180 
 61 
 49 
 
 521 
 
 206 
 
 85 
 395 
 614 
 133 
 536 
 544 
 267 
 
 71 
 331 
 492 
 572 
 1,102 
 272 
 385 
 796 
 212 
 
 156 
 
 10,546 
 
 6; 
 
 2,018 
 431 
 449 
 • 192 
 445 
 373 
 212; 
 211! 
 198 
 
 1,713 1 
 
 308: 
 
 1,292 
 281 
 627 
 291 
 913 
 
 2,112 
 
 483 
 893 
 851 
 193 
 
 1,161 
 
 127 
 253 
 241 
 440 
 
 'no 
 
 195 
 
 388 
 204 
 107 
 552 
 2.56 
 209 
 124 
 219 
 36 
 
 427 
 
 251 
 164 
 215 
 447 
 
 1,453 
 
 337 
 
 1,159 
 
 3,84] 
 
 593 
 
 54 
 
 424 
 
 1,211 
 
 610 
 
 1,095 
 
 164 
 
 364 
 
 1,256 
 
 336 
 
 189 
 
 80 
 
 45 
 
 502 
 
 75 
 
 97 
 327 
 635 
 144 
 484 
 574 
 24' 
 
 65 
 330 
 531 
 489 
 1^095 
 264 
 361 
 698 
 192 
 
 142 
 
 833 
 
 666 
 
 6,677 
 
 4,866 
 
 437 
 
 2,251 
 
 423 
 
 369 
 
 207 
 
 420 
 
 376 
 
 178 
 
 214 
 
 196 
 
 2,209 
 
 294 
 
 Place. 
 
 Thurrock (West), p. 
 Thureby, p. 
 Thursford, p. 
 Thurshelton, p. 
 Thursley, p. 
 Thurso, p. 
 Thurso, tn. .f. 
 Thurstaston, p. 
 Thurston, p. 
 Thurstouland, v. 
 Thurton, p. 
 Thuxton, p. 
 Thwaite, p. 
 Thwaite, p. 
 Thwaite (St.Mary),p 
 Tliwing, p. 
 Tibberaghny, p. 
 Tibbermore, p. 
 Tibberton, p. 
 Tibberton, p. 
 Tibenham, p. 
 Tiberton, p. 
 Tibohine, p. 
 Tibshelf, p. 
 Ticehurst, v. p. 
 Tickencote, p. 
 Tickenham, p. 
 Tickhill, tn.-p. 
 Tickmacrevan, p. 
 Ticknall, v.-p. 
 Tidcombe, p. 
 Tidenham, v.-p. 
 Tideswell, tn.-p. w. 
 Tidmarsh, p. 
 Tidmington, p. 
 Tidworth (North), p 
 Tid worth (South), p. 
 Tiffield, p. 
 Tikillin, p. 
 Tilbrook, p. 
 Tilbury, p. 
 Tilbury (East), p. 
 Tilbury (West;, p. 
 Tilehurst, p. 
 Tillicoultiy, p. 
 Tillingham, p. 
 Tillington, p. 
 Tillington, p. 
 Tilmanstone, p. 
 Tilney (All Saints), p 
 Tilney - cum - Is - ) 
 
 lington, p. ) 
 
 Tilney (St. Law- ) 
 
 rence), p. ) 
 
 Tilshead, p. 
 Tilston, p. 
 Tilsworth, p. 
 Tilton, p. 
 Tilty, p. 
 Timahoe, p. 
 Timberland, p. 
 Timberscombe, p. 
 Timogue, p. 
 Timoleague, tu.-p. 
 Timolin, p. 
 Timoole, p. 
 Timsbury, p. 
 Timsbuiy, p. 
 Timworth, p. 
 Tinahely, tn. 
 Tincleton, p. 
 Tingewick, p. 
 Tingrith, p. 
 Tingwall, p. 
 Tinnahinch, tn. 
 Tintagel, p. 
 Tintern, p. 
 Tintem-Pai-va, p. 
 Tintinhull, p. 
 Tintwistle, tns. 
 Tinwald, p. 
 Tinwell, p. 
 Tipi)er, p. 
 Tipperary, p. 
 Tipperary, tn. th. s 
 Tipperkerin, p. 
 Tipton, v.-p. 
 Tiranscragh, p. 
 Tiiiey, p. 
 Tisaran, p. 
 Tisaxon, p. 
 Tisbury (East), p. 
 Tisbury (West), p. 
 TiscoflSn, p. 
 Tisrara, p. 
 Tissington, p. 
 Tisted (East), p. 
 Tisted (West), p. 
 Titchbome, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Cunib. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Devon 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 Caith. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Perth 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Roscom 
 
 Derby 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Rutland 
 
 Somer. 
 
 York 
 
 Antrim 
 
 Derby 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Derby 
 
 Berks 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Hants 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Berks 
 
 Clack. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Kent 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Chester 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Somev. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Coi-k 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Meath 
 
 Hants 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Galway 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 King's 
 
 Cork 
 
 Wilts 
 
 WUts 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 Derby 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. ■ 
 
 754! 
 
 591 i 
 
 346- 
 
 ... I 
 
 756 
 
 5,096 
 
 2,908 
 
 142 
 
 759 
 
 1,320 I 
 
 242 I 
 
 133 
 
 138 
 
 179 
 
 130 
 
 444 
 
 247 
 
 1,495 
 
 362 
 
 329 
 
 727 
 
 141 
 
 13,718 
 
 806 
 
 2,850 
 
 98 
 
 424 
 
 2,159 
 
 3,903 
 
 1,241 
 
 218 
 
 1,753 
 
 3,411 
 
 165 
 
 63 
 
 386 
 
 230 
 
 154 
 
 1,135 
 
 359 
 
 300 
 
 401 
 
 519 
 
 2,188 
 
 4,086 
 
 1,048 
 
 982 
 
 "447 
 575 
 
 943 
 
 523 
 
 837 
 
 337 
 
 410 
 
 101 
 
 1,052 
 
 1,638 
 
 442 
 
 243 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,265 
 
 63 
 
 194 
 
 1,639 
 
 241 
 
 502 
 
 176 
 
 877 
 
 196 
 
 2,874 
 
 1,084 
 
 2,163 
 
 370 
 
 529 
 
 3,027 
 
 1,080 
 
 287 
 
 548 
 
 7,601 
 
 8,227 
 
 512 
 
 24,872 
 
 719 
 
 526 
 
 1,576 
 
 284 
 
 945 
 
 680 
 
 1,122 
 
 2,031 
 
 344 
 
 229 
 
 268 
 
 378 
 
 1,039 
 
 568 
 
 322 
 
 484 
 
 805 
 
 5,561 
 
 3,420 
 
 102 
 
 740 
 
 1,116 
 
 246 
 
 132 
 
 147 
 
 147 
 
 ■ 136 
 
 410 
 
 210 
 
 1,296 
 
 391 
 
 309 
 
 729 
 
 153 
 
 14,884 
 
 863 
 
 2,758 
 
 104 
 
 401 
 
 1,980 
 
 4,107 
 
 1,068 
 
 274 
 
 1,661 
 
 3,512 
 
 179 
 
 69 
 
 345 
 
 208 
 
 214 
 
 869 
 
 329 
 
 232 
 
 403 
 
 385 
 
 2,330 
 
 5,054 
 
 1,010 
 
 908 
 
 79 
 
 405 
 
 610 
 
 855 
 
 600 
 817 
 348 
 432 
 83 
 
 1,021 
 
 1,618 
 434 
 214 
 965 
 980 
 41 
 207 
 
 1,561 
 222 
 ■510 
 154 
 914 
 220 
 
 2,697 
 370 
 900 
 
 1,600 
 335 
 437 
 
 2,491 
 
 1,079 
 235 
 352 
 
 5,623 
 
 5,872 
 
 461 
 
 28,870 
 
 525 
 
 539 
 
 1,085 
 264 
 940 
 653 
 969 
 
 1,430 
 403 
 221 
 282 
 308 
 

 
 268 
 
 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 
 
 AND 1861. 
 
 
 
 Pucx. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18U. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Titchfield, p. s. 
 
 Hants 
 
 3,956 
 
 4,043 
 
 Tottington, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 370 
 
 308 
 
 j TroBton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 427 
 
 322 
 
 Titchmareli, p. 
 
 1 Nortlia. 
 
 883 
 
 893 
 
 Tottington-Lower- ) 
 End, tns. ) 
 
 Lancas 
 
 10,691 
 
 11,764 
 
 ! Trostrey, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 176 
 
 190 
 
 Titchwell, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 163 
 
 146 
 
 
 Trotton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 484 
 
 462 
 
 Titeskin, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 371 
 
 279 
 
 Touaghty, p. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 884 
 
 843 
 
 Trowbridge, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 11,148 
 
 10,487 
 
 Titley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 376 
 
 373 
 
 Tough, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 891 
 
 874 
 
 Trowbridge, tn. (.th.^ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 10,157 
 
 9,626 
 
 Titaey, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 154 
 
 167 
 
 Towcester, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 2,665 
 
 2,715 
 
 Trowell, p. 
 
 1 Notts 
 
 392 
 
 343 
 
 Tittleshall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 615 
 
 544 
 
 { Towednack, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,057 
 
 1,007 
 
 Trowse, p. 
 
 i Norfolk 
 
 1,363 
 
 1,404 
 
 Tiverton, tn.-p. \ 
 
 M. & p. t. g. ) 
 
 Devon 
 
 11,144 
 
 10,447 
 
 Tower Hamlets, p 
 
 Middles 
 
 
 647,845 
 
 Trubley, p. 
 
 1 Meath 
 
 88 
 
 78 
 
 Towersey, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 "448 
 
 449 
 
 1 Trull, p. 
 
 i Somer. 
 
 716 
 
 779 
 
 Tivetshall(St Mar- [ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 355 
 
 375 
 
 Towie, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 756 
 
 839 
 
 Trumpington, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 771 
 
 716 
 
 garet), p. ) 
 
 Townstiill, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,303 
 
 1,337 
 
 Trunch, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 451 
 
 464 
 
 TivetshaU(St.Ma-) 
 jy), P- J 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 352 
 
 362 
 
 Town-Yetholm, v. 
 
 Roxb. 
 
 618 
 
 544 
 
 ! Truro, tn.M.&p.ro.s 
 
 Comw. 
 
 10,733 
 
 11,.337 
 
 Towton, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 122 
 
 101 
 
 j Trusham, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 205 
 
 ^23 
 
 Tixall, p. 
 
 Staffonl 
 
 221 
 
 289 
 
 Towyn, p./. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 2,769 
 
 2,859 
 
 1 Trusley, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 90 
 
 99 
 
 Tixover, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 115 
 
 129 
 
 Toxteth Park, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 69,284 
 
 j Trusthorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 289 
 
 332 
 
 Tober, p. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 352 
 
 279 
 
 Toynton (All[ 
 
 T • 1 
 
 ijincoin 
 
 515 
 
 471 
 
 1 Trysull, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 559 
 
 610 
 
 Tobercurry, tn. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 755 
 
 842 
 
 Saints), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 i Tuam, p. 
 
 Galway 
 
 13,060 
 
 9,306 
 
 Tobermoro, tn. 
 
 London. 
 
 
 561 
 
 Toynton (High), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 212 
 
 210 
 
 I Tuam, tn. w. «. 
 
 Galway 
 
 7,819 
 
 4,565 
 
 Tockenham, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 "ioo 
 
 157 
 
 Toynton (Low), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 133 
 
 155 
 
 ! Tubbercurry, tn. «!. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 755 
 
 842 
 
 Todbere, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 119 
 
 122 
 
 Toynton(St.Peter),p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 486 
 
 433 
 
 Tubbrid, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 216 
 
 200 
 
 Toddington, tn.-p. s. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 2,438 
 
 2,433 
 
 Trabolgan, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 390 
 
 313 
 
 Tubbrid, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 i Kilkny 
 
 2,928 
 
 2,237 
 
 Toddingtoii, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 189 
 
 153 
 
 Tracton, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,796 
 
 1,564 
 
 j Tubbridbrittain, p. 
 
 929 
 
 698 
 
 Todenham, p. 
 
 Gloiic. 
 
 402 
 
 408 
 
 Tralee, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 12,649 
 
 10,404 
 
 Tubney, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 233 
 
 180 
 
 Todmorden, tn. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 4,532 
 
 11,797 
 
 Tralee, tn. P. t. s. 
 
 Keri-y 
 
 13,759 
 
 10,309 
 
 : Tuddenham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 479 
 
 413 
 
 Todwick, p. 
 Toem, p. 
 
 York 
 Tip. 
 
 200 
 3,521 
 
 187 
 2,975 
 
 Trallong, p. 
 Tramore, tn. s. 
 
 Brecon 
 Waterf. 
 
 319 
 
 1,882 
 
 278 
 1,847 
 
 I Tuddenham, near) 
 i Ipswich, p. 1 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 425 
 
 394 
 
 Toft, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 380 
 
 359 
 
 Tranent, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 4,158 
 
 4,647 
 
 : Tuddenham (East),p 
 
 Norfolk j 689 
 
 512 
 
 Toft (Monks), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 421 
 
 427 
 
 Tranent, tn. 
 
 Had. 
 
 2,096 
 
 2,257 
 
 1 Tuddenham ( 
 (North), p. ) 
 
 Vnt-fnllr i '*QA 
 
 437 
 
 Toft-next-Newton, p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 77 
 
 85 
 
 Tranmere, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 6,519 
 
 9,918 
 
 XiUl JOlJi 
 
 
 Toft-Trees, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 68 
 
 64 
 
 Traquair, p. 
 
 Peebles 
 
 646 
 
 687 
 
 ; Tudely, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 642 
 
 547 
 
 Toft (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 191 
 
 193 
 
 Trawden, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,601 
 
 2,087 
 
 I Tudy (St.), p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 652 
 
 570 
 
 Tolland, p. 
 
 Sonier. 
 
 147 
 
 138 
 
 Trawsfynydd, p. 
 
 Merion. 
 
 1,498 
 
 1,517 
 
 i Tufton, or Tuck- ) 
 ington, p. j 
 
 Hants 
 
 163 
 
 142 
 
 ToUard-Royal, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 574 
 
 694 
 
 Treadingstown, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 423 
 
 350 
 
 Toller (Fratrum, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 64 
 
 45 
 
 Treals (Roseacro ) 
 and Wharles),tns | 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 696 
 
 632 
 
 Tugby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 365 
 
 360 
 
 Toller (Porcorum),p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 527 
 
 500 
 
 Tugford, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 157 
 
 119 
 
 Tollerton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 157 
 
 148 
 
 Treborough, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 142 
 
 183 
 
 TuUa, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 6,760 
 
 5,240 
 
 Tollerton, tiis. 
 
 York 
 
 551 
 
 547 
 
 Tredegar, tn. s. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 8,305 
 
 9,.383 
 
 i Tulla, tn. 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 1,198 
 
 ToUesbury, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,193 
 
 1,462 
 
 Tredington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 143 
 
 117 
 
 . TuUalsracky, p. 
 
 Limer; 
 
 "836 
 
 696 
 
 Tolleshunt(D'Ai-cy)p 
 
 Essex 
 
 792 
 
 803 
 
 Tredington, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,117 
 
 1,100 
 
 j TuUagh, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 2,374 
 
 2,038 
 
 Tolleshunt ) 
 (Knight's), p. ) 
 
 y 
 
 371 
 
 386 
 
 Tredunnock, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 157 
 
 104 
 
 ; Tullaghan brogue, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 760 
 
 622 
 
 
 Treeton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 663 
 
 612 
 
 Tullaghanoge, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 165 
 
 107 
 
 Tolleshunt ( M aj or), p 
 
 Essex 
 
 479 
 
 438 
 
 Tref-Draeth, p 
 
 Angles. 
 
 994 
 
 021 
 
 TuUaghgore, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 82 
 
 67 
 
 Tolpuddle, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 354 
 
 401 
 
 Tref-Eglwys, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 1,793 
 
 1,701 
 
 Tullaghmelan, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 730 
 
 590 
 
 Tomantoul, v. 
 
 Banff 
 
 641 
 
 659 
 
 Trefeirig, tns. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 887 
 
 1,095 
 
 1 Tullaghobegly, p. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 8,982 
 
 9,307 
 
 Tomdeely, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 281 
 
 166 
 
 Treffgarne, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 99 
 
 86 
 
 I Tullaghorton, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,504 
 
 1,114 
 
 Tomfinlough, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 3,182 
 
 2,639 
 
 Trefilan, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 308 
 
 S13 
 
 j Tullaherin, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 847 
 
 643 
 
 Tomgraney, p. 
 
 Clare 
 
 6,673 
 
 3,086 
 
 Tref-Llys, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 103 
 
 91 
 
 Tullahought, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,364 
 
 1,0(10 
 
 Tomhaggard, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 826 
 
 642 
 
 Trefriw, p. 
 
 Camar. 
 
 428 
 
 483 
 
 j TiiUamain, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 473 
 
 300 
 
 Tomregan, p. 
 
 Ca.-Fer. 
 
 3,405 
 
 2,922 
 
 Tregaian, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 160 
 
 ! Tullamore, tn. t. s. 
 
 King's 
 
 4,630 
 
 4,794 
 
 Tong, V. 
 
 York 
 
 2,797 
 
 3,035 
 
 Tregare, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 325 
 
 319 
 
 ' Tullaroan, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 2,373 
 
 1,660 
 
 Tong, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 242 
 
 277 
 
 Tregaron (Caron- \ 
 ys-Clawdd), p. f 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 2,593 
 
 2,608 
 
 Tulliallan, p. 
 
 Perth 
 
 3,043 
 
 2,410 
 
 Tong, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 511 
 
 532 
 
 Tullibody, v. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 600 
 
 602 
 
 Tonge, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,831 
 
 4,606 
 
 Tregavethan, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 
 34 
 
 Tullomoy, p. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 1,015 
 
 829 
 
 Tongland, ji. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 924 
 
 892 
 
 Tregony, tn.-p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 "846 
 
 699 
 
 Tullow, V. s. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 2,963 
 
 2,383 
 
 Tongue, p. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 2,041 
 
 2,077 
 
 Tregynon, p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 718 
 
 703 
 
 Tullowcreen, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 1,110 
 
 988 
 
 Toome, p. 
 Toomore, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 Mayo 
 
 1,768 
 2,498 
 
 1,331 
 2,899 
 
 Treleach - ar - ) 
 Bettws, p. r 
 
 Carmar. 
 
 1,532 
 
 1,456 
 
 Tullowmagimma, p. 
 Tnllowphelim, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 Carlow 
 
 984 
 3,497 
 
 851 
 3,116 
 
 Toomour, p. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 2,351 
 
 2,349 
 
 Trelleck, p.-v. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 1,136 
 
 1,128 
 
 TuUy, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 1,087 
 
 940 
 
 Toomyvara, tn. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 419 
 
 425 
 
 Tremain, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 276 
 
 282 
 
 Tully, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 983 
 
 873 
 
 Tooting-Graveney, p 
 
 Surrey 
 
 2,122 
 
 2,055 
 
 Tremaine, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 95 
 
 109 
 
 TuUyallen, p. 
 
 Lo.-Me. 
 
 4,142 
 
 3,191 
 
 Topcliffe, p. 
 Topcroft, p. 
 
 York 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,797 
 477 
 
 2,800 
 418 
 
 Trenieirchion, or) 
 Dymeirchion, p. j 
 
 Flint 
 
 707 
 
 707 
 
 Tully Corbet, p. 
 Tullyfern, p. 
 
 Monag. 
 Donegal 
 
 3,293 
 5,116 
 
 2,983 
 4,525 
 
 Toppesfield, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,051 
 
 1,045 
 
 Trenegloss, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 193 
 
 138 
 
 Tullylease, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 1,600 
 
 1,508 
 
 Topsham, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,377 
 
 3,503 
 
 Trent, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 530 
 
 512 
 
 Tullylish, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 13,400 
 
 12,908 
 
 Topsham, tn. «. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,717 
 
 2,772 
 
 Trenthani, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,747 
 
 4,611 
 
 Tullynakill, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 1,221 
 
 1,037 
 
 Torbock, tns. 
 Torbrian, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 Devon 
 
 681 
 229 
 
 626 
 
 205 
 
 Trentham, tn. 
 Trentishoe, ji. 
 
 Stafford 
 Devon 
 
 680 
 129 
 
 645 
 123 
 
 Tullynessle and ) 
 Forbes, p. ) 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 930 
 
 957 
 
 Torksey, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 438 
 
 379 
 
 Tresmer, p. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 175 
 
 148 
 
 Tullyniskan, p. 
 
 Tyrone 
 
 3,474 
 
 3,203 
 
 Tormarton, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 463 
 
 454 
 
 Treswell, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 254 
 
 270 
 
 Tullyrusk, p. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,049 
 
 954 
 
 Tormoham-with- \ 
 Torquay, p. | 
 Torosay, p. 
 Torpenhow, p. 
 Torpichen, p. 
 Torquay, tn. 
 Torrington(BL-vck),p 
 
 Devon 
 
 11,474 
 
 16,419 
 
 Tretire (Michael-^ 
 Church), p. ) 
 
 Heref. 
 
 138 
 
 147 
 
 Tullyveery, tn. 
 Tumna, p. 
 
 Down 
 Roscom. 
 
 2,849 
 
 984 
 2,872 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,361 
 
 1,380 
 
 Trevalga, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 126 
 
 158 
 
 Tunbridge, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 16,548 
 
 21,004 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,175 
 
 1,083 
 
 Trevet, p. 
 
 Meath 
 
 416 
 
 237 
 
 Tunbridge, tn. 
 
 Kent 
 
 4,539 
 
 5,919 
 
 Linlith. 
 Devon 
 
 1,356 
 7,903 
 
 1,848 
 16,419 
 
 Trevethin-with- ) 
 PontyjKK)!, p. j 
 
 Monm. 
 
 16,864 
 
 18,146 
 
 Tunbridge Wells, tn/ 
 Tundergarth, p. 
 
 Kent 
 Dumf. 
 
 10,587 
 577 
 
 13,807 
 507 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,115 
 
 1,020 
 
 Treville, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 
 145 
 
 Tunstall, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 165 
 
 207 
 
 Torrington (East), p. 
 
 Torrington (Great) |^ 
 
 tn.-p. M. *. ) 
 
 Torrington(Little),p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 113 
 
 120 
 
 Trewalchmai, p. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 
 768 
 
 Tunstall, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 139 
 
 112 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,308 
 623 
 
 3,298 
 563 
 
 Trewen, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 "i88 
 
 178 
 
 Tunstall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 676 
 
 701 
 
 Devon 
 
 Treyford, p. 
 Trillick, tn. t. 
 
 Sussex 
 Tyrone 
 
 449 
 
 123 
 412 
 
 Tunstall, p. 
 TunsUU, p. 
 Tunstall, or Tuns- ) 
 tall-Court, tn. ) 
 
 York 
 Lancan. 
 
 159 
 814 
 
 166 
 803 
 
 Torrington (West),p. 
 Torry (Low), v. 
 Torrybum, p. 
 Torteval, p. 
 Torthorwald, p. 
 Tortington, p. 
 Tortworth, p. 
 Toseland, p. 
 Toaside, p. 
 Togtock, p. 
 Totham (Great), p. 
 Totham (Little), p. 
 Tothill, p. 
 Totnes, p. 
 
 Tutiies, tn. M. & p. s. 
 Tottenham, v. -p. 
 Tottenhill, p. 
 Tottenlioo, p. 
 Totteridge, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 Fife 
 
 133 
 
 165 
 371 
 
 Trim, p. 
 Trim, tn. s. 
 
 Meath 
 Meath 
 
 6,226; 
 2,05S 
 
 4,396 
 2,319 
 
 Stafford 
 
 9,566 
 
 11,207 
 
 Fife 
 
 1,341 
 
 1,229 
 
 Trimdon, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,598 
 
 2,975 
 
 Tunstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 449 
 
 405 
 
 Guem. 
 
 355 
 
 365 
 
 Trimingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 243 
 
 185 
 
 Tunworth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 133 
 
 118 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 Sussex 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,313 
 104 
 237 
 
 1,254 
 112 
 235 
 
 Trimley (St. Mar-| 
 
 tin), p. j 
 
 Trimley(St.Mary),p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Suffolk 
 
 574 
 394 
 
 682 
 385 
 
 Tuogh, p. 
 Tuoghcluggin, p. 
 Tuosist, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 Limer. 
 Kerry 
 
 2,272 
 
 426 
 
 4,034 
 
 2,270 
 
 325 
 
 3,399 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 York 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Essex 
 
 230 
 
 217 
 
 Tring, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 4,746 
 
 4,841 
 
 Tupholme, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 73 
 
 81 
 
 348 
 840 
 
 96 
 382 
 812 
 
 Tring, tn. /. 
 Trinity, p. 
 Trinity-Ga«k, p. 
 
 Herts 
 Jersey 
 Perth 
 
 3,218 
 2,6101 
 
 597! 
 
 3,130 
 
 2,273 
 
 488 
 
 Tupsley, tns. 
 Turkdean, p. 
 Turlough, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 Glouc. 
 Mayo 
 
 669 
 
 278 
 
 4,516 
 
 802 
 
 291 
 
 4,612 
 
 Essex 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Devon 
 
 Devon 
 
 Middles. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Herts 
 
 388 
 
 346 
 
 Trinity (Within), p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 1,380: 
 
 2,040 
 
 Turnaston, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 70 
 
 54 
 
 69 
 
 61 
 
 Trinity (Without), p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 12,177 i 
 
 11,185 
 
 Turner's-Puddle, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 109 
 
 111 
 
 3,828 
 
 3,409 
 
 Troedyraur, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 1,020 1 
 
 974 
 
 Tumworth, p. j 
 
 Dorset 
 
 103 
 
 150 
 
 4,419 
 
 4,001 
 
 Troon, tn. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 2,404 
 
 2,427 
 
 Turriff, tn.-p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 3,584 
 
 3,693 
 
 9,120 
 412 
 
 13,240 
 342 
 
 Troqueer, p. 
 Trory, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 Ferman . 
 
 4,925 ; 
 1,186 
 
 4,743 
 941 
 
 Turvey, p. 
 Turville, p. 
 
 Bedford. 
 Bucks 
 
 1,028 
 436 
 
 1,093 
 437 
 
 753 
 595 
 
 652 
 573 
 
 Trosley, or Trot-) 
 terscliffe, p. | 
 
 Kent 
 
 283! 
 
 293 
 
 Turweston, p. 
 Tusmore> p. 
 
 Bucks 
 Oxford 
 
 322 
 52 
 
 335 
 45 
 
 ^ i=:r- : ^^1 
 

 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELA:tfD. 
 
 
 
 269 
 
 PIJ.OE. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 1 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Placb. 
 
 Ooonty. 
 
 Pop. 
 lesi. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Tutbury, tn.-p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 1,798 
 
 1,982 
 
 U ply me, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,032 
 
 989 
 
 Waghen, or Wawn, p 
 
 York 
 
 347 
 
 408 
 
 Tiittington, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 213 
 
 202 
 
 Upminster, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,228 
 
 1,342 
 
 Wainfleet (AU |^ 
 Saints), p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 
 Tuxford, tn.-p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 1,211 
 
 1,034 
 
 Upottery, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,042 
 
 940 
 
 1,365 
 
 1,392 
 
 Tweedmouth, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 5,714 
 
 5,414 
 
 Upperchurch, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,350 
 
 2,271 
 
 Wainfleet (St. ( 
 Mary), p. f 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 
 Tvveedsmuir, j). 
 
 Peebles 
 
 220 
 
 190 
 
 Uppingham, tn.-p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 2,068 
 
 2,186 
 
 717 
 
 730 
 
 Twerton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,958 
 
 3,012 
 
 Uppington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 98 
 
 95 j 
 
 Wainfleet(St. Tho- ) 
 
 
 
 
 Twickenham, v.-p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 6,254 
 
 8,077 
 
 Upshire, tns. 
 
 Essex 
 
 854 
 
 I 
 
 mas or North- V 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 173 
 
 162 
 
 Twineham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 343 
 
 339 
 
 Upton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 169 
 
 1521 
 
 holme), p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Twinell (St.), p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 210 
 
 220 
 
 Upton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 677 
 
 627 
 
 Waith, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 53 
 
 43 
 
 Twining, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,011 
 
 992 
 
 Upton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 564 
 
 611 
 
 Wakefield, p. 
 
 York 
 
 33,117 
 
 35,739 
 
 Twinsteiid, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 207 
 
 193 
 
 Upton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 42 
 
 36 
 
 Wakefield, tn. m. «. 
 
 York 
 
 22,065 
 
 23,360 
 
 Twitchen, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 203 
 
 227 
 
 Upton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 629 
 
 587 
 
 » !•■ 
 
 York 
 
 22,057 
 
 23,150 
 
 Two-Mile-Borris, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 2,361 
 
 1,802 
 
 Upton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 344 
 
 314' 
 
 Wakering (Gi-eat), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 906 
 
 1,018 
 
 Twycross, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 305 
 
 336 
 
 Upton, or Over- ) 
 church, p. 1 
 
 Chester 
 
 227 
 
 293 
 
 Wakering (Little;, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 ,292 
 
 283 
 
 Twyford, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 526 
 
 643 
 
 
 Wakerley, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 232 
 
 223« 
 
 TwyfoixJ, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 84 
 
 60 
 
 Upton (Bishop), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 693 
 
 716 
 
 Wakes-Colne, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 499 
 
 636 
 
 Twyford, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 848 
 
 694 
 
 Upton-cum-Chal- \ 
 
 Bucks 
 
 3,573 
 
 4,688 i 
 
 Walberswick, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 367 
 
 316 
 
 Twyford, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,272 
 
 1,301 
 
 vey, p. ) 
 
 Walberton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 578 
 
 688 
 
 Twynholm, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 782 
 
 815 
 
 Upton (Cressett), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 58 
 
 72 1 
 
 Walcot, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 152 
 
 201 
 
 Twywell, p. 
 
 Noi-tha. 
 
 298 
 
 336 
 
 Upton (Gray), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 423 
 
 371 
 
 Walcot, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 9,462 
 
 26,281 
 
 Tvdd (St. Giles), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 932 
 
 924 
 
 Upton (Helions), p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 137 
 
 111 
 
 Walcott, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 167 
 
 141 
 
 Tydd (-St. Mary), p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,107 
 
 977 
 
 Upton (Lovell), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 233 
 
 210 
 
 Walcott, h. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 617 
 
 605 
 
 Tydweiiiog, p. 
 
 Carnar. 
 
 456 
 
 371 
 
 Upton (Magna), p. 
 
 Siilop 
 
 488 
 
 452 
 
 Walden (Saffron), ) 
 tn.-p. M. g. j 
 
 Essex 
 
 5,911 
 
 5,474 
 
 Tyfarnham, p. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 252 
 
 223 
 
 Upton (Noble), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 238 
 
 217 
 
 Tyldesley, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 3,608 
 
 3,950 
 
 Upton (Parva), p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 202 
 
 206 
 
 Walden (St. ) 
 Paul's), p. ]" 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,175 
 
 1,123 
 
 Tynagh, v.-p. 
 
 Gal way 
 
 3,086 
 
 2,265 
 
 Ui)ton (Pyne), j). 
 
 Devon 
 
 491 
 
 455 
 
 Tynan, p. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 7,302 
 
 6,532 
 
 Upton (Scuda- \ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 407 
 
 381 
 
 Waldershave, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 105 
 
 104 
 
 Tyneham, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 276 
 
 272! 
 
 more), p. ) 
 
 
 
 Waldingfield > 
 (Great), p. ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 
 622 
 
 Tynemouth, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 30,524 
 
 35,404 
 
 Upton-u{K)n-Se- ) 
 
 Worces 
 
 2,693 
 
 2,676 
 
 
 ,, til. M. & p. 
 
 North. 
 
 29,170 
 
 34,021 
 
 vern, p.-tn. ( 
 
 ■ 
 
 Waldingfield { 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 
 412 
 
 Tynron, p. 
 
 Dunif. 
 
 482 
 
 446 
 
 Upton (Snods- { 
 
 Worppi 
 
 341 
 
 358 
 
 (Little), p. ) 
 
 
 Tyreila, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 762 
 
 646 
 
 bury), p. f 
 
 
 
 1 Walditch, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 176 
 
 175 
 
 Tyrie; p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 2,830 
 
 3,043 
 
 Upton (St. Leo- ) 
 nard), p. | 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,124 
 
 1,035 
 
 Waldringfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 169 
 
 205 
 
 Tyringham-with- \ 
 
 Bucks 
 
 188 
 
 226 
 
 
 Waldroii, v.-p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,106 
 
 1,132 
 
 Filgrave, p. ) 
 
 Upton (Warren), p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 422 
 
 338 
 
 Wales, p. 
 
 York 
 
 268 
 
 305 
 
 Tyrrellspass, tn. 
 
 Westm. 
 
 526 
 
 460 
 
 Upwaltham, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 67 
 
 71 
 
 Walesby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 331 
 
 351 
 
 Tyrsoe, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,049 
 
 1,035 
 
 Upway, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 637 
 
 646 
 
 Walesby, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 362 
 
 327 
 
 Tythby, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 811 
 
 718 
 
 Upwell, p. 
 
 Ca.-Nor 
 
 5,377 
 
 4,783 
 
 Walford, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 1,217 
 
 1,204 
 
 Tythegston, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,152 
 
 1,678 
 
 Upwell, tn. 
 
 Ca.-Nor 
 
 2,091 
 
 2,249 
 
 Walgrave, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 613 
 
 650 
 
 Tytherington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 465 
 
 447 
 
 Upwood, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 416 
 
 388 
 
 Walkeringham, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 608 
 
 683 
 
 Tytherington, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 93 
 
 111 
 
 Urchfont, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,604 
 
 1,459 
 
 Walkern, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 738 
 
 823 
 
 Tytherley (East), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 399 
 
 352 
 
 Urgare, p. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 
 1,052 
 
 Walkhanipton, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 761 
 
 831 
 
 Tytherley (West), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 447 
 
 469 
 
 Urglin, p. 
 
 Carlow 
 
 873 
 
 764 
 
 Walkington, p. 
 
 York 
 
 699 
 
 618 
 
 Tytherton - Kel- [ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 15 
 
 IS 
 
 Urlingford, p 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 3,498 
 
 1,835 
 
 Wallasey, j>. 
 
 Chester 
 
 8,339 
 
 10,723 
 
 ■ways, p. ) 
 
 Urlingford, tn. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 2,010 
 
 1,059 
 
 Wallingi'ord, tn. ) 
 
 M./.j- 
 
 Berks 
 
 2,819 
 
 2,793 
 
 Tywardreth, v.-p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 3,287 
 
 3,379 
 
 Uniey, p. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 5,239 
 
 5,104 
 
 
 
 
 
 Urney, p. 
 
 Do.-Ty. 
 
 9,451 
 
 8,790 
 
 ,, P. 
 
 Berks 
 
 8,064 
 
 7,794 
 
 Ubbeston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 208 
 
 206 
 
 Urpeth, tus. 
 
 Durham 
 
 952 
 
 1,123 
 
 Wallington, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 254 
 
 238 
 
 Ubley, or Obleigh,p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 294 
 
 307 
 
 Urquhart, p. 
 
 Elgin 
 
 1,331 
 
 2,532 
 
 Wallington, h. 
 
 SuiTey 
 
 881 
 
 983 
 
 Uckfield, tn.-p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 1,590 
 
 1,7401 
 
 Urquhart <fc Glen- ( 
 
 
 3,280 
 
 2,911 
 
 Wallington - cum- ) 
 Thorpland, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 58 
 
 69 
 
 Uddingston, v. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 703 
 
 1,256 j 
 
 moriston, p. ) 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 Udimore, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 435 
 
 444! 
 
 Urquhart and \ 
 Logie Wester, p. ) 
 
 Ross 
 
 3,153 
 
 3,147 
 
 Wallop (Nether), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 952 
 
 946 
 
 Udny, p. 
 
 Aberd. 
 
 1,513 
 
 1,6681 
 
 Wallop (Over), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 508 
 
 Uffculme, v.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,098 
 
 2,020 1 
 
 Urr, p. 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 3,363 
 
 3,585 
 
 Walls, p. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,442 
 
 2,570 
 
 Uffington, v.-p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 1,170 
 
 1,081 1 
 
 Urray, p. 
 
 Ross 
 
 2,621 
 
 2,355 
 
 Walls and Flotta, p. 
 
 Orkney 
 
 1,607 
 
 1,674 
 
 Uffington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 573 
 
 5101 
 
 Urswick, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 891 
 
 1,080 
 
 Wallsend, v.-p. 
 
 , North. 
 
 5,721 
 
 6,715 
 
 Uffington, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 209 
 
 180 
 
 Usblawrcoed, h. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 15,424 
 
 17,038 
 
 Wallstown, p. 
 
 1 Cork 
 
 531 
 
 463 
 
 Uffonl, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 297 
 
 307 
 
 Usk, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 2,0.38 
 
 2,112 
 
 Walmer, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,165 
 
 3,275 
 
 Ufford, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 725 
 
 656 
 
 Usk, tn. p. /. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 1,479 
 
 1,545 
 
 Walmsgate, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 79 
 
 77 
 
 Ufton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 195 
 
 201 
 
 Usk, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 722 
 
 617 
 
 Walpole, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 663 
 
 640 
 
 Ufton-Newet, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 421 
 
 367 
 
 Uskane, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 1,076 
 
 927 
 
 Walpole (St. An- \ 
 
 Kni-fnlk 
 
 737 
 
 709 
 
 Ugborough, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,463 
 
 1,482 
 
 Usselby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 69 
 
 76 
 
 drew), p. ( 
 
 XI UllOiH. 
 
 
 
 Uggeshall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 293 
 
 272 
 
 Utterby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 246 
 
 326, 
 
 Walpole (St. Peter), p 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,361 
 
 1,252 
 
 Ugley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 450 
 
 404 
 
 Uttoxeter, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 4,990 
 
 4,847 
 
 Walsall, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 26,822 
 
 39,690 
 
 Uig, p. . 
 
 Ross 
 
 3,209 
 
 2,878 
 
 Uttoxeter, tn. ■f. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 3,468 
 
 3,646 
 
 Walsall, m. <fe p. t. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 26,680 
 
 37,760 
 
 Uist (North), p. 
 
 [nvern. 
 
 3,918 
 
 3,959 
 
 Uxbridge, tn. th. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 3,236 
 
 3,815! 
 
 Walsham (N.), p tn. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,911 
 
 2,896 
 
 Uist (South), p. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 6,173 
 
 5,358 
 
 Uzmaston, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 683 
 
 610; 
 
 Walsham( outh ) 
 
 
 
 
 Ulceby, p. 
 
 L.ncoln 
 
 191 
 
 212 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 and St. Law- > 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 246 
 
 220 
 
 Ulceby, nr. Bartou,p 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 959 
 
 1,048 
 
 Vainor, p. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 2,667 
 
 2,984 i 
 
 rence), p. 1 
 
 
 
 
 Ulcombe, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 638 
 
 621 
 
 Vale (The), p. 
 
 Guern. 
 
 2,110 
 
 2,455 ; 
 
 Walsham (South) 
 and St. Mary),p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 443 
 
 336 
 
 Uidale, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 388 
 
 294 
 
 Valencia, p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2,482 
 
 2,240 ' 
 
 
 
 Uley, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,327 
 
 1,230 
 
 Vange, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 164 
 
 1601 
 
 Walsham-le-Wil- ) 
 lows), v.-p. f 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,297 
 
 1,290 
 
 Ulgham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 362 1 
 
 Veep (St.), p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 647 
 
 628 
 
 Ullard, p. -| 
 
 Carl. & 
 Kilkny 
 
 1,681 
 
 1,361 1 
 
 Venn Ottery, p. 
 Ventnor, tn. 
 
 Devon 
 Hants 
 
 105 
 2,569 
 
 101 1 
 3,208 ! 
 
 Walsingham > 
 (Great), p. > 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 476 
 
 512 
 
 Ullesthorpe, h. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 592 
 
 600 
 
 Ventry, v.-p. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 1,339 
 
 1,006 1 
 
 Walsingham ) 
 (Little), v.-p. f 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1,207 
 
 1,069 
 
 Ullid, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 677 
 
 456 
 
 Vernham Dean, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 744 
 
 ~ 727! 
 
 
 
 UUingswick, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 356 
 
 318 
 
 Verwick, p. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 378 
 
 319 1 
 
 Walsoken, v.-p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,740 
 
 2,683 
 
 Ulnes-Walton, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 656 
 
 488 
 
 Veryan, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 1,488 
 
 1,399! 
 
 Walston, p. 
 
 Lanark 
 
 497 
 
 480 
 
 Ulting, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 166 
 
 169 
 
 Vigeans (St.), p. 
 
 Forfar 
 
 9,799 
 
 10,537 j 
 
 Walterstone, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 147 
 
 173 
 
 Ulverscroft, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 
 104 
 
 Virginia, tn. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 859 
 
 812 ! 
 
 Walterstown, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 320 
 
 233 
 
 Ulverstone, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 10,623 
 
 11,464 
 
 Virginstow, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 173 
 
 141 
 
 Waltham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 676 
 
 608 
 
 Ulverstone, tn. tJi. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 6,433 
 
 6,6:i0 
 
 Virley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 88 
 
 67 
 
 Waltham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 782 
 
 856 
 
 Undermilbeck, tns. 
 
 Westml. 
 
 1,421 
 
 1,702 
 
 Vowchurcli, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 323 
 
 333. 
 
 Waltham (Abbey),p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 4,303 
 
 5,044 
 
 Underskiddaw, tns. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 508 
 
 482 
 
 
 
 
 
 Waltham (Abbey),) 
 tn. t. f 
 
 £)ssex 
 
 2 329 
 
 2,873 
 
 Undy, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 373 
 
 411 
 
 Waberwaithe, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 212 
 
 198! 
 
 
 
 Unionhall, tn. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 388 
 
 Wacton, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 129 
 
 123! 
 
 Waltham (Bi- ) 
 shop's), tn.-p. f 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,266 
 
 2,267 
 
 Uiist, p. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 2,977 
 
 3,060 
 
 Waeton (Magna 1 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 261 
 
 244 ' 
 
 Uny Lelant, p. 
 
 C'omw. 
 
 
 2,319 
 
 and Parva), ji. ) 
 
 
 
 Waltham (Great), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,335 
 
 2,380 
 
 Uj)-Cenie, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 ""94 
 
 75 
 
 Waddesdon, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 1,743 
 
 1,786 
 
 Waltham (Little), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 661 
 
 684 
 
 Ujwhurch, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 407 
 
 468 
 
 Waddingham, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 834 
 
 812 
 
 Waltham (North), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 506 
 
 484 
 
 Uphall, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 1,.331 
 
 1,507 
 
 Waddington, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 922 
 
 909 
 
 Waltham(St.Law-) 
 rence), p. ) 
 
 Berks 
 
 783 
 
 848 
 
 Upham, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 650 
 
 589 
 
 Waddingwortli, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 71 
 
 82 
 
 
 
 Uphaven, p. 
 
 , Wilts 
 
 610 
 
 508 
 
 Wadebridge, tns. /. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 777 
 
 
 Waltham on-the- j 
 Wolds, p. f 
 
 T pir> 
 
 732 
 
 672 
 
 Uphill, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 422 
 
 447 
 
 Wadenhoe, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 290 
 
 "270 
 
 
 
 Upholland, tns. 
 
 ; Lancas. 
 
 3,359 
 
 3,463 
 
 Wadhurst, tn. -p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,802 
 
 2,470 
 
 Walthamstow, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 4,959 
 
 7,137 
 
 Upleadon, p. 
 
 ; Glouc. 
 
 275 
 
 237 
 
 Wadsley, v. 
 
 York 
 
 4,333 
 
 3,849 
 
 Walton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 95 
 
 95 
 
 Upletitham, p. 
 
 York 
 
 ' 447 
 
 1,007 
 
 Wadsworth, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 4,491 
 
 4,141 
 
 Walton, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 455 
 
 407 
 
 Uplowmau, p. 
 
 i Devon 
 
 1 386 
 
 444 
 
 Wad worth, p. 
 
 York 
 
 724 
 
 656 
 
 Walton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 768 
 
 731 
 
270 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 FUkCB. 
 
 W»lton, p. 
 Walton, p. 
 Walton, tus. 
 Walton (Canliffi, p. 
 Waltou-leDale, tns, 
 AVulton (East), p. 
 Walton (East), p. 
 Walton-in-Gov- \ 
 
 dauo, p. ; 
 
 Walton-on-the- | 
 
 HUl, tn. p. ) 
 Waltou-on-the- \ 
 
 Hill, p. ) 
 
 Walton -le- ) 
 a, v.-p. ( 
 
 Coanty. 
 
 POPL 
 
 I 185L 
 
 Soken, ^ , 
 Walton-upou- ^ 
 
 Thames, p. | 
 Walton-ujwn- ( 
 
 Trent, p. | 
 Walton (West), p. 
 Walton (West), p. 
 Waltou-on-the- |^ 
 
 AVolds, p. ) 
 Walwins Castle, p. 
 Walworth, h. 
 Wambi-ook, p. 
 Waraphray, p. 
 Wan borough, \>. 
 Wjinborough, p. 
 Waudell and hix-l 
 
 ningtou, p. ) 
 
 Wandsworth, tn.-p. 
 Waiigford, p. 
 Waiigfoi-d near )^ 
 
 Braudou, p. J 
 Wanlip, p. 
 Wausford, p. 
 Wanstead, p. 
 Wanstrow, p. 
 Wantage, p. 
 Want!^, tn. «. 
 Wantisden, p. 
 Wapley-cura-Cod- ) 
 
 rington, p. J 
 
 Wappenbury, p. 
 Wappenham, p. 
 Wapping, p. 
 Warbletou, p. 
 Warbliugton, p. 
 Warborough, p. 
 Warboys, p. 
 Warbstow, p. 
 Warburtou, p. 
 Warcop, p. 
 Ward, p. 
 Warden, p. 
 Warden, v.-p. 
 Warden (Old), p. 
 Wai-dleworth, tns. 
 Wardley, p. 
 Wardour, p. 
 Ware, p. 
 Ware, tn. 'iiu 
 Wareham, tn. r. a. 
 Warehome, p. 
 Waresley, p. 
 Warfleld, p. 
 Wargrave, p. 
 Warham (AH) 
 
 Saints), p. f 
 Warham (St.Mary),p 
 Waringstown, tn. 
 Wark, v.-p. 
 Warkleigh, i>. 
 Warkton, p. 
 Warkworth, p. 
 Warkworth, tn.-p, 
 Warleggou, p. 
 Warley, v. 
 Warley (Great), p. 
 Warley (Little), p. 
 Warliugham, p. 
 Warmfield, or 
 
 Klrkthori)e,v-p. 
 Warraingham, j). 
 Warrainghurst, p. 
 Warmington, p. 
 Warmington, j). 
 Warminster, p. 
 Warminster, tn. s. 
 Warms worth, p. 
 Warmwell, p. 
 Warnborough > 
 
 (South), p. j" 
 Wanidon, p. 
 Wamford, p. 
 Wamham, p. 
 Warpsgrove, p. 
 Warreu, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 York 
 
 Derby 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Essex 
 
 Suri"ey 
 
 Derby 
 
 Norfolk 
 Pemb. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Pemb. 
 Sm-rey 
 Dorset 
 Dumf. 
 SuiTey 
 Wilts 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Siirrev 
 Suttolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Leices. 
 Northa. 
 
 Somer. 
 Berks 
 Berks 
 Suffolk 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Middles 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Hants 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Chester 
 
 Westml. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Kent 
 
 North. 
 
 Bedfwd 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Herts 
 
 Herts 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Kent 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Berks 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Dow^n 
 
 North. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 North. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 York 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Surrey 
 
 York 
 
 Chester 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 York 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Hants 
 
 Worces. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 245 
 
 1,114 
 
 60 
 
 6,856 
 
 202 
 
 279 
 
 225 
 
 221 
 
 1,082 
 
 70 
 
 7,383 
 
 175 
 
 223 
 
 191 
 
 46,302 85,058 
 
 426 
 729 
 
 1,881 
 
 475 
 
 697 
 
 4,010 
 
 999 
 518 
 
 260 
 
 353 
 29,801 
 245 
 523 i 
 208 
 954 
 
 369 
 
 9,611 
 814 
 
 33 
 
 137 
 
 184 
 2,207 
 
 471 
 
 3,860, 3,925 
 2,951 3,064 
 
 950 
 397 
 
 221 
 
 350 
 44,463 
 286 
 659 
 192 
 960 
 
 380 
 
 13,.'i46 
 862 
 
 50 
 
 II7I 
 
 180 1 
 
 2,742 
 
 4541 
 
 County. 
 
 271 
 
 251 
 
 699 
 
 650 
 
 4,477 
 
 4,038 
 
 1,509 
 
 1,431 
 
 2,302 
 
 2,196 
 
 729 
 
 764 
 
 1,996 
 
 1,911 
 
 470 
 
 419 
 
 489 
 
 484 
 
 740 
 
 806 
 
 128 
 
 111 
 
 58 
 
 47 
 
 646 
 
 716 
 
 627 
 
 597 
 
 14,103 
 
 17,840 
 
 59 
 
 68 
 
 734 
 
 710 
 
 5,088 
 
 6,397 
 
 4,882 
 
 5,002 
 
 7,218 
 
 6,694 
 
 607 
 
 412 
 
 295 
 
 292 
 
 1,374 
 
 1,497 
 
 1,773 
 
 1,806 
 
 343) 
 
 392 
 
 61 (" 
 
 
 956 
 
 784 
 
 865 
 
 899 
 
 337 
 
 330 
 
 309 
 
 315 
 
 559 
 
 1,111 
 
 4,439 
 
 6,087 
 
 295 
 
 296 
 
 6,408 
 
 6,482 
 
 952 
 
 1,220 
 
 344 
 
 486 
 
 505 
 
 602 
 
 969 
 
 1,045 
 
 1,271 
 
 1,205 
 
 116 
 
 106 
 
 523 
 
 45 i 
 
 671 
 
 724 
 
 6,285 
 
 5,996 
 
 4,220 
 
 3,676 
 
 389 
 
 361 
 
 149 
 
 148 
 
 410 
 
 369 
 
 193 
 
 164 
 
 414 
 
 460 
 
 1,016 
 
 1,006 
 
 30 
 
 20 
 
 124 
 
 121 
 
 Warronspoint, p. 
 WarrensiK)int, tn. 
 Warrington, p. 
 Warrington, tn.- ) 
 p. M. f 
 ,, p. w. s. 
 
 Warsill, p. 
 Warsop, v.-p. 
 Warter, p. 
 Warthill, p. 
 AVartling, p. 
 Wai-ton, p. 
 Warwick, p. 
 Warwick, tn. m. ) 
 & p. «. ) 
 
 Wash bourne ) 
 (Great), p. / 
 Washbrook, p. 
 Wiishfield, p. 
 Washford-Pyne, p. 
 Washingborough, ) 
 p.-v. / 
 
 AVashiiigley, p. 
 Washington, p. 
 Washington, v.-p. 
 Wiising, p. 
 Wasperton, p. 
 Waterbeacli, p. 
 Watercombe, p. 
 Waterden, p. 
 Waterfall, p. 
 Waterford, c. m. tc. \ 
 Vi. s. ) 
 
 Watergrasshill, v. 
 Waterhead, v. 
 Wateriugbury, v.-p. 
 Waterloo, p. 
 Water-Newton, p. 
 Waterperry, p. 
 Waterstock, p. 
 Water-Stratfoid, p. 
 AVaters- Upton, p. 
 AVatford, p. 
 AVatford, ]). 
 Watford, tn. t. 
 Wath, p. 
 
 AVath-upon- \ 
 Deame, v.-p. j" 
 Watlington, p. 
 AVatlington, tn.-p. « 
 AVatten, p. 
 AVattisfleld, p. 
 AVattisham, p. 
 AVatton, p. 
 Watton, p. 
 AVatton, tn.-p. jc. 
 AVavendon, p. 
 AVaverton, p. 
 AVawn, p. 
 AVaxham, p. 
 AVayford, }). 
 AVeald-Bassett ) 
 (North), p. r 
 AVeald-Bassett ) 
 (South), p. / 
 AVeare, p. 
 AVear-Gifford, p. 
 Weasenham (All ) 
 Saints), p. f 
 Weasenham (St. \ 
 Peter), p. f 
 
 Weaverham, p. 
 AVeavertliorpe, p. 
 AVebheath, tus. 
 AVeddington, p. 
 Wedmore, v.-p. 
 AVeduesbury, p. 
 Wednesbury, tn. 
 Wednesfield, v. 
 AVeedon, v.-p. 
 Weedou (Lois\ p. 
 AVeeford, p. 
 Week (St. Mary\ p. 
 Weeke, p. 
 Weekley, p. 
 Weeks, p. 
 Weeley, p. 
 AVeem, p. 
 Weethley, p. 
 Weeting (All\ 
 Saints), p. t 
 Weighton (Mar- ) 
 ket), tn.-p. I 
 Welbome, p. 
 Welbourn, p. 
 Welbury, p. 
 Welby, p. 
 Welches Dam, p. 
 Welcombe, jj. 
 
 Lancas. 
 York 
 
 Notts 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Lanoiis. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 2,152 1,940 
 
 1,769 1,636 
 
 26,960 
 
 Lancas. 22,894 26,431 
 
 Flaci. 
 
 23,6511 26,947 
 
 82 
 
 1,398 1 1,426 
 
 488 639 
 
 169 1 217 
 
 1,039 
 
 2,099 
 
 363 
 
 Warw. 10,973 10,570 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Suffolk 
 Devon 
 Devon 
 
 Liucobi i 1,180 
 
 1 Hunt. 
 Sussex 
 Durham 
 Berks 
 Warw. 
 Camb. 
 Dorset 
 Norfolk 
 .Stafford 
 
 292 
 1,440 
 
 209 
 
 1,435 
 
 .. I 37 
 
 39 i 44 
 
 521 j 533 
 
 Waterf. 25,297; 23,293 
 
 Cork 651 ! 
 
 Lancas. 411 ( 
 
 Kent 1,448 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Salop 
 I Northa. 
 
 Herts 
 jHerts 
 lYork 
 
 lYork 9,521 13,820 
 
 577' 
 1,8 
 1,351 j 
 
 603 
 
 220 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Somer. 
 Devon 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Chester 
 
 York 
 
 AVorces. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Perth 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Devon 
 
 315 
 
 343 
 
 1,353 
 
 1,365 
 
 935 
 
 87!, 
 
 788 
 
 736 
 
 347 
 
 408 
 
 76 
 
 76 
 
 238 
 
 191 
 
 842 
 
 842 
 
 3,588 
 
 5,209 
 
 715 
 
 677 
 
 556 
 
 494 
 
 363 
 
 360 
 
 826 
 
 2,745 
 
 1,066 
 
 888 
 
 54 
 
 3,905 
 
 14,281 
 
 11,914 
 
 4,868 
 
 1,996 
 
 545 
 
 425 
 
 641 
 
 446 
 
 265 
 
 778 
 
 617 
 
 740 
 
 48 
 
 429 
 
 2,427 
 
 265 
 592 
 249 
 481 
 
 320 1 
 
 2,782 j 
 
 1,033 
 
 823 
 
 74 
 
 3,653 
 
 21,968 i 
 
 15,298 1 
 
 8,553 
 
 2,189 
 
 655 
 
 399 
 
 611 
 
 629 
 
 268 
 
 752 
 
 630 
 
 692 
 
 33 
 
 -366 
 
 2,589 
 
 200 
 664 
 258 
 499 
 132 
 209 
 
 Weldon (Great), p. 
 j Welford, p. 
 I AVelfoi-d, p. 
 ] AVelford, v.-p. 
 I AVelham, p. 
 1 AVell, p. 
 
 Well, p. 
 1 Welland, x>. 
 j Wellesbouriio ) 
 I (Hastings), p. )" 
 ' AVellesbourne \ 
 i (Mountford), p) 
 
 AVellingborough, ) 
 tn.-p. w. / 
 
 AVelliiigham, p. 
 
 AVellingore, p. 
 
 AVellington, p. 
 
 Wellington (Ail ^ 
 Saints), jj. ) 
 
 AVellington (All \ 
 Saints), tn tli. f 
 
 AVellington (St. j 
 John the Bap- ^ 
 tist), p. 
 
 Wellington (St 
 John the Bap 
 tist), tn. tk 
 
 AVellow, p. 
 I AA'ellow, p. 
 I AVellow (East), p. 
 1 Wellow (West), p. 
 I AVells, p. 
 
 j Wells, c. m. & p. ?c. s. 
 ! AA'ells next-the-^ea p 
 : AVelsh (Bicknor), p. 
 
 Welsh (Newton), p. 
 ■ AVelsh (St. Donat's),p 
 ! Welshixwl, p. 
 ; Welshpool, tn.M.jH. 
 
 <> !■• 
 
 I Welton, x>. 
 I Welton, p. 
 
 AVelton, p. 
 i AA'elton-in-the- ) 
 I Mareh, p. ( 
 
 Welton-le-Wold, p. 
 
 AVelwick, p. 
 
 AVelwyn, v.-p. 
 , Wem, tn.-p. 
 
 Wembdon, p. 
 , AVembury, p. 
 
 Wemwoithy, p. 
 
 AA'emyss, p. 
 i Wemyss (East), v. 
 
 Wendens-Ambo, p. 
 
 Wendlebury, p. 
 
 AVendling, p. 
 
 AVendon-Lofts, p. 
 
 AVendover, tn -p. vi. 
 
 AVendron, p. 
 
 Wendy, p. 
 
 AVenham (Great), p. 
 
 Wenham (Little), p. 
 
 Weiihaston, p. 
 
 AVenix)ck, tn. M. ni. 
 >> r. 
 
 AVenlock (Little), p. 
 
 Wenlock (Much), j). 
 
 Weun (St.), p. 
 
 Wennington, p. 
 
 AVensley, v.-p. 
 
 Wentuor, p. 
 
 AVent worth, tns. 
 
 AVentworth, p. 
 
 AVenvoe, p. 
 
 AVeobley, p.-tn. 
 
 AVeonards (St.), p. 
 
 AVerburghs (St.), p. 
 
 Wereham, p. 
 
 AVerneth, tns. 
 AVerriiigton, p. 
 AVessington, tns. 
 AVest (Greenock), p. 
 Westacre, p. 
 Westbere, p. 
 Westborough, p. 
 Westboume. p. 
 AVestbury, tn-p. p. t 
 AVestbury, p. 
 AVestbury, p. 
 Westbury, p. 
 Westbury - on - '^ 
 Severn, p. ) 
 Westbury-upon- ) 
 Trym, p.-v. f 
 Westcalder, p. 
 AVestcote, p. 
 Westerdale, p. 
 AVesterfleld, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Northa. 
 Berks 
 Glo. Wa. 
 Northa. 
 Leices. 
 Lincoln 
 York i 
 AVorces. 
 
 AVarw. '\ 
 Warw. 
 
 858 
 
 816 
 
 1,115 
 
 1,030 
 
 6.19 
 
 677 
 
 1,153 
 
 1,099 
 
 68 
 
 65 
 
 80 
 
 ^Q 
 
 1,044 
 
 963 
 
 582 
 
 802 
 
 742 
 
 Northa. ■ 5,297 
 
 Norfolk 
 Lincoln 
 Heref. 
 
 Salop 
 Salop 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Car.Kil. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Northa. j 
 
 York i 
 
 Lincoln i 
 
 Lincoln I 
 
 York \ 
 
 Herts I 
 
 Salop j 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Devon 1 
 
 Devon j 
 
 Fife I 
 
 Fife 
 
 Essex 
 
 Oxford ! 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Essex 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Salop 
 
 Salop 
 
 Salop 
 
 Salop 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Essex 
 
 York 
 
 Salop 
 
 York 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Hei-ef. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Chester 
 
 Devon 
 
 Derby 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Kent 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Salop 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Edinb. 
 Glouc. 
 York 
 Suffolk 
 
 1631 
 914 i 
 
 6891 
 
 6,382 
 
 145 
 943 
 626 
 
 11,544 j 12,998 
 4,601 5,576 
 
 6,415 i 6,006 
 
 I 
 
 3,926 3,689 
 
 597 
 1,142 
 289 
 407 
 1,298 
 4,736 
 3,676 
 
 291 
 
 4,391 
 
 6,564 
 
 4,434 
 
 604 
 
 663 
 
 856 
 
 431 
 
 368 
 
 468 
 
 1,557 
 
 3,747 
 
 819 
 
 677 
 
 444 
 
 5,647 
 
 "421 
 
 242 
 
 385 
 
 89 
 
 1,937 
 
 8,675 
 
 154 
 
 269 
 
 72 
 
 1,008 
 
 18,728 
 
 20,588 
 
 1,033 
 
 2,398 
 
 650 
 
 177 
 
 2,105 
 
 646 
 
 1,666 
 
 189 
 
 475 
 
 908 
 
 648 
 
 "609 
 
 3,635 
 
 667 
 
 516 
 
 20,318 
 
 476 
 
 197 
 
 236 
 
 2,178 
 
 7,029 
 
 458 
 
 2,485 
 
 625 
 
 2,498 
 
 468 
 
 1,087 
 
 332 
 
 408 
 
 1,073 
 
 4,648 
 
 3,464 
 
 80 
 
 226 
 
 275 
 
 4,844 
 
 7,304 
 
 6,004 
 
 692 
 
 592 
 
 863 
 
 468 
 
 335 
 472 
 
 1,612 
 
 3,802 
 934 
 661 
 463 
 
 6,003 
 799 
 419 
 257 
 371 
 61 
 
 1,932 
 
 9,861 
 
 128 
 
 260 
 
 95 
 
 948 
 
 19,699 
 
 21,590 
 
 988 
 
 2,494 
 580 
 130 
 
 2,337 
 664 
 
 1,650 
 180 
 604 
 849 
 690 
 
 3,174 
 697 
 
 3,464 
 664 
 619 
 22,313 
 415 
 220 
 245 
 
 2,166 
 
 6,495 
 379 
 
 2,545 
 664 
 
 2,501 
 
 6,728 8,3-29 
 
 2,120 1,927 
 
 242 245 
 
 286 270 
 
 324 325 
 
1 
 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 271 
 
 Place. 
 
 Coantj'. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 PI.ACE. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Westerham, p.-tn. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,113 
 
 2,196 
 
 Weymouth and ) 
 Melcombe Re- >• 
 
 
 
 
 Whitehouse Ab- ) 
 bey (Lower), p f 
 
 
 
 
 Westerkirk, p. 
 
 Dumf. 
 
 658 
 
 537 
 
 Dorset 
 
 9,458 
 
 11,383 
 
 Antrim 
 
 
 439 
 
 Westerleigh, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,679 
 
 1,582 
 
 CIS, tn. M. & p. t. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Whitehouse - Ab - \ 
 
 
 
 
 Westfield, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 143 
 
 124 
 
 Whadden, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 987 
 
 955 
 
 ^y (Upper), tn. j" 
 
 Antrim 
 
 1,391 
 
 1,757 
 
 Westfleld, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 900 
 
 883 
 
 Wliad<len, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 340 
 
 319 
 
 Whitekirk & Tyn- \ 
 inghame, p. ) 
 
 Had. 
 
 
 
 "Westfirle, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 701 
 
 631 
 
 Whadden, j). 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 120 
 
 125 
 
 1,131 
 
 1,113 
 
 Westgate, tiis. 
 
 North. 
 
 16,477 
 
 21,272 
 
 Whadden, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 44 
 
 40 
 
 Wliite-Ladies As- { 
 • ton, p. ) 
 
 Worces. 
 
 
 
 Westliall, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 496 
 
 468 
 
 Whaley - cum - 1^ 
 Yeardsley, tns ) 
 
 Chester 
 
 
 1,052 
 
 356 
 
 353 
 
 Westhain, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 761 
 
 833 
 
 693 
 
 AVhite Notley, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 515 
 
 508 
 
 Westhampnett, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 637 
 
 502 
 
 Whalley, v.-p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 134,196 
 
 167,456 
 
 j Whiteparish-with- 1 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,391 
 
 1,273 
 
 Westhorpe, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 •240 
 
 227 
 
 Whalton, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 461 
 
 495 
 
 1 ICarldonis, p. ) 
 
 Westleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 508 
 
 491 
 
 Whaplode, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 2,564 
 
 2,462 
 
 ! Whitestaunton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 261 
 
 250 
 
 AVestleton, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 993 
 
 940 
 
 Wharram-Percy, p. 
 
 York 
 
 685 
 
 484 
 
 Whitestone, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 624 
 
 571 
 
 Westley, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 118 
 
 140 
 
 Wharram-le-Street,p 
 
 York 
 
 131 
 
 140 
 
 White -Waltham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 983 
 
 917 
 
 Westley- Waterless, p 
 
 Camb. 
 
 214 
 
 213 
 
 Wliai-ton, tns- 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,775 
 
 2,234 
 
 Whitfield, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 210 
 
 264 
 
 Westmeston, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 617 
 
 569 
 
 Whatcote, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 177 
 
 180 
 
 Whitfield, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 326 
 
 265 
 
 Westmill, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 380 
 
 353 
 
 Whatfield, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 380 
 
 340 
 
 Whitfield, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 340 
 
 381 
 
 AVkstminstek, c. p. 
 
 Middles. 
 
 241,611 
 
 254,623 
 
 Whatley, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 361 
 
 423 
 
 Whitf eld, tns. 
 
 Derby 
 
 4,774 
 
 5,679 
 
 Westoe, tns. 
 
 Durham 
 
 19,349 
 
 26,266 
 
 Whatlington, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 458 
 
 343 
 
 Whitford, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 3,884 
 
 3,666 
 
 Weston, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 933 
 
 965 
 
 Wliatton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 764 
 
 763 
 
 Whitgift, p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,394 
 
 2,298 
 
 Weston, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 514 
 
 500 
 
 Whatton (Long), p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 838 
 
 779 
 
 Whithorn, p. 
 
 Wigton 
 
 3,001 
 
 2,934 
 
 Weston, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,186 
 
 1,190 
 
 Wheativcre (All )^ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 180 
 
 160 
 
 Whithorn, M. <fe P. ih. 
 
 Wigtou 
 
 1,652 
 
 1,623 
 
 Weston, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 759 
 
 750 
 
 Saints), p. ) 
 
 Whitkirk, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 2,794 
 
 3,032 
 
 Weston, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 487 
 
 380 
 
 Wheateuhurst, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 380 
 
 411 
 
 Whitlingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 19 
 
 25 
 
 Weston, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 243 
 
 261 
 
 Wheatfield, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 85 
 
 89 
 
 Whitmore, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 377 
 
 345 
 
 Weston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 492 
 
 450 
 
 Wheathampstead, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 1,908 
 
 1,960 
 
 Whitnash, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 346 
 
 393 
 
 Weston, v.-p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 3,088 
 
 3,127 
 
 Wheathill, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 143 
 
 123 
 
 Whitney, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 232 
 
 260 
 
 AVeston - upon - ) 
 Avon, p. f 
 
 Wa.-Gl. 
 
 115 
 
 137 
 
 Wheathill, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 36 
 
 38 
 
 Whitsbury, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 170 
 
 204 
 
 
 Wheatley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 
 137 
 
 Whitsome <fe Hil- ) 
 ton, p. j 
 
 Berwick 
 
 612 
 
 640 
 
 Weston(Bamfy Ide), p 
 
 Soraer. 
 
 119 
 
 140 
 
 Wheatley(North),p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 "427 
 
 461 
 
 Weston (Beggard), p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 267 
 
 372 
 
 Wheatley (South), p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 34 
 
 32 
 
 Whitson, p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 76 
 
 85 
 
 Weston (Birt), p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 234 
 
 190 
 
 Wheeley, or Wee- I 
 
 Essex 
 
 617 
 
 630 
 
 Whitstable, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,746 
 
 3,675 
 
 Weston (Colville), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 574 
 
 537 
 
 ley, p. ) 
 
 , Whitstable, tn. 
 
 Kent 
 
 3,086 
 
 4,183 
 
 Weston (Coney), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 266 
 
 254 
 
 Wheery, p. 
 
 King's 
 
 2,901 
 
 2,246 
 
 Whitstone, p. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 425 
 
 391 
 
 Weston sub-Edge, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 358 
 
 369 
 
 Wheldrake, p. 
 
 York 
 
 722 
 
 678 
 
 Whitstone, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 624 
 
 571 
 
 Weston (Favell), p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 508 
 
 470 
 
 Whelnetham ) 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 552 
 
 504 
 
 Whittingham, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,905 
 
 1,923 
 
 Weston-in-Gor- ^ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 203 
 
 175 
 
 (Great), p. ) 
 
 Whittinghame, p. 
 
 Had. 
 
 671 
 
 710 
 
 dano, p. ( 
 
 Whelnetham \ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 178 
 
 194 
 
 Whittington, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 874 
 
 2,864 
 
 Weston-on-t)ie- \ 
 
 Oxford 
 
 517 
 
 459 
 
 (Little), p. ) 
 
 1 Whittington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 233 
 
 217 
 
 Green, p. > 
 
 Whenby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 128 
 
 109 
 
 ] Whittington, p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 414 
 
 421 
 
 Westoning, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 782 
 
 784 
 
 Wliepstead, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 652 
 
 677 
 
 Whittington, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 809 
 
 819 
 
 Weston - under - \ 
 
 Stafford 
 
 248 
 
 275 
 
 Wherstead, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 238 
 
 245 
 
 Whittington, v.-p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,927 
 
 1,895 
 
 Lizard, p. t 
 
 Wherwell, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 632 
 
 626 
 
 Whittleburv, p. 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 707 
 
 487 
 
 Weston (Long- \ 
 ville), p. j 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 458 
 
 471 
 
 Whetstone, p. 
 Whicham, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 Cumb. 
 
 986 
 329 
 
 1,077 
 327 
 
 Whittle-le-WoodB, )^ 
 tns. ) 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 2,310 
 
 2,151 
 
 Weston - super - \ 
 
 Somer. 
 
 4,034 
 
 8,038 
 
 Whichford, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 744 
 
 698 
 
 Whittlesey, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 7,687 
 
 6,966 
 
 Mare, tn.-p. J 
 
 Whickham, v.-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 5,565 
 
 5,921 
 
 i Whittlesey, tn. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 5,472 
 
 4,496 
 
 Weston (Market), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 317 
 
 303 
 
 Whilton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 357 
 
 350 
 
 Whittlesford, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 719 
 
 800 
 
 Weston (Old), p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 432 
 
 426 
 
 Whimple, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 704 
 
 736 
 
 Whitton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 190 
 
 215 
 
 Weston (Patrick), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 215 
 
 165 
 
 Whinbergh, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 262 
 
 220 
 
 Whitton, p. 
 
 Radnor 
 
 118 
 
 115 
 
 Weston -under- \ 
 
 Heref. 
 
 733 
 
 828 
 
 Whippinghiim, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 3,100 
 
 3,915 
 
 Wliitton with )^ 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 476 
 
 565 
 
 Penj-ard, p. ( 
 
 Whipsuade, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 183 
 
 195 
 
 Thurlestone, p. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Weston (South), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 98 
 
 92 
 
 Whissendine, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 795 
 
 693 
 
 Whitwell, p. 
 
 Derby 
 
 1,3.55 
 
 1,487 
 
 Weston - upon - ) 
 Trent, p. T 
 
 Derby 
 
 899 
 
 321 
 
 Whissonsett, p. 
 Winston, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 Northa. 
 
 666 
 69 
 
 692 
 69 
 
 Whitwell, p. 
 Whitwell, p. 
 
 Hants 
 Norfolk 
 
 637 
 477 
 
 570 
 487 
 
 Weston - uiwn - \ 
 
 Stafford 
 
 570 
 
 502 
 
 Whiston, p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,050 
 
 1,185 
 
 Whitwell, p. 
 
 Rutland 
 
 129 
 
 104 
 
 Trent, p. ) 
 
 Whiston, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,825 
 
 1,727 
 
 Whitwell-House, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 
 180 
 
 Weston (Tur \ 
 
 Bucks 
 
 748 
 
 724 
 
 Whiston, tns. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 675 
 
 708 
 
 Whitwick, tn.-p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 4,956 
 
 6,439 
 
 ville), p. t 
 
 Whitacre (Nether), p 
 
 Warw. 
 
 517 
 
 479 
 
 Whitworth, p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 659 
 
 3,629 
 
 Weston (Under- ^ 
 
 Bucks 
 
 405 
 
 398 
 
 Whitacre (Over), p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 316 
 
 285 
 
 Whixley, v.-p. 
 
 York 
 
 1,011 
 
 954 
 
 wood), p. ) 
 
 Whitbeck, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 217 
 
 213 
 
 Whixoe, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 168 
 
 145 
 
 Weston -under- I 
 
 Warw. 
 
 230 
 
 274 
 
 Whitboume, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 826 
 
 891 
 
 Wliorlton, p. 
 
 York 
 
 865 
 
 1,008 
 
 Weatherlev.p. I 
 
 Whitburn, p. 
 
 Linlith. 
 
 3,792 
 
 5,511 
 
 Wick, p. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 11,851 
 
 12,841 
 
 Weston-by-Wel i 
 land, p. f 
 
 Northa. 
 
 198 
 
 204 
 
 Whitburn, v.-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,203 
 
 1,215 
 
 WlOK,M./. 
 
 Caith. 
 
 1,514 
 
 1,551 
 
 Whitby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 12,875 
 
 14,104 
 
 ., P- 
 
 Caith. 
 
 6,722 
 
 7,475 
 
 Weston (Zoy land), p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,007 
 
 894 
 
 „ tn. P. «. 
 
 York 
 
 10,989 
 
 12,051 
 
 Wick, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 404 
 
 423 
 
 Westow, p. 
 
 York 
 
 592 
 
 635 i 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 915 
 
 884 
 
 Wick and Abson, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 826 
 
 833 
 
 Westpalstovvn, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 167 
 
 128! 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 1,156 
 
 1,340 
 
 Wick(StLawrence).p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 300 
 
 270 
 
 Westport, tn. th. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 4,121 
 
 3,819 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 842 
 
 857 
 
 Wlcken, p. 
 
 Camb, 
 
 1,054 
 
 995 
 
 Westport Quav. tn. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 518 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 893 
 
 857 
 
 Wicken, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 487 
 
 529 
 
 Westport (St. "Ma- ) 
 ly). P- ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,661 
 
 1,615 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 1,661 
 
 2,274 
 
 Wicken (Bonant), p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 156 
 
 173 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 1,252 
 
 1,085 
 
 Wickenby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 289 
 
 288 
 
 Westray and Papa (^ 
 Westray, p. t 
 
 Orkney 
 
 2,459 
 
 2,545 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 428 
 
 394 
 
 Wickenford, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 336 
 
 366 
 
 Whitchurch, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 257 
 
 234 
 
 Wickersley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 700 
 
 709 
 
 Westrill and Star- i 
 more, p. ) 
 
 Leices. 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 Whitchurch (All) 
 Saints), p.-tn. 1 
 
 Hants 
 
 1,911 
 
 1,962 
 
 Wickford, p. 
 Wickham, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 Southa. 
 
 490 
 1,049 
 
 462 
 1,019 
 
 Westruther, p. 
 
 Berwick 
 
 791 
 
 786 
 
 Whitchurch (Ca- ) 
 nonicorum), p. j 
 
 Dorset 
 
 1,532 
 
 ' 1 533 
 
 Wickham (BishopB)p 
 
 Essex 
 
 577 
 
 616 
 
 West-Ville, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 
 150 
 
 
 Wickham (East), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 666 
 
 836 
 
 Westward, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 1,283 
 
 1,130 
 
 Whitchurch (St. \ 
 
 Salop 
 
 6,059 
 
 6,093 
 
 Wickham (Mar- ) 
 ket), v.-p. f 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,697 
 
 1,571 
 
 Westwell, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,030 
 
 999 
 
 Alkmund), p. ) 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 Westwell, p. 
 Westwick, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 Norfolk 
 
 186 
 204 
 
 169 
 207 
 
 Whitchurch (St. \ 
 Alkmund),tn./. ) 
 
 Salop 
 
 3,619 
 
 3,704 
 
 Wickham (Skeith), p 
 Wickham (St. ) 
 Paul), p. f 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Essex 
 
 613 
 425 
 
 664 
 409 
 
 Westwood-with- ) 
 
 Wilts 
 
 605 
 
 409 
 
 Whitcomb(Magna),p 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 167 
 
 165 
 
 
 
 
 Iford, p. ) 
 
 WhitcomVje, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 61 
 
 71 
 
 Wickham (West), p. 
 Wickham (West), p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 732 
 
 7.37 
 
 Wetheral, p. 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 3,165 
 
 3,377 
 
 Whiteabbey, tn. 
 
 Antrim 
 
 852 
 
 858 
 
 Camb. 
 
 670 
 
 650 
 
 Wetherljy, tn. th. 
 
 York 
 
 1,494 
 
 1,682 
 
 Whitechapel, p. 
 
 Middles 
 
 
 37,454 
 
 Wickhambreux, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 481 
 
 461 
 
 Wetherden, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 541 
 
 479 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 "349 
 
 318 
 
 Wickhambrook, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,597 
 
 1,452 
 
 Wetheringsett, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,101 
 
 1,072 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Tip. 
 
 
 559 
 
 Wickhamford, p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 129 
 
 124 
 
 Wethersfleld, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,770 
 
 1,727 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 510 
 
 Wickhampton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 131 
 
 119 
 
 Wetton, p. 
 
 Staffoni 
 
 466 
 
 452 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Kildare 
 
 
 231 
 
 Wicklewood, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 894 
 
 806 
 
 Wetwang, p. 
 
 York 
 
 750 
 
 827 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 2,672 
 
 2,057 
 
 Wicklow, tn. s. 
 
 Wickl. 
 
 3,141 
 
 3,448 
 
 Wexford, tn. p. w. s. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 12,819 
 
 11,734 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 1,161 
 
 Wickmere, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 302 
 
 268 
 
 Wexham, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 201 
 
 196 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 914 
 
 Wickwar, tn.-p. m. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 966 
 
 949 
 
 Weyboume, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 301 
 
 285 
 
 Whitechurch, p. 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 2,061 
 
 Widdington, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 447 
 
 409 
 
 Weybread, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 745 
 
 713 
 
 Whitechurohglynn,p 
 
 Wexford 
 
 1V599 
 
 1,214 
 
 Widdrington, p. 
 
 North. 
 
 
 502 
 
 Wey bridge, v.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,225 
 
 1,603 
 
 Whitegate, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 1,.529 
 
 1,535 
 
 Widecombe-in- ^ 
 
 Devon 
 
 974 
 
 854 
 
 Weyhill and Pen- 1 
 ton-Grafton, p. f 
 Weymouth, p. 
 
 Hants 
 Dorset 
 
 419 
 
 444 
 3,515 
 
 Whitegate, tn. 
 Whitehaven, tn. ) 
 p. t. th. s. 1 
 
 Cork 
 Cumb. 
 
 18,916 
 
 995 
 18,842 
 
 the-Moor, p. > 
 Widford, p, 
 . Widibrd, p. 
 
 Essex 
 Herts 
 
 184 
 519 
 
 257 
 456 
 
272 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 PlACZ. 
 
 I 
 
 Widford, p. 
 Widley, p; ' 
 Widmerpool, p. 
 Widues, tn. 
 ■\Vidworthy, p. 
 AVield, p. 
 Wigan, p. 
 WlOAN, tu. M. & 
 
 p. m./. 
 AVigborough 
 
 (Great), p. 
 Wigborough ) 
 
 (Little), p. f 
 AViggenhaU (St. \ 
 
 Germans), p. ) 
 Wiggeuhall (St ' 
 
 Mary Magdi 
 
 lene), p 
 Wiggeuhall (St. 1 
 
 Maiy the Vir- > 
 
 giu), p. ) 
 
 Wiggenhall (St. ) 
 
 Peter), p. ) 
 
 Wiggington, p. 
 Wiggington, p. 
 Wiggington, p. 
 Wiggonholt, p. 
 Wighill, p. 
 Wighton, p. 
 Wigmore, p. 
 Wigston (it^na), p. 
 Wigtoft, p. 
 Wigton, p. 
 WiGTON, M. s. 
 
 St.) 
 Ja-V 
 
 t.f. 
 
 Wigton, tn.-p. 
 Wilbarston, p. 
 Wilberfoss, p. 
 Wilbraham ) 
 (Great), p. ( 
 Wilbraham ) 
 (Little), p. ) 
 Wilburtou, p. 
 Wilby, p. 
 Wilby, p. 
 Wilby, p. 
 WUcot, p. 
 Wilcote, p. 
 Wilcrick, p. 
 Wilden, p. 
 WUdford, p. 
 Wilksby, p. 
 Willand, p. 
 Willen, p. 
 Willenhall, tns. 
 Willerby, p. 
 Willersey, p. 
 WlUersley, p. 
 Willesborough, p. 
 WUlesden, p. 
 Willesley, p. 
 Willey, p. 
 WUley, p. 
 Williamstown, tn. 
 WUlian, -p. 
 WUlingale (Doe), p. 
 Willingale(Spain), p. 
 WUlingdon, p. 
 Willingham, p. 
 Willingliam, p. 
 Willingham near\ 
 Gainsborough, p ) 
 WiUingham ) 
 (North), p. I 
 WiUingham ) 
 (South), p. ]■ 
 WUlington, p. 
 Willington, p. 
 Willington, p. 
 Willington, tns. 
 Willisham, p. 
 Willoughby, p. 
 
 Willoughby, p. 
 
 Willoughby-on- 
 the-Wolds, p. 
 
 Willoughby 
 terless), p 
 
 Willoughton, p. 
 
 Wilmington, p. 
 
 Wilmington, p. 
 
 Wilmalow, v.-p. 
 
 Wilne, p. 
 
 Wilnecote, h. 
 
 Wilsden, tns. 
 
 Wllrford, p. ' 
 
 WiUford, p. 
 
 WiUford near 
 Salisbury, p, 
 
 } 
 
 (Wa-\ 
 i 
 
 County. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Hants 
 
 Notts 
 
 Laucas. 
 
 Devon 
 
 Hants 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Laucas. 
 
 Essex 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Herts 
 
 Oxford 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Wigton 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 York 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Monm. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Notts 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Devon 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Stafford 
 
 York 
 
 Glouc 
 
 Heref. 
 
 Kent 
 
 Middles 
 
 Derby 
 
 Salop 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Herts 
 
 Essex 
 Sussex 
 Camb. 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 Lincoln 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Derby 
 
 Chester 
 
 North. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Warw. 
 
 Notts 
 
 Leices. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Kent 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Chester 
 
 Derby 
 
 Warw. 
 
 York 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilte 
 
 Pop. 
 185L 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 43 
 565 
 147 
 
 "192 
 
 807 
 
 63,287 
 
 33 
 
 725; 
 
 1511 
 
 4,803 
 
 188: 
 
 8041 
 
 78,190 
 
 31,941 
 
 37,658; 
 
 471 
 
 428 
 
 S9 
 
 92 
 
 750 
 
 633 
 
 845 
 
 825 
 
 325 
 
 307 
 
 162 
 
 153; 
 
 643 
 314 
 374 
 
 641 
 3381 
 349' 
 
 County. 
 
 Wilsharapstead, p. I Bedford 
 
 39 
 
 296 
 
 582 
 
 494 
 
 2,441 
 
 741 
 
 2,824 
 
 2,232 
 
 2,121 
 
 6,229 
 
 754 
 
 602 
 
 644 i 
 
 397! 
 
 562 
 106 
 
 468 
 
 620 
 
 702 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 483 
 
 570 
 
 66 
 
 398 
 
 98 
 
 11,931 
 
 422 
 
 372 
 
 6 
 
 1,022 
 
 2,939 
 
 48 
 
 144 
 
 127 
 
 322 
 518 
 216 
 678 
 1,604 
 160 
 
 861 
 
 282 
 442 
 
 2,'284 
 213 
 748 
 373 
 
 600 
 
 361 
 
 657 
 
 915 
 
 288 
 
 4,952 
 
 2,0!)6 
 
 824 
 
 3,454 
 
 484 
 
 675 
 
 135 
 
 923 
 
 34 
 
 280 
 
 612 
 
 499 
 
 2,521 
 
 732 
 
 2,637 
 
 2,101 
 
 2,027 
 
 6,023 
 
 721 
 
 632 
 
 596 
 
 456 
 560 
 651 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 601 
 604 
 
 57 
 382 
 
 80 
 
 17,256 
 
 468 
 
 373 
 
 13 
 1,780 
 8,879 
 
 45 
 149 
 141 
 1,.<!62 
 281 
 438 
 207 
 709 
 1,630 
 142 
 
 520 
 
 340 
 
 290 
 4771 
 106 
 3,031 
 186 
 785 
 372 
 
 573 
 
 372 
 
 620; 
 l,0o8 
 
 250 
 6,616 
 2,095 
 1,350 
 2,888 
 
 641 
 
 521 
 
 140 
 1,032 
 
 Wilton, p. 
 Wilton, tn.-p. 
 Wilton, p. 
 Wilton, tu. p. ir. ». 
 Wilton (Bishop), p. 
 Wilton (Hock-I^ 
 
 woldcum), p. ) 
 Wimbish, p. 
 Wimbledon, p. 
 Wimborue(Min- ) 
 
 ster), p. r 
 
 Wimborne(Min- \ 
 
 ster), tn. /. ) 
 Wimborne (St. ) 
 
 Giles), p. j 
 
 Wimbotsham, p. 
 Wimeswould, p. 
 Wimpole, p. 
 Wincanton, tn.-p. w 
 Winceby, p. 
 Winch (East), p. 
 Winch (West), p. 
 Wincham, tns. 
 Winchcomb, tn.-p. j 
 Winchelsea, tn.-p. j 
 Winchendon (Ne- (^ | 
 
 ther), p. ) 
 
 Wincheudon (Up- 1 ! 
 
 per), p. t i 
 
 Winchester, c. m. )I 
 
 & p. w. s. j [ 
 
 Winchfield, p. i 
 
 Windermere, p. ! 
 
 Windle, tns. | 
 
 Windlesham, v.-p. i 
 Windrush, p. i 
 
 Windsor (New), p. | 
 Windsor (Old), p. 
 Windsor (Old), \ 
 
 tn. M. & p. s. ) 
 Winestead, p. 
 Winfarthing, p. 
 Winford, p. 
 Winforton, p. 
 Winfrith-New- \ 
 
 burgh, p. ) 
 Wing, p. 
 Wing, p. 
 Wingate Grange, ) 
 
 tns. ) 
 
 Wingerworth, p. 
 Wingfield, p. 
 Wiiigfield ) 
 
 (North), p. r 
 Wingfield [ 
 
 (South), p. ) 
 Wingham, p. 
 Wingrave-with- ) 
 
 Somer. 
 Roxb. 
 
 Wilts 
 Wilts 
 York 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Essex 
 Surrey 
 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 606 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,235 
 
 Camb. 
 
 452 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,483 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 78 
 
 Noifolk 
 
 469 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 477 
 
 Chester 
 
 684 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 2,824 
 
 Sussex 
 
 778 
 
 949 
 2,557 
 1,804 
 8,607 
 
 886 
 
 1,067 
 
 1,004 
 2,693 
 
 4,759 
 2,295 
 
 Rowsham, p 
 Winkboui-n, p. 
 Winkfield, p. 
 Winkfield-with-) 
 
 Rowley, p. | 
 Winkleigh, p. 
 Winlaton, v.-p. 
 Winnall, p. 
 Winnow (St.), p. 
 Winscombe, p. 
 Winsford, p. 
 Winshani, p. 
 Winslade-with- ) 
 
 Kempshot, p. j 
 Winslow, tn. p. 
 Winster, tn. 
 Winston, p. 
 Winston, p. 
 Winstone, p. 
 Winterborue (Ab-'^ 
 
 bas), p. I 
 
 Winterbome \ 
 
 (Came), p. t 
 
 Winterbome \ 
 
 (Clenstone), p. f 
 
 Winterbome |^ 
 
 (Hen-ingstone),p j 
 
 Winterbome | 
 
 (Houghton), p. ) 
 Winterbome \ 
 
 (Kingston), p. f 
 Winterbome ) 
 
 (Monckton), p. l 
 Winterbome ) 
 
 (Stee|)leton), p. f 
 Winterbome ) 
 
 (Stickland), p. f 
 Winterbome (St. ) 
 
 Martin),, p. f 
 
 Winterbome ) 
 
 (Thomson), p. ) 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hants 
 
 Westml. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Berks 
 
 Berks I 
 
 Berks I 
 
 York I 
 Norfolk I 
 Somer. 
 Heref. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Bucks 
 Rutland 
 
 Derby 
 Suffolk 
 
 Derby 
 Derby 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Notts 
 Berks 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Devon 
 
 Durham 
 
 Hants 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Hants 
 
 Bucks 
 
 Derby 
 
 Durham 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Doi-set 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 Dorset 
 
 186 
 
 13,704 
 
 327 
 3,280 
 9,370 
 1,794 
 
 332 
 6,872 
 1,785 
 
 9,596 
 
 131 
 
 691 
 
 1,022 
 
 159 
 
 1,101 
 
 1,876 
 384 
 
 463 
 654 
 
 4,351 
 
 1,092 
 
 1,083 
 
 813 
 
 129 
 2,185 
 
 305 
 
 1,554 
 6,085 
 
 117 
 1,076 
 1,439 
 
 604 
 1,062 
 
 174 
 
 1,889 
 928 
 301 
 392 
 252 
 
 150 
 
 97 
 
 52 
 
 313 
 
 584 
 
 87 
 
 206 
 
 407 
 
 434 
 
 37 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 2,271 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 436 
 
 508 
 
 ,209 1 
 406 
 
 1,450 1 
 
 67 
 
 434 
 
 4701 
 
 6421 
 
 !,937| 
 719 
 
 316 
 220 
 
 14,776 
 
 329 
 4,223 
 12,229 
 2,090 
 290 
 6,728 
 1,835 
 
 9,520 
 
 173 
 615 
 934 
 162 
 
 1,020 
 
 1,504 
 342 
 
 2,143 
 
 438 
 598 
 
 7,339 
 
 Winterbome 
 
 (Whitechurcli),p 
 Winterbome (Zel- 
 
 stone), p. 
 I Winterboume, p. 
 Wiiiterbourne I 
 
 (Basset), p. f 
 Winterboume ^ 
 
 (Dantsey), p ) 
 Wintei'bourne ) 
 
 (Earls), p. f 
 Winterboume) 
 
 (Gunner), p. f 
 Wintei'bourne ) 
 
 (Monkton),p f 
 Winterboume \ 
 
 (Stoke), p. ) 
 Winteringham, p. 
 Winterelow, p. 
 Winterton, p. 
 Wintei-ton, tn.-p. 
 Wiathorpe, p. 
 Winthorpe, p. 
 Wintringham, p. 
 
 Wiuwick, p. 
 
 Winwick, p. 
 Winwick, v. 
 Wiuwick near I 
 
 Daventry, p. ) 
 Wirkswortb, p. 
 Wirksworth , tn. t. 
 Wife-beach (St. \ 
 
 Mary), tn.-p. ) 
 Wisbeach (St. 1^ 
 
 Peter), p. m. «. ) 
 I 
 
 1, 
 
 Dorset 
 
 Doi-set 
 Glouc. 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 Wilts 
 
 Wilts 
 
 Lincoln 
 Wilts 
 Norfolk 
 Lincoln 
 Lincoln 
 Notts 
 York 
 Ntha. & 
 \ I Hunt. 
 Lancas. 
 Lancas. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Derby 
 Derby 
 
 Camb. 
 Camb. 
 
 ,241 
 
 ,060 
 
 868 
 
 172 
 ,508 
 
 362 
 
 ,425 
 ,372 
 120 
 115 
 326 
 574 
 ,088 
 
 183 
 
 890 
 971 
 342 
 352 
 230 
 
 205 
 125 
 
 52 
 
 ■86 
 191 
 
 458 
 
 Wislx)rough 
 Green, v.-p. 
 
 Wisely, p. 
 
 Wishaw, p. 
 
 Wishaw, V. 
 
 Wishford (Great), p.' Wilts 
 
 Wispington, p. ; Lincoln 
 
 Wissett, p. 
 
 Wissington, or) 
 Wiston, p. j 
 j Wistanstow, p. 
 
 Wistaston, p. 
 
 Wiston, p. & p. 
 1 Wiston, p. 
 I Wiston and Rn- \ 
 berton, p. j 
 
 Wistow, p. 
 
 Wistow, p. 
 
 Wistow, p. 
 
 Wiswall, tns. 
 
 Witcham, ji. 
 
 Witchampton; p. 
 
 Witchford, p. 
 
 Witchingliam ) 
 
 (Great), p. ) 
 
 i W^itchingham \ 
 
 (Little), p. ) 
 
 Witchling, p. 
 
 Witham, tn.-p. t. 
 
 Witham (Friaiy), p.' Somer. 
 
 Witham (North), p. ^ Lincoln 
 
 Witham-on-the-) l^^^^^,^ 
 Hill, p. ) I 
 
 Witham (South), p. Lincoln 
 
 Withcall, p. I Lincoln 
 
 Withcote, p. ; Leices. 
 
 Witheridge, tn.-p. Devon 
 
 Witherley, p. Leices. 
 
 Withem, p. Lincoln 
 
 Witheruwick, p. York 
 
 Withei-sdale, p. Suffolk 
 
 Withei-sfield, p. Suffolk 
 
 Withiel, p. Comw. 
 
 Withiel (Florey), p. Somer. 
 
 Withington, tns. Lancas. 
 
 Withington, p. Glouc. 
 
 Withington, p. Heref.' 
 
 Withington, p. Salop , 
 
 Withington (Low.- 1 ^^^^^^^ 
 
 Sussex 
 
 Surrey 
 Warw. 
 Lanark 
 
 j Suffolk 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Salop 
 Chester 
 Pemb. 
 Sussex 
 
 Lanark 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 York 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 Camb. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Kent 
 
 Essex 
 
 er), tns. 
 Withnell, tns. 
 Withybrook, p. 
 Withycombe, p. 
 Withycombe- ^ 
 
 Rawleigh, p. ) 
 Withyham, i). 
 Witliyijoole, p. 
 Witley, p. 
 Witley (Great), p. 
 Witnesham, p. 
 Witney, p. 
 Witney, tn. th. 
 
 j Lancas. 
 Warw> 
 
 I Somer. 
 
 i Devon 
 
 Sussex 
 j Somer. 
 i SuiTey 
 
 Worces. 
 ! Suffolk 
 i Oxford 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Wittenham(Little)p Berks 
 
 595 
 
 224 
 
 2,876 
 
 289 
 
 187 
 
 281 
 
 167 
 
 245 
 
 365 
 
 824 
 913 
 722 
 1,665 
 299 
 243 
 588 
 
 431 
 
 707 
 469 
 
 7,480 
 2,632 
 
 10,594 
 
 1,746 
 
 167 
 282 
 3,373 
 378 
 83 
 490 
 
 256 
 
 1,044 
 298 
 774 
 30] 
 
 839 
 
 553 
 261 
 
 788 
 747 
 594 
 504 
 620 
 
 C69 
 
 42 
 
 ,124 
 
 3,303 
 
 556 
 
 309 
 
 635 
 
 544 
 117 
 40 
 
 1,309 
 540 
 503 
 513 
 199 
 642 
 452 
 104 
 
 1,492 
 823 
 881 
 266 
 
 570 
 
 1,975 
 334 
 329 
 
 1,811 
 
 1,692 
 259 
 
 1,546 
 408 
 575 
 
 5,437 
 
 3,099 
 128 
 

 
 
 GKEAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 273 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 ' 583 
 
 i Placb. 
 
 ■ 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1»>1. 
 
 7,983 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 7,827 
 
 Place. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Witteiiliam Long),p 
 
 Berks 
 
 608 
 
 W(X)DSTOCK, tu. P. t. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Worting, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 15& 
 
 154 
 
 Witter, p. 
 
 Down 
 
 965 
 
 787 
 
 Woodstone, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 320 
 
 347 
 
 Wortley, tns. 
 
 York 
 
 1,0 J5 
 
 1,121 
 
 Wittering, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 •262 
 
 1 235 
 
 Woodton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 583 
 
 531 
 
 Worton (Nether), p. 
 Worton (Over), p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 61 
 
 AVitteriiig (Easf), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 233 
 
 223 
 
 Woodwalton, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 380 
 
 388 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 82 
 
 Wittering (West), p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 609 
 
 616 
 
 Woodyates(We3t}, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 
 20 
 
 Wortwell, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 541 
 
 466 
 
 AVittersliani, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 987 
 
 877 j Wookey, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,158 
 
 1,129 
 
 Wotton, p. 
 
 Sun-ey 
 
 746 
 
 823 
 
 Wittoii, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 267 
 
 311 
 
 Wool, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 545 
 
 590 
 
 Wotton - under - ) 
 Edge, tn.-p. f. S 
 
 
 
 
 Wittoii, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 299 
 
 269 
 
 Woolavington , p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 405 
 
 415 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 4,224 
 
 3,673 
 
 Witton near '( 
 Blofield, p. ) 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 153 
 
 144 
 
 : Woolavington, p. 
 Woolbeding, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 Sussex 
 
 462 
 320 
 
 488 
 338 
 
 Wotton - Under )_ 
 wootl, p. j 
 
 Bucks 
 
 
 266 
 
 Witton tEast\ p. 
 
 York 
 
 610 
 
 621 
 
 Woolengrange, p. 
 
 Kilkiiy 
 
 
 256 
 
 Wotton-Ville, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 
 91 
 
 Witton (West), p. 
 
 York 
 
 550 
 
 659 
 
 Wooler, tn.-p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,911 
 
 1,697 
 
 Woughtou-on-the- ) 
 Green, p. ) 
 
 Bucks 
 
 
 
 Wittou-Gilbert,v.-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 1,758 
 
 2,098 
 
 Woolfardisworthy ( 
 
 Devon 
 
 824 
 
 776 
 
 837 
 
 314 
 
 AVitton (Nether-, p. 
 
 Nortli. 
 
 
 486 
 
 near Bideford, p ) 
 
 Wouldham, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 343 
 
 433 
 
 Wittoii-le-Wear. v-p. 
 
 Durham 
 
 "918 
 
 1,366 
 
 Woolfardisworthy 
 
 Devon 
 
 208 
 
 175 
 
 Wrabness, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 261 
 
 226 
 
 Wiveliscombe, tu.- ) 
 
 p. t. s. ; 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,861 
 
 2 735 
 
 nr. Crediton,v p 
 
 Wragby, p. 
 
 York 
 
 762 
 
 694 
 
 
 
 
 Woolhamirton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 602 
 
 559 
 
 Wragby, tn.-p. th. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 610 
 
 619 
 
 W^ivelsfield.p 
 
 Sussex 
 
 608 
 
 1,162 
 
 Woolhope, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 902 
 
 803 
 
 Wramplingham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 245 
 
 194 
 
 Wivenhoe, tii.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 1,672 
 
 1,843 
 
 WooUand, p. 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 107 
 
 132 
 
 Wrangle, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 1,196 
 
 1,198 
 
 Wiveton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 245 
 
 232 
 
 WooUaston, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,110 
 
 971 
 
 Wratting (Great), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 391 
 
 423 
 
 Wix, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 778 
 
 752 
 
 Woolley, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 91 
 
 71 
 
 Wratting (Little), p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 212 
 
 193 
 
 Wixford, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 117 
 
 123 
 
 WooUey, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 90 
 
 114 
 
 Wratting (West), p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 868 
 
 777 
 
 Woburn, tn.-p. /. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 2,049 
 
 1,764 
 
 Woollos (St.), p. 
 
 Monm. 
 
 20,279 
 
 24,756 
 
 Wrawby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 3,132 
 
 2,901 
 
 Woking, v.-p. 
 
 Surrev 
 
 2,837 
 
 3,819 
 
 Woolpit, v. p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,071 
 
 1,008 
 
 Wraxall, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 87 
 
 83 
 
 Wokingham, p. 
 
 Berks- 
 
 3,752 
 
 4,144 
 
 Woolstaston, ]>. 
 
 Salop 
 
 72 
 
 64 
 
 Wraxall, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 1,016 
 
 912 
 
 Wokingham, tii. t. 
 
 Berks 
 
 2,272 
 
 2,404 
 
 Woolstliorpe, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 632 
 
 615 
 
 Wraxall (North), p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 460 
 
 406 
 
 Wolborough, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 3,227 
 
 4,427 
 
 Woolstone, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 86 
 
 81 
 
 Wray-with-Bot- ) 
 ton, tns. j 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 
 
 Woldingliam, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 48 
 
 67 
 
 Woolston e ( G reat), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 72 
 
 71 
 
 833 
 
 (79 
 
 Wold Newton, i\ 
 
 York 
 
 276 
 
 351 
 
 Wools tone{ Little), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 102 
 
 125 
 
 Wrenbury, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,060 
 
 2,505 
 
 Wolferlow, j). 
 
 Heref. 
 
 135 
 
 112 
 
 Woolton (Little), p. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,016 
 
 1,062 
 
 Wrenningham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 452 
 
 437 
 
 Wolfliamcote, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 464 
 
 444 
 
 Woolton (Much), ta. 
 
 Lancas 
 
 
 3,296 
 
 Wrentham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,026 
 
 1,051 
 
 Wolford (Great;, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 520 
 
 534 
 
 Woolvercott, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 "637 
 
 617 
 
 Wressell, p. 
 
 York 
 
 378 
 
 423 
 
 Wollaston, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 1,201 
 
 1,443 
 
 Woolverstone, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 241 
 
 239 
 
 Wrestlingworth, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 688 
 
 657 
 
 Wollaston, tus. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 1,229 
 
 2,041 
 
 Woolverton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 174 
 
 171 
 
 Wretham (East), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 219 
 
 257 
 
 Wollaton, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 581 
 
 555 
 
 Woolwich, tn.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 32,367 
 
 41,695 
 
 Wretham (West), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 166 
 
 207 
 
 Wolsinghani, tn.-p. t 
 
 Durham 
 
 4,585 
 
 .5,531 
 
 Wootton, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 1,204 
 
 1,349 
 
 Wretton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 638 
 
 490 
 
 Wolstanton, v.-p 
 
 Stafford 
 
 22,191 
 
 32,029 
 
 Wootton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 58 
 
 79 
 
 Wrexham, p. 
 
 Denbigli 
 
 15,520 
 
 19,780 
 
 Wolston, v.-p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 1,209 
 
 1,263 
 
 Wootton, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 370 
 
 384 
 
 Wrexham, tn. m. ) 
 & p. th. s. j" 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 
 7,662 ■ 
 
 Wolterton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 44 
 
 48 
 
 Wootton, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 153 
 
 163 
 
 6,714 
 
 Wolverhampton, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 92,287 
 
 113,832 
 
 Wootton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 606 
 
 591 
 
 Wrightingtoii, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 1,613 
 
 1,618 
 
 WOLVERHAMP- ( 
 TON, tn. M. W. ) 
 
 Stafford 
 
 49,985 
 
 60,860 
 
 Wootton, J). 
 Wootton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 Oxford 
 
 877 
 1,250 
 
 837 
 1,238 
 
 Wrington, tn.-p. 
 Writhliiigton, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 Somer. 
 
 1,6 
 192 
 
 1,617 
 367 
 
 .. P- 
 
 Stafford 
 
 119,748 
 
 147,670 
 
 Woottou-Bassett, |^ 
 
 Wilts 
 
 2,123 
 
 2,191 
 
 Writtle, tn.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2.423 
 
 2,374 
 
 Wolverley, v.-p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,441 
 
 2,9i»5 
 
 tn.-p. ) 
 
 Wrockwardine, v.-p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 3,107 
 
 4,365 
 
 Wolverton, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 2,070 
 
 2,370 
 
 Wootton Coiu'tney.p 
 
 Somer. 
 
 411 
 
 ■ 378 
 
 Wroot, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 349 
 
 392 
 
 Wolverton, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 188 
 
 146 
 
 Wootton Fitzpaine.p 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 361 
 
 307 
 
 Wrotham, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 3,184 
 
 3,336 
 
 Wolverton, p. 
 
 Noifo'k 
 
 185 
 
 179 
 
 Wootton-Glau viUe, p 
 
 Dorset 
 
 328 
 
 300 
 
 Wroughton, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 1,645 
 
 1,721 
 
 Wolverton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 174 
 
 159 
 
 Wootton (North), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 1S8 
 
 247 
 
 Wroxeter, j). 
 
 Salop 
 
 642 
 
 616 
 
 Wolves-Newton, p. 
 
 Monni. 
 
 219 
 
 193 
 
 Wootton (North), ij. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 835 
 
 322 
 
 Wroxhall, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 179 
 
 144 
 
 Wolvey, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 963 
 
 958 
 
 Wootton (North), j). 
 
 Doi-set 
 
 75 
 
 76 
 
 Wroxham, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 429 
 
 409 
 
 Womliourn, p. 
 
 Stafford 
 
 2,007 
 
 2,236' 
 
 Wootton-Ilivei-s, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 427 
 
 444 
 
 Wroxton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 789 
 
 761 
 
 Wombridge, p. 
 Wonibwell, tns. 
 
 Salop 
 York 
 
 2,166 
 1,627 
 
 2,fiUl [ 
 3,738 j 
 
 AVoottou (St. Law- 1 
 rence), p. ( 
 
 Hants 
 
 922 
 
 917 
 
 Wuerdle - with - ) 
 Wardle, tns. | 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 7,855 
 
 8,201 
 
 Womenswould, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 256 
 
 276 
 
 Wootton (South), p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 155 
 
 150 
 
 Wyberton, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 647 
 
 608 
 
 Womersley, p. 
 
 York 
 
 998 
 
 996 
 
 Wootton-imder- , 
 
 13UCKS 
 
 253 
 
 266 
 
 Wybunbury, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 4,389 
 
 4,986 
 
 Wonastow, p. 
 
 Moiim. 
 
 141 
 
 150 
 
 Wood, p. 1 
 
 
 Wychwood, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 
 106 
 
 Wonersh, v.-p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,280 
 
 1,438 
 
 Wootton-Wawen, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 2,306 
 
 2,253 
 
 Wycliffe, p. 
 
 York 
 
 "144 
 
 162 
 
 Wonston, p. 
 Wooburn, v.-p. 
 
 Hants 
 Bucks 
 
 716 
 2,026 
 
 706 i 
 2,245 
 
 WORCtSTER, C. M. ) 
 
 & P. to. /. s. ]■ 
 
 Worces. 
 
 27,528 
 
 31,227 
 
 Wycombe, m. /. |^ 
 P- ( 
 
 Bucks 
 
 7,179 1 
 
 8,373 
 6,496 
 
 Woodbastwick, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 293 
 
 294; 
 
 WordweU, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 66 
 
 65 
 
 Wycombe (West), p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 2,000 
 
 2,161 
 
 Woodborough, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 424 
 
 406; 
 
 Woi-field, p. 
 
 Salop 
 
 1,735 
 
 1,785, 
 
 Wyddeall, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 245 
 
 213 
 
 Woodborongli, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 852 
 
 893 
 
 Workington, tn-p. ) 
 
 Cumb. 
 
 7,159 
 
 7,834 
 
 Wye, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1.724 
 
 1,594 
 
 Wood bridge, tny.io. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 5.161 
 
 4,513 
 
 to. s. JT 
 
 Wyei-sdale (Nether}p 
 
 Lanciis. 
 
 704 
 
 667 
 
 Woodbnry, v.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 2,014 
 
 1,966 
 
 Worksop, tn.-p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 7,215 
 
 8,361 
 
 Wyfoidby, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 161 
 
 144 
 
 Woodchester, v. p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 893 
 
 816 
 
 Worlabynr. Brigg,p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 500 
 
 526 
 
 Wyham - with - >^ 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 128 
 
 135 
 
 Woodchurch, p. 
 
 Chester 
 
 2,927 
 
 3,922! 
 
 Worlaby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 Cadeby, p. )" 
 
 
 Woodcluirch, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 1,286 
 
 1,262 
 
 Worldliam(East), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 258 
 
 235 
 
 Wykeham, \}. 
 
 York 
 
 643 
 
 621 
 
 Woodcott, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 100 
 
 80 1 
 
 Worldham (West), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 98 
 
 89 
 
 Wykeham, \>. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 26 
 
 36 
 
 Wood Ualling, p. 
 
 Noi-folk 
 
 574 
 
 508 
 
 Worle, p. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 960 
 
 980 
 
 Wyken, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 141 
 
 148 
 
 Wood Ditton, p. 
 
 Camb. 
 
 1,298 
 
 1,375 
 
 Worlingham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 174 
 
 192 
 
 Wyke Regis, p. 
 
 Doreet 
 
 1,898 
 
 2,'i25 
 
 Wood Eaton, p. 
 
 Oxford 
 
 89 
 
 83 
 
 Worlington, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 391 
 
 349 
 
 Wylam, tns. 
 
 North. 
 
 l,0!tl 
 
 1,040 
 
 Wood-Enderby, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 291 
 
 244 
 
 Worlington (East),p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 277 
 
 284 
 
 Wylye, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 610 
 
 489 
 
 Woodford, v.-p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 2,774 
 
 3,457 
 
 Worlington ( West),p 
 
 Devon 
 
 229 
 
 193 
 
 Wymering, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 751 
 
 1,071 
 
 Woodford, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 800 
 
 912 
 
 Worlingworth, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 811 
 
 740 
 
 Wymeswold, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 1,235 
 
 1,209 
 
 Woodford, p. 
 
 Wilts 
 
 496 
 
 500 
 
 Woi-mbridge, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 91 
 
 91 
 
 Wymington, p. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 296 
 
 349 
 
 Woodford, tn. 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 325 
 
 Wormegay, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 440 
 
 423 
 
 Wymondham, p. 
 
 Leices. 
 
 800 
 
 861 
 
 Woodford-oiim \ 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 726 
 
 735 
 
 Wormingford, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 535 
 
 503 
 
 Wymondhani, or 1 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 5,177 
 
 4,952 
 
 Menibris, p. < 
 
 
 
 
 Worminghall, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 360 
 
 354 
 
 Wyndham,tii-p. I 
 
 
 
 Woodgreeu, p 
 
 Hants 
 
 
 345 
 
 Wormington, p. 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 62 
 
 79 
 
 Wymondham, or ^ 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 2,970 
 
 2,152 
 
 Woodliay (fia-st), p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 l','550 
 
 1,533 
 
 Wormleighton, p. 
 
 Warw. 
 
 194 
 
 203 
 
 Wyudh.am, tu./. ) 
 
 
 
 
 Woodhay (West), p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 115 
 
 130 
 
 Wormley, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 511 
 
 572i 
 
 Wymondley ) 
 (Great), p. | 
 
 Herts 
 
 335 
 
 314 
 
 W,:odhall, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 275 
 
 276 
 
 Wormshill, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 209 
 
 253, 
 
 
 
 
 Woudliam-Ferns, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 981 
 
 947 
 
 Wormsley, p. 
 
 Heref. 
 
 125 
 
 121 
 
 Wymondley \ 
 
 Herts 
 
 300 
 
 318 
 
 Woodham Morti- ) 
 mer), p. ) 
 
 Essex 
 
 326 
 
 324 
 
 Worplesdon, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 1,549 
 
 1,753 
 
 (Little), p. > 
 
 
 
 
 Worsley, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 10,189 
 
 11,875 
 
 Wynford-Eagle, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 ... 
 
 137 
 
 Woodham- Walter, p. 
 
 Essex 
 
 585 
 
 598 
 
 Worstead, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 827 
 
 751 
 
 Wyrardisb\u-y, p. 
 
 Bucks 
 
 701 
 
 735 
 
 Woodhorn, v.-p. 
 
 North. 
 
 1,598 
 
 2,962 ' Worsthorn, tns. 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 909 
 
 865 
 
 Wysall, p. 
 
 Notts 
 
 286 
 
 274 
 
 Woodliurst, p. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 533 
 
 654 
 
 Worth, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 471 
 
 430 
 
 Wytham, p. 
 
 Berks 
 
 196 
 
 176 
 
 Woodlands, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 476 
 
 495 
 
 Worth, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 2,475 
 
 2,988 
 
 Wyverstone, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 329 
 
 302 
 
 Woodleigh, p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 233 
 
 213 
 
 Worth, tns. 
 
 Chester 
 
 885 
 
 751 
 
 Wyville - with - ) 
 Hungertoii, p. ) 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 136 
 
 155 
 
 Wooduiancote, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 326 
 
 331 
 
 Wortham, p. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 1,086 
 
 961 
 
 
 
 
 Woodmaucott, p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 76 
 
 87 
 
 Worthenbury, p. 
 
 Flint 
 
 543 
 
 503 
 
 
 
 
 
 Woodmansteriie, p. 
 
 Surrey 
 
 271 
 
 271 
 
 Worthin, v.-p. 
 
 Montg. 
 
 3,325 
 
 3,723 
 
 Yalding, v.-p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 2,672 
 
 2,706 
 
 Woodnesboroiigh, p. 
 
 Kent 
 
 813 
 
 889 
 
 Worthing, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 170 
 
 170 : 
 
 Yapton, p. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 609 
 
 589 
 
 Wood Newton, p. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 501 
 
 529 
 
 Worthing, tn. s. 
 
 Sussex 
 
 5,370 
 
 5,805 
 
 Yarborough, p. 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 245 
 
 279 
 
 j Wood-Xorton, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 308 
 
 250 
 
 Worth Matravers, p. 
 
 Dorset 
 
 396 
 
 350 
 
 Yarcombe, v.-p. 
 
 Devon 
 
 780 
 
 815 
 
 Wood-Rising, p. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 127 
 
 97 
 
 i Worthy (Head ^ 
 
 Hants 
 
 193 
 
 194 
 
 Yardley, v.-p. 
 
 Worces. 
 
 2,753 
 
 3,848 
 
 Woodsford, p. 
 
 [Dorset 
 
 183 
 
 ]93 
 
 bourne), p. t 
 
 
 
 Yardley, p. 
 
 Herts 
 
 630. 
 
 574 
 
 Woodstock, p. 
 
 1 Oxford 
 
 ' 1,262 
 
 1,201 
 
 Woi-thy (King's', p. 
 
 Hants 
 
 382 
 
 359, 
 
 Yardley-Gobion, h. 
 
 Northa 
 
 073' 
 
 660 
 
 Supp. I.MP. Gaz.— 
 
 Vol IL 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 35 
 
 
 
274 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN 1851 AND 1861. 
 
 Piuo. 
 
 Ynrdley-IIastinga, { 
 v.-p. t 
 
 Yarkhill, p. 
 Yarlett, p. 
 Yarlington, p. 
 Yarm, tii.-p. th. 
 Yarmouth, tn.-p. f. 
 Yabmouth.m.&p. ir.K 
 Yanuouth(Gre:it , p, 
 Yaruscou\be, p. 
 Yarnton, p. 
 Yarpole, p. 
 Yarrow, p. 
 Yarwell, p. 
 Yate, p. 
 Yateiy, p. 
 Yatesbury, p. 
 Yattendoii, p. 
 Ytttton, p. 
 Yatton-Keynell, p. 
 YaverLiiid, p. 
 Yaxham, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Nortlia. 
 
 l.ilO 
 
 1,152 
 
 Ileref. 
 
 547 
 
 568 
 
 Stafford 
 
 
 21 
 
 Somer. 
 
 234 
 
 246 
 
 York 
 
 1,647 
 
 1,401 
 
 Hants 
 
 672 
 
 726 
 
 « Norfolk 
 
 30,879 
 
 34,810 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 26,880 
 
 30,338 
 
 Devon 
 
 479 
 
 423 
 
 Dxfoni 
 
 317 
 
 294 
 
 Heref. 
 
 645 
 
 630 
 
 Selkirk 
 
 1,294 
 
 643 
 
 Northa. 
 
 450 
 
 402 
 
 Glouc. 
 
 1,080 
 
 1,1.^8 
 
 Hants 
 
 2,156 
 
 2,S0S 
 
 Wilts 
 
 251 
 
 231 
 
 Berks 
 
 263 
 
 263 
 
 Somer. 
 
 2,061 
 
 1,851 
 
 Wilts 
 
 516 
 
 554 
 
 Hants 
 
 78 
 
 69 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 506 
 
 479 
 
 PI.ACE, 
 
 Yaxley, p. 
 Yaxley, v.-p. 
 Yazor, p. 
 
 Yeadon, tn. 
 Yealmpton, v.-p. 
 Yeddingham, p. 
 Yeldon, p. 
 Yeldham (Great), p. 
 Yeldham (Little , j). 
 Yelford, p. 
 Yell (Mid and I 
 South), p. )■ 
 Yelling, p. 
 Yelvertoft, p, 
 Yelverton, p. 
 Yeovil, p. 
 Yeovil, tn M. /. 
 Yeovilton, \>. 
 Yerbeston, p. 
 Yester, p. 
 Yetholm (Town ) 
 ), 1>- t 
 
 and Kirk), 
 
 County. 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Hei-ef. 
 
 York 
 
 Devon 
 
 York 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Essex 
 
 Essex 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Hunt. 
 
 Northa. 
 
 Norfolk 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Somer. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Had. 
 
 Koxb. 
 
 550 
 
 1,445 
 
 222 
 
 4,109 
 
 1,155 
 
 104 
 
 328 
 
 716 
 
 306 
 
 17 
 
 1,741 
 
 714 
 
 66 
 
 7,744 
 
 5,985 
 
 329 
 
 153 
 
 1,202 
 
 1,352 
 
 510 
 
 1,411 
 
 287 
 
 4,109 
 
 1,035 
 
 108 
 
 286 
 
 696 
 
 307 
 
 14 
 
 1,784 
 
 414 
 
 631 
 
 59 
 
 8,486 
 
 7,957 
 
 342 
 
 118 
 
 1,033 
 
 1,207 
 
 Yetminster, v.-p. 
 Ynys-cyuhaiarn, p. 
 York, c. m. t. th. s. 
 
 „ P. 
 
 Youghal, p. 
 Youghalarra, p. 
 
 YOUGHALL, tn. P.tC.S. 
 
 Youlgreave, p. 
 Yoxford, v.-p. 
 Yoxliall, v.-i). 
 Ysceifiog, p. 
 Yspytty, p. 
 Yspytty-ys-Trad- ) 
 meirie, p. j 
 
 Yspytty-ystwyth, p. 
 Ystradgunlais, p. 
 Ysti'adowen , p. 
 Ystradveltey, p. 
 Ystradyfodwg, p. 
 
 County. 
 
 Doi'set 
 
 Caniar. 
 
 York 
 
 York 
 
 Cork 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Derby 
 
 Suffolk 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Flint 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Cardig. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Brecon 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Zeal-Monachorum,p Devon 
 Zenuor, p. | Cornw. 
 
 1,3.33 
 
 2,347 
 
 36,303 
 
 40,359 
 
 11,311 
 
 1.594 
 
 7,372 
 
 3,764 
 
 1,272 
 
 1,496 
 
 1,710 
 
 892 
 
 718 
 
 3,758 
 
 221 
 
 711 
 
 1,998 
 
 578 
 918 
 
 1,430 
 
 3,138 
 
 40,433 
 
 45,385 
 
 8,378 
 
 1,295 
 
 6,514 
 
 3,738 
 
 1,111 
 
 1,443 
 
 1,475 
 
 869 
 
 160 
 
 843 
 
 4,345 
 
 248 
 
 668 
 
 3,857 
 
 549 
 933 
 
 INHABITED ISLANDS OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 There are in all five hundred islands and rocks enumerated in connection with Great Britain, and upwards of five tliousand 
 belonging to Ireland. The following are those, the population of which is ascertainable from the Census Returns. 
 
 Island. 
 
 Abbeyleix, 
 
 AchlUbeg, 
 
 Aghinish, 
 
 Agnes (St.), SciUy, 
 
 Ailsa Craig, 
 
 Aldemey, 
 
 AUoa, 
 
 Anglesey, 
 
 Annagh, 
 
 Annagh, 
 
 Annagh (East), 
 
 Annagh (Middle), 
 
 Annaghgowla, 
 
 Annagliroe, 
 
 Annaghvaan, 
 
 Arran, 
 
 Ascrib, 
 
 Aughnish, 
 
 Ba, 
 
 Baiishear, 
 
 Bally cotton, 
 
 Ballyheer, 
 
 Ballytoohybeg, 
 
 Bally toohymore, 
 
 Baluahua, 
 
 Barra, 
 
 Barry, 
 
 Bartragh, 
 
 Begerin, 
 
 Bekan, 
 
 Bella vaum. 
 
 Bell Rock, 
 
 Benbecula, 
 
 Beraera (Barra), 
 
 Beriiei-a (Harris), 
 
 Bemera (Uig), 
 
 Uig, 
 
 Big. 
 
 Birmore, 
 
 Bishop's, 
 
 Bisliop's, 
 
 Black, 
 
 Blackrock, 
 
 Bleanish, 
 
 Boreray, 
 
 Boiinla, 
 
 Breast, 
 
 Breast (Little), 
 
 Uressay, 
 
 Brown, 
 
 Brown's, 
 
 Brarie (Skerries*. 
 
 Bryher, Scilly, 
 
 Bnnnaniohan, 
 
 Bnsliyixland, 
 
 Barra (Ka«t), 
 
 County. 
 
 Queen's 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Ayr 
 
 Chan. Is. 
 
 Clack. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Galway 
 
 Bute 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Cainar. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Glamor. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Forfar 
 
 InveiTi. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Ross 
 
 Galway 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Galway 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Moiiag. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Cork, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Limer. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 149 
 
 10 
 
 204 
 
 3,333 
 
 57,'318 
 11 
 18 
 
 '" 1 
 5 
 
 7 
 152 
 
 12 
 
 61 
 
 19 
 
 148 
 
 1,624 
 
 74 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 151 
 
 1,718 
 
 44 
 
 452 
 
 " 4 
 52 
 
 47 
 
 "il8 
 129 
 38 
 204 
 
 Bnrra (West^, 
 
 Burray, 
 
 Bute, 
 
 Caldy, 
 
 Calf, 
 
 Calf of Man, 
 
 Calf (Easts 
 
 Calf(Middle\ 
 
 Calf (West\ 
 
 Calve, 
 
 Camia, 
 
 Canon, 
 
 Capnagower, 
 
 Cappanacush, 
 
 Cara, 
 
 Carbery, 
 
 Carna, 
 
 Cammoon, 
 
 Carragh (N.), 
 
 Carragh (8.), 
 
 Carrickmacrourck, 
 
 Carrig, 
 
 Castle, 
 
 Castle, 
 
 Castlefrekc, 
 
 Cava, 
 
 Chapel, 
 
 Church, 
 
 Clareabbey, 
 
 Clonfert, 
 
 Clynish, 
 
 Coll, 
 
 Collanbeg, 
 
 Collanmoro, 
 
 CoUonsivy, 
 
 CoUousay nr. Staffa, 
 
 Coney, 
 
 Coney, 
 
 Conly, 
 
 Conor's, 
 
 Coijeland, 
 
 Copinshay, 
 
 Coquet, 
 
 Cottage, 
 
 Craggy, 
 
 Crappagh, 
 
 Crehan, 
 
 Crevinishaughy, 
 
 Croaghnakeela, 
 
 Ci-olin, 
 
 Crovinish, 
 
 Crump, 
 
 Cumbrae (Groat),^ 
 
 Cumbrae (Little), 
 
 Dalkey, 
 Dauna, 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 410 
 
 393 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 
 657 
 
 Bute 
 
 
 . 9,306 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 86 
 
 73 
 
 Mavo 
 
 
 7 
 
 Is. Man 
 
 43 
 
 25 
 
 Cork 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 Cork 
 
 29 
 
 23 
 
 Cork 
 
 19 
 
 15 
 
 Argyle 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 Argyle 
 
 240 
 
 127 
 
 Clare 
 
 37 
 
 39 
 
 Mayo 
 
 70 
 
 45 
 
 Kerry 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 Argyle 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 Cork 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 Argyle 
 
 35 
 
 24 
 
 Antrim 
 
 78 
 
 87 
 
 Antrim 
 
 33 
 
 38 
 
 Antrim 
 
 35 
 
 30 1 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 Kerry 
 
 31 
 
 27 
 
 Cork 
 
 68 
 
 49 
 
 Down 
 
 63 
 
 46 
 
 Cork 
 
 52 
 
 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 24 
 
 29 
 
 Cork 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 Sligo 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 8 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 103 
 
 Mayo 
 
 64 
 
 24 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,109 
 
 779 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 9 
 
 Mayo 
 
 215 
 
 63 
 
 Argyle 
 
 837 
 
 581 
 
 Argyle 
 
 33 
 
 26 
 
 Clare 
 
 129 
 
 119 
 
 Donegal 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 Down 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 Sligo 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 Dowji 
 
 35 
 
 40 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 North. 
 
 16 
 
 
 Sligo 
 
 11 
 
 9 
 
 Mayo 
 
 19 
 
 27 
 
 Galway 
 
 40 
 
 50 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 7 
 
 ,7 
 
 Gahvay 
 
 
 6 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 40 
 
 38 
 
 Mayo 
 
 28 
 
 30 
 
 Galway 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 Bute 
 
 1,266 
 
 1,222 
 
 Bute 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 Dublin 
 
 
 3 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 76 1 
 
 Island. 
 
 Deal, 
 
 Deenish, 
 
 Derinch, 
 
 Demish, 
 
 Dernish, 
 
 Demish, 
 
 Derrinish, 
 
 Devaar, 
 
 Devenish, 
 
 Dinish, 
 
 Dinish, 
 
 Dinish, 
 
 Dinish, 
 
 Di-umnamahane, 
 
 Dunbulloge, 
 
 Dunferris and Sack, 
 
 Dunkerron, 
 
 Dunsy, 
 
 Duvillaunniore, 
 
 Eagle, 
 
 Earrait, 
 
 Ei\sdale, 
 
 Eday, 
 
 Eddy, 
 
 Eden, 
 
 Edergole, 
 
 Effrick (Noi-th), 
 
 Effrick (South), 
 
 Egilsay, 
 
 Eigg, 
 
 Eighter, 
 
 Ely, 
 
 Enhallow, 
 
 Ensaj% 
 
 Eriskay, 
 
 Eriskay, 
 
 Ewe, 
 
 Fair, 
 
 Fastness Rock, 
 
 Fawnglass, 
 
 Feenish, 
 
 Fern, or Stiiples, 
 
 Fetlar, 
 
 Finish, 
 
 Flackey, 
 
 Fladda (Portree), 
 
 Pladda (South Uist) 
 
 Flodday (Barra), 
 
 Flodday (HaiTis\ 
 
 Flotta, 
 
 Foula, 
 
 Fovues, 
 
 Froaghillan, 
 
 Freaghillaun(South) 
 
 Fuda, 
 
 Furnace, 
 
 County. 
 
 Ferman 
 
 Clare 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Clare 
 
 Ferman 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Fei-man 
 
 Galway 
 
 Cork 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Tip. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Keriy 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Down 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Galway 
 
 Monag. 
 
 Ferman 
 
 London. 
 
 Londor 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Clare 
 
 North. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Galway 
 
 London. 
 
 Inveni. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Inveni. 
 
 Invern . 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Limer. 
 
 -Mayo 
 
 Galway 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Galway 
 
 671 
 
 947 
 
 66 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 55 
 
 23 
 
 192 
 
 461 
 
 57 
 
 19 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 405 
 
 51 
 
 280 
 
 "36 
 11 
 20 
 
 658 
 50 
 43 
 
 3S9 
 240 
 50 
 
 "l2 
 
 132 
 
 449 
 
 897 
 
 61 
 
 47 
 
 4 
 
 26 
 
 41 
 
 205 
 
 309 
 
 39 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 396 
 
 48 
 
 380 
 
 3 
 
 31 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 548 
 
 107 
 
 60 
 
 45 
 
 16 
 
 420 
 
 233 
 
 58 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 168 
 
— — — - — ■ — — ~ . 
 
 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 
 
 275 
 
 Island. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Island. 
 
 County. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Island. 
 
 Co<mty. 
 
 Pop. 
 18S1. 
 
 Popi 
 
 1861. 
 
 Gairsay, 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 41 
 
 43 
 
 Inishcrevan, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 Kelly's, 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 5 
 
 Garranty, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 12 
 
 48 
 
 Inishdaff, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 23 
 
 14 
 
 Kerera, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 'l64 
 
 105 
 
 Garvelloch, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 15 
 
 Inishdegilbeg, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 13 
 
 Kilcolman, 
 
 King's 
 
 
 26 
 
 Gibb's, 
 
 Down 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 luishdegilmore, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 '"28 
 
 17 
 
 Kilfintinan, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 17 
 
 Gigha, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 540 
 
 400 
 
 Inish Doney, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 Kill, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 "151 
 
 106 
 
 Gillean, 
 
 Ko.-Cro. 
 
 
 8 
 
 Inishdooey, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 KilladeiTy, 
 
 King's 
 
 
 104 
 
 Glen, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 177 
 
 15,i 
 
 Inishdoorus, 
 
 Galway 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 KillRsolaii, 
 
 Galway 
 
 "'42 
 
 38 
 
 Goat, 
 
 Coi^ 
 
 
 4 
 
 Inishdugga, 
 
 Galway 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 KilUan, 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 6 
 
 Goat, 
 
 Limer. 
 
 ""40 
 
 38 
 
 Inishdurra, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 Killigray, 
 
 Invern. 
 
 ■ " 7 
 
 5 
 
 Gola, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 14:i 
 
 165 
 
 luislieltia. 
 
 Galway 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 Killilagh, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 18 
 
 Golam, 
 
 Galway 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 Inisherk, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 Killygowan, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 
 8 
 
 Gometni and")^ 
 
 Argyle 
 
 31 
 
 1 
 23 1 
 
 Inisherk, 
 
 Galway 
 
 46 
 
 30 
 
 Kihnuckridge, 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 2 
 
 Staffa Isls., j 
 
 Inisherkin, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 7 
 
 Kiltubbrid, 
 
 King's 
 
 ""36 
 
 8 
 
 Gore's, 
 
 Down 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 IiiisheiTer, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 '"26 
 
 30 
 
 King's, 
 
 Longf. 
 
 
 16 
 
 Great, 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 16 
 
 Inishfendra, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 28 
 
 17 
 
 Kirkibbost, 
 
 Invem. 
 
 "'14 
 
 17 
 
 Greatblasket. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 '"97 
 
 95 
 
 Inishfesh, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 10 
 
 Kishom, 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 
 6 
 
 Green, 
 
 Clare 
 
 166 
 
 7! 
 
 Inishfree (Upper), 
 
 Donegal 
 
 "2I6 
 
 190 
 
 Knock, 
 
 Femian. 
 
 "' 4 
 
 7 
 
 Greenish, 
 
 Limer. 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 Inishgleasty, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 Knockbrex, 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 
 2 
 
 Grimsay (N. Uist), 
 
 Invern. 
 
 268 
 
 305; 
 
 Inishglora, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 Knocky ciUiil laun , 
 
 Mayo 
 
 ""54 
 
 37 
 
 Grimsay (S. Uist), 
 
 Invem. 
 
 
 5 
 
 Inishgort, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 20 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 GrcEmsay, 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 "286 
 
 2.30 
 
 Iiiishgowla, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 12 
 
 Lackagh, 
 
 Galway 
 
 29 
 
 10 
 
 Gruna iSkeri'ies^ 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 
 17 
 
 Inishgowla, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 "30 
 
 40 
 
 Lambholm, 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 ■ Guernsey, 
 
 Chan. Is. 
 
 29,757 
 
 29,804 
 
 Inishgowla (South), 
 
 Mayo 
 
 40 
 
 39 
 
 Lamlash, or Holy | 
 
 Bute 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 Inishheeny, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 31 
 
 42 
 
 Island, ) 
 
 
 
 Handa, 
 
 Suther. 
 
 
 71 
 
 Inishinny, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 7 
 
 Langa, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 
 8 
 
 Hare, 
 
 Perm an. 
 
 '"10 
 
 7| 
 
 Inishinny, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 '" 6 
 
 10 
 
 Lecarrow, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 "84 
 
 90 
 
 Harper's, 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 6 
 
 Inishkea (North), 
 
 Mayo 
 
 85 
 
 131 
 
 Leonard's, 
 
 Monag. 
 
 63 
 
 60 
 
 Ilascussay, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 "13 
 
 . 
 
 Iiiishkea (South), 
 
 Mayo 
 
 172 
 
 188 
 
 Letteimullan, 
 
 Galway 
 
 883 
 
 433 
 
 *Haulbovviine, 
 
 Cork 
 
 252 
 
 625 
 
 Inishkeel, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 Levera, 
 
 Invern. 
 
 
 7 
 
 Havera, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 41 
 
 37 
 
 Inishkeen, 
 
 Fennan. 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 Lewis (including ^ 
 
 Invem. 
 & Ross 
 
 
 
 Hayes', 
 
 Sli.-Tip. 
 
 6 
 
 10' 
 
 Inishkeen, 
 
 Leitrim 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 part of parish of > 
 
 22,918 
 
 23,666 
 
 Heaghey, 
 
 London. 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 Inishkeeragh, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 66 
 
 60 
 
 Harris), ) 
 
 
 
 
 Heisker, 
 
 Invern. 
 
 70 
 
 127 
 
 Inishlackan, 
 
 Galway 
 
 125 
 
 125 
 
 Lighthouse, 
 
 Down 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 Helena (St.), 
 
 Wigton 
 
 
 •^i 
 
 Inishleague, 
 
 Fennan. 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 Linga (Tingwall), 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 Helesay, 
 
 Invem. 
 
 '" 7 
 
 20' 
 
 Inishlim, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 6 
 
 Linga (Walls), 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 Henry, 
 
 Down 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 Inishliroo, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 '" 8 
 
 6 
 
 Lisduff, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 30 
 
 10 
 
 Herm, 
 
 Chan. Is. 
 
 46 
 
 41 
 
 Inishloa, 
 
 Clare 
 
 93 
 
 96 
 
 Lismalin Islands, 
 
 Tip. 
 
 61 
 
 47 
 
 Heston, 
 
 Kirkcii. 
 
 
 9 
 
 Inishlught, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 Lismore, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,250 
 
 853 
 
 Hildesay, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 
 19 
 
 Inishlyre, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 122 
 
 61 
 
 ' Little, 
 
 Cork 
 
 17 
 
 24 
 
 Hirta, or St. Kilda, 
 
 Invern. 
 
 "iio 
 
 78 
 
 Inishmacnaghtan, 
 
 Clare 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 Little, 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 67 
 
 60 
 
 Holm of Midgarth, 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 Inishmacowney, 
 
 Clare 
 
 91 
 
 103 
 
 Littleroe, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 Holm of Paijal, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 
 6 
 
 Inishmaine, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 35 
 
 26 
 
 Little Ros.'!, 
 
 Kirkcu. 
 
 
 14 
 
 Holy Island, 
 
 North. 
 
 "9O8 
 
 935 
 
 Inishmakill, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 Long, 
 
 Cork 
 
 "305 
 
 254 
 
 Holy Isle, 
 
 Bute 
 
 
 7 
 
 Inishmeane, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 67 
 
 46 
 
 Looe, 
 
 Comw. 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 Hop, 
 
 Cork 
 
 '"15 
 
 3 
 
 Inlshmicatreer, 
 
 Galway 
 
 101 
 
 90 
 
 Luing, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 621 
 
 Horisdale, 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 ... 
 
 33 
 
 Inishmore, 
 
 Sligo 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 Lundy, 
 
 Devon 
 
 "".34 
 
 48 
 
 Horse, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 '" 5 
 
 10 
 
 Inishmore or Deer, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 71 
 
 Lunga, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 8 
 
 Horse, 
 
 Cork 
 
 116 
 
 84 
 
 Inishmulclohy, 
 
 Sligo 
 
 "ioi 
 
 95 
 
 Lustymore, 
 
 Fei-man. 
 
 """ 8 
 
 6 
 
 Horse, 
 
 Cork 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 Inishmun-ay, 
 
 Sligo 
 
 5:! 
 
 58 
 
 
 
 
 
 Horse, 
 
 Kerry 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 Inishmu-skeery, 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 4 
 
 Macdara's (St.), 
 
 Galway 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 Horse, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 10 
 
 Iiiishnacros.s, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 6 
 
 Mahee, 
 
 Down 
 
 15 
 
 13 
 
 Hoiisie (Skeriies), 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 
 60 
 
 Inishnagoo, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 6 
 
 Man (Isle of), ) 
 mainland, j 
 
 Man 
 
 52,387 
 
 62,469 
 
 Hoy, 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 "3-J9 1,535 
 
 Inishnakillew, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 "115 
 
 39 
 
 
 
 Hunda, 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 5i 9 
 
 Inishnee, 
 
 Galway 
 
 21 
 
 300 
 
 Martin, 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 64 
 
 51 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 Inishoa, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 10 
 
 Martin (St.), Seilly, 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 211 
 
 185 
 
 Illanataggart, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 29 1 25 
 
 Inishodrescol orllare 
 
 Cork 
 
 "288 
 
 261 
 
 Mary (St.), Seilly, 
 
 Comw. 
 
 1,068 
 
 1,532 
 
 Illancrone, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 10 i 
 
 Inishower, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 Mason, 
 
 Galway 
 
 74 
 
 84 
 
 Illannaglashy, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 37; 42 
 
 Inishpat, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 Maum, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 Illaiinamid, 
 
 Galway 
 
 29! 15 
 
 Inishquirk, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 May, 
 
 Fife 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 Illaunaconaun, 
 
 Galway 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 Inishraher, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 31 
 
 30 
 
 M'Casken, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 10 
 
 Illaiuiatoo or Son-el, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 17 
 
 Inishrath, 
 
 Fei-man. 
 
 
 13 
 
 Mealista, 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 
 7 
 
 Illaundrane, 
 
 Kerry 
 
 " 1 
 
 4 
 
 Inishshanboe,. 
 
 Galway 
 
 '"10 
 
 5 
 
 Meelnagh. 
 
 Wexford 
 
 
 20 
 
 lUauueeragh, 
 
 Galway 
 
 30 
 
 13 
 
 Inishshark, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 138 
 
 181 
 
 Michael's' St)Monnt, 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 "147 
 
 132 
 
 Illauneeragh (West), 
 
 Galway 
 
 67 
 
 57 
 
 Inishteige, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 Mickleroe, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 290 
 
 189 
 
 Illaunmojro, 
 
 Galway 
 
 50 
 
 120 
 
 InishtrahuU, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 68 
 
 65 
 
 Mid, 
 
 Down 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 Illaunslea, 
 
 Kerry 
 
 
 10 
 
 Inishtravln, 
 
 Galway 
 
 95 
 
 138 
 
 Mill, 
 
 Kilkny 
 
 
 9 
 
 lUauntanig, 
 
 Kerry 
 
 
 16 
 
 Inishtubbrid, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 24 
 
 29 
 
 Mingala, 
 
 Invem. 
 
 "ii4 
 
 139 
 
 Inch, 
 
 Cavan 
 
 " 6 
 
 10 
 
 Inishturk, 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 28 
 
 25 
 
 Morgay, 
 
 Invem. 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 Inchabey (N. & S.), 
 
 Galway 
 
 
 173 
 
 Inishturk, 
 
 Galway 
 
 97 
 
 128 
 
 Mousa, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 luchagoill. 
 
 Galway 
 
 '" 7 
 
 14 
 
 Inishturk, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 60 
 
 20 
 
 Moynishmore, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 44 
 
 6 
 
 Inchamakinna, 
 
 Galway 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 Inishturlin, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 36 
 
 2 
 
 Muck, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 63 
 
 68 
 
 Inchcolm, 
 
 Fife 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 lona, or Icolmkill, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 604 
 
 264 
 
 Mugdrum, 
 
 Perth 
 
 
 7 
 
 Inchicronan, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 2 
 
 Islandahoe, 
 
 Antrim 
 
 41 
 
 50 
 
 Mull, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 7,486 
 
 . 6,834 
 
 Inchiquin, 
 
 Galway 
 
 75 
 
 ■ 90 
 
 Islandav, 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 62 
 
 Munterconnaught, 
 
 Cavan 
 
 145 
 
 152 
 
 Inchkeith, 
 
 Fife 
 
 9 
 
 12 
 
 Islandbane, 
 
 Down 
 
 "" 9 
 
 15 
 
 Musdale, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 21 
 
 luchkeiiueth. 
 
 ,\rgyle 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 Islandbane, 
 
 Down 
 
 15 
 
 12 
 
 Mutton, 
 
 Galway 
 
 ' 4 
 
 8 
 
 Inuhmarnock, 
 
 Bute 
 
 35 27 
 
 Islaudbrack, 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 - 100 
 
 Mutton, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 16 
 
 Inchydoney, 
 
 Cork 
 
 101 
 
 Island-diihill, 
 
 Cork 
 
 
 80 
 
 Mweenish, 
 
 Galway 
 
 "471 
 
 623 
 
 Inistlaiiros, 
 
 Galway 
 
 6 8 
 
 Islandessgry, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 
 
 luishal, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 60 
 
 56 
 
 Islandhubbock, 
 
 AVaterf. 
 
 "61 
 
 62 
 
 Naan (West), 
 
 Ferman 
 
 30 
 
 24 
 
 Inishard, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 16 
 
 29 
 
 Island Kelly, 
 
 Antrim 
 
 196 
 
 172 
 
 Noss, 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 Inishatirra, 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 Islandmacnevin, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 Inishbarna, 
 
 Galway 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 Island Mae Teige, 
 
 Limer. 
 
 '" 7 
 
 6 
 
 Offerlane, 
 
 Queen's 
 
 
 16 
 
 Inishbarra, 
 
 Galway 
 
 91 
 
 127 
 
 Islandmagrath, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 17 
 
 Oldney, 
 
 Suther. 
 
 
 14 
 
 Inishbee, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 13 
 
 11 
 
 Islandmore, 
 
 Down 
 
 "" 9 
 
 17 
 
 Omey, Cartoor- } 
 beg, i 
 
 Galway 
 
 46 
 
 7 
 
 Inishbeg, 
 
 Sligo 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 Islandmore, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 50 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 
 Inishbig or Hog, 
 
 Clare 
 
 
 2 
 
 Islandmore, 
 
 Kerry 
 
 45 
 
 41 
 
 Omey, Cloon, 
 
 Galway 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 Inishbiggle, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 ' 61 
 
 
 
 Islandmore, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 
 9 
 
 Omey, Gooreen, 
 
 Galway 
 
 73 
 
 71 
 
 Inishbobuunan, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 15 
 
 Islandmore (Lower . 
 
 London. 
 
 "'26 
 
 20 
 
 Omey, Gooreena \ 
 
 Galway 
 
 7 
 
 66 
 
 Inlshbofin, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 122 
 
 150 
 
 Islandmore (Upper) 
 
 London. 
 
 75 
 
 69 
 
 tinny, 1 
 
 
 
 
 Inish Conra, 
 
 Fei-maH 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 Islandross, 
 
 Antrim 
 
 106 
 
 87 
 
 Omey, Sturrakeeii, 
 
 Galway 
 
 73 
 
 88 
 
 Inishcoo, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 18 
 
 47 
 
 Island Roy, 
 
 Donegal 
 
 59 
 
 48 
 
 Oran (Lower , 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 ' 84 
 
 97 
 
 Inishcooa, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 
 9 
 
 Island Taggavt, 
 
 Down 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 Oran (Upper , 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 85 
 
 34 
 
 Inishcoog, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 "28 
 
 i 28 
 
 Islanduane, 
 
 Limer. 
 
 77 
 
 61 
 
 1 O'Reilly's, 
 
 Roscom. 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 Inishcorker, 
 
 Clare 
 
 81 11 
 
 Islay, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 12,334 
 
 10,332 
 
 Orinsay, 
 
 Invem. 
 
 59 
 
 12 
 
 Inishcottle, 
 
 Mayo 
 
 36 38 
 
 
 
 
 
 Orkney, mainland. 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 16,668 
 
 17,193 
 
 Inishcreenry, 
 
 Ferman 
 
 19' 15 
 
 Jersey. 
 
 Chan.Is 
 
 57,020 
 
 55,613 
 
 Ormond, 
 
 KeiTy 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 Jethou, 
 
 Chan. Is 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 Oronsay, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 17 
 
 * lucluding mill 
 
 tary and 
 
 royal navy. 
 
 Jura, 
 
 Argyle 
 
 1,064 
 
 844 
 
 Oi-onsay (Morveu), 
 
 Argyle 
 
 
 31 
 
276 
 
 ABSTRACT OF CENSUS IN ia51 AND 1861. 
 
 Oveisay, 
 
 Owey, 
 
 Owl, 
 
 Oxna, 
 
 Ojrsrter, 
 
 Pabny (Uig), 
 Pabb;iy (Ban-a", 
 Pabbay (Iljirris', 
 Pabbay (Strath , 
 Papa, 
 
 Papa (Stonr\ 
 Papa (Stroiisiy), 
 Pa|ia (Westray), 
 Paris (Big), 
 Pawle, 
 
 Pentlaud Skerries, 
 Pharay (North , 
 Pharay (South), 
 Phulda, 
 Pladda (Jura\ 
 Puffin, 
 
 Qtiay, 
 
 Rabbit, 
 
 Rabbit, 
 
 Rabbit, 
 
 Rabbit, 
 
 Rabbit, 
 
 Rahau, 
 
 Rainey, 
 
 Rams, 
 
 Rasav, 
 
 Rtitlilin O'Bariie, 
 
 Reagh, 
 
 Red, 
 
 Ree, 
 
 Rinrainy, 
 
 RisUU, 
 
 Roan, 
 
 Rock, 
 
 * Rocky, 
 
 Roe, 
 
 Roeillaiui, 
 
 Roiuau, 
 
 Roua, 
 
 Roualdsay (North), 
 
 Ronaldsay Soutli), 
 
 Rouay, 
 
 Rooney'g, 
 
 Rosbaniagh, 
 
 Ri)8niurrevagU, 
 
 Ross, 
 
 Rosscorkey, 
 
 Rossculleu, 
 
 Coonty. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Douegal 
 
 Perraau. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Sligo 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Iiiveru. 
 
 luveru. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Orlcneys 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Down 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Bute 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Clare 
 
 Femian 
 
 Ferman 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Gal way 
 
 Cork 
 
 Down 
 
 Antrim 
 
 luvein. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Down 
 
 Galway 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Douegal 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 Suther. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Down 
 
 Galway 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 118 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 
 25 
 
 "22 
 
 339 
 
 28 
 
 371 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 69 
 
 52 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 510 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 48 
 111 
 
 "10 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 165 
 
 526 
 
 2,465 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 11 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 127 
 
 6 
 
 29 
 
 19 
 
 17 
 
 14 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 17 
 
 366 
 
 18 
 
 392 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 82 
 
 45 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 31 
 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 157 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 388 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 
 26 
 
 45 
 
 88 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 147 
 
 532 
 
 2,551 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 Island. 
 
 Rossdohau, 
 Rossie, 
 Rosskit, 
 Rosslare, 
 
 Rossminoge (Lower), 
 Rossminoge(Middle) 
 Rossminoge (Upper , 
 Rossmore, 
 Rossmo'.e, 
 Rossroe, 
 Rotten, 
 Rousay, 
 Rum, 
 
 Rusheennacholliv, 
 Rutland, or luish- ) 
 macadura^ | 
 
 Saints', 
 Siiints', 
 Saints', 
 Salt, 
 
 Saltee (Great), 
 Saltee (Little), 
 Samphire, 
 Samphrey, 
 Sampson (Scilly), 
 Sanda, or Sauday, 
 Sanday, 
 Sandra, 
 Sandy, 
 
 Sark, Great & Little, 
 Seal pa (Skye), 
 Scalpay, 
 Scarba, 
 Scariif, 
 Scarp, 
 Scattery, 
 Sell, 
 
 Shapinsay, 
 Sheep Isle, 
 Shetland, mainland, 
 Shokam, 
 Shona, 
 Shonaveg, 
 Shore, 
 Sliuna, 
 Simmy, 
 
 Skellig Rooks 1 
 
 (Great <fc Little), ( 
 Skerries, 
 Skerries, 
 Skeriyvoro 
 Sketrick, 
 Skye, mainland. 
 
 County. 
 
 Kerry 
 Forfar 
 Ferman 
 Wexford 
 Wexford 
 Wexford 
 Wexford 
 Kerry 
 Mayo 
 Gal way- 
 Donegal 
 Orkneys 
 Argyle 
 Galway 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Clare 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Longf. 
 
 Down 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Cornw. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Cork 
 
 Chan. Is. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Clare 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Pemb. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Clare 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Down 
 
 Pop. 
 1861. 
 
 Kerry 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Angles. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Down 
 
 Invern 
 
 170 
 
 13 
 
 25 
 
 8 
 
 937 
 
 162 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 6 
 
 " 2 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 30 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 2,004 
 
 10 
 
 '"58O 
 79 
 
 282 
 
 13 
 145 
 
 899 
 
 4 
 
 20,936 
 
 118 
 12 
 
 105 
 
 18 
 21,528 
 
 212 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 4 
 
 92 
 
 130 
 
 6 
 
 874 
 73 
 62 
 
 75 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 2,145 1 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 583 
 
 70 
 
 388 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 151 
 
 139 
 
 724 
 
 973 
 
 2 
 
 21,414 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 18,751 
 
 ISIJIKS. 
 
 County. 
 
 Including mUitoi-y. 
 
 Soay (Lit. & Mick le). 
 
 Spa, 
 
 S])anigh, 
 
 *Spike, 
 
 Staff, 
 
 Stradbally, 
 
 Strake, 
 
 Stroma, 
 
 Stronsay, 
 
 Swona, or Swannay, 
 
 Tanera, or Sum- \ 
 mer Isles, j" 
 Tarbert, 
 Tarinsay, 
 Tasserty, 
 Tedavuet Islands, 
 Teer, 
 
 Templetoghei-(East), 
 Templetogher(\\ esty 
 Thomas (St.), 
 Torsa, 
 Tory, 
 Trannish, 
 Trasna, 
 Trasna, 
 Trasnagh, 
 Tresco ^Scilly'*, 
 Trinity, 
 Troudray, 
 Turlwt, 
 Tuskar Rock, 
 Tyree, 
 
 Uist (Northl, 
 Uist (South), 
 Ulva, 
 Unst, 
 Uya, 
 
 Vaesay, 
 
 Vaila, or Valey, 
 
 Vallay, 
 
 Vardiu, 
 
 Walney, 
 
 Watersay, 
 
 Westray, 
 
 Whalsay, 
 
 Wiay (Skye, 
 
 Wier, 
 
 Wight (Isle of;. 
 
 Wood, 
 
 Wood, 
 
 Yell, 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Cork 
 
 Cork 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Waterf. 
 
 Mayo 
 
 Caith. 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Ro.-Cro. 
 
 KeiTy 
 
 Invern. 
 
 London. 
 
 London. 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Galway 
 
 Galway 
 
 Clare 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Femian. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Ferman. 
 
 Down 
 
 Comw. 
 
 Cavan 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Galway 
 
 Wexford 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Inveni. 
 Invern. 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Ro. Cro. 
 Shetl. 
 Invern. 
 London 
 
 Lancas. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 Invern. 
 
 Orkneys 
 
 Hants 
 
 Donegal 
 
 Down 
 
 Pop. 
 1851. 
 
 Shetl. 
 
 158 
 1 
 
 2U 
 
 16 
 35 
 21 
 211 
 1,176 
 44 
 
 145 
 55 
 37 
 15 
 4 
 65 
 57 
 7 
 16 
 
 402 
 
 69 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 10 
 
 416 
 12 
 
 169 
 
 169 
 
 3,709 
 
 3,093 
 
 4,006 
 
 204 
 
 2,961 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 46 
 
 6 
 
 306 
 
 64 
 
 2,038 
 
 679 
 
 5 
 
 62 
 
 50,324 
 
 3 
 
 184 
 
 55 
 
 34 
 
 17 
 
 2 
 
 95 
 
 54 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 386 
 
 67 
 
 43 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 399 
 
 23 
 
 140 
 
 191 
 
 2 
 
 3,201 
 
 3,034 
 
 3,406 
 
 111 
 
 3,042 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 17 
 
 32 
 
 2,151 
 
 728 
 
 12 
 
 73 
 
 55,362 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 2,6961 2,710 
 
 END OF VOL II. 
 
 OT-ASGOW: W. G. BLACKIE AND CO., PRINTERS, VILLAFIELD. 
 
Complete in 27 Parf.% imperial 8vo, price 2s. 6d. each. 
 
 In Two large Volumes, imperial 8vo, cloth, price £3, 12s. 
 
 THE IMPERIAL 
 
 BIBLE-DICTIONAET, 
 
 HISTORICAL, BIOGRAPHICAL, GEOGRAPHICAL, AND DOCTRINAL. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 KEY. PATKICK FAIEBAIRN, D.D., 
 
 AUTHOR OF "typology OF SCRIPTURE;" "COMMENTARY ON EZEKIEL," ETC. 
 
 WITH MANY HUNDRED ILLUSTRATIVE ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 THE general object of this Work is the elucidation of Scripture. . It takes up in alphabetical 
 order, all the subjects, whether in History or Doctrine, in Biography, Geography, 
 Natural Science, and the Eites and Customs of Antiquity, which enter by way of direct 
 statement or allusion into the contents of the Bible, and require to be known that it may be 
 intelligently read and studied, while the several books of which the Bible is composed, in 
 every case receive careful and attentive consideration. 
 
 In the treatment of the different topics, full advantage is taken of the materials which 
 modern criticism and research have accumulated. Within a comparatively recent period 
 much has been done by Biblical scholars to establish the authentic text of Scripture, to expli- 
 cate its meaning, and illustrate the events and customs of which it speaks; and the increased 
 light and certainty thus obtained are here made accessible, in a convenient form, to those 
 who, though not without scientific or religious culture, have neither the time nor the oppor- 
 tunities requisite for minute or lengthened investigations. The difficulties and the objections 
 which modern Rationalism has raised concerning many parts of Sci'ipture, are also noticed in 
 their proper places, and are met with solutions which, it is hoped, may satisfy reasonable minds. 
 
 The Bible being predominantly practical in its character and aim — keeping constantly in 
 view, amid all its variety of matter and form, the high purposes of a revelation from Heaven 
 — no work devoted to its illustration can be altogether satisfactory, or in proper conformity 
 with its design, unless it breathe in this respect the spirit of the Bible, and interweave with 
 all its instruction the great moral and religious principles by which the Bible itself is pervaded. 
 The present Work never loses sight of this important object. Based on the inspiration of 
 Scripture, as the record of God's mind and will to men, it never evades, while it does not 
 needlessly obtrude, the all-important doctrines of vital Christianity, but endeavours to unfold 
 and vindicate them. Several topics of this nature, which are sometimes totally omitted in 
 works of this description, are here formally discussed; and in the lives of the more prominent 
 actors in sacred history, respect is constantly had to the spiritual ideas developed in their 
 course, and to the parts they respectively played in the divine administration. 
 
 The divided state of Christian sentiment no doubt imposes difficulties in the execution of 
 such a plan ; and it is scarcely to be expected that all the leading topics of the Bible can be 
 handled with much life and independence, without occasionally trenching on the cherished 
 
positions of even some evangelical Christians. But tliis is a result which may be pronounced 
 inevitable, whatever particular method be adopted; negations on certain points will offend 
 
 justly offend — as well as positive deliverances; and it were surely a poor compromise, 
 
 most unlike the spirit of the Bible, for the sake of a few minor differences, to practise a 
 reserve upon the great themes of Revelation, and throw what is dearest to all genuine 
 believers into the back-ground. Much necessarily depends upon the discretion and catholic 
 spirit of the writers; if these are what they shoiild be, there may be large freedom of discourse 
 on all that is most important in the Bible, and yet comparatively little said to offend those 
 who, though of different religious denominations, are agreed on its fundamental principles. 
 
 In the management of such a work, it will be undei-stood, there is both a general and an 
 individual responsibility — the one that of the Editor, the other that of the several Contributors. 
 The Editor is responsible for whatever may be said to bear on the professed scope and dis- 
 tinctive principles of the undertaking : the blame is his if anything should appear at variance 
 with the inspiration of Scripture, inconsistent with its essential doctrines of truth and duty, 
 or palpably defective and erroneous even in the mode of treating common topics. But within 
 these limits each writer is responsible for his own contributions; and as it is of more importance 
 to have a marked freedom and individuality in the several treatises, than a measured and 
 mechanical uniformity, so occasional expressions of opinion, and occasional interpretations or 
 applications of texts, may be found, to which the Editor does not feel bound to commit 
 himself; as there may be also, in his own portions of the Work, certain things in which his 
 fellow-labourers would be inclined to differ from him. But such differences, he is confident, 
 are extremely few, and make no serious abatement from the general concord of sentiment. 
 
 The Work has been in preparation during nine years. The plan on which it was pro- 
 jected, and which has in the main been carried out, was to intrust a considerable number of 
 articles — as far as possible a connected series — to a single individual, rather than to secure 
 a large body of contributors, with but a few miscellaneous articles from each. Thus, for 
 example, the Life and Epistles of St. Paul, with several kindred subjects, are from the pen 
 of the Rev. E. A. Litton, m.a. ; the Zoological articles by the well-known naturalist, 
 Philip H. Gosse, f.r.s.; all the Botanical by one who is well known as an enthusiast in this 
 department of science, James Hamilton, d.d., f.l.s. ; and the more elaborate Topographical 
 articles by the Rev. Horatius Bonae, d.d., the Rev. E. Wilton, and the Rev. J. Rowlands, 
 who have enriched the Work with the results of much personal observation, painstaking 
 research, and discriminating study. 
 
 Illustrations. — Special attention has been devoted to the Illustrations, which include 
 representations of particular plants and animals, notable scenes and places, manners of social 
 life, and the manifold productions of human skill and handicraft ; also Maps an(i Plans serving 
 to elucidate the topography of special localities. In addition to these illustrations, inter- 
 spersed through the text, a Series of Views of places that figure prominently in the Bible 
 narrative, engraved on steel in the most finished manner, accompanies the work. 
 
 This Work forms one of the Imperial Series issued by the Publishers, comprising also 
 the Imperial Bible, the Imperial English Dictionary, the Imperial Gazetteer, and the Imperial 
 Atlas, all of them specially adapted to meet the wants at once of the scholar and of the 
 family. It is issued in 27 Parts at 2s. 6cl. each, or 9 Divisions at 7s. 6d., forming Two large 
 Volumes, imperial 8vo, price, in cloth, £3, I2s. 
 
 BLACKIE & SON: 
 
 paternoster row, LONDON; FREDERICK STREET, GLASGOW; AND SOUTH COLLEGE STREET, EDINBURGH 
 
3 
 
 LIST OF THE ^VRITERS. 
 
 With the Initials affixed to their Articles. The Articles written by the Editor have no Initials. 
 
 ARNOLD, Rev. J. MUEHLEISEN, b.d., j. m. a. 
 
 Authorof '■ English Criticism and the Pentateuch," 
 ■ ■ History of the Rise and Progress of Islamism," &c. 
 
 ARTHUR, Rev. WILLIAM, m.a., ..w. A. 
 
 Author of " The Tongue of Fire," &c. 
 
 AYRE, Rev. JOHN", m.a., j. a. 
 
 Of Gonville ami Caius College, Cambridge ; author 
 of "The Treasury of Bible Knowledge," &c. 
 
 BONAR, Rev. HORATIUS, d.d., h. b. 
 
 Author of "The Land of Promise," "The Desert of 
 Sinai," Sec. 
 
 BONOMI, JOSEPH, f.u s.l j. b. 
 
 Author of " Nineveh and its Palaces," ifec. 
 
 BUCHANAN, Rev. ROBERT, d.d., K. B. 
 
 Author of " Ecclesiastes : Its Meaning and its Les- 
 sons," "A Clerical Furlough in the Holy Land," &c. 
 
 CHRISTMAS, Rev. HENRY, m.a., f.r.s., h. c-i. 
 
 Author of "Sin: Its Causes and Consequences," 
 "Echoes of the Universe," &c. 
 
 CONSTABLE, Rev. HENRY, m.a., H. c. 
 
 Rector of Desertmore and Prebendary of Cork. 
 
 DAVIDSON, Rev. A. B., m.a., A. B. D. 
 
 Professor of Hebrew, New College, Edinburgh; 
 author of " A Commentary on the Book of Job." 
 
 DELITZSCH, Dk. FRANZ, f. d. 
 
 Professor of Theology, Erlangen ; author of Com- 
 mentaries on Habakkuk, Genesis, Psalms, Bib- 
 lische Psychologie, &c. 
 
 DICKSON, Rkv. WILLIAM P., d.d., w. P. D. 
 
 Professor of Biblical Criticism, University of Gliis- 
 gow. 
 
 DOUGLAS, Rev. GEORGE C. M., G. c. M. D. 
 
 Professor of Hebrew, Free Church College, Glasgow. 
 
 DREW, Rev. G. S., m.a., g. b. d. 
 
 Incumbent of St. Barnabas, South Kennington ; 
 author of " Scripture Lauds in Comiection witii 
 their History," &c. 
 
 EADIE, Rev. JOHN, d.d.. ll.d., J. E. 
 
 Professorof Theology, United Presbyterian Church; 
 Author of Commentaries on St. Paul's Epistles to 
 the Ephesians, Philippians, and Colossians. 
 
 FALDING, Rev. F. J., d.d., m.a., p. J. f. 
 
 Professor of Theology, Rotherham Independent 
 College. 
 
 FREW, Rev. ROBERT, d.d., K. f. 
 
 Editor of " Barnes' Notes on the New Testament." 
 
 GIRDLESTONE, Rev. R. BAKER, k. b. g. 
 
 Author of "The Anatomy of Scepticism." 
 
 GOSSE, PHILIP HENRY, f.r.s., p. h. g 
 
 HAMILTON, Rev. JAMES, d.d., f.l.s., J. H. 
 
 Author of " Life in Earnest," &c. 
 
 HENDERSON, Rev. JAMES, d.d., J. He. 
 
 Free St. Enoch's Church, Glasgow. 
 
 HUNTER, Rev. ROBERT, k. h. 
 
 Formerly Missionary in India. 
 
 JENNINGS, Rev. ISAAC, i. J- 
 
 Author of Primitive Romanism, S;c. 
 
 KING, Rev. DAVID, ll.d., d. k. 
 
 Author of "Principles of Geology in Relation to Religion," 
 "A Treatise on the Lord's Supper," &c. 
 
 LAUGHTON, Rev. WILLIAM, w. L. 
 
 Free St. Thomas' Church, GreenocK. 
 
 LINDSAY, Rev. WILLIAM, d.d., w.Ly. 
 
 Professorof Theology, United Presbyterian Church; 
 author of "An Inquiry into the Law of Christian 
 Marriage." 
 
 LITTON, Rev. EDW. ARTHUR, m.a., e. a. l. 
 
 Rector of St. Clements, Oxford; author of "A 
 Guide to the Study of Holy Scripture," &c. 
 
 LORIMER, Rev. PETER, d.d., p. l. 
 
 Professor of Exegetical Theology and Hebrew, 
 Presbyterian College, London. 
 
 MACDONALD, Rev. DONALD, m.a., d. m. 
 
 Author of " An Introduction to the Pentateuch." 
 
 MACDONNELL, Very Rev. J. C, d.d., j. c. m. 
 
 Dean of C'ashel ; author of " Donellan Lectiu-es" for 
 the year 1857. 
 
 MAYO. Rev. CHARLES THEODORE, m.a.,...c. t. m. 
 Incumbent of Hillingdeu, near Uxbridge. 
 
 MILLIGAN, Rev. WILLIAM, d.d., w. M. 
 
 Professor of Divinity and Biblical Criticisni, Uni- 
 versity of Aberdeen. 
 
 MILLS, Rev. JOHN, f.r.g.s., m.r.a.s., J. m. 
 
 Author of " Nablous and the Modem Samaritans," 
 " The British Jews," &c. 
 
 MURPHY, Rev. JAMES G., ll.d., j. G. M. 
 
 Professor of Oriental Languages, Presbyterian Col- 
 lege, Belfast. 
 
 OEHLER, GUST. FR., Dr. TheoL, Oeli. 
 
 Professor, University of Tiibingen. 
 
 PATON, Rev. JOHN BROWN, m.a., J. B. P. 
 
 Principal of the Congregational Institute for Tlieo- 
 logical and Missionary Training, Nottingham. 
 
 ROWLANDS, Rev. JOHN, b.d., J. R. 
 
 Late Fellow of Queen's College, Cambridge, and 
 Rector of Grimston, Norfolk. 
 
 SAVILE, Rev. BOURCHIER WREY, m..\. ...b. w. s. 
 Author of " The Introduction of Christianity into 
 Britain," &c. 
 
 SCOTT, Rev. THOMAS, m.a., t. s. 
 
 Rector of Wappenham, Northamptonshire. 
 
 SMEATON.-Rev. GEORGE, g. s. 
 
 Professor of Exegetical Theology, New College, 
 Edinburgh. 
 
 SMITH, JAMES, f.r.s., of Jordanhill, J- s. 
 
 Author of " A Treatise on the Voyage and Ship- 
 wreck of St. Paul." 
 
 WEBSTER, Rev. WILLIAM, m.a., w. w. 
 
 Joint Author of "Grammatical and Exegetical 
 Notes on the New Testament." 
 
 WEIR, Rev. DUNCAN H., d.d., d. h. w. 
 
 Professor of Hebrew, University of Glasgow. 
 
 WILTON, Rev. EDWARD, M.A., E. w. 
 
 Incumbent of Scofton, Notts; author of "The 
 Negeb, or South Country of Scripture." 
 
EECOMMENDATIONS. 
 
 From the Rev. George Thompson, b.a., Head-Master of the 
 Wisbeach Grammar School, <Sec. 
 
 I have closely and critically examined the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary, published by Messrs. Biaokie & Son, and edited by 
 the Rev. Dr. P'airbairii, a well-known and distinguished divine. 
 
 The work is beautifully got up with first-rate illustrations, 
 fuU of Biblical information from the pens of some of the most 
 able and eminent writers of the age, and most attractive and 
 interesting in its various historical details. The language is 
 clear, good, sound English, correct and elegant in construction, 
 instructive and convincing in argument. _ 
 
 The general matter of tlie book wins upon the reader, fasci- 
 nates and fixes the attention, and induces a determination to 
 study the work with eager and lively research for the fund of 
 new and valuable knowledge which it contains. 
 
 To clergymen especially, as well as to general scholars of every 
 denomination, this Bible-Dictionary is an invaluable encyclo- 
 pedia of Scripture History, Biography, Geography, and Doctrine, 
 <fec. Hence I infer there is little doubt of this extraordinary 
 contribution to sacred literature and science shortly becoming 
 a favourite sine quA non iu every student's library. 
 
 George Thompson, b.a. 
 
 From the Rev. James Morgan, d.d., 
 
 I am in possession of the fii-st two divisions of the Imperial 
 Bible-Dictionary, by the Rev. Patrick Fairbairn, D.D. If the 
 work shall be completed as it has been commenced, it will be an 
 invaluable treasure to the student of the Scriptures. I am 
 especially gratified by the author's announcement that he holds 
 himself responsible for the exclusion of whatsoever may be "at 
 variance with the inspiration of Scrii)ture, inconsistent with its 
 essential doctrines of truth and duty, or palpably defective and 
 erroneous even in the mode of treating common topics." There 
 has been a false liberality in the admission of erroneous views 
 into some of our otherwise valuable Bible -dictionaries. It is 
 pleasant to find that the eye of a faithful editor is to be upon 
 every article in the new work, and that nothing is to have a 
 place in it that is contrary to truth and righteousness, any more 
 than what is in opposition to true science or the verity of history 
 or the attainments of the present advanced literature. 
 
 James Morgan, d.d. 
 
 From the Rev. James M'Cosh, ll.d., Belfast. 
 
 I can concur in the testimonies by Dr. Morgan and Dr. Cooke 
 in favour of tho Imperial Bible-Dictionary. 
 
 James M'Cosh, ll.d. 
 
 From the Rev. Henry Cooke, d.d., ll.d., .Belfast. 
 
 I have examined some parts of the Laperial Bible- Dictionary , 
 and most cordially join with my friend the Rev. Dr. Morgan, in 
 recommending it to public patronage. I consider it by far the 
 best work of the kind that has come under my notice. 
 
 H. Cooke, d.d., ll.d. 
 
 From the Rev. John Jeffrey. Presbytei-ian Church, Gateshead- 
 on-Tyne. 
 It is with great pleasure that I recommend the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary as a most excellent and valuable work, full of instruc- 
 tion and research, and in every respect calculated to advance 
 the great object it has in view, the dissemination of information 
 on all Biblical subjects. It forms a most trustworthy guide in 
 all these matters, and merits therefore a large measure of en- 
 couragement and success. 
 
 John Jeffrey. 
 
 From tlie Rev. William Wilson, Dundee. 
 
 I have great pleasure in recommending the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary. 1 have no doubt that it will prove the best of all 
 works of a similar character; as complete in its details as any 
 other, and having the eminent advantage of being sound in its 
 representations of Bible truth. 
 
 William Wilson. 
 
 From the Rev, Alexander Munro, d.d , Presbyterian Church, 
 Manchester. 
 I have great confidence in recommending the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary, edited by the Rev. Dr. Fairbaini, as an able and 
 profitable work, well fitted to illustrate the Holy Scriptures. 
 Alexander Munro, d.d. 
 
 We have pleasure in giving our hearty recommendation to 
 the Biblical Dictionary edited by Prof. Fairbairn. 
 
 Students will find it a great assistance in prosecuting indepen- 
 dent inquiries, and men of business who have no time for such 
 inquiries will find it a safe and intelligent guide. Tlie articles 
 are carefully written, and embrace the latest researches in the 
 various departments of knowledge by which so much fresh light 
 is thrown upon many parts of the Scripture. We need scarcely 
 add that it is sound in its theology and reverential in its hand- 
 ling of all Biblical questions. 
 
 Rev. George Johnson, m.a., Trinity Presbyterian Church, Princes 
 
 I'ark, Liverpool. 
 Rev. James Paterson, Minister of St. Peter's Presbyterian Church, 
 
 Great Oxford Street, Liverpool. 
 Rev. David Henderson, Minister of Presbyterian Church, Rock 
 
 Ferry, Liverpool. 
 Rev. William Hunter, Minister of the Presbyterian Church, 
 
 Cluster. 
 
 From the Rev. W. Milton, m.a. Oxoti, Incumbent of New 
 Radford, Nottinghamshire. 
 
 I have looked with some care into the first two parts of the 
 Imperial Bible-Dictionary, and very cordially recommend the 
 work to all who desire to possess the best work of tliis kind in 
 the English language. More copious than Eadie's valuable 
 little Cyclopedia, and possessing the results without the cum- 
 brous processes of learning exhibited in Kitto's and Smith's 
 works of a similar nature, while it is very superior to them both 
 in its tone of theology — I cannot but think that this Dictionary, 
 when complete, will be a treasury, not only of Biblical informa- 
 tion, but also of the wliole science of Divinity. 
 
 W. Milton, m.a. 
 
 From the Rev. Donald Fraser, m.a., Inverness. 
 
 The Imperial Bible-Dictionary, edited by Dr. Patrick Fair- 
 bairn, and published by Messrs. Blackie &, Son, wiU be reck- 
 oned, I have no doubt, a work of very great value to ministers 
 of the word, and to all intelligent Bible students. Its informa- 
 tion, while copious and well arranged, is brought down to the 
 latest results of investigation. Not professing to be an ecclesias- 
 tical cyclopedia, it does not discuss those subjects which rise 
 out of church history, as councils and creeds; but all the topics 
 suggested in Holy Scripture are treated with sufficient minute- 
 ness, and ripe and careful scholarship, by various celebrated 
 writers as well as by the learned and judicious editor. 
 
 Donald Fraser. 
 
 From the Rev. James Carver, m.a., Chaplain to the Lying-in- 
 Hospilal, City Road, London. 
 
 I have attentively perused a considerable portion of the flr.st 
 part of the IiH2>erial Bible-Dictionary, and am astonished at the 
 extent, variety, and accuracy of the literary materials communi- 
 cated by its many learned and eloquent contributors. The great 
 superiority of the illustrative engravings forms an additional 
 charm to this very interesting and instructive work, and wjiich, 
 I think, ought to be in the library of every Biblical student. 
 
 James Carver, m.a. 
 
 Frorn the Rev. Heaton Edward von Sturmer, Bapitist 
 Minister, Worcester. 
 
 Judged by the portion of the work already issued, its clear 
 and accurate type, its numerous and valuable illustrations, and 
 its copiousness of detail, or estimated by the talent and successes 
 of the editor and publishers, the number and learning of the 
 contributors, and the maintenance and elucidation of truth 
 constantly kept in view, the Imperial Bible-Dictionary merits a 
 place upon the book siielves of every Biblical student, every 
 Cliristian scholar, and every religious household. 
 
 H RATON Edward von Sturmer. 
 
 From the Rev. Octavius Nichoi.son, Curate of St. Augustine's, 
 Even-ton, Liverpool. 
 
 I have great pleasure in testifying to the soundness of the 
 Imperial Bible-Dictionary, edited by Dr. Fairbairn ; and I have 
 no hesitation in saying that in those families where it is cir- 
 culated it will be found most useful as a guide to the proper 
 understanding of the Word of God. 
 
 Octavius Nicholson. 
 
From ike Rev. A. M. Henderson, Minister of Claremont Cliapd, 
 PeiUonvUle, London. 
 After a careful examination of the first division of the Irape- 
 rial Bibie-Dictionary I have much pleasure in declaring my deep 
 conviction of its great value as a repository of tiie knowledge 
 most requisite in our day to the enlightened study of the sacred 
 books. Witliout ostentation, it is learned, simple, and clear, 
 without superficiality, and even when treating of trite subjects 
 investing them with an air of interest, which gives this work 
 a kind of speciality. The theological portion, which is the dis- 
 tinguishing feature of tlie work, is, so far as I have seen, well 
 executed, giving a history of the doctrine, and stating the points 
 upon which it is believed; and while liberal and careful not to 
 olfend, it is orthodo:c. 
 
 A. M. Henderson. 
 
 From tlie Rev. A. AI'Auslane, Finsbury Chapel, London. 
 
 The Imperial Bible-Dictionary, published by Blackie <fc Son, 
 is decidedly superior to all its predecessors, and is a most 
 invaluable assistance to every student of the Bible. It should, 
 if possible, find a place in the home of every Christian family. 
 
 A. M'AUSLANE. 
 
 From the Rev. Evan Davies, lld.. Principal, Normal College, 
 Swansea. 
 I have examined a portion of the Imperial Bible-Dictionary, 
 and from the execution of that part, and the general plan of the 
 work, can venture to recommend it as a very useful book of 
 reference. The typography and illustrations (both in number 
 and excellence) are all one can desire. The articles seem to have 
 hit a very useftil medium between the unnecessary minuteness 
 of the more elaborate works, and the unsatisfactory and useless 
 brevity of the minor dictionaries. 
 
 Evan Davies, Principal. 
 
 From the Rev. James Dodds, Free Church, Dunbar. 
 
 I have formed a very high opinion of the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary now in course of publication by Messrs. Blackie &. 
 Son of Glasgow. Its articles, furnished by men of high emin- 
 ence in the Christian world, are written with great care and in an 
 excellent spirit. They uniformly show a learning and a literary 
 taste worthy of the age, and suited to the requirements of the 
 most cultivated leaders of the Scriptures. Nothing in the shape 
 of antiquarian research or scientific knowledge fitted to make 
 such a dictionary at once valuable and attractive is neglected by 
 the accomplished editor and his distinguished fellow-labourers. 
 In point of orthodoxy and evangelical feeling this dictionary is 
 also all that can be desired. 
 
 James Dodds. 
 
 From the Rev. John Tcrnbull, Curate of St. JuaU's Church, 
 
 Liverpool. 
 I have much pleasure in bearing my humble testimony to the 
 sterling worth of Messrs. Blackie's Imperial Bible-Dictionary 
 The imperial series of works published by those gentlemen are 
 calculated to do great good, and in my opinion Principal Fair- 
 bairn's Bible-Dictionary is one of the most valuable of its kind. 
 Many of the writei-s are personally known to me, as holding the 
 soundest doctrinal views of divine truth, and their writings are 
 eminently fitted to refute the scepticism of the present day. 
 
 John Turnbull. 
 
 From the Rev. J. T. Campbell Gdllan, Minister of St. Andrew's 
 Presbyterian Church, Swansea. 
 
 I have had frequent occasion to refer to and examine the 
 Imperial Bible-Dictionary, and have thorough satisfaction in 
 giving it my hearty recommendation. 
 
 It is sound in its theology; mature in its scholarship; minute 
 in its detailed information ; enibi'aces all that recent research 
 has done to throw new light on the Scriptures; is most attractive 
 in its numerous and admirably executed engravings ; and alto- 
 gether will prove a reliable and learned guide to Bible students 
 J. T. Campbell Gullan. 
 
 From the Rev. Thomas Harking, Minister of the United 
 Methodist Free Churclies, Bristol. 
 I have examined the first part of the Imperial Bible- Dictionary 
 published by Messrs. Blackie & Son, and while its typography 
 and illustrations axe of the first class, many of its engravings 
 being gems of art, the manner in which Dr. Fairbairn has 
 accomplished his task, availing himself of the latest and best 
 resoiirces of information, will render the book of great value to 
 the student of the Bible, and such as I can cordially recommend. 
 
 Thomas Harking. 
 
 From the Rev. Watson Dyson, Baptist Minister, Measham. 
 
 . . . . Its early numbers promised well, and tlie ensuing 
 ones have redeemed their promise. Its theological character, 
 as distinguished from Dr. Smith's Dictionary or Kitto's Cyclo- 
 pedia, seems to consist in the greater attention paid to strictly 
 doctrinal subjects, which I for one take leave to think is an 
 advantage. Of course, there are some things against which 
 denominational objections may be taken (as a Baptist might, 
 for instance, partially disagree with the article on baptism), but 
 I apprehend the discontents will be few, compared with the 
 concords. Orthodox without bitterness, learned without pedan- 
 try, popular without sensivtional glare, clear in its letterpress, 
 and profuse in its plates and illustrations, it seems formed to 
 be useful to almost aU who may cons\ilt it, and is precisely the 
 dictionary for a large class of readers. Local preachers, heads 
 of families, Sunday-school teachers, and intelligent and, thoughtful 
 young men, buy it and study it, and it will do you good. I know 
 this may be deemed couleur de rose, but it is the testimony 
 of one who uses it frequently, and also has Dr. Smith's, and a 
 considerable part of Dr. Kitto's on his shelves. 
 
 Watson Dyson. 
 
 From the Rev. James Clapham, Supo-intendent of the 
 Brunswick Circuit, Liverpool. 
 
 By the publication of their Imperial Bible- Dictionary, Messrs. 
 Blackie <fe Son have done good service, not to ministers only, 
 but also to a large class of thoughtful Christians, who have but 
 few books, and little time for reading. I have tested its value 
 by a careful examination of a considerable number of articles 
 on various important subjects, and cannot but wish it a large 
 circulation. The type is beautiful, and the illustrations excel- 
 lent. The articles are well written, and supply the best and 
 most recent information on the subjects on which they treat. 
 Its treatment of difficulties is manly, and, as far as space will 
 allow, thorough. Its loyalty to the Bible, and its pure and 
 elevated religious tone, are quite refresliing. It may bo placed 
 on the shelves of the ripest scholar with advantage, and safely 
 trusted in the hands of the youngest thinker. This caimot be 
 said of some other productions of the same class. I consider it 
 the best and most trustworthy of our large Bible dictionaries. 
 
 Ja.mes Clapham. 
 
 From the Very Rev. Francis Close, d.d , Dean of Carlisle. 
 
 I have examined the first part of Messrs. Blackie's Imperial 
 Bible- Dictionary, and as far as I can judge it appears not only 
 got up in those gentlemen's good style, but to be very useful in 
 its general matter, sound and liberal in its religious tendencies. 
 I have much pleasure in recommending it. 
 
 Francis Close, Dean of Carlisle. 
 
 From the Rev. Thomas Booth, Minister of United Methodist 
 Free Churches, Bristol. 
 
 Unquestionably the best help in reading the Bible for the 
 better understanding of its varied contents is a good " Bible- 
 dictionary," and of all the books published under that title, the 
 one now publishing by Messrs. Blackie & Son entitled the Impe- 
 rial Bible-Dictionary, and edited by Dr. Fairbairn, judging from 
 the firet part, promises to be the very best; the authors of the 
 respective articles are among the most distinguished in Christen- 
 dom ; the information upon the various topics of the most 
 recent date, and altogether it will form when complete a com- 
 jiendium of " Biblical literature" worthy of being designated a 
 "miniature library." 
 
 Thomas Booth. 
 
 From the Rev. William Howie Wylie, Baptist Minister, 
 Ramsey, Huntingdonshire. 
 
 I Iiave carefully examined the fii-st part of the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary, it promises to be one of the best, if not the very be-'t 
 book of the kind published as yet in England. The Editor's 
 name is in itself ample security that the excellence manifested 
 in the opening part will be sustained in the remaining instal- 
 ments of the work. 
 
 Dr. Fairbairn's rich and varied scholai-ship as well as his con- 
 scientious care over the entire work is conspicuous in the portion 
 which I have examined. 
 
 I should rejoice to see a copy of this most trustworthy guide 
 to a right understanding of the Bible in every Christian's house 
 in the land. 
 
 William Howie Wylie. 
 
 From the Rev. John Robson, d.d., Glasgow. 
 
 I cordially recommend Principal Fairbairn's Bible- Dictionary 
 as in my opinion the best of the kind which has been published. 
 
 John Robson, d.d. 
 
LITERARY NOTICES. 
 
 RECORD. 
 
 The work with which it obviously suggests a comparison is 
 Dr. Smith's Dicti'mary of the Bible. We are soon able to see 
 that this work is strongest where Dr. Smith's is weakest ; and, 
 at the same time, the converse is not to any extent true — that 
 this work is weakest where Dr. Smith's is strong. Smith's Dic- 
 tionary oft/ie Bible is addressed rather to students and scholars; 
 the Imperial Bible-Dictionary aims i-ather at extensive general 
 u.'iefulness. The grciiter part of the space of the former is occu- 
 pied by leivmed references and elaborate discussions. The latter 
 is a popular work, with the express object of supplying the 
 wants of the laity and unlearned. . . . But it would be 
 doing a great injustice to a band of learned and earnest men, 
 to imply that these popular requisites are in any degree un- 
 accompanied by the solid merits of vigorous thought and full 
 information. In many of the similar articles, on a comparison, 
 the palm of merit would probably rest with the writers of the 
 present work ; and there is scarcely any article which any critic 
 would not treat with great respect. . . . The most watch- 
 ful jealousy and care have evidently been maintained by the 
 Editor that nothing should be admitted which would in aiiy 
 degree err against tlie integrity of the Christian's fiiith. This 
 point is of such overwhelming importance that we own it would 
 induce us to look very leniently on mere literary deficiencies; 
 but, as a matter of fact, such deficiencies do not exist. Tlie 
 work is as sound and candid in reasoning and learning as in 
 theology; and we may regard it as a kind of family commentary, 
 wdll adapted in its subordinate capacity to lie by the side of the 
 famUy Bible. 
 
 THE FREEMAN. 
 Two things strike us in particular, as distinguishing this 
 Bible-Dictionary from others. The first is, its larger discussion 
 of doctrinal points ; and the second, the more harmonious pro- 
 portion between its several papers. . . . Messrs. Blackie 
 seem here, as in the previous publications of the Imperial 
 series, to have found the happy medium between technical 
 erudition and popular commonplace, 
 
 CHRISTIAN WORLD. 
 
 It conveys, in a readable form, a vast amount of precious in- 
 formation on almost every subject connected with the natural 
 history, geography, rites and ceremonies, antiquities and cus- 
 toms, biography and doctrine of the sacred Word. . . A very 
 valuable addition to the standard theological works of the 
 country. 
 
 THE DIAL. 
 
 We can speak of this Dictionary in the highest terms. It is 
 erudite and scholarly, without being too profound for the 
 general reader. 
 
 BRITISH STANDARD. 
 The matter is of the highest order, the letterpress most beau- 
 tiful, and the illustrations equal to anything of the sort that 
 has yet appeared. 
 
 WESLEVAN TIMES. 
 
 Taking rank as one of the best works of its class, we may also 
 
 observe it will be one of the cheapest dictionaries of the Bible. 
 
 .... We know of no work more deserving of the widest 
 
 patronage, or that will better repay the purchaser for his outlay. 
 
 NONCONFORMIST. 
 
 The publishers are celebrated for tlieir " Imperial Series;" and 
 the present work is to be conformed to its character, and thence 
 draws its distinguishing name. The work is planned apparently 
 with more direct reference to the average culture of society and 
 to use in the family than is the case with the works we have 
 previously noticed. The cast of the articles is popular rather 
 than learned; although the educated reader detects the pres- 
 ence of knowledge, labour, and learned resource, not attempted 
 to be displayed for. their own sakes, in recording the results 
 arrived at. 
 
 WEEKLY REVIEW. 
 
 Tliis most vahiable Biblical Dictionary is without a rival in 
 the English language. We would commend it strongly for pre- 
 sentation to ministers by individuals or sessions. 
 
 CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE AND REVIEW. 
 The work was projected long before Dr. Smith's, and though 
 it may not have such a show of scholarship as that well-known 
 Dictionary, yet it has the advantages of containing a wider 
 range of subjects, and of being uniform throughout in its teach- 
 ing, that teaching being thoroughly sound, and combining deep 
 research with humble reverence for the Sacred Scriptures. Two 
 «ipecial excellences we notice in this book : first, thorough ortho- 
 doxy combined with sobriety and moderation in dealing with 
 digpnte<l points ; secondly, an attention to minor atid compara- 
 tively insignificant details, on which information is needed 1>y 
 everyday readers quite as much as on the larger and more 
 imiiortaat topics. 
 
 NOTTINGHAM JOURNAL. 
 
 Tlie woodcuts are freely interspersed wherever necessai-y for 
 the elucidation of the text. The type is small but exceedingly 
 clear, being printed on a splendid paper. The matter itself seems 
 to be an embodiment of modern learning and research; the 
 doctrinal and practical portions breathing the spirit of the 
 Bible, and the historical being treated with sufficient clearness 
 and interest. 
 
 CHURCHMAN. 
 Orthodox in tone, reverent in spirit, and showing in every 
 page the marks of independent and industrious research. 
 
 CLERICAL JOURNAL. 
 
 Tills Dictionary has been brought to a conclusion with won- 
 derful spirit on the part of all concerned in its production. 
 . . . We should rejoice in knowing that such a help to their 
 studies was an the hands of every young clergyman ; for while 
 he would not find everywhere his own opinions advocated he 
 would find, what is far better, the literature of Scrijitural sub- 
 jects stated fully and fairly, with a devout recognition every- 
 where of the supernatural and saving character of our holy 
 religion. 
 
 EVANGELICAL MAGAZINE. 
 
 This work will be found of very great, indeed of pre-eminent, 
 value, because of the careful safeguards with which it furnishes 
 the student in his inquiries into subjects which have received 
 a rationalistic and sceptical handling. 
 
 THE ESSAYIST OR TRAETHODYDD. 
 But there is one great deficiency for a Scriptural Dictionary 
 in both these Dictionaries (Kitto's and Smith's)— the theology 
 of the Bible is shut out of their pages almost entirely — in 
 Smith's entirely. And now in this consisteth the peculiar 
 excellence of the Dictionaiy under notice at present : it takes 
 in the Tlieology of Scripture, as well as its History, Biography, 
 and Geograjihy; and in the articles we have read, in the parts 
 that are now before us, an uncommon ability is manifested to 
 lay hold on what is essential to each subject, and to present the 
 reader (within a reasonable space) with an explanation of the 
 mind of the Spirit thereon. The Editor is assisted in the work 
 by many writere of rare abilities. . . . We rejoice in its 
 publication, and desire to recommend it most heartily to our 
 countrymen. 
 
 ENGLISH PRESBYTERIAN MESSENGER. 
 The articles are full and written with great care. Honest 
 research, reverence for the Word of God, and the tme evangelical 
 spirit pervade the whole. 
 
 THE RAINBOW. 
 We sincerely wish all minsters of the gospel were able to 
 procure this valuable book of reference. Of necessity it will 
 contain the cream of costly works upon wliich the majority of 
 Christian teachers are unable to lay their hands. We see the 
 fruits of ripe scholarship and vast research in the parts before 
 us; and as it is most desirable that this important undertaking 
 should meet with the encouragement it merits, we respectfully 
 suggest to the well-to-do laity the proi)riety of purchasing the 
 BMC'Dictionary, and presenting it to their pastors. 
 
 CHRISTIAN WITNESS. 
 
 It is characterized by ample, though not obtrusive, learning ; 
 by a profound reverence for Holy Scripture ; by an enlightened 
 attachment to evangelical truth ; and by a perfect competency 
 in the treatment of a great variety of topics. 
 
 BELL'S WEEKLY MESSENGER. 
 Messrs. Blackie have established a kind of speciuUtc, as the 
 French call it, for Imperial Dictionaries, and these have all 
 been so good that another from the same source may naturally 
 be expected to be good also. The Bible-Dictionary, however, 
 promises to be the best of all, and by very far the best book of 
 the kind attainable ; and in saying this we are perfectly aware 
 that we are inviting comparison with the works of such men as 
 Calrnet, Isaac Taylor, William Smith, and many othei-s perhaps 
 equally qualified. The proportion between the amount of space 
 allotted to the articles is accurately observed ; and the questions 
 of archaeology, history, and geography, the latest descriptions 
 and discoveries, have been diligently investigated. On all 
 
 these points the work is absolutely without a rival 
 
 It may be remarked that, though not claiming cheapness as a 
 chief merit, this Dictionary is actually the cheapest published, 
 not merely because the best article is ahoays the cheapest, but 
 because it actually gives more type and paper than any other 
 for the same money, while the illustrations are of the most 
 elaborate kind. 
 
THE FOLLOWING CLERGYMEN OF VARIOUS DENOMINATIONS ARE 
 SUBSCRIBERS FOR THIS WORK: 
 
 AiKitAN, Rev. J. L., U.P. Ch., Glasgow 
 Alexander, Rev. J., Free Ch. , Edinburgh 
 Alison, Rev. J., U.P. Church, Bonhill 
 Allan, Rev. J., Estab. Ch., Grange 
 Anderson, Rev. F. L., Curate, Gt. Ponton 
 Anderson, Rev. H., Free Ch., Partick 
 Anderson, Rev. J., Pres. Ch., Haltwhistle 
 Andrews, Rev. T., Wes. Ch., Tywardreath 
 Archibald, Rev. G., m.a., Fr. Ch., Uduy 
 Armstrong, Rev. W. T., 'Wes. Ch., Newark 
 Arnot, Rev. W., Free Church, Edinburgh 
 Aston, Rev. W., Con. Ch., Burt.-Trent 
 
 Baillie, Rev. J., Fr. Ch., Moy, Inverness 
 BALOARNiE,Rv.R.,U.P.Ch.,Charlt'n,K'nt 
 Barker, Rev. G., Bapt. Ch., Leigh.-Bviz. 
 Barrett, Rev. W. , Pr. Meth. Ch .,Clay Cross 
 Barrett, Rev.A.,Prin.Wes.Col., Richm'd 
 B.\rtram, \V., B.A., Gram. Sch., Ciren'ster 
 B.^xter, Rev. J. A., Zion Ch., Nott'ham 
 Beatwe, Rev. W., m.a., F.Cli, Ale.xandria 
 Bennett, Rev.J.H.P.,Gram.Sch,Fahn'tli 
 Bennett, Rev. S., m.a.. Rector, Uphill 
 Birk.myre, Rev. A , Free Cli., Glasgow 
 Blackmore, Rev. J. B., Bap. Ch. , Lowestoft 
 BLAKE,Rev.J.F.,B.A.,Hol.Trin., Nott'ham 
 BoNAR, Rev. A. A., Free Ch., Glasgow 
 BoWEN, Rev. A. J., Cm-., St. Mar., Peterb. 
 Boyd, Rev. D. C, Free Church, Dalkeith 
 Breav, Rev. H. T. b. a., St. Matthias', Bir. 
 Bre.vt, Rev. R., B.A., St. Pet., Nott'ham 
 Brigstocke, Rev. D., B.A.,Cur.,Chelt'ham 
 Brodie, Rev. N., Free Ch., Pollokshaws 
 Brooks, Rev. C, M.A.St. Mary's, Nott'ham 
 Brooks, Rev. Edward B. , Peterborough 
 Brown, Rev. A.M.,ll.d., Ind.Chpl.Chelt. 
 Brown, Rev. C. J., Free Ch., Edinburgh 
 Brown, Rev. I. M., Indep. Chap., Merthyr 
 BuoHAN, Rev. W., Free Ch., Hamilton 
 Burns, Rev. Islay, d.d., Prof, of Divinity, 
 
 Free Church College, Glasgow 
 Button, Rev. G., Torquay 
 
 Calthrop, Rev. G., m.a. In.,Tr.Ch., Chelt. 
 Campbell, Rev. G., North Ch., Aberdeen 
 Campbell, Rev. J., Free Church, Tarbert 
 Carlyle, Rev. G., m.a., Presb. Ch., Keus. 
 Carver, Rev. D., b.a., Incumbent of St. 
 
 Paul's, Hyson Green, Nottingham 
 Cattle, Rev. W., Wesleyan Cli., Walsall 
 Chappell, Rev. W. P., Rectory, Camborne 
 Charles, Rev. D. E., Bap. Ch , Portmadoc 
 Christopher, Rev. A. M. W., m.a.. Rector 
 
 of St. Aldate's, Oxford 
 Churchward, Rev. D., Truro 
 Clarkson, Rev. M., Indep. Ch., Lincoln 
 Clarkson, Rev. W., Ind. Ch., Mark. Har. 
 Close, TheVeryRev.F.,D.D., Dean of Car. 
 Cobban, Rev. A., m.a., Fr. Ch., Rathen 
 Colt, Sir E. H. V., Bt., Vic. of Hill, Glouc. 
 Cooke, Rev. H., d.d., ll.d., Belfast 
 Crawford, Rev.T., d.d., Pr. ofDiv., Edin. 
 Crotch, Rev. W. R., Uphill 
 Gumming, Rev. Alex., Free Ch., Glasgow 
 CusiN, Rev. A., Presb. Ch., Woolwich 
 
 Daniel, Rev. Henry, St. Columb 
 Daniel, Rev. H. E., St. Luke's, Netting. 
 Davidson, Rev. Jos., Free Ch , Saltcoats 
 Davies, Rev. Edward, Nottingham 
 Davies, Rev. J. G., Newbridge 
 Davies, Rev. P.C. , 21 Cloudesley St, Isling. 
 Davis, Rev. T. T., Carnarvon 
 Dempster, Rev. W. M., Fr. Ch., Renton 
 DoDDs, Rev. James, Free Ch., Dunbar 
 DoNALDSON,Rv.D.,P.Ch.,Maryrid,Dund. 
 DoRAN, Rev. W., Chap., N. Prison, Glas. 
 DouDNEV, Rev. G., m.a., Plymouth 
 Douglas, Rev. J., Cur. of Dermore, Irel. 
 Duff, Rev. Alexander, d.d. 
 Duff, Rev. D., U.P. Ch., Helensburgh 
 DuiRS, Rev. J., M.A., Estab. Ch., Durris 
 Duke, Rev. J., Wellgate Fr. Ch., Dundee 
 
 DuMBLELEY, Rcv. , Liskeard 
 
 Dunn, Rev. W., Parish Church, Cardroso 
 
 Eaches, Rev. W., Walbrook, Bilston 
 EDMOND,Rv.J.,D.D.,P'rkCh.,Hi'bury,Lon. 
 Edmonds, Rev. W. H., St. Paul's Church, 
 
 Millwall, E. 
 Edwards, Rev. C. S., Vicarage, Cwmhrftn 
 Edwards, Rev. D. E., m.a., Canton, Card. 
 Edwards, Rev. H. Hope, Rectory, Great 
 
 Tenbury 
 Ellis, Rev. H. C, Cur., St. Mary's, Nott. 
 Ellis, Rev. J., The College, Reg. P'k, Lou. 
 Etteridge, Rev. J. W., St. Austell 
 Evans, Rev. G. P., York PI. Ch., Swansea 
 Evans, Rev. Morris, 28 Clifton Street, 
 
 Finsbury, London 
 Evans, Rev. R., Wesleyan Ch., Blaiua 
 
 Falc:oner, Rev. J., New Byth, Aberdeen 
 Farquhar, Rev. D., Free Ch., Glasgow 
 
 Farrington, Rev. , Rectory, Bideford 
 
 Ferguson, Rev. L., Free Ch., Glasgow 
 Ferguson, Rev. W., m.a., Fr. Ch., EUon 
 FiNDLAY, Rev. W., M.A., Fr. Ch., Larkhall 
 Ford, Rev. H., U. Meth. Fr. Ch., Spalding 
 Forrest, Rev. R.W., Inc. St. And.,L'pool 
 Forrester, Rev. W. G., Fr. Ch., Auldearn 
 Eraser, Rev. D. , Free Church, Inverness 
 Eraser, Rev. Hugh, Macduff 
 Eraser, Rev. W., Fr. Ch., Lochgilphead 
 Fraser, Rev. AV., m.a.. Free Ch., Edin. 
 Fuller, Rev. H. A., m.a., Stony-Stratford 
 
 Gault, Rev. R., Free Church, Glasgow 
 Gibson, Rev. H. O., LinsladeRect., Bucks 
 Gibson, Rev. James, Strabane 
 Gillies, Rev. James, Free Ch., Tarbet 
 Glasgow, Rev. J., d.d., Presb. Ch., Belf. 
 Gordon, Rev. J., m.a., Free Ch., Glasgow 
 Gossett, Rev. J. H., Inc., Vicar., Northam 
 GRAiNGEB,Rv.T.,M.A.,Cu.ofSt.Thos.,Dub. 
 Gray, Rev. A., Parish Ch., Dumbarton 
 Green, Rev. W., Wes. Ch., Smethwick 
 Griffiths, Rev. Owen, Risca 
 Grigg, Rev. W. W., Wes. Ch., Wellington 
 Gullan, Rev. J. T. C, Presb. Ch., Swan. 
 Gunneix, Rev. J., Wesleyan Ch., Falm'th 
 
 HainE:j Rev. P., Wesleyan Ch., Wisbeach 
 Haley, Rev. J. B., m.a., Tavistock 
 Hanson, Rev. J., Presb. Ch., Portglenone 
 Harding, Rev. D., Indep. Ch., Lancaster 
 Harper, Rev. J., Free Church, Bothwell 
 Harris, Rev. H., Baptist Ch., Clydach 
 H.a^wker, Rev. J., M.A., Curate, Plym'th 
 Hawkesley, Rev. J. D., Bodmin 
 Heddrick, Rev. J., Fr.Ch.,Longr.,Whitb. 
 Hedgeland, Rev. P., Curate, Penzance 
 Hilditch, Rev. A., Liverpool 
 HoBART,Rev.T.,M.A.,Or. Sec. Ch., Carluke 
 Hobbs, Rev. G. H., Bodmin 
 
 Hocking, Rev. , Gunnislake 
 
 HoRRAY, Rev. James, Curate, Rayland 
 Houre, E. T. , 70 Sandgate Rd. , Folkestone 
 HousTAN, Rev. T., d.d., Newtownbreda 
 Howell, Rev. H., Maidstone, Kent 
 Howie, Rev. R., Free Trinity Ch., Glas. 
 Hudson, Rev. W., Wesleyan Ch., Worksop 
 Hughes, Rev. W. W., Ledbury 
 Hunter, Rev. George, Tillicoultry 
 Hurnall, Rev. John, m.a., Incumbent of 
 
 Eggington, Leighton-Buzzard 
 Hurst, Rev. B., Cur. of CoUierly, Durham 
 Hutcheson, Rev. J., U.P. Ch., Renfrew 
 Hutchinson, Rev. W. H., m.a., Chelt'ham 
 
 Innes, Rev. M., Free Church, Westhaven 
 Irvine, Rev. W., m.a.. Chapel of Garioch 
 
 Jackson, Rev. J., Redruth 
 
 Jamieson, Rev.W., Deotamore,New.-Lim. 
 
 Jane, Rev. , Curate, St. Austell 
 
 Janz, Rev. E. C, Penton. Rd. Ch., Lon. 
 Jenkins, Rev. O., Pontypool 
 Jessop, Rev. W., Wesleyan Ch., Redrutli 
 John, Rev. Thomas, Aberdare 
 Johnston, Rev. H. C, m.a., Curate of 
 
 Langham, Oakliani 
 Johnston, Rev. J., Free St. James', Glas. 
 Johnstone, Rev. G. , m. A.,Trin.Ch., L'pool 
 Jones, Rev. A., Baptist Church, Cardiff 
 Jones, Rev. A., Bapt. Ch., Diss, Norfolk 
 Jones, Rev. E. W., Abercarne 
 Jones, Rev. Edwin, ll.d., Llecliryd 
 JosES, Rev. J., Wesleyan Ch., Lampeter 
 Jones, Rev. John, Rhymney 
 Jones, Rev. Joseph, Ebbw-vale 
 Jones, Rev. R., Independent Ch., Nelson 
 Jones, Rev. R. H, , Wes. Ch. , Nevin, PwU. 
 
 Ker, Rev. W. T., Free Church, Deskford 
 KiDD, Rev. AViLLiAM, Alexandria 
 Kilpatrick, R v. D. R. ,Lyon St. F. Ch. , Glas. 
 
 Leishman, Rev. R., Estab. Ch., Clunie 
 Lewis, Rev. J. , Albert St., Wednesbuiy 
 Lewis, Rev. J., Baptist Church, Tredegar 
 Lewis, Rev. J., Welsh Ind. Ch., Birming. 
 Lightfoot, Rev. R. P., m.a., Prest. Dean. 
 Lindsay, Rev. J., Par. Ch., Helensburgh 
 Lindsay, Rev. W., U.P. Church, Perth 
 Logan, Rev. J., Kingston Free Ch., Glas. 
 LoGiE, Rev.W., B.A. ,D.D.,Dirleton,Hadd. 
 LoNOMUiR, Rev. J., LL.D., Marl. Ch., Ab'n 
 
Low, Rev. D., Fr. Ch. Mission, Aberdeen 
 LuMSDEN, Prin., Fr. Ch. Coll., Aberdeen 
 Ltaix, Rev. F. J., b. a.. Cur. St. And., Der. 
 
 Marsdek, Rev. S. E., m a.. Incumbent of 
 
 Beugworth, Evesham 
 Martin, Rev. Jas., U.P. Church, Beith 
 Martyn, Rev. C, Rect. of Palgrave, Suff. 
 Masterton, Rev. Willi.am, Inverkeilor 
 Matheson, Rev. J., Presbyterian Church, 
 
 Hampstoad 
 Matheson, Rev. A. S., U.P. Ch., Alloa 
 Matthews, Rev. B.,Vic.of Rushford,Herts 
 Mayne, Rev. J. P., Curate, Tiverton 
 Mennie, Rev. J., m.a. Free Ch., Methlic 
 Menzies, Rev. D., a.m.. Mar. Fr. Ch., Glas. 
 Miles, Rev. S., B.A.,Cur.,Cottesmore,Rut. 
 Miller, Rev. P. G., Fr. Ch , Cambusueth. 
 MiLNER, Rev. Preb., m.a., Vic, Homcas. 
 Milton, Rev. W., b.a., Christ Ch., Nott. 
 Mines, Rev. A., b.a., Albion Ch., Nott. 
 Mitchell, Rev. D., Fr. St. Luke's, Glas. 
 MiTCHELL,Rev.J.M.,LL.D.,F.Ch.,Br.-Fer. 
 MoiR, Rev. Rob., Parish Ch., Rothiemay 
 MooRE, Rev. W. K., m.a., St. Geo., L'pool 
 Morgan, Rv.G., Me. Chap., Swindon, Wilts 
 Morgan, Rev. Jamls, d.d., Belfast 
 Morris, Rev. W., Indep. Ch., Clydach 
 Morrison, Rev. Wm., Free Ch., Boharm 
 Morse, Rev. A. S., Curate of Caistor and 
 
 of St. Marks, Lakenham, Norwich 
 Moysey, Rev. S., Sidmouth 
 Murray, Rev. M. , Professor of Divinity, 
 
 Secession Church, Glasgow 
 Murray, Rev. W., Bedford Place, Alloa 
 M' Andrews, Rev. J., Mission Ch., L'pool 
 Macaulay, Rev. R. S., Free Ch., Irvine 
 M'AusLANE, Rev. A., Finsbury Ch , Lon. 
 M'Combie, Rev. R., m.a., Fr. Ch., Leslie 
 Macdonald, Rev. Jas., Free Ch., Glass 
 M'DONALD, Rev. M., Free Ch., lunellan 
 M'DoNALD, Rev. R., Free Ch., Blantyre 
 MACDONALD,Rev.T.M.,M.A.,Tr.Ch.,Not'm 
 M-EwEN, Rev. J., Fr. Canon Ch., Edin. 
 M'Gregor, Rev. D., m.a., P. St. Pet., Dun. 
 M'Gregor, Rev. J., Fr. Hi. Ch., Paisley 
 MlNDOE, Rev. W., Fr. Mar. Ch., Paisley 
 Mackenzie, Rev. C. A., Free Ch., Govan 
 Mackenzie, Rev. W. B., m.a., St. James', 
 
 Holloway 
 MACLACHLAX,Rev. I. M., Fr. Ch.,Barrh'd 
 M'Laren, a., M.A., Parish Ch., Houston 
 M'Laren, Rev. D., Lady Glenorohy's 
 
 Church, Edinburgh 
 Maclean, Rev. A. H., Est. Ch., Camwath 
 M'Leod, Rev. N., St. Columba's, Glas. 
 M'Master, Rev. Donald, Stornov^ay 
 M'MiLLAN, Rev. H., Fr. St. Peter's, Glas. 
 M'N AUGHT, Rev. J., Maitland F. Ch., Glas. 
 MACPHERS0N,Rev.J.,Hillt'nF. Ch.,Dund. 
 Macpherson, Rev. T., Cheltenham 
 
 Nairn, Rev. A., E.U. Church, Aberdeen 
 NicoLL, Rev. J., Fr. St. Enoch's Ch., Glas. 
 NicOLLS, Rev. C, Sherboiime 
 Nock, Rev. John, Brownhills 
 NoRTHBOPP, Rev.H. D., S'thgateRd.,Lon. 
 
 OoiLViB, Rev. D., Free Ch., Motherwell 
 Oldrid, Rev. J. H., m.a., Vicar, Alford 
 Owen, Rev. Thomas, near Pwllheli 
 
 Palmer, Rev. A., Wes. Ch., Wolverhamp. 
 Paterson, Rev. N., d.d., F. St. And., Glas. 
 Patten, Rev. J., Bell St. Mission Ch., Glas. 
 Patterson, Rev. J., St. Pet. Ch., L'pool 
 Pearson, Rev. J., Wes. Ch., Birmingham 
 Pengelley, Rev. W. H., m.a., Grantham 
 Peters, Rev. N., Vic. of Madron, Penzance 
 Phillips, Rev. M., Bapt. Ch., Brynmawr 
 Philpott, Rev. H., Vicarage, Lamerton 
 Place, Rev.W., Indepen. Ch. .Whitehaven 
 PoRTEOus, Rev. G. B., Independ. Church, 
 
 Glasgow 
 PowNiNG, Rev. James, Totness 
 Proctor, Rev. George, Premnay 
 Profit, Rev. W., Free Church, Durris 
 Prosser, Rev. W., Baptist Ch., Abercarne 
 PuGH, Rev. J., Vicar, Llanbadarn, Fawr 
 
 Rait, Rev. Wm., Free Church, CuUen 
 Rankin, Rev. C. E., m.a., Cheltenham 
 Rees, Rev. T., Baptist Ch., Crickhowell 
 Reid, Rev. Wm., Ed. of Brit. Herald, Edin. 
 Renwick, Rev. John, Gladsmuir 
 Rettley, Rev. J., Farnham, Surrey 
 Reynold, Rev. E., Incumbent, Appledore 
 Richards, Rev. T., Redruth 
 Richardson, Rev. T. W., b.a.. Curate, St. 
 
 Stephen the Martyr's Ch., Liverpool 
 Riddell, Rev. J., m.a., R.P. Ch., Dundee 
 Risk, Rev. J. E., m.a.. Curate, Plymouth 
 Robbins, Rev. G., m.a., Rec, Courtenhall 
 Roberts, Rev. G. C, Ind. Ch., Merth. Tyd. 
 Roberts, Rev. M., 9 Lower Seymour St., 
 
 Portman Square, London 
 Robertson, Rev. Patrick Wm., b.a.. Free 
 
 High Church, Kilmarnock 
 RoD^fAY, Rev. E. A., Bridgewater 
 Rogers, Rev. E., Chap. Boro. Pris.,Nott'm 
 RooKER, Rev. W. y., St. Mark's, Dalston, 
 
 London 
 Rowlands, Rev. R., Ind. Ch., Aberaman 
 Roxburgh, Rv. J., d.d., F. St.John's,Glas. 
 Russel, Rev. Jas , U.P. Ch., O. Kilpatr'k 
 Rust, Rev. James, m.a., Estab. Ch., Slaiiis 
 
 Sadler, Rev. H., Curate, Penzance 
 Scobell, Rev. G. R., Cur., Madron, Penz. 
 Scott, Rev. C. G., Presb. Ch., London 
 Scott, Rev. G., Wes. Ch., E. Stonehouse 
 Scott, Rev. J., Pr,We8l.Col.,Westm.,S.W. 
 Scott, Rev. R. H., Par.Ch.,Caputh, Perth 
 Sellers, Rev. W., Wesleyan Ch., Sleaford 
 Smellie, Rev. A. , Free Church, Elgin 
 Smith, Rev. M., Wesley. Ch., Abergavenny 
 Smith, Rev. R. C, Knox's Fr. Ch., Glas. 
 Smyth, Rev. Jackson, Presb. Ch., Armagh 
 
 Soley, Rev. , Tiverton 
 
 Southey, Rev. T., m.a., Addington Rec- 
 tory, Wiiislow 
 Spence, Rev. A., M.A., St. Clement's Free 
 
 Church, Aberdeen 
 Spencer, Rev. J., St. Just 
 Statham, Rev. F. F., b.a., f.o.s., St. 
 
 Peter's, Walworth 
 Steele, Rev. Alex., Free Ch., Dairy 
 Stewart, Rev. A., Evan. Un.Ch., Aberd'n 
 Stewart, Rev. A. , Fr. Ch. ,Chapelh'l, Aird. 
 Stewart, Rev. R., Free Church, Tarland 
 Stewart, Rev.W., DudhopeFr.Ch.,Dund. 
 Storie, Rev. R. H., Par. Ch., Roseneath 
 Stuart, Rev. J., St. Andrew's, Edin. 
 
 Taylor, Rev. John, Bilstori 
 Taylor, Rev. N., Gaelic Fr. Ch., Dundee 
 Tebbutt, Rev. H., m.a., St. Mary's, Nott. 
 Theological College, of Presb. Church, 
 
 Queen Square House, London, W. C. 
 Thomas, Rev. D., Ind. Ch., Abercarne 
 Thomas, Rev. E., Inc. of Skewan, Meath 
 Thomas, Rev. J. M., Ind. Ch., Newport 
 Thomas, Rev. W. R. , m. a. , St. Mar. , Peterb. 
 Thomson, Rev. G., b.a.. Head Master, 
 
 Grammar School, Wisbeach 
 Thomson, Rev. J., Fr. St. Geo., Paisley 
 Thomson, Rev. J., m.a., St. Paul's, Birk. 
 Thomson, Rev. John, East Linton 
 Thomson, Rev. P., Crawfurdsburn Free 
 
 Church, Greenock 
 Thornbeck, Rev. W., Indep. Ch., Burrow- 
 
 in-Fumess 
 Tisdall, Rev. C. E., d.d., Chanc. of Chr. 
 
 Ch., and Incumbent of St. Dolough's 
 Tompkins, Rev. P. T., St. Andr., L'twol 
 Topping, Rev. J., Chap., Royal Infirmary, 
 
 Glasgow 
 ToRRY, Rev. J., Est. Ch., Cupar- Angus 
 Trail, Rev. R., m.a., Free Ch., Boyndie 
 Trail, Rev. W., a.m., Free Ch., Elgin 
 
 Tregonning, Rev. , Bodmin 
 
 Tristram, Rev. J., Madely Court 
 Tully, Rev. John, Free Ch., Bonhill 
 
 Turgot, Rev. , Curate, Bideford 
 
 Turner, Rev. D., Free Ch., Tealing 
 
 Urquhart, Rev. A., Free Ch., Old Deer 
 
 Vasey, Rev. John, Dalston 
 
 Walker, Rev. D.,Fr. Ch.,Dock St.,Dund. 
 Walker, Rev. E., m.a., Rector, Chelten. 
 Walker, Rev. S. A., m.a., St. Mary-le- 
 
 Port, Bristol 
 Ward, Rev. Anthony, Wes. Ch., Lincoln 
 Wardlaw, Rev. J. I., m.a., Finsbury, Lon. 
 Waterman, Rev. George, Ilfracombe 
 Watkins, Rev. W., Cardiff 
 Watt, Rev. John, Parish Ch., Fetteresso 
 Wayman, Rev. J., Wesleyan Ch., L'pool 
 Webb, Rev. W., m.a., Rec. of Ryton, Durh. 
 Webb, Rev. W. C, Wes. Ch., Hay, Brecon 
 Webster, Rev. Robert, Garvald 
 Wells, Rev. J. , Free Barony, Glasgow 
 West, Rev. J., Curate, St. Austell 
 West, Rev. J. M., Curate, Peterborough 
 White, Rev. M., Inellan Free Church 
 White, Rev. Mr., U.P. Ch., Carnoustie 
 Whiteside, Rev. J., Wesleyan, 526 Kings- 
 land Road, Loudon 
 Whyte, Rev. W., Ref Pr. Ch., Carnoustie 
 Williams, Rev. J., Bap. Ch., Mauorbier 
 Williams, Rev. R. S., Brecon 
 Williams, Rev. W., Bap. Ch., Abernant 
 Wilson, Rev. J., m.a., Estab. Ch., Enzie 
 Wilson, Rev.W. , St. Paul's Fr. Ch. , Dund. 
 Woolacombe, Rev. G. S., St. Mar., Truro 
 WooLNER, Rev. T., Indep. Ch., Lowestoft 
 Wright, Rev. J. G., Trin. Ch., Nott'ham 
 
 Yates, Rev. J., Wes. Ch., Peterborough 
 Young, Rev. Andrew G., Alva 
 Young, Rev. F., b.a., Pars., Walt., Ayles. 
 Young, Rev. G. E. , St. Just 
 Young, Rev. R. N., Wes. Ch., Birm'gham 
 
REVIEWS 
 
 THE IMPERIAL BIBLE-DICTIONARY, 
 
 EDITED BY THE 
 
 REV. DR. FAIRBAIRN. 
 
 IF'rom. the "I^EOOUD" of ISth. Deceraber, 1800. 
 
 The Imperial Bible-Dictionary, Historical, Biographical, 
 Geographical, and Doctrinal, Edited by the Rev. 
 Patrick Fairbairn, D.D. London: Blackie & Son. 
 
 Materials for Biblical Criticism. — Nothing is more 
 characteristic of the contemporary history of religion 
 and literature than tlie repeated and successful attempts 
 which we witness to poi^ularize the results of Biblicid 
 criticism. The words of Holy Writ are nowhere more 
 true than in reference to Holy Writ itself, that many 
 run to and fro, and knowledge increases. A great 
 deal of the knowledge applicable for Biblical criticism 
 has been gained by travel, personal inspection, geo- 
 graphy, and archaeology, while every advance in history, 
 language, and thought, every addition in positive know- 
 ledge, helps to elucidate or illustrate the multiform 
 contents of the Bible. 
 
 Era of Bible-Dictionaries.— Oi late years we have 
 reached the era of Bible-Dictionaries, in which scholars 
 and theologians have sought to sum up and state con- 
 cisely the results of human learning in reference to 
 Divine teaching. There are at least four or five of 
 such works, and it curiously happens that the present 
 Dictionary, which is the last issued, has, with the 
 single exception of Dr. Kitto's meritorious work, the 
 merits of priority and originality. 
 
 The Imperial Bible- Dictionary. — It is now twelve 
 years since the work was projected, and although the 
 delay is on some accounts to be regretted, it has 
 doubtless been productive of good in the patience and 
 care that have characterized its execution. 
 
 Comparison of Bible-Dictionaries. — The work with 
 which it obviously suggests a comparison is Dr. Smith's 
 Dictionary of the Bible. We are soon able to see that 
 this work is strongest where Dr. Smith's is weakest, 
 and at the same time the converse is not to any extent 
 true — that this work is weak where Dr. Smith's is 
 strong. The Dictionary of the Bible (Smith's) is addressed 
 rather to students and scholai-s; the Imperial Bible- 
 Dictionary aims rather at extensive general usefulness. 
 The greater part of the space of the former is occupied 
 by learned references and elaborate discussion. The 
 latter is a popular work, \yith the express object of 
 supplying the wants of the laity and the unlearned. 
 
 This is seen by the style of the typography, by the 
 literary character of the articles, by the remarkable 
 wealth of jiictorial illustration. But it would be doing 
 
 a gi-eat injustice to a band of learned and earnest men 
 to imply that these popular requisites are in any degree 
 unaccompanied by the solid merits of vigorous thought 
 and full information. In many of the similar articles, 
 on a comparison, the palm of merit would probably rest 
 with the writers of the present work, and there is 
 scarcely any article which any critic would not treat 
 with great respect. 
 
 We shall presently point out the distinguishing 
 features of this work, and will now indicate its cardinal 
 merit. We are far from saying that there are not points 
 on which we dissent from the writei-s of this Dictionary, 
 and on which these writers dissent from one another. 
 But these differences are emphatically on secondary 
 points, and we are spared the phenomenon which so de- 
 faced Dr. Smith's Dictionary, of a house being fatally 
 divided against itself. 
 
 Maintainence of Biblical Truth. — The most watchful 
 jealousy and care has evidently been maintained by 
 the Editor that nothing should be admitted which 
 would in any degree err against the integrity of Chris- 
 tian faith. This point is of such overwhelming import- 
 ance that we own it would induce us to look very 
 leniently on mere literary deficiencies; but, as a matter 
 of fact, such deficiencies do not exist. The work is as 
 sound and candid in reasoning and learning as in theo- 
 logy, and we may regard it as a kind of family commen- 
 tary well adapted in its subordinate capacity to lie by 
 the side of the Family Bible. 
 
 The Editor of the Imperial Bible-Dictionary.— The 
 Editor, Dr. Fairbairn, is favourably known by his 
 work rin the Typology of Scripture, and his Com- 
 mentary on Ezekiel — the best commentary on that 
 prophet with which we are acquainted. His own con- 
 tributions to this work, especially in its earlier part, 
 show equal industry and learning. We turn over very 
 many pages of the first volume before we come to 
 initial letters that denote a new authoi-ship. The papers 
 he has written both approach in character to complete 
 treatises — e.g. "Daniel," "Inspiration," "Bible," "Bap- 
 tism," "Christ Jesus," "David," "Elijah," "Deluge" 
 — and, on the other hand, supply the short notices, the 
 importance and difficulty of which are sometimes over- 
 looked in their brevity. The care of the Editor has 
 throughout never flagged, and on several occasions he 
 has profitably inserted intercalary sentences among the 
 contributions. So minute has been his care, that Dr. 
 Fairbairn frankly avows that "the blame is his if any- 
 
thing should appear at variance with the Divine char- 
 acter and teaching of Scripture, inconsistent with the 
 great principles of truth and duty, or palpably defective 
 and erroneous in the discussion of comparatively 
 common topics." Such language presents us with 
 something very different to the entire abdication of 
 editoriiU duties which we have had to regret on another 
 occasion. The Editor lias not failed faithfully to redeem 
 his implied pledges. Much of his success in this way 
 must be attributed to his care in the selection of his 
 writers. 
 
 His Staff of Writers. —His list comprises some forty- 
 three names, most of which are already favourably 
 known. A large proportion of them is furnished from 
 the professorial staff of Scottish Colleges, of the Estab- 
 lished Church, the Free Church, and the United Pres- 
 byterian Church; English Dissent has yielded two or 
 three papers; dignitaries and other clergy of the Church 
 of England have well maintained the character of exact 
 scholarship which they prize and well deserve; two dis- 
 tinguished foreign divines. Professors Delitzsch and 
 Oehler, have lent their assistance; and two laymen, each 
 eminently distinguished in his own path, Mr. Smith of 
 Jordanhill and Mr. P. H. Gosse, are extremely useful 
 contributors. Nothing has better helped to preserve 
 the essential unity of the work than the fact that various 
 writers have taken in hand an entire series of subjects 
 relating to specific departments. 
 
 The Writers and their Co7itributions. — First among 
 them the Editor enumerates the Rev. E. A. Litton, 
 Examining Chaplain to the Bishop of Durham, and 
 late Fellow of Oriel. Mr. Litton has taken in hand, 
 besides other papers, the vast and important subject 
 of the Life and Epistles of St. Paul. These articles 
 are written with learning and devoutness of tone. 
 Among Mr. Litton's papers we have especially noticed 
 those on the Epistles of the Imprisonment. We 
 compare the papers on the Ephesians, Colossians, 
 and Philemon, with a separate work on these Epistles 
 issued the other day by the Rev. J. Llewelyn Davies, 
 of Marylebone. "We really think that Mr. Litton's 
 papers have as high a critical and literary value as Mr. 
 Davies's separate octavo. It is free also from some 
 defects peculiar to the latter writer. Mr. Davies draws 
 out what we may call Gnostic elements before the time 
 of Gnosticism. When St. Paul speaks of a fulness 
 (pleroma) and a knowledge (gnosis) he appears to be 
 employing foreign terms, which indicate that the 
 deceits of Oriental philosophy were beginning to infect 
 the faith of the Colossians. The occurrence of such 
 terms has led some German critics to impugn the 
 authenticity of this Epistle, and assign it to the times 
 of Gnostic or Montanist heresy. There can be no doubt, 
 however, that these Gnostic errors existed in their 
 germ long before the time of St. Paul, although they 
 did not reach their full development till long afterwards. 
 The subject forms an obscure and difficult element in 
 this epistle, which, as Mr. Litton justly says, "has not 
 been so much commented on as some others of St. 
 Paul." Mr. Litton has not failed to give a careful dis- 
 cussion to the subject, and he seems to have done so 
 in a more accurate and guarded way than Mr. Davies, 
 who has fallen into the error of exaggerating the 
 apostolic reference to the false theosophy. In other 
 respects, when the opportunity for comparison occurs, 
 
 we prefer the articles of Mr. Litton to the commentary 
 of Mr. Davies. We merely give this as a case in point, 
 and various instances might be cited, that many of 
 these articles are as valuable as distinct works on the 
 same subject. The same remark would still more 
 strikingly apply to the elaborate topographical articles 
 of Dr. Bonar. His papers on "Jerusalem" and "Pales- 
 tine" are in fact valuable books on these subjects. 
 These topographical articles convey the results of much 
 personal observation, painstaking research, discriminat- 
 ing study, and are helped with a very unusual amount 
 of pictorial illustration. Mr. Rowland's (late Fellow 
 of Queen's College, Cambridge) papers are very interest- 
 ing, as giving the result of personal investigation and 
 various vivid reminiscences of travel. Still more 
 remarkable are the papers of the Rev. Edward Wilton, 
 late incumbent of Scofton. He never visited the East, 
 but, sitting in his own study, with a full knowledge of 
 the languages and necessai-y learning of the subject, he 
 arrived at results in which any Oriental traveller might 
 well rejoice. The Editor has a touching sentence re- 
 specting this valued writer :— "Mr. Wilton was suddenly 
 cut off in the midst of his laboui's; but not without 
 having done good service both here and in his separate 
 treatise {The Neffeb, or South Country/ of Scripture) in 
 vindicating the minute accuracy and truthfulness of 
 Scripture." Specimens of Mr. Wilton's papers will be 
 found under the letter J, in "Jeshimon," "Joshua," 
 "Juttah," and other productions elsewhere — able, 
 lengthy, and finished. In a brief svipplement the 
 Editor gives another, which Mi-. Wilton had left in 
 writing. The Editor makes special reference to his 
 colleague at the Free Church College, Glasgow, Pro- 
 fessor Douglas, and also to the articles "Isaiah" and 
 the "Psalms," which have been respectively handled 
 by Professor Delitzsch of Erlangen, and Professor 
 Oehler of Tubingen, whose paper presents us witli 
 something very different to the ordinary notion of 
 Tubingen theology. 
 
 As we have mentioned, Mr. Gosse is the first contri- 
 butor who comes before us. The papers written by 
 Mr. Gosse are of great interest. That distinguished 
 naturalist has never shown himself to greater advan- 
 tage. His papers are very pleasant reading, and a great 
 relief to the generally solid character of the work. We 
 may mention, for instance, his consecutive papers 
 "Peacock" (tukkiim, which he identifies with the 
 Indian peacock), "Pearl," "Osprey," "Ostrich," "Peli- 
 can," "Purple," "Pygarg" (De. xiv. 5). It will be 
 perceived that we have only culled those which lie 
 rather close together. The number of these articles is 
 veiy considerable; and here, as elsewhere, we have in 
 fact an independent work on the zoology of Scripture. 
 Dr. Hamilton, an enthusiastic naturalist, has charged 
 himself with the botanical papers; but his remarks are 
 by no means restricted to mere botany. Our readers 
 will easily imagine how pleasant and congenial a task it 
 must be for a man full of devotional feeling to write 
 papers on such subjectsas "Cedar," "Lily," "Olive," 
 "Palm-tree," "Vine." 
 
 Special A rticles.—We have alighted upon many articles 
 which well deserve special mention, and in a work of 
 this magnitude many more must have escaped our 
 notice. The paper on "Proverbs" by the Rev. Preben- 
 dary Constable illustrates the constant tendency of the 
 Dictionary super antiquas vias stare, that attitude of 
 reverence and cautiousness which is most becoming in 
 
Biblical study, the aversion to mere novelties simply as 
 novelties, combined at the same time with an unshrink- 
 ing love of truth, and a perfect willingness to accept any 
 theories which are substantiated by evidence and argu- 
 ment. Mr. Constable has bestowed a careful and ex- 
 haustive criticism on the suggestions which have been 
 made respecting the authorship of the work. His re- 
 marks are very interesting and instructive, but here and 
 frequently elsewhere the reflection occurs that this dis- 
 quisition is too formal and learned for a professedly 
 popular work. Dr. Fairbairn seems to have anticipated 
 some such strictures as this, and acknowledges that some 
 of the articles will scarcely be interesting or even intelli- 
 gible except to those who have made Biblical criticism 
 their proper study. This, however, is certainly a fault 
 on the right side; and, generally speaking, the reader is 
 presented with results, not processes, and the presenta- 
 tion of these results is made with simplicity and skill. 
 In the case of the articles on the "Proverbs," Mr. 
 Constable says, and those who follow his argument 
 will hardly fail to coincide with him: "On the whole 
 we do not see sufficient reason to separate this part 
 into several (xxii. 16; xxiv. 22), or to assign it to a 
 different author from that of the previous part. For 
 this principal division of Proverbs (i. — xxiv.) we prefer 
 the ancient tradition which refers it to the time and 
 the hand of Solomon." The article shows an excel- 
 lent method of counteracting the destructive criticism 
 of Germany. Another writer with the same initials 
 (H. C — s.) is the Rev. Henry Christmas, whose paper 
 on "Money" shows a large amount of numismatic infor- 
 mation, and who has also given papers on the "Seven 
 Churches of Asia," derived in part from personal in- 
 spection of the sites. Mr. Bonomi's papers, such as 
 those on "Assyria" and "Babylon," belong to a writer 
 who has a peculiar right to be heard with respect on 
 such a theme. Professor "Weir's papers, many of which 
 relate to the Hebrew prophets, will fully sustain the 
 reputation which he acquired from an early period as a 
 Hebrew critic and scholar. Dr. Eadie, again, is known 
 as one of the most laborious and earnest of commenta- 
 tors. He is not more remarkable for the extent of his 
 reading than the accuracy of his scholarship. His con- 
 tributions will have a claim to rank with those commen- 
 taries which will have a j)ermanent place in the library 
 of theology. We may especially mention Dr. Eadie's 
 papers on "Persia," "Philistines," "Phoenicia," &c. 
 "Eome" and "Athens" are done by Mr. Litton; 
 " Greece " by Mr. Constable. A very interesting mono- 
 graph on " Ships" is by Mr. Smith of Jordanhill, who 
 is well known to have made the navigation of the 
 ancients his peculiar study, and whose work on the 
 "Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul" has been trans- 
 lated into nearly every European language. The im- 
 portant papers "Old Testament " and " New Testament" 
 are respectively by Professor Weir and Professor 
 Dickson. The paper on "Moses" is by the Rev. J. 
 Muehleisen Arnold, who is well known for his Oriental 
 attainments; " Pentateuch," by Professor Douglas. The 
 paper on "Miracles" is by Dr. Macdonnell, Dean of 
 Cashel. The Dean puts his point very neatly: — "We 
 may conclude, in the very words of Hume, that the 
 falsehood of the testimony to the Christian miracles 
 would in truth be more miraculous than the fact which it 
 endeavours to establish." 
 
 The papers of the Rev. John Ayre, of Caius College, 
 Cambridge, such as those on "Peter" and "Epistles of 
 St. Peter," have been noted by us for special mention. 
 If our space permitted, we should be glad more fully 
 to particularize papers by the Rev. Thomas Scott, 
 Rector of Wappenham, the Rev. William Ai-thur, and 
 Professors Lorimer, Milligan, Lindsay, and othei-s. 
 
 One of the more striking papers in the work is the 
 article "Philosophy" by the Rev. William Webster. 
 The writer has strictly confined himself to such subjects 
 which might fitly find place in a Dictionai-y of the 
 Bible. "In the general sketch we propose to otfer," 
 j says Mr. Webster, "we shall confine ourselves to the 
 branch of ethics, to the origin of men, the fonnation of 
 the world, life after death, and eternal judgment. S\ich 
 a review will show the exalted position of the humblest 
 believer in Jesus contrasted with the wisest philo- 
 sopher; the indescribable happiness and imperturbable 
 repose of the unlettered disciple, 'who knows his Bible 
 true,' even if this be the very limit of all he knows. 
 The laboured and halting conclusions of philosophers 
 are axioms, i.e. self-evident truths, to Christians." 
 Mr. Webster traces out these subjects in detail in dif- 
 ferent speculative schools of antiquity, candidly draw- 
 ing out whatever was good in each, showing the weak- 
 ness and inadequacy of each system, and the enormous 
 gulf which existed between opinion and conduct, and 
 demonstrating how if on the one hand it has been a 
 prwparatio evanr/elica, on the other hand it has tended 
 to pervert the plain gospel. Mr. Webster's volumi- 
 nous ai-ticle or dissertation on "Prophecy" deserves 
 also to receive a special mention. 
 
 Concluding Remarks. — We cannot but think that it 
 is a great defect in the work that there is no table of 
 contents with authorship annexed; a great deal of 
 trouble would be saved this way. An index would 
 have been a truly valuable addition to the work. 
 It is to be obsei-ved that the main authorship of the 
 work is certainly not Episcopalian; and as Dr. Johnson 
 in his Debates took care that the Whigs did not get 
 the better, so Dr. Fairbairn takes care in the Dic- 
 tionary that the Presbyterians do not fare the worse. 
 Perhaps also most of those who read the work will 
 agree in the truth of its Editor's remark, that in the 
 present divided state of Christendom it is impossible 
 to traverse the wide domain of Scripture without 
 occasionally striking on the cherished convictions of 
 some most intelligent and conscientious believers. But 
 such will be most ready to endorse the Editor's further 
 remark, that no needless offence is given. They will 
 rejoice also in his refusal to treat Divine truths as 
 "the component items or accidental accompaniments 
 of an external and lifeless framework ; " that the Bible 
 is here emphatically studied, as no other book is 
 studied, as the living Word of the living God. The 
 helps for the illustration and elucidation of the Sacred 
 page — among which this work will rank by no means 
 as the least important— were never so multiplied in 
 any other age; but they will be multiplied in vain if 
 men read it, according to the advice sometimes given 
 them, as they would any other book, with a merely 
 literary and intellectual motive, and without beseeching 
 for that Divine enlightenment which sheds the purest 
 and safest lustre on the Divine revelation. 
 
From the "CHUISTIAN T^^ORLD " of S3d November, ISee. 
 
 Fairbairri's BiJbk-Dictionary.—1\ie world is growing 
 rich in dictionaries and gazetteers. There is a large 
 demand for stores of condensed information on every 
 topic of human science. The number of students, 
 technically so called, has increased, notwithstanding 
 the prevalence of light reading, and there has also 
 been a vast addition to the ranks of those who stand 
 midway between the scholar and the mere superficialist 
 —persons who want to profit by the researches and 
 lore of the more profound, but who have not the 
 requisite time, or talent, or preliminary training, to 
 follow their fellow-labourers into the deep mines of 
 learning, and through their narrow intricate passages, 
 iu search of the precious metal. They are willing 
 enough, however, to purchase the ore when it is brought 
 to the surface, and they soon learn to be skilful in 
 manipulating it for their own benefit and that of society. 
 Dr. Fairbairn's Dictionary of the Bible is precisely the 
 book for this large and important class of the com- 
 munity. It is not a student's book— if by a student we 
 mean one who is striving after a profound acquaintance 
 with languages or with science, — but, as the editor 
 frankly and fairly puts it in the preface, it is designed 
 to meet the case of that " constantly -growing class of 
 persons in different grades of society, who, witliout 
 any professional study of the languages and literature 
 of the Bible, are yet possessed of sufficient culture and 
 intelligent interest in sacred things to dispose and 
 enable them to profit by works in which biblical sub- 
 jects are handled in the light of modern learning and 
 research, if not overloaded with scholastic forms of 
 expression, or entering into very minute and lengtliened 
 investigations." In a word, this Dictionary is intended 
 for the average type of a well-educated Englishman; 
 and to persons of that calibre it conveys, in a readable 
 form, a vast amount of precious information on almost 
 every subject connected with the natural history, 
 geography, rites and ceremonies, antiquities and cus- 
 
 toms, biography and doctrine of the sacred Word. We 
 are glad to find, however, that where the writers have 
 occasion to refer critically to the text they give tlie 
 Hebrew or the Greek words as well as their transla- 
 tions. 
 
 But, although the work is thus popular in style, it 
 would be unfair to depreciate the learning and labours 
 of the numerous writers who have assisted the Editor in 
 his long and difficult task. Amongst these writers are 
 many men of remarkable ability in their several pro- 
 fessions; and the churches ought to feel grateful to the 
 promoters of any scheme which could bring such a body 
 of men together, and give the world the benefit of their 
 studies. Many of them are learned professors in difi^er- 
 ent universities, and it is gratifying to find that through 
 this work they are speaking to a class of willing listeners, 
 immeasurably larger than any that can assemble in 
 college lecture-halls. The volumes are also greatly en- 
 riched by the engraver's art. 
 
 Perhaps it may be as well to state that the work is 
 emphatically what it professes to be — a Bible, and not 
 a theological dictionary. Although it has many articles 
 on doctrinal subjects, such as the atonement, regenera- 
 tion, &c., yet such articles are really very few in com- 
 parison with those illustrative of historical, antiquarian, 
 and scientific subjects. 
 
 Looking at the work from a practical point of view, 
 we think that the labours of Dr. Fairbairn and his coad- 
 jutors (labours extending through many years, and in- 
 volving no trifling anxiety, as well as scholarship) deserve 
 handsome recognition from the churches. If the result 
 had been a comparative failure, still the task of compila- 
 tion woiild have been entitled to respectful mention; 
 but we venture to say that the large body of working 
 pastors, preachers, and evangelists will find hero all the 
 learning they require, and that in several respects the 
 work is far better adapted for their purposes than more 
 learned or elaborate productions. 
 
 From th.e "CHIIISTIAN "WITNESS" of January, ISGT. 
 
 Tliis work which is now completed, and to which we 
 have referred several times in the course of its publica- 
 tion, was projected twelve years ago, when the only 
 English work of the kind of any pretensions was 
 "Kitto's Cyclopedia," now re-edited and greatly im- 
 proved by Dr. W, L. Alexander. Dr. Fairbairn had 
 already acquired to himself "a good degree" among our 
 living theologians, and was well qualified by his previous 
 studies for the work intrusted to him. The names of 
 some of his associates in labour are not so well known 
 on this side of the border as on the other; but they are 
 names which command confidence and respect. "To 
 some," he says, "he is more particularly indebted, hav- 
 ing respectively taken an entire series of subjects relat- 
 ing to specific departments; in particular, the Rev. E. A. 
 Litton, who, along with some kindred topics, has dis- 
 coursed of the Life and Epistles of St. Paul; the Rev. Dr. 
 Hamilton, and Mr. P. H. Gosse, who have respectively 
 
 charged themselves with the Botanical and Zoological 
 departments; and Professors Weir, Douglas, and Eadie, 
 who have each furnished a considerable variety of 
 articles on subjects relating to the Old Testament. 
 Similar mention should also be made of the chief writers 
 of the more elaborate topographical articles — Dr. Bonar, 
 the Rev. E. Wilton, and the Rev. J. Rowlands — who 
 have enriched the work with the results of much per- 
 sonal observation, painstaking research, and discrimin- 
 ating study in connection with a large number of places." 
 There are valuable contributions, likewise, on the books 
 of Isaiah and Psalms, by Professors Delitzsch and 
 Oehler. We have now only to repeat the judgment 
 which we have already expressed on parts of the work. 
 Without so much of the show of learning as some Dic- 
 tionaries, there is a sufficiency of the reality; and readers 
 and students who are in possession of this work will lack 
 but little of the aid which Bible-Dictionaries can supply. 
 
From the "TVESLEYAN lyiETHOIDIST ISJIAOAZINE" of 
 
 Janxiary, 1807. 
 
 This work, projected nearly twelve years ago, as we 
 learn from the preface, is now concluded, forming two 
 handsome volumes of more than a thousand pages each. 
 "We have incidentally expressed a high opinion of its 
 value as successive portions of it have come before us; 
 and now that the Editor has brought his task to a close, 
 it is a pleasure to be able to express an earnest approval 
 of the work as a whole. In "general tenor and sub- 
 stance" it professes to be "adapted to the use of persons 
 who have enjoyed a good ordinary education." To effect 
 such an adaptation successfully is a much more difficult 
 task than to compile a volume of erudite but incongruous 
 articles from independent writers. It is one thing to 
 parade authorities, another to balance them so as to 
 benefit the ordinary reader. The latter the Editor of 
 this Bible-Dictionary has, to a large extent, judiciously 
 done. The result is a work which will have its distinct 
 place among recent similar productions, and Avill be use- 
 ful to a large number of general readers. Among the 
 contributors Dr. Fairbairn himself occupies a prominent 
 position; and we have from his pen such articles as 
 Atonement, Antichrist, Baptism, Bible, Inspiration, 
 Cherub, Daniel, Passover, Elijah, Elisha, Clirist Jesus, 
 together with a number of shorter pieces, which make 
 collectively no small part of the Dictionary. Valuable 
 topographical papers have been furnished by Dr. Bonar, 
 
 whose personal knowledge of the Holy Land, aided by 
 frequent pictorial ilhistration, enables him to present 
 Jerusalem and Palestine in a most interesting manner 
 to the student. The article Sinai is from the pen of the 
 Rev. "W. Arthur, M. A., and is also the fruit of observa- 
 tions made on the spot. Scripture Zoology is fully and 
 delightfully handled by Mr. Gosse. Dr. Eadie contri- 
 butes important historical papers, Persia, Philistines, &c. 
 We have only named a few out of many essays which 
 give this work no ordinary value, and must content our- 
 selves by referring to those headed Parables, Miracles, 
 Prophecy, The Apostle Paul, The Lord's Supper, as the 
 way in which fealty to the Word of God may be grace- 
 fully combined with critical acumen, a philosophical 
 spirit, and a correct taste. In the doctrinal parts of the 
 work a catholic spirit is especially visible. The reader 
 has only to consult the articles Faith, Impute, Justify, 
 Adoption, to see tlie proof of this. The "great themes 
 of salvation " are treated so as to give no offence to any 
 except such as are unreasonable enough to demand a 
 perfect agreement in the opinions of so many scholars 
 and theologians. Abundant engravings, maps, and wood- 
 cuts, some of which are exquisitely executed, add to the 
 value of one of the very best aids to the study of the Bible, 
 for general purposes, which it has been hitlierto our good 
 fortune to be able to recommend. 
 
 Erom tlie "DAILY R.EVIE^W' of IStli Eebruary, 1867. 
 
 We heartily congratulate both the Publishers and the 
 Editor on the completion of this important work. The 
 merits of the Publishers are conspicuous in the appear- 
 ance of the book, and the comfort with which it is con- 
 sulted. The labours of the Editor are not so soon 
 appreciated. Dr. Fairbairn has had the advantage of 
 the co-operation of a long list of distinguished fellow- 
 labourers from all the orthodox churches. But the 
 Editor's share is always a heavy one. In the great 
 German Theological Encyclopedia, edited by Herzog, 
 which has just been completed, a list of the articles 
 contributed by each writer appears under his hand. 
 Two hundred and eiglity-one contributors are credited 
 with their respective contributions, few or many; but 
 under the name of Herzog himself a list of articles 
 appears, the length of which is perfectly frightful. No 
 such means are here supplied for calculating the number 
 of Dr. Fairbairn's articles, and no list can ever reveal 
 the trouble the Editor has with the articles written by 
 others. But we have had the curiosity to look through 
 this work with an eye to the Editor's especial share. 
 And, speaking not of quantity only, but of quality as 
 well, we should not easily express our admiration of the 
 faculty and the acquirement he has been enabled to 
 apply to the Imperial Bible-Dictionary. 
 
 Comparison with Smith's Dictionary. — The work with 
 which everybody will naturally feel inclined to com- 
 pare the one before us is Dr. W. Smith's Dictionary 
 of the Bible. The Imperial Bible- Dictionary, it appears. 
 
 was planned and partly arranged for before Dr. Smitli's 
 appeared. But circumstances delayed the commence- 
 ment of the work and also its progress. Hence Dr. 
 Smith's took precedence in point of time, dating from 
 1863. "Yet," as Dr. Fairbairn in his preface modestly 
 puts it, "from the plan on which this Dictionaiy was 
 projected, and the distinctive aims it was intended to 
 realize, there still seems to be a place left which it 
 may, without presumption or needless rivalry, endea- 
 vour to fill." Probably we may best indicate the merits 
 and uses of Dr. Fairbairn's Dictionary by following out 
 a little the comparison or contrast here indicated. Dr. 
 Smith's Dictionary is somewhat larger than the Imperial. 
 It is considerably more expensive; a more numerous 
 staff has been employed upon it, and, in consequence, 
 a more thorough division of labour has been secured. 
 Hence it often happens tliat the articles are longer; 
 they go more fully, in many cases, into the minute 
 details, which interest the scholar who desires to work 
 up the topic from the sources, or wishes at least to form 
 a pretty full idea of the way in which the topic toould 
 have to be worked up; and they refer more minutely 
 to the literature. We may say it often happens that 
 this is so, for it is by no means always the case; and 
 while the reader might often turn from Dr. Fairbairn's 
 Dictionary to Dr. Smith's, and find, in some respects, 
 a fuller treatment of the subject which interests him, 
 not unfrequently he might reverse the process, and find 
 that it is to Dr. Fairbairn he must go to supply the 
 deficiencies of Dr. Smith. But this by the way. So far 
 
we have been enumerating the strong points of Dr. 
 Smith's Dictionary, as regards its plan and execution. 
 It is a very scholarly production, and a very desirable 
 possession. We value it too much to wish to say an 
 iiujust word regarding it. But, on the other hand, 
 there are certain features to be enumerated as a set-off. 
 Dr. Smith's Dictionary admits great latitude of opinion 
 among the writers, and that in very important points. 
 Hence they vary much among themselves. In following 
 out any set of articles belonging to the same biblical 
 department, one may find a variety of inconsistent state- 
 ments and positions, including some which trench closely 
 on very important interests. In particular, while in its 
 general character the book is commendably reliable, and 
 written in an excellent spirit, there are extensive and 
 important articles manifestly written from a somewhat 
 neologian point of view. Now, to a reader who is pretty 
 conversant with these matters, this fact is hardly a 
 deduction from the usefulness of the dictionary. In 
 some respects it is a positive advantage. Such a reader 
 presently finds out what company he is in; he knows 
 what principles he may expect to see applied, and what 
 tendencies he will find manifesting themselves; and he 
 can judge what he ought to rely on as information, and 
 what he should dismiss or hold doubtful as mere opinion. 
 But to many, even well-informed clergymen, the effect 
 is annoying and confusing. AVhat they want is a clear 
 account of that which may be taken for ascertained and 
 settled, and that which may be regarded as still debate- 
 able. In particular, they want to know how far the 
 facts ascertained on any topic illustrate or confirm the 
 views which prevail in the churches, and how far they 
 offer diflficulties still unexplained, raise fresh questions, 
 and demand new investigations. A collection of treatises 
 by various writers, whose theological positions vary, and, 
 at the same time, are not explicitly declared, does not 
 meet this want. Still less does it meet the wants of 
 a great body of the intelligent membership of the 
 churches. Again, the same general cause, viz., the in- 
 consistent doctrinal positions of the contributors, has led 
 to the elimination from Dr. Smith's Dictionary of a 
 whole class of important articles, viz., those on doctrinal 
 topics, or such as 8hou.ld bear on the exposition of 
 biblical teaching. On the same grounds, also, the doc- 
 trinal aspects of those topics which the Dictionary does 
 embrace are passed by. It is easy to understand why 
 this has been done. But it is easy to see, also, that by 
 taking this course the Dictionary has virtually renounced 
 a large section of its proper functions. Now, in all these 
 points Dr. Fairbairn's Dictionary is strong. It is not 
 sectarian in its authorship. The Established Churches 
 of England and Scotland, and the leading non-established 
 Churches on both sides of the Border, are all strongly 
 represented in the list. Neither will any fair critic 
 represent it as one-sided in its information — as if it 
 strained facts or veiled facts in order to support the 
 views in which orthodox churches usually agree. As 
 far as we have observed, on the contrary, the writing is 
 conspicuously frank and candid. But iDeing written by 
 men who, though differing on many minor points, hold 
 a theological position substantially the same on the 
 most important and interesting questions of the day, it 
 is fitted to perform a function which Dr. Smith's Dic- 
 tionary cannot perform nearly so well. For those who 
 are pursuing scholarly investigations on a larger or 
 smaller scale, it gives a full scholarly outline and refer- 
 ences to literature, which may well be called copious 
 
 enough — more copious certainly than most men will 
 follow out. Meanwhile, for those who are merely seek- 
 ing reliable information, it gives a view of investigations 
 and results, and a statement of the relation of the topic 
 to debated questions, the scale on which this is done 
 being calculated with a view to interest the reader in 
 the subject, and to meet practical wants. At the same 
 time, the known principles of the writers afford a se- 
 cui'ity that very much the same kind of interest has 
 guided the investigation, and the same general idea of 
 revelation has been kept in view, which the reader him- 
 self would have felt called upon to pay regard to if he 
 had had leisure and means of ijrosecuting the investiga- 
 tion for himself. Further, in this plan there was no 
 difiiculty in introducing articles on doctrinal topics — 
 such as the Atonement and the like. These are in fact 
 little treatises on what the Germans call Biblical Theo- 
 logy, as distinguished from systematic and from polemic. 
 They contain precisely the line of statement and the 
 sort of material which are useful to the biblical student, 
 whether he is aiming merely at increasing his own ac- 
 quaintance with Scripture, or has to provide for the 
 instruction of others. All this is done, and done so 
 well, as to fit the Dictionary for the wants of an im- 
 mense body of readers. These advantages would, indeed, 
 be bought too dear if they were purchased at the sacrifice 
 of scholarly qualities and acquirements in the contribu- 
 tions, or of scholarship in the articles. But this is not 
 so. There are of course varieties and inequalities as in 
 every work of the kind. But, throughout all its de- 
 partments, a body of full and precise information is sup- 
 plied by thoroughly competent men. And the plan and 
 the mode of execution have adapted it to the especial 
 wants of a very large class of readers. 
 
 Range of Subjects. — The range of subjects treated of 
 in a work of this kind is of course immensely great — 
 comprehending all the questions that can be raised 
 about or out of the books and text, the persons and 
 things, of the Bible. It is not of coui-se a work of 
 which the character can be illustrated by extracts. 
 Nor would it be a very reasonable or modest under- 
 taking to select from so large a work, composed of 
 contributions so numerous and various, any articles as 
 distinguished from the rest by exceptional merits. "We 
 do not intend to do so. That we may not seem to keep 
 entirely to generals, however, we may say that among 
 the topographical articles we have been particularly in- 
 terested by those on Palestine and on Jerusalem. If 
 the latter, for instance, be compared with that in Dr. 
 Smith's Dictionary, most readers, we believe, will feel 
 that for useful and instructive selection of matter, clear 
 presentations of it, and a judicial and trustworthy sur- 
 vey of disputed questions, the article in Dr. Fairbairn's 
 Dictionary, contributed by one who is now a fellow- 
 citizen of our own, is clearly and greatly superior. 
 Among the articles on books of Scripture we may 
 specify that upon the Psalms, by Dr. Oehler of Tiibingen, 
 as a happy adaptation of German thinking and acquire- 
 ment to the wants and habits of English Bible-readers. 
 These instances have occurred to us in the course of 
 using the work. We refer to them as specimens of the 
 style of treatment adopted and the results aimed at. 
 
 A Wo7-k not for Ministers only, but for Laymen and 
 Libraries. — We may add, in conclusion, the expression 
 of a very earnest hope that this important work will not 
 
be regarded and treated as a book for ministers only. 
 To them, indeed, it will be most valuable, and we should 
 be glad to think that they all possessed it. Many will 
 make a point of having it. But in cases where the res 
 angusta domi makes the purchase of a work like this 
 a difficult and doubtful matter, a frierid might do 
 a friendly office in ordering it for the minister. But 
 the work ought to circulate far beyond the ranks of the 
 clergy. There are a great number of intelligent laymen 
 whose wants it would precisely meet. It would con- 
 tinually help them in their reading of the Bible; it would 
 be resorted to for the purpose of gaining full and accurate 
 information on a thousand matters which are often al- 
 luded to, but seldom reliably explained in the current 
 literature of the day; it would be a storehouse out of 
 which to meet the awakening curiosity of the members 
 of the family as their minds open and advance. More 
 than this, the work ought to be made accessible to very 
 
 many who cannot reasonably be expected to possess it 
 for themselves. It is a book for congregational and 
 other libraries, especially where these have been founded 
 in the midst of an inquisitive and reading population; 
 and we venture to prophesy it would not be the book 
 least run upon. There are numbers of young men, even 
 among the working-classes, who would read large por- 
 tions of it with lively interest. The learned details 
 they would necessarily skip; but they could and would 
 go into the statements of results. Many such young 
 men would fain know how the land lies, and what the 
 facts are, in matters of which they read, or in questions 
 that are debated in the workshop. They cannot always 
 find access to ministers to propound their questions. 
 By-and-by, perhaps, their curiosity dies out, or it is 
 satiated from very misleading sources. It woxild be 
 a great benefit to have a book like this accessible, ready 
 to be turned up and pored upon by such inquirers. 
 
 FroixL "CHRISTIAN" SOCIETY" of December, 1800. 
 
 "Here is a noble work," said the vicar, drawing me 
 to a side-table; "one which just came down. Fair- 
 bairn's Imperial Dictionary of the Bible. Some half- 
 dozen friends of mine have been writing in it; and I 
 know Dr. Fairbairn by his book on Ezekiel, which 1 
 found very useful when I was working through that 
 part of Holy Scripture some time ago." 
 
 Leaving the young people to converse, I drew up to 
 the table, and spent a few afternoon hours very plea- 
 santly in turning over the pages of the AVork. I was 
 particularly struck with the immense number of steel 
 and wood engravings, some of which appeared to be re- 
 markably well done. It is quite a popular encyclopedia; 
 one intended not so much for students as for the general 
 public, and not abounding with those crowded learned 
 references which we find in Smith's Dictionary of the 
 Bible. Yet it would be a great mistake to consider this 
 merely a "popular" Work; all the papers are marked 
 by learning and reflection, and many of them have an in- 
 dependent and original value of their own, which would 
 do ctedit to any critical performance. In turning over 
 the first volume, I was quite astonished by the immense 
 number of papers contributed by Dr. Fairbairn himself, 
 all of them marked by ample learning, and a high de- 
 gree of literary excellence. In all respects his editor- 
 ship formed a striking contrast to that of Dr. "William 
 Smith, in the case of the Dictionary of the Bible, Dr. 
 Smith, to the best of my recollection, did not write a 
 single line of the work which bears his name; only 
 exercised a nominal supervision over his contributors, 
 and his work was marked by the extraordinary differ- 
 
 ences of opinion which manifested themselves through- 
 out the course of the work. In the present Dictionary 
 there is an essential unity of design and execution. There 
 is no doubtful and impugned orthodoxy here. It has 
 evidently been the Editor's most anxious intention to 
 build up his readers in the faith, and to allow nothing 
 to appear in his pages which might tend to vain disputes 
 and false philosophy. Several writers of great eminence 
 have taken whole departments to themselves. After 
 glancing at a variety of articles written by Dr. Fairbairn 
 himself, we come to a paper by Mr. Gosse, who has 
 written all the zoological articles, and they certainly 
 could uot be in better hands. The botanical papers are 
 written by Dr. Hamilton of London, who is almost as 
 distinguished a naturalist as he is a divine. Papers on 
 the "Life and Epistles of St. Paul," are written by Mr. 
 Litton. Mr. Webster, joint editor of one of the most 
 valuable editions of the New Testament which we 
 possess, has written papers which, as in the case of 
 the article "Philosophy," almost amount to complete 
 treatises. The distinguished German divine Professor 
 Delitzsch, as also Professor Oehler, have written papers 
 on subjects which they, if any living men, are competent 
 to treat. Other names of contributors are such as those 
 of Mr. Smith of Jordanhill, Joseph Bonoiiii, Dr. Bonar, 
 Mr. Drew, Professor Eadie, Professor Lindsay, &c. 
 The Editor especially makes mention of "Dr. Bonar, 
 the Rev. E. Wilton, the Rev. J. Rowlands, who have 
 enriched the Work with the results of much personal 
 observation, painstaking research, and discriminating 
 study, in connection with a large number of places." 
 
 Frora "OUIl OTVN FIRESIDE" of Miarcli, 1807. 
 
 The Imperial Bible- Dictionary is a monument of 
 learning, ability, and patient perseverance. The Work 
 was projected nearly twelve years ago, but the length 
 of time that has been devoted to its preparation will 
 surprise no reader who examines the mass of Biblical 
 
 information, comprehensive yet concentrated, which it 
 contains. Possibly Dr. Smith's Dictionary of the Bible, 
 on account of the profound research displayed in the 
 discussion of some abstruse topics, may possess a pe- 
 culiar interest to the scholar; although we are bound 
 
8 
 
 to add that in several of its articles theological views 
 are broached which can scarcely be harmonized with 
 the Scripture testimony; but for the student who is 
 anxious to possess a Dictionary of the Bible character- 
 ized by ample though not obtrusive learning, and by a 
 distinctive and avowed attachment to evangelical truth, 
 Dr. Fairbairn's Work stands foremost, if not alone. 
 
 Avoiding a very common error in such compilations, 
 the Editor has not aimed to secure a large body of con- 
 tributors with but a few miscellaneous articles from 
 each, but he has so far narrowed his circle of literary 
 coadjutors as to enal)le him to entrust a considerable 
 number of articles — often a connected series — to a single 
 individual. Thus, for example, the life and epistles of 
 St. Paul, with several kindred subjects, are from the 
 pen of the Rev. E. A. Litton, M.A. ; the zoological 
 articles are written by the well-known naturalist P. H. 
 Gosse, F.R.S. ; and all the botanical subjects are treated 
 
 by one who is an enthusiast in this department of 
 science, James Hamilton, D.D., F.L.S. 
 
 The advantages of this arrangement will be at once 
 apparent. It secures not simply an able writer, but the 
 ablest writer for the special topic to which he has de- 
 voted time and thought; and also gives an individuality 
 of character to the treatment of various branches of the 
 same topic, which adds greatly to the reader's interest, 
 and guards against otherwise almost unavoidable repe- 
 tition. 
 
 A series of steel engravings accompanies each vol- 
 ume; and, intersi)ersed with the text throughout, ad- 
 mirable woodcuts of plants, animals, scenes, and places, 
 are introduced. 
 
 It would be impossible to express too strongly our 
 appreciation of this Imperial Work. It is a treasury 
 not only of Biblical information, but also of the whole 
 science of divinity. 
 
 QCARTEELY REVIEW. 
 
 Dr. Bonar's article on Jerusalem indeed is unique; 
 and though he has no theory to support, and looks for 
 available and trustworthy results to future excavations, 
 his monograph has all the freshness of novelty, and is at 
 once the best and the most delightful resume of all that 
 is interesting in Jerusalem, from Josephus and Eusebi- 
 us and Jerome down to Catherwood and WUlis and 
 De Vogue. 
 
 HOMILIST. 
 
 In looking through these two magnificent volumes, 
 we regard the Work as equal in most respects to any of 
 its competitors, and superior in others. We have com- 
 pared it with Dr. Smith's Dictionary of the Bible, whose 
 pretensions are great, and whose merits are many, and 
 generally acknowledged, and it suffers not by the com- 
 parison; for though it does not treat on quite as many 
 subjects, nor possess such a variety of contributors, nor 
 make such a parade of learning, it omits no subject of 
 importance, and treats the leading ones with greater 
 fulness. Its contributors appear to be masters of the 
 subjects they handle. And the learning, despite the 
 lack of Hebrew and Greek type, is extensive and thor- 
 ough. In the getting up— paper, type, illustrations— it 
 is far superior. 
 
 The Freeman, 
 
 Two things strike us in particular, as distinguishing 
 this Bible-Dictionary from others. The first is its 
 larger discussion of doctrinal points; and the second, 
 the more harmonious proportion between its several 
 papers. . . . Messrs. Blackie seem here, as in the 
 previous publications of the Imperial series, to have 
 found the happy medium between technical erudition 
 and popular commonplace. 
 
 The Dial. 
 We can speak of this Dictionary in the highest terms. 
 It is erudite and scholarly, without being too profound 
 for the general reader. 
 
 Evangelical Magazine. 
 
 This work will be found of very great, indeed of pre- 
 eminent, value, because of the careful safeguards with 
 which it furnishes the student in his inquiries into sub- 
 jects which have received a rationalistic and sceptical 
 handling. 
 
 British Standard. 
 
 The matter is of the highest order, the letterpress 
 most beautiful, and the illustrations equal to anything 
 of the sort tliat has yet appeared. 
 
 Wesleyan Times. 
 
 Taking rank as one of the best works of its class, we 
 may also observe it will be one of the clieapest diction- 
 aries of the Bible. . . . We know of no work more 
 deserving of the widest jiatronage, or that will better 
 repay the purchaser for his outlay. 
 
 Weekly Review. 
 
 This most valuable Biblical Dictionary is without a 
 rival in the English language. We would commend it 
 strongly for presentation to ministers by individuals or 
 sessions. 
 
 Christian Advocate and Review. 
 
 The work was projected long before Dr. Smith's, and 
 though it may not have such a show of scholarship as 
 that well-known Dictionary, yet it has the advantages 
 of containing a wider range of subjects, and of being 
 uniform throughout in its teaching, that teaching being 
 thoroughly sound, and combining deep research with 
 humble reverence for the Sacred Scriptures. Two 
 especial excellencies we notice in this book : first, 
 thorough orthodoxy combined with sobriety and modera- 
 tion in dealing with disputed points; secondly, an at- 
 tention to minor and comparatively insignificant details, 
 on which information is needed by everyday readers 
 quite as much as on the larger and more important 
 topics. 
 
 LONDON: BLACKIE AND SON, PATERNOSTER ROW; GLASGOW AND EDINBURGH. 
 
REPUBLICATION. 
 To "be Completed in Tliirty-six Parts, Price Ss. Gd. eacli. 
 
 The Imperial 
 FAM I LY BIBLE: 
 
 CONTAINING THE 
 
 OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS. 
 
 WITH 
 
 xMANY THOUSAND CRITICAL, EXPLANATORY, AND PRACTICAL NOTES; ALSO, 
 REFERENCES, READINGS, CHRONOLOGICAL TABLES, AND INDEXES. 
 
 4 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY 
 
 AN EXTENDED SERIES OF ENGRAVINGS, 
 
 FROM THE WORKS OF THE MOST EMINENT PAINTERS, 
 
 mHE IMPERIAL FAMILY BIBLE, almost from the publication of the First Part, and 
 -*- more especially from the time of its completion, was admitted to be the most 
 magnificent edition of the Scriptures, for Family use, that had issued from the Press; 
 and in calling attention to this EEPUBLICATION OF THE WOEK, it is only needful 
 to state, that the present issue differs from the first, by having an improved General 
 Introduction, and extended Chronological Index and Tables; the Illustrations also are 
 increased to nearly double the number, the first issue having Thirly-nine Plates, while in 
 this there will be Seventy -three, 
 
 THE TEXT, which is that of the most correct copies of the Authorized Version, 
 is accompanied by all the Marginal Readings usually printed therewith, and which form 
 a very important part of the Translation. The References to Parallel Texts are 
 very numerous and accurate, and embody the most valuable of those given by Blayney, 
 Brown, Clarke, and Scott. They have been carefully selected for this Work, and it is 
 believed that they form a more satisfactory and useful series for general use than the 
 entire References of any^ of the Commentators before named. 
 
 THE NOTES, amounting to many thousands, are either original, or selected from 
 the great Commentators and Illustrators of the Scriptures, among whom may be named 
 Henry, Scott, Clarke, Patrick, Boothroyd, Doddridge, Campbell, Lowth, Blayney, 
 Bush, Barnes, Jahn, Hales, Burder, Paxton, Mansford, and many others, too 
 numerous to mention. The notes are necessarily concise; and whilst the Editors have 
 avoided all affectation of learning in spotting the columns with Oriental words, which could 
 only serve to astonish the illiterate, without greatly benefiting the learned, their aim has 
 been to bring out, so far as possible, the true force and meaning of the Text; and though 
 the space occupied by the Notes is apparently small, they would, if printed in the usual 
 
form, exhibit an amount of matter, and certainly of information, very much greater than 
 what is usually given in Family Commentaries. Each Book is accompanied by INTRO- 
 DUCTORY and CONCLUDING REMARKS, illustrative of the subjects therein contained, 
 together with the Chronology of various periods and epochs. 
 
 THE GENERAL INTRODUCTION contains a summary of the arguments for the 
 probability and necessity of a Divine Revelation, the written mode of Revelation, the 
 genuineness, authenticity, inspiration, and uncorrupted preservation of the Scriptures; 
 translation and history of the English Bible, and the importance of the duty of studying 
 the Scriptures. Also helps for understanding the sacred Word, embracing the principles 
 of Chronology, with the mode of computing Time; notices of Sects, Offices, and Conditions 
 of Men; Tables of Weights, Measures, and Coins; &c. &c. 
 
 THE INDEX AND CHRONOLOGICAL TABLES embrace an improved and enlarged 
 edition of Barr's Index of Subjects and concise Dictionary of Terms in the Holy 
 Scriptures. Also Dr. Townsend's full Chronological Index of Scripture History. 
 This gives not only the events in order of time, but embodies likewise a complete Chrono- 
 logical arrangement of the entire Scriptures, including a Harmony of the Gospels, under 
 the guidance of which tlie reader may enter on a most useful and instructive mode of 
 perusing the Sacred Volume. The Tables of Psalms and Prophecies, also from Dr. Townsend, 
 will direct the reader how to take them up in connection with the time, events, and 
 circumstances under which they were written or uttered. 
 
 THE ENGRAVED ILLUSTRATIONS, seventy-three in number, consist of a series 
 of Historical Subjects, selected with much care and research from the Works of the Old 
 Masters, and from those of the existing schools of painting on the Continent and in Britain; 
 including among the latter the great works of John Martin — "The Deluge" " Belshazsar's 
 Feast," and "The Crucifixion;" also specimens of Hart, R.A. Le Jeune, A.R.A., and Armytage, 
 from paintings never before engraved; and in addition. Views of Important Bible Localities, 
 from authentic drawings; the whole engraved in the most finished manner. In short, the 
 illustrative Engravings of the Imperial Famly Bible form a feature in which it certainly 
 surpasses any edition of the Holy Scriptures that has hitherto appeared. 
 
 CONDITIONS.— The Work will be published in Thirty-six Parts, at 2s. 6il, or 
 Twelve Divisions, at 7s. 6d. each, forming one large volume, imperial 4to. Each part will 
 contain two, and each division six Engravings. Those in the First Part and First Division 
 may be considered a fair specimen of the series. 
 
 Her Majesty the Queen and His Royal Highness the Prince Consort, each ordered a copy of the Imperial Family 
 Bible on its first publication. And it was also patronized by a large number of the members of the Royal 
 Household, by several of the bishops, and by many of the nobility, clergy, and landed gentry. 
 
 LONDON: BLACKTE AND SON, PATEKNOSTER ROW; GLASGOW AND EDINBURGH. 
 
Complete in SO Parts, 28. 6 J. each; or Ttvo large Volumes, imperial 8vo, doth, £4. 
 
 THE 
 
 IMPEEIAL DICTIONAEY, 
 
 ENGLISH, TECHNOLOGICAL, AND SCIENTIFIC. 
 
 JOHN OGILVIE, LL.D. 
 
 This Dictionary is based on Webster's English Dictionary, to which many thousand Words and 
 Phrases have been added, including the most generally used Technical and Scientific terms, with 
 their Etymology and their Pronunciation, and many foreign words used by English writers; also 
 a Supplement, containing an extensive collection of Words, Terms, and Phrases, not included in 
 previous English Dictionaries. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY ABOVE 2500 ENGRAVINGS ON WOOD. 
 
 EVER, since its publication, this Dictionary has been recognized in all quarters of the 
 United Kingdom and the Colonies, by readers in every walk of life, as the best 
 of its kind, and also as the most extensively useful for the purposes of every-day 
 requirement. Adhering to sound English spelling and English forms of expression, it 
 forms a much needed corrective to American works, which are introducing into this 
 country vitiated forms of orthography and other undesirable novelties of speech. 
 
 For a number of years past a great revolution has manifestly been going on in the 
 English language. Many words and terms formerly in common use have now passed 
 into oblivion; many others have acquired new meanings, while the old ones have 
 become obsolete, and in a greater variety of instances new significations have been 
 added, while the old ones are still retained ; arid thousands of words and terms have 
 been introduced into our language which were altogether unknown in the time of our 
 older lexicographers. In ordinary literary and non-scientific works also, many words 
 and terms are introduced which were formerly only to be met with in works of a 
 strictly scientific character, and which have not hitherto found their way into any of 
 our common English dictionaries. The ordinary reader must therefore remain in utter 
 ignorance of the meaning of many of these terms, unless he be possessed of a library of 
 dictionaries of the various departments of human knowledge, and even with that 
 advantage, he will be often at fault, as not a few such terms have not yet been intro- 
 duced into any dictionary whatever. 
 
 It is obvious, therefore, that an English dictionary of a comprehensive character- 
 embracing all authorized English words both old and new, with their etymologies and 
 various significations, and also the principal terms employed in the arts and sciences. 
 
and serving as a book of ready reference to all classes of English readers — must prove 
 of the highest utility, and must tend greatly to facilitate the progress and diffusion of 
 general knowledge. To supply this desideratum is the great object of the Imperial 
 Dictionary. 
 
 Generally speaking, this Dictionary aims at containing all purely English words, 
 and all words not English in ordinary use, together with the principal technical and 
 scientific terras, and such as are to be met with in works not purely scientific. More 
 particularly this Dictionary has for its object: — 
 
 1. To comprehend all the words contained in Johnson's Dictionary, with the additions of Todd and 
 "Webster, and words selected from the other standard Dictionaries and Encyclopedias, together with 
 many thousand words and terms in modern use, not included in any former English Dictionary. 
 
 2. To exhibit the etymologies of English words, deduced from an examination and comparison of 
 words of corresponding elements in the principal languages of Europe and Asia. 
 
 3. To render the pronunciation of words easy and obvious, by accentuation, by marking the sounds 
 of the accented vowels when necessary, by printing the word a second time in different letters when 
 the pronunciation is attended with any difficulty, or by general rules." 
 
 4. To give accurate and discriminating definitions of the words, illustrated by examples of their use, 
 selected from the best authors, or by familiar phrases of undoubted authority. 
 
 5. To give explanations of Scripture terms and phrases, and when necessary, to cite passages not 
 only to illustrate the scriptural or theological sense, but even the ordinary significations of the words. 
 
 6. To give accurate definitions and explanations of technical and scientific terms, including those 
 of recent origin, in 
 
 Agriculture, 
 
 Dynamics, 
 
 Husbandry, 
 
 Military Art, 
 
 Phrenology, 
 
 Algebra, 
 
 Electricity, 
 
 Hydrostatics, 
 
 Mineralogy, 
 
 Physiology, 
 
 Anatomy, 
 
 Engineering, 
 
 Hydraulics, 
 
 Mining, 
 
 Pneumatics, 
 
 Archseology, 
 
 Entomology, 
 
 Ichthyology, 
 
 Music, 
 
 Political Economy, 
 
 Architecture, 
 
 Ethics, 
 
 Law (English & Scotch), 
 
 Natural History, 
 
 Politics, 
 
 Arithmetic, 
 
 Fortification, 
 
 Logic, 
 
 Natural Philosophy, 
 
 Religion, 
 
 Arts, 
 
 Galvanism, 
 
 Machinery, 
 
 Naval Architecture, 
 
 Rhetoric, 
 
 Astronomy, 
 
 Gardening, 
 
 Manufactures, 
 
 Navigation, 
 
 Sculpture, 
 
 Botany, 
 
 Geography, 
 
 Mathematics, 
 
 Numismatics, 
 
 Shipping, 
 
 Chemistry, 
 
 Geology, 
 
 Mechanics, 
 
 Optics, 
 
 Statics, 
 
 Commerce, 
 
 Geometry, 
 
 Medicine, 
 
 Ornithology, 
 
 Surgery, 
 
 Conchology, 
 
 Grammar, 
 
 Metaphysics, 
 
 Painting, 
 
 Surveying, 
 
 Divinity, 
 
 Gunnery, 
 
 Meteorology, 
 
 Palaeontology, 
 
 Trigonometry, 
 
 Drawing, 
 
 Heraldry, 
 
 Metallurgy, 
 
 Perspective, 
 
 Zoology, &c. &c. &c. 
 
 7. To distinguish words that are obsolete, obsolescent, unusual, partially authorized, colloquial, local, 
 low, or vulgar ; care being taken to retain those words which, though now obsolete, occur in our old 
 English authors of celebrity. 
 
 8. To introduce such foreign words and terms as are frequently met with in English authors, 
 together with some of the more expressive words of the Scottish language. 
 
 9. By the assistance of diagrams and engravings on wood to furnish clearer ideas of the significa- 
 tion of various terms, than could be conveyed by mere verbal description. 
 
 Although the Imperial Dictionary does not profess to contain all the terms of 
 every art and science, yet it will be found to contain the principal and most important, 
 and those which are most generally used, and certainly many more than the general 
 and non-scientific reader is likely to meet with. Especial care has been taken to give 
 explanations, as clear, accurate, and full as possible, of terms connected with those 
 
sciences and branches of science which are most important in their practical applica- 
 tions ; such as Natural Philosophy, Mechanics, Mathematics, Chemistry, and Mineralogy. 
 Of such terms, the number admitted is very great, and also of those employed in 
 Architecture, Engineering, Machinery, Manufactures, Commerce, Agriculture, Geology, 
 Navigation, and Astronomy. In Botany, as it was found impossible to admit all the 
 orders, genera, and species, only those have been selected which are most remarkable, 
 or which are most important in an economical point of view. A similar plan has been 
 adopted with regard to Zoological terms. 
 
 The acknowledged merits of Webster's Dictionary pointed it out as peculiarly well 
 fitted to be the basis of the Imperial Dictionary. Dr. Webster spent thirty years on 
 his Dictionary, ten of which were devoted to the etymological department alone, and 
 he has accordingly thrown much additional light on the origin and primary sense of 
 words, and on the affinities between the English and many other languages. In 
 order, however, to adapt Webster's Dictionary to the present state of literature, science, 
 and art, numerous additions and emendations have been found necessary, more particu- 
 larly in the technological and scientific departments, in which that work is deficient ; 
 and in order to free it from the Americanisms in forms of expression and in modes of 
 thought and spelling with which it abounds, and to adapt it to English modes and 
 usages, a very thorough revision of the whole work was required. Not only have 
 Americanisms been removed, and new and more correct definitions of many of the terms 
 been given, but to Webster's addition of 12,000 words to Todd's Johnson, a further 
 addition has been made of at least 15,000 words, terms, and phrases; and these addi- 
 tions have been still further augmented by 20,000 in the Supplement, rendering thLs 
 Dictionary much more extensive in its vocabulary than any of its predecessors. 
 
 Neither labour nor expense has been spared to render this Dictionarj'^ complete in 
 all its departments. Upwards of ten years of unremitting toil and research were spent 
 by the Editor in preparing the Work, besides six years devoted to the compilation of 
 the Supplement. The scientific terms have been revised by individuals of high stand- 
 ing in various departments of science and art, who, besides verifying the definitions of 
 the terms included by the Editor, have also supplied a number of additional terms, 
 many of them of recent origin. The other additional words and terms have been 
 carefully selected and prepared by reference to the best authorities. 
 
 The Imperial Dictionary will be found to contain, along with the etymologies and 
 the definitions of words and terms, a large amount of useful and interesting information 
 connected with literature, art, and science. A simple inspection of its pages will show, 
 that, wherever it may be opened, it presents something to interest and instruct — some 
 useful fact stated in concise terms — some important maxim or sentiment in religion, 
 morality, law, or civil policy ; so that the charge usually preferred against English 
 Dictionaries, that they furnish but dry sort of reading, will not apply to this 
 Dictionary. 
 
No work of this nature, however carefully compiled, can be expected to be perfect in 
 the first instance. Long before the publication of the Imperial Dictionary was con- 
 cluded, it became apparent that a Supplement would be required, not so much to supply 
 what may be termed actual deficiencies, as to embrace a wider range of subjects, and 
 thus render the Dictionary if possible still more cosmopolitan in character. 
 
 The Supplement contains an extensive collection of words, terms, and phrases, 
 in the various departments of literature, science, and art; together with numerous 
 obsolete, obsolescent, and Scottish words found in Chaucer, Spenser, Shakspeare, and 
 Scott, not included in previous English Dictionaries, making in all fully 20,000 addi- 
 tions to the Dictionary. All this section has gone through a course of careful revision, 
 similar to that given to the original Work, by gentlemen specially versed in different 
 departments of scientific knowledge. 
 
 A complete Vocabulary of Greek, Latin, and Scripture Proper Names, with their 
 pronunciation, and a copious List of Geographical Names, also with the pronunciation, 
 is appended. 
 
 The Illustrative Engravings, above TWO THOUSAND FIVE HUNDEED 
 in number, form a peculiar and important feature in this Dictionary — a feature in which 
 it stands altogether unrivalled. They include illustrations of terms in Architecture, 
 Antiquities, Botany, Zoology, Heraldry, Mathematics, Mechanics, Shipping, &c. ; 
 representations of the principal plants used in the arts, manufactures, and in medicine, 
 of animals interesting from their habits or from their value to man ; and a variety of 
 other illustrations tending to please, while they also instruct. 
 
 OPINIONS OF THE PRESS. 
 
 BBITISH QUABTEBLT BEVIEW, 
 
 "We must in honesty say that Dr. Ogilvie has not only 
 produced the best English Dictionary that exists, but, so 
 far as the actual state of knowledge permitted, has made 
 some approach toward perfection. We scarcely need say 
 that the work has our cordial commendation." 
 
 CLEEIOAL JOTJENAL. 
 
 "The typographical execution of the work, and the cor- 
 rectness of the engravings, are worthy of the literary con- 
 tents of the volumes. Altogether, they are a fine monument 
 of learning, industry, and enterprise, both on the part of 
 the Editor and the Publishers. For ordinary reference, 
 even as to the meanings of terms of science and art, the 
 Dictionary wiU be found sufficient, and we have never 
 consulted it in vain. We know no book of the kind so 
 well adapted to the use of the clergy, and we have intro- 
 duced it to our readers with the full assurance that it will 
 solve many perplexities and lighten many labours; while 
 its pages are so full of pleasing matter, that they may be 
 read for their own sake both with profit and entertain- 
 ment." 
 
 "It will be seen that the plan of this vast undertaking is 
 of a magnitude befitting a work which, to realize its aim, 
 ought to supersede all existing authorities. We have ex- 
 amined it attentively, and can report most favourably of 
 its execution. Great vigilance has been exercised in keep- 
 ing clear of doubtful or unnecessary speculations; the 
 explanations are clear, sound, and full; the examples 
 judiciously selected ; and extensive learning is displayed in 
 the department of etymology. It is certainly the most 
 comprehensive work of the kind we possess, and will be of 
 as much value in the laboratory and the manufactory, on 
 ship-board and in the counting-house, as in the studio of 
 the artist, or the cabinet of the man of letters." 
 
 GLASGOW CITIZEN. — SECOND NOTICE. 
 
 "We can safely pronounce this to be the most really 
 useful, comprehensive, and entertaining book of informa- 
 tion, in the form of a Dictionary, we have ever seen; and 
 strongly do we recommend it as invaluable for the purposes 
 of the family or general private library," 
 
SUNDAY TIMES. 
 
 " Webster has worthily gained a modern renown on 
 both sides of the Atlantic; and Professor Goodrich's 
 edition of Webster comes as near as any production with 
 which we are acquainted to the ideal standard of what, 
 for completeness, combined with popularity, an English 
 dictionary ought to be. It has been altogether over- 
 shadowed, however, by the ' Imperial,' which stands with- 
 out a rival." 
 
 MORNING CHRONICLE. 
 
 "It not merely defines, but explains the meanings of 
 words, and that in all their possible uses and applications. 
 Thus, under 'Abatement,' we have not only the general, 
 but also the legal and the heraldic import of the term, and 
 the latter is elucidated still further by the aid of the 
 graver's art. This expedient of illustrating technical and 
 scientific meaning by wood engravings, which convey to 
 the eye what language might fail of communicating to the 
 mind, is throughout a very valuable characteristic of the 
 work. Another distinctive feature of the Im/perial Dic- 
 tionary, is the clear and full information which it gives 
 with regard to very many words of recent origin and fre- 
 quent occurrence, whose precise import and derivation are 
 probably not known to the generality of readers." 
 
 DOUGLAS JERROLD'S WEEKLY NEWSPAPER. 
 
 "A Technological and Scientific Dictionary, from the 
 great additions of such terms to our language in the last 
 thirty years, has become a necessity, and the present seems 
 admirably calculated to fulfil the want. The just medium 
 between a common dictionary and an encyclopedia seems 
 to be properly adjusted. It is copiously illustrated with 
 wood -engravings, and the explanations are given with pith 
 and point, erring, if anything, on the side of brevity, 
 which indeed should not be considered an error, as such a 
 book is made for rapid reference, and the long details too 
 usually introduced perplex rather than enlighten the 
 reader. The present work should be at the right hand of 
 every man to solve a doubt at the instant. For students it 
 will be invaluable." 
 
 KEENE'S bath JOURNAL. 
 
 "This splendid work is now completed. . . . We have 
 tested it every way, and never find it deficient." 
 
 LITERARY GAZETTE. 
 
 " The Imperial Dictionary, with its Supplement, ought 
 to be found in every library of books of reference." 
 
 FELIX FARLEY'S BRISTOL JOURNAL. 
 
 "So comprehensive as to embrace subjects hitherto con- 
 fined to ponderous Cyclopedias, as well as the lexicography 
 of our language. . . . The best English Dictionary that 
 has ever appeared since Todd's Johnson, with the advan- 
 tage, too, of embracing many thousand words which have 
 since then been adopted in our vocabulary." 
 
 I CHRISTIAN EXAMINEIU 
 
 "It is a 'word-book' in the best and highest sense ol 
 the phrase, since it may be afiBrmed of as presenting all 
 the terms and words in use, in the form, signifioancy, and 
 illustration by which they can be examined profitably and 
 pleasantly. The diagrams and engravings on wood are 
 worthy of much praise. They are worthy of this from 
 their own excellence, beiug both correctly and beautifully 
 executed, and also from their adding correctness to the 
 sense which the letterpress conveys. There are many 
 objects of which words, however aptly used, fail to give 
 us a distinct conception. The defect is here supplied. 
 The two thousand engravings scattered over its completed 
 pages, lend to this work a value hitherto unapproached by 
 any similar productions." 
 
 MANCHESTER EXAMINER AND TIMES. 
 
 " Copious beyond all precedent in the staple of ordinary 
 language, it is enriched with a mass of terse and com- 
 prehensive information under the heads of technical and 
 scientific words — information which has become absolutely 
 necessary for the general reader, in an age when the facts 
 and language of science are invading the sphere of common 
 life at all points. We must not omit to notice the novel 
 and pleasant feature of pictorial illustration which the 
 work exhibits. An immense abundance of exquisite little 
 cuts are introduced, scarcely any occasion being allowed 
 to escape, where the definition can be made to appeal to 
 the eye, as well as to the intellect. These volumes have, 
 indeed, so many attractions, that, after having enjoyed 
 their use for some time, we begin to look upon them as a 
 positive necessity." 
 
 FIFESHIRB JOURNAL. — SECOND NOTICE. 
 "A work which ought, indeed, to be in every library, 
 and to the pages of which there is no one who can faU to 
 be obliged to have recourse at times, and to which recourse 
 will always be had with advantage and profit. From the 
 richness and fulness of its contents, the Imperial Diction- 
 ary is calculated to supersede whole libraries of Diction- 
 aries, and the elegance of its form, typography, and 
 illustrations, are additional recommendations of it to 
 general use." 
 
 CHESTER COURANT. 
 
 " We have no hesitation in recommending it to the favour 
 of our readers, as a most useful, interesting, and able work 
 of universal reference. . . . Extraordinary talent and 
 research have been employed on this publication, and 
 henceforth the Impe7~ial Dictionary must be considered as 
 a requisite book of reference in every library." 
 
 PLYMOUTH AND DEVONPORT JOURNAL. 
 
 "It is beyond comparison the best Dictionary in our 
 language." 
 
 INVERNESS COURIER. 
 
 "A most valuable word-book, in itself a library of 
 Dictionaries." 
 
BLITE 
 
 BI-OCK 
 
 BLOCKING COURSE 
 
 long, covered with scales, with a forked 
 tongue, bnt harmless. 
 
 BLINK, V. i. [Sax. blican, to shine, to 
 twinkle; bliciend, clothed in white; 
 ablican, to appear, to whiten ; D. blih- 
 hen, to glance, to twinkle, and blinken, 
 to shine, to glitter ; blyken, to appear or 
 show; Sw. blincha, to wink, to connive; 
 bleha, to shine, to twinkle ; Ger. blicken, 
 to look, to glance ; blinken, to glance, 
 to shine, to twinkle, to wink; Dan. 
 blinker, to blink, to glance, to wink, to 
 shine, to glitter. This contains the 
 same radical letters as light] 1. To 
 wink; to twinkle with the eye.— -2. To 
 see obscurely. Is it not to see with the 
 eyes half shut, or with frequent wink- 
 ing, as a person with weak eyes ? 
 One eye was blinking, and one leg was 
 lame. P''pe- 
 
 BLINK, n. A glimpse or glance. 
 
 BLINK, n. Blink of ice, is the dazzling 
 whiteness about the horizon, occasioned 
 by the reflection of light from fields of 
 ice, at sea. 
 
 BLINK' AIID, n. [blink and ard, kind.] 
 A person who blinks or has bad eyes; 
 that which twinkles, or glances, as a 
 dim star, which appears and disap- 
 pears. 
 
 BLINK'ERS, n. plur. Expansions of the 
 sides of the bridle of ahorse, to prevent 
 him from seeing on either side. 
 
 BLINK'ING, i>/>r. Winking; twinkling. 
 
 BLISS, n. [Sax. bliss, joy, alacrity, exul- 
 tation ; blissian, to rejoice, to exult, to 
 congratulate, to applaud ; also blithsian, 
 to rejoice. See Bless and Blithe.] 
 The highest degree of happiness; bless- 
 edness; felicity; used of felicity in 
 general, when of an exalted kind, but 
 appropriately of heavenly joys. 
 
 BLISS'FUL, a. Full of joy and felicity; 
 happy in the highest degree. 
 
 BLISS'FULLY, adv. In a blissful man- 
 ner. 
 
 BLISSTULNESS, n. Exalted happi- 
 ness; felicity; fulness of joy. 
 
 BLISS'LESS, a Destitute of bliss. 
 
 BLIS'SOM, V. i. [W. blus, blysiaw, to 
 crave, that is, to reach forward.] To 
 be lustful ; to caterwaul. [Lit. ma".] 
 
 BLISS-PRODUCING, a. Producing 
 bliss. 
 
 BLIS'TER, n. [Ger. blase and blatter.] 
 It is radically the same word as bladder, 
 in a different dialect. [See Blabdeb, 
 Blast and Blaze.] 1. A pustule ; a 
 thin bladder on the skin, containing 
 watery matter or serum, whether occa- 
 sioned by a burn, or other injury, or 
 by a vesicatory. It is formed by raising 
 the cuticle. — 2. Any tumour made by 
 the separation of the film or skin, as on 
 plants; or by the swelling of the sub- 
 stance at the surface, as on steel. — 
 3. A vesicatory, a plaster of flies, or 
 other matter, applied to raise a vesicle. 
 BLIS'TER, V. i. To rise in blisters. - 
 BLIS'TER, v.t To raise a blister, by 
 any hurt, burn, or violent action upon 
 the skin ; to raise a blister by a medical 
 application, or vesicatory. — 2. To raise 
 blisters on iron bars in a furnace, in 
 the process of converting iron into 
 steel. 
 
 BLIS'TERED, pp. Having blisters or 
 tumours. 
 
 BLIS'TER-FLY, n. The Spanish fly 
 used m blistering. [See Cantharis.] 
 BLIS'TERING, ppr. Raising a blister ; 
 applying a blistering plaster, or vesica- 
 tory. 
 
 BLIS'TERY, a. Full of blisters. 
 BLITE, n. [L. blitum; Gr. 0\,t«.] 1. A 
 genus of plants, called Strawberry Spi- 
 
 nach. — 2. A species of Amaranth, or 
 flower-gentle. 
 BLITHE, a. [Sax. blithe, and bleatha, 
 bleathe, gay, joyful. This is probably 
 the same word as bliss; L. l(Sius, Eng. 
 glad. See Bliss and Glad. The Ir. 
 lith, happiness, seems to be the original 
 word without the prefix.] Gay ; nuTry ; 
 joyous ; sprightly ; mirthful. 
 
 For that fair female troop thou sanest, 
 
 that seemed 
 Of goddesses, soblithe, so smooth, so gay. 
 MiUun. 
 BLITHEFUL, a. Gay ; full of gaiety. 
 BLITHELY, adv. In a gay, joyful man- 
 ner. 
 BLITHENESS, n. Gaiety ; sprightli- 
 ness ; the quality of being blithe. 
 BLITHESOME, a. Gay; merry; cheer- 
 ful. 
 BLITHESOMENESS, n. The quality of 
 being blithesome ; gaiety. 
 BLOAT, V. t. [This word may be allied 
 to bladder, from the sense of inflating, 
 swelling ; W. blwth, a pufi^, a blast ; 
 blythag, a fat paunch, abloated person.] 
 1. To swell or make turgid, as with 
 air ; to inflate ; to puff up ; hence, to 
 make vain ; followed by up, but with- 
 out necessity. To bloat up with praise, 
 is less elegant than to bloat with praise. 
 — To swell or make turgid with water, 
 or other means ; as, a bloated limb. 
 It is used to denote a morbid enlarge- 
 ment, often accompanied with soft- 
 ness. 
 BLOAT, V. i. To grow turgid ; to dilate. 
 BLOAT,+ a. Swelled ; turgid. 
 BLOATED, pp. Swelled ; grown tur- 
 gid ; inflated. 
 BLOATEDNESS, n. A turgid state; 
 turgidness ; dilatation from inflation, 
 debility, or any morbid cause. 
 BLOATING, ppr. Swelling ; inflating. 
 BLOB'BER, n. [Ir, plub or pluibin, 
 from swelling, pushing out, as in bleb, 
 blubber ; W. llwb, a bulging out. Qu. 
 bulb, by transposition. See Blubbeb.] 
 A bubble ; pronounced by the common 
 people in America, blubber. It is a 
 legitimate word, but not elegant. 
 BLOB'BERLIP, n. [blobber and lip.] 
 A thick lip. 
 BLOB'BERLIPPED, a. Having thick 
 lips. 
 
 BLOCK, n. [Fr. bloc; W. /)?oc, from Hoc, 
 a mound ; plociaw, to block, to plug. 
 The primary sense is, set, fixed, or a 
 mass.] 1. A heavy piece of timber or 
 wood, usually with one plain surface ; 
 or it is rectangular, and rather thick 
 than long. — 2. Any mass of matter with 
 an extended surface; as, a Wocft of mar- 
 ble, a piece rough from the quarry. — 
 3. A massy body, solid and heavy ; a 
 mass of wood, iron, or other metal, 
 with at least one plain surface, such as 
 artificers use. — 4. The clump on which 
 criminals are beheaded 5. Any ob- 
 struction, or cause of obstruction ; 
 a stop ; hinderance ; obstacle. — 6. A 
 piece of wood in which a pulley runs ; 
 used also for the pulley, or the block 
 itself, and the sheaves, or wheels. — 
 Blocks for pulleys are of great im- 
 portance in various operations in naval 
 tactics, and architectural constructions. 
 They are single, double, treble, or 
 fourfold, according as the number of 
 sheaves is one, two, three, or four. A 
 running block is attached to the object 
 to be raised or moved ; a standing block 
 is fixed to some permanent support. 
 Blocks also receive different denomina- 
 tions from their shape, purpose, and 
 mode of application. No less than two 
 209 
 
 hundred different sorts and sizes are 
 made at Portsmouth, in England, for 
 the royal navy ; besides which, there 
 
 a, double block . i, treble block ; c, clue line block ; 
 df long tackle block ; e, snatch block. 
 
 are various sorts used only in merchant 
 ships. The manufacture of blocks for 
 the navy is now performed by ma- 
 chinery, invented by Mr. Brunei about 
 the year 1801. It enables four men in 
 a given time, to complete the shells of 
 as many blocks as fifty men could do 
 by the old method, and the blocks pro- 
 duced by the machinery far surpass in 
 make those produced by the hand. — 
 
 7. A blockhead; a stupid fellow. — 
 
 8. Among cutters in wood, a form made 
 of hard wood, on which they cut figures 
 in relief with knives, chisels, &c.— 9. In 
 falconry, the perch whereon a bird of 
 prey is kept. 
 
 BLOCK, V. t. [Fr. bloquer.] To inclose 
 or shut up, so as to hinder egress or 
 passage ; to stop up ; to obstruct by 
 placing obstacles in the way; often 
 followed by up; as, to block up a town 
 or a road. 
 
 BLOCKADE, n. [It. bloccato; Port, bio- 
 gueado, blocked up ; Fr. blocns.] The 
 siege of a place, formed by surrounding 
 it with hostile troops or ships, or by 
 posting them at all the avenues, to pre- 
 vent escape, and hinder supplies of pro- 
 visions and ammunition from entering, 
 with a view to compel a surrender, by 
 hunger and want, without regular at- 
 tacks. To raise a blockade, is to force 
 the troops or ships that keep the place 
 blocked up, from their respective sta- 
 tions. To constitute a blockade, the 
 investing power must be able to apply 
 its force to every point of practicable 
 access, so as to render it dangerous to 
 attempt to enter; and there is no 
 blockade of that port, where its force 
 cannot be brought to bear. 
 
 BLOCKADE, V. t. To shut up a town 
 or fortress, by posting troops at all the 
 avenues, to compel the garrison or 
 inhabitants to surrender by means ol 
 hunger and want, without regular at- 
 tacks ; also, to station ships of war to 
 obstruct all intercourse with a towi. 
 or nation. 
 
 BLOCKADED, pp. Shut up or inclosed 
 by an enemy. 
 
 BLOCKADING, ppr. Besieging by a 
 blockade. 
 
 BLOCK'HEAD, n. [block and head.] 
 A stupid fellow; a dolt; a person 
 deficient in understanding. 
 
 BLOCK'HEADED, a. Stupid; duU. 
 
 BLOCK'HE ADLY,a. Like ablockhead. 
 
 BLOCK'HOUSE, n. [block and house.] 
 A house or fortress, erected to block 
 up a pass, and defend against the 
 entrance of an enemy. 
 
 BLOCK'ING COURSE, n. In arch., 
 
 the course of stones or bricks erected 
 
 2d 
 
SPECIMEN OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 Trunk-hose. 
 Doublet and trunk-hose, time of Queen Elizabeth. 
 
 Sphinx. 
 Sphinx guarding a cinerary urn. 
 
 Pericarp. 
 (t. Capsule of aristolochia. be, Capsule of poppy. 
 (I, Nut, Albert, e, Strobilus of pine, fg. Drupe, 
 peach. 
 
 TOLMEN. 
 
 Constantine Tolmen, Cornwall. 
 
 Steam-hammer. 
 Condie's steam-hammer. 
 
 Tabard. 
 Sir John ComwaU, Ampthill Church, Beds, 
 
 Sea Lion. 
 Sea lion of Forster. (Phoca Jubata.) 
 
 Psittacid*. 
 1, Head and foot of Aracanga. 2, Do. of blue- 
 bellied Lorikeet. 8, Do. of Goliath Aratoo. 4.Hend 
 of ash-coloured grey parrot. 
 
 'iSiiU. A- 
 
 OnTRIOOER. 
 
 Pirogue of Lakeba, with outi-lgger. 
 
 Stocks. 
 Punished in the Stocks. 
 
8 
 
 RECOMMENDATIONS. 
 
 From PniLiP Kblland, M. A., Professor of Mathematics, 
 University of Edinburgh. 
 
 I HAVE examined -with some care the first three parts of 
 your Imperial Dictionai-y, and I have derived great pleasure 
 and much instruction from the task. To the Scientific 
 Terms I have paid the most scrupulous attention, and I find 
 them explained in terms sufficiently clear to be understood 
 by alL at the same time that they are strictly accurate. 
 
 July, 1860. 
 
 I have no hesitation in expressing myself as strongly in 
 favour of the Imperial Dictionary, now that it is complete, 
 as I did some time since before the appearance of the Sup- 
 plement. It forms a very complete, accurate, and com- 
 modious repertory of scientific and general information. 
 
 From Prop. "Williams, of St. David's College, Lampeter. 
 The Imperial Dictionary is certainly one of sterling 
 worth. It embodies everything valuable in the great work 
 of "Webster, and possesses, in an eminent degree, this advan- 
 tage over that excellent work that, in explaining the lan- 
 guage of the arts and sciences, it is both more full, and 
 what is perhaps of still greater consequence, more clear and 
 successful; because the explanations are addressed not only 
 to the understanding, but, by means of a very large number 
 of neatly-executed woodcuts, to the eye also. And this, 
 since it is so difficult, as almost every one knows, for the 
 uninitiated to comprehend mere abstract definitions of 
 terms in the arts and sciences, is an advantage by no means 
 to be lost sight of. 
 
 From the Rev. Charles Edward Tindall, Rector 
 of St. Andrew's Church, Dublin. 
 
 I HAVE examined the Imperial Dictionary closely and 
 critically, and can safely pronounce it to be the most 
 perfect work of its kind that has ever appeared. No man, 
 literary or mercantile, should be without it. 
 
 From the Rev. W. R. Crotch, M. A., late Fellow of New 
 College, Oxford, Master of the College School, Taunton. 
 The Imperial Dictionary is, in my judgment, a most 
 valuable addition to our literature . All the most important 
 knowledge is given in a condensed form, and the illustra- 
 tions give it a clearness and precision scarcely attainable 
 by other means. 
 
 From the Rev. Thos. Lubt, D.D., Senior Fellow of Trinity 
 College, Dublin. 
 I have tested the Imperial Dictionary in a variety of 
 ways, and with considerable care. In the great majority of 
 instances, I must say, I have experienced the highest degree 
 of satisfaction. The definitions of scientific terms, with 
 which I am more especially acquainted, appear to me to 
 possess the logical requisites of clearness and adequacy, and 
 the descriptions and explanations through the work to be 
 extremely satisfactory. The pictorial illustrations are 
 felicitous and well designed. To all, but chiefly to the 
 young and inexperienced, these will be found to be of 
 immense value in the arts and in natural history, and even 
 still more in matters relating to remote countries or to ages 
 long gone by. The etymological department appears to me, 
 in all the trials which I have made of it, to be very com- 
 plete. It evinces both discretion and judgment on the 
 part of the compilers, and a very extensive range of philo- 
 li>gical knowledge and research. 
 
 From John Cruickshank, LL.D., Professor of Mathe- 
 matics, Marischal College, Aberdeen. 
 
 Having frequently consulted the Imperial Dictionary, 
 I think that it fully answers the expectations which were 
 formed of it ; that serving, as it does, to a great extent, the 
 purpose of an encyclopedia, it supplies a defect which was 
 previously much felt ; and that it does great credit to its 
 Editor. 
 
 From the Rev. John E,. Beard, D.D., Member of the His- 
 torico-TheologicaZ Society of Leipsic; Author of CasselVs 
 Latin Dictionary, the People's Dictionary of the Bible, 
 &c. &c. 
 
 The Imperial Dictionary and its Supplement, is a very 
 full and most instructive repertory of accurate and reliable 
 information touching the English language. No work of 
 the kind, now in existence in our literature, can bear a 
 comparison with it for completeness and utility. There is 
 no department of study, the cultivators of which may not 
 find in this admirable "Work such instruction as may be 
 expected from a Dictionary of the English language, while 
 equally there is no branch of knowledge on which Dr. 
 Ogilvie and his coadjutors have not supplied exact infor- 
 mation. The "Work, though comprehending all that is good 
 in previous publications of the sort, is anything but a com- 
 pilation, but rather a digest of the ascertained results of 
 scholarship, made in accordance with well-considered 
 principles, and for clearly defined and most important 
 objects. 
 
 The value of the Imperial Dictionary, already very great, 
 has been much increased by the publication of the Supple- 
 ment; and we think the proprietors have consulted the in- 
 terests of their customers in making the Supplement a separ- 
 ate addition. This opinion we entertain the rather, because, 
 as the English language is a growing thing, and will never 
 in any given time have come to a conclusion, bo another 
 Supplement may, ere very long, become desirable, in order 
 to do for some future day that which, by means of this Sup- 
 plement, the Impei-ial Dictionary accomplishes for the 
 present : namely, supply the necessary information on every 
 word in use at the time of publication. That this important 
 office is discharged, I have satisfied myself by inspecting the 
 pages. The following words have lately been introduced 
 among us; they are words which do not tell their own 
 meaning, nor can explanations of them be found in ordinary 
 Dictionaries: namely, Asterolepsis, Caucus, Extradition, 
 Etiolate, Etiology, Eunomia, Fetish, Feticism, Rationalism, 
 Rendition, Solidarity, Subjective, Objective, Transcendental. 
 These, with very many terms similarly circumstanced, are 
 here correctly expounded, and sometimes with an amount- 
 of information which would almost justify the application 
 to the Work of the epithet Cyclopedia. 
 
 My remarks, however, would convey a false impression, 
 did they lead any one to think that in these pages know- 
 ledge was merely massed together. By a well-formed system 
 of notation, the literary value of the words is clearly and 
 exactly set forth, so that the tyro may use the information 
 with safety, while the scholar may add to the stores of his 
 knowledge. Some of the definitions are of a nature to re- 
 mind me of the advantage which might have been derived 
 from the profound philological scholarship of the Grimms; 
 and in the department of provincialisms there is some de- 
 ficiency. 
 
 BLACKIE AND SON: LONDON, GLASGOW, AND EDINBURGH. 
 
Complete in W Parts, impeHal ^to, price 2s. 6d. each. 
 
 VILLA AND COTTAGE 
 
 AECHITECTUKE. 
 
 SELECT EXAMPLES OF 
 
 COUNTRY AND SUBURBAN RESIDENCES, 
 
 RECENTLY ERECTED FROM THE DESIGNS OF 
 
 BANKS & BARRY, London. 
 JOHN BAIRD, Glasgow. 
 EWAN CHRISTIAN, London. 
 DAVID COUSIN, Edinburgh. 
 H. A. DARBISHIRE, London. 
 JOHN GORDON, Gla-sgow. 
 HINE & EVANS, Nottingham. 
 
 H. E. KENDALL, Jr., London. 
 E. B. LAMB, London. 
 H. J. PAULL & O. AYLIFFE, Man- 
 chester. 
 J. T. ROCHEAD, Glasgow. 
 R. THORNTON SHIELLS, Edin- 
 
 8PEAKMAN & CHARLESWORTU, 
 
 Manchester. 
 A. & G. THOMSON, Glasgow. 
 GEORGE TRUEFITT, London. 
 J. C. WALKER, Edinburgh. 
 S. BUTTON WALKER, Nottingham. 
 EDWARD WALTERS, Manchester. 
 
 WITH A FULL DESCRIPTIVE NOTICE OF EACH BUILDING. 
 
 THIS Work is intended to supply a selected series of plans of houses which have 
 been already built, and which being characterized by excellence of design, con- 
 venience of arrangement, and fit adaptation to locality, are therefore suited to be 
 studied as suggestive models, and to aid in the production of new art and in improving 
 the taste in domestic architecture. 
 
 In this Work the architect may study the methods by which his professional 
 brethren have sought to overcome difficulties of arrangement, site, aspect, and con- 
 struction, and the architectural student will find in it examples for imitation and 
 suggestions to aid him in self-improvement. The builder has here presented to him 
 designs that have stood the test of practical experience, and have been found suitable 
 in their dimensions, arrangements, and construction, to the requirements of domestic 
 comfort, combined with an appropriate treatment of style, a distinctive character, 
 and elegance of appearance. To those who contemplate the erection of a Villa or a 
 Cottage, this Work offers most valuable aid in assisting to form and settle their ideas 
 respecting the accommodation they require, the conveniences of arrangement most 
 desirable, the character and style of the architecture, and lastly, that most important 
 consideration, the actual cost of the whole when finished. 
 
 Most of the works hitherto produced on this subject have consisted simply of de- 
 signs by individual architects. These are liable to be characterized either by same- 
 ness of ideas and expression, or by modes of construction and arrangement prevailing 
 in particular localities; and in consequence of not having been carried into exe- 
 cution, they are frequently open to the serious objections of waste of space and exu- 
 
berance of ornament. This Work, on the contrary, presents a selection carefully made 
 from Plans of buildings already erected, from the designs of eighteen architects of 
 acknowledged position and ability. 
 
 The examples are selected from a wide range of country, and show diversity of style, 
 arrangement, and structural treatment of materials. They generally consist of houses 
 of moderate dimensions, erected at a cost ranging from £500 to £2500, but include 
 a few of larger and more expensive character. The locality of each building, the 
 name of the architect, and the date of erection, are regularly given; and a description 
 of the site, the internal arrangements, materials, and manner of construction, accom- 
 panies each set of Plans, together with a statement of the actual cost of the building 
 in nearly every case. 
 
 The buildings are fully illustrated by finely-executed engravings of plans, 
 elevations, and sections, carefully reduced from the working drawings, the scale 
 employed for the principal elevations is | inch to 10 feet, and that for the ground 
 plans and minor elevations f inch to 10 feet. By presenting the ground plans and 
 minor elevations on a less scale than the principal elevations, it has been found 
 practicable materially to increase the number of the buildings illustrated, without 
 increasing in a coiTCsponding degree the price of the Work ; whilst from the uni- 
 formity of scale of the plans throughout, the relative sizes of the houses illustrated may 
 be approximately ascertained at a glance. In nearly every case the plans of every 
 story are given, and wherever it is found requisite the four sides of the house are 
 shown. Perspective views and enlarged drawings of the ornamental and constructive 
 details are added as occasion requires. 
 
 Villa and Cottage Architecture is completed in 20 Parts, imperial 4to, price 
 2«. 6d. each, forming a handsome volume. Each part contains four fine Engravings, 
 with descriptive text. 
 
 LONDON: BLACKIE AND WON, PATERNOSTER ROW; 
 GLASGOW AND EDINBURGH. 
 
GENERAL LIBRARY 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA— BERKELEY 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the 
 
 date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 "\-\\)^ 
 
 H0V231954LU 
 
 21-100m-l,'54(1887sl6)476 
 
\ 
 
 2'^'i^ 
 
 6-/* z 
 
 
 /3l 
 
 
 / ^ (e> 
 
 
 >^4Mo^ 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
uWW 
 
 '< 'l 
 
 ;'',! <il 
 
 ' '[V 
 
 
 i < I 
 
 ( '^1 
 
 I 
 
 ^i-j 
 
 ) \t ; " ^ ; *J